diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore index 2d8fd1fd..0df393b1 100644 --- a/.gitignore +++ b/.gitignore @@ -9,6 +9,6 @@ *.iml *.test *.iml - +.vscode # Keep windows files with windows line endings *.winfile eol=crlf \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/OPENAPI-README.md b/OPENAPI-README.md index f3f9c0a8..76e12732 100644 --- a/OPENAPI-README.md +++ b/OPENAPI-README.md @@ -5,29 +5,30 @@ Delphix DCT API ## Overview This API client was generated by the [OpenAPI Generator](https://openapi-generator.tech) project. By using the [OpenAPI-spec](https://www.openapis.org/) from a remote server, you can easily generate an API client. -- API version: 3.9.0 +- API version: 3.23.0 - Package version: 1.0.0 +- Generator version: 7.9.0 - Build package: org.openapitools.codegen.languages.GoClientCodegen -For more information, please visit [https://support.delphix.com](https://support.delphix.com) +For more information, please visit [https://portal.perforce.com/s/](https://portal.perforce.com/s/) ## Installation Install the following dependencies: -```shell +```sh go get github.com/stretchr/testify/assert go get golang.org/x/net/context ``` Put the package under your project folder and add the following in import: -```golang +```go import delphix_dct_api "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go" ``` To use a proxy, set the environment variable `HTTP_PROXY`: -```golang +```go os.Setenv("HTTP_PROXY", "http://proxy_name:proxy_port") ``` @@ -37,17 +38,17 @@ Default configuration comes with `Servers` field that contains server objects as ### Select Server Configuration -For using other server than the one defined on index 0 set context value `sw.ContextServerIndex` of type `int`. +For using other server than the one defined on index 0 set context value `delphix_dct_api.ContextServerIndex` of type `int`. -```golang +```go ctx := context.WithValue(context.Background(), delphix_dct_api.ContextServerIndex, 1) ``` ### Templated Server URL -Templated server URL is formatted using default variables from configuration or from context value `sw.ContextServerVariables` of type `map[string]string`. +Templated server URL is formatted using default variables from configuration or from context value `delphix_dct_api.ContextServerVariables` of type `map[string]string`. -```golang +```go ctx := context.WithValue(context.Background(), delphix_dct_api.ContextServerVariables, map[string]string{ "basePath": "v2", }) @@ -59,9 +60,9 @@ Note, enum values are always validated and all unused variables are silently ign Each operation can use different server URL defined using `OperationServers` map in the `Configuration`. An operation is uniquely identified by `"{classname}Service.{nickname}"` string. -Similar rules for overriding default operation server index and variables applies by using `sw.ContextOperationServerIndices` and `sw.ContextOperationServerVariables` context maps. +Similar rules for overriding default operation server index and variables applies by using `delphix_dct_api.ContextOperationServerIndices` and `delphix_dct_api.ContextOperationServerVariables` context maps. -```golang +```go ctx := context.WithValue(context.Background(), delphix_dct_api.ContextOperationServerIndices, map[string]int{ "{classname}Service.{nickname}": 2, }) @@ -74,443 +75,705 @@ ctx = context.WithValue(context.Background(), delphix_dct_api.ContextOperationSe ## Documentation for API Endpoints -All URIs are relative to */v3* +All URIs are relative to */dct/v3* Class | Method | HTTP request | Description ------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- -*AccountsApi* | [**ChangeAccountPassword**](docs/AccountsApi.md#changeaccountpassword) | **Post** /management/accounts/{id}/change_password | Change Account Password. -*AccountsApi* | [**CreateAccount**](docs/AccountsApi.md#createaccount) | **Post** /management/accounts | Create a new Account -*AccountsApi* | [**CreateAccountTags**](docs/AccountsApi.md#createaccounttags) | **Post** /management/accounts/{id}/tags | Create tags for an Account. -*AccountsApi* | [**DeleteAccount**](docs/AccountsApi.md#deleteaccount) | **Delete** /management/accounts/{id} | Delete an Account -*AccountsApi* | [**DeleteAccountTags**](docs/AccountsApi.md#deleteaccounttags) | **Post** /management/accounts/{id}/tags/delete | Delete tags for an Account. -*AccountsApi* | [**Disable**](docs/AccountsApi.md#disable) | **Post** /management/accounts/{id}/disable | Disable an Account. -*AccountsApi* | [**EnableAccount**](docs/AccountsApi.md#enableaccount) | **Post** /management/accounts/{id}/enable | Enable an Account. -*AccountsApi* | [**GetAccount**](docs/AccountsApi.md#getaccount) | **Get** /management/accounts/{id} | Get an Account by id -*AccountsApi* | [**GetAccountTags**](docs/AccountsApi.md#getaccounttags) | **Get** /management/accounts/{id}/tags | Get tags for an Account. -*AccountsApi* | [**GetAccounts**](docs/AccountsApi.md#getaccounts) | **Get** /management/accounts | Returns a list of Accounts -*AccountsApi* | [**GetPasswordPolicies**](docs/AccountsApi.md#getpasswordpolicies) | **Get** /management/accounts/password-policies | Returns the password policies -*AccountsApi* | [**ResetAccountPassword**](docs/AccountsApi.md#resetaccountpassword) | **Post** /management/accounts/{id}/reset_password | Reset Account Password. -*AccountsApi* | [**SearchAccounts**](docs/AccountsApi.md#searchaccounts) | **Post** /management/accounts/search | Search for Accounts. -*AccountsApi* | [**UpdateAccount**](docs/AccountsApi.md#updateaccount) | **Put** /management/accounts/{id} | Update an Account -*AccountsApi* | [**UpdatePasswordPolicies**](docs/AccountsApi.md#updatepasswordpolicies) | **Patch** /management/accounts/password-policies | Update password policies. -*AlgorithmsApi* | [**CreateAlgorithm**](docs/AlgorithmsApi.md#createalgorithm) | **Post** /algorithms | Create a new algorithm. -*AlgorithmsApi* | [**CreateAlgorithmRevision**](docs/AlgorithmsApi.md#createalgorithmrevision) | **Post** /algorithms/{algorithmId}/revisions | Create a new algorithm revision. -*AlgorithmsApi* | [**CreateAlgorithmRevisionTags**](docs/AlgorithmsApi.md#createalgorithmrevisiontags) | **Post** /algorithms/{algorithmId}/revisions/{revisionId}/tags | Create tags for an AlgorithmRevision. -*AlgorithmsApi* | [**CreateAlgorithmTags**](docs/AlgorithmsApi.md#createalgorithmtags) | **Post** /algorithms/{algorithmId}/tags | Create tags for an Algorithm. -*AlgorithmsApi* | [**DeleteAlgorithm**](docs/AlgorithmsApi.md#deletealgorithm) | **Delete** /algorithms/{algorithmId} | Delete an algorithm. -*AlgorithmsApi* | [**DeleteAlgorithmRevision**](docs/AlgorithmsApi.md#deletealgorithmrevision) | **Delete** /algorithms/{algorithmId}/revisions/{revisionId} | Delete an algorithm revision. -*AlgorithmsApi* | [**DeleteAlgorithmRevisionTags**](docs/AlgorithmsApi.md#deletealgorithmrevisiontags) | **Post** /algorithms/{algorithmId}/revisions/{revisionId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for an AlgorithmRevision. -*AlgorithmsApi* | [**DeleteAlgorithmTags**](docs/AlgorithmsApi.md#deletealgorithmtags) | **Post** /algorithms/{algorithmId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for an Algorithm. -*AlgorithmsApi* | [**GetAlgorithmById**](docs/AlgorithmsApi.md#getalgorithmbyid) | **Get** /algorithms/{algorithmId} | Get an algorithm by ID. -*AlgorithmsApi* | [**GetAlgorithmRevisionById**](docs/AlgorithmsApi.md#getalgorithmrevisionbyid) | **Get** /algorithms/{algorithmId}/revisions/{revisionId} | Retrieve a specific revision of an algorithm. -*AlgorithmsApi* | [**GetAlgorithmRevisionTags**](docs/AlgorithmsApi.md#getalgorithmrevisiontags) | **Get** /algorithms/{algorithmId}/revisions/{revisionId}/tags | Get tags for an AlgorithmRevision. -*AlgorithmsApi* | [**GetAlgorithmRevisions**](docs/AlgorithmsApi.md#getalgorithmrevisions) | **Get** /algorithms/{algorithmId}/revisions | Retrieve the list of algorithm revisions for the algorithm. -*AlgorithmsApi* | [**GetAlgorithmTags**](docs/AlgorithmsApi.md#getalgorithmtags) | **Get** /algorithms/{algorithmId}/tags | Get tags for an Algorithm. -*AlgorithmsApi* | [**GetAlgorithms**](docs/AlgorithmsApi.md#getalgorithms) | **Get** /algorithms | Retrieve the list of algorithms. -*AlgorithmsApi* | [**SearchAlgorithmRevisions**](docs/AlgorithmsApi.md#searchalgorithmrevisions) | **Post** /algorithms/{algorithmId}/revisions/search | Search for algorithm revisions. -*AlgorithmsApi* | [**SearchAlgorithms**](docs/AlgorithmsApi.md#searchalgorithms) | **Post** /algorithms/search | Search for algorithms. -*AlgorithmsApi* | [**SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevision**](docs/AlgorithmsApi.md#setalgorithmprimaryrevision) | **Post** /algorithms/{algorithmId}/revisions/{revisionId}/make-primary | Set an algorithm revision to be the primary revision for the algorithm. -*AlgorithmsApi* | [**UpdateAlgorithmRevision**](docs/AlgorithmsApi.md#updatealgorithmrevision) | **Patch** /algorithms/{algorithmId}/revisions/{revisionId} | Update an algorithm revision -*AuthorizationApi* | [**AddAccessGroupAccountIds**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#addaccessgroupaccountids) | **Post** /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/account-ids | Add account ids to an Access group -*AuthorizationApi* | [**AddAccessGroupAccountTags**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#addaccessgroupaccounttags) | **Post** /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/tags | Add account tags to an Access group -*AuthorizationApi* | [**AddAccessGroupScopes**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#addaccessgroupscopes) | **Post** /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes | Add scopes to an Access group -*AuthorizationApi* | [**AddAlwaysAllowedPermissions**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#addalwaysallowedpermissions) | **Post** /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId}/always_allowed_permissions | Add always allowed permissions for given object type. -*AuthorizationApi* | [**AddObjectsToAccessGroupScope**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#addobjectstoaccessgroupscope) | **Post** /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId}/objects | Add objects to the access group scope. -*AuthorizationApi* | [**AddRolePermissions**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#addrolepermissions) | **Post** /roles/{roleId}/permissions | Add permissions to a role. -*AuthorizationApi* | [**AddTagsToScope**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#addtagstoscope) | **Post** /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId}/object-tags | Add object tags to the access group scope. -*AuthorizationApi* | [**CreateAccessGroup**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#createaccessgroup) | **Post** /access-groups | Create a new access group. -*AuthorizationApi* | [**CreateRole**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#createrole) | **Post** /roles | Create custom role -*AuthorizationApi* | [**CreateRoleTags**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#createroletags) | **Post** /roles/{roleId}/tags | Create tags for a role. -*AuthorizationApi* | [**DeleteAccessGroup**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#deleteaccessgroup) | **Delete** /access-groups/{accessGroupId} | Delete an Access group. -*AuthorizationApi* | [**DeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectTags**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#deleteaccessgroupscopeobjecttags) | **Post** /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId}/object-tags/delete | Remove tags from the access group scope. -*AuthorizationApi* | [**DeleteAccessGroupScopeObjects**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#deleteaccessgroupscopeobjects) | **Post** /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId}/objects/delete | Remove objects from the access group scope. -*AuthorizationApi* | [**DeleteRole**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#deleterole) | **Delete** /roles/{roleId} | Delete role by ID. -*AuthorizationApi* | [**DeleteRoleTag**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#deleteroletag) | **Post** /roles/{roleId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Role. -*AuthorizationApi* | [**GetAccessGroupById**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#getaccessgroupbyid) | **Get** /access-groups/{accessGroupId} | Returns an Access group by ID. -*AuthorizationApi* | [**GetAccessGroupScope**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#getaccessgroupscope) | **Get** /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId} | Get access group scope. -*AuthorizationApi* | [**GetAccessGroups**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#getaccessgroups) | **Get** /access-groups | List all access groups. -*AuthorizationApi* | [**GetAllObjectPermissions**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#getallobjectpermissions) | **Get** /auth/object-permissions | Returns all of the possible permissions for all of the objects. -*AuthorizationApi* | [**GetObjectPermissions**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#getobjectpermissions) | **Get** /auth/permissions/objects/{objectType}/{objectId} | Returns permissions for given object. -*AuthorizationApi* | [**GetRoleById**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#getrolebyid) | **Get** /roles/{roleId} | Returns role by ID. -*AuthorizationApi* | [**GetRoleTags**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#getroletags) | **Get** /roles/{roleId}/tags | Get tags for a Role. -*AuthorizationApi* | [**GetRoles**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#getroles) | **Get** /roles | List all roles -*AuthorizationApi* | [**RemoveAccessGroupAccountId**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#removeaccessgroupaccountid) | **Delete** /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/account-ids/{accountId} | Remove the account from the access group. -*AuthorizationApi* | [**RemoveAccessGroupAccountTags**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#removeaccessgroupaccounttags) | **Post** /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/tags/delete | Remove account tags from an access group. -*AuthorizationApi* | [**RemoveAccessGroupScope**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#removeaccessgroupscope) | **Delete** /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId} | Remove the scope from the Access group. -*AuthorizationApi* | [**RemoveAlwaysAllowedPermissions**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#removealwaysallowedpermissions) | **Post** /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId}/always_allowed_permissions/delete | Remove always allowed permissions for given object type. -*AuthorizationApi* | [**RemoveRolePermissions**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#removerolepermissions) | **Post** /roles/{roleId}/permissions/delete | Remove permissions from a role. -*AuthorizationApi* | [**SearchAccessGroups**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#searchaccessgroups) | **Post** /access-groups/search | Search for access groups. -*AuthorizationApi* | [**SearchRoles**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#searchroles) | **Post** /roles/search | Search for roles. -*AuthorizationApi* | [**UpdateAccessGroup**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#updateaccessgroup) | **Patch** /access-groups/{accessGroupId} | Update an Access group. -*AuthorizationApi* | [**UpdateAccessGroupScope**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#updateaccessgroupscope) | **Patch** /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId} | Update access group scope. -*AuthorizationApi* | [**UpdateRole**](docs/AuthorizationApi.md#updaterole) | **Patch** /roles/{roleId} | Update a Role. -*BookmarksApi* | [**CreateBookmark**](docs/BookmarksApi.md#createbookmark) | **Post** /bookmarks | Create a bookmark at the current time. -*BookmarksApi* | [**CreateBookmarkTags**](docs/BookmarksApi.md#createbookmarktags) | **Post** /bookmarks/{bookmarkId}/tags | Create tags for a Bookmark. -*BookmarksApi* | [**DeleteBookmark**](docs/BookmarksApi.md#deletebookmark) | **Delete** /bookmarks/{bookmarkId} | Delete a bookmark. -*BookmarksApi* | [**DeleteBookmarkTags**](docs/BookmarksApi.md#deletebookmarktags) | **Post** /bookmarks/{bookmarkId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Bookmark. -*BookmarksApi* | [**GetBookmarkById**](docs/BookmarksApi.md#getbookmarkbyid) | **Get** /bookmarks/{bookmarkId} | Get a bookmark by ID. -*BookmarksApi* | [**GetBookmarkTags**](docs/BookmarksApi.md#getbookmarktags) | **Get** /bookmarks/{bookmarkId}/tags | Get tags for a Bookmark. -*BookmarksApi* | [**GetBookmarks**](docs/BookmarksApi.md#getbookmarks) | **Get** /bookmarks | List all bookmarks. -*BookmarksApi* | [**GetVdbGroupsByBookmark**](docs/BookmarksApi.md#getvdbgroupsbybookmark) | **Get** /bookmarks/{bookmarkId}/vdb-groups | List VDB Groups compatible with this bookmark. -*BookmarksApi* | [**SearchBookmarks**](docs/BookmarksApi.md#searchbookmarks) | **Post** /bookmarks/search | Search for bookmarks. -*BookmarksApi* | [**SearchVdbGroupsByBookmark**](docs/BookmarksApi.md#searchvdbgroupsbybookmark) | **Post** /bookmarks/{bookmarkId}/vdb-groups/search | Search for VDB Groups compatible with this bookmark. -*BookmarksApi* | [**UpdateBookmark**](docs/BookmarksApi.md#updatebookmark) | **Patch** /bookmarks/{bookmarkId} | Update a bookmark -*CDBsApi* | [**CreateCdbTags**](docs/CDBsApi.md#createcdbtags) | **Post** /cdbs/{cdbId}/tags | Create tags for a CDB. -*CDBsApi* | [**DeleteCdbTags**](docs/CDBsApi.md#deletecdbtags) | **Post** /cdbs/{cdbId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a CDB. -*CDBsApi* | [**GetCdbById**](docs/CDBsApi.md#getcdbbyid) | **Get** /cdbs/{cdbId} | Get a CDB by ID (Oracle only). -*CDBsApi* | [**GetCdbs**](docs/CDBsApi.md#getcdbs) | **Get** /cdbs | List all CDBs (Oracle only). -*CDBsApi* | [**GetTagsCdb**](docs/CDBsApi.md#gettagscdb) | **Get** /cdbs/{cdbId}/tags | Get tags for a CDB. -*CDBsApi* | [**SearchCdbs**](docs/CDBsApi.md#searchcdbs) | **Post** /cdbs/search | Search for CDBs (Oracle only). -*ConnectivityApi* | [**ConnectivityCheck**](docs/ConnectivityApi.md#connectivitycheck) | **Post** /connectivity/check | Checks connectivity between an engine and a remote host machine on a given port. -*ConnectivityApi* | [**DatabaseConnectivityCheck**](docs/ConnectivityApi.md#databaseconnectivitycheck) | **Post** /database/connectivity/check | Tests the validity of the supplied database credentials, returning an error if unable to connect to the database. -*ConnectorsApi* | [**ConnectorsTest**](docs/ConnectorsApi.md#connectorstest) | **Post** /connectors/{connectorId}/test | Checks connectivity between a masking engine and a remote data source. -*ConnectorsApi* | [**CreateConnectorTags**](docs/ConnectorsApi.md#createconnectortags) | **Post** /connectors/{connectorId}/tags | Create tags for a Connector. -*ConnectorsApi* | [**DeleteConnectorTag**](docs/ConnectorsApi.md#deleteconnectortag) | **Post** /connectors/{connectorId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Connector. -*ConnectorsApi* | [**GetConnectorById**](docs/ConnectorsApi.md#getconnectorbyid) | **Get** /connectors/{connectorId} | Retrieve a masking Connector by ID. -*ConnectorsApi* | [**GetConnectorTags**](docs/ConnectorsApi.md#getconnectortags) | **Get** /connectors/{connectorId}/tags | Get tags for a Connector. -*ConnectorsApi* | [**GetConnectors**](docs/ConnectorsApi.md#getconnectors) | **Get** /connectors | Retrieve the list of masking connectors. -*ConnectorsApi* | [**SearchConnectors**](docs/ConnectorsApi.md#searchconnectors) | **Post** /connectors/search | Search for masking Connectors. -*ConnectorsApi* | [**UpdateConnectorById**](docs/ConnectorsApi.md#updateconnectorbyid) | **Patch** /connectors/{connectorId} | Update a masking Connector by ID. -*DSourcesApi* | [**CreateTagsDsource**](docs/DSourcesApi.md#createtagsdsource) | **Post** /dsources/{dsourceId}/tags | Create tags for a dSource. -*DSourcesApi* | [**DeleteDsource**](docs/DSourcesApi.md#deletedsource) | **Post** /dsources/delete | Delete the specified dSource. -*DSourcesApi* | [**DeleteTagsDsource**](docs/DSourcesApi.md#deletetagsdsource) | **Post** /dsources/{dsourceId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a dSource. -*DSourcesApi* | [**DisableDsource**](docs/DSourcesApi.md#disabledsource) | **Post** /dsources/{dsourceId}/disable | Disable a dSource. -*DSourcesApi* | [**EnableDsource**](docs/DSourcesApi.md#enabledsource) | **Post** /dsources/{dsourceId}/enable | Enable a dSource. -*DSourcesApi* | [**GetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaults**](docs/DSourcesApi.md#getappdatadsourcelinkingdefaults) | **Post** /dsources/appdata/defaults | Get defaults for an AppData dSource linking. -*DSourcesApi* | [**GetAseDsourceLinkingDefaults**](docs/DSourcesApi.md#getasedsourcelinkingdefaults) | **Post** /dsources/ase/defaults | Get defaults for an ASE dSource linking. -*DSourcesApi* | [**GetDsourceById**](docs/DSourcesApi.md#getdsourcebyid) | **Get** /dsources/{dsourceId} | Get a dSource by ID. -*DSourcesApi* | [**GetDsourceSnapshots**](docs/DSourcesApi.md#getdsourcesnapshots) | **Get** /dsources/{dsourceId}/snapshots | List Snapshots for a dSource. -*DSourcesApi* | [**GetDsources**](docs/DSourcesApi.md#getdsources) | **Get** /dsources | List all dSources. -*DSourcesApi* | [**GetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaults**](docs/DSourcesApi.md#getmssqldsourcelinkingdefaults) | **Post** /dsources/mssql/defaults | Get defaults for a MSSql dSource linking. -*DSourcesApi* | [**GetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaults**](docs/DSourcesApi.md#getmssqlstagingpushdsourcelinkingdefaults) | **Post** /dsources/mssql/staging-push/defaults | Get defaults for a MSSql staging push dSource linking. -*DSourcesApi* | [**GetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaults**](docs/DSourcesApi.md#getoracledsourcelinkingdefaults) | **Post** /dsources/oracle/defaults | Get defaults for dSource linking. -*DSourcesApi* | [**GetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaults**](docs/DSourcesApi.md#getoraclestagingpushdsourcelinkingdefaults) | **Post** /dsources/oracle/staging-push/defaults | Get defaults for a Oracle staging push dSource linking. -*DSourcesApi* | [**GetTagsDsource**](docs/DSourcesApi.md#gettagsdsource) | **Get** /dsources/{dsourceId}/tags | Get tags for a dSource. -*DSourcesApi* | [**LinkAppdataDatabase**](docs/DSourcesApi.md#linkappdatadatabase) | **Post** /dsources/appdata | Link an AppData database as dSource. -*DSourcesApi* | [**LinkAseDatabase**](docs/DSourcesApi.md#linkasedatabase) | **Post** /dsources/ase | Link an ASE database as dSource. -*DSourcesApi* | [**LinkMssqlDatabase**](docs/DSourcesApi.md#linkmssqldatabase) | **Post** /dsources/mssql | Link a MSSql database as dSource. -*DSourcesApi* | [**LinkMssqlStagingPushDatabase**](docs/DSourcesApi.md#linkmssqlstagingpushdatabase) | **Post** /dsources/mssql/staging-push | Link a MSSql staging push database as dSource. -*DSourcesApi* | [**LinkOracleDatabase**](docs/DSourcesApi.md#linkoracledatabase) | **Post** /dsources/oracle | Link Oracle database as dSource. -*DSourcesApi* | [**LinkOracleStagingPushDatabase**](docs/DSourcesApi.md#linkoraclestagingpushdatabase) | **Post** /dsources/oracle/staging-push | Link an Oracle staging push database as dSource. -*DSourcesApi* | [**SearchDsources**](docs/DSourcesApi.md#searchdsources) | **Post** /dsources/search | Search for dSources. -*DSourcesApi* | [**SnapshotDsource**](docs/DSourcesApi.md#snapshotdsource) | **Post** /dsources/{dsourceId}/snapshots | Snapshot a dSource. -*DatabaseTemplatesApi* | [**CreateDatabaseTemplate**](docs/DatabaseTemplatesApi.md#createdatabasetemplate) | **Post** /database-templates | Create a database template. -*DatabaseTemplatesApi* | [**CreateDatabaseTemplateTags**](docs/DatabaseTemplatesApi.md#createdatabasetemplatetags) | **Post** /database-templates/{databaseTemplateId}/tags | Create tags for a DatabaseTemplate. -*DatabaseTemplatesApi* | [**DeleteDatabaseTemplate**](docs/DatabaseTemplatesApi.md#deletedatabasetemplate) | **Delete** /database-templates/{databaseTemplateId} | Delete a DatabaseTemplate by ID. -*DatabaseTemplatesApi* | [**DeleteDatabaseTemplateTag**](docs/DatabaseTemplatesApi.md#deletedatabasetemplatetag) | **Post** /database-templates/{databaseTemplateId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a DatabaseTemplate. -*DatabaseTemplatesApi* | [**GetDatabaseTemplateById**](docs/DatabaseTemplatesApi.md#getdatabasetemplatebyid) | **Get** /database-templates/{databaseTemplateId} | Retrieve a DatabaseTemplate by ID. -*DatabaseTemplatesApi* | [**GetDatabaseTemplateTags**](docs/DatabaseTemplatesApi.md#getdatabasetemplatetags) | **Get** /database-templates/{databaseTemplateId}/tags | Get tags for a DatabaseTemplate. -*DatabaseTemplatesApi* | [**GetDatabaseTemplates**](docs/DatabaseTemplatesApi.md#getdatabasetemplates) | **Get** /database-templates | Retrieve the list of database templates. -*DatabaseTemplatesApi* | [**ImportDatabaseTemplates**](docs/DatabaseTemplatesApi.md#importdatabasetemplates) | **Post** /database-templates/import | Imports the database templates from an an engine. -*DatabaseTemplatesApi* | [**SearchDatabaseTemplates**](docs/DatabaseTemplatesApi.md#searchdatabasetemplates) | **Post** /database-templates/search | Search DatabaseTemplates. -*DatabaseTemplatesApi* | [**UndoImportDatabaseTemplates**](docs/DatabaseTemplatesApi.md#undoimportdatabasetemplates) | **Post** /database-templates/undo-import | Undo an import of DatabaseTemplates on an Engine. -*DatabaseTemplatesApi* | [**UpdateDatabaseTemplate**](docs/DatabaseTemplatesApi.md#updatedatabasetemplate) | **Patch** /database-templates/{databaseTemplateId} | Updates a DatabaseTemplate by ID -*EnvironmentsApi* | [**CompatibleRepositoriesByLocation**](docs/EnvironmentsApi.md#compatiblerepositoriesbylocation) | **Post** /environments/compatible_repositories_by_location | Get compatible repositories corresponding to the location. -*EnvironmentsApi* | [**CompatibleRepositoriesBySnapshot**](docs/EnvironmentsApi.md#compatiblerepositoriesbysnapshot) | **Post** /environments/compatible_repositories_by_snapshot | Get compatible repositories corresponding to the snapshot. -*EnvironmentsApi* | [**CompatibleRepositoriesByTimestamp**](docs/EnvironmentsApi.md#compatiblerepositoriesbytimestamp) | **Post** /environments/compatible_repositories_by_timestamp | Get compatible repositories corresponding to the timestamp. -*EnvironmentsApi* | [**CompatibleRepositoriesFromBookmark**](docs/EnvironmentsApi.md#compatiblerepositoriesfrombookmark) | **Post** /environments/compatible_repositories_from_bookmark | Get compatible repositories corresponding to the bookmark. -*EnvironmentsApi* | [**CreateEnvironment**](docs/EnvironmentsApi.md#createenvironment) | **Post** /environments | Create an environment. -*EnvironmentsApi* | [**CreateEnvironmentTags**](docs/EnvironmentsApi.md#createenvironmenttags) | **Post** /environments/{environmentId}/tags | Create tags for an Environment. -*EnvironmentsApi* | [**CreateEnvironmentUser**](docs/EnvironmentsApi.md#createenvironmentuser) | **Post** /environments/{environmentId}/users | Create environment user. -*EnvironmentsApi* | [**CreateHost**](docs/EnvironmentsApi.md#createhost) | **Post** /environments/{environmentId}/hosts | Create a new Host. -*EnvironmentsApi* | [**DeleteEnvironment**](docs/EnvironmentsApi.md#deleteenvironment) | **Delete** /environments/{environmentId} | Delete an environment by ID. -*EnvironmentsApi* | [**DeleteEnvironmentTags**](docs/EnvironmentsApi.md#deleteenvironmenttags) | **Post** /environments/{environmentId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for an Environment. -*EnvironmentsApi* | [**DeleteEnvironmentUser**](docs/EnvironmentsApi.md#deleteenvironmentuser) | **Delete** /environments/{environmentId}/users/{userRef} | Delete environment user. -*EnvironmentsApi* | [**DeleteHost**](docs/EnvironmentsApi.md#deletehost) | **Delete** /environments/{environmentId}/hosts/{hostId} | Delete a Host. -*EnvironmentsApi* | [**DisableEnvironment**](docs/EnvironmentsApi.md#disableenvironment) | **Post** /environments/{environmentId}/disable | Disable environment. -*EnvironmentsApi* | [**EnableEnvironment**](docs/EnvironmentsApi.md#enableenvironment) | **Post** /environments/{environmentId}/enable | Enable a disabled environment. -*EnvironmentsApi* | [**GetEnvironmentById**](docs/EnvironmentsApi.md#getenvironmentbyid) | **Get** /environments/{environmentId} | Returns an environment by ID. -*EnvironmentsApi* | [**GetEnvironments**](docs/EnvironmentsApi.md#getenvironments) | **Get** /environments | List all environments. -*EnvironmentsApi* | [**GetTagsEnvironment**](docs/EnvironmentsApi.md#gettagsenvironment) | **Get** /environments/{environmentId}/tags | Get tags for an Environment. -*EnvironmentsApi* | [**ListEnvironmentUsers**](docs/EnvironmentsApi.md#listenvironmentusers) | **Get** /environments/{environmentId}/users | List environment users. -*EnvironmentsApi* | [**PrimaryEnvironmentUser**](docs/EnvironmentsApi.md#primaryenvironmentuser) | **Post** /environments/{environmentId}/users/{userRef}/primary | Set primary environment user. -*EnvironmentsApi* | [**RefreshEnvironment**](docs/EnvironmentsApi.md#refreshenvironment) | **Post** /environments/{environmentId}/refresh | Refresh environment. -*EnvironmentsApi* | [**SearchEnvironments**](docs/EnvironmentsApi.md#searchenvironments) | **Post** /environments/search | Search for environments. -*EnvironmentsApi* | [**UpdateEnvironment**](docs/EnvironmentsApi.md#updateenvironment) | **Patch** /environments/{environmentId} | Update an environment by ID. -*EnvironmentsApi* | [**UpdateEnvironmentUser**](docs/EnvironmentsApi.md#updateenvironmentuser) | **Put** /environments/{environmentId}/users/{userRef} | Update environment user. -*EnvironmentsApi* | [**UpdateHost**](docs/EnvironmentsApi.md#updatehost) | **Patch** /environments/{environmentId}/hosts/{hostId} | Update a Host. -*EnvironmentsApi* | [**UpdateRepository**](docs/EnvironmentsApi.md#updaterepository) | **Patch** /environments/{environmentId}/repository/{repositoryId} | Update a Repository. -*ExecutionsApi* | [**CancelExecution**](docs/ExecutionsApi.md#cancelexecution) | **Post** /executions/{executionId}/cancel | Cancel an Execution. -*ExecutionsApi* | [**CleanupExecution**](docs/ExecutionsApi.md#cleanupexecution) | **Post** /executions/{executionId}/cleanup | Cleanup an Execution (Hyperscale only). -*ExecutionsApi* | [**GetExecutionById**](docs/ExecutionsApi.md#getexecutionbyid) | **Get** /executions/{executionId} | Retrieve an Execution by ID. -*ExecutionsApi* | [**GetExecutionEvents**](docs/ExecutionsApi.md#getexecutionevents) | **Get** /executions/{executionId}/events | Retrieve the list of events for a masking execution. -*ExecutionsApi* | [**GetExecutionLog**](docs/ExecutionsApi.md#getexecutionlog) | **Get** /executions/{executionId}/log | Retrieve the masking execution log. -*ExecutionsApi* | [**GetExecutions**](docs/ExecutionsApi.md#getexecutions) | **Get** /executions | Retrieve the list of masking executions. -*ExecutionsApi* | [**RestartExecution**](docs/ExecutionsApi.md#restartexecution) | **Post** /executions/{executionId}/restart | Restart an Execution (Hyperscale only). -*ExecutionsApi* | [**SearchExecutionEvents**](docs/ExecutionsApi.md#searchexecutionevents) | **Post** /executions/{executionId}/events/search | Search masking executions events. -*ExecutionsApi* | [**SearchExecutions**](docs/ExecutionsApi.md#searchexecutions) | **Post** /executions/search | Search masking executions. -*FeatureFlagApi* | [**GetEnabledFeaturesFlag**](docs/FeatureFlagApi.md#getenabledfeaturesflag) | **Get** /enabled-features-flag | Get enabled feature flags. -*GroupsApi* | [**GetDatasetGroupById**](docs/GroupsApi.md#getdatasetgroupbyid) | **Get** /groups/{groupId} | Get a dataset group by ID or Name. -*GroupsApi* | [**GetDatasetGroups**](docs/GroupsApi.md#getdatasetgroups) | **Get** /groups | List all dataset groups. -*GroupsApi* | [**SearchDatasetGroups**](docs/GroupsApi.md#searchdatasetgroups) | **Post** /groups/search | Search for dataset groups. -*HyperscaleInstanceApi* | [**AddEngineToHyperscaleInstance**](docs/HyperscaleInstanceApi.md#addenginetohyperscaleinstance) | **Post** /hyperscale-instances/{hyperscaleInstanceId}/add-engine | Add an engine to a Hyperscale Instance. -*HyperscaleInstanceApi* | [**CreateHyperscaleInstanceTags**](docs/HyperscaleInstanceApi.md#createhyperscaleinstancetags) | **Post** /hyperscale-instances/{hyperscaleInstanceId}/tags | Create tags for a Hyperscale Instance. -*HyperscaleInstanceApi* | [**DeleteHyperscaleInstanceTags**](docs/HyperscaleInstanceApi.md#deletehyperscaleinstancetags) | **Post** /hyperscale-instances/{hyperscaleInstanceId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Hyperscale Instance. -*HyperscaleInstanceApi* | [**GetHyperscaleInstanceById**](docs/HyperscaleInstanceApi.md#gethyperscaleinstancebyid) | **Get** /hyperscale-instances/{hyperscaleInstanceId} | Returns a Hyperscale Instance by ID. -*HyperscaleInstanceApi* | [**GetHyperscaleInstanceTags**](docs/HyperscaleInstanceApi.md#gethyperscaleinstancetags) | **Get** /hyperscale-instances/{hyperscaleInstanceId}/tags | Get tags for a Hyperscale Instance. -*HyperscaleInstanceApi* | [**GetHyperscaleInstances**](docs/HyperscaleInstanceApi.md#gethyperscaleinstances) | **Get** /hyperscale-instances | Returns a list of Hyperscale instances. -*HyperscaleInstanceApi* | [**RegisterHyperscaleInstance**](docs/HyperscaleInstanceApi.md#registerhyperscaleinstance) | **Post** /hyperscale-instances | Register a Hyperscale instance -*HyperscaleInstanceApi* | [**RemoveEngineFromHyperscaleInstance**](docs/HyperscaleInstanceApi.md#removeenginefromhyperscaleinstance) | **Post** /hyperscale-instances/{hyperscaleInstanceId}/remove-engine | Remove an engine from a Hyperscale Instance. -*HyperscaleInstanceApi* | [**SearchHyperscaleInstances**](docs/HyperscaleInstanceApi.md#searchhyperscaleinstances) | **Post** /hyperscale-instances/search | Search for Hyperscale instances. -*HyperscaleInstanceApi* | [**SyncEnginesHyperscaleInstance**](docs/HyperscaleInstanceApi.md#syncengineshyperscaleinstance) | **Post** /hyperscale-instances/{hyperscaleInstanceId}/sync-engines | Sync the global object from a source engine to engines on a Hyperscale Instance. -*HyperscaleInstanceApi* | [**UnregisterHyperscaleInstance**](docs/HyperscaleInstanceApi.md#unregisterhyperscaleinstance) | **Delete** /hyperscale-instances/{hyperscaleInstanceId} | Unregister a Hyperscale Instance. -*HyperscaleInstanceApi* | [**UpdateHyperscaleInstance**](docs/HyperscaleInstanceApi.md#updatehyperscaleinstance) | **Patch** /hyperscale-instances/{hyperscaleInstanceId} | Update an Hyperscale Instance -*HyperscaleObjectsApi* | [**CreateHyperscaleConnector**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsApi.md#createhyperscaleconnector) | **Post** /hyperscale-connectors | Create a Hyperscale Connector. -*HyperscaleObjectsApi* | [**CreateHyperscaleConnectorTags**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsApi.md#createhyperscaleconnectortags) | **Post** /hyperscale-connectors/{hyperscaleConnectorId}/tags | Create tags for a Hyperscale Connector. -*HyperscaleObjectsApi* | [**CreateHyperscaleDatasetTags**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsApi.md#createhyperscaledatasettags) | **Post** /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId}/tags | Create tags for a Hyperscale Dataset. -*HyperscaleObjectsApi* | [**CreateHyperscaleMountPoint**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsApi.md#createhyperscalemountpoint) | **Post** /hyperscale-mount-points | Create a Hyperscale Mount Point -*HyperscaleObjectsApi* | [**DeleteHyperscaleConnector**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsApi.md#deletehyperscaleconnector) | **Delete** /hyperscale-connectors/{hyperscaleConnectorId} | Delete a Hyperscale Connector. -*HyperscaleObjectsApi* | [**DeleteHyperscaleConnectorTags**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsApi.md#deletehyperscaleconnectortags) | **Post** /hyperscale-connectors/{hyperscaleConnectorId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Hyperscale Connector. -*HyperscaleObjectsApi* | [**DeleteHyperscaleDatasetTags**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsApi.md#deletehyperscaledatasettags) | **Post** /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Hyperscale Dataset. -*HyperscaleObjectsApi* | [**DeleteHyperscaleMountPoint**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsApi.md#deletehyperscalemountpoint) | **Delete** /hyperscale-mount-points/{hyperscaleMountPointId} | Delete a Hyperscale Mount Point. -*HyperscaleObjectsApi* | [**GetHyperscaleConnectorById**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsApi.md#gethyperscaleconnectorbyid) | **Get** /hyperscale-connectors/{hyperscaleConnectorId} | Get a Hyperscale Connector. -*HyperscaleObjectsApi* | [**GetHyperscaleConnectorTags**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsApi.md#gethyperscaleconnectortags) | **Get** /hyperscale-connectors/{hyperscaleConnectorId}/tags | Get tags for a Hyperscale Connector. -*HyperscaleObjectsApi* | [**GetHyperscaleConnectors**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsApi.md#gethyperscaleconnectors) | **Get** /hyperscale-connectors | Returns a list of Hyperscale Connectors. -*HyperscaleObjectsApi* | [**GetHyperscaleDatasetById**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsApi.md#gethyperscaledatasetbyid) | **Get** /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId} | Get a Hyperscale Dataset. -*HyperscaleObjectsApi* | [**GetHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileById**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsApi.md#gethyperscaledatasettableorfilebyid) | **Get** /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId}/tables-or-files/{hyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileId} | Get a Hyperscale Dataset table or file by ID. -*HyperscaleObjectsApi* | [**GetHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFiles**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsApi.md#gethyperscaledatasettablesorfiles) | **Get** /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId}/tables-or-files | Get the tables or files of a hyperscale dataset -*HyperscaleObjectsApi* | [**GetHyperscaleDatasetTags**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsApi.md#gethyperscaledatasettags) | **Get** /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId}/tags | Get tags for a Hyperscale Dataset. -*HyperscaleObjectsApi* | [**GetHyperscaleDatasets**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsApi.md#gethyperscaledatasets) | **Get** /hyperscale-datasets | Returns a list of Hyperscale Datasets. -*HyperscaleObjectsApi* | [**GetHyperscaleMountPointById**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsApi.md#gethyperscalemountpointbyid) | **Get** /hyperscale-mount-points/{hyperscaleMountPointId} | Get a Hyperscale Mount Points. -*HyperscaleObjectsApi* | [**GetHyperscaleMountPoints**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsApi.md#gethyperscalemountpoints) | **Get** /hyperscale-mount-points | Returns a list of Hyperscale Mount Points. -*HyperscaleObjectsApi* | [**SearchHyperscaleConnectors**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsApi.md#searchhyperscaleconnectors) | **Post** /hyperscale-connectors/search | Search for Hyperscale Connectors. -*HyperscaleObjectsApi* | [**SearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFiles**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsApi.md#searchhyperscaledatasettablesorfiles) | **Post** /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId}/tables-or-files/search | Search the tables or files of a hyperscale dataset -*HyperscaleObjectsApi* | [**SearchHyperscaleDatasets**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsApi.md#searchhyperscaledatasets) | **Post** /hyperscale-datasets/search | Search for Hyperscale Datasets. -*HyperscaleObjectsApi* | [**SearchHyperscaleMountPoints**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsApi.md#searchhyperscalemountpoints) | **Post** /hyperscale-mount-points/search | Search for Hyperscale Mount Points. -*HyperscaleObjectsApi* | [**UpdateHyperscaleConnectorById**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsApi.md#updatehyperscaleconnectorbyid) | **Patch** /hyperscale-connectors/{hyperscaleConnectorId} | Update a Hyperscale Connector by ID. -*HyperscaleObjectsApi* | [**UpdateHyperscaleDatasetById**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsApi.md#updatehyperscaledatasetbyid) | **Patch** /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId} | Update a Hyperscale Dataset by ID. -*HyperscaleObjectsApi* | [**UpdateHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileById**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsApi.md#updatehyperscaledatasettableorfilebyid) | **Patch** /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId}/tables-or-files/{hyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileId} | Update a Hyperscale Dataset table or file by ID. -*HyperscaleObjectsApi* | [**UpdateHyperscaleMountPointById**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsApi.md#updatehyperscalemountpointbyid) | **Patch** /hyperscale-mount-points/{hyperscaleMountPointId} | Update a Hyperscale Mount Point by ID. -*JobsApi* | [**AbandonJob**](docs/JobsApi.md#abandonjob) | **Post** /jobs/{jobId}/abandon | Abandons a job. -*JobsApi* | [**CreateJobTags**](docs/JobsApi.md#createjobtags) | **Post** /jobs/{jobId}/tags | Create tags for a Job. -*JobsApi* | [**DeleteJobTag**](docs/JobsApi.md#deletejobtag) | **Post** /jobs/{jobId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Job. -*JobsApi* | [**GetJobById**](docs/JobsApi.md#getjobbyid) | **Get** /jobs/{jobId} | Returns a job by ID. -*JobsApi* | [**GetJobTags**](docs/JobsApi.md#getjobtags) | **Get** /jobs/{jobId}/tags | Get tags for a Job. -*JobsApi* | [**GetJobs**](docs/JobsApi.md#getjobs) | **Get** /jobs | List all jobs. -*JobsApi* | [**SearchJobs**](docs/JobsApi.md#searchjobs) | **Post** /jobs/search | Search for jobs. -*KerberosConfigApi* | [**GetKerberosConfigById**](docs/KerberosConfigApi.md#getkerberosconfigbyid) | **Get** /kerberos-configs/{kerberosConfigId} | Get a kerberos config by ID or Name. -*KerberosConfigApi* | [**ListKerberosConfigs**](docs/KerberosConfigApi.md#listkerberosconfigs) | **Get** /kerberos-configs | List all kerberos configs. -*KerberosConfigApi* | [**SearchKerberosConfigs**](docs/KerberosConfigApi.md#searchkerberosconfigs) | **Post** /kerberos-configs/search | Search for Kerberos Configs. -*LoginApi* | [**AccountLogin**](docs/LoginApi.md#accountlogin) | **Post** /login | Login to Account with Username and Password -*LoginApi* | [**AccountLogout**](docs/LoginApi.md#accountlogout) | **Post** /logout | Invalidates username/password and SSO login session. -*LoginApi* | [**TokenInfo**](docs/LoginApi.md#tokeninfo) | **Post** /token-info | Get Token Information -*ManagementApi* | [**CreateEngineTags**](docs/ManagementApi.md#createenginetags) | **Post** /management/engines/{engineId}/tags | Create tags for an Engine. -*ManagementApi* | [**CreateHashicorpVault**](docs/ManagementApi.md#createhashicorpvault) | **Post** /management/vaults/hashicorp | Configure a new Hashicorp Vault -*ManagementApi* | [**CreateHashicorpVaultTags**](docs/ManagementApi.md#createhashicorpvaulttags) | **Post** /management/vaults/hashicorp/{vaultId}/tags | Create tags for a Hashicorp vault. -*ManagementApi* | [**DeleteEngineTags**](docs/ManagementApi.md#deleteenginetags) | **Post** /management/engines/{engineId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for an Engine. -*ManagementApi* | [**DeleteHashicorpVault**](docs/ManagementApi.md#deletehashicorpvault) | **Delete** /management/vaults/hashicorp/{vaultId} | Delete a Hashicorp vault by id -*ManagementApi* | [**DeleteHashicorpVaultTag**](docs/ManagementApi.md#deletehashicorpvaulttag) | **Post** /management/vaults/hashicorp/{vaultId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Hashicorp vault. -*ManagementApi* | [**GetApiClassification**](docs/ManagementApi.md#getapiclassification) | **Get** /management/api-classification | Get api classification. -*ManagementApi* | [**GetEngineTags**](docs/ManagementApi.md#getenginetags) | **Get** /management/engines/{engineId}/tags | Get tags for a Engine. -*ManagementApi* | [**GetHashicorpVault**](docs/ManagementApi.md#gethashicorpvault) | **Get** /management/vaults/hashicorp/{vaultId} | Get a Hashicorp vault by id -*ManagementApi* | [**GetHashicorpVaultTags**](docs/ManagementApi.md#gethashicorpvaulttags) | **Get** /management/vaults/hashicorp/{vaultId}/tags | Get tags for a Hashicorp vault. -*ManagementApi* | [**GetHashicorpVaults**](docs/ManagementApi.md#gethashicorpvaults) | **Get** /management/vaults/hashicorp | Returns a list of configured Hashicorp vaults. -*ManagementApi* | [**GetLdapConfig**](docs/ManagementApi.md#getldapconfig) | **Get** /management/ldap-config | Returns the LDAP configuration -*ManagementApi* | [**GetMetadataDatabase**](docs/ManagementApi.md#getmetadatadatabase) | **Get** /management/metadata-database | Returns configuration information about the metadata database which stores the product data. -*ManagementApi* | [**GetProductRegistrationDelphixConnectivityCheck**](docs/ManagementApi.md#getproductregistrationdelphixconnectivitycheck) | **Get** /management/product-registration-delphix-connectivity-check | Returns True if Delphix services are reachable for product registration. -*ManagementApi* | [**GetProductRegistrationKey**](docs/ManagementApi.md#getproductregistrationkey) | **Get** /management/product-registration-offline | Generates and returns a public key that can be used to register the product. -*ManagementApi* | [**GetProductRegistrationStatus**](docs/ManagementApi.md#getproductregistrationstatus) | **Get** /management/product-registration-status | Returns the product registration status. -*ManagementApi* | [**GetProxyConfiguration**](docs/ManagementApi.md#getproxyconfiguration) | **Get** /management/proxy | Returns the current web proxy configuration to use to connect to Delphix services. -*ManagementApi* | [**GetRegisteredEngine**](docs/ManagementApi.md#getregisteredengine) | **Get** /management/engines/{engineId} | Returns a registered engine by ID. -*ManagementApi* | [**GetRegisteredEngines**](docs/ManagementApi.md#getregisteredengines) | **Get** /management/engines | Returns a list of registered engines. -*ManagementApi* | [**GetSamlConfig**](docs/ManagementApi.md#getsamlconfig) | **Get** /management/saml-config | Returns the SAML configuration -*ManagementApi* | [**GetSmtpConfig**](docs/ManagementApi.md#getsmtpconfig) | **Get** /management/smtp | Returns the SMTP configuration -*ManagementApi* | [**ListProperties**](docs/ManagementApi.md#listproperties) | **Get** /management/properties | Get global properties. -*ManagementApi* | [**RegisterEngine**](docs/ManagementApi.md#registerengine) | **Post** /management/engines | Register an engine. -*ManagementApi* | [**RegisterProductOffline**](docs/ManagementApi.md#registerproductoffline) | **Post** /management/product-registration-offline | Registers the product using a manually generated payload. -*ManagementApi* | [**RegisterProductOnline**](docs/ManagementApi.md#registerproductonline) | **Post** /management/product-registration-online | Registers the product using the provided credentials. -*ManagementApi* | [**SearchEngines**](docs/ManagementApi.md#searchengines) | **Post** /management/engines/search | Search for engines. -*ManagementApi* | [**SearchHashicorpVaults**](docs/ManagementApi.md#searchhashicorpvaults) | **Post** /management/vaults/hashicorp/search | Search for configured Hashicorp vaults. -*ManagementApi* | [**UnregisterEngine**](docs/ManagementApi.md#unregisterengine) | **Delete** /management/engines/{engineId} | Unregister an engine. -*ManagementApi* | [**UpdateApiClassification**](docs/ManagementApi.md#updateapiclassification) | **Put** /management/api-classification | Update the api classification to new version. -*ManagementApi* | [**UpdateLdapConfig**](docs/ManagementApi.md#updateldapconfig) | **Put** /management/ldap-config | Update LDAP Config. -*ManagementApi* | [**UpdateProperties**](docs/ManagementApi.md#updateproperties) | **Patch** /management/properties | Update value of predefined properties. -*ManagementApi* | [**UpdateProxyConfiguration**](docs/ManagementApi.md#updateproxyconfiguration) | **Put** /management/proxy | Update the web proxy configuration to use to connect to Delphix services. -*ManagementApi* | [**UpdateRegisteredEngine**](docs/ManagementApi.md#updateregisteredengine) | **Put** /management/engines/{engineId} | Update a registered engine. -*ManagementApi* | [**UpdateRegisteredEnginePartial**](docs/ManagementApi.md#updateregisteredenginepartial) | **Patch** /management/engines/{engineId} | Update a registered engine. -*ManagementApi* | [**UpdateSamlConfig**](docs/ManagementApi.md#updatesamlconfig) | **Put** /management/saml-config | Update SAML Config. -*ManagementApi* | [**UpdateSmtpConfig**](docs/ManagementApi.md#updatesmtpconfig) | **Put** /management/smtp | Update SMTP Config. -*ManagementApi* | [**ValidateJavaPath**](docs/ManagementApi.md#validatejavapath) | **Post** /management/engines/{engineId}/validate/java-path | Validate java path for the remote host machine. -*ManagementApi* | [**ValidateLdapConfig**](docs/ManagementApi.md#validateldapconfig) | **Post** /management/ldap-config/validate | Validate LDAP Config. Without username/password, DCT performs an anonymous bind against the LDAP server. If credentials are provided DCT validates that authentication and mapping of optional properties are actually working with provided credentials. LDAP search is only validated if search attributes are set. -*ManagementApi* | [**ValidateSmtpConfig**](docs/ManagementApi.md#validatesmtpconfig) | **Post** /management/smtp/validate | Validate SMTP Config. -*MaskingEnvironmentsApi* | [**GetMaskingEnvironmentById**](docs/MaskingEnvironmentsApi.md#getmaskingenvironmentbyid) | **Get** /masking-environments/{maskingEnvironmentId} | Retrieve a MaskingEnvironment by ID. -*MaskingEnvironmentsApi* | [**GetMaskingEnvironments**](docs/MaskingEnvironmentsApi.md#getmaskingenvironments) | **Get** /masking-environments | Retrieve the list of masking environments. -*MaskingEnvironmentsApi* | [**SearchMaskingEnvironments**](docs/MaskingEnvironmentsApi.md#searchmaskingenvironments) | **Post** /masking-environments/search | Search masking environments. -*MaskingFilesApi* | [**UploadMaskingFile**](docs/MaskingFilesApi.md#uploadmaskingfile) | **Post** /masking-file-uploads | Upload a file for masking. -*MaskingJobsApi* | [**AddEngineToMaskingJob**](docs/MaskingJobsApi.md#addenginetomaskingjob) | **Post** /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/add-engine | Add an engine to a Masking Job (Hyperscale Job only). -*MaskingJobsApi* | [**CopyMaskingJob**](docs/MaskingJobsApi.md#copymaskingjob) | **Post** /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/copy | Copies the masking job to another engine. -*MaskingJobsApi* | [**CreateMaskingJob**](docs/MaskingJobsApi.md#createmaskingjob) | **Post** /masking-jobs | Create a Masking Job. -*MaskingJobsApi* | [**CreateMaskingJobTag**](docs/MaskingJobsApi.md#createmaskingjobtag) | **Post** /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/tags | Create tags for a Masking Job. -*MaskingJobsApi* | [**DeleteMaskingJob**](docs/MaskingJobsApi.md#deletemaskingjob) | **Delete** /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId} | Delete a masking job. -*MaskingJobsApi* | [**DeleteMaskingJobTag**](docs/MaskingJobsApi.md#deletemaskingjobtag) | **Post** /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Masking Job. -*MaskingJobsApi* | [**ExecuteMaskingJob**](docs/MaskingJobsApi.md#executemaskingjob) | **Post** /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/execute | Execute a MaskingJob. -*MaskingJobsApi* | [**GetMaskingJobById**](docs/MaskingJobsApi.md#getmaskingjobbyid) | **Get** /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId} | Retrieve a MaskingJob by ID. -*MaskingJobsApi* | [**GetMaskingJobConnectors**](docs/MaskingJobsApi.md#getmaskingjobconnectors) | **Get** /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/connectors | Get connectors for a Masking Job by ID. -*MaskingJobsApi* | [**GetMaskingJobSourceEngines**](docs/MaskingJobsApi.md#getmaskingjobsourceengines) | **Get** /masking-jobs/source-engines | Retrieve the list of masking jobs along with their source engine. -*MaskingJobsApi* | [**GetMaskingJobTag**](docs/MaskingJobsApi.md#getmaskingjobtag) | **Get** /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/tags | Get tags for a Masking Job. -*MaskingJobsApi* | [**GetMaskingJobs**](docs/MaskingJobsApi.md#getmaskingjobs) | **Get** /masking-jobs | Retrieve the list of masking jobs. -*MaskingJobsApi* | [**MigrateMaskingJob**](docs/MaskingJobsApi.md#migratemaskingjob) | **Post** /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/migrate | Migrates the masking job from its current source engine to another engine. -*MaskingJobsApi* | [**ReImportMaskingJob**](docs/MaskingJobsApi.md#reimportmaskingjob) | **Post** /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/re-import | Re-import the dataset from the source MaskingJob (Hyperscale Job only). -*MaskingJobsApi* | [**RemoveEngineFromMaskingJob**](docs/MaskingJobsApi.md#removeenginefrommaskingjob) | **Post** /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/remove-engine | Remove an engine from a Masking Job (Hyperscale Job only). -*MaskingJobsApi* | [**SearchMaskingJobSourceEngines**](docs/MaskingJobsApi.md#searchmaskingjobsourceengines) | **Post** /masking-jobs/source-engines/search | Search the list of masking jobs along with their source engine. -*MaskingJobsApi* | [**SearchMaskingJobs**](docs/MaskingJobsApi.md#searchmaskingjobs) | **Post** /masking-jobs/search | Search masking jobs. -*MaskingJobsApi* | [**UpdateMaskingJobById**](docs/MaskingJobsApi.md#updatemaskingjobbyid) | **Patch** /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId} | Update values of a MaskingJob. -*MaskingPluginsApi* | [**CreateMaskingPluginTags**](docs/MaskingPluginsApi.md#createmaskingplugintags) | **Post** /masking-plugins/{maskingPluginId}/tags | Create tags for a masking plugin. -*MaskingPluginsApi* | [**DeleteMaskingPlugin**](docs/MaskingPluginsApi.md#deletemaskingplugin) | **Delete** /masking-plugins/{maskingPluginId} | Delete a custom masking plugin. -*MaskingPluginsApi* | [**DeleteMaskingPluginTags**](docs/MaskingPluginsApi.md#deletemaskingplugintags) | **Post** /masking-plugins/{maskingPluginId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a masking plugin. -*MaskingPluginsApi* | [**GetMaskingPluginById**](docs/MaskingPluginsApi.md#getmaskingpluginbyid) | **Get** /masking-plugins/{maskingPluginId} | Get a masking plugin by ID or name. -*MaskingPluginsApi* | [**GetMaskingPluginTags**](docs/MaskingPluginsApi.md#getmaskingplugintags) | **Get** /masking-plugins/{maskingPluginId}/tags | Get tags for a masking plugin. -*MaskingPluginsApi* | [**GetMaskingPlugins**](docs/MaskingPluginsApi.md#getmaskingplugins) | **Get** /masking-plugins | Retrieve the list of masking plugins. -*MaskingPluginsApi* | [**InstallMaskingPlugin**](docs/MaskingPluginsApi.md#installmaskingplugin) | **Post** /masking-plugins | Install a custom masking plugin. -*MaskingPluginsApi* | [**SearchMaskingPlugins**](docs/MaskingPluginsApi.md#searchmaskingplugins) | **Post** /masking-plugins/search | Search for masking plugins. -*PasswordVaultsApi* | [**GetPasswordVaultById**](docs/PasswordVaultsApi.md#getpasswordvaultbyid) | **Get** /password_vaults/{passwordVaultId} | Get a password vault by ID or Name. -*PasswordVaultsApi* | [**GetPasswordVaults**](docs/PasswordVaultsApi.md#getpasswordvaults) | **Get** /password_vaults | List all password vaults. -*PasswordVaultsApi* | [**SearchPasswordVaults**](docs/PasswordVaultsApi.md#searchpasswordvaults) | **Post** /password_vaults/search | Search for Password Vaults. -*ReplicationApi* | [**CreateReplicationProfileTags**](docs/ReplicationApi.md#createreplicationprofiletags) | **Post** /replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId}/tags | Create tags for a ReplicationProfile. -*ReplicationApi* | [**DeleteRepliationProfileTags**](docs/ReplicationApi.md#deleterepliationprofiletags) | **Post** /replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a ReplicationProfile. -*ReplicationApi* | [**DisableTagReplication**](docs/ReplicationApi.md#disabletagreplication) | **Post** /replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId}/disable-tag-replication | Disable tag replication for given ReplicationProfile. -*ReplicationApi* | [**EnableTagReplication**](docs/ReplicationApi.md#enabletagreplication) | **Post** /replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId}/enable-tag-replication | Enable tag replication for given ReplicationProfile. -*ReplicationApi* | [**GetReplicationProfileById**](docs/ReplicationApi.md#getreplicationprofilebyid) | **Get** /replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId} | Get a ReplicationProfile by ID. -*ReplicationApi* | [**GetReplicationProfileTags**](docs/ReplicationApi.md#getreplicationprofiletags) | **Get** /replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId}/tags | Get tags for a ReplicationProfile. -*ReplicationApi* | [**GetReplicationProfiles**](docs/ReplicationApi.md#getreplicationprofiles) | **Get** /replication-profiles | List all ReplicationProfiles. -*ReplicationApi* | [**SearchReplicationProfiles**](docs/ReplicationApi.md#searchreplicationprofiles) | **Post** /replication-profiles/search | Search for ReplicationProfiles. -*ReportingApi* | [**CreateReportingSchedule**](docs/ReportingApi.md#createreportingschedule) | **Post** /reporting/schedule | Create a new report schedule. -*ReportingApi* | [**CreateReportingScheduleTags**](docs/ReportingApi.md#createreportingscheduletags) | **Post** /reporting/schedule/{reportId}/tags | Create tags for a report schedule. -*ReportingApi* | [**DeleteReportingSchedule**](docs/ReportingApi.md#deletereportingschedule) | **Delete** /reporting/schedule/{reportId} | Delete report schedule by ID. -*ReportingApi* | [**DeleteReportingScheduleTag**](docs/ReportingApi.md#deletereportingscheduletag) | **Post** /reporting/schedule/{reportId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a report schedule. -*ReportingApi* | [**GetApiUsageReport**](docs/ReportingApi.md#getapiusagereport) | **Get** /reporting/api-usage-report | Gets the report of API usage metrics over a given time period. This API returns at the most 10000 results in the response to protect against the server running out of memory. Users might not hit this limit with the default report without any 'apiUsageReportGroupByParam' param but can hit this limit if the groupBy is by too granular like by 'client_name' or 'user_agent' only. Hence it is advisable to use startDate and endDate to 'limit' the scope of the report. -*ReportingApi* | [**GetAuditLogsSummaryReport**](docs/ReportingApi.md#getauditlogssummaryreport) | **Get** /reporting/audit-logs-summary-report | Gets the audit log summary report. -*ReportingApi* | [**GetDsourceConsumptionReport**](docs/ReportingApi.md#getdsourceconsumptionreport) | **Get** /reporting/dsource-consumption-report | Gets the consumption report for virtualization engine dSources. -*ReportingApi* | [**GetDsourceUsageReport**](docs/ReportingApi.md#getdsourceusagereport) | **Get** /reporting/dsource-usage-report | Gets the usage report for virtualization engine dSources. -*ReportingApi* | [**GetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReport**](docs/ReportingApi.md#getengineperformanceanalyticsreport) | **Get** /reporting/engine-performance-analytic-report | Gets the performance analytics report for engines. -*ReportingApi* | [**GetMaskingExecutionMetricsReport**](docs/ReportingApi.md#getmaskingexecutionmetricsreport) | **Get** /reporting/masking-execution-metrics | Get the masking execution metrics report. -*ReportingApi* | [**GetProductInfo**](docs/ReportingApi.md#getproductinfo) | **Get** /reporting/product_info | Returns the DCT Product Information. -*ReportingApi* | [**GetReportingScheduleById**](docs/ReportingApi.md#getreportingschedulebyid) | **Get** /reporting/schedule/{reportId} | Returns a report schedule by ID. -*ReportingApi* | [**GetReportingScheduleTags**](docs/ReportingApi.md#getreportingscheduletags) | **Get** /reporting/schedule/{reportId}/tags | Get tags for a report schedule. -*ReportingApi* | [**GetReportingSchedules**](docs/ReportingApi.md#getreportingschedules) | **Get** /reporting/schedule | List all report schedules. -*ReportingApi* | [**GetVdbInventoryReport**](docs/ReportingApi.md#getvdbinventoryreport) | **Get** /reporting/vdb-inventory-report | Gets the inventory report for virtualization engine VDBs. -*ReportingApi* | [**GetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReport**](docs/ReportingApi.md#getvirtualizationstoragesummaryreport) | **Get** /reporting/virtualization-storage-summary-report | Gets the storage summary report for virtualization engines. -*ReportingApi* | [**SearchDsourceConsumptionReport**](docs/ReportingApi.md#searchdsourceconsumptionreport) | **Post** /reporting/dsource-consumption-report/search | Search the consumption report for virtualization engine DSources. -*ReportingApi* | [**SearchDsourceUsageReport**](docs/ReportingApi.md#searchdsourceusagereport) | **Post** /reporting/dsource-usage-report/search | Search the usage report for virtualization engine dSources. -*ReportingApi* | [**SearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrends**](docs/ReportingApi.md#searchengineperformanceanalytictrends) | **Post** /reporting/engine-performance-analytic-trends/search | Search the performance analytic trend data for engines. -*ReportingApi* | [**SearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReport**](docs/ReportingApi.md#searchengineperformanceanalyticsreport) | **Post** /reporting/engine-performance-analytic-report/search | Search the performance analytic report for engines. -*ReportingApi* | [**SearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReport**](docs/ReportingApi.md#searchmaskingexecutionmetricsreport) | **Post** /reporting/masking-execution-metrics/search | Search the Masking execution metrics report. -*ReportingApi* | [**SearchReportingSchedules**](docs/ReportingApi.md#searchreportingschedules) | **Post** /reporting/schedule/search | Search for report schedules. -*ReportingApi* | [**SearchStorageSavingsSummaryReport**](docs/ReportingApi.md#searchstoragesavingssummaryreport) | **Post** /reporting/storage-savings-report/search | Search the saving storage summary report for virtualization engines. -*ReportingApi* | [**SearchVdbInventoryReport**](docs/ReportingApi.md#searchvdbinventoryreport) | **Post** /reporting/vdb-inventory-report/search | Search the inventory report for virtualization engine VDBs. -*ReportingApi* | [**SearchVirtualizationStorageSummaryReport**](docs/ReportingApi.md#searchvirtualizationstoragesummaryreport) | **Post** /reporting/virtualization-storage-summary-report/search | Search the storage summary report for virtualization engines. -*ReportingApi* | [**UpdateReportingSchedule**](docs/ReportingApi.md#updatereportingschedule) | **Put** /reporting/schedule/{reportId} | Update a reporting schedule by ID. -*SamlLoginApi* | [**CheckSaml**](docs/SamlLoginApi.md#checksaml) | **Get** /is-saml-enabled | Check if SAML is enabled -*SnapshotsApi* | [**CreateSnapshotTags**](docs/SnapshotsApi.md#createsnapshottags) | **Post** /snapshots/{snapshotId}/tags | Create tags for a Snapshot. -*SnapshotsApi* | [**DeleteSnapshot**](docs/SnapshotsApi.md#deletesnapshot) | **Delete** /snapshots/{snapshotId} | Delete a Snapshot. -*SnapshotsApi* | [**DeleteSnapshotTags**](docs/SnapshotsApi.md#deletesnapshottags) | **Post** /snapshots/{snapshotId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Snapshot. -*SnapshotsApi* | [**FindByLocation**](docs/SnapshotsApi.md#findbylocation) | **Get** /snapshots/find_by_location | Get the snapshots at this location for a dataset. -*SnapshotsApi* | [**FindByTimestamp**](docs/SnapshotsApi.md#findbytimestamp) | **Get** /snapshots/find_by_timestamp | Get the snapshots at this timestamp for a dataset. -*SnapshotsApi* | [**GetSnapshotById**](docs/SnapshotsApi.md#getsnapshotbyid) | **Get** /snapshots/{snapshotId} | Get a Snapshot by ID. -*SnapshotsApi* | [**GetSnapshotTags**](docs/SnapshotsApi.md#getsnapshottags) | **Get** /snapshots/{snapshotId}/tags | Get tags for a Snapshot. -*SnapshotsApi* | [**GetSnapshotTimeflowRange**](docs/SnapshotsApi.md#getsnapshottimeflowrange) | **Get** /snapshots/{snapshotId}/timeflow_range | Return the provisionable timeflow range based on a specific snapshot. -*SnapshotsApi* | [**GetSnapshots**](docs/SnapshotsApi.md#getsnapshots) | **Get** /snapshots | Retrieve the list of snapshots. -*SnapshotsApi* | [**SearchSnapshots**](docs/SnapshotsApi.md#searchsnapshots) | **Post** /snapshots/search | Search snapshots. -*SnapshotsApi* | [**UnsetSnapshotRetention**](docs/SnapshotsApi.md#unsetsnapshotretention) | **Post** /snapshots/{snapshotId}/unset_expiration | Unset a Snapshot's expiration, removing expiration and retain_forever values for the snapshot. -*SnapshotsApi* | [**UpdateSnapshot**](docs/SnapshotsApi.md#updatesnapshot) | **Patch** /snapshots/{snapshotId} | Update values of a Snapshot. -*SourcesApi* | [**CreatePostgresSource**](docs/SourcesApi.md#createpostgressource) | **Post** /sources/postgres | Create a PostgreSQL source. -*SourcesApi* | [**CreateSourceTags**](docs/SourcesApi.md#createsourcetags) | **Post** /sources/{sourceId}/tags | Create tags for a Source. -*SourcesApi* | [**DeleteSource**](docs/SourcesApi.md#deletesource) | **Delete** /sources/{sourceId} | Delete a source by ID. -*SourcesApi* | [**DeleteSourceTags**](docs/SourcesApi.md#deletesourcetags) | **Post** /sources/{sourceId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Source. -*SourcesApi* | [**GetSourceById**](docs/SourcesApi.md#getsourcebyid) | **Get** /sources/{sourceId} | Get a source by ID. -*SourcesApi* | [**GetSourceCompatibleRepo**](docs/SourcesApi.md#getsourcecompatiblerepo) | **Get** /sources/{sourceId}/staging_compatible_repositories | Returns a list of repositories that match the specified source. -*SourcesApi* | [**GetSourceTags**](docs/SourcesApi.md#getsourcetags) | **Get** /sources/{sourceId}/tags | Get tags for a Source. -*SourcesApi* | [**GetSources**](docs/SourcesApi.md#getsources) | **Get** /sources | List all sources. -*SourcesApi* | [**SearchSources**](docs/SourcesApi.md#searchsources) | **Post** /sources/search | Search for Sources. -*SourcesApi* | [**UpdatePostgresSourceById**](docs/SourcesApi.md#updatepostgressourcebyid) | **Patch** /sources/postgres/{sourceId} | Update a PostgreSQL source by ID. -*StagingSourcesApi* | [**CreateStagingSourceTags**](docs/StagingSourcesApi.md#createstagingsourcetags) | **Post** /staging-sources/{stagingSourceId}/tags | Create tags for a Staging Source. -*StagingSourcesApi* | [**DeleteStagingSourceTags**](docs/StagingSourcesApi.md#deletestagingsourcetags) | **Post** /staging-sources/{stagingSourceId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Staging Source. -*StagingSourcesApi* | [**GetStagingSourceById**](docs/StagingSourcesApi.md#getstagingsourcebyid) | **Get** /staging-sources/{stagingSourceId} | Get a staging source by ID. -*StagingSourcesApi* | [**GetStagingSourceTags**](docs/StagingSourcesApi.md#getstagingsourcetags) | **Get** /staging-sources/{stagingSourceId}/tags | Get tags for a Staging Source. -*StagingSourcesApi* | [**GetStagingSources**](docs/StagingSourcesApi.md#getstagingsources) | **Get** /staging-sources | List all staging sources. -*StagingSourcesApi* | [**SearchStagingSources**](docs/StagingSourcesApi.md#searchstagingsources) | **Post** /staging-sources/search | Search for Staging Sources. -*TestApi* | [**EnableScaleTesting**](docs/TestApi.md#enablescaletesting) | **Post** /enable-scale-testing | This is used for performance testing to enable engine and object duplication. -*TimeflowsApi* | [**CreateTimeflowTags**](docs/TimeflowsApi.md#createtimeflowtags) | **Post** /timeflows/{timeflowId}/tags | Create tags for a Timeflow. -*TimeflowsApi* | [**DeleteTimeflow**](docs/TimeflowsApi.md#deletetimeflow) | **Delete** /timeflows/{timeflowId} | Delete a timeflow. -*TimeflowsApi* | [**DeleteTimeflowTags**](docs/TimeflowsApi.md#deletetimeflowtags) | **Post** /timeflows/{timeflowId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Timeflow. -*TimeflowsApi* | [**GetTimeflowById**](docs/TimeflowsApi.md#gettimeflowbyid) | **Get** /timeflows/{timeflowId} | Get a Timeflow by ID. -*TimeflowsApi* | [**GetTimeflowSnapshotDayRange**](docs/TimeflowsApi.md#gettimeflowsnapshotdayrange) | **Get** /timeflows/{timeflowId}/timeflowSnapshotDayRange | Returns the count of TimeFlow snapshots of the Timeflow aggregated by day. -*TimeflowsApi* | [**GetTimeflowTags**](docs/TimeflowsApi.md#gettimeflowtags) | **Get** /timeflows/{timeflowId}/tags | Get tags for a Timeflow. -*TimeflowsApi* | [**GetTimeflows**](docs/TimeflowsApi.md#gettimeflows) | **Get** /timeflows | Retrieve the list of timeflows. -*TimeflowsApi* | [**SearchTimeflows**](docs/TimeflowsApi.md#searchtimeflows) | **Post** /timeflows/search | Search timeflows. -*TimeflowsApi* | [**UpdateTimeflow**](docs/TimeflowsApi.md#updatetimeflow) | **Patch** /timeflows/{timeflowId} | Update values of a timeflow. -*ToolkitsApi* | [**CreateToolkitTags**](docs/ToolkitsApi.md#createtoolkittags) | **Post** /toolkits/{toolkitId}/tags | Create tags for a toolkit. -*ToolkitsApi* | [**DeleteToolkitTags**](docs/ToolkitsApi.md#deletetoolkittags) | **Post** /toolkits/{toolkitId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Toolkit. -*ToolkitsApi* | [**GetToolkitById**](docs/ToolkitsApi.md#gettoolkitbyid) | **Get** /toolkits/{toolkitId} | Get Toolkit by ID. -*ToolkitsApi* | [**GetToolkitTags**](docs/ToolkitsApi.md#gettoolkittags) | **Get** /toolkits/{toolkitId}/tags | Get tags for a Toolkit. -*ToolkitsApi* | [**GetToolkits**](docs/ToolkitsApi.md#gettoolkits) | **Get** /toolkits | List all toolkits. -*ToolkitsApi* | [**SearchToolkits**](docs/ToolkitsApi.md#searchtoolkits) | **Post** /toolkits/search | Search for toolkits. -*VCDBsApi* | [**CreateVcdbTags**](docs/VCDBsApi.md#createvcdbtags) | **Post** /vcdbs/{vcdbId}/tags | Create tags for a vCDB. -*VCDBsApi* | [**DeleteVcdbTags**](docs/VCDBsApi.md#deletevcdbtags) | **Post** /vcdbs/{vcdbId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a vCDB. -*VCDBsApi* | [**GetTagsVcdb**](docs/VCDBsApi.md#gettagsvcdb) | **Get** /vcdbs/{vcdbId}/tags | Get tags for a vCDB. -*VCDBsApi* | [**GetVcdbById**](docs/VCDBsApi.md#getvcdbbyid) | **Get** /vcdbs/{vcdbId} | Get a CDB by ID (Oracle only). -*VCDBsApi* | [**GetVcdbs**](docs/VCDBsApi.md#getvcdbs) | **Get** /vcdbs | List all vCDBs (Oracle only). -*VCDBsApi* | [**SearchVcdbs**](docs/VCDBsApi.md#searchvcdbs) | **Post** /vcdbs/search | Search for vCDBs (Oracle only). -*VDBGroupsApi* | [**CreateVdbGroup**](docs/VDBGroupsApi.md#createvdbgroup) | **Post** /vdb-groups | Create a new VDBGroup. -*VDBGroupsApi* | [**CreateVdbGroupsTags**](docs/VDBGroupsApi.md#createvdbgroupstags) | **Post** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/tags | Create tags for a VDB Group. -*VDBGroupsApi* | [**DeleteVdbGroup**](docs/VDBGroupsApi.md#deletevdbgroup) | **Delete** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId} | Delete a VDBGoup. -*VDBGroupsApi* | [**DeleteVdbGroupTags**](docs/VDBGroupsApi.md#deletevdbgrouptags) | **Post** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a VDB Group. -*VDBGroupsApi* | [**GetBookmarksByVdbGroup**](docs/VDBGroupsApi.md#getbookmarksbyvdbgroup) | **Get** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/bookmarks | List bookmarks compatible with this VDB Group. -*VDBGroupsApi* | [**GetVdbGroup**](docs/VDBGroupsApi.md#getvdbgroup) | **Get** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId} | Get a VDBGroup by name. -*VDBGroupsApi* | [**GetVdbGroupTags**](docs/VDBGroupsApi.md#getvdbgrouptags) | **Get** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/tags | Get tags for a VDB Group. -*VDBGroupsApi* | [**GetVdbGroups**](docs/VDBGroupsApi.md#getvdbgroups) | **Get** /vdb-groups | List all VDBGroups. -*VDBGroupsApi* | [**LockVdbGroup**](docs/VDBGroupsApi.md#lockvdbgroup) | **Post** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/lock | Lock a VDB Group. -*VDBGroupsApi* | [**ProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmark**](docs/VDBGroupsApi.md#provisionvdbgroupfrombookmark) | **Post** /vdb-groups/provision_from_bookmark | Provision a new VDB Group from a Bookmark. -*VDBGroupsApi* | [**RefreshVdbGroup**](docs/VDBGroupsApi.md#refreshvdbgroup) | **Post** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/refresh | Refresh a VDBGroup. -*VDBGroupsApi* | [**RollbackVdbGroup**](docs/VDBGroupsApi.md#rollbackvdbgroup) | **Post** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/rollback | Rollback a VDBGroup. -*VDBGroupsApi* | [**SearchBookmarksByVdbGroup**](docs/VDBGroupsApi.md#searchbookmarksbyvdbgroup) | **Post** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/bookmarks/search | Search for bookmarks compatible with this VDB Group. -*VDBGroupsApi* | [**SearchVdbGroups**](docs/VDBGroupsApi.md#searchvdbgroups) | **Post** /vdb-groups/search | Search for VDB Groups. -*VDBGroupsApi* | [**UnlockVdbGroup**](docs/VDBGroupsApi.md#unlockvdbgroup) | **Post** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/unlock | Unlock a VDB Group. -*VDBGroupsApi* | [**UpdateVdbGroupById**](docs/VDBGroupsApi.md#updatevdbgroupbyid) | **Patch** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId} | Update values of a VDB group. -*VDBsApi* | [**CreateVdbTags**](docs/VDBsApi.md#createvdbtags) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/tags | Create tags for a VDB. -*VDBsApi* | [**DeleteVdb**](docs/VDBsApi.md#deletevdb) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/delete | Delete a VDB. -*VDBsApi* | [**DeleteVdbTags**](docs/VDBsApi.md#deletevdbtags) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a VDB. -*VDBsApi* | [**DisableVdb**](docs/VDBsApi.md#disablevdb) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/disable | Disable a VDB. -*VDBsApi* | [**EnableVdb**](docs/VDBsApi.md#enablevdb) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/enable | Enable a VDB. -*VDBsApi* | [**GetBookmarksByVdb**](docs/VDBsApi.md#getbookmarksbyvdb) | **Get** /vdbs/{vdbId}/bookmarks | List Bookmarks compatible with this VDB. -*VDBsApi* | [**GetTagsVdb**](docs/VDBsApi.md#gettagsvdb) | **Get** /vdbs/{vdbId}/tags | Get tags for a VDB. -*VDBsApi* | [**GetVdbById**](docs/VDBsApi.md#getvdbbyid) | **Get** /vdbs/{vdbId} | Get a VDB by ID. -*VDBsApi* | [**GetVdbSnapshots**](docs/VDBsApi.md#getvdbsnapshots) | **Get** /vdbs/{vdbId}/snapshots | List Snapshots for a VDB. -*VDBsApi* | [**GetVdbs**](docs/VDBsApi.md#getvdbs) | **Get** /vdbs | List all vdbs. -*VDBsApi* | [**LockVdb**](docs/VDBsApi.md#lockvdb) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/lock | Lock a VDB. -*VDBsApi* | [**ProvisionVdbByLocation**](docs/VDBsApi.md#provisionvdbbylocation) | **Post** /vdbs/provision_by_location | Provision a new VDB by location. -*VDBsApi* | [**ProvisionVdbByLocationDefaults**](docs/VDBsApi.md#provisionvdbbylocationdefaults) | **Post** /vdbs/provision_by_location/defaults | Get default provision parameters for provisioning a new VDB by location. -*VDBsApi* | [**ProvisionVdbBySnapshot**](docs/VDBsApi.md#provisionvdbbysnapshot) | **Post** /vdbs/provision_by_snapshot | Provision a new VDB by snapshot. -*VDBsApi* | [**ProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaults**](docs/VDBsApi.md#provisionvdbbysnapshotdefaults) | **Post** /vdbs/provision_by_snapshot/defaults | Get default provision parameters for provisioning a new VDB by snapshot. -*VDBsApi* | [**ProvisionVdbByTimestamp**](docs/VDBsApi.md#provisionvdbbytimestamp) | **Post** /vdbs/provision_by_timestamp | Provision a new VDB by timestamp. -*VDBsApi* | [**ProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaults**](docs/VDBsApi.md#provisionvdbbytimestampdefaults) | **Post** /vdbs/provision_by_timestamp/defaults | Get default provision parameters for provisioning a new VDB by timestamp. -*VDBsApi* | [**ProvisionVdbFromBookmark**](docs/VDBsApi.md#provisionvdbfrombookmark) | **Post** /vdbs/provision_from_bookmark | Provision a new VDB from a bookmark with a single VDB. -*VDBsApi* | [**ProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaults**](docs/VDBsApi.md#provisionvdbfrombookmarkdefaults) | **Post** /vdbs/provision_from_bookmark/defaults | Get default provision parameters for provisioning a new VDB from a bookmark. -*VDBsApi* | [**RefreshVdbByLocation**](docs/VDBsApi.md#refreshvdbbylocation) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/refresh_by_location | Refresh a VDB by location. -*VDBsApi* | [**RefreshVdbBySnapshot**](docs/VDBsApi.md#refreshvdbbysnapshot) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/refresh_by_snapshot | Refresh a VDB by snapshot. -*VDBsApi* | [**RefreshVdbByTimestamp**](docs/VDBsApi.md#refreshvdbbytimestamp) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/refresh_by_timestamp | Refresh a VDB by timestamp. -*VDBsApi* | [**RefreshVdbFromBookmark**](docs/VDBsApi.md#refreshvdbfrombookmark) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/refresh_from_bookmark | Refresh a VDB from bookmark with a single VDB. -*VDBsApi* | [**RollbackVdbBySnapshot**](docs/VDBsApi.md#rollbackvdbbysnapshot) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/rollback_by_snapshot | Rollback a VDB by snapshot. -*VDBsApi* | [**RollbackVdbByTimestamp**](docs/VDBsApi.md#rollbackvdbbytimestamp) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/rollback_by_timestamp | Rollback a VDB by timestamp. -*VDBsApi* | [**RollbackVdbFromBookmark**](docs/VDBsApi.md#rollbackvdbfrombookmark) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/rollback_from_bookmark | Rollback a VDB from a bookmark with only the same VDB. -*VDBsApi* | [**SearchBookmarksByVdb**](docs/VDBsApi.md#searchbookmarksbyvdb) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/bookmarks/search | Search Bookmarks compatible with this VDB. -*VDBsApi* | [**SearchVdbs**](docs/VDBsApi.md#searchvdbs) | **Post** /vdbs/search | Search for VDBs. -*VDBsApi* | [**SnapshotVdb**](docs/VDBsApi.md#snapshotvdb) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/snapshots | Snapshot a VDB. -*VDBsApi* | [**StartVdb**](docs/VDBsApi.md#startvdb) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/start | Start a VDB. -*VDBsApi* | [**StopVdb**](docs/VDBsApi.md#stopvdb) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/stop | Stop a VDB. -*VDBsApi* | [**SwitchTimeflow**](docs/VDBsApi.md#switchtimeflow) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/switch_timeflow | Switches the current timeflow of a VDB. -*VDBsApi* | [**UnlockVdb**](docs/VDBsApi.md#unlockvdb) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/unlock | Unlock a VDB. -*VDBsApi* | [**UpdateVdbById**](docs/VDBsApi.md#updatevdbbyid) | **Patch** /vdbs/{vdbId} | Update values of a VDB -*VirtualizationPoliciesApi* | [**GetVirtualizationPolicyById**](docs/VirtualizationPoliciesApi.md#getvirtualizationpolicybyid) | **Get** /virtualization-policies/{policyId} | Fetch a virtualization policy by Id. -*VirtualizationPoliciesApi* | [**ListVirtualizationPolicies**](docs/VirtualizationPoliciesApi.md#listvirtualizationpolicies) | **Get** /virtualization-policies | Fetch a list of all virtualization policies -*VirtualizationPoliciesApi* | [**SearchVirtualizationPolicies**](docs/VirtualizationPoliciesApi.md#searchvirtualizationpolicies) | **Post** /virtualization-policies/search | Search Virtualization Policies. +*AccountsAPI* | [**ApiKeyDelete**](docs/AccountsAPI.md#apikeydelete) | **Delete** /management/accounts/{id}/api-key-delete | Delete an API Key for an account +*AccountsAPI* | [**ApiKeyRegenerate**](docs/AccountsAPI.md#apikeyregenerate) | **Post** /management/accounts/api-key-regenerate | Regenerate api key for the self. +*AccountsAPI* | [**ApiKeyReset**](docs/AccountsAPI.md#apikeyreset) | **Post** /management/accounts/{id}/api-key-reset | Reset account API key. +*AccountsAPI* | [**ChangeAccountPassword**](docs/AccountsAPI.md#changeaccountpassword) | **Post** /management/accounts/{id}/change_password | Change Account Password. +*AccountsAPI* | [**CreateAccount**](docs/AccountsAPI.md#createaccount) | **Post** /management/accounts | Create a new Account +*AccountsAPI* | [**CreateAccountTags**](docs/AccountsAPI.md#createaccounttags) | **Post** /management/accounts/{id}/tags | Create tags for an Account. +*AccountsAPI* | [**DeleteAccount**](docs/AccountsAPI.md#deleteaccount) | **Delete** /management/accounts/{id} | Delete an Account +*AccountsAPI* | [**DeleteAccountTags**](docs/AccountsAPI.md#deleteaccounttags) | **Post** /management/accounts/{id}/tags/delete | Delete tags for an Account. +*AccountsAPI* | [**Disable**](docs/AccountsAPI.md#disable) | **Post** /management/accounts/{id}/disable | Disable an Account. +*AccountsAPI* | [**EnableAccount**](docs/AccountsAPI.md#enableaccount) | **Post** /management/accounts/{id}/enable | Enable an Account. +*AccountsAPI* | [**GetAccount**](docs/AccountsAPI.md#getaccount) | **Get** /management/accounts/{id} | Get an Account by id +*AccountsAPI* | [**GetAccountTags**](docs/AccountsAPI.md#getaccounttags) | **Get** /management/accounts/{id}/tags | Get tags for an Account. +*AccountsAPI* | [**GetAccountUiProfiles**](docs/AccountsAPI.md#getaccountuiprofiles) | **Get** /management/accounts/{id}/ui-profiles | Returns the list of effective UI profiles for an account. This can only be called for one's own account. +*AccountsAPI* | [**GetAccounts**](docs/AccountsAPI.md#getaccounts) | **Get** /management/accounts | Returns a list of Accounts +*AccountsAPI* | [**GetPasswordPolicies**](docs/AccountsAPI.md#getpasswordpolicies) | **Get** /management/accounts/password-policies | Returns the password policies +*AccountsAPI* | [**ResetAccountPassword**](docs/AccountsAPI.md#resetaccountpassword) | **Post** /management/accounts/{id}/reset_password | Reset Account Password. +*AccountsAPI* | [**SearchAccounts**](docs/AccountsAPI.md#searchaccounts) | **Post** /management/accounts/search | Search for Accounts. +*AccountsAPI* | [**UpdateAccount**](docs/AccountsAPI.md#updateaccount) | **Put** /management/accounts/{id} | Update an Account +*AccountsAPI* | [**UpdatePasswordPolicies**](docs/AccountsAPI.md#updatepasswordpolicies) | **Patch** /management/accounts/password-policies | Update password policies. +*AiGenerateAPI* | [**DownloadGenerateValues**](docs/AiGenerateAPI.md#downloadgeneratevalues) | **Get** /ai/generate/{generateDataOperationId}/download | Download all values generated by the operation in the specified format +*AiGenerateAPI* | [**GenerateData**](docs/AiGenerateAPI.md#generatedata) | **Post** /ai/generate | Initiate an operation that creates a list of data values using generative AI +*AiGenerateAPI* | [**GetAllGenerateOperations**](docs/AiGenerateAPI.md#getallgenerateoperations) | **Get** /ai/generate | Get the details of all data generate operations +*AiGenerateAPI* | [**GetGenerateOperation**](docs/AiGenerateAPI.md#getgenerateoperation) | **Get** /ai/generate/{generateDataOperationId} | Get the details of a data generate operation +*AiGenerateAPI* | [**GetGenerateValues**](docs/AiGenerateAPI.md#getgeneratevalues) | **Get** /ai/generate/{generateDataOperationId}/values | Get all values generated by a data generate operation +*AiGenerateAPI* | [**SearchAllGenerateOperations**](docs/AiGenerateAPI.md#searchallgenerateoperations) | **Post** /ai/generate/search | Search for the details of data generate operations +*AiManagementAPI* | [**GetAllLlmGateways**](docs/AiManagementAPI.md#getallllmgateways) | **Get** /ai/management/gateway | Get the details of all available gateways +*AiManagementAPI* | [**GetAllLlmModels**](docs/AiManagementAPI.md#getallllmmodels) | **Get** /ai/management/model | Get the details of all available Llm models +*AiManagementAPI* | [**GetLlmModel**](docs/AiManagementAPI.md#getllmmodel) | **Get** /ai/management/model/{modelId} | Get the details of an LLM model +*AiManagementAPI* | [**UploadModel**](docs/AiManagementAPI.md#uploadmodel) | **Post** /ai/management/model/upload | Upload the model file and register it with Ollama service +*AlgorithmsAPI* | [**CreateAlgorithmTags**](docs/AlgorithmsAPI.md#createalgorithmtags) | **Post** /algorithms/{algorithmId}/tags | Create tags for an Algorithm. +*AlgorithmsAPI* | [**DeleteAlgorithmTags**](docs/AlgorithmsAPI.md#deletealgorithmtags) | **Post** /algorithms/{algorithmId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for an Algorithm. +*AlgorithmsAPI* | [**GetAlgorithmById**](docs/AlgorithmsAPI.md#getalgorithmbyid) | **Get** /algorithms/{algorithmId} | Get an algorithm by ID. +*AlgorithmsAPI* | [**GetAlgorithmDependenciesById**](docs/AlgorithmsAPI.md#getalgorithmdependenciesbyid) | **Get** /algorithms/{algorithmId}/dependencies | Get dependencies of an algorithm by ID. +*AlgorithmsAPI* | [**GetAlgorithmTags**](docs/AlgorithmsAPI.md#getalgorithmtags) | **Get** /algorithms/{algorithmId}/tags | Get tags for an Algorithm. +*AlgorithmsAPI* | [**GetAlgorithms**](docs/AlgorithmsAPI.md#getalgorithms) | **Get** /algorithms | Retrieve the list of algorithms. +*AlgorithmsAPI* | [**SearchAlgorithmDependencies**](docs/AlgorithmsAPI.md#searchalgorithmdependencies) | **Post** /algorithms/{algorithmId}/dependencies/search | Search for algorithm dependencies. +*AlgorithmsAPI* | [**SearchAlgorithms**](docs/AlgorithmsAPI.md#searchalgorithms) | **Post** /algorithms/search | Search for algorithms. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**AddAccessGroupAccountIds**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#addaccessgroupaccountids) | **Post** /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/account-ids | Add account ids to an Access group +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**AddAccessGroupAccountTags**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#addaccessgroupaccounttags) | **Post** /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/tags | Add account tags to an Access group +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**AddAccessGroupScopes**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#addaccessgroupscopes) | **Post** /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes | Add scopes to an Access group +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**AddAlwaysAllowedPermissions**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#addalwaysallowedpermissions) | **Post** /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId}/always_allowed_permissions | Add always allowed permissions for given object type. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**AddObjectsToAccessGroupScope**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#addobjectstoaccessgroupscope) | **Post** /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId}/objects | Add objects to the access group scope. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**AddRolePermissions**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#addrolepermissions) | **Post** /roles/{roleId}/permissions | Add permissions to a role. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**AddRoleUiProfiles**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#addroleuiprofiles) | **Post** /roles/{roleId}/ui-profiles | Add UI profiles to a role. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**AddTagsToScope**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#addtagstoscope) | **Post** /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId}/object-tags | Add object tags to the access group scope. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**CreateAccessGroup**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#createaccessgroup) | **Post** /access-groups | Create a new access group. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**CreateRole**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#createrole) | **Post** /roles | Create custom role +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**CreateRoleTags**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#createroletags) | **Post** /roles/{roleId}/tags | Create tags for a role. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**DeleteAccessGroup**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#deleteaccessgroup) | **Delete** /access-groups/{accessGroupId} | Delete an Access group. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**DeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectTags**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#deleteaccessgroupscopeobjecttags) | **Post** /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId}/object-tags/delete | Remove tags from the access group scope. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**DeleteAccessGroupScopeObjects**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#deleteaccessgroupscopeobjects) | **Post** /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId}/objects/delete | Remove objects from the access group scope. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**DeleteRole**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#deleterole) | **Delete** /roles/{roleId} | Delete role by ID. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**DeleteRoleTag**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#deleteroletag) | **Post** /roles/{roleId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Role. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**DeleteRoleUiProfiles**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#deleteroleuiprofiles) | **Post** /roles/{roleId}/ui-profiles/delete | Delete UI profiles from a Role. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**GetAccessGroupById**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#getaccessgroupbyid) | **Get** /access-groups/{accessGroupId} | Returns an Access group by ID. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**GetAccessGroupScope**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#getaccessgroupscope) | **Get** /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId} | Get access group scope. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**GetAccessGroups**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#getaccessgroups) | **Get** /access-groups | List all access groups. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**GetAllObjectPermissions**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#getallobjectpermissions) | **Get** /auth/object-permissions | Returns all of the possible permissions for all of the objects. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**GetObjectPermissions**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#getobjectpermissions) | **Get** /auth/permissions/objects/{objectType}/{objectId} | Returns permissions for given object. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**GetRoleById**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#getrolebyid) | **Get** /roles/{roleId} | Returns role by ID. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**GetRoleTags**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#getroletags) | **Get** /roles/{roleId}/tags | Get tags for a Role. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**GetRoles**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#getroles) | **Get** /roles | List all roles +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**RemoveAccessGroupAccountId**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#removeaccessgroupaccountid) | **Delete** /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/account-ids/{accountId} | Remove the account from the access group. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**RemoveAccessGroupAccountTags**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#removeaccessgroupaccounttags) | **Post** /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/tags/delete | Remove account tags from an access group. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**RemoveAccessGroupScope**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#removeaccessgroupscope) | **Delete** /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId} | Remove the scope from the Access group. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**RemoveAlwaysAllowedPermissions**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#removealwaysallowedpermissions) | **Post** /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId}/always_allowed_permissions/delete | Remove always allowed permissions for given object type. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**RemoveRolePermissions**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#removerolepermissions) | **Post** /roles/{roleId}/permissions/delete | Remove permissions from a role. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**SearchAccessGroups**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#searchaccessgroups) | **Post** /access-groups/search | Search for access groups. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**SearchRoles**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#searchroles) | **Post** /roles/search | Search for roles. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**UpdateAccessGroup**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#updateaccessgroup) | **Patch** /access-groups/{accessGroupId} | Update an Access group. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**UpdateAccessGroupScope**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#updateaccessgroupscope) | **Patch** /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId} | Update access group scope. +*AuthorizationAPI* | [**UpdateRole**](docs/AuthorizationAPI.md#updaterole) | **Patch** /roles/{roleId} | Update a Role. +*BookmarksAPI* | [**CreateBookmark**](docs/BookmarksAPI.md#createbookmark) | **Post** /bookmarks | Create a bookmark at the current time. +*BookmarksAPI* | [**CreateBookmarkTags**](docs/BookmarksAPI.md#createbookmarktags) | **Post** /bookmarks/{bookmarkId}/tags | Create tags for a Bookmark. +*BookmarksAPI* | [**DeleteBookmark**](docs/BookmarksAPI.md#deletebookmark) | **Delete** /bookmarks/{bookmarkId} | Delete a bookmark. +*BookmarksAPI* | [**DeleteBookmarkTags**](docs/BookmarksAPI.md#deletebookmarktags) | **Post** /bookmarks/{bookmarkId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Bookmark. +*BookmarksAPI* | [**GetBookmarkById**](docs/BookmarksAPI.md#getbookmarkbyid) | **Get** /bookmarks/{bookmarkId} | Get a bookmark by ID. +*BookmarksAPI* | [**GetBookmarkTags**](docs/BookmarksAPI.md#getbookmarktags) | **Get** /bookmarks/{bookmarkId}/tags | Get tags for a Bookmark. +*BookmarksAPI* | [**GetBookmarks**](docs/BookmarksAPI.md#getbookmarks) | **Get** /bookmarks | List all bookmarks. +*BookmarksAPI* | [**GetVdbGroupsByBookmark**](docs/BookmarksAPI.md#getvdbgroupsbybookmark) | **Get** /bookmarks/{bookmarkId}/vdb-groups | List VDB Groups compatible with this bookmark. +*BookmarksAPI* | [**ImportEngineBookmarks**](docs/BookmarksAPI.md#importenginebookmarks) | **Post** /bookmarks/import-engine-bookmarks/{engineId} | Import engine bookmarks to DCT. +*BookmarksAPI* | [**SearchBookmarks**](docs/BookmarksAPI.md#searchbookmarks) | **Post** /bookmarks/search | Search for bookmarks. +*BookmarksAPI* | [**SearchVdbGroupsByBookmark**](docs/BookmarksAPI.md#searchvdbgroupsbybookmark) | **Post** /bookmarks/{bookmarkId}/vdb-groups/search | Search for VDB Groups compatible with this bookmark. +*BookmarksAPI* | [**UpdateBookmark**](docs/BookmarksAPI.md#updatebookmark) | **Patch** /bookmarks/{bookmarkId} | Update a bookmark +*CDBsAPI* | [**AttachCdb**](docs/CDBsAPI.md#attachcdb) | **Post** /cdbs/{cdbId}/attachSource | Attach an Oracle CDB to an Oracle database. +*CDBsAPI* | [**CreateCdbTags**](docs/CDBsAPI.md#createcdbtags) | **Post** /cdbs/{cdbId}/tags | Create tags for a CDB. +*CDBsAPI* | [**DeleteCdb**](docs/CDBsAPI.md#deletecdb) | **Post** /cdbs/{cdbId}/delete | Delete a CDB. +*CDBsAPI* | [**DeleteCdbTags**](docs/CDBsAPI.md#deletecdbtags) | **Post** /cdbs/{cdbId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a CDB. +*CDBsAPI* | [**DetachCdb**](docs/CDBsAPI.md#detachcdb) | **Post** /cdbs/{cdbId}/detachSource | Detaches an Oracle CDB from an Oracle database. +*CDBsAPI* | [**DisableCdb**](docs/CDBsAPI.md#disablecdb) | **Post** /cdbs/{cdbId}/disable | Disable a CDB. +*CDBsAPI* | [**EnableCdb**](docs/CDBsAPI.md#enablecdb) | **Post** /cdbs/{cdbId}/enable | Enable a CDB. +*CDBsAPI* | [**GetCdbById**](docs/CDBsAPI.md#getcdbbyid) | **Get** /cdbs/{cdbId} | Get a CDB by ID (Oracle only). +*CDBsAPI* | [**GetCdbDeletionDependencies**](docs/CDBsAPI.md#getcdbdeletiondependencies) | **Get** /cdbs/{cdbId}/deletion-dependencies | Get deletion dependencies of a CDB. +*CDBsAPI* | [**GetCdbs**](docs/CDBsAPI.md#getcdbs) | **Get** /cdbs | List all CDBs (Oracle only). +*CDBsAPI* | [**GetTagsCdb**](docs/CDBsAPI.md#gettagscdb) | **Get** /cdbs/{cdbId}/tags | Get tags for a CDB. +*CDBsAPI* | [**SearchCdbs**](docs/CDBsAPI.md#searchcdbs) | **Post** /cdbs/search | Search for CDBs (Oracle only). +*CDBsAPI* | [**UpdateCdb**](docs/CDBsAPI.md#updatecdb) | **Patch** /cdbs/{cdbId} | Update a CDB. +*CDBsAPI* | [**UpdateCdbById**](docs/CDBsAPI.md#updatecdbbyid) | **Patch** /cdbs/{cdbId}/update | Update a CDB. +*CDBsAPI* | [**UpgradeCdb**](docs/CDBsAPI.md#upgradecdb) | **Post** /cdbs/{cdbId}/upgrade | Upgrade Oracle CDB +*CDBsAPI* | [**VerifyCdbJdbcConnectionString**](docs/CDBsAPI.md#verifycdbjdbcconnectionstring) | **Post** /cdbs/{cdbId}/jdbc-check | Verify JDBC connection string for a CDB. +*ClassifiersAPI* | [**CreateClassifierTags**](docs/ClassifiersAPI.md#createclassifiertags) | **Post** /classifiers/{classifierId}/tags | Create tags for a classifier. +*ClassifiersAPI* | [**DeleteClassifierTags**](docs/ClassifiersAPI.md#deleteclassifiertags) | **Post** /classifiers/{classifierId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a classifier. +*ClassifiersAPI* | [**GetClassifierById**](docs/ClassifiersAPI.md#getclassifierbyid) | **Get** /classifiers/{classifierId} | Get a classifier by ID. +*ClassifiersAPI* | [**GetClassifierDiscoveryPolicies**](docs/ClassifiersAPI.md#getclassifierdiscoverypolicies) | **Get** /classifiers/{classifierId}/discovery-policies | Get discovery policies for a classifier. +*ClassifiersAPI* | [**GetClassifierTags**](docs/ClassifiersAPI.md#getclassifiertags) | **Get** /classifiers/{classifierId}/tags | Get tags for a classifier. +*ClassifiersAPI* | [**GetClassifiers**](docs/ClassifiersAPI.md#getclassifiers) | **Get** /classifiers | Retrieve classifiers. +*ClassifiersAPI* | [**SearchClassifierDiscoveryPolicies**](docs/ClassifiersAPI.md#searchclassifierdiscoverypolicies) | **Post** /classifiers/{classifierId}/discovery-policies/search | Search discovery policies for a classifier. +*ClassifiersAPI* | [**SearchClassifiers**](docs/ClassifiersAPI.md#searchclassifiers) | **Post** /classifiers/search | Search for classifiers. +*ComplianceJobCollectionsAPI* | [**CreateComplianceJobCollection**](docs/ComplianceJobCollectionsAPI.md#createcompliancejobcollection) | **Post** /compliance-job-collections | Create a compliance job collection. +*ComplianceJobCollectionsAPI* | [**CreateComplianceJobCollectionTags**](docs/ComplianceJobCollectionsAPI.md#createcompliancejobcollectiontags) | **Post** /compliance-job-collections/{complianceJobCollectionId}/tags | Create tags for a compliance job collection. +*ComplianceJobCollectionsAPI* | [**DeleteComplianceJobCollection**](docs/ComplianceJobCollectionsAPI.md#deletecompliancejobcollection) | **Delete** /compliance-job-collections/{complianceJobCollectionId} | Delete a compliance job collection. +*ComplianceJobCollectionsAPI* | [**DeleteComplianceJobCollectionTags**](docs/ComplianceJobCollectionsAPI.md#deletecompliancejobcollectiontags) | **Post** /compliance-job-collections/{complianceJobCollectionId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a compliance job collection. +*ComplianceJobCollectionsAPI* | [**ExecuteComplianceJobCollection**](docs/ComplianceJobCollectionsAPI.md#executecompliancejobcollection) | **Post** /compliance-job-collections/{complianceJobCollectionId}/execute | Execute a compliance job collection. +*ComplianceJobCollectionsAPI* | [**GetComplianceJobCollectionById**](docs/ComplianceJobCollectionsAPI.md#getcompliancejobcollectionbyid) | **Get** /compliance-job-collections/{complianceJobCollectionId} | Retrieve a compliance job collection by ID. +*ComplianceJobCollectionsAPI* | [**GetComplianceJobCollectionJobs**](docs/ComplianceJobCollectionsAPI.md#getcompliancejobcollectionjobs) | **Get** /compliance-job-collections/{complianceJobCollectionId}/jobs | Get compliance jobs for a compliance job collection. +*ComplianceJobCollectionsAPI* | [**GetComplianceJobCollectionTags**](docs/ComplianceJobCollectionsAPI.md#getcompliancejobcollectiontags) | **Get** /compliance-job-collections/{complianceJobCollectionId}/tags | Get tags for a compliance job collection. +*ComplianceJobCollectionsAPI* | [**GetComplianceJobCollections**](docs/ComplianceJobCollectionsAPI.md#getcompliancejobcollections) | **Get** /compliance-job-collections | Retrieve the list of compliance job collections. +*ComplianceJobCollectionsAPI* | [**SearchComplianceJobCollectionJobs**](docs/ComplianceJobCollectionsAPI.md#searchcompliancejobcollectionjobs) | **Post** /compliance-job-collections/{complianceJobCollectionId}/jobs/search | Search compliance jobs for a compliance job collection. +*ComplianceJobCollectionsAPI* | [**SearchComplianceJobCollections**](docs/ComplianceJobCollectionsAPI.md#searchcompliancejobcollections) | **Post** /compliance-job-collections/search | Search compliance job collections. +*ComplianceJobCollectionsAPI* | [**UpdateComplianceJobCollection**](docs/ComplianceJobCollectionsAPI.md#updatecompliancejobcollection) | **Patch** /compliance-job-collections/{complianceJobCollectionId} | Update a compliance job collection. +*ComplianceJobsAPI* | [**CreateComplianceJobTag**](docs/ComplianceJobsAPI.md#createcompliancejobtag) | **Post** /compliance-jobs/{complianceJobId}/tags | Create tags for a compliance job. +*ComplianceJobsAPI* | [**DeleteComplianceJobTag**](docs/ComplianceJobsAPI.md#deletecompliancejobtag) | **Post** /compliance-jobs/{complianceJobId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a compliance job. +*ComplianceJobsAPI* | [**ExecuteComplianceJob**](docs/ComplianceJobsAPI.md#executecompliancejob) | **Post** /compliance-jobs/{complianceJobId}/execute | Execute a compliance job. +*ComplianceJobsAPI* | [**GetComplianceJobById**](docs/ComplianceJobsAPI.md#getcompliancejobbyid) | **Get** /compliance-jobs/{complianceJobId} | Retrieve a compliance job by ID. +*ComplianceJobsAPI* | [**GetComplianceJobConnectors**](docs/ComplianceJobsAPI.md#getcompliancejobconnectors) | **Get** /compliance-jobs/{complianceJobId}/connectors | Get connectors for a Masking Job by ID. +*ComplianceJobsAPI* | [**GetComplianceJobTag**](docs/ComplianceJobsAPI.md#getcompliancejobtag) | **Get** /compliance-jobs/{complianceJobId}/tags | Get tags for a compliance job. +*ComplianceJobsAPI* | [**GetComplianceJobs**](docs/ComplianceJobsAPI.md#getcompliancejobs) | **Get** /compliance-jobs | Retrieve the list of compliance jobs. +*ComplianceJobsAPI* | [**SearchComplianceJobs**](docs/ComplianceJobsAPI.md#searchcompliancejobs) | **Post** /compliance-jobs/search | Search compliance jobs. +*ConnectivityAPI* | [**CommvaultConnectivityCheck**](docs/ConnectivityAPI.md#commvaultconnectivitycheck) | **Post** /commvault/connectivity/check | Tests whether the CommServe host is accessible from the given environment and Commvault agent. +*ConnectivityAPI* | [**ConnectivityCheck**](docs/ConnectivityAPI.md#connectivitycheck) | **Post** /connectivity/check | Checks connectivity between an engine and a remote host machine on a given port. +*ConnectivityAPI* | [**DatabaseConnectivityCheck**](docs/ConnectivityAPI.md#databaseconnectivitycheck) | **Post** /database/connectivity/check | Tests the validity of the supplied database credentials, returning an error if unable to connect to the database. +*ConnectivityAPI* | [**NetbackupConnectivityCheck**](docs/ConnectivityAPI.md#netbackupconnectivitycheck) | **Post** /netbackup/connectivity/check | Checks whether the specified NetBackup master server and client are able to communicate on the given environment. +*ConnectorsAPI* | [**ConnectorsTest**](docs/ConnectorsAPI.md#connectorstest) | **Post** /connectors/{connectorId}/test | Checks connectivity between a masking engine and a remote data source. +*ConnectorsAPI* | [**CreateConnectorTags**](docs/ConnectorsAPI.md#createconnectortags) | **Post** /connectors/{connectorId}/tags | Create tags for a Connector. +*ConnectorsAPI* | [**DeleteConnectorTag**](docs/ConnectorsAPI.md#deleteconnectortag) | **Post** /connectors/{connectorId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Connector. +*ConnectorsAPI* | [**GetConnectorById**](docs/ConnectorsAPI.md#getconnectorbyid) | **Get** /connectors/{connectorId} | Retrieve a masking Connector by ID. +*ConnectorsAPI* | [**GetConnectorTags**](docs/ConnectorsAPI.md#getconnectortags) | **Get** /connectors/{connectorId}/tags | Get tags for a Connector. +*ConnectorsAPI* | [**GetConnectors**](docs/ConnectorsAPI.md#getconnectors) | **Get** /connectors | Retrieve the list of masking connectors. +*ConnectorsAPI* | [**SearchConnectorJobs**](docs/ConnectorsAPI.md#searchconnectorjobs) | **Post** /connectors/{connectorId}/masking-jobs/search | Search jobs that use this connector +*ConnectorsAPI* | [**SearchConnectors**](docs/ConnectorsAPI.md#searchconnectors) | **Post** /connectors/search | Search for masking Connectors. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**AttachMssqlDatabase**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#attachmssqldatabase) | **Post** /dsources/mssql/{dsourceId}/attachSource | Attaches a MSSql source to a previously detached dsource. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**AttachMssqlStagingPushDatabase**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#attachmssqlstagingpushdatabase) | **Post** /dsources/mssql/staging-push/{dsourceId}/attachSource | Attaches a MSSql staging push database to a previously detached dsource. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**AttachOracleDsource**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#attachoracledsource) | **Post** /dsources/oracle/{dsourceId}/attachSource | Attach an Oracle dSource to an Oracle database. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**CreateTagsDsource**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#createtagsdsource) | **Post** /dsources/{dsourceId}/tags | Create tags for a dSource. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**DeleteDsource**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#deletedsource) | **Post** /dsources/delete | Delete the specified dSource. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**DeleteTagsDsource**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#deletetagsdsource) | **Post** /dsources/{dsourceId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a dSource. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**DetachMssqlDatabase**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#detachmssqldatabase) | **Post** /dsources/mssql/{dsourceId}/detachSource | Detaches a linked source from a MSSql database. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**DetachOracleDsource**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#detachoracledsource) | **Post** /dsources/oracle/{dsourceId}/detachSource | Detaches an Oracle source from an Oracle database. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**DisableDsource**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#disabledsource) | **Post** /dsources/{dsourceId}/disable | Disable a dSource. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**EnableDsource**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#enabledsource) | **Post** /dsources/{dsourceId}/enable | Enable a dSource. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**ExportDsourceByLocation**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#exportdsourcebylocation) | **Post** /dsources/{dsourceId}/export-by-location | Export a dSource using timeflow location to a physical file system. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**ExportDsourceBySnapshot**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#exportdsourcebysnapshot) | **Post** /dsources/{dsourceId}/export-by-snapshot | Export a dSource using snapshot to a physical file system +*DSourcesAPI* | [**ExportDsourceByTimestamp**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#exportdsourcebytimestamp) | **Post** /dsources/{dsourceId}/export-by-timestamp | Export a dSource using timestamp to a physical file system. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**ExportDsourceFromBookmark**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#exportdsourcefrombookmark) | **Post** /dsources/{dsourceId}/export-from-bookmark | Export a dSource using bookmark to physical file system +*DSourcesAPI* | [**ExportDsourceToAsmByBookmark**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#exportdsourcetoasmbybookmark) | **Post** /dsources/{dsourceId}/asm-export-from-bookmark | Export a dSource using bookmark to an ASM file system +*DSourcesAPI* | [**ExportDsourceToAsmByLocation**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#exportdsourcetoasmbylocation) | **Post** /dsources/{dsourceId}/asm-export-by-location | Export a dSource using SCN to an ASM file system +*DSourcesAPI* | [**ExportDsourceToAsmBySnapshot**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#exportdsourcetoasmbysnapshot) | **Post** /dsources/{dsourceId}/asm-export-by-snapshot | Export a dSource by a snapshot to an ASM file system +*DSourcesAPI* | [**ExportDsourceToAsmByTimestamp**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#exportdsourcetoasmbytimestamp) | **Post** /dsources/{dsourceId}/asm-export-by-timestamp | Export a dSource using timestamp to an ASM file system +*DSourcesAPI* | [**GetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaults**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#getappdatadsourcelinkingdefaults) | **Post** /dsources/appdata/defaults | Get defaults for an AppData dSource linking. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**GetAseDsourceLinkingDefaults**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#getasedsourcelinkingdefaults) | **Post** /dsources/ase/defaults | Get defaults for an ASE dSource linking. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**GetDsourceById**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#getdsourcebyid) | **Get** /dsources/{dsourceId} | Get a dSource by ID. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**GetDsourceDeletionDependencies**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#getdsourcedeletiondependencies) | **Get** /dsources/{dsourceId}/deletion-dependencies | Get deletion dependencies for a dSource. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**GetDsourceSnapshots**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#getdsourcesnapshots) | **Get** /dsources/{dsourceId}/snapshots | List Snapshots for a dSource. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**GetDsources**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#getdsources) | **Get** /dsources | List all dSources. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**GetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaults**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#getmssqldsourcelinkingdefaults) | **Post** /dsources/mssql/defaults | Get defaults for a MSSql dSource linking. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**GetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaults**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#getmssqlstagingpushdsourcelinkingdefaults) | **Post** /dsources/mssql/staging-push/defaults | Get defaults for a MSSql staging push dSource linking. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**GetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaults**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#getoracledsourcelinkingdefaults) | **Post** /dsources/oracle/defaults | Get defaults for dSource linking. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**GetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaults**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#getoraclestagingpushdsourcelinkingdefaults) | **Post** /dsources/oracle/staging-push/defaults | Get defaults for a Oracle staging push dSource linking. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**GetTagsDsource**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#gettagsdsource) | **Get** /dsources/{dsourceId}/tags | Get tags for a dSource. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**GetUpgradeCompatibleRepoForDsource**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#getupgradecompatiblerepofordsource) | **Get** /dsources/{dsourceId}/upgrade_compatible_repositories | Returns a list of compatible repositories for dSource upgrade. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**LinkAppdataDatabase**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#linkappdatadatabase) | **Post** /dsources/appdata | Link an AppData database as dSource. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**LinkAseDatabase**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#linkasedatabase) | **Post** /dsources/ase | Link an ASE database as dSource. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**LinkMssqlDatabase**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#linkmssqldatabase) | **Post** /dsources/mssql | Link a MSSql database as dSource. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**LinkMssqlStagingPushDatabase**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#linkmssqlstagingpushdatabase) | **Post** /dsources/mssql/staging-push | Link a MSSql staging push database as dSource. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**LinkOracleDatabase**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#linkoracledatabase) | **Post** /dsources/oracle | Link Oracle database as dSource. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**LinkOracleStagingPushDatabase**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#linkoraclestagingpushdatabase) | **Post** /dsources/oracle/staging-push | Link an Oracle staging push database as dSource. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**SearchDsources**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#searchdsources) | **Post** /dsources/search | Search for dSources. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**SnapshotDsource**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#snapshotdsource) | **Post** /dsources/{dsourceId}/snapshots | Snapshot a dSource. +*DSourcesAPI* | [**UpdateAppdataDsourceById**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#updateappdatadsourcebyid) | **Patch** /dsources/appdata/{dsourceId} | Update values of an AppData dSource +*DSourcesAPI* | [**UpdateAseDsourceById**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#updateasedsourcebyid) | **Patch** /dsources/ase/{dsourceId} | Update values of an ASE dSource +*DSourcesAPI* | [**UpdateMssqlDsourceById**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#updatemssqldsourcebyid) | **Patch** /dsources/mssql/{dsourceId} | Update values of an MSSql dSource +*DSourcesAPI* | [**UpdateOracleDsourceById**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#updateoracledsourcebyid) | **Patch** /dsources/oracle/{dsourceId} | Update values of an Oracle dSource +*DSourcesAPI* | [**UpgradeDsource**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#upgradedsource) | **Post** /dsources/{dsourceId}/upgrade | Upgrade dSource +*DSourcesAPI* | [**UpgradeOracleDsource**](docs/DSourcesAPI.md#upgradeoracledsource) | **Post** /dsources/oracle/{dsourceId}/upgrade | Upgrade the requested Oracle dSource installation and user. +*DataClassesAPI* | [**CreateDataClassTags**](docs/DataClassesAPI.md#createdataclasstags) | **Post** /data-classes/{dataClassId}/tags | Create tags for a Data Class. +*DataClassesAPI* | [**DeleteDataClassTags**](docs/DataClassesAPI.md#deletedataclasstags) | **Post** /data-classes/{dataClassId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Data Class. +*DataClassesAPI* | [**GetDataClassAlgorithms**](docs/DataClassesAPI.md#getdataclassalgorithms) | **Get** /data-classes/{dataClassId}/algorithms | Retrieve the list of algorithms for a Data Class. +*DataClassesAPI* | [**GetDataClassById**](docs/DataClassesAPI.md#getdataclassbyid) | **Get** /data-classes/{dataClassId} | Get a Data Class by ID. +*DataClassesAPI* | [**GetDataClassTags**](docs/DataClassesAPI.md#getdataclasstags) | **Get** /data-classes/{dataClassId}/tags | Get tags for a Data Class. +*DataClassesAPI* | [**GetDataClasses**](docs/DataClassesAPI.md#getdataclasses) | **Get** /data-classes | Retrieve the list of Data Classes. +*DataClassesAPI* | [**SearchDataClassAlgorithms**](docs/DataClassesAPI.md#searchdataclassalgorithms) | **Post** /data-classes/{dataClassId}/algorithms/search | Search for algorithms of a Data Class. +*DataClassesAPI* | [**SearchDataClasses**](docs/DataClassesAPI.md#searchdataclasses) | **Post** /data-classes/search | Search for Data Classes. +*DataClassesAPI* | [**UpdateDataClass**](docs/DataClassesAPI.md#updatedataclass) | **Patch** /data-classes/{dataClassId} | Update a Data Class. +*DataConnectionsAPI* | [**CreateDataConnectionTags**](docs/DataConnectionsAPI.md#createdataconnectiontags) | **Post** /data-connections/{dataConnectionId}/tags | Create tags for a data connection. +*DataConnectionsAPI* | [**DeleteDataConnectionTags**](docs/DataConnectionsAPI.md#deletedataconnectiontags) | **Post** /data-connections/{dataConnectionId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a data connection. +*DataConnectionsAPI* | [**GetDataConnectionById**](docs/DataConnectionsAPI.md#getdataconnectionbyid) | **Get** /data-connections/{dataConnectionId} | Get a data connection by id. +*DataConnectionsAPI* | [**GetDataConnectionTags**](docs/DataConnectionsAPI.md#getdataconnectiontags) | **Get** /data-connections/{dataConnectionId}/tags | Get tags for a data connection. +*DataConnectionsAPI* | [**GetDataConnections**](docs/DataConnectionsAPI.md#getdataconnections) | **Get** /data-connections | Returns a list of data connections. +*DataConnectionsAPI* | [**GetSubConnections**](docs/DataConnectionsAPI.md#getsubconnections) | **Get** /data-connections/{dataConnectionId}/sub-connections | Get sub-connections for a data connection. +*DataConnectionsAPI* | [**ReassignSubConnection**](docs/DataConnectionsAPI.md#reassignsubconnection) | **Post** /data-connections/{dataConnectionId}/sub-connections/{subConnectionId}/reassign | Reassign a SubConnection to another DataConnection. +*DataConnectionsAPI* | [**SearchDataConnections**](docs/DataConnectionsAPI.md#searchdataconnections) | **Post** /data-connections/search | Search for data connections. +*DataConnectionsAPI* | [**SearchSubConnections**](docs/DataConnectionsAPI.md#searchsubconnections) | **Post** /data-connections/{dataConnectionId}/sub-connections/search | Search for sub-connections for a data connections. +*DataConnectionsAPI* | [**UpdateDataConnection**](docs/DataConnectionsAPI.md#updatedataconnection) | **Patch** /data-connections/{dataConnectionId} | Update a data connection. +*DataLayoutsAPI* | [**ConvertAndDropBookmarks**](docs/DataLayoutsAPI.md#convertanddropbookmarks) | **Post** /data-layouts/{dataLayoutId}/convert-and-drop | Convert and drop engine bookmarks and vdb groups for the data-layout. +*DataLayoutsAPI* | [**CreateDataLayoutTags**](docs/DataLayoutsAPI.md#createdatalayouttags) | **Post** /data-layouts/{dataLayoutId}/tags | Create tags for a data-layout. +*DataLayoutsAPI* | [**DeleteDataLayoutTags**](docs/DataLayoutsAPI.md#deletedatalayouttags) | **Post** /data-layouts/{dataLayoutId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a data-layout. +*DataLayoutsAPI* | [**GetDataLayoutById**](docs/DataLayoutsAPI.md#getdatalayoutbyid) | **Get** /data-layouts/{dataLayoutId} | Get a data-layout by ID. +*DataLayoutsAPI* | [**GetDataLayoutTags**](docs/DataLayoutsAPI.md#getdatalayouttags) | **Get** /data-layouts/{dataLayoutId}/tags | Get tags for a data-layout. +*DataLayoutsAPI* | [**GetDataLayouts**](docs/DataLayoutsAPI.md#getdatalayouts) | **Get** /data-layouts | List all data-layout (Self-Service Container/Template). +*DataLayoutsAPI* | [**ImportEngineAccounts**](docs/DataLayoutsAPI.md#importengineaccounts) | **Post** /data-layouts/import-engine-accounts | Import engine (self-service) accounts. +*DataLayoutsAPI* | [**SearchDataLayouts**](docs/DataLayoutsAPI.md#searchdatalayouts) | **Post** /data-layouts/search | Search for data-layouts. +*DatabaseTemplatesAPI* | [**CreateDatabaseTemplate**](docs/DatabaseTemplatesAPI.md#createdatabasetemplate) | **Post** /database-templates | Create a database template. +*DatabaseTemplatesAPI* | [**CreateDatabaseTemplateTags**](docs/DatabaseTemplatesAPI.md#createdatabasetemplatetags) | **Post** /database-templates/{databaseTemplateId}/tags | Create tags for a DatabaseTemplate. +*DatabaseTemplatesAPI* | [**DeleteDatabaseTemplate**](docs/DatabaseTemplatesAPI.md#deletedatabasetemplate) | **Delete** /database-templates/{databaseTemplateId} | Delete a DatabaseTemplate by ID. +*DatabaseTemplatesAPI* | [**DeleteDatabaseTemplateTag**](docs/DatabaseTemplatesAPI.md#deletedatabasetemplatetag) | **Post** /database-templates/{databaseTemplateId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a DatabaseTemplate. +*DatabaseTemplatesAPI* | [**GetDatabaseTemplateById**](docs/DatabaseTemplatesAPI.md#getdatabasetemplatebyid) | **Get** /database-templates/{databaseTemplateId} | Retrieve a DatabaseTemplate by ID. +*DatabaseTemplatesAPI* | [**GetDatabaseTemplateTags**](docs/DatabaseTemplatesAPI.md#getdatabasetemplatetags) | **Get** /database-templates/{databaseTemplateId}/tags | Get tags for a DatabaseTemplate. +*DatabaseTemplatesAPI* | [**GetDatabaseTemplates**](docs/DatabaseTemplatesAPI.md#getdatabasetemplates) | **Get** /database-templates | Retrieve the list of database templates. +*DatabaseTemplatesAPI* | [**ImportDatabaseTemplates**](docs/DatabaseTemplatesAPI.md#importdatabasetemplates) | **Post** /database-templates/import | Imports the database templates from an engine. +*DatabaseTemplatesAPI* | [**SearchDatabaseTemplates**](docs/DatabaseTemplatesAPI.md#searchdatabasetemplates) | **Post** /database-templates/search | Search DatabaseTemplates. +*DatabaseTemplatesAPI* | [**UndoImportDatabaseTemplates**](docs/DatabaseTemplatesAPI.md#undoimportdatabasetemplates) | **Post** /database-templates/undo-import | Undo an import of DatabaseTemplates on an Engine. +*DatabaseTemplatesAPI* | [**UpdateDatabaseTemplate**](docs/DatabaseTemplatesAPI.md#updatedatabasetemplate) | **Patch** /database-templates/{databaseTemplateId} | Updates a DatabaseTemplate by ID +*DiscoveryExpressionsAPI* | [**CreateDiscoveryExpressionTags**](docs/DiscoveryExpressionsAPI.md#creatediscoveryexpressiontags) | **Post** /discovery-expressions/{expressionId}/tags | Create tags for a discovery expression. +*DiscoveryExpressionsAPI* | [**DeleteDiscoveryExpressionTags**](docs/DiscoveryExpressionsAPI.md#deletediscoveryexpressiontags) | **Post** /discovery-expressions/{expressionId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a discovery expression. +*DiscoveryExpressionsAPI* | [**GetDiscoveryExpressionById**](docs/DiscoveryExpressionsAPI.md#getdiscoveryexpressionbyid) | **Get** /discovery-expressions/{expressionId} | Get a discovery expression by ID. +*DiscoveryExpressionsAPI* | [**GetDiscoveryExpressionTags**](docs/DiscoveryExpressionsAPI.md#getdiscoveryexpressiontags) | **Get** /discovery-expressions/{expressionId}/tags | Get tags for a discovery expression. +*DiscoveryExpressionsAPI* | [**GetDiscoveryExpressions**](docs/DiscoveryExpressionsAPI.md#getdiscoveryexpressions) | **Get** /discovery-expressions | Retrieve discovery expressions. +*DiscoveryExpressionsAPI* | [**SearchDiscoveryExpressions**](docs/DiscoveryExpressionsAPI.md#searchdiscoveryexpressions) | **Post** /discovery-expressions/search | Search discovery expressions. +*DiscoveryPoliciesAPI* | [**CreateDiscoveryPolicyTags**](docs/DiscoveryPoliciesAPI.md#creatediscoverypolicytags) | **Post** /discovery-policies/{discoveryPolicyId}/tags | Create tags for a discovery policy. +*DiscoveryPoliciesAPI* | [**DeleteDiscoveryPolicyTags**](docs/DiscoveryPoliciesAPI.md#deletediscoverypolicytags) | **Post** /discovery-policies/{discoveryPolicyId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a discovery policy. +*DiscoveryPoliciesAPI* | [**GetDiscoveryPolicies**](docs/DiscoveryPoliciesAPI.md#getdiscoverypolicies) | **Get** /discovery-policies | Retrieve discovery policies. +*DiscoveryPoliciesAPI* | [**GetDiscoveryPolicyById**](docs/DiscoveryPoliciesAPI.md#getdiscoverypolicybyid) | **Get** /discovery-policies/{discoveryPolicyId} | Get a discovery policy by ID. +*DiscoveryPoliciesAPI* | [**GetDiscoveryPolicyClassifiers**](docs/DiscoveryPoliciesAPI.md#getdiscoverypolicyclassifiers) | **Get** /discovery-policies/{discoveryPolicyId}/classifiers | Get classifiers for a discovery policy. +*DiscoveryPoliciesAPI* | [**GetDiscoveryPolicyExpressions**](docs/DiscoveryPoliciesAPI.md#getdiscoverypolicyexpressions) | **Get** /discovery-policies/{discoveryPolicyId}/expressions | Get discovery expressions for a discovery policy. +*DiscoveryPoliciesAPI* | [**GetDiscoveryPolicyTags**](docs/DiscoveryPoliciesAPI.md#getdiscoverypolicytags) | **Get** /discovery-policies/{discoveryPolicyId}/tags | Get tags for a discovery policy. +*DiscoveryPoliciesAPI* | [**SearchDiscoveryPolicies**](docs/DiscoveryPoliciesAPI.md#searchdiscoverypolicies) | **Post** /discovery-policies/search | Search for discovery policies. +*DiscoveryPoliciesAPI* | [**SearchDiscoveryPolicyClassifiers**](docs/DiscoveryPoliciesAPI.md#searchdiscoverypolicyclassifiers) | **Post** /discovery-policies/{discoveryPolicyId}/classifiers/search | Search for classifiers of a discovery policy. +*DiscoveryPoliciesAPI* | [**SearchDiscoveryPolicyExpressions**](docs/DiscoveryPoliciesAPI.md#searchdiscoverypolicyexpressions) | **Post** /discovery-policies/{discoveryPolicyId}/expressions/search | Search for discovery expressions of a discovery policy. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**CompatibleRepositoriesByLocation**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#compatiblerepositoriesbylocation) | **Post** /environments/compatible_repositories_by_location | Get compatible repositories corresponding to the location. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**CompatibleRepositoriesBySnapshot**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#compatiblerepositoriesbysnapshot) | **Post** /environments/compatible_repositories_by_snapshot | Get compatible repositories corresponding to the snapshot. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**CompatibleRepositoriesByTimestamp**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#compatiblerepositoriesbytimestamp) | **Post** /environments/compatible_repositories_by_timestamp | Get compatible repositories corresponding to the timestamp. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**CompatibleRepositoriesFromBookmark**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#compatiblerepositoriesfrombookmark) | **Post** /environments/compatible_repositories_from_bookmark | Get compatible repositories corresponding to the bookmark. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**CreateEnvironment**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#createenvironment) | **Post** /environments | Create an environment. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**CreateEnvironmentTags**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#createenvironmenttags) | **Post** /environments/{environmentId}/tags | Create tags for an Environment. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**CreateEnvironmentUser**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#createenvironmentuser) | **Post** /environments/{environmentId}/users | Create environment user. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**CreateHost**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#createhost) | **Post** /environments/{environmentId}/hosts | Create a new Host. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**CreateOracleListener**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#createoraclelistener) | **Post** /environments/{environmentId}/listeners | Create Oracle listener. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**CreateRepository**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#createrepository) | **Post** /environments/{environmentId}/repository | Create a repository. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**DeleteEnvironment**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#deleteenvironment) | **Delete** /environments/{environmentId} | Delete an environment by ID. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**DeleteEnvironmentTags**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#deleteenvironmenttags) | **Post** /environments/{environmentId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for an Environment. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**DeleteEnvironmentUser**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#deleteenvironmentuser) | **Delete** /environments/{environmentId}/users/{userRef} | Delete environment user. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**DeleteHost**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#deletehost) | **Delete** /environments/{environmentId}/hosts/{hostId} | Delete a Host. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**DeleteOracleListener**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#deleteoraclelistener) | **Delete** /environments/{environmentId}/listeners/{listenerId} | Delete an Oracle listener. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**DeleteRepository**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#deleterepository) | **Delete** /environments/{environmentId}/repository/{repositoryId} | Delete a repository. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**DisableEnvironment**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#disableenvironment) | **Post** /environments/{environmentId}/disable | Disable environment. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**EnableEnvironment**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#enableenvironment) | **Post** /environments/{environmentId}/enable | Enable a disabled environment. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**GetEnvironmentById**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#getenvironmentbyid) | **Get** /environments/{environmentId} | Returns an environment by ID. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**GetEnvironments**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#getenvironments) | **Get** /environments | List all environments. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**GetTagsEnvironment**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#gettagsenvironment) | **Get** /environments/{environmentId}/tags | Get tags for an Environment. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**ListEnvironmentUsers**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#listenvironmentusers) | **Get** /environments/{environmentId}/users | List environment users. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**PrimaryEnvironmentUser**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#primaryenvironmentuser) | **Post** /environments/{environmentId}/users/{userRef}/primary | Set primary environment user. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**RefreshEnvironment**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#refreshenvironment) | **Post** /environments/{environmentId}/refresh | Refresh environment. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**SearchEnvironments**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#searchenvironments) | **Post** /environments/search | Search for environments. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**UpdateEnvironment**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#updateenvironment) | **Patch** /environments/{environmentId} | Update an environment by ID. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**UpdateEnvironmentUser**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#updateenvironmentuser) | **Put** /environments/{environmentId}/users/{userRef} | Update environment user. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**UpdateHost**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#updatehost) | **Patch** /environments/{environmentId}/hosts/{hostId} | Update a Host. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**UpdateOracleListener**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#updateoraclelistener) | **Patch** /environments/{environmentId}/listeners/{listenerId} | Update an Oracle listener. +*EnvironmentsAPI* | [**UpdateRepository**](docs/EnvironmentsAPI.md#updaterepository) | **Patch** /environments/{environmentId}/repository/{repositoryId} | Update a Repository. +*ExecutionsAPI* | [**CancelExecution**](docs/ExecutionsAPI.md#cancelexecution) | **Post** /executions/{executionId}/cancel | Cancel an Execution. +*ExecutionsAPI* | [**CleanupExecution**](docs/ExecutionsAPI.md#cleanupexecution) | **Post** /executions/{executionId}/cleanup | Cleanup an Execution (Hyperscale only). +*ExecutionsAPI* | [**GetDiscoveryResults**](docs/ExecutionsAPI.md#getdiscoveryresults) | **Get** /executions/{executionId}/discovery-results | Retrieve the list of discovery results for a masking execution. +*ExecutionsAPI* | [**GetExecutionById**](docs/ExecutionsAPI.md#getexecutionbyid) | **Get** /executions/{executionId} | Retrieve an Execution by ID. +*ExecutionsAPI* | [**GetExecutionComponentById**](docs/ExecutionsAPI.md#getexecutioncomponentbyid) | **Get** /executions/{executionId}/execution-components/{executionComponentId} | Get an execution component by ID. +*ExecutionsAPI* | [**GetExecutionComponentLog**](docs/ExecutionsAPI.md#getexecutioncomponentlog) | **Get** /executions/{executionId}/execution-components/{executionComponentId}/log | Get an execution component log. +*ExecutionsAPI* | [**GetExecutionComponents**](docs/ExecutionsAPI.md#getexecutioncomponents) | **Get** /executions/{executionId}/execution-components | Get execution components for an execution. +*ExecutionsAPI* | [**GetExecutionEvents**](docs/ExecutionsAPI.md#getexecutionevents) | **Get** /executions/{executionId}/events | Retrieve the list of events for a masking execution. +*ExecutionsAPI* | [**GetExecutionLog**](docs/ExecutionsAPI.md#getexecutionlog) | **Get** /executions/{executionId}/log | Retrieve the masking execution log. +*ExecutionsAPI* | [**GetExecutions**](docs/ExecutionsAPI.md#getexecutions) | **Get** /executions | Retrieve the list of masking executions. +*ExecutionsAPI* | [**RestartExecution**](docs/ExecutionsAPI.md#restartexecution) | **Post** /executions/{executionId}/restart | Restart an Execution (Hyperscale only). +*ExecutionsAPI* | [**SearchDiscoveryResults**](docs/ExecutionsAPI.md#searchdiscoveryresults) | **Post** /executions/{executionId}/discovery-results/search | Search discovery results associated with execution of a discovery job +*ExecutionsAPI* | [**SearchExecutionComponents**](docs/ExecutionsAPI.md#searchexecutioncomponents) | **Post** /executions/{executionId}/execution-components/search | Search execution components for an execution. +*ExecutionsAPI* | [**SearchExecutionEvents**](docs/ExecutionsAPI.md#searchexecutionevents) | **Post** /executions/{executionId}/events/search | Search masking executions events. +*ExecutionsAPI* | [**SearchExecutions**](docs/ExecutionsAPI.md#searchexecutions) | **Post** /executions/search | Search masking executions. +*GroupsAPI* | [**GetDatasetGroupById**](docs/GroupsAPI.md#getdatasetgroupbyid) | **Get** /groups/{groupId} | Get a dataset group by ID or Name. +*GroupsAPI* | [**GetDatasetGroups**](docs/GroupsAPI.md#getdatasetgroups) | **Get** /groups | List all dataset groups. +*GroupsAPI* | [**SearchDatasetGroups**](docs/GroupsAPI.md#searchdatasetgroups) | **Post** /groups/search | Search for dataset groups. +*HeldSpaceAPI* | [**DeleteHeldspaceById**](docs/HeldSpaceAPI.md#deleteheldspacebyid) | **Post** /heldspace/{heldspaceId}/delete | Delete a HeldSpace. +*HeldSpaceAPI* | [**GetHeldspaceDeletionDependencies**](docs/HeldSpaceAPI.md#getheldspacedeletiondependencies) | **Get** /heldspace/{heldspaceId}/deletion-dependencies | Get heldspace deletion dependencies. +*HookTemplatesAPI* | [**CreateHookTemplate**](docs/HookTemplatesAPI.md#createhooktemplate) | **Post** /hook-templates | Create a Hook Template. +*HookTemplatesAPI* | [**CreateHookTemplateTags**](docs/HookTemplatesAPI.md#createhooktemplatetags) | **Post** /hook-templates/{hookTemplateId}/tags | Create tags for a Hook Template. +*HookTemplatesAPI* | [**DeleteHookTemplate**](docs/HookTemplatesAPI.md#deletehooktemplate) | **Delete** /hook-templates/{hookTemplateId} | Delete a Hook Template. +*HookTemplatesAPI* | [**DeleteHookTemplateTags**](docs/HookTemplatesAPI.md#deletehooktemplatetags) | **Post** /hook-templates/{hookTemplateId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Hook Template. +*HookTemplatesAPI* | [**GetHookTemplateById**](docs/HookTemplatesAPI.md#gethooktemplatebyid) | **Get** /hook-templates/{hookTemplateId} | Fetch Hook Template by ID +*HookTemplatesAPI* | [**GetHookTemplateTags**](docs/HookTemplatesAPI.md#gethooktemplatetags) | **Get** /hook-templates/{hookTemplateId}/tags | Get tags for a Hook Template. +*HookTemplatesAPI* | [**ListHookTemplates**](docs/HookTemplatesAPI.md#listhooktemplates) | **Get** /hook-templates | Fetch a list of all hook templates +*HookTemplatesAPI* | [**SearchHookTemplates**](docs/HookTemplatesAPI.md#searchhooktemplates) | **Post** /hook-templates/search | Search Hook Templates. +*HookTemplatesAPI* | [**UpdateHookTemplate**](docs/HookTemplatesAPI.md#updatehooktemplate) | **Patch** /hook-templates/{hookTemplateId} | Update a Hook Template. +*HyperscaleInstanceAPI* | [**AddEngineToHyperscaleInstance**](docs/HyperscaleInstanceAPI.md#addenginetohyperscaleinstance) | **Post** /hyperscale-instances/{hyperscaleInstanceId}/add-engine | Add an engine to a Hyperscale Instance. +*HyperscaleInstanceAPI* | [**CreateHyperscaleInstanceTags**](docs/HyperscaleInstanceAPI.md#createhyperscaleinstancetags) | **Post** /hyperscale-instances/{hyperscaleInstanceId}/tags | Create tags for a Hyperscale Instance. +*HyperscaleInstanceAPI* | [**DeleteHyperscaleInstanceTags**](docs/HyperscaleInstanceAPI.md#deletehyperscaleinstancetags) | **Post** /hyperscale-instances/{hyperscaleInstanceId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Hyperscale Instance. +*HyperscaleInstanceAPI* | [**GetHyperscaleInstanceById**](docs/HyperscaleInstanceAPI.md#gethyperscaleinstancebyid) | **Get** /hyperscale-instances/{hyperscaleInstanceId} | Returns a Hyperscale Instance by ID. +*HyperscaleInstanceAPI* | [**GetHyperscaleInstanceTags**](docs/HyperscaleInstanceAPI.md#gethyperscaleinstancetags) | **Get** /hyperscale-instances/{hyperscaleInstanceId}/tags | Get tags for a Hyperscale Instance. +*HyperscaleInstanceAPI* | [**GetHyperscaleInstances**](docs/HyperscaleInstanceAPI.md#gethyperscaleinstances) | **Get** /hyperscale-instances | Returns a list of Hyperscale instances. +*HyperscaleInstanceAPI* | [**RegisterHyperscaleInstance**](docs/HyperscaleInstanceAPI.md#registerhyperscaleinstance) | **Post** /hyperscale-instances | Register a Hyperscale instance +*HyperscaleInstanceAPI* | [**RemoveEngineFromHyperscaleInstance**](docs/HyperscaleInstanceAPI.md#removeenginefromhyperscaleinstance) | **Post** /hyperscale-instances/{hyperscaleInstanceId}/remove-engine | Remove an engine from a Hyperscale Instance. +*HyperscaleInstanceAPI* | [**SearchHyperscaleInstances**](docs/HyperscaleInstanceAPI.md#searchhyperscaleinstances) | **Post** /hyperscale-instances/search | Search for Hyperscale instances. +*HyperscaleInstanceAPI* | [**SyncEnginesHyperscaleInstance**](docs/HyperscaleInstanceAPI.md#syncengineshyperscaleinstance) | **Post** /hyperscale-instances/{hyperscaleInstanceId}/sync-engines | Sync the global object from a source engine to engines on a Hyperscale Instance. +*HyperscaleInstanceAPI* | [**UnregisterHyperscaleInstance**](docs/HyperscaleInstanceAPI.md#unregisterhyperscaleinstance) | **Delete** /hyperscale-instances/{hyperscaleInstanceId} | Unregister a Hyperscale Instance. +*HyperscaleInstanceAPI* | [**UpdateHyperscaleInstance**](docs/HyperscaleInstanceAPI.md#updatehyperscaleinstance) | **Patch** /hyperscale-instances/{hyperscaleInstanceId} | Update an Hyperscale Instance +*HyperscaleObjectsAPI* | [**CreateHyperscaleConnector**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsAPI.md#createhyperscaleconnector) | **Post** /hyperscale-connectors | Create a Hyperscale Connector. +*HyperscaleObjectsAPI* | [**CreateHyperscaleConnectorTags**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsAPI.md#createhyperscaleconnectortags) | **Post** /hyperscale-connectors/{hyperscaleConnectorId}/tags | Create tags for a Hyperscale Connector. +*HyperscaleObjectsAPI* | [**CreateHyperscaleDatasetTags**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsAPI.md#createhyperscaledatasettags) | **Post** /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId}/tags | Create tags for a Hyperscale Dataset. +*HyperscaleObjectsAPI* | [**CreateHyperscaleMountPoint**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsAPI.md#createhyperscalemountpoint) | **Post** /hyperscale-mount-points | Create a Hyperscale Mount Point +*HyperscaleObjectsAPI* | [**DeleteHyperscaleConnector**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsAPI.md#deletehyperscaleconnector) | **Delete** /hyperscale-connectors/{hyperscaleConnectorId} | Delete a Hyperscale Connector. +*HyperscaleObjectsAPI* | [**DeleteHyperscaleConnectorTags**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsAPI.md#deletehyperscaleconnectortags) | **Post** /hyperscale-connectors/{hyperscaleConnectorId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Hyperscale Connector. +*HyperscaleObjectsAPI* | [**DeleteHyperscaleDatasetTags**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsAPI.md#deletehyperscaledatasettags) | **Post** /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Hyperscale Dataset. +*HyperscaleObjectsAPI* | [**DeleteHyperscaleMountPoint**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsAPI.md#deletehyperscalemountpoint) | **Delete** /hyperscale-mount-points/{hyperscaleMountPointId} | Delete a Hyperscale Mount Point. +*HyperscaleObjectsAPI* | [**GetHyperscaleConnectorById**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsAPI.md#gethyperscaleconnectorbyid) | **Get** /hyperscale-connectors/{hyperscaleConnectorId} | Get a Hyperscale Connector. +*HyperscaleObjectsAPI* | [**GetHyperscaleConnectorTags**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsAPI.md#gethyperscaleconnectortags) | **Get** /hyperscale-connectors/{hyperscaleConnectorId}/tags | Get tags for a Hyperscale Connector. +*HyperscaleObjectsAPI* | [**GetHyperscaleConnectors**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsAPI.md#gethyperscaleconnectors) | **Get** /hyperscale-connectors | Returns a list of Hyperscale Connectors. +*HyperscaleObjectsAPI* | [**GetHyperscaleDatasetById**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsAPI.md#gethyperscaledatasetbyid) | **Get** /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId} | Get a Hyperscale Dataset. +*HyperscaleObjectsAPI* | [**GetHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileById**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsAPI.md#gethyperscaledatasettableorfilebyid) | **Get** /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId}/tables-or-files/{hyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileId} | Get a Hyperscale Dataset table or file by ID. +*HyperscaleObjectsAPI* | [**GetHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFiles**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsAPI.md#gethyperscaledatasettablesorfiles) | **Get** /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId}/tables-or-files | Get the tables or files of a hyperscale dataset +*HyperscaleObjectsAPI* | [**GetHyperscaleDatasetTags**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsAPI.md#gethyperscaledatasettags) | **Get** /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId}/tags | Get tags for a Hyperscale Dataset. +*HyperscaleObjectsAPI* | [**GetHyperscaleDatasets**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsAPI.md#gethyperscaledatasets) | **Get** /hyperscale-datasets | Returns a list of Hyperscale Datasets. +*HyperscaleObjectsAPI* | [**GetHyperscaleMountPointById**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsAPI.md#gethyperscalemountpointbyid) | **Get** /hyperscale-mount-points/{hyperscaleMountPointId} | Get a Hyperscale Mount Points. +*HyperscaleObjectsAPI* | [**GetHyperscaleMountPoints**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsAPI.md#gethyperscalemountpoints) | **Get** /hyperscale-mount-points | Returns a list of Hyperscale Mount Points. +*HyperscaleObjectsAPI* | [**SearchHyperscaleConnectors**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsAPI.md#searchhyperscaleconnectors) | **Post** /hyperscale-connectors/search | Search for Hyperscale Connectors. +*HyperscaleObjectsAPI* | [**SearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFiles**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsAPI.md#searchhyperscaledatasettablesorfiles) | **Post** /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId}/tables-or-files/search | Search the tables or files of a hyperscale dataset +*HyperscaleObjectsAPI* | [**SearchHyperscaleDatasets**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsAPI.md#searchhyperscaledatasets) | **Post** /hyperscale-datasets/search | Search for Hyperscale Datasets. +*HyperscaleObjectsAPI* | [**SearchHyperscaleMountPoints**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsAPI.md#searchhyperscalemountpoints) | **Post** /hyperscale-mount-points/search | Search for Hyperscale Mount Points. +*HyperscaleObjectsAPI* | [**UpdateHyperscaleConnectorById**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsAPI.md#updatehyperscaleconnectorbyid) | **Patch** /hyperscale-connectors/{hyperscaleConnectorId} | Update a Hyperscale Connector by ID. +*HyperscaleObjectsAPI* | [**UpdateHyperscaleDatasetById**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsAPI.md#updatehyperscaledatasetbyid) | **Patch** /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId} | Update a Hyperscale Dataset by ID. +*HyperscaleObjectsAPI* | [**UpdateHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileById**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsAPI.md#updatehyperscaledatasettableorfilebyid) | **Patch** /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId}/tables-or-files/{hyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileId} | Update a Hyperscale Dataset table or file by ID. +*HyperscaleObjectsAPI* | [**UpdateHyperscaleMountPointById**](docs/HyperscaleObjectsAPI.md#updatehyperscalemountpointbyid) | **Patch** /hyperscale-mount-points/{hyperscaleMountPointId} | Update a Hyperscale Mount Point by ID. +*JobCollectionExecutionsAPI* | [**CancelJobCollectionExecution**](docs/JobCollectionExecutionsAPI.md#canceljobcollectionexecution) | **Post** /job-collection-executions/{jobCollectionExecutionId}/cancel | Cancel a compliance job collection execution. This operation is asynchronous is not complete until the collection execution is marked cancelled. +*JobCollectionExecutionsAPI* | [**GetJobCollectionExecutionById**](docs/JobCollectionExecutionsAPI.md#getjobcollectionexecutionbyid) | **Get** /job-collection-executions/{jobCollectionExecutionId} | Retrieve a compliance job collection execution by ID. +*JobCollectionExecutionsAPI* | [**GetJobCollectionExecutions**](docs/JobCollectionExecutionsAPI.md#getjobcollectionexecutions) | **Get** /job-collection-executions | Retrieve the list of compliance job collection executions. +*JobCollectionExecutionsAPI* | [**SearchJobCollectionExecutions**](docs/JobCollectionExecutionsAPI.md#searchjobcollectionexecutions) | **Post** /job-collection-executions/search | Search compliance job collection executions. +*JobsAPI* | [**AbandonJob**](docs/JobsAPI.md#abandonjob) | **Post** /jobs/{jobId}/abandon | Abandons a job. +*JobsAPI* | [**CreateJobTags**](docs/JobsAPI.md#createjobtags) | **Post** /jobs/{jobId}/tags | Create tags for a Job. +*JobsAPI* | [**DeleteJobTag**](docs/JobsAPI.md#deletejobtag) | **Post** /jobs/{jobId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Job. +*JobsAPI* | [**GetJobById**](docs/JobsAPI.md#getjobbyid) | **Get** /jobs/{jobId} | Returns a job by ID. +*JobsAPI* | [**GetJobResult**](docs/JobsAPI.md#getjobresult) | **Get** /jobs/{jobId}/result | Get job result. +*JobsAPI* | [**GetJobTags**](docs/JobsAPI.md#getjobtags) | **Get** /jobs/{jobId}/tags | Get tags for a Job. +*JobsAPI* | [**GetJobs**](docs/JobsAPI.md#getjobs) | **Get** /jobs | List all jobs. +*JobsAPI* | [**SearchJobs**](docs/JobsAPI.md#searchjobs) | **Post** /jobs/search | Search for jobs. +*KerberosConfigAPI* | [**GetKerberosConfigById**](docs/KerberosConfigAPI.md#getkerberosconfigbyid) | **Get** /kerberos-configs/{kerberosConfigId} | Get a kerberos config by ID or Name. +*KerberosConfigAPI* | [**ListKerberosConfigs**](docs/KerberosConfigAPI.md#listkerberosconfigs) | **Get** /kerberos-configs | List all kerberos configs. +*KerberosConfigAPI* | [**SearchKerberosConfigs**](docs/KerberosConfigAPI.md#searchkerberosconfigs) | **Post** /kerberos-configs/search | Search for Kerberos Configs. +*LicenseAPI* | [**ChangeLicense**](docs/LicenseAPI.md#changelicense) | **Post** /management/license/change-license | Change the current DCT license. +*LicenseAPI* | [**GetLicense**](docs/LicenseAPI.md#getlicense) | **Get** /management/license | Returns the DCT license information. +*LoginAPI* | [**AccountLogin**](docs/LoginAPI.md#accountlogin) | **Post** /login | Login to Account with Username and Password +*LoginAPI* | [**AccountLogout**](docs/LoginAPI.md#accountlogout) | **Post** /logout | Invalidates username/password and SSO login session. +*LoginAPI* | [**TokenInfo**](docs/LoginAPI.md#tokeninfo) | **Post** /token-info | Get Token Information +*ManagementAPI* | [**CreateEngineTags**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#createenginetags) | **Post** /management/engines/{engineId}/tags | Create tags for an Engine. +*ManagementAPI* | [**CreateHashicorpVault**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#createhashicorpvault) | **Post** /management/vaults/hashicorp | Configure a new Hashicorp Vault +*ManagementAPI* | [**CreateHashicorpVaultTags**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#createhashicorpvaulttags) | **Post** /management/vaults/hashicorp/{vaultId}/tags | Create tags for a Hashicorp vault. +*ManagementAPI* | [**DeleteEngineTags**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#deleteenginetags) | **Post** /management/engines/{engineId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for an Engine. +*ManagementAPI* | [**DeleteHashicorpVault**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#deletehashicorpvault) | **Delete** /management/vaults/hashicorp/{vaultId} | Delete a Hashicorp vault by id +*ManagementAPI* | [**DeleteHashicorpVaultTag**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#deletehashicorpvaulttag) | **Post** /management/vaults/hashicorp/{vaultId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Hashicorp vault. +*ManagementAPI* | [**GetApiClassification**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#getapiclassification) | **Get** /management/api-classification | Get api classification. +*ManagementAPI* | [**GetComplianceApplicationSettings**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#getcomplianceapplicationsettings) | **Get** /management/engines/{engineId}/compliance-application-settings | Returns a compliance engine's application settings. +*ManagementAPI* | [**GetDctAnalyticsEvents**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#getdctanalyticsevents) | **Get** /management/dct-analytics/events | Returns previous DCT Analytics bundle upload events +*ManagementAPI* | [**GetEngineAutoTaggingConfig**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#getengineautotaggingconfig) | **Get** /management/engines/{engineId}/auto-tagging | Returns the engine's auto tagging configuration. +*ManagementAPI* | [**GetEngineTags**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#getenginetags) | **Get** /management/engines/{engineId}/tags | Get tags for a Engine. +*ManagementAPI* | [**GetHashicorpVault**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#gethashicorpvault) | **Get** /management/vaults/hashicorp/{vaultId} | Get a Hashicorp vault by id +*ManagementAPI* | [**GetHashicorpVaultTags**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#gethashicorpvaulttags) | **Get** /management/vaults/hashicorp/{vaultId}/tags | Get tags for a Hashicorp vault. +*ManagementAPI* | [**GetHashicorpVaults**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#gethashicorpvaults) | **Get** /management/vaults/hashicorp | Returns a list of configured Hashicorp vaults. +*ManagementAPI* | [**GetLdapConfig**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#getldapconfig) | **Get** /management/ldap-config | Returns the LDAP configuration +*ManagementAPI* | [**GetMetadataDatabase**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#getmetadatadatabase) | **Get** /management/metadata-database | Returns configuration information about the metadata database which stores the product data. +*ManagementAPI* | [**GetProductRegistrationDelphixConnectivityCheck**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#getproductregistrationdelphixconnectivitycheck) | **Get** /management/product-registration-delphix-connectivity-check | Returns True if Delphix services are reachable for product registration. +*ManagementAPI* | [**GetProductRegistrationKey**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#getproductregistrationkey) | **Get** /management/product-registration-offline | Generates and returns a public key that can be used to register the product. +*ManagementAPI* | [**GetProductRegistrationStatus**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#getproductregistrationstatus) | **Get** /management/product-registration-status | Returns the product registration status. +*ManagementAPI* | [**GetProxyConfiguration**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#getproxyconfiguration) | **Get** /management/proxy | Returns the current web proxy configuration to use to connect to Delphix services. +*ManagementAPI* | [**GetRegisteredEngine**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#getregisteredengine) | **Get** /management/engines/{engineId} | Returns a registered engine by ID. +*ManagementAPI* | [**GetRegisteredEngines**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#getregisteredengines) | **Get** /management/engines | Returns a list of registered engines. +*ManagementAPI* | [**GetSamlConfig**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#getsamlconfig) | **Get** /management/saml-config | Returns the SAML configuration +*ManagementAPI* | [**GetSmtpConfig**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#getsmtpconfig) | **Get** /management/smtp | Returns the SMTP configuration +*ManagementAPI* | [**ListProperties**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#listproperties) | **Get** /management/properties | Get global properties. +*ManagementAPI* | [**RegisterEngine**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#registerengine) | **Post** /management/engines | Register an engine. +*ManagementAPI* | [**RegisterProductOffline**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#registerproductoffline) | **Post** /management/product-registration-offline | Registers the product using a manually generated payload. +*ManagementAPI* | [**RegisterProductOnline**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#registerproductonline) | **Post** /management/product-registration-online | Registers the product using the provided credentials. +*ManagementAPI* | [**SearchComplianceApplicationSettings**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#searchcomplianceapplicationsettings) | **Post** /management/engines/{engineId}/compliance-application-settings/search | Search a compliance engine's application settings. +*ManagementAPI* | [**SearchEngines**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#searchengines) | **Post** /management/engines/search | Search for engines. +*ManagementAPI* | [**SearchHashicorpVaults**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#searchhashicorpvaults) | **Post** /management/vaults/hashicorp/search | Search for configured Hashicorp vaults. +*ManagementAPI* | [**TriggerDctAnalyticsBundleUpload**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#triggerdctanalyticsbundleupload) | **Post** /management/dct-analytics/upload | Triggers a DCT Analytics upload job immediately. +*ManagementAPI* | [**UnregisterEngine**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#unregisterengine) | **Delete** /management/engines/{engineId} | Unregister an engine. +*ManagementAPI* | [**UpdateApiClassification**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#updateapiclassification) | **Put** /management/api-classification | Update the api classification to new version. +*ManagementAPI* | [**UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfig**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#updateengineautotaggingconfig) | **Patch** /management/engines/{engineId}/auto-tagging | Update the engine's auto tagging configuration. +*ManagementAPI* | [**UpdateLdapConfig**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#updateldapconfig) | **Put** /management/ldap-config | Update LDAP Config. +*ManagementAPI* | [**UpdateProperties**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#updateproperties) | **Patch** /management/properties | Update value of predefined properties. +*ManagementAPI* | [**UpdateProxyConfiguration**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#updateproxyconfiguration) | **Put** /management/proxy | Update the web proxy configuration to use to connect to Delphix services. +*ManagementAPI* | [**UpdateRegisteredEngine**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#updateregisteredengine) | **Put** /management/engines/{engineId} | Update a registered engine. +*ManagementAPI* | [**UpdateRegisteredEnginePartial**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#updateregisteredenginepartial) | **Patch** /management/engines/{engineId} | Update a registered engine. +*ManagementAPI* | [**UpdateSamlConfig**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#updatesamlconfig) | **Put** /management/saml-config | Update SAML Config. +*ManagementAPI* | [**UpdateSmtpConfig**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#updatesmtpconfig) | **Put** /management/smtp | Update SMTP Config. +*ManagementAPI* | [**ValidateJavaPath**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#validatejavapath) | **Post** /management/engines/{engineId}/validate/java-path | Validate java path for the remote host machine. +*ManagementAPI* | [**ValidateLdapConfig**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#validateldapconfig) | **Post** /management/ldap-config/validate | Validate LDAP Config. Without username/password, DCT performs an anonymous bind against the LDAP server. If credentials are provided DCT validates that authentication and mapping of optional properties are actually working with provided credentials. LDAP search is only validated if search attributes are set. +*ManagementAPI* | [**ValidateSmtpConfig**](docs/ManagementAPI.md#validatesmtpconfig) | **Post** /management/smtp/validate | Validate SMTP Config. +*MaskingEnvironmentsAPI* | [**GetMaskingEnvironmentById**](docs/MaskingEnvironmentsAPI.md#getmaskingenvironmentbyid) | **Get** /masking-environments/{maskingEnvironmentId} | Retrieve a MaskingEnvironment by ID. +*MaskingEnvironmentsAPI* | [**GetMaskingEnvironments**](docs/MaskingEnvironmentsAPI.md#getmaskingenvironments) | **Get** /masking-environments | Retrieve the list of masking environments. +*MaskingEnvironmentsAPI* | [**SearchMaskingEnvironments**](docs/MaskingEnvironmentsAPI.md#searchmaskingenvironments) | **Post** /masking-environments/search | Search masking environments. +*MaskingFilesAPI* | [**CreateMaskingFileTags**](docs/MaskingFilesAPI.md#createmaskingfiletags) | **Post** /masking-file-uploads/{maskingFileId}/tags | Create tags for a masking file. +*MaskingFilesAPI* | [**DeleteMaskingFileTags**](docs/MaskingFilesAPI.md#deletemaskingfiletags) | **Post** /masking-file-uploads/{maskingFileId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a masking file +*MaskingFilesAPI* | [**GetMaskingFileById**](docs/MaskingFilesAPI.md#getmaskingfilebyid) | **Get** /masking-file-uploads/{maskingFileId} | Get a masking file by ID or name. +*MaskingFilesAPI* | [**GetMaskingFileConsumers**](docs/MaskingFilesAPI.md#getmaskingfileconsumers) | **Get** /masking-file-uploads/{maskingFileId}/consumers | Get all consumers associated with this masking file +*MaskingFilesAPI* | [**GetMaskingFileTags**](docs/MaskingFilesAPI.md#getmaskingfiletags) | **Get** /masking-file-uploads/{maskingFileId}/tags | Get tags for a masking file. +*MaskingFilesAPI* | [**GetMaskingFiles**](docs/MaskingFilesAPI.md#getmaskingfiles) | **Get** /masking-file-uploads | Retrieve the list of masking file uploads. +*MaskingFilesAPI* | [**SearchMaskingFileConsumers**](docs/MaskingFilesAPI.md#searchmaskingfileconsumers) | **Post** /masking-file-uploads/{maskingFileId}/consumers/search | Search consumers of a masking file. +*MaskingFilesAPI* | [**SearchMaskingFiles**](docs/MaskingFilesAPI.md#searchmaskingfiles) | **Post** /masking-file-uploads/search | Search for masking files. +*MaskingFilesAPI* | [**UpdateMaskingFileUploadById**](docs/MaskingFilesAPI.md#updatemaskingfileuploadbyid) | **Patch** /masking-file-uploads/{maskingFileId} | Update a masking file upload by id. +*MaskingJobsAPI* | [**AddEngineToMaskingJob**](docs/MaskingJobsAPI.md#addenginetomaskingjob) | **Post** /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/add-engine | Add an engine to a Masking Job (Hyperscale Job only). +*MaskingJobsAPI* | [**CopyMaskingJob**](docs/MaskingJobsAPI.md#copymaskingjob) | **Post** /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/copy | Copies the masking job to another engine. +*MaskingJobsAPI* | [**CreateMaskingJob**](docs/MaskingJobsAPI.md#createmaskingjob) | **Post** /masking-jobs | Create a Masking Job. +*MaskingJobsAPI* | [**CreateMaskingJobTag**](docs/MaskingJobsAPI.md#createmaskingjobtag) | **Post** /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/tags | Create tags for a Masking Job. +*MaskingJobsAPI* | [**DeleteMaskingJob**](docs/MaskingJobsAPI.md#deletemaskingjob) | **Delete** /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId} | Delete a masking job. +*MaskingJobsAPI* | [**DeleteMaskingJobTag**](docs/MaskingJobsAPI.md#deletemaskingjobtag) | **Post** /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Masking Job. +*MaskingJobsAPI* | [**ExecuteMaskingJob**](docs/MaskingJobsAPI.md#executemaskingjob) | **Post** /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/execute | Execute a MaskingJob. +*MaskingJobsAPI* | [**GetMaskingJobById**](docs/MaskingJobsAPI.md#getmaskingjobbyid) | **Get** /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId} | Retrieve a MaskingJob by ID. +*MaskingJobsAPI* | [**GetMaskingJobConnectors**](docs/MaskingJobsAPI.md#getmaskingjobconnectors) | **Get** /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/connectors | Get connectors for a Masking Job by ID. +*MaskingJobsAPI* | [**GetMaskingJobSourceEngines**](docs/MaskingJobsAPI.md#getmaskingjobsourceengines) | **Get** /masking-jobs/source-engines | Retrieve the list of masking jobs along with their source engine. +*MaskingJobsAPI* | [**GetMaskingJobTag**](docs/MaskingJobsAPI.md#getmaskingjobtag) | **Get** /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/tags | Get tags for a Masking Job. +*MaskingJobsAPI* | [**GetMaskingJobs**](docs/MaskingJobsAPI.md#getmaskingjobs) | **Get** /masking-jobs | Retrieve the list of masking jobs. +*MaskingJobsAPI* | [**MigrateMaskingJob**](docs/MaskingJobsAPI.md#migratemaskingjob) | **Post** /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/migrate | Migrates the masking job from its current source engine to another engine. +*MaskingJobsAPI* | [**ReImportMaskingJob**](docs/MaskingJobsAPI.md#reimportmaskingjob) | **Post** /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/re-import | Re-import the dataset from the source MaskingJob (Hyperscale Job only). +*MaskingJobsAPI* | [**RemoveEngineFromMaskingJob**](docs/MaskingJobsAPI.md#removeenginefrommaskingjob) | **Post** /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/remove-engine | Remove an engine from a Masking Job (Hyperscale Job only). +*MaskingJobsAPI* | [**SearchMaskingJobSourceEngines**](docs/MaskingJobsAPI.md#searchmaskingjobsourceengines) | **Post** /masking-jobs/source-engines/search | Search the list of masking jobs along with their source engine. +*MaskingJobsAPI* | [**SearchMaskingJobs**](docs/MaskingJobsAPI.md#searchmaskingjobs) | **Post** /masking-jobs/search | Search masking jobs. +*MaskingJobsAPI* | [**UpdateMaskingJobById**](docs/MaskingJobsAPI.md#updatemaskingjobbyid) | **Patch** /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId} | Update values of a MaskingJob. +*NamespaceAPI* | [**CommitFailoverNamespace**](docs/NamespaceAPI.md#commitfailovernamespace) | **Post** /namespace/{namespaceId}/commitFailover | Commits the failover of a given namespace and discards the failback state. +*NamespaceAPI* | [**DeleteNamespace**](docs/NamespaceAPI.md#deletenamespace) | **Delete** /namespace/{namespaceId} | Delete a Namespace. +*NamespaceAPI* | [**DiscardNamespace**](docs/NamespaceAPI.md#discardnamespace) | **Post** /namespace/{namespaceId}/discard | Discards any partial receive state for the given namespace. +*NamespaceAPI* | [**FailbackNamespace**](docs/NamespaceAPI.md#failbacknamespace) | **Post** /namespace/{namespaceId}/failback | Initiates failback for the given namespace. +*NamespaceAPI* | [**FailoverNamespace**](docs/NamespaceAPI.md#failovernamespace) | **Post** /namespace/{namespaceId}/failover | Initiates failover for the given namespace. +*NamespaceAPI* | [**GetNamespaceById**](docs/NamespaceAPI.md#getnamespacebyid) | **Get** /namespace/{namespaceId} | Get a namespace. +*NamespaceAPI* | [**ListNamespaces**](docs/NamespaceAPI.md#listnamespaces) | **Get** /namespaces | List all namespaces. +*NamespaceAPI* | [**SearchNamespaces**](docs/NamespaceAPI.md#searchnamespaces) | **Post** /namespaces/search | Search Namespaces. +*NamespaceAPI* | [**UpdateNamespace**](docs/NamespaceAPI.md#updatenamespace) | **Patch** /namespace/{namespaceId} | Update a Namespace. +*NetworkPerformanceToolAPI* | [**CreateDspTest**](docs/NetworkPerformanceToolAPI.md#createdsptest) | **Post** /network-performance/test/dsp | Create DSP Network Performance Test +*NetworkPerformanceToolAPI* | [**CreateLatencyTest**](docs/NetworkPerformanceToolAPI.md#createlatencytest) | **Post** /network-performance/test/latency | Create Latency Network Performance Test +*NetworkPerformanceToolAPI* | [**CreateThroughputTest**](docs/NetworkPerformanceToolAPI.md#createthroughputtest) | **Post** /network-performance/test/throughput | Create Throughput Network Performance Test +*NetworkPerformanceToolAPI* | [**GetDspTestResult**](docs/NetworkPerformanceToolAPI.md#getdsptestresult) | **Get** /network-performance/test/dsp/{jobId} | Retrieve Network DSP Test Result +*NetworkPerformanceToolAPI* | [**GetLatencyTestResult**](docs/NetworkPerformanceToolAPI.md#getlatencytestresult) | **Get** /network-performance/test/latency/{jobId} | Retrieve Network Latency Test Result +*NetworkPerformanceToolAPI* | [**GetThroughputTestResult**](docs/NetworkPerformanceToolAPI.md#getthroughputtestresult) | **Get** /network-performance/test/throughput/{jobId} | Retrieve Network Throughput Test Result +*PasswordVaultsAPI* | [**GetPasswordVaultById**](docs/PasswordVaultsAPI.md#getpasswordvaultbyid) | **Get** /password_vaults/{passwordVaultId} | Get a password vault by ID or Name. +*PasswordVaultsAPI* | [**GetPasswordVaults**](docs/PasswordVaultsAPI.md#getpasswordvaults) | **Get** /password_vaults | List all password vaults. +*PasswordVaultsAPI* | [**SearchPasswordVaults**](docs/PasswordVaultsAPI.md#searchpasswordvaults) | **Post** /password_vaults/search | Search for Password Vaults. +*ReplicationAPI* | [**CreateReplicationProfile**](docs/ReplicationAPI.md#createreplicationprofile) | **Post** /replication-profiles | Create a ReplicationProfile. +*ReplicationAPI* | [**CreateReplicationProfileTags**](docs/ReplicationAPI.md#createreplicationprofiletags) | **Post** /replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId}/tags | Create tags for a ReplicationProfile. +*ReplicationAPI* | [**DeleteReplicationProfile**](docs/ReplicationAPI.md#deletereplicationprofile) | **Delete** /replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId} | Delete a ReplicationProfile. +*ReplicationAPI* | [**DeleteReplicationProfileTags**](docs/ReplicationAPI.md#deletereplicationprofiletags) | **Post** /replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a ReplicationProfile. +*ReplicationAPI* | [**DisableTagReplication**](docs/ReplicationAPI.md#disabletagreplication) | **Post** /replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId}/disable-tag-replication | Disable tag replication for given ReplicationProfile. +*ReplicationAPI* | [**EnableTagReplication**](docs/ReplicationAPI.md#enabletagreplication) | **Post** /replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId}/enable-tag-replication | Enable tag replication for given ReplicationProfile. +*ReplicationAPI* | [**ExecuteReplicationProfile**](docs/ReplicationAPI.md#executereplicationprofile) | **Post** /replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId}/execute | Execute a ReplicationProfile. +*ReplicationAPI* | [**GetReplicationProfileById**](docs/ReplicationAPI.md#getreplicationprofilebyid) | **Get** /replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId} | Get a ReplicationProfile by ID. +*ReplicationAPI* | [**GetReplicationProfileTags**](docs/ReplicationAPI.md#getreplicationprofiletags) | **Get** /replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId}/tags | Get tags for a ReplicationProfile. +*ReplicationAPI* | [**GetReplicationProfiles**](docs/ReplicationAPI.md#getreplicationprofiles) | **Get** /replication-profiles | List all ReplicationProfiles. +*ReplicationAPI* | [**SearchReplicationProfiles**](docs/ReplicationAPI.md#searchreplicationprofiles) | **Post** /replication-profiles/search | Search for ReplicationProfiles. +*ReplicationAPI* | [**UpdateReplicationProfile**](docs/ReplicationAPI.md#updatereplicationprofile) | **Patch** /replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId} | Update a ReplicationProfile. +*ReportingAPI* | [**CreateReportingSchedule**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#createreportingschedule) | **Post** /reporting/schedule | Create a new report schedule. +*ReportingAPI* | [**CreateReportingScheduleTags**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#createreportingscheduletags) | **Post** /reporting/schedule/{reportId}/tags | Create tags for a report schedule. +*ReportingAPI* | [**DeleteReportingSchedule**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#deletereportingschedule) | **Delete** /reporting/schedule/{reportId} | Delete report schedule by ID. +*ReportingAPI* | [**DeleteReportingScheduleTag**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#deletereportingscheduletag) | **Post** /reporting/schedule/{reportId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a report schedule. +*ReportingAPI* | [**GetApiUsageReport**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#getapiusagereport) | **Get** /reporting/api-usage-report | Gets the report of API usage metrics over a given time period. This API returns at the most 10000 results in the response to protect against the server running out of memory. Users might not hit this limit with the default report without any 'apiUsageReportGroupByParam' param but can hit this limit if the groupBy is by too granular like by 'client_name' or 'user_agent' only. Hence it is advisable to use startDate and endDate to 'limit' the scope of the report. +*ReportingAPI* | [**GetAuditLogsSummaryReport**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#getauditlogssummaryreport) | **Get** /reporting/audit-logs-summary-report | Gets the audit log summary report. +*ReportingAPI* | [**GetDataRiskReport**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#getdatariskreport) | **Get** /reporting/data-risk-report | Get the masking data risk report. +*ReportingAPI* | [**GetDatasetPerformanceAnalytics**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#getdatasetperformanceanalytics) | **Post** /reporting/dataset-performance-analytics | Get Dataset Performance analytics +*ReportingAPI* | [**GetDsourceConsumptionReport**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#getdsourceconsumptionreport) | **Get** /reporting/dsource-consumption-report | Gets the consumption report for virtualization engine dSources. +*ReportingAPI* | [**GetDsourceUsageReport**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#getdsourceusagereport) | **Get** /reporting/dsource-usage-report | Gets the usage report for virtualization engine dSources. +*ReportingAPI* | [**GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReport**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#getengineglobalobjectstatereport) | **Get** /reporting/engine-global-object-state-report | Get the masking engine global object state report. +*ReportingAPI* | [**GetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReport**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#getengineperformanceanalyticsreport) | **Get** /reporting/engine-performance-analytic-report | Gets the performance analytics report for engines. +*ReportingAPI* | [**GetMaskingExecutionMetricsReport**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#getmaskingexecutionmetricsreport) | **Get** /reporting/masking-execution-metrics | Get the masking execution metrics report. +*ReportingAPI* | [**GetProductInfo**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#getproductinfo) | **Get** /reporting/product_info | Returns the DCT Product Information. +*ReportingAPI* | [**GetReportingScheduleById**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#getreportingschedulebyid) | **Get** /reporting/schedule/{reportId} | Returns a report schedule by ID. +*ReportingAPI* | [**GetReportingScheduleTags**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#getreportingscheduletags) | **Get** /reporting/schedule/{reportId}/tags | Get tags for a report schedule. +*ReportingAPI* | [**GetReportingSchedules**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#getreportingschedules) | **Get** /reporting/schedule | List all report schedules. +*ReportingAPI* | [**GetStorageCapacityData**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#getstoragecapacitydata) | **Get** /reporting/storage-capacity-data-report | Get engine storage capacity data. +*ReportingAPI* | [**GetVdbInventoryReport**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#getvdbinventoryreport) | **Get** /reporting/vdb-inventory-report | Gets the inventory report for virtualization engine VDBs. +*ReportingAPI* | [**GetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReport**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#getvirtualizationstoragesummaryreport) | **Get** /reporting/virtualization-storage-summary-report | Gets the storage summary report for virtualization engines. +*ReportingAPI* | [**SearchDataRiskReport**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#searchdatariskreport) | **Post** /reporting/data-risk-report/search | Search the masking data risk report. +*ReportingAPI* | [**SearchDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#searchdatasetperformanceanalyticssummary) | **Post** /reporting/dataset-performance-analytics-summary/search | Search Dataset Performance analytics summary +*ReportingAPI* | [**SearchDsourceConsumptionReport**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#searchdsourceconsumptionreport) | **Post** /reporting/dsource-consumption-report/search | Search the consumption report for virtualization engine DSources. +*ReportingAPI* | [**SearchDsourceUsageReport**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#searchdsourceusagereport) | **Post** /reporting/dsource-usage-report/search | Search the usage report for virtualization engine dSources. +*ReportingAPI* | [**SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReport**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#searchengineglobalobjectstatereport) | **Post** /reporting/engine-global-object-state-report/search | Search the masking engine global object state report. +*ReportingAPI* | [**SearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrends**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#searchengineperformanceanalytictrends) | **Post** /reporting/engine-performance-analytic-trends/search | Search the performance analytic trend data for engines. +*ReportingAPI* | [**SearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReport**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#searchengineperformanceanalyticsreport) | **Post** /reporting/engine-performance-analytic-report/search | Search the performance analytic report for engines. +*ReportingAPI* | [**SearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReport**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#searchmaskingexecutionmetricsreport) | **Post** /reporting/masking-execution-metrics/search | Search the Masking execution metrics report. +*ReportingAPI* | [**SearchReportingSchedules**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#searchreportingschedules) | **Post** /reporting/schedule/search | Search for report schedules. +*ReportingAPI* | [**SearchStorageCapacityData**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#searchstoragecapacitydata) | **Post** /reporting/storage-capacity-data-report/search | Search engine storage capacity data. +*ReportingAPI* | [**SearchStorageSavingsSummaryReport**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#searchstoragesavingssummaryreport) | **Post** /reporting/storage-savings-report/search | Search the saving storage summary report for virtualization engines. +*ReportingAPI* | [**SearchVdbInventoryReport**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#searchvdbinventoryreport) | **Post** /reporting/vdb-inventory-report/search | Search the inventory report for virtualization engine VDBs. +*ReportingAPI* | [**SearchVirtualizationStorageSummaryReport**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#searchvirtualizationstoragesummaryreport) | **Post** /reporting/virtualization-storage-summary-report/search | Search the storage summary report for virtualization engines. +*ReportingAPI* | [**UpdateReportingSchedule**](docs/ReportingAPI.md#updatereportingschedule) | **Put** /reporting/schedule/{reportId} | Update a reporting schedule by ID. +*RuleSetsAPI* | [**CreateRuleSetTags**](docs/RuleSetsAPI.md#createrulesettags) | **Post** /rule-sets/{ruleSetId}/tags | Create tags for a Rule Set. +*RuleSetsAPI* | [**DeleteRuleSetTags**](docs/RuleSetsAPI.md#deleterulesettags) | **Post** /rule-sets/{ruleSetId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Rule Set. +*RuleSetsAPI* | [**GetDatabaseColumnMetadata**](docs/RuleSetsAPI.md#getdatabasecolumnmetadata) | **Get** /database-column-metadata | Retrieve column metadata. +*RuleSetsAPI* | [**GetDatabaseColumnMetadataById**](docs/RuleSetsAPI.md#getdatabasecolumnmetadatabyid) | **Get** /database-column-metadata/{databaseColumnMetadataId} | Retrieve a database column metadata by ID. +*RuleSetsAPI* | [**GetDatabaseTableMetadata**](docs/RuleSetsAPI.md#getdatabasetablemetadata) | **Get** /database-table-metadata | Retrieve table metadata. +*RuleSetsAPI* | [**GetDatabaseTableMetadataById**](docs/RuleSetsAPI.md#getdatabasetablemetadatabyid) | **Get** /database-table-metadata/{databaseTableMetadataId} | Retrieve a database table metadata by ID. +*RuleSetsAPI* | [**GetRuleSetById**](docs/RuleSetsAPI.md#getrulesetbyid) | **Get** /rule-sets/{ruleSetId} | Get a Rule Set by ID. +*RuleSetsAPI* | [**GetRuleSetTags**](docs/RuleSetsAPI.md#getrulesettags) | **Get** /rule-sets/{ruleSetId}/tags | Get tags for a Rule Set. +*RuleSetsAPI* | [**GetRuleSets**](docs/RuleSetsAPI.md#getrulesets) | **Get** /rule-sets | Retrieve the list of Rule Sets. +*RuleSetsAPI* | [**SearchDatabaseColumnMetadata**](docs/RuleSetsAPI.md#searchdatabasecolumnmetadata) | **Post** /database-column-metadata/search | Search column metadata. +*RuleSetsAPI* | [**SearchDatabaseTableMetadata**](docs/RuleSetsAPI.md#searchdatabasetablemetadata) | **Post** /database-table-metadata/search | Search table metadata. +*RuleSetsAPI* | [**SearchRuleSets**](docs/RuleSetsAPI.md#searchrulesets) | **Post** /rule-sets/search | Search for Rule Sets. +*SamlLoginAPI* | [**CheckSaml**](docs/SamlLoginAPI.md#checksaml) | **Get** /is-saml-enabled | Check if SAML is enabled +*SnapshotsAPI* | [**CreateSnapshotTags**](docs/SnapshotsAPI.md#createsnapshottags) | **Post** /snapshots/{snapshotId}/tags | Create tags for a Snapshot. +*SnapshotsAPI* | [**DeleteSnapshot**](docs/SnapshotsAPI.md#deletesnapshot) | **Delete** /snapshots/{snapshotId} | Delete a Snapshot. +*SnapshotsAPI* | [**DeleteSnapshotById**](docs/SnapshotsAPI.md#deletesnapshotbyid) | **Post** /snapshots/{snapshotId}/delete | Delete a Snapshot. +*SnapshotsAPI* | [**DeleteSnapshotTags**](docs/SnapshotsAPI.md#deletesnapshottags) | **Post** /snapshots/{snapshotId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Snapshot. +*SnapshotsAPI* | [**FindByLocation**](docs/SnapshotsAPI.md#findbylocation) | **Get** /snapshots/find_by_location | Get the snapshots at this location for a dataset. +*SnapshotsAPI* | [**FindByTimestamp**](docs/SnapshotsAPI.md#findbytimestamp) | **Get** /snapshots/find_by_timestamp | Get the snapshots at this timestamp for a dataset. +*SnapshotsAPI* | [**GetSharedSnapshotSpace**](docs/SnapshotsAPI.md#getsharedsnapshotspace) | **Get** /snapshots/shared-space | API to fetch the shared snapshot space. +*SnapshotsAPI* | [**GetSnapshotById**](docs/SnapshotsAPI.md#getsnapshotbyid) | **Get** /snapshots/{snapshotId} | Get a Snapshot by ID. +*SnapshotsAPI* | [**GetSnapshotDeletionDependencies**](docs/SnapshotsAPI.md#getsnapshotdeletiondependencies) | **Get** /snapshots/{snapshotId}/deletion-dependencies | Get deletion dependencies for a snapshot. +*SnapshotsAPI* | [**GetSnapshotRuntimeById**](docs/SnapshotsAPI.md#getsnapshotruntimebyid) | **Get** /snapshots/{snapshotId}/runtime | Get a runtime object of a snapshot by id +*SnapshotsAPI* | [**GetSnapshotTags**](docs/SnapshotsAPI.md#getsnapshottags) | **Get** /snapshots/{snapshotId}/tags | Get tags for a Snapshot. +*SnapshotsAPI* | [**GetSnapshotTimeflowRange**](docs/SnapshotsAPI.md#getsnapshottimeflowrange) | **Get** /snapshots/{snapshotId}/timeflow_range | Return the provisionable timeflow range based on a specific snapshot. +*SnapshotsAPI* | [**GetSnapshots**](docs/SnapshotsAPI.md#getsnapshots) | **Get** /snapshots | Retrieve the list of snapshots. +*SnapshotsAPI* | [**GetSnapshotsCapacityData**](docs/SnapshotsAPI.md#getsnapshotscapacitydata) | **Get** /snapshots/capacity | Lists capacity metrics for all snapshots of dataset or the engine. +*SnapshotsAPI* | [**SearchSnapshots**](docs/SnapshotsAPI.md#searchsnapshots) | **Post** /snapshots/search | Search snapshots. +*SnapshotsAPI* | [**UnsetSnapshotRetention**](docs/SnapshotsAPI.md#unsetsnapshotretention) | **Post** /snapshots/{snapshotId}/unset_expiration | Unset a Snapshot's expiration, removing expiration and retain_forever values for the snapshot. +*SnapshotsAPI* | [**UpdateSnapshot**](docs/SnapshotsAPI.md#updatesnapshot) | **Patch** /snapshots/{snapshotId} | Update values of a Snapshot. +*SourcesAPI* | [**CreateAppDataSource**](docs/SourcesAPI.md#createappdatasource) | **Post** /sources/appdata | Create an AppData source. +*SourcesAPI* | [**CreateOracleSource**](docs/SourcesAPI.md#createoraclesource) | **Post** /sources/oracle | Create an Oracle Source. +*SourcesAPI* | [**CreatePostgresSource**](docs/SourcesAPI.md#createpostgressource) | **Post** /sources/postgres | Create a PostgreSQL source. +*SourcesAPI* | [**CreateSourceTags**](docs/SourcesAPI.md#createsourcetags) | **Post** /sources/{sourceId}/tags | Create tags for a Source. +*SourcesAPI* | [**DeleteSource**](docs/SourcesAPI.md#deletesource) | **Delete** /sources/{sourceId} | Delete a source by ID. +*SourcesAPI* | [**DeleteSourceTags**](docs/SourcesAPI.md#deletesourcetags) | **Post** /sources/{sourceId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Source. +*SourcesAPI* | [**GetSourceById**](docs/SourcesAPI.md#getsourcebyid) | **Get** /sources/{sourceId} | Get a source by ID. +*SourcesAPI* | [**GetSourceCompatibleRepo**](docs/SourcesAPI.md#getsourcecompatiblerepo) | **Get** /sources/{sourceId}/staging_compatible_repositories | Returns a list of repositories that match the specified source. +*SourcesAPI* | [**GetSourceTags**](docs/SourcesAPI.md#getsourcetags) | **Get** /sources/{sourceId}/tags | Get tags for a Source. +*SourcesAPI* | [**GetSources**](docs/SourcesAPI.md#getsources) | **Get** /sources | List all sources. +*SourcesAPI* | [**SearchSources**](docs/SourcesAPI.md#searchsources) | **Post** /sources/search | Search for Sources. +*SourcesAPI* | [**UpdateOracleSourceById**](docs/SourcesAPI.md#updateoraclesourcebyid) | **Patch** /sources/oracle/{sourceId} | Update an Oracle source by ID. +*SourcesAPI* | [**UpdatePostgresSourceById**](docs/SourcesAPI.md#updatepostgressourcebyid) | **Patch** /sources/postgres/{sourceId} | Update a PostgreSQL source by ID. +*SourcesAPI* | [**UpdateSourceById**](docs/SourcesAPI.md#updatesourcebyid) | **Patch** /sources/{sourceId}/update | Update a Source. +*SourcesAPI* | [**VerifySourceJdbcConnectionString**](docs/SourcesAPI.md#verifysourcejdbcconnectionstring) | **Post** /sources/{sourceId}/jdbc-check | Verify JDBC connection string for a source. +*StagingSourcesAPI* | [**CreateStagingSourceTags**](docs/StagingSourcesAPI.md#createstagingsourcetags) | **Post** /staging-sources/{stagingSourceId}/tags | Create tags for a Staging Source. +*StagingSourcesAPI* | [**DeleteStagingSourceTags**](docs/StagingSourcesAPI.md#deletestagingsourcetags) | **Post** /staging-sources/{stagingSourceId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Staging Source. +*StagingSourcesAPI* | [**GetStagingSourceById**](docs/StagingSourcesAPI.md#getstagingsourcebyid) | **Get** /staging-sources/{stagingSourceId} | Get a staging source by ID. +*StagingSourcesAPI* | [**GetStagingSourceTags**](docs/StagingSourcesAPI.md#getstagingsourcetags) | **Get** /staging-sources/{stagingSourceId}/tags | Get tags for a Staging Source. +*StagingSourcesAPI* | [**GetStagingSources**](docs/StagingSourcesAPI.md#getstagingsources) | **Get** /staging-sources | List all staging sources. +*StagingSourcesAPI* | [**SearchStagingSources**](docs/StagingSourcesAPI.md#searchstagingsources) | **Post** /staging-sources/search | Search for Staging Sources. +*StagingSourcesAPI* | [**UpdateStagingSourceById**](docs/StagingSourcesAPI.md#updatestagingsourcebyid) | **Patch** /staging-sources/{stagingSourceId}/update | Update a Staging Source. +*StorageUsageAPI* | [**GetHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate**](docs/StorageUsageAPI.md#gethistoricalstoragesummaryaggregate) | **Get** /historical-storage-summary-aggregate | Returns the aggregated historical storage usage of all registered engines over time, optionally with a projection of future storage usage. +*StorageUsageAPI* | [**GetHistoricalStorageSummaryByEngine**](docs/StorageUsageAPI.md#gethistoricalstoragesummarybyengine) | **Get** /historical-storage-summary-by-engine | Returns the historical storage usage by engine over time, optionally with a projection of future storage usage. +*TagsAPI* | [**GetTag**](docs/TagsAPI.md#gettag) | **Get** /management/tags/{tagId} | Get a global tag by id +*TagsAPI* | [**GetTagPermissions**](docs/TagsAPI.md#gettagpermissions) | **Get** /management/tags/{tagId}/permissions | List instances of this global tag being used to scope an access group. +*TagsAPI* | [**GetTagUsages**](docs/TagsAPI.md#gettagusages) | **Get** /management/tags/{tagId}/usages | List specific usages of this global tag. +*TagsAPI* | [**GetTags**](docs/TagsAPI.md#gettags) | **Get** /management/tags | Returns a list of global tags +*TagsAPI* | [**SearchTagPermissions**](docs/TagsAPI.md#searchtagpermissions) | **Post** /management/tags/{tagId}/permissions/search | Search instances of this global tag being used to scope an access group +*TagsAPI* | [**SearchTagUsages**](docs/TagsAPI.md#searchtagusages) | **Post** /management/tags/{tagId}/usages/search | Search specific usages of this global tag. +*TagsAPI* | [**SearchTags**](docs/TagsAPI.md#searchtags) | **Post** /management/tags/search | Search for global tags. +*TimeflowsAPI* | [**CreateTimeflowTags**](docs/TimeflowsAPI.md#createtimeflowtags) | **Post** /timeflows/{timeflowId}/tags | Create tags for a Timeflow. +*TimeflowsAPI* | [**DeleteTimeflow**](docs/TimeflowsAPI.md#deletetimeflow) | **Delete** /timeflows/{timeflowId} | Delete a timeflow. +*TimeflowsAPI* | [**DeleteTimeflowTags**](docs/TimeflowsAPI.md#deletetimeflowtags) | **Post** /timeflows/{timeflowId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Timeflow. +*TimeflowsAPI* | [**GetTimeflowById**](docs/TimeflowsAPI.md#gettimeflowbyid) | **Get** /timeflows/{timeflowId} | Get a Timeflow by ID. +*TimeflowsAPI* | [**GetTimeflowSnapshotDayRange**](docs/TimeflowsAPI.md#gettimeflowsnapshotdayrange) | **Get** /timeflows/{timeflowId}/timeflowSnapshotDayRange | Returns the count of TimeFlow snapshots of the Timeflow aggregated by day. +*TimeflowsAPI* | [**GetTimeflowTags**](docs/TimeflowsAPI.md#gettimeflowtags) | **Get** /timeflows/{timeflowId}/tags | Get tags for a Timeflow. +*TimeflowsAPI* | [**GetTimeflows**](docs/TimeflowsAPI.md#gettimeflows) | **Get** /timeflows | Retrieve the list of timeflows. +*TimeflowsAPI* | [**SearchTimeflows**](docs/TimeflowsAPI.md#searchtimeflows) | **Post** /timeflows/search | Search timeflows. +*TimeflowsAPI* | [**TimeflowRepair**](docs/TimeflowsAPI.md#timeflowrepair) | **Post** /timeflows/{timeflowId}/repair | Repair a Timeflow. +*TimeflowsAPI* | [**UpdateTimeflow**](docs/TimeflowsAPI.md#updatetimeflow) | **Patch** /timeflows/{timeflowId} | Update values of a timeflow. +*ToolkitsAPI* | [**CreateToolkitTags**](docs/ToolkitsAPI.md#createtoolkittags) | **Post** /toolkits/{toolkitId}/tags | Create tags for a toolkit. +*ToolkitsAPI* | [**DeleteToolkitTags**](docs/ToolkitsAPI.md#deletetoolkittags) | **Post** /toolkits/{toolkitId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a Toolkit. +*ToolkitsAPI* | [**GetToolkitById**](docs/ToolkitsAPI.md#gettoolkitbyid) | **Get** /toolkits/{toolkitId} | Get Toolkit by ID. +*ToolkitsAPI* | [**GetToolkitTags**](docs/ToolkitsAPI.md#gettoolkittags) | **Get** /toolkits/{toolkitId}/tags | Get tags for a Toolkit. +*ToolkitsAPI* | [**GetToolkits**](docs/ToolkitsAPI.md#gettoolkits) | **Get** /toolkits | List all toolkits. +*ToolkitsAPI* | [**SearchToolkits**](docs/ToolkitsAPI.md#searchtoolkits) | **Post** /toolkits/search | Search for toolkits. +*VCDBsAPI* | [**CreateVcdbTags**](docs/VCDBsAPI.md#createvcdbtags) | **Post** /vcdbs/{vcdbId}/tags | Create tags for a vCDB. +*VCDBsAPI* | [**DeleteVcdb**](docs/VCDBsAPI.md#deletevcdb) | **Post** /vcdbs/{vcdbId}/delete | Delete a vCDB. +*VCDBsAPI* | [**DeleteVcdbTags**](docs/VCDBsAPI.md#deletevcdbtags) | **Post** /vcdbs/{vcdbId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a vCDB. +*VCDBsAPI* | [**DisableVcdb**](docs/VCDBsAPI.md#disablevcdb) | **Post** /vcdbs/{vcdbId}/disable | Disable a vCDB. +*VCDBsAPI* | [**EnableVcdb**](docs/VCDBsAPI.md#enablevcdb) | **Post** /vcdbs/{vcdbId}/enable | Enable a vCDB. +*VCDBsAPI* | [**GetTagsVcdb**](docs/VCDBsAPI.md#gettagsvcdb) | **Get** /vcdbs/{vcdbId}/tags | Get tags for a vCDB. +*VCDBsAPI* | [**GetVcdbById**](docs/VCDBsAPI.md#getvcdbbyid) | **Get** /vcdbs/{vcdbId} | Get a CDB by ID (Oracle only). +*VCDBsAPI* | [**GetVcdbDeletionDependencies**](docs/VCDBsAPI.md#getvcdbdeletiondependencies) | **Get** /vcdbs/{vcdbId}/deletion-dependencies | Get deletion dependencies of a vCDB. +*VCDBsAPI* | [**GetVcdbs**](docs/VCDBsAPI.md#getvcdbs) | **Get** /vcdbs | List all vCDBs (Oracle only). +*VCDBsAPI* | [**SearchVcdbs**](docs/VCDBsAPI.md#searchvcdbs) | **Post** /vcdbs/search | Search for vCDBs (Oracle only). +*VCDBsAPI* | [**StartVcdb**](docs/VCDBsAPI.md#startvcdb) | **Post** /vcdbs/{vcdbId}/start | Start a vCDB. +*VCDBsAPI* | [**StopVcdb**](docs/VCDBsAPI.md#stopvcdb) | **Post** /vcdbs/{vcdbId}/stop | Stop a vCDB. +*VCDBsAPI* | [**UpdateVcdb**](docs/VCDBsAPI.md#updatevcdb) | **Patch** /vcdbs/{vcdbId} | Update values of a VCDB +*VCDBsAPI* | [**UpdateVcdbById**](docs/VCDBsAPI.md#updatevcdbbyid) | **Patch** /vcdbs/{vcdbId}/update | Update a VCDB. +*VCDBsAPI* | [**UpgradeVcdb**](docs/VCDBsAPI.md#upgradevcdb) | **Post** /vcdbs/{vcdbId}/upgrade | Upgrade Oracle vCDB +*VCDBsAPI* | [**VerifyVcdbJdbcConnectionString**](docs/VCDBsAPI.md#verifyvcdbjdbcconnectionstring) | **Post** /vcdbs/{vcdbId}/jdbc-check | Verify JDBC connection string for a vCDB. +*VDBGroupsAPI* | [**CreateVdbGroup**](docs/VDBGroupsAPI.md#createvdbgroup) | **Post** /vdb-groups | Create a new VDB Group. +*VDBGroupsAPI* | [**CreateVdbGroupsTags**](docs/VDBGroupsAPI.md#createvdbgroupstags) | **Post** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/tags | Create tags for a VDB Group. +*VDBGroupsAPI* | [**DeleteVdbGroup**](docs/VDBGroupsAPI.md#deletevdbgroup) | **Delete** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId} | Delete a VDBGoup. +*VDBGroupsAPI* | [**DeleteVdbGroupTags**](docs/VDBGroupsAPI.md#deletevdbgrouptags) | **Post** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a VDB Group. +*VDBGroupsAPI* | [**DisableVdbGroup**](docs/VDBGroupsAPI.md#disablevdbgroup) | **Post** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/disable | Disable a VDB Group. +*VDBGroupsAPI* | [**EnableVdbGroup**](docs/VDBGroupsAPI.md#enablevdbgroup) | **Post** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/enable | Enable a VDB Group. +*VDBGroupsAPI* | [**GetBookmarksByVdbGroup**](docs/VDBGroupsAPI.md#getbookmarksbyvdbgroup) | **Get** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/bookmarks | List bookmarks compatible with this VDB Group. +*VDBGroupsAPI* | [**GetVdbGroup**](docs/VDBGroupsAPI.md#getvdbgroup) | **Get** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId} | Get a VDB Group by name. +*VDBGroupsAPI* | [**GetVdbGroupTags**](docs/VDBGroupsAPI.md#getvdbgrouptags) | **Get** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/tags | Get tags for a VDB Group. +*VDBGroupsAPI* | [**GetVdbGroupTimestampSummary**](docs/VDBGroupsAPI.md#getvdbgrouptimestampsummary) | **Post** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/timestamp-summary | Get timestamp summary of all the vdbs in VDB Group. +*VDBGroupsAPI* | [**GetVdbGroupVdbsLatestSnapshots**](docs/VDBGroupsAPI.md#getvdbgroupvdbslatestsnapshots) | **Get** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/latest-snapshots | Get latest snapshot of all the vdbs in VDB Group. +*VDBGroupsAPI* | [**GetVdbGroups**](docs/VDBGroupsAPI.md#getvdbgroups) | **Get** /vdb-groups | List all VDBGroups. +*VDBGroupsAPI* | [**LockVdbGroup**](docs/VDBGroupsAPI.md#lockvdbgroup) | **Post** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/lock | Lock a VDB Group. +*VDBGroupsAPI* | [**ProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmark**](docs/VDBGroupsAPI.md#provisionvdbgroupfrombookmark) | **Post** /vdb-groups/provision_from_bookmark | Provision a new VDB Group from a Bookmark. +*VDBGroupsAPI* | [**RefreshVdbGroup**](docs/VDBGroupsAPI.md#refreshvdbgroup) | **Post** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/refresh | Refresh a VDB Group from bookmark. +*VDBGroupsAPI* | [**RefreshVdbGroupBySnapshot**](docs/VDBGroupsAPI.md#refreshvdbgroupbysnapshot) | **Post** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/refresh_by_snapshot | Refresh a VDB Group by snapshot. +*VDBGroupsAPI* | [**RefreshVdbGroupByTimestamp**](docs/VDBGroupsAPI.md#refreshvdbgroupbytimestamp) | **Post** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/refresh_by_timestamp | Refresh a VDB Group by timestamp. +*VDBGroupsAPI* | [**RefreshVdbGroupFromBookmark**](docs/VDBGroupsAPI.md#refreshvdbgroupfrombookmark) | **Post** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/refresh_from_bookmark | Refresh a VDB Group from bookmark. +*VDBGroupsAPI* | [**RollbackVdbGroup**](docs/VDBGroupsAPI.md#rollbackvdbgroup) | **Post** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/rollback | Rollback a VDB Group from a bookmark. +*VDBGroupsAPI* | [**SearchBookmarksByVdbGroup**](docs/VDBGroupsAPI.md#searchbookmarksbyvdbgroup) | **Post** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/bookmarks/search | Search for bookmarks compatible with this VDB Group. +*VDBGroupsAPI* | [**SearchVdbGroups**](docs/VDBGroupsAPI.md#searchvdbgroups) | **Post** /vdb-groups/search | Search for VDB Groups. +*VDBGroupsAPI* | [**StartVdbGroup**](docs/VDBGroupsAPI.md#startvdbgroup) | **Post** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/start | Start a VDB Group. +*VDBGroupsAPI* | [**StopVdbGroup**](docs/VDBGroupsAPI.md#stopvdbgroup) | **Post** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/stop | Stop a VDB Group. +*VDBGroupsAPI* | [**UnlockVdbGroup**](docs/VDBGroupsAPI.md#unlockvdbgroup) | **Post** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/unlock | Unlock a VDB Group. +*VDBGroupsAPI* | [**UpdateVdbGroupById**](docs/VDBGroupsAPI.md#updatevdbgroupbyid) | **Patch** /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId} | Update values of a VDB group. +*VDBsAPI* | [**CreateVdbTags**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#createvdbtags) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/tags | Create tags for a VDB. +*VDBsAPI* | [**DeleteVdb**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#deletevdb) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/delete | Delete a VDB. +*VDBsAPI* | [**DeleteVdbTags**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#deletevdbtags) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a VDB. +*VDBsAPI* | [**DisableVdb**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#disablevdb) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/disable | Disable a VDB. +*VDBsAPI* | [**EmptyVdb**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#emptyvdb) | **Post** /vdbs/empty_vdb | Provision an empty VDB. +*VDBsAPI* | [**EnableVdb**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#enablevdb) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/enable | Enable a VDB. +*VDBsAPI* | [**ExportVdbByLocation**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#exportvdbbylocation) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/export-by-location | Export a vdb using timeflow location to a physical file system +*VDBsAPI* | [**ExportVdbBySnapshot**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#exportvdbbysnapshot) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/export-by-snapshot | Export a vdb using snapshot to a physical file system +*VDBsAPI* | [**ExportVdbByTimestamp**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#exportvdbbytimestamp) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/export-by-timestamp | Export a vdb using timestamp to a physical file system +*VDBsAPI* | [**ExportVdbFromBookmark**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#exportvdbfrombookmark) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/export-from-bookmark | Export a vdb using bookmark to physical file system +*VDBsAPI* | [**ExportVdbInPlace**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#exportvdbinplace) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/in-place-export | Convert a virtual database to a physical database on physical file system. +*VDBsAPI* | [**ExportVdbToAsmByBookmark**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#exportvdbtoasmbybookmark) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/asm-export-from-bookmark | Export a vdb using bookmark to an ASM file system +*VDBsAPI* | [**ExportVdbToAsmByLocation**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#exportvdbtoasmbylocation) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/asm-export-by-location | Export a vdb using SCN to an ASM file system +*VDBsAPI* | [**ExportVdbToAsmBySnapshot**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#exportvdbtoasmbysnapshot) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/asm-export-by-snapshot | Export a vdb using snapshot to an ASM file system +*VDBsAPI* | [**ExportVdbToAsmByTimestamp**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#exportvdbtoasmbytimestamp) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/asm-export-by-timestamp | Export a vdb using timestamp to an ASM file system +*VDBsAPI* | [**GetBookmarksByVdb**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#getbookmarksbyvdb) | **Get** /vdbs/{vdbId}/bookmarks | List Bookmarks compatible with this VDB. +*VDBsAPI* | [**GetMigrateCompatibleRepo**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#getmigratecompatiblerepo) | **Get** /vdbs/{vdbId}/migrate_compatible_repositories | Returns a list of compatible repositories for vdb migration. +*VDBsAPI* | [**GetTagsVdb**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#gettagsvdb) | **Get** /vdbs/{vdbId}/tags | Get tags for a VDB. +*VDBsAPI* | [**GetUpgradeCompatibleRepoForVdb**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#getupgradecompatiblerepoforvdb) | **Get** /vdbs/{vdbId}/upgrade_compatible_repositories | Returns a list of compatible repositories for vdb upgrade. +*VDBsAPI* | [**GetVdbById**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#getvdbbyid) | **Get** /vdbs/{vdbId} | Get a VDB by ID. +*VDBsAPI* | [**GetVdbDeletionDependencies**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#getvdbdeletiondependencies) | **Get** /vdbs/{vdbId}/deletion-dependencies | Get deletion dependencies of a VDB. +*VDBsAPI* | [**GetVdbSnapshots**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#getvdbsnapshots) | **Get** /vdbs/{vdbId}/snapshots | List Snapshots for a VDB. +*VDBsAPI* | [**GetVdbs**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#getvdbs) | **Get** /vdbs | List all vdbs. +*VDBsAPI* | [**LockVdb**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#lockvdb) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/lock | Lock a VDB. +*VDBsAPI* | [**MigrateVdb**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#migratevdb) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/migrate | Migrate a VDB. +*VDBsAPI* | [**OracleAsmInPlaceVdbExport**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#oracleasminplacevdbexport) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/asm-in-place-export | Convert a virtual database to a physical database on Oracle ASM file system. +*VDBsAPI* | [**ProvisionVdbByLocation**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#provisionvdbbylocation) | **Post** /vdbs/provision_by_location | Provision a new VDB by location. +*VDBsAPI* | [**ProvisionVdbByLocationDefaults**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#provisionvdbbylocationdefaults) | **Post** /vdbs/provision_by_location/defaults | Get default provision parameters for provisioning a new VDB by location. +*VDBsAPI* | [**ProvisionVdbBySnapshot**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#provisionvdbbysnapshot) | **Post** /vdbs/provision_by_snapshot | Provision a new VDB by snapshot. +*VDBsAPI* | [**ProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaults**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#provisionvdbbysnapshotdefaults) | **Post** /vdbs/provision_by_snapshot/defaults | Get default provision parameters for provisioning a new VDB by snapshot. +*VDBsAPI* | [**ProvisionVdbByTimestamp**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#provisionvdbbytimestamp) | **Post** /vdbs/provision_by_timestamp | Provision a new VDB by timestamp. +*VDBsAPI* | [**ProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaults**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#provisionvdbbytimestampdefaults) | **Post** /vdbs/provision_by_timestamp/defaults | Get default provision parameters for provisioning a new VDB by timestamp. +*VDBsAPI* | [**ProvisionVdbFromBookmark**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#provisionvdbfrombookmark) | **Post** /vdbs/provision_from_bookmark | Provision a new VDB from a bookmark with a single VDB. +*VDBsAPI* | [**ProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaults**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#provisionvdbfrombookmarkdefaults) | **Post** /vdbs/provision_from_bookmark/defaults | Get default provision parameters for provisioning a new VDB from a bookmark. +*VDBsAPI* | [**RefreshVdbByLocation**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#refreshvdbbylocation) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/refresh_by_location | Refresh a VDB by location. +*VDBsAPI* | [**RefreshVdbBySnapshot**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#refreshvdbbysnapshot) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/refresh_by_snapshot | Refresh a VDB by snapshot. +*VDBsAPI* | [**RefreshVdbByTimestamp**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#refreshvdbbytimestamp) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/refresh_by_timestamp | Refresh a VDB by timestamp. +*VDBsAPI* | [**RefreshVdbFromBookmark**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#refreshvdbfrombookmark) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/refresh_from_bookmark | Refresh a VDB from bookmark with a single VDB. +*VDBsAPI* | [**RollbackVdbBySnapshot**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#rollbackvdbbysnapshot) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/rollback_by_snapshot | Rollback a VDB by snapshot. +*VDBsAPI* | [**RollbackVdbByTimestamp**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#rollbackvdbbytimestamp) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/rollback_by_timestamp | Rollback a VDB by timestamp. +*VDBsAPI* | [**RollbackVdbFromBookmark**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#rollbackvdbfrombookmark) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/rollback_from_bookmark | Rollback a VDB from a bookmark with only the same VDB. +*VDBsAPI* | [**SearchBookmarksByVdb**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#searchbookmarksbyvdb) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/bookmarks/search | Search Bookmarks compatible with this VDB. +*VDBsAPI* | [**SearchVdbs**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#searchvdbs) | **Post** /vdbs/search | Search for VDBs. +*VDBsAPI* | [**SnapshotVdb**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#snapshotvdb) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/snapshots | Snapshot a VDB. +*VDBsAPI* | [**StartVdb**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#startvdb) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/start | Start a VDB. +*VDBsAPI* | [**StopVdb**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#stopvdb) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/stop | Stop a VDB. +*VDBsAPI* | [**SwitchTimeflow**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#switchtimeflow) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/switch_timeflow | Switches the current timeflow of a VDB. +*VDBsAPI* | [**UndoRefresh**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#undorefresh) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/undo_refresh | Undo the last refresh operation. +*VDBsAPI* | [**UnlockVdb**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#unlockvdb) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/unlock | Unlock a VDB. +*VDBsAPI* | [**UpdateVdbById**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#updatevdbbyid) | **Patch** /vdbs/{vdbId} | Update values of a VDB +*VDBsAPI* | [**UpgradeOracleVdb**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#upgradeoraclevdb) | **Post** /vdbs/oracle/{vdbId}/upgrade | Upgrade Oracle VDB +*VDBsAPI* | [**UpgradeVdb**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#upgradevdb) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/upgrade | Upgrade VDB +*VDBsAPI* | [**VerifyVdbJdbcConnectionString**](docs/VDBsAPI.md#verifyvdbjdbcconnectionstring) | **Post** /vdbs/{vdbId}/jdbc-check | Verify JDBC connection string for VDB. +*VirtualizationActionsAPI* | [**GetVirtualizationActionHistory**](docs/VirtualizationActionsAPI.md#getvirtualizationactionhistory) | **Get** /virtualization-actions/history | Fetch a list of all virtualization actions +*VirtualizationActionsAPI* | [**SearchVirtualizationActionHistory**](docs/VirtualizationActionsAPI.md#searchvirtualizationactionhistory) | **Post** /virtualization-actions/history/search | Search virtualization actions +*VirtualizationAlertsAPI* | [**GetVirtualizationAlertsHistory**](docs/VirtualizationAlertsAPI.md#getvirtualizationalertshistory) | **Get** /virtualization-alerts/history | Fetch a list of all virtualization alerts +*VirtualizationAlertsAPI* | [**SearchVirtualizationAlertsHistory**](docs/VirtualizationAlertsAPI.md#searchvirtualizationalertshistory) | **Post** /virtualization-alerts/history/search | Search virtualization alerts +*VirtualizationFaultsAPI* | [**GetVirtualizationFaultsHistory**](docs/VirtualizationFaultsAPI.md#getvirtualizationfaultshistory) | **Get** /virtualization-faults/history | Fetch a list of all virtualization faults +*VirtualizationFaultsAPI* | [**ResolveAllVirtualizationFaults**](docs/VirtualizationFaultsAPI.md#resolveallvirtualizationfaults) | **Post** /virtualization-faults/{engineId}/resolveAll | Marks all active faults of an engine that the user has permissions over as resolved. +*VirtualizationFaultsAPI* | [**ResolveOrIgnoreVirtualizationFaults**](docs/VirtualizationFaultsAPI.md#resolveorignorevirtualizationfaults) | **Post** /virtualization-faults/resolveOrIgnore | Marks selected faults as resolved or ignored. +*VirtualizationFaultsAPI* | [**ResolveVirtualizationFault**](docs/VirtualizationFaultsAPI.md#resolvevirtualizationfault) | **Post** /virtualization-fault/{faultId}/resolve | Marks the fault as resolved. The Delphix engine will attempt to automatically detect cases where the fault has been resolved; but this is not always possible and may only occur on periodic intervals. In these cases, the user can proactively mark the fault resolved. This does not change the underlying disposition of the fault - if the problem is still present the system may immediately diagnose the same problem again. This should only be used to notify the system of resolution after the underlying problem has been resolved. +*VirtualizationFaultsAPI* | [**SearchVirtualizationFaultsHistory**](docs/VirtualizationFaultsAPI.md#searchvirtualizationfaultshistory) | **Post** /virtualization-faults/history/search | Search virtualization faults +*VirtualizationJobsAPI* | [**GetVirtualizationJobHistory**](docs/VirtualizationJobsAPI.md#getvirtualizationjobhistory) | **Get** /virtualization-jobs/history | Fetch a list of all virtualization jobs +*VirtualizationJobsAPI* | [**SearchVirtualizationJobHistory**](docs/VirtualizationJobsAPI.md#searchvirtualizationjobhistory) | **Post** /virtualization-jobs/history/search | Search virtualization jobs +*VirtualizationPoliciesAPI* | [**ApplyVirtualizationPolicyByIdOrName**](docs/VirtualizationPoliciesAPI.md#applyvirtualizationpolicybyidorname) | **Post** /virtualization-policies/{policyId}/apply | Apply a virtualization policy to the given list of objects. +*VirtualizationPoliciesAPI* | [**ConvertVirtualizationPolicy**](docs/VirtualizationPoliciesAPI.md#convertvirtualizationpolicy) | **Post** /virtualization-policies/{policyId}/convert | Convert a virtualization policy to a DCT-managed policy. +*VirtualizationPoliciesAPI* | [**CreateVirtualizationPolicy**](docs/VirtualizationPoliciesAPI.md#createvirtualizationpolicy) | **Post** /virtualization-policies | Create a VirtualizationPolicy. +*VirtualizationPoliciesAPI* | [**CreateVirtualizationPolicyTags**](docs/VirtualizationPoliciesAPI.md#createvirtualizationpolicytags) | **Post** /virtualization-policies/{policyId}/tags | Create tags for a VirtualizationPolicy. +*VirtualizationPoliciesAPI* | [**DeleteVirtualizationPolicy**](docs/VirtualizationPoliciesAPI.md#deletevirtualizationpolicy) | **Delete** /virtualization-policies/{policyId} | Delete a VirtualizationPolicy. +*VirtualizationPoliciesAPI* | [**DeleteVirtualizationPolicyTags**](docs/VirtualizationPoliciesAPI.md#deletevirtualizationpolicytags) | **Post** /virtualization-policies/{policyId}/tags/delete | Delete tags for a VirtualizationPolicy. +*VirtualizationPoliciesAPI* | [**GetVirtualizationPolicyById**](docs/VirtualizationPoliciesAPI.md#getvirtualizationpolicybyid) | **Get** /virtualization-policies/{policyId} | Fetch a virtualization policy by Id. +*VirtualizationPoliciesAPI* | [**GetVirtualizationPolicyTags**](docs/VirtualizationPoliciesAPI.md#getvirtualizationpolicytags) | **Get** /virtualization-policies/{policyId}/tags | Get tags for a VirtualizationPolicy. +*VirtualizationPoliciesAPI* | [**ListVirtualizationPolicies**](docs/VirtualizationPoliciesAPI.md#listvirtualizationpolicies) | **Get** /virtualization-policies | Fetch a list of all virtualization policies +*VirtualizationPoliciesAPI* | [**SearchVirtualizationPolicies**](docs/VirtualizationPoliciesAPI.md#searchvirtualizationpolicies) | **Post** /virtualization-policies/search | Search Virtualization Policies. +*VirtualizationPoliciesAPI* | [**SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargets**](docs/VirtualizationPoliciesAPI.md#searchvirtualizationpolicytargets) | **Post** /virtualization-policies/targets/search | Search Virtualization Policy Target Objects. +*VirtualizationPoliciesAPI* | [**UnapplyVirtualizationPolicyByIdOrName**](docs/VirtualizationPoliciesAPI.md#unapplyvirtualizationpolicybyidorname) | **Post** /virtualization-policies/{policyId}/unapply | Unapply a virtualization policy to the given list of objects. +*VirtualizationPoliciesAPI* | [**UpdateVirtualizationPolicy**](docs/VirtualizationPoliciesAPI.md#updatevirtualizationpolicy) | **Patch** /virtualization-policies/{policyId} | Update a VirtualizationPolicy. ## Documentation For Models - [APIClassificationConfig](docs/APIClassificationConfig.md) - [ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters](docs/ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters.md) - - [ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf](docs/ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf.md) - [AccessGroup](docs/AccessGroup.md) - [AccessGroupAccountIdsRequest](docs/AccessGroupAccountIdsRequest.md) - [AccessGroupScope](docs/AccessGroupScope.md) @@ -520,144 +783,288 @@ Class | Method | HTTP request | Description - [AccountCreateParameter](docs/AccountCreateParameter.md) - [AccountCreateResponse](docs/AccountCreateResponse.md) - [AccountLoginParameter](docs/AccountLoginParameter.md) + - [AccountUiProfilesResponse](docs/AccountUiProfilesResponse.md) - [AccountUpdateParameter](docs/AccountUpdateParameter.md) - [AddEngineToHyperscaleResponse](docs/AddEngineToHyperscaleResponse.md) - [AddEngineToJobResponse](docs/AddEngineToJobResponse.md) + - [AddUiProfilesResponse](docs/AddUiProfilesResponse.md) - [AdditionalMountPoint](docs/AdditionalMountPoint.md) - [Algorithm](docs/Algorithm.md) - - [AlgorithmCreateParameters](docs/AlgorithmCreateParameters.md) - - [AlgorithmRevision](docs/AlgorithmRevision.md) - - [AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters](docs/AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters.md) - - [AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine](docs/AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine.md) - [AllObjectPermissionsResponse](docs/AllObjectPermissionsResponse.md) - [AlwaysAllowedPermission](docs/AlwaysAllowedPermission.md) - [AlwaysAllowedPermissionRequest](docs/AlwaysAllowedPermissionRequest.md) - [ApiClassificationObject](docs/ApiClassificationObject.md) - [ApiUsageData](docs/ApiUsageData.md) - [ApiUsageReportResponse](docs/ApiUsageReportResponse.md) + - [ApikeyRegenerateParameter](docs/ApikeyRegenerateParameter.md) - [AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters](docs/AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters.md) - - [AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf](docs/AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf.md) + - [AppDataSourceCreateParameters](docs/AppDataSourceCreateParameters.md) + - [AttachCDBResponse](docs/AttachCDBResponse.md) + - [AttachDSourceResponse](docs/AttachDSourceResponse.md) + - [AttachStagingPushDSourceResponse](docs/AttachStagingPushDSourceResponse.md) - [AuditLogsSummary](docs/AuditLogsSummary.md) - [AuditLogsSummaryReportResponse](docs/AuditLogsSummaryReportResponse.md) - [AuditLogsSummaryTotals](docs/AuditLogsSummaryTotals.md) + - [AutoTaggingConfig](docs/AutoTaggingConfig.md) - [BaseDSourceLinkSourceParameters](docs/BaseDSourceLinkSourceParameters.md) + - [BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse](docs/BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse.md) + - [BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters](docs/BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters.md) - [BaseProvisionVDBParameters](docs/BaseProvisionVDBParameters.md) - - [BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf](docs/BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf.md) - [Bookmark](docs/Bookmark.md) - [BookmarkCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse](docs/BookmarkCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse.md) - [BookmarkCompatibleRepositoryRequest](docs/BookmarkCompatibleRepositoryRequest.md) - [BookmarkCreateParameters](docs/BookmarkCreateParameters.md) + - [BookmarkDSources](docs/BookmarkDSources.md) + - [BookmarkVDBs](docs/BookmarkVDBs.md) + - [BundleUploadEvent](docs/BundleUploadEvent.md) - [CDB](docs/CDB.md) + - [CancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse](docs/CancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse.md) + - [ChangeLicenseParameters](docs/ChangeLicenseParameters.md) - [ChangePasswordParameter](docs/ChangePasswordParameter.md) + - [Classifier](docs/Classifier.md) + - [ClassifiersListResponse](docs/ClassifiersListResponse.md) + - [ClassifiersSearchResponse](docs/ClassifiersSearchResponse.md) - [CleanupExecutionResponse](docs/CleanupExecutionResponse.md) - [ClusterNodeInstance](docs/ClusterNodeInstance.md) + - [CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters](docs/CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters.md) + - [ComplianceApplicationSetting](docs/ComplianceApplicationSetting.md) + - [ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse](docs/ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse.md) + - [ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse](docs/ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse.md) + - [ComplianceJob](docs/ComplianceJob.md) + - [ComplianceJobCollection](docs/ComplianceJobCollection.md) + - [ComplianceJobCollectionMembers](docs/ComplianceJobCollectionMembers.md) + - [ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse](docs/ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse.md) - [ConfigSettingsStg](docs/ConfigSettingsStg.md) - [ConnectivityCheckParameters](docs/ConnectivityCheckParameters.md) - [ConnectivityCheckResponse](docs/ConnectivityCheckResponse.md) - [Connector](docs/Connector.md) - [ConnectorTestResponse](docs/ConnectorTestResponse.md) - - [ConnectorUpdateParameters](docs/ConnectorUpdateParameters.md) + - [ConnectorTypeEnum](docs/ConnectorTypeEnum.md) + - [Consumer](docs/Consumer.md) + - [ContainerizationStateEnum](docs/ContainerizationStateEnum.md) + - [ConvertDataLayoutRequest](docs/ConvertDataLayoutRequest.md) + - [ConvertDataLayoutResponse](docs/ConvertDataLayoutResponse.md) - [CopyMaskingJobParameters](docs/CopyMaskingJobParameters.md) - [CopyMaskingJobResponse](docs/CopyMaskingJobResponse.md) - - [CreateAlgorithmResponse](docs/CreateAlgorithmResponse.md) - - [CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse](docs/CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse.md) + - [CreateAppDataSourceResponse](docs/CreateAppDataSourceResponse.md) - [CreateBookmarkResponse](docs/CreateBookmarkResponse.md) + - [CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest](docs/CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest.md) + - [CreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse](docs/CreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse.md) - [CreateDatabaseTemplateResponse](docs/CreateDatabaseTemplateResponse.md) - [CreateEnvironmentResponse](docs/CreateEnvironmentResponse.md) - [CreateEnvironmentUserResponse](docs/CreateEnvironmentUserResponse.md) + - [CreateHookTemplateParameters](docs/CreateHookTemplateParameters.md) + - [CreateHookTemplateResponse](docs/CreateHookTemplateResponse.md) - [CreateHostResponse](docs/CreateHostResponse.md) - [CreateHyperscaleConnectorResponse](docs/CreateHyperscaleConnectorResponse.md) - [CreateHyperscaleMountPointResponse](docs/CreateHyperscaleMountPointResponse.md) - [CreateMaskingJobRequest](docs/CreateMaskingJobRequest.md) - [CreateMaskingJobResponse](docs/CreateMaskingJobResponse.md) + - [CreateOracleListenerParams](docs/CreateOracleListenerParams.md) + - [CreateOracleListenerResponse](docs/CreateOracleListenerResponse.md) + - [CreateOracleSourceResponse](docs/CreateOracleSourceResponse.md) - [CreatePostgresSourceResponse](docs/CreatePostgresSourceResponse.md) + - [CreateReplicationProfileParameters](docs/CreateReplicationProfileParameters.md) + - [CreateReplicationProfileResponse](docs/CreateReplicationProfileResponse.md) + - [CreateRepositoryParams](docs/CreateRepositoryParams.md) + - [CreateRepositoryResponse](docs/CreateRepositoryResponse.md) - [CreateRole](docs/CreateRole.md) + - [CreateVDBGroupOrder](docs/CreateVDBGroupOrder.md) - [CreateVDBGroupRequest](docs/CreateVDBGroupRequest.md) - [CreateVDBGroupResponse](docs/CreateVDBGroupResponse.md) + - [CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters](docs/CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters.md) + - [CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse](docs/CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse.md) - [CredentialsEnvVariable](docs/CredentialsEnvVariable.md) - [DSource](docs/DSource.md) - [DSourceConsumptionData](docs/DSourceConsumptionData.md) - [DSourceConsumptionReportResponse](docs/DSourceConsumptionReportResponse.md) - [DSourceHooks](docs/DSourceHooks.md) - - [DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner](docs/DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner.md) - [DSourceSnapshotParameters](docs/DSourceSnapshotParameters.md) - [DSourceUsageData](docs/DSourceUsageData.md) - [DSourceUsageReportResponse](docs/DSourceUsageReportResponse.md) + - [DataClass](docs/DataClass.md) + - [DataClassAlgorithmInfo](docs/DataClassAlgorithmInfo.md) + - [DataClassUpdateRequest](docs/DataClassUpdateRequest.md) + - [DataClassUpdateResponse](docs/DataClassUpdateResponse.md) + - [DataClassesListResponse](docs/DataClassesListResponse.md) + - [DataClassesSearchResponse](docs/DataClassesSearchResponse.md) + - [DataConnection](docs/DataConnection.md) + - [DataConnectionCapability](docs/DataConnectionCapability.md) + - [DataConnectionUpdateParameters](docs/DataConnectionUpdateParameters.md) + - [DataLayout](docs/DataLayout.md) - [DataPointByLocationParameters](docs/DataPointByLocationParameters.md) - [DataPointBySnapshotParameters](docs/DataPointBySnapshotParameters.md) - [DataPointByTimestampParameters](docs/DataPointByTimestampParameters.md) - [DataPointFromBookmarkParameters](docs/DataPointFromBookmarkParameters.md) + - [DataRiskData](docs/DataRiskData.md) + - [DataRiskReportTotals](docs/DataRiskReportTotals.md) + - [DatabaseColumnMetadata](docs/DatabaseColumnMetadata.md) + - [DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse](docs/DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse.md) + - [DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse](docs/DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse.md) - [DatabaseConnectivityCheckParameters](docs/DatabaseConnectivityCheckParameters.md) + - [DatabaseTableMetadata](docs/DatabaseTableMetadata.md) + - [DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse](docs/DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse.md) + - [DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse](docs/DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse.md) - [DatabaseTemplate](docs/DatabaseTemplate.md) - [DatabaseTemplateCreateParameters](docs/DatabaseTemplateCreateParameters.md) - [DatasetGroup](docs/DatasetGroup.md) - - [DeleteAlgorithmResponse](docs/DeleteAlgorithmResponse.md) - - [DeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse](docs/DeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse.md) + - [DatasetPerformanceAnalytics](docs/DatasetPerformanceAnalytics.md) + - [DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest](docs/DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest.md) + - [DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse](docs/DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse.md) + - [DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary](docs/DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary.md) + - [DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse](docs/DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse.md) + - [DctAnalyticsBundle](docs/DctAnalyticsBundle.md) + - [DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry](docs/DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry.md) + - [DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory](docs/DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory.md) + - [DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo](docs/DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo.md) + - [DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine](docs/DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine.md) + - [DeleteBookmarkResponse](docs/DeleteBookmarkResponse.md) + - [DeleteCDBParameters](docs/DeleteCDBParameters.md) + - [DeleteCDBResponse](docs/DeleteCDBResponse.md) + - [DeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse](docs/DeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse.md) - [DeleteDSourceRequest](docs/DeleteDSourceRequest.md) + - [DeleteDSourceResponse](docs/DeleteDSourceResponse.md) - [DeleteDatabaseTemplateResponse](docs/DeleteDatabaseTemplateResponse.md) - [DeleteEngineResponse](docs/DeleteEngineResponse.md) - [DeleteEnvironmentResponse](docs/DeleteEnvironmentResponse.md) - [DeleteEnvironmentUserResponse](docs/DeleteEnvironmentUserResponse.md) + - [DeleteHeldSpaceResponse](docs/DeleteHeldSpaceResponse.md) - [DeleteHostResponse](docs/DeleteHostResponse.md) - [DeleteHyperscaleConnectorResponse](docs/DeleteHyperscaleConnectorResponse.md) - [DeleteHyperscaleMountPointResponse](docs/DeleteHyperscaleMountPointResponse.md) - [DeleteMaskingJobResponse](docs/DeleteMaskingJobResponse.md) - - [DeleteMaskingPluginResponse](docs/DeleteMaskingPluginResponse.md) + - [DeleteOracleListenerResponse](docs/DeleteOracleListenerResponse.md) - [DeleteScopeObjectTags](docs/DeleteScopeObjectTags.md) - [DeleteScopedObjectItem](docs/DeleteScopedObjectItem.md) + - [DeleteSnapshotParameters](docs/DeleteSnapshotParameters.md) - [DeleteSnapshotResponse](docs/DeleteSnapshotResponse.md) - [DeleteSourceResponse](docs/DeleteSourceResponse.md) - [DeleteTag](docs/DeleteTag.md) + - [DeleteTimeflowParameters](docs/DeleteTimeflowParameters.md) - [DeleteTimeflowResponse](docs/DeleteTimeflowResponse.md) + - [DeleteVCDBParameters](docs/DeleteVCDBParameters.md) + - [DeleteVCDBResponse](docs/DeleteVCDBResponse.md) - [DeleteVDBParameters](docs/DeleteVDBParameters.md) - [DeleteVDBResponse](docs/DeleteVDBResponse.md) + - [DeletionDependenciesResponse](docs/DeletionDependenciesResponse.md) + - [DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse](docs/DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse.md) + - [DeletionDependencyObject](docs/DeletionDependencyObject.md) + - [DeletionDependencyObjectType](docs/DeletionDependencyObjectType.md) + - [DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction](docs/DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction.md) + - [Dependency](docs/Dependency.md) + - [DetachCDBResponse](docs/DetachCDBResponse.md) + - [DetachDSourceResponse](docs/DetachDSourceResponse.md) + - [DisableCDBParameters](docs/DisableCDBParameters.md) + - [DisableCDBResponse](docs/DisableCDBResponse.md) - [DisableDsourceParameters](docs/DisableDsourceParameters.md) - [DisableDsourceResponse](docs/DisableDsourceResponse.md) - [DisableEnvironmentResponse](docs/DisableEnvironmentResponse.md) + - [DisableVCDBParameters](docs/DisableVCDBParameters.md) + - [DisableVCDBResponse](docs/DisableVCDBResponse.md) + - [DisableVDBGroupParameters](docs/DisableVDBGroupParameters.md) + - [DisableVDBGroupResponse](docs/DisableVDBGroupResponse.md) - [DisableVDBParameters](docs/DisableVDBParameters.md) - [DisableVDBResponse](docs/DisableVDBResponse.md) + - [DiscoveryExpression](docs/DiscoveryExpression.md) + - [DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse](docs/DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse.md) + - [DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse](docs/DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse.md) + - [DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse](docs/DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse.md) + - [DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse](docs/DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse.md) + - [DiscoveryPolicy](docs/DiscoveryPolicy.md) + - [DiscoveryResult](docs/DiscoveryResult.md) - [Domain](docs/Domain.md) - [EffectiveScope](docs/EffectiveScope.md) + - [EnableAiStatus](docs/EnableAiStatus.md) + - [EnableCDBParameters](docs/EnableCDBParameters.md) + - [EnableCDBResponse](docs/EnableCDBResponse.md) - [EnableDsourceParameters](docs/EnableDsourceParameters.md) - [EnableDsourceResponse](docs/EnableDsourceResponse.md) - [EnableEnvironmentResponse](docs/EnableEnvironmentResponse.md) - - [EnableScaleTestingRequest](docs/EnableScaleTestingRequest.md) + - [EnableVCDBParameters](docs/EnableVCDBParameters.md) + - [EnableVCDBResponse](docs/EnableVCDBResponse.md) + - [EnableVDBGroupParameters](docs/EnableVDBGroupParameters.md) + - [EnableVDBGroupResponse](docs/EnableVDBGroupResponse.md) - [EnableVDBParameters](docs/EnableVDBParameters.md) - [EnableVDBResponse](docs/EnableVDBResponse.md) - [Engine](docs/Engine.md) + - [EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters](docs/EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters.md) + - [EngineGlobalObjectStateData](docs/EngineGlobalObjectStateData.md) + - [EngineHistoricalStorageSummary](docs/EngineHistoricalStorageSummary.md) - [EngineIdBody](docs/EngineIdBody.md) - [EnginePerformanceAnalytic](docs/EnginePerformanceAnalytic.md) - [EnginePerformanceAnalyticReportResponse](docs/EnginePerformanceAnalyticReportResponse.md) - [EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrend](docs/EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrend.md) - - [EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner](docs/EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner.md) + - [EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint](docs/EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint.md) - [EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendResponse](docs/EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendResponse.md) - [EngineRegistrationParameter](docs/EngineRegistrationParameter.md) + - [EngineStorageCapacityData](docs/EngineStorageCapacityData.md) + - [EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse](docs/EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse.md) + - [EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData](docs/EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData.md) + - [EngineStorageDatasetType](docs/EngineStorageDatasetType.md) - [Environment](docs/Environment.md) - [EnvironmentCreateParameters](docs/EnvironmentCreateParameters.md) - [EnvironmentRepository](docs/EnvironmentRepository.md) - - [EnvironmentRepositoryAllOf](docs/EnvironmentRepositoryAllOf.md) - [EnvironmentUpdateParameters](docs/EnvironmentUpdateParameters.md) - [EnvironmentUser](docs/EnvironmentUser.md) - [EnvironmentUserParams](docs/EnvironmentUserParams.md) - [Error](docs/Error.md) - [ErrorResponse](docs/ErrorResponse.md) + - [ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse](docs/ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse.md) + - [ExecuteComplianceJobResponse](docs/ExecuteComplianceJobResponse.md) - [ExecuteMaskingJobParameters](docs/ExecuteMaskingJobParameters.md) - [ExecuteMaskingJobResponse](docs/ExecuteMaskingJobResponse.md) + - [ExecuteReplicationProfileResponse](docs/ExecuteReplicationProfileResponse.md) - [Execution](docs/Execution.md) - [ExecutionCancelParameters](docs/ExecutionCancelParameters.md) + - [ExecutionComponent](docs/ExecutionComponent.md) + - [ExecutionComponentLog](docs/ExecutionComponentLog.md) + - [ExecutionComponentsListResponse](docs/ExecutionComponentsListResponse.md) + - [ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse](docs/ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse.md) - [ExecutionEvent](docs/ExecutionEvent.md) - [ExecutionLog](docs/ExecutionLog.md) + - [ExecutionStatus](docs/ExecutionStatus.md) + - [ExecutionStatusReason](docs/ExecutionStatusReason.md) + - [ExportByLocationParameters](docs/ExportByLocationParameters.md) + - [ExportBySnapshotParameters](docs/ExportBySnapshotParameters.md) + - [ExportByTimestampParameters](docs/ExportByTimestampParameters.md) + - [ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters](docs/ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters.md) + - [ExportDSourceResponse](docs/ExportDSourceResponse.md) + - [ExportFromBookmarkParameters](docs/ExportFromBookmarkParameters.md) + - [ExportResponse](docs/ExportResponse.md) + - [ExportVdbResponse](docs/ExportVdbResponse.md) + - [FailoverNamespaceParameters](docs/FailoverNamespaceParameters.md) + - [FilesystemLayoutParameters](docs/FilesystemLayoutParameters.md) - [FindByLocationResponse](docs/FindByLocationResponse.md) - [FindByTimestampResponse](docs/FindByTimestampResponse.md) - - [Framework](docs/Framework.md) + - [GenerateDataAttribute](docs/GenerateDataAttribute.md) + - [GenerateDataOperation](docs/GenerateDataOperation.md) + - [GenerateDataRequest](docs/GenerateDataRequest.md) + - [GenerateDataResponse](docs/GenerateDataResponse.md) + - [GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse](docs/GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse.md) + - [GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse](docs/GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse.md) + - [GetAllLlmModelsResponse](docs/GetAllLlmModelsResponse.md) + - [GetDataRiskReportResponse](docs/GetDataRiskReportResponse.md) + - [GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse](docs/GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse.md) + - [GetGenerateDataValuesResponse](docs/GetGenerateDataValuesResponse.md) + - [GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse](docs/GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse.md) - [GlobalProperties](docs/GlobalProperties.md) + - [GlobalTag](docs/GlobalTag.md) + - [GlobalTagPermissions](docs/GlobalTagPermissions.md) + - [GlobalTagUsage](docs/GlobalTagUsage.md) - [HashicorpVault](docs/HashicorpVault.md) + - [HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse](docs/HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse.md) + - [HistoricalStorageSummary](docs/HistoricalStorageSummary.md) + - [HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate](docs/HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate.md) - [Hook](docs/Hook.md) + - [HookTemplate](docs/HookTemplate.md) + - [HookTemplateDeleteJobResponse](docs/HookTemplateDeleteJobResponse.md) + - [HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse](docs/HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse.md) - [Host](docs/Host.md) - [HostCreateParameters](docs/HostCreateParameters.md) - [HostUpdateParameters](docs/HostUpdateParameters.md) - [HyperscaleColumnOrField](docs/HyperscaleColumnOrField.md) - [HyperscaleConnector](docs/HyperscaleConnector.md) + - [HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters](docs/HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters.md) - [HyperscaleConnectorUpdateParameters](docs/HyperscaleConnectorUpdateParameters.md) - [HyperscaleDataTypeEnum](docs/HyperscaleDataTypeEnum.md) - [HyperscaleDataset](docs/HyperscaleDataset.md) @@ -671,45 +1078,67 @@ Class | Method | HTTP request | Description - [HyperscaleMountPointUpdateParameters](docs/HyperscaleMountPointUpdateParameters.md) - [HyperscaleTaskError](docs/HyperscaleTaskError.md) - [HyperscaleTaskEvent](docs/HyperscaleTaskEvent.md) - - [InstallMaskingPluginParameters](docs/InstallMaskingPluginParameters.md) - - [InstallMaskingPluginResponse](docs/InstallMaskingPluginResponse.md) + - [ImportEngineAccountRequest](docs/ImportEngineAccountRequest.md) + - [ImportEngineAccountsResponse](docs/ImportEngineAccountsResponse.md) + - [ImportEngineBookmarkResponse](docs/ImportEngineBookmarkResponse.md) + - [InPlaceExportParameters](docs/InPlaceExportParameters.md) - [Job](docs/Job.md) + - [JobCollectionExecution](docs/JobCollectionExecution.md) + - [JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum](docs/JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum.md) + - [JobResultResponse](docs/JobResultResponse.md) + - [JobTask](docs/JobTask.md) + - [JobTaskEvent](docs/JobTaskEvent.md) - [KDCServers](docs/KDCServers.md) - [KerberosConfig](docs/KerberosConfig.md) - [LDAPConfigParams](docs/LDAPConfigParams.md) + - [LLMUploadResponse](docs/LLMUploadResponse.md) + - [LatencyTestRequest](docs/LatencyTestRequest.md) + - [LatestSnapshotsResponse](docs/LatestSnapshotsResponse.md) - [LdapConfigValidateParameter](docs/LdapConfigValidateParameter.md) - [LdapValidateResponse](docs/LdapValidateResponse.md) + - [LicenseInfo](docs/LicenseInfo.md) + - [LicenseTier](docs/LicenseTier.md) - [LinkDSourceDefaultRequest](docs/LinkDSourceDefaultRequest.md) - [LinkDSourceResponse](docs/LinkDSourceResponse.md) - [LinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest](docs/LinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest.md) - [ListAccessGroupsResponse](docs/ListAccessGroupsResponse.md) - [ListAccountsResponse](docs/ListAccountsResponse.md) - - [ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse](docs/ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse.md) + - [ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse](docs/ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse.md) - [ListAlgorithmsResponse](docs/ListAlgorithmsResponse.md) - [ListBookmarksByVDBGroupsResponse](docs/ListBookmarksByVDBGroupsResponse.md) - [ListBookmarksByVDBResponse](docs/ListBookmarksByVDBResponse.md) - [ListBookmarksResponse](docs/ListBookmarksResponse.md) - [ListCDBsResponse](docs/ListCDBsResponse.md) + - [ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse](docs/ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse.md) + - [ListComplianceJobsResponse](docs/ListComplianceJobsResponse.md) + - [ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse](docs/ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse.md) - [ListConnectorsResponse](docs/ListConnectorsResponse.md) - [ListDSourcesResponse](docs/ListDSourcesResponse.md) + - [ListDataConnectionsResponse](docs/ListDataConnectionsResponse.md) + - [ListDataLayoutResponse](docs/ListDataLayoutResponse.md) - [ListDatabaseTemplatesResponse](docs/ListDatabaseTemplatesResponse.md) + - [ListDiscoveryResultsResponse](docs/ListDiscoveryResultsResponse.md) - [ListEnvironmentUsers](docs/ListEnvironmentUsers.md) - [ListEnvironmentsResponse](docs/ListEnvironmentsResponse.md) - [ListExecutionEventsResponse](docs/ListExecutionEventsResponse.md) - [ListExecutionsResponse](docs/ListExecutionsResponse.md) - [ListGroupsResponse](docs/ListGroupsResponse.md) - [ListHashicorpVaultsResponse](docs/ListHashicorpVaultsResponse.md) + - [ListHookTemplatesResponse](docs/ListHookTemplatesResponse.md) - [ListHyperscaleConnectorsResponse](docs/ListHyperscaleConnectorsResponse.md) - [ListHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesResponse](docs/ListHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesResponse.md) - [ListHyperscaleDatasetsResponse](docs/ListHyperscaleDatasetsResponse.md) - [ListHyperscaleInstancesResponse](docs/ListHyperscaleInstancesResponse.md) - [ListHyperscaleMountPointsResponse](docs/ListHyperscaleMountPointsResponse.md) + - [ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse](docs/ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse.md) - [ListJobsResponse](docs/ListJobsResponse.md) - [ListKerberosConfigsResponse](docs/ListKerberosConfigsResponse.md) - [ListMaskingEnvironmentsResponse](docs/ListMaskingEnvironmentsResponse.md) + - [ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse](docs/ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse.md) + - [ListMaskingFilesResponse](docs/ListMaskingFilesResponse.md) - [ListMaskingJobSourceEnginesResponse](docs/ListMaskingJobSourceEnginesResponse.md) - [ListMaskingJobsResponse](docs/ListMaskingJobsResponse.md) - - [ListMaskingPluginsResponse](docs/ListMaskingPluginsResponse.md) + - [ListNamespacesResponse](docs/ListNamespacesResponse.md) - [ListPasswordVaultsResponse](docs/ListPasswordVaultsResponse.md) - [ListRegisteredEnginesResponse](docs/ListRegisteredEnginesResponse.md) - [ListReplicationProfilesResponse](docs/ListReplicationProfilesResponse.md) @@ -718,59 +1147,114 @@ Class | Method | HTTP request | Description - [ListSnapshotsResponse](docs/ListSnapshotsResponse.md) - [ListSourcesResponse](docs/ListSourcesResponse.md) - [ListStagingSourcesResponse](docs/ListStagingSourcesResponse.md) + - [ListSubConnectionsResponse](docs/ListSubConnectionsResponse.md) + - [ListTagPermissionsResponse](docs/ListTagPermissionsResponse.md) + - [ListTagUsagesResponse](docs/ListTagUsagesResponse.md) + - [ListTagsResponse](docs/ListTagsResponse.md) - [ListTimeflowsResponse](docs/ListTimeflowsResponse.md) - [ListToolkitResponse](docs/ListToolkitResponse.md) - [ListVCDBsResponse](docs/ListVCDBsResponse.md) - [ListVDBGroupsByBookmarkResponse](docs/ListVDBGroupsByBookmarkResponse.md) - [ListVDBGroupsResponse](docs/ListVDBGroupsResponse.md) - [ListVDBsResponse](docs/ListVDBsResponse.md) + - [ListVirtualizationActionsResponse](docs/ListVirtualizationActionsResponse.md) + - [ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse](docs/ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse.md) + - [ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse](docs/ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse.md) + - [ListVirtualizationJobsResponse](docs/ListVirtualizationJobsResponse.md) - [ListVirtualizationPoliciesResponse](docs/ListVirtualizationPoliciesResponse.md) + - [LlmGateway](docs/LlmGateway.md) + - [LlmModel](docs/LlmModel.md) - [LocationCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse](docs/LocationCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse.md) - [LocationCompatibleRepositoryRequest](docs/LocationCompatibleRepositoryRequest.md) - [LockVDBGroupParameters](docs/LockVDBGroupParameters.md) - [LockVDBParameters](docs/LockVDBParameters.md) - [LoginToken](docs/LoginToken.md) + - [MSSQLClusterListener](docs/MSSQLClusterListener.md) + - [MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters](docs/MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters.md) - [MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters](docs/MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters.md) - - [MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf](docs/MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf.md) + - [MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters](docs/MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters.md) - [MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters](docs/MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters.md) - - [MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf](docs/MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf.md) + - [MSSQLListenerTypeEnum](docs/MSSQLListenerTypeEnum.md) - [MaskingEnvironment](docs/MaskingEnvironment.md) - [MaskingExecutionMetrics](docs/MaskingExecutionMetrics.md) - [MaskingExecutionMetricsReportResponse](docs/MaskingExecutionMetricsReportResponse.md) - [MaskingFileUpload](docs/MaskingFileUpload.md) - - [MaskingFileUploadParameters](docs/MaskingFileUploadParameters.md) - - [MaskingFileUploadResponse](docs/MaskingFileUploadResponse.md) + - [MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters](docs/MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters.md) - [MaskingJob](docs/MaskingJob.md) - [MaskingJobConnectorsResponse](docs/MaskingJobConnectorsResponse.md) - [MaskingJobSourceEngine](docs/MaskingJobSourceEngine.md) - - [MaskingPlugin](docs/MaskingPlugin.md) + - [MaskingJobWithConnectorRole](docs/MaskingJobWithConnectorRole.md) - [MaskingRuleset](docs/MaskingRuleset.md) - [MetadataDbInfo](docs/MetadataDbInfo.md) + - [MigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse](docs/MigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse.md) + - [MigrateJobRerunRequest](docs/MigrateJobRerunRequest.md) - [MigrateMaskingJobParameters](docs/MigrateMaskingJobParameters.md) - [MigrateMaskingJobResponse](docs/MigrateMaskingJobResponse.md) + - [MigrateVDBParameters](docs/MigrateVDBParameters.md) + - [MigrateVDBResponse](docs/MigrateVDBResponse.md) + - [MssqlAgReplica](docs/MssqlAgReplica.md) - [NameValuePair](docs/NameValuePair.md) + - [Namespace](docs/Namespace.md) + - [NamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse](docs/NamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse.md) + - [NamespaceDeleteJobResponse](docs/NamespaceDeleteJobResponse.md) + - [NamespaceDiscardJobResponse](docs/NamespaceDiscardJobResponse.md) + - [NamespaceFailbackJobResponse](docs/NamespaceFailbackJobResponse.md) + - [NamespaceFailoverJobResponse](docs/NamespaceFailoverJobResponse.md) + - [NamespaceUpdateJobResponse](docs/NamespaceUpdateJobResponse.md) + - [NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters](docs/NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters.md) + - [NetworkDSPTestRequest](docs/NetworkDSPTestRequest.md) + - [NetworkDSPTestResult](docs/NetworkDSPTestResult.md) + - [NetworkLatencyTestResult](docs/NetworkLatencyTestResult.md) + - [NetworkTestBaseResult](docs/NetworkTestBaseResult.md) + - [NetworkTestParametersRequest](docs/NetworkTestParametersRequest.md) + - [NetworkTestResponse](docs/NetworkTestResponse.md) + - [NetworkThroughputTestRequest](docs/NetworkThroughputTestRequest.md) + - [NetworkThroughputTestResult](docs/NetworkThroughputTestResult.md) - [ObjectPermissionAccessGroups](docs/ObjectPermissionAccessGroups.md) - [ObjectPermissionAccount](docs/ObjectPermissionAccount.md) - [ObjectPermissionsResponse](docs/ObjectPermissionsResponse.md) - [ObjectTypeEnum](docs/ObjectTypeEnum.md) - [ObjectTypeProperty](docs/ObjectTypeProperty.md) + - [OracleActiveInstance](docs/OracleActiveInstance.md) + - [OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters](docs/OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters.md) + - [OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters](docs/OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters.md) + - [OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters](docs/OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters.md) + - [OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters](docs/OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters.md) + - [OracleAsmExportResponse](docs/OracleAsmExportResponse.md) + - [OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters](docs/OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters.md) + - [OracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse](docs/OracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse.md) + - [OracleAsmLayoutParameters](docs/OracleAsmLayoutParameters.md) + - [OracleAttachCdbParameters](docs/OracleAttachCdbParameters.md) + - [OracleAttachDSourceParameters](docs/OracleAttachDSourceParameters.md) + - [OracleAttachParameters](docs/OracleAttachParameters.md) - [OracleClusterNodeInstance](docs/OracleClusterNodeInstance.md) + - [OracleConfigTypeEnum](docs/OracleConfigTypeEnum.md) + - [OracleCustomEnvVar](docs/OracleCustomEnvVar.md) - [OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters](docs/OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters.md) - - [OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf](docs/OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf.md) - [OracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest](docs/OracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest.md) - [OracleListener](docs/OracleListener.md) + - [OracleListenerTypeEnum](docs/OracleListenerTypeEnum.md) + - [OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum](docs/OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum.md) + - [OracleRACDatabaseInstance](docs/OracleRACDatabaseInstance.md) - [OracleRacCustomEnvFile](docs/OracleRacCustomEnvFile.md) - [OracleRacCustomEnvVar](docs/OracleRacCustomEnvVar.md) + - [OracleService](docs/OracleService.md) + - [OracleSourceCreateParameters](docs/OracleSourceCreateParameters.md) + - [OracleSourceUpdateParameters](docs/OracleSourceUpdateParameters.md) - [OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters](docs/OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters.md) - - [OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf](docs/OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf.md) + - [OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum](docs/OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum.md) + - [OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams](docs/OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams.md) - [OracleVirtualIP](docs/OracleVirtualIP.md) - [PaginatedResponseMetadata](docs/PaginatedResponseMetadata.md) - [PasswordPoliciesParams](docs/PasswordPoliciesParams.md) - [PasswordVault](docs/PasswordVault.md) + - [PerformanceAnalytics](docs/PerformanceAnalytics.md) - [PermissionEnum](docs/PermissionEnum.md) - [PermissionObject](docs/PermissionObject.md) - [PermissionProperty](docs/PermissionProperty.md) - [PermissionsRequest](docs/PermissionsRequest.md) + - [PolicyTargetObject](docs/PolicyTargetObject.md) + - [PolicyType](docs/PolicyType.md) - [PostgresSourceCreateParameters](docs/PostgresSourceCreateParameters.md) - [PostgresSourceUpdateParameters](docs/PostgresSourceUpdateParameters.md) - [PrimaryEnvironmentUserResponse](docs/PrimaryEnvironmentUserResponse.md) @@ -778,33 +1262,35 @@ Class | Method | HTTP request | Description - [ProductInfo](docs/ProductInfo.md) - [ProductRegistrationOfflinePayload](docs/ProductRegistrationOfflinePayload.md) - [ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload](docs/ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload.md) + - [ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters](docs/ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters.md) + - [ProvisionSource](docs/ProvisionSource.md) - [ProvisionVDBByLocationDefaultsRequest](docs/ProvisionVDBByLocationDefaultsRequest.md) - [ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters](docs/ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters.md) - - [ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf](docs/ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf.md) - [ProvisionVDBBySnapshotDefaultsRequest](docs/ProvisionVDBBySnapshotDefaultsRequest.md) - [ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters](docs/ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters.md) - - [ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf](docs/ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf.md) - [ProvisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest](docs/ProvisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest.md) - [ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters](docs/ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters.md) - - [ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf](docs/ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf.md) - [ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest](docs/ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest.md) - [ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters](docs/ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters.md) - - [ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf](docs/ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf.md) - [ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters](docs/ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters.md) - [ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkResponse](docs/ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkResponse.md) - [ProvisionVDBResponse](docs/ProvisionVDBResponse.md) - [ProxyConfiguration](docs/ProxyConfiguration.md) - [ReImportMaskingJobResponse](docs/ReImportMaskingJobResponse.md) + - [ReassignSubConnectionRequest](docs/ReassignSubConnectionRequest.md) + - [ReassignSubConnectionResponse](docs/ReassignSubConnectionResponse.md) - [RefreshEnvironmentResponse](docs/RefreshEnvironmentResponse.md) + - [RefreshModeEnum](docs/RefreshModeEnum.md) - [RefreshVDBByLocationParameters](docs/RefreshVDBByLocationParameters.md) - [RefreshVDBByLocationResponse](docs/RefreshVDBByLocationResponse.md) - [RefreshVDBBySnapshotParameters](docs/RefreshVDBBySnapshotParameters.md) - [RefreshVDBBySnapshotResponse](docs/RefreshVDBBySnapshotResponse.md) - [RefreshVDBByTimestampParameters](docs/RefreshVDBByTimestampParameters.md) - - [RefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf](docs/RefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf.md) - [RefreshVDBByTimestampResponse](docs/RefreshVDBByTimestampResponse.md) - [RefreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters](docs/RefreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters.md) - [RefreshVDBFromBookmarkResponse](docs/RefreshVDBFromBookmarkResponse.md) + - [RefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters](docs/RefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters.md) + - [RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters](docs/RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters.md) - [RefreshVDBGroupParameters](docs/RefreshVDBGroupParameters.md) - [RefreshVDBGroupResponse](docs/RefreshVDBGroupResponse.md) - [RegisteredEngine](docs/RegisteredEngine.md) @@ -813,13 +1299,15 @@ Class | Method | HTTP request | Description - [RemoveMaskingJobParameters](docs/RemoveMaskingJobParameters.md) - [Replica](docs/Replica.md) - [ReplicationProfile](docs/ReplicationProfile.md) + - [ReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse](docs/ReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse.md) + - [ReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse](docs/ReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse.md) - [ReportingSchedule](docs/ReportingSchedule.md) - [ReportingScheduleCreateParameters](docs/ReportingScheduleCreateParameters.md) - [Repository](docs/Repository.md) + - [RepositoryDeleteJobResponse](docs/RepositoryDeleteJobResponse.md) - [ResetPasswordParameter](docs/ResetPasswordParameter.md) - [RestartExecutionResponse](docs/RestartExecutionResponse.md) - [Role](docs/Role.md) - - [RoleAllOf](docs/RoleAllOf.md) - [RoleUpdateParameters](docs/RoleUpdateParameters.md) - [RollbackVDBBySnapshotParameters](docs/RollbackVDBBySnapshotParameters.md) - [RollbackVDBBySnapshotResponse](docs/RollbackVDBBySnapshotResponse.md) @@ -829,7 +1317,11 @@ Class | Method | HTTP request | Description - [RollbackVDBFromBookmarkResponse](docs/RollbackVDBFromBookmarkResponse.md) - [RollbackVDBGroupParameters](docs/RollbackVDBGroupParameters.md) - [RollbackVDBGroupResponse](docs/RollbackVDBGroupResponse.md) + - [RuleSet](docs/RuleSet.md) + - [RuleSetsListResponse](docs/RuleSetsListResponse.md) + - [RuleSetsSearchResponse](docs/RuleSetsSearchResponse.md) - [SAMLConfigParams](docs/SAMLConfigParams.md) + - [SAMLValidationResponse](docs/SAMLValidationResponse.md) - [SMTPConfigParams](docs/SMTPConfigParams.md) - [SMTPConfigValidate](docs/SMTPConfigValidate.md) - [SSHVerificationStrategy](docs/SSHVerificationStrategy.md) @@ -841,33 +1333,44 @@ Class | Method | HTTP request | Description - [ScopedObjectsRequest](docs/ScopedObjectsRequest.md) - [SearchAccessGroupsResponse](docs/SearchAccessGroupsResponse.md) - [SearchAccountsResponse](docs/SearchAccountsResponse.md) - - [SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse](docs/SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse.md) + - [SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse](docs/SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse.md) - [SearchAlgorithmsResponse](docs/SearchAlgorithmsResponse.md) - [SearchBody](docs/SearchBody.md) - [SearchBookmarksByVDBGroupsResponse](docs/SearchBookmarksByVDBGroupsResponse.md) - [SearchBookmarksByVDBResponse](docs/SearchBookmarksByVDBResponse.md) - [SearchBookmarksResponse](docs/SearchBookmarksResponse.md) - [SearchCDBsResponse](docs/SearchCDBsResponse.md) + - [SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse](docs/SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse.md) + - [SearchComplianceJobsResponse](docs/SearchComplianceJobsResponse.md) - [SearchConnectorsResponse](docs/SearchConnectorsResponse.md) - [SearchDSourcesResponse](docs/SearchDSourcesResponse.md) + - [SearchDataConnectionsResponse](docs/SearchDataConnectionsResponse.md) + - [SearchDataLayoutResponse](docs/SearchDataLayoutResponse.md) + - [SearchDataRiskReportResponse](docs/SearchDataRiskReportResponse.md) - [SearchDatabaseTemplatesResponse](docs/SearchDatabaseTemplatesResponse.md) - [SearchDatasetGroupResponse](docs/SearchDatasetGroupResponse.md) + - [SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse](docs/SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse.md) + - [SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse](docs/SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse.md) - [SearchEnginesResponse](docs/SearchEnginesResponse.md) - [SearchEnvironmentsResponse](docs/SearchEnvironmentsResponse.md) - [SearchExecutionEventsResponse](docs/SearchExecutionEventsResponse.md) - [SearchExecutionsResponse](docs/SearchExecutionsResponse.md) - [SearchHashicorpVaultsResponse](docs/SearchHashicorpVaultsResponse.md) + - [SearchHookTemplatesResponse](docs/SearchHookTemplatesResponse.md) - [SearchHyperscaleConnectorsResponse](docs/SearchHyperscaleConnectorsResponse.md) - [SearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesResponse](docs/SearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesResponse.md) - [SearchHyperscaleDatasetsResponse](docs/SearchHyperscaleDatasetsResponse.md) - [SearchHyperscaleInstancesResponse](docs/SearchHyperscaleInstancesResponse.md) - [SearchHyperscaleMountPointsResponse](docs/SearchHyperscaleMountPointsResponse.md) + - [SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse](docs/SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse.md) - [SearchJobsResponse](docs/SearchJobsResponse.md) - [SearchKerberosConfigsResponse](docs/SearchKerberosConfigsResponse.md) - [SearchMaskingEnvironmentsResponse](docs/SearchMaskingEnvironmentsResponse.md) + - [SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse](docs/SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse.md) + - [SearchMaskingFilesResponse](docs/SearchMaskingFilesResponse.md) - [SearchMaskingJobSourceEnginesResponse](docs/SearchMaskingJobSourceEnginesResponse.md) - [SearchMaskingJobsResponse](docs/SearchMaskingJobsResponse.md) - - [SearchMaskingPluginsResponse](docs/SearchMaskingPluginsResponse.md) + - [SearchNamespacesResponse](docs/SearchNamespacesResponse.md) - [SearchPasswordVaultResponse](docs/SearchPasswordVaultResponse.md) - [SearchReplicationProfilesResponse](docs/SearchReplicationProfilesResponse.md) - [SearchReportingScheduleResponse](docs/SearchReportingScheduleResponse.md) @@ -875,30 +1378,57 @@ Class | Method | HTTP request | Description - [SearchSnapshotsResponse](docs/SearchSnapshotsResponse.md) - [SearchSourcesResponse](docs/SearchSourcesResponse.md) - [SearchStagingSourcesResponse](docs/SearchStagingSourcesResponse.md) + - [SearchSubConnectionsResponse](docs/SearchSubConnectionsResponse.md) + - [SearchTagPermissionsResponse](docs/SearchTagPermissionsResponse.md) + - [SearchTagUsagesResponse](docs/SearchTagUsagesResponse.md) + - [SearchTagsResponse](docs/SearchTagsResponse.md) - [SearchTimeflowsResponse](docs/SearchTimeflowsResponse.md) - [SearchToolkitResponse](docs/SearchToolkitResponse.md) - [SearchVCDBsResponse](docs/SearchVCDBsResponse.md) - [SearchVDBGroupResponse](docs/SearchVDBGroupResponse.md) - [SearchVDBGroupsByBookmarkResponse](docs/SearchVDBGroupsByBookmarkResponse.md) - [SearchVDBsResponse](docs/SearchVDBsResponse.md) + - [SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse](docs/SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse.md) + - [SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse](docs/SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse.md) + - [SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse](docs/SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse.md) + - [SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse](docs/SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse.md) - [SearchVirtualizationPoliciesResponse](docs/SearchVirtualizationPoliciesResponse.md) - - [SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse](docs/SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse.md) + - [SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse](docs/SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse.md) + - [SharedSnapshotSpace](docs/SharedSnapshotSpace.md) + - [SharedSnapshotSpaceResponse](docs/SharedSnapshotSpaceResponse.md) - [Snapshot](docs/Snapshot.md) + - [SnapshotCapacity](docs/SnapshotCapacity.md) + - [SnapshotCapacityResponse](docs/SnapshotCapacityResponse.md) - [SnapshotCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse](docs/SnapshotCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse.md) - [SnapshotCompatibleRepositoryRequest](docs/SnapshotCompatibleRepositoryRequest.md) - [SnapshotDSourceResponse](docs/SnapshotDSourceResponse.md) - [SnapshotDayRange](docs/SnapshotDayRange.md) + - [SnapshotMissingLog](docs/SnapshotMissingLog.md) + - [SnapshotRuntime](docs/SnapshotRuntime.md) - [SnapshotVDBResponse](docs/SnapshotVDBResponse.md) - [SnapshotsDayRangesResponse](docs/SnapshotsDayRangesResponse.md) - [Source](docs/Source.md) - [SourceOperation](docs/SourceOperation.md) - [StagingCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse](docs/StagingCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse.md) - [StagingSource](docs/StagingSource.md) + - [StartVCDBParameters](docs/StartVCDBParameters.md) + - [StartVCDBResponse](docs/StartVCDBResponse.md) + - [StartVDBGroupParameters](docs/StartVDBGroupParameters.md) + - [StartVDBGroupResponse](docs/StartVDBGroupResponse.md) + - [StartVDBParameters](docs/StartVDBParameters.md) - [StartVDBResponse](docs/StartVDBResponse.md) + - [StopVCDBParameters](docs/StopVCDBParameters.md) + - [StopVCDBResponse](docs/StopVCDBResponse.md) + - [StopVDBGroupParameters](docs/StopVDBGroupParameters.md) + - [StopVDBGroupResponse](docs/StopVDBGroupResponse.md) + - [StopVDBParameters](docs/StopVDBParameters.md) - [StopVDBResponse](docs/StopVDBResponse.md) - [StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData](docs/StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData.md) - [StorageSavingsSummaryData](docs/StorageSavingsSummaryData.md) - [StorageSavingsSummaryReportResponse](docs/StorageSavingsSummaryReportResponse.md) + - [StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint](docs/StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint.md) + - [StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint](docs/StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint.md) + - [SubConnection](docs/SubConnection.md) - [SwitchTimeflowParameters](docs/SwitchTimeflowParameters.md) - [SwitchTimeflowResponse](docs/SwitchTimeflowResponse.md) - [SyncEnginesHyperscaleParameters](docs/SyncEnginesHyperscaleParameters.md) @@ -906,51 +1436,116 @@ Class | Method | HTTP request | Description - [Tag](docs/Tag.md) - [TagsRequest](docs/TagsRequest.md) - [TagsResponse](docs/TagsResponse.md) + - [TargetJobType](docs/TargetJobType.md) + - [TargetObjectType](docs/TargetObjectType.md) + - [TargetPolicyObjectType](docs/TargetPolicyObjectType.md) - [TaskEvent](docs/TaskEvent.md) - [Timeflow](docs/Timeflow.md) - [TimeflowRange](docs/TimeflowRange.md) + - [TimeflowRepairRequest](docs/TimeflowRepairRequest.md) + - [TimeflowRepairResponse](docs/TimeflowRepairResponse.md) - [TimestampCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse](docs/TimestampCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse.md) - [TimestampCompatibleRepositoryRequest](docs/TimestampCompatibleRepositoryRequest.md) - [TokenInfoRequest](docs/TokenInfoRequest.md) - [TokenInfoResponse](docs/TokenInfoResponse.md) - [Toolkit](docs/Toolkit.md) + - [UiProfilesRequest](docs/UiProfilesRequest.md) + - [UndoRefreshVDBResponse](docs/UndoRefreshVDBResponse.md) - [UnregisterHyperscaleInstanceResponse](docs/UnregisterHyperscaleInstanceResponse.md) - [UnsetSnapshotRetentionResponse](docs/UnsetSnapshotRetentionResponse.md) - [UpdateAccessGroupScope](docs/UpdateAccessGroupScope.md) - - [UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters](docs/UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters.md) - - [UpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse](docs/UpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse.md) + - [UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters](docs/UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters.md) + - [UpdateAseDSourceParameters](docs/UpdateAseDSourceParameters.md) - [UpdateBookmarkParameters](docs/UpdateBookmarkParameters.md) - [UpdateBookmarkResponse](docs/UpdateBookmarkResponse.md) - - [UpdateConnectorResponse](docs/UpdateConnectorResponse.md) + - [UpdateCDBParameters](docs/UpdateCDBParameters.md) + - [UpdateCDBResponse](docs/UpdateCDBResponse.md) + - [UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest](docs/UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest.md) + - [UpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse](docs/UpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse.md) + - [UpdateDataConnectionResponse](docs/UpdateDataConnectionResponse.md) - [UpdateDatabaseTemplateParameters](docs/UpdateDatabaseTemplateParameters.md) - [UpdateDatabaseTemplateResponse](docs/UpdateDatabaseTemplateResponse.md) + - [UpdateDsourceResponse](docs/UpdateDsourceResponse.md) + - [UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse](docs/UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse.md) - [UpdateEnvironmentResponse](docs/UpdateEnvironmentResponse.md) - [UpdateEnvironmentUserResponse](docs/UpdateEnvironmentUserResponse.md) + - [UpdateHookTemplateParameters](docs/UpdateHookTemplateParameters.md) - [UpdateHostResponse](docs/UpdateHostResponse.md) - [UpdateHyperscaleConnectorResponse](docs/UpdateHyperscaleConnectorResponse.md) - [UpdateHyperscaleDatasetResponse](docs/UpdateHyperscaleDatasetResponse.md) - [UpdateHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileResponse](docs/UpdateHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileResponse.md) - [UpdateHyperscaleMountPointResponse](docs/UpdateHyperscaleMountPointResponse.md) + - [UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters](docs/UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters.md) - [UpdateMaskingJobParameters](docs/UpdateMaskingJobParameters.md) + - [UpdateNamespaceParameters](docs/UpdateNamespaceParameters.md) + - [UpdateOracleDsourceParameters](docs/UpdateOracleDsourceParameters.md) + - [UpdateOracleListenerParams](docs/UpdateOracleListenerParams.md) + - [UpdateOracleListenerResponse](docs/UpdateOracleListenerResponse.md) + - [UpdateOracleSourceResponse](docs/UpdateOracleSourceResponse.md) - [UpdatePostgresSourceResponse](docs/UpdatePostgresSourceResponse.md) + - [UpdateReplicationProfileParameters](docs/UpdateReplicationProfileParameters.md) - [UpdateRepositoryParameters](docs/UpdateRepositoryParameters.md) - [UpdateRepositoryResponse](docs/UpdateRepositoryResponse.md) - [UpdateSnapshotParameters](docs/UpdateSnapshotParameters.md) - [UpdateSnapshotResponse](docs/UpdateSnapshotResponse.md) + - [UpdateSourceParameters](docs/UpdateSourceParameters.md) + - [UpdateSourceResponse](docs/UpdateSourceResponse.md) + - [UpdateStagingSourceParameters](docs/UpdateStagingSourceParameters.md) + - [UpdateStagingSourceResponse](docs/UpdateStagingSourceResponse.md) - [UpdateTimeflowParameters](docs/UpdateTimeflowParameters.md) - [UpdateTimeflowResponse](docs/UpdateTimeflowResponse.md) + - [UpdateVCDBParameters](docs/UpdateVCDBParameters.md) + - [UpdateVCDBResponse](docs/UpdateVCDBResponse.md) - [UpdateVDBGroupParameters](docs/UpdateVDBGroupParameters.md) + - [UpdateVDBGroupResponse](docs/UpdateVDBGroupResponse.md) - [UpdateVDBParameters](docs/UpdateVDBParameters.md) - [UpdateVDBResponse](docs/UpdateVDBResponse.md) + - [UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters](docs/UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters.md) + - [UpgradeCDBResponse](docs/UpgradeCDBResponse.md) + - [UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse](docs/UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse.md) + - [UpgradeDatabaseParameters](docs/UpgradeDatabaseParameters.md) + - [UpgradeDsourceResponse](docs/UpgradeDsourceResponse.md) + - [UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters](docs/UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters.md) + - [UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters](docs/UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters.md) + - [UpgradeVCDBResponse](docs/UpgradeVCDBResponse.md) + - [UpgradeVDBResponse](docs/UpgradeVDBResponse.md) + - [UploadModelRequest](docs/UploadModelRequest.md) - [VCDB](docs/VCDB.md) - [VDB](docs/VDB.md) + - [VDBDisableParametersMapping](docs/VDBDisableParametersMapping.md) + - [VDBEnableParametersMapping](docs/VDBEnableParametersMapping.md) - [VDBGroup](docs/VDBGroup.md) + - [VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot](docs/VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot.md) + - [VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp](docs/VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp.md) + - [VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest](docs/VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest.md) - [VDBInventoryData](docs/VDBInventoryData.md) - [VDBInventoryReportResponse](docs/VDBInventoryReportResponse.md) + - [VDBOrder](docs/VDBOrder.md) + - [VDBStartParametersMapping](docs/VDBStartParametersMapping.md) + - [VDBStopParametersMapping](docs/VDBStopParametersMapping.md) - [ValidateJavaParameters](docs/ValidateJavaParameters.md) - [ValidateJavaResponse](docs/ValidateJavaResponse.md) + - [VdbGroupTimestampSummary](docs/VdbGroupTimestampSummary.md) + - [VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem](docs/VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem.md) + - [VdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse](docs/VdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse.md) - [VirtualDatasetHooks](docs/VirtualDatasetHooks.md) + - [VirtualizationAction](docs/VirtualizationAction.md) + - [VirtualizationAlert](docs/VirtualizationAlert.md) + - [VirtualizationFault](docs/VirtualizationFault.md) + - [VirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse](docs/VirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse.md) + - [VirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse](docs/VirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse.md) + - [VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse](docs/VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse.md) + - [VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters](docs/VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters.md) + - [VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters](docs/VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters.md) + - [VirtualizationJob](docs/VirtualizationJob.md) + - [VirtualizationJobEvent](docs/VirtualizationJobEvent.md) - [VirtualizationPolicy](docs/VirtualizationPolicy.md) + - [VirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse](docs/VirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse.md) + - [VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse](docs/VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse.md) + - [VirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse](docs/VirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse.md) + - [VirtualizationPolicyTarget](docs/VirtualizationPolicyTarget.md) + - [VirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse](docs/VirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse.md) + - [VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse](docs/VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse.md) - [VirtualizationSchedule](docs/VirtualizationSchedule.md) - [VirtualizationStorageSummaryData](docs/VirtualizationStorageSummaryData.md) - [VirtualizationStorageSummaryReportResponse](docs/VirtualizationStorageSummaryReportResponse.md) @@ -961,14 +1556,27 @@ Class | Method | HTTP request | Description ## Documentation For Authorization - +Authentication schemes defined for the API: ### ApiKeyAuth - **Type**: API key - **API key parameter name**: Authorization - **Location**: HTTP header -Note, each API key must be added to a map of `map[string]APIKey` where the key is: Authorization and passed in as the auth context for each request. +Note, each API key must be added to a map of `map[string]APIKey` where the key is: ApiKeyAuth and passed in as the auth context for each request. + +Example + +```go +auth := context.WithValue( + context.Background(), + delphix_dct_api.ContextAPIKeys, + map[string]delphix_dct_api.APIKey{ + "ApiKeyAuth": {Key: "API_KEY_STRING"}, + }, + ) +r, err := client.Service.Operation(auth, args) +``` ## Documentation for Utility Methods diff --git a/api_accounts.go b/api_accounts.go index e52b4dc9..36d17975 100644 --- a/api_accounts.go +++ b/api_accounts.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,12 +21,353 @@ import ( ) -// AccountsApiService AccountsApi service -type AccountsApiService service +// AccountsAPIService AccountsAPI service +type AccountsAPIService service + +type ApiApiKeyDeleteRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *AccountsAPIService + id int64 +} + +func (r ApiApiKeyDeleteRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ApiKeyDeleteExecute(r) +} + +/* +ApiKeyDelete Delete an API Key for an account + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param id Numeric ID of the Account. + @return ApiApiKeyDeleteRequest +*/ +func (a *AccountsAPIService) ApiKeyDelete(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiApiKeyDeleteRequest { + return ApiApiKeyDeleteRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + id: id, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +func (a *AccountsAPIService) ApiKeyDeleteExecute(r ApiApiKeyDeleteRequest) (*http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsAPIService.ApiKeyDelete") + if err != nil { + return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/accounts/{id}/api-key-delete" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"id"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.id, "id")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiApiKeyRegenerateRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *AccountsAPIService + apikeyRegenerateParameter *ApikeyRegenerateParameter +} + +func (r ApiApiKeyRegenerateRequest) ApikeyRegenerateParameter(apikeyRegenerateParameter ApikeyRegenerateParameter) ApiApiKeyRegenerateRequest { + r.apikeyRegenerateParameter = &apikeyRegenerateParameter + return r +} + +func (r ApiApiKeyRegenerateRequest) Execute() (*AccountCreateResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ApiKeyRegenerateExecute(r) +} + +/* +ApiKeyRegenerate Regenerate api key for the self. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiApiKeyRegenerateRequest +*/ +func (a *AccountsAPIService) ApiKeyRegenerate(ctx context.Context) ApiApiKeyRegenerateRequest { + return ApiApiKeyRegenerateRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return AccountCreateResponse +func (a *AccountsAPIService) ApiKeyRegenerateExecute(r ApiApiKeyRegenerateRequest) (*AccountCreateResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *AccountCreateResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsAPIService.ApiKeyRegenerate") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/accounts/api-key-regenerate" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.apikeyRegenerateParameter == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("apikeyRegenerateParameter is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.apikeyRegenerateParameter + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiApiKeyResetRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *AccountsAPIService + id int64 +} + +func (r ApiApiKeyResetRequest) Execute() (*AccountCreateResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ApiKeyResetExecute(r) +} + +/* +ApiKeyReset Reset account API key. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param id Numeric ID of the Account. + @return ApiApiKeyResetRequest +*/ +func (a *AccountsAPIService) ApiKeyReset(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiApiKeyResetRequest { + return ApiApiKeyResetRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + id: id, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return AccountCreateResponse +func (a *AccountsAPIService) ApiKeyResetExecute(r ApiApiKeyResetRequest) (*AccountCreateResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *AccountCreateResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsAPIService.ApiKeyReset") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/accounts/{id}/api-key-reset" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"id"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.id, "id")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} type ApiChangeAccountPasswordRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AccountsApiService + ApiService *AccountsAPIService id int64 changePasswordParameter *ChangePasswordParameter } @@ -47,7 +388,7 @@ ChangeAccountPassword Change Account Password. @param id Numeric ID of the Account. @return ApiChangeAccountPasswordRequest */ -func (a *AccountsApiService) ChangeAccountPassword(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiChangeAccountPasswordRequest { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) ChangeAccountPassword(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiChangeAccountPasswordRequest { return ApiChangeAccountPasswordRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -56,14 +397,14 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) ChangeAccountPassword(ctx context.Context, id int64 } // Execute executes the request -func (a *AccountsApiService) ChangeAccountPasswordExecute(r ApiChangeAccountPasswordRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) ChangeAccountPasswordExecute(r ApiChangeAccountPasswordRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsApiService.ChangeAccountPassword") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsAPIService.ChangeAccountPassword") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -141,7 +482,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) ChangeAccountPasswordExecute(r ApiChangeAccountPass type ApiCreateAccountRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AccountsApiService + ApiService *AccountsAPIService accountCreateParameter *AccountCreateParameter } @@ -160,7 +501,7 @@ CreateAccount Create a new Account @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiCreateAccountRequest */ -func (a *AccountsApiService) CreateAccount(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateAccountRequest { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) CreateAccount(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateAccountRequest { return ApiCreateAccountRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -169,7 +510,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) CreateAccount(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateAccount // Execute executes the request // @return AccountCreateResponse -func (a *AccountsApiService) CreateAccountExecute(r ApiCreateAccountRequest) (*AccountCreateResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) CreateAccountExecute(r ApiCreateAccountRequest) (*AccountCreateResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -177,7 +518,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) CreateAccountExecute(r ApiCreateAccountRequest) (*A localVarReturnValue *AccountCreateResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsApiService.CreateAccount") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsAPIService.CreateAccount") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -263,7 +604,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) CreateAccountExecute(r ApiCreateAccountRequest) (*A type ApiCreateAccountTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AccountsApiService + ApiService *AccountsAPIService id int64 tagsRequest *TagsRequest } @@ -285,7 +626,7 @@ CreateAccountTags Create tags for an Account. @param id Numeric ID of the Account. @return ApiCreateAccountTagsRequest */ -func (a *AccountsApiService) CreateAccountTags(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiCreateAccountTagsRequest { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) CreateAccountTags(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiCreateAccountTagsRequest { return ApiCreateAccountTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -295,7 +636,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) CreateAccountTags(ctx context.Context, id int64) Ap // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *AccountsApiService) CreateAccountTagsExecute(r ApiCreateAccountTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) CreateAccountTagsExecute(r ApiCreateAccountTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -303,7 +644,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) CreateAccountTagsExecute(r ApiCreateAccountTagsRequ localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsApiService.CreateAccountTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsAPIService.CreateAccountTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -390,7 +731,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) CreateAccountTagsExecute(r ApiCreateAccountTagsRequ type ApiDeleteAccountRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AccountsApiService + ApiService *AccountsAPIService id int64 } @@ -405,7 +746,7 @@ DeleteAccount Delete an Account @param id Numeric ID of the Account. @return ApiDeleteAccountRequest */ -func (a *AccountsApiService) DeleteAccount(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiDeleteAccountRequest { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) DeleteAccount(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiDeleteAccountRequest { return ApiDeleteAccountRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -414,14 +755,14 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) DeleteAccount(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiDel } // Execute executes the request -func (a *AccountsApiService) DeleteAccountExecute(r ApiDeleteAccountRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) DeleteAccountExecute(r ApiDeleteAccountRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsApiService.DeleteAccount") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsAPIService.DeleteAccount") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -494,7 +835,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) DeleteAccountExecute(r ApiDeleteAccountRequest) (*h type ApiDeleteAccountTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AccountsApiService + ApiService *AccountsAPIService id int64 deleteTag *DeleteTag } @@ -516,7 +857,7 @@ DeleteAccountTags Delete tags for an Account. @param id Numeric ID of the Account. @return ApiDeleteAccountTagsRequest */ -func (a *AccountsApiService) DeleteAccountTags(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiDeleteAccountTagsRequest { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) DeleteAccountTags(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiDeleteAccountTagsRequest { return ApiDeleteAccountTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -525,14 +866,14 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) DeleteAccountTags(ctx context.Context, id int64) Ap } // Execute executes the request -func (a *AccountsApiService) DeleteAccountTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteAccountTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) DeleteAccountTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteAccountTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsApiService.DeleteAccountTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsAPIService.DeleteAccountTags") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -607,7 +948,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) DeleteAccountTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteAccountTagsRequ type ApiDisableRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AccountsApiService + ApiService *AccountsAPIService id int64 } @@ -622,7 +963,7 @@ Disable Disable an Account. @param id Numeric ID of the Account. @return ApiDisableRequest */ -func (a *AccountsApiService) Disable(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiDisableRequest { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) Disable(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiDisableRequest { return ApiDisableRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -631,14 +972,14 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) Disable(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiDisableRe } // Execute executes the request -func (a *AccountsApiService) DisableExecute(r ApiDisableRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) DisableExecute(r ApiDisableRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsApiService.Disable") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsAPIService.Disable") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -711,7 +1052,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) DisableExecute(r ApiDisableRequest) (*http.Response type ApiEnableAccountRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AccountsApiService + ApiService *AccountsAPIService id int64 } @@ -726,7 +1067,7 @@ EnableAccount Enable an Account. @param id Numeric ID of the Account. @return ApiEnableAccountRequest */ -func (a *AccountsApiService) EnableAccount(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiEnableAccountRequest { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) EnableAccount(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiEnableAccountRequest { return ApiEnableAccountRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -735,14 +1076,14 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) EnableAccount(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiEna } // Execute executes the request -func (a *AccountsApiService) EnableAccountExecute(r ApiEnableAccountRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) EnableAccountExecute(r ApiEnableAccountRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsApiService.EnableAccount") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsAPIService.EnableAccount") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -815,7 +1156,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) EnableAccountExecute(r ApiEnableAccountRequest) (*h type ApiGetAccountRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AccountsApiService + ApiService *AccountsAPIService id int64 } @@ -830,7 +1171,7 @@ GetAccount Get an Account by id @param id Numeric ID of the Account. @return ApiGetAccountRequest */ -func (a *AccountsApiService) GetAccount(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiGetAccountRequest { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) GetAccount(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiGetAccountRequest { return ApiGetAccountRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -840,7 +1181,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) GetAccount(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiGetAcc // Execute executes the request // @return Account -func (a *AccountsApiService) GetAccountExecute(r ApiGetAccountRequest) (*Account, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) GetAccountExecute(r ApiGetAccountRequest) (*Account, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -848,7 +1189,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) GetAccountExecute(r ApiGetAccountRequest) (*Account localVarReturnValue *Account ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsApiService.GetAccount") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsAPIService.GetAccount") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -930,7 +1271,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) GetAccountExecute(r ApiGetAccountRequest) (*Account type ApiGetAccountTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AccountsApiService + ApiService *AccountsAPIService id int64 } @@ -945,7 +1286,7 @@ GetAccountTags Get tags for an Account. @param id Numeric ID of the Account. @return ApiGetAccountTagsRequest */ -func (a *AccountsApiService) GetAccountTags(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiGetAccountTagsRequest { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) GetAccountTags(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiGetAccountTagsRequest { return ApiGetAccountTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -955,7 +1296,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) GetAccountTags(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiGe // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *AccountsApiService) GetAccountTagsExecute(r ApiGetAccountTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) GetAccountTagsExecute(r ApiGetAccountTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -963,7 +1304,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) GetAccountTagsExecute(r ApiGetAccountTagsRequest) ( localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsApiService.GetAccountTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsAPIService.GetAccountTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1043,9 +1384,124 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) GetAccountTagsExecute(r ApiGetAccountTagsRequest) ( return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } +type ApiGetAccountUiProfilesRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *AccountsAPIService + id int64 +} + +func (r ApiGetAccountUiProfilesRequest) Execute() (*AccountUiProfilesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetAccountUiProfilesExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetAccountUiProfiles Returns the list of effective UI profiles for an account. This can only be called for one's own account. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param id Numeric ID of the Account. + @return ApiGetAccountUiProfilesRequest +*/ +func (a *AccountsAPIService) GetAccountUiProfiles(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiGetAccountUiProfilesRequest { + return ApiGetAccountUiProfilesRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + id: id, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return AccountUiProfilesResponse +func (a *AccountsAPIService) GetAccountUiProfilesExecute(r ApiGetAccountUiProfilesRequest) (*AccountUiProfilesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *AccountUiProfilesResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsAPIService.GetAccountUiProfiles") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/accounts/{id}/ui-profiles" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"id"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.id, "id")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + type ApiGetAccountsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AccountsApiService + ApiService *AccountsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -1079,7 +1535,7 @@ GetAccounts Returns a list of Accounts @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiGetAccountsRequest */ -func (a *AccountsApiService) GetAccounts(ctx context.Context) ApiGetAccountsRequest { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) GetAccounts(ctx context.Context) ApiGetAccountsRequest { return ApiGetAccountsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1088,7 +1544,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) GetAccounts(ctx context.Context) ApiGetAccountsRequ // Execute executes the request // @return ListAccountsResponse -func (a *AccountsApiService) GetAccountsExecute(r ApiGetAccountsRequest) (*ListAccountsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) GetAccountsExecute(r ApiGetAccountsRequest) (*ListAccountsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1096,7 +1552,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) GetAccountsExecute(r ApiGetAccountsRequest) (*ListA localVarReturnValue *ListAccountsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsApiService.GetAccounts") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsAPIService.GetAccounts") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1108,13 +1564,16 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) GetAccountsExecute(r ApiGetAccountsRequest) (*ListA localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -1186,7 +1645,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) GetAccountsExecute(r ApiGetAccountsRequest) (*ListA type ApiGetPasswordPoliciesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AccountsApiService + ApiService *AccountsAPIService } func (r ApiGetPasswordPoliciesRequest) Execute() (*PasswordPoliciesParams, *http.Response, error) { @@ -1199,7 +1658,7 @@ GetPasswordPolicies Returns the password policies @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiGetPasswordPoliciesRequest */ -func (a *AccountsApiService) GetPasswordPolicies(ctx context.Context) ApiGetPasswordPoliciesRequest { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) GetPasswordPolicies(ctx context.Context) ApiGetPasswordPoliciesRequest { return ApiGetPasswordPoliciesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1208,7 +1667,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) GetPasswordPolicies(ctx context.Context) ApiGetPass // Execute executes the request // @return PasswordPoliciesParams -func (a *AccountsApiService) GetPasswordPoliciesExecute(r ApiGetPasswordPoliciesRequest) (*PasswordPoliciesParams, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) GetPasswordPoliciesExecute(r ApiGetPasswordPoliciesRequest) (*PasswordPoliciesParams, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1216,7 +1675,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) GetPasswordPoliciesExecute(r ApiGetPasswordPolicies localVarReturnValue *PasswordPoliciesParams ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsApiService.GetPasswordPolicies") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsAPIService.GetPasswordPolicies") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1297,7 +1756,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) GetPasswordPoliciesExecute(r ApiGetPasswordPolicies type ApiResetAccountPasswordRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AccountsApiService + ApiService *AccountsAPIService id int64 resetPasswordParameter *ResetPasswordParameter } @@ -1318,7 +1777,7 @@ ResetAccountPassword Reset Account Password. @param id Numeric ID of the Account. @return ApiResetAccountPasswordRequest */ -func (a *AccountsApiService) ResetAccountPassword(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiResetAccountPasswordRequest { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) ResetAccountPassword(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiResetAccountPasswordRequest { return ApiResetAccountPasswordRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1327,14 +1786,14 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) ResetAccountPassword(ctx context.Context, id int64) } // Execute executes the request -func (a *AccountsApiService) ResetAccountPasswordExecute(r ApiResetAccountPasswordRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) ResetAccountPasswordExecute(r ApiResetAccountPasswordRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsApiService.ResetAccountPassword") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsAPIService.ResetAccountPassword") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1412,7 +1871,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) ResetAccountPasswordExecute(r ApiResetAccountPasswo type ApiSearchAccountsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AccountsApiService + ApiService *AccountsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -1453,7 +1912,7 @@ SearchAccounts Search for Accounts. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchAccountsRequest */ -func (a *AccountsApiService) SearchAccounts(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchAccountsRequest { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) SearchAccounts(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchAccountsRequest { return ApiSearchAccountsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1462,7 +1921,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) SearchAccounts(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchAccoun // Execute executes the request // @return SearchAccountsResponse -func (a *AccountsApiService) SearchAccountsExecute(r ApiSearchAccountsRequest) (*SearchAccountsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) SearchAccountsExecute(r ApiSearchAccountsRequest) (*SearchAccountsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1470,7 +1929,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) SearchAccountsExecute(r ApiSearchAccountsRequest) ( localVarReturnValue *SearchAccountsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsApiService.SearchAccounts") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsAPIService.SearchAccounts") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1482,13 +1941,16 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) SearchAccountsExecute(r ApiSearchAccountsRequest) ( localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -1562,7 +2024,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) SearchAccountsExecute(r ApiSearchAccountsRequest) ( type ApiUpdateAccountRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AccountsApiService + ApiService *AccountsAPIService id int64 accountUpdateParameter *AccountUpdateParameter } @@ -1583,7 +2045,7 @@ UpdateAccount Update an Account @param id Numeric ID of the Account. @return ApiUpdateAccountRequest */ -func (a *AccountsApiService) UpdateAccount(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiUpdateAccountRequest { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) UpdateAccount(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiUpdateAccountRequest { return ApiUpdateAccountRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1593,7 +2055,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) UpdateAccount(ctx context.Context, id int64) ApiUpd // Execute executes the request // @return Account -func (a *AccountsApiService) UpdateAccountExecute(r ApiUpdateAccountRequest) (*Account, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) UpdateAccountExecute(r ApiUpdateAccountRequest) (*Account, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPut localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1601,7 +2063,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) UpdateAccountExecute(r ApiUpdateAccountRequest) (*A localVarReturnValue *Account ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsApiService.UpdateAccount") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsAPIService.UpdateAccount") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1688,7 +2150,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) UpdateAccountExecute(r ApiUpdateAccountRequest) (*A type ApiUpdatePasswordPoliciesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AccountsApiService + ApiService *AccountsAPIService passwordPoliciesParams *PasswordPoliciesParams } @@ -1708,7 +2170,7 @@ UpdatePasswordPolicies Update password policies. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiUpdatePasswordPoliciesRequest */ -func (a *AccountsApiService) UpdatePasswordPolicies(ctx context.Context) ApiUpdatePasswordPoliciesRequest { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) UpdatePasswordPolicies(ctx context.Context) ApiUpdatePasswordPoliciesRequest { return ApiUpdatePasswordPoliciesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1717,7 +2179,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) UpdatePasswordPolicies(ctx context.Context) ApiUpda // Execute executes the request // @return PasswordPoliciesParams -func (a *AccountsApiService) UpdatePasswordPoliciesExecute(r ApiUpdatePasswordPoliciesRequest) (*PasswordPoliciesParams, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AccountsAPIService) UpdatePasswordPoliciesExecute(r ApiUpdatePasswordPoliciesRequest) (*PasswordPoliciesParams, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1725,7 +2187,7 @@ func (a *AccountsApiService) UpdatePasswordPoliciesExecute(r ApiUpdatePasswordPo localVarReturnValue *PasswordPoliciesParams ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsApiService.UpdatePasswordPolicies") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AccountsAPIService.UpdatePasswordPolicies") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } diff --git a/api_ai_generate.go b/api_ai_generate.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..72cd6862 --- /dev/null +++ b/api_ai_generate.go @@ -0,0 +1,888 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "bytes" + "context" + "io" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "strings" + "os" +) + + +// AiGenerateAPIService AiGenerateAPI service +type AiGenerateAPIService service + +type ApiDownloadGenerateValuesRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *AiGenerateAPIService + generateDataOperationId string + format *string +} + +// The format for the generated file +func (r ApiDownloadGenerateValuesRequest) Format(format string) ApiDownloadGenerateValuesRequest { + r.format = &format + return r +} + +func (r ApiDownloadGenerateValuesRequest) Execute() (*os.File, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DownloadGenerateValuesExecute(r) +} + +/* +DownloadGenerateValues Download all values generated by the operation in the specified format + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param generateDataOperationId The id of the generate data operation + @return ApiDownloadGenerateValuesRequest +*/ +func (a *AiGenerateAPIService) DownloadGenerateValues(ctx context.Context, generateDataOperationId string) ApiDownloadGenerateValuesRequest { + return ApiDownloadGenerateValuesRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + generateDataOperationId: generateDataOperationId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return *os.File +func (a *AiGenerateAPIService) DownloadGenerateValuesExecute(r ApiDownloadGenerateValuesRequest) (*os.File, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *os.File + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AiGenerateAPIService.DownloadGenerateValues") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/ai/generate/{generateDataOperationId}/download" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"generateDataOperationId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.generateDataOperationId, "generateDataOperationId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.generateDataOperationId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("generateDataOperationId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.format == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("format is required and must be specified") + } + + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "format", r.format, "form", "") + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"text/plain; charset=utf-8", "application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + var v ErrorResponse + err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr.error = err.Error() + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + newErr.error = formatErrorMessage(localVarHTTPResponse.Status, &v) + newErr.model = v + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGenerateDataRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *AiGenerateAPIService + generateDataRequest *GenerateDataRequest +} + +func (r ApiGenerateDataRequest) GenerateDataRequest(generateDataRequest GenerateDataRequest) ApiGenerateDataRequest { + r.generateDataRequest = &generateDataRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiGenerateDataRequest) Execute() (*GenerateDataResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GenerateDataExecute(r) +} + +/* +GenerateData Initiate an operation that creates a list of data values using generative AI + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGenerateDataRequest +*/ +func (a *AiGenerateAPIService) GenerateData(ctx context.Context) ApiGenerateDataRequest { + return ApiGenerateDataRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return GenerateDataResponse +func (a *AiGenerateAPIService) GenerateDataExecute(r ApiGenerateDataRequest) (*GenerateDataResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *GenerateDataResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AiGenerateAPIService.GenerateData") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/ai/generate" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.generateDataRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + var v ErrorResponse + err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr.error = err.Error() + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + newErr.error = formatErrorMessage(localVarHTTPResponse.Status, &v) + newErr.model = v + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetAllGenerateOperationsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *AiGenerateAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetAllGenerateOperationsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetAllGenerateOperationsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetAllGenerateOperationsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetAllGenerateOperationsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiGetAllGenerateOperationsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetAllGenerateOperationsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetAllGenerateOperationsRequest) Execute() (*GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetAllGenerateOperationsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetAllGenerateOperations Get the details of all data generate operations + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetAllGenerateOperationsRequest +*/ +func (a *AiGenerateAPIService) GetAllGenerateOperations(ctx context.Context) ApiGetAllGenerateOperationsRequest { + return ApiGetAllGenerateOperationsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse +func (a *AiGenerateAPIService) GetAllGenerateOperationsExecute(r ApiGetAllGenerateOperationsRequest) (*GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AiGenerateAPIService.GetAllGenerateOperations") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/ai/generate" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + var v ErrorResponse + err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr.error = err.Error() + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + newErr.error = formatErrorMessage(localVarHTTPResponse.Status, &v) + newErr.model = v + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetGenerateOperationRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *AiGenerateAPIService + generateDataOperationId string +} + +func (r ApiGetGenerateOperationRequest) Execute() (*GenerateDataOperation, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetGenerateOperationExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetGenerateOperation Get the details of a data generate operation + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param generateDataOperationId The id of the generate data operation + @return ApiGetGenerateOperationRequest +*/ +func (a *AiGenerateAPIService) GetGenerateOperation(ctx context.Context, generateDataOperationId string) ApiGetGenerateOperationRequest { + return ApiGetGenerateOperationRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + generateDataOperationId: generateDataOperationId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return GenerateDataOperation +func (a *AiGenerateAPIService) GetGenerateOperationExecute(r ApiGetGenerateOperationRequest) (*GenerateDataOperation, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *GenerateDataOperation + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AiGenerateAPIService.GetGenerateOperation") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/ai/generate/{generateDataOperationId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"generateDataOperationId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.generateDataOperationId, "generateDataOperationId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.generateDataOperationId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("generateDataOperationId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + var v ErrorResponse + err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr.error = err.Error() + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + newErr.error = formatErrorMessage(localVarHTTPResponse.Status, &v) + newErr.model = v + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetGenerateValuesRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *AiGenerateAPIService + generateDataOperationId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetGenerateValuesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetGenerateValuesRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetGenerateValuesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetGenerateValuesRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiGetGenerateValuesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetGenerateValuesRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetGenerateValuesRequest) Execute() (*GetGenerateDataValuesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetGenerateValuesExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetGenerateValues Get all values generated by a data generate operation + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param generateDataOperationId The id of the generate data operation + @return ApiGetGenerateValuesRequest +*/ +func (a *AiGenerateAPIService) GetGenerateValues(ctx context.Context, generateDataOperationId string) ApiGetGenerateValuesRequest { + return ApiGetGenerateValuesRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + generateDataOperationId: generateDataOperationId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return GetGenerateDataValuesResponse +func (a *AiGenerateAPIService) GetGenerateValuesExecute(r ApiGetGenerateValuesRequest) (*GetGenerateDataValuesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *GetGenerateDataValuesResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AiGenerateAPIService.GetGenerateValues") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/ai/generate/{generateDataOperationId}/values" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"generateDataOperationId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.generateDataOperationId, "generateDataOperationId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.generateDataOperationId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("generateDataOperationId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + var v ErrorResponse + err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr.error = err.Error() + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + newErr.error = formatErrorMessage(localVarHTTPResponse.Status, &v) + newErr.model = v + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchAllGenerateOperationsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *AiGenerateAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchAllGenerateOperationsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchAllGenerateOperationsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchAllGenerateOperationsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchAllGenerateOperationsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiSearchAllGenerateOperationsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchAllGenerateOperationsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchAllGenerateOperationsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchAllGenerateOperationsRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchAllGenerateOperationsRequest) Execute() (*GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchAllGenerateOperationsExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchAllGenerateOperations Search for the details of data generate operations + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiSearchAllGenerateOperationsRequest +*/ +func (a *AiGenerateAPIService) SearchAllGenerateOperations(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchAllGenerateOperationsRequest { + return ApiSearchAllGenerateOperationsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse +func (a *AiGenerateAPIService) SearchAllGenerateOperationsExecute(r ApiSearchAllGenerateOperationsRequest) (*GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AiGenerateAPIService.SearchAllGenerateOperations") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/ai/generate/search" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + var v ErrorResponse + err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr.error = err.Error() + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + newErr.error = formatErrorMessage(localVarHTTPResponse.Status, &v) + newErr.model = v + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} diff --git a/api_ai_management.go b/api_ai_management.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a2cf3147 --- /dev/null +++ b/api_ai_management.go @@ -0,0 +1,601 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "bytes" + "context" + "io" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "strings" + "os" +) + + +// AiManagementAPIService AiManagementAPI service +type AiManagementAPIService service + +type ApiGetAllLlmGatewaysRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *AiManagementAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetAllLlmGatewaysRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetAllLlmGatewaysRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetAllLlmGatewaysRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetAllLlmGatewaysRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiGetAllLlmGatewaysRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetAllLlmGatewaysRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetAllLlmGatewaysRequest) Execute() (*GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetAllLlmGatewaysExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetAllLlmGateways Get the details of all available gateways + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetAllLlmGatewaysRequest +*/ +func (a *AiManagementAPIService) GetAllLlmGateways(ctx context.Context) ApiGetAllLlmGatewaysRequest { + return ApiGetAllLlmGatewaysRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse +func (a *AiManagementAPIService) GetAllLlmGatewaysExecute(r ApiGetAllLlmGatewaysRequest) (*GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AiManagementAPIService.GetAllLlmGateways") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/ai/management/gateway" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + var v ErrorResponse + err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr.error = err.Error() + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + newErr.error = formatErrorMessage(localVarHTTPResponse.Status, &v) + newErr.model = v + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetAllLlmModelsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *AiManagementAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetAllLlmModelsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetAllLlmModelsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetAllLlmModelsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetAllLlmModelsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiGetAllLlmModelsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetAllLlmModelsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetAllLlmModelsRequest) Execute() (*GetAllLlmModelsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetAllLlmModelsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetAllLlmModels Get the details of all available Llm models + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetAllLlmModelsRequest +*/ +func (a *AiManagementAPIService) GetAllLlmModels(ctx context.Context) ApiGetAllLlmModelsRequest { + return ApiGetAllLlmModelsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return GetAllLlmModelsResponse +func (a *AiManagementAPIService) GetAllLlmModelsExecute(r ApiGetAllLlmModelsRequest) (*GetAllLlmModelsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *GetAllLlmModelsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AiManagementAPIService.GetAllLlmModels") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/ai/management/model" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + var v ErrorResponse + err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr.error = err.Error() + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + newErr.error = formatErrorMessage(localVarHTTPResponse.Status, &v) + newErr.model = v + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetLlmModelRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *AiManagementAPIService + modelId string +} + +func (r ApiGetLlmModelRequest) Execute() (*LlmModel, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetLlmModelExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetLlmModel Get the details of an LLM model + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param modelId The id of the LLM model + @return ApiGetLlmModelRequest +*/ +func (a *AiManagementAPIService) GetLlmModel(ctx context.Context, modelId string) ApiGetLlmModelRequest { + return ApiGetLlmModelRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + modelId: modelId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return LlmModel +func (a *AiManagementAPIService) GetLlmModelExecute(r ApiGetLlmModelRequest) (*LlmModel, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *LlmModel + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AiManagementAPIService.GetLlmModel") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/ai/management/model/{modelId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"modelId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.modelId, "modelId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.modelId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("modelId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + var v ErrorResponse + err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr.error = err.Error() + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + newErr.error = formatErrorMessage(localVarHTTPResponse.Status, &v) + newErr.model = v + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiUploadModelRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *AiManagementAPIService + orchestratorId *string + file *os.File +} + +// The orchestrator where the model should be installed. This must be \"default\". +func (r ApiUploadModelRequest) OrchestratorId(orchestratorId string) ApiUploadModelRequest { + r.orchestratorId = &orchestratorId + return r +} + +func (r ApiUploadModelRequest) File(file *os.File) ApiUploadModelRequest { + r.file = file + return r +} + +func (r ApiUploadModelRequest) Execute() (*LLMUploadResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UploadModelExecute(r) +} + +/* +UploadModel Upload the model file and register it with Ollama service + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiUploadModelRequest +*/ +func (a *AiManagementAPIService) UploadModel(ctx context.Context) ApiUploadModelRequest { + return ApiUploadModelRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return LLMUploadResponse +func (a *AiManagementAPIService) UploadModelExecute(r ApiUploadModelRequest) (*LLMUploadResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *LLMUploadResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AiManagementAPIService.UploadModel") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/ai/management/model/upload" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.orchestratorId != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "orchestratorId", r.orchestratorId, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue string = "default" + r.orchestratorId = &defaultValue + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"multipart/form-data"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + var fileLocalVarFormFileName string + var fileLocalVarFileName string + var fileLocalVarFileBytes []byte + + fileLocalVarFormFileName = "file" + fileLocalVarFile := r.file + + if fileLocalVarFile != nil { + fbs, _ := io.ReadAll(fileLocalVarFile) + + fileLocalVarFileBytes = fbs + fileLocalVarFileName = fileLocalVarFile.Name() + fileLocalVarFile.Close() + formFiles = append(formFiles, formFile{fileBytes: fileLocalVarFileBytes, fileName: fileLocalVarFileName, formFileName: fileLocalVarFormFileName}) + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} diff --git a/api_algorithms.go b/api_algorithms.go index 919e1bab..1fac21e7 100644 --- a/api_algorithms.go +++ b/api_algorithms.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,300 +21,44 @@ import ( ) -// AlgorithmsApiService AlgorithmsApi service -type AlgorithmsApiService service +// AlgorithmsAPIService AlgorithmsAPI service +type AlgorithmsAPIService service -type ApiCreateAlgorithmRequest struct { - ctx context.Context - ApiService *AlgorithmsApiService - algorithmCreateParameters *AlgorithmCreateParameters -} - -// The parameters to create an algorithm. -func (r ApiCreateAlgorithmRequest) AlgorithmCreateParameters(algorithmCreateParameters AlgorithmCreateParameters) ApiCreateAlgorithmRequest { - r.algorithmCreateParameters = &algorithmCreateParameters - return r -} - -func (r ApiCreateAlgorithmRequest) Execute() (*CreateAlgorithmResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.CreateAlgorithmExecute(r) -} - -/* -CreateAlgorithm Create a new algorithm. - - @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiCreateAlgorithmRequest -*/ -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) CreateAlgorithm(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateAlgorithmRequest { - return ApiCreateAlgorithmRequest{ - ApiService: a, - ctx: ctx, - } -} - -// Execute executes the request -// @return CreateAlgorithmResponse -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) CreateAlgorithmExecute(r ApiCreateAlgorithmRequest) (*CreateAlgorithmResponse, *http.Response, error) { - var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost - localVarPostBody interface{} - formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *CreateAlgorithmResponse - ) - - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AlgorithmsApiService.CreateAlgorithm") - if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} - } - - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/algorithms" - - localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) - localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} - localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.algorithmCreateParameters == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("algorithmCreateParameters is required and must be specified") - } - - // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} - - // set Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) - if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { - localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType - } - - // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} - - // set Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) - if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { - localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept - } - // body params - localVarPostBody = r.algorithmCreateParameters - if r.ctx != nil { - // API Key Authentication - if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { - if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { - var key string - if apiKey.Prefix != "" { - key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key - } else { - key = apiKey.Key - } - localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key - } - } - } - req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) - if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, err - } - - localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) - if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err - } - - localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) - localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() - localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) - if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err - } - - if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { - newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ - body: localVarBody, - error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, - } - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr - } - - err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) - if err != nil { - newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ - body: localVarBody, - error: err.Error(), - } - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr - } - - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil -} - -type ApiCreateAlgorithmRevisionRequest struct { - ctx context.Context - ApiService *AlgorithmsApiService - algorithmId string - algorithmRevisionCreateParameters *AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters -} - -// The parameters to create an algorithm revision. -func (r ApiCreateAlgorithmRevisionRequest) AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters(algorithmRevisionCreateParameters AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters) ApiCreateAlgorithmRevisionRequest { - r.algorithmRevisionCreateParameters = &algorithmRevisionCreateParameters - return r -} - -func (r ApiCreateAlgorithmRevisionRequest) Execute() (*CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.CreateAlgorithmRevisionExecute(r) -} - -/* -CreateAlgorithmRevision Create a new algorithm revision. - - @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param algorithmId The ID of the Algorithm. - @return ApiCreateAlgorithmRevisionRequest -*/ -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) CreateAlgorithmRevision(ctx context.Context, algorithmId string) ApiCreateAlgorithmRevisionRequest { - return ApiCreateAlgorithmRevisionRequest{ - ApiService: a, - ctx: ctx, - algorithmId: algorithmId, - } -} - -// Execute executes the request -// @return CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) CreateAlgorithmRevisionExecute(r ApiCreateAlgorithmRevisionRequest) (*CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse, *http.Response, error) { - var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost - localVarPostBody interface{} - formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse - ) - - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AlgorithmsApiService.CreateAlgorithmRevision") - if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} - } - - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/algorithms/{algorithmId}/revisions" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"algorithmId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.algorithmId, "algorithmId")), -1) - - localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) - localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} - localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if strlen(r.algorithmId) < 1 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("algorithmId must have at least 1 elements") - } - if r.algorithmRevisionCreateParameters == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("algorithmRevisionCreateParameters is required and must be specified") - } - - // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} - - // set Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) - if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { - localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType - } - - // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} - - // set Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) - if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { - localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept - } - // body params - localVarPostBody = r.algorithmRevisionCreateParameters - if r.ctx != nil { - // API Key Authentication - if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { - if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { - var key string - if apiKey.Prefix != "" { - key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key - } else { - key = apiKey.Key - } - localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key - } - } - } - req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) - if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, err - } - - localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) - if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err - } - - localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) - localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() - localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) - if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err - } - - if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { - newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ - body: localVarBody, - error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, - } - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr - } - - err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) - if err != nil { - newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ - body: localVarBody, - error: err.Error(), - } - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr - } - - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil -} - -type ApiCreateAlgorithmRevisionTagsRequest struct { +type ApiCreateAlgorithmTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AlgorithmsApiService + ApiService *AlgorithmsAPIService algorithmId string - revisionId string tagsRequest *TagsRequest } -// Tags information for AlgorithmRevision. -func (r ApiCreateAlgorithmRevisionTagsRequest) TagsRequest(tagsRequest TagsRequest) ApiCreateAlgorithmRevisionTagsRequest { +// Tags information for Algorithm. +func (r ApiCreateAlgorithmTagsRequest) TagsRequest(tagsRequest TagsRequest) ApiCreateAlgorithmTagsRequest { r.tagsRequest = &tagsRequest return r } -func (r ApiCreateAlgorithmRevisionTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.CreateAlgorithmRevisionTagsExecute(r) +func (r ApiCreateAlgorithmTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CreateAlgorithmTagsExecute(r) } /* -CreateAlgorithmRevisionTags Create tags for an AlgorithmRevision. +CreateAlgorithmTags Create tags for an Algorithm. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param algorithmId The ID of the Algorithm. - @param revisionId The ID of the Algorithm revision. - @return ApiCreateAlgorithmRevisionTagsRequest + @return ApiCreateAlgorithmTagsRequest */ -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) CreateAlgorithmRevisionTags(ctx context.Context, algorithmId string, revisionId string) ApiCreateAlgorithmRevisionTagsRequest { - return ApiCreateAlgorithmRevisionTagsRequest{ +func (a *AlgorithmsAPIService) CreateAlgorithmTags(ctx context.Context, algorithmId string) ApiCreateAlgorithmTagsRequest { + return ApiCreateAlgorithmTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, algorithmId: algorithmId, - revisionId: revisionId, } } // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) CreateAlgorithmRevisionTagsExecute(r ApiCreateAlgorithmRevisionTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AlgorithmsAPIService) CreateAlgorithmTagsExecute(r ApiCreateAlgorithmTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -322,14 +66,13 @@ func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) CreateAlgorithmRevisionTagsExecute(r ApiCreateAlg localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AlgorithmsApiService.CreateAlgorithmRevisionTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AlgorithmsAPIService.CreateAlgorithmTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/algorithms/{algorithmId}/revisions/{revisionId}/tags" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/algorithms/{algorithmId}/tags" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"algorithmId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.algorithmId, "algorithmId")), -1) - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"revisionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.revisionId, "revisionId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} @@ -337,9 +80,6 @@ func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) CreateAlgorithmRevisionTagsExecute(r ApiCreateAlg if strlen(r.algorithmId) < 1 { return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("algorithmId must have at least 1 elements") } - if strlen(r.revisionId) < 1 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("revisionId must have at least 1 elements") - } if r.tagsRequest == nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("tagsRequest is required and must be specified") } @@ -414,32 +154,32 @@ func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) CreateAlgorithmRevisionTagsExecute(r ApiCreateAlg return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiCreateAlgorithmTagsRequest struct { +type ApiDeleteAlgorithmTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AlgorithmsApiService + ApiService *AlgorithmsAPIService algorithmId string - tagsRequest *TagsRequest + deleteTag *DeleteTag } -// Tags information for Algorithm. -func (r ApiCreateAlgorithmTagsRequest) TagsRequest(tagsRequest TagsRequest) ApiCreateAlgorithmTagsRequest { - r.tagsRequest = &tagsRequest +// The parameters to delete tags +func (r ApiDeleteAlgorithmTagsRequest) DeleteTag(deleteTag DeleteTag) ApiDeleteAlgorithmTagsRequest { + r.deleteTag = &deleteTag return r } -func (r ApiCreateAlgorithmTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.CreateAlgorithmTagsExecute(r) +func (r ApiDeleteAlgorithmTagsRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteAlgorithmTagsExecute(r) } /* -CreateAlgorithmTags Create tags for an Algorithm. +DeleteAlgorithmTags Delete tags for an Algorithm. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param algorithmId The ID of the Algorithm. - @return ApiCreateAlgorithmTagsRequest + @return ApiDeleteAlgorithmTagsRequest */ -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) CreateAlgorithmTags(ctx context.Context, algorithmId string) ApiCreateAlgorithmTagsRequest { - return ApiCreateAlgorithmTagsRequest{ +func (a *AlgorithmsAPIService) DeleteAlgorithmTags(ctx context.Context, algorithmId string) ApiDeleteAlgorithmTagsRequest { + return ApiDeleteAlgorithmTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, algorithmId: algorithmId, @@ -447,512 +187,16 @@ func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) CreateAlgorithmTags(ctx context.Context, algorith } // Execute executes the request -// @return TagsResponse -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) CreateAlgorithmTagsExecute(r ApiCreateAlgorithmTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AlgorithmsAPIService) DeleteAlgorithmTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteAlgorithmTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AlgorithmsApiService.CreateAlgorithmTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AlgorithmsAPIService.DeleteAlgorithmTags") if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} - } - - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/algorithms/{algorithmId}/tags" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"algorithmId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.algorithmId, "algorithmId")), -1) - - localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) - localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} - localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if strlen(r.algorithmId) < 1 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("algorithmId must have at least 1 elements") - } - if r.tagsRequest == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("tagsRequest is required and must be specified") - } - - // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} - - // set Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) - if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { - localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType - } - - // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} - - // set Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) - if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { - localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept - } - // body params - localVarPostBody = r.tagsRequest - if r.ctx != nil { - // API Key Authentication - if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { - if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { - var key string - if apiKey.Prefix != "" { - key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key - } else { - key = apiKey.Key - } - localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key - } - } - } - req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) - if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, err - } - - localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) - if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err - } - - localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) - localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() - localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) - if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err - } - - if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { - newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ - body: localVarBody, - error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, - } - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr - } - - err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) - if err != nil { - newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ - body: localVarBody, - error: err.Error(), - } - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr - } - - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil -} - -type ApiDeleteAlgorithmRequest struct { - ctx context.Context - ApiService *AlgorithmsApiService - algorithmId string -} - -func (r ApiDeleteAlgorithmRequest) Execute() (*DeleteAlgorithmResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.DeleteAlgorithmExecute(r) -} - -/* -DeleteAlgorithm Delete an algorithm. - - @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param algorithmId The ID of the Algorithm. - @return ApiDeleteAlgorithmRequest -*/ -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) DeleteAlgorithm(ctx context.Context, algorithmId string) ApiDeleteAlgorithmRequest { - return ApiDeleteAlgorithmRequest{ - ApiService: a, - ctx: ctx, - algorithmId: algorithmId, - } -} - -// Execute executes the request -// @return DeleteAlgorithmResponse -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) DeleteAlgorithmExecute(r ApiDeleteAlgorithmRequest) (*DeleteAlgorithmResponse, *http.Response, error) { - var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete - localVarPostBody interface{} - formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *DeleteAlgorithmResponse - ) - - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AlgorithmsApiService.DeleteAlgorithm") - if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} - } - - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/algorithms/{algorithmId}" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"algorithmId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.algorithmId, "algorithmId")), -1) - - localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) - localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} - localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if strlen(r.algorithmId) < 1 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("algorithmId must have at least 1 elements") - } - - // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} - - // set Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) - if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { - localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType - } - - // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} - - // set Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) - if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { - localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept - } - if r.ctx != nil { - // API Key Authentication - if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { - if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { - var key string - if apiKey.Prefix != "" { - key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key - } else { - key = apiKey.Key - } - localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key - } - } - } - req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) - if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, err - } - - localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) - if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err - } - - localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) - localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() - localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) - if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err - } - - if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { - newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ - body: localVarBody, - error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, - } - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr - } - - err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) - if err != nil { - newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ - body: localVarBody, - error: err.Error(), - } - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr - } - - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil -} - -type ApiDeleteAlgorithmRevisionRequest struct { - ctx context.Context - ApiService *AlgorithmsApiService - algorithmId string - revisionId string -} - -func (r ApiDeleteAlgorithmRevisionRequest) Execute() (*DeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.DeleteAlgorithmRevisionExecute(r) -} - -/* -DeleteAlgorithmRevision Delete an algorithm revision. - - @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param algorithmId The ID of the Algorithm. - @param revisionId The ID of the Algorithm revision. - @return ApiDeleteAlgorithmRevisionRequest -*/ -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) DeleteAlgorithmRevision(ctx context.Context, algorithmId string, revisionId string) ApiDeleteAlgorithmRevisionRequest { - return ApiDeleteAlgorithmRevisionRequest{ - ApiService: a, - ctx: ctx, - algorithmId: algorithmId, - revisionId: revisionId, - } -} - -// Execute executes the request -// @return DeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) DeleteAlgorithmRevisionExecute(r ApiDeleteAlgorithmRevisionRequest) (*DeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse, *http.Response, error) { - var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete - localVarPostBody interface{} - formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *DeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse - ) - - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AlgorithmsApiService.DeleteAlgorithmRevision") - if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} - } - - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/algorithms/{algorithmId}/revisions/{revisionId}" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"algorithmId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.algorithmId, "algorithmId")), -1) - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"revisionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.revisionId, "revisionId")), -1) - - localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) - localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} - localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if strlen(r.algorithmId) < 1 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("algorithmId must have at least 1 elements") - } - if strlen(r.revisionId) < 1 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("revisionId must have at least 1 elements") - } - - // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} - - // set Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) - if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { - localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType - } - - // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} - - // set Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) - if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { - localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept - } - if r.ctx != nil { - // API Key Authentication - if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { - if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { - var key string - if apiKey.Prefix != "" { - key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key - } else { - key = apiKey.Key - } - localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key - } - } - } - req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) - if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, err - } - - localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) - if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err - } - - localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) - localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() - localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) - if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err - } - - if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { - newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ - body: localVarBody, - error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, - } - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr - } - - err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) - if err != nil { - newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ - body: localVarBody, - error: err.Error(), - } - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr - } - - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil -} - -type ApiDeleteAlgorithmRevisionTagsRequest struct { - ctx context.Context - ApiService *AlgorithmsApiService - algorithmId string - revisionId string - deleteTag *DeleteTag -} - -// The parameters to delete tags -func (r ApiDeleteAlgorithmRevisionTagsRequest) DeleteTag(deleteTag DeleteTag) ApiDeleteAlgorithmRevisionTagsRequest { - r.deleteTag = &deleteTag - return r -} - -func (r ApiDeleteAlgorithmRevisionTagsRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.DeleteAlgorithmRevisionTagsExecute(r) -} - -/* -DeleteAlgorithmRevisionTags Delete tags for an AlgorithmRevision. - - @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param algorithmId The ID of the Algorithm. - @param revisionId The ID of the Algorithm revision. - @return ApiDeleteAlgorithmRevisionTagsRequest -*/ -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) DeleteAlgorithmRevisionTags(ctx context.Context, algorithmId string, revisionId string) ApiDeleteAlgorithmRevisionTagsRequest { - return ApiDeleteAlgorithmRevisionTagsRequest{ - ApiService: a, - ctx: ctx, - algorithmId: algorithmId, - revisionId: revisionId, - } -} - -// Execute executes the request -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) DeleteAlgorithmRevisionTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteAlgorithmRevisionTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { - var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost - localVarPostBody interface{} - formFiles []formFile - ) - - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AlgorithmsApiService.DeleteAlgorithmRevisionTags") - if err != nil { - return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} - } - - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/algorithms/{algorithmId}/revisions/{revisionId}/tags/delete" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"algorithmId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.algorithmId, "algorithmId")), -1) - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"revisionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.revisionId, "revisionId")), -1) - - localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) - localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} - localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if strlen(r.algorithmId) < 1 { - return nil, reportError("algorithmId must have at least 1 elements") - } - if strlen(r.revisionId) < 1 { - return nil, reportError("revisionId must have at least 1 elements") - } - - // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} - - // set Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) - if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { - localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType - } - - // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} - - // set Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) - if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { - localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept - } - // body params - localVarPostBody = r.deleteTag - if r.ctx != nil { - // API Key Authentication - if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { - if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { - var key string - if apiKey.Prefix != "" { - key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key - } else { - key = apiKey.Key - } - localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key - } - } - } - req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) - if err != nil { - return nil, err - } - - localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) - if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err - } - - localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) - localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() - localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) - if err != nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err - } - - if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { - newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ - body: localVarBody, - error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, - } - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr - } - - return localVarHTTPResponse, nil -} - -type ApiDeleteAlgorithmTagsRequest struct { - ctx context.Context - ApiService *AlgorithmsApiService - algorithmId string - deleteTag *DeleteTag -} - -// The parameters to delete tags -func (r ApiDeleteAlgorithmTagsRequest) DeleteTag(deleteTag DeleteTag) ApiDeleteAlgorithmTagsRequest { - r.deleteTag = &deleteTag - return r -} - -func (r ApiDeleteAlgorithmTagsRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.DeleteAlgorithmTagsExecute(r) -} - -/* -DeleteAlgorithmTags Delete tags for an Algorithm. - - @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param algorithmId The ID of the Algorithm. - @return ApiDeleteAlgorithmTagsRequest -*/ -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) DeleteAlgorithmTags(ctx context.Context, algorithmId string) ApiDeleteAlgorithmTagsRequest { - return ApiDeleteAlgorithmTagsRequest{ - ApiService: a, - ctx: ctx, - algorithmId: algorithmId, - } -} - -// Execute executes the request -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) DeleteAlgorithmTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteAlgorithmTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { - var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost - localVarPostBody interface{} - formFiles []formFile - ) - - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AlgorithmsApiService.DeleteAlgorithmTags") - if err != nil { - return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } localVarPath := localBasePath + "/algorithms/{algorithmId}/tags/delete" @@ -962,247 +206,11 @@ func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) DeleteAlgorithmTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteAlgorithmTa localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if strlen(r.algorithmId) < 1 { - return nil, reportError("algorithmId must have at least 1 elements") - } - - // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} - - // set Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) - if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { - localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType - } - - // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} - - // set Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) - if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { - localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept - } - // body params - localVarPostBody = r.deleteTag - if r.ctx != nil { - // API Key Authentication - if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { - if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { - var key string - if apiKey.Prefix != "" { - key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key - } else { - key = apiKey.Key - } - localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key - } - } - } - req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) - if err != nil { - return nil, err - } - - localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) - if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err - } - - localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) - localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() - localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) - if err != nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err - } - - if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { - newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ - body: localVarBody, - error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, - } - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr - } - - return localVarHTTPResponse, nil -} - -type ApiGetAlgorithmByIdRequest struct { - ctx context.Context - ApiService *AlgorithmsApiService - algorithmId string -} - -func (r ApiGetAlgorithmByIdRequest) Execute() (*Algorithm, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetAlgorithmByIdExecute(r) -} - -/* -GetAlgorithmById Get an algorithm by ID. - - @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param algorithmId The ID of the Algorithm. - @return ApiGetAlgorithmByIdRequest -*/ -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) GetAlgorithmById(ctx context.Context, algorithmId string) ApiGetAlgorithmByIdRequest { - return ApiGetAlgorithmByIdRequest{ - ApiService: a, - ctx: ctx, - algorithmId: algorithmId, - } -} - -// Execute executes the request -// @return Algorithm -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) GetAlgorithmByIdExecute(r ApiGetAlgorithmByIdRequest) (*Algorithm, *http.Response, error) { - var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet - localVarPostBody interface{} - formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *Algorithm - ) - - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AlgorithmsApiService.GetAlgorithmById") - if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} - } - - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/algorithms/{algorithmId}" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"algorithmId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.algorithmId, "algorithmId")), -1) - - localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) - localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} - localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if strlen(r.algorithmId) < 1 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("algorithmId must have at least 1 elements") - } - - // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} - - // set Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) - if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { - localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType - } - - // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} - - // set Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) - if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { - localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept - } - if r.ctx != nil { - // API Key Authentication - if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { - if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { - var key string - if apiKey.Prefix != "" { - key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key - } else { - key = apiKey.Key - } - localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key - } - } - } - req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) - if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, err - } - - localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) - if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err - } - - localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) - localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() - localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) - if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err - } - - if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { - newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ - body: localVarBody, - error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, - } - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr - } - - err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) - if err != nil { - newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ - body: localVarBody, - error: err.Error(), - } - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr - } - - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil -} - -type ApiGetAlgorithmRevisionByIdRequest struct { - ctx context.Context - ApiService *AlgorithmsApiService - algorithmId string - revisionId string -} - -func (r ApiGetAlgorithmRevisionByIdRequest) Execute() (*AlgorithmRevision, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetAlgorithmRevisionByIdExecute(r) -} - -/* -GetAlgorithmRevisionById Retrieve a specific revision of an algorithm. - - @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param algorithmId The ID of the Algorithm. - @param revisionId The ID of the Algorithm revision. - @return ApiGetAlgorithmRevisionByIdRequest -*/ -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) GetAlgorithmRevisionById(ctx context.Context, algorithmId string, revisionId string) ApiGetAlgorithmRevisionByIdRequest { - return ApiGetAlgorithmRevisionByIdRequest{ - ApiService: a, - ctx: ctx, - algorithmId: algorithmId, - revisionId: revisionId, - } -} - -// Execute executes the request -// @return AlgorithmRevision -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) GetAlgorithmRevisionByIdExecute(r ApiGetAlgorithmRevisionByIdRequest) (*AlgorithmRevision, *http.Response, error) { - var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet - localVarPostBody interface{} - formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *AlgorithmRevision - ) - - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AlgorithmsApiService.GetAlgorithmRevisionById") - if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} - } - - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/algorithms/{algorithmId}/revisions/{revisionId}" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"algorithmId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.algorithmId, "algorithmId")), -1) - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"revisionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.revisionId, "revisionId")), -1) - - localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) - localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} - localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if strlen(r.algorithmId) < 1 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("algorithmId must have at least 1 elements") - } - if strlen(r.revisionId) < 1 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("revisionId must have at least 1 elements") + return nil, reportError("algorithmId must have at least 1 elements") } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -1211,13 +219,15 @@ func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) GetAlgorithmRevisionByIdExecute(r ApiGetAlgorithm } // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} // set Accept header localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.deleteTag if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -1234,19 +244,19 @@ func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) GetAlgorithmRevisionByIdExecute(r ApiGetAlgorithm } req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + return nil, err } localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarHTTPResponse, err } localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarHTTPResponse, err } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { @@ -1254,67 +264,54 @@ func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) GetAlgorithmRevisionByIdExecute(r ApiGetAlgorithm body: localVarBody, error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, } - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr - } - - err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) - if err != nil { - newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ - body: localVarBody, - error: err.Error(), - } - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil + return localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetAlgorithmRevisionTagsRequest struct { +type ApiGetAlgorithmByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AlgorithmsApiService + ApiService *AlgorithmsAPIService algorithmId string - revisionId string } -func (r ApiGetAlgorithmRevisionTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetAlgorithmRevisionTagsExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetAlgorithmByIdRequest) Execute() (*Algorithm, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetAlgorithmByIdExecute(r) } /* -GetAlgorithmRevisionTags Get tags for an AlgorithmRevision. +GetAlgorithmById Get an algorithm by ID. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param algorithmId The ID of the Algorithm. - @param revisionId The ID of the Algorithm revision. - @return ApiGetAlgorithmRevisionTagsRequest + @return ApiGetAlgorithmByIdRequest */ -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) GetAlgorithmRevisionTags(ctx context.Context, algorithmId string, revisionId string) ApiGetAlgorithmRevisionTagsRequest { - return ApiGetAlgorithmRevisionTagsRequest{ +func (a *AlgorithmsAPIService) GetAlgorithmById(ctx context.Context, algorithmId string) ApiGetAlgorithmByIdRequest { + return ApiGetAlgorithmByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, algorithmId: algorithmId, - revisionId: revisionId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return TagsResponse -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) GetAlgorithmRevisionTagsExecute(r ApiGetAlgorithmRevisionTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return Algorithm +func (a *AlgorithmsAPIService) GetAlgorithmByIdExecute(r ApiGetAlgorithmByIdRequest) (*Algorithm, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + localVarReturnValue *Algorithm ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AlgorithmsApiService.GetAlgorithmRevisionTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AlgorithmsAPIService.GetAlgorithmById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/algorithms/{algorithmId}/revisions/{revisionId}/tags" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/algorithms/{algorithmId}" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"algorithmId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.algorithmId, "algorithmId")), -1) - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"revisionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.revisionId, "revisionId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} @@ -1322,9 +319,6 @@ func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) GetAlgorithmRevisionTagsExecute(r ApiGetAlgorithm if strlen(r.algorithmId) < 1 { return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("algorithmId must have at least 1 elements") } - if strlen(r.revisionId) < 1 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("revisionId must have at least 1 elements") - } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -1394,9 +388,9 @@ func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) GetAlgorithmRevisionTagsExecute(r ApiGetAlgorithm return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetAlgorithmRevisionsRequest struct { +type ApiGetAlgorithmDependenciesByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AlgorithmsApiService + ApiService *AlgorithmsAPIService algorithmId string limit *int32 cursor *string @@ -1404,36 +398,36 @@ type ApiGetAlgorithmRevisionsRequest struct { } // Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiGetAlgorithmRevisionsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetAlgorithmRevisionsRequest { +func (r ApiGetAlgorithmDependenciesByIdRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetAlgorithmDependenciesByIdRequest { r.limit = &limit return r } // Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiGetAlgorithmRevisionsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetAlgorithmRevisionsRequest { +func (r ApiGetAlgorithmDependenciesByIdRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetAlgorithmDependenciesByIdRequest { r.cursor = &cursor return r } // The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. -func (r ApiGetAlgorithmRevisionsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetAlgorithmRevisionsRequest { +func (r ApiGetAlgorithmDependenciesByIdRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetAlgorithmDependenciesByIdRequest { r.sort = &sort return r } -func (r ApiGetAlgorithmRevisionsRequest) Execute() (*ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetAlgorithmRevisionsExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetAlgorithmDependenciesByIdRequest) Execute() (*ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetAlgorithmDependenciesByIdExecute(r) } /* -GetAlgorithmRevisions Retrieve the list of algorithm revisions for the algorithm. +GetAlgorithmDependenciesById Get dependencies of an algorithm by ID. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param algorithmId The ID of the Algorithm. - @return ApiGetAlgorithmRevisionsRequest + @return ApiGetAlgorithmDependenciesByIdRequest */ -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) GetAlgorithmRevisions(ctx context.Context, algorithmId string) ApiGetAlgorithmRevisionsRequest { - return ApiGetAlgorithmRevisionsRequest{ +func (a *AlgorithmsAPIService) GetAlgorithmDependenciesById(ctx context.Context, algorithmId string) ApiGetAlgorithmDependenciesByIdRequest { + return ApiGetAlgorithmDependenciesByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, algorithmId: algorithmId, @@ -1441,21 +435,21 @@ func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) GetAlgorithmRevisions(ctx context.Context, algori } // Execute executes the request -// @return ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) GetAlgorithmRevisionsExecute(r ApiGetAlgorithmRevisionsRequest) (*ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse +func (a *AlgorithmsAPIService) GetAlgorithmDependenciesByIdExecute(r ApiGetAlgorithmDependenciesByIdRequest) (*ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse + localVarReturnValue *ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AlgorithmsApiService.GetAlgorithmRevisions") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AlgorithmsAPIService.GetAlgorithmDependenciesById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/algorithms/{algorithmId}/revisions" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/algorithms/{algorithmId}/dependencies" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"algorithmId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.algorithmId, "algorithmId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -1466,13 +460,16 @@ func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) GetAlgorithmRevisionsExecute(r ApiGetAlgorithmRev } if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -1544,7 +541,7 @@ func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) GetAlgorithmRevisionsExecute(r ApiGetAlgorithmRev type ApiGetAlgorithmTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AlgorithmsApiService + ApiService *AlgorithmsAPIService algorithmId string } @@ -1559,7 +556,7 @@ GetAlgorithmTags Get tags for an Algorithm. @param algorithmId The ID of the Algorithm. @return ApiGetAlgorithmTagsRequest */ -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) GetAlgorithmTags(ctx context.Context, algorithmId string) ApiGetAlgorithmTagsRequest { +func (a *AlgorithmsAPIService) GetAlgorithmTags(ctx context.Context, algorithmId string) ApiGetAlgorithmTagsRequest { return ApiGetAlgorithmTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1569,7 +566,7 @@ func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) GetAlgorithmTags(ctx context.Context, algorithmId // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) GetAlgorithmTagsExecute(r ApiGetAlgorithmTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AlgorithmsAPIService) GetAlgorithmTagsExecute(r ApiGetAlgorithmTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1577,7 +574,7 @@ func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) GetAlgorithmTagsExecute(r ApiGetAlgorithmTagsRequ localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AlgorithmsApiService.GetAlgorithmTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AlgorithmsAPIService.GetAlgorithmTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1662,7 +659,7 @@ func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) GetAlgorithmTagsExecute(r ApiGetAlgorithmTagsRequ type ApiGetAlgorithmsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AlgorithmsApiService + ApiService *AlgorithmsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -1696,7 +693,7 @@ GetAlgorithms Retrieve the list of algorithms. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiGetAlgorithmsRequest */ -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) GetAlgorithms(ctx context.Context) ApiGetAlgorithmsRequest { +func (a *AlgorithmsAPIService) GetAlgorithms(ctx context.Context) ApiGetAlgorithmsRequest { return ApiGetAlgorithmsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1705,7 +702,7 @@ func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) GetAlgorithms(ctx context.Context) ApiGetAlgorith // Execute executes the request // @return ListAlgorithmsResponse -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) GetAlgorithmsExecute(r ApiGetAlgorithmsRequest) (*ListAlgorithmsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AlgorithmsAPIService) GetAlgorithmsExecute(r ApiGetAlgorithmsRequest) (*ListAlgorithmsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1713,7 +710,7 @@ func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) GetAlgorithmsExecute(r ApiGetAlgorithmsRequest) ( localVarReturnValue *ListAlgorithmsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AlgorithmsApiService.GetAlgorithms") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AlgorithmsAPIService.GetAlgorithms") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1725,13 +722,16 @@ func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) GetAlgorithmsExecute(r ApiGetAlgorithmsRequest) ( localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -1801,9 +801,9 @@ func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) GetAlgorithmsExecute(r ApiGetAlgorithmsRequest) ( return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiSearchAlgorithmRevisionsRequest struct { +type ApiSearchAlgorithmDependenciesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AlgorithmsApiService + ApiService *AlgorithmsAPIService algorithmId string limit *int32 cursor *string @@ -1812,42 +812,42 @@ type ApiSearchAlgorithmRevisionsRequest struct { } // Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiSearchAlgorithmRevisionsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchAlgorithmRevisionsRequest { +func (r ApiSearchAlgorithmDependenciesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchAlgorithmDependenciesRequest { r.limit = &limit return r } // Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiSearchAlgorithmRevisionsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchAlgorithmRevisionsRequest { +func (r ApiSearchAlgorithmDependenciesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchAlgorithmDependenciesRequest { r.cursor = &cursor return r } // The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. -func (r ApiSearchAlgorithmRevisionsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchAlgorithmRevisionsRequest { +func (r ApiSearchAlgorithmDependenciesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchAlgorithmDependenciesRequest { r.sort = &sort return r } // A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. -func (r ApiSearchAlgorithmRevisionsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchAlgorithmRevisionsRequest { +func (r ApiSearchAlgorithmDependenciesRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchAlgorithmDependenciesRequest { r.searchBody = &searchBody return r } -func (r ApiSearchAlgorithmRevisionsRequest) Execute() (*SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.SearchAlgorithmRevisionsExecute(r) +func (r ApiSearchAlgorithmDependenciesRequest) Execute() (*SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchAlgorithmDependenciesExecute(r) } /* -SearchAlgorithmRevisions Search for algorithm revisions. +SearchAlgorithmDependencies Search for algorithm dependencies. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param algorithmId The ID of the Algorithm. - @return ApiSearchAlgorithmRevisionsRequest + @return ApiSearchAlgorithmDependenciesRequest */ -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) SearchAlgorithmRevisions(ctx context.Context, algorithmId string) ApiSearchAlgorithmRevisionsRequest { - return ApiSearchAlgorithmRevisionsRequest{ +func (a *AlgorithmsAPIService) SearchAlgorithmDependencies(ctx context.Context, algorithmId string) ApiSearchAlgorithmDependenciesRequest { + return ApiSearchAlgorithmDependenciesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, algorithmId: algorithmId, @@ -1855,21 +855,21 @@ func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) SearchAlgorithmRevisions(ctx context.Context, alg } // Execute executes the request -// @return SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) SearchAlgorithmRevisionsExecute(r ApiSearchAlgorithmRevisionsRequest) (*SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse +func (a *AlgorithmsAPIService) SearchAlgorithmDependenciesExecute(r ApiSearchAlgorithmDependenciesRequest) (*SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse + localVarReturnValue *SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AlgorithmsApiService.SearchAlgorithmRevisions") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AlgorithmsAPIService.SearchAlgorithmDependencies") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/algorithms/{algorithmId}/revisions/search" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/algorithms/{algorithmId}/dependencies/search" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"algorithmId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.algorithmId, "algorithmId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -1880,13 +880,16 @@ func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) SearchAlgorithmRevisionsExecute(r ApiSearchAlgori } if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -1960,7 +963,7 @@ func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) SearchAlgorithmRevisionsExecute(r ApiSearchAlgori type ApiSearchAlgorithmsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AlgorithmsApiService + ApiService *AlgorithmsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -2001,7 +1004,7 @@ SearchAlgorithms Search for algorithms. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchAlgorithmsRequest */ -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) SearchAlgorithms(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchAlgorithmsRequest { +func (a *AlgorithmsAPIService) SearchAlgorithms(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchAlgorithmsRequest { return ApiSearchAlgorithmsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -2010,7 +1013,7 @@ func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) SearchAlgorithms(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchAl // Execute executes the request // @return SearchAlgorithmsResponse -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) SearchAlgorithmsExecute(r ApiSearchAlgorithmsRequest) (*SearchAlgorithmsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AlgorithmsAPIService) SearchAlgorithmsExecute(r ApiSearchAlgorithmsRequest) (*SearchAlgorithmsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -2018,7 +1021,7 @@ func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) SearchAlgorithmsExecute(r ApiSearchAlgorithmsRequ localVarReturnValue *SearchAlgorithmsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AlgorithmsApiService.SearchAlgorithms") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AlgorithmsAPIService.SearchAlgorithms") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -2030,13 +1033,16 @@ func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) SearchAlgorithmsExecute(r ApiSearchAlgorithmsRequ localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -2107,265 +1113,3 @@ func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) SearchAlgorithmsExecute(r ApiSearchAlgorithmsRequ return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } - -type ApiSetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionRequest struct { - ctx context.Context - ApiService *AlgorithmsApiService - algorithmId string - revisionId string -} - -func (r ApiSetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionRequest) Execute() (*SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionExecute(r) -} - -/* -SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevision Set an algorithm revision to be the primary revision for the algorithm. - - @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param algorithmId The ID of the Algorithm. - @param revisionId The ID of the Algorithm revision. - @return ApiSetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionRequest -*/ -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevision(ctx context.Context, algorithmId string, revisionId string) ApiSetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionRequest { - return ApiSetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionRequest{ - ApiService: a, - ctx: ctx, - algorithmId: algorithmId, - revisionId: revisionId, - } -} - -// Execute executes the request -// @return SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionExecute(r ApiSetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionRequest) (*SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse, *http.Response, error) { - var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost - localVarPostBody interface{} - formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse - ) - - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AlgorithmsApiService.SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevision") - if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} - } - - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/algorithms/{algorithmId}/revisions/{revisionId}/make-primary" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"algorithmId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.algorithmId, "algorithmId")), -1) - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"revisionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.revisionId, "revisionId")), -1) - - localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) - localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} - localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if strlen(r.algorithmId) < 1 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("algorithmId must have at least 1 elements") - } - if strlen(r.revisionId) < 1 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("revisionId must have at least 1 elements") - } - - // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} - - // set Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) - if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { - localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType - } - - // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} - - // set Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) - if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { - localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept - } - if r.ctx != nil { - // API Key Authentication - if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { - if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { - var key string - if apiKey.Prefix != "" { - key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key - } else { - key = apiKey.Key - } - localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key - } - } - } - req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) - if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, err - } - - localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) - if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err - } - - localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) - localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() - localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) - if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err - } - - if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { - newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ - body: localVarBody, - error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, - } - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr - } - - err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) - if err != nil { - newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ - body: localVarBody, - error: err.Error(), - } - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr - } - - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil -} - -type ApiUpdateAlgorithmRevisionRequest struct { - ctx context.Context - ApiService *AlgorithmsApiService - algorithmId string - revisionId string - updateAlgorithmRevisionParameters *UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters -} - -// The new data to update an algorithm revision. -func (r ApiUpdateAlgorithmRevisionRequest) UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters(updateAlgorithmRevisionParameters UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters) ApiUpdateAlgorithmRevisionRequest { - r.updateAlgorithmRevisionParameters = &updateAlgorithmRevisionParameters - return r -} - -func (r ApiUpdateAlgorithmRevisionRequest) Execute() (*UpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.UpdateAlgorithmRevisionExecute(r) -} - -/* -UpdateAlgorithmRevision Update an algorithm revision - - @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param algorithmId The ID of the Algorithm. - @param revisionId The ID of the Algorithm revision. - @return ApiUpdateAlgorithmRevisionRequest -*/ -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) UpdateAlgorithmRevision(ctx context.Context, algorithmId string, revisionId string) ApiUpdateAlgorithmRevisionRequest { - return ApiUpdateAlgorithmRevisionRequest{ - ApiService: a, - ctx: ctx, - algorithmId: algorithmId, - revisionId: revisionId, - } -} - -// Execute executes the request -// @return UpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse -func (a *AlgorithmsApiService) UpdateAlgorithmRevisionExecute(r ApiUpdateAlgorithmRevisionRequest) (*UpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse, *http.Response, error) { - var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch - localVarPostBody interface{} - formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *UpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse - ) - - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AlgorithmsApiService.UpdateAlgorithmRevision") - if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} - } - - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/algorithms/{algorithmId}/revisions/{revisionId}" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"algorithmId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.algorithmId, "algorithmId")), -1) - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"revisionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.revisionId, "revisionId")), -1) - - localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) - localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} - localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if strlen(r.algorithmId) < 1 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("algorithmId must have at least 1 elements") - } - if strlen(r.revisionId) < 1 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("revisionId must have at least 1 elements") - } - if r.updateAlgorithmRevisionParameters == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("updateAlgorithmRevisionParameters is required and must be specified") - } - - // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} - - // set Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) - if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { - localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType - } - - // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} - - // set Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) - if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { - localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept - } - // body params - localVarPostBody = r.updateAlgorithmRevisionParameters - if r.ctx != nil { - // API Key Authentication - if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { - if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { - var key string - if apiKey.Prefix != "" { - key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key - } else { - key = apiKey.Key - } - localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key - } - } - } - req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) - if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, err - } - - localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) - if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err - } - - localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) - localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() - localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) - if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err - } - - if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { - newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ - body: localVarBody, - error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, - } - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr - } - - err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) - if err != nil { - newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ - body: localVarBody, - error: err.Error(), - } - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr - } - - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil -} diff --git a/api_authorization.go b/api_authorization.go index 0266e946..d54d0705 100644 --- a/api_authorization.go +++ b/api_authorization.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,12 +21,12 @@ import ( ) -// AuthorizationApiService AuthorizationApi service -type AuthorizationApiService service +// AuthorizationAPIService AuthorizationAPI service +type AuthorizationAPIService service type ApiAddAccessGroupAccountIdsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService accessGroupId string accessGroupAccountIdsRequest *AccessGroupAccountIdsRequest } @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ AddAccessGroupAccountIds Add account ids to an Access group @param accessGroupId The ID of the Access group. @return ApiAddAccessGroupAccountIdsRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddAccessGroupAccountIds(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string) ApiAddAccessGroupAccountIdsRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) AddAccessGroupAccountIds(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string) ApiAddAccessGroupAccountIdsRequest { return ApiAddAccessGroupAccountIdsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddAccessGroupAccountIds(ctx context.Context, // Execute executes the request // @return AccessGroup -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddAccessGroupAccountIdsExecute(r ApiAddAccessGroupAccountIdsRequest) (*AccessGroup, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) AddAccessGroupAccountIdsExecute(r ApiAddAccessGroupAccountIdsRequest) (*AccessGroup, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddAccessGroupAccountIdsExecute(r ApiAddAccess localVarReturnValue *AccessGroup ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.AddAccessGroupAccountIds") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.AddAccessGroupAccountIds") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddAccessGroupAccountIdsExecute(r ApiAddAccess type ApiAddAccessGroupAccountTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService accessGroupId string tagsRequest *TagsRequest } @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ AddAccessGroupAccountTags Add account tags to an Access group @param accessGroupId The ID of the Access group. @return ApiAddAccessGroupAccountTagsRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddAccessGroupAccountTags(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string) ApiAddAccessGroupAccountTagsRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) AddAccessGroupAccountTags(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string) ApiAddAccessGroupAccountTagsRequest { return ApiAddAccessGroupAccountTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddAccessGroupAccountTags(ctx context.Context, // Execute executes the request // @return AccessGroup -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddAccessGroupAccountTagsExecute(r ApiAddAccessGroupAccountTagsRequest) (*AccessGroup, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) AddAccessGroupAccountTagsExecute(r ApiAddAccessGroupAccountTagsRequest) (*AccessGroup, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddAccessGroupAccountTagsExecute(r ApiAddAcces localVarReturnValue *AccessGroup ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.AddAccessGroupAccountTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.AddAccessGroupAccountTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddAccessGroupAccountTagsExecute(r ApiAddAcces type ApiAddAccessGroupScopesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService accessGroupId string accessGroupScopesRequest *AccessGroupScopesRequest } @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ AddAccessGroupScopes Add scopes to an Access group @param accessGroupId The ID of the Access group. @return ApiAddAccessGroupScopesRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddAccessGroupScopes(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string) ApiAddAccessGroupScopesRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) AddAccessGroupScopes(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string) ApiAddAccessGroupScopesRequest { return ApiAddAccessGroupScopesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddAccessGroupScopes(ctx context.Context, acce // Execute executes the request // @return AccessGroup -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddAccessGroupScopesExecute(r ApiAddAccessGroupScopesRequest) (*AccessGroup, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) AddAccessGroupScopesExecute(r ApiAddAccessGroupScopesRequest) (*AccessGroup, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddAccessGroupScopesExecute(r ApiAddAccessGrou localVarReturnValue *AccessGroup ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.AddAccessGroupScopes") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.AddAccessGroupScopes") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddAccessGroupScopesExecute(r ApiAddAccessGrou type ApiAddAlwaysAllowedPermissionsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService accessGroupId string scopeId string alwaysAllowedPermissionRequest *AlwaysAllowedPermissionRequest @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ AddAlwaysAllowedPermissions Add always allowed permissions for given object type @param scopeId The ID of the Access group scope. @return ApiAddAlwaysAllowedPermissionsRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddAlwaysAllowedPermissions(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string, scopeId string) ApiAddAlwaysAllowedPermissionsRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) AddAlwaysAllowedPermissions(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string, scopeId string) ApiAddAlwaysAllowedPermissionsRequest { return ApiAddAlwaysAllowedPermissionsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddAlwaysAllowedPermissions(ctx context.Contex // Execute executes the request // @return AccessGroupScope -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddAlwaysAllowedPermissionsExecute(r ApiAddAlwaysAllowedPermissionsRequest) (*AccessGroupScope, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) AddAlwaysAllowedPermissionsExecute(r ApiAddAlwaysAllowedPermissionsRequest) (*AccessGroupScope, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddAlwaysAllowedPermissionsExecute(r ApiAddAlw localVarReturnValue *AccessGroupScope ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.AddAlwaysAllowedPermissions") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.AddAlwaysAllowedPermissions") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddAlwaysAllowedPermissionsExecute(r ApiAddAlw type ApiAddObjectsToAccessGroupScopeRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService accessGroupId string scopeId string scopedObjectsRequest *ScopedObjectsRequest @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ AddObjectsToAccessGroupScope Add objects to the access group scope. @param scopeId The ID of the Access group scope. @return ApiAddObjectsToAccessGroupScopeRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddObjectsToAccessGroupScope(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string, scopeId string) ApiAddObjectsToAccessGroupScopeRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) AddObjectsToAccessGroupScope(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string, scopeId string) ApiAddObjectsToAccessGroupScopeRequest { return ApiAddObjectsToAccessGroupScopeRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddObjectsToAccessGroupScope(ctx context.Conte // Execute executes the request // @return ScopedObjectItemsResponse -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddObjectsToAccessGroupScopeExecute(r ApiAddObjectsToAccessGroupScopeRequest) (*ScopedObjectItemsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) AddObjectsToAccessGroupScopeExecute(r ApiAddObjectsToAccessGroupScopeRequest) (*ScopedObjectItemsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddObjectsToAccessGroupScopeExecute(r ApiAddOb localVarReturnValue *ScopedObjectItemsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.AddObjectsToAccessGroupScope") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.AddObjectsToAccessGroupScope") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddObjectsToAccessGroupScopeExecute(r ApiAddOb type ApiAddRolePermissionsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService roleId string permissionsRequest *PermissionsRequest } @@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ AddRolePermissions Add permissions to a role. @param roleId The ID of the role. @return ApiAddRolePermissionsRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddRolePermissions(ctx context.Context, roleId string) ApiAddRolePermissionsRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) AddRolePermissions(ctx context.Context, roleId string) ApiAddRolePermissionsRequest { return ApiAddRolePermissionsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddRolePermissions(ctx context.Context, roleId // Execute executes the request // @return Role -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddRolePermissionsExecute(r ApiAddRolePermissionsRequest) (*Role, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) AddRolePermissionsExecute(r ApiAddRolePermissionsRequest) (*Role, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddRolePermissionsExecute(r ApiAddRolePermissi localVarReturnValue *Role ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.AddRolePermissions") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.AddRolePermissions") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -818,9 +818,138 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddRolePermissionsExecute(r ApiAddRolePermissi return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } +type ApiAddRoleUiProfilesRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService + roleId string + uiProfilesRequest *UiProfilesRequest +} + +func (r ApiAddRoleUiProfilesRequest) UiProfilesRequest(uiProfilesRequest UiProfilesRequest) ApiAddRoleUiProfilesRequest { + r.uiProfilesRequest = &uiProfilesRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiAddRoleUiProfilesRequest) Execute() (*AddUiProfilesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.AddRoleUiProfilesExecute(r) +} + +/* +AddRoleUiProfiles Add UI profiles to a role. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param roleId The ID of the role. + @return ApiAddRoleUiProfilesRequest +*/ +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) AddRoleUiProfiles(ctx context.Context, roleId string) ApiAddRoleUiProfilesRequest { + return ApiAddRoleUiProfilesRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + roleId: roleId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return AddUiProfilesResponse +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) AddRoleUiProfilesExecute(r ApiAddRoleUiProfilesRequest) (*AddUiProfilesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *AddUiProfilesResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.AddRoleUiProfiles") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/roles/{roleId}/ui-profiles" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"roleId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.roleId, "roleId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.roleId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("roleId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.uiProfilesRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("uiProfilesRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.uiProfilesRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + type ApiAddTagsToScopeRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService accessGroupId string scopeId string scopeTagsRequest *ScopeTagsRequest @@ -844,7 +973,7 @@ AddTagsToScope Add object tags to the access group scope. @param scopeId The ID of the Access group scope. @return ApiAddTagsToScopeRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddTagsToScope(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string, scopeId string) ApiAddTagsToScopeRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) AddTagsToScope(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string, scopeId string) ApiAddTagsToScopeRequest { return ApiAddTagsToScopeRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -855,7 +984,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddTagsToScope(ctx context.Context, accessGrou // Execute executes the request // @return ScopeTagsResponse -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddTagsToScopeExecute(r ApiAddTagsToScopeRequest) (*ScopeTagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) AddTagsToScopeExecute(r ApiAddTagsToScopeRequest) (*ScopeTagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -863,7 +992,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddTagsToScopeExecute(r ApiAddTagsToScopeReque localVarReturnValue *ScopeTagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.AddTagsToScope") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.AddTagsToScope") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -957,7 +1086,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) AddTagsToScopeExecute(r ApiAddTagsToScopeReque type ApiCreateAccessGroupRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService accessGroup *AccessGroup } @@ -976,7 +1105,7 @@ CreateAccessGroup Create a new access group. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiCreateAccessGroupRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) CreateAccessGroup(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateAccessGroupRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) CreateAccessGroup(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateAccessGroupRequest { return ApiCreateAccessGroupRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -985,7 +1114,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) CreateAccessGroup(ctx context.Context) ApiCrea // Execute executes the request // @return AccessGroup -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) CreateAccessGroupExecute(r ApiCreateAccessGroupRequest) (*AccessGroup, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) CreateAccessGroupExecute(r ApiCreateAccessGroupRequest) (*AccessGroup, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -993,7 +1122,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) CreateAccessGroupExecute(r ApiCreateAccessGrou localVarReturnValue *AccessGroup ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.CreateAccessGroup") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.CreateAccessGroup") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1079,7 +1208,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) CreateAccessGroupExecute(r ApiCreateAccessGrou type ApiCreateRoleRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService createRole *CreateRole } @@ -1098,7 +1227,7 @@ CreateRole Create custom role @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiCreateRoleRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) CreateRole(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateRoleRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) CreateRole(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateRoleRequest { return ApiCreateRoleRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1107,7 +1236,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) CreateRole(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateRoleR // Execute executes the request // @return Role -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) CreateRoleExecute(r ApiCreateRoleRequest) (*Role, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) CreateRoleExecute(r ApiCreateRoleRequest) (*Role, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1115,7 +1244,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) CreateRoleExecute(r ApiCreateRoleRequest) (*Ro localVarReturnValue *Role ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.CreateRole") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.CreateRole") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1198,7 +1327,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) CreateRoleExecute(r ApiCreateRoleRequest) (*Ro type ApiCreateRoleTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService roleId string tagsRequest *TagsRequest } @@ -1220,7 +1349,7 @@ CreateRoleTags Create tags for a role. @param roleId The ID of the role. @return ApiCreateRoleTagsRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) CreateRoleTags(ctx context.Context, roleId string) ApiCreateRoleTagsRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) CreateRoleTags(ctx context.Context, roleId string) ApiCreateRoleTagsRequest { return ApiCreateRoleTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1230,7 +1359,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) CreateRoleTags(ctx context.Context, roleId str // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) CreateRoleTagsExecute(r ApiCreateRoleTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) CreateRoleTagsExecute(r ApiCreateRoleTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1238,7 +1367,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) CreateRoleTagsExecute(r ApiCreateRoleTagsReque localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.CreateRoleTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.CreateRoleTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1328,7 +1457,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) CreateRoleTagsExecute(r ApiCreateRoleTagsReque type ApiDeleteAccessGroupRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService accessGroupId string } @@ -1343,7 +1472,7 @@ DeleteAccessGroup Delete an Access group. @param accessGroupId The ID of the Access group. @return ApiDeleteAccessGroupRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) DeleteAccessGroup(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string) ApiDeleteAccessGroupRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) DeleteAccessGroup(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string) ApiDeleteAccessGroupRequest { return ApiDeleteAccessGroupRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1352,14 +1481,14 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) DeleteAccessGroup(ctx context.Context, accessG } // Execute executes the request -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) DeleteAccessGroupExecute(r ApiDeleteAccessGroupRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) DeleteAccessGroupExecute(r ApiDeleteAccessGroupRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.DeleteAccessGroup") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.DeleteAccessGroup") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1435,7 +1564,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) DeleteAccessGroupExecute(r ApiDeleteAccessGrou type ApiDeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService accessGroupId string scopeId string deleteScopeObjectTags *DeleteScopeObjectTags @@ -1459,7 +1588,7 @@ DeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectTags Remove tags from the access group scope. @param scopeId The ID of the Access group scope. @return ApiDeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectTagsRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) DeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectTags(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string, scopeId string) ApiDeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectTagsRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) DeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectTags(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string, scopeId string) ApiDeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectTagsRequest { return ApiDeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1470,7 +1599,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) DeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectTags(ctx context.C // Execute executes the request // @return ScopeTagsResponse -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) DeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectTagsRequest) (*ScopeTagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) DeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectTagsRequest) (*ScopeTagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1478,7 +1607,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) DeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectTagsExecute(r ApiD localVarReturnValue *ScopeTagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.DeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.DeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1569,7 +1698,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) DeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectTagsExecute(r ApiD type ApiDeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService accessGroupId string scopeId string deleteScopedObjectItem *DeleteScopedObjectItem @@ -1593,7 +1722,7 @@ DeleteAccessGroupScopeObjects Remove objects from the access group scope. @param scopeId The ID of the Access group scope. @return ApiDeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectsRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) DeleteAccessGroupScopeObjects(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string, scopeId string) ApiDeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectsRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) DeleteAccessGroupScopeObjects(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string, scopeId string) ApiDeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectsRequest { return ApiDeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1604,7 +1733,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) DeleteAccessGroupScopeObjects(ctx context.Cont // Execute executes the request // @return ScopedObjectItemsResponse -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) DeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectsExecute(r ApiDeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectsRequest) (*ScopedObjectItemsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) DeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectsExecute(r ApiDeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectsRequest) (*ScopedObjectItemsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1612,7 +1741,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) DeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectsExecute(r ApiDele localVarReturnValue *ScopedObjectItemsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.DeleteAccessGroupScopeObjects") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.DeleteAccessGroupScopeObjects") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1703,7 +1832,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) DeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectsExecute(r ApiDele type ApiDeleteRoleRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService roleId string } @@ -1718,7 +1847,7 @@ DeleteRole Delete role by ID. @param roleId The ID of the role. @return ApiDeleteRoleRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) DeleteRole(ctx context.Context, roleId string) ApiDeleteRoleRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) DeleteRole(ctx context.Context, roleId string) ApiDeleteRoleRequest { return ApiDeleteRoleRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1727,14 +1856,14 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) DeleteRole(ctx context.Context, roleId string) } // Execute executes the request -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) DeleteRoleExecute(r ApiDeleteRoleRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) DeleteRoleExecute(r ApiDeleteRoleRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.DeleteRole") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.DeleteRole") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1810,7 +1939,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) DeleteRoleExecute(r ApiDeleteRoleRequest) (*ht type ApiDeleteRoleTagRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService roleId string deleteTag *DeleteTag } @@ -1832,7 +1961,7 @@ DeleteRoleTag Delete tags for a Role. @param roleId The ID of the role. @return ApiDeleteRoleTagRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) DeleteRoleTag(ctx context.Context, roleId string) ApiDeleteRoleTagRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) DeleteRoleTag(ctx context.Context, roleId string) ApiDeleteRoleTagRequest { return ApiDeleteRoleTagRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1841,14 +1970,14 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) DeleteRoleTag(ctx context.Context, roleId stri } // Execute executes the request -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) DeleteRoleTagExecute(r ApiDeleteRoleTagRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) DeleteRoleTagExecute(r ApiDeleteRoleTagRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.DeleteRoleTag") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.DeleteRoleTag") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1924,9 +2053,127 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) DeleteRoleTagExecute(r ApiDeleteRoleTagRequest return localVarHTTPResponse, nil } +type ApiDeleteRoleUiProfilesRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService + roleId string + uiProfilesRequest *UiProfilesRequest +} + +func (r ApiDeleteRoleUiProfilesRequest) UiProfilesRequest(uiProfilesRequest UiProfilesRequest) ApiDeleteRoleUiProfilesRequest { + r.uiProfilesRequest = &uiProfilesRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiDeleteRoleUiProfilesRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteRoleUiProfilesExecute(r) +} + +/* +DeleteRoleUiProfiles Delete UI profiles from a Role. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param roleId The ID of the role. + @return ApiDeleteRoleUiProfilesRequest +*/ +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) DeleteRoleUiProfiles(ctx context.Context, roleId string) ApiDeleteRoleUiProfilesRequest { + return ApiDeleteRoleUiProfilesRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + roleId: roleId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) DeleteRoleUiProfilesExecute(r ApiDeleteRoleUiProfilesRequest) (*http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.DeleteRoleUiProfiles") + if err != nil { + return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/roles/{roleId}/ui-profiles/delete" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"roleId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.roleId, "roleId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.roleId) < 1 { + return nil, reportError("roleId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.uiProfilesRequest == nil { + return nil, reportError("uiProfilesRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.uiProfilesRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + type ApiGetAccessGroupByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService accessGroupId string } @@ -1941,7 +2188,7 @@ GetAccessGroupById Returns an Access group by ID. @param accessGroupId The ID of the Access group. @return ApiGetAccessGroupByIdRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetAccessGroupById(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string) ApiGetAccessGroupByIdRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) GetAccessGroupById(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string) ApiGetAccessGroupByIdRequest { return ApiGetAccessGroupByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1951,7 +2198,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetAccessGroupById(ctx context.Context, access // Execute executes the request // @return AccessGroup -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetAccessGroupByIdExecute(r ApiGetAccessGroupByIdRequest) (*AccessGroup, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) GetAccessGroupByIdExecute(r ApiGetAccessGroupByIdRequest) (*AccessGroup, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1959,7 +2206,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetAccessGroupByIdExecute(r ApiGetAccessGroupB localVarReturnValue *AccessGroup ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.GetAccessGroupById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.GetAccessGroupById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -2044,7 +2291,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetAccessGroupByIdExecute(r ApiGetAccessGroupB type ApiGetAccessGroupScopeRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService accessGroupId string scopeId string } @@ -2061,7 +2308,7 @@ GetAccessGroupScope Get access group scope. @param scopeId The ID of the Access group scope. @return ApiGetAccessGroupScopeRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetAccessGroupScope(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string, scopeId string) ApiGetAccessGroupScopeRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) GetAccessGroupScope(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string, scopeId string) ApiGetAccessGroupScopeRequest { return ApiGetAccessGroupScopeRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -2072,7 +2319,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetAccessGroupScope(ctx context.Context, acces // Execute executes the request // @return AccessGroupScope -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetAccessGroupScopeExecute(r ApiGetAccessGroupScopeRequest) (*AccessGroupScope, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) GetAccessGroupScopeExecute(r ApiGetAccessGroupScopeRequest) (*AccessGroupScope, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -2080,7 +2327,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetAccessGroupScopeExecute(r ApiGetAccessGroup localVarReturnValue *AccessGroupScope ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.GetAccessGroupScope") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.GetAccessGroupScope") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -2169,7 +2416,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetAccessGroupScopeExecute(r ApiGetAccessGroup type ApiGetAccessGroupsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -2203,7 +2450,7 @@ GetAccessGroups List all access groups. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiGetAccessGroupsRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetAccessGroups(ctx context.Context) ApiGetAccessGroupsRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) GetAccessGroups(ctx context.Context) ApiGetAccessGroupsRequest { return ApiGetAccessGroupsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -2212,7 +2459,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetAccessGroups(ctx context.Context) ApiGetAcc // Execute executes the request // @return ListAccessGroupsResponse -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetAccessGroupsExecute(r ApiGetAccessGroupsRequest) (*ListAccessGroupsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) GetAccessGroupsExecute(r ApiGetAccessGroupsRequest) (*ListAccessGroupsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -2220,7 +2467,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetAccessGroupsExecute(r ApiGetAccessGroupsReq localVarReturnValue *ListAccessGroupsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.GetAccessGroups") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.GetAccessGroups") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -2232,13 +2479,16 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetAccessGroupsExecute(r ApiGetAccessGroupsReq localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -2310,7 +2560,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetAccessGroupsExecute(r ApiGetAccessGroupsReq type ApiGetAllObjectPermissionsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService } func (r ApiGetAllObjectPermissionsRequest) Execute() (*AllObjectPermissionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { @@ -2323,7 +2573,7 @@ GetAllObjectPermissions Returns all of the possible permissions for all of the o @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiGetAllObjectPermissionsRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetAllObjectPermissions(ctx context.Context) ApiGetAllObjectPermissionsRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) GetAllObjectPermissions(ctx context.Context) ApiGetAllObjectPermissionsRequest { return ApiGetAllObjectPermissionsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -2332,7 +2582,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetAllObjectPermissions(ctx context.Context) A // Execute executes the request // @return AllObjectPermissionsResponse -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetAllObjectPermissionsExecute(r ApiGetAllObjectPermissionsRequest) (*AllObjectPermissionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) GetAllObjectPermissionsExecute(r ApiGetAllObjectPermissionsRequest) (*AllObjectPermissionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -2340,7 +2590,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetAllObjectPermissionsExecute(r ApiGetAllObje localVarReturnValue *AllObjectPermissionsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.GetAllObjectPermissions") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.GetAllObjectPermissions") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -2421,7 +2671,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetAllObjectPermissionsExecute(r ApiGetAllObje type ApiGetObjectPermissionsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService objectType string objectId string } @@ -2438,7 +2688,7 @@ GetObjectPermissions Returns permissions for given object. @param objectId The ID of the DCT Object. @return ApiGetObjectPermissionsRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetObjectPermissions(ctx context.Context, objectType string, objectId string) ApiGetObjectPermissionsRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) GetObjectPermissions(ctx context.Context, objectType string, objectId string) ApiGetObjectPermissionsRequest { return ApiGetObjectPermissionsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -2449,7 +2699,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetObjectPermissions(ctx context.Context, obje // Execute executes the request // @return ObjectPermissionsResponse -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetObjectPermissionsExecute(r ApiGetObjectPermissionsRequest) (*ObjectPermissionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) GetObjectPermissionsExecute(r ApiGetObjectPermissionsRequest) (*ObjectPermissionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -2457,7 +2707,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetObjectPermissionsExecute(r ApiGetObjectPerm localVarReturnValue *ObjectPermissionsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.GetObjectPermissions") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.GetObjectPermissions") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -2543,7 +2793,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetObjectPermissionsExecute(r ApiGetObjectPerm type ApiGetRoleByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService roleId string } @@ -2558,7 +2808,7 @@ GetRoleById Returns role by ID. @param roleId The ID of the role. @return ApiGetRoleByIdRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetRoleById(ctx context.Context, roleId string) ApiGetRoleByIdRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) GetRoleById(ctx context.Context, roleId string) ApiGetRoleByIdRequest { return ApiGetRoleByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -2568,7 +2818,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetRoleById(ctx context.Context, roleId string // Execute executes the request // @return Role -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetRoleByIdExecute(r ApiGetRoleByIdRequest) (*Role, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) GetRoleByIdExecute(r ApiGetRoleByIdRequest) (*Role, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -2576,7 +2826,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetRoleByIdExecute(r ApiGetRoleByIdRequest) (* localVarReturnValue *Role ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.GetRoleById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.GetRoleById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -2661,7 +2911,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetRoleByIdExecute(r ApiGetRoleByIdRequest) (* type ApiGetRoleTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService roleId string } @@ -2676,7 +2926,7 @@ GetRoleTags Get tags for a Role. @param roleId The ID of the role. @return ApiGetRoleTagsRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetRoleTags(ctx context.Context, roleId string) ApiGetRoleTagsRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) GetRoleTags(ctx context.Context, roleId string) ApiGetRoleTagsRequest { return ApiGetRoleTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -2686,7 +2936,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetRoleTags(ctx context.Context, roleId string // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetRoleTagsExecute(r ApiGetRoleTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) GetRoleTagsExecute(r ApiGetRoleTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -2694,7 +2944,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetRoleTagsExecute(r ApiGetRoleTagsRequest) (* localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.GetRoleTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.GetRoleTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -2779,7 +3029,28 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetRoleTagsExecute(r ApiGetRoleTagsRequest) (* type ApiGetRolesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetRolesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetRolesRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetRolesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetRolesRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetRolesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetRolesRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r } func (r ApiGetRolesRequest) Execute() (*ListRolesResponse, *http.Response, error) { @@ -2792,7 +3063,7 @@ GetRoles List all roles @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiGetRolesRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetRoles(ctx context.Context) ApiGetRolesRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) GetRoles(ctx context.Context) ApiGetRolesRequest { return ApiGetRolesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -2801,7 +3072,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetRoles(ctx context.Context) ApiGetRolesReque // Execute executes the request // @return ListRolesResponse -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetRolesExecute(r ApiGetRolesRequest) (*ListRolesResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) GetRolesExecute(r ApiGetRolesRequest) (*ListRolesResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -2809,7 +3080,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetRolesExecute(r ApiGetRolesRequest) (*ListRo localVarReturnValue *ListRolesResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.GetRoles") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.GetRoles") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -2820,6 +3091,18 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetRolesExecute(r ApiGetRolesRequest) (*ListRo localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -2890,7 +3173,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) GetRolesExecute(r ApiGetRolesRequest) (*ListRo type ApiRemoveAccessGroupAccountIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService accessGroupId string accountId int64 } @@ -2907,7 +3190,7 @@ RemoveAccessGroupAccountId Remove the account from the access group. @param accountId The ID of the account. @return ApiRemoveAccessGroupAccountIdRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) RemoveAccessGroupAccountId(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string, accountId int64) ApiRemoveAccessGroupAccountIdRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) RemoveAccessGroupAccountId(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string, accountId int64) ApiRemoveAccessGroupAccountIdRequest { return ApiRemoveAccessGroupAccountIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -2918,7 +3201,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) RemoveAccessGroupAccountId(ctx context.Context // Execute executes the request // @return AccessGroup -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) RemoveAccessGroupAccountIdExecute(r ApiRemoveAccessGroupAccountIdRequest) (*AccessGroup, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) RemoveAccessGroupAccountIdExecute(r ApiRemoveAccessGroupAccountIdRequest) (*AccessGroup, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -2926,7 +3209,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) RemoveAccessGroupAccountIdExecute(r ApiRemoveA localVarReturnValue *AccessGroup ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.RemoveAccessGroupAccountId") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.RemoveAccessGroupAccountId") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -3012,7 +3295,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) RemoveAccessGroupAccountIdExecute(r ApiRemoveA type ApiRemoveAccessGroupAccountTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService accessGroupId string deleteTag *DeleteTag } @@ -3034,7 +3317,7 @@ RemoveAccessGroupAccountTags Remove account tags from an access group. @param accessGroupId The ID of the Access group. @return ApiRemoveAccessGroupAccountTagsRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) RemoveAccessGroupAccountTags(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string) ApiRemoveAccessGroupAccountTagsRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) RemoveAccessGroupAccountTags(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string) ApiRemoveAccessGroupAccountTagsRequest { return ApiRemoveAccessGroupAccountTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -3044,7 +3327,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) RemoveAccessGroupAccountTags(ctx context.Conte // Execute executes the request // @return AccessGroup -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) RemoveAccessGroupAccountTagsExecute(r ApiRemoveAccessGroupAccountTagsRequest) (*AccessGroup, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) RemoveAccessGroupAccountTagsExecute(r ApiRemoveAccessGroupAccountTagsRequest) (*AccessGroup, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -3052,7 +3335,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) RemoveAccessGroupAccountTagsExecute(r ApiRemov localVarReturnValue *AccessGroup ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.RemoveAccessGroupAccountTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.RemoveAccessGroupAccountTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -3139,7 +3422,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) RemoveAccessGroupAccountTagsExecute(r ApiRemov type ApiRemoveAccessGroupScopeRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService accessGroupId string scopeId string } @@ -3156,7 +3439,7 @@ RemoveAccessGroupScope Remove the scope from the Access group. @param scopeId The ID of the Access group scope. @return ApiRemoveAccessGroupScopeRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) RemoveAccessGroupScope(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string, scopeId string) ApiRemoveAccessGroupScopeRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) RemoveAccessGroupScope(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string, scopeId string) ApiRemoveAccessGroupScopeRequest { return ApiRemoveAccessGroupScopeRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -3167,7 +3450,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) RemoveAccessGroupScope(ctx context.Context, ac // Execute executes the request // @return AccessGroup -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) RemoveAccessGroupScopeExecute(r ApiRemoveAccessGroupScopeRequest) (*AccessGroup, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) RemoveAccessGroupScopeExecute(r ApiRemoveAccessGroupScopeRequest) (*AccessGroup, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -3175,7 +3458,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) RemoveAccessGroupScopeExecute(r ApiRemoveAcces localVarReturnValue *AccessGroup ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.RemoveAccessGroupScope") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.RemoveAccessGroupScope") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -3264,7 +3547,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) RemoveAccessGroupScopeExecute(r ApiRemoveAcces type ApiRemoveAlwaysAllowedPermissionsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService accessGroupId string scopeId string alwaysAllowedPermissionRequest *AlwaysAllowedPermissionRequest @@ -3288,7 +3571,7 @@ RemoveAlwaysAllowedPermissions Remove always allowed permissions for given objec @param scopeId The ID of the Access group scope. @return ApiRemoveAlwaysAllowedPermissionsRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) RemoveAlwaysAllowedPermissions(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string, scopeId string) ApiRemoveAlwaysAllowedPermissionsRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) RemoveAlwaysAllowedPermissions(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string, scopeId string) ApiRemoveAlwaysAllowedPermissionsRequest { return ApiRemoveAlwaysAllowedPermissionsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -3299,7 +3582,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) RemoveAlwaysAllowedPermissions(ctx context.Con // Execute executes the request // @return AccessGroupScope -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) RemoveAlwaysAllowedPermissionsExecute(r ApiRemoveAlwaysAllowedPermissionsRequest) (*AccessGroupScope, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) RemoveAlwaysAllowedPermissionsExecute(r ApiRemoveAlwaysAllowedPermissionsRequest) (*AccessGroupScope, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -3307,7 +3590,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) RemoveAlwaysAllowedPermissionsExecute(r ApiRem localVarReturnValue *AccessGroupScope ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.RemoveAlwaysAllowedPermissions") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.RemoveAlwaysAllowedPermissions") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -3401,7 +3684,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) RemoveAlwaysAllowedPermissionsExecute(r ApiRem type ApiRemoveRolePermissionsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService roleId string permissionsRequest *PermissionsRequest } @@ -3423,7 +3706,7 @@ RemoveRolePermissions Remove permissions from a role. @param roleId The ID of the role. @return ApiRemoveRolePermissionsRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) RemoveRolePermissions(ctx context.Context, roleId string) ApiRemoveRolePermissionsRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) RemoveRolePermissions(ctx context.Context, roleId string) ApiRemoveRolePermissionsRequest { return ApiRemoveRolePermissionsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -3433,7 +3716,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) RemoveRolePermissions(ctx context.Context, rol // Execute executes the request // @return Role -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) RemoveRolePermissionsExecute(r ApiRemoveRolePermissionsRequest) (*Role, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) RemoveRolePermissionsExecute(r ApiRemoveRolePermissionsRequest) (*Role, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -3441,7 +3724,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) RemoveRolePermissionsExecute(r ApiRemoveRolePe localVarReturnValue *Role ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.RemoveRolePermissions") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.RemoveRolePermissions") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -3531,7 +3814,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) RemoveRolePermissionsExecute(r ApiRemoveRolePe type ApiSearchAccessGroupsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -3572,7 +3855,7 @@ SearchAccessGroups Search for access groups. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchAccessGroupsRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) SearchAccessGroups(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchAccessGroupsRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) SearchAccessGroups(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchAccessGroupsRequest { return ApiSearchAccessGroupsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -3581,7 +3864,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) SearchAccessGroups(ctx context.Context) ApiSea // Execute executes the request // @return SearchAccessGroupsResponse -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) SearchAccessGroupsExecute(r ApiSearchAccessGroupsRequest) (*SearchAccessGroupsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) SearchAccessGroupsExecute(r ApiSearchAccessGroupsRequest) (*SearchAccessGroupsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -3589,7 +3872,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) SearchAccessGroupsExecute(r ApiSearchAccessGro localVarReturnValue *SearchAccessGroupsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.SearchAccessGroups") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.SearchAccessGroups") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -3601,13 +3884,16 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) SearchAccessGroupsExecute(r ApiSearchAccessGro localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -3681,7 +3967,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) SearchAccessGroupsExecute(r ApiSearchAccessGro type ApiSearchRolesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -3722,7 +4008,7 @@ SearchRoles Search for roles. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchRolesRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) SearchRoles(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchRolesRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) SearchRoles(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchRolesRequest { return ApiSearchRolesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -3731,7 +4017,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) SearchRoles(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchRole // Execute executes the request // @return SearchRolesResponse -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) SearchRolesExecute(r ApiSearchRolesRequest) (*SearchRolesResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) SearchRolesExecute(r ApiSearchRolesRequest) (*SearchRolesResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -3739,7 +4025,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) SearchRolesExecute(r ApiSearchRolesRequest) (* localVarReturnValue *SearchRolesResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.SearchRoles") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.SearchRoles") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -3751,13 +4037,16 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) SearchRolesExecute(r ApiSearchRolesRequest) (* localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -3831,7 +4120,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) SearchRolesExecute(r ApiSearchRolesRequest) (* type ApiUpdateAccessGroupRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService accessGroupId string accessGroupUpdateParameters *AccessGroupUpdateParameters } @@ -3852,7 +4141,7 @@ UpdateAccessGroup Update an Access group. @param accessGroupId The ID of the Access group. @return ApiUpdateAccessGroupRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) UpdateAccessGroup(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string) ApiUpdateAccessGroupRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) UpdateAccessGroup(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string) ApiUpdateAccessGroupRequest { return ApiUpdateAccessGroupRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -3862,7 +4151,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) UpdateAccessGroup(ctx context.Context, accessG // Execute executes the request // @return AccessGroup -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) UpdateAccessGroupExecute(r ApiUpdateAccessGroupRequest) (*AccessGroup, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) UpdateAccessGroupExecute(r ApiUpdateAccessGroupRequest) (*AccessGroup, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -3870,7 +4159,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) UpdateAccessGroupExecute(r ApiUpdateAccessGrou localVarReturnValue *AccessGroup ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.UpdateAccessGroup") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.UpdateAccessGroup") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -3957,7 +4246,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) UpdateAccessGroupExecute(r ApiUpdateAccessGrou type ApiUpdateAccessGroupScopeRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService accessGroupId string scopeId string updateAccessGroupScope *UpdateAccessGroupScope @@ -3981,7 +4270,7 @@ UpdateAccessGroupScope Update access group scope. @param scopeId The ID of the Access group scope. @return ApiUpdateAccessGroupScopeRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) UpdateAccessGroupScope(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string, scopeId string) ApiUpdateAccessGroupScopeRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) UpdateAccessGroupScope(ctx context.Context, accessGroupId string, scopeId string) ApiUpdateAccessGroupScopeRequest { return ApiUpdateAccessGroupScopeRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -3992,7 +4281,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) UpdateAccessGroupScope(ctx context.Context, ac // Execute executes the request // @return AccessGroupScope -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) UpdateAccessGroupScopeExecute(r ApiUpdateAccessGroupScopeRequest) (*AccessGroupScope, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) UpdateAccessGroupScopeExecute(r ApiUpdateAccessGroupScopeRequest) (*AccessGroupScope, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -4000,7 +4289,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) UpdateAccessGroupScopeExecute(r ApiUpdateAcces localVarReturnValue *AccessGroupScope ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.UpdateAccessGroupScope") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.UpdateAccessGroupScope") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -4094,7 +4383,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) UpdateAccessGroupScopeExecute(r ApiUpdateAcces type ApiUpdateRoleRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *AuthorizationApiService + ApiService *AuthorizationAPIService roleId string roleUpdateParameters *RoleUpdateParameters } @@ -4115,7 +4404,7 @@ UpdateRole Update a Role. @param roleId The ID of the role. @return ApiUpdateRoleRequest */ -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) UpdateRole(ctx context.Context, roleId string) ApiUpdateRoleRequest { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) UpdateRole(ctx context.Context, roleId string) ApiUpdateRoleRequest { return ApiUpdateRoleRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -4125,7 +4414,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) UpdateRole(ctx context.Context, roleId string) // Execute executes the request // @return Role -func (a *AuthorizationApiService) UpdateRoleExecute(r ApiUpdateRoleRequest) (*Role, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *AuthorizationAPIService) UpdateRoleExecute(r ApiUpdateRoleRequest) (*Role, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -4133,7 +4422,7 @@ func (a *AuthorizationApiService) UpdateRoleExecute(r ApiUpdateRoleRequest) (*Ro localVarReturnValue *Role ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationApiService.UpdateRole") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "AuthorizationAPIService.UpdateRole") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } diff --git a/api_bookmarks.go b/api_bookmarks.go index 1262a4ed..9e6226b9 100644 --- a/api_bookmarks.go +++ b/api_bookmarks.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,12 +21,12 @@ import ( ) -// BookmarksApiService BookmarksApi service -type BookmarksApiService service +// BookmarksAPIService BookmarksAPI service +type BookmarksAPIService service type ApiCreateBookmarkRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *BookmarksApiService + ApiService *BookmarksAPIService bookmarkCreateParameters *BookmarkCreateParameters } @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ CreateBookmark Create a bookmark at the current time. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiCreateBookmarkRequest */ -func (a *BookmarksApiService) CreateBookmark(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateBookmarkRequest { +func (a *BookmarksAPIService) CreateBookmark(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateBookmarkRequest { return ApiCreateBookmarkRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) CreateBookmark(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateBookm // Execute executes the request // @return CreateBookmarkResponse -func (a *BookmarksApiService) CreateBookmarkExecute(r ApiCreateBookmarkRequest) (*CreateBookmarkResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *BookmarksAPIService) CreateBookmarkExecute(r ApiCreateBookmarkRequest) (*CreateBookmarkResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) CreateBookmarkExecute(r ApiCreateBookmarkRequest) localVarReturnValue *CreateBookmarkResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "BookmarksApiService.CreateBookmark") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "BookmarksAPIService.CreateBookmark") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) CreateBookmarkExecute(r ApiCreateBookmarkRequest) type ApiCreateBookmarkTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *BookmarksApiService + ApiService *BookmarksAPIService bookmarkId string tagsRequest *TagsRequest } @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ CreateBookmarkTags Create tags for a Bookmark. @param bookmarkId The ID of the Bookmark. @return ApiCreateBookmarkTagsRequest */ -func (a *BookmarksApiService) CreateBookmarkTags(ctx context.Context, bookmarkId string) ApiCreateBookmarkTagsRequest { +func (a *BookmarksAPIService) CreateBookmarkTags(ctx context.Context, bookmarkId string) ApiCreateBookmarkTagsRequest { return ApiCreateBookmarkTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) CreateBookmarkTags(ctx context.Context, bookmarkId // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *BookmarksApiService) CreateBookmarkTagsExecute(r ApiCreateBookmarkTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *BookmarksAPIService) CreateBookmarkTagsExecute(r ApiCreateBookmarkTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) CreateBookmarkTagsExecute(r ApiCreateBookmarkTagsR localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "BookmarksApiService.CreateBookmarkTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "BookmarksAPIService.CreateBookmarkTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -279,11 +279,11 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) CreateBookmarkTagsExecute(r ApiCreateBookmarkTagsR type ApiDeleteBookmarkRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *BookmarksApiService + ApiService *BookmarksAPIService bookmarkId string } -func (r ApiDeleteBookmarkRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { +func (r ApiDeleteBookmarkRequest) Execute() (*DeleteBookmarkResponse, *http.Response, error) { return r.ApiService.DeleteBookmarkExecute(r) } @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ DeleteBookmark Delete a bookmark. @param bookmarkId The ID of the Bookmark. @return ApiDeleteBookmarkRequest */ -func (a *BookmarksApiService) DeleteBookmark(ctx context.Context, bookmarkId string) ApiDeleteBookmarkRequest { +func (a *BookmarksAPIService) DeleteBookmark(ctx context.Context, bookmarkId string) ApiDeleteBookmarkRequest { return ApiDeleteBookmarkRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -303,16 +303,18 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) DeleteBookmark(ctx context.Context, bookmarkId str } // Execute executes the request -func (a *BookmarksApiService) DeleteBookmarkExecute(r ApiDeleteBookmarkRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +// @return DeleteBookmarkResponse +func (a *BookmarksAPIService) DeleteBookmarkExecute(r ApiDeleteBookmarkRequest) (*DeleteBookmarkResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DeleteBookmarkResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "BookmarksApiService.DeleteBookmark") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "BookmarksAPIService.DeleteBookmark") if err != nil { - return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } localVarPath := localBasePath + "/bookmarks/{bookmarkId}" @@ -322,7 +324,7 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) DeleteBookmarkExecute(r ApiDeleteBookmarkRequest) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if strlen(r.bookmarkId) < 1 { - return nil, reportError("bookmarkId must have at least 1 elements") + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("bookmarkId must have at least 1 elements") } // to determine the Content-Type header @@ -335,7 +337,7 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) DeleteBookmarkExecute(r ApiDeleteBookmarkRequest) } // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} // set Accept header localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) @@ -358,19 +360,19 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) DeleteBookmarkExecute(r ApiDeleteBookmarkRequest) } req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) if err != nil { - return nil, err + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err } localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err } localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) if err != nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { @@ -378,15 +380,24 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) DeleteBookmarkExecute(r ApiDeleteBookmarkRequest) body: localVarBody, error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, } - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } - return localVarHTTPResponse, nil + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } type ApiDeleteBookmarkTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *BookmarksApiService + ApiService *BookmarksAPIService bookmarkId string deleteTag *DeleteTag } @@ -408,7 +419,7 @@ DeleteBookmarkTags Delete tags for a Bookmark. @param bookmarkId The ID of the Bookmark. @return ApiDeleteBookmarkTagsRequest */ -func (a *BookmarksApiService) DeleteBookmarkTags(ctx context.Context, bookmarkId string) ApiDeleteBookmarkTagsRequest { +func (a *BookmarksAPIService) DeleteBookmarkTags(ctx context.Context, bookmarkId string) ApiDeleteBookmarkTagsRequest { return ApiDeleteBookmarkTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -417,14 +428,14 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) DeleteBookmarkTags(ctx context.Context, bookmarkId } // Execute executes the request -func (a *BookmarksApiService) DeleteBookmarkTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteBookmarkTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *BookmarksAPIService) DeleteBookmarkTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteBookmarkTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "BookmarksApiService.DeleteBookmarkTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "BookmarksAPIService.DeleteBookmarkTags") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -502,7 +513,7 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) DeleteBookmarkTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteBookmarkTagsR type ApiGetBookmarkByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *BookmarksApiService + ApiService *BookmarksAPIService bookmarkId string } @@ -517,7 +528,7 @@ GetBookmarkById Get a bookmark by ID. @param bookmarkId The ID of the Bookmark. @return ApiGetBookmarkByIdRequest */ -func (a *BookmarksApiService) GetBookmarkById(ctx context.Context, bookmarkId string) ApiGetBookmarkByIdRequest { +func (a *BookmarksAPIService) GetBookmarkById(ctx context.Context, bookmarkId string) ApiGetBookmarkByIdRequest { return ApiGetBookmarkByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -527,7 +538,7 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) GetBookmarkById(ctx context.Context, bookmarkId st // Execute executes the request // @return Bookmark -func (a *BookmarksApiService) GetBookmarkByIdExecute(r ApiGetBookmarkByIdRequest) (*Bookmark, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *BookmarksAPIService) GetBookmarkByIdExecute(r ApiGetBookmarkByIdRequest) (*Bookmark, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -535,7 +546,7 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) GetBookmarkByIdExecute(r ApiGetBookmarkByIdRequest localVarReturnValue *Bookmark ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "BookmarksApiService.GetBookmarkById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "BookmarksAPIService.GetBookmarkById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -620,7 +631,7 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) GetBookmarkByIdExecute(r ApiGetBookmarkByIdRequest type ApiGetBookmarkTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *BookmarksApiService + ApiService *BookmarksAPIService bookmarkId string } @@ -635,7 +646,7 @@ GetBookmarkTags Get tags for a Bookmark. @param bookmarkId The ID of the Bookmark. @return ApiGetBookmarkTagsRequest */ -func (a *BookmarksApiService) GetBookmarkTags(ctx context.Context, bookmarkId string) ApiGetBookmarkTagsRequest { +func (a *BookmarksAPIService) GetBookmarkTags(ctx context.Context, bookmarkId string) ApiGetBookmarkTagsRequest { return ApiGetBookmarkTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -645,7 +656,7 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) GetBookmarkTags(ctx context.Context, bookmarkId st // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *BookmarksApiService) GetBookmarkTagsExecute(r ApiGetBookmarkTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *BookmarksAPIService) GetBookmarkTagsExecute(r ApiGetBookmarkTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -653,7 +664,7 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) GetBookmarkTagsExecute(r ApiGetBookmarkTagsRequest localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "BookmarksApiService.GetBookmarkTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "BookmarksAPIService.GetBookmarkTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -738,7 +749,7 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) GetBookmarkTagsExecute(r ApiGetBookmarkTagsRequest type ApiGetBookmarksRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *BookmarksApiService + ApiService *BookmarksAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -772,7 +783,7 @@ GetBookmarks List all bookmarks. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiGetBookmarksRequest */ -func (a *BookmarksApiService) GetBookmarks(ctx context.Context) ApiGetBookmarksRequest { +func (a *BookmarksAPIService) GetBookmarks(ctx context.Context) ApiGetBookmarksRequest { return ApiGetBookmarksRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -781,7 +792,7 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) GetBookmarks(ctx context.Context) ApiGetBookmarksR // Execute executes the request // @return ListBookmarksResponse -func (a *BookmarksApiService) GetBookmarksExecute(r ApiGetBookmarksRequest) (*ListBookmarksResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *BookmarksAPIService) GetBookmarksExecute(r ApiGetBookmarksRequest) (*ListBookmarksResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -789,7 +800,7 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) GetBookmarksExecute(r ApiGetBookmarksRequest) (*Li localVarReturnValue *ListBookmarksResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "BookmarksApiService.GetBookmarks") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "BookmarksAPIService.GetBookmarks") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -801,13 +812,16 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) GetBookmarksExecute(r ApiGetBookmarksRequest) (*Li localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -879,7 +893,7 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) GetBookmarksExecute(r ApiGetBookmarksRequest) (*Li type ApiGetVdbGroupsByBookmarkRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *BookmarksApiService + ApiService *BookmarksAPIService bookmarkId string limit *int32 cursor *string @@ -915,7 +929,7 @@ GetVdbGroupsByBookmark List VDB Groups compatible with this bookmark. @param bookmarkId The ID of the Bookmark. @return ApiGetVdbGroupsByBookmarkRequest */ -func (a *BookmarksApiService) GetVdbGroupsByBookmark(ctx context.Context, bookmarkId string) ApiGetVdbGroupsByBookmarkRequest { +func (a *BookmarksAPIService) GetVdbGroupsByBookmark(ctx context.Context, bookmarkId string) ApiGetVdbGroupsByBookmarkRequest { return ApiGetVdbGroupsByBookmarkRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -925,7 +939,7 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) GetVdbGroupsByBookmark(ctx context.Context, bookma // Execute executes the request // @return ListVDBGroupsByBookmarkResponse -func (a *BookmarksApiService) GetVdbGroupsByBookmarkExecute(r ApiGetVdbGroupsByBookmarkRequest) (*ListVDBGroupsByBookmarkResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *BookmarksAPIService) GetVdbGroupsByBookmarkExecute(r ApiGetVdbGroupsByBookmarkRequest) (*ListVDBGroupsByBookmarkResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -933,7 +947,7 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) GetVdbGroupsByBookmarkExecute(r ApiGetVdbGroupsByB localVarReturnValue *ListVDBGroupsByBookmarkResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "BookmarksApiService.GetVdbGroupsByBookmark") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "BookmarksAPIService.GetVdbGroupsByBookmark") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -949,14 +963,132 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) GetVdbGroupsByBookmarkExecute(r ApiGetVdbGroupsByB } if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiImportEngineBookmarksRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *BookmarksAPIService + engineId string +} + +func (r ApiImportEngineBookmarksRequest) Execute() (*ImportEngineBookmarkResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ImportEngineBookmarksExecute(r) +} + +/* +ImportEngineBookmarks Import engine bookmarks to DCT. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param engineId The ID of the registered engine. + @return ApiImportEngineBookmarksRequest +*/ +func (a *BookmarksAPIService) ImportEngineBookmarks(ctx context.Context, engineId string) ApiImportEngineBookmarksRequest { + return ApiImportEngineBookmarksRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + engineId: engineId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ImportEngineBookmarkResponse +func (a *BookmarksAPIService) ImportEngineBookmarksExecute(r ApiImportEngineBookmarksRequest) (*ImportEngineBookmarkResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ImportEngineBookmarkResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "BookmarksAPIService.ImportEngineBookmarks") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/bookmarks/import-engine-bookmarks/{engineId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"engineId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.engineId, "engineId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -1027,7 +1159,7 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) GetVdbGroupsByBookmarkExecute(r ApiGetVdbGroupsByB type ApiSearchBookmarksRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *BookmarksApiService + ApiService *BookmarksAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -1068,7 +1200,7 @@ SearchBookmarks Search for bookmarks. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchBookmarksRequest */ -func (a *BookmarksApiService) SearchBookmarks(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchBookmarksRequest { +func (a *BookmarksAPIService) SearchBookmarks(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchBookmarksRequest { return ApiSearchBookmarksRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1077,7 +1209,7 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) SearchBookmarks(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchBook // Execute executes the request // @return SearchBookmarksResponse -func (a *BookmarksApiService) SearchBookmarksExecute(r ApiSearchBookmarksRequest) (*SearchBookmarksResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *BookmarksAPIService) SearchBookmarksExecute(r ApiSearchBookmarksRequest) (*SearchBookmarksResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1085,7 +1217,7 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) SearchBookmarksExecute(r ApiSearchBookmarksRequest localVarReturnValue *SearchBookmarksResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "BookmarksApiService.SearchBookmarks") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "BookmarksAPIService.SearchBookmarks") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1097,13 +1229,16 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) SearchBookmarksExecute(r ApiSearchBookmarksRequest localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -1177,7 +1312,7 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) SearchBookmarksExecute(r ApiSearchBookmarksRequest type ApiSearchVdbGroupsByBookmarkRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *BookmarksApiService + ApiService *BookmarksAPIService bookmarkId string limit *int32 cursor *string @@ -1220,7 +1355,7 @@ SearchVdbGroupsByBookmark Search for VDB Groups compatible with this bookmark. @param bookmarkId The ID of the Bookmark. @return ApiSearchVdbGroupsByBookmarkRequest */ -func (a *BookmarksApiService) SearchVdbGroupsByBookmark(ctx context.Context, bookmarkId string) ApiSearchVdbGroupsByBookmarkRequest { +func (a *BookmarksAPIService) SearchVdbGroupsByBookmark(ctx context.Context, bookmarkId string) ApiSearchVdbGroupsByBookmarkRequest { return ApiSearchVdbGroupsByBookmarkRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1230,7 +1365,7 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) SearchVdbGroupsByBookmark(ctx context.Context, boo // Execute executes the request // @return SearchVDBGroupsByBookmarkResponse -func (a *BookmarksApiService) SearchVdbGroupsByBookmarkExecute(r ApiSearchVdbGroupsByBookmarkRequest) (*SearchVDBGroupsByBookmarkResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *BookmarksAPIService) SearchVdbGroupsByBookmarkExecute(r ApiSearchVdbGroupsByBookmarkRequest) (*SearchVDBGroupsByBookmarkResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1238,7 +1373,7 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) SearchVdbGroupsByBookmarkExecute(r ApiSearchVdbGro localVarReturnValue *SearchVDBGroupsByBookmarkResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "BookmarksApiService.SearchVdbGroupsByBookmark") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "BookmarksAPIService.SearchVdbGroupsByBookmark") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1254,13 +1389,16 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) SearchVdbGroupsByBookmarkExecute(r ApiSearchVdbGro } if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -1334,7 +1472,7 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) SearchVdbGroupsByBookmarkExecute(r ApiSearchVdbGro type ApiUpdateBookmarkRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *BookmarksApiService + ApiService *BookmarksAPIService bookmarkId string updateBookmarkParameters *UpdateBookmarkParameters } @@ -1356,7 +1494,7 @@ UpdateBookmark Update a bookmark @param bookmarkId The ID of the Bookmark. @return ApiUpdateBookmarkRequest */ -func (a *BookmarksApiService) UpdateBookmark(ctx context.Context, bookmarkId string) ApiUpdateBookmarkRequest { +func (a *BookmarksAPIService) UpdateBookmark(ctx context.Context, bookmarkId string) ApiUpdateBookmarkRequest { return ApiUpdateBookmarkRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1366,7 +1504,7 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) UpdateBookmark(ctx context.Context, bookmarkId str // Execute executes the request // @return UpdateBookmarkResponse -func (a *BookmarksApiService) UpdateBookmarkExecute(r ApiUpdateBookmarkRequest) (*UpdateBookmarkResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *BookmarksAPIService) UpdateBookmarkExecute(r ApiUpdateBookmarkRequest) (*UpdateBookmarkResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1374,7 +1512,7 @@ func (a *BookmarksApiService) UpdateBookmarkExecute(r ApiUpdateBookmarkRequest) localVarReturnValue *UpdateBookmarkResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "BookmarksApiService.UpdateBookmark") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "BookmarksAPIService.UpdateBookmark") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } diff --git a/api_cdbs.go b/api_cdbs.go index ebf9a2c9..0744fa6e 100644 --- a/api_cdbs.go +++ b/api_cdbs.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,35 +21,1283 @@ import ( ) -// CDBsApiService CDBsApi service -type CDBsApiService service +// CDBsAPIService CDBsAPI service +type CDBsAPIService service + +type ApiAttachCdbRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *CDBsAPIService + cdbId string + oracleAttachCdbParameters *OracleAttachCdbParameters +} + +// The parameters to attach an Oracle CDB. +func (r ApiAttachCdbRequest) OracleAttachCdbParameters(oracleAttachCdbParameters OracleAttachCdbParameters) ApiAttachCdbRequest { + r.oracleAttachCdbParameters = &oracleAttachCdbParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiAttachCdbRequest) Execute() (*AttachCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.AttachCdbExecute(r) +} + +/* +AttachCdb Attach an Oracle CDB to an Oracle database. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param cdbId The ID of the CDB. + @return ApiAttachCdbRequest +*/ +func (a *CDBsAPIService) AttachCdb(ctx context.Context, cdbId string) ApiAttachCdbRequest { + return ApiAttachCdbRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + cdbId: cdbId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return AttachCDBResponse +func (a *CDBsAPIService) AttachCdbExecute(r ApiAttachCdbRequest) (*AttachCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *AttachCDBResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "CDBsAPIService.AttachCdb") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/cdbs/{cdbId}/attachSource" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"cdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.cdbId, "cdbId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.cdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("cdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.oracleAttachCdbParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("oracleAttachCdbParameters is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.oracleAttachCdbParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} type ApiCreateCdbTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *CDBsApiService + ApiService *CDBsAPIService cdbId string tagsRequest *TagsRequest } -// Tags information for CDB. -func (r ApiCreateCdbTagsRequest) TagsRequest(tagsRequest TagsRequest) ApiCreateCdbTagsRequest { - r.tagsRequest = &tagsRequest - return r +// Tags information for CDB. +func (r ApiCreateCdbTagsRequest) TagsRequest(tagsRequest TagsRequest) ApiCreateCdbTagsRequest { + r.tagsRequest = &tagsRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiCreateCdbTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CreateCdbTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +CreateCdbTags Create tags for a CDB. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param cdbId The ID of the CDB. + @return ApiCreateCdbTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *CDBsAPIService) CreateCdbTags(ctx context.Context, cdbId string) ApiCreateCdbTagsRequest { + return ApiCreateCdbTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + cdbId: cdbId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *CDBsAPIService) CreateCdbTagsExecute(r ApiCreateCdbTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "CDBsAPIService.CreateCdbTags") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/cdbs/{cdbId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"cdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.cdbId, "cdbId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.cdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("cdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.tagsRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("tagsRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.tagsRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiDeleteCdbRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *CDBsAPIService + cdbId string + deleteCDBParameters *DeleteCDBParameters +} + +// The parameters to delete a CDB. +func (r ApiDeleteCdbRequest) DeleteCDBParameters(deleteCDBParameters DeleteCDBParameters) ApiDeleteCdbRequest { + r.deleteCDBParameters = &deleteCDBParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiDeleteCdbRequest) Execute() (*DeleteCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteCdbExecute(r) +} + +/* +DeleteCdb Delete a CDB. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param cdbId The ID of the CDB. + @return ApiDeleteCdbRequest +*/ +func (a *CDBsAPIService) DeleteCdb(ctx context.Context, cdbId string) ApiDeleteCdbRequest { + return ApiDeleteCdbRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + cdbId: cdbId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DeleteCDBResponse +func (a *CDBsAPIService) DeleteCdbExecute(r ApiDeleteCdbRequest) (*DeleteCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DeleteCDBResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "CDBsAPIService.DeleteCdb") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/cdbs/{cdbId}/delete" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"cdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.cdbId, "cdbId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.cdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("cdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.deleteCDBParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiDeleteCdbTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *CDBsAPIService + cdbId string + deleteTag *DeleteTag +} + +// The parameters to delete tags +func (r ApiDeleteCdbTagsRequest) DeleteTag(deleteTag DeleteTag) ApiDeleteCdbTagsRequest { + r.deleteTag = &deleteTag + return r +} + +func (r ApiDeleteCdbTagsRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteCdbTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +DeleteCdbTags Delete tags for a CDB. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param cdbId The ID of the CDB. + @return ApiDeleteCdbTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *CDBsAPIService) DeleteCdbTags(ctx context.Context, cdbId string) ApiDeleteCdbTagsRequest { + return ApiDeleteCdbTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + cdbId: cdbId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +func (a *CDBsAPIService) DeleteCdbTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteCdbTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "CDBsAPIService.DeleteCdbTags") + if err != nil { + return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/cdbs/{cdbId}/tags/delete" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"cdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.cdbId, "cdbId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.cdbId) < 1 { + return nil, reportError("cdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.deleteTag + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiDetachCdbRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *CDBsAPIService + cdbId string +} + +func (r ApiDetachCdbRequest) Execute() (*DetachCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DetachCdbExecute(r) +} + +/* +DetachCdb Detaches an Oracle CDB from an Oracle database. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param cdbId The ID of the CDB. + @return ApiDetachCdbRequest +*/ +func (a *CDBsAPIService) DetachCdb(ctx context.Context, cdbId string) ApiDetachCdbRequest { + return ApiDetachCdbRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + cdbId: cdbId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DetachCDBResponse +func (a *CDBsAPIService) DetachCdbExecute(r ApiDetachCdbRequest) (*DetachCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DetachCDBResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "CDBsAPIService.DetachCdb") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/cdbs/{cdbId}/detachSource" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"cdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.cdbId, "cdbId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.cdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("cdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiDisableCdbRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *CDBsAPIService + cdbId string + disableCDBParameters *DisableCDBParameters +} + +// The parameters to disable a CDB. +func (r ApiDisableCdbRequest) DisableCDBParameters(disableCDBParameters DisableCDBParameters) ApiDisableCdbRequest { + r.disableCDBParameters = &disableCDBParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiDisableCdbRequest) Execute() (*DisableCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DisableCdbExecute(r) +} + +/* +DisableCdb Disable a CDB. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param cdbId The ID of the CDB. + @return ApiDisableCdbRequest +*/ +func (a *CDBsAPIService) DisableCdb(ctx context.Context, cdbId string) ApiDisableCdbRequest { + return ApiDisableCdbRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + cdbId: cdbId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DisableCDBResponse +func (a *CDBsAPIService) DisableCdbExecute(r ApiDisableCdbRequest) (*DisableCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DisableCDBResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "CDBsAPIService.DisableCdb") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/cdbs/{cdbId}/disable" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"cdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.cdbId, "cdbId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.cdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("cdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.disableCDBParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiEnableCdbRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *CDBsAPIService + cdbId string + enableCDBParameters *EnableCDBParameters +} + +// The parameters to enable a CDB. +func (r ApiEnableCdbRequest) EnableCDBParameters(enableCDBParameters EnableCDBParameters) ApiEnableCdbRequest { + r.enableCDBParameters = &enableCDBParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiEnableCdbRequest) Execute() (*EnableCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.EnableCdbExecute(r) +} + +/* +EnableCdb Enable a CDB. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param cdbId The ID of the CDB. + @return ApiEnableCdbRequest +*/ +func (a *CDBsAPIService) EnableCdb(ctx context.Context, cdbId string) ApiEnableCdbRequest { + return ApiEnableCdbRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + cdbId: cdbId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return EnableCDBResponse +func (a *CDBsAPIService) EnableCdbExecute(r ApiEnableCdbRequest) (*EnableCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *EnableCDBResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "CDBsAPIService.EnableCdb") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/cdbs/{cdbId}/enable" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"cdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.cdbId, "cdbId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.cdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("cdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.enableCDBParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetCdbByIdRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *CDBsAPIService + cdbId string +} + +func (r ApiGetCdbByIdRequest) Execute() (*CDB, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetCdbByIdExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetCdbById Get a CDB by ID (Oracle only). + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param cdbId The ID of the CDB. + @return ApiGetCdbByIdRequest +*/ +func (a *CDBsAPIService) GetCdbById(ctx context.Context, cdbId string) ApiGetCdbByIdRequest { + return ApiGetCdbByIdRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + cdbId: cdbId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return CDB +func (a *CDBsAPIService) GetCdbByIdExecute(r ApiGetCdbByIdRequest) (*CDB, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *CDB + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "CDBsAPIService.GetCdbById") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/cdbs/{cdbId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"cdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.cdbId, "cdbId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.cdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("cdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetCdbDeletionDependenciesRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *CDBsAPIService + cdbId string +} + +func (r ApiGetCdbDeletionDependenciesRequest) Execute() (*DeletionDependenciesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetCdbDeletionDependenciesExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetCdbDeletionDependencies Get deletion dependencies of a CDB. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param cdbId The ID of the CDB. + @return ApiGetCdbDeletionDependenciesRequest +*/ +func (a *CDBsAPIService) GetCdbDeletionDependencies(ctx context.Context, cdbId string) ApiGetCdbDeletionDependenciesRequest { + return ApiGetCdbDeletionDependenciesRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + cdbId: cdbId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DeletionDependenciesResponse +func (a *CDBsAPIService) GetCdbDeletionDependenciesExecute(r ApiGetCdbDeletionDependenciesRequest) (*DeletionDependenciesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DeletionDependenciesResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "CDBsAPIService.GetCdbDeletionDependencies") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/cdbs/{cdbId}/deletion-dependencies" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"cdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.cdbId, "cdbId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.cdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("cdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetCdbsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *CDBsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetCdbsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetCdbsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetCdbsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetCdbsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetCdbsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetCdbsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetCdbsRequest) Execute() (*ListCDBsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetCdbsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetCdbs List all CDBs (Oracle only). + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetCdbsRequest +*/ +func (a *CDBsAPIService) GetCdbs(ctx context.Context) ApiGetCdbsRequest { + return ApiGetCdbsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListCDBsResponse +func (a *CDBsAPIService) GetCdbsExecute(r ApiGetCdbsRequest) (*ListCDBsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListCDBsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "CDBsAPIService.GetCdbs") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/cdbs" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetTagsCdbRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *CDBsAPIService + cdbId string } -func (r ApiCreateCdbTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.CreateCdbTagsExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetTagsCdbRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetTagsCdbExecute(r) } /* -CreateCdbTags Create tags for a CDB. +GetTagsCdb Get tags for a CDB. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param cdbId The ID of the CDB. - @return ApiCreateCdbTagsRequest + @return ApiGetTagsCdbRequest */ -func (a *CDBsApiService) CreateCdbTags(ctx context.Context, cdbId string) ApiCreateCdbTagsRequest { - return ApiCreateCdbTagsRequest{ +func (a *CDBsAPIService) GetTagsCdb(ctx context.Context, cdbId string) ApiGetTagsCdbRequest { + return ApiGetTagsCdbRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, cdbId: cdbId, @@ -58,15 +1306,15 @@ func (a *CDBsApiService) CreateCdbTags(ctx context.Context, cdbId string) ApiCre // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *CDBsApiService) CreateCdbTagsExecute(r ApiCreateCdbTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *CDBsAPIService) GetTagsCdbExecute(r ApiGetTagsCdbRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "CDBsApiService.CreateCdbTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "CDBsAPIService.GetTagsCdb") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -80,12 +1328,9 @@ func (a *CDBsApiService) CreateCdbTagsExecute(r ApiCreateCdbTagsRequest) (*TagsR if strlen(r.cdbId) < 1 { return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("cdbId must have at least 1 elements") } - if r.tagsRequest == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("tagsRequest is required and must be specified") - } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -101,8 +1346,6 @@ func (a *CDBsApiService) CreateCdbTagsExecute(r ApiCreateCdbTagsRequest) (*TagsR if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } - // body params - localVarPostBody = r.tagsRequest if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -154,61 +1397,89 @@ func (a *CDBsApiService) CreateCdbTagsExecute(r ApiCreateCdbTagsRequest) (*TagsR return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiDeleteCdbTagsRequest struct { +type ApiSearchCdbsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *CDBsApiService - cdbId string - deleteTag *DeleteTag + ApiService *CDBsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody } -// The parameters to delete tags -func (r ApiDeleteCdbTagsRequest) DeleteTag(deleteTag DeleteTag) ApiDeleteCdbTagsRequest { - r.deleteTag = &deleteTag +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchCdbsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchCdbsRequest { + r.limit = &limit return r } -func (r ApiDeleteCdbTagsRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.DeleteCdbTagsExecute(r) +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchCdbsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchCdbsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiSearchCdbsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchCdbsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchCdbsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchCdbsRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchCdbsRequest) Execute() (*SearchCDBsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchCdbsExecute(r) } /* -DeleteCdbTags Delete tags for a CDB. +SearchCdbs Search for CDBs (Oracle only). @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param cdbId The ID of the CDB. - @return ApiDeleteCdbTagsRequest + @return ApiSearchCdbsRequest */ -func (a *CDBsApiService) DeleteCdbTags(ctx context.Context, cdbId string) ApiDeleteCdbTagsRequest { - return ApiDeleteCdbTagsRequest{ +func (a *CDBsAPIService) SearchCdbs(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchCdbsRequest { + return ApiSearchCdbsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, - cdbId: cdbId, } } // Execute executes the request -func (a *CDBsApiService) DeleteCdbTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteCdbTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +// @return SearchCDBsResponse +func (a *CDBsAPIService) SearchCdbsExecute(r ApiSearchCdbsRequest) (*SearchCDBsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SearchCDBsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "CDBsApiService.DeleteCdbTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "CDBsAPIService.SearchCdbs") if err != nil { - return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/cdbs/{cdbId}/tags/delete" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"cdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.cdbId, "cdbId")), -1) + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/cdbs/search" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if strlen(r.cdbId) < 1 { - return nil, reportError("cdbId must have at least 1 elements") - } + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -219,7 +1490,7 @@ func (a *CDBsApiService) DeleteCdbTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteCdbTagsRequest) (*http. } // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} // set Accept header localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) @@ -227,7 +1498,7 @@ func (a *CDBsApiService) DeleteCdbTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteCdbTagsRequest) (*http. localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.deleteTag + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -244,19 +1515,19 @@ func (a *CDBsApiService) DeleteCdbTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteCdbTagsRequest) (*http. } req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) if err != nil { - return nil, err + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err } localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err } localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) if err != nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { @@ -264,31 +1535,47 @@ func (a *CDBsApiService) DeleteCdbTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteCdbTagsRequest) (*http. body: localVarBody, error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, } - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } - return localVarHTTPResponse, nil + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetCdbByIdRequest struct { +type ApiUpdateCdbRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *CDBsApiService + ApiService *CDBsAPIService cdbId string + updateCDBParameters *UpdateCDBParameters } -func (r ApiGetCdbByIdRequest) Execute() (*CDB, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetCdbByIdExecute(r) +// The parameters to update a CDB. +func (r ApiUpdateCdbRequest) UpdateCDBParameters(updateCDBParameters UpdateCDBParameters) ApiUpdateCdbRequest { + r.updateCDBParameters = &updateCDBParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiUpdateCdbRequest) Execute() (*UpdateCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpdateCdbExecute(r) } /* -GetCdbById Get a CDB by ID (Oracle only). +UpdateCdb Update a CDB. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param cdbId The ID of the CDB. - @return ApiGetCdbByIdRequest + @return ApiUpdateCdbRequest */ -func (a *CDBsApiService) GetCdbById(ctx context.Context, cdbId string) ApiGetCdbByIdRequest { - return ApiGetCdbByIdRequest{ +func (a *CDBsAPIService) UpdateCdb(ctx context.Context, cdbId string) ApiUpdateCdbRequest { + return ApiUpdateCdbRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, cdbId: cdbId, @@ -296,16 +1583,16 @@ func (a *CDBsApiService) GetCdbById(ctx context.Context, cdbId string) ApiGetCdb } // Execute executes the request -// @return CDB -func (a *CDBsApiService) GetCdbByIdExecute(r ApiGetCdbByIdRequest) (*CDB, *http.Response, error) { +// @return UpdateCDBResponse +func (a *CDBsAPIService) UpdateCdbExecute(r ApiUpdateCdbRequest) (*UpdateCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *CDB + localVarReturnValue *UpdateCDBResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "CDBsApiService.GetCdbById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "CDBsAPIService.UpdateCdb") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -321,7 +1608,7 @@ func (a *CDBsApiService) GetCdbByIdExecute(r ApiGetCdbByIdRequest) (*CDB, *http. } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -337,6 +1624,8 @@ func (a *CDBsApiService) GetCdbByIdExecute(r ApiGetCdbByIdRequest) (*CDB, *http. if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.updateCDBParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -388,81 +1677,68 @@ func (a *CDBsApiService) GetCdbByIdExecute(r ApiGetCdbByIdRequest) (*CDB, *http. return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetCdbsRequest struct { +type ApiUpdateCdbByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *CDBsApiService - limit *int32 - cursor *string - sort *string -} - -// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiGetCdbsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetCdbsRequest { - r.limit = &limit - return r -} - -// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiGetCdbsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetCdbsRequest { - r.cursor = &cursor - return r + ApiService *CDBsAPIService + cdbId string + updateCDBParameters *UpdateCDBParameters } -// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. -func (r ApiGetCdbsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetCdbsRequest { - r.sort = &sort +// The parameters to update a CDB. +func (r ApiUpdateCdbByIdRequest) UpdateCDBParameters(updateCDBParameters UpdateCDBParameters) ApiUpdateCdbByIdRequest { + r.updateCDBParameters = &updateCDBParameters return r } -func (r ApiGetCdbsRequest) Execute() (*ListCDBsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetCdbsExecute(r) +func (r ApiUpdateCdbByIdRequest) Execute() (*UpdateCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpdateCdbByIdExecute(r) } /* -GetCdbs List all CDBs (Oracle only). +UpdateCdbById Update a CDB. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetCdbsRequest + @param cdbId The ID of the CDB. + @return ApiUpdateCdbByIdRequest + +Deprecated */ -func (a *CDBsApiService) GetCdbs(ctx context.Context) ApiGetCdbsRequest { - return ApiGetCdbsRequest{ +func (a *CDBsAPIService) UpdateCdbById(ctx context.Context, cdbId string) ApiUpdateCdbByIdRequest { + return ApiUpdateCdbByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + cdbId: cdbId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return ListCDBsResponse -func (a *CDBsApiService) GetCdbsExecute(r ApiGetCdbsRequest) (*ListCDBsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return UpdateCDBResponse +// Deprecated +func (a *CDBsAPIService) UpdateCdbByIdExecute(r ApiUpdateCdbByIdRequest) (*UpdateCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ListCDBsResponse + localVarReturnValue *UpdateCDBResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "CDBsApiService.GetCdbs") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "CDBsAPIService.UpdateCdbById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/cdbs" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/cdbs/{cdbId}/update" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"cdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.cdbId, "cdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - - if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") - } - if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") - } - if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + if strlen(r.cdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("cdbId must have at least 1 elements") } + // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -478,6 +1754,8 @@ func (a *CDBsApiService) GetCdbsExecute(r ApiGetCdbsRequest) (*ListCDBsResponse, if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.updateCDBParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -529,25 +1807,32 @@ func (a *CDBsApiService) GetCdbsExecute(r ApiGetCdbsRequest) (*ListCDBsResponse, return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetTagsCdbRequest struct { +type ApiUpgradeCdbRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *CDBsApiService + ApiService *CDBsAPIService cdbId string + upgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters *UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters } -func (r ApiGetTagsCdbRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetTagsCdbExecute(r) +// The new data to upgrade an Oracle CDB. +func (r ApiUpgradeCdbRequest) UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters(upgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters) ApiUpgradeCdbRequest { + r.upgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters = &upgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiUpgradeCdbRequest) Execute() (*UpgradeCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpgradeCdbExecute(r) } /* -GetTagsCdb Get tags for a CDB. +UpgradeCdb Upgrade Oracle CDB @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param cdbId The ID of the CDB. - @return ApiGetTagsCdbRequest + @return ApiUpgradeCdbRequest */ -func (a *CDBsApiService) GetTagsCdb(ctx context.Context, cdbId string) ApiGetTagsCdbRequest { - return ApiGetTagsCdbRequest{ +func (a *CDBsAPIService) UpgradeCdb(ctx context.Context, cdbId string) ApiUpgradeCdbRequest { + return ApiUpgradeCdbRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, cdbId: cdbId, @@ -555,21 +1840,21 @@ func (a *CDBsApiService) GetTagsCdb(ctx context.Context, cdbId string) ApiGetTag } // Execute executes the request -// @return TagsResponse -func (a *CDBsApiService) GetTagsCdbExecute(r ApiGetTagsCdbRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return UpgradeCDBResponse +func (a *CDBsAPIService) UpgradeCdbExecute(r ApiUpgradeCdbRequest) (*UpgradeCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + localVarReturnValue *UpgradeCDBResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "CDBsApiService.GetTagsCdb") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "CDBsAPIService.UpgradeCdb") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/cdbs/{cdbId}/tags" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/cdbs/{cdbId}/upgrade" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"cdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.cdbId, "cdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -580,7 +1865,7 @@ func (a *CDBsApiService) GetTagsCdbExecute(r ApiGetTagsCdbRequest) (*TagsRespons } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -596,6 +1881,8 @@ func (a *CDBsApiService) GetTagsCdbExecute(r ApiGetTagsCdbRequest) (*TagsRespons if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.upgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -647,86 +1934,63 @@ func (a *CDBsApiService) GetTagsCdbExecute(r ApiGetTagsCdbRequest) (*TagsRespons return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiSearchCdbsRequest struct { +type ApiVerifyCdbJdbcConnectionStringRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *CDBsApiService - limit *int32 - cursor *string - sort *string - searchBody *SearchBody -} - -// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiSearchCdbsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchCdbsRequest { - r.limit = &limit - return r -} - -// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiSearchCdbsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchCdbsRequest { - r.cursor = &cursor - return r -} - -// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. -func (r ApiSearchCdbsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchCdbsRequest { - r.sort = &sort - return r + ApiService *CDBsAPIService + cdbId string + oracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams *OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams } -// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. -func (r ApiSearchCdbsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchCdbsRequest { - r.searchBody = &searchBody +// The parameters to verify oracle jdbc connection string. +func (r ApiVerifyCdbJdbcConnectionStringRequest) OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams(oracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams) ApiVerifyCdbJdbcConnectionStringRequest { + r.oracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams = &oracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams return r } -func (r ApiSearchCdbsRequest) Execute() (*SearchCDBsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.SearchCdbsExecute(r) +func (r ApiVerifyCdbJdbcConnectionStringRequest) Execute() (*ConnectivityCheckResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.VerifyCdbJdbcConnectionStringExecute(r) } /* -SearchCdbs Search for CDBs (Oracle only). +VerifyCdbJdbcConnectionString Verify JDBC connection string for a CDB. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiSearchCdbsRequest + @param cdbId The ID of the CDB. + @return ApiVerifyCdbJdbcConnectionStringRequest */ -func (a *CDBsApiService) SearchCdbs(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchCdbsRequest { - return ApiSearchCdbsRequest{ +func (a *CDBsAPIService) VerifyCdbJdbcConnectionString(ctx context.Context, cdbId string) ApiVerifyCdbJdbcConnectionStringRequest { + return ApiVerifyCdbJdbcConnectionStringRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + cdbId: cdbId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return SearchCDBsResponse -func (a *CDBsApiService) SearchCdbsExecute(r ApiSearchCdbsRequest) (*SearchCDBsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return ConnectivityCheckResponse +func (a *CDBsAPIService) VerifyCdbJdbcConnectionStringExecute(r ApiVerifyCdbJdbcConnectionStringRequest) (*ConnectivityCheckResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *SearchCDBsResponse + localVarReturnValue *ConnectivityCheckResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "CDBsApiService.SearchCdbs") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "CDBsAPIService.VerifyCdbJdbcConnectionString") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/cdbs/search" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/cdbs/{cdbId}/jdbc-check" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"cdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.cdbId, "cdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - - if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") - } - if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") - } - if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + if strlen(r.cdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("cdbId must have at least 1 elements") } + // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -745,7 +2009,7 @@ func (a *CDBsApiService) SearchCdbsExecute(r ApiSearchCdbsRequest) (*SearchCDBsR localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + localVarPostBody = r.oracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { diff --git a/api_classifiers.go b/api_classifiers.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f9453adf --- /dev/null +++ b/api_classifiers.go @@ -0,0 +1,1115 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "bytes" + "context" + "io" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "strings" +) + + +// ClassifiersAPIService ClassifiersAPI service +type ClassifiersAPIService service + +type ApiCreateClassifierTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ClassifiersAPIService + classifierId string + tagsRequest *TagsRequest +} + +// Tags information for classifier. +func (r ApiCreateClassifierTagsRequest) TagsRequest(tagsRequest TagsRequest) ApiCreateClassifierTagsRequest { + r.tagsRequest = &tagsRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiCreateClassifierTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CreateClassifierTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +CreateClassifierTags Create tags for a classifier. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param classifierId The ID of the Classifier. + @return ApiCreateClassifierTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *ClassifiersAPIService) CreateClassifierTags(ctx context.Context, classifierId string) ApiCreateClassifierTagsRequest { + return ApiCreateClassifierTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + classifierId: classifierId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *ClassifiersAPIService) CreateClassifierTagsExecute(r ApiCreateClassifierTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ClassifiersAPIService.CreateClassifierTags") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/classifiers/{classifierId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"classifierId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.classifierId, "classifierId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.classifierId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("classifierId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.tagsRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("tagsRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.tagsRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiDeleteClassifierTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ClassifiersAPIService + classifierId string + deleteTag *DeleteTag +} + +// The parameters to delete tags +func (r ApiDeleteClassifierTagsRequest) DeleteTag(deleteTag DeleteTag) ApiDeleteClassifierTagsRequest { + r.deleteTag = &deleteTag + return r +} + +func (r ApiDeleteClassifierTagsRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteClassifierTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +DeleteClassifierTags Delete tags for a classifier. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param classifierId The ID of the Classifier. + @return ApiDeleteClassifierTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *ClassifiersAPIService) DeleteClassifierTags(ctx context.Context, classifierId string) ApiDeleteClassifierTagsRequest { + return ApiDeleteClassifierTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + classifierId: classifierId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +func (a *ClassifiersAPIService) DeleteClassifierTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteClassifierTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ClassifiersAPIService.DeleteClassifierTags") + if err != nil { + return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/classifiers/{classifierId}/tags/delete" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"classifierId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.classifierId, "classifierId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.classifierId) < 1 { + return nil, reportError("classifierId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.deleteTag + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetClassifierByIdRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ClassifiersAPIService + classifierId string +} + +func (r ApiGetClassifierByIdRequest) Execute() (*Classifier, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetClassifierByIdExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetClassifierById Get a classifier by ID. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param classifierId The ID of the Classifier. + @return ApiGetClassifierByIdRequest +*/ +func (a *ClassifiersAPIService) GetClassifierById(ctx context.Context, classifierId string) ApiGetClassifierByIdRequest { + return ApiGetClassifierByIdRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + classifierId: classifierId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return Classifier +func (a *ClassifiersAPIService) GetClassifierByIdExecute(r ApiGetClassifierByIdRequest) (*Classifier, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *Classifier + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ClassifiersAPIService.GetClassifierById") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/classifiers/{classifierId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"classifierId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.classifierId, "classifierId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.classifierId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("classifierId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ClassifiersAPIService + classifierId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiGetClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesRequest) Execute() (*DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetClassifierDiscoveryPolicies Get discovery policies for a classifier. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param classifierId The ID of the Classifier. + @return ApiGetClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesRequest +*/ +func (a *ClassifiersAPIService) GetClassifierDiscoveryPolicies(ctx context.Context, classifierId string) ApiGetClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesRequest { + return ApiGetClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + classifierId: classifierId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse +func (a *ClassifiersAPIService) GetClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesExecute(r ApiGetClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesRequest) (*DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ClassifiersAPIService.GetClassifierDiscoveryPolicies") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/classifiers/{classifierId}/discovery-policies" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"classifierId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.classifierId, "classifierId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.classifierId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("classifierId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetClassifierTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ClassifiersAPIService + classifierId string +} + +func (r ApiGetClassifierTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetClassifierTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetClassifierTags Get tags for a classifier. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param classifierId The ID of the Classifier. + @return ApiGetClassifierTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *ClassifiersAPIService) GetClassifierTags(ctx context.Context, classifierId string) ApiGetClassifierTagsRequest { + return ApiGetClassifierTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + classifierId: classifierId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *ClassifiersAPIService) GetClassifierTagsExecute(r ApiGetClassifierTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ClassifiersAPIService.GetClassifierTags") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/classifiers/{classifierId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"classifierId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.classifierId, "classifierId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.classifierId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("classifierId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetClassifiersRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ClassifiersAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetClassifiersRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetClassifiersRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetClassifiersRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetClassifiersRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiGetClassifiersRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetClassifiersRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetClassifiersRequest) Execute() (*ClassifiersListResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetClassifiersExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetClassifiers Retrieve classifiers. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetClassifiersRequest +*/ +func (a *ClassifiersAPIService) GetClassifiers(ctx context.Context) ApiGetClassifiersRequest { + return ApiGetClassifiersRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ClassifiersListResponse +func (a *ClassifiersAPIService) GetClassifiersExecute(r ApiGetClassifiersRequest) (*ClassifiersListResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ClassifiersListResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ClassifiersAPIService.GetClassifiers") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/classifiers" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ClassifiersAPIService + classifierId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiSearchClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesRequest) Execute() (*DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchClassifierDiscoveryPolicies Search discovery policies for a classifier. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param classifierId The ID of the Classifier. + @return ApiSearchClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesRequest +*/ +func (a *ClassifiersAPIService) SearchClassifierDiscoveryPolicies(ctx context.Context, classifierId string) ApiSearchClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesRequest { + return ApiSearchClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + classifierId: classifierId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse +func (a *ClassifiersAPIService) SearchClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesExecute(r ApiSearchClassifierDiscoveryPoliciesRequest) (*DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ClassifiersAPIService.SearchClassifierDiscoveryPolicies") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/classifiers/{classifierId}/discovery-policies/search" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"classifierId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.classifierId, "classifierId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.classifierId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("classifierId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchClassifiersRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ClassifiersAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchClassifiersRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchClassifiersRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchClassifiersRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchClassifiersRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiSearchClassifiersRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchClassifiersRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchClassifiersRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchClassifiersRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchClassifiersRequest) Execute() (*ClassifiersSearchResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchClassifiersExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchClassifiers Search for classifiers. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiSearchClassifiersRequest +*/ +func (a *ClassifiersAPIService) SearchClassifiers(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchClassifiersRequest { + return ApiSearchClassifiersRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ClassifiersSearchResponse +func (a *ClassifiersAPIService) SearchClassifiersExecute(r ApiSearchClassifiersRequest) (*ClassifiersSearchResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ClassifiersSearchResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ClassifiersAPIService.SearchClassifiers") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/classifiers/search" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} diff --git a/api_compliance_job_collections.go b/api_compliance_job_collections.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7365f771 --- /dev/null +++ b/api_compliance_job_collections.go @@ -0,0 +1,1612 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "bytes" + "context" + "io" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "strings" +) + + +// ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService ComplianceJobCollectionsAPI service +type ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService service + +type ApiCreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService + createComplianceJobCollectionRequest *CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest +} + +// The parameters to create a compliance job collection +func (r ApiCreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest(createComplianceJobCollectionRequest CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) ApiCreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest { + r.createComplianceJobCollectionRequest = &createComplianceJobCollectionRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiCreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) Execute() (*CreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CreateComplianceJobCollectionExecute(r) +} + +/* +CreateComplianceJobCollection Create a compliance job collection. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiCreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest +*/ +func (a *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService) CreateComplianceJobCollection(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest { + return ApiCreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return CreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse +func (a *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService) CreateComplianceJobCollectionExecute(r ApiCreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) (*CreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *CreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService.CreateComplianceJobCollection") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/compliance-job-collections" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.createComplianceJobCollectionRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("createComplianceJobCollectionRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.createComplianceJobCollectionRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiCreateComplianceJobCollectionTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService + complianceJobCollectionId string + tagsRequest *TagsRequest +} + +// Tags information for a compliance job collection. +func (r ApiCreateComplianceJobCollectionTagsRequest) TagsRequest(tagsRequest TagsRequest) ApiCreateComplianceJobCollectionTagsRequest { + r.tagsRequest = &tagsRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiCreateComplianceJobCollectionTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CreateComplianceJobCollectionTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +CreateComplianceJobCollectionTags Create tags for a compliance job collection. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param complianceJobCollectionId The ID of the compliance job collection. + @return ApiCreateComplianceJobCollectionTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService) CreateComplianceJobCollectionTags(ctx context.Context, complianceJobCollectionId string) ApiCreateComplianceJobCollectionTagsRequest { + return ApiCreateComplianceJobCollectionTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + complianceJobCollectionId: complianceJobCollectionId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService) CreateComplianceJobCollectionTagsExecute(r ApiCreateComplianceJobCollectionTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService.CreateComplianceJobCollectionTags") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/compliance-job-collections/{complianceJobCollectionId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"complianceJobCollectionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.complianceJobCollectionId, "complianceJobCollectionId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.complianceJobCollectionId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("complianceJobCollectionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.tagsRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("tagsRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.tagsRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiDeleteComplianceJobCollectionRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService + complianceJobCollectionId string +} + +func (r ApiDeleteComplianceJobCollectionRequest) Execute() (*DeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteComplianceJobCollectionExecute(r) +} + +/* +DeleteComplianceJobCollection Delete a compliance job collection. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param complianceJobCollectionId The ID of the compliance job collection. + @return ApiDeleteComplianceJobCollectionRequest +*/ +func (a *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService) DeleteComplianceJobCollection(ctx context.Context, complianceJobCollectionId string) ApiDeleteComplianceJobCollectionRequest { + return ApiDeleteComplianceJobCollectionRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + complianceJobCollectionId: complianceJobCollectionId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse +func (a *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService) DeleteComplianceJobCollectionExecute(r ApiDeleteComplianceJobCollectionRequest) (*DeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService.DeleteComplianceJobCollection") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/compliance-job-collections/{complianceJobCollectionId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"complianceJobCollectionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.complianceJobCollectionId, "complianceJobCollectionId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.complianceJobCollectionId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("complianceJobCollectionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiDeleteComplianceJobCollectionTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService + complianceJobCollectionId string + deleteTag *DeleteTag +} + +// The parameters to delete tags +func (r ApiDeleteComplianceJobCollectionTagsRequest) DeleteTag(deleteTag DeleteTag) ApiDeleteComplianceJobCollectionTagsRequest { + r.deleteTag = &deleteTag + return r +} + +func (r ApiDeleteComplianceJobCollectionTagsRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteComplianceJobCollectionTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +DeleteComplianceJobCollectionTags Delete tags for a compliance job collection. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param complianceJobCollectionId The ID of the compliance job collection. + @return ApiDeleteComplianceJobCollectionTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService) DeleteComplianceJobCollectionTags(ctx context.Context, complianceJobCollectionId string) ApiDeleteComplianceJobCollectionTagsRequest { + return ApiDeleteComplianceJobCollectionTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + complianceJobCollectionId: complianceJobCollectionId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +func (a *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService) DeleteComplianceJobCollectionTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteComplianceJobCollectionTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService.DeleteComplianceJobCollectionTags") + if err != nil { + return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/compliance-job-collections/{complianceJobCollectionId}/tags/delete" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"complianceJobCollectionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.complianceJobCollectionId, "complianceJobCollectionId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.complianceJobCollectionId) < 1 { + return nil, reportError("complianceJobCollectionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.deleteTag + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiExecuteComplianceJobCollectionRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService + complianceJobCollectionId string + body *map[string]interface{} +} + +func (r ApiExecuteComplianceJobCollectionRequest) Body(body map[string]interface{}) ApiExecuteComplianceJobCollectionRequest { + r.body = &body + return r +} + +func (r ApiExecuteComplianceJobCollectionRequest) Execute() (*ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionExecute(r) +} + +/* +ExecuteComplianceJobCollection Execute a compliance job collection. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param complianceJobCollectionId The ID of the compliance job collection. + @return ApiExecuteComplianceJobCollectionRequest +*/ +func (a *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService) ExecuteComplianceJobCollection(ctx context.Context, complianceJobCollectionId string) ApiExecuteComplianceJobCollectionRequest { + return ApiExecuteComplianceJobCollectionRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + complianceJobCollectionId: complianceJobCollectionId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse +func (a *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService) ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionExecute(r ApiExecuteComplianceJobCollectionRequest) (*ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService.ExecuteComplianceJobCollection") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/compliance-job-collections/{complianceJobCollectionId}/execute" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"complianceJobCollectionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.complianceJobCollectionId, "complianceJobCollectionId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.complianceJobCollectionId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("complianceJobCollectionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.body + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionByIdRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService + complianceJobCollectionId string +} + +func (r ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionByIdRequest) Execute() (*ComplianceJobCollection, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetComplianceJobCollectionByIdExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetComplianceJobCollectionById Retrieve a compliance job collection by ID. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param complianceJobCollectionId The ID of the compliance job collection. + @return ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionByIdRequest +*/ +func (a *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService) GetComplianceJobCollectionById(ctx context.Context, complianceJobCollectionId string) ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionByIdRequest { + return ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionByIdRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + complianceJobCollectionId: complianceJobCollectionId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ComplianceJobCollection +func (a *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService) GetComplianceJobCollectionByIdExecute(r ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionByIdRequest) (*ComplianceJobCollection, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ComplianceJobCollection + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService.GetComplianceJobCollectionById") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/compliance-job-collections/{complianceJobCollectionId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"complianceJobCollectionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.complianceJobCollectionId, "complianceJobCollectionId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.complianceJobCollectionId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("complianceJobCollectionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionJobsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService + complianceJobCollectionId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionJobsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionJobsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionJobsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionJobsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionJobsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionJobsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionJobsRequest) Execute() (*ListComplianceJobsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetComplianceJobCollectionJobsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetComplianceJobCollectionJobs Get compliance jobs for a compliance job collection. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param complianceJobCollectionId The ID of the compliance job collection. + @return ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionJobsRequest +*/ +func (a *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService) GetComplianceJobCollectionJobs(ctx context.Context, complianceJobCollectionId string) ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionJobsRequest { + return ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionJobsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + complianceJobCollectionId: complianceJobCollectionId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListComplianceJobsResponse +func (a *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService) GetComplianceJobCollectionJobsExecute(r ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionJobsRequest) (*ListComplianceJobsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListComplianceJobsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService.GetComplianceJobCollectionJobs") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/compliance-job-collections/{complianceJobCollectionId}/jobs" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"complianceJobCollectionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.complianceJobCollectionId, "complianceJobCollectionId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.complianceJobCollectionId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("complianceJobCollectionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService + complianceJobCollectionId string +} + +func (r ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetComplianceJobCollectionTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetComplianceJobCollectionTags Get tags for a compliance job collection. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param complianceJobCollectionId The ID of the compliance job collection. + @return ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService) GetComplianceJobCollectionTags(ctx context.Context, complianceJobCollectionId string) ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionTagsRequest { + return ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + complianceJobCollectionId: complianceJobCollectionId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService) GetComplianceJobCollectionTagsExecute(r ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService.GetComplianceJobCollectionTags") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/compliance-job-collections/{complianceJobCollectionId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"complianceJobCollectionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.complianceJobCollectionId, "complianceJobCollectionId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.complianceJobCollectionId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("complianceJobCollectionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionsRequest) Execute() (*ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetComplianceJobCollectionsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetComplianceJobCollections Retrieve the list of compliance job collections. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionsRequest +*/ +func (a *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService) GetComplianceJobCollections(ctx context.Context) ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionsRequest { + return ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse +func (a *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService) GetComplianceJobCollectionsExecute(r ApiGetComplianceJobCollectionsRequest) (*ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService.GetComplianceJobCollections") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/compliance-job-collections" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchComplianceJobCollectionJobsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService + complianceJobCollectionId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchComplianceJobCollectionJobsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchComplianceJobCollectionJobsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchComplianceJobCollectionJobsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchComplianceJobCollectionJobsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiSearchComplianceJobCollectionJobsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchComplianceJobCollectionJobsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchComplianceJobCollectionJobsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchComplianceJobCollectionJobsRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchComplianceJobCollectionJobsRequest) Execute() (*SearchComplianceJobsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchComplianceJobCollectionJobsExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchComplianceJobCollectionJobs Search compliance jobs for a compliance job collection. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param complianceJobCollectionId The ID of the compliance job collection. + @return ApiSearchComplianceJobCollectionJobsRequest +*/ +func (a *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService) SearchComplianceJobCollectionJobs(ctx context.Context, complianceJobCollectionId string) ApiSearchComplianceJobCollectionJobsRequest { + return ApiSearchComplianceJobCollectionJobsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + complianceJobCollectionId: complianceJobCollectionId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return SearchComplianceJobsResponse +func (a *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService) SearchComplianceJobCollectionJobsExecute(r ApiSearchComplianceJobCollectionJobsRequest) (*SearchComplianceJobsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SearchComplianceJobsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService.SearchComplianceJobCollectionJobs") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/compliance-job-collections/{complianceJobCollectionId}/jobs/search" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"complianceJobCollectionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.complianceJobCollectionId, "complianceJobCollectionId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.complianceJobCollectionId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("complianceJobCollectionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchComplianceJobCollectionsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchComplianceJobCollectionsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchComplianceJobCollectionsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchComplianceJobCollectionsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchComplianceJobCollectionsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiSearchComplianceJobCollectionsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchComplianceJobCollectionsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchComplianceJobCollectionsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchComplianceJobCollectionsRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchComplianceJobCollectionsRequest) Execute() (*SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchComplianceJobCollectionsExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchComplianceJobCollections Search compliance job collections. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiSearchComplianceJobCollectionsRequest +*/ +func (a *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService) SearchComplianceJobCollections(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchComplianceJobCollectionsRequest { + return ApiSearchComplianceJobCollectionsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse +func (a *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService) SearchComplianceJobCollectionsExecute(r ApiSearchComplianceJobCollectionsRequest) (*SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService.SearchComplianceJobCollections") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/compliance-job-collections/search" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiUpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService + complianceJobCollectionId string + updateComplianceJobCollectionRequest *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest +} + +// The parameters to update a compliance job collection +func (r ApiUpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest(updateComplianceJobCollectionRequest UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) ApiUpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest { + r.updateComplianceJobCollectionRequest = &updateComplianceJobCollectionRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiUpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) Execute() (*UpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpdateComplianceJobCollectionExecute(r) +} + +/* +UpdateComplianceJobCollection Update a compliance job collection. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param complianceJobCollectionId The ID of the compliance job collection. + @return ApiUpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest +*/ +func (a *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService) UpdateComplianceJobCollection(ctx context.Context, complianceJobCollectionId string) ApiUpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest { + return ApiUpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + complianceJobCollectionId: complianceJobCollectionId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return UpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse +func (a *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService) UpdateComplianceJobCollectionExecute(r ApiUpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) (*UpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService.UpdateComplianceJobCollection") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/compliance-job-collections/{complianceJobCollectionId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"complianceJobCollectionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.complianceJobCollectionId, "complianceJobCollectionId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.complianceJobCollectionId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("complianceJobCollectionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.updateComplianceJobCollectionRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("updateComplianceJobCollectionRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.updateComplianceJobCollectionRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} diff --git a/api_masking_plugins.go b/api_compliance_jobs.go similarity index 72% rename from api_masking_plugins.go rename to api_compliance_jobs.go index 6dcf2050..7fc3654d 100644 --- a/api_masking_plugins.go +++ b/api_compliance_jobs.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,44 +21,44 @@ import ( ) -// MaskingPluginsApiService MaskingPluginsApi service -type MaskingPluginsApiService service +// ComplianceJobsAPIService ComplianceJobsAPI service +type ComplianceJobsAPIService service -type ApiCreateMaskingPluginTagsRequest struct { +type ApiCreateComplianceJobTagRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingPluginsApiService - maskingPluginId string + ApiService *ComplianceJobsAPIService + complianceJobId string tagsRequest *TagsRequest } -// Tags information for masking plugin. -func (r ApiCreateMaskingPluginTagsRequest) TagsRequest(tagsRequest TagsRequest) ApiCreateMaskingPluginTagsRequest { +// Tags information for Masking Job. +func (r ApiCreateComplianceJobTagRequest) TagsRequest(tagsRequest TagsRequest) ApiCreateComplianceJobTagRequest { r.tagsRequest = &tagsRequest return r } -func (r ApiCreateMaskingPluginTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.CreateMaskingPluginTagsExecute(r) +func (r ApiCreateComplianceJobTagRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CreateComplianceJobTagExecute(r) } /* -CreateMaskingPluginTags Create tags for a masking plugin. +CreateComplianceJobTag Create tags for a compliance job. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param maskingPluginId The ID of the masking plugin. - @return ApiCreateMaskingPluginTagsRequest + @param complianceJobId The ID of the compliance job. + @return ApiCreateComplianceJobTagRequest */ -func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) CreateMaskingPluginTags(ctx context.Context, maskingPluginId string) ApiCreateMaskingPluginTagsRequest { - return ApiCreateMaskingPluginTagsRequest{ +func (a *ComplianceJobsAPIService) CreateComplianceJobTag(ctx context.Context, complianceJobId string) ApiCreateComplianceJobTagRequest { + return ApiCreateComplianceJobTagRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, - maskingPluginId: maskingPluginId, + complianceJobId: complianceJobId, } } // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) CreateMaskingPluginTagsExecute(r ApiCreateMaskingPluginTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ComplianceJobsAPIService) CreateComplianceJobTagExecute(r ApiCreateComplianceJobTagRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -66,19 +66,19 @@ func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) CreateMaskingPluginTagsExecute(r ApiCreateMas localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingPluginsApiService.CreateMaskingPluginTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ComplianceJobsAPIService.CreateComplianceJobTag") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/masking-plugins/{maskingPluginId}/tags" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"maskingPluginId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.maskingPluginId, "maskingPluginId")), -1) + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/compliance-jobs/{complianceJobId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"complianceJobId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.complianceJobId, "complianceJobId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if strlen(r.maskingPluginId) < 1 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("maskingPluginId must have at least 1 elements") + if strlen(r.complianceJobId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("complianceJobId must have at least 1 elements") } if r.tagsRequest == nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("tagsRequest is required and must be specified") @@ -154,58 +154,63 @@ func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) CreateMaskingPluginTagsExecute(r ApiCreateMas return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiDeleteMaskingPluginRequest struct { +type ApiDeleteComplianceJobTagRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingPluginsApiService - maskingPluginId string + ApiService *ComplianceJobsAPIService + complianceJobId string + deleteTag *DeleteTag +} + +// The parameters to delete tags +func (r ApiDeleteComplianceJobTagRequest) DeleteTag(deleteTag DeleteTag) ApiDeleteComplianceJobTagRequest { + r.deleteTag = &deleteTag + return r } -func (r ApiDeleteMaskingPluginRequest) Execute() (*DeleteMaskingPluginResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.DeleteMaskingPluginExecute(r) +func (r ApiDeleteComplianceJobTagRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteComplianceJobTagExecute(r) } /* -DeleteMaskingPlugin Delete a custom masking plugin. +DeleteComplianceJobTag Delete tags for a compliance job. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param maskingPluginId The ID of the masking plugin. - @return ApiDeleteMaskingPluginRequest + @param complianceJobId The ID of the compliance job. + @return ApiDeleteComplianceJobTagRequest */ -func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) DeleteMaskingPlugin(ctx context.Context, maskingPluginId string) ApiDeleteMaskingPluginRequest { - return ApiDeleteMaskingPluginRequest{ +func (a *ComplianceJobsAPIService) DeleteComplianceJobTag(ctx context.Context, complianceJobId string) ApiDeleteComplianceJobTagRequest { + return ApiDeleteComplianceJobTagRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, - maskingPluginId: maskingPluginId, + complianceJobId: complianceJobId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return DeleteMaskingPluginResponse -func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) DeleteMaskingPluginExecute(r ApiDeleteMaskingPluginRequest) (*DeleteMaskingPluginResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ComplianceJobsAPIService) DeleteComplianceJobTagExecute(r ApiDeleteComplianceJobTagRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *DeleteMaskingPluginResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingPluginsApiService.DeleteMaskingPlugin") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ComplianceJobsAPIService.DeleteComplianceJobTag") if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/masking-plugins/{maskingPluginId}" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"maskingPluginId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.maskingPluginId, "maskingPluginId")), -1) + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/compliance-jobs/{complianceJobId}/tags/delete" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"complianceJobId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.complianceJobId, "complianceJobId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if strlen(r.maskingPluginId) < 1 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("maskingPluginId must have at least 1 elements") + if strlen(r.complianceJobId) < 1 { + return nil, reportError("complianceJobId must have at least 1 elements") } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -214,13 +219,15 @@ func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) DeleteMaskingPluginExecute(r ApiDeleteMasking } // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} // set Accept header localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.deleteTag if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -237,19 +244,19 @@ func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) DeleteMaskingPluginExecute(r ApiDeleteMasking } req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + return nil, err } localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarHTTPResponse, err } localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarHTTPResponse, err } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { @@ -257,74 +264,66 @@ func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) DeleteMaskingPluginExecute(r ApiDeleteMasking body: localVarBody, error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, } - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr - } - - err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) - if err != nil { - newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ - body: localVarBody, - error: err.Error(), - } - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil + return localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiDeleteMaskingPluginTagsRequest struct { +type ApiExecuteComplianceJobRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingPluginsApiService - maskingPluginId string - deleteTag *DeleteTag + ApiService *ComplianceJobsAPIService + complianceJobId string + body *map[string]interface{} } -// The parameters to delete tags -func (r ApiDeleteMaskingPluginTagsRequest) DeleteTag(deleteTag DeleteTag) ApiDeleteMaskingPluginTagsRequest { - r.deleteTag = &deleteTag +func (r ApiExecuteComplianceJobRequest) Body(body map[string]interface{}) ApiExecuteComplianceJobRequest { + r.body = &body return r } -func (r ApiDeleteMaskingPluginTagsRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.DeleteMaskingPluginTagsExecute(r) +func (r ApiExecuteComplianceJobRequest) Execute() (*ExecuteComplianceJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ExecuteComplianceJobExecute(r) } /* -DeleteMaskingPluginTags Delete tags for a masking plugin. +ExecuteComplianceJob Execute a compliance job. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param maskingPluginId The ID of the masking plugin. - @return ApiDeleteMaskingPluginTagsRequest + @param complianceJobId The ID of the compliance job. + @return ApiExecuteComplianceJobRequest */ -func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) DeleteMaskingPluginTags(ctx context.Context, maskingPluginId string) ApiDeleteMaskingPluginTagsRequest { - return ApiDeleteMaskingPluginTagsRequest{ +func (a *ComplianceJobsAPIService) ExecuteComplianceJob(ctx context.Context, complianceJobId string) ApiExecuteComplianceJobRequest { + return ApiExecuteComplianceJobRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, - maskingPluginId: maskingPluginId, + complianceJobId: complianceJobId, } } // Execute executes the request -func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) DeleteMaskingPluginTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteMaskingPluginTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +// @return ExecuteComplianceJobResponse +func (a *ComplianceJobsAPIService) ExecuteComplianceJobExecute(r ApiExecuteComplianceJobRequest) (*ExecuteComplianceJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ExecuteComplianceJobResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingPluginsApiService.DeleteMaskingPluginTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ComplianceJobsAPIService.ExecuteComplianceJob") if err != nil { - return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/masking-plugins/{maskingPluginId}/tags/delete" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"maskingPluginId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.maskingPluginId, "maskingPluginId")), -1) + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/compliance-jobs/{complianceJobId}/execute" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"complianceJobId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.complianceJobId, "complianceJobId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if strlen(r.maskingPluginId) < 1 { - return nil, reportError("maskingPluginId must have at least 1 elements") + if strlen(r.complianceJobId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("complianceJobId must have at least 1 elements") } // to determine the Content-Type header @@ -337,7 +336,7 @@ func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) DeleteMaskingPluginTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteMas } // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} // set Accept header localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) @@ -345,7 +344,7 @@ func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) DeleteMaskingPluginTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteMas localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.deleteTag + localVarPostBody = r.body if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -362,19 +361,19 @@ func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) DeleteMaskingPluginTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteMas } req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) if err != nil { - return nil, err + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err } localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err } localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) if err != nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { @@ -382,60 +381,69 @@ func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) DeleteMaskingPluginTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteMas body: localVarBody, error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, } - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } - return localVarHTTPResponse, nil + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetMaskingPluginByIdRequest struct { +type ApiGetComplianceJobByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingPluginsApiService - maskingPluginId string + ApiService *ComplianceJobsAPIService + complianceJobId string } -func (r ApiGetMaskingPluginByIdRequest) Execute() (*MaskingPlugin, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetMaskingPluginByIdExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetComplianceJobByIdRequest) Execute() (*ComplianceJob, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetComplianceJobByIdExecute(r) } /* -GetMaskingPluginById Get a masking plugin by ID or name. +GetComplianceJobById Retrieve a compliance job by ID. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param maskingPluginId The ID of the masking plugin. - @return ApiGetMaskingPluginByIdRequest + @param complianceJobId The ID of the compliance job. + @return ApiGetComplianceJobByIdRequest */ -func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) GetMaskingPluginById(ctx context.Context, maskingPluginId string) ApiGetMaskingPluginByIdRequest { - return ApiGetMaskingPluginByIdRequest{ +func (a *ComplianceJobsAPIService) GetComplianceJobById(ctx context.Context, complianceJobId string) ApiGetComplianceJobByIdRequest { + return ApiGetComplianceJobByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, - maskingPluginId: maskingPluginId, + complianceJobId: complianceJobId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return MaskingPlugin -func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) GetMaskingPluginByIdExecute(r ApiGetMaskingPluginByIdRequest) (*MaskingPlugin, *http.Response, error) { +// @return ComplianceJob +func (a *ComplianceJobsAPIService) GetComplianceJobByIdExecute(r ApiGetComplianceJobByIdRequest) (*ComplianceJob, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *MaskingPlugin + localVarReturnValue *ComplianceJob ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingPluginsApiService.GetMaskingPluginById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ComplianceJobsAPIService.GetComplianceJobById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/masking-plugins/{maskingPluginId}" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"maskingPluginId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.maskingPluginId, "maskingPluginId")), -1) + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/compliance-jobs/{complianceJobId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"complianceJobId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.complianceJobId, "complianceJobId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if strlen(r.maskingPluginId) < 1 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("maskingPluginId must have at least 1 elements") + if strlen(r.complianceJobId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("complianceJobId must have at least 1 elements") } // to determine the Content-Type header @@ -506,54 +514,54 @@ func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) GetMaskingPluginByIdExecute(r ApiGetMaskingPl return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetMaskingPluginTagsRequest struct { +type ApiGetComplianceJobConnectorsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingPluginsApiService - maskingPluginId string + ApiService *ComplianceJobsAPIService + complianceJobId string } -func (r ApiGetMaskingPluginTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetMaskingPluginTagsExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetComplianceJobConnectorsRequest) Execute() (*ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetComplianceJobConnectorsExecute(r) } /* -GetMaskingPluginTags Get tags for a masking plugin. +GetComplianceJobConnectors Get connectors for a Masking Job by ID. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param maskingPluginId The ID of the masking plugin. - @return ApiGetMaskingPluginTagsRequest + @param complianceJobId The ID of the compliance job. + @return ApiGetComplianceJobConnectorsRequest */ -func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) GetMaskingPluginTags(ctx context.Context, maskingPluginId string) ApiGetMaskingPluginTagsRequest { - return ApiGetMaskingPluginTagsRequest{ +func (a *ComplianceJobsAPIService) GetComplianceJobConnectors(ctx context.Context, complianceJobId string) ApiGetComplianceJobConnectorsRequest { + return ApiGetComplianceJobConnectorsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, - maskingPluginId: maskingPluginId, + complianceJobId: complianceJobId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return TagsResponse -func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) GetMaskingPluginTagsExecute(r ApiGetMaskingPluginTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse +func (a *ComplianceJobsAPIService) GetComplianceJobConnectorsExecute(r ApiGetComplianceJobConnectorsRequest) (*ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + localVarReturnValue *ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingPluginsApiService.GetMaskingPluginTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ComplianceJobsAPIService.GetComplianceJobConnectors") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/masking-plugins/{maskingPluginId}/tags" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"maskingPluginId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.maskingPluginId, "maskingPluginId")), -1) + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/compliance-jobs/{complianceJobId}/connectors" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"complianceJobId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.complianceJobId, "complianceJobId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if strlen(r.maskingPluginId) < 1 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("maskingPluginId must have at least 1 elements") + if strlen(r.complianceJobId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("complianceJobId must have at least 1 elements") } // to determine the Content-Type header @@ -624,79 +632,56 @@ func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) GetMaskingPluginTagsExecute(r ApiGetMaskingPl return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetMaskingPluginsRequest struct { +type ApiGetComplianceJobTagRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingPluginsApiService - limit *int32 - cursor *string - sort *string + ApiService *ComplianceJobsAPIService + complianceJobId string } -// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiGetMaskingPluginsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetMaskingPluginsRequest { - r.limit = &limit - return r -} - -// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiGetMaskingPluginsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetMaskingPluginsRequest { - r.cursor = &cursor - return r -} - -// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. -func (r ApiGetMaskingPluginsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetMaskingPluginsRequest { - r.sort = &sort - return r -} - -func (r ApiGetMaskingPluginsRequest) Execute() (*ListMaskingPluginsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetMaskingPluginsExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetComplianceJobTagRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetComplianceJobTagExecute(r) } /* -GetMaskingPlugins Retrieve the list of masking plugins. +GetComplianceJobTag Get tags for a compliance job. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetMaskingPluginsRequest + @param complianceJobId The ID of the compliance job. + @return ApiGetComplianceJobTagRequest */ -func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) GetMaskingPlugins(ctx context.Context) ApiGetMaskingPluginsRequest { - return ApiGetMaskingPluginsRequest{ +func (a *ComplianceJobsAPIService) GetComplianceJobTag(ctx context.Context, complianceJobId string) ApiGetComplianceJobTagRequest { + return ApiGetComplianceJobTagRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + complianceJobId: complianceJobId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return ListMaskingPluginsResponse -func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) GetMaskingPluginsExecute(r ApiGetMaskingPluginsRequest) (*ListMaskingPluginsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *ComplianceJobsAPIService) GetComplianceJobTagExecute(r ApiGetComplianceJobTagRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ListMaskingPluginsResponse + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingPluginsApiService.GetMaskingPlugins") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ComplianceJobsAPIService.GetComplianceJobTag") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/masking-plugins" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/compliance-jobs/{complianceJobId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"complianceJobId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.complianceJobId, "complianceJobId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - - if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") - } - if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") - } - if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + if strlen(r.complianceJobId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("complianceJobId must have at least 1 elements") } + // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -765,60 +750,84 @@ func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) GetMaskingPluginsExecute(r ApiGetMaskingPlugi return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiInstallMaskingPluginRequest struct { +type ApiGetComplianceJobsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingPluginsApiService - installMaskingPluginParameters *InstallMaskingPluginParameters + ApiService *ComplianceJobsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string } -func (r ApiInstallMaskingPluginRequest) InstallMaskingPluginParameters(installMaskingPluginParameters InstallMaskingPluginParameters) ApiInstallMaskingPluginRequest { - r.installMaskingPluginParameters = &installMaskingPluginParameters +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetComplianceJobsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetComplianceJobsRequest { + r.limit = &limit return r } -func (r ApiInstallMaskingPluginRequest) Execute() (*InstallMaskingPluginResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.InstallMaskingPluginExecute(r) +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetComplianceJobsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetComplianceJobsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiGetComplianceJobsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetComplianceJobsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetComplianceJobsRequest) Execute() (*ListComplianceJobsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetComplianceJobsExecute(r) } /* -InstallMaskingPlugin Install a custom masking plugin. +GetComplianceJobs Retrieve the list of compliance jobs. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiInstallMaskingPluginRequest + @return ApiGetComplianceJobsRequest */ -func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) InstallMaskingPlugin(ctx context.Context) ApiInstallMaskingPluginRequest { - return ApiInstallMaskingPluginRequest{ +func (a *ComplianceJobsAPIService) GetComplianceJobs(ctx context.Context) ApiGetComplianceJobsRequest { + return ApiGetComplianceJobsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return InstallMaskingPluginResponse -func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) InstallMaskingPluginExecute(r ApiInstallMaskingPluginRequest) (*InstallMaskingPluginResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return ListComplianceJobsResponse +func (a *ComplianceJobsAPIService) GetComplianceJobsExecute(r ApiGetComplianceJobsRequest) (*ListComplianceJobsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *InstallMaskingPluginResponse + localVarReturnValue *ListComplianceJobsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingPluginsApiService.InstallMaskingPlugin") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ComplianceJobsAPIService.GetComplianceJobs") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/masking-plugins" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/compliance-jobs" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.installMaskingPluginParameters == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("installMaskingPluginParameters is required and must be specified") - } + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -834,8 +843,6 @@ func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) InstallMaskingPluginExecute(r ApiInstallMaski if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } - // body params - localVarPostBody = r.installMaskingPluginParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -887,9 +894,9 @@ func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) InstallMaskingPluginExecute(r ApiInstallMaski return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiSearchMaskingPluginsRequest struct { +type ApiSearchComplianceJobsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingPluginsApiService + ApiService *ComplianceJobsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -897,75 +904,78 @@ type ApiSearchMaskingPluginsRequest struct { } // Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiSearchMaskingPluginsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchMaskingPluginsRequest { +func (r ApiSearchComplianceJobsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchComplianceJobsRequest { r.limit = &limit return r } // Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiSearchMaskingPluginsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchMaskingPluginsRequest { +func (r ApiSearchComplianceJobsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchComplianceJobsRequest { r.cursor = &cursor return r } // The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. -func (r ApiSearchMaskingPluginsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchMaskingPluginsRequest { +func (r ApiSearchComplianceJobsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchComplianceJobsRequest { r.sort = &sort return r } // A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. -func (r ApiSearchMaskingPluginsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchMaskingPluginsRequest { +func (r ApiSearchComplianceJobsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchComplianceJobsRequest { r.searchBody = &searchBody return r } -func (r ApiSearchMaskingPluginsRequest) Execute() (*SearchMaskingPluginsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.SearchMaskingPluginsExecute(r) +func (r ApiSearchComplianceJobsRequest) Execute() (*SearchComplianceJobsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchComplianceJobsExecute(r) } /* -SearchMaskingPlugins Search for masking plugins. +SearchComplianceJobs Search compliance jobs. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiSearchMaskingPluginsRequest + @return ApiSearchComplianceJobsRequest */ -func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) SearchMaskingPlugins(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchMaskingPluginsRequest { - return ApiSearchMaskingPluginsRequest{ +func (a *ComplianceJobsAPIService) SearchComplianceJobs(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchComplianceJobsRequest { + return ApiSearchComplianceJobsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return SearchMaskingPluginsResponse -func (a *MaskingPluginsApiService) SearchMaskingPluginsExecute(r ApiSearchMaskingPluginsRequest) (*SearchMaskingPluginsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return SearchComplianceJobsResponse +func (a *ComplianceJobsAPIService) SearchComplianceJobsExecute(r ApiSearchComplianceJobsRequest) (*SearchComplianceJobsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *SearchMaskingPluginsResponse + localVarReturnValue *SearchComplianceJobsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingPluginsApiService.SearchMaskingPlugins") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ComplianceJobsAPIService.SearchComplianceJobs") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/masking-plugins/search" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/compliance-jobs/search" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} diff --git a/api_connectivity.go b/api_connectivity.go index 9d49cbb8..c5537f65 100644 --- a/api_connectivity.go +++ b/api_connectivity.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -20,12 +20,124 @@ import ( ) -// ConnectivityApiService ConnectivityApi service -type ConnectivityApiService service +// ConnectivityAPIService ConnectivityAPI service +type ConnectivityAPIService service + +type ApiCommvaultConnectivityCheckRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ConnectivityAPIService + commvaultConnectivityCheckParameters *CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters +} + +// The api to check connectivity to the CommServe host and staging client from an environment. +func (r ApiCommvaultConnectivityCheckRequest) CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters(commvaultConnectivityCheckParameters CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) ApiCommvaultConnectivityCheckRequest { + r.commvaultConnectivityCheckParameters = &commvaultConnectivityCheckParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiCommvaultConnectivityCheckRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CommvaultConnectivityCheckExecute(r) +} + +/* +CommvaultConnectivityCheck Tests whether the CommServe host is accessible from the given environment and Commvault agent. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiCommvaultConnectivityCheckRequest +*/ +func (a *ConnectivityAPIService) CommvaultConnectivityCheck(ctx context.Context) ApiCommvaultConnectivityCheckRequest { + return ApiCommvaultConnectivityCheckRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +func (a *ConnectivityAPIService) CommvaultConnectivityCheckExecute(r ApiCommvaultConnectivityCheckRequest) (*http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ConnectivityAPIService.CommvaultConnectivityCheck") + if err != nil { + return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/commvault/connectivity/check" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.commvaultConnectivityCheckParameters == nil { + return nil, reportError("commvaultConnectivityCheckParameters is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.commvaultConnectivityCheckParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} type ApiConnectivityCheckRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ConnectivityApiService + ApiService *ConnectivityAPIService connectivityCheckParameters *ConnectivityCheckParameters } @@ -45,7 +157,7 @@ ConnectivityCheck Checks connectivity between an engine and a remote host machin @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiConnectivityCheckRequest */ -func (a *ConnectivityApiService) ConnectivityCheck(ctx context.Context) ApiConnectivityCheckRequest { +func (a *ConnectivityAPIService) ConnectivityCheck(ctx context.Context) ApiConnectivityCheckRequest { return ApiConnectivityCheckRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -54,7 +166,7 @@ func (a *ConnectivityApiService) ConnectivityCheck(ctx context.Context) ApiConne // Execute executes the request // @return ConnectivityCheckResponse -func (a *ConnectivityApiService) ConnectivityCheckExecute(r ApiConnectivityCheckRequest) (*ConnectivityCheckResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ConnectivityAPIService) ConnectivityCheckExecute(r ApiConnectivityCheckRequest) (*ConnectivityCheckResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -62,7 +174,7 @@ func (a *ConnectivityApiService) ConnectivityCheckExecute(r ApiConnectivityCheck localVarReturnValue *ConnectivityCheckResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ConnectivityApiService.ConnectivityCheck") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ConnectivityAPIService.ConnectivityCheck") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -148,7 +260,7 @@ func (a *ConnectivityApiService) ConnectivityCheckExecute(r ApiConnectivityCheck type ApiDatabaseConnectivityCheckRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ConnectivityApiService + ApiService *ConnectivityAPIService databaseConnectivityCheckParameters *DatabaseConnectivityCheckParameters } @@ -167,7 +279,7 @@ DatabaseConnectivityCheck Tests the validity of the supplied database credential @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiDatabaseConnectivityCheckRequest */ -func (a *ConnectivityApiService) DatabaseConnectivityCheck(ctx context.Context) ApiDatabaseConnectivityCheckRequest { +func (a *ConnectivityAPIService) DatabaseConnectivityCheck(ctx context.Context) ApiDatabaseConnectivityCheckRequest { return ApiDatabaseConnectivityCheckRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -176,7 +288,7 @@ func (a *ConnectivityApiService) DatabaseConnectivityCheck(ctx context.Context) // Execute executes the request // @return ConnectivityCheckResponse -func (a *ConnectivityApiService) DatabaseConnectivityCheckExecute(r ApiDatabaseConnectivityCheckRequest) (*ConnectivityCheckResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ConnectivityAPIService) DatabaseConnectivityCheckExecute(r ApiDatabaseConnectivityCheckRequest) (*ConnectivityCheckResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -184,7 +296,7 @@ func (a *ConnectivityApiService) DatabaseConnectivityCheckExecute(r ApiDatabaseC localVarReturnValue *ConnectivityCheckResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ConnectivityApiService.DatabaseConnectivityCheck") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ConnectivityAPIService.DatabaseConnectivityCheck") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -267,3 +379,115 @@ func (a *ConnectivityApiService) DatabaseConnectivityCheckExecute(r ApiDatabaseC return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } + +type ApiNetbackupConnectivityCheckRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ConnectivityAPIService + netbackupConnectivityCheckParameters *NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters +} + +// The api to check connectivity of NetBackup master server and client on an environment. +func (r ApiNetbackupConnectivityCheckRequest) NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters(netbackupConnectivityCheckParameters NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters) ApiNetbackupConnectivityCheckRequest { + r.netbackupConnectivityCheckParameters = &netbackupConnectivityCheckParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiNetbackupConnectivityCheckRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.NetbackupConnectivityCheckExecute(r) +} + +/* +NetbackupConnectivityCheck Checks whether the specified NetBackup master server and client are able to communicate on the given environment. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiNetbackupConnectivityCheckRequest +*/ +func (a *ConnectivityAPIService) NetbackupConnectivityCheck(ctx context.Context) ApiNetbackupConnectivityCheckRequest { + return ApiNetbackupConnectivityCheckRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +func (a *ConnectivityAPIService) NetbackupConnectivityCheckExecute(r ApiNetbackupConnectivityCheckRequest) (*http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ConnectivityAPIService.NetbackupConnectivityCheck") + if err != nil { + return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/netbackup/connectivity/check" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.netbackupConnectivityCheckParameters == nil { + return nil, reportError("netbackupConnectivityCheckParameters is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.netbackupConnectivityCheckParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} diff --git a/api_connectors.go b/api_connectors.go index 61aa4da2..880d2648 100644 --- a/api_connectors.go +++ b/api_connectors.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,12 +21,12 @@ import ( ) -// ConnectorsApiService ConnectorsApi service -type ConnectorsApiService service +// ConnectorsAPIService ConnectorsAPI service +type ConnectorsAPIService service type ApiConnectorsTestRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ConnectorsApiService + ApiService *ConnectorsAPIService connectorId string } @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ ConnectorsTest Checks connectivity between a masking engine and a remote data so @param connectorId The ID of the Connector. @return ApiConnectorsTestRequest */ -func (a *ConnectorsApiService) ConnectorsTest(ctx context.Context, connectorId string) ApiConnectorsTestRequest { +func (a *ConnectorsAPIService) ConnectorsTest(ctx context.Context, connectorId string) ApiConnectorsTestRequest { return ApiConnectorsTestRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ func (a *ConnectorsApiService) ConnectorsTest(ctx context.Context, connectorId s // Execute executes the request // @return ConnectorTestResponse -func (a *ConnectorsApiService) ConnectorsTestExecute(r ApiConnectorsTestRequest) (*ConnectorTestResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ConnectorsAPIService) ConnectorsTestExecute(r ApiConnectorsTestRequest) (*ConnectorTestResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ func (a *ConnectorsApiService) ConnectorsTestExecute(r ApiConnectorsTestRequest) localVarReturnValue *ConnectorTestResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ConnectorsApiService.ConnectorsTest") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ConnectorsAPIService.ConnectorsTest") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ func (a *ConnectorsApiService) ConnectorsTestExecute(r ApiConnectorsTestRequest) type ApiCreateConnectorTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ConnectorsApiService + ApiService *ConnectorsAPIService connectorId string tagsRequest *TagsRequest } @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ CreateConnectorTags Create tags for a Connector. @param connectorId The ID of the Connector. @return ApiCreateConnectorTagsRequest */ -func (a *ConnectorsApiService) CreateConnectorTags(ctx context.Context, connectorId string) ApiCreateConnectorTagsRequest { +func (a *ConnectorsAPIService) CreateConnectorTags(ctx context.Context, connectorId string) ApiCreateConnectorTagsRequest { return ApiCreateConnectorTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ func (a *ConnectorsApiService) CreateConnectorTags(ctx context.Context, connecto // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *ConnectorsApiService) CreateConnectorTagsExecute(r ApiCreateConnectorTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ConnectorsAPIService) CreateConnectorTagsExecute(r ApiCreateConnectorTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ func (a *ConnectorsApiService) CreateConnectorTagsExecute(r ApiCreateConnectorTa localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ConnectorsApiService.CreateConnectorTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ConnectorsAPIService.CreateConnectorTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ func (a *ConnectorsApiService) CreateConnectorTagsExecute(r ApiCreateConnectorTa type ApiDeleteConnectorTagRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ConnectorsApiService + ApiService *ConnectorsAPIService connectorId string deleteTag *DeleteTag } @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ DeleteConnectorTag Delete tags for a Connector. @param connectorId The ID of the Connector. @return ApiDeleteConnectorTagRequest */ -func (a *ConnectorsApiService) DeleteConnectorTag(ctx context.Context, connectorId string) ApiDeleteConnectorTagRequest { +func (a *ConnectorsAPIService) DeleteConnectorTag(ctx context.Context, connectorId string) ApiDeleteConnectorTagRequest { return ApiDeleteConnectorTagRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -305,14 +305,14 @@ func (a *ConnectorsApiService) DeleteConnectorTag(ctx context.Context, connector } // Execute executes the request -func (a *ConnectorsApiService) DeleteConnectorTagExecute(r ApiDeleteConnectorTagRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *ConnectorsAPIService) DeleteConnectorTagExecute(r ApiDeleteConnectorTagRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ConnectorsApiService.DeleteConnectorTag") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ConnectorsAPIService.DeleteConnectorTag") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ func (a *ConnectorsApiService) DeleteConnectorTagExecute(r ApiDeleteConnectorTag type ApiGetConnectorByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ConnectorsApiService + ApiService *ConnectorsAPIService connectorId string } @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ GetConnectorById Retrieve a masking Connector by ID. @param connectorId The ID of the Connector. @return ApiGetConnectorByIdRequest */ -func (a *ConnectorsApiService) GetConnectorById(ctx context.Context, connectorId string) ApiGetConnectorByIdRequest { +func (a *ConnectorsAPIService) GetConnectorById(ctx context.Context, connectorId string) ApiGetConnectorByIdRequest { return ApiGetConnectorByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ func (a *ConnectorsApiService) GetConnectorById(ctx context.Context, connectorId // Execute executes the request // @return Connector -func (a *ConnectorsApiService) GetConnectorByIdExecute(r ApiGetConnectorByIdRequest) (*Connector, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ConnectorsAPIService) GetConnectorByIdExecute(r ApiGetConnectorByIdRequest) (*Connector, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ func (a *ConnectorsApiService) GetConnectorByIdExecute(r ApiGetConnectorByIdRequ localVarReturnValue *Connector ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ConnectorsApiService.GetConnectorById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ConnectorsAPIService.GetConnectorById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ func (a *ConnectorsApiService) GetConnectorByIdExecute(r ApiGetConnectorByIdRequ type ApiGetConnectorTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ConnectorsApiService + ApiService *ConnectorsAPIService connectorId string } @@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ GetConnectorTags Get tags for a Connector. @param connectorId The ID of the Connector. @return ApiGetConnectorTagsRequest */ -func (a *ConnectorsApiService) GetConnectorTags(ctx context.Context, connectorId string) ApiGetConnectorTagsRequest { +func (a *ConnectorsAPIService) GetConnectorTags(ctx context.Context, connectorId string) ApiGetConnectorTagsRequest { return ApiGetConnectorTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ func (a *ConnectorsApiService) GetConnectorTags(ctx context.Context, connectorId // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *ConnectorsApiService) GetConnectorTagsExecute(r ApiGetConnectorTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ConnectorsAPIService) GetConnectorTagsExecute(r ApiGetConnectorTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ func (a *ConnectorsApiService) GetConnectorTagsExecute(r ApiGetConnectorTagsRequ localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ConnectorsApiService.GetConnectorTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ConnectorsAPIService.GetConnectorTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ func (a *ConnectorsApiService) GetConnectorTagsExecute(r ApiGetConnectorTagsRequ type ApiGetConnectorsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ConnectorsApiService + ApiService *ConnectorsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ GetConnectors Retrieve the list of masking connectors. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiGetConnectorsRequest */ -func (a *ConnectorsApiService) GetConnectors(ctx context.Context) ApiGetConnectorsRequest { +func (a *ConnectorsAPIService) GetConnectors(ctx context.Context) ApiGetConnectorsRequest { return ApiGetConnectorsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ func (a *ConnectorsApiService) GetConnectors(ctx context.Context) ApiGetConnecto // Execute executes the request // @return ListConnectorsResponse -func (a *ConnectorsApiService) GetConnectorsExecute(r ApiGetConnectorsRequest) (*ListConnectorsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ConnectorsAPIService) GetConnectorsExecute(r ApiGetConnectorsRequest) (*ListConnectorsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ func (a *ConnectorsApiService) GetConnectorsExecute(r ApiGetConnectorsRequest) ( localVarReturnValue *ListConnectorsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ConnectorsApiService.GetConnectors") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ConnectorsAPIService.GetConnectors") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -689,13 +689,16 @@ func (a *ConnectorsApiService) GetConnectorsExecute(r ApiGetConnectorsRequest) ( localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -765,9 +768,10 @@ func (a *ConnectorsApiService) GetConnectorsExecute(r ApiGetConnectorsRequest) ( return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiSearchConnectorsRequest struct { +type ApiSearchConnectorJobsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ConnectorsApiService + ApiService *ConnectorsAPIService + connectorId string limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -775,75 +779,84 @@ type ApiSearchConnectorsRequest struct { } // Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiSearchConnectorsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchConnectorsRequest { +func (r ApiSearchConnectorJobsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchConnectorJobsRequest { r.limit = &limit return r } // Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiSearchConnectorsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchConnectorsRequest { +func (r ApiSearchConnectorJobsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchConnectorJobsRequest { r.cursor = &cursor return r } // The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. -func (r ApiSearchConnectorsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchConnectorsRequest { +func (r ApiSearchConnectorJobsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchConnectorJobsRequest { r.sort = &sort return r } // A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. -func (r ApiSearchConnectorsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchConnectorsRequest { +func (r ApiSearchConnectorJobsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchConnectorJobsRequest { r.searchBody = &searchBody return r } -func (r ApiSearchConnectorsRequest) Execute() (*SearchConnectorsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.SearchConnectorsExecute(r) +func (r ApiSearchConnectorJobsRequest) Execute() (*ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchConnectorJobsExecute(r) } /* -SearchConnectors Search for masking Connectors. +SearchConnectorJobs Search jobs that use this connector @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiSearchConnectorsRequest + @param connectorId The ID of the Connector. + @return ApiSearchConnectorJobsRequest */ -func (a *ConnectorsApiService) SearchConnectors(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchConnectorsRequest { - return ApiSearchConnectorsRequest{ +func (a *ConnectorsAPIService) SearchConnectorJobs(ctx context.Context, connectorId string) ApiSearchConnectorJobsRequest { + return ApiSearchConnectorJobsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + connectorId: connectorId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return SearchConnectorsResponse -func (a *ConnectorsApiService) SearchConnectorsExecute(r ApiSearchConnectorsRequest) (*SearchConnectorsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse +func (a *ConnectorsAPIService) SearchConnectorJobsExecute(r ApiSearchConnectorJobsRequest) (*ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *SearchConnectorsResponse + localVarReturnValue *ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ConnectorsApiService.SearchConnectors") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ConnectorsAPIService.SearchConnectorJobs") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/connectors/search" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/connectors/{connectorId}/masking-jobs/search" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"connectorId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.connectorId, "connectorId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.connectorId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("connectorId must have at least 1 elements") + } if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -915,63 +928,89 @@ func (a *ConnectorsApiService) SearchConnectorsExecute(r ApiSearchConnectorsRequ return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiUpdateConnectorByIdRequest struct { +type ApiSearchConnectorsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ConnectorsApiService - connectorId string - connectorUpdateParameters *ConnectorUpdateParameters + ApiService *ConnectorsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchConnectorsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchConnectorsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchConnectorsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchConnectorsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiSearchConnectorsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchConnectorsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r } -// The new data to update a masking Connector. -func (r ApiUpdateConnectorByIdRequest) ConnectorUpdateParameters(connectorUpdateParameters ConnectorUpdateParameters) ApiUpdateConnectorByIdRequest { - r.connectorUpdateParameters = &connectorUpdateParameters +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchConnectorsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchConnectorsRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody return r } -func (r ApiUpdateConnectorByIdRequest) Execute() (*UpdateConnectorResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.UpdateConnectorByIdExecute(r) +func (r ApiSearchConnectorsRequest) Execute() (*SearchConnectorsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchConnectorsExecute(r) } /* -UpdateConnectorById Update a masking Connector by ID. +SearchConnectors Search for masking Connectors. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param connectorId The ID of the Connector. - @return ApiUpdateConnectorByIdRequest + @return ApiSearchConnectorsRequest */ -func (a *ConnectorsApiService) UpdateConnectorById(ctx context.Context, connectorId string) ApiUpdateConnectorByIdRequest { - return ApiUpdateConnectorByIdRequest{ +func (a *ConnectorsAPIService) SearchConnectors(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchConnectorsRequest { + return ApiSearchConnectorsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, - connectorId: connectorId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return UpdateConnectorResponse -func (a *ConnectorsApiService) UpdateConnectorByIdExecute(r ApiUpdateConnectorByIdRequest) (*UpdateConnectorResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return SearchConnectorsResponse +func (a *ConnectorsAPIService) SearchConnectorsExecute(r ApiSearchConnectorsRequest) (*SearchConnectorsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *UpdateConnectorResponse + localVarReturnValue *SearchConnectorsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ConnectorsApiService.UpdateConnectorById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ConnectorsAPIService.SearchConnectors") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/connectors/{connectorId}" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"connectorId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.connectorId, "connectorId")), -1) + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/connectors/search" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if strlen(r.connectorId) < 1 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("connectorId must have at least 1 elements") - } + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -990,7 +1029,7 @@ func (a *ConnectorsApiService) UpdateConnectorByIdExecute(r ApiUpdateConnectorBy localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.connectorUpdateParameters + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { diff --git a/api_d_sources.go b/api_d_sources.go index 42b870ac..d4ffab49 100644 --- a/api_d_sources.go +++ b/api_d_sources.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -18,38 +18,39 @@ import ( "net/http" "net/url" "strings" + "reflect" ) -// DSourcesApiService DSourcesApi service -type DSourcesApiService service +// DSourcesAPIService DSourcesAPI service +type DSourcesAPIService service -type ApiCreateTagsDsourceRequest struct { +type ApiAttachMssqlDatabaseRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DSourcesApiService + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService dsourceId string - tagsRequest *TagsRequest + mSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters } -// Tags information for DSource. -func (r ApiCreateTagsDsourceRequest) TagsRequest(tagsRequest TagsRequest) ApiCreateTagsDsourceRequest { - r.tagsRequest = &tagsRequest +// The parameters to attach a MSSql dSource. +func (r ApiAttachMssqlDatabaseRequest) MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters(mSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) ApiAttachMssqlDatabaseRequest { + r.mSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters = &mSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters return r } -func (r ApiCreateTagsDsourceRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.CreateTagsDsourceExecute(r) +func (r ApiAttachMssqlDatabaseRequest) Execute() (*AttachDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.AttachMssqlDatabaseExecute(r) } /* -CreateTagsDsource Create tags for a dSource. +AttachMssqlDatabase Attaches a MSSql source to a previously detached dsource. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. - @return ApiCreateTagsDsourceRequest + @return ApiAttachMssqlDatabaseRequest */ -func (a *DSourcesApiService) CreateTagsDsource(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiCreateTagsDsourceRequest { - return ApiCreateTagsDsourceRequest{ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) AttachMssqlDatabase(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiAttachMssqlDatabaseRequest { + return ApiAttachMssqlDatabaseRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, dsourceId: dsourceId, @@ -57,21 +58,21 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) CreateTagsDsource(ctx context.Context, dsourceId st } // Execute executes the request -// @return TagsResponse -func (a *DSourcesApiService) CreateTagsDsourceExecute(r ApiCreateTagsDsourceRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return AttachDSourceResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) AttachMssqlDatabaseExecute(r ApiAttachMssqlDatabaseRequest) (*AttachDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + localVarReturnValue *AttachDSourceResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesApiService.CreateTagsDsource") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.AttachMssqlDatabase") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/{dsourceId}/tags" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/mssql/{dsourceId}/attachSource" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -80,9 +81,6 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) CreateTagsDsourceExecute(r ApiCreateTagsDsourceRequ if strlen(r.dsourceId) < 1 { return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") } - if r.tagsRequest == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("tagsRequest is required and must be specified") - } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -102,7 +100,7 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) CreateTagsDsourceExecute(r ApiCreateTagsDsourceRequ localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.tagsRequest + localVarPostBody = r.mSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -154,56 +152,64 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) CreateTagsDsourceExecute(r ApiCreateTagsDsourceRequ return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiDeleteDsourceRequest struct { +type ApiAttachMssqlStagingPushDatabaseRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DSourcesApiService - deleteDSourceRequest *DeleteDSourceRequest + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + dsourceId string + mSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters } -func (r ApiDeleteDsourceRequest) DeleteDSourceRequest(deleteDSourceRequest DeleteDSourceRequest) ApiDeleteDsourceRequest { - r.deleteDSourceRequest = &deleteDSourceRequest +// The parameters to attach an MSSql dSource. +func (r ApiAttachMssqlStagingPushDatabaseRequest) MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters(mSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) ApiAttachMssqlStagingPushDatabaseRequest { + r.mSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters = &mSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters return r } -func (r ApiDeleteDsourceRequest) Execute() (*Job, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.DeleteDsourceExecute(r) +func (r ApiAttachMssqlStagingPushDatabaseRequest) Execute() (*AttachStagingPushDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.AttachMssqlStagingPushDatabaseExecute(r) } /* -DeleteDsource Delete the specified dSource. +AttachMssqlStagingPushDatabase Attaches a MSSql staging push database to a previously detached dsource. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiDeleteDsourceRequest + @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. + @return ApiAttachMssqlStagingPushDatabaseRequest */ -func (a *DSourcesApiService) DeleteDsource(ctx context.Context) ApiDeleteDsourceRequest { - return ApiDeleteDsourceRequest{ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) AttachMssqlStagingPushDatabase(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiAttachMssqlStagingPushDatabaseRequest { + return ApiAttachMssqlStagingPushDatabaseRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + dsourceId: dsourceId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return Job -func (a *DSourcesApiService) DeleteDsourceExecute(r ApiDeleteDsourceRequest) (*Job, *http.Response, error) { +// @return AttachStagingPushDSourceResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) AttachMssqlStagingPushDatabaseExecute(r ApiAttachMssqlStagingPushDatabaseRequest) (*AttachStagingPushDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *Job + localVarReturnValue *AttachStagingPushDSourceResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesApiService.DeleteDsource") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.AttachMssqlStagingPushDatabase") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/delete" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/mssql/staging-push/{dsourceId}/attachSource" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.deleteDSourceRequest == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("deleteDSourceRequest is required and must be specified") + if strlen(r.dsourceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.mSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("mSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters is required and must be specified") } // to determine the Content-Type header @@ -224,7 +230,7 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) DeleteDsourceExecute(r ApiDeleteDsourceRequest) (*J localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.deleteDSourceRequest + localVarPostBody = r.mSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -276,32 +282,32 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) DeleteDsourceExecute(r ApiDeleteDsourceRequest) (*J return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiDeleteTagsDsourceRequest struct { +type ApiAttachOracleDsourceRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DSourcesApiService + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService dsourceId string - deleteTag *DeleteTag + oracleAttachDSourceParameters *OracleAttachDSourceParameters } -// The parameters to delete tags -func (r ApiDeleteTagsDsourceRequest) DeleteTag(deleteTag DeleteTag) ApiDeleteTagsDsourceRequest { - r.deleteTag = &deleteTag +// The parameters to attach an Oracle dSource. +func (r ApiAttachOracleDsourceRequest) OracleAttachDSourceParameters(oracleAttachDSourceParameters OracleAttachDSourceParameters) ApiAttachOracleDsourceRequest { + r.oracleAttachDSourceParameters = &oracleAttachDSourceParameters return r } -func (r ApiDeleteTagsDsourceRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.DeleteTagsDsourceExecute(r) +func (r ApiAttachOracleDsourceRequest) Execute() (*AttachDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.AttachOracleDsourceExecute(r) } /* -DeleteTagsDsource Delete tags for a dSource. +AttachOracleDsource Attach an Oracle dSource to an Oracle database. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. - @return ApiDeleteTagsDsourceRequest + @return ApiAttachOracleDsourceRequest */ -func (a *DSourcesApiService) DeleteTagsDsource(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiDeleteTagsDsourceRequest { - return ApiDeleteTagsDsourceRequest{ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) AttachOracleDsource(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiAttachOracleDsourceRequest { + return ApiAttachOracleDsourceRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, dsourceId: dsourceId, @@ -309,26 +315,31 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) DeleteTagsDsource(ctx context.Context, dsourceId st } // Execute executes the request -func (a *DSourcesApiService) DeleteTagsDsourceExecute(r ApiDeleteTagsDsourceRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +// @return AttachDSourceResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) AttachOracleDsourceExecute(r ApiAttachOracleDsourceRequest) (*AttachDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *AttachDSourceResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesApiService.DeleteTagsDsource") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.AttachOracleDsource") if err != nil { - return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/{dsourceId}/tags/delete" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/oracle/{dsourceId}/attachSource" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if strlen(r.dsourceId) < 1 { - return nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.oracleAttachDSourceParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("oracleAttachDSourceParameters is required and must be specified") } // to determine the Content-Type header @@ -341,7 +352,7 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) DeleteTagsDsourceExecute(r ApiDeleteTagsDsourceRequ } // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} // set Accept header localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) @@ -349,7 +360,7 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) DeleteTagsDsourceExecute(r ApiDeleteTagsDsourceRequ localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.deleteTag + localVarPostBody = r.oracleAttachDSourceParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -366,19 +377,19 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) DeleteTagsDsourceExecute(r ApiDeleteTagsDsourceRequ } req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) if err != nil { - return nil, err + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err } localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err } localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) if err != nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { @@ -386,38 +397,47 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) DeleteTagsDsourceExecute(r ApiDeleteTagsDsourceRequ body: localVarBody, error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, } - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } - return localVarHTTPResponse, nil + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiDisableDsourceRequest struct { +type ApiCreateTagsDsourceRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DSourcesApiService + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService dsourceId string - disableDsourceParameters *DisableDsourceParameters + tagsRequest *TagsRequest } -// The parameters to disable a dSource. -func (r ApiDisableDsourceRequest) DisableDsourceParameters(disableDsourceParameters DisableDsourceParameters) ApiDisableDsourceRequest { - r.disableDsourceParameters = &disableDsourceParameters +// Tags information for DSource. +func (r ApiCreateTagsDsourceRequest) TagsRequest(tagsRequest TagsRequest) ApiCreateTagsDsourceRequest { + r.tagsRequest = &tagsRequest return r } -func (r ApiDisableDsourceRequest) Execute() (*DisableDsourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.DisableDsourceExecute(r) +func (r ApiCreateTagsDsourceRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CreateTagsDsourceExecute(r) } /* -DisableDsource Disable a dSource. +CreateTagsDsource Create tags for a dSource. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. - @return ApiDisableDsourceRequest + @return ApiCreateTagsDsourceRequest */ -func (a *DSourcesApiService) DisableDsource(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiDisableDsourceRequest { - return ApiDisableDsourceRequest{ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) CreateTagsDsource(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiCreateTagsDsourceRequest { + return ApiCreateTagsDsourceRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, dsourceId: dsourceId, @@ -425,21 +445,21 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) DisableDsource(ctx context.Context, dsourceId strin } // Execute executes the request -// @return DisableDsourceResponse -func (a *DSourcesApiService) DisableDsourceExecute(r ApiDisableDsourceRequest) (*DisableDsourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) CreateTagsDsourceExecute(r ApiCreateTagsDsourceRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *DisableDsourceResponse + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesApiService.DisableDsource") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.CreateTagsDsource") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/{dsourceId}/disable" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/{dsourceId}/tags" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -448,6 +468,9 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) DisableDsourceExecute(r ApiDisableDsourceRequest) ( if strlen(r.dsourceId) < 1 { return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") } + if r.tagsRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("tagsRequest is required and must be specified") + } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -467,7 +490,7 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) DisableDsourceExecute(r ApiDisableDsourceRequest) ( localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.disableDsourceParameters + localVarPostBody = r.tagsRequest if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -519,61 +542,56 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) DisableDsourceExecute(r ApiDisableDsourceRequest) ( return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiEnableDsourceRequest struct { +type ApiDeleteDsourceRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DSourcesApiService - dsourceId string - enableDsourceParameters *EnableDsourceParameters + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + deleteDSourceRequest *DeleteDSourceRequest } -// The parameters to enable a dSource. -func (r ApiEnableDsourceRequest) EnableDsourceParameters(enableDsourceParameters EnableDsourceParameters) ApiEnableDsourceRequest { - r.enableDsourceParameters = &enableDsourceParameters +func (r ApiDeleteDsourceRequest) DeleteDSourceRequest(deleteDSourceRequest DeleteDSourceRequest) ApiDeleteDsourceRequest { + r.deleteDSourceRequest = &deleteDSourceRequest return r } -func (r ApiEnableDsourceRequest) Execute() (*EnableDsourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.EnableDsourceExecute(r) +func (r ApiDeleteDsourceRequest) Execute() (*DeleteDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteDsourceExecute(r) } /* -EnableDsource Enable a dSource. +DeleteDsource Delete the specified dSource. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. - @return ApiEnableDsourceRequest + @return ApiDeleteDsourceRequest */ -func (a *DSourcesApiService) EnableDsource(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiEnableDsourceRequest { - return ApiEnableDsourceRequest{ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) DeleteDsource(ctx context.Context) ApiDeleteDsourceRequest { + return ApiDeleteDsourceRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, - dsourceId: dsourceId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return EnableDsourceResponse -func (a *DSourcesApiService) EnableDsourceExecute(r ApiEnableDsourceRequest) (*EnableDsourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return DeleteDSourceResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) DeleteDsourceExecute(r ApiDeleteDsourceRequest) (*DeleteDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *EnableDsourceResponse + localVarReturnValue *DeleteDSourceResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesApiService.EnableDsource") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.DeleteDsource") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/{dsourceId}/enable" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/delete" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if strlen(r.dsourceId) < 1 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") + if r.deleteDSourceRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("deleteDSourceRequest is required and must be specified") } // to determine the Content-Type header @@ -594,7 +612,7 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) EnableDsourceExecute(r ApiEnableDsourceRequest) (*E localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.enableDsourceParameters + localVarPostBody = r.deleteDSourceRequest if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -646,56 +664,59 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) EnableDsourceExecute(r ApiEnableDsourceRequest) (*E return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest struct { +type ApiDeleteTagsDsourceRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DSourcesApiService - linkDSourceDefaultRequest *LinkDSourceDefaultRequest + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + dsourceId string + deleteTag *DeleteTag } -func (r ApiGetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) LinkDSourceDefaultRequest(linkDSourceDefaultRequest LinkDSourceDefaultRequest) ApiGetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest { - r.linkDSourceDefaultRequest = &linkDSourceDefaultRequest +// The parameters to delete tags +func (r ApiDeleteTagsDsourceRequest) DeleteTag(deleteTag DeleteTag) ApiDeleteTagsDsourceRequest { + r.deleteTag = &deleteTag return r } -func (r ApiGetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) Execute() (*AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r) +func (r ApiDeleteTagsDsourceRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteTagsDsourceExecute(r) } /* -GetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaults Get defaults for an AppData dSource linking. +DeleteTagsDsource Delete tags for a dSource. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest + @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. + @return ApiDeleteTagsDsourceRequest */ -func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaults(ctx context.Context) ApiGetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest { - return ApiGetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest{ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) DeleteTagsDsource(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiDeleteTagsDsourceRequest { + return ApiDeleteTagsDsourceRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + dsourceId: dsourceId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters -func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r ApiGetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) (*AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) DeleteTagsDsourceExecute(r ApiDeleteTagsDsourceRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesApiService.GetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaults") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.DeleteTagsDsource") if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/appdata/defaults" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/{dsourceId}/tags/delete" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.linkDSourceDefaultRequest == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("linkDSourceDefaultRequest is required and must be specified") + if strlen(r.dsourceId) < 1 { + return nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") } // to determine the Content-Type header @@ -708,7 +729,7 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r ApiGetApp } // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} // set Accept header localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) @@ -716,7 +737,7 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r ApiGetApp localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.linkDSourceDefaultRequest + localVarPostBody = r.deleteTag if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -733,19 +754,19 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r ApiGetApp } req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + return nil, err } localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarHTTPResponse, err } localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarHTTPResponse, err } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { @@ -753,75 +774,64 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r ApiGetApp body: localVarBody, error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, } - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr - } - - err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) - if err != nil { - newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ - body: localVarBody, - error: err.Error(), - } - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil + return localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetAseDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest struct { +type ApiDetachMssqlDatabaseRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DSourcesApiService - linkDSourceDefaultRequest *LinkDSourceDefaultRequest -} - -func (r ApiGetAseDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) LinkDSourceDefaultRequest(linkDSourceDefaultRequest LinkDSourceDefaultRequest) ApiGetAseDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest { - r.linkDSourceDefaultRequest = &linkDSourceDefaultRequest - return r + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + dsourceId string } -func (r ApiGetAseDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) Execute() (*ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetAseDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r) +func (r ApiDetachMssqlDatabaseRequest) Execute() (*DetachDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DetachMssqlDatabaseExecute(r) } /* -GetAseDsourceLinkingDefaults Get defaults for an ASE dSource linking. +DetachMssqlDatabase Detaches a linked source from a MSSql database. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetAseDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest + @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. + @return ApiDetachMssqlDatabaseRequest */ -func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetAseDsourceLinkingDefaults(ctx context.Context) ApiGetAseDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest { - return ApiGetAseDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest{ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) DetachMssqlDatabase(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiDetachMssqlDatabaseRequest { + return ApiDetachMssqlDatabaseRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + dsourceId: dsourceId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters -func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetAseDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r ApiGetAseDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) (*ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters, *http.Response, error) { +// @return DetachDSourceResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) DetachMssqlDatabaseExecute(r ApiDetachMssqlDatabaseRequest) (*DetachDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters + localVarReturnValue *DetachDSourceResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesApiService.GetAseDsourceLinkingDefaults") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.DetachMssqlDatabase") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/ase/defaults" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/mssql/{dsourceId}/detachSource" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.linkDSourceDefaultRequest == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("linkDSourceDefaultRequest is required and must be specified") + if strlen(r.dsourceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -837,8 +847,6 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetAseDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r ApiGetAseDsou if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } - // body params - localVarPostBody = r.linkDSourceDefaultRequest if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -890,25 +898,25 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetAseDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r ApiGetAseDsou return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetDsourceByIdRequest struct { +type ApiDetachOracleDsourceRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DSourcesApiService + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService dsourceId string } -func (r ApiGetDsourceByIdRequest) Execute() (*DSource, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetDsourceByIdExecute(r) +func (r ApiDetachOracleDsourceRequest) Execute() (*DetachDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DetachOracleDsourceExecute(r) } /* -GetDsourceById Get a dSource by ID. +DetachOracleDsource Detaches an Oracle source from an Oracle database. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. - @return ApiGetDsourceByIdRequest + @return ApiDetachOracleDsourceRequest */ -func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetDsourceById(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiGetDsourceByIdRequest { - return ApiGetDsourceByIdRequest{ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) DetachOracleDsource(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiDetachOracleDsourceRequest { + return ApiDetachOracleDsourceRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, dsourceId: dsourceId, @@ -916,21 +924,21 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetDsourceById(ctx context.Context, dsourceId strin } // Execute executes the request -// @return DSource -func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetDsourceByIdExecute(r ApiGetDsourceByIdRequest) (*DSource, *http.Response, error) { +// @return DetachDSourceResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) DetachOracleDsourceExecute(r ApiDetachOracleDsourceRequest) (*DetachDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *DSource + localVarReturnValue *DetachDSourceResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesApiService.GetDsourceById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.DetachOracleDsource") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/{dsourceId}" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/oracle/{dsourceId}/detachSource" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -1008,39 +1016,32 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetDsourceByIdExecute(r ApiGetDsourceByIdRequest) ( return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetDsourceSnapshotsRequest struct { +type ApiDisableDsourceRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DSourcesApiService + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService dsourceId string - limit *int32 - cursor *string -} - -// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiGetDsourceSnapshotsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetDsourceSnapshotsRequest { - r.limit = &limit - return r + disableDsourceParameters *DisableDsourceParameters } -// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiGetDsourceSnapshotsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetDsourceSnapshotsRequest { - r.cursor = &cursor +// The parameters to disable a dSource. +func (r ApiDisableDsourceRequest) DisableDsourceParameters(disableDsourceParameters DisableDsourceParameters) ApiDisableDsourceRequest { + r.disableDsourceParameters = &disableDsourceParameters return r } -func (r ApiGetDsourceSnapshotsRequest) Execute() (*ListSnapshotsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetDsourceSnapshotsExecute(r) +func (r ApiDisableDsourceRequest) Execute() (*DisableDsourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DisableDsourceExecute(r) } /* -GetDsourceSnapshots List Snapshots for a dSource. +DisableDsource Disable a dSource. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. - @return ApiGetDsourceSnapshotsRequest + @return ApiDisableDsourceRequest */ -func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetDsourceSnapshots(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiGetDsourceSnapshotsRequest { - return ApiGetDsourceSnapshotsRequest{ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) DisableDsource(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiDisableDsourceRequest { + return ApiDisableDsourceRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, dsourceId: dsourceId, @@ -1048,21 +1049,21 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetDsourceSnapshots(ctx context.Context, dsourceId } // Execute executes the request -// @return ListSnapshotsResponse -func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetDsourceSnapshotsExecute(r ApiGetDsourceSnapshotsRequest) (*ListSnapshotsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return DisableDsourceResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) DisableDsourceExecute(r ApiDisableDsourceRequest) (*DisableDsourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ListSnapshotsResponse + localVarReturnValue *DisableDsourceResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesApiService.GetDsourceSnapshots") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.DisableDsource") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/{dsourceId}/snapshots" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/{dsourceId}/disable" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -1072,14 +1073,8 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetDsourceSnapshotsExecute(r ApiGetDsourceSnapshots return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") } - if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") - } - if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") - } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -1095,6 +1090,8 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetDsourceSnapshotsExecute(r ApiGetDsourceSnapshots if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.disableDsourceParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -1146,91 +1143,65 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetDsourceSnapshotsExecute(r ApiGetDsourceSnapshots return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetDsourcesRequest struct { +type ApiEnableDsourceRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DSourcesApiService - limit *int32 - cursor *string - sort *string - permission *PermissionEnum -} - -// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiGetDsourcesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetDsourcesRequest { - r.limit = &limit - return r -} - -// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiGetDsourcesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetDsourcesRequest { - r.cursor = &cursor - return r -} - -// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. -func (r ApiGetDsourcesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetDsourcesRequest { - r.sort = &sort - return r + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + dsourceId string + enableDsourceParameters *EnableDsourceParameters } -// Restrict the objects, which are allowed. -func (r ApiGetDsourcesRequest) Permission(permission PermissionEnum) ApiGetDsourcesRequest { - r.permission = &permission +// The parameters to enable a dSource. +func (r ApiEnableDsourceRequest) EnableDsourceParameters(enableDsourceParameters EnableDsourceParameters) ApiEnableDsourceRequest { + r.enableDsourceParameters = &enableDsourceParameters return r } -func (r ApiGetDsourcesRequest) Execute() (*ListDSourcesResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetDsourcesExecute(r) +func (r ApiEnableDsourceRequest) Execute() (*EnableDsourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.EnableDsourceExecute(r) } /* -GetDsources List all dSources. +EnableDsource Enable a dSource. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetDsourcesRequest + @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. + @return ApiEnableDsourceRequest */ -func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetDsources(ctx context.Context) ApiGetDsourcesRequest { - return ApiGetDsourcesRequest{ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) EnableDsource(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiEnableDsourceRequest { + return ApiEnableDsourceRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + dsourceId: dsourceId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return ListDSourcesResponse -func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetDsourcesExecute(r ApiGetDsourcesRequest) (*ListDSourcesResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return EnableDsourceResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) EnableDsourceExecute(r ApiEnableDsourceRequest) (*EnableDsourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ListDSourcesResponse + localVarReturnValue *EnableDsourceResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesApiService.GetDsources") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.EnableDsource") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/{dsourceId}/enable" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - - if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") - } - if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") - } - if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") - } - if r.permission != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "permission", r.permission, "") + if strlen(r.dsourceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") } + // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -1246,6 +1217,8 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetDsourcesExecute(r ApiGetDsourcesRequest) (*ListD if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.enableDsourceParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -1297,56 +1270,64 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetDsourcesExecute(r ApiGetDsourcesRequest) (*ListD return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest struct { +type ApiExportDsourceByLocationRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DSourcesApiService - linkDSourceDefaultRequest *LinkDSourceDefaultRequest + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + dsourceId string + exportByLocationParameters *ExportByLocationParameters } -func (r ApiGetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) LinkDSourceDefaultRequest(linkDSourceDefaultRequest LinkDSourceDefaultRequest) ApiGetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest { - r.linkDSourceDefaultRequest = &linkDSourceDefaultRequest +// The parameters to export a dSource. +func (r ApiExportDsourceByLocationRequest) ExportByLocationParameters(exportByLocationParameters ExportByLocationParameters) ApiExportDsourceByLocationRequest { + r.exportByLocationParameters = &exportByLocationParameters return r } -func (r ApiGetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) Execute() (*MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r) +func (r ApiExportDsourceByLocationRequest) Execute() (*ExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ExportDsourceByLocationExecute(r) } /* -GetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaults Get defaults for a MSSql dSource linking. +ExportDsourceByLocation Export a dSource using timeflow location to a physical file system. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest + @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. + @return ApiExportDsourceByLocationRequest */ -func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaults(ctx context.Context) ApiGetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest { - return ApiGetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest{ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) ExportDsourceByLocation(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiExportDsourceByLocationRequest { + return ApiExportDsourceByLocationRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + dsourceId: dsourceId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters -func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r ApiGetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) (*MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters, *http.Response, error) { +// @return ExportResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) ExportDsourceByLocationExecute(r ApiExportDsourceByLocationRequest) (*ExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters + localVarReturnValue *ExportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesApiService.GetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaults") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.ExportDsourceByLocation") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/mssql/defaults" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/{dsourceId}/export-by-location" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.linkDSourceDefaultRequest == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("linkDSourceDefaultRequest is required and must be specified") + if strlen(r.dsourceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.exportByLocationParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("exportByLocationParameters is required and must be specified") } // to determine the Content-Type header @@ -1367,7 +1348,7 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r ApiGetMssql localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.linkDSourceDefaultRequest + localVarPostBody = r.exportByLocationParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -1419,56 +1400,64 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r ApiGetMssql return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest struct { +type ApiExportDsourceBySnapshotRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DSourcesApiService - linkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest *LinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + dsourceId string + exportBySnapshotParameters *ExportBySnapshotParameters } -func (r ApiGetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) LinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest(linkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest LinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest) ApiGetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest { - r.linkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest = &linkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest +// The parameters to export a dSource. +func (r ApiExportDsourceBySnapshotRequest) ExportBySnapshotParameters(exportBySnapshotParameters ExportBySnapshotParameters) ApiExportDsourceBySnapshotRequest { + r.exportBySnapshotParameters = &exportBySnapshotParameters return r } -func (r ApiGetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) Execute() (*MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r) +func (r ApiExportDsourceBySnapshotRequest) Execute() (*ExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ExportDsourceBySnapshotExecute(r) } /* -GetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaults Get defaults for a MSSql staging push dSource linking. +ExportDsourceBySnapshot Export a dSource using snapshot to a physical file system @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest + @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. + @return ApiExportDsourceBySnapshotRequest */ -func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaults(ctx context.Context) ApiGetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest { - return ApiGetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest{ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) ExportDsourceBySnapshot(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiExportDsourceBySnapshotRequest { + return ApiExportDsourceBySnapshotRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + dsourceId: dsourceId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters -func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r ApiGetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) (*MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters, *http.Response, error) { +// @return ExportResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) ExportDsourceBySnapshotExecute(r ApiExportDsourceBySnapshotRequest) (*ExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters + localVarReturnValue *ExportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesApiService.GetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaults") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.ExportDsourceBySnapshot") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/mssql/staging-push/defaults" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/{dsourceId}/export-by-snapshot" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.linkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("linkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest is required and must be specified") + if strlen(r.dsourceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.exportBySnapshotParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("exportBySnapshotParameters is required and must be specified") } // to determine the Content-Type header @@ -1489,7 +1478,7 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.linkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest + localVarPostBody = r.exportBySnapshotParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -1541,56 +1530,64 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest struct { +type ApiExportDsourceByTimestampRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DSourcesApiService - linkDSourceDefaultRequest *LinkDSourceDefaultRequest + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + dsourceId string + exportByTimestampParameters *ExportByTimestampParameters } -func (r ApiGetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) LinkDSourceDefaultRequest(linkDSourceDefaultRequest LinkDSourceDefaultRequest) ApiGetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest { - r.linkDSourceDefaultRequest = &linkDSourceDefaultRequest +// The parameters to export a dSource. +func (r ApiExportDsourceByTimestampRequest) ExportByTimestampParameters(exportByTimestampParameters ExportByTimestampParameters) ApiExportDsourceByTimestampRequest { + r.exportByTimestampParameters = &exportByTimestampParameters return r } -func (r ApiGetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) Execute() (*OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r) +func (r ApiExportDsourceByTimestampRequest) Execute() (*ExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ExportDsourceByTimestampExecute(r) } /* -GetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaults Get defaults for dSource linking. +ExportDsourceByTimestamp Export a dSource using timestamp to a physical file system. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest + @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. + @return ApiExportDsourceByTimestampRequest */ -func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaults(ctx context.Context) ApiGetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest { - return ApiGetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest{ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) ExportDsourceByTimestamp(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiExportDsourceByTimestampRequest { + return ApiExportDsourceByTimestampRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + dsourceId: dsourceId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters -func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r ApiGetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) (*OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters, *http.Response, error) { +// @return ExportResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) ExportDsourceByTimestampExecute(r ApiExportDsourceByTimestampRequest) (*ExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters + localVarReturnValue *ExportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesApiService.GetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaults") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.ExportDsourceByTimestamp") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/oracle/defaults" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/{dsourceId}/export-by-timestamp" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.linkDSourceDefaultRequest == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("linkDSourceDefaultRequest is required and must be specified") + if strlen(r.dsourceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.exportByTimestampParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("exportByTimestampParameters is required and must be specified") } // to determine the Content-Type header @@ -1611,7 +1608,7 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r ApiGetOrac localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.linkDSourceDefaultRequest + localVarPostBody = r.exportByTimestampParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -1663,56 +1660,64 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r ApiGetOrac return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest struct { +type ApiExportDsourceFromBookmarkRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DSourcesApiService - oracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest *OracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + dsourceId string + exportFromBookmarkParameters *ExportFromBookmarkParameters } -func (r ApiGetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) OracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest(oracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest OracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest) ApiGetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest { - r.oracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest = &oracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest +// The parameters to export a dSource. +func (r ApiExportDsourceFromBookmarkRequest) ExportFromBookmarkParameters(exportFromBookmarkParameters ExportFromBookmarkParameters) ApiExportDsourceFromBookmarkRequest { + r.exportFromBookmarkParameters = &exportFromBookmarkParameters return r } -func (r ApiGetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) Execute() (*OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r) +func (r ApiExportDsourceFromBookmarkRequest) Execute() (*ExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ExportDsourceFromBookmarkExecute(r) } /* -GetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaults Get defaults for a Oracle staging push dSource linking. +ExportDsourceFromBookmark Export a dSource using bookmark to physical file system @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest + @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. + @return ApiExportDsourceFromBookmarkRequest */ -func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaults(ctx context.Context) ApiGetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest { - return ApiGetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest{ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) ExportDsourceFromBookmark(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiExportDsourceFromBookmarkRequest { + return ApiExportDsourceFromBookmarkRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + dsourceId: dsourceId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters -func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r ApiGetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) (*OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters, *http.Response, error) { +// @return ExportResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) ExportDsourceFromBookmarkExecute(r ApiExportDsourceFromBookmarkRequest) (*ExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters + localVarReturnValue *ExportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesApiService.GetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaults") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.ExportDsourceFromBookmark") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/oracle/staging-push/defaults" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/{dsourceId}/export-from-bookmark" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.oracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("oracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest is required and must be specified") + if strlen(r.dsourceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.exportFromBookmarkParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("exportFromBookmarkParameters is required and must be specified") } // to determine the Content-Type header @@ -1733,7 +1738,7 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.oracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest + localVarPostBody = r.exportFromBookmarkParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -1785,25 +1790,32 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetTagsDsourceRequest struct { +type ApiExportDsourceToAsmByBookmarkRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DSourcesApiService + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService dsourceId string + oracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters } -func (r ApiGetTagsDsourceRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetTagsDsourceExecute(r) +// The parameters to export a dSource. +func (r ApiExportDsourceToAsmByBookmarkRequest) OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters(oracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) ApiExportDsourceToAsmByBookmarkRequest { + r.oracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters = &oracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiExportDsourceToAsmByBookmarkRequest) Execute() (*OracleAsmExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ExportDsourceToAsmByBookmarkExecute(r) } /* -GetTagsDsource Get tags for a dSource. +ExportDsourceToAsmByBookmark Export a dSource using bookmark to an ASM file system @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. - @return ApiGetTagsDsourceRequest + @return ApiExportDsourceToAsmByBookmarkRequest */ -func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetTagsDsource(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiGetTagsDsourceRequest { - return ApiGetTagsDsourceRequest{ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) ExportDsourceToAsmByBookmark(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiExportDsourceToAsmByBookmarkRequest { + return ApiExportDsourceToAsmByBookmarkRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, dsourceId: dsourceId, @@ -1811,21 +1823,21 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetTagsDsource(ctx context.Context, dsourceId strin } // Execute executes the request -// @return TagsResponse -func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetTagsDsourceExecute(r ApiGetTagsDsourceRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return OracleAsmExportResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) ExportDsourceToAsmByBookmarkExecute(r ApiExportDsourceToAsmByBookmarkRequest) (*OracleAsmExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + localVarReturnValue *OracleAsmExportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesApiService.GetTagsDsource") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.ExportDsourceToAsmByBookmark") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/{dsourceId}/tags" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/{dsourceId}/asm-export-from-bookmark" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -1834,9 +1846,12 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetTagsDsourceExecute(r ApiGetTagsDsourceRequest) ( if strlen(r.dsourceId) < 1 { return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") } + if r.oracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("oracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters is required and must be specified") + } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -1852,6 +1867,8 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetTagsDsourceExecute(r ApiGetTagsDsourceRequest) ( if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.oracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -1903,57 +1920,64 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) GetTagsDsourceExecute(r ApiGetTagsDsourceRequest) ( return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiLinkAppdataDatabaseRequest struct { +type ApiExportDsourceToAsmByLocationRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DSourcesApiService - appDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + dsourceId string + oracleAsmExportByLocationParameters *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters } -// The parameters to link an AppData dSource. -func (r ApiLinkAppdataDatabaseRequest) AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters(appDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters) ApiLinkAppdataDatabaseRequest { - r.appDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters = &appDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters +// The parameters to export a dSource. +func (r ApiExportDsourceToAsmByLocationRequest) OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters(oracleAsmExportByLocationParameters OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) ApiExportDsourceToAsmByLocationRequest { + r.oracleAsmExportByLocationParameters = &oracleAsmExportByLocationParameters return r } -func (r ApiLinkAppdataDatabaseRequest) Execute() (*LinkDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.LinkAppdataDatabaseExecute(r) +func (r ApiExportDsourceToAsmByLocationRequest) Execute() (*OracleAsmExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ExportDsourceToAsmByLocationExecute(r) } /* -LinkAppdataDatabase Link an AppData database as dSource. +ExportDsourceToAsmByLocation Export a dSource using SCN to an ASM file system @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiLinkAppdataDatabaseRequest + @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. + @return ApiExportDsourceToAsmByLocationRequest */ -func (a *DSourcesApiService) LinkAppdataDatabase(ctx context.Context) ApiLinkAppdataDatabaseRequest { - return ApiLinkAppdataDatabaseRequest{ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) ExportDsourceToAsmByLocation(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiExportDsourceToAsmByLocationRequest { + return ApiExportDsourceToAsmByLocationRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + dsourceId: dsourceId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return LinkDSourceResponse -func (a *DSourcesApiService) LinkAppdataDatabaseExecute(r ApiLinkAppdataDatabaseRequest) (*LinkDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return OracleAsmExportResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) ExportDsourceToAsmByLocationExecute(r ApiExportDsourceToAsmByLocationRequest) (*OracleAsmExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *LinkDSourceResponse + localVarReturnValue *OracleAsmExportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesApiService.LinkAppdataDatabase") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.ExportDsourceToAsmByLocation") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/appdata" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/{dsourceId}/asm-export-by-location" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.appDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("appDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters is required and must be specified") + if strlen(r.dsourceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.oracleAsmExportByLocationParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("oracleAsmExportByLocationParameters is required and must be specified") } // to determine the Content-Type header @@ -1974,7 +1998,7 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) LinkAppdataDatabaseExecute(r ApiLinkAppdataDatabase localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.appDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters + localVarPostBody = r.oracleAsmExportByLocationParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -2026,57 +2050,64 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) LinkAppdataDatabaseExecute(r ApiLinkAppdataDatabase return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiLinkAseDatabaseRequest struct { +type ApiExportDsourceToAsmBySnapshotRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DSourcesApiService - aSEDSourceLinkSourceParameters *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + dsourceId string + oracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters } -// The parameters to link an ASE dSource. -func (r ApiLinkAseDatabaseRequest) ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters(aSEDSourceLinkSourceParameters ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters) ApiLinkAseDatabaseRequest { - r.aSEDSourceLinkSourceParameters = &aSEDSourceLinkSourceParameters +// The parameters to export a dSource. +func (r ApiExportDsourceToAsmBySnapshotRequest) OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters(oracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) ApiExportDsourceToAsmBySnapshotRequest { + r.oracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters = &oracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters return r } -func (r ApiLinkAseDatabaseRequest) Execute() (*LinkDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.LinkAseDatabaseExecute(r) +func (r ApiExportDsourceToAsmBySnapshotRequest) Execute() (*OracleAsmExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ExportDsourceToAsmBySnapshotExecute(r) } /* -LinkAseDatabase Link an ASE database as dSource. +ExportDsourceToAsmBySnapshot Export a dSource by a snapshot to an ASM file system @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiLinkAseDatabaseRequest + @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. + @return ApiExportDsourceToAsmBySnapshotRequest */ -func (a *DSourcesApiService) LinkAseDatabase(ctx context.Context) ApiLinkAseDatabaseRequest { - return ApiLinkAseDatabaseRequest{ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) ExportDsourceToAsmBySnapshot(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiExportDsourceToAsmBySnapshotRequest { + return ApiExportDsourceToAsmBySnapshotRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + dsourceId: dsourceId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return LinkDSourceResponse -func (a *DSourcesApiService) LinkAseDatabaseExecute(r ApiLinkAseDatabaseRequest) (*LinkDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return OracleAsmExportResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) ExportDsourceToAsmBySnapshotExecute(r ApiExportDsourceToAsmBySnapshotRequest) (*OracleAsmExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *LinkDSourceResponse + localVarReturnValue *OracleAsmExportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesApiService.LinkAseDatabase") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.ExportDsourceToAsmBySnapshot") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/ase" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/{dsourceId}/asm-export-by-snapshot" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.aSEDSourceLinkSourceParameters == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("aSEDSourceLinkSourceParameters is required and must be specified") + if strlen(r.dsourceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.oracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("oracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters is required and must be specified") } // to determine the Content-Type header @@ -2097,7 +2128,7 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) LinkAseDatabaseExecute(r ApiLinkAseDatabaseRequest) localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.aSEDSourceLinkSourceParameters + localVarPostBody = r.oracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -2149,58 +2180,2608 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) LinkAseDatabaseExecute(r ApiLinkAseDatabaseRequest) return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiLinkMssqlDatabaseRequest struct { +type ApiExportDsourceToAsmByTimestampRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DSourcesApiService - mSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + dsourceId string + oracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters } -// The parameters to link an MSSql dSource. -func (r ApiLinkMssqlDatabaseRequest) MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters(mSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters) ApiLinkMssqlDatabaseRequest { - r.mSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters = &mSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters +// The parameters to export a dSource. +func (r ApiExportDsourceToAsmByTimestampRequest) OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters(oracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) ApiExportDsourceToAsmByTimestampRequest { + r.oracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters = &oracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters return r } -func (r ApiLinkMssqlDatabaseRequest) Execute() (*LinkDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.LinkMssqlDatabaseExecute(r) +func (r ApiExportDsourceToAsmByTimestampRequest) Execute() (*OracleAsmExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ExportDsourceToAsmByTimestampExecute(r) } /* -LinkMssqlDatabase Link a MSSql database as dSource. +ExportDsourceToAsmByTimestamp Export a dSource using timestamp to an ASM file system @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiLinkMssqlDatabaseRequest + @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. + @return ApiExportDsourceToAsmByTimestampRequest */ -func (a *DSourcesApiService) LinkMssqlDatabase(ctx context.Context) ApiLinkMssqlDatabaseRequest { - return ApiLinkMssqlDatabaseRequest{ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) ExportDsourceToAsmByTimestamp(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiExportDsourceToAsmByTimestampRequest { + return ApiExportDsourceToAsmByTimestampRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + dsourceId: dsourceId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return LinkDSourceResponse -func (a *DSourcesApiService) LinkMssqlDatabaseExecute(r ApiLinkMssqlDatabaseRequest) (*LinkDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return OracleAsmExportResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) ExportDsourceToAsmByTimestampExecute(r ApiExportDsourceToAsmByTimestampRequest) (*OracleAsmExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *LinkDSourceResponse + localVarReturnValue *OracleAsmExportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesApiService.LinkMssqlDatabase") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.ExportDsourceToAsmByTimestamp") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/mssql" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/{dsourceId}/asm-export-by-timestamp" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.mSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("mSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters is required and must be specified") - } + if strlen(r.dsourceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.oracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("oracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.oracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + linkDSourceDefaultRequest *LinkDSourceDefaultRequest +} + +func (r ApiGetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) LinkDSourceDefaultRequest(linkDSourceDefaultRequest LinkDSourceDefaultRequest) ApiGetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest { + r.linkDSourceDefaultRequest = &linkDSourceDefaultRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) Execute() (*AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaults Get defaults for an AppData dSource linking. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest +*/ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) GetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaults(ctx context.Context) ApiGetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest { + return ApiGetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) GetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r ApiGetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) (*AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.GetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaults") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/appdata/defaults" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.linkDSourceDefaultRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("linkDSourceDefaultRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.linkDSourceDefaultRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetAseDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + linkDSourceDefaultRequest *LinkDSourceDefaultRequest +} + +func (r ApiGetAseDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) LinkDSourceDefaultRequest(linkDSourceDefaultRequest LinkDSourceDefaultRequest) ApiGetAseDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest { + r.linkDSourceDefaultRequest = &linkDSourceDefaultRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetAseDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) Execute() (*ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetAseDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetAseDsourceLinkingDefaults Get defaults for an ASE dSource linking. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetAseDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest +*/ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) GetAseDsourceLinkingDefaults(ctx context.Context) ApiGetAseDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest { + return ApiGetAseDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) GetAseDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r ApiGetAseDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) (*ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.GetAseDsourceLinkingDefaults") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/ase/defaults" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.linkDSourceDefaultRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("linkDSourceDefaultRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.linkDSourceDefaultRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetDsourceByIdRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + dsourceId string +} + +func (r ApiGetDsourceByIdRequest) Execute() (*DSource, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDsourceByIdExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetDsourceById Get a dSource by ID. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. + @return ApiGetDsourceByIdRequest +*/ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) GetDsourceById(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiGetDsourceByIdRequest { + return ApiGetDsourceByIdRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + dsourceId: dsourceId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DSource +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) GetDsourceByIdExecute(r ApiGetDsourceByIdRequest) (*DSource, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DSource + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.GetDsourceById") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/{dsourceId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.dsourceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetDsourceDeletionDependenciesRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + dsourceId string +} + +func (r ApiGetDsourceDeletionDependenciesRequest) Execute() (*DeletionDependenciesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDsourceDeletionDependenciesExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetDsourceDeletionDependencies Get deletion dependencies for a dSource. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. + @return ApiGetDsourceDeletionDependenciesRequest +*/ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) GetDsourceDeletionDependencies(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiGetDsourceDeletionDependenciesRequest { + return ApiGetDsourceDeletionDependenciesRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + dsourceId: dsourceId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DeletionDependenciesResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) GetDsourceDeletionDependenciesExecute(r ApiGetDsourceDeletionDependenciesRequest) (*DeletionDependenciesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DeletionDependenciesResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.GetDsourceDeletionDependencies") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/{dsourceId}/deletion-dependencies" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.dsourceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetDsourceSnapshotsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + dsourceId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetDsourceSnapshotsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetDsourceSnapshotsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetDsourceSnapshotsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetDsourceSnapshotsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetDsourceSnapshotsRequest) Execute() (*ListSnapshotsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDsourceSnapshotsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetDsourceSnapshots List Snapshots for a dSource. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. + @return ApiGetDsourceSnapshotsRequest +*/ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) GetDsourceSnapshots(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiGetDsourceSnapshotsRequest { + return ApiGetDsourceSnapshotsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + dsourceId: dsourceId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListSnapshotsResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) GetDsourceSnapshotsExecute(r ApiGetDsourceSnapshotsRequest) (*ListSnapshotsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListSnapshotsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.GetDsourceSnapshots") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/{dsourceId}/snapshots" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.dsourceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetDsourcesRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + permission *[]PermissionEnum +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetDsourcesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetDsourcesRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetDsourcesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetDsourcesRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetDsourcesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetDsourcesRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// Restrict the objects, which are allowed. +func (r ApiGetDsourcesRequest) Permission(permission []PermissionEnum) ApiGetDsourcesRequest { + r.permission = &permission + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetDsourcesRequest) Execute() (*ListDSourcesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDsourcesExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetDsources List all dSources. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetDsourcesRequest +*/ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) GetDsources(ctx context.Context) ApiGetDsourcesRequest { + return ApiGetDsourcesRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListDSourcesResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) GetDsourcesExecute(r ApiGetDsourcesRequest) (*ListDSourcesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListDSourcesResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.GetDsources") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + if r.permission != nil { + t := *r.permission + if reflect.TypeOf(t).Kind() == reflect.Slice { + s := reflect.ValueOf(t) + for i := 0; i < s.Len(); i++ { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "permission", s.Index(i).Interface(), "form", "multi") + } + } else { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "permission", t, "form", "multi") + } + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + linkDSourceDefaultRequest *LinkDSourceDefaultRequest +} + +func (r ApiGetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) LinkDSourceDefaultRequest(linkDSourceDefaultRequest LinkDSourceDefaultRequest) ApiGetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest { + r.linkDSourceDefaultRequest = &linkDSourceDefaultRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) Execute() (*MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaults Get defaults for a MSSql dSource linking. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest +*/ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) GetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaults(ctx context.Context) ApiGetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest { + return ApiGetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) GetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r ApiGetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) (*MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.GetMssqlDsourceLinkingDefaults") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/mssql/defaults" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.linkDSourceDefaultRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("linkDSourceDefaultRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.linkDSourceDefaultRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + linkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest *LinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest +} + +func (r ApiGetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) LinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest(linkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest LinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest) ApiGetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest { + r.linkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest = &linkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) Execute() (*MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaults Get defaults for a MSSql staging push dSource linking. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest +*/ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) GetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaults(ctx context.Context) ApiGetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest { + return ApiGetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) GetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r ApiGetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) (*MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.GetMssqlStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaults") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/mssql/staging-push/defaults" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.linkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("linkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.linkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + linkDSourceDefaultRequest *LinkDSourceDefaultRequest +} + +func (r ApiGetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) LinkDSourceDefaultRequest(linkDSourceDefaultRequest LinkDSourceDefaultRequest) ApiGetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest { + r.linkDSourceDefaultRequest = &linkDSourceDefaultRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) Execute() (*OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaults Get defaults for dSource linking. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest +*/ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) GetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaults(ctx context.Context) ApiGetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest { + return ApiGetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) GetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r ApiGetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) (*OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.GetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaults") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/oracle/defaults" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.linkDSourceDefaultRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("linkDSourceDefaultRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.linkDSourceDefaultRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + oracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest *OracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest +} + +func (r ApiGetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) OracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest(oracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest OracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest) ApiGetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest { + r.oracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest = &oracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) Execute() (*OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaults Get defaults for a Oracle staging push dSource linking. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest +*/ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) GetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaults(ctx context.Context) ApiGetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest { + return ApiGetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) GetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsExecute(r ApiGetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaultsRequest) (*OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.GetOracleStagingPushDsourceLinkingDefaults") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/oracle/staging-push/defaults" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.oracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("oracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.oracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetTagsDsourceRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + dsourceId string +} + +func (r ApiGetTagsDsourceRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetTagsDsourceExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetTagsDsource Get tags for a dSource. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. + @return ApiGetTagsDsourceRequest +*/ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) GetTagsDsource(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiGetTagsDsourceRequest { + return ApiGetTagsDsourceRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + dsourceId: dsourceId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) GetTagsDsourceExecute(r ApiGetTagsDsourceRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.GetTagsDsource") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/{dsourceId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.dsourceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetUpgradeCompatibleRepoForDsourceRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + dsourceId string +} + +func (r ApiGetUpgradeCompatibleRepoForDsourceRequest) Execute() (*UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetUpgradeCompatibleRepoForDsourceExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetUpgradeCompatibleRepoForDsource Returns a list of compatible repositories for dSource upgrade. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. + @return ApiGetUpgradeCompatibleRepoForDsourceRequest +*/ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) GetUpgradeCompatibleRepoForDsource(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiGetUpgradeCompatibleRepoForDsourceRequest { + return ApiGetUpgradeCompatibleRepoForDsourceRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + dsourceId: dsourceId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) GetUpgradeCompatibleRepoForDsourceExecute(r ApiGetUpgradeCompatibleRepoForDsourceRequest) (*UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.GetUpgradeCompatibleRepoForDsource") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/{dsourceId}/upgrade_compatible_repositories" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.dsourceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiLinkAppdataDatabaseRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + appDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters +} + +// The parameters to link an AppData dSource. +func (r ApiLinkAppdataDatabaseRequest) AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters(appDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters) ApiLinkAppdataDatabaseRequest { + r.appDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters = &appDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiLinkAppdataDatabaseRequest) Execute() (*LinkDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.LinkAppdataDatabaseExecute(r) +} + +/* +LinkAppdataDatabase Link an AppData database as dSource. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiLinkAppdataDatabaseRequest +*/ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) LinkAppdataDatabase(ctx context.Context) ApiLinkAppdataDatabaseRequest { + return ApiLinkAppdataDatabaseRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return LinkDSourceResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) LinkAppdataDatabaseExecute(r ApiLinkAppdataDatabaseRequest) (*LinkDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *LinkDSourceResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.LinkAppdataDatabase") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/appdata" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.appDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("appDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.appDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiLinkAseDatabaseRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + aSEDSourceLinkSourceParameters *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters +} + +// The parameters to link an ASE dSource. +func (r ApiLinkAseDatabaseRequest) ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters(aSEDSourceLinkSourceParameters ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters) ApiLinkAseDatabaseRequest { + r.aSEDSourceLinkSourceParameters = &aSEDSourceLinkSourceParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiLinkAseDatabaseRequest) Execute() (*LinkDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.LinkAseDatabaseExecute(r) +} + +/* +LinkAseDatabase Link an ASE database as dSource. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiLinkAseDatabaseRequest +*/ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) LinkAseDatabase(ctx context.Context) ApiLinkAseDatabaseRequest { + return ApiLinkAseDatabaseRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return LinkDSourceResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) LinkAseDatabaseExecute(r ApiLinkAseDatabaseRequest) (*LinkDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *LinkDSourceResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.LinkAseDatabase") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/ase" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.aSEDSourceLinkSourceParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("aSEDSourceLinkSourceParameters is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.aSEDSourceLinkSourceParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiLinkMssqlDatabaseRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + mSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters +} + +// The parameters to link an MSSql dSource. +func (r ApiLinkMssqlDatabaseRequest) MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters(mSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters) ApiLinkMssqlDatabaseRequest { + r.mSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters = &mSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiLinkMssqlDatabaseRequest) Execute() (*LinkDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.LinkMssqlDatabaseExecute(r) +} + +/* +LinkMssqlDatabase Link a MSSql database as dSource. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiLinkMssqlDatabaseRequest +*/ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) LinkMssqlDatabase(ctx context.Context) ApiLinkMssqlDatabaseRequest { + return ApiLinkMssqlDatabaseRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return LinkDSourceResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) LinkMssqlDatabaseExecute(r ApiLinkMssqlDatabaseRequest) (*LinkDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *LinkDSourceResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.LinkMssqlDatabase") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/mssql" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.mSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("mSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.mSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiLinkMssqlStagingPushDatabaseRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + mSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters +} + +// The parameters to link an MSSql dSource. +func (r ApiLinkMssqlStagingPushDatabaseRequest) MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters(mSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters) ApiLinkMssqlStagingPushDatabaseRequest { + r.mSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters = &mSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiLinkMssqlStagingPushDatabaseRequest) Execute() (*LinkDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.LinkMssqlStagingPushDatabaseExecute(r) +} + +/* +LinkMssqlStagingPushDatabase Link a MSSql staging push database as dSource. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiLinkMssqlStagingPushDatabaseRequest +*/ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) LinkMssqlStagingPushDatabase(ctx context.Context) ApiLinkMssqlStagingPushDatabaseRequest { + return ApiLinkMssqlStagingPushDatabaseRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return LinkDSourceResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) LinkMssqlStagingPushDatabaseExecute(r ApiLinkMssqlStagingPushDatabaseRequest) (*LinkDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *LinkDSourceResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.LinkMssqlStagingPushDatabase") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/mssql/staging-push" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.mSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("mSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.mSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiLinkOracleDatabaseRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + oracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters +} + +// The parameters to link an Oracle dSource. +func (r ApiLinkOracleDatabaseRequest) OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters(oracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters) ApiLinkOracleDatabaseRequest { + r.oracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters = &oracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiLinkOracleDatabaseRequest) Execute() (*LinkDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.LinkOracleDatabaseExecute(r) +} + +/* +LinkOracleDatabase Link Oracle database as dSource. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiLinkOracleDatabaseRequest +*/ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) LinkOracleDatabase(ctx context.Context) ApiLinkOracleDatabaseRequest { + return ApiLinkOracleDatabaseRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return LinkDSourceResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) LinkOracleDatabaseExecute(r ApiLinkOracleDatabaseRequest) (*LinkDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *LinkDSourceResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.LinkOracleDatabase") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/oracle" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.oracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("oracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.oracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiLinkOracleStagingPushDatabaseRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + oracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters +} + +// The parameters to link an Oracle dSource. +func (r ApiLinkOracleStagingPushDatabaseRequest) OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters(oracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) ApiLinkOracleStagingPushDatabaseRequest { + r.oracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters = &oracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiLinkOracleStagingPushDatabaseRequest) Execute() (*LinkDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.LinkOracleStagingPushDatabaseExecute(r) +} + +/* +LinkOracleStagingPushDatabase Link an Oracle staging push database as dSource. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiLinkOracleStagingPushDatabaseRequest +*/ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) LinkOracleStagingPushDatabase(ctx context.Context) ApiLinkOracleStagingPushDatabaseRequest { + return ApiLinkOracleStagingPushDatabaseRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return LinkDSourceResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) LinkOracleStagingPushDatabaseExecute(r ApiLinkOracleStagingPushDatabaseRequest) (*LinkDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *LinkDSourceResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.LinkOracleStagingPushDatabase") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/oracle/staging-push" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.oracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("oracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.oracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchDsourcesRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + permission *[]PermissionEnum + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchDsourcesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchDsourcesRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchDsourcesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchDsourcesRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiSearchDsourcesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchDsourcesRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// Restrict the objects, which are allowed. +func (r ApiSearchDsourcesRequest) Permission(permission []PermissionEnum) ApiSearchDsourcesRequest { + r.permission = &permission + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchDsourcesRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchDsourcesRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchDsourcesRequest) Execute() (*SearchDSourcesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchDsourcesExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchDsources Search for dSources. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiSearchDsourcesRequest +*/ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) SearchDsources(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchDsourcesRequest { + return ApiSearchDsourcesRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return SearchDSourcesResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) SearchDsourcesExecute(r ApiSearchDsourcesRequest) (*SearchDSourcesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SearchDSourcesResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.SearchDsources") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/search" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + if r.permission != nil { + t := *r.permission + if reflect.TypeOf(t).Kind() == reflect.Slice { + s := reflect.ValueOf(t) + for i := 0; i < s.Len(); i++ { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "permission", s.Index(i).Interface(), "form", "multi") + } + } else { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "permission", t, "form", "multi") + } + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSnapshotDsourceRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + dsourceId string + dSourceSnapshotParameters *DSourceSnapshotParameters +} + +// Optional parameters to snapshot a DSource. +func (r ApiSnapshotDsourceRequest) DSourceSnapshotParameters(dSourceSnapshotParameters DSourceSnapshotParameters) ApiSnapshotDsourceRequest { + r.dSourceSnapshotParameters = &dSourceSnapshotParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiSnapshotDsourceRequest) Execute() (*SnapshotDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SnapshotDsourceExecute(r) +} + +/* +SnapshotDsource Snapshot a dSource. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. + @return ApiSnapshotDsourceRequest +*/ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) SnapshotDsource(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiSnapshotDsourceRequest { + return ApiSnapshotDsourceRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + dsourceId: dsourceId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return SnapshotDSourceResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) SnapshotDsourceExecute(r ApiSnapshotDsourceRequest) (*SnapshotDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SnapshotDSourceResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.SnapshotDsource") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/{dsourceId}/snapshots" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.dsourceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") + } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -2220,7 +4801,7 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) LinkMssqlDatabaseExecute(r ApiLinkMssqlDatabaseRequ localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.mSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters + localVarPostBody = r.dSourceSnapshotParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -2272,57 +4853,61 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) LinkMssqlDatabaseExecute(r ApiLinkMssqlDatabaseRequ return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiLinkMssqlStagingPushDatabaseRequest struct { +type ApiUpdateAppdataDsourceByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DSourcesApiService - mSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + dsourceId string + updateAppDataDSourceParameters *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters } -// The parameters to link an MSSql dSource. -func (r ApiLinkMssqlStagingPushDatabaseRequest) MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters(mSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters) ApiLinkMssqlStagingPushDatabaseRequest { - r.mSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters = &mSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters +// The new data to update an AppData dSource. +func (r ApiUpdateAppdataDsourceByIdRequest) UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters(updateAppDataDSourceParameters UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) ApiUpdateAppdataDsourceByIdRequest { + r.updateAppDataDSourceParameters = &updateAppDataDSourceParameters return r } -func (r ApiLinkMssqlStagingPushDatabaseRequest) Execute() (*LinkDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.LinkMssqlStagingPushDatabaseExecute(r) +func (r ApiUpdateAppdataDsourceByIdRequest) Execute() (*UpdateDsourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpdateAppdataDsourceByIdExecute(r) } /* -LinkMssqlStagingPushDatabase Link a MSSql staging push database as dSource. +UpdateAppdataDsourceById Update values of an AppData dSource @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiLinkMssqlStagingPushDatabaseRequest + @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. + @return ApiUpdateAppdataDsourceByIdRequest */ -func (a *DSourcesApiService) LinkMssqlStagingPushDatabase(ctx context.Context) ApiLinkMssqlStagingPushDatabaseRequest { - return ApiLinkMssqlStagingPushDatabaseRequest{ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) UpdateAppdataDsourceById(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiUpdateAppdataDsourceByIdRequest { + return ApiUpdateAppdataDsourceByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + dsourceId: dsourceId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return LinkDSourceResponse -func (a *DSourcesApiService) LinkMssqlStagingPushDatabaseExecute(r ApiLinkMssqlStagingPushDatabaseRequest) (*LinkDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return UpdateDsourceResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) UpdateAppdataDsourceByIdExecute(r ApiUpdateAppdataDsourceByIdRequest) (*UpdateDsourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *LinkDSourceResponse + localVarReturnValue *UpdateDsourceResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesApiService.LinkMssqlStagingPushDatabase") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.UpdateAppdataDsourceById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/mssql/staging-push" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/appdata/{dsourceId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.mSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("mSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters is required and must be specified") + if strlen(r.dsourceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") } // to determine the Content-Type header @@ -2343,7 +4928,7 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) LinkMssqlStagingPushDatabaseExecute(r ApiLinkMssqlS localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.mSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters + localVarPostBody = r.updateAppDataDSourceParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -2395,57 +4980,61 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) LinkMssqlStagingPushDatabaseExecute(r ApiLinkMssqlS return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiLinkOracleDatabaseRequest struct { +type ApiUpdateAseDsourceByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DSourcesApiService - oracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + dsourceId string + updateAseDSourceParameters *UpdateAseDSourceParameters } -// The parameters to link an Oracle dSource. -func (r ApiLinkOracleDatabaseRequest) OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters(oracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters) ApiLinkOracleDatabaseRequest { - r.oracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters = &oracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters +// The new data to update an ASE dSource. +func (r ApiUpdateAseDsourceByIdRequest) UpdateAseDSourceParameters(updateAseDSourceParameters UpdateAseDSourceParameters) ApiUpdateAseDsourceByIdRequest { + r.updateAseDSourceParameters = &updateAseDSourceParameters return r } -func (r ApiLinkOracleDatabaseRequest) Execute() (*LinkDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.LinkOracleDatabaseExecute(r) +func (r ApiUpdateAseDsourceByIdRequest) Execute() (*UpdateDsourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpdateAseDsourceByIdExecute(r) } /* -LinkOracleDatabase Link Oracle database as dSource. +UpdateAseDsourceById Update values of an ASE dSource @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiLinkOracleDatabaseRequest + @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. + @return ApiUpdateAseDsourceByIdRequest */ -func (a *DSourcesApiService) LinkOracleDatabase(ctx context.Context) ApiLinkOracleDatabaseRequest { - return ApiLinkOracleDatabaseRequest{ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) UpdateAseDsourceById(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiUpdateAseDsourceByIdRequest { + return ApiUpdateAseDsourceByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + dsourceId: dsourceId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return LinkDSourceResponse -func (a *DSourcesApiService) LinkOracleDatabaseExecute(r ApiLinkOracleDatabaseRequest) (*LinkDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return UpdateDsourceResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) UpdateAseDsourceByIdExecute(r ApiUpdateAseDsourceByIdRequest) (*UpdateDsourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *LinkDSourceResponse + localVarReturnValue *UpdateDsourceResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesApiService.LinkOracleDatabase") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.UpdateAseDsourceById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/oracle" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/ase/{dsourceId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.oracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("oracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters is required and must be specified") + if strlen(r.dsourceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") } // to determine the Content-Type header @@ -2466,7 +5055,7 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) LinkOracleDatabaseExecute(r ApiLinkOracleDatabaseRe localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.oracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters + localVarPostBody = r.updateAseDSourceParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -2518,57 +5107,61 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) LinkOracleDatabaseExecute(r ApiLinkOracleDatabaseRe return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiLinkOracleStagingPushDatabaseRequest struct { +type ApiUpdateMssqlDsourceByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DSourcesApiService - oracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + dsourceId string + updateMSSQLDsourceParameters *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters } -// The parameters to link an Oracle dSource. -func (r ApiLinkOracleStagingPushDatabaseRequest) OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters(oracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) ApiLinkOracleStagingPushDatabaseRequest { - r.oracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters = &oracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters +// The new data to update an MSSql dSource. +func (r ApiUpdateMssqlDsourceByIdRequest) UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters(updateMSSQLDsourceParameters UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) ApiUpdateMssqlDsourceByIdRequest { + r.updateMSSQLDsourceParameters = &updateMSSQLDsourceParameters return r } -func (r ApiLinkOracleStagingPushDatabaseRequest) Execute() (*LinkDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.LinkOracleStagingPushDatabaseExecute(r) +func (r ApiUpdateMssqlDsourceByIdRequest) Execute() (*UpdateDsourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpdateMssqlDsourceByIdExecute(r) } /* -LinkOracleStagingPushDatabase Link an Oracle staging push database as dSource. +UpdateMssqlDsourceById Update values of an MSSql dSource @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiLinkOracleStagingPushDatabaseRequest + @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. + @return ApiUpdateMssqlDsourceByIdRequest */ -func (a *DSourcesApiService) LinkOracleStagingPushDatabase(ctx context.Context) ApiLinkOracleStagingPushDatabaseRequest { - return ApiLinkOracleStagingPushDatabaseRequest{ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) UpdateMssqlDsourceById(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiUpdateMssqlDsourceByIdRequest { + return ApiUpdateMssqlDsourceByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + dsourceId: dsourceId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return LinkDSourceResponse -func (a *DSourcesApiService) LinkOracleStagingPushDatabaseExecute(r ApiLinkOracleStagingPushDatabaseRequest) (*LinkDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return UpdateDsourceResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) UpdateMssqlDsourceByIdExecute(r ApiUpdateMssqlDsourceByIdRequest) (*UpdateDsourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *LinkDSourceResponse + localVarReturnValue *UpdateDsourceResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesApiService.LinkOracleStagingPushDatabase") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.UpdateMssqlDsourceById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/oracle/staging-push" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/mssql/{dsourceId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.oracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("oracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters is required and must be specified") + if strlen(r.dsourceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") } // to determine the Content-Type header @@ -2589,7 +5182,7 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) LinkOracleStagingPushDatabaseExecute(r ApiLinkOracl localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.oracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters + localVarPostBody = r.updateMSSQLDsourceParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -2641,96 +5234,190 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) LinkOracleStagingPushDatabaseExecute(r ApiLinkOracl return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiSearchDsourcesRequest struct { +type ApiUpdateOracleDsourceByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DSourcesApiService - limit *int32 - cursor *string - sort *string - permission *PermissionEnum - searchBody *SearchBody + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + dsourceId string + updateOracleDsourceParameters *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters } -// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiSearchDsourcesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchDsourcesRequest { - r.limit = &limit +// The new data to update an Oracle dSource. +func (r ApiUpdateOracleDsourceByIdRequest) UpdateOracleDsourceParameters(updateOracleDsourceParameters UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) ApiUpdateOracleDsourceByIdRequest { + r.updateOracleDsourceParameters = &updateOracleDsourceParameters return r } -// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiSearchDsourcesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchDsourcesRequest { - r.cursor = &cursor - return r +func (r ApiUpdateOracleDsourceByIdRequest) Execute() (*UpdateDsourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpdateOracleDsourceByIdExecute(r) } -// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. -func (r ApiSearchDsourcesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchDsourcesRequest { - r.sort = &sort - return r +/* +UpdateOracleDsourceById Update values of an Oracle dSource + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. + @return ApiUpdateOracleDsourceByIdRequest +*/ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) UpdateOracleDsourceById(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiUpdateOracleDsourceByIdRequest { + return ApiUpdateOracleDsourceByIdRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + dsourceId: dsourceId, + } } -// Restrict the objects, which are allowed. -func (r ApiSearchDsourcesRequest) Permission(permission PermissionEnum) ApiSearchDsourcesRequest { - r.permission = &permission - return r +// Execute executes the request +// @return UpdateDsourceResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) UpdateOracleDsourceByIdExecute(r ApiUpdateOracleDsourceByIdRequest) (*UpdateDsourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *UpdateDsourceResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.UpdateOracleDsourceById") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/oracle/{dsourceId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.dsourceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.updateOracleDsourceParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. -func (r ApiSearchDsourcesRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchDsourcesRequest { - r.searchBody = &searchBody +type ApiUpgradeDsourceRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService + dsourceId string + upgradeDatabaseParameters *UpgradeDatabaseParameters +} + +// The new API to upgrade dSource +func (r ApiUpgradeDsourceRequest) UpgradeDatabaseParameters(upgradeDatabaseParameters UpgradeDatabaseParameters) ApiUpgradeDsourceRequest { + r.upgradeDatabaseParameters = &upgradeDatabaseParameters return r } -func (r ApiSearchDsourcesRequest) Execute() (*SearchDSourcesResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.SearchDsourcesExecute(r) +func (r ApiUpgradeDsourceRequest) Execute() (*UpgradeDsourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpgradeDsourceExecute(r) } /* -SearchDsources Search for dSources. +UpgradeDsource Upgrade dSource @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiSearchDsourcesRequest + @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. + @return ApiUpgradeDsourceRequest */ -func (a *DSourcesApiService) SearchDsources(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchDsourcesRequest { - return ApiSearchDsourcesRequest{ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) UpgradeDsource(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiUpgradeDsourceRequest { + return ApiUpgradeDsourceRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + dsourceId: dsourceId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return SearchDSourcesResponse -func (a *DSourcesApiService) SearchDsourcesExecute(r ApiSearchDsourcesRequest) (*SearchDSourcesResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return UpgradeDsourceResponse +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) UpgradeDsourceExecute(r ApiUpgradeDsourceRequest) (*UpgradeDsourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *SearchDSourcesResponse + localVarReturnValue *UpgradeDsourceResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesApiService.SearchDsources") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.UpgradeDsource") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/search" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/{dsourceId}/upgrade" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - - if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") - } - if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") - } - if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") - } - if r.permission != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "permission", r.permission, "") + if strlen(r.dsourceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dsourceId must have at least 1 elements") } + // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -2749,7 +5436,7 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) SearchDsourcesExecute(r ApiSearchDsourcesRequest) ( localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + localVarPostBody = r.upgradeDatabaseParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -2801,32 +5488,36 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) SearchDsourcesExecute(r ApiSearchDsourcesRequest) ( return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiSnapshotDsourceRequest struct { +type ApiUpgradeOracleDsourceRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DSourcesApiService + ApiService *DSourcesAPIService dsourceId string - dSourceSnapshotParameters *DSourceSnapshotParameters + upgradeOracleDatabaseParameters *UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters } -// Optional parameters to snapshot a DSource. -func (r ApiSnapshotDsourceRequest) DSourceSnapshotParameters(dSourceSnapshotParameters DSourceSnapshotParameters) ApiSnapshotDsourceRequest { - r.dSourceSnapshotParameters = &dSourceSnapshotParameters +// The new data to upgrade an Oracle dSource. +func (r ApiUpgradeOracleDsourceRequest) UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters(upgradeOracleDatabaseParameters UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters) ApiUpgradeOracleDsourceRequest { + r.upgradeOracleDatabaseParameters = &upgradeOracleDatabaseParameters return r } -func (r ApiSnapshotDsourceRequest) Execute() (*SnapshotDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.SnapshotDsourceExecute(r) +func (r ApiUpgradeOracleDsourceRequest) Execute() (*UpgradeDsourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpgradeOracleDsourceExecute(r) } /* -SnapshotDsource Snapshot a dSource. +UpgradeOracleDsource Upgrade the requested Oracle dSource installation and user. + +This API is marked as deprecated in favour of generalized API '/dsources/{dsourceId}/upgrade' @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param dsourceId The ID of the dSource. - @return ApiSnapshotDsourceRequest + @return ApiUpgradeOracleDsourceRequest + +Deprecated */ -func (a *DSourcesApiService) SnapshotDsource(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiSnapshotDsourceRequest { - return ApiSnapshotDsourceRequest{ +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) UpgradeOracleDsource(ctx context.Context, dsourceId string) ApiUpgradeOracleDsourceRequest { + return ApiUpgradeOracleDsourceRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, dsourceId: dsourceId, @@ -2834,21 +5525,22 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) SnapshotDsource(ctx context.Context, dsourceId stri } // Execute executes the request -// @return SnapshotDSourceResponse -func (a *DSourcesApiService) SnapshotDsourceExecute(r ApiSnapshotDsourceRequest) (*SnapshotDSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return UpgradeDsourceResponse +// Deprecated +func (a *DSourcesAPIService) UpgradeOracleDsourceExecute(r ApiUpgradeOracleDsourceRequest) (*UpgradeDsourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *SnapshotDSourceResponse + localVarReturnValue *UpgradeDsourceResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesApiService.SnapshotDsource") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DSourcesAPIService.UpgradeOracleDsource") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/{dsourceId}/snapshots" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/dsources/oracle/{dsourceId}/upgrade" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dsourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dsourceId, "dsourceId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -2876,7 +5568,7 @@ func (a *DSourcesApiService) SnapshotDsourceExecute(r ApiSnapshotDsourceRequest) localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.dSourceSnapshotParameters + localVarPostBody = r.upgradeOracleDatabaseParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { diff --git a/api_data_classes.go b/api_data_classes.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..452f80ec --- /dev/null +++ b/api_data_classes.go @@ -0,0 +1,1245 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "bytes" + "context" + "io" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "strings" +) + + +// DataClassesAPIService DataClassesAPI service +type DataClassesAPIService service + +type ApiCreateDataClassTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DataClassesAPIService + dataClassId string + tagsRequest *TagsRequest +} + +// Tags information for Data Class. +func (r ApiCreateDataClassTagsRequest) TagsRequest(tagsRequest TagsRequest) ApiCreateDataClassTagsRequest { + r.tagsRequest = &tagsRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiCreateDataClassTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CreateDataClassTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +CreateDataClassTags Create tags for a Data Class. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param dataClassId The ID of the Data Class. + @return ApiCreateDataClassTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *DataClassesAPIService) CreateDataClassTags(ctx context.Context, dataClassId string) ApiCreateDataClassTagsRequest { + return ApiCreateDataClassTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + dataClassId: dataClassId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *DataClassesAPIService) CreateDataClassTagsExecute(r ApiCreateDataClassTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DataClassesAPIService.CreateDataClassTags") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/data-classes/{dataClassId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dataClassId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dataClassId, "dataClassId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.dataClassId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dataClassId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.tagsRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("tagsRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.tagsRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiDeleteDataClassTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DataClassesAPIService + dataClassId string + deleteTag *DeleteTag +} + +// The parameters to delete tags +func (r ApiDeleteDataClassTagsRequest) DeleteTag(deleteTag DeleteTag) ApiDeleteDataClassTagsRequest { + r.deleteTag = &deleteTag + return r +} + +func (r ApiDeleteDataClassTagsRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteDataClassTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +DeleteDataClassTags Delete tags for a Data Class. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param dataClassId The ID of the Data Class. + @return ApiDeleteDataClassTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *DataClassesAPIService) DeleteDataClassTags(ctx context.Context, dataClassId string) ApiDeleteDataClassTagsRequest { + return ApiDeleteDataClassTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + dataClassId: dataClassId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +func (a *DataClassesAPIService) DeleteDataClassTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteDataClassTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DataClassesAPIService.DeleteDataClassTags") + if err != nil { + return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/data-classes/{dataClassId}/tags/delete" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dataClassId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dataClassId, "dataClassId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.dataClassId) < 1 { + return nil, reportError("dataClassId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.deleteTag + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetDataClassAlgorithmsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DataClassesAPIService + dataClassId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetDataClassAlgorithmsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetDataClassAlgorithmsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetDataClassAlgorithmsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetDataClassAlgorithmsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiGetDataClassAlgorithmsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetDataClassAlgorithmsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetDataClassAlgorithmsRequest) Execute() (*ListAlgorithmsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDataClassAlgorithmsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetDataClassAlgorithms Retrieve the list of algorithms for a Data Class. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param dataClassId The ID of the Data Class. + @return ApiGetDataClassAlgorithmsRequest +*/ +func (a *DataClassesAPIService) GetDataClassAlgorithms(ctx context.Context, dataClassId string) ApiGetDataClassAlgorithmsRequest { + return ApiGetDataClassAlgorithmsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + dataClassId: dataClassId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListAlgorithmsResponse +func (a *DataClassesAPIService) GetDataClassAlgorithmsExecute(r ApiGetDataClassAlgorithmsRequest) (*ListAlgorithmsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListAlgorithmsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DataClassesAPIService.GetDataClassAlgorithms") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/data-classes/{dataClassId}/algorithms" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dataClassId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dataClassId, "dataClassId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.dataClassId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dataClassId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetDataClassByIdRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DataClassesAPIService + dataClassId string +} + +func (r ApiGetDataClassByIdRequest) Execute() (*DataClass, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDataClassByIdExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetDataClassById Get a Data Class by ID. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param dataClassId The ID of the Data Class. + @return ApiGetDataClassByIdRequest +*/ +func (a *DataClassesAPIService) GetDataClassById(ctx context.Context, dataClassId string) ApiGetDataClassByIdRequest { + return ApiGetDataClassByIdRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + dataClassId: dataClassId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DataClass +func (a *DataClassesAPIService) GetDataClassByIdExecute(r ApiGetDataClassByIdRequest) (*DataClass, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DataClass + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DataClassesAPIService.GetDataClassById") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/data-classes/{dataClassId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dataClassId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dataClassId, "dataClassId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.dataClassId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dataClassId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetDataClassTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DataClassesAPIService + dataClassId string +} + +func (r ApiGetDataClassTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDataClassTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetDataClassTags Get tags for a Data Class. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param dataClassId The ID of the Data Class. + @return ApiGetDataClassTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *DataClassesAPIService) GetDataClassTags(ctx context.Context, dataClassId string) ApiGetDataClassTagsRequest { + return ApiGetDataClassTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + dataClassId: dataClassId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *DataClassesAPIService) GetDataClassTagsExecute(r ApiGetDataClassTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DataClassesAPIService.GetDataClassTags") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/data-classes/{dataClassId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dataClassId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dataClassId, "dataClassId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.dataClassId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dataClassId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetDataClassesRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DataClassesAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetDataClassesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetDataClassesRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetDataClassesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetDataClassesRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiGetDataClassesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetDataClassesRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetDataClassesRequest) Execute() (*DataClassesListResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDataClassesExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetDataClasses Retrieve the list of Data Classes. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetDataClassesRequest +*/ +func (a *DataClassesAPIService) GetDataClasses(ctx context.Context) ApiGetDataClassesRequest { + return ApiGetDataClassesRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DataClassesListResponse +func (a *DataClassesAPIService) GetDataClassesExecute(r ApiGetDataClassesRequest) (*DataClassesListResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DataClassesListResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DataClassesAPIService.GetDataClasses") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/data-classes" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchDataClassAlgorithmsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DataClassesAPIService + dataClassId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchDataClassAlgorithmsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchDataClassAlgorithmsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchDataClassAlgorithmsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchDataClassAlgorithmsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiSearchDataClassAlgorithmsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchDataClassAlgorithmsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchDataClassAlgorithmsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchDataClassAlgorithmsRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchDataClassAlgorithmsRequest) Execute() (*SearchAlgorithmsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchDataClassAlgorithmsExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchDataClassAlgorithms Search for algorithms of a Data Class. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param dataClassId The ID of the Data Class. + @return ApiSearchDataClassAlgorithmsRequest +*/ +func (a *DataClassesAPIService) SearchDataClassAlgorithms(ctx context.Context, dataClassId string) ApiSearchDataClassAlgorithmsRequest { + return ApiSearchDataClassAlgorithmsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + dataClassId: dataClassId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return SearchAlgorithmsResponse +func (a *DataClassesAPIService) SearchDataClassAlgorithmsExecute(r ApiSearchDataClassAlgorithmsRequest) (*SearchAlgorithmsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SearchAlgorithmsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DataClassesAPIService.SearchDataClassAlgorithms") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/data-classes/{dataClassId}/algorithms/search" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dataClassId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dataClassId, "dataClassId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.dataClassId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dataClassId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchDataClassesRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DataClassesAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchDataClassesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchDataClassesRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchDataClassesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchDataClassesRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiSearchDataClassesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchDataClassesRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchDataClassesRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchDataClassesRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchDataClassesRequest) Execute() (*DataClassesSearchResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchDataClassesExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchDataClasses Search for Data Classes. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiSearchDataClassesRequest +*/ +func (a *DataClassesAPIService) SearchDataClasses(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchDataClassesRequest { + return ApiSearchDataClassesRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DataClassesSearchResponse +func (a *DataClassesAPIService) SearchDataClassesExecute(r ApiSearchDataClassesRequest) (*DataClassesSearchResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DataClassesSearchResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DataClassesAPIService.SearchDataClasses") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/data-classes/search" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiUpdateDataClassRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DataClassesAPIService + dataClassId string + dataClassUpdateRequest *DataClassUpdateRequest +} + +// Update a Data Class. +func (r ApiUpdateDataClassRequest) DataClassUpdateRequest(dataClassUpdateRequest DataClassUpdateRequest) ApiUpdateDataClassRequest { + r.dataClassUpdateRequest = &dataClassUpdateRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiUpdateDataClassRequest) Execute() (*DataClassUpdateResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpdateDataClassExecute(r) +} + +/* +UpdateDataClass Update a Data Class. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param dataClassId The ID of the Data Class. + @return ApiUpdateDataClassRequest +*/ +func (a *DataClassesAPIService) UpdateDataClass(ctx context.Context, dataClassId string) ApiUpdateDataClassRequest { + return ApiUpdateDataClassRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + dataClassId: dataClassId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DataClassUpdateResponse +func (a *DataClassesAPIService) UpdateDataClassExecute(r ApiUpdateDataClassRequest) (*DataClassUpdateResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DataClassUpdateResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DataClassesAPIService.UpdateDataClass") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/data-classes/{dataClassId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dataClassId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dataClassId, "dataClassId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.dataClassId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dataClassId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.dataClassUpdateRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dataClassUpdateRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.dataClassUpdateRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} diff --git a/api_data_connections.go b/api_data_connections.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..589d0d22 --- /dev/null +++ b/api_data_connections.go @@ -0,0 +1,1380 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "bytes" + "context" + "io" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "strings" +) + + +// DataConnectionsAPIService DataConnectionsAPI service +type DataConnectionsAPIService service + +type ApiCreateDataConnectionTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DataConnectionsAPIService + dataConnectionId string + tagsRequest *TagsRequest +} + +// Tags information for data connections. +func (r ApiCreateDataConnectionTagsRequest) TagsRequest(tagsRequest TagsRequest) ApiCreateDataConnectionTagsRequest { + r.tagsRequest = &tagsRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiCreateDataConnectionTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CreateDataConnectionTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +CreateDataConnectionTags Create tags for a data connection. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param dataConnectionId The ID of the data connection. + @return ApiCreateDataConnectionTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *DataConnectionsAPIService) CreateDataConnectionTags(ctx context.Context, dataConnectionId string) ApiCreateDataConnectionTagsRequest { + return ApiCreateDataConnectionTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + dataConnectionId: dataConnectionId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *DataConnectionsAPIService) CreateDataConnectionTagsExecute(r ApiCreateDataConnectionTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DataConnectionsAPIService.CreateDataConnectionTags") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/data-connections/{dataConnectionId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dataConnectionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dataConnectionId, "dataConnectionId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.dataConnectionId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dataConnectionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.tagsRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("tagsRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.tagsRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiDeleteDataConnectionTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DataConnectionsAPIService + dataConnectionId string + deleteTag *DeleteTag +} + +// The parameters to delete tags +func (r ApiDeleteDataConnectionTagsRequest) DeleteTag(deleteTag DeleteTag) ApiDeleteDataConnectionTagsRequest { + r.deleteTag = &deleteTag + return r +} + +func (r ApiDeleteDataConnectionTagsRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteDataConnectionTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +DeleteDataConnectionTags Delete tags for a data connection. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param dataConnectionId The ID of the data connection. + @return ApiDeleteDataConnectionTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *DataConnectionsAPIService) DeleteDataConnectionTags(ctx context.Context, dataConnectionId string) ApiDeleteDataConnectionTagsRequest { + return ApiDeleteDataConnectionTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + dataConnectionId: dataConnectionId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +func (a *DataConnectionsAPIService) DeleteDataConnectionTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteDataConnectionTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DataConnectionsAPIService.DeleteDataConnectionTags") + if err != nil { + return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/data-connections/{dataConnectionId}/tags/delete" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dataConnectionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dataConnectionId, "dataConnectionId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.dataConnectionId) < 1 { + return nil, reportError("dataConnectionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.deleteTag + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetDataConnectionByIdRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DataConnectionsAPIService + dataConnectionId string +} + +func (r ApiGetDataConnectionByIdRequest) Execute() (*DataConnection, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDataConnectionByIdExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetDataConnectionById Get a data connection by id. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param dataConnectionId The ID of the data connection. + @return ApiGetDataConnectionByIdRequest +*/ +func (a *DataConnectionsAPIService) GetDataConnectionById(ctx context.Context, dataConnectionId string) ApiGetDataConnectionByIdRequest { + return ApiGetDataConnectionByIdRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + dataConnectionId: dataConnectionId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DataConnection +func (a *DataConnectionsAPIService) GetDataConnectionByIdExecute(r ApiGetDataConnectionByIdRequest) (*DataConnection, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DataConnection + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DataConnectionsAPIService.GetDataConnectionById") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/data-connections/{dataConnectionId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dataConnectionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dataConnectionId, "dataConnectionId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.dataConnectionId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dataConnectionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetDataConnectionTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DataConnectionsAPIService + dataConnectionId string +} + +func (r ApiGetDataConnectionTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDataConnectionTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetDataConnectionTags Get tags for a data connection. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param dataConnectionId The ID of the data connection. + @return ApiGetDataConnectionTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *DataConnectionsAPIService) GetDataConnectionTags(ctx context.Context, dataConnectionId string) ApiGetDataConnectionTagsRequest { + return ApiGetDataConnectionTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + dataConnectionId: dataConnectionId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *DataConnectionsAPIService) GetDataConnectionTagsExecute(r ApiGetDataConnectionTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DataConnectionsAPIService.GetDataConnectionTags") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/data-connections/{dataConnectionId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dataConnectionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dataConnectionId, "dataConnectionId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.dataConnectionId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dataConnectionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetDataConnectionsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DataConnectionsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetDataConnectionsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetDataConnectionsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetDataConnectionsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetDataConnectionsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetDataConnectionsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetDataConnectionsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetDataConnectionsRequest) Execute() (*ListDataConnectionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDataConnectionsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetDataConnections Returns a list of data connections. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetDataConnectionsRequest +*/ +func (a *DataConnectionsAPIService) GetDataConnections(ctx context.Context) ApiGetDataConnectionsRequest { + return ApiGetDataConnectionsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListDataConnectionsResponse +func (a *DataConnectionsAPIService) GetDataConnectionsExecute(r ApiGetDataConnectionsRequest) (*ListDataConnectionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListDataConnectionsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DataConnectionsAPIService.GetDataConnections") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/data-connections" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetSubConnectionsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DataConnectionsAPIService + dataConnectionId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetSubConnectionsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetSubConnectionsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetSubConnectionsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetSubConnectionsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetSubConnectionsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetSubConnectionsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetSubConnectionsRequest) Execute() (*ListSubConnectionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetSubConnectionsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetSubConnections Get sub-connections for a data connection. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param dataConnectionId The ID of the data connection. + @return ApiGetSubConnectionsRequest +*/ +func (a *DataConnectionsAPIService) GetSubConnections(ctx context.Context, dataConnectionId string) ApiGetSubConnectionsRequest { + return ApiGetSubConnectionsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + dataConnectionId: dataConnectionId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListSubConnectionsResponse +func (a *DataConnectionsAPIService) GetSubConnectionsExecute(r ApiGetSubConnectionsRequest) (*ListSubConnectionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListSubConnectionsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DataConnectionsAPIService.GetSubConnections") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/data-connections/{dataConnectionId}/sub-connections" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dataConnectionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dataConnectionId, "dataConnectionId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.dataConnectionId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dataConnectionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiReassignSubConnectionRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DataConnectionsAPIService + dataConnectionId string + subConnectionId string + reassignSubConnectionRequest *ReassignSubConnectionRequest +} + +func (r ApiReassignSubConnectionRequest) ReassignSubConnectionRequest(reassignSubConnectionRequest ReassignSubConnectionRequest) ApiReassignSubConnectionRequest { + r.reassignSubConnectionRequest = &reassignSubConnectionRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiReassignSubConnectionRequest) Execute() (*ReassignSubConnectionResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ReassignSubConnectionExecute(r) +} + +/* +ReassignSubConnection Reassign a SubConnection to another DataConnection. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param dataConnectionId The ID of the data connection. + @param subConnectionId The ID of the sub connection. + @return ApiReassignSubConnectionRequest +*/ +func (a *DataConnectionsAPIService) ReassignSubConnection(ctx context.Context, dataConnectionId string, subConnectionId string) ApiReassignSubConnectionRequest { + return ApiReassignSubConnectionRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + dataConnectionId: dataConnectionId, + subConnectionId: subConnectionId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ReassignSubConnectionResponse +func (a *DataConnectionsAPIService) ReassignSubConnectionExecute(r ApiReassignSubConnectionRequest) (*ReassignSubConnectionResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ReassignSubConnectionResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DataConnectionsAPIService.ReassignSubConnection") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/data-connections/{dataConnectionId}/sub-connections/{subConnectionId}/reassign" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dataConnectionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dataConnectionId, "dataConnectionId")), -1) + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"subConnectionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.subConnectionId, "subConnectionId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.dataConnectionId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dataConnectionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if strlen(r.subConnectionId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("subConnectionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.reassignSubConnectionRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("reassignSubConnectionRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.reassignSubConnectionRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchDataConnectionsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DataConnectionsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchDataConnectionsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchDataConnectionsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchDataConnectionsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchDataConnectionsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiSearchDataConnectionsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchDataConnectionsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchDataConnectionsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchDataConnectionsRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchDataConnectionsRequest) Execute() (*SearchDataConnectionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchDataConnectionsExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchDataConnections Search for data connections. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiSearchDataConnectionsRequest +*/ +func (a *DataConnectionsAPIService) SearchDataConnections(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchDataConnectionsRequest { + return ApiSearchDataConnectionsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return SearchDataConnectionsResponse +func (a *DataConnectionsAPIService) SearchDataConnectionsExecute(r ApiSearchDataConnectionsRequest) (*SearchDataConnectionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SearchDataConnectionsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DataConnectionsAPIService.SearchDataConnections") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/data-connections/search" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchSubConnectionsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DataConnectionsAPIService + dataConnectionId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchSubConnectionsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchSubConnectionsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchSubConnectionsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchSubConnectionsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiSearchSubConnectionsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchSubConnectionsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchSubConnectionsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchSubConnectionsRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchSubConnectionsRequest) Execute() (*SearchSubConnectionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchSubConnectionsExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchSubConnections Search for sub-connections for a data connections. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param dataConnectionId The ID of the data connection. + @return ApiSearchSubConnectionsRequest +*/ +func (a *DataConnectionsAPIService) SearchSubConnections(ctx context.Context, dataConnectionId string) ApiSearchSubConnectionsRequest { + return ApiSearchSubConnectionsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + dataConnectionId: dataConnectionId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return SearchSubConnectionsResponse +func (a *DataConnectionsAPIService) SearchSubConnectionsExecute(r ApiSearchSubConnectionsRequest) (*SearchSubConnectionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SearchSubConnectionsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DataConnectionsAPIService.SearchSubConnections") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/data-connections/{dataConnectionId}/sub-connections/search" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dataConnectionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dataConnectionId, "dataConnectionId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.dataConnectionId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dataConnectionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiUpdateDataConnectionRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DataConnectionsAPIService + dataConnectionId string + dataConnectionUpdateParameters *DataConnectionUpdateParameters +} + +func (r ApiUpdateDataConnectionRequest) DataConnectionUpdateParameters(dataConnectionUpdateParameters DataConnectionUpdateParameters) ApiUpdateDataConnectionRequest { + r.dataConnectionUpdateParameters = &dataConnectionUpdateParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiUpdateDataConnectionRequest) Execute() (*UpdateDataConnectionResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpdateDataConnectionExecute(r) +} + +/* +UpdateDataConnection Update a data connection. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param dataConnectionId The ID of the data connection. + @return ApiUpdateDataConnectionRequest +*/ +func (a *DataConnectionsAPIService) UpdateDataConnection(ctx context.Context, dataConnectionId string) ApiUpdateDataConnectionRequest { + return ApiUpdateDataConnectionRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + dataConnectionId: dataConnectionId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return UpdateDataConnectionResponse +func (a *DataConnectionsAPIService) UpdateDataConnectionExecute(r ApiUpdateDataConnectionRequest) (*UpdateDataConnectionResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *UpdateDataConnectionResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DataConnectionsAPIService.UpdateDataConnection") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/data-connections/{dataConnectionId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dataConnectionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dataConnectionId, "dataConnectionId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.dataConnectionId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dataConnectionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.dataConnectionUpdateParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dataConnectionUpdateParameters is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.dataConnectionUpdateParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} diff --git a/api_data_layouts.go b/api_data_layouts.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f0ce3706 --- /dev/null +++ b/api_data_layouts.go @@ -0,0 +1,1054 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "bytes" + "context" + "io" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "strings" +) + + +// DataLayoutsAPIService DataLayoutsAPI service +type DataLayoutsAPIService service + +type ApiConvertAndDropBookmarksRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DataLayoutsAPIService + dataLayoutId string + convertDataLayoutRequest *ConvertDataLayoutRequest +} + +// Import engine accounts request. +func (r ApiConvertAndDropBookmarksRequest) ConvertDataLayoutRequest(convertDataLayoutRequest ConvertDataLayoutRequest) ApiConvertAndDropBookmarksRequest { + r.convertDataLayoutRequest = &convertDataLayoutRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiConvertAndDropBookmarksRequest) Execute() (*ConvertDataLayoutResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ConvertAndDropBookmarksExecute(r) +} + +/* +ConvertAndDropBookmarks Convert and drop engine bookmarks and vdb groups for the data-layout. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param dataLayoutId The ID of the data-layout. + @return ApiConvertAndDropBookmarksRequest +*/ +func (a *DataLayoutsAPIService) ConvertAndDropBookmarks(ctx context.Context, dataLayoutId string) ApiConvertAndDropBookmarksRequest { + return ApiConvertAndDropBookmarksRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + dataLayoutId: dataLayoutId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ConvertDataLayoutResponse +func (a *DataLayoutsAPIService) ConvertAndDropBookmarksExecute(r ApiConvertAndDropBookmarksRequest) (*ConvertDataLayoutResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ConvertDataLayoutResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DataLayoutsAPIService.ConvertAndDropBookmarks") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/data-layouts/{dataLayoutId}/convert-and-drop" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dataLayoutId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dataLayoutId, "dataLayoutId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.dataLayoutId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dataLayoutId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.convertDataLayoutRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiCreateDataLayoutTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DataLayoutsAPIService + dataLayoutId string + tagsRequest *TagsRequest +} + +// Tags information for data-layout. +func (r ApiCreateDataLayoutTagsRequest) TagsRequest(tagsRequest TagsRequest) ApiCreateDataLayoutTagsRequest { + r.tagsRequest = &tagsRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiCreateDataLayoutTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CreateDataLayoutTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +CreateDataLayoutTags Create tags for a data-layout. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param dataLayoutId The ID of the data-layout. + @return ApiCreateDataLayoutTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *DataLayoutsAPIService) CreateDataLayoutTags(ctx context.Context, dataLayoutId string) ApiCreateDataLayoutTagsRequest { + return ApiCreateDataLayoutTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + dataLayoutId: dataLayoutId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *DataLayoutsAPIService) CreateDataLayoutTagsExecute(r ApiCreateDataLayoutTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DataLayoutsAPIService.CreateDataLayoutTags") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/data-layouts/{dataLayoutId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dataLayoutId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dataLayoutId, "dataLayoutId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.dataLayoutId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dataLayoutId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.tagsRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("tagsRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.tagsRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiDeleteDataLayoutTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DataLayoutsAPIService + dataLayoutId string + deleteTag *DeleteTag +} + +// The parameters to delete tags +func (r ApiDeleteDataLayoutTagsRequest) DeleteTag(deleteTag DeleteTag) ApiDeleteDataLayoutTagsRequest { + r.deleteTag = &deleteTag + return r +} + +func (r ApiDeleteDataLayoutTagsRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteDataLayoutTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +DeleteDataLayoutTags Delete tags for a data-layout. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param dataLayoutId The ID of the data-layout. + @return ApiDeleteDataLayoutTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *DataLayoutsAPIService) DeleteDataLayoutTags(ctx context.Context, dataLayoutId string) ApiDeleteDataLayoutTagsRequest { + return ApiDeleteDataLayoutTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + dataLayoutId: dataLayoutId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +func (a *DataLayoutsAPIService) DeleteDataLayoutTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteDataLayoutTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DataLayoutsAPIService.DeleteDataLayoutTags") + if err != nil { + return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/data-layouts/{dataLayoutId}/tags/delete" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dataLayoutId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dataLayoutId, "dataLayoutId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.dataLayoutId) < 1 { + return nil, reportError("dataLayoutId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.deleteTag + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetDataLayoutByIdRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DataLayoutsAPIService + dataLayoutId string +} + +func (r ApiGetDataLayoutByIdRequest) Execute() (*DataLayout, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDataLayoutByIdExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetDataLayoutById Get a data-layout by ID. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param dataLayoutId The ID of the data-layout. + @return ApiGetDataLayoutByIdRequest +*/ +func (a *DataLayoutsAPIService) GetDataLayoutById(ctx context.Context, dataLayoutId string) ApiGetDataLayoutByIdRequest { + return ApiGetDataLayoutByIdRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + dataLayoutId: dataLayoutId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DataLayout +func (a *DataLayoutsAPIService) GetDataLayoutByIdExecute(r ApiGetDataLayoutByIdRequest) (*DataLayout, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DataLayout + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DataLayoutsAPIService.GetDataLayoutById") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/data-layouts/{dataLayoutId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dataLayoutId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dataLayoutId, "dataLayoutId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.dataLayoutId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dataLayoutId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetDataLayoutTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DataLayoutsAPIService + dataLayoutId string +} + +func (r ApiGetDataLayoutTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDataLayoutTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetDataLayoutTags Get tags for a data-layout. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param dataLayoutId The ID of the data-layout. + @return ApiGetDataLayoutTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *DataLayoutsAPIService) GetDataLayoutTags(ctx context.Context, dataLayoutId string) ApiGetDataLayoutTagsRequest { + return ApiGetDataLayoutTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + dataLayoutId: dataLayoutId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *DataLayoutsAPIService) GetDataLayoutTagsExecute(r ApiGetDataLayoutTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DataLayoutsAPIService.GetDataLayoutTags") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/data-layouts/{dataLayoutId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"dataLayoutId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.dataLayoutId, "dataLayoutId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.dataLayoutId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("dataLayoutId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetDataLayoutsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DataLayoutsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetDataLayoutsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetDataLayoutsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetDataLayoutsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetDataLayoutsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetDataLayoutsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetDataLayoutsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetDataLayoutsRequest) Execute() (*ListDataLayoutResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDataLayoutsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetDataLayouts List all data-layout (Self-Service Container/Template). + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetDataLayoutsRequest +*/ +func (a *DataLayoutsAPIService) GetDataLayouts(ctx context.Context) ApiGetDataLayoutsRequest { + return ApiGetDataLayoutsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListDataLayoutResponse +func (a *DataLayoutsAPIService) GetDataLayoutsExecute(r ApiGetDataLayoutsRequest) (*ListDataLayoutResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListDataLayoutResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DataLayoutsAPIService.GetDataLayouts") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/data-layouts" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiImportEngineAccountsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DataLayoutsAPIService + importEngineAccountRequest *ImportEngineAccountRequest +} + +// Import engine accounts request. +func (r ApiImportEngineAccountsRequest) ImportEngineAccountRequest(importEngineAccountRequest ImportEngineAccountRequest) ApiImportEngineAccountsRequest { + r.importEngineAccountRequest = &importEngineAccountRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiImportEngineAccountsRequest) Execute() (*ImportEngineAccountsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ImportEngineAccountsExecute(r) +} + +/* +ImportEngineAccounts Import engine (self-service) accounts. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiImportEngineAccountsRequest +*/ +func (a *DataLayoutsAPIService) ImportEngineAccounts(ctx context.Context) ApiImportEngineAccountsRequest { + return ApiImportEngineAccountsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ImportEngineAccountsResponse +func (a *DataLayoutsAPIService) ImportEngineAccountsExecute(r ApiImportEngineAccountsRequest) (*ImportEngineAccountsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ImportEngineAccountsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DataLayoutsAPIService.ImportEngineAccounts") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/data-layouts/import-engine-accounts" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.importEngineAccountRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("importEngineAccountRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.importEngineAccountRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchDataLayoutsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DataLayoutsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchDataLayoutsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchDataLayoutsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchDataLayoutsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchDataLayoutsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiSearchDataLayoutsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchDataLayoutsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchDataLayoutsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchDataLayoutsRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchDataLayoutsRequest) Execute() (*SearchDataLayoutResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchDataLayoutsExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchDataLayouts Search for data-layouts. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiSearchDataLayoutsRequest +*/ +func (a *DataLayoutsAPIService) SearchDataLayouts(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchDataLayoutsRequest { + return ApiSearchDataLayoutsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return SearchDataLayoutResponse +func (a *DataLayoutsAPIService) SearchDataLayoutsExecute(r ApiSearchDataLayoutsRequest) (*SearchDataLayoutResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SearchDataLayoutResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DataLayoutsAPIService.SearchDataLayouts") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/data-layouts/search" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} diff --git a/api_database_templates.go b/api_database_templates.go index 0dd12178..661b28cc 100644 --- a/api_database_templates.go +++ b/api_database_templates.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,12 +21,12 @@ import ( ) -// DatabaseTemplatesApiService DatabaseTemplatesApi service -type DatabaseTemplatesApiService service +// DatabaseTemplatesAPIService DatabaseTemplatesAPI service +type DatabaseTemplatesAPIService service type ApiCreateDatabaseTemplateRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DatabaseTemplatesApiService + ApiService *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService databaseTemplateCreateParameters *DatabaseTemplateCreateParameters } @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ CreateDatabaseTemplate Create a database template. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiCreateDatabaseTemplateRequest */ -func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) CreateDatabaseTemplate(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateDatabaseTemplateRequest { +func (a *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService) CreateDatabaseTemplate(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateDatabaseTemplateRequest { return ApiCreateDatabaseTemplateRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) CreateDatabaseTemplate(ctx context.Context // Execute executes the request // @return CreateDatabaseTemplateResponse -func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) CreateDatabaseTemplateExecute(r ApiCreateDatabaseTemplateRequest) (*CreateDatabaseTemplateResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService) CreateDatabaseTemplateExecute(r ApiCreateDatabaseTemplateRequest) (*CreateDatabaseTemplateResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) CreateDatabaseTemplateExecute(r ApiCreateD localVarReturnValue *CreateDatabaseTemplateResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DatabaseTemplatesApiService.CreateDatabaseTemplate") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DatabaseTemplatesAPIService.CreateDatabaseTemplate") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) CreateDatabaseTemplateExecute(r ApiCreateD type ApiCreateDatabaseTemplateTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DatabaseTemplatesApiService + ApiService *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService databaseTemplateId string tagsRequest *TagsRequest } @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ CreateDatabaseTemplateTags Create tags for a DatabaseTemplate. @param databaseTemplateId The ID of the Database Template. @return ApiCreateDatabaseTemplateTagsRequest */ -func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) CreateDatabaseTemplateTags(ctx context.Context, databaseTemplateId string) ApiCreateDatabaseTemplateTagsRequest { +func (a *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService) CreateDatabaseTemplateTags(ctx context.Context, databaseTemplateId string) ApiCreateDatabaseTemplateTagsRequest { return ApiCreateDatabaseTemplateTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) CreateDatabaseTemplateTags(ctx context.Con // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) CreateDatabaseTemplateTagsExecute(r ApiCreateDatabaseTemplateTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService) CreateDatabaseTemplateTagsExecute(r ApiCreateDatabaseTemplateTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) CreateDatabaseTemplateTagsExecute(r ApiCre localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DatabaseTemplatesApiService.CreateDatabaseTemplateTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DatabaseTemplatesAPIService.CreateDatabaseTemplateTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) CreateDatabaseTemplateTagsExecute(r ApiCre type ApiDeleteDatabaseTemplateRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DatabaseTemplatesApiService + ApiService *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService databaseTemplateId string } @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ DeleteDatabaseTemplate Delete a DatabaseTemplate by ID. @param databaseTemplateId The ID of the Database Template. @return ApiDeleteDatabaseTemplateRequest */ -func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) DeleteDatabaseTemplate(ctx context.Context, databaseTemplateId string) ApiDeleteDatabaseTemplateRequest { +func (a *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService) DeleteDatabaseTemplate(ctx context.Context, databaseTemplateId string) ApiDeleteDatabaseTemplateRequest { return ApiDeleteDatabaseTemplateRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) DeleteDatabaseTemplate(ctx context.Context // Execute executes the request // @return DeleteDatabaseTemplateResponse -func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) DeleteDatabaseTemplateExecute(r ApiDeleteDatabaseTemplateRequest) (*DeleteDatabaseTemplateResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService) DeleteDatabaseTemplateExecute(r ApiDeleteDatabaseTemplateRequest) (*DeleteDatabaseTemplateResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) DeleteDatabaseTemplateExecute(r ApiDeleteD localVarReturnValue *DeleteDatabaseTemplateResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DatabaseTemplatesApiService.DeleteDatabaseTemplate") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DatabaseTemplatesAPIService.DeleteDatabaseTemplate") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) DeleteDatabaseTemplateExecute(r ApiDeleteD type ApiDeleteDatabaseTemplateTagRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DatabaseTemplatesApiService + ApiService *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService databaseTemplateId string deleteTag *DeleteTag } @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ DeleteDatabaseTemplateTag Delete tags for a DatabaseTemplate. @param databaseTemplateId The ID of the Database Template. @return ApiDeleteDatabaseTemplateTagRequest */ -func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) DeleteDatabaseTemplateTag(ctx context.Context, databaseTemplateId string) ApiDeleteDatabaseTemplateTagRequest { +func (a *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService) DeleteDatabaseTemplateTag(ctx context.Context, databaseTemplateId string) ApiDeleteDatabaseTemplateTagRequest { return ApiDeleteDatabaseTemplateTagRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -428,14 +428,14 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) DeleteDatabaseTemplateTag(ctx context.Cont } // Execute executes the request -func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) DeleteDatabaseTemplateTagExecute(r ApiDeleteDatabaseTemplateTagRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService) DeleteDatabaseTemplateTagExecute(r ApiDeleteDatabaseTemplateTagRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DatabaseTemplatesApiService.DeleteDatabaseTemplateTag") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DatabaseTemplatesAPIService.DeleteDatabaseTemplateTag") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) DeleteDatabaseTemplateTagExecute(r ApiDele type ApiGetDatabaseTemplateByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DatabaseTemplatesApiService + ApiService *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService databaseTemplateId string } @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ GetDatabaseTemplateById Retrieve a DatabaseTemplate by ID. @param databaseTemplateId The ID of the Database Template. @return ApiGetDatabaseTemplateByIdRequest */ -func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) GetDatabaseTemplateById(ctx context.Context, databaseTemplateId string) ApiGetDatabaseTemplateByIdRequest { +func (a *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService) GetDatabaseTemplateById(ctx context.Context, databaseTemplateId string) ApiGetDatabaseTemplateByIdRequest { return ApiGetDatabaseTemplateByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) GetDatabaseTemplateById(ctx context.Contex // Execute executes the request // @return DatabaseTemplate -func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) GetDatabaseTemplateByIdExecute(r ApiGetDatabaseTemplateByIdRequest) (*DatabaseTemplate, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService) GetDatabaseTemplateByIdExecute(r ApiGetDatabaseTemplateByIdRequest) (*DatabaseTemplate, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) GetDatabaseTemplateByIdExecute(r ApiGetDat localVarReturnValue *DatabaseTemplate ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DatabaseTemplatesApiService.GetDatabaseTemplateById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DatabaseTemplatesAPIService.GetDatabaseTemplateById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) GetDatabaseTemplateByIdExecute(r ApiGetDat type ApiGetDatabaseTemplateTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DatabaseTemplatesApiService + ApiService *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService databaseTemplateId string } @@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ GetDatabaseTemplateTags Get tags for a DatabaseTemplate. @param databaseTemplateId The ID of the Database Template. @return ApiGetDatabaseTemplateTagsRequest */ -func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) GetDatabaseTemplateTags(ctx context.Context, databaseTemplateId string) ApiGetDatabaseTemplateTagsRequest { +func (a *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService) GetDatabaseTemplateTags(ctx context.Context, databaseTemplateId string) ApiGetDatabaseTemplateTagsRequest { return ApiGetDatabaseTemplateTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) GetDatabaseTemplateTags(ctx context.Contex // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) GetDatabaseTemplateTagsExecute(r ApiGetDatabaseTemplateTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService) GetDatabaseTemplateTagsExecute(r ApiGetDatabaseTemplateTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) GetDatabaseTemplateTagsExecute(r ApiGetDat localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DatabaseTemplatesApiService.GetDatabaseTemplateTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DatabaseTemplatesAPIService.GetDatabaseTemplateTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) GetDatabaseTemplateTagsExecute(r ApiGetDat type ApiGetDatabaseTemplatesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DatabaseTemplatesApiService + ApiService *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ GetDatabaseTemplates Retrieve the list of database templates. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiGetDatabaseTemplatesRequest */ -func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) GetDatabaseTemplates(ctx context.Context) ApiGetDatabaseTemplatesRequest { +func (a *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService) GetDatabaseTemplates(ctx context.Context) ApiGetDatabaseTemplatesRequest { return ApiGetDatabaseTemplatesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) GetDatabaseTemplates(ctx context.Context) // Execute executes the request // @return ListDatabaseTemplatesResponse -func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) GetDatabaseTemplatesExecute(r ApiGetDatabaseTemplatesRequest) (*ListDatabaseTemplatesResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService) GetDatabaseTemplatesExecute(r ApiGetDatabaseTemplatesRequest) (*ListDatabaseTemplatesResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) GetDatabaseTemplatesExecute(r ApiGetDataba localVarReturnValue *ListDatabaseTemplatesResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DatabaseTemplatesApiService.GetDatabaseTemplates") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DatabaseTemplatesAPIService.GetDatabaseTemplates") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -812,13 +812,16 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) GetDatabaseTemplatesExecute(r ApiGetDataba localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -890,7 +893,7 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) GetDatabaseTemplatesExecute(r ApiGetDataba type ApiImportDatabaseTemplatesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DatabaseTemplatesApiService + ApiService *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService engineIdBody *EngineIdBody } @@ -905,12 +908,12 @@ func (r ApiImportDatabaseTemplatesRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { } /* -ImportDatabaseTemplates Imports the database templates from an an engine. +ImportDatabaseTemplates Imports the database templates from an engine. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiImportDatabaseTemplatesRequest */ -func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) ImportDatabaseTemplates(ctx context.Context) ApiImportDatabaseTemplatesRequest { +func (a *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService) ImportDatabaseTemplates(ctx context.Context) ApiImportDatabaseTemplatesRequest { return ApiImportDatabaseTemplatesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -918,14 +921,14 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) ImportDatabaseTemplates(ctx context.Contex } // Execute executes the request -func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) ImportDatabaseTemplatesExecute(r ApiImportDatabaseTemplatesRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService) ImportDatabaseTemplatesExecute(r ApiImportDatabaseTemplatesRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DatabaseTemplatesApiService.ImportDatabaseTemplates") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DatabaseTemplatesAPIService.ImportDatabaseTemplates") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1002,7 +1005,7 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) ImportDatabaseTemplatesExecute(r ApiImport type ApiSearchDatabaseTemplatesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DatabaseTemplatesApiService + ApiService *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -1043,7 +1046,7 @@ SearchDatabaseTemplates Search DatabaseTemplates. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchDatabaseTemplatesRequest */ -func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) SearchDatabaseTemplates(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchDatabaseTemplatesRequest { +func (a *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService) SearchDatabaseTemplates(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchDatabaseTemplatesRequest { return ApiSearchDatabaseTemplatesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1052,7 +1055,7 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) SearchDatabaseTemplates(ctx context.Contex // Execute executes the request // @return SearchDatabaseTemplatesResponse -func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) SearchDatabaseTemplatesExecute(r ApiSearchDatabaseTemplatesRequest) (*SearchDatabaseTemplatesResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService) SearchDatabaseTemplatesExecute(r ApiSearchDatabaseTemplatesRequest) (*SearchDatabaseTemplatesResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1060,7 +1063,7 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) SearchDatabaseTemplatesExecute(r ApiSearch localVarReturnValue *SearchDatabaseTemplatesResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DatabaseTemplatesApiService.SearchDatabaseTemplates") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DatabaseTemplatesAPIService.SearchDatabaseTemplates") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1072,13 +1075,16 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) SearchDatabaseTemplatesExecute(r ApiSearch localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -1152,7 +1158,7 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) SearchDatabaseTemplatesExecute(r ApiSearch type ApiUndoImportDatabaseTemplatesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DatabaseTemplatesApiService + ApiService *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService engineIdBody *EngineIdBody } @@ -1172,7 +1178,7 @@ UndoImportDatabaseTemplates Undo an import of DatabaseTemplates on an Engine. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiUndoImportDatabaseTemplatesRequest */ -func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) UndoImportDatabaseTemplates(ctx context.Context) ApiUndoImportDatabaseTemplatesRequest { +func (a *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService) UndoImportDatabaseTemplates(ctx context.Context) ApiUndoImportDatabaseTemplatesRequest { return ApiUndoImportDatabaseTemplatesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1180,14 +1186,14 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) UndoImportDatabaseTemplates(ctx context.Co } // Execute executes the request -func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) UndoImportDatabaseTemplatesExecute(r ApiUndoImportDatabaseTemplatesRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService) UndoImportDatabaseTemplatesExecute(r ApiUndoImportDatabaseTemplatesRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DatabaseTemplatesApiService.UndoImportDatabaseTemplates") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DatabaseTemplatesAPIService.UndoImportDatabaseTemplates") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1264,7 +1270,7 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) UndoImportDatabaseTemplatesExecute(r ApiUn type ApiUpdateDatabaseTemplateRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *DatabaseTemplatesApiService + ApiService *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService databaseTemplateId string updateDatabaseTemplateParameters *UpdateDatabaseTemplateParameters } @@ -1286,7 +1292,7 @@ UpdateDatabaseTemplate Updates a DatabaseTemplate by ID @param databaseTemplateId The ID of the Database Template. @return ApiUpdateDatabaseTemplateRequest */ -func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) UpdateDatabaseTemplate(ctx context.Context, databaseTemplateId string) ApiUpdateDatabaseTemplateRequest { +func (a *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService) UpdateDatabaseTemplate(ctx context.Context, databaseTemplateId string) ApiUpdateDatabaseTemplateRequest { return ApiUpdateDatabaseTemplateRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1296,7 +1302,7 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) UpdateDatabaseTemplate(ctx context.Context // Execute executes the request // @return UpdateDatabaseTemplateResponse -func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) UpdateDatabaseTemplateExecute(r ApiUpdateDatabaseTemplateRequest) (*UpdateDatabaseTemplateResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService) UpdateDatabaseTemplateExecute(r ApiUpdateDatabaseTemplateRequest) (*UpdateDatabaseTemplateResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1304,7 +1310,7 @@ func (a *DatabaseTemplatesApiService) UpdateDatabaseTemplateExecute(r ApiUpdateD localVarReturnValue *UpdateDatabaseTemplateResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DatabaseTemplatesApiService.UpdateDatabaseTemplate") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DatabaseTemplatesAPIService.UpdateDatabaseTemplate") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } diff --git a/api_discovery_expressions.go b/api_discovery_expressions.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..96ff0ccb --- /dev/null +++ b/api_discovery_expressions.go @@ -0,0 +1,804 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "bytes" + "context" + "io" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "strings" +) + + +// DiscoveryExpressionsAPIService DiscoveryExpressionsAPI service +type DiscoveryExpressionsAPIService service + +type ApiCreateDiscoveryExpressionTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DiscoveryExpressionsAPIService + expressionId string + tagsRequest *TagsRequest +} + +// Tags information for discovery expression. +func (r ApiCreateDiscoveryExpressionTagsRequest) TagsRequest(tagsRequest TagsRequest) ApiCreateDiscoveryExpressionTagsRequest { + r.tagsRequest = &tagsRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiCreateDiscoveryExpressionTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CreateDiscoveryExpressionTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +CreateDiscoveryExpressionTags Create tags for a discovery expression. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param expressionId The ID of the discovery expression. + @return ApiCreateDiscoveryExpressionTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *DiscoveryExpressionsAPIService) CreateDiscoveryExpressionTags(ctx context.Context, expressionId string) ApiCreateDiscoveryExpressionTagsRequest { + return ApiCreateDiscoveryExpressionTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + expressionId: expressionId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *DiscoveryExpressionsAPIService) CreateDiscoveryExpressionTagsExecute(r ApiCreateDiscoveryExpressionTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DiscoveryExpressionsAPIService.CreateDiscoveryExpressionTags") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/discovery-expressions/{expressionId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"expressionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.expressionId, "expressionId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.expressionId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("expressionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.tagsRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("tagsRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.tagsRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiDeleteDiscoveryExpressionTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DiscoveryExpressionsAPIService + expressionId string + deleteTag *DeleteTag +} + +// The parameters to delete tags +func (r ApiDeleteDiscoveryExpressionTagsRequest) DeleteTag(deleteTag DeleteTag) ApiDeleteDiscoveryExpressionTagsRequest { + r.deleteTag = &deleteTag + return r +} + +func (r ApiDeleteDiscoveryExpressionTagsRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteDiscoveryExpressionTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +DeleteDiscoveryExpressionTags Delete tags for a discovery expression. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param expressionId The ID of the discovery expression. + @return ApiDeleteDiscoveryExpressionTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *DiscoveryExpressionsAPIService) DeleteDiscoveryExpressionTags(ctx context.Context, expressionId string) ApiDeleteDiscoveryExpressionTagsRequest { + return ApiDeleteDiscoveryExpressionTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + expressionId: expressionId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +func (a *DiscoveryExpressionsAPIService) DeleteDiscoveryExpressionTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteDiscoveryExpressionTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DiscoveryExpressionsAPIService.DeleteDiscoveryExpressionTags") + if err != nil { + return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/discovery-expressions/{expressionId}/tags/delete" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"expressionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.expressionId, "expressionId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.expressionId) < 1 { + return nil, reportError("expressionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.deleteTag + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetDiscoveryExpressionByIdRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DiscoveryExpressionsAPIService + expressionId string +} + +func (r ApiGetDiscoveryExpressionByIdRequest) Execute() (*DiscoveryExpression, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDiscoveryExpressionByIdExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetDiscoveryExpressionById Get a discovery expression by ID. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param expressionId The ID of the discovery expression. + @return ApiGetDiscoveryExpressionByIdRequest +*/ +func (a *DiscoveryExpressionsAPIService) GetDiscoveryExpressionById(ctx context.Context, expressionId string) ApiGetDiscoveryExpressionByIdRequest { + return ApiGetDiscoveryExpressionByIdRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + expressionId: expressionId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DiscoveryExpression +func (a *DiscoveryExpressionsAPIService) GetDiscoveryExpressionByIdExecute(r ApiGetDiscoveryExpressionByIdRequest) (*DiscoveryExpression, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DiscoveryExpression + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DiscoveryExpressionsAPIService.GetDiscoveryExpressionById") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/discovery-expressions/{expressionId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"expressionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.expressionId, "expressionId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.expressionId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("expressionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetDiscoveryExpressionTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DiscoveryExpressionsAPIService + expressionId string +} + +func (r ApiGetDiscoveryExpressionTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDiscoveryExpressionTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetDiscoveryExpressionTags Get tags for a discovery expression. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param expressionId The ID of the discovery expression. + @return ApiGetDiscoveryExpressionTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *DiscoveryExpressionsAPIService) GetDiscoveryExpressionTags(ctx context.Context, expressionId string) ApiGetDiscoveryExpressionTagsRequest { + return ApiGetDiscoveryExpressionTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + expressionId: expressionId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *DiscoveryExpressionsAPIService) GetDiscoveryExpressionTagsExecute(r ApiGetDiscoveryExpressionTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DiscoveryExpressionsAPIService.GetDiscoveryExpressionTags") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/discovery-expressions/{expressionId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"expressionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.expressionId, "expressionId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.expressionId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("expressionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetDiscoveryExpressionsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DiscoveryExpressionsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetDiscoveryExpressionsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetDiscoveryExpressionsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetDiscoveryExpressionsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetDiscoveryExpressionsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The +func (r ApiGetDiscoveryExpressionsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetDiscoveryExpressionsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetDiscoveryExpressionsRequest) Execute() (*DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDiscoveryExpressionsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetDiscoveryExpressions Retrieve discovery expressions. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetDiscoveryExpressionsRequest +*/ +func (a *DiscoveryExpressionsAPIService) GetDiscoveryExpressions(ctx context.Context) ApiGetDiscoveryExpressionsRequest { + return ApiGetDiscoveryExpressionsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse +func (a *DiscoveryExpressionsAPIService) GetDiscoveryExpressionsExecute(r ApiGetDiscoveryExpressionsRequest) (*DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DiscoveryExpressionsAPIService.GetDiscoveryExpressions") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/discovery-expressions" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchDiscoveryExpressionsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DiscoveryExpressionsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchDiscoveryExpressionsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchDiscoveryExpressionsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchDiscoveryExpressionsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchDiscoveryExpressionsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The +func (r ApiSearchDiscoveryExpressionsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchDiscoveryExpressionsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchDiscoveryExpressionsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchDiscoveryExpressionsRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchDiscoveryExpressionsRequest) Execute() (*DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchDiscoveryExpressionsExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchDiscoveryExpressions Search discovery expressions. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiSearchDiscoveryExpressionsRequest +*/ +func (a *DiscoveryExpressionsAPIService) SearchDiscoveryExpressions(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchDiscoveryExpressionsRequest { + return ApiSearchDiscoveryExpressionsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse +func (a *DiscoveryExpressionsAPIService) SearchDiscoveryExpressionsExecute(r ApiSearchDiscoveryExpressionsRequest) (*DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DiscoveryExpressionsAPIService.SearchDiscoveryExpressions") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/discovery-expressions/search" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} diff --git a/api_discovery_policies.go b/api_discovery_policies.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..79e5da9a --- /dev/null +++ b/api_discovery_policies.go @@ -0,0 +1,1426 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "bytes" + "context" + "io" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "strings" +) + + +// DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService DiscoveryPoliciesAPI service +type DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService service + +type ApiCreateDiscoveryPolicyTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService + discoveryPolicyId string + tagsRequest *TagsRequest +} + +// Tags information for discovery policy. +func (r ApiCreateDiscoveryPolicyTagsRequest) TagsRequest(tagsRequest TagsRequest) ApiCreateDiscoveryPolicyTagsRequest { + r.tagsRequest = &tagsRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiCreateDiscoveryPolicyTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CreateDiscoveryPolicyTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +CreateDiscoveryPolicyTags Create tags for a discovery policy. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param discoveryPolicyId The ID of the Discovery Policy. + @return ApiCreateDiscoveryPolicyTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService) CreateDiscoveryPolicyTags(ctx context.Context, discoveryPolicyId string) ApiCreateDiscoveryPolicyTagsRequest { + return ApiCreateDiscoveryPolicyTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + discoveryPolicyId: discoveryPolicyId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService) CreateDiscoveryPolicyTagsExecute(r ApiCreateDiscoveryPolicyTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService.CreateDiscoveryPolicyTags") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/discovery-policies/{discoveryPolicyId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"discoveryPolicyId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.discoveryPolicyId, "discoveryPolicyId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.discoveryPolicyId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("discoveryPolicyId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.tagsRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("tagsRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.tagsRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiDeleteDiscoveryPolicyTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService + discoveryPolicyId string + deleteTag *DeleteTag +} + +// The parameters to delete tags +func (r ApiDeleteDiscoveryPolicyTagsRequest) DeleteTag(deleteTag DeleteTag) ApiDeleteDiscoveryPolicyTagsRequest { + r.deleteTag = &deleteTag + return r +} + +func (r ApiDeleteDiscoveryPolicyTagsRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteDiscoveryPolicyTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +DeleteDiscoveryPolicyTags Delete tags for a discovery policy. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param discoveryPolicyId The ID of the Discovery Policy. + @return ApiDeleteDiscoveryPolicyTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService) DeleteDiscoveryPolicyTags(ctx context.Context, discoveryPolicyId string) ApiDeleteDiscoveryPolicyTagsRequest { + return ApiDeleteDiscoveryPolicyTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + discoveryPolicyId: discoveryPolicyId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +func (a *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService) DeleteDiscoveryPolicyTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteDiscoveryPolicyTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService.DeleteDiscoveryPolicyTags") + if err != nil { + return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/discovery-policies/{discoveryPolicyId}/tags/delete" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"discoveryPolicyId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.discoveryPolicyId, "discoveryPolicyId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.discoveryPolicyId) < 1 { + return nil, reportError("discoveryPolicyId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.deleteTag + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetDiscoveryPoliciesRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetDiscoveryPoliciesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetDiscoveryPoliciesRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetDiscoveryPoliciesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetDiscoveryPoliciesRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiGetDiscoveryPoliciesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetDiscoveryPoliciesRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetDiscoveryPoliciesRequest) Execute() (*DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDiscoveryPoliciesExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetDiscoveryPolicies Retrieve discovery policies. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetDiscoveryPoliciesRequest +*/ +func (a *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService) GetDiscoveryPolicies(ctx context.Context) ApiGetDiscoveryPoliciesRequest { + return ApiGetDiscoveryPoliciesRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse +func (a *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService) GetDiscoveryPoliciesExecute(r ApiGetDiscoveryPoliciesRequest) (*DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService.GetDiscoveryPolicies") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/discovery-policies" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyByIdRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService + discoveryPolicyId string +} + +func (r ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyByIdRequest) Execute() (*DiscoveryPolicy, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDiscoveryPolicyByIdExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetDiscoveryPolicyById Get a discovery policy by ID. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param discoveryPolicyId The ID of the Discovery Policy. + @return ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyByIdRequest +*/ +func (a *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService) GetDiscoveryPolicyById(ctx context.Context, discoveryPolicyId string) ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyByIdRequest { + return ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyByIdRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + discoveryPolicyId: discoveryPolicyId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DiscoveryPolicy +func (a *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService) GetDiscoveryPolicyByIdExecute(r ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyByIdRequest) (*DiscoveryPolicy, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DiscoveryPolicy + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService.GetDiscoveryPolicyById") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/discovery-policies/{discoveryPolicyId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"discoveryPolicyId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.discoveryPolicyId, "discoveryPolicyId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.discoveryPolicyId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("discoveryPolicyId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService + discoveryPolicyId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersRequest) Execute() (*ClassifiersListResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetDiscoveryPolicyClassifiers Get classifiers for a discovery policy. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param discoveryPolicyId The ID of the Discovery Policy. + @return ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersRequest +*/ +func (a *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService) GetDiscoveryPolicyClassifiers(ctx context.Context, discoveryPolicyId string) ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersRequest { + return ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + discoveryPolicyId: discoveryPolicyId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ClassifiersListResponse +func (a *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService) GetDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersExecute(r ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersRequest) (*ClassifiersListResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ClassifiersListResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService.GetDiscoveryPolicyClassifiers") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/discovery-policies/{discoveryPolicyId}/classifiers" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"discoveryPolicyId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.discoveryPolicyId, "discoveryPolicyId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.discoveryPolicyId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("discoveryPolicyId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService + discoveryPolicyId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The +func (r ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsRequest) Execute() (*DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetDiscoveryPolicyExpressions Get discovery expressions for a discovery policy. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param discoveryPolicyId The ID of the Discovery Policy. + @return ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsRequest +*/ +func (a *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService) GetDiscoveryPolicyExpressions(ctx context.Context, discoveryPolicyId string) ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsRequest { + return ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + discoveryPolicyId: discoveryPolicyId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse +func (a *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService) GetDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsExecute(r ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsRequest) (*DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService.GetDiscoveryPolicyExpressions") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/discovery-policies/{discoveryPolicyId}/expressions" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"discoveryPolicyId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.discoveryPolicyId, "discoveryPolicyId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.discoveryPolicyId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("discoveryPolicyId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService + discoveryPolicyId string +} + +func (r ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDiscoveryPolicyTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetDiscoveryPolicyTags Get tags for a discovery policy. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param discoveryPolicyId The ID of the Discovery Policy. + @return ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService) GetDiscoveryPolicyTags(ctx context.Context, discoveryPolicyId string) ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyTagsRequest { + return ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + discoveryPolicyId: discoveryPolicyId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService) GetDiscoveryPolicyTagsExecute(r ApiGetDiscoveryPolicyTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService.GetDiscoveryPolicyTags") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/discovery-policies/{discoveryPolicyId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"discoveryPolicyId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.discoveryPolicyId, "discoveryPolicyId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.discoveryPolicyId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("discoveryPolicyId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchDiscoveryPoliciesRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchDiscoveryPoliciesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchDiscoveryPoliciesRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchDiscoveryPoliciesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchDiscoveryPoliciesRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiSearchDiscoveryPoliciesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchDiscoveryPoliciesRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchDiscoveryPoliciesRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchDiscoveryPoliciesRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchDiscoveryPoliciesRequest) Execute() (*DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchDiscoveryPoliciesExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchDiscoveryPolicies Search for discovery policies. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiSearchDiscoveryPoliciesRequest +*/ +func (a *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService) SearchDiscoveryPolicies(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchDiscoveryPoliciesRequest { + return ApiSearchDiscoveryPoliciesRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse +func (a *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService) SearchDiscoveryPoliciesExecute(r ApiSearchDiscoveryPoliciesRequest) (*DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService.SearchDiscoveryPolicies") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/discovery-policies/search" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService + discoveryPolicyId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiSearchDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersRequest) Execute() (*ClassifiersSearchResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchDiscoveryPolicyClassifiers Search for classifiers of a discovery policy. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param discoveryPolicyId The ID of the Discovery Policy. + @return ApiSearchDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersRequest +*/ +func (a *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService) SearchDiscoveryPolicyClassifiers(ctx context.Context, discoveryPolicyId string) ApiSearchDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersRequest { + return ApiSearchDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + discoveryPolicyId: discoveryPolicyId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ClassifiersSearchResponse +func (a *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService) SearchDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersExecute(r ApiSearchDiscoveryPolicyClassifiersRequest) (*ClassifiersSearchResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ClassifiersSearchResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService.SearchDiscoveryPolicyClassifiers") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/discovery-policies/{discoveryPolicyId}/classifiers/search" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"discoveryPolicyId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.discoveryPolicyId, "discoveryPolicyId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.discoveryPolicyId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("discoveryPolicyId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService + discoveryPolicyId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The +func (r ApiSearchDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsRequest) Execute() (*DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchDiscoveryPolicyExpressions Search for discovery expressions of a discovery policy. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param discoveryPolicyId The ID of the Discovery Policy. + @return ApiSearchDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsRequest +*/ +func (a *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService) SearchDiscoveryPolicyExpressions(ctx context.Context, discoveryPolicyId string) ApiSearchDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsRequest { + return ApiSearchDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + discoveryPolicyId: discoveryPolicyId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse +func (a *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService) SearchDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsExecute(r ApiSearchDiscoveryPolicyExpressionsRequest) (*DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService.SearchDiscoveryPolicyExpressions") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/discovery-policies/{discoveryPolicyId}/expressions/search" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"discoveryPolicyId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.discoveryPolicyId, "discoveryPolicyId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.discoveryPolicyId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("discoveryPolicyId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} diff --git a/api_environments.go b/api_environments.go index efc889c3..7e667756 100644 --- a/api_environments.go +++ b/api_environments.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,12 +21,12 @@ import ( ) -// EnvironmentsApiService EnvironmentsApi service -type EnvironmentsApiService service +// EnvironmentsAPIService EnvironmentsAPI service +type EnvironmentsAPIService service type ApiCompatibleRepositoriesByLocationRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *EnvironmentsApiService + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService locationCompatibleRepositoryRequest *LocationCompatibleRepositoryRequest } @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ CompatibleRepositoriesByLocation Get compatible repositories corresponding to th @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiCompatibleRepositoriesByLocationRequest */ -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CompatibleRepositoriesByLocation(ctx context.Context) ApiCompatibleRepositoriesByLocationRequest { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) CompatibleRepositoriesByLocation(ctx context.Context) ApiCompatibleRepositoriesByLocationRequest { return ApiCompatibleRepositoriesByLocationRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CompatibleRepositoriesByLocation(ctx context.Co // Execute executes the request // @return LocationCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CompatibleRepositoriesByLocationExecute(r ApiCompatibleRepositoriesByLocationRequest) (*LocationCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) CompatibleRepositoriesByLocationExecute(r ApiCompatibleRepositoriesByLocationRequest) (*LocationCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CompatibleRepositoriesByLocationExecute(r ApiCo localVarReturnValue *LocationCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsApiService.CompatibleRepositoriesByLocation") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.CompatibleRepositoriesByLocation") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CompatibleRepositoriesByLocationExecute(r ApiCo type ApiCompatibleRepositoriesBySnapshotRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *EnvironmentsApiService + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService snapshotCompatibleRepositoryRequest *SnapshotCompatibleRepositoryRequest } @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ CompatibleRepositoriesBySnapshot Get compatible repositories corresponding to th @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiCompatibleRepositoriesBySnapshotRequest */ -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CompatibleRepositoriesBySnapshot(ctx context.Context) ApiCompatibleRepositoriesBySnapshotRequest { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) CompatibleRepositoriesBySnapshot(ctx context.Context) ApiCompatibleRepositoriesBySnapshotRequest { return ApiCompatibleRepositoriesBySnapshotRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CompatibleRepositoriesBySnapshot(ctx context.Co // Execute executes the request // @return SnapshotCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CompatibleRepositoriesBySnapshotExecute(r ApiCompatibleRepositoriesBySnapshotRequest) (*SnapshotCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) CompatibleRepositoriesBySnapshotExecute(r ApiCompatibleRepositoriesBySnapshotRequest) (*SnapshotCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CompatibleRepositoriesBySnapshotExecute(r ApiCo localVarReturnValue *SnapshotCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsApiService.CompatibleRepositoriesBySnapshot") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.CompatibleRepositoriesBySnapshot") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CompatibleRepositoriesBySnapshotExecute(r ApiCo type ApiCompatibleRepositoriesByTimestampRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *EnvironmentsApiService + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService timestampCompatibleRepositoryRequest *TimestampCompatibleRepositoryRequest } @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ CompatibleRepositoriesByTimestamp Get compatible repositories corresponding to t @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiCompatibleRepositoriesByTimestampRequest */ -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CompatibleRepositoriesByTimestamp(ctx context.Context) ApiCompatibleRepositoriesByTimestampRequest { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) CompatibleRepositoriesByTimestamp(ctx context.Context) ApiCompatibleRepositoriesByTimestampRequest { return ApiCompatibleRepositoriesByTimestampRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CompatibleRepositoriesByTimestamp(ctx context.C // Execute executes the request // @return TimestampCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CompatibleRepositoriesByTimestampExecute(r ApiCompatibleRepositoriesByTimestampRequest) (*TimestampCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) CompatibleRepositoriesByTimestampExecute(r ApiCompatibleRepositoriesByTimestampRequest) (*TimestampCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CompatibleRepositoriesByTimestampExecute(r ApiC localVarReturnValue *TimestampCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsApiService.CompatibleRepositoriesByTimestamp") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.CompatibleRepositoriesByTimestamp") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CompatibleRepositoriesByTimestampExecute(r ApiC type ApiCompatibleRepositoriesFromBookmarkRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *EnvironmentsApiService + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService bookmarkCompatibleRepositoryRequest *BookmarkCompatibleRepositoryRequest } @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ CompatibleRepositoriesFromBookmark Get compatible repositories corresponding to @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiCompatibleRepositoriesFromBookmarkRequest */ -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CompatibleRepositoriesFromBookmark(ctx context.Context) ApiCompatibleRepositoriesFromBookmarkRequest { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) CompatibleRepositoriesFromBookmark(ctx context.Context) ApiCompatibleRepositoriesFromBookmarkRequest { return ApiCompatibleRepositoriesFromBookmarkRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CompatibleRepositoriesFromBookmark(ctx context. // Execute executes the request // @return BookmarkCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CompatibleRepositoriesFromBookmarkExecute(r ApiCompatibleRepositoriesFromBookmarkRequest) (*BookmarkCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) CompatibleRepositoriesFromBookmarkExecute(r ApiCompatibleRepositoriesFromBookmarkRequest) (*BookmarkCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CompatibleRepositoriesFromBookmarkExecute(r Api localVarReturnValue *BookmarkCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsApiService.CompatibleRepositoriesFromBookmark") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.CompatibleRepositoriesFromBookmark") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CompatibleRepositoriesFromBookmarkExecute(r Api type ApiCreateEnvironmentRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *EnvironmentsApiService + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService environmentCreateParameters *EnvironmentCreateParameters } @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ CreateEnvironment Create an environment. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiCreateEnvironmentRequest */ -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CreateEnvironment(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateEnvironmentRequest { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) CreateEnvironment(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateEnvironmentRequest { return ApiCreateEnvironmentRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CreateEnvironment(ctx context.Context) ApiCreat // Execute executes the request // @return CreateEnvironmentResponse -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CreateEnvironmentExecute(r ApiCreateEnvironmentRequest) (*CreateEnvironmentResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) CreateEnvironmentExecute(r ApiCreateEnvironmentRequest) (*CreateEnvironmentResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CreateEnvironmentExecute(r ApiCreateEnvironment localVarReturnValue *CreateEnvironmentResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsApiService.CreateEnvironment") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.CreateEnvironment") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CreateEnvironmentExecute(r ApiCreateEnvironment type ApiCreateEnvironmentTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *EnvironmentsApiService + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService environmentId string tagsRequest *TagsRequest } @@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ CreateEnvironmentTags Create tags for an Environment. @param environmentId The ID of the environment. @return ApiCreateEnvironmentTagsRequest */ -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CreateEnvironmentTags(ctx context.Context, environmentId string) ApiCreateEnvironmentTagsRequest { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) CreateEnvironmentTags(ctx context.Context, environmentId string) ApiCreateEnvironmentTagsRequest { return ApiCreateEnvironmentTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CreateEnvironmentTags(ctx context.Context, envi // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CreateEnvironmentTagsExecute(r ApiCreateEnvironmentTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) CreateEnvironmentTagsExecute(r ApiCreateEnvironmentTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CreateEnvironmentTagsExecute(r ApiCreateEnviron localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsApiService.CreateEnvironmentTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.CreateEnvironmentTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CreateEnvironmentTagsExecute(r ApiCreateEnviron type ApiCreateEnvironmentUserRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *EnvironmentsApiService + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService environmentId string environmentUserParams *EnvironmentUserParams } @@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ CreateEnvironmentUser Create environment user. @param environmentId The ID of the environment. @return ApiCreateEnvironmentUserRequest */ -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CreateEnvironmentUser(ctx context.Context, environmentId string) ApiCreateEnvironmentUserRequest { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) CreateEnvironmentUser(ctx context.Context, environmentId string) ApiCreateEnvironmentUserRequest { return ApiCreateEnvironmentUserRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CreateEnvironmentUser(ctx context.Context, envi // Execute executes the request // @return CreateEnvironmentUserResponse -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CreateEnvironmentUserExecute(r ApiCreateEnvironmentUserRequest) (*CreateEnvironmentUserResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) CreateEnvironmentUserExecute(r ApiCreateEnvironmentUserRequest) (*CreateEnvironmentUserResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CreateEnvironmentUserExecute(r ApiCreateEnviron localVarReturnValue *CreateEnvironmentUserResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsApiService.CreateEnvironmentUser") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.CreateEnvironmentUser") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CreateEnvironmentUserExecute(r ApiCreateEnviron type ApiCreateHostRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *EnvironmentsApiService + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService environmentId string hostCreateParameters *HostCreateParameters } @@ -919,7 +919,7 @@ CreateHost Create a new Host. @param environmentId The ID of the environment. @return ApiCreateHostRequest */ -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CreateHost(ctx context.Context, environmentId string) ApiCreateHostRequest { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) CreateHost(ctx context.Context, environmentId string) ApiCreateHostRequest { return ApiCreateHostRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CreateHost(ctx context.Context, environmentId s // Execute executes the request // @return CreateHostResponse -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CreateHostExecute(r ApiCreateHostRequest) (*CreateHostResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) CreateHostExecute(r ApiCreateHostRequest) (*CreateHostResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CreateHostExecute(r ApiCreateHostRequest) (*Cre localVarReturnValue *CreateHostResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsApiService.CreateHost") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.CreateHost") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1025,48 +1025,542 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) CreateHostExecute(r ApiCreateHostRequest) (*Cre return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } +type ApiCreateOracleListenerRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService + environmentId string + createOracleListenerParams *CreateOracleListenerParams +} + +// The parameters to create an Oracle listener. +func (r ApiCreateOracleListenerRequest) CreateOracleListenerParams(createOracleListenerParams CreateOracleListenerParams) ApiCreateOracleListenerRequest { + r.createOracleListenerParams = &createOracleListenerParams + return r +} + +func (r ApiCreateOracleListenerRequest) Execute() (*CreateOracleListenerResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CreateOracleListenerExecute(r) +} + +/* +CreateOracleListener Create Oracle listener. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param environmentId The ID of the environment. + @return ApiCreateOracleListenerRequest +*/ +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) CreateOracleListener(ctx context.Context, environmentId string) ApiCreateOracleListenerRequest { + return ApiCreateOracleListenerRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + environmentId: environmentId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return CreateOracleListenerResponse +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) CreateOracleListenerExecute(r ApiCreateOracleListenerRequest) (*CreateOracleListenerResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *CreateOracleListenerResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.CreateOracleListener") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/environments/{environmentId}/listeners" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"environmentId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.environmentId, "environmentId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.environmentId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("environmentId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.createOracleListenerParams + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiCreateRepositoryRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService + environmentId string + createRepositoryParams *CreateRepositoryParams +} + +func (r ApiCreateRepositoryRequest) CreateRepositoryParams(createRepositoryParams CreateRepositoryParams) ApiCreateRepositoryRequest { + r.createRepositoryParams = &createRepositoryParams + return r +} + +func (r ApiCreateRepositoryRequest) Execute() (*CreateRepositoryResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CreateRepositoryExecute(r) +} + +/* +CreateRepository Create a repository. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param environmentId The ID of the environment. + @return ApiCreateRepositoryRequest +*/ +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) CreateRepository(ctx context.Context, environmentId string) ApiCreateRepositoryRequest { + return ApiCreateRepositoryRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + environmentId: environmentId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return CreateRepositoryResponse +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) CreateRepositoryExecute(r ApiCreateRepositoryRequest) (*CreateRepositoryResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *CreateRepositoryResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.CreateRepository") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/environments/{environmentId}/repository" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"environmentId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.environmentId, "environmentId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.environmentId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("environmentId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.createRepositoryParams == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("createRepositoryParams is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.createRepositoryParams + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + type ApiDeleteEnvironmentRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *EnvironmentsApiService + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService + environmentId string +} + +func (r ApiDeleteEnvironmentRequest) Execute() (*DeleteEnvironmentResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteEnvironmentExecute(r) +} + +/* +DeleteEnvironment Delete an environment by ID. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param environmentId The ID of the environment. + @return ApiDeleteEnvironmentRequest +*/ +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) DeleteEnvironment(ctx context.Context, environmentId string) ApiDeleteEnvironmentRequest { + return ApiDeleteEnvironmentRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + environmentId: environmentId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DeleteEnvironmentResponse +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) DeleteEnvironmentExecute(r ApiDeleteEnvironmentRequest) (*DeleteEnvironmentResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DeleteEnvironmentResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.DeleteEnvironment") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/environments/{environmentId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"environmentId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.environmentId, "environmentId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.environmentId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("environmentId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiDeleteEnvironmentTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService + environmentId string + deleteTag *DeleteTag +} + +// The parameters to delete tags +func (r ApiDeleteEnvironmentTagsRequest) DeleteTag(deleteTag DeleteTag) ApiDeleteEnvironmentTagsRequest { + r.deleteTag = &deleteTag + return r +} + +func (r ApiDeleteEnvironmentTagsRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteEnvironmentTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +DeleteEnvironmentTags Delete tags for an Environment. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param environmentId The ID of the environment. + @return ApiDeleteEnvironmentTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) DeleteEnvironmentTags(ctx context.Context, environmentId string) ApiDeleteEnvironmentTagsRequest { + return ApiDeleteEnvironmentTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + environmentId: environmentId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) DeleteEnvironmentTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteEnvironmentTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.DeleteEnvironmentTags") + if err != nil { + return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/environments/{environmentId}/tags/delete" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"environmentId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.environmentId, "environmentId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.environmentId) < 1 { + return nil, reportError("environmentId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.deleteTag + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiDeleteEnvironmentUserRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService environmentId string + userRef string } -func (r ApiDeleteEnvironmentRequest) Execute() (*DeleteEnvironmentResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.DeleteEnvironmentExecute(r) +func (r ApiDeleteEnvironmentUserRequest) Execute() (*DeleteEnvironmentUserResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteEnvironmentUserExecute(r) } /* -DeleteEnvironment Delete an environment by ID. +DeleteEnvironmentUser Delete environment user. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param environmentId The ID of the environment. - @return ApiDeleteEnvironmentRequest + @param userRef Environment user reference. + @return ApiDeleteEnvironmentUserRequest */ -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) DeleteEnvironment(ctx context.Context, environmentId string) ApiDeleteEnvironmentRequest { - return ApiDeleteEnvironmentRequest{ +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) DeleteEnvironmentUser(ctx context.Context, environmentId string, userRef string) ApiDeleteEnvironmentUserRequest { + return ApiDeleteEnvironmentUserRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, environmentId: environmentId, + userRef: userRef, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return DeleteEnvironmentResponse -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) DeleteEnvironmentExecute(r ApiDeleteEnvironmentRequest) (*DeleteEnvironmentResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return DeleteEnvironmentUserResponse +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) DeleteEnvironmentUserExecute(r ApiDeleteEnvironmentUserRequest) (*DeleteEnvironmentUserResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *DeleteEnvironmentResponse + localVarReturnValue *DeleteEnvironmentUserResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsApiService.DeleteEnvironment") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.DeleteEnvironmentUser") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/environments/{environmentId}" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/environments/{environmentId}/users/{userRef}" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"environmentId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.environmentId, "environmentId")), -1) + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"userRef"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.userRef, "userRef")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} @@ -1074,6 +1568,9 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) DeleteEnvironmentExecute(r ApiDeleteEnvironment if strlen(r.environmentId) < 1 { return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("environmentId must have at least 1 elements") } + if strlen(r.userRef) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("userRef must have at least 1 elements") + } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -1143,63 +1640,68 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) DeleteEnvironmentExecute(r ApiDeleteEnvironment return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiDeleteEnvironmentTagsRequest struct { +type ApiDeleteHostRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *EnvironmentsApiService + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService environmentId string - deleteTag *DeleteTag -} - -// The parameters to delete tags -func (r ApiDeleteEnvironmentTagsRequest) DeleteTag(deleteTag DeleteTag) ApiDeleteEnvironmentTagsRequest { - r.deleteTag = &deleteTag - return r + hostId string } -func (r ApiDeleteEnvironmentTagsRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.DeleteEnvironmentTagsExecute(r) +func (r ApiDeleteHostRequest) Execute() (*DeleteHostResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteHostExecute(r) } /* -DeleteEnvironmentTags Delete tags for an Environment. +DeleteHost Delete a Host. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param environmentId The ID of the environment. - @return ApiDeleteEnvironmentTagsRequest + @param hostId The ID of the host. + @return ApiDeleteHostRequest */ -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) DeleteEnvironmentTags(ctx context.Context, environmentId string) ApiDeleteEnvironmentTagsRequest { - return ApiDeleteEnvironmentTagsRequest{ +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) DeleteHost(ctx context.Context, environmentId string, hostId string) ApiDeleteHostRequest { + return ApiDeleteHostRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, environmentId: environmentId, + hostId: hostId, } } // Execute executes the request -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) DeleteEnvironmentTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteEnvironmentTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +// @return DeleteHostResponse +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) DeleteHostExecute(r ApiDeleteHostRequest) (*DeleteHostResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DeleteHostResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsApiService.DeleteEnvironmentTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.DeleteHost") if err != nil { - return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/environments/{environmentId}/tags/delete" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/environments/{environmentId}/hosts/{hostId}" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"environmentId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.environmentId, "environmentId")), -1) + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"hostId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.hostId, "hostId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if strlen(r.environmentId) < 1 { - return nil, reportError("environmentId must have at least 1 elements") + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("environmentId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if strlen(r.hostId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("hostId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if strlen(r.hostId) > 256 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("hostId must have less than 256 elements") } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -1208,15 +1710,13 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) DeleteEnvironmentTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteEnviron } // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} // set Accept header localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } - // body params - localVarPostBody = r.deleteTag if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -1233,19 +1733,19 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) DeleteEnvironmentTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteEnviron } req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) if err != nil { - return nil, err + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err } localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err } localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) if err != nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { @@ -1253,58 +1753,67 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) DeleteEnvironmentTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteEnviron body: localVarBody, error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, } - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } - return localVarHTTPResponse, nil + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiDeleteEnvironmentUserRequest struct { +type ApiDeleteOracleListenerRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *EnvironmentsApiService + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService environmentId string - userRef string + listenerId string } -func (r ApiDeleteEnvironmentUserRequest) Execute() (*DeleteEnvironmentUserResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.DeleteEnvironmentUserExecute(r) +func (r ApiDeleteOracleListenerRequest) Execute() (*DeleteOracleListenerResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteOracleListenerExecute(r) } /* -DeleteEnvironmentUser Delete environment user. +DeleteOracleListener Delete an Oracle listener. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param environmentId The ID of the environment. - @param userRef Environment user reference. - @return ApiDeleteEnvironmentUserRequest + @param listenerId Oracle listener id. + @return ApiDeleteOracleListenerRequest */ -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) DeleteEnvironmentUser(ctx context.Context, environmentId string, userRef string) ApiDeleteEnvironmentUserRequest { - return ApiDeleteEnvironmentUserRequest{ +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) DeleteOracleListener(ctx context.Context, environmentId string, listenerId string) ApiDeleteOracleListenerRequest { + return ApiDeleteOracleListenerRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, environmentId: environmentId, - userRef: userRef, + listenerId: listenerId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return DeleteEnvironmentUserResponse -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) DeleteEnvironmentUserExecute(r ApiDeleteEnvironmentUserRequest) (*DeleteEnvironmentUserResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return DeleteOracleListenerResponse +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) DeleteOracleListenerExecute(r ApiDeleteOracleListenerRequest) (*DeleteOracleListenerResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *DeleteEnvironmentUserResponse + localVarReturnValue *DeleteOracleListenerResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsApiService.DeleteEnvironmentUser") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.DeleteOracleListener") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/environments/{environmentId}/users/{userRef}" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/environments/{environmentId}/listeners/{listenerId}" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"environmentId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.environmentId, "environmentId")), -1) - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"userRef"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.userRef, "userRef")), -1) + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"listenerId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.listenerId, "listenerId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} @@ -1312,8 +1821,8 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) DeleteEnvironmentUserExecute(r ApiDeleteEnviron if strlen(r.environmentId) < 1 { return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("environmentId must have at least 1 elements") } - if strlen(r.userRef) < 1 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("userRef must have at least 1 elements") + if strlen(r.listenerId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("listenerId must have at least 1 elements") } // to determine the Content-Type header @@ -1384,52 +1893,52 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) DeleteEnvironmentUserExecute(r ApiDeleteEnviron return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiDeleteHostRequest struct { +type ApiDeleteRepositoryRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *EnvironmentsApiService + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService environmentId string - hostId string + repositoryId string } -func (r ApiDeleteHostRequest) Execute() (*DeleteHostResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.DeleteHostExecute(r) +func (r ApiDeleteRepositoryRequest) Execute() (*RepositoryDeleteJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteRepositoryExecute(r) } /* -DeleteHost Delete a Host. +DeleteRepository Delete a repository. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param environmentId The ID of the environment. - @param hostId The ID of the host. - @return ApiDeleteHostRequest + @param repositoryId The ID of the repository. + @return ApiDeleteRepositoryRequest */ -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) DeleteHost(ctx context.Context, environmentId string, hostId string) ApiDeleteHostRequest { - return ApiDeleteHostRequest{ +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) DeleteRepository(ctx context.Context, environmentId string, repositoryId string) ApiDeleteRepositoryRequest { + return ApiDeleteRepositoryRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, environmentId: environmentId, - hostId: hostId, + repositoryId: repositoryId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return DeleteHostResponse -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) DeleteHostExecute(r ApiDeleteHostRequest) (*DeleteHostResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return RepositoryDeleteJobResponse +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) DeleteRepositoryExecute(r ApiDeleteRepositoryRequest) (*RepositoryDeleteJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *DeleteHostResponse + localVarReturnValue *RepositoryDeleteJobResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsApiService.DeleteHost") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.DeleteRepository") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/environments/{environmentId}/hosts/{hostId}" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/environments/{environmentId}/repository/{repositoryId}" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"environmentId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.environmentId, "environmentId")), -1) - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"hostId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.hostId, "hostId")), -1) + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"repositoryId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.repositoryId, "repositoryId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} @@ -1437,11 +1946,11 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) DeleteHostExecute(r ApiDeleteHostRequest) (*Del if strlen(r.environmentId) < 1 { return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("environmentId must have at least 1 elements") } - if strlen(r.hostId) < 1 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("hostId must have at least 1 elements") + if strlen(r.repositoryId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("repositoryId must have at least 1 elements") } - if strlen(r.hostId) > 256 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("hostId must have less than 256 elements") + if strlen(r.repositoryId) > 256 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("repositoryId must have less than 256 elements") } // to determine the Content-Type header @@ -1514,7 +2023,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) DeleteHostExecute(r ApiDeleteHostRequest) (*Del type ApiDisableEnvironmentRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *EnvironmentsApiService + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService environmentId string } @@ -1529,7 +2038,7 @@ DisableEnvironment Disable environment. @param environmentId The ID of the environment. @return ApiDisableEnvironmentRequest */ -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) DisableEnvironment(ctx context.Context, environmentId string) ApiDisableEnvironmentRequest { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) DisableEnvironment(ctx context.Context, environmentId string) ApiDisableEnvironmentRequest { return ApiDisableEnvironmentRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1539,7 +2048,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) DisableEnvironment(ctx context.Context, environ // Execute executes the request // @return DisableEnvironmentResponse -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) DisableEnvironmentExecute(r ApiDisableEnvironmentRequest) (*DisableEnvironmentResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) DisableEnvironmentExecute(r ApiDisableEnvironmentRequest) (*DisableEnvironmentResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1547,7 +2056,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) DisableEnvironmentExecute(r ApiDisableEnvironme localVarReturnValue *DisableEnvironmentResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsApiService.DisableEnvironment") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.DisableEnvironment") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1632,7 +2141,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) DisableEnvironmentExecute(r ApiDisableEnvironme type ApiEnableEnvironmentRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *EnvironmentsApiService + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService environmentId string } @@ -1647,7 +2156,7 @@ EnableEnvironment Enable a disabled environment. @param environmentId The ID of the environment. @return ApiEnableEnvironmentRequest */ -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) EnableEnvironment(ctx context.Context, environmentId string) ApiEnableEnvironmentRequest { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) EnableEnvironment(ctx context.Context, environmentId string) ApiEnableEnvironmentRequest { return ApiEnableEnvironmentRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1657,7 +2166,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) EnableEnvironment(ctx context.Context, environm // Execute executes the request // @return EnableEnvironmentResponse -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) EnableEnvironmentExecute(r ApiEnableEnvironmentRequest) (*EnableEnvironmentResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) EnableEnvironmentExecute(r ApiEnableEnvironmentRequest) (*EnableEnvironmentResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1665,7 +2174,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) EnableEnvironmentExecute(r ApiEnableEnvironment localVarReturnValue *EnableEnvironmentResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsApiService.EnableEnvironment") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.EnableEnvironment") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1750,7 +2259,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) EnableEnvironmentExecute(r ApiEnableEnvironment type ApiGetEnvironmentByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *EnvironmentsApiService + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService environmentId string } @@ -1765,7 +2274,7 @@ GetEnvironmentById Returns an environment by ID. @param environmentId The ID of the environment. @return ApiGetEnvironmentByIdRequest */ -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) GetEnvironmentById(ctx context.Context, environmentId string) ApiGetEnvironmentByIdRequest { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) GetEnvironmentById(ctx context.Context, environmentId string) ApiGetEnvironmentByIdRequest { return ApiGetEnvironmentByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1775,7 +2284,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) GetEnvironmentById(ctx context.Context, environ // Execute executes the request // @return Environment -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) GetEnvironmentByIdExecute(r ApiGetEnvironmentByIdRequest) (*Environment, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) GetEnvironmentByIdExecute(r ApiGetEnvironmentByIdRequest) (*Environment, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1783,7 +2292,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) GetEnvironmentByIdExecute(r ApiGetEnvironmentBy localVarReturnValue *Environment ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsApiService.GetEnvironmentById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.GetEnvironmentById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1868,7 +2377,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) GetEnvironmentByIdExecute(r ApiGetEnvironmentBy type ApiGetEnvironmentsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *EnvironmentsApiService + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -1902,7 +2411,7 @@ GetEnvironments List all environments. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiGetEnvironmentsRequest */ -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) GetEnvironments(ctx context.Context) ApiGetEnvironmentsRequest { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) GetEnvironments(ctx context.Context) ApiGetEnvironmentsRequest { return ApiGetEnvironmentsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1911,7 +2420,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) GetEnvironments(ctx context.Context) ApiGetEnvi // Execute executes the request // @return ListEnvironmentsResponse -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) GetEnvironmentsExecute(r ApiGetEnvironmentsRequest) (*ListEnvironmentsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) GetEnvironmentsExecute(r ApiGetEnvironmentsRequest) (*ListEnvironmentsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1919,7 +2428,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) GetEnvironmentsExecute(r ApiGetEnvironmentsRequ localVarReturnValue *ListEnvironmentsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsApiService.GetEnvironments") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.GetEnvironments") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1931,13 +2440,16 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) GetEnvironmentsExecute(r ApiGetEnvironmentsRequ localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -2009,7 +2521,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) GetEnvironmentsExecute(r ApiGetEnvironmentsRequ type ApiGetTagsEnvironmentRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *EnvironmentsApiService + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService environmentId string } @@ -2024,7 +2536,7 @@ GetTagsEnvironment Get tags for an Environment. @param environmentId The ID of the environment. @return ApiGetTagsEnvironmentRequest */ -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) GetTagsEnvironment(ctx context.Context, environmentId string) ApiGetTagsEnvironmentRequest { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) GetTagsEnvironment(ctx context.Context, environmentId string) ApiGetTagsEnvironmentRequest { return ApiGetTagsEnvironmentRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -2034,7 +2546,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) GetTagsEnvironment(ctx context.Context, environ // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) GetTagsEnvironmentExecute(r ApiGetTagsEnvironmentRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) GetTagsEnvironmentExecute(r ApiGetTagsEnvironmentRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -2042,7 +2554,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) GetTagsEnvironmentExecute(r ApiGetTagsEnvironme localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsApiService.GetTagsEnvironment") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.GetTagsEnvironment") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -2127,7 +2639,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) GetTagsEnvironmentExecute(r ApiGetTagsEnvironme type ApiListEnvironmentUsersRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *EnvironmentsApiService + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService environmentId string } @@ -2142,7 +2654,7 @@ ListEnvironmentUsers List environment users. @param environmentId The ID of the environment. @return ApiListEnvironmentUsersRequest */ -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) ListEnvironmentUsers(ctx context.Context, environmentId string) ApiListEnvironmentUsersRequest { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) ListEnvironmentUsers(ctx context.Context, environmentId string) ApiListEnvironmentUsersRequest { return ApiListEnvironmentUsersRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -2152,7 +2664,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) ListEnvironmentUsers(ctx context.Context, envir // Execute executes the request // @return ListEnvironmentUsers -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) ListEnvironmentUsersExecute(r ApiListEnvironmentUsersRequest) (*ListEnvironmentUsers, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) ListEnvironmentUsersExecute(r ApiListEnvironmentUsersRequest) (*ListEnvironmentUsers, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -2160,7 +2672,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) ListEnvironmentUsersExecute(r ApiListEnvironmen localVarReturnValue *ListEnvironmentUsers ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsApiService.ListEnvironmentUsers") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.ListEnvironmentUsers") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -2245,7 +2757,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) ListEnvironmentUsersExecute(r ApiListEnvironmen type ApiPrimaryEnvironmentUserRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *EnvironmentsApiService + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService environmentId string userRef string } @@ -2262,7 +2774,7 @@ PrimaryEnvironmentUser Set primary environment user. @param userRef Environment user reference. @return ApiPrimaryEnvironmentUserRequest */ -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) PrimaryEnvironmentUser(ctx context.Context, environmentId string, userRef string) ApiPrimaryEnvironmentUserRequest { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) PrimaryEnvironmentUser(ctx context.Context, environmentId string, userRef string) ApiPrimaryEnvironmentUserRequest { return ApiPrimaryEnvironmentUserRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -2273,7 +2785,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) PrimaryEnvironmentUser(ctx context.Context, env // Execute executes the request // @return PrimaryEnvironmentUserResponse -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) PrimaryEnvironmentUserExecute(r ApiPrimaryEnvironmentUserRequest) (*PrimaryEnvironmentUserResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) PrimaryEnvironmentUserExecute(r ApiPrimaryEnvironmentUserRequest) (*PrimaryEnvironmentUserResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -2281,7 +2793,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) PrimaryEnvironmentUserExecute(r ApiPrimaryEnvir localVarReturnValue *PrimaryEnvironmentUserResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsApiService.PrimaryEnvironmentUser") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.PrimaryEnvironmentUser") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -2370,7 +2882,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) PrimaryEnvironmentUserExecute(r ApiPrimaryEnvir type ApiRefreshEnvironmentRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *EnvironmentsApiService + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService environmentId string } @@ -2385,7 +2897,7 @@ RefreshEnvironment Refresh environment. @param environmentId The ID of the environment. @return ApiRefreshEnvironmentRequest */ -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) RefreshEnvironment(ctx context.Context, environmentId string) ApiRefreshEnvironmentRequest { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) RefreshEnvironment(ctx context.Context, environmentId string) ApiRefreshEnvironmentRequest { return ApiRefreshEnvironmentRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -2395,7 +2907,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) RefreshEnvironment(ctx context.Context, environ // Execute executes the request // @return RefreshEnvironmentResponse -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) RefreshEnvironmentExecute(r ApiRefreshEnvironmentRequest) (*RefreshEnvironmentResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) RefreshEnvironmentExecute(r ApiRefreshEnvironmentRequest) (*RefreshEnvironmentResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -2403,7 +2915,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) RefreshEnvironmentExecute(r ApiRefreshEnvironme localVarReturnValue *RefreshEnvironmentResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsApiService.RefreshEnvironment") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.RefreshEnvironment") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -2488,7 +3000,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) RefreshEnvironmentExecute(r ApiRefreshEnvironme type ApiSearchEnvironmentsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *EnvironmentsApiService + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -2529,7 +3041,7 @@ SearchEnvironments Search for environments. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchEnvironmentsRequest */ -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) SearchEnvironments(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchEnvironmentsRequest { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) SearchEnvironments(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchEnvironmentsRequest { return ApiSearchEnvironmentsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -2538,7 +3050,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) SearchEnvironments(ctx context.Context) ApiSear // Execute executes the request // @return SearchEnvironmentsResponse -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) SearchEnvironmentsExecute(r ApiSearchEnvironmentsRequest) (*SearchEnvironmentsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) SearchEnvironmentsExecute(r ApiSearchEnvironmentsRequest) (*SearchEnvironmentsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -2546,7 +3058,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) SearchEnvironmentsExecute(r ApiSearchEnvironmen localVarReturnValue *SearchEnvironmentsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsApiService.SearchEnvironments") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.SearchEnvironments") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -2558,13 +3070,16 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) SearchEnvironmentsExecute(r ApiSearchEnvironmen localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -2638,7 +3153,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) SearchEnvironmentsExecute(r ApiSearchEnvironmen type ApiUpdateEnvironmentRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *EnvironmentsApiService + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService environmentId string environmentUpdateParameters *EnvironmentUpdateParameters } @@ -2660,7 +3175,7 @@ UpdateEnvironment Update an environment by ID. @param environmentId The ID of the environment. @return ApiUpdateEnvironmentRequest */ -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) UpdateEnvironment(ctx context.Context, environmentId string) ApiUpdateEnvironmentRequest { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) UpdateEnvironment(ctx context.Context, environmentId string) ApiUpdateEnvironmentRequest { return ApiUpdateEnvironmentRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -2670,7 +3185,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) UpdateEnvironment(ctx context.Context, environm // Execute executes the request // @return UpdateEnvironmentResponse -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) UpdateEnvironmentExecute(r ApiUpdateEnvironmentRequest) (*UpdateEnvironmentResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) UpdateEnvironmentExecute(r ApiUpdateEnvironmentRequest) (*UpdateEnvironmentResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -2678,7 +3193,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) UpdateEnvironmentExecute(r ApiUpdateEnvironment localVarReturnValue *UpdateEnvironmentResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsApiService.UpdateEnvironment") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.UpdateEnvironment") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -2765,7 +3280,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) UpdateEnvironmentExecute(r ApiUpdateEnvironment type ApiUpdateEnvironmentUserRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *EnvironmentsApiService + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService environmentId string userRef string environmentUserParams *EnvironmentUserParams @@ -2789,7 +3304,7 @@ UpdateEnvironmentUser Update environment user. @param userRef Environment user reference. @return ApiUpdateEnvironmentUserRequest */ -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) UpdateEnvironmentUser(ctx context.Context, environmentId string, userRef string) ApiUpdateEnvironmentUserRequest { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) UpdateEnvironmentUser(ctx context.Context, environmentId string, userRef string) ApiUpdateEnvironmentUserRequest { return ApiUpdateEnvironmentUserRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -2800,7 +3315,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) UpdateEnvironmentUser(ctx context.Context, envi // Execute executes the request // @return UpdateEnvironmentUserResponse -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) UpdateEnvironmentUserExecute(r ApiUpdateEnvironmentUserRequest) (*UpdateEnvironmentUserResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) UpdateEnvironmentUserExecute(r ApiUpdateEnvironmentUserRequest) (*UpdateEnvironmentUserResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPut localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -2808,7 +3323,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) UpdateEnvironmentUserExecute(r ApiUpdateEnviron localVarReturnValue *UpdateEnvironmentUserResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsApiService.UpdateEnvironmentUser") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.UpdateEnvironmentUser") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -2899,7 +3414,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) UpdateEnvironmentUserExecute(r ApiUpdateEnviron type ApiUpdateHostRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *EnvironmentsApiService + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService environmentId string hostId string hostUpdateParameters *HostUpdateParameters @@ -2923,7 +3438,7 @@ UpdateHost Update a Host. @param hostId The ID of the host. @return ApiUpdateHostRequest */ -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) UpdateHost(ctx context.Context, environmentId string, hostId string) ApiUpdateHostRequest { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) UpdateHost(ctx context.Context, environmentId string, hostId string) ApiUpdateHostRequest { return ApiUpdateHostRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -2934,7 +3449,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) UpdateHost(ctx context.Context, environmentId s // Execute executes the request // @return UpdateHostResponse -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) UpdateHostExecute(r ApiUpdateHostRequest) (*UpdateHostResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) UpdateHostExecute(r ApiUpdateHostRequest) (*UpdateHostResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -2942,7 +3457,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) UpdateHostExecute(r ApiUpdateHostRequest) (*Upd localVarReturnValue *UpdateHostResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsApiService.UpdateHost") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.UpdateHost") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -3037,9 +3552,145 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) UpdateHostExecute(r ApiUpdateHostRequest) (*Upd return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } +type ApiUpdateOracleListenerRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService + environmentId string + listenerId string + updateOracleListenerParams *UpdateOracleListenerParams +} + +func (r ApiUpdateOracleListenerRequest) UpdateOracleListenerParams(updateOracleListenerParams UpdateOracleListenerParams) ApiUpdateOracleListenerRequest { + r.updateOracleListenerParams = &updateOracleListenerParams + return r +} + +func (r ApiUpdateOracleListenerRequest) Execute() (*UpdateOracleListenerResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpdateOracleListenerExecute(r) +} + +/* +UpdateOracleListener Update an Oracle listener. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param environmentId The ID of the environment. + @param listenerId Oracle listener id. + @return ApiUpdateOracleListenerRequest +*/ +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) UpdateOracleListener(ctx context.Context, environmentId string, listenerId string) ApiUpdateOracleListenerRequest { + return ApiUpdateOracleListenerRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + environmentId: environmentId, + listenerId: listenerId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return UpdateOracleListenerResponse +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) UpdateOracleListenerExecute(r ApiUpdateOracleListenerRequest) (*UpdateOracleListenerResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *UpdateOracleListenerResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.UpdateOracleListener") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/environments/{environmentId}/listeners/{listenerId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"environmentId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.environmentId, "environmentId")), -1) + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"listenerId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.listenerId, "listenerId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.environmentId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("environmentId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if strlen(r.listenerId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("listenerId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.updateOracleListenerParams == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("updateOracleListenerParams is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.updateOracleListenerParams + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + type ApiUpdateRepositoryRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *EnvironmentsApiService + ApiService *EnvironmentsAPIService environmentId string repositoryId string updateRepositoryParameters *UpdateRepositoryParameters @@ -3062,7 +3713,7 @@ UpdateRepository Update a Repository. @param repositoryId The ID of the repository. @return ApiUpdateRepositoryRequest */ -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) UpdateRepository(ctx context.Context, environmentId string, repositoryId string) ApiUpdateRepositoryRequest { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) UpdateRepository(ctx context.Context, environmentId string, repositoryId string) ApiUpdateRepositoryRequest { return ApiUpdateRepositoryRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -3073,7 +3724,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) UpdateRepository(ctx context.Context, environme // Execute executes the request // @return UpdateRepositoryResponse -func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) UpdateRepositoryExecute(r ApiUpdateRepositoryRequest) (*UpdateRepositoryResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *EnvironmentsAPIService) UpdateRepositoryExecute(r ApiUpdateRepositoryRequest) (*UpdateRepositoryResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -3081,7 +3732,7 @@ func (a *EnvironmentsApiService) UpdateRepositoryExecute(r ApiUpdateRepositoryRe localVarReturnValue *UpdateRepositoryResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsApiService.UpdateRepository") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "EnvironmentsAPIService.UpdateRepository") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } diff --git a/api_executions.go b/api_executions.go index 1a123cff..7595ee21 100644 --- a/api_executions.go +++ b/api_executions.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,12 +21,12 @@ import ( ) -// ExecutionsApiService ExecutionsApi service -type ExecutionsApiService service +// ExecutionsAPIService ExecutionsAPI service +type ExecutionsAPIService service type ApiCancelExecutionRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ExecutionsApiService + ApiService *ExecutionsAPIService executionId string executionCancelParameters *ExecutionCancelParameters } @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ CancelExecution Cancel an Execution. @param executionId The ID of the Execution. @return ApiCancelExecutionRequest */ -func (a *ExecutionsApiService) CancelExecution(ctx context.Context, executionId string) ApiCancelExecutionRequest { +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) CancelExecution(ctx context.Context, executionId string) ApiCancelExecutionRequest { return ApiCancelExecutionRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -56,14 +56,14 @@ func (a *ExecutionsApiService) CancelExecution(ctx context.Context, executionId } // Execute executes the request -func (a *ExecutionsApiService) CancelExecutionExecute(r ApiCancelExecutionRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) CancelExecutionExecute(r ApiCancelExecutionRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ExecutionsApiService.CancelExecution") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ExecutionsAPIService.CancelExecution") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ func (a *ExecutionsApiService) CancelExecutionExecute(r ApiCancelExecutionReques type ApiCleanupExecutionRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ExecutionsApiService + ApiService *ExecutionsAPIService executionId string } @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ CleanupExecution Cleanup an Execution (Hyperscale only). @param executionId The ID of the Execution. @return ApiCleanupExecutionRequest */ -func (a *ExecutionsApiService) CleanupExecution(ctx context.Context, executionId string) ApiCleanupExecutionRequest { +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) CleanupExecution(ctx context.Context, executionId string) ApiCleanupExecutionRequest { return ApiCleanupExecutionRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ func (a *ExecutionsApiService) CleanupExecution(ctx context.Context, executionId // Execute executes the request // @return CleanupExecutionResponse -func (a *ExecutionsApiService) CleanupExecutionExecute(r ApiCleanupExecutionRequest) (*CleanupExecutionResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) CleanupExecutionExecute(r ApiCleanupExecutionRequest) (*CleanupExecutionResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ func (a *ExecutionsApiService) CleanupExecutionExecute(r ApiCleanupExecutionRequ localVarReturnValue *CleanupExecutionResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ExecutionsApiService.CleanupExecution") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ExecutionsAPIService.CleanupExecution") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -257,25 +257,840 @@ func (a *ExecutionsApiService) CleanupExecutionExecute(r ApiCleanupExecutionRequ return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } +type ApiGetDiscoveryResultsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ExecutionsAPIService + executionId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetDiscoveryResultsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetDiscoveryResultsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetDiscoveryResultsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetDiscoveryResultsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiGetDiscoveryResultsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetDiscoveryResultsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetDiscoveryResultsRequest) Execute() (*ListDiscoveryResultsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDiscoveryResultsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetDiscoveryResults Retrieve the list of discovery results for a masking execution. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param executionId The ID of the Execution. + @return ApiGetDiscoveryResultsRequest +*/ +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) GetDiscoveryResults(ctx context.Context, executionId string) ApiGetDiscoveryResultsRequest { + return ApiGetDiscoveryResultsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + executionId: executionId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListDiscoveryResultsResponse +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) GetDiscoveryResultsExecute(r ApiGetDiscoveryResultsRequest) (*ListDiscoveryResultsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListDiscoveryResultsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ExecutionsAPIService.GetDiscoveryResults") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/executions/{executionId}/discovery-results" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"executionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.executionId, "executionId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.executionId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("executionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + type ApiGetExecutionByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ExecutionsApiService + ApiService *ExecutionsAPIService + executionId string +} + +func (r ApiGetExecutionByIdRequest) Execute() (*Execution, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetExecutionByIdExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetExecutionById Retrieve an Execution by ID. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param executionId The ID of the Execution. + @return ApiGetExecutionByIdRequest +*/ +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) GetExecutionById(ctx context.Context, executionId string) ApiGetExecutionByIdRequest { + return ApiGetExecutionByIdRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + executionId: executionId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return Execution +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) GetExecutionByIdExecute(r ApiGetExecutionByIdRequest) (*Execution, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *Execution + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ExecutionsAPIService.GetExecutionById") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/executions/{executionId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"executionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.executionId, "executionId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.executionId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("executionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetExecutionComponentByIdRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ExecutionsAPIService + executionId string + executionComponentId string +} + +func (r ApiGetExecutionComponentByIdRequest) Execute() (*ExecutionComponent, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetExecutionComponentByIdExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetExecutionComponentById Get an execution component by ID. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param executionId The ID of the Execution. + @param executionComponentId The ID of the Execution Component. + @return ApiGetExecutionComponentByIdRequest +*/ +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) GetExecutionComponentById(ctx context.Context, executionId string, executionComponentId string) ApiGetExecutionComponentByIdRequest { + return ApiGetExecutionComponentByIdRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + executionId: executionId, + executionComponentId: executionComponentId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ExecutionComponent +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) GetExecutionComponentByIdExecute(r ApiGetExecutionComponentByIdRequest) (*ExecutionComponent, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ExecutionComponent + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ExecutionsAPIService.GetExecutionComponentById") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/executions/{executionId}/execution-components/{executionComponentId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"executionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.executionId, "executionId")), -1) + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"executionComponentId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.executionComponentId, "executionComponentId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.executionId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("executionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetExecutionComponentLogRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ExecutionsAPIService + executionId string + executionComponentId string +} + +func (r ApiGetExecutionComponentLogRequest) Execute() (*ExecutionComponentLog, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetExecutionComponentLogExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetExecutionComponentLog Get an execution component log. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param executionId The ID of the Execution. + @param executionComponentId The ID of the Execution Component. + @return ApiGetExecutionComponentLogRequest +*/ +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) GetExecutionComponentLog(ctx context.Context, executionId string, executionComponentId string) ApiGetExecutionComponentLogRequest { + return ApiGetExecutionComponentLogRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + executionId: executionId, + executionComponentId: executionComponentId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ExecutionComponentLog +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) GetExecutionComponentLogExecute(r ApiGetExecutionComponentLogRequest) (*ExecutionComponentLog, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ExecutionComponentLog + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ExecutionsAPIService.GetExecutionComponentLog") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/executions/{executionId}/execution-components/{executionComponentId}/log" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"executionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.executionId, "executionId")), -1) + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"executionComponentId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.executionComponentId, "executionComponentId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.executionId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("executionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetExecutionComponentsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ExecutionsAPIService + executionId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetExecutionComponentsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetExecutionComponentsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetExecutionComponentsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetExecutionComponentsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiGetExecutionComponentsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetExecutionComponentsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetExecutionComponentsRequest) Execute() (*ExecutionComponentsListResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetExecutionComponentsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetExecutionComponents Get execution components for an execution. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param executionId The ID of the Execution. + @return ApiGetExecutionComponentsRequest +*/ +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) GetExecutionComponents(ctx context.Context, executionId string) ApiGetExecutionComponentsRequest { + return ApiGetExecutionComponentsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + executionId: executionId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ExecutionComponentsListResponse +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) GetExecutionComponentsExecute(r ApiGetExecutionComponentsRequest) (*ExecutionComponentsListResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ExecutionComponentsListResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ExecutionsAPIService.GetExecutionComponents") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/executions/{executionId}/execution-components" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"executionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.executionId, "executionId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.executionId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("executionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetExecutionEventsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ExecutionsAPIService + executionId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetExecutionEventsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetExecutionEventsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetExecutionEventsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetExecutionEventsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiGetExecutionEventsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetExecutionEventsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetExecutionEventsRequest) Execute() (*ListExecutionEventsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetExecutionEventsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetExecutionEvents Retrieve the list of events for a masking execution. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param executionId The ID of the Execution. + @return ApiGetExecutionEventsRequest +*/ +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) GetExecutionEvents(ctx context.Context, executionId string) ApiGetExecutionEventsRequest { + return ApiGetExecutionEventsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + executionId: executionId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListExecutionEventsResponse +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) GetExecutionEventsExecute(r ApiGetExecutionEventsRequest) (*ListExecutionEventsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListExecutionEventsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ExecutionsAPIService.GetExecutionEvents") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/executions/{executionId}/events" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"executionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.executionId, "executionId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.executionId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("executionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetExecutionLogRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ExecutionsAPIService executionId string } -func (r ApiGetExecutionByIdRequest) Execute() (*Execution, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetExecutionByIdExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetExecutionLogRequest) Execute() (*ExecutionLog, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetExecutionLogExecute(r) } /* -GetExecutionById Retrieve an Execution by ID. +GetExecutionLog Retrieve the masking execution log. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param executionId The ID of the Execution. - @return ApiGetExecutionByIdRequest + @return ApiGetExecutionLogRequest */ -func (a *ExecutionsApiService) GetExecutionById(ctx context.Context, executionId string) ApiGetExecutionByIdRequest { - return ApiGetExecutionByIdRequest{ +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) GetExecutionLog(ctx context.Context, executionId string) ApiGetExecutionLogRequest { + return ApiGetExecutionLogRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, executionId: executionId, @@ -283,21 +1098,21 @@ func (a *ExecutionsApiService) GetExecutionById(ctx context.Context, executionId } // Execute executes the request -// @return Execution -func (a *ExecutionsApiService) GetExecutionByIdExecute(r ApiGetExecutionByIdRequest) (*Execution, *http.Response, error) { +// @return ExecutionLog +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) GetExecutionLogExecute(r ApiGetExecutionLogRequest) (*ExecutionLog, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *Execution + localVarReturnValue *ExecutionLog ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ExecutionsApiService.GetExecutionById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ExecutionsAPIService.GetExecutionLog") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/executions/{executionId}" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/executions/{executionId}/log" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"executionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.executionId, "executionId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -375,85 +1190,81 @@ func (a *ExecutionsApiService) GetExecutionByIdExecute(r ApiGetExecutionByIdRequ return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetExecutionEventsRequest struct { +type ApiGetExecutionsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ExecutionsApiService - executionId string + ApiService *ExecutionsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string } // Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiGetExecutionEventsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetExecutionEventsRequest { +func (r ApiGetExecutionsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetExecutionsRequest { r.limit = &limit return r } // Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiGetExecutionEventsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetExecutionEventsRequest { +func (r ApiGetExecutionsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetExecutionsRequest { r.cursor = &cursor return r } // The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. -func (r ApiGetExecutionEventsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetExecutionEventsRequest { +func (r ApiGetExecutionsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetExecutionsRequest { r.sort = &sort return r } -func (r ApiGetExecutionEventsRequest) Execute() (*ListExecutionEventsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetExecutionEventsExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetExecutionsRequest) Execute() (*ListExecutionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetExecutionsExecute(r) } /* -GetExecutionEvents Retrieve the list of events for a masking execution. +GetExecutions Retrieve the list of masking executions. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param executionId The ID of the Execution. - @return ApiGetExecutionEventsRequest + @return ApiGetExecutionsRequest */ -func (a *ExecutionsApiService) GetExecutionEvents(ctx context.Context, executionId string) ApiGetExecutionEventsRequest { - return ApiGetExecutionEventsRequest{ +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) GetExecutions(ctx context.Context) ApiGetExecutionsRequest { + return ApiGetExecutionsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, - executionId: executionId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return ListExecutionEventsResponse -func (a *ExecutionsApiService) GetExecutionEventsExecute(r ApiGetExecutionEventsRequest) (*ListExecutionEventsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return ListExecutionsResponse +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) GetExecutionsExecute(r ApiGetExecutionsRequest) (*ListExecutionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ListExecutionEventsResponse + localVarReturnValue *ListExecutionsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ExecutionsApiService.GetExecutionEvents") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ExecutionsAPIService.GetExecutions") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/executions/{executionId}/events" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"executionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.executionId, "executionId")), -1) + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/executions" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if strlen(r.executionId) < 1 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("executionId must have at least 1 elements") - } if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -523,25 +1334,25 @@ func (a *ExecutionsApiService) GetExecutionEventsExecute(r ApiGetExecutionEvents return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetExecutionLogRequest struct { +type ApiRestartExecutionRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ExecutionsApiService + ApiService *ExecutionsAPIService executionId string } -func (r ApiGetExecutionLogRequest) Execute() (*ExecutionLog, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetExecutionLogExecute(r) +func (r ApiRestartExecutionRequest) Execute() (*RestartExecutionResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.RestartExecutionExecute(r) } /* -GetExecutionLog Retrieve the masking execution log. +RestartExecution Restart an Execution (Hyperscale only). @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param executionId The ID of the Execution. - @return ApiGetExecutionLogRequest + @return ApiRestartExecutionRequest */ -func (a *ExecutionsApiService) GetExecutionLog(ctx context.Context, executionId string) ApiGetExecutionLogRequest { - return ApiGetExecutionLogRequest{ +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) RestartExecution(ctx context.Context, executionId string) ApiRestartExecutionRequest { + return ApiRestartExecutionRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, executionId: executionId, @@ -549,21 +1360,21 @@ func (a *ExecutionsApiService) GetExecutionLog(ctx context.Context, executionId } // Execute executes the request -// @return ExecutionLog -func (a *ExecutionsApiService) GetExecutionLogExecute(r ApiGetExecutionLogRequest) (*ExecutionLog, *http.Response, error) { +// @return RestartExecutionResponse +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) RestartExecutionExecute(r ApiRestartExecutionRequest) (*RestartExecutionResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ExecutionLog + localVarReturnValue *RestartExecutionResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ExecutionsApiService.GetExecutionLog") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ExecutionsAPIService.RestartExecution") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/executions/{executionId}/log" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/executions/{executionId}/restart" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"executionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.executionId, "executionId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -641,81 +1452,98 @@ func (a *ExecutionsApiService) GetExecutionLogExecute(r ApiGetExecutionLogReques return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetExecutionsRequest struct { +type ApiSearchDiscoveryResultsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ExecutionsApiService + ApiService *ExecutionsAPIService + executionId string limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody } // Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiGetExecutionsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetExecutionsRequest { +func (r ApiSearchDiscoveryResultsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchDiscoveryResultsRequest { r.limit = &limit return r } // Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiGetExecutionsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetExecutionsRequest { +func (r ApiSearchDiscoveryResultsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchDiscoveryResultsRequest { r.cursor = &cursor return r } // The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. -func (r ApiGetExecutionsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetExecutionsRequest { +func (r ApiSearchDiscoveryResultsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchDiscoveryResultsRequest { r.sort = &sort return r } -func (r ApiGetExecutionsRequest) Execute() (*ListExecutionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetExecutionsExecute(r) +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchDiscoveryResultsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchDiscoveryResultsRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchDiscoveryResultsRequest) Execute() (*SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchDiscoveryResultsExecute(r) } /* -GetExecutions Retrieve the list of masking executions. +SearchDiscoveryResults Search discovery results associated with execution of a discovery job @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetExecutionsRequest + @param executionId The ID of the Execution. + @return ApiSearchDiscoveryResultsRequest */ -func (a *ExecutionsApiService) GetExecutions(ctx context.Context) ApiGetExecutionsRequest { - return ApiGetExecutionsRequest{ +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) SearchDiscoveryResults(ctx context.Context, executionId string) ApiSearchDiscoveryResultsRequest { + return ApiSearchDiscoveryResultsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + executionId: executionId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return ListExecutionsResponse -func (a *ExecutionsApiService) GetExecutionsExecute(r ApiGetExecutionsRequest) (*ListExecutionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) SearchDiscoveryResultsExecute(r ApiSearchDiscoveryResultsRequest) (*SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ListExecutionsResponse + localVarReturnValue *SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ExecutionsApiService.GetExecutions") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ExecutionsAPIService.SearchDiscoveryResults") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/executions" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/executions/{executionId}/discovery-results/search" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"executionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.executionId, "executionId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.executionId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("executionId must have at least 1 elements") + } if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -731,6 +1559,8 @@ func (a *ExecutionsApiService) GetExecutionsExecute(r ApiGetExecutionsRequest) ( if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -782,25 +1612,53 @@ func (a *ExecutionsApiService) GetExecutionsExecute(r ApiGetExecutionsRequest) ( return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiRestartExecutionRequest struct { +type ApiSearchExecutionComponentsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ExecutionsApiService + ApiService *ExecutionsAPIService executionId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody } -func (r ApiRestartExecutionRequest) Execute() (*RestartExecutionResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.RestartExecutionExecute(r) +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchExecutionComponentsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchExecutionComponentsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchExecutionComponentsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchExecutionComponentsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiSearchExecutionComponentsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchExecutionComponentsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchExecutionComponentsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchExecutionComponentsRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchExecutionComponentsRequest) Execute() (*ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchExecutionComponentsExecute(r) } /* -RestartExecution Restart an Execution (Hyperscale only). +SearchExecutionComponents Search execution components for an execution. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param executionId The ID of the Execution. - @return ApiRestartExecutionRequest + @return ApiSearchExecutionComponentsRequest */ -func (a *ExecutionsApiService) RestartExecution(ctx context.Context, executionId string) ApiRestartExecutionRequest { - return ApiRestartExecutionRequest{ +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) SearchExecutionComponents(ctx context.Context, executionId string) ApiSearchExecutionComponentsRequest { + return ApiSearchExecutionComponentsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, executionId: executionId, @@ -808,21 +1666,21 @@ func (a *ExecutionsApiService) RestartExecution(ctx context.Context, executionId } // Execute executes the request -// @return RestartExecutionResponse -func (a *ExecutionsApiService) RestartExecutionExecute(r ApiRestartExecutionRequest) (*RestartExecutionResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) SearchExecutionComponentsExecute(r ApiSearchExecutionComponentsRequest) (*ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *RestartExecutionResponse + localVarReturnValue *ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ExecutionsApiService.RestartExecution") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ExecutionsAPIService.SearchExecutionComponents") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/executions/{executionId}/restart" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/executions/{executionId}/execution-components/search" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"executionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.executionId, "executionId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -832,8 +1690,20 @@ func (a *ExecutionsApiService) RestartExecutionExecute(r ApiRestartExecutionRequ return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("executionId must have at least 1 elements") } + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -849,6 +1719,8 @@ func (a *ExecutionsApiService) RestartExecutionExecute(r ApiRestartExecutionRequ if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -902,7 +1774,7 @@ func (a *ExecutionsApiService) RestartExecutionExecute(r ApiRestartExecutionRequ type ApiSearchExecutionEventsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ExecutionsApiService + ApiService *ExecutionsAPIService executionId string limit *int32 cursor *string @@ -945,7 +1817,7 @@ SearchExecutionEvents Search masking executions events. @param executionId The ID of the Execution. @return ApiSearchExecutionEventsRequest */ -func (a *ExecutionsApiService) SearchExecutionEvents(ctx context.Context, executionId string) ApiSearchExecutionEventsRequest { +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) SearchExecutionEvents(ctx context.Context, executionId string) ApiSearchExecutionEventsRequest { return ApiSearchExecutionEventsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -955,7 +1827,7 @@ func (a *ExecutionsApiService) SearchExecutionEvents(ctx context.Context, execut // Execute executes the request // @return SearchExecutionEventsResponse -func (a *ExecutionsApiService) SearchExecutionEventsExecute(r ApiSearchExecutionEventsRequest) (*SearchExecutionEventsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) SearchExecutionEventsExecute(r ApiSearchExecutionEventsRequest) (*SearchExecutionEventsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -963,7 +1835,7 @@ func (a *ExecutionsApiService) SearchExecutionEventsExecute(r ApiSearchExecution localVarReturnValue *SearchExecutionEventsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ExecutionsApiService.SearchExecutionEvents") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ExecutionsAPIService.SearchExecutionEvents") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -979,13 +1851,16 @@ func (a *ExecutionsApiService) SearchExecutionEventsExecute(r ApiSearchExecution } if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -1059,7 +1934,7 @@ func (a *ExecutionsApiService) SearchExecutionEventsExecute(r ApiSearchExecution type ApiSearchExecutionsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ExecutionsApiService + ApiService *ExecutionsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -1100,7 +1975,7 @@ SearchExecutions Search masking executions. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchExecutionsRequest */ -func (a *ExecutionsApiService) SearchExecutions(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchExecutionsRequest { +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) SearchExecutions(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchExecutionsRequest { return ApiSearchExecutionsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1109,7 +1984,7 @@ func (a *ExecutionsApiService) SearchExecutions(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchEx // Execute executes the request // @return SearchExecutionsResponse -func (a *ExecutionsApiService) SearchExecutionsExecute(r ApiSearchExecutionsRequest) (*SearchExecutionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ExecutionsAPIService) SearchExecutionsExecute(r ApiSearchExecutionsRequest) (*SearchExecutionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1117,7 +1992,7 @@ func (a *ExecutionsApiService) SearchExecutionsExecute(r ApiSearchExecutionsRequ localVarReturnValue *SearchExecutionsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ExecutionsApiService.SearchExecutions") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ExecutionsAPIService.SearchExecutions") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1129,13 +2004,16 @@ func (a *ExecutionsApiService) SearchExecutionsExecute(r ApiSearchExecutionsRequ localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} diff --git a/api_feature_flag.go b/api_feature_flag.go deleted file mode 100644 index e3b174f3..00000000 --- a/api_feature_flag.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,135 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "bytes" - "context" - "io" - "net/http" - "net/url" -) - - -// FeatureFlagApiService FeatureFlagApi service -type FeatureFlagApiService service - -type ApiGetEnabledFeaturesFlagRequest struct { - ctx context.Context - ApiService *FeatureFlagApiService -} - -func (r ApiGetEnabledFeaturesFlagRequest) Execute() ([]string, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetEnabledFeaturesFlagExecute(r) -} - -/* -GetEnabledFeaturesFlag Get enabled feature flags. - - @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetEnabledFeaturesFlagRequest -*/ -func (a *FeatureFlagApiService) GetEnabledFeaturesFlag(ctx context.Context) ApiGetEnabledFeaturesFlagRequest { - return ApiGetEnabledFeaturesFlagRequest{ - ApiService: a, - ctx: ctx, - } -} - -// Execute executes the request -// @return []string -func (a *FeatureFlagApiService) GetEnabledFeaturesFlagExecute(r ApiGetEnabledFeaturesFlagRequest) ([]string, *http.Response, error) { - var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet - localVarPostBody interface{} - formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue []string - ) - - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "FeatureFlagApiService.GetEnabledFeaturesFlag") - if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} - } - - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/enabled-features-flag" - - localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) - localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} - localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - - // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} - - // set Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) - if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { - localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType - } - - // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} - - // set Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) - if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { - localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept - } - if r.ctx != nil { - // API Key Authentication - if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { - if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { - var key string - if apiKey.Prefix != "" { - key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key - } else { - key = apiKey.Key - } - localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key - } - } - } - req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) - if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, err - } - - localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) - if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err - } - - localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) - localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() - localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) - if err != nil { - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err - } - - if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { - newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ - body: localVarBody, - error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, - } - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr - } - - err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) - if err != nil { - newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ - body: localVarBody, - error: err.Error(), - } - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr - } - - return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil -} diff --git a/api_groups.go b/api_groups.go index 5c49e10f..ffee0ac4 100644 --- a/api_groups.go +++ b/api_groups.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,12 +21,12 @@ import ( ) -// GroupsApiService GroupsApi service -type GroupsApiService service +// GroupsAPIService GroupsAPI service +type GroupsAPIService service type ApiGetDatasetGroupByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *GroupsApiService + ApiService *GroupsAPIService groupId string } @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ GetDatasetGroupById Get a dataset group by ID or Name. @param groupId The ID of the dataset group. @return ApiGetDatasetGroupByIdRequest */ -func (a *GroupsApiService) GetDatasetGroupById(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ApiGetDatasetGroupByIdRequest { +func (a *GroupsAPIService) GetDatasetGroupById(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ApiGetDatasetGroupByIdRequest { return ApiGetDatasetGroupByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ func (a *GroupsApiService) GetDatasetGroupById(ctx context.Context, groupId stri // Execute executes the request // @return DatasetGroup -func (a *GroupsApiService) GetDatasetGroupByIdExecute(r ApiGetDatasetGroupByIdRequest) (*DatasetGroup, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *GroupsAPIService) GetDatasetGroupByIdExecute(r ApiGetDatasetGroupByIdRequest) (*DatasetGroup, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ func (a *GroupsApiService) GetDatasetGroupByIdExecute(r ApiGetDatasetGroupByIdRe localVarReturnValue *DatasetGroup ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "GroupsApiService.GetDatasetGroupById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "GroupsAPIService.GetDatasetGroupById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ func (a *GroupsApiService) GetDatasetGroupByIdExecute(r ApiGetDatasetGroupByIdRe type ApiGetDatasetGroupsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *GroupsApiService + ApiService *GroupsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ GetDatasetGroups List all dataset groups. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiGetDatasetGroupsRequest */ -func (a *GroupsApiService) GetDatasetGroups(ctx context.Context) ApiGetDatasetGroupsRequest { +func (a *GroupsAPIService) GetDatasetGroups(ctx context.Context) ApiGetDatasetGroupsRequest { return ApiGetDatasetGroupsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ func (a *GroupsApiService) GetDatasetGroups(ctx context.Context) ApiGetDatasetGr // Execute executes the request // @return ListGroupsResponse -func (a *GroupsApiService) GetDatasetGroupsExecute(r ApiGetDatasetGroupsRequest) (*ListGroupsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *GroupsAPIService) GetDatasetGroupsExecute(r ApiGetDatasetGroupsRequest) (*ListGroupsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ func (a *GroupsApiService) GetDatasetGroupsExecute(r ApiGetDatasetGroupsRequest) localVarReturnValue *ListGroupsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "GroupsApiService.GetDatasetGroups") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "GroupsAPIService.GetDatasetGroups") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -207,13 +207,16 @@ func (a *GroupsApiService) GetDatasetGroupsExecute(r ApiGetDatasetGroupsRequest) localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -285,7 +288,7 @@ func (a *GroupsApiService) GetDatasetGroupsExecute(r ApiGetDatasetGroupsRequest) type ApiSearchDatasetGroupsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *GroupsApiService + ApiService *GroupsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -326,7 +329,7 @@ SearchDatasetGroups Search for dataset groups. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchDatasetGroupsRequest */ -func (a *GroupsApiService) SearchDatasetGroups(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchDatasetGroupsRequest { +func (a *GroupsAPIService) SearchDatasetGroups(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchDatasetGroupsRequest { return ApiSearchDatasetGroupsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -335,7 +338,7 @@ func (a *GroupsApiService) SearchDatasetGroups(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchDat // Execute executes the request // @return SearchDatasetGroupResponse -func (a *GroupsApiService) SearchDatasetGroupsExecute(r ApiSearchDatasetGroupsRequest) (*SearchDatasetGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *GroupsAPIService) SearchDatasetGroupsExecute(r ApiSearchDatasetGroupsRequest) (*SearchDatasetGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -343,7 +346,7 @@ func (a *GroupsApiService) SearchDatasetGroupsExecute(r ApiSearchDatasetGroupsRe localVarReturnValue *SearchDatasetGroupResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "GroupsApiService.SearchDatasetGroups") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "GroupsAPIService.SearchDatasetGroups") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -355,13 +358,16 @@ func (a *GroupsApiService) SearchDatasetGroupsExecute(r ApiSearchDatasetGroupsRe localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} diff --git a/api_held_space.go b/api_held_space.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b9643030 --- /dev/null +++ b/api_held_space.go @@ -0,0 +1,261 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "bytes" + "context" + "io" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "strings" +) + + +// HeldSpaceAPIService HeldSpaceAPI service +type HeldSpaceAPIService service + +type ApiDeleteHeldspaceByIdRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *HeldSpaceAPIService + heldspaceId string +} + +func (r ApiDeleteHeldspaceByIdRequest) Execute() (*DeleteHeldSpaceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteHeldspaceByIdExecute(r) +} + +/* +DeleteHeldspaceById Delete a HeldSpace. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param heldspaceId The heldspace id to filter by. + @return ApiDeleteHeldspaceByIdRequest +*/ +func (a *HeldSpaceAPIService) DeleteHeldspaceById(ctx context.Context, heldspaceId string) ApiDeleteHeldspaceByIdRequest { + return ApiDeleteHeldspaceByIdRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + heldspaceId: heldspaceId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DeleteHeldSpaceResponse +func (a *HeldSpaceAPIService) DeleteHeldspaceByIdExecute(r ApiDeleteHeldspaceByIdRequest) (*DeleteHeldSpaceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DeleteHeldSpaceResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HeldSpaceAPIService.DeleteHeldspaceById") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/heldspace/{heldspaceId}/delete" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"heldspaceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.heldspaceId, "heldspaceId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.heldspaceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("heldspaceId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetHeldspaceDeletionDependenciesRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *HeldSpaceAPIService + heldspaceId string +} + +func (r ApiGetHeldspaceDeletionDependenciesRequest) Execute() (*HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetHeldspaceDeletionDependenciesExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetHeldspaceDeletionDependencies Get heldspace deletion dependencies. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param heldspaceId The heldspace id to filter by. + @return ApiGetHeldspaceDeletionDependenciesRequest +*/ +func (a *HeldSpaceAPIService) GetHeldspaceDeletionDependencies(ctx context.Context, heldspaceId string) ApiGetHeldspaceDeletionDependenciesRequest { + return ApiGetHeldspaceDeletionDependenciesRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + heldspaceId: heldspaceId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse +func (a *HeldSpaceAPIService) GetHeldspaceDeletionDependenciesExecute(r ApiGetHeldspaceDeletionDependenciesRequest) (*HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HeldSpaceAPIService.GetHeldspaceDeletionDependencies") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/heldspace/{heldspaceId}/deletion-dependencies" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"heldspaceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.heldspaceId, "heldspaceId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.heldspaceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("heldspaceId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} diff --git a/api_hook_templates.go b/api_hook_templates.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0c9fd5ff --- /dev/null +++ b/api_hook_templates.go @@ -0,0 +1,1174 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "bytes" + "context" + "io" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "strings" +) + + +// HookTemplatesAPIService HookTemplatesAPI service +type HookTemplatesAPIService service + +type ApiCreateHookTemplateRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *HookTemplatesAPIService + createHookTemplateParameters *CreateHookTemplateParameters +} + +// The parameters to create a hook template. +func (r ApiCreateHookTemplateRequest) CreateHookTemplateParameters(createHookTemplateParameters CreateHookTemplateParameters) ApiCreateHookTemplateRequest { + r.createHookTemplateParameters = &createHookTemplateParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiCreateHookTemplateRequest) Execute() (*CreateHookTemplateResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CreateHookTemplateExecute(r) +} + +/* +CreateHookTemplate Create a Hook Template. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiCreateHookTemplateRequest +*/ +func (a *HookTemplatesAPIService) CreateHookTemplate(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateHookTemplateRequest { + return ApiCreateHookTemplateRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return CreateHookTemplateResponse +func (a *HookTemplatesAPIService) CreateHookTemplateExecute(r ApiCreateHookTemplateRequest) (*CreateHookTemplateResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *CreateHookTemplateResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HookTemplatesAPIService.CreateHookTemplate") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/hook-templates" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.createHookTemplateParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("createHookTemplateParameters is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.createHookTemplateParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiCreateHookTemplateTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *HookTemplatesAPIService + hookTemplateId string + tagsRequest *TagsRequest +} + +// Tags information for Hook Template. +func (r ApiCreateHookTemplateTagsRequest) TagsRequest(tagsRequest TagsRequest) ApiCreateHookTemplateTagsRequest { + r.tagsRequest = &tagsRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiCreateHookTemplateTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CreateHookTemplateTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +CreateHookTemplateTags Create tags for a Hook Template. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param hookTemplateId The ID of the Hook Template. + @return ApiCreateHookTemplateTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *HookTemplatesAPIService) CreateHookTemplateTags(ctx context.Context, hookTemplateId string) ApiCreateHookTemplateTagsRequest { + return ApiCreateHookTemplateTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + hookTemplateId: hookTemplateId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *HookTemplatesAPIService) CreateHookTemplateTagsExecute(r ApiCreateHookTemplateTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HookTemplatesAPIService.CreateHookTemplateTags") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/hook-templates/{hookTemplateId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"hookTemplateId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.hookTemplateId, "hookTemplateId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.hookTemplateId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("hookTemplateId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.tagsRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("tagsRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.tagsRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiDeleteHookTemplateRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *HookTemplatesAPIService + hookTemplateId string +} + +func (r ApiDeleteHookTemplateRequest) Execute() (*HookTemplateDeleteJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteHookTemplateExecute(r) +} + +/* +DeleteHookTemplate Delete a Hook Template. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param hookTemplateId The ID of the Hook Template. + @return ApiDeleteHookTemplateRequest +*/ +func (a *HookTemplatesAPIService) DeleteHookTemplate(ctx context.Context, hookTemplateId string) ApiDeleteHookTemplateRequest { + return ApiDeleteHookTemplateRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + hookTemplateId: hookTemplateId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return HookTemplateDeleteJobResponse +func (a *HookTemplatesAPIService) DeleteHookTemplateExecute(r ApiDeleteHookTemplateRequest) (*HookTemplateDeleteJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *HookTemplateDeleteJobResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HookTemplatesAPIService.DeleteHookTemplate") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/hook-templates/{hookTemplateId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"hookTemplateId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.hookTemplateId, "hookTemplateId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.hookTemplateId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("hookTemplateId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiDeleteHookTemplateTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *HookTemplatesAPIService + hookTemplateId string + deleteTag *DeleteTag +} + +// The parameters to delete tags +func (r ApiDeleteHookTemplateTagsRequest) DeleteTag(deleteTag DeleteTag) ApiDeleteHookTemplateTagsRequest { + r.deleteTag = &deleteTag + return r +} + +func (r ApiDeleteHookTemplateTagsRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteHookTemplateTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +DeleteHookTemplateTags Delete tags for a Hook Template. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param hookTemplateId The ID of the Hook Template. + @return ApiDeleteHookTemplateTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *HookTemplatesAPIService) DeleteHookTemplateTags(ctx context.Context, hookTemplateId string) ApiDeleteHookTemplateTagsRequest { + return ApiDeleteHookTemplateTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + hookTemplateId: hookTemplateId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +func (a *HookTemplatesAPIService) DeleteHookTemplateTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteHookTemplateTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HookTemplatesAPIService.DeleteHookTemplateTags") + if err != nil { + return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/hook-templates/{hookTemplateId}/tags/delete" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"hookTemplateId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.hookTemplateId, "hookTemplateId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.hookTemplateId) < 1 { + return nil, reportError("hookTemplateId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.deleteTag + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetHookTemplateByIdRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *HookTemplatesAPIService + hookTemplateId string +} + +func (r ApiGetHookTemplateByIdRequest) Execute() (*HookTemplate, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetHookTemplateByIdExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetHookTemplateById Fetch Hook Template by ID + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param hookTemplateId The ID of the Hook Template. + @return ApiGetHookTemplateByIdRequest +*/ +func (a *HookTemplatesAPIService) GetHookTemplateById(ctx context.Context, hookTemplateId string) ApiGetHookTemplateByIdRequest { + return ApiGetHookTemplateByIdRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + hookTemplateId: hookTemplateId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return HookTemplate +func (a *HookTemplatesAPIService) GetHookTemplateByIdExecute(r ApiGetHookTemplateByIdRequest) (*HookTemplate, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *HookTemplate + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HookTemplatesAPIService.GetHookTemplateById") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/hook-templates/{hookTemplateId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"hookTemplateId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.hookTemplateId, "hookTemplateId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.hookTemplateId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("hookTemplateId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetHookTemplateTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *HookTemplatesAPIService + hookTemplateId string +} + +func (r ApiGetHookTemplateTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetHookTemplateTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetHookTemplateTags Get tags for a Hook Template. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param hookTemplateId The ID of the Hook Template. + @return ApiGetHookTemplateTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *HookTemplatesAPIService) GetHookTemplateTags(ctx context.Context, hookTemplateId string) ApiGetHookTemplateTagsRequest { + return ApiGetHookTemplateTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + hookTemplateId: hookTemplateId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *HookTemplatesAPIService) GetHookTemplateTagsExecute(r ApiGetHookTemplateTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HookTemplatesAPIService.GetHookTemplateTags") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/hook-templates/{hookTemplateId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"hookTemplateId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.hookTemplateId, "hookTemplateId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.hookTemplateId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("hookTemplateId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiListHookTemplatesRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *HookTemplatesAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiListHookTemplatesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiListHookTemplatesRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiListHookTemplatesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiListHookTemplatesRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiListHookTemplatesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiListHookTemplatesRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiListHookTemplatesRequest) Execute() (*ListHookTemplatesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ListHookTemplatesExecute(r) +} + +/* +ListHookTemplates Fetch a list of all hook templates + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiListHookTemplatesRequest +*/ +func (a *HookTemplatesAPIService) ListHookTemplates(ctx context.Context) ApiListHookTemplatesRequest { + return ApiListHookTemplatesRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListHookTemplatesResponse +func (a *HookTemplatesAPIService) ListHookTemplatesExecute(r ApiListHookTemplatesRequest) (*ListHookTemplatesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListHookTemplatesResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HookTemplatesAPIService.ListHookTemplates") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/hook-templates" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchHookTemplatesRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *HookTemplatesAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchHookTemplatesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchHookTemplatesRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchHookTemplatesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchHookTemplatesRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiSearchHookTemplatesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchHookTemplatesRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchHookTemplatesRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchHookTemplatesRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchHookTemplatesRequest) Execute() (*SearchHookTemplatesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchHookTemplatesExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchHookTemplates Search Hook Templates. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiSearchHookTemplatesRequest +*/ +func (a *HookTemplatesAPIService) SearchHookTemplates(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchHookTemplatesRequest { + return ApiSearchHookTemplatesRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return SearchHookTemplatesResponse +func (a *HookTemplatesAPIService) SearchHookTemplatesExecute(r ApiSearchHookTemplatesRequest) (*SearchHookTemplatesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SearchHookTemplatesResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HookTemplatesAPIService.SearchHookTemplates") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/hook-templates/search" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiUpdateHookTemplateRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *HookTemplatesAPIService + hookTemplateId string + updateHookTemplateParameters *UpdateHookTemplateParameters +} + +func (r ApiUpdateHookTemplateRequest) UpdateHookTemplateParameters(updateHookTemplateParameters UpdateHookTemplateParameters) ApiUpdateHookTemplateRequest { + r.updateHookTemplateParameters = &updateHookTemplateParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiUpdateHookTemplateRequest) Execute() (*HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpdateHookTemplateExecute(r) +} + +/* +UpdateHookTemplate Update a Hook Template. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param hookTemplateId The ID of the Hook Template. + @return ApiUpdateHookTemplateRequest +*/ +func (a *HookTemplatesAPIService) UpdateHookTemplate(ctx context.Context, hookTemplateId string) ApiUpdateHookTemplateRequest { + return ApiUpdateHookTemplateRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + hookTemplateId: hookTemplateId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse +func (a *HookTemplatesAPIService) UpdateHookTemplateExecute(r ApiUpdateHookTemplateRequest) (*HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HookTemplatesAPIService.UpdateHookTemplate") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/hook-templates/{hookTemplateId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"hookTemplateId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.hookTemplateId, "hookTemplateId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.hookTemplateId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("hookTemplateId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.updateHookTemplateParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("updateHookTemplateParameters is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.updateHookTemplateParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} diff --git a/api_hyperscale_instance.go b/api_hyperscale_instance.go index a2fcd98b..ef2e9a58 100644 --- a/api_hyperscale_instance.go +++ b/api_hyperscale_instance.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,12 +21,12 @@ import ( ) -// HyperscaleInstanceApiService HyperscaleInstanceApi service -type HyperscaleInstanceApiService service +// HyperscaleInstanceAPIService HyperscaleInstanceAPI service +type HyperscaleInstanceAPIService service type ApiAddEngineToHyperscaleInstanceRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleInstanceApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService hyperscaleInstanceId string engineIdBody *EngineIdBody } @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ AddEngineToHyperscaleInstance Add an engine to a Hyperscale Instance. @param hyperscaleInstanceId The ID of hyperscale instance. @return ApiAddEngineToHyperscaleInstanceRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) AddEngineToHyperscaleInstance(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleInstanceId string) ApiAddEngineToHyperscaleInstanceRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService) AddEngineToHyperscaleInstance(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleInstanceId string) ApiAddEngineToHyperscaleInstanceRequest { return ApiAddEngineToHyperscaleInstanceRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) AddEngineToHyperscaleInstance(ctx context // Execute executes the request // @return AddEngineToHyperscaleResponse -func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) AddEngineToHyperscaleInstanceExecute(r ApiAddEngineToHyperscaleInstanceRequest) (*AddEngineToHyperscaleResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService) AddEngineToHyperscaleInstanceExecute(r ApiAddEngineToHyperscaleInstanceRequest) (*AddEngineToHyperscaleResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) AddEngineToHyperscaleInstanceExecute(r Ap localVarReturnValue *AddEngineToHyperscaleResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleInstanceApiService.AddEngineToHyperscaleInstance") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleInstanceAPIService.AddEngineToHyperscaleInstance") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) AddEngineToHyperscaleInstanceExecute(r Ap type ApiCreateHyperscaleInstanceTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleInstanceApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService hyperscaleInstanceId string tagsRequest *TagsRequest } @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ CreateHyperscaleInstanceTags Create tags for a Hyperscale Instance. @param hyperscaleInstanceId The ID of hyperscale instance. @return ApiCreateHyperscaleInstanceTagsRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) CreateHyperscaleInstanceTags(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleInstanceId string) ApiCreateHyperscaleInstanceTagsRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService) CreateHyperscaleInstanceTags(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleInstanceId string) ApiCreateHyperscaleInstanceTagsRequest { return ApiCreateHyperscaleInstanceTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) CreateHyperscaleInstanceTags(ctx context. // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) CreateHyperscaleInstanceTagsExecute(r ApiCreateHyperscaleInstanceTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService) CreateHyperscaleInstanceTagsExecute(r ApiCreateHyperscaleInstanceTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) CreateHyperscaleInstanceTagsExecute(r Api localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleInstanceApiService.CreateHyperscaleInstanceTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleInstanceAPIService.CreateHyperscaleInstanceTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) CreateHyperscaleInstanceTagsExecute(r Api type ApiDeleteHyperscaleInstanceTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleInstanceApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService hyperscaleInstanceId string deleteTag *DeleteTag } @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ DeleteHyperscaleInstanceTags Delete tags for a Hyperscale Instance. @param hyperscaleInstanceId The ID of hyperscale instance. @return ApiDeleteHyperscaleInstanceTagsRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) DeleteHyperscaleInstanceTags(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleInstanceId string) ApiDeleteHyperscaleInstanceTagsRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService) DeleteHyperscaleInstanceTags(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleInstanceId string) ApiDeleteHyperscaleInstanceTagsRequest { return ApiDeleteHyperscaleInstanceTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -311,14 +311,14 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) DeleteHyperscaleInstanceTags(ctx context. } // Execute executes the request -func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) DeleteHyperscaleInstanceTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteHyperscaleInstanceTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService) DeleteHyperscaleInstanceTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteHyperscaleInstanceTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleInstanceApiService.DeleteHyperscaleInstanceTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleInstanceAPIService.DeleteHyperscaleInstanceTags") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) DeleteHyperscaleInstanceTagsExecute(r Api type ApiGetHyperscaleInstanceByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleInstanceApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService hyperscaleInstanceId string } @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ GetHyperscaleInstanceById Returns a Hyperscale Instance by ID. @param hyperscaleInstanceId The ID of hyperscale instance. @return ApiGetHyperscaleInstanceByIdRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) GetHyperscaleInstanceById(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleInstanceId string) ApiGetHyperscaleInstanceByIdRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService) GetHyperscaleInstanceById(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleInstanceId string) ApiGetHyperscaleInstanceByIdRequest { return ApiGetHyperscaleInstanceByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) GetHyperscaleInstanceById(ctx context.Con // Execute executes the request // @return HyperscaleInstance -func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) GetHyperscaleInstanceByIdExecute(r ApiGetHyperscaleInstanceByIdRequest) (*HyperscaleInstance, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService) GetHyperscaleInstanceByIdExecute(r ApiGetHyperscaleInstanceByIdRequest) (*HyperscaleInstance, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) GetHyperscaleInstanceByIdExecute(r ApiGet localVarReturnValue *HyperscaleInstance ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleInstanceApiService.GetHyperscaleInstanceById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleInstanceAPIService.GetHyperscaleInstanceById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) GetHyperscaleInstanceByIdExecute(r ApiGet type ApiGetHyperscaleInstanceTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleInstanceApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService hyperscaleInstanceId string } @@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ GetHyperscaleInstanceTags Get tags for a Hyperscale Instance. @param hyperscaleInstanceId The ID of hyperscale instance. @return ApiGetHyperscaleInstanceTagsRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) GetHyperscaleInstanceTags(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleInstanceId string) ApiGetHyperscaleInstanceTagsRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService) GetHyperscaleInstanceTags(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleInstanceId string) ApiGetHyperscaleInstanceTagsRequest { return ApiGetHyperscaleInstanceTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) GetHyperscaleInstanceTags(ctx context.Con // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) GetHyperscaleInstanceTagsExecute(r ApiGetHyperscaleInstanceTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService) GetHyperscaleInstanceTagsExecute(r ApiGetHyperscaleInstanceTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) GetHyperscaleInstanceTagsExecute(r ApiGet localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleInstanceApiService.GetHyperscaleInstanceTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleInstanceAPIService.GetHyperscaleInstanceTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) GetHyperscaleInstanceTagsExecute(r ApiGet type ApiGetHyperscaleInstancesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleInstanceApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ GetHyperscaleInstances Returns a list of Hyperscale instances. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiGetHyperscaleInstancesRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) GetHyperscaleInstances(ctx context.Context) ApiGetHyperscaleInstancesRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService) GetHyperscaleInstances(ctx context.Context) ApiGetHyperscaleInstancesRequest { return ApiGetHyperscaleInstancesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) GetHyperscaleInstances(ctx context.Contex // Execute executes the request // @return ListHyperscaleInstancesResponse -func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) GetHyperscaleInstancesExecute(r ApiGetHyperscaleInstancesRequest) (*ListHyperscaleInstancesResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService) GetHyperscaleInstancesExecute(r ApiGetHyperscaleInstancesRequest) (*ListHyperscaleInstancesResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) GetHyperscaleInstancesExecute(r ApiGetHyp localVarReturnValue *ListHyperscaleInstancesResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleInstanceApiService.GetHyperscaleInstances") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleInstanceAPIService.GetHyperscaleInstances") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -686,13 +686,16 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) GetHyperscaleInstancesExecute(r ApiGetHyp localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -764,7 +767,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) GetHyperscaleInstancesExecute(r ApiGetHyp type ApiRegisterHyperscaleInstanceRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleInstanceApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService hyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter *HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter } @@ -784,7 +787,7 @@ RegisterHyperscaleInstance Register a Hyperscale instance @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiRegisterHyperscaleInstanceRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) RegisterHyperscaleInstance(ctx context.Context) ApiRegisterHyperscaleInstanceRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService) RegisterHyperscaleInstance(ctx context.Context) ApiRegisterHyperscaleInstanceRequest { return ApiRegisterHyperscaleInstanceRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -793,7 +796,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) RegisterHyperscaleInstance(ctx context.Co // Execute executes the request // @return HyperscaleInstance -func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) RegisterHyperscaleInstanceExecute(r ApiRegisterHyperscaleInstanceRequest) (*HyperscaleInstance, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService) RegisterHyperscaleInstanceExecute(r ApiRegisterHyperscaleInstanceRequest) (*HyperscaleInstance, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -801,7 +804,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) RegisterHyperscaleInstanceExecute(r ApiRe localVarReturnValue *HyperscaleInstance ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleInstanceApiService.RegisterHyperscaleInstance") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleInstanceAPIService.RegisterHyperscaleInstance") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -887,7 +890,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) RegisterHyperscaleInstanceExecute(r ApiRe type ApiRemoveEngineFromHyperscaleInstanceRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleInstanceApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService hyperscaleInstanceId string engineIdBody *EngineIdBody } @@ -909,7 +912,7 @@ RemoveEngineFromHyperscaleInstance Remove an engine from a Hyperscale Instance. @param hyperscaleInstanceId The ID of hyperscale instance. @return ApiRemoveEngineFromHyperscaleInstanceRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) RemoveEngineFromHyperscaleInstance(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleInstanceId string) ApiRemoveEngineFromHyperscaleInstanceRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService) RemoveEngineFromHyperscaleInstance(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleInstanceId string) ApiRemoveEngineFromHyperscaleInstanceRequest { return ApiRemoveEngineFromHyperscaleInstanceRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -919,7 +922,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) RemoveEngineFromHyperscaleInstance(ctx co // Execute executes the request // @return RemoveEngineFromHyperscaleResponse -func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) RemoveEngineFromHyperscaleInstanceExecute(r ApiRemoveEngineFromHyperscaleInstanceRequest) (*RemoveEngineFromHyperscaleResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService) RemoveEngineFromHyperscaleInstanceExecute(r ApiRemoveEngineFromHyperscaleInstanceRequest) (*RemoveEngineFromHyperscaleResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -927,7 +930,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) RemoveEngineFromHyperscaleInstanceExecute localVarReturnValue *RemoveEngineFromHyperscaleResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleInstanceApiService.RemoveEngineFromHyperscaleInstance") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleInstanceAPIService.RemoveEngineFromHyperscaleInstance") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1014,7 +1017,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) RemoveEngineFromHyperscaleInstanceExecute type ApiSearchHyperscaleInstancesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleInstanceApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -1055,7 +1058,7 @@ SearchHyperscaleInstances Search for Hyperscale instances. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchHyperscaleInstancesRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) SearchHyperscaleInstances(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchHyperscaleInstancesRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService) SearchHyperscaleInstances(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchHyperscaleInstancesRequest { return ApiSearchHyperscaleInstancesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1064,7 +1067,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) SearchHyperscaleInstances(ctx context.Con // Execute executes the request // @return SearchHyperscaleInstancesResponse -func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) SearchHyperscaleInstancesExecute(r ApiSearchHyperscaleInstancesRequest) (*SearchHyperscaleInstancesResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService) SearchHyperscaleInstancesExecute(r ApiSearchHyperscaleInstancesRequest) (*SearchHyperscaleInstancesResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1072,7 +1075,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) SearchHyperscaleInstancesExecute(r ApiSea localVarReturnValue *SearchHyperscaleInstancesResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleInstanceApiService.SearchHyperscaleInstances") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleInstanceAPIService.SearchHyperscaleInstances") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1084,13 +1087,16 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) SearchHyperscaleInstancesExecute(r ApiSea localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -1164,7 +1170,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) SearchHyperscaleInstancesExecute(r ApiSea type ApiSyncEnginesHyperscaleInstanceRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleInstanceApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService hyperscaleInstanceId string syncEnginesHyperscaleParameters *SyncEnginesHyperscaleParameters } @@ -1185,7 +1191,7 @@ SyncEnginesHyperscaleInstance Sync the global object from a source engine to eng @param hyperscaleInstanceId The ID of hyperscale instance. @return ApiSyncEnginesHyperscaleInstanceRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) SyncEnginesHyperscaleInstance(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleInstanceId string) ApiSyncEnginesHyperscaleInstanceRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService) SyncEnginesHyperscaleInstance(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleInstanceId string) ApiSyncEnginesHyperscaleInstanceRequest { return ApiSyncEnginesHyperscaleInstanceRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1195,7 +1201,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) SyncEnginesHyperscaleInstance(ctx context // Execute executes the request // @return SyncEnginesHyperscaleResponse -func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) SyncEnginesHyperscaleInstanceExecute(r ApiSyncEnginesHyperscaleInstanceRequest) (*SyncEnginesHyperscaleResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService) SyncEnginesHyperscaleInstanceExecute(r ApiSyncEnginesHyperscaleInstanceRequest) (*SyncEnginesHyperscaleResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1203,7 +1209,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) SyncEnginesHyperscaleInstanceExecute(r Ap localVarReturnValue *SyncEnginesHyperscaleResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleInstanceApiService.SyncEnginesHyperscaleInstance") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleInstanceAPIService.SyncEnginesHyperscaleInstance") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1287,7 +1293,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) SyncEnginesHyperscaleInstanceExecute(r Ap type ApiUnregisterHyperscaleInstanceRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleInstanceApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService hyperscaleInstanceId string } @@ -1302,7 +1308,7 @@ UnregisterHyperscaleInstance Unregister a Hyperscale Instance. @param hyperscaleInstanceId The ID of hyperscale instance. @return ApiUnregisterHyperscaleInstanceRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) UnregisterHyperscaleInstance(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleInstanceId string) ApiUnregisterHyperscaleInstanceRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService) UnregisterHyperscaleInstance(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleInstanceId string) ApiUnregisterHyperscaleInstanceRequest { return ApiUnregisterHyperscaleInstanceRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1312,7 +1318,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) UnregisterHyperscaleInstance(ctx context. // Execute executes the request // @return UnregisterHyperscaleInstanceResponse -func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) UnregisterHyperscaleInstanceExecute(r ApiUnregisterHyperscaleInstanceRequest) (*UnregisterHyperscaleInstanceResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService) UnregisterHyperscaleInstanceExecute(r ApiUnregisterHyperscaleInstanceRequest) (*UnregisterHyperscaleInstanceResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1320,7 +1326,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) UnregisterHyperscaleInstanceExecute(r Api localVarReturnValue *UnregisterHyperscaleInstanceResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleInstanceApiService.UnregisterHyperscaleInstance") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleInstanceAPIService.UnregisterHyperscaleInstance") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1402,7 +1408,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) UnregisterHyperscaleInstanceExecute(r Api type ApiUpdateHyperscaleInstanceRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleInstanceApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService hyperscaleInstanceId string hyperscaleInstanceUpdateParams *HyperscaleInstanceUpdateParams } @@ -1424,7 +1430,7 @@ UpdateHyperscaleInstance Update an Hyperscale Instance @param hyperscaleInstanceId The ID of hyperscale instance. @return ApiUpdateHyperscaleInstanceRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) UpdateHyperscaleInstance(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleInstanceId string) ApiUpdateHyperscaleInstanceRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService) UpdateHyperscaleInstance(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleInstanceId string) ApiUpdateHyperscaleInstanceRequest { return ApiUpdateHyperscaleInstanceRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1434,7 +1440,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) UpdateHyperscaleInstance(ctx context.Cont // Execute executes the request // @return HyperscaleInstance -func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) UpdateHyperscaleInstanceExecute(r ApiUpdateHyperscaleInstanceRequest) (*HyperscaleInstance, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService) UpdateHyperscaleInstanceExecute(r ApiUpdateHyperscaleInstanceRequest) (*HyperscaleInstance, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1442,7 +1448,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleInstanceApiService) UpdateHyperscaleInstanceExecute(r ApiUpda localVarReturnValue *HyperscaleInstance ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleInstanceApiService.UpdateHyperscaleInstance") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleInstanceAPIService.UpdateHyperscaleInstance") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } diff --git a/api_hyperscale_objects.go b/api_hyperscale_objects.go index 93430f54..d5ac3a4d 100644 --- a/api_hyperscale_objects.go +++ b/api_hyperscale_objects.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,17 +21,17 @@ import ( ) -// HyperscaleObjectsApiService HyperscaleObjectsApi service -type HyperscaleObjectsApiService service +// HyperscaleObjectsAPIService HyperscaleObjectsAPI service +type HyperscaleObjectsAPIService service type ApiCreateHyperscaleConnectorRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsApiService - hyperscaleConnector *HyperscaleConnector + ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService + hyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters } -func (r ApiCreateHyperscaleConnectorRequest) HyperscaleConnector(hyperscaleConnector HyperscaleConnector) ApiCreateHyperscaleConnectorRequest { - r.hyperscaleConnector = &hyperscaleConnector +func (r ApiCreateHyperscaleConnectorRequest) HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters(hyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) ApiCreateHyperscaleConnectorRequest { + r.hyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters = &hyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters return r } @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ CreateHyperscaleConnector Create a Hyperscale Connector. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiCreateHyperscaleConnectorRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) CreateHyperscaleConnector(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateHyperscaleConnectorRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) CreateHyperscaleConnector(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateHyperscaleConnectorRequest { return ApiCreateHyperscaleConnectorRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) CreateHyperscaleConnector(ctx context.Cont // Execute executes the request // @return CreateHyperscaleConnectorResponse -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) CreateHyperscaleConnectorExecute(r ApiCreateHyperscaleConnectorRequest) (*CreateHyperscaleConnectorResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) CreateHyperscaleConnectorExecute(r ApiCreateHyperscaleConnectorRequest) (*CreateHyperscaleConnectorResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) CreateHyperscaleConnectorExecute(r ApiCrea localVarReturnValue *CreateHyperscaleConnectorResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsApiService.CreateHyperscaleConnector") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsAPIService.CreateHyperscaleConnector") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -72,8 +72,8 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) CreateHyperscaleConnectorExecute(r ApiCrea localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.hyperscaleConnector == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("hyperscaleConnector is required and must be specified") + if r.hyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("hyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters is required and must be specified") } // to determine the Content-Type header @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) CreateHyperscaleConnectorExecute(r ApiCrea localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.hyperscaleConnector + localVarPostBody = r.hyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) CreateHyperscaleConnectorExecute(r ApiCrea type ApiCreateHyperscaleConnectorTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService hyperscaleConnectorId string tagsRequest *TagsRequest } @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ CreateHyperscaleConnectorTags Create tags for a Hyperscale Connector. @param hyperscaleConnectorId The ID of the Hyperscale Connector. @return ApiCreateHyperscaleConnectorTagsRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) CreateHyperscaleConnectorTags(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleConnectorId string) ApiCreateHyperscaleConnectorTagsRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) CreateHyperscaleConnectorTags(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleConnectorId string) ApiCreateHyperscaleConnectorTagsRequest { return ApiCreateHyperscaleConnectorTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) CreateHyperscaleConnectorTags(ctx context. // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) CreateHyperscaleConnectorTagsExecute(r ApiCreateHyperscaleConnectorTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) CreateHyperscaleConnectorTagsExecute(r ApiCreateHyperscaleConnectorTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) CreateHyperscaleConnectorTagsExecute(r Api localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsApiService.CreateHyperscaleConnectorTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsAPIService.CreateHyperscaleConnectorTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) CreateHyperscaleConnectorTagsExecute(r Api type ApiCreateHyperscaleDatasetTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService hyperscaleDatasetId string tagsRequest *TagsRequest } @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ CreateHyperscaleDatasetTags Create tags for a Hyperscale Dataset. @param hyperscaleDatasetId The ID of the Hyperscale Dataset. @return ApiCreateHyperscaleDatasetTagsRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) CreateHyperscaleDatasetTags(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleDatasetId string) ApiCreateHyperscaleDatasetTagsRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) CreateHyperscaleDatasetTags(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleDatasetId string) ApiCreateHyperscaleDatasetTagsRequest { return ApiCreateHyperscaleDatasetTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) CreateHyperscaleDatasetTags(ctx context.Co // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) CreateHyperscaleDatasetTagsExecute(r ApiCreateHyperscaleDatasetTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) CreateHyperscaleDatasetTagsExecute(r ApiCreateHyperscaleDatasetTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) CreateHyperscaleDatasetTagsExecute(r ApiCr localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsApiService.CreateHyperscaleDatasetTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsAPIService.CreateHyperscaleDatasetTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) CreateHyperscaleDatasetTagsExecute(r ApiCr type ApiCreateHyperscaleMountPointRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService hyperscaleMountPoint *HyperscaleMountPoint } @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ CreateHyperscaleMountPoint Create a Hyperscale Mount Point @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiCreateHyperscaleMountPointRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) CreateHyperscaleMountPoint(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateHyperscaleMountPointRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) CreateHyperscaleMountPoint(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateHyperscaleMountPointRequest { return ApiCreateHyperscaleMountPointRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) CreateHyperscaleMountPoint(ctx context.Con // Execute executes the request // @return CreateHyperscaleMountPointResponse -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) CreateHyperscaleMountPointExecute(r ApiCreateHyperscaleMountPointRequest) (*CreateHyperscaleMountPointResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) CreateHyperscaleMountPointExecute(r ApiCreateHyperscaleMountPointRequest) (*CreateHyperscaleMountPointResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) CreateHyperscaleMountPointExecute(r ApiCre localVarReturnValue *CreateHyperscaleMountPointResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsApiService.CreateHyperscaleMountPoint") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsAPIService.CreateHyperscaleMountPoint") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) CreateHyperscaleMountPointExecute(r ApiCre type ApiDeleteHyperscaleConnectorRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService hyperscaleConnectorId string } @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ DeleteHyperscaleConnector Delete a Hyperscale Connector. @param hyperscaleConnectorId The ID of the Hyperscale Connector. @return ApiDeleteHyperscaleConnectorRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) DeleteHyperscaleConnector(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleConnectorId string) ApiDeleteHyperscaleConnectorRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) DeleteHyperscaleConnector(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleConnectorId string) ApiDeleteHyperscaleConnectorRequest { return ApiDeleteHyperscaleConnectorRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) DeleteHyperscaleConnector(ctx context.Cont // Execute executes the request // @return DeleteHyperscaleConnectorResponse -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) DeleteHyperscaleConnectorExecute(r ApiDeleteHyperscaleConnectorRequest) (*DeleteHyperscaleConnectorResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) DeleteHyperscaleConnectorExecute(r ApiDeleteHyperscaleConnectorRequest) (*DeleteHyperscaleConnectorResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) DeleteHyperscaleConnectorExecute(r ApiDele localVarReturnValue *DeleteHyperscaleConnectorResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsApiService.DeleteHyperscaleConnector") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsAPIService.DeleteHyperscaleConnector") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) DeleteHyperscaleConnectorExecute(r ApiDele type ApiDeleteHyperscaleConnectorTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService hyperscaleConnectorId string deleteTag *DeleteTag } @@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ DeleteHyperscaleConnectorTags Delete tags for a Hyperscale Connector. @param hyperscaleConnectorId The ID of the Hyperscale Connector. @return ApiDeleteHyperscaleConnectorTagsRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) DeleteHyperscaleConnectorTags(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleConnectorId string) ApiDeleteHyperscaleConnectorTagsRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) DeleteHyperscaleConnectorTags(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleConnectorId string) ApiDeleteHyperscaleConnectorTagsRequest { return ApiDeleteHyperscaleConnectorTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -680,14 +680,14 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) DeleteHyperscaleConnectorTags(ctx context. } // Execute executes the request -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) DeleteHyperscaleConnectorTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteHyperscaleConnectorTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) DeleteHyperscaleConnectorTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteHyperscaleConnectorTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsApiService.DeleteHyperscaleConnectorTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsAPIService.DeleteHyperscaleConnectorTags") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) DeleteHyperscaleConnectorTagsExecute(r Api type ApiDeleteHyperscaleDatasetTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService hyperscaleDatasetId string deleteTag *DeleteTag } @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ DeleteHyperscaleDatasetTags Delete tags for a Hyperscale Dataset. @param hyperscaleDatasetId The ID of the Hyperscale Dataset. @return ApiDeleteHyperscaleDatasetTagsRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) DeleteHyperscaleDatasetTags(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleDatasetId string) ApiDeleteHyperscaleDatasetTagsRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) DeleteHyperscaleDatasetTags(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleDatasetId string) ApiDeleteHyperscaleDatasetTagsRequest { return ApiDeleteHyperscaleDatasetTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -796,14 +796,14 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) DeleteHyperscaleDatasetTags(ctx context.Co } // Execute executes the request -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) DeleteHyperscaleDatasetTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteHyperscaleDatasetTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) DeleteHyperscaleDatasetTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteHyperscaleDatasetTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsApiService.DeleteHyperscaleDatasetTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsAPIService.DeleteHyperscaleDatasetTags") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) DeleteHyperscaleDatasetTagsExecute(r ApiDe type ApiDeleteHyperscaleMountPointRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService hyperscaleMountPointId string } @@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ DeleteHyperscaleMountPoint Delete a Hyperscale Mount Point. @param hyperscaleMountPointId The ID of the Hyperscale Mount Point. @return ApiDeleteHyperscaleMountPointRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) DeleteHyperscaleMountPoint(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleMountPointId string) ApiDeleteHyperscaleMountPointRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) DeleteHyperscaleMountPoint(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleMountPointId string) ApiDeleteHyperscaleMountPointRequest { return ApiDeleteHyperscaleMountPointRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -906,7 +906,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) DeleteHyperscaleMountPoint(ctx context.Con // Execute executes the request // @return DeleteHyperscaleMountPointResponse -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) DeleteHyperscaleMountPointExecute(r ApiDeleteHyperscaleMountPointRequest) (*DeleteHyperscaleMountPointResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) DeleteHyperscaleMountPointExecute(r ApiDeleteHyperscaleMountPointRequest) (*DeleteHyperscaleMountPointResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) DeleteHyperscaleMountPointExecute(r ApiDel localVarReturnValue *DeleteHyperscaleMountPointResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsApiService.DeleteHyperscaleMountPoint") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsAPIService.DeleteHyperscaleMountPoint") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) DeleteHyperscaleMountPointExecute(r ApiDel type ApiGetHyperscaleConnectorByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService hyperscaleConnectorId string } @@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ GetHyperscaleConnectorById Get a Hyperscale Connector. @param hyperscaleConnectorId The ID of the Hyperscale Connector. @return ApiGetHyperscaleConnectorByIdRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleConnectorById(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleConnectorId string) ApiGetHyperscaleConnectorByIdRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) GetHyperscaleConnectorById(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleConnectorId string) ApiGetHyperscaleConnectorByIdRequest { return ApiGetHyperscaleConnectorByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleConnectorById(ctx context.Con // Execute executes the request // @return HyperscaleConnector -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleConnectorByIdExecute(r ApiGetHyperscaleConnectorByIdRequest) (*HyperscaleConnector, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) GetHyperscaleConnectorByIdExecute(r ApiGetHyperscaleConnectorByIdRequest) (*HyperscaleConnector, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleConnectorByIdExecute(r ApiGet localVarReturnValue *HyperscaleConnector ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsApiService.GetHyperscaleConnectorById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsAPIService.GetHyperscaleConnectorById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleConnectorByIdExecute(r ApiGet type ApiGetHyperscaleConnectorTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService hyperscaleConnectorId string } @@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@ GetHyperscaleConnectorTags Get tags for a Hyperscale Connector. @param hyperscaleConnectorId The ID of the Hyperscale Connector. @return ApiGetHyperscaleConnectorTagsRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleConnectorTags(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleConnectorId string) ApiGetHyperscaleConnectorTagsRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) GetHyperscaleConnectorTags(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleConnectorId string) ApiGetHyperscaleConnectorTagsRequest { return ApiGetHyperscaleConnectorTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleConnectorTags(ctx context.Con // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleConnectorTagsExecute(r ApiGetHyperscaleConnectorTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) GetHyperscaleConnectorTagsExecute(r ApiGetHyperscaleConnectorTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleConnectorTagsExecute(r ApiGet localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsApiService.GetHyperscaleConnectorTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsAPIService.GetHyperscaleConnectorTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleConnectorTagsExecute(r ApiGet type ApiGetHyperscaleConnectorsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -1269,7 +1269,7 @@ GetHyperscaleConnectors Returns a list of Hyperscale Connectors. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiGetHyperscaleConnectorsRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleConnectors(ctx context.Context) ApiGetHyperscaleConnectorsRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) GetHyperscaleConnectors(ctx context.Context) ApiGetHyperscaleConnectorsRequest { return ApiGetHyperscaleConnectorsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1278,7 +1278,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleConnectors(ctx context.Contex // Execute executes the request // @return ListHyperscaleConnectorsResponse -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleConnectorsExecute(r ApiGetHyperscaleConnectorsRequest) (*ListHyperscaleConnectorsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) GetHyperscaleConnectorsExecute(r ApiGetHyperscaleConnectorsRequest) (*ListHyperscaleConnectorsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1286,7 +1286,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleConnectorsExecute(r ApiGetHyp localVarReturnValue *ListHyperscaleConnectorsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsApiService.GetHyperscaleConnectors") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsAPIService.GetHyperscaleConnectors") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1298,13 +1298,16 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleConnectorsExecute(r ApiGetHyp localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -1376,7 +1379,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleConnectorsExecute(r ApiGetHyp type ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService hyperscaleDatasetId string } @@ -1391,7 +1394,7 @@ GetHyperscaleDatasetById Get a Hyperscale Dataset. @param hyperscaleDatasetId The ID of the Hyperscale Dataset. @return ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetByIdRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleDatasetById(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleDatasetId string) ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetByIdRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) GetHyperscaleDatasetById(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleDatasetId string) ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetByIdRequest { return ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1401,7 +1404,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleDatasetById(ctx context.Conte // Execute executes the request // @return HyperscaleDataset -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleDatasetByIdExecute(r ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetByIdRequest) (*HyperscaleDataset, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) GetHyperscaleDatasetByIdExecute(r ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetByIdRequest) (*HyperscaleDataset, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1409,7 +1412,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleDatasetByIdExecute(r ApiGetHy localVarReturnValue *HyperscaleDataset ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsApiService.GetHyperscaleDatasetById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsAPIService.GetHyperscaleDatasetById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1494,7 +1497,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleDatasetByIdExecute(r ApiGetHy type ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService hyperscaleDatasetId string hyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileId string } @@ -1511,7 +1514,7 @@ GetHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileById Get a Hyperscale Dataset table or file by ID @param hyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileId The ID of the Hyperscale Dataset table or file. @return ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileByIdRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileById(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleDatasetId string, hyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileId string) ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileByIdRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) GetHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileById(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleDatasetId string, hyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileId string) ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileByIdRequest { return ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1522,7 +1525,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileById(ctx co // Execute executes the request // @return HyperscaleDatasetTableOrFile -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileByIdExecute(r ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileByIdRequest) (*HyperscaleDatasetTableOrFile, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) GetHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileByIdExecute(r ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileByIdRequest) (*HyperscaleDatasetTableOrFile, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1530,7 +1533,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileByIdExecute localVarReturnValue *HyperscaleDatasetTableOrFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsApiService.GetHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsAPIService.GetHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1619,7 +1622,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileByIdExecute type ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService hyperscaleDatasetId string limit *int32 cursor *string @@ -1655,7 +1658,7 @@ GetHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFiles Get the tables or files of a hyperscale datase @param hyperscaleDatasetId The ID of the Hyperscale Dataset. @return ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFiles(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleDatasetId string) ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) GetHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFiles(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleDatasetId string) ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesRequest { return ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1665,7 +1668,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFiles(ctx cont // Execute executes the request // @return ListHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesResponse -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesExecute(r ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesRequest) (*ListHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) GetHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesExecute(r ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesRequest) (*ListHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1673,7 +1676,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesExecute(r localVarReturnValue *ListHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsApiService.GetHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFiles") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsAPIService.GetHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFiles") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1689,13 +1692,16 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesExecute(r } if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -1767,7 +1773,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesExecute(r type ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService hyperscaleDatasetId string } @@ -1782,7 +1788,7 @@ GetHyperscaleDatasetTags Get tags for a Hyperscale Dataset. @param hyperscaleDatasetId The ID of the Hyperscale Dataset. @return ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetTagsRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleDatasetTags(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleDatasetId string) ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetTagsRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) GetHyperscaleDatasetTags(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleDatasetId string) ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetTagsRequest { return ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1792,7 +1798,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleDatasetTags(ctx context.Conte // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleDatasetTagsExecute(r ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) GetHyperscaleDatasetTagsExecute(r ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1800,7 +1806,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleDatasetTagsExecute(r ApiGetHy localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsApiService.GetHyperscaleDatasetTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsAPIService.GetHyperscaleDatasetTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1885,7 +1891,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleDatasetTagsExecute(r ApiGetHy type ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -1919,7 +1925,7 @@ GetHyperscaleDatasets Returns a list of Hyperscale Datasets. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetsRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleDatasets(ctx context.Context) ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetsRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) GetHyperscaleDatasets(ctx context.Context) ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetsRequest { return ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1928,7 +1934,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleDatasets(ctx context.Context) // Execute executes the request // @return ListHyperscaleDatasetsResponse -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleDatasetsExecute(r ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetsRequest) (*ListHyperscaleDatasetsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) GetHyperscaleDatasetsExecute(r ApiGetHyperscaleDatasetsRequest) (*ListHyperscaleDatasetsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1936,7 +1942,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleDatasetsExecute(r ApiGetHyper localVarReturnValue *ListHyperscaleDatasetsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsApiService.GetHyperscaleDatasets") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsAPIService.GetHyperscaleDatasets") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1948,13 +1954,16 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleDatasetsExecute(r ApiGetHyper localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -2026,7 +2035,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleDatasetsExecute(r ApiGetHyper type ApiGetHyperscaleMountPointByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService hyperscaleMountPointId string } @@ -2041,7 +2050,7 @@ GetHyperscaleMountPointById Get a Hyperscale Mount Points. @param hyperscaleMountPointId The ID of the Hyperscale Mount Point. @return ApiGetHyperscaleMountPointByIdRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleMountPointById(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleMountPointId string) ApiGetHyperscaleMountPointByIdRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) GetHyperscaleMountPointById(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleMountPointId string) ApiGetHyperscaleMountPointByIdRequest { return ApiGetHyperscaleMountPointByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -2051,7 +2060,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleMountPointById(ctx context.Co // Execute executes the request // @return HyperscaleMountPoint -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleMountPointByIdExecute(r ApiGetHyperscaleMountPointByIdRequest) (*HyperscaleMountPoint, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) GetHyperscaleMountPointByIdExecute(r ApiGetHyperscaleMountPointByIdRequest) (*HyperscaleMountPoint, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -2059,7 +2068,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleMountPointByIdExecute(r ApiGe localVarReturnValue *HyperscaleMountPoint ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsApiService.GetHyperscaleMountPointById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsAPIService.GetHyperscaleMountPointById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -2144,7 +2153,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleMountPointByIdExecute(r ApiGe type ApiGetHyperscaleMountPointsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -2178,7 +2187,7 @@ GetHyperscaleMountPoints Returns a list of Hyperscale Mount Points. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiGetHyperscaleMountPointsRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleMountPoints(ctx context.Context) ApiGetHyperscaleMountPointsRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) GetHyperscaleMountPoints(ctx context.Context) ApiGetHyperscaleMountPointsRequest { return ApiGetHyperscaleMountPointsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -2187,7 +2196,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleMountPoints(ctx context.Conte // Execute executes the request // @return ListHyperscaleMountPointsResponse -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleMountPointsExecute(r ApiGetHyperscaleMountPointsRequest) (*ListHyperscaleMountPointsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) GetHyperscaleMountPointsExecute(r ApiGetHyperscaleMountPointsRequest) (*ListHyperscaleMountPointsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -2195,7 +2204,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleMountPointsExecute(r ApiGetHy localVarReturnValue *ListHyperscaleMountPointsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsApiService.GetHyperscaleMountPoints") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsAPIService.GetHyperscaleMountPoints") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -2207,13 +2216,16 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleMountPointsExecute(r ApiGetHy localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -2285,7 +2297,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) GetHyperscaleMountPointsExecute(r ApiGetHy type ApiSearchHyperscaleConnectorsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -2326,7 +2338,7 @@ SearchHyperscaleConnectors Search for Hyperscale Connectors. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchHyperscaleConnectorsRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) SearchHyperscaleConnectors(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchHyperscaleConnectorsRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) SearchHyperscaleConnectors(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchHyperscaleConnectorsRequest { return ApiSearchHyperscaleConnectorsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -2335,7 +2347,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) SearchHyperscaleConnectors(ctx context.Con // Execute executes the request // @return SearchHyperscaleConnectorsResponse -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) SearchHyperscaleConnectorsExecute(r ApiSearchHyperscaleConnectorsRequest) (*SearchHyperscaleConnectorsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) SearchHyperscaleConnectorsExecute(r ApiSearchHyperscaleConnectorsRequest) (*SearchHyperscaleConnectorsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -2343,7 +2355,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) SearchHyperscaleConnectorsExecute(r ApiSea localVarReturnValue *SearchHyperscaleConnectorsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsApiService.SearchHyperscaleConnectors") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsAPIService.SearchHyperscaleConnectors") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -2355,13 +2367,16 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) SearchHyperscaleConnectorsExecute(r ApiSea localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -2435,7 +2450,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) SearchHyperscaleConnectorsExecute(r ApiSea type ApiSearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService hyperscaleDatasetId string limit *int32 cursor *string @@ -2478,7 +2493,7 @@ SearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFiles Search the tables or files of a hyperscale @param hyperscaleDatasetId The ID of the Hyperscale Dataset. @return ApiSearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) SearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFiles(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleDatasetId string) ApiSearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) SearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFiles(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleDatasetId string) ApiSearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesRequest { return ApiSearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -2488,7 +2503,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) SearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFiles(ctx c // Execute executes the request // @return SearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesResponse -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) SearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesExecute(r ApiSearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesRequest) (*SearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) SearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesExecute(r ApiSearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesRequest) (*SearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -2496,7 +2511,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) SearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesExecut localVarReturnValue *SearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsApiService.SearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFiles") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsAPIService.SearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFiles") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -2512,13 +2527,16 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) SearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesExecut } if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -2592,7 +2610,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) SearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesExecut type ApiSearchHyperscaleDatasetsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -2633,7 +2651,7 @@ SearchHyperscaleDatasets Search for Hyperscale Datasets. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchHyperscaleDatasetsRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) SearchHyperscaleDatasets(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchHyperscaleDatasetsRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) SearchHyperscaleDatasets(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchHyperscaleDatasetsRequest { return ApiSearchHyperscaleDatasetsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -2642,7 +2660,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) SearchHyperscaleDatasets(ctx context.Conte // Execute executes the request // @return SearchHyperscaleDatasetsResponse -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) SearchHyperscaleDatasetsExecute(r ApiSearchHyperscaleDatasetsRequest) (*SearchHyperscaleDatasetsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) SearchHyperscaleDatasetsExecute(r ApiSearchHyperscaleDatasetsRequest) (*SearchHyperscaleDatasetsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -2650,7 +2668,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) SearchHyperscaleDatasetsExecute(r ApiSearc localVarReturnValue *SearchHyperscaleDatasetsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsApiService.SearchHyperscaleDatasets") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsAPIService.SearchHyperscaleDatasets") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -2662,13 +2680,16 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) SearchHyperscaleDatasetsExecute(r ApiSearc localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -2742,7 +2763,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) SearchHyperscaleDatasetsExecute(r ApiSearc type ApiSearchHyperscaleMountPointsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -2783,7 +2804,7 @@ SearchHyperscaleMountPoints Search for Hyperscale Mount Points. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchHyperscaleMountPointsRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) SearchHyperscaleMountPoints(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchHyperscaleMountPointsRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) SearchHyperscaleMountPoints(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchHyperscaleMountPointsRequest { return ApiSearchHyperscaleMountPointsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -2792,7 +2813,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) SearchHyperscaleMountPoints(ctx context.Co // Execute executes the request // @return SearchHyperscaleMountPointsResponse -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) SearchHyperscaleMountPointsExecute(r ApiSearchHyperscaleMountPointsRequest) (*SearchHyperscaleMountPointsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) SearchHyperscaleMountPointsExecute(r ApiSearchHyperscaleMountPointsRequest) (*SearchHyperscaleMountPointsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -2800,7 +2821,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) SearchHyperscaleMountPointsExecute(r ApiSe localVarReturnValue *SearchHyperscaleMountPointsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsApiService.SearchHyperscaleMountPoints") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsAPIService.SearchHyperscaleMountPoints") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -2812,13 +2833,16 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) SearchHyperscaleMountPointsExecute(r ApiSe localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -2892,7 +2916,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) SearchHyperscaleMountPointsExecute(r ApiSe type ApiUpdateHyperscaleConnectorByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService hyperscaleConnectorId string hyperscaleConnectorUpdateParameters *HyperscaleConnectorUpdateParameters } @@ -2914,7 +2938,7 @@ UpdateHyperscaleConnectorById Update a Hyperscale Connector by ID. @param hyperscaleConnectorId The ID of the Hyperscale Connector. @return ApiUpdateHyperscaleConnectorByIdRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) UpdateHyperscaleConnectorById(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleConnectorId string) ApiUpdateHyperscaleConnectorByIdRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) UpdateHyperscaleConnectorById(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleConnectorId string) ApiUpdateHyperscaleConnectorByIdRequest { return ApiUpdateHyperscaleConnectorByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -2924,7 +2948,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) UpdateHyperscaleConnectorById(ctx context. // Execute executes the request // @return UpdateHyperscaleConnectorResponse -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) UpdateHyperscaleConnectorByIdExecute(r ApiUpdateHyperscaleConnectorByIdRequest) (*UpdateHyperscaleConnectorResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) UpdateHyperscaleConnectorByIdExecute(r ApiUpdateHyperscaleConnectorByIdRequest) (*UpdateHyperscaleConnectorResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -2932,7 +2956,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) UpdateHyperscaleConnectorByIdExecute(r Api localVarReturnValue *UpdateHyperscaleConnectorResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsApiService.UpdateHyperscaleConnectorById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsAPIService.UpdateHyperscaleConnectorById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -3019,7 +3043,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) UpdateHyperscaleConnectorByIdExecute(r Api type ApiUpdateHyperscaleDatasetByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService hyperscaleDatasetId string hyperscaleDatasetUpdateParameters *HyperscaleDatasetUpdateParameters } @@ -3041,7 +3065,7 @@ UpdateHyperscaleDatasetById Update a Hyperscale Dataset by ID. @param hyperscaleDatasetId The ID of the Hyperscale Dataset. @return ApiUpdateHyperscaleDatasetByIdRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) UpdateHyperscaleDatasetById(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleDatasetId string) ApiUpdateHyperscaleDatasetByIdRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) UpdateHyperscaleDatasetById(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleDatasetId string) ApiUpdateHyperscaleDatasetByIdRequest { return ApiUpdateHyperscaleDatasetByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -3051,7 +3075,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) UpdateHyperscaleDatasetById(ctx context.Co // Execute executes the request // @return UpdateHyperscaleDatasetResponse -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) UpdateHyperscaleDatasetByIdExecute(r ApiUpdateHyperscaleDatasetByIdRequest) (*UpdateHyperscaleDatasetResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) UpdateHyperscaleDatasetByIdExecute(r ApiUpdateHyperscaleDatasetByIdRequest) (*UpdateHyperscaleDatasetResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -3059,7 +3083,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) UpdateHyperscaleDatasetByIdExecute(r ApiUp localVarReturnValue *UpdateHyperscaleDatasetResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsApiService.UpdateHyperscaleDatasetById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsAPIService.UpdateHyperscaleDatasetById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -3146,7 +3170,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) UpdateHyperscaleDatasetByIdExecute(r ApiUp type ApiUpdateHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService hyperscaleDatasetId string hyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileId string hyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileUpdateParameters *HyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileUpdateParameters @@ -3170,7 +3194,7 @@ UpdateHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileById Update a Hyperscale Dataset table or file @param hyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileId The ID of the Hyperscale Dataset table or file. @return ApiUpdateHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileByIdRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) UpdateHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileById(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleDatasetId string, hyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileId string) ApiUpdateHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileByIdRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) UpdateHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileById(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleDatasetId string, hyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileId string) ApiUpdateHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileByIdRequest { return ApiUpdateHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -3181,7 +3205,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) UpdateHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileById(ctx // Execute executes the request // @return UpdateHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileResponse -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) UpdateHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileByIdExecute(r ApiUpdateHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileByIdRequest) (*UpdateHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) UpdateHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileByIdExecute(r ApiUpdateHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileByIdRequest) (*UpdateHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -3189,7 +3213,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) UpdateHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileByIdExec localVarReturnValue *UpdateHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsApiService.UpdateHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsAPIService.UpdateHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -3280,7 +3304,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) UpdateHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileByIdExec type ApiUpdateHyperscaleMountPointByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsApiService + ApiService *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService hyperscaleMountPointId string hyperscaleMountPointUpdateParameters *HyperscaleMountPointUpdateParameters } @@ -3302,7 +3326,7 @@ UpdateHyperscaleMountPointById Update a Hyperscale Mount Point by ID. @param hyperscaleMountPointId The ID of the Hyperscale Mount Point. @return ApiUpdateHyperscaleMountPointByIdRequest */ -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) UpdateHyperscaleMountPointById(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleMountPointId string) ApiUpdateHyperscaleMountPointByIdRequest { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) UpdateHyperscaleMountPointById(ctx context.Context, hyperscaleMountPointId string) ApiUpdateHyperscaleMountPointByIdRequest { return ApiUpdateHyperscaleMountPointByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -3312,7 +3336,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) UpdateHyperscaleMountPointById(ctx context // Execute executes the request // @return UpdateHyperscaleMountPointResponse -func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) UpdateHyperscaleMountPointByIdExecute(r ApiUpdateHyperscaleMountPointByIdRequest) (*UpdateHyperscaleMountPointResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService) UpdateHyperscaleMountPointByIdExecute(r ApiUpdateHyperscaleMountPointByIdRequest) (*UpdateHyperscaleMountPointResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -3320,7 +3344,7 @@ func (a *HyperscaleObjectsApiService) UpdateHyperscaleMountPointByIdExecute(r Ap localVarReturnValue *UpdateHyperscaleMountPointResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsApiService.UpdateHyperscaleMountPointById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "HyperscaleObjectsAPIService.UpdateHyperscaleMountPointById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } diff --git a/api_job_collection_executions.go b/api_job_collection_executions.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..245a8cad --- /dev/null +++ b/api_job_collection_executions.go @@ -0,0 +1,566 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "bytes" + "context" + "io" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "strings" +) + + +// JobCollectionExecutionsAPIService JobCollectionExecutionsAPI service +type JobCollectionExecutionsAPIService service + +type ApiCancelJobCollectionExecutionRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *JobCollectionExecutionsAPIService + jobCollectionExecutionId string + body *map[string]interface{} +} + +func (r ApiCancelJobCollectionExecutionRequest) Body(body map[string]interface{}) ApiCancelJobCollectionExecutionRequest { + r.body = &body + return r +} + +func (r ApiCancelJobCollectionExecutionRequest) Execute() (*CancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CancelJobCollectionExecutionExecute(r) +} + +/* +CancelJobCollectionExecution Cancel a compliance job collection execution. This operation is asynchronous is not complete until the collection execution is marked cancelled. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param jobCollectionExecutionId The ID of the job collection execution. + @return ApiCancelJobCollectionExecutionRequest +*/ +func (a *JobCollectionExecutionsAPIService) CancelJobCollectionExecution(ctx context.Context, jobCollectionExecutionId string) ApiCancelJobCollectionExecutionRequest { + return ApiCancelJobCollectionExecutionRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + jobCollectionExecutionId: jobCollectionExecutionId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return CancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse +func (a *JobCollectionExecutionsAPIService) CancelJobCollectionExecutionExecute(r ApiCancelJobCollectionExecutionRequest) (*CancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *CancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "JobCollectionExecutionsAPIService.CancelJobCollectionExecution") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/job-collection-executions/{jobCollectionExecutionId}/cancel" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"jobCollectionExecutionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.jobCollectionExecutionId, "jobCollectionExecutionId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.jobCollectionExecutionId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("jobCollectionExecutionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.body + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetJobCollectionExecutionByIdRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *JobCollectionExecutionsAPIService + jobCollectionExecutionId string +} + +func (r ApiGetJobCollectionExecutionByIdRequest) Execute() (*JobCollectionExecution, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetJobCollectionExecutionByIdExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetJobCollectionExecutionById Retrieve a compliance job collection execution by ID. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param jobCollectionExecutionId The ID of the job collection execution. + @return ApiGetJobCollectionExecutionByIdRequest +*/ +func (a *JobCollectionExecutionsAPIService) GetJobCollectionExecutionById(ctx context.Context, jobCollectionExecutionId string) ApiGetJobCollectionExecutionByIdRequest { + return ApiGetJobCollectionExecutionByIdRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + jobCollectionExecutionId: jobCollectionExecutionId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return JobCollectionExecution +func (a *JobCollectionExecutionsAPIService) GetJobCollectionExecutionByIdExecute(r ApiGetJobCollectionExecutionByIdRequest) (*JobCollectionExecution, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *JobCollectionExecution + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "JobCollectionExecutionsAPIService.GetJobCollectionExecutionById") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/job-collection-executions/{jobCollectionExecutionId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"jobCollectionExecutionId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.jobCollectionExecutionId, "jobCollectionExecutionId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.jobCollectionExecutionId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("jobCollectionExecutionId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetJobCollectionExecutionsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *JobCollectionExecutionsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetJobCollectionExecutionsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetJobCollectionExecutionsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetJobCollectionExecutionsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetJobCollectionExecutionsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiGetJobCollectionExecutionsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetJobCollectionExecutionsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetJobCollectionExecutionsRequest) Execute() (*ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetJobCollectionExecutionsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetJobCollectionExecutions Retrieve the list of compliance job collection executions. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetJobCollectionExecutionsRequest +*/ +func (a *JobCollectionExecutionsAPIService) GetJobCollectionExecutions(ctx context.Context) ApiGetJobCollectionExecutionsRequest { + return ApiGetJobCollectionExecutionsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse +func (a *JobCollectionExecutionsAPIService) GetJobCollectionExecutionsExecute(r ApiGetJobCollectionExecutionsRequest) (*ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "JobCollectionExecutionsAPIService.GetJobCollectionExecutions") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/job-collection-executions" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchJobCollectionExecutionsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *JobCollectionExecutionsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchJobCollectionExecutionsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchJobCollectionExecutionsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchJobCollectionExecutionsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchJobCollectionExecutionsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiSearchJobCollectionExecutionsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchJobCollectionExecutionsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchJobCollectionExecutionsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchJobCollectionExecutionsRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchJobCollectionExecutionsRequest) Execute() (*SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchJobCollectionExecutionsExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchJobCollectionExecutions Search compliance job collection executions. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiSearchJobCollectionExecutionsRequest +*/ +func (a *JobCollectionExecutionsAPIService) SearchJobCollectionExecutions(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchJobCollectionExecutionsRequest { + return ApiSearchJobCollectionExecutionsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse +func (a *JobCollectionExecutionsAPIService) SearchJobCollectionExecutionsExecute(r ApiSearchJobCollectionExecutionsRequest) (*SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "JobCollectionExecutionsAPIService.SearchJobCollectionExecutions") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/job-collection-executions/search" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} diff --git a/api_jobs.go b/api_jobs.go index 1d20f21b..af769c90 100644 --- a/api_jobs.go +++ b/api_jobs.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,12 +21,12 @@ import ( ) -// JobsApiService JobsApi service -type JobsApiService service +// JobsAPIService JobsAPI service +type JobsAPIService service type ApiAbandonJobRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *JobsApiService + ApiService *JobsAPIService jobId string } @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Abandoning a job means that the system will no longer track ongoing progress. Th @param jobId The ID of the job. @return ApiAbandonJobRequest */ -func (a *JobsApiService) AbandonJob(ctx context.Context, jobId string) ApiAbandonJobRequest { +func (a *JobsAPIService) AbandonJob(ctx context.Context, jobId string) ApiAbandonJobRequest { return ApiAbandonJobRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -53,14 +53,14 @@ func (a *JobsApiService) AbandonJob(ctx context.Context, jobId string) ApiAbando } // Execute executes the request -func (a *JobsApiService) AbandonJobExecute(r ApiAbandonJobRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *JobsAPIService) AbandonJobExecute(r ApiAbandonJobRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "JobsApiService.AbandonJob") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "JobsAPIService.AbandonJob") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ func (a *JobsApiService) AbandonJobExecute(r ApiAbandonJobRequest) (*http.Respon type ApiCreateJobTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *JobsApiService + ApiService *JobsAPIService jobId string tagsRequest *TagsRequest } @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ CreateJobTags Create tags for a Job. @param jobId The ID of the job. @return ApiCreateJobTagsRequest */ -func (a *JobsApiService) CreateJobTags(ctx context.Context, jobId string) ApiCreateJobTagsRequest { +func (a *JobsAPIService) CreateJobTags(ctx context.Context, jobId string) ApiCreateJobTagsRequest { return ApiCreateJobTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ func (a *JobsApiService) CreateJobTags(ctx context.Context, jobId string) ApiCre // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *JobsApiService) CreateJobTagsExecute(r ApiCreateJobTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *JobsAPIService) CreateJobTagsExecute(r ApiCreateJobTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ func (a *JobsApiService) CreateJobTagsExecute(r ApiCreateJobTagsRequest) (*TagsR localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "JobsApiService.CreateJobTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "JobsAPIService.CreateJobTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ func (a *JobsApiService) CreateJobTagsExecute(r ApiCreateJobTagsRequest) (*TagsR type ApiDeleteJobTagRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *JobsApiService + ApiService *JobsAPIService jobId string deleteTag *DeleteTag } @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ DeleteJobTag Delete tags for a Job. @param jobId The ID of the job. @return ApiDeleteJobTagRequest */ -func (a *JobsApiService) DeleteJobTag(ctx context.Context, jobId string) ApiDeleteJobTagRequest { +func (a *JobsAPIService) DeleteJobTag(ctx context.Context, jobId string) ApiDeleteJobTagRequest { return ApiDeleteJobTagRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -297,14 +297,14 @@ func (a *JobsApiService) DeleteJobTag(ctx context.Context, jobId string) ApiDele } // Execute executes the request -func (a *JobsApiService) DeleteJobTagExecute(r ApiDeleteJobTagRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *JobsAPIService) DeleteJobTagExecute(r ApiDeleteJobTagRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "JobsApiService.DeleteJobTag") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "JobsAPIService.DeleteJobTag") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ func (a *JobsApiService) DeleteJobTagExecute(r ApiDeleteJobTagRequest) (*http.Re type ApiGetJobByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *JobsApiService + ApiService *JobsAPIService jobId string } @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ GetJobById Returns a job by ID. @param jobId The ID of the job. @return ApiGetJobByIdRequest */ -func (a *JobsApiService) GetJobById(ctx context.Context, jobId string) ApiGetJobByIdRequest { +func (a *JobsAPIService) GetJobById(ctx context.Context, jobId string) ApiGetJobByIdRequest { return ApiGetJobByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ func (a *JobsApiService) GetJobById(ctx context.Context, jobId string) ApiGetJob // Execute executes the request // @return Job -func (a *JobsApiService) GetJobByIdExecute(r ApiGetJobByIdRequest) (*Job, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *JobsAPIService) GetJobByIdExecute(r ApiGetJobByIdRequest) (*Job, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ func (a *JobsApiService) GetJobByIdExecute(r ApiGetJobByIdRequest) (*Job, *http. localVarReturnValue *Job ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "JobsApiService.GetJobById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "JobsAPIService.GetJobById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -498,9 +498,132 @@ func (a *JobsApiService) GetJobByIdExecute(r ApiGetJobByIdRequest) (*Job, *http. return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } +type ApiGetJobResultRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *JobsAPIService + jobId string +} + +func (r ApiGetJobResultRequest) Execute() (*JobResultResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetJobResultExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetJobResult Get job result. + +Get job result. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param jobId The ID of the job. + @return ApiGetJobResultRequest + +Deprecated +*/ +func (a *JobsAPIService) GetJobResult(ctx context.Context, jobId string) ApiGetJobResultRequest { + return ApiGetJobResultRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + jobId: jobId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return JobResultResponse +// Deprecated +func (a *JobsAPIService) GetJobResultExecute(r ApiGetJobResultRequest) (*JobResultResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *JobResultResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "JobsAPIService.GetJobResult") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/jobs/{jobId}/result" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"jobId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.jobId, "jobId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.jobId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("jobId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + type ApiGetJobTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *JobsApiService + ApiService *JobsAPIService jobId string } @@ -515,7 +638,7 @@ GetJobTags Get tags for a Job. @param jobId The ID of the job. @return ApiGetJobTagsRequest */ -func (a *JobsApiService) GetJobTags(ctx context.Context, jobId string) ApiGetJobTagsRequest { +func (a *JobsAPIService) GetJobTags(ctx context.Context, jobId string) ApiGetJobTagsRequest { return ApiGetJobTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -525,7 +648,7 @@ func (a *JobsApiService) GetJobTags(ctx context.Context, jobId string) ApiGetJob // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *JobsApiService) GetJobTagsExecute(r ApiGetJobTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *JobsAPIService) GetJobTagsExecute(r ApiGetJobTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -533,7 +656,7 @@ func (a *JobsApiService) GetJobTagsExecute(r ApiGetJobTagsRequest) (*TagsRespons localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "JobsApiService.GetJobTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "JobsAPIService.GetJobTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -618,7 +741,7 @@ func (a *JobsApiService) GetJobTagsExecute(r ApiGetJobTagsRequest) (*TagsRespons type ApiGetJobsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *JobsApiService + ApiService *JobsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -652,7 +775,7 @@ GetJobs List all jobs. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiGetJobsRequest */ -func (a *JobsApiService) GetJobs(ctx context.Context) ApiGetJobsRequest { +func (a *JobsAPIService) GetJobs(ctx context.Context) ApiGetJobsRequest { return ApiGetJobsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -661,7 +784,7 @@ func (a *JobsApiService) GetJobs(ctx context.Context) ApiGetJobsRequest { // Execute executes the request // @return ListJobsResponse -func (a *JobsApiService) GetJobsExecute(r ApiGetJobsRequest) (*ListJobsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *JobsAPIService) GetJobsExecute(r ApiGetJobsRequest) (*ListJobsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -669,7 +792,7 @@ func (a *JobsApiService) GetJobsExecute(r ApiGetJobsRequest) (*ListJobsResponse, localVarReturnValue *ListJobsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "JobsApiService.GetJobs") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "JobsAPIService.GetJobs") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -681,13 +804,19 @@ func (a *JobsApiService) GetJobsExecute(r ApiGetJobsRequest) (*ListJobsResponse, localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue string = "-start_time" + r.sort = &defaultValue } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -759,7 +888,7 @@ func (a *JobsApiService) GetJobsExecute(r ApiGetJobsRequest) (*ListJobsResponse, type ApiSearchJobsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *JobsApiService + ApiService *JobsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -800,7 +929,7 @@ SearchJobs Search for jobs. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchJobsRequest */ -func (a *JobsApiService) SearchJobs(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchJobsRequest { +func (a *JobsAPIService) SearchJobs(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchJobsRequest { return ApiSearchJobsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -809,7 +938,7 @@ func (a *JobsApiService) SearchJobs(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchJobsRequest { // Execute executes the request // @return SearchJobsResponse -func (a *JobsApiService) SearchJobsExecute(r ApiSearchJobsRequest) (*SearchJobsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *JobsAPIService) SearchJobsExecute(r ApiSearchJobsRequest) (*SearchJobsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -817,7 +946,7 @@ func (a *JobsApiService) SearchJobsExecute(r ApiSearchJobsRequest) (*SearchJobsR localVarReturnValue *SearchJobsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "JobsApiService.SearchJobs") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "JobsAPIService.SearchJobs") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -829,13 +958,19 @@ func (a *JobsApiService) SearchJobsExecute(r ApiSearchJobsRequest) (*SearchJobsR localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue string = "-start_time" + r.sort = &defaultValue } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} diff --git a/api_kerberos_config.go b/api_kerberos_config.go index 1e6adafe..a2e59fcb 100644 --- a/api_kerberos_config.go +++ b/api_kerberos_config.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,12 +21,12 @@ import ( ) -// KerberosConfigApiService KerberosConfigApi service -type KerberosConfigApiService service +// KerberosConfigAPIService KerberosConfigAPI service +type KerberosConfigAPIService service type ApiGetKerberosConfigByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *KerberosConfigApiService + ApiService *KerberosConfigAPIService kerberosConfigId string } @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ GetKerberosConfigById Get a kerberos config by ID or Name. @param kerberosConfigId The ID of the kerberos config. @return ApiGetKerberosConfigByIdRequest */ -func (a *KerberosConfigApiService) GetKerberosConfigById(ctx context.Context, kerberosConfigId string) ApiGetKerberosConfigByIdRequest { +func (a *KerberosConfigAPIService) GetKerberosConfigById(ctx context.Context, kerberosConfigId string) ApiGetKerberosConfigByIdRequest { return ApiGetKerberosConfigByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ func (a *KerberosConfigApiService) GetKerberosConfigById(ctx context.Context, ke // Execute executes the request // @return KerberosConfig -func (a *KerberosConfigApiService) GetKerberosConfigByIdExecute(r ApiGetKerberosConfigByIdRequest) (*KerberosConfig, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *KerberosConfigAPIService) GetKerberosConfigByIdExecute(r ApiGetKerberosConfigByIdRequest) (*KerberosConfig, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ func (a *KerberosConfigApiService) GetKerberosConfigByIdExecute(r ApiGetKerberos localVarReturnValue *KerberosConfig ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "KerberosConfigApiService.GetKerberosConfigById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "KerberosConfigAPIService.GetKerberosConfigById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ func (a *KerberosConfigApiService) GetKerberosConfigByIdExecute(r ApiGetKerberos type ApiListKerberosConfigsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *KerberosConfigApiService + ApiService *KerberosConfigAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ ListKerberosConfigs List all kerberos configs. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiListKerberosConfigsRequest */ -func (a *KerberosConfigApiService) ListKerberosConfigs(ctx context.Context) ApiListKerberosConfigsRequest { +func (a *KerberosConfigAPIService) ListKerberosConfigs(ctx context.Context) ApiListKerberosConfigsRequest { return ApiListKerberosConfigsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ func (a *KerberosConfigApiService) ListKerberosConfigs(ctx context.Context) ApiL // Execute executes the request // @return ListKerberosConfigsResponse -func (a *KerberosConfigApiService) ListKerberosConfigsExecute(r ApiListKerberosConfigsRequest) (*ListKerberosConfigsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *KerberosConfigAPIService) ListKerberosConfigsExecute(r ApiListKerberosConfigsRequest) (*ListKerberosConfigsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ func (a *KerberosConfigApiService) ListKerberosConfigsExecute(r ApiListKerberosC localVarReturnValue *ListKerberosConfigsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "KerberosConfigApiService.ListKerberosConfigs") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "KerberosConfigAPIService.ListKerberosConfigs") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -207,13 +207,16 @@ func (a *KerberosConfigApiService) ListKerberosConfigsExecute(r ApiListKerberosC localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -285,7 +288,7 @@ func (a *KerberosConfigApiService) ListKerberosConfigsExecute(r ApiListKerberosC type ApiSearchKerberosConfigsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *KerberosConfigApiService + ApiService *KerberosConfigAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -326,7 +329,7 @@ SearchKerberosConfigs Search for Kerberos Configs. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchKerberosConfigsRequest */ -func (a *KerberosConfigApiService) SearchKerberosConfigs(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchKerberosConfigsRequest { +func (a *KerberosConfigAPIService) SearchKerberosConfigs(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchKerberosConfigsRequest { return ApiSearchKerberosConfigsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -335,7 +338,7 @@ func (a *KerberosConfigApiService) SearchKerberosConfigs(ctx context.Context) Ap // Execute executes the request // @return SearchKerberosConfigsResponse -func (a *KerberosConfigApiService) SearchKerberosConfigsExecute(r ApiSearchKerberosConfigsRequest) (*SearchKerberosConfigsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *KerberosConfigAPIService) SearchKerberosConfigsExecute(r ApiSearchKerberosConfigsRequest) (*SearchKerberosConfigsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -343,7 +346,7 @@ func (a *KerberosConfigApiService) SearchKerberosConfigsExecute(r ApiSearchKerbe localVarReturnValue *SearchKerberosConfigsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "KerberosConfigApiService.SearchKerberosConfigs") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "KerberosConfigAPIService.SearchKerberosConfigs") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -355,13 +358,16 @@ func (a *KerberosConfigApiService) SearchKerberosConfigsExecute(r ApiSearchKerbe localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} diff --git a/api_license.go b/api_license.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ac417fd --- /dev/null +++ b/api_license.go @@ -0,0 +1,246 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "bytes" + "context" + "io" + "net/http" + "net/url" +) + + +// LicenseAPIService LicenseAPI service +type LicenseAPIService service + +type ApiChangeLicenseRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *LicenseAPIService + changeLicenseParameters *ChangeLicenseParameters +} + +func (r ApiChangeLicenseRequest) ChangeLicenseParameters(changeLicenseParameters ChangeLicenseParameters) ApiChangeLicenseRequest { + r.changeLicenseParameters = &changeLicenseParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiChangeLicenseRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ChangeLicenseExecute(r) +} + +/* +ChangeLicense Change the current DCT license. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiChangeLicenseRequest +*/ +func (a *LicenseAPIService) ChangeLicense(ctx context.Context) ApiChangeLicenseRequest { + return ApiChangeLicenseRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +func (a *LicenseAPIService) ChangeLicenseExecute(r ApiChangeLicenseRequest) (*http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "LicenseAPIService.ChangeLicense") + if err != nil { + return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/license/change-license" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.changeLicenseParameters == nil { + return nil, reportError("changeLicenseParameters is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.changeLicenseParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetLicenseRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *LicenseAPIService +} + +func (r ApiGetLicenseRequest) Execute() (*LicenseInfo, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetLicenseExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetLicense Returns the DCT license information. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetLicenseRequest +*/ +func (a *LicenseAPIService) GetLicense(ctx context.Context) ApiGetLicenseRequest { + return ApiGetLicenseRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return LicenseInfo +func (a *LicenseAPIService) GetLicenseExecute(r ApiGetLicenseRequest) (*LicenseInfo, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *LicenseInfo + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "LicenseAPIService.GetLicense") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/license" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} diff --git a/api_login.go b/api_login.go index 496c7834..edb759aa 100644 --- a/api_login.go +++ b/api_login.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -20,12 +20,12 @@ import ( ) -// LoginApiService LoginApi service -type LoginApiService service +// LoginAPIService LoginAPI service +type LoginAPIService service type ApiAccountLoginRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *LoginApiService + ApiService *LoginAPIService accountLoginParameter *AccountLoginParameter } @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ AccountLogin Login to Account with Username and Password @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiAccountLoginRequest */ -func (a *LoginApiService) AccountLogin(ctx context.Context) ApiAccountLoginRequest { +func (a *LoginAPIService) AccountLogin(ctx context.Context) ApiAccountLoginRequest { return ApiAccountLoginRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ func (a *LoginApiService) AccountLogin(ctx context.Context) ApiAccountLoginReque // Execute executes the request // @return LoginToken -func (a *LoginApiService) AccountLoginExecute(r ApiAccountLoginRequest) (*LoginToken, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *LoginAPIService) AccountLoginExecute(r ApiAccountLoginRequest) (*LoginToken, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ func (a *LoginApiService) AccountLoginExecute(r ApiAccountLoginRequest) (*LoginT localVarReturnValue *LoginToken ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "LoginApiService.AccountLogin") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "LoginAPIService.AccountLogin") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ func (a *LoginApiService) AccountLoginExecute(r ApiAccountLoginRequest) (*LoginT type ApiAccountLogoutRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *LoginApiService + ApiService *LoginAPIService authorization *string } @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ AccountLogout Invalidates username/password and SSO login session. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiAccountLogoutRequest */ -func (a *LoginApiService) AccountLogout(ctx context.Context) ApiAccountLogoutRequest { +func (a *LoginAPIService) AccountLogout(ctx context.Context) ApiAccountLogoutRequest { return ApiAccountLogoutRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -185,14 +185,14 @@ func (a *LoginApiService) AccountLogout(ctx context.Context) ApiAccountLogoutReq } // Execute executes the request -func (a *LoginApiService) AccountLogoutExecute(r ApiAccountLogoutRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *LoginAPIService) AccountLogoutExecute(r ApiAccountLogoutRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "LoginApiService.AccountLogout") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "LoginAPIService.AccountLogout") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ func (a *LoginApiService) AccountLogoutExecute(r ApiAccountLogoutRequest) (*http if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarHeaderParams, "Authorization", r.authorization, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarHeaderParams, "Authorization", r.authorization, "simple", "") if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ func (a *LoginApiService) AccountLogoutExecute(r ApiAccountLogoutRequest) (*http type ApiTokenInfoRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *LoginApiService + ApiService *LoginAPIService tokenInfoRequest *TokenInfoRequest } @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ TokenInfo Get Token Information @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiTokenInfoRequest */ -func (a *LoginApiService) TokenInfo(ctx context.Context) ApiTokenInfoRequest { +func (a *LoginAPIService) TokenInfo(ctx context.Context) ApiTokenInfoRequest { return ApiTokenInfoRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ func (a *LoginApiService) TokenInfo(ctx context.Context) ApiTokenInfoRequest { // Execute executes the request // @return TokenInfoResponse -func (a *LoginApiService) TokenInfoExecute(r ApiTokenInfoRequest) (*TokenInfoResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *LoginAPIService) TokenInfoExecute(r ApiTokenInfoRequest) (*TokenInfoResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ func (a *LoginApiService) TokenInfoExecute(r ApiTokenInfoRequest) (*TokenInfoRes localVarReturnValue *TokenInfoResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "LoginApiService.TokenInfo") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "LoginAPIService.TokenInfo") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } diff --git a/api_management.go b/api_management.go index 5e40867b..f10050bd 100644 --- a/api_management.go +++ b/api_management.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,12 +21,12 @@ import ( ) -// ManagementApiService ManagementApi service -type ManagementApiService service +// ManagementAPIService ManagementAPI service +type ManagementAPIService service type ApiCreateEngineTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService engineId string tagsRequest *TagsRequest } @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ CreateEngineTags Create tags for an Engine. @param engineId The ID of the registered engine. @return ApiCreateEngineTagsRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) CreateEngineTags(ctx context.Context, engineId string) ApiCreateEngineTagsRequest { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) CreateEngineTags(ctx context.Context, engineId string) ApiCreateEngineTagsRequest { return ApiCreateEngineTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) CreateEngineTags(ctx context.Context, engineId st // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *ManagementApiService) CreateEngineTagsExecute(r ApiCreateEngineTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) CreateEngineTagsExecute(r ApiCreateEngineTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) CreateEngineTagsExecute(r ApiCreateEngineTagsRequ localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.CreateEngineTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.CreateEngineTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) CreateEngineTagsExecute(r ApiCreateEngineTagsRequ type ApiCreateHashicorpVaultRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService hashicorpVault *HashicorpVault } @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ CreateHashicorpVault Configure a new Hashicorp Vault @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiCreateHashicorpVaultRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) CreateHashicorpVault(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateHashicorpVaultRequest { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) CreateHashicorpVault(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateHashicorpVaultRequest { return ApiCreateHashicorpVaultRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) CreateHashicorpVault(ctx context.Context) ApiCrea // Execute executes the request // @return HashicorpVault -func (a *ManagementApiService) CreateHashicorpVaultExecute(r ApiCreateHashicorpVaultRequest) (*HashicorpVault, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) CreateHashicorpVaultExecute(r ApiCreateHashicorpVaultRequest) (*HashicorpVault, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) CreateHashicorpVaultExecute(r ApiCreateHashicorpV localVarReturnValue *HashicorpVault ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.CreateHashicorpVault") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.CreateHashicorpVault") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) CreateHashicorpVaultExecute(r ApiCreateHashicorpV type ApiCreateHashicorpVaultTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService vaultId int64 tagsRequest *TagsRequest } @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ CreateHashicorpVaultTags Create tags for a Hashicorp vault. @param vaultId Numeric ID of the Hashicorp vault @return ApiCreateHashicorpVaultTagsRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) CreateHashicorpVaultTags(ctx context.Context, vaultId int64) ApiCreateHashicorpVaultTagsRequest { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) CreateHashicorpVaultTags(ctx context.Context, vaultId int64) ApiCreateHashicorpVaultTagsRequest { return ApiCreateHashicorpVaultTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) CreateHashicorpVaultTags(ctx context.Context, vau // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *ManagementApiService) CreateHashicorpVaultTagsExecute(r ApiCreateHashicorpVaultTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) CreateHashicorpVaultTagsExecute(r ApiCreateHashicorpVaultTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) CreateHashicorpVaultTagsExecute(r ApiCreateHashic localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.CreateHashicorpVaultTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.CreateHashicorpVaultTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) CreateHashicorpVaultTagsExecute(r ApiCreateHashic type ApiDeleteEngineTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService engineId string deleteTag *DeleteTag } @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ DeleteEngineTags Delete tags for an Engine. @param engineId The ID of the registered engine. @return ApiDeleteEngineTagsRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) DeleteEngineTags(ctx context.Context, engineId string) ApiDeleteEngineTagsRequest { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) DeleteEngineTags(ctx context.Context, engineId string) ApiDeleteEngineTagsRequest { return ApiDeleteEngineTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -433,14 +433,14 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) DeleteEngineTags(ctx context.Context, engineId st } // Execute executes the request -func (a *ManagementApiService) DeleteEngineTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteEngineTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) DeleteEngineTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteEngineTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.DeleteEngineTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.DeleteEngineTags") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) DeleteEngineTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteEngineTagsRequ type ApiDeleteHashicorpVaultRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService vaultId int64 } @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ DeleteHashicorpVault Delete a Hashicorp vault by id @param vaultId Numeric ID of the Hashicorp vault @return ApiDeleteHashicorpVaultRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) DeleteHashicorpVault(ctx context.Context, vaultId int64) ApiDeleteHashicorpVaultRequest { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) DeleteHashicorpVault(ctx context.Context, vaultId int64) ApiDeleteHashicorpVaultRequest { return ApiDeleteHashicorpVaultRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -539,14 +539,14 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) DeleteHashicorpVault(ctx context.Context, vaultId } // Execute executes the request -func (a *ManagementApiService) DeleteHashicorpVaultExecute(r ApiDeleteHashicorpVaultRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) DeleteHashicorpVaultExecute(r ApiDeleteHashicorpVaultRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.DeleteHashicorpVault") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.DeleteHashicorpVault") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) DeleteHashicorpVaultExecute(r ApiDeleteHashicorpV type ApiDeleteHashicorpVaultTagRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService vaultId int64 deleteTag *DeleteTag } @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ DeleteHashicorpVaultTag Delete tags for a Hashicorp vault. @param vaultId Numeric ID of the Hashicorp vault @return ApiDeleteHashicorpVaultTagRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) DeleteHashicorpVaultTag(ctx context.Context, vaultId int64) ApiDeleteHashicorpVaultTagRequest { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) DeleteHashicorpVaultTag(ctx context.Context, vaultId int64) ApiDeleteHashicorpVaultTagRequest { return ApiDeleteHashicorpVaultTagRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -650,14 +650,14 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) DeleteHashicorpVaultTag(ctx context.Context, vaul } // Execute executes the request -func (a *ManagementApiService) DeleteHashicorpVaultTagExecute(r ApiDeleteHashicorpVaultTagRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) DeleteHashicorpVaultTagExecute(r ApiDeleteHashicorpVaultTagRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.DeleteHashicorpVaultTag") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.DeleteHashicorpVaultTag") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) DeleteHashicorpVaultTagExecute(r ApiDeleteHashico type ApiGetApiClassificationRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService } func (r ApiGetApiClassificationRequest) Execute() (*APIClassificationConfig, *http.Response, error) { @@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ GetApiClassification Get api classification. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiGetApiClassificationRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetApiClassification(ctx context.Context) ApiGetApiClassificationRequest { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetApiClassification(ctx context.Context) ApiGetApiClassificationRequest { return ApiGetApiClassificationRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) GetApiClassification(ctx context.Context) ApiGetA // Execute executes the request // @return APIClassificationConfig -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetApiClassificationExecute(r ApiGetApiClassificationRequest) (*APIClassificationConfig, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetApiClassificationExecute(r ApiGetApiClassificationRequest) (*APIClassificationConfig, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) GetApiClassificationExecute(r ApiGetApiClassifica localVarReturnValue *APIClassificationConfig ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.GetApiClassification") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.GetApiClassification") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -841,25 +841,46 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) GetApiClassificationExecute(r ApiGetApiClassifica return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetEngineTagsRequest struct { +type ApiGetComplianceApplicationSettingsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService engineId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string } -func (r ApiGetEngineTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetEngineTagsExecute(r) +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetComplianceApplicationSettingsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetComplianceApplicationSettingsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetComplianceApplicationSettingsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetComplianceApplicationSettingsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetComplianceApplicationSettingsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetComplianceApplicationSettingsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetComplianceApplicationSettingsRequest) Execute() (*ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetComplianceApplicationSettingsExecute(r) } /* -GetEngineTags Get tags for a Engine. +GetComplianceApplicationSettings Returns a compliance engine's application settings. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param engineId The ID of the registered engine. - @return ApiGetEngineTagsRequest + @return ApiGetComplianceApplicationSettingsRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetEngineTags(ctx context.Context, engineId string) ApiGetEngineTagsRequest { - return ApiGetEngineTagsRequest{ +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetComplianceApplicationSettings(ctx context.Context, engineId string) ApiGetComplianceApplicationSettingsRequest { + return ApiGetComplianceApplicationSettingsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, engineId: engineId, @@ -867,27 +888,39 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) GetEngineTags(ctx context.Context, engineId strin } // Execute executes the request -// @return TagsResponse -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetEngineTagsExecute(r ApiGetEngineTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetComplianceApplicationSettingsExecute(r ApiGetComplianceApplicationSettingsRequest) (*ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + localVarReturnValue *ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.GetEngineTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.GetComplianceApplicationSettings") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/engines/{engineId}/tags" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/engines/{engineId}/compliance-application-settings" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"engineId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.engineId, "engineId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -956,53 +989,59 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) GetEngineTagsExecute(r ApiGetEngineTagsRequest) ( return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetHashicorpVaultRequest struct { +type ApiGetDctAnalyticsEventsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService - vaultId int64 + ApiService *ManagementAPIService + limit *int32 } -func (r ApiGetHashicorpVaultRequest) Execute() (*HashicorpVault, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetHashicorpVaultExecute(r) +// The maximum number of items to return. +func (r ApiGetDctAnalyticsEventsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetDctAnalyticsEventsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetDctAnalyticsEventsRequest) Execute() ([]BundleUploadEvent, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDctAnalyticsEventsExecute(r) } /* -GetHashicorpVault Get a Hashicorp vault by id +GetDctAnalyticsEvents Returns previous DCT Analytics bundle upload events @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param vaultId Numeric ID of the Hashicorp vault - @return ApiGetHashicorpVaultRequest + @return ApiGetDctAnalyticsEventsRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetHashicorpVault(ctx context.Context, vaultId int64) ApiGetHashicorpVaultRequest { - return ApiGetHashicorpVaultRequest{ +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetDctAnalyticsEvents(ctx context.Context) ApiGetDctAnalyticsEventsRequest { + return ApiGetDctAnalyticsEventsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, - vaultId: vaultId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return HashicorpVault -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetHashicorpVaultExecute(r ApiGetHashicorpVaultRequest) (*HashicorpVault, *http.Response, error) { +// @return []BundleUploadEvent +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetDctAnalyticsEventsExecute(r ApiGetDctAnalyticsEventsRequest) ([]BundleUploadEvent, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *HashicorpVault + localVarReturnValue []BundleUploadEvent ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.GetHashicorpVault") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.GetDctAnalyticsEvents") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/vaults/hashicorp/{vaultId}" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vaultId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vaultId, "vaultId")), -1) + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/dct-analytics/events" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -1071,48 +1110,48 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) GetHashicorpVaultExecute(r ApiGetHashicorpVaultRe return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetHashicorpVaultTagsRequest struct { +type ApiGetEngineAutoTaggingConfigRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService - vaultId int64 + ApiService *ManagementAPIService + engineId string } -func (r ApiGetHashicorpVaultTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetHashicorpVaultTagsExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetEngineAutoTaggingConfigRequest) Execute() (*AutoTaggingConfig, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetEngineAutoTaggingConfigExecute(r) } /* -GetHashicorpVaultTags Get tags for a Hashicorp vault. +GetEngineAutoTaggingConfig Returns the engine's auto tagging configuration. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param vaultId Numeric ID of the Hashicorp vault - @return ApiGetHashicorpVaultTagsRequest + @param engineId The ID of the registered engine. + @return ApiGetEngineAutoTaggingConfigRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetHashicorpVaultTags(ctx context.Context, vaultId int64) ApiGetHashicorpVaultTagsRequest { - return ApiGetHashicorpVaultTagsRequest{ +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetEngineAutoTaggingConfig(ctx context.Context, engineId string) ApiGetEngineAutoTaggingConfigRequest { + return ApiGetEngineAutoTaggingConfigRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, - vaultId: vaultId, + engineId: engineId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return TagsResponse -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetHashicorpVaultTagsExecute(r ApiGetHashicorpVaultTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return AutoTaggingConfig +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetEngineAutoTaggingConfigExecute(r ApiGetEngineAutoTaggingConfigRequest) (*AutoTaggingConfig, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + localVarReturnValue *AutoTaggingConfig ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.GetHashicorpVaultTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.GetEngineAutoTaggingConfig") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/vaults/hashicorp/{vaultId}/tags" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vaultId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vaultId, "vaultId")), -1) + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/engines/{engineId}/auto-tagging" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"engineId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.engineId, "engineId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} @@ -1186,79 +1225,53 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) GetHashicorpVaultTagsExecute(r ApiGetHashicorpVau return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetHashicorpVaultsRequest struct { +type ApiGetEngineTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService - limit *int32 - cursor *string - sort *string -} - -// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiGetHashicorpVaultsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetHashicorpVaultsRequest { - r.limit = &limit - return r -} - -// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiGetHashicorpVaultsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetHashicorpVaultsRequest { - r.cursor = &cursor - return r -} - -// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. -func (r ApiGetHashicorpVaultsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetHashicorpVaultsRequest { - r.sort = &sort - return r + ApiService *ManagementAPIService + engineId string } -func (r ApiGetHashicorpVaultsRequest) Execute() (*ListHashicorpVaultsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetHashicorpVaultsExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetEngineTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetEngineTagsExecute(r) } /* -GetHashicorpVaults Returns a list of configured Hashicorp vaults. +GetEngineTags Get tags for a Engine. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetHashicorpVaultsRequest + @param engineId The ID of the registered engine. + @return ApiGetEngineTagsRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetHashicorpVaults(ctx context.Context) ApiGetHashicorpVaultsRequest { - return ApiGetHashicorpVaultsRequest{ +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetEngineTags(ctx context.Context, engineId string) ApiGetEngineTagsRequest { + return ApiGetEngineTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + engineId: engineId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return ListHashicorpVaultsResponse -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetHashicorpVaultsExecute(r ApiGetHashicorpVaultsRequest) (*ListHashicorpVaultsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetEngineTagsExecute(r ApiGetEngineTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ListHashicorpVaultsResponse + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.GetHashicorpVaults") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.GetEngineTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/vaults/hashicorp" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/engines/{engineId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"engineId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.engineId, "engineId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") - } - if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") - } - if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") - } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -1327,44 +1340,48 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) GetHashicorpVaultsExecute(r ApiGetHashicorpVaults return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetLdapConfigRequest struct { +type ApiGetHashicorpVaultRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService + vaultId int64 } -func (r ApiGetLdapConfigRequest) Execute() (*LDAPConfigParams, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetLdapConfigExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetHashicorpVaultRequest) Execute() (*HashicorpVault, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetHashicorpVaultExecute(r) } /* -GetLdapConfig Returns the LDAP configuration +GetHashicorpVault Get a Hashicorp vault by id @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetLdapConfigRequest + @param vaultId Numeric ID of the Hashicorp vault + @return ApiGetHashicorpVaultRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetLdapConfig(ctx context.Context) ApiGetLdapConfigRequest { - return ApiGetLdapConfigRequest{ +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetHashicorpVault(ctx context.Context, vaultId int64) ApiGetHashicorpVaultRequest { + return ApiGetHashicorpVaultRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + vaultId: vaultId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return LDAPConfigParams -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetLdapConfigExecute(r ApiGetLdapConfigRequest) (*LDAPConfigParams, *http.Response, error) { +// @return HashicorpVault +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetHashicorpVaultExecute(r ApiGetHashicorpVaultRequest) (*HashicorpVault, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *LDAPConfigParams + localVarReturnValue *HashicorpVault ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.GetLdapConfig") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.GetHashicorpVault") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/ldap-config" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/vaults/hashicorp/{vaultId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vaultId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vaultId, "vaultId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} @@ -1438,44 +1455,48 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) GetLdapConfigExecute(r ApiGetLdapConfigRequest) ( return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetMetadataDatabaseRequest struct { +type ApiGetHashicorpVaultTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService + vaultId int64 } -func (r ApiGetMetadataDatabaseRequest) Execute() (*MetadataDbInfo, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetMetadataDatabaseExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetHashicorpVaultTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetHashicorpVaultTagsExecute(r) } /* -GetMetadataDatabase Returns configuration information about the metadata database which stores the product data. +GetHashicorpVaultTags Get tags for a Hashicorp vault. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetMetadataDatabaseRequest + @param vaultId Numeric ID of the Hashicorp vault + @return ApiGetHashicorpVaultTagsRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetMetadataDatabase(ctx context.Context) ApiGetMetadataDatabaseRequest { - return ApiGetMetadataDatabaseRequest{ +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetHashicorpVaultTags(ctx context.Context, vaultId int64) ApiGetHashicorpVaultTagsRequest { + return ApiGetHashicorpVaultTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + vaultId: vaultId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return MetadataDbInfo -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetMetadataDatabaseExecute(r ApiGetMetadataDatabaseRequest) (*MetadataDbInfo, *http.Response, error) { +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetHashicorpVaultTagsExecute(r ApiGetHashicorpVaultTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *MetadataDbInfo + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.GetMetadataDatabase") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.GetHashicorpVaultTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/metadata-database" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/vaults/hashicorp/{vaultId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vaultId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vaultId, "vaultId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} @@ -1549,49 +1570,82 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) GetMetadataDatabaseExecute(r ApiGetMetadataDataba return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetProductRegistrationDelphixConnectivityCheckRequest struct { +type ApiGetHashicorpVaultsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string } -func (r ApiGetProductRegistrationDelphixConnectivityCheckRequest) Execute() (bool, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetProductRegistrationDelphixConnectivityCheckExecute(r) +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetHashicorpVaultsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetHashicorpVaultsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetHashicorpVaultsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetHashicorpVaultsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetHashicorpVaultsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetHashicorpVaultsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetHashicorpVaultsRequest) Execute() (*ListHashicorpVaultsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetHashicorpVaultsExecute(r) } /* -GetProductRegistrationDelphixConnectivityCheck Returns True if Delphix services are reachable for product registration. +GetHashicorpVaults Returns a list of configured Hashicorp vaults. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetProductRegistrationDelphixConnectivityCheckRequest + @return ApiGetHashicorpVaultsRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetProductRegistrationDelphixConnectivityCheck(ctx context.Context) ApiGetProductRegistrationDelphixConnectivityCheckRequest { - return ApiGetProductRegistrationDelphixConnectivityCheckRequest{ +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetHashicorpVaults(ctx context.Context) ApiGetHashicorpVaultsRequest { + return ApiGetHashicorpVaultsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return bool -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetProductRegistrationDelphixConnectivityCheckExecute(r ApiGetProductRegistrationDelphixConnectivityCheckRequest) (bool, *http.Response, error) { +// @return ListHashicorpVaultsResponse +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetHashicorpVaultsExecute(r ApiGetHashicorpVaultsRequest) (*ListHashicorpVaultsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue bool + localVarReturnValue *ListHashicorpVaultsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.GetProductRegistrationDelphixConnectivityCheck") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.GetHashicorpVaults") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/product-registration-delphix-connectivity-check" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/vaults/hashicorp" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -1660,44 +1714,44 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) GetProductRegistrationDelphixConnectivityCheckExe return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetProductRegistrationKeyRequest struct { +type ApiGetLdapConfigRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService } -func (r ApiGetProductRegistrationKeyRequest) Execute() (string, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetProductRegistrationKeyExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetLdapConfigRequest) Execute() (*LDAPConfigParams, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetLdapConfigExecute(r) } /* -GetProductRegistrationKey Generates and returns a public key that can be used to register the product. +GetLdapConfig Returns the LDAP configuration @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetProductRegistrationKeyRequest + @return ApiGetLdapConfigRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetProductRegistrationKey(ctx context.Context) ApiGetProductRegistrationKeyRequest { - return ApiGetProductRegistrationKeyRequest{ +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetLdapConfig(ctx context.Context) ApiGetLdapConfigRequest { + return ApiGetLdapConfigRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return string -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetProductRegistrationKeyExecute(r ApiGetProductRegistrationKeyRequest) (string, *http.Response, error) { +// @return LDAPConfigParams +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetLdapConfigExecute(r ApiGetLdapConfigRequest) (*LDAPConfigParams, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue string + localVarReturnValue *LDAPConfigParams ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.GetProductRegistrationKey") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.GetLdapConfig") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/product-registration-offline" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/ldap-config" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} @@ -1771,44 +1825,44 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) GetProductRegistrationKeyExecute(r ApiGetProductR return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetProductRegistrationStatusRequest struct { +type ApiGetMetadataDatabaseRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService } -func (r ApiGetProductRegistrationStatusRequest) Execute() (bool, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetProductRegistrationStatusExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetMetadataDatabaseRequest) Execute() (*MetadataDbInfo, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetMetadataDatabaseExecute(r) } /* -GetProductRegistrationStatus Returns the product registration status. +GetMetadataDatabase Returns configuration information about the metadata database which stores the product data. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetProductRegistrationStatusRequest + @return ApiGetMetadataDatabaseRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetProductRegistrationStatus(ctx context.Context) ApiGetProductRegistrationStatusRequest { - return ApiGetProductRegistrationStatusRequest{ +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetMetadataDatabase(ctx context.Context) ApiGetMetadataDatabaseRequest { + return ApiGetMetadataDatabaseRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return bool -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetProductRegistrationStatusExecute(r ApiGetProductRegistrationStatusRequest) (bool, *http.Response, error) { +// @return MetadataDbInfo +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetMetadataDatabaseExecute(r ApiGetMetadataDatabaseRequest) (*MetadataDbInfo, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue bool + localVarReturnValue *MetadataDbInfo ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.GetProductRegistrationStatus") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.GetMetadataDatabase") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/product-registration-status" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/metadata-database" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} @@ -1882,44 +1936,44 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) GetProductRegistrationStatusExecute(r ApiGetProdu return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetProxyConfigurationRequest struct { +type ApiGetProductRegistrationDelphixConnectivityCheckRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService } -func (r ApiGetProxyConfigurationRequest) Execute() (*ProxyConfiguration, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetProxyConfigurationExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetProductRegistrationDelphixConnectivityCheckRequest) Execute() (bool, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetProductRegistrationDelphixConnectivityCheckExecute(r) } /* -GetProxyConfiguration Returns the current web proxy configuration to use to connect to Delphix services. +GetProductRegistrationDelphixConnectivityCheck Returns True if Delphix services are reachable for product registration. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetProxyConfigurationRequest + @return ApiGetProductRegistrationDelphixConnectivityCheckRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetProxyConfiguration(ctx context.Context) ApiGetProxyConfigurationRequest { - return ApiGetProxyConfigurationRequest{ +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetProductRegistrationDelphixConnectivityCheck(ctx context.Context) ApiGetProductRegistrationDelphixConnectivityCheckRequest { + return ApiGetProductRegistrationDelphixConnectivityCheckRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return ProxyConfiguration -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetProxyConfigurationExecute(r ApiGetProxyConfigurationRequest) (*ProxyConfiguration, *http.Response, error) { +// @return bool +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetProductRegistrationDelphixConnectivityCheckExecute(r ApiGetProductRegistrationDelphixConnectivityCheckRequest) (bool, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ProxyConfiguration + localVarReturnValue bool ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.GetProxyConfiguration") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.GetProductRegistrationDelphixConnectivityCheck") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/proxy" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/product-registration-delphix-connectivity-check" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} @@ -1993,48 +2047,44 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) GetProxyConfigurationExecute(r ApiGetProxyConfigu return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetRegisteredEngineRequest struct { +type ApiGetProductRegistrationKeyRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService - engineId string + ApiService *ManagementAPIService } -func (r ApiGetRegisteredEngineRequest) Execute() (*RegisteredEngine, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetRegisteredEngineExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetProductRegistrationKeyRequest) Execute() (string, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetProductRegistrationKeyExecute(r) } /* -GetRegisteredEngine Returns a registered engine by ID. +GetProductRegistrationKey Generates and returns a public key that can be used to register the product. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param engineId The ID of the registered engine. - @return ApiGetRegisteredEngineRequest + @return ApiGetProductRegistrationKeyRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetRegisteredEngine(ctx context.Context, engineId string) ApiGetRegisteredEngineRequest { - return ApiGetRegisteredEngineRequest{ +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetProductRegistrationKey(ctx context.Context) ApiGetProductRegistrationKeyRequest { + return ApiGetProductRegistrationKeyRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, - engineId: engineId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return RegisteredEngine -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetRegisteredEngineExecute(r ApiGetRegisteredEngineRequest) (*RegisteredEngine, *http.Response, error) { +// @return string +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetProductRegistrationKeyExecute(r ApiGetProductRegistrationKeyRequest) (string, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *RegisteredEngine + localVarReturnValue string ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.GetRegisteredEngine") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.GetProductRegistrationKey") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/engines/{engineId}" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"engineId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.engineId, "engineId")), -1) + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/product-registration-offline" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} @@ -2108,79 +2158,49 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) GetRegisteredEngineExecute(r ApiGetRegisteredEngi return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetRegisteredEnginesRequest struct { +type ApiGetProductRegistrationStatusRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService - limit *int32 - cursor *string - sort *string -} - -// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiGetRegisteredEnginesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetRegisteredEnginesRequest { - r.limit = &limit - return r -} - -// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiGetRegisteredEnginesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetRegisteredEnginesRequest { - r.cursor = &cursor - return r -} - -// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. -func (r ApiGetRegisteredEnginesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetRegisteredEnginesRequest { - r.sort = &sort - return r + ApiService *ManagementAPIService } -func (r ApiGetRegisteredEnginesRequest) Execute() (*ListRegisteredEnginesResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetRegisteredEnginesExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetProductRegistrationStatusRequest) Execute() (bool, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetProductRegistrationStatusExecute(r) } /* -GetRegisteredEngines Returns a list of registered engines. +GetProductRegistrationStatus Returns the product registration status. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetRegisteredEnginesRequest + @return ApiGetProductRegistrationStatusRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetRegisteredEngines(ctx context.Context) ApiGetRegisteredEnginesRequest { - return ApiGetRegisteredEnginesRequest{ +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetProductRegistrationStatus(ctx context.Context) ApiGetProductRegistrationStatusRequest { + return ApiGetProductRegistrationStatusRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return ListRegisteredEnginesResponse -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetRegisteredEnginesExecute(r ApiGetRegisteredEnginesRequest) (*ListRegisteredEnginesResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return bool +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetProductRegistrationStatusExecute(r ApiGetProductRegistrationStatusRequest) (bool, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ListRegisteredEnginesResponse + localVarReturnValue bool ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.GetRegisteredEngines") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.GetProductRegistrationStatus") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/engines" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/product-registration-status" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") - } - if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") - } - if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") - } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -2249,44 +2269,44 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) GetRegisteredEnginesExecute(r ApiGetRegisteredEng return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetSamlConfigRequest struct { +type ApiGetProxyConfigurationRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService } -func (r ApiGetSamlConfigRequest) Execute() (*SAMLConfigParams, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetSamlConfigExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetProxyConfigurationRequest) Execute() (*ProxyConfiguration, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetProxyConfigurationExecute(r) } /* -GetSamlConfig Returns the SAML configuration +GetProxyConfiguration Returns the current web proxy configuration to use to connect to Delphix services. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetSamlConfigRequest + @return ApiGetProxyConfigurationRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetSamlConfig(ctx context.Context) ApiGetSamlConfigRequest { - return ApiGetSamlConfigRequest{ +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetProxyConfiguration(ctx context.Context) ApiGetProxyConfigurationRequest { + return ApiGetProxyConfigurationRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return SAMLConfigParams -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetSamlConfigExecute(r ApiGetSamlConfigRequest) (*SAMLConfigParams, *http.Response, error) { +// @return ProxyConfiguration +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetProxyConfigurationExecute(r ApiGetProxyConfigurationRequest) (*ProxyConfiguration, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *SAMLConfigParams + localVarReturnValue *ProxyConfiguration ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.GetSamlConfig") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.GetProxyConfiguration") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/saml-config" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/proxy" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} @@ -2360,44 +2380,48 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) GetSamlConfigExecute(r ApiGetSamlConfigRequest) ( return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetSmtpConfigRequest struct { +type ApiGetRegisteredEngineRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService + engineId string } -func (r ApiGetSmtpConfigRequest) Execute() (*SMTPConfigParams, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetSmtpConfigExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetRegisteredEngineRequest) Execute() (*RegisteredEngine, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetRegisteredEngineExecute(r) } /* -GetSmtpConfig Returns the SMTP configuration +GetRegisteredEngine Returns a registered engine by ID. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetSmtpConfigRequest + @param engineId The ID of the registered engine. + @return ApiGetRegisteredEngineRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetSmtpConfig(ctx context.Context) ApiGetSmtpConfigRequest { - return ApiGetSmtpConfigRequest{ +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetRegisteredEngine(ctx context.Context, engineId string) ApiGetRegisteredEngineRequest { + return ApiGetRegisteredEngineRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + engineId: engineId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return SMTPConfigParams -func (a *ManagementApiService) GetSmtpConfigExecute(r ApiGetSmtpConfigRequest) (*SMTPConfigParams, *http.Response, error) { +// @return RegisteredEngine +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetRegisteredEngineExecute(r ApiGetRegisteredEngineRequest) (*RegisteredEngine, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *SMTPConfigParams + localVarReturnValue *RegisteredEngine ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.GetSmtpConfig") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.GetRegisteredEngine") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/smtp" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/engines/{engineId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"engineId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.engineId, "engineId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} @@ -2471,49 +2495,82 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) GetSmtpConfigExecute(r ApiGetSmtpConfigRequest) ( return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiListPropertiesRequest struct { +type ApiGetRegisteredEnginesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string } -func (r ApiListPropertiesRequest) Execute() (*GlobalProperties, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.ListPropertiesExecute(r) +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetRegisteredEnginesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetRegisteredEnginesRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetRegisteredEnginesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetRegisteredEnginesRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetRegisteredEnginesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetRegisteredEnginesRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetRegisteredEnginesRequest) Execute() (*ListRegisteredEnginesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetRegisteredEnginesExecute(r) } /* -ListProperties Get global properties. +GetRegisteredEngines Returns a list of registered engines. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiListPropertiesRequest + @return ApiGetRegisteredEnginesRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) ListProperties(ctx context.Context) ApiListPropertiesRequest { - return ApiListPropertiesRequest{ +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetRegisteredEngines(ctx context.Context) ApiGetRegisteredEnginesRequest { + return ApiGetRegisteredEnginesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return GlobalProperties -func (a *ManagementApiService) ListPropertiesExecute(r ApiListPropertiesRequest) (*GlobalProperties, *http.Response, error) { +// @return ListRegisteredEnginesResponse +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetRegisteredEnginesExecute(r ApiGetRegisteredEnginesRequest) (*ListRegisteredEnginesResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *GlobalProperties + localVarReturnValue *ListRegisteredEnginesResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.ListProperties") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.GetRegisteredEngines") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/properties" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/engines" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -2582,61 +2639,51 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) ListPropertiesExecute(r ApiListPropertiesRequest) return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiRegisterEngineRequest struct { +type ApiGetSamlConfigRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService - engineRegistrationParameter *EngineRegistrationParameter -} - -// The parameters to register an engine. -func (r ApiRegisterEngineRequest) EngineRegistrationParameter(engineRegistrationParameter EngineRegistrationParameter) ApiRegisterEngineRequest { - r.engineRegistrationParameter = &engineRegistrationParameter - return r + ApiService *ManagementAPIService } -func (r ApiRegisterEngineRequest) Execute() (*RegisteredEngine, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.RegisterEngineExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetSamlConfigRequest) Execute() (*SAMLConfigParams, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetSamlConfigExecute(r) } /* -RegisterEngine Register an engine. +GetSamlConfig Returns the SAML configuration @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiRegisterEngineRequest + @return ApiGetSamlConfigRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) RegisterEngine(ctx context.Context) ApiRegisterEngineRequest { - return ApiRegisterEngineRequest{ +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetSamlConfig(ctx context.Context) ApiGetSamlConfigRequest { + return ApiGetSamlConfigRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return RegisteredEngine -func (a *ManagementApiService) RegisterEngineExecute(r ApiRegisterEngineRequest) (*RegisteredEngine, *http.Response, error) { +// @return SAMLConfigParams +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetSamlConfigExecute(r ApiGetSamlConfigRequest) (*SAMLConfigParams, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *RegisteredEngine + localVarReturnValue *SAMLConfigParams ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.RegisterEngine") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.GetSamlConfig") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/engines" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/saml-config" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.engineRegistrationParameter == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("engineRegistrationParameter is required and must be specified") - } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -2652,8 +2699,6 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) RegisterEngineExecute(r ApiRegisterEngineRequest) if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } - // body params - localVarPostBody = r.engineRegistrationParameter if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -2705,58 +2750,51 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) RegisterEngineExecute(r ApiRegisterEngineRequest) return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiRegisterProductOfflineRequest struct { +type ApiGetSmtpConfigRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService - productRegistrationOfflinePayload *ProductRegistrationOfflinePayload -} - -func (r ApiRegisterProductOfflineRequest) ProductRegistrationOfflinePayload(productRegistrationOfflinePayload ProductRegistrationOfflinePayload) ApiRegisterProductOfflineRequest { - r.productRegistrationOfflinePayload = &productRegistrationOfflinePayload - return r + ApiService *ManagementAPIService } -func (r ApiRegisterProductOfflineRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.RegisterProductOfflineExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetSmtpConfigRequest) Execute() (*SMTPConfigParams, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetSmtpConfigExecute(r) } /* -RegisterProductOffline Registers the product using a manually generated payload. +GetSmtpConfig Returns the SMTP configuration @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiRegisterProductOfflineRequest + @return ApiGetSmtpConfigRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) RegisterProductOffline(ctx context.Context) ApiRegisterProductOfflineRequest { - return ApiRegisterProductOfflineRequest{ +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetSmtpConfig(ctx context.Context) ApiGetSmtpConfigRequest { + return ApiGetSmtpConfigRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, } } // Execute executes the request -func (a *ManagementApiService) RegisterProductOfflineExecute(r ApiRegisterProductOfflineRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +// @return SMTPConfigParams +func (a *ManagementAPIService) GetSmtpConfigExecute(r ApiGetSmtpConfigRequest) (*SMTPConfigParams, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SMTPConfigParams ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.RegisterProductOffline") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.GetSmtpConfig") if err != nil { - return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/product-registration-offline" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/smtp" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.productRegistrationOfflinePayload == nil { - return nil, reportError("productRegistrationOfflinePayload is required and must be specified") - } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -2765,15 +2803,13 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) RegisterProductOfflineExecute(r ApiRegisterProduc } // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} // set Accept header localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } - // body params - localVarPostBody = r.productRegistrationOfflinePayload if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -2790,19 +2826,19 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) RegisterProductOfflineExecute(r ApiRegisterProduc } req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) if err != nil { - return nil, err + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err } localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err } localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) if err != nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { @@ -2810,62 +2846,564 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) RegisterProductOfflineExecute(r ApiRegisterProduc body: localVarBody, error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, } - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } - return localVarHTTPResponse, nil + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiRegisterProductOnlineRequest struct { +type ApiListPropertiesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService - productRegistrationOnlinePayload *ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload + ApiService *ManagementAPIService } -func (r ApiRegisterProductOnlineRequest) ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload(productRegistrationOnlinePayload ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload) ApiRegisterProductOnlineRequest { - r.productRegistrationOnlinePayload = &productRegistrationOnlinePayload - return r +func (r ApiListPropertiesRequest) Execute() (*GlobalProperties, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ListPropertiesExecute(r) } -func (r ApiRegisterProductOnlineRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.RegisterProductOnlineExecute(r) +/* +ListProperties Get global properties. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiListPropertiesRequest +*/ +func (a *ManagementAPIService) ListProperties(ctx context.Context) ApiListPropertiesRequest { + return ApiListPropertiesRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return GlobalProperties +func (a *ManagementAPIService) ListPropertiesExecute(r ApiListPropertiesRequest) (*GlobalProperties, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *GlobalProperties + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.ListProperties") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/properties" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiRegisterEngineRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ManagementAPIService + engineRegistrationParameter *EngineRegistrationParameter +} + +// The parameters to register an engine. +func (r ApiRegisterEngineRequest) EngineRegistrationParameter(engineRegistrationParameter EngineRegistrationParameter) ApiRegisterEngineRequest { + r.engineRegistrationParameter = &engineRegistrationParameter + return r +} + +func (r ApiRegisterEngineRequest) Execute() (*RegisteredEngine, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.RegisterEngineExecute(r) +} + +/* +RegisterEngine Register an engine. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiRegisterEngineRequest +*/ +func (a *ManagementAPIService) RegisterEngine(ctx context.Context) ApiRegisterEngineRequest { + return ApiRegisterEngineRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return RegisteredEngine +func (a *ManagementAPIService) RegisterEngineExecute(r ApiRegisterEngineRequest) (*RegisteredEngine, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *RegisteredEngine + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.RegisterEngine") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/engines" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.engineRegistrationParameter == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("engineRegistrationParameter is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.engineRegistrationParameter + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiRegisterProductOfflineRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ManagementAPIService + productRegistrationOfflinePayload *ProductRegistrationOfflinePayload +} + +func (r ApiRegisterProductOfflineRequest) ProductRegistrationOfflinePayload(productRegistrationOfflinePayload ProductRegistrationOfflinePayload) ApiRegisterProductOfflineRequest { + r.productRegistrationOfflinePayload = &productRegistrationOfflinePayload + return r +} + +func (r ApiRegisterProductOfflineRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.RegisterProductOfflineExecute(r) +} + +/* +RegisterProductOffline Registers the product using a manually generated payload. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiRegisterProductOfflineRequest +*/ +func (a *ManagementAPIService) RegisterProductOffline(ctx context.Context) ApiRegisterProductOfflineRequest { + return ApiRegisterProductOfflineRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +func (a *ManagementAPIService) RegisterProductOfflineExecute(r ApiRegisterProductOfflineRequest) (*http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.RegisterProductOffline") + if err != nil { + return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/product-registration-offline" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.productRegistrationOfflinePayload == nil { + return nil, reportError("productRegistrationOfflinePayload is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.productRegistrationOfflinePayload + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiRegisterProductOnlineRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ManagementAPIService + productRegistrationOnlinePayload *ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload +} + +func (r ApiRegisterProductOnlineRequest) ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload(productRegistrationOnlinePayload ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload) ApiRegisterProductOnlineRequest { + r.productRegistrationOnlinePayload = &productRegistrationOnlinePayload + return r +} + +func (r ApiRegisterProductOnlineRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.RegisterProductOnlineExecute(r) +} + +/* +RegisterProductOnline Registers the product using the provided credentials. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiRegisterProductOnlineRequest +*/ +func (a *ManagementAPIService) RegisterProductOnline(ctx context.Context) ApiRegisterProductOnlineRequest { + return ApiRegisterProductOnlineRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +func (a *ManagementAPIService) RegisterProductOnlineExecute(r ApiRegisterProductOnlineRequest) (*http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.RegisterProductOnline") + if err != nil { + return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/product-registration-online" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.productRegistrationOnlinePayload == nil { + return nil, reportError("productRegistrationOnlinePayload is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.productRegistrationOnlinePayload + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchComplianceApplicationSettingsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ManagementAPIService + engineId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchComplianceApplicationSettingsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchComplianceApplicationSettingsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchComplianceApplicationSettingsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchComplianceApplicationSettingsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiSearchComplianceApplicationSettingsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchComplianceApplicationSettingsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchComplianceApplicationSettingsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchComplianceApplicationSettingsRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchComplianceApplicationSettingsRequest) Execute() (*ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchComplianceApplicationSettingsExecute(r) } /* -RegisterProductOnline Registers the product using the provided credentials. +SearchComplianceApplicationSettings Search a compliance engine's application settings. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiRegisterProductOnlineRequest + @param engineId The ID of the registered engine. + @return ApiSearchComplianceApplicationSettingsRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) RegisterProductOnline(ctx context.Context) ApiRegisterProductOnlineRequest { - return ApiRegisterProductOnlineRequest{ +func (a *ManagementAPIService) SearchComplianceApplicationSettings(ctx context.Context, engineId string) ApiSearchComplianceApplicationSettingsRequest { + return ApiSearchComplianceApplicationSettingsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + engineId: engineId, } } // Execute executes the request -func (a *ManagementApiService) RegisterProductOnlineExecute(r ApiRegisterProductOnlineRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +// @return ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse +func (a *ManagementAPIService) SearchComplianceApplicationSettingsExecute(r ApiSearchComplianceApplicationSettingsRequest) (*ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.RegisterProductOnline") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.SearchComplianceApplicationSettings") if err != nil { - return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/product-registration-online" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/engines/{engineId}/compliance-application-settings/search" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"engineId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.engineId, "engineId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.productRegistrationOnlinePayload == nil { - return nil, reportError("productRegistrationOnlinePayload is required and must be specified") - } + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -2876,7 +3414,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) RegisterProductOnlineExecute(r ApiRegisterProduct } // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} // set Accept header localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) @@ -2884,7 +3422,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) RegisterProductOnlineExecute(r ApiRegisterProduct localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.productRegistrationOnlinePayload + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -2901,19 +3439,19 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) RegisterProductOnlineExecute(r ApiRegisterProduct } req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) if err != nil { - return nil, err + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err } localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err } localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) if err != nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { @@ -2921,15 +3459,24 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) RegisterProductOnlineExecute(r ApiRegisterProduct body: localVarBody, error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, } - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } - return localVarHTTPResponse, nil + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } type ApiSearchEnginesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -2970,7 +3517,7 @@ SearchEngines Search for engines. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchEnginesRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) SearchEngines(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchEnginesRequest { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) SearchEngines(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchEnginesRequest { return ApiSearchEnginesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -2979,7 +3526,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) SearchEngines(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchEngin // Execute executes the request // @return SearchEnginesResponse -func (a *ManagementApiService) SearchEnginesExecute(r ApiSearchEnginesRequest) (*SearchEnginesResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) SearchEnginesExecute(r ApiSearchEnginesRequest) (*SearchEnginesResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -2987,7 +3534,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) SearchEnginesExecute(r ApiSearchEnginesRequest) ( localVarReturnValue *SearchEnginesResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.SearchEngines") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.SearchEngines") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -2999,13 +3546,16 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) SearchEnginesExecute(r ApiSearchEnginesRequest) ( localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -3079,7 +3629,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) SearchEnginesExecute(r ApiSearchEnginesRequest) ( type ApiSearchHashicorpVaultsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -3120,7 +3670,7 @@ SearchHashicorpVaults Search for configured Hashicorp vaults. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchHashicorpVaultsRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) SearchHashicorpVaults(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchHashicorpVaultsRequest { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) SearchHashicorpVaults(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchHashicorpVaultsRequest { return ApiSearchHashicorpVaultsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -3129,7 +3679,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) SearchHashicorpVaults(ctx context.Context) ApiSea // Execute executes the request // @return SearchHashicorpVaultsResponse -func (a *ManagementApiService) SearchHashicorpVaultsExecute(r ApiSearchHashicorpVaultsRequest) (*SearchHashicorpVaultsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) SearchHashicorpVaultsExecute(r ApiSearchHashicorpVaultsRequest) (*SearchHashicorpVaultsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -3137,7 +3687,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) SearchHashicorpVaultsExecute(r ApiSearchHashicorp localVarReturnValue *SearchHashicorpVaultsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.SearchHashicorpVaults") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.SearchHashicorpVaults") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -3149,13 +3699,16 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) SearchHashicorpVaultsExecute(r ApiSearchHashicorp localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -3227,9 +3780,109 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) SearchHashicorpVaultsExecute(r ApiSearchHashicorp return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } +type ApiTriggerDctAnalyticsBundleUploadRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ManagementAPIService +} + +func (r ApiTriggerDctAnalyticsBundleUploadRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.TriggerDctAnalyticsBundleUploadExecute(r) +} + +/* +TriggerDctAnalyticsBundleUpload Triggers a DCT Analytics upload job immediately. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiTriggerDctAnalyticsBundleUploadRequest +*/ +func (a *ManagementAPIService) TriggerDctAnalyticsBundleUpload(ctx context.Context) ApiTriggerDctAnalyticsBundleUploadRequest { + return ApiTriggerDctAnalyticsBundleUploadRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +func (a *ManagementAPIService) TriggerDctAnalyticsBundleUploadExecute(r ApiTriggerDctAnalyticsBundleUploadRequest) (*http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.TriggerDctAnalyticsBundleUpload") + if err != nil { + return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/dct-analytics/upload" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + type ApiUnregisterEngineRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService engineId string } @@ -3244,7 +3897,7 @@ UnregisterEngine Unregister an engine. @param engineId The ID of the registered engine. @return ApiUnregisterEngineRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) UnregisterEngine(ctx context.Context, engineId string) ApiUnregisterEngineRequest { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) UnregisterEngine(ctx context.Context, engineId string) ApiUnregisterEngineRequest { return ApiUnregisterEngineRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -3254,7 +3907,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) UnregisterEngine(ctx context.Context, engineId st // Execute executes the request // @return DeleteEngineResponse -func (a *ManagementApiService) UnregisterEngineExecute(r ApiUnregisterEngineRequest) (*DeleteEngineResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) UnregisterEngineExecute(r ApiUnregisterEngineRequest) (*DeleteEngineResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -3262,7 +3915,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) UnregisterEngineExecute(r ApiUnregisterEngineRequ localVarReturnValue *DeleteEngineResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.UnregisterEngine") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.UnregisterEngine") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -3344,7 +3997,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) UnregisterEngineExecute(r ApiUnregisterEngineRequ type ApiUpdateApiClassificationRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService aPIClassificationConfig *APIClassificationConfig } @@ -3364,7 +4017,7 @@ UpdateApiClassification Update the api classification to new version. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiUpdateApiClassificationRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateApiClassification(ctx context.Context) ApiUpdateApiClassificationRequest { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) UpdateApiClassification(ctx context.Context) ApiUpdateApiClassificationRequest { return ApiUpdateApiClassificationRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -3373,7 +4026,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateApiClassification(ctx context.Context) ApiU // Execute executes the request // @return APIClassificationConfig -func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateApiClassificationExecute(r ApiUpdateApiClassificationRequest) (*APIClassificationConfig, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) UpdateApiClassificationExecute(r ApiUpdateApiClassificationRequest) (*APIClassificationConfig, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPut localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -3381,7 +4034,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateApiClassificationExecute(r ApiUpdateApiClas localVarReturnValue *APIClassificationConfig ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.UpdateApiClassification") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.UpdateApiClassification") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -3465,9 +4118,136 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateApiClassificationExecute(r ApiUpdateApiClas return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } +type ApiUpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ManagementAPIService + engineId string + engineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters +} + +// The auto tagging config update parameters. +func (r ApiUpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigRequest) EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters(engineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) ApiUpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigRequest { + r.engineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters = &engineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiUpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigRequest) Execute() (*UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigExecute(r) +} + +/* +UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfig Update the engine's auto tagging configuration. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param engineId The ID of the registered engine. + @return ApiUpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigRequest +*/ +func (a *ManagementAPIService) UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfig(ctx context.Context, engineId string) ApiUpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigRequest { + return ApiUpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + engineId: engineId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse +func (a *ManagementAPIService) UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigExecute(r ApiUpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigRequest) (*UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfig") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/engines/{engineId}/auto-tagging" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"engineId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.engineId, "engineId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.engineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("engineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.engineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + type ApiUpdateLdapConfigRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService lDAPConfigParams *LDAPConfigParams } @@ -3487,7 +4267,7 @@ UpdateLdapConfig Update LDAP Config. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiUpdateLdapConfigRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateLdapConfig(ctx context.Context) ApiUpdateLdapConfigRequest { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) UpdateLdapConfig(ctx context.Context) ApiUpdateLdapConfigRequest { return ApiUpdateLdapConfigRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -3496,7 +4276,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateLdapConfig(ctx context.Context) ApiUpdateLd // Execute executes the request // @return LDAPConfigParams -func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateLdapConfigExecute(r ApiUpdateLdapConfigRequest) (*LDAPConfigParams, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) UpdateLdapConfigExecute(r ApiUpdateLdapConfigRequest) (*LDAPConfigParams, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPut localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -3504,7 +4284,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateLdapConfigExecute(r ApiUpdateLdapConfigRequ localVarReturnValue *LDAPConfigParams ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.UpdateLdapConfig") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.UpdateLdapConfig") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -3590,7 +4370,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateLdapConfigExecute(r ApiUpdateLdapConfigRequ type ApiUpdatePropertiesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService globalProperties *GlobalProperties } @@ -3610,7 +4390,7 @@ UpdateProperties Update value of predefined properties. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiUpdatePropertiesRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateProperties(ctx context.Context) ApiUpdatePropertiesRequest { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) UpdateProperties(ctx context.Context) ApiUpdatePropertiesRequest { return ApiUpdatePropertiesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -3619,7 +4399,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateProperties(ctx context.Context) ApiUpdatePr // Execute executes the request // @return GlobalProperties -func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdatePropertiesExecute(r ApiUpdatePropertiesRequest) (*GlobalProperties, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) UpdatePropertiesExecute(r ApiUpdatePropertiesRequest) (*GlobalProperties, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -3627,7 +4407,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdatePropertiesExecute(r ApiUpdatePropertiesRequ localVarReturnValue *GlobalProperties ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.UpdateProperties") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.UpdateProperties") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -3713,7 +4493,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdatePropertiesExecute(r ApiUpdatePropertiesRequ type ApiUpdateProxyConfigurationRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService proxyConfiguration *ProxyConfiguration } @@ -3732,7 +4512,7 @@ UpdateProxyConfiguration Update the web proxy configuration to use to connect to @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiUpdateProxyConfigurationRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateProxyConfiguration(ctx context.Context) ApiUpdateProxyConfigurationRequest { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) UpdateProxyConfiguration(ctx context.Context) ApiUpdateProxyConfigurationRequest { return ApiUpdateProxyConfigurationRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -3741,7 +4521,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateProxyConfiguration(ctx context.Context) Api // Execute executes the request // @return ProxyConfiguration -func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateProxyConfigurationExecute(r ApiUpdateProxyConfigurationRequest) (*ProxyConfiguration, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) UpdateProxyConfigurationExecute(r ApiUpdateProxyConfigurationRequest) (*ProxyConfiguration, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPut localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -3749,7 +4529,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateProxyConfigurationExecute(r ApiUpdateProxyC localVarReturnValue *ProxyConfiguration ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.UpdateProxyConfiguration") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.UpdateProxyConfiguration") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -3835,7 +4615,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateProxyConfigurationExecute(r ApiUpdateProxyC type ApiUpdateRegisteredEngineRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService engineId string registeredEngine *RegisteredEngine } @@ -3857,7 +4637,7 @@ UpdateRegisteredEngine Update a registered engine. @param engineId The ID of the registered engine. @return ApiUpdateRegisteredEngineRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateRegisteredEngine(ctx context.Context, engineId string) ApiUpdateRegisteredEngineRequest { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) UpdateRegisteredEngine(ctx context.Context, engineId string) ApiUpdateRegisteredEngineRequest { return ApiUpdateRegisteredEngineRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -3867,7 +4647,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateRegisteredEngine(ctx context.Context, engin // Execute executes the request // @return RegisteredEngine -func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateRegisteredEngineExecute(r ApiUpdateRegisteredEngineRequest) (*RegisteredEngine, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) UpdateRegisteredEngineExecute(r ApiUpdateRegisteredEngineRequest) (*RegisteredEngine, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPut localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -3875,7 +4655,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateRegisteredEngineExecute(r ApiUpdateRegister localVarReturnValue *RegisteredEngine ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.UpdateRegisteredEngine") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.UpdateRegisteredEngine") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -3962,7 +4742,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateRegisteredEngineExecute(r ApiUpdateRegister type ApiUpdateRegisteredEnginePartialRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService engineId string registeredEngine *RegisteredEngine } @@ -3984,7 +4764,7 @@ UpdateRegisteredEnginePartial Update a registered engine. @param engineId The ID of the registered engine. @return ApiUpdateRegisteredEnginePartialRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateRegisteredEnginePartial(ctx context.Context, engineId string) ApiUpdateRegisteredEnginePartialRequest { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) UpdateRegisteredEnginePartial(ctx context.Context, engineId string) ApiUpdateRegisteredEnginePartialRequest { return ApiUpdateRegisteredEnginePartialRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -3994,7 +4774,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateRegisteredEnginePartial(ctx context.Context // Execute executes the request // @return RegisteredEngine -func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateRegisteredEnginePartialExecute(r ApiUpdateRegisteredEnginePartialRequest) (*RegisteredEngine, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) UpdateRegisteredEnginePartialExecute(r ApiUpdateRegisteredEnginePartialRequest) (*RegisteredEngine, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -4002,7 +4782,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateRegisteredEnginePartialExecute(r ApiUpdateR localVarReturnValue *RegisteredEngine ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.UpdateRegisteredEnginePartial") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.UpdateRegisteredEnginePartial") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -4089,7 +4869,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateRegisteredEnginePartialExecute(r ApiUpdateR type ApiUpdateSamlConfigRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService sAMLConfigParams *SAMLConfigParams } @@ -4109,7 +4889,7 @@ UpdateSamlConfig Update SAML Config. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiUpdateSamlConfigRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateSamlConfig(ctx context.Context) ApiUpdateSamlConfigRequest { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) UpdateSamlConfig(ctx context.Context) ApiUpdateSamlConfigRequest { return ApiUpdateSamlConfigRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -4118,7 +4898,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateSamlConfig(ctx context.Context) ApiUpdateSa // Execute executes the request // @return SAMLConfigParams -func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateSamlConfigExecute(r ApiUpdateSamlConfigRequest) (*SAMLConfigParams, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) UpdateSamlConfigExecute(r ApiUpdateSamlConfigRequest) (*SAMLConfigParams, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPut localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -4126,7 +4906,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateSamlConfigExecute(r ApiUpdateSamlConfigRequ localVarReturnValue *SAMLConfigParams ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.UpdateSamlConfig") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.UpdateSamlConfig") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -4212,7 +4992,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateSamlConfigExecute(r ApiUpdateSamlConfigRequ type ApiUpdateSmtpConfigRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService sMTPConfigParams *SMTPConfigParams } @@ -4232,7 +5012,7 @@ UpdateSmtpConfig Update SMTP Config. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiUpdateSmtpConfigRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateSmtpConfig(ctx context.Context) ApiUpdateSmtpConfigRequest { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) UpdateSmtpConfig(ctx context.Context) ApiUpdateSmtpConfigRequest { return ApiUpdateSmtpConfigRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -4241,7 +5021,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateSmtpConfig(ctx context.Context) ApiUpdateSm // Execute executes the request // @return SMTPConfigParams -func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateSmtpConfigExecute(r ApiUpdateSmtpConfigRequest) (*SMTPConfigParams, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) UpdateSmtpConfigExecute(r ApiUpdateSmtpConfigRequest) (*SMTPConfigParams, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPut localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -4249,7 +5029,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateSmtpConfigExecute(r ApiUpdateSmtpConfigRequ localVarReturnValue *SMTPConfigParams ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.UpdateSmtpConfig") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.UpdateSmtpConfig") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -4335,7 +5115,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) UpdateSmtpConfigExecute(r ApiUpdateSmtpConfigRequ type ApiValidateJavaPathRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService engineId string validateJavaParameters *ValidateJavaParameters } @@ -4357,7 +5137,7 @@ ValidateJavaPath Validate java path for the remote host machine. @param engineId The ID of the registered engine. @return ApiValidateJavaPathRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) ValidateJavaPath(ctx context.Context, engineId string) ApiValidateJavaPathRequest { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) ValidateJavaPath(ctx context.Context, engineId string) ApiValidateJavaPathRequest { return ApiValidateJavaPathRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -4366,14 +5146,14 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) ValidateJavaPath(ctx context.Context, engineId st } // Execute executes the request -func (a *ManagementApiService) ValidateJavaPathExecute(r ApiValidateJavaPathRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) ValidateJavaPathExecute(r ApiValidateJavaPathRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.ValidateJavaPath") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.ValidateJavaPath") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -4451,7 +5231,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) ValidateJavaPathExecute(r ApiValidateJavaPathRequ type ApiValidateLdapConfigRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService ldapConfigValidateParameter *LdapConfigValidateParameter } @@ -4470,7 +5250,7 @@ ValidateLdapConfig Validate LDAP Config. Without username/password, DCT performs @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiValidateLdapConfigRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) ValidateLdapConfig(ctx context.Context) ApiValidateLdapConfigRequest { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) ValidateLdapConfig(ctx context.Context) ApiValidateLdapConfigRequest { return ApiValidateLdapConfigRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -4479,7 +5259,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) ValidateLdapConfig(ctx context.Context) ApiValida // Execute executes the request // @return LdapValidateResponse -func (a *ManagementApiService) ValidateLdapConfigExecute(r ApiValidateLdapConfigRequest) (*LdapValidateResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) ValidateLdapConfigExecute(r ApiValidateLdapConfigRequest) (*LdapValidateResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -4487,7 +5267,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) ValidateLdapConfigExecute(r ApiValidateLdapConfig localVarReturnValue *LdapValidateResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.ValidateLdapConfig") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.ValidateLdapConfig") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -4570,7 +5350,7 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) ValidateLdapConfigExecute(r ApiValidateLdapConfig type ApiValidateSmtpConfigRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ManagementApiService + ApiService *ManagementAPIService sMTPConfigValidate *SMTPConfigValidate } @@ -4590,7 +5370,7 @@ ValidateSmtpConfig Validate SMTP Config. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiValidateSmtpConfigRequest */ -func (a *ManagementApiService) ValidateSmtpConfig(ctx context.Context) ApiValidateSmtpConfigRequest { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) ValidateSmtpConfig(ctx context.Context) ApiValidateSmtpConfigRequest { return ApiValidateSmtpConfigRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -4598,14 +5378,14 @@ func (a *ManagementApiService) ValidateSmtpConfig(ctx context.Context) ApiValida } // Execute executes the request -func (a *ManagementApiService) ValidateSmtpConfigExecute(r ApiValidateSmtpConfigRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *ManagementAPIService) ValidateSmtpConfigExecute(r ApiValidateSmtpConfigRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementApiService.ValidateSmtpConfig") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ManagementAPIService.ValidateSmtpConfig") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } diff --git a/api_masking_environments.go b/api_masking_environments.go index 7975d51b..afd068af 100644 --- a/api_masking_environments.go +++ b/api_masking_environments.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,12 +21,12 @@ import ( ) -// MaskingEnvironmentsApiService MaskingEnvironmentsApi service -type MaskingEnvironmentsApiService service +// MaskingEnvironmentsAPIService MaskingEnvironmentsAPI service +type MaskingEnvironmentsAPIService service type ApiGetMaskingEnvironmentByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingEnvironmentsApiService + ApiService *MaskingEnvironmentsAPIService maskingEnvironmentId string } @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ GetMaskingEnvironmentById Retrieve a MaskingEnvironment by ID. @param maskingEnvironmentId The ID of the Masking Environment. @return ApiGetMaskingEnvironmentByIdRequest */ -func (a *MaskingEnvironmentsApiService) GetMaskingEnvironmentById(ctx context.Context, maskingEnvironmentId string) ApiGetMaskingEnvironmentByIdRequest { +func (a *MaskingEnvironmentsAPIService) GetMaskingEnvironmentById(ctx context.Context, maskingEnvironmentId string) ApiGetMaskingEnvironmentByIdRequest { return ApiGetMaskingEnvironmentByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ func (a *MaskingEnvironmentsApiService) GetMaskingEnvironmentById(ctx context.Co // Execute executes the request // @return MaskingEnvironment -func (a *MaskingEnvironmentsApiService) GetMaskingEnvironmentByIdExecute(r ApiGetMaskingEnvironmentByIdRequest) (*MaskingEnvironment, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *MaskingEnvironmentsAPIService) GetMaskingEnvironmentByIdExecute(r ApiGetMaskingEnvironmentByIdRequest) (*MaskingEnvironment, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ func (a *MaskingEnvironmentsApiService) GetMaskingEnvironmentByIdExecute(r ApiGe localVarReturnValue *MaskingEnvironment ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingEnvironmentsApiService.GetMaskingEnvironmentById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingEnvironmentsAPIService.GetMaskingEnvironmentById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ func (a *MaskingEnvironmentsApiService) GetMaskingEnvironmentByIdExecute(r ApiGe type ApiGetMaskingEnvironmentsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingEnvironmentsApiService + ApiService *MaskingEnvironmentsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ GetMaskingEnvironments Retrieve the list of masking environments. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiGetMaskingEnvironmentsRequest */ -func (a *MaskingEnvironmentsApiService) GetMaskingEnvironments(ctx context.Context) ApiGetMaskingEnvironmentsRequest { +func (a *MaskingEnvironmentsAPIService) GetMaskingEnvironments(ctx context.Context) ApiGetMaskingEnvironmentsRequest { return ApiGetMaskingEnvironmentsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ func (a *MaskingEnvironmentsApiService) GetMaskingEnvironments(ctx context.Conte // Execute executes the request // @return ListMaskingEnvironmentsResponse -func (a *MaskingEnvironmentsApiService) GetMaskingEnvironmentsExecute(r ApiGetMaskingEnvironmentsRequest) (*ListMaskingEnvironmentsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *MaskingEnvironmentsAPIService) GetMaskingEnvironmentsExecute(r ApiGetMaskingEnvironmentsRequest) (*ListMaskingEnvironmentsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ func (a *MaskingEnvironmentsApiService) GetMaskingEnvironmentsExecute(r ApiGetMa localVarReturnValue *ListMaskingEnvironmentsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingEnvironmentsApiService.GetMaskingEnvironments") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingEnvironmentsAPIService.GetMaskingEnvironments") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -207,13 +207,16 @@ func (a *MaskingEnvironmentsApiService) GetMaskingEnvironmentsExecute(r ApiGetMa localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -285,7 +288,7 @@ func (a *MaskingEnvironmentsApiService) GetMaskingEnvironmentsExecute(r ApiGetMa type ApiSearchMaskingEnvironmentsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingEnvironmentsApiService + ApiService *MaskingEnvironmentsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -326,7 +329,7 @@ SearchMaskingEnvironments Search masking environments. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchMaskingEnvironmentsRequest */ -func (a *MaskingEnvironmentsApiService) SearchMaskingEnvironments(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchMaskingEnvironmentsRequest { +func (a *MaskingEnvironmentsAPIService) SearchMaskingEnvironments(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchMaskingEnvironmentsRequest { return ApiSearchMaskingEnvironmentsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -335,7 +338,7 @@ func (a *MaskingEnvironmentsApiService) SearchMaskingEnvironments(ctx context.Co // Execute executes the request // @return SearchMaskingEnvironmentsResponse -func (a *MaskingEnvironmentsApiService) SearchMaskingEnvironmentsExecute(r ApiSearchMaskingEnvironmentsRequest) (*SearchMaskingEnvironmentsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *MaskingEnvironmentsAPIService) SearchMaskingEnvironmentsExecute(r ApiSearchMaskingEnvironmentsRequest) (*SearchMaskingEnvironmentsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -343,7 +346,7 @@ func (a *MaskingEnvironmentsApiService) SearchMaskingEnvironmentsExecute(r ApiSe localVarReturnValue *SearchMaskingEnvironmentsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingEnvironmentsApiService.SearchMaskingEnvironments") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingEnvironmentsAPIService.SearchMaskingEnvironments") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -355,13 +358,16 @@ func (a *MaskingEnvironmentsApiService) SearchMaskingEnvironmentsExecute(r ApiSe localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} diff --git a/api_masking_files.go b/api_masking_files.go index ad489f58..672c4b79 100644 --- a/api_masking_files.go +++ b/api_masking_files.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -17,52 +17,700 @@ import ( "io" "net/http" "net/url" + "strings" ) -// MaskingFilesApiService MaskingFilesApi service -type MaskingFilesApiService service +// MaskingFilesAPIService MaskingFilesAPI service +type MaskingFilesAPIService service -type ApiUploadMaskingFileRequest struct { +type ApiCreateMaskingFileTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingFilesApiService - maskingFileUploadParameters *MaskingFileUploadParameters + ApiService *MaskingFilesAPIService + maskingFileId string + tagsRequest *TagsRequest } -// The parameters to upload a file for masking. -func (r ApiUploadMaskingFileRequest) MaskingFileUploadParameters(maskingFileUploadParameters MaskingFileUploadParameters) ApiUploadMaskingFileRequest { - r.maskingFileUploadParameters = &maskingFileUploadParameters +// Tags information for masking file upload. +func (r ApiCreateMaskingFileTagsRequest) TagsRequest(tagsRequest TagsRequest) ApiCreateMaskingFileTagsRequest { + r.tagsRequest = &tagsRequest return r } -func (r ApiUploadMaskingFileRequest) Execute() (*MaskingFileUploadResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.UploadMaskingFileExecute(r) +func (r ApiCreateMaskingFileTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CreateMaskingFileTagsExecute(r) } /* -UploadMaskingFile Upload a file for masking. +CreateMaskingFileTags Create tags for a masking file. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiUploadMaskingFileRequest + @param maskingFileId The ID or name of the masking file. + @return ApiCreateMaskingFileTagsRequest */ -func (a *MaskingFilesApiService) UploadMaskingFile(ctx context.Context) ApiUploadMaskingFileRequest { - return ApiUploadMaskingFileRequest{ +func (a *MaskingFilesAPIService) CreateMaskingFileTags(ctx context.Context, maskingFileId string) ApiCreateMaskingFileTagsRequest { + return ApiCreateMaskingFileTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + maskingFileId: maskingFileId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return MaskingFileUploadResponse -func (a *MaskingFilesApiService) UploadMaskingFileExecute(r ApiUploadMaskingFileRequest) (*MaskingFileUploadResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *MaskingFilesAPIService) CreateMaskingFileTagsExecute(r ApiCreateMaskingFileTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *MaskingFileUploadResponse + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingFilesApiService.UploadMaskingFile") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingFilesAPIService.CreateMaskingFileTags") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/masking-file-uploads/{maskingFileId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"maskingFileId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.maskingFileId, "maskingFileId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.maskingFileId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("maskingFileId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.tagsRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("tagsRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.tagsRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiDeleteMaskingFileTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *MaskingFilesAPIService + maskingFileId string + deleteTag *DeleteTag +} + +// The parameters to delete tags +func (r ApiDeleteMaskingFileTagsRequest) DeleteTag(deleteTag DeleteTag) ApiDeleteMaskingFileTagsRequest { + r.deleteTag = &deleteTag + return r +} + +func (r ApiDeleteMaskingFileTagsRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteMaskingFileTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +DeleteMaskingFileTags Delete tags for a masking file + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param maskingFileId The ID or name of the masking file. + @return ApiDeleteMaskingFileTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *MaskingFilesAPIService) DeleteMaskingFileTags(ctx context.Context, maskingFileId string) ApiDeleteMaskingFileTagsRequest { + return ApiDeleteMaskingFileTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + maskingFileId: maskingFileId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +func (a *MaskingFilesAPIService) DeleteMaskingFileTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteMaskingFileTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingFilesAPIService.DeleteMaskingFileTags") + if err != nil { + return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/masking-file-uploads/{maskingFileId}/tags/delete" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"maskingFileId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.maskingFileId, "maskingFileId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.maskingFileId) < 1 { + return nil, reportError("maskingFileId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.deleteTag + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetMaskingFileByIdRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *MaskingFilesAPIService + maskingFileId string +} + +func (r ApiGetMaskingFileByIdRequest) Execute() (*MaskingFileUpload, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetMaskingFileByIdExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetMaskingFileById Get a masking file by ID or name. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param maskingFileId The ID or name of the masking file. + @return ApiGetMaskingFileByIdRequest +*/ +func (a *MaskingFilesAPIService) GetMaskingFileById(ctx context.Context, maskingFileId string) ApiGetMaskingFileByIdRequest { + return ApiGetMaskingFileByIdRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + maskingFileId: maskingFileId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return MaskingFileUpload +func (a *MaskingFilesAPIService) GetMaskingFileByIdExecute(r ApiGetMaskingFileByIdRequest) (*MaskingFileUpload, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *MaskingFileUpload + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingFilesAPIService.GetMaskingFileById") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/masking-file-uploads/{maskingFileId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"maskingFileId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.maskingFileId, "maskingFileId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.maskingFileId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("maskingFileId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetMaskingFileConsumersRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *MaskingFilesAPIService + maskingFileId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetMaskingFileConsumersRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetMaskingFileConsumersRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetMaskingFileConsumersRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetMaskingFileConsumersRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiGetMaskingFileConsumersRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetMaskingFileConsumersRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetMaskingFileConsumersRequest) Execute() (*ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetMaskingFileConsumersExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetMaskingFileConsumers Get all consumers associated with this masking file + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param maskingFileId The ID or name of the masking file. + @return ApiGetMaskingFileConsumersRequest +*/ +func (a *MaskingFilesAPIService) GetMaskingFileConsumers(ctx context.Context, maskingFileId string) ApiGetMaskingFileConsumersRequest { + return ApiGetMaskingFileConsumersRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + maskingFileId: maskingFileId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse +func (a *MaskingFilesAPIService) GetMaskingFileConsumersExecute(r ApiGetMaskingFileConsumersRequest) (*ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingFilesAPIService.GetMaskingFileConsumers") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/masking-file-uploads/{maskingFileId}/consumers" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"maskingFileId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.maskingFileId, "maskingFileId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.maskingFileId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("maskingFileId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetMaskingFileTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *MaskingFilesAPIService + maskingFileId string +} + +func (r ApiGetMaskingFileTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetMaskingFileTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetMaskingFileTags Get tags for a masking file. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param maskingFileId The ID or name of the masking file. + @return ApiGetMaskingFileTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *MaskingFilesAPIService) GetMaskingFileTags(ctx context.Context, maskingFileId string) ApiGetMaskingFileTagsRequest { + return ApiGetMaskingFileTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + maskingFileId: maskingFileId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *MaskingFilesAPIService) GetMaskingFileTagsExecute(r ApiGetMaskingFileTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingFilesAPIService.GetMaskingFileTags") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/masking-file-uploads/{maskingFileId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"maskingFileId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.maskingFileId, "maskingFileId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.maskingFileId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("maskingFileId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetMaskingFilesRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *MaskingFilesAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetMaskingFilesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetMaskingFilesRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetMaskingFilesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetMaskingFilesRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiGetMaskingFilesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetMaskingFilesRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetMaskingFilesRequest) Execute() (*ListMaskingFilesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetMaskingFilesExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetMaskingFiles Retrieve the list of masking file uploads. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetMaskingFilesRequest +*/ +func (a *MaskingFilesAPIService) GetMaskingFiles(ctx context.Context) ApiGetMaskingFilesRequest { + return ApiGetMaskingFilesRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListMaskingFilesResponse +func (a *MaskingFilesAPIService) GetMaskingFilesExecute(r ApiGetMaskingFilesRequest) (*ListMaskingFilesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListMaskingFilesResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingFilesAPIService.GetMaskingFiles") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -73,8 +721,458 @@ func (a *MaskingFilesApiService) UploadMaskingFileExecute(r ApiUploadMaskingFile localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchMaskingFileConsumersRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *MaskingFilesAPIService + maskingFileId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchMaskingFileConsumersRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchMaskingFileConsumersRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchMaskingFileConsumersRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchMaskingFileConsumersRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiSearchMaskingFileConsumersRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchMaskingFileConsumersRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchMaskingFileConsumersRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchMaskingFileConsumersRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchMaskingFileConsumersRequest) Execute() (*SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchMaskingFileConsumersExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchMaskingFileConsumers Search consumers of a masking file. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param maskingFileId The ID or name of the masking file. + @return ApiSearchMaskingFileConsumersRequest +*/ +func (a *MaskingFilesAPIService) SearchMaskingFileConsumers(ctx context.Context, maskingFileId string) ApiSearchMaskingFileConsumersRequest { + return ApiSearchMaskingFileConsumersRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + maskingFileId: maskingFileId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse +func (a *MaskingFilesAPIService) SearchMaskingFileConsumersExecute(r ApiSearchMaskingFileConsumersRequest) (*SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingFilesAPIService.SearchMaskingFileConsumers") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/masking-file-uploads/{maskingFileId}/consumers/search" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"maskingFileId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.maskingFileId, "maskingFileId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.maskingFileId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("maskingFileId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchMaskingFilesRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *MaskingFilesAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchMaskingFilesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchMaskingFilesRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchMaskingFilesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchMaskingFilesRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiSearchMaskingFilesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchMaskingFilesRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchMaskingFilesRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchMaskingFilesRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchMaskingFilesRequest) Execute() (*SearchMaskingFilesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchMaskingFilesExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchMaskingFiles Search for masking files. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiSearchMaskingFilesRequest +*/ +func (a *MaskingFilesAPIService) SearchMaskingFiles(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchMaskingFilesRequest { + return ApiSearchMaskingFilesRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return SearchMaskingFilesResponse +func (a *MaskingFilesAPIService) SearchMaskingFilesExecute(r ApiSearchMaskingFilesRequest) (*SearchMaskingFilesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SearchMaskingFilesResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingFilesAPIService.SearchMaskingFiles") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/masking-file-uploads/search" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiUpdateMaskingFileUploadByIdRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *MaskingFilesAPIService + maskingFileId string + maskingFileUploadUpdateParameters *MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters +} + +// The new data to update a masking file upload. +func (r ApiUpdateMaskingFileUploadByIdRequest) MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters(maskingFileUploadUpdateParameters MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters) ApiUpdateMaskingFileUploadByIdRequest { + r.maskingFileUploadUpdateParameters = &maskingFileUploadUpdateParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiUpdateMaskingFileUploadByIdRequest) Execute() (*MaskingFileUpload, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpdateMaskingFileUploadByIdExecute(r) +} + +/* +UpdateMaskingFileUploadById Update a masking file upload by id. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param maskingFileId The ID or name of the masking file. + @return ApiUpdateMaskingFileUploadByIdRequest +*/ +func (a *MaskingFilesAPIService) UpdateMaskingFileUploadById(ctx context.Context, maskingFileId string) ApiUpdateMaskingFileUploadByIdRequest { + return ApiUpdateMaskingFileUploadByIdRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + maskingFileId: maskingFileId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return MaskingFileUpload +func (a *MaskingFilesAPIService) UpdateMaskingFileUploadByIdExecute(r ApiUpdateMaskingFileUploadByIdRequest) (*MaskingFileUpload, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *MaskingFileUpload + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingFilesAPIService.UpdateMaskingFileUploadById") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/masking-file-uploads/{maskingFileId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"maskingFileId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.maskingFileId, "maskingFileId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.maskingFileId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("maskingFileId must have at least 1 elements") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"multipart/form-data"} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -91,7 +1189,7 @@ func (a *MaskingFilesApiService) UploadMaskingFileExecute(r ApiUploadMaskingFile localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.maskingFileUploadParameters + localVarPostBody = r.maskingFileUploadUpdateParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { diff --git a/api_masking_jobs.go b/api_masking_jobs.go index 4d7be473..150636b0 100644 --- a/api_masking_jobs.go +++ b/api_masking_jobs.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,12 +21,12 @@ import ( ) -// MaskingJobsApiService MaskingJobsApi service -type MaskingJobsApiService service +// MaskingJobsAPIService MaskingJobsAPI service +type MaskingJobsAPIService service type ApiAddEngineToMaskingJobRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingJobsApiService + ApiService *MaskingJobsAPIService maskingJobId string engineIdBody *EngineIdBody } @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ AddEngineToMaskingJob Add an engine to a Masking Job (Hyperscale Job only). @param maskingJobId The ID of the Masking Job. @return ApiAddEngineToMaskingJobRequest */ -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) AddEngineToMaskingJob(ctx context.Context, maskingJobId string) ApiAddEngineToMaskingJobRequest { +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) AddEngineToMaskingJob(ctx context.Context, maskingJobId string) ApiAddEngineToMaskingJobRequest { return ApiAddEngineToMaskingJobRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) AddEngineToMaskingJob(ctx context.Context, maski // Execute executes the request // @return AddEngineToJobResponse -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) AddEngineToMaskingJobExecute(r ApiAddEngineToMaskingJobRequest) (*AddEngineToJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) AddEngineToMaskingJobExecute(r ApiAddEngineToMaskingJobRequest) (*AddEngineToJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) AddEngineToMaskingJobExecute(r ApiAddEngineToMas localVarReturnValue *AddEngineToJobResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsApiService.AddEngineToMaskingJob") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsAPIService.AddEngineToMaskingJob") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) AddEngineToMaskingJobExecute(r ApiAddEngineToMas type ApiCopyMaskingJobRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingJobsApiService + ApiService *MaskingJobsAPIService maskingJobId string copyMaskingJobParameters *CopyMaskingJobParameters } @@ -176,8 +176,10 @@ CopyMaskingJob Copies the masking job to another engine. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param maskingJobId The ID of the Masking Job. @return ApiCopyMaskingJobRequest + +Deprecated */ -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) CopyMaskingJob(ctx context.Context, maskingJobId string) ApiCopyMaskingJobRequest { +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) CopyMaskingJob(ctx context.Context, maskingJobId string) ApiCopyMaskingJobRequest { return ApiCopyMaskingJobRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -187,7 +189,8 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) CopyMaskingJob(ctx context.Context, maskingJobId // Execute executes the request // @return CopyMaskingJobResponse -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) CopyMaskingJobExecute(r ApiCopyMaskingJobRequest) (*CopyMaskingJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// Deprecated +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) CopyMaskingJobExecute(r ApiCopyMaskingJobRequest) (*CopyMaskingJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -195,7 +198,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) CopyMaskingJobExecute(r ApiCopyMaskingJobRequest localVarReturnValue *CopyMaskingJobResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsApiService.CopyMaskingJob") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsAPIService.CopyMaskingJob") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -282,7 +285,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) CopyMaskingJobExecute(r ApiCopyMaskingJobRequest type ApiCreateMaskingJobRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingJobsApiService + ApiService *MaskingJobsAPIService createMaskingJobRequest *CreateMaskingJobRequest } @@ -302,7 +305,7 @@ CreateMaskingJob Create a Masking Job. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiCreateMaskingJobRequest */ -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) CreateMaskingJob(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateMaskingJobRequest { +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) CreateMaskingJob(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateMaskingJobRequest { return ApiCreateMaskingJobRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -311,7 +314,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) CreateMaskingJob(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateM // Execute executes the request // @return CreateMaskingJobResponse -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) CreateMaskingJobExecute(r ApiCreateMaskingJobRequest) (*CreateMaskingJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) CreateMaskingJobExecute(r ApiCreateMaskingJobRequest) (*CreateMaskingJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -319,7 +322,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) CreateMaskingJobExecute(r ApiCreateMaskingJobReq localVarReturnValue *CreateMaskingJobResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsApiService.CreateMaskingJob") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsAPIService.CreateMaskingJob") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -405,7 +408,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) CreateMaskingJobExecute(r ApiCreateMaskingJobReq type ApiCreateMaskingJobTagRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingJobsApiService + ApiService *MaskingJobsAPIService maskingJobId string tagsRequest *TagsRequest } @@ -426,8 +429,10 @@ CreateMaskingJobTag Create tags for a Masking Job. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param maskingJobId The ID of the Masking Job. @return ApiCreateMaskingJobTagRequest + +Deprecated */ -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) CreateMaskingJobTag(ctx context.Context, maskingJobId string) ApiCreateMaskingJobTagRequest { +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) CreateMaskingJobTag(ctx context.Context, maskingJobId string) ApiCreateMaskingJobTagRequest { return ApiCreateMaskingJobTagRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -437,7 +442,8 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) CreateMaskingJobTag(ctx context.Context, masking // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) CreateMaskingJobTagExecute(r ApiCreateMaskingJobTagRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// Deprecated +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) CreateMaskingJobTagExecute(r ApiCreateMaskingJobTagRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -445,7 +451,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) CreateMaskingJobTagExecute(r ApiCreateMaskingJob localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsApiService.CreateMaskingJobTag") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsAPIService.CreateMaskingJobTag") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -535,7 +541,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) CreateMaskingJobTagExecute(r ApiCreateMaskingJob type ApiDeleteMaskingJobRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingJobsApiService + ApiService *MaskingJobsAPIService maskingJobId string force *bool } @@ -557,7 +563,7 @@ DeleteMaskingJob Delete a masking job. @param maskingJobId The ID of the Masking Job. @return ApiDeleteMaskingJobRequest */ -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) DeleteMaskingJob(ctx context.Context, maskingJobId string) ApiDeleteMaskingJobRequest { +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) DeleteMaskingJob(ctx context.Context, maskingJobId string) ApiDeleteMaskingJobRequest { return ApiDeleteMaskingJobRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -567,7 +573,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) DeleteMaskingJob(ctx context.Context, maskingJob // Execute executes the request // @return DeleteMaskingJobResponse -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) DeleteMaskingJobExecute(r ApiDeleteMaskingJobRequest) (*DeleteMaskingJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) DeleteMaskingJobExecute(r ApiDeleteMaskingJobRequest) (*DeleteMaskingJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -575,7 +581,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) DeleteMaskingJobExecute(r ApiDeleteMaskingJobReq localVarReturnValue *DeleteMaskingJobResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsApiService.DeleteMaskingJob") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsAPIService.DeleteMaskingJob") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -591,7 +597,10 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) DeleteMaskingJobExecute(r ApiDeleteMaskingJobReq } if r.force != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "force", r.force, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "force", r.force, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue bool = false + r.force = &defaultValue } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -663,7 +672,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) DeleteMaskingJobExecute(r ApiDeleteMaskingJobReq type ApiDeleteMaskingJobTagRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingJobsApiService + ApiService *MaskingJobsAPIService maskingJobId string deleteTag *DeleteTag } @@ -684,8 +693,10 @@ DeleteMaskingJobTag Delete tags for a Masking Job. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param maskingJobId The ID of the Masking Job. @return ApiDeleteMaskingJobTagRequest + +Deprecated */ -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) DeleteMaskingJobTag(ctx context.Context, maskingJobId string) ApiDeleteMaskingJobTagRequest { +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) DeleteMaskingJobTag(ctx context.Context, maskingJobId string) ApiDeleteMaskingJobTagRequest { return ApiDeleteMaskingJobTagRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -694,14 +705,15 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) DeleteMaskingJobTag(ctx context.Context, masking } // Execute executes the request -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) DeleteMaskingJobTagExecute(r ApiDeleteMaskingJobTagRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +// Deprecated +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) DeleteMaskingJobTagExecute(r ApiDeleteMaskingJobTagRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsApiService.DeleteMaskingJobTag") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsAPIService.DeleteMaskingJobTag") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -779,7 +791,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) DeleteMaskingJobTagExecute(r ApiDeleteMaskingJob type ApiExecuteMaskingJobRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingJobsApiService + ApiService *MaskingJobsAPIService maskingJobId string executeMaskingJobParameters *ExecuteMaskingJobParameters } @@ -799,8 +811,10 @@ ExecuteMaskingJob Execute a MaskingJob. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param maskingJobId The ID of the Masking Job. @return ApiExecuteMaskingJobRequest + +Deprecated */ -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) ExecuteMaskingJob(ctx context.Context, maskingJobId string) ApiExecuteMaskingJobRequest { +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) ExecuteMaskingJob(ctx context.Context, maskingJobId string) ApiExecuteMaskingJobRequest { return ApiExecuteMaskingJobRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -810,7 +824,8 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) ExecuteMaskingJob(ctx context.Context, maskingJo // Execute executes the request // @return ExecuteMaskingJobResponse -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) ExecuteMaskingJobExecute(r ApiExecuteMaskingJobRequest) (*ExecuteMaskingJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// Deprecated +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) ExecuteMaskingJobExecute(r ApiExecuteMaskingJobRequest) (*ExecuteMaskingJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -818,7 +833,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) ExecuteMaskingJobExecute(r ApiExecuteMaskingJobR localVarReturnValue *ExecuteMaskingJobResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsApiService.ExecuteMaskingJob") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsAPIService.ExecuteMaskingJob") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -905,7 +920,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) ExecuteMaskingJobExecute(r ApiExecuteMaskingJobR type ApiGetMaskingJobByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingJobsApiService + ApiService *MaskingJobsAPIService maskingJobId string } @@ -919,8 +934,10 @@ GetMaskingJobById Retrieve a MaskingJob by ID. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param maskingJobId The ID of the Masking Job. @return ApiGetMaskingJobByIdRequest + +Deprecated */ -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) GetMaskingJobById(ctx context.Context, maskingJobId string) ApiGetMaskingJobByIdRequest { +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) GetMaskingJobById(ctx context.Context, maskingJobId string) ApiGetMaskingJobByIdRequest { return ApiGetMaskingJobByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -930,7 +947,8 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) GetMaskingJobById(ctx context.Context, maskingJo // Execute executes the request // @return MaskingJob -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) GetMaskingJobByIdExecute(r ApiGetMaskingJobByIdRequest) (*MaskingJob, *http.Response, error) { +// Deprecated +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) GetMaskingJobByIdExecute(r ApiGetMaskingJobByIdRequest) (*MaskingJob, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -938,7 +956,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) GetMaskingJobByIdExecute(r ApiGetMaskingJobByIdR localVarReturnValue *MaskingJob ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsApiService.GetMaskingJobById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsAPIService.GetMaskingJobById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1023,7 +1041,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) GetMaskingJobByIdExecute(r ApiGetMaskingJobByIdR type ApiGetMaskingJobConnectorsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingJobsApiService + ApiService *MaskingJobsAPIService maskingJobId string } @@ -1037,8 +1055,10 @@ GetMaskingJobConnectors Get connectors for a Masking Job by ID. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param maskingJobId The ID of the Masking Job. @return ApiGetMaskingJobConnectorsRequest + +Deprecated */ -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) GetMaskingJobConnectors(ctx context.Context, maskingJobId string) ApiGetMaskingJobConnectorsRequest { +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) GetMaskingJobConnectors(ctx context.Context, maskingJobId string) ApiGetMaskingJobConnectorsRequest { return ApiGetMaskingJobConnectorsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1048,7 +1068,8 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) GetMaskingJobConnectors(ctx context.Context, mas // Execute executes the request // @return MaskingJobConnectorsResponse -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) GetMaskingJobConnectorsExecute(r ApiGetMaskingJobConnectorsRequest) (*MaskingJobConnectorsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// Deprecated +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) GetMaskingJobConnectorsExecute(r ApiGetMaskingJobConnectorsRequest) (*MaskingJobConnectorsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1056,7 +1077,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) GetMaskingJobConnectorsExecute(r ApiGetMaskingJo localVarReturnValue *MaskingJobConnectorsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsApiService.GetMaskingJobConnectors") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsAPIService.GetMaskingJobConnectors") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1141,7 +1162,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) GetMaskingJobConnectorsExecute(r ApiGetMaskingJo type ApiGetMaskingJobSourceEnginesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingJobsApiService + ApiService *MaskingJobsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -1175,7 +1196,7 @@ GetMaskingJobSourceEngines Retrieve the list of masking jobs along with their so @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiGetMaskingJobSourceEnginesRequest */ -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) GetMaskingJobSourceEngines(ctx context.Context) ApiGetMaskingJobSourceEnginesRequest { +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) GetMaskingJobSourceEngines(ctx context.Context) ApiGetMaskingJobSourceEnginesRequest { return ApiGetMaskingJobSourceEnginesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1184,7 +1205,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) GetMaskingJobSourceEngines(ctx context.Context) // Execute executes the request // @return ListMaskingJobSourceEnginesResponse -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) GetMaskingJobSourceEnginesExecute(r ApiGetMaskingJobSourceEnginesRequest) (*ListMaskingJobSourceEnginesResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) GetMaskingJobSourceEnginesExecute(r ApiGetMaskingJobSourceEnginesRequest) (*ListMaskingJobSourceEnginesResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1192,7 +1213,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) GetMaskingJobSourceEnginesExecute(r ApiGetMaskin localVarReturnValue *ListMaskingJobSourceEnginesResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsApiService.GetMaskingJobSourceEngines") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsAPIService.GetMaskingJobSourceEngines") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1204,13 +1225,16 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) GetMaskingJobSourceEnginesExecute(r ApiGetMaskin localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -1282,7 +1306,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) GetMaskingJobSourceEnginesExecute(r ApiGetMaskin type ApiGetMaskingJobTagRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingJobsApiService + ApiService *MaskingJobsAPIService maskingJobId string } @@ -1296,8 +1320,10 @@ GetMaskingJobTag Get tags for a Masking Job. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param maskingJobId The ID of the Masking Job. @return ApiGetMaskingJobTagRequest + +Deprecated */ -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) GetMaskingJobTag(ctx context.Context, maskingJobId string) ApiGetMaskingJobTagRequest { +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) GetMaskingJobTag(ctx context.Context, maskingJobId string) ApiGetMaskingJobTagRequest { return ApiGetMaskingJobTagRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1307,7 +1333,8 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) GetMaskingJobTag(ctx context.Context, maskingJob // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) GetMaskingJobTagExecute(r ApiGetMaskingJobTagRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// Deprecated +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) GetMaskingJobTagExecute(r ApiGetMaskingJobTagRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1315,7 +1342,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) GetMaskingJobTagExecute(r ApiGetMaskingJobTagReq localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsApiService.GetMaskingJobTag") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsAPIService.GetMaskingJobTag") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1400,7 +1427,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) GetMaskingJobTagExecute(r ApiGetMaskingJobTagReq type ApiGetMaskingJobsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingJobsApiService + ApiService *MaskingJobsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -1433,8 +1460,10 @@ GetMaskingJobs Retrieve the list of masking jobs. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiGetMaskingJobsRequest + +Deprecated */ -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) GetMaskingJobs(ctx context.Context) ApiGetMaskingJobsRequest { +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) GetMaskingJobs(ctx context.Context) ApiGetMaskingJobsRequest { return ApiGetMaskingJobsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1443,7 +1472,8 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) GetMaskingJobs(ctx context.Context) ApiGetMaskin // Execute executes the request // @return ListMaskingJobsResponse -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) GetMaskingJobsExecute(r ApiGetMaskingJobsRequest) (*ListMaskingJobsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// Deprecated +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) GetMaskingJobsExecute(r ApiGetMaskingJobsRequest) (*ListMaskingJobsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1451,7 +1481,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) GetMaskingJobsExecute(r ApiGetMaskingJobsRequest localVarReturnValue *ListMaskingJobsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsApiService.GetMaskingJobs") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsAPIService.GetMaskingJobs") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1463,13 +1493,16 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) GetMaskingJobsExecute(r ApiGetMaskingJobsRequest localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -1541,7 +1574,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) GetMaskingJobsExecute(r ApiGetMaskingJobsRequest type ApiMigrateMaskingJobRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingJobsApiService + ApiService *MaskingJobsAPIService maskingJobId string migrateMaskingJobParameters *MigrateMaskingJobParameters } @@ -1561,8 +1594,10 @@ MigrateMaskingJob Migrates the masking job from its current source engine to ano @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param maskingJobId The ID of the Masking Job. @return ApiMigrateMaskingJobRequest + +Deprecated */ -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) MigrateMaskingJob(ctx context.Context, maskingJobId string) ApiMigrateMaskingJobRequest { +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) MigrateMaskingJob(ctx context.Context, maskingJobId string) ApiMigrateMaskingJobRequest { return ApiMigrateMaskingJobRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1572,7 +1607,8 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) MigrateMaskingJob(ctx context.Context, maskingJo // Execute executes the request // @return MigrateMaskingJobResponse -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) MigrateMaskingJobExecute(r ApiMigrateMaskingJobRequest) (*MigrateMaskingJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// Deprecated +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) MigrateMaskingJobExecute(r ApiMigrateMaskingJobRequest) (*MigrateMaskingJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1580,7 +1616,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) MigrateMaskingJobExecute(r ApiMigrateMaskingJobR localVarReturnValue *MigrateMaskingJobResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsApiService.MigrateMaskingJob") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsAPIService.MigrateMaskingJob") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1667,7 +1703,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) MigrateMaskingJobExecute(r ApiMigrateMaskingJobR type ApiReImportMaskingJobRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingJobsApiService + ApiService *MaskingJobsAPIService maskingJobId string } @@ -1682,7 +1718,7 @@ ReImportMaskingJob Re-import the dataset from the source MaskingJob (Hyperscale @param maskingJobId The ID of the Masking Job. @return ApiReImportMaskingJobRequest */ -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) ReImportMaskingJob(ctx context.Context, maskingJobId string) ApiReImportMaskingJobRequest { +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) ReImportMaskingJob(ctx context.Context, maskingJobId string) ApiReImportMaskingJobRequest { return ApiReImportMaskingJobRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1692,7 +1728,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) ReImportMaskingJob(ctx context.Context, maskingJ // Execute executes the request // @return ReImportMaskingJobResponse -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) ReImportMaskingJobExecute(r ApiReImportMaskingJobRequest) (*ReImportMaskingJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) ReImportMaskingJobExecute(r ApiReImportMaskingJobRequest) (*ReImportMaskingJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1700,7 +1736,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) ReImportMaskingJobExecute(r ApiReImportMaskingJo localVarReturnValue *ReImportMaskingJobResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsApiService.ReImportMaskingJob") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsAPIService.ReImportMaskingJob") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1785,7 +1821,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) ReImportMaskingJobExecute(r ApiReImportMaskingJo type ApiRemoveEngineFromMaskingJobRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingJobsApiService + ApiService *MaskingJobsAPIService maskingJobId string engineIdBody *EngineIdBody } @@ -1807,7 +1843,7 @@ RemoveEngineFromMaskingJob Remove an engine from a Masking Job (Hyperscale Job o @param maskingJobId The ID of the Masking Job. @return ApiRemoveEngineFromMaskingJobRequest */ -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) RemoveEngineFromMaskingJob(ctx context.Context, maskingJobId string) ApiRemoveEngineFromMaskingJobRequest { +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) RemoveEngineFromMaskingJob(ctx context.Context, maskingJobId string) ApiRemoveEngineFromMaskingJobRequest { return ApiRemoveEngineFromMaskingJobRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1817,7 +1853,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) RemoveEngineFromMaskingJob(ctx context.Context, // Execute executes the request // @return RemoveEngineFromJobResponse -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) RemoveEngineFromMaskingJobExecute(r ApiRemoveEngineFromMaskingJobRequest) (*RemoveEngineFromJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) RemoveEngineFromMaskingJobExecute(r ApiRemoveEngineFromMaskingJobRequest) (*RemoveEngineFromJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1825,7 +1861,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) RemoveEngineFromMaskingJobExecute(r ApiRemoveEng localVarReturnValue *RemoveEngineFromJobResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsApiService.RemoveEngineFromMaskingJob") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsAPIService.RemoveEngineFromMaskingJob") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1915,7 +1951,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) RemoveEngineFromMaskingJobExecute(r ApiRemoveEng type ApiSearchMaskingJobSourceEnginesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingJobsApiService + ApiService *MaskingJobsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -1956,7 +1992,7 @@ SearchMaskingJobSourceEngines Search the list of masking jobs along with their s @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchMaskingJobSourceEnginesRequest */ -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) SearchMaskingJobSourceEngines(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchMaskingJobSourceEnginesRequest { +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) SearchMaskingJobSourceEngines(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchMaskingJobSourceEnginesRequest { return ApiSearchMaskingJobSourceEnginesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1965,7 +2001,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) SearchMaskingJobSourceEngines(ctx context.Contex // Execute executes the request // @return SearchMaskingJobSourceEnginesResponse -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) SearchMaskingJobSourceEnginesExecute(r ApiSearchMaskingJobSourceEnginesRequest) (*SearchMaskingJobSourceEnginesResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) SearchMaskingJobSourceEnginesExecute(r ApiSearchMaskingJobSourceEnginesRequest) (*SearchMaskingJobSourceEnginesResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1973,7 +2009,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) SearchMaskingJobSourceEnginesExecute(r ApiSearch localVarReturnValue *SearchMaskingJobSourceEnginesResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsApiService.SearchMaskingJobSourceEngines") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsAPIService.SearchMaskingJobSourceEngines") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1985,13 +2021,16 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) SearchMaskingJobSourceEnginesExecute(r ApiSearch localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -2065,7 +2104,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) SearchMaskingJobSourceEnginesExecute(r ApiSearch type ApiSearchMaskingJobsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingJobsApiService + ApiService *MaskingJobsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -2105,8 +2144,10 @@ SearchMaskingJobs Search masking jobs. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchMaskingJobsRequest + +Deprecated */ -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) SearchMaskingJobs(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchMaskingJobsRequest { +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) SearchMaskingJobs(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchMaskingJobsRequest { return ApiSearchMaskingJobsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -2115,7 +2156,8 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) SearchMaskingJobs(ctx context.Context) ApiSearch // Execute executes the request // @return SearchMaskingJobsResponse -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) SearchMaskingJobsExecute(r ApiSearchMaskingJobsRequest) (*SearchMaskingJobsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// Deprecated +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) SearchMaskingJobsExecute(r ApiSearchMaskingJobsRequest) (*SearchMaskingJobsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -2123,7 +2165,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) SearchMaskingJobsExecute(r ApiSearchMaskingJobsR localVarReturnValue *SearchMaskingJobsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsApiService.SearchMaskingJobs") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsAPIService.SearchMaskingJobs") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -2135,13 +2177,16 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) SearchMaskingJobsExecute(r ApiSearchMaskingJobsR localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -2215,7 +2260,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) SearchMaskingJobsExecute(r ApiSearchMaskingJobsR type ApiUpdateMaskingJobByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *MaskingJobsApiService + ApiService *MaskingJobsAPIService maskingJobId string updateMaskingJobParameters *UpdateMaskingJobParameters } @@ -2237,7 +2282,7 @@ UpdateMaskingJobById Update values of a MaskingJob. @param maskingJobId The ID of the Masking Job. @return ApiUpdateMaskingJobByIdRequest */ -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) UpdateMaskingJobById(ctx context.Context, maskingJobId string) ApiUpdateMaskingJobByIdRequest { +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) UpdateMaskingJobById(ctx context.Context, maskingJobId string) ApiUpdateMaskingJobByIdRequest { return ApiUpdateMaskingJobByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -2247,7 +2292,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) UpdateMaskingJobById(ctx context.Context, maskin // Execute executes the request // @return MaskingJob -func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) UpdateMaskingJobByIdExecute(r ApiUpdateMaskingJobByIdRequest) (*MaskingJob, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *MaskingJobsAPIService) UpdateMaskingJobByIdExecute(r ApiUpdateMaskingJobByIdRequest) (*MaskingJob, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -2255,7 +2300,7 @@ func (a *MaskingJobsApiService) UpdateMaskingJobByIdExecute(r ApiUpdateMaskingJo localVarReturnValue *MaskingJob ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsApiService.UpdateMaskingJobById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "MaskingJobsAPIService.UpdateMaskingJobById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } diff --git a/api_namespace.go b/api_namespace.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cdaecfe0 --- /dev/null +++ b/api_namespace.go @@ -0,0 +1,1167 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "bytes" + "context" + "io" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "strings" +) + + +// NamespaceAPIService NamespaceAPI service +type NamespaceAPIService service + +type ApiCommitFailoverNamespaceRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *NamespaceAPIService + namespaceId string +} + +func (r ApiCommitFailoverNamespaceRequest) Execute() (*NamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CommitFailoverNamespaceExecute(r) +} + +/* +CommitFailoverNamespace Commits the failover of a given namespace and discards the failback state. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param namespaceId The ID of the namespace. + @return ApiCommitFailoverNamespaceRequest +*/ +func (a *NamespaceAPIService) CommitFailoverNamespace(ctx context.Context, namespaceId string) ApiCommitFailoverNamespaceRequest { + return ApiCommitFailoverNamespaceRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + namespaceId: namespaceId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return NamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse +func (a *NamespaceAPIService) CommitFailoverNamespaceExecute(r ApiCommitFailoverNamespaceRequest) (*NamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *NamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "NamespaceAPIService.CommitFailoverNamespace") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/namespace/{namespaceId}/commitFailover" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"namespaceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.namespaceId, "namespaceId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.namespaceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("namespaceId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiDeleteNamespaceRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *NamespaceAPIService + namespaceId string +} + +func (r ApiDeleteNamespaceRequest) Execute() (*NamespaceDeleteJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteNamespaceExecute(r) +} + +/* +DeleteNamespace Delete a Namespace. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param namespaceId The ID of the namespace. + @return ApiDeleteNamespaceRequest +*/ +func (a *NamespaceAPIService) DeleteNamespace(ctx context.Context, namespaceId string) ApiDeleteNamespaceRequest { + return ApiDeleteNamespaceRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + namespaceId: namespaceId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return NamespaceDeleteJobResponse +func (a *NamespaceAPIService) DeleteNamespaceExecute(r ApiDeleteNamespaceRequest) (*NamespaceDeleteJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *NamespaceDeleteJobResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "NamespaceAPIService.DeleteNamespace") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/namespace/{namespaceId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"namespaceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.namespaceId, "namespaceId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.namespaceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("namespaceId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiDiscardNamespaceRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *NamespaceAPIService + namespaceId string +} + +func (r ApiDiscardNamespaceRequest) Execute() (*NamespaceDiscardJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DiscardNamespaceExecute(r) +} + +/* +DiscardNamespace Discards any partial receive state for the given namespace. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param namespaceId The ID of the namespace. + @return ApiDiscardNamespaceRequest +*/ +func (a *NamespaceAPIService) DiscardNamespace(ctx context.Context, namespaceId string) ApiDiscardNamespaceRequest { + return ApiDiscardNamespaceRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + namespaceId: namespaceId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return NamespaceDiscardJobResponse +func (a *NamespaceAPIService) DiscardNamespaceExecute(r ApiDiscardNamespaceRequest) (*NamespaceDiscardJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *NamespaceDiscardJobResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "NamespaceAPIService.DiscardNamespace") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/namespace/{namespaceId}/discard" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"namespaceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.namespaceId, "namespaceId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.namespaceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("namespaceId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiFailbackNamespaceRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *NamespaceAPIService + namespaceId string +} + +func (r ApiFailbackNamespaceRequest) Execute() (*NamespaceFailbackJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.FailbackNamespaceExecute(r) +} + +/* +FailbackNamespace Initiates failback for the given namespace. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param namespaceId The ID of the namespace. + @return ApiFailbackNamespaceRequest +*/ +func (a *NamespaceAPIService) FailbackNamespace(ctx context.Context, namespaceId string) ApiFailbackNamespaceRequest { + return ApiFailbackNamespaceRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + namespaceId: namespaceId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return NamespaceFailbackJobResponse +func (a *NamespaceAPIService) FailbackNamespaceExecute(r ApiFailbackNamespaceRequest) (*NamespaceFailbackJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *NamespaceFailbackJobResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "NamespaceAPIService.FailbackNamespace") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/namespace/{namespaceId}/failback" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"namespaceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.namespaceId, "namespaceId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.namespaceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("namespaceId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiFailoverNamespaceRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *NamespaceAPIService + namespaceId string + failoverNamespaceParameters *FailoverNamespaceParameters +} + +func (r ApiFailoverNamespaceRequest) FailoverNamespaceParameters(failoverNamespaceParameters FailoverNamespaceParameters) ApiFailoverNamespaceRequest { + r.failoverNamespaceParameters = &failoverNamespaceParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiFailoverNamespaceRequest) Execute() (*NamespaceFailoverJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.FailoverNamespaceExecute(r) +} + +/* +FailoverNamespace Initiates failover for the given namespace. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param namespaceId The ID of the namespace. + @return ApiFailoverNamespaceRequest +*/ +func (a *NamespaceAPIService) FailoverNamespace(ctx context.Context, namespaceId string) ApiFailoverNamespaceRequest { + return ApiFailoverNamespaceRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + namespaceId: namespaceId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return NamespaceFailoverJobResponse +func (a *NamespaceAPIService) FailoverNamespaceExecute(r ApiFailoverNamespaceRequest) (*NamespaceFailoverJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *NamespaceFailoverJobResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "NamespaceAPIService.FailoverNamespace") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/namespace/{namespaceId}/failover" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"namespaceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.namespaceId, "namespaceId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.namespaceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("namespaceId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.failoverNamespaceParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetNamespaceByIdRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *NamespaceAPIService + namespaceId string +} + +func (r ApiGetNamespaceByIdRequest) Execute() (*Namespace, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetNamespaceByIdExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetNamespaceById Get a namespace. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param namespaceId The ID of the namespace. + @return ApiGetNamespaceByIdRequest +*/ +func (a *NamespaceAPIService) GetNamespaceById(ctx context.Context, namespaceId string) ApiGetNamespaceByIdRequest { + return ApiGetNamespaceByIdRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + namespaceId: namespaceId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return Namespace +func (a *NamespaceAPIService) GetNamespaceByIdExecute(r ApiGetNamespaceByIdRequest) (*Namespace, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *Namespace + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "NamespaceAPIService.GetNamespaceById") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/namespace/{namespaceId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"namespaceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.namespaceId, "namespaceId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.namespaceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("namespaceId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiListNamespacesRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *NamespaceAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiListNamespacesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiListNamespacesRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiListNamespacesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiListNamespacesRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiListNamespacesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiListNamespacesRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiListNamespacesRequest) Execute() (*ListNamespacesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ListNamespacesExecute(r) +} + +/* +ListNamespaces List all namespaces. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiListNamespacesRequest +*/ +func (a *NamespaceAPIService) ListNamespaces(ctx context.Context) ApiListNamespacesRequest { + return ApiListNamespacesRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListNamespacesResponse +func (a *NamespaceAPIService) ListNamespacesExecute(r ApiListNamespacesRequest) (*ListNamespacesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListNamespacesResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "NamespaceAPIService.ListNamespaces") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/namespaces" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchNamespacesRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *NamespaceAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchNamespacesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchNamespacesRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchNamespacesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchNamespacesRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiSearchNamespacesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchNamespacesRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchNamespacesRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchNamespacesRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchNamespacesRequest) Execute() (*SearchNamespacesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchNamespacesExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchNamespaces Search Namespaces. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiSearchNamespacesRequest +*/ +func (a *NamespaceAPIService) SearchNamespaces(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchNamespacesRequest { + return ApiSearchNamespacesRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return SearchNamespacesResponse +func (a *NamespaceAPIService) SearchNamespacesExecute(r ApiSearchNamespacesRequest) (*SearchNamespacesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SearchNamespacesResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "NamespaceAPIService.SearchNamespaces") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/namespaces/search" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiUpdateNamespaceRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *NamespaceAPIService + namespaceId string + updateNamespaceParameters *UpdateNamespaceParameters +} + +func (r ApiUpdateNamespaceRequest) UpdateNamespaceParameters(updateNamespaceParameters UpdateNamespaceParameters) ApiUpdateNamespaceRequest { + r.updateNamespaceParameters = &updateNamespaceParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiUpdateNamespaceRequest) Execute() (*NamespaceUpdateJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpdateNamespaceExecute(r) +} + +/* +UpdateNamespace Update a Namespace. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param namespaceId The ID of the namespace. + @return ApiUpdateNamespaceRequest +*/ +func (a *NamespaceAPIService) UpdateNamespace(ctx context.Context, namespaceId string) ApiUpdateNamespaceRequest { + return ApiUpdateNamespaceRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + namespaceId: namespaceId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return NamespaceUpdateJobResponse +func (a *NamespaceAPIService) UpdateNamespaceExecute(r ApiUpdateNamespaceRequest) (*NamespaceUpdateJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *NamespaceUpdateJobResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "NamespaceAPIService.UpdateNamespace") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/namespace/{namespaceId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"namespaceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.namespaceId, "namespaceId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.namespaceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("namespaceId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.updateNamespaceParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("updateNamespaceParameters is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.updateNamespaceParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} diff --git a/api_network_performance_tool.go b/api_network_performance_tool.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe254e80 --- /dev/null +++ b/api_network_performance_tool.go @@ -0,0 +1,751 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "bytes" + "context" + "io" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "strings" +) + + +// NetworkPerformanceToolAPIService NetworkPerformanceToolAPI service +type NetworkPerformanceToolAPIService service + +type ApiCreateDspTestRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *NetworkPerformanceToolAPIService + networkDSPTestRequest *NetworkDSPTestRequest +} + +func (r ApiCreateDspTestRequest) NetworkDSPTestRequest(networkDSPTestRequest NetworkDSPTestRequest) ApiCreateDspTestRequest { + r.networkDSPTestRequest = &networkDSPTestRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiCreateDspTestRequest) Execute() (*NetworkTestResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CreateDspTestExecute(r) +} + +/* +CreateDspTest Create DSP Network Performance Test + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiCreateDspTestRequest +*/ +func (a *NetworkPerformanceToolAPIService) CreateDspTest(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateDspTestRequest { + return ApiCreateDspTestRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return NetworkTestResponse +func (a *NetworkPerformanceToolAPIService) CreateDspTestExecute(r ApiCreateDspTestRequest) (*NetworkTestResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *NetworkTestResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "NetworkPerformanceToolAPIService.CreateDspTest") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/network-performance/test/dsp" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.networkDSPTestRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("networkDSPTestRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.networkDSPTestRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiCreateLatencyTestRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *NetworkPerformanceToolAPIService + latencyTestRequest *LatencyTestRequest +} + +func (r ApiCreateLatencyTestRequest) LatencyTestRequest(latencyTestRequest LatencyTestRequest) ApiCreateLatencyTestRequest { + r.latencyTestRequest = &latencyTestRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiCreateLatencyTestRequest) Execute() (*NetworkTestResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CreateLatencyTestExecute(r) +} + +/* +CreateLatencyTest Create Latency Network Performance Test + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiCreateLatencyTestRequest +*/ +func (a *NetworkPerformanceToolAPIService) CreateLatencyTest(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateLatencyTestRequest { + return ApiCreateLatencyTestRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return NetworkTestResponse +func (a *NetworkPerformanceToolAPIService) CreateLatencyTestExecute(r ApiCreateLatencyTestRequest) (*NetworkTestResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *NetworkTestResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "NetworkPerformanceToolAPIService.CreateLatencyTest") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/network-performance/test/latency" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.latencyTestRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("latencyTestRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.latencyTestRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiCreateThroughputTestRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *NetworkPerformanceToolAPIService + networkThroughputTestRequest *NetworkThroughputTestRequest +} + +func (r ApiCreateThroughputTestRequest) NetworkThroughputTestRequest(networkThroughputTestRequest NetworkThroughputTestRequest) ApiCreateThroughputTestRequest { + r.networkThroughputTestRequest = &networkThroughputTestRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiCreateThroughputTestRequest) Execute() (*NetworkTestResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CreateThroughputTestExecute(r) +} + +/* +CreateThroughputTest Create Throughput Network Performance Test + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiCreateThroughputTestRequest +*/ +func (a *NetworkPerformanceToolAPIService) CreateThroughputTest(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateThroughputTestRequest { + return ApiCreateThroughputTestRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return NetworkTestResponse +func (a *NetworkPerformanceToolAPIService) CreateThroughputTestExecute(r ApiCreateThroughputTestRequest) (*NetworkTestResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *NetworkTestResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "NetworkPerformanceToolAPIService.CreateThroughputTest") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/network-performance/test/throughput" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.networkThroughputTestRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("networkThroughputTestRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.networkThroughputTestRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetDspTestResultRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *NetworkPerformanceToolAPIService + jobId string +} + +func (r ApiGetDspTestResultRequest) Execute() (*NetworkDSPTestResult, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDspTestResultExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetDspTestResult Retrieve Network DSP Test Result + +Returns the result of a previously executed network dsp test identified by the job ID. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param jobId Unique identifier of the network test job. + @return ApiGetDspTestResultRequest +*/ +func (a *NetworkPerformanceToolAPIService) GetDspTestResult(ctx context.Context, jobId string) ApiGetDspTestResultRequest { + return ApiGetDspTestResultRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + jobId: jobId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return NetworkDSPTestResult +func (a *NetworkPerformanceToolAPIService) GetDspTestResultExecute(r ApiGetDspTestResultRequest) (*NetworkDSPTestResult, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *NetworkDSPTestResult + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "NetworkPerformanceToolAPIService.GetDspTestResult") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/network-performance/test/dsp/{jobId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"jobId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.jobId, "jobId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.jobId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("jobId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetLatencyTestResultRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *NetworkPerformanceToolAPIService + jobId string +} + +func (r ApiGetLatencyTestResultRequest) Execute() (*NetworkLatencyTestResult, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetLatencyTestResultExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetLatencyTestResult Retrieve Network Latency Test Result + +Returns the result of a previously executed network latency test identified by the job ID. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param jobId Unique identifier of the network test job. + @return ApiGetLatencyTestResultRequest +*/ +func (a *NetworkPerformanceToolAPIService) GetLatencyTestResult(ctx context.Context, jobId string) ApiGetLatencyTestResultRequest { + return ApiGetLatencyTestResultRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + jobId: jobId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return NetworkLatencyTestResult +func (a *NetworkPerformanceToolAPIService) GetLatencyTestResultExecute(r ApiGetLatencyTestResultRequest) (*NetworkLatencyTestResult, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *NetworkLatencyTestResult + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "NetworkPerformanceToolAPIService.GetLatencyTestResult") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/network-performance/test/latency/{jobId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"jobId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.jobId, "jobId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.jobId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("jobId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetThroughputTestResultRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *NetworkPerformanceToolAPIService + jobId string +} + +func (r ApiGetThroughputTestResultRequest) Execute() (*NetworkThroughputTestResult, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetThroughputTestResultExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetThroughputTestResult Retrieve Network Throughput Test Result + +Returns the result of a previously executed network throughput test identified by the job ID. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param jobId Unique identifier of the network test job. + @return ApiGetThroughputTestResultRequest +*/ +func (a *NetworkPerformanceToolAPIService) GetThroughputTestResult(ctx context.Context, jobId string) ApiGetThroughputTestResultRequest { + return ApiGetThroughputTestResultRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + jobId: jobId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return NetworkThroughputTestResult +func (a *NetworkPerformanceToolAPIService) GetThroughputTestResultExecute(r ApiGetThroughputTestResultRequest) (*NetworkThroughputTestResult, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *NetworkThroughputTestResult + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "NetworkPerformanceToolAPIService.GetThroughputTestResult") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/network-performance/test/throughput/{jobId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"jobId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.jobId, "jobId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.jobId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("jobId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} diff --git a/api_password_vaults.go b/api_password_vaults.go index 816eadab..2bd95574 100644 --- a/api_password_vaults.go +++ b/api_password_vaults.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,12 +21,12 @@ import ( ) -// PasswordVaultsApiService PasswordVaultsApi service -type PasswordVaultsApiService service +// PasswordVaultsAPIService PasswordVaultsAPI service +type PasswordVaultsAPIService service type ApiGetPasswordVaultByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *PasswordVaultsApiService + ApiService *PasswordVaultsAPIService passwordVaultId string } @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ GetPasswordVaultById Get a password vault by ID or Name. @param passwordVaultId The ID of the password vault. @return ApiGetPasswordVaultByIdRequest */ -func (a *PasswordVaultsApiService) GetPasswordVaultById(ctx context.Context, passwordVaultId string) ApiGetPasswordVaultByIdRequest { +func (a *PasswordVaultsAPIService) GetPasswordVaultById(ctx context.Context, passwordVaultId string) ApiGetPasswordVaultByIdRequest { return ApiGetPasswordVaultByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ func (a *PasswordVaultsApiService) GetPasswordVaultById(ctx context.Context, pas // Execute executes the request // @return PasswordVault -func (a *PasswordVaultsApiService) GetPasswordVaultByIdExecute(r ApiGetPasswordVaultByIdRequest) (*PasswordVault, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *PasswordVaultsAPIService) GetPasswordVaultByIdExecute(r ApiGetPasswordVaultByIdRequest) (*PasswordVault, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ func (a *PasswordVaultsApiService) GetPasswordVaultByIdExecute(r ApiGetPasswordV localVarReturnValue *PasswordVault ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "PasswordVaultsApiService.GetPasswordVaultById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "PasswordVaultsAPIService.GetPasswordVaultById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ func (a *PasswordVaultsApiService) GetPasswordVaultByIdExecute(r ApiGetPasswordV type ApiGetPasswordVaultsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *PasswordVaultsApiService + ApiService *PasswordVaultsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ GetPasswordVaults List all password vaults. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiGetPasswordVaultsRequest */ -func (a *PasswordVaultsApiService) GetPasswordVaults(ctx context.Context) ApiGetPasswordVaultsRequest { +func (a *PasswordVaultsAPIService) GetPasswordVaults(ctx context.Context) ApiGetPasswordVaultsRequest { return ApiGetPasswordVaultsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ func (a *PasswordVaultsApiService) GetPasswordVaults(ctx context.Context) ApiGet // Execute executes the request // @return ListPasswordVaultsResponse -func (a *PasswordVaultsApiService) GetPasswordVaultsExecute(r ApiGetPasswordVaultsRequest) (*ListPasswordVaultsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *PasswordVaultsAPIService) GetPasswordVaultsExecute(r ApiGetPasswordVaultsRequest) (*ListPasswordVaultsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ func (a *PasswordVaultsApiService) GetPasswordVaultsExecute(r ApiGetPasswordVaul localVarReturnValue *ListPasswordVaultsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "PasswordVaultsApiService.GetPasswordVaults") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "PasswordVaultsAPIService.GetPasswordVaults") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -207,13 +207,16 @@ func (a *PasswordVaultsApiService) GetPasswordVaultsExecute(r ApiGetPasswordVaul localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -285,7 +288,7 @@ func (a *PasswordVaultsApiService) GetPasswordVaultsExecute(r ApiGetPasswordVaul type ApiSearchPasswordVaultsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *PasswordVaultsApiService + ApiService *PasswordVaultsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -326,7 +329,7 @@ SearchPasswordVaults Search for Password Vaults. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchPasswordVaultsRequest */ -func (a *PasswordVaultsApiService) SearchPasswordVaults(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchPasswordVaultsRequest { +func (a *PasswordVaultsAPIService) SearchPasswordVaults(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchPasswordVaultsRequest { return ApiSearchPasswordVaultsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -335,7 +338,7 @@ func (a *PasswordVaultsApiService) SearchPasswordVaults(ctx context.Context) Api // Execute executes the request // @return SearchPasswordVaultResponse -func (a *PasswordVaultsApiService) SearchPasswordVaultsExecute(r ApiSearchPasswordVaultsRequest) (*SearchPasswordVaultResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *PasswordVaultsAPIService) SearchPasswordVaultsExecute(r ApiSearchPasswordVaultsRequest) (*SearchPasswordVaultResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -343,7 +346,7 @@ func (a *PasswordVaultsApiService) SearchPasswordVaultsExecute(r ApiSearchPasswo localVarReturnValue *SearchPasswordVaultResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "PasswordVaultsApiService.SearchPasswordVaults") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "PasswordVaultsAPIService.SearchPasswordVaults") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -355,13 +358,16 @@ func (a *PasswordVaultsApiService) SearchPasswordVaultsExecute(r ApiSearchPasswo localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} diff --git a/api_replication.go b/api_replication.go index 115b33c2..77c769d3 100644 --- a/api_replication.go +++ b/api_replication.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,12 +21,132 @@ import ( ) -// ReplicationApiService ReplicationApi service -type ReplicationApiService service +// ReplicationAPIService ReplicationAPI service +type ReplicationAPIService service + +type ApiCreateReplicationProfileRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ReplicationAPIService + createReplicationProfileParameters *CreateReplicationProfileParameters +} + +// The parameters to create a ReplicationProfile. +func (r ApiCreateReplicationProfileRequest) CreateReplicationProfileParameters(createReplicationProfileParameters CreateReplicationProfileParameters) ApiCreateReplicationProfileRequest { + r.createReplicationProfileParameters = &createReplicationProfileParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiCreateReplicationProfileRequest) Execute() (*CreateReplicationProfileResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CreateReplicationProfileExecute(r) +} + +/* +CreateReplicationProfile Create a ReplicationProfile. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiCreateReplicationProfileRequest +*/ +func (a *ReplicationAPIService) CreateReplicationProfile(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateReplicationProfileRequest { + return ApiCreateReplicationProfileRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return CreateReplicationProfileResponse +func (a *ReplicationAPIService) CreateReplicationProfileExecute(r ApiCreateReplicationProfileRequest) (*CreateReplicationProfileResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *CreateReplicationProfileResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReplicationAPIService.CreateReplicationProfile") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/replication-profiles" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.createReplicationProfileParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} type ApiCreateReplicationProfileTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReplicationApiService + ApiService *ReplicationAPIService replicationProfileId string tagsRequest *TagsRequest } @@ -48,7 +168,7 @@ CreateReplicationProfileTags Create tags for a ReplicationProfile. @param replicationProfileId The ID of the ReplicationProfile. @return ApiCreateReplicationProfileTagsRequest */ -func (a *ReplicationApiService) CreateReplicationProfileTags(ctx context.Context, replicationProfileId string) ApiCreateReplicationProfileTagsRequest { +func (a *ReplicationAPIService) CreateReplicationProfileTags(ctx context.Context, replicationProfileId string) ApiCreateReplicationProfileTagsRequest { return ApiCreateReplicationProfileTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -58,7 +178,7 @@ func (a *ReplicationApiService) CreateReplicationProfileTags(ctx context.Context // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *ReplicationApiService) CreateReplicationProfileTagsExecute(r ApiCreateReplicationProfileTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ReplicationAPIService) CreateReplicationProfileTagsExecute(r ApiCreateReplicationProfileTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -66,7 +186,7 @@ func (a *ReplicationApiService) CreateReplicationProfileTagsExecute(r ApiCreateR localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReplicationApiService.CreateReplicationProfileTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReplicationAPIService.CreateReplicationProfileTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -154,32 +274,150 @@ func (a *ReplicationApiService) CreateReplicationProfileTagsExecute(r ApiCreateR return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiDeleteRepliationProfileTagsRequest struct { +type ApiDeleteReplicationProfileRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ReplicationAPIService + replicationProfileId string +} + +func (r ApiDeleteReplicationProfileRequest) Execute() (*ReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteReplicationProfileExecute(r) +} + +/* +DeleteReplicationProfile Delete a ReplicationProfile. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param replicationProfileId The ID of the ReplicationProfile. + @return ApiDeleteReplicationProfileRequest +*/ +func (a *ReplicationAPIService) DeleteReplicationProfile(ctx context.Context, replicationProfileId string) ApiDeleteReplicationProfileRequest { + return ApiDeleteReplicationProfileRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + replicationProfileId: replicationProfileId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse +func (a *ReplicationAPIService) DeleteReplicationProfileExecute(r ApiDeleteReplicationProfileRequest) (*ReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReplicationAPIService.DeleteReplicationProfile") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"replicationProfileId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.replicationProfileId, "replicationProfileId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.replicationProfileId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("replicationProfileId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiDeleteReplicationProfileTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReplicationApiService + ApiService *ReplicationAPIService replicationProfileId string deleteTag *DeleteTag } // The parameters to delete tags -func (r ApiDeleteRepliationProfileTagsRequest) DeleteTag(deleteTag DeleteTag) ApiDeleteRepliationProfileTagsRequest { +func (r ApiDeleteReplicationProfileTagsRequest) DeleteTag(deleteTag DeleteTag) ApiDeleteReplicationProfileTagsRequest { r.deleteTag = &deleteTag return r } -func (r ApiDeleteRepliationProfileTagsRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.DeleteRepliationProfileTagsExecute(r) +func (r ApiDeleteReplicationProfileTagsRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteReplicationProfileTagsExecute(r) } /* -DeleteRepliationProfileTags Delete tags for a ReplicationProfile. +DeleteReplicationProfileTags Delete tags for a ReplicationProfile. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param replicationProfileId The ID of the ReplicationProfile. - @return ApiDeleteRepliationProfileTagsRequest + @return ApiDeleteReplicationProfileTagsRequest */ -func (a *ReplicationApiService) DeleteRepliationProfileTags(ctx context.Context, replicationProfileId string) ApiDeleteRepliationProfileTagsRequest { - return ApiDeleteRepliationProfileTagsRequest{ +func (a *ReplicationAPIService) DeleteReplicationProfileTags(ctx context.Context, replicationProfileId string) ApiDeleteReplicationProfileTagsRequest { + return ApiDeleteReplicationProfileTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, replicationProfileId: replicationProfileId, @@ -187,14 +425,14 @@ func (a *ReplicationApiService) DeleteRepliationProfileTags(ctx context.Context, } // Execute executes the request -func (a *ReplicationApiService) DeleteRepliationProfileTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteRepliationProfileTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *ReplicationAPIService) DeleteReplicationProfileTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteReplicationProfileTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReplicationApiService.DeleteRepliationProfileTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReplicationAPIService.DeleteReplicationProfileTags") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -272,7 +510,7 @@ func (a *ReplicationApiService) DeleteRepliationProfileTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteRe type ApiDisableTagReplicationRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReplicationApiService + ApiService *ReplicationAPIService replicationProfileId string } @@ -287,7 +525,7 @@ DisableTagReplication Disable tag replication for given ReplicationProfile. @param replicationProfileId The ID of the ReplicationProfile. @return ApiDisableTagReplicationRequest */ -func (a *ReplicationApiService) DisableTagReplication(ctx context.Context, replicationProfileId string) ApiDisableTagReplicationRequest { +func (a *ReplicationAPIService) DisableTagReplication(ctx context.Context, replicationProfileId string) ApiDisableTagReplicationRequest { return ApiDisableTagReplicationRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -296,14 +534,14 @@ func (a *ReplicationApiService) DisableTagReplication(ctx context.Context, repli } // Execute executes the request -func (a *ReplicationApiService) DisableTagReplicationExecute(r ApiDisableTagReplicationRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *ReplicationAPIService) DisableTagReplicationExecute(r ApiDisableTagReplicationRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReplicationApiService.DisableTagReplication") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReplicationAPIService.DisableTagReplication") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -379,7 +617,7 @@ func (a *ReplicationApiService) DisableTagReplicationExecute(r ApiDisableTagRepl type ApiEnableTagReplicationRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReplicationApiService + ApiService *ReplicationAPIService replicationProfileId string } @@ -394,7 +632,7 @@ EnableTagReplication Enable tag replication for given ReplicationProfile. @param replicationProfileId The ID of the ReplicationProfile. @return ApiEnableTagReplicationRequest */ -func (a *ReplicationApiService) EnableTagReplication(ctx context.Context, replicationProfileId string) ApiEnableTagReplicationRequest { +func (a *ReplicationAPIService) EnableTagReplication(ctx context.Context, replicationProfileId string) ApiEnableTagReplicationRequest { return ApiEnableTagReplicationRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -403,14 +641,14 @@ func (a *ReplicationApiService) EnableTagReplication(ctx context.Context, replic } // Execute executes the request -func (a *ReplicationApiService) EnableTagReplicationExecute(r ApiEnableTagReplicationRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *ReplicationAPIService) EnableTagReplicationExecute(r ApiEnableTagReplicationRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReplicationApiService.EnableTagReplication") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReplicationAPIService.EnableTagReplication") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -484,9 +722,127 @@ func (a *ReplicationApiService) EnableTagReplicationExecute(r ApiEnableTagReplic return localVarHTTPResponse, nil } +type ApiExecuteReplicationProfileRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ReplicationAPIService + replicationProfileId string +} + +func (r ApiExecuteReplicationProfileRequest) Execute() (*ExecuteReplicationProfileResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ExecuteReplicationProfileExecute(r) +} + +/* +ExecuteReplicationProfile Execute a ReplicationProfile. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param replicationProfileId The ID of the ReplicationProfile. + @return ApiExecuteReplicationProfileRequest +*/ +func (a *ReplicationAPIService) ExecuteReplicationProfile(ctx context.Context, replicationProfileId string) ApiExecuteReplicationProfileRequest { + return ApiExecuteReplicationProfileRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + replicationProfileId: replicationProfileId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ExecuteReplicationProfileResponse +func (a *ReplicationAPIService) ExecuteReplicationProfileExecute(r ApiExecuteReplicationProfileRequest) (*ExecuteReplicationProfileResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ExecuteReplicationProfileResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReplicationAPIService.ExecuteReplicationProfile") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId}/execute" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"replicationProfileId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.replicationProfileId, "replicationProfileId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.replicationProfileId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("replicationProfileId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + type ApiGetReplicationProfileByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReplicationApiService + ApiService *ReplicationAPIService replicationProfileId string } @@ -501,7 +857,7 @@ GetReplicationProfileById Get a ReplicationProfile by ID. @param replicationProfileId The ID of the ReplicationProfile. @return ApiGetReplicationProfileByIdRequest */ -func (a *ReplicationApiService) GetReplicationProfileById(ctx context.Context, replicationProfileId string) ApiGetReplicationProfileByIdRequest { +func (a *ReplicationAPIService) GetReplicationProfileById(ctx context.Context, replicationProfileId string) ApiGetReplicationProfileByIdRequest { return ApiGetReplicationProfileByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -511,7 +867,7 @@ func (a *ReplicationApiService) GetReplicationProfileById(ctx context.Context, r // Execute executes the request // @return ReplicationProfile -func (a *ReplicationApiService) GetReplicationProfileByIdExecute(r ApiGetReplicationProfileByIdRequest) (*ReplicationProfile, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ReplicationAPIService) GetReplicationProfileByIdExecute(r ApiGetReplicationProfileByIdRequest) (*ReplicationProfile, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -519,7 +875,7 @@ func (a *ReplicationApiService) GetReplicationProfileByIdExecute(r ApiGetReplica localVarReturnValue *ReplicationProfile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReplicationApiService.GetReplicationProfileById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReplicationAPIService.GetReplicationProfileById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -604,7 +960,7 @@ func (a *ReplicationApiService) GetReplicationProfileByIdExecute(r ApiGetReplica type ApiGetReplicationProfileTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReplicationApiService + ApiService *ReplicationAPIService replicationProfileId string } @@ -619,7 +975,7 @@ GetReplicationProfileTags Get tags for a ReplicationProfile. @param replicationProfileId The ID of the ReplicationProfile. @return ApiGetReplicationProfileTagsRequest */ -func (a *ReplicationApiService) GetReplicationProfileTags(ctx context.Context, replicationProfileId string) ApiGetReplicationProfileTagsRequest { +func (a *ReplicationAPIService) GetReplicationProfileTags(ctx context.Context, replicationProfileId string) ApiGetReplicationProfileTagsRequest { return ApiGetReplicationProfileTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -629,7 +985,7 @@ func (a *ReplicationApiService) GetReplicationProfileTags(ctx context.Context, r // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *ReplicationApiService) GetReplicationProfileTagsExecute(r ApiGetReplicationProfileTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ReplicationAPIService) GetReplicationProfileTagsExecute(r ApiGetReplicationProfileTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -637,7 +993,7 @@ func (a *ReplicationApiService) GetReplicationProfileTagsExecute(r ApiGetReplica localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReplicationApiService.GetReplicationProfileTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReplicationAPIService.GetReplicationProfileTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -722,7 +1078,7 @@ func (a *ReplicationApiService) GetReplicationProfileTagsExecute(r ApiGetReplica type ApiGetReplicationProfilesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReplicationApiService + ApiService *ReplicationAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -756,7 +1112,7 @@ GetReplicationProfiles List all ReplicationProfiles. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiGetReplicationProfilesRequest */ -func (a *ReplicationApiService) GetReplicationProfiles(ctx context.Context) ApiGetReplicationProfilesRequest { +func (a *ReplicationAPIService) GetReplicationProfiles(ctx context.Context) ApiGetReplicationProfilesRequest { return ApiGetReplicationProfilesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -765,7 +1121,7 @@ func (a *ReplicationApiService) GetReplicationProfiles(ctx context.Context) ApiG // Execute executes the request // @return ListReplicationProfilesResponse -func (a *ReplicationApiService) GetReplicationProfilesExecute(r ApiGetReplicationProfilesRequest) (*ListReplicationProfilesResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ReplicationAPIService) GetReplicationProfilesExecute(r ApiGetReplicationProfilesRequest) (*ListReplicationProfilesResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -773,7 +1129,7 @@ func (a *ReplicationApiService) GetReplicationProfilesExecute(r ApiGetReplicatio localVarReturnValue *ListReplicationProfilesResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReplicationApiService.GetReplicationProfiles") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReplicationAPIService.GetReplicationProfiles") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -785,13 +1141,16 @@ func (a *ReplicationApiService) GetReplicationProfilesExecute(r ApiGetReplicatio localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -863,7 +1222,7 @@ func (a *ReplicationApiService) GetReplicationProfilesExecute(r ApiGetReplicatio type ApiSearchReplicationProfilesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReplicationApiService + ApiService *ReplicationAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -904,7 +1263,7 @@ SearchReplicationProfiles Search for ReplicationProfiles. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchReplicationProfilesRequest */ -func (a *ReplicationApiService) SearchReplicationProfiles(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchReplicationProfilesRequest { +func (a *ReplicationAPIService) SearchReplicationProfiles(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchReplicationProfilesRequest { return ApiSearchReplicationProfilesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -913,7 +1272,7 @@ func (a *ReplicationApiService) SearchReplicationProfiles(ctx context.Context) A // Execute executes the request // @return SearchReplicationProfilesResponse -func (a *ReplicationApiService) SearchReplicationProfilesExecute(r ApiSearchReplicationProfilesRequest) (*SearchReplicationProfilesResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ReplicationAPIService) SearchReplicationProfilesExecute(r ApiSearchReplicationProfilesRequest) (*SearchReplicationProfilesResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -921,7 +1280,7 @@ func (a *ReplicationApiService) SearchReplicationProfilesExecute(r ApiSearchRepl localVarReturnValue *SearchReplicationProfilesResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReplicationApiService.SearchReplicationProfiles") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReplicationAPIService.SearchReplicationProfiles") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -933,13 +1292,16 @@ func (a *ReplicationApiService) SearchReplicationProfilesExecute(r ApiSearchRepl localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -1010,3 +1372,132 @@ func (a *ReplicationApiService) SearchReplicationProfilesExecute(r ApiSearchRepl return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } + +type ApiUpdateReplicationProfileRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ReplicationAPIService + replicationProfileId string + updateReplicationProfileParameters *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters +} + +func (r ApiUpdateReplicationProfileRequest) UpdateReplicationProfileParameters(updateReplicationProfileParameters UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) ApiUpdateReplicationProfileRequest { + r.updateReplicationProfileParameters = &updateReplicationProfileParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiUpdateReplicationProfileRequest) Execute() (*ReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpdateReplicationProfileExecute(r) +} + +/* +UpdateReplicationProfile Update a ReplicationProfile. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param replicationProfileId The ID of the ReplicationProfile. + @return ApiUpdateReplicationProfileRequest +*/ +func (a *ReplicationAPIService) UpdateReplicationProfile(ctx context.Context, replicationProfileId string) ApiUpdateReplicationProfileRequest { + return ApiUpdateReplicationProfileRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + replicationProfileId: replicationProfileId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse +func (a *ReplicationAPIService) UpdateReplicationProfileExecute(r ApiUpdateReplicationProfileRequest) (*ReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReplicationAPIService.UpdateReplicationProfile") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"replicationProfileId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.replicationProfileId, "replicationProfileId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.replicationProfileId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("replicationProfileId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.updateReplicationProfileParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("updateReplicationProfileParameters is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.updateReplicationProfileParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} diff --git a/api_reporting.go b/api_reporting.go index 45526d6e..dd17094f 100644 --- a/api_reporting.go +++ b/api_reporting.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -23,12 +23,12 @@ import ( ) -// ReportingApiService ReportingApi service -type ReportingApiService service +// ReportingAPIService ReportingAPI service +type ReportingAPIService service type ApiCreateReportingScheduleRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReportingApiService + ApiService *ReportingAPIService reportingScheduleCreateParameters *ReportingScheduleCreateParameters } @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ CreateReportingSchedule Create a new report schedule. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiCreateReportingScheduleRequest */ -func (a *ReportingApiService) CreateReportingSchedule(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateReportingScheduleRequest { +func (a *ReportingAPIService) CreateReportingSchedule(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateReportingScheduleRequest { return ApiCreateReportingScheduleRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) CreateReportingSchedule(ctx context.Context) ApiCr // Execute executes the request // @return ReportingSchedule -func (a *ReportingApiService) CreateReportingScheduleExecute(r ApiCreateReportingScheduleRequest) (*ReportingSchedule, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ReportingAPIService) CreateReportingScheduleExecute(r ApiCreateReportingScheduleRequest) (*ReportingSchedule, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) CreateReportingScheduleExecute(r ApiCreateReportin localVarReturnValue *ReportingSchedule ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingApiService.CreateReportingSchedule") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.CreateReportingSchedule") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) CreateReportingScheduleExecute(r ApiCreateReportin type ApiCreateReportingScheduleTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReportingApiService + ApiService *ReportingAPIService reportId int32 tagsRequest *TagsRequest } @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ CreateReportingScheduleTags Create tags for a report schedule. @param reportId The ID of the report schedule. @return ApiCreateReportingScheduleTagsRequest */ -func (a *ReportingApiService) CreateReportingScheduleTags(ctx context.Context, reportId int32) ApiCreateReportingScheduleTagsRequest { +func (a *ReportingAPIService) CreateReportingScheduleTags(ctx context.Context, reportId int32) ApiCreateReportingScheduleTagsRequest { return ApiCreateReportingScheduleTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) CreateReportingScheduleTags(ctx context.Context, r // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *ReportingApiService) CreateReportingScheduleTagsExecute(r ApiCreateReportingScheduleTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ReportingAPIService) CreateReportingScheduleTagsExecute(r ApiCreateReportingScheduleTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) CreateReportingScheduleTagsExecute(r ApiCreateRepo localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingApiService.CreateReportingScheduleTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.CreateReportingScheduleTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) CreateReportingScheduleTagsExecute(r ApiCreateRepo type ApiDeleteReportingScheduleRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReportingApiService + ApiService *ReportingAPIService reportId int32 } @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ DeleteReportingSchedule Delete report schedule by ID. @param reportId The ID of the report schedule. @return ApiDeleteReportingScheduleRequest */ -func (a *ReportingApiService) DeleteReportingSchedule(ctx context.Context, reportId int32) ApiDeleteReportingScheduleRequest { +func (a *ReportingAPIService) DeleteReportingSchedule(ctx context.Context, reportId int32) ApiDeleteReportingScheduleRequest { return ApiDeleteReportingScheduleRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -302,14 +302,14 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) DeleteReportingSchedule(ctx context.Context, repor } // Execute executes the request -func (a *ReportingApiService) DeleteReportingScheduleExecute(r ApiDeleteReportingScheduleRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *ReportingAPIService) DeleteReportingScheduleExecute(r ApiDeleteReportingScheduleRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingApiService.DeleteReportingSchedule") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.DeleteReportingSchedule") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) DeleteReportingScheduleExecute(r ApiDeleteReportin type ApiDeleteReportingScheduleTagRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReportingApiService + ApiService *ReportingAPIService reportId int32 deleteTag *DeleteTag } @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ DeleteReportingScheduleTag Delete tags for a report schedule. @param reportId The ID of the report schedule. @return ApiDeleteReportingScheduleTagRequest */ -func (a *ReportingApiService) DeleteReportingScheduleTag(ctx context.Context, reportId int32) ApiDeleteReportingScheduleTagRequest { +func (a *ReportingAPIService) DeleteReportingScheduleTag(ctx context.Context, reportId int32) ApiDeleteReportingScheduleTagRequest { return ApiDeleteReportingScheduleTagRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -413,14 +413,14 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) DeleteReportingScheduleTag(ctx context.Context, re } // Execute executes the request -func (a *ReportingApiService) DeleteReportingScheduleTagExecute(r ApiDeleteReportingScheduleTagRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *ReportingAPIService) DeleteReportingScheduleTagExecute(r ApiDeleteReportingScheduleTagRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingApiService.DeleteReportingScheduleTag") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.DeleteReportingScheduleTag") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) DeleteReportingScheduleTagExecute(r ApiDeleteRepor type ApiGetApiUsageReportRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReportingApiService + ApiService *ReportingAPIService startDate *time.Time endDate *time.Time apiMetricKind *string @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ GetApiUsageReport Gets the report of API usage metrics over a given time period. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiGetApiUsageReportRequest */ -func (a *ReportingApiService) GetApiUsageReport(ctx context.Context) ApiGetApiUsageReportRequest { +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetApiUsageReport(ctx context.Context) ApiGetApiUsageReportRequest { return ApiGetApiUsageReportRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) GetApiUsageReport(ctx context.Context) ApiGetApiUs // Execute executes the request // @return ApiUsageReportResponse -func (a *ReportingApiService) GetApiUsageReportExecute(r ApiGetApiUsageReportRequest) (*ApiUsageReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetApiUsageReportExecute(r ApiGetApiUsageReportRequest) (*ApiUsageReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) GetApiUsageReportExecute(r ApiGetApiUsageReportReq localVarReturnValue *ApiUsageReportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingApiService.GetApiUsageReport") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.GetApiUsageReport") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -586,23 +586,23 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) GetApiUsageReportExecute(r ApiGetApiUsageReportReq localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.startDate != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "start_date", r.startDate, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "start_date", r.startDate, "form", "") } if r.endDate != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "end_date", r.endDate, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "end_date", r.endDate, "form", "") } if r.apiMetricKind != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "api_metric_kind", r.apiMetricKind, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "api_metric_kind", r.apiMetricKind, "form", "") } if r.groupBy != nil { t := *r.groupBy if reflect.TypeOf(t).Kind() == reflect.Slice { s := reflect.ValueOf(t) for i := 0; i < s.Len(); i++ { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "group_by", s.Index(i), "multi") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "group_by", s.Index(i).Interface(), "form", "multi") } } else { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "group_by", t, "multi") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "group_by", t, "form", "multi") } } if r.clientName != nil { @@ -610,10 +610,10 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) GetApiUsageReportExecute(r ApiGetApiUsageReportReq if reflect.TypeOf(t).Kind() == reflect.Slice { s := reflect.ValueOf(t) for i := 0; i < s.Len(); i++ { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "client_name", s.Index(i), "multi") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "client_name", s.Index(i).Interface(), "form", "multi") } } else { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "client_name", t, "multi") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "client_name", t, "form", "multi") } } if r.userAgent != nil { @@ -621,10 +621,10 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) GetApiUsageReportExecute(r ApiGetApiUsageReportReq if reflect.TypeOf(t).Kind() == reflect.Slice { s := reflect.ValueOf(t) for i := 0; i < s.Len(); i++ { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "user_agent", s.Index(i), "multi") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "user_agent", s.Index(i).Interface(), "form", "multi") } } else { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "user_agent", t, "multi") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "user_agent", t, "form", "multi") } } if r.dctVersion != nil { @@ -632,10 +632,10 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) GetApiUsageReportExecute(r ApiGetApiUsageReportReq if reflect.TypeOf(t).Kind() == reflect.Slice { s := reflect.ValueOf(t) for i := 0; i < s.Len(); i++ { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "dct_version", s.Index(i), "multi") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "dct_version", s.Index(i).Interface(), "form", "multi") } } else { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "dct_version", t, "multi") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "dct_version", t, "form", "multi") } } // to determine the Content-Type header @@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) GetApiUsageReportExecute(r ApiGetApiUsageReportReq type ApiGetAuditLogsSummaryReportRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReportingApiService + ApiService *ReportingAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ GetAuditLogsSummaryReport Gets the audit log summary report. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiGetAuditLogsSummaryReportRequest */ -func (a *ReportingApiService) GetAuditLogsSummaryReport(ctx context.Context) ApiGetAuditLogsSummaryReportRequest { +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetAuditLogsSummaryReport(ctx context.Context) ApiGetAuditLogsSummaryReportRequest { return ApiGetAuditLogsSummaryReportRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) GetAuditLogsSummaryReport(ctx context.Context) Api // Execute executes the request // @return AuditLogsSummaryReportResponse -func (a *ReportingApiService) GetAuditLogsSummaryReportExecute(r ApiGetAuditLogsSummaryReportRequest) (*AuditLogsSummaryReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetAuditLogsSummaryReportExecute(r ApiGetAuditLogsSummaryReportRequest) (*AuditLogsSummaryReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) GetAuditLogsSummaryReportExecute(r ApiGetAuditLogs localVarReturnValue *AuditLogsSummaryReportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingApiService.GetAuditLogsSummaryReport") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.GetAuditLogsSummaryReport") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -771,13 +771,16 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) GetAuditLogsSummaryReportExecute(r ApiGetAuditLogs localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 10000 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -847,78 +850,81 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) GetAuditLogsSummaryReportExecute(r ApiGetAuditLogs return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetDsourceConsumptionReportRequest struct { +type ApiGetDataRiskReportRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReportingApiService + ApiService *ReportingAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string } // Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 10000. -func (r ApiGetDsourceConsumptionReportRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetDsourceConsumptionReportRequest { +func (r ApiGetDataRiskReportRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetDataRiskReportRequest { r.limit = &limit return r } // Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiGetDsourceConsumptionReportRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetDsourceConsumptionReportRequest { +func (r ApiGetDataRiskReportRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetDataRiskReportRequest { r.cursor = &cursor return r } // The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. -func (r ApiGetDsourceConsumptionReportRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetDsourceConsumptionReportRequest { +func (r ApiGetDataRiskReportRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetDataRiskReportRequest { r.sort = &sort return r } -func (r ApiGetDsourceConsumptionReportRequest) Execute() (*DSourceConsumptionReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetDsourceConsumptionReportExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetDataRiskReportRequest) Execute() (*GetDataRiskReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDataRiskReportExecute(r) } /* -GetDsourceConsumptionReport Gets the consumption report for virtualization engine dSources. +GetDataRiskReport Get the masking data risk report. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetDsourceConsumptionReportRequest + @return ApiGetDataRiskReportRequest */ -func (a *ReportingApiService) GetDsourceConsumptionReport(ctx context.Context) ApiGetDsourceConsumptionReportRequest { - return ApiGetDsourceConsumptionReportRequest{ +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetDataRiskReport(ctx context.Context) ApiGetDataRiskReportRequest { + return ApiGetDataRiskReportRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return DSourceConsumptionReportResponse -func (a *ReportingApiService) GetDsourceConsumptionReportExecute(r ApiGetDsourceConsumptionReportRequest) (*DSourceConsumptionReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return GetDataRiskReportResponse +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetDataRiskReportExecute(r ApiGetDataRiskReportRequest) (*GetDataRiskReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *DSourceConsumptionReportResponse + localVarReturnValue *GetDataRiskReportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingApiService.GetDsourceConsumptionReport") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.GetDataRiskReport") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/dsource-consumption-report" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/data-risk-report" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 10000 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -988,81 +994,57 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) GetDsourceConsumptionReportExecute(r ApiGetDsource return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetDsourceUsageReportRequest struct { +type ApiGetDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReportingApiService - limit *int32 - cursor *string - sort *string + ApiService *ReportingAPIService + datasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest } -// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 10000. -func (r ApiGetDsourceUsageReportRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetDsourceUsageReportRequest { - r.limit = &limit - return r -} - -// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiGetDsourceUsageReportRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetDsourceUsageReportRequest { - r.cursor = &cursor - return r -} - -// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. -func (r ApiGetDsourceUsageReportRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetDsourceUsageReportRequest { - r.sort = &sort +func (r ApiGetDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest(datasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) ApiGetDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest { + r.datasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest = &datasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest return r } -func (r ApiGetDsourceUsageReportRequest) Execute() (*DSourceUsageReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetDsourceUsageReportExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) Execute() (*DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsExecute(r) } /* -GetDsourceUsageReport Gets the usage report for virtualization engine dSources. +GetDatasetPerformanceAnalytics Get Dataset Performance analytics @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetDsourceUsageReportRequest + @return ApiGetDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest */ -func (a *ReportingApiService) GetDsourceUsageReport(ctx context.Context) ApiGetDsourceUsageReportRequest { - return ApiGetDsourceUsageReportRequest{ +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetDatasetPerformanceAnalytics(ctx context.Context) ApiGetDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest { + return ApiGetDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return DSourceUsageReportResponse -func (a *ReportingApiService) GetDsourceUsageReportExecute(r ApiGetDsourceUsageReportRequest) (*DSourceUsageReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsExecute(r ApiGetDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) (*DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *DSourceUsageReportResponse + localVarReturnValue *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingApiService.GetDsourceUsageReport") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.GetDatasetPerformanceAnalytics") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/dsource-usage-report" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/dataset-performance-analytics" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") - } - if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") - } - if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") - } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -1071,13 +1053,15 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) GetDsourceUsageReportExecute(r ApiGetDsourceUsageR } // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json", "text/csv"} + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} // set Accept header localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.datasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -1129,78 +1113,81 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) GetDsourceUsageReportExecute(r ApiGetDsourceUsageR return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest struct { +type ApiGetDsourceConsumptionReportRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReportingApiService + ApiService *ReportingAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string } // Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 10000. -func (r ApiGetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest { +func (r ApiGetDsourceConsumptionReportRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetDsourceConsumptionReportRequest { r.limit = &limit return r } // Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiGetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest { +func (r ApiGetDsourceConsumptionReportRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetDsourceConsumptionReportRequest { r.cursor = &cursor return r } // The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. -func (r ApiGetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest { +func (r ApiGetDsourceConsumptionReportRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetDsourceConsumptionReportRequest { r.sort = &sort return r } -func (r ApiGetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest) Execute() (*EnginePerformanceAnalyticReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetDsourceConsumptionReportRequest) Execute() (*DSourceConsumptionReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDsourceConsumptionReportExecute(r) } /* -GetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReport Gets the performance analytics report for engines. +GetDsourceConsumptionReport Gets the consumption report for virtualization engine dSources. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest + @return ApiGetDsourceConsumptionReportRequest */ -func (a *ReportingApiService) GetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReport(ctx context.Context) ApiGetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest { - return ApiGetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest{ +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetDsourceConsumptionReport(ctx context.Context) ApiGetDsourceConsumptionReportRequest { + return ApiGetDsourceConsumptionReportRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return EnginePerformanceAnalyticReportResponse -func (a *ReportingApiService) GetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportExecute(r ApiGetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest) (*EnginePerformanceAnalyticReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return DSourceConsumptionReportResponse +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetDsourceConsumptionReportExecute(r ApiGetDsourceConsumptionReportRequest) (*DSourceConsumptionReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *EnginePerformanceAnalyticReportResponse + localVarReturnValue *DSourceConsumptionReportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingApiService.GetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReport") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.GetDsourceConsumptionReport") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/engine-performance-analytic-report" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/dsource-consumption-report" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 10000 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -1270,78 +1257,81 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) GetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportExecute(r ApiGe return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest struct { +type ApiGetDsourceUsageReportRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReportingApiService + ApiService *ReportingAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string } // Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 10000. -func (r ApiGetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest { +func (r ApiGetDsourceUsageReportRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetDsourceUsageReportRequest { r.limit = &limit return r } // Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiGetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest { +func (r ApiGetDsourceUsageReportRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetDsourceUsageReportRequest { r.cursor = &cursor return r } -// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. -func (r ApiGetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest { +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetDsourceUsageReportRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetDsourceUsageReportRequest { r.sort = &sort return r } -func (r ApiGetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest) Execute() (*MaskingExecutionMetricsReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetDsourceUsageReportRequest) Execute() (*DSourceUsageReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDsourceUsageReportExecute(r) } /* -GetMaskingExecutionMetricsReport Get the masking execution metrics report. +GetDsourceUsageReport Gets the usage report for virtualization engine dSources. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest + @return ApiGetDsourceUsageReportRequest */ -func (a *ReportingApiService) GetMaskingExecutionMetricsReport(ctx context.Context) ApiGetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest { - return ApiGetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest{ +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetDsourceUsageReport(ctx context.Context) ApiGetDsourceUsageReportRequest { + return ApiGetDsourceUsageReportRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return MaskingExecutionMetricsReportResponse -func (a *ReportingApiService) GetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportExecute(r ApiGetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest) (*MaskingExecutionMetricsReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return DSourceUsageReportResponse +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetDsourceUsageReportExecute(r ApiGetDsourceUsageReportRequest) (*DSourceUsageReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *MaskingExecutionMetricsReportResponse + localVarReturnValue *DSourceUsageReportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingApiService.GetMaskingExecutionMetricsReport") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.GetDsourceUsageReport") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/masking-execution-metrics" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/dsource-usage-report" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 10000 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -1411,49 +1401,82 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) GetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportExecute(r ApiGetMa return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetProductInfoRequest struct { +type ApiGetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReportingApiService + ApiService *ReportingAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string } -func (r ApiGetProductInfoRequest) Execute() (*ProductInfo, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetProductInfoExecute(r) +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 10000. +func (r ApiGetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportRequest) Execute() (*GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportExecute(r) } /* -GetProductInfo Returns the DCT Product Information. +GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReport Get the masking engine global object state report. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetProductInfoRequest + @return ApiGetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportRequest */ -func (a *ReportingApiService) GetProductInfo(ctx context.Context) ApiGetProductInfoRequest { - return ApiGetProductInfoRequest{ +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReport(ctx context.Context) ApiGetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportRequest { + return ApiGetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return ProductInfo -func (a *ReportingApiService) GetProductInfoExecute(r ApiGetProductInfoRequest) (*ProductInfo, *http.Response, error) { +// @return GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportExecute(r ApiGetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportRequest) (*GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ProductInfo + localVarReturnValue *GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingApiService.GetProductInfo") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReport") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/product_info" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/engine-global-object-state-report" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 10000 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -1464,7 +1487,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) GetProductInfoExecute(r ApiGetProductInfoRequest) } // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json", "text/csv"} // set Accept header localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) @@ -1522,53 +1545,82 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) GetProductInfoExecute(r ApiGetProductInfoRequest) return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetReportingScheduleByIdRequest struct { +type ApiGetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReportingApiService - reportId int32 + ApiService *ReportingAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string } -func (r ApiGetReportingScheduleByIdRequest) Execute() (*ReportingSchedule, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetReportingScheduleByIdExecute(r) +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 10000. +func (r ApiGetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest) Execute() (*EnginePerformanceAnalyticReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportExecute(r) } /* -GetReportingScheduleById Returns a report schedule by ID. +GetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReport Gets the performance analytics report for engines. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param reportId The ID of the report schedule. - @return ApiGetReportingScheduleByIdRequest + @return ApiGetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest */ -func (a *ReportingApiService) GetReportingScheduleById(ctx context.Context, reportId int32) ApiGetReportingScheduleByIdRequest { - return ApiGetReportingScheduleByIdRequest{ +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReport(ctx context.Context) ApiGetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest { + return ApiGetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, - reportId: reportId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return ReportingSchedule -func (a *ReportingApiService) GetReportingScheduleByIdExecute(r ApiGetReportingScheduleByIdRequest) (*ReportingSchedule, *http.Response, error) { +// @return EnginePerformanceAnalyticReportResponse +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportExecute(r ApiGetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest) (*EnginePerformanceAnalyticReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ReportingSchedule + localVarReturnValue *EnginePerformanceAnalyticReportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingApiService.GetReportingScheduleById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.GetEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReport") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/schedule/{reportId}" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"reportId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.reportId, "reportId")), -1) + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/engine-performance-analytic-report" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 10000 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -1579,7 +1631,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) GetReportingScheduleByIdExecute(r ApiGetReportingS } // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json", "text/csv"} // set Accept header localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) @@ -1637,55 +1689,1162 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) GetReportingScheduleByIdExecute(r ApiGetReportingS return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetReportingScheduleTagsRequest struct { +type ApiGetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReportingApiService - reportId int32 + ApiService *ReportingAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string } -func (r ApiGetReportingScheduleTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetReportingScheduleTagsExecute(r) +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 10000. +func (r ApiGetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiGetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest) Execute() (*MaskingExecutionMetricsReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportExecute(r) } /* -GetReportingScheduleTags Get tags for a report schedule. +GetMaskingExecutionMetricsReport Get the masking execution metrics report. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param reportId The ID of the report schedule. - @return ApiGetReportingScheduleTagsRequest + @return ApiGetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest */ -func (a *ReportingApiService) GetReportingScheduleTags(ctx context.Context, reportId int32) ApiGetReportingScheduleTagsRequest { - return ApiGetReportingScheduleTagsRequest{ +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetMaskingExecutionMetricsReport(ctx context.Context) ApiGetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest { + return ApiGetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, - reportId: reportId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return TagsResponse -func (a *ReportingApiService) GetReportingScheduleTagsExecute(r ApiGetReportingScheduleTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return MaskingExecutionMetricsReportResponse +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportExecute(r ApiGetMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest) (*MaskingExecutionMetricsReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + localVarReturnValue *MaskingExecutionMetricsReportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingApiService.GetReportingScheduleTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.GetMaskingExecutionMetricsReport") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/schedule/{reportId}/tags" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"reportId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.reportId, "reportId")), -1) + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/masking-execution-metrics" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 10000 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json", "text/csv"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetProductInfoRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ReportingAPIService +} + +func (r ApiGetProductInfoRequest) Execute() (*ProductInfo, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetProductInfoExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetProductInfo Returns the DCT Product Information. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetProductInfoRequest +*/ +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetProductInfo(ctx context.Context) ApiGetProductInfoRequest { + return ApiGetProductInfoRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ProductInfo +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetProductInfoExecute(r ApiGetProductInfoRequest) (*ProductInfo, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ProductInfo + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.GetProductInfo") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/product_info" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetReportingScheduleByIdRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ReportingAPIService + reportId int32 +} + +func (r ApiGetReportingScheduleByIdRequest) Execute() (*ReportingSchedule, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetReportingScheduleByIdExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetReportingScheduleById Returns a report schedule by ID. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param reportId The ID of the report schedule. + @return ApiGetReportingScheduleByIdRequest +*/ +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetReportingScheduleById(ctx context.Context, reportId int32) ApiGetReportingScheduleByIdRequest { + return ApiGetReportingScheduleByIdRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + reportId: reportId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ReportingSchedule +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetReportingScheduleByIdExecute(r ApiGetReportingScheduleByIdRequest) (*ReportingSchedule, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ReportingSchedule + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.GetReportingScheduleById") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/schedule/{reportId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"reportId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.reportId, "reportId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetReportingScheduleTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ReportingAPIService + reportId int32 +} + +func (r ApiGetReportingScheduleTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetReportingScheduleTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetReportingScheduleTags Get tags for a report schedule. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param reportId The ID of the report schedule. + @return ApiGetReportingScheduleTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetReportingScheduleTags(ctx context.Context, reportId int32) ApiGetReportingScheduleTagsRequest { + return ApiGetReportingScheduleTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + reportId: reportId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetReportingScheduleTagsExecute(r ApiGetReportingScheduleTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.GetReportingScheduleTags") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/schedule/{reportId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"reportId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.reportId, "reportId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetReportingSchedulesRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ReportingAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetReportingSchedulesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetReportingSchedulesRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetReportingSchedulesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetReportingSchedulesRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetReportingSchedulesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetReportingSchedulesRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetReportingSchedulesRequest) Execute() (*ListReportingScheduleResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetReportingSchedulesExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetReportingSchedules List all report schedules. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetReportingSchedulesRequest +*/ +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetReportingSchedules(ctx context.Context) ApiGetReportingSchedulesRequest { + return ApiGetReportingSchedulesRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListReportingScheduleResponse +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetReportingSchedulesExecute(r ApiGetReportingSchedulesRequest) (*ListReportingScheduleResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListReportingScheduleResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.GetReportingSchedules") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/schedule" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetStorageCapacityDataRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ReportingAPIService + engineId *string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// ID of a registered engine. +func (r ApiGetStorageCapacityDataRequest) EngineId(engineId string) ApiGetStorageCapacityDataRequest { + r.engineId = &engineId + return r +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetStorageCapacityDataRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetStorageCapacityDataRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetStorageCapacityDataRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetStorageCapacityDataRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetStorageCapacityDataRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetStorageCapacityDataRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetStorageCapacityDataRequest) Execute() (*EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetStorageCapacityDataExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetStorageCapacityData Get engine storage capacity data. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetStorageCapacityDataRequest +*/ +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetStorageCapacityData(ctx context.Context) ApiGetStorageCapacityDataRequest { + return ApiGetStorageCapacityDataRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetStorageCapacityDataExecute(r ApiGetStorageCapacityDataRequest) (*EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.GetStorageCapacityData") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/storage-capacity-data-report" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.engineId != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "engine_id", r.engineId, "form", "") + } + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetVdbInventoryReportRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ReportingAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 10000. +func (r ApiGetVdbInventoryReportRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetVdbInventoryReportRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetVdbInventoryReportRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetVdbInventoryReportRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetVdbInventoryReportRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetVdbInventoryReportRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetVdbInventoryReportRequest) Execute() (*VDBInventoryReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetVdbInventoryReportExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetVdbInventoryReport Gets the inventory report for virtualization engine VDBs. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetVdbInventoryReportRequest +*/ +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetVdbInventoryReport(ctx context.Context) ApiGetVdbInventoryReportRequest { + return ApiGetVdbInventoryReportRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return VDBInventoryReportResponse +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetVdbInventoryReportExecute(r ApiGetVdbInventoryReportRequest) (*VDBInventoryReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *VDBInventoryReportResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.GetVdbInventoryReport") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/vdb-inventory-report" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 10000 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json", "text/csv"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ReportingAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 10000. +func (r ApiGetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest) Execute() (*VirtualizationStorageSummaryReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReport Gets the storage summary report for virtualization engines. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest +*/ +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReport(ctx context.Context) ApiGetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest { + return ApiGetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return VirtualizationStorageSummaryReportResponse +func (a *ReportingAPIService) GetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportExecute(r ApiGetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest) (*VirtualizationStorageSummaryReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *VirtualizationStorageSummaryReportResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.GetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReport") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/virtualization-storage-summary-report" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 10000 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json", "text/csv"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchDataRiskReportRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *ReportingAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 10000. +func (r ApiSearchDataRiskReportRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchDataRiskReportRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchDataRiskReportRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchDataRiskReportRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiSearchDataRiskReportRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchDataRiskReportRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchDataRiskReportRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchDataRiskReportRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchDataRiskReportRequest) Execute() (*SearchDataRiskReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchDataRiskReportExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchDataRiskReport Search the masking data risk report. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiSearchDataRiskReportRequest +*/ +func (a *ReportingAPIService) SearchDataRiskReport(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchDataRiskReportRequest { + return ApiSearchDataRiskReportRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return SearchDataRiskReportResponse +func (a *ReportingAPIService) SearchDataRiskReportExecute(r ApiSearchDataRiskReportRequest) (*SearchDataRiskReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SearchDataRiskReportResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.SearchDataRiskReport") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/data-risk-report/search" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 10000 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -1694,13 +2853,15 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) GetReportingScheduleTagsExecute(r ApiGetReportingS } // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json", "text/csv"} // set Accept header localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -1752,81 +2913,105 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) GetReportingScheduleTagsExecute(r ApiGetReportingS return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetReportingSchedulesRequest struct { +type ApiSearchDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReportingApiService + ApiService *ReportingAPIService + engineId *string limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// ID of a registered engine. +func (r ApiSearchDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryRequest) EngineId(engineId string) ApiSearchDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryRequest { + r.engineId = &engineId + return r } // Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiGetReportingSchedulesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetReportingSchedulesRequest { +func (r ApiSearchDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryRequest { r.limit = &limit return r } // Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiGetReportingSchedulesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetReportingSchedulesRequest { +func (r ApiSearchDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryRequest { r.cursor = &cursor return r } // The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. -func (r ApiGetReportingSchedulesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetReportingSchedulesRequest { +func (r ApiSearchDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryRequest { r.sort = &sort return r } -func (r ApiGetReportingSchedulesRequest) Execute() (*ListReportingScheduleResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetReportingSchedulesExecute(r) +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryRequest) Execute() (*DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryExecute(r) } /* -GetReportingSchedules List all report schedules. +SearchDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary Search Dataset Performance analytics summary @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetReportingSchedulesRequest + @return ApiSearchDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryRequest */ -func (a *ReportingApiService) GetReportingSchedules(ctx context.Context) ApiGetReportingSchedulesRequest { - return ApiGetReportingSchedulesRequest{ +func (a *ReportingAPIService) SearchDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryRequest { + return ApiSearchDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return ListReportingScheduleResponse -func (a *ReportingApiService) GetReportingSchedulesExecute(r ApiGetReportingSchedulesRequest) (*ListReportingScheduleResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse +func (a *ReportingAPIService) SearchDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryExecute(r ApiSearchDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryRequest) (*DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ListReportingScheduleResponse + localVarReturnValue *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingApiService.GetReportingSchedules") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.SearchDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/schedule" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/dataset-performance-analytics-summary/search" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.engineId == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("engineId is required and must be specified") + } + if strlen(*r.engineId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("engineId must have at least 1 elements") + } + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "engine_id", r.engineId, "form", "") if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -1842,6 +3027,8 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) GetReportingSchedulesExecute(r ApiGetReportingSche if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -1893,81 +3080,91 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) GetReportingSchedulesExecute(r ApiGetReportingSche return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetVdbInventoryReportRequest struct { +type ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReportingApiService + ApiService *ReportingAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody } // Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 10000. -func (r ApiGetVdbInventoryReportRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetVdbInventoryReportRequest { +func (r ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest { r.limit = &limit return r } // Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiGetVdbInventoryReportRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetVdbInventoryReportRequest { +func (r ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest { r.cursor = &cursor return r } // The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. -func (r ApiGetVdbInventoryReportRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetVdbInventoryReportRequest { +func (r ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest { r.sort = &sort return r } -func (r ApiGetVdbInventoryReportRequest) Execute() (*VDBInventoryReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetVdbInventoryReportExecute(r) +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest) Execute() (*DSourceConsumptionReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchDsourceConsumptionReportExecute(r) } /* -GetVdbInventoryReport Gets the inventory report for virtualization engine VDBs. +SearchDsourceConsumptionReport Search the consumption report for virtualization engine DSources. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetVdbInventoryReportRequest + @return ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest */ -func (a *ReportingApiService) GetVdbInventoryReport(ctx context.Context) ApiGetVdbInventoryReportRequest { - return ApiGetVdbInventoryReportRequest{ +func (a *ReportingAPIService) SearchDsourceConsumptionReport(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest { + return ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return VDBInventoryReportResponse -func (a *ReportingApiService) GetVdbInventoryReportExecute(r ApiGetVdbInventoryReportRequest) (*VDBInventoryReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return DSourceConsumptionReportResponse +func (a *ReportingAPIService) SearchDsourceConsumptionReportExecute(r ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest) (*DSourceConsumptionReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *VDBInventoryReportResponse + localVarReturnValue *DSourceConsumptionReportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingApiService.GetVdbInventoryReport") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.SearchDsourceConsumptionReport") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/vdb-inventory-report" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/dsource-consumption-report/search" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 10000 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -1983,6 +3180,8 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) GetVdbInventoryReportExecute(r ApiGetVdbInventoryR if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -2034,81 +3233,91 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) GetVdbInventoryReportExecute(r ApiGetVdbInventoryR return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest struct { +type ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReportingApiService + ApiService *ReportingAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody } // Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 10000. -func (r ApiGetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest { +func (r ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest { r.limit = &limit return r } // Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiGetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest { +func (r ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest { r.cursor = &cursor return r } // The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. -func (r ApiGetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest { +func (r ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest { r.sort = &sort return r } -func (r ApiGetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest) Execute() (*VirtualizationStorageSummaryReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportExecute(r) +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest) Execute() (*DSourceUsageReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchDsourceUsageReportExecute(r) } /* -GetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReport Gets the storage summary report for virtualization engines. +SearchDsourceUsageReport Search the usage report for virtualization engine dSources. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest + @return ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest */ -func (a *ReportingApiService) GetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReport(ctx context.Context) ApiGetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest { - return ApiGetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest{ +func (a *ReportingAPIService) SearchDsourceUsageReport(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest { + return ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return VirtualizationStorageSummaryReportResponse -func (a *ReportingApiService) GetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportExecute(r ApiGetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest) (*VirtualizationStorageSummaryReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return DSourceUsageReportResponse +func (a *ReportingAPIService) SearchDsourceUsageReportExecute(r ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest) (*DSourceUsageReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *VirtualizationStorageSummaryReportResponse + localVarReturnValue *DSourceUsageReportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingApiService.GetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReport") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.SearchDsourceUsageReport") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/virtualization-storage-summary-report" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/dsource-usage-report/search" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 10000 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -2124,6 +3333,8 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) GetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportExecute(r Api if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -2175,9 +3386,9 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) GetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportExecute(r Api return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest struct { +type ApiSearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReportingApiService + ApiService *ReportingAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -2185,75 +3396,78 @@ type ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest struct { } // Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 10000. -func (r ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest { +func (r ApiSearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportRequest { r.limit = &limit return r } // Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest { +func (r ApiSearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportRequest { r.cursor = &cursor return r } // The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. -func (r ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest { +func (r ApiSearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportRequest { r.sort = &sort return r } // A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. -func (r ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest { +func (r ApiSearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportRequest { r.searchBody = &searchBody return r } -func (r ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest) Execute() (*DSourceConsumptionReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.SearchDsourceConsumptionReportExecute(r) +func (r ApiSearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportRequest) Execute() (*SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportExecute(r) } /* -SearchDsourceConsumptionReport Search the consumption report for virtualization engine DSources. +SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReport Search the masking engine global object state report. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest + @return ApiSearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportRequest */ -func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchDsourceConsumptionReport(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest { - return ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest{ +func (a *ReportingAPIService) SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReport(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportRequest { + return ApiSearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return DSourceConsumptionReportResponse -func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchDsourceConsumptionReportExecute(r ApiSearchDsourceConsumptionReportRequest) (*DSourceConsumptionReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse +func (a *ReportingAPIService) SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportExecute(r ApiSearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportRequest) (*SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *DSourceConsumptionReportResponse + localVarReturnValue *SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingApiService.SearchDsourceConsumptionReport") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReport") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/dsource-consumption-report/search" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/engine-global-object-state-report/search" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 10000 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -2325,9 +3539,9 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchDsourceConsumptionReportExecute(r ApiSearchD return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest struct { +type ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReportingApiService + ApiService *ReportingAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -2335,75 +3549,78 @@ type ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest struct { } // Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 10000. -func (r ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest { +func (r ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest { r.limit = &limit return r } // Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest { +func (r ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest { r.cursor = &cursor return r } // The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. -func (r ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest { +func (r ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest { r.sort = &sort return r } // A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. -func (r ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest { +func (r ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest { r.searchBody = &searchBody return r } -func (r ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest) Execute() (*DSourceUsageReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.SearchDsourceUsageReportExecute(r) +func (r ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest) Execute() (*EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsExecute(r) } /* -SearchDsourceUsageReport Search the usage report for virtualization engine dSources. +SearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrends Search the performance analytic trend data for engines. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest + @return ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest */ -func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchDsourceUsageReport(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest { - return ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest{ +func (a *ReportingAPIService) SearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrends(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest { + return ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return DSourceUsageReportResponse -func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchDsourceUsageReportExecute(r ApiSearchDsourceUsageReportRequest) (*DSourceUsageReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendResponse +func (a *ReportingAPIService) SearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsExecute(r ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest) (*EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *DSourceUsageReportResponse + localVarReturnValue *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingApiService.SearchDsourceUsageReport") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.SearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrends") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/dsource-usage-report/search" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/engine-performance-analytic-trends/search" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 10000 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -2415,7 +3632,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchDsourceUsageReportExecute(r ApiSearchDsource } // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json", "text/csv"} + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} // set Accept header localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) @@ -2475,9 +3692,9 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchDsourceUsageReportExecute(r ApiSearchDsource return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest struct { +type ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReportingApiService + ApiService *ReportingAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -2485,75 +3702,78 @@ type ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest struct { } // Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 10000. -func (r ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest { +func (r ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest { r.limit = &limit return r } // Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest { +func (r ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest { r.cursor = &cursor return r } // The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. -func (r ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest { +func (r ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest { r.sort = &sort return r } // A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. -func (r ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest { +func (r ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest { r.searchBody = &searchBody return r } -func (r ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest) Execute() (*EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.SearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsExecute(r) +func (r ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest) Execute() (*EnginePerformanceAnalyticReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportExecute(r) } /* -SearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrends Search the performance analytic trend data for engines. +SearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReport Search the performance analytic report for engines. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest + @return ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest */ -func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrends(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest { - return ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest{ +func (a *ReportingAPIService) SearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReport(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest { + return ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendResponse -func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsExecute(r ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsRequest) (*EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return EnginePerformanceAnalyticReportResponse +func (a *ReportingAPIService) SearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportExecute(r ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest) (*EnginePerformanceAnalyticReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendResponse + localVarReturnValue *EnginePerformanceAnalyticReportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingApiService.SearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrends") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.SearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReport") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/engine-performance-analytic-trends/search" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/engine-performance-analytic-report/search" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 10000 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -2565,7 +3785,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsExecute(r Api } // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json", "text/csv"} // set Accept header localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) @@ -2625,9 +3845,9 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendsExecute(r Api return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest struct { +type ApiSearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReportingApiService + ApiService *ReportingAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -2635,75 +3855,78 @@ type ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest struct { } // Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 10000. -func (r ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest { +func (r ApiSearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest { r.limit = &limit return r } // Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest { +func (r ApiSearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest { r.cursor = &cursor return r } -// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. -func (r ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest { +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiSearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest { r.sort = &sort return r } // A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. -func (r ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest { +func (r ApiSearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest { r.searchBody = &searchBody return r } -func (r ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest) Execute() (*EnginePerformanceAnalyticReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.SearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportExecute(r) +func (r ApiSearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest) Execute() (*MaskingExecutionMetricsReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportExecute(r) } /* -SearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReport Search the performance analytic report for engines. +SearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReport Search the Masking execution metrics report. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest + @return ApiSearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest */ -func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReport(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest { - return ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest{ +func (a *ReportingAPIService) SearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReport(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest { + return ApiSearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return EnginePerformanceAnalyticReportResponse -func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportExecute(r ApiSearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportRequest) (*EnginePerformanceAnalyticReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return MaskingExecutionMetricsReportResponse +func (a *ReportingAPIService) SearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportExecute(r ApiSearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest) (*MaskingExecutionMetricsReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *EnginePerformanceAnalyticReportResponse + localVarReturnValue *MaskingExecutionMetricsReportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingApiService.SearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReport") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.SearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReport") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/engine-performance-analytic-report/search" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/masking-execution-metrics/search" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 10000 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -2775,85 +3998,88 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchEnginePerformanceAnalyticsReportExecute(r Ap return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiSearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest struct { +type ApiSearchReportingSchedulesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReportingApiService + ApiService *ReportingAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string searchBody *SearchBody } -// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 10000. -func (r ApiSearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest { +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchReportingSchedulesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchReportingSchedulesRequest { r.limit = &limit return r } // Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiSearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest { +func (r ApiSearchReportingSchedulesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchReportingSchedulesRequest { r.cursor = &cursor return r } -// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. -func (r ApiSearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest { +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiSearchReportingSchedulesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchReportingSchedulesRequest { r.sort = &sort return r } // A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. -func (r ApiSearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest { +func (r ApiSearchReportingSchedulesRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchReportingSchedulesRequest { r.searchBody = &searchBody return r } -func (r ApiSearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest) Execute() (*MaskingExecutionMetricsReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.SearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportExecute(r) +func (r ApiSearchReportingSchedulesRequest) Execute() (*SearchReportingScheduleResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchReportingSchedulesExecute(r) } /* -SearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReport Search the Masking execution metrics report. +SearchReportingSchedules Search for report schedules. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiSearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest + @return ApiSearchReportingSchedulesRequest */ -func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReport(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest { - return ApiSearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest{ +func (a *ReportingAPIService) SearchReportingSchedules(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchReportingSchedulesRequest { + return ApiSearchReportingSchedulesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return MaskingExecutionMetricsReportResponse -func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportExecute(r ApiSearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportRequest) (*MaskingExecutionMetricsReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return SearchReportingScheduleResponse +func (a *ReportingAPIService) SearchReportingSchedulesExecute(r ApiSearchReportingSchedulesRequest) (*SearchReportingScheduleResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *MaskingExecutionMetricsReportResponse + localVarReturnValue *SearchReportingScheduleResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingApiService.SearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReport") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.SearchReportingSchedules") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/masking-execution-metrics/search" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/schedule/search" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -2865,7 +4091,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportExecute(r ApiSe } // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json", "text/csv"} + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} // set Accept header localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) @@ -2925,85 +4151,98 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReportExecute(r ApiSe return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiSearchReportingSchedulesRequest struct { +type ApiSearchStorageCapacityDataRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReportingApiService + ApiService *ReportingAPIService + engineId *string limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string searchBody *SearchBody } +// ID of a registered engine. +func (r ApiSearchStorageCapacityDataRequest) EngineId(engineId string) ApiSearchStorageCapacityDataRequest { + r.engineId = &engineId + return r +} + // Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiSearchReportingSchedulesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchReportingSchedulesRequest { +func (r ApiSearchStorageCapacityDataRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchStorageCapacityDataRequest { r.limit = &limit return r } // Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiSearchReportingSchedulesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchReportingSchedulesRequest { +func (r ApiSearchStorageCapacityDataRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchStorageCapacityDataRequest { r.cursor = &cursor return r } // The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. -func (r ApiSearchReportingSchedulesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchReportingSchedulesRequest { +func (r ApiSearchStorageCapacityDataRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchStorageCapacityDataRequest { r.sort = &sort return r } // A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. -func (r ApiSearchReportingSchedulesRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchReportingSchedulesRequest { +func (r ApiSearchStorageCapacityDataRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchStorageCapacityDataRequest { r.searchBody = &searchBody return r } -func (r ApiSearchReportingSchedulesRequest) Execute() (*SearchReportingScheduleResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.SearchReportingSchedulesExecute(r) +func (r ApiSearchStorageCapacityDataRequest) Execute() (*EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchStorageCapacityDataExecute(r) } /* -SearchReportingSchedules Search for report schedules. +SearchStorageCapacityData Search engine storage capacity data. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiSearchReportingSchedulesRequest + @return ApiSearchStorageCapacityDataRequest */ -func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchReportingSchedules(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchReportingSchedulesRequest { - return ApiSearchReportingSchedulesRequest{ +func (a *ReportingAPIService) SearchStorageCapacityData(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchStorageCapacityDataRequest { + return ApiSearchStorageCapacityDataRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return SearchReportingScheduleResponse -func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchReportingSchedulesExecute(r ApiSearchReportingSchedulesRequest) (*SearchReportingScheduleResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse +func (a *ReportingAPIService) SearchStorageCapacityDataExecute(r ApiSearchStorageCapacityDataRequest) (*EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *SearchReportingScheduleResponse + localVarReturnValue *EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingApiService.SearchReportingSchedules") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.SearchStorageCapacityData") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/schedule/search" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/reporting/storage-capacity-data-report/search" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.engineId != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "engine_id", r.engineId, "form", "") + } if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -3077,7 +4316,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchReportingSchedulesExecute(r ApiSearchReporti type ApiSearchStorageSavingsSummaryReportRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReportingApiService + ApiService *ReportingAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -3118,7 +4357,7 @@ SearchStorageSavingsSummaryReport Search the saving storage summary report for v @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchStorageSavingsSummaryReportRequest */ -func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchStorageSavingsSummaryReport(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchStorageSavingsSummaryReportRequest { +func (a *ReportingAPIService) SearchStorageSavingsSummaryReport(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchStorageSavingsSummaryReportRequest { return ApiSearchStorageSavingsSummaryReportRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -3127,7 +4366,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchStorageSavingsSummaryReport(ctx context.Cont // Execute executes the request // @return StorageSavingsSummaryReportResponse -func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchStorageSavingsSummaryReportExecute(r ApiSearchStorageSavingsSummaryReportRequest) (*StorageSavingsSummaryReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ReportingAPIService) SearchStorageSavingsSummaryReportExecute(r ApiSearchStorageSavingsSummaryReportRequest) (*StorageSavingsSummaryReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -3135,7 +4374,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchStorageSavingsSummaryReportExecute(r ApiSear localVarReturnValue *StorageSavingsSummaryReportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingApiService.SearchStorageSavingsSummaryReport") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.SearchStorageSavingsSummaryReport") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -3147,13 +4386,16 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchStorageSavingsSummaryReportExecute(r ApiSear localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 10000 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -3227,7 +4469,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchStorageSavingsSummaryReportExecute(r ApiSear type ApiSearchVdbInventoryReportRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReportingApiService + ApiService *ReportingAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -3268,7 +4510,7 @@ SearchVdbInventoryReport Search the inventory report for virtualization engine V @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchVdbInventoryReportRequest */ -func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchVdbInventoryReport(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchVdbInventoryReportRequest { +func (a *ReportingAPIService) SearchVdbInventoryReport(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchVdbInventoryReportRequest { return ApiSearchVdbInventoryReportRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -3277,7 +4519,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchVdbInventoryReport(ctx context.Context) ApiS // Execute executes the request // @return VDBInventoryReportResponse -func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchVdbInventoryReportExecute(r ApiSearchVdbInventoryReportRequest) (*VDBInventoryReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ReportingAPIService) SearchVdbInventoryReportExecute(r ApiSearchVdbInventoryReportRequest) (*VDBInventoryReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -3285,7 +4527,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchVdbInventoryReportExecute(r ApiSearchVdbInve localVarReturnValue *VDBInventoryReportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingApiService.SearchVdbInventoryReport") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.SearchVdbInventoryReport") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -3297,13 +4539,16 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchVdbInventoryReportExecute(r ApiSearchVdbInve localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 10000 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -3377,7 +4622,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchVdbInventoryReportExecute(r ApiSearchVdbInve type ApiSearchVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReportingApiService + ApiService *ReportingAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -3418,7 +4663,7 @@ SearchVirtualizationStorageSummaryReport Search the storage summary report for v @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest */ -func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchVirtualizationStorageSummaryReport(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest { +func (a *ReportingAPIService) SearchVirtualizationStorageSummaryReport(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest { return ApiSearchVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -3427,7 +4672,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchVirtualizationStorageSummaryReport(ctx conte // Execute executes the request // @return VirtualizationStorageSummaryReportResponse -func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportExecute(r ApiSearchVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest) (*VirtualizationStorageSummaryReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ReportingAPIService) SearchVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportExecute(r ApiSearchVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportRequest) (*VirtualizationStorageSummaryReportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -3435,7 +4680,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportExecute(r localVarReturnValue *VirtualizationStorageSummaryReportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingApiService.SearchVirtualizationStorageSummaryReport") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.SearchVirtualizationStorageSummaryReport") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -3447,13 +4692,16 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportExecute(r localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 10000 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -3527,7 +4775,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) SearchVirtualizationStorageSummaryReportExecute(r type ApiUpdateReportingScheduleRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ReportingApiService + ApiService *ReportingAPIService reportId int32 reportingSchedule *ReportingSchedule } @@ -3548,7 +4796,7 @@ UpdateReportingSchedule Update a reporting schedule by ID. @param reportId The ID of the report schedule. @return ApiUpdateReportingScheduleRequest */ -func (a *ReportingApiService) UpdateReportingSchedule(ctx context.Context, reportId int32) ApiUpdateReportingScheduleRequest { +func (a *ReportingAPIService) UpdateReportingSchedule(ctx context.Context, reportId int32) ApiUpdateReportingScheduleRequest { return ApiUpdateReportingScheduleRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -3558,7 +4806,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) UpdateReportingSchedule(ctx context.Context, repor // Execute executes the request // @return ReportingSchedule -func (a *ReportingApiService) UpdateReportingScheduleExecute(r ApiUpdateReportingScheduleRequest) (*ReportingSchedule, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ReportingAPIService) UpdateReportingScheduleExecute(r ApiUpdateReportingScheduleRequest) (*ReportingSchedule, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPut localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -3566,7 +4814,7 @@ func (a *ReportingApiService) UpdateReportingScheduleExecute(r ApiUpdateReportin localVarReturnValue *ReportingSchedule ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingApiService.UpdateReportingSchedule") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ReportingAPIService.UpdateReportingSchedule") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } diff --git a/api_rule_sets.go b/api_rule_sets.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a2f70966 --- /dev/null +++ b/api_rule_sets.go @@ -0,0 +1,1634 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "bytes" + "context" + "io" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "strings" +) + + +// RuleSetsAPIService RuleSetsAPI service +type RuleSetsAPIService service + +type ApiCreateRuleSetTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *RuleSetsAPIService + ruleSetId string + tagsRequest *TagsRequest +} + +// Tags information for Rule Set. +func (r ApiCreateRuleSetTagsRequest) TagsRequest(tagsRequest TagsRequest) ApiCreateRuleSetTagsRequest { + r.tagsRequest = &tagsRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiCreateRuleSetTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CreateRuleSetTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +CreateRuleSetTags Create tags for a Rule Set. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param ruleSetId The ID of the Rule Set. + @return ApiCreateRuleSetTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *RuleSetsAPIService) CreateRuleSetTags(ctx context.Context, ruleSetId string) ApiCreateRuleSetTagsRequest { + return ApiCreateRuleSetTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + ruleSetId: ruleSetId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *RuleSetsAPIService) CreateRuleSetTagsExecute(r ApiCreateRuleSetTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "RuleSetsAPIService.CreateRuleSetTags") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/rule-sets/{ruleSetId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"ruleSetId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.ruleSetId, "ruleSetId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.ruleSetId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("ruleSetId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.tagsRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("tagsRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.tagsRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiDeleteRuleSetTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *RuleSetsAPIService + ruleSetId string + deleteTag *DeleteTag +} + +// The parameters to delete tags +func (r ApiDeleteRuleSetTagsRequest) DeleteTag(deleteTag DeleteTag) ApiDeleteRuleSetTagsRequest { + r.deleteTag = &deleteTag + return r +} + +func (r ApiDeleteRuleSetTagsRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteRuleSetTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +DeleteRuleSetTags Delete tags for a Rule Set. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param ruleSetId The ID of the Rule Set. + @return ApiDeleteRuleSetTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *RuleSetsAPIService) DeleteRuleSetTags(ctx context.Context, ruleSetId string) ApiDeleteRuleSetTagsRequest { + return ApiDeleteRuleSetTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + ruleSetId: ruleSetId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +func (a *RuleSetsAPIService) DeleteRuleSetTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteRuleSetTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "RuleSetsAPIService.DeleteRuleSetTags") + if err != nil { + return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/rule-sets/{ruleSetId}/tags/delete" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"ruleSetId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.ruleSetId, "ruleSetId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.ruleSetId) < 1 { + return nil, reportError("ruleSetId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.deleteTag + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetDatabaseColumnMetadataRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *RuleSetsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetDatabaseColumnMetadataRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetDatabaseColumnMetadataRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetDatabaseColumnMetadataRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetDatabaseColumnMetadataRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiGetDatabaseColumnMetadataRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetDatabaseColumnMetadataRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetDatabaseColumnMetadataRequest) Execute() (*DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDatabaseColumnMetadataExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetDatabaseColumnMetadata Retrieve column metadata. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetDatabaseColumnMetadataRequest +*/ +func (a *RuleSetsAPIService) GetDatabaseColumnMetadata(ctx context.Context) ApiGetDatabaseColumnMetadataRequest { + return ApiGetDatabaseColumnMetadataRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse +func (a *RuleSetsAPIService) GetDatabaseColumnMetadataExecute(r ApiGetDatabaseColumnMetadataRequest) (*DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "RuleSetsAPIService.GetDatabaseColumnMetadata") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/database-column-metadata" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetDatabaseColumnMetadataByIdRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *RuleSetsAPIService + databaseColumnMetadataId string +} + +func (r ApiGetDatabaseColumnMetadataByIdRequest) Execute() (*DatabaseColumnMetadata, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDatabaseColumnMetadataByIdExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetDatabaseColumnMetadataById Retrieve a database column metadata by ID. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param databaseColumnMetadataId The ID of the database column metadata. + @return ApiGetDatabaseColumnMetadataByIdRequest +*/ +func (a *RuleSetsAPIService) GetDatabaseColumnMetadataById(ctx context.Context, databaseColumnMetadataId string) ApiGetDatabaseColumnMetadataByIdRequest { + return ApiGetDatabaseColumnMetadataByIdRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + databaseColumnMetadataId: databaseColumnMetadataId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DatabaseColumnMetadata +func (a *RuleSetsAPIService) GetDatabaseColumnMetadataByIdExecute(r ApiGetDatabaseColumnMetadataByIdRequest) (*DatabaseColumnMetadata, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DatabaseColumnMetadata + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "RuleSetsAPIService.GetDatabaseColumnMetadataById") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/database-column-metadata/{databaseColumnMetadataId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"databaseColumnMetadataId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.databaseColumnMetadataId, "databaseColumnMetadataId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.databaseColumnMetadataId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("databaseColumnMetadataId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetDatabaseTableMetadataRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *RuleSetsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetDatabaseTableMetadataRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetDatabaseTableMetadataRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetDatabaseTableMetadataRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetDatabaseTableMetadataRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiGetDatabaseTableMetadataRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetDatabaseTableMetadataRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetDatabaseTableMetadataRequest) Execute() (*DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDatabaseTableMetadataExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetDatabaseTableMetadata Retrieve table metadata. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetDatabaseTableMetadataRequest +*/ +func (a *RuleSetsAPIService) GetDatabaseTableMetadata(ctx context.Context) ApiGetDatabaseTableMetadataRequest { + return ApiGetDatabaseTableMetadataRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse +func (a *RuleSetsAPIService) GetDatabaseTableMetadataExecute(r ApiGetDatabaseTableMetadataRequest) (*DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "RuleSetsAPIService.GetDatabaseTableMetadata") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/database-table-metadata" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetDatabaseTableMetadataByIdRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *RuleSetsAPIService + databaseTableMetadataId string +} + +func (r ApiGetDatabaseTableMetadataByIdRequest) Execute() (*DatabaseTableMetadata, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetDatabaseTableMetadataByIdExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetDatabaseTableMetadataById Retrieve a database table metadata by ID. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param databaseTableMetadataId The ID of the database table metadata. + @return ApiGetDatabaseTableMetadataByIdRequest +*/ +func (a *RuleSetsAPIService) GetDatabaseTableMetadataById(ctx context.Context, databaseTableMetadataId string) ApiGetDatabaseTableMetadataByIdRequest { + return ApiGetDatabaseTableMetadataByIdRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + databaseTableMetadataId: databaseTableMetadataId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DatabaseTableMetadata +func (a *RuleSetsAPIService) GetDatabaseTableMetadataByIdExecute(r ApiGetDatabaseTableMetadataByIdRequest) (*DatabaseTableMetadata, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DatabaseTableMetadata + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "RuleSetsAPIService.GetDatabaseTableMetadataById") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/database-table-metadata/{databaseTableMetadataId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"databaseTableMetadataId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.databaseTableMetadataId, "databaseTableMetadataId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.databaseTableMetadataId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("databaseTableMetadataId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetRuleSetByIdRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *RuleSetsAPIService + ruleSetId string +} + +func (r ApiGetRuleSetByIdRequest) Execute() (*RuleSet, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetRuleSetByIdExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetRuleSetById Get a Rule Set by ID. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param ruleSetId The ID of the Rule Set. + @return ApiGetRuleSetByIdRequest +*/ +func (a *RuleSetsAPIService) GetRuleSetById(ctx context.Context, ruleSetId string) ApiGetRuleSetByIdRequest { + return ApiGetRuleSetByIdRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + ruleSetId: ruleSetId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return RuleSet +func (a *RuleSetsAPIService) GetRuleSetByIdExecute(r ApiGetRuleSetByIdRequest) (*RuleSet, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *RuleSet + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "RuleSetsAPIService.GetRuleSetById") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/rule-sets/{ruleSetId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"ruleSetId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.ruleSetId, "ruleSetId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.ruleSetId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("ruleSetId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetRuleSetTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *RuleSetsAPIService + ruleSetId string +} + +func (r ApiGetRuleSetTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetRuleSetTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetRuleSetTags Get tags for a Rule Set. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param ruleSetId The ID of the Rule Set. + @return ApiGetRuleSetTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *RuleSetsAPIService) GetRuleSetTags(ctx context.Context, ruleSetId string) ApiGetRuleSetTagsRequest { + return ApiGetRuleSetTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + ruleSetId: ruleSetId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *RuleSetsAPIService) GetRuleSetTagsExecute(r ApiGetRuleSetTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "RuleSetsAPIService.GetRuleSetTags") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/rule-sets/{ruleSetId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"ruleSetId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.ruleSetId, "ruleSetId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.ruleSetId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("ruleSetId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetRuleSetsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *RuleSetsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetRuleSetsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetRuleSetsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetRuleSetsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetRuleSetsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiGetRuleSetsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetRuleSetsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetRuleSetsRequest) Execute() (*RuleSetsListResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetRuleSetsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetRuleSets Retrieve the list of Rule Sets. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetRuleSetsRequest +*/ +func (a *RuleSetsAPIService) GetRuleSets(ctx context.Context) ApiGetRuleSetsRequest { + return ApiGetRuleSetsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return RuleSetsListResponse +func (a *RuleSetsAPIService) GetRuleSetsExecute(r ApiGetRuleSetsRequest) (*RuleSetsListResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *RuleSetsListResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "RuleSetsAPIService.GetRuleSets") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/rule-sets" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchDatabaseColumnMetadataRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *RuleSetsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchDatabaseColumnMetadataRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchDatabaseColumnMetadataRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchDatabaseColumnMetadataRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchDatabaseColumnMetadataRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiSearchDatabaseColumnMetadataRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchDatabaseColumnMetadataRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchDatabaseColumnMetadataRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchDatabaseColumnMetadataRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchDatabaseColumnMetadataRequest) Execute() (*DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchDatabaseColumnMetadataExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchDatabaseColumnMetadata Search column metadata. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiSearchDatabaseColumnMetadataRequest +*/ +func (a *RuleSetsAPIService) SearchDatabaseColumnMetadata(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchDatabaseColumnMetadataRequest { + return ApiSearchDatabaseColumnMetadataRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse +func (a *RuleSetsAPIService) SearchDatabaseColumnMetadataExecute(r ApiSearchDatabaseColumnMetadataRequest) (*DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "RuleSetsAPIService.SearchDatabaseColumnMetadata") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/database-column-metadata/search" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchDatabaseTableMetadataRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *RuleSetsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchDatabaseTableMetadataRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchDatabaseTableMetadataRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchDatabaseTableMetadataRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchDatabaseTableMetadataRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiSearchDatabaseTableMetadataRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchDatabaseTableMetadataRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchDatabaseTableMetadataRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchDatabaseTableMetadataRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchDatabaseTableMetadataRequest) Execute() (*DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchDatabaseTableMetadataExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchDatabaseTableMetadata Search table metadata. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiSearchDatabaseTableMetadataRequest +*/ +func (a *RuleSetsAPIService) SearchDatabaseTableMetadata(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchDatabaseTableMetadataRequest { + return ApiSearchDatabaseTableMetadataRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse +func (a *RuleSetsAPIService) SearchDatabaseTableMetadataExecute(r ApiSearchDatabaseTableMetadataRequest) (*DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "RuleSetsAPIService.SearchDatabaseTableMetadata") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/database-table-metadata/search" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchRuleSetsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *RuleSetsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchRuleSetsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchRuleSetsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchRuleSetsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchRuleSetsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiSearchRuleSetsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchRuleSetsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchRuleSetsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchRuleSetsRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchRuleSetsRequest) Execute() (*RuleSetsSearchResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchRuleSetsExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchRuleSets Search for Rule Sets. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiSearchRuleSetsRequest +*/ +func (a *RuleSetsAPIService) SearchRuleSets(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchRuleSetsRequest { + return ApiSearchRuleSetsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return RuleSetsSearchResponse +func (a *RuleSetsAPIService) SearchRuleSetsExecute(r ApiSearchRuleSetsRequest) (*RuleSetsSearchResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *RuleSetsSearchResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "RuleSetsAPIService.SearchRuleSets") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/rule-sets/search" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} diff --git a/api_saml_login.go b/api_saml_login.go index f664a1bf..e5f0d636 100644 --- a/api_saml_login.go +++ b/api_saml_login.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -20,15 +20,15 @@ import ( ) -// SamlLoginApiService SamlLoginApi service -type SamlLoginApiService service +// SamlLoginAPIService SamlLoginAPI service +type SamlLoginAPIService service type ApiCheckSamlRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *SamlLoginApiService + ApiService *SamlLoginAPIService } -func (r ApiCheckSamlRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { +func (r ApiCheckSamlRequest) Execute() (*SAMLValidationResponse, *http.Response, error) { return r.ApiService.CheckSamlExecute(r) } @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ CheckSaml Check if SAML is enabled @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiCheckSamlRequest */ -func (a *SamlLoginApiService) CheckSaml(ctx context.Context) ApiCheckSamlRequest { +func (a *SamlLoginAPIService) CheckSaml(ctx context.Context) ApiCheckSamlRequest { return ApiCheckSamlRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -46,16 +46,18 @@ func (a *SamlLoginApiService) CheckSaml(ctx context.Context) ApiCheckSamlRequest } // Execute executes the request -func (a *SamlLoginApiService) CheckSamlExecute(r ApiCheckSamlRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +// @return SAMLValidationResponse +func (a *SamlLoginAPIService) CheckSamlExecute(r ApiCheckSamlRequest) (*SAMLValidationResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SAMLValidationResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SamlLoginApiService.CheckSaml") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SamlLoginAPIService.CheckSaml") if err != nil { - return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } localVarPath := localBasePath + "/is-saml-enabled" @@ -97,19 +99,19 @@ func (a *SamlLoginApiService) CheckSamlExecute(r ApiCheckSamlRequest) (*http.Res } req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) if err != nil { - return nil, err + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err } localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err } localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) if err != nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { @@ -117,18 +119,17 @@ func (a *SamlLoginApiService) CheckSamlExecute(r ApiCheckSamlRequest) (*http.Res body: localVarBody, error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, } - if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode == 400 { - var v ErrorResponse - err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) - if err != nil { - newErr.error = err.Error() - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr - } - newErr.error = formatErrorMessage(localVarHTTPResponse.Status, &v) - newErr.model = v + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), } - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } - return localVarHTTPResponse, nil + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } diff --git a/api_snapshots.go b/api_snapshots.go index a3ea69fc..98cba39b 100644 --- a/api_snapshots.go +++ b/api_snapshots.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -22,12 +22,12 @@ import ( ) -// SnapshotsApiService SnapshotsApi service -type SnapshotsApiService service +// SnapshotsAPIService SnapshotsAPI service +type SnapshotsAPIService service type ApiCreateSnapshotTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *SnapshotsApiService + ApiService *SnapshotsAPIService snapshotId string tagsRequest *TagsRequest } @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ CreateSnapshotTags Create tags for a Snapshot. @param snapshotId The ID of the snapshot. @return ApiCreateSnapshotTagsRequest */ -func (a *SnapshotsApiService) CreateSnapshotTags(ctx context.Context, snapshotId string) ApiCreateSnapshotTagsRequest { +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) CreateSnapshotTags(ctx context.Context, snapshotId string) ApiCreateSnapshotTagsRequest { return ApiCreateSnapshotTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) CreateSnapshotTags(ctx context.Context, snapshotId // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *SnapshotsApiService) CreateSnapshotTagsExecute(r ApiCreateSnapshotTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) CreateSnapshotTagsExecute(r ApiCreateSnapshotTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) CreateSnapshotTagsExecute(r ApiCreateSnapshotTagsR localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsApiService.CreateSnapshotTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsAPIService.CreateSnapshotTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) CreateSnapshotTagsExecute(r ApiCreateSnapshotTagsR type ApiDeleteSnapshotRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *SnapshotsApiService + ApiService *SnapshotsAPIService snapshotId string } @@ -171,8 +171,10 @@ DeleteSnapshot Delete a Snapshot. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param snapshotId The ID of the snapshot. @return ApiDeleteSnapshotRequest + +Deprecated */ -func (a *SnapshotsApiService) DeleteSnapshot(ctx context.Context, snapshotId string) ApiDeleteSnapshotRequest { +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) DeleteSnapshot(ctx context.Context, snapshotId string) ApiDeleteSnapshotRequest { return ApiDeleteSnapshotRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -182,7 +184,8 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) DeleteSnapshot(ctx context.Context, snapshotId str // Execute executes the request // @return DeleteSnapshotResponse -func (a *SnapshotsApiService) DeleteSnapshotExecute(r ApiDeleteSnapshotRequest) (*DeleteSnapshotResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// Deprecated +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) DeleteSnapshotExecute(r ApiDeleteSnapshotRequest) (*DeleteSnapshotResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -190,7 +193,7 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) DeleteSnapshotExecute(r ApiDeleteSnapshotRequest) localVarReturnValue *DeleteSnapshotResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsApiService.DeleteSnapshot") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsAPIService.DeleteSnapshot") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -273,9 +276,136 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) DeleteSnapshotExecute(r ApiDeleteSnapshotRequest) return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } +type ApiDeleteSnapshotByIdRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *SnapshotsAPIService + snapshotId string + deleteSnapshotParameters *DeleteSnapshotParameters +} + +// The parameters to delete a Snapshot. +func (r ApiDeleteSnapshotByIdRequest) DeleteSnapshotParameters(deleteSnapshotParameters DeleteSnapshotParameters) ApiDeleteSnapshotByIdRequest { + r.deleteSnapshotParameters = &deleteSnapshotParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiDeleteSnapshotByIdRequest) Execute() (*DeleteSnapshotResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteSnapshotByIdExecute(r) +} + +/* +DeleteSnapshotById Delete a Snapshot. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param snapshotId The ID of the snapshot. + @return ApiDeleteSnapshotByIdRequest +*/ +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) DeleteSnapshotById(ctx context.Context, snapshotId string) ApiDeleteSnapshotByIdRequest { + return ApiDeleteSnapshotByIdRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + snapshotId: snapshotId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DeleteSnapshotResponse +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) DeleteSnapshotByIdExecute(r ApiDeleteSnapshotByIdRequest) (*DeleteSnapshotResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DeleteSnapshotResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsAPIService.DeleteSnapshotById") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/snapshots/{snapshotId}/delete" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"snapshotId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.snapshotId, "snapshotId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.snapshotId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("snapshotId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.deleteSnapshotParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + type ApiDeleteSnapshotTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *SnapshotsApiService + ApiService *SnapshotsAPIService snapshotId string deleteTag *DeleteTag } @@ -297,7 +427,7 @@ DeleteSnapshotTags Delete tags for a Snapshot. @param snapshotId The ID of the snapshot. @return ApiDeleteSnapshotTagsRequest */ -func (a *SnapshotsApiService) DeleteSnapshotTags(ctx context.Context, snapshotId string) ApiDeleteSnapshotTagsRequest { +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) DeleteSnapshotTags(ctx context.Context, snapshotId string) ApiDeleteSnapshotTagsRequest { return ApiDeleteSnapshotTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -306,14 +436,14 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) DeleteSnapshotTags(ctx context.Context, snapshotId } // Execute executes the request -func (a *SnapshotsApiService) DeleteSnapshotTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteSnapshotTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) DeleteSnapshotTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteSnapshotTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsApiService.DeleteSnapshotTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsAPIService.DeleteSnapshotTags") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -391,7 +521,7 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) DeleteSnapshotTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteSnapshotTagsR type ApiFindByLocationRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *SnapshotsApiService + ApiService *SnapshotsAPIService datasetId *string location *string } @@ -418,7 +548,7 @@ FindByLocation Get the snapshots at this location for a dataset. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiFindByLocationRequest */ -func (a *SnapshotsApiService) FindByLocation(ctx context.Context) ApiFindByLocationRequest { +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) FindByLocation(ctx context.Context) ApiFindByLocationRequest { return ApiFindByLocationRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -427,7 +557,7 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) FindByLocation(ctx context.Context) ApiFindByLocat // Execute executes the request // @return FindByLocationResponse -func (a *SnapshotsApiService) FindByLocationExecute(r ApiFindByLocationRequest) (*FindByLocationResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) FindByLocationExecute(r ApiFindByLocationRequest) (*FindByLocationResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -435,7 +565,7 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) FindByLocationExecute(r ApiFindByLocationRequest) localVarReturnValue *FindByLocationResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsApiService.FindByLocation") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsAPIService.FindByLocation") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -461,8 +591,8 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) FindByLocationExecute(r ApiFindByLocationRequest) return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("location must have less than 256 elements") } - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "dataset_id", r.datasetId, "") - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "location", r.location, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "dataset_id", r.datasetId, "form", "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "location", r.location, "form", "") // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -533,7 +663,7 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) FindByLocationExecute(r ApiFindByLocationRequest) type ApiFindByTimestampRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *SnapshotsApiService + ApiService *SnapshotsAPIService datasetId *string timestamp *time.Time } @@ -560,7 +690,7 @@ FindByTimestamp Get the snapshots at this timestamp for a dataset. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiFindByTimestampRequest */ -func (a *SnapshotsApiService) FindByTimestamp(ctx context.Context) ApiFindByTimestampRequest { +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) FindByTimestamp(ctx context.Context) ApiFindByTimestampRequest { return ApiFindByTimestampRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -569,7 +699,7 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) FindByTimestamp(ctx context.Context) ApiFindByTime // Execute executes the request // @return FindByTimestampResponse -func (a *SnapshotsApiService) FindByTimestampExecute(r ApiFindByTimestampRequest) (*FindByTimestampResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) FindByTimestampExecute(r ApiFindByTimestampRequest) (*FindByTimestampResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -577,7 +707,7 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) FindByTimestampExecute(r ApiFindByTimestampRequest localVarReturnValue *FindByTimestampResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsApiService.FindByTimestamp") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsAPIService.FindByTimestamp") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -597,8 +727,8 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) FindByTimestampExecute(r ApiFindByTimestampRequest return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("timestamp is required and must be specified") } - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "dataset_id", r.datasetId, "") - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "timestamp", r.timestamp, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "dataset_id", r.datasetId, "form", "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "timestamp", r.timestamp, "form", "") // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -667,56 +797,63 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) FindByTimestampExecute(r ApiFindByTimestampRequest return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetSnapshotByIdRequest struct { +type ApiGetSharedSnapshotSpaceRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *SnapshotsApiService - snapshotId string + ApiService *SnapshotsAPIService + datasetId *string } -func (r ApiGetSnapshotByIdRequest) Execute() (*Snapshot, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetSnapshotByIdExecute(r) +// The ID of the dSource or VDB. +func (r ApiGetSharedSnapshotSpaceRequest) DatasetId(datasetId string) ApiGetSharedSnapshotSpaceRequest { + r.datasetId = &datasetId + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetSharedSnapshotSpaceRequest) Execute() (*SharedSnapshotSpaceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetSharedSnapshotSpaceExecute(r) } /* -GetSnapshotById Get a Snapshot by ID. +GetSharedSnapshotSpace API to fetch the shared snapshot space. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param snapshotId The ID of the snapshot. - @return ApiGetSnapshotByIdRequest + @return ApiGetSharedSnapshotSpaceRequest */ -func (a *SnapshotsApiService) GetSnapshotById(ctx context.Context, snapshotId string) ApiGetSnapshotByIdRequest { - return ApiGetSnapshotByIdRequest{ +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) GetSharedSnapshotSpace(ctx context.Context) ApiGetSharedSnapshotSpaceRequest { + return ApiGetSharedSnapshotSpaceRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, - snapshotId: snapshotId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return Snapshot -func (a *SnapshotsApiService) GetSnapshotByIdExecute(r ApiGetSnapshotByIdRequest) (*Snapshot, *http.Response, error) { +// @return SharedSnapshotSpaceResponse +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) GetSharedSnapshotSpaceExecute(r ApiGetSharedSnapshotSpaceRequest) (*SharedSnapshotSpaceResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *Snapshot + localVarReturnValue *SharedSnapshotSpaceResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsApiService.GetSnapshotById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsAPIService.GetSharedSnapshotSpace") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/snapshots/{snapshotId}" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"snapshotId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.snapshotId, "snapshotId")), -1) + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/snapshots/shared-space" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if strlen(r.snapshotId) < 1 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("snapshotId must have at least 1 elements") + if r.datasetId == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("datasetId is required and must be specified") + } + if strlen(*r.datasetId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("datasetId must have at least 1 elements") } + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "dataset_id", r.datasetId, "form", "") // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -785,25 +922,25 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) GetSnapshotByIdExecute(r ApiGetSnapshotByIdRequest return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetSnapshotTagsRequest struct { +type ApiGetSnapshotByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *SnapshotsApiService + ApiService *SnapshotsAPIService snapshotId string } -func (r ApiGetSnapshotTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetSnapshotTagsExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetSnapshotByIdRequest) Execute() (*Snapshot, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetSnapshotByIdExecute(r) } /* -GetSnapshotTags Get tags for a Snapshot. +GetSnapshotById Get a Snapshot by ID. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param snapshotId The ID of the snapshot. - @return ApiGetSnapshotTagsRequest + @return ApiGetSnapshotByIdRequest */ -func (a *SnapshotsApiService) GetSnapshotTags(ctx context.Context, snapshotId string) ApiGetSnapshotTagsRequest { - return ApiGetSnapshotTagsRequest{ +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) GetSnapshotById(ctx context.Context, snapshotId string) ApiGetSnapshotByIdRequest { + return ApiGetSnapshotByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, snapshotId: snapshotId, @@ -811,21 +948,21 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) GetSnapshotTags(ctx context.Context, snapshotId st } // Execute executes the request -// @return TagsResponse -func (a *SnapshotsApiService) GetSnapshotTagsExecute(r ApiGetSnapshotTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return Snapshot +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) GetSnapshotByIdExecute(r ApiGetSnapshotByIdRequest) (*Snapshot, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + localVarReturnValue *Snapshot ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsApiService.GetSnapshotTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsAPIService.GetSnapshotById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/snapshots/{snapshotId}/tags" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/snapshots/{snapshotId}" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"snapshotId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.snapshotId, "snapshotId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -903,25 +1040,25 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) GetSnapshotTagsExecute(r ApiGetSnapshotTagsRequest return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetSnapshotTimeflowRangeRequest struct { +type ApiGetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *SnapshotsApiService + ApiService *SnapshotsAPIService snapshotId string } -func (r ApiGetSnapshotTimeflowRangeRequest) Execute() (*TimeflowRange, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetSnapshotTimeflowRangeExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesRequest) Execute() (*GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesExecute(r) } /* -GetSnapshotTimeflowRange Return the provisionable timeflow range based on a specific snapshot. +GetSnapshotDeletionDependencies Get deletion dependencies for a snapshot. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param snapshotId The ID of the snapshot. - @return ApiGetSnapshotTimeflowRangeRequest + @return ApiGetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesRequest */ -func (a *SnapshotsApiService) GetSnapshotTimeflowRange(ctx context.Context, snapshotId string) ApiGetSnapshotTimeflowRangeRequest { - return ApiGetSnapshotTimeflowRangeRequest{ +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) GetSnapshotDeletionDependencies(ctx context.Context, snapshotId string) ApiGetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesRequest { + return ApiGetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, snapshotId: snapshotId, @@ -929,21 +1066,21 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) GetSnapshotTimeflowRange(ctx context.Context, snap } // Execute executes the request -// @return TimeflowRange -func (a *SnapshotsApiService) GetSnapshotTimeflowRangeExecute(r ApiGetSnapshotTimeflowRangeRequest) (*TimeflowRange, *http.Response, error) { +// @return GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesExecute(r ApiGetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesRequest) (*GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *TimeflowRange + localVarReturnValue *GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsApiService.GetSnapshotTimeflowRange") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsAPIService.GetSnapshotDeletionDependencies") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/snapshots/{snapshotId}/timeflow_range" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/snapshots/{snapshotId}/deletion-dependencies" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"snapshotId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.snapshotId, "snapshotId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -1021,78 +1158,589 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) GetSnapshotTimeflowRangeExecute(r ApiGetSnapshotTi return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetSnapshotsRequest struct { +type ApiGetSnapshotRuntimeByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *SnapshotsApiService - limit *int32 - cursor *string - sort *string -} - -// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiGetSnapshotsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetSnapshotsRequest { - r.limit = &limit - return r -} - -// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiGetSnapshotsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetSnapshotsRequest { - r.cursor = &cursor - return r -} - -// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. -func (r ApiGetSnapshotsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetSnapshotsRequest { - r.sort = &sort - return r + ApiService *SnapshotsAPIService + snapshotId string } -func (r ApiGetSnapshotsRequest) Execute() (*ListSnapshotsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetSnapshotsExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetSnapshotRuntimeByIdRequest) Execute() (*SnapshotRuntime, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetSnapshotRuntimeByIdExecute(r) } /* -GetSnapshots Retrieve the list of snapshots. +GetSnapshotRuntimeById Get a runtime object of a snapshot by id @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetSnapshotsRequest + @param snapshotId The ID of the snapshot. + @return ApiGetSnapshotRuntimeByIdRequest */ -func (a *SnapshotsApiService) GetSnapshots(ctx context.Context) ApiGetSnapshotsRequest { - return ApiGetSnapshotsRequest{ +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) GetSnapshotRuntimeById(ctx context.Context, snapshotId string) ApiGetSnapshotRuntimeByIdRequest { + return ApiGetSnapshotRuntimeByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + snapshotId: snapshotId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return ListSnapshotsResponse -func (a *SnapshotsApiService) GetSnapshotsExecute(r ApiGetSnapshotsRequest) (*ListSnapshotsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return SnapshotRuntime +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) GetSnapshotRuntimeByIdExecute(r ApiGetSnapshotRuntimeByIdRequest) (*SnapshotRuntime, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ListSnapshotsResponse + localVarReturnValue *SnapshotRuntime ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsApiService.GetSnapshots") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsAPIService.GetSnapshotRuntimeById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/snapshots" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/snapshots/{snapshotId}/runtime" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"snapshotId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.snapshotId, "snapshotId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.snapshotId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("snapshotId must have at least 1 elements") + } - if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType } - if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } - if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetSnapshotTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *SnapshotsAPIService + snapshotId string +} + +func (r ApiGetSnapshotTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetSnapshotTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetSnapshotTags Get tags for a Snapshot. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param snapshotId The ID of the snapshot. + @return ApiGetSnapshotTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) GetSnapshotTags(ctx context.Context, snapshotId string) ApiGetSnapshotTagsRequest { + return ApiGetSnapshotTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + snapshotId: snapshotId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) GetSnapshotTagsExecute(r ApiGetSnapshotTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsAPIService.GetSnapshotTags") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/snapshots/{snapshotId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"snapshotId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.snapshotId, "snapshotId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.snapshotId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("snapshotId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetSnapshotTimeflowRangeRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *SnapshotsAPIService + snapshotId string +} + +func (r ApiGetSnapshotTimeflowRangeRequest) Execute() (*TimeflowRange, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetSnapshotTimeflowRangeExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetSnapshotTimeflowRange Return the provisionable timeflow range based on a specific snapshot. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param snapshotId The ID of the snapshot. + @return ApiGetSnapshotTimeflowRangeRequest +*/ +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) GetSnapshotTimeflowRange(ctx context.Context, snapshotId string) ApiGetSnapshotTimeflowRangeRequest { + return ApiGetSnapshotTimeflowRangeRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + snapshotId: snapshotId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return TimeflowRange +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) GetSnapshotTimeflowRangeExecute(r ApiGetSnapshotTimeflowRangeRequest) (*TimeflowRange, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *TimeflowRange + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsAPIService.GetSnapshotTimeflowRange") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/snapshots/{snapshotId}/timeflow_range" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"snapshotId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.snapshotId, "snapshotId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.snapshotId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("snapshotId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetSnapshotsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *SnapshotsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetSnapshotsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetSnapshotsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetSnapshotsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetSnapshotsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetSnapshotsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetSnapshotsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetSnapshotsRequest) Execute() (*ListSnapshotsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetSnapshotsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetSnapshots Retrieve the list of snapshots. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetSnapshotsRequest +*/ +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) GetSnapshots(ctx context.Context) ApiGetSnapshotsRequest { + return ApiGetSnapshotsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListSnapshotsResponse +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) GetSnapshotsExecute(r ApiGetSnapshotsRequest) (*ListSnapshotsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListSnapshotsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsAPIService.GetSnapshots") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/snapshots" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetSnapshotsCapacityDataRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *SnapshotsAPIService + engineId *string + datasetId *string + limit *int32 + cursor *string +} + +// ID of a registered engine. +func (r ApiGetSnapshotsCapacityDataRequest) EngineId(engineId string) ApiGetSnapshotsCapacityDataRequest { + r.engineId = &engineId + return r +} + +// The ID of the dSource or VDB. +func (r ApiGetSnapshotsCapacityDataRequest) DatasetId(datasetId string) ApiGetSnapshotsCapacityDataRequest { + r.datasetId = &datasetId + return r +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetSnapshotsCapacityDataRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetSnapshotsCapacityDataRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetSnapshotsCapacityDataRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetSnapshotsCapacityDataRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetSnapshotsCapacityDataRequest) Execute() (*SnapshotCapacityResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetSnapshotsCapacityDataExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetSnapshotsCapacityData Lists capacity metrics for all snapshots of dataset or the engine. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetSnapshotsCapacityDataRequest +*/ +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) GetSnapshotsCapacityData(ctx context.Context) ApiGetSnapshotsCapacityDataRequest { + return ApiGetSnapshotsCapacityDataRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return SnapshotCapacityResponse +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) GetSnapshotsCapacityDataExecute(r ApiGetSnapshotsCapacityDataRequest) (*SnapshotCapacityResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SnapshotCapacityResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsAPIService.GetSnapshotsCapacityData") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/snapshots/capacity" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.engineId != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "engine_id", r.engineId, "form", "") + } + if r.datasetId != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "dataset_id", r.datasetId, "form", "") + } + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -1164,7 +1812,7 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) GetSnapshotsExecute(r ApiGetSnapshotsRequest) (*Li type ApiSearchSnapshotsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *SnapshotsApiService + ApiService *SnapshotsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -1205,7 +1853,7 @@ SearchSnapshots Search snapshots. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchSnapshotsRequest */ -func (a *SnapshotsApiService) SearchSnapshots(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchSnapshotsRequest { +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) SearchSnapshots(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchSnapshotsRequest { return ApiSearchSnapshotsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1214,7 +1862,7 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) SearchSnapshots(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchSnap // Execute executes the request // @return SearchSnapshotsResponse -func (a *SnapshotsApiService) SearchSnapshotsExecute(r ApiSearchSnapshotsRequest) (*SearchSnapshotsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) SearchSnapshotsExecute(r ApiSearchSnapshotsRequest) (*SearchSnapshotsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1222,7 +1870,7 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) SearchSnapshotsExecute(r ApiSearchSnapshotsRequest localVarReturnValue *SearchSnapshotsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsApiService.SearchSnapshots") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsAPIService.SearchSnapshots") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1234,13 +1882,16 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) SearchSnapshotsExecute(r ApiSearchSnapshotsRequest localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -1314,7 +1965,7 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) SearchSnapshotsExecute(r ApiSearchSnapshotsRequest type ApiUnsetSnapshotRetentionRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *SnapshotsApiService + ApiService *SnapshotsAPIService snapshotId string } @@ -1329,7 +1980,7 @@ UnsetSnapshotRetention Unset a Snapshot's expiration, removing expiration and re @param snapshotId The ID of the snapshot. @return ApiUnsetSnapshotRetentionRequest */ -func (a *SnapshotsApiService) UnsetSnapshotRetention(ctx context.Context, snapshotId string) ApiUnsetSnapshotRetentionRequest { +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) UnsetSnapshotRetention(ctx context.Context, snapshotId string) ApiUnsetSnapshotRetentionRequest { return ApiUnsetSnapshotRetentionRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1339,7 +1990,7 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) UnsetSnapshotRetention(ctx context.Context, snapsh // Execute executes the request // @return UnsetSnapshotRetentionResponse -func (a *SnapshotsApiService) UnsetSnapshotRetentionExecute(r ApiUnsetSnapshotRetentionRequest) (*UnsetSnapshotRetentionResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) UnsetSnapshotRetentionExecute(r ApiUnsetSnapshotRetentionRequest) (*UnsetSnapshotRetentionResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1347,7 +1998,7 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) UnsetSnapshotRetentionExecute(r ApiUnsetSnapshotRe localVarReturnValue *UnsetSnapshotRetentionResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsApiService.UnsetSnapshotRetention") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsAPIService.UnsetSnapshotRetention") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1432,7 +2083,7 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) UnsetSnapshotRetentionExecute(r ApiUnsetSnapshotRe type ApiUpdateSnapshotRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *SnapshotsApiService + ApiService *SnapshotsAPIService snapshotId string updateSnapshotParameters *UpdateSnapshotParameters } @@ -1454,7 +2105,7 @@ UpdateSnapshot Update values of a Snapshot. @param snapshotId The ID of the snapshot. @return ApiUpdateSnapshotRequest */ -func (a *SnapshotsApiService) UpdateSnapshot(ctx context.Context, snapshotId string) ApiUpdateSnapshotRequest { +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) UpdateSnapshot(ctx context.Context, snapshotId string) ApiUpdateSnapshotRequest { return ApiUpdateSnapshotRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1464,7 +2115,7 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) UpdateSnapshot(ctx context.Context, snapshotId str // Execute executes the request // @return UpdateSnapshotResponse -func (a *SnapshotsApiService) UpdateSnapshotExecute(r ApiUpdateSnapshotRequest) (*UpdateSnapshotResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *SnapshotsAPIService) UpdateSnapshotExecute(r ApiUpdateSnapshotRequest) (*UpdateSnapshotResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1472,7 +2123,7 @@ func (a *SnapshotsApiService) UpdateSnapshotExecute(r ApiUpdateSnapshotRequest) localVarReturnValue *UpdateSnapshotResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsApiService.UpdateSnapshot") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SnapshotsAPIService.UpdateSnapshot") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } diff --git a/api_sources.go b/api_sources.go index 2a2019d5..3a5d5d6b 100644 --- a/api_sources.go +++ b/api_sources.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,12 +21,255 @@ import ( ) -// SourcesApiService SourcesApi service -type SourcesApiService service +// SourcesAPIService SourcesAPI service +type SourcesAPIService service + +type ApiCreateAppDataSourceRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *SourcesAPIService + appDataSourceCreateParameters *AppDataSourceCreateParameters +} + +// The parameters to create a AppData source. +func (r ApiCreateAppDataSourceRequest) AppDataSourceCreateParameters(appDataSourceCreateParameters AppDataSourceCreateParameters) ApiCreateAppDataSourceRequest { + r.appDataSourceCreateParameters = &appDataSourceCreateParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiCreateAppDataSourceRequest) Execute() (*CreateAppDataSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CreateAppDataSourceExecute(r) +} + +/* +CreateAppDataSource Create an AppData source. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiCreateAppDataSourceRequest +*/ +func (a *SourcesAPIService) CreateAppDataSource(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateAppDataSourceRequest { + return ApiCreateAppDataSourceRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return CreateAppDataSourceResponse +func (a *SourcesAPIService) CreateAppDataSourceExecute(r ApiCreateAppDataSourceRequest) (*CreateAppDataSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *CreateAppDataSourceResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SourcesAPIService.CreateAppDataSource") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/sources/appdata" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.appDataSourceCreateParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("appDataSourceCreateParameters is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.appDataSourceCreateParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiCreateOracleSourceRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *SourcesAPIService + oracleSourceCreateParameters *OracleSourceCreateParameters +} + +// The parameters to create an Oracle source. +func (r ApiCreateOracleSourceRequest) OracleSourceCreateParameters(oracleSourceCreateParameters OracleSourceCreateParameters) ApiCreateOracleSourceRequest { + r.oracleSourceCreateParameters = &oracleSourceCreateParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiCreateOracleSourceRequest) Execute() (*CreateOracleSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CreateOracleSourceExecute(r) +} + +/* +CreateOracleSource Create an Oracle Source. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiCreateOracleSourceRequest +*/ +func (a *SourcesAPIService) CreateOracleSource(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateOracleSourceRequest { + return ApiCreateOracleSourceRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return CreateOracleSourceResponse +func (a *SourcesAPIService) CreateOracleSourceExecute(r ApiCreateOracleSourceRequest) (*CreateOracleSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *CreateOracleSourceResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SourcesAPIService.CreateOracleSource") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/sources/oracle" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.oracleSourceCreateParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} type ApiCreatePostgresSourceRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *SourcesApiService + ApiService *SourcesAPIService postgresSourceCreateParameters *PostgresSourceCreateParameters } @@ -46,7 +289,7 @@ CreatePostgresSource Create a PostgreSQL source. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiCreatePostgresSourceRequest */ -func (a *SourcesApiService) CreatePostgresSource(ctx context.Context) ApiCreatePostgresSourceRequest { +func (a *SourcesAPIService) CreatePostgresSource(ctx context.Context) ApiCreatePostgresSourceRequest { return ApiCreatePostgresSourceRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -55,7 +298,7 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) CreatePostgresSource(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateP // Execute executes the request // @return CreatePostgresSourceResponse -func (a *SourcesApiService) CreatePostgresSourceExecute(r ApiCreatePostgresSourceRequest) (*CreatePostgresSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *SourcesAPIService) CreatePostgresSourceExecute(r ApiCreatePostgresSourceRequest) (*CreatePostgresSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -63,7 +306,7 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) CreatePostgresSourceExecute(r ApiCreatePostgresSourc localVarReturnValue *CreatePostgresSourceResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SourcesApiService.CreatePostgresSource") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SourcesAPIService.CreatePostgresSource") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -149,7 +392,7 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) CreatePostgresSourceExecute(r ApiCreatePostgresSourc type ApiCreateSourceTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *SourcesApiService + ApiService *SourcesAPIService sourceId string tagsRequest *TagsRequest } @@ -171,7 +414,7 @@ CreateSourceTags Create tags for a Source. @param sourceId The ID of the Source. @return ApiCreateSourceTagsRequest */ -func (a *SourcesApiService) CreateSourceTags(ctx context.Context, sourceId string) ApiCreateSourceTagsRequest { +func (a *SourcesAPIService) CreateSourceTags(ctx context.Context, sourceId string) ApiCreateSourceTagsRequest { return ApiCreateSourceTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -181,7 +424,7 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) CreateSourceTags(ctx context.Context, sourceId strin // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *SourcesApiService) CreateSourceTagsExecute(r ApiCreateSourceTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *SourcesAPIService) CreateSourceTagsExecute(r ApiCreateSourceTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -189,7 +432,7 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) CreateSourceTagsExecute(r ApiCreateSourceTagsRequest localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SourcesApiService.CreateSourceTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SourcesAPIService.CreateSourceTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -279,7 +522,7 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) CreateSourceTagsExecute(r ApiCreateSourceTagsRequest type ApiDeleteSourceRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *SourcesApiService + ApiService *SourcesAPIService sourceId string } @@ -294,7 +537,7 @@ DeleteSource Delete a source by ID. @param sourceId The ID of the Source. @return ApiDeleteSourceRequest */ -func (a *SourcesApiService) DeleteSource(ctx context.Context, sourceId string) ApiDeleteSourceRequest { +func (a *SourcesAPIService) DeleteSource(ctx context.Context, sourceId string) ApiDeleteSourceRequest { return ApiDeleteSourceRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -304,7 +547,7 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) DeleteSource(ctx context.Context, sourceId string) A // Execute executes the request // @return DeleteSourceResponse -func (a *SourcesApiService) DeleteSourceExecute(r ApiDeleteSourceRequest) (*DeleteSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *SourcesAPIService) DeleteSourceExecute(r ApiDeleteSourceRequest) (*DeleteSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -312,7 +555,7 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) DeleteSourceExecute(r ApiDeleteSourceRequest) (*Dele localVarReturnValue *DeleteSourceResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SourcesApiService.DeleteSource") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SourcesAPIService.DeleteSource") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -397,7 +640,7 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) DeleteSourceExecute(r ApiDeleteSourceRequest) (*Dele type ApiDeleteSourceTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *SourcesApiService + ApiService *SourcesAPIService sourceId string deleteTag *DeleteTag } @@ -419,7 +662,7 @@ DeleteSourceTags Delete tags for a Source. @param sourceId The ID of the Source. @return ApiDeleteSourceTagsRequest */ -func (a *SourcesApiService) DeleteSourceTags(ctx context.Context, sourceId string) ApiDeleteSourceTagsRequest { +func (a *SourcesAPIService) DeleteSourceTags(ctx context.Context, sourceId string) ApiDeleteSourceTagsRequest { return ApiDeleteSourceTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -428,14 +671,14 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) DeleteSourceTags(ctx context.Context, sourceId strin } // Execute executes the request -func (a *SourcesApiService) DeleteSourceTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteSourceTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *SourcesAPIService) DeleteSourceTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteSourceTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SourcesApiService.DeleteSourceTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SourcesAPIService.DeleteSourceTags") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -513,7 +756,7 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) DeleteSourceTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteSourceTagsRequest type ApiGetSourceByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *SourcesApiService + ApiService *SourcesAPIService sourceId string } @@ -528,7 +771,7 @@ GetSourceById Get a source by ID. @param sourceId The ID of the Source. @return ApiGetSourceByIdRequest */ -func (a *SourcesApiService) GetSourceById(ctx context.Context, sourceId string) ApiGetSourceByIdRequest { +func (a *SourcesAPIService) GetSourceById(ctx context.Context, sourceId string) ApiGetSourceByIdRequest { return ApiGetSourceByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -538,7 +781,7 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) GetSourceById(ctx context.Context, sourceId string) // Execute executes the request // @return Source -func (a *SourcesApiService) GetSourceByIdExecute(r ApiGetSourceByIdRequest) (*Source, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *SourcesAPIService) GetSourceByIdExecute(r ApiGetSourceByIdRequest) (*Source, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -546,7 +789,7 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) GetSourceByIdExecute(r ApiGetSourceByIdRequest) (*So localVarReturnValue *Source ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SourcesApiService.GetSourceById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SourcesAPIService.GetSourceById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -631,7 +874,7 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) GetSourceByIdExecute(r ApiGetSourceByIdRequest) (*So type ApiGetSourceCompatibleRepoRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *SourcesApiService + ApiService *SourcesAPIService sourceId string } @@ -646,7 +889,7 @@ GetSourceCompatibleRepo Returns a list of repositories that match the specified @param sourceId The ID of the Source. @return ApiGetSourceCompatibleRepoRequest */ -func (a *SourcesApiService) GetSourceCompatibleRepo(ctx context.Context, sourceId string) ApiGetSourceCompatibleRepoRequest { +func (a *SourcesAPIService) GetSourceCompatibleRepo(ctx context.Context, sourceId string) ApiGetSourceCompatibleRepoRequest { return ApiGetSourceCompatibleRepoRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -656,7 +899,7 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) GetSourceCompatibleRepo(ctx context.Context, sourceI // Execute executes the request // @return StagingCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse -func (a *SourcesApiService) GetSourceCompatibleRepoExecute(r ApiGetSourceCompatibleRepoRequest) (*StagingCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *SourcesAPIService) GetSourceCompatibleRepoExecute(r ApiGetSourceCompatibleRepoRequest) (*StagingCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -664,7 +907,7 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) GetSourceCompatibleRepoExecute(r ApiGetSourceCompati localVarReturnValue *StagingCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SourcesApiService.GetSourceCompatibleRepo") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SourcesAPIService.GetSourceCompatibleRepo") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -749,7 +992,7 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) GetSourceCompatibleRepoExecute(r ApiGetSourceCompati type ApiGetSourceTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *SourcesApiService + ApiService *SourcesAPIService sourceId string } @@ -764,7 +1007,7 @@ GetSourceTags Get tags for a Source. @param sourceId The ID of the Source. @return ApiGetSourceTagsRequest */ -func (a *SourcesApiService) GetSourceTags(ctx context.Context, sourceId string) ApiGetSourceTagsRequest { +func (a *SourcesAPIService) GetSourceTags(ctx context.Context, sourceId string) ApiGetSourceTagsRequest { return ApiGetSourceTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -774,7 +1017,7 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) GetSourceTags(ctx context.Context, sourceId string) // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *SourcesApiService) GetSourceTagsExecute(r ApiGetSourceTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *SourcesAPIService) GetSourceTagsExecute(r ApiGetSourceTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -782,7 +1025,7 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) GetSourceTagsExecute(r ApiGetSourceTagsRequest) (*Ta localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SourcesApiService.GetSourceTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SourcesAPIService.GetSourceTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -867,7 +1110,7 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) GetSourceTagsExecute(r ApiGetSourceTagsRequest) (*Ta type ApiGetSourcesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *SourcesApiService + ApiService *SourcesAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -901,7 +1144,7 @@ GetSources List all sources. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiGetSourcesRequest */ -func (a *SourcesApiService) GetSources(ctx context.Context) ApiGetSourcesRequest { +func (a *SourcesAPIService) GetSources(ctx context.Context) ApiGetSourcesRequest { return ApiGetSourcesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -910,7 +1153,7 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) GetSources(ctx context.Context) ApiGetSourcesRequest // Execute executes the request // @return ListSourcesResponse -func (a *SourcesApiService) GetSourcesExecute(r ApiGetSourcesRequest) (*ListSourcesResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *SourcesAPIService) GetSourcesExecute(r ApiGetSourcesRequest) (*ListSourcesResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -918,7 +1161,7 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) GetSourcesExecute(r ApiGetSourcesRequest) (*ListSour localVarReturnValue *ListSourcesResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SourcesApiService.GetSources") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SourcesAPIService.GetSources") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -930,13 +1173,16 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) GetSourcesExecute(r ApiGetSourcesRequest) (*ListSour localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -1008,7 +1254,7 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) GetSourcesExecute(r ApiGetSourcesRequest) (*ListSour type ApiSearchSourcesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *SourcesApiService + ApiService *SourcesAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -1049,7 +1295,7 @@ SearchSources Search for Sources. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchSourcesRequest */ -func (a *SourcesApiService) SearchSources(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchSourcesRequest { +func (a *SourcesAPIService) SearchSources(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchSourcesRequest { return ApiSearchSourcesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1058,7 +1304,7 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) SearchSources(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchSourcesR // Execute executes the request // @return SearchSourcesResponse -func (a *SourcesApiService) SearchSourcesExecute(r ApiSearchSourcesRequest) (*SearchSourcesResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *SourcesAPIService) SearchSourcesExecute(r ApiSearchSourcesRequest) (*SearchSourcesResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1066,7 +1312,7 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) SearchSourcesExecute(r ApiSearchSourcesRequest) (*Se localVarReturnValue *SearchSourcesResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SourcesApiService.SearchSources") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SourcesAPIService.SearchSources") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1078,13 +1324,16 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) SearchSourcesExecute(r ApiSearchSourcesRequest) (*Se localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -1156,32 +1405,32 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) SearchSourcesExecute(r ApiSearchSourcesRequest) (*Se return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiUpdatePostgresSourceByIdRequest struct { +type ApiUpdateOracleSourceByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *SourcesApiService + ApiService *SourcesAPIService sourceId string - postgresSourceUpdateParameters *PostgresSourceUpdateParameters + oracleSourceUpdateParameters *OracleSourceUpdateParameters } -// The parameters to update a PostgreSQL source -func (r ApiUpdatePostgresSourceByIdRequest) PostgresSourceUpdateParameters(postgresSourceUpdateParameters PostgresSourceUpdateParameters) ApiUpdatePostgresSourceByIdRequest { - r.postgresSourceUpdateParameters = &postgresSourceUpdateParameters +// The parameters to update a Oracle source +func (r ApiUpdateOracleSourceByIdRequest) OracleSourceUpdateParameters(oracleSourceUpdateParameters OracleSourceUpdateParameters) ApiUpdateOracleSourceByIdRequest { + r.oracleSourceUpdateParameters = &oracleSourceUpdateParameters return r } -func (r ApiUpdatePostgresSourceByIdRequest) Execute() (*UpdatePostgresSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.UpdatePostgresSourceByIdExecute(r) +func (r ApiUpdateOracleSourceByIdRequest) Execute() (*UpdateOracleSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpdateOracleSourceByIdExecute(r) } /* -UpdatePostgresSourceById Update a PostgreSQL source by ID. +UpdateOracleSourceById Update an Oracle source by ID. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param sourceId The ID of the Source. - @return ApiUpdatePostgresSourceByIdRequest + @return ApiUpdateOracleSourceByIdRequest */ -func (a *SourcesApiService) UpdatePostgresSourceById(ctx context.Context, sourceId string) ApiUpdatePostgresSourceByIdRequest { - return ApiUpdatePostgresSourceByIdRequest{ +func (a *SourcesAPIService) UpdateOracleSourceById(ctx context.Context, sourceId string) ApiUpdateOracleSourceByIdRequest { + return ApiUpdateOracleSourceByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, sourceId: sourceId, @@ -1189,21 +1438,21 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) UpdatePostgresSourceById(ctx context.Context, source } // Execute executes the request -// @return UpdatePostgresSourceResponse -func (a *SourcesApiService) UpdatePostgresSourceByIdExecute(r ApiUpdatePostgresSourceByIdRequest) (*UpdatePostgresSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return UpdateOracleSourceResponse +func (a *SourcesAPIService) UpdateOracleSourceByIdExecute(r ApiUpdateOracleSourceByIdRequest) (*UpdateOracleSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *UpdatePostgresSourceResponse + localVarReturnValue *UpdateOracleSourceResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SourcesApiService.UpdatePostgresSourceById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SourcesAPIService.UpdateOracleSourceById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/sources/postgres/{sourceId}" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/sources/oracle/{sourceId}" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"sourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.sourceId, "sourceId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -1231,7 +1480,391 @@ func (a *SourcesApiService) UpdatePostgresSourceByIdExecute(r ApiUpdatePostgresS localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.postgresSourceUpdateParameters + localVarPostBody = r.oracleSourceUpdateParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiUpdatePostgresSourceByIdRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *SourcesAPIService + sourceId string + postgresSourceUpdateParameters *PostgresSourceUpdateParameters +} + +// The parameters to update a PostgreSQL source +func (r ApiUpdatePostgresSourceByIdRequest) PostgresSourceUpdateParameters(postgresSourceUpdateParameters PostgresSourceUpdateParameters) ApiUpdatePostgresSourceByIdRequest { + r.postgresSourceUpdateParameters = &postgresSourceUpdateParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiUpdatePostgresSourceByIdRequest) Execute() (*UpdatePostgresSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpdatePostgresSourceByIdExecute(r) +} + +/* +UpdatePostgresSourceById Update a PostgreSQL source by ID. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param sourceId The ID of the Source. + @return ApiUpdatePostgresSourceByIdRequest +*/ +func (a *SourcesAPIService) UpdatePostgresSourceById(ctx context.Context, sourceId string) ApiUpdatePostgresSourceByIdRequest { + return ApiUpdatePostgresSourceByIdRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + sourceId: sourceId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return UpdatePostgresSourceResponse +func (a *SourcesAPIService) UpdatePostgresSourceByIdExecute(r ApiUpdatePostgresSourceByIdRequest) (*UpdatePostgresSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *UpdatePostgresSourceResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SourcesAPIService.UpdatePostgresSourceById") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/sources/postgres/{sourceId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"sourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.sourceId, "sourceId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.sourceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("sourceId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.postgresSourceUpdateParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiUpdateSourceByIdRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *SourcesAPIService + sourceId string + updateSourceParameters *UpdateSourceParameters +} + +// The parameters to update a Source. +func (r ApiUpdateSourceByIdRequest) UpdateSourceParameters(updateSourceParameters UpdateSourceParameters) ApiUpdateSourceByIdRequest { + r.updateSourceParameters = &updateSourceParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiUpdateSourceByIdRequest) Execute() (*UpdateSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpdateSourceByIdExecute(r) +} + +/* +UpdateSourceById Update a Source. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param sourceId The ID of the Source. + @return ApiUpdateSourceByIdRequest + +Deprecated +*/ +func (a *SourcesAPIService) UpdateSourceById(ctx context.Context, sourceId string) ApiUpdateSourceByIdRequest { + return ApiUpdateSourceByIdRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + sourceId: sourceId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return UpdateSourceResponse +// Deprecated +func (a *SourcesAPIService) UpdateSourceByIdExecute(r ApiUpdateSourceByIdRequest) (*UpdateSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *UpdateSourceResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SourcesAPIService.UpdateSourceById") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/sources/{sourceId}/update" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"sourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.sourceId, "sourceId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.sourceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("sourceId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.updateSourceParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiVerifySourceJdbcConnectionStringRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *SourcesAPIService + sourceId string + oracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams *OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams +} + +// The parameters to verify oracle jdbc connection string. +func (r ApiVerifySourceJdbcConnectionStringRequest) OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams(oracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams) ApiVerifySourceJdbcConnectionStringRequest { + r.oracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams = &oracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams + return r +} + +func (r ApiVerifySourceJdbcConnectionStringRequest) Execute() (*ConnectivityCheckResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.VerifySourceJdbcConnectionStringExecute(r) +} + +/* +VerifySourceJdbcConnectionString Verify JDBC connection string for a source. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param sourceId The ID of the Source. + @return ApiVerifySourceJdbcConnectionStringRequest +*/ +func (a *SourcesAPIService) VerifySourceJdbcConnectionString(ctx context.Context, sourceId string) ApiVerifySourceJdbcConnectionStringRequest { + return ApiVerifySourceJdbcConnectionStringRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + sourceId: sourceId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ConnectivityCheckResponse +func (a *SourcesAPIService) VerifySourceJdbcConnectionStringExecute(r ApiVerifySourceJdbcConnectionStringRequest) (*ConnectivityCheckResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ConnectivityCheckResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "SourcesAPIService.VerifySourceJdbcConnectionString") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/sources/{sourceId}/jdbc-check" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"sourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.sourceId, "sourceId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.sourceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("sourceId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.oracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { diff --git a/api_staging_sources.go b/api_staging_sources.go index c8b29e91..39a4824b 100644 --- a/api_staging_sources.go +++ b/api_staging_sources.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,12 +21,12 @@ import ( ) -// StagingSourcesApiService StagingSourcesApi service -type StagingSourcesApiService service +// StagingSourcesAPIService StagingSourcesAPI service +type StagingSourcesAPIService service type ApiCreateStagingSourceTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *StagingSourcesApiService + ApiService *StagingSourcesAPIService stagingSourceId string tagsRequest *TagsRequest } @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ CreateStagingSourceTags Create tags for a Staging Source. @param stagingSourceId The ID of the staging Source. @return ApiCreateStagingSourceTagsRequest */ -func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) CreateStagingSourceTags(ctx context.Context, stagingSourceId string) ApiCreateStagingSourceTagsRequest { +func (a *StagingSourcesAPIService) CreateStagingSourceTags(ctx context.Context, stagingSourceId string) ApiCreateStagingSourceTagsRequest { return ApiCreateStagingSourceTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) CreateStagingSourceTags(ctx context.Context, // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) CreateStagingSourceTagsExecute(r ApiCreateStagingSourceTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *StagingSourcesAPIService) CreateStagingSourceTagsExecute(r ApiCreateStagingSourceTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) CreateStagingSourceTagsExecute(r ApiCreateSta localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "StagingSourcesApiService.CreateStagingSourceTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "StagingSourcesAPIService.CreateStagingSourceTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) CreateStagingSourceTagsExecute(r ApiCreateSta type ApiDeleteStagingSourceTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *StagingSourcesApiService + ApiService *StagingSourcesAPIService stagingSourceId string deleteTag *DeleteTag } @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ DeleteStagingSourceTags Delete tags for a Staging Source. @param stagingSourceId The ID of the staging Source. @return ApiDeleteStagingSourceTagsRequest */ -func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) DeleteStagingSourceTags(ctx context.Context, stagingSourceId string) ApiDeleteStagingSourceTagsRequest { +func (a *StagingSourcesAPIService) DeleteStagingSourceTags(ctx context.Context, stagingSourceId string) ApiDeleteStagingSourceTagsRequest { return ApiDeleteStagingSourceTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -187,14 +187,14 @@ func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) DeleteStagingSourceTags(ctx context.Context, } // Execute executes the request -func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) DeleteStagingSourceTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteStagingSourceTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *StagingSourcesAPIService) DeleteStagingSourceTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteStagingSourceTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "StagingSourcesApiService.DeleteStagingSourceTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "StagingSourcesAPIService.DeleteStagingSourceTags") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) DeleteStagingSourceTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteSta type ApiGetStagingSourceByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *StagingSourcesApiService + ApiService *StagingSourcesAPIService stagingSourceId string } @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ GetStagingSourceById Get a staging source by ID. @param stagingSourceId The ID of the staging Source. @return ApiGetStagingSourceByIdRequest */ -func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) GetStagingSourceById(ctx context.Context, stagingSourceId string) ApiGetStagingSourceByIdRequest { +func (a *StagingSourcesAPIService) GetStagingSourceById(ctx context.Context, stagingSourceId string) ApiGetStagingSourceByIdRequest { return ApiGetStagingSourceByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) GetStagingSourceById(ctx context.Context, sta // Execute executes the request // @return StagingSource -func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) GetStagingSourceByIdExecute(r ApiGetStagingSourceByIdRequest) (*StagingSource, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *StagingSourcesAPIService) GetStagingSourceByIdExecute(r ApiGetStagingSourceByIdRequest) (*StagingSource, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) GetStagingSourceByIdExecute(r ApiGetStagingSo localVarReturnValue *StagingSource ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "StagingSourcesApiService.GetStagingSourceById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "StagingSourcesAPIService.GetStagingSourceById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) GetStagingSourceByIdExecute(r ApiGetStagingSo type ApiGetStagingSourceTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *StagingSourcesApiService + ApiService *StagingSourcesAPIService stagingSourceId string } @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ GetStagingSourceTags Get tags for a Staging Source. @param stagingSourceId The ID of the staging Source. @return ApiGetStagingSourceTagsRequest */ -func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) GetStagingSourceTags(ctx context.Context, stagingSourceId string) ApiGetStagingSourceTagsRequest { +func (a *StagingSourcesAPIService) GetStagingSourceTags(ctx context.Context, stagingSourceId string) ApiGetStagingSourceTagsRequest { return ApiGetStagingSourceTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) GetStagingSourceTags(ctx context.Context, sta // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) GetStagingSourceTagsExecute(r ApiGetStagingSourceTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *StagingSourcesAPIService) GetStagingSourceTagsExecute(r ApiGetStagingSourceTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) GetStagingSourceTagsExecute(r ApiGetStagingSo localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "StagingSourcesApiService.GetStagingSourceTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "StagingSourcesAPIService.GetStagingSourceTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) GetStagingSourceTagsExecute(r ApiGetStagingSo type ApiGetStagingSourcesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *StagingSourcesApiService + ApiService *StagingSourcesAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ GetStagingSources List all staging sources. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiGetStagingSourcesRequest */ -func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) GetStagingSources(ctx context.Context) ApiGetStagingSourcesRequest { +func (a *StagingSourcesAPIService) GetStagingSources(ctx context.Context) ApiGetStagingSourcesRequest { return ApiGetStagingSourcesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) GetStagingSources(ctx context.Context) ApiGet // Execute executes the request // @return ListStagingSourcesResponse -func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) GetStagingSourcesExecute(r ApiGetStagingSourcesRequest) (*ListStagingSourcesResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *StagingSourcesAPIService) GetStagingSourcesExecute(r ApiGetStagingSourcesRequest) (*ListStagingSourcesResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) GetStagingSourcesExecute(r ApiGetStagingSourc localVarReturnValue *ListStagingSourcesResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "StagingSourcesApiService.GetStagingSources") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "StagingSourcesAPIService.GetStagingSources") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -571,13 +571,16 @@ func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) GetStagingSourcesExecute(r ApiGetStagingSourc localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -649,7 +652,7 @@ func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) GetStagingSourcesExecute(r ApiGetStagingSourc type ApiSearchStagingSourcesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *StagingSourcesApiService + ApiService *StagingSourcesAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -690,7 +693,7 @@ SearchStagingSources Search for Staging Sources. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchStagingSourcesRequest */ -func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) SearchStagingSources(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchStagingSourcesRequest { +func (a *StagingSourcesAPIService) SearchStagingSources(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchStagingSourcesRequest { return ApiSearchStagingSourcesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -699,7 +702,7 @@ func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) SearchStagingSources(ctx context.Context) Api // Execute executes the request // @return SearchStagingSourcesResponse -func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) SearchStagingSourcesExecute(r ApiSearchStagingSourcesRequest) (*SearchStagingSourcesResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *StagingSourcesAPIService) SearchStagingSourcesExecute(r ApiSearchStagingSourcesRequest) (*SearchStagingSourcesResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -707,7 +710,7 @@ func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) SearchStagingSourcesExecute(r ApiSearchStagin localVarReturnValue *SearchStagingSourcesResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "StagingSourcesApiService.SearchStagingSources") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "StagingSourcesAPIService.SearchStagingSources") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -719,13 +722,16 @@ func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) SearchStagingSourcesExecute(r ApiSearchStagin localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -796,3 +802,130 @@ func (a *StagingSourcesApiService) SearchStagingSourcesExecute(r ApiSearchStagin return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } + +type ApiUpdateStagingSourceByIdRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *StagingSourcesAPIService + stagingSourceId string + updateStagingSourceParameters *UpdateStagingSourceParameters +} + +// The parameters to update a Staging Source. +func (r ApiUpdateStagingSourceByIdRequest) UpdateStagingSourceParameters(updateStagingSourceParameters UpdateStagingSourceParameters) ApiUpdateStagingSourceByIdRequest { + r.updateStagingSourceParameters = &updateStagingSourceParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiUpdateStagingSourceByIdRequest) Execute() (*UpdateStagingSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpdateStagingSourceByIdExecute(r) +} + +/* +UpdateStagingSourceById Update a Staging Source. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param stagingSourceId The ID of the staging Source. + @return ApiUpdateStagingSourceByIdRequest +*/ +func (a *StagingSourcesAPIService) UpdateStagingSourceById(ctx context.Context, stagingSourceId string) ApiUpdateStagingSourceByIdRequest { + return ApiUpdateStagingSourceByIdRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + stagingSourceId: stagingSourceId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return UpdateStagingSourceResponse +func (a *StagingSourcesAPIService) UpdateStagingSourceByIdExecute(r ApiUpdateStagingSourceByIdRequest) (*UpdateStagingSourceResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *UpdateStagingSourceResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "StagingSourcesAPIService.UpdateStagingSourceById") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/staging-sources/{stagingSourceId}/update" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"stagingSourceId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.stagingSourceId, "stagingSourceId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.stagingSourceId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("stagingSourceId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.updateStagingSourceParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} diff --git a/api_storage_usage.go b/api_storage_usage.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d52c62e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/api_storage_usage.go @@ -0,0 +1,416 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "bytes" + "context" + "io" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "time" + "reflect" +) + + +// StorageUsageAPIService StorageUsageAPI service +type StorageUsageAPIService service + +type ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregateRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *StorageUsageAPIService + startDate *time.Time + endDate *time.Time + includeProjection *bool + engineIds *[]string + dsourceIds *[]string + vdbIds *[]string + cdbIds *[]string + vcdbIds *[]string +} + +// Report start date/time. Defaults to first API request. +func (r ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregateRequest) StartDate(startDate time.Time) ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregateRequest { + r.startDate = &startDate + return r +} + +// Report end date/time. Defaults to current time. +func (r ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregateRequest) EndDate(endDate time.Time) ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregateRequest { + r.endDate = &endDate + return r +} + +// Whether to compute a projection of future storage usage. +func (r ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregateRequest) IncludeProjection(includeProjection bool) ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregateRequest { + r.includeProjection = &includeProjection + return r +} + +// The list of engine ids to aggregate data for. By default aggregating data for all engines. +func (r ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregateRequest) EngineIds(engineIds []string) ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregateRequest { + r.engineIds = &engineIds + return r +} + +// The list of dSource ids to aggregate data for. By default aggregating data for all dSources. +func (r ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregateRequest) DsourceIds(dsourceIds []string) ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregateRequest { + r.dsourceIds = &dsourceIds + return r +} + +// The list of VDB ids to aggregate data for. By default aggregating data for all VDBs. +func (r ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregateRequest) VdbIds(vdbIds []string) ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregateRequest { + r.vdbIds = &vdbIds + return r +} + +// The list of CDB ids to aggregate data for. By default aggregating data for all CDBs. +func (r ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregateRequest) CdbIds(cdbIds []string) ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregateRequest { + r.cdbIds = &cdbIds + return r +} + +// The list of VCDB ids to aggregate data for. By default aggregating data for all VCDBs. +func (r ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregateRequest) VcdbIds(vcdbIds []string) ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregateRequest { + r.vcdbIds = &vcdbIds + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregateRequest) Execute() (*HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregateExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate Returns the aggregated historical storage usage of all registered engines over time, optionally with a projection of future storage usage. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregateRequest +*/ +func (a *StorageUsageAPIService) GetHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate(ctx context.Context) ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregateRequest { + return ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregateRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate +func (a *StorageUsageAPIService) GetHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregateExecute(r ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregateRequest) (*HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "StorageUsageAPIService.GetHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/historical-storage-summary-aggregate" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.startDate != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "start_date", r.startDate, "form", "") + } + if r.endDate != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "end_date", r.endDate, "form", "") + } + if r.includeProjection != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "include_projection", r.includeProjection, "form", "") + } + if r.engineIds != nil { + t := *r.engineIds + if reflect.TypeOf(t).Kind() == reflect.Slice { + s := reflect.ValueOf(t) + for i := 0; i < s.Len(); i++ { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "engine_ids", s.Index(i).Interface(), "form", "multi") + } + } else { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "engine_ids", t, "form", "multi") + } + } + if r.dsourceIds != nil { + t := *r.dsourceIds + if reflect.TypeOf(t).Kind() == reflect.Slice { + s := reflect.ValueOf(t) + for i := 0; i < s.Len(); i++ { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "dsource_ids", s.Index(i).Interface(), "form", "multi") + } + } else { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "dsource_ids", t, "form", "multi") + } + } + if r.vdbIds != nil { + t := *r.vdbIds + if reflect.TypeOf(t).Kind() == reflect.Slice { + s := reflect.ValueOf(t) + for i := 0; i < s.Len(); i++ { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "vdb_ids", s.Index(i).Interface(), "form", "multi") + } + } else { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "vdb_ids", t, "form", "multi") + } + } + if r.cdbIds != nil { + t := *r.cdbIds + if reflect.TypeOf(t).Kind() == reflect.Slice { + s := reflect.ValueOf(t) + for i := 0; i < s.Len(); i++ { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cdb_ids", s.Index(i).Interface(), "form", "multi") + } + } else { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cdb_ids", t, "form", "multi") + } + } + if r.vcdbIds != nil { + t := *r.vcdbIds + if reflect.TypeOf(t).Kind() == reflect.Slice { + s := reflect.ValueOf(t) + for i := 0; i < s.Len(); i++ { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "vcdb_ids", s.Index(i).Interface(), "form", "multi") + } + } else { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "vcdb_ids", t, "form", "multi") + } + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryByEngineRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *StorageUsageAPIService + startDate *time.Time + endDate *time.Time + includeProjection *bool + engineIds *[]string +} + +// Report start date/time. Defaults to first API request. +func (r ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryByEngineRequest) StartDate(startDate time.Time) ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryByEngineRequest { + r.startDate = &startDate + return r +} + +// Report end date/time. Defaults to current time. +func (r ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryByEngineRequest) EndDate(endDate time.Time) ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryByEngineRequest { + r.endDate = &endDate + return r +} + +// Whether to compute a projection of future storage usage. +func (r ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryByEngineRequest) IncludeProjection(includeProjection bool) ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryByEngineRequest { + r.includeProjection = &includeProjection + return r +} + +// The list of engine ids to include in the response. By default returning data for all engines. +func (r ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryByEngineRequest) EngineIds(engineIds []string) ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryByEngineRequest { + r.engineIds = &engineIds + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryByEngineRequest) Execute() (*HistoricalStorageSummary, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetHistoricalStorageSummaryByEngineExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetHistoricalStorageSummaryByEngine Returns the historical storage usage by engine over time, optionally with a projection of future storage usage. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryByEngineRequest +*/ +func (a *StorageUsageAPIService) GetHistoricalStorageSummaryByEngine(ctx context.Context) ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryByEngineRequest { + return ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryByEngineRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return HistoricalStorageSummary +func (a *StorageUsageAPIService) GetHistoricalStorageSummaryByEngineExecute(r ApiGetHistoricalStorageSummaryByEngineRequest) (*HistoricalStorageSummary, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *HistoricalStorageSummary + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "StorageUsageAPIService.GetHistoricalStorageSummaryByEngine") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/historical-storage-summary-by-engine" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.startDate != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "start_date", r.startDate, "form", "") + } + if r.endDate != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "end_date", r.endDate, "form", "") + } + if r.includeProjection != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "include_projection", r.includeProjection, "form", "") + } + if r.engineIds != nil { + t := *r.engineIds + if reflect.TypeOf(t).Kind() == reflect.Slice { + s := reflect.ValueOf(t) + for i := 0; i < s.Len(); i++ { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "engine_ids", s.Index(i).Interface(), "form", "multi") + } + } else { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "engine_ids", t, "form", "multi") + } + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} diff --git a/api_tags.go b/api_tags.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..540738ae --- /dev/null +++ b/api_tags.go @@ -0,0 +1,1062 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "bytes" + "context" + "io" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "strings" +) + + +// TagsAPIService TagsAPI service +type TagsAPIService service + +type ApiGetTagRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *TagsAPIService + tagId string +} + +func (r ApiGetTagRequest) Execute() (*GlobalTag, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetTagExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetTag Get a global tag by id + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param tagId The ID of the global tag. + @return ApiGetTagRequest +*/ +func (a *TagsAPIService) GetTag(ctx context.Context, tagId string) ApiGetTagRequest { + return ApiGetTagRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + tagId: tagId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return GlobalTag +func (a *TagsAPIService) GetTagExecute(r ApiGetTagRequest) (*GlobalTag, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *GlobalTag + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "TagsAPIService.GetTag") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/tags/{tagId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"tagId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.tagId, "tagId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.tagId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("tagId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetTagPermissionsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *TagsAPIService + tagId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetTagPermissionsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetTagPermissionsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetTagPermissionsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetTagPermissionsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetTagPermissionsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetTagPermissionsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetTagPermissionsRequest) Execute() (*ListTagPermissionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetTagPermissionsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetTagPermissions List instances of this global tag being used to scope an access group. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param tagId The ID of the global tag. + @return ApiGetTagPermissionsRequest +*/ +func (a *TagsAPIService) GetTagPermissions(ctx context.Context, tagId string) ApiGetTagPermissionsRequest { + return ApiGetTagPermissionsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + tagId: tagId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListTagPermissionsResponse +func (a *TagsAPIService) GetTagPermissionsExecute(r ApiGetTagPermissionsRequest) (*ListTagPermissionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListTagPermissionsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "TagsAPIService.GetTagPermissions") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/tags/{tagId}/permissions" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"tagId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.tagId, "tagId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.tagId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("tagId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetTagUsagesRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *TagsAPIService + tagId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetTagUsagesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetTagUsagesRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetTagUsagesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetTagUsagesRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetTagUsagesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetTagUsagesRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetTagUsagesRequest) Execute() (*ListTagUsagesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetTagUsagesExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetTagUsages List specific usages of this global tag. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param tagId The ID of the global tag. + @return ApiGetTagUsagesRequest +*/ +func (a *TagsAPIService) GetTagUsages(ctx context.Context, tagId string) ApiGetTagUsagesRequest { + return ApiGetTagUsagesRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + tagId: tagId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListTagUsagesResponse +func (a *TagsAPIService) GetTagUsagesExecute(r ApiGetTagUsagesRequest) (*ListTagUsagesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListTagUsagesResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "TagsAPIService.GetTagUsages") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/tags/{tagId}/usages" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"tagId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.tagId, "tagId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.tagId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("tagId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *TagsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetTagsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetTagsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetTagsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetTagsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetTagsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetTagsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetTagsRequest) Execute() (*ListTagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetTags Returns a list of global tags + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *TagsAPIService) GetTags(ctx context.Context) ApiGetTagsRequest { + return ApiGetTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListTagsResponse +func (a *TagsAPIService) GetTagsExecute(r ApiGetTagsRequest) (*ListTagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListTagsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "TagsAPIService.GetTags") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/tags" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchTagPermissionsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *TagsAPIService + tagId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchTagPermissionsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchTagPermissionsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchTagPermissionsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchTagPermissionsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiSearchTagPermissionsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchTagPermissionsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchTagPermissionsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchTagPermissionsRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchTagPermissionsRequest) Execute() (*SearchTagPermissionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchTagPermissionsExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchTagPermissions Search instances of this global tag being used to scope an access group + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param tagId The ID of the global tag. + @return ApiSearchTagPermissionsRequest +*/ +func (a *TagsAPIService) SearchTagPermissions(ctx context.Context, tagId string) ApiSearchTagPermissionsRequest { + return ApiSearchTagPermissionsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + tagId: tagId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return SearchTagPermissionsResponse +func (a *TagsAPIService) SearchTagPermissionsExecute(r ApiSearchTagPermissionsRequest) (*SearchTagPermissionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SearchTagPermissionsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "TagsAPIService.SearchTagPermissions") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/tags/{tagId}/permissions/search" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"tagId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.tagId, "tagId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.tagId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("tagId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchTagUsagesRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *TagsAPIService + tagId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchTagUsagesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchTagUsagesRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchTagUsagesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchTagUsagesRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiSearchTagUsagesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchTagUsagesRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchTagUsagesRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchTagUsagesRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchTagUsagesRequest) Execute() (*SearchTagUsagesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchTagUsagesExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchTagUsages Search specific usages of this global tag. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param tagId The ID of the global tag. + @return ApiSearchTagUsagesRequest +*/ +func (a *TagsAPIService) SearchTagUsages(ctx context.Context, tagId string) ApiSearchTagUsagesRequest { + return ApiSearchTagUsagesRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + tagId: tagId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return SearchTagUsagesResponse +func (a *TagsAPIService) SearchTagUsagesExecute(r ApiSearchTagUsagesRequest) (*SearchTagUsagesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SearchTagUsagesResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "TagsAPIService.SearchTagUsages") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/tags/{tagId}/usages/search" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"tagId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.tagId, "tagId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.tagId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("tagId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *TagsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchTagsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchTagsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchTagsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchTagsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiSearchTagsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchTagsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchTagsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchTagsRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchTagsRequest) Execute() (*SearchTagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchTags Search for global tags. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiSearchTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *TagsAPIService) SearchTags(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchTagsRequest { + return ApiSearchTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return SearchTagsResponse +func (a *TagsAPIService) SearchTagsExecute(r ApiSearchTagsRequest) (*SearchTagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SearchTagsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "TagsAPIService.SearchTags") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/management/tags/search" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json", "text/csv"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} diff --git a/api_test_.go b/api_test_.go deleted file mode 100644 index 3cdd253c..00000000 --- a/api_test_.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,132 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "bytes" - "context" - "io" - "net/http" - "net/url" -) - - -// TestApiService TestApi service -type TestApiService service - -type ApiEnableScaleTestingRequest struct { - ctx context.Context - ApiService *TestApiService - enableScaleTestingRequest *EnableScaleTestingRequest -} - -func (r ApiEnableScaleTestingRequest) EnableScaleTestingRequest(enableScaleTestingRequest EnableScaleTestingRequest) ApiEnableScaleTestingRequest { - r.enableScaleTestingRequest = &enableScaleTestingRequest - return r -} - -func (r ApiEnableScaleTestingRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.EnableScaleTestingExecute(r) -} - -/* -EnableScaleTesting This is used for performance testing to enable engine and object duplication. - - @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiEnableScaleTestingRequest -*/ -func (a *TestApiService) EnableScaleTesting(ctx context.Context) ApiEnableScaleTestingRequest { - return ApiEnableScaleTestingRequest{ - ApiService: a, - ctx: ctx, - } -} - -// Execute executes the request -func (a *TestApiService) EnableScaleTestingExecute(r ApiEnableScaleTestingRequest) (*http.Response, error) { - var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost - localVarPostBody interface{} - formFiles []formFile - ) - - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "TestApiService.EnableScaleTesting") - if err != nil { - return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} - } - - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/enable-scale-testing" - - localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) - localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} - localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - - // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} - - // set Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) - if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { - localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType - } - - // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} - - // set Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) - if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { - localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept - } - // body params - localVarPostBody = r.enableScaleTestingRequest - if r.ctx != nil { - // API Key Authentication - if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { - if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { - var key string - if apiKey.Prefix != "" { - key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key - } else { - key = apiKey.Key - } - localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key - } - } - } - req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) - if err != nil { - return nil, err - } - - localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) - if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err - } - - localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) - localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() - localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) - if err != nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err - } - - if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { - newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ - body: localVarBody, - error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, - } - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr - } - - return localVarHTTPResponse, nil -} diff --git a/api_timeflows.go b/api_timeflows.go index 110e26c2..af500821 100644 --- a/api_timeflows.go +++ b/api_timeflows.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,12 +21,12 @@ import ( ) -// TimeflowsApiService TimeflowsApi service -type TimeflowsApiService service +// TimeflowsAPIService TimeflowsAPI service +type TimeflowsAPIService service type ApiCreateTimeflowTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *TimeflowsApiService + ApiService *TimeflowsAPIService timeflowId string tagsRequest *TagsRequest } @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ CreateTimeflowTags Create tags for a Timeflow. @param timeflowId The ID of the timeflow. @return ApiCreateTimeflowTagsRequest */ -func (a *TimeflowsApiService) CreateTimeflowTags(ctx context.Context, timeflowId string) ApiCreateTimeflowTagsRequest { +func (a *TimeflowsAPIService) CreateTimeflowTags(ctx context.Context, timeflowId string) ApiCreateTimeflowTagsRequest { return ApiCreateTimeflowTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) CreateTimeflowTags(ctx context.Context, timeflowId // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *TimeflowsApiService) CreateTimeflowTagsExecute(r ApiCreateTimeflowTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *TimeflowsAPIService) CreateTimeflowTagsExecute(r ApiCreateTimeflowTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) CreateTimeflowTagsExecute(r ApiCreateTimeflowTagsR localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "TimeflowsApiService.CreateTimeflowTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "TimeflowsAPIService.CreateTimeflowTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -156,8 +156,14 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) CreateTimeflowTagsExecute(r ApiCreateTimeflowTagsR type ApiDeleteTimeflowRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *TimeflowsApiService + ApiService *TimeflowsAPIService timeflowId string + deleteTimeflowParameters *DeleteTimeflowParameters +} + +func (r ApiDeleteTimeflowRequest) DeleteTimeflowParameters(deleteTimeflowParameters DeleteTimeflowParameters) ApiDeleteTimeflowRequest { + r.deleteTimeflowParameters = &deleteTimeflowParameters + return r } func (r ApiDeleteTimeflowRequest) Execute() (*DeleteTimeflowResponse, *http.Response, error) { @@ -171,7 +177,7 @@ DeleteTimeflow Delete a timeflow. @param timeflowId The ID of the timeflow. @return ApiDeleteTimeflowRequest */ -func (a *TimeflowsApiService) DeleteTimeflow(ctx context.Context, timeflowId string) ApiDeleteTimeflowRequest { +func (a *TimeflowsAPIService) DeleteTimeflow(ctx context.Context, timeflowId string) ApiDeleteTimeflowRequest { return ApiDeleteTimeflowRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -181,7 +187,7 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) DeleteTimeflow(ctx context.Context, timeflowId str // Execute executes the request // @return DeleteTimeflowResponse -func (a *TimeflowsApiService) DeleteTimeflowExecute(r ApiDeleteTimeflowRequest) (*DeleteTimeflowResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *TimeflowsAPIService) DeleteTimeflowExecute(r ApiDeleteTimeflowRequest) (*DeleteTimeflowResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -189,7 +195,7 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) DeleteTimeflowExecute(r ApiDeleteTimeflowRequest) localVarReturnValue *DeleteTimeflowResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "TimeflowsApiService.DeleteTimeflow") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "TimeflowsAPIService.DeleteTimeflow") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -205,7 +211,7 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) DeleteTimeflowExecute(r ApiDeleteTimeflowRequest) } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -221,6 +227,8 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) DeleteTimeflowExecute(r ApiDeleteTimeflowRequest) if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.deleteTimeflowParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -274,7 +282,7 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) DeleteTimeflowExecute(r ApiDeleteTimeflowRequest) type ApiDeleteTimeflowTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *TimeflowsApiService + ApiService *TimeflowsAPIService timeflowId string deleteTag *DeleteTag } @@ -296,7 +304,7 @@ DeleteTimeflowTags Delete tags for a Timeflow. @param timeflowId The ID of the timeflow. @return ApiDeleteTimeflowTagsRequest */ -func (a *TimeflowsApiService) DeleteTimeflowTags(ctx context.Context, timeflowId string) ApiDeleteTimeflowTagsRequest { +func (a *TimeflowsAPIService) DeleteTimeflowTags(ctx context.Context, timeflowId string) ApiDeleteTimeflowTagsRequest { return ApiDeleteTimeflowTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -305,14 +313,14 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) DeleteTimeflowTags(ctx context.Context, timeflowId } // Execute executes the request -func (a *TimeflowsApiService) DeleteTimeflowTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteTimeflowTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *TimeflowsAPIService) DeleteTimeflowTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteTimeflowTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "TimeflowsApiService.DeleteTimeflowTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "TimeflowsAPIService.DeleteTimeflowTags") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -390,7 +398,7 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) DeleteTimeflowTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteTimeflowTagsR type ApiGetTimeflowByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *TimeflowsApiService + ApiService *TimeflowsAPIService timeflowId string } @@ -405,7 +413,7 @@ GetTimeflowById Get a Timeflow by ID. @param timeflowId The ID of the timeflow. @return ApiGetTimeflowByIdRequest */ -func (a *TimeflowsApiService) GetTimeflowById(ctx context.Context, timeflowId string) ApiGetTimeflowByIdRequest { +func (a *TimeflowsAPIService) GetTimeflowById(ctx context.Context, timeflowId string) ApiGetTimeflowByIdRequest { return ApiGetTimeflowByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -415,7 +423,7 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) GetTimeflowById(ctx context.Context, timeflowId st // Execute executes the request // @return Timeflow -func (a *TimeflowsApiService) GetTimeflowByIdExecute(r ApiGetTimeflowByIdRequest) (*Timeflow, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *TimeflowsAPIService) GetTimeflowByIdExecute(r ApiGetTimeflowByIdRequest) (*Timeflow, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -423,7 +431,7 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) GetTimeflowByIdExecute(r ApiGetTimeflowByIdRequest localVarReturnValue *Timeflow ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "TimeflowsApiService.GetTimeflowById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "TimeflowsAPIService.GetTimeflowById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -508,8 +516,22 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) GetTimeflowByIdExecute(r ApiGetTimeflowByIdRequest type ApiGetTimeflowSnapshotDayRangeRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *TimeflowsApiService + ApiService *TimeflowsAPIService timeflowId string + timezone *string + timezoneOffset *int32 +} + +// The timezone in which the snapshot timestamps are to be interpreted. This property gets precedence over timezone_offset. If the timezone in this property is unknown to the application, the timezone_offset is used as fallback to interpret the snapshot timestamps. +func (r ApiGetTimeflowSnapshotDayRangeRequest) Timezone(timezone string) ApiGetTimeflowSnapshotDayRangeRequest { + r.timezone = &timezone + return r +} + +// The offset in seconds of timezone in which the snapshot timestamps are to be interpreted. This property is used as fallback to interpret the snapshot timestamps if timezone is not valid. +func (r ApiGetTimeflowSnapshotDayRangeRequest) TimezoneOffset(timezoneOffset int32) ApiGetTimeflowSnapshotDayRangeRequest { + r.timezoneOffset = &timezoneOffset + return r } func (r ApiGetTimeflowSnapshotDayRangeRequest) Execute() (*SnapshotsDayRangesResponse, *http.Response, error) { @@ -523,7 +545,7 @@ GetTimeflowSnapshotDayRange Returns the count of TimeFlow snapshots of the Timef @param timeflowId The ID of the timeflow. @return ApiGetTimeflowSnapshotDayRangeRequest */ -func (a *TimeflowsApiService) GetTimeflowSnapshotDayRange(ctx context.Context, timeflowId string) ApiGetTimeflowSnapshotDayRangeRequest { +func (a *TimeflowsAPIService) GetTimeflowSnapshotDayRange(ctx context.Context, timeflowId string) ApiGetTimeflowSnapshotDayRangeRequest { return ApiGetTimeflowSnapshotDayRangeRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -533,7 +555,7 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) GetTimeflowSnapshotDayRange(ctx context.Context, t // Execute executes the request // @return SnapshotsDayRangesResponse -func (a *TimeflowsApiService) GetTimeflowSnapshotDayRangeExecute(r ApiGetTimeflowSnapshotDayRangeRequest) (*SnapshotsDayRangesResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *TimeflowsAPIService) GetTimeflowSnapshotDayRangeExecute(r ApiGetTimeflowSnapshotDayRangeRequest) (*SnapshotsDayRangesResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -541,7 +563,7 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) GetTimeflowSnapshotDayRangeExecute(r ApiGetTimeflo localVarReturnValue *SnapshotsDayRangesResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "TimeflowsApiService.GetTimeflowSnapshotDayRange") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "TimeflowsAPIService.GetTimeflowSnapshotDayRange") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -556,6 +578,12 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) GetTimeflowSnapshotDayRangeExecute(r ApiGetTimeflo return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("timeflowId must have at least 1 elements") } + if r.timezone != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "timezone", r.timezone, "form", "") + } + if r.timezoneOffset != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "timezone_offset", r.timezoneOffset, "form", "") + } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -626,7 +654,7 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) GetTimeflowSnapshotDayRangeExecute(r ApiGetTimeflo type ApiGetTimeflowTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *TimeflowsApiService + ApiService *TimeflowsAPIService timeflowId string } @@ -641,7 +669,7 @@ GetTimeflowTags Get tags for a Timeflow. @param timeflowId The ID of the timeflow. @return ApiGetTimeflowTagsRequest */ -func (a *TimeflowsApiService) GetTimeflowTags(ctx context.Context, timeflowId string) ApiGetTimeflowTagsRequest { +func (a *TimeflowsAPIService) GetTimeflowTags(ctx context.Context, timeflowId string) ApiGetTimeflowTagsRequest { return ApiGetTimeflowTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -651,7 +679,7 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) GetTimeflowTags(ctx context.Context, timeflowId st // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *TimeflowsApiService) GetTimeflowTagsExecute(r ApiGetTimeflowTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *TimeflowsAPIService) GetTimeflowTagsExecute(r ApiGetTimeflowTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -659,7 +687,7 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) GetTimeflowTagsExecute(r ApiGetTimeflowTagsRequest localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "TimeflowsApiService.GetTimeflowTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "TimeflowsAPIService.GetTimeflowTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -744,7 +772,7 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) GetTimeflowTagsExecute(r ApiGetTimeflowTagsRequest type ApiGetTimeflowsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *TimeflowsApiService + ApiService *TimeflowsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -778,7 +806,7 @@ GetTimeflows Retrieve the list of timeflows. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiGetTimeflowsRequest */ -func (a *TimeflowsApiService) GetTimeflows(ctx context.Context) ApiGetTimeflowsRequest { +func (a *TimeflowsAPIService) GetTimeflows(ctx context.Context) ApiGetTimeflowsRequest { return ApiGetTimeflowsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -787,7 +815,7 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) GetTimeflows(ctx context.Context) ApiGetTimeflowsR // Execute executes the request // @return ListTimeflowsResponse -func (a *TimeflowsApiService) GetTimeflowsExecute(r ApiGetTimeflowsRequest) (*ListTimeflowsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *TimeflowsAPIService) GetTimeflowsExecute(r ApiGetTimeflowsRequest) (*ListTimeflowsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -795,7 +823,7 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) GetTimeflowsExecute(r ApiGetTimeflowsRequest) (*Li localVarReturnValue *ListTimeflowsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "TimeflowsApiService.GetTimeflows") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "TimeflowsAPIService.GetTimeflows") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -807,13 +835,16 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) GetTimeflowsExecute(r ApiGetTimeflowsRequest) (*Li localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -885,7 +916,7 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) GetTimeflowsExecute(r ApiGetTimeflowsRequest) (*Li type ApiSearchTimeflowsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *TimeflowsApiService + ApiService *TimeflowsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -926,7 +957,7 @@ SearchTimeflows Search timeflows. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchTimeflowsRequest */ -func (a *TimeflowsApiService) SearchTimeflows(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchTimeflowsRequest { +func (a *TimeflowsAPIService) SearchTimeflows(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchTimeflowsRequest { return ApiSearchTimeflowsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -935,7 +966,7 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) SearchTimeflows(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchTime // Execute executes the request // @return SearchTimeflowsResponse -func (a *TimeflowsApiService) SearchTimeflowsExecute(r ApiSearchTimeflowsRequest) (*SearchTimeflowsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *TimeflowsAPIService) SearchTimeflowsExecute(r ApiSearchTimeflowsRequest) (*SearchTimeflowsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -943,7 +974,7 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) SearchTimeflowsExecute(r ApiSearchTimeflowsRequest localVarReturnValue *SearchTimeflowsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "TimeflowsApiService.SearchTimeflows") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "TimeflowsAPIService.SearchTimeflows") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -955,13 +986,16 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) SearchTimeflowsExecute(r ApiSearchTimeflowsRequest localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -1033,9 +1067,139 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) SearchTimeflowsExecute(r ApiSearchTimeflowsRequest return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } +type ApiTimeflowRepairRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *TimeflowsAPIService + timeflowId string + timeflowRepairRequest *TimeflowRepairRequest +} + +// Timeflow repair information. +func (r ApiTimeflowRepairRequest) TimeflowRepairRequest(timeflowRepairRequest TimeflowRepairRequest) ApiTimeflowRepairRequest { + r.timeflowRepairRequest = &timeflowRepairRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiTimeflowRepairRequest) Execute() (*TimeflowRepairResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.TimeflowRepairExecute(r) +} + +/* +TimeflowRepair Repair a Timeflow. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param timeflowId The ID of the timeflow. + @return ApiTimeflowRepairRequest +*/ +func (a *TimeflowsAPIService) TimeflowRepair(ctx context.Context, timeflowId string) ApiTimeflowRepairRequest { + return ApiTimeflowRepairRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + timeflowId: timeflowId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return TimeflowRepairResponse +func (a *TimeflowsAPIService) TimeflowRepairExecute(r ApiTimeflowRepairRequest) (*TimeflowRepairResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *TimeflowRepairResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "TimeflowsAPIService.TimeflowRepair") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/timeflows/{timeflowId}/repair" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"timeflowId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.timeflowId, "timeflowId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.timeflowId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("timeflowId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.timeflowRepairRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("timeflowRepairRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.timeflowRepairRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + type ApiUpdateTimeflowRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *TimeflowsApiService + ApiService *TimeflowsAPIService timeflowId string updateTimeflowParameters *UpdateTimeflowParameters } @@ -1057,7 +1221,7 @@ UpdateTimeflow Update values of a timeflow. @param timeflowId The ID of the timeflow. @return ApiUpdateTimeflowRequest */ -func (a *TimeflowsApiService) UpdateTimeflow(ctx context.Context, timeflowId string) ApiUpdateTimeflowRequest { +func (a *TimeflowsAPIService) UpdateTimeflow(ctx context.Context, timeflowId string) ApiUpdateTimeflowRequest { return ApiUpdateTimeflowRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1067,7 +1231,7 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) UpdateTimeflow(ctx context.Context, timeflowId str // Execute executes the request // @return UpdateTimeflowResponse -func (a *TimeflowsApiService) UpdateTimeflowExecute(r ApiUpdateTimeflowRequest) (*UpdateTimeflowResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *TimeflowsAPIService) UpdateTimeflowExecute(r ApiUpdateTimeflowRequest) (*UpdateTimeflowResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1075,7 +1239,7 @@ func (a *TimeflowsApiService) UpdateTimeflowExecute(r ApiUpdateTimeflowRequest) localVarReturnValue *UpdateTimeflowResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "TimeflowsApiService.UpdateTimeflow") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "TimeflowsAPIService.UpdateTimeflow") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } diff --git a/api_toolkits.go b/api_toolkits.go index f9b96e4f..9bf89f64 100644 --- a/api_toolkits.go +++ b/api_toolkits.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,12 +21,12 @@ import ( ) -// ToolkitsApiService ToolkitsApi service -type ToolkitsApiService service +// ToolkitsAPIService ToolkitsAPI service +type ToolkitsAPIService service type ApiCreateToolkitTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ToolkitsApiService + ApiService *ToolkitsAPIService toolkitId string tagsRequest *TagsRequest } @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ CreateToolkitTags Create tags for a toolkit. @param toolkitId The ID of the toolkit. @return ApiCreateToolkitTagsRequest */ -func (a *ToolkitsApiService) CreateToolkitTags(ctx context.Context, toolkitId string) ApiCreateToolkitTagsRequest { +func (a *ToolkitsAPIService) CreateToolkitTags(ctx context.Context, toolkitId string) ApiCreateToolkitTagsRequest { return ApiCreateToolkitTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ func (a *ToolkitsApiService) CreateToolkitTags(ctx context.Context, toolkitId st // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *ToolkitsApiService) CreateToolkitTagsExecute(r ApiCreateToolkitTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ToolkitsAPIService) CreateToolkitTagsExecute(r ApiCreateToolkitTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ func (a *ToolkitsApiService) CreateToolkitTagsExecute(r ApiCreateToolkitTagsRequ localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ToolkitsApiService.CreateToolkitTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ToolkitsAPIService.CreateToolkitTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ func (a *ToolkitsApiService) CreateToolkitTagsExecute(r ApiCreateToolkitTagsRequ type ApiDeleteToolkitTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ToolkitsApiService + ApiService *ToolkitsAPIService toolkitId string deleteTag *DeleteTag } @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ DeleteToolkitTags Delete tags for a Toolkit. @param toolkitId The ID of the toolkit. @return ApiDeleteToolkitTagsRequest */ -func (a *ToolkitsApiService) DeleteToolkitTags(ctx context.Context, toolkitId string) ApiDeleteToolkitTagsRequest { +func (a *ToolkitsAPIService) DeleteToolkitTags(ctx context.Context, toolkitId string) ApiDeleteToolkitTagsRequest { return ApiDeleteToolkitTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -187,14 +187,14 @@ func (a *ToolkitsApiService) DeleteToolkitTags(ctx context.Context, toolkitId st } // Execute executes the request -func (a *ToolkitsApiService) DeleteToolkitTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteToolkitTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *ToolkitsAPIService) DeleteToolkitTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteToolkitTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ToolkitsApiService.DeleteToolkitTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ToolkitsAPIService.DeleteToolkitTags") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ func (a *ToolkitsApiService) DeleteToolkitTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteToolkitTagsRequ type ApiGetToolkitByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ToolkitsApiService + ApiService *ToolkitsAPIService toolkitId string } @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ GetToolkitById Get Toolkit by ID. @param toolkitId The ID of the toolkit. @return ApiGetToolkitByIdRequest */ -func (a *ToolkitsApiService) GetToolkitById(ctx context.Context, toolkitId string) ApiGetToolkitByIdRequest { +func (a *ToolkitsAPIService) GetToolkitById(ctx context.Context, toolkitId string) ApiGetToolkitByIdRequest { return ApiGetToolkitByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ func (a *ToolkitsApiService) GetToolkitById(ctx context.Context, toolkitId strin // Execute executes the request // @return Toolkit -func (a *ToolkitsApiService) GetToolkitByIdExecute(r ApiGetToolkitByIdRequest) (*Toolkit, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ToolkitsAPIService) GetToolkitByIdExecute(r ApiGetToolkitByIdRequest) (*Toolkit, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ func (a *ToolkitsApiService) GetToolkitByIdExecute(r ApiGetToolkitByIdRequest) ( localVarReturnValue *Toolkit ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ToolkitsApiService.GetToolkitById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ToolkitsAPIService.GetToolkitById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ func (a *ToolkitsApiService) GetToolkitByIdExecute(r ApiGetToolkitByIdRequest) ( type ApiGetToolkitTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ToolkitsApiService + ApiService *ToolkitsAPIService toolkitId string } @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ GetToolkitTags Get tags for a Toolkit. @param toolkitId The ID of the toolkit. @return ApiGetToolkitTagsRequest */ -func (a *ToolkitsApiService) GetToolkitTags(ctx context.Context, toolkitId string) ApiGetToolkitTagsRequest { +func (a *ToolkitsAPIService) GetToolkitTags(ctx context.Context, toolkitId string) ApiGetToolkitTagsRequest { return ApiGetToolkitTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ func (a *ToolkitsApiService) GetToolkitTags(ctx context.Context, toolkitId strin // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *ToolkitsApiService) GetToolkitTagsExecute(r ApiGetToolkitTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ToolkitsAPIService) GetToolkitTagsExecute(r ApiGetToolkitTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ func (a *ToolkitsApiService) GetToolkitTagsExecute(r ApiGetToolkitTagsRequest) ( localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ToolkitsApiService.GetToolkitTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ToolkitsAPIService.GetToolkitTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ func (a *ToolkitsApiService) GetToolkitTagsExecute(r ApiGetToolkitTagsRequest) ( type ApiGetToolkitsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ToolkitsApiService + ApiService *ToolkitsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ GetToolkits List all toolkits. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiGetToolkitsRequest */ -func (a *ToolkitsApiService) GetToolkits(ctx context.Context) ApiGetToolkitsRequest { +func (a *ToolkitsAPIService) GetToolkits(ctx context.Context) ApiGetToolkitsRequest { return ApiGetToolkitsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ func (a *ToolkitsApiService) GetToolkits(ctx context.Context) ApiGetToolkitsRequ // Execute executes the request // @return ListToolkitResponse -func (a *ToolkitsApiService) GetToolkitsExecute(r ApiGetToolkitsRequest) (*ListToolkitResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ToolkitsAPIService) GetToolkitsExecute(r ApiGetToolkitsRequest) (*ListToolkitResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ func (a *ToolkitsApiService) GetToolkitsExecute(r ApiGetToolkitsRequest) (*ListT localVarReturnValue *ListToolkitResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ToolkitsApiService.GetToolkits") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ToolkitsAPIService.GetToolkits") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -571,13 +571,16 @@ func (a *ToolkitsApiService) GetToolkitsExecute(r ApiGetToolkitsRequest) (*ListT localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -649,7 +652,7 @@ func (a *ToolkitsApiService) GetToolkitsExecute(r ApiGetToolkitsRequest) (*ListT type ApiSearchToolkitsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *ToolkitsApiService + ApiService *ToolkitsAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string @@ -690,7 +693,7 @@ SearchToolkits Search for toolkits. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiSearchToolkitsRequest */ -func (a *ToolkitsApiService) SearchToolkits(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchToolkitsRequest { +func (a *ToolkitsAPIService) SearchToolkits(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchToolkitsRequest { return ApiSearchToolkitsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -699,7 +702,7 @@ func (a *ToolkitsApiService) SearchToolkits(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchToolki // Execute executes the request // @return SearchToolkitResponse -func (a *ToolkitsApiService) SearchToolkitsExecute(r ApiSearchToolkitsRequest) (*SearchToolkitResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *ToolkitsAPIService) SearchToolkitsExecute(r ApiSearchToolkitsRequest) (*SearchToolkitResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -707,7 +710,7 @@ func (a *ToolkitsApiService) SearchToolkitsExecute(r ApiSearchToolkitsRequest) ( localVarReturnValue *SearchToolkitResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ToolkitsApiService.SearchToolkits") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ToolkitsAPIService.SearchToolkits") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -719,13 +722,16 @@ func (a *ToolkitsApiService) SearchToolkitsExecute(r ApiSearchToolkitsRequest) ( localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} diff --git a/api_vcdbs.go b/api_vcdbs.go index d431f6fe..d90e4396 100644 --- a/api_vcdbs.go +++ b/api_vcdbs.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,12 +21,12 @@ import ( ) -// VCDBsApiService VCDBsApi service -type VCDBsApiService service +// VCDBsAPIService VCDBsAPI service +type VCDBsAPIService service type ApiCreateVcdbTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VCDBsApiService + ApiService *VCDBsAPIService vcdbId string tagsRequest *TagsRequest } @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ CreateVcdbTags Create tags for a vCDB. @param vcdbId The ID of the vCDB. @return ApiCreateVcdbTagsRequest */ -func (a *VCDBsApiService) CreateVcdbTags(ctx context.Context, vcdbId string) ApiCreateVcdbTagsRequest { +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) CreateVcdbTags(ctx context.Context, vcdbId string) ApiCreateVcdbTagsRequest { return ApiCreateVcdbTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ func (a *VCDBsApiService) CreateVcdbTags(ctx context.Context, vcdbId string) Api // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *VCDBsApiService) CreateVcdbTagsExecute(r ApiCreateVcdbTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) CreateVcdbTagsExecute(r ApiCreateVcdbTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ func (a *VCDBsApiService) CreateVcdbTagsExecute(r ApiCreateVcdbTagsRequest) (*Ta localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VCDBsApiService.CreateVcdbTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VCDBsAPIService.CreateVcdbTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -154,32 +154,1179 @@ func (a *VCDBsApiService) CreateVcdbTagsExecute(r ApiCreateVcdbTagsRequest) (*Ta return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } +type ApiDeleteVcdbRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VCDBsAPIService + vcdbId string + deleteVCDBParameters *DeleteVCDBParameters +} + +// The parameters to delete a vCDB. +func (r ApiDeleteVcdbRequest) DeleteVCDBParameters(deleteVCDBParameters DeleteVCDBParameters) ApiDeleteVcdbRequest { + r.deleteVCDBParameters = &deleteVCDBParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiDeleteVcdbRequest) Execute() (*DeleteVCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteVcdbExecute(r) +} + +/* +DeleteVcdb Delete a vCDB. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param vcdbId The ID of the vCDB. + @return ApiDeleteVcdbRequest +*/ +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) DeleteVcdb(ctx context.Context, vcdbId string) ApiDeleteVcdbRequest { + return ApiDeleteVcdbRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + vcdbId: vcdbId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DeleteVCDBResponse +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) DeleteVcdbExecute(r ApiDeleteVcdbRequest) (*DeleteVCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DeleteVCDBResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VCDBsAPIService.DeleteVcdb") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vcdbs/{vcdbId}/delete" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vcdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vcdbId, "vcdbId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.vcdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vcdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.deleteVCDBParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + type ApiDeleteVcdbTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VCDBsApiService + ApiService *VCDBsAPIService + vcdbId string + deleteTag *DeleteTag +} + +// The parameters to delete tags +func (r ApiDeleteVcdbTagsRequest) DeleteTag(deleteTag DeleteTag) ApiDeleteVcdbTagsRequest { + r.deleteTag = &deleteTag + return r +} + +func (r ApiDeleteVcdbTagsRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteVcdbTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +DeleteVcdbTags Delete tags for a vCDB. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param vcdbId The ID of the vCDB. + @return ApiDeleteVcdbTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) DeleteVcdbTags(ctx context.Context, vcdbId string) ApiDeleteVcdbTagsRequest { + return ApiDeleteVcdbTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + vcdbId: vcdbId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) DeleteVcdbTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteVcdbTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VCDBsAPIService.DeleteVcdbTags") + if err != nil { + return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vcdbs/{vcdbId}/tags/delete" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vcdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vcdbId, "vcdbId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.vcdbId) < 1 { + return nil, reportError("vcdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.deleteTag + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiDisableVcdbRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VCDBsAPIService + vcdbId string + disableVCDBParameters *DisableVCDBParameters +} + +// The parameters to disable a vCDB. +func (r ApiDisableVcdbRequest) DisableVCDBParameters(disableVCDBParameters DisableVCDBParameters) ApiDisableVcdbRequest { + r.disableVCDBParameters = &disableVCDBParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiDisableVcdbRequest) Execute() (*DisableVCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DisableVcdbExecute(r) +} + +/* +DisableVcdb Disable a vCDB. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param vcdbId The ID of the vCDB. + @return ApiDisableVcdbRequest +*/ +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) DisableVcdb(ctx context.Context, vcdbId string) ApiDisableVcdbRequest { + return ApiDisableVcdbRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + vcdbId: vcdbId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DisableVCDBResponse +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) DisableVcdbExecute(r ApiDisableVcdbRequest) (*DisableVCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DisableVCDBResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VCDBsAPIService.DisableVcdb") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vcdbs/{vcdbId}/disable" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vcdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vcdbId, "vcdbId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.vcdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vcdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.disableVCDBParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiEnableVcdbRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VCDBsAPIService + vcdbId string + enableVCDBParameters *EnableVCDBParameters +} + +// The parameters to enable a vCDB. +func (r ApiEnableVcdbRequest) EnableVCDBParameters(enableVCDBParameters EnableVCDBParameters) ApiEnableVcdbRequest { + r.enableVCDBParameters = &enableVCDBParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiEnableVcdbRequest) Execute() (*EnableVCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.EnableVcdbExecute(r) +} + +/* +EnableVcdb Enable a vCDB. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param vcdbId The ID of the vCDB. + @return ApiEnableVcdbRequest +*/ +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) EnableVcdb(ctx context.Context, vcdbId string) ApiEnableVcdbRequest { + return ApiEnableVcdbRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + vcdbId: vcdbId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return EnableVCDBResponse +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) EnableVcdbExecute(r ApiEnableVcdbRequest) (*EnableVCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *EnableVCDBResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VCDBsAPIService.EnableVcdb") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vcdbs/{vcdbId}/enable" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vcdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vcdbId, "vcdbId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.vcdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vcdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.enableVCDBParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetTagsVcdbRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VCDBsAPIService + vcdbId string +} + +func (r ApiGetTagsVcdbRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetTagsVcdbExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetTagsVcdb Get tags for a vCDB. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param vcdbId The ID of the vCDB. + @return ApiGetTagsVcdbRequest +*/ +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) GetTagsVcdb(ctx context.Context, vcdbId string) ApiGetTagsVcdbRequest { + return ApiGetTagsVcdbRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + vcdbId: vcdbId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) GetTagsVcdbExecute(r ApiGetTagsVcdbRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VCDBsAPIService.GetTagsVcdb") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vcdbs/{vcdbId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vcdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vcdbId, "vcdbId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.vcdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vcdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetVcdbByIdRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VCDBsAPIService + vcdbId string +} + +func (r ApiGetVcdbByIdRequest) Execute() (*VCDB, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetVcdbByIdExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetVcdbById Get a CDB by ID (Oracle only). + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param vcdbId The ID of the vCDB. + @return ApiGetVcdbByIdRequest +*/ +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) GetVcdbById(ctx context.Context, vcdbId string) ApiGetVcdbByIdRequest { + return ApiGetVcdbByIdRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + vcdbId: vcdbId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return VCDB +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) GetVcdbByIdExecute(r ApiGetVcdbByIdRequest) (*VCDB, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *VCDB + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VCDBsAPIService.GetVcdbById") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vcdbs/{vcdbId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vcdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vcdbId, "vcdbId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.vcdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vcdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetVcdbDeletionDependenciesRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VCDBsAPIService + vcdbId string +} + +func (r ApiGetVcdbDeletionDependenciesRequest) Execute() (*DeletionDependenciesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetVcdbDeletionDependenciesExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetVcdbDeletionDependencies Get deletion dependencies of a vCDB. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param vcdbId The ID of the vCDB. + @return ApiGetVcdbDeletionDependenciesRequest +*/ +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) GetVcdbDeletionDependencies(ctx context.Context, vcdbId string) ApiGetVcdbDeletionDependenciesRequest { + return ApiGetVcdbDeletionDependenciesRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + vcdbId: vcdbId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DeletionDependenciesResponse +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) GetVcdbDeletionDependenciesExecute(r ApiGetVcdbDeletionDependenciesRequest) (*DeletionDependenciesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DeletionDependenciesResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VCDBsAPIService.GetVcdbDeletionDependencies") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vcdbs/{vcdbId}/deletion-dependencies" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vcdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vcdbId, "vcdbId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.vcdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vcdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetVcdbsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VCDBsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetVcdbsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetVcdbsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetVcdbsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetVcdbsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetVcdbsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetVcdbsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetVcdbsRequest) Execute() (*ListVCDBsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetVcdbsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetVcdbs List all vCDBs (Oracle only). + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetVcdbsRequest +*/ +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) GetVcdbs(ctx context.Context) ApiGetVcdbsRequest { + return ApiGetVcdbsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListVCDBsResponse +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) GetVcdbsExecute(r ApiGetVcdbsRequest) (*ListVCDBsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListVCDBsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VCDBsAPIService.GetVcdbs") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vcdbs" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchVcdbsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VCDBsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchVcdbsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchVcdbsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchVcdbsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchVcdbsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiSearchVcdbsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchVcdbsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchVcdbsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchVcdbsRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchVcdbsRequest) Execute() (*SearchVCDBsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchVcdbsExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchVcdbs Search for vCDBs (Oracle only). + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiSearchVcdbsRequest +*/ +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) SearchVcdbs(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchVcdbsRequest { + return ApiSearchVcdbsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return SearchVCDBsResponse +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) SearchVcdbsExecute(r ApiSearchVcdbsRequest) (*SearchVCDBsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SearchVCDBsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VCDBsAPIService.SearchVcdbs") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vcdbs/search" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiStartVcdbRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VCDBsAPIService vcdbId string - deleteTag *DeleteTag + startVCDBParameters *StartVCDBParameters } -// The parameters to delete tags -func (r ApiDeleteVcdbTagsRequest) DeleteTag(deleteTag DeleteTag) ApiDeleteVcdbTagsRequest { - r.deleteTag = &deleteTag +func (r ApiStartVcdbRequest) StartVCDBParameters(startVCDBParameters StartVCDBParameters) ApiStartVcdbRequest { + r.startVCDBParameters = &startVCDBParameters return r } -func (r ApiDeleteVcdbTagsRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.DeleteVcdbTagsExecute(r) +func (r ApiStartVcdbRequest) Execute() (*StartVCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.StartVcdbExecute(r) } /* -DeleteVcdbTags Delete tags for a vCDB. +StartVcdb Start a vCDB. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param vcdbId The ID of the vCDB. - @return ApiDeleteVcdbTagsRequest + @return ApiStartVcdbRequest */ -func (a *VCDBsApiService) DeleteVcdbTags(ctx context.Context, vcdbId string) ApiDeleteVcdbTagsRequest { - return ApiDeleteVcdbTagsRequest{ +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) StartVcdb(ctx context.Context, vcdbId string) ApiStartVcdbRequest { + return ApiStartVcdbRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, vcdbId: vcdbId, @@ -187,26 +1334,28 @@ func (a *VCDBsApiService) DeleteVcdbTags(ctx context.Context, vcdbId string) Api } // Execute executes the request -func (a *VCDBsApiService) DeleteVcdbTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteVcdbTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +// @return StartVCDBResponse +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) StartVcdbExecute(r ApiStartVcdbRequest) (*StartVCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *StartVCDBResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VCDBsApiService.DeleteVcdbTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VCDBsAPIService.StartVcdb") if err != nil { - return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vcdbs/{vcdbId}/tags/delete" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vcdbs/{vcdbId}/start" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vcdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vcdbId, "vcdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if strlen(r.vcdbId) < 1 { - return nil, reportError("vcdbId must have at least 1 elements") + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vcdbId must have at least 1 elements") } // to determine the Content-Type header @@ -219,7 +1368,7 @@ func (a *VCDBsApiService) DeleteVcdbTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteVcdbTagsRequest) (*ht } // to determine the Accept header - localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} // set Accept header localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) @@ -227,7 +1376,7 @@ func (a *VCDBsApiService) DeleteVcdbTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteVcdbTagsRequest) (*ht localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.deleteTag + localVarPostBody = r.startVCDBParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -244,19 +1393,19 @@ func (a *VCDBsApiService) DeleteVcdbTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteVcdbTagsRequest) (*ht } req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) if err != nil { - return nil, err + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err } localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err } localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) if err != nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { @@ -264,31 +1413,46 @@ func (a *VCDBsApiService) DeleteVcdbTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteVcdbTagsRequest) (*ht body: localVarBody, error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, } - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } - return localVarHTTPResponse, nil + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetTagsVcdbRequest struct { +type ApiStopVcdbRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VCDBsApiService + ApiService *VCDBsAPIService vcdbId string + stopVCDBParameters *StopVCDBParameters } -func (r ApiGetTagsVcdbRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetTagsVcdbExecute(r) +func (r ApiStopVcdbRequest) StopVCDBParameters(stopVCDBParameters StopVCDBParameters) ApiStopVcdbRequest { + r.stopVCDBParameters = &stopVCDBParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiStopVcdbRequest) Execute() (*StopVCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.StopVcdbExecute(r) } /* -GetTagsVcdb Get tags for a vCDB. +StopVcdb Stop a vCDB. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param vcdbId The ID of the vCDB. - @return ApiGetTagsVcdbRequest + @return ApiStopVcdbRequest */ -func (a *VCDBsApiService) GetTagsVcdb(ctx context.Context, vcdbId string) ApiGetTagsVcdbRequest { - return ApiGetTagsVcdbRequest{ +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) StopVcdb(ctx context.Context, vcdbId string) ApiStopVcdbRequest { + return ApiStopVcdbRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, vcdbId: vcdbId, @@ -296,21 +1460,21 @@ func (a *VCDBsApiService) GetTagsVcdb(ctx context.Context, vcdbId string) ApiGet } // Execute executes the request -// @return TagsResponse -func (a *VCDBsApiService) GetTagsVcdbExecute(r ApiGetTagsVcdbRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return StopVCDBResponse +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) StopVcdbExecute(r ApiStopVcdbRequest) (*StopVCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + localVarReturnValue *StopVCDBResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VCDBsApiService.GetTagsVcdb") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VCDBsAPIService.StopVcdb") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vcdbs/{vcdbId}/tags" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vcdbs/{vcdbId}/stop" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vcdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vcdbId, "vcdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -321,7 +1485,7 @@ func (a *VCDBsApiService) GetTagsVcdbExecute(r ApiGetTagsVcdbRequest) (*TagsResp } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -337,6 +1501,8 @@ func (a *VCDBsApiService) GetTagsVcdbExecute(r ApiGetTagsVcdbRequest) (*TagsResp if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.stopVCDBParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -388,25 +1554,32 @@ func (a *VCDBsApiService) GetTagsVcdbExecute(r ApiGetTagsVcdbRequest) (*TagsResp return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetVcdbByIdRequest struct { +type ApiUpdateVcdbRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VCDBsApiService + ApiService *VCDBsAPIService vcdbId string + updateVCDBParameters *UpdateVCDBParameters } -func (r ApiGetVcdbByIdRequest) Execute() (*VCDB, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetVcdbByIdExecute(r) +// The parameters to update a VCDB. +func (r ApiUpdateVcdbRequest) UpdateVCDBParameters(updateVCDBParameters UpdateVCDBParameters) ApiUpdateVcdbRequest { + r.updateVCDBParameters = &updateVCDBParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiUpdateVcdbRequest) Execute() (*UpdateVCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpdateVcdbExecute(r) } /* -GetVcdbById Get a CDB by ID (Oracle only). +UpdateVcdb Update values of a VCDB @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param vcdbId The ID of the vCDB. - @return ApiGetVcdbByIdRequest + @return ApiUpdateVcdbRequest */ -func (a *VCDBsApiService) GetVcdbById(ctx context.Context, vcdbId string) ApiGetVcdbByIdRequest { - return ApiGetVcdbByIdRequest{ +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) UpdateVcdb(ctx context.Context, vcdbId string) ApiUpdateVcdbRequest { + return ApiUpdateVcdbRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, vcdbId: vcdbId, @@ -414,16 +1587,16 @@ func (a *VCDBsApiService) GetVcdbById(ctx context.Context, vcdbId string) ApiGet } // Execute executes the request -// @return VCDB -func (a *VCDBsApiService) GetVcdbByIdExecute(r ApiGetVcdbByIdRequest) (*VCDB, *http.Response, error) { +// @return UpdateVCDBResponse +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) UpdateVcdbExecute(r ApiUpdateVcdbRequest) (*UpdateVCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *VCDB + localVarReturnValue *UpdateVCDBResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VCDBsApiService.GetVcdbById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VCDBsAPIService.UpdateVcdb") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -439,7 +1612,7 @@ func (a *VCDBsApiService) GetVcdbByIdExecute(r ApiGetVcdbByIdRequest) (*VCDB, *h } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -455,6 +1628,8 @@ func (a *VCDBsApiService) GetVcdbByIdExecute(r ApiGetVcdbByIdRequest) (*VCDB, *h if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.updateVCDBParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -506,81 +1681,68 @@ func (a *VCDBsApiService) GetVcdbByIdExecute(r ApiGetVcdbByIdRequest) (*VCDB, *h return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetVcdbsRequest struct { +type ApiUpdateVcdbByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VCDBsApiService - limit *int32 - cursor *string - sort *string -} - -// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiGetVcdbsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetVcdbsRequest { - r.limit = &limit - return r -} - -// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiGetVcdbsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetVcdbsRequest { - r.cursor = &cursor - return r + ApiService *VCDBsAPIService + vcdbId string + updateVCDBParameters *UpdateVCDBParameters } -// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. -func (r ApiGetVcdbsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetVcdbsRequest { - r.sort = &sort +// The parameters to update a VCDB. +func (r ApiUpdateVcdbByIdRequest) UpdateVCDBParameters(updateVCDBParameters UpdateVCDBParameters) ApiUpdateVcdbByIdRequest { + r.updateVCDBParameters = &updateVCDBParameters return r } -func (r ApiGetVcdbsRequest) Execute() (*ListVCDBsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetVcdbsExecute(r) +func (r ApiUpdateVcdbByIdRequest) Execute() (*UpdateVCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpdateVcdbByIdExecute(r) } /* -GetVcdbs List all vCDBs (Oracle only). +UpdateVcdbById Update a VCDB. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetVcdbsRequest + @param vcdbId The ID of the vCDB. + @return ApiUpdateVcdbByIdRequest + +Deprecated */ -func (a *VCDBsApiService) GetVcdbs(ctx context.Context) ApiGetVcdbsRequest { - return ApiGetVcdbsRequest{ +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) UpdateVcdbById(ctx context.Context, vcdbId string) ApiUpdateVcdbByIdRequest { + return ApiUpdateVcdbByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + vcdbId: vcdbId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return ListVCDBsResponse -func (a *VCDBsApiService) GetVcdbsExecute(r ApiGetVcdbsRequest) (*ListVCDBsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return UpdateVCDBResponse +// Deprecated +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) UpdateVcdbByIdExecute(r ApiUpdateVcdbByIdRequest) (*UpdateVCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ListVCDBsResponse + localVarReturnValue *UpdateVCDBResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VCDBsApiService.GetVcdbs") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VCDBsAPIService.UpdateVcdbById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vcdbs" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vcdbs/{vcdbId}/update" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vcdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vcdbId, "vcdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - - if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") - } - if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") - } - if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + if strlen(r.vcdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vcdbId must have at least 1 elements") } + // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -596,6 +1758,8 @@ func (a *VCDBsApiService) GetVcdbsExecute(r ApiGetVcdbsRequest) (*ListVCDBsRespo if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.updateVCDBParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -647,86 +1811,190 @@ func (a *VCDBsApiService) GetVcdbsExecute(r ApiGetVcdbsRequest) (*ListVCDBsRespo return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiSearchVcdbsRequest struct { +type ApiUpgradeVcdbRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VCDBsApiService - limit *int32 - cursor *string - sort *string - searchBody *SearchBody + ApiService *VCDBsAPIService + vcdbId string + upgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters *UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters } -// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiSearchVcdbsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchVcdbsRequest { - r.limit = &limit +// The new data to upgrade an Oracle vCDB. +func (r ApiUpgradeVcdbRequest) UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters(upgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters) ApiUpgradeVcdbRequest { + r.upgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters = &upgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters return r } -// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiSearchVcdbsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchVcdbsRequest { - r.cursor = &cursor - return r +func (r ApiUpgradeVcdbRequest) Execute() (*UpgradeVCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpgradeVcdbExecute(r) } -// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. -func (r ApiSearchVcdbsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchVcdbsRequest { - r.sort = &sort - return r +/* +UpgradeVcdb Upgrade Oracle vCDB + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param vcdbId The ID of the vCDB. + @return ApiUpgradeVcdbRequest +*/ +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) UpgradeVcdb(ctx context.Context, vcdbId string) ApiUpgradeVcdbRequest { + return ApiUpgradeVcdbRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + vcdbId: vcdbId, + } } -// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. -func (r ApiSearchVcdbsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchVcdbsRequest { - r.searchBody = &searchBody +// Execute executes the request +// @return UpgradeVCDBResponse +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) UpgradeVcdbExecute(r ApiUpgradeVcdbRequest) (*UpgradeVCDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *UpgradeVCDBResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VCDBsAPIService.UpgradeVcdb") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vcdbs/{vcdbId}/upgrade" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vcdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vcdbId, "vcdbId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.vcdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vcdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.upgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiVerifyVcdbJdbcConnectionStringRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VCDBsAPIService + vcdbId string + oracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams *OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams +} + +// The parameters to verify oracle jdbc connection string. +func (r ApiVerifyVcdbJdbcConnectionStringRequest) OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams(oracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams) ApiVerifyVcdbJdbcConnectionStringRequest { + r.oracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams = &oracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams return r } -func (r ApiSearchVcdbsRequest) Execute() (*SearchVCDBsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.SearchVcdbsExecute(r) +func (r ApiVerifyVcdbJdbcConnectionStringRequest) Execute() (*ConnectivityCheckResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.VerifyVcdbJdbcConnectionStringExecute(r) } /* -SearchVcdbs Search for vCDBs (Oracle only). +VerifyVcdbJdbcConnectionString Verify JDBC connection string for a vCDB. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiSearchVcdbsRequest + @param vcdbId The ID of the vCDB. + @return ApiVerifyVcdbJdbcConnectionStringRequest */ -func (a *VCDBsApiService) SearchVcdbs(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchVcdbsRequest { - return ApiSearchVcdbsRequest{ +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) VerifyVcdbJdbcConnectionString(ctx context.Context, vcdbId string) ApiVerifyVcdbJdbcConnectionStringRequest { + return ApiVerifyVcdbJdbcConnectionStringRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + vcdbId: vcdbId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return SearchVCDBsResponse -func (a *VCDBsApiService) SearchVcdbsExecute(r ApiSearchVcdbsRequest) (*SearchVCDBsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return ConnectivityCheckResponse +func (a *VCDBsAPIService) VerifyVcdbJdbcConnectionStringExecute(r ApiVerifyVcdbJdbcConnectionStringRequest) (*ConnectivityCheckResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *SearchVCDBsResponse + localVarReturnValue *ConnectivityCheckResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VCDBsApiService.SearchVcdbs") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VCDBsAPIService.VerifyVcdbJdbcConnectionString") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vcdbs/search" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vcdbs/{vcdbId}/jdbc-check" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vcdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vcdbId, "vcdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - - if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") - } - if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") - } - if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + if strlen(r.vcdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vcdbId must have at least 1 elements") } + // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -745,7 +2013,7 @@ func (a *VCDBsApiService) SearchVcdbsExecute(r ApiSearchVcdbsRequest) (*SearchVC localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + localVarPostBody = r.oracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { diff --git a/api_vdb_groups.go b/api_vdb_groups.go index e4f39d15..5cfa3ce2 100644 --- a/api_vdb_groups.go +++ b/api_vdb_groups.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,16 +21,16 @@ import ( ) -// VDBGroupsApiService VDBGroupsApi service -type VDBGroupsApiService service +// VDBGroupsAPIService VDBGroupsAPI service +type VDBGroupsAPIService service type ApiCreateVdbGroupRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBGroupsApiService + ApiService *VDBGroupsAPIService createVDBGroupRequest *CreateVDBGroupRequest } -// The parameters to create a VDBGroup. +// The parameters to create a VDB Group. func (r ApiCreateVdbGroupRequest) CreateVDBGroupRequest(createVDBGroupRequest CreateVDBGroupRequest) ApiCreateVdbGroupRequest { r.createVDBGroupRequest = &createVDBGroupRequest return r @@ -41,12 +41,12 @@ func (r ApiCreateVdbGroupRequest) Execute() (*CreateVDBGroupResponse, *http.Resp } /* -CreateVdbGroup Create a new VDBGroup. +CreateVdbGroup Create a new VDB Group. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @return ApiCreateVdbGroupRequest */ -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) CreateVdbGroup(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateVdbGroupRequest { +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) CreateVdbGroup(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateVdbGroupRequest { return ApiCreateVdbGroupRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) CreateVdbGroup(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateVdbGr // Execute executes the request // @return CreateVDBGroupResponse -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) CreateVdbGroupExecute(r ApiCreateVdbGroupRequest) (*CreateVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) CreateVdbGroupExecute(r ApiCreateVdbGroupRequest) (*CreateVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) CreateVdbGroupExecute(r ApiCreateVdbGroupRequest) localVarReturnValue *CreateVDBGroupResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsApiService.CreateVdbGroup") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsAPIService.CreateVdbGroup") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) CreateVdbGroupExecute(r ApiCreateVdbGroupRequest) type ApiCreateVdbGroupsTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBGroupsApiService + ApiService *VDBGroupsAPIService vdbGroupId string tagsRequest *TagsRequest } @@ -168,10 +168,10 @@ func (r ApiCreateVdbGroupsTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, CreateVdbGroupsTags Create tags for a VDB Group. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDBGroup. + @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDB Group. @return ApiCreateVdbGroupsTagsRequest */ -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) CreateVdbGroupsTags(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiCreateVdbGroupsTagsRequest { +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) CreateVdbGroupsTags(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiCreateVdbGroupsTagsRequest { return ApiCreateVdbGroupsTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) CreateVdbGroupsTags(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupI // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) CreateVdbGroupsTagsExecute(r ApiCreateVdbGroupsTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) CreateVdbGroupsTagsExecute(r ApiCreateVdbGroupsTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) CreateVdbGroupsTagsExecute(r ApiCreateVdbGroupsTag localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsApiService.CreateVdbGroupsTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsAPIService.CreateVdbGroupsTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) CreateVdbGroupsTagsExecute(r ApiCreateVdbGroupsTag type ApiDeleteVdbGroupRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBGroupsApiService + ApiService *VDBGroupsAPIService vdbGroupId string } @@ -294,10 +294,10 @@ func (r ApiDeleteVdbGroupRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { DeleteVdbGroup Delete a VDBGoup. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDBGroup. + @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDB Group. @return ApiDeleteVdbGroupRequest */ -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) DeleteVdbGroup(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiDeleteVdbGroupRequest { +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) DeleteVdbGroup(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiDeleteVdbGroupRequest { return ApiDeleteVdbGroupRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -306,14 +306,14 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) DeleteVdbGroup(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId str } // Execute executes the request -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) DeleteVdbGroupExecute(r ApiDeleteVdbGroupRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) DeleteVdbGroupExecute(r ApiDeleteVdbGroupRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsApiService.DeleteVdbGroup") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsAPIService.DeleteVdbGroup") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) DeleteVdbGroupExecute(r ApiDeleteVdbGroupRequest) type ApiDeleteVdbGroupTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBGroupsApiService + ApiService *VDBGroupsAPIService vdbGroupId string deleteTag *DeleteTag } @@ -411,10 +411,10 @@ func (r ApiDeleteVdbGroupTagsRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { DeleteVdbGroupTags Delete tags for a VDB Group. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDBGroup. + @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDB Group. @return ApiDeleteVdbGroupTagsRequest */ -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) DeleteVdbGroupTags(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiDeleteVdbGroupTagsRequest { +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) DeleteVdbGroupTags(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiDeleteVdbGroupTagsRequest { return ApiDeleteVdbGroupTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -423,14 +423,14 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) DeleteVdbGroupTags(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId } // Execute executes the request -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) DeleteVdbGroupTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteVdbGroupTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) DeleteVdbGroupTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteVdbGroupTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsApiService.DeleteVdbGroupTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsAPIService.DeleteVdbGroupTags") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -509,46 +509,162 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) DeleteVdbGroupTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteVdbGroupTagsR return localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest struct { +type ApiDisableVdbGroupRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBGroupsApiService + ApiService *VDBGroupsAPIService vdbGroupId string - limit *int32 - cursor *string - sort *string + disableVDBGroupParameters *DisableVDBGroupParameters } -// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiGetBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest { - r.limit = &limit +// The parameters to disable a VDB Group. +func (r ApiDisableVdbGroupRequest) DisableVDBGroupParameters(disableVDBGroupParameters DisableVDBGroupParameters) ApiDisableVdbGroupRequest { + r.disableVDBGroupParameters = &disableVDBGroupParameters return r } -// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiGetBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest { - r.cursor = &cursor - return r +func (r ApiDisableVdbGroupRequest) Execute() (*DisableVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DisableVdbGroupExecute(r) } -// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. -func (r ApiGetBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest { - r.sort = &sort +/* +DisableVdbGroup Disable a VDB Group. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDB Group. + @return ApiDisableVdbGroupRequest +*/ +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) DisableVdbGroup(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiDisableVdbGroupRequest { + return ApiDisableVdbGroupRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + vdbGroupId: vdbGroupId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return DisableVDBGroupResponse +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) DisableVdbGroupExecute(r ApiDisableVdbGroupRequest) (*DisableVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *DisableVDBGroupResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsAPIService.DisableVdbGroup") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/disable" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbGroupId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbGroupId, "vdbGroupId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.vdbGroupId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbGroupId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if strlen(r.vdbGroupId) > 256 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbGroupId must have less than 256 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.disableVDBGroupParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiEnableVdbGroupRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VDBGroupsAPIService + vdbGroupId string + enableVDBGroupParameters *EnableVDBGroupParameters +} + +// The parameters to enable a VDB Group. +func (r ApiEnableVdbGroupRequest) EnableVDBGroupParameters(enableVDBGroupParameters EnableVDBGroupParameters) ApiEnableVdbGroupRequest { + r.enableVDBGroupParameters = &enableVDBGroupParameters return r } -func (r ApiGetBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest) Execute() (*ListBookmarksByVDBGroupsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetBookmarksByVdbGroupExecute(r) +func (r ApiEnableVdbGroupRequest) Execute() (*EnableVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.EnableVdbGroupExecute(r) } /* -GetBookmarksByVdbGroup List bookmarks compatible with this VDB Group. +EnableVdbGroup Enable a VDB Group. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDBGroup. - @return ApiGetBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest + @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDB Group. + @return ApiEnableVdbGroupRequest */ -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) GetBookmarksByVdbGroup(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiGetBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest { - return ApiGetBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest{ +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) EnableVdbGroup(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiEnableVdbGroupRequest { + return ApiEnableVdbGroupRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, vdbGroupId: vdbGroupId, @@ -556,21 +672,21 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) GetBookmarksByVdbGroup(ctx context.Context, vdbGro } // Execute executes the request -// @return ListBookmarksByVDBGroupsResponse -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) GetBookmarksByVdbGroupExecute(r ApiGetBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest) (*ListBookmarksByVDBGroupsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return EnableVDBGroupResponse +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) EnableVdbGroupExecute(r ApiEnableVdbGroupRequest) (*EnableVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ListBookmarksByVDBGroupsResponse + localVarReturnValue *EnableVDBGroupResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsApiService.GetBookmarksByVdbGroup") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsAPIService.EnableVdbGroup") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/bookmarks" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/enable" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbGroupId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbGroupId, "vdbGroupId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -583,17 +699,8 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) GetBookmarksByVdbGroupExecute(r ApiGetBookmarksByV return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbGroupId must have less than 256 elements") } - if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") - } - if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") - } - if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") - } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -609,6 +716,8 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) GetBookmarksByVdbGroupExecute(r ApiGetBookmarksByV if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.enableVDBGroupParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -660,25 +769,46 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) GetBookmarksByVdbGroupExecute(r ApiGetBookmarksByV return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetVdbGroupRequest struct { +type ApiGetBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBGroupsApiService + ApiService *VDBGroupsAPIService vdbGroupId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string } -func (r ApiGetVdbGroupRequest) Execute() (*VDBGroup, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetVdbGroupExecute(r) +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest) Execute() (*ListBookmarksByVDBGroupsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetBookmarksByVdbGroupExecute(r) } /* -GetVdbGroup Get a VDBGroup by name. +GetBookmarksByVdbGroup List bookmarks compatible with this VDB Group. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDBGroup. - @return ApiGetVdbGroupRequest + @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDB Group. + @return ApiGetBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest */ -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) GetVdbGroup(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiGetVdbGroupRequest { - return ApiGetVdbGroupRequest{ +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) GetBookmarksByVdbGroup(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiGetBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest { + return ApiGetBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, vdbGroupId: vdbGroupId, @@ -686,21 +816,21 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) GetVdbGroup(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string } // Execute executes the request -// @return VDBGroup -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) GetVdbGroupExecute(r ApiGetVdbGroupRequest) (*VDBGroup, *http.Response, error) { +// @return ListBookmarksByVDBGroupsResponse +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) GetBookmarksByVdbGroupExecute(r ApiGetBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest) (*ListBookmarksByVDBGroupsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *VDBGroup + localVarReturnValue *ListBookmarksByVDBGroupsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsApiService.GetVdbGroup") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsAPIService.GetBookmarksByVdbGroup") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/bookmarks" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbGroupId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbGroupId, "vdbGroupId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -713,6 +843,18 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) GetVdbGroupExecute(r ApiGetVdbGroupRequest) (*VDBG return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbGroupId must have less than 256 elements") } + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -781,25 +923,25 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) GetVdbGroupExecute(r ApiGetVdbGroupRequest) (*VDBG return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetVdbGroupTagsRequest struct { +type ApiGetVdbGroupRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBGroupsApiService + ApiService *VDBGroupsAPIService vdbGroupId string } -func (r ApiGetVdbGroupTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetVdbGroupTagsExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetVdbGroupRequest) Execute() (*VDBGroup, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetVdbGroupExecute(r) } /* -GetVdbGroupTags Get tags for a VDB Group. +GetVdbGroup Get a VDB Group by name. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDBGroup. - @return ApiGetVdbGroupTagsRequest + @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDB Group. + @return ApiGetVdbGroupRequest */ -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) GetVdbGroupTags(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiGetVdbGroupTagsRequest { - return ApiGetVdbGroupTagsRequest{ +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) GetVdbGroup(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiGetVdbGroupRequest { + return ApiGetVdbGroupRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, vdbGroupId: vdbGroupId, @@ -807,21 +949,21 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) GetVdbGroupTags(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId st } // Execute executes the request -// @return TagsResponse -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) GetVdbGroupTagsExecute(r ApiGetVdbGroupTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return VDBGroup +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) GetVdbGroupExecute(r ApiGetVdbGroupRequest) (*VDBGroup, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + localVarReturnValue *VDBGroup ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsApiService.GetVdbGroupTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsAPIService.GetVdbGroup") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/tags" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbGroupId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbGroupId, "vdbGroupId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -902,79 +1044,59 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) GetVdbGroupTagsExecute(r ApiGetVdbGroupTagsRequest return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetVdbGroupsRequest struct { +type ApiGetVdbGroupTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBGroupsApiService - limit *int32 - cursor *string - sort *string -} - -// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiGetVdbGroupsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetVdbGroupsRequest { - r.limit = &limit - return r -} - -// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiGetVdbGroupsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetVdbGroupsRequest { - r.cursor = &cursor - return r -} - -// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. -func (r ApiGetVdbGroupsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetVdbGroupsRequest { - r.sort = &sort - return r + ApiService *VDBGroupsAPIService + vdbGroupId string } -func (r ApiGetVdbGroupsRequest) Execute() (*ListVDBGroupsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetVdbGroupsExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetVdbGroupTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetVdbGroupTagsExecute(r) } /* -GetVdbGroups List all VDBGroups. +GetVdbGroupTags Get tags for a VDB Group. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetVdbGroupsRequest + @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDB Group. + @return ApiGetVdbGroupTagsRequest */ -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) GetVdbGroups(ctx context.Context) ApiGetVdbGroupsRequest { - return ApiGetVdbGroupsRequest{ +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) GetVdbGroupTags(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiGetVdbGroupTagsRequest { + return ApiGetVdbGroupTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + vdbGroupId: vdbGroupId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return ListVDBGroupsResponse -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) GetVdbGroupsExecute(r ApiGetVdbGroupsRequest) (*ListVDBGroupsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) GetVdbGroupTagsExecute(r ApiGetVdbGroupTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ListVDBGroupsResponse + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsApiService.GetVdbGroups") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsAPIService.GetVdbGroupTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbGroupId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbGroupId, "vdbGroupId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - - if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") - } - if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + if strlen(r.vdbGroupId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbGroupId must have at least 1 elements") } - if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + if strlen(r.vdbGroupId) > 256 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbGroupId must have less than 256 elements") } + // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -1043,32 +1165,1074 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) GetVdbGroupsExecute(r ApiGetVdbGroupsRequest) (*Li return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiLockVdbGroupRequest struct { +type ApiGetVdbGroupTimestampSummaryRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBGroupsApiService + ApiService *VDBGroupsAPIService vdbGroupId string - lockVDBGroupParameters *LockVDBGroupParameters + vDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest *VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest } -// The parameters to lock a VDB Group. -func (r ApiLockVdbGroupRequest) LockVDBGroupParameters(lockVDBGroupParameters LockVDBGroupParameters) ApiLockVdbGroupRequest { +func (r ApiGetVdbGroupTimestampSummaryRequest) VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest(vDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest) ApiGetVdbGroupTimestampSummaryRequest { + r.vDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest = &vDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetVdbGroupTimestampSummaryRequest) Execute() (*VdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetVdbGroupTimestampSummaryExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetVdbGroupTimestampSummary Get timestamp summary of all the vdbs in VDB Group. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDB Group. + @return ApiGetVdbGroupTimestampSummaryRequest +*/ +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) GetVdbGroupTimestampSummary(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiGetVdbGroupTimestampSummaryRequest { + return ApiGetVdbGroupTimestampSummaryRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + vdbGroupId: vdbGroupId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return VdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) GetVdbGroupTimestampSummaryExecute(r ApiGetVdbGroupTimestampSummaryRequest) (*VdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsAPIService.GetVdbGroupTimestampSummary") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/timestamp-summary" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbGroupId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbGroupId, "vdbGroupId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.vdbGroupId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbGroupId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if strlen(r.vdbGroupId) > 256 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbGroupId must have less than 256 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.vDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetVdbGroupVdbsLatestSnapshotsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VDBGroupsAPIService + vdbGroupId string +} + +func (r ApiGetVdbGroupVdbsLatestSnapshotsRequest) Execute() (*LatestSnapshotsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetVdbGroupVdbsLatestSnapshotsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetVdbGroupVdbsLatestSnapshots Get latest snapshot of all the vdbs in VDB Group. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDB Group. + @return ApiGetVdbGroupVdbsLatestSnapshotsRequest +*/ +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) GetVdbGroupVdbsLatestSnapshots(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiGetVdbGroupVdbsLatestSnapshotsRequest { + return ApiGetVdbGroupVdbsLatestSnapshotsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + vdbGroupId: vdbGroupId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return LatestSnapshotsResponse +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) GetVdbGroupVdbsLatestSnapshotsExecute(r ApiGetVdbGroupVdbsLatestSnapshotsRequest) (*LatestSnapshotsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *LatestSnapshotsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsAPIService.GetVdbGroupVdbsLatestSnapshots") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/latest-snapshots" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbGroupId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbGroupId, "vdbGroupId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.vdbGroupId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbGroupId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if strlen(r.vdbGroupId) > 256 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbGroupId must have less than 256 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetVdbGroupsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VDBGroupsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetVdbGroupsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetVdbGroupsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetVdbGroupsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetVdbGroupsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetVdbGroupsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetVdbGroupsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetVdbGroupsRequest) Execute() (*ListVDBGroupsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetVdbGroupsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetVdbGroups List all VDBGroups. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetVdbGroupsRequest +*/ +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) GetVdbGroups(ctx context.Context) ApiGetVdbGroupsRequest { + return ApiGetVdbGroupsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListVDBGroupsResponse +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) GetVdbGroupsExecute(r ApiGetVdbGroupsRequest) (*ListVDBGroupsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListVDBGroupsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsAPIService.GetVdbGroups") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiLockVdbGroupRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VDBGroupsAPIService + vdbGroupId string + lockVDBGroupParameters *LockVDBGroupParameters +} + +// The parameters to lock a VDB Group. +func (r ApiLockVdbGroupRequest) LockVDBGroupParameters(lockVDBGroupParameters LockVDBGroupParameters) ApiLockVdbGroupRequest { r.lockVDBGroupParameters = &lockVDBGroupParameters return r } -func (r ApiLockVdbGroupRequest) Execute() (*VDBGroup, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.LockVdbGroupExecute(r) +func (r ApiLockVdbGroupRequest) Execute() (*VDBGroup, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.LockVdbGroupExecute(r) +} + +/* +LockVdbGroup Lock a VDB Group. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDB Group. + @return ApiLockVdbGroupRequest +*/ +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) LockVdbGroup(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiLockVdbGroupRequest { + return ApiLockVdbGroupRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + vdbGroupId: vdbGroupId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return VDBGroup +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) LockVdbGroupExecute(r ApiLockVdbGroupRequest) (*VDBGroup, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *VDBGroup + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsAPIService.LockVdbGroup") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/lock" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbGroupId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbGroupId, "vdbGroupId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.vdbGroupId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbGroupId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if strlen(r.vdbGroupId) > 256 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbGroupId must have less than 256 elements") + } + if r.lockVDBGroupParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("lockVDBGroupParameters is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.lockVDBGroupParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmarkRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VDBGroupsAPIService + provisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters *ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters +} + +// The parameters to provision a VDB group from a Bookmark. +func (r ApiProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmarkRequest) ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters(provisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters) ApiProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmarkRequest { + r.provisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters = &provisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmarkRequest) Execute() (*ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmarkExecute(r) +} + +/* +ProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmark Provision a new VDB Group from a Bookmark. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmarkRequest +*/ +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) ProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmark(ctx context.Context) ApiProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmarkRequest { + return ApiProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmarkRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkResponse +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) ProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmarkExecute(r ApiProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmarkRequest) (*ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsAPIService.ProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmark") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups/provision_from_bookmark" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.provisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiRefreshVdbGroupRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VDBGroupsAPIService + vdbGroupId string + refreshVDBGroupParameters *RefreshVDBGroupParameters +} + +// The parameters to refresh a VDB Group. +func (r ApiRefreshVdbGroupRequest) RefreshVDBGroupParameters(refreshVDBGroupParameters RefreshVDBGroupParameters) ApiRefreshVdbGroupRequest { + r.refreshVDBGroupParameters = &refreshVDBGroupParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiRefreshVdbGroupRequest) Execute() (*RefreshVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.RefreshVdbGroupExecute(r) +} + +/* +RefreshVdbGroup Refresh a VDB Group from bookmark. + +This API is marked as deprecated in favour of renamed API '/vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/refresh_from_bookmark' + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDB Group. + @return ApiRefreshVdbGroupRequest + +Deprecated +*/ +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) RefreshVdbGroup(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiRefreshVdbGroupRequest { + return ApiRefreshVdbGroupRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + vdbGroupId: vdbGroupId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return RefreshVDBGroupResponse +// Deprecated +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) RefreshVdbGroupExecute(r ApiRefreshVdbGroupRequest) (*RefreshVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *RefreshVDBGroupResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsAPIService.RefreshVdbGroup") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/refresh" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbGroupId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbGroupId, "vdbGroupId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.vdbGroupId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbGroupId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if strlen(r.vdbGroupId) > 256 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbGroupId must have less than 256 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.refreshVDBGroupParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiRefreshVdbGroupBySnapshotRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VDBGroupsAPIService + vdbGroupId string + refreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters *RefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters +} + +// The parameters to refresh a VDB Group by snapshot. +func (r ApiRefreshVdbGroupBySnapshotRequest) RefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters(refreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters RefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters) ApiRefreshVdbGroupBySnapshotRequest { + r.refreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters = &refreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiRefreshVdbGroupBySnapshotRequest) Execute() (*RefreshVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.RefreshVdbGroupBySnapshotExecute(r) +} + +/* +RefreshVdbGroupBySnapshot Refresh a VDB Group by snapshot. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDB Group. + @return ApiRefreshVdbGroupBySnapshotRequest +*/ +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) RefreshVdbGroupBySnapshot(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiRefreshVdbGroupBySnapshotRequest { + return ApiRefreshVdbGroupBySnapshotRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + vdbGroupId: vdbGroupId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return RefreshVDBGroupResponse +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) RefreshVdbGroupBySnapshotExecute(r ApiRefreshVdbGroupBySnapshotRequest) (*RefreshVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *RefreshVDBGroupResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsAPIService.RefreshVdbGroupBySnapshot") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/refresh_by_snapshot" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbGroupId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbGroupId, "vdbGroupId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.vdbGroupId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbGroupId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if strlen(r.vdbGroupId) > 256 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbGroupId must have less than 256 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.refreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiRefreshVdbGroupByTimestampRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VDBGroupsAPIService + vdbGroupId string + refreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters *RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters +} + +// The parameters to refresh a VDB Group by timestamp. +func (r ApiRefreshVdbGroupByTimestampRequest) RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters(refreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters) ApiRefreshVdbGroupByTimestampRequest { + r.refreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters = &refreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiRefreshVdbGroupByTimestampRequest) Execute() (*RefreshVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.RefreshVdbGroupByTimestampExecute(r) +} + +/* +RefreshVdbGroupByTimestamp Refresh a VDB Group by timestamp. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDB Group. + @return ApiRefreshVdbGroupByTimestampRequest +*/ +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) RefreshVdbGroupByTimestamp(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiRefreshVdbGroupByTimestampRequest { + return ApiRefreshVdbGroupByTimestampRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + vdbGroupId: vdbGroupId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return RefreshVDBGroupResponse +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) RefreshVdbGroupByTimestampExecute(r ApiRefreshVdbGroupByTimestampRequest) (*RefreshVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *RefreshVDBGroupResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsAPIService.RefreshVdbGroupByTimestamp") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/refresh_by_timestamp" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbGroupId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbGroupId, "vdbGroupId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.vdbGroupId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbGroupId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if strlen(r.vdbGroupId) > 256 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbGroupId must have less than 256 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.refreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiRefreshVdbGroupFromBookmarkRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VDBGroupsAPIService + vdbGroupId string + refreshVDBGroupParameters *RefreshVDBGroupParameters +} + +// The parameters to refresh a VDB Group. +func (r ApiRefreshVdbGroupFromBookmarkRequest) RefreshVDBGroupParameters(refreshVDBGroupParameters RefreshVDBGroupParameters) ApiRefreshVdbGroupFromBookmarkRequest { + r.refreshVDBGroupParameters = &refreshVDBGroupParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiRefreshVdbGroupFromBookmarkRequest) Execute() (*RefreshVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.RefreshVdbGroupFromBookmarkExecute(r) } /* -LockVdbGroup Lock a VDB Group. +RefreshVdbGroupFromBookmark Refresh a VDB Group from bookmark. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDBGroup. - @return ApiLockVdbGroupRequest + @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDB Group. + @return ApiRefreshVdbGroupFromBookmarkRequest */ -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) LockVdbGroup(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiLockVdbGroupRequest { - return ApiLockVdbGroupRequest{ +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) RefreshVdbGroupFromBookmark(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiRefreshVdbGroupFromBookmarkRequest { + return ApiRefreshVdbGroupFromBookmarkRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, vdbGroupId: vdbGroupId, @@ -1076,21 +2240,21 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) LockVdbGroup(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId strin } // Execute executes the request -// @return VDBGroup -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) LockVdbGroupExecute(r ApiLockVdbGroupRequest) (*VDBGroup, *http.Response, error) { +// @return RefreshVDBGroupResponse +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) RefreshVdbGroupFromBookmarkExecute(r ApiRefreshVdbGroupFromBookmarkRequest) (*RefreshVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *VDBGroup + localVarReturnValue *RefreshVDBGroupResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsApiService.LockVdbGroup") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsAPIService.RefreshVdbGroupFromBookmark") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/lock" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/refresh_from_bookmark" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbGroupId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbGroupId, "vdbGroupId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -1102,9 +2266,6 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) LockVdbGroupExecute(r ApiLockVdbGroupRequest) (*VD if strlen(r.vdbGroupId) > 256 { return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbGroupId must have less than 256 elements") } - if r.lockVDBGroupParameters == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("lockVDBGroupParameters is required and must be specified") - } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -1124,7 +2285,7 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) LockVdbGroupExecute(r ApiLockVdbGroupRequest) (*VD localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.lockVDBGroupParameters + localVarPostBody = r.refreshVDBGroupParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -1176,55 +2337,70 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) LockVdbGroupExecute(r ApiLockVdbGroupRequest) (*VD return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmarkRequest struct { +type ApiRollbackVdbGroupRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBGroupsApiService - provisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters *ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters + ApiService *VDBGroupsAPIService + vdbGroupId string + rollbackVDBGroupParameters *RollbackVDBGroupParameters } -// The parameters to provision a VDB group from a Bookmark. -func (r ApiProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmarkRequest) ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters(provisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters) ApiProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmarkRequest { - r.provisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters = &provisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters +// The parameters to rollback a VDB Group. +func (r ApiRollbackVdbGroupRequest) RollbackVDBGroupParameters(rollbackVDBGroupParameters RollbackVDBGroupParameters) ApiRollbackVdbGroupRequest { + r.rollbackVDBGroupParameters = &rollbackVDBGroupParameters return r } -func (r ApiProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmarkRequest) Execute() (*ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.ProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmarkExecute(r) +func (r ApiRollbackVdbGroupRequest) Execute() (*RollbackVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.RollbackVdbGroupExecute(r) } /* -ProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmark Provision a new VDB Group from a Bookmark. +RollbackVdbGroup Rollback a VDB Group from a bookmark. + +This API is marked as deprecated in favour of API '/vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/refresh_from_bookmark' @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmarkRequest + @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDB Group. + @return ApiRollbackVdbGroupRequest + +Deprecated */ -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) ProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmark(ctx context.Context) ApiProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmarkRequest { - return ApiProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmarkRequest{ +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) RollbackVdbGroup(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiRollbackVdbGroupRequest { + return ApiRollbackVdbGroupRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + vdbGroupId: vdbGroupId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkResponse -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) ProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmarkExecute(r ApiProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmarkRequest) (*ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return RollbackVDBGroupResponse +// Deprecated +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) RollbackVdbGroupExecute(r ApiRollbackVdbGroupRequest) (*RollbackVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkResponse + localVarReturnValue *RollbackVDBGroupResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsApiService.ProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmark") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsAPIService.RollbackVdbGroup") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups/provision_from_bookmark" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/rollback" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbGroupId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbGroupId, "vdbGroupId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.vdbGroupId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbGroupId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if strlen(r.vdbGroupId) > 256 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbGroupId must have less than 256 elements") + } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -1244,7 +2420,7 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) ProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmarkExecute(r ApiProvisio localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.provisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters + localVarPostBody = r.rollbackVDBGroupParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -1296,32 +2472,53 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) ProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmarkExecute(r ApiProvisio return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiRefreshVdbGroupRequest struct { +type ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBGroupsApiService + ApiService *VDBGroupsAPIService vdbGroupId string - refreshVDBGroupParameters *RefreshVDBGroupParameters + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody } -// The parameters to refresh a VDBGroup. -func (r ApiRefreshVdbGroupRequest) RefreshVDBGroupParameters(refreshVDBGroupParameters RefreshVDBGroupParameters) ApiRefreshVdbGroupRequest { - r.refreshVDBGroupParameters = &refreshVDBGroupParameters +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest { + r.limit = &limit return r } -func (r ApiRefreshVdbGroupRequest) Execute() (*RefreshVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.RefreshVdbGroupExecute(r) +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest) Execute() (*SearchBookmarksByVDBGroupsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchBookmarksByVdbGroupExecute(r) } /* -RefreshVdbGroup Refresh a VDBGroup. +SearchBookmarksByVdbGroup Search for bookmarks compatible with this VDB Group. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDBGroup. - @return ApiRefreshVdbGroupRequest + @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDB Group. + @return ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest */ -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) RefreshVdbGroup(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiRefreshVdbGroupRequest { - return ApiRefreshVdbGroupRequest{ +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) SearchBookmarksByVdbGroup(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest { + return ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, vdbGroupId: vdbGroupId, @@ -1329,21 +2526,21 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) RefreshVdbGroup(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId st } // Execute executes the request -// @return RefreshVDBGroupResponse -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) RefreshVdbGroupExecute(r ApiRefreshVdbGroupRequest) (*RefreshVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return SearchBookmarksByVDBGroupsResponse +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) SearchBookmarksByVdbGroupExecute(r ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest) (*SearchBookmarksByVDBGroupsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *RefreshVDBGroupResponse + localVarReturnValue *SearchBookmarksByVDBGroupsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsApiService.RefreshVdbGroup") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsAPIService.SearchBookmarksByVdbGroup") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/refresh" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/bookmarks/search" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbGroupId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbGroupId, "vdbGroupId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -1356,6 +2553,18 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) RefreshVdbGroupExecute(r ApiRefreshVdbGroupRequest return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbGroupId must have less than 256 elements") } + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -1374,7 +2583,7 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) RefreshVdbGroupExecute(r ApiRefreshVdbGroupRequest localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.refreshVDBGroupParameters + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -1426,66 +2635,89 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) RefreshVdbGroupExecute(r ApiRefreshVdbGroupRequest return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiRollbackVdbGroupRequest struct { +type ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBGroupsApiService - vdbGroupId string - rollbackVDBGroupParameters *RollbackVDBGroupParameters + ApiService *VDBGroupsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody } -// The parameters to rollback a VDBGroup. -func (r ApiRollbackVdbGroupRequest) RollbackVDBGroupParameters(rollbackVDBGroupParameters RollbackVDBGroupParameters) ApiRollbackVdbGroupRequest { - r.rollbackVDBGroupParameters = &rollbackVDBGroupParameters +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest { + r.limit = &limit return r } -func (r ApiRollbackVdbGroupRequest) Execute() (*RollbackVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.RollbackVdbGroupExecute(r) +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest) Execute() (*SearchVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchVdbGroupsExecute(r) } /* -RollbackVdbGroup Rollback a VDBGroup. +SearchVdbGroups Search for VDB Groups. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDBGroup. - @return ApiRollbackVdbGroupRequest + @return ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest */ -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) RollbackVdbGroup(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiRollbackVdbGroupRequest { - return ApiRollbackVdbGroupRequest{ +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) SearchVdbGroups(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest { + return ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, - vdbGroupId: vdbGroupId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return RollbackVDBGroupResponse -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) RollbackVdbGroupExecute(r ApiRollbackVdbGroupRequest) (*RollbackVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return SearchVDBGroupResponse +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) SearchVdbGroupsExecute(r ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest) (*SearchVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *RollbackVDBGroupResponse + localVarReturnValue *SearchVDBGroupResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsApiService.RollbackVdbGroup") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsAPIService.SearchVdbGroups") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/rollback" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbGroupId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbGroupId, "vdbGroupId")), -1) + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups/search" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if strlen(r.vdbGroupId) < 1 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbGroupId must have at least 1 elements") + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } - if strlen(r.vdbGroupId) > 256 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbGroupId must have less than 256 elements") + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } - // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -1504,7 +2736,7 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) RollbackVdbGroupExecute(r ApiRollbackVdbGroupReque localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.rollbackVDBGroupParameters + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -1556,53 +2788,32 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) RollbackVdbGroupExecute(r ApiRollbackVdbGroupReque return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest struct { +type ApiStartVdbGroupRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBGroupsApiService + ApiService *VDBGroupsAPIService vdbGroupId string - limit *int32 - cursor *string - sort *string - searchBody *SearchBody -} - -// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest { - r.limit = &limit - return r + startVDBGroupParameters *StartVDBGroupParameters } -// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest { - r.cursor = &cursor - return r -} - -// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. -func (r ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest { - r.sort = &sort - return r -} - -// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. -func (r ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest { - r.searchBody = &searchBody +// The parameters to start a VDB Group. +func (r ApiStartVdbGroupRequest) StartVDBGroupParameters(startVDBGroupParameters StartVDBGroupParameters) ApiStartVdbGroupRequest { + r.startVDBGroupParameters = &startVDBGroupParameters return r } -func (r ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest) Execute() (*SearchBookmarksByVDBGroupsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.SearchBookmarksByVdbGroupExecute(r) +func (r ApiStartVdbGroupRequest) Execute() (*StartVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.StartVdbGroupExecute(r) } /* -SearchBookmarksByVdbGroup Search for bookmarks compatible with this VDB Group. +StartVdbGroup Start a VDB Group. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDBGroup. - @return ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest + @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDB Group. + @return ApiStartVdbGroupRequest */ -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) SearchBookmarksByVdbGroup(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest { - return ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest{ +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) StartVdbGroup(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiStartVdbGroupRequest { + return ApiStartVdbGroupRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, vdbGroupId: vdbGroupId, @@ -1610,21 +2821,21 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) SearchBookmarksByVdbGroup(ctx context.Context, vdb } // Execute executes the request -// @return SearchBookmarksByVDBGroupsResponse -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) SearchBookmarksByVdbGroupExecute(r ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbGroupRequest) (*SearchBookmarksByVDBGroupsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return StartVDBGroupResponse +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) StartVdbGroupExecute(r ApiStartVdbGroupRequest) (*StartVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *SearchBookmarksByVDBGroupsResponse + localVarReturnValue *StartVDBGroupResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsApiService.SearchBookmarksByVdbGroup") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsAPIService.StartVdbGroup") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/bookmarks/search" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/start" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbGroupId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbGroupId, "vdbGroupId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -1637,15 +2848,6 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) SearchBookmarksByVdbGroupExecute(r ApiSearchBookma return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbGroupId must have less than 256 elements") } - if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") - } - if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") - } - if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") - } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -1664,7 +2866,7 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) SearchBookmarksByVdbGroupExecute(r ApiSearchBookma localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + localVarPostBody = r.startVDBGroupParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -1716,86 +2918,66 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) SearchBookmarksByVdbGroupExecute(r ApiSearchBookma return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest struct { +type ApiStopVdbGroupRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBGroupsApiService - limit *int32 - cursor *string - sort *string - searchBody *SearchBody -} - -// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest { - r.limit = &limit - return r -} - -// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest { - r.cursor = &cursor - return r -} - -// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. -func (r ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest { - r.sort = &sort - return r + ApiService *VDBGroupsAPIService + vdbGroupId string + stopVDBGroupParameters *StopVDBGroupParameters } -// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. -func (r ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest { - r.searchBody = &searchBody +// The parameters to stop a VDB Group. +func (r ApiStopVdbGroupRequest) StopVDBGroupParameters(stopVDBGroupParameters StopVDBGroupParameters) ApiStopVdbGroupRequest { + r.stopVDBGroupParameters = &stopVDBGroupParameters return r } -func (r ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest) Execute() (*SearchVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.SearchVdbGroupsExecute(r) +func (r ApiStopVdbGroupRequest) Execute() (*StopVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.StopVdbGroupExecute(r) } /* -SearchVdbGroups Search for VDB Groups. +StopVdbGroup Stop a VDB Group. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest + @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDB Group. + @return ApiStopVdbGroupRequest */ -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) SearchVdbGroups(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest { - return ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest{ +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) StopVdbGroup(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiStopVdbGroupRequest { + return ApiStopVdbGroupRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + vdbGroupId: vdbGroupId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return SearchVDBGroupResponse -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) SearchVdbGroupsExecute(r ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest) (*SearchVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return StopVDBGroupResponse +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) StopVdbGroupExecute(r ApiStopVdbGroupRequest) (*StopVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *SearchVDBGroupResponse + localVarReturnValue *StopVDBGroupResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsApiService.SearchVdbGroups") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsAPIService.StopVdbGroup") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups/search" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/stop" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbGroupId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbGroupId, "vdbGroupId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - - if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") - } - if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + if strlen(r.vdbGroupId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbGroupId must have at least 1 elements") } - if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + if strlen(r.vdbGroupId) > 256 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbGroupId must have less than 256 elements") } + // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -1814,7 +2996,7 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) SearchVdbGroupsExecute(r ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + localVarPostBody = r.stopVDBGroupParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -1868,7 +3050,7 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) SearchVdbGroupsExecute(r ApiSearchVdbGroupsRequest type ApiUnlockVdbGroupRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBGroupsApiService + ApiService *VDBGroupsAPIService vdbGroupId string } @@ -1880,10 +3062,10 @@ func (r ApiUnlockVdbGroupRequest) Execute() (*VDBGroup, *http.Response, error) { UnlockVdbGroup Unlock a VDB Group. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDBGroup. + @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDB Group. @return ApiUnlockVdbGroupRequest */ -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) UnlockVdbGroup(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiUnlockVdbGroupRequest { +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) UnlockVdbGroup(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiUnlockVdbGroupRequest { return ApiUnlockVdbGroupRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -1893,7 +3075,7 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) UnlockVdbGroup(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId str // Execute executes the request // @return VDBGroup -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) UnlockVdbGroupExecute(r ApiUnlockVdbGroupRequest) (*VDBGroup, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) UnlockVdbGroupExecute(r ApiUnlockVdbGroupRequest) (*VDBGroup, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -1901,7 +3083,7 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) UnlockVdbGroupExecute(r ApiUnlockVdbGroupRequest) localVarReturnValue *VDBGroup ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsApiService.UnlockVdbGroup") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsAPIService.UnlockVdbGroup") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -1989,7 +3171,7 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) UnlockVdbGroupExecute(r ApiUnlockVdbGroupRequest) type ApiUpdateVdbGroupByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBGroupsApiService + ApiService *VDBGroupsAPIService vdbGroupId string updateVDBGroupParameters *UpdateVDBGroupParameters } @@ -2000,7 +3182,7 @@ func (r ApiUpdateVdbGroupByIdRequest) UpdateVDBGroupParameters(updateVDBGroupPar return r } -func (r ApiUpdateVdbGroupByIdRequest) Execute() (*VDBGroup, *http.Response, error) { +func (r ApiUpdateVdbGroupByIdRequest) Execute() (*UpdateVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { return r.ApiService.UpdateVdbGroupByIdExecute(r) } @@ -2008,10 +3190,10 @@ func (r ApiUpdateVdbGroupByIdRequest) Execute() (*VDBGroup, *http.Response, erro UpdateVdbGroupById Update values of a VDB group. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDBGroup. + @param vdbGroupId The ID or name of the VDB Group. @return ApiUpdateVdbGroupByIdRequest */ -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) UpdateVdbGroupById(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiUpdateVdbGroupByIdRequest { +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) UpdateVdbGroupById(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId string) ApiUpdateVdbGroupByIdRequest { return ApiUpdateVdbGroupByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -2020,16 +3202,16 @@ func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) UpdateVdbGroupById(ctx context.Context, vdbGroupId } // Execute executes the request -// @return VDBGroup -func (a *VDBGroupsApiService) UpdateVdbGroupByIdExecute(r ApiUpdateVdbGroupByIdRequest) (*VDBGroup, *http.Response, error) { +// @return UpdateVDBGroupResponse +func (a *VDBGroupsAPIService) UpdateVdbGroupByIdExecute(r ApiUpdateVdbGroupByIdRequest) (*UpdateVDBGroupResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *VDBGroup + localVarReturnValue *UpdateVDBGroupResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsApiService.UpdateVdbGroupById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBGroupsAPIService.UpdateVdbGroupById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } diff --git a/api_vdbs.go b/api_vdbs.go index de29f009..d834ea57 100644 --- a/api_vdbs.go +++ b/api_vdbs.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -18,15 +18,16 @@ import ( "net/http" "net/url" "strings" + "reflect" ) -// VDBsApiService VDBsApi service -type VDBsApiService service +// VDBsAPIService VDBsAPI service +type VDBsAPIService service type ApiCreateVdbTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService + ApiService *VDBsAPIService vdbId string tagsRequest *TagsRequest } @@ -48,7 +49,7 @@ CreateVdbTags Create tags for a VDB. @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. @return ApiCreateVdbTagsRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) CreateVdbTags(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiCreateVdbTagsRequest { +func (a *VDBsAPIService) CreateVdbTags(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiCreateVdbTagsRequest { return ApiCreateVdbTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -58,7 +59,7 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) CreateVdbTags(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiCre // Execute executes the request // @return TagsResponse -func (a *VDBsApiService) CreateVdbTagsExecute(r ApiCreateVdbTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *VDBsAPIService) CreateVdbTagsExecute(r ApiCreateVdbTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -66,7 +67,7 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) CreateVdbTagsExecute(r ApiCreateVdbTagsRequest) (*TagsR localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.CreateVdbTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.CreateVdbTags") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -156,7 +157,7 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) CreateVdbTagsExecute(r ApiCreateVdbTagsRequest) (*TagsR type ApiDeleteVdbRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService + ApiService *VDBsAPIService vdbId string deleteVDBParameters *DeleteVDBParameters } @@ -178,7 +179,7 @@ DeleteVdb Delete a VDB. @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. @return ApiDeleteVdbRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) DeleteVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiDeleteVdbRequest { +func (a *VDBsAPIService) DeleteVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiDeleteVdbRequest { return ApiDeleteVdbRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -188,7 +189,7 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) DeleteVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiDeleteV // Execute executes the request // @return DeleteVDBResponse -func (a *VDBsApiService) DeleteVdbExecute(r ApiDeleteVdbRequest) (*DeleteVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *VDBsAPIService) DeleteVdbExecute(r ApiDeleteVdbRequest) (*DeleteVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -196,7 +197,7 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) DeleteVdbExecute(r ApiDeleteVdbRequest) (*DeleteVDBResp localVarReturnValue *DeleteVDBResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.DeleteVdb") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.DeleteVdb") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -283,7 +284,7 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) DeleteVdbExecute(r ApiDeleteVdbRequest) (*DeleteVDBResp type ApiDeleteVdbTagsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService + ApiService *VDBsAPIService vdbId string deleteTag *DeleteTag } @@ -305,7 +306,7 @@ DeleteVdbTags Delete tags for a VDB. @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. @return ApiDeleteVdbTagsRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) DeleteVdbTags(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiDeleteVdbTagsRequest { +func (a *VDBsAPIService) DeleteVdbTags(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiDeleteVdbTagsRequest { return ApiDeleteVdbTagsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -314,14 +315,14 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) DeleteVdbTags(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiDel } // Execute executes the request -func (a *VDBsApiService) DeleteVdbTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteVdbTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *VDBsAPIService) DeleteVdbTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteVdbTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.DeleteVdbTags") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.DeleteVdbTags") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -399,7 +400,7 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) DeleteVdbTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteVdbTagsRequest) (*http. type ApiDisableVdbRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService + ApiService *VDBsAPIService vdbId string disableVDBParameters *DisableVDBParameters } @@ -421,7 +422,7 @@ DisableVdb Disable a VDB. @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. @return ApiDisableVdbRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) DisableVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiDisableVdbRequest { +func (a *VDBsAPIService) DisableVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiDisableVdbRequest { return ApiDisableVdbRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, @@ -431,7 +432,7 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) DisableVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiDisabl // Execute executes the request // @return DisableVDBResponse -func (a *VDBsApiService) DisableVdbExecute(r ApiDisableVdbRequest) (*DisableVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { +func (a *VDBsAPIService) DisableVdbExecute(r ApiDisableVdbRequest) (*DisableVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} @@ -439,7 +440,7 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) DisableVdbExecute(r ApiDisableVdbRequest) (*DisableVDBR localVarReturnValue *DisableVDBResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.DisableVdb") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.DisableVdb") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } @@ -524,61 +525,57 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) DisableVdbExecute(r ApiDisableVdbRequest) (*DisableVDBR return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiEnableVdbRequest struct { +type ApiEmptyVdbRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService - vdbId string - enableVDBParameters *EnableVDBParameters + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + provisionEmptyVDBParameters *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters } -// The parameters to enable a VDB. -func (r ApiEnableVdbRequest) EnableVDBParameters(enableVDBParameters EnableVDBParameters) ApiEnableVdbRequest { - r.enableVDBParameters = &enableVDBParameters +// The parameters to provision an empty VDB. +func (r ApiEmptyVdbRequest) ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters(provisionEmptyVDBParameters ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) ApiEmptyVdbRequest { + r.provisionEmptyVDBParameters = &provisionEmptyVDBParameters return r } -func (r ApiEnableVdbRequest) Execute() (*EnableVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.EnableVdbExecute(r) +func (r ApiEmptyVdbRequest) Execute() (*ProvisionVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.EmptyVdbExecute(r) } /* -EnableVdb Enable a VDB. +EmptyVdb Provision an empty VDB. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. - @return ApiEnableVdbRequest + @return ApiEmptyVdbRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) EnableVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiEnableVdbRequest { - return ApiEnableVdbRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) EmptyVdb(ctx context.Context) ApiEmptyVdbRequest { + return ApiEmptyVdbRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, - vdbId: vdbId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return EnableVDBResponse -func (a *VDBsApiService) EnableVdbExecute(r ApiEnableVdbRequest) (*EnableVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return ProvisionVDBResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) EmptyVdbExecute(r ApiEmptyVdbRequest) (*ProvisionVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *EnableVDBResponse + localVarReturnValue *ProvisionVDBResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.EnableVdb") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.EmptyVdb") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/enable" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/empty_vdb" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if strlen(r.vdbId) < 1 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbId must have at least 1 elements") + if r.provisionEmptyVDBParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("provisionEmptyVDBParameters is required and must be specified") } // to determine the Content-Type header @@ -599,7 +596,7 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) EnableVdbExecute(r ApiEnableVdbRequest) (*EnableVDBResp localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.enableVDBParameters + localVarPostBody = r.provisionEmptyVDBParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -651,46 +648,32 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) EnableVdbExecute(r ApiEnableVdbRequest) (*EnableVDBResp return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetBookmarksByVdbRequest struct { +type ApiEnableVdbRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService + ApiService *VDBsAPIService vdbId string - limit *int32 - cursor *string - sort *string -} - -// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiGetBookmarksByVdbRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetBookmarksByVdbRequest { - r.limit = &limit - return r -} - -// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiGetBookmarksByVdbRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetBookmarksByVdbRequest { - r.cursor = &cursor - return r + enableVDBParameters *EnableVDBParameters } -// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. -func (r ApiGetBookmarksByVdbRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetBookmarksByVdbRequest { - r.sort = &sort +// The parameters to enable a VDB. +func (r ApiEnableVdbRequest) EnableVDBParameters(enableVDBParameters EnableVDBParameters) ApiEnableVdbRequest { + r.enableVDBParameters = &enableVDBParameters return r } -func (r ApiGetBookmarksByVdbRequest) Execute() (*ListBookmarksByVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetBookmarksByVdbExecute(r) +func (r ApiEnableVdbRequest) Execute() (*EnableVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.EnableVdbExecute(r) } /* -GetBookmarksByVdb List Bookmarks compatible with this VDB. +EnableVdb Enable a VDB. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. - @return ApiGetBookmarksByVdbRequest + @return ApiEnableVdbRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) GetBookmarksByVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiGetBookmarksByVdbRequest { - return ApiGetBookmarksByVdbRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) EnableVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiEnableVdbRequest { + return ApiEnableVdbRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, vdbId: vdbId, @@ -698,21 +681,21 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) GetBookmarksByVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) Ap } // Execute executes the request -// @return ListBookmarksByVDBResponse -func (a *VDBsApiService) GetBookmarksByVdbExecute(r ApiGetBookmarksByVdbRequest) (*ListBookmarksByVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return EnableVDBResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) EnableVdbExecute(r ApiEnableVdbRequest) (*EnableVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ListBookmarksByVDBResponse + localVarReturnValue *EnableVDBResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.GetBookmarksByVdb") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.EnableVdb") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/bookmarks" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/enable" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -722,17 +705,8 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) GetBookmarksByVdbExecute(r ApiGetBookmarksByVdbRequest) return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbId must have at least 1 elements") } - if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") - } - if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") - } - if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") - } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -748,6 +722,8 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) GetBookmarksByVdbExecute(r ApiGetBookmarksByVdbRequest) if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.enableVDBParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -799,25 +775,32 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) GetBookmarksByVdbExecute(r ApiGetBookmarksByVdbRequest) return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetTagsVdbRequest struct { +type ApiExportVdbByLocationRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService + ApiService *VDBsAPIService vdbId string + exportByLocationParameters *ExportByLocationParameters } -func (r ApiGetTagsVdbRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetTagsVdbExecute(r) +// The parameters to export a vdb. +func (r ApiExportVdbByLocationRequest) ExportByLocationParameters(exportByLocationParameters ExportByLocationParameters) ApiExportVdbByLocationRequest { + r.exportByLocationParameters = &exportByLocationParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiExportVdbByLocationRequest) Execute() (*ExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ExportVdbByLocationExecute(r) } /* -GetTagsVdb Get tags for a VDB. +ExportVdbByLocation Export a vdb using timeflow location to a physical file system @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. - @return ApiGetTagsVdbRequest + @return ApiExportVdbByLocationRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) GetTagsVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiGetTagsVdbRequest { - return ApiGetTagsVdbRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ExportVdbByLocation(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiExportVdbByLocationRequest { + return ApiExportVdbByLocationRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, vdbId: vdbId, @@ -825,21 +808,21 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) GetTagsVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiGetTag } // Execute executes the request -// @return TagsResponse -func (a *VDBsApiService) GetTagsVdbExecute(r ApiGetTagsVdbRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return ExportResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ExportVdbByLocationExecute(r ApiExportVdbByLocationRequest) (*ExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + localVarReturnValue *ExportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.GetTagsVdb") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.ExportVdbByLocation") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/tags" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/export-by-location" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -848,9 +831,12 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) GetTagsVdbExecute(r ApiGetTagsVdbRequest) (*TagsRespons if strlen(r.vdbId) < 1 { return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbId must have at least 1 elements") } + if r.exportByLocationParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("exportByLocationParameters is required and must be specified") + } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -866,6 +852,8 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) GetTagsVdbExecute(r ApiGetTagsVdbRequest) (*TagsRespons if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.exportByLocationParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -917,25 +905,32 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) GetTagsVdbExecute(r ApiGetTagsVdbRequest) (*TagsRespons return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetVdbByIdRequest struct { +type ApiExportVdbBySnapshotRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService + ApiService *VDBsAPIService vdbId string + exportBySnapshotParameters *ExportBySnapshotParameters } -func (r ApiGetVdbByIdRequest) Execute() (*VDB, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetVdbByIdExecute(r) +// The parameters to export a vdb. +func (r ApiExportVdbBySnapshotRequest) ExportBySnapshotParameters(exportBySnapshotParameters ExportBySnapshotParameters) ApiExportVdbBySnapshotRequest { + r.exportBySnapshotParameters = &exportBySnapshotParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiExportVdbBySnapshotRequest) Execute() (*ExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ExportVdbBySnapshotExecute(r) } /* -GetVdbById Get a VDB by ID. +ExportVdbBySnapshot Export a vdb using snapshot to a physical file system @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. - @return ApiGetVdbByIdRequest + @return ApiExportVdbBySnapshotRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) GetVdbById(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiGetVdbByIdRequest { - return ApiGetVdbByIdRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ExportVdbBySnapshot(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiExportVdbBySnapshotRequest { + return ApiExportVdbBySnapshotRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, vdbId: vdbId, @@ -943,21 +938,21 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) GetVdbById(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiGetVdb } // Execute executes the request -// @return VDB -func (a *VDBsApiService) GetVdbByIdExecute(r ApiGetVdbByIdRequest) (*VDB, *http.Response, error) { +// @return ExportResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ExportVdbBySnapshotExecute(r ApiExportVdbBySnapshotRequest) (*ExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *VDB + localVarReturnValue *ExportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.GetVdbById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.ExportVdbBySnapshot") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/export-by-snapshot" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -966,9 +961,12 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) GetVdbByIdExecute(r ApiGetVdbByIdRequest) (*VDB, *http. if strlen(r.vdbId) < 1 { return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbId must have at least 1 elements") } + if r.exportBySnapshotParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("exportBySnapshotParameters is required and must be specified") + } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -984,6 +982,8 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) GetVdbByIdExecute(r ApiGetVdbByIdRequest) (*VDB, *http. if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.exportBySnapshotParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -1035,39 +1035,32 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) GetVdbByIdExecute(r ApiGetVdbByIdRequest) (*VDB, *http. return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetVdbSnapshotsRequest struct { +type ApiExportVdbByTimestampRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService + ApiService *VDBsAPIService vdbId string - limit *int32 - cursor *string -} - -// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiGetVdbSnapshotsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetVdbSnapshotsRequest { - r.limit = &limit - return r + exportByTimestampParameters *ExportByTimestampParameters } -// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiGetVdbSnapshotsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetVdbSnapshotsRequest { - r.cursor = &cursor +// The parameters to export a vdb. +func (r ApiExportVdbByTimestampRequest) ExportByTimestampParameters(exportByTimestampParameters ExportByTimestampParameters) ApiExportVdbByTimestampRequest { + r.exportByTimestampParameters = &exportByTimestampParameters return r } -func (r ApiGetVdbSnapshotsRequest) Execute() (*ListSnapshotsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetVdbSnapshotsExecute(r) +func (r ApiExportVdbByTimestampRequest) Execute() (*ExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ExportVdbByTimestampExecute(r) } /* -GetVdbSnapshots List Snapshots for a VDB. +ExportVdbByTimestamp Export a vdb using timestamp to a physical file system @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. - @return ApiGetVdbSnapshotsRequest + @return ApiExportVdbByTimestampRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) GetVdbSnapshots(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiGetVdbSnapshotsRequest { - return ApiGetVdbSnapshotsRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ExportVdbByTimestamp(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiExportVdbByTimestampRequest { + return ApiExportVdbByTimestampRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, vdbId: vdbId, @@ -1075,21 +1068,21 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) GetVdbSnapshots(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiG } // Execute executes the request -// @return ListSnapshotsResponse -func (a *VDBsApiService) GetVdbSnapshotsExecute(r ApiGetVdbSnapshotsRequest) (*ListSnapshotsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return ExportResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ExportVdbByTimestampExecute(r ApiExportVdbByTimestampRequest) (*ExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ListSnapshotsResponse + localVarReturnValue *ExportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.GetVdbSnapshots") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.ExportVdbByTimestamp") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/snapshots" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/export-by-timestamp" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -1098,15 +1091,12 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) GetVdbSnapshotsExecute(r ApiGetVdbSnapshotsRequest) (*L if strlen(r.vdbId) < 1 { return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbId must have at least 1 elements") } - - if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") - } - if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + if r.exportByTimestampParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("exportByTimestampParameters is required and must be specified") } + // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -1122,6 +1112,8 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) GetVdbSnapshotsExecute(r ApiGetVdbSnapshotsRequest) (*L if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.exportByTimestampParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -1173,91 +1165,68 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) GetVdbSnapshotsExecute(r ApiGetVdbSnapshotsRequest) (*L return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiGetVdbsRequest struct { +type ApiExportVdbFromBookmarkRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService - limit *int32 - cursor *string - sort *string - permission *PermissionEnum -} - -// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiGetVdbsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetVdbsRequest { - r.limit = &limit - return r -} - -// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiGetVdbsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetVdbsRequest { - r.cursor = &cursor - return r -} - -// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. -func (r ApiGetVdbsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetVdbsRequest { - r.sort = &sort - return r + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + vdbId string + exportFromBookmarkParameters *ExportFromBookmarkParameters } -// Restrict the objects, which are allowed. -func (r ApiGetVdbsRequest) Permission(permission PermissionEnum) ApiGetVdbsRequest { - r.permission = &permission +// The parameters to export a VDB. +func (r ApiExportVdbFromBookmarkRequest) ExportFromBookmarkParameters(exportFromBookmarkParameters ExportFromBookmarkParameters) ApiExportVdbFromBookmarkRequest { + r.exportFromBookmarkParameters = &exportFromBookmarkParameters return r } -func (r ApiGetVdbsRequest) Execute() (*ListVDBsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetVdbsExecute(r) +func (r ApiExportVdbFromBookmarkRequest) Execute() (*ExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ExportVdbFromBookmarkExecute(r) } /* -GetVdbs List all vdbs. +ExportVdbFromBookmark Export a vdb using bookmark to physical file system @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiGetVdbsRequest + @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. + @return ApiExportVdbFromBookmarkRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) GetVdbs(ctx context.Context) ApiGetVdbsRequest { - return ApiGetVdbsRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ExportVdbFromBookmark(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiExportVdbFromBookmarkRequest { + return ApiExportVdbFromBookmarkRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + vdbId: vdbId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return ListVDBsResponse -func (a *VDBsApiService) GetVdbsExecute(r ApiGetVdbsRequest) (*ListVDBsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return ExportResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ExportVdbFromBookmarkExecute(r ApiExportVdbFromBookmarkRequest) (*ExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ListVDBsResponse + localVarReturnValue *ExportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.GetVdbs") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.ExportVdbFromBookmark") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/export-from-bookmark" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - - if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") - } - if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") - } - if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + if strlen(r.vdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbId must have at least 1 elements") } - if r.permission != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "permission", r.permission, "") + if r.exportFromBookmarkParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("exportFromBookmarkParameters is required and must be specified") } + // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -1273,6 +1242,8 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) GetVdbsExecute(r ApiGetVdbsRequest) (*ListVDBsResponse, if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.exportFromBookmarkParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -1324,32 +1295,32 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) GetVdbsExecute(r ApiGetVdbsRequest) (*ListVDBsResponse, return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiLockVdbRequest struct { +type ApiExportVdbInPlaceRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService + ApiService *VDBsAPIService vdbId string - lockVDBParameters *LockVDBParameters + inPlaceExportParameters *InPlaceExportParameters } -// The parameters to lock a VDB. -func (r ApiLockVdbRequest) LockVDBParameters(lockVDBParameters LockVDBParameters) ApiLockVdbRequest { - r.lockVDBParameters = &lockVDBParameters +// The parameters to perform an in-place export of a virtual database to a physical file system. +func (r ApiExportVdbInPlaceRequest) InPlaceExportParameters(inPlaceExportParameters InPlaceExportParameters) ApiExportVdbInPlaceRequest { + r.inPlaceExportParameters = &inPlaceExportParameters return r } -func (r ApiLockVdbRequest) Execute() (*VDB, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.LockVdbExecute(r) +func (r ApiExportVdbInPlaceRequest) Execute() (*ExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ExportVdbInPlaceExecute(r) } /* -LockVdb Lock a VDB. +ExportVdbInPlace Convert a virtual database to a physical database on physical file system. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. - @return ApiLockVdbRequest + @return ApiExportVdbInPlaceRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) LockVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiLockVdbRequest { - return ApiLockVdbRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ExportVdbInPlace(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiExportVdbInPlaceRequest { + return ApiExportVdbInPlaceRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, vdbId: vdbId, @@ -1357,21 +1328,21 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) LockVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiLockVdbRe } // Execute executes the request -// @return VDB -func (a *VDBsApiService) LockVdbExecute(r ApiLockVdbRequest) (*VDB, *http.Response, error) { +// @return ExportResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ExportVdbInPlaceExecute(r ApiExportVdbInPlaceRequest) (*ExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *VDB + localVarReturnValue *ExportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.LockVdb") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.ExportVdbInPlace") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/lock" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/in-place-export" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -1380,8 +1351,8 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) LockVdbExecute(r ApiLockVdbRequest) (*VDB, *http.Respon if strlen(r.vdbId) < 1 { return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbId must have at least 1 elements") } - if r.lockVDBParameters == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("lockVDBParameters is required and must be specified") + if r.inPlaceExportParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("inPlaceExportParameters is required and must be specified") } // to determine the Content-Type header @@ -1402,7 +1373,7 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) LockVdbExecute(r ApiLockVdbRequest) (*VDB, *http.Respon localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.lockVDBParameters + localVarPostBody = r.inPlaceExportParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -1454,57 +1425,64 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) LockVdbExecute(r ApiLockVdbRequest) (*VDB, *http.Respon return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiProvisionVdbByLocationRequest struct { +type ApiExportVdbToAsmByBookmarkRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService - provisionVDBByLocationParameters *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + vdbId string + oracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters } -// The parameters to provision a VDB. -func (r ApiProvisionVdbByLocationRequest) ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters(provisionVDBByLocationParameters ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) ApiProvisionVdbByLocationRequest { - r.provisionVDBByLocationParameters = &provisionVDBByLocationParameters +// The parameters to export a vdb. +func (r ApiExportVdbToAsmByBookmarkRequest) OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters(oracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) ApiExportVdbToAsmByBookmarkRequest { + r.oracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters = &oracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters return r } -func (r ApiProvisionVdbByLocationRequest) Execute() (*ProvisionVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.ProvisionVdbByLocationExecute(r) +func (r ApiExportVdbToAsmByBookmarkRequest) Execute() (*OracleAsmExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ExportVdbToAsmByBookmarkExecute(r) } /* -ProvisionVdbByLocation Provision a new VDB by location. +ExportVdbToAsmByBookmark Export a vdb using bookmark to an ASM file system @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiProvisionVdbByLocationRequest + @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. + @return ApiExportVdbToAsmByBookmarkRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbByLocation(ctx context.Context) ApiProvisionVdbByLocationRequest { - return ApiProvisionVdbByLocationRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ExportVdbToAsmByBookmark(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiExportVdbToAsmByBookmarkRequest { + return ApiExportVdbToAsmByBookmarkRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + vdbId: vdbId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return ProvisionVDBResponse -func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbByLocationExecute(r ApiProvisionVdbByLocationRequest) (*ProvisionVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return OracleAsmExportResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ExportVdbToAsmByBookmarkExecute(r ApiExportVdbToAsmByBookmarkRequest) (*OracleAsmExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ProvisionVDBResponse + localVarReturnValue *OracleAsmExportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.ProvisionVdbByLocation") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.ExportVdbToAsmByBookmark") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/provision_by_location" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/asm-export-from-bookmark" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.provisionVDBByLocationParameters == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("provisionVDBByLocationParameters is required and must be specified") + if strlen(r.vdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.oracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("oracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters is required and must be specified") } // to determine the Content-Type header @@ -1525,7 +1503,7 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbByLocationExecute(r ApiProvisionVdbByLocati localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.provisionVDBByLocationParameters + localVarPostBody = r.oracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -1577,57 +1555,64 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbByLocationExecute(r ApiProvisionVdbByLocati return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiProvisionVdbByLocationDefaultsRequest struct { +type ApiExportVdbToAsmByLocationRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService - provisionVDBByLocationDefaultsRequest *ProvisionVDBByLocationDefaultsRequest + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + vdbId string + oracleAsmExportByLocationParameters *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters } -// The request to get default VDB provision parameters for provisioning a new VDB by location. -func (r ApiProvisionVdbByLocationDefaultsRequest) ProvisionVDBByLocationDefaultsRequest(provisionVDBByLocationDefaultsRequest ProvisionVDBByLocationDefaultsRequest) ApiProvisionVdbByLocationDefaultsRequest { - r.provisionVDBByLocationDefaultsRequest = &provisionVDBByLocationDefaultsRequest +// The parameters to export a vdb. +func (r ApiExportVdbToAsmByLocationRequest) OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters(oracleAsmExportByLocationParameters OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) ApiExportVdbToAsmByLocationRequest { + r.oracleAsmExportByLocationParameters = &oracleAsmExportByLocationParameters return r } -func (r ApiProvisionVdbByLocationDefaultsRequest) Execute() (*ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.ProvisionVdbByLocationDefaultsExecute(r) +func (r ApiExportVdbToAsmByLocationRequest) Execute() (*OracleAsmExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ExportVdbToAsmByLocationExecute(r) } /* -ProvisionVdbByLocationDefaults Get default provision parameters for provisioning a new VDB by location. +ExportVdbToAsmByLocation Export a vdb using SCN to an ASM file system @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiProvisionVdbByLocationDefaultsRequest + @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. + @return ApiExportVdbToAsmByLocationRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbByLocationDefaults(ctx context.Context) ApiProvisionVdbByLocationDefaultsRequest { - return ApiProvisionVdbByLocationDefaultsRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ExportVdbToAsmByLocation(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiExportVdbToAsmByLocationRequest { + return ApiExportVdbToAsmByLocationRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + vdbId: vdbId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters -func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbByLocationDefaultsExecute(r ApiProvisionVdbByLocationDefaultsRequest) (*ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters, *http.Response, error) { +// @return OracleAsmExportResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ExportVdbToAsmByLocationExecute(r ApiExportVdbToAsmByLocationRequest) (*OracleAsmExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters + localVarReturnValue *OracleAsmExportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.ProvisionVdbByLocationDefaults") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.ExportVdbToAsmByLocation") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/provision_by_location/defaults" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/asm-export-by-location" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.provisionVDBByLocationDefaultsRequest == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("provisionVDBByLocationDefaultsRequest is required and must be specified") + if strlen(r.vdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.oracleAsmExportByLocationParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("oracleAsmExportByLocationParameters is required and must be specified") } // to determine the Content-Type header @@ -1648,7 +1633,7 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbByLocationDefaultsExecute(r ApiProvisionVdb localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.provisionVDBByLocationDefaultsRequest + localVarPostBody = r.oracleAsmExportByLocationParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -1700,57 +1685,64 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbByLocationDefaultsExecute(r ApiProvisionVdb return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotRequest struct { +type ApiExportVdbToAsmBySnapshotRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService - provisionVDBBySnapshotParameters *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + vdbId string + oracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters } -// The parameters to provision a VDB. -func (r ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotRequest) ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters(provisionVDBBySnapshotParameters ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotRequest { - r.provisionVDBBySnapshotParameters = &provisionVDBBySnapshotParameters +// The parameters to export a vdb. +func (r ApiExportVdbToAsmBySnapshotRequest) OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters(oracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) ApiExportVdbToAsmBySnapshotRequest { + r.oracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters = &oracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters return r } -func (r ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotRequest) Execute() (*ProvisionVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.ProvisionVdbBySnapshotExecute(r) +func (r ApiExportVdbToAsmBySnapshotRequest) Execute() (*OracleAsmExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ExportVdbToAsmBySnapshotExecute(r) } /* -ProvisionVdbBySnapshot Provision a new VDB by snapshot. +ExportVdbToAsmBySnapshot Export a vdb using snapshot to an ASM file system @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotRequest + @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. + @return ApiExportVdbToAsmBySnapshotRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbBySnapshot(ctx context.Context) ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotRequest { - return ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ExportVdbToAsmBySnapshot(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiExportVdbToAsmBySnapshotRequest { + return ApiExportVdbToAsmBySnapshotRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + vdbId: vdbId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return ProvisionVDBResponse -func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbBySnapshotExecute(r ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotRequest) (*ProvisionVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return OracleAsmExportResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ExportVdbToAsmBySnapshotExecute(r ApiExportVdbToAsmBySnapshotRequest) (*OracleAsmExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ProvisionVDBResponse + localVarReturnValue *OracleAsmExportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.ProvisionVdbBySnapshot") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.ExportVdbToAsmBySnapshot") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/provision_by_snapshot" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/asm-export-by-snapshot" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.provisionVDBBySnapshotParameters == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("provisionVDBBySnapshotParameters is required and must be specified") + if strlen(r.vdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.oracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("oracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters is required and must be specified") } // to determine the Content-Type header @@ -1771,7 +1763,7 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbBySnapshotExecute(r ApiProvisionVdbBySnapsh localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.provisionVDBBySnapshotParameters + localVarPostBody = r.oracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -1823,57 +1815,64 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbBySnapshotExecute(r ApiProvisionVdbBySnapsh return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaultsRequest struct { +type ApiExportVdbToAsmByTimestampRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService - provisionVDBBySnapshotDefaultsRequest *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotDefaultsRequest + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + vdbId string + oracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters } -// The request to get default VDB provision parameters for provisioning a new VDB by snapshot. -func (r ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaultsRequest) ProvisionVDBBySnapshotDefaultsRequest(provisionVDBBySnapshotDefaultsRequest ProvisionVDBBySnapshotDefaultsRequest) ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaultsRequest { - r.provisionVDBBySnapshotDefaultsRequest = &provisionVDBBySnapshotDefaultsRequest +// The parameters to export a vdb. +func (r ApiExportVdbToAsmByTimestampRequest) OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters(oracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) ApiExportVdbToAsmByTimestampRequest { + r.oracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters = &oracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters return r } -func (r ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaultsRequest) Execute() (*ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.ProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaultsExecute(r) +func (r ApiExportVdbToAsmByTimestampRequest) Execute() (*OracleAsmExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ExportVdbToAsmByTimestampExecute(r) } /* -ProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaults Get default provision parameters for provisioning a new VDB by snapshot. +ExportVdbToAsmByTimestamp Export a vdb using timestamp to an ASM file system @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaultsRequest + @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. + @return ApiExportVdbToAsmByTimestampRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaults(ctx context.Context) ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaultsRequest { - return ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaultsRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ExportVdbToAsmByTimestamp(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiExportVdbToAsmByTimestampRequest { + return ApiExportVdbToAsmByTimestampRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + vdbId: vdbId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters -func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaultsExecute(r ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaultsRequest) (*ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters, *http.Response, error) { +// @return OracleAsmExportResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ExportVdbToAsmByTimestampExecute(r ApiExportVdbToAsmByTimestampRequest) (*OracleAsmExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters + localVarReturnValue *OracleAsmExportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.ProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaults") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.ExportVdbToAsmByTimestamp") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/provision_by_snapshot/defaults" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/asm-export-by-timestamp" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.provisionVDBBySnapshotDefaultsRequest == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("provisionVDBBySnapshotDefaultsRequest is required and must be specified") + if strlen(r.vdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.oracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("oracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters is required and must be specified") } // to determine the Content-Type header @@ -1894,7 +1893,7 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaultsExecute(r ApiProvisionVdb localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.provisionVDBBySnapshotDefaultsRequest + localVarPostBody = r.oracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -1946,61 +1945,91 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaultsExecute(r ApiProvisionVdb return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampRequest struct { +type ApiGetBookmarksByVdbRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService - provisionVDBByTimestampParameters *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + vdbId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string } -// The parameters to provision a VDB. -func (r ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampRequest) ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters(provisionVDBByTimestampParameters ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampRequest { - r.provisionVDBByTimestampParameters = &provisionVDBByTimestampParameters +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetBookmarksByVdbRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetBookmarksByVdbRequest { + r.limit = &limit return r } -func (r ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampRequest) Execute() (*ProvisionVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.ProvisionVdbByTimestampExecute(r) +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetBookmarksByVdbRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetBookmarksByVdbRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetBookmarksByVdbRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetBookmarksByVdbRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetBookmarksByVdbRequest) Execute() (*ListBookmarksByVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetBookmarksByVdbExecute(r) } /* -ProvisionVdbByTimestamp Provision a new VDB by timestamp. +GetBookmarksByVdb List Bookmarks compatible with this VDB. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampRequest + @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. + @return ApiGetBookmarksByVdbRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbByTimestamp(ctx context.Context) ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampRequest { - return ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) GetBookmarksByVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiGetBookmarksByVdbRequest { + return ApiGetBookmarksByVdbRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + vdbId: vdbId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return ProvisionVDBResponse -func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbByTimestampExecute(r ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampRequest) (*ProvisionVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return ListBookmarksByVDBResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) GetBookmarksByVdbExecute(r ApiGetBookmarksByVdbRequest) (*ListBookmarksByVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ProvisionVDBResponse + localVarReturnValue *ListBookmarksByVDBResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.ProvisionVdbByTimestamp") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.GetBookmarksByVdb") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/provision_by_timestamp" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/bookmarks" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.provisionVDBByTimestampParameters == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("provisionVDBByTimestampParameters is required and must be specified") + if strlen(r.vdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbId must have at least 1 elements") } + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -2016,8 +2045,6 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbByTimestampExecute(r ApiProvisionVdbByTimes if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } - // body params - localVarPostBody = r.provisionVDBByTimestampParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -2069,61 +2096,58 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbByTimestampExecute(r ApiProvisionVdbByTimes return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaultsRequest struct { +type ApiGetMigrateCompatibleRepoRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService - provisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest *ProvisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest -} - -// The request to get default VDB provision parameters for provisioning a new VDB by timestamp. -func (r ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaultsRequest) ProvisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest(provisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest ProvisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest) ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaultsRequest { - r.provisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest = &provisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest - return r + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + vdbId string } -func (r ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaultsRequest) Execute() (*ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.ProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaultsExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetMigrateCompatibleRepoRequest) Execute() (*MigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetMigrateCompatibleRepoExecute(r) } /* -ProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaults Get default provision parameters for provisioning a new VDB by timestamp. +GetMigrateCompatibleRepo Returns a list of compatible repositories for vdb migration. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaultsRequest + @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. + @return ApiGetMigrateCompatibleRepoRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaults(ctx context.Context) ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaultsRequest { - return ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaultsRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) GetMigrateCompatibleRepo(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiGetMigrateCompatibleRepoRequest { + return ApiGetMigrateCompatibleRepoRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + vdbId: vdbId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters -func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaultsExecute(r ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaultsRequest) (*ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters, *http.Response, error) { +// @return MigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) GetMigrateCompatibleRepoExecute(r ApiGetMigrateCompatibleRepoRequest) (*MigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters + localVarReturnValue *MigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.ProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaults") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.GetMigrateCompatibleRepo") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/provision_by_timestamp/defaults" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/migrate_compatible_repositories" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.provisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("provisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest is required and must be specified") + if strlen(r.vdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbId must have at least 1 elements") } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -2139,8 +2163,6 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaultsExecute(r ApiProvisionVd if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } - // body params - localVarPostBody = r.provisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -2192,61 +2214,58 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaultsExecute(r ApiProvisionVd return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkRequest struct { +type ApiGetTagsVdbRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService - provisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters -} - -// The parameters to provision a VDB. -func (r ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkRequest) ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters(provisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkRequest { - r.provisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters = &provisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters - return r + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + vdbId string } -func (r ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkRequest) Execute() (*ProvisionVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.ProvisionVdbFromBookmarkExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetTagsVdbRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetTagsVdbExecute(r) } /* -ProvisionVdbFromBookmark Provision a new VDB from a bookmark with a single VDB. +GetTagsVdb Get tags for a VDB. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkRequest + @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. + @return ApiGetTagsVdbRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbFromBookmark(ctx context.Context) ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkRequest { - return ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) GetTagsVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiGetTagsVdbRequest { + return ApiGetTagsVdbRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + vdbId: vdbId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return ProvisionVDBResponse -func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbFromBookmarkExecute(r ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkRequest) (*ProvisionVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) GetTagsVdbExecute(r ApiGetTagsVdbRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ProvisionVDBResponse + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.ProvisionVdbFromBookmark") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.GetTagsVdb") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/provision_from_bookmark" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.provisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("provisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters is required and must be specified") + if strlen(r.vdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbId must have at least 1 elements") } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -2262,8 +2281,6 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbFromBookmarkExecute(r ApiProvisionVdbFromBo if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } - // body params - localVarPostBody = r.provisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -2315,61 +2332,58 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbFromBookmarkExecute(r ApiProvisionVdbFromBo return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest struct { +type ApiGetUpgradeCompatibleRepoForVdbRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService - provisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest -} - -// The request to get default VDB provision parameters for provisioning a new VDB from a bookmark. -func (r ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest) ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest(provisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest) ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest { - r.provisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest = &provisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest - return r + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + vdbId string } -func (r ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest) Execute() (*ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.ProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaultsExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetUpgradeCompatibleRepoForVdbRequest) Execute() (*UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetUpgradeCompatibleRepoForVdbExecute(r) } /* -ProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaults Get default provision parameters for provisioning a new VDB from a bookmark. +GetUpgradeCompatibleRepoForVdb Returns a list of compatible repositories for vdb upgrade. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest + @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. + @return ApiGetUpgradeCompatibleRepoForVdbRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaults(ctx context.Context) ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest { - return ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) GetUpgradeCompatibleRepoForVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiGetUpgradeCompatibleRepoForVdbRequest { + return ApiGetUpgradeCompatibleRepoForVdbRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + vdbId: vdbId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters -func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaultsExecute(r ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest) (*ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters, *http.Response, error) { +// @return UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) GetUpgradeCompatibleRepoForVdbExecute(r ApiGetUpgradeCompatibleRepoForVdbRequest) (*UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters + localVarReturnValue *UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.ProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaults") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.GetUpgradeCompatibleRepoForVdb") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/provision_from_bookmark/defaults" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/upgrade_compatible_repositories" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.provisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest == nil { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("provisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest is required and must be specified") + if strlen(r.vdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbId must have at least 1 elements") } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -2385,8 +2399,6 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaultsExecute(r ApiProvisionV if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } - // body params - localVarPostBody = r.provisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -2438,32 +2450,25 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) ProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaultsExecute(r ApiProvisionV return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiRefreshVdbByLocationRequest struct { +type ApiGetVdbByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService + ApiService *VDBsAPIService vdbId string - refreshVDBByLocationParameters *RefreshVDBByLocationParameters -} - -// The parameters to refresh a VDB. -func (r ApiRefreshVdbByLocationRequest) RefreshVDBByLocationParameters(refreshVDBByLocationParameters RefreshVDBByLocationParameters) ApiRefreshVdbByLocationRequest { - r.refreshVDBByLocationParameters = &refreshVDBByLocationParameters - return r } -func (r ApiRefreshVdbByLocationRequest) Execute() (*RefreshVDBByLocationResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.RefreshVdbByLocationExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetVdbByIdRequest) Execute() (*VDB, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetVdbByIdExecute(r) } /* -RefreshVdbByLocation Refresh a VDB by location. +GetVdbById Get a VDB by ID. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. - @return ApiRefreshVdbByLocationRequest + @return ApiGetVdbByIdRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) RefreshVdbByLocation(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiRefreshVdbByLocationRequest { - return ApiRefreshVdbByLocationRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) GetVdbById(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiGetVdbByIdRequest { + return ApiGetVdbByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, vdbId: vdbId, @@ -2471,21 +2476,21 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) RefreshVdbByLocation(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) } // Execute executes the request -// @return RefreshVDBByLocationResponse -func (a *VDBsApiService) RefreshVdbByLocationExecute(r ApiRefreshVdbByLocationRequest) (*RefreshVDBByLocationResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return VDB +func (a *VDBsAPIService) GetVdbByIdExecute(r ApiGetVdbByIdRequest) (*VDB, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *RefreshVDBByLocationResponse + localVarReturnValue *VDB ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.RefreshVdbByLocation") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.GetVdbById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/refresh_by_location" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -2496,7 +2501,7 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) RefreshVdbByLocationExecute(r ApiRefreshVdbByLocationRe } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -2512,8 +2517,6 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) RefreshVdbByLocationExecute(r ApiRefreshVdbByLocationRe if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } - // body params - localVarPostBody = r.refreshVDBByLocationParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -2565,32 +2568,25 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) RefreshVdbByLocationExecute(r ApiRefreshVdbByLocationRe return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiRefreshVdbBySnapshotRequest struct { +type ApiGetVdbDeletionDependenciesRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService + ApiService *VDBsAPIService vdbId string - refreshVDBBySnapshotParameters *RefreshVDBBySnapshotParameters -} - -// The parameters to refresh a VDB. -func (r ApiRefreshVdbBySnapshotRequest) RefreshVDBBySnapshotParameters(refreshVDBBySnapshotParameters RefreshVDBBySnapshotParameters) ApiRefreshVdbBySnapshotRequest { - r.refreshVDBBySnapshotParameters = &refreshVDBBySnapshotParameters - return r } -func (r ApiRefreshVdbBySnapshotRequest) Execute() (*RefreshVDBBySnapshotResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.RefreshVdbBySnapshotExecute(r) +func (r ApiGetVdbDeletionDependenciesRequest) Execute() (*DeletionDependenciesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetVdbDeletionDependenciesExecute(r) } /* -RefreshVdbBySnapshot Refresh a VDB by snapshot. +GetVdbDeletionDependencies Get deletion dependencies of a VDB. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. - @return ApiRefreshVdbBySnapshotRequest + @return ApiGetVdbDeletionDependenciesRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) RefreshVdbBySnapshot(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiRefreshVdbBySnapshotRequest { - return ApiRefreshVdbBySnapshotRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) GetVdbDeletionDependencies(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiGetVdbDeletionDependenciesRequest { + return ApiGetVdbDeletionDependenciesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, vdbId: vdbId, @@ -2598,21 +2594,21 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) RefreshVdbBySnapshot(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) } // Execute executes the request -// @return RefreshVDBBySnapshotResponse -func (a *VDBsApiService) RefreshVdbBySnapshotExecute(r ApiRefreshVdbBySnapshotRequest) (*RefreshVDBBySnapshotResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return DeletionDependenciesResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) GetVdbDeletionDependenciesExecute(r ApiGetVdbDeletionDependenciesRequest) (*DeletionDependenciesResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *RefreshVDBBySnapshotResponse + localVarReturnValue *DeletionDependenciesResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.RefreshVdbBySnapshot") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.GetVdbDeletionDependencies") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/refresh_by_snapshot" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/deletion-dependencies" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -2623,7 +2619,7 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) RefreshVdbBySnapshotExecute(r ApiRefreshVdbBySnapshotRe } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -2639,8 +2635,6 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) RefreshVdbBySnapshotExecute(r ApiRefreshVdbBySnapshotRe if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } - // body params - localVarPostBody = r.refreshVDBBySnapshotParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -2692,32 +2686,39 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) RefreshVdbBySnapshotExecute(r ApiRefreshVdbBySnapshotRe return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiRefreshVdbByTimestampRequest struct { +type ApiGetVdbSnapshotsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService + ApiService *VDBsAPIService vdbId string - refreshVDBByTimestampParameters *RefreshVDBByTimestampParameters + limit *int32 + cursor *string } -// The parameters to refresh a VDB. -func (r ApiRefreshVdbByTimestampRequest) RefreshVDBByTimestampParameters(refreshVDBByTimestampParameters RefreshVDBByTimestampParameters) ApiRefreshVdbByTimestampRequest { - r.refreshVDBByTimestampParameters = &refreshVDBByTimestampParameters +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetVdbSnapshotsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetVdbSnapshotsRequest { + r.limit = &limit return r } -func (r ApiRefreshVdbByTimestampRequest) Execute() (*RefreshVDBByTimestampResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.RefreshVdbByTimestampExecute(r) +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetVdbSnapshotsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetVdbSnapshotsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetVdbSnapshotsRequest) Execute() (*ListSnapshotsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetVdbSnapshotsExecute(r) } /* -RefreshVdbByTimestamp Refresh a VDB by timestamp. +GetVdbSnapshots List Snapshots for a VDB. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. - @return ApiRefreshVdbByTimestampRequest + @return ApiGetVdbSnapshotsRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) RefreshVdbByTimestamp(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiRefreshVdbByTimestampRequest { - return ApiRefreshVdbByTimestampRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) GetVdbSnapshots(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiGetVdbSnapshotsRequest { + return ApiGetVdbSnapshotsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, vdbId: vdbId, @@ -2725,21 +2726,21 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) RefreshVdbByTimestamp(ctx context.Context, vdbId string } // Execute executes the request -// @return RefreshVDBByTimestampResponse -func (a *VDBsApiService) RefreshVdbByTimestampExecute(r ApiRefreshVdbByTimestampRequest) (*RefreshVDBByTimestampResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return ListSnapshotsResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) GetVdbSnapshotsExecute(r ApiGetVdbSnapshotsRequest) (*ListSnapshotsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *RefreshVDBByTimestampResponse + localVarReturnValue *ListSnapshotsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.RefreshVdbByTimestamp") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.GetVdbSnapshots") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/refresh_by_timestamp" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/snapshots" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -2749,8 +2750,17 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) RefreshVdbByTimestampExecute(r ApiRefreshVdbByTimestamp return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbId must have at least 1 elements") } + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -2766,8 +2776,6 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) RefreshVdbByTimestampExecute(r ApiRefreshVdbByTimestamp if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } - // body params - localVarPostBody = r.refreshVDBByTimestampParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -2819,32 +2827,194 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) RefreshVdbByTimestampExecute(r ApiRefreshVdbByTimestamp return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiRefreshVdbFromBookmarkRequest struct { +type ApiGetVdbsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + permission *[]PermissionEnum +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetVdbsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetVdbsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetVdbsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetVdbsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetVdbsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetVdbsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// Restrict the objects, which are allowed. +func (r ApiGetVdbsRequest) Permission(permission []PermissionEnum) ApiGetVdbsRequest { + r.permission = &permission + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetVdbsRequest) Execute() (*ListVDBsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetVdbsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetVdbs List all vdbs. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetVdbsRequest +*/ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) GetVdbs(ctx context.Context) ApiGetVdbsRequest { + return ApiGetVdbsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListVDBsResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) GetVdbsExecute(r ApiGetVdbsRequest) (*ListVDBsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListVDBsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.GetVdbs") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + if r.permission != nil { + t := *r.permission + if reflect.TypeOf(t).Kind() == reflect.Slice { + s := reflect.ValueOf(t) + for i := 0; i < s.Len(); i++ { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "permission", s.Index(i).Interface(), "form", "multi") + } + } else { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "permission", t, "form", "multi") + } + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiLockVdbRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService + ApiService *VDBsAPIService vdbId string - refreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters *RefreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters + lockVDBParameters *LockVDBParameters } -// The parameters to refresh a VDB. -func (r ApiRefreshVdbFromBookmarkRequest) RefreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters(refreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters RefreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters) ApiRefreshVdbFromBookmarkRequest { - r.refreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters = &refreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters +// The parameters to lock a VDB. +func (r ApiLockVdbRequest) LockVDBParameters(lockVDBParameters LockVDBParameters) ApiLockVdbRequest { + r.lockVDBParameters = &lockVDBParameters return r } -func (r ApiRefreshVdbFromBookmarkRequest) Execute() (*RefreshVDBFromBookmarkResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.RefreshVdbFromBookmarkExecute(r) +func (r ApiLockVdbRequest) Execute() (*VDB, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.LockVdbExecute(r) } /* -RefreshVdbFromBookmark Refresh a VDB from bookmark with a single VDB. +LockVdb Lock a VDB. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. - @return ApiRefreshVdbFromBookmarkRequest + @return ApiLockVdbRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) RefreshVdbFromBookmark(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiRefreshVdbFromBookmarkRequest { - return ApiRefreshVdbFromBookmarkRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) LockVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiLockVdbRequest { + return ApiLockVdbRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, vdbId: vdbId, @@ -2852,21 +3022,21 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) RefreshVdbFromBookmark(ctx context.Context, vdbId strin } // Execute executes the request -// @return RefreshVDBFromBookmarkResponse -func (a *VDBsApiService) RefreshVdbFromBookmarkExecute(r ApiRefreshVdbFromBookmarkRequest) (*RefreshVDBFromBookmarkResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return VDB +func (a *VDBsAPIService) LockVdbExecute(r ApiLockVdbRequest) (*VDB, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *RefreshVDBFromBookmarkResponse + localVarReturnValue *VDB ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.RefreshVdbFromBookmark") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.LockVdb") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/refresh_from_bookmark" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/lock" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -2875,6 +3045,9 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) RefreshVdbFromBookmarkExecute(r ApiRefreshVdbFromBookma if strlen(r.vdbId) < 1 { return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbId must have at least 1 elements") } + if r.lockVDBParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("lockVDBParameters is required and must be specified") + } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -2894,7 +3067,7 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) RefreshVdbFromBookmarkExecute(r ApiRefreshVdbFromBookma localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.refreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters + localVarPostBody = r.lockVDBParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -2946,34 +3119,32 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) RefreshVdbFromBookmarkExecute(r ApiRefreshVdbFromBookma return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiRollbackVdbBySnapshotRequest struct { +type ApiMigrateVdbRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService + ApiService *VDBsAPIService vdbId string - rollbackVDBBySnapshotParameters *RollbackVDBBySnapshotParameters + migrateVDBParameters *MigrateVDBParameters } -// The parameters to rollback a VDB. -func (r ApiRollbackVdbBySnapshotRequest) RollbackVDBBySnapshotParameters(rollbackVDBBySnapshotParameters RollbackVDBBySnapshotParameters) ApiRollbackVdbBySnapshotRequest { - r.rollbackVDBBySnapshotParameters = &rollbackVDBBySnapshotParameters +// The parameters to migrate a VDB. +func (r ApiMigrateVdbRequest) MigrateVDBParameters(migrateVDBParameters MigrateVDBParameters) ApiMigrateVdbRequest { + r.migrateVDBParameters = &migrateVDBParameters return r } -func (r ApiRollbackVdbBySnapshotRequest) Execute() (*RollbackVDBBySnapshotResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.RollbackVdbBySnapshotExecute(r) +func (r ApiMigrateVdbRequest) Execute() (*MigrateVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.MigrateVdbExecute(r) } /* -RollbackVdbBySnapshot Rollback a VDB by snapshot. +MigrateVdb Migrate a VDB. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. - @return ApiRollbackVdbBySnapshotRequest - -Deprecated + @return ApiMigrateVdbRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) RollbackVdbBySnapshot(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiRollbackVdbBySnapshotRequest { - return ApiRollbackVdbBySnapshotRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) MigrateVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiMigrateVdbRequest { + return ApiMigrateVdbRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, vdbId: vdbId, @@ -2981,22 +3152,21 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) RollbackVdbBySnapshot(ctx context.Context, vdbId string } // Execute executes the request -// @return RollbackVDBBySnapshotResponse -// Deprecated -func (a *VDBsApiService) RollbackVdbBySnapshotExecute(r ApiRollbackVdbBySnapshotRequest) (*RollbackVDBBySnapshotResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return MigrateVDBResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) MigrateVdbExecute(r ApiMigrateVdbRequest) (*MigrateVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *RollbackVDBBySnapshotResponse + localVarReturnValue *MigrateVDBResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.RollbackVdbBySnapshot") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.MigrateVdb") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/rollback_by_snapshot" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/migrate" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -3024,7 +3194,7 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) RollbackVdbBySnapshotExecute(r ApiRollbackVdbBySnapshot localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.rollbackVDBBySnapshotParameters + localVarPostBody = r.migrateVDBParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -3076,34 +3246,32 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) RollbackVdbBySnapshotExecute(r ApiRollbackVdbBySnapshot return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiRollbackVdbByTimestampRequest struct { +type ApiOracleAsmInPlaceVdbExportRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService + ApiService *VDBsAPIService vdbId string - rollbackVDBByTimestampParameters *RollbackVDBByTimestampParameters + oracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters } -// The parameters to rollback a VDB. -func (r ApiRollbackVdbByTimestampRequest) RollbackVDBByTimestampParameters(rollbackVDBByTimestampParameters RollbackVDBByTimestampParameters) ApiRollbackVdbByTimestampRequest { - r.rollbackVDBByTimestampParameters = &rollbackVDBByTimestampParameters +// The parameters to perform Oracle ASM inplace VDB/VPDB export. +func (r ApiOracleAsmInPlaceVdbExportRequest) OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters(oracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) ApiOracleAsmInPlaceVdbExportRequest { + r.oracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters = &oracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters return r } -func (r ApiRollbackVdbByTimestampRequest) Execute() (*RollbackVDBByTimestampResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.RollbackVdbByTimestampExecute(r) +func (r ApiOracleAsmInPlaceVdbExportRequest) Execute() (*OracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.OracleAsmInPlaceVdbExportExecute(r) } /* -RollbackVdbByTimestamp Rollback a VDB by timestamp. +OracleAsmInPlaceVdbExport Convert a virtual database to a physical database on Oracle ASM file system. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. - @return ApiRollbackVdbByTimestampRequest - -Deprecated + @return ApiOracleAsmInPlaceVdbExportRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) RollbackVdbByTimestamp(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiRollbackVdbByTimestampRequest { - return ApiRollbackVdbByTimestampRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) OracleAsmInPlaceVdbExport(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiOracleAsmInPlaceVdbExportRequest { + return ApiOracleAsmInPlaceVdbExportRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, vdbId: vdbId, @@ -3111,22 +3279,2357 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) RollbackVdbByTimestamp(ctx context.Context, vdbId strin } // Execute executes the request -// @return RollbackVDBByTimestampResponse -// Deprecated -func (a *VDBsApiService) RollbackVdbByTimestampExecute(r ApiRollbackVdbByTimestampRequest) (*RollbackVDBByTimestampResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return OracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) OracleAsmInPlaceVdbExportExecute(r ApiOracleAsmInPlaceVdbExportRequest) (*OracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *RollbackVDBByTimestampResponse + localVarReturnValue *OracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.RollbackVdbByTimestamp") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.OracleAsmInPlaceVdbExport") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/rollback_by_timestamp" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/asm-in-place-export" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.vdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.oracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("oracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.oracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiProvisionVdbByLocationRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + provisionVDBByLocationParameters *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters +} + +// The parameters to provision a VDB. +func (r ApiProvisionVdbByLocationRequest) ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters(provisionVDBByLocationParameters ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) ApiProvisionVdbByLocationRequest { + r.provisionVDBByLocationParameters = &provisionVDBByLocationParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiProvisionVdbByLocationRequest) Execute() (*ProvisionVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ProvisionVdbByLocationExecute(r) +} + +/* +ProvisionVdbByLocation Provision a new VDB by location. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiProvisionVdbByLocationRequest +*/ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ProvisionVdbByLocation(ctx context.Context) ApiProvisionVdbByLocationRequest { + return ApiProvisionVdbByLocationRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ProvisionVDBResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ProvisionVdbByLocationExecute(r ApiProvisionVdbByLocationRequest) (*ProvisionVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ProvisionVDBResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.ProvisionVdbByLocation") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/provision_by_location" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.provisionVDBByLocationParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("provisionVDBByLocationParameters is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.provisionVDBByLocationParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiProvisionVdbByLocationDefaultsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + provisionVDBByLocationDefaultsRequest *ProvisionVDBByLocationDefaultsRequest +} + +// The request to get default VDB provision parameters for provisioning a new VDB by location. +func (r ApiProvisionVdbByLocationDefaultsRequest) ProvisionVDBByLocationDefaultsRequest(provisionVDBByLocationDefaultsRequest ProvisionVDBByLocationDefaultsRequest) ApiProvisionVdbByLocationDefaultsRequest { + r.provisionVDBByLocationDefaultsRequest = &provisionVDBByLocationDefaultsRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiProvisionVdbByLocationDefaultsRequest) Execute() (*ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ProvisionVdbByLocationDefaultsExecute(r) +} + +/* +ProvisionVdbByLocationDefaults Get default provision parameters for provisioning a new VDB by location. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiProvisionVdbByLocationDefaultsRequest +*/ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ProvisionVdbByLocationDefaults(ctx context.Context) ApiProvisionVdbByLocationDefaultsRequest { + return ApiProvisionVdbByLocationDefaultsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ProvisionVdbByLocationDefaultsExecute(r ApiProvisionVdbByLocationDefaultsRequest) (*ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.ProvisionVdbByLocationDefaults") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/provision_by_location/defaults" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.provisionVDBByLocationDefaultsRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("provisionVDBByLocationDefaultsRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.provisionVDBByLocationDefaultsRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + provisionVDBBySnapshotParameters *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters +} + +// The parameters to provision a VDB. +func (r ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotRequest) ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters(provisionVDBBySnapshotParameters ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotRequest { + r.provisionVDBBySnapshotParameters = &provisionVDBBySnapshotParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotRequest) Execute() (*ProvisionVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ProvisionVdbBySnapshotExecute(r) +} + +/* +ProvisionVdbBySnapshot Provision a new VDB by snapshot. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotRequest +*/ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ProvisionVdbBySnapshot(ctx context.Context) ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotRequest { + return ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ProvisionVDBResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ProvisionVdbBySnapshotExecute(r ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotRequest) (*ProvisionVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ProvisionVDBResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.ProvisionVdbBySnapshot") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/provision_by_snapshot" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.provisionVDBBySnapshotParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("provisionVDBBySnapshotParameters is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.provisionVDBBySnapshotParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaultsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + provisionVDBBySnapshotDefaultsRequest *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotDefaultsRequest +} + +// The request to get default VDB provision parameters for provisioning a new VDB by snapshot. +func (r ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaultsRequest) ProvisionVDBBySnapshotDefaultsRequest(provisionVDBBySnapshotDefaultsRequest ProvisionVDBBySnapshotDefaultsRequest) ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaultsRequest { + r.provisionVDBBySnapshotDefaultsRequest = &provisionVDBBySnapshotDefaultsRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaultsRequest) Execute() (*ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaultsExecute(r) +} + +/* +ProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaults Get default provision parameters for provisioning a new VDB by snapshot. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaultsRequest +*/ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaults(ctx context.Context) ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaultsRequest { + return ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaultsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaultsExecute(r ApiProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaultsRequest) (*ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.ProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaults") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/provision_by_snapshot/defaults" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.provisionVDBBySnapshotDefaultsRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("provisionVDBBySnapshotDefaultsRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.provisionVDBBySnapshotDefaultsRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + provisionVDBByTimestampParameters *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters +} + +// The parameters to provision a VDB. +func (r ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampRequest) ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters(provisionVDBByTimestampParameters ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampRequest { + r.provisionVDBByTimestampParameters = &provisionVDBByTimestampParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampRequest) Execute() (*ProvisionVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ProvisionVdbByTimestampExecute(r) +} + +/* +ProvisionVdbByTimestamp Provision a new VDB by timestamp. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampRequest +*/ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ProvisionVdbByTimestamp(ctx context.Context) ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampRequest { + return ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ProvisionVDBResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ProvisionVdbByTimestampExecute(r ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampRequest) (*ProvisionVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ProvisionVDBResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.ProvisionVdbByTimestamp") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/provision_by_timestamp" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.provisionVDBByTimestampParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("provisionVDBByTimestampParameters is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.provisionVDBByTimestampParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaultsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + provisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest *ProvisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest +} + +// The request to get default VDB provision parameters for provisioning a new VDB by timestamp. +func (r ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaultsRequest) ProvisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest(provisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest ProvisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest) ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaultsRequest { + r.provisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest = &provisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaultsRequest) Execute() (*ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaultsExecute(r) +} + +/* +ProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaults Get default provision parameters for provisioning a new VDB by timestamp. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaultsRequest +*/ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaults(ctx context.Context) ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaultsRequest { + return ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaultsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaultsExecute(r ApiProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaultsRequest) (*ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.ProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaults") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/provision_by_timestamp/defaults" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.provisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("provisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.provisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + provisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters +} + +// The parameters to provision a VDB. +func (r ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkRequest) ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters(provisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkRequest { + r.provisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters = &provisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkRequest) Execute() (*ProvisionVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ProvisionVdbFromBookmarkExecute(r) +} + +/* +ProvisionVdbFromBookmark Provision a new VDB from a bookmark with a single VDB. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkRequest +*/ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ProvisionVdbFromBookmark(ctx context.Context) ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkRequest { + return ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ProvisionVDBResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ProvisionVdbFromBookmarkExecute(r ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkRequest) (*ProvisionVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ProvisionVDBResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.ProvisionVdbFromBookmark") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/provision_from_bookmark" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.provisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("provisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.provisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + provisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest +} + +// The request to get default VDB provision parameters for provisioning a new VDB from a bookmark. +func (r ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest) ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest(provisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest) ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest { + r.provisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest = &provisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest) Execute() (*ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaultsExecute(r) +} + +/* +ProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaults Get default provision parameters for provisioning a new VDB from a bookmark. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest +*/ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaults(ctx context.Context) ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest { + return ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters +func (a *VDBsAPIService) ProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaultsExecute(r ApiProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest) (*ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.ProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaults") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/provision_from_bookmark/defaults" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.provisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("provisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.provisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiRefreshVdbByLocationRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + vdbId string + refreshVDBByLocationParameters *RefreshVDBByLocationParameters +} + +// The parameters to refresh a VDB. +func (r ApiRefreshVdbByLocationRequest) RefreshVDBByLocationParameters(refreshVDBByLocationParameters RefreshVDBByLocationParameters) ApiRefreshVdbByLocationRequest { + r.refreshVDBByLocationParameters = &refreshVDBByLocationParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiRefreshVdbByLocationRequest) Execute() (*RefreshVDBByLocationResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.RefreshVdbByLocationExecute(r) +} + +/* +RefreshVdbByLocation Refresh a VDB by location. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. + @return ApiRefreshVdbByLocationRequest +*/ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) RefreshVdbByLocation(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiRefreshVdbByLocationRequest { + return ApiRefreshVdbByLocationRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + vdbId: vdbId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return RefreshVDBByLocationResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) RefreshVdbByLocationExecute(r ApiRefreshVdbByLocationRequest) (*RefreshVDBByLocationResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *RefreshVDBByLocationResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.RefreshVdbByLocation") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/refresh_by_location" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.vdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.refreshVDBByLocationParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiRefreshVdbBySnapshotRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + vdbId string + refreshVDBBySnapshotParameters *RefreshVDBBySnapshotParameters +} + +// The parameters to refresh a VDB. +func (r ApiRefreshVdbBySnapshotRequest) RefreshVDBBySnapshotParameters(refreshVDBBySnapshotParameters RefreshVDBBySnapshotParameters) ApiRefreshVdbBySnapshotRequest { + r.refreshVDBBySnapshotParameters = &refreshVDBBySnapshotParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiRefreshVdbBySnapshotRequest) Execute() (*RefreshVDBBySnapshotResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.RefreshVdbBySnapshotExecute(r) +} + +/* +RefreshVdbBySnapshot Refresh a VDB by snapshot. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. + @return ApiRefreshVdbBySnapshotRequest +*/ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) RefreshVdbBySnapshot(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiRefreshVdbBySnapshotRequest { + return ApiRefreshVdbBySnapshotRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + vdbId: vdbId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return RefreshVDBBySnapshotResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) RefreshVdbBySnapshotExecute(r ApiRefreshVdbBySnapshotRequest) (*RefreshVDBBySnapshotResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *RefreshVDBBySnapshotResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.RefreshVdbBySnapshot") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/refresh_by_snapshot" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.vdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.refreshVDBBySnapshotParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiRefreshVdbByTimestampRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + vdbId string + refreshVDBByTimestampParameters *RefreshVDBByTimestampParameters +} + +// The parameters to refresh a VDB. +func (r ApiRefreshVdbByTimestampRequest) RefreshVDBByTimestampParameters(refreshVDBByTimestampParameters RefreshVDBByTimestampParameters) ApiRefreshVdbByTimestampRequest { + r.refreshVDBByTimestampParameters = &refreshVDBByTimestampParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiRefreshVdbByTimestampRequest) Execute() (*RefreshVDBByTimestampResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.RefreshVdbByTimestampExecute(r) +} + +/* +RefreshVdbByTimestamp Refresh a VDB by timestamp. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. + @return ApiRefreshVdbByTimestampRequest +*/ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) RefreshVdbByTimestamp(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiRefreshVdbByTimestampRequest { + return ApiRefreshVdbByTimestampRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + vdbId: vdbId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return RefreshVDBByTimestampResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) RefreshVdbByTimestampExecute(r ApiRefreshVdbByTimestampRequest) (*RefreshVDBByTimestampResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *RefreshVDBByTimestampResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.RefreshVdbByTimestamp") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/refresh_by_timestamp" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.vdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.refreshVDBByTimestampParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiRefreshVdbFromBookmarkRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + vdbId string + refreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters *RefreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters +} + +// The parameters to refresh a VDB. +func (r ApiRefreshVdbFromBookmarkRequest) RefreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters(refreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters RefreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters) ApiRefreshVdbFromBookmarkRequest { + r.refreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters = &refreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiRefreshVdbFromBookmarkRequest) Execute() (*RefreshVDBFromBookmarkResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.RefreshVdbFromBookmarkExecute(r) +} + +/* +RefreshVdbFromBookmark Refresh a VDB from bookmark with a single VDB. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. + @return ApiRefreshVdbFromBookmarkRequest +*/ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) RefreshVdbFromBookmark(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiRefreshVdbFromBookmarkRequest { + return ApiRefreshVdbFromBookmarkRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + vdbId: vdbId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return RefreshVDBFromBookmarkResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) RefreshVdbFromBookmarkExecute(r ApiRefreshVdbFromBookmarkRequest) (*RefreshVDBFromBookmarkResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *RefreshVDBFromBookmarkResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.RefreshVdbFromBookmark") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/refresh_from_bookmark" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.vdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.refreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiRollbackVdbBySnapshotRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + vdbId string + rollbackVDBBySnapshotParameters *RollbackVDBBySnapshotParameters +} + +// The parameters to rollback a VDB. +func (r ApiRollbackVdbBySnapshotRequest) RollbackVDBBySnapshotParameters(rollbackVDBBySnapshotParameters RollbackVDBBySnapshotParameters) ApiRollbackVdbBySnapshotRequest { + r.rollbackVDBBySnapshotParameters = &rollbackVDBBySnapshotParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiRollbackVdbBySnapshotRequest) Execute() (*RollbackVDBBySnapshotResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.RollbackVdbBySnapshotExecute(r) +} + +/* +RollbackVdbBySnapshot Rollback a VDB by snapshot. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. + @return ApiRollbackVdbBySnapshotRequest + +Deprecated +*/ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) RollbackVdbBySnapshot(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiRollbackVdbBySnapshotRequest { + return ApiRollbackVdbBySnapshotRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + vdbId: vdbId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return RollbackVDBBySnapshotResponse +// Deprecated +func (a *VDBsAPIService) RollbackVdbBySnapshotExecute(r ApiRollbackVdbBySnapshotRequest) (*RollbackVDBBySnapshotResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *RollbackVDBBySnapshotResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.RollbackVdbBySnapshot") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/rollback_by_snapshot" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.vdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.rollbackVDBBySnapshotParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiRollbackVdbByTimestampRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + vdbId string + rollbackVDBByTimestampParameters *RollbackVDBByTimestampParameters +} + +// The parameters to rollback a VDB. +func (r ApiRollbackVdbByTimestampRequest) RollbackVDBByTimestampParameters(rollbackVDBByTimestampParameters RollbackVDBByTimestampParameters) ApiRollbackVdbByTimestampRequest { + r.rollbackVDBByTimestampParameters = &rollbackVDBByTimestampParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiRollbackVdbByTimestampRequest) Execute() (*RollbackVDBByTimestampResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.RollbackVdbByTimestampExecute(r) +} + +/* +RollbackVdbByTimestamp Rollback a VDB by timestamp. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. + @return ApiRollbackVdbByTimestampRequest + +Deprecated +*/ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) RollbackVdbByTimestamp(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiRollbackVdbByTimestampRequest { + return ApiRollbackVdbByTimestampRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + vdbId: vdbId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return RollbackVDBByTimestampResponse +// Deprecated +func (a *VDBsAPIService) RollbackVdbByTimestampExecute(r ApiRollbackVdbByTimestampRequest) (*RollbackVDBByTimestampResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *RollbackVDBByTimestampResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.RollbackVdbByTimestamp") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/rollback_by_timestamp" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.vdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.rollbackVDBByTimestampParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiRollbackVdbFromBookmarkRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + vdbId string + rollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters *RollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters +} + +// The parameters to rollback a VDB. +func (r ApiRollbackVdbFromBookmarkRequest) RollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters(rollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters RollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters) ApiRollbackVdbFromBookmarkRequest { + r.rollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters = &rollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiRollbackVdbFromBookmarkRequest) Execute() (*RollbackVDBFromBookmarkResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.RollbackVdbFromBookmarkExecute(r) +} + +/* +RollbackVdbFromBookmark Rollback a VDB from a bookmark with only the same VDB. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. + @return ApiRollbackVdbFromBookmarkRequest + +Deprecated +*/ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) RollbackVdbFromBookmark(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiRollbackVdbFromBookmarkRequest { + return ApiRollbackVdbFromBookmarkRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + vdbId: vdbId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return RollbackVDBFromBookmarkResponse +// Deprecated +func (a *VDBsAPIService) RollbackVdbFromBookmarkExecute(r ApiRollbackVdbFromBookmarkRequest) (*RollbackVDBFromBookmarkResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *RollbackVDBFromBookmarkResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.RollbackVdbFromBookmark") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/rollback_from_bookmark" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.vdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.rollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + vdbId string + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRequest) Execute() (*SearchBookmarksByVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchBookmarksByVdbExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchBookmarksByVdb Search Bookmarks compatible with this VDB. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. + @return ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRequest +*/ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) SearchBookmarksByVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRequest { + return ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + vdbId: vdbId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return SearchBookmarksByVDBResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) SearchBookmarksByVdbExecute(r ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRequest) (*SearchBookmarksByVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SearchBookmarksByVDBResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.SearchBookmarksByVdb") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/bookmarks/search" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.vdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchVdbsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + permission *[]PermissionEnum + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchVdbsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchVdbsRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchVdbsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchVdbsRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiSearchVdbsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchVdbsRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// Restrict the objects, which are allowed. +func (r ApiSearchVdbsRequest) Permission(permission []PermissionEnum) ApiSearchVdbsRequest { + r.permission = &permission + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchVdbsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchVdbsRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchVdbsRequest) Execute() (*SearchVDBsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchVdbsExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchVdbs Search for VDBs. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiSearchVdbsRequest +*/ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) SearchVdbs(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchVdbsRequest { + return ApiSearchVdbsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return SearchVDBsResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) SearchVdbsExecute(r ApiSearchVdbsRequest) (*SearchVDBsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SearchVDBsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.SearchVdbs") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/search" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + if r.permission != nil { + t := *r.permission + if reflect.TypeOf(t).Kind() == reflect.Slice { + s := reflect.ValueOf(t) + for i := 0; i < s.Len(); i++ { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "permission", s.Index(i).Interface(), "form", "multi") + } + } else { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "permission", t, "form", "multi") + } + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSnapshotVdbRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + vdbId string +} + +func (r ApiSnapshotVdbRequest) Execute() (*SnapshotVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SnapshotVdbExecute(r) +} + +/* +SnapshotVdb Snapshot a VDB. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. + @return ApiSnapshotVdbRequest +*/ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) SnapshotVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiSnapshotVdbRequest { + return ApiSnapshotVdbRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + vdbId: vdbId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return SnapshotVDBResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) SnapshotVdbExecute(r ApiSnapshotVdbRequest) (*SnapshotVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SnapshotVDBResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.SnapshotVdb") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/snapshots" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -3137,7 +5640,7 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) RollbackVdbByTimestampExecute(r ApiRollbackVdbByTimesta } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -3153,8 +5656,6 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) RollbackVdbByTimestampExecute(r ApiRollbackVdbByTimesta if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } - // body params - localVarPostBody = r.rollbackVDBByTimestampParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -3206,34 +5707,31 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) RollbackVdbByTimestampExecute(r ApiRollbackVdbByTimesta return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiRollbackVdbFromBookmarkRequest struct { +type ApiStartVdbRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService + ApiService *VDBsAPIService vdbId string - rollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters *RollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters + startVDBParameters *StartVDBParameters } -// The parameters to rollback a VDB. -func (r ApiRollbackVdbFromBookmarkRequest) RollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters(rollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters RollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters) ApiRollbackVdbFromBookmarkRequest { - r.rollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters = &rollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters +func (r ApiStartVdbRequest) StartVDBParameters(startVDBParameters StartVDBParameters) ApiStartVdbRequest { + r.startVDBParameters = &startVDBParameters return r } -func (r ApiRollbackVdbFromBookmarkRequest) Execute() (*RollbackVDBFromBookmarkResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.RollbackVdbFromBookmarkExecute(r) +func (r ApiStartVdbRequest) Execute() (*StartVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.StartVdbExecute(r) } /* -RollbackVdbFromBookmark Rollback a VDB from a bookmark with only the same VDB. +StartVdb Start a VDB. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. - @return ApiRollbackVdbFromBookmarkRequest - -Deprecated + @return ApiStartVdbRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) RollbackVdbFromBookmark(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiRollbackVdbFromBookmarkRequest { - return ApiRollbackVdbFromBookmarkRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) StartVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiStartVdbRequest { + return ApiStartVdbRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, vdbId: vdbId, @@ -3241,22 +5739,21 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) RollbackVdbFromBookmark(ctx context.Context, vdbId stri } // Execute executes the request -// @return RollbackVDBFromBookmarkResponse -// Deprecated -func (a *VDBsApiService) RollbackVdbFromBookmarkExecute(r ApiRollbackVdbFromBookmarkRequest) (*RollbackVDBFromBookmarkResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return StartVDBResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) StartVdbExecute(r ApiStartVdbRequest) (*StartVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *RollbackVDBFromBookmarkResponse + localVarReturnValue *StartVDBResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.RollbackVdbFromBookmark") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.StartVdb") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/rollback_from_bookmark" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/start" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -3284,7 +5781,7 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) RollbackVdbFromBookmarkExecute(r ApiRollbackVdbFromBook localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.rollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters + localVarPostBody = r.startVDBParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -3336,53 +5833,31 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) RollbackVdbFromBookmarkExecute(r ApiRollbackVdbFromBook return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRequest struct { +type ApiStopVdbRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService + ApiService *VDBsAPIService vdbId string - limit *int32 - cursor *string - sort *string - searchBody *SearchBody -} - -// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRequest { - r.limit = &limit - return r -} - -// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRequest { - r.cursor = &cursor - return r + stopVDBParameters *StopVDBParameters } -// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. -func (r ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRequest { - r.sort = &sort - return r -} - -// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. -func (r ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRequest { - r.searchBody = &searchBody +func (r ApiStopVdbRequest) StopVDBParameters(stopVDBParameters StopVDBParameters) ApiStopVdbRequest { + r.stopVDBParameters = &stopVDBParameters return r } -func (r ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRequest) Execute() (*SearchBookmarksByVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.SearchBookmarksByVdbExecute(r) +func (r ApiStopVdbRequest) Execute() (*StopVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.StopVdbExecute(r) } /* -SearchBookmarksByVdb Search Bookmarks compatible with this VDB. +StopVdb Stop a VDB. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. - @return ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRequest + @return ApiStopVdbRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) SearchBookmarksByVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRequest { - return ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) StopVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiStopVdbRequest { + return ApiStopVdbRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, vdbId: vdbId, @@ -3390,21 +5865,21 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) SearchBookmarksByVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) } // Execute executes the request -// @return SearchBookmarksByVDBResponse -func (a *VDBsApiService) SearchBookmarksByVdbExecute(r ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRequest) (*SearchBookmarksByVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return StopVDBResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) StopVdbExecute(r ApiStopVdbRequest) (*StopVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *SearchBookmarksByVDBResponse + localVarReturnValue *StopVDBResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.SearchBookmarksByVdb") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.StopVdb") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/bookmarks/search" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/stop" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -3414,15 +5889,6 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) SearchBookmarksByVdbExecute(r ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRe return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbId must have at least 1 elements") } - if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") - } - if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") - } - if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") - } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -3441,7 +5907,7 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) SearchBookmarksByVdbExecute(r ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRe localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + localVarPostBody = r.stopVDBParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -3493,96 +5959,63 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) SearchBookmarksByVdbExecute(r ApiSearchBookmarksByVdbRe return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiSearchVdbsRequest struct { +type ApiSwitchTimeflowRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService - limit *int32 - cursor *string - sort *string - permission *PermissionEnum - searchBody *SearchBody -} - -// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiSearchVdbsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchVdbsRequest { - r.limit = &limit - return r -} - -// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiSearchVdbsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchVdbsRequest { - r.cursor = &cursor - return r -} - -// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. -func (r ApiSearchVdbsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchVdbsRequest { - r.sort = &sort - return r -} - -// Restrict the objects, which are allowed. -func (r ApiSearchVdbsRequest) Permission(permission PermissionEnum) ApiSearchVdbsRequest { - r.permission = &permission - return r + ApiService *VDBsAPIService + vdbId string + switchTimeflowParameters *SwitchTimeflowParameters } -// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. -func (r ApiSearchVdbsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchVdbsRequest { - r.searchBody = &searchBody +// The parameters to switch the timeflow of a VDB. +func (r ApiSwitchTimeflowRequest) SwitchTimeflowParameters(switchTimeflowParameters SwitchTimeflowParameters) ApiSwitchTimeflowRequest { + r.switchTimeflowParameters = &switchTimeflowParameters return r } -func (r ApiSearchVdbsRequest) Execute() (*SearchVDBsResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.SearchVdbsExecute(r) +func (r ApiSwitchTimeflowRequest) Execute() (*SwitchTimeflowResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SwitchTimeflowExecute(r) } /* -SearchVdbs Search for VDBs. +SwitchTimeflow Switches the current timeflow of a VDB. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiSearchVdbsRequest + @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. + @return ApiSwitchTimeflowRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) SearchVdbs(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchVdbsRequest { - return ApiSearchVdbsRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) SwitchTimeflow(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiSwitchTimeflowRequest { + return ApiSwitchTimeflowRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + vdbId: vdbId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return SearchVDBsResponse -func (a *VDBsApiService) SearchVdbsExecute(r ApiSearchVdbsRequest) (*SearchVDBsResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return SwitchTimeflowResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) SwitchTimeflowExecute(r ApiSwitchTimeflowRequest) (*SwitchTimeflowResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *SearchVDBsResponse + localVarReturnValue *SwitchTimeflowResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.SearchVdbs") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.SwitchTimeflow") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/search" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/switch_timeflow" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - - if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") - } - if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") - } - if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") - } - if r.permission != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "permission", r.permission, "") + if strlen(r.vdbId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("vdbId must have at least 1 elements") } + // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -3601,7 +6034,7 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) SearchVdbsExecute(r ApiSearchVdbsRequest) (*SearchVDBsR localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + localVarPostBody = r.switchTimeflowParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -3653,25 +6086,25 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) SearchVdbsExecute(r ApiSearchVdbsRequest) (*SearchVDBsR return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiSnapshotVdbRequest struct { +type ApiUndoRefreshRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService + ApiService *VDBsAPIService vdbId string } -func (r ApiSnapshotVdbRequest) Execute() (*SnapshotVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.SnapshotVdbExecute(r) +func (r ApiUndoRefreshRequest) Execute() (*UndoRefreshVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UndoRefreshExecute(r) } /* -SnapshotVdb Snapshot a VDB. +UndoRefresh Undo the last refresh operation. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. - @return ApiSnapshotVdbRequest + @return ApiUndoRefreshRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) SnapshotVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiSnapshotVdbRequest { - return ApiSnapshotVdbRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) UndoRefresh(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiUndoRefreshRequest { + return ApiUndoRefreshRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, vdbId: vdbId, @@ -3679,21 +6112,21 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) SnapshotVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiSnaps } // Execute executes the request -// @return SnapshotVDBResponse -func (a *VDBsApiService) SnapshotVdbExecute(r ApiSnapshotVdbRequest) (*SnapshotVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return UndoRefreshVDBResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) UndoRefreshExecute(r ApiUndoRefreshRequest) (*UndoRefreshVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *SnapshotVDBResponse + localVarReturnValue *UndoRefreshVDBResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.SnapshotVdb") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.UndoRefresh") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/snapshots" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/undo_refresh" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -3771,25 +6204,25 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) SnapshotVdbExecute(r ApiSnapshotVdbRequest) (*SnapshotV return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiStartVdbRequest struct { +type ApiUnlockVdbRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService + ApiService *VDBsAPIService vdbId string } -func (r ApiStartVdbRequest) Execute() (*StartVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.StartVdbExecute(r) +func (r ApiUnlockVdbRequest) Execute() (*VDB, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UnlockVdbExecute(r) } /* -StartVdb Start a VDB. +UnlockVdb Unlock a VDB. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. - @return ApiStartVdbRequest + @return ApiUnlockVdbRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) StartVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiStartVdbRequest { - return ApiStartVdbRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) UnlockVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiUnlockVdbRequest { + return ApiUnlockVdbRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, vdbId: vdbId, @@ -3797,21 +6230,21 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) StartVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiStartVdb } // Execute executes the request -// @return StartVDBResponse -func (a *VDBsApiService) StartVdbExecute(r ApiStartVdbRequest) (*StartVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return VDB +func (a *VDBsAPIService) UnlockVdbExecute(r ApiUnlockVdbRequest) (*VDB, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *StartVDBResponse + localVarReturnValue *VDB ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.StartVdb") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.UnlockVdb") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/start" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/unlock" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -3889,25 +6322,32 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) StartVdbExecute(r ApiStartVdbRequest) (*StartVDBRespons return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiStopVdbRequest struct { +type ApiUpdateVdbByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService + ApiService *VDBsAPIService vdbId string + updateVDBParameters *UpdateVDBParameters } -func (r ApiStopVdbRequest) Execute() (*StopVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.StopVdbExecute(r) +// The new data to update a VDB. +func (r ApiUpdateVdbByIdRequest) UpdateVDBParameters(updateVDBParameters UpdateVDBParameters) ApiUpdateVdbByIdRequest { + r.updateVDBParameters = &updateVDBParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiUpdateVdbByIdRequest) Execute() (*UpdateVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpdateVdbByIdExecute(r) } /* -StopVdb Stop a VDB. +UpdateVdbById Update values of a VDB @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. - @return ApiStopVdbRequest + @return ApiUpdateVdbByIdRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) StopVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiStopVdbRequest { - return ApiStopVdbRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) UpdateVdbById(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiUpdateVdbByIdRequest { + return ApiUpdateVdbByIdRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, vdbId: vdbId, @@ -3915,21 +6355,21 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) StopVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiStopVdbRe } // Execute executes the request -// @return StopVDBResponse -func (a *VDBsApiService) StopVdbExecute(r ApiStopVdbRequest) (*StopVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return UpdateVDBResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) UpdateVdbByIdExecute(r ApiUpdateVdbByIdRequest) (*UpdateVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *StopVDBResponse + localVarReturnValue *UpdateVDBResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.StopVdb") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.UpdateVdbById") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/stop" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -3940,7 +6380,7 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) StopVdbExecute(r ApiStopVdbRequest) (*StopVDBResponse, } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -3956,6 +6396,8 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) StopVdbExecute(r ApiStopVdbRequest) (*StopVDBResponse, if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.updateVDBParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -4007,32 +6449,36 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) StopVdbExecute(r ApiStopVdbRequest) (*StopVDBResponse, return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiSwitchTimeflowRequest struct { +type ApiUpgradeOracleVdbRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService + ApiService *VDBsAPIService vdbId string - switchTimeflowParameters *SwitchTimeflowParameters + upgradeOracleDatabaseParameters *UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters } -// The parameters to switch the timeflow of a VDB. -func (r ApiSwitchTimeflowRequest) SwitchTimeflowParameters(switchTimeflowParameters SwitchTimeflowParameters) ApiSwitchTimeflowRequest { - r.switchTimeflowParameters = &switchTimeflowParameters +// The new API to upgrade Oracle VDB +func (r ApiUpgradeOracleVdbRequest) UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters(upgradeOracleDatabaseParameters UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters) ApiUpgradeOracleVdbRequest { + r.upgradeOracleDatabaseParameters = &upgradeOracleDatabaseParameters return r } -func (r ApiSwitchTimeflowRequest) Execute() (*SwitchTimeflowResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.SwitchTimeflowExecute(r) +func (r ApiUpgradeOracleVdbRequest) Execute() (*UpgradeVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpgradeOracleVdbExecute(r) } /* -SwitchTimeflow Switches the current timeflow of a VDB. +UpgradeOracleVdb Upgrade Oracle VDB + +This API is marked as deprecated in favour of generalized API '/vdbs/{vdbId}/upgrade' @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. - @return ApiSwitchTimeflowRequest + @return ApiUpgradeOracleVdbRequest + +Deprecated */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) SwitchTimeflow(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiSwitchTimeflowRequest { - return ApiSwitchTimeflowRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) UpgradeOracleVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiUpgradeOracleVdbRequest { + return ApiUpgradeOracleVdbRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, vdbId: vdbId, @@ -4040,21 +6486,22 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) SwitchTimeflow(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiSw } // Execute executes the request -// @return SwitchTimeflowResponse -func (a *VDBsApiService) SwitchTimeflowExecute(r ApiSwitchTimeflowRequest) (*SwitchTimeflowResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return UpgradeVDBResponse +// Deprecated +func (a *VDBsAPIService) UpgradeOracleVdbExecute(r ApiUpgradeOracleVdbRequest) (*UpgradeVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *SwitchTimeflowResponse + localVarReturnValue *UpgradeVDBResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.SwitchTimeflow") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.UpgradeOracleVdb") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/switch_timeflow" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/oracle/{vdbId}/upgrade" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -4082,7 +6529,7 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) SwitchTimeflowExecute(r ApiSwitchTimeflowRequest) (*Swi localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.switchTimeflowParameters + localVarPostBody = r.upgradeOracleDatabaseParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -4134,25 +6581,32 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) SwitchTimeflowExecute(r ApiSwitchTimeflowRequest) (*Swi return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiUnlockVdbRequest struct { +type ApiUpgradeVdbRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService + ApiService *VDBsAPIService vdbId string + upgradeDatabaseParameters *UpgradeDatabaseParameters } -func (r ApiUnlockVdbRequest) Execute() (*VDB, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.UnlockVdbExecute(r) +// The new API to upgrade VDB +func (r ApiUpgradeVdbRequest) UpgradeDatabaseParameters(upgradeDatabaseParameters UpgradeDatabaseParameters) ApiUpgradeVdbRequest { + r.upgradeDatabaseParameters = &upgradeDatabaseParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiUpgradeVdbRequest) Execute() (*UpgradeVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpgradeVdbExecute(r) } /* -UnlockVdb Unlock a VDB. +UpgradeVdb Upgrade VDB @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. - @return ApiUnlockVdbRequest + @return ApiUpgradeVdbRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) UnlockVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiUnlockVdbRequest { - return ApiUnlockVdbRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) UpgradeVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiUpgradeVdbRequest { + return ApiUpgradeVdbRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, vdbId: vdbId, @@ -4160,21 +6614,21 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) UnlockVdb(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiUnlockV } // Execute executes the request -// @return VDB -func (a *VDBsApiService) UnlockVdbExecute(r ApiUnlockVdbRequest) (*VDB, *http.Response, error) { +// @return UpgradeVDBResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) UpgradeVdbExecute(r ApiUpgradeVdbRequest) (*UpgradeVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *VDB + localVarReturnValue *UpgradeVDBResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.UnlockVdb") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.UpgradeVdb") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/unlock" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/upgrade" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -4185,7 +6639,7 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) UnlockVdbExecute(r ApiUnlockVdbRequest) (*VDB, *http.Re } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -4201,6 +6655,8 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) UnlockVdbExecute(r ApiUnlockVdbRequest) (*VDB, *http.Re if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.upgradeDatabaseParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -4252,32 +6708,32 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) UnlockVdbExecute(r ApiUnlockVdbRequest) (*VDB, *http.Re return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiUpdateVdbByIdRequest struct { +type ApiVerifyVdbJdbcConnectionStringRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VDBsApiService + ApiService *VDBsAPIService vdbId string - updateVDBParameters *UpdateVDBParameters + oracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams *OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams } -// The new data to update a VDB. -func (r ApiUpdateVdbByIdRequest) UpdateVDBParameters(updateVDBParameters UpdateVDBParameters) ApiUpdateVdbByIdRequest { - r.updateVDBParameters = &updateVDBParameters +// The parameters to verify oracle jdbc connection string. +func (r ApiVerifyVdbJdbcConnectionStringRequest) OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams(oracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams) ApiVerifyVdbJdbcConnectionStringRequest { + r.oracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams = &oracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams return r } -func (r ApiUpdateVdbByIdRequest) Execute() (*UpdateVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.UpdateVdbByIdExecute(r) +func (r ApiVerifyVdbJdbcConnectionStringRequest) Execute() (*ConnectivityCheckResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.VerifyVdbJdbcConnectionStringExecute(r) } /* -UpdateVdbById Update values of a VDB +VerifyVdbJdbcConnectionString Verify JDBC connection string for VDB. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param vdbId The ID of the VDB. - @return ApiUpdateVdbByIdRequest + @return ApiVerifyVdbJdbcConnectionStringRequest */ -func (a *VDBsApiService) UpdateVdbById(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiUpdateVdbByIdRequest { - return ApiUpdateVdbByIdRequest{ +func (a *VDBsAPIService) VerifyVdbJdbcConnectionString(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiVerifyVdbJdbcConnectionStringRequest { + return ApiVerifyVdbJdbcConnectionStringRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, vdbId: vdbId, @@ -4285,21 +6741,21 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) UpdateVdbById(ctx context.Context, vdbId string) ApiUpd } // Execute executes the request -// @return UpdateVDBResponse -func (a *VDBsApiService) UpdateVdbByIdExecute(r ApiUpdateVdbByIdRequest) (*UpdateVDBResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return ConnectivityCheckResponse +func (a *VDBsAPIService) VerifyVdbJdbcConnectionStringExecute(r ApiVerifyVdbJdbcConnectionStringRequest) (*ConnectivityCheckResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *UpdateVDBResponse + localVarReturnValue *ConnectivityCheckResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsApiService.UpdateVdbById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VDBsAPIService.VerifyVdbJdbcConnectionString") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/vdbs/{vdbId}/jdbc-check" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"vdbId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.vdbId, "vdbId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -4327,7 +6783,7 @@ func (a *VDBsApiService) UpdateVdbByIdExecute(r ApiUpdateVdbByIdRequest) (*Updat localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.updateVDBParameters + localVarPostBody = r.oracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { diff --git a/api_virtualization_actions.go b/api_virtualization_actions.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..81fb4c04 --- /dev/null +++ b/api_virtualization_actions.go @@ -0,0 +1,321 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "bytes" + "context" + "io" + "net/http" + "net/url" +) + + +// VirtualizationActionsAPIService VirtualizationActionsAPI service +type VirtualizationActionsAPIService service + +type ApiGetVirtualizationActionHistoryRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VirtualizationActionsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetVirtualizationActionHistoryRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetVirtualizationActionHistoryRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetVirtualizationActionHistoryRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetVirtualizationActionHistoryRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetVirtualizationActionHistoryRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetVirtualizationActionHistoryRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetVirtualizationActionHistoryRequest) Execute() (*ListVirtualizationActionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetVirtualizationActionHistoryExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetVirtualizationActionHistory Fetch a list of all virtualization actions + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetVirtualizationActionHistoryRequest +*/ +func (a *VirtualizationActionsAPIService) GetVirtualizationActionHistory(ctx context.Context) ApiGetVirtualizationActionHistoryRequest { + return ApiGetVirtualizationActionHistoryRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListVirtualizationActionsResponse +func (a *VirtualizationActionsAPIService) GetVirtualizationActionHistoryExecute(r ApiGetVirtualizationActionHistoryRequest) (*ListVirtualizationActionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListVirtualizationActionsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VirtualizationActionsAPIService.GetVirtualizationActionHistory") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/virtualization-actions/history" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json", "text/csv"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchVirtualizationActionHistoryRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VirtualizationActionsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationActionHistoryRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchVirtualizationActionHistoryRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationActionHistoryRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchVirtualizationActionHistoryRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationActionHistoryRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchVirtualizationActionHistoryRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationActionHistoryRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchVirtualizationActionHistoryRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationActionHistoryRequest) Execute() (*SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchVirtualizationActionHistoryExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchVirtualizationActionHistory Search virtualization actions + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiSearchVirtualizationActionHistoryRequest +*/ +func (a *VirtualizationActionsAPIService) SearchVirtualizationActionHistory(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchVirtualizationActionHistoryRequest { + return ApiSearchVirtualizationActionHistoryRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse +func (a *VirtualizationActionsAPIService) SearchVirtualizationActionHistoryExecute(r ApiSearchVirtualizationActionHistoryRequest) (*SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VirtualizationActionsAPIService.SearchVirtualizationActionHistory") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/virtualization-actions/history/search" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json", "text/csv"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} diff --git a/api_virtualization_alerts.go b/api_virtualization_alerts.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d23d7005 --- /dev/null +++ b/api_virtualization_alerts.go @@ -0,0 +1,321 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "bytes" + "context" + "io" + "net/http" + "net/url" +) + + +// VirtualizationAlertsAPIService VirtualizationAlertsAPI service +type VirtualizationAlertsAPIService service + +type ApiGetVirtualizationAlertsHistoryRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VirtualizationAlertsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetVirtualizationAlertsHistoryRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetVirtualizationAlertsHistoryRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetVirtualizationAlertsHistoryRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetVirtualizationAlertsHistoryRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetVirtualizationAlertsHistoryRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetVirtualizationAlertsHistoryRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetVirtualizationAlertsHistoryRequest) Execute() (*ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetVirtualizationAlertsHistoryExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetVirtualizationAlertsHistory Fetch a list of all virtualization alerts + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetVirtualizationAlertsHistoryRequest +*/ +func (a *VirtualizationAlertsAPIService) GetVirtualizationAlertsHistory(ctx context.Context) ApiGetVirtualizationAlertsHistoryRequest { + return ApiGetVirtualizationAlertsHistoryRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse +func (a *VirtualizationAlertsAPIService) GetVirtualizationAlertsHistoryExecute(r ApiGetVirtualizationAlertsHistoryRequest) (*ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VirtualizationAlertsAPIService.GetVirtualizationAlertsHistory") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/virtualization-alerts/history" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json", "text/csv"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchVirtualizationAlertsHistoryRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VirtualizationAlertsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationAlertsHistoryRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchVirtualizationAlertsHistoryRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationAlertsHistoryRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchVirtualizationAlertsHistoryRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationAlertsHistoryRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchVirtualizationAlertsHistoryRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationAlertsHistoryRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchVirtualizationAlertsHistoryRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationAlertsHistoryRequest) Execute() (*SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchVirtualizationAlertsHistoryExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchVirtualizationAlertsHistory Search virtualization alerts + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiSearchVirtualizationAlertsHistoryRequest +*/ +func (a *VirtualizationAlertsAPIService) SearchVirtualizationAlertsHistory(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchVirtualizationAlertsHistoryRequest { + return ApiSearchVirtualizationAlertsHistoryRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse +func (a *VirtualizationAlertsAPIService) SearchVirtualizationAlertsHistoryExecute(r ApiSearchVirtualizationAlertsHistoryRequest) (*SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VirtualizationAlertsAPIService.SearchVirtualizationAlertsHistory") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/virtualization-alerts/history/search" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json", "text/csv"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} diff --git a/api_virtualization_faults.go b/api_virtualization_faults.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7631f76f --- /dev/null +++ b/api_virtualization_faults.go @@ -0,0 +1,682 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "bytes" + "context" + "io" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "strings" +) + + +// VirtualizationFaultsAPIService VirtualizationFaultsAPI service +type VirtualizationFaultsAPIService service + +type ApiGetVirtualizationFaultsHistoryRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VirtualizationFaultsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetVirtualizationFaultsHistoryRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetVirtualizationFaultsHistoryRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetVirtualizationFaultsHistoryRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetVirtualizationFaultsHistoryRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetVirtualizationFaultsHistoryRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetVirtualizationFaultsHistoryRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetVirtualizationFaultsHistoryRequest) Execute() (*ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetVirtualizationFaultsHistoryExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetVirtualizationFaultsHistory Fetch a list of all virtualization faults + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetVirtualizationFaultsHistoryRequest +*/ +func (a *VirtualizationFaultsAPIService) GetVirtualizationFaultsHistory(ctx context.Context) ApiGetVirtualizationFaultsHistoryRequest { + return ApiGetVirtualizationFaultsHistoryRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse +func (a *VirtualizationFaultsAPIService) GetVirtualizationFaultsHistoryExecute(r ApiGetVirtualizationFaultsHistoryRequest) (*ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VirtualizationFaultsAPIService.GetVirtualizationFaultsHistory") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/virtualization-faults/history" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json", "text/csv"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiResolveAllVirtualizationFaultsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VirtualizationFaultsAPIService + engineId string +} + +func (r ApiResolveAllVirtualizationFaultsRequest) Execute() (*VirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ResolveAllVirtualizationFaultsExecute(r) +} + +/* +ResolveAllVirtualizationFaults Marks all active faults of an engine that the user has permissions over as resolved. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param engineId The ID of the registered engine. + @return ApiResolveAllVirtualizationFaultsRequest +*/ +func (a *VirtualizationFaultsAPIService) ResolveAllVirtualizationFaults(ctx context.Context, engineId string) ApiResolveAllVirtualizationFaultsRequest { + return ApiResolveAllVirtualizationFaultsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + engineId: engineId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return VirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse +func (a *VirtualizationFaultsAPIService) ResolveAllVirtualizationFaultsExecute(r ApiResolveAllVirtualizationFaultsRequest) (*VirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *VirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VirtualizationFaultsAPIService.ResolveAllVirtualizationFaults") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/virtualization-faults/{engineId}/resolveAll" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"engineId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.engineId, "engineId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiResolveOrIgnoreVirtualizationFaultsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VirtualizationFaultsAPIService + virtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters +} + +func (r ApiResolveOrIgnoreVirtualizationFaultsRequest) VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters(virtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters) ApiResolveOrIgnoreVirtualizationFaultsRequest { + r.virtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters = &virtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiResolveOrIgnoreVirtualizationFaultsRequest) Execute() (*VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ResolveOrIgnoreVirtualizationFaultsExecute(r) +} + +/* +ResolveOrIgnoreVirtualizationFaults Marks selected faults as resolved or ignored. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiResolveOrIgnoreVirtualizationFaultsRequest +*/ +func (a *VirtualizationFaultsAPIService) ResolveOrIgnoreVirtualizationFaults(ctx context.Context) ApiResolveOrIgnoreVirtualizationFaultsRequest { + return ApiResolveOrIgnoreVirtualizationFaultsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse +func (a *VirtualizationFaultsAPIService) ResolveOrIgnoreVirtualizationFaultsExecute(r ApiResolveOrIgnoreVirtualizationFaultsRequest) (*VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VirtualizationFaultsAPIService.ResolveOrIgnoreVirtualizationFaults") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/virtualization-faults/resolveOrIgnore" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.virtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiResolveVirtualizationFaultRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VirtualizationFaultsAPIService + faultId string + virtualizationFaultResolveParameters *VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters +} + +func (r ApiResolveVirtualizationFaultRequest) VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters(virtualizationFaultResolveParameters VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters) ApiResolveVirtualizationFaultRequest { + r.virtualizationFaultResolveParameters = &virtualizationFaultResolveParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiResolveVirtualizationFaultRequest) Execute() (*VirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ResolveVirtualizationFaultExecute(r) +} + +/* +ResolveVirtualizationFault Marks the fault as resolved. The Delphix engine will attempt to automatically detect cases where the fault has been resolved; but this is not always possible and may only occur on periodic intervals. In these cases, the user can proactively mark the fault resolved. This does not change the underlying disposition of the fault - if the problem is still present the system may immediately diagnose the same problem again. This should only be used to notify the system of resolution after the underlying problem has been resolved. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param faultId The ID of the Virtualization Fault. + @return ApiResolveVirtualizationFaultRequest +*/ +func (a *VirtualizationFaultsAPIService) ResolveVirtualizationFault(ctx context.Context, faultId string) ApiResolveVirtualizationFaultRequest { + return ApiResolveVirtualizationFaultRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + faultId: faultId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return VirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse +func (a *VirtualizationFaultsAPIService) ResolveVirtualizationFaultExecute(r ApiResolveVirtualizationFaultRequest) (*VirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *VirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VirtualizationFaultsAPIService.ResolveVirtualizationFault") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/virtualization-fault/{faultId}/resolve" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"faultId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.faultId, "faultId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.faultId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("faultId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.virtualizationFaultResolveParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchVirtualizationFaultsHistoryRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VirtualizationFaultsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationFaultsHistoryRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchVirtualizationFaultsHistoryRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationFaultsHistoryRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchVirtualizationFaultsHistoryRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationFaultsHistoryRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchVirtualizationFaultsHistoryRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationFaultsHistoryRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchVirtualizationFaultsHistoryRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationFaultsHistoryRequest) Execute() (*SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchVirtualizationFaultsHistoryExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchVirtualizationFaultsHistory Search virtualization faults + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiSearchVirtualizationFaultsHistoryRequest +*/ +func (a *VirtualizationFaultsAPIService) SearchVirtualizationFaultsHistory(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchVirtualizationFaultsHistoryRequest { + return ApiSearchVirtualizationFaultsHistoryRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse +func (a *VirtualizationFaultsAPIService) SearchVirtualizationFaultsHistoryExecute(r ApiSearchVirtualizationFaultsHistoryRequest) (*SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VirtualizationFaultsAPIService.SearchVirtualizationFaultsHistory") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/virtualization-faults/history/search" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json", "text/csv"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} diff --git a/api_virtualization_jobs.go b/api_virtualization_jobs.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2d60a437 --- /dev/null +++ b/api_virtualization_jobs.go @@ -0,0 +1,351 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "bytes" + "context" + "io" + "net/http" + "net/url" +) + + +// VirtualizationJobsAPIService VirtualizationJobsAPI service +type VirtualizationJobsAPIService service + +type ApiGetVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VirtualizationJobsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + objectId *string + objectType *TargetObjectType + jobType *TargetJobType +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiGetVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiGetVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiGetVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiGetVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiGetVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiGetVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// The object id to filter by. +func (r ApiGetVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest) ObjectId(objectId string) ApiGetVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest { + r.objectId = &objectId + return r +} + +// The object type to filter by. +func (r ApiGetVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest) ObjectType(objectType TargetObjectType) ApiGetVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest { + r.objectType = &objectType + return r +} + +// The job type to filter by. +func (r ApiGetVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest) JobType(jobType TargetJobType) ApiGetVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest { + r.jobType = &jobType + return r +} + +func (r ApiGetVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest) Execute() (*ListVirtualizationJobsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetVirtualizationJobHistoryExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetVirtualizationJobHistory Fetch a list of all virtualization jobs + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiGetVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest +*/ +func (a *VirtualizationJobsAPIService) GetVirtualizationJobHistory(ctx context.Context) ApiGetVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest { + return ApiGetVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListVirtualizationJobsResponse +func (a *VirtualizationJobsAPIService) GetVirtualizationJobHistoryExecute(r ApiGetVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest) (*ListVirtualizationJobsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListVirtualizationJobsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VirtualizationJobsAPIService.GetVirtualizationJobHistory") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/virtualization-jobs/history" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + if r.objectId != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "object_id", r.objectId, "form", "") + } + if r.objectType != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "object_type", r.objectType, "form", "") + } + if r.jobType != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "job_type", r.jobType, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VirtualizationJobsAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest) Execute() (*SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchVirtualizationJobHistoryExecute(r) +} + +/* +SearchVirtualizationJobHistory Search virtualization jobs + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiSearchVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest +*/ +func (a *VirtualizationJobsAPIService) SearchVirtualizationJobHistory(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest { + return ApiSearchVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse +func (a *VirtualizationJobsAPIService) SearchVirtualizationJobHistoryExecute(r ApiSearchVirtualizationJobHistoryRequest) (*SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VirtualizationJobsAPIService.SearchVirtualizationJobHistory") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/virtualization-jobs/history/search" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} diff --git a/api_virtualization_policies.go b/api_virtualization_policies.go index 4ee18f8f..4200e07f 100644 --- a/api_virtualization_policies.go +++ b/api_virtualization_policies.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,61 +21,1203 @@ import ( ) -// VirtualizationPoliciesApiService VirtualizationPoliciesApi service -type VirtualizationPoliciesApiService service +// VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService VirtualizationPoliciesAPI service +type VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService service + +type ApiApplyVirtualizationPolicyByIdOrNameRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService + policyId string + policyTargetObject *[]PolicyTargetObject +} + +// The parameters to apply virtualization policy to a target. +func (r ApiApplyVirtualizationPolicyByIdOrNameRequest) PolicyTargetObject(policyTargetObject []PolicyTargetObject) ApiApplyVirtualizationPolicyByIdOrNameRequest { + r.policyTargetObject = &policyTargetObject + return r +} + +func (r ApiApplyVirtualizationPolicyByIdOrNameRequest) Execute() (*VirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ApplyVirtualizationPolicyByIdOrNameExecute(r) +} + +/* +ApplyVirtualizationPolicyByIdOrName Apply a virtualization policy to the given list of objects. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param policyId The ID of the Virtualization Policy. + @return ApiApplyVirtualizationPolicyByIdOrNameRequest +*/ +func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService) ApplyVirtualizationPolicyByIdOrName(ctx context.Context, policyId string) ApiApplyVirtualizationPolicyByIdOrNameRequest { + return ApiApplyVirtualizationPolicyByIdOrNameRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + policyId: policyId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return VirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse +func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService) ApplyVirtualizationPolicyByIdOrNameExecute(r ApiApplyVirtualizationPolicyByIdOrNameRequest) (*VirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *VirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService.ApplyVirtualizationPolicyByIdOrName") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/virtualization-policies/{policyId}/apply" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"policyId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.policyId, "policyId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.policyId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("policyId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.policyTargetObject + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiConvertVirtualizationPolicyRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService + policyId string +} + +func (r ApiConvertVirtualizationPolicyRequest) Execute() (*VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ConvertVirtualizationPolicyExecute(r) +} + +/* +ConvertVirtualizationPolicy Convert a virtualization policy to a DCT-managed policy. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param policyId The ID of the Virtualization Policy. + @return ApiConvertVirtualizationPolicyRequest +*/ +func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService) ConvertVirtualizationPolicy(ctx context.Context, policyId string) ApiConvertVirtualizationPolicyRequest { + return ApiConvertVirtualizationPolicyRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + policyId: policyId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse +func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService) ConvertVirtualizationPolicyExecute(r ApiConvertVirtualizationPolicyRequest) (*VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService.ConvertVirtualizationPolicy") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/virtualization-policies/{policyId}/convert" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"policyId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.policyId, "policyId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.policyId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("policyId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiCreateVirtualizationPolicyRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService + createVirtualizationPolicyParameters *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters +} + +// The parameters to create a DCT-managed VirtualizationPolicy. +func (r ApiCreateVirtualizationPolicyRequest) CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters(createVirtualizationPolicyParameters CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) ApiCreateVirtualizationPolicyRequest { + r.createVirtualizationPolicyParameters = &createVirtualizationPolicyParameters + return r +} + +func (r ApiCreateVirtualizationPolicyRequest) Execute() (*CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CreateVirtualizationPolicyExecute(r) +} + +/* +CreateVirtualizationPolicy Create a VirtualizationPolicy. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiCreateVirtualizationPolicyRequest +*/ +func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService) CreateVirtualizationPolicy(ctx context.Context) ApiCreateVirtualizationPolicyRequest { + return ApiCreateVirtualizationPolicyRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse +func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService) CreateVirtualizationPolicyExecute(r ApiCreateVirtualizationPolicyRequest) (*CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService.CreateVirtualizationPolicy") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/virtualization-policies" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.createVirtualizationPolicyParameters + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiCreateVirtualizationPolicyTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService + policyId string + tagsRequest *TagsRequest +} + +// Tags information for VirtualizationPolicies. +func (r ApiCreateVirtualizationPolicyTagsRequest) TagsRequest(tagsRequest TagsRequest) ApiCreateVirtualizationPolicyTagsRequest { + r.tagsRequest = &tagsRequest + return r +} + +func (r ApiCreateVirtualizationPolicyTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.CreateVirtualizationPolicyTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +CreateVirtualizationPolicyTags Create tags for a VirtualizationPolicy. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param policyId The ID of the Virtualization Policy. + @return ApiCreateVirtualizationPolicyTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService) CreateVirtualizationPolicyTags(ctx context.Context, policyId string) ApiCreateVirtualizationPolicyTagsRequest { + return ApiCreateVirtualizationPolicyTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + policyId: policyId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService) CreateVirtualizationPolicyTagsExecute(r ApiCreateVirtualizationPolicyTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService.CreateVirtualizationPolicyTags") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/virtualization-policies/{policyId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"policyId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.policyId, "policyId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.policyId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("policyId must have at least 1 elements") + } + if r.tagsRequest == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("tagsRequest is required and must be specified") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.tagsRequest + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiDeleteVirtualizationPolicyRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService + policyId string +} + +func (r ApiDeleteVirtualizationPolicyRequest) Execute() (*VirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteVirtualizationPolicyExecute(r) +} + +/* +DeleteVirtualizationPolicy Delete a VirtualizationPolicy. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param policyId The ID of the Virtualization Policy. + @return ApiDeleteVirtualizationPolicyRequest +*/ +func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService) DeleteVirtualizationPolicy(ctx context.Context, policyId string) ApiDeleteVirtualizationPolicyRequest { + return ApiDeleteVirtualizationPolicyRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + policyId: policyId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return VirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse +func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService) DeleteVirtualizationPolicyExecute(r ApiDeleteVirtualizationPolicyRequest) (*VirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodDelete + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *VirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService.DeleteVirtualizationPolicy") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/virtualization-policies/{policyId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"policyId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.policyId, "policyId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.policyId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("policyId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiDeleteVirtualizationPolicyTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService + policyId string + deleteTag *DeleteTag +} + +// The parameters to delete tags +func (r ApiDeleteVirtualizationPolicyTagsRequest) DeleteTag(deleteTag DeleteTag) ApiDeleteVirtualizationPolicyTagsRequest { + r.deleteTag = &deleteTag + return r +} + +func (r ApiDeleteVirtualizationPolicyTagsRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.DeleteVirtualizationPolicyTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +DeleteVirtualizationPolicyTags Delete tags for a VirtualizationPolicy. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param policyId The ID of the Virtualization Policy. + @return ApiDeleteVirtualizationPolicyTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService) DeleteVirtualizationPolicyTags(ctx context.Context, policyId string) ApiDeleteVirtualizationPolicyTagsRequest { + return ApiDeleteVirtualizationPolicyTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + policyId: policyId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService) DeleteVirtualizationPolicyTagsExecute(r ApiDeleteVirtualizationPolicyTagsRequest) (*http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService.DeleteVirtualizationPolicyTags") + if err != nil { + return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/virtualization-policies/{policyId}/tags/delete" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"policyId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.policyId, "policyId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.policyId) < 1 { + return nil, reportError("policyId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.deleteTag + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} type ApiGetVirtualizationPolicyByIdRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VirtualizationPoliciesApiService - policyId string + ApiService *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService + policyId string +} + +func (r ApiGetVirtualizationPolicyByIdRequest) Execute() (*VirtualizationPolicy, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetVirtualizationPolicyByIdExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetVirtualizationPolicyById Fetch a virtualization policy by Id. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param policyId The ID of the Virtualization Policy. + @return ApiGetVirtualizationPolicyByIdRequest +*/ +func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService) GetVirtualizationPolicyById(ctx context.Context, policyId string) ApiGetVirtualizationPolicyByIdRequest { + return ApiGetVirtualizationPolicyByIdRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + policyId: policyId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return VirtualizationPolicy +func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService) GetVirtualizationPolicyByIdExecute(r ApiGetVirtualizationPolicyByIdRequest) (*VirtualizationPolicy, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *VirtualizationPolicy + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService.GetVirtualizationPolicyById") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/virtualization-policies/{policyId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"policyId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.policyId, "policyId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.policyId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("policyId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiGetVirtualizationPolicyTagsRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService + policyId string +} + +func (r ApiGetVirtualizationPolicyTagsRequest) Execute() (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.GetVirtualizationPolicyTagsExecute(r) +} + +/* +GetVirtualizationPolicyTags Get tags for a VirtualizationPolicy. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param policyId The ID of the Virtualization Policy. + @return ApiGetVirtualizationPolicyTagsRequest +*/ +func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService) GetVirtualizationPolicyTags(ctx context.Context, policyId string) ApiGetVirtualizationPolicyTagsRequest { + return ApiGetVirtualizationPolicyTagsRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + policyId: policyId, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return TagsResponse +func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService) GetVirtualizationPolicyTagsExecute(r ApiGetVirtualizationPolicyTagsRequest) (*TagsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *TagsResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService.GetVirtualizationPolicyTags") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/virtualization-policies/{policyId}/tags" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"policyId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.policyId, "policyId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.policyId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("policyId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiListVirtualizationPoliciesRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string +} + +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiListVirtualizationPoliciesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiListVirtualizationPoliciesRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiListVirtualizationPoliciesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiListVirtualizationPoliciesRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiListVirtualizationPoliciesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiListVirtualizationPoliciesRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +func (r ApiListVirtualizationPoliciesRequest) Execute() (*ListVirtualizationPoliciesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ListVirtualizationPoliciesExecute(r) +} + +/* +ListVirtualizationPolicies Fetch a list of all virtualization policies + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @return ApiListVirtualizationPoliciesRequest +*/ +func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService) ListVirtualizationPolicies(ctx context.Context) ApiListVirtualizationPoliciesRequest { + return ApiListVirtualizationPoliciesRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + } +} + +// Execute executes the request +// @return ListVirtualizationPoliciesResponse +func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService) ListVirtualizationPoliciesExecute(r ApiListVirtualizationPoliciesRequest) (*ListVirtualizationPoliciesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *ListVirtualizationPoliciesResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService.ListVirtualizationPolicies") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/virtualization-policies" + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiSearchVirtualizationPoliciesRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService + limit *int32 + cursor *string + sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody } -func (r ApiGetVirtualizationPolicyByIdRequest) Execute() (*VirtualizationPolicy, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.GetVirtualizationPolicyByIdExecute(r) +// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationPoliciesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchVirtualizationPoliciesRequest { + r.limit = &limit + return r +} + +// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationPoliciesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchVirtualizationPoliciesRequest { + r.cursor = &cursor + return r +} + +// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationPoliciesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchVirtualizationPoliciesRequest { + r.sort = &sort + return r +} + +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationPoliciesRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchVirtualizationPoliciesRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationPoliciesRequest) Execute() (*SearchVirtualizationPoliciesResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchVirtualizationPoliciesExecute(r) } /* -GetVirtualizationPolicyById Fetch a virtualization policy by Id. +SearchVirtualizationPolicies Search Virtualization Policies. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param policyId The ID of the Virtualization Policy. - @return ApiGetVirtualizationPolicyByIdRequest + @return ApiSearchVirtualizationPoliciesRequest */ -func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesApiService) GetVirtualizationPolicyById(ctx context.Context, policyId string) ApiGetVirtualizationPolicyByIdRequest { - return ApiGetVirtualizationPolicyByIdRequest{ +func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService) SearchVirtualizationPolicies(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchVirtualizationPoliciesRequest { + return ApiSearchVirtualizationPoliciesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, - policyId: policyId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return VirtualizationPolicy -func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesApiService) GetVirtualizationPolicyByIdExecute(r ApiGetVirtualizationPolicyByIdRequest) (*VirtualizationPolicy, *http.Response, error) { +// @return SearchVirtualizationPoliciesResponse +func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService) SearchVirtualizationPoliciesExecute(r ApiSearchVirtualizationPoliciesRequest) (*SearchVirtualizationPoliciesResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *VirtualizationPolicy + localVarReturnValue *SearchVirtualizationPoliciesResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VirtualizationPoliciesApiService.GetVirtualizationPolicyById") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService.SearchVirtualizationPolicies") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/virtualization-policies/{policyId}" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"policyId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.policyId, "policyId")), -1) + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/virtualization-policies/search" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if strlen(r.policyId) < 1 { - return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("policyId must have at least 1 elements") - } + if r.limit != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue + } + if r.cursor != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") + } + if r.sort != nil { + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") + } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -91,6 +1233,8 @@ func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesApiService) GetVirtualizationPolicyByIdExecute(r if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -142,81 +1286,91 @@ func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesApiService) GetVirtualizationPolicyByIdExecute(r return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiListVirtualizationPoliciesRequest struct { +type ApiSearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VirtualizationPoliciesApiService + ApiService *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService limit *int32 cursor *string sort *string + searchBody *SearchBody } // Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiListVirtualizationPoliciesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiListVirtualizationPoliciesRequest { +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsRequest { r.limit = &limit return r } // Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiListVirtualizationPoliciesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiListVirtualizationPoliciesRequest { +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsRequest { r.cursor = &cursor return r } // The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. -func (r ApiListVirtualizationPoliciesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiListVirtualizationPoliciesRequest { +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsRequest { r.sort = &sort return r } -func (r ApiListVirtualizationPoliciesRequest) Execute() (*ListVirtualizationPoliciesResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.ListVirtualizationPoliciesExecute(r) +// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsRequest { + r.searchBody = &searchBody + return r +} + +func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsRequest) Execute() (*SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsExecute(r) } /* -ListVirtualizationPolicies Fetch a list of all virtualization policies +SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargets Search Virtualization Policy Target Objects. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiListVirtualizationPoliciesRequest + @return ApiSearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsRequest */ -func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesApiService) ListVirtualizationPolicies(ctx context.Context) ApiListVirtualizationPoliciesRequest { - return ApiListVirtualizationPoliciesRequest{ +func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService) SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargets(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsRequest { + return ApiSearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return ListVirtualizationPoliciesResponse -func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesApiService) ListVirtualizationPoliciesExecute(r ApiListVirtualizationPoliciesRequest) (*ListVirtualizationPoliciesResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse +func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService) SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsExecute(r ApiSearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsRequest) (*SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *ListVirtualizationPoliciesResponse + localVarReturnValue *SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VirtualizationPoliciesApiService.ListVirtualizationPolicies") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService.SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargets") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/virtualization-policies" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/virtualization-policies/targets/search" localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "form", "") + } else { + var defaultValue int32 = 100 + r.limit = &defaultValue } if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "form", "") } if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "form", "") } // to determine the Content-Type header - localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} // set Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) @@ -232,6 +1386,8 @@ func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesApiService) ListVirtualizationPoliciesExecute(r A if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.searchBody if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { @@ -283,86 +1439,192 @@ func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesApiService) ListVirtualizationPoliciesExecute(r A return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiSearchVirtualizationPoliciesRequest struct { +type ApiUnapplyVirtualizationPolicyByIdOrNameRequest struct { ctx context.Context - ApiService *VirtualizationPoliciesApiService - limit *int32 - cursor *string - sort *string - searchBody *SearchBody + ApiService *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService + policyId string + policyTargetObject *[]PolicyTargetObject } -// Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. -func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationPoliciesRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiSearchVirtualizationPoliciesRequest { - r.limit = &limit +// The parameters to apply virtualization policy to a target. +func (r ApiUnapplyVirtualizationPolicyByIdOrNameRequest) PolicyTargetObject(policyTargetObject []PolicyTargetObject) ApiUnapplyVirtualizationPolicyByIdOrNameRequest { + r.policyTargetObject = &policyTargetObject return r } -// Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. -func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationPoliciesRequest) Cursor(cursor string) ApiSearchVirtualizationPoliciesRequest { - r.cursor = &cursor - return r +func (r ApiUnapplyVirtualizationPolicyByIdOrNameRequest) Execute() (*VirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UnapplyVirtualizationPolicyByIdOrNameExecute(r) } -// The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. -func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationPoliciesRequest) Sort(sort string) ApiSearchVirtualizationPoliciesRequest { - r.sort = &sort - return r +/* +UnapplyVirtualizationPolicyByIdOrName Unapply a virtualization policy to the given list of objects. + + @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). + @param policyId The ID of the Virtualization Policy. + @return ApiUnapplyVirtualizationPolicyByIdOrNameRequest +*/ +func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService) UnapplyVirtualizationPolicyByIdOrName(ctx context.Context, policyId string) ApiUnapplyVirtualizationPolicyByIdOrNameRequest { + return ApiUnapplyVirtualizationPolicyByIdOrNameRequest{ + ApiService: a, + ctx: ctx, + policyId: policyId, + } } -// A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of attributes which can be used in filter expressions is available in the x-filterable vendor extension. # Filter Expression Overview **Note: All keywords are case-insensitive** ## Comparison Operators | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | CONTAINS | Substring or membership testing for string and list attributes respectively. | field3 CONTAINS 'foobar', field4 CONTAINS TRUE | | IN | Tests if field is a member of a list literal. List can contain a maximum of 100 values | field2 IN ['Goku', 'Vegeta'] | | GE | Tests if a field is greater than or equal to a literal value | field1 GE 1.2e-2 | | GT | Tests if a field is greater than a literal value | field1 GT 1.2e-2 | | LE | Tests if a field is less than or equal to a literal value | field1 LE 9000 | | LT | Tests if a field is less than a literal value | field1 LT 9.02 | | NE | Tests if a field is not equal to a literal value | field1 NE 42 | | EQ | Tests if a field is equal to a literal value | field1 EQ 42 | ## Search Operator The SEARCH operator filters for items which have any filterable attribute that contains the input string as a substring, comparison is done case-insensitively. This is not restricted to attributes with string values. Specifically `SEARCH '12'` would match an item with an attribute with an integer value of `123`. ## Logical Operators Ordered by precedence. | Operator | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | NOT | Logical NOT (Right associative) | NOT field1 LE 9000 | | AND | Logical AND (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 AND field2 EQ 'Goku' | | OR | Logical OR (Left Associative) | field1 GT 9000 OR field2 EQ 'Goku' | ## Grouping Parenthesis `()` can be used to override operator precedence. For example: NOT (field1 LT 1234 AND field2 CONTAINS 'foo') ## Literal Values | Literal | Description | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Nil | Represents the absence of a value | nil, Nil, nIl, NIL | | Boolean | true/false boolean | true, false, True, False, TRUE, FALSE | | Number | Signed integer and floating point numbers. Also supports scientific notation. | 0, 1, -1, 1.2, 0.35, 1.2e-2, -1.2e+2 | | String | Single or double quoted | \"foo\", \"bar\", \"foo bar\", 'foo', 'bar', 'foo bar' | | Datetime | Formatted according to [RFC3339](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3339) | 2018-04-27T18:39:26.397237+00:00 | | List | Comma-separated literals wrapped in square brackets | [0], [0, 1], ['foo', \"bar\"] | ## Limitations - A maximum of 8 unique identifiers may be used inside a filter expression. -func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationPoliciesRequest) SearchBody(searchBody SearchBody) ApiSearchVirtualizationPoliciesRequest { - r.searchBody = &searchBody +// Execute executes the request +// @return VirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse +func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService) UnapplyVirtualizationPolicyByIdOrNameExecute(r ApiUnapplyVirtualizationPolicyByIdOrNameRequest) (*VirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse, *http.Response, error) { + var ( + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarPostBody interface{} + formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *VirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse + ) + + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService.UnapplyVirtualizationPolicyByIdOrName") + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + } + + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/virtualization-policies/{policyId}/unapply" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"policyId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.policyId, "policyId")), -1) + + localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) + localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} + localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if strlen(r.policyId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("policyId must have at least 1 elements") + } + + // to determine the Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Content-Type header + localVarHTTPContentType := selectHeaderContentType(localVarHTTPContentTypes) + if localVarHTTPContentType != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Content-Type"] = localVarHTTPContentType + } + + // to determine the Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts := []string{"application/json"} + + // set Accept header + localVarHTTPHeaderAccept := selectHeaderAccept(localVarHTTPHeaderAccepts) + if localVarHTTPHeaderAccept != "" { + localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept + } + // body params + localVarPostBody = r.policyTargetObject + if r.ctx != nil { + // API Key Authentication + if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { + if apiKey, ok := auth["ApiKeyAuth"]; ok { + var key string + if apiKey.Prefix != "" { + key = apiKey.Prefix + " " + apiKey.Key + } else { + key = apiKey.Key + } + localVarHeaderParams["Authorization"] = key + } + } + } + req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err + } + + localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) + if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + localVarBody, err := io.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) + localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() + localVarHTTPResponse.Body = io.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) + if err != nil { + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err + } + + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil +} + +type ApiUpdateVirtualizationPolicyRequest struct { + ctx context.Context + ApiService *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService + policyId string + updateVirtualizationPolicyParameters *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters +} + +func (r ApiUpdateVirtualizationPolicyRequest) UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters(updateVirtualizationPolicyParameters UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) ApiUpdateVirtualizationPolicyRequest { + r.updateVirtualizationPolicyParameters = &updateVirtualizationPolicyParameters return r } -func (r ApiSearchVirtualizationPoliciesRequest) Execute() (*SearchVirtualizationPoliciesResponse, *http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.SearchVirtualizationPoliciesExecute(r) +func (r ApiUpdateVirtualizationPolicyRequest) Execute() (*VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpdateVirtualizationPolicyExecute(r) } /* -SearchVirtualizationPolicies Search Virtualization Policies. +UpdateVirtualizationPolicy Update a VirtualizationPolicy. @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @return ApiSearchVirtualizationPoliciesRequest + @param policyId The ID of the Virtualization Policy. + @return ApiUpdateVirtualizationPolicyRequest */ -func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesApiService) SearchVirtualizationPolicies(ctx context.Context) ApiSearchVirtualizationPoliciesRequest { - return ApiSearchVirtualizationPoliciesRequest{ +func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService) UpdateVirtualizationPolicy(ctx context.Context, policyId string) ApiUpdateVirtualizationPolicyRequest { + return ApiUpdateVirtualizationPolicyRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, + policyId: policyId, } } // Execute executes the request -// @return SearchVirtualizationPoliciesResponse -func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesApiService) SearchVirtualizationPoliciesExecute(r ApiSearchVirtualizationPoliciesRequest) (*SearchVirtualizationPoliciesResponse, *http.Response, error) { +// @return VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse +func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService) UpdateVirtualizationPolicyExecute(r ApiUpdateVirtualizationPolicyRequest) (*VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse, *http.Response, error) { var ( - localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPost + localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPatch localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile - localVarReturnValue *SearchVirtualizationPoliciesResponse + localVarReturnValue *VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VirtualizationPoliciesApiService.SearchVirtualizationPolicies") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService.UpdateVirtualizationPolicy") if err != nil { return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/virtualization-policies/search" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/virtualization-policies/{policyId}" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"policyId"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterValueToString(r.policyId, "policyId")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - - if r.limit != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "limit", r.limit, "") - } - if r.cursor != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "cursor", r.cursor, "") + if strlen(r.policyId) < 1 { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("policyId must have at least 1 elements") } - if r.sort != nil { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(localVarQueryParams, "sort", r.sort, "") + if r.updateVirtualizationPolicyParameters == nil { + return localVarReturnValue, nil, reportError("updateVirtualizationPolicyParameters is required and must be specified") } + // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{"application/json"} @@ -381,7 +1643,7 @@ func (a *VirtualizationPoliciesApiService) SearchVirtualizationPoliciesExecute(r localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.searchBody + localVarPostBody = r.updateVirtualizationPolicyParameters if r.ctx != nil { // API Key Authentication if auth, ok := r.ctx.Value(ContextAPIKeys).(map[string]APIKey); ok { diff --git a/client.go b/client.go index 4a4f9984..e0ae91be 100644 --- a/client.go +++ b/client.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -36,13 +36,13 @@ import ( ) var ( - jsonCheck = regexp.MustCompile(`(?i:(?:application|text)/(?:vnd\.[^;]+\+)?json)`) - xmlCheck = regexp.MustCompile(`(?i:(?:application|text)/xml)`) + JsonCheck = regexp.MustCompile(`(?i:(?:application|text)/(?:[^;]+\+)?json)`) + XmlCheck = regexp.MustCompile(`(?i:(?:application|text)/(?:[^;]+\+)?xml)`) queryParamSplit = regexp.MustCompile(`(^|&)([^&]+)`) queryDescape = strings.NewReplacer( "%5B", "[", "%5D", "]" ) ) -// APIClient manages communication with the Delphix DCT API API v3.9.0 +// APIClient manages communication with the Delphix DCT API API v3.23.0 // In most cases there should be only one, shared, APIClient. type APIClient struct { cfg *Configuration @@ -50,79 +50,119 @@ type APIClient struct { // API Services - AccountsApi *AccountsApiService + AccountsAPI *AccountsAPIService - AlgorithmsApi *AlgorithmsApiService + AiGenerateAPI *AiGenerateAPIService - AuthorizationApi *AuthorizationApiService + AiManagementAPI *AiManagementAPIService - BookmarksApi *BookmarksApiService + AlgorithmsAPI *AlgorithmsAPIService - CDBsApi *CDBsApiService + AuthorizationAPI *AuthorizationAPIService - ConnectivityApi *ConnectivityApiService + BookmarksAPI *BookmarksAPIService - ConnectorsApi *ConnectorsApiService + CDBsAPI *CDBsAPIService - DSourcesApi *DSourcesApiService + ClassifiersAPI *ClassifiersAPIService - DatabaseTemplatesApi *DatabaseTemplatesApiService + ComplianceJobCollectionsAPI *ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService - EnvironmentsApi *EnvironmentsApiService + ComplianceJobsAPI *ComplianceJobsAPIService - ExecutionsApi *ExecutionsApiService + ConnectivityAPI *ConnectivityAPIService - FeatureFlagApi *FeatureFlagApiService + ConnectorsAPI *ConnectorsAPIService - GroupsApi *GroupsApiService + DSourcesAPI *DSourcesAPIService - HyperscaleInstanceApi *HyperscaleInstanceApiService + DataClassesAPI *DataClassesAPIService - HyperscaleObjectsApi *HyperscaleObjectsApiService + DataConnectionsAPI *DataConnectionsAPIService - JobsApi *JobsApiService + DataLayoutsAPI *DataLayoutsAPIService - KerberosConfigApi *KerberosConfigApiService + DatabaseTemplatesAPI *DatabaseTemplatesAPIService - LoginApi *LoginApiService + DiscoveryExpressionsAPI *DiscoveryExpressionsAPIService - ManagementApi *ManagementApiService + DiscoveryPoliciesAPI *DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService - MaskingEnvironmentsApi *MaskingEnvironmentsApiService + EnvironmentsAPI *EnvironmentsAPIService - MaskingFilesApi *MaskingFilesApiService + ExecutionsAPI *ExecutionsAPIService - MaskingJobsApi *MaskingJobsApiService + GroupsAPI *GroupsAPIService - MaskingPluginsApi *MaskingPluginsApiService + HeldSpaceAPI *HeldSpaceAPIService - PasswordVaultsApi *PasswordVaultsApiService + HookTemplatesAPI *HookTemplatesAPIService - ReplicationApi *ReplicationApiService + HyperscaleInstanceAPI *HyperscaleInstanceAPIService - ReportingApi *ReportingApiService + HyperscaleObjectsAPI *HyperscaleObjectsAPIService - SamlLoginApi *SamlLoginApiService + JobCollectionExecutionsAPI *JobCollectionExecutionsAPIService - SnapshotsApi *SnapshotsApiService + JobsAPI *JobsAPIService - SourcesApi *SourcesApiService + KerberosConfigAPI *KerberosConfigAPIService - StagingSourcesApi *StagingSourcesApiService + LicenseAPI *LicenseAPIService - TestApi *TestApiService + LoginAPI *LoginAPIService - TimeflowsApi *TimeflowsApiService + ManagementAPI *ManagementAPIService - ToolkitsApi *ToolkitsApiService + MaskingEnvironmentsAPI *MaskingEnvironmentsAPIService - VCDBsApi *VCDBsApiService + MaskingFilesAPI *MaskingFilesAPIService - VDBGroupsApi *VDBGroupsApiService + MaskingJobsAPI *MaskingJobsAPIService - VDBsApi *VDBsApiService + NamespaceAPI *NamespaceAPIService - VirtualizationPoliciesApi *VirtualizationPoliciesApiService + NetworkPerformanceToolAPI *NetworkPerformanceToolAPIService + + PasswordVaultsAPI *PasswordVaultsAPIService + + ReplicationAPI *ReplicationAPIService + + ReportingAPI *ReportingAPIService + + RuleSetsAPI *RuleSetsAPIService + + SamlLoginAPI *SamlLoginAPIService + + SnapshotsAPI *SnapshotsAPIService + + SourcesAPI *SourcesAPIService + + StagingSourcesAPI *StagingSourcesAPIService + + StorageUsageAPI *StorageUsageAPIService + + TagsAPI *TagsAPIService + + TimeflowsAPI *TimeflowsAPIService + + ToolkitsAPI *ToolkitsAPIService + + VCDBsAPI *VCDBsAPIService + + VDBGroupsAPI *VDBGroupsAPIService + + VDBsAPI *VDBsAPIService + + VirtualizationActionsAPI *VirtualizationActionsAPIService + + VirtualizationAlertsAPI *VirtualizationAlertsAPIService + + VirtualizationFaultsAPI *VirtualizationFaultsAPIService + + VirtualizationJobsAPI *VirtualizationJobsAPIService + + VirtualizationPoliciesAPI *VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService } type service struct { @@ -141,43 +181,63 @@ func NewAPIClient(cfg *Configuration) *APIClient { c.common.client = c // API Services - c.AccountsApi = (*AccountsApiService)(&c.common) - c.AlgorithmsApi = (*AlgorithmsApiService)(&c.common) - c.AuthorizationApi = (*AuthorizationApiService)(&c.common) - c.BookmarksApi = (*BookmarksApiService)(&c.common) - c.CDBsApi = (*CDBsApiService)(&c.common) - c.ConnectivityApi = (*ConnectivityApiService)(&c.common) - c.ConnectorsApi = (*ConnectorsApiService)(&c.common) - c.DSourcesApi = (*DSourcesApiService)(&c.common) - c.DatabaseTemplatesApi = (*DatabaseTemplatesApiService)(&c.common) - c.EnvironmentsApi = (*EnvironmentsApiService)(&c.common) - c.ExecutionsApi = (*ExecutionsApiService)(&c.common) - c.FeatureFlagApi = (*FeatureFlagApiService)(&c.common) - c.GroupsApi = (*GroupsApiService)(&c.common) - c.HyperscaleInstanceApi = (*HyperscaleInstanceApiService)(&c.common) - c.HyperscaleObjectsApi = (*HyperscaleObjectsApiService)(&c.common) - c.JobsApi = (*JobsApiService)(&c.common) - c.KerberosConfigApi = (*KerberosConfigApiService)(&c.common) - c.LoginApi = (*LoginApiService)(&c.common) - c.ManagementApi = (*ManagementApiService)(&c.common) - c.MaskingEnvironmentsApi = (*MaskingEnvironmentsApiService)(&c.common) - c.MaskingFilesApi = (*MaskingFilesApiService)(&c.common) - c.MaskingJobsApi = (*MaskingJobsApiService)(&c.common) - c.MaskingPluginsApi = (*MaskingPluginsApiService)(&c.common) - c.PasswordVaultsApi = (*PasswordVaultsApiService)(&c.common) - c.ReplicationApi = (*ReplicationApiService)(&c.common) - c.ReportingApi = (*ReportingApiService)(&c.common) - c.SamlLoginApi = (*SamlLoginApiService)(&c.common) - c.SnapshotsApi = (*SnapshotsApiService)(&c.common) - c.SourcesApi = (*SourcesApiService)(&c.common) - c.StagingSourcesApi = (*StagingSourcesApiService)(&c.common) - c.TestApi = (*TestApiService)(&c.common) - c.TimeflowsApi = (*TimeflowsApiService)(&c.common) - c.ToolkitsApi = (*ToolkitsApiService)(&c.common) - c.VCDBsApi = (*VCDBsApiService)(&c.common) - c.VDBGroupsApi = (*VDBGroupsApiService)(&c.common) - c.VDBsApi = (*VDBsApiService)(&c.common) - c.VirtualizationPoliciesApi = (*VirtualizationPoliciesApiService)(&c.common) + c.AccountsAPI = (*AccountsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.AiGenerateAPI = (*AiGenerateAPIService)(&c.common) + c.AiManagementAPI = (*AiManagementAPIService)(&c.common) + c.AlgorithmsAPI = (*AlgorithmsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.AuthorizationAPI = (*AuthorizationAPIService)(&c.common) + c.BookmarksAPI = (*BookmarksAPIService)(&c.common) + c.CDBsAPI = (*CDBsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.ClassifiersAPI = (*ClassifiersAPIService)(&c.common) + c.ComplianceJobCollectionsAPI = (*ComplianceJobCollectionsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.ComplianceJobsAPI = (*ComplianceJobsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.ConnectivityAPI = (*ConnectivityAPIService)(&c.common) + c.ConnectorsAPI = (*ConnectorsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.DSourcesAPI = (*DSourcesAPIService)(&c.common) + c.DataClassesAPI = (*DataClassesAPIService)(&c.common) + c.DataConnectionsAPI = (*DataConnectionsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.DataLayoutsAPI = (*DataLayoutsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.DatabaseTemplatesAPI = (*DatabaseTemplatesAPIService)(&c.common) + c.DiscoveryExpressionsAPI = (*DiscoveryExpressionsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.DiscoveryPoliciesAPI = (*DiscoveryPoliciesAPIService)(&c.common) + c.EnvironmentsAPI = (*EnvironmentsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.ExecutionsAPI = (*ExecutionsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.GroupsAPI = (*GroupsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.HeldSpaceAPI = (*HeldSpaceAPIService)(&c.common) + c.HookTemplatesAPI = (*HookTemplatesAPIService)(&c.common) + c.HyperscaleInstanceAPI = (*HyperscaleInstanceAPIService)(&c.common) + c.HyperscaleObjectsAPI = (*HyperscaleObjectsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.JobCollectionExecutionsAPI = (*JobCollectionExecutionsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.JobsAPI = (*JobsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.KerberosConfigAPI = (*KerberosConfigAPIService)(&c.common) + c.LicenseAPI = (*LicenseAPIService)(&c.common) + c.LoginAPI = (*LoginAPIService)(&c.common) + c.ManagementAPI = (*ManagementAPIService)(&c.common) + c.MaskingEnvironmentsAPI = (*MaskingEnvironmentsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.MaskingFilesAPI = (*MaskingFilesAPIService)(&c.common) + c.MaskingJobsAPI = (*MaskingJobsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.NamespaceAPI = (*NamespaceAPIService)(&c.common) + c.NetworkPerformanceToolAPI = (*NetworkPerformanceToolAPIService)(&c.common) + c.PasswordVaultsAPI = (*PasswordVaultsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.ReplicationAPI = (*ReplicationAPIService)(&c.common) + c.ReportingAPI = (*ReportingAPIService)(&c.common) + c.RuleSetsAPI = (*RuleSetsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.SamlLoginAPI = (*SamlLoginAPIService)(&c.common) + c.SnapshotsAPI = (*SnapshotsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.SourcesAPI = (*SourcesAPIService)(&c.common) + c.StagingSourcesAPI = (*StagingSourcesAPIService)(&c.common) + c.StorageUsageAPI = (*StorageUsageAPIService)(&c.common) + c.TagsAPI = (*TagsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.TimeflowsAPI = (*TimeflowsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.ToolkitsAPI = (*ToolkitsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.VCDBsAPI = (*VCDBsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.VDBGroupsAPI = (*VDBGroupsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.VDBsAPI = (*VDBsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.VirtualizationActionsAPI = (*VirtualizationActionsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.VirtualizationAlertsAPI = (*VirtualizationAlertsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.VirtualizationFaultsAPI = (*VirtualizationFaultsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.VirtualizationJobsAPI = (*VirtualizationJobsAPIService)(&c.common) + c.VirtualizationPoliciesAPI = (*VirtualizationPoliciesAPIService)(&c.common) return c } @@ -251,7 +311,7 @@ func parameterValueToString( obj interface{}, key string ) string { // parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery adds the provided object to the request header or url query // supporting deep object syntax -func parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(headerOrQueryParams interface{}, keyPrefix string, obj interface{}, collectionType string) { +func parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(headerOrQueryParams interface{}, keyPrefix string, obj interface{}, style string, collectionType string) { var v = reflect.ValueOf(obj) var value = "" if v == reflect.ValueOf(nil) { @@ -267,11 +327,11 @@ func parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(headerOrQueryParams interface{}, keyPrefix stri if err != nil { return } - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(headerOrQueryParams, keyPrefix, dataMap, collectionType) + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(headerOrQueryParams, keyPrefix, dataMap, style, collectionType) return } if t, ok := obj.(time.Time); ok { - parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(headerOrQueryParams, keyPrefix, t.Format(time.RFC3339), collectionType) + parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(headerOrQueryParams, keyPrefix, t.Format(time.RFC3339Nano), style, collectionType) return } value = v.Type().String() + " value" @@ -283,7 +343,11 @@ func parameterAddToHeaderOrQuery(headerOrQueryParams interface{}, keyPrefix stri var lenIndValue = indValue.Len() for i:=0;i for all VDBs or sequentially. Below + are possible valid and invalid orderings given an example
+ VDB group with 3 vdbs (A, B, and C).
Valid:
{"vdb_id":"vdb-1", + "order":"1"} {"vdb_id":"vdb-2", order:"1"} {vdb_id:"vdb-3", order:"1"} + (parallel)
{vdb_id:"vdb-1", order:"1"} {vdb_id:"vdb-2", order:"2"} + {vdb_id:"vdb-3", order:"3"} (sequential)
Invalid:
{vdb_id:"vdb-1", + order:"A"} {vdb_id:"vdb-2", order:"B"} {vdb_id:"vdb-3", order:"C"} + (sequential)

In the sequential case the vdbs with priority + 1 is the first to be started and the last to
be stopped. This + value is set on creation of VDB groups. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/CreateVDBGroupOrder' + tags: + maxItems: 1000 + minItems: 1 + type: array + description: The tags to be created for VDB Group. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + make_current_account_owner: + type: boolean + description: Whether the account creating this VDB group must be + configured as owner of the VDB group. + default: true + refresh_immediately: + type: boolean + description: If true, VDB Group will be refreshed immediately after + creation. + default: false + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: VDB Group Created. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: CreateVDBGroupResponse + type: object + properties: + vdb_group: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VDBGroup' + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + /vdb-groups/provision_from_bookmark: + post: + tags: + - VDBGroups + summary: Provision a new VDB Group from a Bookmark. + operationId: provision_vdb_group_from_bookmark + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmark' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkResponse + type: object + properties: + vdb_group: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VDBGroup' + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + /vdb-groups/search: + post: + tags: + - VDBGroups + summary: Search for VDB Groups. + operationId: search_vdb_groups + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vdbGroupsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchVDBGroupResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VDBGroup' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: fields: id: type: string - hyperscale_instance_id: - type: string name: type: string - hostname: - type: string - mount_type: + is_locked: + type: boolean + locked_by: + type: integer + format: int64 + locked_by_name: type: string - mount_path: + vdb_group_source: type: string - options: + ss_data_layout_id: type: string - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleMountPointsSortParam' + vdb_ids: + type: array[string] + /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}: + get: + tags: + - VDBGroups + summary: Get a VDB Group by name. + operationId: get_vdb_group + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VDBGroup' + delete: + tags: + - VDBGroups + summary: Delete a VDBGoup. + operationId: delete_vdb_group + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + patch: + tags: + - VDBGroups + summary: Update values of a VDB group. + operationId: update_vdb_group_by_id requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + description: The new data to update a VDB group. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/UpdateVDBGroupParameters' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: UpdateVDBGroupResponse type: object - title: SearchHyperscaleMountPointsResponse - properties: - items: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleMountPoint' - response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /hyperscale-connectors: + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/VDBGroup' + - type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vdbGroupIdParam' + /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/latest-snapshots: get: tags: - - HyperscaleObjects - summary: Returns a list of Hyperscale Connectors. - operationId: get_hyperscale_connectors - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleConnectorsSortParam' + - VDBGroups + summary: Get latest snapshot of all the vdbs in VDB Group. + operationId: get_vdb_group_vdbs_latest_snapshots responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: LatestSnapshotsResponse type: object - title: ListHyperscaleConnectorsResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleConnector' - response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Snapshot' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vdbGroupIdParam' + /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/timestamp-summary: post: tags: - - HyperscaleObjects - summary: Create a Hyperscale Connector. - operationId: create_hyperscale_connector + - VDBGroups + summary: Get timestamp summary of all the vdbs in VDB Group. + operationId: get_vdb_group_timestamp_summary requestBody: content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: hyperscale_connector - $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleConnector' - required: true + title: VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest + type: object + properties: + timestamp: + type: string + description: The timestamp to get the summary for. + format: date-time + vdb_ids: + minItems: 1 + uniqueItems: true + type: array + description: vdb ids for which summary is needed. + items: + type: string + mode: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/RefreshModeEnum' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: VdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse type: object - title: CreateHyperscaleConnectorResponse properties: - id: - type: string - description: The created Hyperscale Connector's ID. job: $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - description: The initiated job. - /hyperscale-connectors/{hyperscaleConnectorId}: parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleConnectorIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vdbGroupIdParam' + /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/tags: get: tags: - - HyperscaleObjects - summary: Get a Hyperscale Connector. - operationId: get_hyperscale_connector_by_id + - VDBGroups + summary: Get tags for a VDB Group. + operationId: get_vdb_group_tags responses: '200': - description: OK + description: Ok content: application/json: schema: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleConnector' - patch: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + post: tags: - - HyperscaleObjects - summary: Update a Hyperscale Connector by ID. - operationId: update_hyperscale_connector_by_id + - VDBGroups + summary: Create tags for a VDB Group. + operationId: create_vdb_groups_tags requestBody: + description: Tags information for VDB Group. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: update_hyperscale_connector_parameter - $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleConnectorUpdateParameters' - description: The new data to update a Hyperscale Connector. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vdbGroupIdParam' + /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/tags/delete: + post: + tags: + - VDBGroups + summary: Delete tags for a VDB Group. + operationId: delete_vdb_group_tags + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vdbGroupIdParam' + /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/refresh: + post: + tags: + - VDBGroups + summary: Refresh a VDB Group from bookmark. + description: This API is marked as deprecated in favour of renamed API '/vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/refresh_from_bookmark' + operationId: refresh_vdb_group + requestBody: + description: The parameters to refresh a VDB Group. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/RefreshVDBGroupParameters' responses: '200': - description: OK + description: VDB Group refresh initiated. content: application/json: schema: + title: RefreshVDBGroupResponse type: object - title: UpdateHyperscaleConnectorResponse properties: job: $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - delete: + deprecated: true + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vdbGroupIdParam' + /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/refresh_from_bookmark: + post: tags: - - HyperscaleObjects - summary: Delete a Hyperscale Connector. - operationId: delete_hyperscale_connector + - VDBGroups + summary: Refresh a VDB Group from bookmark. + operationId: refresh_vdb_group_from_bookmark + requestBody: + description: The parameters to refresh a VDB Group. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/RefreshVDBGroupParameters' responses: '200': - description: OK + description: VDB Group refresh initiated. content: application/json: schema: + title: RefreshVDBGroupResponse type: object - title: DeleteHyperscaleConnectorResponse properties: job: $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - description: The initiated job. - /hyperscale-connectors/{hyperscaleConnectorId}/tags: parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleConnectorIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vdbGroupIdParam' + /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/refresh_by_snapshot: post: tags: - - HyperscaleObjects - summary: Create tags for a Hyperscale Connector. - operationId: create_hyperscale_connector_tags + - VDBGroups + summary: Refresh a VDB Group by snapshot. + operationId: refresh_vdb_group_by_snapshot requestBody: + description: The parameters to refresh a VDB Group by snapshot. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: hyperscale_connector_tags - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsRequest" - description: Tag information for a Hyperscale Connector. - required: true + $ref: '#/components/schemas/RefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters' responses: - '201': - description: Created + '200': + description: VDB Group refresh initiated. content: application/json: schema: + title: RefreshVDBGroupResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" - get: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vdbGroupIdParam' + /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/refresh_by_timestamp: + post: tags: - - HyperscaleObjects - summary: Get tags for a Hyperscale Connector. - operationId: get_hyperscale_connector_tags + - VDBGroups + summary: Refresh a VDB Group by timestamp. + operationId: refresh_vdb_group_by_timestamp + requestBody: + description: The parameters to refresh a VDB Group by timestamp. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters' responses: '200': - description: Ok + description: VDB Group refresh initiated. content: application/json: schema: + title: RefreshVDBGroupResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" - /hyperscale-connectors/{hyperscaleConnectorId}/tags/delete: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleConnectorIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vdbGroupIdParam' + /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/rollback: post: tags: - - HyperscaleObjects - summary: Delete tags for a Hyperscale Connector. - operationId: delete_hyperscale_connector_tags + - VDBGroups + summary: Rollback a VDB Group from a bookmark. + description: This API is marked as deprecated in favour of API '/vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/refresh_from_bookmark' + operationId: rollback_vdb_group requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags" + description: The parameters to rollback a VDB Group. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/RollbackVDBGroupParameters' responses: - '204': - description: No Content - /hyperscale-connectors/search: - post: - summary: Search for Hyperscale Connectors. - operationId: search_hyperscale_connectors + '200': + description: VDB Group rollback initiated. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: RollbackVDBGroupResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + deprecated: true + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vdbGroupIdParam' + /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/bookmarks: + get: tags: - - HyperscaleObjects - x-filterable: - fields: - id: - type: string - hyperscale_instance_id: - type: string - data_type: - type: string - source_username: - type: string - source_jdbc_url: - type: string - source_mongo_url: - type: string - source_filesystem_path: - type: string - target_username: - type: string - target_jdbc_url: - type: string - target_mongo_url: - type: string - target_filesystem_path: - type: string - tags: - type: array[object] - fields: - key: - type: string - value: - type: string + - VDBGroups + summary: List bookmarks compatible with this VDB Group. + operationId: get_bookmarks_by_vdb_group parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleConnectorsSortParam' - requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/bookmarksSortParam' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: ListBookmarksByVDBGroupsResponse type: object - title: SearchHyperscaleConnectorsResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleConnector' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Bookmark' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /hyperscale-datasets: - get: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vdbGroupIdParam' + /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/bookmarks/search: + post: tags: - - HyperscaleObjects - summary: Returns a list of Hyperscale Datasets. - operationId: get_hyperscale_datasets + - VDBGroups + summary: Search for bookmarks compatible with this VDB Group. + operationId: search_bookmarks_by_vdb_group parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleDatasetsSortParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/bookmarksSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: SearchBookmarksByVDBGroupsResponse type: object - title: ListHyperscaleDatasetsResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleDataset' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Bookmark' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId}: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + vdb_group_name: + type: string + creation_date: + type: string + vdb_ids: + type: array[string] + retention: + type: integer + expiration: + type: string + ss_data_layout_id: + type: string + ss_bookmark_reference: + type: string + ss_bookmark_errors: + type: array[string] + vdbs: + type: array[object] + fields: + vdb_id: + type: string + vdb_name: + type: string + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleDatasetIdParam' - get: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vdbGroupIdParam' + /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/lock: + post: tags: - - HyperscaleObjects - summary: Get a Hyperscale Dataset. - operationId: get_hyperscale_dataset_by_id + - VDBGroups + summary: Lock a VDB Group. + operationId: lock_vdb_group + requestBody: + description: The parameters to lock a VDB Group. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: LockVDBGroupParameters + type: object + properties: + account_id: + type: integer + description: Id of the account on whose behalf this request is being + made. Only accounts having LOCK_FOR_OTHER_ACCOUNT permission can + lock VDB Groups on behalf of other accounts. If this property + is not specified then the account id of the authenticated user + making the request is used. + format: int64 + required: true responses: '200': - description: OK + description: VDB Group is locked. content: application/json: schema: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleDataset' - patch: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VDBGroup' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vdbGroupIdParam' + /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/unlock: + post: tags: - - HyperscaleObjects - summary: Update a Hyperscale Dataset by ID. - operationId: update_hyperscale_dataset_by_id + - VDBGroups + summary: Unlock a VDB Group. + operationId: unlock_vdb_group + responses: + '200': + description: VDB Group is unlocked. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VDBGroup' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vdbGroupIdParam' + /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/start: + post: + tags: + - VDBGroups + summary: Start a VDB Group. + operationId: start_vdb_group requestBody: + description: The parameters to start a VDB Group. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: update_hyperscale_dataset_parameter - $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleDatasetUpdateParameters' - description: The new data to update a Hyperscale Dataset. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/StartVDBGroupParameters' responses: '200': - description: OK + description: VDB Group start is initiated. content: application/json: schema: + title: StartVDBGroupResponse type: object - title: UpdateHyperscaleDatasetResponse properties: job: $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId}/tags: parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleDatasetIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vdbGroupIdParam' + /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/stop: post: tags: - - HyperscaleObjects - summary: Create tags for a Hyperscale Dataset. - operationId: create_hyperscale_dataset_tags + - VDBGroups + summary: Stop a VDB Group. + operationId: stop_vdb_group requestBody: + description: The parameters to stop a VDB Group. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: hyperscale_dataset_tags - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsRequest" - description: Tag information for a Hyperscale Dataset. - required: true + $ref: '#/components/schemas/StopVDBGroupParameters' responses: - '201': - description: Created + '200': + description: VDB Group stop is initiated. content: application/json: schema: + title: StopVDBGroupResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" - get: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vdbGroupIdParam' + /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/enable: + post: tags: - - HyperscaleObjects - summary: Get tags for a Hyperscale Dataset. - operationId: get_hyperscale_dataset_tags + - VDBGroups + summary: Enable a VDB Group. + operationId: enable_vdb_group + requestBody: + description: The parameters to enable a VDB Group. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EnableVDBGroupParameters' responses: '200': - description: Ok + description: VDB Group enable is initiated. content: application/json: schema: + title: EnableVDBGroupResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" - /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId}/tags/delete: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleDatasetIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vdbGroupIdParam' + /vdb-groups/{vdbGroupId}/disable: post: tags: - - HyperscaleObjects - summary: Delete tags for a Hyperscale Dataset. - operationId: delete_hyperscale_dataset_tags + - VDBGroups + summary: Disable a VDB Group. + operationId: disable_vdb_group requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags" + description: The parameters to disable a VDB Group. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DisableVDBGroupParameters' responses: - '204': - description: No Content - /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId}/tables-or-files/{hyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileId}: + '200': + description: VDB Group disable is initiated. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: DisableVDBGroupResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleDatasetIdParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vdbGroupIdParam' + /snapshots: get: tags: - - HyperscaleObjects - summary: Get a Hyperscale Dataset table or file by ID. - operationId: get_hyperscale_dataset_table_or_file_by_id + - Snapshots + summary: Retrieve the list of snapshots. + operationId: get_snapshots + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/snapshotsSortParam' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleDatasetTableOrFile' - patch: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ListSnapshotsResponse' + /snapshots/{snapshotId}: + get: tags: - - HyperscaleObjects - summary: Update a Hyperscale Dataset table or file by ID. - operationId: update_hyperscale_dataset_table_or_file_by_id - requestBody: - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: update_hyperscale_dataset_table_or_file_parameter - $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileUpdateParameters' - description: The new data to update a Hyperscale Dataset table or file. + - Snapshots + summary: Get a Snapshot by ID. + operationId: get_snapshot_by_id responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Snapshot' + delete: + tags: + - Snapshots + summary: Delete a Snapshot. + operationId: delete_snapshot + responses: + '200': + description: Snapshot delete initiated. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: DeleteSnapshotResponse type: object - title: UpdateHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileResponse properties: job: $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId}/tables-or-files: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleDatasetIdParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesSortParam' - get: + deprecated: true + patch: tags: - - HyperscaleObjects - summary: Get the tables or files of a hyperscale dataset - operationId: get_hyperscale_dataset_tables_or_files + - Snapshots + summary: Update values of a Snapshot. + operationId: update_snapshot + requestBody: + description: The new data to update a Snapshot. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/UpdateSnapshotParameters' responses: '200': - description: OK + description: Snapshot update initiated. content: application/json: schema: + title: UpdateSnapshotResponse type: object - title: ListHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesResponse properties: - items: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleDatasetTableOrFile' - response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId}/tables-or-files/search: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleDatasetIdParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesSortParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/snapshotIdParam' + /snapshots/{snapshotId}/delete: post: tags: - - HyperscaleObjects - x-filterable: - fields: - id: - type: string - schema_name: - type: string - table_name: - type: string - filter_key: - type: string - column_array_rows: - type: integer - unload_split: - type: integer - stream_size: - type: integer - masking_inventory: - type: array[object] - fields: - field_name: - type: string - domain_name: - type: string - algorithm_name: - type: string - date_format: - type: string - algorithm_field_name: - type: string - algorithm_group_no: - type: integer - summary: Search the tables or files of a hyperscale dataset - operationId: search_hyperscale_dataset_tables_or_files + - Snapshots + summary: Delete a Snapshot. + operationId: delete_snapshot_by_id requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + description: The parameters to delete a Snapshot. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DeleteSnapshotParameters' responses: '200': - description: OK + description: Snapshot delete initiated. content: application/json: schema: + title: DeleteSnapshotResponse type: object - title: SearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesResponse properties: - items: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleDatasetTableOrFile' - response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /hyperscale-datasets/search: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/snapshotIdParam' + /snapshots/{snapshotId}/unset_expiration: post: - summary: Search for Hyperscale Datasets. - operationId: search_hyperscale_datasets tags: - - HyperscaleObjects - x-filterable: - fields: - id: - type: string - hyperscale_instance_id: - type: string - data_type: - type: string - mount_point_id: - type: string - connector_id: - type: string - tags: - type: array[object] - fields: - key: - type: string - value: - type: string - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleDatasetsSortParam' - requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + - Snapshots + summary: Unset a Snapshot's expiration, removing expiration and retain_forever + values for the snapshot. + operationId: unset_snapshot_retention responses: '200': - description: OK + description: Snapshot unset retention initiated. content: application/json: schema: + title: UnsetSnapshotRetentionResponse type: object - title: SearchHyperscaleDatasetsResponse properties: - items: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleDataset' - response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /management/engines: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/snapshotIdParam' + /snapshots/{snapshotId}/tags: + get: + tags: + - Snapshots + summary: Get tags for a Snapshot. + operationId: get_snapshot_tags + responses: + '200': + description: Ok + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' post: tags: - - Management - summary: Register an engine. - operationId: register_engine + - Snapshots + summary: Create tags for a Snapshot. + operationId: create_snapshot_tags requestBody: + description: Tags information for Snapshot. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: registered_engine - $ref: "#/components/schemas/EngineRegistrationParameter" - description: The parameters to register an engine. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' required: true responses: '201': @@ -5141,787 +5325,886 @@ paths: content: application/json: schema: - type: object - $ref: '#/components/schemas/RegisteredEngine' - get: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/snapshotIdParam' + /snapshots/{snapshotId}/tags/delete: + post: tags: - - Management - summary: Returns a list of registered engines. - operationId: get_registered_engines - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/engineSortParam' + - Snapshots + summary: Delete tags for a Snapshot. + operationId: delete_snapshot_tags + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' responses: - '200': - description: OK - content: - application/json: - schema: - type: object - title: ListRegisteredEnginesResponse - properties: - items: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/RegisteredEngine' - response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - - /jobs: - get: - summary: List all jobs. - operationId: get_jobs + '204': + description: No Content + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/snapshotIdParam' + /snapshots/search: + post: tags: - - Jobs + - Snapshots + summary: Search snapshots. + operationId: search_snapshots parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/jobsSortParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/snapshotsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: SearchSnapshotsResponse type: object - title: ListJobsResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - errors: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Errors' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Snapshot' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /jobs/search: - post: - summary: Search for jobs. - operationId: search_jobs - tags: - - Jobs + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' x-filterable: fields: id: type: string - status: + engine_id: type: string - type: + namespace: type: string - localized_type: + name: type: string - target_id: + namespace_id: type: string - target_name: + namespace_name: type: string - start_time: + is_replica: + type: boolean + consistency: type: string - update_time: + missing_non_logged_data: + type: boolean + dataset_id: type: string - error_details: + creation_time: type: string - trace_id: + start_timestamp: type: string - engine_ids: - type: array[string] - deprecated: true - engines: - type: array[object] - fields: - engine_id: - type: string - engine_name: - type: string - account_id: - type: int - account_name: + start_location: type: string - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/jobsSortParam' - requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + timestamp: + type: string + location: + type: string + expiration: + type: date + retain_forever: + type: boolean + effective_expiration: + type: date + effective_retain_forever: + type: boolean + timeflow_id: + type: string + timezone: + type: string + version: + type: string + temporary: + type: boolean + appdata_toolkit: + type: string + appdata_metadata: + type: string + ase_db_encryption_key: + type: string + mssql_internal_version: + type: integer + mssql_backup_set_uuid: + type: string + mssql_backup_software_type: + type: string + mssql_backup_location_type: + type: string + mssql_empty_snapshot: + type: boolean + oracle_from_physical_standby_vdb: + type: boolean + oracle_redo_log_size_in_bytes: + type: integer + /snapshots/find_by_location: + get: + tags: + - Snapshots + summary: Get the snapshots at this location for a dataset. + operationId: find_by_location responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: FindByLocationResponse type: object - title: SearchJobsResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /jobs/{jobId}: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Snapshot' parameters: - - in: path - name: jobId - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - required: true - description: The ID of the job. + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/datasetIdQueryParam' + - name: location + in: query + description: The location + required: true + style: form + explode: true + schema: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + example: 2332584 + /snapshots/find_by_timestamp: get: - summary: Returns a job by ID. - operationId: get_job_by_id tags: - - Jobs + - Snapshots + summary: Get the snapshots at this timestamp for a dataset. + operationId: find_by_timestamp responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - /jobs/{jobId}/abandon: + title: FindByTimestampResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Snapshot' parameters: - - in: path - name: jobId - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - required: true - description: The ID of the job. - post: - summary: Abandons a job. - description: > - Abandoning a job means that the system will no longer track ongoing - progress. The system will not attempt to stop the process in any way. - The job will be moved to the ABANDONED terminal state. - operationId: abandon_job + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/datasetIdQueryParam' + - name: timestamp + in: query + description: The desired point in time. + required: true + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + format: date-time + example: 2021-05-01T08:51:34.148Z + /snapshots/{snapshotId}/timeflow_range: + get: tags: - - Jobs + - Snapshots + summary: Return the provisionable timeflow range based on a specific snapshot. + operationId: get_snapshot_timeflow_range responses: - '204': - description: No Content - /jobs/{jobId}/tags: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TimeflowRange' parameters: - - in: path - name: jobId - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - required: true - description: The ID of the job. - post: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/snapshotIdParam' + /snapshots/{snapshotId}/runtime: + get: tags: - - Jobs - summary: Create tags for a Job. - operationId: create_job_tags - requestBody: - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: job_tags - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsRequest" - description: Tags information for Job. - required: true + - Snapshots + summary: Get a runtime object of a snapshot by id + operationId: get_snapshot_runtime_by_id responses: - '201': - description: Created + '200': + description: OK content: application/json: schema: - type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SnapshotRuntime' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/snapshotIdParam' + /snapshots/capacity: get: tags: - - Jobs - summary: Get tags for a Job. - operationId: get_job_tags + - Snapshots + summary: Lists capacity metrics for all snapshots of dataset or the engine. + operationId: get_snapshots_capacity_data responses: '200': - description: Ok + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SnapshotCapacityResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/engineIdQueryParam' + - name: dataset_id + in: query + description: The ID of the dSource or VDB. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + example: dataset-123 + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + /snapshots/shared-space: + get: + tags: + - Snapshots + summary: API to fetch the shared snapshot space. + operationId: get_shared_snapshot_space + responses: + '200': + description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: SharedSnapshotSpaceResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" - /jobs/{jobId}/tags/delete: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' parameters: - - in: path - name: jobId - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - required: true - description: The ID of the job. - post: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/datasetIdQueryParam' + /snapshots/{snapshotId}/deletion-dependencies: + get: tags: - - Jobs - summary: Delete tags for a Job. - operationId: delete_job_tag - requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags" - required: false + - Snapshots + summary: Get deletion dependencies for a snapshot. + operationId: get_snapshot_deletion_dependencies responses: - '204': - description: No Content - /management/engines/{engineId}: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse' parameters: - - $ref: "#/components/parameters/engineIdParam" + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/snapshotIdParam' + /timeflows: get: tags: - - Management - summary: Returns a registered engine by ID. - operationId: get_registered_engine + - Timeflows + summary: Retrieve the list of timeflows. + operationId: get_timeflows + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/timeflowsSortParam' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: ListTimeflowsResponse type: object - $ref: '#/components/schemas/RegisteredEngine' - put: + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Timeflow' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + /timeflows/{timeflowId}: + get: tags: - - Management - summary: Update a registered engine. - operationId: update_registered_engine + - Timeflows + summary: Get a Timeflow by ID. + operationId: get_timeflow_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Timeflow' + delete: + tags: + - Timeflows + summary: Delete a timeflow. + operationId: delete_timeflow requestBody: content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: registered_engine - $ref: "#/components/schemas/RegisteredEngine" - description: The updated registration engine information. - required: true + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DeleteTimeflowParameters' responses: - '200': + '202': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: DeleteTimeflowResponse type: object - $ref: '#/components/schemas/RegisteredEngine' + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' patch: tags: - - Management - summary: Update a registered engine. - operationId: update_registered_engine_partial + - Timeflows + summary: Update values of a timeflow. + operationId: update_timeflow requestBody: + description: The new data to update a timeflow. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: registered_engine - $ref: "#/components/schemas/RegisteredEngine" - description: The updated registration engine information. - required: true + $ref: '#/components/schemas/UpdateTimeflowParameters' responses: - '200': + '202': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: UpdateTimeflowResponse type: object - $ref: '#/components/schemas/RegisteredEngine' - delete: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/timeflowIdParam' + /timeflows/{timeflowId}/timeflowSnapshotDayRange: + get: tags: - - Management - summary: Unregister an engine. - operationId: unregister_engine + - Timeflows + summary: Returns the count of TimeFlow snapshots of the Timeflow aggregated + by day. + operationId: get_timeflow_snapshot_day_range responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: - type: object - title: DeleteEngineResponse - properties: - job: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - description: The initiated job. - /management/engines/search: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SnapshotsDayRangesResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/timeflowIdParam' + - name: timezone + in: query + description: The timezone in which the snapshot timestamps are to be interpreted. + This property gets precedence over timezone_offset. If the timezone in this + property is unknown to the application, the timezone_offset is used as fallback + to interpret the snapshot timestamps. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + - name: timezone_offset + in: query + description: The offset in seconds of timezone in which the snapshot timestamps + are to be interpreted. This property is used as fallback to interpret the + snapshot timestamps if timezone is not valid. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + maximum: 64800 + minimum: -64800 + type: integer + /timeflows/{timeflowId}/tags: + get: + tags: + - Timeflows + summary: Get tags for a Timeflow. + operationId: get_timeflow_tags + responses: + '200': + description: Ok + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + post: + tags: + - Timeflows + summary: Create tags for a Timeflow. + operationId: create_timeflow_tags + requestBody: + description: Tags information for Timeflow. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/timeflowIdParam' + /timeflows/{timeflowId}/tags/delete: + post: + tags: + - Timeflows + summary: Delete tags for a Timeflow. + operationId: delete_timeflow_tags + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/timeflowIdParam' + /timeflows/search: post: - summary: Search for engines. - operationId: search_engines tags: - - Management + - Timeflows + summary: Search timeflows. + operationId: search_timeflows + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/timeflowsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchTimeflowsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Timeflow' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' x-filterable: fields: id: type: string - uuid: + engine_id: type: string - ssh_public_key: - type: string - type: - type: string - version: + namespace: type: string name: type: string - hostname: + namespace_id: type: string - cpu_core_count: - type: integer - memory_size: - type: integer - data_storage_capacity: - type: integer - data_storage_used: - type: integer - insecure_ssl: - type: boolean - unsafe_ssl_hostname_check: + namespace_name: + type: string + is_replica: type: boolean - truststore_filename: + dataset_id: type: string - hyperscale_truststore_filename: + creation_type: type: string - status: + parent_snapshot_id: type: string - username: + parent_point_location: type: string - hashicorp_vault_id: + parent_point_timestamp: type: string - tags: - type: array[object] - fields: - key: - type: string - value: - type: string - connection_status: + parent_point_timeflow_id: type: string - connection_status_details: + source_data_timestamp: type: string - engine_connection_status: + oracle_incarnation_id: type: string - engine_connection_status_details: + oracle_cdb_timeflow_id: type: string - masking_memory_used: - type: integer - masking_allocated_memory: - type: integer - masking_jobs_running: - type: integer - masking_max_concurrent_jobs: - type: integer - masking_available_cores: + oracle_tde_uuid: type: integer - hyperscale_instance_ids: - type: array[string] - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/engineSortParam' + mssql_database_guid: + type: string + is_active: + type: boolean + creation_timestamp: + type: string + activation_timestamp: + type: string + parent_vdb_id: + type: string + parent_dsource_id: + type: string + source_vdb_id: + type: string + source_dsource_id: + type: string + /timeflows/{timeflowId}/repair: + post: + tags: + - Timeflows + summary: Repair a Timeflow. + operationId: timeflow_repair requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + description: Timeflow repair information. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TimeflowRepairRequest' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: Ok + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: TimeflowRepairResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/timeflowIdParam' + /environments: + get: + tags: + - Environments + summary: List all environments. + operationId: get_environments + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/envSortParam' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: ListEnvironmentsResponse type: object - title: SearchEnginesResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/RegisteredEngine' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Environment' + errors: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Errors' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /management/engines/{engineId}/tags: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/engineIdParam' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' post: tags: - - Management - summary: Create tags for an Engine. - operationId: create_engine_tags + - Environments + summary: Create an environment. + operationId: create_environment requestBody: - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: engine_tags - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsRequest" - description: Tags information for Engine. - required: true + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/CreateEnvironment' responses: '201': - description: Created + description: Environment creation initiated content: application/json: schema: + title: CreateEnvironmentResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" - get: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + environment_id: + type: string + description: The id of environment created. + example: host-environment-1 + /environments/compatible_repositories_by_snapshot: + post: tags: - - Management - summary: Get tags for a Engine. - operationId: get_engine_tags + - Environments + summary: Get compatible repositories corresponding to the snapshot. + operationId: compatible_repositories_by_snapshot + requestBody: + description: The request to get compatible repositories for provisioning a + new VDB by snapshot. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SnapshotCompatibleRepositoryRequest' + required: true responses: '200': - description: Ok + description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: SnapshotCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" - /management/engines/{engineId}/tags/delete: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/engineIdParam' + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Environment' + /environments/compatible_repositories_by_timestamp: post: tags: - - Management - summary: Delete tags for an Engine. - operationId: delete_engine_tags + - Environments + summary: Get compatible repositories corresponding to the timestamp. + operationId: compatible_repositories_by_timestamp requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags" - responses: - '204': - description: No Content - /management/vaults/hashicorp: - get: - tags: - - Management - summary: Returns a list of configured Hashicorp vaults. - operationId: get_hashicorp_vaults - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hashicorpVaultsSortParam' + description: The request to get compatible repositories for provisioning a + new VDB by timestamp. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TimestampCompatibleRepositoryRequest' + required: true responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: TimestampCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse type: object - title: ListHashicorpVaultsResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/HashicorpVault' - response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Environment' + /environments/compatible_repositories_from_bookmark: post: tags: - - Management - summary: Configure a new Hashicorp Vault - operationId: create_hashicorp_vault + - Environments + summary: Get compatible repositories corresponding to the bookmark. + operationId: compatible_repositories_from_bookmark requestBody: + description: The request to get compatible repositories for provisioning a + new VDB by bookmark. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: hashicorp_vault - $ref: "#/components/schemas/HashicorpVault" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/BookmarkCompatibleRepositoryRequest' required: true responses: - '201': - description: Created + '200': + description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: BookmarkCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse type: object - $ref: '#/components/schemas/HashicorpVault' - /management/vaults/hashicorp/search: + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Environment' + /environments/compatible_repositories_by_location: post: tags: - - Management - summary: Search for configured Hashicorp vaults. - operationId: search_hashicorp_vaults - x-filterable: - fields: - id: - type: integer - tags: - type: array[object] - fields: - key: - type: string - value: - type: string - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hashicorpVaultsSortParam' + - Environments + summary: Get compatible repositories corresponding to the location. + operationId: compatible_repositories_by_location requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + description: The request to get compatible repositories for provisioning a + new VDB by location. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/LocationCompatibleRepositoryRequest' + required: true responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: LocationCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse type: object - title: SearchHashicorpVaultsResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/HashicorpVault' - response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /management/vaults/hashicorp/{vaultId}: - parameters: - - in: path - name: vaultId - schema: - type: integer - format: int64 - required: true - description: Numeric ID of the Hashicorp vault - get: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Environment' + /environments/{environmentId}/repository/{repositoryId}: + delete: tags: - - Management - summary: Get a Hashicorp vault by id - operationId: get_hashicorp_vault + - Environments + summary: Delete a repository. + operationId: delete_repository responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: RepositoryDeleteJobResponse type: object - $ref: '#/components/schemas/HashicorpVault' - delete: - tags: - - Management - summary: Delete a Hashicorp vault by id - operationId: delete_hashicorp_vault - responses: - '204': - description: No Content - /management/vaults/hashicorp/{vaultId}/tags: - parameters: - - in: path - name: vaultId - schema: - type: integer - format: int64 - required: true - description: Numeric ID of the Hashicorp vault - post: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + patch: tags: - - Management - summary: Create tags for a Hashicorp vault. - operationId: create_hashicorp_vault_tags + - Environments + summary: Update a Repository. + operationId: update_repository requestBody: content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: hashicorp_vault_tags - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsRequest" - description: Tags information for Hashicorp vault. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/UpdateRepositoryParameters' required: true responses: - '201': - description: Created + '202': + description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: UpdateRepositoryResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" - get: - tags: - - Management - summary: Get tags for a Hashicorp vault. - operationId: get_hashicorp_vault_tags - responses: - '200': - description: Ok - content: - application/json: - schema: - type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" - /management/vaults/hashicorp/{vaultId}/tags/delete: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' parameters: - - in: path - name: vaultId - schema: - type: integer - format: int64 - required: true - description: Numeric ID of the Hashicorp vault + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/environmentIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/repositoryIdParam' + /environments/{environmentId}/repository: post: tags: - - Management - summary: Delete tags for a Hashicorp vault. - operationId: delete_hashicorp_vault_tag + - Environments + summary: Create a repository. + operationId: create_repository requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags" - required: false - responses: - '204': - description: No Content - /management/accounts: - get: - summary: Returns a list of Accounts - operationId: get_accounts - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accountsSortParam' - tags: - - Accounts + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/CreateRepositoryParams' + examples: + oracle_repository: + summary: Oracle - Repository + description: The request example is intended for creating a oracle + repository. + value: + database_type: ORACLE + bits: 32 + installation_home: /u01/app/oracle/product/18.0.0.0/dbhome_1 + version: 18.3.0.0.0 + mssql_repository: + summary: MSSql - Repository + description: The request example is intended for creating a mssql + repository. + value: + database_type: MSSQL + installation_home: C:/Program Files/Microsoft SQL Server/130 + version: 13.2.5233.0 + full_text_installed: true + instance_owner: qa-ad\delphix + instance_name: SQL2016 + port: 49854 + required: true responses: - '200': - description: OK + '201': + description: Repository creation initiated content: application/json: schema: + title: CreateRepositoryResponse type: object - title: ListAccountsResponse properties: - items: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Account' - response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + repository_id: + type: string + description: The id of the created repository. + example: 1-ORACLE_INSTALL-15 + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/environmentIdParam' + /environments/{environmentId}/hosts: post: tags: - - Accounts - summary: | - Create a new Account - operationId: create_account + - Environments + summary: Create a new Host. + operationId: create_host requestBody: content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: account - $ref: "#/components/schemas/AccountCreateParameter" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HostCreateParameters' required: true responses: '201': - description: The created Account id and if requested the generated API key token. + description: Host Creation initiated content: application/json: schema: + title: CreateHostResponse type: object - $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccountCreateResponse' - /management/accounts/{id}: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + cluster_node_id: + type: string + description: The id of the created cluster node. + example: ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-7 parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accountIdParam' - get: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/environmentIdParam' + /environments/{environmentId}/hosts/{hostId}: + delete: tags: - - Accounts - summary: Get an Account by id - operationId: get_account + - Environments + summary: Delete a Host. + operationId: delete_host responses: - '200': + '202': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: DeleteHostResponse type: object - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Account' - put: - summary: | - Update an Account + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + patch: tags: - - Accounts - operationId: update_account + - Environments + summary: Update a Host. + operationId: update_host requestBody: - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: account - $ref: "#/components/schemas/AccountUpdateParameter" - required: true + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/UpdateHost' responses: - '200': - description: Returns the updated Account. + '202': + description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: UpdateHostResponse type: object - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Account' - delete: - tags: - - Accounts - summary: Delete an Account - operationId: delete_account - responses: - '204': - description: No Content - /management/accounts/{id}/enable: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accountIdParam' - post: - tags: - - Accounts - summary: Enable an Account. - operationId: enable_account - responses: - '200': - description: OK - /management/accounts/{id}/disable: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accountIdParam' - post: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/environmentIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hostIdParam' + /environments/{environmentId}/tags: + get: tags: - - Accounts - summary: Disable an Account. - operationId: disable + - Environments + summary: Get tags for an Environment. + operationId: get_tags_environment responses: '200': - description: OK - /management/accounts/{id}/change_password: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accountIdParam' - post: - summary: | - Change Account Password. - tags: - - Accounts - operationId: change_account_password - requestBody: - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: changePasswordParameter - $ref: "#/components/schemas/ChangePasswordParameter" - required: true - responses: - '204': - description: Password changed. - /management/accounts/{id}/reset_password: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accountIdParam' - post: - summary: | - Reset Account Password. - tags: - - Accounts - operationId: reset_account_password - requestBody: - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: account - $ref: "#/components/schemas/ResetPasswordParameter" - required: true - responses: - '204': - description: Password reset. - /management/accounts/{id}/tags: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accountIdParam' + description: Ok + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' post: tags: - - Accounts - summary: Create tags for an Account. - operationId: create_account_tags + - Environments + summary: Create tags for an Environment. + operationId: create_environment_tags requestBody: + description: Tags information for Environment. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: account_tags - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsRequest" - description: Tags information for Account. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' required: true responses: '201': @@ -5929,230 +6212,183 @@ paths: content: application/json: schema: - type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" - get: - tags: - - Accounts - summary: Get tags for an Account. - operationId: get_account_tags - responses: - '200': - description: Ok - content: - application/json: - schema: - type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" - /management/accounts/{id}/tags/delete: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accountIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/environmentIdParam' + /environments/{environmentId}/tags/delete: post: tags: - - Accounts - summary: Delete tags for an Account. - operationId: delete_account_tags + - Environments + summary: Delete tags for an Environment. + operationId: delete_environment_tags requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags" + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' responses: '204': description: No Content - /management/accounts/password-policies: + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/environmentIdParam' + /environments/{environmentId}: get: tags: - - Accounts - summary: Returns the password policies - operationId: get_password_policies + - Environments + summary: Returns an environment by ID. + operationId: get_environment_by_id responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: - type: object - $ref: '#/components/schemas/PasswordPoliciesParams' - patch: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Environment' + delete: tags: - - Accounts - summary: Update password policies. - operationId: update_password_policies - requestBody: - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: password_policies - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PasswordPoliciesParams" - description: The parameters to update the password policies. - required: true + - Environments + summary: Delete an environment by ID. + operationId: delete_environment responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: DeleteEnvironmentResponse type: object - $ref: '#/components/schemas/PasswordPoliciesParams' - /management/properties: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' patch: tags: - - Management - summary: Update value of predefined properties. - operationId: update_properties + - Environments + summary: Update an environment by ID. + operationId: update_environment requestBody: - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: global_properties - $ref: "#/components/schemas/GlobalProperties" - description: The parameters to update property value. - required: true - responses: - '200': - description: OK - content: - application/json: - schema: - type: object - $ref: '#/components/schemas/GlobalProperties' - get: - tags: - - Management - summary: Get global properties. - operationId: list_properties + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/UpdateEnvironment' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: UpdateEnvironmentResponse type: object - $ref: '#/components/schemas/GlobalProperties' - /management/api-classification: - put: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/environmentIdParam' + /environments/search: + post: tags: - - Management - summary: Update the api classification to new version. - operationId: update_api_classification + - Environments + summary: Search for environments. + operationId: search_environments + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/envSortParam' requestBody: - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: api_classification_config - $ref: "#/components/schemas/APIClassificationConfig" - description: Request to update api classification config. - required: true + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: SearchEnvironmentsResponse type: object - $ref: '#/components/schemas/APIClassificationConfig' - get: - tags: - - Management - summary: Get api classification. - operationId: get_api_classification - responses: - '200': - description: OK - content: - application/json: - schema: - type: object - $ref: '#/components/schemas/APIClassificationConfig' - /management/engines/{engineId}/validate/java-path: - parameters: - - $ref: "#/components/parameters/engineIdParam" - post: - tags: - - Management - summary: Validate java path for the remote host machine. - operationId: validate_java_path - requestBody: - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: validate_java_path - $ref: "#/components/schemas/ValidateJavaParameters" - description: The api to check connectivity of engine and a remote host on given port. - required: true - responses: - '200': - description: OK - /login: - post: - summary: | - Login to Account with Username and Password - tags: - - Login - operationId: account_login - requestBody: - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: account - $ref: "#/components/schemas/AccountLoginParameter" - required: true - responses: - '200': - description: Account Login Successful - content: - application/json: - schema: - type: object - $ref: '#/components/schemas/LoginToken' - '401': - description: Unauthorized - content: - application/json: - schema: - type: object - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ErrorResponse' - example: - error: invalid_credentials - error_description: error-message-goes-here - /logout: - post: - summary: Invalidates username/password and SSO login session. - tags: - - Login - operationId: account_logout - parameters: - - in: header - name: Authorization - required: true - description: Access token - schema: - type: string - responses: - '200': - description: Logged out - /management/accounts/search: - post: - summary: Search for Accounts. - operationId: search_accounts - tags: - - Accounts + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Environment' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' x-filterable: fields: - id: + name: type: string - first_name: + namespace: type: string - last_name: + is_cluster: + type: boolean + cluster_home: type: string - email: + cluster_name: type: string - username: + scan: type: string - last_access_time: + remote_listener: type: string - creation_time: + is_windows_target: + type: boolean + staging_environment: type: string enabled: type: boolean + encryption_enabled: + type: boolean + description: + type: string + namespace_id: + type: string + namespace_name: + type: string + is_replica: + type: boolean + hosts: + type: array[object] + fields: + hostname: + type: string + os_name: + type: string + os_version: + type: string + memory_size: + type: integer + available: + type: boolean + available_timestamp: + type: string + not_available_reason: + type: string + nfs_addresses: + type: array[string] + dsp_keystore_alias: + type: string + dsp_keystore_path: + type: string + dsp_truststore_path: + type: string + java_home: + type: string + ssh_port: + type: integer + toolkit_path: + type: string + connector_port: + type: integer + connector_version: + type: string + connector_dot_net_framework_version: + type: string + oracle_tde_keystores_root_path: + type: string + oracle_tde_okv_home_path: + type: string + processor_type: + type: string + timezone: + type: string + powershell_version: + type: string + release: + type: string + is_tde_external_key_manager_password_set: + type: boolean + distribution: + type: string tags: type: array[object] fields: @@ -6160,241 +6396,293 @@ paths: type: string value: type: string - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accountsSortParam' - requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + repositories: + type: array[object] + fields: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + database_type: + type: string + allow_provisioning: + type: boolean + is_staging: + type: boolean + oracle_base: + type: string + version: + type: string + bits: + type: integer + install_group: + type: string + install_user: + type: string + rac: + type: boolean + ports: + type: array[integer] + port: + type: integer + dump_history_file: + type: string + page_size: + type: integer + owner: + type: string + installation_path: + type: string + fulltext_installed: + type: boolean + internal_version: + type: integer + mssql_cluster_instances_name: + type: array[string] + mssql_cluster_instances_version: + type: array[string] + mssql_cluster_instances_owners: + type: array[string] + mssql_cluster_instances_ports: + type: array[string] + mssql_cluster_instances_server_names: + type: array[string] + mssql_cluster_instances_nodes: + type: array[string] + installation_home: + type: string + mssql_listeners: + type: array[object] + fields: + type: + type: string + name: + type: string + address: + type: string + port: + type: integer + listeners: + type: array[object] + fields: + id: + type: string + namespace: + type: string + name: + type: string + client_endpoints: + type: array[string] + is_discovered: + type: boolean + host_id: + type: string + protocol_addresses: + type: array[string] + /environments/{environmentId}/enable: + post: + tags: + - Environments + summary: Enable a disabled environment. + operationId: enable_environment responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: EnableEnvironmentResponse type: object - title: SearchAccountsResponse properties: - items: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Account' - response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /token-info: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/environmentIdParam' + /environments/{environmentId}/disable: post: - summary: | - Get Token Information tags: - - Login - operationId: token_info - requestBody: - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: token - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TokenInfoRequest" + - Environments + summary: Disable environment. + operationId: disable_environment responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: DisableEnvironmentResponse type: object - $ref: '#/components/schemas/TokenInfoResponse' - example: - active: true - token_type: Bearer - account_id: 1 - first_name: first-name - last_name: last-name - email: abc@example.com - username: user-name - exp: 400 - '401': - description: Unauthorized - content: - application/json: - schema: - type: object - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ErrorResponse' - example: - error: invalid-token - error_description: error-message-goes-here - /is-saml-enabled: - get: - summary: | - Check if SAML is enabled + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/environmentIdParam' + /environments/{environmentId}/refresh: + post: tags: - - SamlLogin - operationId: checkSaml + - Environments + summary: Refresh environment. + operationId: refresh_environment responses: '200': - description: SAML is enabled - '400': - description: SAML is not enabled + description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: RefreshEnvironmentResponse type: object - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ErrorResponse' - example: - error: failed - error_description: error-message-goes-here - /management/smtp: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/environmentIdParam' + /environments/{environmentId}/users: get: tags: - - Management - summary: Returns the SMTP configuration - operationId: get_smtp_config + - Environments + summary: List environment users. + operationId: list_environment_users responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: - type: object - $ref: '#/components/schemas/SMTPConfigParams' - put: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ListEnvironmentUsers' + post: tags: - - Management - summary: Update SMTP Config. - operationId: update_smtp_config + - Environments + summary: Create environment user. + operationId: create_environment_user requestBody: - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: smtp_config - $ref: "#/components/schemas/SMTPConfigParams" - description: The parameters to update the SMTP config. - required: true + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/CreateEnvironmentUserBody' responses: - '200': - description: OK + '201': + description: Environment user created content: application/json: schema: + title: CreateEnvironmentUserResponse type: object - $ref: '#/components/schemas/SMTPConfigParams' - /management/smtp/validate: - post: + properties: + user_ref: + type: string + description: The reference of the created environment user + example: user-reference-1 + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/environmentIdParam' + /environments/{environmentId}/users/{userRef}: + put: tags: - - Management - summary: Validate SMTP Config. - operationId: validate_smtp_config + - Environments + summary: Update environment user. + operationId: update_environment_user requestBody: - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: validate_smtp_config - $ref: "#/components/schemas/SMTPConfigValidate" - description: The parameters to validate the SMTP config. - required: true - responses: - '200': - description: OK - /management/metadata-database: - get: - tags: - - Management - summary: Returns configuration information about the metadata database which stores the product data. - operationId: get_metadata_database + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/CreateEnvironmentUserBody' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: UpdateEnvironmentUserResponse type: object - $ref: '#/components/schemas/MetadataDbInfo' - /management/ldap-config: - get: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + delete: tags: - - Management - summary: Returns the LDAP configuration - operationId: get_ldap_config + - Environments + summary: Delete environment user. + operationId: delete_environment_user responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: DeleteEnvironmentUserResponse type: object - $ref: '#/components/schemas/LDAPConfigParams' - put: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/environmentIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/userRefParam' + /environments/{environmentId}/users/{userRef}/primary: + post: tags: - - Management - summary: Update LDAP Config. - operationId: update_ldap_config - requestBody: - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: ldap_config - $ref: "#/components/schemas/LDAPConfigParams" - description: The parameters to update the LDAP config. - required: true + - Environments + summary: Set primary environment user. + operationId: primary_environment_user responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: PrimaryEnvironmentUserResponse type: object - $ref: '#/components/schemas/LDAPConfigParams' - /management/ldap-config/validate: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/environmentIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/userRefParam' + /environments/{environmentId}/listeners: post: tags: - - Management - summary: Validate LDAP Config. Without username/password, DCT performs an anonymous bind against the LDAP server. - If credentials are provided DCT validates that authentication and mapping of optional properties are actually working with provided credentials. - LDAP search is only validated if search attributes are set. - operationId: validate_ldap_config + - Environments + summary: Create Oracle listener. + operationId: create_oracle_listener requestBody: - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: ldap_config_validate - $ref: "#/components/schemas/LdapConfigValidateParameter" + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/CreateOracleListenerBody' responses: - '200': - description: OK + '201': + description: Oracle listener created content: application/json: schema: + title: CreateOracleListenerResponse type: object - title: LdapValidateResponse properties: - message: - description: Validation message for LDAP config. + listener_ref: type: string - minLength: 1 - /management/saml-config: - get: + description: The reference of the created Oracle listener + example: ORACLE_NODE_LISTENER-9 + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/environmentIdParam' + /environments/{environmentId}/listeners/{listenerId}: + delete: tags: - - Management - summary: Returns the SAML configuration - operationId: get_saml_config + - Environments + summary: Delete an Oracle listener. + operationId: delete_oracle_listener responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: DeleteOracleListenerResponse type: object - $ref: '#/components/schemas/SAMLConfigParams' - put: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + patch: tags: - - Management - summary: Update SAML Config. - operationId: update_saml_config + - Environments + summary: Update an Oracle listener. + operationId: update_oracle_listener requestBody: content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: saml_config - $ref: "#/components/schemas/SAMLConfigParams" - description: The parameters to update the SAML config. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/UpdateOracleListenerParams' required: true responses: '200': @@ -6402,247 +6690,202 @@ paths: content: application/json: schema: + title: UpdateOracleListenerResponse type: object - $ref: '#/components/schemas/SAMLConfigParams' - - /management/proxy: - get: - tags: - - Management - summary: Returns the current web proxy configuration to use to connect to Delphix services. - operationId: get_proxy_configuration - responses: - '200': - description: OK - content: - application/json: - schema: - type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/ProxyConfiguration" - put: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/environmentIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/listenerIdParam' + /management/engines/{engineId}/validate/java-path: + post: tags: - - Management - summary: Update the web proxy configuration to use to connect to Delphix services. - operationId: update_proxy_configuration + - Management + summary: Validate java path for the remote host machine. + operationId: validate_java_path requestBody: - required: true + description: The api to check connectivity of engine and a remote host on + given port. content: application/json: schema: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/ProxyConfiguration" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ValidateJavaParameters' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: OK + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/engineIdParam' + /historical-storage-summary-aggregate: + get: + tags: + - StorageUsage + summary: Returns the aggregated historical storage usage of all registered engines + over time, optionally with a projection of future storage usage. + operationId: get_historical_storage_summary_aggregate + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/startDate' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/endDate' + - name: include_projection + in: query + description: Whether to compute a projection of future storage usage. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: boolean + - name: engine_ids + in: query + description: The list of engine ids to aggregate data for. By default aggregating + data for all engines. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: array + items: + type: string + - name: dsource_ids + in: query + description: The list of dSource ids to aggregate data for. By default aggregating + data for all dSources. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: array + items: + type: string + - name: vdb_ids + in: query + description: The list of VDB ids to aggregate data for. By default aggregating + data for all VDBs. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: array + items: + type: string + - name: cdb_ids + in: query + description: The list of CDB ids to aggregate data for. By default aggregating + data for all CDBs. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: array + items: + type: string + - name: vcdb_ids + in: query + description: The list of VCDB ids to aggregate data for. By default aggregating + data for all VCDBs. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: array + items: + type: string responses: - "200": - description: Update the web proxy configuration to use to connect to Delphix services + '200': + description: Returns the aggregated historical storage usage of all registered + engines over time. content: application/json: schema: + title: HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/ProxyConfiguration" - - /management/product-registration-delphix-connectivity-check: + properties: + historical_data_points: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint' + projected_data_points: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint' + /historical-storage-summary-by-engine: get: tags: - - Management - summary: Returns True if Delphix services are reachable for product registration. - operationId: get_product_registration_delphix_connectivity_check + - StorageUsage + summary: Returns the historical storage usage by engine over time, optionally + with a projection of future storage usage. + operationId: get_historical_storage_summary_by_engine + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/startDate' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/endDate' + - name: include_projection + in: query + description: Whether to compute a projection of future storage usage. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: boolean + - name: engine_ids + in: query + description: The list of engine ids to include in the response. By default + returning data for all engines. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: array + items: + type: string responses: '200': - description: OK + description: Returns the historical storage usage by engine over time. content: application/json: schema: - type: boolean - description: True if the Delphix services are reachable for product registration, False otherwise. - - /management/product-registration-status: - get: + title: HistoricalStorageSummary + type: object + properties: + engines: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EngineHistoricalStorageSummary' + /reporting/storage-savings-report/search: + post: tags: - - Management - summary: Returns the product registration status. - operationId: get_product_registration_status + - Reporting + summary: Search the saving storage summary report for virtualization engines. + operationId: search_storage_savings_summary_report + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/storageSavingsReportSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' responses: '200': - description: OK - content: - application/json: - schema: - type: boolean - description: True if the DCT is registered, False otherwise. - - /management/product-registration-offline: - get: - tags: - - Management - summary: Generates and returns a public key that can be used to register the product. - operationId: get_product_registration_key - responses: - '200': - description: OK - content: - application/json: - schema: - type: string - description: The key to register the product with. - post: - tags: - - Management - summary: Registers the product using a manually generated payload. - operationId: register_product_offline - requestBody: - required: true - content: - application/json: - schema: - type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/ProductRegistrationOfflinePayload" - responses: - '204': - description: No Content - - /management/product-registration-online: - post: - tags: - - Management - summary: Registers the product using the provided credentials. - operationId: register_product_online - requestBody: - required: true - content: - application/json: - schema: - type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload" - responses: - '204': - description: No Content - - /reporting/audit-logs-summary-report: - get: - summary: Gets the audit log summary report. - tags: - - Reporting - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/auditLogsSummaryReportSortParam' - operationId: get_audit_logs_summary_report - responses: - "200": - description: Returns a list of aggregated audit log entries for each account. + description: Returns a list of saving storage summary data of virtualization + engines. content: application/json: schema: + title: StorageSavingsSummaryReportResponse type: object - title: AuditLogsSummaryReportResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/AuditLogsSummary" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/StorageSavingsSummaryData' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' totals: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/AuditLogsSummaryTotals" - text/csv: - schema: - type: string - example: | - account_id,account_first_name,account_last_name,vdb_refreshes,masking_jobs - 1,FirstName1,LastName1,10,4 - 2,FirstName2,LastName2,7,3 - total_vdb_refreshes,total_masking_jobs - 17,7 - /reporting/virtualization-storage-summary-report: - get: - summary: Gets the storage summary report for virtualization engines. - tags: - - Reporting - operationId: get_virtualization_storage_summary_report - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/virtualizationStorageReportSortParam' - responses: - "200": - description: Returns a list of storage summary data of virtualization engines. - content: - application/json: - schema: - type: object - title: VirtualizationStorageSummaryReportResponse - properties: - items: - type: array - items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/VirtualizationStorageSummaryData" - response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - text/csv: - schema: - type: string - example: | - engine_id,engine_name,engine_hostname,total_capacity,free_storage,used_storage,used_percentage,dsource_count,vdb_count,total_object_count - 1,my-engine,"eng01.dev.delphix.com",23404216320,20896169984,2508046336,10.71,5,25,30 - /reporting/virtualization-storage-summary-report/search: - post: - summary: Search the storage summary report for virtualization engines. - tags: - - Reporting - x-filterable: - fields: - engine_id: - type: string - engine_name: - type: string - engine_hostname: - type: string - total_capacity: - type: integer - free_storage: - type: integer - used_storage: - type: integer - used_percentage: - type: number - dsource_count: - type: integer - vdb_count: - type: integer - total_object_count: - type: integer - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/virtualizationStorageReportSortParam' - operationId: search_virtualization_storage_summary_report - requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" - responses: - "200": - description: Returns a list of storage summary data of virtualization engines. - content: - application/json: - schema: - type: object - title: VirtualizationStorageSummaryReportResponse - properties: - items: - type: array - items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/VirtualizationStorageSummaryData" - response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData' text/csv: schema: type: string example: | - engine_id,engine_name,engine_hostname,total_capacity,free_storage,used_storage,used_percentage,dsource_count,vdb_count,total_object_count - 1,my-engine,"eng01.dev.delphix.com",23404216320,20896169984,2508046336,10.71,5,25,30 - /reporting/storage-savings-report/search: - post: - summary: Search the saving storage summary report for virtualization engines. - tags: - - Reporting + dsource_id,dependant_vdbs,engine_name,unvirtualized_space,virtualized_space,name,estimated_savings,estimated_savings_perc + 2-MSSQL_DB_CONTAINER-1.1,my-engine,23404216320,20896169984,testdb,524496896,99.70111311277408 x-filterable: fields: dsource_id: @@ -6653,6 +6896,8 @@ paths: type: string unvirtualized_space: type: integer + current_timeflows_unvirtualized_space: + type: integer virtualized_space: type: integer name: @@ -6661,72 +6906,76 @@ paths: type: integer estimated_savings_perc: type: number + estimated_current_timeflows_savings: + type: integer + estimated_current_timeflows_savings_perc: + type: number + is_replica: + type: boolean + /reporting/vdb-inventory-report: + get: + tags: + - Reporting + summary: Gets the inventory report for virtualization engine VDBs. + operationId: get_vdb_inventory_report parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/storageSavingsReportSortParam' - operationId: search_storage_savings_summary_report - requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vdbInventoryReportSortParam' responses: - "200": - description: Returns a list of saving storage summary data of virtualization engines. + '200': + description: Returns a list of inventory data of VDBs. content: application/json: schema: + title: VDBInventoryReportResponse type: object - title: StorageSavingsSummaryReportResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/StorageSavingsSummaryData" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VDBInventoryData' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - summarized_data: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' text/csv: schema: type: string example: | - dsource_id,dependant_vdbs,engine_name,unvirtualized_space,virtualized_space,name,estimated_savings,estimated_savings_perc - 2-MSSQL_DB_CONTAINER-1.1,my-engine,23404216320,20896169984,testdb,524496896,99.70111311277408 - /reporting/vdb-inventory-report: - get: - summary: Gets the inventory report for virtualization engine VDBs. + engine_name,name,type,version,parent_name,parent_id,creation_date,parent_timeflow_location,parent_timeflow_timestamp,parent_timeflow_timezone,enabled,status,storage_size + engine1,VDB-1,Oracle,10.2.0.5,dSource 1,1-Container-1,2022-01-07T12:06:59.157Z,54321,2022-02-07T12:03:15.821Z,"America/New_York",EDT-0400,true,Running,123456 + /reporting/vdb-inventory-report/search: + post: tags: - - Reporting + - Reporting + summary: Search the inventory report for virtualization engine VDBs. + operationId: search_vdb_inventory_report parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vdbInventoryReportSortParam' - operationId: get_vdb_inventory_report + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vdbInventoryReportSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' responses: - "200": + '200': description: Returns a list of inventory data of VDBs. content: application/json: schema: - type: object title: VDBInventoryReportResponse + type: object properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/VDBInventoryData" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VDBInventoryData' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' text/csv: schema: type: string example: | - engine_name,name,type,version,parent_name,parent_id,creation_date,parent_timeflow_location,parent_timeflow_timestamp,parent_timeflow_timezone,enabled,status,storage_size - engine1,VDB-1,Oracle,10.2.0.5,dSource 1,1-Container-1,2022-01-07T12:06:59.157Z,54321,2022-02-07T12:03:15.821Z,"America/New_York",EDT-0400,true,Running,123456 - /reporting/vdb-inventory-report/search: - post: - summary: Search the inventory report for virtualization engine VDBs. - tags: - - Reporting + engine_name,name,type,version,parent_name,parent_id,creation_date,parent_timeflow_location,parent_timeflow_timestamp,parent_timeflow_timezone,enabled,status + engine1,VDB-1,Oracle,10.2.0.5,dSource 1,1-Container-1,2022-01-07T12:06:59.157Z,54321,2022-02-07T12:03:15.821Z,"America/New_York",EDT-0400,true,Running x-filterable: fields: name: @@ -6757,59 +7006,65 @@ paths: type: string storage_size: type: string + /reporting/dsource-usage-report: + get: + tags: + - Reporting + summary: Gets the usage report for virtualization engine dSources. + operationId: get_dsource_usage_report parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vdbInventoryReportSortParam' - operationId: search_vdb_inventory_report - requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/dSourceUsageReportSortParam' responses: - "200": - description: Returns a list of inventory data of VDBs. + '200': + description: Returns a list of dSource usage data. content: application/json: schema: + title: DSourceUsageReportResponse type: object - title: VDBInventoryReportResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/VDBInventoryData" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DSourceUsageData' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' text/csv: schema: type: string example: | - engine_name,name,type,version,parent_name,parent_id,creation_date,parent_timeflow_location,parent_timeflow_timestamp,parent_timeflow_timezone,enabled,status - engine1,VDB-1,Oracle,10.2.0.5,dSource 1,1-Container-1,2022-01-07T12:06:59.157Z,54321,2022-02-07T12:03:15.821Z,"America/New_York",EDT-0400,true,Running - /reporting/dsource-usage-report: - get: - summary: Gets the usage report for virtualization engine dSources. + engine_name,name,unvirtualized_space,actual_space,dependant_vdbs + engine1,prod01,1849457664,607240704,0 + engine2,test03,1696232960,1290392576,2 + /reporting/dsource-usage-report/search: + post: tags: - - Reporting + - Reporting + summary: Search the usage report for virtualization engine dSources. + operationId: search_dsource_usage_report parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/dSourceUsageReportSortParam' - operationId: get_dsource_usage_report + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/dSourceUsageReportSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' responses: - "200": + '200': description: Returns a list of dSource usage data. content: application/json: schema: - type: object title: DSourceUsageReportResponse + type: object properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/DSourceUsageData" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DSourceUsageData' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' text/csv: schema: type: string @@ -6817,11 +7072,6 @@ paths: engine_name,name,unvirtualized_space,actual_space,dependant_vdbs engine1,prod01,1849457664,607240704,0 engine2,test03,1696232960,1290392576,2 - /reporting/dsource-usage-report/search: - post: - summary: Search the usage report for virtualization engine dSources. - tags: - - Reporting x-filterable: fields: name: @@ -6834,60 +7084,65 @@ paths: type: integer engine_name: type: string + /reporting/dsource-consumption-report: + get: + tags: + - Reporting + summary: Gets the consumption report for virtualization engine dSources. + operationId: get_dsource_consumption_report parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/dSourceUsageReportSortParam' - operationId: search_dsource_usage_report - requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/dSourceConsumptionReportSortParam' responses: - "200": - description: Returns a list of dSource usage data. + '200': + description: Returns a list of dSource consumption data. content: application/json: schema: + title: DSourceConsumptionReportResponse type: object - title: DSourceUsageReportResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/DSourceUsageData" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DSourceConsumptionData' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' text/csv: schema: type: string example: | - engine_name,name,unvirtualized_space,actual_space,dependant_vdbs - engine1,prod01,1849457664,607240704,0 - engine2,test03,1696232960,1290392576,2 - /reporting/dsource-consumption-report: - get: - summary: Gets the consumption report for virtualization engine dSources. + name,status,database_type,engine_id,engine_name,last_consumption_date,ingested_size + dsource1,Running,Oracle,1,engine1,2022-05-29T15:00:00-04:00,12345 + dsource2,Stopped,SQL Server,1,engine2,2022-05-29T15:00:00-04:00,12345 + /reporting/dsource-consumption-report/search: + post: tags: - - Reporting + - Reporting + summary: Search the consumption report for virtualization engine DSources. + operationId: search_dsource_consumption_report parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/dSourceConsumptionReportSortParam' - operationId: get_dsource_consumption_report + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/dSourceConsumptionReportSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' responses: - "200": + '200': description: Returns a list of dSource consumption data. content: application/json: schema: - type: object title: DSourceConsumptionReportResponse + type: object properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/DSourceConsumptionData" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DSourceConsumptionData' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' text/csv: schema: type: string @@ -6895,11 +7150,6 @@ paths: name,status,database_type,engine_id,engine_name,last_consumption_date,ingested_size dsource1,Running,Oracle,1,engine1,2022-05-29T15:00:00-04:00,12345 dsource2,Stopped,SQL Server,1,engine2,2022-05-29T15:00:00-04:00,12345 - /reporting/dsource-consumption-report/search: - post: - summary: Search the consumption report for virtualization engine DSources. - tags: - - Reporting x-filterable: fields: name: @@ -6917,149 +7167,111 @@ paths: format: date-time ingested_size: type: integer + /reporting/storage-capacity-data-report: + get: + tags: + - Reporting + summary: Get engine storage capacity data. + operationId: get_storage_capacity_data parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/dSourceConsumptionReportSortParam' - operationId: search_dsource_consumption_report - requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/engineIdQueryParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/engineStorageCapacityDataSortParam' responses: - "200": - description: Returns a list of dSource consumption data. + '200': + description: Returns the engine storage capacity data. content: application/json: schema: + title: EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse type: object - title: DSourceConsumptionReportResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/DSourceConsumptionData" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EngineStorageCapacityData' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - text/csv: - schema: - type: string - example: | - name,status,database_type,engine_id,engine_name,last_consumption_date,ingested_size - dsource1,Running,Oracle,1,engine1,2022-05-29T15:00:00-04:00,12345 - dsource2,Stopped,SQL Server,1,engine2,2022-05-29T15:00:00-04:00,12345 - /reporting/api-usage-report: - get: - summary: Gets the report of API usage metrics over a given time period. This API returns at the most 10000 results in the response to protect against the server running out of memory. - Users might not hit this limit with the default report without any 'apiUsageReportGroupByParam' param but can hit this limit if the groupBy is by too granular like - by 'client_name' or 'user_agent' only. Hence it is advisable to use startDate and endDate to 'limit' the scope of the report. - tags: - - Reporting - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/startDate' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/endDate' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/apiMetricKind' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/apiUsageReportGroupByParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/apiUsageReportClientNameFilterParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/apiUsageReportUserAgentFilterParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/apiUsageReportDctVersionFilterParam' - operationId: get_api_usage_report - responses: - "200": - description: Returns a list of API usage metrics. - content: - application/json: - schema: - type: object - title: ApiUsageReportResponse - properties: - items: - type: array - items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/ApiUsageData" - total_automation_api_count: - description: Total count of automation API calls over the requested timeframe. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 4200 - total_governance_api_count: - description: Total count of governance API calls over the requested timeframe. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 4200 - text/csv: - schema: - type: string - example: | - api_endpoint,api_method,api_count - /v2/bookmarks,GET,1 - /v2/bookmarks/search,POST,1 - /v2/management/engines,GET,1 - /reporting/masking-execution-metrics: - get: - summary: Get the masking execution metrics report. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + /reporting/storage-capacity-data-report/search: + post: tags: - - Reporting + - Reporting + summary: Search engine storage capacity data. + operationId: search_storage_capacity_data parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingExecutionMetricsSortParam' - operationId: get_masking_execution_metrics_report + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/engineIdQueryParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/engineStorageCapacityDataSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' responses: - "200": - description: Returns a list of Masking execution metrics. + '200': + description: Returns the engine storage capacity data. content: application/json: schema: + title: EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse type: object - title: MaskingExecutionMetricsReportResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/MaskingExecutionMetrics" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EngineStorageCapacityData' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - text/csv: - schema: - type: string - example: | - id,masking_job_name,masking_job_type,connector_type,ruleset_name,rows_masked,rows_total,bytes_masked,bytes_total,duration,tables_files_count,"masked_tables_files_count",columns_fields_count,"masked_columns_fields_count" - "4ed2357d-f1a7-410c-b951-90f0edc1a0f6",masking-job,STANDARD,ORACLE,customers,2,2,0,0,19430,1,1,2,2 - - /reporting/masking-execution-metrics/search: - post: - summary: Search the Masking execution metrics report. - tags: - - Reporting + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' x-filterable: fields: - id: + engine_id: type: string - masking_job_name: + dataset_id: type: string - masking_job_type: + captured_timestamp: type: string - connector_type: + format: date-time + dataset_type: type: string - ruleset_name: + dataset_name: type: string - rows_masked: + is_replica: + type: boolean + total_size: type: integer - rows_total: + format: int64 + base_size: type: integer - bytes_masked: + format: int64 + snapshot_size: type: integer - bytes_total: + format: int64 + logs_size: type: integer - duration: + format: int64 + unvirtualized_size: type: integer - tables_files_count: + format: int64 + current_timeflow_unvirtualized_size: type: integer - masked_tables_files_count: + format: int64 + timeflow_unvirtualized_size: type: integer - columns_fields_count: + format: int64 + descendant_size: type: integer - masked_columns_fields_count: + format: int64 + policy_size: type: integer + format: int64 + manual_size: + type: integer + format: int64 + unowned_snapshot_size: + type: integer + format: int64 + ingested_size: + type: integer + format: int64 tags: type: array[object] fields: @@ -7067,1714 +7279,1926 @@ paths: type: string value: type: string + /reporting/dataset-performance-analytics-summary/search: + post: + tags: + - Reporting + summary: Search Dataset Performance analytics summary + operationId: search_dataset_performance_analytics_summary parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingExecutionMetricsSortParam' - operationId: search_masking_execution_metrics_report + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/engineIdQueryParamRequired' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/datasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummarySortParam' requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' responses: - "200": - description: Search Masking execution metrics. + '200': + description: Returns the dataset performance analytics data. content: application/json: schema: + title: DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse type: object - title: MaskingExecutionMetricsReportResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/MaskingExecutionMetrics" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - text/csv: - schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + dataset_id: + type: string + dataset_name: + type: string + dataset_type: + type: string + is_replica: + type: boolean + environment_id: + type: string + environment_name: + type: string + average_throughput_of_1_h: + type: number + format: float + average_throughput_of_6_h: + type: number + format: float + average_throughput_of_24_h: + type: number + format: float + current_throughput_of_1_h: + type: number + format: float + current_throughput_of_6_h: + type: number + format: float + current_throughput_of_24_h: + type: number + format: float + percentile: + type: number + format: float + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: type: string - example: | - id,masking_job_name,connector_type,ruleset_name,rows_masked,rows_total,bytes_masked,bytes_total,duration,tables_files_count,"masked_tables_files_count",columns_fields_count,"masked_columns_fields_count" - "4ed2357d-f1a7-410c-b951-90f0edc1a0f6",masking-job,ORACLE,customers,2,2,0,0,19430,1,1,2,2 - - /reporting/schedule: + value: + type: string + /reporting/dataset-performance-analytics: post: tags: - - Reporting - summary: Create a new report schedule. - operationId: create_reporting_schedule + - Reporting + summary: Get Dataset Performance analytics + operationId: get_dataset_performance_analytics requestBody: - $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/CreateReportingSchedule' + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest' responses: - "200": - description: Returns the newly created schedule for a report. + '200': + description: Returns the Dataset Performance Analytics content: application/json: schema: + title: DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/ReportingSchedule" + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DatasetPerformanceAnalytics' + /database-templates: get: tags: - - Reporting - summary: List all report schedules. - operationId: get_reporting_schedules + - DatabaseTemplates + summary: Retrieve the list of database templates. + operationId: get_database_templates parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/reportingScheduleSortParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/databaseTemplatesSortParam' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: ListDatabaseTemplatesResponse type: object - title: ListReportingScheduleResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ReportingSchedule' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DatabaseTemplate' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /reporting/schedule/search: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' post: tags: - - Reporting - summary: Search for report schedules. - operationId: search_reporting_schedules - x-filterable: - fields: - report_id: - type: integer - report_type: - type: string - cron_expression: - type: string - time_zone: - type: string - message: - type: string - file_format: - type: string - enabled: - type: boolean - sort_column: - type: string - tags: - type: array[object] - fields: - key: - type: string - value: - type: string - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/reportingScheduleSortParam' + - DatabaseTemplates + summary: Create a database template. + operationId: create_database_template requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/CreateDatabaseTemplate' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: CreateDatabaseTemplateResponse type: object - title: SearchReportingScheduleResponse properties: - items: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ReportingSchedule' - response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /reporting/schedule/{reportId}: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/reportIdParam' + database_template: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DatabaseTemplate' + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + /database-templates/{databaseTemplateId}: get: - summary: Returns a report schedule by ID. - operationId: get_reporting_schedule_by_id tags: - - Reporting + - DatabaseTemplates + summary: Retrieve a DatabaseTemplate by ID. + operationId: get_database_template_by_id responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ReportingSchedule' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DatabaseTemplate' delete: - summary: Delete report schedule by ID. - operationId: delete_reporting_schedule - tags: - - Reporting - responses: - '204': - description: No Content - put: - summary: Update a reporting schedule by ID. - operationId: update_reporting_schedule tags: - - Reporting - requestBody: - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: update_reporting_schedule_param - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ReportingSchedule' + - DatabaseTemplates + summary: Delete a DatabaseTemplate by ID. + operationId: delete_database_template responses: '200': - description: OK + description: DatabaseTemplate delete initiated. content: application/json: schema: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ReportingSchedule' - /reporting/schedule/{reportId}/tags: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/reportIdParam' - post: + title: DeleteDatabaseTemplateResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + patch: tags: - - Reporting - summary: Create tags for a report schedule. - operationId: create_reporting_schedule_tags + - DatabaseTemplates + summary: Updates a DatabaseTemplate by ID + operationId: update_database_template requestBody: + description: The new data to update a VDB. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: reporting_schedule_tags - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsRequest" - description: Tags information for report schedule. - required: true + $ref: '#/components/schemas/UpdateDatabaseTemplateParameters' responses: - '201': - description: Created + '200': + description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: UpdateDatabaseTemplateResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/databaseTemplateIdParam' + /database-templates/{databaseTemplateId}/tags: get: tags: - - Reporting - summary: Get tags for a report schedule. - operationId: get_reporting_schedule_tags + - DatabaseTemplates + summary: Get tags for a DatabaseTemplate. + operationId: get_database_template_tags responses: '200': description: Ok content: application/json: schema: - type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" - /reporting/schedule/{reportId}/tags/delete: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + post: + tags: + - DatabaseTemplates + summary: Create tags for a DatabaseTemplate. + operationId: create_database_template_tags + requestBody: + description: Tags information for a DatabaseTemplate. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/reportIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/databaseTemplateIdParam' + /database-templates/{databaseTemplateId}/tags/delete: post: tags: - - Reporting - summary: Delete tags for a report schedule. - operationId: delete_reporting_schedule_tag + - DatabaseTemplates + summary: Delete tags for a DatabaseTemplate. + operationId: delete_database_template_tag requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags" - required: false + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' responses: '204': description: No Content - - /reporting/engine-performance-analytic-report: - get: - summary: Gets the performance analytics report for engines. + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/databaseTemplateIdParam' + /database-templates/search: + post: tags: - - Reporting - operationId: get_engine_performance_analytics_report + - DatabaseTemplates + summary: Search DatabaseTemplates. + operationId: search_database_templates parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/EnginePerformanceAnalyticReportSortParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/databaseTemplatesSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' responses: - "200": - description: Returns a list of performance analytics data of engines. + '200': + description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: SearchDatabaseTemplatesResponse type: object - title: EnginePerformanceAnalyticReportResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/EnginePerformanceAnalytic" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DatabaseTemplate' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - text/csv: - schema: - type: string - example: | - engine_name,engine_id,engine_type,aggregation_period,cpu_cores_count,cpu_utilization,total_memory,average_disk_latency_read,average_disk_latency_write,average_disk_latency_total,average_disk_throughput_read,average_disk_throughput_write,average_disk_throughput_total,average_nfs_latency_read,average_nfs_latency_write,average_nfs_latency_total,average_nfs_throughput_read,average_nfs_throughput_write,average_nfs_throughput_total,average_iscsi_latency_read,average_iscsi_latency_write,average_iscsi_latency_total,average_iscsi_throughput_read,average_iscsi_throughput_write,average_iscsi_throughput_total,average_network_throughput_transmit,average_network_throughput_receive - km,1,VIRTUALIZATION,24,2,4.97529992942837,8589934592,4747942,900793,901766,486,495052,253030,32493,1127989,394758,34417,0,17208,0,0,0,0,0,0,11.135787037037,5.75303240740741 - /reporting/engine-performance-analytic-report/search: - post: - summary: Search the performance analytic report for engines. - tags: - - Reporting + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' x-filterable: fields: - engine_id: + id: type: string - engine_name: + name: type: string - engine_type: + description: type: string - aggregation_period: - type: integer - cpu_cores_count: - type: integer - cpu_utilization: - type: number - format: double - total_memory: - type: integer - format: int64 - average_disk_latency_read: - type: integer - format: int64 - average_disk_latency_write: - type: integer - format: int64 - average_disk_latency_total: - type: integer - format: int64 - average_disk_throughput_read: - type: integer - format: int64 - average_disk_throughput_write: - type: integer - format: int64 - average_disk_throughput_total: - type: integer - format: int64 - average_disk_iops_read: - type: integer - format: int64 - average_disk_iops_write: - type: integer - format: int64 - average_disk_iops_total: - type: integer - format: int64 - average_nfs_latency_read: - type: integer - format: int64 - average_nfs_latency_write: - type: integer - format: int64 - average_nfs_latency_total: - type: integer - format: int64 - average_nfs_throughput_read: - type: integer - format: int64 - average_nfs_throughput_write: - type: integer - format: int64 - average_nfs_throughput_total: - type: integer - format: int64 - average_nfs_iops_read: - type: integer - format: int64 - average_nfs_iops_write: - type: integer - format: int64 - average_nfs_iops_total: - type: integer - format: int64 - average_iscsi_latency_read: - type: integer - format: int64 - average_iscsi_latency_write: - type: integer - format: int64 - average_iscsi_latency_total: - type: integer - format: int64 - average_iscsi_throughput_read: - type: integer - format: int64 - average_iscsi_throughput_write: - type: integer - format: int64 - average_iscsi_throughput_total: - type: integer - format: int64 - average_iscsi_iops_read: - type: integer - format: int64 - average_iscsi_iops_write: - type: integer - format: int64 - average_iscsi_iops_total: - type: integer - format: int64 - average_network_throughput_transmit: - type: number - format: double - average_network_throughput_receive: - type: number - format: double - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/EnginePerformanceAnalyticReportSortParam' - operationId: search_engine_performance_analytics_report + source_type: + type: string + parameters: + type: object + fields: + name: + type: string + value: + type: string + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + /database-templates/import: + post: + tags: + - DatabaseTemplates + summary: Imports the database templates from an engine. + operationId: import_database_templates requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + description: Body containing the ID of the registered engine. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EngineIdBody' + required: true responses: - "200": - description: Returns a list of performance analytics data of engines. + '200': + description: OK + /database-templates/undo-import: + post: + tags: + - DatabaseTemplates + summary: Undo an import of DatabaseTemplates on an Engine. + operationId: undo_import_database_templates + requestBody: + description: Body containing the ID of the registered engine. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EngineIdBody' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: OK + /cdbs: + get: + tags: + - CDBs + summary: List all CDBs (Oracle only). + operationId: get_cdbs + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cdbsSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: ListCDBsResponse type: object - title: EnginePerformanceAnalyticReportResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/EnginePerformanceAnalytic" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/CDB' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - text/csv: - schema: - type: string - example: | - engine_name,engine_id,engine_type,aggregation_period,cpu_cores_count,cpu_utilization,total_memory,average_disk_latency_read,average_disk_latency_write,average_disk_latency_total,average_disk_throughput_read,average_disk_throughput_write,average_disk_throughput_total,average_nfs_latency_read,average_nfs_latency_write,average_nfs_latency_total,average_nfs_throughput_read,average_nfs_throughput_write,average_nfs_throughput_total,average_iscsi_latency_read,average_iscsi_latency_write,average_iscsi_latency_total,average_iscsi_throughput_read,average_iscsi_throughput_write,average_iscsi_throughput_total,average_network_throughput_transmit,average_network_throughput_receive - km,1,VIRTUALIZATION,24,2,4.97529992942837,8589934592,4747942,900793,901766,486,495052,253030,32493,1127989,394758,34417,0,17208,0,0,0,0,0,0,11.135787037037,5.75303240740741 - - /reporting/engine-performance-analytic-trends/search: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + /cdbs/search: post: - summary: Search the performance analytic trend data for engines. tags: - - Reporting - x-filterable: - fields: - engine_id: - type: string - trend_type: - type: string - aggregation_period: - type: integer + - CDBs + summary: Search for CDBs (Oracle only). + operationId: search_cdbs parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendSortParam' - operationId: search_engine_performance_analytic_trends + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cdbsSortParam' requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' responses: - "200": - description: Returns a list of performance analytic trends data of engines. + '200': + description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: SearchCDBsResponse type: object - title: EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrend" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/CDB' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /reporting/product_info: - get: - tags: - - Reporting - summary: Returns the DCT Product Information. - operationId: get_product_info - responses: - '200': - description: OK + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + database_version: + type: string + environment_id: + type: string + size: + type: integer + jdbc_connection_string: + type: string + engine_id: + type: string + namespace_id: + type: string + namespace_name: + type: string + is_replica: + type: boolean + is_linked: + type: boolean + group_name: + type: string + status: + type: string + enabled: + type: boolean + instance_name: + type: string + instance_number: + type: integer + repository_id: + type: string + tde_keystore_config_type: + type: string + database_name: + type: string + database_unique_name: + type: string + tde_kms_pkcs11_config_path: + type: string + is_tde_keystore_password_set: + type: boolean + /cdbs/{cdbId}: + get: + tags: + - CDBs + summary: Get a CDB by ID (Oracle only). + operationId: get_cdb_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: OK content: application/json: schema: - type: object - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ProductInfo' - - /roles: - post: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/CDB' + patch: tags: - - Authorization - summary: Create custom role - operationId: create_role + - CDBs + summary: Update a CDB. + operationId: update_cdb requestBody: + description: The parameters to update a CDB. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: create_role_param - $ref: '#/components/schemas/CreateRole' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/UpdateCDBParameters' responses: - "200": - description: Returns the newly created role. + '200': + description: CDB update initiated. content: application/json: schema: + title: UpdateCDBResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/Role" - get: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cdbIdParam' + /cdbs/{cdbId}/update: + patch: tags: - - Authorization - summary: List all roles - operationId: get_roles + - CDBs + summary: Update a CDB. + operationId: update_cdb_by_id + requestBody: + description: The parameters to update a CDB. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/UpdateCDBParameters' responses: '200': - description: OK + description: CDB update initiated. content: application/json: schema: + title: UpdateCDBResponse type: object - title: ListRolesResponse properties: - items: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Role' - /roles/{roleId}: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + deprecated: true parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/roleIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cdbIdParam' + /cdbs/{cdbId}/tags: get: - summary: Returns role by ID. - operationId: get_role_by_id tags: - - Authorization + - CDBs + summary: Get tags for a CDB. + operationId: get_tags_cdb responses: '200': - description: OK + description: Ok content: application/json: schema: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Role' - patch: - summary: Update a Role. - operationId: update_role + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + post: tags: - - Authorization + - CDBs + summary: Create tags for a CDB. + operationId: create_cdb_tags requestBody: + description: Tags information for CDB. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: update_role_param - $ref: '#/components/schemas/RoleUpdateParameters' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' + required: true responses: - '200': - description: OK + '201': + description: Created content: application/json: schema: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Role' - delete: - summary: Delete role by ID. - operationId: delete_role + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cdbIdParam' + /cdbs/{cdbId}/tags/delete: + post: tags: - - Authorization + - CDBs + summary: Delete tags for a CDB. + operationId: delete_cdb_tags + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' responses: '204': description: No Content - /roles/search: + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cdbIdParam' + /cdbs/{cdbId}/enable: post: - summary: Search for roles. - operationId: search_roles tags: - - Authorization - x-filterable: - fields: - id: - type: string - name: - type: string - description: - type: string - permission_objects: - type: array[object] - fields: - object_type: - type: string - permissions: - type: array[string] - tags: - type: array[object] - fields: - key: - type: string - value: - type: string - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/roleSortParam' + - CDBs + summary: Enable a CDB. + operationId: enable_cdb requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + description: The parameters to enable a CDB. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EnableCDBParameters' responses: '200': - description: OK + description: CDB enable initiated. content: application/json: schema: + title: EnableCDBResponse type: object - title: SearchRolesResponse properties: - items: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Role' - response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /roles/{roleId}/permissions: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/roleIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cdbIdParam' + /cdbs/{cdbId}/disable: post: tags: - - Authorization - summary: Add permissions to a role. - operationId: add_role_permissions + - CDBs + summary: Disable a CDB. + operationId: disable_cdb requestBody: + description: The parameters to disable a CDB. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: role_permissions_param - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PermissionsRequest" - description: Permissions to add to the role. - required: true + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DisableCDBParameters' responses: '200': - description: The updated role. + description: CDB disable initiated. content: application/json: schema: + title: DisableCDBResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/Role" - /roles/{roleId}/permissions/delete: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/roleIdParam' - post: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cdbIdParam' + /cdbs/{cdbId}/deletion-dependencies: + get: tags: - - Authorization - summary: Remove permissions from a role. - operationId: remove_role_permissions - requestBody: - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: role_permissions_param - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PermissionsRequest" - description: Permissions to remove from the role. - required: true + - CDBs + summary: Get deletion dependencies of a CDB. + operationId: get_cdb_deletion_dependencies responses: '200': - description: The updated role. + description: Deletion dependencies of a CDB. content: application/json: schema: - type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/Role" - /roles/{roleId}/tags: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DeletionDependenciesResponse' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/roleIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cdbIdParam' + /cdbs/{cdbId}/delete: post: tags: - - Authorization - summary: Create tags for a role. - operationId: create_role_tags + - CDBs + summary: Delete a CDB. + operationId: delete_cdb requestBody: + description: The parameters to delete a CDB. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: role_tags - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsRequest" - description: Tags information for Roles. - required: true + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DeleteCDBParameters' responses: - '201': - description: Created + '200': + description: CDB delete initiated. content: application/json: schema: + title: DeleteCDBResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" - get: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cdbIdParam' + /cdbs/{cdbId}/upgrade: + post: tags: - - Authorization - summary: Get tags for a Role. - operationId: get_role_tags + - CDBs + summary: Upgrade Oracle CDB + operationId: upgrade_cdb + requestBody: + description: The new data to upgrade an Oracle CDB. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters' responses: '200': - description: Ok + description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: UpgradeCDBResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" - /roles/{roleId}/tags/delete: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/roleIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cdbIdParam' + /cdbs/{cdbId}/detachSource: post: tags: - - Authorization - summary: Delete tags for a Role. - operationId: delete_role_tag - requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags" - required: false - responses: - '204': - description: No Content - /auth/permissions/objects/{objectType}/{objectId}: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/objectTypeParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/objectIdParam' - get: - summary: Returns permissions for given object. - operationId: get_object_permissions - tags: - - Authorization + - CDBs + summary: Detaches an Oracle CDB from an Oracle database. + operationId: detach_cdb responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ObjectPermissionsResponse' - - /auth/object-permissions: - get: - summary: Returns all of the possible permissions for all of the objects. - operationId: get_all_object_permissions + title: DetachCDBResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + dsource_id: + type: string + description: The dsource id of the detached dSource. + example: 1-ORACLE_DB_CONTAINER-32 + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cdbIdParam' + /cdbs/{cdbId}/attachSource: + post: tags: - - Authorization + - CDBs + summary: Attach an Oracle CDB to an Oracle database. + operationId: attach_cdb + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/OracleAttachCdbBody' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/AllObjectPermissionsResponse' - - /access-groups: + title: attachCDBResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cdbIdParam' + /cdbs/{cdbId}/jdbc-check: post: tags: - - Authorization - summary: Create a new access group. - operationId: create_access_group + - CDBs + summary: Verify JDBC connection string for a CDB. + operationId: verify_cdb_jdbc_connection_string requestBody: - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: create_access_group_param - $ref: "#/components/schemas/AccessGroup" - required: true + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringBody' responses: - "201": - description: Returns the newly created access group. + '200': + description: Success or Failure. content: application/json: schema: - type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/AccessGroup" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ConnectivityCheckResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cdbIdParam' + /vcdbs: get: tags: - - Authorization - summary: List all access groups. - operationId: get_access_groups + - VCDBs + summary: List all vCDBs (Oracle only). + operationId: get_vcdbs parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupsSortParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vcdbsSortParam' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: ListVCDBsResponse type: object - title: ListAccessGroupsResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccessGroup' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VCDB' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /access-groups/search: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + /vcdbs/search: post: - summary: Search for access groups. - operationId: search_access_groups tags: - - Authorization - x-filterable: - description: Access group fields which can be used in filter expressions. - fields: - - id - - name - - account_ids - - tagged_account_ids - - scopes - - single_account + - VCDBs + summary: Search for vCDBs (Oracle only). + operationId: search_vcdbs parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupsSortParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vcdbsSortParam' requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: SearchVCDBsResponse type: object - title: SearchAccessGroupsResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccessGroup' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VCDB' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /access-groups/{accessGroupId}: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupIdParam' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + database_name: + type: string + database_version: + type: string + environment_id: + type: string + size: + type: integer + engine_id: + type: string + status: + type: string + parent_id: + type: string + creation_date: + type: string + group_name: + type: string + enabled: + type: boolean + content_type: + type: string + namespace_id: + type: string + namespace_name: + type: string + is_replica: + type: boolean + vcdb_restart: + type: boolean + invoke_datapatch: + type: boolean + node_listeners: + type: array[string] + instance_name: + type: string + instance_number: + type: integer + repository_id: + type: string + containerization_state: + type: string + tde_key_identifier: + type: string + tde_keystore_config_type: + type: string + is_tde_keystore_password_set: + type: boolean + database_unique_name: + type: string + db_username: + type: string + redo_log_groups: + type: integer + format: int32 + redo_log_size_in_mb: + type: integer + format: int32 + /vcdbs/{vcdbId}: get: - summary: Returns an Access group by ID. - operationId: get_access_group_by_id tags: - - Authorization + - VCDBs + summary: Get a CDB by ID (Oracle only). + operationId: get_vcdb_by_id responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccessGroup' - delete: - summary: Delete an Access group. - operationId: delete_access_group - tags: - - Authorization - responses: - '204': - description: No Content + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VCDB' patch: - summary: Update an Access group. - operationId: update_access_group tags: - - Authorization + - VCDBs + summary: Update values of a VCDB + operationId: update_vcdb requestBody: + description: The parameters to update a VCDB. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: update_access_group_param - $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccessGroupUpdateParameters' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/UpdateVCDBParameters' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccessGroup' - /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/tags: + title: UpdateVCDBResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vcdbIdParam' + /vcdbs/{vcdbId}/tags: + get: + tags: + - VCDBs + summary: Get tags for a vCDB. + operationId: get_tags_vcdb + responses: + '200': + description: Ok + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' post: tags: - - Authorization - summary: Add account tags to an Access group - operationId: add_access_group_account_tags + - VCDBs + summary: Create tags for a vCDB. + operationId: create_vcdb_tags requestBody: + description: Tags information for vCDB. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: account_tags - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsRequest" - description: Account Tags to add to the Access group. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' required: true responses: - '200': - description: The updated Access group. + '201': + description: Created content: application/json: schema: - type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/AccessGroup" - /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/tags/delete: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vcdbIdParam' + /vcdbs/{vcdbId}/tags/delete: post: tags: - - Authorization - summary: Remove account tags from an access group. - operationId: remove_access_group_account_tags + - VCDBs + summary: Delete tags for a vCDB. + operationId: delete_vcdb_tags requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags" + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' responses: - '200': - description: The updated Access group. - content: - application/json: - schema: - type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/AccessGroup" - /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/account-ids: + '204': + description: No Content parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vcdbIdParam' + /vcdbs/{vcdbId}/enable: post: tags: - - Authorization - summary: Add account ids to an Access group - operationId: add_access_group_account_ids + - VCDBs + summary: Enable a vCDB. + operationId: enable_vcdb requestBody: + description: The parameters to enable a vCDB. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: account_ids - $ref: "#/components/schemas/AccessGroupAccountIdsRequest" - description: Account ids to add to the Access group. - required: true - responses: - '200': - description: The updated Access group. - content: - application/json: - schema: - type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/AccessGroup" - /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/account-ids/{accountId}: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupIdParam' - - in: path - name: accountId - schema: - type: integer - format: int64 - required: true - description: The ID of the account. - delete: - summary: Remove the account from the access group. - operationId: remove_access_group_account_id - tags: - - Authorization + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EnableVCDBParameters' responses: '200': - description: The updated Access group. + description: vCDB enable initiated. content: application/json: schema: + title: EnableVCDBResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/AccessGroup" - /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vcdbIdParam' + /vcdbs/{vcdbId}/disable: post: tags: - - Authorization - summary: Add scopes to an Access group - operationId: add_access_group_scopes + - VCDBs + summary: Disable a vCDB. + operationId: disable_vcdb requestBody: + description: The parameters to disable a vCDB. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: scopes - $ref: "#/components/schemas/AccessGroupScopesRequest" - description: Scopes to add to the Access group. - required: true + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DisableVCDBParameters' responses: '200': - description: The updated Access group. + description: vCDB disable initiated. content: application/json: schema: + title: DisableVCDBResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/AccessGroup" - /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId}: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupIdParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/scopeIdParam' - delete: - summary: Remove the scope from the Access group. - operationId: remove_access_group_scope + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vcdbIdParam' + /vcdbs/{vcdbId}/deletion-dependencies: + get: tags: - - Authorization + - VCDBs + summary: Get deletion dependencies of a vCDB. + operationId: get_vcdb_deletion_dependencies responses: '200': - description: The updated Access group. + description: Deletion dependencies of a vCDB. content: application/json: schema: - type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/AccessGroup" - get: - summary: Get access group scope. - operationId: get_access_group_scope + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DeletionDependenciesResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vcdbIdParam' + /vcdbs/{vcdbId}/delete: + post: tags: - - Authorization + - VCDBs + summary: Delete a vCDB. + operationId: delete_vcdb + requestBody: + description: The parameters to delete a vCDB. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DeleteVCDBParameters' responses: '200': - description: The access group scope. + description: vCDB delete initiated. content: application/json: schema: + title: DeleteVCDBResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/AccessGroupScope" + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vcdbIdParam' + /vcdbs/{vcdbId}/update: patch: - summary: Update access group scope. - operationId: update_access_group_scope tags: - - Authorization + - VCDBs + summary: Update a VCDB. + operationId: update_vcdb_by_id requestBody: + description: The parameters to update a VCDB. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: scopes - $ref: "#/components/schemas/UpdateAccessGroupScope" - description: Access group scope to update. - required: true + $ref: '#/components/schemas/UpdateVCDBParameters' responses: '200': - description: The updated access group scope. + description: VCDB update initiated. content: application/json: schema: + title: UpdateVCDBResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/AccessGroupScope" - /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId}/object-tags: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + deprecated: true parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupIdParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/scopeIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vcdbIdParam' + /vcdbs/{vcdbId}/start: post: - summary: Add object tags to the access group scope. - operationId: add_tags_to_scope tags: - - Authorization + - VCDBs + summary: Start a vCDB. + operationId: start_vcdb requestBody: content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: access_group_scope_tags - $ref: "#/components/schemas/ScopeTagsRequest" - description: Object tags for the access group scope. - required: true + $ref: '#/components/schemas/StartVCDBParameters' + required: false responses: - '201': - description: Created + '200': + description: vCDB start initiated. content: application/json: schema: + title: StartVCDBResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/ScopeTagsResponse" - /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId}/object-tags/delete: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupIdParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/scopeIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vcdbIdParam' + /vcdbs/{vcdbId}/stop: post: tags: - - Authorization - summary: Remove tags from the access group scope. - operationId: delete_access_group_scope_object_tags + - VCDBs + summary: Stop a vCDB. + operationId: stop_vcdb requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/DeleteScopeObjectTags" + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/StopVCDBParameters' + required: false responses: - '201': - description: Created + '200': + description: vCDB stop initiated. content: application/json: schema: + title: StopVCDBResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/ScopeTagsResponse" - /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId}/objects: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupIdParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/scopeIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vcdbIdParam' + /vcdbs/{vcdbId}/upgrade: post: - summary: Add objects to the access group scope. - operationId: add_objects_to_access_group_scope tags: - - Authorization + - VCDBs + summary: Upgrade Oracle vCDB + operationId: upgrade_vcdb requestBody: + description: The new data to upgrade an Oracle vCDB. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: scope_objects - $ref: "#/components/schemas/ScopedObjectsRequest" - description: Add objects to the access group scope. - required: true + $ref: '#/components/schemas/UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters' responses: - '201': - description: Created + '200': + description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: UpgradeVCDBResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/ScopedObjectItemsResponse" - /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId}/objects/delete: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupIdParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/scopeIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vcdbIdParam' + /vcdbs/{vcdbId}/jdbc-check: post: tags: - - Authorization - summary: Remove objects from the access group scope. - operationId: delete_access_group_scope_objects + - VCDBs + summary: Verify JDBC connection string for a vCDB. + operationId: verify_vcdb_jdbc_connection_string requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/DeleteObjects" + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringBody' responses: - '201': - description: Created + '200': + description: Success or Failure. content: application/json: schema: - type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/ScopedObjectItemsResponse" - /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId}/always_allowed_permissions: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ConnectivityCheckResponse' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupIdParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/scopeIdParam' - post: - summary: Add always allowed permissions for given object type. - operationId: add_always_allowed_permissions + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vcdbIdParam' + /virtualization-policies: + get: tags: - - Authorization - requestBody: - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: scope_object_permissions - $ref: "#/components/schemas/AlwaysAllowedPermissionRequest" - description: Add always allowed permissions for given object type. - required: true + - VirtualizationPolicies + summary: Fetch a list of all virtualization policies + operationId: list_virtualization_policies + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/virtualizationPoliciesSortParam' responses: '200': - description: The access group scope. + description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: ListVirtualizationPoliciesResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/AccessGroupScope" - /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId}/always_allowed_permissions/delete: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupIdParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/scopeIdParam' + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualizationPolicy' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' post: - summary: Remove always allowed permissions for given object type. - operationId: remove_always_allowed_permissions tags: - - Authorization + - VirtualizationPolicies + summary: Create a VirtualizationPolicy. + operationId: create_virtualization_policy requestBody: - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: scope_object_permissions - $ref: "#/components/schemas/AlwaysAllowedPermissionRequest" - description: Remove always allowed permissions for given object type. - required: true + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/CreateVirtualizationPolicy' + responses: + '201': + description: VirtualizationPolicy created + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + virtualization_policy: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualizationPolicy' + /virtualization-policies/search: + post: + tags: + - VirtualizationPolicies + summary: Search Virtualization Policies. + operationId: search_virtualization_policies + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/virtualizationPoliciesSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' responses: '200': - description: The access group scope. + description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: SearchVirtualizationPoliciesResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/AccessGroupScope" - /connectors: - get: + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualizationPolicy' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + dct_managed: + type: boolean + create_user: + type: string + create_timestamp: + type: string + format: date-time + namespace: + type: string + engine_id: + type: string + engine_name: + type: string + policy_type: + type: string + timezone_id: + type: string + namespace_id: + type: string + namespace_name: + type: string + is_replica: + type: boolean + default_policy: + type: boolean + effective_type: + type: string + data_duration: + type: integer + data_unit: + type: string + log_duration: + type: integer + log_unit: + type: string + num_of_daily: + type: integer + num_of_weekly: + type: integer + day_of_week: + type: string + num_of_monthly: + type: integer + day_of_month: + type: integer + num_of_yearly: + type: integer + day_of_year: + type: string + size: + type: integer + customized: + type: boolean + schedules: + type: array[object] + fields: + cron_string: + type: string + cutoff_time: + type: integer + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + num_targets: + type: integer + /virtualization-policies/targets/search: + post: tags: - - Connectors - summary: Retrieve the list of masking connectors. - operationId: get_connectors + - VirtualizationPolicies + summary: Search Virtualization Policy Target Objects. + operationId: search_virtualization_policy_targets parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/connectorsSortParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/virtualizationPolicyTargetsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse type: object - title: ListConnectorsResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Connector' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualizationPolicyTarget' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /connectors/{connectorId}: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/connectorIdParam' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + policy_id: + type: string + target_id: + type: string + engine_id: + type: string + policy_type: + type: string + target_type: + type: string + target_name: + type: string + /virtualization-policies/{policyId}: get: - summary: Retrieve a masking Connector by ID. - operationId: get_connector_by_id tags: - - Connectors + - VirtualizationPolicies + summary: Fetch a virtualization policy by Id. + operationId: get_virtualization_policy_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: Returns a single virtualization policy + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualizationPolicy' + '404': + description: Virtualization policy not found + delete: + tags: + - VirtualizationPolicies + summary: Delete a VirtualizationPolicy. + operationId: delete_virtualization_policy responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Connector' + title: VirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' patch: - summary: Update a masking Connector by ID. - operationId: update_connector_by_id tags: - - Connectors + - VirtualizationPolicies + summary: Update a VirtualizationPolicy. + operationId: update_virtualization_policy requestBody: content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: update_connector_parameter - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ConnectorUpdateParameters' - description: The new data to update a masking Connector. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters' + required: true responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse type: object - title: UpdateConnectorResponse properties: job: $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - /connectors/{connectorId}/tags: + virtualization_policy: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualizationPolicy' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/connectorIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/virtualizationPolicyIdParam' + /virtualization-policies/{policyId}/convert: post: tags: - - Connectors - summary: Create tags for a Connector. - operationId: create_connector_tags - requestBody: - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: connector_tags - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsRequest" - description: Tags information for Connector. - required: true + - VirtualizationPolicies + summary: Convert a virtualization policy to a DCT-managed policy. + operationId: convert_virtualization_policy responses: - '201': - description: Created + '200': + description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + virtualization_policy: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualizationPolicy' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/virtualizationPolicyIdParam' + /virtualization-policies/{policyId}/tags: get: tags: - - Connectors - summary: Get tags for a Connector. - operationId: get_connector_tags + - VirtualizationPolicies + summary: Get tags for a VirtualizationPolicy. + operationId: get_virtualization_policy_tags responses: '200': description: Ok content: application/json: schema: - type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" - /connectors/{connectorId}/tags/delete: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + post: + tags: + - VirtualizationPolicies + summary: Create tags for a VirtualizationPolicy. + operationId: create_virtualization_policy_tags + requestBody: + description: Tags information for VirtualizationPolicies. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/connectorIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/virtualizationPolicyIdParam' + /virtualization-policies/{policyId}/tags/delete: post: tags: - - Connectors - summary: Delete tags for a Connector. - operationId: delete_connector_tag + - VirtualizationPolicies + summary: Delete tags for a VirtualizationPolicy. + operationId: delete_virtualization_policy_tags requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags" - required: false + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' responses: '204': description: No Content - /connectors/search: + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/virtualizationPolicyIdParam' + /virtualization-policies/{policyId}/apply: post: - summary: Search for masking Connectors. - operationId: search_connectors tags: - - Connectors - x-filterable: - fields: - id: - type: string - engine_id: - type: string - type: - type: string - name: - type: string - hostname: - type: string - username: - type: string - port: - type: integer - tags: - type: array[object] - fields: - key: - type: string - value: - type: string - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/connectorsSortParam' + - VirtualizationPolicies + summary: Apply a virtualization policy to the given list of objects. + operationId: apply_virtualization_policy_by_id_or_name requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/VirtualizationPolicyApplyBody' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: VirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse type: object - title: SearchConnectorsResponse properties: - items: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Connector' - response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /executions: - get: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/virtualizationPolicyIdParam' + /virtualization-policies/{policyId}/unapply: + post: tags: - - Executions - summary: Retrieve the list of masking executions. - operationId: get_executions - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionsSortParam' + - VirtualizationPolicies + summary: Unapply a virtualization policy to the given list of objects. + operationId: unapply_virtualization_policy_by_id_or_name + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/VirtualizationPolicyApplyBody' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: VirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse type: object - title: ListExecutionsResponse properties: - items: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Execution' - response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /executions/search: - post: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/virtualizationPolicyIdParam' + /replication-profiles: + get: tags: - - Executions - summary: Search masking executions. - operationId: search_executions - x-filterable: - fields: - id: - type: string - engine_id: - type: string - engine_name: - type: string - masking_job_id: - type: string - masking_job_name: - type: string - source_connector_id: - type: string - target_connector_id: - type: string - status: - type: string - rows_masked: - type: integer - rows_total: - type: integer - bytes_processed: - type: integer - bytes_total: - type: integer - start_time: - type: string - submit_time: - type: string - end_time: - type: string - hyperscale_instance_id: - type: string - task_events: - type: array[object] - fields: - event: - type: string - status: - type: string - hyperscale_task_events: - type: array[object] - fields: - name: - type: string - progress: - type: number - status: - type: string - processed_objects: - type: integer - processed_rows: - type: integer - total_constraints: - type: integer - processed_indexes: - type: integer - total_indexes: - type: integer - processed_triggers: - type: integer - total_triggers: - type: integer - start_time: - type: string - end_time: - type: string - errors: - type: array[object] - fields: - table_name: - type: string - error: - type: string + - Replication + summary: List all ReplicationProfiles. + operationId: get_replication_profiles parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionsSortParam' - requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/replicationProfilesSortParam' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: ListReplicationProfilesResponse type: object - title: SearchExecutionsResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Execution' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ReplicationProfile' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /executions/{executionId}: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionIdParam' - get: - summary: Retrieve an Execution by ID. - operationId: get_execution_by_id - tags: - - Executions - responses: - '200': - description: OK - content: - application/json: - schema: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Execution' - /executions/{executionId}/cancel: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionIdParam' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' post: - summary: Cancel an Execution. - operationId: cancel_execution tags: - - Executions + - Replication + summary: Create a ReplicationProfile. + operationId: create_replication_profile requestBody: - required: false - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: cancel_execution - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExecutionCancelParameters' - responses: - '200': - description: OK - /executions/{executionId}/restart: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionIdParam' - post: - summary: Restart an Execution (Hyperscale only). - operationId: restart_execution - tags: - - Executions + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/CreateReplicationProfile' responses: - '200': - description: Masking job execution restarted. + '201': + description: ReplicationProfile created content: application/json: schema: + title: CreateReplicationProfileResponse type: object - title: RestartExecutionResponse properties: job: $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - description: The initiated job. - /executions/{executionId}/cleanup: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionIdParam' + replication_profile_id: + type: string + description: The id of the created ReplicationProfile. + example: 1-REPLICATION_PROFILE-1 + /replication-profiles/search: post: - summary: Cleanup an Execution (Hyperscale only). - operationId: cleanup_execution tags: - - Executions - responses: - '200': - description: Masking job execution cleaned up. - content: - application/json: - schema: - type: object - title: CleanupExecutionResponse - properties: - job: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - description: The initiated job. - /executions/{executionId}/events: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionIdParam' - get: - summary: Retrieve the list of events for a masking execution. - operationId: get_execution_events + - Replication + summary: Search for ReplicationProfiles. + operationId: search_replication_profiles parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionEventsSortParam' - tags: - - Executions + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/replicationProfilesSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: SearchReplicationProfilesResponse type: object - title: ListExecutionEventsResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExecutionEvent' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ReplicationProfile' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /executions/{executionId}/events/search: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionIdParam' - post: - tags: - - Executions - summary: Search masking executions events. - operationId: search_execution_events - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionEventsSortParam' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' x-filterable: fields: id: type: string - execution_id: - type: string - event_type: + name: type: string - severity: + replication_mode: type: string - cause: + target_engine_id: type: string - count: + target_port: type: integer - timestamp: + engine_id: type: string - masked_object_name: + replication_tag: type: string - algorithm_name: + last_execution_status: type: string - exception_type: + last_execution_status_timestamp: + type: date-time + description: type: string - exception_detail: + schedule: type: string - requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + enable_tag_replication: + type: boolean + encrypted: + type: boolean + use_system_socks_setting: + type: boolean + automatic_replication: + type: boolean + number_of_connections: + type: integer + bandwidth_limit: + type: integer + vdb_ids: + type: array + items: + type: string + dsource_ids: + type: array + items: + type: string + cdb_ids: + type: array + items: + type: string + vcdb_ids: + type: array + items: + type: string + group_ids: + type: array + items: + type: string + data_layout_ids: + type: array + items: + type: string + /virtualization-jobs/history: + get: + tags: + - VirtualizationJobs + summary: Fetch a list of all virtualization jobs + operationId: get_virtualization_job_history + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/virtualizationJobsSortParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/ObjectIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/ObjectTypeParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/JobTypeParam' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: ListVirtualizationJobsResponse type: object - title: SearchExecutionEventsResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExecutionEvent' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualizationJob' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /executions/{executionId}/log: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionIdParam' - get: - summary: Retrieve the masking execution log. - operationId: get_execution_log - tags: - - Executions - responses: - '200': - description: OK - content: - application/json: - schema: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/ExecutionLog" - /enable-scale-testing: - x-internal: true + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + /virtualization-jobs/history/search: post: tags: - - Test - summary: This is used for performance testing to enable engine and object duplication. - operationId: enable_scale_testing - requestBody: - content: - application/json: - schema: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/EnableScaleTestingRequest" - responses: - '200': - description: OK - /database-templates: - get: - tags: - - DatabaseTemplates - summary: Retrieve the list of database templates. - operationId: get_database_templates + - VirtualizationJobs + summary: Search virtualization jobs + operationId: search_virtualization_job_history parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/databaseTemplatesSortParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/virtualizationJobsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse type: object - title: ListDatabaseTemplatesResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DatabaseTemplate' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualizationJob' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - post: - tags: - - DatabaseTemplates - summary: Create a database template. - operationId: create_database_template - requestBody: - $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/CreateDatabaseTemplate' - required: true - responses: - '200': - description: OK - content: - application/json: - schema: - type: object - title: CreateDatabaseTemplateResponse - properties: - database_template: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DatabaseTemplate' - job: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - description: The initiated job. - /database-templates/{databaseTemplateId}: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/databaseTemplateIdParam' - get: - summary: Retrieve a DatabaseTemplate by ID. - operationId: get_database_template_by_id + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + engine_job_id: + type: string + engine_id: + type: string + legacy_job_type: + type: string + job_type: + type: string + target_object_id: + type: string + legacy_target_object_type: + type: string + target_object_type: + type: string + job_state: + type: string + start_time: + type: date-time + update_time: + type: date-time + suspendable: + type: boolean + cancelable: + type: boolean + queued: + type: boolean + title: + type: string + cancel_reason: + type: string + percent_complete: + type: integer + run_duration: + type: integer + events: + type: array[object] + fields: + event_type: + type: string + event_timestamp: + type: date-time + event_state: + type: string + percent_complete: + type: integer + message_code: + type: string + message_details: + type: string + message_action: + type: string + message_command_output: + type: string + /virtualization-actions/history: + get: tags: - - DatabaseTemplates + - VirtualizationActions + summary: Fetch a list of all virtualization actions + operationId: get_virtualization_action_history + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/virtualizationActionsSortParam' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DatabaseTemplate' + title: ListVirtualizationActionsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualizationAction' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + text/csv: + schema: + type: string + example: | + id,engine_id,action_type,title,details,start_time,end_time,user,user_agent,origin_ip,parent_action,state,work_source,work_source_name,work_source_principal,failure_description,failure_action,failure_message_code + 1-ACTION-1,1,ACTION_TYPE,ACTION_TITLE,details,2024-07-15T21:20:28.864Z,2024-07-15T21:20:28.864Z,user,user_agent,127.0.0.1,parent action,FAILED,SYSTEM,admin,principal,description,action,message.code + /virtualization-actions/history/search: + post: + tags: + - VirtualizationActions + summary: Search virtualization actions + operationId: search_virtualization_action_history + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/virtualizationActionsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualizationAction' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + text/csv: + schema: + type: string + example: | + id,engine_id,action_type,title,details,start_time,end_time,user,user_agent,origin_ip,parent_action,state,work_source,work_source_name,work_source_principal,failure_description,failure_action,failure_message_code + 1-ACTION-1,1,ACTION_TYPE,ACTION_TITLE,details,2024-07-15T21:20:28.864Z,2024-07-15T21:20:28.864Z,user,user_agent,127.0.0.1,parent action,FAILED,SYSTEM,admin,principal,description,action,message.code + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + engine_id: + type: string + action_type: + type: string + title: + type: string + details: + type: string + start_time: + type: date-time + end_time: + type: date-time + user: + type: string + user_agent: + type: string + origin_ip: + type: string + parent_action: + type: string + state: + type: string + work_source: + type: string + work_source_name: + type: string + work_source_principal: + type: string + failure_description: + type: string + failure_action: + type: string + failure_message_code: + type: string + /replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId}/execute: + post: + tags: + - Replication + summary: Execute a ReplicationProfile. + operationId: execute_replication_profile + responses: + '200': + description: ReplicationProfile executed. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ExecuteReplicationProfileResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/replicationProfileIdParam' + /replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId}: + get: + tags: + - Replication + summary: Get a ReplicationProfile by ID. + operationId: get_replication_profile_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ReplicationProfile' delete: - summary: Delete a DatabaseTemplate by ID. - operationId: delete_database_template tags: - - DatabaseTemplates + - Replication + summary: Delete a ReplicationProfile. + operationId: delete_replication_profile + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/replicationProfileIdParam' responses: '200': - description: DatabaseTemplate delete initiated. + description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: ReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse type: object - title: DeleteDatabaseTemplateResponse properties: job: $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - description: The initiated job. patch: - summary: Updates a DatabaseTemplate by ID - operationId: update_database_template tags: - - DatabaseTemplates + - Replication + summary: Update a ReplicationProfile. + operationId: update_replication_profile requestBody: content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: update_database_template_parameter - $ref: '#/components/schemas/UpdateDatabaseTemplateParameters' - description: The new data to update a VDB. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/UpdateReplicationProfileParameters' + required: true responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: ReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse type: object - title: UpdateDatabaseTemplateResponse properties: job: $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - description: The initiated job. - /database-templates/{databaseTemplateId}/tags: parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/databaseTemplateIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/replicationProfileIdParam' + /replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId}/tags: + get: + tags: + - Replication + summary: Get tags for a ReplicationProfile. + operationId: get_replication_profile_tags + responses: + '200': + description: Ok + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' post: tags: - - DatabaseTemplates - summary: Create tags for a DatabaseTemplate. - operationId: create_database_template_tags + - Replication + summary: Create tags for a ReplicationProfile. + operationId: create_replication_profile_tags requestBody: + description: Tags information for ReplicationProfiles. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: database_template_tags - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsRequest" - description: Tags information for a DatabaseTemplate. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' required: true responses: '201': @@ -8782,1808 +9206,1549 @@ paths: content: application/json: schema: - type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" - get: - tags: - - DatabaseTemplates - summary: Get tags for a DatabaseTemplate. - operationId: get_database_template_tags - responses: - '200': - description: Ok - content: - application/json: - schema: - type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" - /database-templates/{databaseTemplateId}/tags/delete: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/databaseTemplateIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/replicationProfileIdParam' + /replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId}/tags/delete: post: tags: - - DatabaseTemplates - summary: Delete tags for a DatabaseTemplate. - operationId: delete_database_template_tag + - Replication + summary: Delete tags for a ReplicationProfile. + operationId: delete_replication_profile_tags requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags" - required: false + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' responses: '204': description: No Content - /database-templates/search: + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/replicationProfileIdParam' + /replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId}/enable-tag-replication: post: tags: - - DatabaseTemplates - summary: Search DatabaseTemplates. - operationId: search_database_templates - x-filterable: - fields: - id: - type: string - name: - type: string - description: - type: string - source_type: - type: string - parameters: - type: object - fields: - name: - type: string - value: - type: string - tags: - type: array[object] - fields: - key: - type: string - value: - type: string + - Replication + summary: Enable tag replication for given ReplicationProfile. + operationId: enable_tag_replication + responses: + '202': + description: Accepted + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/replicationProfileIdParam' + /replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId}/disable-tag-replication: + post: + tags: + - Replication + summary: Disable tag replication for given ReplicationProfile. + operationId: disable_tag_replication + responses: + '200': + description: OK + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/replicationProfileIdParam' + /namespaces: + get: + tags: + - Namespace + summary: List all namespaces. + operationId: list_namespaces parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/databaseTemplatesSortParam' - requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/namespacesSortParam' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: ListNamespacesResponse type: object - title: SearchDatabaseTemplatesResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DatabaseTemplate' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Namespace' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /database-templates/import: - post: - tags: - - DatabaseTemplates - summary: Imports the database templates from an an engine. - operationId: import_database_templates - requestBody: - description: Body containing the ID of the registered engine. - required: true - content: - application/json: - schema: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/EngineIdBody" - responses: - '200': - description: OK - /database-templates/undo-import: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + /namespaces/search: post: tags: - - DatabaseTemplates - summary: Undo an import of DatabaseTemplates on an Engine. - operationId: undo_import_database_templates - requestBody: - description: Body containing the ID of the registered engine. - required: true - content: - application/json: - schema: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/EngineIdBody" - responses: - '200': - description: OK - /cdbs: - get: - summary: List all CDBs (Oracle only). - operationId: get_cdbs - tags: - - CDBs + - Namespace + summary: Search Namespaces. + operationId: search_namespaces parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cdbsSortParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/namespacesSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: SearchNamespacesResponse type: object - title: ListCDBsResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/CDB' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Namespace' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - - /cdbs/search: - post: - summary: Search for CDBs (Oracle only). - operationId: search_cdbs - tags: - - CDBs + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' x-filterable: fields: id: type: string name: type: string - database_version: - type: string - environment_id: - type: string - size: - type: integer - jdbc_connection_string: + tag: type: string engine_id: type: string - namespace_id: + description: type: string - namespace_name: + secure_namespace: + type: boolean + failed_over: + type: boolean + failover_report: type: string - is_replica: + locked: type: boolean - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cdbsSortParam' - requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + failback_possible: + type: boolean + failback_capability: + type: string + failback_incapability_reason: + type: string + replication_mode: + type: string + last_execution_status: + type: string + last_execution_status_timestamp: + type: date-time + source_engine_name: + type: string + source_engine_id: + type: string + /namespace/{namespaceId}: + get: + tags: + - Namespace + summary: Get a namespace. + operationId: get_namespace_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Namespace' + delete: + tags: + - Namespace + summary: Delete a Namespace. + operationId: delete_namespace responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: NamespaceDeleteJobResponse type: object - title: SearchCDBsResponse properties: - items: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/CDB' - response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /cdbs/{cdbId}: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cdbIdParam' - get: - summary: Get a CDB by ID (Oracle only). - operationId: get_cdb_by_id + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + patch: tags: - - CDBs + - Namespace + summary: Update a Namespace. + operationId: update_namespace + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/UpdateNamespaceParameters' + required: true responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/CDB' - /cdbs/{cdbId}/tags: + title: NamespaceUpdateJobResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cdbIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/namespaceIdParam' + /namespace/{namespaceId}/failover: post: tags: - - CDBs - summary: Create tags for a CDB. - operationId: create_cdb_tags + - Namespace + summary: Initiates failover for the given namespace. + operationId: failover_namespace requestBody: content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: cdb_tags - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsRequest" - description: Tags information for CDB. - required: true + $ref: '#/components/schemas/FailoverNamespaceParameters' responses: - '201': - description: Created + '200': + description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: NamespaceFailoverJobResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" - get: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/namespaceIdParam' + /namespace/{namespaceId}/commitFailover: + post: tags: - - CDBs - summary: Get tags for a CDB. - operationId: get_tags_cdb + - Namespace + summary: Commits the failover of a given namespace and discards the failback + state. + operationId: commit_failover_namespace responses: '200': - description: Ok + description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: NamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" - /cdbs/{cdbId}/tags/delete: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cdbIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/namespaceIdParam' + /namespace/{namespaceId}/failback: post: tags: - - CDBs - summary: Delete tags for a CDB. - operationId: delete_cdb_tags - requestBody: - $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' - required: false + - Namespace + summary: Initiates failback for the given namespace. + operationId: failback_namespace responses: - '204': - description: No Content - /vcdbs: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: NamespaceFailbackJobResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/namespaceIdParam' + /namespace/{namespaceId}/discard: + post: + tags: + - Namespace + summary: Discards any partial receive state for the given namespace. + operationId: discard_namespace + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: NamespaceDiscardJobResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/namespaceIdParam' + /virtualization-alerts/history: get: - summary: List all vCDBs (Oracle only). - operationId: get_vcdbs tags: - - VCDBs + - VirtualizationAlerts + summary: Fetch a list of all virtualization alerts + operationId: get_virtualization_alerts_history parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vcdbsSortParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/virtualizationAlertsSortParam' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse type: object - title: ListVCDBsResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/VCDB' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualizationAlert' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /vcdbs/search: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + text/csv: + schema: + type: string + example: | + id,engine_id,alert_timestamp,event,event_severity,event_title,event_response,event_action,event_command_output,event_description,target_object_type,target_object_id,target_name + 1-ALERT-1,1,2024-07-15T21:21:46.007Z,alert.event,INFORMATIONAL,event title,event response,event action,event command output,event description,VDB,1-VDB-1,vdb_name + /virtualization-alerts/history/search: post: - summary: Search for vCDBs (Oracle only). - operationId: search_vcdbs tags: - - VCDBs + - VirtualizationAlerts + summary: Search virtualization alerts + operationId: search_virtualization_alerts_history + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/virtualizationAlertsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualizationAlert' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + text/csv: + schema: + type: string + example: | + id,engine_id,alert_timestamp,event,event_severity,event_title,event_response,event_action,event_command_output,event_description,target_object_type,target_object_id,target_name + 1-ALERT-1,1,2024-07-15T21:21:46.007Z,alert.event,INFORMATIONAL,event title,event response,event action,event command output,event description,VDB,1-VDB-1,vdb_name x-filterable: fields: id: type: string - name: - type: string - database_version: + engine_id: type: string - environment_id: + event_severity: type: string - size: - type: integer - engine_id: + target_name: type: string - status: + target_object_type: type: string - parent_id: + alert_timestamp: + type: date-time + event: type: string - creation_date: + event_description: type: string - group_name: + event_title: type: string - enabled: - type: boolean - content_type: + event_response: type: string - namespace_id: + event_action: type: string - namespace_name: + event_command_output: type: string - is_replica: - type: boolean - vcdb_restart: - type: boolean + /virtualization-faults/history: + get: + tags: + - VirtualizationFaults + summary: Fetch a list of all virtualization faults + operationId: get_virtualization_faults_history parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vcdbsSortParam' - requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/virtualizationFaultsSortParam' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse type: object - title: SearchVCDBsResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/VCDB' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualizationFault' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /vcdbs/{vcdbId}: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vcdbIdParam' - get: - summary: Get a CDB by ID (Oracle only). - operationId: get_vcdb_by_id + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + text/csv: + schema: + type: string + example: | + id,engine_id,bundle_id,target_name,target_object_type,target_object_id,title,description,fault_action,response,severity,status,date_diagnosed,date_resolved,resolution_comments + 3-FAULT-5,3,fault.oracle.logsync.snapshot.standby,Untitled/DBOMSR91F858-rhel-83-mv6m-qar-143787-27a4593a.dlpxdc.co,DSOURCE,3-ORACLE_DB_CONTAINER-1,LogSync detected database is running as a snapshot standby,LogSync has found that the linked source {0} has become a snapshot standby database. LogSync will not fetch archive logs generated by the snapshot standby and SnapSync will be disallowed until the database reverts to a physical standby. Once the database reverts to a physical standby LogSync will resume fetching archived logs.,Revert snapshot standby to a physical standby to resume LogSync. Consider provisioning a VDB from Delphix snapshots instead of using a snapshot standby.,Revert to physical standby as soon as possible to prevent LogSync from failing to sync new archive logs generated on the primary.,CRITICAL,RESOLVED,2024-08-08T02:42:06.589Z,2024-08-08T02:42:10.827Z,Fault no longer present. + /virtualization-faults/history/search: + post: tags: - - VCDBs + - VirtualizationFaults + summary: Search virtualization faults + operationId: search_virtualization_faults_history + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/virtualizationFaultsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/VCDB' - /vcdbs/{vcdbId}/tags: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vcdbIdParam' + title: SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualizationFault' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + text/csv: + schema: + type: string + example: | + id,engine_id,bundle_id,target_name,target_object_type,target_object_id,title,description,fault_action,response,severity,status,date_diagnosed,date_resolved,resolution_comments + 3-FAULT-5,3,fault.oracle.logsync.snapshot.standby,Untitled/DBOMSR91F858-rhel-83-mv6m-qar-143787-27a4593a.dlpxdc.co,DSOURCE,3-ORACLE_DB_CONTAINER-1,LogSync detected database is running as a snapshot standby,LogSync has found that the linked source {0} has become a snapshot standby database. LogSync will not fetch archive logs generated by the snapshot standby and SnapSync will be disallowed until the database reverts to a physical standby. Once the database reverts to a physical standby LogSync will resume fetching archived logs.,Revert snapshot standby to a physical standby to resume LogSync. Consider provisioning a VDB from Delphix snapshots instead of using a snapshot standby.,Revert to physical standby as soon as possible to prevent LogSync from failing to sync new archive logs generated on the primary.,CRITICAL,RESOLVED,2024-08-08T02:42:06.589Z,2024-08-08T02:42:10.827Z,Fault no longer present. + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + engine_id: + type: string + bundle_id: + type: string + target_name: + type: string + target_object_type: + type: string + target_object_id: + type: string + title: + type: date-time + description: + type: string + fault_action: + type: string + response: + type: string + severity: + type: string + status: + type: string + date_diagnosed: + type: string + date_resolved: + type: string + resolution_comments: + type: string + /virtualization-faults/resolveOrIgnore: post: tags: - - VCDBs - summary: Create tags for a vCDB. - operationId: create_vcdb_tags + - VirtualizationFaults + summary: Marks selected faults as resolved or ignored. + operationId: resolve_or_ignore_virtualization_faults requestBody: content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: vcdb_tags - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsRequest" - description: Tags information for vCDB. - required: true + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters' responses: - '201': - description: Created + '200': + description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" - get: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + /virtualization-faults/{engineId}/resolveAll: + post: tags: - - VCDBs - summary: Get tags for a vCDB. - operationId: get_tags_vcdb + - VirtualizationFaults + summary: Marks all active faults of an engine that the user has permissions + over as resolved. + operationId: resolve_all_virtualization_faults responses: '200': - description: Ok + description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: VirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" - /vcdbs/{vcdbId}/tags/delete: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/vcdbIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/engineIdParam' + /virtualization-fault/{faultId}/resolve: post: tags: - - VCDBs - summary: Delete tags for a vCDB. - operationId: delete_vcdb_tags + - VirtualizationFaults + summary: Marks the fault as resolved. The Delphix engine will attempt to automatically + detect cases where the fault has been resolved; but this is not always possible + and may only occur on periodic intervals. In these cases, the user can proactively + mark the fault resolved. This does not change the underlying disposition of + the fault - if the problem is still present the system may immediately diagnose + the same problem again. This should only be used to notify the system of resolution + after the underlying problem has been resolved. + operationId: resolve_virtualization_fault requestBody: - $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' - responses: - '204': - description: No Content - /masking-file-uploads: - x-internal: true + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: VirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/virtualizationFaultIdParam' + /heldspace/{heldspaceId}/deletion-dependencies: + get: + tags: + - HeldSpace + summary: Get heldspace deletion dependencies. + operationId: get_heldspace_deletion_dependencies + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/heldspaceId' + /heldspace/{heldspaceId}/delete: post: tags: - - MaskingFiles - summary: Upload a file for masking. - operationId: upload_masking_file - requestBody: - $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/UploadMaskingFile' + - HeldSpace + summary: Delete a HeldSpace. + operationId: delete_heldspace_by_id responses: - '201': - description: File has been uploaded. + '200': + description: HeldSpace delete initiated. content: application/json: schema: + title: DeleteHeldSpaceResponse type: object - title: MaskingFileUploadResponse properties: - file: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingFileUpload' - description: The uploaded file. - /masking-jobs: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/heldspaceId' + /hook-templates: get: tags: - - MaskingJobs - summary: Retrieve the list of masking jobs. - operationId: get_masking_jobs + - HookTemplates + summary: Fetch a list of all hook templates + operationId: list_hook_templates parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobsSortParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hookTemplatesSortParam' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: ListHookTemplatesResponse type: object - title: ListMaskingJobsResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingJob' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HookTemplate' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' post: tags: - - MaskingJobs - summary: Create a Masking Job. - operationId: create_masking_job + - HookTemplates + summary: Create a Hook Template. + operationId: create_hook_template requestBody: + description: The parameters to create a hook template. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: create_job_request - $ref: "#/components/schemas/CreateMaskingJobRequest" - description: Input params to create a masking job. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/CreateHookTemplateParameters' required: true responses: - '200': - description: OK + '201': + description: Hook Template created content: application/json: schema: + title: CreateHookTemplateResponse type: object - title: CreateMaskingJobResponse properties: - id: - type: string - description: The ID of the created masking job. job: $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - description: The initiated DCT job. - /masking-jobs/search: - post: + hook_template: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HookTemplate' + /hook-templates/{hookTemplateId}: + get: tags: - - MaskingJobs - summary: Search masking jobs. - operationId: search_masking_jobs - x-filterable: - fields: - id: - type: string - name: - type: string - is_on_the_fly_masking: - type: boolean - creation_date: - type: string - last_completed_execution_date: - type: string - last_execution_status: - type: string - last_execution_id: - type: string - connector_username: - type: string - on_the_fly_source_connector_username: - type: string - ruleset.type: - type: string - ruleset.name: - type: string - ruleset.refresh_drops_table: - type: boolean - ruleset.algorithms: - type: array[string] - hyperscale_instance_id: - type: string - description: - type: string - dataset_id: - type: string - retain_execution_data: - type: string - max_memory: - type: integer - min_memory: - type: integer - feedback_size: - type: integer - stream_row_limit: - type: integer - num_input_streams: - type: integer - max_concurrent_source_connections: - type: integer - max_concurrent_target_connections: - type: integer - parallelism_degree: - type: integer - tags: - type: array[object] - fields: - key: - type: string - value: - type: string - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobsSortParam' - requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + - HookTemplates + summary: Fetch Hook Template by ID + operationId: get_hook_template_by_id responses: '200': - description: OK + description: Returns a single hook template content: application/json: schema: - type: object - title: SearchMaskingJobsResponse - properties: - items: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingJob' - response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /masking-jobs/source-engines: - get: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HookTemplate' + '404': + description: Hook template not found + delete: tags: - - MaskingJobs - summary: Retrieve the list of masking jobs along with their source engine. - operationId: get_masking_job_source_engines - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobSourceEnginesSortParam' + - HookTemplates + summary: Delete a Hook Template. + operationId: delete_hook_template responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: HookTemplateDeleteJobResponse type: object - title: ListMaskingJobSourceEnginesResponse properties: - items: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingJobSourceEngine' - response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /masking-jobs/source-engines/search: - post: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + patch: tags: - - MaskingJobs - summary: Search the list of masking jobs along with their source engine. - operationId: search_masking_job_source_engines - x-filterable: - fields: - masking_job_id: - type: string - source_engine_id: - type: string - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobSourceEnginesSortParam' + - HookTemplates + summary: Update a Hook Template. + operationId: update_hook_template requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/UpdateHookTemplateParameters' + required: true responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse type: object - title: SearchMaskingJobSourceEnginesResponse properties: - items: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingJobSourceEngine' - response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + hook_template: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HookTemplate' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobIdParam' - delete: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hookTemplateIdParam' + /hook-templates/search: + post: tags: - - MaskingJobs - summary: Delete a masking job. - operationId: delete_masking_job + - HookTemplates + summary: Search Hook Templates. + operationId: search_hook_templates parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobDeleteForceParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hookTemplatesSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' responses: '200': - description: Masking job delete initiated. + description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: SearchHookTemplatesResponse type: object - title: DeleteMaskingJobResponse properties: - job: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - description: The initiated job. + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HookTemplate' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + description: + type: string + shell: + type: string + command: + type: string + dct_managed: + type: boolean + engine_id: + type: integer + cred_env_vars: + type: array[object] + fields: + base_var_name: + type: string + vault_username: + type: string + vault: + type: string + hashicorp_vault_engine: + type: string + hashicorp_vault_username_key: + type: string + azure_vault_name: + type: string + azure_vault_username_key: + type: string + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + /hook-templates/{hookTemplateId}/tags: get: - summary: Retrieve a MaskingJob by ID. - operationId: get_masking_job_by_id tags: - - MaskingJobs + - HookTemplates + summary: Get tags for a Hook Template. + operationId: get_hook_template_tags responses: '200': - description: OK + description: Ok content: application/json: schema: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingJob' - patch: - summary: Update values of a MaskingJob. - operationId: update_masking_job_by_id + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + post: tags: - - MaskingJobs + - HookTemplates + summary: Create tags for a Hook Template. + operationId: create_hook_template_tags requestBody: + description: Tags information for Hook Template. content: application/json: schema: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/UpdateMaskingJobParameters' - description: The new data to update a Masking Job. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' + required: true responses: - '200': - description: OK + '201': + description: Created content: application/json: schema: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingJob' - /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/copy: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hookTemplateIdParam' + /hook-templates/{hookTemplateId}/tags/delete: post: tags: - - MaskingJobs - summary: Copies the masking job to another engine. - operationId: copy_masking_job + - HookTemplates + summary: Delete tags for a Hook Template. + operationId: delete_hook_template_tags + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hookTemplateIdParam' + /network-performance/test/latency: + post: + tags: + - Network Performance Tool + summary: Create Latency Network Performance Test + operationId: create_latency_test requestBody: content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: copy_masking_job_params - $ref: "#/components/schemas/CopyMaskingJobParameters" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/LatencyTestRequest' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Latency test initiated + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/NetworkTestResponse' + /network-performance/test/latency/{jobId}: + get: + tags: + - Network Performance Tool + summary: Retrieve Network Latency Test Result + description: Returns the result of a previously executed network latency test + identified by the job ID. + operationId: get_latency_test_result responses: '200': - description: Copy masking job initiated. + description: Successful retrieval of latency test result. content: application/json: schema: - type: object - title: CopyMaskingJobResponse - properties: - job: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - description: The initiated job. - masking_job_id: - type: string - /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/migrate: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/NetworkLatencyTestResult' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/jobIdParam' + /network-performance/test/dsp: post: tags: - - MaskingJobs - summary: Migrates the masking job from its current source engine to another engine. - operationId: migrate_masking_job + - Network Performance Tool + summary: Create DSP Network Performance Test + operationId: create_dsp_test requestBody: content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: migrate_masking_job_params - $ref: "#/components/schemas/MigrateMaskingJobParameters" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/NetworkDSPTestRequest' + required: true responses: - '200': - description: Migrate masking job initiated. + '201': + description: DSP test initiated content: application/json: schema: - type: object - title: MigrateMaskingJobResponse - properties: - job: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - description: The initiated job. - /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/connectors: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobIdParam' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/NetworkTestResponse' + /network-performance/test/dsp/{jobId}: get: tags: - - MaskingJobs - summary: Get connectors for a Masking Job by ID. - operationId: get_masking_job_connectors + - Network Performance Tool + summary: Retrieve Network DSP Test Result + description: Returns the result of a previously executed network dsp test identified + by the job ID. + operationId: get_dsp_test_result responses: '200': - description: OK + description: Successful retrieval of DSP test result. content: application/json: schema: - type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/MaskingJobConnectorsResponse" - - /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/execute: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/NetworkDSPTestResult' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/jobIdParam' + /network-performance/test/throughput: post: - summary: Execute a MaskingJob. - operationId: execute_masking_job tags: - - MaskingJobs + - Network Performance Tool + summary: Create Throughput Network Performance Test + operationId: create_throughput_test requestBody: content: application/json: schema: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExecuteMaskingJobParameters' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/NetworkThroughputTestRequest' + required: true responses: - '200': - description: Masking job execute initiated. + '201': + description: Throughput test initiated content: application/json: schema: - type: object - title: ExecuteMaskingJobResponse - properties: - job: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - description: The initiated job. - - /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/re-import: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobIdParam' - post: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/NetworkTestResponse' + /network-performance/test/throughput/{jobId}: + get: tags: - - MaskingJobs - summary: Re-import the dataset from the source MaskingJob (Hyperscale Job only). - operationId: re_import_masking_job + - Network Performance Tool + summary: Retrieve Network Throughput Test Result + description: Returns the result of a previously executed network throughput + test identified by the job ID. + operationId: get_throughput_test_result responses: '200': - description: Masking job re-import initiated. + description: Successful retrieval of throughput test result. content: application/json: schema: - type: object - title: ReImportMaskingJobResponse - properties: - job: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - description: The initiated job. - - /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/tags: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/NetworkThroughputTestResult' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/jobIdParam' + /connectors/{connectorId}/test: post: tags: - - MaskingJobs - summary: Create tags for a Masking Job. - operationId: create_masking_job_tag - requestBody: - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: masking_job_tags - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsRequest" - description: Tags information for Masking Job. - required: true - responses: - '201': - description: Created - content: - application/json: - schema: - type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" - get: - tags: - - MaskingJobs - summary: Get tags for a Masking Job. - operationId: get_masking_job_tag + - Connectors + summary: Checks connectivity between a masking engine and a remote data source. + operationId: connectors_test + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/connectorIdParam' responses: '200': - description: Ok + description: Success content: application/json: schema: - type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" - /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/tags/delete: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobIdParam' - post: - tags: - - MaskingJobs - summary: Delete tags for a Masking Job. - operationId: delete_masking_job_tag - requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags" - required: false - responses: - '204': - description: No Content - /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/add-engine: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobIdParam' - post: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ConnectorTestResponse' + /hyperscale-instances: + get: tags: - - MaskingJobs - summary: Add an engine to a Masking Job (Hyperscale Job only). - operationId: add_engine_to_masking_job - requestBody: - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: engine_id - $ref: "#/components/schemas/EngineIdBody" - description: Body containing the ID of the registered engine. - required: true + - HyperscaleInstance + summary: Returns a list of Hyperscale instances. + operationId: get_hyperscale_instances + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleInstancesSortParam' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: ListHyperscaleInstancesResponse type: object - title: AddEngineToJobResponse properties: - job: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/remove-engine: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobIdParam' + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleInstance' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' post: tags: - - MaskingJobs - summary: Remove an engine from a Masking Job (Hyperscale Job only). - operationId: remove_engine_from_masking_job + - HyperscaleInstance + summary: Register a Hyperscale instance + operationId: register_hyperscale_instance requestBody: + description: The parameters to register a Hyperscale instance. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: engine_id - $ref: "#/components/schemas/EngineIdBody" - description: Body containing the ID of the registered engine. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter' required: true responses: - '200': - description: OK + '201': + description: Created content: application/json: schema: - type: object - title: RemoveEngineFromJobResponse - properties: - job: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - /virtualization-policies: - get: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleInstance' + /hyperscale-instances/search: + post: tags: - - VirtualizationPolicies - summary: Fetch a list of all virtualization policies - operationId: list_virtualization_policies + - HyperscaleInstance + summary: Search for Hyperscale instances. + operationId: search_hyperscale_instances parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/virtualizationPoliciesSortParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleInstancesSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: SearchHyperscaleInstancesResponse type: object - title: ListVirtualizationPoliciesResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualizationPolicy' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleInstance' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /algorithms/{algorithmId}: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/algorithmIdParam' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + hostname: + type: string + creation_date: + type: string + data_type: + type: string + insecure_ssl: + type: boolean + unsafe_ssl_hostname_check: + type: boolean + status: + type: string + connection_status: + type: string + connection_status_details: + type: string + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + /hyperscale-instances/{hyperscaleInstanceId}: get: - summary: Get an algorithm by ID. - operationId: get_algorithm_by_id tags: - - Algorithms + - HyperscaleInstance + summary: Returns a Hyperscale Instance by ID. + operationId: get_hyperscale_instance_by_id responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Algorithm' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleInstance' delete: - x-internal: true - summary: Delete an algorithm. - operationId: delete_algorithm tags: - - Algorithms + - HyperscaleInstance + summary: Unregister a Hyperscale Instance. + operationId: unregister_hyperscale_instance responses: '200': - description: Algorithm delete initiated. + description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: UnregisterHyperscaleInstanceResponse type: object - title: DeleteAlgorithmResponse properties: job: $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - description: The initiated job. - /algorithms: - get: - tags: - - Algorithms - summary: Retrieve the list of algorithms. - operationId: get_algorithms - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/algorithmsSortParam' - responses: - '200': - description: OK - content: - application/json: - schema: - type: object - title: ListAlgorithmsResponse - properties: - items: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Algorithm' - response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - post: - x-internal: true + patch: tags: - - Algorithms - summary: Create a new algorithm. - operationId: create_algorithm + - HyperscaleInstance + summary: Update an Hyperscale Instance + operationId: update_hyperscale_instance requestBody: - $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/CreateAlgorithm' + description: Update parameters for a hyperscale instance. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleInstanceUpdateParams' required: true responses: - '201': - description: Algorithm creation initiated + '200': + description: OK content: application/json: schema: - type: object - title: CreateAlgorithmResponse - properties: - id: - type: string - description: The created algorithm's ID. - job: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - description: The initiated job. - /algorithms/{algorithmId}/tags: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleInstance' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/algorithmIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleInstanceId' + /hyperscale-instances/{hyperscaleInstanceId}/tags: get: tags: - - Algorithms - summary: Get tags for an Algorithm. - operationId: get_algorithm_tags + - HyperscaleInstance + summary: Get tags for a Hyperscale Instance. + operationId: get_hyperscale_instance_tags responses: '200': description: Ok content: application/json: schema: - type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' post: tags: - - Algorithms - summary: Create tags for an Algorithm. - operationId: create_algorithm_tags + - HyperscaleInstance + summary: Create tags for a Hyperscale Instance. + operationId: create_hyperscale_instance_tags requestBody: + description: Tags information for Hyperscale Instance. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: algorithm_tags - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsRequest" - description: Tags information for Algorithm. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' required: true responses: '201': - description: Algorithm tags created + description: Created content: application/json: schema: - type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" - /algorithms/{algorithmId}/tags/delete: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/algorithmIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleInstanceId' + /hyperscale-instances/{hyperscaleInstanceId}/tags/delete: post: tags: - - Algorithms - summary: Delete tags for an Algorithm. - operationId: delete_algorithm_tags + - HyperscaleInstance + summary: Delete tags for a Hyperscale Instance. + operationId: delete_hyperscale_instance_tags requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags" + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' responses: '204': description: No Content - /algorithms/{algorithmId}/revisions: parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/algorithmIdParam' - get: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleInstanceId' + /hyperscale-instances/{hyperscaleInstanceId}/sync-engines: + post: tags: - - Algorithms - summary: Retrieve the list of algorithm revisions for the algorithm. - operationId: get_algorithm_revisions - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/algorithmRevisionsSortParam' + - HyperscaleInstance + summary: Sync the global object from a source engine to engines on a Hyperscale + Instance. + operationId: sync_engines_hyperscale_instance + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SyncEnginesHyperscaleParameters' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: SyncEnginesHyperscaleResponse type: object - title: ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse properties: - items: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/AlgorithmRevision' - response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleInstanceId' + /hyperscale-instances/{hyperscaleInstanceId}/add-engine: post: - x-internal: true tags: - - Algorithms - summary: Create a new algorithm revision. - operationId: create_algorithm_revision + - HyperscaleInstance + summary: Add an engine to a Hyperscale Instance. + operationId: add_engine_to_hyperscale_instance requestBody: - $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/CreateAlgorithmRevision' + description: Body containing the ID of the registered engine. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EngineIdBody' required: true responses: - '201': - description: Algorithm creation revision initiated + '200': + description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: AddEngineToHyperscaleResponse type: object - title: CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse properties: - id: - type: string - description: The created algorithm revision's ID. job: $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - description: The initiated job. - /algorithms/{algorithmId}/revisions/search: parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/algorithmIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleInstanceId' + /hyperscale-instances/{hyperscaleInstanceId}/remove-engine: post: tags: - - Algorithms - summary: Search for algorithm revisions. - operationId: search_algorithm_revisions - x-filterable: - fields: - id: - type: string - name: - type: string - note: - type: string - is_primary: - type: boolean - plugin_id: - type: string - framework_id: - type: string - is_default_instance: - type: boolean - create_date: - type: string - origin_engines: - type: array[object] - fields: - engine_id: - type: string - engine_name: - type: string - tags: - type: array[object] - fields: - key: - type: string - value: - type: string - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/algorithmRevisionsSortParam' + - HyperscaleInstance + summary: Remove an engine from a Hyperscale Instance. + operationId: remove_engine_from_hyperscale_instance requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + description: Body containing the ID of the registered engine. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EngineIdBody' + required: true responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: RemoveEngineFromHyperscaleResponse type: object - title: SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse properties: - items: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/AlgorithmRevision' - response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /algorithms/{algorithmId}/revisions/{revisionId}: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/algorithmIdParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/algorithmRevisionIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleInstanceId' + /hyperscale-mount-points: get: tags: - - Algorithms - summary: Retrieve a specific revision of an algorithm. - operationId: get_algorithm_revision_by_id + - HyperscaleObjects + summary: Returns a list of Hyperscale Mount Points. + operationId: get_hyperscale_mount_points + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleMountPointsSortParam' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/AlgorithmRevision' - patch: - summary: Update an algorithm revision - operationId: update_algorithm_revision + title: ListHyperscaleMountPointsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleMountPoint' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + post: tags: - - Algorithms + - HyperscaleObjects + summary: Create a Hyperscale Mount Point + operationId: create_hyperscale_mount_point requestBody: + description: Request to create a Hyperscale Mount Point. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: update_algorithm_revision_parameter - $ref: '#/components/schemas/UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters' - description: The new data to update an algorithm revision. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleMountPoint' required: true responses: '200': - description: Algorithm revision update initiated. + description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: CreateHyperscaleMountPointResponse type: object - title: UpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse properties: + id: + type: string + description: The created Hyperscale Mount Point's ID job: $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - description: The initiated job. - delete: - x-internal: true - summary: Delete an algorithm revision. - operationId: delete_algorithm_revision + /hyperscale-mount-points/{hyperscaleMountPointId}: + get: tags: - - Algorithms + - HyperscaleObjects + summary: Get a Hyperscale Mount Points. + operationId: get_hyperscale_mount_point_by_id responses: '200': - description: Algorithm revision delete initiated. + description: OK content: application/json: schema: - type: object - title: DeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse - properties: - job: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - description: The initiated job. - /algorithms/{algorithmId}/revisions/{revisionId}/make-primary: - x-internal: true - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/algorithmIdParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/algorithmRevisionIdParam' - post: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleMountPoint' + delete: tags: - - Algorithms - summary: Set an algorithm revision to be the primary revision for the algorithm. - operationId: set_algorithm_primary_revision + - HyperscaleObjects + summary: Delete a Hyperscale Mount Point. + operationId: delete_hyperscale_mount_point responses: '200': - description: Primary revision modification initiated. + description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: DeleteHyperscaleMountPointResponse type: object - title: SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse properties: job: $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - description: The initiated job. - /algorithms/{algorithmId}/revisions/{revisionId}/tags: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/algorithmIdParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/algorithmRevisionIdParam' - get: - tags: - - Algorithms - summary: Get tags for an AlgorithmRevision. - operationId: get_algorithm_revision_tags - responses: - '200': - description: Ok - content: - application/json: - schema: - type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" - post: + patch: tags: - - Algorithms - summary: Create tags for an AlgorithmRevision. - operationId: create_algorithm_revision_tags + - HyperscaleObjects + summary: Update a Hyperscale Mount Point by ID. + operationId: update_hyperscale_mount_point_by_id requestBody: + description: The new data to update a Hyperscale Mount Point. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: algorithm_revision_tags - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsRequest" - description: Tags information for AlgorithmRevision. - required: true - responses: - '201': - description: AlgorithmRevision tags created - content: - application/json: - schema: - type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" - /algorithms/{algorithmId}/revisions/{revisionId}/tags/delete: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/algorithmIdParam' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/algorithmRevisionIdParam' - post: - tags: - - Algorithms - summary: Delete tags for an AlgorithmRevision. - operationId: delete_algorithm_revision_tags - requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags" - responses: - '204': - description: No Content - /algorithms/search: - post: - tags: - - Algorithms - summary: Search for algorithms. - operationId: search_algorithms - x-filterable: - fields: - id: - type: string - name: - type: string - description: - type: string - framework_name: - type: string - plugin_name: - type: string - create_date: - type: string - tags: - type: array[object] - fields: - key: - type: string - value: - type: string - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/algorithmsSortParam' - requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleMountPointUpdateParameters' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: UpdateHyperscaleMountPointResponse type: object - title: SearchAlgorithmsResponse properties: - items: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Algorithm' - response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /masking-environments: - get: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleMountPointIdParam' + /hyperscale-mount-points/search: + post: tags: - - MaskingEnvironments - summary: Retrieve the list of masking environments. - operationId: get_masking_environments + - HyperscaleObjects + summary: Search for Hyperscale Mount Points. + operationId: search_hyperscale_mount_points parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingEnvironmentsSortParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleMountPointsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: SearchHyperscaleMountPointsResponse type: object - title: ListMaskingEnvironmentsResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingEnvironment' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleMountPoint' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /masking-environments/search: - post: - tags: - - MaskingEnvironments - summary: Search masking environments. - operationId: search_masking_environments + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' x-filterable: fields: id: type: string + hyperscale_instance_id: + type: string name: type: string - engine_id: + hostname: type: string - engine_name: + mount_type: type: string - purpose: + mount_path: type: string - is_workflow_enabled: - type: boolean + options: + type: string + staging_storage_type: + type: string + auth_mechanism: + type: string + aws_bucket_name: + type: string + aws_bucket_region: + type: string + aws_bucket_prefix: + type: string + aws_bucket_delimiter: + type: string + blob_auth_type: + type: string + blob_account_name: + type: string + blob_container_name: + type: string + blob_container_prefix: + type: string + blob_container_delimiter: + type: string + /hyperscale-connectors: + get: + tags: + - HyperscaleObjects + summary: Returns a list of Hyperscale Connectors. + operationId: get_hyperscale_connectors parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingEnvironmentsSortParam' - requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleConnectorsSortParam' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: ListHyperscaleConnectorsResponse type: object - title: SearchMaskingEnvironmentsResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingEnvironment' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleConnector' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /masking-environments/{maskingEnvironmentId}: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingEnvironmentId' - get: - summary: Retrieve a MaskingEnvironment by ID. - operationId: get_masking_environment_by_id + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + post: tags: - - MaskingEnvironments - responses: - '200': - description: OK - content: - application/json: - schema: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingEnvironment' - /virtualization-policies/search: - post: - tags: - - VirtualizationPolicies - summary: Search Virtualization Policies. - operationId: search_virtualization_policies - x-filterable: - fields: - id: - type: string - name: - type: string - namespace: - type: string - engine_id: - type: string - policy_type: - type: string - timezone_id: - type: string - namespace_id: - type: string - namespace_name: - type: string - is_replica: - type: boolean - default_policy: - type: boolean - effective_type: - type: string - data_duration: - type: integer - data_unit: - type: string - log_duration: - type: integer - log_unit: - type: string - num_of_daily: - type: integer - num_of_weekly: - type: integer - day_of_week: - type: string - num_of_monthly: - type: integer - day_of_month: - type: integer - num_of_yearly: - type: integer - day_of_year: - type: string - size: - type: integer - schedules: - type: array[object] - fields: - cron_string: - type: string - cutoff_time: - type: integer - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/virtualizationPoliciesSortParam' - requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + - HyperscaleObjects + summary: Create a Hyperscale Connector. + operationId: create_hyperscale_connector + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters' + required: true responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: CreateHyperscaleConnectorResponse type: object - title: SearchVirtualizationPoliciesResponse properties: - items: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualizationPolicy' - response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /virtualization-policies/{policyId}: - get: - tags: - - VirtualizationPolicies - summary: Fetch a virtualization policy by Id. - operationId: get_virtualization_policy_by_id - parameters: - - $ref: "#/components/parameters/virtualizationPolicyIdParam" - responses: - "200": - description: Retuns a single virtualization policy - content: - application/json: - schema: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/VirtualizationPolicy" - "404": - description: Virtualization policy not found - /enabled-features-flag: - x-internal: true + id: + type: string + description: The created Hyperscale Connector's ID. + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + /hyperscale-connectors/{hyperscaleConnectorId}: get: - summary: Get enabled feature flags. - operationId: get_enabled_features_flag tags: - - FeatureFlag + - HyperscaleObjects + summary: Get a Hyperscale Connector. + operationId: get_hyperscale_connector_by_id responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: - description: List of enabled features. - type: array - items: - type: string - example: [ENGINE_DEEP_LINK, DSOURCE_LINKING] - /masking-plugins: - x-internal: true - get: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleConnector' + delete: tags: - - MaskingPlugins - summary: Retrieve the list of masking plugins. - operationId: get_masking_plugins - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingPluginsSortParam' + - HyperscaleObjects + summary: Delete a Hyperscale Connector. + operationId: delete_hyperscale_connector responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: DeleteHyperscaleConnectorResponse type: object - title: ListMaskingPluginsResponse properties: - items: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingPlugin' - response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - post: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + patch: tags: - - MaskingPlugins - summary: Install a custom masking plugin. - operationId: install_masking_plugin + - HyperscaleObjects + summary: Update a Hyperscale Connector by ID. + operationId: update_hyperscale_connector_by_id requestBody: + description: The new data to update a Hyperscale Connector. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: install_masking_plugin_parameters - $ref: "#/components/schemas/InstallMaskingPluginParameters" - required: true - responses: - '201': - description: Plugin installation initiated - content: - application/json: - schema: - type: object - title: InstallMaskingPluginResponse - properties: - id: - type: string - description: The installed plugin's ID. - job: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - description: The initiated job. - /masking-plugins/{maskingPluginId}: - x-internal: true - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingPluginIdParam' - get: - summary: Get a masking plugin by ID or name. - operationId: get_masking_plugin_by_id - tags: - - MaskingPlugins + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleConnectorUpdateParameters' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingPlugin' - delete: - summary: Delete a custom masking plugin. - operationId: delete_masking_plugin - tags: - - MaskingPlugins - responses: - '200': - description: Masking plugin delete initiated. - content: - application/json: - schema: + title: UpdateHyperscaleConnectorResponse type: object - title: DeleteMaskingPluginResponse properties: job: $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - description: The initiated job. - /masking-plugins/{maskingPluginId}/tags: - x-internal: true parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingPluginIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleConnectorIdParam' + /hyperscale-connectors/{hyperscaleConnectorId}/tags: get: tags: - - MaskingPlugins - summary: Get tags for a masking plugin. - operationId: get_masking_plugin_tags + - HyperscaleObjects + summary: Get tags for a Hyperscale Connector. + operationId: get_hyperscale_connector_tags responses: '200': description: Ok content: application/json: schema: - type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' post: tags: - - MaskingPlugins - summary: Create tags for a masking plugin. - operationId: create_masking_plugin_tags + - HyperscaleObjects + summary: Create tags for a Hyperscale Connector. + operationId: create_hyperscale_connector_tags requestBody: + description: Tag information for a Hyperscale Connector. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: masking_plugin_tags - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsRequest" - description: Tags information for masking plugin. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' required: true responses: '201': - description: Masking plugin tags created + description: Created content: application/json: schema: - type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" - /masking-plugins/{maskingPluginId}/tags/delete: - x-internal: true + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingPluginIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleConnectorIdParam' + /hyperscale-connectors/{hyperscaleConnectorId}/tags/delete: post: tags: - - MaskingPlugins - summary: Delete tags for a masking plugin. - operationId: delete_masking_plugin_tags + - HyperscaleObjects + summary: Delete tags for a Hyperscale Connector. + operationId: delete_hyperscale_connector_tags requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags" + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' responses: '204': description: No Content - /masking-plugins/search: - x-internal: true + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleConnectorIdParam' + /hyperscale-connectors/search: post: tags: - - MaskingPlugins - summary: Search for masking plugins. - operationId: search_masking_plugins - x-filterable: - fields: - id: - type: string - name: - type: string - plugin_type: - type: string - description: - type: string - install_date: - type: string - built_in: - type: boolean - sdk_version: - type: string - version: - type: string - author: - type: string - frameworks: - type: array[object] - fields: - id: - type: string - name: - type: string - description: - type: string - masking_type: - type: string - enum: - - STRING - - DATE - - LOCAL_DATE_TIME - - BIG_DECIMAL - - BYTE_BUFFER - - GENERIC_DATA_ROW - - ADVANCED_OBJECT - tags: - type: array[object] - fields: - key: - type: string - value: - type: string + - HyperscaleObjects + summary: Search for Hyperscale Connectors. + operationId: search_hyperscale_connectors parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingPluginsSortParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleConnectorsSortParam' requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" - responses: - '200': - description: OK - content: - application/json: - schema: - type: object - title: SearchMaskingPluginsResponse - properties: - items: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingPlugin' - response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /replication-profiles: - get: - summary: List all ReplicationProfiles. - operationId: get_replication_profiles - tags: - - Replication - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/replicationProfilesSortParam' + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: SearchHyperscaleConnectorsResponse type: object - title: ListReplicationProfilesResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ReplicationProfile' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleConnector' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /replication-profiles/search: - post: - summary: Search for ReplicationProfiles. - operationId: search_replication_profiles - tags: - - Replication + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' x-filterable: fields: id: type: string name: type: string - engine_id: + hyperscale_instance_id: type: string - replication_tag: + data_type: type: string - type: + source_username: + type: string + source_jdbc_url: + type: string + source_mongo_url: + type: string + source_filesystem_path: + type: string + target_username: + type: string + target_jdbc_url: + type: string + target_mongo_url: + type: string + target_filesystem_path: type: string - replication_objects: - type: array[string] tags: type: array[object] fields: @@ -10591,11533 +10756,33010 @@ paths: type: string value: type: string - enable_tag_replication: - type: boolean + /hyperscale-datasets: + get: + tags: + - HyperscaleObjects + summary: Returns a list of Hyperscale Datasets. + operationId: get_hyperscale_datasets parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/replicationProfilesSortParam' - requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody" + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleDatasetsSortParam' responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: ListHyperscaleDatasetsResponse type: object - title: SearchReplicationProfilesResponse properties: items: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ReplicationProfile' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleDataset' response_metadata: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata" - /replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId}: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/replicationProfileIdParam' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId}: get: - summary: Get a ReplicationProfile by ID. - operationId: get_replication_profile_by_id tags: - - Replication + - HyperscaleObjects + summary: Get a Hyperscale Dataset. + operationId: get_hyperscale_dataset_by_id responses: '200': description: OK content: application/json: schema: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ReplicationProfile' - - /replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId}/tags: - parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/replicationProfileIdParam' - post: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleDataset' + patch: tags: - - Replication - summary: Create tags for a ReplicationProfile. - operationId: create_replication_profile_tags + - HyperscaleObjects + summary: Update a Hyperscale Dataset by ID. + operationId: update_hyperscale_dataset_by_id requestBody: + description: The new data to update a Hyperscale Dataset. content: application/json: schema: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsRequest" - description: Tags information for ReplicationProfiles. - required: true + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleDatasetUpdateParameters' responses: - '201': - description: Created + '200': + description: OK content: application/json: schema: + title: UpdateHyperscaleDatasetResponse type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleDatasetIdParam' + /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId}/tags: get: tags: - - Replication - summary: Get tags for a ReplicationProfile. - operationId: get_replication_profile_tags + - HyperscaleObjects + summary: Get tags for a Hyperscale Dataset. + operationId: get_hyperscale_dataset_tags responses: '200': description: Ok content: application/json: schema: - type: object - $ref: "#/components/schemas/TagsResponse" - /replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId}/tags/delete: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + post: + tags: + - HyperscaleObjects + summary: Create tags for a Hyperscale Dataset. + operationId: create_hyperscale_dataset_tags + requestBody: + description: Tag information for a Hyperscale Dataset. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' parameters: - - $ref: '#/components/parameters/replicationProfileIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleDatasetIdParam' + /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId}/tags/delete: post: tags: - - Replication - summary: Delete tags for a ReplicationProfile. - operationId: delete_repliation_profile_tags + - HyperscaleObjects + summary: Delete tags for a Hyperscale Dataset. + operationId: delete_hyperscale_dataset_tags requestBody: - $ref: "#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags" + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' responses: '204': description: No Content - /replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId}/enable-tag-replication: parameters: - - $ref: "#/components/parameters/replicationProfileIdParam" + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleDatasetIdParam' + /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId}/tables-or-files/{hyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileId}: + get: + tags: + - HyperscaleObjects + summary: Get a Hyperscale Dataset table or file by ID. + operationId: get_hyperscale_dataset_table_or_file_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleDatasetTableOrFile' + patch: + tags: + - HyperscaleObjects + summary: Update a Hyperscale Dataset table or file by ID. + operationId: update_hyperscale_dataset_table_or_file_by_id + requestBody: + description: The new data to update a Hyperscale Dataset table or file. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileUpdateParameters' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: UpdateHyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleDatasetIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileIdParam' + /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId}/tables-or-files: + get: + tags: + - HyperscaleObjects + summary: Get the tables or files of a hyperscale dataset + operationId: get_hyperscale_dataset_tables_or_files + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleDatasetTableOrFile' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleDatasetIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesSortParam' + /hyperscale-datasets/{hyperscaleDatasetId}/tables-or-files/search: post: - summary: Enable tag replication for given ReplicationProfile. - operationId: enable_tag_replication tags: - - Replication + - HyperscaleObjects + summary: Search the tables or files of a hyperscale dataset + operationId: search_hyperscale_dataset_tables_or_files + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' responses: - '202': - description: Accepted - /replication-profiles/{replicationProfileId}/disable-tag-replication: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleDatasetTableOrFile' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + schema_name: + type: string + table_name: + type: string + filter_key: + type: string + column_array_rows: + type: integer + unload_split: + type: integer + stream_size: + type: integer + masking_inventory: + type: array[object] + fields: + field_name: + type: string + domain_name: + type: string + algorithm_name: + type: string + date_format: + type: string + algorithm_field_name: + type: string + algorithm_group_no: + type: integer parameters: - - $ref: "#/components/parameters/replicationProfileIdParam" + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleDatasetIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesSortParam' + /hyperscale-datasets/search: post: - summary: Disable tag replication for given ReplicationProfile. - operationId: disable_tag_replication tags: - - Replication + - HyperscaleObjects + summary: Search for Hyperscale Datasets. + operationId: search_hyperscale_datasets + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hyperscaleDatasetsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' responses: '200': description: OK -components: - parameters: - replicationProfilesSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, name, -name, engine_id, -engine_id, replication_tag, -replication_tag, type, -type] - nullable: true - example: name - auditLogsSummaryReportSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: account_first_name - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ account_id, -account_id, account_first_name, -account_first_name, account_last_name, -account_last_name, vdb_refreshes, -vdb_refreshes, masking_jobs, -masking_jobs ] - nullable: true - example: account_first_name - limit: - name: limit - in: query - description: >- - Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 - and 1000. Default is 100. - example: 50 - schema: - type: integer - minimum: 1 - maximum: 1000 - default: 100 - limitExtendedParam: - name: limit - in: query - description: >- - Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be between 1 - and 1000. Default is 10000. - example: 100 - schema: - type: integer - minimum: 1 - maximum: 10000 - default: 10000 - cursor: - name: cursor - in: query - description: >- - Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response of list and search API endpoints. - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - startDate: - name: start_date - in: query - description: Report start date/time. Defaults to first API request. - example: "2022-05-29T15:00:00-04:00" - schema: - type: string - format: date-time - endDate: - name: end_date - in: query - description: Report end date/time. Defaults to current time. - example: "2022-06-07T15:10:00-04:00" - schema: - type: string - format: date-time - apiMetricKind: - name: api_metric_kind - in: query - description: Restrict the list to API usage metric of the given kind - example: automation - schema: - type: string - enum: [automation, governance] - permission: - name: permission - in: query - description: Restrict the objects, which are allowed. - example: READ - schema: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/PermissionEnum' - maskingJobDeleteForceParam: - name: force - in: query - description: If true, ignores any failures to remove a masking job on an engine. - example: true - schema: - type: boolean - default: false - envSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, name, -name, namespace, -namespace, engine_id, -engine_id, enabled, -enabled, is_cluster, -is_cluster ] - nullable: true - example: name - roleSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, name, -name, description, -description ] - nullable: true - example: name - accessGroupsSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, name, -name ] - nullable: true - example: name - virtualizationStorageReportSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: engine_id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ engine_id, -engine_id, engine_name, -engine_name, engine_hostname, -engine_hostname, total_capacity, -total_capacity, free_storage, -free_storage, used_storage, -used_storage, used_percentage, -used_percentage, dsource_count, -dsource_count, vdb_count, -vdb_count, total_object_count, -total_object_count ] - nullable: true - example: engine_id - storageSavingsReportSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: dependant_vdbs - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ dependant_vdbs, -dependant_vdbs, unvirtualized_space, -unvirtualized_space, virtualized_space, -virtualized_space, name, -name, engine_name, -engine_name, dsource_id, -dsource_id, estimated_savings, -estimated_savings, estimated_savings_perc, -estimated_savings_perc ] - nullable: true - example: dependant_vdbs - EnginePerformanceAnalyticReportSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: engine_name - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ engine_id, -engine_id, engine_name, -engine_name, cpu_cores_count, -cpu_cores_count, cpu_utilization, -cpu_utilization, total_memory, -total_memory, average_disk_latency_read, -average_disk_latency_read, average_disk_latency_write, -average_disk_latency_write, average_disk_latency_total, -average_disk_latency_total, average_disk_throughput_read, -average_disk_throughput_read, average_disk_throughput_write, -average_disk_throughput_write, average_disk_throughput_total, -average_disk_throughput_total, average_disk_iops_read, -average_disk_iops_read, average_disk_iops_write, -average_disk_iops_write, average_disk_iops_total, -average_disk_iops_total, average_nfs_latency_read, -average_nfs_latency_read, average_nfs_latency_write, -average_nfs_latency_write, average_nfs_latency_total, -average_nfs_latency_total, average_nfs_throughput_read, -average_nfs_throughput_read, average_nfs_throughput_write, -average_nfs_throughput_write, average_nfs_throughput_total, -average_nfs_throughput_total, average_nfs_iops_read, -average_nfs_iops_read, average_nfs_iops_write, -average_nfs_iops_write, average_nfs_iops_total, -average_nfs_iops_total, average_iscsi_latency_read, -average_iscsi_latency_read, average_iscsi_latency_write, -average_iscsi_latency_write, average_iscsi_latency_total, -average_iscsi_latency_total, average_iscsi_throughput_read, -average_iscsi_throughput_read, average_iscsi_throughput_write, -average_iscsi_throughput_write, average_iscsi_throughput_total, -average_iscsi_throughput_total, average_iscsi_iops_read, -average_iscsi_iops_read, average_iscsi_iops_write, -average_iscsi_iops_write, average_iscsi_iops_total, -average_iscsi_iops_total, average_network_throughput_transmit, -average_network_throughput_transmit, average_network_throughput_receive, -average_network_throughput_receive ] - nullable: true - example: engine_name - EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: engine_name - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ engine_id, -engine_id, trend_type, -trend_type, aggregation_period, -aggregation_period ] - nullable: true - example: engine_name - vdbInventoryReportSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: name - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ name, -name, type, -type, version, -version, parent_id, -parent_id, parent_name, -parent_name, creation_date, -creation_date, last_refreshed_date, -last_refreshed_date, parent_timeflow_location, -parent_timeflow_location, parent_timeflow_timestamp, -parent_timeflow_timestamp, parent_timeflow_timezone, -parent_timeflow_timezone, enabled, -enabled, status, -status, engine_name, -engine_name, storage_size, -storage_size ] - nullable: true - example: name - dSourceUsageReportSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: name - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ name, -name, unvirtualized_space, -unvirtualized_space, actual_space, -actual_space, dependant_vdbs, -dependant_vdbs, engine_name, -engine_name ] - nullable: true - example: name - dSourceConsumptionReportSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: name - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ name, -name, status, -status, database_type, -database_type, engine_id, -engine_id, engine_name, -engine_name, last_consumption_date, -last_consumption_date, ingested_size, -ingested_size ] - nullable: true - example: name - reportingScheduleSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: report_id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ report_id, -report_id, report_type, -report_type, cron_expression, -cron_expression, time_zone, -time_zone, message, -message, file_format, -file_format, enabled, -enabled, sort_column, -sort_column ] - nullable: true - example: report_id - engineSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, uuid, -uuid, type, -type, version, -version, name, -name, hostname, -hostname, cpu_core_count, -cpu_core_count, memory_size, -memory_size, data_storage_capacity, -data_storage_capacity, data_storage_used, -data_storage_used, username, -username, hashicorp_vault_id, -hashicorp_vault_id, connection_status, -connection_status, connection_status_details, -connection_status_details, engine_connection_status, -engine_connection_status, engine_connection_status_details, -engine_connection_status_details, masking_memory_used, -masking_memory_used, masking_allocated_memory, -masking_allocated_memory, masking_jobs_running, -masking_jobs_running, masking_max_concurrent_jobs, -masking_max_concurrent_jobs, masking_available_cores, -masking_available_cores ] - nullable: true - example: name - hyperscaleInstanceIdParam: - in: path - name: hyperscaleInstanceId - required: true - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - description: The ID of the Hyperscale Instance. - hyperscaleInstancesSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, name, -name, hostname, -hostname, creation_date, -creation_date, status, -status, data_type, -data_type ] - nullable: true - example: name - hyperscaleMountPointsSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, name, -name, hostname, -hostname, mount_type, -mount_type, options, -options, mount_path, -mount_path, hyperscale_instance_id, -hyperscale_instance_id ] - nullable: true - example: name - hyperscaleConnectorsSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, hyperscale_instance_id, -hyperscale_instance_id, data_type, -data_type, source_username, -source_username, source_jdbc_url, -source_jdbc_url, source_mongo_url, -source_mongo_url, target_username, -target_username, target_jdbc_url, -target_jdbc_url, target_mongo_url, -target_mongo_url] - nullable: true - example: source_username - hyperscaleDatasetsSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, hyperscale_instance_id, -hyperscale_instance_id, data_type, -data_type, connector_id, -connector_id, mount_point_id, -mount_point_id] - nullable: true - example: id - hyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, schema_name, -schema_name, table_name, -table_name, database_name, -database_name, collection_name, -collection_name, filter_key, -filter_key, column_array_rows, -column_array_rows, unload_split, -unload_split, stream_size, -stream_size ] - nullable: true - example: table_name - vdbsSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, database_type, -database_type, name, -name, database_version, -database_version, size, -size, engine_id, -engine_id, status, -status, environment_id, -environment_id, ip_address, -ip_address, fqdn, -fqdn, parent_id, -parent_id, parent_dsource_id, -parent_dsource_id, group_name, -group_name, creation_date, -creation_date, last_refreshed_date, -last_refreshed_date, engine_name, -engine_name, storage_size, -storage_size, locked_by, -locked_by, locked_by_name, -locked_by_name, primary_object_id, -primary_object_id, primary_engine_id, -primary_engine_id, primary_engine_name, -primary_engine_name] - nullable: true - example: name - toolkitSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [id,type,pretty_name,name,reference,version,display_name,plugin_id,external_version,engine_name,engine_id,type,-id,-type,-pretty_name,-name,-reference,-version,-display_name,-plugin_id,-external_version,-engine_name,-engine_id,-type] - nullable: true - example: name - algorithmsSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, name, -name, description, -description, plugin_name, -plugin_name, framework_name, -framework_name, create_date, -create_date ] - nullable: true - example: name - algorithmRevisionsSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, name, -name, note, -note, plugin_id, -plugin_id, framework_id, -framework_id, is_primary, -is_primary, is_default_instance, -is_default_instance, create_date, -create_date ] - nullable: true - example: name - maskingJobsSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, name, -name, is_on_the_fly_masking, -is_on_the_fly_masking, creation_date, -creation_date, last_completed_execution_date, -last_completed_execution_date, last_execution_status, -last_execution_status, last_execution_id, -last_execution_id, ruleset.name, -ruleset.name, connector_type, -connector_type, description, -description, dataset_id, -dataset_id, retain_execution_data, -retain_execution_data, parallelism_degree, -parallelism_degree, max_concurrent_target_connections, -max_concurrent_target_connections, max_concurrent_source_connections, -max_concurrent_source_connections, num_input_streams, -num_input_streams, stream_row_limit, -stream_row_limit, feedback_size, -feedback_size, min_memory, -min_memory, max_memory, -max_memory ] - nullable: true - example: name - maskingExecutionMetricsSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, masking_job_name, -masking_job_name, connector_type, -connector_type, ruleset_name, - -ruleset_name, rows_masked, -rows_masked, - rows_total, -rows_total, - bytes_masked, -bytes_masked, - bytes_total, -bytes_total, - duration, -duration, - tables_files_count, -tables_files_count, - masked_tables_files_count, -masked_tables_files_count, - columns_fields_count, -columns_fields_count, - masked_columns_fields_count, -masked_columns_fields_count, - masking_job_type, -masking_job_type - ] - nullable: true - example: name - maskingEnvironmentsSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, name, -name, engine_id, -engine_id, engine_name, -engine_name, purpose, -purpose, is_workflow_enabled, -is_workflow_enabled ] - nullable: true - example: name - virtualizationPoliciesSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, name, -name, engine_id, -engine_id, policy_type, -policy_type, timezone_id, -timezone_id, default_policy, -default_policy, effective_type, -effective_type, data_duration, -data_duration, data_unit, -data_unit, log_duration, -log_duration, log_unit, -log_unit, num_of_daily, -num_of_daily, num_of_weekly, -num_of_weekly, day_of_week, -day_of_week, num_of_monthly, -num_of_monthly, day_of_month, -day_of_month, num_of_yearly, -num_of_yearly, day_of_year, -day_of_year, size, -size ] - nullable: true - example: name - maskingJobSourceEnginesSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ masking_job_id, -masking_job_id, source_engine_id, -source_engine_id ] - nullable: true - example: name - executionsSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, engine_id, -engine_id, engine_name, -engine_name, masking_job_id, -masking_job_id, masking_job_name, -masking_job_name, source_connector_id, -source_connector_id, target_connector_id, -target_connector_id, status, -status, rows_masked, -rows_masked, rows_total, -rows_total, bytes_processed, -bytes_processed, bytes_total, -bytes_total, start_time, -start_time, end_time, -end_time, submit_time, -submit_time ] - nullable: true - example: name - executionEventsSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, execution_id, -execution_id, event_type, -event_type, severity, -severity, cause, -cause, count, -count, timestamp, -timestamp, masked_object_name, -masked_object_name, bytes_processed, -bytes_processed, algorithm_name, -algorithm_name, exception_type, -exception_type, exception_detail, -exception_detail ] - nullable: true - example: id - connectorsSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, engine_id, -engine_id, type, -type, name, -name, hostname, -hostname, username, -username, port, -port ] - nullable: true - example: name - jobsSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, status, -status, type, -type, localized_type, -localized_type, target_id, -target_id, target_name, -target_name, start_time, -start_time, update_time, -update_time, error_details, -error_details, trace_id, -trace_id, account_id, -account_id, account_name, -account_name ] - nullable: true - default: -start_time - example: id - dsourcesSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: id - required: false + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchHyperscaleDatasetsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleDataset' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + hyperscale_instance_id: + type: string + data_type: + type: string + mount_point_id: + type: string + connector_id: + type: string + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + /reporting/masking-execution-metrics: + get: + tags: + - Reporting + summary: Get the masking execution metrics report. + operationId: get_masking_execution_metrics_report + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingExecutionMetricsSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: Returns a list of Masking execution metrics. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: MaskingExecutionMetricsReportResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingExecutionMetrics' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + text/csv: + schema: + type: string + example: | + id,masking_job_name,masking_job_type,connector_type,ruleset_name,rows_masked,rows_total,bytes_masked,bytes_total,duration,tables_files_count,"masked_tables_files_count",columns_fields_count,"masked_columns_fields_count" + "4ed2357d-f1a7-410c-b951-90f0edc1a0f6",masking-job,STANDARD,ORACLE,customers,2,2,0,0,19430,1,1,2,2 + /reporting/masking-execution-metrics/search: + post: + tags: + - Reporting + summary: Search the Masking execution metrics report. + operationId: search_masking_execution_metrics_report + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingExecutionMetricsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: Search Masking execution metrics. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: MaskingExecutionMetricsReportResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingExecutionMetrics' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + text/csv: + schema: + type: string + example: | + id,masking_job_name,connector_type,ruleset_name,rows_masked,rows_total,bytes_masked,bytes_total,duration,tables_files_count,"masked_tables_files_count",columns_fields_count,"masked_columns_fields_count" + "4ed2357d-f1a7-410c-b951-90f0edc1a0f6",masking-job,ORACLE,customers,2,2,0,0,19430,1,1,2,2 + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + masking_job_name: + type: string + masking_job_type: + type: string + connector_type: + type: string + ruleset_name: + type: string + rows_masked: + type: integer + rows_total: + type: integer + bytes_masked: + type: integer + bytes_total: + type: integer + duration: + type: integer + tables_files_count: + type: integer + masked_tables_files_count: + type: integer + columns_fields_count: + type: integer + masked_columns_fields_count: + type: integer + /reporting/engine-global-object-state-report: + get: + tags: + - Reporting + summary: Get the masking engine global object state report. + operationId: get_engine_global_object_state_report + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/engineGlobalObjectStateReportSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: Returns a list of GlobalObjectState data. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EngineGlobalObjectStateData' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + text/csv: + schema: + type: string + example: | + engine_id,engine_name,jobs_count,connectors_count,rulesets_count,global_object_revision_hash + "4ed2357d-f1a7-410c-b951-90f0edc1a0f6",masking-engine-dev,10,25,25,"dfb515e3d9727eebf499cb252b417efc926bad0b" + /reporting/engine-global-object-state-report/search: + post: + tags: + - Reporting + summary: Search the masking engine global object state report. + operationId: search_engine_global_object_state_report + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/engineGlobalObjectStateReportSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: Returns a list of searched GlobalObjectState data. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EngineGlobalObjectStateData' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + text/csv: + schema: + type: string + example: | + engine_id,engine_name,jobs_count,connectors_count,rulesets_count,global_object_revision_hash + "4ed2357d-f1a7-410c-b951-90f0edc1a0f6",masking-engine-dev,10,25,25,"dfb515e3d9727eebf499cb252b417efc926bad0b" + x-filterable: + fields: + engine_id: + type: string + engine_name: + type: string + jobs_count: + type: integer + connectors_count: + type: integer + rulesets_count: + type: integer + global_object_revision_hash: + type: string + /reporting/data-risk-report: + get: + tags: + - Reporting + summary: Get the masking data risk report. + operationId: get_data_risk_report + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/dataRiskReportSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: Returns a list of DataRisk data. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: GetDataRiskReportResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataRiskData' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + totals: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataRiskReportTotals' + text/csv: + schema: + type: string + example: | + connector_id,connector_name,engine_id,engine_name,is_profiled,is_sensitive_data,is_masked,is_at_risk + "4ed2357d-f1a7-410c-b951-90f0edc1a0f6",my-connector,"dfb515e3d9727eebf499cb252b417efc926bad0b",my-engine,true,true,true,false + /reporting/data-risk-report/search: + post: + tags: + - Reporting + summary: Search the masking data risk report. + operationId: search_data_risk_report + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/dataRiskReportSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: Returns a list of searched DataRisk data. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchDataRiskReportResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataRiskData' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + totals: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataRiskReportTotals' + text/csv: + schema: + type: string + example: | + connector_id,engine_connector_id,connector_name,engine_id,engine_name,is_profiled,is_sensitive_data,is_masked,is_at_risk + "1-DATABASE-15",15,my-connector,"1",my-engine,true,true,true,false + x-filterable: + fields: + connector_id: + type: string + engine_connector_id: + type: integer + connector_name: + type: string + connector_type: + type: string + last_profiled_date: + type: string + last_masked_date: + type: string + engine_id: + type: string + engine_name: + type: string + is_profiled: + type: boolean + is_sensitive_data: + type: boolean + is_masked: + type: boolean + is_at_risk: + type: boolean + data_elements_total: + type: integer + data_elements_not_sensitive: + type: integer + data_elements_sensitive_masked: + type: integer + data_elements_sensitive_unmasked: + type: integer + records_total: + type: integer + records_not_sensitive: + type: integer + records_sensitive_masked: + type: integer + records_sensitive_unmasked: + type: integer + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + /classifiers: + get: + tags: + - Classifiers + summary: Retrieve classifiers. + operationId: get_classifiers + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/classifiersSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ClassifiersListResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Classifier' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + /classifiers/search: + post: + tags: + - Classifiers + summary: Search for classifiers. + operationId: search_classifiers + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/classifiersSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ClassifiersSearchResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Classifier' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + framework: + type: string + enum: + - REGEX + - LIST + - PATH + - DATA_TYPE + description: + type: string + data_class_id: + type: string + data_class_name: + type: string + engine_id: + type: string + engine_name: + type: string + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + /classifiers/{classifierId}: + get: + tags: + - Classifiers + summary: Get a classifier by ID. + operationId: get_classifier_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Classifier' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/classifierIdParam' + /classifiers/{classifierId}/discovery-policies: + get: + tags: + - Classifiers + summary: Get discovery policies for a classifier. + operationId: get_classifier_discovery_policies + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/discoveryPoliciesSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DiscoveryPolicy' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/classifierIdParam' + /classifiers/{classifierId}/discovery-policies/search: + post: + tags: + - Classifiers + summary: Search discovery policies for a classifier. + operationId: search_classifier_discovery_policies + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/discoveryPoliciesSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DiscoveryPolicy' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + description: + type: string + discovery_method: + type: string + enum: + - CLASSIFIERS + - EXPRESSIONS + assignment_threshold: + type: integer + engine_id: + type: string + engine_name: + type: string + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/classifierIdParam' + /classifiers/{classifierId}/tags: + get: + tags: + - Classifiers + summary: Get tags for a classifier. + operationId: get_classifier_tags + responses: + '200': + description: Ok + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + post: + tags: + - Classifiers + summary: Create tags for a classifier. + operationId: create_classifier_tags + requestBody: + description: Tags information for classifier. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Classifier tags created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/classifierIdParam' + /classifiers/{classifierId}/tags/delete: + post: + tags: + - Classifiers + summary: Delete tags for a classifier. + operationId: delete_classifier_tags + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/classifierIdParam' + /connectors: + get: + tags: + - Connectors + summary: Retrieve the list of masking connectors. + operationId: get_connectors + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/connectorsSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListConnectorsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Connector' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + /connectors/{connectorId}: + get: + tags: + - Connectors + summary: Retrieve a masking Connector by ID. + operationId: get_connector_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Connector' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/connectorIdParam' + /connectors/{connectorId}/masking-jobs/search: + post: + tags: + - Connectors + summary: Search jobs that use this connector + operationId: search_connector_jobs + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/jobWithConnectorSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingJobWithConnectorRole' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + is_on_the_fly_masking: + type: boolean + last_execution_time: + type: string + last_execution_status: + type: string + creation_date: + type: string + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + connector_role: + type: string + enum: + - SOURCE + - TARGET + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/connectorIdParam' + /connectors/{connectorId}/tags: + get: + tags: + - Connectors + summary: Get tags for a Connector. + operationId: get_connector_tags + responses: + '200': + description: Ok + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + post: + tags: + - Connectors + summary: Create tags for a Connector. + operationId: create_connector_tags + requestBody: + description: Tags information for Connector. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/connectorIdParam' + /connectors/{connectorId}/tags/delete: + post: + tags: + - Connectors + summary: Delete tags for a Connector. + operationId: delete_connector_tag + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/connectorIdParam' + /connectors/search: + post: + tags: + - Connectors + summary: Search for masking Connectors. + operationId: search_connectors + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/connectorsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchConnectorsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Connector' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + engine_id: + type: string + engine_name: + type: string + type: + type: string + platform: + type: string + database_type: + type: string + name: + type: string + hostname: + type: string + username: + type: string + port: + type: integer + auth_present: + type: boolean + custom_driver_name: + type: string + database_name: + type: string + instance_name: + type: string + jdbc: + type: string + schema_name: + type: string + sid: + type: string + kerberos_auth: + type: boolean + service_principal: + type: string + enable_logger: + type: boolean + file_type: + type: string + connection_mode: + type: string + path: + type: string + ssh_key: + type: string + user_dir_is_root: + type: boolean + data_connection_id: + type: string + account_id: + type: integer + account_name: + type: string + dct_managed: + type: boolean + job_orchestrator_id: + type: string + job_orchestrator_name: + type: string + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + /data-classes: + get: + tags: + - DataClasses + summary: Retrieve the list of Data Classes. + operationId: get_data_classes + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/dataClassesSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: DataClassesListResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataClass' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + /data-classes/search: + post: + tags: + - DataClasses + summary: Search for Data Classes. + operationId: search_data_classes + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/dataClassesSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: DataClassesSearchResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataClass' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + default_algorithm_id: + type: string + default_algorithm_name: + type: string + default_token_algorithm_id: + type: string + default_token_algorithm_name: + type: string + algorithm_ids: + type: array[string] + algorithms: + type: array[object] + fields: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + description: + type: string + example: + type: string + revision_hash: + type: string + engine_id: + type: string + engine_name: + type: string + account_id: + type: integer + account_name: + type: string + dct_managed: + type: boolean + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + /data-classes/{dataClassId}: + get: + tags: + - DataClasses + summary: Get a Data Class by ID. + operationId: get_data_class_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataClass' + patch: + tags: + - DataClasses + summary: Update a Data Class. + operationId: update_data_class + requestBody: + description: Update a Data Class. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataClassUpdateRequest' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: Data Class update initiated. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: DataClassUpdateResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/dataClassIdParam' + /data-classes/{dataClassId}/algorithms: + get: + tags: + - DataClasses + summary: Retrieve the list of algorithms for a Data Class. + operationId: get_data_class_algorithms + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/algorithmsSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListAlgorithmsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Algorithm' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/dataClassIdParam' + /data-classes/{dataClassId}/algorithms/remove: + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/dataClassIdParam' + /data-classes/{dataClassId}/algorithms/search: + post: + tags: + - DataClasses + summary: Search for algorithms of a Data Class. + operationId: search_data_class_algorithms + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/algorithmsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchAlgorithmsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Algorithm' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + description: + type: string + framework_name: + type: string + framework_id: + type: string + plugin_name: + type: string + plugin_id: + type: string + engine_name: + type: string + engine_id: + type: string + revision_hash: + type: string + create_date: + type: string + config_invalid: + type: boolean + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/dataClassIdParam' + /data-classes/{dataClassId}/tags: + get: + tags: + - DataClasses + summary: Get tags for a Data Class. + operationId: get_data_class_tags + responses: + '200': + description: Ok + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + post: + tags: + - DataClasses + summary: Create tags for a Data Class. + operationId: create_data_class_tags + requestBody: + description: Tags information for Data Class. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Data Class tags created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/dataClassIdParam' + /data-classes/{dataClassId}/tags/delete: + post: + tags: + - DataClasses + summary: Delete tags for a Data Class. + operationId: delete_data_class_tags + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/dataClassIdParam' + /discovery-policies: + get: + tags: + - DiscoveryPolicies + summary: Retrieve discovery policies. + operationId: get_discovery_policies + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/discoveryPoliciesSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DiscoveryPolicy' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + /discovery-policies/search: + post: + tags: + - DiscoveryPolicies + summary: Search for discovery policies. + operationId: search_discovery_policies + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/discoveryPoliciesSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DiscoveryPolicy' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + description: + type: string + discovery_method: + type: string + enum: + - CLASSIFIERS + - EXPRESSIONS + assignment_threshold: + type: integer + engine_id: + type: string + engine_name: + type: string + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + /discovery-policies/{discoveryPolicyId}: + get: + tags: + - DiscoveryPolicies + summary: Get a discovery policy by ID. + operationId: get_discovery_policy_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DiscoveryPolicy' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/discoveryPolicyIdParam' + /discovery-policies/{discoveryPolicyId}/classifiers: + get: + tags: + - DiscoveryPolicies + summary: Get classifiers for a discovery policy. + operationId: get_discovery_policy_classifiers + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/classifiersSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ClassifiersListResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Classifier' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/discoveryPolicyIdParam' + /discovery-policies/{discoveryPolicyId}/classifiers/search: + post: + tags: + - DiscoveryPolicies + summary: Search for classifiers of a discovery policy. + operationId: search_discovery_policy_classifiers + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/classifiersSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ClassifiersSearchResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Classifier' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + framework: + type: string + enum: + - REGEX + - LIST + - PATH + - DATA_TYPE + description: + type: string + data_class_id: + type: string + data_class_name: + type: string + engine_id: + type: string + engine_name: + type: string + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/discoveryPolicyIdParam' + /discovery-policies/{discoveryPolicyId}/expressions: + get: + tags: + - DiscoveryPolicies + summary: Get discovery expressions for a discovery policy. + operationId: get_discovery_policy_expressions + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/discoveryExpressionsSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DiscoveryExpression' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/discoveryPolicyIdParam' + /discovery-policies/{discoveryPolicyId}/expressions/search: + post: + tags: + - DiscoveryPolicies + summary: Search for discovery expressions of a discovery policy. + operationId: search_discovery_policy_expressions + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/discoveryExpressionsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DiscoveryExpression' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + regular_expression: + type: string + data_level_profiling: + type: boolean + min_data_length: + type: integer + engine_id: + type: string + engine_name: + type: string + data_class_id: + type: string + data_class_name: + type: string + data_type: + type: string + enum: + - String + - Number + - Date + - Binary + expression_type: + type: string + enum: + - SEARCH + - TYPE + level: + type: string + enum: + - DATA + - COLUMN + - TYPE + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/discoveryPolicyIdParam' + /discovery-policies/{discoveryPolicyId}/tags: + get: + tags: + - DiscoveryPolicies + summary: Get tags for a discovery policy. + operationId: get_discovery_policy_tags + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + post: + tags: + - DiscoveryPolicies + summary: Create tags for a discovery policy. + operationId: create_discovery_policy_tags + requestBody: + description: Tags information for discovery policy. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Discovery Policy tags created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/discoveryPolicyIdParam' + /discovery-policies/{discoveryPolicyId}/tags/delete: + post: + tags: + - DiscoveryPolicies + summary: Delete tags for a discovery policy. + operationId: delete_discovery_policy_tags + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/discoveryPolicyIdParam' + /executions: + get: + tags: + - Executions + summary: Retrieve the list of masking executions. + operationId: get_executions + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionsSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListExecutionsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Execution' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + /executions/search: + post: + tags: + - Executions + summary: Search masking executions. + operationId: search_executions + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchExecutionsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Execution' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + engine_id: + type: string + engine_name: + type: string + masking_job_id: + type: string + masking_job_name: + type: string + source_connector_id: + type: string + target_connector_id: + type: string + status: + type: string + rows_masked: + type: integer + rows_total: + type: integer + bytes_processed: + type: integer + bytes_total: + type: integer + start_time: + type: string + submit_time: + type: string + end_time: + type: string + run_duration: + type: integer + queue_duration: + type: integer + total_duration: + type: integer + account_id: + type: integer + account_name: + type: string + hyperscale_instance_id: + type: string + collection_execution_id: + type: string + task_events: + type: array[object] + fields: + event: + type: string + status: + type: string + hyperscale_task_events: + type: array[object] + fields: + name: + type: string + progress: + type: number + status: + type: string + processed_objects: + type: integer + processed_rows: + type: integer + total_constraints: + type: integer + processed_indexes: + type: integer + total_indexes: + type: integer + processed_triggers: + type: integer + total_triggers: + type: integer + start_time: + type: string + end_time: + type: string + errors: + type: array[object] + fields: + table_name: + type: string + error: + type: string + /executions/{executionId}: + get: + tags: + - Executions + summary: Retrieve an Execution by ID. + operationId: get_execution_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Execution' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionIdParam' + /executions/{executionId}/cancel: + post: + tags: + - Executions + summary: Cancel an Execution. + operationId: cancel_execution + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExecutionCancelParameters' + required: false + responses: + '200': + description: OK + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionIdParam' + /executions/{executionId}/restart: + post: + tags: + - Executions + summary: Restart an Execution (Hyperscale only). + operationId: restart_execution + responses: + '200': + description: Masking job execution restarted. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: RestartExecutionResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionIdParam' + /executions/{executionId}/cleanup: + post: + tags: + - Executions + summary: Cleanup an Execution (Hyperscale only). + operationId: cleanup_execution + responses: + '200': + description: Masking job execution cleaned up. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: CleanupExecutionResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionIdParam' + /executions/{executionId}/events: + get: + tags: + - Executions + summary: Retrieve the list of events for a masking execution. + operationId: get_execution_events + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionEventsSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListExecutionEventsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExecutionEvent' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionIdParam' + /executions/{executionId}/events/search: + post: + tags: + - Executions + summary: Search masking executions events. + operationId: search_execution_events + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionEventsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchExecutionEventsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExecutionEvent' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + execution_id: + type: string + execution_component_id: + type: string + event_type: + type: string + severity: + type: string + cause: + type: string + count: + type: integer + timestamp: + type: string + masked_object_name: + type: string + algorithm_name: + type: string + exception_type: + type: string + exception_detail: + type: string + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionIdParam' + /executions/{executionId}/log: + get: + tags: + - Executions + summary: Retrieve the masking execution log. + operationId: get_execution_log + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExecutionLog' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionIdParam' + /executions/{executionId}/execution-components: + get: + tags: + - Executions + summary: Get execution components for an execution. + operationId: get_execution_components + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionComponentsSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ExecutionComponentsListResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExecutionComponent' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionIdParam' + /executions/{executionId}/execution-components/search: + post: + tags: + - Executions + summary: Search execution components for an execution. + operationId: search_execution_components + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionComponentsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExecutionComponent' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + execution_id: + type: string + status: + type: string + rows_masked: + type: integer + rows_total: + type: integer + bytes_processed: + type: integer + bytes_total: + type: integer + start_time: + type: string + end_time: + type: string + non_conforming_data_count: + type: integer + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionIdParam' + /executions/{executionId}/execution-components/{executionComponentId}: + get: + tags: + - Executions + summary: Get an execution component by ID. + operationId: get_execution_component_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExecutionComponent' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionComponentIdParam' + /executions/{executionId}/execution-components/{executionComponentId}/log: + get: + tags: + - Executions + summary: Get an execution component log. + operationId: get_execution_component_log + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExecutionComponentLog' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionComponentIdParam' + /executions/{executionId}/discovery-results: + get: + tags: + - Executions + summary: Retrieve the list of discovery results for a masking execution. + operationId: get_discovery_results + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/discoveryResultSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListDiscoveryResultsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DiscoveryResult' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionIdParam' + /executions/{executionId}/discovery-results/search: + post: + tags: + - Executions + summary: Search discovery results associated with execution of a discovery job + operationId: search_discovery_results + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/discoveryResultSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DiscoveryResult' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + table_name: + type: string + file_name: + type: string + column_name: + type: string + field_name: + type: string + data_class_name: + type: string + algorithm_name: + type: string + data_type: + type: string + confidence: + type: integer + is_profiler_writable: + type: boolean + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/executionIdParam' + /masking-file-uploads: + get: + tags: + - MaskingFiles + summary: Retrieve the list of masking file uploads. + operationId: get_masking_files + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingFilesSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListMaskingFilesResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingFileUpload' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + /masking-file-uploads/{maskingFileId}: + get: + tags: + - MaskingFiles + summary: Get a masking file by ID or name. + operationId: get_masking_file_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingFileUpload' + patch: + tags: + - MaskingFiles + summary: Update a masking file upload by id. + operationId: update_masking_file_upload_by_id + requestBody: + description: The new data to update a masking file upload. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingFileUpload' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingFileIdParam' + /masking-file-uploads/search: + post: + tags: + - MaskingFiles + summary: Search for masking files. + operationId: search_masking_files + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingFilesSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchMaskingFilesResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingFileUpload' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + description: + type: string + filename: + type: string + file_size: + type: string + file_checksum: + type: string + created_date: + type: string + engine_file_uuid: + type: string + engine_name: + type: string + engine_id: + type: string + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + /masking-file-uploads/{maskingFileId}/tags: + get: + tags: + - MaskingFiles + summary: Get tags for a masking file. + operationId: get_masking_file_tags + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + post: + tags: + - MaskingFiles + summary: Create tags for a masking file. + operationId: create_masking_file_tags + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingFileIdParam' + requestBody: + description: Tags information for masking file upload. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Masking file tags created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingFileIdParam' + /masking-file-uploads/{maskingFileId}/tags/delete: + post: + tags: + - MaskingFiles + summary: Delete tags for a masking file + operationId: delete_masking_file_tags + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingFileIdParam' + /masking-file-uploads/{maskingFileId}/consumers: + get: + tags: + - MaskingFiles + summary: Get all consumers associated with this masking file + operationId: get_masking_file_consumers + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/ConsumersSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Consumer' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingFileIdParam' + /masking-file-uploads/{maskingFileId}/consumers/search: + post: + tags: + - MaskingFiles + summary: Search consumers of a masking file. + operationId: search_masking_file_consumers + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/ConsumersSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Consumer' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + parent_id: + type: string + parent_type: + type: string + parent_name: + type: string + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingFileIdParam' + /masking-jobs: + get: + tags: + - MaskingJobs + summary: Retrieve the list of masking jobs. + operationId: get_masking_jobs + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobsSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListMaskingJobsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingJob' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + deprecated: true + post: + tags: + - MaskingJobs + summary: Create a Masking Job. + operationId: create_masking_job + requestBody: + description: Input params to create a masking job. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/CreateMaskingJobRequest' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: CreateMaskingJobResponse + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The ID of the created masking job. + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + /masking-jobs/search: + post: + tags: + - MaskingJobs + summary: Search masking jobs. + operationId: search_masking_jobs + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchMaskingJobsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingJob' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + deprecated: true + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + is_on_the_fly_masking: + type: boolean + creation_date: + type: string + last_completed_execution_date: + type: string + last_execution_status: + type: string + last_execution_id: + type: string + connector_username: + type: string + on_the_fly_source_connector_username: + type: string + rule_set_id: + type: string + rule_set_name: + type: string + ruleset.connector_id: + type: string + ruleset.type: + type: string + ruleset.name: + type: string + ruleset.refresh_drops_table: + type: boolean + ruleset.algorithms: + type: array[string] + hyperscale_instance_id: + type: string + description: + type: string + dataset_id: + type: string + retain_execution_data: + type: string + max_memory: + type: integer + min_memory: + type: integer + feedback_size: + type: integer + stream_row_limit: + type: integer + num_input_streams: + type: integer + max_concurrent_source_connections: + type: integer + max_concurrent_target_connections: + type: integer + parallelism_degree: + type: integer + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + /masking-jobs/source-engines: + get: + tags: + - MaskingJobs + summary: Retrieve the list of masking jobs along with their source engine. + operationId: get_masking_job_source_engines + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobSourceEnginesSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListMaskingJobSourceEnginesResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingJobSourceEngine' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + /masking-jobs/source-engines/search: + post: + tags: + - MaskingJobs + summary: Search the list of masking jobs along with their source engine. + operationId: search_masking_job_source_engines + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobSourceEnginesSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchMaskingJobSourceEnginesResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingJobSourceEngine' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + masking_job_id: + type: string + source_engine_id: + type: string + /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}: + get: + tags: + - MaskingJobs + summary: Retrieve a MaskingJob by ID. + operationId: get_masking_job_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingJob' + deprecated: true + delete: + tags: + - MaskingJobs + summary: Delete a masking job. + operationId: delete_masking_job + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobDeleteForceParam' + responses: + '200': + description: Masking job delete initiated. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: DeleteMaskingJobResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + patch: + tags: + - MaskingJobs + summary: Update values of a MaskingJob. + operationId: update_masking_job_by_id + requestBody: + description: The new data to update a Masking Job. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/UpdateMaskingJobParameters' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingJob' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobIdParam' + /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/copy: + post: + tags: + - MaskingJobs + summary: Copies the masking job to another engine. + operationId: copy_masking_job + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/CopyMaskingJobParameters' + responses: + '200': + description: Copy masking job initiated. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: CopyMaskingJobResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + masking_job_id: + type: string + deprecated: true + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobIdParam' + /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/migrate: + post: + tags: + - MaskingJobs + summary: Migrates the masking job from its current source engine to another + engine. + operationId: migrate_masking_job + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/MigrateMaskingJobParameters' + responses: + '200': + description: Migrate masking job initiated. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: MigrateMaskingJobResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + deprecated: true + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobIdParam' + /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/connectors: + get: + tags: + - MaskingJobs + summary: Get connectors for a Masking Job by ID. + operationId: get_masking_job_connectors + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingJobConnectorsResponse' + deprecated: true + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobIdParam' + /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/execute: + post: + tags: + - MaskingJobs + summary: Execute a MaskingJob. + operationId: execute_masking_job + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExecuteMaskingJobParameters' + responses: + '200': + description: Masking job execute initiated. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ExecuteMaskingJobResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + deprecated: true + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobIdParam' + /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/re-import: + post: + tags: + - MaskingJobs + summary: Re-import the dataset from the source MaskingJob (Hyperscale Job only). + operationId: re_import_masking_job + responses: + '200': + description: Masking job re-import initiated. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ReImportMaskingJobResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobIdParam' + /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/tags: + get: + tags: + - MaskingJobs + summary: Get tags for a Masking Job. + operationId: get_masking_job_tag + responses: + '200': + description: Ok + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + deprecated: true + post: + tags: + - MaskingJobs + summary: Create tags for a Masking Job. + operationId: create_masking_job_tag + requestBody: + description: Tags information for Masking Job. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + deprecated: true + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobIdParam' + /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/tags/delete: + post: + tags: + - MaskingJobs + summary: Delete tags for a Masking Job. + operationId: delete_masking_job_tag + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + deprecated: true + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobIdParam' + /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/add-engine: + post: + tags: + - MaskingJobs + summary: Add an engine to a Masking Job (Hyperscale Job only). + operationId: add_engine_to_masking_job + requestBody: + description: Body containing the ID of the registered engine. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EngineIdBody' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: AddEngineToJobResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobIdParam' + /masking-jobs/{maskingJobId}/remove-engine: + post: + tags: + - MaskingJobs + summary: Remove an engine from a Masking Job (Hyperscale Job only). + operationId: remove_engine_from_masking_job + requestBody: + description: Body containing the ID of the registered engine. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EngineIdBody' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: RemoveEngineFromJobResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingJobIdParam' + /algorithms: + get: + tags: + - Algorithms + summary: Retrieve the list of algorithms. + operationId: get_algorithms + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/algorithmsSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListAlgorithmsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Algorithm' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + /algorithms/{algorithmId}: + get: + tags: + - Algorithms + summary: Get an algorithm by ID. + operationId: get_algorithm_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Algorithm' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/algorithmIdParam' + /algorithms/search: + post: + tags: + - Algorithms + summary: Search for algorithms. + operationId: search_algorithms + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/algorithmsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchAlgorithmsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Algorithm' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + description: + type: string + framework_name: + type: string + framework_id: + type: string + plugin_name: + type: string + plugin_id: + type: string + engine_name: + type: string + engine_id: + type: string + revision_hash: + type: string + create_date: + type: string + account_id: + type: integer + account_name: + type: string + dct_managed: + type: boolean + config_invalid: + type: boolean + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + /algorithms/{algorithmId}/tags: + get: + tags: + - Algorithms + summary: Get tags for an Algorithm. + operationId: get_algorithm_tags + responses: + '200': + description: Ok + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + post: + tags: + - Algorithms + summary: Create tags for an Algorithm. + operationId: create_algorithm_tags + requestBody: + description: Tags information for Algorithm. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Algorithm tags created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/algorithmIdParam' + /algorithms/{algorithmId}/tags/delete: + post: + tags: + - Algorithms + summary: Delete tags for an Algorithm. + operationId: delete_algorithm_tags + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/algorithmIdParam' + /algorithms/{algorithmId}/dependencies: + get: + tags: + - Algorithms + summary: Get dependencies of an algorithm by ID. + operationId: get_algorithm_dependencies_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Dependency' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/algorithmIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/dependenciesSortParam' + /algorithms/{algorithmId}/dependencies/search: + post: + tags: + - Algorithms + summary: Search for algorithm dependencies. + operationId: search_algorithm_dependencies + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/algorithmIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/dependenciesSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Dependency' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + child_id: + type: string + child_name: + type: string + child_type: + type: string + /algorithms/validate-config: { + } + /masking-environments: + get: + tags: + - MaskingEnvironments + summary: Retrieve the list of masking environments. + operationId: get_masking_environments + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingEnvironmentsSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListMaskingEnvironmentsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingEnvironment' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + /masking-environments/search: + post: + tags: + - MaskingEnvironments + summary: Search masking environments. + operationId: search_masking_environments + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingEnvironmentsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchMaskingEnvironmentsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingEnvironment' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + engine_id: + type: string + engine_name: + type: string + purpose: + type: string + is_workflow_enabled: + type: boolean + /masking-environments/{maskingEnvironmentId}: + get: + tags: + - MaskingEnvironments + summary: Retrieve a MaskingEnvironment by ID. + operationId: get_masking_environment_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingEnvironment' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/maskingEnvironmentId' + /rule-sets: + get: + tags: + - RuleSets + summary: Retrieve the list of Rule Sets. + operationId: get_rule_sets + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/ruleSetsSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: RuleSetsListResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/RuleSet' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + /rule-sets/search: + post: + tags: + - RuleSets + summary: Search for Rule Sets. + operationId: search_rule_sets + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/ruleSetsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: RuleSetsSearchResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/RuleSet' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + type: + type: string + platform: + type: string + connector_id: + type: string + connector_name: + type: string + engine_id: + type: string + engine_name: + type: string + data_elements_total: + type: integer + data_elements_sensitive: + type: integer + records_total: + type: integer + records_sensitive: + type: integer + creation_date: + type: string + account_id: + type: integer + account_name: + type: string + dct_managed: + type: boolean + job_orchestrator_id: + type: string + job_orchestrator_name: + type: string + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + /rule-sets/{ruleSetId}: + get: + tags: + - RuleSets + summary: Get a Rule Set by ID. + operationId: get_rule_set_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/RuleSet' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/ruleSetIdParam' + /rule-sets/{ruleSetId}/refresh: + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/ruleSetIdParam' + /rule-sets/{ruleSetId}/bulk-table-delta-update: + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/ruleSetIdParam' + /rule-sets/{ruleSetId}/tags: + get: + tags: + - RuleSets + summary: Get tags for a Rule Set. + operationId: get_rule_set_tags + responses: + '200': + description: Ok + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + post: + tags: + - RuleSets + summary: Create tags for a Rule Set. + operationId: create_rule_set_tags + requestBody: + description: Tags information for Rule Set. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Rule Set tags created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/ruleSetIdParam' + /rule-sets/{ruleSetId}/tags/delete: + post: + tags: + - RuleSets + summary: Delete tags for a Rule Set. + operationId: delete_rule_set_tags + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/ruleSetIdParam' + /database-table-metadata: + get: + tags: + - RuleSets + summary: Retrieve table metadata. + operationId: get_database_table_metadata + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/databaseTableMetadataSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DatabaseTableMetadata' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + /database-table-metadata/search: + post: + tags: + - RuleSets + summary: Search table metadata. + operationId: search_database_table_metadata + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/databaseTableMetadataSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DatabaseTableMetadata' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + table_name: + type: string + rule_set_id: + type: string + rule_set_name: + type: string + custom_sql: + type: string + where_clause: + type: string + having_clause: + type: string + key_column: + type: string + is_sensitive: + type: boolean + row_count: + type: integer + last_refresh_time: + type: string + last_row_count_time: + type: string + /database-table-metadata/{databaseTableMetadataId}: + get: + tags: + - RuleSets + summary: Retrieve a database table metadata by ID. + operationId: get_database_table_metadata_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DatabaseTableMetadata' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/databaseTableMetadataIdParam' + /database-column-metadata: + get: + tags: + - RuleSets + summary: Retrieve column metadata. + operationId: get_database_column_metadata + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/databaseColumnMetadataSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DatabaseColumnMetadata' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + /database-column-metadata/search: + post: + tags: + - RuleSets + summary: Search column metadata. + operationId: search_database_column_metadata + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/databaseColumnMetadataSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DatabaseColumnMetadata' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: integer + column_name: + type: string + database_table_metadata_id: + type: integer + table_name: + type: string + engine_id: + type: string + engine_name: + type: string + rule_set_id: + type: string + rule_set_name: + type: string + algorithm_id: + type: string + algorithm_name: + type: string + data_class_id: + type: string + data_class_name: + type: string + data_type: + type: string + date_format: + type: string + column_length: + type: integer + is_sensitive: + type: boolean + is_profiler_writable: + type: boolean + is_primary_key: + type: boolean + is_identity: + type: boolean + is_index: + type: boolean + is_foreign_key: + type: boolean + /database-column-metadata/{databaseColumnMetadataId}: + get: + tags: + - RuleSets + summary: Retrieve a database column metadata by ID. + operationId: get_database_column_metadata_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DatabaseColumnMetadata' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/databaseColumnMetadataIdParam' + /discovery-expressions: + get: + tags: + - DiscoveryExpressions + summary: Retrieve discovery expressions. + operationId: get_discovery_expressions + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/discoveryExpressionsSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DiscoveryExpression' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + /discovery-expressions/search: + post: + tags: + - DiscoveryExpressions + summary: Search discovery expressions. + operationId: search_discovery_expressions + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/discoveryExpressionsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DiscoveryExpression' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + regular_expression: + type: string + data_level_profiling: + type: boolean + min_data_length: + type: integer + engine_id: + type: string + engine_name: + type: string + data_class_id: + type: string + data_class_name: + type: string + data_type: + type: string + enum: + - String + - Number + - Date + - Binary + expression_type: + type: string + enum: + - SEARCH + - TYPE + level: + type: string + enum: + - DATA + - COLUMN + - TYPE + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + /discovery-expressions/{expressionId}: + get: + tags: + - DiscoveryExpressions + summary: Get a discovery expression by ID. + operationId: get_discovery_expression_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DiscoveryExpression' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/discoveryExpressionIdParam' + /discovery-expressions/{expressionId}/tags: + get: + tags: + - DiscoveryExpressions + summary: Get tags for a discovery expression. + operationId: get_discovery_expression_tags + responses: + '200': + description: Ok + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + post: + tags: + - DiscoveryExpressions + summary: Create tags for a discovery expression. + operationId: create_discovery_expression_tags + requestBody: + description: Tags information for discovery expression. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Discovery expression tags created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/discoveryExpressionIdParam' + /discovery-expressions/{expressionId}/tags/delete: + post: + tags: + - DiscoveryExpressions + summary: Delete tags for a discovery expression. + operationId: delete_discovery_expression_tags + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/discoveryExpressionIdParam' + /compliance-jobs: + get: + tags: + - ComplianceJobs + summary: Retrieve the list of compliance jobs. + operationId: get_compliance_jobs + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/complianceJobsSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListComplianceJobsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ComplianceJob' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + /compliance-jobs/search: + post: + tags: + - ComplianceJobs + summary: Search compliance jobs. + operationId: search_compliance_jobs + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/complianceJobsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchComplianceJobsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ComplianceJob' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + engine_id: + type: string + engine_name: + type: string + engine_job_id: + type: integer + job_orchestrator_id: + type: string + job_orchestrator_name: + type: string + type: + type: string + execution_type: + type: string + is_on_the_fly_masking: + type: boolean + creation_date: + type: string + last_completed_execution_date: + type: string + last_execution_status: + type: string + last_execution_id: + type: string + last_execution_start_time: + type: string + last_execution_run_time: + type: integer + rule_set_id: + type: string + rule_set_name: + type: string + hyperscale_instance_id: + type: string + description: + type: string + dataset_id: + type: string + retain_execution_data: + type: string + max_memory: + type: integer + min_memory: + type: integer + feedback_size: + type: integer + stream_row_limit: + type: integer + num_input_streams: + type: integer + max_concurrent_source_connections: + type: integer + max_concurrent_target_connections: + type: integer + parallelism_degree: + type: integer + discovery_policy_id: + type: string + discovery_policy_name: + type: string + account_id: + type: integer + account_name: + type: string + dct_managed: + type: boolean + fail_immediately: + type: boolean + batch_update: + type: boolean + commit_size: + type: integer + num_output_threads_per_stream: + type: integer + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + /compliance-jobs/{complianceJobId}: + get: + tags: + - ComplianceJobs + summary: Retrieve a compliance job by ID. + operationId: get_compliance_job_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ComplianceJob' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/complianceJobIdParam' + /compliance-jobs/{complianceJobId}/connectors: + get: + tags: + - ComplianceJobs + summary: Get connectors for a Masking Job by ID. + operationId: get_compliance_job_connectors + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/complianceJobIdParam' + /compliance-jobs/{complianceJobId}/tags: + get: + tags: + - ComplianceJobs + summary: Get tags for a compliance job. + operationId: get_compliance_job_tag + responses: + '200': + description: Ok + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + post: + tags: + - ComplianceJobs + summary: Create tags for a compliance job. + operationId: create_compliance_job_tag + requestBody: + description: Tags information for Masking Job. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/complianceJobIdParam' + /compliance-jobs/{complianceJobId}/tags/delete: + post: + tags: + - ComplianceJobs + summary: Delete tags for a compliance job. + operationId: delete_compliance_job_tag + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/complianceJobIdParam' + /compliance-jobs/{complianceJobId}/execute: + post: + tags: + - ComplianceJobs + summary: Execute a compliance job. + operationId: execute_compliance_job + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExecuteComplianceJobRequest' + responses: + '200': + description: Compliance job execute initiated. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ExecuteComplianceJobResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/complianceJobIdParam' + /compliance-job-collections: + get: + tags: + - ComplianceJobCollections + summary: Retrieve the list of compliance job collections. + operationId: get_compliance_job_collections + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/complianceJobCollectionsSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ComplianceJobCollection' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + post: + tags: + - ComplianceJobCollections + summary: Create a compliance job collection. + operationId: create_compliance_job_collection + requestBody: + description: The parameters to create a compliance job collection + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: CreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + /compliance-job-collections/search: + post: + tags: + - ComplianceJobCollections + summary: Search compliance job collections. + operationId: search_compliance_job_collections + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/complianceJobCollectionsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ComplianceJobCollection' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + description: + type: string + creation_date: + type: string + job_count: + type: integer + last_execution_id: + type: string + failure_handling: + type: string + members: + type: array[object] + fields: + compliance_job_id: + type: string + sequence: + type: integer + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + /compliance-job-collections/{complianceJobCollectionId}: + get: + tags: + - ComplianceJobCollections + summary: Retrieve a compliance job collection by ID. + operationId: get_compliance_job_collection_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ComplianceJobCollection' + delete: + tags: + - ComplianceJobCollections + summary: Delete a compliance job collection. + operationId: delete_compliance_job_collection + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: DeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + patch: + tags: + - ComplianceJobCollections + summary: Update a compliance job collection. + operationId: update_compliance_job_collection + requestBody: + description: The parameters to update a compliance job collection + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: UpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/complianceJobCollectionIdParam' + /compliance-job-collections/{complianceJobCollectionId}/execute: + post: + tags: + - ComplianceJobCollections + summary: Execute a compliance job collection. + operationId: execute_compliance_job_collection + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionRequest' + responses: + '200': + description: Compliance job collection execute initiated. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/complianceJobCollectionIdParam' + /compliance-job-collections/{complianceJobCollectionId}/jobs: + get: + tags: + - ComplianceJobCollections + summary: Get compliance jobs for a compliance job collection. + operationId: get_compliance_job_collection_jobs + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/complianceJobsSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListComplianceJobsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ComplianceJob' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/complianceJobCollectionIdParam' + /compliance-job-collections/{complianceJobCollectionId}/jobs/search: + post: + tags: + - ComplianceJobCollections + summary: Search compliance jobs for a compliance job collection. + operationId: search_compliance_job_collection_jobs + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/complianceJobsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchComplianceJobsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ComplianceJob' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + engine_id: + type: string + engine_name: + type: string + engine_job_id: + type: integer + type: + type: string + execution_type: + type: string + is_on_the_fly_masking: + type: boolean + creation_date: + type: string + last_completed_execution_date: + type: string + last_execution_status: + type: string + last_execution_id: + type: string + last_execution_start_time: + type: string + last_execution_run_time: + type: integer + rule_set_id: + type: string + rule_set_name: + type: string + hyperscale_instance_id: + type: string + description: + type: string + dataset_id: + type: string + retain_execution_data: + type: string + max_memory: + type: integer + min_memory: + type: integer + feedback_size: + type: integer + stream_row_limit: + type: integer + num_input_streams: + type: integer + max_concurrent_source_connections: + type: integer + max_concurrent_target_connections: + type: integer + parallelism_degree: + type: integer + discovery_policy_id: + type: string + discovery_policy_name: + type: string + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/complianceJobCollectionIdParam' + /compliance-job-collections/{complianceJobCollectionId}/tags: + get: + tags: + - ComplianceJobCollections + summary: Get tags for a compliance job collection. + operationId: get_compliance_job_collection_tags + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + post: + tags: + - ComplianceJobCollections + summary: Create tags for a compliance job collection. + operationId: create_compliance_job_collection_tags + requestBody: + description: Tags information for a compliance job collection. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Compliance job collection tags created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/complianceJobCollectionIdParam' + /compliance-job-collections/{complianceJobCollectionId}/tags/delete: + post: + tags: + - ComplianceJobCollections + summary: Delete tags for a compliance job collection. + operationId: delete_compliance_job_collection_tags + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/complianceJobCollectionIdParam' + /job-collection-executions: + get: + tags: + - JobCollectionExecutions + summary: Retrieve the list of compliance job collection executions. + operationId: get_job_collection_executions + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/jobCollectionExecutionsSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/JobCollectionExecution' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + /job-collection-executions/search: + post: + tags: + - JobCollectionExecutions + summary: Search compliance job collection executions. + operationId: search_job_collection_executions + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/jobCollectionExecutionsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/JobCollectionExecution' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + compliance_job_collection_id: + type: string + compliance_job_collection_name: + type: string + status: + type: string + status_reason: + type: string + start_time: + type: string + end_time: + type: string + run_duration: + type: integer + actual_execution_count: + type: integer + planned_execution_count: + type: integer + rows_processed: + type: integer + rows_total: + type: integer + bytes_processed: + type: integer + bytes_total: + type: integer + processed_tables_files_count: + type: integer + tables_files_count: + type: integer + processed_columns_fields_count: + type: integer + columns_fields_count: + type: integer + execute_account_id: + type: integer + execute_account_name: + type: string + cancel_account_id: + type: integer + cancel_account_name: + type: string + /job-collection-executions/{jobCollectionExecutionId}: + get: + tags: + - JobCollectionExecutions + summary: Retrieve a compliance job collection execution by ID. + operationId: get_job_collection_execution_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/JobCollectionExecution' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/jobCollectionExecutionIdParam' + /job-collection-executions/{jobCollectionExecutionId}/cancel: + post: + tags: + - JobCollectionExecutions + summary: Cancel a compliance job collection execution. This operation is asynchronous + is not complete until the collection execution is marked cancelled. + operationId: cancel_job_collection_execution + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/CancelJobCollectionExecutionRequest' + responses: + '200': + description: Job collection execution cancel initiated. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: CancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/jobCollectionExecutionIdParam' + /management/engines: + get: + tags: + - Management + summary: Returns a list of registered engines. + operationId: get_registered_engines + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/engineSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListRegisteredEnginesResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/RegisteredEngine' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + post: + tags: + - Management + summary: Register an engine. + operationId: register_engine + requestBody: + description: The parameters to register an engine. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EngineRegistrationParameter' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/RegisteredEngine' + /jobs: + get: + tags: + - Jobs + summary: List all jobs. + operationId: get_jobs + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/jobsSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListJobsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + errors: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Errors' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + /jobs/search: + post: + tags: + - Jobs + summary: Search for jobs. + operationId: search_jobs + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/jobsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchJobsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + status: + type: string + type: + type: string + localized_type: + type: string + target_id: + type: string + target_name: + type: string + start_time: + type: string + update_time: + type: string + error_details: + type: string + trace_id: + type: string + engine_ids: + type: array[string] + deprecated: true + engines: + type: array[object] + fields: + engine_id: + type: string + engine_name: + type: string + account_id: + type: int + account_name: + type: string + /jobs/{jobId}: + get: + tags: + - Jobs + summary: Returns a job by ID. + operationId: get_job_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - name: jobId + in: path + description: The ID of the job. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false schema: + minLength: 1 type: string - enum: [ id, -id, database_type, -database_type, name, -name, database_version, -database_version, data_uuid, -data_uuid, storage_size, -storage_size, plugin_version, -plugin_version, creation_date, -creation_date, group_name, -group_name, enabled, -enabled, engine_id, -engine_id, source_id, -source_id, status, -status, engine_name, -engine_name, primary_object_id, -primary_object_id, primary_engine_id, -primary_engine_id, primary_engine_name, -primary_engine_name, sync_policy_id, -sync_policy_id,retention_policy_id, -retention_policy_id, quota_policy_id, -quota_policy_id] - nullable: true - example: name - sourcesSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: id - required: false + /jobs/{jobId}/abandon: + post: + tags: + - Jobs + summary: Abandons a job. + description: | + Abandoning a job means that the system will no longer track ongoing progress. The system will not attempt to stop the process in any way. The job will be moved to the ABANDONED terminal state. + operationId: abandon_job + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + parameters: + - name: jobId + in: path + description: The ID of the job. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false schema: + minLength: 1 type: string - enum: [ id, -id, database_type, -database_type, name, -name, database_version, -database_version, environment_id, -environment_id, data_uuid, -data_uuid, ip_address, -ip_address, fqdn, -fqdn, size, -size, jdbc_connection_string, -jdbc_connection_string, plugin_version, -plugin_version, is_dsource, -is_dsource ] - nullable: true - example: name - stagingSourcesSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: id - required: false + /jobs/{jobId}/result: + get: + tags: + - Jobs + summary: Get job result. + description: Get job result. + operationId: get_job_result + responses: + '200': + description: Ok + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/JobResultResponse' + deprecated: true + parameters: + - name: jobId + in: path + description: The ID of the job. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false schema: + minLength: 1 type: string - enum: [ id, -id, name, -name, database_type, -database_type, database_name, -database_name, database_version, -database_version, environment_id, -environment_id, data_uuid, -data_uuid, ip_address, -ip_address, fqdn, -fqdn, repository, -repository, oracle_config_type, -oracle_config_type, cdb_type, -cdb_type, dsource_id, -dsource_id ] - nullable: true - example: name - cdbsSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: id - required: false + /jobs/{jobId}/tags: + get: + tags: + - Jobs + summary: Get tags for a Job. + operationId: get_job_tags + responses: + '200': + description: Ok + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + post: + tags: + - Jobs + summary: Create tags for a Job. + operationId: create_job_tags + requestBody: + description: Tags information for Job. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + parameters: + - name: jobId + in: path + description: The ID of the job. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false schema: + minLength: 1 type: string - enum: [ id, -id, name, -name, database_version, -database_version, environment_id, -environment_id, size, -size, jdbc_connection_string, -jdbc_connection_string, engine_id, -engine_id ] - nullable: true - example: name - vcdbsSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: id - required: false + /jobs/{jobId}/tags/delete: + post: + tags: + - Jobs + summary: Delete tags for a Job. + operationId: delete_job_tag + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + parameters: + - name: jobId + in: path + description: The ID of the job. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false schema: + minLength: 1 type: string - enum: [ id, -id, name, -name, database_version, -database_version, environment_id, -environment_id, size, -size, engine_id, -engine_id, status, -status, parent_id, -parent_id, creation_date, -creation_date, group_name, -group_name, enabled, -enabled ] - nullable: true - example: name - bookmarksSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: id - required: false + /management/engines/{engineId}: + get: + tags: + - Management + summary: Returns a registered engine by ID. + operationId: get_registered_engine + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/RegisteredEngine' + put: + tags: + - Management + summary: Update a registered engine. + operationId: update_registered_engine + requestBody: + description: The updated registration engine information. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/RegisteredEngine' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/RegisteredEngine' + delete: + tags: + - Management + summary: Unregister an engine. + operationId: unregister_engine + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: DeleteEngineResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + patch: + tags: + - Management + summary: Update a registered engine. + operationId: update_registered_engine_partial + requestBody: + description: The updated registration engine information. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/RegisteredEngine' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/RegisteredEngine' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/engineIdParam' + /management/engines/{engineId}/auto-tagging: + get: + tags: + - Management + summary: Returns the engine's auto tagging configuration. + operationId: get_engine_auto_tagging_config + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AutoTaggingConfig' + patch: + tags: + - Management + summary: Update the engine's auto tagging configuration. + operationId: update_engine_auto_tagging_config + requestBody: + description: The auto tagging config update parameters. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/engineIdParam' + /management/engines/{engineId}/compliance-application-settings: + get: + tags: + - Management + summary: Returns a compliance engine's application settings. + operationId: get_compliance_application_settings + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/complianceApplicationSettingsSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ComplianceApplicationSetting' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/engineIdParam' + /management/engines/{engineId}/compliance-application-settings/search: + post: + tags: + - Management + summary: Search a compliance engine's application settings. + operationId: search_compliance_application_settings + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/complianceApplicationSettingsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ComplianceApplicationSetting' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + group: + type: string + name: + type: string + value: + type: string + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/engineIdParam' + /management/engines/search: + post: + tags: + - Management + summary: Search for engines. + operationId: search_engines + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/engineSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchEnginesResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/RegisteredEngine' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + uuid: + type: string + ssh_public_key: + type: string + type: + type: string + version: + type: string + name: + type: string + hostname: + type: string + cpu_core_count: + type: integer + memory_size: + type: integer + data_storage_capacity: + type: integer + data_storage_used: + type: integer + insecure_ssl: + type: boolean + unsafe_ssl_hostname_check: + type: boolean + hyperscale_truststore_filename: + type: string + status: + type: string + username: + type: string + hashicorp_vault_id: + type: string + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + connection_status: + type: string + connection_status_details: + type: string + engine_connection_status: + type: string + engine_connection_status_details: + type: string + masking_memory_used: + type: integer + masking_allocated_memory: + type: integer + masking_jobs_running: + type: integer + masking_max_concurrent_jobs: + type: integer + masking_available_cores: + type: integer + hyperscale_instance_ids: + type: array[string] + /management/engines/{engineId}/tags: + get: + tags: + - Management + summary: Get tags for a Engine. + operationId: get_engine_tags + responses: + '200': + description: Ok + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + post: + tags: + - Management + summary: Create tags for an Engine. + operationId: create_engine_tags + requestBody: + description: Tags information for Engine. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/engineIdParam' + /management/engines/{engineId}/tags/delete: + post: + tags: + - Management + summary: Delete tags for an Engine. + operationId: delete_engine_tags + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/engineIdParam' + /management/vaults/hashicorp: + get: + tags: + - Management + summary: Returns a list of configured Hashicorp vaults. + operationId: get_hashicorp_vaults + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hashicorpVaultsSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListHashicorpVaultsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HashicorpVault' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + post: + tags: + - Management + summary: Configure a new Hashicorp Vault + operationId: create_hashicorp_vault + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HashicorpVault' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HashicorpVault' + /management/vaults/hashicorp/search: + post: + tags: + - Management + summary: Search for configured Hashicorp vaults. + operationId: search_hashicorp_vaults + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/hashicorpVaultsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchHashicorpVaultsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HashicorpVault' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: integer + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + /management/vaults/hashicorp/{vaultId}: + get: + tags: + - Management + summary: Get a Hashicorp vault by id + operationId: get_hashicorp_vault + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HashicorpVault' + delete: + tags: + - Management + summary: Delete a Hashicorp vault by id + operationId: delete_hashicorp_vault + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + parameters: + - name: vaultId + in: path + description: Numeric ID of the Hashicorp vault + required: true + style: simple + explode: false schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, name, -name, creation_date, -creation_date, vdb_ids, -vdb_ids, retention, -retention ] - nullable: true - example: name - apiUsageReportGroupByParam: - name: group_by - in: query - description: The field to group results by. - required: false + type: integer + format: int64 + /management/vaults/hashicorp/{vaultId}/tags: + get: + tags: + - Management + summary: Get tags for a Hashicorp vault. + operationId: get_hashicorp_vault_tags + responses: + '200': + description: Ok + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + post: + tags: + - Management + summary: Create tags for a Hashicorp vault. + operationId: create_hashicorp_vault_tags + requestBody: + description: Tags information for Hashicorp vault. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + parameters: + - name: vaultId + in: path + description: Numeric ID of the Hashicorp vault + required: true + style: simple + explode: false schema: - type: array - items: - enum: [ api_endpoint, api_method, kind, client_name, user_agent, dct_version ] - minItems: 1 - apiUsageReportClientNameFilterParam: - name: client_name - in: query - description: The Client names to be included in the report. - required: false + type: integer + format: int64 + /management/vaults/hashicorp/{vaultId}/tags/delete: + post: + tags: + - Management + summary: Delete tags for a Hashicorp vault. + operationId: delete_hashicorp_vault_tag + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + parameters: + - name: vaultId + in: path + description: Numeric ID of the Hashicorp vault + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + type: integer + format: int64 + /management/accounts: + get: + tags: + - Accounts + summary: Returns a list of Accounts + operationId: get_accounts + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accountsSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListAccountsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Account' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + post: + tags: + - Accounts + summary: | + Create a new Account + operationId: create_account + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccountCreateParameter' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: The created Account id and if requested the generated API key + token. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccountCreateResponse' + /management/accounts/{id}/api-key-reset: + post: + tags: + - Accounts + summary: Reset account API key. + operationId: api_key_reset + responses: + '200': + description: Updated account with the new API key. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccountCreateResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accountIdParam' + /management/accounts/{id}/api-key-delete: + delete: + tags: + - Accounts + summary: Delete an API Key for an account + operationId: api_key_delete + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accountIdParam' + /management/accounts/api-key-regenerate: + post: + tags: + - Accounts + summary: Regenerate api key for the self. + operationId: api-key-regenerate + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ApikeyRegenerateParameter' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: Updated current account with the new API key. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccountCreateResponse' + /management/accounts/{id}: + get: + tags: + - Accounts + summary: Get an Account by id + operationId: get_account + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Account' + put: + tags: + - Accounts + summary: | + Update an Account + operationId: update_account + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccountUpdateParameter' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: Returns the updated Account. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Account' + delete: + tags: + - Accounts + summary: Delete an Account + operationId: delete_account + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accountIdParam' + /management/accounts/{id}/enable: + post: + tags: + - Accounts + summary: Enable an Account. + operationId: enable_account + responses: + '200': + description: OK + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accountIdParam' + /management/accounts/{id}/disable: + post: + tags: + - Accounts + summary: Disable an Account. + operationId: disable + responses: + '200': + description: OK + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accountIdParam' + /management/accounts/{id}/change_password: + post: + tags: + - Accounts + summary: | + Change Account Password. + operationId: change_account_password + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ChangePasswordParameter' + required: true + responses: + '204': + description: Password changed. + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accountIdParam' + /management/accounts/{id}/reset_password: + post: + tags: + - Accounts + summary: | + Reset Account Password. + operationId: reset_account_password + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ResetPasswordParameter' + required: true + responses: + '204': + description: Password reset. + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accountIdParam' + /management/accounts/{id}/tags: + get: + tags: + - Accounts + summary: Get tags for an Account. + operationId: get_account_tags + responses: + '200': + description: Ok + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + post: + tags: + - Accounts + summary: Create tags for an Account. + operationId: create_account_tags + requestBody: + description: Tags information for Account. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accountIdParam' + /management/accounts/{id}/tags/delete: + post: + tags: + - Accounts + summary: Delete tags for an Account. + operationId: delete_account_tags + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accountIdParam' + /management/accounts/{id}/ui-profiles: + get: + tags: + - Accounts + summary: Returns the list of effective UI profiles for an account. This can + only be called for one's own account. + operationId: get_account_ui_profiles + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: AccountUiProfilesResponse + type: object + properties: + ui_profiles: + type: array + description: List of UI profiles belonging to an account + items: + type: string + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accountIdParam' + /management/accounts/password-policies: + get: + tags: + - Accounts + summary: Returns the password policies + operationId: get_password_policies + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PasswordPoliciesParams' + patch: + tags: + - Accounts + summary: Update password policies. + operationId: update_password_policies + requestBody: + description: The parameters to update the password policies. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PasswordPoliciesParams' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PasswordPoliciesParams' + /management/license: + get: + tags: + - License + summary: Returns the DCT license information. + operationId: get_license + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/LicenseInfo' + /management/license/change-license: + post: + tags: + - License + summary: Change the current DCT license. + operationId: change_license + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ChangeLicenseParameters' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: OK + /management/properties: + get: + tags: + - Management + summary: Get global properties. + operationId: list_properties + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/GlobalProperties' + patch: + tags: + - Management + summary: Update value of predefined properties. + operationId: update_properties + requestBody: + description: The parameters to update property value. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/GlobalProperties' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/GlobalProperties' + /management/api-classification: + get: + tags: + - Management + summary: Get api classification. + operationId: get_api_classification + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/APIClassificationConfig' + put: + tags: + - Management + summary: Update the api classification to new version. + operationId: update_api_classification + requestBody: + description: Request to update api classification config. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/APIClassificationConfig' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/APIClassificationConfig' + /login: + post: + tags: + - Login + summary: | + Login to Account with Username and Password + operationId: account_login + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccountLoginParameter' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: Account Login Successful + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/LoginToken' + '401': + description: Unauthorized + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ErrorResponse' + example: + error: invalid_credentials + error_description: error-message-goes-here + /logout: + post: + tags: + - Login + summary: Invalidates username/password and SSO login session. + operationId: account_logout + parameters: + - name: Authorization + in: header + description: Access token + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + type: string + responses: + '200': + description: Logged out + /management/accounts/search: + post: + tags: + - Accounts + summary: Search for Accounts. + operationId: search_accounts + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accountsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchAccountsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Account' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + first_name: + type: string + last_name: + type: string + email: + type: string + username: + type: string + last_access_time: + type: string + creation_time: + type: string + enabled: + type: boolean + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + /management/tags: + get: + tags: + - Tags + summary: Returns a list of global tags + operationId: get_tags + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/tagsSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListTagsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/GlobalTag' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + /management/tags/search: + post: + tags: + - Tags + summary: Search for global tags. + operationId: search_tags + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/tagsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchTagsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/GlobalTag' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + text/csv: + schema: + type: string + example: | + id,key,value,used_for_access,usage_count + 54290b71-58cd-463d-bd62-7219d4c4d2d5,key1,value1,true,42 + 542dfb71-58cd-463d-bd62-7219dd34d2d1,key2,value2,false,20 + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + used_for_access: + type: boolean + usage_count: + type: integer + /management/tags/{tagId}: + get: + tags: + - Tags + summary: Get a global tag by id + operationId: get_tag + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/GlobalTag' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/tagIdParam' + /management/tags/{tagId}/usages: + get: + tags: + - Tags + summary: List specific usages of this global tag. + operationId: get_tag_usages + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/tagIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/tagUsagesSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListTagUsagesResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/GlobalTagUsage' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + /management/tags/{tagId}/usages/search: + post: + tags: + - Tags + summary: Search specific usages of this global tag. + operationId: search_tag_usages + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/tagIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/tagUsagesSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchTagUsagesResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/GlobalTagUsage' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + object_type: + type: string + object_id: + type: string + object_name: + type: string + creator_account_id: + type: integer + format: int64 + creator_account_name: + type: string + /management/tags/{tagId}/permissions: + get: + tags: + - Tags + summary: List instances of this global tag being used to scope an access group. + operationId: get_tag_permissions + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/tagIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/tagPermissionsSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListTagPermissionsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/GlobalTagPermissions' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + /management/tags/{tagId}/permissions/search: + post: + tags: + - Tags + summary: Search instances of this global tag being used to scope an access group + operationId: search_tag_permissions + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/tagIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/tagPermissionsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchTagPermissionsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/GlobalTagPermissions' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + access_group_name: + type: string + access_group_id: + type: string + scope_name: + type: string + scope_id: + type: string + role_name: + type: string + object_type: + type: string + permissions: + type: array[string] + /token-info: + post: + tags: + - Login + summary: | + Get Token Information + operationId: token_info + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TokenInfoRequest' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TokenInfoResponse' + example: + active: true + token_type: Bearer + account_id: 1 + first_name: first-name + last_name: last-name + email: abc@example.com + username: user-name + exp: 400 + '401': + description: Unauthorized + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ErrorResponse' + example: + error: invalid-token + error_description: error-message-goes-here + /is-saml-enabled: + get: + tags: + - SamlLogin + summary: | + Check if SAML is enabled + operationId: checkSaml + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SAMLValidationResponse' + example: + enabled: true + /management/smtp: + get: + tags: + - Management + summary: Returns the SMTP configuration + operationId: get_smtp_config + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SMTPConfigParams' + put: + tags: + - Management + summary: Update SMTP Config. + operationId: update_smtp_config + requestBody: + description: The parameters to update the SMTP config. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SMTPConfigParams' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SMTPConfigParams' + /management/smtp/validate: + post: + tags: + - Management + summary: Validate SMTP Config. + operationId: validate_smtp_config + requestBody: + description: The parameters to validate the SMTP config. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SMTPConfigValidate' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: OK + /management/metadata-database: + get: + tags: + - Management + summary: Returns configuration information about the metadata database which + stores the product data. + operationId: get_metadata_database + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/MetadataDbInfo' + /management/ldap-config: + get: + tags: + - Management + summary: Returns the LDAP configuration + operationId: get_ldap_config + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/LDAPConfigParams' + put: + tags: + - Management + summary: Update LDAP Config. + operationId: update_ldap_config + requestBody: + description: The parameters to update the LDAP config. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/LDAPConfigParams' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/LDAPConfigParams' + /management/ldap-config/validate: + post: + tags: + - Management + summary: Validate LDAP Config. Without username/password, DCT performs an anonymous + bind against the LDAP server. If credentials are provided DCT validates that + authentication and mapping of optional properties are actually working with + provided credentials. LDAP search is only validated if search attributes are + set. + operationId: validate_ldap_config + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/LdapConfigValidateParameter' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: LdapValidateResponse + type: object + properties: + message: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Validation message for LDAP config. + /management/saml-config: + get: + tags: + - Management + summary: Returns the SAML configuration + operationId: get_saml_config + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SAMLConfigParams' + put: + tags: + - Management + summary: Update SAML Config. + operationId: update_saml_config + requestBody: + description: The parameters to update the SAML config. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SAMLConfigParams' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SAMLConfigParams' + /management/dct-analytics/events: + get: + tags: + - Management + summary: Returns previous DCT Analytics bundle upload events + operationId: get_dct_analytics_events + parameters: + - name: limit + in: query + description: The maximum number of items to return. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + minimum: 1 + type: integer + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/BundleUploadEvent' + /management/dct-analytics/upload: + post: + tags: + - Management + summary: Triggers a DCT Analytics upload job immediately. + operationId: trigger_dct_analytics_bundle_upload + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + /management/proxy: + get: + tags: + - Management + summary: Returns the current web proxy configuration to use to connect to Delphix + services. + operationId: get_proxy_configuration + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ProxyConfiguration' + put: + tags: + - Management + summary: Update the web proxy configuration to use to connect to Delphix services. + operationId: update_proxy_configuration + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ProxyConfiguration' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: Update the web proxy configuration to use to connect to Delphix + services + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ProxyConfiguration' + /management/product-registration-delphix-connectivity-check: + get: + tags: + - Management + summary: Returns True if Delphix services are reachable for product registration. + operationId: get_product_registration_delphix_connectivity_check + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + type: boolean + description: True if the Delphix services are reachable for product + registration, False otherwise. + /management/product-registration-status: + get: + tags: + - Management + summary: Returns the product registration status. + operationId: get_product_registration_status + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + type: boolean + description: True if the DCT is registered, False otherwise. + /management/product-registration-offline: + get: + tags: + - Management + summary: Generates and returns a public key that can be used to register the + product. + operationId: get_product_registration_key + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + type: string + description: The key to register the product with. + post: + tags: + - Management + summary: Registers the product using a manually generated payload. + operationId: register_product_offline + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ProductRegistrationOfflinePayload' + required: true + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + /management/product-registration-online: + post: + tags: + - Management + summary: Registers the product using the provided credentials. + operationId: register_product_online + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload' + required: true + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + /reporting/audit-logs-summary-report: + get: + tags: + - Reporting + summary: Gets the audit log summary report. + operationId: get_audit_logs_summary_report + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/auditLogsSummaryReportSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: Returns a list of aggregated audit log entries for each account. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: AuditLogsSummaryReportResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AuditLogsSummary' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + totals: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AuditLogsSummaryTotals' + text/csv: + schema: + type: string + example: | + account_id,account_first_name,account_last_name,vdb_refreshes,masking_jobs + 1,FirstName1,LastName1,10,4 + 2,FirstName2,LastName2,7,3 + total_vdb_refreshes,total_masking_jobs + 17,7 + /reporting/virtualization-storage-summary-report: + get: + tags: + - Reporting + summary: Gets the storage summary report for virtualization engines. + operationId: get_virtualization_storage_summary_report + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/virtualizationStorageReportSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: Returns a list of storage summary data of virtualization engines. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: VirtualizationStorageSummaryReportResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualizationStorageSummaryData' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + text/csv: + schema: + type: string + example: | + engine_id,engine_name,engine_hostname,total_capacity,free_storage,used_storage,used_percentage,dsource_count,vdb_count,total_object_count,reserved_storage,dsource_used_storage,vdb_used_storage + 1,my-engine,"eng01.dev.delphix.com",23404216320,20896169984,2508046336,10.71,5,25,30,2200000000,890000000,11000000 + /reporting/virtualization-storage-summary-report/search: + post: + tags: + - Reporting + summary: Search the storage summary report for virtualization engines. + operationId: search_virtualization_storage_summary_report + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/virtualizationStorageReportSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: Returns a list of storage summary data of virtualization engines. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: VirtualizationStorageSummaryReportResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualizationStorageSummaryData' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + text/csv: + schema: + type: string + example: | + engine_id,engine_name,engine_hostname,total_capacity,free_storage,used_storage,used_percentage,dsource_count,vdb_count,total_object_count,reserved_storage,dsource_used_storage,vdb_used_storage + 1,my-engine,"eng01.dev.delphix.com",23404216320,20896169984,2508046336,10.71,5,25,30,2200000000,890000000,11000000 + x-filterable: + fields: + engine_id: + type: string + engine_name: + type: string + engine_hostname: + type: string + total_capacity: + type: integer + free_storage: + type: integer + used_storage: + type: integer + used_percentage: + type: number + dsource_count: + type: integer + vdb_count: + type: integer + total_object_count: + type: integer + reserved_storage: + type: integer + dsource_used_storage: + type: integer + vdb_used_storage: + type: integer + /reporting/api-usage-report: + get: + tags: + - Reporting + summary: Gets the report of API usage metrics over a given time period. This + API returns at the most 10000 results in the response to protect against the + server running out of memory. Users might not hit this limit with the default + report without any 'apiUsageReportGroupByParam' param but can hit this limit + if the groupBy is by too granular like by 'client_name' or 'user_agent' only. + Hence it is advisable to use startDate and endDate to 'limit' the scope of + the report. + operationId: get_api_usage_report + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/startDate' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/endDate' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/apiMetricKind' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/apiUsageReportGroupByParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/apiUsageReportClientNameFilterParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/apiUsageReportUserAgentFilterParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/apiUsageReportDctVersionFilterParam' + responses: + '200': + description: Returns a list of API usage metrics. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ApiUsageReportResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ApiUsageData' + total_automation_api_count: + type: integer + description: Total count of automation API calls over the requested + timeframe. + format: int64 + example: 4200 + total_governance_api_count: + type: integer + description: Total count of governance API calls over the requested + timeframe. + format: int64 + example: 4200 + text/csv: + schema: + type: string + example: | + api_endpoint,api_method,api_count + /v2/bookmarks,GET,1 + /v2/bookmarks/search,POST,1 + /v2/management/engines,GET,1 + /reporting/schedule: + get: + tags: + - Reporting + summary: List all report schedules. + operationId: get_reporting_schedules + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/reportingScheduleSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListReportingScheduleResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ReportingSchedule' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + post: + tags: + - Reporting + summary: Create a new report schedule. + operationId: create_reporting_schedule + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/CreateReportingSchedule' + responses: + '200': + description: Returns the newly created schedule for a report. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ReportingSchedule' + /reporting/schedule/search: + post: + tags: + - Reporting + summary: Search for report schedules. + operationId: search_reporting_schedules + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/reportingScheduleSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchReportingScheduleResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ReportingSchedule' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + report_id: + type: integer + report_type: + type: string + cron_expression: + type: string + time_zone: + type: string + message: + type: string + file_format: + type: string + enabled: + type: boolean + sort_column: + type: string + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + /reporting/schedule/{reportId}: + get: + tags: + - Reporting + summary: Returns a report schedule by ID. + operationId: get_reporting_schedule_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ReportingSchedule' + put: + tags: + - Reporting + summary: Update a reporting schedule by ID. + operationId: update_reporting_schedule + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ReportingSchedule' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ReportingSchedule' + delete: + tags: + - Reporting + summary: Delete report schedule by ID. + operationId: delete_reporting_schedule + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/reportIdParam' + /reporting/schedule/{reportId}/tags: + get: + tags: + - Reporting + summary: Get tags for a report schedule. + operationId: get_reporting_schedule_tags + responses: + '200': + description: Ok + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + post: + tags: + - Reporting + summary: Create tags for a report schedule. + operationId: create_reporting_schedule_tags + requestBody: + description: Tags information for report schedule. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/reportIdParam' + /reporting/schedule/{reportId}/tags/delete: + post: + tags: + - Reporting + summary: Delete tags for a report schedule. + operationId: delete_reporting_schedule_tag + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/reportIdParam' + /reporting/engine-performance-analytic-report: + get: + tags: + - Reporting + summary: Gets the performance analytics report for engines. + operationId: get_engine_performance_analytics_report + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/EnginePerformanceAnalyticReportSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: Returns a list of performance analytics data of engines. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: EnginePerformanceAnalyticReportResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EnginePerformanceAnalytic' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + text/csv: + schema: + type: string + example: | + engine_name,engine_id,engine_type,aggregation_period,cpu_cores_count,cpu_utilization,total_memory,average_disk_latency_read,average_disk_latency_write,average_disk_latency_total,average_disk_throughput_read,average_disk_throughput_write,average_disk_throughput_total,average_nfs_latency_read,average_nfs_latency_write,average_nfs_latency_total,average_nfs_throughput_read,average_nfs_throughput_write,average_nfs_throughput_total,average_iscsi_latency_read,average_iscsi_latency_write,average_iscsi_latency_total,average_iscsi_throughput_read,average_iscsi_throughput_write,average_iscsi_throughput_total,average_network_throughput_transmit,average_network_throughput_receive + km,1,VIRTUALIZATION,24,2,4.97529992942837,8589934592,4747942,900793,901766,486,495052,253030,32493,1127989,394758,34417,0,17208,0,0,0,0,0,0,11.135787037037,5.75303240740741 + /reporting/engine-performance-analytic-report/search: + post: + tags: + - Reporting + summary: Search the performance analytic report for engines. + operationId: search_engine_performance_analytics_report + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/EnginePerformanceAnalyticReportSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: Returns a list of performance analytics data of engines. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: EnginePerformanceAnalyticReportResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EnginePerformanceAnalytic' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + text/csv: + schema: + type: string + example: | + engine_name,engine_id,engine_type,aggregation_period,cpu_cores_count,cpu_utilization,total_memory,average_disk_latency_read,average_disk_latency_write,average_disk_latency_total,average_disk_throughput_read,average_disk_throughput_write,average_disk_throughput_total,average_nfs_latency_read,average_nfs_latency_write,average_nfs_latency_total,average_nfs_throughput_read,average_nfs_throughput_write,average_nfs_throughput_total,average_iscsi_latency_read,average_iscsi_latency_write,average_iscsi_latency_total,average_iscsi_throughput_read,average_iscsi_throughput_write,average_iscsi_throughput_total,average_network_throughput_transmit,average_network_throughput_receive + km,1,VIRTUALIZATION,24,2,4.97529992942837,8589934592,4747942,900793,901766,486,495052,253030,32493,1127989,394758,34417,0,17208,0,0,0,0,0,0,11.135787037037,5.75303240740741 + x-filterable: + fields: + engine_id: + type: string + engine_name: + type: string + engine_type: + type: string + aggregation_period: + type: integer + cpu_cores_count: + type: integer + cpu_utilization: + type: number + format: double + total_memory: + type: integer + format: int64 + average_disk_latency_read: + type: integer + format: int64 + average_disk_latency_write: + type: integer + format: int64 + average_disk_latency_total: + type: integer + format: int64 + average_disk_throughput_read: + type: integer + format: int64 + average_disk_throughput_write: + type: integer + format: int64 + average_disk_throughput_total: + type: integer + format: int64 + average_disk_iops_read: + type: integer + format: int64 + average_disk_iops_write: + type: integer + format: int64 + average_disk_iops_total: + type: integer + format: int64 + average_nfs_latency_read: + type: integer + format: int64 + average_nfs_latency_write: + type: integer + format: int64 + average_nfs_latency_total: + type: integer + format: int64 + average_nfs_throughput_read: + type: integer + format: int64 + average_nfs_throughput_write: + type: integer + format: int64 + average_nfs_throughput_total: + type: integer + format: int64 + average_nfs_iops_read: + type: integer + format: int64 + average_nfs_iops_write: + type: integer + format: int64 + average_nfs_iops_total: + type: integer + format: int64 + average_iscsi_latency_read: + type: integer + format: int64 + average_iscsi_latency_write: + type: integer + format: int64 + average_iscsi_latency_total: + type: integer + format: int64 + average_iscsi_throughput_read: + type: integer + format: int64 + average_iscsi_throughput_write: + type: integer + format: int64 + average_iscsi_throughput_total: + type: integer + format: int64 + average_iscsi_iops_read: + type: integer + format: int64 + average_iscsi_iops_write: + type: integer + format: int64 + average_iscsi_iops_total: + type: integer + format: int64 + average_network_throughput_transmit: + type: number + format: double + average_network_throughput_receive: + type: number + format: double + /reporting/engine-performance-analytic-trends/search: + post: + tags: + - Reporting + summary: Search the performance analytic trend data for engines. + operationId: search_engine_performance_analytic_trends + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limitExtendedParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: Returns a list of performance analytic trends data of engines. + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrend' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + engine_id: + type: string + trend_type: + type: string + aggregation_period: + type: integer + /reporting/product_info: + get: + tags: + - Reporting + summary: Returns the DCT Product Information. + operationId: get_product_info + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ProductInfo' + /data-connections: + get: + tags: + - DataConnections + summary: Returns a list of data connections. + operationId: get_data_connections + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/dataConnectionsSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListDataConnectionsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataConnection' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + /data-connections/search: + post: + tags: + - DataConnections + summary: Search for data connections. + operationId: search_data_connections + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/dataConnectionsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchDataConnectionsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataConnection' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + status: + type: string + type: + type: string + platform: + type: string + dsource_count: + type: integer + capabilities: + type: array[string] + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + hostname: + type: string + database_name: + type: string + custom_driver_name: + type: string + path: + type: string + /data-connections/{dataConnectionId}: + get: + tags: + - DataConnections + summary: Get a data connection by id. + operationId: get_data_connection_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataConnection' + patch: + tags: + - DataConnections + summary: Update a data connection. + operationId: update_data_connection + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataConnectionUpdateParameters' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: UpdateDataConnectionResponse + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/dataConnectionIdParam' + /data-connections/{dataConnectionId}/tags: + get: + tags: + - DataConnections + summary: Get tags for a data connection. + operationId: get_data_connection_tags + responses: + '200': + description: Ok + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + post: + tags: + - DataConnections + summary: Create tags for a data connection. + operationId: create_data_connection_tags + requestBody: + description: Tags information for data connections. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/dataConnectionIdParam' + /data-connections/{dataConnectionId}/tags/delete: + post: + tags: + - DataConnections + summary: Delete tags for a data connection. + operationId: delete_data_connection_tags + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/dataConnectionIdParam' + /data-connections/{dataConnectionId}/sub-connections: + get: + tags: + - DataConnections + summary: Get sub-connections for a data connection. + operationId: get_sub_connections + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/subConnectionsSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListSubConnectionsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SubConnection' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/dataConnectionIdParam' + /data-connections/{dataConnectionId}/sub-connections/{subConnectionId}/reassign: + post: + tags: + - DataConnections + summary: Reassign a SubConnection to another DataConnection. + operationId: reassign_sub_connection + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ReassignSubConnectionRequest' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ReassignSubConnectionResponse + type: object + properties: + new_data_connection_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the new DataConnection + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/dataConnectionIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/subConnectionIdParam' + /data-connections/{dataConnectionId}/sub-connections/search: + post: + tags: + - DataConnections + summary: Search for sub-connections for a data connections. + operationId: search_sub_connections + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/subConnectionsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchSubConnectionsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SubConnection' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + data_connection_id: + type: string + capability: + type: string + schema_name: + type: string + platform: + type: string + hostnames: + type: array[string] + source_object_type: + type: string + source_object_id: + type: string + metadata_home_type: + type: string + metadata_home_id: + type: string + metadata_home_name: + type: string + username: + type: string + database_name: + type: string + instance_name: + type: string + database_type: + type: string + jdbc_url: + type: string + is_replica: + type: boolean + custom_driver_name: + type: string + virtualization_environment_id: + type: string + path: + type: string + connection_mode: + type: string + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/dataConnectionIdParam' + /roles: + get: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: List all roles + operationId: get_roles + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/roleSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListRolesResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Role' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + post: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Create custom role + operationId: create_role + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/CreateRole' + responses: + '200': + description: Returns the newly created role. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Role' + /roles/{roleId}: + get: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Returns role by ID. + operationId: get_role_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Role' + delete: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Delete role by ID. + operationId: delete_role + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + patch: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Update a Role. + operationId: update_role + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/RoleUpdateParameters' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Role' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/roleIdParam' + /roles/search: + post: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Search for roles. + operationId: search_roles + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/roleSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchRolesResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Role' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + fields: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + description: + type: string + system_role: + type: boolean + immutable: + type: boolean + permission_objects: + type: array[object] + fields: + object_type: + type: string + permissions: + type: array[string] + tags: + type: array[object] + fields: + key: + type: string + value: + type: string + /roles/{roleId}/permissions: + post: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Add permissions to a role. + operationId: add_role_permissions + requestBody: + description: Permissions to add to the role. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PermissionsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: The updated role. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Role' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/roleIdParam' + /roles/{roleId}/permissions/delete: + post: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Remove permissions from a role. + operationId: remove_role_permissions + requestBody: + description: Permissions to remove from the role. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PermissionsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: The updated role. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Role' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/roleIdParam' + /roles/{roleId}/tags: + get: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Get tags for a Role. + operationId: get_role_tags + responses: + '200': + description: Ok + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + post: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Create tags for a role. + operationId: create_role_tags + requestBody: + description: Tags information for Roles. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/roleIdParam' + /roles/{roleId}/tags/delete: + post: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Delete tags for a Role. + operationId: delete_role_tag + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/roleIdParam' + /roles/{roleId}/ui-profiles: + post: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Add UI profiles to a role. + operationId: add_role_ui_profiles + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/UiProfilesRequest' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AddUiProfilesResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/roleIdParam' + /roles/{roleId}/ui-profiles/delete: + post: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Delete UI profiles from a Role. + operationId: delete_role_ui_profiles + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/UiProfilesRequest' + required: true + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/roleIdParam' + /auth/permissions/objects/{objectType}/{objectId}: + get: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Returns permissions for given object. + operationId: get_object_permissions + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ObjectPermissionsResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/objectTypeParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/objectIdParam' + /auth/object-permissions: + get: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Returns all of the possible permissions for all of the objects. + operationId: get_all_object_permissions + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AllObjectPermissionsResponse' + /access-groups: + get: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: List all access groups. + operationId: get_access_groups + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupsSortParam' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: ListAccessGroupsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccessGroup' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + post: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Create a new access group. + operationId: create_access_group + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccessGroup' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Returns the newly created access group. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccessGroup' + /access-groups/search: + post: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Search for access groups. + operationId: search_access_groups + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/limit' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/cursor' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupsSortParam' + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/SearchBody' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + title: SearchAccessGroupsResponse + type: object + properties: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccessGroup' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + x-filterable: + description: Access group fields which can be used in filter expressions. + fields: + - id + - name + - account_ids + - tagged_account_ids + - scopes + - single_account + /access-groups/{accessGroupId}: + get: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Returns an Access group by ID. + operationId: get_access_group_by_id + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccessGroup' + delete: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Delete an Access group. + operationId: delete_access_group + responses: + '204': + description: No Content + patch: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Update an Access group. + operationId: update_access_group + requestBody: + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccessGroupUpdateParameters' + responses: + '200': + description: OK + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccessGroup' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupIdParam' + /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/tags: + post: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Add account tags to an Access group + operationId: add_access_group_account_tags + requestBody: + description: Account Tags to add to the Access group. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TagsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: The updated Access group. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccessGroup' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupIdParam' + /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/tags/delete: + post: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Remove account tags from an access group. + operationId: remove_access_group_account_tags + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteTags' + responses: + '200': + description: The updated Access group. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccessGroup' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupIdParam' + /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/account-ids: + post: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Add account ids to an Access group + operationId: add_access_group_account_ids + requestBody: + description: Account ids to add to the Access group. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccessGroupAccountIdsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: The updated Access group. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccessGroup' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupIdParam' + /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/account-ids/{accountId}: + delete: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Remove the account from the access group. + operationId: remove_access_group_account_id + responses: + '200': + description: The updated Access group. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccessGroup' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupIdParam' + - name: accountId + in: path + description: The ID of the account. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false schema: - type: array + type: integer + format: int64 + /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes: + post: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Add scopes to an Access group + operationId: add_access_group_scopes + requestBody: + description: Scopes to add to the Access group. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccessGroupScopesRequest' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: The updated Access group. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccessGroup' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupIdParam' + /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId}: + get: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Get access group scope. + operationId: get_access_group_scope + responses: + '200': + description: The access group scope. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccessGroupScope' + delete: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Remove the scope from the Access group. + operationId: remove_access_group_scope + responses: + '200': + description: The updated Access group. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccessGroup' + patch: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Update access group scope. + operationId: update_access_group_scope + requestBody: + description: Access group scope to update. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/UpdateAccessGroupScope' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: The updated access group scope. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccessGroupScope' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/scopeIdParam' + /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId}/object-tags: + post: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Add object tags to the access group scope. + operationId: add_tags_to_scope + requestBody: + description: Object tags for the access group scope. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ScopeTagsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ScopeTagsResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/scopeIdParam' + /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId}/object-tags/delete: + post: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Remove tags from the access group scope. + operationId: delete_access_group_scope_object_tags + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteScopeObjectTags' + responses: + '201': + description: Created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ScopeTagsResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/scopeIdParam' + /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId}/objects: + post: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Add objects to the access group scope. + operationId: add_objects_to_access_group_scope + requestBody: + description: Add objects to the access group scope. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ScopedObjectsRequest' + required: true + responses: + '201': + description: Created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ScopedObjectItemsResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/scopeIdParam' + /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId}/objects/delete: + post: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Remove objects from the access group scope. + operationId: delete_access_group_scope_objects + requestBody: + $ref: '#/components/requestBodies/DeleteObjects' + responses: + '201': + description: Created + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ScopedObjectItemsResponse' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/scopeIdParam' + /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId}/always_allowed_permissions: + post: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Add always allowed permissions for given object type. + operationId: add_always_allowed_permissions + requestBody: + description: Add always allowed permissions for given object type. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AlwaysAllowedPermissionRequest' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: The access group scope. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccessGroupScope' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/scopeIdParam' + /access-groups/{accessGroupId}/scopes/{scopeId}/always_allowed_permissions/delete: + post: + tags: + - Authorization + summary: Remove always allowed permissions for given object type. + operationId: remove_always_allowed_permissions + requestBody: + description: Remove always allowed permissions for given object type. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AlwaysAllowedPermissionRequest' + required: true + responses: + '200': + description: The access group scope. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccessGroupScope' + parameters: + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/accessGroupIdParam' + - $ref: '#/components/parameters/scopeIdParam' +components: + schemas: + APIClassificationConfig: + title: APIClassificationConfig + type: object + properties: + version: + type: string + description: Api Classification Config Version. + example: 1.0.0 + api_classification: + type: array + description: The classification of each APIs, either it is automation or + not. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ApiClassificationObject' + description: Api Classification Config. + ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters: + required: + - load_backup_path + - source_id + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseDSourceLinkSourceParameters' + - type: object + properties: + external_file_path: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: External file path. + mount_base: + maxLength: 87 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The base mount point to use for the NFS mounts. + load_backup_path: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Source database backup location. + backup_server_name: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Name of the backup server instance. + backup_host_user: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: OS user for the host where the backup server is located. + backup_host: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Host environment where the backup server is located. + dump_credentials: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The password credential for the source DB user. + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + source_host_user: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: ID or user reference of the host OS user to use for linking. + db_user: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The user name for the source DB user. + db_password: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Password for the database user. + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + db_vault_username: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Delphix display name for the vault user. + example: my-vault + db_vault: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The name or reference of the vault from which to read the + database credentials. + db_hashicorp_vault_engine: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Vault engine name where the credential is stored. + db_hashicorp_vault_secret_path: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored. + db_hashicorp_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Hashicorp vault key for the username in the key-value store. + db_hashicorp_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Hashicorp vault key for the password in the key-value store. + db_azure_vault_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure key vault name. + db_azure_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store. + db_azure_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store. + db_cyberark_vault_query_string: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. + staging_repository: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The SAP ASE instance on the staging environment that we want + to use for validated sync. + staging_host_user: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Information about the host OS user on the staging environment + to use for linking. + validated_sync_mode: + type: string + description: Information about the host OS user on the staging environment + to use for linking. + enum: + - ENABLED + - DISABLED + default: ENABLED + dump_history_file_enabled: + type: boolean + description: Specifies if Dump History File is enabled for backup history + detection. + default: false + drop_and_recreate_devices: + type: boolean + description: If this parameter is set to true, it will drop the older + devices and create new devices during manual sync operations instead + of trying to remap the devices. This might increase the space utilization + on Delphix Engine. + default: false + sync_strategy: + type: string + description: | + Determines how the Delphix Engine will take a backup: + * `latest_backup` - Use the most recent backup. + * `new_backup` - Delphix will take a new backup of your source database. + * `specific_backup` - Use a specific backup. Using this option requires setting `ase_backup_files`. + Default is `new_backup`. + enum: + - latest_backup + - new_backup + - specific_backup + default: new_backup + ase_backup_files: + type: array + description: The location of the full backup of the source database to + restore from. The backup should be present in the shared backup location + for the source database. + items: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + pre_validated_sync: + type: array + description: Operations to perform on the staging source before performing + a validated sync. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SourceOperation' + post_validated_sync: + type: array + description: Operations to perform on the staging source after performing + a validated sync. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SourceOperation' + AccessGroup: + required: + - name + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The Access group ID. + readOnly: true + name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The Access group name + single_account: + type: boolean + description: Indicates that this Access group defines the permissions of + a single account, and thus account and account tags cannot be modified. + Instead create a new Access group to manage permissions of multiple accounts. + account_ids: + type: array + description: List of accounts ids included individually (as opposed to added + by tags) in the Access group. + items: + type: integer + format: int64 + tagged_account_ids: + type: array + description: List of accounts ids included by tags in the Access group. + readOnly: true + items: + type: integer + format: int64 + account_tags: + type: array + description: List of account tags. Accounts matching any of these tags will + be automatically added to the Access group. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + scopes: + type: array + description: The Access group scopes. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccessGroupScope' + description: An Access group is the DCT mechanism to grant roles to accounts. + Each account has its own Access Group which can be used to manage permissions + for that account, and an unlimited number of other Access groups can be created + to manage permissions by groups of accounts. + AccessGroupAccountIdsRequest: + required: + - account_ids + type: object + properties: + account_ids: + maxItems: 1000 + minItems: 1 + uniqueItems: true + type: array + items: + type: integer + format: int64 + AccessGroupScope: + required: + - role_id + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The Access group scope ID. + readOnly: true + name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The Access group scope name. + role_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The Access group role id. + scope_type: + type: string + description: Specifies the type of the scope. Scope of type SIMPLE would + grant access to all DCT objects. Scope of type SCOPED would grant access + to all objects based on objects and object-tags and permissions defined + in linked role. Scope of type ADVANCED would grant access to DCT objects + based on objects and object-tags and the individual permissions. + example: SCOPED + enum: + - SIMPLE + - SCOPED + - ADVANCED + object_tags: + type: array + description: The permissions in this access group scope will be granted + to all DCT objects tagged with tags matching this property. This is cumulative + with objects defined in the 'objects' property, and mutually exclusive + with scope_type 'SIMPLE'. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ScopeTag' + objects: + type: array + description: The permissions in this access group scope will be granted + to all DCT objects with matching object id and object type, mutually exclusive + with scope_type 'SIMPLE'. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ScopedObjectItem' + always_allowed_permissions: + type: array + description: An array of always allowed permissions which can be used to + specify object type and permission. An object with same object type and + permission can not be added in 'objects' array. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AlwaysAllowedPermission' + description: An Access group scope allows a role to be granted to accounts in + the Access group. + AccessGroupScopesRequest: + required: + - scopes + type: object + properties: + scopes: + maxItems: 1000 + minItems: 1 + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccessGroupScope' + AccessGroupUpdateParameters: + type: object + properties: + name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The Access group name + Account: + properties: + id: + type: integer + description: Numeric ID of the Account. + format: int64 + readOnly: true + api_client_id: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The unique ID which is used to identify the identity of an + API request. The web server (nginx) configuration must be configured so + as to include the external ID as the value of the X_CLIENT_ID HTTP request + header when requests are proxied. For OAuth2/JWT based authentication, + this typically corresponds to a value extracted from the JWT, uniquely + identifying the Account. + first_name: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: An optional first name for the Account. + last_name: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: An optional last name for the Account. + email: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: An optional email for the Account. + username: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The username for username/password authentication. This can + also be used to provide an optional logical name for the Account. + ldap_principal: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: This value will be used for linking this account to an LDAP + user when authenticated with the same LDAP principal. When accounts authenticate + with LDAP, an LDAP principal value is calculated based on the username, + msad_domain_name, search_base and username_pattern. + last_access_time: + type: string + description: last time this account made a (successful or failed) API call. + Note that updates to this property are asynchronous and make take some + time to be reflected. + format: date-time + creation_time: + type: string + description: Creation time of this Account. This value is null for accounts + created prior to version 9.0.0 of the product. + format: date-time + api_key_expiry_time: + type: string + description: Expiration time of the API key, if null then API key will never + expire. + format: date-time + effective_scopes: + type: array + description: Access group scopes associated with this account. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EffectiveScope' + tags: + type: array + description: The tags to be created for this Account. + example: + - key: key-1 + value: value-1 + - key: key-2 + value: value-2 + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + enabled: + type: boolean + description: Whether this account can be used to make API calls. + AccountCreateParameter: + properties: + is_admin: + type: boolean + description: Whether the created account must be granted to admin role. + default: false + generate_api_key: + type: boolean + description: Whether an API key must be generated for this Account. This + must be set if the Account will be used for API key based authentication, + and unset otherwise. + default: false + api_client_id: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The unique ID which is used to identify the identity of an + API request. The web server (nginx) configuration must be configured so + as to include the external ID as the value of the X_CLIENT_ID HTTP request + header when requests are proxied. If this value isn't set, the application + will automatically generate one. For OAuth2/JWT based authentication, + this typically corresponds to a value extracted from the JWT, uniquely + identifying the Account. + first_name: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: An optional first name for the Account. + last_name: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: An optional last name for the Account. + email: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: An optional email for the Account. + username: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The username for username/password authentication. This can + also be used to provide an optional logical name for the Account. + password: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The password for username/password authentication. + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + ldap_principal: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: This value will be used for linking this account to an LDAP + user when authenticated with the same LDAP principal. When accounts authenticate + with LDAP, an LDAP principal value is calculated based on the username, + msad_domain_name, search_base and username_pattern. + tags: + type: array + description: The tags to be created for this Account. + example: + - key: key-1 + value: value-1 + - key: key-2 + value: value-2 + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + AccountCreateResponse: + properties: + token: + type: string + description: | + The opaque token to use to authenticate for other API calls. The token must be included in all HTTP API calls + in a request header named "Authorization", and prefixed with "apk " to denote that it is a proprietary API key format. + For instance, if the token is "abc123", request must contain the following HTTP request header: + "Authorization: apk abc123". + id: + type: integer + description: Numeric ID of the created Account. + format: int64 + first_name: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: First name of the created Account. + last_name: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Last name of the created Account. + email: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Email of the created Account. + username: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Username of the created Account. + ldap_principal: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The LDAP principal of the created Account. + tags: + type: array + description: The tags to be created for this Account. + example: + - key: key-1 + value: value-1 + - key: key-2 + value: value-2 + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + AccountLoginParameter: + properties: + username: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Username of the account that needs to login + password: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Password of the account that needs to login. + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + api_key: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: API key (without 'apk ' prefix) of the account that needs to + login. When api_key is set then username/password would be ignored if + provided. + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + AccountUpdateParameter: + properties: + id: + type: integer + description: Numeric ID of the Account. + format: int64 + readOnly: true + api_client_id: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The unique ID which is used to identify the identity of an + API request. The web server (nginx) configuration must be configured so + as to include the external ID as the value of the X_CLIENT_ID HTTP request + header when requests are proxied. For OAuth2/JWT based authentication, + this typically corresponds to a value extracted from the JWT, uniquely + identifying the Account. + first_name: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: An optional first name for the Account. + last_name: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: An optional last name for the Account. + email: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: An optional email for the Account. + username: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The username for username/password authentication. This can + also be used to provide an optional logical name for the Account. + ldap_principal: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: This value will be used for linking this account to an LDAP + user when authenticated with the same LDAP principal. When accounts authenticate + with LDAP, an LDAP principal value is calculated based on the username, + msad_domain_name, search_base and username_pattern. + AddUiProfilesResponse: + type: object + properties: + ui_profiles: + type: array + description: List of UI profiles + example: + - devops + items: + type: string + AdditionalMountPoint: + type: object + properties: + shared_path: + maxLength: 2048 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Relative path within the container of the directory that should + be mounted. + example: / + mount_path: + maxLength: 2048 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Absolute path on the target environment were the filesystem + should be mounted + example: /work/ws1 + environment_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The entity ID of the environment on which the file system will + be mounted. + example: environment-123 + description: Specifies an additional location on which to mount a subdirectory + of an AppData container. + Algorithm: + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The algorithm entity ID. + example: a638d976-6b7e-43f4-9212-90f4dc6d405c + name: + type: string + description: The name of this algorithm. + example: Address + description: + type: string + description: A description of this algorithm. + nullable: true + plugin_name: + type: string + description: The name of the plugin that this algorithm belongs to. + example: dlpx-core + plugin_id: + type: string + description: The id of the plugin that this algorithm belongs to. + example: a638d976-6b7e-43f4-9212-90f4dc6d405c + framework_name: + type: string + description: The name of the framework that this algorithm belongs to. + example: Secure Lookup + framework_id: + type: string + description: The id of the framework that this algorithm belongs to. + example: a638d976-6b7e-43f4-9212-90f4dc6d405c + engine_name: + type: string + description: The name of the origin engine that this algorithm belongs to. + example: Compliance Engine 1 + engine_id: + type: string + description: The id of the origin engine that this algorithm belongs to. + example: a638d976-6b7e-43f4-9212-90f4dc6d405c + revision_hash: + type: string + description: The export revision hash of this algorithm from the source + engine. + example: 90f4dc6d405c + config: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: The configuration of this algorithm. + create_date: + type: string + description: The date and time this algorithm was created. + format: date-time + example: 2022-11-30T08:51:34.148Z + account_id: + type: integer + description: The ID of the account who created this algorithm. + format: int64 + readOnly: true + example: 1 + account_name: + type: string + description: The account name of the DCT user who created this algorithm. + readOnly: true + example: John Doe + dct_managed: + type: boolean + description: Whether this algorithm is managed by DCT or not. + readOnly: true + config_invalid: + type: boolean + description: Whether this algorithm has invalid configuration. Config may + become invalid following a DCT upgrade due to changes in the plugin. This + field is only applicable to DCT managed algorithms. + readOnly: true + tags: + type: array + description: The tags of this algorithm. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + description: A masking algorithm. + AllObjectPermissionsResponse: + type: object + properties: + object_permissions: + uniqueItems: true + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PermissionObject' + AlwaysAllowedPermission: + required: + - object_type + - permission + type: object + properties: + object_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ObjectTypeEnum' + permission: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PermissionEnum' + AlwaysAllowedPermissionRequest: + required: + - always_allowed_permissions + type: object + properties: + always_allowed_permissions: + maxItems: 1000 + minItems: 1 + uniqueItems: true + type: array + description: An array of always allowed permissions + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AlwaysAllowedPermission' + ApiClassificationObject: + type: object + properties: + api_method: + type: string + description: HTTP method of the API. + example: POST + enum: + - GET + - POST + - PUT + - PATCH + - DELETE + path: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: context path of the API. + example: /vdb-groups + is_automation: + type: boolean + description: Either this API is automation or not. + example: true + start_date: + type: string + description: The start date and time from when this api's is_automation + definition has changed. + format: date-time + end_date: + type: string + description: The end date and time from when this api's is_automation definition + has changed. + format: date-time + description: An API classification object which classifies APIs as automation + or governance. + ApiUsageData: + required: + - api_count + properties: + api_endpoint: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: API called. + example: /v2/management/engines + api_method: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: HTTP method for API called. + example: GET + api_count: + type: integer + description: Count of API calls over the requested timeframe. + format: int64 + example: 4200 + kind: + type: string + description: Whether the API calls are of kind automation or governance + example: automation + enum: + - automation + - governance + client_name: + type: string + description: Name of the api client that called the API endpoint + example: client-123 + user_agent: + type: string + description: Version of the api client that called the API endpoint + example: 1.0-beta + dct_version: + type: string + description: DCT version at the time of api call + example: 2.2.0 + ApikeyRegenerateParameter: + required: + - token + properties: + token: + type: string + description: Current api key for the account + AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters: + required: + - environment_user + - parameters + - sync_parameters + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseDSourceLinkSourceParameters' + - type: object + properties: + link_type: + type: string + description: | + The type of link to create. Default is AppDataDirect. + * `AppDataDirect` - Represents the AppData specific parameters of a link request for a source directly replicated into the Delphix Engine. + * `AppDataStaged` - Represents the AppData specific parameters of a link request for a source with a staging source. + enum: + - AppDataDirect + - AppDataStaged + default: AppDataDirect + staging_mount_base: + maxLength: 256 + type: string + description: The base mount point for the NFS mount on the staging environment + [AppDataStaged only]. + staging_environment: + type: string + description: The environment used as an intermediate stage to pull data + into Delphix [AppDataStaged only]. + staging_environment_user: + type: string + description: The environment user used to access the staging environment + [AppDataStaged only]. + environment_user: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The OS user to use for linking. + excludes: + type: array + description: List of subdirectories in the source to exclude when syncing + data. These paths are relative to the root of the source directory. + [AppDataDirect only] + items: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + follow_symlinks: + type: array + description: List of symlinks in the source to follow when syncing data. + These paths are relative to the root of the source directory. All other + symlinks are preserved. [AppDataDirect only] + items: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + parameters: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: The JSON payload conforming to the DraftV4 schema based on + the type of application data being manipulated. + sync_parameters: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: The JSON payload conforming to the snapshot parameters definition + in a LUA toolkit or platform plugin. + AppDataSourceCreateParameters: + required: + - name + - repository_id + - type + type: object + properties: + type: + type: string + description: The type of source to create. Default is DIRECT. + enum: + - DIRECT + - STAGED + default: DIRECT + name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The name of the source. + example: postgres-test + repository_id: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the Repository onto which the source will be created. + example: 1-APPDATA_REPOSITORY-10 + linking_enabled: + type: boolean + description: Whether this source should be used for linking. + default: true + environment_user: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The environment user reference. + parameters: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: The JSON payload conforming to the DraftV4 schema based on + the type of application data being manipulated. + path: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The path to the data to be synced. This should only be passed + for type=DIRECT. + example: /usr/home + environment_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the environment to create the source on. + example: 7-UNIX_HOST_ENVIRONMENT-3 + engine_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the engine to create the source on. + example: '1' + AuditLogsSummary: + type: object + properties: + account_id: + type: integer + format: int64 + account_first_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + account_last_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + vdb_refreshes: + type: integer + description: The number of VDB refreshes performed by the account. + format: int32 + masking_jobs: + type: integer + description: The number of compliance jobs executed by the account. + format: int32 + description: The summary of actions performed by an account. + AuditLogsSummaryTotals: + type: object + properties: + total_vdb_refreshes: + type: integer + format: int32 + total_masking_jobs: + type: integer + format: int32 + description: The global totals of different actions performed across all accounts. + AutoTaggingConfig: + title: AutoTaggingConfig + type: object + properties: + enable_virtualization_dataset_groups: + type: boolean + description: Include dataset group names as tags for dSources, VDBs, and + vCDBs (key 'dlpx-dataset-group'). + example: true + enable_masking_environments: + type: boolean + description: Include masking environment names as tags for masking Jobs + and Connectors (key 'dlpx-environment'). + example: true + enable_masking_applications: + type: boolean + description: Include masking app names as tags for masking Jobs and Connectors + (key 'dlpx-application'). + example: true + enable_engine_name: + type: boolean + description: Include the engine name as a tag on discovered objects (key + 'dlpx-engine'). + example: true + custom_tags: + maxItems: 1000 + minItems: 1 + uniqueItems: true + type: array + description: List of custom tags to add to discovered objects. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + description: Configuration settings for auto tagging. + BaseDSourceLinkSourceParameters: + properties: + name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Name of the dSource to be created. + source_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Id of the source to link. + group_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Id of the dataset group where this dSource should belong to. + description: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The notes/description for the dSource. + log_sync_enabled: + type: boolean + description: True if LogSync should run for this database. + default: false + sync_policy_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the SnapSync policy for the dSource. + example: snapshot-123 + retention_policy_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the Retention policy for the dSource. + example: retention-policy-123 + make_current_account_owner: + type: boolean + description: Whether the account creating this reporting schedule must be + configured as owner of the reporting schedule. + default: true + tags: + maxItems: 1000 + minItems: 1 + type: array + description: The tags to be created for dSource. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + ops_pre_sync: + type: array + description: Operations to perform before syncing the created dSource. These + operations can quiesce any data prior to syncing. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SourceOperation' + ops_post_sync: + type: array + description: Operations to perform after syncing a created dSource. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SourceOperation' + BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse: + type: object + properties: + prerequisite_actions: + type: array + description: The pre-requisite actions to perform before deleting the snapshot. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction' + object_dependencies: + type: array + description: The object dependencies of the snapshot. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DeletionDependencyObject' + dependency_tree: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse' + description: Base class for deletion dependencies response. + BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters: + type: object + properties: + rman_channels: + maximum: 32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + description: Number of data streams to connect to the database. + default: 8 + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + rman_file_section_size_in_gb: + type: integer + description: Number of GigaBytes in which RMAN will break large files to + back them in parallel. + default: 0 + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + BaseProvisionVDBParameters: + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualDatasetHooks' + - type: object + properties: + target_group_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the group into which the VDB will be provisioned. + This field must be explicitly set when marked as mandatory; otherwise, + a group is selected randomly on the Engine. + example: group-123 + name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The unique name of the provisioned VDB within a group. This + field must be explicitly set when marked as mandatory; otherwise, a + name will be randomly generated. + example: my-test-vdb + database_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The name of the database on the target environment. Defaults + to the value of the name property. + example: my-test-database + cdb_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the container database (CDB) to provision an Oracle + Multitenant database into. This corresponds to a CDB or VCDB API object. + When this is not set, a new vCDB will be provisioned. + example: ORACLE_SINGLE_CONFIG-376 + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + cluster_node_ids: + minItems: 1 + type: array + description: The cluster node ids, name or addresses for this provision + operation (Oracle RAC Only). + example: + - ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1 + items: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + cluster_node_instances: + minItems: 1 + type: array + description: The cluster node instances details for this provision operation(Oracle + RAC Only).This property is mutually exclusive with cluster_node_ids. + example: + - node_reference: ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1 + instance_number: 1 + instance_name: cluster_instance1 + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ClusterNodeInstance' + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + truncate_log_on_checkpoint: + type: boolean + description: Whether to truncate log on checkpoint (ASE only). + example: true + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: sybase + os_username: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The name of the privileged user to run the provision operation + (Oracle Only). + example: os-user-x + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + os_password: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The password of the privileged user to run the provision + operation (Oracle Only). + example: os-user-secret-password + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + environment_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the target environment where to provision the VDB. + If repository_id unambigously identifies a repository, this is unnecessary + and ignored. Otherwise, a compatible repository is randomly selected + on the environment. + example: environment-123 + environment_user_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The environment user ID to use to connect to the target environment. + example: environment-user-123 + repository_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the target repository where to provision the VDB. + A repository typically corresponds to a database installation (Oracle + home, database instance, ...). Setting this attribute implicitly determines + the environment where to provision the VDB. + example: oracle-home-123 + auto_select_repository: + type: boolean + description: Option to automatically select a compatible environment and + repository. Mutually exclusive with repository_id. + example: true + vdb_restart: + type: boolean + description: Indicates whether the Engine should automatically restart + this virtual source when target host reboot is detected. + example: true + template_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the target VDB Template (Oracle and MSSql Only). + example: template-123 + auxiliary_template_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the configuration template to apply to the auxiliary + container database. This is only relevant when provisioning a Multitenant + pluggable database into an existing CDB, i.e when the cdb_id property + is set.(Oracle Only) + example: aux-template-123 + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + file_mapping_rules: + maxLength: 131072 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Target VDB file mapping rules (Oracle Only). Rules must be + line separated (\n or \r) and each line must have the format "pattern:replacement". + Lines are applied in order. + example: |- + /datafile/dbdhcp3/oradata/dbdhcp3:/data + /u03/app/ora11202/product/11.2.0/dbhome_1/dbs/dbv_R2V4.dbf:/data/dbv_R2V4.dbf + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + oracle_instance_name: + maxLength: 15 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$ + type: string + description: Target VDB SID name (Oracle Only). + example: dbdhcp2 + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + unique_name: + maxLength: 30 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z0-9_\$#]+$ + type: string + description: Target VDB db_unique_name (Oracle Only). + example: dbdhcp2 + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + vcdb_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$ + type: string + description: When provisioning an Oracle Multitenant vCDB (when the cdb_id + property is not set), the name of the provisioned vCDB (Oracle Multitenant + Only). + example: VCCD_6QQ + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + vcdb_database_name: + maxLength: 8 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: When provisioning an Oracle Multitenant vCDB (when the cdb_id + property is not set), the database name of the provisioned vCDB. Defaults + to the value of the vcdb_name property. (Oracle Multitenant Only). + example: VCCD_6QQ + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + mount_point: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Mount point for the VDB (Oracle, ASE, AppData). + example: /var/mnt + open_reset_logs: + type: boolean + description: Whether to open the database after provision (Oracle Only). + example: true + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + snapshot_policy_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the snapshot policy for the VDB. + example: snapshot-123 + retention_policy_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the retention policy for the VDB. + example: retention-policy-123 + recovery_model: + type: string + description: Recovery model of the source database (MSSql Only). + example: FULL + enum: + - FULL + - SIMPLE + - BULK_LOGGED + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: mssql + pre_script: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: PowerShell script or executable to run prior to provisioning + (MSSql Only). + example: C:\Program Files\Delphix\scripts\myscript.ps1 + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: mssql + post_script: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: PowerShell script or executable to run after provisioning + (MSSql Only). + example: C:\Program Files\Delphix\scripts\myscript.ps1 + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: mssql + cdc_on_provision: + type: boolean + description: Option to enable change data capture (CDC) on both the provisioned + VDB and subsequent snapshot-related operations (e.g. refresh, rewind) + (MSSql Only). + example: true + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: mssql + online_log_size: + minimum: 4 + type: integer + description: Online log size in MB (Oracle Only). + example: 4 + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + online_log_groups: + minimum: 2 + type: integer + description: Number of online log groups (Oracle Only). + example: 2 + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + archive_log: + type: boolean + description: Option to create a VDB in archivelog mode (Oracle Only). + example: true + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + new_dbid: + type: boolean + description: Option to generate a new DB ID for the created VDB (Oracle + Only). + example: true + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + masked: + type: boolean + description: Indicates whether to mark this VDB as a masked VDB. + example: true + listener_ids: + type: array + description: The listener IDs for this provision operation (Oracle Only). + example: + - listener-123 + - listener-456 + items: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + custom_env_vars: + type: object + additionalProperties: + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Environment variable to be set when the engine creates a + VDB. See the Engine documentation for the list of allowed/denied environment + variables and rules about substitution. + example: + MY_ENV_VAR1: $ORACLE_HOME + MY_ENV_VAR2: $CRS_HOME/after + custom_env_files: + type: array + description: Environment files to be sourced when the Engine creates a + VDB. This path can be followed by parameters. Paths and parameters are + separated by spaces. + example: + - /export/home/env_file_1 + - /export/home/env_file_2 + items: + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + oracle_rac_custom_env_files: + type: array + description: Environment files to be sourced when the Engine creates an + Oracle RAC VDB. This path can be followed by parameters. Paths and parameters + are separated by spaces. + example: + - node_id: ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1 + path_parameters: /export/home/env_file_1 + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleRacCustomEnvFile' + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + oracle_rac_custom_env_vars: + type: array + description: Environment variable to be set when the engine creates an + Oracle RAC VDB. See the Engine documentation for the list of allowed/denied + environment variables and rules about substitution. + example: + - node_id: ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1 + name: MY_ENV_VAR1 + value: $CRS_HOME/after + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleRacCustomEnvVar' + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + parentTdeKeystorePath: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Path to a copy of the parent's Oracle transparent data encryption + keystore on the target host. Required to provision from snapshots containing + encrypted database files. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + example: /foo/bar/tde + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + parent_tde_keystore_password: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The password of the keystore specified in parentTdeKeystorePath. + (Oracle Multitenant Only) + example: password + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + parent_pdb_tde_keystore_path: + maxLength: 512 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: "Path to a copy of the parent PDB's Oracle transparent data\ + \ encryption keystore on the target host. \nRequired to provision from\ + \ snapshots of PDB containing encrypted database files with isolated\ + \ mode keystore. \n(Oracle Multitenant Only)\n" + example: /work/MYCDB/0FE1C5BBC29D9B20E06379CB6E0A1EFC/tde + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + parent_pdb_tde_keystore_password: + maxLength: 128 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The password of the parent PDB keystore. (Oracle Multitenant + Only) + example: password + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + target_pdb_tde_keystore_password: + maxLength: 128 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The password for the isolated mode TDE keystore of the target + virtual PDB. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + example: password + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + tde_exported_key_file_secret: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Secret to be used while exporting and importing vPDB encryption + keys if Transparent Data Encryption is enabled on the vPDB. (Oracle + Multitenant Only) + example: secret + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + tde_key_identifier: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: ID of the key created by Delphix. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + example: tde-indentifier + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + target_vcdb_tde_keystore_path: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Path to the keystore of the target vCDB. (Oracle Multitenant + Only) + example: /foo/cdb/tde + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + cdb_tde_keystore_password: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The password for the Transparent Data Encryption keystore + associated with the CDB. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + example: cdb-password + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + vcdb_tde_key_identifier: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: ID of the key created by Delphix. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + example: vcdb-identifier + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + tde_keystore_config_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum' + appdata_source_params: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: The JSON payload conforming to the DraftV4 schema based on + the type of application data being manipulated. + example: + param: value + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: appdata + additional_mount_points: + type: array + description: Specifies additional locations on which to mount a subdirectory + of an AppData container. + nullable: true + example: + - shared_path: / + mount_path: /work + environment_id: environment-123 + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AdditionalMountPoint' + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: appdata + appdata_config_params: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: The list of parameters specified by the source config schema + in the toolkit + nullable: true + example: + option: value + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: appdata + config_params: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: Database configuration parameter overrides. + nullable: true + example: + processes: 150 + privileged_os_user: + maxLength: 32 + pattern: ^$|^[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_\-]+[$]?$ + type: string + description: This privileged unix username will be used to create the + VDB. Leave this field blank if you do not want to use privilege elevation. + The unix privileged username should begin with a letter or an underscore, + followed by letters, digits, underscores, or dashes. They can end with + a dollar sign (postgres only). + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: postgres + postgres_port: + maximum: 65536 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + description: Port number for Postgres target database (postgres only). + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: postgres + config_settings_stg: + type: array + description: Custom Database-Level config settings (postgres only). + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ConfigSettingsStg' + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: postgres + vcdb_restart: + type: boolean + description: Indicates whether the Engine should automatically restart + this vCDB when target host reboot is detected. If vdb_restart property + value is not explicitly set and vcdb_restart is set as false - the vdb_restart + property is defaulted to false. + example: true + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + mssql_failover_drive_letter: + maxLength: 1 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Base drive letter location for mount points. (MSSql Only). + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: mssql + tags: + maxItems: 1000 + minItems: 1 + type: array + description: The tags to be created for VDB. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + invoke_datapatch: + type: boolean + description: Whether to invoke datapatch during provisioning (Oracle Only). + example: false + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + container_mode: + type: boolean + description: Whether the virtual database will be provisioned for a containerized + environment, such as Linux containers. + example: false + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + mssql_ag_backup_location: + type: string + description: Shared backup location to be used for VDB provision on AG + Cluster. + example: shared_backup_location/location1 + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: mssql + mssql_ag_backup_based: + type: boolean + description: Indicates whether to do fast operations for VDB on AG which + will use a healthy secondary replica to recreate the AG or backup based + operations which will use the primary replica to recreate the AG using + backup and restore process. + example: true + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: mssql + Bookmark: + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The Bookmark object entity ID. + readOnly: true + example: bookmark-123 + name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The user-defined name of this bookmark. + example: my-bookmark-123 + creation_date: + type: string + description: The date and time that this bookmark was created. + format: date-time + readOnly: true + example: 2021-07-04T08:51:34.148Z + data_timestamp: + type: string + description: The timestamp for the data that the bookmark refers to. + format: date-time + readOnly: true + example: 2021-06-03T08:51:34.148Z + timeflow_id: + type: string + description: The timeflow for the snapshot that the bookmark was created + of. + example: 1-TIMEFLOW-1 + location: + type: string + description: The location for the data that the bookmark refers to. + example: '200000' + vdb_ids: + type: array + description: The list of VDB IDs associated with this bookmark. + example: + - vdb-123 + - vdb-456 + items: + type: string + dsource_ids: + type: array + description: The list of dSource IDs associated with this bookmark. + example: + - dsource-123 + - dsource-456 + items: + type: string + vdb_group_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the VDB group on which bookmark is created. + example: vdb-group-123 + vdb_group_name: + type: string + description: The name of the VDB group on which bookmark is created. + example: my-vdb-group + vdbs: + type: array + description: The list of VDB IDs and VDB names associated with this bookmark. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/BookmarkVDBs' + dsources: + type: array + description: The list of dSource IDs and dSource names associated with this + bookmark. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/BookmarkDSources' + retention: + type: integer + description: The retention policy for this bookmark, in days. A value of + -1 indicates the bookmark should be kept forever. Deprecated in favor + of expiration. + format: int64 + example: 365 + deprecated: true + expiration: + type: string + description: The expiration for this bookmark. When unset, indicates the + bookmark is kept forever except for bookmarks of replicated datasets. + Expiration cannot be set for bookmarks of replicated datasets. + format: date + example: 2021-07-04T00:00:00Z + status: + type: string + description: A message with details about operation progress or state of + this bookmark. + nullable: true + readOnly: true + example: RESTORED + replicated_dataset: + type: boolean + description: Whether this bookmark is created from a replicated dataset + or not. + bookmark_source: + type: string + description: Source of the bookmark, default is DCT. In case of self-service + bookmarks, this value would be ENGINE. + enum: + - DCT + - ENGINE + bookmark_status: + type: string + description: Status of the bookmark. It can have INACTIVE value for engine + bookmarks only. If this value is INACTIVE then ss_bookmark_errors would + have the list of associated errors. + enum: + - ACTIVE + - INACTIVE + ss_data_layout_id: + type: string + description: Data-layout Id for engine-managed bookmarks. + ss_bookmark_reference: + type: string + description: Engine reference of the self-service bookmark. + ss_bookmark_errors: + type: array + description: List of errors if any, during bookmark creation in DCT from + self-service. + example: + - No snapshots found for JS_BOOKMARK-1 at timestamp 2021-07-04T08:51:34.148 + items: + type: string + bookmark_type: + type: string + description: Type of the bookmark, either PUBLIC or PRIVATE. + example: PRIVATE + enum: + - PUBLIC + - PRIVATE + default: PRIVATE + tags: + type: array + description: The tags to be created for this Bookmark. + example: + - key: key-1 + value: value-1 + - key: key-2 + value: value-2 + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + description: A Data Control Tower object that references points in time for + one or more datasets. + BookmarkCompatibleRepositoryRequest: + required: + - bookmark_id + type: object + properties: + bookmark_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the bookmark from which to execute the operation. + The bookmark must contain only one VDB. + environment_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID or name of the target environment. + example: 1-UNIX_HOST_ENVIRONMENT-1 + BookmarkCreateParameters: + required: + - name + type: object + properties: + name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The user-defined name of this bookmark. + example: my-bookmark-123 + vdb_ids: + uniqueItems: true + type: array + description: The IDs of the VDBs to create the Bookmark on. This parameter + is mutually exclusive with snapshot_ids and timeflow_ids. + example: + - vdb-123 + - vdb-456 + items: + type: string + vdb_group_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the VDB group to create the Bookmark on. This parameter + is mutually exclusive with vdb_ids. + example: vdb-group-123 + snapshot_ids: + uniqueItems: true + type: array + description: | + The IDs of the snapshots that will be part of the Bookmark. This parameter is mutually exclusive with vdb_ids, timestamp, timestamp_in_database_timezone, location and timeflow_ids. + example: + - snapshot-1 + - snapshot-2 + items: + type: string + timeflow_ids: + uniqueItems: true + type: array + description: The array of timeflow Id. Only allowed to set when timestamp, + timestamp_in_database_timezone or location is provided. + example: + - timeflow-1 + - timeflow-2 + items: + type: string + timestamp: + type: string + description: The point in time from which to execute the operation. Mutually + exclusive with snapshot_ids, timestamp_in_database_timezone and location. + format: date-time + example: 2021-05-01T08:51:34.148Z + timestamp_in_database_timezone: + pattern: '[0-9]{4}-[0-9]{2}-[0-9]{2}T[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}(.[0-9]{0,3})?' + type: string + description: The point in time from which to execute the operation, expressed + as a date-time in the timezone of the source database. Mutually exclusive + with snapshot_ids, timestamp and location. + example: 2021-08-14T14:55:20.507Z + location: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The location to create bookmark from. Mutually exclusive with + snapshot_ids, timestamp, and timestamp_in_database_timezone. + example: '112233' + retention: + type: integer + description: The retention policy for this bookmark, in days. A value of + -1 indicates the bookmark should be kept forever. Deprecated in favor + of expiration and retain_forever. + format: int64 + example: 365 + deprecated: true + expiration: + type: string + description: The expiration for this bookmark. Mutually exclusive with retention + and retain_forever. + format: date + example: 2021-07-04T00:00:00Z + retain_forever: + type: boolean + description: Indicates that the bookmark should be retained forever. + example: false + tags: + type: array + description: The tags to be created for this Bookmark. + example: + - key: key-1 + value: value-1 + - key: key-2 + value: value-2 + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + bookmark_type: + type: string + description: Type of the bookmark, either PUBLIC or PRIVATE. + example: PUBLIC + enum: + - PUBLIC + - PRIVATE + default: PRIVATE + make_current_account_owner: + type: boolean + description: Whether the account creating this bookmark must be configured + as owner of the bookmark. + default: true + inherit_parent_vdb_tags: + type: boolean + description: This field has been deprecated in favour of new field 'inherit_parent_tags'. + deprecated: true + default: false + inherit_parent_tags: + type: boolean + description: Whether this bookmark should inherit tags from the parent dataset. + default: false + description: A Data Control Tower object that references points in time for + one or more datasets. + BookmarkDSources: + type: object + properties: + dsource_id: + type: string + description: The dSource id. + example: dsource-id-1 + dsource_name: + type: string + description: The dSource name. + example: dsource-name + snapshot_id: + type: string + description: The snapshot id. + example: 1-SNAP-1 + timeflow_id: + type: string + description: The timeflow id. + example: 1-ORACLE-TIMEFLOW-1 + data_timestamp: + type: string + description: The bookmark timestamp of the dSource. + format: date-time + description: dSource id and name associated with bookmark. + BookmarkVDBs: + type: object + properties: + vdb_id: + type: string + description: The VDB id. + example: vdb-id-1 + vdb_name: + type: string + description: The VDB name. + example: vdb-name + snapshot_id: + type: string + description: The snapshot id. + example: 1-SNAP-1 + source_data_timestamp: + type: string + description: The timestamp of origin timeline location. + format: date-time + example: 2021-05-01T08:51:34.148Z + root_parent_id: + type: string + description: The root of the VDB. + example: 1-DBCONTAINER-1 + timeflow_id: + type: string + description: The timeflow id of the snapshot. + data_timestamp: + type: string + description: The bookmark timestamp of the VDB. + format: date-time + description: VDB id and name associated with bookmark. + BundleUploadEvent: + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The ID of the bundle generation event. + generationStartTime: + type: string + description: The time when the bundle generation started. + format: date-time + generationEndTime: + type: string + description: The time when the bundle generation ended. + format: date-time + allGapsFilled: + type: boolean + description: True if the bundle was fully built, False if it was trimmed + short due to constraints + dataDates: + type: array + description: The list of dates for which the data is included in the bundle. + items: + type: string + format: date + description: Bundle Upload Event + CDB: + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The CDB object entity ID. + example: 1-CDB-1 + name: + type: string + description: The name of this CDB. + nullable: true + example: Oracle CDB + namespace_id: + type: string + description: The namespace id of this CDB. + example: 1-NAMESPACE-1 + namespace_name: + type: string + description: The namespace name of this CDB. + example: test-engine-1 + is_replica: + type: boolean + description: Is this a replicated object. + example: true + database_version: + type: string + description: The version of this CDB. + nullable: true + example: 10.2.0.5.0 + environment_id: + type: string + description: A reference to the Environment that hosts this CDB. + nullable: true + example: 1-ENVIRONMENT-1 + size: + type: integer + description: The total size of the data files used by this CDB, in bytes. + format: int64 + nullable: true + example: 339292672 + jdbc_connection_string: + type: string + description: The JDBC connection URL for this CDB. + nullable: true + example: jdbc:oracle:thin:@(DESCRIPTION=(ENABLE=broken)(ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=10.43.47.94)(PORT=1521))(CONNECT_DATA=(UR=A)(SID=production01))) + deprecated: true + engine_id: + type: string + description: A reference to the Engine that this CDB belongs to. + example: engine-12 + is_linked: + type: boolean + description: Whether this CDB is linked or not. + example: false + tags: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + group_name: + type: string + description: The name of the group containing this CDB. + nullable: true + example: Untitled + status: + type: string + description: The runtime status of the vCDB. + nullable: true + example: RUNNING + enabled: + type: boolean + description: Whether the CDB is enabled or not. + example: true + instance_name: + type: string + description: The instance name of this single instance CDB. + example: CDBSID + instance_number: + type: integer + description: The instance number of this single instance CDB. + instances: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleRACDatabaseInstance' + oracle_services: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleService' + repository_id: + type: string + description: The repository id of this CDB. + example: 1-ORACLE_INSTALL-1 + logsync_enabled: + type: boolean + description: True if LogSync is enabled for this dSource. + logsync_mode: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum' + logsync_interval: + type: integer + description: Interval between LogSync requests, in seconds. + format: int64 + tde_keystore_config_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum' + database_name: + type: string + description: The database name of this container database. + example: production01 + database_unique_name: + type: string + description: The unique name of the container database. + example: DBOMSRBBDC6C + tde_kms_pkcs11_config_path: + type: string + description: The path to the TDE KMS PKC11 configuration file. + example: /etc/oracle/tde/kms_pkcs11.conf + is_tde_keystore_password_set: + type: boolean + description: True if TDE keystore password is set for this container database. + description: The Delphix representation of an Oracle Container Database. + CancelJobCollectionExecutionRequest: + type: object + description: Parameters to execute a compliance job collection. + ChangeLicenseParameters: + title: ChangeLicenseParameters + required: + - tier + type: object + properties: + tier: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/LicenseTier' + description: Parameters to change the DCT license. + ChangePasswordParameter: + required: + - old_password + properties: + old_password: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Old password that needs to be changed for the Account. + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + new_password: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: New password that needs to be set for the Account. Set this + to null for unsetting the current password. Not including this property + also results in unsetting of the current password. + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + Classifier: + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The classifier ID. + example: a638d976-6b7e-43f4-9212-90f4dc6d405c + name: + type: string + description: The name of this classifier. + example: City + framework: + type: string + description: The framework of this classifier. + example: REGEX + enum: + - REGEX + - LIST + - PATH + - DATA_TYPE + description: + type: string + description: A description of this classifier. + nullable: true + data_class_id: + type: string + description: The id of the data class associated with this classifier. + example: 6b5c4d3e-2a1b-4c3d-5e6f-7a8b9c0d1e2f + data_class_name: + type: string + description: The name of the data class associated with this classifier. + example: My Domain + config: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: The configuration of this algorithm. + engine_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the engine this classifier originated from. + nullable: true + engine_name: + type: string + description: The name of the engine this classifier originated from. + nullable: true + tags: + type: array + description: The tags of this classifier. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + description: A classifier. + ClusterNodeInstance: + required: + - instance_name + - instance_number + - node_reference + type: object + properties: + node_reference: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + minItems: 1 + type: string + description: The cluster node id, name or addresses for this provision operation + instance_number: + type: integer + description: The instance number for this provision operation + instance_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The instance name for this provision operation + CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters: + title: CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters + required: + - commserve_host_name + - environment_id + - environment_user_id + - source_client_name + - staging_client_name + type: object + properties: + environment_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Id of the target environment to test Commvault connectivity + from. + example: 1-ENVIRONMENT-1 + environment_user_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Id of the environment user. + example: USER-1 + commserve_host_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The hostname of the CommServe server to connect to. + example: commserve.delphix.com + source_client_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The name of the Source Client in CommServe. + example: source_client.delphix.com + staging_client_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The name of the Staging Client in CommServe. + example: staging_client.delphix.com + description: Parameters to Tests CommServe host and staging client connectivity + on an environment. + ComplianceApplicationSetting: + title: ComplianceApplicationSetting + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The ID of the application setting. + example: 5835c60d-2155-1234-8c54-b4dff23d89c5 + group: + type: string + description: The group of the application setting. + example: general + name: + type: string + description: The name of the application setting. + example: PasswordResetLinkDuration + value: + type: string + description: The value of the application setting. + example: '5' + description: An application setting of a compliance engine. + ComplianceJob: + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The Compliance Job entity ID. + readOnly: true + example: compliance-job-1 + name: + type: string + description: The name of this Compliance Job. + example: My favorite ComplianceJob + rule_set_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the Rule Set used by this Compliance Job (Standard + Job only). For hyperscale jobs, see dataset_id. + example: uuid + rule_set_name: + type: string + description: The name of the Rule Set used by this Compliance Job (Standard + Job only). For hyperscale jobs, see dataset_id. + example: my rule set + connector_type: + type: string + description: The type of data being masked by this Job. If the Compliance + Job is masking a database this is the type of the database (Standard Job + only). + example: MARIADB + is_on_the_fly_masking: + type: boolean + description: Whether this is an on-the-fly masking job (Standard Job only). + example: true + creation_date: + type: string + description: The date this ComplianceJob was created (Standard Job only). + format: date-time + example: 2022-11-30T08:51:34.148Z + last_completed_execution_date: + type: string + description: The date this ComplianceJob was last executed to completion. + format: date-time + example: 2022-11-30T09:51:34.148Z + last_execution_status: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExecutionStatus' + last_execution_id: + type: string + description: The ID of this ComplianceJob's last execution. + example: 00e38996-7da2-4827-8f3e-0503234de537 + last_execution_start_time: + type: string + description: The start time of the most recent execution of this compliance + job. + format: date-time + example: 2022-11-30T09:51:34.148Z + last_execution_run_time: + type: integer + description: The run time of the most recent execution of this compliance + job in ms. + format: int64 + example: 31000 + on_the_fly_source_connector_id: + type: string + description: The id of the OTF source connector for this job + nullable: true + on_the_fly_source_connector_name: + type: string + description: The name of the OTF source connector for this job + nullable: true + on_the_fly_source_connector_type: + type: string + description: The type of the OTF source connector for this job + nullable: true + type: + type: string + description: The type of compliance job. + example: MASKING + enum: + - MASKING + - DISCOVERY + - TOKENIZATION + - REIDENTIFICATION + execution_type: + type: string + description: The execution type of this Job. + example: STANDARD + enum: + - STANDARD + - HYPERSCALE + hyperscale_instance_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the Hyperscale instance of this job (Hyperscale Job + only). + example: abc + description: + type: string + description: Description of the job (Hyperscale Job only). + example: Job for app finance + dataset_id: + type: string + description: Dataset of the Hyperscale Job (Hyperscale Job only). + example: dataset-123 + retain_execution_data: + type: string + description: Defines whether execution data will be stored after execution + is complete (Hyperscale Job only). + example: 'false' + enum: + - 'NO' + - ON_ERROR + - ALWAYS + max_memory: + type: integer + description: The maximum amount of memory, in MB, that the compliance job + can consume during execution. + format: int32 + example: 1024 + min_memory: + type: integer + description: The minimum amount of memory, in MB, that the compliance job + can consume during execution. + format: int32 + example: 1024 + feedback_size: + type: integer + description: The granularity with which the system provides updates on the + progress of the compliance job. For instance, a feedback size of 50000 + results in log updates whenever 50000 rows are processed during the masking + phase. + format: int32 + example: 32 + stream_row_limit: + type: integer + description: This value constrains the total number of rows that may enter + the job for each masking stream. + format: int32 + example: 4 + num_input_streams: + type: integer + description: This field controls the amount of parallelism that the masking + job uses to extract out the data to be masked. + format: int32 + example: 4 + max_concurrent_source_connections: + type: integer + description: Maximum number of parallel connection that the Hyperscale instance + can have with the source datasource (Hyperscale Job only). + format: int32 + example: 32 + max_concurrent_target_connections: + type: integer + description: Maximum number of parallel connection that the Hyperscale instance + can have with the target datasource (Hyperscale Job only). + format: int32 + example: 32 + parallelism_degree: + type: integer + description: The degree of parallelism (DOP) per Oracle job to recreate + the index in the post-load process (Hyperscale Job only). + format: int32 + example: 4 + source_masking_job_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the MaskingJob that was used as the source to create + this job (Hyperscale Job only). + example: masking-job-0 + engine_id: + type: string + description: The engine on which this job resides (Standard Job only). + example: '1' + engine_name: + type: string + description: The name of the engine on which this job resides (Standard + Job only). + example: masking-engine-1 + engine_ids: + type: array + description: List of engines that this job can run on (Hyperscale Job only). + items: + type: string + discovery_policy_id: + type: string + description: The id of the discovery policy in use - applicable for discovery + jobs only. + nullable: true + discovery_policy_name: + type: string + description: The name of the discovery policy in use - applicable for discovery + jobs only. + nullable: true + example: ASDD Standard + environment_name: + type: string + description: The name of the environment in which this job resides on the + compliance engine. + example: B2B Staging + application_name: + type: string + description: The name of the application associated with the environment + in which this job resides on the compliance engine. + example: Custom B2B Solution + account_id: + type: integer + description: The ID of the Account that created this ComplianceJob (Standard + Job only). + format: int64 + example: 1234 + account_name: + type: string + description: The username of the Account that created this ComplianceJob + (Standard Job only). + example: dsmith + dct_managed: + type: boolean + description: Whether or not this ComplianceJob is managed by DCT (Standard + Job only). + example: false + fail_immediately: + type: boolean + description: Whether to fail immediately or delay failure until job completion + when a masking algorithm fails to mask its data (Standard Job only). + example: false + batch_update: + type: boolean + description: Whether the database load phase to output the masked data will + be performed in batches. The size of the batches is determined by the + field 'commit_size'. (Standard Job only). + example: false + commit_size: + type: integer + description: The size of the database commits when performing batch updates + (Standard Job only). + format: int32 + example: 100 + num_output_threads_per_stream: + type: integer + description: The amount of parallelism, per input stream, that the job uses + to load back the masked data. For example, specifying 4 output threads + per stream with 5 input streams results in a total of 20 output threads + for the whole job. (Standard Job only). + format: int32 + example: 10 + tags: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + job_orchestrator_id: + type: string + readOnly: true + job_orchestrator_name: + type: string + readOnly: true + description: A compliance job. + ComplianceJobCollection: + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The Compliance Job Collection entity ID. + readOnly: true + example: compliance-job-collection-1 + name: + type: string + description: The name of the compliance job collection. + example: My favorite Compliance Job Collection + description: + type: string + description: The description of the compliance job collection. + example: Compliance Job Collection for app finance + creation_date: + type: string + description: The date this compliance job collection was created. + format: date-time + readOnly: true + example: 2022-11-30T08:51:34.148Z + job_count: + type: integer + description: The number of jobs in this compliance job collection. + readOnly: true + example: 10 + last_execution_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the last execution of this compliance job collection + if exists. + readOnly: true + example: 414ed52c-fa89-455d-9fb9-9c2fa5115f80 + failure_handling: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum' + job_missing: + type: boolean + description: Whether any jobs in the collection are missing. + readOnly: true + members: + maxItems: 100 + uniqueItems: true + type: array + description: The list of compliance job IDs and their collection sequence + to be included in the collection. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ComplianceJobCollectionMembers' + tags: + type: array + description: The tags of this compliance job collection. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + description: A compliance job collection. + ComplianceJobCollectionMembers: + type: object + properties: + sequence: + maximum: 100 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + description: The sequence number of the job in the collection. + nullable: false + default: 1 + compliance_job_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the compliance job. + ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse: + type: object + properties: + connector: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Connector' + on_the_fly_connector: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Connector' + description: Connector(s) for a compliance job. + ConfigSettingsStg: + type: object + properties: + property_name: + maxLength: 40 + pattern: ^$|^[_a-zA-Z0-9]*$ + type: string + description: Name of the property. + value: + maxLength: 40 + pattern: ^$|^''$|^[/_.:%@'+!*a-zA-Z0-9\[\]\- ]*$ + type: string + description: Value of the property. + comment_property: + type: boolean + description: Select this option to comment out the provided property name + in the configuration file. + description: Custom Database-Level config settings. + ConnectivityCheckParameters: + title: ConnectivityCheckParameters + required: + - engine_id + - host + - port + type: object + properties: + engine_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the engine to check. + example: engine-123 + use_engine_public_key: + type: boolean + description: Whether to use public key authentication. + example: true + os_name: + type: string + description: Operating system type of the environment. + example: UNIX + enum: + - UNIX + - WINDOWS + staging_environment: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Id of the connector environment which is used to connect to + this source environment. + example: 1-WINDOWS_HOST-1 + host: + type: string + description: The hostname of the remote host machine to check. + example: test.host.com + port: + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + description: The port of the remote host machine to check. For Windows, + port on which Delphix connector is running. + nullable: true + example: 22 + username: + maxLength: 255 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The username of the remote host machine to check. Username + is mandatory input with password/use_engine_public_key/kerberos_authentication. + example: username + password: + maxLength: 255 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The password of the remote host machine to check. + example: password + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + vault_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The DCT id or name of the vault from which to read the host + credentials. + example: my-vault + hashicorp_vault_engine: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Vault engine name where the credential is stored. + example: kv + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored. + example: oracle-env + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + hashicorp_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Key for the username in the key-value store. + example: username + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Key for the password in the key-value store. + example: secret + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + azure_vault_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure key vault name (ORACLE, ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). + example: azure_vault + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + azure_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store (ORACLE, + ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). + example: username + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + azure_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store (ORACLE, + ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). + example: secret + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + cyberark_vault_query_string: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. + example: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + use_kerberos_authentication: + type: boolean + description: Whether to use kerberos authentication. + example: true + description: Parameters to check connectivity between engine and remote host. + ConnectivityCheckResponse: + title: ConnectivityResponse + required: + - message + type: object + properties: + message: + type: string + description: A message describing the result of the connectivity check. + example: Success! + status: + type: string + description: A status describing the status of the connectivity check. + example: SUCCESS + enum: + - SUCCESS + - FAILED + description: The result of the connectivity check. + Connector: + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The Connector entity ID. + example: 1-database-123 + name: + type: string + description: The Connector name. + example: connector-name + engine_id: + type: string + description: The id of the Compliance Engine that this Connector belongs + to. + example: '123' + engine_name: + type: string + description: The name of the Compliance Engine that this Connector belongs + to. + example: my-compliance-engine-1 + type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ConnectorTypeEnum' + hostname: + type: string + description: The network hostname or IP address of the database server. + example: database_server.mycompany.co + port: + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + description: The TCP port of the server. + format: int32 + example: 9100 + username: + type: string + description: The username this Connector will use to connect to the database. + password: + type: string + description: The password this Connector will use to connect to the database. + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + auth_present: + type: boolean + description: Whether this connector has authentication credentials set + database_type: + type: string + description: The database variant, such as Oracle or MSSQL Server + example: ORACLE + enum: + - AURORA_POSTGRES + - DB2 + - DB2_ISERIES + - DB2_MAINFRAME + - EXTENDED + - GENERIC + - MARIADB + - MSSQL + - MYSQL + - ORACLE + - POSTGRES + - RDS_POSTGRES + - SYBASE + custom_driver_name: + type: string + description: The name of the custom JDBC driver for this connector + database_name: + type: string + description: The database name for this connector + instance_name: + type: string + description: The instance name for this connector + jdbc: + type: string + description: The jdbc URL for this connector + schema_name: + type: string + description: The schema name for this connector + sid: + type: string + description: The SID value for this connector. This field is specific to + Oracle database connectors + kerberos_auth: + type: boolean + description: Whether kerberos authentication is enabled for this connector + service_principal: + type: string + description: The service principal to use for kerberos authentication + enable_logger: + type: boolean + description: Whether the logger is enable for this connector + file_type: + type: string + description: The type of file this connector is configured to access + example: DELIMITED + enum: + - DELIMITED + - FIXED_WIDTH + - XML + - JSON + connection_mode: + type: string + description: The connection mode for file connectors + example: SFTP + enum: + - FTP + - MOUNT + - SFTP + - FTPS + - AWS_S3 + - S3_COMPATIBLE + path: + type: string + description: The path on the remote server for file connections + ssh_key: + type: string + description: The name of the ssh key for SFTP mode file connectors + user_dir_is_root: + type: boolean + description: For FTP and SFTP connections, whether the user dir is set to + root + platform: + type: string + description: This database or file connection type associated with the connector + example: ORACLE + data_connection_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the associated DataConnection. + example: data-connection-1 + account_id: + type: integer + description: The ID of the account who created this connector. + format: int64 + readOnly: true + example: 1 + account_name: + type: string + description: The account name of the DCT user who created this connector. + readOnly: true + example: John Doe + dct_managed: + type: boolean + description: Whether this connector is managed by DCT or not. + readOnly: true + tags: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + description: Connectors are the way users define the data sources to which the + Masking Engine should connect. + example: + id: 1-database-123 + name: connector-name + engine_id: 123 + type: DATABASE + hostname: database_server.example.com + database_type: POSTGRES + schema_name: public + database_name: public + port: 5432 + username: user-123 + job_orchestrator_id: 4ed2357d-f1a7-410c-b951-90f0edc1a0f6 + ConnectorTestResponse: + title: ConnectorTestResponse + required: + - message + - status + type: object + properties: + status: + type: string + description: Connection status, SUCCEEDED or FAILED + example: SUCCEEDED + enum: + - SUCCEEDED + - FAILED + message: + type: string + description: A message describing the result of the masking connector test. + example: Connection Succeeded + description: The result of the masking connector test. + ConnectorTypeEnum: + type: string + example: DATABASE + enum: + - DATABASE + - FILE + - MAINFRAME_DATASET + Consumer: + type: object + properties: + parent_id: + type: string + description: ID of the parent object. + parent_name: + type: string + description: The name of the parent object. + parent_type: + type: string + description: The type of the object. + example: algorithm + description: Consumer object. + ContainerizationStateEnum: + type: string + description: Indicates the virtual database's containerization state, created + for or running inside a containerized environment like Linux containers. + enum: + - NOT_CONTAINERIZED + - READY_FOR_CONTAINER + - RUNNING_IN_CONTAINER + ConvertDataLayoutRequest: + type: object + properties: + skip_account_import: + type: boolean + description: Skip running the account import process. If this flag is not + set, then accounts from self-service will overwrite existing accounts + if any. + example: false + default: false + ConvertDataLayoutResponse: + type: object + properties: + job_id: + type: string + description: DCT job-id of the job that convert the engine bookmarks to + DCT bookmarks. + example: job-1 + deprecated: true + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + CopyMaskingJobParameters: + required: + - target_engine_id + type: object + properties: + target_engine_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the engine to copy the job to. + example: '1' + source_environment_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID or name of the source environment on the target engine. + This only applies to On-The-Fly jobs. + example: test-on-the-fly-mask1 + target_environment_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID or name of the target environment on the target engine + to copy the job into. + example: prod-in-place-mask1 + force_overwrite: + type: boolean + description: Whether to overwrite objects that already exist on the target + engine. + default: false + description: Parameters to copy a masking job. + CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest: + required: + - name + type: object + properties: + name: + type: string + description: The name of the compliance job collection. + example: My favorite Compliance Job Collection + description: + type: string + description: The description of the compliance job collection. + example: Compliance Job Collection for app finance + failure_handling: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum' + members: + maxItems: 100 + uniqueItems: true + type: array + description: The list of compliance job IDs and their collection sequence + to be included in the collection. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ComplianceJobCollectionMembers' + tags: + type: array + description: The tags to be created for this compliance job collection. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + description: Parameters to create a compliance job collection. + CreateHookTemplateParameters: + required: + - command + - name + type: object + properties: + name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Name of the hook template. + example: Hook Template 1 + description: + type: string + description: Description of the hook template. + shell: + type: string + enum: + - bash + - shell + - expect + - ps + - psd + default: bash + command: + maxLength: 131072 + minLength: 1 + type: string + credentials_env_vars: + type: array + description: List of environment variables that will contain credentials + for this operation. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/CredentialsEnvVariable' + tags: + type: array + description: The tags to be created for the hook template. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + CreateMaskingJobRequest: + title: CreateMaskingJobRequest + type: object + properties: + name: + type: string + description: The name to give the Masking Job. + example: My favorite MaskingJob + description: + type: string + description: The description of the Job (Hyperscale Job only). + example: Job for app finance DB + job_type: + type: string + description: The type of Job. + example: HYPERSCALE + enum: + - HYPERSCALE + hyperscale_instance_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the HyperscaleInstance to create this Job on (Hyperscale + Job only). + example: hyperscale-123 + source_masking_job_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the Masking Job to use as the source (Hyperscale + Job only). + example: masking-job-123 + hyperscale_source_connector_username: + type: string + description: The username to set for the Source Connector that will be imported + (Hyperscale Job only). + example: db-user-123 + hyperscale_source_connector_password: + type: string + description: The password to set for the Source Connector that will be imported + (Hyperscale Job only). + example: dp-pass-123 + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + hyperscale_target_connector_username: + type: string + description: The username to set for the Target Connector that will be imported + (Hyperscale Job only). + example: db-user-123 + hyperscale_target_connector_password: + type: string + description: The password to set for the Target Connector that will be imported + (Hyperscale Job only). + example: dp-pass-123 + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + mount_point_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the MountPoint to use for the resulting dataset (Hyperscale + Job only). + example: mount-point-123 + unload_split: + type: integer + description: The number of unloaded files to be generated from the source + database (Hyperscale Job only). + format: int64 + example: 4 + stream_size: + type: integer + description: The stream size to be used by the sqlldr oracle utility which + specifies the size (in bytes) of the data stream sent from the client + to the server (Hyperscale Job only). + format: int64 + example: 65536 + retain_execution_data: + type: string + description: Defines whether execution data will be stored after execution + is complete (Hyperscale Job only). + example: 'false' + enum: + - 'NO' + - ON_ERROR + - ALWAYS + max_memory: + type: integer + description: Maximum memory, in MB, to be allocated for each Masking job + (Hyperscale Job only). + format: int32 + example: 1024 + min_memory: + type: integer + description: Minimum memory, in MB, to be allocated for each Masking job + (Hyperscale Job only). + format: int32 + example: 1024 + feedback_size: + type: integer + description: The granularity with which the masking engine provides updates + on the progress of the masking job. For instance, a feedbackSize of 50000 + results in log updates whenever 50000 rows are processed during the masking + phase (Hyperscale Job only). + format: int32 + example: 10000 + stream_row_limit: + type: integer + description: The stream row limit constrains the total number of rows that + may enter the job for each masking stream. Setting this value to 0 allows + unlimited rows into each stream, while leaving it blank will select a + default limit based on job type (Hyperscale Job only). + format: int32 + example: 0 + num_input_streams: + type: integer + description: Number of input streams to be configured for Masking Job (Hyperscale + Job only). + format: int32 + example: 4 + max_concurrent_source_connections: + type: integer + description: Maximum number of parallel connection that the Hyperscale instance + can have with the source datasource (Hyperscale Job only). + format: int32 + example: 32 + max_concurrent_target_connections: + type: integer + description: Maximum number of parallel connection that the Hyperscale instance + can have with the target datasource (Hyperscale Job only). + format: int32 + example: 32 + parallelism_degree: + type: integer + description: The degree of parallelism (DOP) per Oracle job to recreate + the index in the post-load process (Hyperscale Job only). + format: int32 + example: 4 + tags: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + make_current_account_owner: + type: boolean + description: Whether the account creating this Masking job must be configured + as owner of it (Hyperscale Job only). + default: true + description: Parameters to create a MaskingJob. + CreateOracleListenerParams: + required: + - type + type: object + properties: + type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleListenerTypeEnum' + name: + type: string + description: The name of the Oracle listener. + protocol_addresses: + type: array + description: The protocol addresses of the Oracle listener. + items: + type: string + host_id: + type: string + description: The id of the host on which the Oracle listener runs. + CreateReplicationProfileParameters: + required: + - engine_id + - replication_mode + - target_engine_id + type: object + properties: + name: + type: string + description: The ReplicationProfile name. + replication_mode: + type: string + description: The ReplicationProfile mode. + enum: + - ENGINE_DATA_REPLICATION + - MASKED_DATA_DISTRIBUTION + - CONTINUOUS_VAULT + engine_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the engine that the ReplicationProfile belongs to. + target_engine_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the replication target engine. + target_host: + type: string + description: Hostname of the replication target engine. If none is provided, + the hostname for the engine referenced by target_engine_id will be used. + target_port: + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + description: Target TCP port number for the Delphix Session Protocol. + default: 8415 + description: + maxLength: 4096 + type: string + description: The ReplicationProfile description. + schedule: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Replication schedule in the form of a quartz-formatted string. + tags: + type: array + description: The tags that are applied to this ReplicationProfile. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + enable_tag_replication: + type: boolean + description: Indicates whether tag replication from primary object to replica + object is enabled or disabled for this ReplicationProfile. + bandwidth_limit: + minimum: 0 + type: integer + description: Bandwidth limit (MB/s) for replication network traffic. A value + of 0 means no limit. + default: 0 + number_of_connections: + maximum: 16 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + description: Total number of transport connections to use. + default: 1 + encrypted: + type: boolean + description: Encrypt replication network traffic. + default: false + automatic_replication: + type: boolean + description: Indication whether the replication spec schedule is enabled + or not. + default: false + use_system_socks_setting: + type: boolean + description: Connect to the replication target host via the system-wide + SOCKS proxy. + default: false + vdb_ids: + type: array + description: The VDBs that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. + items: + type: string + dsource_ids: + type: array + description: The dSources that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. + items: + type: string + cdb_ids: + type: array + description: The CDBs that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. + items: + type: string + vcdb_ids: + type: array + description: The vCDBs that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. + items: + type: string + group_ids: + type: array + description: The groups that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. + items: + type: string + replicate_entire_engine: + type: boolean + description: Whether to replicate the entire engine. This is mutually exclusive + with the vdb_ids, dsource_ids, cdb_ids, vcdb_ids, and group_ids properties. + description: The parameters to create a ReplicationProfile. + CreateRepositoryParams: + required: + - database_type + type: object + properties: + database_type: + type: string + description: The database type of this repository. + enum: + - ORACLE + - MSSQL + bits: + type: integer + description: 32 or 64 bits. + enum: + - 32 + - 64 + installation_home: + maxLength: 300 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The Oracle install or SQL Server instance home. + version: + type: string + description: Version of the oracle repository or SQL Server instance. + oracle_base: + maxLength: 256 + type: string + description: The Oracle base where database binaries are located. + allow_provisioning: + type: boolean + description: Flag indicating whether the repository should be used for provisioning. + default: true + is_staging: + type: boolean + description: Flag indicating whether this repository can be used by the + Delphix Engine for internal processing. + default: false + applied_patches: + type: array + description: List of Oracle patches that have been applied to this Oracle + Home. + items: + type: integer + format: int64 + full_text_installed: + type: boolean + description: This property determines if the full-text search and semantic + search is installed or not (MSSql only). + server_name: + maxLength: 128 + type: string + description: The Server Name of the SQL Server instance. + port: + type: integer + description: The network port for connecting to the SQL Server instance. + format: int64 + instance_owner: + maxLength: 255 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Account the SQL Server instance is running as. + instance_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The name of the SQL Server instance. + CreateRole: + required: + - name + - permission_objects + type: object + properties: + name: + type: string + description: The Role name. + description: + type: string + description: Role description. + permission_objects: + maxItems: 1000 + minItems: 1 + uniqueItems: true + type: array + description: The list of permissions granted by this role. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PermissionObject' + immutable: + type: boolean + description: If set to true, adding or removing permission is not allowed. + default: false + tags: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + ui_profiles: + type: array + description: The list of profiles that influence the navigation menus shown + in the UI. + items: + type: string + description: A role Object to create a custom role. + CreateVDBGroupOrder: + properties: + vdb_id: + type: string + description: Vdb id + order: + type: integer + description: Dictates order of operations on VDBs. Operations can be performed + in parallel
for all VDBs or sequentially. Below are possible valid + and invalid orderings given an example
VDB group with 3 vdbs (A, + B, and C).
Valid:
{"vdb_id":"vdb-1", "order":"1"} {"vdb_id":"vdb-2", + order:"1"} {vdb_id:"vdb-3", order:"1"} (parallel)
{vdb_id:"vdb-1", + order:"1"} {vdb_id:"vdb-2", order:"2"} {vdb_id:"vdb-3", order:"3"} (sequential)
+ Invalid:
{vdb_id:"vdb-1", order:"A"} {vdb_id:"vdb-2", order:"B"} {vdb_id:"vdb-3", + order:"C"} (sequential)

In the sequential case the vdbs with priority + 1 is the first to be started and the last to
be stopped. This value + is set on creation of VDB groups. + format: int32 + default: 0 + CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters: + required: + - name + - policy_type + properties: + name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The name of the virtualization policy. + example: my-policy + policy_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PolicyType' + policy_targets: + type: array + description: The target objects that will have this policy applied to them + upon creation of the policy. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PolicyTargetObject' + provision_source: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ProvisionSource' + timezone_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The timezone to use for scheduling. + example: America/Los_Angeles + data_duration: + type: integer + description: Amount of time to keep source data [Retention Policy]. + format: int32 + example: 1 + data_unit: + type: string + description: Time unit for data_duration [Retention Policy]. + example: DAY + enum: + - DAY + - WEEK + - MONTH + - QUARTER + - YEAR + log_duration: + type: integer + description: Amount of time to keep log data [Retention Policy]. + format: int32 + example: 1 + log_unit: + type: string + description: Time unit for log_duration [Retention Policy]. + example: DAY + enum: + - DAY + - WEEK + - MONTH + - QUARTER + - YEAR + num_of_daily: + type: integer + description: Number of daily snapshots to keep [Retention Policy]. + format: int32 + example: 1 + num_of_weekly: + type: integer + description: Number of weekly snapshots to keep [Retention Policy]. + format: int32 + example: 1 + day_of_week: + type: string + description: Day of week upon which to enforce weekly snapshot retention + [Retention Policy]. + example: MONDAY + enum: + - MONDAY + - TUESDAY + - WEDNESDAY + - THURSDAY + - FRIDAY + - SATURDAY + - SUNDAY + num_of_monthly: + type: integer + description: Number of monthly snapshots to keep [Retention Policy]. + format: int32 + example: 1 + day_of_month: + type: integer + description: Day of month upon which to enforce monthly snapshot retention + [Retention Policy]. + format: int32 + example: 1 + num_of_yearly: + type: integer + description: Number of yearly snapshots to keep [Retention Policy]. + format: int32 + example: 1 + day_of_year: + type: string + description: Day of year upon which to enforce yearly snapshot retention, + expressed a month / day string (e.g., "Jan 1") [Retention Policy]. + example: Jan 1 + schedules: + type: array + description: The schedules for this policy. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualizationSchedule' + size: + type: integer + description: Size of the quota, in bytes. [Quota Policy]. + format: int64 + example: 1 + tags: + type: array + description: The tags to be created for the policy. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + CredentialsEnvVariable: + required: + - base_var_name + properties: + base_var_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Base name of the environment variables. Variables are named + by appending '_USER', '_PASSWORD', '_PUBKEY' and '_PRIVKEY' to this base + name, respectively. Variables whose values are not entered or are not + present in the type of credential or vault selected, will not be set. + password: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Password to assign to the environment variables. + example: password + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + vault_username: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Delphix display name for the vault user. + example: my-vault + vault: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The name or reference of the vault to assign to the environment + variables. + example: 1-VAULT-1 + hashicorp_vault_engine: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Vault engine name where the credential is stored. + example: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored. + example: oracle-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Hashicorp vault key for the username in the key-value store. + example: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Hashicorp vault key for the password in the key-value store. + example: secret + azure_vault_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure key vault name. + example: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure vault key in the key-value store. + example: username + azure_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure vault key in the key-value store. + example: secret + cyberark_vault_query_string: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. + example: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + credential_type: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Credential type of the credential environment variable + example: PasswordCredential + element_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Element ID of the credential environment variable + example: '35' + type: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Type of the credential environment variable + example: CredentialsEnvVars + DSource: + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The dSource object entity ID. + database_type: + type: string + description: The database type of this dSource. + nullable: true + name: + type: string + description: The container name of this dSource. + nullable: true + namespace_id: + type: string + description: The namespace id of this dSource. + nullable: true + namespace_name: + type: string + description: The namespace name of this dSource. + nullable: true + is_replica: + type: boolean + description: Is this a replicated object. + nullable: true + database_version: + type: string + description: The database version of this dSource. + nullable: true + content_type: + type: string + description: The content type of the dSource. + nullable: true + data_uuid: + type: string + description: A universal ID that uniquely identifies the dSource database. + nullable: true + storage_size: + type: integer + description: The actual space used by this dSource, in bytes. + format: int64 + nullable: true + plugin_version: + type: string + description: The version of the plugin associated with this source database. + nullable: true + creation_date: + type: string + description: The date this dSource was created. + format: date-time + nullable: true + group_name: + type: string + description: The name of the group containing this dSource. + nullable: true + enabled: + type: boolean + description: A value indicating whether this dSource is enabled. + nullable: true + is_detached: + type: boolean + description: A value indicating whether this dSource is detached. + nullable: true + engine_id: + type: string + description: A reference to the Engine that this dSource belongs to. + source_id: + type: string + description: A reference to the Source associated with this dSource. + nullable: true + staging_source_id: + type: string + description: A reference to the Staging Source associated with this dSource. + nullable: true + status: + type: string + description: The runtime status of the dSource. 'Unknown' if all attempts + to connect to the source failed. + nullable: true + engine_name: + type: string + description: Name of the Engine where this DSource is hosted + nullable: true + cdb_id: + type: string + description: A reference to the CDB associated with this dSource. + nullable: true + current_timeflow_id: + type: string + description: A reference to the currently active timeflow for this dSource. + example: timeflow-123 + previous_timeflow_id: + type: string + description: A reference to the previous timeflow for this dSource. + example: timeflow-123 + is_appdata: + type: boolean + description: Indicates whether this dSource has an AppData database. + example: true + toolkit_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the toolkit associated with this dSource(AppData + only). + unvirtualized_space: + type: integer + description: This is the sum of unvirtualized space from the dependants + VDBs of the dSource. + format: int64 + dependant_vdbs: + type: integer + description: The number of VDBs that are dependant on this dSource. This + includes all VDB descendants that have this dSource as an ancestor. + appdata_source_params: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: The JSON payload conforming to the DraftV4 schema based on + the type of application data being manipulated. + nullable: true + example: + param: value + param2: value2 + appdata_config_params: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: The parameters specified by the source config schema in the + toolkit + nullable: true + example: + foo: bar + tags: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + primary_object_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the parent object from which replication was done. + primary_engine_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the parent engine from which replication was done. + primary_engine_name: + type: string + description: The name of the parent engine from which replication was done. + replicas: + type: array + description: The list of replicas replicated from this object. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Replica' + hooks: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DSourceHooks' + sync_policy_id: + type: string + description: The id of the snapshot policy associated with this dSource. + retention_policy_id: + type: string + description: The id of the retention policy associated with this dSource. + replica_retention_policy_id: + type: string + description: The id of the replica retention policy associated with this + dSource. + quota_policy_id: + type: string + description: The id of the quota policy associated with this dSource. + logsync_enabled: + type: boolean + description: True if LogSync is enabled for this dSource. + logsync_mode: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum' + logsync_interval: + type: integer + description: Interval between LogSync requests, in seconds. + exported_data_directory: + type: string + description: ZFS exported data directory path. + template_id: + type: string + description: A reference to the Non Virtual Database Template. + nullable: true + example: DATABASE_TEMPLATE-1 + allow_auto_staging_restart_on_host_reboot: + type: boolean + description: Indicates whether Delphix should automatically restart this + staging database when staging host reboot is detected. + physical_standby: + type: boolean + description: Indicates whether this staging database is configured as a + physical standby. + validate_by_opening_db_in_read_only_mode: + type: boolean + description: Indicates whether this staging database snapshot is validated + by opening it in read-only mode. + mssql_sync_strategy_managed_type: + type: string + enum: + - external + - delphix + - staging_push + validated_sync_mode: + type: string + description: Specifies the backup types ValidatedSync will use to synchronize + the dSource with the source database. + enum: + - TRANSACTION_LOG + - FULL_OR_DIFFERENTIAL + - FULL + - NONE + shared_backup_locations: + type: array + description: Shared source database backup locations. + items: + type: string + backup_policy: + type: string + description: Specify which node of an availability group to run the copy-only + full backup on + enum: + - PRIMARY + - SECONDARY_ONLY + - PREFER_SECONDARY + compression_enabled: + type: boolean + description: Specify whether the backups taken should be compressed or uncompressed. + staging_database_name: + type: string + description: The name of the staging database + db_state: + type: string + description: User provided db state that is used to create staging push + db + enum: + - ONLINE + - RESTORING + encryption_key: + type: string + description: The encryption key to use when restoring encrypted backups. + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + external_netbackup_config_master_name: + type: string + description: The master server name of this NetBackup configuration. + external_netbackup_config_source_client_name: + type: string + description: The source's client server name of this NetBackup configuration. + external_netbackup_config_params: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: NetBackup configuration parameter overrides. + external_netbackup_config_templates: + type: string + description: Optional config template selection for NetBackup configurations. + external_commserve_host_name: + type: string + description: The commserve host name of this Commvault configuration. + external_commvault_config_source_client_name: + type: string + description: The source client name of this Commvault configuration. + external_commvault_config_staging_client_name: + type: string + description: The staging client name of this Commvault configuration. + external_commvault_config_params: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: Commvault configuration parameter overrides. + external_commvault_config_templates: + type: string + description: Optional config template selection for Commvault configurations. + mssql_user_type: + type: string + description: Database user type for Database authentication. + enum: + - DATABASE_USER + - DOMAIN_USER + - ENVIRONMENT_USER + domain_user_credential_type: + type: string + description: credential types. + enum: + - PASSWORD + - CYBERARK_VAULT + - HASHICORP_VAULT + - AZURE_VAULT + mssql_database_username: + type: string + description: The database user name for database user type. + mssql_user_environment_reference: + type: string + description: The name or reference of the environment user for environment + user type. + mssql_user_domain_username: + type: string + description: Domain User name for password credentials. + mssql_user_domain_vault_username: + type: string + description: Delphix display name for the vault user. + mssql_user_domain_vault: + type: string + description: The name or reference of the vault. + mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_engine: + type: string + description: Vault engine name where the credential is stored. + mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_secret_path: + type: string + description: Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored. + mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_username_key: + type: string + description: Hashicorp vault key for the username in the key-value store. + mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_secret_key: + type: string + description: Hashicorp vault key for the password in the key-value store. + mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_name: + type: string + description: Azure key vault name. + mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_username_key: + type: string + description: Azure vault key in the key-value store. + mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_secret_key: + type: string + description: Azure vault key in the key-value store. + mssql_user_domain_cyberark_vault_query_string: + type: string + description: Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. + diagnose_no_logging_faults: + type: boolean + description: If true, NOLOGGING operations on this container are treated + as faults and cannot be resolved manually. Otherwise, these operations + are ignored. + pre_provisioning_enabled: + type: boolean + description: If true, pre-provisioning will be performed after every sync. + backup_level_enabled: + type: boolean + description: Boolean value indicates whether LEVEL-based incremental backups + can be used on the source db. + rman_channels: + type: integer + description: Number of parallel channels to use. + format: int32 + files_per_set: + type: integer + description: Number of data files to include in each RMAN backup set. + format: int32 + check_logical: + type: boolean + description: True if extended block checking should be used for this linked + database. + encrypted_linking_enabled: + type: boolean + description: True if SnapSync data from the source should be retrieved through + an encrypted connection. Enabling this feature can decrease the performance + of SnapSync from the source but has no impact on the performance of VDBs + created from the retrieved data. + compressed_linking_enabled: + type: boolean + description: True if SnapSync data from the source should be compressed + over the network. Enabling this feature will reduce network bandwidth + consumption and may significantly improve throughput, especially over + slow network. + bandwidth_limit: + type: integer + description: Bandwidth limit (MB/s) for SnapSync and LogSync network traffic. + A value of 0 means no limit. + format: int32 + number_of_connections: + type: integer + description: Total number of transport connections to use during SnapSync. + format: int32 + description: The Delphix storage-based copy of the source database including + its history. + example: + id: dsource-123 + database_type: Oracle + name: prod01-main + database_version: 10.2.0.5.0 + data_uuid: 1734315df891991101eb96963535afa0 + storage_size: 339292672 + plugin_version: '1.0' + creation_date: 2021-05-01T08:51:34.148Z + group_name: DSources + enabled: true + is_detached: false + engine_id: engine-123 + source_id: source-123 + staging_source_id: 2-ORACLE_SINGLE_CONFIG-13 + status: RUNNING + engine_name: engine-123-name + cdb_id: cdb-123 + is_appdata: true + tags: + - key: key1 + value: value1 + - key: key2 + value: value2 + primary_object_id: 1-CONTAINER-1 + primary_engine_id: '1' + primary_engine_name: source-engine + replicas: + - replica_id: replica-1 + replica_engine_id: '1' + replica_engine_name: replica-e1 + - replica_id: replica-2 + replica_engine_id: '2' + replica_engine_name: replica-e2 + hooks: + pre_sync: + - name: Print the current user + command: whoami + shell: bash + element_id: '0' + sync_policy_id: 1-POLICY_SNAPSHOT-1 + retention_policy_id: 1-POLICY_RETENTION-1 + replica_retention_policy_id: 1-POLICY_REPLICA_RETENTION-1 + quota_policy_id: 1-POLICY_QUOTA-1 + logsync_enabled: true + exported_data_directory: domain0/oracle_db_container-30/oracle_timeflow-32/datafile + template_id: DATABASE_TEMPLATE-1 + mssql_user_type: DATABASE_USER + domain_user_credential_type: PASSWORD + mssql_database_username: mssql-user + mssql_user_environment_reference: HOST-USER_1 + mssql_user_domain_username: domain/user + mssql_user_domain_vault_username: my-vault + mssql_user_domain_vault: my-vault-1 + mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_engine: key_vault + mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_secret_path: mssql-env + mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret + mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_name: azure_vault + mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_username_key: username + mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_secret_key: secret + mssql_user_domain_cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + diagnose_no_logging_faults: true + pre_provisioning_enabled: true + backup_level_enabled: true + rman_channels: 2 + files_per_set: 5 + check_logical: true + encrypted_linking_enabled: false + compressed_linking_enabled: false + bandwidth_limit: 0 + number_of_connections: 10 + DSourceConsumptionData: + properties: + name: + type: string + description: The name of the dSource + example: prod01-main + status: + type: string + description: The status of the dSource + example: Running + database_type: + type: string + description: The type of the dSource + example: Oracle + engine_id: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The id of the engine the dSource belongs to. + example: '1' + engine_name: + type: string + description: The name of the engine the dSource belongs to + example: My favorite engine + last_consumption_date: + type: string + description: The most recent date where consumption data was captured for + this dSource. + format: date-time + ingested_size: + minimum: 0 + type: integer + description: The ingested size of the dSource + format: int64 + example: 12345 + DSourceHooks: + type: object + properties: + ops_pre_sync: + maxItems: 100 + type: array + description: The commands to execute before syncing with external data. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' + ops_pre_log_sync: + maxItems: 100 + type: array + description: The commands to execute after syncing with external data and + before running the LogSync. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' + ops_post_sync: + maxItems: 100 + type: array + description: The commands to execute after syncing a linked source. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' + pre_validated_sync: + maxItems: 100 + type: array + description: The commands to execute on the staging source before performing + a validated sync. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' + post_validated_sync: + maxItems: 100 + type: array + description: The commands to execute on the staging source after performing + a validated sync. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' + description: DSource operation hooks. + DSourceSnapshotParameters: + type: object + properties: + drop_and_recreate_devices: + type: boolean + description: | + If this parameter is set to true, older devices will be dropped and new + devices created instead of trying to remap the devices. This might increase + the space utilization on Delphix Engine. (ASE only) + sync_strategy: + type: string + description: | + Determines how the Delphix Engine will take a backup: + * `latest_backup` - Use the most recent backup. + * `new_backup` - Delphix will take a new backup of your source database. + * `specific_backup` - Use a specific backup. Using this option requires setting + `ase_backup_files` for ASE dSources or `mssql_backup_uuid` for MSSql dSources. + Default is `new_backup`. + (ASE, MSSql only) + enum: + - latest_backup + - new_backup + - specific_backup + ase_backup_files: + type: array + description: When using the `specific_backup` sync_strategy, determines + the backup files. (ASE Only) + items: + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + mssql_backup_uuid: + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: When using the `specific_backup` sync_strategy, determines + the Backup Set UUID. (MSSql only) + compression_enabled: + type: boolean + description: When using the `new_backup` sync_strategy, determines if compression + must be enabled. Defaults to the configuration of the ingestion strategy + configured on the Delphix Engine for this dSource. (MSSql only) + availability_group_backup_policy: + type: string + description: | + When using the `new_backup` sync_strategy for an MSSql Availability Group, determines the backup policy: + * `primary` - Backups only go to the primary node. + * `secondary_only` - Backups only go to secondary nodes. If secondary nodes are down, backups will fail. + * `prefer_secondary` - Backups go to secondary nodes, but if secondary nodes are down, backups will go to the primary node. + (MSSql only) + enum: + - primary + - secondary_only + - prefer_secondary + do_not_resume: + type: boolean + description: | + Indicates whether a fresh SnapSync must be started regardless if it was possible to + resume the current SnapSync. If true, we will not resume but instead ignore previous progress + and backup all datafiles even if already completed from previous failed SnapSync. This does not + force a full backup, if an incremental was in progress this will start a new incremental snapshot. + (Oracle only) + double_sync: + type: boolean + description: | + Indicates whether two SnapSyncs should be performed in immediate succession to reduce the number + of logs required to provision the snapshot. This may significantly reduce the time necessary to + provision from a snapshot. + (Oracle only). + force_full_backup: + type: boolean + description: Whether or not to take another full backup of the source database. + (Oracle only) + skip_space_check: + type: boolean + description: | + Skip check that tests if there is enough space available to store the database in + the Delphix Engine. The Delphix Engine estimates how much space a database will occupy after + compression and prevents SnapSync if insufficient space is available. This safeguard can be + overridden using this option. This may be useful when linking highly compressible databases. + (Oracle only) + files_for_partial_full_backup: + maxItems: 10000 + minItems: 1 + type: array + description: | + List of datafiles to take a full backup of. This would be useful in situations + where certain datafiles could not be backed up during previous SnapSync due to corruption + or because they went offline. + (Oracle only) + items: + type: integer + format: int64 + appdata_parameters: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: The list of parameters specified by the snapshotParametersDefinition + schema in the toolkit (AppData only). + nullable: true + example: + resync: true + rman_rate_in_MB: + type: integer + description: "RMAN rate in megabytes to be used. This is the upper limit\ + \ for bytes read so that \nRMAN does not consume excessive disk bandwidth\ + \ and degrade online performance. (Oracle only)\n" + description: Parameters to snapshot a DSource. + DSourceUsageData: + properties: + engine_name: + type: string + description: The name of the engine the dSource belongs to. + example: My favorite engine + name: + type: string + description: The name of the dSource + example: prod01-main + unvirtualized_space: + type: integer + description: The the disk space that would be required if not using Delphix + virtualizion, in bytes. + format: int64 + example: 109242677 + actual_space: + type: integer + description: The actual space used by this dSource, in bytes. This includes + the disk space used by the current copy of the data as well as the snapshots + and log files retained to enable provisioning from historical versions. + format: int64 + example: 339292672 + dependant_vdbs: + type: integer + description: The number of VDBs that are dependant on this dSource. This + includes all VDB descendants that have this dSource as an ancestor. + example: 25 + DataClass: + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The data class ID. + example: a638d976-6b7e-43f4-9212-90f4dc6d405c + name: + type: string + description: The name of this data class. + example: Account Number + description: + type: string + description: A description of this data class. + nullable: true + default_algorithm_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the default masking algorithm for this data class. + nullable: true + example: a638d976-6b7e-43f4-9212-90f4dc6d405c + default_algorithm_name: + type: string + description: The name of the default masking algorithm for this data class. + nullable: true + example: alg1 + default_token_algorithm_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the default tokenization algorithm for this data + class. + nullable: true + example: a638d976-6b7e-43f4-9212-90f4dc6d405c + default_token_algorithm_name: + type: string + description: The default tokenization algorithm for this data class. + nullable: true + example: alg2 + algorithm_ids: + type: array + description: The list of algorithm IDs available for this data class. + example: + - a638d976-6b7e-43f4-9212-90f4dc6d405c + - 414ed52c-fa89-455d-9fb9-9c2fa5115f80 + deprecated: true + items: + type: string + algorithms: + type: array + description: The list of algorithm IDs and names available for this data + class. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataClassAlgorithmInfo' + example: + maxLength: 200 + type: string + description: An example data value for this data class. + nullable: true + revision_hash: + type: string + description: The export revision hash of this data class from the source + engine. + nullable: true + example: 6e0509df463cf714b2697ccf2f8ac972970021d1 + engine_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the engine that this data class originated from. + nullable: true + engine_name: + type: string + description: The name of the engine that this data class originated from. + nullable: true + account_id: + type: integer + description: The ID of the account who created this data class. + format: int64 + readOnly: true + example: 1 + account_name: + type: string + description: The account name of the DCT user who created this data class. + readOnly: true + example: username + dct_managed: + type: boolean + description: Whether this data class is managed by DCT or not. + readOnly: true + tags: + type: array + description: The tags of this data class. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + description: A data class. + DataClassAlgorithmInfo: + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The algorithm ID. + example: a638d976-6b7e-43f4-9212-90f4dc6d405c + name: + type: string + description: The algorithm name. + example: Masking Algorithm + description: Information about a data class algorithm. + DataClassUpdateRequest: + type: object + properties: + description: + type: string + description: A description of this data class. + nullable: true + example: This data class is used for account numbers. + example: + maxLength: 200 + type: string + description: An example data value for this data class. + nullable: true + example: abc-123 + description: Parameters used to update a Data Class. + DataConnection: + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: ID of the data connection. + example: 54277b71-58cd-463d-bd62-7219d4c4d2d8 + name: + type: string + description: Name of the data connection. + example: Analytics Database + status: + type: string + description: ACTIVE if used by a masking job or a linked dSource or VDB. + example: ACTIVE + enum: + - ACTIVE + - INACTIVE + type: + type: string + description: The type of the data connection. + example: VDB + enum: + - EXTERNAL + - VDB + platform: + type: string + description: The dataset platform of the data connection. + example: Oracle 21c + dsource_count: + type: integer + description: The number of dSources linked from this data connection. + format: int32 + example: 1 + capabilities: + type: array + description: Types of functionality supported by this data connection. + example: + - MASKING + - VIRTUALIZATION + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataConnectionCapability' + tags: + type: array + description: The tags associated with this data connection. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + hostname: + type: string + description: The combined port and hostname or IP address of the data connection. + example: database1.company.com:5432 + database_name: + type: string + description: The database name. + example: Finance + custom_driver_name: + type: string + description: The name of the custom JDBC driver. + example: custom-driver-1 + path: + type: string + description: The path to the FILE data on the remote host. + example: /user/home/app + description: A connection to an external dataset or VDB. + DataConnectionCapability: + type: string + description: Type of functionality supported by a data connection. + example: MASKING + enum: + - MASKING + - VIRTUALIZATION + DataConnectionUpdateParameters: + type: object + properties: + name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The data connection name + DataLayout: + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: DCT Id of the template/container. + example: 1-template-123 + name: + type: string + description: Name of the template/container + example: template-123 + type: + type: string + description: Type of the object, either CONTAINER or TEMPLATE. + example: CONTAINER + enum: + - CONTAINER + - TEMPLATE + engine_id: + type: string + description: Id of the engine this object belongs to. + example: '1' + engine_name: + type: string + description: Name of the engine this object belongs to. + example: engine-1 + tags: + type: array + description: The tags to be created for this data-layout. + example: + - key: key-1 + value: value-1 + - key: key-2 + value: value-2 + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + description: A Data Control Tower object that references the self-service template/container. + DataPointByLocationParameters: + type: object + properties: + location: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The location to provision from. + example: '112233' + timeflow_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: ID of the timeflow to provision from. + example: timeflow_123 + DataPointBySnapshotParameters: + type: object + properties: + snapshot_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the snapshot from which to execute the operation. + If the snapshot_id is not, selects the latest snapshot. + DataPointByTimestampParameters: + type: object + properties: + timestamp: + type: string + description: The point in time from which to execute the operation. Mutually + exclusive with timestamp_in_database_timezone. If the timestamp is not + set, selects the latest point. + format: date-time + example: 2021-05-01T08:51:34.148Z + timestamp_in_database_timezone: + pattern: '[0-9]{4}-[0-9]{2}-[0-9]{2}T[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}(.[0-9]{0,3})?' + type: string + description: The point in time from which to execute the operation, expressed + as a date-time in the timezone of the source database. Mutually exclusive + with timestamp. + example: 2021-08-14T14:55:20.507Z + timeflow_id: + type: string + description: The Timeflow ID. + example: timeflow-123 + DataPointFromBookmarkParameters: + required: + - bookmark_id + type: object + properties: + bookmark_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the bookmark from which to execute the operation. + The bookmark must contain only one VDB. + DataRiskData: + properties: + connector_id: + type: string + description: The DCT id of the connector. This is an opaque string. + example: 1-DATABASE-15 + engine_connector_id: + type: integer + description: The ID of the connector as found on the compliance engine. + example: 15 + connector_name: + type: string + description: Name of the connector. + example: Dev Database + connector_type: + type: string + description: Type of the connector. + example: DATABASE + enum: + - DATABASE + - FILE + - MAINFRAME_DATASET + last_profiled_date: + type: string + description: Date this connector was last profiled. + format: date-time + example: 2022-11-30T08:51:34.148Z + last_masked_date: + type: string + description: Date this connector last had a masking job run. + format: date-time + example: 2022-11-30T08:51:34.148Z + engine_id: + type: string + description: The entity ID of the masking engine. + example: 4ed2357d-f1a7-410c-b951-90f0edc1a0f6 + engine_name: + type: string + description: The name of the masking engine. + example: Development Engine + is_profiled: + type: boolean + description: If this connector has been profiled. + example: true + is_sensitive_data: + type: boolean + description: If this connector has sensitive data. + example: true + is_masked: + type: boolean + description: If this connector has had a successful masking job run. + example: false + is_at_risk: + type: boolean + description: If this connector has sensitive data that have not been masked. + example: true + data_elements_total: + type: integer + description: The total number of data elements of this connector. + format: int64 + example: 1000 + data_elements_not_sensitive: + type: integer + description: The number of data elements categorized as not sensitive. + format: int64 + example: 400 + data_elements_sensitive_masked: + type: integer + description: The number of sensitive data elements that have been masked. + format: int64 + example: 500 + data_elements_sensitive_unmasked: + type: integer + description: The number of sensitive data elements that have not been masked. + format: int64 + example: 100 + records_total: + type: integer + description: The total number of records from this connector. + format: int64 + example: 10000 + records_not_sensitive: + type: integer + description: The number of records found to be not sensitive. + format: int64 + example: 4000 + records_sensitive_masked: + type: integer + description: The number of records found to be sensitive and have been masked. + format: int64 + example: 5000 + records_sensitive_unmasked: + type: integer + description: The number of records found to be sensitive and have not been + masked. + format: int64 + example: 1000 + tags: + type: array + description: The tags of the connector. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + DataRiskReportTotals: + type: object + properties: + connector_total: + type: integer + description: The total number of connectors. + format: int64 + example: 10 + profiled_connector_count: + type: integer + description: The number of connectors that have been profiled. + format: int64 + example: 8 + sensitive_connector_count: + type: integer + description: The number of connectors found to have sensitive data. + format: int64 + example: 5 + masked_connector_count: + type: integer + description: The number of connectors having had a successfully run masking + job. + format: int64 + example: 3 + at_risk_connector_count: + type: integer + description: The number of connectors with sensitive data that have not + been masked. + format: int64 + example: 2 + data_elements_total: + type: integer + description: The total number of data elements across connectors. + format: int64 + example: 1000 + data_elements_not_sensitive: + type: integer + description: The number of data elements categorized as not sensitive. + format: int64 + example: 400 + data_elements_sensitive_masked: + type: integer + description: The number of sensitive data elements that have been masked. + format: int64 + example: 500 + data_elements_sensitive_unmasked: + type: integer + description: The number of sensitive data elements that have not been masked. + format: int64 + example: 100 + records_total: + type: integer + description: The total number of records across connectors. + format: int64 + example: 10000 + records_not_sensitive: + type: integer + description: The number of records found to be not sensitive. + format: int64 + example: 4000 + records_sensitive_masked: + type: integer + description: The number of sensitive records that have been masked. + format: int64 + example: 5000 + records_sensitive_unmasked: + type: integer + description: The number of sensitive records that have not been masked. + format: int64 + example: 1000 + records_coverage_missing_reason: + type: string + description: An explanation if the records coverage is not provided. + description: The global totals of masking data risk metrics across all connectors. + DatabaseColumnMetadata: + type: object + properties: + id: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The id of this column metadata. + example: '30' + column_name: + type: string + description: The name of the column. + example: my_column + database_table_metadata_id: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The id of the database table metadata that this column belongs + to. + example: '30' + table_name: + type: string + description: The name of the table that this column belongs to. + example: profile + rule_set_id: + type: string + description: The id of the rule set that this column metadata belongs to. + example: 4ed2357d-f1a7-410c-b951-90f0edc1a0f6 + rule_set_name: + type: string + description: The name of the rule set that this table metadata belongs to. + example: my rule set + engine_id: + type: string + description: The id of the engine associated with this column. + example: 5ff0dab4-368c-4d57-8b61-9a09b6e80f42 + engine_name: + type: string + description: The name of the engine associated with this column. + example: my engine + algorithm_id: + type: string + description: The id of the algorithm associated with this column. + example: 7a1b2c3d-e4f5-4a6b-8c7d-9e0f1a2b3c4d + algorithm_name: + type: string + description: The name of the algorithm associated with this column. + example: My Secure Lookup + data_class_id: + type: string + description: The id of the data class associated with this column. + example: 6b5c4d3e-2a1b-4c3d-5e6f-7a8b9c0d1e2f + data_class_name: + type: string + description: The name of the data class associated with this column. + example: My Domain + data_type: + type: string + description: The data type of the column. + example: VARCHAR + date_format: + type: string + description: The format of the date stored in the column. + example: YYYY-MM-DD + column_length: + type: integer + description: The length of the column. + format: int32 + example: 255 + is_sensitive: + type: boolean + description: This field indicates whether or not a column has sensitive + data. + is_profiler_writable: + type: boolean + description: Indicates whether this column is writable by the profiler. + is_primary_key: + type: boolean + description: Indicates whether this column is a primary key. + is_identity: + type: boolean + description: Indicates whether this column is an identity column. + is_index: + type: boolean + description: Indicates whether this column is indexed. + is_foreign_key: + type: boolean + description: Indicates whether this column is a foreign key. + dct_managed: + type: boolean + description: Whether this data class is managed by DCT or not. + readOnly: true + description: An object describing a database column metadata with some settings. + DatabaseConnectivityCheckParameters: + title: DatabaseConnectivityCheckParameters + required: + - credentials_type + - source_id + type: object + properties: + credentials_type: + type: string + description: The type of credentials. + enum: + - MSSQL_ENVIRONMENT_USER + - MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER + - MSSQL_DATABASE_USER + - ORACLE + - ASE + - SOURCE_CONFIG + source_id: + type: string + description: Source database config Id. + example: 1-SOURCE-CONFIG-1 + username: + type: string + description: Database username (Not applicable for MSSQL_ENVIRONMENT_USER). + example: username + password: + type: string + description: Database password (Not applicable for MSSQL_ENVIRONMENT_USER + and mutually exclusive with vault attributes). + example: password + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + vault: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The name or reference of the vault from which to read the database + credentials (ORACLE, ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). + example: my-vault + hashicorp_vault_engine: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Vault engine name where the credential is stored (ORACLE, ASE + and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). + example: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored (ORACLE, + ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). + example: oracle-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Hashicorp vault key for the username in the key-value store + (ORACLE, ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). + example: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Hashicorp vault key for the password in the key-value store + (ORACLE, ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). + example: secret + azure_vault_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure key vault name (ORACLE, ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). + example: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store (ORACLE, + ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). + example: username + azure_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store (ORACLE, + ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). + example: secret + cyberark_vault_query_string: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault (ORACLE, ASE + and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). + example: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + environment_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Id of the environment to which environment user belongs (MSSQL_ENVIRONMENT_USER + only). + environment_user: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Reference to the environment user (MSSQL_ENVIRONMENT_USER only). + description: Parameters to test JDBC connectivity to source configs. + DatabaseTableMetadata: + type: object + properties: + id: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The id of this table metadata. + example: '10' + table_name: + type: string + description: The name of the table. + example: my table + rule_set_id: + type: string + description: The id of the rule set that this table metadata belongs to. + example: 4ed2357d-f1a7-410c-b951-90f0edc1a0f6 + rule_set_name: + type: string + description: The name of the rule set that this table metadata belongs to. + example: my rule set + custom_sql: + type: string + description: Custom SQL for the table. + where_clause: + type: string + description: SQL where clause for the table. + having_clause: + type: string + description: SQL having clause for the table. + key_column: + type: string + description: Key Column for the table. + is_sensitive: + type: boolean + description: This field indicates whether or not a table has sensitive data. + This field is assigned by DCT to true or false based on whether the table + is assigned an algorithm and domain. + row_count: + type: integer + format: int64 + last_refresh_time: + type: string + format: date-time + last_row_count_time: + type: string + format: date-time + engine_id: + type: string + description: The id of the engine associated with this column. + example: 5ff0dab4-368c-4d57-8b61-9a09b6e80f42 + engine_name: + type: string + description: The name of the engine associated with this column. + example: my engine + dct_managed: + type: boolean + description: Whether this data class is managed by DCT or not. + readOnly: true + description: An object describe a database table of a rule set with some settings. + DatabaseTemplate: + required: + - name + - source_type + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The DatabaseTemplate entity ID. + readOnly: true + example: 1-database-template-123 + name: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The DatabaseTemplate name. + example: template-name + description: + type: string + description: User provided description for this template. + example: Config params for prod01 + source_type: + type: string + description: The type of the source associated with the template. + example: OracleVirtualSource + enum: + - OracleVirtualSource + - OracleLinkedSource + - MSSqlVirtualSource + - MSSqlLinkedSource + parameters: + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: A name/value map of string configuration parameters. + example: + configName1: configValue1 + configName2: configValue2 + tags: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + description: A database template to use for provisioning and refresh. If set, + configParams will be ignored on provision or refresh. + DatabaseTemplateCreateParameters: + required: + - name + - source_type + type: object + properties: + name: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The DatabaseTemplate name. + example: template-name + description: + type: string + description: User provided description for this template. + example: Config params for prod01 + source_type: + type: string + description: The type of the source associated with the template. + example: OracleVirtualSource + enum: + - OracleVirtualSource + - OracleLinkedSource + - MSSqlVirtualSource + - MSSqlLinkedSource + parameters: + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: A name/value map of string configuration parameters. + example: + confgName1: configValue1 + configName2: configValue2 + make_current_account_owner: + type: boolean + description: Whether the account creating this database template must be + configured as owner of the database template. + default: true + tags: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + description: Parameters to create a database template. + DatasetGroup: + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The dataset group ID. + example: 1-GROUP-1 + name: + type: string + description: The name of this dataset group. + example: Untitled + namespace_id: + type: string + description: The namespace id of this dataset group. + example: 1-NAMESPACE-1 + namespace_name: + type: string + description: The namespace name of this dataset group. + example: test-engine-1 + is_replica: + type: boolean + description: Is this a replicated object. + example: true + engine_id: + type: string + description: Id of the Engine that this dataset group belongs to. + example: '1' + engine_name: + type: string + description: Name of the Engine that this dataset group belongs to. + example: Engine-1 + namespace: + type: string + description: The namespace of this dataset group. + example: ns-1 + description: A Delphix engine dataset group. + DatasetPerformanceAnalytics: + type: object + properties: + dataset_id: + type: string + description: ID of the dataset. + dataset_name: + type: string + description: Name of the dataset. + performance_analytics: + type: array + description: performance analytics of dataset + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PerformanceAnalytics' + DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest: + required: + - dataset_ids + - end + - interval + - start + type: object + properties: + dataset_ids: + type: array + description: List of dataset ids for which dataset performance analytics + should be fetched. + example: + - 2-ORACLE_DB_CONTAINER-3 + - 1-ORACLE_SINGLE_CONFIG-2 + items: + type: string + start: + type: string + description: Start time in UTC from which to fetch analytics data. + format: date-time + end: + type: string + description: End time in UTC up to which analytics data will be fetched. + format: date-time + interval: + type: integer + description: Desired time interval in timestamp format. + example: 10 + DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary: + type: object + properties: + dataset_id: + type: string + description: ID of the dataset. + dataset_name: + type: string + description: Name of the dataset. + dataset_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EngineStorageDatasetType' + is_replica: + type: boolean + description: Flag to specify if this object is a replica. + environment_id: + type: string + description: A reference to the Environment that hosts this source database. + environment_name: + type: string + description: Name of the Environment that hosts this source database. + average_throughput_of_1_h: + type: number + description: Average throughput of last 1 hour. + format: float + average_throughput_of_6_h: + type: number + description: Average throughput of last 6 hours. + format: float + average_throughput_of_24_h: + type: number + description: Average throughput of last 24 hours. + format: float + current_throughput_of_1_h: + type: number + description: The most recent throughput record from the past hour. + format: float + current_throughput_of_6_h: + type: number + description: The most recent throughput record from the 6 hours. + format: float + current_throughput_of_24_h: + type: number + description: The most recent throughput record from the past 24 hours. + format: float + percentile: + type: number + description: Percentile of average throughput among all datasets in the + past 24 hours. + format: float + tags: + type: array + description: The tags that are applied to dataset. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + DctAnalyticsBundle: + required: + - api_telemetry + - bundle_generation_time + - dates + - product_info + - registered_engines + type: object + properties: + product_info: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo' + registered_engines: + type: array + description: A list of Delphix Engines registered with this instance of + Data Control Tower. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine' + api_telemetry: + type: array + description: A list of API telemetry records." + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry' + dates: + type: array + description: A list of dates for which telemetry data is included in this + bundle. + items: + type: string + format: date + bundle_generation_time: + type: string + description: The UTC time at bundle generation (ISO 8601 format). + format: date-time + description: A bundle containing product identification, configuration information + and API telemetry records. + DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry: + required: + - account_id + - api_endpoint + - api_method + - client_name + - dct_version + - end_time + - id + - is_automation + - response_status + - start_time + - user_agent + type: object + properties: + id: + type: integer + description: A programmatically-generated and auto-incrementing ID number + for the API call. + format: int64 + nullable: true + api_endpoint: + type: string + description: The API endpoint path that was called. Note that all identifiable + parameters are removed. + example: /management/engines/{engineId} + api_method: + type: string + description: The HTTP method used to call the API endpoint. + example: GET + enum: + - GET + - POST + - PUT + - PATCH + - DELETE + start_time: + type: string + description: The UTC time the API call was initiated (ISO 8601 format). + end_time: + type: string + description: The UTC time the API call returned a response (ISO 8601 format). + response_status: + type: integer + description: The HTTP status code of the response. + user_agent: + type: string + description: The value of the "User-Agent" header in the request, if present. + example: '["Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_15_7) AppleWebKit/537.36 + (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/122.0.0.0 Safari/537.36","curl/7.55.1","PostmanRuntime/7.26.8","node"]' + client_name: + type: string + description: The Data Control Tower client name (X-Dct-Client-Name HTTP + header). This is used by Delphix-built integrations, like the Terraform + Provider. + is_automation: + type: boolean + description: True if the API is classified as an automation API which is + the basis of how API calls are charged. + dct_version: + type: string + description: The version of this Data Control Tower instance at the time + the API was called. + account_id: + type: integer + description: A number to identify the user account or API key that performed + this API call. + format: int64 + description: Telemetry data for an HTTP API call. + DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory: + required: + - installed_on + - version + type: object + properties: + version: + type: string + description: The product version. + example: 15.0.0 + installed_on: + type: string + description: The UTC time when the version was installed (ISO 8601 format) + example: 2024-03-05T17:17:39.513Z + description: The product history data included in the DCT Analytics bundle's + product information. + DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo: + required: + - api_version + - product_upgrade_history + - product_version + - system_uuid + type: object + properties: + system_uuid: + type: string + description: A unique identifier for this Data Control Tower instance. + example: c67a008d-68fe-2bac-61ec-651c0720f8b1 + product_version: + type: string + description: The currently running version of this instance of Data Control + Tower. + example: 15.0.0 + api_version: + type: string + description: The API version in use for this instance of Data Control Tower. + example: 3.9.0 + product_upgrade_history: + type: array + description: The upgrade history of this instance of Data Control Tower. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory' + description: Information to identify this Data Control Tower instance. + DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine: + required: + - id + - type + - uuid + - version + type: object + properties: + id: + type: integer + description: A programmatically-generated and auto-incrementing ID for the + registered Delphix Engine. + format: int64 + uuid: + type: string + description: The UUID of the registered Delphix Engine. + nullable: true + type: + type: string + description: The type of registered Delphix Engine. + nullable: true + example: VIRTUALIZATION + enum: + - VIRTUALIZATION + - MASKING + - BOTH + - UNSET + version: + type: string + description: The running version registered Delphix Engine. + nullable: true + description: Identification data for a Delphix Engine registered with this instance + of Data Control Tower. + DeleteCDBParameters: + type: object + properties: + force: + type: boolean + description: Whether to continue the operation upon failures. + default: false + delete_all_dependent_datasets: + type: boolean + description: Whether to delete all dependent datasets of the CDB. + default: false + description: Parameters to delete a CDB. + DeleteDSourceRequest: + required: + - dsource_id + properties: + dsource_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Id of the dSource to delete. + force: + type: boolean + description: Flag indicating whether to continue the operation upon failures. + default: false + oracle_username: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The name of the privileged user to run the delete operation + as (Oracle only). + example: oracle-username + oracle_password: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Password for privileged user (Oracle only). + example: oracle-password + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + delete_all_dependent_vdbs: + type: boolean + description: Flag indicating whether to delete all dependent VDBs before + deleting the dSource. + default: false + DeleteDSourceResponse: + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + - type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + DeleteScopeObjectTags: + type: object + properties: + tags: + maxItems: 1000 + minItems: 1 + uniqueItems: true + type: array + description: List of scope tags to be deleted + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ScopeTag' + DeleteScopedObjectItem: + required: + - objects + type: object + properties: + objects: + maxItems: 1000 + minItems: 1 + uniqueItems: true + type: array + description: List of scoped objects to be deleted + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ScopedObjectItem' + DeleteSnapshotParameters: + type: object + properties: + delete_all_dependencies: + type: boolean + description: Whether to delete the snapshot along with all of its dependencies. + default: false + description: Parameters to delete a snapshot. + DeleteTag: + type: object + properties: + key: + maxLength: 4000 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Key of the tag + example: key-1 + value: + maxLength: 4000 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Value of the tag + example: value-1 + tags: + maxItems: 1000 + minItems: 1 + uniqueItems: true + type: array + description: List of tags to be deleted + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + DeleteTimeflowParameters: + type: object + properties: + force_delete: + type: boolean + description: Whether to delete all the dependent Bookmarks. + description: Parameters to delete a timeflow. + DeleteVCDBParameters: + type: object + properties: + force: + type: boolean + description: Whether to continue the operation upon failures. + default: false + delete_all_dependent_datasets: + type: boolean + description: Whether to delete all dependent datasets of the CDB. + default: false + description: Parameters to delete a vCDB. + DeleteVDBParameters: + type: object + properties: + force: + type: boolean + description: Whether to continue the operation upon failures. + default: false + delete_all_dependent_vdbs: + type: boolean + description: Flag indicating whether to delete all dependent VDBs before + deleting the VDB. + default: false + description: Parameters to delete a VDB. + DeletionDependenciesResponse: + type: object + properties: items: + type: array + description: The deletion dependencies of a dataset. These are presented + in reverse order of deletion meaning that the last item in the list is + the first item that needs to be deleted. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData' + description: The deletion dependencies of a dataset. + DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse: + type: object + properties: + prerequisite_actions: + type: array + description: The pre-requisite actions to perform before deleting the object. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction' + object_dependencies: + type: array + description: The object dependencies of the object. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DeletionDependencyObject' + description: The deletion dependencies of an object which occupies disk space. + DeletionDependencyObject: + type: object + properties: + object_id: type: string - minLength: 1 - apiUsageReportUserAgentFilterParam: - name: user_agent - in: query - description: The UserAgent names to be included in the report. - required: false - schema: - type: array - items: + description: ID of the object. + object_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DeletionDependencyObjectType' + object_name: type: string - minLength: 1 - apiUsageReportDctVersionFilterParam: - name: dct_version - in: query - description: The DCT versions to be included in the report. - required: false - schema: - type: array - items: + description: Name of the object. + namespace_id: + type: string + description: ID of the namespace that this object belongs to. + storage_size: + type: integer + description: Storage size of the object. + format: int64 + timeflow_vdb_id: + type: string + description: If the object is a Timeflow, then this is the ID of the VDB + that is associated with the Timeflow. + timeflow_vdb_name: + type: string + description: If the object is a Timeflow, then this is the name of the VDB + that is associated with the Timeflow. + timeflow_dsource_id: + type: string + description: If the object is a Timeflow, then this is the ID of the dSource + that is associated with the Timeflow. + timeflow_dsource_name: + type: string + description: If the object is a Timeflow, then this is the name of the dSource + that is associated with the Timeflow. + locked: + type: boolean + description: Whether the object is locked. If this is true then this object + will not be deleted. + parent_object_id: + type: string + description: ID of the parent object. + parent_object_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DeletionDependencyObjectType' + timeflow_snapshot_count: + type: integer + description: Total number of snapshots in the Timeflow if the object is + a Timeflow otherwise -1. + format: int64 + default: -1 + timeflow_bookmarks_count: + type: integer + description: Total number of bookmarks associated with the Timeflow if the + object is a Timeflow otherwise -1. + default: -1 + description: Deletion dependency object. + DeletionDependencyObjectType: + type: string + description: Deletion dependency object type. + enum: + - TIMEFLOW + - SNAPSHOT + - JSBOOKMARK + - JSBRANCH + - TIMEFLOWBOOKMARK + - HELDSPACE + - VDB + - DSOURCE + - UNKNOWN + - ALLSNAPSHOTS + - BOOKMARK + DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction: + type: object + properties: + object_id: + type: string + description: ID of the object. + object_type: + type: string + description: Type of the object. + enum: + - SNAPSHOT + - VDB + - DSOURCE + - DATALAYOUT_CONTAINER + - DATALAYOUT_TEMPLATE + - UNKNOWN + object_name: + type: string + description: Name of the object. + namespace_id: + type: string + description: ID of the namespace that this object belongs to. + action: + type: string + description: The action to perform. + enum: + - REMOVE_KEEP_FOR + - TAKE_SNAPSHOT + - REFRESH + linked_object_id: + type: string + description: ID of the deletion dependency object which is linked to this + prerequisite action. + linked_object_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DeletionDependencyObjectType' + locked: + type: boolean + description: Whether the prerequisite action is locked. If this is true + then this action will be skipped. + description: Deletion dependency prerequisite action. + Dependency: + type: object + properties: + child_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the child entity. + example: aec2d976-6b7e-43f4-9212-90f4dc6e324fff + child_name: + type: string + description: The name of the child entity. + example: My File + child_type: + type: string + description: The type of the child entity. + example: MASKING_FILE_UPLOAD + description: A dependency relationship. + DisableCDBParameters: + type: object + properties: + attempt_cleanup: + type: boolean + description: Whether to attempt a cleanup of the CDB before the disable. + default: true + description: Parameters to disable a CDB. + DisableDsourceParameters: + type: object + properties: + attempt_cleanup: + type: boolean + description: Whether to attempt a cleanup of the database from the environment + before the disable. + default: true + DisableVCDBParameters: + type: object + properties: + attempt_cleanup: + type: boolean + description: Whether to attempt a cleanup of the vCDB before the disable. + default: true + description: Parameters to disable a vCDB. + DisableVDBGroupParameters: + type: object + properties: + vdb_disable_param_mappings: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VDBDisableParametersMapping' + description: Parameters to disable a VDB Group. + DisableVDBParameters: + type: object + properties: + attempt_cleanup: + type: boolean + description: Whether to attempt a cleanup of the VDB before the disable. + default: true + container_mode: + type: boolean + description: Whether the database is running inside a container. + description: Parameters to disable a VDB. + DiscoveryExpression: + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The id of the discovery expression. + example: 5ff0dab4-368c-4d57-8b61-9a09b6e80f42 + name: + type: string + description: The name of the discovery expression. + example: my expression + regular_expression: + type: string + description: The regular expression that will be used to match against column/field + names or data values during the execution of a discovery job. Only applicable + for SEARCH expressions. + example: .* + data_level_profiling: + type: boolean + description: This field determines whether the discovery expression will + be targeted at the underlying data in a data source (e.g. row values in + the database column / field values in the file), or whether the discovery + expression will be targeted at the schema of the data source (e.g. column + names in a database table or field names in a file). Data-Level profiling + consumes more memory than Column-Name-Level/Field-Name-Level profiling + due to the fact that the discovery expression must be checked against + a larger number of data values (e.g. hundreds) than column/field names + (i.e. one). Only applicable for SEARCH expressions. + example: true + min_data_length: + type: integer + description: Minimum length of the value for string types. Only applicable + for TYPE expressions. + example: 1 + engine_id: + type: string + description: The id of the engine associated with this discovery expression. + example: 5ff0dab4-368c-4d57-8b61-9a09b6e80f42 + engine_name: + type: string + description: The name of the engine associated with this discovery expression. + example: my engine + data_class_id: + type: string + description: The id of the data class associated with this discovery expression. + example: 6b5c4d3e-2a1b-4c3d-5e6f-7a8b9c0d1e2f + data_class_name: + type: string + description: The name of the data class associated with this discovery expression. + example: My Domain + data_type: + type: string + description: Data type to apply a constraint to. Only applicable for TYPE + expressions. + example: String + enum: + - String + - Number + - Date + - Binary + expression_type: + type: string + description: The type of the discovery expression. + example: SEARCH + enum: + - SEARCH + - TYPE + level: + type: string + description: The level of data sources this discovery expression will be + targeted. + example: DATA + enum: + - DATA + - COLUMN + - TYPE + tags: + type: array + description: The tags of this discovery expression. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + DiscoveryPolicy: + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The discovery policy ID. + example: a638d976-6b7e-43f4-9212-90f4dc6d405c + name: + type: string + description: The name of this discovery policy. + example: ASDD Standard + description: + type: string + description: A description of this discovery policy. + nullable: true + discovery_method: + type: string + description: The method used to discover sensitive data. + example: CLASSIFIERS + enum: + - CLASSIFIERS + - EXPRESSIONS + assignment_threshold: + type: integer + description: The confidence threshold that must be met or exceeded to make + an assignment. This is an integer from 1-100. + format: int32 + example: 80 + engine_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the engine that this discovery policy originated + from. + nullable: true + engine_name: + type: string + description: The name of the engine that this discovery policy originated + from. + nullable: true + tags: + type: array + description: The tags of this discovery policy. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + description: A discovery policy. + DiscoveryResult: + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The DCT local id of this discovery result + example: '1' + table_name: + type: string + description: The name of the table to which the column belongs + example: cust_address + file_name: + type: string + description: The name of the file to which the discovery result applies + example: report.json + column_name: + type: string + description: The name the column to which the discovery result applies + example: ADDR_LINE_1 + field_name: + type: string + description: The name the field to which the discovery result applies + example: customer name + data_class_name: + type: string + description: The data class selected for the column or field + example: FIRST_NAME + algorithm_name: + type: string + description: The name of the algorithm selected for the column or field + example: FIRST_NAME_SL + data_type: + type: string + description: The data type determined for the column or field + example: varchar + confidence: + type: integer + description: The confidence of the discovery result, ranging from -100 to + 100 + format: int32 + example: 85 + is_profiler_writable: + type: boolean + description: Whether the corresponding ruleset column or field was configured + to allow the discovery process to update the masking assignment + description: The result of sensitive data discovery on a single column or field + Domain: + type: object + properties: + msad_domain_name: + maxLength: 4000 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: This is used to get full DN for authentication and search. + Provide this value only if server is microsoft AD. + example: msad.domain.com + username_pattern: + maxLength: 4000 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The username_patterns can be used to avoid providing full-dn + during login. This will also be used for search of groups,email, first + name and last name. + example: uid={0},ou=Users + search_base: + maxLength: 4000 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Search base used to search for ldap user groups. Leave this + field empty if a full username_pattern is provided and server is non microsoft + AD. + example: DC=test,DC=delphix,DC=com + group_attr: + maxLength: 4000 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Group mapped attribute on ldap side used for user group search. + example: gidNumber + email_attr: + maxLength: 4000 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Email mapped attribute on ldap side used for mapping on DCT + side account. + example: mail + first_name_attr: + maxLength: 4000 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: First name attribute mapped on ldap side used for mapping on + DCT side account. + example: cn + last_name_attr: + maxLength: 4000 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Last name attribute mapped on ldap side used for mapping on + DCT side account. + example: sn + object_class_attr: + maxLength: 4000 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The name of the objectClass on ldap side under which the user + is mapped.This is used to search for the user details. + example: person + search_attr: + maxLength: 4000 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Search attribute mapped on ldap side using which search on + ldap side will be made. + example: uid + EffectiveScope: + properties: + id: + type: string + description: Id of the access group scope. + name: + type: string + description: Name of the access group scope. + EnableAiStatus: + required: + - value + type: object + properties: + value: + type: boolean + description: The enabled/disabled status of AI + description: Status object representing the AI enable flag + EnableCDBParameters: + type: object + properties: + attempt_start: + type: boolean + description: Whether to attempt a startup of the CDB after the enable. + default: true + description: Parameters to enable a CDB. + EnableDsourceParameters: + type: object + properties: + attempt_start: + type: boolean + description: Whether to attempt a startup of the source after the enable. + default: true + description: The parameters to enable a dSource. + EnableVCDBParameters: + type: object + properties: + attempt_start: + type: boolean + description: Whether to attempt a startup of the vCDB after the enable. + default: true + description: Parameters to enable a vCDB. + EnableVDBGroupParameters: + type: object + properties: + vdb_enable_param_mappings: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VDBEnableParametersMapping' + description: Parameters to enable a VDB Group. + EnableVDBParameters: + type: object + properties: + attempt_start: + type: boolean + description: Whether to attempt a startup of the VDB after the enable. + default: true + container_mode: + type: boolean + description: Whether the database is running inside a container. + ownership_spec: + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + description: The uid:gid string that NFS mounts should belong to. + description: Parameters to enable a VDB. + Engine: + properties: + engine_id: + maxLength: 4000 + minLength: 1 type: string - minLength: 1 - vdbGroupsSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, name, -name, locked_by, -locked_by, locked_by_name, -locked_by_name ] - nullable: true - example: name - hashicorpVaultsSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id ] - nullable: true - example: name - accountsSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, api_client_id, -api_client_id, username, first_name, last_name, email, -username, -first_name, -last_name, -email, last_access_time, -last_access_time, creation_time, -creation_time] - nullable: true - example: id - databaseTemplatesSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, name, -name, description, -description, source_type, -source_type ] - nullable: true - example: name - snapshotsSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, engine_id, -engine_id, namespace, -namespace, name, -name, consistency, -consistency, missing_non_logged_data, -missing_non_logged_data, dataset_id, -dataset_id, creation_time, -creation_time, start_timestamp, -start_timestamp, start_location, -start_location, timestamp, -timestamp, location, -location, expiration, -expiration, retain_forever, -retain_forever, effective_expiration, -effective_expiration, effective_retain_forever, -effective_retain_forever, timeflow_id, -timeflow_id, timezone, -timezone, version, -version, temporary, -temporary, appdata_toolkit, -appdata_toolkit, appdata_metadata, -appdata_metadata, ase_db_encryption_key, -ase_db_encryption_key, mssql_internal_version, -mssql_internal_version, mssql_backup_set_uuid, -mssql_backup_set_uuid, mssql_backup_software_type, -mssql_backup_software_type, mssql_backup_location_type, -mssql_backup_location_type, mssql_empty_snapshot, -mssql_empty_snapshot, oracle_from_physical_standby_vdb, -oracle_from_physical_standby_vdb, oracle_redo_log_size_in_bytes, -oracle_redo_log_size_in_bytes ] - nullable: true - example: name - timeflowsSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, engine_id, -engine_id, namespace, -namespace, name, -name, dataset_id, -dataset_id, creation_type, -creation_type, parent_snapshot_id, -parent_snapshot_id, parent_point_location, -parent_point_location, parent_point_timestamp, -parent_point_timestamp, parent_point_timeflow_id, -parent_point_timeflow_id, source_data_timestamp, -source_data_timestamp, oracle_incarnation_id, -oracle_incarnation_id, oracle_cdb_timeflow_id, -oracle_cdb_timeflow_id, oracle_tde_uuid, -oracle_tde_uuid, mssql_database_guid, -mssql_database_guid ] - nullable: true - example: name - groupSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, engine_id, -engine_id, namespace, -namespace, name, -name, engine_name, -engine_name] - nullable: true - example: name - groupIdParam: - in: path - name: groupId - required: true - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - description: The ID of the dataset group. - kerberosConfigSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, engine_id, -engine_id, engine_name, -engine_name, namespace_id, -namespace_id, namespace_name, -namespace_name, name, -name, realm, -realm, principal, -principal, enabled, -enabled ] - nullable: true - example: name - passwordVaultSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [id, -id, engine_id, -engine_id, namespace, -namespace, name, -name, engine_name, -engine_name, type, -type] - nullable: true - example: name - passwordVaultIdParam: - in: path - name: passwordVaultId - required: true - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - description: The ID of the password vault. - kerberosConfigIdParam: - in: path - name: kerberosConfigId - required: true - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - description: The ID of the kerberos config. - engineIdQueryParam: - in: query - name: engine_id - description: ID of a registered engine. - required: true - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - example: 1 - vdbIdParam: - in: path - name: vdbId - required: true - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - description: The ID of the VDB. - toolkitIdParam: - in: path - name: toolkitId - required: true - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - description: The ID of the toolkit. - hyperscaleMountPointIdParam: - in: path - name: hyperscaleMountPointId - required: true - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - description: The ID of the Hyperscale Mount Point. - hyperscaleConnectorIdParam: - in: path - name: hyperscaleConnectorId - required: true - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - description: The ID of the Hyperscale Connector. - hyperscaleDatasetIdParam: - in: path - name: hyperscaleDatasetId - required: true - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - description: The ID of the Hyperscale Dataset. - hyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileIdParam: - in: path - name: hyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileId - required: true - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - description: The ID of the Hyperscale Dataset table or file. - datasetIdQueryParam: - in: query - required: true - name: dataset_id - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - description: The ID of the dSource or VDB. - example: dataset-123 - replicationProfileIdParam: - in: path - name: replicationProfileId - required: true - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - description: The ID of the ReplicationProfile. - virtualizationPolicyIdParam: - in: path - name: policyId - required: true - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - description: The ID of the Virtualization Policy. - cdbIdParam: - in: path - name: cdbId - required: true - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - description: The ID of the CDB. - sourceIdParam: - in: path - name: sourceId - required: true - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - description: The ID of the Source. - stagingSourceIdParam: - in: path - name: stagingSourceId - required: true - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - description: The ID of the staging Source. - vcdbIdParam: - in: path - name: vcdbId - required: true - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - description: The ID of the vCDB. - vdbGroupIdParam: - in: path - name: vdbGroupId - required: true - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - description: The ID or name of the VDBGroup. - engineIdParam: - in: path - name: engineId - schema: - type: string - required: true + engine_name: + maxLength: 4000 + minLength: 1 + type: string + EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters: + title: EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters + type: object + properties: + enable_virtualization_dataset_groups: + type: boolean + description: Include dataset group names as tags for dSources, VDBs, and + vCDBs (key 'dlpx-dataset-group'). + example: true + enable_masking_environments: + type: boolean + description: Include masking environment names as tags for masking Jobs + and Connectors (key 'dlpx-environment'). + example: true + enable_masking_applications: + type: boolean + description: Include masking app names as tags for masking Jobs and Connectors + (key 'dlpx-application'). + example: true + enable_engine_name: + type: boolean + description: Include the engine name as a tag on discovered objects (key + 'dlpx-engine'). + example: true + custom_tags_to_add: + maxItems: 1000 + minItems: 1 + uniqueItems: true + type: array + description: List of new custom tags to be added to discovered objects. + These are appended to the AutoTaggingConfig's custom_tags list. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + custom_tags_to_remove: + maxItems: 1000 + minItems: 1 + uniqueItems: true + type: array + description: List of tags to remove from the AutoTaggingConfig's custom_tags + list (applied AFTER custom_tags_to_add). + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + description: Configuration settings for auto tagging. + EngineGlobalObjectStateData: + properties: + engine_id: + type: string + description: The entity ID of the engine. + example: 4ed2357d-f1a7-410c-b951-90f0edc1a0f6 + engine_name: + type: string + description: The name of the engine. + example: My favorite engine + jobs_count: + type: integer + description: The number of masking jobs present on the engine. + format: int32 + example: 10 + connectors_count: + type: integer + description: The number of connectors present on the engine. + format: int32 + example: 25 + rulesets_count: + type: integer + description: The number of rulesets present on the engine. + format: int32 + example: 25 + global_object_revision_hash: + type: string + description: The revisionHash of the GLOBAL_OBJECT. + example: dfb515e3d9727eebf499cb252b417efc926bad0b + EngineHistoricalStorageSummary: + properties: + engine_id: + type: string + engine_name: + type: string + historical_data_points: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint' + projected_data_points: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint' + EngineIdBody: + type: object + properties: + engine_id: + minLength: 1 + type: string + example: '1' description: The ID of the registered engine. - hyperscaleInstanceId: - in: path - name: hyperscaleInstanceId - schema: - type: string - required: true - description: The ID of hyperscale instance. - dsourceIdParam: - in: path - name: dsourceId - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - required: true - description: The ID of the dSource. - environmentIdParam: - in: path - name: environmentId - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - required: true - description: The ID of the environment. - hostIdParam: - in: path - name: hostId - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - required: true - description: The ID of the host. - repositoryIdParam: - in: path - name: repositoryId - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - required: true - description: The ID of the repository. - userRefParam: - in: path - name: userRef - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - required: true - description: Environment user reference. - reportIdParam: - in: path - name: reportId - schema: - type: integer - required: true - description: The ID of the report schedule. - algorithmIdParam: - in: path - name: algorithmId - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - required: true - description: The ID of the Algorithm. - algorithmRevisionIdParam: - in: path - name: revisionId - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - required: true - description: The ID of the Algorithm revision. - maskingPluginIdParam: - in: path - name: maskingPluginId - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - required: true - description: The ID of the masking plugin. - bookmarkIdParam: - in: path - name: bookmarkId - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - required: true - description: The ID of the Bookmark. - snapshotIdParam: - in: path - name: snapshotId - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - required: true - description: The ID of the snapshot. - timeflowIdParam: - in: path - name: timeflowId - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - required: true - description: The ID of the timeflow. - accessGroupIdParam: - in: path - name: accessGroupId - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - required: true - description: The ID of the Access group. - roleIdParam: - in: path - name: roleId - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - required: true - description: The ID of the role. - scopeIdParam: - in: path - name: scopeId - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - required: true - description: The ID of the Access group scope. - accountIdParam: - in: path - name: id - schema: - type: integer - format: int64 - required: true - description: Numeric ID of the Account. - maskingJobIdParam: - in: path - name: maskingJobId - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - required: true - description: The ID of the Masking Job. - maskingEnvironmentId: - in: path - name: maskingEnvironmentId - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - required: true - description: The ID of the Masking Environment. - executionIdParam: - in: path - name: executionId - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - required: true - description: The ID of the Execution. - connectorIdParam: - in: path - name: connectorId - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - required: true - description: The ID of the Connector. - databaseTemplateIdParam: - in: path - name: databaseTemplateId - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - required: true - description: The ID of the Database Template. - objectIdParam: - in: path - name: objectId - schema: - type: string - minLength: 1 - required: true - description: The ID of the DCT Object. - objectTypeParam: - in: path - name: objectType - schema: - type: string - enum: [ ACCESS_GROUP,ACCOUNT,AUDIT_LOGS_SUMMARY_REPORT,ROLE,API_USAGE_REPORT,BOOKMARK,CDB,DATABASE_TEMPLATE,DSOURCE,ENGINE,ENVIRONMENT,MASKING_JOB,MASKING_ENVIRONMENT,MASKING_JOB_SET,REPORT_SCHEDULE,SOURCE,VAULT,VCDB,VDB,VDB_GROUP,CONNECTOR,CONNECTIVITY_CHECK,DSOURCE_USAGE_REPORT,DSOURCE_CONSUMPTION_REPORT,JOB,PRODUCT_INFO,SMTP_CONFIG,MASKING_EXECUTION_METRICS_REPORT,STORAGE_SUMMARY_REPORT,STORAGE_SAVINGS_SUMMARY_REPORT,VDB_INVENTORY_REPORT,LDAP,SAML,PASSWORD_POLICY,GLOBAL_PROPERTIES,SYSTEM,API_CLASSIFICATION,VIRTUALIZATION_POLICY,HYPERSCALE_INSTANCE,HYPERSCALE_CONNECTOR,HYPERSCALE_DATASET,MASKING_PLUGIN,REPLICATION_PROFILE,ENGINE_PERFORMANCE_ANALYTIC_REPORT] - required: true - description: The type of the DCT object. - maskingPluginsSortParam: - name: sort - in: query - description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended '-' signifies a descending order. - example: id - required: false - schema: - type: string - enum: [ id, -id, name, -name, plugin_type, -plugin_type, description, -description, install_date, -install_date, built_in, -built_in, sdk_version, -sdk_version, version, -version, author, -author] - nullable: true - example: name - schemas: - ReplicationProfile: - description: A set of rules that define what data is replicated from a source to a target. + EnginePerformanceAnalytic: + type: object + properties: + engine_name: + type: string + description: The engine name. + engine_id: + type: string + description: The engine id. + engine_type: + type: string + description: The engine type. + enum: + - VIRTUALIZATION + - MASKING + - UNSET + aggregation_period: + type: integer + description: The time period by which engine performance analytics data + is being aggregated, in hours. + cpu_cores_count: + type: integer + description: The total number of CPU cores on this engine. + cpu_utilization: + type: number + description: The total cpu utilization of this engine, in percentage. + format: double + total_memory: + type: integer + description: The total amount of memory on this engine, in bytes. + format: int64 + average_disk_latency_read: + type: integer + description: The average I/O latency of disk for read operation, in nanoseconds. + format: int64 + average_disk_latency_write: + type: integer + description: The average I/O latency of disk for write operation, in nanoseconds. + format: int64 + average_disk_latency_total: + type: integer + description: The average I/O latency of disk for both (read and write) operations, + in nanoseconds. + format: int64 + average_disk_throughput_read: + type: integer + description: The average I/O throughput of disk for read operation, in bytes/s. + format: int64 + average_disk_throughput_write: + type: integer + description: The average I/O throughput of disk for write operation, in + bytes/s. + format: int64 + average_disk_throughput_total: + type: integer + description: The average I/O throughput of disk for both (read and write) + operations, in bytes/s. + format: int64 + average_disk_iops_read: + type: integer + description: The average number of read I/O operations of disk per seconds. + format: int64 + average_disk_iops_write: + type: integer + description: The average number of write I/O operations of disk per seconds. + format: int64 + average_disk_iops_total: + type: integer + description: The average number of read and write I/O operations of disk + per seconds. + format: int64 + average_nfs_latency_read: + type: integer + description: The average I/O latency of nfs for read operation, in nanoseconds. + format: int64 + average_nfs_latency_write: + type: integer + description: The average I/O latency of nfs for write operation, in nanoseconds. + format: int64 + average_nfs_latency_total: + type: integer + description: The average I/O latency of nfs for both (read and write) operation, + in nanoseconds. + format: int64 + average_nfs_throughput_read: + type: integer + description: The average I/O throughput of disk for read operations, in + bytes/s. + format: int64 + average_nfs_throughput_write: + type: integer + description: The average I/O throughput of nfs for write operations, in + bytes/s. + format: int64 + average_nfs_throughput_total: + type: integer + description: The average I/O throughput of nfs for both (read and write) + operations, in bytes/s. + format: int64 + average_nfs_iops_read: + type: integer + description: The average number of read I/O operations of nfs per seconds. + format: int64 + average_nfs_iops_write: + type: integer + description: The average number of write I/O operations of nfs per seconds. + format: int64 + average_nfs_iops_total: + type: integer + description: The average number of read and write I/O operations of nfs + per seconds. + format: int64 + average_iscsi_latency_read: + type: integer + description: The average I/O latency of iSCSI for read operation, in nanoseconds. + format: int64 + average_iscsi_latency_write: + type: integer + description: The average I/O latency of iSCSI for write operation, in nanoseconds. + format: int64 + average_iscsi_latency_total: + type: integer + description: The average I/O latency of iSCSI for both (read and write) + operation, in nanoseconds. + format: int64 + average_iscsi_throughput_read: + type: integer + description: The average I/O throughput of iSCSI read operations, in bytes/s. + format: int64 + average_iscsi_throughput_write: + type: integer + description: The average I/O throughput of iSCSI for write operations, in + bytes/s. + format: int64 + average_iscsi_throughput_total: + type: integer + description: The average I/O throughput of iSCSI for both (read and write) + operations, in bytes/s. + format: int64 + average_iscsi_iops_read: + type: integer + description: The average number of read I/O operations of iSCSI per seconds. + format: int64 + average_iscsi_iops_write: + type: integer + description: The average number of write I/O operations of iSCSI per seconds. + format: int64 + average_iscsi_iops_total: + type: integer + description: The average number of read and write I/O operations of iSCSI + per seconds. + format: int64 + average_network_throughput_transmit: + type: integer + description: The average bytes transmitted on the network interface, in + bytes/s. + format: int64 + average_network_throughput_receive: + type: integer + description: The average bytes received on the network interface, in bytes/s. + format: int64 + description: Analytics Information of the engine. + EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrend: + type: object + properties: + trend_type: + type: string + example: CPU_UTILIZATION + enum: + - CPU_UTILIZATION + - NETWORK_THROUGHPUT_TRANSMIT + - NETWORK_THROUGHPUT_RECEIVE + - DISK_LATENCY_WRITE + - DISK_LATENCY_READ + - DISK_LATENCY_TOTAL + - DISK_THROUGHPUT_WRITE + - DISK_THROUGHPUT_READ + - DISK_THROUGHPUT_TOTAL + - DISK_IOPS_READ + - DISK_IOPS_WRITE + - DISK_IOPS_TOTAL + - NFS_LATENCY_WRITE + - NFS_LATENCY_READ + - NFS_LATENCY_TOTAL + - NFS_THROUGHPUT_WRITE + - NFS_THROUGHPUT_READ + - NFS_THROUGHPUT_TOTAL + - NFS_IOPS_WRITE + - NFS_IOPS_READ + - NFS_IOPS_TOTAL + - iSCSI_LATENCY_WRITE + - iSCSI_LATENCY_READ + - iSCSI_LATENCY_TOTAL + - iSCSI_THROUGHPUT_WRITE + - iSCSI_THROUGHPUT_READ + - iSCSI_THROUGHPUT_TOTAL + - iSCSI_IOPS_WRITE + - iSCSI_IOPS_READ + - iSCSI_IOPS_TOTAL + engine_id: + type: string + description: The engine id. + aggregation_period: + type: integer + description: The time period by which engine performance analytics data + is being aggregated, in hours. + example: 6 + datapoint: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint' + EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint: + type: object + properties: + data: + type: integer + format: int64 + time: + type: string + format: date-time + EngineRegistrationParameter: + title: EngineRegistrationParameter + required: + - hostname + - name + type: object + properties: + name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + hostname: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + username: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The virtualization domain admin username. + nullable: true + password: + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The virtualization domain admin password. + nullable: true + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + masking_username: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The masking admin username. + nullable: true + masking_password: + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The masking admin password. + nullable: true + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + hashicorp_vault_username_command_args: + maxItems: 100 + minItems: 1 + type: array + description: Arguments to pass to the Vault CLI tool to retrieve the virtualzation + username for the engine. + nullable: true + example: + - kv + - get + - -field=username + - kv-v2/delphix-secrets/delphixUser + items: + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + hashicorp_vault_masking_username_command_args: + maxItems: 100 + minItems: 1 + type: array + description: Arguments to pass to the Vault CLI tool to retrieve the masking + username for the engine. + nullable: true + example: + - - kv + - get + - -field=username + - kv-v2/delphix-secrets/delphixUser + items: + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + hashicorp_vault_password_command_args: + maxItems: 100 + minItems: 1 + type: array + description: Arguments to pass to the Vault CLI tool to retrieve the virtualization + password for the engine. + nullable: true + example: + - kv + - get + - -field=password + - kv-v2/delphix-secrets/delphixUser + items: + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + hashicorp_vault_masking_password_command_args: + maxItems: 100 + minItems: 1 + type: array + description: Arguments to pass to the Vault CLI tool to retrieve the masking + password for the engine. + nullable: true + example: + - - kv + - get + - -field=password + - kv-v2/delphix-secrets/delphixUser + items: + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + hashicorp_vault_id: + type: integer + description: Reference to the Hashicorp vault to use to retrieve virtualization + engine credentials. + format: int64 + nullable: true + masking_hashicorp_vault_id: + type: integer + description: Reference to the Hashicorp vault to use to retrieve masking + engine credentials. + format: int64 + nullable: true + insecure_ssl: + type: boolean + description: | + Allow connections to the engine over HTTPs without validating the TLS certificate. Even though + the connection to the engine might be performed over HTTPs, setting this property eliminates + the protection against a man-in-the-middle attach for connections to this engine. Instead, + consider configuring DCT with Certificate Authority certificates.. + default: false + unsafe_ssl_hostname_check: + type: boolean + description: | + Ignore validation of the name associated to the TLS certificate when connecting to the engine over HTTPs. + Setting this value must only be done if the TLS certificate of the engine does not match the hostname, + and the TLS configuration of the engine cannot be fixed. Setting this property reduces the protection + against a man-in-the-middle attack for connections to this engine. + This is ignored if insecure_ssl is set. + default: false + auto_tagging_config: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AutoTaggingConfig' + tags: + type: array + description: The tags to be created for this engine. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + description: Parameters to register and authenticate an engine. + EngineStorageCapacityData: + properties: + engine_id: + type: string + description: ID of the engine. + dataset_id: + type: string + description: ID of the dataset. + captured_timestamp: + type: string + description: Time at which this information was sampled. + format: date-time + dataset_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EngineStorageDatasetType' + dataset_name: + type: string + description: Name of the dataset. + is_replica: + type: boolean + description: Flag to specify if this object is a replica. + total_size: + type: integer + description: Actual space used by the dataset. + format: int64 + base_size: + type: integer + description: Amount of space used for the active copy of the dataset. + format: int64 + snapshot_size: + type: integer + description: Amount of space used by snapshots. + format: int64 + logs_size: + type: integer + description: Amount of space used by logs. + format: int64 + unvirtualized_size: + type: integer + description: Unvirtualized space used by the dataset. + format: int64 + current_timeflow_unvirtualized_size: + type: integer + description: Unvirtualized space used by the current (active) TimeFlow. + This is approximately equal to the space a VDB would take upon a virtual-to-physical + (V2P) operation. + format: int64 + timeflow_unvirtualized_size: + type: integer + description: Unvirtualized space used by the TimeFlow. + format: int64 + descendant_size: + type: integer + description: Amount of space used for snapshots from which VDBs have been + provisioned. + format: int64 + policy_size: + type: integer + description: Amount of space used for snapshots held by policy settings. + format: int64 + manual_size: + type: integer + description: Amount of space used for snapshots held by manual retention + settings. + format: int64 + unowned_snapshot_size: + type: integer + description: Amount of space used for snapshots part of held space. + format: int64 + ingested_size: + type: integer + description: Amount of space ingested by the source. + format: int64 + tags: + type: array + description: The tags that are applied to dataset. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData: + description: Engine storage capacity dependency data. + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/EngineStorageCapacityData' + - type: object + properties: + parent_id: + type: string + description: ID of the parent dataset. + EngineStorageDatasetType: + type: string + description: Type of the dataset. + enum: + - VDB + - DSOURCE + - CDB + - VCDB + - HELDSPACE + Environment: + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The Environment object entity ID. + example: environment-123 + name: + type: string + description: The name of this environment. + example: Linux Test Host + namespace_id: + type: string + description: The namespace id of this environment. + example: 1-NAMESPACE-1 + namespace_name: + type: string + description: The namespace name of this environment. + example: test-engine-1 + is_replica: + type: boolean + description: Is this a replicated object. + example: true + namespace: + type: string + description: The namespace of this environment for replicated and restored + objects. + nullable: true + example: NAMESPACE-1 + engine_id: + type: string + description: A reference to the Engine that this Environment connection + is associated with. + example: engine-123 + enabled: + type: boolean + description: True if this environment is enabled. + example: true + encryption_enabled: + type: boolean + description: Flag indicating whether the data transfer is encrypted or not. + example: false + description: + type: string + description: The environment description. + example: Windows source host + is_cluster: + type: boolean + description: True if this environment is a cluster of hosts. + example: false + cluster_home: + type: string + description: Cluster home for RAC environment. + example: /u01/app/12.2.0.1/grid + cluster_name: + type: string + description: Cluster name for Oracle RAC environment. + example: abc-19990src + scan: + type: string + description: The Single Client Access Name of the cluster (11.2 and greater + clusters only). + example: abc-scan.xyz.com + remote_listener: + type: string + description: The default remote_listener parameter to be used for databases + on the cluster. + example: remote-listener.xyz.com + is_windows_target: + type: boolean + description: True if this windows environment is a target environment. + example: false + staging_environment: + type: string + description: ID of the staging environment. + example: 1-WINDOWS_HOST-8 + hosts: + type: array + description: The hosts that are part of this environment. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Host' + tags: + type: array + description: The tags to be created for this environment. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + repositories: + type: array + description: Repositories associated with this environment. A Repository + typically corresponds to a database installation. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Repository' + listeners: + type: array + description: Oracle listeners associated with this environment. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleListener' + os_type: + type: string + description: The operating system type of this environment. + enum: + - UNIX + - WINDOWS + env_users: + type: array + description: Environment users associated with this environment. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EnvironmentUser' + description: A grouping of a single host or a cluster of hosts. + EnvironmentCreateParameters: + required: + - engine_id + - hostname + - os_name + type: object + properties: + name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The name of the environment. + example: oracle-environment + engine_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the Engine onto which to create the environment. + example: '12' + os_name: + type: string + description: Operating system type of the environment. + example: UNIX + enum: + - UNIX + - WINDOWS + is_cluster: + type: boolean + description: Whether the environment to be created is a cluster. + example: true + default: false + cluster_home: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Absolute path to cluster home drectory. This parameter is mandatory + for UNIX cluster environments. + example: /u01/app/19.0.0.0/grid + hostname: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: host address of the machine. + example: db.host.com + staging_environment: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Id of the connector environment which is used to connect to + this source environment. This is mandatory parameter when creating Windows + source environments. + example: 1-WINDOWS_HOST-1 + connector_port: + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + description: Specify port on which Delphix connector will run. This is mandatory + parameter when creating Windows target environments. + format: int32 + example: 9100 + connector_authentication_key: + type: string + description: Unique per Delphix key used to authenticate with the remote + Delphix Connector. + example: secret + is_target: + type: boolean + description: Whether the environment to be created is a target cluster environment. + This property is used only when creating Windows cluster environments. + example: true + ssh_port: + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + description: ssh port of the host. + format: int64 + example: 22 + default: 22 + toolkit_path: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The path for the toolkit that resides on the host. + example: /work + username: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Username of the OS. + example: oracle + password: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Password of the OS. + example: oracle + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + vault: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The name or reference of the vault from which to read the host + credentials. + example: my-vault + vault_username: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Delphix display name for the vault user + example: my-vault-user + hashicorp_vault_engine: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Vault engine name where the credential is stored. + example: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored. + example: oracle-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Key for the username in the key-value store. + example: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Key for the password in the key-value store. + example: secret + cyberark_vault_query_string: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. + example: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + azure_vault_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure key vault name. + example: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store. + example: username + azure_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store. + example: secret + use_kerberos_authentication: + type: boolean + description: Whether to use kerberos authentication. + example: true + use_engine_public_key: + type: boolean + description: Whether to use public key authentication. + example: true + nfs_addresses: + type: array + description: array of ip address or hostnames + example: + - 192.168.10.2 + items: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + ase_db_vault_username: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Delphix display name for the vault user + example: user-123 + ase_db_username: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: username of the SAP ASE database. + example: user-123 + ase_db_password: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: password of the SAP ASE database. + example: test + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + ase_db_vault: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The name or reference of the vault from which to read the ASE + database credentials. + example: my-vault + ase_db_hashicorp_vault_engine: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Vault engine name where the credential is stored. + example: kv + ase_db_hashicorp_vault_secret_path: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored. + example: oracle-env + ase_db_hashicorp_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Key for the username in the key-value store. + example: username + ase_db_hashicorp_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Key for the password in the key-value store. + example: secret + ase_db_cyberark_vault_query_string: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. + example: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + ase_db_use_kerberos_authentication: + type: boolean + description: Whether to use kerberos authentication for ASE DB discovery. + example: true + ase_db_azure_vault_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure key vault name. + example: azure_vault + ase_db_azure_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store. + example: username + ase_db_azure_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store. + example: secret + java_home: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The path to the user managed Java Development Kit (JDK). If + not specified, then the OpenJDK will be used. + example: /Library/Java/JavaVirtualMachines/jdk/Contents/Home + dsp_keystore_path: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: DSP keystore path. + example: /tmp/keystore.keystore + dsp_keystore_password: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: DSP keystore password. + example: temp123 + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + dsp_keystore_alias: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: DSP keystore alias. + example: oracle-src + dsp_truststore_path: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: DSP truststore path. + example: /tmp/truststore.keystore + dsp_truststore_password: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: DSP truststore password. + example: truststore123 + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + description: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The environment description. + example: Unix Orcale source host + tags: + maxItems: 1000 + minItems: 1 + type: array + description: The tags to be created for this environment. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + make_current_account_owner: + type: boolean + description: Whether the account creating this environment must be configured + as owner of the environment. + default: true + EnvironmentRepository: + description: A repository corresponding to the environment. + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Repository' + - type: object + properties: + environment_id: + type: string + description: The environment ID. + EnvironmentUpdateParameters: + type: object + properties: + name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The name of the environment. + example: oracle-environment + staging_environment: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Id of the connector environment which is used to connect to + this source environment. + example: 1-WINDOWS_HOST-1 + cluster_address: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Address of the cluster. This property can be modified for Windows + cluster only. + example: db.host.com + cluster_home: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Absolute path to cluster home directory. This parameter is + for UNIX cluster environments. + example: /u01/app/19.0.0.0/grid + scan: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + example: abc-scan.xyz.com + remote_listener: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + example: remote-listener.xyz.com + ase_db_username: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: username of the SAP ASE database. + example: user-123 + ase_db_password: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: password of the SAP ASE database. + example: test + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + ase_db_vault: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The name or reference of the vault from which to read the ASE + database credentials. + example: my-vault + ase_db_vault_username: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Delphix display name for the vault user + example: user-123 + ase_db_hashicorp_vault_engine: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Vault engine name where the credential is stored. + example: kv + ase_db_hashicorp_vault_secret_path: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored. + example: oracle-env + ase_db_hashicorp_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Key for the username in the key-value store. + example: username + ase_db_hashicorp_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Key for the password in the key-value store. + example: secret + ase_db_cyberark_vault_query_string: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. + example: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + ase_db_azure_vault_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure key vault name. + example: azure_vault + ase_db_azure_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store. + example: username + ase_db_azure_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store. + example: secret + ase_db_use_kerberos_authentication: + type: boolean + description: Whether to use kerberos authentication for ASE DB discovery. + example: true + encryption_enabled: + type: boolean + description: Flag indicating whether the data transfer is encrypted or not. + example: false + description: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The environment description. + example: Unix Orcale source host + EnvironmentUser: + type: object + properties: + user_ref: + maxLength: 4000 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Environment user reference + example: user-ref-1 + username: + maxLength: 4000 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Username of environment user + example: username-1 + primary_user: + type: boolean + description: This indicates if this user is primary or not + example: false + auth_type: + type: string + description: Authentication type of this user. PasswordCredential indicates + username and password are used, SystemKeyCredential indicates public key + based security credential, KeyPairCredential indicates public key based + security credential consisting of a user specified key pair, KerberosCredential + indicates Kerberos authentication, CyberArkVaultCredential indicates CyberArk + Vault is used and HashiCorpVaultCredential indicates that Hashicorp vault + is used for authentication + enum: + - PasswordCredential + - SystemKeyCredential + - KeyPairCredential + - KerberosCredential + - CyberArkVaultCredential + - HashiCorpVaultCredential + - AzureVaultCredential + EnvironmentUserParams: + properties: + username: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Username of the OS. + example: oracle + password: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Password of the OS. + example: oracle + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + vault: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The name or reference of the vault from which to read the host + credentials. + example: my-vault + vault_username: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Delphix display name for the vault user + example: my-vault-user + hashicorp_vault_engine: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Vault engine name where the credential is stored. + example: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored. + example: oracle-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Key for the username in the key-value store. + example: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Key for the password in the key-value store. + example: secret + cyberark_vault_query_string: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. + example: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + azure_vault_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure key vault name. + example: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store. + example: username + azure_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store. + example: secret + use_kerberos_authentication: + type: boolean + description: Whether to use kerberos authentication. + example: true + use_engine_public_key: + type: boolean + description: Whether to use public key authentication. + example: true + Error: + type: object + properties: + message: + type: string + description: Message providing more detail about the error that occurred, + if available. + readOnly: true + object_name: + type: string + description: Name of the object affected by the error. + readOnly: true + ErrorResponse: + type: object + properties: + error: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Error code for any failure + error_description: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Error description for any failure + Errors: + type: array + description: Sadly, sometimes requests to the API are not successful. Failures + can occur for a wide range of reasons. The Errors object contains information + about full or partial failures which might have occurred during the request. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Error' + ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionRequest: + type: object + description: Parameters to execute a compliance job collection. + ExecuteComplianceJobRequest: + type: object + description: Parameters to execute a compliance job. + ExecuteMaskingJobParameters: + type: object + properties: + engine_id: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the Engine to execute this MaskingJob on (Standard + job only). + example: engine-123 + description: Parameters to execute a MaskingJob. + Execution: + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The Execution entity ID. + example: 414ed52c-fa89-455d-9fb9-9c2fa5115f80 + engine_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the engine where this execution ran. + example: '1' + hyperscale_instance_id: + type: string + engine_name: + type: string + description: The name of the engine where this execution ran. + example: prod01 + masking_job_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the masking job that is being executed. + example: '2' + masking_job_name: + type: string + description: The name of the masking job that is being executed. + example: finance-masking-job + source_connector_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the source connector. This field is only used for + multi-tenant jobs that are also on-the-fly. + example: 1-DATABASE-2 + target_connector_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the target connector. This field is only used for + multi-tenant jobs. + example: 1-DATABASE-3 + status: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExecutionStatus' + rows_masked: + type: integer + description: The number of rows masked or profiled so far by this execution. + This is not applicable for JSON file type. + format: int64 + example: 1000 + rows_total: + type: integer + description: The total number of rows that this execution should mask. This + value is set to -1 while the total row count is being calculated. This + is not applicable for JSON file type. + format: int64 + example: 5000 + bytes_processed: + type: integer + description: The number of bytes masked so far by this execution. This is + only applicable for JSON file type. + format: int64 + example: 500 + bytes_total: + type: integer + description: The total number of bytes that this execution should mask. + This value is set to -1 while the total byte count is being calculated. + This is only applicable for JSON file type. + format: int64 + example: 5000000 + start_time: + type: string + description: The date and time that this execution was started. + format: date-time + example: 2021-05-01T09:51:34.148Z + submit_time: + type: string + description: The date and time that this execution was submitted. + format: date-time + example: 2021-05-01T08:51:34.148Z + end_time: + type: string + description: The date and time that this execution completed. + format: date-time + example: 2021-05-01T11:51:34.148Z + run_duration: + type: integer + description: The time this execution spent running, in milliseconds. + format: int64 + example: 4000 + queue_duration: + type: integer + description: The time this execution spent in the queue, in milliseconds. + format: int64 + example: 1000 + total_duration: + type: integer + description: The total time this execution took, in milliseconds. + format: int64 + example: 5000 + account_id: + type: integer + description: The account id of the DCT user who started this execution. + format: int64 + example: 3 + account_name: + type: string + description: The account name of the DCT user who started this execution. + example: username + task_events: + type: array + description: The progression of steps or events performed by this execution. + Only available for executions on masking engines that are version 6.0.14.0 + and higher. + example: + - event: Initializing + status: SUCCEEDED + - event: Job Completed + status: FAILED + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TaskEvent' + hyperscale_task_events: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleTaskEvent' + progress: + type: number + description: Progress of the task (value between 0 and 1, Hyperscale executions + only) + example: 0.34 + execution_components_total: + type: integer + description: The total number of execution components in this execution. + format: int32 + example: 5 + execution_components_processed: + type: integer + description: The number of execution components processed so far in this + execution. + format: int32 + example: 3 + collection_execution_id: + type: string + description: The id of the compliance job collection execution this execution + is part of, if any + example: 54a0cbff-bdc6-49fd-8e71-e8b570524fe9 + data_collection_complete: + type: boolean + description: Indicates whether all peripheral information associated with + the execution, including execution components, execution events, logs + and discovery results, has been fully collected and finalized. + description: The execution of a masking or discovery job. + ExecutionCancelParameters: + type: object + properties: + expected_status: + type: string + description: The expected status of the execution to cancel to prevent cancelling + a queued job that has transitioned to a running state since the request + was issued (Standard Job only). + example: QUEUED + enum: + - QUEUED + - RUNNING + description: Parameters to cancel an execution. + ExecutionComponent: + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The ID of the execution component + example: '123' + name: + type: string + description: The name of the execution component + example: table_a + execution_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the execution + example: 414ed52c-fa89-455d-9fb9-9c2fa5115f80 + status: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExecutionStatus' + rows_masked: + type: integer + description: The number of rows masked or profiled so far in the execution + component. This is not applicable for JSON file type. + format: int64 + example: 1000 + rows_total: + type: integer + description: The total number of rows that should be masked or profiled + in the execution component. This value is set to -1 while the total row + count is being calculated. This is not applicable for JSON file type. + format: int64 + example: 5000 + bytes_processed: + type: integer + description: The number of bytes masked or profiled so far in the component. + This is only applicable to JSON files and ASDD profiling jobs on XML files. + format: int64 + example: 500 + bytes_total: + type: integer + description: The total number of bytes that should be masked or profiled + in the component. This value is set to -1 while the total byte count is + being calculated. This is only applicable to JSON files and ASDD profiling + jobs on XML files. + format: int64 + example: 5000000 + start_time: + type: string + description: The date and time that the masking engine starts operating + on the execution component. + format: date-time + example: 2021-05-01T09:51:34.148Z + end_time: + type: string + description: The date and time that the execution component is placed in + a final state. + format: date-time + example: 2021-05-01T11:51:34.148Z + non_conforming_data_count: + type: integer + description: The non-conforming data count for this execution component. + format: int64 + example: 10 + description: An execution component associated with a job execution + ExecutionComponentLog: + type: object + properties: + execution_component_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the execution component + example: '123' + log: + type: string + description: The execution component log contents + example: 2024/08/29 22:22:52 - newtable-6f323503-9911-3ca0-8843-f7d9f56374de + - Loading transformation from XML file + description: A log containing information about an execution component + ExecutionEvent: + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The ExecutionEvent entity ID. + example: 1-EVENT-1 + execution_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the execution. + example: 414ed52c-fa89-455d-9fb9-9c2fa5115f80 + execution_component_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the execution component. + example: '123' + event_type: + type: string + description: The type of execution event. + example: JOB_ABORTED + enum: + - JOB_ABORTED + - UNMASKED_DATA + - MASKING_FALLBACK + - FILE_PATTERN_NO_MATCH + - DATA_FETCH_FAIL + severity: + type: string + description: The severity of the execution event. + example: INFO + enum: + - INFO + - WARNING + - CRITICAL + cause: + type: string + description: The cause of the execution event. + example: UNHANDLED_EXCEPTION + enum: + - UNHANDLED_EXCEPTION + - IGNORED_EXCEPTION + - PATTERN_MATCH_FAILURE + - PREMASK_TYPE_CONVERSION_FAILURE + - POSTMASK_TYPE_CONVERSION_FAILURE + - EXTENDED_ALGORITHM_FAILURE + - DRIVER_SUPPORT_TASK_FAILURE + - DATA_NOT_FOUND_FAILURE + - INVALID_JOB_CONFIGURATION + - DATA_QUERY_TIMEOUT + count: + type: integer + description: The number of times the execution event occurred. + format: int64 + example: 1 + timestamp: + type: string + description: The date and time that this execution event first occurred. + format: date-time + example: 2023-03-20T08:51:34.148Z + masked_object_name: + type: string + description: The name of the column, field, or other object being masked + when this event occurred, if applicable. + example: ssn + algorithm_name: + type: string + description: The name of the masking algorithm running when this event occurred, + if applicable. + example: SsnTK + exception_type: + type: string + description: The Java class of the exception that triggered this event, + if applicable. + example: SQLException + exception_detail: + type: string + description: The details associated with the Java exception that triggered + this event, if applicable. + example: 'Listener refused the connection with the following error: ORA-12505, + TNS:listener does not currently know of SID given in connect descriptor' + description: Events, such as warnings or errors, associated with job executions. + ExecutionLog: + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The ExecutionLog entity ID. + example: 1-LOG-1 + execution_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the execution. + example: 414ed52c-fa89-455d-9fb9-9c2fa5115f80 + masking_job_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the masking job that is being executed. + example: '2' + status: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExecutionStatus' + log: + type: string + description: The log file contents. + example: ORA-12505, TNS:listener does not currently know of SID given in + connect descriptor + description: A log containing warnings or errors associated with a job execution. + ExecutionStatus: + type: string + description: The status of a masking or discovery job. + example: RUNNING + enum: + - PENDING + - QUEUED + - RUNNING + - CANCELLED + - FAILED + - SUCCEEDED + - WARNING + - WAITING + ExecutionStatusReason: + type: string + description: The reason for the status of a compliance job collection execution. + example: JOB_MISSING + enum: + - NONE + - JOB_FAILURE + - RESOURCE_UNREACHABLE + - DCT_JOB_CANCEL + - ENGINE_JOB_CANCEL + - JOB_MISSING + ExportByLocationParameters: + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters' + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/FilesystemLayoutParameters' + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters' + - required: + - location + type: object + properties: + location: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The timeflow point location to execute the operation. + example: '112233' + ExportBySnapshotParameters: + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters' + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/FilesystemLayoutParameters' + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters' + - type: object + properties: + snapshot_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the snapshot from which to execute the operation. + If snapshot_id is not provided, the latest snapshot will be selected. + ExportByTimestampParameters: + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters' + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/FilesystemLayoutParameters' + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters' + - required: + - timeflow_id + - timestamp + type: object + properties: + timeflow_id: + type: string + description: The Timeflow ID. + example: 1-ORACLE_TIMEFLOW-2 + timestamp: + type: string + description: The timestamp at which to execute the operation. + format: date-time + example: 2025-01-31T08:51:34.148Z + ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters: + type: object + properties: + unique_name: + type: string + description: The unique name of the database. + example: DBOMSRBBDC6C + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + database_name: + type: string + description: The name of the database. + example: DBOMSRBB + repository_id: + type: string + description: The repository_id to use for this operation. + example: 1-ORACLE_INSTALL-1 + environment_user_ref: + type: string + description: The environment user reference. + example: HOST_USER-10 + tde_keystore_password: + type: string + description: The password for the Transparent Data Encryption keystore associated + with this database. + example: password + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + tde_keystore_config_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum' + oracle_instance_name: + maxLength: 15 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$ + type: string + description: SID of the exported database + example: DBOMSRBBDC6C + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + instance_number: + type: integer + description: The number of the instance. + format: int32 + example: 1 + instances: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleRACDatabaseInstance' + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + mount_base: + type: string + description: The base mount point to use for the NFS mounts for the temporary + VDB. + example: /tmp/provision + config_params: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: Database configuration parameter overrides. + nullable: true + example: + param: value + param2: value2 + cdb_id: + type: string + description: ID of an Oracle multitenant database this pluggable database + belongs to. + example: CDOMLOSRB5A3 + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + parent_tde_keystore_path: + type: string + description: Path to a copy of the parent's Oracle transparent data encryption + keystore on the target host. + example: /work/tde/parent_keystore + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + parent_tde_keystore_password: + type: string + description: The password of the keystore specified in parentTdeKeystorePath. + example: password + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + tde_exported_keyfile_secret: + type: string + description: Secret to be used while exporting and importing vPDB encryption + keys. + example: secret + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + tde_key_identifier: + type: string + description: Virtual database master encryption key id, as recorded in v$encryption_keys.key_id. + example: Ae5Eo6WB208lv+XJfXMTv8sAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + crs_database_name: + type: string + description: The Oracle Clusterware database name. + example: DBOMSR9051BF + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle + recover_database: + type: boolean + description: If specified, then take the exported database through recovery + procedures, if necessary, to reach a consistent point. + example: true + default: true + file_mapping_rules: + type: string + description: Database file mapping rules. + enable_cdc: + type: boolean + description: Indicates whether to enable Change Data Capture (CDC) or not + on exported database(MSSql Only). + example: false + default: false + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: mssql + recovery_model: + type: string + description: Recovery model of the database (MSSql Only). + example: FULL + enum: + - FULL + - SIMPLE + - BULK_LOGGED + default: FULL + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: mssql + mirroring_state: + type: string + description: Recovery model of the database (MSSql Only). + example: SUSPENDED + enum: + - SUSPENDED + - DISCONNECTED + - SYNCHRONIZING + - PENDING_FAILOVER + - SYNCHRONIZED + - NOT_SYNCHRONIZED + - FAILOVER_POSSIBLE + - NONE + default: NONE + x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: mssql + ExportDSourceResponse: + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + ExportFromBookmarkParameters: + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters' + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/FilesystemLayoutParameters' + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters' + - required: + - bookmark_id + type: object + properties: + bookmark_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the bookmark from which to execute the operation. + ExportVdbResponse: + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + FailoverNamespaceParameters: + type: object + properties: + enable_failback: + type: boolean + description: Whether to enable failback for the datasets being failed over. + default: false + description: The parameters to failover a Namespace. + FilesystemLayoutParameters: + type: object + properties: + targetDirectory: + type: string + description: The base directory to use for the exported database. + example: /work/v2pdb + dataDirectory: + type: string + description: The directory for data files. + example: /work/v2pdb/data + archiveDirectory: + type: string + description: The directory for archive files. + example: /work/v2pdb/archive + externalDirectory: + type: string + description: The directory for external files. + example: /work/v2pdb/external + tempDirectory: + type: string + description: The directory for temporary files. + example: /work/v2pdb/temp + scriptDirectory: + type: string + description: The directory for script files. + example: /work/v2pdb/script + useAbsolutePathForDataFiles: + type: boolean + description: Whether to use absolute path for data files (Oracle only). + example: false + GenerateDataAttribute: + required: + - values + type: object + properties: + label: + type: string + description: An optional label for the data attribute. Attributes that are + adjectives typically do not require a label, while nouns typically will. + For example, value=Italian vs. label=Country, value=Italy. + values: + maxItems: 32 + minItems: 1 + type: array + description: Values for the data attribute. Distinct prompts will be made + to the generative AI for each value and a mix of results will be present + in the generated list + items: + type: string + description: A data attribute used in AI value generation + GenerateDataOperation: + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The id of this data generation request. + readOnly: true + example: a638d976-6b7e-43f4-9212-90f4dc6d405c + name: + type: string + description: A name for this data generation request. This name will be + used for the generated file, if requested. + example: German first names + description: + type: string + description: A description of this data generation request + example: A list of 200 German first names + status: + type: string + description: The status of this data generation request + example: STARTED + enum: + - PENDING + - STARTED + - FAILED + - COMPLETED + data_type: + type: string + description: The type of data to generate + example: first name + attributes: + type: array + description: Attributes to use when generating some values. Generation will + iterate over each attribute, so each attribute will apply to a subset + of the generated values + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/GenerateDataAttribute' + max_value_length: + type: integer + description: The maximum length in characters for each generated value. + Generated values which are too long are discarded. + format: int32 + example: 20 + requested_count: + type: integer + description: The number of values to generate. + format: int32 + example: 65 + generated_count: + type: integer + description: The number of values actually generated. + format: int32 + example: 65 + filter_characters: + type: string + description: A Java regular expression that matches each character to filter + from the generated values. + allow_duplicates: + type: boolean + description: Whether to allow duplicate values in the generated value list. + trim_values: + type: boolean + description: Whether to trim leading and trailing whitespace from generated + values. + multiline_values: + type: boolean + description: Whether to allow generation of multiline values. Values generated + with this setting true cannot be exported to secure lookup files. When + this value is false, multiline values are rejected. + account_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the account who created this data generate operation. + example: '1' + submit_time: + type: string + description: The date and time this data generate request was created. + format: date-time + example: 2022-11-15T08:51:34Z + start_time: + type: string + description: The date and time this data generate request began processing. + format: date-time + example: 2022-11-15T08:52:12Z + end_time: + type: string + description: The date and time this data generate request was completed. + format: date-time + example: 2022-11-15T09:07:00Z + expiration_time: + type: string + description: The time after which the generated values and associated operation + record will be automatically deleted. No value means the data will be + retained indefinitely. + format: date-time + example: 2022-11-16T09:07:00Z + error_tolerance: + type: integer + description: The error tolerance value specified during value generation + format: int32 + example: 300 + ai_orchestrator_id: + type: string + description: The id of the AI orchestrator that processed this generate + operation. + llm_model_name: + type: string + description: The full name of the LLM model used. + example: llama3.2:1b + priority: + type: integer + description: The request priority, where higher values mean higher priority. + format: int32 + example: 0 + description: The stored representation of an AI data generation operation + GenerateDataRequest: + required: + - data_type + - multiline_values + - name + type: object + properties: + name: + type: string + description: A name for this data generation request. This name will be + used for the generated file, if requested. + example: German first names + description: + type: string + description: An optional description for this data generation request + example: A list of 65 German first names + data_type: + type: string + description: The type of data to generate + example: first name + attributes: + maxItems: 10 + minItems: 0 + type: array + description: Attributes to use when generating some values. For each attribute, + generation will iterate over each value, so each attribute value will + apply to a subset of the generated values. An empty "" in the values list + will cause generation skip this attribute for some generated values. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/GenerateDataAttribute' + max_value_length: + maximum: 4000 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + description: The maximum length in characters for each generated value. + Generated values which are too long are discarded. The default value depends + on whether multiline_values is enabled. + format: int32 + example: 20 + requested_count: + maximum: 10000 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + description: The number of values to generate + format: int32 + example: 65 + default: 10 + filter_characters: + type: string + description: A Java regular expression that matches each character to filter + from the generated values. + example: '[{}]' + default: '' + allow_duplicates: + type: boolean + description: Whether to allow duplicate values in the generated value list + default: false + trim_values: + type: boolean + description: Whether to trim leading and trailing whitespace from generated + values. + default: true + multiline_values: + type: boolean + description: Whether to allow generation of multiline values. Values generated + with this setting true cannot be exported to secure lookup files. When + this value is false, multiline values are rejected. + retention_time: + type: integer + description: The length of time, in seconds, that generated values should + be made available in the API. Values will always be available while the + generated request is running. No value means data will be retained indefinitely. + format: int64 + example: 3600 + error_tolerance: + type: integer + description: The quantity of unusable, duplicate or failed LLM prompts allowed + before the generate operation will fail. This value is expressed as a + percentage multiple of total expected number of prompts need to complete + the generate operation. Given the high likelihood of duplicate values, + this value should not be decreased unless it is critical to time/resource + bound the generate operation. + format: int32 + example: 500 + default: 300 + priority: + type: integer + description: The request priority, where higher values mean higher priority. + This will typically be 0 for bulk operations and 1 for sample generation. + format: int32 + example: 0 + default: 0 + description: The parameters for an AI data generation operation + GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse: + type: object + description: The deletion dependencies of a snapshot. + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse' + GlobalProperties: + title: GlobalProperties + type: object + properties: + disable_username_password: + type: boolean + description: Property to define either username & password based authentication + disabled or not. + example: true + dct_analytics_upload_cadence: + maximum: 30 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + description: Property to define the DCT Analytics bundle upload cadence, + in days, if Delphix services are reachable. + example: 30 + dct_analytics_maximum_transfer_size: + maximum: 1073741824 + minimum: 1048576 + type: integer + description: Property to define the maximum uncompressed bundle transfer + size, in bytes, for DCT Analytics. + example: 1073741824 + token_expiry_time: + minimum: -1 + type: integer + description: Property to define the expiry time for login token, in seconds. + Specify -1 to indicate never expiry of token. + example: 86400 + token_maximum_inactivity_time: + minimum: -1 + type: integer + description: Property to define the maximum user inactivity time for login + token, in seconds. Specify -1 to indicate never invalidate of token due + to inactivity. + example: 3600 + feature_flags: + type: array + description: List of enabled features. + example: + - ENGINE_DEEP_LINK + - DSOURCE_LINKING + items: + type: string + api_key_expiry_time: + minimum: -1 + type: integer + description: Property to define the expiry time for API key, in seconds. + Specify -1 to indicate never expiry of tapi key. + example: 86400 + allowed_ip_ranges: + type: array + description: Restricts the IP ranges DCT will connect to when registering + engines. + example: + - 192.0.0.0/8 + - 172.0.0.0/16 + items: + type: string + description: Global properties response. + GlobalTag: + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: ID of the tag. + example: 54290b71-58cd-463d-bd62-7219d4c4d2d5 + key: + type: string + description: Key of the tag + example: key-1 + value: + type: string + description: Value of the tag + example: value-1 + used_for_access: + type: boolean + description: True if this tag is used in any access group scopes. + example: true + usage_count: + type: integer + description: The number of objects this tag applies to. + format: int32 + example: 42 + description: A label attached to objects for informational purposes or to provide + access control. + GlobalTagPermissions: + type: object + properties: + access_group_name: + type: string + description: Name of the access group with a scope that includes this tag. + example: Developers + access_group_id: + type: string + description: ID of the access group with a scope that includes this tag. + example: e550f5c7-5edb-4e15-8899-1ef845fc0030 + scope_name: + type: string + description: Name of the scope that includes this tag. + example: devops + scope_id: + type: string + description: ID of the scope that includes this tag. + example: 2fd66f99-d836-4c73-8c21-141a86391707 + role_name: + type: string + description: Name of the role being scoped by this tag. + example: admin + object_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ObjectTypeEnum' + permissions: + type: array + description: List of permissions scoped to this tag. + example: + - CREATE + - READ + - UPDATE + - DELETE + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PermissionEnum' + description: An instance of using a tag to scope an access group. + GlobalTagUsage: + type: object + properties: + object_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ObjectTypeEnum' + object_id: + type: string + description: ID of the object this tag applies to. + example: 5835c60d-2155-1234-8c54-b4dff23d89c5 + object_name: + type: string + description: Name of the object this tag applies to. + nullable: true + example: Name + creator_account_id: + type: integer + description: ID of the account that applied this tag to the object. + format: int64 + nullable: true + example: 1 + creator_account_name: + type: string + description: Name of the account that applied this tag to the object. + nullable: true + example: John Doe + description: An instance of applying a tag to a specific object. + HashicorpVault: + title: HashicorpVault + type: object + properties: + id: + type: integer + format: int64 + nullable: false + readOnly: true + env_variables: + type: object + additionalProperties: + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: | + Environment variables to set when invoking the Vault CLI tool. The environment variables will be used both + to login to the vault (if this step is required) and to retrieve engine username and passwords. + example: + VAULT_ADDR: https://vault.company.co:8200 + VAULT_TOKEN: token-to-retrieve-secrets + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + login_command_args: + maxItems: 100 + minItems: 1 + type: array + description: | + Arguments to the "vault" CLI tool to be used to fetch a client token (or "login"). + If supporting files, such as TLS certificates, must be used to authenticate, they can be + mounted to the /etc/config directory. + This property must not be set when using the TOKEN authentication method as login is not required. + example: + - login + - -method=cert + - -client-cert=/etc/config/cert.pem + - -client-key=/etc/config/key.pem + - write + - auth/approle/login + - role_id=123 + - secret_id=456 + items: + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + tags: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + description: Configuration required to connect and authenticate with an Hashicorp + Vault which stores engines username and passwords. + HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse: + type: object + description: The deletion dependencies of a held space. + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse' + Hook: + properties: + name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + example: Print the current user + command: + minLength: 1 + type: string + example: whoami + shell: + type: string + example: bash + enum: + - bash + - shell + - expect + - ps + - psd + element_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + example: '0' + has_credentials: + type: boolean + example: false + credentials_env_vars: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/CredentialsEnvVariable' + hook_template_id: + type: string + example: Hook Template 1 + HookTemplate: + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + dct_managed: + type: boolean + description: Whether this hook template is managed by DCT or by an individual + Delphix Engine. + description: + type: string + shell: + type: string + enum: + - bash + - shell + - expect + - ps + - psd + default: bash + command: + type: string + credentials_env_vars: + type: array + description: List of environment variables that will contain credentials + for this operation. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/CredentialsEnvVariable' + engine_id: + type: string + compatible_engine_id: + type: string + tags: + type: array + description: The tags that are applied to this hook template. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + Host: + type: object + properties: + id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The entity ID of this Host. + example: 3-UNIX_HOST-5 + reference: + type: string + description: Delphix engine equivalent constant + example: UNIX_HOST-5 + hostname: + type: string + description: The hostname or IP address of this host. + example: linux.dev.delphix.com + os_name: + type: string + description: The name of the OS on this host. + example: Linux + os_version: + type: string + description: The version of the OS on this host. + example: Red Hat Enterprise Linux Server release 7.3 (Maipo) + distribution: + type: string + description: The name of the OS distribution on this host. + example: RedHat + memory_size: + type: integer + description: The total amount of memory on this host in bytes. + format: int64 + example: 8382160896 + available: + type: boolean + description: True if the host is up and a connection can be established + from the engine. + example: false + available_timestamp: + type: string + description: The last time the available property was updated. + format: date-time + example: 2022-06-02T17:49:11.457Z + not_available_reason: + type: string + description: The reason why the host is not available. + example: Failed to connect to host + oracle_cluster_node_reference: + type: string + description: The reference to the associated OracleClusterNode. + example: ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1 + oracle_cluster_node_name: + type: string + description: The name of the associated OracleClusterNode. + example: my-favorite-cluster-node + oracle_cluster_node_enabled: + type: boolean + description: Whether the associated OracleClusterNode is enabled. + example: true + oracle_cluster_node_discovered: + type: boolean + description: Whether the associated OracleClusterNode was discovered. + example: true + oracle_cluster_node_virtual_ips: + type: array + description: The Virtual IP addresses associated with the OracleClusterNode. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleVirtualIP' + oracle_cluster_node_instances: + type: array + description: The instances associated with the OracleClusterNode. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleClusterNodeInstance' + windows_cluster_node_reference: + type: string + description: The reference to the associated WindowsClusterNode. + example: WINDOWS_CLUSTER_NODE-1 + windows_cluster_node_name: + type: string + description: The name of the associated WindowsClusterNode. + example: my-favorite-cluster-node + windows_cluster_node_discovered: + type: boolean + description: Whether the associated Windows cluster node was discovered. + example: true + nfs_addresses: + uniqueItems: true + type: array + description: The list of host/IP addresses to use for NFS export. + example: + - 192.168.10.2 + items: + type: string + dsp_keystore_alias: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The lowercase alias to use inside the user managed DSP keystore. + example: oracle-env + dsp_keystore_path: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The path to the user managed DSP keystore. + example: /tmp/keystore.keystore + dsp_truststore_path: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The path to the user managed DSP truststore. + example: /tmp/truststore.keystore + java_home: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The path to the user managed Java Development Kit (JDK). If + not specified, then the OpenJDK will be used. + example: /Library/Java/JavaVirtualMachines/jdk/Contents/Home + ssh_port: + type: integer + description: The port number used to connect to the host via SSH. + example: 22 + toolkit_path: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The path for the toolkit that resides on the host. + example: /work + connector_port: + type: integer + description: The port that the Windows Connector connects on. + example: 9100 + connector_version: + type: string + description: The Windows Connector version that is installed on the provided + host. + example: 1.17.0 + connector_dot_net_framework_version: + type: string + description: The .NET Framework version used for Windows Connector Service. + example: '3.5' + oracle_tde_keystores_root_path: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The path to the root of the Oracle TDE keystores artifact directories. + example: /keystore/root/path + oracle_tde_okv_home_path: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The path to the Oracle Key Vault library installation on the + database node. + example: /work/okv + processor_type: + type: string + description: The platform for the host machine. + example: x86_64 + timezone: + type: string + description: The OS timezone. + example: America/New_York,EST-0500 + powershell_version: + type: string + description: The PowerShell version installed on the windows target host. + example: 5.1.17763.134 + release: + type: string + description: The OS release. + example: '6.3' + trace_route_info: + type: string + description: Traceroute network hops from host to Delphix Engine. + example: 1 <1 ms <1 ms <1 ms 10.110.232.122 + is_tde_external_key_manager_password_set: + type: boolean + description: True if Oracle TDE External key Manager password is set. + example: true + description: A physical/virtual server. + HostCreateParameters: + required: + - address + properties: + name: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The name to associate with the host. + hostname: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The hostname or IP address of this host. + example: db1.host.com + nfs_addresses: + type: array + description: The list of host/IP addresses to use for NFS export. + example: + - 192.168.10.2 + items: + minLength: 1 + type: string + ssh_port: + type: integer + description: The port number used to connect to the host via SSH. + example: 22 + default: 22 + privilege_elevation_profile_reference: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Reference to a profile for escalating user privileges. + dsp_keystore_alias: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The lowercase alias to use inside the user managed DSP keystore. + dsp_keystore_password: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The password for the user managed DSP keystore. + format: password + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + dsp_keystore_path: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The path to the user managed DSP keystore. + dsp_truststore_password: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The password for the user managed DSP truststore. + format: password + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + dsp_truststore_path: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The path to the user managed DSP truststore. + java_home: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The path to the user managed Java Development Kit (JDK). If + not specified, then the OpenJDK will be used. + toolkit_path: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The path for the toolkit that resides on the host. + oracle_jdbc_keystore_password: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The password for the user managed Oracle JDBC keystore. + format: password + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + oracle_tde_keystores_root_path: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The path to the root of the Oracle TDE keystores artifact directories. + ssh_verification_strategy: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SSHVerificationStrategy' + oracle_cluster_node_virtual_ips: + type: array + description: The Virtual IP addresses associated with the OracleClusterNode. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleVirtualIP' + HostUpdateParameters: + type: object + properties: + hostname: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: host address of the machine. + example: db.host.com + oracle_cluster_node_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The name of the associated OracleClusterNode. + example: my-favorite-cluster-node + oracle_cluster_node_enabled: + type: boolean + description: Whether the associated OracleClusterNode is enabled. + example: true + oracle_cluster_node_virtual_ips: + type: array + description: The Virtual IP addresses associated with the OracleClusterNode. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleVirtualIP' + nfs_addresses: + type: array + description: array of ip addresses or hostnames + example: + - 192.168.10.2 + items: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + ssh_port: + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + description: ssh port of the host. + format: int64 + example: 22 + toolkit_path: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The path for the toolkit that resides on the host. + example: /work + java_home: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The path to the user managed Java Development Kit (JDK). If + not specified, then the OpenJDK will be used. + example: /Library/Java/JavaVirtualMachines/jdk/Contents/Home + dsp_keystore_path: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: DSP keystore path. + example: /tmp/keystore.keystore + dsp_keystore_password: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: DSP keystore password. + example: temp123 + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + dsp_keystore_alias: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: DSP keystore alias. + example: oracle-src + dsp_truststore_path: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: DSP truststore path. + example: /tmp/truststore.keystore + dsp_truststore_password: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: DSP truststore password. + example: truststore123 + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + connector_port: + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + description: Specify port on which Delphix connector will run. + format: int32 + example: 9100 + oracle_jdbc_keystore_password: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The password for the user managed Oracle JDBC keystore. + format: password + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + oracle_tde_keystores_root_path: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The path to the root of the Oracle TDE keystores artifact directories. + ssh_verification_strategy: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SSHVerificationStrategy' + connector_authentication_key: + type: string + description: Unique per Delphix key used to authenticate with the remote + Delphix Connector. + example: secret + oracle_tde_okv_home_path: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The path to the Oracle Key Vault library installation on the + database node. + example: /work/okv + oracle_tde_external_key_manager_credential: + maxLength: 128 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The credential of the tde keystore external keys management + system like Oracle Key Vault or Hardware Security Module. + example: password + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + HyperscaleConnector: + title: HyperscaleConnector type: object properties: id: - description: The ReplicationProfile ID. type: string + description: The ID of the Hyperscale Connector. + readOnly: true + hyperscale_instance_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the Hyperscale instance of this Connector. + data_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleDataTypeEnum' + name: + type: string + source_username: + type: string + description: The username this Connector will use to connect to the source + database. + source_password: + type: string + description: The password this Connector will use to connect to the source + database. + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + source_jdbc_url: + type: string + description: The JDBC URL used to connect to the source database. + source_mongo_url: + type: string + description: The MongoDB URL used to connect to the source database. + example: mongodb://host:27017 + source_filesystem_path: + type: string + description: The path on the filesystem where source files must be read + (Delimited files Only). + source_connection_properties: + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + target_username: + type: string + description: The username this Connector will use to connect to the target + database. + target_password: + type: string + description: The username this Connector will use to connect to the target + database. + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + target_jdbc_url: + type: string + description: The JDBC URL used to connect to the target database. + target_mongo_url: + type: string + description: The MongoDB URL used to connect to the target database. + example: mongodb://host:27017 + target_filesystem_path: + type: string + description: The path on the filesystem where target files must be written + (Delimited files Only). + target_connection_properties: + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + tags: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + description: A Hyperscale connector to read/write data from/to a datasource. + HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters: + title: HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters + type: object + properties: + hyperscale_instance_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the Hyperscale instance of this Connector. + data_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleDataTypeEnum' name: - description: The ReplicationProfile name. type: string - type: - description: The ReplicationProfile type. + source_username: type: string - engine_id: - description: The ID of the engine that the ReplicationProfile belongs to. + description: The username this Connector will use to connect to the source + database. + source_password: type: string - replication_tag: - description: Globally unique identifier for this ReplicationProfile. + description: The password this Connector will use to connect to the source + database. + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + source_jdbc_url: type: string - replication_objects: - description: The objects that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. - type: array - items: + description: The JDBC URL used to connect to the source database. + source_mongo_url: + type: string + description: The MongoDB URL used to connect to the source database. + example: mongodb://host:27017 + source_filesystem_path: + type: string + description: The path on the filesystem where source files must be read + (Delimited files Only). + source_connection_properties: + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + target_username: + type: string + description: The username this Connector will use to connect to the target + database. + target_password: + type: string + description: The username this Connector will use to connect to the target + database. + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + target_jdbc_url: + type: string + description: The JDBC URL used to connect to the target database. + target_mongo_url: + type: string + description: The MongoDB URL used to connect to the target database. + example: mongodb://host:27017 + target_filesystem_path: + type: string + description: The path on the filesystem where target files must be written + (Delimited files Only). + target_connection_properties: + type: object + additionalProperties: type: string tags: - description: The tags that are applied to this ReplicationProfile. type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - enable_tag_replication: - description: Indicates whether tag replication from primary object to replica object is enable or disabled for this ReplicationProfile. - type: boolean - EnableDsourceParameters: - description: The parameters to enable a dSource. - type: object - properties: - attempt_start: - description: Whether to attempt a startup of the source after the enable. - type: boolean - default: true - DisableDsourceParameters: - type: object - properties: - attempt_cleanup: - description: Whether to attempt a cleanup of the database from the environment before the disable. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + make_current_account_owner: type: boolean + description: Whether the account creating this Hyperscale Connector must + be configured as owner of it. default: true - AuditLogsSummary: - description: The summary of actions performed by an account. + description: Parameters to create a Hyperscale Connector. + HyperscaleConnectorUpdateParameters: + title: HyperscaleConnectorUpdateParameters type: object properties: - account_id: - type: integer - format: int64 - account_first_name: + name: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - account_last_name: + source_username: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - vdb_refreshes: - description: The number of VDB refreshes performed by the account. - type: integer - format: int32 - masking_jobs: - description: The number of compliance jobs executed by the account. - type: integer - format: int32 - EnginePerformanceAnalytic: - description: Analytics Information of the engine. + description: The username this Connector will use to connect to the source + database. + source_password: + type: string + description: The password this Connector will use to connect to the source + database. + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + source_jdbc_url: + type: string + description: The JDBC URL used to connect to the source database. + source_mongo_url: + type: string + description: The MongoDB URL used to connect to the source database. + example: mongodb://host:27017 + source_filesystem_path: + type: string + description: The path on the filesystem where source files must be read + (Delimited files Only). + source_connection_properties: + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + target_username: + type: string + description: The username this Connector will use to connect to the target + database. + target_password: + type: string + description: The username this Connector will use to connect to the target + database. + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + target_jdbc_url: + type: string + description: The JDBC URL used to connect to the target database. + target_mongo_url: + type: string + description: The MongoDB URL used to connect to the target database. + example: mongodb://host:27017 + target_filesystem_path: + type: string + description: The path on the filesystem where target files must be written + (Delimited files Only). + target_connection_properties: + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: The updatable properties of a Hyperscale Connector. + HyperscaleDataTypeEnum: + type: string + description: The data type designation for the hyperscale deployment. + example: ORACLE + enum: + - ORACLE + - MSSQL + - DELIMITED_FILES + - MONGO_DB + HyperscaleDataset: + title: HyperscaleDataset type: object properties: - engine_name: - description: The engine name. + id: type: string - engine_id: - description: The engine id. + description: The ID of the Hyperscale Dataset. + hyperscale_instance_id: type: string - engine_type: - description: The engine type. + description: The ID of the Hyperscale instance of this Dataset. + data_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleDataTypeEnum' + mount_point_id: type: string - enum: [ VIRTUALIZATION, MASKING, UNSET ] - aggregation_period: - description: The time period by which engine performance analytics data is being aggregated, in hours. - type: integer - cpu_cores_count: - description: The total number of CPU cores on this engine. - type: integer - cpu_utilization: - description: The total cpu utilization of this engine, in percentage. - type: number - format: double - total_memory: - description: The total amount of memory on this engine, in bytes. - type: integer - format: int64 - average_disk_latency_read: - description: The average I/O latency of disk for read operation, in nanoseconds. - type: integer - format: int64 - average_disk_latency_write: - description: The average I/O latency of disk for write operation, in nanoseconds. - type: integer - format: int64 - average_disk_latency_total: - description: The average I/O latency of disk for both (read and write) operations, in nanoseconds. - type: integer - format: int64 - average_disk_throughput_read: - description: The average I/O throughput of disk for read operation, in bytes/s. - type: integer - format: int64 - average_disk_throughput_write: - description: The average I/O throughput of disk for write operation, in bytes/s. - type: integer - format: int64 - average_disk_throughput_total: - description: The average I/O throughput of disk for both (read and write) operations, in bytes/s. - type: integer - format: int64 - average_disk_iops_read: - description: The average number of read I/O operations of disk per seconds. - type: integer - format: int64 - average_disk_iops_write: - description: The average number of write I/O operations of disk per seconds. - type: integer - format: int64 - average_disk_iops_total: - description: The average number of read and write I/O operations of disk per seconds. - type: integer - format: int64 - average_nfs_latency_read: - description: The average I/O latency of nfs for read operation, in nanoseconds. - type: integer - format: int64 - average_nfs_latency_write: - description: The average I/O latency of nfs for write operation, in nanoseconds. - type: integer - format: int64 - average_nfs_latency_total: - description: The average I/O latency of nfs for both (read and write) operation, in nanoseconds. - type: integer - format: int64 - average_nfs_throughput_read: - description: The average I/O throughput of disk for read operations, in bytes/s. - type: integer - format: int64 - average_nfs_throughput_write: - description: The average I/O throughput of nfs for write operations, in bytes/s. - type: integer - format: int64 - average_nfs_throughput_total: - description: The average I/O throughput of nfs for both (read and write) operations, in bytes/s. - type: integer - format: int64 - average_nfs_iops_read: - description: The average number of read I/O operations of nfs per seconds. - type: integer - format: int64 - average_nfs_iops_write: - description: The average number of write I/O operations of nfs per seconds. - type: integer - format: int64 - average_nfs_iops_total: - description: The average number of read and write I/O operations of nfs per seconds. - type: integer - format: int64 - average_iscsi_latency_read: - description: The average I/O latency of iSCSI for read operation, in nanoseconds. - type: integer - format: int64 - average_iscsi_latency_write: - description: The average I/O latency of iSCSI for write operation, in nanoseconds. - type: integer - format: int64 - average_iscsi_latency_total: - description: The average I/O latency of iSCSI for both (read and write) operation, in nanoseconds. - type: integer - format: int64 - average_iscsi_throughput_read: - description: The average I/O throughput of iSCSI read operations, in bytes/s. - type: integer - format: int64 - average_iscsi_throughput_write: - description: The average I/O throughput of iSCSI for write operations, in bytes/s. - type: integer - format: int64 - average_iscsi_throughput_total: - description: The average I/O throughput of iSCSI for both (read and write) operations, in bytes/s. - type: integer - format: int64 - average_iscsi_iops_read: - description: The average number of read I/O operations of iSCSI per seconds. - type: integer - format: int64 - average_iscsi_iops_write: - description: The average number of write I/O operations of iSCSI per seconds. - type: integer - format: int64 - average_iscsi_iops_total: - description: The average number of read and write I/O operations of iSCSI per seconds. + description: The Id of the Hyperscale Mount Point used for this Dataset. + connector_id: + type: string + description: Id the Hyperscale Connector used to read sensitive data and + write masked data. + tags: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + description: A Hyperscale Dataset. + HyperscaleDatasetTableOrFile: + title: HyperscaleDatasetTableOrFile + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The ID of the Hyperscale Dataset table or file. + schema_name: + type: string + description: Name of the table schema (Oracle/MSSql only). + table_name: + type: string + description: Name of the table (Oracle/MSSql only). + collection_name: + type: string + description: Name of the collection (MongoDB only). + database_name: + type: string + description: Name of the database (MongoDB only). + filter_key: + type: string + description: The unique database column field to filter the source data. + column_array_rows: type: integer + description: The number of column array rows to be used by the sqlldr oracle + utility which determines the number of rows loaded before the stream buffer + is built. format: int64 - average_network_throughput_transmit: - description: The average bytes transmitted on the network interface, in bytes/s. + unload_split: type: integer + description: The number of unloaded files to be generated from the source + database. format: int64 - average_network_throughput_receive: - description: The average bytes received on the network interface, in bytes/s. + stream_size: type: integer + description: Long The stream size to be used by the sqlldr oracle utility + which specifies the size (in bytes) of the data stream sent from the client + to the server. format: int64 - - EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrend: - type: object - properties: - trend_type: + end_of_record: type: string - enum: - - CPU_UTILIZATION - - NETWORK_THROUGHPUT_TRANSMIT - - NETWORK_THROUGHPUT_RECEIVE - - DISK_LATENCY_WRITE - - DISK_LATENCY_READ - - DISK_LATENCY_TOTAL - - DISK_THROUGHPUT_WRITE - - DISK_THROUGHPUT_READ - - DISK_THROUGHPUT_TOTAL - - DISK_IOPS_READ - - DISK_IOPS_WRITE - - DISK_IOPS_TOTAL - - NFS_LATENCY_WRITE - - NFS_LATENCY_READ - - NFS_LATENCY_TOTAL - - NFS_THROUGHPUT_WRITE - - NFS_THROUGHPUT_READ - - NFS_THROUGHPUT_TOTAL - - NFS_IOPS_WRITE - - NFS_IOPS_READ - - NFS_IOPS_TOTAL - - iSCSI_LATENCY_WRITE - - iSCSI_LATENCY_READ - - iSCSI_LATENCY_TOTAL - - iSCSI_THROUGHPUT_WRITE - - iSCSI_THROUGHPUT_READ - - iSCSI_THROUGHPUT_TOTAL - - iSCSI_IOPS_WRITE - - iSCSI_IOPS_READ - - iSCSI_IOPS_TOTAL - example: 'CPU_UTILIZATION' - engine_id: - description: The engine id. + description: The end of line character. Support values are \n, \r and \r\n + (Delimited files only). + delimiter: type: string - aggregation_period: - description: The time period by which engine performance analytics data is being aggregated, in hours. - type: integer - example: 6 - datapoint: + description: The single character length delimiter used in source files + (Delimited files only). + enclosure: + type: string + description: The single character length quote character used in the source + files (Delimited files only). + enclosure_escape_character: + type: string + description: The escape character used to escape quote characters (Delimited + files only). + escape_enclosure_escape_character: + type: boolean + description: Whether to escape the enclosure escape character (Delimited + files only). + has_headers: + type: boolean + description: Whether source files have header column names or not (Delimited + files only). If set to true, format files with the same column names are + created and the same can be used for the masking inventory. If set to + false, the column names of pattern f0, f1, f2, and so on are used to create + the format files for delimited file masking. + unique_source_files_identifier: + type: string + description: This is the source key that maps the load-service and masking-service + data sets with the unload-service data set (Delimited files only). Please + ensure that this value is different for each HyperscaleDatasetTableOrFile. + source_files: + type: array + description: List of all source files that need to be masked (Delimited + files only). All files should have the same delimiter character and other + helper characters. All files should have the same number of columns and + same column names if it has a header line. + items: + type: string + perform_join: + type: boolean + description: Whether the split files must be joined (Delimited files only). + masking_inventory: type: array + description: DataSet information for masking inventory. items: + title: HyperscaleColumnOrField type: object properties: - data: + field_name: + type: string + description: Name of the field. + domain_name: + type: string + description: The name of the domain assigned to this field. + algorithm_name: + type: string + description: The name of the algorithm assigned to this field. + date_format: + type: string + description: The format of the date assigned to this field. + algorithm_field_name: + type: string + description: The name of the algorithm field that is associated with + this algorithm. + algorithm_group_no: type: integer + description: The group number of the algorithm to identify a set of + columns associated with one instance of algorithm. format: int64 - time: - type: string - format: date-time - - AuditLogsSummaryTotals: - description: The global totals of different actions performed across all accounts. + description: A table or file which is part of a hyperscale dataset. + HyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileUpdateParameters: + title: HyperscaleDatasetTableOrFile type: object properties: - total_vdb_refreshes: + filter_key: + type: string + description: The unique database column field to filter the source data. + Set this property to an empty string to clear the value. + column_array_rows: type: integer - format: int32 - total_masking_jobs: + description: The number of column array rows to be used by the sqlldr oracle + utility which determines the number of rows loaded before the stream buffer + is built. + format: int64 + unload_split: type: integer - format: int32 - ObjectPermissionsResponse: - description: The object permissions for a given object in DCT based on object type and object id. - type: object - properties: - accounts: - description: The Accounts permitted for this object. - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ObjectPermissionAccount' - ObjectPermissionAccount: - description: The account details for object permission. - type: object - properties: - id: - description: Numeric ID of the Account. + description: The number of unloaded files to be generated from the source + database. + format: int64 + stream_size: type: integer + description: Long The stream size to be used by the sqlldr oracle utility + which specifies the size (in bytes) of the data stream sent from the client + to the server. format: int64 - first_name: - description: First name of the Account. + end_of_record: type: string - last_name: - description: Last name of the Account. + description: The end of line character. Support values are \n, \r and \r\n + (Delimited files only). + delimiter: type: string - email: - description: Email of the Account. + description: The single character length delimiter used in source files + (Delimited files only). + enclosure: type: string - access_groups: - description: Access groups of the Account. - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ObjectPermissionAccessGroups' - ObjectPermissionAccessGroups: - description: The account groups for object permission account. - type: object - properties: - id: - description: ID of the access group. + description: The single character length quote character used in the source + files (Delimited files only). + enclosure_escape_character: type: string - name: - description: Name of the access group. + description: The escape character used to escape quote characters (Delimited + files only). + escape_enclosure_escape_character: + type: boolean + description: Whether to escape the enclosure escape character (Delimited + files only). + has_headers: + type: boolean + description: Whether source files have header column names or not (Delimited + files only). If set to true, format files with the same column names are + created and the same can be used for the masking inventory. If set to + false, the column names of pattern f0, f1, f2, and so on are used to create + the format files for delimited file masking. + unique_source_files_identifier: type: string - permissions: - description: Permissions for the object in this access group. + description: This is the source key that maps the load-service and masking-service + data sets with the unload-service data set (Delimited files only). Please + ensure that this value is different for each HyperscaleDatasetTableOrFile. + source_files: type: array + description: List of all source files that need to be masked (Delimited + files only). All files should have the same delimiter character and other + helper characters. All files should have the same number of columns and + same column names if it has a header line. items: type: string - AccessGroup: - description: An Access group is the DCT mechanism to grant roles to accounts. Each account has its own Access - Group which can be used to manage permissions for that account, and an unlimited number of other - Access groups can be created to manage permissions by groups of accounts. + perform_join: + type: boolean + description: Whether the split files must be joined (Delimited files only). + description: The updatable properties of a table or file which is part of a + hyperscale dataset. + HyperscaleDatasetUpdateParameters: + title: HyperscaleDatasetUpdateParameters type: object + properties: + mount_point_id: + type: string + description: The Id of the Hyperscale Mount Point used for this Dataset. + connector_id: + type: string + description: Id the Hyperscale Connector used to read sensitive data and + write masked data. + description: The updatable properties of a Hyperscale Dataset. + HyperscaleInstance: + title: HyperscaleInstance required: - - name + - api_key + - hostname + - name + type: object properties: id: - description: The Access group ID. type: string + description: The Hyperscale instance entity ID. readOnly: true name: - description: The Access group name type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - single_account: - description: Indicates that this Access group defines the permissions of a single account, and thus - account and account tags cannot be modified. Instead create a new Access group to manage - permissions of multiple accounts. - type: boolean - account_ids: - description: List of accounts ids included individually (as opposed to added by tags) in the Access group. + description: The name of this hyperscale instance. + hostname: + type: string + description: The hostname of this hyperscale instance. + data_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleDataTypeEnum' + creation_date: + type: string + description: The date this hyperscale instance was registered. + format: date-time + tags: type: array + description: The tags to be created for this hyperscale instance. items: - type: integer - format: int64 - tagged_account_ids: - description: List of accounts ids included by tags in the Access group. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + api_key: + type: string + description: API key to connect to the hyperscale instance. + insecure_ssl: + type: boolean + description: | + Allow connections to the hyperscale instance over HTTPs without validating the TLS certificate. Even though + the connection to the hyperscale instance might be performed over HTTPs, setting this property eliminates + the protection against a man-in-the-middle attach for connections to this engine. Instead, + consider configuring DCT with Certificate Authority certificates. + default: false + unsafe_ssl_hostname_check: + type: boolean + description: | + Ignore validation of the name associated to the TLS certificate when connecting to the hyperscale instance over HTTPs. + Setting this value must only be done if the TLS certificate of the hyperscale instance does not match the hostname, + and the TLS configuration of the hyperscale instance cannot be fixed. Setting this property reduces the protection + against a man-in-the-middle attack for connections to this hyperscale instance. + This is ignored if insecure_ssl is set. + default: false + status: + type: string + description: The status of this hyperscale instance. + nullable: true readOnly: true + enum: + - CREATED + - DELETING + connection_status: + type: string + description: The status of the connection to the hyperscale instance. + nullable: true + readOnly: true + enum: + - ONLINE + - CONNECTION_ERROR + - BAD_CREDENTIALS + connection_status_details: + type: string + description: If set, details about the status of the connection to the hyperscale + instance. + readOnly: true + description: A registered Hyperscale instance's connection and authentication + settings. + HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter: + title: HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter + required: + - api_key + - data_type + - hostname + - name + type: object + properties: + name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Name in DCT of the Hyperscale instance. + hostname: + maxLength: 512 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Hostname of the Hyperscale instance. If the Hyperscale instance + is running on a custom port (not 443), the port can be specified using + the "hostname:port" format, for instance "hyperscale-1.mycompany.co:1765" + api_key: + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: API key to connect to the Hyperscale instance. + nullable: true + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + data_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleDataTypeEnum' + insecure_ssl: + type: boolean + description: | + Allow connections to the hyperscale instance over HTTPs without validating the TLS certificate. Even though + the connection to the hyperscale instance might be performed over HTTPs, setting this property eliminates + the protection against a man-in-the-middle attach for connections to this engine. Instead, + consider configuring DCT with Certificate Authority certificates. + default: false + unsafe_ssl_hostname_check: + type: boolean + description: | + Ignore validation of the name associated to the TLS certificate when connecting to the hyperscale instance over HTTPs. + Setting this value must only be done if the TLS certificate of the hyperscale instance does not match the hostname, + and the TLS configuration of the hyperscale instance cannot be fixed. Setting this property reduces the protection + against a man-in-the-middle attack for connections to this engine. + This is ignored if insecure_ssl is set. + default: false + tags: type: array - items: - type: integer - format: int64 - account_tags: - description: List of account tags. Accounts matching any of these tags will be automatically added to - the Access group. - type: array + description: The tags to be created for this engine. items: $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - scopes: - description: The Access group scopes. - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccessGroupScope' - AccessGroupUpdateParameters: + make_current_account_owner: + type: boolean + description: Whether the account creating this Hyperscale instance must + be configured as owner of it. + default: true + description: Parameters to register and authenticate a Hyperscale instance + HyperscaleInstanceUpdateParams: + title: HyperscaleInstanceUpdateParams type: object properties: name: - description: The Access group name - type: string - minLength: 1 maxLength: 256 - RoleUpdateParameters: - type: object - properties: - name: - description: The role name + minLength: 1 type: string + description: Name in DCT of the Hyperscale instance. + hostname: + maxLength: 512 minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - description: - description: The role description type: string + description: Hostname of the Hyperscale instance. If the Hyperscale instance + is running on a custom port (not 443), the port can be specified using + the "hostname:port" format, for instance "hyperscale-1.mycompany.co:1765" + api_key: + maxLength: 4096 minLength: 1 - maxLength: 512 - PermissionObject: - description: A Permission Object which is mapping between object type and its permissions. - allOf: - - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ObjectTypeProperty' - - $ref: '#/components/schemas/PermissionProperty' - ObjectTypeProperty: - description: A DCT object type. - type: object - required: - - object_type - properties: - object_type: - description: Object type. type: string - enum: [ ACCESS_GROUP,ACCOUNT,AUDIT_LOGS_SUMMARY_REPORT,ROLE,API_USAGE_REPORT,BOOKMARK,CDB,DATABASE_TEMPLATE,DSOURCE,ENGINE,ENVIRONMENT,MASKING_JOB,MASKING_ENVIRONMENT,MASKING_ALGORITHM_REVISION,MASKING_JOB_SET,REPORT_SCHEDULE,SOURCE,VAULT,VCDB,VDB,VDB_GROUP,CONNECTOR,CONNECTIVITY_CHECK,DSOURCE_USAGE_REPORT,DSOURCE_CONSUMPTION_REPORT,JOB,PHONEHOME_BUNDLE,PRODUCT_INFO,PRODUCT_REGISTRATION,PROXY_CONFIGURATION,SMTP_CONFIG,MASKING_EXECUTION_METRICS_REPORT,STORAGE_SUMMARY_REPORT,STORAGE_SAVINGS_SUMMARY_REPORT,VDB_INVENTORY_REPORT,LDAP,SAML,PASSWORD_POLICY,GLOBAL_PROPERTIES,SYSTEM,API_CLASSIFICATION,VIRTUALIZATION_POLICY,DATASET_GROUP,METADATA_DATABASE,ENGINE_VAULT,KERBEROS_CONFIG,TIMEFLOW,MASKING_ALGORITHM,HYPERSCALE_INSTANCE,HYPERSCALE_CONNECTOR,HYPERSCALE_DATASET,TOOLKIT,MASKING_PLUGIN,REPLICATION_PROFILE,ENGINE_PERFORMANCE_ANALYTIC_REPORT,STAGING_SOURCE] - example: 'VDB' - PermissionProperty: - description: A Permission object. - type: object + description: API key to connect to the Hyperscale instance. + nullable: true + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + data_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleDataTypeEnum' + insecure_ssl: + type: boolean + description: | + Allow connections to the hyperscale instance over HTTPs without validating the TLS certificate. Even though + the connection to the hyperscale instance might be performed over HTTPs, setting this property eliminates + the protection against a man-in-the-middle attach for connections to this engine. Instead, + consider configuring DCT with Certificate Authority certificates. + unsafe_ssl_hostname_check: + type: boolean + description: | + Ignore validation of the name associated to the TLS certificate when connecting to the hyperscale instance over HTTPs. + Setting this value must only be done if the TLS certificate of the hyperscale instance does not match the hostname, + and the TLS configuration of the hyperscale instance cannot be fixed. Setting this property reduces the protection + against a man-in-the-middle attack for connections to this engine. + This is ignored if insecure_ssl is set. + description: Parameters to update a Hyperscale instances. + HyperscaleMountPoint: + title: HyperscaleMountPoint required: - - permissions - properties: - permissions: - description: List of permissions. - type: array - items: - type: string - enum: [CREATE,READ,UPDATE,DELETE,EXECUTE,CANCEL,MIGRATE,REFRESH,DISABLE,ENABLE,GLOBAL_SYNC_ENGINES,ABANDON,VALIDATE,START,STOP,SNAPSHOT,COPY,REMOVE_JOB,PASSWORD_RESET,UNDO_IMPORT,IMPORT,PROVISION_FROM_BOOKMARK,PROVISION,REFRESH_FROM_BOOKMARK,REFRESH_FROM_SNAPSHOT,REFRESH_FROM_TIMESTAMP,CREATE_ENVIRONMENT,CREATE_BOOKMARK,CREATE_VDBGROUP, MANAGE_TAGS, SET_TAGS_AT_OBJECT_CREATION, SNAPSHOT_UPDATE, SNAPSHOT_DELETE, SWITCH_TIMEFLOW, UPDATE_TIMEFLOW, DELETE_TIMEFLOW,LINK, LOCK, UNLOCK, LOCK_FOR_OTHER_ACCOUNT, FORCE_UNLOCK, ADD_ENGINE_TO_HYPERSCALE, UPLOAD_MASKING_FILE] - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 1000 - uniqueItems: true - ApiClassificationObject: - description: An API classification object which classifies APIs as automation or governance. + - hyperscale_instance_id type: object properties: - api_method: - description: HTTP method of the API. + id: type: string - enum: [ GET,POST,PUT,PATCH,DELETE ] - example: 'POST' - path: - description: context path of the API. + description: The ID of the Hyperscale Mount Point. + readOnly: true + hyperscale_instance_id: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: '/vdb-groups' - is_automation: - description: Either this API is automation or not. - type: boolean - example: true - start_date: - description: The start date and time from when this api's is_automation definition has changed. + description: The ID of the Hyperscale instance of this Mount Point. + name: type: string - format: date-time - end_date: - description: The end date and time from when this api's is_automation definition has changed. + description: Name of the mount, unique for a hyperscale instance. This name + will be used as a directory name by the Hyperscale instance. + hostname: type: string - format: date-time - AllObjectPermissionsResponse: - type: object - properties: - object_permissions: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/PermissionObject' - AccessGroupScope: - description: An Access group scope allows a role to be granted to accounts in the Access group. - type: object - required: - - role_id - properties: - id: - description: The Access group scope ID. + description: The host name of the server. + mount_path: type: string - readOnly: true - name: - description: The Access group scope name. + description: The path to the directory on the filesystem to mount. + mount_type: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - role_id: - description: The Access group role id. + description: The type of mount filesystem. Enum having values- CIFS, NFS3, + NFS4. + enum: + - CIFS + - NFS3 + - NFS4 + options: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - scope_type: - description: Specifies the type of the scope. Scope of type SIMPLE would grant access to all DCT objects. Scope of type SCOPED would grant access to all objects based on objects and object-tags and permissions defined in linked role. Scope of type ADVANCED would grant access to DCT objects based on objects and object-tags and the individual permissions. + description: The options for mount. The endpoint will return all default + options and user specified options. + staging_storage_type: type: string + description: The type of staging storage. enum: - - SIMPLE - - SCOPED - - ADVANCED - example: SCOPED - object_tags: - description: The permissions in this access group scope will be granted to all DCT objects tagged with tags matching this property. This is cumulative with objects defined in the 'objects' property, and mutually exclusive with scope_type 'SIMPLE'. - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ScopeTag' - objects: - description: The permissions in this access group scope will be granted to all DCT objects with matching object id and object type, mutually exclusive with scope_type 'SIMPLE'. - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ScopedObjectItem' - always_allowed_permissions: - description: An array of always allowed permissions which can be used to specify object type and permission. An object with same object type and permission can not be added in 'objects' array. - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/AlwaysAllowedPermission' - UpdateAccessGroupScope: - description: An Access group scope parameters that are allowed to update. + - MOUNT + - AWS_S3 + - AZURE_BLOB_STORAGE + auth_mechanism: + type: string + description: The authentication mechanism for AWS_S3 storage. + enum: + - AWS_ROLE + - AWS_SECRET + aws_bucket_name: + type: string + description: The aws bucket name for AWS_S3 storage. + aws_bucket_region: + type: string + description: The aws bucket region for AWS_S3 storage. + aws_bucket_prefix: + type: string + description: The aws bucket prefix for AWS_S3 storage. + aws_bucket_delimiter: + type: string + description: The aws bucket delimiter for AWS_S3 storage. + blob_auth_type: + type: string + description: The authentication type for Azure blob storage. + enum: + - AZURE_SECRET + - AZURE_MANAGED_IDENTITY + blob_account_name: + type: string + description: The storage account name for Azure blob storage. + blob_container_name: + type: string + description: The blob container name for Azure blob storage. + blob_container_prefix: + type: string + description: The blob container prefix for Azure blob storage. + blob_container_delimiter: + type: string + description: The blob container delimiter for Azure blob storage. + description: A Mount Point for the Hyperscale instance to write to a staging + area and engines to read from. + HyperscaleMountPointUpdateParameters: + title: HyperscaleMountPointUpdateParameters type: object properties: name: - description: The Access group scope name. type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - scope_type: - description: Specifies the type of the scope. Scope of type SIMPLE would grant access to all DCT objects. Scope of type SCOPED would grant access to all objects based on objects and object-tags and permissions defined in linked role. Scope of type ADVANCED would grant access to DCT objects based on objects and object-tags and the individual permissions. + description: Name of the mount, unique for a hyperscale instance. + hostname: + type: string + description: The host name of the server. + mount_path: + type: string + description: The path to the directory on the filesystem to mount. + mount_type: type: string + description: The type of filesystem. enum: - - SIMPLE - - SCOPED - - ADVANCED - example: SCOPED - Role: - description: A role is a named collection of permissions on DCT objects. - allOf: - - $ref: '#/components/schemas/CreateRole' - - type: object - properties: - id: - description: The Role ID. - type: string - system_role: - description: System role are pre defined roles. System roles cannot be modified. - type: boolean - CreateRole: - description: A role Object to create a custom role. - type: object - required: - - name - - permission_objects + - CIFS + - NFS3 + - NFS4 + options: + type: string + description: The mount options. + description: The updatable properties of a Hyperscale Mount Point. + HyperscaleTaskError: properties: - name: - description: The Role name. + table_name: type: string - description: - description: Role description. + description: the name of the table for which the error occurred, including + the schema. + example: public_schema.table_x + error: type: string - permission_objects: - description: The list of permissions granted by this role. - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/PermissionObject' - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 1000 - uniqueItems: true - tags: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - AccessGroupAccountIdsRequest: - type: object - required: - - account_ids + description: A textual description of the error. + HyperscaleTaskEvent: properties: - account_ids: + name: + type: string + description: Name of the task (Unload, Masking, Load, Post-Load) + example: Unload + progress: + type: number + description: progress of the task (between 0 and 1) + example: 0.34 + status: + type: string + example: FAILED + enum: + - CANCELLED + - CANCEL_INITIATED + - FAILED + - RUNNING + - SUCCEEDED + processed_objects: + type: integer + description: The number of objects (tables) already processed by this task. + format: int64 + processed_rows: + type: integer + description: The number of rows already processed by this task. + format: int64 + processed_constraints: + type: integer + description: The number of constraints processed by this task (Post-load + task only) + format: int64 + total_constraints: + type: integer + description: The total number of constraints to be processed by this task + (Post-load task only) + format: int64 + processed_indexes: + type: integer + description: The number of indexes processed by this task (Post-load task + only) + format: int64 + total_indexes: + type: integer + description: The total number of indexes to be processed by this task (Post-load + task only) + format: int64 + processed_triggers: + type: integer + description: The number of triggered processed by this task (Post-load task + only) + format: int64 + total_triggers: + type: integer + description: The total number of triggers to be processed by this task (Post-load + task only) + format: int64 + start_time: + type: string + description: The date and time that this task was started. + format: date-time + example: 2022-01-02T05:11:24.148Z + end_time: + type: string + description: The date and time that this task completed. + format: date-time + example: 2022-01-02T05:13:24.148Z + errors: type: array items: - type: integer - format: int64 - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 1000 - uniqueItems: true - AccessGroupScopesRequest: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleTaskError' + ImportEngineAccountRequest: type: object - required: - - scopes properties: - scopes: + data_layout_ids: type: array + description: List of data-layout ids for which accounts should be imported + to DCT. This is mutually exclusive with `engine_ids` and `import_all`. + example: + - data-layout-123 + - data-layout-456 items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/AccessGroupScope' - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 1000 - Source: - description: The Delphix representation of the source database (not typically managed by Delphix). + type: string + engine_ids: + type: array + description: List of engine ids for which accounts should be imported to + DCT. This is mutually exclusive with `data_layout_ids` and `import_all`. + example: + - engine-id-1 + - engine-id-2 + items: + type: string + import_all: + type: boolean + description: All self-service accounts across engines should imported to + DCT. This is mutually exclusive with `data_layout_ids` and `engine_ids`. + example: false + default: false + ImportEngineBookmarkResponse: type: object properties: - id: - description: The Source object entity ID. - type: string - database_type: - description: The type of this source database. - type: string - nullable: true - name: - description: The name of this source database. + job_id: type: string - nullable: true - namespace_id: - description: The namespace id of this source database. + description: DCT job-id of the job that import the engine bookmarks to DCT. + example: job-1 + deprecated: true + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + InPlaceExportParameters: + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/FilesystemLayoutParameters' + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters' + - type: object + properties: + db_unique_name: + maxLength: 30 + type: string + description: Unique name to be given to the database after it is converted + to physical. + example: DBOMSR9051BF + pdb_name: + maxLength: 30 + type: string + description: The name to be given to the PDB after it is exported in-place. + example: CDOMLOTGACDBPDB + operations_postV2P: + type: boolean + description: Indicates operations allowed on virtual source post V2P. + default: false + Job: + type: object + properties: + id: type: string - nullable: true - namespace_name: - description: The namespace name of this source database. + description: The Job entity ID. + example: job-123 + status: type: string - nullable: true - is_replica: - description: Is this a replicated object. + description: The status of the job. + example: RUNNING + enum: + - PENDING + - STARTED + - TIMEDOUT + - RUNNING + - CANCELED + - FAILED + - SUSPENDED + - WAITING + - COMPLETED + - ABANDONED + is_waiting_for_telemetry: type: boolean - nullable: true - database_version: - description: The version of this source database. - type: string - nullable: true - environment_id: - description: A reference to the Environment that hosts this source database. - type: string - nullable: true - data_uuid: - description: A universal ID that uniquely identifies this source database. - type: string - nullable: true - ip_address: - description: The IP address of the source's host. + description: Indicates that the operations performed by this Job have completed + successfully, but the object changes are not yet reflected. This is only + set when when the JOB is in STARTED status, with the guarantee that the + job will not transition to the FAILED status. Note that this flag will + likely be replaced with a new status in future API versions and be deprecated. + type: type: string - nullable: true - fqdn: - description: The FQDN of the source's host. + description: The type of job being done. + example: DB_REFRESH + deprecated: true + localized_type: type: string - nullable: true - size: - description: The total size of this source database, in bytes. - type: integer - format: int64 - nullable: true - jdbc_connection_string: - description: The JDBC connection URL for this source database. + description: The i18n translated type of job being done. + example: DB Refresh + error_details: type: string - nullable: true - plugin_version: - description: The version of the plugin associated with this source database. + description: Details about the failure for FAILED jobs. + example: Unable to connect to the engine. + warning_message: type: string - nullable: true - toolkit_id: - description: The ID of the toolkit associated with this source database(AppData only). + description: Warnings for the job. + example: 'Failed to remove local MaskingJob, engineId: 3 localMaskingJobId: + 7.' + target_id: type: string - is_dsource: - type: boolean - repository: - description: The repository id for this source + description: A reference to the job's target. + example: vdb-123 + target_name: type: string - recovery_model: - description: Recovery model of the source database (MSSql Only). - example: FULL + description: A reference to the job's target name. + example: vdb + start_time: type: string - nullable: true - mssql_source_type: - description: The type of this mssql source database (MSSql Only). - example: MSSqlSIConfig + description: The time the job started executing. + format: date-time + example: 2022-01-02T05:11:24.148Z + update_time: type: string - nullable: true - appdata_source_type: - description: The type of this appdata source database (Appdata Only). + description: The time the job was last updated. + format: date-time + example: 2022-01-02T06:11:24.148Z + trace_id: type: string - nullable: true + description: traceId of the request which created this Job + engine_ids: + type: array + description: IDs of the engines this Job is executing on. + deprecated: true + items: + type: string tags: type: array items: $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - example: - id: "source-123" - database_type: "Oracle" - name: "production01" - database_version: "11.1.0.7.0" - environment_id: "environment-123" - data_uuid: "1734315df891991101eb96963535afa0" - ip_address: "192.0.2.0" - fqdn: "prod01.myhost.com" - size: 856981504 - jdbc_connection_string: "jdbc:oracle:thin:@(DESCRIPTION=(ENABLE=broken)(ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=10.43.47.94)(PORT=1521))(CONNECT_DATA=(UR=A)(SID=production01)))" - plugin_version: "1.0" - repository: "1-REPOSITORY-1" - appdata_source_type: "AppDataDirectSourceConfig" - tags: [ { "key": "key1", "value": "value1" }, { "key": "key2", "value": "value2" } ] - StagingSource: - description: The Delphix representation of the staging source database (not typically managed by Delphix). + engines: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Engine' + account_id: + type: integer + description: The ID of the account who initiated this job. + example: 1 + account_name: + type: string + description: The account name which initiated this job. It can be either + firstname and lastname combination or firstname or lastname or username + or email address or Account-. + example: User 1 + percent_complete: + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + description: Completion percentage of the Job. + example: 50 + virtualization_tasks: + type: array + deprecated: true + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualizationTask' + tasks: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/JobTask' + execution_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the associated masking execution, if any. + nullable: true + result_type: + type: string + description: The type of the job result. This is the type of the object + present in the result. + result: + type: object + description: The result of the job execution. This is JSON serialized string + of the result object whose type is specified by result_type property. + description: An asynchronous task. + JobCollectionExecution: type: object properties: id: - description: The Staging Source object entity ID. type: string - name: - description: The name of this staging source database. + description: The job collection execution ID. + example: 414ed52c-fa89-455d-9fb9-9c2fa5115f80 + compliance_job_collection_id: type: string - nullable: true - database_type: - description: The type of this staging source database. + description: The ID of the compliance job collection executed. + example: 5ed2357d-21a7-310c-b951-a0f0edc1a0f6 + compliance_job_collection_name: type: string - nullable: true - database_name: - description: The name of container database of associated with this staging source database. + description: The name of the compliance job collection executed. + example: My Job Collection + status: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExecutionStatus' + status_reason: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExecutionStatusReason' + start_time: type: string - nullable: true - database_version: - description: The version of container database associated with this staging source database. + description: The date and time that this job collection execution started. + format: date-time + example: 2021-05-01T09:51:34.148Z + end_time: type: string - nullable: true - environment_id: - description: A reference to the Environment that hosts this staging source database. + description: The date and time that this job collection execution completed. + format: date-time + example: 2021-05-01T09:55:34.148Z + run_duration: + type: integer + description: The time this job collection execution spent running, in milliseconds. + format: int64 + example: 4000 + actual_execution_count: + type: integer + description: The number of compliance jobs that were actually executed. + format: int32 + example: 5 + planned_execution_count: + type: integer + description: The number of compliance jobs that were planned to be executed. + format: int32 + example: 7 + rows_processed: + type: integer + description: The number of rows processed so far by this job collection + execution. This is not applicable for JSON file type. + format: int64 + example: 1000 + rows_total: + type: integer + description: The total number of rows for this job collection execution. + This value is set after the job collection execution has completed successfully. + This is not applicable for JSON file type. + format: int64 + example: 5000 + bytes_processed: + type: integer + description: The number of bytes processed so far by this job collection + execution. This is only applicable for JSON file type. + format: int64 + example: 500 + bytes_total: + type: integer + description: The total number of bytes for this job collection execution. + This value is set after the job collectione execution has completed successfully. + This is only applicable for JSON file type. + format: int64 + example: 5000000 + processed_tables_files_count: + type: integer + description: The number of tables or files processed so far by this job + collection execution. + format: int64 + example: 5 + tables_files_count: + type: integer + description: The total number of tables or files for this job collection + execution. + format: int64 + example: 10 + processed_columns_fields_count: + type: integer + description: The number of columns or fields processed so far by this job + collection execution. + format: int64 + example: 50 + columns_fields_count: + type: integer + description: The total number of columns or fields for this job collection + execution. + format: int64 + example: 100 + percent_complete: + type: integer + description: The percentage of completion of this job collection execution. + format: int32 + example: 20 + execute_account_id: + type: integer + description: The account id of the DCT user who started this job collection + execution. + format: int64 + example: 3 + execute_account_name: type: string - nullable: true - data_uuid: - description: A universal ID that uniquely identifies this staging source database. + description: The account name of the DCT user who started this job collection + execution. + example: John Doe + cancel_account_id: + type: integer + description: The account id of the DCT user who cancelled this job collection + execution. + format: int64 + example: 3 + cancel_account_name: type: string - nullable: true - ip_address: - description: The IP address of the staging source's host. + description: The account name of the DCT user who cancelled this job collection + execution. + example: John Doe + description: The execution of a compliance job collection. + JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum: + type: string + example: IGNORE + enum: + - IGNORE + - CANCEL_ALL + - CANCEL_SUBSEQUENT + JobResultResponse: + type: object + properties: + job_id: type: string - nullable: true - fqdn: - description: The FQDN of the staging source's host. + description: The ID of the job. + result_type: type: string - nullable: true - repository: - description: The repository id for this staging source. + description: The type of the job result. This is the type of the object + present in the result. + result: + type: object + description: The result of the job execution. This is JSON serialized string + of the result object whose type is specified by result_type property. + description: The result of a job. + deprecated: true + JobTask: + properties: + id: + type: string + parent_job_id: + type: string + start_time: + type: string + format: date-time + end_time: + type: string + format: date-time + title: type: string - oracle_config_type: - description: The type of oracle source configuration for this staging source. (Oracle only) + percent_complete: + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + events: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/JobTaskEvent' + status: type: string enum: - - OracleRACConfig - - OracleSIConfig - - OraclePDBConfig - cdb_type: - description: The cdb type for this staging source. (Oracle only) + - PENDING + - STARTED + - TIMEDOUT + - RUNNING + - CANCELED + - FAILED + - SUSPENDED + - WAITING + - COMPLETED + - ABANDONED + JobTaskEvent: + properties: + message_details: type: string - dsource_id: - description: The dsource_id associated with this staging source. + KDCServers: + properties: + hostname: type: string - tags: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - example: - id: "staging-source-123" - name: "production01" - database_type: "Oracle" - database_name: "CDOM-EX1" - database_version: "11.1.0.7.0" - environment_id: "environment-123" - data_uuid: "1734315df891991101eb96963535afa0" - ip_address: "192.0.2.0" - fqdn: "prod01.myhost.com" - repository: "1-REPO-1" - oracle_config_type: "OraclePDBConfig" - cdb_type: "ROOT_CDB" - dsource_id: "1-CONTAINER-1" - tags: [ { "key": "key1", "value": "value1" }, { "key": "key2", "value": "value2" } ] - DSource: - description: The Delphix storage-based copy of the source database including its history. + description: One of more KDC servers. + example: kerberos-02.delphix.com + port: + type: integer + description: One of more KDC servers. + example: 88 + KerberosConfig: type: object properties: id: - description: The dSource object entity ID. - type: string - database_type: - description: The database type of this dSource. type: string - nullable: true + description: The kerberos config ID. + example: 1-KERBEROS_CONFIG-1 name: - description: The container name of this dSource. type: string - nullable: true + description: The name of the kerberos config object. + example: Untitled namespace_id: - description: The namespace id of this dSource. type: string - nullable: true + description: The namespace id of this kerberos config object. + example: 1-NAMESPACE-1 namespace_name: - description: The namespace name of this dSource. type: string - nullable: true + description: The namespace name of this kerberos config object. + example: test-engine-1 is_replica: - description: Is this a replicated object. type: boolean - nullable: true - database_version: - description: The database version of this dSource. - type: string - nullable: true - content_type: - description: The content type of the dSource. + description: Is this a replicated object. + example: true + engine_id: type: string - nullable: true - data_uuid: - description: A universal ID that uniquely identifies the dSource database. + description: Id of the Engine that this kerberos config object belongs to. + example: '1' + engine_name: type: string - nullable: true - storage_size: - description: The actual space used by this dSource, in bytes. - type: integer - format: int64 - nullable: true - plugin_version: - description: The version of the plugin associated with this source database. + description: Name of the Engine that this kerberos config object belongs + to. + example: Engine-1 + realm: type: string - nullable: true - creation_date: - description: The date this dSource was created. + description: Kerberos Realm name. + example: DELPHIX.COM + principal: type: string - format: date-time + description: Kerberos principal name. + example: sybase + enabled: + type: boolean + description: The kerberos is enabled or not. nullable: true - group_name: - description: The name of the group containing this dSource. + keytab: type: string - nullable: true + description: Kerberos keytab. + example: keytab + kdc_servers: + type: array + description: One of more KDC servers. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/KDCServers' + description: A Kerberos config object. + LDAPConfigParams: + title: LDAPConfigParams + type: object + properties: enabled: - description: A value indicating whether this dSource is enabled. type: boolean - nullable: true - engine_id: - description: A reference to the Engine that this dSource belongs to. + description: When set, these settings are enabled. True by default. + example: true + default: true + auto_create_users: + type: boolean + description: When set, the system will automatically create new Accounts + for those who have logged in using LDAP. This must be true if LDAP user + is not already registered in system. True by default. + example: true + default: true + hostname: type: string - source_id: - description: A reference to the Source associated with this dSource. + description: The hostname of the LDAP server. + example: ldap.server.com + port: + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + description: The port of the LDAP server. Default port is 389 for non-SSL + and 636 for SSL. + example: 389 + domains: + minItems: 1 + type: array + description: DCT will try to authenticate using each Domain given in this + list. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Domain' + enable_ssl: + type: boolean + description: True if LDAP should be used over SSL. + example: false + default: true + insecure_ssl: + type: boolean + description: | + Allow connections to the LDAP server over LDAPS without validating the TLS certificate. Even though + the connection to the server might be performed over LDAPS, setting this property eliminates + the protection against a man-in-the-middle attach for connections to this server. Instead, + consider configuring DCT with Certificate Authority certificates. + default: false + unsafe_ssl_hostname_check: + type: boolean + description: | + Ignore validation of the name associated to the TLS certificate when connecting to the LDAP server over LDAPS. + Setting this value must only be done if the TLS certificate of the server does not match the hostname, + and the TLS configuration of the server cannot be fixed. Setting this property reduces the protection + against a man-in-the-middle attack for connections to this server. + This is ignored if insecure_ssl is set. + default: false + description: Parameters to read or update LDAP Config + LatencyTestRequest: + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/NetworkTestParametersRequest' + - required: + - host_id + type: object + properties: + request_count: + maximum: 3600 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + description: Number of requests to send. + example: 20 + default: 20 + request_size: + maximum: 65507 + minimum: 16 + type: integer + description: The size of requests to send (bytes). + example: 16 + default: 16 + description: The parameters to create Latency Test Request + LdapConfigValidateParameter: + properties: + username: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string - nullable: true - status: - description: The runtime status of the dSource. 'Unknown' if all attempts to connect to the source failed. + description: Username of the account to validate the ldap optional attributes. + password: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string + description: Password of the account to validate the ldap optional attributes. + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + LicenseInfo: + title: LicenseInfo + type: object + properties: + tier: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/LicenseTier' + virtualization_engine_count: + minimum: 0 + type: integer + description: The number of virtualization engines counting against the limit. + format: int32 nullable: true - engine_name: - description: Name of the Engine where this DSource is hosted - type: string + example: 1 + masking_engine_count: + minimum: 0 + type: integer + description: The number of masking engines counting against the limit. Masking + engines added to a Hyperscale Instance's pool do not count against the + limit. + format: int32 nullable: true - cdb_id: - description: A reference to the CDB associated with this dSource. - type: string + example: 0 + virtualization_engine_count_limit: + type: integer + description: The maximum number of registered virtualization engines allowed + for the current license tier. + format: int32 nullable: true - current_timeflow_id: + example: 2 + masking_engine_count_limit: + type: integer + description: The maximum number of registered masking engines allowed for + the current license tier. Masking engines added to a Hyperscale Instance's + pool do not count against the limit. + format: int32 + nullable: true + example: 1 + description: Information about the current DCT license. + LicenseTier: + type: string + description: The DCT license tiers. + example: CORE + enum: + - CORE + - SELF_SERVICE + - ENTERPRISE + LinkDSourceDefaultRequest: + required: + - source_id + properties: + source_id: type: string - description: A reference to the currently active timeflow for this dSource. - example: "timeflow-123" - previous_timeflow_id: + description: The ID of the source to be linked. + LinkDSourceResponse: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + dsource_id: type: string - description: A reference to the previous timeflow for this dSource. - example: "timeflow-123" - is_appdata: - description: Indicates whether this dSource has an AppData database. - type: boolean - example: true - toolkit_id: - description: The ID of the toolkit associated with this dSource(AppData only). + description: The ID of the dSource. + LinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest: + required: + - environment_id + properties: + environment_id: type: string - unvirtualized_space: - description: This is the sum of unvirtualized space from the dependants VDBs of the dSource. - type: integer - format: int64 - dependant_vdbs: - description: The number of VDBs that are dependant on this dSource. This includes all VDB descendants that have this dSource as an ancestor. - type: integer - tags: + description: The ID of the environment to be linked. + ListEnvironmentUsers: + type: object + properties: + users: type: array + description: List of users items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - primary_object_id: - description: The ID of the parent object from which replication was done. - type: string - primary_engine_id: - description: The ID of the parent engine from which replication was done. - type: string - primary_engine_name: - description: The name of the parent engine from which replication was done. - type: string - replicas: - description: The list of replicas replicated from this object. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EnvironmentUser' + ListSnapshotsResponse: + type: object + properties: + items: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Replica' - hooks: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/DSourceHooks" - sync_policy_id: - description: The id of the snapshot policy associated with this dSource. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Snapshot' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + LlmGateway: + type: object + properties: + id: type: string - retention_policy_id: - description: The id of the retention policy associated with this dSource. + description: The id of the LLM Gateway object + readOnly: true + example: a638d976-6b7e-43f4-9212-90f4dc6d405c + ai_orchestrator_id: type: string - quota_policy_id: - description: The id of the quota policy associated with this dSource. + description: The id of orchestrator that this gateway is associated with + readOnly: false + example: 1597b01e-38c2-4c35-a786-0dfe90f106ce + status: type: string - example: - id: "dsource-123" - database_type: "Oracle" - name: "prod01-main" - database_version: "10.2.0.5.0" - data_uuid: "1734315df891991101eb96963535afa0" - storage_size: 339292672 - plugin_version: "1.0" - creation_date: "2021-05-01T08:51:34.148000+00:00" - group_name: "DSources" - enabled: true - engine_id: "engine-123" - source_id: "source-123" - status: "RUNNING" - engine_name: "engine-123-name" - cdb_id: "cdb-123" - is_appdata: true - tags: [ { "key": "key1", "value": "value1" }, { "key": "key2", "value": "value2" } ] - primary_object_id: "1-CONTAINER-1" - primary_engine_id: "1" - primary_engine_name: "source-engine" - replicas: [ { "replica_id" : "replica-1", "replica_engine_id" : "1", "replica_engine_name" : "replica-e1" }, { "replica_id" : "replica-2", "replica_engine_id" : "2", "replica_engine_name" : "replica-e2" }] - hooks: { "pre_sync": [ { "name": "Print the current user", "command": "whoami", "shell": "bash", element_id: "0" } ] } - snapshot_policy_id: "1-POLICY_SNAPSHOT-1" - retention_policy_id: "1-POLICY_RETENTION-1" - quota_policy_id: "1-POLICY_QUOTA-1" - Replica: - properties: - replica_id: - description: The ID of the replicated object. + description: The status of this gateway. + readOnly: false + example: RUNNING + status_reason: type: string - replica_engine_id: - description: The ID of the replicated object's engine. + description: The reason for the status. + readOnly: false + example: 200 OK + container_id: type: string - replica_engine_name: - description: The name of the replicated object's engine. + description: Id of the container running this gateway. + readOnly: false + example: d4a4fb8a2353 + type: type: string - replica_namespace_id: - description: The namespace id of the replicated object. + description: Type of the LLM Gateway. + readOnly: false + example: OLLAMA_API + enum: + - OLLAMA_API + default: OLLAMA_API + hostname: type: string - CDB: - description: The Delphix representation of an Oracle Container Database. + description: Hostname for the gateway. + readOnly: false + example: 0.0.0.0 + port: + type: integer + description: Post where the gateway is running. + readOnly: false + example: 11434 + is_dct_managed: + type: boolean + description: Boolean indicating if the gateway is managed by DCT. + readOnly: false + example: true + max_concurrent_tasks: + type: integer + description: Maximum number of concurrent requests that can be processed + by this gateway. + readOnly: false + example: 4 + last_status_change_time: + type: string + description: The date and time this gateway's status was last changed. + format: date-time + example: 2022-11-15T08:51:34Z + LlmModel: type: object properties: id: - description: The CDB object entity ID. type: string - example: "1-CDB-1" + description: The id of the LLM model object + readOnly: true + example: a638d976-6b7e-43f4-9212-90f4dc6d405c name: - description: The name of this CDB. type: string - nullable: true - example: "Oracle CDB" - namespace_id: - description: The namespace id of this CDB. + description: The name of the LLM model + readOnly: true + example: Llama-3.2-3B.Q4_K_M.gguf:latest + file_checksum: type: string - example: '1-NAMESPACE-1' - namespace_name: - description: The namespace name of this CDB. + description: The sha256 checksum of the LLM model file + readOnly: true + example: 2f231ba8da66ca5c965bc9d6babcf936b0f3eb641a199adc69cc2c0f8839c771 + architecture: type: string - example: 'test-engine-1' - is_replica: - description: Is this a replicated object. + description: The architecture of LLM model + readOnly: true + example: llama + base_name: + type: string + description: The base name of LLM model. This value is not not available + for all models. + readOnly: true + example: Llama-3.2 + ai_parameters: + type: string + description: The number of parameters in the AI model + readOnly: true + example: 1.2B + context_length: + type: integer + description: The context length of the AI model + readOnly: true + example: 131072 + embedding_length: + type: integer + description: The embedding length of the AI model + readOnly: true + example: 4096 + quantization: + type: string + description: The quantization settings of the AI model + readOnly: true + example: Q4_K_M + is_data_generate_default: type: boolean - example: true - database_version: - description: The version of this CDB. + description: Whether this is the default model for data generate operations + LocationCompatibleRepositoryRequest: + type: object + properties: + source_data_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - nullable: true - example: "10.2.0.5.0" + description: The ID of the source object (dSource or VDB) to get the compatible + repos. All other objects referenced by the parameters must live on the + same engine as the source. + example: source-123 + engine_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the Engine from where to get the compatible repos. + If the source ID unambiguously identifies a source object, this parameter + is unnecessary and ignored. + example: engine-123 + location: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: location from where compatible repo to be fetched. + timeflow_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: ID of the timeflow from which compatible repos need to be fetched. + example: timeflow_123 environment_id: - description: A reference to the Environment that hosts this CDB. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - nullable: true - example: "1-ENVIRONMENT-1" - size: - description: The total size of the data files used by this CDB, in bytes. + description: The ID or name of the target environment. + example: 1-UNIX_HOST_ENVIRONMENT-1 + LoginToken: + required: + - access_token + - expires_in + - token_type + properties: + access_token: + maxLength: 2048 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: | + Opaque token that validates the successful account login and is used to authenticate subsequent api calls. + This token needs to be sent as part of 'Authorization' header for all api calls prefixed with value contained in 'token_type' property. + For example, if the 'access_token' value is "abc123" and 'token_type' is "Bearer" then HTTP requests should contain following header : + "Authorization: Bearer abc123" + token_type: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Type of the token returned in 'access_token' property. + expires_in: type: integer + description: Seconds duration after which the token will expire. format: int64 - nullable: true - example: 339292672 - jdbc_connection_string: - description: The JDBC connection URL for this CDB. + MSSQLClusterListener: + properties: + type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/MSSQLListenerTypeEnum' + address: type: string - nullable: true - example: "jdbc:oracle:thin:@(DESCRIPTION=(ENABLE=broken)(ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=10.43.47.94)(PORT=1521))(CONNECT_DATA=(UR=A)(SID=production01)))" - engine_id: - description: A reference to the Engine that this CDB belongs to. + description: The address of the listener. + example: ag-w16-tgt-agl.qa-ad.delphix.com + name: type: string - example: "engine-12" - tags: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - - VCDB: - description: The Delphix Oracle Virtual Container Database. + description: The name of the listener. + example: ag-w16-tgt-agl + port: + type: integer + description: The port for the listener. + example: 1433 + MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters: + required: + - ppt_repository + - source_id type: object properties: - id: - description: The vCDB object entity ID. + source_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: "1-CDB-1" - name: - description: The name of this vCDB. + description: Id of the source to link. + ppt_repository: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string - nullable: true - example: "Oracle CDB" - namespace_id: - description: The namespace id of this vCDB. + description: Id of the SQL instance on the PPT environment that we want + to use for pre-provisioning. + sync_strategy_managed_type: type: string - nullable: true - namespace_name: - description: The namespace name of this vCDB. + description: | + MSSQL specific parameters for source based sync strategy.: + * `external` - MSSQL specific parameters for externally managed source based sync strategy. + * `delphix` - MSSQL specific parameters for delphix managed source based sync strategy. + enum: + - external + - delphix + default: external + mssql_user_environment_reference: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string - nullable: true - is_replica: - description: Is this a replicated object. - type: boolean - nullable: true - database_version: - description: The version of this vCDB. + description: Reference to the source environment user to use for linking. + mssql_user_domain_username: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string - nullable: true - example: "10.2.0.5.0" - environment_id: - description: A reference to the Environment that hosts this vCDB. + description: The username for the source DB user. + mssql_user_domain_password: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - nullable: true - example: "1-ENVIRONMENT-1" - size: - description: The total size of the data files used by this vCDB, in bytes. - type: integer - format: int64 - nullable: true - example: 339292672 - engine_id: - description: A reference to the Engine that this vCDB belongs to. + description: Password for the database user. + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + mssql_user_domain_vault_username: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: "engine-12" - status: - description: The runtime status of the vCDB. + description: Delphix display name for the vault user. + example: my-vault + mssql_user_domain_vault: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - nullable: true - example: "RUNNING" - parent_id: - description: A reference to the parent CDB of this vCDB. + description: The name or reference of the vault from which to read the database + credentials. + mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_engine: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: "1-CDB-1" - creation_date: - description: The date this vCDB was created. + description: Vault engine name where the credential is stored. + mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_secret_path: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - format: date-time - nullable: true - example: "2022-10-15T08:51:34.148000+00:00" - group_name: - description: The name of the group containing this vCDB. + description: Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored. + mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - nullable: true - example: "Untitled" - enabled: - description: Whether the vCDB is enabled or not. - type: boolean - example: true - content_type: - description: The content type of the vcdb. + description: Hashicorp vault key for the username in the key-value store. + mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - nullable: true - vcdb_restart: - description: Indicates whether the Engine should automatically restart this vcdb when - target host reboot is detected. - type: boolean - example: true - tags: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - MaskingFileUploadParameters: - x-internal: true - description: Parameters to upload a file for masking. - type: object - required: - - file - properties: - file: - description: The file to upload. + description: Hashicorp vault key for the password in the key-value store. + mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - format: binary - InstallMaskingPluginParameters: - x-internal: true - description: Parameters to install a custom masking plugin. - type: object - required: - - plugin_file_reference - properties: - plugin_file_reference: - description: File reference for the plugin JAR. + description: Azure key vault name. + mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: delphix-file://upload/f_0ea61f94f53c4441890e8fac88805048/plugin.jar - tags: - description: The tags of this plugin. - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - AlgorithmCreateParameters: - x-internal: true - description: Parameters to create a masking algorithm. - type: object - required: - - name - - plugin_id - - config - - framework_name - properties: - name: - description: The name of this Algorithm. + description: Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store. + mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: Address - description: - description: A description of this algorithm. + description: Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store. + mssql_user_domain_cyberark_vault_query_string: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. + mssql_database_username: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The username for the source DB user. + mssql_database_password: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Password for the database user. + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + delphix_managed_backup_compression_enabled: + type: boolean + description: Specify whether the backups taken should be compressed or uncompressed + when Delphix managed option is selected. + default: false + delphix_managed_backup_policy: + type: string + description: | + Specify which node of an availability group to run the copy-only full backup on: + * `primary` - Backups only go to the primary node. + * `secondary_only` - Backups only go to secondary nodes. If secondary nodes are down, backups will fail. + * `prefer_secondary` - Backups go to secondary nodes, but if secondary nodes are down, backups will go to the primary node. + enum: + - primary + - secondary_only + - prefer_secondary + default: primary + external_managed_validate_sync_mode: + type: string + description: Specifies the backup types ValidatedSync will use to synchronize + the dSource with the source database + enum: + - TRANSACTION_LOG + - FULL_OR_DIFFERENTIAL + - FULL + - NONE + default: TRANSACTION_LOG + external_managed_shared_backup_locations: + maxItems: 260 + type: array + description: Shared source database backup locations. + items: + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + external_netbackup_config_master_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - plugin_id: - description: The id of the plugin which this algorithm will use. + description: The master server name of this NetBackup configuration. + external_netbackup_config_source_client_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: dc91e41c-aade-4404-9084-179cb90d07c6 - config: - description: The configuration of this algorithm. + description: The source's client server name of this NetBackup configuration. + external_netbackup_config_params: type: object additionalProperties: true - framework_name: - description: Name for the framework of this algorithm. + description: NetBackup configuration parameter overrides. + external_netbackup_config_templates: type: string - tags: - description: The tags of this algorithm. - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters: - x-internal: true - description: Parameters to create a masking algorithm revision. - type: object - required: - - name - - plugin_id - - config - properties: - name: - description: The name of this Algorithm. + description: Optional config template selection for NetBackup configurations. + If set, external_netbackup_config_params will be ignored. + external_commserve_host_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: Address - note: - description: A note of this algorithm. + description: The commserve host name of this Commvault configuration. + external_commvault_config_source_client_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - plugin_id: - description: The id of the plugin which this algorithm will use. + description: The source client name of this Commvault configuration. + external_commvault_config_staging_client_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: dc91e41c-aade-4404-9084-179cb90d07c6 - config: - description: The configuration of this algorithm revision. + description: The staging client name of this Commvault configuration. + external_commvault_config_params: type: object additionalProperties: true - tags: - description: The tags of this algorithm revision. - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters: - x-internal: true - description: Parameters to update a masking algorithm revision. - type: object - properties: - name: - description: The name of this algorithm revision. - type: string - example: Address - note: - description: A note of this algorithm revision. - type: string - Algorithm: - description: A masking algorithm. - type: object - required: - - id - - name - - plugin_name - - framework_name - properties: - id: - description: The algorithm entity ID. + description: Commvault configuration parameter overrides. + external_commvault_config_templates: type: string - example: a638d976-6b7e-43f4-9212-90f4dc6d405c - name: - description: The name of this algorithm. + description: Optional config template selection for Commvault configurations. + If set, configParams will be ignored. + encryption_key: type: string - example: Address - description: - description: A description of this algorithm. + description: The encryption key to use when restoring encrypted backups. + source_host_user: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string - nullable: true - plugin_name: - description: The name of the plugin that this algorithm belongs to. + description: ID or user reference of the host OS user to use for linking. + ppt_host_user: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: dlpx-core - framework_name: - description: The name of the framework that this algorithm belongs to. + description: Reference of the host OS user on the PPT host to use for linking. + staging_pre_script: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: Secure Lookup - create_date: - description: The date and time this algorithm was created. + description: A user-provided PowerShell script or executable to run prior + to restoring from a backup during pre-provisioning. + staging_post_script: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string - format: date-time - example: "2022-11-30T08:51:34.148000+00:00" - tags: - description: The tags of this algorithm. + description: A user-provided PowerShell script or executable to run after + restoring from a backup during pre-provisioning. + ops_pre_sync: type: array + description: Operations to perform before syncing the created dSource. These + operations can quiesce any data prior to syncing. items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - AlgorithmRevision: - description: A masking algorithm revision. - type: object + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SourceOperation' + ops_post_sync: + type: array + description: Operations to perform after syncing a created dSource. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SourceOperation' + MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters: required: - - id - - name - - algorithm_id - - plugin_id - - framework_id - - is_primary - - is_default_instance + - source_id + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseDSourceLinkSourceParameters' + - type: object + properties: + encryption_key: + type: string + description: The encryption key to use when restoring encrypted backups. + sync_strategy: + type: string + description: | + Determines how the Delphix Engine will take a backup: + * `latest_backup` - Use the most recent backup. + * `new_backup` - Delphix will take a new backup of your source database. + * `specific_backup` - Use a specific backup. Using this option requires setting `ase_backup_files`. + * `no_backup` - Use as input to sync MSSQL databases without a backup. + Default is `new_backup`. + enum: + - latest_backup + - new_backup + - specific_backup + - no_backup + default: new_backup + mssql_backup_uuid: + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: When using the `specific_backup` sync_strategy, determines + the Backup Set UUID. + compression_enabled: + type: boolean + description: When using the `new_backup` sync_strategy, determines if + compression must be enabled. Defaults to the configuration of the ingestion + strategy configured on the Delphix Engine for this dSource. + default: false + availability_group_backup_policy: + type: string + description: | + When using the `new_backup` sync_strategy for an MSSql Availability Group, determines the backup policy: + * `primary` - Backups only go to the primary node. + * `secondary_only` - Backups only go to secondary nodes. If secondary nodes are down, backups will fail. + * `prefer_secondary` - Backups go to secondary nodes, but if secondary nodes are down, backups will go to the primary node. + enum: + - primary + - secondary_only + - prefer_secondary + default: primary + source_host_user: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: ID or user reference of the host OS user to use for linking. + ppt_repository: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Reference of the SQL instance on the PPT environment that + we want to use for pre-provisioning. + ppt_host_user: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Reference of the host OS user on the PPT host to use for + linking. + staging_pre_script: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: A user-provided PowerShell script or executable to run prior + to restoring from a backup during pre-provisioning. + staging_post_script: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: A user-provided PowerShell script or executable to run after + restoring from a backup during pre-provisioning. + sync_strategy_managed_type: + type: string + description: | + MSSQL specific parameters for source based sync strategy.: + * `external` - MSSQL specific parameters for externally managed source based sync strategy. + * `delphix` - MSSQL specific parameters for delphix managed source based sync strategy. + * `staging_push` - MSSQL specific parameters for staging push based sync strategy. + enum: + - external + - delphix + - staging_push + default: external + mssql_user_environment_reference: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Reference to the source environment user to use for linking. + mssql_user_domain_username: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The username for the source DB user. + mssql_user_domain_password: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Password for the database user. + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + mssql_user_domain_vault_username: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Delphix display name for the vault user. + example: my-vault + mssql_user_domain_vault: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The name or reference of the vault from which to read the + database credentials. + mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_engine: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Vault engine name where the credential is stored. + mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_secret_path: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored. + mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Hashicorp vault key for the username in the key-value store. + mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Hashicorp vault key for the password in the key-value store. + mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure key vault name. + mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store. + mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store. + mssql_user_domain_cyberark_vault_query_string: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. + mssql_database_username: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The username for the source DB user. + mssql_database_password: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Password for the database user. + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + delphix_managed_backup_compression_enabled: + type: boolean + description: Specify whether the backups taken should be compressed or + uncompressed when Delphix managed option is selected. + default: false + delphix_managed_backup_policy: + type: string + description: | + Specify which node of an availability group to run the copy-only full backup on: + * `primary` - Backups only go to the primary node. + * `secondary_only` - Backups only go to secondary nodes. If secondary nodes are down, backups will fail. + * `prefer_secondary` - Backups go to secondary nodes, but if secondary nodes are down, backups will go to the primary node. + enum: + - primary + - secondary_only + - prefer_secondary + default: primary + external_managed_validate_sync_mode: + type: string + description: Specifies the backup types ValidatedSync will use to synchronize + the dSource with the source database + enum: + - TRANSACTION_LOG + - FULL_OR_DIFFERENTIAL + - FULL + - NONE + default: TRANSACTION_LOG + external_managed_shared_backup_locations: + maxItems: 260 + type: array + description: Shared source database backup locations. + items: + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + external_netbackup_config_master_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The master server name of this NetBackup configuration. + external_netbackup_config_source_client_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The source's client server name of this NetBackup configuration. + external_netbackup_config_params: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: NetBackup configuration parameter overrides. + external_netbackup_config_templates: + type: string + description: Optional config template selection for NetBackup configurations. + If set, external_netbackup_config_params will be ignored. + external_commserve_host_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The commserve host name of this Commvault configuration. + external_commvault_config_source_client_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The source client name of this Commvault configuration. + external_commvault_config_staging_client_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The staging client name of this Commvault configuration. + external_commvault_config_params: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: Commvault configuration parameter overrides. + external_commvault_config_templates: + type: string + description: Optional config template selection for Commvault configurations. + If set, configParams will be ignored. + MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters: + required: + - ppt_repository + - staging_database_name + type: object properties: - id: - description: The algorithm revision ID. + encryption_key: type: string - example: a638d976-6b7e-43f4-9212-90f4dc6d405c - name: - description: The name of this algorithm revision. + description: The encryption key to use when restoring encrypted backups. + ppt_repository: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: Dev - note: - description: A note of this algorithm. + description: Reference of the SQL instance on the PPT environment that we + want to use for pre-provisioning. + ppt_host_user: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string - nullable: true - algorithm_id: - description: The id of the algorithm that this revision belongs to. + description: Reference of the host OS user on the PPT host to use for linking. + staging_pre_script: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: a638d976-6b7e-43f4-9212-90f4dc6d405c - plugin_id: - description: The id of the plugin that this algorithm revision belongs to. + description: A user-provided PowerShell script or executable to run prior + to restoring from a backup during pre-provisioning. + staging_post_script: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: a638d976-6b7e-43f4-9212-90f4dc6d405c - framework_id: - description: The id of the framework that this algorithm revision belongs to. + description: A user-provided PowerShell script or executable to run after + restoring from a backup during pre-provisioning. + staging_database_name: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: a638d976-6b7e-43f4-9212-90f4dc6d405c - is_primary: - description: Whether this algorithm revision is the primary revision of its algorithm. - type: boolean - is_default_instance: - description: Whether this algorithm revision is defined in a plugin as a default instance. - type: boolean - create_date: - description: The date and time this algorithm revision was created. + description: The name of the database to create on the staging environment. + This property is mutually exclusive to sync_strategy_managed_type + db_state: type: string - format: date-time - example: "2022-11-30T08:51:34.148000+00:00" - origin_engines: - description: The engines that this algorithm revision is originated from. - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine' - config: - description: The configuration of this algorithm revision. - type: object - additionalProperties: true - tags: - description: The tags of this algorithm revision. + description: User provided db state that will be used to create staging + push db. Default is RESTORING + enum: + - RESTORING + - ONLINE + default: RESTORING + ops_pre_sync: type: array + description: Operations to perform before syncing the created dSource. These + operations can quiesce any data prior to syncing. items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine: - description: A record of engine that an algorithm revision originates from. - type: object - properties: - engine_id: - description: The id of the engine that this algorithm revision is originated from. - type: string - example: 123 - engine_name: - description: The name of the engine that this algorithm revision is originated from. - type: string - example: dev engine - MaskingRuleset: - description: A masking ruleset. - type: object - properties: - type: - description: The Ruleset type. - type: string - enum: - - FILE - - DATABASE - - MAINFRAME_DATASET - nullable: true - name: - description: The name of this Ruleset. - type: string - refresh_drops_tables: - description: Whether refresh drops tables. Only applicable to database ruleset type. - type: boolean - nullable: true - algorithms: - description: The list of algorithms for this Ruleset. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SourceOperation' + ops_post_sync: type: array + description: Operations to perform after syncing a created dSource. items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SourceOperation' + MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters: + required: + - engine_id + - name + - ppt_host_user + - ppt_repository + - staging_database_name + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseDSourceLinkSourceParameters' + - type: object + properties: + engine_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the engine to link staging push database on. + encryption_key: type: string + description: The encryption key to use when restoring encrypted backups. + ppt_repository: + maxLength: 1024 minLength: 1 - example: - type: DATABASE - name: The best Ruleset - refresh_drops_tables: true + type: string + description: Reference of the SQL instance on the PPT environment that + we want to use for pre-provisioning. + ppt_host_user: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Reference of the host OS user on the PPT host to use for + linking. + staging_pre_script: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: A user-provided PowerShell script or executable to run prior + to restoring from a backup during pre-provisioning. + staging_post_script: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: A user-provided PowerShell script or executable to run after + restoring from a backup during pre-provisioning. + staging_database_name: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The name of the database to create on the staging environment. + This property is mutually exclusive to sync_strategy_managed_type + db_state: + type: string + description: User provided db state that will be used to create staging + push db. Default is RESTORING + enum: + - RESTORING + - ONLINE + default: RESTORING + MSSQLListenerTypeEnum: + type: string + example: MSSqlAvailabilityGroupListener + enum: + - MSSqlAvailabilityGroupListener + - MSSqlFailoverClusterListener MaskingEnvironment: properties: id: - description: The MaskingEnvironment entity ID. type: string + description: The MaskingEnvironment entity ID. example: masking-environment-1 engine_id: - description: The ID of the Engine where this MaskingEnvironment resides. type: string + description: The ID of the Engine where this MaskingEnvironment resides. example: engine-123 engine_name: - description: The name of the Engine where this MaskingEnvironment resides. type: string + description: The name of the Engine where this MaskingEnvironment resides. example: engine-xyz name: - description: The name of this MaskingEnvironment. type: string + description: The name of this MaskingEnvironment. example: MyAppEnvironment purpose: - description: The purpose of this MaskingEnvironment. MaskingEnvironments with a 'MASK' purpose will - have access to Masking and Profiling jobs, whereas Environments with a 'TOKENIZE' purpose will have - access to Tokenization and Re-Identification jobs. Note that any custom purposes created through the UI - will be represented as 'MASK' purposes, due to the jobs that they have access to. - enum: [MASK, TOKENIZE] type: string + description: The purpose of this MaskingEnvironment. MaskingEnvironments + with a 'MASK' purpose will have access to Masking and Profiling jobs, + whereas Environments with a 'TOKENIZE' purpose will have access to Tokenization + and Re-Identification jobs. Note that any custom purposes created through + the UI will be represented as 'MASK' purposes, due to the jobs that they + have access to. + enum: + - MASK + - TOKENIZE is_workflow_enabled: type: boolean + MaskingExecutionMetrics: + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The MaskingJob entity ID. + example: masking-job-1 + masking_job_name: + type: string + description: The name of the MaskingJob. + example: My favorite MaskingJob + masking_job_type: + type: string + description: The type of the Masking job. + example: STANDARD + enum: + - STANDARD + - HYPERSCALE + connector_type: + type: string + description: The type of data being masked by this Job. If the Masking Job + is masking a database this is the type of the database, otherwise "FILE" + or "MAINFRAME_DATASET". + example: MARIADB + ruleset_name: + type: string + description: Name of the ruleset for the Masking job. + example: my-ruleset + rows_masked: + type: integer + description: The number of rows masked. This is not applicable for JSON + file type. + format: int64 + example: 1000 + rows_total: + type: integer + description: The total number of rows. This is not applicable for JSON file + type. + format: int64 + example: 5000 + bytes_masked: + type: integer + description: The number of bytes masked. This is only applicable for JSON + file type. + format: int64 + example: 500 + bytes_total: + type: integer + description: The total number of bytes. This is only applicable for JSON + file type. + format: int64 + example: 5000000 + duration: + type: integer + description: The time taken by the execution in ms. + format: int64 + example: 5000000 + tables_files_count: + type: integer + description: The number of tables or files in the ruleset associated to + the Masking job. + format: int64 + example: 5000000 + masked_tables_files_count: + type: integer + description: The number of tables or files in the ruleset associated to + the Masking job for which at least one column or field is masked. + format: int64 + example: 5000000 + columns_fields_count: + type: integer + description: The number of columns or fields across all tables or files + in the ruleset associated to the Masking job. + format: int64 + example: 5000000 + masked_columns_fields_count: + type: integer + description: The number of columns or fields across all tables or files + in the ruleset associated to the Masking job which are masked. + format: int64 + example: 5000000 + description: Metrics for a masking job. MaskingFileUpload: - x-internal: true - description: An uploaded file. type: object properties: + id: + type: string + description: ID of file. + description: + type: string + description: A description of this file. filename: type: string description: Name of this file. - file_reference_id: + file_checksum: type: string - description: An reference to this file. + description: Checksum of this file. file_size: type: integer - format: int64 description: Size of this file in bytes. + format: int64 + created_date: + type: string + description: Date that this file was created. + format: date-time + file_reference_id: + type: string + description: A reference to this file. + engine_file_uuid: + type: string + description: file uuid of the corresponding file on the source masking engine. + engine_name: + type: string + description: The name of the origin engine that this file belongs to. + example: Compliance Engine 1 + engine_id: + type: string + description: The id of the origin engine that this file belongs to. + example: a638d976-6b7e-43f4-9212-90f4dc6d405c + tags: + type: array + description: Tags of this file. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + description: An uploaded file. + MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters: + required: + - description + type: object + properties: + description: + type: string + description: A description for this masking file. + description: Parameters to update a masking engine MaskingJob: - description: A masking job. type: object properties: id: - description: The Masking Job entity ID. type: string + description: The Masking Job entity ID. readOnly: true example: masking-job-1 name: - description: The name of this Masking Job. type: string + description: The name of this Masking Job. example: My favorite MaskingJob + rule_set_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the Rule Set used by this Masking Job (Standard Job + only). For hyperscale jobs, see dataset_id. + example: uuid + rule_set_name: + type: string + description: The name of the Rule Set used by this Masking Job (Standard + Job only). For hyperscale jobs, see dataset_id. + example: my rule set ruleset: - description: The ruleset of this Masking job (Standard Job only). For hyperscale jobs, see dataset_id. $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingRuleset' connector_type: type: string - description: The type of data being masked by this Job. If the Masking Job is masking a database - this is the type of the database (Standard Job only). + description: The type of data being masked by this Job. If the Masking Job + is masking a database this is the type of the database (Standard Job only). example: MARIADB is_on_the_fly_masking: - description: Whether this is an on-the-fly masking job (Standard Job only). type: boolean + description: Whether this is an on-the-fly masking job (Standard Job only). example: true creation_date: - description: The date this MaskingJob was created (Standard Job only). type: string + description: The date this MaskingJob was created (Standard Job only). format: date-time - example: "2022-11-30T08:51:34.148000+00:00" + example: 2022-11-30T08:51:34.148Z last_completed_execution_date: - description: The date this MaskingJob was last executed to completion. type: string + description: The date this MaskingJob was last executed to completion. format: date-time - example: "2022-11-30T09:51:34.148000+00:00" + example: 2022-11-30T09:51:34.148Z last_execution_status: - description: The status of this MaskingJob's last execution. - type: string - enum: [ PENDING, CANCELLED, FAILED, QUEUED, RUNNING, SUCCEEDED] - example: SUCCEEDED + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExecutionStatus' last_execution_id: - description: The ID of this MaskingJob's last execution. type: string + description: The ID of this MaskingJob's last execution. example: 00e38996-7da2-4827-8f3e-0503234de537 connector_username: type: string - description: The username of the Connector used by the MaskingJob (Standard Job only). For hyperscale jobs, see the connector of the dataset. + description: The username of the Connector used by the MaskingJob (Standard + Job only). For hyperscale jobs, see the connector of the dataset. nullable: true - example: 'user123' + example: user123 connector_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true type: string - description: The password of the Connector used by the MaskingJob (Standard Job only). For hyperscale jobs, see the connector of the dataset. + description: The password of the Connector used by the MaskingJob (Standard + Job only). For hyperscale jobs, see the connector of the dataset. nullable: true example: '*****' + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true on_the_fly_source_connector_username: type: string - description: The username of the source Connector used by the on-the-fly MaskingJob (Standard Job only). + description: The username of the source Connector used by the on-the-fly + MaskingJob (Standard Job only). nullable: true - example: 'user123' + example: user123 on_the_fly_source_connector_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true type: string - description: The password of the source Connector used by the on-the-fly MaskingJob (Standard Job only). + description: The password of the source Connector used by the on-the-fly + MaskingJob (Standard Job only). nullable: true example: '*****' + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true job_type: type: string - description: The type of this Job. - enum: - - STANDARD - - HYPERSCALE + description: The engine type of this Job. This field is present for API + backward compatibility. example: STANDARD + deprecated: true + enum: + - STANDARD + - HYPERSCALE hyperscale_instance_id: - description: The ID of the Hyperscale instance of this Job (Hyperscale Job only). type: string + description: The ID of the Hyperscale instance of this Job (Hyperscale Job + only). example: abc description: - description: Description of the Job (Hyperscale Job only). type: string + description: Description of the Job (Hyperscale Job only). example: Job for app finance dataset_id: - description: Dataset of the Hyperscale Job (Hyperscale Job only). type: string + description: Dataset of the Hyperscale Job (Hyperscale Job only). example: dataset-123 retain_execution_data: - description: Defines whether execution data will be stored after execution is complete (Hyperscale Job only). type: string - enum: [ "NO", "ON_ERROR", "ALWAYS" ] - example: NO + description: Defines whether execution data will be stored after execution + is complete (Hyperscale Job only). + example: 'false' + enum: + - 'NO' + - ON_ERROR + - ALWAYS max_memory: - description: Maximum memory to be allocated for each Masking job (Hyperscale Job only). type: integer + description: Maximum memory to be allocated for each Masking job (Hyperscale + Job only). format: int32 example: 1024 min_memory: - description: Minimum memory to be allocated for each Masking job (Hyperscale Job only). type: integer + description: Minimum memory to be allocated for each Masking job (Hyperscale + Job only). format: int32 example: 1024 feedback_size: - description: Feedback Size for each Masking job (Hyperscale Job only). type: integer + description: Feedback Size for each Masking job (Hyperscale Job only). format: int32 example: 32 stream_row_limit: - description: Stream Row Limit for each Masking job (Hyperscale Job only). type: integer + description: Stream Row Limit for each Masking job (Hyperscale Job only). format: int32 example: 4 num_input_streams: - description: Number of input streams to be configured for Masking Job (Hyperscale Job only). type: integer + description: Number of input streams to be configured for Masking Job (Hyperscale + Job only). format: int32 example: 4 max_concurrent_source_connections: - description: Maximum number of parallel connection that the Hyperscale instance can have with the source datasource (Hyperscale Job only). type: integer + description: Maximum number of parallel connection that the Hyperscale instance + can have with the source datasource (Hyperscale Job only). format: int32 example: 32 max_concurrent_target_connections: - description: Maximum number of parallel connection that the Hyperscale instance can have with the target datasource (Hyperscale Job only). type: integer + description: Maximum number of parallel connection that the Hyperscale instance + can have with the target datasource (Hyperscale Job only). format: int32 example: 32 parallelism_degree: - description: The degree of parallelism (DOP) per Oracle job to recreate the index in the post-load process (Hyperscale Job only). type: integer + description: The degree of parallelism (DOP) per Oracle job to recreate + the index in the post-load process (Hyperscale Job only). format: int32 example: 4 source_masking_job_id: - description: The ID of the MaskingJob that was used as the source to create this job (Hyperscale Job only). type: string + description: The ID of the MaskingJob that was used as the source to create + this job (Hyperscale Job only). example: masking-job-0 engine_ids: - description: List of engines that this job can run on (Hyperscale Job only). type: array + description: List of engines that this job can run on (Hyperscale Job only). items: type: string tags: type: array items: $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - MaskingExecutionMetrics: - description: Metrics for a masking job. + description: A masking job. + MaskingJobConnectorsResponse: type: object properties: - id: - description: The MaskingJob entity ID. - type: string - example: masking-job-1 - masking_job_name: - description: The name of the MaskingJob. - type: string - example: My favorite MaskingJob - masking_job_type: - type: string - description: The type of the Masking job. - enum: - - STANDARD - - HYPERSCALE - example: STANDARD - connector_type: - type: string - description: The type of data being masked by this Job. If the Masking Job is masking a database - this is the type of the database, otherwise "FILE" or "MAINFRAME_DATASET". - example: MARIADB - ruleset_name: - type: string - description: Name of the ruleset for the Masking job. - example: my-ruleset - rows_masked: - description: The number of rows masked. This is not applicable for JSON file type. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 1000 - rows_total: - description: The total number of rows. This is not applicable for JSON file type. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 5000 - bytes_masked: - description: The number of bytes masked. This is only applicable for JSON file type. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 500 - bytes_total: - description: The total number of bytes. This is only applicable for JSON file type. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 5000000 - duration: - description: The time taken by the execution in ms. Only available for successful executions. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 5000000 - tables_files_count: - description: The number of tables or files in the ruleset associated to the Masking job. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 5000000 - masked_tables_files_count: - description: The number of tables or files in the ruleset associated to the Masking job for which at - least one column or field is masked. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 5000000 - columns_fields_count: - description: The number of columns or fields across all tables or files in the ruleset associated to the Masking job. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 5000000 - masked_columns_fields_count: - description: The number of columns or fields across all tables or files in the ruleset associated to the Masking job which are masked. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 5000000 + connector: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Connector' + on_the_fly_connector: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Connector' + description: Connector(s) for a masking job. MaskingJobSourceEngine: - description: A masking job's source engine. type: object properties: masking_job_id: - description: The MaskingJob entity ID. type: string + description: The MaskingJob entity ID. example: masking-job-1 source_engine_id: - description: The ID of the Engine serving as the source for the MaskingJob. type: string + description: The ID of the Engine serving as the source for the MaskingJob. example: engine-123 - MaskingJobConnectorsResponse: - description: Connector(s) for a masking job. - type: object - properties: - connector: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Connector' - on_the_fly_connector: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Connector' - MaskingPlugin: - x-internal: true - description: A masking plugin. + description: A masking job's source engine. + MaskingJobWithConnectorRole: type: object properties: id: - description: The masking plugin entity ID. type: string - example: dc91e41c-aade-4404-9084-179cb90d07c6 + description: The Job entity ID. + example: job-123 name: - description: The name of this plugin. - type: string - example: dlpx-core - plugin_type: - description: The plugin type. type: string - enum: - - EXTENDED_ALGORITHM - description: - description: A description of this plugin. - type: string - nullable: true - example: Delphix Core Masking Algorithm Plugin - install_date: - description: The date and time when this plugin is installed. + description: The name of this Masking Job. + example: My favorite MaskingJob + creation_date: type: string + description: The date this MaskingJob was created. format: date-time - built_in: - description: Whether this plugin is a built-in plugin. + example: 2022-11-30T08:51:34.148Z + is_on_the_fly_masking: type: boolean - sdk_version: - description: The masking SDK version that this plugin is built from. + description: Whether the job is an on-the-fly masking job + last_execution_time: type: string - example: 1.20.0 - version: - description: The version of this plugin. - type: string - example: 1.20.0 - author: - description: The author of this plugin. - type: string - example: Delphix - frameworks: - description: The list of frameworks for this plugin. - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Framework' - nullable: true + description: The start time of the most recent execution of this job, if + available + format: date-time + last_execution_status: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExecutionStatus' tags: - description: The tags of this plugin. type: array items: $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - Framework: - x-internal: true - description: A masking algorithm framework. - type: object - properties: - id: - description: The masking framework entity ID. - type: string - example: dc91e41c-aade-4404-9084-179cb90d07c6 - name: - description: The name of this framework. - type: string - example: Secure Lookup - description: - description: A description of this framework. - type: string - nullable: true - example: Secure Lookup Framework - masking_type: - description: The masking type of this framework. - type: string - enum: - - STRING - - DATE - - LOCAL_DATE_TIME - - BIG_DECIMAL - - BYTE_BUFFER - - GENERIC_DATA_ROW - - ADVANCED_OBJECT - Connector: - description: Connectors are the way users define the data sources to which the Masking Engine should connect. - type: object - properties: - id: - description: The Connector entity ID. - type: string - example: "1-database-123" - name: - description: The Connector name. + connector_id: type: string - example: "connector-name" - engine_id: - description: A reference to the Engine that this Connector belongs to. + description: The ID of the connector this job is related to + nullable: true + connector_role: type: string - example: "123" + description: The role of the connector in the job + nullable: false + enum: + - SOURCE + - TARGET + description: A simplified job object combined with a connector ID and the connector's + role in that job + MaskingRuleset: + type: object + properties: type: - description: The type of Connector. One of Database, File, or Mainframe. type: string - enum: [ DATABASE, FILE, MAINFRAME_DATASET ] - example: DATABASE - hostname: - description: The network hostname or IP address of the database server. - type: string - example: database_server.mycompany.co - port: - description: The TCP port of the server. - type: integer - format: int32 - minimum: 1 - maximum: 65535 - example: 9100 - username: - description: The username this Connector will use to connect to the database. + description: The Ruleset type. + nullable: true + enum: + - FILE + - DATABASE + - MAINFRAME_DATASET + name: type: string - tags: + description: The name of this Ruleset. + refresh_drops_tables: + type: boolean + description: Whether refresh drops tables. Only applicable to database ruleset + type. + nullable: true + algorithms: type: array + description: The list of algorithms for this Ruleset. items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: A masking ruleset. example: - id: "1-database-123" - name: "connector-name" - engine_id: 123 type: DATABASE - hostname: database_server.mycompany.co - port: 4322 - username: "user-123" - ConnectorUpdateParameters: - description: Parameters used to update a Masking Connector. + name: The best Ruleset + refresh_drops_tables: true + MetadataDbInfo: + title: MetadataDbInfo type: object properties: - name: - description: The Connector name. + external: + type: boolean + description: True if an external database, i.e a database running outside + of the application cluster, is in use. + example: false + version: type: string - hostname: - description: The network hostname or IP address of the database server. + description: The full database version in String format + example: TODO + database_product_name: type: string - port: - description: The TCP port of the server. + description: The database product name as reported by the database itself. + example: TODO + major_version: type: integer - format: int32 - minimum: 1 - maximum: 65535 - username: - description: The username this Connector will use to connect to the database. - type: string - password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: The password this Connector will use to connect to the database. - type: string - example: - name: "connector-name" - hostname: database_server.mycompany.co - port: 4322 - username: "user-123" - password: "password123" - Execution: - description: The execution of a masking or profile job. + description: The database major version. + minor_version: + type: integer + description: The database minor version + min_supported_major_version: + type: integer + description: The minimum supported major version of PostgreSQL. + min_supported_minor_version: + type: integer + description: The minimum supported minor version of PostgreSQL. + max_supported_major_version: + type: integer + description: The maximum supported major version of PostgreSQL. + max_supported_minor_version: + type: integer + description: The maximum supported minor version of PostgreSQL. + compatible: + type: boolean + description: Whether the database is recognized as valid for this product. + In order to be compatible, the database product name must be a recognized + PostgreSQL and the database version must be greater than or equal to the + minimum minor version and smaller than or equal to the maximum support + version. + description: Information about the product's metadata database. + MigrateJobRerunRequest: + title: MigrateJobRerunRequest + required: + - job_type type: object properties: - id: - description: The Execution entity ID. - type: string - example: "414ed52c-fa89-455d-9fb9-9c2fa5115f80" - engine_id: - description: The ID of the engine where this execution ran. - type: string - example: "1" - hyperscale_instance_id: - type: string - engine_name: - description: The name of the engine where this execution ran. - type: string - example: "prod01" - masking_job_id: - description: The ID of the masking job that is being executed. + job_type: type: string - example: "2" - masking_job_name: - description: The name of the masking job that is being executed. + description: Job name to rerun. + example: MIGRATE_BOOKMARK_SNAPSHOTS + enum: + - MIGRATE_BOOKMARK_SNAPSHOTS + description: Parameter to re-run the migration job + MigrateMaskingJobParameters: + required: + - target_engine_id + type: object + properties: + target_engine_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: "finance-masking-job" - source_connector_id: - description: The ID of the source connector. This field is only used for multi-tenant jobs that are also on-the-fly. + description: The ID of the engine to migrate the job to. + example: '1' + source_environment_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: "1-DATABASE-2" - target_connector_id: - description: The ID of the target connector. This field is only used for multi-tenant jobs. + description: The ID or name of the source environment on the target engine. + This only applies to On-The-Fly jobs. + example: test-on-the-fly-mask1 + target_environment_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: "1-DATABASE-3" - status: - description: The status of the execution regarding its completion. + description: The ID or name of the target environment on the target engine + to migrate the job into. + example: prod-in-place-mask1 + force_overwrite: + type: boolean + description: Whether to overwrite objects that already exist on the target + engine. + default: false + description: Parameters to migrate a masking job. + MigrateVDBParameters: + type: object + properties: + environment_id: type: string - enum: [ PENDING, QUEUED, RUNNING, CANCELLED, FAILED, SUCCEEDED ] - example: "RUNNING" - rows_masked: - description: The number of rows masked or profiled so far by this execution. This is not applicable for JSON file type. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 1000 - rows_total: - description: The total number of rows that this execution should mask. This value is set to -1 while the total row count is being calculated. This is not applicable for JSON file type. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 5000 - bytes_processed: - description: The number of bytes masked so far by this execution. This is only applicable for JSON file type. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 500 - bytes_total: - description: The total number of bytes that this execution should mask. This value is set to -1 while the total byte count is being calculated. This is only applicable for JSON file type. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 5000000 - start_time: - description: The date and time that this execution was started. + description: Id of the environment. + example: 1-UNIX_HOST_ENVIRONMENT-2 + environment_user_ref: type: string - format: date-time - example: "2021-05-01T09:51:34.148000+00:00" - submit_time: - description: The date and time that this execution was submitted. + description: Reference of the environment user. + example: HOST_USER-10 + repository_id: type: string - format: date-time - example: "2021-05-01T08:51:34.148000+00:00" - end_time: - description: The date and time that this execution completed. + description: Id of the environment repository. + example: 1-ORACLE_INSTALL-10 + cdb_id: type: string - format: date-time - example: "2021-05-01T11:51:34.148000+00:00" - task_events: - description: The progression of steps or events performed by this execution. Only available for executions on masking engines that are version 6.0.14.0 and higher. - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/TaskEvent' - example: [ { "event": "Initializing", "status": "SUCCEEDED" }, { "event": "Job Completed", "status": "FAILED" } ] - hyperscale_task_events: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleTaskEvent' - progress: - description: Progress of the task (value between 0 and 1, Hyperscale executions only) - type: number - example: 0.34 - HyperscaleTaskEvent: + description: Id of the container database. + example: 1-ORACLE_SINGLE_CONFIG-12 + description: Parameters to migrate a VDB. + MssqlAgReplica: + type: object properties: name: type: string - description: Name of the task (Unload, Masking, Load, Post-Load) - example: Unload - progress: - description: progress of the task (between 0 and 1) - type: number - example: 0.34 - status: + description: The logical name of the replica source. + example: Rag1_FJ1 + ag_replica_id: type: string - enum: [ CANCELLED, CANCEL_INITIATED, FAILED, RUNNING, SUCCEEDED ] - example: FAILED - processed_objects: - description: The number of objects (tables) already processed by this task. - type: integer - format: int64 - processed_rows: - description: The number of rows already processed by this task. - type: integer - format: int64 - processed_constraints: - description: The number of constraints processed by this task (Post-load task only) - type: integer - format: int64 - total_constraints: - description: The total number of constraints to be processed by this task (Post-load task only) - type: integer - format: int64 - processed_indexes: - description: The number of indexes processed by this task (Post-load task only) - type: integer - format: int64 - total_indexes: - description: The total number of indexes to be processed by this task (Post-load task only) - type: integer - format: int64 - processed_triggers: - description: The number of triggered processed by this task (Post-load task only) - type: integer - format: int64 - total_triggers: - description: The total number of triggers to be processed by this task (Post-load task only) - type: integer - format: int64 - start_time: - description: The date and time that this task was started. + description: The AG Replica object entity ID. + example: 1-MSSQL_DB_CONTAINER-104 + vdb_id: type: string - format: date-time - example: "2022-01-02T05:11:24.148000+00:00" - end_time: - description: The date and time that this task completed. + description: Reference to the AG virtual source. + example: 1-MSSQL_DB_CONTAINER-102 + current_timeflow_id: type: string - format: date-time - example: "2022-01-02T05:13:24.148000+00:00" - errors: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleTaskError' - HyperscaleTaskError: - properties: - table_name: + description: A reference to the currently active timeflow for this AG Replica. + example: 1-MSSQL_TIMEFLOW-111 + mount_point: type: string - description: the name of the table for which the error occurred, including the schema. - example: public_schema.table_x - error: + description: The base mount point for the replica source iSCSI LUN mounts. + example: C:\Program Files\Delphix\DelphixConnector\ec2f5d5f-a2e0-3902-5097-62d348ae63a8-replica-30 + exported_data_directory: type: string - description: A textual description of the error. - TaskEvent: - description: A step or event performed by a masking execution. + description: ZFS exported data directory path. + example: domain0/mssql_db_container-358/mssql_timeflow-361/datafile + repository_id: + type: string + description: The repository id of this AG Replica. + example: 1-MSSQL_INSTANCE-116 + environment_id: + type: string + description: A reference to the Environment that hosts this AG Replica. + example: 1-WINDOWS_HOST_ENVIRONMENT-43 + curr_timeflow_support_provision_without_backup: + type: boolean + description: Indicates whether the database file can be used to provision + without taking backups for current (active) timeflow of ths AG Replica. + example: false + curr_timeflow_ag_replica_sync_status: + type: string + description: Indicates the data-movement state for current (active) timeflow + of ths AG Replica. + example: SYNCHRONIZED + curr_timeflow_last_hardened_lsn: + type: string + description: For current (active) timeflow of ths AG Replica, indicates + the start of the next block past the blocks that are already on disk. + So any LSN less than the value of last_hardened_lsn is on disk. + example: '34000000294400001' + description: A replica MSSQL source that constitutes an MSSQL AG virtual source. + NameValuePair: + required: + - var_name + - var_value type: object properties: - event: - description: The steps or events a task will perform. + var_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: "Job Completed" - status: - description: The state of result of the task event. + description: The name of the environment variable. + example: env-var-name-1 + var_value: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - enum: [ CANCELLED, FAILED, QUEUED, RUNNING, SUCCEEDED, SKIPPED, NON_CONFORMANT ] - example: "SUCCEEDED" - ExecutionEvent: - description: Events, such as warnings or errors, associated with job executions. + description: The value of the environment variable. + example: env-var-value-1 + Namespace: type: object properties: id: - description: The ExecutionEvent entity ID. type: string - example: "1-EVENT-1" - execution_id: - description: The ID of the execution. + description: The Namespace ID. + name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: "414ed52c-fa89-455d-9fb9-9c2fa5115f80" - event_type: - description: The type of execution event. + description: The Namespace name. + tag: type: string - enum: [ JOB_ABORTED, UNMASKED_DATA, MASKING_FALLBACK ] - example: "JOB_ABORTED" - severity: - description: The severity of the execution event. + description: This is the tag of the Replication profile that created this + namespace. + engine_id: type: string - enum: [ INFO, WARNING, CRITICAL ] - example: "INFO" - cause: - description: The cause of the execution event. + description: The ID of the engine that the Namespace belongs to. + description: + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 type: string - enum: [ UNHANDLED_EXCEPTION, IGNORED_EXCEPTION, PATTERN_MATCH_FAILURE, PREMASK_TYPE_CONVERSION_FAILURE, POSTMASK_TYPE_CONVERSION_FAILURE, EXTENDED_ALGORITHM_FAILURE, DRIVER_SUPPORT_TASK_FAILURE, DATA_NOT_FOUND_FAILURE ] - example: "UNHANDLED_EXCEPTION" - count: - description: The number of times the execution event occurred. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 1 - timestamp: - description: The date and time that this execution event first occurred. + description: A description of the namespace. + secure_namespace: + type: boolean + description: True if the source data stream was generated from a ReplicationProfile + with mode CONTINUOUS_VAULT. + failed_over: + type: boolean + description: True if the namespace has been failed over into the live environment. + failover_report: type: string - format: date-time - example: "2023-03-20T08:51:34.148000+00:00" - masked_object_name: - description: The name of the column, field, or other object being masked when this event occurred, if applicable. + description: If the namespace has been failed over, this contains a report + about objects affected by the failover. + locked: + type: boolean + description: True if the namespace is locked. + failback_possible: + type: boolean + description: True if the namespace can be failed back. + failback_capability: type: string - example: "ssn" - algorithm_name: - description: The name of the masking algorithm running when this event occurred, if applicable. + description: Whether the namespace is capable of failback + enum: + - FAILBACK_READY + - FAILBACK_COMPATIBLE + - FAILBACK_INCOMPATIBLE + - FAILBACK_UNSUPPORTED + - FAILOVER_COMMITED_CANNOT_FAILBACK + failback_incapability_reason: + type: string + description: When incapable, the reason why the namespace is incompatible + with failback. + replication_mode: + type: string + description: The replication mode of the associated ReplicationProfile that + created the Namespace. + enum: + - ENGINE_DATA_REPLICATION + - MASKED_DATA_DISTRIBUTION + - CONTINUOUS_VAULT + last_execution_status: type: string - example: "SsnTK" - exception_type: - description: The Java class of the exception that triggered this event, if applicable. + description: The status of the last execution of the ReplicationProfile + associated with the Namespace. + enum: + - RUNNING + - COMPLETED + - SUSPENDED + - CANCELED + - FAILED + last_execution_status_timestamp: + type: string + description: The timestamp of the last execution status of the ReplicationProfile + associated with the Namespace. + format: date-time + source_engine_id: type: string - example: "SQLException" - exception_detail: - description: The details associated with the Java exception that triggered this event, if applicable. + description: The ID of the source engine that the ReplicationProfile that + created the Namespace belongs to. + source_engine_name: type: string - example: "Listener refused the connection with the following error: ORA-12505, TNS:listener does not currently know of SID given in connect descriptor" - ExecutionLog: - description: A log containing warnings or errors associated with a job execution. + description: The name of the source engine that the ReplicationProfile that + created the Namespace belongs to. + description: A namespace represents an alternative namespace for objects and + data within a Delphix engine. + NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters: + title: NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters + required: + - environment_id + - environment_user_id + - master_server_name + - source_client_name type: object properties: - id: - description: The ExecutionLog entity ID. - type: string - example: "1-LOG-1" - execution_id: - description: The ID of the execution. - type: string - example: "414ed52c-fa89-455d-9fb9-9c2fa5115f80" - masking_job_id: - description: The ID of the masking job that is being executed. + environment_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: "2" - status: - description: The status of the execution regarding its completion. + description: Id of the target environment to test NetBackup connectivity + from. + example: 1-ENVIRONMENT-1 + environment_user_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - enum: [ CANCELLED, FAILED, QUEUED, RUNNING, SUCCEEDED ] - log: - description: The log file contents. + description: Id of the environment user. + example: USER-1 + master_server_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: "ORA-12505, TNS:listener does not currently know of SID given in connect descriptor" - ExecutionCancelParameters: - description: Parameters to cancel an execution. - type: object - properties: - expected_status: - description: The expected status of the execution to cancel to prevent cancelling a queued job that has transitioned to a running state since the request was issued (Standard Job only). + description: The name of the NetBackup master server to attempt to connect + to. + example: master_server.delphix.com + source_client_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - enum: [ QUEUED, RUNNING ] - example: "QUEUED" - DatasetGroup: - description: A Delphix engine dataset group. + description: The name of the NetBackup client to attempt to connect with. + example: source_client.delphix.com + description: Parameters to test NetBackup master server and client connectivity + on an environment. + NetworkDSPTestRequest: + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/NetworkTestParametersRequest' + - type: object + properties: + direction: + type: string + description: Whether the test is a transmit or receive test. + example: TRANSMIT + enum: + - TRANSMIT + - RECEIVE + default: TRANSMIT + num_connections: + maximum: 32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + description: The number of connections to use for the test. The special + value 0 (the default) causes the test to automatically discover + example: 0 + duration: + maximum: 3600 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + description: The duration of the test in seconds. Note that when numConnections + is 0, an initial period of time will be spent calculating the optimal + number of connections, and that time does not count toward the duration + of the test. + example: 30 + default: 30 + destination_type: + type: string + description: Whether the test is testing connectivity to a Delphix Engine + or remote host. + example: REMOTE_HOST + enum: + - REMOTE_HOST + - DELPHIX_ENGINE + default: REMOTE_HOST + compression: + type: boolean + description: Whether or not compression is used for the test. + example: false + default: false + encryption: + type: boolean + description: Whether or not encryption is used for the test. + example: false + default: false + queue_depth: + maximum: 4096 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + description: The queue depth used for the DSP throughput test. + example: 64 + default: 64 + block_size: + maximum: 1048576 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + description: The size of each transmit request in bytes. + example: 1048576 + default: 1048576 + send_socket_buffer: + maximum: 16777216 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + description: The size of the send socket buffer in bytes. + example: 1048576 + default: 1048576 + receive_socket_buffer: + maximum: 16777216 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + description: The size of the receive socket buffer in bytes. + example: 1048576 + default: 1048576 + xport_scheduler: + type: string + description: The transport scheduler to use. + example: ROUND_ROBIN + enum: + - ROUND_ROBIN + - LEAST_QUEUE + default: ROUND_ROBIN + target_engine_id: + type: string + description: engine id which test exc + example: '2' + target_engine_address: + type: string + description: Address of other target Delphix Engine. + example: example.engine.co + target_engine_user: + type: string + description: Username for the other target Delphix Engine. + example: admin + target_engine_password: + type: string + description: Password for the other target Delphix Engine. + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + NetworkDSPTestResult: + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/NetworkTestBaseResult' + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/NetworkDSPTestRequest' + - type: object + properties: + throughput: + type: integer + description: Average network throughput measured in bits per second (bps). + Uses base 1024 for unit scaling (e.g., Kbps, Mbps). + format: int64 + num_connections: + type: integer + description: Number of connections used to achieve maximum sustained throughput. + NetworkLatencyTestResult: + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/NetworkTestBaseResult' + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/LatencyTestRequest' + - type: object + properties: + minimum: + type: integer + description: Minimum measured round-trip time (usec). + maximum: + type: integer + description: Maximum measured round-trip time (usec). + average: + type: integer + description: Average measured round-trip time (usec). + stddev: + type: integer + description: Standard deviation (usec). + loss: + type: integer + description: Percentage of requests or replies lost. + NetworkTestBaseResult: type: object properties: - id: - description: The dataset group ID. + dct_job_id: type: string - example: '1-GROUP-1' + description: Unique identifier for the network performance test job. name: - description: The name of this dataset group. type: string - example: 'Untitled' - namespace_id: - description: The namespace id of this dataset group. + description: Object name. + remote_address: type: string - example: '1-NAMESPACE-1' - namespace_name: - description: The namespace name of this dataset group. + description: The remote IP address used for the test. + remote_host: type: string - example: 'test-engine-1' - is_replica: - description: Is this a replicated object. - type: boolean - example: true - engine_id: - description: Id of the Engine that this dataset group belongs to. + state: type: string - example: '1' - engine_name: - description: Name of the Engine that this dataset group belongs to. + description: The state of the test. [RUNNING, COMPLETED, FAILED, CANCELED] + example: COMPLETED + start_time: type: string - example: 'Engine-1' - namespace: - description: The namespace of this dataset group. + description: Time when the test was started. + end_time: type: string - example: 'ns-1' - Toolkit: - description: A toolkit or plugin. + description: Time when the test ended. + NetworkTestParametersRequest: + required: + - engine_id + type: object + properties: + engine_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the engine where the test is to be executed. + host_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]+$ + type: string + description: Identifier of host that must exist within an associated with + engine. + description: Parameters used when creating a network test. + NetworkTestResponse: + type: object + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + NetworkThroughputTestRequest: + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/NetworkTestParametersRequest' + - required: + - host_id + type: object + properties: + direction: + type: string + description: Whether the test is a transmit or receive test. + example: TRANSMIT + enum: + - TRANSMIT + - RECEIVE + default: TRANSMIT + num_connections: + maximum: 32 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + description: The number of connections to use for the test. The special + value 0 (the default) causes the test to automatically discover + example: 0 + duration: + maximum: 3600 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + description: The duration of the test in seconds. Note that when numConnections + is 0, an initial period of time will be spent calculating the optimal + number of connections, and that time does not count toward the duration + of the test. + example: 30 + default: 30 + port: + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + description: The TCP port number that the server (the receiver) will be + listening on. + block_size: + maximum: 1048576 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + description: The size of each transmit request in bytes. + example: 16384 + default: 16384 + send_socket_buffer: + maximum: 16777216 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + description: The size of the send socket buffer in bytes. + example: 4194304 + default: 4194304 + NetworkThroughputTestResult: + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/NetworkTestBaseResult' + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/NetworkThroughputTestRequest' + - type: object + properties: + throughput: + type: integer + description: Average network throughput measured in bits per second (bps). + Uses base 1024 for unit scaling (e.g., Kbps, Mbps). + format: int64 + num_connections: + type: integer + description: Number of connections used to achieve maximum sustained throughput. + ObjectPermissionAccessGroups: type: object properties: id: - description: Id of the toolkit. type: string - type: - description: Specifies whether this object is toolkit or plugin + description: ID of the access group. + name: type: string - reference: - description: The object reference. + description: Name of the access group. + permissions: + type: array + description: Permissions for the object in this access group. + items: + type: string + description: The account groups for object permission account. + ObjectPermissionAccount: + type: object + properties: + id: + type: integer + description: Numeric ID of the Account. + format: int64 + first_name: type: string - engine_name: - description: Name of the engine. + description: First name of the Account. + last_name: type: string - engine_id: - description: Id of the engine. + description: Last name of the Account. + email: type: string - virtual_source_definition: - description: Definition of how to provision virtual sources of this type - type: object - additionalProperties: true - linked_source_definition: - description: Definition of how to link sources of this type. - type: object - additionalProperties: true - discovery_definition: - description: Definition of how to discover sources of this type. - type: object - additionalProperties: true - upgrade_definition: - description: Definition of how to upgrade sources of this type. - type: object - additionalProperties: true - snapshot_parameters_definition: - description: The schema that defines the structure of the fields in AppDataSyncParameters. - type: object - additionalProperties: true - tags: - description: Tags associated to this toolkit. + description: Email of the Account. + access_groups: type: array + description: Access groups of the Account. items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - VDB: - description: A Delphix virtual database or dataset. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ObjectPermissionAccessGroups' + description: The account details for object permission. + ObjectPermissionsResponse: + type: object + properties: + accounts: + type: array + description: The Accounts permitted for this object. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ObjectPermissionAccount' + description: The object permissions for a given object in DCT based on object + type and object id. + ObjectTypeEnum: + type: string + description: Type of the DCT object. + example: VDB + enum: + - ALGORITHM + - ACCESS_GROUP + - ACCOUNT + - AI_SERVICE + - ROLE + - BOOKMARK + - CDB + - CLASSIFIER + - DATA_CLASS + - DATABASE_TEMPLATE + - DISCOVERY_EXPRESSION + - DISCOVERY_POLICY + - DSOURCE + - ENGINE + - ENVIRONMENT + - COMPLIANCE_JOB_COLLECTION + - MASKING_ENVIRONMENT + - MASKING_FILE_UPLOAD + - MASKING_JOB + - MASKING_JOB_SET + - REPORT_SCHEDULE + - RULE_SET + - SOURCE + - VAULT + - VCDB + - VDB + - VDB_GROUP + - CONNECTOR + - VIRTUALIZATION_POLICY + - DATASET_GROUP + - ENGINE_VAULT + - KERBEROS_CONFIG + - TIMEFLOW + - MASKING_PLUGIN + - HYPERSCALE_INSTANCE + - HYPERSCALE_CONNECTOR + - HYPERSCALE_DATASET + - TOOLKIT + - REPLICATION_PROFILE + - NAMESPACE + - STAGING_SOURCE + - DATA_LAYOUT + - SNAPSHOT + - JOB + - VIRTUALIZATION_POLICY_TARGET + - DATA_CONNECTION + - HOOK_TEMPLATE + - JOB_ORCHESTRATOR + ObjectTypeProperty: + required: + - object_type + type: object + properties: + object_type: + type: string + description: Object type. + example: VDB + enum: + - ALGORITHM + - ACCESS_GROUP + - ACCOUNT + - AUDIT_LOGS_SUMMARY_REPORT + - ROLE + - API_USAGE_REPORT + - BOOKMARK + - CDB + - CLASSIFIER + - DATA_CLASS + - DATABASE_TEMPLATE + - DISCOVERY_EXPRESSION + - DISCOVERY_POLICY + - DSOURCE + - ENGINE + - ENVIRONMENT + - COMPLIANCE_JOB_COLLECTION + - MASKING_JOB + - MASKING_ENVIRONMENT + - MASKING_FILE_UPLOAD + - MASKING_JOB_SET + - REPORT_SCHEDULE + - RULE_SET + - SOURCE + - VAULT + - VCDB + - VDB + - VDB_GROUP + - CONNECTOR + - CONNECTIVITY_CHECK + - DSOURCE_USAGE_REPORT + - DSOURCE_CONSUMPTION_REPORT + - JOB + - DCT_ANALYTICS_BUNDLE + - PRODUCT_INFO + - PRODUCT_REGISTRATION + - PROXY_CONFIGURATION + - SMTP_CONFIG + - MASKING_EXECUTION_METRICS_REPORT + - STORAGE_SUMMARY_REPORT + - STORAGE_SAVINGS_SUMMARY_REPORT + - VDB_INVENTORY_REPORT + - LDAP + - SAML + - PASSWORD_POLICY + - GLOBAL_PROPERTIES + - SYSTEM + - API_CLASSIFICATION + - VIRTUALIZATION_POLICY + - DATASET_GROUP + - METADATA_DATABASE + - ENGINE_VAULT + - KERBEROS_CONFIG + - TIMEFLOW + - HYPERSCALE_INSTANCE + - HYPERSCALE_CONNECTOR + - HYPERSCALE_DATASET + - TOOLKIT + - MASKING_PLUGIN + - REPLICATION_PROFILE + - NAMESPACE + - ENGINE_PERFORMANCE_ANALYTIC_REPORT + - STAGING_SOURCE + - DATA_RISK_REPORT + - ENGINE_GLOBAL_OBJECT_STATE_REPORT + - DATA_LAYOUT + - VIRTUALIZATION_JOB + - GLOBAL_TAG + - VIRTUALIZATION_ACTION + - VIRTUALIZATION_ALERT + - VIRTUALIZATION_FAULT + - LICENSE + - VIRTUALIZATION_POLICY_TARGET + - UPGRADE_MIGRATE_JOB + - DATA_CONNECTION + - HOOK_TEMPLATE + - JOB_ORCHESTRATOR + - AI_SERVICE + description: A DCT object type. + OracleActiveInstance: + type: object + properties: + instance_number: + minimum: 1 + type: integer + description: The number of this instance. + instance_name: + type: string + description: The name of this instance. + host_name: + type: string + description: The reference to the cluster node which the instance is running + on. + OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters: + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters' + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleAsmLayoutParameters' + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters' + - required: + - location + type: object + properties: + location: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The SCN value in the snapshot to perform the export from + this SCN location. + example: '112233' + OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters: + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters' + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleAsmLayoutParameters' + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters' + - type: object + properties: + snapshot_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the snapshot from which to execute the operation. + If snapshot_id is not provided, the latest snapshot will be selected. + OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters: + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters' + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleAsmLayoutParameters' + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters' + - required: + - timeflow_id + - timestamp + type: object + properties: + timeflow_id: + type: string + description: The Timeflow ID. + example: 1-ORACLE_TIMEFLOW-2 + timestamp: + type: string + description: The timestamp at which to execute the operation. + format: date-time + example: 2025-01-31T08:51:34.148Z + OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters: + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters' + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleAsmLayoutParameters' + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters' + - required: + - bookmark_id + type: object + properties: + bookmark_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the bookmark from which to execute the operation. + OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters: + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleAsmLayoutParameters' + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters' + - type: object + properties: + db_unique_name: + maxLength: 30 + type: string + description: Unique name to be given to the database after it is converted + to physical. + example: DBOMSR9051BF + pdb_name: + maxLength: 30 + type: string + description: The name to be given to the PDB after it is exported in-place. + example: CDOMLOTGACDBPDB + operations_postV2P: + type: boolean + description: Indicates operations allowed on virtual source post V2P. + default: false + OracleAsmLayoutParameters: + required: + - default_data_diskgroup type: object properties: - id: - description: The VDB object entity ID. - type: string - database_type: - description: The database type of this VDB. + default_data_diskgroup: type: string - nullable: true - name: - description: The container name of this VDB. + description: Default diskgroup for datafiles. + example: +DATA + redo_diskgroup: type: string - nullable: true - namespace_id: - description: The namespace id of this VDB. + description: Diskgroup for archive logs. Optional as it is not required + for PDB databases. + example: +REDO + OracleAttachCdbParameters: + required: + - dsource_id + properties: + dsource_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: '1-NAMESPACE-1' - namespace_name: - description: The namespace name of this VDB. + description: Id of the dsource to attach. + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleAttachParameters' + - type: object + OracleAttachDSourceParameters: + required: + - source_id + properties: + source_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: 'test-engine-1' - is_replica: - description: Is this a replicated object. - type: boolean - example: true - is_locked: - description: Is this VDB locked. + description: Id of the source to attach. + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleAttachParameters' + - type: object + OracleAttachParameters: + type: object + properties: + backup_level_enabled: type: boolean - example: true - locked_by: - description: The ID of the account that locked this VDB. + description: Boolean value indicates whether LEVEL-based incremental backups + can be used on the source database. + bandwidth_limit: type: integer - format: int64 - example: 1 - locked_by_name: - description: The name of the account that locked this VDB. - type: string - database_version: - description: The database version of this VDB. + description: Bandwidth limit (MB/s) for SnapSync and LogSync network traffic. + A value of 0 means no limit. + default: 0 + check_logical: + type: boolean + description: True if extended block checking should be used for this linked + database. + default: false + compressed_linking_enabled: + type: boolean + description: True if SnapSync data from the source should be compressed + over the network. Enabling this feature will reduce network bandwidth + consumption and may significantly improve throughput, especially over + slow network. + default: true + double_sync: + type: boolean + description: True if two SnapSyncs should be performed in immediate succession + to reduce the number of logs required to provision the snapshot. This + may significantly reduce the time necessary to provision from a snapshot. + default: false + encrypted_linking_enabled: + type: boolean + description: True if SnapSync data from the source should be retrieved through + an encrypted connection. Enabling this feature can decrease the performance + of SnapSync from the source but has no impact on the performance of VDBs + created from the retrieved data. + default: false + environment_user: type: string - nullable: true - jdbc_connection_string: - description: The JDBC connection URL for this VDB. + description: Reference to the user that should be used in the host. + external_file_path: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string - size: - description: The total size of this VDB, in bytes. - type: integer - format: int64 - nullable: true - storage_size: - description: The actual space used by this VDB, in bytes. + description: External file path. + files_per_set: + maximum: 64 + minimum: 1 type: integer - format: int64 - nullable: true - engine_id: - description: A reference to the Engine that this VDB belongs to. - type: string - status: - description: The runtime status of the VDB. 'Unknown' if all attempts to connect to the dataset failed. - type: string - nullable: true - masked: - description: The VDB is masked or not. + description: Number of data files to include in each RMAN backup set. + default: 5 + force: type: boolean - nullable: true - content_type: - description: The content type of the vdb. - type: string - nullable: true - parent_timeflow_timestamp: - description: The timestamp for parent timeflow. - type: string - format: date-time - nullable: true - parent_timeflow_timezone: - description: The timezone for parent timeflow. - type: string - nullable: true - environment_id: - description: A reference to the Environment that hosts this VDB. - type: string - nullable: true - ip_address: - description: The IP address of the VDB's host. - type: string - nullable: true - fqdn: - description: The FQDN of the VDB's host. - type: string - nullable: true - parent_id: - description: A reference to the parent dataset of this VDB. - type: string - nullable: true - parent_dsource_id: - description: A reference to the parent dSource of this VDB. - type: string - nullable: true - group_name: - description: The name of the group containing this VDB. - type: string - nullable: true - engine_name: - description: Name of the Engine where this VDB is hosted - type: string - nullable: true - cdb_id: - description: A reference to the CDB or VCDB associated with this VDB. - type: string - nullable: true - tags: + description: If true, attach will succeed even if the resetlogs of the new + database does not match the resetlogs information of the original database. + default: false + link_now: + type: boolean + description: True if initial load should be done immediately. + default: false + number_of_connections: + type: integer + description: Total number of transport connections to use during SnapSync. + default: 1 + operations: type: array + description: Operations to perform after syncing a created dSource and before + running the LogSync. items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - creation_date: - description: The date this VDB was created. - type: string - format: date-time - nullable: true - hooks: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/VirtualDatasetHooks" - appdata_source_params: - description: The JSON payload conforming to the DraftV4 schema based on the type of application data being manipulated. - type: object - additionalProperties: true - nullable: true - template_id: - description: A reference to the Database Template. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SourceOperation' + oracle_fallback_user: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - nullable: true - config_params: - description: Database configuration parameter overrides. - type: object - additionalProperties: true - nullable: true - additional_mount_points: - description: Specifies additional locations on which to mount a subdirectory of an AppData container. - Can only be updated while the VDB is disabled. - type: array - items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/AdditionalMountPoint" - nullable: true - appdata_config_params: - description: The parameters specified by the source config schema in the toolkit - type: object - nullable: true - additionalProperties: true - mount_point: + description: The database fallback username. Optional if bequeath connections + are enabled (to be used in case of bequeath connection failures). Only + required for username-password auth. + example: oracle + oracle_fallback_credentials: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - description: Mount point for the VDB (Oracle, ASE, AppData). - example: /var/mnt - current_timeflow_id: + description: Password for fallback username. + example: oracle + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + rman_channels: + maximum: 32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + description: Number of parallel channels to use. + default: 2 + OracleClusterNodeInstance: + type: object + properties: + instance_name: type: string - description: A reference to the currently active timeflow for this VDB. - example: "timeflow-456" - previous_timeflow_id: + description: The name of this instance. + instance_number: + type: integer + description: The number of this instance. + source_id: type: string - description: A reference to the previous timeflow for this VDB. - example: "timeflow-123" - last_refreshed_date: - description: The date this VDB was last refreshed. + description: The id of Source this instance belongs to. + description: An oracle cluster node instance. + OracleConfigTypeEnum: + type: string + example: OracleSIConfig + enum: + - OracleRACConfig + - OracleSIConfig + - OraclePDBConfig + OracleCustomEnvVar: + type: object + properties: + cluster_node: type: string - format: date-time - nullable: true - vdb_restart: - description: Indicates whether the Engine should automatically restart this vdb when - target host reboot is detected. - type: boolean - example: true - is_appdata: - description: Indicates whether this VDB has an AppData database. - type: boolean - example: true - toolkit_id: - description: The ID of the toolkit associated with this VDB. + description: The cluster node on which the environment variable is relevant. + path_parameters: type: string - plugin_version: - description: The version of the plugin associated with this VDB. + description: A string of whitespace-separated parameters to be passed to + the source command. The first parameter must be an absolute path to a + file that exists on the target environment. Every subsequent parameter + will be treated as an argument interpreted by the environment file. + var_name: type: string - example: "1.0.0" - nullable: true - primary_object_id: - description: The ID of the parent object from which replication was done. + description: The name of the environment variable. + var_value: type: string - primary_engine_id: - description: The ID of the parent engine from which replication was done. + description: The value of the environment variable. + OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters: + required: + - source_id + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseDSourceLinkSourceParameters' + - type: object + properties: + external_file_path: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: External file path. + environment_user_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Id of the environment user to use for linking. + backup_level_enabled: + type: boolean + description: Boolean value indicates whether LEVEL-based incremental backups + can be used on the source database. + rman_channels: + maximum: 32 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + description: Number of parallel channels to use. + default: 2 + files_per_set: + maximum: 64 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + description: Number of data files to include in each RMAN backup set. + default: 5 + check_logical: + type: boolean + description: True if extended block checking should be used for this linked + database. + default: false + encrypted_linking_enabled: + type: boolean + description: True if SnapSync data from the source should be retrieved + through an encrypted connection. Enabling this feature can decrease + the performance of SnapSync from the source but has no impact on the + performance of VDBs created from the retrieved data. + default: false + compressed_linking_enabled: + type: boolean + description: True if SnapSync data from the source should be compressed + over the network. Enabling this feature will reduce network bandwidth + consumption and may significantly improve throughput, especially over + slow network. + default: true + bandwidth_limit: + type: integer + description: Bandwidth limit (MB/s) for SnapSync and LogSync network traffic. + A value of 0 means no limit. + default: 0 + number_of_connections: + type: integer + description: Total number of transport connections to use during SnapSync. + default: 1 + diagnose_no_logging_faults: + type: boolean + description: If true, NOLOGGING operations on this container are treated + as faults and cannot be resolved manually. + default: true + pre_provisioning_enabled: + type: boolean + description: If true, pre-provisioning will be performed after every sync. + default: false + link_now: + type: boolean + description: True if initial load should be done immediately. + default: false + force_full_backup: + type: boolean + description: Whether or not to take another full backup of the source + database. + default: false + double_sync: + type: boolean + description: True if two SnapSyncs should be performed in immediate succession + to reduce the number of logs required to provision the snapshot. This + may significantly reduce the time necessary to provision from a snapshot. + default: false + rman_rate_in_MB: + type: integer + description: "RMAN rate in megabytes to be used. This is the upper limit\ + \ for bytes read so that \nRMAN does not consume excessive disk bandwidth\ + \ and degrade online performance. (Oracle only)\n" + default: 0 + skip_space_check: + type: boolean + description: Skip check that tests if there is enough space available + to store the database in the Delphix Engine. The Delphix Engine estimates + how much space a database will occupy after compression and prevents + SnapSync if insufficient space is available. This safeguard can be overridden + using this option. This may be useful when linking highly compressible + databases. + default: false + do_not_resume: + type: boolean + description: Indicates whether a fresh SnapSync must be started regardless + if it was possible to resume the current SnapSync. If true, we will + not resume but instead ignore previous progress and backup all datafiles + even if already completed from previous failed SnapSync. This does not + force a full backup, if an incremental was in progress this will start + a new incremental snapshot. + default: false + files_for_full_backup: + type: array + description: List of datafiles to take a full backup of. This would be + useful in situations where certain datafiles could not be backed up + during previous SnapSync due to corruption or because they went offline. + items: + type: integer + log_sync_mode: + type: string + description: LogSync operation mode for this database. + enum: + - ARCHIVE_ONLY_MODE + - ARCHIVE_REDO_MODE + - UNDEFINED + default: UNDEFINED + log_sync_interval: + type: integer + description: Interval between LogSync requests, in seconds. + default: 5 + non_sys_username: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Non-SYS database user to access this database. Only required + for username-password auth (Single tenant only). + example: oracle + non_sys_password: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Password for non sys user authentication (Single tenant only). + example: oracle + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + non_sys_vault_username: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Delphix display name for the non sys vault user(Single tenant + only). + example: my-vault + non_sys_vault: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The name or reference of the vault from which to read the + database credentials (Single tenant only). + example: my-vault + non_sys_hashicorp_vault_engine: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Vault engine name where the credential is stored (Single + tenant only). + example: kv + non_sys_hashicorp_vault_secret_path: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored (Single + tenant only). + example: oracle-env + non_sys_hashicorp_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Hashicorp vault key for the username in the key-value store + (Single tenant only). + example: username + non_sys_hashicorp_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Hashicorp vault key for the password in the key-value store + (Single tenant only). + example: secret + non_sys_azure_vault_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure key vault name (Single tenant only). + example: azure_vault + non_sys_azure_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store (Single + tenant only). + example: username + non_sys_azure_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store (Single + tenant only). + example: secret + non_sys_cyberark_vault_query_string: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault (Single + tenant only). + example: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + fallback_username: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The database fallback username. Optional if bequeath connections + are enabled (to be used in case of bequeath connection failures). Only + required for username-password auth. + example: oracle + fallback_password: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Password for fallback username. + example: oracle + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + fallback_vault_username: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Delphix display name for the fallback vault user. + example: my-vault + fallback_vault: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The name or reference of the vault from which to read the + database credentials. + example: my-vault + fallback_hashicorp_vault_engine: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Vault engine name where the credential is stored. + example: kv + fallback_hashicorp_vault_secret_path: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored. + example: oracle-env + fallback_hashicorp_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Hashicorp vault key for the username in the key-value store. + example: username + fallback_hashicorp_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Hashicorp vault key for the password in the key-value store. + example: secret + fallback_azure_vault_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure key vault name. + example: azure_vault + fallback_azure_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store. + example: username + fallback_azure_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store. + example: secret + fallback_cyberark_vault_query_string: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. + example: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + ops_pre_log_sync: + type: array + description: Operations to perform after syncing a created dSource and + before running the LogSync. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SourceOperation' + OracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest: + required: + - environment_id + properties: + environment_id: type: string - primary_engine_name: - description: The name of the parent engine from which replication was done. + description: The ID of the environment to be linked. + container_type: type: string - replicas: - description: The list of replicas replicated from this object. - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Replica' - example: - id: "vdb-123" - database_type: "Oracle" - name: "prod01-copy01" - database_version: "10.2.0.5.0" - size: 339292672 - storage_size: 12345678 - engine_id: "engine-123" - status: "RUNNING" - environment_id: "environment-123" - ip_address: "192.0.2.0" - fqdn: "virtual-dbs.myhost.com" - parent_id: "vdb-122" - parent_dsource_id: "dsource-id" - group_name: "VDBs" - cdb_id: "cdb-123" - engine_name: "engine-123-name" - appdata_source_params: {"param": "value", "param2": "value2"} - additional_mount_points: [{"shared_path": "/", "mount_path": "/work", "environment_id": "environment-123"}] - appdata_config_params: {"foo": "bar"} - tags: [ { "key": "key1", "value": "value1" }, { "key": "key2", "value": "value2" } ] - creation_date: "2021-05-01T08:51:34.148000+00:00" - last_refreshed_date: "2023-04-15T02:11:14.248000+00:00" - hooks: { "pre_refresh": [ { "name": "Print the current user", "command": "whoami", "shell": "bash", element_id: "0" } ] } - template_id: "DATABASE_TEMPLATE-1" - is_appdata: false - plugin_version: "1.0.0" - primary_object_id: "1-CONTAINER-1" - primary_engine_id: "1" - primary_engine_name: "source-engine" - replicas: [ { "replica_id": "replica-1", "replica_engine_id": "1", "replica_engine_name": "replica-e1" }, { "replica_id": "replica-2", "replica_engine_id": "2", "replica_engine_name": "replica-e2" } ] - VDBGroup: - description: A collection of virtual databases and datesets. - type: object - required: - - id - - name - - vdb_ids + description: The container type of this database.If not provided the request + would be considered for a PDB database. + enum: + - ROOT_CDB + - NON_CDB + OracleListener: properties: id: - description: A unique identifier for the entity. type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - readOnly: true - example: '123' + description: Id of this listener. + example: 1-ORACLE_NODE_LISTENER-11 name: - description: A unique name for the entity. type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: 'my-first-vdb-group' - vdb_ids: - description: The list of VDB IDs in this VDBGroup. + description: Name of this listener. + example: my-listener + type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleListenerTypeEnum' + protocol_addresses: type: array + description: The list of protocol addresses for this listener. + example: + - (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=10.75.59.184)(PORT=4567)) + - (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=ipc)(KEY=LISTENER)) items: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: [ "vdb-123", "vdb-456" ] - is_locked: - description: Indicates whether the VDBGroup is locked. - type: boolean - example: false - locked_by: - description: The Id of the account that locked the VDBGroup. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 1 - locked_by_name: - description: The name of the account that locked the VDBGroup. - type: string - example: "admin" - tags: + client_endpoints: type: array + description: The list of client endpoints for this listener. + example: + - (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=10.75.59.184)(PORT=4567)) items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - ConfigSettingsStg: - description: Custom Database-Level config settings. + type: string + is_discovered: + type: boolean + description: Whether this listener was automatically discovered or not. + host_id: + type: string + description: Id to the host this listener is associated with. + example: 1-UNIX_HOST-14 + OracleListenerTypeEnum: + type: string + example: NODE + enum: + - NODE + - SCAN + OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum: + type: string + description: LogSync operation mode for this dSource. + enum: + - ARCHIVE_ONLY_MODE + - ARCHIVE_REDO_MODE + - UNDEFINED + OracleRACDatabaseInstance: type: object properties: - property_name: - description: Name of the property. + instance_name: type: string - pattern: "^$|^[_a-zA-Z0-9]*$" - maxLength: 40 - value: + description: The name of this instance. + instance_number: + minimum: 1 + type: integer + description: The number of this instance. + node_reference: type: string - description: Value of the property. - pattern: "^$|^''$|^[/_.:%@'+!*a-zA-Z0-9\\[\\]\\- ]*$" - maxLength: 40 - comment_property: - type: boolean - description: Select this option to comment out the provided property name in the configuration file. - AdditionalMountPoint: - description: Specifies an additional location on which to mount a subdirectory of an AppData container. + description: The reference to the cluster node which the instance is running + on. + OracleRacCustomEnvFile: type: object properties: - shared_path: - description: Relative path within the container of the directory that should be mounted. + node_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + path_parameters: type: string + OracleRacCustomEnvVar: + type: object + properties: + node_id: + maxLength: 256 minLength: 1 - maxLength: 2048 - example: "/" - mount_path: - description: Absolute path on the target environment were the filesystem should be mounted type: string + name: + maxLength: 4096 minLength: 1 - maxLength: 2048 - example: "/work/ws1" - environment_id: - description: The entity ID of the environment on which the file system will be mounted. type: string + value: + maxLength: 4096 minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: "environment-123" - BookmarkCreateParameters: - description: A Data Control Tower object that references points in time for one or more datasets. - type: object + type: string + OracleService: + properties: + discovered: + type: boolean + description: Represents whether this jdbc connection string is auto discovered + or not. + jdbc_connection_string: + type: string + description: The jdbc connection string used to connect with the database. + example: jdbc:oracle:thin:@(DESCRIPTION=(ENABLE=broken)(ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=10.110.230.197)(PORT=1521))(CONNECT_DATA=(UR=A)(SERVICE_NAME=VDBOMSRBBDC6C_UJG))) + OracleSourceCreateParameters: required: - - name + - oracle_config_type + - repository_id + type: object properties: - name: - description: The user-defined name of this bookmark. + oracle_config_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleConfigTypeEnum' + engine_id: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: my-bookmark-123 - vdb_ids: - description: The IDs of the VDBs to create the Bookmark on. This parameter is mutually exclusive with snapshot_ids and timeflow_ids. + description: The ID of the engine to create the source on. + environment_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the environment to create the source on. + database_name: + type: string + description: The name of the database. + repository_id: + type: string + description: The id of the containing repository where this database is + created. + instances: type: array + description: The instances of this RAC database. items: - type: string - uniqueItems: true - example: [ "vdb-123", "vdb-456" ] - snapshot_ids: - description: | - The IDs of the snapshots that will be part of the Bookmark. This parameter is mutually exclusive with vdb_ids, timestamp, timestamp_in_database_timezone, location and timeflow_ids. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleRACDatabaseInstance' + unique_name: + type: string + description: The unique name of this database. + instance_name: + type: string + description: The instance name of this single instance database. + OracleSourceUpdateParameters: + type: object + properties: + oracle_services: type: array + description: List of jdbc connection strings which are used to connect with + the database. + example: + - jdbc:oracle:thin:@hostname:port/service_name + - jdbc:oracle:thin:@hostname:port:SID items: type: string - uniqueItems: true - example: ["snapshot-1", "snapshot-2"] - timeflow_ids: - description: The array of timeflow Id. Only allowed to set when timestamp, timestamp_in_database_timezone or location is provided. - items: + user: + maxLength: 30 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Database user for accessing this source. + example: user + password: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Password for the database user. + example: password + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + linking_enabled: + type: boolean + description: Whether this source should be used for linking. + example: true + description: Parameters to update an Oracle source. + OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters: + required: + - database_name + - engine_id + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseDSourceLinkSourceParameters' + - type: object + properties: + engine_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - uniqueItems: true - example: [ "timeflow-1", "timeflow-2" ] - timestamp: + description: The ID of the engine to link staging push database on. + container_type: + type: string + description: The container type of this database.If not provided the request + would be considered as a PDB database. + enum: + - ROOT_CDB + - NON_CDB + environment_user_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Id of the environment user to use for linking. + repository: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The repository reference to link. + database_name: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The name of the database. + database_unique_name: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The unique name of the database. + sid: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The name (sid) of the instance. + mount_base: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The base mount point to use for the NFS mounts. + custom_env_variables_pairs: + type: array + description: An array of name value pair of environment variables. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/NameValuePair' + custom_env_variables_paths: + type: array + description: An array of strings of whitespace-separated parameters to + be passed to the source command. The first parameter must be an absolute + path to a file that exists on the target environment. Every subsequent + parameter will be treated as an argument interpreted by the environment + file. + items: + type: string + auto_staging_restart: + type: boolean + description: Boolean value indicates whether this staging database should + automatically be restarted when staging host reboot is detected. + deprecated: true + default: false + allow_auto_staging_restart_on_host_reboot: + type: boolean + description: Boolean value indicates whether this staging database should + automatically be restarted when staging host reboot is detected. + physical_standby: + type: boolean + description: Boolean value indicates whether this staging database will + be configured as a physical standby. + default: false + validate_snapshot_in_readonly: + type: boolean + description: Boolean value indicates whether this staging database snapshot + will be validated by opening it in read-only. + deprecated: true + default: false + validate_by_opening_db_in_read_only_mode: + type: boolean + description: Boolean value indicates whether this staging database snapshot + will be validated by opening it in read-only. + staging_database_templates: + type: array + description: An array of name value pair of Oracle database configuration + parameter overrides. This property is deprecated. Use staging_database_config_params + instead. + deprecated: true + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/NameValuePair' + staging_database_config_params: + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: Oracle database configuration parameter overrides. If both + staging_database_templates and staging_database_config_params are specified, + staging_database_config_params will be used. + nullable: true + example: + processes: '150' + staging_container_database_reference: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Reference of the CDB source config. + ops_pre_log_sync: + type: array + description: Operations to perform after syncing a created dSource and + before running the LogSync. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SourceOperation' + tde_keystore_config_type: + type: string + description: The type of TDE keystore configuration to use for the staging + database. + enum: + - FILE + - OKV + - HSM + template_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The template ID of the target Oracle Staging Push dSource. + example: 70096a7-6655-4973-8464-682c41c932da + OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum: + type: string + description: Oracle TDE keystore configuration type. + enum: + - FILE + - OKV + - HSM + - OKV|FILE + - FILE|OKV + - HSM|FILE + - FILE|HSM + - OCI_VAULT + OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams: + required: + - database_password + - database_username + - jdbc_connection_string + type: object + properties: + database_username: type: string - format: date-time - description: The point in time from which to execute the operation. Mutually exclusive with snapshot_ids, timestamp_in_database_timezone and location. - example: '2021-05-01T08:51:34.148000+00:00' - timestamp_in_database_timezone: - description: The point in time from which to execute the operation, expressed as a date-time in the timezone of the source database. Mutually exclusive with snapshot_ids, timestamp and location. + description: oracle database username. + example: oracle + database_password: type: string - pattern: '[0-9]{4}-[0-9]{2}-[0-9]{2}T[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}(.[0-9]{0,3})?' - example: '2021-08-14T14:55:20.507' - location: + description: oracle database password. + example: oracle + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + jdbc_connection_string: type: string - description: The location to create bookmark from. Mutually exclusive with snapshot_ids, timestamp, and timestamp_in_database_timezone. + description: Oracle jdbc connection string to validate. + example: jdbc:oracle:thin:@(DESCRIPTION=(ENABLE=broken)(ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=10.110.219.71)(PORT=1521))(CONNECT_DATA=(SERVICE_NAME=CDOMLOSR25E9PDB1))) + OracleVirtualIP: + type: object + properties: + domain_name: minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: 112233 - retention: - description: The retention policy for this bookmark, in days. A value of -1 indicates the bookmark should be kept forever. - Deprecated in favor of expiration and retain_forever. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 365 - deprecated: true - expiration: - description: The expiration for this bookmark. Mutually exclusive with retention and retain_forever. type: string - format: date - example: "2021-07-04" - retain_forever: - description: Indicates that the bookmark should be retained forever. - type: boolean - example: false - tags: - description: The tags to be created for this Bookmark. - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - example: - - key: key-1 - value: value-1 - - key: key-2 - value: value-2 - make_current_account_owner: - type: boolean - default: true - description: Whether the account creating this bookmark must be configured as owner of the bookmark. - inherit_parent_vdb_tags: - type: boolean - deprecated: true - default: false - description: This field has been deprecated in favour of new field 'inherit_parent_tags'. - inherit_parent_tags: + description: The domain name for the VirtualIP. + example: virtual.domain.com + ip: + type: string + description: The IP address for this VirtualIP. + format: ipv4 + example: 192.168.0.1 + discovered: type: boolean - default: false - description: Whether this bookmark should inherit tags from the parent dataset. - Bookmark: - description: A Data Control Tower object that references points in time for one or more datasets. + description: Whether this VirtualIP was discovered. + example: true + description: A virtual IP address. + PaginatedResponseMetadata: type: object properties: - id: - description: The Bookmark object entity ID. - type: string - readOnly: true - example: bookmark-123 - name: - description: The user-defined name of this bookmark. + prev_cursor: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: my-bookmark-123 - creation_date: - description: The date and time that this bookmark was created. + description: Pointer to the previous page of results. Use this value as + a cursor query parameter in a subsequent request, along with limit, to + navigate through the collection by virtual page. + next_cursor: type: string - format: date-time - readOnly: true - example: "2021-07-04T08:51:34.148000+00:00" - vdb_ids: - description: The list of VDB IDs associated with this bookmark. - type: array - items: - type: string - example: [ "vdb-123", "vdb-456" ] - dsource_ids: - description: The list of dSource IDs associated with this bookmark. - type: array - items: - type: string - example: [ "dsource-123", "dsource-456" ] - retention: - description: The retention policy for this bookmark, in days. A value of -1 indicates the bookmark should be kept forever. - Deprecated in favor of expiration. + description: Pointer to the next page of results. Use this value as a cursor + query parameter in a subsequent request, along with limit, to navigate + through the collection by virtual page. + total: type: integer - format: int64 - example: 365 - deprecated: true - expiration: - description: The expiration for this bookmark. When unset, indicates the bookmark is kept forever except for bookmarks of replicated datasets. - Expiration cannot be set for bookmarks of replicated datasets. - type: string - format: date - example: "2021-07-04" - status: - description: A message with details about operation progress or state of this bookmark. - type: string - nullable: true - readOnly: true - example: RESTORED - replicated_dataset: - description: Whether this bookmark is created from a replicated dataset or not. + description: The total number of results. This value may not be provided. + format: int_64 + PasswordPoliciesParams: + title: PasswordPoliciesParameters + type: object + properties: + enabled: type: boolean - tags: - description: The tags to be created for this Bookmark. - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - example: - - key: key-1 - value: value-1 - - key: key-2 - value: value-2 - Environment: - description: A grouping of a single host or a cluster of hosts. + description: True if password policies are enforced/enabled. + example: false + default: true + min_length: + minimum: 0 + type: integer + description: Minimum length for password. + example: 8 + default: 15 + reuse_disallow_limit: + maximum: 20 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + description: The password can not be the same as any of the previous n passwords. + example: 3 + default: 2 + digit: + type: boolean + description: Mandate at least one digit in password. + example: false + default: true + uppercase_letter: + type: boolean + description: Mandate at least one uppercase letter in password. + example: false + default: true + lowercase_letter: + type: boolean + description: Mandate at least one lower letter in password. + example: false + default: true + special_character: + type: boolean + description: Mandate at least one special character in password. + example: false + default: true + disallow_username_as_password: + type: boolean + description: Disallows password containing case-insensitive user name or + reversed user name. + example: false + default: true + maximum_password_attempts: + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + description: The number of allowed attempts for incorrect password, after + which the account gets locked. + example: 3 + default: 5 + description: Parameters to read or update password policies + PasswordVault: type: object properties: id: - description: The Environment object entity ID. type: string - example: environment-123 + description: The password vault ID. + example: 1-PASSWORD-VAULT-1 name: - description: The name of this environment. type: string - example: Linux Test Host + description: The name of this password vault. + example: Untitled namespace_id: - description: The namespace id of this environment. type: string - example: '1-NAMESPACE-1' + description: The namespace id of this password vault. + example: 1-NAMESPACE-1 namespace_name: - description: The namespace name of this environment. type: string - example: 'test-engine-1' + description: The namespace name of this password vault. + example: test-engine-1 is_replica: - description: Is this a replicated object. type: boolean + description: Is this a replicated object. example: true - namespace: - description: The namespace of this environment for replicated and restored objects. - type: string - nullable: true - example: NAMESPACE-1 engine_id: - description: A reference to the Engine that this Environment connection is associated with. type: string - example: engine-123 + description: Id of the Engine that this password vault belongs to. + example: '1' + engine_name: + type: string + description: Name of the Engine that this password vault belongs to. + example: Engine-1 + type: + type: string + description: The type of this password vault. + example: HASHICORPVAULT + enum: + - HASHICORPVAULT + - CYBERARKPASSWORDVAULT + - AZUREVAULT + - UNKNOWN + host: + type: string + description: Host name or IP address of this password vault server. + example: 10.119.132.43 + port: + type: integer + description: Port of this password vault server. + format: int64 + example: 8200 enabled: - description: True if this environment is enabled. - type: boolean - example: true - is_cluster: - description: True if this environment is a cluster of hosts. type: boolean - example: false - cluster_home: - description: Cluster home for RAC environment. + description: The vault is enabled or not. + nullable: true + namespace: type: string - example: /u01/app/12.2.0.1/grid - is_windows_target: - description: True if this windows environment is a target environment. - type: boolean - example: false - staging_environment: - description: ID of the staging environment. + description: The namespace of this password vault. + example: ns-1 + description: A Delphix engine password vault. + PerformanceAnalytics: + type: object + properties: + timestamp: type: string - example: "1-WINDOWS_HOST-8" - hosts: - description: The hosts that are part of this environment. - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Host' - tags: - description: The tags to be created for this environment. - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - repositories: - description: Repositories associated with this environment. A Repository typically corresponds to a database installation. + description: Starting time of the interval. + format: date-time + average_throughput: + type: number + description: Average throughput for the interval. + PermissionEnum: + type: string + description: Type of the permission on DCT object. + example: READ + enum: + - READ + - UPDATE + - DELETE + - EXECUTE + - CANCEL + - MIGRATE + - REFRESH + - DISABLE + - ENABLE + - ABANDON + - VALIDATE + - START + - STOP + - SNAPSHOT + - COPY + - REMOVE_JOB + - PASSWORD_RESET + - UNDO_IMPORT + - IMPORT + - PROVISION_FROM_BOOKMARK + - PROVISION + - REFRESH_FROM_BOOKMARK + - REFRESH_FROM_SNAPSHOT + - REFRESH_FROM_TIMESTAMP + - REFRESH_FROM_LOCATION + - CREATE_ENVIRONMENT + - CREATE_BOOKMARK + - CREATE_VDBGROUP + - MANAGE_TAGS + - LINK + - REPLICATE + - REPLICATE_TO + - CONVERT_AND_DROP + - IMPORT_BOOKMARKS + - FAILOVER + - COMMIT_FAILOVER + - FAILBACK + - DISCARD + - LOCK + - UNLOCK + - FORCE_UNLOCK + - LOCK_FOR_OTHER_ACCOUNT + - UPDATE_TIMEFLOW + - SNAPSHOT_DELETE + - SWITCH_TIMEFLOW + - DELETE_TIMEFLOW + - SNAPSHOT_UPDATE + - IMPORT_ACCOUNTS + - DETACH_SOURCE + - ATTACH_SOURCE + - RESOLVE + - RESOLVE_ALL + - RESOLVE_OR_IGNORE + - API_KEY_RESET + - API_KEY_DELETE + - READ_STORAGE_CAPACITY_DATA + - READ_DATASET_PERF_ANALYTICS + - DELETE_BOOKMARK + - UPDATE_BOOKMARK + - READ_BOOKMARK + - GLOBAL_SYNC_ENGINES + - ADD_ENGINE_TO_HYPERSCALE + - CONFIGURE_CUSTOM_AUTO_TAGGING + - CONFIGURE_PREDEFINED_AUTO_TAGGING + - APPLY + - UNAPPLY + - UNDO_REFRESH + - CONVERT + - DELETE_HELDSPACE + - REPAIR_TIMEFLOW + - EXPORT + - EXECUTE_NETWORK_TEST + - READ_NETWORK_TEST + PermissionObject: + description: A Permission Object which is mapping between object type and its + permissions. + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ObjectTypeProperty' + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/PermissionProperty' + PermissionProperty: + required: + - permissions + type: object + properties: + permissions: + maxItems: 1000 + minItems: 1 + uniqueItems: true type: array + description: List of permissions. items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Repository' - listeners: - description: Oracle listeners associated with this environment. + type: string + enum: + - CREATE + - READ + - UPDATE + - DELETE + - EXECUTE + - CANCEL + - MIGRATE + - REFRESH + - DISABLE + - ENABLE + - GLOBAL_SYNC_ENGINES + - ABANDON + - VALIDATE + - START + - STOP + - SNAPSHOT + - COPY + - REMOVE_JOB + - PASSWORD_RESET + - UNDO_IMPORT + - IMPORT + - PROVISION_FROM_BOOKMARK + - PROVISION + - REFRESH_FROM_BOOKMARK + - REFRESH_FROM_SNAPSHOT + - REFRESH_FROM_TIMESTAMP + - REFRESH_FROM_LOCATION + - CREATE_ENVIRONMENT + - CREATE_BOOKMARK + - CREATE_VDBGROUP + - MANAGE_TAGS + - SET_TAGS_AT_OBJECT_CREATION + - SNAPSHOT_UPDATE + - SNAPSHOT_DELETE + - DELETE_HELDSPACE + - SWITCH_TIMEFLOW + - UPDATE_TIMEFLOW + - DELETE_TIMEFLOW + - LINK + - LOCK + - UNLOCK + - LOCK_FOR_OTHER_ACCOUNT + - FORCE_UNLOCK + - ADD_ENGINE_TO_HYPERSCALE + - DELETE_BOOKMARK + - UPDATE_BOOKMARK + - READ_BOOKMARK + - REPLICATE + - REPLICATE_TO + - CONFIGURE_PREDEFINED_AUTO_TAGGING + - CONFIGURE_PREDEFINED_AUTO_TAGGING_AT_REGISTRATION + - CONVERT_AND_DROP + - CONFIGURE_CUSTOM_AUTO_TAGGING + - CONFIGURE_CUSTOM_AUTO_TAGGING_AT_REGISTRATION + - IMPORT_BOOKMARKS + - FAILOVER + - COMMIT_FAILOVER + - FAILBACK + - DISCARD + - IMPORT_ACCOUNTS + - DETACH_SOURCE + - ATTACH_SOURCE + - RESOLVE + - RESOLVE_ALL + - RESOLVE_OR_IGNORE + - API_KEY_RESET + - API_KEY_DELETE + - APPLY + - UNAPPLY + - UNDO_REFRESH + - CONVERT + - READ_STORAGE_CAPACITY_DATA + - REPAIR_TIMEFLOW + - EXPORT + - READ_DATASET_PERF_ANALYTICS + - EXECUTE_NETWORK_TEST + - READ_NETWORK_TEST + description: A Permission object. + PermissionsRequest: + required: + - permission_objects + type: object + properties: + permission_objects: + maxItems: 1000 + minItems: 1 + uniqueItems: true type: array + description: Array of permissions with object type and their permission. items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleListener' - EnvironmentCreateParameters: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PermissionObject' + PolicyTargetObject: type: object + properties: + object_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TargetPolicyObjectType' + object_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the object, the policy to be applied to. + description: A policy target object to apply policy to.This contains values + for which translation logic is in place and for which users can query virtualization-jobs + history. + PolicyType: + type: string + description: The type of a virtualization policy. + enum: + - REFRESH_POLICY + - SNAPSHOT_POLICY + - SYNC_POLICY + - RETENTION_POLICY + - REPLICA_RETENTION_POLICY + - QUOTA_POLICY + PostgresSourceCreateParameters: required: - - engine_id - - os_name - - hostname + - name + - repository + type: object properties: name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - description: The name of the environment. + description: The name of the source. + example: postgres-test + repository_id: minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: oracle-environment - engine_id: type: string - description: The ID of the Engine onto which to create the environment. - example: "12" - os_name: + description: The ID of the Repository onto which the source will be created. + example: 1-APPDATA_REPOSITORY-10 + engine_id: type: string - description: Operating system type of the environment. - enum: [ UNIX, WINDOWS ] - example: UNIX - is_cluster: - type: boolean - description: Whether the environment to be created is a cluster. - default: false - example: true - cluster_home: + description: The ID of the engine to create the source on. + example: '1' + environment_id: type: string - description: Absolute path to cluster home drectory. This parameter is mandatory for UNIX cluster environments. - minLength: 1 + description: The ID of the environment to create the source on. + example: 7-UNIX_HOST_ENVIRONMENT-3 + PostgresSourceUpdateParameters: + type: object + properties: + name: maxLength: 256 - example: /u01/app/19.0.0.0/grid - hostname: - type: string - description: host address of the machine. minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: db.host.com - staging_environment: type: string - description: Id of the connector environment which is used to connect to this source environment. This is mandatory parameter when creating Windows source environments. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: 1-WINDOWS_HOST-1 - connector_port: - type: integer - format: int32 - description: Specify port on which Delphix connector will run. This is mandatory parameter when creating Windows target environments. - minimum: 1 - maximum: 65535 - example: 9100 - connector_authentication_key: + description: The name of the source. + example: postgres_test_update + ProductHistory: + properties: + version: type: string - description: Unique per Delphix key used to authenticate with the remote Delphix Connector. - example: secret - is_target: - type: boolean - description: Whether the environment to be created is a target cluster environment. This property is used only when creating Windows cluster environments. - example: true - ssh_port: - type: integer - format: int64 - description: ssh port of the host. - minimum: 1 - maximum: 65535 - default: 22 - example: 22 - toolkit_path: + description: Product Version. + example: 1.0.0 + installed_on: type: string - description: The path for the toolkit that resides on the host. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: /work - username: + description: This version installed on date. + format: date-time + example: 2022-05-22T09:15:30Z + ProductInfo: + title: ProductInfoResponse + type: object + properties: + api_version: + type: string + description: Current API version. + example: 1.0.0 + product_version: + type: string + description: Current installed product version. + example: 1.0.0 + system_uuid: + type: string + description: System UUID + product_upgrade_history: + type: array + description: Product upgrade history. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ProductHistory' + supported_api_versions: + type: array + description: All the supported API versions. + items: + type: string + deployment_mode: + type: string + description: The deployment mode of this DCT instance. + description: Product Information Response + ProductRegistrationOfflinePayload: + required: + - authentication_token + - data_key + type: object + properties: + data_key: type: string - description: Username of the OS. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: oracle - password: x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + authentication_token: type: string - description: Password of the OS. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: oracle - vault: + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + description: Product registration object for a manually generated payload. + ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload: + required: + - token + type: object + properties: + token: type: string - description: The name or reference of the vault from which to read the host credentials. - minLength: 1 + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + description: Product registration object for a manually generated payload. + ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters: + required: + - engine_id + - repository_id + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseProvisionVDBParameters' + - type: object + properties: + engine_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the Engine onto which to provision. + example: engine-123 + repository_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the target repository where to provision the VDB. + A repository typically corresponds to a database installation. Setting + this attribute implicitly determines the environment where to provision + the VDB. + example: Unstructured Files + ProvisionSource: + type: string + description: The source of the data to provision from [Refresh Policy]. + enum: + - LATEST_SNAPSHOT + - LATEST_TIME_FLOW_LOG + ProvisionVDBByLocationDefaultsRequest: + type: object + properties: + source_data_id: maxLength: 256 - example: my-vault - vault_username: - type: string - description: Delphix display name for the vault user minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: my-vault-user - hashicorp_vault_engine: type: string - description: Vault engine name where the credential is stored. - minLength: 1 + description: The ID of the source object (dSource or VDB) to provision from. + All other objects referenced by the parameters must live on the same engine + as the source. + example: source-123 + engine_id: maxLength: 256 - example: kv - hashicorp_vault_secret_path: - type: string - description: Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored. minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: oracle-env - hashicorp_vault_username_key: type: string - description: Key for the username in the key-value store. - minLength: 1 + description: The ID of the Engine onto which to provision. If the source + ID unambiguously identifies a source object, this parameter is unnecessary + and ignored. + example: engine-123 + location: maxLength: 256 - example: username - hashicorp_vault_secret_key: - type: string - description: Key for the password in the key-value store. minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: secret - cyberark_vault_query_string: type: string - description: Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. - minLength: 1 + description: The location to get the defaults from. + example: '112233' + timeflow_id: maxLength: 256 - example: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test - use_kerberos_authentication: - type: boolean - description: Whether to use kerberos authentication. - example: true - use_engine_public_key: - type: boolean - description: Whether to use public key authentication. - example: true - nfs_addresses: - type: array - items: - type: string + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: ID of the timeflow to provision from. + example: timeflow_123 + ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters: + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseProvisionVDBParameters' + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataPointByLocationParameters' + - type: object + properties: + engine_id: + maxLength: 256 minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the Engine onto which to provision. If the source + ID unambiguously identifies a source object, this parameter is unnecessary + and ignored. + example: engine-123 + source_data_id: maxLength: 256 - description: array of ip address or hostnames - example: [ "192.168.10.2" ] - ase_db_vault_username: - type: string - description: Delphix display name for the vault user - minLength: 1 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the source object (dSource or VDB) to provision + from. All other objects referenced by the parameters must live on the + same engine as the source. + example: source-123 + make_current_account_owner: + type: boolean + description: Whether the account provisioning this VDB must be configured + as owner of the VDB. + default: true + ProvisionVDBBySnapshotDefaultsRequest: + type: object + properties: + snapshot_id: maxLength: 256 - example: user-123 - ase_db_username: - type: string - description: username of the SAP ASE database. minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: user-123 - ase_db_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true type: string - description: password of the SAP ASE database. + description: The ID of the snapshot from which to execute the operation. + example: snapshot-123 + engine_id: + maxLength: 256 minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the Engine onto which to provision. If the source + ID unambiguously identifies a source object, this parameter is unnecessary + and ignored. + example: engine-123 + source_data_id: maxLength: 256 - example: test - ase_db_vault: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the source object (dSource or VDB) to provision from. + If this property is not set, the data_source of the snapshot_id will be + used. + example: source-123 + ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters: + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseProvisionVDBParameters' + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataPointBySnapshotParameters' + - type: object + properties: + engine_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the Engine onto which to provision. If the source + ID unambiguously identifies a source object, this parameter is unnecessary + and ignored. + example: engine-123 + source_data_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the source object (dSource or VDB) to provision + from. All other objects referenced by the parameters must live on the + same engine as the source. If this property is not set, the data_source + of the snapshot_id will be used. + example: source-123 + make_current_account_owner: + type: boolean + description: Whether the account provisioning this VDB must be configured + as owner of the VDB. + default: true + ProvisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest: + required: + - source_data_id + type: object + properties: + timestamp: type: string - description: The name or reference of the vault from which to read the ASE database credentials. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: my-vault - ase_db_hashicorp_vault_engine: + description: The point in time from which to execute the operation. Mutually + exclusive with timestamp_in_database_timezone. If the timestamp is not + set, selects the latest point. + format: date-time + example: 2021-05-01T08:51:34.148Z + timestamp_in_database_timezone: + pattern: '[0-9]{4}-[0-9]{2}-[0-9]{2}T[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}(.[0-9]{0,3})?' type: string - description: Vault engine name where the credential is stored. - minLength: 1 + description: The point in time from which to execute the operation, expressed + as a date-time in the timezone of the source database. Mutually exclusive + with timestamp. + example: 2021-08-14T14:55:20.507Z + engine_id: maxLength: 256 - example: kv - ase_db_hashicorp_vault_secret_path: - type: string - description: Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored. minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: oracle-env - ase_db_hashicorp_vault_username_key: type: string - description: Key for the username in the key-value store. - minLength: 1 + description: The ID of the Engine onto which to provision. If the source + ID unambiguously identifies a source object, this parameter is unnecessary + and ignored. + example: engine-123 + source_data_id: maxLength: 256 - example: username - ase_db_hashicorp_vault_secret_key: - type: string - description: Key for the password in the key-value store. minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: secret - ase_db_cyberark_vault_query_string: type: string - description: Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test - ase_db_use_kerberos_authentication: - type: boolean - description: Whether to use kerberos authentication for ASE DB discovery. - example: true - java_home: + description: The ID of the source object (dSource or VDB) to provision from. + All other objects referenced by the parameters must live on the same engine + as the source. + example: source-123 + timeflow_id: type: string - description: The path to the user managed Java Development Kit (JDK). If not specified, then the OpenJDK will be used. - minLength: 1 + description: The Timeflow ID. + example: timeflow-123 + ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters: + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseProvisionVDBParameters' + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataPointByTimestampParameters' + - required: + - source_data_id + type: object + properties: + engine_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the Engine onto which to provision. If the source + ID unambiguously identifies a source object, this parameter is unnecessary + and ignored. + example: engine-123 + source_data_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the source object (dSource or VDB) to provision + from. All other objects referenced by the parameters must live on the + same engine as the source. + example: source-123 + make_current_account_owner: + type: boolean + description: Whether the account provisioning this VDB must be configured + as owner of the VDB. + default: true + ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest: + required: + - bookmark_id + type: object + properties: + bookmark_id: maxLength: 256 - example: /Library/Java/JavaVirtualMachines/jdk/Contents/Home - dsp_keystore_path: - type: string - description: DSP keystore path. minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: /tmp/keystore.keystore - dsp_keystore_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true type: string - description: DSP keystore password. - minLength: 1 + description: The ID of the bookmark from which to execute the operation. + The bookmark must contain only one VDB. + ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters: + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseProvisionVDBParameters' + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataPointFromBookmarkParameters' + - type: object + properties: + make_current_account_owner: + type: boolean + description: Whether the account provisioning this VDB must be configured + as owner of the VDB. + default: true + ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters: + required: + - bookmark_id + - name + - provision_parameters + properties: + name: maxLength: 256 - example: temp123 - dsp_keystore_alias: - type: string - description: DSP keystore alias. minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: oracle-src - dsp_truststore_path: type: string - description: DSP truststore path. - minLength: 1 + description: Name of the created VDB group name. + bookmark_id: maxLength: 256 - example: /tmp/truststore.keystore - dsp_truststore_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - type: string - description: DSP truststore password. minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: truststore123 - description: type: string - description: The environment description. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - example: Unix Orcale source host + description: ID of a bookmark to provision this VDB Group from. + provision_parameters: + type: object + additionalProperties: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseProvisionVDBParameters' + description: Provision parameters for each of the VDBs which will need to + be provisioned. The key must be the vdb_id of the corresponding entry + from the bookmark, and the value the provision parameters for the VDB + which will be cloned from the bookmark. + example: + vdb_id1: + auto_select_repository: true + vdb_id2: + auto_select_repository: true tags: - type: array maxItems: 1000 - description: The tags to be created for this environment. + minItems: 1 + type: array + description: The tags to be created for VDB Group. items: $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - minItems: 1 make_current_account_owner: type: boolean + description: Whether the account provisioning this VDB group must be configured + as owner of the VDB group. default: true - description: Whether the account creating this environment must be configured as owner of the environment. - HostUpdateParameters: + ProvisionVDBResponse: + properties: + job: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' + vdb_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the provisioned vdb. + ProxyConfiguration: + required: + - enabled + - host + - port type: object properties: - hostname: + host: type: string - description: host address of the machine. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: db.host.com - oracle_cluster_node_name: - description: The name of the associated OracleClusterNode. + description: The host name or IP address of the proxy server. + example: proxy.server.com + port: + type: integer + description: The port number of the proxy server. + example: 3128 + username: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: "my-favorite-cluster-node" - oracle_cluster_node_enabled: - description: Whether the associated OracleClusterNode is enabled. + description: The username to use when authenticating with the proxy server. + example: proxy-user + password: + type: string + description: The password to use when authenticating with the proxy server. + example: proxy-password + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + enabled: type: boolean + description: When set, these settings are enabled. True by default. example: true - oracle_cluster_node_virtual_ips: - description: The Virtual IP addresses associated with the OracleClusterNode. - type: array - items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/OracleVirtualIP" - nfs_addresses: - type: array - items: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - description: array of ip addresses or hostnames - example: [ "192.168.10.2" ] - ssh_port: - type: integer - format: int64 - description: ssh port of the host. - minimum: 1 - maximum: 65535 - example: 22 - toolkit_path: - type: string - description: The path for the toolkit that resides on the host. - minLength: 1 + description: Web proxy configuration that is used to communicate with Delphix + Corp. for support, troubleshooting, upgrades, updates, and patches. + ReassignSubConnectionRequest: + type: object + properties: + new_data_connection_id: maxLength: 256 - example: /work - java_home: - type: string - description: The path to the user managed Java Development Kit (JDK). If not specified, then the OpenJDK will be used. minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: /Library/Java/JavaVirtualMachines/jdk/Contents/Home - dsp_keystore_path: type: string - description: DSP keystore path. - minLength: 1 + description: The ID of the existing DataConnection to move the SubConnection + to. If null, then a new DataConnection will be created. + name: maxLength: 256 - example: /tmp/keystore.keystore - dsp_keystore_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - type: string - description: DSP keystore password. minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: temp123 - dsp_keystore_alias: type: string - description: DSP keystore alias. - minLength: 1 + description: The new DataConnection name. Only applicable if new_data_connection_id + is null. + tags: + type: array + description: The tags to add to the newly created DataConnection. Only applicable + if new_data_connection_id is null. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + make_current_account_owner: + type: boolean + description: Whether the current Account must be configured as owner of + the newly created DataConnection. Only applicable if new_data_connection_id + is null. + default: true + RefreshModeEnum: + type: string + description: Refresh Mode either self or parent, if PARENT then VDB Group is + refreshed from parent of each VDB, else refreshed from self. + enum: + - PARENT + - SELF + RefreshVDBByLocationParameters: + type: object + properties: + location: maxLength: 256 - example: oracle-src - dsp_truststore_path: - type: string - description: DSP truststore path. minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The database specific identifier for tracking transactions + (SCN, LSN, etc). + example: '1234567' + dataset_id: maxLength: 256 - example: /tmp/truststore.keystore - dsp_truststore_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + minLength: 1 type: string - description: DSP truststore password. + description: ID of the dataset to refresh to, mutually exclusive with timeflow_id. + example: 123-CONTAINER_1 + timeflow_id: + maxLength: 256 minLength: 1 + type: string + description: ID of the timeflow to refresh to, mutually exclusive with dataset_id. + example: timeflow_123 + description: Parameters to refresh by a database-specific identifier (SCN, LSN, + etc). + RefreshVDBBySnapshotParameters: + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataPointBySnapshotParameters' + RefreshVDBByTimestampParameters: + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataPointByTimestampParameters' + - type: object + properties: + dataset_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: ID of the dataset to refresh to, mutually exclusive with + timeflow_id. + example: 123-CONTAINER_1 + timeflow_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: ID of the timeflow to refresh to, mutually exclusive with + dataset_id. + example: timeflow_123 + RefreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters: + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataPointFromBookmarkParameters' + RefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters: + type: object + properties: + vdb_snapshot_mappings: + maxItems: 256 + minItems: 1 + type: array + description: List of the pair of VDB and snapshot to refresh from. If this + is not set, all VDBs will be refreshed from latest snapshot of their parent. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot' + description: Parameters to refresh a VDB Group by snapshot. + RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters: + type: object + properties: + vdb_timestamp_mappings: + maxItems: 256 + minItems: 1 + type: array + description: List of the pair of VDB and timestamp to refresh from. If this + is not set, all VDBs will be refreshed from latest timestamp of their + parent. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp' + is_refresh_to_nearest: + type: boolean + description: If true, and the provided timestamp is not found for the VDB + mapping, the system will attempt to find the nearest previous refresh + point. + example: false + default: false + description: Parameters to refresh a VDB Group by timestamp. + RefreshVDBGroupParameters: + required: + - bookmark_id + type: object + properties: + bookmark_id: maxLength: 256 - example: truststore123 - connector_port: - type: integer - format: int32 - description: Specify port on which Delphix connector will run. - minimum: 1 - maximum: 65535 - example: 9100 - oracle_jdbc_keystore_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: The password for the user managed Oracle JDBC keystore. - type: string - format: password - minLength: 1 - oracle_tde_keystores_root_path: - description: The path to the root of the Oracle TDE keystores artifact directories. - type: string minLength: 1 - ssh_verification_strategy: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/SSHVerificationStrategy" - connector_authentication_key: type: string - description: Unique per Delphix key used to authenticate with the remote Delphix Connector. - example: secret - EnvironmentUpdateParameters: + description: ID of a bookmark to refresh this VDB Group to. + description: Parameters to refresh a VDB Group. + RegisteredEngine: + title: RegisteredEngine type: object properties: + id: + type: string + description: The Engine object entity ID. + readOnly: true + uuid: + type: string + description: The unique identifier generated by this engine. + nullable: true + type: + type: string + description: The type of this engine. + nullable: true + enum: + - VIRTUALIZATION + - MASKING + - BOTH + - UNSET + version: + type: string + description: The engine version. + nullable: true name: type: string - description: The name of the environment. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: oracle-environment - staging_environment: + description: The name of this engine. + ssh_public_key: type: string - description: Id of the connector environment which is used to connect to this source environment. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: 1-WINDOWS_HOST-1 - cluster_address: + description: The ssh public key of this engine. + hostname: type: string - description: Address of the cluster. This property can be modified for Windows cluster only. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: db.host.com - cluster_home: + description: The hostname of this engine. + cpu_core_count: + type: integer + description: The total number of CPU cores on this engine. + format: int32 + nullable: true + memory_size: + type: integer + description: The total amount of memory on this engine, in bytes. + format: int64 + nullable: true + data_storage_capacity: + type: integer + description: The total amount of storage allocated for engine objects and + system metadata, in bytes. + format: int64 + nullable: true + data_storage_used: + type: integer + description: The amount of storage used by engine objects and system metadata, + in bytes. + format: int64 + nullable: true + insecure_ssl: + type: boolean + description: | + Allow connections to the engine over HTTPs without validating the TLS certificate. Even though + the connection to the engine might be performed over HTTPs, setting this property eliminates + the protection against a man-in-the-middle attach for connections to this engine. Instead, + consider configuring DCT with Certificate Authority certificates. + unsafe_ssl_hostname_check: + type: boolean + description: | + Ignore validation of the name associated to the TLS certificate when connecting to the engine over HTTPs. + Setting this value must only be done if the TLS certificate of the engine does not match the hostname, + and the TLS configuration of the engine cannot be fixed. Setting this property reduces the protection + against a man-in-the-middle attack for connections to this engine. + This is ignored if insecure_ssl is set. + status: type: string - description: Absolute path to cluster home directory. This parameter is for UNIX cluster environments. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: /u01/app/19.0.0.0/grid - ase_db_username: + description: | + the status of the engine + nullable: true + readOnly: true + enum: + - CREATED + - DELETING + connection_status: type: string - description: username of the SAP ASE database. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: user-123 - ase_db_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + description: The status of the connection to the engine. Deprecated; use + "engine_connection_status" instead. + nullable: true + readOnly: true + deprecated: true + enum: + - ONLINE + - OFFLINE + engine_connection_status: type: string - description: password of the SAP ASE database. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: test - ase_db_vault: + description: The state of the connection to the engine. + readOnly: true + enum: + - ONLINE + - CONNECTION_ERROR + - MISSING_CREDENTIALS + - BAD_CREDENTIALS + connection_status_details: type: string - description: The name or reference of the vault from which to read the ASE database credentials. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: my-vault - ase_db_vault_username: + description: If set, details about the status of the connection to the engine. + Deprecated; use "engine_connection_status_details" instead. + nullable: true + readOnly: true + deprecated: true + engine_connection_status_details: type: string - description: Delphix display name for the vault user - minLength: 1 + description: If set, details about the state of the connection to the engine. + readOnly: true + username: maxLength: 256 - example: user-123 - ase_db_hashicorp_vault_engine: - type: string - description: Vault engine name where the credential is stored. minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: kv - ase_db_hashicorp_vault_secret_path: type: string - description: Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored. + description: The virtualization domain admin username. + nullable: true + password: + maxLength: 4096 minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: oracle-env - ase_db_hashicorp_vault_username_key: type: string - description: Key for the username in the key-value store. - minLength: 1 + description: The virtualization domain admin password. + nullable: true + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + masking_username: maxLength: 256 - example: username - ase_db_hashicorp_vault_secret_key: + minLength: 1 type: string - description: Key for the password in the key-value store. + description: The masking admin username. + nullable: true + masking_password: + maxLength: 4096 minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: secret - ase_db_cyberark_vault_query_string: type: string - description: Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. + description: The masking admin password. + nullable: true + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + hashicorp_vault_username_command_args: + maxItems: 100 + minItems: 1 + type: array + description: Arguments to pass to the Vault CLI tool to retrieve the virtualization + username for the engine. + nullable: true + example: + - - kv + - get + - -field=username + - kv-v2/delphix-secrets/delphixUser + items: + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + hashicorp_vault_masking_username_command_args: + maxItems: 100 + minItems: 1 + type: array + description: Arguments to pass to the Vault CLI tool to retrieve the masking + username for the engine. + nullable: true + example: + - - kv + - get + - -field=username + - kv-v2/delphix-secrets/delphixUser + items: + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + hashicorp_vault_password_command_args: + maxItems: 100 + minItems: 1 + type: array + description: Arguments to pass to the Vault CLI tool to retrieve the virtualization + password for the engine. + nullable: true + example: + - - kv + - get + - -field=password + - kv-v2/delphix-secrets/delphixUser + items: + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + hashicorp_vault_masking_password_command_args: + maxItems: 100 + minItems: 1 + type: array + description: Arguments to pass to the Vault CLI tool to retrieve the masking + password for the engine. + nullable: true + example: + - - kv + - get + - -field=password + - kv-v2/delphix-secrets/delphixUser + items: + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + masking_hashicorp_vault_id: + type: integer + description: Reference to the Hashicorp vault to use to retrieve masking + engine credentials. + format: int64 + nullable: true + hashicorp_vault_id: + type: integer + description: Reference to the Hashicorp vault to use to retrieve virtualization + engine credentials. + format: int64 + nullable: true + tags: + type: array + description: The tags to be created for this engine. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + masking_memory_used: + type: integer + description: The current amount of memory used by running masking jobs in + bytes. + format: int64 + nullable: true + masking_allocated_memory: + type: integer + description: The maximum amount of memory available for running masking + jobs in bytes. + format: int64 + nullable: true + masking_jobs_running: + type: integer + description: The number of masking jobs currently running. + nullable: true + masking_max_concurrent_jobs: + type: integer + description: The maximum number of masking jobs that can be running at the + same time. + nullable: true + masking_available_cores: + type: integer + description: The number of CPU cores available to the masking engine. + nullable: true + hyperscale_instance_ids: + type: array + description: List of Hyperscale Instances that this engine is connected + to. + nullable: true + items: + type: string + hyperscale_truststore_filename: + maxLength: 1024 minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test - ase_db_use_kerberos_authentication: - type: boolean - description: Whether to use kerberos authentication for ASE DB discovery. - example: true - description: + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z0-9_\.]+$ type: string - description: The environment description. - minLength: 1 + description: | + File name of a truststore which can be used to validate the TLS certificate of the engine as expected by associated hyperscale instances. + nullable: true + hyperscale_truststore_password: maxLength: 1024 - example: Unix Orcale source host - OracleVirtualIP: - description: A virtual IP address. - type: object - properties: - domain_name: - description: The domain name for the VirtualIP. - type: string minLength: 1 - example: virtual.domain.com - ip: - description: The IP address for this VirtualIP. - type: string - format: ipv4 - example: 192.168.0.1 - discovered: - description: Whether this VirtualIP was discovered. - type: boolean - example: true - OracleClusterNodeInstance: - description: An oracle cluster node instance. - type: object - properties: - instance_name: - description: The name of this instance. type: string - instance_number: - type: integer - description: The number of this instance. - Host: - description: A physical/virtual server. + description: | + Password to read the truststore as expected by associated hyperscale instances. + nullable: true + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + description: A registered engine's connection and authentication settings. + example: + id: engine-123 + uuid: 54290b71-58cd-463d-bd62-7219d4c4d2d5 + type: VIRTUALIZATION + version: 6.0.7.0 + name: My Favorite Engine + hostname: eng09.dev.delphix.com + cpu_core_count: 4 + memory_size: 16000000000 + data_storage_capacity: 100000000000 + data_storage_used: 85000000000 + tags: + - key: key1 + value: value1 + - key: key2 + value: value2 + connection_status: OFFLINE + connection_status_details: Unable to authenticate with engine + hyperscale_instance_ids: + - hyperscale-1 + hyperscale_truststore_filename: trustfile1 + hyperscale_truststore_password: '*****' + RemoveMaskingJobParameters: + required: + - engine_id type: object properties: - id: - description: The entity ID of this Host. - type: string - minLength: 1 + engine_id: maxLength: 256 - example: 3-UNIX_HOST-5 - hostname: - description: The hostname or IP address of this host. - type: string - example: linux.dev.delphix.com - os_name: - description: The name of the OS on this host. - type: string - example: Linux - os_version: - description: The version of the OS on this host. + minLength: 1 type: string - example: Red Hat Enterprise Linux Server release 7.3 (Maipo) - memory_size: - description: The total amount of memory on this host in bytes. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 8382160896 - available: - description: True if the host is up and a connection can be established from the engine. - type: boolean - example: false - available_timestamp: - description: The last time the available property was updated. + description: The ID of the engine to remove the masking job from. + example: '1' + description: Parameters to remove a masking job from a masking job set. + Replica: + properties: + replica_id: type: string - format: date-time - example: "2022-06-02T17:49:11.457Z" - not_available_reason: - description: The reason why the host is not available. + description: The ID of the replicated object. + example: replica-1 + replica_engine_id: type: string - example: "Failed to connect to host" - oracle_cluster_node_reference: - description: The reference to the associated OracleClusterNode. + description: The ID of the replicated object's engine. + example: '1' + replica_engine_name: type: string - example: ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1 - oracle_cluster_node_name: - description: The name of the associated OracleClusterNode. + description: The name of the replicated object's engine. + example: replica-e1 + replica_namespace_id: type: string - example: "my-favorite-cluster-node" - oracle_cluster_node_enabled: - description: Whether the associated OracleClusterNode is enabled. - type: boolean - example: true - oracle_cluster_node_discovered: - description: Whether the associated OracleClusterNode was discovered. - type: boolean - example: true - oracle_cluster_node_virtual_ips: - description: The Virtual IP addresses associated with the OracleClusterNode. - type: array - items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/OracleVirtualIP" - oracle_cluster_node_instances: - description: The instances associated with the OracleClusterNode. - type: array - items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/OracleClusterNodeInstance" - windows_cluster_node_reference: - description: The reference to the associated WindowsClusterNode. + description: The namespace id of the replicated object. + example: namespace-1 + ReplicationProfile: + type: object + properties: + id: type: string - example: WINDOWS_CLUSTER_NODE-1 - windows_cluster_node_name: - description: The name of the associated WindowsClusterNode. + description: The ReplicationProfile ID. + name: type: string - example: "my-favorite-cluster-node" - windows_cluster_node_discovered: - description: Whether the associated Windows cluster node was discovered. - type: boolean - example: true - nfs_addresses: - description: The list of host/IP addresses to use for NFS export. - type: array - items: - type: string - uniqueItems: true - example: [ "192.168.10.2" ] - dsp_keystore_alias: - description: The lowercase alias to use inside the user managed DSP keystore. + description: The ReplicationProfile name. + replication_mode: type: string - minLength: 1 - example: "oracle-env" - dsp_keystore_path: - description: The path to the user managed DSP keystore. + description: The ReplicationProfile mode. + enum: + - ENGINE_DATA_REPLICATION + - MASKED_DATA_DISTRIBUTION + - CONTINUOUS_VAULT + engine_id: type: string - minLength: 1 - example: "/tmp/keystore.keystore" - dsp_truststore_path: - description: The path to the user managed DSP truststore. + description: The ID of the engine that the ReplicationProfile belongs to. + target_engine_id: type: string - minLength: 1 - example: "/tmp/truststore.keystore" - java_home: - description: The path to the user managed Java Development Kit (JDK). If not specified, then the OpenJDK will be used. + description: The ID of the replication target engine. + target_host: type: string - minLength: 1 - example: "/Library/Java/JavaVirtualMachines/jdk/Contents/Home" - ssh_port: - description: The port number used to connect to the host via SSH. + description: Hostname of the replication target engine. + target_port: + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 0 type: integer - example: 22 - toolkit_path: - description: The path for the toolkit that resides on the host. + description: Target TCP port number for the Delphix Session Protocol. + default: 8415 + type: type: string - minLength: 1 - example: "/work" - oracle_tde_keystores_root_path: - description: The path to the root of the Oracle TDE keystores artifact directories. + description: The ReplicationProfile type. + deprecated: true + description: + maxLength: 4096 + type: string + description: The ReplicationProfile description. + last_execution_status: type: string + description: The status of the last execution of the ReplicationProfile. + readOnly: true + enum: + - RUNNING + - COMPLETED + - SUSPENDED + - CANCELED + - FAILED + last_execution_status_timestamp: + type: string + description: The timestamp of the last execution status. + format: date-time + readOnly: true + schedule: + maxLength: 256 minLength: 1 - example: "/keystore/root/path" - processor_type: - description: The platform for the host machine. type: string - example: "x86_64" - timezone: - description: The OS timezone. + description: Replication schedule in the form of a quartz-formatted string. + replication_tag: type: string - example: "America/New_York,EST-0500" - VirtualDatasetHooks: - description: VDB operation hooks. - type: object - properties: - pre_refresh: - type: array - maxItems: 100 - description: The commands to execute on the target environment before refreshing the VDB. - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' - post_refresh: - type: array - maxItems: 100 - description: The commands to execute on the target environment after refreshing the VDB. - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' - deprecated: true - pre_self_refresh: - type: array - maxItems: 100 - description: The commands to execute on the target environment before refreshing the VDB with data from itself. - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' - post_self_refresh: - type: array - maxItems: 100 - description: The commands to execute on the target environment after refreshing the VDB with data from itself. - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' - pre_rollback: - deprecated: true + description: Globally unique identifier for this ReplicationProfile. + replication_objects: type: array - maxItems: 100 - description: The commands to execute on the target environment before rewinding the VDB. - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' - post_rollback: + description: The objects that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. deprecated: true - type: array - maxItems: 100 - description: The commands to execute on the target environment after rewinding the VDB. - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' - configure_clone: - type: array - maxItems: 100 - description: The commands to execute on the target environment when the VDB is created or refreshed. - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' - pre_snapshot: - type: array - maxItems: 100 - description: The commands to execute on the target environment before snapshotting a virtual source. - These commands can quiesce any data prior to snapshotting. - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' - post_snapshot: - type: array - maxItems: 100 - description: The commands to execute on the target environment after snapshotting a virtual source. items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' - pre_start: + type: string + tags: type: array - maxItems: 100 - description: The commands to execute on the target environment before starting a virtual source. + description: The tags that are applied to this ReplicationProfile. items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' - post_start: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + enable_tag_replication: + type: boolean + description: Indicates whether tag replication from primary object to replica + object is enabled or disabled for this ReplicationProfile. + bandwidth_limit: + minimum: 0 + type: integer + description: Bandwidth limit (MB/s) for replication network traffic. A value + of 0 means no limit. + default: 0 + number_of_connections: + maximum: 16 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + description: Total number of transport connections to use. + default: 1 + encrypted: + type: boolean + description: Encrypt replication network traffic. + default: false + automatic_replication: + type: boolean + description: Indication whether the replication spec schedule is enabled + or not. + default: false + use_system_socks_setting: + type: boolean + description: Connect to the replication target host via the system-wide + SOCKS proxy. + default: false + vdb_ids: type: array - maxItems: 100 - description: The commands to execute on the target environment after starting a virtual source. + description: The VDBs that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' - pre_stop: + type: string + dsource_ids: type: array - maxItems: 100 - description: The commands to execute on the target environment before stopping a virtual source. + description: The dSources that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' - post_stop: + type: string + cdb_ids: type: array - maxItems: 100 - description: The commands to execute on the target environment after stopping a virtual source. + description: The CDBs that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' - DSourceHooks: - description: DSource operation hooks. - type: object - properties: - ops_pre_sync: + type: string + vcdb_ids: type: array - maxItems: 100 - description: The commands to execute before syncing with external data. + description: The vCDBs that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. items: - required: - - command - properties: - name: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - command: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 131072 - shell: - type: string - enum: [ "bash", "shell", "expect", "ps", "psd" ] - element_id: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - has_credentials: - type: boolean - ops_pre_log_sync: + type: string + group_ids: type: array - maxItems: 100 - description: The commands to execute after syncing with external data and before running the LogSync. + description: The groups that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. items: - required: - - command - properties: - name: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - command: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 131072 - shell: - type: string - enum: [ "bash", "shell", "expect", "ps", "psd" ] - element_id: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - has_credentials: - type: boolean - ops_post_sync: + type: string + replicate_entire_engine: + type: boolean + description: Whether to replicate the entire engine. This is mutually exclusive + with the vdb_ids, dsource_ids, cdb_ids, vcdb_ids, and group_ids properties. + data_layout_ids: type: array - maxItems: 100 - description: The commands to execute after syncing a linked source. + description: The data-layouts that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. + readOnly: true items: - required: - - command - properties: - name: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - command: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 131072 - shell: - type: string - enum: [ "bash", "shell", "expect", "ps", "psd" ] - element_id: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - has_credentials: - type: boolean - pre_validated_sync: - x-internal: true + type: string + description: A set of rules that define what data is replicated from a source + to a target. + ReportingSchedule: + required: + - cron_expression + - enabled + - file_format + - message + - recipients + - report_type + properties: + report_id: + type: integer + readOnly: true + example: 123 + report_type: + type: string + example: VIRTUALIZATION_STORAGE_SUMMARY + enum: + - VIRTUALIZATION_STORAGE_SUMMARY + - ENGINE_PERFORMANCE_ANALYTIC + - VDB_INVENTORY_DATA + - DSOURCE_USAGE_DATA + - DSOURCE_CONSUMPTION_DATA + - MASKING_EXECUTION_METRICS + - AUDIT_LOGS_SUMMARY + - STORAGE_SAVINGS_SUMMARY + - DATA_RISK_SUMMARY + cron_expression: + type: string + description: Standard cron expressions are supported e.g. 0 15 10 L * ? - + Schedule at 10:15 AM on the last day of every month, 0 0 2 ? * Mon-Fri + - Schedule at 2:00 AM every Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday. + For more details kindly refer- "http://www.quartz-scheduler.org/documentation/" + example: 0 0 2 ? * Mon-Fri + time_zone: + type: string + description: Timezones are specified according to the Olson tzinfo database + - "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones". + example: America/Los_Angeles + message: + type: string + example: sample message + file_format: + type: string + example: CSV + enum: + - CSV + enabled: + type: boolean + example: true + default: true + recipients: + minItems: 1 + uniqueItems: true type: array - maxItems: 100 - description: The commands to execute on the staging source before performing a validated sync. items: - required: - - command - properties: - name: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - command: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 131072 - shell: - type: string - enum: [ "bash", "shell", "expect", "ps", "psd" ] - element_id: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - has_credentials: - type: boolean - post_validated_sync: - x-internal: true + type: string + format: email + example: user@example.com + tags: type: array - maxItems: 100 - description: The commands to execute on the staging source after performing a validated sync. items: - required: - - command - properties: - name: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - command: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 131072 - shell: - type: string - enum: [ "bash", "shell", "expect", "ps", "psd" ] - element_id: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - has_credentials: - type: boolean - BaseProvisionVDBParameters: - allOf: - - $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualDatasetHooks' - - type: object - properties: - target_group_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the group into which the VDB will be provisioned. If unset, a group - is selected randomly on the Engine. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: group-123 - name: - type: string - description: The unique name of the provisioned VDB within a group. - If unset, a name is randomly generated. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: my-test-vdb - database_name: - type: string - description: The name of the database on the target environment. Defaults to the value of the name property. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: my-test-database - cdb_id: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle - type: string - description: The ID of the container database (CDB) to provision an Oracle Multitenant database into. This corresponds to a CDB or VCDB API object. When this is not set, a new vCDB will be provisioned. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: ORACLE_SINGLE_CONFIG-376 - cluster_node_ids: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle - type: array - items: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - minItems: 1 - description: The cluster node ids, name or addresses for this provision operation (Oracle RAC Only). - example: [ "ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1" ] - cluster_node_instances: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle - type: array - items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/ClusterNodeInstance" - minItems: 1 - description: The cluster node instances details for this provision operation(Oracle RAC Only).This property is mutually exclusive with cluster_node_ids. - example: [ { node_reference: "ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1", instance_number: 1, instance_name: "cluster_instance1" } ] - truncate_log_on_checkpoint: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: sybase - type: boolean - description: Whether to truncate log on checkpoint (ASE only). - example: true - os_username: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle - type: string - description: The name of the privileged user to run the provision operation (Oracle Only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: os-user-x - os_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle - type: string - description: The password of the privileged user to run the provision operation (Oracle Only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: os-user-secret-password - environment_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the target environment where to provision the VDB. If repository_id - unambigously identifies a repository, this is unnecessary and ignored. Otherwise, - a compatible repository is randomly selected on the environment. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: environment-123 - environment_user_id: - type: string - description: The environment user ID to use to connect to the target environment. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: environment-user-123 - repository_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the target repository where to provision the VDB. A repository typically corresponds - to a database installation (Oracle home, database instance, ...). Setting this attribute - implicitly determines the environment where to provision the VDB. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: oracle-home-123 - auto_select_repository: - type: boolean - description: Option to automatically select a compatible environment and repository. Mutually exclusive with - repository_id. - example: true - vdb_restart: - type: boolean - description: Indicates whether the Engine should automatically restart this virtual source when - target host reboot is detected. - example: true - template_id: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle - type: string - description: The ID of the target VDB Template (Oracle Only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: template-123 - auxiliary_template_id: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle - type: string - description: The ID of the configuration template to apply to the auxiliary container database. This is only relevant when provisioning a Multitenant pluggable database into an existing CDB, i.e when the cdb_id property is set.(Oracle Only) - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: aux-template-123 - file_mapping_rules: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle - type: string - description: Target VDB file mapping rules (Oracle Only). Rules must be line separated (\n or \r) - and each line must have the format "pattern:replacement". Lines are applied in order. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 131072 - example: "/datafile/dbdhcp3/oradata/dbdhcp3:/data\n/u03/app/ora11202/product/11.2.0/dbhome_1/dbs/dbv_R2V4.dbf:/data/dbv_R2V4.dbf" - oracle_instance_name: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle - type: string - description: Target VDB SID name (Oracle Only). - pattern: '^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$' - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 15 - example: dbdhcp2 - unique_name: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle - type: string - description: Target VDB db_unique_name (Oracle Only). - pattern: '^[a-zA-Z0-9_\$#]+$' - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 30 - example: dbdhcp2 - vcdb_name: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle - type: string - description: When provisioning an Oracle Multitenant vCDB (when the cdb_id property is not set), the name of the provisioned vCDB (Oracle Multitenant Only). - pattern: '^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$' - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: VCCD_6QQ - vcdb_database_name: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle - type: string - description: When provisioning an Oracle Multitenant vCDB (when the cdb_id property is not set), the database name of the provisioned vCDB. Defaults to the value of the vcdb_name property. (Oracle Multitenant Only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 8 - example: VCCD_6QQ - mount_point: - type: string - description: Mount point for the VDB (Oracle, ASE, AppData). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 # 87 characters for ASE - example: /var/mnt - open_reset_logs: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle - type: boolean - description: Whether to open the database after provision (Oracle Only). - example: true - snapshot_policy_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the snapshot policy for the VDB. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: snapshot-123 - retention_policy_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the retention policy for the VDB. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: retention-policy-123 - recovery_model: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: mssql - type: string - description: Recovery model of the source database (MSSql Only). - enum: [ FULL, SIMPLE, BULK_LOGGED ] - example: FULL - pre_script: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: mssql - type: string - description: PowerShell script or executable to run prior to provisioning (MSSql Only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - example: C:\Program Files\Delphix\scripts\myscript.ps1 - post_script: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: mssql - type: string - description: PowerShell script or executable to run after provisioning (MSSql Only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - example: C:\Program Files\Delphix\scripts\myscript.ps1 - cdc_on_provision: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: mssql - type: boolean - description: Option to enable change data capture (CDC) on both the provisioned VDB and - subsequent snapshot-related operations (e.g. refresh, rewind) (MSSql Only). - example: true - online_log_size: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle - description: Online log size in MB (Oracle Only). - type: integer - minimum: 4 - example: 4 - online_log_groups: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle - description: Number of online log groups (Oracle Only). - type: integer - minimum: 2 - example: 2 - archive_log: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle - description: Option to create a VDB in archivelog mode (Oracle Only). - type: boolean - example: true - new_dbid: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle - description: Option to generate a new DB ID for the created VDB (Oracle Only). - type: boolean - example: true - masked: - description: Indicates whether to mark this VDB as a masked VDB. - type: boolean - example: true - listener_ids: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle - description: The listener IDs for this provision operation (Oracle Only). - type: array - items: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: [ "listener-123", "listener-456" ] - custom_env_vars: - description: Environment variable to be set when the engine creates a VDB. - See the Engine documentation for the list of allowed/denied environment variables and - rules about substitution. - type: object - additionalProperties: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - example: - MY_ENV_VAR1: $ORACLE_HOME - MY_ENV_VAR2: $CRS_HOME/after - custom_env_files: - description: Environment files to be sourced when the Engine creates a VDB. - This path can be followed by parameters. Paths and parameters are separated by spaces. - type: array - items: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - example: [ "/export/home/env_file_1", "/export/home/env_file_2" ] - oracle_rac_custom_env_files: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle - description: Environment files to be sourced when the Engine creates an Oracle RAC VDB. - This path can be followed by parameters. Paths and parameters are separated by spaces. - type: array - items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/OracleRacCustomEnvFile" - example: [{node_id: ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1, path_parameters: "/export/home/env_file_1"}] - oracle_rac_custom_env_vars: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle - description: Environment variable to be set when the engine creates an Oracle RAC VDB. - See the Engine documentation for the list of allowed/denied environment variables and - rules about substitution. - type: array - items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/OracleRacCustomEnvVar" - example: [{node_id: ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1, name: MY_ENV_VAR1, value: $CRS_HOME/after}] - parentTdeKeystorePath: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle - description: Path to a copy of the parent's Oracle transparent data - encryption keystore on the target host. Required to provision from snapshots - containing encrypted database files. (Oracle Multitenant Only) - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - example: "/foo/bar/tde" - parent_tde_keystore_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle - description: The password of the keystore specified in parentTdeKeystorePath. (Oracle Multitenant Only) - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - example: "password" - tde_exported_key_file_secret: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle - description: Secret to be used while exporting and importing vPDB encryption keys - if Transparent Data Encryption is enabled on the vPDB. (Oracle Multitenant Only) - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - example: "secret" - tde_key_identifier: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle - description: ID of the key created by Delphix. (Oracle Multitenant Only) - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: "tde-indentifier" - target_vcdb_tde_keystore_path: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle - description: Path to the keystore of the target vCDB. (Oracle Multitenant Only) - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - example: "/foo/cdb/tde" - cdb_tde_keystore_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle - description: The password for the Transparent Data Encryption keystore associated with the CDB. (Oracle Multitenant Only) - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - example: "cdb-password" - vcdb_tde_key_identifier: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle - description: ID of the key created by Delphix. (Oracle Multitenant Only) - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: "vcdb-identifier" - appdata_source_params: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: appdata - description: The JSON payload conforming to the DraftV4 schema based on the type of application data being manipulated. - type: object - additionalProperties: true - example: {"param": "value"} - additional_mount_points: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: appdata - description: Specifies additional locations on which to mount a subdirectory of an AppData container. - type: array - items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/AdditionalMountPoint" - nullable: true - example: [{"shared_path": "/", "mount_path": "/work", "environment_id": "environment-123"}] - appdata_config_params: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: appdata - description: The list of parameters specified by the source config schema in the toolkit - type: object - additionalProperties: true - nullable: true - example: {"option": "value"} - config_params: - description: Database configuration parameter overrides. - type: object - additionalProperties: true - nullable: true - example: {"processes": 150} - privileged_os_user: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: postgres - type: string - description: This privileged unix username will be used to create the VDB. Leave this field blank if you do not want to use privilege elevation. - The unix privileged username should begin with a letter or an underscore, followed by letters, digits, underscores, or dashes. They can end with a dollar sign (postgres only). - pattern: "^$|^[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_\\-]+[$]?$" - maxLength: 32 - postgres_port: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: postgres - type: integer - description: Port number for Postgres target database (postgres only). - minimum: 1 - maximum: 65536 - config_settings_stg: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: postgres - type: array - description: Custom Database-Level config settings (postgres only). - items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/ConfigSettingsStg" - vcdb_restart: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: oracle - type: boolean - description: Indicates whether the Engine should automatically restart this vCDB when target host reboot is detected. - If vdb_restart property value is not explicitly set and vcdb_restart is set as false - the vdb_restart property is defaulted to false. - example: true - mssql_failover_drive_letter: - x-dct-toolkit-subcommand: mssql - type: string - description: Base drive letter location for mount points. (MSSql Only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1 - tags: - type: array - maxItems: 1000 - description: The tags to be created for VDB. - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - minItems: 1 - - ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters: - allOf: - - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseProvisionVDBParameters' - - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataPointByTimestampParameters' - - type: object - required: - - source_data_id - properties: - engine_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the Engine onto which to provision. If the source ID unambiguously - identifies a source object, this parameter is unnecessary and ignored. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: engine-123 - source_data_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the source object (dSource or VDB) to provision from. All other - objects referenced by the parameters must live on the same engine as - the source. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: source-123 - make_current_account_owner: - type: boolean - default: true - description: Whether the account provisioning this VDB must be configured as owner of the VDB. - ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters: - allOf: - - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseProvisionVDBParameters' - - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataPointByLocationParameters' - - type: object - properties: - engine_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the Engine onto which to provision. If the source ID unambiguously - identifies a source object, this parameter is unnecessary and ignored. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: engine-123 - source_data_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the source object (dSource or VDB) to provision from. All other - objects referenced by the parameters must live on the same engine as - the source. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: source-123 - make_current_account_owner: - type: boolean - default: true - description: Whether the account provisioning this VDB must be configured as owner of the VDB. - ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters: - allOf: - - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseProvisionVDBParameters' - - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataPointBySnapshotParameters' - - type: object - properties: - engine_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the Engine onto which to provision. If the source ID unambiguously - identifies a source object, this parameter is unnecessary and ignored. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: engine-123 - source_data_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the source object (dSource or VDB) to provision from. All other - objects referenced by the parameters must live on the same engine as the source. If this - property is not set, the data_source of the snapshot_id will be used. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: source-123 - make_current_account_owner: - type: boolean - default: true - description: Whether the account provisioning this VDB must be configured as owner of the VDB. - ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters: - allOf: - - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseProvisionVDBParameters' - - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataPointFromBookmarkParameters' - - type: object - properties: - make_current_account_owner: - type: boolean - default: true - description: Whether the account provisioning this VDB must be configured as owner of the VDB. - ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + sort_column: + type: string + example: engine_name + enum: + - engine_id + - engine_name + - engine_hostname + - total_capacity + - free_storage + - used_storage + - used_percentage + - dsource_count + - vdb_count + - total_object_count + - name + - unvirtualized_space + - actual_space + - dependant_vdbs + - type + - version + - parent_id + - parent_name + - creation_date + - parent_timeflow_location + - parent_timeflow_timestamp + - parent_timeflow_timezone + - enabled + - status + - connector_id + - connector_name + - connector_type + - last_profiled_date + - last_masked_date + - is_profiled + - is_sensitive_data + - is_masked + - is_at_risk + - data_elements_total + - data_elements_not_sensitive + - data_elements_sensitive_masked + - data_elements_sensitive_unmasked + - records_total + - records_not_sensitive + - records_sensitive_masked + - records_sensitive_unmasked + - -engine_id + - -engine_name + - -engine_hostname + - -total_capacity + - -free_storage + - -used_storage + - -used_percentage + - -dsource_count + - -vdb_count + - -total_object_count + - -unvirtualized_space + - -actual_space + - -dependant_vdbs + - -name + - -type + - -version + - -parent_id + - -parent_name + - -creation_date + - -parent_timeflow_location + - -parent_timeflow_timestamp + - -parent_timeflow_timezone + - -enabled + - -status + - -connector_id + - -connector_name + - -connector_type + - -last_profiled_date + - -last_masked_date + - -is_profiled + - -is_sensitive_data + - -is_masked + - -is_at_risk + - -data_elements_total + - -data_elements_not_sensitive + - -data_elements_sensitive_masked + - -data_elements_sensitive_unmasked + - -records_total + - -records_not_sensitive + - -records_sensitive_masked + - -records_sensitive_unmasked + row_count: + minimum: 1 + type: integer + example: 1 + ReportingScheduleCreateParameters: required: - - name - - bookmark_id - - provision_parameters + - cron_expression + - enabled + - file_format + - message + - recipients + - report_type + type: object properties: - name: + report_type: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - description: Name of the created VDB group name. - bookmark_id: + example: VIRTUALIZATION_STORAGE_SUMMARY + enum: + - VIRTUALIZATION_STORAGE_SUMMARY + - ENGINE_PERFORMANCE_ANALYTIC + - VDB_INVENTORY_DATA + - DSOURCE_USAGE_DATA + - DSOURCE_CONSUMPTION_DATA + - MASKING_EXECUTION_METRICS + - AUDIT_LOGS_SUMMARY + - STORAGE_SAVINGS_SUMMARY + - DATA_RISK_SUMMARY + cron_expression: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - description: ID of a bookmark to provision this VDB Group from. - provision_parameters: - type: object - description: Provision parameters for each of the VDBs which will need to be provisioned. - The key must be the vdb_id of the corresponding entry from the bookmark, and the value the provision - parameters for the VDB which will be cloned from the bookmark. - additionalProperties: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseProvisionVDBParameters' - example: - "vdb_id1": { "auto_select_repository": true } - "vdb_id2": { "auto_select_repository": true } - tags: + description: Standard cron expressions are supported e.g. 0 15 10 L * ? - + Schedule at 10:15 AM on the last day of every month, 0 0 2 ? * Mon-Fri + - Schedule at 2:00 AM every Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday. + For more details kindly refer- "http://www.quartz-scheduler.org/documentation/" + example: 0 0 2 ? * Mon-Fri + time_zone: + type: string + description: Timezones are specified according to the Olson tzinfo database + - "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones". + example: America/Los_Angeles + message: + type: string + example: sample message + file_format: + type: string + example: CSV + enum: + - CSV + enabled: + type: boolean + example: true + default: true + recipients: + minItems: 1 + uniqueItems: true type: array - maxItems: 1000 - description: The tags to be created for VDB Group. items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - minItems: 1 + type: string + format: email + example: user@example.com + sort_column: + type: string + example: engine_name + enum: + - engine_id + - engine_name + - engine_hostname + - total_capacity + - free_storage + - used_storage + - used_percentage + - dsource_count + - vdb_count + - total_object_count + - name + - unvirtualized_space + - actual_space + - dependant_vdbs + - type + - version + - parent_id + - parent_name + - creation_date + - parent_timeflow_location + - parent_timeflow_timestamp + - parent_timeflow_timezone + - enabled + - status + - connector_id + - connector_name + - connector_type + - last_profiled_date + - last_masked_date + - is_profiled + - is_sensitive_data + - is_masked + - is_at_risk + - data_elements_total + - data_elements_not_sensitive + - data_elements_sensitive_masked + - data_elements_sensitive_unmasked + - records_total + - records_not_sensitive + - records_sensitive_masked + - records_sensitive_unmasked + - -engine_id + - -engine_name + - -engine_hostname + - -total_capacity + - -free_storage + - -used_storage + - -used_percentage + - -dsource_count + - -vdb_count + - -total_object_count + - -unvirtualized_space + - -actual_space + - -dependant_vdbs + - -name + - -type + - -version + - -parent_id + - -parent_name + - -creation_date + - -parent_timeflow_location + - -parent_timeflow_timestamp + - -parent_timeflow_timezone + - -enabled + - -status + - -connector_id + - -connector_name + - -connector_type + - -last_profiled_date + - -last_masked_date + - -is_profiled + - -is_sensitive_data + - -is_masked + - -is_at_risk + - -data_elements_total + - -data_elements_not_sensitive + - -data_elements_sensitive_masked + - -data_elements_sensitive_unmasked + - -records_total + - -records_not_sensitive + - -records_sensitive_masked + - -records_sensitive_unmasked + row_count: + minimum: 1 + type: integer + example: 1 make_current_account_owner: type: boolean + description: Whether the account creating this reporting schedule must be + configured as owner of the reporting schedule. default: true - description: Whether the account provisioning this VDB group must be configured as owner of the VDB group. - DataPointByTimestampParameters: - type: object + Repository: properties: - timestamp: + id: type: string - format: date-time - description: The point in time from which to execute the operation. - Mutually exclusive with timestamp_in_database_timezone. - If the timestamp is not set, selects the latest point. - example: '2021-05-01T08:51:34.148000+00:00' - timestamp_in_database_timezone: - description: The point in time from which to execute the operation, expressed as a date-time - in the timezone of the source database. - Mutually exclusive with timestamp. + description: Entity id of the repository. + name: type: string - pattern: '[0-9]{4}-[0-9]{2}-[0-9]{2}T[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}(.[0-9]{0,3})?' - example: '2021-08-14T14:55:20.507' - timeflow_id: - description: The Timeflow ID. + description: Name of the repository. + database_type: type: string - example: timeflow-123 - DataPointByLocationParameters: - type: object - properties: - location: + description: The database type of this repository. + allow_provisioning: + type: boolean + description: Flag indicating whether the repository should be used for provisioning. + is_staging: + type: boolean + description: Flag indicating whether this repository can be used by the + Delphix Engine for internal processing. + oracle_base: type: string - description: The location to provision from. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: 112233 - timeflow_id: + description: The Oracle base where database binaries are located. + version: type: string - description: ID of the timeflow to provision from. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: "timeflow_123" - DataPointBySnapshotParameters: - type: object - properties: - snapshot_id: + description: Version of the repository. + bits: + type: integer + description: 32 or 64 bits. + install_group: type: string - description: The ID of the snapshot from which to execute the operation. - If the snapshot_id is not, selects the latest snapshot. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - ProvisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest: - type: object - required: - - source_data_id - properties: - timestamp: + description: Group name of the user that owns the install. + install_user: type: string - format: date-time - description: The point in time from which to execute the operation. - Mutually exclusive with timestamp_in_database_timezone. - If the timestamp is not set, selects the latest point. - example: '2021-05-01T08:51:34.148000+00:00' - timestamp_in_database_timezone: - description: The point in time from which to execute the operation, expressed as a date-time - in the timezone of the source database. - Mutually exclusive with timestamp. + description: User name of the user that owns the install. + rac: + type: boolean + description: Flag indicating whether the install supports Oracle RAC. + ports: + type: array + description: The network ports for connecting to the database instance. + items: + type: integer + format: int64 + port: + type: integer + description: The network port for connecting to the SQL Server instance. + format: int64 + dump_history_file: type: string - pattern: '[0-9]{4}-[0-9]{2}-[0-9]{2}T[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}(.[0-9]{0,3})?' - example: '2021-08-14T14:55:20.507' - engine_id: + description: Fully qualified name of the dump history file. + page_size: + type: integer + description: Database page size for the SAP ASE instance. + format: int64 + owner: type: string - description: The ID of the Engine onto which to provision. If the source ID unambiguously - identifies a source object, this parameter is unnecessary and ignored. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: engine-123 - source_data_id: + description: Account the database server instance is running as. + installation_path: type: string - description: The ID of the source object (dSource or VDB) to provision from. All other - objects referenced by the parameters must live on the same engine as - the source. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: source-123 - timeflow_id: - description: The Timeflow ID. + description: Directory path where the installation is located. + fulltext_installed: + type: boolean + description: This property determines if the full-text search and semantic + search is installed or not. + internal_version: + type: integer + description: The internal version is tied to the data format of a database + and is used to detect compatibility. + format: int64 + mssql_cluster_instances_name: + type: array + description: MSSQL cluster instances name. + items: + type: string + mssql_cluster_instances_version: + type: array + description: MSSQL cluster instances version. + items: + type: string + mssql_cluster_instances_owners: + type: array + description: MSSQL cluster instance owners. + items: + type: string + mssql_cluster_instances_ports: + type: array + description: MSSQL cluster instances ports. + items: + type: integer + format: int64 + mssql_cluster_instances_server_names: + type: array + description: MSSQL cluster instances server names. + items: + type: string + mssql_cluster_instances_nodes: + type: array + description: MSSQL cluster instances nodes. + items: + type: string + installation_home: type: string - example: timeflow-123 - ProvisionVDBByLocationDefaultsRequest: - type: object + description: Directory where the installation home is located. + drive_letter: + type: array + description: MSSQL failover cluster drive letter. + items: + type: string + discovered: + type: boolean + description: Flag indicating whether the repository was automatically discovered. + readOnly: true + mssql_listeners: + type: array + description: The list of listeners belonging to this repository. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/MSSQLClusterListener' + ResetPasswordParameter: properties: - source_data_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the source object (dSource or VDB) to provision from. All other - objects referenced by the parameters must live on the same engine as - the source. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: source-123 - engine_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the Engine onto which to provision. If the source ID unambiguously - identifies a source object, this parameter is unnecessary and ignored. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: engine-123 - location: - type: string - description: The location to get the defaults from. + new_password: + maxLength: 1024 minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: 112233 - timeflow_id: type: string - description: ID of the timeflow to provision from. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: "timeflow_123" - ProvisionVDBBySnapshotDefaultsRequest: + description: New password that needs to be set for the Account. Set this + to null for unsetting the current password. Not including this property + also results in unsetting of the current password. + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + Role: + description: A role is a named collection of permissions on DCT objects. + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/CreateRole' + - type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The Role ID. + system_role: + type: boolean + description: System role are pre defined roles. System roles cannot be + modified. + RoleUpdateParameters: type: object properties: - snapshot_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the snapshot from which to execute the operation. - minLength: 1 + name: maxLength: 256 - example: snapshot-123 - engine_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the Engine onto which to provision. If the source ID unambiguously - identifies a source object, this parameter is unnecessary and ignored. minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: engine-123 - source_data_id: type: string - description: The ID of the source object (dSource or VDB) to provision from. If this - property is not set, the data_source of the snapshot_id will be used. + description: The role name + description: + maxLength: 512 minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: source-123 - NameValuePair: - type: object + type: string + description: The role description + RollbackVDBBySnapshotParameters: + deprecated: true + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataPointBySnapshotParameters' + RollbackVDBByTimestampParameters: + deprecated: true + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataPointByTimestampParameters' + RollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters: + deprecated: true + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataPointFromBookmarkParameters' + RollbackVDBGroupParameters: required: - - var_name - - var_value + - bookmark_id + type: object properties: - var_name: - type: string - description: The name of the environment variable. - minLength: 1 + bookmark_id: maxLength: 256 - example: env-var-name-1 - var_value: - type: string - description: The value of the environment variable. minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: env-var-value-1 - SnapshotCompatibleRepositoryRequest: + type: string + description: ID of a bookmark to rollback this VDB Group to. + description: Parameters to rollback a VDB Group. + RuleSet: type: object properties: - source_data_id: + id: type: string - description: The ID of the source object (dSource or VDB) to get the compatible repos. All other - objects referenced by the parameters must live on the same engine as - the source. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: source-123 - engine_id: + description: The rule set ID. + example: a638d976-6b7e-43f4-9212-90f4dc6d405c + name: type: string - description: The ID of the Engine from where to get the compatible repos. If the source ID unambiguously - identifies a source object, this parameter is unnecessary and ignored. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: engine-123 - snapshot_id: + description: The name of this rule set. + type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ConnectorTypeEnum' + platform: type: string - description: The ID of the snapshot from which to execute the operation. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: snapshot-123 - environment_id: + description: The rule set connector platform. + nullable: true + example: Oracle + connector_id: type: string - description: The ID or name of the target environment. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: 1-UNIX_HOST_ENVIRONMENT-1 - TimestampCompatibleRepositoryRequest: - type: object - properties: - source_data_id: + description: The ID of the connector this rule set uses. + nullable: true + connector_name: type: string - description: The ID of the source object (dSource or VDB) to get the compatible repos. All other - objects referenced by the parameters must live on the same engine as - the source. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: source-123 + description: The name of the connector this rule set uses. + nullable: true engine_id: type: string - description: The ID of the Engine from where to get the compatible repos. If the source ID unambiguously - identifies a source object, this parameter is unnecessary and ignored. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: engine-123 - timestamp: + description: The ID of the engine this rule set originated from. + nullable: true + engine_name: type: string - format: date-time - description: The point in time from which to execute the operation. - If the timestamp is not set, selects the latest point. - example: '2021-05-01T08:51:34.148000+00:00' - timeflow_id: + description: The name of the engine this rule set originated from. + nullable: true + data_elements_total: + type: integer + description: The total number of data elements in this rule set. + format: int64 + nullable: true + data_elements_sensitive: + type: integer + description: The number of sensitive data elements in this rule set. + format: int64 + nullable: true + records_total: + type: integer + description: The total number of records in this rule set. + format: int64 + nullable: true + records_sensitive: + type: integer + description: The number of sensitive records in this rule set. + format: int64 + nullable: true + creation_date: type: string - description: ID of the timeflow from which compatible repos need to be fetched, mutually exclusive with source_data_id. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: "timeflow_123" - environment_id: + description: The date this rule set was created. + format: date-time + readOnly: true + example: 2022-11-30T08:51:34.148Z + account_id: + type: integer + description: The ID of the account who created this rule set. + format: int64 + readOnly: true + example: 1 + account_name: type: string - description: The ID or name of the target environment. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: 1-UNIX_HOST_ENVIRONMENT-1 - BookmarkCompatibleRepositoryRequest: - type: object - required: - - bookmark_id - properties: - bookmark_id: + description: The username of the account who created this rule set. + readOnly: true + example: John Doe + dct_managed: + type: boolean + description: Whether or not this rule set is managed by DCT. + readOnly: true + refresh_drops_tables: + type: boolean + description: This applies when table metadata exists in DCT, but the corresponding + table no longer exists in the external database. In that event, true will + cause the refresh operation to delete the invalid table metadata, whereas + false will fail the refresh instead. + example: false + tags: + type: array + description: The tags of this rule set. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + job_orchestrator_id: type: string - description: The ID of the bookmark from which to execute the operation. The bookmark must contain only one VDB. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - environment_id: + readOnly: true + job_orchestrator_name: type: string - description: The ID or name of the target environment. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: 1-UNIX_HOST_ENVIRONMENT-1 - LocationCompatibleRepositoryRequest: + readOnly: true + description: A masking rule set. + SAMLConfigParams: + title: SAMLConfigParams type: object properties: - source_data_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the source object (dSource or VDB) to get the compatible repos. All other - objects referenced by the parameters must live on the same engine as - the source. + enabled: + type: boolean + description: When set, SAML settings are enabled. False by default. + example: true + default: false + auto_create_users: + type: boolean + description: When set, the system will automatically create new Accounts + for those who have logged in using SAML. This must be true if SAML user + is not already registered in system. True by default. + example: true + default: true + metadata: minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: source-123 - engine_id: type: string - description: The ID of the Engine from where to get the compatible repos. If the source ID unambiguously - identifies a source object, this parameter is unnecessary and ignored. + description: IdP metadata for this service provider. This is a required + property for successful SAML authentication. + entity_id: + maxLength: 4096 minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: engine-123 - location: type: string - description: location from where compatible repo to be fetched. + description: Unique identifier of this instance as a SAML/SSO service provider. + example: https://help.delphix.com/dct/ + response_skew: + type: integer + description: Maximum time difference allowed between a SAML response and + the DCT's current time, in seconds. If not set, it defaults to 120 seconds. + example: 120 + default: 120 + group_attr: + maxLength: 4096 minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - timeflow_id: type: string - description: ID of the timeflow from which compatible repos need to be fetched. + description: Group mapped attribute on SAML to create account tags in DCT. + example: groups + default: groups + first_name_attr: + maxLength: 4096 minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: "timeflow_123" - environment_id: type: string - description: The ID or name of the target environment. + description: First name attribute mapped on SAML used for mapping on DCT + account. + example: firstName + default: firstName + last_name_attr: + maxLength: 4096 minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: 1-UNIX_HOST_ENVIRONMENT-1 - ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest: + type: string + description: Last name attribute mapped on SAML used for mapping on DCT + account. + example: lastName + default: lastName + description: Parameters to read or update SAML Config + SAMLValidationResponse: type: object - required: - - bookmark_id properties: - bookmark_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the bookmark from which to execute the operation. The bookmark must contain only one VDB. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - DataPointFromBookmarkParameters: + enabled: + type: boolean + description: true if SAML is enabled, false otherwise. + example: true + default: false + description: The response of SAML validation. + SMTPConfigParams: + title: SMTPConfigParameters type: object - required: - - bookmark_id properties: - bookmark_id: + enabled: + type: boolean + description: True if outbound email is enabled. + example: false + default: false + server: + maxLength: 1000 + minLength: 1 type: string - description: The ID of the bookmark from which to execute the operation. - The bookmark must contain only one VDB. + description: IP address or hostname of SMTP relay server. + nullable: true + example: smtp.host.com + port: + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + description: Port number to use. A value of -1 indicates the default (25 + or 587 for TLS). + nullable: true + example: 25 + authentication_enabled: + type: boolean + description: True if username/password authentication should be used. + example: false + default: false + tls_enabled: + type: boolean + description: True if TLS (transport layer security) should be used. + example: false + default: false + username: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: If authentication is enabled, username to use when authenticating + to the server. + nullable: true + example: username + password: + maxLength: 4096 minLength: 1 + type: string + description: If authentication is enabled, password to use when authenticating + to the server. + nullable: true + example: password + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + from_address: maxLength: 256 - RollbackVDBByTimestampParameters: - deprecated: true - allOf: - - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataPointByTimestampParameters' - RollbackVDBBySnapshotParameters: - deprecated: true - allOf: - - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataPointBySnapshotParameters' - RollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters: - deprecated: true - allOf: - - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataPointFromBookmarkParameters' - RefreshVDBByTimestampParameters: - allOf: - - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataPointByTimestampParameters' - - type: object - properties: - dataset_id: - type: string - description: ID of the dataset to refresh to, mutually exclusive with timeflow_id. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: "123-CONTAINER_1" - timeflow_id: - type: string - description: ID of the timeflow to refresh to, mutually exclusive with dataset_id. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: "timeflow_123" - RefreshVDBBySnapshotParameters: - allOf: - - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataPointBySnapshotParameters' - RefreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters: - allOf: - - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataPointFromBookmarkParameters' - RefreshVDBByLocationParameters: - type: object - description: Parameters to refresh by a database-specific identifier (SCN, LSN, etc). - properties: - location: - type: string - description: The database specific identifier for tracking transactions (SCN, LSN, etc). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: "1234567" - dataset_id: - type: string - description: ID of the dataset to refresh to, mutually exclusive with timeflow_id. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: "123-CONTAINER_1" - timeflow_id: - type: string - description: ID of the timeflow to refresh to, mutually exclusive with dataset_id. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: "timeflow_123" - RefreshVDBGroupParameters: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: From address to use when sending mail. If unspecified, 'noreply@delphix.com' + is used. + format: email + nullable: true + example: sender@example.com + send_timeout: + maximum: 300 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + description: Maximum timeout to wait, in seconds, when sending mail. + nullable: true + description: Parameters to read or update SMTP Config + SMTPConfigValidate: + title: SMTPValidationParams + required: + - to_address type: object - description: Parameters to refresh a VDB Group. + properties: + to_address: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Parameters to validate SMTP Config + SSHVerificationStrategy: required: - - bookmark_id + - name properties: - bookmark_id: + name: type: string + description: The name of the verification strategy. + enum: + - RAW_KEY + - FINGERPRINT + - ACCEPT_ALWAYS + key_type: + type: string + description: The type of SSH key. + enum: + - RSA + - DSA + - ECDSA + - ED25519 + raw_key: minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - description: ID of a bookmark to refresh this VDB Group to. - RollbackVDBGroupParameters: - type: object - description: Parameters to rollback a VDB Group. + type: string + description: Base64-encoded ssh key of the host for RAW_KEY verification. + fingerprint_type: + type: string + description: Hash function for the fingerprint for FINGERPRINT verification. + enum: + - SHA256 + - SHA512 + fingerprint: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Base-64 encoded fingerprint of the ssh key of the host for + FINGERPRINT verification. + description: Mechanism to use for ssh host verification. + ScopeTag: required: - - bookmark_id + - key + - value + type: object properties: - bookmark_id: + key: + maxLength: 4000 + minLength: 1 type: string + description: Key of the tag + example: key-1 + value: + maxLength: 4000 minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - description: ID of a bookmark to rollback this VDB Group to. - UpdateVDBGroupParameters: + type: string + description: Value of the tag + example: value-1 + object_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ObjectTypeEnum' + permission: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PermissionEnum' + ScopeTagsRequest: + required: + - tags type: object - description: Parameters to update a VDB group. properties: - name: - type: string - description: The name of the VDB group. + tags: + maxItems: 1000 + minItems: 1 + uniqueItems: true + type: array + description: Array of tags with key value pairs along with optional object_type + and permissions + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ScopeTag' + ScopeTagsResponse: + type: object + properties: + tags: + type: array + description: Array of tags with key value pairs along with optional object_type + and permissions + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ScopeTag' + ScopedObjectItem: + required: + - object_id + - object_type + type: object + properties: + object_id: + maxLength: 4000 minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: my-vdb-group - vdb_ids: + type: string + description: ID of the object + example: 1-VDB-OBJECT-ID + object_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ObjectTypeEnum' + permission: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PermissionEnum' + ScopedObjectItemsResponse: + type: object + properties: + objects: type: array + description: Array of access group scope objects with object id and object + type items: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ScopedObjectItem' + ScopedObjectsRequest: + required: + - objects + type: object + properties: + objects: + maxItems: 1000 minItems: 1 - example: [ "vdb-1", "vdb-2" ] - UpdateSnapshotParameters: + uniqueItems: true + type: array + description: An array of scoped objects + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ScopedObjectItem' + SearchBody: type: object - description: Parameters to update the expiration of a Snapshot. properties: - expiration: - description: The expiration for this snapshot. Mutually exclusive with retain_forever. + filter_expression: + maxLength: 50000 + minLength: 5 type: string - format: date - example: "2021-07-04" - retain_forever: - description: Indicates that the snapshot should be retained forever. - type: boolean - example: false - UpdateBookmarkParameters: + example: string_field CONTAINS "over" AND numberic_field GT 9000 OR string_field2 + EQ "Goku" + description: Search body. + SharedSnapshotSpace: type: object - description: Parameters to update a Bookmark. properties: - name: - description: The user-defined name of this bookmark. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: my-bookmark-123 - expiration: - description: The expiration for this Bookmark. Mutually exclusive with retain_forever. - type: string - format: date - example: "2021-07-04" - retain_forever: - description: Indicates that the Bookmark should be retained forever. - type: boolean - example: false - UpdateMaskingJobParameters: + shared_snapshot_space: + type: integer + description: The shared space used by the snapshots of given dataset. This + would be calculated only if number of snapshots involved are upto 100 + else it will be -1. + format: int64 + Snapshot: type: object - description: Parameters to update a MaskingJob. properties: - name: + id: type: string - description: The name of the MaskingJob. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - example: 'My favorite MaskingJob' - connector_username: + description: The Snapshot ID. + example: snapshot-123 + engine_id: type: string - description: The username of the Connector used by the MaskingJob. (Standard Job only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: 'user123' - connector_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + description: The id of the engine the snapshot belongs to. + example: '1' + namespace: type: string - description: The password of the Connector used by the MaskingJob. (Standard Job only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - example: 'password123' - on_the_fly_source_connector_username: + description: Alternate namespace for this object, for replicated and restored + snapshots. + nullable: true + example: NAMESPACE-1 + name: type: string - description: The username of the source Connector used by the on-the-fly MaskingJob. (Standard Job only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: 'user123' - on_the_fly_source_connector_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + description: The snapshot's name. + example: '@2023-02-02T14:30:00.589' + namespace_id: type: string - description: The password of the source Connector used by the on-the-fly MaskingJob. (Standard Job only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - example: 'password123' - description: - description: Description of the Job (Hyperscale Job only). + description: The namespace id of this snapshot. + example: 1-NAMESPACE-1 + namespace_name: type: string - example: Job for app finance + description: The namespace name of this snapshot. + example: test-engine-1 + is_replica: + type: boolean + description: Is this a replicated object. + example: true + consistency: + type: string + description: Indicates what type of recovery strategies must be invoked + when provisioning from this snapshot. + example: CONSISTENT + enum: + - CONSISTENT + - INCONSISTENT + - CRASH_CONSISTENT + - PLUGGABLE + missing_non_logged_data: + type: boolean + description: Indicates if a virtual database provisioned from this snapshot + will be missing nologging changes. + example: false dataset_id: - description: Dataset of the Hyperscale Job (Hyperscale Job only). type: string + description: The ID of the Snapshot's dSource or VDB. example: dataset-123 - retain_execution_data: - description: Defines whether execution data will be stored after execution is complete (Hyperscale Job only). - type: string - enum: [ "NO", "ON_ERROR", "ALWAYS" ] - example: NO - max_memory: - description: Maximum memory to be allocated for each Masking job (Hyperscale Job only). - type: integer - format: int32 - example: 1024 - min_memory: - description: Minimum memory to be allocated for each Masking job (Hyperscale Job only). - type: integer - format: int32 - example: 1024 - feedback_size: - description: Feedback Size for each Masking job (Hyperscale Job only). - type: integer - format: int32 - example: 32 - stream_row_limit: - description: Stream Row Limit for each Masking job (Hyperscale Job only). - type: integer - format: int32 - example: 4 - num_input_streams: - description: Number of input streams to be configured for Masking Job (Hyperscale Job only). - type: integer - format: int32 - example: 4 - max_concurrent_source_connections: - description: Maximum number of parallel connection that the Hyperscale instance can have with the source datasource (Hyperscale Job only). - type: integer - format: int32 - example: 32 - max_concurrent_target_connections: - description: Maximum number of parallel connection that the Hyperscale instance can have with the target datasource (Hyperscale Job only). - type: integer - format: int32 - example: 32 - parallelism_degree: - description: The degree of parallelism (DOP) per Oracle job to recreate the index in the post-load process (Hyperscale Job only). - type: integer - format: int32 - example: 4 - UpdateTimeflowParameters: - type: object - description: Parameters to update a Timeflow. - properties: - name: + creation_time: type: string - description: The name of the timeflow. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - example: 'Latest on parent refresh #02' - ExecuteMaskingJobParameters: - type: object - description: Parameters to execute a MaskingJob. - properties: - engine_id: + description: The time when the snapshot was created. + format: date-time + example: 2023-02-02T19:30:00.589Z + start_timestamp: type: string - description: The ID of the Engine to execute this MaskingJob on (Standard job only). - minLength: 1 - example: 'engine-123' - DSourceSnapshotParameters: - type: object - description: Parameters to snapshot a DSource. - properties: - drop_and_recreate_devices: - type: boolean description: | - If this parameter is set to true, older devices will be dropped and new - devices created instead of trying to remap the devices. This might increase - the space utilization on Delphix Engine. (ASE only) - sync_strategy: + The timestamp within the parent TimeFlow at which this snapshot was initiated. \ + No recovery earlier than this point needs to be applied in order to provision a database from \ + this snapshot. If start_timestamp equals timestamp, then no recovery needs to be \ + applied in order to provision a database. + format: date-time + example: 2021-05-01T08:51:34.148Z + start_location: type: string - enum: [ "latest_backup", "new_backup", "specific_backup" ] description: | - Determines how the Delphix Engine will take a backup: - * `latest_backup` - Use the most recent backup. - * `new_backup` - Delphix will take a new backup of your source database. - * `specific_backup` - Use a specific backup. Using this option requires setting - `ase_backup_files` for ASE dSources or `mssql_backup_uuid` for MSSql dSources. - Default is `new_backup`. - (ASE, MSSql only) - ase_backup_files: - type: array - items: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - description: When using the `specific_backup` sync_strategy, determines the backup files. (ASE Only) - mssql_backup_uuid: + The database specific indentifier within the parent TimeFlow at which this snapshot was initiated. \ + No recovery earlier than this point needs to be applied in order to provision a database from \ + this snapshot. If start_location equals location, then no recovery needs to be \ + applied in order to provision a database. + example: '1178883' + timestamp: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - description: When using the `specific_backup` sync_strategy, determines the Backup Set UUID. (MSSql only) - compression_enabled: + description: The logical time of the data contained in this Snapshot. + format: date-time + example: 2021-05-01T08:51:34.148Z + location: + type: string + description: Database specific identifier for the data contained in this + Snapshot, such as the Log Sequence Number (LSN) for MSsql databases, System + Change Number (SCN) for Oracle databases. + example: '1178883' + retention: + type: integer + description: Retention policy, in days. A value of -1 indicates the snapshot + should be kept forever. Deprecated in favor of expiration and retain_forever. + format: int64 + example: -1 + deprecated: true + expiration: + type: string + description: The expiration date of this snapshot. If this is unset and + retain_forever is false, and the snapshot is not included in a Bookmark, + the snapshot is subject to the retention policy of its dataset. + format: date + example: 2021-07-04T00:00:00Z + retain_forever: type: boolean - description: When using the `new_backup` sync_strategy, determines if compression must be enabled. Defaults - to the configuration of the ingestion strategy configured on the Delphix Engine for this dSource. (MSSql only) - availability_group_backup_policy: + description: Indicates that the snapshot is protected from retention, i.e + it will be kept forever. If false, see expiration. + example: false + effective_expiration: type: string - enum: [ "primary", "secondary_only", "prefer_secondary" ] - description: | - When using the `new_backup` sync_strategy for an MSSql Availability Group, determines the backup policy: - * `primary` - Backups only go to the primary node. - * `secondary_only` - Backups only go to secondary nodes. If secondary nodes are down, backups will fail. - * `prefer_secondary` - Backups go to secondary nodes, but if secondary nodes are down, backups will go to the primary node. - (MSSql only) - do_not_resume: + description: The effective expiration is that max of the snapshot expiration + and the expiration of any Bookmark which includes this snapshot. + format: date + example: 2021-07-04T00:00:00Z + effective_retain_forever: type: boolean - description: | - Indicates whether a fresh SnapSync must be started regardless if it was possible to - resume the current SnapSync. If true, we will not resume but instead ignore previous progress - and backup all datafiles even if already completed from previous failed SnapSync. This does not - force a full backup, if an incremental was in progress this will start a new incremental snapshot. - (Oracle only) - double_sync: + description: True if retain_forever is set or a Bookmark retains this snapshot + forever. + example: false + timeflow_id: + type: string + description: The TimeFlow this snapshot was taken on. + example: 1-ORACLE_TIMEFLOW-1 + timezone: + type: string + description: Time zone of the source database at the time the snapshot was + taken. + example: America/New_York,EST-0500 + version: + type: string + description: Version of database source repository at the time the snapshot + was taken. + nullable: true + example: 11.2.0.4.0 + temporary: type: boolean - description: | - Indicates whether two SnapSyncs should be performed in immediate succession to reduce the number - of logs required to provision the snapshot. This may significantly reduce the time necessary to - provision from a snapshot. - (Oracle only). - force_full_backup: + description: Indicates that this snapshot is in a transient state and should + not be user visible. + example: false + appdata_toolkit: + type: string + description: The toolkit associated with this snapshot. + example: APPDATA_TOOLKIT-1 + appdata_metadata: + type: string + description: The JSON payload conforming to the DraftV4 schema based on + the type of application data being manipulated. + example: '{}' + ase_db_encryption_key: + type: string + description: Database encryption key present for this snapshot. + example: keyname + mssql_internal_version: + type: integer + description: Internal version of the source database at the time the snapshot + was taken. + format: int32 + example: 706 + mssql_backup_set_uuid: + type: string + description: UUID of the source database backup that was restored for this + snapshot. + example: 54290b71-58cd-463d-bd62-7219d4c4d2d5 + mssql_backup_software_type: + type: string + description: Backup software used to restore the source database backup + for this snapshot + example: NATIVE + enum: + - AZURE_NATIVE + - NATIVE + - LITESPEED + - REDGATE + - NETBACKUP + - COMMVAULT + mssql_backup_location_type: + type: string + description: Backup software used to restore the source database backup + for this snapshot + example: BACKUP_SERVER + enum: + - DISK + - AZURE + - BACKUP_SERVER + mssql_empty_snapshot: type: boolean - description: Whether or not to take another full backup of the source database. (Oracle only) - skip_space_check: + description: True if the staging push dSource snapshot is empty. + example: true + oracle_from_physical_standby_vdb: type: boolean - description: | - Skip check that tests if there is enough space available to store the database in - the Delphix Engine. The Delphix Engine estimates how much space a database will occupy after - compression and prevents SnapSync if insufficient space is available. This safeguard can be - overridden using this option. This may be useful when linking highly compressible databases. - (Oracle only) - files_for_partial_full_backup: + description: True if this snapshot was taken of a standby database. + example: false + oracle_redo_log_size_in_bytes: + type: integer + description: Online redo log size in bytes when this snapshot was taken. + format: int64 + example: 314572800 + tags: type: array - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 10000 items: - type: integer - format: int64 - description: | - List of datafiles to take a full backup of. This would be useful in situations - where certain datafiles could not be backed up during previous SnapSync due to corruption - or because they went offline. - (Oracle only) - UpdateVDBParameters: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + description: Virtualization Engine Snapshot of a dSource or VDB. + SnapshotCapacity: type: object - description: Parameters to update a VDB. properties: - name: - type: string - description: The unique name of the VDB within a group. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: my-vdb - db_username: + id: type: string - description: The username of the database user (Oracle, ASE Only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: db-username - db_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + description: Id of the snapshot + example: 1-ORACLE_SNAPSHOT-1 + engine_id: type: string - description: The password of the database user (Oracle, ASE Only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: db-password - validate_db_credentials: - type: boolean - default: true - description: Whether db_username and db_password must be validated, if present, against the VDB. - This must be set to false when credentials validation is not possible, for instance if the - VDB is known to be disabled. - example: true - auto_restart: - type: boolean - description: Whether to enable VDB restart. - environment_user_id: + description: Id of the engine this snapshot is associated with. + example: '1' + dataset_id: type: string - description: The environment user ID to use to connect to the target environment. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: environment-user-123 - template_id: + description: DSource or VDB id this snapshot is associated with. + example: 1-ORACLE_DB_CONTAINER-32 + timestamp: type: string - description: The ID of the target VDB Template (Oracle Only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: template-123 - listener_ids: - description: The listener IDs for this provision operation (Oracle Only). - type: array - items: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: [ "listener-123", "listener-456" ] - new_dbid: - type: boolean - description: Whether to enable new DBID for Oracle - cdc_on_provision: - type: boolean - description: Whether to enable CDC on provision for MSSql - pre_script: + description: Timestamp of the snapshot + format: date-time + example: 2021-05-01T08:51:34.148Z + expiration: type: string - description: Pre script for MSSql. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - post_script: + description: Expiration date of the snapshot + format: date + size: + type: integer + description: Space used by the snapshot. + format: int64 + example: 217 + descendant_vbd_count: + type: integer + description: descendant vbd count. + format: int32 + example: 2 + timezone: type: string - description: Post script for MSSql. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - hooks: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/VirtualDatasetHooks" - custom_env_vars: - description: Environment variable to be set when the engine administers a VDB. - See the Engine documentation for the list of allowed/denied environment variables and - rules about substitution. Custom environment variables can only be updated while the VDB is disabled. - type: object - additionalProperties: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - example: - MY_ENV_VAR1: $ORACLE_HOME - MY_ENV_VAR2: $CRS_HOME/after - custom_env_files: - description: Environment files to be sourced when the Engine administers a VDB. - This path can be followed by parameters. Paths and parameters are separated by spaces. - Custom environment variables can only be updated while the VDB is disabled. - type: array - items: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - example: [ "/export/home/env_file_1", "/export/home/env_file_2" ] - oracle_rac_custom_env_files: - description: Environment files to be sourced when the Engine administers an Oracle RAC VDB. - This path can be followed by parameters. Paths and parameters are separated by spaces. - Custom environment variables can only be updated while the VDB is disabled. - type: array - items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/OracleRacCustomEnvFile" - example: [{node_id: ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1, path_parameters: "/export/home/env_file_1"}] - oracle_rac_custom_env_vars: - description: Environment variable to be set when the engine administers an Oracle RAC VDB. - See the Engine documentation for the list of allowed/denied environment variables and - rules about substitution. Custom environment variables can only be updated while the VDB is disabled. + description: Timezone of the snapshot. + example: America/New_York,EST-0500 + description: Snapshot Capacity information + SnapshotCapacityResponse: + type: object + properties: + items: type: array + description: Snapshot Capacity response. items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/OracleRacCustomEnvVar" - example: [{node_id: ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1, name: MY_ENV_VAR1, value: $CRS_HOME/after}] - parent_tde_keystore_path: - description: Path to a copy of the parent's Oracle transparent data - encryption keystore on the target host. Required to provision from snapshots - containing encrypted database files. (Oracle Multitenant Only) - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - example: "/foo/bar/tde" - parent_tde_keystore_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: The password of the keystore specified in parentTdeKeystorePath. (Oracle Multitenant Only) - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - example: "password" - tde_key_identifier: - description: ID of the key created by Delphix. (Oracle Multitenant Only) - type: string + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SnapshotCapacity' + response_metadata: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' + description: Snapshot Capacity information + SnapshotCompatibleRepositoryRequest: + type: object + properties: + source_data_id: + maxLength: 256 minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the source object (dSource or VDB) to get the compatible + repos. All other objects referenced by the parameters must live on the + same engine as the source. + example: source-123 + engine_id: maxLength: 256 - example: "tde-indentifier" - target_vcdb_tde_keystore_path: - description: Path to the keystore of the target vCDB. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + minLength: 1 type: string + description: The ID of the Engine from where to get the compatible repos. + If the source ID unambiguously identifies a source object, this parameter + is unnecessary and ignored. + example: engine-123 + snapshot_id: + maxLength: 256 minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - example: "/foo/cdb/tde" - cdb_tde_keystore_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: The password for the Transparent Data Encryption keystore associated with the CDB. (Oracle Multitenant Only) type: string + description: The ID of the snapshot from which to execute the operation. + example: snapshot-123 + environment_id: + maxLength: 256 minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - example: "cdb-password" - appdata_source_params: - description: The JSON payload conforming to the DraftV4 schema based on the type of application data being manipulated. - type: object - additionalProperties: true - example: {"param": "value"} - additional_mount_points: - description: Specifies additional locations on which to mount a subdirectory of an AppData container. - Can only be updated while the VDB is disabled. - type: array - items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/AdditionalMountPoint" - nullable: true - example: [{"shared_path": "/", "mount_path": "/work", "environment_id": "environment-123"}] - appdata_config_params: - description: The parameters specified by the source config schema in the toolkit - type: object - additionalProperties: true - nullable: true - example: {"option": "value"} - config_params: - description: Database configuration parameter overrides. - type: object - additionalProperties: true - nullable: true - example: {"processes": 150} - mount_point: type: string - description: Mount point for the VDB (AppData only), can only be updated while the VDB is disabled. - example: /var/mnt - EnableVDBParameters: + description: The ID or name of the target environment. + example: 1-UNIX_HOST_ENVIRONMENT-1 + SnapshotDayRange: type: object - description: Parameters to enable a VDB. properties: - attempt_start: - type: boolean - description: Whether to attempt a startup of the VDB after the enable. - default: true - DisableVDBParameters: + count: + type: integer + description: Number of TimeFlow snapshots on that day. + format: int64 + example: 1 + date: + type: string + description: Date for which TimeFlow snapshots have been aggregated. + format: date + example: 2019-09-20T00:00:00Z + start_of_day: + type: string + description: Start of day of this range in the time zone used for computation. + format: date-time + example: 2019-09-20T07:00:00Z + end_of_day: + type: string + description: End of day of this range in the time zone used for computation. + format: date-time + example: 2019-09-21T07:00:00Z + description: Count of TimeFlow snapshots aggregated by day. + SnapshotMissingLog: type: object - description: Parameters to disable a VDB. properties: - attempt_cleanup: - type: boolean - description: Whether to attempt a cleanup of the VDB before the disable. - default: true - DeleteVDBParameters: + type: + type: string + description: Type of the log + example: OracleLog + instanceNum: + type: integer + description: Instance Number + format: int32 + example: 1 + sequence: + type: integer + description: Sequence number of the log file. + format: int64 + example: 217 + description: Missing Log information + SnapshotRuntime: type: object - description: Parameters to delete a VDB. properties: - force: + provisionable: type: boolean - description: Whether to continue the operation upon failures. - default: false - SwitchTimeflowParameters: + description: Is the snapshot provisionable + example: true + type: + type: string + description: Type of the runtime object + example: OracleSnapshotRuntime + missing_logs: + type: array + description: List of missing logs + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SnapshotMissingLog' + description: Snapshot Runtime information + SnapshotsDayRangesResponse: type: object - description: Parameters to switch the timeflow of a VDB. properties: - timeflow_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the timeflow to switch to. - example: "timeflow-123" - Errors: - description: Sadly, sometimes requests to the API are not successful. Failures can occur for a wide range of reasons. The Errors object contains information about full or partial failures which might have occurred during the request. - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Error' - Error: + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SnapshotDayRange' + Source: type: object properties: - message: + id: type: string - readOnly: true - description: >- - Message providing more detail about the error that occurred, if - available. - object_name: + description: The Source object entity ID. + database_type: type: string - readOnly: true - description: >- - Name of the object affected by the error. - Account: - properties: - id: - description: Numeric ID of the Account. + description: The type of this source database. + nullable: true + name: + type: string + description: The name of this source database. + nullable: true + namespace_id: + type: string + description: The namespace id of this source database. + nullable: true + namespace_name: + type: string + description: The namespace name of this source database. + nullable: true + is_replica: + type: boolean + description: Is this a replicated object. + nullable: true + database_version: + type: string + description: The version of this source database. + nullable: true + environment_id: + type: string + description: A reference to the Environment that hosts this source database. + nullable: true + data_uuid: + type: string + description: A universal ID that uniquely identifies this source database. + nullable: true + ip_address: + type: string + description: The IP address of the source's host. + nullable: true + fqdn: + type: string + description: The FQDN of the source's host. + nullable: true + size: type: integer + description: The total size of this source database, in bytes. format: int64 - readOnly: true - api_client_id: - description: The unique ID which is used to identify the identity of an API request. The web server (nginx) - configuration must be configured so as to include the external ID as the value of the X_CLIENT_ID HTTP - request header when requests are proxied. For OAuth2/JWT based authentication, this typically corresponds - to a value extracted from the JWT, uniquely identifying the Account. + nullable: true + jdbc_connection_string: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - first_name: - description: An optional first name for the Account. + description: The JDBC connection URL for this source database. + nullable: true + deprecated: true + plugin_version: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - last_name: - description: An optional last name for the Account. + description: The version of the plugin associated with this source database. + nullable: true + toolkit_id: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - email: - description: An optional email for the Account. + description: The ID of the toolkit associated with this source database(AppData + only). + is_dsource: + type: boolean + repository: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - username: - description: The username for username/password authentication. This can also be used to provide an - optional logical name for the Account. + description: The repository id for this source + recovery_model: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - ldap_principal: - description: This value will be used for linking this account to an LDAP user when authenticated with - the same LDAP principal. When accounts authenticate with LDAP, an LDAP principal value is calculated - based on the username, msad_domain_name, search_base and username_pattern. + description: Recovery model of the source database (MSSql Only). + nullable: true + example: FULL + mssql_source_type: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - last_access_time: - description: last time this account made a (successful or failed) API call. Note that updates to this - property are asynchronous and make take some time to be reflected. + description: The type of this mssql source database (MSSql Only). + nullable: true + example: MSSqlSIConfig + appdata_source_type: type: string - format: date-time - creation_time: - description: Creation time of this Account. This value is null for accounts created prior to - version 9.0.0 of the product. + description: The type of this appdata source database (Appdata Only). + nullable: true + is_pdb: + type: boolean + description: If this source is of PDB type (Oracle Only). + nullable: true + tags: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + instance_name: type: string - format: date-time - effective_scopes: - description: Access group scopes associated with this account. + description: The instance name of this single instance database source. + instance_number: + type: integer + description: The instance number of this single instance database source. + instances: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/EffectiveScope' - tags: - description: The tags to be created for this Account. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleRACDatabaseInstance' + oracle_services: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - example: - - key: key-1 - value: value-1 - - key: key-2 - value: value-2 - enabled: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleService' + user: + type: string + description: The username of the database user. + environment_user_ref: + type: string + description: The environment user reference. + non_sys_user: + type: string + description: The username of a database user that does not have administrative + privileges. + discovered: type: boolean - description: Whether this account can be used to make API calls. - EffectiveScope: + description: Whether this source was discovered. + linking_enabled: + type: boolean + description: Whether this source should be used for linking. + cdb_type: + type: string + description: The cdb type for this source. (Oracle only) + data_connection_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the associated DataConnection. + database_name: + type: string + description: The name of this source database. + database_unique_name: + type: string + description: The unique name of the database. + description: The Delphix representation of the source database (not typically + managed by Delphix). + example: + id: source-123 + database_type: Oracle + name: production01 + database_version: 11.1.0.7.0 + environment_id: environment-123 + data_uuid: 1734315df891991101eb96963535afa0 + ip_address: 192.0.2.0 + fqdn: prod01.myhost.com + size: 856981504 + jdbc_connection_string: jdbc:oracle:thin:@(DESCRIPTION=(ENABLE=broken)(ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=10.43.47.94)(PORT=1521))(CONNECT_DATA=(UR=A)(SID=production01))) + plugin_version: '1.0' + repository: 1-REPOSITORY-1 + appdata_source_type: AppDataDirectSourceConfig + is_pdb: false + tags: + - key: key1 + value: value1 + - key: key2 + value: value2 + oracle_services: + - discovered: 'true' + jdbc_connection_string: jdbc:oracle:thin:@(DESCRIPTION=(ENABLE=broken)(ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=10.110.230.197)(PORT=1521))(CONNECT_DATA=(UR=A)(SERVICE_NAME=VDBOMSRBBDC6C_UJG))) + - discovered: 'false' + jdbc_connection_string: jdbc:oracle:thin:@(DESCRIPTION=(ENABLE=broken)(ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=10.110.230.197)(PORT=1522))(CONNECT_DATA=(UR=A)(SERVICE_NAME=VDBOMSRBBDC6C_UJG))) + instance_name: DBSID + instance_number: 1 + user: ORACLE + non_sys_user: TESTER + discovered: true + linking_enabled: true + cdb_type: ROOT_CDB + data_connection_id: data-connection-1 + database_name: production01 + database_unique_name: DBOMSRBBDC6C + SourceOperation: + properties: + name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + command: + maxLength: 131072 + minLength: 1 + type: string + shell: + type: string + enum: + - bash + - shell + - expect + - ps + - psd + default: bash + credentials_env_vars: + type: array + description: List of environment variables that will contain credentials + for this operation. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/CredentialsEnvVariable' + hook_template_id: + type: string + description: ID of the hook template + StagingSource: + type: object properties: id: - description: Id of the access group scope. type: string + description: The Staging Source object entity ID. name: - description: Name of the access group scope. type: string - AccountCreateParameter: - properties: - is_admin: - description: Whether the created account must be granted to admin role. - type: boolean - default: false - generate_api_key: - description: Whether an API key must be generated for this Account. This must be set if the Account - will be used for API key based authentication, and unset otherwise. - type: boolean - default: false - api_client_id: - description: The unique ID which is used to identify the identity of an API request. The web server (nginx) - configuration must be configured so as to include the external ID as the value of the X_CLIENT_ID HTTP - request header when requests are proxied. If this value isn't set, the application will automatically - generate one. For OAuth2/JWT based authentication, this typically corresponds to a value extracted from - the JWT, uniquely identifying the Account. + description: The name of this staging source database. + nullable: true + database_type: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - first_name: - description: An optional first name for the Account. + description: The type of this staging source database. + nullable: true + database_name: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - last_name: - description: An optional last name for the Account. + description: The name of container database of associated with this staging + source database. + nullable: true + database_version: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - email: - description: An optional email for the Account. + description: The version of container database associated with this staging + source database. + nullable: true + environment_id: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - username: - description: The username for username/password authentication. This can also be used to provide an - optional logical name for the Account. + description: A reference to the Environment that hosts this staging source + database. + nullable: true + data_uuid: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: The password for username/password authentication. + description: A universal ID that uniquely identifies this staging source + database. + nullable: true + ip_address: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - ldap_principal: - description: This value will be used for linking this account to an LDAP user when authenticated with - the same LDAP principal. When accounts authenticate with LDAP, an LDAP principal value is calculated - based on the username, msad_domain_name, search_base and username_pattern. + description: The IP address of the staging source's host. + nullable: true + fqdn: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 + description: The FQDN of the staging source's host. + nullable: true + repository: + type: string + description: The repository id for this staging source. + type: + type: string + description: The type of source configuration for this staging source. + oracle_config_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleConfigTypeEnum' + cdb_type: + type: string + description: The cdb type for this staging source. (Oracle only) + dsource_id: + type: string + description: The dsource_id associated with this staging source. tags: - description: The tags to be created for this Account. type: array items: $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - example: - - key: key-1 - value: value-1 - - key: key-2 - value: value-2 - AccountCreateResponse: - properties: - token: - description: | - The opaque token to use to authenticate for other API calls. The token must be included in all HTTP API calls - in a request header named "Authorization", and prefixed with "apk " to denote that it is a proprietary API key format. - For instance, if the token is "abc123", request must contain the following HTTP request header: - "Authorization: apk abc123". + oracle_services: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleService' + environment_user_ref: type: string - id: - type: integer - format: int64 - description: Numeric ID of the created Account. - first_name: - description: First name of the created Account. + description: The environment user reference. + recovery_model: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - last_name: - description: Last name of the created Account. + description: Recovery model of the source database. + mount_base: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - email: - description: Email of the created Account. + description: The base mount point for the NFS or iSCSI LUN mounts. + data_connection_id: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - username: - description: Username of the created Account. + description: The ID of the associated DataConnection. + datafile_mount_path: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - ldap_principal: - description: The LDAP principal of the created Account. + description: The datafile mount point to use for the NFS mounts. + archive_mount_path: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 + description: The archive mount point to use for the NFS mounts. + database_unique_name: + type: string + description: The unique name of the database. + description: The Delphix representation of the staging source database (not + typically managed by Delphix). + example: + id: staging-source-123 + name: production01 + database_type: Oracle + database_name: CDOM-EX1 + database_version: 11.1.0.7.0 + environment_id: environment-123 + data_uuid: 1734315df891991101eb96963535afa0 + ip_address: 192.0.2.0 + fqdn: prod01.myhost.com + repository: 1-REPO-1 + type: OracleSIConfig + oracle_config_type: OraclePDBConfig + cdb_type: ROOT_CDB + dsource_id: 1-CONTAINER-1 tags: - description: The tags to be created for this Account. + - key: key1 + value: value1 + - key: key2 + value: value2 + oracle_services: + - discovered: 'true' + jdbc_connection_string: jdbc:oracle:thin:@(DESCRIPTION=(ENABLE=broken)(ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=10.110.230.197)(PORT=1521))(CONNECT_DATA=(UR=A)(SERVICE_NAME=VDBOMSRBBDC6C_UJG))) + - discovered: 'false' + jdbc_connection_string: jdbc:oracle:thin:@(DESCRIPTION=(ENABLE=broken)(ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=10.110.230.197)(PORT=1522))(CONNECT_DATA=(UR=A)(SERVICE_NAME=VDBOMSRBBDC6C_UJG))) + recovery_model: FULL + mount_base: C:\Program Files\Delphix\DelphixConnector\ec2f5d5f-a2e0-3902-5097-62d348ae63a8-staging-24 + data_connection_id: data-connection-1 + datafile_mount_path: /mnt/staging/DBOMSRBBDC6C/datafile + archive_mount_path: /mnt/staging/DBOMSRBBDC6C/archive + database_unique_name: DBOMSRBBDC6C + StartVCDBParameters: + type: object + properties: + instances: type: array + description: List of specific Virtual Container Database Instances to start. items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - example: - - key: key-1 - value: value-1 - - key: key-2 - value: value-2 - ChangePasswordParameter: - required: - - old_password + type: integer + description: Parameters to start a vCDB. + StartVDBGroupParameters: + type: object properties: - old_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: Old password that needs to be changed for the Account. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - new_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: New password that needs to be set for the Account. Set this to null for unsetting the current password. Not including this property also results in unsetting of the current password. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - ResetPasswordParameter: + vdb_start_param_mappings: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VDBStartParametersMapping' + description: Parameters to start a VDB Group. + StartVDBParameters: + type: object properties: - new_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: New password that needs to be set for the Account. Set this to null for unsetting the current password. Not including this property also results in unsetting of the current password. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - AccountUpdateParameter: + instances: + type: array + description: List of specific Oracle Virtual Database Instances to start. + items: + type: integer + description: Parameters to start a VDB. + StopVCDBParameters: + type: object properties: - id: - description: Numeric ID of the Account. - type: integer - format: int64 - readOnly: true - api_client_id: - description: The unique ID which is used to identify the identity of an API request. The web server (nginx) - configuration must be configured so as to include the external ID as the value of the X_CLIENT_ID HTTP - request header when requests are proxied. For OAuth2/JWT based authentication, this typically corresponds - to a value extracted from the JWT, uniquely identifying the Account. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - first_name: - description: An optional first name for the Account. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - last_name: - description: An optional last name for the Account. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - email: - description: An optional email for the Account. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - username: - description: The username for username/password authentication. This can also be used to provide an - optional logical name for the Account. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - ldap_principal: - description: This value will be used for linking this account to an LDAP user when authenticated with - the same LDAP principal. When accounts authenticate with LDAP, an LDAP principal value is calculated - based on the username, msad_domain_name, search_base and username_pattern. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - AccountLoginParameter: - required: - - username - - password + instances: + type: array + description: List of specific Virtual Container Database Instances to stop. + items: + type: integer + abort: + type: boolean + description: Whether to issue 'shutdown abort' to shutdown Virtual Container + DB instances. + default: false + description: Parameters to stop a vCDB. + StopVDBGroupParameters: + type: object properties: - username: - description: Username of the account that needs to login - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: Password of the account that needs to login. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - PasswordPoliciesParams: - title: PasswordPoliciesParameters + vdb_stop_param_mappings: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VDBStopParametersMapping' + description: Parameters to stop a VDB Group. + StopVDBParameters: type: object - description: Parameters to read or update password policies properties: - enabled: - description: True if password policies are enforced/enabled. + instances: + type: array + description: List of specific Oracle Virtual Database Instances to stop. + items: + type: integer + abort: type: boolean - example: false - default: true - min_length: - description: Minimum length for password. + description: Whether to issue 'shutdown abort' to shutdown Oracle Virtual + DB instances. + default: false + description: Parameters to stop a VDB. + StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData: + type: object + properties: + vdb_count: type: integer - minimum: 0 - example: 8 - default: 15 - reuse_disallow_limit: - description: The password can not be the same as any of the previous n passwords. + description: The total VDB count + dsource_count: type: integer - minimum: 0 - maximum: 20 - example: 3 - default: 2 - digit: - description: Mandate at least one digit in password. - type: boolean - example: false - default: true - uppercase_letter: - description: Mandate at least one uppercase letter in password. - type: boolean - example: false - default: true - lowercase_letter: - description: Mandate at least one lower letter in password. - type: boolean - example: false - default: true - special_character: - description: Mandate at least one special character in password. - type: boolean - example: false - default: true - disallow_username_as_password: - description: Disallows password containing case-insensitive user name or reversed user name. - type: boolean - example: false - default: true - maximum_password_attempts: - description: The number of allowed attempts for incorrect password, after which the account gets locked. + description: The total dSource count + virtualized_space: + type: integer + description: Total Virtualized Space. This is the sum of storage size from + dSources and their dependant VDBs. + format: int64 + unvirtualized_space: + type: integer + description: Total disk space, in bytes, that it would take to store the + filtered list of dSources and their descandant VDBs without Delphix, counting + each of their timeflows as separate copy of the source data. + format: int64 + current_timeflows_unvirtualized_space: type: integer - minimum: 0 - maximum: 100 - default: 5 - example: 3 - - LoginToken: - required: - - access_token - - token_type - - expires_in - properties: - access_token: - description: | - Opaque token that validates the successful account login and is used to authenticate subsequent api calls. - This token needs to be sent as part of 'Authorization' header for all api calls prefixed with value contained in 'token_type' property. - For example, if the 'access_token' value is "abc123" and 'token_type' is "Bearer" then HTTP requests should contain following header : - "Authorization: Bearer abc123" - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 2048 - token_type: - description: Type of the token returned in 'access_token' property. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - expires_in: - description: Seconds duration after which the token will expire. + description: Total disk space, in bytes, that it would take to store the + filtered list of dSources and their descandant VDBs without Delphix, counting + only their current (active) timeflows. + format: int64 + estimated_savings: type: integer + description: Total disk space that has been saved by using Delphix virtualization + for all timeflows, in bytes. format: int64 - TokenInfoRequest: - required: - - token + example: 109242677 + estimated_savings_perc: + type: number + description: Total disk space that has been saved by using Delphix virtualization + for all timeflows, in percentage. + estimated_current_timeflows_savings: + type: integer + description: Total disk space that has been saved by using Delphix virtualization + for only the current (active) timeflows, in bytes. + format: int64 + estimated_current_timeflows_savings_perc: + type: number + description: Total disk space that has been saved by using Delphix virtualization + for only the current (active) timeflows, in percentage. + StorageSavingsSummaryData: properties: - token: - description: API Key or JWT token for fetching information - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + dsource_id: type: string + description: Id of the dSource. + dependant_vdbs: + type: integer + description: The number of VDBs that are dependant on this dSource. This + includes all VDB descendants that have this dSource as an ancestor. + example: 200 + engine_name: minLength: 1 - maxLength: 2048 - example: Bearer eyJhbGciOiJIUzI1NiJ9.eyJzdWIiOiIyIiwiaXNzIjoiYXBpZ3ctc2VydmljZXMtYXBwIiwiaWF0IjoxNjYwMDI1MTczLCJlbWFpbCI6ImppdGVuZHJhLm1hdGh1ckBkZWxwaGl4LmNvbSIsInVzZXJuYW1lIjoidXNlci00MjciLCJleHAiOjE2NjAxMTE1NzN9._9LgnIlkKUr2KVqjeFYqru3GxJr2-ztSmP0XO3vBkRo - TokenInfoResponse: - properties: - active: - description: Flag to identify if the token is active. - type: boolean - token_type: - description: Type of the token. type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - account_id: - description: Numeric ID of the account. + description: The engine name. + example: My Favorite Engine + unvirtualized_space: type: integer + description: The disk space, in bytes, that it would take to store the dSource + and its descendant VDBs without Delphix, counting each of their timeflows + as separate copy of the parent source data. format: int64 - first_name: - description: First name for the Account. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - last_name: - description: Last name for the Account. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - email: - description: Email for the Account. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - username: - description: The username or logical name for the Account. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - ldap_principal: - description: The LDAP Principal for the Account. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - exp: - description: Seconds duration after which the token will expire. + example: 109242677 + current_timeflows_unvirtualized_space: type: integer + description: The disk space, in bytes, that it would take to store the dSource + and its descendant VDBs without Delphix, counting only their current (active) + timeflows. format: int64 - ApiUsageData: - required: - - api_count - properties: - api_endpoint: - description: API called. - type: string + example: 109242677 + virtualized_space: + type: integer + description: The actual space used by the dSource and its dependant VDBs, + in bytes. + format: int64 + example: 12345678 + name: + maxLength: 256 minLength: 1 - example: "/v2/management/engines" - api_method: - description: HTTP method for API called. type: string - minLength: 1 - example: GET - api_count: - description: Count of API calls over the requested timeframe. + description: The name of the database on the target environment. + example: my-test-database + estimated_savings: type: integer + description: The disk space that has been saved by using Delphix virtualizion + for all descendant timeflows, in bytes. format: int64 - example: 4200 - kind: - description: Whether the API calls are of kind automation or governance - type: string - example: automation - enum: [automation, governance] - client_name: - description: Name of the api client that called the API endpoint - type: string - example: client-123 - user_agent: - description: Version of the api client that called the API endpoint - type: string - example: 1.0-beta - dct_version: - description: DCT version at the time of api call - type: string - example: 2.2.0 - - ListSnapshotsResponse: + example: 109242677 + estimated_savings_perc: + type: number + description: The disk space that has been saved by using Delphix virtualizion + for all descendant timeflows, in percentage. + estimated_current_timeflows_savings: + type: integer + description: The disk space that has been saved by using Delphix virtualizion + for only the current (active) timeflows, in bytes. + format: int64 + example: 109242677 + estimated_current_timeflows_savings_perc: + type: number + description: The disk space that has been saved by using Delphix virtualizion + for only the current (active) timeflows, in percentage. + is_replica: + type: boolean + description: Indicates if the dSource is a replica + StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint: type: object properties: - items: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Snapshot' - response_metadata: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/PaginatedResponseMetadata' - SnapshotDayRange: - description: Count of TimeFlow snapshots aggregated by day. + timestamp: + type: string + format: date + free_storage: + type: integer + description: The amount of available storage, in bytes. + format: int64 + used_storage: + type: integer + description: The amount of storage used by engine objects, in bytes. + format: int64 + reserved_storage: + type: integer + description: The amount of reserved space, in bytes. + format: int64 + dsource_total_size: + type: integer + description: Total actual space used by the dSources. + format: int64 + dsource_base_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used for the active copy of the dSources. + format: int64 + dsource_logs_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used by dSource logs. + format: int64 + dsource_snapshot_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used by dSource snapshots. + format: int64 + vdb_total_size: + type: integer + description: Total actual space used by the VDBs. + format: int64 + vdb_base_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used for the active copy of the VDBs. + format: int64 + vdb_logs_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used by VDB logs. + format: int64 + vdb_snapshot_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used by VDB snapshots. + format: int64 + cdb_total_size: + type: integer + description: Total actual space used by the CDBs. + format: int64 + cdb_base_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used for the active copy of the CDBs. + format: int64 + cdb_logs_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used by CDB logs. + format: int64 + cdb_snapshot_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used by CDB snapshots. + format: int64 + vcdb_total_size: + type: integer + description: Total actual space used by the VCDBs. + format: int64 + vcdb_base_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used for the active copy of the VCDBs. + format: int64 + vcdb_logs_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used by VCDB logs. + format: int64 + vcdb_snapshot_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used by VCDB snapshots. + format: int64 + heldspace_total_size: + type: integer + description: Total actual space used by the Heldspace. + format: int64 + heldspace_base_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used for the copy of the Heldspace. + format: int64 + heldspace_logs_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used by Heldspace logs. + format: int64 + heldspace_snapshot_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used by Heldspace snapshots. + format: int64 + deleted_total_size: + type: integer + description: Total actual space used by the deleted datasets. + format: int64 + deleted_base_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used for the copy of the deleted datasets. + format: int64 + deleted_logs_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used by deleted dataset logs. + format: int64 + deleted_snapshot_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used by deleted dataset snapshots. + format: int64 + StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint: type: object properties: - count: - description: Number of TimeFlow snapshots on that day. + timestamp: + type: string + format: date + free_storage: + type: integer + description: The projected amount of available storage, in bytes. + format: int64 + used_storage: + type: integer + description: The projected amount of storage used by engine objects and + reserved space, in bytes. + format: int64 + reserved_storage: + type: integer + description: The projected amount of reserved space, in bytes. + format: int64 + dsource_total_size: + type: integer + description: Total actual space used by the dSources. + format: int64 + dsource_base_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used for the active copy of the dSources. + format: int64 + dsource_logs_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used by dSource logs. + format: int64 + dsource_snapshot_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used by dSource snapshots. + format: int64 + vdb_total_size: + type: integer + description: Total actual space used by the VDBs. + format: int64 + vdb_base_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used for the active copy of the VDBs. + format: int64 + vdb_logs_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used by VDB logs. + format: int64 + vdb_snapshot_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used by VDB snapshots. + format: int64 + cdb_total_size: + type: integer + description: Total actual space used by the CDBs. + format: int64 + cdb_base_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used for the active copy of the CDBs. + format: int64 + cdb_logs_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used by CDB logs. + format: int64 + cdb_snapshot_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used by CDB snapshots. + format: int64 + vcdb_total_size: + type: integer + description: Total actual space used by the VCDBs. + format: int64 + vcdb_base_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used for the active copy of the VCDBs. + format: int64 + vcdb_logs_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used by VCDB logs. + format: int64 + vcdb_snapshot_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used by VCDB snapshots. + format: int64 + heldspace_total_size: + type: integer + description: Total actual space used by the Heldspace. + format: int64 + heldspace_base_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used for the copy of the Heldspace. + format: int64 + heldspace_logs_size: type: integer + description: Total amount of space used by Heldspace logs. format: int64 - example: 1 - date: - description: Date for which TimeFlow snapshots have been aggregated. + heldspace_snapshot_size: + type: integer + description: Total amount of space used by Heldspace snapshots. + format: int64 + SubConnection: + type: object + properties: + id: type: string - format: date - example: "2019-09-20" - start_of_day: - description: Start of day of this range in the time zone used for computation. + description: ID of the sub connection. + example: 54277b71-58cd-463d-bd62-7219d4c4d2d8 + name: type: string - format: date-time - example: "2019-09-20T07:00:00.000Z" - end_of_day: - description: End of day of this range in the time zone used for computation. + description: Name of the sub connection. + example: Analytics Database + data_connection_id: type: string - format: date-time - example: "2019-09-21T07:00:00.000Z" - SnapshotsDayRangesResponse: - type: object - properties: - items: + description: ID of the parent data connection. + example: 34277b71-58cd-463d-bd62-7219d4c4d2d8 + capability: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataConnectionCapability' + schema_name: + type: string + description: The database schema name. + example: Schema + platform: + type: string + description: The dataset platform of the data connection. + example: Oracle 21c + hostnames: type: array + description: The combined port and hostname or IP address values for the + sub-connection. + example: + - mydb.company.com:5432 items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/SnapshotDayRange' - Job: - description: An asynchronous task. - type: object - properties: - id: - description: The Job entity ID. + type: string + source_object_type: type: string - example: job-123 - status: - description: The status of the job. + description: The object type of the source entity representing the sub-connection. + example: SOURCE + enum: + - CONNECTOR + - SOURCE + - VDB + - STAGING_SOURCE + source_object_id: type: string - enum: [ PENDING, STARTED, TIMEDOUT, RUNNING, CANCELED, FAILED, SUSPENDED, WAITING, COMPLETED, ABANDONED ] - example: RUNNING - is_waiting_for_telemetry: - description: Indicates that the operations performed by this Job have completed successfully, but the - object changes are not yet reflected. This is only set when when the JOB is in STARTED status, - with the guarantee that the job will not transition to the FAILED status. - Note that this flag will likely be replaced with a new status in future API versions and be - deprecated. - type: boolean - type: - description: The type of job being done. + description: The id of the source entity. + example: '1' + metadata_home_type: type: string - deprecated: true - example: DB_REFRESH - localized_type: - description: The i18n translated type of job being done. + description: The object type of the entity storing the sub-connection. + example: ENGINE + enum: + - ENGINE + - DCT + metadata_home_id: type: string - example: DB Refresh - error_details: - description: Details about the failure for FAILED jobs. + description: The id of the entity storing the sub-connection + example: '1' + metadata_home_name: type: string - example: Unable to connect to the engine. - warning_message: - description: Warnings for the job. + description: The name of the entity storing the sub-connection + example: Engine1 + username: type: string - example: "Failed to remove local MaskingJob, engineId: 3 localMaskingJobId: 7." - target_id: - description: A reference to the job's target. + description: The username used to connect to the sub-connection. + example: db_user + database_name: type: string - example: vdb-123 - target_name: - description: A reference to the job's target name. + description: The name of the database on the target environment or in the + database management system. + example: prod01-copy01-dbname + instance_name: type: string - example: vdb - start_time: - description: The time the job started executing. + description: The instance name of this dataset/connector. + example: VDBSID + database_type: type: string - format: date-time - example: "2022-01-02T05:11:24.148000+00:00" - update_time: - description: The time the job was last updated. + description: The type of database. + example: ORACLE + jdbc_url: type: string - format: date-time - example: "2022-01-02T06:11:24.148000+00:00" - trace_id: - description: traceId of the request which created this Job + description: The jdbc URL for this dataset/connector. + is_replica: + type: boolean + description: Is this a replicated object. + custom_driver_name: type: string - engine_ids: - description: IDs of the engines this Job is executing on. - type: array - items: - type: string - deprecated: true + description: The name of the custom JDBC driver. + virtualization_environment_id: + maxLength: 256 + type: string + description: The ID of the virtualization environment. + example: 1-UNIX_HOST_ENVIRONMENT-1 + path: + type: string + description: The path to the FILE data on the remote host. + example: /user/home/app + connection_mode: + type: string + description: The connection mode for file connectors. + example: SFTP + enum: + - FTP + - MOUNT + - SFTP + - FTPS + - AWS_S3 + - S3_COMPATIBLE tags: type: array + description: The tags associated with this sub-connection. items: $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - engines: - type: array - items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/Engine" - account_id: - description: The ID of the account who initiated this job. - type: integer - example: 1 - account_name: - description: The account name which initiated this job. It can be either firstname and lastname combination or - firstname or lastname or username or email address or Account-. + description: A specific instance of a data connection. + SwitchTimeflowParameters: + type: object + properties: + timeflow_id: type: string - example: "User 1" - percent_complete: - description: Completion percentage of the Job. - type: integer - minimum: 0 - maximum: 100 - example: "50" - virtualization_tasks: + description: The ID of the timeflow to switch to. + example: timeflow-123 + description: Parameters to switch the timeflow of a VDB. + SyncEnginesHyperscaleParameters: + required: + - source_engine_id + - target_engine_ids + type: object + properties: + source_engine_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the engine to copy the data from. + example: '1' + target_engine_ids: + minItems: 1 type: array + description: The IDs of the target engines to copy the data into. + example: + - '1' + - '2' items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/VirtualizationTask" - - VirtualizationTask: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Parameters to sync the global object from a source engine to a + list of target engines registered with a Hyperscale Instance. + Tag: + required: + - key + - value + type: object properties: - id: - type: string - parent_job_id: - type: string - start_time: - type: string - format: date-time - end_time: + key: + maxLength: 4000 + minLength: 1 type: string - format: date-time - title: + description: Key of the tag + example: key-1 + value: + maxLength: 4000 + minLength: 1 type: string - percent_complete: - type: integer - minimum: 0 - maximum: 100 - events: + description: Value of the tag + example: value-1 + TagsRequest: + required: + - tags + type: object + properties: + tags: + maxItems: 1000 + minItems: 1 + uniqueItems: true type: array + description: Array of tags with key value pairs items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/VirtualizationTaskEvent" - status: - type: string - enum: [ PENDING, STARTED, TIMEDOUT, RUNNING, CANCELED, FAILED, SUSPENDED, WAITING, COMPLETED, ABANDONED ] - - VirtualizationTaskEvent: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + TagsResponse: + type: object properties: - message_details: - type: string - - Engine: + tags: + type: array + description: Array of tags with key value pairs + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + TargetJobType: + type: string + description: A DCT specific job type + enum: + - REPLICATION_PROFILE_EXECUTE + TargetObjectType: + type: string + description: A DCT specific object type. + enum: + - REPLICATION_PROFILE + TargetPolicyObjectType: + type: string + description: A DCT specific target policy object type. + enum: + - CDB + - DSOURCE + - VCDB + - VDB + - DATASET_GROUP + - REPLICATION_PROFILE + - NAMESPACE + TaskEvent: + type: object properties: - engine_id: + event: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4000 - engine_name: + description: The steps or events a task will perform. + example: Job Completed + status: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4000 - - Snapshot: - description: Virtualization Engine Snapshot of a dSource or VDB. + description: The state of result of the task event. + example: SUCCEEDED + enum: + - CANCELLED + - FAILED + - QUEUED + - RUNNING + - SUCCEEDED + - SKIPPED + - NON_CONFORMANT + description: A step or event performed by a masking execution. + Timeflow: type: object properties: id: - description: The Snapshot ID. type: string - example: snapshot-123 + description: The Timeflow ID. + example: timeflow-123 engine_id: - description: The id of the engine the snapshot belongs to. type: string - example: 1 + description: The ID of the engine the timeflow belongs to. + example: '1' namespace: - description: Alternate namespace for this object, for replicated and restored snapshots. type: string + description: Alternate namespace for this object, for replicated and restored + timeflows. nullable: true example: NAMESPACE-1 + namespace_id: + type: string + description: The namespace id of this timeflows. + nullable: true + example: 1-NAMESPACE-1 + namespace_name: + type: string + description: The namespace name of this timeflows. + nullable: true + example: test-engine-1 + is_replica: + type: boolean + description: Is this a replicated object. + example: true name: - description: The snapshot's name. type: string - example: "@2023-02-02T14:30:00.589" - namespace_id: - description: The namespace id of this snapshot. + description: The timeflow's name. + example: DB_PROVISION@2023-01-25T09:00:30 + dataset_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the timeflow's dSource or VDB. + example: dataset-123 + creation_type: + type: string + description: The source action that created the timeflow. + example: REFRESH + enum: + - INITIAL + - INDETERMINATE + - REFRESH + - ROLLBACK + - TEMPORARY + - TRANSFORMATION + - V2P + - PDB_PLUG + - ORACLE_LIVE_SOURCE_RESYNC + - SOURCE_CONTINUITY + parent_snapshot_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the timeflow's parent snapshot. + example: snapshot-123 + parent_point_location: + type: string + description: The location on the parent timeflow from which this timeflow + was provisioned. This will not be present for timeflows derived from linked + sources. + example: '1178883' + parent_point_timestamp: + type: string + description: The timestamp on the parent timeflow from which this timeflow + was provisioned. This will not be present for timeflows derived from linked + sources. + format: date-time + example: 2021-05-01T08:51:34.148Z + parent_point_timeflow_id: + type: string + description: A reference to the parent timeflow from which this timeflow + was provisioned. This will not be present for timeflows derived from linked + sources. + example: timeflow-123 + parent_vdb_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the parent VDB. This is mutually exclusive with parent_dsource_id. + example: dataset-123 + parent_dsource_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the parent dSource. This is mutually exclusive with + parent_vdb_id. + example: dataset-123 + source_vdb_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the source VDB. This is mutually exclusive with source_dsource_id. + example: dataset-123 + source_dsource_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the source dSource. This is mutually exclusive with + source_vdb_id. + example: dataset-123 + source_data_timestamp: + type: string + description: The timestamp on the root ancestor timeflow from which this + timeflow originated. This logical time acts as reference to the origin + source data. + format: date-time + example: 2021-05-01T08:51:34.148Z + oracle_incarnation_id: type: string - example: '1-NAMESPACE-1' - namespace_name: - description: The namespace name of this snapshot. + description: Oracle-specific incarnation identifier for this timeflow. + example: '123' + oracle_cdb_timeflow_id: type: string - example: 'test-engine-1' - is_replica: - description: Is this a replicated object. - type: boolean - example: true - consistency: - description: Indicates what type of recovery strategies must be invoked when provisioning from this snapshot. + description: A reference to the mirror CDB timeflow if this is a timeflow + for a PDB. + example: cdb-123 + oracle_tde_uuid: type: string - enum: [ CONSISTENT, INCONSISTENT, CRASH_CONSISTENT, PLUGGABLE ] - example: CONSISTENT - missing_non_logged_data: - description: Indicates if a virtual database provisioned from this snapshot will be missing nologging changes. + description: The unique identifier for timeflow-specific TDE objects that + reside outside of Delphix storage. + example: tde-indentifier + mssql_database_guid: + type: string + description: MSSQL-specific recovery branch identifier for this timeflow. + example: DATABASE-1 + is_active: type: boolean + description: Whether this timeflow is currently active or not. example: false - dataset_id: + creation_timestamp: type: string - description: The ID of the Snapshot's dSource or VDB. - example: dataset-123 - creation_time: - description: The time when the snapshot was created. + description: The time when the timeflow was created. + format: date-time + example: 2021-05-01T08:51:34Z + activation_timestamp: type: string + description: The time when this timeflow became active. format: date-time - example: "2023-02-02T19:30:00.589Z" - start_timestamp: - description: | - The timestamp within the parent TimeFlow at which this snapshot was initiated. \ - No recovery earlier than this point needs to be applied in order to provision a database from \ - this snapshot. If start_timestamp equals timestamp, then no recovery needs to be \ - applied in order to provision a database. + example: 2021-05-01T08:51:34Z + tags: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + description: Virtualization Engine Timeflow of a dSource or VDB. + TimeflowRange: + type: object + properties: + start_point_location: + type: string + description: The starting location of this range. + example: '1178883' + start_point_timestamp: type: string + description: The starting timestamp of this range. format: date-time - example: "2021-05-01T08:51:34.148000+00:00" - start_location: - description: | - The database specific indentifier within the parent TimeFlow at which this snapshot was initiated. \ - No recovery earlier than this point needs to be applied in order to provision a database from \ - this snapshot. If start_location equals location, then no recovery needs to be \ - applied in order to provision a database. + example: 2023-04-01T08:51:34.148Z + end_point_location: type: string - example: "1178883" - timestamp: - description: The logical time of the data contained in this Snapshot. + description: The ending location of this range. + example: '1178884' + end_point_timestamp: type: string + description: The ending timestamp of this range. format: date-time - example: "2021-05-01T08:51:34.148000+00:00" - location: - description: Database specific identifier for the data contained in this Snapshot, - such as the Log Sequence Number (LSN) for MSsql databases, System - Change Number (SCN) for Oracle databases. + example: 2023-04-01T09:51:34.148Z + timeflow_id: type: string - example: "1178883" - retention: - description: Retention policy, in days. A value of -1 indicates the snapshot should be kept forever. - Deprecated in favor of expiration and retain_forever. - deprecated: true + description: A reference to the timeflow of this range. + example: timeflow-123 + provisionable: + type: boolean + description: Whether or not this range is provisionable. + example: true + log_delta: type: integer + description: Time in milliseconds b/w timestamp and snapshot timestamp. format: int64 - example: -1 - expiration: - description: The expiration date of this snapshot. If this is unset and retain_forever is false, - and the snapshot is not included in a Bookmark, the snapshot is subject to the retention policy - of its dataset. - type: string - format: date - example: "2021-07-04" - retain_forever: - description: Indicates that the snapshot is protected from retention, i.e it will be kept forever. - If false, see expiration. + is_nearest: type: boolean + description: true if timeflow range is found from nearest snapshot corresponding + to provided timestamp, else false example: false - effective_expiration: - description: The effective expiration is that max of the snapshot expiration and the expiration of any - Bookmark which includes this snapshot. + description: Represents a time range within a timeflow. + TimeflowRepairRequest: + required: + - directory + - end_location + - host + - start_location + - username + type: object + properties: + host: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - format: date - example: "2021-07-04" - effective_retain_forever: - description: True if retain_forever is set or a Bookmark retains this snapshot forever. - type: boolean - example: false - timeflow_id: - description: The TimeFlow this snapshot was taken on. + description: Hostname of the remote host. + example: test.host.com + port: + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + description: Port to connect to remote host. + format: int32 + example: 22 + default: 22 + username: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: 1-ORACLE_TIMEFLOW-1 - timezone: - description: Time zone of the source database at the time the snapshot was taken. + description: Username to connect to remote host. + example: username + directory: + maxLength: 2048 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: "America/New_York,EST-0500" - version: - description: Version of database source repository at the time the snapshot was taken. + description: Location of the missing logs on the host. + example: folder1/folder2 + start_location: + maxLength: 20 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: "11.2.0.4.0" - nullable: true - temporary: - description: Indicates that this snapshot is in a transient state and should not be user visible. + description: The database specific identifier specifying the start location + of the missing log. + example: '123456' + end_location: + maxLength: 20 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The database specific identifier specifying the end location + of the missing log. + example: '654321' + use_engine_public_key: type: boolean - example: false - appdata_toolkit: - description: The toolkit associated with this snapshot. + description: Whether to use public key authentication. + example: true + password: + maxLength: 255 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: APPDATA_TOOLKIT-1 - appdata_metadata: - description: The JSON payload conforming to the DraftV4 schema based on the type of application data being manipulated. + description: The password of the user to connect to remote host machine. + example: password + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + key_pair_private_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: {} - ase_db_encryption_key: - description: Database encryption key present for this snapshot. + description: The private key of the key pair credentials. + example: private key + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + key_pair_public_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: keyname - mssql_internal_version: - description: Internal version of the source database at the time the snapshot was taken. - type: integer - format: int32 - example: 706 - mssql_backup_set_uuid: - description: UUID of the source database backup that was restored for this snapshot. + description: The public key of the key pair credentials. + example: public key + vault_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: "54290b71-58cd-463d-bd62-7219d4c4d2d5" - mssql_backup_software_type: - description: Backup software used to restore the source database backup for this snapshot + description: The DCT id or name of the vault from which to read the host + credentials. + example: my-vault + hashicorp_vault_engine: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - enum: [ AZURE_NATIVE, NATIVE, LITESPEED, REDGATE, NETBACKUP, COMMVAULT ] - example: NATIVE - mssql_backup_location_type: - description: Backup software used to restore the source database backup for this snapshot + description: Vault engine name where the credential is stored. + example: kv + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - enum: [ DISK, AZURE, BACKUP_SERVER ] - example: BACKUP_SERVER - mssql_empty_snapshot: - description: True if the staging push dSource snapshot is empty. + description: Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored. + example: oracle-env + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + hashicorp_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Key for the username in the key-value store. + example: username + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Key for the password in the key-value store. + example: secret + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + azure_vault_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure key vault name (ORACLE, ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). + example: azure_vault + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + azure_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store (ORACLE, + ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). + example: username + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + azure_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store (ORACLE, + ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). + example: secret + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + cyberark_vault_query_string: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. + example: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + use_kerberos_authentication: type: boolean + description: Whether to use kerberos authentication. example: true - oracle_from_physical_standby_vdb: - description: True if this snapshot was taken of a standby database. - type: boolean - example: false - oracle_redo_log_size_in_bytes: - description: Online redo log size in bytes when this snapshot was taken. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 314572800 - tags: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - Timeflow: - description: Virtualization Engine Timeflow of a dSource or VDB. + sshVerificationStrategy: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SSHVerificationStrategy' + TimestampCompatibleRepositoryRequest: type: object properties: - id: - description: The Timeflow ID. + source_data_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: timeflow-123 + description: The ID of the source object (dSource or VDB) to get the compatible + repos. All other objects referenced by the parameters must live on the + same engine as the source. + example: source-123 engine_id: - description: The ID of the engine the timeflow belongs to. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: 1 - namespace: - description: Alternate namespace for this object, for replicated and restored timeflows. + description: The ID of the Engine from where to get the compatible repos. + If the source ID unambiguously identifies a source object, this parameter + is unnecessary and ignored. + example: engine-123 + timestamp: type: string - nullable: true - example: NAMESPACE-1 - namespace_id: - description: The namespace id of this timeflows. + description: The point in time from which to execute the operation. If the + timestamp is not set, selects the latest point. + format: date-time + example: 2021-05-01T08:51:34.148Z + timeflow_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - nullable: true - example: '1-NAMESPACE-1' - namespace_name: - description: The namespace name of this timeflows. + description: ID of the timeflow from which compatible repos need to be fetched, + mutually exclusive with source_data_id. + example: timeflow_123 + environment_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - nullable: true - example: 'test-engine-1' - is_replica: - description: Is this a replicated object. + description: The ID or name of the target environment. + example: 1-UNIX_HOST_ENVIRONMENT-1 + TokenInfoRequest: + required: + - token + properties: + token: + maxLength: 2048 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: API Key or JWT token for fetching information + example: Bearer eyJhbGciOiJIUzI1NiJ9.eyJzdWIiOiIyIiwiaXNzIjoiYXBpZ3ctc2VydmljZXMtYXBwIiwiaWF0IjoxNjYwMDI1MTczLCJlbWFpbCI6ImppdGVuZHJhLm1hdGh1ckBkZWxwaGl4LmNvbSIsInVzZXJuYW1lIjoidXNlci00MjciLCJleHAiOjE2NjAxMTE1NzN9._9LgnIlkKUr2KVqjeFYqru3GxJr2-ztSmP0XO3vBkRo + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + TokenInfoResponse: + properties: + active: type: boolean - example: true - name: - description: The timeflow's name. + description: Flag to identify if the token is active. + token_type: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: "DB_PROVISION@2023-01-25T09:00:30" - dataset_id: + description: Type of the token. + account_id: + type: integer + description: Numeric ID of the account. + format: int64 + first_name: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string - description: The ID of the timeflow's dSource or VDB. - example: dataset-123 - creation_type: - description: The source action that created the timeflow. + description: First name for the Account. + last_name: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string - enum: [ INITIAL, INDETERMINATE, REFRESH, ROLLBACK, TEMPORARY, TRANSFORMATION, V2P, PDB_PLUG, ORACLE_LIVE_SOURCE_RESYNC, SOURCE_CONTINUITY ] - example: "REFRESH" - parent_snapshot_id: + description: Last name for the Account. + email: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string - description: The ID of the timeflow's parent snapshot. - example: snapshot-123 - parent_point_location: + description: Email for the Account. + username: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string - description: The location on the parent timeflow from which this timeflow was provisioned. This will not be present for timeflows derived from linked sources. - example: "1178883" - parent_point_timestamp: + description: The username or logical name for the Account. + ldap_principal: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The LDAP Principal for the Account. + exp: + type: integer + description: Seconds duration after which the token will expire. + format: int64 + last_activity_time: type: string - description: The timestamp on the parent timeflow from which this timeflow was provisioned. This will not be present for timeflows derived from linked sources. + description: Last activity time of this token in UTC timezone. format: date-time - example: "2021-05-01T08:51:34.148000+00:00" - parent_point_timeflow_id: + Toolkit: + type: object + properties: + id: type: string - description: A reference to the parent timeflow from which this timeflow was provisioned. This will not be present for timeflows derived from linked sources. - example: "timeflow-123" - source_data_timestamp: + description: Id of the toolkit. + type: type: string - description: The timestamp on the root ancestor timeflow from which this timeflow originated. This logical time acts as reference to the origin source data. - format: date-time - example: "2021-05-01T08:51:34.148000+00:00" - oracle_incarnation_id: + description: Specifies whether this object is toolkit or plugin + reference: type: string - description: Oracle-specific incarnation identifier for this timeflow. - example: "123" - oracle_cdb_timeflow_id: + description: The object reference. + engine_name: type: string - description: A reference to the mirror CDB timeflow if this is a timeflow for a PDB. - example: "cdb-123" - oracle_tde_uuid: + description: Name of the engine. + engine_id: type: string - description: The unique identifier for timeflow-specific TDE objects that reside outside of Delphix storage. - example: "tde-indentifier" - mssql_database_guid: + description: Id of the engine. + virtual_source_definition: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: Definition of how to provision virtual sources of this type + linked_source_definition: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: Definition of how to link sources of this type. + discovery_definition: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: Definition of how to discover sources of this type. + upgrade_definition: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: Definition of how to upgrade sources of this type. + snapshot_parameters_definition: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: The schema that defines the structure of the fields in AppDataSyncParameters. + build_api: type: string - description: MSSQL-specific recovery branch identifier for this timeflow. - example: "DATABASE-1" + description: The Delphix API version that the toolkit was built against. tags: type: array + description: Tags associated to this toolkit. items: $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - TimeflowRange: - description: Represents a time range within a timeflow. - type: object - properties: - start_point_location: - type: string - description: The starting location of this range. - example: "1178883" - start_point_timestamp: - type: string - description: The starting timestamp of this range. - format: date-time - example: "2023-04-01T08:51:34.148000+00:00" - end_point_location: - type: string - description: The ending location of this range. - example: "1178884" - end_point_timestamp: - type: string - description: The ending timestamp of this range. - format: date-time - example: "2023-04-01T09:51:34.148000+00:00" - timeflow_id: - type: string - description: A reference to the timeflow of this range. - example: "timeflow-123" - provisionable: - type: boolean - description: Whether or not this range is provisionable. - example: true - HashicorpVault: - title: HashicorpVault + description: A toolkit or plugin. + UiProfilesRequest: + required: + - ui_profiles type: object - description: Configuration required to connect and authenticate with an Hashicorp Vault which stores engines username and passwords. properties: - id: - type: integer - format: int64 - nullable: false - readOnly: true - env_variables: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: | - Environment variables to set when invoking the Vault CLI tool. The environment variables will be used both - to login to the vault (if this step is required) and to retrieve engine username and passwords. - example: - VAULT_ADDR: "https://vault.company.co:8200" - VAULT_TOKEN: "token-to-retrieve-secrets" - type: object - additionalProperties: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - login_command_args: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: | - Arguments to the "vault" CLI tool to be used to fetch a client token (or "login"). - If supporting files, such as TLS certificates, must be used to authenticate, they can be - mounted to the /etc/config directory. - This property must not be set when using the TOKEN authentication method as login is not required. - example: - - login - - "-method=cert" - - "-client-cert=/etc/config/cert.pem" - - "-client-key=/etc/config/key.pem" - - write - - auth/approle/login - - role_id=123 - - secret_id=456 - type: array + ui_profiles: minItems: 1 - maxItems: 100 - items: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - tags: + uniqueItems: true type: array + description: List of UI profiles + example: + - devops items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - RegisteredEngine: - title: RegisteredEngine + minLength: 1 + type: string + UpdateAccessGroupScope: type: object - description: A registered engine's connection and authentication settings. properties: - id: - description: The Engine object entity ID. - type: string - readOnly: true - uuid: - description: The unique identifier generated by this engine. - type: string - nullable: true - type: - description: The type of this engine. - type: string - enum: [ VIRTUALIZATION, MASKING, BOTH, UNSET ] - nullable: true - version: - description: The engine version. - type: string - nullable: true name: - description: The name of this engine. - type: string - ssh_public_key: - description: The ssh public key of this engine. - type: string - hostname: - description: The hostname of this engine. - type: string - cpu_core_count: - description: The total number of CPU cores on this engine. - type: integer - format: int32 - nullable: true - memory_size: - description: The total amount of memory on this engine, in bytes. - type: integer - format: int64 - nullable: true - data_storage_capacity: - description: The total amount of storage allocated for engine objects and system metadata, in bytes. - type: integer - format: int64 - nullable: true - data_storage_used: - description: The amount of storage used by engine objects and system metadata, in bytes. - type: integer - format: int64 - nullable: true - insecure_ssl: - description: | - Allow connections to the engine over HTTPs without validating the TLS certificate. Even though - the connection to the engine might be performed over HTTPs, setting this property eliminates - the protection against a man-in-the-middle attach for connections to this engine. Instead, - consider creating a truststore with a Certificate Authority to validate the engine's certificate, - and set the truststore_filename property. - type: boolean - unsafe_ssl_hostname_check: - description: | - Ignore validation of the name associated to the TLS certificate when connecting to the engine over HTTPs. - Setting this value must only be done if the TLS certificate of the engine does not match the hostname, - and the TLS configuration of the engine cannot be fixed. Setting this property reduces the protection - against a man-in-the-middle attack for connections to this engine. - This is ignored if insecure_ssl is set. - type: boolean - truststore_filename: - description: | - File name of a truststore which can be used to validate the TLS certificate of the engine. The truststore - must be available at /etc/config/certs/ - type: string - nullable: true - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - pattern: '^[a-zA-Z0-9_\.]+$' - truststore_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: | - Password to read the truststore. - type: string - nullable: true + maxLength: 256 minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - status: - description: | - the status of the engine type: string - enum: [ CREATED, DELETING ] - nullable: true - readOnly: true - connection_status: - description: The status of the connection to the engine. Deprecated; use "engine_connection_status" instead. - deprecated: true + description: The Access group scope name. + scope_type: type: string - enum: [ ONLINE, OFFLINE ] - nullable: true - readOnly: true - engine_connection_status: - description: The state of the connection to the engine. + description: Specifies the type of the scope. Scope of type SIMPLE would + grant access to all DCT objects. Scope of type SCOPED would grant access + to all objects based on objects and object-tags and permissions defined + in linked role. Scope of type ADVANCED would grant access to DCT objects + based on objects and object-tags and the individual permissions. + example: SCOPED + enum: + - SIMPLE + - SCOPED + - ADVANCED + description: An Access group scope parameters that are allowed to update. + UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters: + type: object + properties: + name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - enum: [ ONLINE, CONNECTION_ERROR, MISSING_CREDENTIALS, BAD_CREDENTIALS] - readOnly: true - connection_status_details: - deprecated: true - description: If set, details about the status of the connection to the engine. Deprecated; use "engine_connection_status_details" instead. + description: Name of the dSource and container to be updated. + description: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string - nullable: true - readOnly: true - engine_connection_status_details: - description: If set, details about the state of the connection to the engine. + description: The notes/description for the dSource. + staging_environment: type: string - readOnly: true - username: - description: The virtualization domain admin username. + description: The environment used as an intermediate stage to pull data + into Delphix [AppDataStaged only]. + example: 3-UNIX_HOST_ENVIRONMENT-7 + staging_environment_user: type: string - nullable: true - minLength: 1 + description: The environment user used to access the staging environment + [AppDataStaged only]. + example: HOST_USER-11 + environment_user: maxLength: 256 - password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: The virtualization domain admin password. - type: string - nullable: true minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - masking_username: - description: The masking admin username. type: string - nullable: true - minLength: 1 + description: The OS user to use for linking. + example: HOST_USER-11 + parameters: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: The JSON payload conforming to the DraftV4 schema based on + the type of application data being manipulated. + sync_policy_id: maxLength: 256 - masking_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: The masking admin password. + minLength: 1 type: string - nullable: true + description: The ID of the SnapSync policy for the dSource. + example: snapshot-123 + retention_policy_id: + maxLength: 256 minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - hashicorp_vault_username_command_args: - description: "Arguments to pass to the Vault CLI tool to retrieve the virtualization username for the engine." - example: - - [ "kv", "get", "-field=username", "kv-v2/delphix-secrets/delphixUser" ] + type: string + description: The ID of the Retention policy for the dSource. + example: retention-policy-123 + ops_pre_sync: type: array - nullable: true - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 100 + description: Operations to perform before syncing the created dSource. These + operations can quiesce any data prior to syncing. items: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - hashicorp_vault_masking_username_command_args: - description: "Arguments to pass to the Vault CLI tool to retrieve the masking username for the engine." - example: - - [ "kv", "get", "-field=username", "kv-v2/delphix-secrets/delphixUser" ] + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SourceOperation' + ops_post_sync: type: array - nullable: true - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 100 + description: Operations to perform after syncing a created dSource. items: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - hashicorp_vault_password_command_args: - description: "Arguments to pass to the Vault CLI tool to retrieve the virtualization password for the engine." - example: - - [ "kv", "get", "-field=password", "kv-v2/delphix-secrets/delphixUser" ] + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SourceOperation' + description: Parameters to update a dSource. + UpdateAseDSourceParameters: + type: object + properties: + name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Name of the dSource and container to be updated. + description: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The notes/description for the dSource. + sync_policy_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the SnapSync policy for the dSource. + example: snapshot-123 + retention_policy_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The ID of the Retention policy for the dSource. + example: retention-policy-123 + description: Parameters to update a dSource. + UpdateBookmarkParameters: + type: object + properties: + name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The user-defined name of this bookmark. + example: my-bookmark-123 + expiration: + type: string + description: The expiration for this Bookmark. Mutually exclusive with retain_forever. + format: date + example: 2021-07-04T00:00:00Z + retain_forever: + type: boolean + description: Indicates that the Bookmark should be retained forever. + example: false + bookmark_type: + type: string + description: Type of the bookmark, either PUBLIC or PRIVATE. + enum: + - PUBLIC + - PRIVATE + description: Parameters to update a Bookmark. + UpdateCDBParameters: + type: object + properties: + oracle_services: type: array - nullable: true - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 100 - items: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - hashicorp_vault_masking_password_command_args: - description: "Arguments to pass to the Vault CLI tool to retrieve the masking password for the engine." + description: List of jdbc connection strings which are used to connect with + the database. example: - - [ "kv", "get", "-field=password", "kv-v2/delphix-secrets/delphixUser" ] - type: array - nullable: true - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 100 + - jdbc:oracle:thin:@hostname:port/service_name + - jdbc:oracle:thin:@hostname:port:SID items: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - masking_hashicorp_vault_id: - description: Reference to the Hashicorp vault to use to retrieve masking engine credentials. - type: integer - format: int64 - nullable: true - hashicorp_vault_id: - description: Reference to the Hashicorp vault to use to retrieve virtualization engine credentials. - type: integer - format: int64 - nullable: true - tags: - description: The tags to be created for this engine. - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - masking_memory_used: - description: The current amount of memory used by running masking jobs in bytes. - type: integer - format: int64 - nullable: true - masking_allocated_memory: - description: The maximum amount of memory available for running masking jobs in bytes. + logsync_enabled: + type: boolean + description: True if LogSync is enabled for this CDB. + logsync_mode: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum' + logsync_interval: type: integer + description: Interval between LogSync requests, in seconds. format: int64 - nullable: true - masking_jobs_running: - description: The number of masking jobs currently running. - type: integer - nullable: true - masking_max_concurrent_jobs: - description: The maximum number of masking jobs that can be running at the same time. - type: integer - nullable: true - masking_available_cores: - description: The number of CPU cores available to the masking engine. - type: integer - nullable: true - hyperscale_instance_ids: - description: List of Hyperscale Instances that this engine is connected to. - nullable: true - type: array - items: - type: string - hyperscale_truststore_filename: - description: | - File name of a truststore which can be used to validate the TLS certificate of the engine as expected by associated hyperscale instances. - type: string - nullable: true + tde_keystore_password: + maxLength: 128 minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - pattern: '^[a-zA-Z0-9_\.]+$' - hyperscale_truststore_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: | - Password to read the truststore as expected by associated hyperscale instances. type: string - nullable: true - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - example: - id: "engine-123" - uuid: "54290b71-58cd-463d-bd62-7219d4c4d2d5" - type: "VIRTUALIZATION" - version: "6.0.7.0" - name: "My Favorite Engine" - hostname: "eng09.dev.delphix.com" - cpu_core_count: 4 - memory_size: 16000000000 - data_storage_capacity: 100000000000 - data_storage_used: 85000000000 - tags: [ { "key": "key1", "value": "value1" }, { "key": "key2", "value": "value2" } ] - connection_status: "OFFLINE" - connection_status_details: "Unable to authenticate with engine" - hyperscale_instance_ids: [ "hyperscale-1" ] - hyperscale_truststore_filename: "trustfile1" - hyperscale_truststore_password: "*****" - HyperscaleMountPoint: - title: HyperscaleMountPoint + description: For a CDB using software keystore, this is the password of + the software keystore used by this database. For a CDB using OKV, this + is the password for the endpoint provided during the installation of the + Oracle Key Vault client library (i.e., okvclient.jar) on the host where + this database runs. For a CDB using HSM, this is the credential of the + external key manager which is managing master encryption keys of this + database. + example: password + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + tde_keystore_config_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum' + tde_kms_pkcs11_config_path: + type: string + description: Path to the PKCS#11 configuration file for TDE KMS. + example: /etc/oracle/tde/kms_pkcs11.conf + description: Parameters to update a CDB. + UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest: type: object - description: A Mount Point for the Hyperscale instance to write to a staging area and engines to read from. - required: - - hyperscale_instance_id - - name - - hostname - - mount_path - - mount_type properties: - id: - description: The ID of the Hyperscale Mount Point. + name: type: string - readOnly: true - hyperscale_instance_id: - description: The ID of the Hyperscale instance of this Mount Point. + description: The name of the compliance job collection. + example: My favorite Compliance Job Collection + description: type: string + description: The description of the compliance job collection. + example: Compliance Job Collection for app finance + failure_handling: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum' + members: + maxItems: 100 + uniqueItems: true + type: array + description: The list of compliance job IDs and their collection sequence + to be included in the collection. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ComplianceJobCollectionMembers' + description: Parameters to update a compliance job collection. + UpdateDatabaseTemplateParameters: + type: object + properties: name: - description: Name of the mount, unique for a hyperscale instance. This name will be used as a directory - name by the Hyperscale instance. + minLength: 1 type: string - hostname: - description: The host name of the server. + description: The DatabaseTemplate name. + example: template-name + description: type: string - nullable: false - mount_path: - description: The path to the directory on the filesystem to mount. + description: User provided description for this template. + example: Config params for prod01 + source_type: type: string - nullable: false - mount_type: - description: The type of filesystem. Enum having values- CIFS, NFS3, NFS4. + description: The type of the source associated with the template. + example: OracleVirtualSource + enum: + - OracleVirtualSource + - OracleLinkedSource + - MSSqlVirtualSource + - MSSqlLinkedSource + parameters: + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: A name/value map of string configuration parameters. + example: + configName1: configValue1 + configName2: configValue2 + description: Parameters to update a Database Template. + UpdateHookTemplateParameters: + type: object + properties: + name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - enum: [ CIFS, NFS3, NFS4 ] - options: + description: Name of the hook template. + example: Hook Template 1 + description: type: string - description: The options for mount. The endpoint will return all default options and user specified options. - HyperscaleMountPointUpdateParameters: - title: HyperscaleMountPointUpdateParameters + description: Description of the hook template. + shell: + type: string + enum: + - bash + - shell + - expect + - ps + - psd + default: bash + command: + maxLength: 131072 + minLength: 1 + type: string + credentials_env_vars: + type: array + description: List of environment variables that will contain credentials + for this operation. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/CredentialsEnvVariable' + UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters: type: object - description: The updatable properties of a Hyperscale Mount Point. properties: name: - description: Name of the mount, unique for a hyperscale instance. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The unique name of the dSource within a group. + logsync_enabled: + type: boolean + description: Enabled LogSync for this dSource. + encryption_key: + type: string + description: The encryption key to use when restoring encrypted backups. + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + ppt_repository: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Reference of the SQL instance on the PPT environment that we + want to use for pre-provisioning. + ppt_host_user: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string - hostname: - description: The host name of the server. + description: Reference of the host OS user on the PPT host to use for linking. + sync_strategy_managed_type: type: string - mount_path: - description: The path to the directory on the filesystem to mount. + description: | + MSSQL specific parameters for source based sync strategy.: + * `external` - MSSQL specific parameters for externally managed source based sync strategy. + * `delphix` - MSSQL specific parameters for delphix managed source based sync strategy. + * `staging_push` - MSSQL specific parameters for staging push based sync strategy. + enum: + - external + - delphix + - staging_push + source_host_user: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string - mount_type: - description: The type of filesystem. + description: ID or user reference of the host OS user to use for linking. + mssql_user_environment_reference: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string - enum: [ CIFS, NFS3, NFS4 ] - options: + description: Reference to the source environment user to use for linking. + mssql_user_domain_username: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string - description: The mount options. - HyperscaleConnector: - title: HyperscaleConnector - type: object - description: A Hyperscale connector to read/write data from/to a datasource. - properties: - database_type: + description: The username for the source DB user. + mssql_user_domain_password: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - id: - description: The ID of the Hyperscale Connector. + description: Password for the database user. + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + mssql_user_domain_vault_username: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - readOnly: true - hyperscale_instance_id: - description: The ID of the Hyperscale instance of this Dataset. + description: Delphix display name for the vault user. + example: my-vault + mssql_user_domain_vault: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - data_type: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleDataTypeEnum' - name: + description: The name or reference of the vault from which to read the database + credentials. + mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_engine: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - source_username: - description: The username this Connector will use to connect to the source database. + description: Vault engine name where the credential is stored. + mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_secret_path: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - source_password: + description: Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored. x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: The password this Connector will use to connect to the source database. + mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - source_jdbc_url: - description: The JDBC URL used to connect to the source database. + description: Hashicorp vault key for the username in the key-value store. + mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - source_mongo_url: - description: The MongoDB URL used to connect to the source database. + description: Hashicorp vault key for the password in the key-value store. + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: "mongodb://host:27017" - source_filesystem_path: - description: The path on the filesystem where source files must be read (Delimited files Only). + description: Azure key vault name. + mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - source_connection_properties: - additionalProperties: - type: string - target_username: - description: The username this Connector will use to connect to the target database. + description: Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store. + mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - target_password: + description: Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store. x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: The username this Connector will use to connect to the target database. + mssql_user_domain_cyberark_vault_query_string: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - target_jdbc_url: - description: The JDBC URL used to connect to the target database. + description: Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. + mssql_database_username: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string - target_mongo_url: - description: The MongoDB URL used to connect to the target database. + description: The username for the source DB user. + mssql_database_password: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: "mongodb://host:27017" - target_filesystem_path: - description: The path on the filesystem where target files must be written (Delimited files Only). + description: Password for the database user. + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + delphix_managed_backup_compression_enabled: + type: boolean + description: Specify whether the backups taken should be compressed or uncompressed + when Delphix managed option is selected. + delphix_managed_backup_policy: type: string - target_connection_properties: - additionalProperties: - type: string - tags: + description: | + Specify which node of an availability group to run the copy-only full backup on: + * `primary` - Backups only go to the primary node. + * `secondary_only` - Backups only go to secondary nodes. If secondary nodes are down, backups will fail. + * `prefer_secondary` - Backups go to secondary nodes, but if secondary nodes are down, backups will go to the primary node. + enum: + - primary + - secondary_only + - prefer_secondary + external_managed_validate_sync_mode: + type: string + description: Specifies the backup types ValidatedSync will use to synchronize + the dSource with the source database + enum: + - TRANSACTION_LOG + - FULL_OR_DIFFERENTIAL + - FULL + - NONE + external_managed_shared_backup_locations: + maxItems: 260 type: array + description: Shared source database backup locations. items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - HyperscaleConnectorUpdateParameters: - title: HyperscaleConnectorUpdateParameters - type: object - description: The updatable properties of a Hyperscale Connector. - properties: - name: - type: string - source_username: - description: The username this Connector will use to connect to the source database. - type: string - source_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: The password this Connector will use to connect to the source database. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + disable_netbackup_config: + type: boolean + description: Disable NetBackup configuration. + external_netbackup_config_master_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - source_jdbc_url: - description: The JDBC URL used to connect to the source database. + description: The master server name of this NetBackup configuration. + external_netbackup_config_source_client_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - source_mongo_url: - description: The MongoDB URL used to connect to the source database. + description: The source's client server name of this NetBackup configuration. + external_netbackup_config_params: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: NetBackup configuration parameter overrides. + external_netbackup_config_templates: type: string - example: "mongodb://host:27017" - source_filesystem_path: - description: The path on the filesystem where source files must be read (Delimited files Only). + description: Optional config template selection for NetBackup configurations. + If set, external_netbackup_config_params will be ignored. + disable_commvault_config: + type: boolean + description: Disable Commvault configuration. + external_commserve_host_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - source_connection_properties: - additionalProperties: - type: string - target_username: - description: The username this Connector will use to connect to the target database. + description: The commserve host name of this Commvault configuration. + external_commvault_config_source_client_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - target_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: The username this Connector will use to connect to the target database. + description: The source client name of this Commvault configuration. + external_commvault_config_staging_client_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - target_jdbc_url: - description: The JDBC URL used to connect to the target database. + description: The staging client name of this Commvault configuration. + external_commvault_config_params: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: Commvault configuration parameter overrides. + external_commvault_config_templates: type: string - target_mongo_url: - description: The MongoDB URL used to connect to the target database. + description: Optional config template selection for Commvault configurations. + If set, configParams will be ignored. + hooks: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DSourceHooks' + sync_policy_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: "mongodb://host:27017" - target_filesystem_path: - description: The path on the filesystem where target files must be written (Delimited files Only). + description: The ID of the SnapSync policy for the dSource. + example: snapshot-123 + retention_policy_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - target_connection_properties: - additionalProperties: - type: string - CreateMaskingJobRequest: - title: CreateMaskingJobRequest + description: The ID of the Retention policy for the dSource. + example: retention-policy-123 + description: Parameters to update a MSSql dSource. + UpdateMaskingJobParameters: type: object - description: Parameters to create a MaskingJob. properties: name: - description: The name to give the Masking Job. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string + description: The name of the MaskingJob. example: My favorite MaskingJob - description: - description: The description of the Job (Hyperscale Job only). - type: string - example: Job for app finance DB - job_type: - type: string - description: The type of Job. - enum: [HYPERSCALE] - example: HYPERSCALE - hyperscale_instance_id: - description: The ID of the HyperscaleInstance to create this Job on (Hyperscale Job only). - type: string - example: hyperscale-123 - source_masking_job_id: - description: The ID of the Masking Job to use as the source (Hyperscale Job only). + connector_username: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: masking-job-123 - hyperscale_source_connector_username: - description: The username to set for the Source Connector that will be imported (Hyperscale Job only). + description: The username of the Connector used by the MaskingJob. (Standard + Job only). + example: user123 + connector_password: + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: db-user-123 - hyperscale_source_connector_password: + description: The password of the Connector used by the MaskingJob. (Standard + Job only). + example: password123 x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: The password to set for the Source Connector that will be imported (Hyperscale Job only). + on_the_fly_source_connector_username: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: dp-pass-123 - hyperscale_target_connector_username: - description: The username to set for the Target Connector that will be imported (Hyperscale Job only). + description: The username of the source Connector used by the on-the-fly + MaskingJob. (Standard Job only). + example: user123 + on_the_fly_source_connector_password: + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: db-user-123 - hyperscale_target_connector_password: + description: The password of the source Connector used by the on-the-fly + MaskingJob. (Standard Job only). + example: password123 x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: The password to set for the Target Connector that will be imported (Hyperscale Job only). + description: type: string - example: dp-pass-123 - mount_point_id: - description: The ID of the MountPoint to use for the resulting dataset (Hyperscale Job only). + description: Description of the Job (Hyperscale Job only). + example: Job for app finance + dataset_id: type: string - example: mount-point-123 - unload_split: - description: The number of unloaded files to be generated from the source database (Hyperscale Job only). - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 4 - stream_size: - description: The stream size to be used by the sqlldr oracle utility which specifies the size (in bytes) of the data stream sent from the client to the server (Hyperscale Job only). - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 65536 + description: Dataset of the Hyperscale Job (Hyperscale Job only). + example: dataset-123 retain_execution_data: - description: Defines whether execution data will be stored after execution is complete (Hyperscale Job only). type: string - enum: [ "NO", "ON_ERROR", "ALWAYS" ] - example: NO + description: Defines whether execution data will be stored after execution + is complete (Hyperscale Job only). + example: 'false' + enum: + - 'NO' + - ON_ERROR + - ALWAYS max_memory: - description: Maximum memory, in MB, to be allocated for each Masking job (Hyperscale Job only). type: integer + description: Maximum memory to be allocated for each Masking job (Hyperscale + Job only). format: int32 example: 1024 min_memory: - description: Minimum memory, in MB, to be allocated for each Masking job (Hyperscale Job only). type: integer + description: Minimum memory to be allocated for each Masking job (Hyperscale + Job only). format: int32 example: 1024 feedback_size: - description: The granularity with which the masking engine provides updates on the progress of the masking job. For instance, a feedbackSize of 50000 results in log updates whenever 50000 rows are processed during the masking phase (Hyperscale Job only). type: integer + description: Feedback Size for each Masking job (Hyperscale Job only). format: int32 - example: 10000 + example: 32 stream_row_limit: - description: The stream row limit constrains the total number of rows that may enter the job for each masking stream. Setting this value to 0 allows unlimited rows into each stream, while leaving it blank will select a default limit based on job type (Hyperscale Job only). type: integer + description: Stream Row Limit for each Masking job (Hyperscale Job only). format: int32 - example: 0 + example: 4 num_input_streams: - description: Number of input streams to be configured for Masking Job (Hyperscale Job only). type: integer + description: Number of input streams to be configured for Masking Job (Hyperscale + Job only). format: int32 example: 4 max_concurrent_source_connections: - description: Maximum number of parallel connection that the Hyperscale instance can have with the source datasource (Hyperscale Job only). type: integer + description: Maximum number of parallel connection that the Hyperscale instance + can have with the source datasource (Hyperscale Job only). format: int32 example: 32 max_concurrent_target_connections: - description: Maximum number of parallel connection that the Hyperscale instance can have with the target datasource (Hyperscale Job only). - type: integer - format: int32 - example: 32 - parallelism_degree: - description: The degree of parallelism (DOP) per Oracle job to recreate the index in the post-load process (Hyperscale Job only). - type: integer - format: int32 - example: 4 - tags: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - HyperscaleDataset: - title: HyperscaleDataset - type: object - description: A Hyperscale Dataset. - properties: - id: - description: The ID of the Hyperscale Dataset. - type: string - hyperscale_instance_id: - description: The ID of the Hyperscale instance of this Dataset. - type: string - data_type: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleDataTypeEnum' - mount_point_id: - description: The Id of the Hyperscale Mount Point used for this Dataset. - type: string - connector_id: - description: Id the Hyperscale Connector used to read sensitive data and write masked data. - type: string - tags: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - HyperscaleDatasetUpdateParameters: - title: HyperscaleDatasetUpdateParameters + type: integer + description: Maximum number of parallel connection that the Hyperscale instance + can have with the target datasource (Hyperscale Job only). + format: int32 + example: 32 + parallelism_degree: + type: integer + description: The degree of parallelism (DOP) per Oracle job to recreate + the index in the post-load process (Hyperscale Job only). + format: int32 + example: 4 + description: Parameters to update a MaskingJob. + UpdateNamespaceParameters: type: object - description: The updatable properties of a Hyperscale Dataset. properties: - mount_point_id: - description: The Id of the Hyperscale Mount Point used for this Dataset. + name: type: string - connector_id: - description: Id the Hyperscale Connector used to read sensitive data and write masked data. + description: The Namespace name. + description: type: string - HyperscaleDatasetTableOrFile: - title: HyperscaleDatasetTableOrFile + description: The description of the namespace. + description: The parameters to update a Namespace. + UpdateOracleDsourceParameters: type: object - description: A table or file which is part of a hyperscale dataset. properties: - id: - description: The ID of the Hyperscale Dataset table or file. - type: string - schema_name: - type: string - description: Name of the table schema (Oracle/MSSql only). - table_name: + name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - description: Name of the table (Oracle/MSSql only). - collection_name: + description: The unique name of the dSource within a group. + example: my-dsource + db_username: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - description: Name of the collection (MongoDB only). - database_name: + description: The username of the database user. + example: db-username + db_password: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - description: Name of the database (MongoDB only). - filter_key: - description: The unique database column field to filter the source data. + description: The password of the database user. + example: db-password + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + validate_db_credentials: + type: boolean + description: Whether db_username and db_password must be validated, if present, + against the dSource. This must be set to false when credentials validation + is not possible, for instance if the dSource is known to be disabled. + example: true + default: true + environment_user_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - column_array_rows: - description: The number of column array rows to be used by the sqlldr oracle utility which determines the number of rows loaded before the stream buffer is built. + description: The environment user ID to use to connect to the target environment. + example: environment-user-123 + backup_level_enabled: + type: boolean + description: Boolean value indicates whether LEVEL-based incremental backups + can be used on the source database. + example: true + rman_channels: + maximum: 32 + minimum: 1 type: integer - format: int64 - unload_split: - description: The number of unloaded files to be generated from the source database. + description: Number of parallel channels to use. + files_per_set: + maximum: 64 + minimum: 1 type: integer - format: int64 - stream_size: - description: Long The stream size to be used by the sqlldr oracle utility which specifies the size (in bytes) of the data stream sent from the client to the server. + description: Number of data files to include in each RMAN backup set. + check_logical: + type: boolean + description: True if extended block checking should be used for this dSource. + encrypted_linking_enabled: + type: boolean + description: True if SnapSync data from the source should be retrieved through + an encrypted connection. Enabling this feature can decrease the performance + of SnapSync from the source but has no impact on the performance of VDBs + created from the retrieved data. + compressed_linking_enabled: + type: boolean + description: True if SnapSync data from the source should be compressed + over the network. Enabling this feature will reduce network bandwidth + consumption and may significantly improve throughput, especially over + slow network. + bandwidth_limit: type: integer - format: int64 - end_of_record: - description: The end of line character. Support values are \n, \r and \r\n (Delimited files only). - type: string - delimiter: - description: The single character length delimiter used in source files (Delimited files only). - type: string - enclosure: - description: The single character length quote character used in the source files (Delimited files only). - type: string - enclosure_escape_character: - description: The escape character used to escape quote characters (Delimited files only). - type: string - escape_enclosure_escape_character: - description: Whether to escape the enclosure escape character (Delimited files only). + description: Bandwidth limit (MB/s) for SnapSync and LogSync network traffic. + A value of 0 means no limit. + number_of_connections: + type: integer + description: Total number of transport connections to use during SnapSync. + validate_by_opening_db_in_read_only_mode: type: boolean - has_headers: - description: Whether source files have header column names or not (Delimited files only). - If set to true, format files with the same column names are created and the same can be used for the masking inventory. - If set to false, the column names of pattern f0, f1, f2, and so on are used to create the format files for delimited file masking. + description: Whether the snaphots of this dSource's staging database will + be validated by opening it in read-only mode. + pre_provisioning_enabled: type: boolean - unique_source_files_identifier: - description: This is the source key that maps the load-service and masking-service data sets with the unload-service data set (Delimited files only). - Please ensure that this value is different for each HyperscaleDatasetTableOrFile. + description: Boolean flag indicating whether or not pre-provisioning is + turned on for this dSource. + diagnose_no_logging_faults: + type: boolean + description: If true, NOLOGGING operations on this dSource are treated as + faults and cannot be resolved manually. + rac_max_instance_lag: + type: integer + description: Maximum number of log sequences to allow a RAC instance to + lag before considering the instance offline. + allow_auto_staging_restart_on_host_reboot: + type: boolean + description: Allow auto restart of staging source on host reboot. + physical_standby: + type: boolean + description: If true, convert this dSource's staging database to a physical + standby. + external_file_path: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string - source_files: - description: List of all source files that need to be masked (Delimited files only). - All files should have the same delimiter character and other helper characters. - All files should have the same number of columns and same column names if it has a header line. + description: External file path. + hooks: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DSourceHooks' + custom_env_variables_pairs: + type: array + description: An array of name value pair of environment variables. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/NameValuePair' + custom_env_variables_paths: type: array + description: An array of strings of whitespace-separated parameters to be + passed to the source command. The first parameter must be an absolute + path to a file that exists on the target environment. Every subsequent + parameter will be treated as an argument interpreted by the environment + file. items: type: string - perform_join: - description: Whether the split files must be joined (Delimited files only). + staging_database_config_params: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: Database configuration parameter overrides. + nullable: true + template_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The template ID of the target Oracle Staging Push dSource. + example: 70096a7-6655-4973-8464-682c41c932da + logsync_enabled: type: boolean - masking_inventory: + description: True if LogSync is enabled for this dSource. + logsync_mode: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum' + logsync_interval: + minimum: 5 + type: integer + description: Interval between LogSync requests, in seconds. + description: Parameters to update a dSource. + UpdateOracleListenerParams: + properties: + name: + type: string + description: The name of the Oracle listener. + example: my-listener + protocol_addresses: type: array - description: DataSet information for masking inventory. + description: The protocol addresses of the Oracle listener. + example: + - (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=10.110.197.76)(PORT=1527)) + - (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=10.110.197.76)(PORT=1528)) items: - type: object - title: HyperscaleColumnOrField - properties: - field_name: - description: Name of the field. - type: string - domain_name: - description: The name of the domain assigned to this field. - type: string - algorithm_name: - description: The name of the algorithm assigned to this field. - type: string - date_format: - description: The format of the date assigned to this field. - type: string - algorithm_field_name: - description: The name of the algorithm field that is associated with this algorithm. - type: string - algorithm_group_no: - description: The group number of the algorithm to identify a set of columns associated with one instance of algorithm. - type: integer - format: int64 - HyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileUpdateParameters: - title: HyperscaleDatasetTableOrFile + type: string + UpdateReplicationProfileParameters: type: object - description: The updatable properties of a table or file which is part of a hyperscale dataset. properties: - filter_key: - description: The unique database column field to filter the source data. - Set this property to an empty string to clear the value. + name: type: string - column_array_rows: - description: The number of column array rows to be used by the sqlldr oracle utility which determines the number of rows loaded before the stream buffer is built. - type: integer - format: int64 - unload_split: - description: The number of unloaded files to be generated from the source database. - type: integer - format: int64 - stream_size: - description: Long The stream size to be used by the sqlldr oracle utility which specifies the size (in bytes) of the data stream sent from the client to the server. - type: integer - format: int64 - end_of_record: - description: The end of line character. Support values are \n, \r and \r\n (Delimited files only). + description: The ReplicationProfile name. + description: + maxLength: 4096 type: string - delimiter: - description: The single character length delimiter used in source files (Delimited files only). + description: The ReplicationProfile description. + target_engine_id: type: string - enclosure: - description: The single character length quote character used in the source files (Delimited files only). + description: The ID of the replication target engine. + target_host: type: string - enclosure_escape_character: - description: The escape character used to escape quote characters (Delimited files only). + description: Hostname of the replication target engine. If none is provided + and the target_engine_id is set, the hostname for the engine referenced + by target_engine_id will be used. + target_port: + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + description: Target TCP port number for the Delphix Session Protocol. + replication_mode: type: string - escape_enclosure_escape_character: - description: Whether to escape the enclosure escape character (Delimited files only). - type: boolean - has_headers: - description: Whether source files have header column names or not (Delimited files only). - If set to true, format files with the same column names are created and the same can be used for the masking inventory. - If set to false, the column names of pattern f0, f1, f2, and so on are used to create the format files for delimited file masking. - type: boolean - unique_source_files_identifier: - description: This is the source key that maps the load-service and masking-service data sets with the unload-service data set (Delimited files only). - Please ensure that this value is different for each HyperscaleDatasetTableOrFile. + description: The ReplicationProfile mode. + enum: + - ENGINE_DATA_REPLICATION + - MASKED_DATA_DISTRIBUTION + - CONTINUOUS_VAULT + schedule: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - source_files: - description: List of all source files that need to be masked (Delimited files only). - All files should have the same delimiter character and other helper characters. - All files should have the same number of columns and same column names if it has a header line. + description: Replication schedule in the form of a quartz-formatted string. + vdb_ids: type: array + description: The VDBs that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. items: type: string - perform_join: - description: Whether the split files must be joined (Delimited files only). + dsource_ids: + type: array + description: The dSources that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. + items: + type: string + cdb_ids: + type: array + description: The CDBs that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. + items: + type: string + vcdb_ids: + type: array + description: The vCDBs that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. + items: + type: string + group_ids: + type: array + description: The groups that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. + items: + type: string + enable_tag_replication: type: boolean - HyperscaleInstance: - title: HyperscaleInstance - type: object - description: A registered Hyperscale instance's connection and authentication settings. + description: Indicates whether tag replication from primary object to replica + object is enabled or disabled for this ReplicationProfile. + replicate_entire_engine: + type: boolean + description: Whether to replicate the entire engine. This is mutually exclusive + with the vdb_ids, dsource_ids, cdb_ids, vcdb_ids, and group_ids properties. + bandwidth_limit: + minimum: 0 + type: integer + description: Bandwidth limit (MB/s) for replication network traffic. A value + of 0 means no limit. + number_of_connections: + maximum: 16 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + description: Total number of transport connections to use. + encrypted: + type: boolean + description: Encrypt replication network traffic. + automatic_replication: + type: boolean + description: Indication whether the replication spec schedule is enabled + or not. + use_system_socks_setting: + type: boolean + description: Connect to the replication target host via the system-wide + SOCKS proxy. + description: The parameters to update a ReplicationProfile. + UpdateRepositoryParameters: required: - - name - - hostname - - api_key + - database_type properties: - id: - description: The Hyperscale instance entity ID. + allow_provisioning: + type: boolean + description: Flag indicating whether the repository should be used for provisioning. + is_staging: + type: boolean + description: Flag indicating whether this repository can be used by the + Delphix Engine for internal processing. + version: type: string - readOnly: true - name: - description: The name of this hyperscale instance. + description: Version of the repository. + oracle_base: type: string - hostname: - description: The hostname of this hyperscale instance. + description: The Oracle base where database binaries are located. + bits: + type: integer + description: 32 or 64 bits. + UpdateSnapshotParameters: + type: object + properties: + expiration: type: string - data_type: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleDataTypeEnum' - creation_date: - description: The date this hyperscale instance was registered. + description: The expiration for this snapshot. Mutually exclusive with retain_forever. + format: date + example: 2021-07-04T00:00:00Z + retain_forever: + type: boolean + description: Indicates that the snapshot should be retained forever. + example: false + description: Parameters to update the expiration of a Snapshot. + UpdateSourceParameters: + type: object + properties: + oracle_services: + type: array + description: List of jdbc connection strings which are used to connect with + the database. + example: + - jdbc:oracle:thin:@hostname:port/service_name + - jdbc:oracle:thin:@hostname:port:SID + items: + type: string + description: Parameters to update a Source. + deprecated: true + UpdateStagingSourceParameters: + type: object + properties: + oracle_services: + type: array + description: List of jdbc connection strings which are used to connect with + the database. + example: + - jdbc:oracle:thin:@hostname:port/service_name + - jdbc:oracle:thin:@hostname:port:SID + items: + type: string + description: Parameters to update a Staging Source. + UpdateTimeflowParameters: + type: object + properties: + name: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string - format: date-time - tags: - description: The tags to be created for this hyperscale instance. + description: The name of the timeflow. + example: 'Latest on parent refresh #02' + description: Parameters to update a Timeflow. + UpdateVCDBParameters: + type: object + properties: + oracle_services: + type: array + description: List of jdbc connection strings which are used to connect with + the database. + example: + - jdbc:oracle:thin:@hostname:port/service_name + - jdbc:oracle:thin:@hostname:port:SID + items: + type: string + instances: type: array + description: The instances of this RAC database. + example: + - instance_name: instance1 + instance_number: 1 + node_reference: ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1 items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - api_key: - description: API key to connect to the hyperscale instance. - type: string - insecure_ssl: - description: | - Allow connections to the hyperscale instance over HTTPs without validating the TLS certificate. Even though - the connection to the hyperscale instance might be performed over HTTPs, setting this property eliminates - the protection against a man-in-the-middle attach for connections to this engine. Instead, - consider creating a truststore with a Certificate Authority to validate the hyperscale instance's certificate, - and set the truststore_filename property. - type: boolean - default: false - unsafe_ssl_hostname_check: - description: | - Ignore validation of the name associated to the TLS certificate when connecting to the hyperscale instance over HTTPs. - Setting this value must only be done if the TLS certificate of the hyperscale instance does not match the hostname, - and the TLS configuration of the hyperscale instance cannot be fixed. Setting this property reduces the protection - against a man-in-the-middle attack for connections to this hyperscale instance. - This is ignored if insecure_ssl is set. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleRACDatabaseInstance' + node_listeners: + type: array + description: The list of node listener ids for this VCDB. + example: + - 1-ORACLE_NODE_LISTENER-2 + - 1-ORACLE_NODE_LISTENER-3 + items: + type: string + invoke_datapatch: type: boolean - default: false - truststore_filename: - description: | - File name of a truststore which can be used to validate the TLS certificate of the hyperscale instance. The truststore - must be available at /etc/config/certs/ + description: Indicates whether datapatch should be invoked. + tde_keystore_password: + maxLength: 128 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: For a vCDB using software keystore, this is the password of + the software keystore used by this database. For a vCDB using OKV, this + is the password for the endpoint provided during the installation of the + Oracle Key Vault client library (i.e., okvclient.jar) on the host where + this database runs. For a vCDB using HSM, this is the credential of the + external key manager which is managing master encryption keys of this + database. + example: password + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + tde_keystore_config_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum' + tde_key_identifier: + maxLength: 78 + minLength: 34 type: string - nullable: true + description: The master encryption key id of this database. + example: 0692EFF441BB604F82BFDAD4D2D4181B30 + db_username: + maxLength: 256 minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - pattern: '^[a-zA-Z0-9_\.]+$' - truststore_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: | - Password to read the truststore. type: string - nullable: true + description: The username of the database user. + example: db-username + db_password: + maxLength: 256 minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - status: - description: The status of this hyperscale instance. type: string - enum: [ CREATED, DELETING ] - nullable: true - readOnly: true - HyperscaleDataTypeEnum: - type: string - description: The data type designation for the hyperscale deployment. - enum: - - ORACLE - - MSSQL - example: ORACLE - HyperscaleInstanceUpdateParams: - title: HyperscaleInstanceUpdateParams + description: The password of the database user. + example: db-password + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + auto_restart: + type: boolean + description: Whether to enable VDB restart. + environment_user_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The environment user ID to use to connect to the target environment. + example: environment-user-123 + config_params: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: Database configuration parameter overrides. + example: + processes: 150 + custom_env_vars: + type: object + additionalProperties: + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Environment variable to be set when the engine administers + a VCDB. See the Engine documentation for the list of allowed/denied environment + variables and rules about substitution. Custom environment variables can + only be updated while the VCDB is disabled. + example: + MY_ENV_VAR1: $ORACLE_HOME + MY_ENV_VAR2: $CRS_HOME/after + custom_env_files: + type: array + description: Environment files to be sourced when the Engine administers + a VCDB. This path can be followed by parameters. Paths and parameters + are separated by spaces. Custom environment variables can only be updated + while the VCDB is disabled. + example: + - /export/home/env_file_1 + - /export/home/env_file_2 + items: + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + oracle_rac_custom_env_files: + type: array + description: Environment files to be sourced when the Engine administers + an Oracle RAC VCDB. This path can be followed by parameters. Paths and + parameters are separated by spaces. Custom environment variables can only + be updated while the VCDB is disabled. + example: + - node_id: ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1 + path_parameters: /export/home/env_file_1 + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleRacCustomEnvFile' + oracle_rac_custom_env_vars: + type: array + description: Environment variable to be set when the engine administers + an Oracle RAC VCDB. See the Engine documentation for the list of allowed/denied + environment variables and rules about substitution. Custom environment + variables can only be updated while the VCDB is disabled. + example: + - node_id: ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1 + name: MY_ENV_VAR1 + value: $CRS_HOME/after + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleRacCustomEnvVar' + description: Parameters to update a VCDB. + UpdateVDBGroupParameters: type: object - description: Parameters to update a Hyperscale instances. properties: name: - type: string - description: Name in DCT of the Hyperscale instance. - minLength: 1 maxLength: 256 - hostname: - type: string - description: Hostname of the Hyperscale instance. minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - api_key: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: API key to connect to the Hyperscale instance. type: string - nullable: true - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - data_type: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleDataTypeEnum' - insecure_ssl: - description: | - Allow connections to the hyperscale instance over HTTPs without validating the TLS certificate. Even though - the connection to the hyperscale instance might be performed over HTTPs, setting this property eliminates - the protection against a man-in-the-middle attach for connections to this engine. Instead, - consider creating a truststore with a Certificate Authority to validate the hyperscale instance's certificate, - and set the truststore_filename property. - type: boolean - unsafe_ssl_hostname_check: - description: | - Ignore validation of the name associated to the TLS certificate when connecting to the hyperscale instance over HTTPs. - Setting this value must only be done if the TLS certificate of the hyperscale instance does not match the hostname, - and the TLS configuration of the hyperscale instance cannot be fixed. Setting this property reduces the protection - against a man-in-the-middle attack for connections to this engine. - This is ignored if insecure_ssl is set. + description: The name of the VDB group. + example: my-vdb-group + vdb_ids: + minItems: 1 + type: array + example: + - vdb-1 + - vdb-2 + items: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + vdbs: + maxItems: 256 + minItems: 1 + type: array + description: Dictates order of operations on VDBs. Operations can be performed + in parallel
for all VDBs or sequentially. Below are possible valid + and invalid orderings given an example
VDB group with 3 vdbs (A, + B, and C).
Valid:
{"vdb_id":"vdb-1", "order":"1"} {"vdb_id":"vdb-2", + order:"1"} {vdb_id:"vdb-3", order:"1"} (parallel)
{vdb_id:"vdb-1", + order:"1"} {vdb_id:"vdb-2", order:"2"} {vdb_id:"vdb-3", order:"3"} (sequential)
+ Invalid:
{vdb_id:"vdb-1", order:"A"} {vdb_id:"vdb-2", order:"B"} {vdb_id:"vdb-3", + order:"C"} (sequential)

In the sequential case the vdbs with priority + 1 is the first to be started and the last to
be stopped. This value + is set on creation of VDB groups. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/CreateVDBGroupOrder' + refresh_immediately: type: boolean - truststore_filename: - description: | - File name of a truststore which can be used to validate the TLS certificate of the hyperscale instance. The truststore - must be available at /etc/config/certs/. - Set this property to an empty string to clear the value. - type: string - nullable: true - maxLength: 1024 - pattern: '^[a-zA-Z0-9_\.]*$' - truststore_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: | - Password to read the truststore. Set this property to an empty string to clear the value. - type: string - nullable: true - maxLength: 1024 - HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter: - title: HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter + description: If true, the VDB Group will be refreshed immediately after + the update. + default: false + description: Parameters to update a VDB group. + UpdateVDBParameters: type: object - description: Parameters to register and authenticate a Hyperscale instance - required: - - name - - hostname - - api_key - - data_type properties: name: - type: string - description: Name in DCT of the Hyperscale instance. - minLength: 1 maxLength: 256 - hostname: + minLength: 1 type: string - description: Hostname of the Hyperscale instance. + description: The unique name of the VDB within a group. + example: my-vdb + db_username: + maxLength: 256 minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The username of the database user (Oracle, ASE Only). + example: db-username + db_password: maxLength: 256 - api_key: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The password of the database user (Oracle, ASE Only). + example: db-password x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: API key to connect to the Hyperscale instance. + validate_db_credentials: + type: boolean + description: Whether db_username and db_password must be validated, if present, + against the VDB. This must be set to false when credentials validation + is not possible, for instance if the VDB is known to be disabled. + example: true + default: true + auto_restart: + type: boolean + description: Whether to enable VDB restart. + environment_user_id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - nullable: true + description: The environment user ID to use to connect to the target environment. + example: environment-user-123 + template_id: + maxLength: 256 minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - data_type: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/HyperscaleDataTypeEnum' - insecure_ssl: - description: | - Allow connections to the hyperscale instance over HTTPs without validating the TLS certificate. Even though - the connection to the hyperscale instance might be performed over HTTPs, setting this property eliminates - the protection against a man-in-the-middle attach for connections to this engine. Instead, - consider creating a truststore with a Certificate Authority to validate the hyperscale instance's certificate, - and set the truststore_filename property. + type: string + description: The ID of the target VDB Template (Oracle and MSSql Only). + example: template-123 + listener_ids: + type: array + description: The listener IDs for this provision operation (Oracle Only). + example: + - listener-123 + - listener-456 + items: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + new_dbid: type: boolean - default: false - unsafe_ssl_hostname_check: - description: | - Ignore validation of the name associated to the TLS certificate when connecting to the hyperscale instance over HTTPs. - Setting this value must only be done if the TLS certificate of the hyperscale instance does not match the hostname, - and the TLS configuration of the hyperscale instance cannot be fixed. Setting this property reduces the protection - against a man-in-the-middle attack for connections to this engine. - This is ignored if insecure_ssl is set. + description: Whether to enable new DBID for Oracle + cdc_on_provision: type: boolean - default: false - truststore_filename: - description: | - File name of a truststore which can be used to validate the TLS certificate of the hyperscale instance. The truststore - must be available at /etc/config/certs/ + description: Whether to enable CDC on provision for MSSql + pre_script: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 type: string - nullable: true + description: Pre script for MSSql. + post_script: + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Post script for MSSql. + hooks: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualDatasetHooks' + custom_env_vars: + type: object + additionalProperties: + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Environment variable to be set when the engine administers + a VDB. See the Engine documentation for the list of allowed/denied environment + variables and rules about substitution. Custom environment variables can + only be updated while the VDB is disabled. + example: + MY_ENV_VAR1: $ORACLE_HOME + MY_ENV_VAR2: $CRS_HOME/after + custom_env_files: + type: array + description: Environment files to be sourced when the Engine administers + a VDB. This path can be followed by parameters. Paths and parameters are + separated by spaces. Custom environment variables can only be updated + while the VDB is disabled. + example: + - /export/home/env_file_1 + - /export/home/env_file_2 + items: + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + oracle_rac_custom_env_files: + type: array + description: Environment files to be sourced when the Engine administers + an Oracle RAC VDB. This path can be followed by parameters. Paths and + parameters are separated by spaces. Custom environment variables can only + be updated while the VDB is disabled. + example: + - node_id: ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1 + path_parameters: /export/home/env_file_1 + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleRacCustomEnvFile' + oracle_rac_custom_env_vars: + type: array + description: Environment variable to be set when the engine administers + an Oracle RAC VDB. See the Engine documentation for the list of allowed/denied + environment variables and rules about substitution. Custom environment + variables can only be updated while the VDB is disabled. + example: + - node_id: ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1 + name: MY_ENV_VAR1 + value: $CRS_HOME/after + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleRacCustomEnvVar' + parent_tde_keystore_path: + maxLength: 1024 minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Path to a copy of the parent's Oracle transparent data encryption + keystore on the target host. Required to provision from snapshots containing + encrypted database files. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + example: /foo/bar/tde + parent_tde_keystore_password: maxLength: 1024 - pattern: '^[a-zA-Z0-9_\.]+$' - truststore_password: + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The password of the keystore specified in parentTdeKeystorePath. + (Oracle Multitenant Only) + example: password x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: | - Password to read the truststore. + tde_key_identifier: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - nullable: true + description: ID of the key created by Delphix. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + example: tde-indentifier + target_vcdb_tde_keystore_path: + maxLength: 1024 minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Path to the keystore of the target vCDB. (Oracle Multitenant + Only) + example: /foo/cdb/tde + cdb_tde_keystore_password: maxLength: 1024 - tags: - description: The tags to be created for this engine. - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - SMTPConfigParams: - title: SMTPConfigParameters - type: object - description: Parameters to read or update SMTP Config - properties: - enabled: - description: True if outbound email is enabled. - type: boolean - default: false - example: false - server: - description: IP address or hostname of SMTP relay server. + minLength: 1 type: string - nullable: true + description: The password for the Transparent Data Encryption keystore associated + with the CDB. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + example: cdb-password + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + parent_pdb_tde_keystore_path: + maxLength: 512 minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1000 - example: smtp.host.com - port: - description: Port number to use. A value of -1 indicates the default (25 or 587 for TLS). - type: integer - minimum: 1 - maximum: 65535 - nullable: true - example: 25 - authentication_enabled: - description: True if username/password authentication should be used. - type: boolean - default: false - example: false - tls_enabled: - description: True if TLS (transport layer security) should be used. - type: boolean - default: false - example: false - username: - description: If authentication is enabled, username to use when authenticating to the server. type: string - nullable: true + description: "Path to a copy of the parent PDB's Oracle transparent data\ + \ encryption keystore on the target host. \nRequired to provision from\ + \ snapshots of PDB containing encrypted database files with isolated mode\ + \ keystore. \n(Oracle Multitenant Only)\n" + example: /work/MYCDB/0FE1C5BBC29D9B20E06379CB6E0A1EFC/tde + parent_pdb_tde_keystore_password: + maxLength: 128 minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: username - password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: If authentication is enabled, password to use when authenticating to the server. type: string - nullable: true + description: The password of the parent PDB keystore. (Oracle Multitenant + Only) + example: password + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + target_pdb_tde_keystore_password: + maxLength: 128 minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 + type: string + description: The password for the isolated mode TDE keystore of the target + virtual PDB. (Oracle Multitenant Only) example: password - from_address: - description: From address to use when sending mail. If unspecified, 'noreply@delphix.com' is used. + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + appdata_source_params: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: The JSON payload conforming to the DraftV4 schema based on + the type of application data being manipulated. + example: + param: value + additional_mount_points: + type: array + description: Specifies additional locations on which to mount a subdirectory + of an AppData container. Can only be updated while the VDB is disabled. + example: + - shared_path: / + mount_path: /work + environment_id: environment-123 + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AdditionalMountPoint' + appdata_config_params: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: The parameters specified by the source config schema in the + toolkit + example: + option: value + config_params: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: Database configuration parameter overrides. + example: + processes: 150 + mount_point: type: string - nullable: true - format: email + description: Mount point for the VDB (AppData only), can only be updated + while the VDB is disabled. + example: /var/mnt + oracle_services: + type: array + description: List of jdbc connection strings which are used to connect with + the database. + example: + - jdbc:oracle:thin:@hostname:port/service_name + - jdbc:oracle:thin:@hostname:port:SID + items: + type: string + instances: + type: array + description: The instances of this RAC database. + example: + - instance_name: instance1 + instance_number: 1 + node_reference: ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1 + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleRACDatabaseInstance' + invoke_datapatch: + type: boolean + description: Indicates whether datapatch should be invoked. + mssql_ag_backup_location: + type: string + description: Shared backup location to be used for VDB provision on AG Cluster. + example: shared_backup_location/location1 + mssql_ag_backup_based: + type: boolean + description: Indicates whether to do fast operations for VDB on AG which + will use a healthy secondary replica to recreate the AG or backup based + operations which will use the primary replica to recreate the AG using + backup and restore process. + example: true + description: Parameters to update a VDB. + UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters: + properties: + name: + maxLength: 256 minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The name of the virtualization policy. + example: my-policy + timezone_id: maxLength: 256 - example: sender@example.com - send_timeout: - description: Maximum timeout to wait, in seconds, when sending mail. + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The timezone to use for scheduling. + example: America/Los_Angeles + data_duration: type: integer - minimum: 0 - maximum: 300 - nullable: true - SMTPConfigValidate: - title: SMTPValidationParams + description: Amount of time to keep source data [Retention Policy]. + format: int32 + example: 1 + data_unit: + type: string + description: Time unit for data_duration [Retention Policy]. + example: DAY + enum: + - DAY + - WEEK + - MONTH + - QUARTER + - YEAR + log_duration: + type: integer + description: Amount of time to keep log data [Retention Policy]. + format: int32 + example: 1 + log_unit: + type: string + description: Time unit for log_duration [Retention Policy]. + example: DAY + enum: + - DAY + - WEEK + - MONTH + - QUARTER + - YEAR + num_of_daily: + type: integer + description: Number of daily snapshots to keep [Retention Policy]. + format: int32 + example: 1 + num_of_weekly: + type: integer + description: Number of weekly snapshots to keep [Retention Policy]. + format: int32 + example: 1 + day_of_week: + type: string + description: Day of week upon which to enforce weekly snapshot retention + [Retention Policy]. + example: MONDAY + enum: + - MONDAY + - TUESDAY + - WEDNESDAY + - THURSDAY + - FRIDAY + - SATURDAY + - SUNDAY + num_of_monthly: + type: integer + description: Number of monthly snapshots to keep [Retention Policy]. + format: int32 + example: 1 + day_of_month: + type: integer + description: Day of month upon which to enforce monthly snapshot retention + [Retention Policy]. + format: int32 + example: 1 + num_of_yearly: + type: integer + description: Number of yearly snapshots to keep [Retention Policy]. + format: int32 + example: 1 + day_of_year: + type: string + description: Day of year upon which to enforce yearly snapshot retention, + expressed a month / day string (e.g., "Jan 1") [Retention Policy]. + example: Jan 1 + schedules: + type: array + description: The schedules for this policy. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualizationSchedule' + size: + type: integer + description: Size of the quota, in bytes. (QUOTA_POLICY only). + format: int64 + example: 1 + UpgradeDatabaseParameters: + required: + - repository_id type: object - description: Parameters to validate SMTP Config + properties: + repository_id: + type: string + description: The id of the dSource/VDB repository to upgrade to. + example: 1-ORACLE_INSTALL-4 + environment_user_id: + type: string + description: Reference of the environment user to use for dSource/VDB upgrade. + example: HOST_USER-4 + ppt_repository: + type: string + description: The id of the SQL instance on the PPT environment that we want + to use for pre-provisioning (MSSQL only). + example: 1-MSSQL_INSTANCE-11 + description: Parameters to upgrade a dSource/VDB. + UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters: required: - - to_address + - environment_user_id + - repository_id + type: object properties: - to_address: + repository_id: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - SAMLConfigParams: - title: SAMLConfigParams + description: The id of the CDB/vCDB repository to upgrade to. + example: 1-ORACLE_INSTALL-4 + environment_user_id: + type: string + description: Reference of the environment user to use for CDB/vCDB upgrade. + example: HOST_USER-4 + description: Parameters to upgrade CDB/vCDB. + UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters: + required: + - environment_user_id + - repository_id type: object - description: Parameters to read or update SAML Config properties: - enabled: - description: When set, SAML settings are enabled. False by default. - type: boolean - default: false - example: true - auto_create_users: - description: When set, the system will automatically create new Accounts for those who have logged in using SAML. This must be true if SAML user is not already registered in system. True by default. + repository_id: + type: string + description: The id of the dSource/VDB repository to upgrade to. + example: 1-ORACLE_INSTALL-4 + environment_user_id: + type: string + description: Reference of the environment user to use for dSource/VDB upgrade. + example: HOST_USER-4 + description: Parameters to upgrade an Oracle dataset. + deprecated: true + VCDB: + type: object + properties: + id: + type: string + description: The vCDB object entity ID. + example: 1-CDB-1 + name: + type: string + description: The name of this vCDB. + nullable: true + example: Oracle CDB + database_name: + type: string + description: The name of the container database in the Oracle DBMS. + example: VPDBSBBVK4 + namespace_id: + type: string + description: The namespace id of this vCDB. + nullable: true + namespace_name: + type: string + description: The namespace name of this vCDB. + nullable: true + is_replica: type: boolean - default: true - example: true - metadata: - description: IdP metadata for this service provider. This is a required property for successful SAML authentication. + description: Is this a replicated object. + nullable: true + database_version: type: string - minLength: 1 - entity_id: - description: Unique identifier of this instance as a SAML/SSO service provider. + description: The version of this vCDB. + nullable: true + example: 10.2.0.5.0 + environment_id: type: string - example: "https://dct.delphix.com" - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - response_skew: - description: Maximum time difference allowed between a SAML response and the DCT's current time, in seconds. If not set, it defaults to 120 seconds. + description: A reference to the Environment that hosts this vCDB. + nullable: true + example: 1-ENVIRONMENT-1 + size: type: integer - example: 120 - default: 120 - group_attr: - description: Group mapped attribute on SAML to create account tags in DCT. + description: The total size of the data files used by this vCDB, in bytes. + format: int64 + nullable: true + example: 339292672 + engine_id: type: string - example: "groups" - default: "groups" - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - first_name_attr: - description: First name attribute mapped on SAML used for mapping on DCT account. + description: A reference to the Engine that this vCDB belongs to. + example: engine-12 + status: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - default: 'firstName' - example: 'firstName' - last_name_attr: - description: Last name attribute mapped on SAML used for mapping on DCT account. + description: The runtime status of the vCDB. + nullable: true + example: RUNNING + parent_id: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - default: 'lastName' - example: 'lastName' - MetadataDbInfo: - title: MetadataDbInfo - type: object - description: Information about the product's metadata database. - properties: - external: - type: boolean - description: True if an external database, i.e a database running outside of the application cluster, - is in use. - example: false - version: + description: A reference to the parent CDB of this vCDB. + example: 1-CDB-1 + creation_date: type: string - description: The full database version in String format - example: TODO - database_product_name: + description: The date this vCDB was created. + format: date-time + nullable: true + example: 2022-10-15T08:51:34.148Z + group_name: type: string - description: The database product name as reported by the database itself. - example: TODO - major_version: - type: integer - description: The database major version. - minor_version: - type: integer - description: The database minor version - min_supported_major_version: - type: integer - description: The minimum supported major version of PostgreSQL. - min_supported_minor_version: - type: integer - description: The minimum supported minor version of PostgreSQL. - max_supported_major_version: - type: integer - description: The maximum supported major version of PostgreSQL. - max_supported_minor_version: - type: integer - description: The maximum supported minor version of PostgreSQL. - compatible: - type: boolean - description: Whether the database is recognized as valid for this product. In order to be compatible, - the database product name must be a recognized PostgreSQL and the database version must be - greater than or equal to the minimum minor version and smaller than or equal to the maximum - support version. - LDAPConfigParams: - title: LDAPConfigParams - type: object - description: Parameters to read or update LDAP Config - properties: + description: The name of the group containing this vCDB. + nullable: true + example: Untitled enabled: - description: When set, these settings are enabled. True by default. type: boolean - default: true + description: Whether the vCDB is enabled or not. example: true - auto_create_users: - description: When set, the system will automatically create new Accounts for those who have logged in using LDAP. This must be true if LDAP user is not already registered in system. True by default. + content_type: + type: string + description: The content type of the vcdb. + nullable: true + vcdb_restart: type: boolean - default: true + description: Indicates whether the Engine should automatically restart this + vcdb when target host reboot is detected. example: true - hostname: - description: The hostname of the LDAP server. + tags: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + invoke_datapatch: + type: boolean + description: Indicates whether datapatch should be invoked. + node_listeners: + type: array + description: The list of node listeners for this VCDB. + items: + type: string + instance_name: type: string - example: "ldap.server.com" - port: - description: The port of the LDAP server. Default port is 389 for non-SSL and 636 for SSL. + description: The instance name of this single instance VCDB. + example: VCDSID + instance_number: type: integer - minimum: 0 - maximum: 65535 - example: 389 - domains: - description: DCT will try to authenticate using each Domain given in this list. + description: The instance number of this single instance VCDB. + instances: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Domain' - minItems: 1 - enable_ssl: - description: True if LDAP should be used over SSL. - type: boolean - example: false - default: true - truststore_filename: - description: File name of a truststore which can be used to validate the TLS certificate of the LDAP server. The truststore - must be available at /etc/config/certs/ + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleRACDatabaseInstance' + oracle_services: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleService' + repository_id: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - pattern: '^[a-zA-Z0-9_\.\-]+$' - truststore_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: Password for reading trustStore file provided in 'truststore_filename' property + description: The repository id of this Virtual CDB. + example: 1-ORACLE_INSTALL-1 + containerization_state: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ContainerizationStateEnum' + tde_key_identifier: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - insecure_ssl: - description: | - Allow connections to the LDAP server over LDAPS without validating the TLS certificate. Even though - the connection to the server might be performed over LDAPS, setting this property eliminates - the protection against a man-in-the-middle attach for connections to this server. Instead, - consider creating a truststore with a Certificate Authority to validate the server's certificate, - and set the truststore_filename property. - type: boolean - default: false - unsafe_ssl_hostname_check: - description: | - Ignore validation of the name associated to the TLS certificate when connecting to the LDAP server over LDAPS. - Setting this value must only be done if the TLS certificate of the server does not match the hostname, - and the TLS configuration of the server cannot be fixed. Setting this property reduces the protection - against a man-in-the-middle attack for connections to this server. - This is ignored if insecure_ssl is set. + description: ID of the key created by Delphix, as recorded in v$encryption_keys.key_id. + example: Ae5Eo6WB208lv+XJfXMTv8sAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA + tde_keystore_config_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum' + is_tde_keystore_password_set: type: boolean - default: false - ProductInfo: - title: ProductInfoResponse - type: object - description: Product Information Response - properties: - api_version: - description: Current API version. - type: string - example: 1.0.0 - product_version: - description: Current installed product version. + description: True if TDE keystore password is set for this container database. + database_unique_name: type: string - example: 1.0.0 - system_uuid: - description: System UUID + description: The unique name of the database. + example: DBOMSRBBDC6C + db_username: type: string - product_upgrade_history: - description: Product upgrade history. + description: The user name of the database. + example: oracle + redo_log_groups: + type: integer + description: Number of Online Redo Log Groups. + format: int32 + example: 3 + redo_log_size_in_mb: + type: integer + description: Online Redo Log size in MB. + format: int32 + example: 1024 + config_params: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: Database configuration parameter overrides. + nullable: true + example: + param: value + param2: value2 + custom_env_vars: type: array items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ProductHistory' - supported_api_versions: - description: All the supported API versions. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleCustomEnvVar' + active_instances: type: array items: - type: string - ProductHistory: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleActiveInstance' + description: The Delphix Oracle Virtual Container Database. + VDB: + type: object properties: - version: - description: Product Version. + id: type: string - example: 1.0.0 - installed_on: - description: This version installed on date. + description: The VDB object entity ID. + example: vdb-123 + database_type: type: string - format: date-time - example: 2022-05-22T09:15:30Z - ProxyConfiguration: - type: object - description: Web proxy configuration that is used to communicate with Delphix Corp. for support, troubleshooting, upgrades, updates, and patches. - required: - - host - - port - - enabled - properties: - host: - description: The host name or IP address of the proxy server. + description: The database type of this VDB. + nullable: true + example: Oracle + name: type: string - example: "proxy.server.com" - port: - description: The port number of the proxy server. - type: integer - example: 3128 - username: - description: The username to use when authenticating with the proxy server. + description: The logical name of this VDB. + nullable: true + example: prod01-copy01 + database_name: type: string - example: "proxy-user" - password: - description: The password to use when authenticating with the proxy server. + description: The name of the database on the target environment or in the + database management system. + example: prod01-copy01-dbname + namespace_id: type: string - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - example: "proxy-password" - enabled: - description: When set, these settings are enabled. True by default. + description: The namespace id of this VDB. + example: 1-NAMESPACE-1 + namespace_name: + type: string + description: The namespace name of this VDB. + example: test-engine-1 + is_replica: + type: boolean + description: Is this a replicated object. + example: true + is_locked: type: boolean + description: Is this VDB locked. example: true - truststore_filename: - description: File name of a truststore which can be used to validate the TLS certificate of the proxy server. The truststore - must be available at /etc/config/certs/ + locked_by: + type: integer + description: The ID of the account that locked this VDB. + format: int64 + example: 1 + locked_by_name: type: string - maxLength: 1024 - pattern: '^$|^[a-zA-Z0-9_\.\-]+$' - truststore_password: - description: Password for reading trustStore file provided in 'truststore_filename' property + description: The name of the account that locked this VDB. + example: user-1 + database_version: type: string - maxLength: 1024 - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - ProductRegistrationOfflinePayload: - type: object - description: Product registration object for a manually generated payload. - required: - - data_key - - authentication_token - properties: - data_key: + description: The database version of this VDB. + nullable: true + example: 10.2.0.5.0 + jdbc_connection_string: type: string - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - authentication_token: + description: The JDBC connection URL for this VDB. + example: jdbc:oracle:thin:@(DESCRIPTION=(ENABLE=broken)(ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=10.43.47.94)(PORT=1521))(CONNECT_DATA=(UR=A)(SID=production01))) + deprecated: true + size: + type: integer + description: The total size of this VDB, in bytes. + format: int64 + nullable: true + example: 339292672 + storage_size: + type: integer + description: The actual space used by this VDB, in bytes. + format: int64 + nullable: true + example: 12345678 + engine_id: type: string - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload: - type: object - description: Product registration object for a manually generated payload. - required: - - username - - password - properties: - username: + description: A reference to the Engine that this VDB belongs to. + example: engine-123 + status: + type: string + description: The runtime status of the VDB. 'Unknown' if all attempts to + connect to the dataset failed. + nullable: true + example: RUNNING + masked: + type: boolean + description: The VDB is masked or not. + nullable: true + example: false + content_type: + type: string + description: The content type of the vdb. + nullable: true + example: PDB + parent_timeflow_timestamp: type: string - password: + description: The timestamp for parent timeflow. + format: date-time + nullable: true + example: 2021-05-01T08:51:34.148Z + parent_timeflow_timezone: type: string - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - GlobalProperties: - title: GlobalProperties - type: object - description: Global properties response. - properties: - disable_username_password: - description: Property to define either username & password based authentication disabled or not. - type: boolean - APIClassificationConfig: - title: APIClassificationConfig - type: object - description: Api Classification Config. - properties: - version: - description: Api Classification Config Version. + description: The timezone for parent timeflow. + nullable: true + example: America/Los_Angeles + environment_id: type: string - example: 1.0.0 - api_classification: - description: The classification of each APIs, either it is automation or not. - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ApiClassificationObject' - EngineRegistrationParameter: - title: EngineRegistrationParameter - type: object - description: Parameters to register and authenticate an engine. - required: - - name - - hostname - properties: - name: + description: A reference to the Environment that hosts this VDB. + nullable: true + example: environment-123 + ip_address: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - hostname: + description: The IP address of the VDB's host. + nullable: true + example: 192.0.2.0 + fqdn: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - username: - description: The virtualization domain admin username. + description: The FQDN of the VDB's host. + nullable: true + example: virtual-dbs.myhost.com + parent_id: type: string + description: A reference to the parent dataset of this VDB. nullable: true - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: The virtualization domain admin password. + example: vdb-122 + parent_dsource_id: type: string + description: A reference to the parent dSource of this VDB. nullable: true - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - masking_username: - description: The masking admin username. + example: dsource-id + root_parent_id: type: string + description: A reference to the root parent dataset of this VDB which could + be a VDB or a dSource. nullable: true - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - masking_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: The masking admin password. + example: vdb-121 + group_name: type: string + description: The name of the group containing this VDB. nullable: true - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - hashicorp_vault_username_command_args: - description: "Arguments to pass to the Vault CLI tool to retrieve the virtualzation username for the engine." - example: - - "kv" - - "get" - - "-field=username" - - "kv-v2/delphix-secrets/delphixUser" - type: array + example: VDBs + engine_name: + type: string + description: Name of the Engine where this VDB is hosted nullable: true - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 100 - items: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - hashicorp_vault_masking_username_command_args: - description: "Arguments to pass to the Vault CLI tool to retrieve the masking username for the engine." - example: - - [ "kv", "get", "-field=username", "kv-v2/delphix-secrets/delphixUser" ] - type: array + example: engine-123-name + cdb_id: + type: string + description: A reference to the CDB or VCDB associated with this VDB. nullable: true - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 100 + example: cdb-123 + tags: + type: array items: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - hashicorp_vault_password_command_args: - description: "Arguments to pass to the Vault CLI tool to retrieve the virtualization password for the engine." + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + creation_date: + type: string + description: The date this VDB was created. + format: date-time + nullable: true + example: 2021-05-01T08:51:34.148Z + hooks: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualDatasetHooks' + appdata_source_params: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: The JSON payload conforming to the DraftV4 schema based on + the type of application data being manipulated. + nullable: true example: - - "kv" - - "get" - - "-field=password" - - "kv-v2/delphix-secrets/delphixUser" - type: array + param: value + param2: value2 + template_id: + type: string + description: A reference to the Database Template. + nullable: true + example: DATABASE_TEMPLATE-1 + config_params: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: Database configuration parameter overrides. nullable: true - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 100 - items: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - hashicorp_vault_masking_password_command_args: - description: "Arguments to pass to the Vault CLI tool to retrieve the masking password for the engine." example: - - [ "kv", "get", "-field=password", "kv-v2/delphix-secrets/delphixUser" ] + param: value + param2: value2 + environment_user_ref: + type: string + description: The environment user reference. + additional_mount_points: type: array + description: Specifies additional locations on which to mount a subdirectory + of an AppData container. Can only be updated while the VDB is disabled. nullable: true - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 100 items: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - hashicorp_vault_id: - description: Reference to the Hashicorp vault to use to retrieve virtualization engine credentials. - type: integer - format: int64 + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AdditionalMountPoint' + appdata_config_params: + type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: The parameters specified by the source config schema in the + toolkit nullable: true - masking_hashicorp_vault_id: - description: Reference to the Hashicorp vault to use to retrieve masking engine credentials. - type: integer - format: int64 + example: + foo: bar + mount_point: + type: string + description: Mount point for the VDB (Oracle, ASE, AppData). + example: /var/mnt + current_timeflow_id: + type: string + description: A reference to the currently active timeflow for this VDB. + example: timeflow-456 + previous_timeflow_id: + type: string + description: A reference to the previous timeflow for this VDB. + example: timeflow-123 + last_refreshed_date: + type: string + description: The date this VDB was last refreshed. + format: date-time nullable: true - insecure_ssl: - description: | - Allow connections to the engine over HTTPs without validating the TLS certificate. Even though - the connection to the engine might be performed over HTTPs, setting this property eliminates - the protection against a man-in-the-middle attach for connections to this engine. Instead, - consider creating a truststore with a Certificate Authority to validate the engine's certificate, - and set the truststore_filename property. + example: 2023-04-15T02:11:14.248Z + vdb_restart: type: boolean - default: false - unsafe_ssl_hostname_check: - description: | - Ignore validation of the name associated to the TLS certificate when connecting to the engine over HTTPs. - Setting this value must only be done if the TLS certificate of the engine does not match the hostname, - and the TLS configuration of the engine cannot be fixed. Setting this property reduces the protection - against a man-in-the-middle attack for connections to this engine. - This is ignored if insecure_ssl is set. + description: Indicates whether the Engine should automatically restart this + vdb when target host reboot is detected. + example: true + is_appdata: type: boolean - default: false - truststore_filename: - description: | - File name of a truststore which can be used to validate the TLS certificate of the engine. The truststore - must be available at /etc/config/certs/ + description: Indicates whether this VDB has an AppData database. + example: true + exported_data_directory: type: string - nullable: true - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - pattern: '^[a-zA-Z0-9_\.\-]+$' - truststore_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: | - Password to read the truststore. + description: ZFS exported data directory path. + example: domain0/oracle_db_container-30/oracle_timeflow-32/datafile + vcdb_exported_data_directory: + type: string + description: ZFS exported data directory path of the virtual CDB container + (vCDB). + example: domain0/oracle_db_container-29/oracle_timeflow-31/datafile + toolkit_id: type: string + description: The ID of the toolkit associated with this VDB. + example: toolkit-1 + plugin_version: + type: string + description: The version of the plugin associated with this VDB. nullable: true - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - tags: - description: The tags to be created for this engine. + example: 1.0.0 + primary_object_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the parent object from which replication was done. + example: 1-CONTAINER-1 + primary_engine_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the parent engine from which replication was done. + example: '1' + primary_engine_name: + type: string + description: The name of the parent engine from which replication was done. + example: source-engine + replicas: type: array + description: The list of replicas replicated from this object. items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - ProvisionVDBResponse: - properties: - job: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - description: The initiated job. - vdb_id: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Replica' + invoke_datapatch: + type: boolean + description: Indicates whether datapatch should be invoked. + enabled: + type: boolean + description: True if VDB is enabled false if VDB is disabled. + example: true + node_listeners: + type: array + description: The list of node listeners for this VDB. + items: + type: string + instance_name: type: string - description: The ID of the provisioned vdb. - Hook: - required: - - command - properties: - name: + description: The instance name name of this single instance VDB. + example: VDBSID + instance_number: + type: integer + description: The instance number of this single instance VDB. + instances: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleRACDatabaseInstance' + oracle_services: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleService' + repository_id: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - command: + description: The repository id of this VDB. + example: 1-ORACLE_INSTALL-1 + containerization_state: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ContainerizationStateEnum' + parent_tde_keystore_path: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 131072 - shell: + description: Path to a copy of the parent's Oracle transparent data encryption + keystore on the target host. Required to provision from snapshots containing + encrypted database files. + example: /work/tde/parent_keystore + target_vcdb_tde_keystore_path: type: string - enum: [ "bash", "shell", "expect", "ps", "psd" ] - element_id: + description: Path to the keystore of the target vCDB. + example: /work/tde/target_vcdb_keystore + tde_key_identifier: + type: string + description: ID of the key created by Delphix, as recorded in v$encryption_keys.key_id. + example: Ae5Eo6WB208lv+XJfXMTv8sAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA + parent_pdb_tde_keystore_path: + type: string + description: "Path to a copy of the parent PDB's Oracle transparent data\ + \ encryption keystore on the target host. \nRequired to provision from\ + \ snapshots of PDB containing encrypted database files with isolated mode\ + \ keystore.\n" + example: /work/MYCDB/0FE1C5BBC29D9B20E06379CB6E0A1EFC/tde + target_pdb_tde_keystore_path: + type: string + description: Path of the virtual PDB's Oracle transparent data encryption + keystore on the target host. + example: /work/TARCDB/3599C5958B31BEF2E063D4DD6E0A2692/tde + recovery_model: + type: string + description: Recovery model of the vdb database. + example: FULL + cdc_on_provision: + type: boolean + description: Whether to enable CDC on provision for MSSql. + example: true + data_connection_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the associated DataConnection. + example: data-connection-1 + mssql_ag_backup_location: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - has_credentials: + description: Shared backup location to be used for VDB provision on AG Cluster. + example: shared_backup_location/location1 + mssql_ag_backup_based: type: boolean - PaginatedResponseMetadata: - type: object - properties: - prev_cursor: - description: Pointer to the previous page of results. Use this value as a cursor query - parameter in a subsequent request, along with limit, to navigate through - the collection by virtual page. + description: Indicates whether to do fast operations for VDB on AG which + will use a healthy secondary replica to recreate the AG or backup based + operations which will use the primary replica to recreate the AG using + backup and restore process. + example: true + mssql_ag_replicas: + type: array + description: Indicates the mssql replica sources constitutes in MSSQL AG + virtual source. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/MssqlAgReplica' + database_unique_name: type: string - next_cursor: - description: Pointer to the next page of results. Use this value as a cursor query - parameter in a subsequent request, along with limit, to navigate through - the collection by virtual page. + description: The unique name of the database. + example: DBOMSRBBDC6C + db_username: type: string - total: - description: The total number of results. This value may not be provided. - type: integer - format: int_64 - StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData: - type: object - properties: - vdb_count: - type: integer - description: The total VDB count - dsource_count: - type: integer - description: The total dSource count - virtualized_space: - type: integer - format: int64 - description: Total Virtualized Space. This is the sum of storage size from dSources and their dependant VDBs. - unvirtualized_space: + description: The user name of the database. + example: oracle + new_db_id: + type: boolean + description: Indicates whether Delphix will generate a new DBID during VDB + provision or refresh. + example: true + redo_log_groups: type: integer - format: int64 - description: Total Unvirtualized Space. This is the sum of unvirtualized space from the dependants VDBs of the dSource. - estimated_savings: + description: Number of Online Redo Log Groups. + format: int32 + example: 3 + redo_log_size_in_mb: type: integer - description: The disk space that has been saved by using Delphix virtualizion, in bytes. - format: int64 - example: 109242677 - estimated_savings_perc: - description: The disk space that has been saved by using Delphix virtualizion, in percentage. - type: number - - ConnectorTestResponse: - title: ConnectorTestResponse - type: object - description: The result of the masking connector test. - required: - - status - - message - properties: - status: - description: Connection status, SUCCEEDED or FAILED - type: string - enum: [ "SUCCEEDED", "FAILED" ] - example: "SUCCEEDED" - message: - description: A message describing the result of the masking connector test. - type: string - example: "Connection Succeeded" - DatabaseConnectivityCheckParameters: + description: Online Redo Log size in MB. + format: int32 + example: 1024 + custom_env_vars: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleCustomEnvVar' + active_instances: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleActiveInstance' + description: A Delphix virtual database or dataset. + VDBDisableParametersMapping: + description: Parameters to disable a VDB. + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DisableVDBParameters' + - required: + - vdb_id + type: object + properties: + vdb_id: + type: string + description: ID of the VDB to disable. + VDBEnableParametersMapping: + description: Parameters to enable a VDB. + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/EnableVDBParameters' + - required: + - vdb_id + type: object + properties: + vdb_id: + type: string + description: ID of the VDB to enable. + VDBGroup: required: - - credentials_type - - source_id - title: DatabaseConnectivityCheckParameters + - id + - name type: object - description: Parameters to test JDBC connectivity to source configs. properties: - credentials_type: - description: The type of credentials. + id: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - enum: ["MSSQL_ENVIRONMENT_USER", "MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER", "MSSQL_DATABASE_USER", "ORACLE", "ASE", "SOURCE_CONFIG"] - source_id: - description: Source database config Id. + description: A unique identifier for the entity. + readOnly: true + example: '123' + name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string - example: "1-SOURCE-CONFIG-1" - username: - description: Database username (Not applicable for MSSQL_ENVIRONMENT_USER). + description: A unique name for the entity. + example: my-first-vdb-group + vdb_ids: + type: array + description: The list of VDB IDs in this VDB Group. + example: + - vdb-123 + - vdb-456 + items: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + is_locked: + type: boolean + description: Indicates whether the VDB Group is locked. + example: false + locked_by: + type: integer + description: The Id of the account that locked the VDB Group. + format: int64 + example: 1 + locked_by_name: type: string - example: "username" - password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: Database password (Not applicable for MSSQL_ENVIRONMENT_USER and mutually exclusive with vault attributes). + description: The name of the account that locked the VDB Group. + example: admin + vdb_group_source: type: string - example: "password" - vault: + description: Source of the vdb group, default is DCT. In case of self-service + container, this value would be ENGINE. + enum: + - DCT + - ENGINE + ss_data_layout_id: type: string - description: The name or reference of the vault from which to read the database credentials (ORACLE, ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: my-vault - hashicorp_vault_engine: + description: Data-layout Id for engine-managed vdb groups. + vdbs: + type: array + description: Dictates order of operations on VDBs. Operations can be performed + in parallel
for all VDBs or sequentially. Below are possible valid + and invalid orderings given an example
VDB group with 3 vdbs (A, + B, and C).
Valid:
{"vdb_id":"vdb-1", "order":"1"} {"vdb_id":"vdb-2", + order:"1"} {vdb_id:"vdb-3", order:"1"} (parallel)
{vdb_id:"vdb-1", + order:"1"} {vdb_id:"vdb-2", order:"2"} {vdb_id:"vdb-3", order:"3"} (sequential)
+ Invalid:
{vdb_id:"vdb-1", order:"A"} {vdb_id:"vdb-2", order:"B"} {vdb_id:"vdb-3", + order:"C"} (sequential)

In the sequential case the vdbs with priority + 1 is the first to be started and the last to
be stopped. This value + is set on creation of VDB groups. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VDBOrder' + database_type: type: string - description: Vault engine name where the credential is stored (ORACLE, ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: kv - hashicorp_vault_secret_path: + description: The database type of the VDB Group. If all VDBs in the group + are of the same database_type, this field will be set to that type. If + the VDBs are of different database_type, this field will be set to 'Mixed'. + example: Oracle + status: type: string - description: Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored (ORACLE, ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: oracle-env - hashicorp_vault_username_key: + description: The status of the VDB Group. If all VDBs in the VDB Group have + the same status, this field will be set to that status. If the VDBs have + different statuses, this field will be set to 'Mixed'. + example: RUNNING + last_successful_refresh_to_bookmark_id: type: string - description: Hashicorp vault key for the username in the key-value store (ORACLE, ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: username - hashicorp_vault_secret_key: + description: The bookmark ID to which the VDB Group was last successfully + refreshed. + example: bookmark-123 + last_successful_refresh_time: type: string - description: Hashicorp vault key for the password in the key-value store (ORACLE, ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). - minLength: 1 + description: The time at which the VDB Group was last successfully refreshed. + format: date-time + example: 2021-05-01T08:51:34.148Z + tags: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + description: A collection of virtual databases and datesets. + VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot: + required: + - snapshot_id + - vdb_id + type: object + properties: + vdb_id: maxLength: 256 - example: secret - azure_vault_name: - type: string - description: Azure key vault name (ORACLE, ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: azure_vault - azure_vault_username_key: type: string - description: Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store (ORACLE, ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). - minLength: 1 + description: ID of the VDB present in the VDB Group. + snapshot_id: maxLength: 256 - example: username - azure_vault_secret_key: - type: string - description: Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store (ORACLE, ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: secret - cyberark_vault_query_string: type: string - description: Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault (ORACLE, ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). - minLength: 1 + description: ID of the snapshot to refresh from. + description: Parameters to refresh a VDB Group by snapshot. + VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp: + required: + - vdb_id + type: object + properties: + vdb_id: maxLength: 256 - example: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test - environment_id: - type: string - description: Id of the environment to which environment user belongs (MSSQL_ENVIRONMENT_USER only). minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - environment_user: type: string - description: Reference to the environment user (MSSQL_ENVIRONMENT_USER only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - ValidateJavaParameters: - title: ValidateJavaParameters - type: object - description: Parameters to validate java path for the remote host. - required: - - java_home - - port - - host_name - properties: - java_home: - description: Path pointing to java home on the remote machine. + description: ID of the VDB present in the VDB Group. + timestamp: type: string - example: "home/jdk/" - port: - description: SSH port of the remote host machine that will be used to establish SSH connection. - type: integer - minimum: 0 - maximum: 65535 - nullable: true - example: 22 - username: - description: The username of the user that will be used to connect to the remote host machine. + description: The point in time from which to execute the operation. Mutually + exclusive with timestamp_in_database_timezone. If the timestamp is not + set, selects the latest point. + format: date-time + example: 2021-05-01T08:51:34.148Z + timestamp_in_database_timezone: + pattern: '[0-9]{4}-[0-9]{2}-[0-9]{2}T[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}(.[0-9]{0,3})?' type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 255 - example: "username" - password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: The password of the user that will be used to connect to the remote host machine. + description: The point in time from which to execute the operation, expressed + as a date-time in the timezone of the source database. Mutually exclusive + with timestamp. + example: 2021-08-14T14:55:20.507Z + timeflow_id: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 255 - example: "password" - host_name: - description: Hostname of the remote host machine that will be used to establish connection. + description: The Timeflow ID. + example: timeflow-123 + mode: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/RefreshModeEnum' + description: Parameters to refresh a VDB Group by timestamp. + VDBInventoryData: + properties: + engine_name: type: string - example: "test.host.com" - use_engine_public_key: - type: boolean - description: Whether to use public key authentication. - example: true - vault_id: + description: The name of the engine the VDB belongs to. + example: My favorite engine + name: type: string - description: The DCT id or name of the vault from which to read the host credentials. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: my-vault - hashicorp_vault_engine: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + description: The name of the VDB. + example: prod01-copy01 + type: type: string - description: Vault engine name where the credential is stored. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: kv - hashicorp_vault_secret_path: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + description: The database type of the VDB. + example: Oracle + version: type: string - description: Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: oracle-env - hashicorp_vault_username_key: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + description: The database version of the VDB. + example: 10.2.0.5.0 + parent_name: type: string - description: Key for the username in the key-value store. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: username - hashicorp_vault_secret_key: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + description: The name of the VDB's parent dataset. + example: prod01-main + parent_id: type: string - description: Key for the password in the key-value store. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: secret - azure_vault_name: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + description: A reference to the parent dataset of the VDB. + example: 1-DB_CONTAINER-1 + creation_date: type: string - description: Azure key vault name (ORACLE, ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: azure_vault - azure_vault_username_key: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + description: The date the VDB was created. + format: date-time + example: 2023-04-15T08:51:34.148Z + last_refreshed_date: type: string - description: Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store (ORACLE, ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: username - azure_vault_secret_key: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + description: The date the VDB was last refreshed. + format: date-time + example: 2023-04-15T10:49:34.148Z + parent_timeflow_location: type: string - description: Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store (ORACLE, ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: secret - cyberark_vault_query_string: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + description: The location for the VDB's parent timeflow. + example: '1178883' + parent_timeflow_timestamp: type: string - description: Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test - use_kerberos_authentication: - type: boolean - description: Whether to use kerberos authentication. - example: true - ConnectivityCheckParameters: - title: ConnectivityCheckParameters - type: object - description: Parameters to check connectivity between engine and remote host. - required: - - engine_id - - host - - port - properties: - engine_id: - description: The ID of the engine to check. + description: The timestamp for the VDB's parent timeflow. + format: date-time + example: 2021-05-01T08:51:34.148Z + parent_timeflow_timezone: type: string - example: "engine-123" - use_engine_public_key: + description: The timezone for the VDB's parent timeflow. + example: America/Los_Angeles + enabled: type: boolean - description: Whether to use public key authentication. + description: Whether the VDB is enabled example: true - os_name: - type: string - description: Operating system type of the environment. - enum: [ UNIX, WINDOWS ] - example: UNIX - staging_environment: + status: type: string - description: Id of the connector environment which is used to connect to this source environment. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: 1-WINDOWS_HOST-1 - host: - description: The hostname of the remote host machine to check. + description: The runtime status of the VDB. 'Unknown' if all attempts to + connect to the dataset failed. + example: RUNNING + storage_size: + type: integer + description: The actual space used by the VDB, in bytes. + format: int64 + example: 12345678 + VDBOrder: + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/CreateVDBGroupOrder' + - type: object + properties: + vdb_name: + type: string + last_refresh_time_with_group_refresh: + type: string + description: The last time the VDB was successfully refreshed as a part + of VDB Group refresh operation in UTC timezone. + format: date-time + example: 2022-05-29T15:00:00Z + in_sync: + type: boolean + description: Indicates if the VDB is in sync with the VDB Group or not. + If this VDB is was last refreshed as part of the VDB Group then this + value will be true. + VDBStartParametersMapping: + description: Parameters to start a VDB. + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/StartVDBParameters' + - required: + - vdb_id + type: object + properties: + vdb_id: + type: string + description: ID of the VDB to start. + VDBStopParametersMapping: + description: Parameters to stop a VDB. + allOf: + - $ref: '#/components/schemas/StopVDBParameters' + - required: + - vdb_id + type: object + properties: + vdb_id: + type: string + description: ID of the VDB to stop. + ValidateJavaParameters: + title: ValidateJavaParameters + required: + - host_name + - java_home + - port + type: object + properties: + java_home: type: string - example: "test.host.com" + description: Path pointing to java home on the remote machine. + example: home/jdk/ port: - description: The port of the remote host machine to check. For Windows, port on which Delphix connector is running. - type: integer - minimum: 0 maximum: 65535 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + description: SSH port of the remote host machine that will be used to establish + SSH connection. nullable: true example: 22 username: - description: The username of the remote host machine to check. Username is mandatory input with password/use_engine_public_key/kerberos_authentication. - type: string - minLength: 1 maxLength: 255 - example: "username" + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The username of the user that will be used to connect to the + remote host machine. + example: username password: + maxLength: 255 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The password of the user that will be used to connect to the + remote host machine. + example: password x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: The password of the remote host machine to check. + host_name: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 255 - example: "password" + description: Hostname of the remote host machine that will be used to establish + connection. + example: test.host.com + use_engine_public_key: + type: boolean + description: Whether to use public key authentication. + example: true vault_id: - type: string - description: The DCT id or name of the vault from which to read the host credentials. - minLength: 1 maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: The DCT id or name of the vault from which to read the host + credentials. example: my-vault hashicorp_vault_engine: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string description: Vault engine name where the credential is stored. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 example: kv - hashicorp_vault_secret_path: x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string description: Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 example: oracle-env - hashicorp_vault_username_key: x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + hashicorp_vault_username_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string description: Key for the username in the key-value store. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 example: username - hashicorp_vault_secret_key: x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string description: Key for the password in the key-value store. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 example: secret - azure_vault_name: x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + azure_vault_name: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string description: Azure key vault name (ORACLE, ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 example: azure_vault - azure_vault_username_key: x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - type: string - description: Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store (ORACLE, ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). - minLength: 1 + azure_vault_username_key: maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store (ORACLE, + ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). example: username - azure_vault_secret_key: x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - type: string - description: Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store (ORACLE, ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). - minLength: 1 + azure_vault_secret_key: maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + description: Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store (ORACLE, + ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). example: secret - cyberark_vault_query_string: x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + cyberark_vault_query_string: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 type: string description: Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 example: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true use_kerberos_authentication: type: boolean description: Whether to use kerberos authentication. example: true + description: Parameters to validate java path for the remote host. ValidateJavaResponse: title: ValidateJavaResponse - type: object - description: The result of the validating java path on remote host. required: - - message + - message + type: object properties: message: - description: A message describing the result of the connectivity check. type: string - example: "Success!" + description: A message describing the result of the connectivity check. + example: Success! status: - description: A status describing the status of the connectivity check. type: string - enum: [ "SUCCESS", "FAILED" ] - example: "SUCCESS" - ConnectivityCheckResponse: - title: ConnectivityResponse + description: A status describing the status of the connectivity check. + example: SUCCESS + enum: + - SUCCESS + - FAILED + description: The result of the validating java path on remote host. + VdbGroupTimestampSummary: type: object - description: The result of the connectivity check. - required: - - message properties: - message: - description: A message describing the result of the connectivity check. + items: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem' + VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem: + type: object + properties: + vdb_id: type: string - example: "Success!" - status: - description: A status describing the status of the connectivity check. + description: Id of the VDB in the VDB Group. + error: type: string - enum: ["SUCCESS", "FAILED"] - example: "SUCCESS" - TagsRequest: + description: Error description if there is any error finding the timestamp + summary for this VDB. + timeflow_range: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TimeflowRange' + VirtualDatasetHooks: type: object - required: - - tags properties: - tags: - description: Array of tags with key value pairs + pre_refresh: + maxItems: 100 type: array + description: The commands to execute on the target environment before refreshing + the VDB. items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 1000 - uniqueItems: true - ScopeTagsRequest: - type: object - required: - - tags - properties: - tags: - description: Array of tags with key value pairs along with optional object_type and permissions + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' + post_refresh: + maxItems: 100 type: array + description: The commands to execute on the target environment after refreshing + the VDB. items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ScopeTag' - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 1000 - uniqueItems: true - PermissionsRequest: - type: object - required: - - permission_objects - properties: - permission_objects: - description: Array of permissions with object type and their permission. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' + pre_self_refresh: + maxItems: 100 type: array + description: The commands to execute on the target environment before refreshing + the VDB with data from itself. items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/PermissionObject' - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 1000 - uniqueItems: true - ScopedObjectsRequest: - type: object - required: - - objects - properties: - objects: - description: An array of scoped objects + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' + post_self_refresh: + maxItems: 100 type: array + description: The commands to execute on the target environment after refreshing + the VDB with data from itself. items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ScopedObjectItem' - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 1000 - uniqueItems: true - AlwaysAllowedPermissionRequest: - type: object - required: - - always_allowed_permissions - properties: - always_allowed_permissions: - description: An array of always allowed permissions + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' + pre_rollback: + maxItems: 100 + type: array + description: The commands to execute on the target environment before rewinding + the VDB. + deprecated: true + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' + post_rollback: + maxItems: 100 + type: array + description: The commands to execute on the target environment after rewinding + the VDB. + deprecated: true + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' + configure_clone: + maxItems: 100 type: array + description: The commands to execute on the target environment when the + VDB is created or refreshed. items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/AlwaysAllowedPermission' - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 1000 - uniqueItems: true - TagsResponse: - type: object - properties: - tags: - description: Array of tags with key value pairs + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' + pre_snapshot: + maxItems: 100 type: array + description: The commands to execute on the target environment before snapshotting + a virtual source. These commands can quiesce any data prior to snapshotting. items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - ScopeTagsResponse: - type: object - properties: - tags: - description: Array of tags with key value pairs along with optional object_type and permissions + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' + post_snapshot: + maxItems: 100 type: array + description: The commands to execute on the target environment after snapshotting + a virtual source. items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ScopeTag' - ScopedObjectItemsResponse: - type: object - properties: - objects: - description: Array of access group scope objects with object id and object type + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' + pre_start: + maxItems: 100 type: array + description: The commands to execute on the target environment before starting + a virtual source. items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ScopedObjectItem' - DeleteTag: - type: object - properties: - key: - description: Key of the tag - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4000 - example: 'key-1' - value: - description: Value of the tag - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4000 - example: 'value-1' - tags: - description: List of tags to be deleted + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' + post_start: + maxItems: 100 type: array - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 1000 - uniqueItems: true + description: The commands to execute on the target environment after starting + a virtual source. items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - DeleteScopeObjectTags: - type: object - properties: - tags: - description: List of scope tags to be deleted + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' + pre_stop: + maxItems: 100 type: array - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 1000 - uniqueItems: true + description: The commands to execute on the target environment before stopping + a virtual source. items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ScopeTag' - DeleteScopedObjectItem: - type: object - required: - - objects - properties: - objects: - description: List of scoped objects to be deleted + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' + post_stop: + maxItems: 100 type: array - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 1000 - uniqueItems: true + description: The commands to execute on the target environment after stopping + a virtual source. items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ScopedObjectItem' - ScopeTag: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Hook' + description: VDB operation hooks. + VirtualizationAction: type: object - required: - - key - - value properties: - key: - description: Key of the tag + id: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4000 - example: 'key-1' - value: - description: Value of the tag + description: ID of the virtualization engine action. + engine_id: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4000 - example: 'value-1' - object_type: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ObjectTypeEnum' - permission: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/PermissionEnum' - ObjectTypeEnum: - description: Type of the DCT object. - type: string - enum: [ACCESS_GROUP,ACCOUNT,ROLE,BOOKMARK,CDB,DATABASE_TEMPLATE,DSOURCE,ENGINE,ENVIRONMENT,MASKING_ENVIRONMENT,MASKING_ALGORITHM_REVISION,MASKING_JOB,MASKING_JOB_SET,REPORT_SCHEDULE,SOURCE,VAULT,VCDB,VDB,VDB_GROUP,CONNECTOR,VIRTUALIZATION_POLICY,DATASET_GROUP,ENGINE_VAULT,KERBEROS_CONFIG,TIMEFLOW,MASKING_PLUGIN,MASKING_ALGORITHM,HYPERSCALE_INSTANCE,HYPERSCALE_CONNECTOR,HYPERSCALE_DATASET,TOOLKIT, REPLICATION_PROFILE, STAGING_SOURCE] - example: 'VDB' - PermissionEnum: - description: Type of the permission on DCT object. - type: string - enum: [READ,UPDATE,DELETE,EXECUTE,CANCEL,MIGRATE,REFRESH,DISABLE,ENABLE,ABANDON,VALIDATE,START,STOP,SNAPSHOT,COPY,REMOVE_JOB,PASSWORD_RESET,UNDO_IMPORT,IMPORT,PROVISION_FROM_BOOKMARK,PROVISION,REFRESH_FROM_BOOKMARK,REFRESH_FROM_SNAPSHOT,REFRESH_FROM_TIMESTAMP,CREATE_ENVIRONMENT,CREATE_BOOKMARK,CREATE_VDBGROUP, MANAGE_TAGS, LINK] - example: 'READ' - Tag: - type: object - required: - - key - - value - properties: - key: - description: Key of the tag + description: ID of the RegisteredEngine. + action_type: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4000 - example: 'key-1' - value: - description: Value of the tag + description: Type of the action. + title: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4000 - example: 'value-1' - ScopedObjectItem: - type: object - required: - - object_id - - object_type - properties: - object_id: - description: ID of the object + description: The title of the action. + details: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4000 - example: '1-VDB-OBJECT-ID' - object_type: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ObjectTypeEnum' - permission: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/PermissionEnum' - AlwaysAllowedPermission: - type: object - required: - - object_type - - permission - properties: - object_type: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/ObjectTypeEnum' - permission: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/PermissionEnum' - ClusterNodeInstance: - type: object - required: - - node_reference - - instance_number - - instance_name - properties: - node_reference: + description: Plain text description of the action. + start_time: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - minItems: 1 - description: The cluster node id, name or addresses for this provision operation - instance_number: - type: integer - description: The instance number for this provision operation - instance_name: + description: The time the action occurred. For long running processes, this + represents the starting time. + format: date-time + end_time: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - description: The instance name for this provision operation - OracleRacCustomEnvFile: - type: object - properties: - node_id: + description: The time the action completed. + format: date-time + user: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - path_parameters: + description: The user who initiated the action. + user_agent: type: string - OracleRacCustomEnvVar: - type: object - properties: - node_id: + description: Name of client software used to initiate the action. + origin_ip: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - name: + description: Network address used to initiate the action. + parent_action: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - value: + description: The parent action of this action. + state: type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - EnvironmentRepository: - description: A repository corresponding to the environment. - allOf: - - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Repository' - - type: object - properties: - environment_id: - description: The environment ID. - type: string - OracleListener: + description: The state of the action. + enum: + - EXECUTING + - WAITING + - COMPLETED + - CANCELED + - FAILED + work_source: + type: string + description: Origin of the work that caused the action. + enum: + - WEBSERVICE + - POLICY + - SYSTEM + work_source_name: + type: string + description: Name of user or policy that initiated the action. + work_source_principal: + type: string + description: Principal of user that initiated the action. + failure_description: + type: string + description: Details of the action failure. + failure_action: + type: string + description: Action to be taken to resolve the failure. + failure_message_code: + type: string + description: Message ID associated with the event. + description: A virtualization engine action. + VirtualizationAlert: + type: object properties: id: - description: Id of this listener. type: string - example: 1-ORACLE_NODE_LISTENER-11 - name: - description: Name of this listener. + description: ID of the virtualization engine alert. + engine_id: type: string - example: my-listener - type: - description: Type of this listener. - enum: [NODE, SCAN] - example: NODE - protocol_addresses: - description: The list of protocol addresses for this listener. - type: array - items: - type: string - example: [ "(ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=10.75.59.184)(PORT=4567))", "(ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=ipc)(KEY=LISTENER))" ] - client_endpoints: - description: The list of client endpoints for this listener. - type: array - items: - type: string - example: [ "(ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=10.75.59.184)(PORT=4567))" ] - is_discovered: - description: Whether this listener was automatically discovered or not. - type: boolean - host_id: - description: Id to the host this listener is associated with. + description: ID of the RegisteredEngine. + alert_timestamp: type: string - example: 1-UNIX_HOST-14 - KerberosConfig: - description: A Kerberos config object. + description: The time the alert occurred. + format: date-time + event: + type: string + description: The event that caused the alert. + event_severity: + type: string + description: The severity of the alert. + enum: + - INFORMATIONAL + - WARNING + - CRITICAL + - AUDIT + event_title: + type: string + description: The title of the event. + event_response: + type: string + description: The response needed to address the event. + event_action: + type: string + description: Action(s) to be taken to address the event. + event_command_output: + type: string + description: Command output associated with the event. + event_description: + type: string + description: Description of the event. + target_object_type: + type: string + description: The type of the target object for the event. + target_object_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the target object. + target_name: + type: string + description: The name of the target object. + description: An alert on a virtualization engine. + VirtualizationFault: type: object properties: id: - description: The kerberos config ID. type: string - example: '1-KERBEROS_CONFIG-1' - name: - description: The name of the kerberos config object. + description: ID of the virtualization engine fault. + engine_id: type: string - example: 'Untitled' - namespace_id: - description: The namespace id of this kerberos config object. + description: ID of the RegisteredEngine. + bundle_id: type: string - example: '1-NAMESPACE-1' - namespace_name: - description: The namespace name of this kerberos config object. + description: A unique dot delimited identifier associated with the fault. + target_name: + type: string + description: The name of the faulted object at the time the fault was diagnosed. + target_object_type: + type: string + description: The type of the object that is faulted. + target_object_id: + type: string + description: The ID of the object that is faulted. + title: + type: string + description: The summary of the fault. + description: + type: string + description: The full description of the fault. + fault_action: + type: string + description: The suggested action to be taken. + response: + type: string + description: The automated response taken by the Delphix engine. + severity: type: string - example: 'test-engine-1' - is_replica: - description: Is this a replicated object. - type: boolean - example: true - engine_id: - description: Id of the Engine that this kerberos config object belongs to. + description: The severity of the fault event. + enum: + - WARNING + - CRITICAL + status: type: string - example: '1' - engine_name: - description: Name of the Engine that this kerberos config object belongs to. + description: The status of the fault. + enum: + - ACTIVE + - IGNORED + - RESOLVED + date_diagnosed: type: string - example: 'Engine-1' - realm: - description: Kerberos Realm name. + description: The date when the fault was diagnosed. + format: date-time + date_resolved: type: string - example: 'DELPHIX.COM' - principal: - description: Kerberos principal name. + description: The date when the fault was resolved. + format: date-time + resolution_comments: type: string - example: 'sybase' - enabled: - description: The kerberos is enabled or not. - type: boolean - nullable: true - keytab: - description: Kerberos keytab. + description: A comment that describes the fault resolution. + description: A fault on a virtualization engine. + VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters: + type: object + properties: + engine_id: type: string - example: 'keytab' - kdc_servers: - description: One of more KDC servers. + description: The ID of the engine that the faults belong to. + ignore: + type: boolean + description: Flag indicating whether to ignore the selected faults if they + are detected on the same objects in the future. + default: false + fault_ids: type: array + description: The IDs of the faults to resolve or ignore. items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/KDCServers" - KDCServers: + type: string + description: Marks selected faults as resolved or ignored. + VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters: + type: object properties: - hostname: - description: One of more KDC servers. + ignore: + type: boolean + description: Flag indicating whether to ignore this fault if it is detected + on the same object in the future. + default: false + resolution_comments: type: string - example: 'kerberos-02.delphix.com' - port: - description: One of more KDC servers. - type: integer - example: 88 - PasswordVault: - description: A Delphix engine password vault. + description: The comments describing the steps taken to resolve a fault. + description: The parameters to use as input when marking a fault as resolved. + VirtualizationJob: type: object properties: - id: - description: The password vault ID. + engine_job_id: type: string - example: '1-PASSWORD-VAULT-1' - name: - description: The name of this password vault. + description: ID of the virtualization engine job. + engine_id: type: string - example: 'Untitled' - namespace_id: - description: The namespace id of this password vault. + description: ID of the RegisteredEngine. + legacy_job_type: type: string - example: '1-NAMESPACE-1' - namespace_name: - description: The namespace name of this password vault. + description: Legacy type of the job. + job_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TargetJobType' + target_object_id: type: string - example: 'test-engine-1' - is_replica: - description: Is this a replicated object. - type: boolean - example: true - engine_id: - description: Id of the Engine that this password vault belongs to. + description: ID of the target object. + legacy_target_object_type: type: string - example: '1' - engine_name: - description: Name of the Engine that this password vault belongs to. + description: Legacy type of the target object. + target_object_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TargetObjectType' + job_state: type: string - example: 'Engine-1' - type: - description: The type of this password vault. + enum: + - RUNNING + - COMPLETED + - SUSPENDED + - CANCELED + - FAILED + start_time: type: string - enum: [ HASHICORPVAULT, CYBERARKPASSWORDVAULT ] - example: 'HASHICORPVAULT' - host: - description: Host name or IP address of this password vault server. + description: The time the job started. + format: date-time + update_time: type: string - example: '10.119.132.43' - port: - description: Port of this password vault server. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 8200 - enabled: - description: The vault is enabled or not. + description: The time the job was last updated. + format: date-time + suspendable: type: boolean - nullable: true - namespace: - description: The namespace of this password vault. - type: string - example: 'ns-1' - UpdateRepositoryParameters: - required: - - database_type - properties: - database_type: - description: The database type of this repository. - type: string - enum: [ ORACLE, MSSQL, ASE, APPDATA ] - allow_provisioning: - description: Flag indicating whether the repository should be used for provisioning. + description: Indicates whether the job can be suspended. + cancelable: type: boolean - is_staging: - description: Flag indicating whether this repository can be used by the Delphix Engine for internal processing. + description: Indicates whether the job can be canceled. + queued: type: boolean - version: - description: Version of the repository. + description: Indicates whether the job is queued. + title: type: string - Repository: + description: The title of the job. + cancel_reason: + type: string + description: The reason the job was canceled. + percent_complete: + type: integer + description: The percentage of the job that is complete. + format: int32 + run_duration: + type: integer + description: The time this job took to complete in milliseconds. + format: int64 + events: + type: array + description: The events associated with this job. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualizationJobEvent' + description: A virtualization engine job. + VirtualizationJobEvent: + type: object properties: - id: - description: Entity id of the repository. + event_type: type: string - name: - description: Name of the repository. + description: The type of the event. + enum: + - INFO + - WARNING + - ERROR + event_timestamp: type: string - database_type: - description: The database type of this repository. + description: The time the event occurred. + format: date-time + event_state: type: string - allow_provisioning: - description: Flag indicating whether the repository should be used for provisioning. - type: boolean - is_staging: - description: Flag indicating whether this repository can be used by the Delphix Engine for internal processing. - type: boolean - oracle_base: - description: The Oracle base where database binaries are located. + description: The state of the event. + enum: + - INITIAL + - RUNNING + - SUSPENDED + - CANCELED + - COMPLETED + - RETRYABLE + - FAILED + percent_complete: + type: integer + description: The percentage of the event that is complete. + format: int32 + message_code: type: string - version: - description: Version of the repository. + description: Message ID associated with the event. + message_details: type: string - bits: - description: 32 or 64 bits. - type: integer - install_group: - description: Group name of the user that owns the install. + description: Localized message details. + message_action: type: string - install_user: - description: User name of the user that owns the install. + description: Localized message action. + message_command_output: type: string - rac: - description: Flag indicating whether the install supports Oracle RAC. + description: Command output associated with the event, if applicable. + description: An event associated with a virtualization engine job. + VirtualizationPolicy: + properties: + id: + type: string + name: + type: string + dct_managed: type: boolean - ports: - description: The network ports for connecting to the database instance. - type: array - items: - type: integer - format: int64 - dump_history_file: - description: Fully qualified name of the dump history file. + description: Whether this virtualization policy is managed by DCT or by + an individual Delphix Engine. + create_user: type: string - page_size: - description: Database page size for the SAP ASE instance. - type: integer - format: int64 - owner: - description: Account the database server instance is running as. + description: The user who created this virtualization policy. + create_timestamp: type: string - installation_path: - description: Directory path where the installation is located. + description: The time this virtualization policy was created. + format: date-time + namespace: type: string - fulltext_installed: - description: This property determines if the full-text search and semantic search is installed or not. - type: boolean - internal_version: - description: The internal version is tied to the data format of a database and is used to detect compatibility. - type: integer - format: int64 - mssql_cluster_instances_name: - description: MSSQL cluster instances name. - type: array - items: - type: string - mssql_cluster_instances_version: - description: MSSQL cluster instances version. - type: array - items: - type: string - installation_home: - description: Directory where the installation home is located. + namespace_id: type: string - drive_letter: - description: MSSQL failover cluster drive letter. - type: array - items: - type: string - EnvironmentUserParams: - properties: - username: + description: The namespace id of this virtualization policy. + namespace_name: type: string - description: Username of the OS. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: oracle - password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true + description: The namespace name of this virtualization policy. + is_replica: + type: boolean + description: Is this a replicated object. + engine_id: type: string - description: Password of the OS. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: oracle - vault: + engine_name: type: string - description: The name or reference of the vault from which to read the host credentials. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: my-vault - vault_username: + description: The name of the engine the policy belongs to. + policy_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PolicyType' + timezone_id: type: string - description: Delphix display name for the vault user - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: my-vault-user - hashicorp_vault_engine: + default_policy: + type: boolean + description: True if this is the default policy created when the system + is setup. + default: false + effective_type: type: string - description: Vault engine name where the credential is stored. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: kv - hashicorp_vault_secret_path: + description: Whether this policy has been directly applied or inherited. + See the effectivePolicies parameter of the list call for details. + enum: + - DIRECT_APPLIED + - INHERITED + data_duration: + type: integer + description: Amount of time to keep source data [Retention Policy]. + data_unit: type: string - description: Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: oracle-env - hashicorp_vault_username_key: + description: Time unit for data_duration [Retention Policy]. + enum: + - DAY + - WEEK + - MONTH + - QUARTER + - YEAR + log_duration: + type: integer + description: Amount of time to keep log data [Retention Policy]. + log_unit: type: string - description: Key for the username in the key-value store. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: username - hashicorp_vault_secret_key: + description: Time unit for log_duration [Retention Policy]. + enum: + - DAY + - WEEK + - MONTH + - QUARTER + - YEAR + num_of_daily: + type: integer + description: Number of daily snapshots to keep [Retention Policy]. + num_of_weekly: + type: integer + description: Number of weekly snapshots to keep [Retention Policy]. + day_of_week: type: string - description: Key for the password in the key-value store. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: secret - cyberark_vault_query_string: + description: Day of week upon which to enforce weekly snapshot retention + [Retention Policy]. + enum: + - MONDAY + - TUESDAY + - WEDNESDAY + - THURSDAY + - FRIDAY + - SATURDAY + - SUNDAY + num_of_monthly: + type: integer + description: Number of monthly snapshots to keep [Retention Policy]. + day_of_month: + type: integer + description: Day of month upon which to enforce monthly snapshot retention + [Retention Policy]. + num_of_yearly: + type: integer + description: Number of yearly snapshots to keep [Retention Policy]. + day_of_year: type: string - description: Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test - use_kerberos_authentication: - type: boolean - description: Whether to use kerberos authentication. - example: true - use_engine_public_key: + description: Day of year upon which to enforce yearly snapshot retention, + expressed a month / day string (e.g., "Jan 1") [Retention Policy]. + schedules: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualizationSchedule' + provision_source: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ProvisionSource' + size: + type: integer + description: Size of the quota, in bytes. (QUOTA_POLICY only). + format: int64 + nullable: true + tags: + type: array + description: The tags that are applied to this VirtualizationPolicy. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' + num_targets: + type: integer + description: The number of target dSources or VDBs to which this policy + has been applied. + customized: type: boolean - description: Whether to use public key authentication. - example: true - HostCreateParameters: - required: - - address + description: True if this policy is customized specifically for one object. + Customized policies cannot be shared between objects. + default: false + VirtualizationPolicyApplyParams: + type: array + description: Params to apply virtualization policy to given policy objects. + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PolicyTargetObject' + VirtualizationPolicyTarget: properties: - name: - description: The name to associate with the host. + policy_id: type: string - minLength: 1 - hostname: - description: The hostname or IP address of this host. + description: The DCT ID of the policy. + target_id: type: string - minLength: 1 - example: db1.host.com - nfs_addresses: - description: The list of host/IP addresses to use for NFS export. - type: array - items: - type: string - minLength: 1 - example: [ "192.168.10.2" ] - ssh_port: - description: The port number used to connect to the host via SSH. - type: integer - default: 22 - example: 22 - privilege_elevation_profile_reference: - description: Reference to a profile for escalating user privileges. + description: The DCT ID of the target the policy is applied to. + engine_id: type: string - minLength: 1 - dsp_keystore_alias: - description: The lowercase alias to use inside the user managed DSP keystore. + description: The ID of the engine hosting the policy and target. + policy_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PolicyType' + target_type: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TargetPolicyObjectType' + target_name: type: string - minLength: 1 - dsp_keystore_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: The password for the user managed DSP keystore. + description: The name of the target object. + VirtualizationSchedule: + required: + - cron_string + properties: + cron_string: type: string - format: password + cutoff_time: + type: integer + format: int64 + VirtualizationStorageSummaryData: + required: + - engine_hostname + - engine_id + - engine_name + properties: + engine_id: minLength: 1 - dsp_keystore_path: - description: The path to the user managed DSP keystore. type: string + description: A reference to the engine. + example: engine-123 + engine_name: minLength: 1 - dsp_truststore_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: The password for the user managed DSP truststore. type: string - format: password + description: The engine name. + example: My Favorite Engine + engine_hostname: minLength: 1 - dsp_truststore_path: - description: The path to the user managed DSP truststore. type: string - minLength: 1 - java_home: - description: The path to the user managed Java Development Kit (JDK). If not specified, then the OpenJDK will be used. + description: The engine hostname. + example: eng09.dev.delphix.com + total_capacity: + type: integer + description: The total amount of storage allocated for engine objects and + system metadata, in bytes. + format: int64 + example: 100000000000 + free_storage: + type: integer + description: The amount of available storage, in bytes. + format: int64 + example: 99000000000 + used_storage: + type: integer + description: The amount of storage used by engine objects and system metadata, + in bytes. + format: int64 + example: 85000000000 + used_percentage: + type: number + description: The percentage of storage used. + example: 75.0 + dsource_count: + type: integer + description: The number of dSources on the engine. + format: int64 + example: 50 + vdb_count: + type: integer + description: The number of VDBs on the engine. + format: int64 + example: 200 + total_object_count: + type: integer + description: The total number of dSources and VDBs on the engine. + format: int64 + example: 400 + reserved_storage: + type: integer + description: The amount of storage reversed by the engine as a safety buffer, + in bytes. + format: int64 + example: 2200000000 + dsource_used_storage: + type: integer + description: The amount of storage used by all dSources on the engine, in + bytes. + format: int64 + example: 890000000 + vdb_used_storage: + type: integer + description: The amount of storage used by all VDBs on the engine, in bytes. + format: int64 + example: 11000000 + VirtualizationTask: + properties: + id: type: string - minLength: 1 - toolkit_path: - description: The path for the toolkit that resides on the host. + parent_job_id: type: string - minLength: 1 - oracle_jdbc_keystore_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: The password for the user managed Oracle JDBC keystore. + start_time: type: string - format: password - minLength: 1 - oracle_tde_keystores_root_path: - description: The path to the root of the Oracle TDE keystores artifact directories. + format: date-time + end_time: type: string - minLength: 1 - ssh_verification_strategy: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/SSHVerificationStrategy" - oracle_cluster_node_virtual_ips: - description: The Virtual IP addresses associated with the OracleClusterNode. + format: date-time + title: + type: string + percent_complete: + maximum: 100 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + events: type: array items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/OracleVirtualIP" - SSHVerificationStrategy: - description: Mechanism to use for ssh host verification. - required: [name] + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualizationTaskEvent' + status: + type: string + enum: + - PENDING + - STARTED + - TIMEDOUT + - RUNNING + - CANCELED + - FAILED + - SUSPENDED + - WAITING + - COMPLETED + - ABANDONED + deprecated: true + VirtualizationTaskEvent: properties: - name: - description: The name of the verification strategy. + message_details: type: string - enum: [RAW_KEY, FINGERPRINT, ACCEPT_ALWAYS] - key_type: - description: The type of SSH key. + deprecated: true + parameters: + ConsumersSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - parent_id + - -parent_id + - parent_type + - -parent_type + - parent_name + - -parent_name + example: parent_id + EnginePerformanceAnalyticReportSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: engine_name + enum: + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - engine_name + - -engine_name + - cpu_cores_count + - -cpu_cores_count + - cpu_utilization + - -cpu_utilization + - total_memory + - -total_memory + - average_disk_latency_read + - -average_disk_latency_read + - average_disk_latency_write + - -average_disk_latency_write + - average_disk_latency_total + - -average_disk_latency_total + - average_disk_throughput_read + - -average_disk_throughput_read + - average_disk_throughput_write + - -average_disk_throughput_write + - average_disk_throughput_total + - -average_disk_throughput_total + - average_disk_iops_read + - -average_disk_iops_read + - average_disk_iops_write + - -average_disk_iops_write + - average_disk_iops_total + - -average_disk_iops_total + - average_nfs_latency_read + - -average_nfs_latency_read + - average_nfs_latency_write + - -average_nfs_latency_write + - average_nfs_latency_total + - -average_nfs_latency_total + - average_nfs_throughput_read + - -average_nfs_throughput_read + - average_nfs_throughput_write + - -average_nfs_throughput_write + - average_nfs_throughput_total + - -average_nfs_throughput_total + - average_nfs_iops_read + - -average_nfs_iops_read + - average_nfs_iops_write + - -average_nfs_iops_write + - average_nfs_iops_total + - -average_nfs_iops_total + - average_iscsi_latency_read + - -average_iscsi_latency_read + - average_iscsi_latency_write + - -average_iscsi_latency_write + - average_iscsi_latency_total + - -average_iscsi_latency_total + - average_iscsi_throughput_read + - -average_iscsi_throughput_read + - average_iscsi_throughput_write + - -average_iscsi_throughput_write + - average_iscsi_throughput_total + - -average_iscsi_throughput_total + - average_iscsi_iops_read + - -average_iscsi_iops_read + - average_iscsi_iops_write + - -average_iscsi_iops_write + - average_iscsi_iops_total + - -average_iscsi_iops_total + - average_network_throughput_transmit + - -average_network_throughput_transmit + - average_network_throughput_receive + - -average_network_throughput_receive + example: engine_name + EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: engine_name + enum: + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - trend_type + - -trend_type + - aggregation_period + - -aggregation_period + example: engine_name + JobTypeParam: + name: job_type + in: query + description: The job type to filter by. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TargetJobType' + ObjectIdParam: + name: object_id + in: query + description: The object id to filter by. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + ObjectTypeParam: + name: object_type + in: query + description: The object type to filter by. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/TargetObjectType' + accessGroupIdParam: + name: accessGroupId + in: path + description: The ID of the Access group. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + accessGroupsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + example: id + accountIdParam: + name: id + in: path + description: Numeric ID of the Account. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + type: integer + format: int64 + accountsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: id + enum: + - id + - -id + - api_client_id + - -api_client_id + - username + - first_name + - last_name + - email + - -username + - -first_name + - -last_name + - -email + - last_access_time + - -last_access_time + - creation_time + - -creation_time + example: id + algorithmFrameworkIdParam: + name: algorithmFrameworkId + in: path + description: The ID of the algorithm framework. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + algorithmIdParam: + name: algorithmId + in: path + description: The ID of the Algorithm. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + algorithmsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - description + - -description + - plugin_name + - -plugin_name + - framework_name + - -framework_name + - create_date + - -create_date + - engine_name + - -engine_name + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - revision_hash + - -revision_hash + - account_id + - -account_id + - account_name + - -account_name + - dct_managed + - -dct_managed + - config_invalid + - -config_invalid + example: id + apiMetricKind: + name: api_metric_kind + in: query + description: Restrict the list to API usage metric of the given kind + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + enum: + - automation + - governance + example: automation + apiUsageReportClientNameFilterParam: + name: client_name + in: query + description: The Client names to be included in the report. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: array + items: type: string - enum: [RSA, DSA, ECDSA, ED25519] - raw_key: - description: Base64-encoded ssh key of the host for RAW_KEY verification. + apiUsageReportDctVersionFilterParam: + name: dct_version + in: query + description: The DCT versions to be included in the report. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: array + items: type: string - minLength: 1 - fingerprint_type: - description: Hash function for the fingerprint for FINGERPRINT verification. + apiUsageReportGroupByParam: + name: group_by + in: query + description: The field to group results by. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + minItems: 1 + type: array + items: type: string - enum: [SHA256, SHA512] - fingerprint: - description: Base-64 encoded fingerprint of the ssh key of the host for FINGERPRINT verification. + enum: + - api_endpoint + - api_method + - kind + - client_name + - user_agent + - dct_version + apiUsageReportUserAgentFilterParam: + name: user_agent + in: query + description: The UserAgent names to be included in the report. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: array + items: type: string - minLength: 1 - VirtualizationStorageSummaryData: - required: + auditLogsSummaryReportSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: account_first_name + enum: + - account_id + - -account_id + - account_first_name + - -account_first_name + - account_last_name + - -account_last_name + - vdb_refreshes + - -vdb_refreshes + - masking_jobs + - -masking_jobs + example: account_first_name + bookmarkIdParam: + name: bookmarkId + in: path + description: The ID of the Bookmark. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + bookmarksSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - creation_date + - -creation_date + - vdb_ids + - -vdb_ids + - retention + - -retention + - expiration + - -expiration + - data_timestamp + - -data_timestamp + - timeflow_id + - -timeflow_id + - location + - -location + - vdb_group_name + - -vdb_group_name + example: id + cdbIdParam: + name: cdbId + in: path + description: The ID of the CDB. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + cdbsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - database_version + - -database_version + - environment_id + - -environment_id + - size + - -size + - jdbc_connection_string + - -jdbc_connection_string + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - group_name + - -group_name + - enabled + - -enabled + - status + - -status + - instance_name + - -instance_name + - instance_number + - -instance_number + - repository_id + - -repository_id + - tde_keystore_config_type + - -tde_keystore_config_type + - database_name + - -database_name + - database_unique_name + - -database_unique_name + - tde_kms_pkcs11_config_path + - -tde_kms_pkcs11_config_path + - is_tde_keystore_password_set + - -is_tde_keystore_password_set + example: id + classifierIdParam: + name: classifierId + in: path + description: The ID of the Classifier. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + classifiersSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - framework + - -framework + - description + - -description + - data_class_id + - -data_class_id + - data_class_name + - -data_class_name + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - engine_name + - -engine_name + example: name + complianceApplicationSettingsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + enum: + - id + - -id + - group + - -group + - name + - -name + - value + - -value + example: group + complianceJobCollectionIdParam: + name: complianceJobCollectionId + in: path + description: The ID of the compliance job collection. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + complianceJobCollectionsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - description + - -description + - creation_date + - -creation_date + - job_count + - -job_count + - last_execution_id + - -last_execution_id + - failure_handling + - -failure_handling + example: id + complianceJobIdParam: + name: complianceJobId + in: path + description: The ID of the compliance job. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + complianceJobsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - is_on_the_fly_masking + - -is_on_the_fly_masking + - type + - -type + - execution_type + - -execution_type + - engine_job_id + - -engine_job_id + - creation_date + - -creation_date + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - engine_name + - -engine_name + - last_completed_execution_date + - -last_completed_execution_date + - last_execution_status + - -last_execution_status + - last_execution_id + - -last_execution_id + - last_execution_start_time + - -last_execution_start_time + - last_execution_run_time + - -last_execution_run_time + - rule_set_id + - -rule_set_id + - rule_set_name + - -rule_set_name + - connector_type + - -connector_type + - description + - -description + - dataset_id + - -dataset_id + - retain_execution_data + - -retain_execution_data + - parallelism_degree + - -parallelism_degree + - max_concurrent_target_connections + - -max_concurrent_target_connections + - max_concurrent_source_connections + - -max_concurrent_source_connections + - num_input_streams + - -num_input_streams + - stream_row_limit + - -stream_row_limit + - feedback_size + - -feedback_size + - min_memory + - -min_memory + - max_memory + - -max_memory + - discovery_policy_id + - -discovery_policy_id + - discovery_policy_name + - -discovery_policy_name + - account_id + - -account_id + - account_name + - -account_name + - dct_managed + - -dct_managed + - fail_immediately + - -fail_immediately + - batch_update + - -batch_update + - commit_size + - -commit_size + - num_output_threads_per_stream + - -num_output_threads_per_stream + example: id + complianceNodeIdParam: + name: complianceNodeId + in: path + description: The ID of the Compliance Node. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + connectorIdParam: + name: connectorId + in: path + description: The ID of the Connector. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + connectorsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - engine_name + - -engine_name + - type + - -type + - database_type + - -database_type + - platform + - -platform + - name + - -name + - hostname + - -hostname + - username + - -username + - port + - -port + - auth_present + - -auth_present + - custom_driver_name + - -custom_driver_name + - database_name + - -database_name + - instance_name + - -instance_name + - jdbc + - -jdbc + - schema_name + - -schema_name + - sid + - -sid + - kerberos_auth + - -kerberos_auth + - service_principal + - -service_principal + - enable_logger + - -enable_logger + - file_type + - -file_type + - connection_mode + - -connection_mode + - path + - -path + - ssh_key + - -ssh_key + - user_dir_is_root + - -user_dir_is_root + - data_connection_id + - -data_connection_id + - account_id + - -account_id + - account_name + - -account_name + - dct_managed + - -dct_managed + example: id + cursor: + name: cursor + in: query + description: Cursor to fetch the next or previous page of results. The value + of this property must be extracted from the 'prev_cursor' or 'next_cursor' + property of a PaginatedResponseMetadata which is contained in the response + of list and search API endpoints. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + dSourceConsumptionReportSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - name + - -name + - status + - -status + - database_type + - -database_type + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - engine_name + - -engine_name + - last_consumption_date + - -last_consumption_date + - ingested_size + - -ingested_size + example: name + dSourceUsageReportSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - name + - -name + - unvirtualized_space + - -unvirtualized_space + - actual_space + - -actual_space + - dependant_vdbs + - -dependant_vdbs + - engine_name + - -engine_name + example: name + dataClassIdParam: + name: dataClassId + in: path + description: The ID of the Data Class. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + dataClassesSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - default_algorithm_id + - -default_algorithm_id + - default_algorithm_name + - -default_algorithm_name + - default_token_algorithm_id + - -default_token_algorithm_id + - default_token_algorithm_name + - -default_token_algorithm_name + - description + - -description + - example + - -example + - revision_hash + - -revision_hash - engine_id + - -engine_id - engine_name - - engine_hostname - properties: - engine_id: - description: A reference to the engine. - type: string - minLength: 1 - example: engine-123 - engine_name: - description: The engine name. - type: string - minLength: 1 - example: My Favorite Engine - engine_hostname: - description: The engine hostname. - type: string - minLength: 1 - example: "eng09.dev.delphix.com" - total_capacity: - description: The total amount of storage allocated for engine objects and system metadata, in bytes. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 100000000000 - free_storage: - description: The amount of available storage, in bytes. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 99000000000 - used_storage: - description: The amount of storage used by engine objects and system metadata, in bytes. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 85000000000 - used_percentage: - description: The percentage of storage used. - type: number - example: 75.00 - dsource_count: - description: The number of dSources on the engine. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 50 - vdb_count: - description: The number of VDBs on the engine. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 200 - total_object_count: - description: The total number of dSources and VDBs on the engine. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 400 - StorageSavingsSummaryData: - properties: - dsource_id: - description: Id of the dSource. - type: string - dependant_vdbs: - description: The number of VDBs that are dependant on this dSource. This includes all VDB descendants that have this dSource as an ancestor. - type: integer - example: 200 - engine_name: - description: The engine name. - type: string - minLength: 1 - example: My Favorite Engine - unvirtualized_space: - description: The disk space that would be required if not using Delphix virtualizion, in bytes. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 109242677 - virtualized_space: - description: The actual space used by the VDB, in bytes. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 12345678 - name: - type: string - description: The name of the database on the target environment. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: my-test-database - estimated_savings: - type: integer - description: The disk space that has been saved by using Delphix virtualizion, in bytes. - format: int64 - example: 109242677 - estimated_savings_perc: - description: The disk space that has been saved by using Delphix virtualizion, in percentage. - type: number - VDBInventoryData: - properties: - engine_name: - description: The name of the engine the VDB belongs to. - type: string - example: "My favorite engine" - name: - description: The name of the VDB. - type: string - example: "prod01-copy01" - type: - description: The database type of the VDB. - type: string - example: "Oracle" - version: - description: The database version of the VDB. - type: string - example: "10.2.0.5.0" - parent_name: - description: The name of the VDB's parent dataset. - type: string - example: "prod01-main" - parent_id: - description: A reference to the parent dataset of the VDB. - type: string - example: "1-DB_CONTAINER-1" - creation_date: - description: The date the VDB was created. - type: string - format: date-time - example: "2023-04-15T08:51:34.148000+00:00" - last_refreshed_date: - description: The date the VDB was last refreshed. - type: string - format: date-time - example: "2023-04-15T10:49:34.148000+00:00" - parent_timeflow_location: - description: The location for the VDB's parent timeflow. - type: string - example: "1178883" - parent_timeflow_timestamp: - description: The timestamp for the VDB's parent timeflow. - type: string - format: date-time - example: "2021-05-01T08:51:34.148000+00:00" - parent_timeflow_timezone: - description: The timezone for the VDB's parent timeflow. - type: string - example: "America/Los_Angeles" - enabled: - description: Whether the VDB is enabled - type: boolean - example: true - status: - description: The runtime status of the VDB. 'Unknown' if all attempts to connect to the dataset failed. - type: string - example: "RUNNING" - storage_size: - description: The actual space used by the VDB, in bytes. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 12345678 - DSourceUsageData: - properties: - engine_name: - description: The name of the engine the dSource belongs to. - type: string - example: My favorite engine - name: - description: The name of the dSource - type: string - example: prod01-main - unvirtualized_space: - description: The the disk space that would be required if not using Delphix virtualizion, in bytes. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 109242677 - actual_space: - description: The actual space used by this dSource, in bytes. This includes the disk space used by the current copy of the data as well as the snapshots and log files retained to enable provisioning from historical versions. - type: integer - format: int64 - example: 339292672 - dependant_vdbs: - description: The number of VDBs that are dependant on this dSource. This includes all VDB descendants that have this dSource as an ancestor. - type: integer - example: 25 - DSourceConsumptionData: - properties: - name: - description: The name of the dSource - type: string - example: prod01-main - status: - description: The status of the dSource - type: string - example: Running - database_type: - description: The type of the dSource - type: string - example: Oracle - engine_id: - description: The id of the engine the dSource belongs to. - type: string - minLength: 1 - example: "1" - engine_name: - description: The name of the engine the dSource belongs to - type: string - example: My favorite engine - last_consumption_date: - description: The most recent date where consumption data was captured for this dSource. - type: string - format: date-time - example: 2022-01-07T12:06:59.157Z,54321 - ingested_size: - description: The ingested size of the dSource - type: integer - format: int64 - minimum: 0 - example: 12345 - SearchBody: - description: Search body. - type: object - properties: - filter_expression: - type: string - minLength: 5 - maxLength: 2000 - example: string_field CONTAINS "over" AND numberic_field GT 9000 OR string_field2 EQ "Goku" - EngineIdBody: + - -engine_name + - creation_date + - -creation_date + - account_id + - -account_id + - account_name + - -account_name + - dct_managed + - -dct_managed + dataConnectionIdParam: + name: dataConnectionId + in: path + description: The ID of the data connection. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + dataConnectionsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: id + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - status + - -status + - type + - -type + - platform + - -platform + - dsource_count + - -dsource_count + - hostname + - -hostname + - database_name + - -database_name + - custom_driver_name + - -custom_driver_name + - path + - -path + dataLayoutIdParam: + name: dataLayoutId + in: path + description: The ID of the data-layout. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + dataLayoutSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - type + - -type + example: id + dataRiskReportSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: engine_id + enum: + - connector_id + - -connector_id + - engine_connector_id + - -engine_connector_id + - connector_name + - -connector_name + - connector_type + - -connector_type + - last_profiled_date + - -last_profiled_date + - last_masked_date + - -last_masked_date + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - engine_name + - -engine_name + - is_profiled + - -is_profiled + - is_sensitive_data + - -is_sensitive_data + - is_masked + - -is_masked + - is_at_risk + - -is_at_risk + - data_elements_total + - -data_elements_total + - data_elements_not_sensitive + - -data_elements_not_sensitive + - data_elements_sensitive_masked + - -data_elements_sensitive_masked + - data_elements_sensitive_unmasked + - -data_elements_sensitive_unmasked + - records_total + - -records_total + - records_not_sensitive + - -records_not_sensitive + - records_sensitive_masked + - -records_sensitive_masked + - records_sensitive_unmasked + - -records_sensitive_unmasked + example: engine_id + databaseColumnMetadataIdParam: + name: databaseColumnMetadataId + in: path + description: The ID of the database column metadata. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + databaseColumnMetadataSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: column_name + enum: + - id + - -id + - column_name + - -column_name + - database_table_metadata_id + - -database_table_metadata_id + - table_name + - -table_name + - rule_set_id + - -rule_set_id + - rule_set_name + - -rule_set_name + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - engine_name + - -engine_name + - algorithm_id + - -algorithm_id + - algorithm_name + - -algorithm_name + - data_class_id + - -data_class_id + - data_class_name + - -data_class_name + - data_type + - -data_type + - date_format + - -date_format + - column_length + - -column_length + - is_sensitive + - -is_sensitive + - is_profiler_writable + - -is_profiler_writable + - is_primary_key + - -is_primary_key + - is_identity + - -is_identity + - is_index + - -is_index + - is_foreign_key + - -is_foreign_key + - dct_managed + - -dct_managed + example: column_name + databaseTableMetadataIdParam: + name: databaseTableMetadataId + in: path + description: The ID of the database table metadata. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + databaseTableMetadataSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: table_name + enum: + - id + - -id + - table_name + - -table_name + - rule_set_id + - -rule_set_id + - custom_sql + - -custom_sql + - where_clause + - -where_clause + - having_clause + - -having_clause + - key_column + - -key_column + - is_sensitive + - -is_sensitive + - row_count + - -row_count + - last_refresh_time + - -last_refresh_time + - last_row_count_time + - -last_row_count_time + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - engine_name + - -engine_name + - dct_managed + - -dct_managed + example: id + databaseTemplateIdParam: + name: databaseTemplateId + in: path + description: The ID of the Database Template. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + databaseTemplatesSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - description + - -description + - source_type + - -source_type + example: id + datasetIdQueryParam: + name: dataset_id + in: query + description: The ID of the dSource or VDB. + required: true + style: form + explode: true + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + example: dataset-123 + datasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummarySortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: object_id + enum: + - dataset_id + - -dataset_id + - dataset_name + - -dataset_name + - dataset_type + - -dataset_type + - is_replica + - -is_replica + - environment_id + - -environment_id + - environment_name + - -environment_name + - average_throughput_of_1_h + - -average_throughput_of_1_h + - average_throughput_of_6_h + - -average_throughput_of_6_h + - average_throughput_of_24_h + - -average_throughput_of_24_h + - current_throughput_of_1_h + - -current_throughput_of_1_h + - current_throughput_of_6_h + - -current_throughput_of_6_h + - current_throughput_of_24_h + - -current_throughput_of_24_h + - percentile + - -percentile + example: id + dependenciesSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: child_id + enum: + - child_id + - -child_id + - child_name + - -child_name + - child_type + - -child_type + example: id + discoveryExpressionIdParam: + name: expressionId + in: path + description: The ID of the discovery expression. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + discoveryExpressionsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - regular_expression + - -regular_expression + - data_level_profiling + - -data_level_profiling + - min_data_length + - -min_data_length + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - engine_name + - -engine_name + - data_class_id + - -data_class_id + - data_class_name + - -data_class_name + - data_type + - -data_type + - expression_type + - -expression_type + - level + - -level + example: id + discoveryPoliciesSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - description + - -description + - discovery_method + - -discovery_method + - assignment_threshold + - -assignment_threshold + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - engine_name + - -engine_name + example: id + discoveryPolicyIdParam: + name: discoveryPolicyId + in: path + description: The ID of the Discovery Policy. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + discoveryResultSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - table_name + - -table_name + - file_name + - -file_name + - column_name + - -column_name + - field_name + - -field_name + - data_class_name + - -data_class_name + - algorithm_name + - -algorithm_name + - data_type + - -data_type + - confidence + - -confidence + - is_profiler_writable + - -is_profiler_writable + example: column_name + dsourceIdParam: + name: dsourceId + in: path + description: The ID of the dSource. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + dsourcesSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - content_type + - -content_type + - database_type + - -database_type + - name + - -name + - database_version + - -database_version + - data_uuid + - -data_uuid + - storage_size + - -storage_size + - plugin_version + - -plugin_version + - creation_date + - -creation_date + - group_name + - -group_name + - enabled + - -enabled + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - source_id + - -source_id + - staging_source_id + - -staging_source_id + - status + - -status + - engine_name + - -engine_name + - primary_object_id + - -primary_object_id + - primary_engine_id + - -primary_engine_id + - primary_engine_name + - -primary_engine_name + - sync_policy_id + - -sync_policy_id + - retention_policy_id + - -retention_policy_id + - replica_retention_policy_id + - -replica_retention_policy_id + - quota_policy_id + - -quota_policy_id + - logsync_enabled + - -logsync_enabled + - logsync_mode + - -logsync_mode + - logsync_interval + - -logsync_interval + - exported_data_directory + - -exported_data_directory + - template_id + - -template_id + - allow_auto_staging_restart_on_host_reboot + - -allow_auto_staging_restart_on_host_reboot + - physical_standby + - -physical_standby + - validate_by_opening_db_in_read_only_mode + - -validate_by_opening_db_in_read_only_mode + - mssql_sync_strategy_managed_type + - -mssql_sync_strategy_managed_type + - validated_sync_mode + - -validated_sync_mode + - backup_policy + - -backup_policy + - compression_enabled + - -compression_enabled + - staging_database_name + - -staging_database_name + - db_state + - -db_state + - external_netbackup_config_master_name + - -external_netbackup_config_master_name + - external_netbackup_config_source_client_name + - -external_netbackup_config_source_client_name + - external_netbackup_config_templates + - -external_netbackup_config_templates + - external_commserve_host_name + - -external_commserve_host_name + - external_commvault_config_source_client_name + - -external_commvault_config_source_client_name + - external_commvault_config_staging_client_name + - -external_commvault_config_staging_client_name + - external_commvault_config_templates + - -external_commvault_config_templates + - mssql_user_type + - -mssql_user_type + - domain_user_credential_type + - -domain_user_credential_type + - mssql_database_username + - -mssql_database_username + - mssql_user_environment_reference + - -mssql_user_environment_reference + - mssql_user_domain_username + - -mssql_user_domain_username + - mssql_user_domain_vault_username + - -mssql_user_domain_vault_username + - mssql_user_domain_vault + - -mssql_user_domain_vault + - mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_engine + - -mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_engine + - mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_secret_path + - -mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_secret_path + - mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_username_key + - -mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_username_key + - mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_secret_key + - -mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_secret_key + - mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_name + - -mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_name + - mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_username_key + - -mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_username_key + - mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_secret_key + - -mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_secret_key + - mssql_user_domain_cyberark_vault_query_string + - -mssql_user_domain_cyberark_vault_query_string + - diagnose_no_logging_faults + - -diagnose_no_logging_faults + - pre_provisioning_enabled + - -pre_provisioning_enabled + - backup_level_enabled + - -backup_level_enabled + - rman_channels + - -rman_channels + - files_per_set + - -files_per_set + - check_logical + - -check_logical + - encrypted_linking_enabled + - -encrypted_linking_enabled + - compressed_linking_enabled + - -compressed_linking_enabled + - bandwidth_limit + - -bandwidth_limit + - number_of_connections + - -number_of_connections + example: id + endDate: + name: end_date + in: query + description: Report end date/time. Defaults to current time. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + format: date-time + example: 2022-06-07T19:10:00Z + engineGlobalObjectStateReportSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: engine_id + enum: + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - engine_name + - -engine_name + - jobs_count + - -jobs_count + - connectors_count + - -connectors_count + - rulesets_count + - -rulesets_count + - global_object_revision_hash + - -global_object_revision_hash + example: engine_id + engineIdParam: + name: engineId + in: path description: The ID of the registered engine. - type: object - properties: - engine_id: - type: string - minLength: 1 - example: "1" - ListEnvironmentUsers: - type: object - properties: - users: - description: List of users - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/EnvironmentUser' - EnvironmentUser: - type: object - properties: - user_ref: - description: Environment user reference - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4000 - example: 'user-ref-1' - username: - description: Username of environment user - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4000 - example: 'username-1' - primary_user: - description: This indicates if this user is primary or not - type: boolean - example: false - auth_type: - description: Authentication type of this user. PasswordCredential indicates username and password are used, SystemKeyCredential indicates public key based security credential, KeyPairCredential indicates public key based security credential consisting of a user specified key pair, KerberosCredential indicates Kerberos authentication, CyberArkVaultCredential indicates CyberArk Vault is used and HashiCorpVaultCredential indicates that Hashicorp vault is used for authentication - type: string - enum: - - PasswordCredential - - SystemKeyCredential - - KeyPairCredential - - KerberosCredential - - CyberArkVaultCredential - - HashiCorpVaultCredential - ReportingScheduleCreateParameters: - type: object - required: - - report_type - - cron_expression - - messages - - file_format + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + type: string + engineIdQueryParam: + name: engine_id + in: query + description: ID of a registered engine. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + example: 1 + engineIdQueryParamRequired: + name: engine_id + in: query + description: ID of a registered engine. + required: true + style: form + explode: true + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + example: 1 + engineSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - uuid + - -uuid + - type + - -type + - version + - -version + - name + - -name + - hostname + - -hostname + - cpu_core_count + - -cpu_core_count + - memory_size + - -memory_size + - data_storage_capacity + - -data_storage_capacity + - data_storage_used + - -data_storage_used + - username + - -username + - hashicorp_vault_id + - -hashicorp_vault_id + - connection_status + - -connection_status + - connection_status_details + - -connection_status_details + - engine_connection_status + - -engine_connection_status + - engine_connection_status_details + - -engine_connection_status_details + - masking_memory_used + - -masking_memory_used + - masking_allocated_memory + - -masking_allocated_memory + - masking_jobs_running + - -masking_jobs_running + - masking_max_concurrent_jobs + - -masking_max_concurrent_jobs + - masking_available_cores + - -masking_available_cores + example: id + engineStorageCapacityDataSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: object_id + enum: + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - dataset_id + - -dataset_id + - captured_timestamp + - -captured_timestamp + - dataset_type + - -dataset_type + - dataset_name + - -dataset_name + - is_replica + - -is_replica + - total_size + - -total_size + - base_size + - -base_size + - snapshot_size + - -snapshot_size + - logs_size + - -logs_size + - unvirtualized_size + - -unvirtualized_size + - current_timeflow_unvirtualized_size + - -current_timeflow_unvirtualized_size + - timeflow_unvirtualized_size + - -timeflow_unvirtualized_size + - descendant_size + - -descendant_size + - policy_size + - -policy_size + - manual_size + - -manual_size + - unowned_snapshot_size + - -unowned_snapshot_size + - ingested_size + - -ingested_size + example: id + envSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - namespace + - -namespace + - engine_id + - -engine_id - enabled - - recipients - properties: - report_type: - type: string - enum: - - VIRTUALIZATION_STORAGE_SUMMARY - - ENGINE_PERFORMANCE_ANALYTIC - - VDB_INVENTORY_DATA - - DSOURCE_USAGE_DATA - - DSOURCE_CONSUMPTION_DATA - - MASKING_EXECUTION_METRICS - - AUDIT_LOGS_SUMMARY - - STORAGE_SAVINGS_SUMMARY - example: VIRTUALIZATION_STORAGE_SUMMARY - cron_expression: - type: string - example: "0 0 2 ? * Mon-Fri" - description: Standard cron expressions are supported e.g. 0 15 10 L * ? - Schedule at 10:15 AM on the last day of every month, 0 0 2 ? * Mon-Fri - Schedule at 2:00 AM every Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday. For more details kindly refer- "http://www.quartz-scheduler.org/documentation/" - time_zone: - type: string - example: "America/Los_Angeles" - description: Timezones are specified according to the Olson tzinfo database - "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones". - message: - type: string - example: sample message - file_format: - type: string - enum: - - CSV - example: CSV - enabled: - type: boolean - default: true - example: true - recipients: - type: array - minItems: 1 - uniqueItems: true - items: - type: string - format: email - example: user@example.com - sort_column: - type: string - enum: - - engine_id - - engine_name - - engine_hostname - - total_capacity - - free_storage - - used_storage - - used_percentage - - dsource_count - - vdb_count - - total_object_count - - name - - unvirtualized_space - - actual_space - - dependant_vdbs - - type - - version - - parent_id - - parent_name - - creation_date - - parent_timeflow_location - - parent_timeflow_timestamp - - parent_timeflow_timezone - - enabled - - status - - -engine_id - - -engine_name - - -engine_hostname - - -total_capacity - - -free_storage - - -used_storage - - -used_percentage - - -dsource_count - - -vdb_count - - -total_object_count - - -unvirtualized_space - - -actual_space - - -dependant_vdbs - - -name - - -type - - -version - - -parent_id - - -parent_name - - -creation_date - - -parent_timeflow_location - - -parent_timeflow_timestamp - - -parent_timeflow_timezone - - -enabled - - -status - example: engine_name - row_count: - type: integer - minimum: 1 - example: 1 - make_current_account_owner: - type: boolean - default: true - description: Whether the account creating this reporting schedule must be configured as owner of the reporting schedule. - ReportingSchedule: - required: - - report_type - - cron_expression - - messages - - file_format + - -enabled + - is_cluster + - -is_cluster + - cluster_name + - -cluster_name + example: id + environmentIdParam: + name: environmentId + in: path + description: The ID of the environment. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + executionComponentIdParam: + name: executionComponentId + in: path + description: The ID of the Execution Component. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + type: string + executionComponentsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: id + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - execution_id + - -execution_id + - status + - -status + - rows_masked + - -rows_masked + - rows_total + - -rows_total + - bytes_processed + - -bytes_processed + - bytes_total + - -bytes_total + - start_time + - -start_time + - end_time + - -end_time + - non_conforming_data_count + - -non_conforming_data_count + example: id + executionEventsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: id + enum: + - id + - -id + - execution_id + - -execution_id + - execution_component_id + - -execution_component_id + - event_type + - -event_type + - severity + - -severity + - cause + - -cause + - count + - -count + - timestamp + - -timestamp + - masked_object_name + - -masked_object_name + - algorithm_name + - -algorithm_name + - exception_type + - -exception_type + - exception_detail + - -exception_detail + example: id + executionIdParam: + name: executionId + in: path + description: The ID of the Execution. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + executionsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: -start_time + enum: + - id + - -id + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - engine_name + - -engine_name + - masking_job_id + - -masking_job_id + - masking_job_name + - -masking_job_name + - source_connector_id + - -source_connector_id + - target_connector_id + - -target_connector_id + - status + - -status + - rows_masked + - -rows_masked + - rows_total + - -rows_total + - bytes_processed + - -bytes_processed + - bytes_total + - -bytes_total + - start_time + - -start_time + - end_time + - -end_time + - submit_time + - -submit_time + - run_duration + - -run_duration + - queue_duration + - -queue_duration + - total_duration + - -total_duration + - account_id + - -account_id + - account_name + - -account_name + example: id + generateDataOperationIdParam: + name: generateDataOperationId + in: path + description: The id of the generate data operation + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + generateDataOperationSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - description + - -description + - status + - -status + - data_type + - -data_type + - requested_count + - -requested_count + - generated_count + - -generated_count + - allow_duplicates + - -allow_duplicates + - max_value_length + - -max_value_length + - trim_values + - -trim_values + - filter_characters + - -filter_characters + - multiline_values + - -multiline_values + - expiration_time + - -expiration_time + - account_id + - -account_id + - priority + - -priority + - submit_time + - -submit_time + - start_time + - -start_time + - end_time + - -end_time + - llm_model_name + - -llm_model_name + - error_tolerance + - -error_tolerance + example: name + generateDataValuesSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: value + enum: + - value + - -value + example: value + groupIdParam: + name: groupId + in: path + description: The ID of the dataset group. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + groupSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - namespace + - -namespace + - name + - -name + - engine_name + - -engine_name + example: id + hashicorpVaultsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + example: id + heldspaceId: + name: heldspaceId + in: path + description: The heldspace id to filter by. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + hookTemplateIdParam: + name: hookTemplateId + in: path + description: The ID of the Hook Template. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + hookTemplatesSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - dct_managed + - -dct_managed + - engine_id + - -engine_id + example: id + hostIdParam: + name: hostId + in: path + description: The ID of the host. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + hyperscaleConnectorIdParam: + name: hyperscaleConnectorId + in: path + description: The ID of the Hyperscale Connector. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + hyperscaleConnectorsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: source_username + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - hyperscale_instance_id + - -hyperscale_instance_id + - data_type + - -data_type + - source_username + - -source_username + - source_jdbc_url + - -source_jdbc_url + - source_mongo_url + - -source_mongo_url + - target_username + - -target_username + - target_jdbc_url + - -target_jdbc_url + - target_mongo_url + - -target_mongo_url + example: id + hyperscaleDatasetIdParam: + name: hyperscaleDatasetId + in: path + description: The ID of the Hyperscale Dataset. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + hyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileIdParam: + name: hyperscaleDatasetTableOrFileId + in: path + description: The ID of the Hyperscale Dataset table or file. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + hyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFilesSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: table_name + enum: + - id + - -id + - schema_name + - -schema_name + - table_name + - -table_name + - database_name + - -database_name + - collection_name + - -collection_name + - filter_key + - -filter_key + - column_array_rows + - -column_array_rows + - unload_split + - -unload_split + - stream_size + - -stream_size + example: id + hyperscaleDatasetsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: id + enum: + - id + - -id + - hyperscale_instance_id + - -hyperscale_instance_id + - data_type + - -data_type + - connector_id + - -connector_id + - mount_point_id + - -mount_point_id + example: id + hyperscaleInstanceId: + name: hyperscaleInstanceId + in: path + description: The ID of hyperscale instance. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + type: string + hyperscaleInstanceIdParam: + name: hyperscaleInstanceId + in: path + description: The ID of the Hyperscale Instance. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + hyperscaleInstancesSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - hostname + - -hostname + - creation_date + - -creation_date + - status + - -status + - data_type + - -data_type + - connection_status + - -connection_status + - connection_status_details + - -connection_status_details + example: id + hyperscaleMountPointIdParam: + name: hyperscaleMountPointId + in: path + description: The ID of the Hyperscale Mount Point. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + hyperscaleMountPointsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - hostname + - -hostname + - mount_type + - -mount_type + - options + - -options + - mount_path + - -mount_path + - staging_storage_type + - -staging_storage_type + - auth_mechanism + - -auth_mechanism + - aws_bucket_name + - -aws_bucket_name + - aws_bucket_region + - -aws_bucket_region + - aws_bucket_prefix + - -aws_bucket_prefix + - aws_bucket_delimiter + - -aws_bucket_delimiter + - blob_auth_type + - -blob_auth_type + - blob_account_name + - -blob_account_name + - blob_container_name + - -blob_container_name + - blob_container_prefix + - -blob_container_prefix + - blob_container_delimiter + - -blob_container_delimiter + - hyperscale_instance_id + - -hyperscale_instance_id + example: id + jobCollectionExecutionIdParam: + name: jobCollectionExecutionId + in: path + description: The ID of the job collection execution. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + jobCollectionExecutionsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: start_time + enum: + - id + - -id + - compliance_job_collection_id + - -compliance_job_collection_id + - compliance_job_collection_name + - -compliance_job_collection_name + - status + - -status + - status_reason + - -status_reason + - start_time + - -start_time + - end_time + - -end_time + - run_duration + - -run_duration + - actual_execution_count + - -actual_execution_count + - planned_execution_count + - -planned_execution_count + - rows_processed + - -rows_processed + - rows_total + - -rows_total + - bytes_processed + - -bytes_processed + - bytes_total + - -bytes_total + - processed_tables_files_count + - -processed_tables_files_count + - tables_files_count + - -tables_files_count + - processed_columns_fields_count + - -processed_columns_fields_count + - columns_fields_count + - -columns_fields_count + - execute_account_id + - -execute_account_id + - execute_account_name + - -execute_account_name + - cancel_account_id + - -cancel_account_id + - cancel_account_name + - -cancel_account_name + jobIdParam: + name: jobId + in: path + description: Unique identifier of the network test job. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + example: d2f2310bd4e0455289581a7d61fea6c2 + jobOrchestratorIdParam: + name: jobOrchestratorId + in: path + description: The ID of the job orchestrator. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + jobOrchestratorsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - description + - -description + - creation_date + - -creation_date + - account_id + - -account_id + - account_name + - -account_name + - node_count + - -node_count + - total_core_count + - -total_core_count + - queued_job_count + - -queued_job_count + - running_job_count + - -running_job_count + example: id + jobWithConnectorSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - connector_role + - -connector_role + - is_on_the_fly_masking + - -is_on_the_fly_masking + - last_execution_time + - -last_execution_time + - last_execution_status + - -last_execution_status + - creation_date + - -creation_date + example: id + jobsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: id + enum: + - id + - -id + - status + - -status + - type + - -type + - localized_type + - -localized_type + - target_id + - -target_id + - target_name + - -target_name + - start_time + - -start_time + - update_time + - -update_time + - error_details + - -error_details + - trace_id + - -trace_id + - account_id + - -account_id + - account_name + - -account_name + default: -start_time + example: id + kerberosConfigIdParam: + name: kerberosConfigId + in: path + description: The ID of the kerberos config. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + kerberosConfigSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - engine_name + - -engine_name + - namespace_id + - -namespace_id + - namespace_name + - -namespace_name + - name + - -name + - realm + - -realm + - principal + - -principal - enabled - - recipients - properties: - report_id: - type: integer - readOnly: true - example: 123 - report_type: - type: string - enum: - - VIRTUALIZATION_STORAGE_SUMMARY - - ENGINE_PERFORMANCE_ANALYTIC - - VDB_INVENTORY_DATA - - DSOURCE_USAGE_DATA - - DSOURCE_CONSUMPTION_DATA - - MASKING_EXECUTION_METRICS - - AUDIT_LOGS_SUMMARY - - STORAGE_SAVINGS_SUMMARY - example: VIRTUALIZATION_STORAGE_SUMMARY - cron_expression: - type: string - example: "0 0 2 ? * Mon-Fri" - description: Standard cron expressions are supported e.g. 0 15 10 L * ? - Schedule at 10:15 AM on the last day of every month, 0 0 2 ? * Mon-Fri - Schedule at 2:00 AM every Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday. For more details kindly refer- "http://www.quartz-scheduler.org/documentation/" - time_zone: - type: string - example: "America/Los_Angeles" - description: Timezones are specified according to the Olson tzinfo database - "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones". - message: - type: string - example: sample message - file_format: - type: string - enum: - - CSV - example: CSV - enabled: - type: boolean - default: true - example: true - recipients: - type: array - minItems: 1 - uniqueItems: true - items: - type: string - format: email - example: user@example.com - tags: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - sort_column: - type: string - enum: - - engine_id - - engine_name - - engine_hostname - - total_capacity - - free_storage - - used_storage - - used_percentage - - dsource_count - - vdb_count - - total_object_count - - name - - unvirtualized_space - - actual_space - - dependant_vdbs - - type - - version - - parent_id - - parent_name - - creation_date - - parent_timeflow_location - - parent_timeflow_timestamp - - parent_timeflow_timezone - - enabled - - status - - -engine_id - - -engine_name - - -engine_hostname - - -total_capacity - - -free_storage - - -used_storage - - -used_percentage - - -dsource_count - - -vdb_count - - -total_object_count - - -unvirtualized_space - - -actual_space - - -dependant_vdbs - - -name - - -type - - -version - - -parent_id - - -parent_name - - -creation_date - - -parent_timeflow_location - - -parent_timeflow_timestamp - - -parent_timeflow_timezone - - -enabled - - -status - example: engine_name - row_count: - type: integer - minimum: 1 - example: 1 - ErrorResponse: - properties: - error: - description: Error code for any failure - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - error_description: - description: Error description for any failure - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - EnableScaleTestingRequest: - x-internal: true - type: object - required: - - engines_count - properties: - engines_count: - type: integer - description: no. of times same engine needs to be registered - virt_engines_list: - type: array - items: - type: string - description: list of virt engine hostnames to be registered engines_count times - masking_engines_list: - type: array - items: - type: string - description: list of masking engine hostnames to be registered engines_count times - virt_objects_count: - type: integer - description: no. of times to duplicate sources, containers, and timeflows - snapshots_count: - type: integer - description: no. of times to duplicate snapshots - masking_objects_count: - type: integer - description: no. of times to duplicate jobs, rulesets, and connectors - SyncEnginesHyperscaleParameters: - type: object - description: Parameters to sync the global object from a source engine to a list of target engines registered with a Hyperscale Instance. - required: + - -enabled + example: id + limit: + name: limit + in: query + description: Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be + between 1 and 1000. Default is 100. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + maximum: 1000 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + default: 100 + example: 50 + limitExtendedParam: + name: limit + in: query + description: Maximum number of objects to return per query. The value must be + between 1 and 1000. Default is 10000. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + maximum: 10000 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + default: 10000 + example: 100 + listenerIdParam: + name: listenerId + in: path + description: Oracle listener id. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + llmGatewaySortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: hostname + enum: + - id + - -id + - hostname + - -hostname + example: hostname + llmModelSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + example: name + maskingEnvironmentId: + name: maskingEnvironmentId + in: path + description: The ID of the Masking Environment. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + maskingEnvironmentsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - engine_name + - -engine_name + - purpose + - -purpose + - is_workflow_enabled + - -is_workflow_enabled + example: id + maskingExecutionMetricsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - masking_job_name + - -masking_job_name + - connector_type + - -connector_type + - ruleset_name + - -ruleset_name + - rows_masked + - -rows_masked + - rows_total + - -rows_total + - bytes_masked + - -bytes_masked + - bytes_total + - -bytes_total + - duration + - -duration + - tables_files_count + - -tables_files_count + - masked_tables_files_count + - -masked_tables_files_count + - columns_fields_count + - -columns_fields_count + - masked_columns_fields_count + - -masked_columns_fields_count + - masking_job_type + - -masking_job_type + example: id + maskingFileIdParam: + name: maskingFileId + in: path + description: The ID or name of the masking file. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + maskingFilesSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - filename + - -filename + - created_date + - -created_date + - file_size + - -file_size + - file_checksum + - -file_checksum + - engine_file_uuid + - -engine_file_uuid + - engine_name + - -engine_name + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - description + - -description + example: id + maskingJobDeleteForceParam: + name: force + in: query + description: If true, ignores any failures to remove a masking job on an engine. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: boolean + default: false + example: true + maskingJobIdParam: + name: maskingJobId + in: path + description: The ID of the Masking Job. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + maskingJobSourceEnginesSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - masking_job_id + - -masking_job_id - source_engine_id - - target_engine_ids - properties: - source_engine_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the engine to copy the data from. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: "1" - target_engine_ids: - type: array - items: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - minItems: 1 - description: The IDs of the target engines to copy the data into. - example: ["1", "2"] - CopyMaskingJobParameters: - type: object - description: Parameters to copy a masking job. - required: - - target_engine_id - properties: - target_engine_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the engine to copy the job to. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: "1" - source_environment_id: - type: string - description: The ID or name of the source environment on the target engine. This only applies to On-The-Fly jobs. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: "test-on-the-fly-mask1" - target_environment_id: - type: string - description: The ID or name of the target environment to copy the job into. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: "prod-in-place-mask1" - force_overwrite: - type: boolean - default: false - description: Whether to overwrite objects that already exist on the target engine. - MigrateMaskingJobParameters: - type: object - description: Parameters to migrate a masking job. - required: - - target_engine_id - properties: - target_engine_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the engine to copy the job to. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: "1" - source_environment_id: - type: string - description: The ID or name of the source environment on the target engine. This only applies to On-The-Fly jobs. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: "test-on-the-fly-mask1" - target_environment_id: - type: string - description: The ID or name of the target environment to copy the job into. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: "prod-in-place-mask1" - force_overwrite: - type: boolean - default: false - description: Whether to overwrite objects that already exist on the target engine. - RemoveMaskingJobParameters: - type: object - description: Parameters to remove a masking job from a masking job set. - required: + - -source_engine_id + example: id + maskingJobsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - is_on_the_fly_masking + - -is_on_the_fly_masking + - creation_date + - -creation_date + - last_completed_execution_date + - -last_completed_execution_date + - last_execution_status + - -last_execution_status + - last_execution_id + - -last_execution_id + - rule_set_id + - -rule_set_id + - rule_set_name + - -rule_set_name + - ruleset.name + - -ruleset.name + - connector_type + - -connector_type + - description + - -description + - dataset_id + - -dataset_id + - retain_execution_data + - -retain_execution_data + - parallelism_degree + - -parallelism_degree + - max_concurrent_target_connections + - -max_concurrent_target_connections + - max_concurrent_source_connections + - -max_concurrent_source_connections + - num_input_streams + - -num_input_streams + - stream_row_limit + - -stream_row_limit + - feedback_size + - -feedback_size + - min_memory + - -min_memory + - max_memory + - -max_memory + example: id + maskingPluginIdParam: + name: maskingPluginId + in: path + description: The ID of the masking plugin. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + maskingPluginsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - plugin_type + - -plugin_type + - description + - -description + - install_date + - -install_date + - built_in + - -built_in + - sdk_version + - -sdk_version + - version + - -version + - author + - -author + - account_id + - -account_id + - account_name + - -account_name + - dct_managed + - -dct_managed + example: id + modelIdParam: + name: modelId + in: path + description: The id of the LLM model + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespaceIdParam: + name: namespaceId + in: path + description: The ID of the namespace. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespacesSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - tag + - -tag - engine_id - properties: - engine_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the engine to remove the masking job from. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: "1" - Domain: - type: object - properties: - msad_domain_name: - description: This is used to get full DN for authentication and search. Provide this value only if server is microsoft AD. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4000 - example: 'msad.domain.com' - username_pattern: - description: The username_patterns can be used to avoid providing full-dn during login. This will also be used for search of groups,email, first name and last name. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4000 - example: 'uid={0},ou=Users' - search_base: - description: Search base used to search for ldap user groups. Leave this field empty if a full username_pattern is provided and server is non microsoft AD. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4000 - example: 'DC=test,DC=delphix,DC=com' - group_attr: - description: Group mapped attribute on ldap side used for user group search. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4000 - example: 'gidNumber' - email_attr: - description: Email mapped attribute on ldap side used for mapping on DCT side account. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4000 - example: 'mail' - first_name_attr: - description: First name attribute mapped on ldap side used for mapping on DCT side account. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4000 - example: 'cn' - last_name_attr: - description: Last name attribute mapped on ldap side used for mapping on DCT side account. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4000 - example: 'sn' - object_class_attr: - description: The name of the objectClass on ldap side under which the user is mapped.This is used to search for the user details. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4000 - example: 'person' - search_attr: - description: Search attribute mapped on ldap side using which search on ldap side will be made. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4000 - example: 'uid' - DatabaseTemplateCreateParameters: - description: Parameters to create a database template. - type: object - required: + - -engine_id + - secure_namespace + - -secure_namespace + - failed_over + - -failed_over + - locked + - -locked + - failback_possible + - -failback_possible + - failback_capability + - -failback_capability + - failback_incapability_reason + - -failback_incapability_reason + - replication_mode + - -replication_mode + - last_execution_status + - -last_execution_status + - last_execution_status_timestamp + - -last_execution_status_timestamp + - source_engine_id + - -source_engine_id + - source_engine_name + - -source_engine_name + example: id + objectIdParam: + name: objectId + in: path + description: The ID of the DCT Object. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + objectTypeParam: + name: objectType + in: path + description: The type of the DCT object. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + type: string + enum: + - ALGORITHM + - AI_SERVICE + - ACCESS_GROUP + - ACCOUNT + - AUDIT_LOGS_SUMMARY_REPORT + - ROLE + - API_USAGE_REPORT + - BOOKMARK + - CDB + - CLASSIFIER + - DATA_CLASS + - DATABASE_TEMPLATE + - DISCOVERY_EXPRESSION + - DISCOVERY_POLICY + - DSOURCE + - ENGINE + - ENVIRONMENT + - COMPLIANCE_JOB_COLLECTION + - MASKING_JOB + - MASKING_ENVIRONMENT + - MASKING_FILE_UPLOAD + - MASKING_JOB_SET + - REPORT_SCHEDULE + - RULE_SET + - SOURCE + - VAULT + - VCDB + - VDB + - VDB_GROUP + - CONNECTOR + - CONNECTIVITY_CHECK + - DSOURCE_USAGE_REPORT + - DSOURCE_CONSUMPTION_REPORT + - JOB + - PRODUCT_INFO + - SMTP_CONFIG + - MASKING_EXECUTION_METRICS_REPORT + - STORAGE_SUMMARY_REPORT + - STORAGE_SAVINGS_SUMMARY_REPORT + - VDB_INVENTORY_REPORT + - LDAP + - SAML + - PASSWORD_POLICY + - GLOBAL_PROPERTIES + - SYSTEM + - API_CLASSIFICATION + - VIRTUALIZATION_POLICY + - HYPERSCALE_INSTANCE + - HYPERSCALE_CONNECTOR + - HYPERSCALE_DATASET + - MASKING_PLUGIN + - REPLICATION_PROFILE + - NAMESPACE + - ENGINE_PERFORMANCE_ANALYTIC_REPORT + - DATA_RISK_REPORT + - ENGINE_GLOBAL_OBJECT_STATE_REPORT + - VIRTUALIZATION_POLICY_TARGET + - DATA_CONNECTION + - HOOK_TEMPLATE + - JOB_ORCHESTRATOR + passwordVaultIdParam: + name: passwordVaultId + in: path + description: The ID of the password vault. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + passwordVaultSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - namespace + - -namespace + - name + - -name + - engine_name + - -engine_name + - type + - -type + example: id + permission: + name: permission + in: query + description: Restrict the objects, which are allowed. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PermissionEnum' + example: READ + replicationProfileIdParam: + name: replicationProfileId + in: path + description: The ID of the ReplicationProfile. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + replicationProfilesSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id - name - - source_type - properties: - name: - description: The DatabaseTemplate name. - type: string - minLength: 1 - example: "template-name" - description: - description: User provided description for this template. - type: string - example: "Config params for prod01" - source_type: - description: The type of the source associated with the template. - type: string - enum: [ OracleVirtualSource, OracleLinkedSource, MSSqlVirtualSource, MSSqlLinkedSource ] - example: OracleVirtualSource - parameters: - description: A name/value map of string configuration parameters. - type: object - additionalProperties: - type: string - example: - confgName1: configValue1 - configName2: configValue2 - make_current_account_owner: - type: boolean - default: true - description: Whether the account creating this database template must be configured as owner of the database template. - tags: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - DatabaseTemplate: - description: A database template to use for provisioning and refresh. If set, configParams will be ignored on provision or refresh. - type: object - required: + - -name + - replication_mode + - -replication_mode + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - target_engine_id + - -target_engine_id + - target_host + - -target_host + - target_port + - -target_port + - replication_tag + - -replication_tag + - type + - -type + - encrypted + - -encrypted + - automatic_replication + - -automatic_replication + - use_system_socks_setting + - -use_system_socks_setting + - bandwidth_limit + - -bandwidth_limit + - number_of_connections + - -number_of_connections + - last_execution_status + - -last_execution_status + - last_execution_status_timestamp + - -last_execution_status_timestamp + example: id + reportIdParam: + name: reportId + in: path + description: The ID of the report schedule. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + type: integer + reportingScheduleSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: report_id + enum: + - report_id + - -report_id + - report_type + - -report_type + - cron_expression + - -cron_expression + - time_zone + - -time_zone + - message + - -message + - file_format + - -file_format + - enabled + - -enabled + - sort_column + - -sort_column + example: report_id + repositoryIdParam: + name: repositoryId + in: path + description: The ID of the repository. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + roleIdParam: + name: roleId + in: path + description: The ID of the role. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + roleSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id - name - - source_type - properties: - id: - description: The DatabaseTemplate entity ID. - type: string - readOnly: true - example: "1-database-template-123" - name: - description: The DatabaseTemplate name. - type: string - minLength: 1 - example: "template-name" - description: - description: User provided description for this template. - type: string - example: "Config params for prod01" - source_type: - description: The type of the source associated with the template. - type: string - enum: [ OracleVirtualSource, OracleLinkedSource, MSSqlVirtualSource, MSSqlLinkedSource ] - example: OracleVirtualSource - parameters: - description: A name/value map of string configuration parameters. - type: object - additionalProperties: - type: string - example: - configName1: configValue1 - configName2: configValue2 - tags: - type: array - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - UpdateDatabaseTemplateParameters: - type: object - description: Parameters to update a Database Template. - properties: - name: - description: The DatabaseTemplate name. - type: string - minLength: 1 - example: "template-name" - description: - description: User provided description for this template. - type: string - example: "Config params for prod01" - source_type: - description: The type of the source associated with the template. - type: string - enum: [ OracleVirtualSource, OracleLinkedSource, MSSqlVirtualSource, MSSqlLinkedSource ] - example: OracleVirtualSource - parameters: - description: A name/value map of string configuration parameters. - type: object - additionalProperties: - type: string - example: - configName1: configValue1 - configName2: configValue2 - LdapConfigValidateParameter: - properties: - username: - description: Username of the account to validate the ldap optional attributes. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: Password of the account to validate the ldap optional attributes. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - VirtualizationSchedule: - required: - - cron_string - - cutoff_time - properties: - cron_string: - type: string - cutoff_time: - type: integer - format: int64 - VirtualizationPolicy: - properties: - id: - type: string - name: - type: string - namespace: - type: string - namespace_id: - description: The namespace id of this virtualization policy. - type: string - namespace_name: - description: The namespace name of this virtualization policy.. - type: string - is_replica: - description: Is this a replicated object. - type: boolean - engine_id: - type: string - policy_type: - type: string - enum: [ REFRESH_POLICY, SNAPSHOT_POLICY, SYNC_POLICY, RETENTION_POLICY, QUOTA_POLICY ] - timezone_id: - type: string - default_policy: - description: True if this is the default policy created when the system is setup. - type: boolean - effective_type: - description: Whether this policy has been directly applied or inherited. See the effectivePolicies parameter of the list call for details. - type: string - enum: [ DIRECT_APPLIED, INHERITED ] - data_duration: - description: Amount of time to keep source data [Retention Policy]. - type: integer - data_unit: - description: Time unit for data_duration [Retention Policy]. - type: string - enum: [ DAY, WEEK, MONTH, QUARTER, YEAR ] - log_duration: - description: Amount of time to keep log data [Retention Policy]. - type: integer - log_unit: - description: Time unit for log_duration [Retention Policy]. - type: string - enum: [ DAY, WEEK, MONTH, QUARTER, YEAR ] - num_of_daily: - description: Number of daily snapshots to keep [Retention Policy]. - type: integer - num_of_weekly: - description: Number of weekly snapshots to keep [Retention Policy]. - type: integer - day_of_week: - description: Day of week upon which to enforce weekly snapshot retention [Retention Policy]. - type: string - enum: [ MONDAY, TUESDAY, WEDNESDAY, THURSDAY, FRIDAY, SATURDAY, SUNDAY ] - num_of_monthly: - description: Number of monthly snapshots to keep [Retention Policy]. - type: integer - day_of_month: - description: Day of month upon which to enforce monthly snapshot retention [Retention Policy]. - type: integer - num_of_yearly: - description: Number of yearly snapshots to keep [Retention Policy]. - type: integer - day_of_year: - description: Day of year upon which to enforce yearly snapshot retention, expressed a month / day string (e.g., "Jan 1") [Retention Policy]. - type: string - schedules: - type: array - items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/VirtualizationSchedule" - size: - description: Size of the quota, in bytes. (QUOTA_POLICY only). - type: integer - format: int64 - nullable: true - DeleteDSourceRequest: - required: + - -name + - description + - -description + example: id + ruleSetIdParam: + name: ruleSetId + in: path + description: The ID of the Rule Set. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + ruleSetsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - type + - -type + - platform + - -platform + - connector_id + - -connector_id + - connector_name + - -connector_name + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - engine_name + - -engine_name + - data_elements_total + - -data_elements_total + - records_total + - -records_total + - creation_date + - -creation_date + - account_id + - -account_id + - account_name + - -account_name + - dct_managed + - -dct_managed + scopeIdParam: + name: scopeId + in: path + description: The ID of the Access group scope. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + snapshotIdParam: + name: snapshotId + in: path + description: The ID of the snapshot. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + snapshotsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - namespace + - -namespace + - name + - -name + - consistency + - -consistency + - missing_non_logged_data + - -missing_non_logged_data + - dataset_id + - -dataset_id + - creation_time + - -creation_time + - start_timestamp + - -start_timestamp + - start_location + - -start_location + - timestamp + - -timestamp + - location + - -location + - expiration + - -expiration + - retain_forever + - -retain_forever + - effective_expiration + - -effective_expiration + - effective_retain_forever + - -effective_retain_forever + - timeflow_id + - -timeflow_id + - timezone + - -timezone + - version + - -version + - temporary + - -temporary + - appdata_toolkit + - -appdata_toolkit + - appdata_metadata + - -appdata_metadata + - ase_db_encryption_key + - -ase_db_encryption_key + - mssql_internal_version + - -mssql_internal_version + - mssql_backup_set_uuid + - -mssql_backup_set_uuid + - mssql_backup_software_type + - -mssql_backup_software_type + - mssql_backup_location_type + - -mssql_backup_location_type + - mssql_empty_snapshot + - -mssql_empty_snapshot + - oracle_from_physical_standby_vdb + - -oracle_from_physical_standby_vdb + - oracle_redo_log_size_in_bytes + - -oracle_redo_log_size_in_bytes + example: id + sourceIdParam: + name: sourceId + in: path + description: The ID of the Source. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + sourcesSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - database_type + - -database_type + - name + - -name + - database_version + - -database_version + - environment_id + - -environment_id + - data_uuid + - -data_uuid + - ip_address + - -ip_address + - fqdn + - -fqdn + - size + - -size + - jdbc_connection_string + - -jdbc_connection_string + - plugin_version + - -plugin_version + - is_dsource + - -is_dsource + - instance_name + - -instance_name + - instance_number + - -instance_number + - user + - -user + - non_sys_user + - -non_sys_user + - discovered + - -discovered + - linking_enabled + - -linking_enabled + - repository + - -repository + - cdb_type + - -cdb_type + - environment_user_ref + - -environment_user_ref + - data_connection_id + - -data_connection_id + - database_name + - -database_name + - database_unique_name + - -database_unique_name + example: id + stagingSourceIdParam: + name: stagingSourceId + in: path + description: The ID of the staging Source. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + stagingSourcesSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - database_type + - -database_type + - database_name + - -database_name + - database_version + - -database_version + - environment_id + - -environment_id + - data_uuid + - -data_uuid + - ip_address + - -ip_address + - fqdn + - -fqdn + - repository + - -repository + - oracle_config_type + - -oracle_config_type + - cdb_type + - -cdb_type - dsource_id - properties: - dsource_id: - description: Id of the dSource to delete. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - force: - description: Flag indicating whether to continue the operation upon failures. - type: boolean - default: false - oracle_username: - type: string - description: The name of the privileged user to run the delete operation as (Oracle only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: oracle-username - oracle_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - type: string - description: Password for privileged user (Oracle only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: oracle-password - BaseDSourceLinkSourceParameters: - properties: - name: - description: Name of the dSource to be created. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - source_id: - description: Id of the source to link. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - group_id: - description: Id of the dataset group where this dSource should belong to. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - description: - description: The notes/description for the dSource. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - log_sync_enabled: - description: True if LogSync should run for this database. - type: boolean - default: false - sync_policy_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the SnapSync policy for the dSource. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: snapshot-123 - retention_policy_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the Retention policy for the dSource. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: retention-policy-123 - make_current_account_owner: - type: boolean - default: true - description: Whether the account creating this reporting schedule must be configured as owner of the reporting schedule. - tags: - type: array - maxItems: 1000 - description: The tags to be created for dSource. - items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Tag' - minItems: 1 - ops_pre_sync: - description: Operations to perform before syncing the created dSource. These operations can quiesce any data prior to syncing. - type: array - items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/SourceOperation" - ops_post_sync: - description: Operations to perform after syncing a created dSource. - type: array - items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/SourceOperation" - OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters: - required: - - source_id - allOf: - - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseDSourceLinkSourceParameters' - - type: object - properties: - external_file_path: - description: External file path. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - environment_user_id: - description: Id of the environment user to use for linking. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - backup_level_enabled: - description: Boolean value indicates whether LEVEL-based incremental backups can be used on the source database. - type: boolean - rman_channels: - description: Number of parallel channels to use. - type: integer - minimum: 1 - maximum: 32 - default: 2 - files_per_set: - description: Number of data files to include in each RMAN backup set. - type: integer - minimum: 1 - maximum: 64 - default: 5 - check_logical: - description: True if extended block checking should be used for this linked database. - type: boolean - default: false - encrypted_linking_enabled: - description: True if SnapSync data from the source should be retrieved through an encrypted connection. Enabling this feature can decrease the performance of SnapSync from the source but has no impact on the performance of VDBs created from the retrieved data. - type: boolean - default: false - compressed_linking_enabled: - description: True if SnapSync data from the source should be compressed over the network. Enabling this feature will reduce network bandwidth consumption and may significantly improve throughput, especially over slow network. - type: boolean - default: true - bandwidth_limit: - description: Bandwidth limit (MB/s) for SnapSync and LogSync network traffic. A value of 0 means no limit. - type: integer - default: 0 - number_of_connections: - description: Total number of transport connections to use during SnapSync. - type: integer - default: 1 - diagnose_no_logging_faults: - description: If true, NOLOGGING operations on this container are treated as faults and cannot be resolved manually. - type: boolean - default: true - pre_provisioning_enabled: - description: If true, pre-provisioning will be performed after every sync. - type: boolean - default: false - link_now: - description: True if initial load should be done immediately. - type: boolean - default: false - force_full_backup: - description: Whether or not to take another full backup of the source database. - type: boolean - default: false - double_sync: - description: True if two SnapSyncs should be performed in immediate succession to reduce the number of logs required to provision the snapshot. This may significantly reduce the time necessary to provision from a snapshot. - type: boolean - default: false - skip_space_check: - description: Skip check that tests if there is enough space available to store the database in the Delphix Engine. The Delphix Engine estimates how much space a database will occupy after compression and prevents SnapSync if insufficient space is available. This safeguard can be overridden using this option. This may be useful when linking highly compressible databases. - type: boolean - default: false - do_not_resume: - description: Indicates whether a fresh SnapSync must be started regardless if it was possible to resume the current SnapSync. If true, we will not resume but instead ignore previous progress and backup all datafiles even if already completed from previous failed SnapSync. This does not force a full backup, if an incremental was in progress this will start a new incremental snapshot. - type: boolean - default: false - files_for_full_backup: - description: List of datafiles to take a full backup of. This would be useful in situations where certain datafiles could not be backed up during previous SnapSync due to corruption or because they went offline. - type: array - items: - type: integer - log_sync_mode: - description: LogSync operation mode for this database. - type: string - enum: [ ARCHIVE_ONLY_MODE, ARCHIVE_REDO_MODE, UNDEFINED ] - default: UNDEFINED - log_sync_interval: - description: Interval between LogSync requests, in seconds. - type: integer - default: 5 - non_sys_username: - type: string - description: Non-SYS database user to access this database. Only required for username-password auth (Single tenant only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: oracle - non_sys_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - type: string - description: Password for non sys user authentication (Single tenant only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: oracle - non_sys_vault: - type: string - description: The name or reference of the vault from which to read the database credentials (Single tenant only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: my-vault - non_sys_hashicorp_vault_engine: - type: string - description: Vault engine name where the credential is stored (Single tenant only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: kv - non_sys_hashicorp_vault_secret_path: - type: string - description: Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored (Single tenant only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: oracle-env - non_sys_hashicorp_vault_username_key: - type: string - description: Hashicorp vault key for the username in the key-value store (Single tenant only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: username - non_sys_hashicorp_vault_secret_key: - type: string - description: Hashicorp vault key for the password in the key-value store (Single tenant only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: secret - non_sys_azure_vault_name: - type: string - description: Azure key vault name (Single tenant only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: azure_vault - non_sys_azure_vault_username_key: - type: string - description: Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store (Single tenant only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: username - non_sys_azure_vault_secret_key: - type: string - description: Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store (Single tenant only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: secret - non_sys_cyberark_vault_query_string: - type: string - description: Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault (Single tenant only). - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test - fallback_username: - type: string - description: The database fallback username. Optional if bequeath connections are enabled (to be used in case of bequeath connection failures). Only required for username-password auth. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: oracle - fallback_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - type: string - description: Password for fallback username. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: oracle - fallback_vault: - type: string - description: The name or reference of the vault from which to read the database credentials. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: my-vault - fallback_hashicorp_vault_engine: - type: string - description: Vault engine name where the credential is stored. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: kv - fallback_hashicorp_vault_secret_path: - type: string - description: Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: oracle-env - fallback_hashicorp_vault_username_key: - type: string - description: Hashicorp vault key for the username in the key-value store. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: username - fallback_hashicorp_vault_secret_key: - type: string - description: Hashicorp vault key for the password in the key-value store. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: secret - fallback_azure_vault_name: - type: string - description: Azure key vault name. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: azure_vault - fallback_azure_vault_username_key: - type: string - description: Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: username - fallback_azure_vault_secret_key: - type: string - description: Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: secret - fallback_cyberark_vault_query_string: - type: string - description: Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test - ops_pre_log_sync: - description: Operations to perform after syncing a created dSource and before running the LogSync. - type: array - items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/SourceOperation" - OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters: - required: + - -dsource_id + - type + - -type + - environment_user_ref + - -environment_user_ref + - recovery_model + - -recovery_model + - mount_base + - -mount_base + - data_connection_id + - -data_connection_id + - datafile_mount_path + - -datafile_mount_path + - archive_mount_path + - -archive_mount_path + - database_unique_name + - -database_unique_name + example: id + startDate: + name: start_date + in: query + description: Report start date/time. Defaults to first API request. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + format: date-time + example: 2022-05-29T19:00:00Z + storageSavingsReportSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: dependant_vdbs + enum: + - dependant_vdbs + - -dependant_vdbs + - unvirtualized_space + - -unvirtualized_space + - current_timeflows_unvirtualized_space + - -current_timeflows_unvirtualized_space + - virtualized_space + - -virtualized_space + - name + - -name + - engine_name + - -engine_name + - dsource_id + - -dsource_id + - estimated_savings + - -estimated_savings + - estimated_savings_perc + - -estimated_savings_perc + - estimated_current_timeflows_savings + - -estimated_current_timeflows_savings + - estimated_current_timeflows_savings_perc + - -estimated_current_timeflows_savings_perc + - is_replica + - -is_replica + example: dependant_vdbs + subConnectionIdParam: + name: subConnectionId + in: path + description: The ID of the sub connection. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + subConnectionsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: id + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - data_connection_id + - -data_connection_id + - platform + - -platform + - capability + - -capability + - schema_name + - -schema_name + - source_object_type + - -source_object_type + - source_object_id + - -source_object_id + - metadata_home_type + - -metadata_home_type + - metadata_home_id + - -metadata_home_id + - metadata_home_name + - -metadata_home_name + - username + - -username + - database_name + - -database_name + - instance_name + - -instance_name + - database_type + - -database_type + - jdbc_url + - -jdbc_url + - is_replica + - -is_replica + - custom_driver_name + - -custom_driver_name + - virtualization_environment_id + - -virtualization_environment_id + - path + - -path + - connection_mode + - -connection_mode + tagIdParam: + name: tagId + in: path + description: The ID of the global tag. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + tagPermissionsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: access_group_name + enum: + - access_group_name + - -access_group_name + - access_group_id + - -access_group_id + - scope_name + - -scope_name + - scope_id + - -scope_id + - role_name + - -role_name + - object_type + - -object_type + tagUsagesSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: object_type + enum: + - object_type + - -object_type + - object_id + - -object_id + - object_name + - -object_name + - creator_account_id + - -creator_account_id + - creator_account_name + - -creator_account_name + tagsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: id + enum: + - id + - -id + - key + - -key + - value + - -value + - used_for_access + - -used_for_access + - usage_count + - -usage_count + timeflowIdParam: + name: timeflowId + in: path + description: The ID of the timeflow. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + timeflowsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - namespace + - -namespace + - name + - -name + - dataset_id + - -dataset_id + - creation_type + - -creation_type + - parent_snapshot_id + - -parent_snapshot_id + - parent_point_location + - -parent_point_location + - parent_point_timestamp + - -parent_point_timestamp + - parent_point_timeflow_id + - -parent_point_timeflow_id + - source_data_timestamp + - -source_data_timestamp + - oracle_incarnation_id + - -oracle_incarnation_id + - oracle_cdb_timeflow_id + - -oracle_cdb_timeflow_id + - oracle_tde_uuid + - -oracle_tde_uuid + - mssql_database_guid + - -mssql_database_guid + - creation_timestamp + - -creation_timestamp + - activation_timestamp + - -activation_timestamp + - parent_vdb_id + - -parent_vdb_id + - parent_dsource_id + - -parent_dsource_id + - source_vdb_id + - -source_vdb_id + - source_dsource_id + - -source_dsource_id + example: id + toolkitIdParam: + name: toolkitId + in: path + description: The ID of the toolkit. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + toolkitSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - type + - pretty_name + - name + - reference + - version + - display_name + - plugin_id + - external_version + - engine_name + - engine_id + - type + - build_api + - -id + - -type + - -pretty_name + - -name + - -reference + - -version + - -display_name + - -plugin_id + - -external_version + - -engine_name + - -engine_id + - -type + - -build_api + example: id + userRefParam: + name: userRef + in: path + description: Environment user reference. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + vcdbIdParam: + name: vcdbId + in: path + description: The ID of the vCDB. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + vcdbsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - database_name + - -database_name + - database_version + - -database_version + - environment_id + - -environment_id + - size + - -size + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - status + - -status + - parent_id + - -parent_id + - creation_date + - -creation_date + - group_name + - -group_name + - enabled + - -enabled + - invoke_datapatch + - -invoke_datapatch + - instance_name + - -instance_name + - instance_number + - -instance_number + - repository_id + - -repository_id + - containerization_state + - -containerization_state + - tde_key_identifier + - -tde_key_identifier + - tde_keystore_config_type + - -tde_keystore_config_type + - is_tde_keystore_password_set + - -is_tde_keystore_password_set + - database_unique_name + - -database_unique_name + - db_username + - -db_username + - redo_log_groups + - -redo_log_groups + - redo_log_size_in_mb + - -redo_log_size_in_mb + example: id + vdbGroupIdParam: + name: vdbGroupId + in: path + description: The ID or name of the VDB Group. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + type: string + vdbGroupsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - locked_by + - -locked_by + - locked_by_name + - -locked_by_name + - database_type + - -database_type + - status + - -status + - last_successful_refresh_to_bookmark_id + - -last_successful_refresh_to_bookmark_id + - last_successful_refresh_time + - -last_successful_refresh_time + example: id + vdbIdParam: + name: vdbId + in: path + description: The ID of the VDB. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + vdbInventoryReportSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - name + - -name + - type + - -type + - version + - -version + - parent_id + - -parent_id + - parent_name + - -parent_name + - creation_date + - -creation_date + - last_refreshed_date + - -last_refreshed_date + - parent_timeflow_location + - -parent_timeflow_location + - parent_timeflow_timestamp + - -parent_timeflow_timestamp + - parent_timeflow_timezone + - -parent_timeflow_timezone + - enabled + - -enabled + - status + - -status + - engine_name + - -engine_name + - storage_size + - -storage_size + example: name + vdbsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - database_name + - -database_name + - database_type + - -database_type + - name + - -name + - database_version + - -database_version + - size + - -size + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - status + - -status + - environment_id + - -environment_id + - ip_address + - -ip_address + - fqdn + - -fqdn + - parent_id + - -parent_id + - parent_dsource_id + - -parent_dsource_id + - group_name + - -group_name + - creation_date + - -creation_date + - last_refreshed_date + - -last_refreshed_date + - engine_name + - -engine_name + - storage_size + - -storage_size + - locked_by + - -locked_by + - locked_by_name + - -locked_by_name + - primary_object_id + - -primary_object_id + - primary_engine_id + - -primary_engine_id + - primary_engine_name + - -primary_engine_name + - content_type + - -content_type + - exported_data_directory + - -exported_data_directory + - vcdb_exported_data_directory + - -vcdb_exported_data_directory + - invoke_datapatch + - -invoke_datapatch + - instance_name + - -instance_name + - instance_number + - -instance_number + - repository_id + - -repository_id + - containerization_state + - -containerization_state + - parent_tde_keystore_path + - -parent_tde_keystore_path + - target_vcdb_tde_keystore_path + - -target_vcdb_tde_keystore_path + - tde_key_identifier + - -tde_key_identifier + - parent_pdb_tde_keystore_path + - target_pdb_tde_keystore_path + - environment_user_ref + - -environment_user_ref + - recovery_model + - -recovery_model + - cdc_on_provision + - -cdc_on_provision + - data_connection_id + - -data_connection_id + - mssql_ag_backup_location + - -mssql_ag_backup_location + - mssql_ag_backup_based + - -mssql_ag_backup_based + - database_unique_name + - -database_unique_name + - db_username + - -db_username + - new_db_id + - -new_db_id + - redo_log_groups + - -redo_log_groups + - redo_log_size_in_mb + - -redo_log_size_in_mb + example: id + virtualizationActionsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - action_type + - -action_type + - title + - -title + - details + - -details + - start_time + - -start_time + - end_time + - -end_time + - user + - -user + - user_agent + - -user_agent + - origin_ip + - -origin_ip + - parent_action + - -parent_action + - state + - -state + - work_source + - -work_source + - work_source_name + - -work_source_name + - work_source_principal + - -work_source_principal + - failure_description + - -failure_description + - failure_action + - -failure_action + - failure_message_code + - -failure_message_code + example: id + virtualizationAlertIdParam: + name: alertId + in: path + description: The ID of the Virtualization Alert. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + virtualizationAlertsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: engine_id + enum: + - id + - -id + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - event_severity + - -event_severity + - target_object_id + - -target_object_id + - target_name + - -target_name + - target_object_type + - -target_object_type + - alert_timestamp + - -alert_timestamp + - event + - -event + - event_description + - -event_description + - event_title + - -event_title + - event_response + - -event_response + - event_action + - -event_action + - event_command_output + - -event_command_output + example: id + virtualizationFaultIdParam: + name: faultId + in: path + description: The ID of the Virtualization Fault. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + virtualizationFaultsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: engine_id + enum: + - id + - -id + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - bundle_id + - -bundle_id + - target_name + - -target_name + - target_object_type + - -target_object_type + - target_object_id + - -target_object_id + - title + - -title + - description + - -description + - fault_action + - -fault_action + - response + - -response + - severity + - -severity + - status + - -status + - date_diagnosed + - -date_diagnosed + - date_resolved + - -date_resolved + - resolution_comments + - -resolution_comments + example: id + virtualizationJobsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: engine_id + enum: + - engine_job_id + - -engine_job_id + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - job_state + - -job_state + - legacy_job_type + - -legacy_job_type + - job_type + - -job_type + - target_object_id + - -target_object_id + - legacy_target_object_type + - -legacy_target_object_type + - target_object_type + - -target_object_type + - job_state + - -job_state + - start_time + - -start_time + - update_time + - -update_time + - percent_complete + - -percent_complete + - run_duration + - -run_duration + example: engine_job_id + virtualizationPoliciesSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - id + - -id + - name + - -name + - dct_managed + - -dct_managed + - create_user + - -create_user + - create_timestamp + - -create_timestamp + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - engine_name + - -engine_name + - policy_type + - -policy_type + - timezone_id + - -timezone_id + - default_policy + - -default_policy + - effective_type + - -effective_type + - data_duration + - -data_duration + - data_unit + - -data_unit + - log_duration + - -log_duration + - log_unit + - -log_unit + - num_of_daily + - -num_of_daily + - num_of_weekly + - -num_of_weekly + - day_of_week + - -day_of_week + - num_of_monthly + - -num_of_monthly + - day_of_month + - -day_of_month + - num_of_yearly + - -num_of_yearly + - day_of_year + - -day_of_year + - size + - -size + - provision_source + - -provision_source + - num_targets + - -num_targets + - customized + - -customized + example: id + virtualizationPolicyIdParam: + name: policyId + in: path + description: The ID of the Virtualization Policy. + required: true + style: simple + explode: false + schema: + minLength: 1 + type: string + virtualizationPolicyTargetsSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies a descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: name + enum: + - policy_id + - -policy_id + - target_id + - -target_id - engine_id - - database_name - allOf: - - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseDSourceLinkSourceParameters' - - type: object - properties: - engine_id: - description: The ID of the engine to link staging push database on. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - container_type: - description: The container type of this database.If not provided the request would be considered as a PDB database. - type: string - enum: - - ROOT_CDB - - NON_CDB - environment_user_id: - description: Id of the environment user to use for linking. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - repository: - description: The repository reference to link. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - database_name: - description: The name of the database. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - database_unique_name: - description: The unique name of the database. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - sid: - description: The name (sid) of the instance. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - mount_base: - description: The base mount point to use for the NFS mounts. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - custom_env_variables_pairs: - description: An array of name value pair of environment variables. - type: array - items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/NameValuePair" - custom_env_variables_paths: - description: An array of strings of whitespace-separated parameters to be passed to the source command. The first parameter must be an absolute path to a file that exists on the target environment. Every subsequent parameter will be treated as an argument interpreted by the environment file. - type: array - items: - type: string - auto_staging_restart: - description: Boolean value indicates whether this staging database should automatically be restarted when staging host reboot is detected. - type: boolean - default: false - physical_standby: - description: Boolean value indicates whether this staging database will be configured as a physical standby. - type: boolean - default: false - validate_snapshot_in_readonly: - description: Boolean value indicates whether this staging database snapshot will be validated by opening it in read-only. - type: boolean - default: false - staging_database_templates: - deprecated: true - description: An array of name value pair of Oracle database configuration parameter overrides. This property is deprecated. Use staging_database_config_params instead. - type: array - items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/NameValuePair" - staging_database_config_params: - description: Oracle database configuration parameter overrides. If both staging_database_templates and staging_database_config_params are specified, staging_database_config_params will be used. - type: object - nullable: true - example: { "processes": "150" } - additionalProperties: - type: string - staging_container_database_reference: - description: Reference of the CDB source config. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - ops_pre_log_sync: - description: Operations to perform after syncing a created dSource and before running the LogSync. - type: array - items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/SourceOperation" - AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters: - required: - - parameters - - sync_parameters - - environment_user - allOf: - - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseDSourceLinkSourceParameters' - - type: object - properties: - link_type: + - -engine_id + - policy_type + - -policy_type + - target_type + - -target_type + - target_name + - -target_name + example: id + virtualizationStorageReportSortParam: + name: sort + in: query + description: The field to sort results by. A property name with a prepended + '-' signifies descending order. + required: false + style: form + explode: true + schema: + type: string + nullable: true + example: engine_id + enum: + - engine_id + - -engine_id + - engine_name + - -engine_name + - engine_hostname + - -engine_hostname + - total_capacity + - -total_capacity + - free_storage + - -free_storage + - used_storage + - -used_storage + - used_percentage + - -used_percentage + - dsource_count + - -dsource_count + - vdb_count + - -vdb_count + - total_object_count + - -total_object_count + - reserved_storage + - -reserved_storage + - dsource_used_storage + - -dsource_used_storage + - vdb_used_storage + - -vdb_used_storage + example: engine_id + requestBodies: + ASELinkDSourceBody: + description: The parameters to link an ASE dSource. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters' + examples: + ase_dsource_minimum_request: + summary: Minimal Request (Without Optionals) + description: The above request example is intended for an ASE Database + without including optional properties + value: + source_id: ASE_CONFIG-1 + db_user: db-user + db_password: secret-password + load_backup_path: /backup/path + ase_dsource_full_request: + summary: Full Request + description: The above request example is intended for an ASE Database + linking with all possible parameters. + value: + name: ASE-DSOURCE-NAME + source_id: ASE_CONFIG-1 + group_id: GROUP-1 + description: This is a test description for ASE database + log_sync_enabled: false + external_file_path: /some/external/path + make_current_account_owner: true + mount_base: /mount/base + load_backup_path: /backup/path + backup_server_name: backup-server-name + backup_host_user: USER-1 + backup_host: host.backup.com + dump_credentials: secret + source_host_user: source-user + db_user: db-user + db_password: secret-password + db_vault: vault-name + db_hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + db_hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env + db_hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + db_hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret + db_azure_vault_name: azure_vault + db_azure_vault_username_key: username + db_azure_vault_secret_key: secret + db_cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + staging_repository: ASE_INSTANCE-1 + staging_host_user: USER-2 + validated_sync_mode: ENABLED + dump_history_file_enabled: false + drop_and_recreate_devices: false + sync_strategy: specific_backup + ase_backup_files: + - backup/file/1 + - backup/file/2 + tags: + - key: key-1 + value: value-1 + ops_pre_sync: + - name: pre-sync-op1 + command: echo 'pre-sync' + shell: bash + credentials_env_vars: + - base_var_name: base-var-1 + password: password + vault: my-vault + hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret + azure_vault_name: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: username + azure_vault_secret_key: secret + cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + ops_post_sync: + - name: post-sync-op + command: echo 'post-sync-op' + shell: bash + credentials_env_vars: + - base_var_name: base-var-1 + password: password + vault: my-vault + hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret + azure_vault_name: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: username + azure_vault_secret_key: secret + cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + pre_validated_sync: + - name: pre-validate-sync + command: echo 'pre-validate-sync' + shell: bash + credentials_env_vars: + - base_var_name: base-var + password: password + vault: my-vault + hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret + azure_vault_name: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: username + azure_vault_secret_key: secret + cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + post_validated_sync: + - name: post-validate-sync + command: echo 'post-validate-sync' + shell: bash + credentials_env_vars: + - base_var_name: base-post-sync + password: password + vault: my-vault + hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret + azure_vault_name: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: username + azure_vault_secret_key: secret + cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + required: true + AppDataDSourceBody: + description: The parameters to link an AppData dSource. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters' + examples: + appdata_dsource_minimum_request: + summary: Minimal Request (Postgres) + description: The above request example is intended for a Postgres AppData + linking + value: + source_id: 1-APPDATA_STAGED_SOURCE_CONFIG-1 + group_id: 1-GROUP-1 + link_type: AppDataStaged + staging_environment: 1-ENVIRONMENT-1 + staging_mount_base: /mnt/staging + environment_user: 1-ENVIRONMENT_USER-1 + parameters: + postgresPort: 5432, + sync_parameters: + resync: true + required: true + CreateAppDataSource: + description: The parameters to create a AppData source. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/AppDataSourceCreateParameters' + examples: + AppData: + summary: AppData source create description: | - The type of link to create. Default is AppDataDirect. - * `AppDataDirect` - Represents the AppData specific parameters of a link request for a source directly replicated into the Delphix Engine. - * `AppDataStaged` - Represents the AppData specific parameters of a link request for a source with a staging source. - type: string - enum: - - AppDataDirect - - AppDataStaged - default: AppDataDirect - staging_mount_base: - description: The base mount point for the NFS mount on the staging environment [AppDataStaged only]. - type: string - maxLength: 256 - staging_environment: - description: The environment used as an intermediate stage to pull data into Delphix [AppDataStaged only]. - type: string - staging_environment_user: - description: The environment user used to access the staging environment [AppDataStaged only]. - type: string - environment_user: - type: string - description: The OS user to use for linking. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - excludes: - type: array - description: List of subdirectories in the source to exclude when syncing data. - These paths are relative to the root of the source directory. [AppDataDirect only] - items: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - follow_symlinks: - type: array - description: List of symlinks in the source to follow when syncing data. - These paths are relative to the root of the source directory. All other symlinks are preserved. [AppDataDirect only] - items: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - parameters: - description: The JSON payload conforming to the DraftV4 schema based on the type of application data being manipulated. - type: object - additionalProperties: true - sync_parameters: - description: The JSON payload conforming to the snapshot parameters definition in a LUA toolkit or platform plugin. - type: object - additionalProperties: true - ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters: - required: - - load_backup_path - - source_id - allOf: - - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseDSourceLinkSourceParameters' - - type: object - properties: - external_file_path: - description: External file path. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - mount_base: - description: The base mount point to use for the NFS mounts. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 87 - load_backup_path: - description: Source database backup location. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - backup_server_name: - description: Name of the backup server instance. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - backup_host_user: - description: OS user for the host where the backup server is located. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - backup_host: - description: Host environment where the backup server is located. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - dump_credentials: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - description: The password credential for the source DB user. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - source_host_user: - description: ID or user reference of the host OS user to use for linking. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - db_user: - description: The user name for the source DB user. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - db_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - type: string - description: Password for the database user. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - db_vault: - type: string - description: The name or reference of the vault from which to read the database credentials. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - db_hashicorp_vault_engine: - type: string - description: Vault engine name where the credential is stored. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - db_hashicorp_vault_secret_path: - type: string - description: Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - db_hashicorp_vault_username_key: - type: string - description: Hashicorp vault key for the username in the key-value store. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - db_hashicorp_vault_secret_key: - type: string - description: Hashicorp vault key for the password in the key-value store. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - db_azure_vault_name: - type: string - description: Azure key vault name. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - db_azure_vault_username_key: - type: string - description: Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - db_azure_vault_secret_key: - type: string - description: Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - db_cyberark_vault_query_string: - type: string - description: Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - staging_repository: - type: string - description: The SAP ASE instance on the staging environment that we want to use for validated sync. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - staging_host_user: - type: string - description: Information about the host OS user on the staging environment to use for linking. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - validated_sync_mode: - type: string - description: Information about the host OS user on the staging environment to use for linking. - enum: [ENABLED, DISABLED] - default: ENABLED - dump_history_file_enabled: - type: boolean - description: Specifies if Dump History File is enabled for backup history detection. - default: false - drop_and_recreate_devices: - description: If this parameter is set to true, it will drop the older devices and create new devices during manual sync operations instead of trying to remap the devices. This might increase the space utilization on Delphix Engine. - type: boolean - default: false - sync_strategy: - type: string - enum: [ "latest_backup", "new_backup", "specific_backup" ] + The request example is intended for creating a AppData source. + value: + name: appdata-source + type: STAGED + repository_id: 1-APPDATA_REPOSITORY-10 + engine_id: '1' + required: true + CreateBookmark: + description: The parameters to create a bookmark. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/BookmarkCreateParameters' + required: true + CreateDatabaseTemplate: + description: The parameters to create a database template. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DatabaseTemplateCreateParameters' + required: true + CreateEnvironment: + description: The parameters to create an environment. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EnvironmentCreateParameters' + examples: + unix_standalone: + summary: Unix - Standalone Environments + description: | + The request example is intended for creating Unix standalone environments. + value: + name: oracle-environment + engine_id: '1' + os_name: UNIX + hostname: db.host.com + ssh_port: 22 + toolkit_path: /work + username: username + password: password + vault: my-vault + hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: password + cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + azure_vault_name: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: username + azure_vault_secret_key: secret + use_kerberos_authentication: true + use_engine_public_key: true + nfs_addresses: + - 192.168.10.2 + ase_db_username: user-123 + ase_db_password: test + ase_db_vault: my-vault + ase_db_hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + ase_db_hashicorp_vault_secret_path: ase-env + ase_db_hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + ase_db_hashicorp_vault_secret_key: password + ase_db_cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + ase_db_azure_vault_name: azure_vault + ase_db_azure_vault_username_key: username + ase_db_azure_vault_secret_key: secret + ase_db_use_kerberos_authentication: true + java_home: /Library/Java/JavaVirtualMachines/jdk/Contents/Home + dsp_keystore_path: /tmp/keystore.keystore + dsp_keystore_password: temp123 + dsp_keystore_alias: oracle-env + dsp_truststore_path: /tmp/truststore.keystore + dsp_truststore_password: truststore123 + description: Unix Oracle source host + tags: + - key: key-1 + value: value-1 + - key: key-2 + value: value-2 + windows_standalone_target: + summary: Windows - Standalone Target Environments description: | - Determines how the Delphix Engine will take a backup: - * `latest_backup` - Use the most recent backup. - * `new_backup` - Delphix will take a new backup of your source database. - * `specific_backup` - Use a specific backup. Using this option requires setting `ase_backup_files`. - Default is `new_backup`. - default: new_backup - ase_backup_files: - description: The location of the full backup of the source database to restore from. The backup should be present in the shared backup location for the source database. - type: array - items: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - pre_validated_sync: - description: Operations to perform on the staging source before performing a validated sync. - type: array - items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/SourceOperation" - post_validated_sync: - description: Operations to perform on the staging source after performing a validated sync. - type: array - items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/SourceOperation" - MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters: - required: - - source_id - allOf: - - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseDSourceLinkSourceParameters' - - type: object - properties: - encryption_key: - description: The encryption key to use when restoring encrypted backups. - type: string - sync_strategy: - type: string - enum: [ "latest_backup", "new_backup", "specific_backup", "no_backup" ] + The request example is intended for creating Windows standalone target environments. + value: + name: win-target + engine_id: '1' + os_name: WINDOWS + hostname: db.host.com + connector_port: 9100 + connector_authentication_key: secret + username: username + password: password + vault: my-vault + hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: password + cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + azure_vault_name: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: username + azure_vault_secret_key: secret + java_home: /Library/Java/JavaVirtualMachines/jdk/Contents/Home + dsp_keystore_path: /tmp/keystore.keystore + dsp_keystore_password: temp123 + dsp_keystore_alias: target-env + dsp_truststore_path: /tmp/truststore.keystore + dsp_truststore_password: truststore123 + description: Windows MSSql target host + tags: + - key: key-1 + value: value-1 + - key: key-2 + value: value-2 + windows_standalone_source: + summary: Windows - Standalone Source Environments description: | - Determines how the Delphix Engine will take a backup: - * `latest_backup` - Use the most recent backup. - * `new_backup` - Delphix will take a new backup of your source database. - * `specific_backup` - Use a specific backup. Using this option requires setting `ase_backup_files`. - * `no_backup` - Use as input to sync MSSQL databases without a backup. - Default is `new_backup`. - default: new_backup - mssql_backup_uuid: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - description: When using the `specific_backup` sync_strategy, determines the Backup Set UUID. - compression_enabled: - type: boolean - default: false - description: When using the `new_backup` sync_strategy, determines if compression must be enabled. Defaults - to the configuration of the ingestion strategy configured on the Delphix Engine for this dSource. - availability_group_backup_policy: - type: string - default: primary - enum: [ "primary", "secondary_only", "prefer_secondary" ] + The request example is intended for creating Windows standalone source environments. + value: + name: win-source + engine_id: '1' + os_name: WINDOWS + hostname: db.host.com + staging_environment: 1-WINDOWS_HOST-1 + username: username + password: password + vault: my-vault + hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: password + cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + azure_vault_name: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: username + azure_vault_secret_key: secret + description: Windows MSSql source host + tags: + - key: key-1 + value: value-1 + - key: key-2 + value: value-2 + unix_cluster: + summary: Unix - Cluster Environments description: | - When using the `new_backup` sync_strategy for an MSSql Availability Group, determines the backup policy: - * `primary` - Backups only go to the primary node. - * `secondary_only` - Backups only go to secondary nodes. If secondary nodes are down, backups will fail. - * `prefer_secondary` - Backups go to secondary nodes, but if secondary nodes are down, backups will go to the primary node. - source_host_user: - description: ID or user reference of the host OS user to use for linking. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - ppt_repository: - description: Reference of the SQL instance on the PPT environment that we want to use for pre-provisioning. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - ppt_host_user: - description: Reference of the host OS user on the PPT host to use for linking. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - staging_pre_script: - description: A user-provided PowerShell script or executable to run prior to restoring from a backup during pre-provisioning. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - staging_post_script: - description: A user-provided PowerShell script or executable to run after restoring from a backup during pre-provisioning. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - sync_strategy_managed_type: - type: string - enum: [ "external", "delphix" ,"staging_push"] - default: external + The request example is intended for creating Unix cluster environments. + value: + name: oracle-rac + engine_id: '1' + os_name: UNIX + is_cluster: true + cluster_home: /u01/app/19.0.0.0/grid + hostname: db.host.com + ssh_port: 22 + toolkit_path: /work + username: username + password: password + vault: my-vault + hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: password + cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + azure_vault_name: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: username + azure_vault_secret_key: secret + use_kerberos_authentication: true + use_engine_public_key: true + nfs_addresses: + - 192.168.10.2 + java_home: /Library/Java/JavaVirtualMachines/jdk/Contents/Home + dsp_keystore_path: /tmp/keystore.keystore + dsp_keystore_password: temp123 + dsp_keystore_alias: oracle-rac + dsp_truststore_path: /tmp/truststore.keystore + dsp_truststore_password: truststore123 + description: Unix Oracle cluster host + tags: + - key: key-1 + value: value-1 + - key: key-2 + value: value-2 + windows_cluster_source: + summary: Windows - Source Cluster Environments description: | - MSSQL specific parameters for source based sync strategy.: - * `external` - MSSQL specific parameters for externally managed source based sync strategy. - * `delphix` - MSSQL specific parameters for delphix managed source based sync strategy. - * `staging_push` - MSSQL specific parameters for staging push based sync strategy. - mssql_user_environment_reference: - description: Reference to the source environment user to use for linking. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - mssql_user_domain_username: - description: The username for the source DB user. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - mssql_user_domain_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - type: string - description: Password for the database user. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - mssql_user_domain_vault: - type: string - description: The name or reference of the vault from which to read the database credentials. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_engine: - type: string - description: Vault engine name where the credential is stored. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_secret_path: - type: string - description: Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_username_key: - type: string - description: Hashicorp vault key for the username in the key-value store. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_secret_key: - type: string - description: Hashicorp vault key for the password in the key-value store. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_name: - type: string - description: Azure key vault name. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_username_key: - type: string - description: Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_secret_key: - type: string - description: Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - mssql_user_domain_cyberark_vault_query_string: - type: string - description: Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - mssql_database_username: - description: The username for the source DB user. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - mssql_database_password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - type: string - description: Password for the database user. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - delphix_managed_backup_compression_enabled: - type: boolean - description: Specify whether the backups taken should be compressed or uncompressed when Delphix managed option is selected. - default: false - delphix_managed_backup_policy: - type: string - enum: [ "primary", "secondary_only", "prefer_secondary" ] + The request example is intended for creating Windows source cluster environments. + value: + name: win-cluster + engine_id: '1' + os_name: WINDOWS + is_cluster: true + hostname: db.host.com + staging_environment: 1-WINDOWS_HOST-1 + username: username + password: password + vault: my-vault + hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: password + cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + azure_vault_name: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: username + azure_vault_secret_key: secret + is_target: false + description: Windows MSSql source cluster environment + tags: + - key: key-1 + value: value-1 + - key: key-2 + value: value-2 + windows_cluster_target: + summary: Windows - Target Cluster Environments + description: | + The request example is intended for creating Windows target cluster environments. + value: + name: win-cluster + engine_id: '1' + os_name: WINDOWS + is_cluster: true + hostname: db.host.com + staging_environment: 1-WINDOWS_HOST-1 + username: username + password: password + vault: my-vault + hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: password + cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + azure_vault_name: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: username + azure_vault_secret_key: secret + is_target: true + description: Windows MSSql target cluster environment + tags: + - key: key-1 + value: value-1 + - key: key-2 + value: value-2 + required: true + CreateEnvironmentUserBody: + description: The parameters to create an environment user. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EnvironmentUserParams' + examples: + using_username_password: + summary: Using Username and Password + description: This example can be used for creating a user with username + and password. + value: + username: username-1 + password: password-1 + using_hashicorp_vault: + summary: Using HashiCorp Vault + description: This example can be used for creating a user with HashiCorp + vault. + value: + vault: my-vault + vault_username: my-vault-user + hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: password + using_cyberark: + summary: Using CyberArk Vault + description: This example can be used for creating a user with CyberArk + vault. + value: + vault: my-vault + vault_username: my-vault-user + cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + using_azure_vault: + summary: Using HashiCorp Vault + description: This example can be used for creating a user with Azure + vault. + value: + vault: my-vault + vault_username: my-vault-user + azure_vault_name: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: username + azure_vault_secret_key: secret + using_kerberos: + summary: Using Kerberos Authentication + description: This example can be used for creating a user with Kerberos + Authentication. + value: + use_kerberos_authentication: true + using_public_ssh: + summary: Using Username and Public Key + description: Allow the Delphix Engine to sign on to this host as this + user, without specifying a password. Copy the key from engine interface + and add it on a new line in the "~/.ssh/authorized_keys" file in the + user's home directory on that host. + value: + use_engine_public_key: true + username: username + CreateOracleListenerBody: + description: The parameters to create an Oracle listener. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/CreateOracleListenerParams' + examples: + OracleNodeListener: + summary: Creating an Oracle Node Listener + description: This example can be used for creating an Oracle node listener. + value: + type: NODE + name: my-listener + protocol_addresses: + - (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=10.110.197.76)(PORT=1527)) + - (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=10.110.197.76)(PORT=1528)) + host_id: 1-UNIX_HOST-1 + OracleScanListener: + summary: Creating an Oracle Scan Listener + description: This example can be used for creating an Oracle scan listener. + value: + type: SCAN + name: my-listener + protocol_addresses: + - (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=10.110.197.76)(PORT=1527)) + - (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=10.110.197.76)(PORT=1528)) + CreateOracleSourceBody: + description: The parameters to create an Oracle source. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleSourceCreateParameters' + examples: + Oracle Single Instance Source: + summary: Oracle single instance source create + description: This example can be used for creating an Oracle single + instance source. + value: + oracle_config_type: OracleSIConfig + engine_id: 1 + environment_id: 1-UNIX_HOST_ENVIRONMENT-17 + database_name: MYSIDB + repository_id: 1-ORACLE_INSTALL-3 + unique_name: MYSIDB + instance_name: MYSIDB + Oracle RAC Source: + summary: Oracle RAC source create + description: This example can be used for creating an Oracle RAC source. + value: + oracle_config_type: OracleRACConfig + engine_id: 1 + environment_id: 1-UNIX_HOST_ENVIRONMENT-17 + database_name: MYRACDB + repository_id: 1-ORACLE_INSTALL-3 + unique_name: MYRACDB + instances: + - node_reference: ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1 + instance_number: 1 + instance_name: MYRACDB1 + - node_reference: ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-2 + instance_number: 2 + instance_name: MYRACDB2 + CreatePostgresSource: + description: The parameters to create a PostgreSQL source. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PostgresSourceCreateParameters' + examples: + Postgres: + summary: PostgreSQL source create description: | - Specify which node of an availability group to run the copy-only full backup on: - * `primary` - Backups only go to the primary node. - * `secondary_only` - Backups only go to secondary nodes. If secondary nodes are down, backups will fail. - * `prefer_secondary` - Backups go to secondary nodes, but if secondary nodes are down, backups will go to the primary node. - default: primary - external_managed_validate_sync_mode: - type: string - enum: [ "TRANSACTION_LOG", "FULL_OR_DIFFERENTIAL", "FULL", "NONE" ] - description: Specifies the backup types ValidatedSync will use to synchronize the dSource with the source database - default: TRANSACTION_LOG - external_managed_shared_backup_locations: - type: array - description: Shared source database backup locations. - items: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 4096 - maxItems: 260 - external_netbackup_config_master_name: - type: string - description: The master server name of this NetBackup configuration. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - external_netbackup_config_source_client_name: - type: string - description: The source's client server name of this NetBackup configuration. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - external_netbackup_config_params: - description: NetBackup configuration parameter overrides. - type: object - additionalProperties: true - external_netbackup_config_templates: - type: string - description: Optional config template selection for NetBackup configurations. If set, external_netbackup_config_params will be ignored. - external_commserve_host_name: - type: string - description: The commserve host name of this Commvault configuration. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - external_commvault_config_source_client_name: - type: string - description: The source client name of this Commvault configuration. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - external_commvault_config_staging_client_name: - type: string - description: The staging client name of this Commvault configuration. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - external_commvault_config_params: - description: Commvault configuration parameter overrides. - type: object - additionalProperties: true - external_commvault_config_templates: - type: string - description: Optional config template selection for Commvault configurations. If set, configParams will be ignored. - MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters: - required: - - name - - staging_database_name - - engine_id - - ppt_repository - - ppt_host_user - allOf: - - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BaseDSourceLinkSourceParameters' - - type: object - properties: - engine_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the engine to link staging push database on. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - encryption_key: - description: The encryption key to use when restoring encrypted backups. - type: string - ppt_repository: - description: Reference of the SQL instance on the PPT environment that we want to use for pre-provisioning. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - ppt_host_user: - description: Reference of the host OS user on the PPT host to use for linking. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - staging_pre_script: - description: A user-provided PowerShell script or executable to run prior to restoring from a backup during pre-provisioning. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - staging_post_script: - description: A user-provided PowerShell script or executable to run after restoring from a backup during pre-provisioning. - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - staging_database_name: - description: The name of the database to create on the staging environment. This property is mutually exclusive to sync_strategy_managed_type - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 1024 - - SourceOperation: - required: - - command - - name - properties: - name: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - command: - type: string - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 131072 - shell: - type: string - enum: [ "bash", "shell", "expect", "ps", "psd"] - default: bash - credentials_env_vars: - description: List of environment variables that will contain credentials for this operation. - type: array - items: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/CredentialsEnvVariable" - CredentialsEnvVariable: - required: - - base_var_name - properties: - base_var_name: - type: string - description: Base name of the environment variables. Variables are named by appending '_USER', '_PASSWORD', '_PUBKEY' and '_PRIVKEY' to this base name, respectively. Variables whose values are not entered or are not present in the type of credential or vault selected, will not be set. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - password: - x-dct-toolkit-credential-field: true - type: string - description: Password to assign to the environment variables. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: password - vault: - type: string - description: The name or reference of the vault to assign to the environment variables. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: my-vault - hashicorp_vault_engine: - type: string - description: Vault engine name where the credential is stored. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: kv - hashicorp_vault_secret_path: - type: string - description: Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: oracle-env - hashicorp_vault_username_key: - type: string - description: Hashicorp vault key for the username in the key-value store. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: username - hashicorp_vault_secret_key: - type: string - description: Hashicorp vault key for the password in the key-value store. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: secret - azure_vault_name: - type: string - description: Azure key vault name. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: azure_vault - azure_vault_username_key: - type: string - description: Azure vault key in the key-value store. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: username - azure_vault_secret_key: - type: string - description: Azure vault key in the key-value store. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: secret - cyberark_vault_query_string: - type: string - description: Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test - LinkDSourceResponse: - properties: - job: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Job' - description: The initiated job. - dsource_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the dSource. - LinkDSourceDefaultRequest: - required: - - source_id - properties: - source_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the source to be linked. - LinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest: - required: - - environment_id - properties: - environment_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the environment to be linked. - OracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest: - required: - - environment_id - properties: - environment_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the environment to be linked. - container_type: - description: The container type of this database.If not provided the request would be considered for a PDB database. - type: string - enum: - - ROOT_CDB - - NON_CDB - PostgresSourceCreateParameters: - type: object - required: - - name - - repository - properties: - name: - type: string - description: The name of the source. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: postgres-test - repository_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the Repository onto which the source will be created. - minLength: 1 - example: "1-APPDATA_REPOSITORY-10" - engine_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the engine to create the source on. - example: "1" - environment_id: - type: string - description: The ID of the environment to create the source on. - example: "7-UNIX_HOST_ENVIRONMENT-3" - PostgresSourceUpdateParameters: - type: object - properties: - name: - type: string - description: The name of the source. - minLength: 1 - maxLength: 256 - example: postgres_test_update - securitySchemes: - ApiKeyAuth: - type: apiKey - in: header - name: Authorization - requestBodies: - EnableDsourceBody: - description: The parameters to enable a dSource. + The request example is intended for creating a PostgreSQL source. + value: + name: postgres-source + repository_id: APPDATA_REPOSITORY-10 + engine_id: '1' + environment_id: UNIX_HOST_ENVIRONMENT-3 + required: true + CreateReplicationProfile: + description: The parameters to create a ReplicationProfile. content: application/json: schema: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/EnableDsourceParameters" - DisableDsourceBody: - description: The parameters to disable a dSource. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/CreateReplicationProfileParameters' + examples: + ReplicationProfileCreate: + summary: ReplicationProfile create + description: | + The request example is intended for creating a ReplicationProfile. + value: + name: replication-profile-name + replication_mode: ENGINE_DATA_REPLICATION + engine_id: 1 + target_engine_id: 2 + target_port: 8415 + description: description + schedule: 0 0 0 * * ? + tags: + - key: key1 + value: value1 + - key: key2 + value: value2 + enable_tag_replication: true + bandwidth_limit: 0 + number_of_connections: 1 + encrypted: false + automatic_replication: false + use_system_socks_setting: false + group_ids: + - 1-GROUP-1 + CreateReportingSchedule: + description: The parameters to create a reporting schedule. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ReportingScheduleCreateParameters' + required: true + CreateVirtualizationPolicy: + description: The parameters to create a DCT-managed VirtualizationPolicy. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters' + examples: + VirtualizationPolicyCreate: + summary: VirtualizationPolicy create + description: | + The request example is intended for creating a VirtualizationPolicy. + value: + name: policy name + policy_type: SYNC_POLICY + policy_targets: + - object_type: DSOURCE + object_id: 1-ORACLE_DB_CONTAINER-1 + provision_source: LATEST_SNAPSHOT + timezone_id: America/Los_Angeles + data_duration: 1 + data_unit: DAY + log_duration: 1 + log_unit: DAY + num_of_daily: 1 + num_of_weekly: 0 + day_of_week: MONDAY + num_of_monthly: 0 + day_of_month: 1 + num_of_yearly: 0 + day_of_year: Jan 1 + schedules: + - cron_string: 0 30 3 ? * 1 + cutoff_time: 14400 + size: 1 + tags: + - key: key1 + value: value1 + - key: key2 + value: value2 + DataClassAddAlgorithms: + description: Algorithms to add to a Data Class. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataClassAddAlgorithmsRequest' + DataClassRemoveAlgorithms: + description: Remove algorithms from a Data Class. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DataClassRemoveAlgorithmsRequest' + DeleteObjects: + description: The parameters to delete scope objects + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DeleteScopedObjectItem' + examples: + delete_all_objects: + summary: Delete all objects + description: Delete all objects for given scope - No request body required + value: { + } + delete_multiple_objects_by_id_and_type: + summary: Delete multiple objects by ID & type + description: Delete objects for given list with matching object ID and + type + value: + objects: + - object_type: VDB + object_id: 1-VDB-OBJECT-ID + - object_type: ACCOUNTS + object_id: '1' + DeleteScopeObjectTags: + description: The parameters to delete scope objects tags content: application/json: schema: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/DisableDsourceParameters" - ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmark: - description: The parameters to provision a VDB group from a Bookmark. + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DeleteScopeObjectTags' + examples: + delete_all_tags: + summary: Delete all object tags + description: Delete all object tags for given scope - No request body + required + value: { + } + delete_multiple_tags_by_key_value: + summary: Delete multiple tags by key & value + description: Delete tags for given list of object tags with matching + key and value + value: + tags: + - key: key-1 + value: value-1 + - key: key-2 + value: value-2 + DeleteTags: + description: The parameters to delete tags content: application/json: schema: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DeleteTag' examples: - generic_minimum_request: - description: The above request example contains bare minimum properties needed to provision VdbGroup from a Bookmark - summary: Minimal Request + delete_all_tags: + summary: Delete all tags + description: Delete all tags for given object - No request body required + value: { + } + delete_tags_by_key: + summary: Delete tags by key + description: Delete all tags for given object with matching key value: - name: vdb-group-1 - bookmark_id: bookmark-id-1 - provision_parameters: - vdb_id1: - auto_select_repository: True - vdb_id2: - auto_select_repository: True - tags: - - key: key1 - value: configValue1 - make_current_account_owner: True - full_request: - description: The above request example contains all possible properties (across all dataplatforms) - summary: Full Request (all possible properties across all dataplatforms) + key: key-1 + delete_tags_by_key_value: + summary: Delete a tag by key & value + description: Delete tag for given object with matching key and value + value: + key: key-1 + value: value-1 + delete_multiple_tags_by_key_value: + summary: Delete multiple tags by key & value + description: Delete tags for given list of tags with matching key and + value value: - name: vdb-group-1 - bookmark_id: bookmark-id-1 - provision_parameters: - vdb_id1: - target_group_id: group-123 - name: my-test-vdb - database_name: my-test-database - cdb_id: ORACLE_SINGLE_CONFIG-376 - cluster_node_ids: - - ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1 - cluster_node_instances: - - node_reference: ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1 - instance_number: 1 - instance_name: cluster_instance1 - truncate_log_on_checkpoint: true - os_username: os-user-x - os_password: os-user-secret-password - environment_id: environment-123 - environment_user_id: environment-user-123 - repository_id: oracle-home-123 - auto_select_repository: true - vdb_restart: true - template_id: template-123 - auxiliary_template_id: aux-template-123 - file_mapping_rules: /datafile/dbdhcp3/oradata/dbdhcp3:/data\n/u03/app/ora11202/product/11.2.0/dbhome_1/dbs/dbv_R2V4.dbf:/data/dbv_R2V4.dbf - oracle_instance_name: dbdhcp2 - unique_name: dbdhcp2 - vcdb_name: VCCD_6QQ - vcdb_database_name: VCCD_6QQ - mount_point: /var/mnt - open_reset_logs: true - snapshot_policy_id: snapshot-123 - retention_policy_id: retention-policy-123 - recovery_model: FULL - pre_script: C:\\Program Files\\Delphix\\scripts\\myscript.ps1 - post_script: C:\\Program Files\\Delphix\\scripts\\myscript.ps1 - cdc_on_provision: true - online_log_size: 4 - online_log_groups: 2 - archive_log: true - new_dbid: true - masked: true - listener_ids: - - listener-123 - - listener-456 - custom_env_vars: - MY_ENV_VAR1: $ORACLE_HOME - MY_ENV_VAR2: $CRS_HOME/after - custom_env_files: - - /export/home/env_file_1 - - /export/home/env_file_2 - oracle_rac_custom_env_files: - - node_id: ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1 - path_parameters: /export/home/env_file_1 - oracle_rac_custom_env_vars: - - node_id: ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1 - name: MY_ENV_VAR1 - value: $CRS_HOME/after - parentTdeKeystorePath: /foo/bar/tde - parent_tde_keystore_password: password - tde_exported_key_file_secret: secret - tde_key_identifier: tde-indentifier - target_vcdb_tde_keystore_path: /foo/cdb/tde - cdb_tde_keystore_password: cdb-password - vcdb_tde_key_identifier: vcdb-identifier - appdata_source_params: - param: value - additional_mount_points: - - shared_path: / - mount_path: /work - environment_id: environment-123 - appdata_config_params: - option: value - config_params: - processes: 150 - privileged_os_user: user-1 - postgres_port: 65536 - config_settings_stg: - - property_name: - value: oYA@5GZTCxW*bO!8gqH*Xa_Z-xN.mZWu40u7xf0- - comment_property: true - vcdb_restart: true - mssql_failover_drive_letter: s tags: - - key: key1 - value: configValue1 - make_current_account_owner: True - AppDataDSourceBody: - description: The parameters to link an AppData dSource. - required: true + - key: key-1 + value: value-1 + - key: key-2 + value: value-2 + DisableDsourceBody: + description: The parameters to disable a dSource. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: linkASEDSource - $ref: "#/components/schemas/AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters" - examples: - appdata_dsource_minimum_request: - description: The above request example is intended for a Postgres AppData linking - summary: Minimal Request (Postgres) - value: - source_id: 1-APPDATA_STAGED_SOURCE_CONFIG-1 - group_id: 1-GROUP-1 - link_type: AppDataStaged - staging_environment: 1-ENVIRONMENT-1 - staging_mount_base: /mnt/staging - environment_user: 1-ENVIRONMENT_USER-1 - parameters: - postgresPort: 5432, - sync_parameters: - resync: true - MSSQLLinkDSourceBody: - description: The parameters to link an MSSql dSource. - required: true + $ref: '#/components/schemas/DisableDsourceParameters' + EnableDsourceBody: + description: The parameters to enable a dSource. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EnableDsourceParameters' + MSSQLAttachDsourceBody: + description: The parameters to attach a MSSql dSource. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: linkMSSqlDSource - $ref: "#/components/schemas/MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters' examples: - mssql_dsource_minimum_request: - description: The above request example is intended for an MSSql Database linking without including optional properties + mssql_attach_dsource_minimum_request: summary: Minimal Request (Without Optionals) + description: The above request example is intended for an MSSql Database + attach operation without including optional properties value: - source_id: 1-SOURCE_CONFIG-1 + source_id: SOURCE_CONFIG-1 ppt_repository: MSSQL_INSTANCE-1 - ppt_host_user: HOST_USER-1 mssql_user_environment_reference: HOST_USER-1 - mssql_dsource_full_request: - description: The above request example is intended for an MSSql Database linking with all possible parameters. + mssql_attach_dsource_full_request: summary: Full Request + description: The above request example is intended for an MSSql Database + attach operation with all possible parameters. value: - name: DSOURCE-EXAMPLE-1 - source_id: 1-SOURCE_CONFIG-1 - group_id: 1-GROUP-1 + source_id: SOURCE_CONFIG-1 encryption_key: KEY-1 - sync_strategy: latest_backup - mssql_backup_uuid: UUID-1 - compression_enabled: false - availability_group_backup_policy: primary source_host_user: SOURCE_HOST_USER-1 ppt_repository: PPT_REPOSITORY-1 ppt_host_user: PPT_HOST_USER-1 @@ -22142,8 +43784,8 @@ components: delphix_managed_backup_policy: primary external_managed_validate_sync_mode: TRANSACTION_LOG external_managed_shared_backup_locations: - - shared_backup_location/location1 - - shared_backup_location/location2 + - shared_backup_location/location1 + - shared_backup_location/location2 external_netbackup_config_master_name: master_name-1 external_netbackup_config_source_client_name: netbackup_config_source_client_name-1 external_netbackup_config_params: netbackup_config_params-1 @@ -22153,251 +43795,302 @@ components: external_commvault_config_staging_client_name: commvault_config_staging_client_name-1 external_commvault_config_params: commvault_config_params-1 external_commvault_config_templates: commvault_config_template-1 - tags: - - key: key-1 - value: value-1 ops_pre_sync: - - name: pre-sync-op1 - command: echo 'pre-sync' - shell: ps - credentials_env_vars: - - base_var_name: base-var-1 - password: password - vault: my-vault - hashicorp_vault_engine: kv - hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env - hashicorp_vault_username_key: username - hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret - azure_vault_name: azure_vault - azure_vault_username_key: username - azure_vault_secret_key: secret - cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + - name: pre-sync-op1 + command: echo 'pre-sync' + shell: ps + credentials_env_vars: + - base_var_name: base-var-1 + password: password + vault: my-vault + hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: mssql-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret + azure_vault_name: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: username + azure_vault_secret_key: secret + cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test ops_post_sync: - - name: post-sync-op - command: echo 'post-sync-op' - shell: ps - credentials_env_vars: - - base_var_name: base-var-1 - password: password - vault: my-vault - hashicorp_vault_engine: kv - hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env - hashicorp_vault_username_key: username - hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret - azure_vault_name: azure_vault - azure_vault_username_key: username - azure_vault_secret_key: secret - cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test - MSSQLLinkStagingPushDSourceBody: - description: The parameters to link an MSSql dSource. - required: true + - name: post-sync-op + command: echo 'post-sync-op' + shell: ps + credentials_env_vars: + - base_var_name: base-var-1 + password: password + vault: my-vault + hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: mssql-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret + azure_vault_name: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: username + azure_vault_secret_key: secret + cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + MSSQLAttachStagingPushDSourceBody: + description: The parameters to attach an MSSql dSource. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: linkMSSqlStagingPushDSource - $ref: "#/components/schemas/MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters' examples: - mssql_dsource_staging_push_minimum_request: - description: The above request example is intended for an MSSql staging push Database linking without including optional properties + mssql_dsource_staging_push_attach_minimum_request: summary: Minimal Request (Without Optionals) + description: The above request example is intended for an MSSql staging + push Database attach operation without including optional properties value: - name: DSOURCE-1 - engine_id: 1 ppt_repository: PPT_REPOSITORY-1 - ppt_host_user: PPT_HOST_USER-1 staging_database_name: staging_database-1 - mssql_dsource_staging_push_full_request: - description: The above request example is intended for an MSSql staging push Database linking with all optional properties + mssql_dsource_staging_push_attach_full_request: summary: Full Request + description: The above request example is intended for an MSSql staging + push Database linking with all optional properties value: - name: DSOURCE-1 - group_id: 1-GROUP-1 - description: MSSQL DSource description - log_sync_enabled: false - make_current_account_owner: true - engine_id: 1 encryption_key: KEY-1 ppt_repository: PPT_REPOSITORY-1 ppt_host_user: PPT_HOST_USER-1 staging_pre_script: staging_pre_script staging_post_script: staging_post_script staging_database_name: staging_database-1 + db_state: RESTORING tags: - - key: key-1 - value: value-1 + - key: key-1 + value: value-1 ops_pre_sync: - - name: pre-sync-op - command: echo 'pre-sync' - shell: ps - credentials_env_vars: - - base_var_name: base-var-1 - password: password - vault: my-vault - hashicorp_vault_engine: kv - hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env - hashicorp_vault_username_key: username - hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret - azure_vault_name: azure_vault - azure_vault_username_key: username - azure_vault_secret_key: secret - cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + - name: pre-sync-op + command: echo 'pre-sync' + shell: ps + credentials_env_vars: + - base_var_name: base-var-1 + password: password + vault: my-vault + hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret + azure_vault_name: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: username + azure_vault_secret_key: secret + cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test ops_post_sync: - - name: post-sync-op - command: echo 'post-sync-op' - shell: ps - credentials_env_vars: - - base_var_name: base-var-1 - password: password - vault: my-vault - hashicorp_vault_engine: kv - hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env - hashicorp_vault_username_key: username - hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret - azure_vault_name: azure_vault - azure_vault_username_key: username - azure_vault_secret_key: secret - cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test - - - ASELinkDSourceBody: - description: The parameters to link an ASE dSource. + - name: post-sync-op + command: echo 'post-sync-op' + shell: ps + credentials_env_vars: + - base_var_name: base-var-1 + password: password + vault: my-vault + hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret + azure_vault_name: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: username + azure_vault_secret_key: secret + cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test required: true + MSSQLLinkDSourceBody: + description: The parameters to link an MSSql dSource. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: linkASEDSource - $ref: "#/components/schemas/ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters' examples: - ase_dsource_minimum_request: - description: The above request example is intended for an ASE Database without including optional properties + mssql_dsource_minimum_request: summary: Minimal Request (Without Optionals) + description: The above request example is intended for an MSSql Database + linking without including optional properties value: - source_id: ASE_CONFIG-1 - db_user: db-user - db_password: secret-password - load_backup_path: /backup/path - ase_dsource_full_request: - description: The above request example is intended for an ASE Database linking with all possible parameters. + source_id: 1-SOURCE_CONFIG-1 + ppt_repository: MSSQL_INSTANCE-1 + ppt_host_user: HOST_USER-1 + mssql_user_environment_reference: HOST_USER-1 + mssql_dsource_full_request: summary: Full Request + description: The above request example is intended for an MSSql Database + linking with all possible parameters. value: - name: ASE-DSOURCE-NAME - source_id: ASE_CONFIG-1 - group_id: GROUP-1 - description: This is a test description for ASE database - log_sync_enabled: false - external_file_path: /some/external/path - make_current_account_owner: true - mount_base: /mount/base - load_backup_path: /backup/path - backup_server_name: backup-server-name - backup_host_user: USER-1 - backup_host: host.backup.com - dump_credentials: secret - source_host_user: source-user - db_user: db-user - db_password: secret-password - db_vault: vault-name - db_hashicorp_vault_engine: kv - db_hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env - db_hashicorp_vault_username_key: username - db_hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret - db_azure_vault_name: azure_vault - db_azure_vault_username_key: username - db_azure_vault_secret_key: secret - db_cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test - staging_repository: ASE_INSTANCE-1 - staging_host_user: USER-2 - validated_sync_mode: ENABLED - dump_history_file_enabled: false - drop_and_recreate_devices: false - sync_strategy: specific_backup - ase_backup_files: - - backup/file/1 - - backup/file/2 + name: DSOURCE-EXAMPLE-1 + source_id: 1-SOURCE_CONFIG-1 + group_id: 1-GROUP-1 + encryption_key: KEY-1 + sync_strategy: latest_backup + mssql_backup_uuid: UUID-1 + compression_enabled: false + availability_group_backup_policy: primary + source_host_user: SOURCE_HOST_USER-1 + ppt_repository: PPT_REPOSITORY-1 + ppt_host_user: PPT_HOST_USER-1 + staging_pre_script: staging_pre_script + staging_post_script: staging_post_script + sync_strategy_managed_type: external + mssql_user_environment_reference: ENVIRONMENT-USER-1 + mssql_user_domain_username: DOMAIN-USER-1 + mssql_user_domain_password: DOMAIN-PASSWORD-1 + mssql_user_domain_vault: DOMAIN-VAULT-1 + mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_secret_path: mssql-env + mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret + mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_name: azure_vault + mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_username_key: username + mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_secret_key: secret + mssql_user_domain_cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + mssql_database_username: db-user + mssql_database_password: password + delphix_managed_backup_compression_enabled: false + delphix_managed_backup_policy: primary + external_managed_validate_sync_mode: TRANSACTION_LOG + external_managed_shared_backup_locations: + - shared_backup_location/location1 + - shared_backup_location/location2 + external_netbackup_config_master_name: master_name-1 + external_netbackup_config_source_client_name: netbackup_config_source_client_name-1 + external_netbackup_config_params: netbackup_config_params-1 + external_netbackup_config_templates: external_netbackup_config_template-1 + external_commserve_host_name: commserve_host_name-1 + external_commvault_config_source_client_name: commvault_config_source_client_name-1 + external_commvault_config_staging_client_name: commvault_config_staging_client_name-1 + external_commvault_config_params: commvault_config_params-1 + external_commvault_config_templates: commvault_config_template-1 + tags: + - key: key-1 + value: value-1 + ops_pre_sync: + - name: pre-sync-op1 + command: echo 'pre-sync' + shell: ps + credentials_env_vars: + - base_var_name: base-var-1 + password: password + vault: my-vault + hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret + azure_vault_name: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: username + azure_vault_secret_key: secret + cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + ops_post_sync: + - name: post-sync-op + command: echo 'post-sync-op' + shell: ps + credentials_env_vars: + - base_var_name: base-var-1 + password: password + vault: my-vault + hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret + azure_vault_name: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: username + azure_vault_secret_key: secret + cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + required: true + MSSQLLinkStagingPushDSourceBody: + description: The parameters to link an MSSql dSource. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters' + examples: + mssql_dsource_staging_push_minimum_request: + summary: Minimal Request (Without Optionals) + description: The above request example is intended for an MSSql staging + push Database linking without including optional properties + value: + name: DSOURCE-1 + engine_id: 1 + ppt_repository: PPT_REPOSITORY-1 + ppt_host_user: PPT_HOST_USER-1 + staging_database_name: staging_database-1 + mssql_dsource_staging_push_full_request: + summary: Full Request + description: The above request example is intended for an MSSql staging + push Database linking with all optional properties + value: + name: DSOURCE-1 + group_id: 1-GROUP-1 + description: MSSQL DSource description + log_sync_enabled: false + make_current_account_owner: true + engine_id: 1 + encryption_key: KEY-1 + ppt_repository: PPT_REPOSITORY-1 + ppt_host_user: PPT_HOST_USER-1 + staging_pre_script: staging_pre_script + staging_post_script: staging_post_script + staging_database_name: staging_database-1 + db_state: RESTORING tags: - - key: key-1 - value: value-1 + - key: key-1 + value: value-1 ops_pre_sync: - - name: pre-sync-op1 - command: echo 'pre-sync' - shell: bash - credentials_env_vars: - - base_var_name: base-var-1 - password: password - vault: my-vault - hashicorp_vault_engine: kv - hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env - hashicorp_vault_username_key: username - hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret - azure_vault_name: azure_vault - azure_vault_username_key: username - azure_vault_secret_key: secret - cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + - name: pre-sync-op + command: echo 'pre-sync' + shell: ps + credentials_env_vars: + - base_var_name: base-var-1 + password: password + vault: my-vault + hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret + azure_vault_name: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: username + azure_vault_secret_key: secret + cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test ops_post_sync: - - name: post-sync-op - command: echo 'post-sync-op' - shell: bash - credentials_env_vars: - - base_var_name: base-var-1 - password: password - vault: my-vault - hashicorp_vault_engine: kv - hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env - hashicorp_vault_username_key: username - hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret - azure_vault_name: azure_vault - azure_vault_username_key: username - azure_vault_secret_key: secret - cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test - pre_validated_sync: - - name: pre-validate-sync - command: echo 'pre-validate-sync' - shell: bash - credentials_env_vars: - - base_var_name: base-var - password: password - vault: my-vault - hashicorp_vault_engine: kv - hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env - hashicorp_vault_username_key: username - hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret - azure_vault_name: azure_vault - azure_vault_username_key: username - azure_vault_secret_key: secret - cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test - post_validated_sync: - - name: post-validate-sync - command: echo 'post-validate-sync' - shell: bash - credentials_env_vars: - - base_var_name: base-post-sync - password: password - vault: my-vault - hashicorp_vault_engine: kv - hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env - hashicorp_vault_username_key: username - hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret - azure_vault_name: azure_vault - azure_vault_username_key: username - azure_vault_secret_key: secret - cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + - name: post-sync-op + command: echo 'post-sync-op' + shell: ps + credentials_env_vars: + - base_var_name: base-var-1 + password: password + vault: my-vault + hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret + azure_vault_name: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: username + azure_vault_secret_key: secret + cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + required: true + OracleAttachCdbBody: + description: The parameters to attach an Oracle CDB. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleAttachCdbParameters' + required: true + OracleAttachDSourceBody: + description: The parameters to attach an Oracle dSource. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleAttachDSourceParameters' + required: true OracleLinkDSourceBody: description: The parameters to link an Oracle dSource. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: linkOracleDSource - $ref: "#/components/schemas/OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters' examples: oracle_dsource_minimum_request: - description: The above request example is intended for Oracle Database without including optional properties summary: Minimal Request (Without Optionals) + description: The above request example is intended for Oracle Database + without including optional properties value: source_id: 1-SOURCE_CONFIG-1 oracle_single_tenant_dsource_request: + summary: Full Request description: | The above request example is intended for Oracle Database with all possible properties that can be set in request body. - summary: Full Request value: name: DSOURCE-EXAMPLE-1 source_id: 1-SOURCE_CONFIG-1 @@ -22414,7 +44107,8 @@ components: non_sys_azure_vault_name: azure_vault (Single tenant only) non_sys_azure_vault_username_key: username (Single tenant only) non_sys_azure_vault_secret_key: secret (Single tenant only) - non_sys_cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test (Single tenant only) + non_sys_cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + (Single tenant only) fallback_username: oracle-user fallback_password: oracle-password fallback_vault: my-vault @@ -22439,78 +44133,79 @@ components: link_now: false force_full_backup: false double_sync: false + rman_rate_in_MB: 0 skip_space_check: false do_not_resume: false files_for_full_backup: - - 0 + - 0 log_sync_mode: UNDEFINED log_sync_interval: 5 log_sync_enabled: false external_file_path: /user/file/path make_current_account_owner: true tags: - - key: key-1 - value: value-1 + - key: key-1 + value: value-1 ops_pre_sync: - - name: pre_sync_logs - command: echo 'pre_sync_logs' - shell: bash - credentials_env_vars: - - base_var_name: env_var_1 - password: password - vault: my-vault - hashicorp_vault_engine: kv - hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env - hashicorp_vault_username_key: username - hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret - azure_vault_name: azure_vault - azure_vault_username_key: username - azure_vault_secret_key: secret - cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + - name: pre_sync_logs + command: echo 'pre_sync_logs' + shell: bash + credentials_env_vars: + - base_var_name: env_var_1 + password: password + vault: my-vault + hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret + azure_vault_name: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: username + azure_vault_secret_key: secret + cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test ops_pre_log_sync: - - name: pre_log_sync_logs - command: echo 'pre_log_sync_logs' - shell: bash - credentials_env_vars: - - base_var_name: env_var_1 - password: password - vault: my-vault - hashicorp_vault_engine: kv - hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env - hashicorp_vault_username_key: username - hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret - azure_vault_name: azure_vault - azure_vault_username_key: username - azure_vault_secret_key: secret - cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + - name: pre_log_sync_logs + command: echo 'pre_log_sync_logs' + shell: bash + credentials_env_vars: + - base_var_name: env_var_1 + password: password + vault: my-vault + hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret + azure_vault_name: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: username + azure_vault_secret_key: secret + cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test ops_post_sync: - - name: post_sync_hook - command: echo 'post_sync_hook' - shell: bash - credentials_env_vars: - - base_var_name: env1 - password: password - vault: my-vault - hashicorp_vault_engine: kv - hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env - hashicorp_vault_username_key: username - hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret - azure_vault_name: azure_vault - azure_vault_username_key: username - azure_vault_secret_key: secret - cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + - name: post_sync_hook + command: echo 'post_sync_hook' + shell: bash + credentials_env_vars: + - base_var_name: env1 + password: password + vault: my-vault + hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret + azure_vault_name: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: username + azure_vault_secret_key: secret + cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test required: true OracleLinkStagingPushDSourceBody: description: The parameters to link an Oracle dSource. content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: linkOracleStagingPushDSource - $ref: "#/components/schemas/OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters' examples: oracle_dsource_staging_push_non_pdb_minimum_request: - description: The above request example is intended for an Oracle staging push non PDB Database linking without including optional properties summary: Minimal Request Non PDB(Without Optionals) + description: The above request example is intended for an Oracle staging + push non PDB Database linking without including optional properties value: name: DSOURCE-1 engine_id: 1 @@ -22522,8 +44217,9 @@ components: sid: SID-1 mount_base: /mount1 oracle_dsource_staging_push_non_pdb_full_request: - description: The above request example is intended for a non pdb Oracle staging push Database linking with all optional properties summary: Full Request Non PDB + description: The above request example is intended for a non pdb Oracle + staging push Database linking with all optional properties value: name: DSOURCE-1 engine_id: 1 @@ -22538,60 +44234,63 @@ components: database_unique_name: DB_UN_NAME-1 sid: SID-1 mount_base: /mount1 + template_id: 70096a7-6655-4973-8464-682c41c932da custom_env_variables_pairs: - - var_name: env_var-1 - var_value: env_value-1 + - var_name: env_var-1 + var_value: env_value-1 custom_env_variables_paths: - - /root/path1 propety1 - auto_staging_restart: false + - /root/path1 propety1 + allow_auto_staging_restart_on_host_reboot: false physical_standby: false - validate_snapshot_in_readonly: false + validate_by_opening_db_in_read_only_mode: false tags: - - key: key-1 - value: value-1 + - key: key-1 + value: value-1 ops_pre_sync: - - name: pre_sync_logs - command: echo 'pre_sync_logs' - shell: bash - credentials_env_vars: - - base_var_name: env_var_1 - password: password - vault: my-vault - hashicorp_vault_engine: kv - hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env - hashicorp_vault_username_key: username - hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret - azure_vault_name: azure_vault - azure_vault_username_key: username - azure_vault_secret_key: secret - cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + - name: pre_sync_logs + command: echo 'pre_sync_logs' + shell: bash + credentials_env_vars: + - base_var_name: env_var_1 + password: password + vault: my-vault + hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret + azure_vault_name: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: username + azure_vault_secret_key: secret + cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test ops_post_sync: - - name: post_sync_hook - command: echo 'post_sync_hook' - shell: bash - credentials_env_vars: - - base_var_name: env1 - password: password - vault: my-vault - hashicorp_vault_engine: kv - hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env - hashicorp_vault_username_key: username - hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret - azure_vault_name: azure_vault - azure_vault_username_key: username - azure_vault_secret_key: secret - cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + - name: post_sync_hook + command: echo 'post_sync_hook' + shell: bash + credentials_env_vars: + - base_var_name: env1 + password: password + vault: my-vault + hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret + azure_vault_name: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: username + azure_vault_secret_key: secret + cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test oracle_dsource_staging_push_pdb_minimum_request: - description: The above request example is intended for an Oracle staging push non PDB Database linking without including optional properties summary: Minimal Request PDB(Without Optionals) + description: The above request example is intended for an Oracle staging + push non PDB Database linking without including optional properties value: name: DSOURCE-1 engine_id: 1 database_name: DB_NAME-1 staging_container_database_reference: CDB-1 oracle_dsource_staging_push_pdb_full_request: - description: The above request example is intended for a pdb Oracle staging push Database linking with all optional properties summary: Full Request PDB + description: The above request example is intended for a pdb Oracle + staging push Database linking with all optional properties value: name: DSOURCE-1 engine_id: 1 @@ -22602,81 +44301,78 @@ components: database_name: PDB_NAME-1 staging_container_database_reference: CDB_1 custom_env_variables_pairs: - - var_name: env_var-1 - var_value: env_value-1 - custom_env_variables_paths: - _ /root/path1 propety1 - auto_staging_restart: false + - var_name: env_var-1 + var_value: env_value-1 + custom_env_variables_paths: _ /root/path1 propety1 + allow_auto_staging_restart_on_host_reboot: false tags: - - key: key-1 - value: value-1 + - key: key-1 + value: value-1 ops_pre_sync: - - name: pre_sync_logs - command: echo 'pre_sync_logs' - shell: bash - credentials_env_vars: - - base_var_name: env_var_1 - password: password - vault: my-vault - hashicorp_vault_engine: kv - hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env - hashicorp_vault_username_key: username - hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret - azure_vault_name: azure_vault - azure_vault_username_key: username - azure_vault_secret_key: secret - cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + - name: pre_sync_logs + command: echo 'pre_sync_logs' + shell: bash + credentials_env_vars: + - base_var_name: env_var_1 + password: password + vault: my-vault + hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret + azure_vault_name: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: username + azure_vault_secret_key: secret + cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test ops_post_sync: - - name: post_sync_hook - command: echo 'post_sync_hook' - shell: bash - credentials_env_vars: - - base_var_name: env1 - password: password - vault: my-vault - hashicorp_vault_engine: kv - hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env - hashicorp_vault_username_key: username - hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret - azure_vault_name: azure_vault - azure_vault_username_key: username - azure_vault_secret_key: secret - cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test + - name: post_sync_hook + command: echo 'post_sync_hook' + shell: bash + credentials_env_vars: + - base_var_name: env1 + password: password + vault: my-vault + hashicorp_vault_engine: kv + hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env + hashicorp_vault_username_key: username + hashicorp_vault_secret_key: secret + azure_vault_name: azure_vault + azure_vault_username_key: username + azure_vault_secret_key: secret + cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test required: true - UploadMaskingFile: - x-internal: true - description: The parameters to upload a file for masking. + OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringBody: + description: The parameters to verify oracle jdbc connection string. content: - multipart/form-data: + application/json: schema: - x-body-name: masking_file - $ref: '#/components/schemas/MaskingFileUploadParameters' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams' ProvisionBySnapshot: description: The parameters to provision a VDB. content: application/json: schema: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters' examples: oracleminimum: + summary: Oracle - Without Optionals description: | The above request example is intended for Oracle Database without including optional properties - summary: Oracle - Without Optionals value: auto_select_repository: true source_data_id: dsource-name tags: - - key: key-1 - value: value-1 - - key: key-2 - value: value-2 + - key: key-1 + value: value-1 + - key: key-2 + value: value-2 oracle_single_tenant: + summary: Oracle - Single Tenant Request description: | The above request example is intended for Oracle Single Tenant Database with all possible properties that can be set in request body. - summary: Oracle - Single Tenant Request value: source_data_id: dsource-name - engine_id: "1" + engine_id: '1' target_group_id: group-Name name: vdb_to_be_created database_name: dbname_to_be_created @@ -22685,51 +44381,52 @@ components: environment_id: oracle-env-name environment_user_id: environment_user_name auto_select_repository: true - cluster_node_ids: [ "ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1" ] + cluster_node_ids: + - ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1 pre_refresh: - - name: pre_refresh_command - command: echo "testing pre-refresh" - shell: bash + - name: pre_refresh_command + command: echo "testing pre-refresh" + shell: bash post_refresh: - - name: post_refresh_command - command: echo "testing post_refresh" - shell: bash + - name: post_refresh_command + command: echo "testing post_refresh" + shell: bash pre_rollback: - - name: pre_rollback_command - command: echo "testing pre_rollback" - shell: bash + - name: pre_rollback_command + command: echo "testing pre_rollback" + shell: bash post_rollback: - - name: post_rollback_command - command: echo "testing post_rollback" - shell: bash + - name: post_rollback_command + command: echo "testing post_rollback" + shell: bash configure_clone: - - name: configure_clone_command - command: echo "testing configure_clone" - shell: bash + - name: configure_clone_command + command: echo "testing configure_clone" + shell: bash pre_snapshot: - - name: pre_snapshot_command - command: echo "testing pre_snapshot" - shell: bash + - name: pre_snapshot_command + command: echo "testing pre_snapshot" + shell: bash post_snapshot: - - name: post_snapshot_command - command: echo "testing post_snapshot" - shell: bash + - name: post_snapshot_command + command: echo "testing post_snapshot" + shell: bash pre_start: - - name: pre_start_command - command: echo "testing pre_start" - shell: bash + - name: pre_start_command + command: echo "testing pre_start" + shell: bash post_start: - - name: post_start_command - command: echo "testing post_start" - shell: bash + - name: post_start_command + command: echo "testing post_start" + shell: bash pre_stop: - - name: pre_stop_command - command: echo "testing pre_stop" - shell: bash + - name: pre_stop_command + command: echo "testing pre_stop" + shell: bash post_stop: - - name: post_stop_command - command: echo "testing post_stop" - shell: bash + - name: post_stop_command + command: echo "testing post_stop" + shell: bash vdb_restart: true template_id: template-1 auxiliary_template_id: aux-template-1 @@ -22750,72 +44447,73 @@ components: MY_ENV_VAR1: $ORACLE_HOME MY_ENV_VAR2: $CRS_HOME/after custom_env_files: - - /export/home/env_file_1 + - /export/home/env_file_1 snapshot_id: 1-oracle-snapshot-id tags: - - key: key-1 - value: value-1 - - key: key-2 - value: value-2 + - key: key-1 + value: value-1 + - key: key-2 + value: value-2 oracle_multitenant_db_with_existing_cdb: + summary: Oracle - Multitenant with existing CDB description: | The above request example is intended for Oracle Multitenant Database with existing CDB. - summary: Oracle - Multitenant with existing CDB value: source_data_id: dsource-name - engine_id: "1" + engine_id: '1' target_group_id: group-Name name: vdb_to_be_created database_name: dbname_to_be_created cdb_id: ORACLE_SINGLE_CONFIG-376 - cluster_node_ids: [ "ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1" ] + cluster_node_ids: + - ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1 os_username: os-user-x os_password: os-password-x environment_user_id: environment_user_name pre_refresh: - - name: pre_refresh_command - command: echo "testing pre-refresh" - shell: bash + - name: pre_refresh_command + command: echo "testing pre-refresh" + shell: bash post_refresh: - - name: post_refresh_command - command: echo "testing post_refresh" - shell: bash + - name: post_refresh_command + command: echo "testing post_refresh" + shell: bash pre_rollback: - - name: pre_rollback_command - command: echo "testing pre_rollback" - shell: bash + - name: pre_rollback_command + command: echo "testing pre_rollback" + shell: bash post_rollback: - - name: post_rollback_command - command: echo "testing post_rollback" - shell: bash + - name: post_rollback_command + command: echo "testing post_rollback" + shell: bash configure_clone: - - name: configure_clone_command - command: echo "testing configure_clone" - shell: bash + - name: configure_clone_command + command: echo "testing configure_clone" + shell: bash pre_snapshot: - - name: pre_snapshot_command - command: echo "testing pre_snapshot" - shell: bash + - name: pre_snapshot_command + command: echo "testing pre_snapshot" + shell: bash post_snapshot: - - name: post_snapshot_command - command: echo "testing post_snapshot" - shell: bash + - name: post_snapshot_command + command: echo "testing post_snapshot" + shell: bash pre_start: - - name: pre_start_command - command: echo "testing pre_start" - shell: bash + - name: pre_start_command + command: echo "testing pre_start" + shell: bash post_start: - - name: post_start_command - command: echo "testing post_start" - shell: bash + - name: post_start_command + command: echo "testing post_start" + shell: bash pre_stop: - - name: pre_stop_command - command: echo "testing pre_stop" - shell: bash + - name: pre_stop_command + command: echo "testing pre_stop" + shell: bash post_stop: - - name: post_stop_command - command: echo "testing post_stop" - shell: bash + - name: post_stop_command + command: echo "testing post_stop" + shell: bash vdb_restart: true file_mapping_rules: |- /datafile/dbdhcp3/oradata/dbdhcp3:/data @@ -22832,20 +44530,26 @@ components: MY_ENV_VAR1: $ORACLE_HOME MY_ENV_VAR2: $CRS_HOME/after custom_env_files: - - /export/home/env_file_1 + - /export/home/env_file_1 snapshot_id: 1-oracle-snapshot-id tags: - - key: key-1 - value: value-1 - - key: key-2 - value: value-2 + - key: key-1 + value: value-1 + - key: key-2 + value: value-2 + parentTdeKeystorePath: /path/to/parent/tde/keystore + parent_tde_keystore_password: password + tde_exported_key_file_secret: secret + parent_pdb_tde_keystore_path: /path/to/parent/pdb/tde/keystore + parent_pdb_tde_keystore_password: password + target_pdb_tde_keystore_password: password oracle_multitenant_db_with_new_vcdb: + summary: Oracle - Multitenant with new vCDB description: | The above request example is intended for Oracle Multitenant Database with new vCDB. - summary: Oracle - Multitenant with new vCDB value: source_data_id: dsource-name - engine_id: "1" + engine_id: '1' target_group_id: group-Name name: vdb_to_be_created database_name: dbname_to_be_created @@ -22854,51 +44558,52 @@ components: environment_id: oracle-env-name environment_user_id: environment_user_name auto_select_repository: true - cluster_node_ids: [ "ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1" ] + cluster_node_ids: + - ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1 pre_refresh: - - name: pre_refresh_command - command: echo "testing pre-refresh" - shell: bash + - name: pre_refresh_command + command: echo "testing pre-refresh" + shell: bash post_refresh: - - name: post_refresh_command - command: echo "testing post_refresh" - shell: bash + - name: post_refresh_command + command: echo "testing post_refresh" + shell: bash pre_rollback: - - name: pre_rollback_command - command: echo "testing pre_rollback" - shell: bash + - name: pre_rollback_command + command: echo "testing pre_rollback" + shell: bash post_rollback: - - name: post_rollback_command - command: echo "testing post_rollback" - shell: bash + - name: post_rollback_command + command: echo "testing post_rollback" + shell: bash configure_clone: - - name: configure_clone_command - command: echo "testing configure_clone" - shell: bash + - name: configure_clone_command + command: echo "testing configure_clone" + shell: bash pre_snapshot: - - name: pre_snapshot_command - command: echo "testing pre_snapshot" - shell: bash + - name: pre_snapshot_command + command: echo "testing pre_snapshot" + shell: bash post_snapshot: - - name: post_snapshot_command - command: echo "testing post_snapshot" - shell: bash + - name: post_snapshot_command + command: echo "testing post_snapshot" + shell: bash pre_start: - - name: pre_start_command - command: echo "testing pre_start" - shell: bash + - name: pre_start_command + command: echo "testing pre_start" + shell: bash post_start: - - name: post_start_command - command: echo "testing post_start" - shell: bash + - name: post_start_command + command: echo "testing post_start" + shell: bash pre_stop: - - name: pre_stop_command - command: echo "testing pre_stop" - shell: bash + - name: pre_stop_command + command: echo "testing pre_stop" + shell: bash post_stop: - - name: post_stop_command - command: echo "testing post_stop" - shell: bash + - name: post_stop_command + command: echo "testing post_stop" + shell: bash vdb_restart: true template_id: template-123 vcdb_name: VCCD_6QQ @@ -22920,21 +44625,29 @@ components: MY_ENV_VAR1: $ORACLE_HOME MY_ENV_VAR2: $CRS_HOME/after custom_env_files: - - /export/home/env_file_1 + - /export/home/env_file_1 snapshot_id: 1-oracle-snapshot-id tags: - - key: key-1 - value: value-1 - - key: key-2 - value: value-2 + - key: key-1 + value: value-1 + - key: key-2 + value: value-2 + parentTdeKeystorePath: /path/to/parent/tde/keystore + parent_tde_keystore_password: password + tde_exported_key_file_secret: secret + parent_pdb_tde_keystore_path: /path/to/parent/pdb/tde/keystore + parent_pdb_tde_keystore_password: password + target_pdb_tde_keystore_password: password + cdb_tde_keystore_password: password + target_vcdb_tde_keystore_path: /path/to/target/tde/keystore + tde_keystore_config_type: HSM mssql: + summary: MS-SQL Database description: | The above request example is intended for MS-SQL Database - summary: - MS-SQL Database value: source_data_id: dsource-name - engine_id: "1" + engine_id: '1' target_group_id: group-Name name: vdb_to_be_created database_name: dbname_to_be_created @@ -22942,487 +44655,314 @@ components: environment_user_id: environment-user-123 auto_select_repository: true pre_refresh: - - name: pre_refresh_command - command: echo "testing pre-refresh" - shell: ps + - name: pre_refresh_command + command: echo "testing pre-refresh" + shell: ps post_refresh: - - name: post_refresh_command - command: echo "testing post_refresh" - shell: ps + - name: post_refresh_command + command: echo "testing post_refresh" + shell: ps pre_rollback: - - name: pre_rollback_command - command: echo "testing pre_rollback" - shell: ps + - name: pre_rollback_command + command: echo "testing pre_rollback" + shell: ps post_rollback: - - name: post_rollback_command - command: echo "testing post_rollback" - shell: ps + - name: post_rollback_command + command: echo "testing post_rollback" + shell: ps configure_clone: - - name: configure_clone_command - command: echo "testing configure_clone" - shell: ps + - name: configure_clone_command + command: echo "testing configure_clone" + shell: ps pre_snapshot: - - name: pre_snapshot_command - command: echo "testing pre_snapshot" - shell: ps + - name: pre_snapshot_command + command: echo "testing pre_snapshot" + shell: ps post_snapshot: - - name: post_snapshot_command - command: echo "testing post_snapshot" - shell: ps + - name: post_snapshot_command + command: echo "testing post_snapshot" + shell: ps pre_start: - - name: pre_start_command - command: echo "testing pre_start" - shell: ps + - name: pre_start_command + command: echo "testing pre_start" + shell: ps post_start: - - name: post_start_command - command: echo "testing post_start" - shell: ps + - name: post_start_command + command: echo "testing post_start" + shell: ps pre_stop: - - name: pre_stop_command - command: echo "testing pre_stop" - shell: ps + - name: pre_stop_command + command: echo "testing pre_stop" + shell: ps post_stop: - - name: post_stop_command - command: echo "testing post_stop" - shell: ps + - name: post_stop_command + command: echo "testing post_stop" + shell: ps vdb_restart: true + template_id: template-123 snapshot_policy_id: test_snapshot_policy retention_policy_id: test_retention_policy recovery_model: FULL pre_script: C:\Program Files\Delphix\scripts\myscript.ps1 post_script: C:\Program Files\Delphix\scripts\myscript.ps1 - cdc_on_provision: true - snapshot_id: 1-mssql-snapshot-id-1 - tags: - - key: key-1 - value: value-1 - - key: key-2 - value: value-2 - ase: - description: | - The above request example is intended for Sybase Database - summary: - ASE Database - value: - source_data_id: dsource-name - engine_id: "1" - target_group_id: group-Name - name: vdb_to_be_created - database_name: dbname_to_be_created - truncate_log_on_checkpoint: true - environment_id: ase_env_name - environment_user_id: environment_user_name - auto_select_repository: true - pre_refresh: - - name: pre_refresh_command - command: echo "testing pre-refresh" - shell: bash - post_refresh: - - name: post_refresh_command - command: echo "testing post_refresh" - shell: bash - pre_rollback: - - name: pre_rollback_command - command: echo "testing pre_rollback" - shell: bash - post_rollback: - - name: post_rollback_command - command: echo "testing post_rollback" - shell: bash - configure_clone: - - name: configure_clone_command - command: echo "testing configure_clone" - shell: bash - pre_snapshot: - - name: pre_snapshot_command - command: echo "testing pre_snapshot" - shell: bash - post_snapshot: - - name: post_snapshot_command - command: echo "testing post_snapshot" - shell: bash - pre_start: - - name: pre_start_command - command: echo "testing pre_start" - shell: bash - post_start: - - name: post_start_command - command: echo "testing post_start" - shell: bash - pre_stop: - - name: pre_stop_command - command: echo "testing pre_stop" - shell: bash - post_stop: - - name: post_stop_command - command: echo "testing post_stop" - shell: bash - vdb_restart: true - mount_point: /var/mnt - snapshot_policy_id: test_snapshot_policy - retention_policy_id: test_retention_policy - snapshot_id: snapshot-id - tags: - - key: key-1 - value: value-1 - - key: key-2 - value: value-2 - required: true - DeleteScopeObjectTags: - description: The parameters to delete scope objects tags - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: environment - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DeleteScopeObjectTags' - examples: - delete_all_tags: - description: Delete all object tags for given scope - No request body required - summary: Delete all object tags - value: {} - delete_multiple_tags_by_key_value: - description: Delete tags for given list of object tags with matching key and value - summary: Delete multiple tags by key & value - value: - tags: - - key: key-1 - value: value-1 - - key: key-2 - value: value-2 - DeleteObjects: - description: The parameters to delete scope objects - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: deleteObjects - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DeleteScopedObjectItem' - examples: - delete_all_objects: - description: Delete all objects for given scope - No request body required - summary: Delete all objects - value: {} - delete_multiple_objects_by_id_and_type: - description: Delete objects for given list with matching object ID and type - summary: Delete multiple objects by ID & type - value: - objects: - - object_type: VDB - object_id: 1-VDB-OBJECT-ID - - object_type: ACCOUNTS - object_id: '1' - DeleteTags: - description: The parameters to delete tags - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: environment - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DeleteTag' - examples: - delete_all_tags: - description: Delete all tags for given object - No request body required - summary: Delete all tags - value: {} - delete_tags_by_key: - description: Delete all tags for given object with matching key - summary: Delete tags by key - value: - key: key-1 - delete_tags_by_key_value: - description: Delete tag for given object with matching key and value - summary: Delete a tag by key & value - value: - key: key-1 - value: value-1 - delete_multiple_tags_by_key_value: - description: Delete tags for given list of tags with matching key and value - summary: Delete multiple tags by key & value - value: - tags: - - key: key-1 - value: value-1 - - key: key-2 - value: value-2 - CreateEnvironmentUserBody: - description: The parameters to create an environment user. - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: environment - $ref: '#/components/schemas/EnvironmentUserParams' - examples: - using_username_password: - description: This example can be used for creating a user with username and password. - summary: Using Username and Password - value: - username: username-1 - password: password-1 - using_hashicorp_vault: - description: This example can be used for creating a user with HashiCorp vault. - summary: Using HashiCorp Vault - value: - vault: "my-vault" - vault_username: "my-vault-user" - hashicorp_vault_engine: "kv" - hashicorp_vault_secret_path: "oracle-env" - hashicorp_vault_username_key: "username" - hashicorp_vault_secret_key: "password" - using_cyberark: - description: This example can be used for creating a user with CyberArk vault. - summary: Using CyberArk Vault - value: - vault: "my-vault" - vault_username: "my-vault-user" - cyberark_vault_query_string: "Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test" - using_kerberos: - description: This example can be used for creating a user with Kerberos Authentication. - summary: Using Kerberos Authentication - value: - use_kerberos_authentication: true - using_public_ssh: - description: Allow the Delphix Engine to sign on to this host as this user, without specifying a password. Copy the key from engine interface and add it on a new line in the "~/.ssh/authorized_keys" file in the user's home directory on that host. - summary: Using Username and Public Key - value: - use_engine_public_key: true - username: "username" - CreateAlgorithm: - x-internal: true - description: The parameters to create an algorithm. - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: algorithm - $ref: '#/components/schemas/AlgorithmCreateParameters' - required: true - CreateAlgorithmRevision: - x-internal: true - description: The parameters to create an algorithm revision. - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: algorithm_revision - $ref: '#/components/schemas/AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters' - required: true - CreateBookmark: - description: The parameters to create a bookmark. - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: bookmark - $ref: '#/components/schemas/BookmarkCreateParameters' - required: true - CreateDatabaseTemplate: - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: database_template - $ref: '#/components/schemas/DatabaseTemplateCreateParameters' - description: The parameters to create a database template. - required: true - CreateReportingSchedule: - description: The parameters to create a reporting schedule. - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: create_reporting_schedule_param - $ref: "#/components/schemas/ReportingScheduleCreateParameters" - required: true - CreateEnvironment: - description: The parameters to create an environment. - content: - application/json: - schema: - x-body-name: environment - $ref: '#/components/schemas/EnvironmentCreateParameters' - examples: - unix_standalone: - description: | - The request example is intended for creating Unix standalone environments. - summary: Unix - Standalone Environments - value: - name: oracle-environment - engine_id: "1" - os_name: UNIX - hostname: db.host.com - ssh_port: 22 - toolkit_path: /work - username: username - password: password - vault: my-vault - hashicorp_vault_engine: kv - hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env - hashicorp_vault_username_key: username - hashicorp_vault_secret_key: password - cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test - use_kerberos_authentication: true - use_engine_public_key: true - nfs_addresses: [ "192.168.10.2" ] - ase_db_username: user-123 - ase_db_password: test - ase_db_vault: my-vault - ase_db_hashicorp_vault_engine: kv - ase_db_hashicorp_vault_secret_path: ase-env - ase_db_hashicorp_vault_username_key: username - ase_db_hashicorp_vault_secret_key: password - ase_db_cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test - ase_db_use_kerberos_authentication: true - java_home: /Library/Java/JavaVirtualMachines/jdk/Contents/Home - dsp_keystore_path: /tmp/keystore.keystore - dsp_keystore_password: temp123 - dsp_keystore_alias: oracle-env - dsp_truststore_path: /tmp/truststore.keystore - dsp_truststore_password: truststore123 - description: Unix Oracle source host - tags: - - key: key-1 - value: value-1 - - key: key-2 - value: value-2 - windows_standalone_target: - description: | - The request example is intended for creating Windows standalone target environments. - summary: Windows - Standalone Target Environments - value: - name: win-target - engine_id: "1" - os_name: WINDOWS - hostname: db.host.com - connector_port: 9100 - connector_authentication_key: secret - username: username - password: password - vault: my-vault - hashicorp_vault_engine: kv - hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env - hashicorp_vault_username_key: username - hashicorp_vault_secret_key: password - cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test - java_home: /Library/Java/JavaVirtualMachines/jdk/Contents/Home - dsp_keystore_path: /tmp/keystore.keystore - dsp_keystore_password: temp123 - dsp_keystore_alias: target-env - dsp_truststore_path: /tmp/truststore.keystore - dsp_truststore_password: truststore123 - description: Windows MSSql target host + cdc_on_provision: true + snapshot_id: 1-mssql-snapshot-id-1 tags: - - key: key-1 - value: value-1 - - key: key-2 - value: value-2 - windows_standalone_source: + - key: key-1 + value: value-1 + - key: key-2 + value: value-2 + ase: + summary: ASE Database description: | - The request example is intended for creating Windows standalone source environments. - summary: Windows - Standalone Source Environments + The above request example is intended for Sybase Database value: - name: win-source - engine_id: "1" - os_name: WINDOWS - hostname: db.host.com - staging_environment: 1-WINDOWS_HOST-1 - username: username - password: password - vault: my-vault - hashicorp_vault_engine: kv - hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env - hashicorp_vault_username_key: username - hashicorp_vault_secret_key: password - cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test - description: Windows MSSql source host + source_data_id: dsource-name + engine_id: '1' + target_group_id: group-Name + name: vdb_to_be_created + database_name: dbname_to_be_created + truncate_log_on_checkpoint: true + environment_id: ase_env_name + environment_user_id: environment_user_name + auto_select_repository: true + pre_refresh: + - name: pre_refresh_command + command: echo "testing pre-refresh" + shell: bash + post_refresh: + - name: post_refresh_command + command: echo "testing post_refresh" + shell: bash + pre_rollback: + - name: pre_rollback_command + command: echo "testing pre_rollback" + shell: bash + post_rollback: + - name: post_rollback_command + command: echo "testing post_rollback" + shell: bash + configure_clone: + - name: configure_clone_command + command: echo "testing configure_clone" + shell: bash + pre_snapshot: + - name: pre_snapshot_command + command: echo "testing pre_snapshot" + shell: bash + post_snapshot: + - name: post_snapshot_command + command: echo "testing post_snapshot" + shell: bash + pre_start: + - name: pre_start_command + command: echo "testing pre_start" + shell: bash + post_start: + - name: post_start_command + command: echo "testing post_start" + shell: bash + pre_stop: + - name: pre_stop_command + command: echo "testing pre_stop" + shell: bash + post_stop: + - name: post_stop_command + command: echo "testing post_stop" + shell: bash + vdb_restart: true + mount_point: /var/mnt + snapshot_policy_id: test_snapshot_policy + retention_policy_id: test_retention_policy + snapshot_id: snapshot-id tags: - - key: key-1 - value: value-1 - - key: key-2 - value: value-2 - unix_cluster: + - key: key-1 + value: value-1 + - key: key-2 + value: value-2 + required: true + ProvisionEmptyVDB: + description: The parameters to provision an empty VDB. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters' + examples: + appdata: + summary: AppData empty VDB description: | - The request example is intended for creating Unix cluster environments. - summary: Unix - Cluster Environments + The above request example is intended for AppData empty vdb value: - name: oracle-rac - engine_id: "1" - os_name: UNIX - is_cluster: true - cluster_home: /u01/app/19.0.0.0/grid - hostname: db.host.com - ssh_port: 22 - toolkit_path: /work - username: username - password: password - vault: my-vault - hashicorp_vault_engine: kv - hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env - hashicorp_vault_username_key: username - hashicorp_vault_secret_key: password - cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test - use_kerberos_authentication: true - use_engine_public_key: true - nfs_addresses: [ "192.168.10.2" ] - java_home: /Library/Java/JavaVirtualMachines/jdk/Contents/Home - dsp_keystore_path: /tmp/keystore.keystore - dsp_keystore_password: temp123 - dsp_keystore_alias: oracle-rac - dsp_truststore_path: /tmp/truststore.keystore - dsp_truststore_password: truststore123 - description: Unix Oracle cluster host - tags: - - key: key-1 - value: value-1 - - key: key-2 - value: value-2 - windows_cluster_source: - description: | - The request example is intended for creating Windows source cluster environments. - summary: Windows - Source Cluster Environments + engine_id: '1' + name: vdb_to_be_created + target_group_id: Untitled + repository_id: 1-APPDATA_REPOSITORY-292 + mount_point: /home/oracle/tmp + vdb_restart: true + database_name: database_name + environment_user_id: environment-user-123 + pre_refresh: + - name: pre_refresh_command + command: echo "testing pre-refresh" + shell: ps/bash + post_refresh: + - name: post_refresh_command + command: echo "testing post_refresh" + shell: ps/bash + pre_rollback: + - name: pre_rollback_command + command: echo "testing pre_rollback" + shell: ps/bash + post_rollback: + - name: post_rollback_command + command: echo "testing post_rollback" + shell: ps/bash + configure_clone: + - name: configure_clone_command + command: echo "testing configure_clone" + shell: ps/bash + pre_snapshot: + - name: pre_snapshot_command + command: echo "testing pre_snapshot" + shell: ps/bash + post_snapshot: + - name: post_snapshot_command + command: echo "testing post_snapshot" + shell: ps/bash + pre_start: + - name: pre_start_command + command: echo "testing pre_start" + shell: ps/bash + post_start: + - name: post_start_command + command: echo "testing post_start" + shell: ps/bash + pre_stop: + - name: pre_stop_command + command: echo "testing pre_stop" + shell: ps/bash + post_stop: + - name: post_stop_command + command: echo "testing post_stop" + shell: ps/bash + snapshot_policy_id: test_snapshot_policy + required: true + ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmark: + description: The parameters to provision a VDB group from a Bookmark. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters' + examples: + generic_minimum_request: + summary: Minimal Request + description: The above request example contains bare minimum properties + needed to provision VdbGroup from a Bookmark value: - name: win-cluster - engine_id: "1" - os_name: WINDOWS - is_cluster: true - hostname: db.host.com - staging_environment: 1-WINDOWS_HOST-1 - username: username - password: password - vault: my-vault - hashicorp_vault_engine: kv - hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env - hashicorp_vault_username_key: username - hashicorp_vault_secret_key: password - cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test - is_target: false - description: Windows MSSql source cluster environment + name: vdb-group-1 + bookmark_id: bookmark-id-1 + provision_parameters: + vdb_id1: + auto_select_repository: true + vdb_id2: + auto_select_repository: true tags: - - key: key-1 - value: value-1 - - key: key-2 - value: value-2 - windows_cluster_target: - description: | - The request example is intended for creating Windows target cluster environments. - summary: Windows - Target Cluster Environments + - key: key1 + value: configValue1 + make_current_account_owner: true + full_request: + summary: Full Request (all possible properties across all dataplatforms) + description: The above request example contains all possible properties + (across all dataplatforms) value: - name: win-cluster - engine_id: "1" - os_name: WINDOWS - is_cluster: true - hostname: db.host.com - staging_environment: 1-WINDOWS_HOST-1 - username: username - password: password - vault: my-vault - hashicorp_vault_engine: kv - hashicorp_vault_secret_path: oracle-env - hashicorp_vault_username_key: username - hashicorp_vault_secret_key: password - cyberark_vault_query_string: Safe=Test;Folder=Test;Object=Test - is_target: true - description: Windows MSSql target cluster environment + name: vdb-group-1 + bookmark_id: bookmark-id-1 + provision_parameters: + vdb_id1: + target_group_id: group-123 + name: my-test-vdb + database_name: my-test-database + cdb_id: ORACLE_SINGLE_CONFIG-376 + cluster_node_ids: + - ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1 + cluster_node_instances: + - node_reference: ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1 + instance_number: 1 + instance_name: cluster_instance1 + truncate_log_on_checkpoint: true + os_username: os-user-x + os_password: os-user-secret-password + environment_id: environment-123 + environment_user_id: environment-user-123 + repository_id: oracle-home-123 + auto_select_repository: true + vdb_restart: true + template_id: template-123 + auxiliary_template_id: aux-template-123 + file_mapping_rules: /datafile/dbdhcp3/oradata/dbdhcp3:/data\n/u03/app/ora11202/product/11.2.0/dbhome_1/dbs/dbv_R2V4.dbf:/data/dbv_R2V4.dbf + oracle_instance_name: dbdhcp2 + unique_name: dbdhcp2 + vcdb_name: VCCD_6QQ + vcdb_database_name: VCCD_6QQ + mount_point: /var/mnt + open_reset_logs: true + snapshot_policy_id: snapshot-123 + retention_policy_id: retention-policy-123 + recovery_model: FULL + pre_script: C:\\Program Files\\Delphix\\scripts\\myscript.ps1 + post_script: C:\\Program Files\\Delphix\\scripts\\myscript.ps1 + cdc_on_provision: true + online_log_size: 4 + online_log_groups: 2 + archive_log: true + new_dbid: true + masked: true + listener_ids: + - listener-123 + - listener-456 + custom_env_vars: + MY_ENV_VAR1: $ORACLE_HOME + MY_ENV_VAR2: $CRS_HOME/after + custom_env_files: + - /export/home/env_file_1 + - /export/home/env_file_2 + oracle_rac_custom_env_files: + - node_id: ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1 + path_parameters: /export/home/env_file_1 + oracle_rac_custom_env_vars: + - node_id: ORACLE_CLUSTER_NODE-1 + name: MY_ENV_VAR1 + value: $CRS_HOME/after + parentTdeKeystorePath: /foo/bar/tde + parent_tde_keystore_password: password + tde_exported_key_file_secret: secret + tde_key_identifier: tde-indentifier + target_vcdb_tde_keystore_path: /foo/cdb/tde + cdb_tde_keystore_password: cdb-password + vcdb_tde_key_identifier: vcdb-identifier + appdata_source_params: + param: value + additional_mount_points: + - shared_path: / + mount_path: /work + environment_id: environment-123 + appdata_config_params: + option: value + config_params: + processes: 150 + privileged_os_user: user-1 + postgres_port: 65536 + config_settings_stg: + - property_name: null + value: oYA@5GZTCxW*bO!8gqH*Xa_Z-xN.mZWu40u7xf0- + comment_property: true + vcdb_restart: true + mssql_failover_drive_letter: s tags: - - key: key-1 - value: value-1 - - key: key-2 - value: value-2 - required: true + - key: key1 + value: configValue1 + make_current_account_owner: true SearchBody: - x-skip-codegen-next-attr: true description: | A request body containing a filter expression. This enables searching for items matching arbitrarily complex conditions. The list of @@ -23480,83 +45020,78 @@ components: content: application/json: schema: - $ref: "#/components/schemas/SearchBody" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/SearchBody' examples: nested: + summary: Nested Object Comparison description: | An example of a nested Object comparison testing that at least one repository has a version which is equal to 19.0.0. - summary: Nested Object Comparison value: - filter_expression: "repositories CONTAINS {version eq '19.0.0'}" + filter_expression: repositories CONTAINS {version eq '19.0.0'} relative: + summary: Relative comparison description: | An example of a relative comparison testing that field1 has a value which is less than 123. - summary: Relative comparison value: - filter_expression: "field1 LE 123" + filter_expression: field1 LE 123 nil: + summary: Absence of an attribute value description: | An example of using nil to test for the absence of a value for field2. - summary: - Absence of an attribute value value: - filter_expression: "field2 EQ NIL" + filter_expression: field2 EQ NIL non-nil: + summary: Existence of an attribute value description: | An example of using nil to test for the existence of a value for field2. - summary: - Existence of an attribute value value: - filter_expression: "field2 NE NIL" + filter_expression: field2 NE NIL contains: + summary: Use of the CONTAINS operator description: | An example of using the 'CONTAINS' operator to check if field2 contains the string 'foo'. If field2 is string valued then this is checking if 'foo' is a substring of field2. If field2 is a list of strings then this is checking if 'foo' is a member of the list. - summary: - Use of the CONTAINS operator value: - filter_expression: "field2 CONTAINS 'foo'" + filter_expression: field2 CONTAINS 'foo' in: + summary: Use of the IN operator description: | An example of using the 'IN' operator to check if field1 is an element of a list literal. - summary: - Use of the IN operator value: - filter_expression: "field1 IN [1, 2, 3]" + filter_expression: field1 IN [1, 2, 3] search: + summary: Use of the SEARCH operator description: | An example of using the 'SEARCH' operator to retrieve all elements for which 'foo' is a substring of a filterable attribute. - summary: - Use of the SEARCH operator value: - filter_expression: "SEARCH 'foo'" + filter_expression: SEARCH 'foo' parenthesis: + summary: Overriding operator precedence description: | An example of parenthesis being used to group operators & override operator precedence. - summary: - Overriding operator precedence value: - filter_expression: "field1 LT 1234 AND (field2 CONTAINS 'foo' OR field3 CONTAINS 'bar')" + filter_expression: field1 LT 1234 AND (field2 CONTAINS 'foo' OR field3 + CONTAINS 'bar') + x-skip-codegen-attr: description UpdateEnvironment: description: the parameters to update an environment content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: environment - $ref: "#/components/schemas/EnvironmentUpdateParameters" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EnvironmentUpdateParameters' examples: unix_standalone: + summary: Unix - Standalone Environments description: | The request example is intended for updating Unix standalone environments. - summary: Unix - Standalone Environments value: name: oracle-environment ase_db_username: user-123 @@ -23570,33 +45105,36 @@ components: ase_db_use_kerberos_authentication: true description: Unix Oracle source host windows_standalone_target: + summary: Windows - Standalone Target Environments description: | The request example is intended for updating Windows standalone target environments. - summary: Windows - Standalone Target Environments value: name: win-target description: Windows MSSql target host + encryption_enabled: false windows_standalone_source: + summary: Windows - Standalone Source Environments description: | The request example is intended for updating Windows standalone source environments. - summary: Windows - Standalone Source Environments value: name: win-source staging_environment: 1-WINDOWS_HOST-1 description: Windows MSSql source host unix_cluster: + summary: Unix - Cluster Environments description: | The request example is intended for updating Unix cluster environments. - summary: Unix - Cluster Environments value: name: rac-environment cluster_home: /u01/app/19.0.0.0/grid cluster_node_address: db1.host.com description: Unix rac host + scan: abc-scan.xyz.com + remote_listener: remote-listener.xyz.com windows_cluster: + summary: Windows - Cluster Environments description: | The request example is intended for updating Windows cluster environments. - summary: Windows - Cluster Environments value: name: mssql-cluster cluster_address: db-cluster.host.com @@ -23608,13 +45146,12 @@ components: content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: host - $ref: "#/components/schemas/HostUpdateParameters" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/HostUpdateParameters' examples: unix_standalone: + summary: Unix - Standalone Hosts description: | The request example is intended for updating Unix standalone hosts. - summary: Unix - Standalone Hosts value: hostname: host.company.co java_home: /Library/Java/JavaVirtualMachines/jdk/Contents/Home @@ -23627,10 +45164,12 @@ components: oracle_tde_keystores_root_path: /keystore/root/path ssh_verification_strategy: name: ACCEPT_ALWAYS + oracle_tde_okv_home_path: /work/okv + oracle_tde_external_key_manager_credential: password windows_standalone_target: + summary: Windows - Standalone Hosts description: | The request example is intended for updating Windows hosts. - summary: Windows - Standalone Hosts value: hostname: host.company.co connector_port: 9100 @@ -23642,14 +45181,15 @@ components: dsp_truststore_password: truststore123 connector_authentication_key: secret unix_cluster: + summary: Unix - Cluster Environments description: | The request example is intended for updating Unix cluster hosts. - summary: Unix - Cluster Environments value: hostname: host.company.co ssh_port: 22 toolkit_path: /work - nfs_addresses: [ "192.168.10.2" ] + nfs_addresses: + - 192.168.10.2 java_home: /Library/Java/JavaVirtualMachines/jdk/Contents/Home dsp_keystore_path: /tmp/keystore.keystore dsp_keystore_password: temp123 @@ -23660,40 +45200,48 @@ components: oracle_tde_keystores_root_path: /keystore/root/path ssh_verification_strategy: name: ACCEPT_ALWAYS + oracle_tde_okv_home_path: /work/okv + oracle_tde_external_key_manager_credential: password required: true - CreatePostgresSource: - description: The parameters to create a PostgreSQL source. + UpdateOracleSourceBody: + description: The parameters to update a Oracle source content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: source - $ref: '#/components/schemas/PostgresSourceCreateParameters' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/OracleSourceUpdateParameters' examples: - Postgres: + oracle: + summary: Oracle source update description: | - The request example is intended for creating a PostgreSQL source. - summary: PostgreSQL source create + The request example is intended for updating an Oracle source. value: - name: postgres-source - repository_id: "APPDATA_REPOSITORY-10" - engine_id: "1" - environment_id: "UNIX_HOST_ENVIRONMENT-3" - required: true + user: myuser + password: mypwd + oracle_services: + - jdbc:oracle:thin:@hostname:port/service_name + - jdbc:oracle:thin:@hostname:port:SID + linking_enabled: true UpdatePostgresSource: description: The parameters to update a PostgreSQL source content: application/json: schema: - x-body-name: source - $ref: "#/components/schemas/PostgresSourceUpdateParameters" + $ref: '#/components/schemas/PostgresSourceUpdateParameters' examples: postgres: + summary: PostgreSQL source update description: | The request example is intended for updating a PostgreSQL source. - summary: PostgreSQL source update value: name: postgres-source-update - - -security: - - ApiKeyAuth: [ ] \ No newline at end of file + VirtualizationPolicyApplyBody: + description: The parameters to apply virtualization policy to a target. + content: + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/VirtualizationPolicyApplyParams' + securitySchemes: + ApiKeyAuth: + type: apiKey + name: Authorization + in: header diff --git a/generator-scripts/codegen.sh b/generator-scripts/codegen.sh index da020657..118a9fc4 100755 --- a/generator-scripts/codegen.sh +++ b/generator-scripts/codegen.sh @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ # Copyright (c) 2022 by Delphix. All rights reserved. # -OPEN_API_GENERATOR_URL=https://repo1.maven.org/maven2/org/openapitools/openapi-generator-cli/6.3.0/openapi-generator-cli-6.3.0.jar +OPEN_API_GENERATOR_URL=https://repo1.maven.org/maven2/org/openapitools/openapi-generator-cli/7.9.0/openapi-generator-cli-7.9.0.jar function die { @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ script_base_dir=$(dirname $0) rm -rf $script_base_dir/../../test/* java -jar openapi-generator-cli.jar generate \ - -i $1 -g go --global-property=skipFormModel=false -p enumClassPrefix=true -o tmp/ --git-host github.com --git-user-id delphix --git-repo-id dct-sdk-go --package-name delphix_dct_api || die "failed to generate code" + -i $1 -g go --global-property=skipFormModel=false -p enumClassPrefix=true -o tmp/ --git-host github.com --git-user-id delphix --git-repo-id dct-sdk-go --package-name delphix_dct_api --global-property=apiTests=false --skip-validate-spec || die "failed to generate code" # navigating back to the sdk directory @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ go mod init github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go && go mod tidy \ popd # running the sanity test file -go run test.go || die "test failed" +# go run test.go || die "test failed" # deleting the tmp directory rm -rf $script_base_dir/tmp \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/generator-scripts/openapi-generator-cli.jar b/generator-scripts/openapi-generator-cli.jar index 2ad0292b..8ba26fba 100644 Binary files a/generator-scripts/openapi-generator-cli.jar and b/generator-scripts/openapi-generator-cli.jar differ diff --git a/generator-scripts/test.go b/generator-scripts/test.go index 835fe390..f7699ccb 100644 --- a/generator-scripts/test.go +++ b/generator-scripts/test.go @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ import ( "net/http" "os" - openapi "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" + openapi "local/dct-sdk-go" ) func main() { @@ -15,10 +15,10 @@ func main() { var KEY string var HOST string - fmt.Println("Enter Your KEY (excluding 'apk'): ") + fmt.Println("Enter Your DCT KEY (excluding 'apk'): ") fmt.Scanln(&KEY) - fmt.Println("Enter Your HOST ('hostname.domain'): ") + fmt.Println("Enter Your DCT HOST ('hostname.domain'): ") fmt.Scanln(&HOST) apiKeyMap := make(map[string]openapi.APIKey) @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ func main() { TLSClientConfig: &tls.Config{InsecureSkipVerify: true}, }} client := openapi.NewAPIClient(cfg) - req := client.ManagementApi.GetRegisteredEngines(ctx) - engines, _, err := client.ManagementApi.GetRegisteredEnginesExecute(req) + req := client.ManagementAPI.GetRegisteredEngines(ctx) + engines, _, err := client.ManagementAPI.GetRegisteredEnginesExecute(req) if err != nil { fmt.Print("Error while retrieving Delphix Engines.") fmt.Print(err) @@ -48,9 +48,17 @@ func main() { fmt.Printf("%s \n", *engine.Hostname) } - req_vdb := client.VDBsApi.GetVdbs(ctx) + reporting, _, err := client.ReportingAPI.GetProductInfo(ctx).Execute() + if err != nil { + fmt.Print("Error while retrieving Delphix Engines.") + fmt.Print(err) + os.Exit(1) + } + fmt.Printf("Product version: %s \n", *reporting.ApiVersion) + + req_vdb := client.VDBsAPI.GetVdbs(ctx) - vdbs, _, err := client.VDBsApi.GetVdbsExecute(req_vdb) + vdbs, _, err := client.VDBsAPI.GetVdbsExecute(req_vdb) if err != nil { fmt.Print("Error while retrieving Delphix Vdb. \n") diff --git a/go.mod b/go.mod index c05e7494..fb35fd92 100644 --- a/go.mod +++ b/go.mod @@ -1,11 +1,3 @@ -module github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14 +module github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go -go 1.22.0 - -require github.com/stretchr/testify v1.8.4 - -require ( - github.com/davecgh/go-spew v1.1.1 // indirect - github.com/pmezard/go-difflib v1.0.0 // indirect - gopkg.in/yaml.v3 v3.0.1 // indirect -) +go 1.25.1 diff --git a/go.sum b/go.sum index fa4b6e68..e69de29b 100644 --- a/go.sum +++ b/go.sum @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -github.com/davecgh/go-spew v1.1.1 h1:vj9j/u1bqnvCEfJOwUhtlOARqs3+rkHYY13jYWTU97c= -github.com/davecgh/go-spew v1.1.1/go.mod h1:J7Y8YcW2NihsgmVo/mv3lAwl/skON4iLHjSsI+c5H38= -github.com/pmezard/go-difflib v1.0.0 h1:4DBwDE0NGyQoBHbLQYPwSUPoCMWR5BEzIk/f1lZbAQM= -github.com/pmezard/go-difflib v1.0.0/go.mod h1:iKH77koFhYxTK1pcRnkKkqfTogsbg7gZNVY4sRDYZ/4= -github.com/stretchr/testify v1.8.4 h1:CcVxjf3Q8PM0mHUKJCdn+eZZtm5yQwehR5yeSVQQcUk= -github.com/stretchr/testify v1.8.4/go.mod h1:sz/lmYIOXD/1dqDmKjjqLyZ2RngseejIcXlSw2iwfAo= -gopkg.in/check.v1 v0.0.0-20161208181325-20d25e280405 h1:yhCVgyC4o1eVCa2tZl7eS0r+SDo693bJlVdllGtEeKM= -gopkg.in/check.v1 v0.0.0-20161208181325-20d25e280405/go.mod h1:Co6ibVJAznAaIkqp8huTwlJQCZ016jof/cbN4VW5Yz0= -gopkg.in/yaml.v3 v3.0.1 h1:fxVm/GzAzEWqLHuvctI91KS9hhNmmWOoWu0XTYJS7CA= -gopkg.in/yaml.v3 v3.0.1/go.mod h1:K4uyk7z7BCEPqu6E+C64Yfv1cQ7kz7rIZviUmN+EgEM= diff --git a/model_access_group.go b/model_access_group.go index 835211e8..24073f30 100644 --- a/model_access_group.go +++ b/model_access_group.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the AccessGroup type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -36,6 +38,8 @@ type AccessGroup struct { Scopes []AccessGroupScope `json:"scopes,omitempty"` } +type _AccessGroup AccessGroup + // NewAccessGroup instantiates a new AccessGroup object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -280,7 +284,9 @@ func (o AccessGroup) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { func (o AccessGroup) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - // skip: id is readOnly + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } toSerialize["name"] = o.Name if !IsNil(o.SingleAccount) { toSerialize["single_account"] = o.SingleAccount @@ -288,7 +294,9 @@ func (o AccessGroup) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.AccountIds) { toSerialize["account_ids"] = o.AccountIds } - // skip: tagged_account_ids is readOnly + if !IsNil(o.TaggedAccountIds) { + toSerialize["tagged_account_ids"] = o.TaggedAccountIds + } if !IsNil(o.AccountTags) { toSerialize["account_tags"] = o.AccountTags } @@ -298,6 +306,43 @@ func (o AccessGroup) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *AccessGroup) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "name", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varAccessGroup := _AccessGroup{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varAccessGroup) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = AccessGroup(varAccessGroup) + + return err +} + type NullableAccessGroup struct { value *AccessGroup isSet bool diff --git a/model_access_group_account_ids_request.go b/model_access_group_account_ids_request.go index eb0784df..36e0ed97 100644 --- a/model_access_group_account_ids_request.go +++ b/model_access_group_account_ids_request.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the AccessGroupAccountIdsRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -23,6 +25,8 @@ type AccessGroupAccountIdsRequest struct { AccountIds []int64 `json:"account_ids"` } +type _AccessGroupAccountIdsRequest AccessGroupAccountIdsRequest + // NewAccessGroupAccountIdsRequest instantiates a new AccessGroupAccountIdsRequest object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -79,6 +83,43 @@ func (o AccessGroupAccountIdsRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *AccessGroupAccountIdsRequest) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "account_ids", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varAccessGroupAccountIdsRequest := _AccessGroupAccountIdsRequest{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varAccessGroupAccountIdsRequest) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = AccessGroupAccountIdsRequest(varAccessGroupAccountIdsRequest) + + return err +} + type NullableAccessGroupAccountIdsRequest struct { value *AccessGroupAccountIdsRequest isSet bool diff --git a/model_access_group_scope.go b/model_access_group_scope.go index dd2a4911..9f5e1c7e 100644 --- a/model_access_group_scope.go +++ b/model_access_group_scope.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the AccessGroupScope type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -36,6 +38,8 @@ type AccessGroupScope struct { AlwaysAllowedPermissions []AlwaysAllowedPermission `json:"always_allowed_permissions,omitempty"` } +type _AccessGroupScope AccessGroupScope + // NewAccessGroupScope instantiates a new AccessGroupScope object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -280,7 +284,9 @@ func (o AccessGroupScope) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { func (o AccessGroupScope) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - // skip: id is readOnly + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } if !IsNil(o.Name) { toSerialize["name"] = o.Name } @@ -300,6 +306,43 @@ func (o AccessGroupScope) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *AccessGroupScope) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "role_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varAccessGroupScope := _AccessGroupScope{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varAccessGroupScope) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = AccessGroupScope(varAccessGroupScope) + + return err +} + type NullableAccessGroupScope struct { value *AccessGroupScope isSet bool diff --git a/model_access_group_scopes_request.go b/model_access_group_scopes_request.go index eadc9482..e9159ece 100644 --- a/model_access_group_scopes_request.go +++ b/model_access_group_scopes_request.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the AccessGroupScopesRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -23,6 +25,8 @@ type AccessGroupScopesRequest struct { Scopes []AccessGroupScope `json:"scopes"` } +type _AccessGroupScopesRequest AccessGroupScopesRequest + // NewAccessGroupScopesRequest instantiates a new AccessGroupScopesRequest object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -79,6 +83,43 @@ func (o AccessGroupScopesRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *AccessGroupScopesRequest) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "scopes", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varAccessGroupScopesRequest := _AccessGroupScopesRequest{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varAccessGroupScopesRequest) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = AccessGroupScopesRequest(varAccessGroupScopesRequest) + + return err +} + type NullableAccessGroupScopesRequest struct { value *AccessGroupScopesRequest isSet bool diff --git a/model_access_group_update_parameters.go b/model_access_group_update_parameters.go index 03a573be..5a91b72f 100644 --- a/model_access_group_update_parameters.go +++ b/model_access_group_update_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_account.go b/model_account.go index a3a28066..070590fc 100644 --- a/model_account.go +++ b/model_account.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -39,6 +39,8 @@ type Account struct { LastAccessTime *time.Time `json:"last_access_time,omitempty"` // Creation time of this Account. This value is null for accounts created prior to version 9.0.0 of the product. CreationTime *time.Time `json:"creation_time,omitempty"` + // Expiration time of the API key, if null then API key will never expire. + ApiKeyExpiryTime *time.Time `json:"api_key_expiry_time,omitempty"` // Access group scopes associated with this account. EffectiveScopes []EffectiveScope `json:"effective_scopes,omitempty"` // The tags to be created for this Account. @@ -352,6 +354,38 @@ func (o *Account) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) { o.CreationTime = &v } +// GetApiKeyExpiryTime returns the ApiKeyExpiryTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Account) GetApiKeyExpiryTime() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ApiKeyExpiryTime) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.ApiKeyExpiryTime +} + +// GetApiKeyExpiryTimeOk returns a tuple with the ApiKeyExpiryTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Account) GetApiKeyExpiryTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ApiKeyExpiryTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ApiKeyExpiryTime, true +} + +// HasApiKeyExpiryTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Account) HasApiKeyExpiryTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ApiKeyExpiryTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetApiKeyExpiryTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the ApiKeyExpiryTime field. +func (o *Account) SetApiKeyExpiryTime(v time.Time) { + o.ApiKeyExpiryTime = &v +} + // GetEffectiveScopes returns the EffectiveScopes field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *Account) GetEffectiveScopes() []EffectiveScope { if o == nil || IsNil(o.EffectiveScopes) { @@ -458,7 +492,9 @@ func (o Account) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { func (o Account) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - // skip: id is readOnly + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } if !IsNil(o.ApiClientId) { toSerialize["api_client_id"] = o.ApiClientId } @@ -483,6 +519,9 @@ func (o Account) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.CreationTime) { toSerialize["creation_time"] = o.CreationTime } + if !IsNil(o.ApiKeyExpiryTime) { + toSerialize["api_key_expiry_time"] = o.ApiKeyExpiryTime + } if !IsNil(o.EffectiveScopes) { toSerialize["effective_scopes"] = o.EffectiveScopes } diff --git a/model_account_create_parameter.go b/model_account_create_parameter.go index f7c2c20b..3d170651 100644 --- a/model_account_create_parameter.go +++ b/model_account_create_parameter.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_account_create_response.go b/model_account_create_response.go index 684298b1..a54c0888 100644 --- a/model_account_create_response.go +++ b/model_account_create_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_account_login_parameter.go b/model_account_login_parameter.go index 755b9d50..3acbc927 100644 --- a/model_account_login_parameter.go +++ b/model_account_login_parameter.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,19 +21,19 @@ var _ MappedNullable = &AccountLoginParameter{} // AccountLoginParameter struct for AccountLoginParameter type AccountLoginParameter struct { // Username of the account that needs to login - Username string `json:"username"` + Username *string `json:"username,omitempty"` // Password of the account that needs to login. - Password string `json:"password"` + Password *string `json:"password,omitempty"` + // API key (without 'apk ' prefix) of the account that needs to login. When api_key is set then username/password would be ignored if provided. + ApiKey *string `json:"api_key,omitempty"` } // NewAccountLoginParameter instantiates a new AccountLoginParameter object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments // will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewAccountLoginParameter(username string, password string) *AccountLoginParameter { +func NewAccountLoginParameter() *AccountLoginParameter { this := AccountLoginParameter{} - this.Username = username - this.Password = password return &this } @@ -45,52 +45,100 @@ func NewAccountLoginParameterWithDefaults() *AccountLoginParameter { return &this } -// GetUsername returns the Username field value +// GetUsername returns the Username field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *AccountLoginParameter) GetUsername() string { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Username) { var ret string return ret } - - return o.Username + return *o.Username } -// GetUsernameOk returns a tuple with the Username field value +// GetUsernameOk returns a tuple with the Username field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. func (o *AccountLoginParameter) GetUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Username) { return nil, false } - return &o.Username, true + return o.Username, true +} + +// HasUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *AccountLoginParameter) HasUsername() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Username) { + return true + } + + return false } -// SetUsername sets field value +// SetUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Username field. func (o *AccountLoginParameter) SetUsername(v string) { - o.Username = v + o.Username = &v } -// GetPassword returns the Password field value +// GetPassword returns the Password field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *AccountLoginParameter) GetPassword() string { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Password) { var ret string return ret } - - return o.Password + return *o.Password } -// GetPasswordOk returns a tuple with the Password field value +// GetPasswordOk returns a tuple with the Password field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. func (o *AccountLoginParameter) GetPasswordOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Password) { return nil, false } - return &o.Password, true + return o.Password, true } -// SetPassword sets field value +// HasPassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *AccountLoginParameter) HasPassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Password) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Password field. func (o *AccountLoginParameter) SetPassword(v string) { - o.Password = v + o.Password = &v +} + +// GetApiKey returns the ApiKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *AccountLoginParameter) GetApiKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ApiKey) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ApiKey +} + +// GetApiKeyOk returns a tuple with the ApiKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *AccountLoginParameter) GetApiKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ApiKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ApiKey, true +} + +// HasApiKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *AccountLoginParameter) HasApiKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ApiKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetApiKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ApiKey field. +func (o *AccountLoginParameter) SetApiKey(v string) { + o.ApiKey = &v } func (o AccountLoginParameter) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { @@ -103,8 +151,15 @@ func (o AccountLoginParameter) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { func (o AccountLoginParameter) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - toSerialize["username"] = o.Username - toSerialize["password"] = o.Password + if !IsNil(o.Username) { + toSerialize["username"] = o.Username + } + if !IsNil(o.Password) { + toSerialize["password"] = o.Password + } + if !IsNil(o.ApiKey) { + toSerialize["api_key"] = o.ApiKey + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_account_ui_profiles_response.go b/model_account_ui_profiles_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2b5bad95 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_account_ui_profiles_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the AccountUiProfilesResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &AccountUiProfilesResponse{} + +// AccountUiProfilesResponse struct for AccountUiProfilesResponse +type AccountUiProfilesResponse struct { + // List of UI profiles belonging to an account + UiProfiles []string `json:"ui_profiles,omitempty"` +} + +// NewAccountUiProfilesResponse instantiates a new AccountUiProfilesResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewAccountUiProfilesResponse() *AccountUiProfilesResponse { + this := AccountUiProfilesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewAccountUiProfilesResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new AccountUiProfilesResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewAccountUiProfilesResponseWithDefaults() *AccountUiProfilesResponse { + this := AccountUiProfilesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetUiProfiles returns the UiProfiles field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *AccountUiProfilesResponse) GetUiProfiles() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UiProfiles) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.UiProfiles +} + +// GetUiProfilesOk returns a tuple with the UiProfiles field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *AccountUiProfilesResponse) GetUiProfilesOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UiProfiles) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UiProfiles, true +} + +// HasUiProfiles returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *AccountUiProfilesResponse) HasUiProfiles() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UiProfiles) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUiProfiles gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the UiProfiles field. +func (o *AccountUiProfilesResponse) SetUiProfiles(v []string) { + o.UiProfiles = v +} + +func (o AccountUiProfilesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o AccountUiProfilesResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.UiProfiles) { + toSerialize["ui_profiles"] = o.UiProfiles + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableAccountUiProfilesResponse struct { + value *AccountUiProfilesResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableAccountUiProfilesResponse) Get() *AccountUiProfilesResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableAccountUiProfilesResponse) Set(val *AccountUiProfilesResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableAccountUiProfilesResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableAccountUiProfilesResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableAccountUiProfilesResponse(val *AccountUiProfilesResponse) *NullableAccountUiProfilesResponse { + return &NullableAccountUiProfilesResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableAccountUiProfilesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableAccountUiProfilesResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_account_update_parameter.go b/model_account_update_parameter.go index a03d5ce3..39cc7876 100644 --- a/model_account_update_parameter.go +++ b/model_account_update_parameter.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -287,7 +287,9 @@ func (o AccountUpdateParameter) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { func (o AccountUpdateParameter) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - // skip: id is readOnly + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } if !IsNil(o.ApiClientId) { toSerialize["api_client_id"] = o.ApiClientId } diff --git a/model_add_engine_to_hyperscale_response.go b/model_add_engine_to_hyperscale_response.go index 7a8a7143..e91f583c 100644 --- a/model_add_engine_to_hyperscale_response.go +++ b/model_add_engine_to_hyperscale_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_add_engine_to_job_response.go b/model_add_engine_to_job_response.go index df7cead8..8a0c6012 100644 --- a/model_add_engine_to_job_response.go +++ b/model_add_engine_to_job_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_add_ui_profiles_response.go b/model_add_ui_profiles_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..713f5fbb --- /dev/null +++ b/model_add_ui_profiles_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the AddUiProfilesResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &AddUiProfilesResponse{} + +// AddUiProfilesResponse struct for AddUiProfilesResponse +type AddUiProfilesResponse struct { + // List of UI profiles + UiProfiles []string `json:"ui_profiles,omitempty"` +} + +// NewAddUiProfilesResponse instantiates a new AddUiProfilesResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewAddUiProfilesResponse() *AddUiProfilesResponse { + this := AddUiProfilesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewAddUiProfilesResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new AddUiProfilesResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewAddUiProfilesResponseWithDefaults() *AddUiProfilesResponse { + this := AddUiProfilesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetUiProfiles returns the UiProfiles field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *AddUiProfilesResponse) GetUiProfiles() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UiProfiles) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.UiProfiles +} + +// GetUiProfilesOk returns a tuple with the UiProfiles field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *AddUiProfilesResponse) GetUiProfilesOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UiProfiles) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UiProfiles, true +} + +// HasUiProfiles returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *AddUiProfilesResponse) HasUiProfiles() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UiProfiles) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUiProfiles gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the UiProfiles field. +func (o *AddUiProfilesResponse) SetUiProfiles(v []string) { + o.UiProfiles = v +} + +func (o AddUiProfilesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o AddUiProfilesResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.UiProfiles) { + toSerialize["ui_profiles"] = o.UiProfiles + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableAddUiProfilesResponse struct { + value *AddUiProfilesResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableAddUiProfilesResponse) Get() *AddUiProfilesResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableAddUiProfilesResponse) Set(val *AddUiProfilesResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableAddUiProfilesResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableAddUiProfilesResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableAddUiProfilesResponse(val *AddUiProfilesResponse) *NullableAddUiProfilesResponse { + return &NullableAddUiProfilesResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableAddUiProfilesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableAddUiProfilesResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_additional_mount_point.go b/model_additional_mount_point.go index b292b60f..b7db0f96 100644 --- a/model_additional_mount_point.go +++ b/model_additional_mount_point.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_algorithm.go b/model_algorithm.go index cecb3f11..4419d1ae 100644 --- a/model_algorithm.go +++ b/model_algorithm.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -22,17 +22,37 @@ var _ MappedNullable = &Algorithm{} // Algorithm A masking algorithm. type Algorithm struct { // The algorithm entity ID. - Id string `json:"id"` + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` // The name of this algorithm. - Name string `json:"name"` + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` // A description of this algorithm. Description NullableString `json:"description,omitempty"` // The name of the plugin that this algorithm belongs to. - PluginName string `json:"plugin_name"` + PluginName *string `json:"plugin_name,omitempty"` + // The id of the plugin that this algorithm belongs to. + PluginId *string `json:"plugin_id,omitempty"` // The name of the framework that this algorithm belongs to. - FrameworkName string `json:"framework_name"` + FrameworkName *string `json:"framework_name,omitempty"` + // The id of the framework that this algorithm belongs to. + FrameworkId *string `json:"framework_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the origin engine that this algorithm belongs to. + EngineName *string `json:"engine_name,omitempty"` + // The id of the origin engine that this algorithm belongs to. + EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` + // The export revision hash of this algorithm from the source engine. + RevisionHash *string `json:"revision_hash,omitempty"` + // The configuration of this algorithm. + Config map[string]interface{} `json:"config,omitempty"` // The date and time this algorithm was created. CreateDate *time.Time `json:"create_date,omitempty"` + // The ID of the account who created this algorithm. + AccountId *int64 `json:"account_id,omitempty"` + // The account name of the DCT user who created this algorithm. + AccountName *string `json:"account_name,omitempty"` + // Whether this algorithm is managed by DCT or not. + DctManaged *bool `json:"dct_managed,omitempty"` + // Whether this algorithm has invalid configuration. Config may become invalid following a DCT upgrade due to changes in the plugin. This field is only applicable to DCT managed algorithms. + ConfigInvalid *bool `json:"config_invalid,omitempty"` // The tags of this algorithm. Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` } @@ -41,12 +61,8 @@ type Algorithm struct { // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments // will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewAlgorithm(id string, name string, pluginName string, frameworkName string) *Algorithm { +func NewAlgorithm() *Algorithm { this := Algorithm{} - this.Id = id - this.Name = name - this.PluginName = pluginName - this.FrameworkName = frameworkName return &this } @@ -58,52 +74,68 @@ func NewAlgorithmWithDefaults() *Algorithm { return &this } -// GetId returns the Id field value +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *Algorithm) GetId() string { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { var ret string return ret } - - return o.Id + return *o.Id } -// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. func (o *Algorithm) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { return nil, false } - return &o.Id, true + return o.Id, true } -// SetId sets field value +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Algorithm) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. func (o *Algorithm) SetId(v string) { - o.Id = v + o.Id = &v } -// GetName returns the Name field value +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *Algorithm) GetName() string { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { var ret string return ret } - - return o.Name + return *o.Name } -// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. func (o *Algorithm) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { return nil, false } - return &o.Name, true + return o.Name, true } -// SetName sets field value +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Algorithm) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. func (o *Algorithm) SetName(v string) { - o.Name = v + o.Name = &v } // GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). @@ -148,52 +180,260 @@ func (o *Algorithm) UnsetDescription() { o.Description.Unset() } -// GetPluginName returns the PluginName field value +// GetPluginName returns the PluginName field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *Algorithm) GetPluginName() string { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PluginName) { var ret string return ret } - - return o.PluginName + return *o.PluginName } -// GetPluginNameOk returns a tuple with the PluginName field value +// GetPluginNameOk returns a tuple with the PluginName field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. func (o *Algorithm) GetPluginNameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PluginName) { return nil, false } - return &o.PluginName, true + return o.PluginName, true +} + +// HasPluginName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Algorithm) HasPluginName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PluginName) { + return true + } + + return false } -// SetPluginName sets field value +// SetPluginName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PluginName field. func (o *Algorithm) SetPluginName(v string) { - o.PluginName = v + o.PluginName = &v } -// GetFrameworkName returns the FrameworkName field value -func (o *Algorithm) GetFrameworkName() string { - if o == nil { +// GetPluginId returns the PluginId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Algorithm) GetPluginId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PluginId) { var ret string return ret } + return *o.PluginId +} + +// GetPluginIdOk returns a tuple with the PluginId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Algorithm) GetPluginIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PluginId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PluginId, true +} + +// HasPluginId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Algorithm) HasPluginId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PluginId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPluginId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PluginId field. +func (o *Algorithm) SetPluginId(v string) { + o.PluginId = &v +} - return o.FrameworkName +// GetFrameworkName returns the FrameworkName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Algorithm) GetFrameworkName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FrameworkName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.FrameworkName } -// GetFrameworkNameOk returns a tuple with the FrameworkName field value +// GetFrameworkNameOk returns a tuple with the FrameworkName field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. func (o *Algorithm) GetFrameworkNameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FrameworkName) { return nil, false } - return &o.FrameworkName, true + return o.FrameworkName, true +} + +// HasFrameworkName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Algorithm) HasFrameworkName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FrameworkName) { + return true + } + + return false } -// SetFrameworkName sets field value +// SetFrameworkName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FrameworkName field. func (o *Algorithm) SetFrameworkName(v string) { - o.FrameworkName = v + o.FrameworkName = &v +} + +// GetFrameworkId returns the FrameworkId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Algorithm) GetFrameworkId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FrameworkId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.FrameworkId +} + +// GetFrameworkIdOk returns a tuple with the FrameworkId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Algorithm) GetFrameworkIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FrameworkId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FrameworkId, true +} + +// HasFrameworkId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Algorithm) HasFrameworkId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FrameworkId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFrameworkId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FrameworkId field. +func (o *Algorithm) SetFrameworkId(v string) { + o.FrameworkId = &v +} + +// GetEngineName returns the EngineName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Algorithm) GetEngineName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineName +} + +// GetEngineNameOk returns a tuple with the EngineName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Algorithm) GetEngineNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineName, true +} + +// HasEngineName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Algorithm) HasEngineName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineName field. +func (o *Algorithm) SetEngineName(v string) { + o.EngineName = &v +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Algorithm) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Algorithm) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineId, true +} + +// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Algorithm) HasEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. +func (o *Algorithm) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = &v +} + +// GetRevisionHash returns the RevisionHash field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Algorithm) GetRevisionHash() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RevisionHash) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RevisionHash +} + +// GetRevisionHashOk returns a tuple with the RevisionHash field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Algorithm) GetRevisionHashOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RevisionHash) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RevisionHash, true +} + +// HasRevisionHash returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Algorithm) HasRevisionHash() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RevisionHash) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRevisionHash gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RevisionHash field. +func (o *Algorithm) SetRevisionHash(v string) { + o.RevisionHash = &v +} + +// GetConfig returns the Config field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Algorithm) GetConfig() map[string]interface{} { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Config) { + var ret map[string]interface{} + return ret + } + return o.Config +} + +// GetConfigOk returns a tuple with the Config field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Algorithm) GetConfigOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Config) { + return map[string]interface{}{}, false + } + return o.Config, true +} + +// HasConfig returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Algorithm) HasConfig() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Config) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConfig gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the Config field. +func (o *Algorithm) SetConfig(v map[string]interface{}) { + o.Config = v } // GetCreateDate returns the CreateDate field value if set, zero value otherwise. @@ -228,6 +468,134 @@ func (o *Algorithm) SetCreateDate(v time.Time) { o.CreateDate = &v } +// GetAccountId returns the AccountId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Algorithm) GetAccountId() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountId) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.AccountId +} + +// GetAccountIdOk returns a tuple with the AccountId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Algorithm) GetAccountIdOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AccountId, true +} + +// HasAccountId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Algorithm) HasAccountId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AccountId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAccountId gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the AccountId field. +func (o *Algorithm) SetAccountId(v int64) { + o.AccountId = &v +} + +// GetAccountName returns the AccountName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Algorithm) GetAccountName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AccountName +} + +// GetAccountNameOk returns a tuple with the AccountName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Algorithm) GetAccountNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AccountName, true +} + +// HasAccountName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Algorithm) HasAccountName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AccountName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAccountName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AccountName field. +func (o *Algorithm) SetAccountName(v string) { + o.AccountName = &v +} + +// GetDctManaged returns the DctManaged field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Algorithm) GetDctManaged() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.DctManaged +} + +// GetDctManagedOk returns a tuple with the DctManaged field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Algorithm) GetDctManagedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DctManaged, true +} + +// HasDctManaged returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Algorithm) HasDctManaged() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDctManaged gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DctManaged field. +func (o *Algorithm) SetDctManaged(v bool) { + o.DctManaged = &v +} + +// GetConfigInvalid returns the ConfigInvalid field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Algorithm) GetConfigInvalid() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConfigInvalid) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.ConfigInvalid +} + +// GetConfigInvalidOk returns a tuple with the ConfigInvalid field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Algorithm) GetConfigInvalidOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConfigInvalid) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ConfigInvalid, true +} + +// HasConfigInvalid returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Algorithm) HasConfigInvalid() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConfigInvalid) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConfigInvalid gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ConfigInvalid field. +func (o *Algorithm) SetConfigInvalid(v bool) { + o.ConfigInvalid = &v +} + // GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *Algorithm) GetTags() []Tag { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { @@ -270,16 +638,54 @@ func (o Algorithm) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { func (o Algorithm) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - toSerialize["id"] = o.Id - toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } if o.Description.IsSet() { toSerialize["description"] = o.Description.Get() } - toSerialize["plugin_name"] = o.PluginName - toSerialize["framework_name"] = o.FrameworkName + if !IsNil(o.PluginName) { + toSerialize["plugin_name"] = o.PluginName + } + if !IsNil(o.PluginId) { + toSerialize["plugin_id"] = o.PluginId + } + if !IsNil(o.FrameworkName) { + toSerialize["framework_name"] = o.FrameworkName + } + if !IsNil(o.FrameworkId) { + toSerialize["framework_id"] = o.FrameworkId + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineName) { + toSerialize["engine_name"] = o.EngineName + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + } + if !IsNil(o.RevisionHash) { + toSerialize["revision_hash"] = o.RevisionHash + } + if !IsNil(o.Config) { + toSerialize["config"] = o.Config + } if !IsNil(o.CreateDate) { toSerialize["create_date"] = o.CreateDate } + if !IsNil(o.AccountId) { + toSerialize["account_id"] = o.AccountId + } + if !IsNil(o.AccountName) { + toSerialize["account_name"] = o.AccountName + } + if !IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + toSerialize["dct_managed"] = o.DctManaged + } + if !IsNil(o.ConfigInvalid) { + toSerialize["config_invalid"] = o.ConfigInvalid + } if !IsNil(o.Tags) { toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags } diff --git a/model_algorithm_create_parameters.go b/model_algorithm_create_parameters.go deleted file mode 100644 index 82df1e75..00000000 --- a/model_algorithm_create_parameters.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,277 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" -) - -// checks if the AlgorithmCreateParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &AlgorithmCreateParameters{} - -// AlgorithmCreateParameters Parameters to create a masking algorithm. -type AlgorithmCreateParameters struct { - // The name of this Algorithm. - Name string `json:"name"` - // A description of this algorithm. - Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"` - // The id of the plugin which this algorithm will use. - PluginId string `json:"plugin_id"` - // The configuration of this algorithm. - Config map[string]interface{} `json:"config"` - // Name for the framework of this algorithm. - FrameworkName string `json:"framework_name"` - // The tags of this algorithm. - Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` -} - -// NewAlgorithmCreateParameters instantiates a new AlgorithmCreateParameters object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewAlgorithmCreateParameters(name string, pluginId string, config map[string]interface{}, frameworkName string) *AlgorithmCreateParameters { - this := AlgorithmCreateParameters{} - this.Name = name - this.PluginId = pluginId - this.Config = config - this.FrameworkName = frameworkName - return &this -} - -// NewAlgorithmCreateParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new AlgorithmCreateParameters object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewAlgorithmCreateParametersWithDefaults() *AlgorithmCreateParameters { - this := AlgorithmCreateParameters{} - return &this -} - -// GetName returns the Name field value -func (o *AlgorithmCreateParameters) GetName() string { - if o == nil { - var ret string - return ret - } - - return o.Name -} - -// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmCreateParameters) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { - return nil, false - } - return &o.Name, true -} - -// SetName sets field value -func (o *AlgorithmCreateParameters) SetName(v string) { - o.Name = v -} - -// GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *AlgorithmCreateParameters) GetDescription() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.Description -} - -// GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmCreateParameters) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Description, true -} - -// HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmCreateParameters) HasDescription() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Description) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field. -func (o *AlgorithmCreateParameters) SetDescription(v string) { - o.Description = &v -} - -// GetPluginId returns the PluginId field value -func (o *AlgorithmCreateParameters) GetPluginId() string { - if o == nil { - var ret string - return ret - } - - return o.PluginId -} - -// GetPluginIdOk returns a tuple with the PluginId field value -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmCreateParameters) GetPluginIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { - return nil, false - } - return &o.PluginId, true -} - -// SetPluginId sets field value -func (o *AlgorithmCreateParameters) SetPluginId(v string) { - o.PluginId = v -} - -// GetConfig returns the Config field value -func (o *AlgorithmCreateParameters) GetConfig() map[string]interface{} { - if o == nil { - var ret map[string]interface{} - return ret - } - - return o.Config -} - -// GetConfigOk returns a tuple with the Config field value -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmCreateParameters) GetConfigOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { - if o == nil { - return map[string]interface{}{}, false - } - return o.Config, true -} - -// SetConfig sets field value -func (o *AlgorithmCreateParameters) SetConfig(v map[string]interface{}) { - o.Config = v -} - -// GetFrameworkName returns the FrameworkName field value -func (o *AlgorithmCreateParameters) GetFrameworkName() string { - if o == nil { - var ret string - return ret - } - - return o.FrameworkName -} - -// GetFrameworkNameOk returns a tuple with the FrameworkName field value -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmCreateParameters) GetFrameworkNameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { - return nil, false - } - return &o.FrameworkName, true -} - -// SetFrameworkName sets field value -func (o *AlgorithmCreateParameters) SetFrameworkName(v string) { - o.FrameworkName = v -} - -// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *AlgorithmCreateParameters) GetTags() []Tag { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { - var ret []Tag - return ret - } - return o.Tags -} - -// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmCreateParameters) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Tags, true -} - -// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmCreateParameters) HasTags() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. -func (o *AlgorithmCreateParameters) SetTags(v []Tag) { - o.Tags = v -} - -func (o AlgorithmCreateParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o AlgorithmCreateParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - toSerialize["name"] = o.Name - if !IsNil(o.Description) { - toSerialize["description"] = o.Description - } - toSerialize["plugin_id"] = o.PluginId - toSerialize["config"] = o.Config - toSerialize["framework_name"] = o.FrameworkName - if !IsNil(o.Tags) { - toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableAlgorithmCreateParameters struct { - value *AlgorithmCreateParameters - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableAlgorithmCreateParameters) Get() *AlgorithmCreateParameters { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableAlgorithmCreateParameters) Set(val *AlgorithmCreateParameters) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableAlgorithmCreateParameters) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableAlgorithmCreateParameters) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableAlgorithmCreateParameters(val *AlgorithmCreateParameters) *NullableAlgorithmCreateParameters { - return &NullableAlgorithmCreateParameters{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableAlgorithmCreateParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableAlgorithmCreateParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_algorithm_revision.go b/model_algorithm_revision.go deleted file mode 100644 index 8dca2463..00000000 --- a/model_algorithm_revision.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,483 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" - "time" -) - -// checks if the AlgorithmRevision type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &AlgorithmRevision{} - -// AlgorithmRevision A masking algorithm revision. -type AlgorithmRevision struct { - // The algorithm revision ID. - Id string `json:"id"` - // The name of this algorithm revision. - Name string `json:"name"` - // A note of this algorithm. - Note NullableString `json:"note,omitempty"` - // The id of the algorithm that this revision belongs to. - AlgorithmId string `json:"algorithm_id"` - // The id of the plugin that this algorithm revision belongs to. - PluginId string `json:"plugin_id"` - // The id of the framework that this algorithm revision belongs to. - FrameworkId string `json:"framework_id"` - // Whether this algorithm revision is the primary revision of its algorithm. - IsPrimary bool `json:"is_primary"` - // Whether this algorithm revision is defined in a plugin as a default instance. - IsDefaultInstance bool `json:"is_default_instance"` - // The date and time this algorithm revision was created. - CreateDate *time.Time `json:"create_date,omitempty"` - // The engines that this algorithm revision is originated from. - OriginEngines []AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine `json:"origin_engines,omitempty"` - // The configuration of this algorithm revision. - Config map[string]interface{} `json:"config,omitempty"` - // The tags of this algorithm revision. - Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` -} - -// NewAlgorithmRevision instantiates a new AlgorithmRevision object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewAlgorithmRevision(id string, name string, algorithmId string, pluginId string, frameworkId string, isPrimary bool, isDefaultInstance bool) *AlgorithmRevision { - this := AlgorithmRevision{} - this.Id = id - this.Name = name - this.AlgorithmId = algorithmId - this.PluginId = pluginId - this.FrameworkId = frameworkId - this.IsPrimary = isPrimary - this.IsDefaultInstance = isDefaultInstance - return &this -} - -// NewAlgorithmRevisionWithDefaults instantiates a new AlgorithmRevision object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewAlgorithmRevisionWithDefaults() *AlgorithmRevision { - this := AlgorithmRevision{} - return &this -} - -// GetId returns the Id field value -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) GetId() string { - if o == nil { - var ret string - return ret - } - - return o.Id -} - -// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { - return nil, false - } - return &o.Id, true -} - -// SetId sets field value -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) SetId(v string) { - o.Id = v -} - -// GetName returns the Name field value -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) GetName() string { - if o == nil { - var ret string - return ret - } - - return o.Name -} - -// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { - return nil, false - } - return &o.Name, true -} - -// SetName sets field value -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) SetName(v string) { - o.Name = v -} - -// GetNote returns the Note field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) GetNote() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Note.Get()) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.Note.Get() -} - -// GetNoteOk returns a tuple with the Note field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) GetNoteOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { - return nil, false - } - return o.Note.Get(), o.Note.IsSet() -} - -// HasNote returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) HasNote() bool { - if o != nil && o.Note.IsSet() { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetNote gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the Note field. -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) SetNote(v string) { - o.Note.Set(&v) -} -// SetNoteNil sets the value for Note to be an explicit nil -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) SetNoteNil() { - o.Note.Set(nil) -} - -// UnsetNote ensures that no value is present for Note, not even an explicit nil -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) UnsetNote() { - o.Note.Unset() -} - -// GetAlgorithmId returns the AlgorithmId field value -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) GetAlgorithmId() string { - if o == nil { - var ret string - return ret - } - - return o.AlgorithmId -} - -// GetAlgorithmIdOk returns a tuple with the AlgorithmId field value -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) GetAlgorithmIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { - return nil, false - } - return &o.AlgorithmId, true -} - -// SetAlgorithmId sets field value -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) SetAlgorithmId(v string) { - o.AlgorithmId = v -} - -// GetPluginId returns the PluginId field value -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) GetPluginId() string { - if o == nil { - var ret string - return ret - } - - return o.PluginId -} - -// GetPluginIdOk returns a tuple with the PluginId field value -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) GetPluginIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { - return nil, false - } - return &o.PluginId, true -} - -// SetPluginId sets field value -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) SetPluginId(v string) { - o.PluginId = v -} - -// GetFrameworkId returns the FrameworkId field value -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) GetFrameworkId() string { - if o == nil { - var ret string - return ret - } - - return o.FrameworkId -} - -// GetFrameworkIdOk returns a tuple with the FrameworkId field value -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) GetFrameworkIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { - return nil, false - } - return &o.FrameworkId, true -} - -// SetFrameworkId sets field value -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) SetFrameworkId(v string) { - o.FrameworkId = v -} - -// GetIsPrimary returns the IsPrimary field value -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) GetIsPrimary() bool { - if o == nil { - var ret bool - return ret - } - - return o.IsPrimary -} - -// GetIsPrimaryOk returns a tuple with the IsPrimary field value -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) GetIsPrimaryOk() (*bool, bool) { - if o == nil { - return nil, false - } - return &o.IsPrimary, true -} - -// SetIsPrimary sets field value -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) SetIsPrimary(v bool) { - o.IsPrimary = v -} - -// GetIsDefaultInstance returns the IsDefaultInstance field value -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) GetIsDefaultInstance() bool { - if o == nil { - var ret bool - return ret - } - - return o.IsDefaultInstance -} - -// GetIsDefaultInstanceOk returns a tuple with the IsDefaultInstance field value -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) GetIsDefaultInstanceOk() (*bool, bool) { - if o == nil { - return nil, false - } - return &o.IsDefaultInstance, true -} - -// SetIsDefaultInstance sets field value -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) SetIsDefaultInstance(v bool) { - o.IsDefaultInstance = v -} - -// GetCreateDate returns the CreateDate field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) GetCreateDate() time.Time { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.CreateDate) { - var ret time.Time - return ret - } - return *o.CreateDate -} - -// GetCreateDateOk returns a tuple with the CreateDate field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) GetCreateDateOk() (*time.Time, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.CreateDate) { - return nil, false - } - return o.CreateDate, true -} - -// HasCreateDate returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) HasCreateDate() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CreateDate) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetCreateDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreateDate field. -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) SetCreateDate(v time.Time) { - o.CreateDate = &v -} - -// GetOriginEngines returns the OriginEngines field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) GetOriginEngines() []AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.OriginEngines) { - var ret []AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine - return ret - } - return o.OriginEngines -} - -// GetOriginEnginesOk returns a tuple with the OriginEngines field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) GetOriginEnginesOk() ([]AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.OriginEngines) { - return nil, false - } - return o.OriginEngines, true -} - -// HasOriginEngines returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) HasOriginEngines() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OriginEngines) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetOriginEngines gets a reference to the given []AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine and assigns it to the OriginEngines field. -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) SetOriginEngines(v []AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine) { - o.OriginEngines = v -} - -// GetConfig returns the Config field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) GetConfig() map[string]interface{} { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Config) { - var ret map[string]interface{} - return ret - } - return o.Config -} - -// GetConfigOk returns a tuple with the Config field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) GetConfigOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Config) { - return map[string]interface{}{}, false - } - return o.Config, true -} - -// HasConfig returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) HasConfig() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Config) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetConfig gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the Config field. -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) SetConfig(v map[string]interface{}) { - o.Config = v -} - -// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) GetTags() []Tag { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { - var ret []Tag - return ret - } - return o.Tags -} - -// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Tags, true -} - -// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) HasTags() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. -func (o *AlgorithmRevision) SetTags(v []Tag) { - o.Tags = v -} - -func (o AlgorithmRevision) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o AlgorithmRevision) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - toSerialize["id"] = o.Id - toSerialize["name"] = o.Name - if o.Note.IsSet() { - toSerialize["note"] = o.Note.Get() - } - toSerialize["algorithm_id"] = o.AlgorithmId - toSerialize["plugin_id"] = o.PluginId - toSerialize["framework_id"] = o.FrameworkId - toSerialize["is_primary"] = o.IsPrimary - toSerialize["is_default_instance"] = o.IsDefaultInstance - if !IsNil(o.CreateDate) { - toSerialize["create_date"] = o.CreateDate - } - if !IsNil(o.OriginEngines) { - toSerialize["origin_engines"] = o.OriginEngines - } - if !IsNil(o.Config) { - toSerialize["config"] = o.Config - } - if !IsNil(o.Tags) { - toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableAlgorithmRevision struct { - value *AlgorithmRevision - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableAlgorithmRevision) Get() *AlgorithmRevision { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableAlgorithmRevision) Set(val *AlgorithmRevision) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableAlgorithmRevision) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableAlgorithmRevision) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableAlgorithmRevision(val *AlgorithmRevision) *NullableAlgorithmRevision { - return &NullableAlgorithmRevision{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableAlgorithmRevision) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableAlgorithmRevision) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_algorithm_revision_create_parameters.go b/model_algorithm_revision_create_parameters.go deleted file mode 100644 index 2b939d18..00000000 --- a/model_algorithm_revision_create_parameters.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,249 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" -) - -// checks if the AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters{} - -// AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters Parameters to create a masking algorithm revision. -type AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters struct { - // The name of this Algorithm. - Name string `json:"name"` - // A note of this algorithm. - Note *string `json:"note,omitempty"` - // The id of the plugin which this algorithm will use. - PluginId string `json:"plugin_id"` - // The configuration of this algorithm revision. - Config map[string]interface{} `json:"config"` - // The tags of this algorithm revision. - Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` -} - -// NewAlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters instantiates a new AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewAlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters(name string, pluginId string, config map[string]interface{}) *AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters { - this := AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters{} - this.Name = name - this.PluginId = pluginId - this.Config = config - return &this -} - -// NewAlgorithmRevisionCreateParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewAlgorithmRevisionCreateParametersWithDefaults() *AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters { - this := AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters{} - return &this -} - -// GetName returns the Name field value -func (o *AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters) GetName() string { - if o == nil { - var ret string - return ret - } - - return o.Name -} - -// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { - return nil, false - } - return &o.Name, true -} - -// SetName sets field value -func (o *AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters) SetName(v string) { - o.Name = v -} - -// GetNote returns the Note field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters) GetNote() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Note) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.Note -} - -// GetNoteOk returns a tuple with the Note field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters) GetNoteOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Note) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Note, true -} - -// HasNote returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters) HasNote() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Note) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetNote gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Note field. -func (o *AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters) SetNote(v string) { - o.Note = &v -} - -// GetPluginId returns the PluginId field value -func (o *AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters) GetPluginId() string { - if o == nil { - var ret string - return ret - } - - return o.PluginId -} - -// GetPluginIdOk returns a tuple with the PluginId field value -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters) GetPluginIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { - return nil, false - } - return &o.PluginId, true -} - -// SetPluginId sets field value -func (o *AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters) SetPluginId(v string) { - o.PluginId = v -} - -// GetConfig returns the Config field value -func (o *AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters) GetConfig() map[string]interface{} { - if o == nil { - var ret map[string]interface{} - return ret - } - - return o.Config -} - -// GetConfigOk returns a tuple with the Config field value -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters) GetConfigOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { - if o == nil { - return map[string]interface{}{}, false - } - return o.Config, true -} - -// SetConfig sets field value -func (o *AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters) SetConfig(v map[string]interface{}) { - o.Config = v -} - -// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters) GetTags() []Tag { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { - var ret []Tag - return ret - } - return o.Tags -} - -// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Tags, true -} - -// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters) HasTags() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. -func (o *AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters) SetTags(v []Tag) { - o.Tags = v -} - -func (o AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - toSerialize["name"] = o.Name - if !IsNil(o.Note) { - toSerialize["note"] = o.Note - } - toSerialize["plugin_id"] = o.PluginId - toSerialize["config"] = o.Config - if !IsNil(o.Tags) { - toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableAlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters struct { - value *AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableAlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters) Get() *AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableAlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters) Set(val *AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableAlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableAlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableAlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters(val *AlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters) *NullableAlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters { - return &NullableAlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableAlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableAlgorithmRevisionCreateParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_algorithm_revision_origin_engine.go b/model_algorithm_revision_origin_engine.go deleted file mode 100644 index 8380fd6c..00000000 --- a/model_algorithm_revision_origin_engine.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,165 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" -) - -// checks if the AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine{} - -// AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine A record of engine that an algorithm revision originates from. -type AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine struct { - // The id of the engine that this algorithm revision is originated from. - EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` - // The name of the engine that this algorithm revision is originated from. - EngineName *string `json:"engine_name,omitempty"` -} - -// NewAlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine instantiates a new AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewAlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine() *AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine { - this := AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine{} - return &this -} - -// NewAlgorithmRevisionOriginEngineWithDefaults instantiates a new AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewAlgorithmRevisionOriginEngineWithDefaults() *AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine { - this := AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine{} - return &this -} - -// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine) GetEngineId() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.EngineId -} - -// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { - return nil, false - } - return o.EngineId, true -} - -// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine) HasEngineId() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. -func (o *AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine) SetEngineId(v string) { - o.EngineId = &v -} - -// GetEngineName returns the EngineName field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine) GetEngineName() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.EngineName -} - -// GetEngineNameOk returns a tuple with the EngineName field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine) GetEngineNameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName) { - return nil, false - } - return o.EngineName, true -} - -// HasEngineName returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine) HasEngineName() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineName) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetEngineName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineName field. -func (o *AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine) SetEngineName(v string) { - o.EngineName = &v -} - -func (o AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { - toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId - } - if !IsNil(o.EngineName) { - toSerialize["engine_name"] = o.EngineName - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableAlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine struct { - value *AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableAlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine) Get() *AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableAlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine) Set(val *AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableAlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableAlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableAlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine(val *AlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine) *NullableAlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine { - return &NullableAlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableAlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableAlgorithmRevisionOriginEngine) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_all_object_permissions_response.go b/model_all_object_permissions_response.go index 2387237d..0fe665ea 100644 --- a/model_all_object_permissions_response.go +++ b/model_all_object_permissions_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_always_allowed_permission.go b/model_always_allowed_permission.go index 5d9ddd6b..83b3a534 100644 --- a/model_always_allowed_permission.go +++ b/model_always_allowed_permission.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the AlwaysAllowedPermission type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -24,6 +26,8 @@ type AlwaysAllowedPermission struct { Permission PermissionEnum `json:"permission"` } +type _AlwaysAllowedPermission AlwaysAllowedPermission + // NewAlwaysAllowedPermission instantiates a new AlwaysAllowedPermission object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -106,6 +110,44 @@ func (o AlwaysAllowedPermission) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *AlwaysAllowedPermission) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "object_type", + "permission", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varAlwaysAllowedPermission := _AlwaysAllowedPermission{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varAlwaysAllowedPermission) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = AlwaysAllowedPermission(varAlwaysAllowedPermission) + + return err +} + type NullableAlwaysAllowedPermission struct { value *AlwaysAllowedPermission isSet bool diff --git a/model_always_allowed_permission_request.go b/model_always_allowed_permission_request.go index 105a7517..87350fc8 100644 --- a/model_always_allowed_permission_request.go +++ b/model_always_allowed_permission_request.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the AlwaysAllowedPermissionRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -24,6 +26,8 @@ type AlwaysAllowedPermissionRequest struct { AlwaysAllowedPermissions []AlwaysAllowedPermission `json:"always_allowed_permissions"` } +type _AlwaysAllowedPermissionRequest AlwaysAllowedPermissionRequest + // NewAlwaysAllowedPermissionRequest instantiates a new AlwaysAllowedPermissionRequest object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -80,6 +84,43 @@ func (o AlwaysAllowedPermissionRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *AlwaysAllowedPermissionRequest) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "always_allowed_permissions", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varAlwaysAllowedPermissionRequest := _AlwaysAllowedPermissionRequest{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varAlwaysAllowedPermissionRequest) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = AlwaysAllowedPermissionRequest(varAlwaysAllowedPermissionRequest) + + return err +} + type NullableAlwaysAllowedPermissionRequest struct { value *AlwaysAllowedPermissionRequest isSet bool diff --git a/model_api_classification_config.go b/model_api_classification_config.go index 42456468..c1209bd5 100644 --- a/model_api_classification_config.go +++ b/model_api_classification_config.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_api_classification_object.go b/model_api_classification_object.go index fc4475aa..a6453ab7 100644 --- a/model_api_classification_object.go +++ b/model_api_classification_object.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_api_usage_data.go b/model_api_usage_data.go index f8f5e169..1fbbb0d3 100644 --- a/model_api_usage_data.go +++ b/model_api_usage_data.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the ApiUsageData type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -36,6 +38,8 @@ type ApiUsageData struct { DctVersion *string `json:"dct_version,omitempty"` } +type _ApiUsageData ApiUsageData + // NewApiUsageData instantiates a new ApiUsageData object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -302,6 +306,43 @@ func (o ApiUsageData) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *ApiUsageData) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "api_count", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varApiUsageData := _ApiUsageData{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varApiUsageData) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ApiUsageData(varApiUsageData) + + return err +} + type NullableApiUsageData struct { value *ApiUsageData isSet bool diff --git a/model_api_usage_report_response.go b/model_api_usage_report_response.go index 91ed3058..062ce9d6 100644 --- a/model_api_usage_report_response.go +++ b/model_api_usage_report_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_apikey_regenerate_parameter.go b/model_apikey_regenerate_parameter.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e19f0fda --- /dev/null +++ b/model_apikey_regenerate_parameter.go @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the ApikeyRegenerateParameter type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ApikeyRegenerateParameter{} + +// ApikeyRegenerateParameter struct for ApikeyRegenerateParameter +type ApikeyRegenerateParameter struct { + // Current api key for the account + Token string `json:"token"` +} + +type _ApikeyRegenerateParameter ApikeyRegenerateParameter + +// NewApikeyRegenerateParameter instantiates a new ApikeyRegenerateParameter object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewApikeyRegenerateParameter(token string) *ApikeyRegenerateParameter { + this := ApikeyRegenerateParameter{} + this.Token = token + return &this +} + +// NewApikeyRegenerateParameterWithDefaults instantiates a new ApikeyRegenerateParameter object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewApikeyRegenerateParameterWithDefaults() *ApikeyRegenerateParameter { + this := ApikeyRegenerateParameter{} + return &this +} + +// GetToken returns the Token field value +func (o *ApikeyRegenerateParameter) GetToken() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.Token +} + +// GetTokenOk returns a tuple with the Token field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ApikeyRegenerateParameter) GetTokenOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.Token, true +} + +// SetToken sets field value +func (o *ApikeyRegenerateParameter) SetToken(v string) { + o.Token = v +} + +func (o ApikeyRegenerateParameter) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ApikeyRegenerateParameter) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["token"] = o.Token + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *ApikeyRegenerateParameter) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "token", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varApikeyRegenerateParameter := _ApikeyRegenerateParameter{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varApikeyRegenerateParameter) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ApikeyRegenerateParameter(varApikeyRegenerateParameter) + + return err +} + +type NullableApikeyRegenerateParameter struct { + value *ApikeyRegenerateParameter + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableApikeyRegenerateParameter) Get() *ApikeyRegenerateParameter { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableApikeyRegenerateParameter) Set(val *ApikeyRegenerateParameter) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableApikeyRegenerateParameter) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableApikeyRegenerateParameter) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableApikeyRegenerateParameter(val *ApikeyRegenerateParameter) *NullableApikeyRegenerateParameter { + return &NullableApikeyRegenerateParameter{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableApikeyRegenerateParameter) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableApikeyRegenerateParameter) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_app_data_d_source_link_source_parameters.go b/model_app_data_d_source_link_source_parameters.go index bd0befb8..2009f669 100644 --- a/model_app_data_d_source_link_source_parameters.go +++ b/model_app_data_d_source_link_source_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -62,6 +64,8 @@ type AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters struct { SyncParameters map[string]interface{} `json:"sync_parameters"` } +type _AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters + // NewAppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters instantiates a new AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -777,6 +781,45 @@ func (o AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, err return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "environment_user", + "parameters", + "sync_parameters", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varAppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters := _AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varAppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters(varAppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters) + + return err +} + type NullableAppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters struct { value *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParameters isSet bool diff --git a/model_app_data_d_source_link_source_parameters_all_of.go b/model_app_data_d_source_link_source_parameters_all_of.go deleted file mode 100644 index 81f12cf3..00000000 --- a/model_app_data_d_source_link_source_parameters_all_of.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,428 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" -) - -// checks if the AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf{} - -// AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf struct for AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf -type AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf struct { - // The type of link to create. Default is AppDataDirect. * `AppDataDirect` - Represents the AppData specific parameters of a link request for a source directly replicated into the Delphix Engine. * `AppDataStaged` - Represents the AppData specific parameters of a link request for a source with a staging source. - LinkType *string `json:"link_type,omitempty"` - // The base mount point for the NFS mount on the staging environment [AppDataStaged only]. - StagingMountBase *string `json:"staging_mount_base,omitempty"` - // The environment used as an intermediate stage to pull data into Delphix [AppDataStaged only]. - StagingEnvironment *string `json:"staging_environment,omitempty"` - // The environment user used to access the staging environment [AppDataStaged only]. - StagingEnvironmentUser *string `json:"staging_environment_user,omitempty"` - // The OS user to use for linking. - EnvironmentUser *string `json:"environment_user,omitempty"` - // List of subdirectories in the source to exclude when syncing data. These paths are relative to the root of the source directory. [AppDataDirect only] - Excludes []string `json:"excludes,omitempty"` - // List of symlinks in the source to follow when syncing data. These paths are relative to the root of the source directory. All other symlinks are preserved. [AppDataDirect only] - FollowSymlinks []string `json:"follow_symlinks,omitempty"` - // The JSON payload conforming to the DraftV4 schema based on the type of application data being manipulated. - Parameters map[string]interface{} `json:"parameters,omitempty"` - // The JSON payload conforming to the snapshot parameters definition in a LUA toolkit or platform plugin. - SyncParameters map[string]interface{} `json:"sync_parameters,omitempty"` -} - -// NewAppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf instantiates a new AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewAppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf() *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf { - this := AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf{} - var linkType string = "AppDataDirect" - this.LinkType = &linkType - return &this -} - -// NewAppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOfWithDefaults instantiates a new AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewAppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOfWithDefaults() *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf { - this := AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf{} - var linkType string = "AppDataDirect" - this.LinkType = &linkType - return &this -} - -// GetLinkType returns the LinkType field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetLinkType() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.LinkType) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.LinkType -} - -// GetLinkTypeOk returns a tuple with the LinkType field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetLinkTypeOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.LinkType) { - return nil, false - } - return o.LinkType, true -} - -// HasLinkType returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasLinkType() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LinkType) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetLinkType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the LinkType field. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetLinkType(v string) { - o.LinkType = &v -} - -// GetStagingMountBase returns the StagingMountBase field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetStagingMountBase() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingMountBase) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.StagingMountBase -} - -// GetStagingMountBaseOk returns a tuple with the StagingMountBase field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetStagingMountBaseOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingMountBase) { - return nil, false - } - return o.StagingMountBase, true -} - -// HasStagingMountBase returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasStagingMountBase() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StagingMountBase) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetStagingMountBase gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StagingMountBase field. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetStagingMountBase(v string) { - o.StagingMountBase = &v -} - -// GetStagingEnvironment returns the StagingEnvironment field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetStagingEnvironment() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingEnvironment) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.StagingEnvironment -} - -// GetStagingEnvironmentOk returns a tuple with the StagingEnvironment field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetStagingEnvironmentOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingEnvironment) { - return nil, false - } - return o.StagingEnvironment, true -} - -// HasStagingEnvironment returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasStagingEnvironment() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StagingEnvironment) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetStagingEnvironment gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StagingEnvironment field. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetStagingEnvironment(v string) { - o.StagingEnvironment = &v -} - -// GetStagingEnvironmentUser returns the StagingEnvironmentUser field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetStagingEnvironmentUser() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingEnvironmentUser) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.StagingEnvironmentUser -} - -// GetStagingEnvironmentUserOk returns a tuple with the StagingEnvironmentUser field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetStagingEnvironmentUserOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingEnvironmentUser) { - return nil, false - } - return o.StagingEnvironmentUser, true -} - -// HasStagingEnvironmentUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasStagingEnvironmentUser() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StagingEnvironmentUser) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetStagingEnvironmentUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StagingEnvironmentUser field. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetStagingEnvironmentUser(v string) { - o.StagingEnvironmentUser = &v -} - -// GetEnvironmentUser returns the EnvironmentUser field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetEnvironmentUser() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUser) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.EnvironmentUser -} - -// GetEnvironmentUserOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUser field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetEnvironmentUserOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUser) { - return nil, false - } - return o.EnvironmentUser, true -} - -// HasEnvironmentUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasEnvironmentUser() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUser) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetEnvironmentUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentUser field. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetEnvironmentUser(v string) { - o.EnvironmentUser = &v -} - -// GetExcludes returns the Excludes field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExcludes() []string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Excludes) { - var ret []string - return ret - } - return o.Excludes -} - -// GetExcludesOk returns a tuple with the Excludes field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExcludesOk() ([]string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Excludes) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Excludes, true -} - -// HasExcludes returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasExcludes() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Excludes) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetExcludes gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Excludes field. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetExcludes(v []string) { - o.Excludes = v -} - -// GetFollowSymlinks returns the FollowSymlinks field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetFollowSymlinks() []string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FollowSymlinks) { - var ret []string - return ret - } - return o.FollowSymlinks -} - -// GetFollowSymlinksOk returns a tuple with the FollowSymlinks field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetFollowSymlinksOk() ([]string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FollowSymlinks) { - return nil, false - } - return o.FollowSymlinks, true -} - -// HasFollowSymlinks returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasFollowSymlinks() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FollowSymlinks) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetFollowSymlinks gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the FollowSymlinks field. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetFollowSymlinks(v []string) { - o.FollowSymlinks = v -} - -// GetParameters returns the Parameters field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetParameters() map[string]interface{} { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Parameters) { - var ret map[string]interface{} - return ret - } - return o.Parameters -} - -// GetParametersOk returns a tuple with the Parameters field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetParametersOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Parameters) { - return map[string]interface{}{}, false - } - return o.Parameters, true -} - -// HasParameters returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasParameters() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Parameters) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetParameters gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the Parameters field. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetParameters(v map[string]interface{}) { - o.Parameters = v -} - -// GetSyncParameters returns the SyncParameters field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetSyncParameters() map[string]interface{} { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.SyncParameters) { - var ret map[string]interface{} - return ret - } - return o.SyncParameters -} - -// GetSyncParametersOk returns a tuple with the SyncParameters field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetSyncParametersOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.SyncParameters) { - return map[string]interface{}{}, false - } - return o.SyncParameters, true -} - -// HasSyncParameters returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasSyncParameters() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SyncParameters) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetSyncParameters gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the SyncParameters field. -func (o *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetSyncParameters(v map[string]interface{}) { - o.SyncParameters = v -} - -func (o AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.LinkType) { - toSerialize["link_type"] = o.LinkType - } - if !IsNil(o.StagingMountBase) { - toSerialize["staging_mount_base"] = o.StagingMountBase - } - if !IsNil(o.StagingEnvironment) { - toSerialize["staging_environment"] = o.StagingEnvironment - } - if !IsNil(o.StagingEnvironmentUser) { - toSerialize["staging_environment_user"] = o.StagingEnvironmentUser - } - if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUser) { - toSerialize["environment_user"] = o.EnvironmentUser - } - if !IsNil(o.Excludes) { - toSerialize["excludes"] = o.Excludes - } - if !IsNil(o.FollowSymlinks) { - toSerialize["follow_symlinks"] = o.FollowSymlinks - } - if !IsNil(o.Parameters) { - toSerialize["parameters"] = o.Parameters - } - if !IsNil(o.SyncParameters) { - toSerialize["sync_parameters"] = o.SyncParameters - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableAppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf struct { - value *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableAppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) Get() *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableAppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) Set(val *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableAppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableAppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableAppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf(val *AppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) *NullableAppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf { - return &NullableAppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableAppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableAppDataDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_app_data_source_create_parameters.go b/model_app_data_source_create_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ccb6d97c --- /dev/null +++ b/model_app_data_source_create_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,446 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the AppDataSourceCreateParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &AppDataSourceCreateParameters{} + +// AppDataSourceCreateParameters struct for AppDataSourceCreateParameters +type AppDataSourceCreateParameters struct { + // The type of source to create. Default is DIRECT. + Type string `json:"type"` + // The name of the source. + Name string `json:"name"` + // The ID of the Repository onto which the source will be created. + RepositoryId string `json:"repository_id"` + // Whether this source should be used for linking. + LinkingEnabled *bool `json:"linking_enabled,omitempty"` + // The environment user reference. + EnvironmentUser *string `json:"environment_user,omitempty"` + // The JSON payload conforming to the DraftV4 schema based on the type of application data being manipulated. + Parameters map[string]interface{} `json:"parameters,omitempty"` + // The path to the data to be synced. This should only be passed for type=DIRECT. + Path *string `json:"path,omitempty"` + // The ID of the environment to create the source on. + EnvironmentId *string `json:"environment_id,omitempty"` + // The ID of the engine to create the source on. + EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` +} + +type _AppDataSourceCreateParameters AppDataSourceCreateParameters + +// NewAppDataSourceCreateParameters instantiates a new AppDataSourceCreateParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewAppDataSourceCreateParameters(type_ string, name string, repositoryId string) *AppDataSourceCreateParameters { + this := AppDataSourceCreateParameters{} + this.Type = type_ + this.Name = name + this.RepositoryId = repositoryId + var linkingEnabled bool = true + this.LinkingEnabled = &linkingEnabled + return &this +} + +// NewAppDataSourceCreateParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new AppDataSourceCreateParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewAppDataSourceCreateParametersWithDefaults() *AppDataSourceCreateParameters { + this := AppDataSourceCreateParameters{} + var type_ string = "DIRECT" + this.Type = type_ + var linkingEnabled bool = true + this.LinkingEnabled = &linkingEnabled + return &this +} + +// GetType returns the Type field value +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) GetType() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.Type +} + +// GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.Type, true +} + +// SetType sets field value +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) SetType(v string) { + o.Type = v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) GetName() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.Name, true +} + +// SetName sets field value +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = v +} + +// GetRepositoryId returns the RepositoryId field value +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) GetRepositoryId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.RepositoryId +} + +// GetRepositoryIdOk returns a tuple with the RepositoryId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) GetRepositoryIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.RepositoryId, true +} + +// SetRepositoryId sets field value +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) SetRepositoryId(v string) { + o.RepositoryId = v +} + +// GetLinkingEnabled returns the LinkingEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) GetLinkingEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LinkingEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.LinkingEnabled +} + +// GetLinkingEnabledOk returns a tuple with the LinkingEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) GetLinkingEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LinkingEnabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LinkingEnabled, true +} + +// HasLinkingEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) HasLinkingEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LinkingEnabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLinkingEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the LinkingEnabled field. +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) SetLinkingEnabled(v bool) { + o.LinkingEnabled = &v +} + +// GetEnvironmentUser returns the EnvironmentUser field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) GetEnvironmentUser() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUser) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EnvironmentUser +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUser field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) GetEnvironmentUserOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUser) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvironmentUser, true +} + +// HasEnvironmentUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) HasEnvironmentUser() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUser) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironmentUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentUser field. +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) SetEnvironmentUser(v string) { + o.EnvironmentUser = &v +} + +// GetParameters returns the Parameters field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) GetParameters() map[string]interface{} { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Parameters) { + var ret map[string]interface{} + return ret + } + return o.Parameters +} + +// GetParametersOk returns a tuple with the Parameters field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) GetParametersOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Parameters) { + return map[string]interface{}{}, false + } + return o.Parameters, true +} + +// HasParameters returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) HasParameters() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Parameters) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParameters gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the Parameters field. +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) SetParameters(v map[string]interface{}) { + o.Parameters = v +} + +// GetPath returns the Path field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) GetPath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Path) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Path +} + +// GetPathOk returns a tuple with the Path field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) GetPathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Path) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Path, true +} + +// HasPath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) HasPath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Path) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Path field. +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) SetPath(v string) { + o.Path = &v +} + +// GetEnvironmentId returns the EnvironmentId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) GetEnvironmentId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EnvironmentId +} + +// GetEnvironmentIdOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) GetEnvironmentIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvironmentId, true +} + +// HasEnvironmentId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) HasEnvironmentId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironmentId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentId field. +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) SetEnvironmentId(v string) { + o.EnvironmentId = &v +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineId, true +} + +// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) HasEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = &v +} + +func (o AppDataSourceCreateParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o AppDataSourceCreateParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["type"] = o.Type + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + toSerialize["repository_id"] = o.RepositoryId + if !IsNil(o.LinkingEnabled) { + toSerialize["linking_enabled"] = o.LinkingEnabled + } + if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUser) { + toSerialize["environment_user"] = o.EnvironmentUser + } + if !IsNil(o.Parameters) { + toSerialize["parameters"] = o.Parameters + } + if !IsNil(o.Path) { + toSerialize["path"] = o.Path + } + if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { + toSerialize["environment_id"] = o.EnvironmentId + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "type", + "name", + "repository_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varAppDataSourceCreateParameters := _AppDataSourceCreateParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varAppDataSourceCreateParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = AppDataSourceCreateParameters(varAppDataSourceCreateParameters) + + return err +} + +type NullableAppDataSourceCreateParameters struct { + value *AppDataSourceCreateParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableAppDataSourceCreateParameters) Get() *AppDataSourceCreateParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableAppDataSourceCreateParameters) Set(val *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableAppDataSourceCreateParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableAppDataSourceCreateParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableAppDataSourceCreateParameters(val *AppDataSourceCreateParameters) *NullableAppDataSourceCreateParameters { + return &NullableAppDataSourceCreateParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableAppDataSourceCreateParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableAppDataSourceCreateParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_ased_source_link_source_parameters.go b/model_ased_source_link_source_parameters.go index f0929205..29322fa9 100644 --- a/model_ased_source_link_source_parameters.go +++ b/model_ased_source_link_source_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -62,6 +64,8 @@ type ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters struct { DbUser *string `json:"db_user,omitempty"` // Password for the database user. DbPassword *string `json:"db_password,omitempty"` + // Delphix display name for the vault user. + DbVaultUsername *string `json:"db_vault_username,omitempty"` // The name or reference of the vault from which to read the database credentials. DbVault *string `json:"db_vault,omitempty"` // Vault engine name where the credential is stored. @@ -100,6 +104,8 @@ type ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters struct { PostValidatedSync []SourceOperation `json:"post_validated_sync,omitempty"` } +type _ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters + // NewASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters instantiates a new ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -799,6 +805,38 @@ func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters) SetDbPassword(v string) { o.DbPassword = &v } +// GetDbVaultUsername returns the DbVaultUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetDbVaultUsername() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbVaultUsername) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DbVaultUsername +} + +// GetDbVaultUsernameOk returns a tuple with the DbVaultUsername field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetDbVaultUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbVaultUsername) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DbVaultUsername, true +} + +// HasDbVaultUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters) HasDbVaultUsername() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DbVaultUsername) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDbVaultUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DbVaultUsername field. +func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters) SetDbVaultUsername(v string) { + o.DbVaultUsername = &v +} + // GetDbVault returns the DbVault field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetDbVault() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbVault) { @@ -1444,6 +1482,9 @@ func (o ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) if !IsNil(o.DbPassword) { toSerialize["db_password"] = o.DbPassword } + if !IsNil(o.DbVaultUsername) { + toSerialize["db_vault_username"] = o.DbVaultUsername + } if !IsNil(o.DbVault) { toSerialize["db_vault"] = o.DbVault } @@ -1501,6 +1542,44 @@ func (o ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "source_id", + "load_backup_path", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters := _ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters(varASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters) + + return err +} + type NullableASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters struct { value *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParameters isSet bool diff --git a/model_ased_source_link_source_parameters_all_of.go b/model_ased_source_link_source_parameters_all_of.go deleted file mode 100644 index 4ca9148d..00000000 --- a/model_ased_source_link_source_parameters_all_of.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1143 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" -) - -// checks if the ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf{} - -// ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf struct for ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf -type ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf struct { - // External file path. - ExternalFilePath *string `json:"external_file_path,omitempty"` - // The base mount point to use for the NFS mounts. - MountBase *string `json:"mount_base,omitempty"` - // Source database backup location. - LoadBackupPath *string `json:"load_backup_path,omitempty"` - // Name of the backup server instance. - BackupServerName *string `json:"backup_server_name,omitempty"` - // OS user for the host where the backup server is located. - BackupHostUser *string `json:"backup_host_user,omitempty"` - // Host environment where the backup server is located. - BackupHost *string `json:"backup_host,omitempty"` - // The password credential for the source DB user. - DumpCredentials *string `json:"dump_credentials,omitempty"` - // ID or user reference of the host OS user to use for linking. - SourceHostUser *string `json:"source_host_user,omitempty"` - // The user name for the source DB user. - DbUser *string `json:"db_user,omitempty"` - // Password for the database user. - DbPassword *string `json:"db_password,omitempty"` - // The name or reference of the vault from which to read the database credentials. - DbVault *string `json:"db_vault,omitempty"` - // Vault engine name where the credential is stored. - DbHashicorpVaultEngine *string `json:"db_hashicorp_vault_engine,omitempty"` - // Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored. - DbHashicorpVaultSecretPath *string `json:"db_hashicorp_vault_secret_path,omitempty"` - // Hashicorp vault key for the username in the key-value store. - DbHashicorpVaultUsernameKey *string `json:"db_hashicorp_vault_username_key,omitempty"` - // Hashicorp vault key for the password in the key-value store. - DbHashicorpVaultSecretKey *string `json:"db_hashicorp_vault_secret_key,omitempty"` - // Azure key vault name. - DbAzureVaultName *string `json:"db_azure_vault_name,omitempty"` - // Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store. - DbAzureVaultUsernameKey *string `json:"db_azure_vault_username_key,omitempty"` - // Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store. - DbAzureVaultSecretKey *string `json:"db_azure_vault_secret_key,omitempty"` - // Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. - DbCyberarkVaultQueryString *string `json:"db_cyberark_vault_query_string,omitempty"` - // The SAP ASE instance on the staging environment that we want to use for validated sync. - StagingRepository *string `json:"staging_repository,omitempty"` - // Information about the host OS user on the staging environment to use for linking. - StagingHostUser *string `json:"staging_host_user,omitempty"` - // Information about the host OS user on the staging environment to use for linking. - ValidatedSyncMode *string `json:"validated_sync_mode,omitempty"` - // Specifies if Dump History File is enabled for backup history detection. - DumpHistoryFileEnabled *bool `json:"dump_history_file_enabled,omitempty"` - // If this parameter is set to true, it will drop the older devices and create new devices during manual sync operations instead of trying to remap the devices. This might increase the space utilization on Delphix Engine. - DropAndRecreateDevices *bool `json:"drop_and_recreate_devices,omitempty"` - // Determines how the Delphix Engine will take a backup: * `latest_backup` - Use the most recent backup. * `new_backup` - Delphix will take a new backup of your source database. * `specific_backup` - Use a specific backup. Using this option requires setting `ase_backup_files`. Default is `new_backup`. - SyncStrategy *string `json:"sync_strategy,omitempty"` - // The location of the full backup of the source database to restore from. The backup should be present in the shared backup location for the source database. - AseBackupFiles []string `json:"ase_backup_files,omitempty"` - // Operations to perform on the staging source before performing a validated sync. - PreValidatedSync []SourceOperation `json:"pre_validated_sync,omitempty"` - // Operations to perform on the staging source after performing a validated sync. - PostValidatedSync []SourceOperation `json:"post_validated_sync,omitempty"` -} - -// NewASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf instantiates a new ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf() *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf { - this := ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf{} - var validatedSyncMode string = "ENABLED" - this.ValidatedSyncMode = &validatedSyncMode - var dumpHistoryFileEnabled bool = false - this.DumpHistoryFileEnabled = &dumpHistoryFileEnabled - var dropAndRecreateDevices bool = false - this.DropAndRecreateDevices = &dropAndRecreateDevices - var syncStrategy string = "new_backup" - this.SyncStrategy = &syncStrategy - return &this -} - -// NewASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOfWithDefaults instantiates a new ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOfWithDefaults() *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf { - this := ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf{} - var validatedSyncMode string = "ENABLED" - this.ValidatedSyncMode = &validatedSyncMode - var dumpHistoryFileEnabled bool = false - this.DumpHistoryFileEnabled = &dumpHistoryFileEnabled - var dropAndRecreateDevices bool = false - this.DropAndRecreateDevices = &dropAndRecreateDevices - var syncStrategy string = "new_backup" - this.SyncStrategy = &syncStrategy - return &this -} - -// GetExternalFilePath returns the ExternalFilePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalFilePath() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalFilePath) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.ExternalFilePath -} - -// GetExternalFilePathOk returns a tuple with the ExternalFilePath field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalFilePathOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalFilePath) { - return nil, false - } - return o.ExternalFilePath, true -} - -// HasExternalFilePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasExternalFilePath() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalFilePath) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetExternalFilePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalFilePath field. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetExternalFilePath(v string) { - o.ExternalFilePath = &v -} - -// GetMountBase returns the MountBase field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMountBase() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountBase) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.MountBase -} - -// GetMountBaseOk returns a tuple with the MountBase field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMountBaseOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountBase) { - return nil, false - } - return o.MountBase, true -} - -// HasMountBase returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMountBase() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MountBase) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetMountBase gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MountBase field. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetMountBase(v string) { - o.MountBase = &v -} - -// GetLoadBackupPath returns the LoadBackupPath field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetLoadBackupPath() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.LoadBackupPath) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.LoadBackupPath -} - -// GetLoadBackupPathOk returns a tuple with the LoadBackupPath field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetLoadBackupPathOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.LoadBackupPath) { - return nil, false - } - return o.LoadBackupPath, true -} - -// HasLoadBackupPath returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasLoadBackupPath() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LoadBackupPath) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetLoadBackupPath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the LoadBackupPath field. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetLoadBackupPath(v string) { - o.LoadBackupPath = &v -} - -// GetBackupServerName returns the BackupServerName field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetBackupServerName() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.BackupServerName) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.BackupServerName -} - -// GetBackupServerNameOk returns a tuple with the BackupServerName field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetBackupServerNameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.BackupServerName) { - return nil, false - } - return o.BackupServerName, true -} - -// HasBackupServerName returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasBackupServerName() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BackupServerName) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetBackupServerName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BackupServerName field. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetBackupServerName(v string) { - o.BackupServerName = &v -} - -// GetBackupHostUser returns the BackupHostUser field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetBackupHostUser() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.BackupHostUser) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.BackupHostUser -} - -// GetBackupHostUserOk returns a tuple with the BackupHostUser field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetBackupHostUserOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.BackupHostUser) { - return nil, false - } - return o.BackupHostUser, true -} - -// HasBackupHostUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasBackupHostUser() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BackupHostUser) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetBackupHostUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BackupHostUser field. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetBackupHostUser(v string) { - o.BackupHostUser = &v -} - -// GetBackupHost returns the BackupHost field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetBackupHost() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.BackupHost) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.BackupHost -} - -// GetBackupHostOk returns a tuple with the BackupHost field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetBackupHostOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.BackupHost) { - return nil, false - } - return o.BackupHost, true -} - -// HasBackupHost returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasBackupHost() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BackupHost) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetBackupHost gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BackupHost field. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetBackupHost(v string) { - o.BackupHost = &v -} - -// GetDumpCredentials returns the DumpCredentials field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDumpCredentials() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DumpCredentials) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.DumpCredentials -} - -// GetDumpCredentialsOk returns a tuple with the DumpCredentials field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDumpCredentialsOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DumpCredentials) { - return nil, false - } - return o.DumpCredentials, true -} - -// HasDumpCredentials returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasDumpCredentials() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DumpCredentials) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetDumpCredentials gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DumpCredentials field. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetDumpCredentials(v string) { - o.DumpCredentials = &v -} - -// GetSourceHostUser returns the SourceHostUser field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetSourceHostUser() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceHostUser) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.SourceHostUser -} - -// GetSourceHostUserOk returns a tuple with the SourceHostUser field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetSourceHostUserOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceHostUser) { - return nil, false - } - return o.SourceHostUser, true -} - -// HasSourceHostUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasSourceHostUser() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SourceHostUser) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetSourceHostUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SourceHostUser field. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetSourceHostUser(v string) { - o.SourceHostUser = &v -} - -// GetDbUser returns the DbUser field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDbUser() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbUser) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.DbUser -} - -// GetDbUserOk returns a tuple with the DbUser field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDbUserOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbUser) { - return nil, false - } - return o.DbUser, true -} - -// HasDbUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasDbUser() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DbUser) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetDbUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DbUser field. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetDbUser(v string) { - o.DbUser = &v -} - -// GetDbPassword returns the DbPassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDbPassword() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbPassword) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.DbPassword -} - -// GetDbPasswordOk returns a tuple with the DbPassword field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDbPasswordOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbPassword) { - return nil, false - } - return o.DbPassword, true -} - -// HasDbPassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasDbPassword() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DbPassword) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetDbPassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DbPassword field. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetDbPassword(v string) { - o.DbPassword = &v -} - -// GetDbVault returns the DbVault field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDbVault() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbVault) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.DbVault -} - -// GetDbVaultOk returns a tuple with the DbVault field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDbVaultOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbVault) { - return nil, false - } - return o.DbVault, true -} - -// HasDbVault returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasDbVault() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DbVault) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetDbVault gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DbVault field. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetDbVault(v string) { - o.DbVault = &v -} - -// GetDbHashicorpVaultEngine returns the DbHashicorpVaultEngine field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDbHashicorpVaultEngine() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbHashicorpVaultEngine) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.DbHashicorpVaultEngine -} - -// GetDbHashicorpVaultEngineOk returns a tuple with the DbHashicorpVaultEngine field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDbHashicorpVaultEngineOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbHashicorpVaultEngine) { - return nil, false - } - return o.DbHashicorpVaultEngine, true -} - -// HasDbHashicorpVaultEngine returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasDbHashicorpVaultEngine() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DbHashicorpVaultEngine) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetDbHashicorpVaultEngine gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DbHashicorpVaultEngine field. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetDbHashicorpVaultEngine(v string) { - o.DbHashicorpVaultEngine = &v -} - -// GetDbHashicorpVaultSecretPath returns the DbHashicorpVaultSecretPath field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDbHashicorpVaultSecretPath() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbHashicorpVaultSecretPath) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.DbHashicorpVaultSecretPath -} - -// GetDbHashicorpVaultSecretPathOk returns a tuple with the DbHashicorpVaultSecretPath field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDbHashicorpVaultSecretPathOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbHashicorpVaultSecretPath) { - return nil, false - } - return o.DbHashicorpVaultSecretPath, true -} - -// HasDbHashicorpVaultSecretPath returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasDbHashicorpVaultSecretPath() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DbHashicorpVaultSecretPath) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetDbHashicorpVaultSecretPath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DbHashicorpVaultSecretPath field. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetDbHashicorpVaultSecretPath(v string) { - o.DbHashicorpVaultSecretPath = &v -} - -// GetDbHashicorpVaultUsernameKey returns the DbHashicorpVaultUsernameKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDbHashicorpVaultUsernameKey() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbHashicorpVaultUsernameKey) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.DbHashicorpVaultUsernameKey -} - -// GetDbHashicorpVaultUsernameKeyOk returns a tuple with the DbHashicorpVaultUsernameKey field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDbHashicorpVaultUsernameKeyOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbHashicorpVaultUsernameKey) { - return nil, false - } - return o.DbHashicorpVaultUsernameKey, true -} - -// HasDbHashicorpVaultUsernameKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasDbHashicorpVaultUsernameKey() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DbHashicorpVaultUsernameKey) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetDbHashicorpVaultUsernameKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DbHashicorpVaultUsernameKey field. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetDbHashicorpVaultUsernameKey(v string) { - o.DbHashicorpVaultUsernameKey = &v -} - -// GetDbHashicorpVaultSecretKey returns the DbHashicorpVaultSecretKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDbHashicorpVaultSecretKey() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbHashicorpVaultSecretKey) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.DbHashicorpVaultSecretKey -} - -// GetDbHashicorpVaultSecretKeyOk returns a tuple with the DbHashicorpVaultSecretKey field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDbHashicorpVaultSecretKeyOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbHashicorpVaultSecretKey) { - return nil, false - } - return o.DbHashicorpVaultSecretKey, true -} - -// HasDbHashicorpVaultSecretKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasDbHashicorpVaultSecretKey() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DbHashicorpVaultSecretKey) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetDbHashicorpVaultSecretKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DbHashicorpVaultSecretKey field. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetDbHashicorpVaultSecretKey(v string) { - o.DbHashicorpVaultSecretKey = &v -} - -// GetDbAzureVaultName returns the DbAzureVaultName field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDbAzureVaultName() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbAzureVaultName) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.DbAzureVaultName -} - -// GetDbAzureVaultNameOk returns a tuple with the DbAzureVaultName field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDbAzureVaultNameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbAzureVaultName) { - return nil, false - } - return o.DbAzureVaultName, true -} - -// HasDbAzureVaultName returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasDbAzureVaultName() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DbAzureVaultName) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetDbAzureVaultName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DbAzureVaultName field. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetDbAzureVaultName(v string) { - o.DbAzureVaultName = &v -} - -// GetDbAzureVaultUsernameKey returns the DbAzureVaultUsernameKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDbAzureVaultUsernameKey() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbAzureVaultUsernameKey) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.DbAzureVaultUsernameKey -} - -// GetDbAzureVaultUsernameKeyOk returns a tuple with the DbAzureVaultUsernameKey field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDbAzureVaultUsernameKeyOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbAzureVaultUsernameKey) { - return nil, false - } - return o.DbAzureVaultUsernameKey, true -} - -// HasDbAzureVaultUsernameKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasDbAzureVaultUsernameKey() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DbAzureVaultUsernameKey) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetDbAzureVaultUsernameKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DbAzureVaultUsernameKey field. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetDbAzureVaultUsernameKey(v string) { - o.DbAzureVaultUsernameKey = &v -} - -// GetDbAzureVaultSecretKey returns the DbAzureVaultSecretKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDbAzureVaultSecretKey() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbAzureVaultSecretKey) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.DbAzureVaultSecretKey -} - -// GetDbAzureVaultSecretKeyOk returns a tuple with the DbAzureVaultSecretKey field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDbAzureVaultSecretKeyOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbAzureVaultSecretKey) { - return nil, false - } - return o.DbAzureVaultSecretKey, true -} - -// HasDbAzureVaultSecretKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasDbAzureVaultSecretKey() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DbAzureVaultSecretKey) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetDbAzureVaultSecretKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DbAzureVaultSecretKey field. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetDbAzureVaultSecretKey(v string) { - o.DbAzureVaultSecretKey = &v -} - -// GetDbCyberarkVaultQueryString returns the DbCyberarkVaultQueryString field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDbCyberarkVaultQueryString() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbCyberarkVaultQueryString) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.DbCyberarkVaultQueryString -} - -// GetDbCyberarkVaultQueryStringOk returns a tuple with the DbCyberarkVaultQueryString field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDbCyberarkVaultQueryStringOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbCyberarkVaultQueryString) { - return nil, false - } - return o.DbCyberarkVaultQueryString, true -} - -// HasDbCyberarkVaultQueryString returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasDbCyberarkVaultQueryString() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DbCyberarkVaultQueryString) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetDbCyberarkVaultQueryString gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DbCyberarkVaultQueryString field. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetDbCyberarkVaultQueryString(v string) { - o.DbCyberarkVaultQueryString = &v -} - -// GetStagingRepository returns the StagingRepository field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetStagingRepository() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingRepository) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.StagingRepository -} - -// GetStagingRepositoryOk returns a tuple with the StagingRepository field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetStagingRepositoryOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingRepository) { - return nil, false - } - return o.StagingRepository, true -} - -// HasStagingRepository returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasStagingRepository() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StagingRepository) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetStagingRepository gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StagingRepository field. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetStagingRepository(v string) { - o.StagingRepository = &v -} - -// GetStagingHostUser returns the StagingHostUser field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetStagingHostUser() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingHostUser) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.StagingHostUser -} - -// GetStagingHostUserOk returns a tuple with the StagingHostUser field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetStagingHostUserOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingHostUser) { - return nil, false - } - return o.StagingHostUser, true -} - -// HasStagingHostUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasStagingHostUser() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StagingHostUser) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetStagingHostUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StagingHostUser field. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetStagingHostUser(v string) { - o.StagingHostUser = &v -} - -// GetValidatedSyncMode returns the ValidatedSyncMode field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetValidatedSyncMode() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.ValidatedSyncMode) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.ValidatedSyncMode -} - -// GetValidatedSyncModeOk returns a tuple with the ValidatedSyncMode field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetValidatedSyncModeOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.ValidatedSyncMode) { - return nil, false - } - return o.ValidatedSyncMode, true -} - -// HasValidatedSyncMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasValidatedSyncMode() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ValidatedSyncMode) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetValidatedSyncMode gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ValidatedSyncMode field. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetValidatedSyncMode(v string) { - o.ValidatedSyncMode = &v -} - -// GetDumpHistoryFileEnabled returns the DumpHistoryFileEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDumpHistoryFileEnabled() bool { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DumpHistoryFileEnabled) { - var ret bool - return ret - } - return *o.DumpHistoryFileEnabled -} - -// GetDumpHistoryFileEnabledOk returns a tuple with the DumpHistoryFileEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDumpHistoryFileEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DumpHistoryFileEnabled) { - return nil, false - } - return o.DumpHistoryFileEnabled, true -} - -// HasDumpHistoryFileEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasDumpHistoryFileEnabled() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DumpHistoryFileEnabled) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetDumpHistoryFileEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DumpHistoryFileEnabled field. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetDumpHistoryFileEnabled(v bool) { - o.DumpHistoryFileEnabled = &v -} - -// GetDropAndRecreateDevices returns the DropAndRecreateDevices field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDropAndRecreateDevices() bool { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DropAndRecreateDevices) { - var ret bool - return ret - } - return *o.DropAndRecreateDevices -} - -// GetDropAndRecreateDevicesOk returns a tuple with the DropAndRecreateDevices field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDropAndRecreateDevicesOk() (*bool, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DropAndRecreateDevices) { - return nil, false - } - return o.DropAndRecreateDevices, true -} - -// HasDropAndRecreateDevices returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasDropAndRecreateDevices() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DropAndRecreateDevices) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetDropAndRecreateDevices gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DropAndRecreateDevices field. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetDropAndRecreateDevices(v bool) { - o.DropAndRecreateDevices = &v -} - -// GetSyncStrategy returns the SyncStrategy field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetSyncStrategy() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.SyncStrategy) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.SyncStrategy -} - -// GetSyncStrategyOk returns a tuple with the SyncStrategy field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetSyncStrategyOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.SyncStrategy) { - return nil, false - } - return o.SyncStrategy, true -} - -// HasSyncStrategy returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasSyncStrategy() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SyncStrategy) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetSyncStrategy gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SyncStrategy field. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetSyncStrategy(v string) { - o.SyncStrategy = &v -} - -// GetAseBackupFiles returns the AseBackupFiles field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetAseBackupFiles() []string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.AseBackupFiles) { - var ret []string - return ret - } - return o.AseBackupFiles -} - -// GetAseBackupFilesOk returns a tuple with the AseBackupFiles field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetAseBackupFilesOk() ([]string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.AseBackupFiles) { - return nil, false - } - return o.AseBackupFiles, true -} - -// HasAseBackupFiles returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasAseBackupFiles() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AseBackupFiles) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetAseBackupFiles gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the AseBackupFiles field. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetAseBackupFiles(v []string) { - o.AseBackupFiles = v -} - -// GetPreValidatedSync returns the PreValidatedSync field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetPreValidatedSync() []SourceOperation { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.PreValidatedSync) { - var ret []SourceOperation - return ret - } - return o.PreValidatedSync -} - -// GetPreValidatedSyncOk returns a tuple with the PreValidatedSync field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetPreValidatedSyncOk() ([]SourceOperation, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.PreValidatedSync) { - return nil, false - } - return o.PreValidatedSync, true -} - -// HasPreValidatedSync returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasPreValidatedSync() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PreValidatedSync) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetPreValidatedSync gets a reference to the given []SourceOperation and assigns it to the PreValidatedSync field. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetPreValidatedSync(v []SourceOperation) { - o.PreValidatedSync = v -} - -// GetPostValidatedSync returns the PostValidatedSync field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetPostValidatedSync() []SourceOperation { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.PostValidatedSync) { - var ret []SourceOperation - return ret - } - return o.PostValidatedSync -} - -// GetPostValidatedSyncOk returns a tuple with the PostValidatedSync field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetPostValidatedSyncOk() ([]SourceOperation, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.PostValidatedSync) { - return nil, false - } - return o.PostValidatedSync, true -} - -// HasPostValidatedSync returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasPostValidatedSync() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PostValidatedSync) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetPostValidatedSync gets a reference to the given []SourceOperation and assigns it to the PostValidatedSync field. -func (o *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetPostValidatedSync(v []SourceOperation) { - o.PostValidatedSync = v -} - -func (o ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.ExternalFilePath) { - toSerialize["external_file_path"] = o.ExternalFilePath - } - if !IsNil(o.MountBase) { - toSerialize["mount_base"] = o.MountBase - } - if !IsNil(o.LoadBackupPath) { - toSerialize["load_backup_path"] = o.LoadBackupPath - } - if !IsNil(o.BackupServerName) { - toSerialize["backup_server_name"] = o.BackupServerName - } - if !IsNil(o.BackupHostUser) { - toSerialize["backup_host_user"] = o.BackupHostUser - } - if !IsNil(o.BackupHost) { - toSerialize["backup_host"] = o.BackupHost - } - if !IsNil(o.DumpCredentials) { - toSerialize["dump_credentials"] = o.DumpCredentials - } - if !IsNil(o.SourceHostUser) { - toSerialize["source_host_user"] = o.SourceHostUser - } - if !IsNil(o.DbUser) { - toSerialize["db_user"] = o.DbUser - } - if !IsNil(o.DbPassword) { - toSerialize["db_password"] = o.DbPassword - } - if !IsNil(o.DbVault) { - toSerialize["db_vault"] = o.DbVault - } - if !IsNil(o.DbHashicorpVaultEngine) { - toSerialize["db_hashicorp_vault_engine"] = o.DbHashicorpVaultEngine - } - if !IsNil(o.DbHashicorpVaultSecretPath) { - toSerialize["db_hashicorp_vault_secret_path"] = o.DbHashicorpVaultSecretPath - } - if !IsNil(o.DbHashicorpVaultUsernameKey) { - toSerialize["db_hashicorp_vault_username_key"] = o.DbHashicorpVaultUsernameKey - } - if !IsNil(o.DbHashicorpVaultSecretKey) { - toSerialize["db_hashicorp_vault_secret_key"] = o.DbHashicorpVaultSecretKey - } - if !IsNil(o.DbAzureVaultName) { - toSerialize["db_azure_vault_name"] = o.DbAzureVaultName - } - if !IsNil(o.DbAzureVaultUsernameKey) { - toSerialize["db_azure_vault_username_key"] = o.DbAzureVaultUsernameKey - } - if !IsNil(o.DbAzureVaultSecretKey) { - toSerialize["db_azure_vault_secret_key"] = o.DbAzureVaultSecretKey - } - if !IsNil(o.DbCyberarkVaultQueryString) { - toSerialize["db_cyberark_vault_query_string"] = o.DbCyberarkVaultQueryString - } - if !IsNil(o.StagingRepository) { - toSerialize["staging_repository"] = o.StagingRepository - } - if !IsNil(o.StagingHostUser) { - toSerialize["staging_host_user"] = o.StagingHostUser - } - if !IsNil(o.ValidatedSyncMode) { - toSerialize["validated_sync_mode"] = o.ValidatedSyncMode - } - if !IsNil(o.DumpHistoryFileEnabled) { - toSerialize["dump_history_file_enabled"] = o.DumpHistoryFileEnabled - } - if !IsNil(o.DropAndRecreateDevices) { - toSerialize["drop_and_recreate_devices"] = o.DropAndRecreateDevices - } - if !IsNil(o.SyncStrategy) { - toSerialize["sync_strategy"] = o.SyncStrategy - } - if !IsNil(o.AseBackupFiles) { - toSerialize["ase_backup_files"] = o.AseBackupFiles - } - if !IsNil(o.PreValidatedSync) { - toSerialize["pre_validated_sync"] = o.PreValidatedSync - } - if !IsNil(o.PostValidatedSync) { - toSerialize["post_validated_sync"] = o.PostValidatedSync - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf struct { - value *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) Get() *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) Set(val *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf(val *ASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) *NullableASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf { - return &NullableASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableASEDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_attach_cdb_response.go b/model_attach_cdb_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..964a8712 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_attach_cdb_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the AttachCDBResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &AttachCDBResponse{} + +// AttachCDBResponse struct for AttachCDBResponse +type AttachCDBResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewAttachCDBResponse instantiates a new AttachCDBResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewAttachCDBResponse() *AttachCDBResponse { + this := AttachCDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewAttachCDBResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new AttachCDBResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewAttachCDBResponseWithDefaults() *AttachCDBResponse { + this := AttachCDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *AttachCDBResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *AttachCDBResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *AttachCDBResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *AttachCDBResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o AttachCDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o AttachCDBResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableAttachCDBResponse struct { + value *AttachCDBResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableAttachCDBResponse) Get() *AttachCDBResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableAttachCDBResponse) Set(val *AttachCDBResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableAttachCDBResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableAttachCDBResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableAttachCDBResponse(val *AttachCDBResponse) *NullableAttachCDBResponse { + return &NullableAttachCDBResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableAttachCDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableAttachCDBResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_attach_d_source_response.go b/model_attach_d_source_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..35bb6ca2 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_attach_d_source_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the AttachDSourceResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &AttachDSourceResponse{} + +// AttachDSourceResponse struct for AttachDSourceResponse +type AttachDSourceResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewAttachDSourceResponse instantiates a new AttachDSourceResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewAttachDSourceResponse() *AttachDSourceResponse { + this := AttachDSourceResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewAttachDSourceResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new AttachDSourceResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewAttachDSourceResponseWithDefaults() *AttachDSourceResponse { + this := AttachDSourceResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *AttachDSourceResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *AttachDSourceResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *AttachDSourceResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *AttachDSourceResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o AttachDSourceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o AttachDSourceResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableAttachDSourceResponse struct { + value *AttachDSourceResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableAttachDSourceResponse) Get() *AttachDSourceResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableAttachDSourceResponse) Set(val *AttachDSourceResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableAttachDSourceResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableAttachDSourceResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableAttachDSourceResponse(val *AttachDSourceResponse) *NullableAttachDSourceResponse { + return &NullableAttachDSourceResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableAttachDSourceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableAttachDSourceResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_attach_staging_push_d_source_response.go b/model_attach_staging_push_d_source_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6216792a --- /dev/null +++ b/model_attach_staging_push_d_source_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the AttachStagingPushDSourceResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &AttachStagingPushDSourceResponse{} + +// AttachStagingPushDSourceResponse struct for AttachStagingPushDSourceResponse +type AttachStagingPushDSourceResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewAttachStagingPushDSourceResponse instantiates a new AttachStagingPushDSourceResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewAttachStagingPushDSourceResponse() *AttachStagingPushDSourceResponse { + this := AttachStagingPushDSourceResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewAttachStagingPushDSourceResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new AttachStagingPushDSourceResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewAttachStagingPushDSourceResponseWithDefaults() *AttachStagingPushDSourceResponse { + this := AttachStagingPushDSourceResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *AttachStagingPushDSourceResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *AttachStagingPushDSourceResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *AttachStagingPushDSourceResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *AttachStagingPushDSourceResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o AttachStagingPushDSourceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o AttachStagingPushDSourceResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableAttachStagingPushDSourceResponse struct { + value *AttachStagingPushDSourceResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableAttachStagingPushDSourceResponse) Get() *AttachStagingPushDSourceResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableAttachStagingPushDSourceResponse) Set(val *AttachStagingPushDSourceResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableAttachStagingPushDSourceResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableAttachStagingPushDSourceResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableAttachStagingPushDSourceResponse(val *AttachStagingPushDSourceResponse) *NullableAttachStagingPushDSourceResponse { + return &NullableAttachStagingPushDSourceResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableAttachStagingPushDSourceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableAttachStagingPushDSourceResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_audit_logs_summary.go b/model_audit_logs_summary.go index 2301f0c8..2bbe1069 100644 --- a/model_audit_logs_summary.go +++ b/model_audit_logs_summary.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_audit_logs_summary_report_response.go b/model_audit_logs_summary_report_response.go index 2cf39e43..d80418a6 100644 --- a/model_audit_logs_summary_report_response.go +++ b/model_audit_logs_summary_report_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_audit_logs_summary_totals.go b/model_audit_logs_summary_totals.go index 16124459..5e096626 100644 --- a/model_audit_logs_summary_totals.go +++ b/model_audit_logs_summary_totals.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_auto_tagging_config.go b/model_auto_tagging_config.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..60a9def5 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_auto_tagging_config.go @@ -0,0 +1,276 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the AutoTaggingConfig type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &AutoTaggingConfig{} + +// AutoTaggingConfig Configuration settings for auto tagging. +type AutoTaggingConfig struct { + // Include dataset group names as tags for dSources, VDBs, and vCDBs (key 'dlpx-dataset-group'). + EnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups *bool `json:"enable_virtualization_dataset_groups,omitempty"` + // Include masking environment names as tags for masking Jobs and Connectors (key 'dlpx-environment'). + EnableMaskingEnvironments *bool `json:"enable_masking_environments,omitempty"` + // Include masking app names as tags for masking Jobs and Connectors (key 'dlpx-application'). + EnableMaskingApplications *bool `json:"enable_masking_applications,omitempty"` + // Include the engine name as a tag on discovered objects (key 'dlpx-engine'). + EnableEngineName *bool `json:"enable_engine_name,omitempty"` + // List of custom tags to add to discovered objects. + CustomTags []Tag `json:"custom_tags,omitempty"` +} + +// NewAutoTaggingConfig instantiates a new AutoTaggingConfig object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewAutoTaggingConfig() *AutoTaggingConfig { + this := AutoTaggingConfig{} + return &this +} + +// NewAutoTaggingConfigWithDefaults instantiates a new AutoTaggingConfig object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewAutoTaggingConfigWithDefaults() *AutoTaggingConfig { + this := AutoTaggingConfig{} + return &this +} + +// GetEnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups returns the EnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *AutoTaggingConfig) GetEnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups +} + +// GetEnableVirtualizationDatasetGroupsOk returns a tuple with the EnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *AutoTaggingConfig) GetEnableVirtualizationDatasetGroupsOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups, true +} + +// HasEnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *AutoTaggingConfig) HasEnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups field. +func (o *AutoTaggingConfig) SetEnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups(v bool) { + o.EnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups = &v +} + +// GetEnableMaskingEnvironments returns the EnableMaskingEnvironments field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *AutoTaggingConfig) GetEnableMaskingEnvironments() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableMaskingEnvironments) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EnableMaskingEnvironments +} + +// GetEnableMaskingEnvironmentsOk returns a tuple with the EnableMaskingEnvironments field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *AutoTaggingConfig) GetEnableMaskingEnvironmentsOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableMaskingEnvironments) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnableMaskingEnvironments, true +} + +// HasEnableMaskingEnvironments returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *AutoTaggingConfig) HasEnableMaskingEnvironments() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnableMaskingEnvironments) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnableMaskingEnvironments gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EnableMaskingEnvironments field. +func (o *AutoTaggingConfig) SetEnableMaskingEnvironments(v bool) { + o.EnableMaskingEnvironments = &v +} + +// GetEnableMaskingApplications returns the EnableMaskingApplications field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *AutoTaggingConfig) GetEnableMaskingApplications() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableMaskingApplications) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EnableMaskingApplications +} + +// GetEnableMaskingApplicationsOk returns a tuple with the EnableMaskingApplications field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *AutoTaggingConfig) GetEnableMaskingApplicationsOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableMaskingApplications) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnableMaskingApplications, true +} + +// HasEnableMaskingApplications returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *AutoTaggingConfig) HasEnableMaskingApplications() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnableMaskingApplications) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnableMaskingApplications gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EnableMaskingApplications field. +func (o *AutoTaggingConfig) SetEnableMaskingApplications(v bool) { + o.EnableMaskingApplications = &v +} + +// GetEnableEngineName returns the EnableEngineName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *AutoTaggingConfig) GetEnableEngineName() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableEngineName) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EnableEngineName +} + +// GetEnableEngineNameOk returns a tuple with the EnableEngineName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *AutoTaggingConfig) GetEnableEngineNameOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableEngineName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnableEngineName, true +} + +// HasEnableEngineName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *AutoTaggingConfig) HasEnableEngineName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnableEngineName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnableEngineName gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EnableEngineName field. +func (o *AutoTaggingConfig) SetEnableEngineName(v bool) { + o.EnableEngineName = &v +} + +// GetCustomTags returns the CustomTags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *AutoTaggingConfig) GetCustomTags() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomTags) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.CustomTags +} + +// GetCustomTagsOk returns a tuple with the CustomTags field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *AutoTaggingConfig) GetCustomTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomTags) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CustomTags, true +} + +// HasCustomTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *AutoTaggingConfig) HasCustomTags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CustomTags) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCustomTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the CustomTags field. +func (o *AutoTaggingConfig) SetCustomTags(v []Tag) { + o.CustomTags = v +} + +func (o AutoTaggingConfig) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o AutoTaggingConfig) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.EnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups) { + toSerialize["enable_virtualization_dataset_groups"] = o.EnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups + } + if !IsNil(o.EnableMaskingEnvironments) { + toSerialize["enable_masking_environments"] = o.EnableMaskingEnvironments + } + if !IsNil(o.EnableMaskingApplications) { + toSerialize["enable_masking_applications"] = o.EnableMaskingApplications + } + if !IsNil(o.EnableEngineName) { + toSerialize["enable_engine_name"] = o.EnableEngineName + } + if !IsNil(o.CustomTags) { + toSerialize["custom_tags"] = o.CustomTags + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableAutoTaggingConfig struct { + value *AutoTaggingConfig + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableAutoTaggingConfig) Get() *AutoTaggingConfig { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableAutoTaggingConfig) Set(val *AutoTaggingConfig) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableAutoTaggingConfig) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableAutoTaggingConfig) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableAutoTaggingConfig(val *AutoTaggingConfig) *NullableAutoTaggingConfig { + return &NullableAutoTaggingConfig{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableAutoTaggingConfig) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableAutoTaggingConfig) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_base_d_source_link_source_parameters.go b/model_base_d_source_link_source_parameters.go index 713d5dc8..a0695c5d 100644 --- a/model_base_d_source_link_source_parameters.go +++ b/model_base_d_source_link_source_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_base_deletetion_dependencies_response.go b/model_base_deletetion_dependencies_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c4c383a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_base_deletetion_dependencies_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse{} + +// BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse Base class for deletion dependencies response. +type BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse struct { + // The pre-requisite actions to perform before deleting the snapshot. + PrerequisiteActions []DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction `json:"prerequisite_actions,omitempty"` + // The object dependencies of the snapshot. + ObjectDependencies []DeletionDependencyObject `json:"object_dependencies,omitempty"` + DependencyTree *DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse `json:"dependency_tree,omitempty"` +} + +// NewBaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse instantiates a new BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewBaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse() *BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse { + this := BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewBaseDeletetionDependenciesResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewBaseDeletetionDependenciesResponseWithDefaults() *BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse { + this := BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetPrerequisiteActions returns the PrerequisiteActions field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse) GetPrerequisiteActions() []DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PrerequisiteActions) { + var ret []DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction + return ret + } + return o.PrerequisiteActions +} + +// GetPrerequisiteActionsOk returns a tuple with the PrerequisiteActions field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse) GetPrerequisiteActionsOk() ([]DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PrerequisiteActions) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PrerequisiteActions, true +} + +// HasPrerequisiteActions returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse) HasPrerequisiteActions() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PrerequisiteActions) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPrerequisiteActions gets a reference to the given []DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction and assigns it to the PrerequisiteActions field. +func (o *BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse) SetPrerequisiteActions(v []DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) { + o.PrerequisiteActions = v +} + +// GetObjectDependencies returns the ObjectDependencies field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse) GetObjectDependencies() []DeletionDependencyObject { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectDependencies) { + var ret []DeletionDependencyObject + return ret + } + return o.ObjectDependencies +} + +// GetObjectDependenciesOk returns a tuple with the ObjectDependencies field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse) GetObjectDependenciesOk() ([]DeletionDependencyObject, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectDependencies) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ObjectDependencies, true +} + +// HasObjectDependencies returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse) HasObjectDependencies() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ObjectDependencies) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetObjectDependencies gets a reference to the given []DeletionDependencyObject and assigns it to the ObjectDependencies field. +func (o *BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse) SetObjectDependencies(v []DeletionDependencyObject) { + o.ObjectDependencies = v +} + +// GetDependencyTree returns the DependencyTree field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse) GetDependencyTree() DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DependencyTree) { + var ret DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse + return ret + } + return *o.DependencyTree +} + +// GetDependencyTreeOk returns a tuple with the DependencyTree field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse) GetDependencyTreeOk() (*DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DependencyTree) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DependencyTree, true +} + +// HasDependencyTree returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse) HasDependencyTree() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DependencyTree) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDependencyTree gets a reference to the given DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse and assigns it to the DependencyTree field. +func (o *BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse) SetDependencyTree(v DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse) { + o.DependencyTree = &v +} + +func (o BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.PrerequisiteActions) { + toSerialize["prerequisite_actions"] = o.PrerequisiteActions + } + if !IsNil(o.ObjectDependencies) { + toSerialize["object_dependencies"] = o.ObjectDependencies + } + if !IsNil(o.DependencyTree) { + toSerialize["dependency_tree"] = o.DependencyTree + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableBaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse struct { + value *BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableBaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse) Get() *BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableBaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse) Set(val *BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableBaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableBaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableBaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse(val *BaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse) *NullableBaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse { + return &NullableBaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableBaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableBaseDeletetionDependenciesResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_base_export_transfer_strategy_parameters.go b/model_base_export_transfer_strategy_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d0df9a93 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_base_export_transfer_strategy_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters{} + +// BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters struct for BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters +type BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters struct { + // Number of data streams to connect to the database. + RmanChannels *int32 `json:"rman_channels,omitempty"` + // Number of GigaBytes in which RMAN will break large files to back them in parallel. + RmanFileSectionSizeInGb *int32 `json:"rman_file_section_size_in_gb,omitempty"` +} + +// NewBaseExportTransferStrategyParameters instantiates a new BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewBaseExportTransferStrategyParameters() *BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters { + this := BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters{} + var rmanChannels int32 = 8 + this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels + var rmanFileSectionSizeInGb int32 = 0 + this.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &rmanFileSectionSizeInGb + return &this +} + +// NewBaseExportTransferStrategyParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewBaseExportTransferStrategyParametersWithDefaults() *BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters { + this := BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters{} + var rmanChannels int32 = 8 + this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels + var rmanFileSectionSizeInGb int32 = 0 + this.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &rmanFileSectionSizeInGb + return &this +} + +// GetRmanChannels returns the RmanChannels field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters) GetRmanChannels() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanChannels +} + +// GetRmanChannelsOk returns a tuple with the RmanChannels field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters) GetRmanChannelsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanChannels, true +} + +// HasRmanChannels returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters) HasRmanChannels() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanChannels gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanChannels field. +func (o *BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters) SetRmanChannels(v int32) { + o.RmanChannels = &v +} + +// GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb returns the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters) GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb +} + +// GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGbOk returns a tuple with the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters) GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGbOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb, true +} + +// HasRmanFileSectionSizeInGb returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters) HasRmanFileSectionSizeInGb() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field. +func (o *BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters) SetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb(v int32) { + o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &v +} + +func (o BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + toSerialize["rman_channels"] = o.RmanChannels + } + if !IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + toSerialize["rman_file_section_size_in_gb"] = o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableBaseExportTransferStrategyParameters struct { + value *BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableBaseExportTransferStrategyParameters) Get() *BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableBaseExportTransferStrategyParameters) Set(val *BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableBaseExportTransferStrategyParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableBaseExportTransferStrategyParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableBaseExportTransferStrategyParameters(val *BaseExportTransferStrategyParameters) *NullableBaseExportTransferStrategyParameters { + return &NullableBaseExportTransferStrategyParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableBaseExportTransferStrategyParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableBaseExportTransferStrategyParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_base_provision_vdb_parameters.go b/model_base_provision_vdb_parameters.go index 829ebf1b..e1e2c5b0 100644 --- a/model_base_provision_vdb_parameters.go +++ b/model_base_provision_vdb_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -48,9 +48,9 @@ type BaseProvisionVDBParameters struct { PreStop []Hook `json:"pre_stop,omitempty"` // The commands to execute on the target environment after stopping a virtual source. PostStop []Hook `json:"post_stop,omitempty"` - // The ID of the group into which the VDB will be provisioned. If unset, a group is selected randomly on the Engine. + // The ID of the group into which the VDB will be provisioned. This field must be explicitly set when marked as mandatory; otherwise, a group is selected randomly on the Engine. TargetGroupId *string `json:"target_group_id,omitempty"` - // The unique name of the provisioned VDB within a group. If unset, a name is randomly generated. + // The unique name of the provisioned VDB within a group. This field must be explicitly set when marked as mandatory; otherwise, a name will be randomly generated. Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` // The name of the database on the target environment. Defaults to the value of the name property. DatabaseName *string `json:"database_name,omitempty"` @@ -76,18 +76,18 @@ type BaseProvisionVDBParameters struct { AutoSelectRepository *bool `json:"auto_select_repository,omitempty"` // Indicates whether the Engine should automatically restart this virtual source when target host reboot is detected. VdbRestart *bool `json:"vdb_restart,omitempty"` - // The ID of the target VDB Template (Oracle Only). + // The ID of the target VDB Template (Oracle and MSSql Only). TemplateId *string `json:"template_id,omitempty"` // The ID of the configuration template to apply to the auxiliary container database. This is only relevant when provisioning a Multitenant pluggable database into an existing CDB, i.e when the cdb_id property is set.(Oracle Only) AuxiliaryTemplateId *string `json:"auxiliary_template_id,omitempty"` // Target VDB file mapping rules (Oracle Only). Rules must be line separated (\\n or \\r) and each line must have the format \"pattern:replacement\". Lines are applied in order. FileMappingRules *string `json:"file_mapping_rules,omitempty"` // Target VDB SID name (Oracle Only). - OracleInstanceName *string `json:"oracle_instance_name,omitempty"` + OracleInstanceName *string `json:"oracle_instance_name,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$"` // Target VDB db_unique_name (Oracle Only). - UniqueName *string `json:"unique_name,omitempty"` + UniqueName *string `json:"unique_name,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_\\\\$#]+$"` // When provisioning an Oracle Multitenant vCDB (when the cdb_id property is not set), the name of the provisioned vCDB (Oracle Multitenant Only). - VcdbName *string `json:"vcdb_name,omitempty"` + VcdbName *string `json:"vcdb_name,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$"` // When provisioning an Oracle Multitenant vCDB (when the cdb_id property is not set), the database name of the provisioned vCDB. Defaults to the value of the vcdb_name property. (Oracle Multitenant Only). VcdbDatabaseName *string `json:"vcdb_database_name,omitempty"` // Mount point for the VDB (Oracle, ASE, AppData). @@ -130,6 +130,12 @@ type BaseProvisionVDBParameters struct { ParentTdeKeystorePath *string `json:"parentTdeKeystorePath,omitempty"` // The password of the keystore specified in parentTdeKeystorePath. (Oracle Multitenant Only) ParentTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"parent_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + // Path to a copy of the parent PDB's Oracle transparent data encryption keystore on the target host. Required to provision from snapshots of PDB containing encrypted database files with isolated mode keystore. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath *string `json:"parent_pdb_tde_keystore_path,omitempty"` + // The password of the parent PDB keystore. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"parent_pdb_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + // The password for the isolated mode TDE keystore of the target virtual PDB. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"target_pdb_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` // Secret to be used while exporting and importing vPDB encryption keys if Transparent Data Encryption is enabled on the vPDB. (Oracle Multitenant Only) TdeExportedKeyFileSecret *string `json:"tde_exported_key_file_secret,omitempty"` // ID of the key created by Delphix. (Oracle Multitenant Only) @@ -140,6 +146,7 @@ type BaseProvisionVDBParameters struct { CdbTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"cdb_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` // ID of the key created by Delphix. (Oracle Multitenant Only) VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier *string `json:"vcdb_tde_key_identifier,omitempty"` + TdeKeystoreConfigType *OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum `json:"tde_keystore_config_type,omitempty"` // The JSON payload conforming to the DraftV4 schema based on the type of application data being manipulated. AppdataSourceParams map[string]interface{} `json:"appdata_source_params,omitempty"` // Specifies additional locations on which to mount a subdirectory of an AppData container. @@ -149,7 +156,7 @@ type BaseProvisionVDBParameters struct { // Database configuration parameter overrides. ConfigParams map[string]interface{} `json:"config_params,omitempty"` // This privileged unix username will be used to create the VDB. Leave this field blank if you do not want to use privilege elevation. The unix privileged username should begin with a letter or an underscore, followed by letters, digits, underscores, or dashes. They can end with a dollar sign (postgres only). - PrivilegedOsUser *string `json:"privileged_os_user,omitempty"` + PrivilegedOsUser *string `json:"privileged_os_user,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^$|^[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_\\\\-]+[$]?$"` // Port number for Postgres target database (postgres only). PostgresPort *int32 `json:"postgres_port,omitempty"` // Custom Database-Level config settings (postgres only). @@ -160,6 +167,14 @@ type BaseProvisionVDBParameters struct { MssqlFailoverDriveLetter *string `json:"mssql_failover_drive_letter,omitempty"` // The tags to be created for VDB. Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` + // Whether to invoke datapatch during provisioning (Oracle Only). + InvokeDatapatch *bool `json:"invoke_datapatch,omitempty"` + // Whether the virtual database will be provisioned for a containerized environment, such as Linux containers. + ContainerMode *bool `json:"container_mode,omitempty"` + // Shared backup location to be used for VDB provision on AG Cluster. + MssqlAgBackupLocation *string `json:"mssql_ag_backup_location,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether to do fast operations for VDB on AG which will use a healthy secondary replica to recreate the AG or backup based operations which will use the primary replica to recreate the AG using backup and restore process. + MssqlAgBackupBased *bool `json:"mssql_ag_backup_based,omitempty"` } // NewBaseProvisionVDBParameters instantiates a new BaseProvisionVDBParameters object @@ -1913,6 +1928,102 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) SetParentTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword = &v } +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath returns the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath +} + +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePathOk returns a tuple with the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath, true +} + +// HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath field. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath(v string) { + o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath = &v +} + +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword returns the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + +// GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword returns the TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) HasTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) SetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + // GetTdeExportedKeyFileSecret returns the TdeExportedKeyFileSecret field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) GetTdeExportedKeyFileSecret() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyFileSecret) { @@ -2073,6 +2184,38 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) SetVcdbTdeKeyIdentifier(v string) { o.VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier = &v } +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigType returns the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigType() OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + var ret OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystoreConfigType +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk() (*OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystoreConfigType, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystoreConfigType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) HasTdeKeystoreConfigType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystoreConfigType gets a reference to the given OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum and assigns it to the TdeKeystoreConfigType field. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) SetTdeKeystoreConfigType(v OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) { + o.TdeKeystoreConfigType = &v +} + // GetAppdataSourceParams returns the AppdataSourceParams field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) GetAppdataSourceParams() map[string]interface{} { if o == nil || IsNil(o.AppdataSourceParams) { @@ -2126,7 +2269,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) GetAdditionalMountPointsOk() ([]AdditionalM // HasAdditionalMountPoints returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) HasAdditionalMountPoints() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.AdditionalMountPoints) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AdditionalMountPoints) { return true } @@ -2159,7 +2302,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) GetAppdataConfigParamsOk() (map[string]inte // HasAppdataConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) HasAppdataConfigParams() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.AppdataConfigParams) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AppdataConfigParams) { return true } @@ -2192,7 +2335,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) GetConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{} // HasConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) HasConfigParams() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { return true } @@ -2396,6 +2539,134 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) SetTags(v []Tag) { o.Tags = v } +// GetInvokeDatapatch returns the InvokeDatapatch field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) GetInvokeDatapatch() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.InvokeDatapatch +} + +// GetInvokeDatapatchOk returns a tuple with the InvokeDatapatch field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) GetInvokeDatapatchOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InvokeDatapatch, true +} + +// HasInvokeDatapatch returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) HasInvokeDatapatch() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInvokeDatapatch gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the InvokeDatapatch field. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) SetInvokeDatapatch(v bool) { + o.InvokeDatapatch = &v +} + +// GetContainerMode returns the ContainerMode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) GetContainerMode() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.ContainerMode +} + +// GetContainerModeOk returns a tuple with the ContainerMode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) GetContainerModeOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ContainerMode, true +} + +// HasContainerMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) HasContainerMode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetContainerMode gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ContainerMode field. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) SetContainerMode(v bool) { + o.ContainerMode = &v +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupLocation returns the MssqlAgBackupLocation field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) GetMssqlAgBackupLocation() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlAgBackupLocation +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupLocationOk returns a tuple with the MssqlAgBackupLocation field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) GetMssqlAgBackupLocationOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlAgBackupLocation, true +} + +// HasMssqlAgBackupLocation returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) HasMssqlAgBackupLocation() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlAgBackupLocation gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlAgBackupLocation field. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) SetMssqlAgBackupLocation(v string) { + o.MssqlAgBackupLocation = &v +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupBased returns the MssqlAgBackupBased field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) GetMssqlAgBackupBased() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlAgBackupBased +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupBasedOk returns a tuple with the MssqlAgBackupBased field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) GetMssqlAgBackupBasedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlAgBackupBased, true +} + +// HasMssqlAgBackupBased returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) HasMssqlAgBackupBased() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlAgBackupBased gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the MssqlAgBackupBased field. +func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParameters) SetMssqlAgBackupBased(v bool) { + o.MssqlAgBackupBased = &v +} + func (o BaseProvisionVDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -2568,6 +2839,15 @@ func (o BaseProvisionVDBParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { toSerialize["parent_tde_keystore_password"] = o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword } + if !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + toSerialize["parent_pdb_tde_keystore_path"] = o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["parent_pdb_tde_keystore_password"] = o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["target_pdb_tde_keystore_password"] = o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword + } if !IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyFileSecret) { toSerialize["tde_exported_key_file_secret"] = o.TdeExportedKeyFileSecret } @@ -2583,6 +2863,9 @@ func (o BaseProvisionVDBParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier) { toSerialize["vcdb_tde_key_identifier"] = o.VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_config_type"] = o.TdeKeystoreConfigType + } if !IsNil(o.AppdataSourceParams) { toSerialize["appdata_source_params"] = o.AppdataSourceParams } @@ -2613,6 +2896,18 @@ func (o BaseProvisionVDBParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.Tags) { toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags } + if !IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + toSerialize["invoke_datapatch"] = o.InvokeDatapatch + } + if !IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + toSerialize["container_mode"] = o.ContainerMode + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + toSerialize["mssql_ag_backup_location"] = o.MssqlAgBackupLocation + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + toSerialize["mssql_ag_backup_based"] = o.MssqlAgBackupBased + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_bookmark.go b/model_bookmark.go index 1df7b7a8..9d798606 100644 --- a/model_bookmark.go +++ b/model_bookmark.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -27,10 +27,24 @@ type Bookmark struct { Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` // The date and time that this bookmark was created. CreationDate *time.Time `json:"creation_date,omitempty"` + // The timestamp for the data that the bookmark refers to. + DataTimestamp *time.Time `json:"data_timestamp,omitempty"` + // The timeflow for the snapshot that the bookmark was created of. + TimeflowId *string `json:"timeflow_id,omitempty"` + // The location for the data that the bookmark refers to. + Location *string `json:"location,omitempty"` // The list of VDB IDs associated with this bookmark. VdbIds []string `json:"vdb_ids,omitempty"` // The list of dSource IDs associated with this bookmark. DsourceIds []string `json:"dsource_ids,omitempty"` + // The ID of the VDB group on which bookmark is created. + VdbGroupId *string `json:"vdb_group_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the VDB group on which bookmark is created. + VdbGroupName *string `json:"vdb_group_name,omitempty"` + // The list of VDB IDs and VDB names associated with this bookmark. + Vdbs []BookmarkVDBs `json:"vdbs,omitempty"` + // The list of dSource IDs and dSource names associated with this bookmark. + Dsources []BookmarkDSources `json:"dsources,omitempty"` // The retention policy for this bookmark, in days. A value of -1 indicates the bookmark should be kept forever. Deprecated in favor of expiration. // Deprecated Retention *int64 `json:"retention,omitempty"` @@ -40,6 +54,18 @@ type Bookmark struct { Status NullableString `json:"status,omitempty"` // Whether this bookmark is created from a replicated dataset or not. ReplicatedDataset *bool `json:"replicated_dataset,omitempty"` + // Source of the bookmark, default is DCT. In case of self-service bookmarks, this value would be ENGINE. + BookmarkSource *string `json:"bookmark_source,omitempty"` + // Status of the bookmark. It can have INACTIVE value for engine bookmarks only. If this value is INACTIVE then ss_bookmark_errors would have the list of associated errors. + BookmarkStatus *string `json:"bookmark_status,omitempty"` + // Data-layout Id for engine-managed bookmarks. + SsDataLayoutId *string `json:"ss_data_layout_id,omitempty"` + // Engine reference of the self-service bookmark. + SsBookmarkReference *string `json:"ss_bookmark_reference,omitempty"` + // List of errors if any, during bookmark creation in DCT from self-service. + SsBookmarkErrors []string `json:"ss_bookmark_errors,omitempty"` + // Type of the bookmark, either PUBLIC or PRIVATE. + BookmarkType *string `json:"bookmark_type,omitempty"` // The tags to be created for this Bookmark. Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` } @@ -50,6 +76,8 @@ type Bookmark struct { // will change when the set of required properties is changed func NewBookmark() *Bookmark { this := Bookmark{} + var bookmarkType string = "PRIVATE" + this.BookmarkType = &bookmarkType return &this } @@ -58,6 +86,8 @@ func NewBookmark() *Bookmark { // but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set func NewBookmarkWithDefaults() *Bookmark { this := Bookmark{} + var bookmarkType string = "PRIVATE" + this.BookmarkType = &bookmarkType return &this } @@ -157,6 +187,102 @@ func (o *Bookmark) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) { o.CreationDate = &v } +// GetDataTimestamp returns the DataTimestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Bookmark) GetDataTimestamp() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataTimestamp) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.DataTimestamp +} + +// GetDataTimestampOk returns a tuple with the DataTimestamp field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Bookmark) GetDataTimestampOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataTimestamp) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataTimestamp, true +} + +// HasDataTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Bookmark) HasDataTimestamp() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataTimestamp) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataTimestamp gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the DataTimestamp field. +func (o *Bookmark) SetDataTimestamp(v time.Time) { + o.DataTimestamp = &v +} + +// GetTimeflowId returns the TimeflowId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Bookmark) GetTimeflowId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimeflowId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TimeflowId +} + +// GetTimeflowIdOk returns a tuple with the TimeflowId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Bookmark) GetTimeflowIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimeflowId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TimeflowId, true +} + +// HasTimeflowId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Bookmark) HasTimeflowId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TimeflowId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTimeflowId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TimeflowId field. +func (o *Bookmark) SetTimeflowId(v string) { + o.TimeflowId = &v +} + +// GetLocation returns the Location field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Bookmark) GetLocation() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Location) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Location +} + +// GetLocationOk returns a tuple with the Location field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Bookmark) GetLocationOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Location) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Location, true +} + +// HasLocation returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Bookmark) HasLocation() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Location) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLocation gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Location field. +func (o *Bookmark) SetLocation(v string) { + o.Location = &v +} + // GetVdbIds returns the VdbIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *Bookmark) GetVdbIds() []string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbIds) { @@ -221,6 +347,134 @@ func (o *Bookmark) SetDsourceIds(v []string) { o.DsourceIds = v } +// GetVdbGroupId returns the VdbGroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Bookmark) GetVdbGroupId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbGroupId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.VdbGroupId +} + +// GetVdbGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the VdbGroupId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Bookmark) GetVdbGroupIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbGroupId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbGroupId, true +} + +// HasVdbGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Bookmark) HasVdbGroupId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbGroupId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VdbGroupId field. +func (o *Bookmark) SetVdbGroupId(v string) { + o.VdbGroupId = &v +} + +// GetVdbGroupName returns the VdbGroupName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Bookmark) GetVdbGroupName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbGroupName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.VdbGroupName +} + +// GetVdbGroupNameOk returns a tuple with the VdbGroupName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Bookmark) GetVdbGroupNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbGroupName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbGroupName, true +} + +// HasVdbGroupName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Bookmark) HasVdbGroupName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbGroupName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbGroupName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VdbGroupName field. +func (o *Bookmark) SetVdbGroupName(v string) { + o.VdbGroupName = &v +} + +// GetVdbs returns the Vdbs field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Bookmark) GetVdbs() []BookmarkVDBs { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Vdbs) { + var ret []BookmarkVDBs + return ret + } + return o.Vdbs +} + +// GetVdbsOk returns a tuple with the Vdbs field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Bookmark) GetVdbsOk() ([]BookmarkVDBs, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Vdbs) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Vdbs, true +} + +// HasVdbs returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Bookmark) HasVdbs() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Vdbs) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbs gets a reference to the given []BookmarkVDBs and assigns it to the Vdbs field. +func (o *Bookmark) SetVdbs(v []BookmarkVDBs) { + o.Vdbs = v +} + +// GetDsources returns the Dsources field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Bookmark) GetDsources() []BookmarkDSources { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Dsources) { + var ret []BookmarkDSources + return ret + } + return o.Dsources +} + +// GetDsourcesOk returns a tuple with the Dsources field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Bookmark) GetDsourcesOk() ([]BookmarkDSources, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Dsources) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Dsources, true +} + +// HasDsources returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Bookmark) HasDsources() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Dsources) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDsources gets a reference to the given []BookmarkDSources and assigns it to the Dsources field. +func (o *Bookmark) SetDsources(v []BookmarkDSources) { + o.Dsources = v +} + // GetRetention returns the Retention field value if set, zero value otherwise. // Deprecated func (o *Bookmark) GetRetention() int64 { @@ -362,6 +616,198 @@ func (o *Bookmark) SetReplicatedDataset(v bool) { o.ReplicatedDataset = &v } +// GetBookmarkSource returns the BookmarkSource field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Bookmark) GetBookmarkSource() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BookmarkSource) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.BookmarkSource +} + +// GetBookmarkSourceOk returns a tuple with the BookmarkSource field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Bookmark) GetBookmarkSourceOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BookmarkSource) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BookmarkSource, true +} + +// HasBookmarkSource returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Bookmark) HasBookmarkSource() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BookmarkSource) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBookmarkSource gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BookmarkSource field. +func (o *Bookmark) SetBookmarkSource(v string) { + o.BookmarkSource = &v +} + +// GetBookmarkStatus returns the BookmarkStatus field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Bookmark) GetBookmarkStatus() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BookmarkStatus) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.BookmarkStatus +} + +// GetBookmarkStatusOk returns a tuple with the BookmarkStatus field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Bookmark) GetBookmarkStatusOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BookmarkStatus) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BookmarkStatus, true +} + +// HasBookmarkStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Bookmark) HasBookmarkStatus() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BookmarkStatus) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBookmarkStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BookmarkStatus field. +func (o *Bookmark) SetBookmarkStatus(v string) { + o.BookmarkStatus = &v +} + +// GetSsDataLayoutId returns the SsDataLayoutId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Bookmark) GetSsDataLayoutId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SsDataLayoutId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SsDataLayoutId +} + +// GetSsDataLayoutIdOk returns a tuple with the SsDataLayoutId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Bookmark) GetSsDataLayoutIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SsDataLayoutId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SsDataLayoutId, true +} + +// HasSsDataLayoutId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Bookmark) HasSsDataLayoutId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SsDataLayoutId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSsDataLayoutId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SsDataLayoutId field. +func (o *Bookmark) SetSsDataLayoutId(v string) { + o.SsDataLayoutId = &v +} + +// GetSsBookmarkReference returns the SsBookmarkReference field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Bookmark) GetSsBookmarkReference() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SsBookmarkReference) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SsBookmarkReference +} + +// GetSsBookmarkReferenceOk returns a tuple with the SsBookmarkReference field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Bookmark) GetSsBookmarkReferenceOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SsBookmarkReference) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SsBookmarkReference, true +} + +// HasSsBookmarkReference returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Bookmark) HasSsBookmarkReference() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SsBookmarkReference) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSsBookmarkReference gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SsBookmarkReference field. +func (o *Bookmark) SetSsBookmarkReference(v string) { + o.SsBookmarkReference = &v +} + +// GetSsBookmarkErrors returns the SsBookmarkErrors field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Bookmark) GetSsBookmarkErrors() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SsBookmarkErrors) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.SsBookmarkErrors +} + +// GetSsBookmarkErrorsOk returns a tuple with the SsBookmarkErrors field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Bookmark) GetSsBookmarkErrorsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SsBookmarkErrors) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SsBookmarkErrors, true +} + +// HasSsBookmarkErrors returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Bookmark) HasSsBookmarkErrors() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SsBookmarkErrors) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSsBookmarkErrors gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the SsBookmarkErrors field. +func (o *Bookmark) SetSsBookmarkErrors(v []string) { + o.SsBookmarkErrors = v +} + +// GetBookmarkType returns the BookmarkType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Bookmark) GetBookmarkType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BookmarkType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.BookmarkType +} + +// GetBookmarkTypeOk returns a tuple with the BookmarkType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Bookmark) GetBookmarkTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BookmarkType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BookmarkType, true +} + +// HasBookmarkType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Bookmark) HasBookmarkType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BookmarkType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBookmarkType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BookmarkType field. +func (o *Bookmark) SetBookmarkType(v string) { + o.BookmarkType = &v +} + // GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *Bookmark) GetTags() []Tag { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { @@ -404,17 +850,42 @@ func (o Bookmark) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { func (o Bookmark) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - // skip: id is readOnly + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } if !IsNil(o.Name) { toSerialize["name"] = o.Name } - // skip: creation_date is readOnly + if !IsNil(o.CreationDate) { + toSerialize["creation_date"] = o.CreationDate + } + if !IsNil(o.DataTimestamp) { + toSerialize["data_timestamp"] = o.DataTimestamp + } + if !IsNil(o.TimeflowId) { + toSerialize["timeflow_id"] = o.TimeflowId + } + if !IsNil(o.Location) { + toSerialize["location"] = o.Location + } if !IsNil(o.VdbIds) { toSerialize["vdb_ids"] = o.VdbIds } if !IsNil(o.DsourceIds) { toSerialize["dsource_ids"] = o.DsourceIds } + if !IsNil(o.VdbGroupId) { + toSerialize["vdb_group_id"] = o.VdbGroupId + } + if !IsNil(o.VdbGroupName) { + toSerialize["vdb_group_name"] = o.VdbGroupName + } + if !IsNil(o.Vdbs) { + toSerialize["vdbs"] = o.Vdbs + } + if !IsNil(o.Dsources) { + toSerialize["dsources"] = o.Dsources + } if !IsNil(o.Retention) { toSerialize["retention"] = o.Retention } @@ -427,6 +898,24 @@ func (o Bookmark) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.ReplicatedDataset) { toSerialize["replicated_dataset"] = o.ReplicatedDataset } + if !IsNil(o.BookmarkSource) { + toSerialize["bookmark_source"] = o.BookmarkSource + } + if !IsNil(o.BookmarkStatus) { + toSerialize["bookmark_status"] = o.BookmarkStatus + } + if !IsNil(o.SsDataLayoutId) { + toSerialize["ss_data_layout_id"] = o.SsDataLayoutId + } + if !IsNil(o.SsBookmarkReference) { + toSerialize["ss_bookmark_reference"] = o.SsBookmarkReference + } + if !IsNil(o.SsBookmarkErrors) { + toSerialize["ss_bookmark_errors"] = o.SsBookmarkErrors + } + if !IsNil(o.BookmarkType) { + toSerialize["bookmark_type"] = o.BookmarkType + } if !IsNil(o.Tags) { toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags } diff --git a/model_bookmark_compatible_environments_response.go b/model_bookmark_compatible_environments_response.go index 4793a9fa..0e63f7c2 100644 --- a/model_bookmark_compatible_environments_response.go +++ b/model_bookmark_compatible_environments_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_bookmark_compatible_repository_request.go b/model_bookmark_compatible_repository_request.go index bd32418f..384845c2 100644 --- a/model_bookmark_compatible_repository_request.go +++ b/model_bookmark_compatible_repository_request.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the BookmarkCompatibleRepositoryRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -26,6 +28,8 @@ type BookmarkCompatibleRepositoryRequest struct { EnvironmentId *string `json:"environment_id,omitempty"` } +type _BookmarkCompatibleRepositoryRequest BookmarkCompatibleRepositoryRequest + // NewBookmarkCompatibleRepositoryRequest instantiates a new BookmarkCompatibleRepositoryRequest object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -117,6 +121,43 @@ func (o BookmarkCompatibleRepositoryRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, er return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *BookmarkCompatibleRepositoryRequest) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "bookmark_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varBookmarkCompatibleRepositoryRequest := _BookmarkCompatibleRepositoryRequest{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varBookmarkCompatibleRepositoryRequest) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = BookmarkCompatibleRepositoryRequest(varBookmarkCompatibleRepositoryRequest) + + return err +} + type NullableBookmarkCompatibleRepositoryRequest struct { value *BookmarkCompatibleRepositoryRequest isSet bool diff --git a/model_bookmark_create_parameters.go b/model_bookmark_create_parameters.go index 22361256..b734ff72 100644 --- a/model_bookmark_create_parameters.go +++ b/model_bookmark_create_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -14,6 +14,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" "time" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the BookmarkCreateParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -25,6 +27,8 @@ type BookmarkCreateParameters struct { Name string `json:"name"` // The IDs of the VDBs to create the Bookmark on. This parameter is mutually exclusive with snapshot_ids and timeflow_ids. VdbIds []string `json:"vdb_ids,omitempty"` + // The ID of the VDB group to create the Bookmark on. This parameter is mutually exclusive with vdb_ids. + VdbGroupId *string `json:"vdb_group_id,omitempty"` // The IDs of the snapshots that will be part of the Bookmark. This parameter is mutually exclusive with vdb_ids, timestamp, timestamp_in_database_timezone, location and timeflow_ids. SnapshotIds []string `json:"snapshot_ids,omitempty"` // The array of timeflow Id. Only allowed to set when timestamp, timestamp_in_database_timezone or location is provided. @@ -32,7 +36,7 @@ type BookmarkCreateParameters struct { // The point in time from which to execute the operation. Mutually exclusive with snapshot_ids, timestamp_in_database_timezone and location. Timestamp *time.Time `json:"timestamp,omitempty"` // The point in time from which to execute the operation, expressed as a date-time in the timezone of the source database. Mutually exclusive with snapshot_ids, timestamp and location. - TimestampInDatabaseTimezone *string `json:"timestamp_in_database_timezone,omitempty"` + TimestampInDatabaseTimezone *string `json:"timestamp_in_database_timezone,omitempty" validate:"regexp=[0-9]{4}-[0-9]{2}-[0-9]{2}T[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}(.[0-9]{0,3})?"` // The location to create bookmark from. Mutually exclusive with snapshot_ids, timestamp, and timestamp_in_database_timezone. Location *string `json:"location,omitempty"` // The retention policy for this bookmark, in days. A value of -1 indicates the bookmark should be kept forever. Deprecated in favor of expiration and retain_forever. @@ -44,6 +48,8 @@ type BookmarkCreateParameters struct { RetainForever *bool `json:"retain_forever,omitempty"` // The tags to be created for this Bookmark. Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` + // Type of the bookmark, either PUBLIC or PRIVATE. + BookmarkType *string `json:"bookmark_type,omitempty"` // Whether the account creating this bookmark must be configured as owner of the bookmark. MakeCurrentAccountOwner *bool `json:"make_current_account_owner,omitempty"` // This field has been deprecated in favour of new field 'inherit_parent_tags'. @@ -53,6 +59,8 @@ type BookmarkCreateParameters struct { InheritParentTags *bool `json:"inherit_parent_tags,omitempty"` } +type _BookmarkCreateParameters BookmarkCreateParameters + // NewBookmarkCreateParameters instantiates a new BookmarkCreateParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -60,6 +68,8 @@ type BookmarkCreateParameters struct { func NewBookmarkCreateParameters(name string) *BookmarkCreateParameters { this := BookmarkCreateParameters{} this.Name = name + var bookmarkType string = "PRIVATE" + this.BookmarkType = &bookmarkType var makeCurrentAccountOwner bool = true this.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &makeCurrentAccountOwner var inheritParentVdbTags bool = false @@ -74,6 +84,8 @@ func NewBookmarkCreateParameters(name string) *BookmarkCreateParameters { // but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set func NewBookmarkCreateParametersWithDefaults() *BookmarkCreateParameters { this := BookmarkCreateParameters{} + var bookmarkType string = "PRIVATE" + this.BookmarkType = &bookmarkType var makeCurrentAccountOwner bool = true this.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &makeCurrentAccountOwner var inheritParentVdbTags bool = false @@ -139,6 +151,38 @@ func (o *BookmarkCreateParameters) SetVdbIds(v []string) { o.VdbIds = v } +// GetVdbGroupId returns the VdbGroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BookmarkCreateParameters) GetVdbGroupId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbGroupId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.VdbGroupId +} + +// GetVdbGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the VdbGroupId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BookmarkCreateParameters) GetVdbGroupIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbGroupId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbGroupId, true +} + +// HasVdbGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BookmarkCreateParameters) HasVdbGroupId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbGroupId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VdbGroupId field. +func (o *BookmarkCreateParameters) SetVdbGroupId(v string) { + o.VdbGroupId = &v +} + // GetSnapshotIds returns the SnapshotIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *BookmarkCreateParameters) GetSnapshotIds() []string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.SnapshotIds) { @@ -430,6 +474,38 @@ func (o *BookmarkCreateParameters) SetTags(v []Tag) { o.Tags = v } +// GetBookmarkType returns the BookmarkType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BookmarkCreateParameters) GetBookmarkType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BookmarkType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.BookmarkType +} + +// GetBookmarkTypeOk returns a tuple with the BookmarkType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BookmarkCreateParameters) GetBookmarkTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BookmarkType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BookmarkType, true +} + +// HasBookmarkType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BookmarkCreateParameters) HasBookmarkType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BookmarkType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBookmarkType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BookmarkType field. +func (o *BookmarkCreateParameters) SetBookmarkType(v string) { + o.BookmarkType = &v +} + // GetMakeCurrentAccountOwner returns the MakeCurrentAccountOwner field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *BookmarkCreateParameters) GetMakeCurrentAccountOwner() bool { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { @@ -543,6 +619,9 @@ func (o BookmarkCreateParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.VdbIds) { toSerialize["vdb_ids"] = o.VdbIds } + if !IsNil(o.VdbGroupId) { + toSerialize["vdb_group_id"] = o.VdbGroupId + } if !IsNil(o.SnapshotIds) { toSerialize["snapshot_ids"] = o.SnapshotIds } @@ -570,6 +649,9 @@ func (o BookmarkCreateParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.Tags) { toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags } + if !IsNil(o.BookmarkType) { + toSerialize["bookmark_type"] = o.BookmarkType + } if !IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { toSerialize["make_current_account_owner"] = o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner } @@ -582,6 +664,43 @@ func (o BookmarkCreateParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *BookmarkCreateParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "name", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varBookmarkCreateParameters := _BookmarkCreateParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varBookmarkCreateParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = BookmarkCreateParameters(varBookmarkCreateParameters) + + return err +} + type NullableBookmarkCreateParameters struct { value *BookmarkCreateParameters isSet bool diff --git a/model_bookmark_d_sources.go b/model_bookmark_d_sources.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8fe778c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_bookmark_d_sources.go @@ -0,0 +1,277 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" +) + +// checks if the BookmarkDSources type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &BookmarkDSources{} + +// BookmarkDSources dSource id and name associated with bookmark. +type BookmarkDSources struct { + // The dSource id. + DsourceId *string `json:"dsource_id,omitempty"` + // The dSource name. + DsourceName *string `json:"dsource_name,omitempty"` + // The snapshot id. + SnapshotId *string `json:"snapshot_id,omitempty"` + // The timeflow id. + TimeflowId *string `json:"timeflow_id,omitempty"` + // The bookmark timestamp of the dSource. + DataTimestamp *time.Time `json:"data_timestamp,omitempty"` +} + +// NewBookmarkDSources instantiates a new BookmarkDSources object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewBookmarkDSources() *BookmarkDSources { + this := BookmarkDSources{} + return &this +} + +// NewBookmarkDSourcesWithDefaults instantiates a new BookmarkDSources object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewBookmarkDSourcesWithDefaults() *BookmarkDSources { + this := BookmarkDSources{} + return &this +} + +// GetDsourceId returns the DsourceId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BookmarkDSources) GetDsourceId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DsourceId +} + +// GetDsourceIdOk returns a tuple with the DsourceId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BookmarkDSources) GetDsourceIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DsourceId, true +} + +// HasDsourceId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BookmarkDSources) HasDsourceId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DsourceId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDsourceId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DsourceId field. +func (o *BookmarkDSources) SetDsourceId(v string) { + o.DsourceId = &v +} + +// GetDsourceName returns the DsourceName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BookmarkDSources) GetDsourceName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DsourceName +} + +// GetDsourceNameOk returns a tuple with the DsourceName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BookmarkDSources) GetDsourceNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DsourceName, true +} + +// HasDsourceName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BookmarkDSources) HasDsourceName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DsourceName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDsourceName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DsourceName field. +func (o *BookmarkDSources) SetDsourceName(v string) { + o.DsourceName = &v +} + +// GetSnapshotId returns the SnapshotId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BookmarkDSources) GetSnapshotId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SnapshotId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SnapshotId +} + +// GetSnapshotIdOk returns a tuple with the SnapshotId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BookmarkDSources) GetSnapshotIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SnapshotId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SnapshotId, true +} + +// HasSnapshotId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BookmarkDSources) HasSnapshotId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SnapshotId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSnapshotId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SnapshotId field. +func (o *BookmarkDSources) SetSnapshotId(v string) { + o.SnapshotId = &v +} + +// GetTimeflowId returns the TimeflowId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BookmarkDSources) GetTimeflowId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimeflowId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TimeflowId +} + +// GetTimeflowIdOk returns a tuple with the TimeflowId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BookmarkDSources) GetTimeflowIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimeflowId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TimeflowId, true +} + +// HasTimeflowId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BookmarkDSources) HasTimeflowId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TimeflowId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTimeflowId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TimeflowId field. +func (o *BookmarkDSources) SetTimeflowId(v string) { + o.TimeflowId = &v +} + +// GetDataTimestamp returns the DataTimestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BookmarkDSources) GetDataTimestamp() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataTimestamp) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.DataTimestamp +} + +// GetDataTimestampOk returns a tuple with the DataTimestamp field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BookmarkDSources) GetDataTimestampOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataTimestamp) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataTimestamp, true +} + +// HasDataTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BookmarkDSources) HasDataTimestamp() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataTimestamp) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataTimestamp gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the DataTimestamp field. +func (o *BookmarkDSources) SetDataTimestamp(v time.Time) { + o.DataTimestamp = &v +} + +func (o BookmarkDSources) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o BookmarkDSources) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.DsourceId) { + toSerialize["dsource_id"] = o.DsourceId + } + if !IsNil(o.DsourceName) { + toSerialize["dsource_name"] = o.DsourceName + } + if !IsNil(o.SnapshotId) { + toSerialize["snapshot_id"] = o.SnapshotId + } + if !IsNil(o.TimeflowId) { + toSerialize["timeflow_id"] = o.TimeflowId + } + if !IsNil(o.DataTimestamp) { + toSerialize["data_timestamp"] = o.DataTimestamp + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableBookmarkDSources struct { + value *BookmarkDSources + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableBookmarkDSources) Get() *BookmarkDSources { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableBookmarkDSources) Set(val *BookmarkDSources) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableBookmarkDSources) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableBookmarkDSources) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableBookmarkDSources(val *BookmarkDSources) *NullableBookmarkDSources { + return &NullableBookmarkDSources{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableBookmarkDSources) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableBookmarkDSources) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_bookmark_vdbs.go b/model_bookmark_vdbs.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..40562348 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_bookmark_vdbs.go @@ -0,0 +1,351 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" +) + +// checks if the BookmarkVDBs type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &BookmarkVDBs{} + +// BookmarkVDBs VDB id and name associated with bookmark. +type BookmarkVDBs struct { + // The VDB id. + VdbId *string `json:"vdb_id,omitempty"` + // The VDB name. + VdbName *string `json:"vdb_name,omitempty"` + // The snapshot id. + SnapshotId *string `json:"snapshot_id,omitempty"` + // The timestamp of origin timeline location. + SourceDataTimestamp *time.Time `json:"source_data_timestamp,omitempty"` + // The root of the VDB. + RootParentId *string `json:"root_parent_id,omitempty"` + // The timeflow id of the snapshot. + TimeflowId *string `json:"timeflow_id,omitempty"` + // The bookmark timestamp of the VDB. + DataTimestamp *time.Time `json:"data_timestamp,omitempty"` +} + +// NewBookmarkVDBs instantiates a new BookmarkVDBs object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewBookmarkVDBs() *BookmarkVDBs { + this := BookmarkVDBs{} + return &this +} + +// NewBookmarkVDBsWithDefaults instantiates a new BookmarkVDBs object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewBookmarkVDBsWithDefaults() *BookmarkVDBs { + this := BookmarkVDBs{} + return &this +} + +// GetVdbId returns the VdbId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BookmarkVDBs) GetVdbId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.VdbId +} + +// GetVdbIdOk returns a tuple with the VdbId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BookmarkVDBs) GetVdbIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbId, true +} + +// HasVdbId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BookmarkVDBs) HasVdbId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VdbId field. +func (o *BookmarkVDBs) SetVdbId(v string) { + o.VdbId = &v +} + +// GetVdbName returns the VdbName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BookmarkVDBs) GetVdbName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.VdbName +} + +// GetVdbNameOk returns a tuple with the VdbName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BookmarkVDBs) GetVdbNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbName, true +} + +// HasVdbName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BookmarkVDBs) HasVdbName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VdbName field. +func (o *BookmarkVDBs) SetVdbName(v string) { + o.VdbName = &v +} + +// GetSnapshotId returns the SnapshotId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BookmarkVDBs) GetSnapshotId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SnapshotId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SnapshotId +} + +// GetSnapshotIdOk returns a tuple with the SnapshotId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BookmarkVDBs) GetSnapshotIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SnapshotId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SnapshotId, true +} + +// HasSnapshotId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BookmarkVDBs) HasSnapshotId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SnapshotId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSnapshotId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SnapshotId field. +func (o *BookmarkVDBs) SetSnapshotId(v string) { + o.SnapshotId = &v +} + +// GetSourceDataTimestamp returns the SourceDataTimestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BookmarkVDBs) GetSourceDataTimestamp() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceDataTimestamp) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.SourceDataTimestamp +} + +// GetSourceDataTimestampOk returns a tuple with the SourceDataTimestamp field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BookmarkVDBs) GetSourceDataTimestampOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceDataTimestamp) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SourceDataTimestamp, true +} + +// HasSourceDataTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BookmarkVDBs) HasSourceDataTimestamp() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SourceDataTimestamp) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSourceDataTimestamp gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the SourceDataTimestamp field. +func (o *BookmarkVDBs) SetSourceDataTimestamp(v time.Time) { + o.SourceDataTimestamp = &v +} + +// GetRootParentId returns the RootParentId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BookmarkVDBs) GetRootParentId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RootParentId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RootParentId +} + +// GetRootParentIdOk returns a tuple with the RootParentId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BookmarkVDBs) GetRootParentIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RootParentId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RootParentId, true +} + +// HasRootParentId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BookmarkVDBs) HasRootParentId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RootParentId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRootParentId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RootParentId field. +func (o *BookmarkVDBs) SetRootParentId(v string) { + o.RootParentId = &v +} + +// GetTimeflowId returns the TimeflowId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BookmarkVDBs) GetTimeflowId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimeflowId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TimeflowId +} + +// GetTimeflowIdOk returns a tuple with the TimeflowId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BookmarkVDBs) GetTimeflowIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimeflowId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TimeflowId, true +} + +// HasTimeflowId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BookmarkVDBs) HasTimeflowId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TimeflowId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTimeflowId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TimeflowId field. +func (o *BookmarkVDBs) SetTimeflowId(v string) { + o.TimeflowId = &v +} + +// GetDataTimestamp returns the DataTimestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BookmarkVDBs) GetDataTimestamp() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataTimestamp) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.DataTimestamp +} + +// GetDataTimestampOk returns a tuple with the DataTimestamp field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BookmarkVDBs) GetDataTimestampOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataTimestamp) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataTimestamp, true +} + +// HasDataTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BookmarkVDBs) HasDataTimestamp() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataTimestamp) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataTimestamp gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the DataTimestamp field. +func (o *BookmarkVDBs) SetDataTimestamp(v time.Time) { + o.DataTimestamp = &v +} + +func (o BookmarkVDBs) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o BookmarkVDBs) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.VdbId) { + toSerialize["vdb_id"] = o.VdbId + } + if !IsNil(o.VdbName) { + toSerialize["vdb_name"] = o.VdbName + } + if !IsNil(o.SnapshotId) { + toSerialize["snapshot_id"] = o.SnapshotId + } + if !IsNil(o.SourceDataTimestamp) { + toSerialize["source_data_timestamp"] = o.SourceDataTimestamp + } + if !IsNil(o.RootParentId) { + toSerialize["root_parent_id"] = o.RootParentId + } + if !IsNil(o.TimeflowId) { + toSerialize["timeflow_id"] = o.TimeflowId + } + if !IsNil(o.DataTimestamp) { + toSerialize["data_timestamp"] = o.DataTimestamp + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableBookmarkVDBs struct { + value *BookmarkVDBs + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableBookmarkVDBs) Get() *BookmarkVDBs { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableBookmarkVDBs) Set(val *BookmarkVDBs) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableBookmarkVDBs) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableBookmarkVDBs) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableBookmarkVDBs(val *BookmarkVDBs) *NullableBookmarkVDBs { + return &NullableBookmarkVDBs{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableBookmarkVDBs) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableBookmarkVDBs) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_bundle_upload_event.go b/model_bundle_upload_event.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..32434116 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_bundle_upload_event.go @@ -0,0 +1,277 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" +) + +// checks if the BundleUploadEvent type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &BundleUploadEvent{} + +// BundleUploadEvent Bundle Upload Event +type BundleUploadEvent struct { + // The ID of the bundle generation event. + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // The time when the bundle generation started. + GenerationStartTime *time.Time `json:"generationStartTime,omitempty"` + // The time when the bundle generation ended. + GenerationEndTime *time.Time `json:"generationEndTime,omitempty"` + // True if the bundle was fully built, False if it was trimmed short due to constraints + AllGapsFilled *bool `json:"allGapsFilled,omitempty"` + // The list of dates for which the data is included in the bundle. + DataDates []string `json:"dataDates,omitempty"` +} + +// NewBundleUploadEvent instantiates a new BundleUploadEvent object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewBundleUploadEvent() *BundleUploadEvent { + this := BundleUploadEvent{} + return &this +} + +// NewBundleUploadEventWithDefaults instantiates a new BundleUploadEvent object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewBundleUploadEventWithDefaults() *BundleUploadEvent { + this := BundleUploadEvent{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BundleUploadEvent) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BundleUploadEvent) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BundleUploadEvent) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *BundleUploadEvent) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetGenerationStartTime returns the GenerationStartTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BundleUploadEvent) GetGenerationStartTime() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.GenerationStartTime) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.GenerationStartTime +} + +// GetGenerationStartTimeOk returns a tuple with the GenerationStartTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BundleUploadEvent) GetGenerationStartTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.GenerationStartTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.GenerationStartTime, true +} + +// HasGenerationStartTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BundleUploadEvent) HasGenerationStartTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.GenerationStartTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetGenerationStartTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the GenerationStartTime field. +func (o *BundleUploadEvent) SetGenerationStartTime(v time.Time) { + o.GenerationStartTime = &v +} + +// GetGenerationEndTime returns the GenerationEndTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BundleUploadEvent) GetGenerationEndTime() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.GenerationEndTime) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.GenerationEndTime +} + +// GetGenerationEndTimeOk returns a tuple with the GenerationEndTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BundleUploadEvent) GetGenerationEndTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.GenerationEndTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.GenerationEndTime, true +} + +// HasGenerationEndTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BundleUploadEvent) HasGenerationEndTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.GenerationEndTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetGenerationEndTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the GenerationEndTime field. +func (o *BundleUploadEvent) SetGenerationEndTime(v time.Time) { + o.GenerationEndTime = &v +} + +// GetAllGapsFilled returns the AllGapsFilled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BundleUploadEvent) GetAllGapsFilled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AllGapsFilled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllGapsFilled +} + +// GetAllGapsFilledOk returns a tuple with the AllGapsFilled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BundleUploadEvent) GetAllGapsFilledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AllGapsFilled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllGapsFilled, true +} + +// HasAllGapsFilled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BundleUploadEvent) HasAllGapsFilled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AllGapsFilled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllGapsFilled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllGapsFilled field. +func (o *BundleUploadEvent) SetAllGapsFilled(v bool) { + o.AllGapsFilled = &v +} + +// GetDataDates returns the DataDates field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *BundleUploadEvent) GetDataDates() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataDates) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.DataDates +} + +// GetDataDatesOk returns a tuple with the DataDates field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *BundleUploadEvent) GetDataDatesOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataDates) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataDates, true +} + +// HasDataDates returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *BundleUploadEvent) HasDataDates() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataDates) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataDates gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the DataDates field. +func (o *BundleUploadEvent) SetDataDates(v []string) { + o.DataDates = v +} + +func (o BundleUploadEvent) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o BundleUploadEvent) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.GenerationStartTime) { + toSerialize["generationStartTime"] = o.GenerationStartTime + } + if !IsNil(o.GenerationEndTime) { + toSerialize["generationEndTime"] = o.GenerationEndTime + } + if !IsNil(o.AllGapsFilled) { + toSerialize["allGapsFilled"] = o.AllGapsFilled + } + if !IsNil(o.DataDates) { + toSerialize["dataDates"] = o.DataDates + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableBundleUploadEvent struct { + value *BundleUploadEvent + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableBundleUploadEvent) Get() *BundleUploadEvent { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableBundleUploadEvent) Set(val *BundleUploadEvent) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableBundleUploadEvent) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableBundleUploadEvent) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableBundleUploadEvent(val *BundleUploadEvent) *NullableBundleUploadEvent { + return &NullableBundleUploadEvent{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableBundleUploadEvent) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableBundleUploadEvent) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_cancel_job_collection_execution_response.go b/model_cancel_job_collection_execution_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fde3319e --- /dev/null +++ b/model_cancel_job_collection_execution_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the CancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &CancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse{} + +// CancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse struct for CancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse +type CancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewCancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse instantiates a new CancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewCancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse() *CancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse { + this := CancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewCancelJobCollectionExecutionResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new CancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewCancelJobCollectionExecutionResponseWithDefaults() *CancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse { + this := CancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *CancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o CancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o CancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableCancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse struct { + value *CancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableCancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse) Get() *CancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableCancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse) Set(val *CancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableCancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableCancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableCancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse(val *CancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse) *NullableCancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse { + return &NullableCancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableCancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableCancelJobCollectionExecutionResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_cdb.go b/model_cdb.go index da96b2c7..12d94ff4 100644 --- a/model_cdb.go +++ b/model_cdb.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -37,10 +37,41 @@ type CDB struct { // The total size of the data files used by this CDB, in bytes. Size NullableInt64 `json:"size,omitempty"` // The JDBC connection URL for this CDB. + // Deprecated JdbcConnectionString NullableString `json:"jdbc_connection_string,omitempty"` // A reference to the Engine that this CDB belongs to. EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` + // Whether this CDB is linked or not. + IsLinked *bool `json:"is_linked,omitempty"` Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` + // The name of the group containing this CDB. + GroupName NullableString `json:"group_name,omitempty"` + // The runtime status of the vCDB. + Status NullableString `json:"status,omitempty"` + // Whether the CDB is enabled or not. + Enabled *bool `json:"enabled,omitempty"` + // The instance name of this single instance CDB. + InstanceName *string `json:"instance_name,omitempty"` + // The instance number of this single instance CDB. + InstanceNumber *int32 `json:"instance_number,omitempty"` + Instances []OracleRACDatabaseInstance `json:"instances,omitempty"` + OracleServices []OracleService `json:"oracle_services,omitempty"` + // The repository id of this CDB. + RepositoryId *string `json:"repository_id,omitempty"` + // True if LogSync is enabled for this dSource. + LogsyncEnabled *bool `json:"logsync_enabled,omitempty"` + LogsyncMode *OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum `json:"logsync_mode,omitempty"` + // Interval between LogSync requests, in seconds. + LogsyncInterval *int64 `json:"logsync_interval,omitempty"` + TdeKeystoreConfigType *OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum `json:"tde_keystore_config_type,omitempty"` + // The database name of this container database. + DatabaseName *string `json:"database_name,omitempty"` + // The unique name of the container database. + DatabaseUniqueName *string `json:"database_unique_name,omitempty"` + // The path to the TDE KMS PKC11 configuration file. + TdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath *string `json:"tde_kms_pkcs11_config_path,omitempty"` + // True if TDE keystore password is set for this container database. + IsTdeKeystorePasswordSet *bool `json:"is_tde_keystore_password_set,omitempty"` } // NewCDB instantiates a new CDB object @@ -357,6 +388,7 @@ func (o *CDB) UnsetSize() { } // GetJdbcConnectionString returns the JdbcConnectionString field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +// Deprecated func (o *CDB) GetJdbcConnectionString() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.JdbcConnectionString.Get()) { var ret string @@ -368,6 +400,7 @@ func (o *CDB) GetJdbcConnectionString() string { // GetJdbcConnectionStringOk returns a tuple with the JdbcConnectionString field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. // NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +// Deprecated func (o *CDB) GetJdbcConnectionStringOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil { return nil, false @@ -385,6 +418,7 @@ func (o *CDB) HasJdbcConnectionString() bool { } // SetJdbcConnectionString gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the JdbcConnectionString field. +// Deprecated func (o *CDB) SetJdbcConnectionString(v string) { o.JdbcConnectionString.Set(&v) } @@ -430,6 +464,38 @@ func (o *CDB) SetEngineId(v string) { o.EngineId = &v } +// GetIsLinked returns the IsLinked field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CDB) GetIsLinked() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsLinked) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsLinked +} + +// GetIsLinkedOk returns a tuple with the IsLinked field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CDB) GetIsLinkedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsLinked) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsLinked, true +} + +// HasIsLinked returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CDB) HasIsLinked() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsLinked) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsLinked gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsLinked field. +func (o *CDB) SetIsLinked(v bool) { + o.IsLinked = &v +} + // GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *CDB) GetTags() []Tag { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { @@ -462,6 +528,538 @@ func (o *CDB) SetTags(v []Tag) { o.Tags = v } +// GetGroupName returns the GroupName field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *CDB) GetGroupName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.GroupName.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.GroupName.Get() +} + +// GetGroupNameOk returns a tuple with the GroupName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *CDB) GetGroupNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.GroupName.Get(), o.GroupName.IsSet() +} + +// HasGroupName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CDB) HasGroupName() bool { + if o != nil && o.GroupName.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetGroupName gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the GroupName field. +func (o *CDB) SetGroupName(v string) { + o.GroupName.Set(&v) +} +// SetGroupNameNil sets the value for GroupName to be an explicit nil +func (o *CDB) SetGroupNameNil() { + o.GroupName.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetGroupName ensures that no value is present for GroupName, not even an explicit nil +func (o *CDB) UnsetGroupName() { + o.GroupName.Unset() +} + +// GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *CDB) GetStatus() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Status.Get() +} + +// GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *CDB) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Status.Get(), o.Status.IsSet() +} + +// HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CDB) HasStatus() bool { + if o != nil && o.Status.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStatus gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the Status field. +func (o *CDB) SetStatus(v string) { + o.Status.Set(&v) +} +// SetStatusNil sets the value for Status to be an explicit nil +func (o *CDB) SetStatusNil() { + o.Status.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetStatus ensures that no value is present for Status, not even an explicit nil +func (o *CDB) UnsetStatus() { + o.Status.Unset() +} + +// GetEnabled returns the Enabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CDB) GetEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Enabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Enabled +} + +// GetEnabledOk returns a tuple with the Enabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CDB) GetEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Enabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Enabled, true +} + +// HasEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CDB) HasEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Enabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Enabled field. +func (o *CDB) SetEnabled(v bool) { + o.Enabled = &v +} + +// GetInstanceName returns the InstanceName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CDB) GetInstanceName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.InstanceName +} + +// GetInstanceNameOk returns a tuple with the InstanceName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CDB) GetInstanceNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InstanceName, true +} + +// HasInstanceName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CDB) HasInstanceName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstanceName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the InstanceName field. +func (o *CDB) SetInstanceName(v string) { + o.InstanceName = &v +} + +// GetInstanceNumber returns the InstanceNumber field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CDB) GetInstanceNumber() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.InstanceNumber +} + +// GetInstanceNumberOk returns a tuple with the InstanceNumber field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CDB) GetInstanceNumberOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InstanceNumber, true +} + +// HasInstanceNumber returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CDB) HasInstanceNumber() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstanceNumber gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the InstanceNumber field. +func (o *CDB) SetInstanceNumber(v int32) { + o.InstanceNumber = &v +} + +// GetInstances returns the Instances field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CDB) GetInstances() []OracleRACDatabaseInstance { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + var ret []OracleRACDatabaseInstance + return ret + } + return o.Instances +} + +// GetInstancesOk returns a tuple with the Instances field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CDB) GetInstancesOk() ([]OracleRACDatabaseInstance, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Instances, true +} + +// HasInstances returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CDB) HasInstances() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Instances) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstances gets a reference to the given []OracleRACDatabaseInstance and assigns it to the Instances field. +func (o *CDB) SetInstances(v []OracleRACDatabaseInstance) { + o.Instances = v +} + +// GetOracleServices returns the OracleServices field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CDB) GetOracleServices() []OracleService { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + var ret []OracleService + return ret + } + return o.OracleServices +} + +// GetOracleServicesOk returns a tuple with the OracleServices field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CDB) GetOracleServicesOk() ([]OracleService, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleServices, true +} + +// HasOracleServices returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CDB) HasOracleServices() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleServices gets a reference to the given []OracleService and assigns it to the OracleServices field. +func (o *CDB) SetOracleServices(v []OracleService) { + o.OracleServices = v +} + +// GetRepositoryId returns the RepositoryId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CDB) GetRepositoryId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RepositoryId +} + +// GetRepositoryIdOk returns a tuple with the RepositoryId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CDB) GetRepositoryIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RepositoryId, true +} + +// HasRepositoryId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CDB) HasRepositoryId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRepositoryId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RepositoryId field. +func (o *CDB) SetRepositoryId(v string) { + o.RepositoryId = &v +} + +// GetLogsyncEnabled returns the LogsyncEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CDB) GetLogsyncEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsyncEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.LogsyncEnabled +} + +// GetLogsyncEnabledOk returns a tuple with the LogsyncEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CDB) GetLogsyncEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsyncEnabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LogsyncEnabled, true +} + +// HasLogsyncEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CDB) HasLogsyncEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LogsyncEnabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLogsyncEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the LogsyncEnabled field. +func (o *CDB) SetLogsyncEnabled(v bool) { + o.LogsyncEnabled = &v +} + +// GetLogsyncMode returns the LogsyncMode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CDB) GetLogsyncMode() OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsyncMode) { + var ret OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.LogsyncMode +} + +// GetLogsyncModeOk returns a tuple with the LogsyncMode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CDB) GetLogsyncModeOk() (*OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsyncMode) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LogsyncMode, true +} + +// HasLogsyncMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CDB) HasLogsyncMode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LogsyncMode) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLogsyncMode gets a reference to the given OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum and assigns it to the LogsyncMode field. +func (o *CDB) SetLogsyncMode(v OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum) { + o.LogsyncMode = &v +} + +// GetLogsyncInterval returns the LogsyncInterval field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CDB) GetLogsyncInterval() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsyncInterval) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.LogsyncInterval +} + +// GetLogsyncIntervalOk returns a tuple with the LogsyncInterval field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CDB) GetLogsyncIntervalOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsyncInterval) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LogsyncInterval, true +} + +// HasLogsyncInterval returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CDB) HasLogsyncInterval() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LogsyncInterval) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLogsyncInterval gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the LogsyncInterval field. +func (o *CDB) SetLogsyncInterval(v int64) { + o.LogsyncInterval = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigType returns the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CDB) GetTdeKeystoreConfigType() OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + var ret OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystoreConfigType +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CDB) GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk() (*OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystoreConfigType, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystoreConfigType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CDB) HasTdeKeystoreConfigType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystoreConfigType gets a reference to the given OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum and assigns it to the TdeKeystoreConfigType field. +func (o *CDB) SetTdeKeystoreConfigType(v OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) { + o.TdeKeystoreConfigType = &v +} + +// GetDatabaseName returns the DatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CDB) GetDatabaseName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatabaseName +} + +// GetDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CDB) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatabaseName, true +} + +// HasDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CDB) HasDatabaseName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseName field. +func (o *CDB) SetDatabaseName(v string) { + o.DatabaseName = &v +} + +// GetDatabaseUniqueName returns the DatabaseUniqueName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CDB) GetDatabaseUniqueName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseUniqueName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatabaseUniqueName +} + +// GetDatabaseUniqueNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseUniqueName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CDB) GetDatabaseUniqueNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseUniqueName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatabaseUniqueName, true +} + +// HasDatabaseUniqueName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CDB) HasDatabaseUniqueName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseUniqueName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatabaseUniqueName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseUniqueName field. +func (o *CDB) SetDatabaseUniqueName(v string) { + o.DatabaseUniqueName = &v +} + +// GetTdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath returns the TdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CDB) GetTdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath +} + +// GetTdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPathOk returns a tuple with the TdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CDB) GetTdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath, true +} + +// HasTdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CDB) HasTdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath field. +func (o *CDB) SetTdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath(v string) { + o.TdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath = &v +} + +// GetIsTdeKeystorePasswordSet returns the IsTdeKeystorePasswordSet field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CDB) GetIsTdeKeystorePasswordSet() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsTdeKeystorePasswordSet) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsTdeKeystorePasswordSet +} + +// GetIsTdeKeystorePasswordSetOk returns a tuple with the IsTdeKeystorePasswordSet field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CDB) GetIsTdeKeystorePasswordSetOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsTdeKeystorePasswordSet) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsTdeKeystorePasswordSet, true +} + +// HasIsTdeKeystorePasswordSet returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CDB) HasIsTdeKeystorePasswordSet() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsTdeKeystorePasswordSet) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsTdeKeystorePasswordSet gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsTdeKeystorePasswordSet field. +func (o *CDB) SetIsTdeKeystorePasswordSet(v bool) { + o.IsTdeKeystorePasswordSet = &v +} + func (o CDB) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -502,9 +1100,60 @@ func (o CDB) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId } + if !IsNil(o.IsLinked) { + toSerialize["is_linked"] = o.IsLinked + } if !IsNil(o.Tags) { toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags } + if o.GroupName.IsSet() { + toSerialize["group_name"] = o.GroupName.Get() + } + if o.Status.IsSet() { + toSerialize["status"] = o.Status.Get() + } + if !IsNil(o.Enabled) { + toSerialize["enabled"] = o.Enabled + } + if !IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + toSerialize["instance_name"] = o.InstanceName + } + if !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + toSerialize["instance_number"] = o.InstanceNumber + } + if !IsNil(o.Instances) { + toSerialize["instances"] = o.Instances + } + if !IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + toSerialize["oracle_services"] = o.OracleServices + } + if !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + toSerialize["repository_id"] = o.RepositoryId + } + if !IsNil(o.LogsyncEnabled) { + toSerialize["logsync_enabled"] = o.LogsyncEnabled + } + if !IsNil(o.LogsyncMode) { + toSerialize["logsync_mode"] = o.LogsyncMode + } + if !IsNil(o.LogsyncInterval) { + toSerialize["logsync_interval"] = o.LogsyncInterval + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_config_type"] = o.TdeKeystoreConfigType + } + if !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + toSerialize["database_name"] = o.DatabaseName + } + if !IsNil(o.DatabaseUniqueName) { + toSerialize["database_unique_name"] = o.DatabaseUniqueName + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath) { + toSerialize["tde_kms_pkcs11_config_path"] = o.TdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath + } + if !IsNil(o.IsTdeKeystorePasswordSet) { + toSerialize["is_tde_keystore_password_set"] = o.IsTdeKeystorePasswordSet + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_change_license_parameters.go b/model_change_license_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4be318f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_change_license_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the ChangeLicenseParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ChangeLicenseParameters{} + +// ChangeLicenseParameters Parameters to change the DCT license. +type ChangeLicenseParameters struct { + Tier LicenseTier `json:"tier"` +} + +type _ChangeLicenseParameters ChangeLicenseParameters + +// NewChangeLicenseParameters instantiates a new ChangeLicenseParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewChangeLicenseParameters(tier LicenseTier) *ChangeLicenseParameters { + this := ChangeLicenseParameters{} + this.Tier = tier + return &this +} + +// NewChangeLicenseParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new ChangeLicenseParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewChangeLicenseParametersWithDefaults() *ChangeLicenseParameters { + this := ChangeLicenseParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetTier returns the Tier field value +func (o *ChangeLicenseParameters) GetTier() LicenseTier { + if o == nil { + var ret LicenseTier + return ret + } + + return o.Tier +} + +// GetTierOk returns a tuple with the Tier field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ChangeLicenseParameters) GetTierOk() (*LicenseTier, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.Tier, true +} + +// SetTier sets field value +func (o *ChangeLicenseParameters) SetTier(v LicenseTier) { + o.Tier = v +} + +func (o ChangeLicenseParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ChangeLicenseParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["tier"] = o.Tier + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *ChangeLicenseParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "tier", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varChangeLicenseParameters := _ChangeLicenseParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varChangeLicenseParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ChangeLicenseParameters(varChangeLicenseParameters) + + return err +} + +type NullableChangeLicenseParameters struct { + value *ChangeLicenseParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableChangeLicenseParameters) Get() *ChangeLicenseParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableChangeLicenseParameters) Set(val *ChangeLicenseParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableChangeLicenseParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableChangeLicenseParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableChangeLicenseParameters(val *ChangeLicenseParameters) *NullableChangeLicenseParameters { + return &NullableChangeLicenseParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableChangeLicenseParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableChangeLicenseParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_change_password_parameter.go b/model_change_password_parameter.go index 72f7f792..4ae2c055 100644 --- a/model_change_password_parameter.go +++ b/model_change_password_parameter.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the ChangePasswordParameter type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -26,6 +28,8 @@ type ChangePasswordParameter struct { NewPassword *string `json:"new_password,omitempty"` } +type _ChangePasswordParameter ChangePasswordParameter + // NewChangePasswordParameter instantiates a new ChangePasswordParameter object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -117,6 +121,43 @@ func (o ChangePasswordParameter) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *ChangePasswordParameter) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "old_password", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varChangePasswordParameter := _ChangePasswordParameter{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varChangePasswordParameter) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ChangePasswordParameter(varChangePasswordParameter) + + return err +} + type NullableChangePasswordParameter struct { value *ChangePasswordParameter isSet bool diff --git a/model_classifier.go b/model_classifier.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b584dc40 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_classifier.go @@ -0,0 +1,491 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the Classifier type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &Classifier{} + +// Classifier A classifier. +type Classifier struct { + // The classifier ID. + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // The name of this classifier. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The framework of this classifier. + Framework *string `json:"framework,omitempty"` + // A description of this classifier. + Description NullableString `json:"description,omitempty"` + // The id of the data class associated with this classifier. + DataClassId *string `json:"data_class_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the data class associated with this classifier. + DataClassName *string `json:"data_class_name,omitempty"` + // The configuration of this algorithm. + Config map[string]interface{} `json:"config,omitempty"` + // The ID of the engine this classifier originated from. + EngineId NullableString `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the engine this classifier originated from. + EngineName NullableString `json:"engine_name,omitempty"` + // The tags of this classifier. + Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` +} + +// NewClassifier instantiates a new Classifier object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewClassifier() *Classifier { + this := Classifier{} + return &this +} + +// NewClassifierWithDefaults instantiates a new Classifier object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewClassifierWithDefaults() *Classifier { + this := Classifier{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Classifier) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Classifier) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Classifier) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *Classifier) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Classifier) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Classifier) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Classifier) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *Classifier) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetFramework returns the Framework field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Classifier) GetFramework() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Framework) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Framework +} + +// GetFrameworkOk returns a tuple with the Framework field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Classifier) GetFrameworkOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Framework) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Framework, true +} + +// HasFramework returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Classifier) HasFramework() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Framework) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFramework gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Framework field. +func (o *Classifier) SetFramework(v string) { + o.Framework = &v +} + +// GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *Classifier) GetDescription() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Description.Get() +} + +// GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *Classifier) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Description.Get(), o.Description.IsSet() +} + +// HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Classifier) HasDescription() bool { + if o != nil && o.Description.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDescription gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the Description field. +func (o *Classifier) SetDescription(v string) { + o.Description.Set(&v) +} +// SetDescriptionNil sets the value for Description to be an explicit nil +func (o *Classifier) SetDescriptionNil() { + o.Description.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetDescription ensures that no value is present for Description, not even an explicit nil +func (o *Classifier) UnsetDescription() { + o.Description.Unset() +} + +// GetDataClassId returns the DataClassId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Classifier) GetDataClassId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataClassId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DataClassId +} + +// GetDataClassIdOk returns a tuple with the DataClassId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Classifier) GetDataClassIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataClassId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataClassId, true +} + +// HasDataClassId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Classifier) HasDataClassId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataClassId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataClassId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DataClassId field. +func (o *Classifier) SetDataClassId(v string) { + o.DataClassId = &v +} + +// GetDataClassName returns the DataClassName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Classifier) GetDataClassName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataClassName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DataClassName +} + +// GetDataClassNameOk returns a tuple with the DataClassName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Classifier) GetDataClassNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataClassName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataClassName, true +} + +// HasDataClassName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Classifier) HasDataClassName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataClassName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataClassName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DataClassName field. +func (o *Classifier) SetDataClassName(v string) { + o.DataClassName = &v +} + +// GetConfig returns the Config field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Classifier) GetConfig() map[string]interface{} { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Config) { + var ret map[string]interface{} + return ret + } + return o.Config +} + +// GetConfigOk returns a tuple with the Config field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Classifier) GetConfigOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Config) { + return map[string]interface{}{}, false + } + return o.Config, true +} + +// HasConfig returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Classifier) HasConfig() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Config) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConfig gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the Config field. +func (o *Classifier) SetConfig(v map[string]interface{}) { + o.Config = v +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *Classifier) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineId.Get() +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *Classifier) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineId.Get(), o.EngineId.IsSet() +} + +// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Classifier) HasEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && o.EngineId.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the EngineId field. +func (o *Classifier) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId.Set(&v) +} +// SetEngineIdNil sets the value for EngineId to be an explicit nil +func (o *Classifier) SetEngineIdNil() { + o.EngineId.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetEngineId ensures that no value is present for EngineId, not even an explicit nil +func (o *Classifier) UnsetEngineId() { + o.EngineId.Unset() +} + +// GetEngineName returns the EngineName field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *Classifier) GetEngineName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineName.Get() +} + +// GetEngineNameOk returns a tuple with the EngineName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *Classifier) GetEngineNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineName.Get(), o.EngineName.IsSet() +} + +// HasEngineName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Classifier) HasEngineName() bool { + if o != nil && o.EngineName.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineName gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the EngineName field. +func (o *Classifier) SetEngineName(v string) { + o.EngineName.Set(&v) +} +// SetEngineNameNil sets the value for EngineName to be an explicit nil +func (o *Classifier) SetEngineNameNil() { + o.EngineName.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetEngineName ensures that no value is present for EngineName, not even an explicit nil +func (o *Classifier) UnsetEngineName() { + o.EngineName.Unset() +} + +// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Classifier) GetTags() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.Tags +} + +// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Classifier) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tags, true +} + +// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Classifier) HasTags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. +func (o *Classifier) SetTags(v []Tag) { + o.Tags = v +} + +func (o Classifier) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o Classifier) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.Framework) { + toSerialize["framework"] = o.Framework + } + if o.Description.IsSet() { + toSerialize["description"] = o.Description.Get() + } + if !IsNil(o.DataClassId) { + toSerialize["data_class_id"] = o.DataClassId + } + if !IsNil(o.DataClassName) { + toSerialize["data_class_name"] = o.DataClassName + } + if !IsNil(o.Config) { + toSerialize["config"] = o.Config + } + if o.EngineId.IsSet() { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId.Get() + } + if o.EngineName.IsSet() { + toSerialize["engine_name"] = o.EngineName.Get() + } + if !IsNil(o.Tags) { + toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableClassifier struct { + value *Classifier + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableClassifier) Get() *Classifier { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableClassifier) Set(val *Classifier) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableClassifier) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableClassifier) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableClassifier(val *Classifier) *NullableClassifier { + return &NullableClassifier{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableClassifier) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableClassifier) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_classifiers_list_response.go b/model_classifiers_list_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f60838af --- /dev/null +++ b/model_classifiers_list_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ClassifiersListResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ClassifiersListResponse{} + +// ClassifiersListResponse struct for ClassifiersListResponse +type ClassifiersListResponse struct { + Items []Classifier `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewClassifiersListResponse instantiates a new ClassifiersListResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewClassifiersListResponse() *ClassifiersListResponse { + this := ClassifiersListResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewClassifiersListResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ClassifiersListResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewClassifiersListResponseWithDefaults() *ClassifiersListResponse { + this := ClassifiersListResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ClassifiersListResponse) GetItems() []Classifier { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []Classifier + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ClassifiersListResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]Classifier, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ClassifiersListResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []Classifier and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *ClassifiersListResponse) SetItems(v []Classifier) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ClassifiersListResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ClassifiersListResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ClassifiersListResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *ClassifiersListResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o ClassifiersListResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ClassifiersListResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableClassifiersListResponse struct { + value *ClassifiersListResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableClassifiersListResponse) Get() *ClassifiersListResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableClassifiersListResponse) Set(val *ClassifiersListResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableClassifiersListResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableClassifiersListResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableClassifiersListResponse(val *ClassifiersListResponse) *NullableClassifiersListResponse { + return &NullableClassifiersListResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableClassifiersListResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableClassifiersListResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_classifiers_search_response.go b/model_classifiers_search_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7cc1166a --- /dev/null +++ b/model_classifiers_search_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ClassifiersSearchResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ClassifiersSearchResponse{} + +// ClassifiersSearchResponse struct for ClassifiersSearchResponse +type ClassifiersSearchResponse struct { + Items []Classifier `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewClassifiersSearchResponse instantiates a new ClassifiersSearchResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewClassifiersSearchResponse() *ClassifiersSearchResponse { + this := ClassifiersSearchResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewClassifiersSearchResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ClassifiersSearchResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewClassifiersSearchResponseWithDefaults() *ClassifiersSearchResponse { + this := ClassifiersSearchResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ClassifiersSearchResponse) GetItems() []Classifier { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []Classifier + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ClassifiersSearchResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]Classifier, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ClassifiersSearchResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []Classifier and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *ClassifiersSearchResponse) SetItems(v []Classifier) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ClassifiersSearchResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ClassifiersSearchResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ClassifiersSearchResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *ClassifiersSearchResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o ClassifiersSearchResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ClassifiersSearchResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableClassifiersSearchResponse struct { + value *ClassifiersSearchResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableClassifiersSearchResponse) Get() *ClassifiersSearchResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableClassifiersSearchResponse) Set(val *ClassifiersSearchResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableClassifiersSearchResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableClassifiersSearchResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableClassifiersSearchResponse(val *ClassifiersSearchResponse) *NullableClassifiersSearchResponse { + return &NullableClassifiersSearchResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableClassifiersSearchResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableClassifiersSearchResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_cleanup_execution_response.go b/model_cleanup_execution_response.go index 1e412a10..49c9972c 100644 --- a/model_cleanup_execution_response.go +++ b/model_cleanup_execution_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_cluster_node_instance.go b/model_cluster_node_instance.go index f68c5863..d7c3e920 100644 --- a/model_cluster_node_instance.go +++ b/model_cluster_node_instance.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the ClusterNodeInstance type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -28,6 +30,8 @@ type ClusterNodeInstance struct { InstanceName string `json:"instance_name"` } +type _ClusterNodeInstance ClusterNodeInstance + // NewClusterNodeInstance instantiates a new ClusterNodeInstance object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -136,6 +140,45 @@ func (o ClusterNodeInstance) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *ClusterNodeInstance) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "node_reference", + "instance_number", + "instance_name", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varClusterNodeInstance := _ClusterNodeInstance{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varClusterNodeInstance) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ClusterNodeInstance(varClusterNodeInstance) + + return err +} + type NullableClusterNodeInstance struct { value *ClusterNodeInstance isSet bool diff --git a/model_commvault_connectivity_check_parameters.go b/model_commvault_connectivity_check_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..435276a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_commvault_connectivity_check_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,276 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters{} + +// CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters Parameters to Tests CommServe host and staging client connectivity on an environment. +type CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters struct { + // Id of the target environment to test Commvault connectivity from. + EnvironmentId string `json:"environment_id"` + // Id of the environment user. + EnvironmentUserId string `json:"environment_user_id"` + // The hostname of the CommServe server to connect to. + CommserveHostName string `json:"commserve_host_name"` + // The name of the Source Client in CommServe. + SourceClientName string `json:"source_client_name"` + // The name of the Staging Client in CommServe. + StagingClientName string `json:"staging_client_name"` +} + +type _CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters + +// NewCommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters instantiates a new CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewCommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters(environmentId string, environmentUserId string, commserveHostName string, sourceClientName string, stagingClientName string) *CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters { + this := CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters{} + this.EnvironmentId = environmentId + this.EnvironmentUserId = environmentUserId + this.CommserveHostName = commserveHostName + this.SourceClientName = sourceClientName + this.StagingClientName = stagingClientName + return &this +} + +// NewCommvaultConnectivityCheckParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewCommvaultConnectivityCheckParametersWithDefaults() *CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters { + this := CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetEnvironmentId returns the EnvironmentId field value +func (o *CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) GetEnvironmentId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.EnvironmentId +} + +// GetEnvironmentIdOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) GetEnvironmentIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.EnvironmentId, true +} + +// SetEnvironmentId sets field value +func (o *CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) SetEnvironmentId(v string) { + o.EnvironmentId = v +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserId returns the EnvironmentUserId field value +func (o *CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) GetEnvironmentUserId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.EnvironmentUserId +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserIdOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUserId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) GetEnvironmentUserIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.EnvironmentUserId, true +} + +// SetEnvironmentUserId sets field value +func (o *CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) SetEnvironmentUserId(v string) { + o.EnvironmentUserId = v +} + +// GetCommserveHostName returns the CommserveHostName field value +func (o *CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) GetCommserveHostName() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.CommserveHostName +} + +// GetCommserveHostNameOk returns a tuple with the CommserveHostName field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) GetCommserveHostNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.CommserveHostName, true +} + +// SetCommserveHostName sets field value +func (o *CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) SetCommserveHostName(v string) { + o.CommserveHostName = v +} + +// GetSourceClientName returns the SourceClientName field value +func (o *CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) GetSourceClientName() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.SourceClientName +} + +// GetSourceClientNameOk returns a tuple with the SourceClientName field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) GetSourceClientNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.SourceClientName, true +} + +// SetSourceClientName sets field value +func (o *CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) SetSourceClientName(v string) { + o.SourceClientName = v +} + +// GetStagingClientName returns the StagingClientName field value +func (o *CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) GetStagingClientName() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.StagingClientName +} + +// GetStagingClientNameOk returns a tuple with the StagingClientName field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) GetStagingClientNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.StagingClientName, true +} + +// SetStagingClientName sets field value +func (o *CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) SetStagingClientName(v string) { + o.StagingClientName = v +} + +func (o CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["environment_id"] = o.EnvironmentId + toSerialize["environment_user_id"] = o.EnvironmentUserId + toSerialize["commserve_host_name"] = o.CommserveHostName + toSerialize["source_client_name"] = o.SourceClientName + toSerialize["staging_client_name"] = o.StagingClientName + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "environment_id", + "environment_user_id", + "commserve_host_name", + "source_client_name", + "staging_client_name", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varCommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters := _CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varCommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters(varCommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) + + return err +} + +type NullableCommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters struct { + value *CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableCommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) Get() *CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableCommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) Set(val *CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableCommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableCommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableCommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters(val *CommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) *NullableCommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters { + return &NullableCommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableCommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableCommvaultConnectivityCheckParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_compliance_application_setting.go b/model_compliance_application_setting.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..907051c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_compliance_application_setting.go @@ -0,0 +1,239 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ComplianceApplicationSetting type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ComplianceApplicationSetting{} + +// ComplianceApplicationSetting An application setting of a compliance engine. +type ComplianceApplicationSetting struct { + // The ID of the application setting. + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // The group of the application setting. + Group *string `json:"group,omitempty"` + // The name of the application setting. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The value of the application setting. + Value *string `json:"value,omitempty"` +} + +// NewComplianceApplicationSetting instantiates a new ComplianceApplicationSetting object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewComplianceApplicationSetting() *ComplianceApplicationSetting { + this := ComplianceApplicationSetting{} + return &this +} + +// NewComplianceApplicationSettingWithDefaults instantiates a new ComplianceApplicationSetting object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewComplianceApplicationSettingWithDefaults() *ComplianceApplicationSetting { + this := ComplianceApplicationSetting{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSetting) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSetting) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSetting) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSetting) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetGroup returns the Group field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSetting) GetGroup() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Group) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Group +} + +// GetGroupOk returns a tuple with the Group field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSetting) GetGroupOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Group) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Group, true +} + +// HasGroup returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSetting) HasGroup() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Group) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetGroup gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Group field. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSetting) SetGroup(v string) { + o.Group = &v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSetting) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSetting) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSetting) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSetting) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetValue returns the Value field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSetting) GetValue() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Value) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Value +} + +// GetValueOk returns a tuple with the Value field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSetting) GetValueOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Value) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Value, true +} + +// HasValue returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSetting) HasValue() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Value) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetValue gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Value field. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSetting) SetValue(v string) { + o.Value = &v +} + +func (o ComplianceApplicationSetting) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ComplianceApplicationSetting) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.Group) { + toSerialize["group"] = o.Group + } + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.Value) { + toSerialize["value"] = o.Value + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableComplianceApplicationSetting struct { + value *ComplianceApplicationSetting + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableComplianceApplicationSetting) Get() *ComplianceApplicationSetting { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableComplianceApplicationSetting) Set(val *ComplianceApplicationSetting) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableComplianceApplicationSetting) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableComplianceApplicationSetting) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableComplianceApplicationSetting(val *ComplianceApplicationSetting) *NullableComplianceApplicationSetting { + return &NullableComplianceApplicationSetting{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableComplianceApplicationSetting) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableComplianceApplicationSetting) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_compliance_application_settings_list_response.go b/model_compliance_application_settings_list_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ea217ce2 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_compliance_application_settings_list_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse{} + +// ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse struct for ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse +type ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse struct { + Items []ComplianceApplicationSetting `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse instantiates a new ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse() *ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse { + this := ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponseWithDefaults() *ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse { + this := ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse) GetItems() []ComplianceApplicationSetting { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []ComplianceApplicationSetting + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]ComplianceApplicationSetting, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []ComplianceApplicationSetting and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse) SetItems(v []ComplianceApplicationSetting) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse struct { + value *ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse) Get() *ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse) Set(val *ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse(val *ComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse) *NullableComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse { + return &NullableComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableComplianceApplicationSettingsListResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_compliance_application_settings_search_response.go b/model_compliance_application_settings_search_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ce9a1eae --- /dev/null +++ b/model_compliance_application_settings_search_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse{} + +// ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse struct for ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse +type ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse struct { + Items []ComplianceApplicationSetting `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse instantiates a new ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse() *ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse { + this := ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponseWithDefaults() *ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse { + this := ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse) GetItems() []ComplianceApplicationSetting { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []ComplianceApplicationSetting + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]ComplianceApplicationSetting, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []ComplianceApplicationSetting and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse) SetItems(v []ComplianceApplicationSetting) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse struct { + value *ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse) Get() *ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse) Set(val *ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse(val *ComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse) *NullableComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse { + return &NullableComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableComplianceApplicationSettingsSearchResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_compliance_job.go b/model_compliance_job.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3779db85 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_compliance_job.go @@ -0,0 +1,1877 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" +) + +// checks if the ComplianceJob type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ComplianceJob{} + +// ComplianceJob A compliance job. +type ComplianceJob struct { + // The Compliance Job entity ID. + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // The name of this Compliance Job. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The ID of the Rule Set used by this Compliance Job (Standard Job only). For hyperscale jobs, see dataset_id. + RuleSetId *string `json:"rule_set_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the Rule Set used by this Compliance Job (Standard Job only). For hyperscale jobs, see dataset_id. + RuleSetName *string `json:"rule_set_name,omitempty"` + // The type of data being masked by this Job. If the Compliance Job is masking a database this is the type of the database (Standard Job only). + ConnectorType *string `json:"connector_type,omitempty"` + // Whether this is an on-the-fly masking job (Standard Job only). + IsOnTheFlyMasking *bool `json:"is_on_the_fly_masking,omitempty"` + // The date this ComplianceJob was created (Standard Job only). + CreationDate *time.Time `json:"creation_date,omitempty"` + // The date this ComplianceJob was last executed to completion. + LastCompletedExecutionDate *time.Time `json:"last_completed_execution_date,omitempty"` + LastExecutionStatus *ExecutionStatus `json:"last_execution_status,omitempty"` + // The ID of this ComplianceJob's last execution. + LastExecutionId *string `json:"last_execution_id,omitempty"` + // The start time of the most recent execution of this compliance job. + LastExecutionStartTime *time.Time `json:"last_execution_start_time,omitempty"` + // The run time of the most recent execution of this compliance job in ms. + LastExecutionRunTime *int64 `json:"last_execution_run_time,omitempty"` + // The id of the OTF source connector for this job + OnTheFlySourceConnectorId NullableString `json:"on_the_fly_source_connector_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the OTF source connector for this job + OnTheFlySourceConnectorName NullableString `json:"on_the_fly_source_connector_name,omitempty"` + // The type of the OTF source connector for this job + OnTheFlySourceConnectorType NullableString `json:"on_the_fly_source_connector_type,omitempty"` + // The type of compliance job. + Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"` + // The execution type of this Job. + ExecutionType *string `json:"execution_type,omitempty"` + // The ID of the Hyperscale instance of this job (Hyperscale Job only). + HyperscaleInstanceId *string `json:"hyperscale_instance_id,omitempty"` + // Description of the job (Hyperscale Job only). + Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"` + // Dataset of the Hyperscale Job (Hyperscale Job only). + DatasetId *string `json:"dataset_id,omitempty"` + // Defines whether execution data will be stored after execution is complete (Hyperscale Job only). + RetainExecutionData *string `json:"retain_execution_data,omitempty"` + // The maximum amount of memory, in MB, that the compliance job can consume during execution. + MaxMemory *int32 `json:"max_memory,omitempty"` + // The minimum amount of memory, in MB, that the compliance job can consume during execution. + MinMemory *int32 `json:"min_memory,omitempty"` + // The granularity with which the system provides updates on the progress of the compliance job. For instance, a feedback size of 50000 results in log updates whenever 50000 rows are processed during the masking phase. + FeedbackSize *int32 `json:"feedback_size,omitempty"` + // This value constrains the total number of rows that may enter the job for each masking stream. + StreamRowLimit *int32 `json:"stream_row_limit,omitempty"` + // This field controls the amount of parallelism that the masking job uses to extract out the data to be masked. + NumInputStreams *int32 `json:"num_input_streams,omitempty"` + // Maximum number of parallel connection that the Hyperscale instance can have with the source datasource (Hyperscale Job only). + MaxConcurrentSourceConnections *int32 `json:"max_concurrent_source_connections,omitempty"` + // Maximum number of parallel connection that the Hyperscale instance can have with the target datasource (Hyperscale Job only). + MaxConcurrentTargetConnections *int32 `json:"max_concurrent_target_connections,omitempty"` + // The degree of parallelism (DOP) per Oracle job to recreate the index in the post-load process (Hyperscale Job only). + ParallelismDegree *int32 `json:"parallelism_degree,omitempty"` + // The ID of the MaskingJob that was used as the source to create this job (Hyperscale Job only). + SourceMaskingJobId *string `json:"source_masking_job_id,omitempty"` + // The engine on which this job resides (Standard Job only). + EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the engine on which this job resides (Standard Job only). + EngineName *string `json:"engine_name,omitempty"` + // List of engines that this job can run on (Hyperscale Job only). + EngineIds []string `json:"engine_ids,omitempty"` + // The id of the discovery policy in use - applicable for discovery jobs only. + DiscoveryPolicyId NullableString `json:"discovery_policy_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the discovery policy in use - applicable for discovery jobs only. + DiscoveryPolicyName NullableString `json:"discovery_policy_name,omitempty"` + // The name of the environment in which this job resides on the compliance engine. + EnvironmentName *string `json:"environment_name,omitempty"` + // The name of the application associated with the environment in which this job resides on the compliance engine. + ApplicationName *string `json:"application_name,omitempty"` + // The ID of the Account that created this ComplianceJob (Standard Job only). + AccountId *int64 `json:"account_id,omitempty"` + // The username of the Account that created this ComplianceJob (Standard Job only). + AccountName *string `json:"account_name,omitempty"` + // Whether or not this ComplianceJob is managed by DCT (Standard Job only). + DctManaged *bool `json:"dct_managed,omitempty"` + // Whether to fail immediately or delay failure until job completion when a masking algorithm fails to mask its data (Standard Job only). + FailImmediately *bool `json:"fail_immediately,omitempty"` + // Whether the database load phase to output the masked data will be performed in batches. The size of the batches is determined by the field 'commit_size'. (Standard Job only). + BatchUpdate *bool `json:"batch_update,omitempty"` + // The size of the database commits when performing batch updates (Standard Job only). + CommitSize *int32 `json:"commit_size,omitempty"` + // The amount of parallelism, per input stream, that the job uses to load back the masked data. For example, specifying 4 output threads per stream with 5 input streams results in a total of 20 output threads for the whole job. (Standard Job only). + NumOutputThreadsPerStream *int32 `json:"num_output_threads_per_stream,omitempty"` + Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` + JobOrchestratorId *string `json:"job_orchestrator_id,omitempty"` + JobOrchestratorName *string `json:"job_orchestrator_name,omitempty"` +} + +// NewComplianceJob instantiates a new ComplianceJob object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewComplianceJob() *ComplianceJob { + this := ComplianceJob{} + return &this +} + +// NewComplianceJobWithDefaults instantiates a new ComplianceJob object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewComplianceJobWithDefaults() *ComplianceJob { + this := ComplianceJob{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetRuleSetId returns the RuleSetId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetRuleSetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RuleSetId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RuleSetId +} + +// GetRuleSetIdOk returns a tuple with the RuleSetId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetRuleSetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RuleSetId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RuleSetId, true +} + +// HasRuleSetId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasRuleSetId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RuleSetId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRuleSetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RuleSetId field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetRuleSetId(v string) { + o.RuleSetId = &v +} + +// GetRuleSetName returns the RuleSetName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetRuleSetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RuleSetName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RuleSetName +} + +// GetRuleSetNameOk returns a tuple with the RuleSetName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetRuleSetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RuleSetName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RuleSetName, true +} + +// HasRuleSetName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasRuleSetName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RuleSetName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRuleSetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RuleSetName field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetRuleSetName(v string) { + o.RuleSetName = &v +} + +// GetConnectorType returns the ConnectorType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetConnectorType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectorType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ConnectorType +} + +// GetConnectorTypeOk returns a tuple with the ConnectorType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetConnectorTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectorType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ConnectorType, true +} + +// HasConnectorType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasConnectorType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConnectorType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConnectorType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ConnectorType field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetConnectorType(v string) { + o.ConnectorType = &v +} + +// GetIsOnTheFlyMasking returns the IsOnTheFlyMasking field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetIsOnTheFlyMasking() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsOnTheFlyMasking) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsOnTheFlyMasking +} + +// GetIsOnTheFlyMaskingOk returns a tuple with the IsOnTheFlyMasking field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetIsOnTheFlyMaskingOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsOnTheFlyMasking) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsOnTheFlyMasking, true +} + +// HasIsOnTheFlyMasking returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasIsOnTheFlyMasking() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsOnTheFlyMasking) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsOnTheFlyMasking gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsOnTheFlyMasking field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetIsOnTheFlyMasking(v bool) { + o.IsOnTheFlyMasking = &v +} + +// GetCreationDate returns the CreationDate field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetCreationDate() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CreationDate) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.CreationDate +} + +// GetCreationDateOk returns a tuple with the CreationDate field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetCreationDateOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CreationDate) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CreationDate, true +} + +// HasCreationDate returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasCreationDate() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CreationDate) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCreationDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreationDate field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) { + o.CreationDate = &v +} + +// GetLastCompletedExecutionDate returns the LastCompletedExecutionDate field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetLastCompletedExecutionDate() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastCompletedExecutionDate) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.LastCompletedExecutionDate +} + +// GetLastCompletedExecutionDateOk returns a tuple with the LastCompletedExecutionDate field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetLastCompletedExecutionDateOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastCompletedExecutionDate) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LastCompletedExecutionDate, true +} + +// HasLastCompletedExecutionDate returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasLastCompletedExecutionDate() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LastCompletedExecutionDate) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLastCompletedExecutionDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the LastCompletedExecutionDate field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetLastCompletedExecutionDate(v time.Time) { + o.LastCompletedExecutionDate = &v +} + +// GetLastExecutionStatus returns the LastExecutionStatus field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetLastExecutionStatus() ExecutionStatus { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastExecutionStatus) { + var ret ExecutionStatus + return ret + } + return *o.LastExecutionStatus +} + +// GetLastExecutionStatusOk returns a tuple with the LastExecutionStatus field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetLastExecutionStatusOk() (*ExecutionStatus, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastExecutionStatus) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LastExecutionStatus, true +} + +// HasLastExecutionStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasLastExecutionStatus() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LastExecutionStatus) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLastExecutionStatus gets a reference to the given ExecutionStatus and assigns it to the LastExecutionStatus field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetLastExecutionStatus(v ExecutionStatus) { + o.LastExecutionStatus = &v +} + +// GetLastExecutionId returns the LastExecutionId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetLastExecutionId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastExecutionId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.LastExecutionId +} + +// GetLastExecutionIdOk returns a tuple with the LastExecutionId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetLastExecutionIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastExecutionId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LastExecutionId, true +} + +// HasLastExecutionId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasLastExecutionId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LastExecutionId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLastExecutionId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the LastExecutionId field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetLastExecutionId(v string) { + o.LastExecutionId = &v +} + +// GetLastExecutionStartTime returns the LastExecutionStartTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetLastExecutionStartTime() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastExecutionStartTime) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.LastExecutionStartTime +} + +// GetLastExecutionStartTimeOk returns a tuple with the LastExecutionStartTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetLastExecutionStartTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastExecutionStartTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LastExecutionStartTime, true +} + +// HasLastExecutionStartTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasLastExecutionStartTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LastExecutionStartTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLastExecutionStartTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the LastExecutionStartTime field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetLastExecutionStartTime(v time.Time) { + o.LastExecutionStartTime = &v +} + +// GetLastExecutionRunTime returns the LastExecutionRunTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetLastExecutionRunTime() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastExecutionRunTime) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.LastExecutionRunTime +} + +// GetLastExecutionRunTimeOk returns a tuple with the LastExecutionRunTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetLastExecutionRunTimeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastExecutionRunTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LastExecutionRunTime, true +} + +// HasLastExecutionRunTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasLastExecutionRunTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LastExecutionRunTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLastExecutionRunTime gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the LastExecutionRunTime field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetLastExecutionRunTime(v int64) { + o.LastExecutionRunTime = &v +} + +// GetOnTheFlySourceConnectorId returns the OnTheFlySourceConnectorId field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetOnTheFlySourceConnectorId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorId.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorId.Get() +} + +// GetOnTheFlySourceConnectorIdOk returns a tuple with the OnTheFlySourceConnectorId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetOnTheFlySourceConnectorIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorId.Get(), o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorId.IsSet() +} + +// HasOnTheFlySourceConnectorId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasOnTheFlySourceConnectorId() bool { + if o != nil && o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorId.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOnTheFlySourceConnectorId gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the OnTheFlySourceConnectorId field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetOnTheFlySourceConnectorId(v string) { + o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorId.Set(&v) +} +// SetOnTheFlySourceConnectorIdNil sets the value for OnTheFlySourceConnectorId to be an explicit nil +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetOnTheFlySourceConnectorIdNil() { + o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorId.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetOnTheFlySourceConnectorId ensures that no value is present for OnTheFlySourceConnectorId, not even an explicit nil +func (o *ComplianceJob) UnsetOnTheFlySourceConnectorId() { + o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorId.Unset() +} + +// GetOnTheFlySourceConnectorName returns the OnTheFlySourceConnectorName field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetOnTheFlySourceConnectorName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorName.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorName.Get() +} + +// GetOnTheFlySourceConnectorNameOk returns a tuple with the OnTheFlySourceConnectorName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetOnTheFlySourceConnectorNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorName.Get(), o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorName.IsSet() +} + +// HasOnTheFlySourceConnectorName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasOnTheFlySourceConnectorName() bool { + if o != nil && o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorName.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOnTheFlySourceConnectorName gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the OnTheFlySourceConnectorName field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetOnTheFlySourceConnectorName(v string) { + o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorName.Set(&v) +} +// SetOnTheFlySourceConnectorNameNil sets the value for OnTheFlySourceConnectorName to be an explicit nil +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetOnTheFlySourceConnectorNameNil() { + o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorName.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetOnTheFlySourceConnectorName ensures that no value is present for OnTheFlySourceConnectorName, not even an explicit nil +func (o *ComplianceJob) UnsetOnTheFlySourceConnectorName() { + o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorName.Unset() +} + +// GetOnTheFlySourceConnectorType returns the OnTheFlySourceConnectorType field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetOnTheFlySourceConnectorType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorType.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorType.Get() +} + +// GetOnTheFlySourceConnectorTypeOk returns a tuple with the OnTheFlySourceConnectorType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetOnTheFlySourceConnectorTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorType.Get(), o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorType.IsSet() +} + +// HasOnTheFlySourceConnectorType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasOnTheFlySourceConnectorType() bool { + if o != nil && o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorType.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOnTheFlySourceConnectorType gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the OnTheFlySourceConnectorType field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetOnTheFlySourceConnectorType(v string) { + o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorType.Set(&v) +} +// SetOnTheFlySourceConnectorTypeNil sets the value for OnTheFlySourceConnectorType to be an explicit nil +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetOnTheFlySourceConnectorTypeNil() { + o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorType.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetOnTheFlySourceConnectorType ensures that no value is present for OnTheFlySourceConnectorType, not even an explicit nil +func (o *ComplianceJob) UnsetOnTheFlySourceConnectorType() { + o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorType.Unset() +} + +// GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Type +} + +// GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Type, true +} + +// HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Type) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetType(v string) { + o.Type = &v +} + +// GetExecutionType returns the ExecutionType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetExecutionType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExecutionType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExecutionType +} + +// GetExecutionTypeOk returns a tuple with the ExecutionType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetExecutionTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExecutionType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExecutionType, true +} + +// HasExecutionType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasExecutionType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExecutionType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExecutionType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExecutionType field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetExecutionType(v string) { + o.ExecutionType = &v +} + +// GetHyperscaleInstanceId returns the HyperscaleInstanceId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetHyperscaleInstanceId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HyperscaleInstanceId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.HyperscaleInstanceId +} + +// GetHyperscaleInstanceIdOk returns a tuple with the HyperscaleInstanceId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetHyperscaleInstanceIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HyperscaleInstanceId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.HyperscaleInstanceId, true +} + +// HasHyperscaleInstanceId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasHyperscaleInstanceId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HyperscaleInstanceId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHyperscaleInstanceId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the HyperscaleInstanceId field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetHyperscaleInstanceId(v string) { + o.HyperscaleInstanceId = &v +} + +// GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetDescription() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Description +} + +// GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Description, true +} + +// HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasDescription() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Description) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetDescription(v string) { + o.Description = &v +} + +// GetDatasetId returns the DatasetId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetDatasetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatasetId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatasetId +} + +// GetDatasetIdOk returns a tuple with the DatasetId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetDatasetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatasetId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatasetId, true +} + +// HasDatasetId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasDatasetId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatasetId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatasetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatasetId field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetDatasetId(v string) { + o.DatasetId = &v +} + +// GetRetainExecutionData returns the RetainExecutionData field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetRetainExecutionData() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RetainExecutionData) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RetainExecutionData +} + +// GetRetainExecutionDataOk returns a tuple with the RetainExecutionData field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetRetainExecutionDataOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RetainExecutionData) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RetainExecutionData, true +} + +// HasRetainExecutionData returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasRetainExecutionData() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RetainExecutionData) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRetainExecutionData gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RetainExecutionData field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetRetainExecutionData(v string) { + o.RetainExecutionData = &v +} + +// GetMaxMemory returns the MaxMemory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetMaxMemory() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MaxMemory) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.MaxMemory +} + +// GetMaxMemoryOk returns a tuple with the MaxMemory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetMaxMemoryOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MaxMemory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MaxMemory, true +} + +// HasMaxMemory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasMaxMemory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MaxMemory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMaxMemory gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the MaxMemory field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetMaxMemory(v int32) { + o.MaxMemory = &v +} + +// GetMinMemory returns the MinMemory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetMinMemory() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MinMemory) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.MinMemory +} + +// GetMinMemoryOk returns a tuple with the MinMemory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetMinMemoryOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MinMemory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MinMemory, true +} + +// HasMinMemory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasMinMemory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MinMemory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMinMemory gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the MinMemory field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetMinMemory(v int32) { + o.MinMemory = &v +} + +// GetFeedbackSize returns the FeedbackSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetFeedbackSize() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FeedbackSize) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.FeedbackSize +} + +// GetFeedbackSizeOk returns a tuple with the FeedbackSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetFeedbackSizeOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FeedbackSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FeedbackSize, true +} + +// HasFeedbackSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasFeedbackSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FeedbackSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFeedbackSize gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the FeedbackSize field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetFeedbackSize(v int32) { + o.FeedbackSize = &v +} + +// GetStreamRowLimit returns the StreamRowLimit field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetStreamRowLimit() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StreamRowLimit) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.StreamRowLimit +} + +// GetStreamRowLimitOk returns a tuple with the StreamRowLimit field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetStreamRowLimitOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StreamRowLimit) { + return nil, false + } + return o.StreamRowLimit, true +} + +// HasStreamRowLimit returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasStreamRowLimit() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StreamRowLimit) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStreamRowLimit gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the StreamRowLimit field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetStreamRowLimit(v int32) { + o.StreamRowLimit = &v +} + +// GetNumInputStreams returns the NumInputStreams field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetNumInputStreams() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumInputStreams) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.NumInputStreams +} + +// GetNumInputStreamsOk returns a tuple with the NumInputStreams field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetNumInputStreamsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumInputStreams) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NumInputStreams, true +} + +// HasNumInputStreams returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasNumInputStreams() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NumInputStreams) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNumInputStreams gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the NumInputStreams field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetNumInputStreams(v int32) { + o.NumInputStreams = &v +} + +// GetMaxConcurrentSourceConnections returns the MaxConcurrentSourceConnections field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetMaxConcurrentSourceConnections() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MaxConcurrentSourceConnections) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.MaxConcurrentSourceConnections +} + +// GetMaxConcurrentSourceConnectionsOk returns a tuple with the MaxConcurrentSourceConnections field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetMaxConcurrentSourceConnectionsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MaxConcurrentSourceConnections) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MaxConcurrentSourceConnections, true +} + +// HasMaxConcurrentSourceConnections returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasMaxConcurrentSourceConnections() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MaxConcurrentSourceConnections) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMaxConcurrentSourceConnections gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the MaxConcurrentSourceConnections field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetMaxConcurrentSourceConnections(v int32) { + o.MaxConcurrentSourceConnections = &v +} + +// GetMaxConcurrentTargetConnections returns the MaxConcurrentTargetConnections field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetMaxConcurrentTargetConnections() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MaxConcurrentTargetConnections) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.MaxConcurrentTargetConnections +} + +// GetMaxConcurrentTargetConnectionsOk returns a tuple with the MaxConcurrentTargetConnections field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetMaxConcurrentTargetConnectionsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MaxConcurrentTargetConnections) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MaxConcurrentTargetConnections, true +} + +// HasMaxConcurrentTargetConnections returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasMaxConcurrentTargetConnections() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MaxConcurrentTargetConnections) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMaxConcurrentTargetConnections gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the MaxConcurrentTargetConnections field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetMaxConcurrentTargetConnections(v int32) { + o.MaxConcurrentTargetConnections = &v +} + +// GetParallelismDegree returns the ParallelismDegree field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetParallelismDegree() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParallelismDegree) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.ParallelismDegree +} + +// GetParallelismDegreeOk returns a tuple with the ParallelismDegree field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetParallelismDegreeOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParallelismDegree) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParallelismDegree, true +} + +// HasParallelismDegree returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasParallelismDegree() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParallelismDegree) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParallelismDegree gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the ParallelismDegree field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetParallelismDegree(v int32) { + o.ParallelismDegree = &v +} + +// GetSourceMaskingJobId returns the SourceMaskingJobId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetSourceMaskingJobId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceMaskingJobId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SourceMaskingJobId +} + +// GetSourceMaskingJobIdOk returns a tuple with the SourceMaskingJobId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetSourceMaskingJobIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceMaskingJobId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SourceMaskingJobId, true +} + +// HasSourceMaskingJobId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasSourceMaskingJobId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SourceMaskingJobId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSourceMaskingJobId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SourceMaskingJobId field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetSourceMaskingJobId(v string) { + o.SourceMaskingJobId = &v +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineId, true +} + +// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = &v +} + +// GetEngineName returns the EngineName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetEngineName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineName +} + +// GetEngineNameOk returns a tuple with the EngineName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetEngineNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineName, true +} + +// HasEngineName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasEngineName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineName field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetEngineName(v string) { + o.EngineName = &v +} + +// GetEngineIds returns the EngineIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetEngineIds() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineIds) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.EngineIds +} + +// GetEngineIdsOk returns a tuple with the EngineIds field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetEngineIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineIds) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineIds, true +} + +// HasEngineIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasEngineIds() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineIds) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the EngineIds field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetEngineIds(v []string) { + o.EngineIds = v +} + +// GetDiscoveryPolicyId returns the DiscoveryPolicyId field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetDiscoveryPolicyId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DiscoveryPolicyId.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DiscoveryPolicyId.Get() +} + +// GetDiscoveryPolicyIdOk returns a tuple with the DiscoveryPolicyId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetDiscoveryPolicyIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.DiscoveryPolicyId.Get(), o.DiscoveryPolicyId.IsSet() +} + +// HasDiscoveryPolicyId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasDiscoveryPolicyId() bool { + if o != nil && o.DiscoveryPolicyId.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDiscoveryPolicyId gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the DiscoveryPolicyId field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetDiscoveryPolicyId(v string) { + o.DiscoveryPolicyId.Set(&v) +} +// SetDiscoveryPolicyIdNil sets the value for DiscoveryPolicyId to be an explicit nil +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetDiscoveryPolicyIdNil() { + o.DiscoveryPolicyId.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetDiscoveryPolicyId ensures that no value is present for DiscoveryPolicyId, not even an explicit nil +func (o *ComplianceJob) UnsetDiscoveryPolicyId() { + o.DiscoveryPolicyId.Unset() +} + +// GetDiscoveryPolicyName returns the DiscoveryPolicyName field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetDiscoveryPolicyName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DiscoveryPolicyName.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DiscoveryPolicyName.Get() +} + +// GetDiscoveryPolicyNameOk returns a tuple with the DiscoveryPolicyName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetDiscoveryPolicyNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.DiscoveryPolicyName.Get(), o.DiscoveryPolicyName.IsSet() +} + +// HasDiscoveryPolicyName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasDiscoveryPolicyName() bool { + if o != nil && o.DiscoveryPolicyName.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDiscoveryPolicyName gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the DiscoveryPolicyName field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetDiscoveryPolicyName(v string) { + o.DiscoveryPolicyName.Set(&v) +} +// SetDiscoveryPolicyNameNil sets the value for DiscoveryPolicyName to be an explicit nil +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetDiscoveryPolicyNameNil() { + o.DiscoveryPolicyName.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetDiscoveryPolicyName ensures that no value is present for DiscoveryPolicyName, not even an explicit nil +func (o *ComplianceJob) UnsetDiscoveryPolicyName() { + o.DiscoveryPolicyName.Unset() +} + +// GetEnvironmentName returns the EnvironmentName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetEnvironmentName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EnvironmentName +} + +// GetEnvironmentNameOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetEnvironmentNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvironmentName, true +} + +// HasEnvironmentName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasEnvironmentName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironmentName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentName field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetEnvironmentName(v string) { + o.EnvironmentName = &v +} + +// GetApplicationName returns the ApplicationName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetApplicationName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ApplicationName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ApplicationName +} + +// GetApplicationNameOk returns a tuple with the ApplicationName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetApplicationNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ApplicationName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ApplicationName, true +} + +// HasApplicationName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasApplicationName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ApplicationName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetApplicationName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ApplicationName field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetApplicationName(v string) { + o.ApplicationName = &v +} + +// GetAccountId returns the AccountId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetAccountId() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountId) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.AccountId +} + +// GetAccountIdOk returns a tuple with the AccountId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetAccountIdOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AccountId, true +} + +// HasAccountId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasAccountId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AccountId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAccountId gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the AccountId field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetAccountId(v int64) { + o.AccountId = &v +} + +// GetAccountName returns the AccountName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetAccountName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AccountName +} + +// GetAccountNameOk returns a tuple with the AccountName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetAccountNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AccountName, true +} + +// HasAccountName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasAccountName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AccountName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAccountName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AccountName field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetAccountName(v string) { + o.AccountName = &v +} + +// GetDctManaged returns the DctManaged field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetDctManaged() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.DctManaged +} + +// GetDctManagedOk returns a tuple with the DctManaged field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetDctManagedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DctManaged, true +} + +// HasDctManaged returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasDctManaged() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDctManaged gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DctManaged field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetDctManaged(v bool) { + o.DctManaged = &v +} + +// GetFailImmediately returns the FailImmediately field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetFailImmediately() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FailImmediately) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.FailImmediately +} + +// GetFailImmediatelyOk returns a tuple with the FailImmediately field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetFailImmediatelyOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FailImmediately) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FailImmediately, true +} + +// HasFailImmediately returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasFailImmediately() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FailImmediately) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFailImmediately gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the FailImmediately field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetFailImmediately(v bool) { + o.FailImmediately = &v +} + +// GetBatchUpdate returns the BatchUpdate field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetBatchUpdate() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BatchUpdate) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.BatchUpdate +} + +// GetBatchUpdateOk returns a tuple with the BatchUpdate field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetBatchUpdateOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BatchUpdate) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BatchUpdate, true +} + +// HasBatchUpdate returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasBatchUpdate() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BatchUpdate) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBatchUpdate gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the BatchUpdate field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetBatchUpdate(v bool) { + o.BatchUpdate = &v +} + +// GetCommitSize returns the CommitSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetCommitSize() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CommitSize) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.CommitSize +} + +// GetCommitSizeOk returns a tuple with the CommitSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetCommitSizeOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CommitSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CommitSize, true +} + +// HasCommitSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasCommitSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CommitSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCommitSize gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the CommitSize field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetCommitSize(v int32) { + o.CommitSize = &v +} + +// GetNumOutputThreadsPerStream returns the NumOutputThreadsPerStream field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetNumOutputThreadsPerStream() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumOutputThreadsPerStream) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.NumOutputThreadsPerStream +} + +// GetNumOutputThreadsPerStreamOk returns a tuple with the NumOutputThreadsPerStream field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetNumOutputThreadsPerStreamOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumOutputThreadsPerStream) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NumOutputThreadsPerStream, true +} + +// HasNumOutputThreadsPerStream returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasNumOutputThreadsPerStream() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NumOutputThreadsPerStream) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNumOutputThreadsPerStream gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the NumOutputThreadsPerStream field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetNumOutputThreadsPerStream(v int32) { + o.NumOutputThreadsPerStream = &v +} + +// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetTags() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.Tags +} + +// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tags, true +} + +// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasTags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetTags(v []Tag) { + o.Tags = v +} + +// GetJobOrchestratorId returns the JobOrchestratorId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetJobOrchestratorId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.JobOrchestratorId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.JobOrchestratorId +} + +// GetJobOrchestratorIdOk returns a tuple with the JobOrchestratorId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetJobOrchestratorIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.JobOrchestratorId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.JobOrchestratorId, true +} + +// HasJobOrchestratorId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasJobOrchestratorId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.JobOrchestratorId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJobOrchestratorId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the JobOrchestratorId field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetJobOrchestratorId(v string) { + o.JobOrchestratorId = &v +} + +// GetJobOrchestratorName returns the JobOrchestratorName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetJobOrchestratorName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.JobOrchestratorName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.JobOrchestratorName +} + +// GetJobOrchestratorNameOk returns a tuple with the JobOrchestratorName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) GetJobOrchestratorNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.JobOrchestratorName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.JobOrchestratorName, true +} + +// HasJobOrchestratorName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJob) HasJobOrchestratorName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.JobOrchestratorName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJobOrchestratorName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the JobOrchestratorName field. +func (o *ComplianceJob) SetJobOrchestratorName(v string) { + o.JobOrchestratorName = &v +} + +func (o ComplianceJob) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ComplianceJob) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.RuleSetId) { + toSerialize["rule_set_id"] = o.RuleSetId + } + if !IsNil(o.RuleSetName) { + toSerialize["rule_set_name"] = o.RuleSetName + } + if !IsNil(o.ConnectorType) { + toSerialize["connector_type"] = o.ConnectorType + } + if !IsNil(o.IsOnTheFlyMasking) { + toSerialize["is_on_the_fly_masking"] = o.IsOnTheFlyMasking + } + if !IsNil(o.CreationDate) { + toSerialize["creation_date"] = o.CreationDate + } + if !IsNil(o.LastCompletedExecutionDate) { + toSerialize["last_completed_execution_date"] = o.LastCompletedExecutionDate + } + if !IsNil(o.LastExecutionStatus) { + toSerialize["last_execution_status"] = o.LastExecutionStatus + } + if !IsNil(o.LastExecutionId) { + toSerialize["last_execution_id"] = o.LastExecutionId + } + if !IsNil(o.LastExecutionStartTime) { + toSerialize["last_execution_start_time"] = o.LastExecutionStartTime + } + if !IsNil(o.LastExecutionRunTime) { + toSerialize["last_execution_run_time"] = o.LastExecutionRunTime + } + if o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorId.IsSet() { + toSerialize["on_the_fly_source_connector_id"] = o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorId.Get() + } + if o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorName.IsSet() { + toSerialize["on_the_fly_source_connector_name"] = o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorName.Get() + } + if o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorType.IsSet() { + toSerialize["on_the_fly_source_connector_type"] = o.OnTheFlySourceConnectorType.Get() + } + if !IsNil(o.Type) { + toSerialize["type"] = o.Type + } + if !IsNil(o.ExecutionType) { + toSerialize["execution_type"] = o.ExecutionType + } + if !IsNil(o.HyperscaleInstanceId) { + toSerialize["hyperscale_instance_id"] = o.HyperscaleInstanceId + } + if !IsNil(o.Description) { + toSerialize["description"] = o.Description + } + if !IsNil(o.DatasetId) { + toSerialize["dataset_id"] = o.DatasetId + } + if !IsNil(o.RetainExecutionData) { + toSerialize["retain_execution_data"] = o.RetainExecutionData + } + if !IsNil(o.MaxMemory) { + toSerialize["max_memory"] = o.MaxMemory + } + if !IsNil(o.MinMemory) { + toSerialize["min_memory"] = o.MinMemory + } + if !IsNil(o.FeedbackSize) { + toSerialize["feedback_size"] = o.FeedbackSize + } + if !IsNil(o.StreamRowLimit) { + toSerialize["stream_row_limit"] = o.StreamRowLimit + } + if !IsNil(o.NumInputStreams) { + toSerialize["num_input_streams"] = o.NumInputStreams + } + if !IsNil(o.MaxConcurrentSourceConnections) { + toSerialize["max_concurrent_source_connections"] = o.MaxConcurrentSourceConnections + } + if !IsNil(o.MaxConcurrentTargetConnections) { + toSerialize["max_concurrent_target_connections"] = o.MaxConcurrentTargetConnections + } + if !IsNil(o.ParallelismDegree) { + toSerialize["parallelism_degree"] = o.ParallelismDegree + } + if !IsNil(o.SourceMaskingJobId) { + toSerialize["source_masking_job_id"] = o.SourceMaskingJobId + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineName) { + toSerialize["engine_name"] = o.EngineName + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineIds) { + toSerialize["engine_ids"] = o.EngineIds + } + if o.DiscoveryPolicyId.IsSet() { + toSerialize["discovery_policy_id"] = o.DiscoveryPolicyId.Get() + } + if o.DiscoveryPolicyName.IsSet() { + toSerialize["discovery_policy_name"] = o.DiscoveryPolicyName.Get() + } + if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentName) { + toSerialize["environment_name"] = o.EnvironmentName + } + if !IsNil(o.ApplicationName) { + toSerialize["application_name"] = o.ApplicationName + } + if !IsNil(o.AccountId) { + toSerialize["account_id"] = o.AccountId + } + if !IsNil(o.AccountName) { + toSerialize["account_name"] = o.AccountName + } + if !IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + toSerialize["dct_managed"] = o.DctManaged + } + if !IsNil(o.FailImmediately) { + toSerialize["fail_immediately"] = o.FailImmediately + } + if !IsNil(o.BatchUpdate) { + toSerialize["batch_update"] = o.BatchUpdate + } + if !IsNil(o.CommitSize) { + toSerialize["commit_size"] = o.CommitSize + } + if !IsNil(o.NumOutputThreadsPerStream) { + toSerialize["num_output_threads_per_stream"] = o.NumOutputThreadsPerStream + } + if !IsNil(o.Tags) { + toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags + } + if !IsNil(o.JobOrchestratorId) { + toSerialize["job_orchestrator_id"] = o.JobOrchestratorId + } + if !IsNil(o.JobOrchestratorName) { + toSerialize["job_orchestrator_name"] = o.JobOrchestratorName + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableComplianceJob struct { + value *ComplianceJob + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableComplianceJob) Get() *ComplianceJob { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableComplianceJob) Set(val *ComplianceJob) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableComplianceJob) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableComplianceJob) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableComplianceJob(val *ComplianceJob) *NullableComplianceJob { + return &NullableComplianceJob{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableComplianceJob) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableComplianceJob) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_compliance_job_collection.go b/model_compliance_job_collection.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c0f2b1e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_compliance_job_collection.go @@ -0,0 +1,461 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" +) + +// checks if the ComplianceJobCollection type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ComplianceJobCollection{} + +// ComplianceJobCollection A compliance job collection. +type ComplianceJobCollection struct { + // The Compliance Job Collection entity ID. + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // The name of the compliance job collection. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The description of the compliance job collection. + Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"` + // The date this compliance job collection was created. + CreationDate *time.Time `json:"creation_date,omitempty"` + // The number of jobs in this compliance job collection. + JobCount *int32 `json:"job_count,omitempty"` + // The ID of the last execution of this compliance job collection if exists. + LastExecutionId *string `json:"last_execution_id,omitempty"` + FailureHandling *JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum `json:"failure_handling,omitempty"` + // Whether any jobs in the collection are missing. + JobMissing *bool `json:"job_missing,omitempty"` + // The list of compliance job IDs and their collection sequence to be included in the collection. + Members []ComplianceJobCollectionMembers `json:"members,omitempty"` + // The tags of this compliance job collection. + Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` +} + +// NewComplianceJobCollection instantiates a new ComplianceJobCollection object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewComplianceJobCollection() *ComplianceJobCollection { + this := ComplianceJobCollection{} + return &this +} + +// NewComplianceJobCollectionWithDefaults instantiates a new ComplianceJobCollection object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewComplianceJobCollectionWithDefaults() *ComplianceJobCollection { + this := ComplianceJobCollection{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) GetDescription() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Description +} + +// GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Description, true +} + +// HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) HasDescription() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Description) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) SetDescription(v string) { + o.Description = &v +} + +// GetCreationDate returns the CreationDate field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) GetCreationDate() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CreationDate) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.CreationDate +} + +// GetCreationDateOk returns a tuple with the CreationDate field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) GetCreationDateOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CreationDate) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CreationDate, true +} + +// HasCreationDate returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) HasCreationDate() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CreationDate) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCreationDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreationDate field. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) { + o.CreationDate = &v +} + +// GetJobCount returns the JobCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) GetJobCount() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.JobCount) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.JobCount +} + +// GetJobCountOk returns a tuple with the JobCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) GetJobCountOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.JobCount) { + return nil, false + } + return o.JobCount, true +} + +// HasJobCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) HasJobCount() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.JobCount) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJobCount gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the JobCount field. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) SetJobCount(v int32) { + o.JobCount = &v +} + +// GetLastExecutionId returns the LastExecutionId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) GetLastExecutionId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastExecutionId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.LastExecutionId +} + +// GetLastExecutionIdOk returns a tuple with the LastExecutionId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) GetLastExecutionIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastExecutionId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LastExecutionId, true +} + +// HasLastExecutionId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) HasLastExecutionId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LastExecutionId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLastExecutionId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the LastExecutionId field. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) SetLastExecutionId(v string) { + o.LastExecutionId = &v +} + +// GetFailureHandling returns the FailureHandling field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) GetFailureHandling() JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FailureHandling) { + var ret JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum + return ret + } + return *o.FailureHandling +} + +// GetFailureHandlingOk returns a tuple with the FailureHandling field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) GetFailureHandlingOk() (*JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FailureHandling) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FailureHandling, true +} + +// HasFailureHandling returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) HasFailureHandling() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FailureHandling) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFailureHandling gets a reference to the given JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum and assigns it to the FailureHandling field. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) SetFailureHandling(v JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum) { + o.FailureHandling = &v +} + +// GetJobMissing returns the JobMissing field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) GetJobMissing() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.JobMissing) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.JobMissing +} + +// GetJobMissingOk returns a tuple with the JobMissing field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) GetJobMissingOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.JobMissing) { + return nil, false + } + return o.JobMissing, true +} + +// HasJobMissing returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) HasJobMissing() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.JobMissing) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJobMissing gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the JobMissing field. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) SetJobMissing(v bool) { + o.JobMissing = &v +} + +// GetMembers returns the Members field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) GetMembers() []ComplianceJobCollectionMembers { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Members) { + var ret []ComplianceJobCollectionMembers + return ret + } + return o.Members +} + +// GetMembersOk returns a tuple with the Members field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) GetMembersOk() ([]ComplianceJobCollectionMembers, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Members) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Members, true +} + +// HasMembers returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) HasMembers() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Members) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMembers gets a reference to the given []ComplianceJobCollectionMembers and assigns it to the Members field. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) SetMembers(v []ComplianceJobCollectionMembers) { + o.Members = v +} + +// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) GetTags() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.Tags +} + +// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tags, true +} + +// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) HasTags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollection) SetTags(v []Tag) { + o.Tags = v +} + +func (o ComplianceJobCollection) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ComplianceJobCollection) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.Description) { + toSerialize["description"] = o.Description + } + if !IsNil(o.CreationDate) { + toSerialize["creation_date"] = o.CreationDate + } + if !IsNil(o.JobCount) { + toSerialize["job_count"] = o.JobCount + } + if !IsNil(o.LastExecutionId) { + toSerialize["last_execution_id"] = o.LastExecutionId + } + if !IsNil(o.FailureHandling) { + toSerialize["failure_handling"] = o.FailureHandling + } + if !IsNil(o.JobMissing) { + toSerialize["job_missing"] = o.JobMissing + } + if !IsNil(o.Members) { + toSerialize["members"] = o.Members + } + if !IsNil(o.Tags) { + toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableComplianceJobCollection struct { + value *ComplianceJobCollection + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableComplianceJobCollection) Get() *ComplianceJobCollection { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableComplianceJobCollection) Set(val *ComplianceJobCollection) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableComplianceJobCollection) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableComplianceJobCollection) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableComplianceJobCollection(val *ComplianceJobCollection) *NullableComplianceJobCollection { + return &NullableComplianceJobCollection{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableComplianceJobCollection) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableComplianceJobCollection) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_compliance_job_collection_members.go b/model_compliance_job_collection_members.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..68aacf2d --- /dev/null +++ b/model_compliance_job_collection_members.go @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ComplianceJobCollectionMembers type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ComplianceJobCollectionMembers{} + +// ComplianceJobCollectionMembers struct for ComplianceJobCollectionMembers +type ComplianceJobCollectionMembers struct { + // The sequence number of the job in the collection. + Sequence *int32 `json:"sequence,omitempty"` + // The ID of the compliance job. + ComplianceJobId *string `json:"compliance_job_id,omitempty"` +} + +// NewComplianceJobCollectionMembers instantiates a new ComplianceJobCollectionMembers object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewComplianceJobCollectionMembers() *ComplianceJobCollectionMembers { + this := ComplianceJobCollectionMembers{} + var sequence int32 = 1 + this.Sequence = &sequence + return &this +} + +// NewComplianceJobCollectionMembersWithDefaults instantiates a new ComplianceJobCollectionMembers object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewComplianceJobCollectionMembersWithDefaults() *ComplianceJobCollectionMembers { + this := ComplianceJobCollectionMembers{} + var sequence int32 = 1 + this.Sequence = &sequence + return &this +} + +// GetSequence returns the Sequence field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollectionMembers) GetSequence() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Sequence) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.Sequence +} + +// GetSequenceOk returns a tuple with the Sequence field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollectionMembers) GetSequenceOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Sequence) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Sequence, true +} + +// HasSequence returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollectionMembers) HasSequence() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Sequence) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSequence gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the Sequence field. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollectionMembers) SetSequence(v int32) { + o.Sequence = &v +} + +// GetComplianceJobId returns the ComplianceJobId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollectionMembers) GetComplianceJobId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ComplianceJobId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ComplianceJobId +} + +// GetComplianceJobIdOk returns a tuple with the ComplianceJobId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollectionMembers) GetComplianceJobIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ComplianceJobId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ComplianceJobId, true +} + +// HasComplianceJobId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollectionMembers) HasComplianceJobId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ComplianceJobId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetComplianceJobId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ComplianceJobId field. +func (o *ComplianceJobCollectionMembers) SetComplianceJobId(v string) { + o.ComplianceJobId = &v +} + +func (o ComplianceJobCollectionMembers) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ComplianceJobCollectionMembers) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Sequence) { + toSerialize["sequence"] = o.Sequence + } + if !IsNil(o.ComplianceJobId) { + toSerialize["compliance_job_id"] = o.ComplianceJobId + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableComplianceJobCollectionMembers struct { + value *ComplianceJobCollectionMembers + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableComplianceJobCollectionMembers) Get() *ComplianceJobCollectionMembers { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableComplianceJobCollectionMembers) Set(val *ComplianceJobCollectionMembers) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableComplianceJobCollectionMembers) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableComplianceJobCollectionMembers) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableComplianceJobCollectionMembers(val *ComplianceJobCollectionMembers) *NullableComplianceJobCollectionMembers { + return &NullableComplianceJobCollectionMembers{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableComplianceJobCollectionMembers) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableComplianceJobCollectionMembers) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_compliance_job_connectors_response.go b/model_compliance_job_connectors_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eaa6fcbf --- /dev/null +++ b/model_compliance_job_connectors_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse{} + +// ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse Connector(s) for a compliance job. +type ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse struct { + Connector *Connector `json:"connector,omitempty"` + OnTheFlyConnector *Connector `json:"on_the_fly_connector,omitempty"` +} + +// NewComplianceJobConnectorsResponse instantiates a new ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewComplianceJobConnectorsResponse() *ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse { + this := ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewComplianceJobConnectorsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewComplianceJobConnectorsResponseWithDefaults() *ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse { + this := ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetConnector returns the Connector field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse) GetConnector() Connector { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Connector) { + var ret Connector + return ret + } + return *o.Connector +} + +// GetConnectorOk returns a tuple with the Connector field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse) GetConnectorOk() (*Connector, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Connector) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Connector, true +} + +// HasConnector returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse) HasConnector() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Connector) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConnector gets a reference to the given Connector and assigns it to the Connector field. +func (o *ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse) SetConnector(v Connector) { + o.Connector = &v +} + +// GetOnTheFlyConnector returns the OnTheFlyConnector field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse) GetOnTheFlyConnector() Connector { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OnTheFlyConnector) { + var ret Connector + return ret + } + return *o.OnTheFlyConnector +} + +// GetOnTheFlyConnectorOk returns a tuple with the OnTheFlyConnector field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse) GetOnTheFlyConnectorOk() (*Connector, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OnTheFlyConnector) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OnTheFlyConnector, true +} + +// HasOnTheFlyConnector returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse) HasOnTheFlyConnector() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OnTheFlyConnector) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOnTheFlyConnector gets a reference to the given Connector and assigns it to the OnTheFlyConnector field. +func (o *ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse) SetOnTheFlyConnector(v Connector) { + o.OnTheFlyConnector = &v +} + +func (o ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Connector) { + toSerialize["connector"] = o.Connector + } + if !IsNil(o.OnTheFlyConnector) { + toSerialize["on_the_fly_connector"] = o.OnTheFlyConnector + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableComplianceJobConnectorsResponse struct { + value *ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableComplianceJobConnectorsResponse) Get() *ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableComplianceJobConnectorsResponse) Set(val *ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableComplianceJobConnectorsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableComplianceJobConnectorsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableComplianceJobConnectorsResponse(val *ComplianceJobConnectorsResponse) *NullableComplianceJobConnectorsResponse { + return &NullableComplianceJobConnectorsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableComplianceJobConnectorsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableComplianceJobConnectorsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_config_settings_stg.go b/model_config_settings_stg.go index f34acdb8..54f2e470 100644 --- a/model_config_settings_stg.go +++ b/model_config_settings_stg.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,9 +21,9 @@ var _ MappedNullable = &ConfigSettingsStg{} // ConfigSettingsStg Custom Database-Level config settings. type ConfigSettingsStg struct { // Name of the property. - PropertyName *string `json:"property_name,omitempty"` + PropertyName *string `json:"property_name,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^$|^[_a-zA-Z0-9]*$"` // Value of the property. - Value *string `json:"value,omitempty"` + Value *string `json:"value,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^$|^''$|^[\\/_.:%@'+!*a-zA-Z0-9\\\\[\\\\]\\\\- ]*$"` // Select this option to comment out the provided property name in the configuration file. CommentProperty *bool `json:"comment_property,omitempty"` } diff --git a/model_connectivity_check_parameters.go b/model_connectivity_check_parameters.go index ac6feb45..3eafa6cb 100644 --- a/model_connectivity_check_parameters.go +++ b/model_connectivity_check_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the ConnectivityCheckParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -58,6 +60,8 @@ type ConnectivityCheckParameters struct { UseKerberosAuthentication *bool `json:"use_kerberos_authentication,omitempty"` } +type _ConnectivityCheckParameters ConnectivityCheckParameters + // NewConnectivityCheckParameters instantiates a new ConnectivityCheckParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -693,6 +697,45 @@ func (o ConnectivityCheckParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *ConnectivityCheckParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "engine_id", + "host", + "port", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varConnectivityCheckParameters := _ConnectivityCheckParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varConnectivityCheckParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ConnectivityCheckParameters(varConnectivityCheckParameters) + + return err +} + type NullableConnectivityCheckParameters struct { value *ConnectivityCheckParameters isSet bool diff --git a/model_connectivity_check_response.go b/model_connectivity_check_response.go index bc40c492..d7dcd42f 100644 --- a/model_connectivity_check_response.go +++ b/model_connectivity_check_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the ConnectivityCheckResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -26,6 +28,8 @@ type ConnectivityCheckResponse struct { Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"` } +type _ConnectivityCheckResponse ConnectivityCheckResponse + // NewConnectivityCheckResponse instantiates a new ConnectivityCheckResponse object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -117,6 +121,43 @@ func (o ConnectivityCheckResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *ConnectivityCheckResponse) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "message", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varConnectivityCheckResponse := _ConnectivityCheckResponse{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varConnectivityCheckResponse) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ConnectivityCheckResponse(varConnectivityCheckResponse) + + return err +} + type NullableConnectivityCheckResponse struct { value *ConnectivityCheckResponse isSet bool diff --git a/model_connector.go b/model_connector.go index cacf47b1..40fb86f1 100644 --- a/model_connector.go +++ b/model_connector.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -24,16 +24,61 @@ type Connector struct { Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` // The Connector name. Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` - // A reference to the Engine that this Connector belongs to. + // The id of the Compliance Engine that this Connector belongs to. EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` - // The type of Connector. One of Database, File, or Mainframe. - Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"` + // The name of the Compliance Engine that this Connector belongs to. + EngineName *string `json:"engine_name,omitempty"` + Type *ConnectorTypeEnum `json:"type,omitempty"` // The network hostname or IP address of the database server. Hostname *string `json:"hostname,omitempty"` // The TCP port of the server. Port *int32 `json:"port,omitempty"` // The username this Connector will use to connect to the database. Username *string `json:"username,omitempty"` + // The password this Connector will use to connect to the database. + Password *string `json:"password,omitempty"` + // Whether this connector has authentication credentials set + AuthPresent *bool `json:"auth_present,omitempty"` + // The database variant, such as Oracle or MSSQL Server + DatabaseType *string `json:"database_type,omitempty"` + // The name of the custom JDBC driver for this connector + CustomDriverName *string `json:"custom_driver_name,omitempty"` + // The database name for this connector + DatabaseName *string `json:"database_name,omitempty"` + // The instance name for this connector + InstanceName *string `json:"instance_name,omitempty"` + // The jdbc URL for this connector + Jdbc *string `json:"jdbc,omitempty"` + // The schema name for this connector + SchemaName *string `json:"schema_name,omitempty"` + // The SID value for this connector. This field is specific to Oracle database connectors + Sid *string `json:"sid,omitempty"` + // Whether kerberos authentication is enabled for this connector + KerberosAuth *bool `json:"kerberos_auth,omitempty"` + // The service principal to use for kerberos authentication + ServicePrincipal *string `json:"service_principal,omitempty"` + // Whether the logger is enable for this connector + EnableLogger *bool `json:"enable_logger,omitempty"` + // The type of file this connector is configured to access + FileType *string `json:"file_type,omitempty"` + // The connection mode for file connectors + ConnectionMode *string `json:"connection_mode,omitempty"` + // The path on the remote server for file connections + Path *string `json:"path,omitempty"` + // The name of the ssh key for SFTP mode file connectors + SshKey *string `json:"ssh_key,omitempty"` + // For FTP and SFTP connections, whether the user dir is set to root + UserDirIsRoot *bool `json:"user_dir_is_root,omitempty"` + // This database or file connection type associated with the connector + Platform *string `json:"platform,omitempty"` + // The ID of the associated DataConnection. + DataConnectionId *string `json:"data_connection_id,omitempty"` + // The ID of the account who created this connector. + AccountId *int64 `json:"account_id,omitempty"` + // The account name of the DCT user who created this connector. + AccountName *string `json:"account_name,omitempty"` + // Whether this connector is managed by DCT or not. + DctManaged *bool `json:"dct_managed,omitempty"` Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` } @@ -150,10 +195,42 @@ func (o *Connector) SetEngineId(v string) { o.EngineId = &v } +// GetEngineName returns the EngineName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Connector) GetEngineName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineName +} + +// GetEngineNameOk returns a tuple with the EngineName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Connector) GetEngineNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineName, true +} + +// HasEngineName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Connector) HasEngineName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineName field. +func (o *Connector) SetEngineName(v string) { + o.EngineName = &v +} + // GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *Connector) GetType() string { +func (o *Connector) GetType() ConnectorTypeEnum { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { - var ret string + var ret ConnectorTypeEnum return ret } return *o.Type @@ -161,7 +238,7 @@ func (o *Connector) GetType() string { // GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *Connector) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *Connector) GetTypeOk() (*ConnectorTypeEnum, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { return nil, false } @@ -177,8 +254,8 @@ func (o *Connector) HasType() bool { return false } -// SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field. -func (o *Connector) SetType(v string) { +// SetType gets a reference to the given ConnectorTypeEnum and assigns it to the Type field. +func (o *Connector) SetType(v ConnectorTypeEnum) { o.Type = &v } @@ -278,6 +355,710 @@ func (o *Connector) SetUsername(v string) { o.Username = &v } +// GetPassword returns the Password field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Connector) GetPassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Password) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Password +} + +// GetPasswordOk returns a tuple with the Password field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Connector) GetPasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Password) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Password, true +} + +// HasPassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Connector) HasPassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Password) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Password field. +func (o *Connector) SetPassword(v string) { + o.Password = &v +} + +// GetAuthPresent returns the AuthPresent field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Connector) GetAuthPresent() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AuthPresent) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AuthPresent +} + +// GetAuthPresentOk returns a tuple with the AuthPresent field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Connector) GetAuthPresentOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AuthPresent) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AuthPresent, true +} + +// HasAuthPresent returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Connector) HasAuthPresent() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AuthPresent) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAuthPresent gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AuthPresent field. +func (o *Connector) SetAuthPresent(v bool) { + o.AuthPresent = &v +} + +// GetDatabaseType returns the DatabaseType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Connector) GetDatabaseType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatabaseType +} + +// GetDatabaseTypeOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Connector) GetDatabaseTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatabaseType, true +} + +// HasDatabaseType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Connector) HasDatabaseType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatabaseType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseType field. +func (o *Connector) SetDatabaseType(v string) { + o.DatabaseType = &v +} + +// GetCustomDriverName returns the CustomDriverName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Connector) GetCustomDriverName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomDriverName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CustomDriverName +} + +// GetCustomDriverNameOk returns a tuple with the CustomDriverName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Connector) GetCustomDriverNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomDriverName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CustomDriverName, true +} + +// HasCustomDriverName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Connector) HasCustomDriverName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CustomDriverName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCustomDriverName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CustomDriverName field. +func (o *Connector) SetCustomDriverName(v string) { + o.CustomDriverName = &v +} + +// GetDatabaseName returns the DatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Connector) GetDatabaseName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatabaseName +} + +// GetDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Connector) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatabaseName, true +} + +// HasDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Connector) HasDatabaseName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseName field. +func (o *Connector) SetDatabaseName(v string) { + o.DatabaseName = &v +} + +// GetInstanceName returns the InstanceName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Connector) GetInstanceName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.InstanceName +} + +// GetInstanceNameOk returns a tuple with the InstanceName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Connector) GetInstanceNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InstanceName, true +} + +// HasInstanceName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Connector) HasInstanceName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstanceName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the InstanceName field. +func (o *Connector) SetInstanceName(v string) { + o.InstanceName = &v +} + +// GetJdbc returns the Jdbc field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Connector) GetJdbc() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Jdbc) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Jdbc +} + +// GetJdbcOk returns a tuple with the Jdbc field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Connector) GetJdbcOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Jdbc) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Jdbc, true +} + +// HasJdbc returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Connector) HasJdbc() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Jdbc) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJdbc gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Jdbc field. +func (o *Connector) SetJdbc(v string) { + o.Jdbc = &v +} + +// GetSchemaName returns the SchemaName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Connector) GetSchemaName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SchemaName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SchemaName +} + +// GetSchemaNameOk returns a tuple with the SchemaName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Connector) GetSchemaNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SchemaName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SchemaName, true +} + +// HasSchemaName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Connector) HasSchemaName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SchemaName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSchemaName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SchemaName field. +func (o *Connector) SetSchemaName(v string) { + o.SchemaName = &v +} + +// GetSid returns the Sid field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Connector) GetSid() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Sid) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Sid +} + +// GetSidOk returns a tuple with the Sid field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Connector) GetSidOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Sid) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Sid, true +} + +// HasSid returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Connector) HasSid() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Sid) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSid gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Sid field. +func (o *Connector) SetSid(v string) { + o.Sid = &v +} + +// GetKerberosAuth returns the KerberosAuth field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Connector) GetKerberosAuth() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.KerberosAuth) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.KerberosAuth +} + +// GetKerberosAuthOk returns a tuple with the KerberosAuth field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Connector) GetKerberosAuthOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.KerberosAuth) { + return nil, false + } + return o.KerberosAuth, true +} + +// HasKerberosAuth returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Connector) HasKerberosAuth() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.KerberosAuth) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetKerberosAuth gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the KerberosAuth field. +func (o *Connector) SetKerberosAuth(v bool) { + o.KerberosAuth = &v +} + +// GetServicePrincipal returns the ServicePrincipal field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Connector) GetServicePrincipal() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ServicePrincipal) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ServicePrincipal +} + +// GetServicePrincipalOk returns a tuple with the ServicePrincipal field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Connector) GetServicePrincipalOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ServicePrincipal) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ServicePrincipal, true +} + +// HasServicePrincipal returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Connector) HasServicePrincipal() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ServicePrincipal) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetServicePrincipal gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ServicePrincipal field. +func (o *Connector) SetServicePrincipal(v string) { + o.ServicePrincipal = &v +} + +// GetEnableLogger returns the EnableLogger field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Connector) GetEnableLogger() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableLogger) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EnableLogger +} + +// GetEnableLoggerOk returns a tuple with the EnableLogger field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Connector) GetEnableLoggerOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableLogger) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnableLogger, true +} + +// HasEnableLogger returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Connector) HasEnableLogger() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnableLogger) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnableLogger gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EnableLogger field. +func (o *Connector) SetEnableLogger(v bool) { + o.EnableLogger = &v +} + +// GetFileType returns the FileType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Connector) GetFileType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.FileType +} + +// GetFileTypeOk returns a tuple with the FileType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Connector) GetFileTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FileType, true +} + +// HasFileType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Connector) HasFileType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FileType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFileType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FileType field. +func (o *Connector) SetFileType(v string) { + o.FileType = &v +} + +// GetConnectionMode returns the ConnectionMode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Connector) GetConnectionMode() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectionMode) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ConnectionMode +} + +// GetConnectionModeOk returns a tuple with the ConnectionMode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Connector) GetConnectionModeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectionMode) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ConnectionMode, true +} + +// HasConnectionMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Connector) HasConnectionMode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConnectionMode) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConnectionMode gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ConnectionMode field. +func (o *Connector) SetConnectionMode(v string) { + o.ConnectionMode = &v +} + +// GetPath returns the Path field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Connector) GetPath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Path) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Path +} + +// GetPathOk returns a tuple with the Path field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Connector) GetPathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Path) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Path, true +} + +// HasPath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Connector) HasPath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Path) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Path field. +func (o *Connector) SetPath(v string) { + o.Path = &v +} + +// GetSshKey returns the SshKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Connector) GetSshKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SshKey) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SshKey +} + +// GetSshKeyOk returns a tuple with the SshKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Connector) GetSshKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SshKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SshKey, true +} + +// HasSshKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Connector) HasSshKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SshKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSshKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SshKey field. +func (o *Connector) SetSshKey(v string) { + o.SshKey = &v +} + +// GetUserDirIsRoot returns the UserDirIsRoot field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Connector) GetUserDirIsRoot() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UserDirIsRoot) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.UserDirIsRoot +} + +// GetUserDirIsRootOk returns a tuple with the UserDirIsRoot field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Connector) GetUserDirIsRootOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UserDirIsRoot) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UserDirIsRoot, true +} + +// HasUserDirIsRoot returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Connector) HasUserDirIsRoot() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UserDirIsRoot) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUserDirIsRoot gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the UserDirIsRoot field. +func (o *Connector) SetUserDirIsRoot(v bool) { + o.UserDirIsRoot = &v +} + +// GetPlatform returns the Platform field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Connector) GetPlatform() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Platform) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Platform +} + +// GetPlatformOk returns a tuple with the Platform field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Connector) GetPlatformOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Platform) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Platform, true +} + +// HasPlatform returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Connector) HasPlatform() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Platform) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPlatform gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Platform field. +func (o *Connector) SetPlatform(v string) { + o.Platform = &v +} + +// GetDataConnectionId returns the DataConnectionId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Connector) GetDataConnectionId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataConnectionId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DataConnectionId +} + +// GetDataConnectionIdOk returns a tuple with the DataConnectionId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Connector) GetDataConnectionIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataConnectionId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataConnectionId, true +} + +// HasDataConnectionId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Connector) HasDataConnectionId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataConnectionId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataConnectionId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DataConnectionId field. +func (o *Connector) SetDataConnectionId(v string) { + o.DataConnectionId = &v +} + +// GetAccountId returns the AccountId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Connector) GetAccountId() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountId) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.AccountId +} + +// GetAccountIdOk returns a tuple with the AccountId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Connector) GetAccountIdOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AccountId, true +} + +// HasAccountId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Connector) HasAccountId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AccountId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAccountId gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the AccountId field. +func (o *Connector) SetAccountId(v int64) { + o.AccountId = &v +} + +// GetAccountName returns the AccountName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Connector) GetAccountName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AccountName +} + +// GetAccountNameOk returns a tuple with the AccountName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Connector) GetAccountNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AccountName, true +} + +// HasAccountName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Connector) HasAccountName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AccountName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAccountName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AccountName field. +func (o *Connector) SetAccountName(v string) { + o.AccountName = &v +} + +// GetDctManaged returns the DctManaged field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Connector) GetDctManaged() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.DctManaged +} + +// GetDctManagedOk returns a tuple with the DctManaged field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Connector) GetDctManagedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DctManaged, true +} + +// HasDctManaged returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Connector) HasDctManaged() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDctManaged gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DctManaged field. +func (o *Connector) SetDctManaged(v bool) { + o.DctManaged = &v +} + // GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *Connector) GetTags() []Tag { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { @@ -329,6 +1110,9 @@ func (o Connector) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId } + if !IsNil(o.EngineName) { + toSerialize["engine_name"] = o.EngineName + } if !IsNil(o.Type) { toSerialize["type"] = o.Type } @@ -341,6 +1125,72 @@ func (o Connector) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.Username) { toSerialize["username"] = o.Username } + if !IsNil(o.Password) { + toSerialize["password"] = o.Password + } + if !IsNil(o.AuthPresent) { + toSerialize["auth_present"] = o.AuthPresent + } + if !IsNil(o.DatabaseType) { + toSerialize["database_type"] = o.DatabaseType + } + if !IsNil(o.CustomDriverName) { + toSerialize["custom_driver_name"] = o.CustomDriverName + } + if !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + toSerialize["database_name"] = o.DatabaseName + } + if !IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + toSerialize["instance_name"] = o.InstanceName + } + if !IsNil(o.Jdbc) { + toSerialize["jdbc"] = o.Jdbc + } + if !IsNil(o.SchemaName) { + toSerialize["schema_name"] = o.SchemaName + } + if !IsNil(o.Sid) { + toSerialize["sid"] = o.Sid + } + if !IsNil(o.KerberosAuth) { + toSerialize["kerberos_auth"] = o.KerberosAuth + } + if !IsNil(o.ServicePrincipal) { + toSerialize["service_principal"] = o.ServicePrincipal + } + if !IsNil(o.EnableLogger) { + toSerialize["enable_logger"] = o.EnableLogger + } + if !IsNil(o.FileType) { + toSerialize["file_type"] = o.FileType + } + if !IsNil(o.ConnectionMode) { + toSerialize["connection_mode"] = o.ConnectionMode + } + if !IsNil(o.Path) { + toSerialize["path"] = o.Path + } + if !IsNil(o.SshKey) { + toSerialize["ssh_key"] = o.SshKey + } + if !IsNil(o.UserDirIsRoot) { + toSerialize["user_dir_is_root"] = o.UserDirIsRoot + } + if !IsNil(o.Platform) { + toSerialize["platform"] = o.Platform + } + if !IsNil(o.DataConnectionId) { + toSerialize["data_connection_id"] = o.DataConnectionId + } + if !IsNil(o.AccountId) { + toSerialize["account_id"] = o.AccountId + } + if !IsNil(o.AccountName) { + toSerialize["account_name"] = o.AccountName + } + if !IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + toSerialize["dct_managed"] = o.DctManaged + } if !IsNil(o.Tags) { toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags } diff --git a/model_connector_test_response.go b/model_connector_test_response.go index 512e495c..69561a52 100644 --- a/model_connector_test_response.go +++ b/model_connector_test_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the ConnectorTestResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -26,6 +28,8 @@ type ConnectorTestResponse struct { Message string `json:"message"` } +type _ConnectorTestResponse ConnectorTestResponse + // NewConnectorTestResponse instantiates a new ConnectorTestResponse object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -108,6 +112,44 @@ func (o ConnectorTestResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *ConnectorTestResponse) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "status", + "message", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varConnectorTestResponse := _ConnectorTestResponse{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varConnectorTestResponse) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ConnectorTestResponse(varConnectorTestResponse) + + return err +} + type NullableConnectorTestResponse struct { value *ConnectorTestResponse isSet bool diff --git a/model_connector_type_enum.go b/model_connector_type_enum.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3577649e --- /dev/null +++ b/model_connector_type_enum.go @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// ConnectorTypeEnum the model 'ConnectorTypeEnum' +type ConnectorTypeEnum string + +// List of ConnectorTypeEnum +const ( + CONNECTORTYPEENUM_DATABASE ConnectorTypeEnum = "DATABASE" + CONNECTORTYPEENUM_FILE ConnectorTypeEnum = "FILE" + CONNECTORTYPEENUM_MAINFRAME_DATASET ConnectorTypeEnum = "MAINFRAME_DATASET" +) + +// All allowed values of ConnectorTypeEnum enum +var AllowedConnectorTypeEnumEnumValues = []ConnectorTypeEnum{ + "DATABASE", + "FILE", + "MAINFRAME_DATASET", +} + +func (v *ConnectorTypeEnum) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + var value string + err := json.Unmarshal(src, &value) + if err != nil { + return err + } + enumTypeValue := ConnectorTypeEnum(value) + for _, existing := range AllowedConnectorTypeEnumEnumValues { + if existing == enumTypeValue { + *v = enumTypeValue + return nil + } + } + + return fmt.Errorf("%+v is not a valid ConnectorTypeEnum", value) +} + +// NewConnectorTypeEnumFromValue returns a pointer to a valid ConnectorTypeEnum +// for the value passed as argument, or an error if the value passed is not allowed by the enum +func NewConnectorTypeEnumFromValue(v string) (*ConnectorTypeEnum, error) { + ev := ConnectorTypeEnum(v) + if ev.IsValid() { + return &ev, nil + } else { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid value '%v' for ConnectorTypeEnum: valid values are %v", v, AllowedConnectorTypeEnumEnumValues) + } +} + +// IsValid return true if the value is valid for the enum, false otherwise +func (v ConnectorTypeEnum) IsValid() bool { + for _, existing := range AllowedConnectorTypeEnumEnumValues { + if existing == v { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// Ptr returns reference to ConnectorTypeEnum value +func (v ConnectorTypeEnum) Ptr() *ConnectorTypeEnum { + return &v +} + +type NullableConnectorTypeEnum struct { + value *ConnectorTypeEnum + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableConnectorTypeEnum) Get() *ConnectorTypeEnum { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableConnectorTypeEnum) Set(val *ConnectorTypeEnum) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableConnectorTypeEnum) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableConnectorTypeEnum) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableConnectorTypeEnum(val *ConnectorTypeEnum) *NullableConnectorTypeEnum { + return &NullableConnectorTypeEnum{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableConnectorTypeEnum) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableConnectorTypeEnum) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + diff --git a/model_connector_update_parameters.go b/model_connector_update_parameters.go deleted file mode 100644 index 805263ba..00000000 --- a/model_connector_update_parameters.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,276 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" -) - -// checks if the ConnectorUpdateParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &ConnectorUpdateParameters{} - -// ConnectorUpdateParameters Parameters used to update a Masking Connector. -type ConnectorUpdateParameters struct { - // The Connector name. - Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` - // The network hostname or IP address of the database server. - Hostname *string `json:"hostname,omitempty"` - // The TCP port of the server. - Port *int32 `json:"port,omitempty"` - // The username this Connector will use to connect to the database. - Username *string `json:"username,omitempty"` - // The password this Connector will use to connect to the database. - Password *string `json:"password,omitempty"` -} - -// NewConnectorUpdateParameters instantiates a new ConnectorUpdateParameters object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewConnectorUpdateParameters() *ConnectorUpdateParameters { - this := ConnectorUpdateParameters{} - return &this -} - -// NewConnectorUpdateParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new ConnectorUpdateParameters object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewConnectorUpdateParametersWithDefaults() *ConnectorUpdateParameters { - this := ConnectorUpdateParameters{} - return &this -} - -// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ConnectorUpdateParameters) GetName() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.Name -} - -// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ConnectorUpdateParameters) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Name, true -} - -// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ConnectorUpdateParameters) HasName() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. -func (o *ConnectorUpdateParameters) SetName(v string) { - o.Name = &v -} - -// GetHostname returns the Hostname field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ConnectorUpdateParameters) GetHostname() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Hostname) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.Hostname -} - -// GetHostnameOk returns a tuple with the Hostname field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ConnectorUpdateParameters) GetHostnameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Hostname) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Hostname, true -} - -// HasHostname returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ConnectorUpdateParameters) HasHostname() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Hostname) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetHostname gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Hostname field. -func (o *ConnectorUpdateParameters) SetHostname(v string) { - o.Hostname = &v -} - -// GetPort returns the Port field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ConnectorUpdateParameters) GetPort() int32 { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Port) { - var ret int32 - return ret - } - return *o.Port -} - -// GetPortOk returns a tuple with the Port field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ConnectorUpdateParameters) GetPortOk() (*int32, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Port) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Port, true -} - -// HasPort returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ConnectorUpdateParameters) HasPort() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Port) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetPort gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the Port field. -func (o *ConnectorUpdateParameters) SetPort(v int32) { - o.Port = &v -} - -// GetUsername returns the Username field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ConnectorUpdateParameters) GetUsername() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Username) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.Username -} - -// GetUsernameOk returns a tuple with the Username field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ConnectorUpdateParameters) GetUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Username) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Username, true -} - -// HasUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ConnectorUpdateParameters) HasUsername() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Username) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Username field. -func (o *ConnectorUpdateParameters) SetUsername(v string) { - o.Username = &v -} - -// GetPassword returns the Password field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ConnectorUpdateParameters) GetPassword() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Password) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.Password -} - -// GetPasswordOk returns a tuple with the Password field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ConnectorUpdateParameters) GetPasswordOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Password) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Password, true -} - -// HasPassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ConnectorUpdateParameters) HasPassword() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Password) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetPassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Password field. -func (o *ConnectorUpdateParameters) SetPassword(v string) { - o.Password = &v -} - -func (o ConnectorUpdateParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o ConnectorUpdateParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.Name) { - toSerialize["name"] = o.Name - } - if !IsNil(o.Hostname) { - toSerialize["hostname"] = o.Hostname - } - if !IsNil(o.Port) { - toSerialize["port"] = o.Port - } - if !IsNil(o.Username) { - toSerialize["username"] = o.Username - } - if !IsNil(o.Password) { - toSerialize["password"] = o.Password - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableConnectorUpdateParameters struct { - value *ConnectorUpdateParameters - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableConnectorUpdateParameters) Get() *ConnectorUpdateParameters { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableConnectorUpdateParameters) Set(val *ConnectorUpdateParameters) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableConnectorUpdateParameters) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableConnectorUpdateParameters) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableConnectorUpdateParameters(val *ConnectorUpdateParameters) *NullableConnectorUpdateParameters { - return &NullableConnectorUpdateParameters{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableConnectorUpdateParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableConnectorUpdateParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_consumer.go b/model_consumer.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..386fe3b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_consumer.go @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the Consumer type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &Consumer{} + +// Consumer Consumer object. +type Consumer struct { + // ID of the parent object. + ParentId *string `json:"parent_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the parent object. + ParentName *string `json:"parent_name,omitempty"` + // The type of the object. + ParentType *string `json:"parent_type,omitempty"` +} + +// NewConsumer instantiates a new Consumer object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewConsumer() *Consumer { + this := Consumer{} + return &this +} + +// NewConsumerWithDefaults instantiates a new Consumer object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewConsumerWithDefaults() *Consumer { + this := Consumer{} + return &this +} + +// GetParentId returns the ParentId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Consumer) GetParentId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentId +} + +// GetParentIdOk returns a tuple with the ParentId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Consumer) GetParentIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentId, true +} + +// HasParentId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Consumer) HasParentId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentId field. +func (o *Consumer) SetParentId(v string) { + o.ParentId = &v +} + +// GetParentName returns the ParentName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Consumer) GetParentName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentName +} + +// GetParentNameOk returns a tuple with the ParentName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Consumer) GetParentNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentName, true +} + +// HasParentName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Consumer) HasParentName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentName field. +func (o *Consumer) SetParentName(v string) { + o.ParentName = &v +} + +// GetParentType returns the ParentType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Consumer) GetParentType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentType +} + +// GetParentTypeOk returns a tuple with the ParentType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Consumer) GetParentTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentType, true +} + +// HasParentType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Consumer) HasParentType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentType field. +func (o *Consumer) SetParentType(v string) { + o.ParentType = &v +} + +func (o Consumer) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o Consumer) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.ParentId) { + toSerialize["parent_id"] = o.ParentId + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentName) { + toSerialize["parent_name"] = o.ParentName + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentType) { + toSerialize["parent_type"] = o.ParentType + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableConsumer struct { + value *Consumer + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableConsumer) Get() *Consumer { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableConsumer) Set(val *Consumer) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableConsumer) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableConsumer) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableConsumer(val *Consumer) *NullableConsumer { + return &NullableConsumer{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableConsumer) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableConsumer) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_containerization_state_enum.go b/model_containerization_state_enum.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..49957f49 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_containerization_state_enum.go @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// ContainerizationStateEnum Indicates the virtual database's containerization state, created for or running inside a containerized environment like Linux containers. +type ContainerizationStateEnum string + +// List of ContainerizationStateEnum +const ( + CONTAINERIZATIONSTATEENUM_NOT_CONTAINERIZED ContainerizationStateEnum = "NOT_CONTAINERIZED" + CONTAINERIZATIONSTATEENUM_READY_FOR_CONTAINER ContainerizationStateEnum = "READY_FOR_CONTAINER" + CONTAINERIZATIONSTATEENUM_RUNNING_IN_CONTAINER ContainerizationStateEnum = "RUNNING_IN_CONTAINER" +) + +// All allowed values of ContainerizationStateEnum enum +var AllowedContainerizationStateEnumEnumValues = []ContainerizationStateEnum{ + "NOT_CONTAINERIZED", + "READY_FOR_CONTAINER", + "RUNNING_IN_CONTAINER", +} + +func (v *ContainerizationStateEnum) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + var value string + err := json.Unmarshal(src, &value) + if err != nil { + return err + } + enumTypeValue := ContainerizationStateEnum(value) + for _, existing := range AllowedContainerizationStateEnumEnumValues { + if existing == enumTypeValue { + *v = enumTypeValue + return nil + } + } + + return fmt.Errorf("%+v is not a valid ContainerizationStateEnum", value) +} + +// NewContainerizationStateEnumFromValue returns a pointer to a valid ContainerizationStateEnum +// for the value passed as argument, or an error if the value passed is not allowed by the enum +func NewContainerizationStateEnumFromValue(v string) (*ContainerizationStateEnum, error) { + ev := ContainerizationStateEnum(v) + if ev.IsValid() { + return &ev, nil + } else { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid value '%v' for ContainerizationStateEnum: valid values are %v", v, AllowedContainerizationStateEnumEnumValues) + } +} + +// IsValid return true if the value is valid for the enum, false otherwise +func (v ContainerizationStateEnum) IsValid() bool { + for _, existing := range AllowedContainerizationStateEnumEnumValues { + if existing == v { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// Ptr returns reference to ContainerizationStateEnum value +func (v ContainerizationStateEnum) Ptr() *ContainerizationStateEnum { + return &v +} + +type NullableContainerizationStateEnum struct { + value *ContainerizationStateEnum + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableContainerizationStateEnum) Get() *ContainerizationStateEnum { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableContainerizationStateEnum) Set(val *ContainerizationStateEnum) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableContainerizationStateEnum) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableContainerizationStateEnum) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableContainerizationStateEnum(val *ContainerizationStateEnum) *NullableContainerizationStateEnum { + return &NullableContainerizationStateEnum{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableContainerizationStateEnum) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableContainerizationStateEnum) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + diff --git a/model_convert_data_layout_request.go b/model_convert_data_layout_request.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a5e8db6c --- /dev/null +++ b/model_convert_data_layout_request.go @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ConvertDataLayoutRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ConvertDataLayoutRequest{} + +// ConvertDataLayoutRequest struct for ConvertDataLayoutRequest +type ConvertDataLayoutRequest struct { + // Skip running the account import process. If this flag is not set, then accounts from self-service will overwrite existing accounts if any. + SkipAccountImport *bool `json:"skip_account_import,omitempty"` +} + +// NewConvertDataLayoutRequest instantiates a new ConvertDataLayoutRequest object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewConvertDataLayoutRequest() *ConvertDataLayoutRequest { + this := ConvertDataLayoutRequest{} + var skipAccountImport bool = false + this.SkipAccountImport = &skipAccountImport + return &this +} + +// NewConvertDataLayoutRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new ConvertDataLayoutRequest object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewConvertDataLayoutRequestWithDefaults() *ConvertDataLayoutRequest { + this := ConvertDataLayoutRequest{} + var skipAccountImport bool = false + this.SkipAccountImport = &skipAccountImport + return &this +} + +// GetSkipAccountImport returns the SkipAccountImport field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ConvertDataLayoutRequest) GetSkipAccountImport() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SkipAccountImport) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.SkipAccountImport +} + +// GetSkipAccountImportOk returns a tuple with the SkipAccountImport field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ConvertDataLayoutRequest) GetSkipAccountImportOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SkipAccountImport) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SkipAccountImport, true +} + +// HasSkipAccountImport returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ConvertDataLayoutRequest) HasSkipAccountImport() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SkipAccountImport) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSkipAccountImport gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the SkipAccountImport field. +func (o *ConvertDataLayoutRequest) SetSkipAccountImport(v bool) { + o.SkipAccountImport = &v +} + +func (o ConvertDataLayoutRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ConvertDataLayoutRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.SkipAccountImport) { + toSerialize["skip_account_import"] = o.SkipAccountImport + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableConvertDataLayoutRequest struct { + value *ConvertDataLayoutRequest + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableConvertDataLayoutRequest) Get() *ConvertDataLayoutRequest { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableConvertDataLayoutRequest) Set(val *ConvertDataLayoutRequest) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableConvertDataLayoutRequest) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableConvertDataLayoutRequest) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableConvertDataLayoutRequest(val *ConvertDataLayoutRequest) *NullableConvertDataLayoutRequest { + return &NullableConvertDataLayoutRequest{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableConvertDataLayoutRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableConvertDataLayoutRequest) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_convert_data_layout_response.go b/model_convert_data_layout_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e0e429ee --- /dev/null +++ b/model_convert_data_layout_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ConvertDataLayoutResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ConvertDataLayoutResponse{} + +// ConvertDataLayoutResponse struct for ConvertDataLayoutResponse +type ConvertDataLayoutResponse struct { + // DCT job-id of the job that convert the engine bookmarks to DCT bookmarks. + // Deprecated + JobId *string `json:"job_id,omitempty"` + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewConvertDataLayoutResponse instantiates a new ConvertDataLayoutResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewConvertDataLayoutResponse() *ConvertDataLayoutResponse { + this := ConvertDataLayoutResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewConvertDataLayoutResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ConvertDataLayoutResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewConvertDataLayoutResponseWithDefaults() *ConvertDataLayoutResponse { + this := ConvertDataLayoutResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJobId returns the JobId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +// Deprecated +func (o *ConvertDataLayoutResponse) GetJobId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.JobId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.JobId +} + +// GetJobIdOk returns a tuple with the JobId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// Deprecated +func (o *ConvertDataLayoutResponse) GetJobIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.JobId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.JobId, true +} + +// HasJobId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ConvertDataLayoutResponse) HasJobId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.JobId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJobId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the JobId field. +// Deprecated +func (o *ConvertDataLayoutResponse) SetJobId(v string) { + o.JobId = &v +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ConvertDataLayoutResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ConvertDataLayoutResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ConvertDataLayoutResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *ConvertDataLayoutResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o ConvertDataLayoutResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ConvertDataLayoutResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.JobId) { + toSerialize["job_id"] = o.JobId + } + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableConvertDataLayoutResponse struct { + value *ConvertDataLayoutResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableConvertDataLayoutResponse) Get() *ConvertDataLayoutResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableConvertDataLayoutResponse) Set(val *ConvertDataLayoutResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableConvertDataLayoutResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableConvertDataLayoutResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableConvertDataLayoutResponse(val *ConvertDataLayoutResponse) *NullableConvertDataLayoutResponse { + return &NullableConvertDataLayoutResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableConvertDataLayoutResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableConvertDataLayoutResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_copy_masking_job_parameters.go b/model_copy_masking_job_parameters.go index 00263f05..ba8938e5 100644 --- a/model_copy_masking_job_parameters.go +++ b/model_copy_masking_job_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the CopyMaskingJobParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -24,12 +26,14 @@ type CopyMaskingJobParameters struct { TargetEngineId string `json:"target_engine_id"` // The ID or name of the source environment on the target engine. This only applies to On-The-Fly jobs. SourceEnvironmentId *string `json:"source_environment_id,omitempty"` - // The ID or name of the target environment to copy the job into. + // The ID or name of the target environment on the target engine to copy the job into. TargetEnvironmentId *string `json:"target_environment_id,omitempty"` // Whether to overwrite objects that already exist on the target engine. ForceOverwrite *bool `json:"force_overwrite,omitempty"` } +type _CopyMaskingJobParameters CopyMaskingJobParameters + // NewCopyMaskingJobParameters instantiates a new CopyMaskingJobParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -195,6 +199,43 @@ func (o CopyMaskingJobParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *CopyMaskingJobParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "target_engine_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varCopyMaskingJobParameters := _CopyMaskingJobParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varCopyMaskingJobParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = CopyMaskingJobParameters(varCopyMaskingJobParameters) + + return err +} + type NullableCopyMaskingJobParameters struct { value *CopyMaskingJobParameters isSet bool diff --git a/model_copy_masking_job_response.go b/model_copy_masking_job_response.go index 9825893d..58bf3962 100644 --- a/model_copy_masking_job_response.go +++ b/model_copy_masking_job_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_create_algorithm_response.go b/model_create_algorithm_response.go deleted file mode 100644 index 5daaccba..00000000 --- a/model_create_algorithm_response.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,164 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" -) - -// checks if the CreateAlgorithmResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &CreateAlgorithmResponse{} - -// CreateAlgorithmResponse struct for CreateAlgorithmResponse -type CreateAlgorithmResponse struct { - // The created algorithm's ID. - Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` - Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` -} - -// NewCreateAlgorithmResponse instantiates a new CreateAlgorithmResponse object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewCreateAlgorithmResponse() *CreateAlgorithmResponse { - this := CreateAlgorithmResponse{} - return &this -} - -// NewCreateAlgorithmResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new CreateAlgorithmResponse object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewCreateAlgorithmResponseWithDefaults() *CreateAlgorithmResponse { - this := CreateAlgorithmResponse{} - return &this -} - -// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *CreateAlgorithmResponse) GetId() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.Id -} - -// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *CreateAlgorithmResponse) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Id, true -} - -// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *CreateAlgorithmResponse) HasId() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. -func (o *CreateAlgorithmResponse) SetId(v string) { - o.Id = &v -} - -// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *CreateAlgorithmResponse) GetJob() Job { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { - var ret Job - return ret - } - return *o.Job -} - -// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *CreateAlgorithmResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Job, true -} - -// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *CreateAlgorithmResponse) HasJob() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. -func (o *CreateAlgorithmResponse) SetJob(v Job) { - o.Job = &v -} - -func (o CreateAlgorithmResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o CreateAlgorithmResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.Id) { - toSerialize["id"] = o.Id - } - if !IsNil(o.Job) { - toSerialize["job"] = o.Job - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableCreateAlgorithmResponse struct { - value *CreateAlgorithmResponse - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableCreateAlgorithmResponse) Get() *CreateAlgorithmResponse { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableCreateAlgorithmResponse) Set(val *CreateAlgorithmResponse) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableCreateAlgorithmResponse) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableCreateAlgorithmResponse) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableCreateAlgorithmResponse(val *CreateAlgorithmResponse) *NullableCreateAlgorithmResponse { - return &NullableCreateAlgorithmResponse{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableCreateAlgorithmResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableCreateAlgorithmResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_create_algorithm_revision_response.go b/model_create_algorithm_revision_response.go deleted file mode 100644 index cdd2a708..00000000 --- a/model_create_algorithm_revision_response.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,164 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" -) - -// checks if the CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse{} - -// CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse struct for CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse -type CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse struct { - // The created algorithm revision's ID. - Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` - Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` -} - -// NewCreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse instantiates a new CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewCreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse() *CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse { - this := CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse{} - return &this -} - -// NewCreateAlgorithmRevisionResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewCreateAlgorithmRevisionResponseWithDefaults() *CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse { - this := CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse{} - return &this -} - -// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) GetId() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.Id -} - -// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Id, true -} - -// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) HasId() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. -func (o *CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) SetId(v string) { - o.Id = &v -} - -// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) GetJob() Job { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { - var ret Job - return ret - } - return *o.Job -} - -// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Job, true -} - -// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) HasJob() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. -func (o *CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) SetJob(v Job) { - o.Job = &v -} - -func (o CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.Id) { - toSerialize["id"] = o.Id - } - if !IsNil(o.Job) { - toSerialize["job"] = o.Job - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableCreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse struct { - value *CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableCreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) Get() *CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableCreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) Set(val *CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableCreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableCreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableCreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse(val *CreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) *NullableCreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse { - return &NullableCreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableCreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableCreateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_create_app_data_source_response.go b/model_create_app_data_source_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7860c33a --- /dev/null +++ b/model_create_app_data_source_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the CreateAppDataSourceResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &CreateAppDataSourceResponse{} + +// CreateAppDataSourceResponse struct for CreateAppDataSourceResponse +type CreateAppDataSourceResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` + // The id of the created source. + SourceId *string `json:"source_id,omitempty"` +} + +// NewCreateAppDataSourceResponse instantiates a new CreateAppDataSourceResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewCreateAppDataSourceResponse() *CreateAppDataSourceResponse { + this := CreateAppDataSourceResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewCreateAppDataSourceResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new CreateAppDataSourceResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewCreateAppDataSourceResponseWithDefaults() *CreateAppDataSourceResponse { + this := CreateAppDataSourceResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateAppDataSourceResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateAppDataSourceResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateAppDataSourceResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *CreateAppDataSourceResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +// GetSourceId returns the SourceId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateAppDataSourceResponse) GetSourceId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SourceId +} + +// GetSourceIdOk returns a tuple with the SourceId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateAppDataSourceResponse) GetSourceIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SourceId, true +} + +// HasSourceId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateAppDataSourceResponse) HasSourceId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SourceId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSourceId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SourceId field. +func (o *CreateAppDataSourceResponse) SetSourceId(v string) { + o.SourceId = &v +} + +func (o CreateAppDataSourceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o CreateAppDataSourceResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + if !IsNil(o.SourceId) { + toSerialize["source_id"] = o.SourceId + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableCreateAppDataSourceResponse struct { + value *CreateAppDataSourceResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableCreateAppDataSourceResponse) Get() *CreateAppDataSourceResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableCreateAppDataSourceResponse) Set(val *CreateAppDataSourceResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableCreateAppDataSourceResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableCreateAppDataSourceResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableCreateAppDataSourceResponse(val *CreateAppDataSourceResponse) *NullableCreateAppDataSourceResponse { + return &NullableCreateAppDataSourceResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableCreateAppDataSourceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableCreateAppDataSourceResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_create_bookmark_response.go b/model_create_bookmark_response.go index a675a532..bf6ac493 100644 --- a/model_create_bookmark_response.go +++ b/model_create_bookmark_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_create_compliance_job_collection_request.go b/model_create_compliance_job_collection_request.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dd767b4f --- /dev/null +++ b/model_create_compliance_job_collection_request.go @@ -0,0 +1,307 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest{} + +// CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest Parameters to create a compliance job collection. +type CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest struct { + // The name of the compliance job collection. + Name string `json:"name"` + // The description of the compliance job collection. + Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"` + FailureHandling *JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum `json:"failure_handling,omitempty"` + // The list of compliance job IDs and their collection sequence to be included in the collection. + Members []ComplianceJobCollectionMembers `json:"members,omitempty"` + // The tags to be created for this compliance job collection. + Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` +} + +type _CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest + +// NewCreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest instantiates a new CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewCreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest(name string) *CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest { + this := CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest{} + this.Name = name + return &this +} + +// NewCreateComplianceJobCollectionRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewCreateComplianceJobCollectionRequestWithDefaults() *CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest { + this := CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest{} + return &this +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value +func (o *CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) GetName() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.Name, true +} + +// SetName sets field value +func (o *CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = v +} + +// GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) GetDescription() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Description +} + +// GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Description, true +} + +// HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) HasDescription() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Description) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field. +func (o *CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) SetDescription(v string) { + o.Description = &v +} + +// GetFailureHandling returns the FailureHandling field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) GetFailureHandling() JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FailureHandling) { + var ret JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum + return ret + } + return *o.FailureHandling +} + +// GetFailureHandlingOk returns a tuple with the FailureHandling field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) GetFailureHandlingOk() (*JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FailureHandling) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FailureHandling, true +} + +// HasFailureHandling returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) HasFailureHandling() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FailureHandling) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFailureHandling gets a reference to the given JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum and assigns it to the FailureHandling field. +func (o *CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) SetFailureHandling(v JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum) { + o.FailureHandling = &v +} + +// GetMembers returns the Members field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) GetMembers() []ComplianceJobCollectionMembers { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Members) { + var ret []ComplianceJobCollectionMembers + return ret + } + return o.Members +} + +// GetMembersOk returns a tuple with the Members field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) GetMembersOk() ([]ComplianceJobCollectionMembers, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Members) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Members, true +} + +// HasMembers returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) HasMembers() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Members) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMembers gets a reference to the given []ComplianceJobCollectionMembers and assigns it to the Members field. +func (o *CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) SetMembers(v []ComplianceJobCollectionMembers) { + o.Members = v +} + +// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) GetTags() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.Tags +} + +// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tags, true +} + +// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) HasTags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. +func (o *CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) SetTags(v []Tag) { + o.Tags = v +} + +func (o CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + if !IsNil(o.Description) { + toSerialize["description"] = o.Description + } + if !IsNil(o.FailureHandling) { + toSerialize["failure_handling"] = o.FailureHandling + } + if !IsNil(o.Members) { + toSerialize["members"] = o.Members + } + if !IsNil(o.Tags) { + toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "name", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varCreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest := _CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varCreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest(varCreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) + + return err +} + +type NullableCreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest struct { + value *CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableCreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) Get() *CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableCreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) Set(val *CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableCreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableCreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableCreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest(val *CreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) *NullableCreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest { + return &NullableCreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableCreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableCreateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_create_compliance_job_collection_response.go b/model_create_compliance_job_collection_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a4cf0d16 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_create_compliance_job_collection_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the CreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &CreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse{} + +// CreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse struct for CreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse +type CreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewCreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse instantiates a new CreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewCreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse() *CreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse { + this := CreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewCreateComplianceJobCollectionResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new CreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewCreateComplianceJobCollectionResponseWithDefaults() *CreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse { + this := CreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *CreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o CreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o CreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableCreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse struct { + value *CreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableCreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse) Get() *CreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableCreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse) Set(val *CreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableCreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableCreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableCreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse(val *CreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse) *NullableCreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse { + return &NullableCreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableCreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableCreateComplianceJobCollectionResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_create_database_template_response.go b/model_create_database_template_response.go index f15167e7..1c4ae4df 100644 --- a/model_create_database_template_response.go +++ b/model_create_database_template_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_create_environment_response.go b/model_create_environment_response.go index ca7187ea..677c446b 100644 --- a/model_create_environment_response.go +++ b/model_create_environment_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_create_environment_user_response.go b/model_create_environment_user_response.go index d2ce19da..a9a616a9 100644 --- a/model_create_environment_user_response.go +++ b/model_create_environment_user_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_create_hook_template_parameters.go b/model_create_hook_template_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8b7c1816 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_create_hook_template_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the CreateHookTemplateParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &CreateHookTemplateParameters{} + +// CreateHookTemplateParameters struct for CreateHookTemplateParameters +type CreateHookTemplateParameters struct { + // Name of the hook template. + Name string `json:"name"` + // Description of the hook template. + Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"` + Shell *string `json:"shell,omitempty"` + Command string `json:"command"` + // List of environment variables that will contain credentials for this operation. + CredentialsEnvVars []CredentialsEnvVariable `json:"credentials_env_vars,omitempty"` + // The tags to be created for the hook template. + Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` +} + +type _CreateHookTemplateParameters CreateHookTemplateParameters + +// NewCreateHookTemplateParameters instantiates a new CreateHookTemplateParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewCreateHookTemplateParameters(name string, command string) *CreateHookTemplateParameters { + this := CreateHookTemplateParameters{} + this.Name = name + var shell string = "bash" + this.Shell = &shell + this.Command = command + return &this +} + +// NewCreateHookTemplateParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new CreateHookTemplateParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewCreateHookTemplateParametersWithDefaults() *CreateHookTemplateParameters { + this := CreateHookTemplateParameters{} + var shell string = "bash" + this.Shell = &shell + return &this +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value +func (o *CreateHookTemplateParameters) GetName() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateHookTemplateParameters) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.Name, true +} + +// SetName sets field value +func (o *CreateHookTemplateParameters) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = v +} + +// GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateHookTemplateParameters) GetDescription() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Description +} + +// GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateHookTemplateParameters) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Description, true +} + +// HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateHookTemplateParameters) HasDescription() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Description) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field. +func (o *CreateHookTemplateParameters) SetDescription(v string) { + o.Description = &v +} + +// GetShell returns the Shell field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateHookTemplateParameters) GetShell() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Shell) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Shell +} + +// GetShellOk returns a tuple with the Shell field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateHookTemplateParameters) GetShellOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Shell) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Shell, true +} + +// HasShell returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateHookTemplateParameters) HasShell() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Shell) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetShell gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Shell field. +func (o *CreateHookTemplateParameters) SetShell(v string) { + o.Shell = &v +} + +// GetCommand returns the Command field value +func (o *CreateHookTemplateParameters) GetCommand() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.Command +} + +// GetCommandOk returns a tuple with the Command field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateHookTemplateParameters) GetCommandOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.Command, true +} + +// SetCommand sets field value +func (o *CreateHookTemplateParameters) SetCommand(v string) { + o.Command = v +} + +// GetCredentialsEnvVars returns the CredentialsEnvVars field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateHookTemplateParameters) GetCredentialsEnvVars() []CredentialsEnvVariable { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CredentialsEnvVars) { + var ret []CredentialsEnvVariable + return ret + } + return o.CredentialsEnvVars +} + +// GetCredentialsEnvVarsOk returns a tuple with the CredentialsEnvVars field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateHookTemplateParameters) GetCredentialsEnvVarsOk() ([]CredentialsEnvVariable, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CredentialsEnvVars) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CredentialsEnvVars, true +} + +// HasCredentialsEnvVars returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateHookTemplateParameters) HasCredentialsEnvVars() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CredentialsEnvVars) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCredentialsEnvVars gets a reference to the given []CredentialsEnvVariable and assigns it to the CredentialsEnvVars field. +func (o *CreateHookTemplateParameters) SetCredentialsEnvVars(v []CredentialsEnvVariable) { + o.CredentialsEnvVars = v +} + +// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateHookTemplateParameters) GetTags() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.Tags +} + +// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateHookTemplateParameters) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tags, true +} + +// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateHookTemplateParameters) HasTags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. +func (o *CreateHookTemplateParameters) SetTags(v []Tag) { + o.Tags = v +} + +func (o CreateHookTemplateParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o CreateHookTemplateParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + if !IsNil(o.Description) { + toSerialize["description"] = o.Description + } + if !IsNil(o.Shell) { + toSerialize["shell"] = o.Shell + } + toSerialize["command"] = o.Command + if !IsNil(o.CredentialsEnvVars) { + toSerialize["credentials_env_vars"] = o.CredentialsEnvVars + } + if !IsNil(o.Tags) { + toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *CreateHookTemplateParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "name", + "command", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varCreateHookTemplateParameters := _CreateHookTemplateParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varCreateHookTemplateParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = CreateHookTemplateParameters(varCreateHookTemplateParameters) + + return err +} + +type NullableCreateHookTemplateParameters struct { + value *CreateHookTemplateParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableCreateHookTemplateParameters) Get() *CreateHookTemplateParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableCreateHookTemplateParameters) Set(val *CreateHookTemplateParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableCreateHookTemplateParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableCreateHookTemplateParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableCreateHookTemplateParameters(val *CreateHookTemplateParameters) *NullableCreateHookTemplateParameters { + return &NullableCreateHookTemplateParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableCreateHookTemplateParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableCreateHookTemplateParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_create_hook_template_response.go b/model_create_hook_template_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..99c88123 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_create_hook_template_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the CreateHookTemplateResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &CreateHookTemplateResponse{} + +// CreateHookTemplateResponse struct for CreateHookTemplateResponse +type CreateHookTemplateResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` + HookTemplate *HookTemplate `json:"hook_template,omitempty"` +} + +// NewCreateHookTemplateResponse instantiates a new CreateHookTemplateResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewCreateHookTemplateResponse() *CreateHookTemplateResponse { + this := CreateHookTemplateResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewCreateHookTemplateResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new CreateHookTemplateResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewCreateHookTemplateResponseWithDefaults() *CreateHookTemplateResponse { + this := CreateHookTemplateResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateHookTemplateResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateHookTemplateResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateHookTemplateResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *CreateHookTemplateResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +// GetHookTemplate returns the HookTemplate field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateHookTemplateResponse) GetHookTemplate() HookTemplate { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HookTemplate) { + var ret HookTemplate + return ret + } + return *o.HookTemplate +} + +// GetHookTemplateOk returns a tuple with the HookTemplate field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateHookTemplateResponse) GetHookTemplateOk() (*HookTemplate, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HookTemplate) { + return nil, false + } + return o.HookTemplate, true +} + +// HasHookTemplate returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateHookTemplateResponse) HasHookTemplate() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HookTemplate) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHookTemplate gets a reference to the given HookTemplate and assigns it to the HookTemplate field. +func (o *CreateHookTemplateResponse) SetHookTemplate(v HookTemplate) { + o.HookTemplate = &v +} + +func (o CreateHookTemplateResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o CreateHookTemplateResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + if !IsNil(o.HookTemplate) { + toSerialize["hook_template"] = o.HookTemplate + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableCreateHookTemplateResponse struct { + value *CreateHookTemplateResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableCreateHookTemplateResponse) Get() *CreateHookTemplateResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableCreateHookTemplateResponse) Set(val *CreateHookTemplateResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableCreateHookTemplateResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableCreateHookTemplateResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableCreateHookTemplateResponse(val *CreateHookTemplateResponse) *NullableCreateHookTemplateResponse { + return &NullableCreateHookTemplateResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableCreateHookTemplateResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableCreateHookTemplateResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_create_host_response.go b/model_create_host_response.go index 779045d3..c53f5737 100644 --- a/model_create_host_response.go +++ b/model_create_host_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_create_hyperscale_connector_response.go b/model_create_hyperscale_connector_response.go index 85adf017..1241272b 100644 --- a/model_create_hyperscale_connector_response.go +++ b/model_create_hyperscale_connector_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_create_hyperscale_mount_point_response.go b/model_create_hyperscale_mount_point_response.go index 8e87ebe8..4fb6ab75 100644 --- a/model_create_hyperscale_mount_point_response.go +++ b/model_create_hyperscale_mount_point_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_create_masking_job_request.go b/model_create_masking_job_request.go index cc5756f8..8c68f157 100644 --- a/model_create_masking_job_request.go +++ b/model_create_masking_job_request.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -63,6 +63,8 @@ type CreateMaskingJobRequest struct { // The degree of parallelism (DOP) per Oracle job to recreate the index in the post-load process (Hyperscale Job only). ParallelismDegree *int32 `json:"parallelism_degree,omitempty"` Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` + // Whether the account creating this Masking job must be configured as owner of it (Hyperscale Job only). + MakeCurrentAccountOwner *bool `json:"make_current_account_owner,omitempty"` } // NewCreateMaskingJobRequest instantiates a new CreateMaskingJobRequest object @@ -71,6 +73,8 @@ type CreateMaskingJobRequest struct { // will change when the set of required properties is changed func NewCreateMaskingJobRequest() *CreateMaskingJobRequest { this := CreateMaskingJobRequest{} + var makeCurrentAccountOwner bool = true + this.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &makeCurrentAccountOwner return &this } @@ -79,6 +83,8 @@ func NewCreateMaskingJobRequest() *CreateMaskingJobRequest { // but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set func NewCreateMaskingJobRequestWithDefaults() *CreateMaskingJobRequest { this := CreateMaskingJobRequest{} + var makeCurrentAccountOwner bool = true + this.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &makeCurrentAccountOwner return &this } @@ -786,6 +792,38 @@ func (o *CreateMaskingJobRequest) SetTags(v []Tag) { o.Tags = v } +// GetMakeCurrentAccountOwner returns the MakeCurrentAccountOwner field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateMaskingJobRequest) GetMakeCurrentAccountOwner() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner +} + +// GetMakeCurrentAccountOwnerOk returns a tuple with the MakeCurrentAccountOwner field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateMaskingJobRequest) GetMakeCurrentAccountOwnerOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner, true +} + +// HasMakeCurrentAccountOwner returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateMaskingJobRequest) HasMakeCurrentAccountOwner() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMakeCurrentAccountOwner gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the MakeCurrentAccountOwner field. +func (o *CreateMaskingJobRequest) SetMakeCurrentAccountOwner(v bool) { + o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &v +} + func (o CreateMaskingJobRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -862,6 +900,9 @@ func (o CreateMaskingJobRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.Tags) { toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags } + if !IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { + toSerialize["make_current_account_owner"] = o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_create_masking_job_response.go b/model_create_masking_job_response.go index 4751bc52..253b4f95 100644 --- a/model_create_masking_job_response.go +++ b/model_create_masking_job_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_create_oracle_listener_params.go b/model_create_oracle_listener_params.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4156a804 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_create_oracle_listener_params.go @@ -0,0 +1,270 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the CreateOracleListenerParams type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &CreateOracleListenerParams{} + +// CreateOracleListenerParams struct for CreateOracleListenerParams +type CreateOracleListenerParams struct { + Type OracleListenerTypeEnum `json:"type"` + // The name of the Oracle listener. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The protocol addresses of the Oracle listener. + ProtocolAddresses []string `json:"protocol_addresses,omitempty"` + // The id of the host on which the Oracle listener runs. + HostId *string `json:"host_id,omitempty"` +} + +type _CreateOracleListenerParams CreateOracleListenerParams + +// NewCreateOracleListenerParams instantiates a new CreateOracleListenerParams object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewCreateOracleListenerParams(type_ OracleListenerTypeEnum) *CreateOracleListenerParams { + this := CreateOracleListenerParams{} + this.Type = type_ + return &this +} + +// NewCreateOracleListenerParamsWithDefaults instantiates a new CreateOracleListenerParams object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewCreateOracleListenerParamsWithDefaults() *CreateOracleListenerParams { + this := CreateOracleListenerParams{} + return &this +} + +// GetType returns the Type field value +func (o *CreateOracleListenerParams) GetType() OracleListenerTypeEnum { + if o == nil { + var ret OracleListenerTypeEnum + return ret + } + + return o.Type +} + +// GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateOracleListenerParams) GetTypeOk() (*OracleListenerTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.Type, true +} + +// SetType sets field value +func (o *CreateOracleListenerParams) SetType(v OracleListenerTypeEnum) { + o.Type = v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateOracleListenerParams) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateOracleListenerParams) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateOracleListenerParams) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *CreateOracleListenerParams) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetProtocolAddresses returns the ProtocolAddresses field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateOracleListenerParams) GetProtocolAddresses() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ProtocolAddresses) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.ProtocolAddresses +} + +// GetProtocolAddressesOk returns a tuple with the ProtocolAddresses field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateOracleListenerParams) GetProtocolAddressesOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ProtocolAddresses) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ProtocolAddresses, true +} + +// HasProtocolAddresses returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateOracleListenerParams) HasProtocolAddresses() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ProtocolAddresses) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetProtocolAddresses gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the ProtocolAddresses field. +func (o *CreateOracleListenerParams) SetProtocolAddresses(v []string) { + o.ProtocolAddresses = v +} + +// GetHostId returns the HostId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateOracleListenerParams) GetHostId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HostId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.HostId +} + +// GetHostIdOk returns a tuple with the HostId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateOracleListenerParams) GetHostIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HostId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.HostId, true +} + +// HasHostId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateOracleListenerParams) HasHostId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HostId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHostId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the HostId field. +func (o *CreateOracleListenerParams) SetHostId(v string) { + o.HostId = &v +} + +func (o CreateOracleListenerParams) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o CreateOracleListenerParams) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["type"] = o.Type + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.ProtocolAddresses) { + toSerialize["protocol_addresses"] = o.ProtocolAddresses + } + if !IsNil(o.HostId) { + toSerialize["host_id"] = o.HostId + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *CreateOracleListenerParams) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "type", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varCreateOracleListenerParams := _CreateOracleListenerParams{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varCreateOracleListenerParams) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = CreateOracleListenerParams(varCreateOracleListenerParams) + + return err +} + +type NullableCreateOracleListenerParams struct { + value *CreateOracleListenerParams + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableCreateOracleListenerParams) Get() *CreateOracleListenerParams { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableCreateOracleListenerParams) Set(val *CreateOracleListenerParams) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableCreateOracleListenerParams) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableCreateOracleListenerParams) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableCreateOracleListenerParams(val *CreateOracleListenerParams) *NullableCreateOracleListenerParams { + return &NullableCreateOracleListenerParams{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableCreateOracleListenerParams) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableCreateOracleListenerParams) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_create_oracle_listener_response.go b/model_create_oracle_listener_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6f7630e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_create_oracle_listener_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the CreateOracleListenerResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &CreateOracleListenerResponse{} + +// CreateOracleListenerResponse struct for CreateOracleListenerResponse +type CreateOracleListenerResponse struct { + // The reference of the created Oracle listener + ListenerRef *string `json:"listener_ref,omitempty"` + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewCreateOracleListenerResponse instantiates a new CreateOracleListenerResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewCreateOracleListenerResponse() *CreateOracleListenerResponse { + this := CreateOracleListenerResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewCreateOracleListenerResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new CreateOracleListenerResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewCreateOracleListenerResponseWithDefaults() *CreateOracleListenerResponse { + this := CreateOracleListenerResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetListenerRef returns the ListenerRef field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateOracleListenerResponse) GetListenerRef() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ListenerRef) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ListenerRef +} + +// GetListenerRefOk returns a tuple with the ListenerRef field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateOracleListenerResponse) GetListenerRefOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ListenerRef) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ListenerRef, true +} + +// HasListenerRef returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateOracleListenerResponse) HasListenerRef() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ListenerRef) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetListenerRef gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ListenerRef field. +func (o *CreateOracleListenerResponse) SetListenerRef(v string) { + o.ListenerRef = &v +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateOracleListenerResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateOracleListenerResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateOracleListenerResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *CreateOracleListenerResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o CreateOracleListenerResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o CreateOracleListenerResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.ListenerRef) { + toSerialize["listener_ref"] = o.ListenerRef + } + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableCreateOracleListenerResponse struct { + value *CreateOracleListenerResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableCreateOracleListenerResponse) Get() *CreateOracleListenerResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableCreateOracleListenerResponse) Set(val *CreateOracleListenerResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableCreateOracleListenerResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableCreateOracleListenerResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableCreateOracleListenerResponse(val *CreateOracleListenerResponse) *NullableCreateOracleListenerResponse { + return &NullableCreateOracleListenerResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableCreateOracleListenerResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableCreateOracleListenerResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_create_oracle_source_response.go b/model_create_oracle_source_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..31547b37 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_create_oracle_source_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the CreateOracleSourceResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &CreateOracleSourceResponse{} + +// CreateOracleSourceResponse struct for CreateOracleSourceResponse +type CreateOracleSourceResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` + // The id of the created source. + SourceId *string `json:"source_id,omitempty"` +} + +// NewCreateOracleSourceResponse instantiates a new CreateOracleSourceResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewCreateOracleSourceResponse() *CreateOracleSourceResponse { + this := CreateOracleSourceResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewCreateOracleSourceResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new CreateOracleSourceResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewCreateOracleSourceResponseWithDefaults() *CreateOracleSourceResponse { + this := CreateOracleSourceResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateOracleSourceResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateOracleSourceResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateOracleSourceResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *CreateOracleSourceResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +// GetSourceId returns the SourceId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateOracleSourceResponse) GetSourceId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SourceId +} + +// GetSourceIdOk returns a tuple with the SourceId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateOracleSourceResponse) GetSourceIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SourceId, true +} + +// HasSourceId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateOracleSourceResponse) HasSourceId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SourceId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSourceId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SourceId field. +func (o *CreateOracleSourceResponse) SetSourceId(v string) { + o.SourceId = &v +} + +func (o CreateOracleSourceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o CreateOracleSourceResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + if !IsNil(o.SourceId) { + toSerialize["source_id"] = o.SourceId + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableCreateOracleSourceResponse struct { + value *CreateOracleSourceResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableCreateOracleSourceResponse) Get() *CreateOracleSourceResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableCreateOracleSourceResponse) Set(val *CreateOracleSourceResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableCreateOracleSourceResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableCreateOracleSourceResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableCreateOracleSourceResponse(val *CreateOracleSourceResponse) *NullableCreateOracleSourceResponse { + return &NullableCreateOracleSourceResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableCreateOracleSourceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableCreateOracleSourceResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_create_postgres_source_response.go b/model_create_postgres_source_response.go index 80d719e5..3d581984 100644 --- a/model_create_postgres_source_response.go +++ b/model_create_postgres_source_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_create_replication_profile_parameters.go b/model_create_replication_profile_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8fc2523a --- /dev/null +++ b/model_create_replication_profile_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,908 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the CreateReplicationProfileParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &CreateReplicationProfileParameters{} + +// CreateReplicationProfileParameters The parameters to create a ReplicationProfile. +type CreateReplicationProfileParameters struct { + // The ReplicationProfile name. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The ReplicationProfile mode. + ReplicationMode string `json:"replication_mode"` + // The ID of the engine that the ReplicationProfile belongs to. + EngineId string `json:"engine_id"` + // The ID of the replication target engine. + TargetEngineId string `json:"target_engine_id"` + // Hostname of the replication target engine. If none is provided, the hostname for the engine referenced by target_engine_id will be used. + TargetHost *string `json:"target_host,omitempty"` + // Target TCP port number for the Delphix Session Protocol. + TargetPort *int32 `json:"target_port,omitempty"` + // The ReplicationProfile description. + Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"` + // Replication schedule in the form of a quartz-formatted string. + Schedule *string `json:"schedule,omitempty"` + // The tags that are applied to this ReplicationProfile. + Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether tag replication from primary object to replica object is enabled or disabled for this ReplicationProfile. + EnableTagReplication *bool `json:"enable_tag_replication,omitempty"` + // Bandwidth limit (MB/s) for replication network traffic. A value of 0 means no limit. + BandwidthLimit *int32 `json:"bandwidth_limit,omitempty"` + // Total number of transport connections to use. + NumberOfConnections *int32 `json:"number_of_connections,omitempty"` + // Encrypt replication network traffic. + Encrypted *bool `json:"encrypted,omitempty"` + // Indication whether the replication spec schedule is enabled or not. + AutomaticReplication *bool `json:"automatic_replication,omitempty"` + // Connect to the replication target host via the system-wide SOCKS proxy. + UseSystemSocksSetting *bool `json:"use_system_socks_setting,omitempty"` + // The VDBs that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. + VdbIds []string `json:"vdb_ids,omitempty"` + // The dSources that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. + DsourceIds []string `json:"dsource_ids,omitempty"` + // The CDBs that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. + CdbIds []string `json:"cdb_ids,omitempty"` + // The vCDBs that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. + VcdbIds []string `json:"vcdb_ids,omitempty"` + // The groups that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. + GroupIds []string `json:"group_ids,omitempty"` + // Whether to replicate the entire engine. This is mutually exclusive with the vdb_ids, dsource_ids, cdb_ids, vcdb_ids, and group_ids properties. + ReplicateEntireEngine *bool `json:"replicate_entire_engine,omitempty"` +} + +type _CreateReplicationProfileParameters CreateReplicationProfileParameters + +// NewCreateReplicationProfileParameters instantiates a new CreateReplicationProfileParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewCreateReplicationProfileParameters(replicationMode string, engineId string, targetEngineId string) *CreateReplicationProfileParameters { + this := CreateReplicationProfileParameters{} + this.ReplicationMode = replicationMode + this.EngineId = engineId + this.TargetEngineId = targetEngineId + var targetPort int32 = 8415 + this.TargetPort = &targetPort + var bandwidthLimit int32 = 0 + this.BandwidthLimit = &bandwidthLimit + var numberOfConnections int32 = 1 + this.NumberOfConnections = &numberOfConnections + var encrypted bool = false + this.Encrypted = &encrypted + var automaticReplication bool = false + this.AutomaticReplication = &automaticReplication + var useSystemSocksSetting bool = false + this.UseSystemSocksSetting = &useSystemSocksSetting + return &this +} + +// NewCreateReplicationProfileParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new CreateReplicationProfileParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewCreateReplicationProfileParametersWithDefaults() *CreateReplicationProfileParameters { + this := CreateReplicationProfileParameters{} + var targetPort int32 = 8415 + this.TargetPort = &targetPort + var bandwidthLimit int32 = 0 + this.BandwidthLimit = &bandwidthLimit + var numberOfConnections int32 = 1 + this.NumberOfConnections = &numberOfConnections + var encrypted bool = false + this.Encrypted = &encrypted + var automaticReplication bool = false + this.AutomaticReplication = &automaticReplication + var useSystemSocksSetting bool = false + this.UseSystemSocksSetting = &useSystemSocksSetting + return &this +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetReplicationMode returns the ReplicationMode field value +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetReplicationMode() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.ReplicationMode +} + +// GetReplicationModeOk returns a tuple with the ReplicationMode field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetReplicationModeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.ReplicationMode, true +} + +// SetReplicationMode sets field value +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) SetReplicationMode(v string) { + o.ReplicationMode = v +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.EngineId, true +} + +// SetEngineId sets field value +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = v +} + +// GetTargetEngineId returns the TargetEngineId field value +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetTargetEngineId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.TargetEngineId +} + +// GetTargetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the TargetEngineId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetTargetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.TargetEngineId, true +} + +// SetTargetEngineId sets field value +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) SetTargetEngineId(v string) { + o.TargetEngineId = v +} + +// GetTargetHost returns the TargetHost field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetTargetHost() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetHost) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetHost +} + +// GetTargetHostOk returns a tuple with the TargetHost field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetTargetHostOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetHost) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetHost, true +} + +// HasTargetHost returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) HasTargetHost() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetHost) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetHost gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetHost field. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) SetTargetHost(v string) { + o.TargetHost = &v +} + +// GetTargetPort returns the TargetPort field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetTargetPort() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetPort) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.TargetPort +} + +// GetTargetPortOk returns a tuple with the TargetPort field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetTargetPortOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetPort) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetPort, true +} + +// HasTargetPort returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) HasTargetPort() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetPort) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetPort gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the TargetPort field. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) SetTargetPort(v int32) { + o.TargetPort = &v +} + +// GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetDescription() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Description +} + +// GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Description, true +} + +// HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) HasDescription() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Description) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) SetDescription(v string) { + o.Description = &v +} + +// GetSchedule returns the Schedule field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetSchedule() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Schedule) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Schedule +} + +// GetScheduleOk returns a tuple with the Schedule field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetScheduleOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Schedule) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Schedule, true +} + +// HasSchedule returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) HasSchedule() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Schedule) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSchedule gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Schedule field. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) SetSchedule(v string) { + o.Schedule = &v +} + +// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetTags() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.Tags +} + +// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tags, true +} + +// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) HasTags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) SetTags(v []Tag) { + o.Tags = v +} + +// GetEnableTagReplication returns the EnableTagReplication field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetEnableTagReplication() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableTagReplication) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EnableTagReplication +} + +// GetEnableTagReplicationOk returns a tuple with the EnableTagReplication field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetEnableTagReplicationOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableTagReplication) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnableTagReplication, true +} + +// HasEnableTagReplication returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) HasEnableTagReplication() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnableTagReplication) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnableTagReplication gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EnableTagReplication field. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) SetEnableTagReplication(v bool) { + o.EnableTagReplication = &v +} + +// GetBandwidthLimit returns the BandwidthLimit field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetBandwidthLimit() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.BandwidthLimit +} + +// GetBandwidthLimitOk returns a tuple with the BandwidthLimit field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetBandwidthLimitOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BandwidthLimit, true +} + +// HasBandwidthLimit returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) HasBandwidthLimit() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBandwidthLimit gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the BandwidthLimit field. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) SetBandwidthLimit(v int32) { + o.BandwidthLimit = &v +} + +// GetNumberOfConnections returns the NumberOfConnections field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetNumberOfConnections() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.NumberOfConnections +} + +// GetNumberOfConnectionsOk returns a tuple with the NumberOfConnections field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetNumberOfConnectionsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NumberOfConnections, true +} + +// HasNumberOfConnections returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) HasNumberOfConnections() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNumberOfConnections gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the NumberOfConnections field. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) SetNumberOfConnections(v int32) { + o.NumberOfConnections = &v +} + +// GetEncrypted returns the Encrypted field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetEncrypted() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Encrypted) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Encrypted +} + +// GetEncryptedOk returns a tuple with the Encrypted field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetEncryptedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Encrypted) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Encrypted, true +} + +// HasEncrypted returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) HasEncrypted() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Encrypted) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEncrypted gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Encrypted field. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) SetEncrypted(v bool) { + o.Encrypted = &v +} + +// GetAutomaticReplication returns the AutomaticReplication field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetAutomaticReplication() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AutomaticReplication) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AutomaticReplication +} + +// GetAutomaticReplicationOk returns a tuple with the AutomaticReplication field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetAutomaticReplicationOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AutomaticReplication) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AutomaticReplication, true +} + +// HasAutomaticReplication returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) HasAutomaticReplication() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AutomaticReplication) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAutomaticReplication gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AutomaticReplication field. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) SetAutomaticReplication(v bool) { + o.AutomaticReplication = &v +} + +// GetUseSystemSocksSetting returns the UseSystemSocksSetting field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetUseSystemSocksSetting() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UseSystemSocksSetting) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.UseSystemSocksSetting +} + +// GetUseSystemSocksSettingOk returns a tuple with the UseSystemSocksSetting field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetUseSystemSocksSettingOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UseSystemSocksSetting) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UseSystemSocksSetting, true +} + +// HasUseSystemSocksSetting returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) HasUseSystemSocksSetting() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UseSystemSocksSetting) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUseSystemSocksSetting gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the UseSystemSocksSetting field. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) SetUseSystemSocksSetting(v bool) { + o.UseSystemSocksSetting = &v +} + +// GetVdbIds returns the VdbIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetVdbIds() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbIds) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.VdbIds +} + +// GetVdbIdsOk returns a tuple with the VdbIds field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetVdbIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbIds) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbIds, true +} + +// HasVdbIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) HasVdbIds() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbIds) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the VdbIds field. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) SetVdbIds(v []string) { + o.VdbIds = v +} + +// GetDsourceIds returns the DsourceIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetDsourceIds() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceIds) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.DsourceIds +} + +// GetDsourceIdsOk returns a tuple with the DsourceIds field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetDsourceIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceIds) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DsourceIds, true +} + +// HasDsourceIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) HasDsourceIds() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DsourceIds) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDsourceIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the DsourceIds field. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) SetDsourceIds(v []string) { + o.DsourceIds = v +} + +// GetCdbIds returns the CdbIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetCdbIds() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbIds) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.CdbIds +} + +// GetCdbIdsOk returns a tuple with the CdbIds field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetCdbIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbIds) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CdbIds, true +} + +// HasCdbIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) HasCdbIds() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CdbIds) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCdbIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the CdbIds field. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) SetCdbIds(v []string) { + o.CdbIds = v +} + +// GetVcdbIds returns the VcdbIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetVcdbIds() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbIds) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.VcdbIds +} + +// GetVcdbIdsOk returns a tuple with the VcdbIds field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetVcdbIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbIds) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VcdbIds, true +} + +// HasVcdbIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) HasVcdbIds() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VcdbIds) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVcdbIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the VcdbIds field. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) SetVcdbIds(v []string) { + o.VcdbIds = v +} + +// GetGroupIds returns the GroupIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetGroupIds() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.GroupIds) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.GroupIds +} + +// GetGroupIdsOk returns a tuple with the GroupIds field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetGroupIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.GroupIds) { + return nil, false + } + return o.GroupIds, true +} + +// HasGroupIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) HasGroupIds() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.GroupIds) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetGroupIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the GroupIds field. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) SetGroupIds(v []string) { + o.GroupIds = v +} + +// GetReplicateEntireEngine returns the ReplicateEntireEngine field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetReplicateEntireEngine() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReplicateEntireEngine) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.ReplicateEntireEngine +} + +// GetReplicateEntireEngineOk returns a tuple with the ReplicateEntireEngine field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) GetReplicateEntireEngineOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReplicateEntireEngine) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ReplicateEntireEngine, true +} + +// HasReplicateEntireEngine returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) HasReplicateEntireEngine() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ReplicateEntireEngine) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetReplicateEntireEngine gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ReplicateEntireEngine field. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) SetReplicateEntireEngine(v bool) { + o.ReplicateEntireEngine = &v +} + +func (o CreateReplicationProfileParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o CreateReplicationProfileParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + toSerialize["replication_mode"] = o.ReplicationMode + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + toSerialize["target_engine_id"] = o.TargetEngineId + if !IsNil(o.TargetHost) { + toSerialize["target_host"] = o.TargetHost + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetPort) { + toSerialize["target_port"] = o.TargetPort + } + if !IsNil(o.Description) { + toSerialize["description"] = o.Description + } + if !IsNil(o.Schedule) { + toSerialize["schedule"] = o.Schedule + } + if !IsNil(o.Tags) { + toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags + } + if !IsNil(o.EnableTagReplication) { + toSerialize["enable_tag_replication"] = o.EnableTagReplication + } + if !IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + toSerialize["bandwidth_limit"] = o.BandwidthLimit + } + if !IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + toSerialize["number_of_connections"] = o.NumberOfConnections + } + if !IsNil(o.Encrypted) { + toSerialize["encrypted"] = o.Encrypted + } + if !IsNil(o.AutomaticReplication) { + toSerialize["automatic_replication"] = o.AutomaticReplication + } + if !IsNil(o.UseSystemSocksSetting) { + toSerialize["use_system_socks_setting"] = o.UseSystemSocksSetting + } + if !IsNil(o.VdbIds) { + toSerialize["vdb_ids"] = o.VdbIds + } + if !IsNil(o.DsourceIds) { + toSerialize["dsource_ids"] = o.DsourceIds + } + if !IsNil(o.CdbIds) { + toSerialize["cdb_ids"] = o.CdbIds + } + if !IsNil(o.VcdbIds) { + toSerialize["vcdb_ids"] = o.VcdbIds + } + if !IsNil(o.GroupIds) { + toSerialize["group_ids"] = o.GroupIds + } + if !IsNil(o.ReplicateEntireEngine) { + toSerialize["replicate_entire_engine"] = o.ReplicateEntireEngine + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "replication_mode", + "engine_id", + "target_engine_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varCreateReplicationProfileParameters := _CreateReplicationProfileParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varCreateReplicationProfileParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = CreateReplicationProfileParameters(varCreateReplicationProfileParameters) + + return err +} + +type NullableCreateReplicationProfileParameters struct { + value *CreateReplicationProfileParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableCreateReplicationProfileParameters) Get() *CreateReplicationProfileParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableCreateReplicationProfileParameters) Set(val *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableCreateReplicationProfileParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableCreateReplicationProfileParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableCreateReplicationProfileParameters(val *CreateReplicationProfileParameters) *NullableCreateReplicationProfileParameters { + return &NullableCreateReplicationProfileParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableCreateReplicationProfileParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableCreateReplicationProfileParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_create_replication_profile_response.go b/model_create_replication_profile_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ddee857e --- /dev/null +++ b/model_create_replication_profile_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the CreateReplicationProfileResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &CreateReplicationProfileResponse{} + +// CreateReplicationProfileResponse struct for CreateReplicationProfileResponse +type CreateReplicationProfileResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` + // The id of the created ReplicationProfile. + ReplicationProfileId *string `json:"replication_profile_id,omitempty"` +} + +// NewCreateReplicationProfileResponse instantiates a new CreateReplicationProfileResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewCreateReplicationProfileResponse() *CreateReplicationProfileResponse { + this := CreateReplicationProfileResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewCreateReplicationProfileResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new CreateReplicationProfileResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewCreateReplicationProfileResponseWithDefaults() *CreateReplicationProfileResponse { + this := CreateReplicationProfileResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +// GetReplicationProfileId returns the ReplicationProfileId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileResponse) GetReplicationProfileId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReplicationProfileId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ReplicationProfileId +} + +// GetReplicationProfileIdOk returns a tuple with the ReplicationProfileId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileResponse) GetReplicationProfileIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReplicationProfileId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ReplicationProfileId, true +} + +// HasReplicationProfileId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileResponse) HasReplicationProfileId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ReplicationProfileId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetReplicationProfileId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ReplicationProfileId field. +func (o *CreateReplicationProfileResponse) SetReplicationProfileId(v string) { + o.ReplicationProfileId = &v +} + +func (o CreateReplicationProfileResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o CreateReplicationProfileResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + if !IsNil(o.ReplicationProfileId) { + toSerialize["replication_profile_id"] = o.ReplicationProfileId + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableCreateReplicationProfileResponse struct { + value *CreateReplicationProfileResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableCreateReplicationProfileResponse) Get() *CreateReplicationProfileResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableCreateReplicationProfileResponse) Set(val *CreateReplicationProfileResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableCreateReplicationProfileResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableCreateReplicationProfileResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableCreateReplicationProfileResponse(val *CreateReplicationProfileResponse) *NullableCreateReplicationProfileResponse { + return &NullableCreateReplicationProfileResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableCreateReplicationProfileResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableCreateReplicationProfileResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_create_repository_params.go b/model_create_repository_params.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4ce37532 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_create_repository_params.go @@ -0,0 +1,612 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the CreateRepositoryParams type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &CreateRepositoryParams{} + +// CreateRepositoryParams struct for CreateRepositoryParams +type CreateRepositoryParams struct { + // The database type of this repository. + DatabaseType string `json:"database_type"` + // 32 or 64 bits. + Bits *int32 `json:"bits,omitempty"` + // The Oracle install or SQL Server instance home. + InstallationHome *string `json:"installation_home,omitempty"` + // Version of the oracle repository or SQL Server instance. + Version *string `json:"version,omitempty"` + // The Oracle base where database binaries are located. + OracleBase *string `json:"oracle_base,omitempty"` + // Flag indicating whether the repository should be used for provisioning. + AllowProvisioning *bool `json:"allow_provisioning,omitempty"` + // Flag indicating whether this repository can be used by the Delphix Engine for internal processing. + IsStaging *bool `json:"is_staging,omitempty"` + // List of Oracle patches that have been applied to this Oracle Home. + AppliedPatches []int64 `json:"applied_patches,omitempty"` + // This property determines if the full-text search and semantic search is installed or not (MSSql only). + FullTextInstalled *bool `json:"full_text_installed,omitempty"` + // The Server Name of the SQL Server instance. + ServerName *string `json:"server_name,omitempty"` + // The network port for connecting to the SQL Server instance. + Port *int64 `json:"port,omitempty"` + // Account the SQL Server instance is running as. + InstanceOwner *string `json:"instance_owner,omitempty"` + // The name of the SQL Server instance. + InstanceName *string `json:"instance_name,omitempty"` +} + +type _CreateRepositoryParams CreateRepositoryParams + +// NewCreateRepositoryParams instantiates a new CreateRepositoryParams object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewCreateRepositoryParams(databaseType string) *CreateRepositoryParams { + this := CreateRepositoryParams{} + this.DatabaseType = databaseType + var allowProvisioning bool = true + this.AllowProvisioning = &allowProvisioning + var isStaging bool = false + this.IsStaging = &isStaging + return &this +} + +// NewCreateRepositoryParamsWithDefaults instantiates a new CreateRepositoryParams object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewCreateRepositoryParamsWithDefaults() *CreateRepositoryParams { + this := CreateRepositoryParams{} + var allowProvisioning bool = true + this.AllowProvisioning = &allowProvisioning + var isStaging bool = false + this.IsStaging = &isStaging + return &this +} + +// GetDatabaseType returns the DatabaseType field value +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) GetDatabaseType() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.DatabaseType +} + +// GetDatabaseTypeOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseType field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) GetDatabaseTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.DatabaseType, true +} + +// SetDatabaseType sets field value +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) SetDatabaseType(v string) { + o.DatabaseType = v +} + +// GetBits returns the Bits field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) GetBits() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Bits) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.Bits +} + +// GetBitsOk returns a tuple with the Bits field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) GetBitsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Bits) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Bits, true +} + +// HasBits returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) HasBits() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Bits) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBits gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the Bits field. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) SetBits(v int32) { + o.Bits = &v +} + +// GetInstallationHome returns the InstallationHome field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) GetInstallationHome() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstallationHome) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.InstallationHome +} + +// GetInstallationHomeOk returns a tuple with the InstallationHome field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) GetInstallationHomeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstallationHome) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InstallationHome, true +} + +// HasInstallationHome returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) HasInstallationHome() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstallationHome) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstallationHome gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the InstallationHome field. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) SetInstallationHome(v string) { + o.InstallationHome = &v +} + +// GetVersion returns the Version field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) GetVersion() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Version) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Version +} + +// GetVersionOk returns a tuple with the Version field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) GetVersionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Version) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Version, true +} + +// HasVersion returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) HasVersion() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Version) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVersion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Version field. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) SetVersion(v string) { + o.Version = &v +} + +// GetOracleBase returns the OracleBase field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) GetOracleBase() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleBase) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.OracleBase +} + +// GetOracleBaseOk returns a tuple with the OracleBase field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) GetOracleBaseOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleBase) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleBase, true +} + +// HasOracleBase returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) HasOracleBase() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleBase) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleBase gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OracleBase field. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) SetOracleBase(v string) { + o.OracleBase = &v +} + +// GetAllowProvisioning returns the AllowProvisioning field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) GetAllowProvisioning() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AllowProvisioning) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowProvisioning +} + +// GetAllowProvisioningOk returns a tuple with the AllowProvisioning field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) GetAllowProvisioningOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AllowProvisioning) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowProvisioning, true +} + +// HasAllowProvisioning returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) HasAllowProvisioning() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AllowProvisioning) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowProvisioning gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowProvisioning field. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) SetAllowProvisioning(v bool) { + o.AllowProvisioning = &v +} + +// GetIsStaging returns the IsStaging field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) GetIsStaging() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsStaging) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsStaging +} + +// GetIsStagingOk returns a tuple with the IsStaging field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) GetIsStagingOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsStaging) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsStaging, true +} + +// HasIsStaging returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) HasIsStaging() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsStaging) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsStaging gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsStaging field. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) SetIsStaging(v bool) { + o.IsStaging = &v +} + +// GetAppliedPatches returns the AppliedPatches field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) GetAppliedPatches() []int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AppliedPatches) { + var ret []int64 + return ret + } + return o.AppliedPatches +} + +// GetAppliedPatchesOk returns a tuple with the AppliedPatches field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) GetAppliedPatchesOk() ([]int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AppliedPatches) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AppliedPatches, true +} + +// HasAppliedPatches returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) HasAppliedPatches() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AppliedPatches) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAppliedPatches gets a reference to the given []int64 and assigns it to the AppliedPatches field. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) SetAppliedPatches(v []int64) { + o.AppliedPatches = v +} + +// GetFullTextInstalled returns the FullTextInstalled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) GetFullTextInstalled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FullTextInstalled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.FullTextInstalled +} + +// GetFullTextInstalledOk returns a tuple with the FullTextInstalled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) GetFullTextInstalledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FullTextInstalled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FullTextInstalled, true +} + +// HasFullTextInstalled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) HasFullTextInstalled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FullTextInstalled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFullTextInstalled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the FullTextInstalled field. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) SetFullTextInstalled(v bool) { + o.FullTextInstalled = &v +} + +// GetServerName returns the ServerName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) GetServerName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ServerName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ServerName +} + +// GetServerNameOk returns a tuple with the ServerName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) GetServerNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ServerName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ServerName, true +} + +// HasServerName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) HasServerName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ServerName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetServerName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ServerName field. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) SetServerName(v string) { + o.ServerName = &v +} + +// GetPort returns the Port field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) GetPort() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Port) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.Port +} + +// GetPortOk returns a tuple with the Port field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) GetPortOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Port) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Port, true +} + +// HasPort returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) HasPort() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Port) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPort gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the Port field. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) SetPort(v int64) { + o.Port = &v +} + +// GetInstanceOwner returns the InstanceOwner field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) GetInstanceOwner() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceOwner) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.InstanceOwner +} + +// GetInstanceOwnerOk returns a tuple with the InstanceOwner field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) GetInstanceOwnerOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceOwner) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InstanceOwner, true +} + +// HasInstanceOwner returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) HasInstanceOwner() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstanceOwner) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstanceOwner gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the InstanceOwner field. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) SetInstanceOwner(v string) { + o.InstanceOwner = &v +} + +// GetInstanceName returns the InstanceName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) GetInstanceName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.InstanceName +} + +// GetInstanceNameOk returns a tuple with the InstanceName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) GetInstanceNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InstanceName, true +} + +// HasInstanceName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) HasInstanceName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstanceName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the InstanceName field. +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) SetInstanceName(v string) { + o.InstanceName = &v +} + +func (o CreateRepositoryParams) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o CreateRepositoryParams) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["database_type"] = o.DatabaseType + if !IsNil(o.Bits) { + toSerialize["bits"] = o.Bits + } + if !IsNil(o.InstallationHome) { + toSerialize["installation_home"] = o.InstallationHome + } + if !IsNil(o.Version) { + toSerialize["version"] = o.Version + } + if !IsNil(o.OracleBase) { + toSerialize["oracle_base"] = o.OracleBase + } + if !IsNil(o.AllowProvisioning) { + toSerialize["allow_provisioning"] = o.AllowProvisioning + } + if !IsNil(o.IsStaging) { + toSerialize["is_staging"] = o.IsStaging + } + if !IsNil(o.AppliedPatches) { + toSerialize["applied_patches"] = o.AppliedPatches + } + if !IsNil(o.FullTextInstalled) { + toSerialize["full_text_installed"] = o.FullTextInstalled + } + if !IsNil(o.ServerName) { + toSerialize["server_name"] = o.ServerName + } + if !IsNil(o.Port) { + toSerialize["port"] = o.Port + } + if !IsNil(o.InstanceOwner) { + toSerialize["instance_owner"] = o.InstanceOwner + } + if !IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + toSerialize["instance_name"] = o.InstanceName + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *CreateRepositoryParams) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "database_type", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varCreateRepositoryParams := _CreateRepositoryParams{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varCreateRepositoryParams) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = CreateRepositoryParams(varCreateRepositoryParams) + + return err +} + +type NullableCreateRepositoryParams struct { + value *CreateRepositoryParams + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableCreateRepositoryParams) Get() *CreateRepositoryParams { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableCreateRepositoryParams) Set(val *CreateRepositoryParams) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableCreateRepositoryParams) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableCreateRepositoryParams) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableCreateRepositoryParams(val *CreateRepositoryParams) *NullableCreateRepositoryParams { + return &NullableCreateRepositoryParams{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableCreateRepositoryParams) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableCreateRepositoryParams) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_create_repository_response.go b/model_create_repository_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7b8b92fc --- /dev/null +++ b/model_create_repository_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the CreateRepositoryResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &CreateRepositoryResponse{} + +// CreateRepositoryResponse struct for CreateRepositoryResponse +type CreateRepositoryResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` + // The id of the created repository. + RepositoryId *string `json:"repository_id,omitempty"` +} + +// NewCreateRepositoryResponse instantiates a new CreateRepositoryResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewCreateRepositoryResponse() *CreateRepositoryResponse { + this := CreateRepositoryResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewCreateRepositoryResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new CreateRepositoryResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewCreateRepositoryResponseWithDefaults() *CreateRepositoryResponse { + this := CreateRepositoryResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateRepositoryResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *CreateRepositoryResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +// GetRepositoryId returns the RepositoryId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateRepositoryResponse) GetRepositoryId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RepositoryId +} + +// GetRepositoryIdOk returns a tuple with the RepositoryId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryResponse) GetRepositoryIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RepositoryId, true +} + +// HasRepositoryId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateRepositoryResponse) HasRepositoryId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRepositoryId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RepositoryId field. +func (o *CreateRepositoryResponse) SetRepositoryId(v string) { + o.RepositoryId = &v +} + +func (o CreateRepositoryResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o CreateRepositoryResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + if !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + toSerialize["repository_id"] = o.RepositoryId + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableCreateRepositoryResponse struct { + value *CreateRepositoryResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableCreateRepositoryResponse) Get() *CreateRepositoryResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableCreateRepositoryResponse) Set(val *CreateRepositoryResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableCreateRepositoryResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableCreateRepositoryResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableCreateRepositoryResponse(val *CreateRepositoryResponse) *NullableCreateRepositoryResponse { + return &NullableCreateRepositoryResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableCreateRepositoryResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableCreateRepositoryResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_create_role.go b/model_create_role.go index 66c20e61..f8cbf6a6 100644 --- a/model_create_role.go +++ b/model_create_role.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the CreateRole type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -26,9 +28,15 @@ type CreateRole struct { Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"` // The list of permissions granted by this role. PermissionObjects []PermissionObject `json:"permission_objects"` + // If set to true, adding or removing permission is not allowed. + Immutable *bool `json:"immutable,omitempty"` Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` + // The list of profiles that influence the navigation menus shown in the UI. + UiProfiles []string `json:"ui_profiles,omitempty"` } +type _CreateRole CreateRole + // NewCreateRole instantiates a new CreateRole object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -37,6 +45,8 @@ func NewCreateRole(name string, permissionObjects []PermissionObject) *CreateRol this := CreateRole{} this.Name = name this.PermissionObjects = permissionObjects + var immutable bool = false + this.Immutable = &immutable return &this } @@ -45,6 +55,8 @@ func NewCreateRole(name string, permissionObjects []PermissionObject) *CreateRol // but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set func NewCreateRoleWithDefaults() *CreateRole { this := CreateRole{} + var immutable bool = false + this.Immutable = &immutable return &this } @@ -128,6 +140,38 @@ func (o *CreateRole) SetPermissionObjects(v []PermissionObject) { o.PermissionObjects = v } +// GetImmutable returns the Immutable field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateRole) GetImmutable() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Immutable) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Immutable +} + +// GetImmutableOk returns a tuple with the Immutable field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateRole) GetImmutableOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Immutable) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Immutable, true +} + +// HasImmutable returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateRole) HasImmutable() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Immutable) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetImmutable gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Immutable field. +func (o *CreateRole) SetImmutable(v bool) { + o.Immutable = &v +} + // GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *CreateRole) GetTags() []Tag { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { @@ -160,6 +204,38 @@ func (o *CreateRole) SetTags(v []Tag) { o.Tags = v } +// GetUiProfiles returns the UiProfiles field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateRole) GetUiProfiles() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UiProfiles) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.UiProfiles +} + +// GetUiProfilesOk returns a tuple with the UiProfiles field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateRole) GetUiProfilesOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UiProfiles) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UiProfiles, true +} + +// HasUiProfiles returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateRole) HasUiProfiles() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UiProfiles) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUiProfiles gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the UiProfiles field. +func (o *CreateRole) SetUiProfiles(v []string) { + o.UiProfiles = v +} + func (o CreateRole) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -175,12 +251,56 @@ func (o CreateRole) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize["description"] = o.Description } toSerialize["permission_objects"] = o.PermissionObjects + if !IsNil(o.Immutable) { + toSerialize["immutable"] = o.Immutable + } if !IsNil(o.Tags) { toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags } + if !IsNil(o.UiProfiles) { + toSerialize["ui_profiles"] = o.UiProfiles + } return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *CreateRole) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "name", + "permission_objects", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varCreateRole := _CreateRole{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varCreateRole) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = CreateRole(varCreateRole) + + return err +} + type NullableCreateRole struct { value *CreateRole isSet bool diff --git a/model_create_vdb_group_order.go b/model_create_vdb_group_order.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2b755326 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_create_vdb_group_order.go @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the CreateVDBGroupOrder type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &CreateVDBGroupOrder{} + +// CreateVDBGroupOrder struct for CreateVDBGroupOrder +type CreateVDBGroupOrder struct { + // Vdb id + VdbId *string `json:"vdb_id,omitempty"` + // Dictates order of operations on VDBs. Operations can be performed in parallel
for all VDBs or sequentially. Below are possible valid and invalid orderings given an example
VDB group with 3 vdbs (A, B, and C).
Valid:
{\"vdb_id\":\"vdb-1\", \"order\":\"1\"} {\"vdb_id\":\"vdb-2\", order:\"1\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-3\", order:\"1\"} (parallel)
{vdb_id:\"vdb-1\", order:\"1\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-2\", order:\"2\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-3\", order:\"3\"} (sequential)
Invalid:
{vdb_id:\"vdb-1\", order:\"A\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-2\", order:\"B\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-3\", order:\"C\"} (sequential)

In the sequential case the vdbs with priority 1 is the first to be started and the last to
be stopped. This value is set on creation of VDB groups. + Order *int32 `json:"order,omitempty"` +} + +// NewCreateVDBGroupOrder instantiates a new CreateVDBGroupOrder object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewCreateVDBGroupOrder() *CreateVDBGroupOrder { + this := CreateVDBGroupOrder{} + var order int32 = 0 + this.Order = &order + return &this +} + +// NewCreateVDBGroupOrderWithDefaults instantiates a new CreateVDBGroupOrder object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewCreateVDBGroupOrderWithDefaults() *CreateVDBGroupOrder { + this := CreateVDBGroupOrder{} + var order int32 = 0 + this.Order = &order + return &this +} + +// GetVdbId returns the VdbId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateVDBGroupOrder) GetVdbId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.VdbId +} + +// GetVdbIdOk returns a tuple with the VdbId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateVDBGroupOrder) GetVdbIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbId, true +} + +// HasVdbId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateVDBGroupOrder) HasVdbId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VdbId field. +func (o *CreateVDBGroupOrder) SetVdbId(v string) { + o.VdbId = &v +} + +// GetOrder returns the Order field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateVDBGroupOrder) GetOrder() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Order) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.Order +} + +// GetOrderOk returns a tuple with the Order field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateVDBGroupOrder) GetOrderOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Order) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Order, true +} + +// HasOrder returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateVDBGroupOrder) HasOrder() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Order) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOrder gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the Order field. +func (o *CreateVDBGroupOrder) SetOrder(v int32) { + o.Order = &v +} + +func (o CreateVDBGroupOrder) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o CreateVDBGroupOrder) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.VdbId) { + toSerialize["vdb_id"] = o.VdbId + } + if !IsNil(o.Order) { + toSerialize["order"] = o.Order + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableCreateVDBGroupOrder struct { + value *CreateVDBGroupOrder + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableCreateVDBGroupOrder) Get() *CreateVDBGroupOrder { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableCreateVDBGroupOrder) Set(val *CreateVDBGroupOrder) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableCreateVDBGroupOrder) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableCreateVDBGroupOrder) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableCreateVDBGroupOrder(val *CreateVDBGroupOrder) *NullableCreateVDBGroupOrder { + return &NullableCreateVDBGroupOrder{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableCreateVDBGroupOrder) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableCreateVDBGroupOrder) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_create_vdb_group_request.go b/model_create_vdb_group_request.go index 4ccf8685..d2835ca0 100644 --- a/model_create_vdb_group_request.go +++ b/model_create_vdb_group_request.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the CreateVDBGroupRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -21,23 +23,30 @@ var _ MappedNullable = &CreateVDBGroupRequest{} // CreateVDBGroupRequest struct for CreateVDBGroupRequest type CreateVDBGroupRequest struct { Name string `json:"name"` - VdbIds []string `json:"vdb_ids"` + VdbIds []string `json:"vdb_ids,omitempty"` + // Dictates order of operations on VDBs. Operations can be performed in parallel
for all VDBs or sequentially. Below are possible valid and invalid orderings given an example
VDB group with 3 vdbs (A, B, and C).
Valid:
{\"vdb_id\":\"vdb-1\", \"order\":\"1\"} {\"vdb_id\":\"vdb-2\", order:\"1\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-3\", order:\"1\"} (parallel)
{vdb_id:\"vdb-1\", order:\"1\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-2\", order:\"2\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-3\", order:\"3\"} (sequential)
Invalid:
{vdb_id:\"vdb-1\", order:\"A\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-2\", order:\"B\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-3\", order:\"C\"} (sequential)

In the sequential case the vdbs with priority 1 is the first to be started and the last to
be stopped. This value is set on creation of VDB groups. + Vdbs []CreateVDBGroupOrder `json:"vdbs,omitempty"` // The tags to be created for VDB Group. Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` // Whether the account creating this VDB group must be configured as owner of the VDB group. MakeCurrentAccountOwner *bool `json:"make_current_account_owner,omitempty"` + // If true, VDB Group will be refreshed immediately after creation. + RefreshImmediately *bool `json:"refresh_immediately,omitempty"` } +type _CreateVDBGroupRequest CreateVDBGroupRequest + // NewCreateVDBGroupRequest instantiates a new CreateVDBGroupRequest object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments // will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewCreateVDBGroupRequest(name string, vdbIds []string) *CreateVDBGroupRequest { +func NewCreateVDBGroupRequest(name string) *CreateVDBGroupRequest { this := CreateVDBGroupRequest{} this.Name = name - this.VdbIds = vdbIds var makeCurrentAccountOwner bool = true this.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &makeCurrentAccountOwner + var refreshImmediately bool = false + this.RefreshImmediately = &refreshImmediately return &this } @@ -48,6 +57,8 @@ func NewCreateVDBGroupRequestWithDefaults() *CreateVDBGroupRequest { this := CreateVDBGroupRequest{} var makeCurrentAccountOwner bool = true this.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &makeCurrentAccountOwner + var refreshImmediately bool = false + this.RefreshImmediately = &refreshImmediately return &this } @@ -75,30 +86,70 @@ func (o *CreateVDBGroupRequest) SetName(v string) { o.Name = v } -// GetVdbIds returns the VdbIds field value +// GetVdbIds returns the VdbIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *CreateVDBGroupRequest) GetVdbIds() []string { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbIds) { var ret []string return ret } - return o.VdbIds } -// GetVdbIdsOk returns a tuple with the VdbIds field value +// GetVdbIdsOk returns a tuple with the VdbIds field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. func (o *CreateVDBGroupRequest) GetVdbIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbIds) { return nil, false } return o.VdbIds, true } -// SetVdbIds sets field value +// HasVdbIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateVDBGroupRequest) HasVdbIds() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbIds) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the VdbIds field. func (o *CreateVDBGroupRequest) SetVdbIds(v []string) { o.VdbIds = v } +// GetVdbs returns the Vdbs field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateVDBGroupRequest) GetVdbs() []CreateVDBGroupOrder { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Vdbs) { + var ret []CreateVDBGroupOrder + return ret + } + return o.Vdbs +} + +// GetVdbsOk returns a tuple with the Vdbs field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateVDBGroupRequest) GetVdbsOk() ([]CreateVDBGroupOrder, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Vdbs) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Vdbs, true +} + +// HasVdbs returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateVDBGroupRequest) HasVdbs() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Vdbs) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbs gets a reference to the given []CreateVDBGroupOrder and assigns it to the Vdbs field. +func (o *CreateVDBGroupRequest) SetVdbs(v []CreateVDBGroupOrder) { + o.Vdbs = v +} + // GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *CreateVDBGroupRequest) GetTags() []Tag { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { @@ -163,6 +214,38 @@ func (o *CreateVDBGroupRequest) SetMakeCurrentAccountOwner(v bool) { o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &v } +// GetRefreshImmediately returns the RefreshImmediately field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateVDBGroupRequest) GetRefreshImmediately() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RefreshImmediately) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.RefreshImmediately +} + +// GetRefreshImmediatelyOk returns a tuple with the RefreshImmediately field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateVDBGroupRequest) GetRefreshImmediatelyOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RefreshImmediately) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RefreshImmediately, true +} + +// HasRefreshImmediately returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateVDBGroupRequest) HasRefreshImmediately() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RefreshImmediately) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRefreshImmediately gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the RefreshImmediately field. +func (o *CreateVDBGroupRequest) SetRefreshImmediately(v bool) { + o.RefreshImmediately = &v +} + func (o CreateVDBGroupRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -174,16 +257,61 @@ func (o CreateVDBGroupRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { func (o CreateVDBGroupRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} toSerialize["name"] = o.Name - toSerialize["vdb_ids"] = o.VdbIds + if !IsNil(o.VdbIds) { + toSerialize["vdb_ids"] = o.VdbIds + } + if !IsNil(o.Vdbs) { + toSerialize["vdbs"] = o.Vdbs + } if !IsNil(o.Tags) { toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags } if !IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { toSerialize["make_current_account_owner"] = o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner } + if !IsNil(o.RefreshImmediately) { + toSerialize["refresh_immediately"] = o.RefreshImmediately + } return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *CreateVDBGroupRequest) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "name", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varCreateVDBGroupRequest := _CreateVDBGroupRequest{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varCreateVDBGroupRequest) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = CreateVDBGroupRequest(varCreateVDBGroupRequest) + + return err +} + type NullableCreateVDBGroupRequest struct { value *CreateVDBGroupRequest isSet bool diff --git a/model_create_vdb_group_response.go b/model_create_vdb_group_response.go index 6eaf0489..0a29172f 100644 --- a/model_create_vdb_group_response.go +++ b/model_create_vdb_group_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ var _ MappedNullable = &CreateVDBGroupResponse{} // CreateVDBGroupResponse struct for CreateVDBGroupResponse type CreateVDBGroupResponse struct { VdbGroup *VDBGroup `json:"vdb_group,omitempty"` + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` } // NewCreateVDBGroupResponse instantiates a new CreateVDBGroupResponse object @@ -72,6 +73,38 @@ func (o *CreateVDBGroupResponse) SetVdbGroup(v VDBGroup) { o.VdbGroup = &v } +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateVDBGroupResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateVDBGroupResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateVDBGroupResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *CreateVDBGroupResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + func (o CreateVDBGroupResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -85,6 +118,9 @@ func (o CreateVDBGroupResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.VdbGroup) { toSerialize["vdb_group"] = o.VdbGroup } + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_create_virtualization_policy_parameters.go b/model_create_virtualization_policy_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1910aa83 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_create_virtualization_policy_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,816 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters{} + +// CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters struct for CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters +type CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters struct { + // The name of the virtualization policy. + Name string `json:"name"` + PolicyType PolicyType `json:"policy_type"` + // The target objects that will have this policy applied to them upon creation of the policy. + PolicyTargets []PolicyTargetObject `json:"policy_targets,omitempty"` + ProvisionSource *ProvisionSource `json:"provision_source,omitempty"` + // The timezone to use for scheduling. + TimezoneId *string `json:"timezone_id,omitempty"` + // Amount of time to keep source data [Retention Policy]. + DataDuration *int32 `json:"data_duration,omitempty"` + // Time unit for data_duration [Retention Policy]. + DataUnit *string `json:"data_unit,omitempty"` + // Amount of time to keep log data [Retention Policy]. + LogDuration *int32 `json:"log_duration,omitempty"` + // Time unit for log_duration [Retention Policy]. + LogUnit *string `json:"log_unit,omitempty"` + // Number of daily snapshots to keep [Retention Policy]. + NumOfDaily *int32 `json:"num_of_daily,omitempty"` + // Number of weekly snapshots to keep [Retention Policy]. + NumOfWeekly *int32 `json:"num_of_weekly,omitempty"` + // Day of week upon which to enforce weekly snapshot retention [Retention Policy]. + DayOfWeek *string `json:"day_of_week,omitempty"` + // Number of monthly snapshots to keep [Retention Policy]. + NumOfMonthly *int32 `json:"num_of_monthly,omitempty"` + // Day of month upon which to enforce monthly snapshot retention [Retention Policy]. + DayOfMonth *int32 `json:"day_of_month,omitempty"` + // Number of yearly snapshots to keep [Retention Policy]. + NumOfYearly *int32 `json:"num_of_yearly,omitempty"` + // Day of year upon which to enforce yearly snapshot retention, expressed a month / day string (e.g., \"Jan 1\") [Retention Policy]. + DayOfYear *string `json:"day_of_year,omitempty"` + // The schedules for this policy. + Schedules []VirtualizationSchedule `json:"schedules,omitempty"` + // Size of the quota, in bytes. [Quota Policy]. + Size *int64 `json:"size,omitempty"` + // The tags to be created for the policy. + Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` +} + +type _CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters + +// NewCreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters instantiates a new CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewCreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters(name string, policyType PolicyType) *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters { + this := CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters{} + this.Name = name + this.PolicyType = policyType + return &this +} + +// NewCreateVirtualizationPolicyParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewCreateVirtualizationPolicyParametersWithDefaults() *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters { + this := CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetName() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.Name, true +} + +// SetName sets field value +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = v +} + +// GetPolicyType returns the PolicyType field value +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetPolicyType() PolicyType { + if o == nil { + var ret PolicyType + return ret + } + + return o.PolicyType +} + +// GetPolicyTypeOk returns a tuple with the PolicyType field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetPolicyTypeOk() (*PolicyType, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.PolicyType, true +} + +// SetPolicyType sets field value +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetPolicyType(v PolicyType) { + o.PolicyType = v +} + +// GetPolicyTargets returns the PolicyTargets field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetPolicyTargets() []PolicyTargetObject { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PolicyTargets) { + var ret []PolicyTargetObject + return ret + } + return o.PolicyTargets +} + +// GetPolicyTargetsOk returns a tuple with the PolicyTargets field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetPolicyTargetsOk() ([]PolicyTargetObject, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PolicyTargets) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PolicyTargets, true +} + +// HasPolicyTargets returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasPolicyTargets() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PolicyTargets) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPolicyTargets gets a reference to the given []PolicyTargetObject and assigns it to the PolicyTargets field. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetPolicyTargets(v []PolicyTargetObject) { + o.PolicyTargets = v +} + +// GetProvisionSource returns the ProvisionSource field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetProvisionSource() ProvisionSource { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ProvisionSource) { + var ret ProvisionSource + return ret + } + return *o.ProvisionSource +} + +// GetProvisionSourceOk returns a tuple with the ProvisionSource field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetProvisionSourceOk() (*ProvisionSource, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ProvisionSource) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ProvisionSource, true +} + +// HasProvisionSource returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasProvisionSource() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ProvisionSource) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetProvisionSource gets a reference to the given ProvisionSource and assigns it to the ProvisionSource field. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetProvisionSource(v ProvisionSource) { + o.ProvisionSource = &v +} + +// GetTimezoneId returns the TimezoneId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetTimezoneId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimezoneId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TimezoneId +} + +// GetTimezoneIdOk returns a tuple with the TimezoneId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetTimezoneIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimezoneId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TimezoneId, true +} + +// HasTimezoneId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasTimezoneId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TimezoneId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTimezoneId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TimezoneId field. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetTimezoneId(v string) { + o.TimezoneId = &v +} + +// GetDataDuration returns the DataDuration field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetDataDuration() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataDuration) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.DataDuration +} + +// GetDataDurationOk returns a tuple with the DataDuration field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetDataDurationOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataDuration) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataDuration, true +} + +// HasDataDuration returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasDataDuration() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataDuration) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataDuration gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the DataDuration field. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetDataDuration(v int32) { + o.DataDuration = &v +} + +// GetDataUnit returns the DataUnit field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetDataUnit() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataUnit) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DataUnit +} + +// GetDataUnitOk returns a tuple with the DataUnit field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetDataUnitOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataUnit) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataUnit, true +} + +// HasDataUnit returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasDataUnit() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataUnit) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataUnit gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DataUnit field. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetDataUnit(v string) { + o.DataUnit = &v +} + +// GetLogDuration returns the LogDuration field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetLogDuration() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogDuration) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.LogDuration +} + +// GetLogDurationOk returns a tuple with the LogDuration field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetLogDurationOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogDuration) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LogDuration, true +} + +// HasLogDuration returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasLogDuration() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LogDuration) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLogDuration gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the LogDuration field. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetLogDuration(v int32) { + o.LogDuration = &v +} + +// GetLogUnit returns the LogUnit field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetLogUnit() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogUnit) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.LogUnit +} + +// GetLogUnitOk returns a tuple with the LogUnit field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetLogUnitOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogUnit) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LogUnit, true +} + +// HasLogUnit returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasLogUnit() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LogUnit) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLogUnit gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the LogUnit field. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetLogUnit(v string) { + o.LogUnit = &v +} + +// GetNumOfDaily returns the NumOfDaily field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetNumOfDaily() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumOfDaily) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.NumOfDaily +} + +// GetNumOfDailyOk returns a tuple with the NumOfDaily field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetNumOfDailyOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumOfDaily) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NumOfDaily, true +} + +// HasNumOfDaily returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasNumOfDaily() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NumOfDaily) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNumOfDaily gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the NumOfDaily field. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetNumOfDaily(v int32) { + o.NumOfDaily = &v +} + +// GetNumOfWeekly returns the NumOfWeekly field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetNumOfWeekly() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumOfWeekly) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.NumOfWeekly +} + +// GetNumOfWeeklyOk returns a tuple with the NumOfWeekly field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetNumOfWeeklyOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumOfWeekly) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NumOfWeekly, true +} + +// HasNumOfWeekly returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasNumOfWeekly() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NumOfWeekly) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNumOfWeekly gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the NumOfWeekly field. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetNumOfWeekly(v int32) { + o.NumOfWeekly = &v +} + +// GetDayOfWeek returns the DayOfWeek field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetDayOfWeek() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DayOfWeek) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DayOfWeek +} + +// GetDayOfWeekOk returns a tuple with the DayOfWeek field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetDayOfWeekOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DayOfWeek) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DayOfWeek, true +} + +// HasDayOfWeek returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasDayOfWeek() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DayOfWeek) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDayOfWeek gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DayOfWeek field. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetDayOfWeek(v string) { + o.DayOfWeek = &v +} + +// GetNumOfMonthly returns the NumOfMonthly field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetNumOfMonthly() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumOfMonthly) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.NumOfMonthly +} + +// GetNumOfMonthlyOk returns a tuple with the NumOfMonthly field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetNumOfMonthlyOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumOfMonthly) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NumOfMonthly, true +} + +// HasNumOfMonthly returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasNumOfMonthly() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NumOfMonthly) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNumOfMonthly gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the NumOfMonthly field. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetNumOfMonthly(v int32) { + o.NumOfMonthly = &v +} + +// GetDayOfMonth returns the DayOfMonth field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetDayOfMonth() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DayOfMonth) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.DayOfMonth +} + +// GetDayOfMonthOk returns a tuple with the DayOfMonth field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetDayOfMonthOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DayOfMonth) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DayOfMonth, true +} + +// HasDayOfMonth returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasDayOfMonth() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DayOfMonth) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDayOfMonth gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the DayOfMonth field. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetDayOfMonth(v int32) { + o.DayOfMonth = &v +} + +// GetNumOfYearly returns the NumOfYearly field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetNumOfYearly() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumOfYearly) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.NumOfYearly +} + +// GetNumOfYearlyOk returns a tuple with the NumOfYearly field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetNumOfYearlyOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumOfYearly) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NumOfYearly, true +} + +// HasNumOfYearly returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasNumOfYearly() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NumOfYearly) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNumOfYearly gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the NumOfYearly field. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetNumOfYearly(v int32) { + o.NumOfYearly = &v +} + +// GetDayOfYear returns the DayOfYear field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetDayOfYear() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DayOfYear) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DayOfYear +} + +// GetDayOfYearOk returns a tuple with the DayOfYear field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetDayOfYearOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DayOfYear) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DayOfYear, true +} + +// HasDayOfYear returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasDayOfYear() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DayOfYear) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDayOfYear gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DayOfYear field. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetDayOfYear(v string) { + o.DayOfYear = &v +} + +// GetSchedules returns the Schedules field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetSchedules() []VirtualizationSchedule { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Schedules) { + var ret []VirtualizationSchedule + return ret + } + return o.Schedules +} + +// GetSchedulesOk returns a tuple with the Schedules field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetSchedulesOk() ([]VirtualizationSchedule, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Schedules) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Schedules, true +} + +// HasSchedules returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasSchedules() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Schedules) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSchedules gets a reference to the given []VirtualizationSchedule and assigns it to the Schedules field. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetSchedules(v []VirtualizationSchedule) { + o.Schedules = v +} + +// GetSize returns the Size field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Size) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.Size +} + +// GetSizeOk returns a tuple with the Size field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Size) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Size, true +} + +// HasSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Size) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the Size field. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetSize(v int64) { + o.Size = &v +} + +// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetTags() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.Tags +} + +// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tags, true +} + +// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasTags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetTags(v []Tag) { + o.Tags = v +} + +func (o CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + toSerialize["policy_type"] = o.PolicyType + if !IsNil(o.PolicyTargets) { + toSerialize["policy_targets"] = o.PolicyTargets + } + if !IsNil(o.ProvisionSource) { + toSerialize["provision_source"] = o.ProvisionSource + } + if !IsNil(o.TimezoneId) { + toSerialize["timezone_id"] = o.TimezoneId + } + if !IsNil(o.DataDuration) { + toSerialize["data_duration"] = o.DataDuration + } + if !IsNil(o.DataUnit) { + toSerialize["data_unit"] = o.DataUnit + } + if !IsNil(o.LogDuration) { + toSerialize["log_duration"] = o.LogDuration + } + if !IsNil(o.LogUnit) { + toSerialize["log_unit"] = o.LogUnit + } + if !IsNil(o.NumOfDaily) { + toSerialize["num_of_daily"] = o.NumOfDaily + } + if !IsNil(o.NumOfWeekly) { + toSerialize["num_of_weekly"] = o.NumOfWeekly + } + if !IsNil(o.DayOfWeek) { + toSerialize["day_of_week"] = o.DayOfWeek + } + if !IsNil(o.NumOfMonthly) { + toSerialize["num_of_monthly"] = o.NumOfMonthly + } + if !IsNil(o.DayOfMonth) { + toSerialize["day_of_month"] = o.DayOfMonth + } + if !IsNil(o.NumOfYearly) { + toSerialize["num_of_yearly"] = o.NumOfYearly + } + if !IsNil(o.DayOfYear) { + toSerialize["day_of_year"] = o.DayOfYear + } + if !IsNil(o.Schedules) { + toSerialize["schedules"] = o.Schedules + } + if !IsNil(o.Size) { + toSerialize["size"] = o.Size + } + if !IsNil(o.Tags) { + toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "name", + "policy_type", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varCreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters := _CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varCreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters(varCreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) + + return err +} + +type NullableCreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters struct { + value *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableCreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) Get() *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableCreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) Set(val *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableCreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableCreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableCreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters(val *CreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) *NullableCreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters { + return &NullableCreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableCreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableCreateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_create_virtualization_policy_response.go b/model_create_virtualization_policy_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d69ba6c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_create_virtualization_policy_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse{} + +// CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse struct for CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse +type CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` + VirtualizationPolicy *VirtualizationPolicy `json:"virtualization_policy,omitempty"` +} + +// NewCreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse instantiates a new CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewCreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse() *CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse { + this := CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewCreateVirtualizationPolicyResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewCreateVirtualizationPolicyResponseWithDefaults() *CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse { + this := CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +// GetVirtualizationPolicy returns the VirtualizationPolicy field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse) GetVirtualizationPolicy() VirtualizationPolicy { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VirtualizationPolicy) { + var ret VirtualizationPolicy + return ret + } + return *o.VirtualizationPolicy +} + +// GetVirtualizationPolicyOk returns a tuple with the VirtualizationPolicy field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse) GetVirtualizationPolicyOk() (*VirtualizationPolicy, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VirtualizationPolicy) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VirtualizationPolicy, true +} + +// HasVirtualizationPolicy returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse) HasVirtualizationPolicy() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VirtualizationPolicy) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVirtualizationPolicy gets a reference to the given VirtualizationPolicy and assigns it to the VirtualizationPolicy field. +func (o *CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse) SetVirtualizationPolicy(v VirtualizationPolicy) { + o.VirtualizationPolicy = &v +} + +func (o CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + if !IsNil(o.VirtualizationPolicy) { + toSerialize["virtualization_policy"] = o.VirtualizationPolicy + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableCreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse struct { + value *CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableCreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse) Get() *CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableCreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse) Set(val *CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableCreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableCreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableCreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse(val *CreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse) *NullableCreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse { + return &NullableCreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableCreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableCreateVirtualizationPolicyResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_credentials_env_variable.go b/model_credentials_env_variable.go index bc57d947..95f87950 100644 --- a/model_credentials_env_variable.go +++ b/model_credentials_env_variable.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the CredentialsEnvVariable type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -24,6 +26,8 @@ type CredentialsEnvVariable struct { BaseVarName string `json:"base_var_name"` // Password to assign to the environment variables. Password *string `json:"password,omitempty"` + // Delphix display name for the vault user. + VaultUsername *string `json:"vault_username,omitempty"` // The name or reference of the vault to assign to the environment variables. Vault *string `json:"vault,omitempty"` // Vault engine name where the credential is stored. @@ -42,8 +46,16 @@ type CredentialsEnvVariable struct { AzureVaultSecretKey *string `json:"azure_vault_secret_key,omitempty"` // Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. CyberarkVaultQueryString *string `json:"cyberark_vault_query_string,omitempty"` + // Credential type of the credential environment variable + CredentialType *string `json:"credential_type,omitempty"` + // Element ID of the credential environment variable + ElementId *string `json:"element_id,omitempty"` + // Type of the credential environment variable + Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"` } +type _CredentialsEnvVariable CredentialsEnvVariable + // NewCredentialsEnvVariable instantiates a new CredentialsEnvVariable object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -118,6 +130,38 @@ func (o *CredentialsEnvVariable) SetPassword(v string) { o.Password = &v } +// GetVaultUsername returns the VaultUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CredentialsEnvVariable) GetVaultUsername() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VaultUsername) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.VaultUsername +} + +// GetVaultUsernameOk returns a tuple with the VaultUsername field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CredentialsEnvVariable) GetVaultUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VaultUsername) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VaultUsername, true +} + +// HasVaultUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CredentialsEnvVariable) HasVaultUsername() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VaultUsername) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVaultUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VaultUsername field. +func (o *CredentialsEnvVariable) SetVaultUsername(v string) { + o.VaultUsername = &v +} + // GetVault returns the Vault field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *CredentialsEnvVariable) GetVault() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Vault) { @@ -406,6 +450,102 @@ func (o *CredentialsEnvVariable) SetCyberarkVaultQueryString(v string) { o.CyberarkVaultQueryString = &v } +// GetCredentialType returns the CredentialType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CredentialsEnvVariable) GetCredentialType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CredentialType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CredentialType +} + +// GetCredentialTypeOk returns a tuple with the CredentialType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CredentialsEnvVariable) GetCredentialTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CredentialType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CredentialType, true +} + +// HasCredentialType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CredentialsEnvVariable) HasCredentialType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CredentialType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCredentialType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CredentialType field. +func (o *CredentialsEnvVariable) SetCredentialType(v string) { + o.CredentialType = &v +} + +// GetElementId returns the ElementId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CredentialsEnvVariable) GetElementId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ElementId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ElementId +} + +// GetElementIdOk returns a tuple with the ElementId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CredentialsEnvVariable) GetElementIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ElementId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ElementId, true +} + +// HasElementId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CredentialsEnvVariable) HasElementId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ElementId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetElementId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ElementId field. +func (o *CredentialsEnvVariable) SetElementId(v string) { + o.ElementId = &v +} + +// GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *CredentialsEnvVariable) GetType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Type +} + +// GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *CredentialsEnvVariable) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Type, true +} + +// HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *CredentialsEnvVariable) HasType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Type) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field. +func (o *CredentialsEnvVariable) SetType(v string) { + o.Type = &v +} + func (o CredentialsEnvVariable) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -420,6 +560,9 @@ func (o CredentialsEnvVariable) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.Password) { toSerialize["password"] = o.Password } + if !IsNil(o.VaultUsername) { + toSerialize["vault_username"] = o.VaultUsername + } if !IsNil(o.Vault) { toSerialize["vault"] = o.Vault } @@ -447,9 +590,55 @@ func (o CredentialsEnvVariable) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.CyberarkVaultQueryString) { toSerialize["cyberark_vault_query_string"] = o.CyberarkVaultQueryString } + if !IsNil(o.CredentialType) { + toSerialize["credential_type"] = o.CredentialType + } + if !IsNil(o.ElementId) { + toSerialize["element_id"] = o.ElementId + } + if !IsNil(o.Type) { + toSerialize["type"] = o.Type + } return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *CredentialsEnvVariable) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "base_var_name", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varCredentialsEnvVariable := _CredentialsEnvVariable{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varCredentialsEnvVariable) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = CredentialsEnvVariable(varCredentialsEnvVariable) + + return err +} + type NullableCredentialsEnvVariable struct { value *CredentialsEnvVariable isSet bool diff --git a/model_d_source.go b/model_d_source.go index e5ff541b..c37788cf 100644 --- a/model_d_source.go +++ b/model_d_source.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -49,10 +49,14 @@ type DSource struct { GroupName NullableString `json:"group_name,omitempty"` // A value indicating whether this dSource is enabled. Enabled NullableBool `json:"enabled,omitempty"` + // A value indicating whether this dSource is detached. + IsDetached NullableBool `json:"is_detached,omitempty"` // A reference to the Engine that this dSource belongs to. EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` // A reference to the Source associated with this dSource. SourceId NullableString `json:"source_id,omitempty"` + // A reference to the Staging Source associated with this dSource. + StagingSourceId NullableString `json:"staging_source_id,omitempty"` // The runtime status of the dSource. 'Unknown' if all attempts to connect to the source failed. Status NullableString `json:"status,omitempty"` // Name of the Engine where this DSource is hosted @@ -71,6 +75,10 @@ type DSource struct { UnvirtualizedSpace *int64 `json:"unvirtualized_space,omitempty"` // The number of VDBs that are dependant on this dSource. This includes all VDB descendants that have this dSource as an ancestor. DependantVdbs *int32 `json:"dependant_vdbs,omitempty"` + // The JSON payload conforming to the DraftV4 schema based on the type of application data being manipulated. + AppdataSourceParams map[string]interface{} `json:"appdata_source_params,omitempty"` + // The parameters specified by the source config schema in the toolkit + AppdataConfigParams map[string]interface{} `json:"appdata_config_params,omitempty"` Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` // The ID of the parent object from which replication was done. PrimaryObjectId *string `json:"primary_object_id,omitempty"` @@ -85,8 +93,108 @@ type DSource struct { SyncPolicyId *string `json:"sync_policy_id,omitempty"` // The id of the retention policy associated with this dSource. RetentionPolicyId *string `json:"retention_policy_id,omitempty"` + // The id of the replica retention policy associated with this dSource. + ReplicaRetentionPolicyId *string `json:"replica_retention_policy_id,omitempty"` // The id of the quota policy associated with this dSource. QuotaPolicyId *string `json:"quota_policy_id,omitempty"` + // True if LogSync is enabled for this dSource. + LogsyncEnabled *bool `json:"logsync_enabled,omitempty"` + LogsyncMode *OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum `json:"logsync_mode,omitempty"` + // Interval between LogSync requests, in seconds. + LogsyncInterval *int32 `json:"logsync_interval,omitempty"` + // ZFS exported data directory path. + ExportedDataDirectory *string `json:"exported_data_directory,omitempty"` + // A reference to the Non Virtual Database Template. + TemplateId NullableString `json:"template_id,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether Delphix should automatically restart this staging database when staging host reboot is detected. + AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot *bool `json:"allow_auto_staging_restart_on_host_reboot,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether this staging database is configured as a physical standby. + PhysicalStandby *bool `json:"physical_standby,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether this staging database snapshot is validated by opening it in read-only mode. + ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode *bool `json:"validate_by_opening_db_in_read_only_mode,omitempty"` + MssqlSyncStrategyManagedType *string `json:"mssql_sync_strategy_managed_type,omitempty"` + // Specifies the backup types ValidatedSync will use to synchronize the dSource with the source database. + ValidatedSyncMode *string `json:"validated_sync_mode,omitempty"` + // Shared source database backup locations. + SharedBackupLocations []string `json:"shared_backup_locations,omitempty"` + // Specify which node of an availability group to run the copy-only full backup on + BackupPolicy *string `json:"backup_policy,omitempty"` + // Specify whether the backups taken should be compressed or uncompressed. + CompressionEnabled *bool `json:"compression_enabled,omitempty"` + // The name of the staging database + StagingDatabaseName *string `json:"staging_database_name,omitempty"` + // User provided db state that is used to create staging push db + DbState *string `json:"db_state,omitempty"` + // The encryption key to use when restoring encrypted backups. + EncryptionKey *string `json:"encryption_key,omitempty"` + // The master server name of this NetBackup configuration. + ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName *string `json:"external_netbackup_config_master_name,omitempty"` + // The source's client server name of this NetBackup configuration. + ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName *string `json:"external_netbackup_config_source_client_name,omitempty"` + // NetBackup configuration parameter overrides. + ExternalNetbackupConfigParams map[string]interface{} `json:"external_netbackup_config_params,omitempty"` + // Optional config template selection for NetBackup configurations. + ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates *string `json:"external_netbackup_config_templates,omitempty"` + // The commserve host name of this Commvault configuration. + ExternalCommserveHostName *string `json:"external_commserve_host_name,omitempty"` + // The source client name of this Commvault configuration. + ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName *string `json:"external_commvault_config_source_client_name,omitempty"` + // The staging client name of this Commvault configuration. + ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName *string `json:"external_commvault_config_staging_client_name,omitempty"` + // Commvault configuration parameter overrides. + ExternalCommvaultConfigParams map[string]interface{} `json:"external_commvault_config_params,omitempty"` + // Optional config template selection for Commvault configurations. + ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates *string `json:"external_commvault_config_templates,omitempty"` + // Database user type for Database authentication. + MssqlUserType *string `json:"mssql_user_type,omitempty"` + // credential types. + DomainUserCredentialType *string `json:"domain_user_credential_type,omitempty"` + // The database user name for database user type. + MssqlDatabaseUsername *string `json:"mssql_database_username,omitempty"` + // The name or reference of the environment user for environment user type. + MssqlUserEnvironmentReference *string `json:"mssql_user_environment_reference,omitempty"` + // Domain User name for password credentials. + MssqlUserDomainUsername *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_username,omitempty"` + // Delphix display name for the vault user. + MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_vault_username,omitempty"` + // The name or reference of the vault. + MssqlUserDomainVault *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_vault,omitempty"` + // Vault engine name where the credential is stored. + MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_engine,omitempty"` + // Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored. + MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_secret_path,omitempty"` + // Hashicorp vault key for the username in the key-value store. + MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_username_key,omitempty"` + // Hashicorp vault key for the password in the key-value store. + MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_secret_key,omitempty"` + // Azure key vault name. + MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_name,omitempty"` + // Azure vault key in the key-value store. + MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_username_key,omitempty"` + // Azure vault key in the key-value store. + MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_secret_key,omitempty"` + // Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. + MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_cyberark_vault_query_string,omitempty"` + // If true, NOLOGGING operations on this container are treated as faults and cannot be resolved manually. Otherwise, these operations are ignored. + DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults *bool `json:"diagnose_no_logging_faults,omitempty"` + // If true, pre-provisioning will be performed after every sync. + PreProvisioningEnabled *bool `json:"pre_provisioning_enabled,omitempty"` + // Boolean value indicates whether LEVEL-based incremental backups can be used on the source db. + BackupLevelEnabled *bool `json:"backup_level_enabled,omitempty"` + // Number of parallel channels to use. + RmanChannels *int32 `json:"rman_channels,omitempty"` + // Number of data files to include in each RMAN backup set. + FilesPerSet *int32 `json:"files_per_set,omitempty"` + // True if extended block checking should be used for this linked database. + CheckLogical *bool `json:"check_logical,omitempty"` + // True if SnapSync data from the source should be retrieved through an encrypted connection. Enabling this feature can decrease the performance of SnapSync from the source but has no impact on the performance of VDBs created from the retrieved data. + EncryptedLinkingEnabled *bool `json:"encrypted_linking_enabled,omitempty"` + // True if SnapSync data from the source should be compressed over the network. Enabling this feature will reduce network bandwidth consumption and may significantly improve throughput, especially over slow network. + CompressedLinkingEnabled *bool `json:"compressed_linking_enabled,omitempty"` + // Bandwidth limit (MB/s) for SnapSync and LogSync network traffic. A value of 0 means no limit. + BandwidthLimit *int32 `json:"bandwidth_limit,omitempty"` + // Total number of transport connections to use during SnapSync. + NumberOfConnections *int32 `json:"number_of_connections,omitempty"` } // NewDSource instantiates a new DSource object @@ -684,6 +792,48 @@ func (o *DSource) UnsetEnabled() { o.Enabled.Unset() } +// GetIsDetached returns the IsDetached field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *DSource) GetIsDetached() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsDetached.Get()) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsDetached.Get() +} + +// GetIsDetachedOk returns a tuple with the IsDetached field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *DSource) GetIsDetachedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsDetached.Get(), o.IsDetached.IsSet() +} + +// HasIsDetached returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasIsDetached() bool { + if o != nil && o.IsDetached.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsDetached gets a reference to the given NullableBool and assigns it to the IsDetached field. +func (o *DSource) SetIsDetached(v bool) { + o.IsDetached.Set(&v) +} +// SetIsDetachedNil sets the value for IsDetached to be an explicit nil +func (o *DSource) SetIsDetachedNil() { + o.IsDetached.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetIsDetached ensures that no value is present for IsDetached, not even an explicit nil +func (o *DSource) UnsetIsDetached() { + o.IsDetached.Unset() +} + // GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *DSource) GetEngineId() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { @@ -758,6 +908,48 @@ func (o *DSource) UnsetSourceId() { o.SourceId.Unset() } +// GetStagingSourceId returns the StagingSourceId field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *DSource) GetStagingSourceId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingSourceId.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.StagingSourceId.Get() +} + +// GetStagingSourceIdOk returns a tuple with the StagingSourceId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *DSource) GetStagingSourceIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.StagingSourceId.Get(), o.StagingSourceId.IsSet() +} + +// HasStagingSourceId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasStagingSourceId() bool { + if o != nil && o.StagingSourceId.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStagingSourceId gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the StagingSourceId field. +func (o *DSource) SetStagingSourceId(v string) { + o.StagingSourceId.Set(&v) +} +// SetStagingSourceIdNil sets the value for StagingSourceId to be an explicit nil +func (o *DSource) SetStagingSourceIdNil() { + o.StagingSourceId.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetStagingSourceId ensures that no value is present for StagingSourceId, not even an explicit nil +func (o *DSource) UnsetStagingSourceId() { + o.StagingSourceId.Unset() +} + // GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). func (o *DSource) GetStatus() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status.Get()) { @@ -1076,6 +1268,72 @@ func (o *DSource) SetDependantVdbs(v int32) { o.DependantVdbs = &v } +// GetAppdataSourceParams returns the AppdataSourceParams field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *DSource) GetAppdataSourceParams() map[string]interface{} { + if o == nil { + var ret map[string]interface{} + return ret + } + return o.AppdataSourceParams +} + +// GetAppdataSourceParamsOk returns a tuple with the AppdataSourceParams field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *DSource) GetAppdataSourceParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AppdataSourceParams) { + return map[string]interface{}{}, false + } + return o.AppdataSourceParams, true +} + +// HasAppdataSourceParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasAppdataSourceParams() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AppdataSourceParams) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAppdataSourceParams gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the AppdataSourceParams field. +func (o *DSource) SetAppdataSourceParams(v map[string]interface{}) { + o.AppdataSourceParams = v +} + +// GetAppdataConfigParams returns the AppdataConfigParams field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *DSource) GetAppdataConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { + if o == nil { + var ret map[string]interface{} + return ret + } + return o.AppdataConfigParams +} + +// GetAppdataConfigParamsOk returns a tuple with the AppdataConfigParams field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *DSource) GetAppdataConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AppdataConfigParams) { + return map[string]interface{}{}, false + } + return o.AppdataConfigParams, true +} + +// HasAppdataConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasAppdataConfigParams() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AppdataConfigParams) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAppdataConfigParams gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the AppdataConfigParams field. +func (o *DSource) SetAppdataConfigParams(v map[string]interface{}) { + o.AppdataConfigParams = v +} + // GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *DSource) GetTags() []Tag { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { @@ -1332,6 +1590,38 @@ func (o *DSource) SetRetentionPolicyId(v string) { o.RetentionPolicyId = &v } +// GetReplicaRetentionPolicyId returns the ReplicaRetentionPolicyId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetReplicaRetentionPolicyId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReplicaRetentionPolicyId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ReplicaRetentionPolicyId +} + +// GetReplicaRetentionPolicyIdOk returns a tuple with the ReplicaRetentionPolicyId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetReplicaRetentionPolicyIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReplicaRetentionPolicyId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ReplicaRetentionPolicyId, true +} + +// HasReplicaRetentionPolicyId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasReplicaRetentionPolicyId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ReplicaRetentionPolicyId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetReplicaRetentionPolicyId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ReplicaRetentionPolicyId field. +func (o *DSource) SetReplicaRetentionPolicyId(v string) { + o.ReplicaRetentionPolicyId = &v +} + // GetQuotaPolicyId returns the QuotaPolicyId field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *DSource) GetQuotaPolicyId() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.QuotaPolicyId) { @@ -1364,84 +1654,1700 @@ func (o *DSource) SetQuotaPolicyId(v string) { o.QuotaPolicyId = &v } -func (o DSource) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err +// GetLogsyncEnabled returns the LogsyncEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetLogsyncEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsyncEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) + return *o.LogsyncEnabled } -func (o DSource) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.Id) { - toSerialize["id"] = o.Id - } - if o.DatabaseType.IsSet() { - toSerialize["database_type"] = o.DatabaseType.Get() - } - if o.Name.IsSet() { - toSerialize["name"] = o.Name.Get() +// GetLogsyncEnabledOk returns a tuple with the LogsyncEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetLogsyncEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsyncEnabled) { + return nil, false } - if o.NamespaceId.IsSet() { - toSerialize["namespace_id"] = o.NamespaceId.Get() + return o.LogsyncEnabled, true +} + +// HasLogsyncEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasLogsyncEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LogsyncEnabled) { + return true } - if o.NamespaceName.IsSet() { - toSerialize["namespace_name"] = o.NamespaceName.Get() + + return false +} + +// SetLogsyncEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the LogsyncEnabled field. +func (o *DSource) SetLogsyncEnabled(v bool) { + o.LogsyncEnabled = &v +} + +// GetLogsyncMode returns the LogsyncMode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetLogsyncMode() OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsyncMode) { + var ret OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum + return ret } - if o.IsReplica.IsSet() { - toSerialize["is_replica"] = o.IsReplica.Get() + return *o.LogsyncMode +} + +// GetLogsyncModeOk returns a tuple with the LogsyncMode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetLogsyncModeOk() (*OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsyncMode) { + return nil, false } - if o.DatabaseVersion.IsSet() { - toSerialize["database_version"] = o.DatabaseVersion.Get() + return o.LogsyncMode, true +} + +// HasLogsyncMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasLogsyncMode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LogsyncMode) { + return true } - if o.ContentType.IsSet() { - toSerialize["content_type"] = o.ContentType.Get() + + return false +} + +// SetLogsyncMode gets a reference to the given OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum and assigns it to the LogsyncMode field. +func (o *DSource) SetLogsyncMode(v OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum) { + o.LogsyncMode = &v +} + +// GetLogsyncInterval returns the LogsyncInterval field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetLogsyncInterval() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsyncInterval) { + var ret int32 + return ret } - if o.DataUuid.IsSet() { - toSerialize["data_uuid"] = o.DataUuid.Get() + return *o.LogsyncInterval +} + +// GetLogsyncIntervalOk returns a tuple with the LogsyncInterval field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetLogsyncIntervalOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsyncInterval) { + return nil, false } - if o.StorageSize.IsSet() { - toSerialize["storage_size"] = o.StorageSize.Get() + return o.LogsyncInterval, true +} + +// HasLogsyncInterval returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasLogsyncInterval() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LogsyncInterval) { + return true } - if o.PluginVersion.IsSet() { - toSerialize["plugin_version"] = o.PluginVersion.Get() + + return false +} + +// SetLogsyncInterval gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the LogsyncInterval field. +func (o *DSource) SetLogsyncInterval(v int32) { + o.LogsyncInterval = &v +} + +// GetExportedDataDirectory returns the ExportedDataDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetExportedDataDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExportedDataDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret } - if o.CreationDate.IsSet() { - toSerialize["creation_date"] = o.CreationDate.Get() + return *o.ExportedDataDirectory +} + +// GetExportedDataDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the ExportedDataDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetExportedDataDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExportedDataDirectory) { + return nil, false } - if o.GroupName.IsSet() { - toSerialize["group_name"] = o.GroupName.Get() + return o.ExportedDataDirectory, true +} + +// HasExportedDataDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasExportedDataDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExportedDataDirectory) { + return true } - if o.Enabled.IsSet() { - toSerialize["enabled"] = o.Enabled.Get() + + return false +} + +// SetExportedDataDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExportedDataDirectory field. +func (o *DSource) SetExportedDataDirectory(v string) { + o.ExportedDataDirectory = &v +} + +// GetTemplateId returns the TemplateId field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *DSource) GetTemplateId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TemplateId.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret } - if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { - toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + return *o.TemplateId.Get() +} + +// GetTemplateIdOk returns a tuple with the TemplateId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *DSource) GetTemplateIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false } - if o.SourceId.IsSet() { - toSerialize["source_id"] = o.SourceId.Get() + return o.TemplateId.Get(), o.TemplateId.IsSet() +} + +// HasTemplateId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasTemplateId() bool { + if o != nil && o.TemplateId.IsSet() { + return true } - if o.Status.IsSet() { - toSerialize["status"] = o.Status.Get() + + return false +} + +// SetTemplateId gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the TemplateId field. +func (o *DSource) SetTemplateId(v string) { + o.TemplateId.Set(&v) +} +// SetTemplateIdNil sets the value for TemplateId to be an explicit nil +func (o *DSource) SetTemplateIdNil() { + o.TemplateId.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetTemplateId ensures that no value is present for TemplateId, not even an explicit nil +func (o *DSource) UnsetTemplateId() { + o.TemplateId.Unset() +} + +// GetAllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot returns the AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetAllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot) { + var ret bool + return ret } - if o.EngineName.IsSet() { - toSerialize["engine_name"] = o.EngineName.Get() + return *o.AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot +} + +// GetAllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostRebootOk returns a tuple with the AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetAllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostRebootOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot) { + return nil, false } - if o.CdbId.IsSet() { - toSerialize["cdb_id"] = o.CdbId.Get() + return o.AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot, true +} + +// HasAllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasAllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot) { + return true } - if !IsNil(o.CurrentTimeflowId) { - toSerialize["current_timeflow_id"] = o.CurrentTimeflowId + + return false +} + +// SetAllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot field. +func (o *DSource) SetAllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot(v bool) { + o.AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot = &v +} + +// GetPhysicalStandby returns the PhysicalStandby field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetPhysicalStandby() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PhysicalStandby) { + var ret bool + return ret } - if !IsNil(o.PreviousTimeflowId) { - toSerialize["previous_timeflow_id"] = o.PreviousTimeflowId + return *o.PhysicalStandby +} + +// GetPhysicalStandbyOk returns a tuple with the PhysicalStandby field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetPhysicalStandbyOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PhysicalStandby) { + return nil, false } - if !IsNil(o.IsAppdata) { - toSerialize["is_appdata"] = o.IsAppdata + return o.PhysicalStandby, true +} + +// HasPhysicalStandby returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasPhysicalStandby() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PhysicalStandby) { + return true } - if !IsNil(o.ToolkitId) { - toSerialize["toolkit_id"] = o.ToolkitId + + return false +} + +// SetPhysicalStandby gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the PhysicalStandby field. +func (o *DSource) SetPhysicalStandby(v bool) { + o.PhysicalStandby = &v +} + +// GetValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode returns the ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode +} + +// GetValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyModeOk returns a tuple with the ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyModeOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode, true +} + +// HasValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode field. +func (o *DSource) SetValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode(v bool) { + o.ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode = &v +} + +// GetMssqlSyncStrategyManagedType returns the MssqlSyncStrategyManagedType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlSyncStrategyManagedType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlSyncStrategyManagedType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlSyncStrategyManagedType +} + +// GetMssqlSyncStrategyManagedTypeOk returns a tuple with the MssqlSyncStrategyManagedType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlSyncStrategyManagedTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlSyncStrategyManagedType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlSyncStrategyManagedType, true +} + +// HasMssqlSyncStrategyManagedType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasMssqlSyncStrategyManagedType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlSyncStrategyManagedType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlSyncStrategyManagedType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlSyncStrategyManagedType field. +func (o *DSource) SetMssqlSyncStrategyManagedType(v string) { + o.MssqlSyncStrategyManagedType = &v +} + +// GetValidatedSyncMode returns the ValidatedSyncMode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetValidatedSyncMode() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ValidatedSyncMode) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ValidatedSyncMode +} + +// GetValidatedSyncModeOk returns a tuple with the ValidatedSyncMode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetValidatedSyncModeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ValidatedSyncMode) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ValidatedSyncMode, true +} + +// HasValidatedSyncMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasValidatedSyncMode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ValidatedSyncMode) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetValidatedSyncMode gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ValidatedSyncMode field. +func (o *DSource) SetValidatedSyncMode(v string) { + o.ValidatedSyncMode = &v +} + +// GetSharedBackupLocations returns the SharedBackupLocations field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetSharedBackupLocations() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SharedBackupLocations) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.SharedBackupLocations +} + +// GetSharedBackupLocationsOk returns a tuple with the SharedBackupLocations field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetSharedBackupLocationsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SharedBackupLocations) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SharedBackupLocations, true +} + +// HasSharedBackupLocations returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasSharedBackupLocations() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SharedBackupLocations) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSharedBackupLocations gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the SharedBackupLocations field. +func (o *DSource) SetSharedBackupLocations(v []string) { + o.SharedBackupLocations = v +} + +// GetBackupPolicy returns the BackupPolicy field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetBackupPolicy() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BackupPolicy) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.BackupPolicy +} + +// GetBackupPolicyOk returns a tuple with the BackupPolicy field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetBackupPolicyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BackupPolicy) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BackupPolicy, true +} + +// HasBackupPolicy returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasBackupPolicy() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BackupPolicy) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBackupPolicy gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BackupPolicy field. +func (o *DSource) SetBackupPolicy(v string) { + o.BackupPolicy = &v +} + +// GetCompressionEnabled returns the CompressionEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetCompressionEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CompressionEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.CompressionEnabled +} + +// GetCompressionEnabledOk returns a tuple with the CompressionEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetCompressionEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CompressionEnabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CompressionEnabled, true +} + +// HasCompressionEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasCompressionEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CompressionEnabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCompressionEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the CompressionEnabled field. +func (o *DSource) SetCompressionEnabled(v bool) { + o.CompressionEnabled = &v +} + +// GetStagingDatabaseName returns the StagingDatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetStagingDatabaseName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingDatabaseName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.StagingDatabaseName +} + +// GetStagingDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the StagingDatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetStagingDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingDatabaseName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.StagingDatabaseName, true +} + +// HasStagingDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasStagingDatabaseName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StagingDatabaseName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStagingDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StagingDatabaseName field. +func (o *DSource) SetStagingDatabaseName(v string) { + o.StagingDatabaseName = &v +} + +// GetDbState returns the DbState field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetDbState() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbState) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DbState +} + +// GetDbStateOk returns a tuple with the DbState field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetDbStateOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbState) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DbState, true +} + +// HasDbState returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasDbState() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DbState) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDbState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DbState field. +func (o *DSource) SetDbState(v string) { + o.DbState = &v +} + +// GetEncryptionKey returns the EncryptionKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetEncryptionKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EncryptionKey) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EncryptionKey +} + +// GetEncryptionKeyOk returns a tuple with the EncryptionKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetEncryptionKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EncryptionKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EncryptionKey, true +} + +// HasEncryptionKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasEncryptionKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EncryptionKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEncryptionKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EncryptionKey field. +func (o *DSource) SetEncryptionKey(v string) { + o.EncryptionKey = &v +} + +// GetExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName returns the ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName +} + +// GetExternalNetbackupConfigMasterNameOk returns a tuple with the ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetExternalNetbackupConfigMasterNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName, true +} + +// HasExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName field. +func (o *DSource) SetExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName(v string) { + o.ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName = &v +} + +// GetExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName returns the ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName +} + +// GetExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientNameOk returns a tuple with the ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName, true +} + +// HasExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName field. +func (o *DSource) SetExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName(v string) { + o.ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName = &v +} + +// GetExternalNetbackupConfigParams returns the ExternalNetbackupConfigParams field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetExternalNetbackupConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigParams) { + var ret map[string]interface{} + return ret + } + return o.ExternalNetbackupConfigParams +} + +// GetExternalNetbackupConfigParamsOk returns a tuple with the ExternalNetbackupConfigParams field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetExternalNetbackupConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigParams) { + return map[string]interface{}{}, false + } + return o.ExternalNetbackupConfigParams, true +} + +// HasExternalNetbackupConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasExternalNetbackupConfigParams() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigParams) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalNetbackupConfigParams gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the ExternalNetbackupConfigParams field. +func (o *DSource) SetExternalNetbackupConfigParams(v map[string]interface{}) { + o.ExternalNetbackupConfigParams = v +} + +// GetExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates returns the ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates +} + +// GetExternalNetbackupConfigTemplatesOk returns a tuple with the ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetExternalNetbackupConfigTemplatesOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates, true +} + +// HasExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates field. +func (o *DSource) SetExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates(v string) { + o.ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates = &v +} + +// GetExternalCommserveHostName returns the ExternalCommserveHostName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetExternalCommserveHostName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommserveHostName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExternalCommserveHostName +} + +// GetExternalCommserveHostNameOk returns a tuple with the ExternalCommserveHostName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetExternalCommserveHostNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommserveHostName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExternalCommserveHostName, true +} + +// HasExternalCommserveHostName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasExternalCommserveHostName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalCommserveHostName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalCommserveHostName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalCommserveHostName field. +func (o *DSource) SetExternalCommserveHostName(v string) { + o.ExternalCommserveHostName = &v +} + +// GetExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName returns the ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName +} + +// GetExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientNameOk returns a tuple with the ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName, true +} + +// HasExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName field. +func (o *DSource) SetExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName(v string) { + o.ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName = &v +} + +// GetExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName returns the ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName +} + +// GetExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientNameOk returns a tuple with the ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName, true +} + +// HasExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName field. +func (o *DSource) SetExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName(v string) { + o.ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName = &v +} + +// GetExternalCommvaultConfigParams returns the ExternalCommvaultConfigParams field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetExternalCommvaultConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigParams) { + var ret map[string]interface{} + return ret + } + return o.ExternalCommvaultConfigParams +} + +// GetExternalCommvaultConfigParamsOk returns a tuple with the ExternalCommvaultConfigParams field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetExternalCommvaultConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigParams) { + return map[string]interface{}{}, false + } + return o.ExternalCommvaultConfigParams, true +} + +// HasExternalCommvaultConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasExternalCommvaultConfigParams() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigParams) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalCommvaultConfigParams gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the ExternalCommvaultConfigParams field. +func (o *DSource) SetExternalCommvaultConfigParams(v map[string]interface{}) { + o.ExternalCommvaultConfigParams = v +} + +// GetExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates returns the ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates +} + +// GetExternalCommvaultConfigTemplatesOk returns a tuple with the ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetExternalCommvaultConfigTemplatesOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates, true +} + +// HasExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates field. +func (o *DSource) SetExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates(v string) { + o.ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates = &v +} + +// GetMssqlUserType returns the MssqlUserType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlUserType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlUserType +} + +// GetMssqlUserTypeOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlUserTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlUserType, true +} + +// HasMssqlUserType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasMssqlUserType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlUserType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserType field. +func (o *DSource) SetMssqlUserType(v string) { + o.MssqlUserType = &v +} + +// GetDomainUserCredentialType returns the DomainUserCredentialType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetDomainUserCredentialType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DomainUserCredentialType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DomainUserCredentialType +} + +// GetDomainUserCredentialTypeOk returns a tuple with the DomainUserCredentialType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetDomainUserCredentialTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DomainUserCredentialType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DomainUserCredentialType, true +} + +// HasDomainUserCredentialType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasDomainUserCredentialType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DomainUserCredentialType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDomainUserCredentialType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DomainUserCredentialType field. +func (o *DSource) SetDomainUserCredentialType(v string) { + o.DomainUserCredentialType = &v +} + +// GetMssqlDatabaseUsername returns the MssqlDatabaseUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlDatabaseUsername() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlDatabaseUsername) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlDatabaseUsername +} + +// GetMssqlDatabaseUsernameOk returns a tuple with the MssqlDatabaseUsername field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlDatabaseUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlDatabaseUsername) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlDatabaseUsername, true +} + +// HasMssqlDatabaseUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasMssqlDatabaseUsername() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlDatabaseUsername) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlDatabaseUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlDatabaseUsername field. +func (o *DSource) SetMssqlDatabaseUsername(v string) { + o.MssqlDatabaseUsername = &v +} + +// GetMssqlUserEnvironmentReference returns the MssqlUserEnvironmentReference field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlUserEnvironmentReference() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserEnvironmentReference) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlUserEnvironmentReference +} + +// GetMssqlUserEnvironmentReferenceOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserEnvironmentReference field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlUserEnvironmentReferenceOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserEnvironmentReference) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlUserEnvironmentReference, true +} + +// HasMssqlUserEnvironmentReference returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasMssqlUserEnvironmentReference() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserEnvironmentReference) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlUserEnvironmentReference gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserEnvironmentReference field. +func (o *DSource) SetMssqlUserEnvironmentReference(v string) { + o.MssqlUserEnvironmentReference = &v +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainUsername returns the MssqlUserDomainUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlUserDomainUsername() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainUsername) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlUserDomainUsername +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainUsernameOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainUsername field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlUserDomainUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainUsername) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlUserDomainUsername, true +} + +// HasMssqlUserDomainUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasMssqlUserDomainUsername() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainUsername) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlUserDomainUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainUsername field. +func (o *DSource) SetMssqlUserDomainUsername(v string) { + o.MssqlUserDomainUsername = &v +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainVaultUsername returns the MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlUserDomainVaultUsername() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainVaultUsernameOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlUserDomainVaultUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername, true +} + +// HasMssqlUserDomainVaultUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasMssqlUserDomainVaultUsername() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlUserDomainVaultUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername field. +func (o *DSource) SetMssqlUserDomainVaultUsername(v string) { + o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername = &v +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainVault returns the MssqlUserDomainVault field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlUserDomainVault() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVault) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlUserDomainVault +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainVaultOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainVault field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlUserDomainVaultOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVault) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlUserDomainVault, true +} + +// HasMssqlUserDomainVault returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasMssqlUserDomainVault() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVault) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlUserDomainVault gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainVault field. +func (o *DSource) SetMssqlUserDomainVault(v string) { + o.MssqlUserDomainVault = &v +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine returns the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngineOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngineOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine, true +} + +// HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine field. +func (o *DSource) SetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine(v string) { + o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine = &v +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath returns the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPathOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath, true +} + +// HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath field. +func (o *DSource) SetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath(v string) { + o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath = &v +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey returns the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKeyOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey, true +} + +// HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey field. +func (o *DSource) SetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey(v string) { + o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey = &v +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey returns the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKeyOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey, true +} + +// HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey field. +func (o *DSource) SetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey(v string) { + o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey = &v +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName returns the MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultNameOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName, true +} + +// HasMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName field. +func (o *DSource) SetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName(v string) { + o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName = &v +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey returns the MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKeyOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey, true +} + +// HasMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey field. +func (o *DSource) SetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey(v string) { + o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey = &v +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey returns the MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKeyOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey, true +} + +// HasMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey field. +func (o *DSource) SetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey(v string) { + o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey = &v +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString returns the MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryStringOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryStringOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString, true +} + +// HasMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString field. +func (o *DSource) SetMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString(v string) { + o.MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString = &v +} + +// GetDiagnoseNoLoggingFaults returns the DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetDiagnoseNoLoggingFaults() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults +} + +// GetDiagnoseNoLoggingFaultsOk returns a tuple with the DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetDiagnoseNoLoggingFaultsOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults, true +} + +// HasDiagnoseNoLoggingFaults returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasDiagnoseNoLoggingFaults() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDiagnoseNoLoggingFaults gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults field. +func (o *DSource) SetDiagnoseNoLoggingFaults(v bool) { + o.DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults = &v +} + +// GetPreProvisioningEnabled returns the PreProvisioningEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetPreProvisioningEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PreProvisioningEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.PreProvisioningEnabled +} + +// GetPreProvisioningEnabledOk returns a tuple with the PreProvisioningEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetPreProvisioningEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PreProvisioningEnabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PreProvisioningEnabled, true +} + +// HasPreProvisioningEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasPreProvisioningEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PreProvisioningEnabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPreProvisioningEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the PreProvisioningEnabled field. +func (o *DSource) SetPreProvisioningEnabled(v bool) { + o.PreProvisioningEnabled = &v +} + +// GetBackupLevelEnabled returns the BackupLevelEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetBackupLevelEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BackupLevelEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.BackupLevelEnabled +} + +// GetBackupLevelEnabledOk returns a tuple with the BackupLevelEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetBackupLevelEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BackupLevelEnabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BackupLevelEnabled, true +} + +// HasBackupLevelEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasBackupLevelEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BackupLevelEnabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBackupLevelEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the BackupLevelEnabled field. +func (o *DSource) SetBackupLevelEnabled(v bool) { + o.BackupLevelEnabled = &v +} + +// GetRmanChannels returns the RmanChannels field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetRmanChannels() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanChannels +} + +// GetRmanChannelsOk returns a tuple with the RmanChannels field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetRmanChannelsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanChannels, true +} + +// HasRmanChannels returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasRmanChannels() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanChannels gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanChannels field. +func (o *DSource) SetRmanChannels(v int32) { + o.RmanChannels = &v +} + +// GetFilesPerSet returns the FilesPerSet field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetFilesPerSet() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FilesPerSet) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.FilesPerSet +} + +// GetFilesPerSetOk returns a tuple with the FilesPerSet field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetFilesPerSetOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FilesPerSet) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FilesPerSet, true +} + +// HasFilesPerSet returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasFilesPerSet() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FilesPerSet) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFilesPerSet gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the FilesPerSet field. +func (o *DSource) SetFilesPerSet(v int32) { + o.FilesPerSet = &v +} + +// GetCheckLogical returns the CheckLogical field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetCheckLogical() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CheckLogical) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.CheckLogical +} + +// GetCheckLogicalOk returns a tuple with the CheckLogical field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetCheckLogicalOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CheckLogical) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CheckLogical, true +} + +// HasCheckLogical returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasCheckLogical() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CheckLogical) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCheckLogical gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the CheckLogical field. +func (o *DSource) SetCheckLogical(v bool) { + o.CheckLogical = &v +} + +// GetEncryptedLinkingEnabled returns the EncryptedLinkingEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetEncryptedLinkingEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled +} + +// GetEncryptedLinkingEnabledOk returns a tuple with the EncryptedLinkingEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetEncryptedLinkingEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled, true +} + +// HasEncryptedLinkingEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasEncryptedLinkingEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEncryptedLinkingEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EncryptedLinkingEnabled field. +func (o *DSource) SetEncryptedLinkingEnabled(v bool) { + o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled = &v +} + +// GetCompressedLinkingEnabled returns the CompressedLinkingEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetCompressedLinkingEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CompressedLinkingEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.CompressedLinkingEnabled +} + +// GetCompressedLinkingEnabledOk returns a tuple with the CompressedLinkingEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetCompressedLinkingEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CompressedLinkingEnabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CompressedLinkingEnabled, true +} + +// HasCompressedLinkingEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasCompressedLinkingEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CompressedLinkingEnabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCompressedLinkingEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the CompressedLinkingEnabled field. +func (o *DSource) SetCompressedLinkingEnabled(v bool) { + o.CompressedLinkingEnabled = &v +} + +// GetBandwidthLimit returns the BandwidthLimit field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetBandwidthLimit() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.BandwidthLimit +} + +// GetBandwidthLimitOk returns a tuple with the BandwidthLimit field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetBandwidthLimitOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BandwidthLimit, true +} + +// HasBandwidthLimit returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasBandwidthLimit() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBandwidthLimit gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the BandwidthLimit field. +func (o *DSource) SetBandwidthLimit(v int32) { + o.BandwidthLimit = &v +} + +// GetNumberOfConnections returns the NumberOfConnections field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSource) GetNumberOfConnections() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.NumberOfConnections +} + +// GetNumberOfConnectionsOk returns a tuple with the NumberOfConnections field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSource) GetNumberOfConnectionsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NumberOfConnections, true +} + +// HasNumberOfConnections returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSource) HasNumberOfConnections() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNumberOfConnections gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the NumberOfConnections field. +func (o *DSource) SetNumberOfConnections(v int32) { + o.NumberOfConnections = &v +} + +func (o DSource) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DSource) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if o.DatabaseType.IsSet() { + toSerialize["database_type"] = o.DatabaseType.Get() + } + if o.Name.IsSet() { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name.Get() + } + if o.NamespaceId.IsSet() { + toSerialize["namespace_id"] = o.NamespaceId.Get() + } + if o.NamespaceName.IsSet() { + toSerialize["namespace_name"] = o.NamespaceName.Get() + } + if o.IsReplica.IsSet() { + toSerialize["is_replica"] = o.IsReplica.Get() + } + if o.DatabaseVersion.IsSet() { + toSerialize["database_version"] = o.DatabaseVersion.Get() + } + if o.ContentType.IsSet() { + toSerialize["content_type"] = o.ContentType.Get() + } + if o.DataUuid.IsSet() { + toSerialize["data_uuid"] = o.DataUuid.Get() + } + if o.StorageSize.IsSet() { + toSerialize["storage_size"] = o.StorageSize.Get() + } + if o.PluginVersion.IsSet() { + toSerialize["plugin_version"] = o.PluginVersion.Get() + } + if o.CreationDate.IsSet() { + toSerialize["creation_date"] = o.CreationDate.Get() + } + if o.GroupName.IsSet() { + toSerialize["group_name"] = o.GroupName.Get() + } + if o.Enabled.IsSet() { + toSerialize["enabled"] = o.Enabled.Get() + } + if o.IsDetached.IsSet() { + toSerialize["is_detached"] = o.IsDetached.Get() + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + } + if o.SourceId.IsSet() { + toSerialize["source_id"] = o.SourceId.Get() + } + if o.StagingSourceId.IsSet() { + toSerialize["staging_source_id"] = o.StagingSourceId.Get() + } + if o.Status.IsSet() { + toSerialize["status"] = o.Status.Get() + } + if o.EngineName.IsSet() { + toSerialize["engine_name"] = o.EngineName.Get() + } + if o.CdbId.IsSet() { + toSerialize["cdb_id"] = o.CdbId.Get() + } + if !IsNil(o.CurrentTimeflowId) { + toSerialize["current_timeflow_id"] = o.CurrentTimeflowId + } + if !IsNil(o.PreviousTimeflowId) { + toSerialize["previous_timeflow_id"] = o.PreviousTimeflowId + } + if !IsNil(o.IsAppdata) { + toSerialize["is_appdata"] = o.IsAppdata + } + if !IsNil(o.ToolkitId) { + toSerialize["toolkit_id"] = o.ToolkitId } if !IsNil(o.UnvirtualizedSpace) { toSerialize["unvirtualized_space"] = o.UnvirtualizedSpace @@ -1449,6 +3355,12 @@ func (o DSource) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.DependantVdbs) { toSerialize["dependant_vdbs"] = o.DependantVdbs } + if o.AppdataSourceParams != nil { + toSerialize["appdata_source_params"] = o.AppdataSourceParams + } + if o.AppdataConfigParams != nil { + toSerialize["appdata_config_params"] = o.AppdataConfigParams + } if !IsNil(o.Tags) { toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags } @@ -1473,9 +3385,162 @@ func (o DSource) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.RetentionPolicyId) { toSerialize["retention_policy_id"] = o.RetentionPolicyId } + if !IsNil(o.ReplicaRetentionPolicyId) { + toSerialize["replica_retention_policy_id"] = o.ReplicaRetentionPolicyId + } if !IsNil(o.QuotaPolicyId) { toSerialize["quota_policy_id"] = o.QuotaPolicyId } + if !IsNil(o.LogsyncEnabled) { + toSerialize["logsync_enabled"] = o.LogsyncEnabled + } + if !IsNil(o.LogsyncMode) { + toSerialize["logsync_mode"] = o.LogsyncMode + } + if !IsNil(o.LogsyncInterval) { + toSerialize["logsync_interval"] = o.LogsyncInterval + } + if !IsNil(o.ExportedDataDirectory) { + toSerialize["exported_data_directory"] = o.ExportedDataDirectory + } + if o.TemplateId.IsSet() { + toSerialize["template_id"] = o.TemplateId.Get() + } + if !IsNil(o.AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot) { + toSerialize["allow_auto_staging_restart_on_host_reboot"] = o.AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot + } + if !IsNil(o.PhysicalStandby) { + toSerialize["physical_standby"] = o.PhysicalStandby + } + if !IsNil(o.ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode) { + toSerialize["validate_by_opening_db_in_read_only_mode"] = o.ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlSyncStrategyManagedType) { + toSerialize["mssql_sync_strategy_managed_type"] = o.MssqlSyncStrategyManagedType + } + if !IsNil(o.ValidatedSyncMode) { + toSerialize["validated_sync_mode"] = o.ValidatedSyncMode + } + if !IsNil(o.SharedBackupLocations) { + toSerialize["shared_backup_locations"] = o.SharedBackupLocations + } + if !IsNil(o.BackupPolicy) { + toSerialize["backup_policy"] = o.BackupPolicy + } + if !IsNil(o.CompressionEnabled) { + toSerialize["compression_enabled"] = o.CompressionEnabled + } + if !IsNil(o.StagingDatabaseName) { + toSerialize["staging_database_name"] = o.StagingDatabaseName + } + if !IsNil(o.DbState) { + toSerialize["db_state"] = o.DbState + } + if !IsNil(o.EncryptionKey) { + toSerialize["encryption_key"] = o.EncryptionKey + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName) { + toSerialize["external_netbackup_config_master_name"] = o.ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName) { + toSerialize["external_netbackup_config_source_client_name"] = o.ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigParams) { + toSerialize["external_netbackup_config_params"] = o.ExternalNetbackupConfigParams + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates) { + toSerialize["external_netbackup_config_templates"] = o.ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalCommserveHostName) { + toSerialize["external_commserve_host_name"] = o.ExternalCommserveHostName + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName) { + toSerialize["external_commvault_config_source_client_name"] = o.ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName) { + toSerialize["external_commvault_config_staging_client_name"] = o.ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigParams) { + toSerialize["external_commvault_config_params"] = o.ExternalCommvaultConfigParams + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates) { + toSerialize["external_commvault_config_templates"] = o.ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserType) { + toSerialize["mssql_user_type"] = o.MssqlUserType + } + if !IsNil(o.DomainUserCredentialType) { + toSerialize["domain_user_credential_type"] = o.DomainUserCredentialType + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlDatabaseUsername) { + toSerialize["mssql_database_username"] = o.MssqlDatabaseUsername + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserEnvironmentReference) { + toSerialize["mssql_user_environment_reference"] = o.MssqlUserEnvironmentReference + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainUsername) { + toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_username"] = o.MssqlUserDomainUsername + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername) { + toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_vault_username"] = o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVault) { + toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_vault"] = o.MssqlUserDomainVault + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine) { + toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_engine"] = o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath) { + toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_secret_path"] = o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey) { + toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_username_key"] = o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey) { + toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_secret_key"] = o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName) { + toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_name"] = o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey) { + toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_username_key"] = o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey) { + toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_secret_key"] = o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString) { + toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_cyberark_vault_query_string"] = o.MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString + } + if !IsNil(o.DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults) { + toSerialize["diagnose_no_logging_faults"] = o.DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults + } + if !IsNil(o.PreProvisioningEnabled) { + toSerialize["pre_provisioning_enabled"] = o.PreProvisioningEnabled + } + if !IsNil(o.BackupLevelEnabled) { + toSerialize["backup_level_enabled"] = o.BackupLevelEnabled + } + if !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + toSerialize["rman_channels"] = o.RmanChannels + } + if !IsNil(o.FilesPerSet) { + toSerialize["files_per_set"] = o.FilesPerSet + } + if !IsNil(o.CheckLogical) { + toSerialize["check_logical"] = o.CheckLogical + } + if !IsNil(o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled) { + toSerialize["encrypted_linking_enabled"] = o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled + } + if !IsNil(o.CompressedLinkingEnabled) { + toSerialize["compressed_linking_enabled"] = o.CompressedLinkingEnabled + } + if !IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + toSerialize["bandwidth_limit"] = o.BandwidthLimit + } + if !IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + toSerialize["number_of_connections"] = o.NumberOfConnections + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_d_source_consumption_data.go b/model_d_source_consumption_data.go index f502f23d..77913973 100644 --- a/model_d_source_consumption_data.go +++ b/model_d_source_consumption_data.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_d_source_consumption_report_response.go b/model_d_source_consumption_report_response.go index 59f8b8a5..f45220a9 100644 --- a/model_d_source_consumption_report_response.go +++ b/model_d_source_consumption_report_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_d_source_hooks.go b/model_d_source_hooks.go index 2c90d12e..665a058e 100644 --- a/model_d_source_hooks.go +++ b/model_d_source_hooks.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,15 +21,15 @@ var _ MappedNullable = &DSourceHooks{} // DSourceHooks DSource operation hooks. type DSourceHooks struct { // The commands to execute before syncing with external data. - OpsPreSync []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner `json:"ops_pre_sync,omitempty"` + OpsPreSync []Hook `json:"ops_pre_sync,omitempty"` // The commands to execute after syncing with external data and before running the LogSync. - OpsPreLogSync []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner `json:"ops_pre_log_sync,omitempty"` + OpsPreLogSync []Hook `json:"ops_pre_log_sync,omitempty"` // The commands to execute after syncing a linked source. - OpsPostSync []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner `json:"ops_post_sync,omitempty"` + OpsPostSync []Hook `json:"ops_post_sync,omitempty"` // The commands to execute on the staging source before performing a validated sync. - PreValidatedSync []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner `json:"pre_validated_sync,omitempty"` + PreValidatedSync []Hook `json:"pre_validated_sync,omitempty"` // The commands to execute on the staging source after performing a validated sync. - PostValidatedSync []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner `json:"post_validated_sync,omitempty"` + PostValidatedSync []Hook `json:"post_validated_sync,omitempty"` } // NewDSourceHooks instantiates a new DSourceHooks object @@ -50,9 +50,9 @@ func NewDSourceHooksWithDefaults() *DSourceHooks { } // GetOpsPreSync returns the OpsPreSync field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *DSourceHooks) GetOpsPreSync() []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner { +func (o *DSourceHooks) GetOpsPreSync() []Hook { if o == nil || IsNil(o.OpsPreSync) { - var ret []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner + var ret []Hook return ret } return o.OpsPreSync @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ func (o *DSourceHooks) GetOpsPreSync() []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner { // GetOpsPreSyncOk returns a tuple with the OpsPreSync field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *DSourceHooks) GetOpsPreSyncOk() ([]DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner, bool) { +func (o *DSourceHooks) GetOpsPreSyncOk() ([]Hook, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.OpsPreSync) { return nil, false } @@ -76,15 +76,15 @@ func (o *DSourceHooks) HasOpsPreSync() bool { return false } -// SetOpsPreSync gets a reference to the given []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner and assigns it to the OpsPreSync field. -func (o *DSourceHooks) SetOpsPreSync(v []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) { +// SetOpsPreSync gets a reference to the given []Hook and assigns it to the OpsPreSync field. +func (o *DSourceHooks) SetOpsPreSync(v []Hook) { o.OpsPreSync = v } // GetOpsPreLogSync returns the OpsPreLogSync field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *DSourceHooks) GetOpsPreLogSync() []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner { +func (o *DSourceHooks) GetOpsPreLogSync() []Hook { if o == nil || IsNil(o.OpsPreLogSync) { - var ret []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner + var ret []Hook return ret } return o.OpsPreLogSync @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ func (o *DSourceHooks) GetOpsPreLogSync() []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner { // GetOpsPreLogSyncOk returns a tuple with the OpsPreLogSync field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *DSourceHooks) GetOpsPreLogSyncOk() ([]DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner, bool) { +func (o *DSourceHooks) GetOpsPreLogSyncOk() ([]Hook, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.OpsPreLogSync) { return nil, false } @@ -108,15 +108,15 @@ func (o *DSourceHooks) HasOpsPreLogSync() bool { return false } -// SetOpsPreLogSync gets a reference to the given []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner and assigns it to the OpsPreLogSync field. -func (o *DSourceHooks) SetOpsPreLogSync(v []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) { +// SetOpsPreLogSync gets a reference to the given []Hook and assigns it to the OpsPreLogSync field. +func (o *DSourceHooks) SetOpsPreLogSync(v []Hook) { o.OpsPreLogSync = v } // GetOpsPostSync returns the OpsPostSync field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *DSourceHooks) GetOpsPostSync() []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner { +func (o *DSourceHooks) GetOpsPostSync() []Hook { if o == nil || IsNil(o.OpsPostSync) { - var ret []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner + var ret []Hook return ret } return o.OpsPostSync @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ func (o *DSourceHooks) GetOpsPostSync() []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner { // GetOpsPostSyncOk returns a tuple with the OpsPostSync field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *DSourceHooks) GetOpsPostSyncOk() ([]DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner, bool) { +func (o *DSourceHooks) GetOpsPostSyncOk() ([]Hook, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.OpsPostSync) { return nil, false } @@ -140,15 +140,15 @@ func (o *DSourceHooks) HasOpsPostSync() bool { return false } -// SetOpsPostSync gets a reference to the given []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner and assigns it to the OpsPostSync field. -func (o *DSourceHooks) SetOpsPostSync(v []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) { +// SetOpsPostSync gets a reference to the given []Hook and assigns it to the OpsPostSync field. +func (o *DSourceHooks) SetOpsPostSync(v []Hook) { o.OpsPostSync = v } // GetPreValidatedSync returns the PreValidatedSync field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *DSourceHooks) GetPreValidatedSync() []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner { +func (o *DSourceHooks) GetPreValidatedSync() []Hook { if o == nil || IsNil(o.PreValidatedSync) { - var ret []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner + var ret []Hook return ret } return o.PreValidatedSync @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ func (o *DSourceHooks) GetPreValidatedSync() []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner { // GetPreValidatedSyncOk returns a tuple with the PreValidatedSync field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *DSourceHooks) GetPreValidatedSyncOk() ([]DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner, bool) { +func (o *DSourceHooks) GetPreValidatedSyncOk() ([]Hook, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.PreValidatedSync) { return nil, false } @@ -172,15 +172,15 @@ func (o *DSourceHooks) HasPreValidatedSync() bool { return false } -// SetPreValidatedSync gets a reference to the given []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner and assigns it to the PreValidatedSync field. -func (o *DSourceHooks) SetPreValidatedSync(v []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) { +// SetPreValidatedSync gets a reference to the given []Hook and assigns it to the PreValidatedSync field. +func (o *DSourceHooks) SetPreValidatedSync(v []Hook) { o.PreValidatedSync = v } // GetPostValidatedSync returns the PostValidatedSync field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *DSourceHooks) GetPostValidatedSync() []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner { +func (o *DSourceHooks) GetPostValidatedSync() []Hook { if o == nil || IsNil(o.PostValidatedSync) { - var ret []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner + var ret []Hook return ret } return o.PostValidatedSync @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ func (o *DSourceHooks) GetPostValidatedSync() []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner { // GetPostValidatedSyncOk returns a tuple with the PostValidatedSync field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *DSourceHooks) GetPostValidatedSyncOk() ([]DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner, bool) { +func (o *DSourceHooks) GetPostValidatedSyncOk() ([]Hook, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.PostValidatedSync) { return nil, false } @@ -204,8 +204,8 @@ func (o *DSourceHooks) HasPostValidatedSync() bool { return false } -// SetPostValidatedSync gets a reference to the given []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner and assigns it to the PostValidatedSync field. -func (o *DSourceHooks) SetPostValidatedSync(v []DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) { +// SetPostValidatedSync gets a reference to the given []Hook and assigns it to the PostValidatedSync field. +func (o *DSourceHooks) SetPostValidatedSync(v []Hook) { o.PostValidatedSync = v } diff --git a/model_d_source_hooks_ops_pre_sync_inner.go b/model_d_source_hooks_ops_pre_sync_inner.go deleted file mode 100644 index 5ffba671..00000000 --- a/model_d_source_hooks_ops_pre_sync_inner.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,262 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" -) - -// checks if the DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner{} - -// DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner struct for DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner -type DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner struct { - Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` - Command string `json:"command"` - Shell *string `json:"shell,omitempty"` - ElementId *string `json:"element_id,omitempty"` - HasCredentials *bool `json:"has_credentials,omitempty"` -} - -// NewDSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner instantiates a new DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewDSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner(command string) *DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner { - this := DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner{} - this.Command = command - return &this -} - -// NewDSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInnerWithDefaults instantiates a new DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewDSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInnerWithDefaults() *DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner { - this := DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner{} - return &this -} - -// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) GetName() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.Name -} - -// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Name, true -} - -// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) HasName() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. -func (o *DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) SetName(v string) { - o.Name = &v -} - -// GetCommand returns the Command field value -func (o *DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) GetCommand() string { - if o == nil { - var ret string - return ret - } - - return o.Command -} - -// GetCommandOk returns a tuple with the Command field value -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) GetCommandOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { - return nil, false - } - return &o.Command, true -} - -// SetCommand sets field value -func (o *DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) SetCommand(v string) { - o.Command = v -} - -// GetShell returns the Shell field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) GetShell() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Shell) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.Shell -} - -// GetShellOk returns a tuple with the Shell field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) GetShellOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Shell) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Shell, true -} - -// HasShell returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) HasShell() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Shell) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetShell gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Shell field. -func (o *DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) SetShell(v string) { - o.Shell = &v -} - -// GetElementId returns the ElementId field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) GetElementId() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.ElementId) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.ElementId -} - -// GetElementIdOk returns a tuple with the ElementId field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) GetElementIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.ElementId) { - return nil, false - } - return o.ElementId, true -} - -// HasElementId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) HasElementId() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ElementId) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetElementId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ElementId field. -func (o *DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) SetElementId(v string) { - o.ElementId = &v -} - -// GetHasCredentials returns the HasCredentials field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) GetHasCredentials() bool { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.HasCredentials) { - var ret bool - return ret - } - return *o.HasCredentials -} - -// GetHasCredentialsOk returns a tuple with the HasCredentials field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) GetHasCredentialsOk() (*bool, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.HasCredentials) { - return nil, false - } - return o.HasCredentials, true -} - -// HasHasCredentials returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) HasHasCredentials() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HasCredentials) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetHasCredentials gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the HasCredentials field. -func (o *DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) SetHasCredentials(v bool) { - o.HasCredentials = &v -} - -func (o DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.Name) { - toSerialize["name"] = o.Name - } - toSerialize["command"] = o.Command - if !IsNil(o.Shell) { - toSerialize["shell"] = o.Shell - } - if !IsNil(o.ElementId) { - toSerialize["element_id"] = o.ElementId - } - if !IsNil(o.HasCredentials) { - toSerialize["has_credentials"] = o.HasCredentials - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableDSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner struct { - value *DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableDSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) Get() *DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableDSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) Set(val *DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableDSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableDSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableDSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner(val *DSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) *NullableDSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner { - return &NullableDSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableDSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableDSourceHooksOpsPreSyncInner) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_d_source_snapshot_parameters.go b/model_d_source_snapshot_parameters.go index 66a850bb..c80f39d3 100644 --- a/model_d_source_snapshot_parameters.go +++ b/model_d_source_snapshot_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -42,6 +42,10 @@ type DSourceSnapshotParameters struct { SkipSpaceCheck *bool `json:"skip_space_check,omitempty"` // List of datafiles to take a full backup of. This would be useful in situations where certain datafiles could not be backed up during previous SnapSync due to corruption or because they went offline. (Oracle only) FilesForPartialFullBackup []int64 `json:"files_for_partial_full_backup,omitempty"` + // The list of parameters specified by the snapshotParametersDefinition schema in the toolkit (AppData only). + AppdataParameters map[string]interface{} `json:"appdata_parameters,omitempty"` + // RMAN rate in megabytes to be used. This is the upper limit for bytes read so that RMAN does not consume excessive disk bandwidth and degrade online performance. (Oracle only) + RmanRateInMB *int32 `json:"rman_rate_in_MB,omitempty"` } // NewDSourceSnapshotParameters instantiates a new DSourceSnapshotParameters object @@ -413,6 +417,71 @@ func (o *DSourceSnapshotParameters) SetFilesForPartialFullBackup(v []int64) { o.FilesForPartialFullBackup = v } +// GetAppdataParameters returns the AppdataParameters field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *DSourceSnapshotParameters) GetAppdataParameters() map[string]interface{} { + if o == nil { + var ret map[string]interface{} + return ret + } + return o.AppdataParameters +} + +// GetAppdataParametersOk returns a tuple with the AppdataParameters field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *DSourceSnapshotParameters) GetAppdataParametersOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AppdataParameters) { + return map[string]interface{}{}, false + } + return o.AppdataParameters, true +} + +// HasAppdataParameters returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSourceSnapshotParameters) HasAppdataParameters() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AppdataParameters) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAppdataParameters gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the AppdataParameters field. +func (o *DSourceSnapshotParameters) SetAppdataParameters(v map[string]interface{}) { + o.AppdataParameters = v +} + +// GetRmanRateInMB returns the RmanRateInMB field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DSourceSnapshotParameters) GetRmanRateInMB() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanRateInMB) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanRateInMB +} + +// GetRmanRateInMBOk returns a tuple with the RmanRateInMB field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DSourceSnapshotParameters) GetRmanRateInMBOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanRateInMB) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanRateInMB, true +} + +// HasRmanRateInMB returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DSourceSnapshotParameters) HasRmanRateInMB() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanRateInMB) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanRateInMB gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanRateInMB field. +func (o *DSourceSnapshotParameters) SetRmanRateInMB(v int32) { + o.RmanRateInMB = &v +} + func (o DSourceSnapshotParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -456,6 +525,12 @@ func (o DSourceSnapshotParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.FilesForPartialFullBackup) { toSerialize["files_for_partial_full_backup"] = o.FilesForPartialFullBackup } + if o.AppdataParameters != nil { + toSerialize["appdata_parameters"] = o.AppdataParameters + } + if !IsNil(o.RmanRateInMB) { + toSerialize["rman_rate_in_MB"] = o.RmanRateInMB + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_d_source_usage_data.go b/model_d_source_usage_data.go index eb761a8d..666d3f54 100644 --- a/model_d_source_usage_data.go +++ b/model_d_source_usage_data.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_d_source_usage_report_response.go b/model_d_source_usage_report_response.go index 1d2296ae..4226e4b6 100644 --- a/model_d_source_usage_report_response.go +++ b/model_d_source_usage_report_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_data_class.go b/model_data_class.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9fb2fc49 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_data_class.go @@ -0,0 +1,814 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DataClass type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DataClass{} + +// DataClass A data class. +type DataClass struct { + // The data class ID. + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // The name of this data class. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // A description of this data class. + Description NullableString `json:"description,omitempty"` + // The ID of the default masking algorithm for this data class. + DefaultAlgorithmId NullableString `json:"default_algorithm_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the default masking algorithm for this data class. + DefaultAlgorithmName NullableString `json:"default_algorithm_name,omitempty"` + // The ID of the default tokenization algorithm for this data class. + DefaultTokenAlgorithmId NullableString `json:"default_token_algorithm_id,omitempty"` + // The default tokenization algorithm for this data class. + DefaultTokenAlgorithmName NullableString `json:"default_token_algorithm_name,omitempty"` + // The list of algorithm IDs available for this data class. + // Deprecated + AlgorithmIds []string `json:"algorithm_ids,omitempty"` + // The list of algorithm IDs and names available for this data class. + Algorithms []DataClassAlgorithmInfo `json:"algorithms,omitempty"` + // An example data value for this data class. + Example NullableString `json:"example,omitempty"` + // The export revision hash of this data class from the source engine. + RevisionHash NullableString `json:"revision_hash,omitempty"` + // The ID of the engine that this data class originated from. + EngineId NullableString `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the engine that this data class originated from. + EngineName NullableString `json:"engine_name,omitempty"` + // The ID of the account who created this data class. + AccountId *int64 `json:"account_id,omitempty"` + // The account name of the DCT user who created this data class. + AccountName *string `json:"account_name,omitempty"` + // Whether this data class is managed by DCT or not. + DctManaged *bool `json:"dct_managed,omitempty"` + // The tags of this data class. + Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDataClass instantiates a new DataClass object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDataClass() *DataClass { + this := DataClass{} + return &this +} + +// NewDataClassWithDefaults instantiates a new DataClass object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDataClassWithDefaults() *DataClass { + this := DataClass{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataClass) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataClass) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataClass) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *DataClass) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataClass) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataClass) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataClass) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *DataClass) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *DataClass) GetDescription() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Description.Get() +} + +// GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *DataClass) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Description.Get(), o.Description.IsSet() +} + +// HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataClass) HasDescription() bool { + if o != nil && o.Description.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDescription gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the Description field. +func (o *DataClass) SetDescription(v string) { + o.Description.Set(&v) +} +// SetDescriptionNil sets the value for Description to be an explicit nil +func (o *DataClass) SetDescriptionNil() { + o.Description.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetDescription ensures that no value is present for Description, not even an explicit nil +func (o *DataClass) UnsetDescription() { + o.Description.Unset() +} + +// GetDefaultAlgorithmId returns the DefaultAlgorithmId field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *DataClass) GetDefaultAlgorithmId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DefaultAlgorithmId.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DefaultAlgorithmId.Get() +} + +// GetDefaultAlgorithmIdOk returns a tuple with the DefaultAlgorithmId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *DataClass) GetDefaultAlgorithmIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.DefaultAlgorithmId.Get(), o.DefaultAlgorithmId.IsSet() +} + +// HasDefaultAlgorithmId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataClass) HasDefaultAlgorithmId() bool { + if o != nil && o.DefaultAlgorithmId.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDefaultAlgorithmId gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the DefaultAlgorithmId field. +func (o *DataClass) SetDefaultAlgorithmId(v string) { + o.DefaultAlgorithmId.Set(&v) +} +// SetDefaultAlgorithmIdNil sets the value for DefaultAlgorithmId to be an explicit nil +func (o *DataClass) SetDefaultAlgorithmIdNil() { + o.DefaultAlgorithmId.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetDefaultAlgorithmId ensures that no value is present for DefaultAlgorithmId, not even an explicit nil +func (o *DataClass) UnsetDefaultAlgorithmId() { + o.DefaultAlgorithmId.Unset() +} + +// GetDefaultAlgorithmName returns the DefaultAlgorithmName field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *DataClass) GetDefaultAlgorithmName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DefaultAlgorithmName.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DefaultAlgorithmName.Get() +} + +// GetDefaultAlgorithmNameOk returns a tuple with the DefaultAlgorithmName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *DataClass) GetDefaultAlgorithmNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.DefaultAlgorithmName.Get(), o.DefaultAlgorithmName.IsSet() +} + +// HasDefaultAlgorithmName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataClass) HasDefaultAlgorithmName() bool { + if o != nil && o.DefaultAlgorithmName.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDefaultAlgorithmName gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the DefaultAlgorithmName field. +func (o *DataClass) SetDefaultAlgorithmName(v string) { + o.DefaultAlgorithmName.Set(&v) +} +// SetDefaultAlgorithmNameNil sets the value for DefaultAlgorithmName to be an explicit nil +func (o *DataClass) SetDefaultAlgorithmNameNil() { + o.DefaultAlgorithmName.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetDefaultAlgorithmName ensures that no value is present for DefaultAlgorithmName, not even an explicit nil +func (o *DataClass) UnsetDefaultAlgorithmName() { + o.DefaultAlgorithmName.Unset() +} + +// GetDefaultTokenAlgorithmId returns the DefaultTokenAlgorithmId field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *DataClass) GetDefaultTokenAlgorithmId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DefaultTokenAlgorithmId.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DefaultTokenAlgorithmId.Get() +} + +// GetDefaultTokenAlgorithmIdOk returns a tuple with the DefaultTokenAlgorithmId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *DataClass) GetDefaultTokenAlgorithmIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.DefaultTokenAlgorithmId.Get(), o.DefaultTokenAlgorithmId.IsSet() +} + +// HasDefaultTokenAlgorithmId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataClass) HasDefaultTokenAlgorithmId() bool { + if o != nil && o.DefaultTokenAlgorithmId.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDefaultTokenAlgorithmId gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the DefaultTokenAlgorithmId field. +func (o *DataClass) SetDefaultTokenAlgorithmId(v string) { + o.DefaultTokenAlgorithmId.Set(&v) +} +// SetDefaultTokenAlgorithmIdNil sets the value for DefaultTokenAlgorithmId to be an explicit nil +func (o *DataClass) SetDefaultTokenAlgorithmIdNil() { + o.DefaultTokenAlgorithmId.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetDefaultTokenAlgorithmId ensures that no value is present for DefaultTokenAlgorithmId, not even an explicit nil +func (o *DataClass) UnsetDefaultTokenAlgorithmId() { + o.DefaultTokenAlgorithmId.Unset() +} + +// GetDefaultTokenAlgorithmName returns the DefaultTokenAlgorithmName field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *DataClass) GetDefaultTokenAlgorithmName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DefaultTokenAlgorithmName.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DefaultTokenAlgorithmName.Get() +} + +// GetDefaultTokenAlgorithmNameOk returns a tuple with the DefaultTokenAlgorithmName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *DataClass) GetDefaultTokenAlgorithmNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.DefaultTokenAlgorithmName.Get(), o.DefaultTokenAlgorithmName.IsSet() +} + +// HasDefaultTokenAlgorithmName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataClass) HasDefaultTokenAlgorithmName() bool { + if o != nil && o.DefaultTokenAlgorithmName.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDefaultTokenAlgorithmName gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the DefaultTokenAlgorithmName field. +func (o *DataClass) SetDefaultTokenAlgorithmName(v string) { + o.DefaultTokenAlgorithmName.Set(&v) +} +// SetDefaultTokenAlgorithmNameNil sets the value for DefaultTokenAlgorithmName to be an explicit nil +func (o *DataClass) SetDefaultTokenAlgorithmNameNil() { + o.DefaultTokenAlgorithmName.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetDefaultTokenAlgorithmName ensures that no value is present for DefaultTokenAlgorithmName, not even an explicit nil +func (o *DataClass) UnsetDefaultTokenAlgorithmName() { + o.DefaultTokenAlgorithmName.Unset() +} + +// GetAlgorithmIds returns the AlgorithmIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. +// Deprecated +func (o *DataClass) GetAlgorithmIds() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AlgorithmIds) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.AlgorithmIds +} + +// GetAlgorithmIdsOk returns a tuple with the AlgorithmIds field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// Deprecated +func (o *DataClass) GetAlgorithmIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AlgorithmIds) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AlgorithmIds, true +} + +// HasAlgorithmIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataClass) HasAlgorithmIds() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AlgorithmIds) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAlgorithmIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the AlgorithmIds field. +// Deprecated +func (o *DataClass) SetAlgorithmIds(v []string) { + o.AlgorithmIds = v +} + +// GetAlgorithms returns the Algorithms field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataClass) GetAlgorithms() []DataClassAlgorithmInfo { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Algorithms) { + var ret []DataClassAlgorithmInfo + return ret + } + return o.Algorithms +} + +// GetAlgorithmsOk returns a tuple with the Algorithms field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataClass) GetAlgorithmsOk() ([]DataClassAlgorithmInfo, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Algorithms) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Algorithms, true +} + +// HasAlgorithms returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataClass) HasAlgorithms() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Algorithms) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAlgorithms gets a reference to the given []DataClassAlgorithmInfo and assigns it to the Algorithms field. +func (o *DataClass) SetAlgorithms(v []DataClassAlgorithmInfo) { + o.Algorithms = v +} + +// GetExample returns the Example field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *DataClass) GetExample() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Example.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Example.Get() +} + +// GetExampleOk returns a tuple with the Example field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *DataClass) GetExampleOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Example.Get(), o.Example.IsSet() +} + +// HasExample returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataClass) HasExample() bool { + if o != nil && o.Example.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExample gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the Example field. +func (o *DataClass) SetExample(v string) { + o.Example.Set(&v) +} +// SetExampleNil sets the value for Example to be an explicit nil +func (o *DataClass) SetExampleNil() { + o.Example.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetExample ensures that no value is present for Example, not even an explicit nil +func (o *DataClass) UnsetExample() { + o.Example.Unset() +} + +// GetRevisionHash returns the RevisionHash field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *DataClass) GetRevisionHash() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RevisionHash.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RevisionHash.Get() +} + +// GetRevisionHashOk returns a tuple with the RevisionHash field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *DataClass) GetRevisionHashOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.RevisionHash.Get(), o.RevisionHash.IsSet() +} + +// HasRevisionHash returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataClass) HasRevisionHash() bool { + if o != nil && o.RevisionHash.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRevisionHash gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the RevisionHash field. +func (o *DataClass) SetRevisionHash(v string) { + o.RevisionHash.Set(&v) +} +// SetRevisionHashNil sets the value for RevisionHash to be an explicit nil +func (o *DataClass) SetRevisionHashNil() { + o.RevisionHash.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetRevisionHash ensures that no value is present for RevisionHash, not even an explicit nil +func (o *DataClass) UnsetRevisionHash() { + o.RevisionHash.Unset() +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *DataClass) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineId.Get() +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *DataClass) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineId.Get(), o.EngineId.IsSet() +} + +// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataClass) HasEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && o.EngineId.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the EngineId field. +func (o *DataClass) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId.Set(&v) +} +// SetEngineIdNil sets the value for EngineId to be an explicit nil +func (o *DataClass) SetEngineIdNil() { + o.EngineId.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetEngineId ensures that no value is present for EngineId, not even an explicit nil +func (o *DataClass) UnsetEngineId() { + o.EngineId.Unset() +} + +// GetEngineName returns the EngineName field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *DataClass) GetEngineName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineName.Get() +} + +// GetEngineNameOk returns a tuple with the EngineName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *DataClass) GetEngineNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineName.Get(), o.EngineName.IsSet() +} + +// HasEngineName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataClass) HasEngineName() bool { + if o != nil && o.EngineName.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineName gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the EngineName field. +func (o *DataClass) SetEngineName(v string) { + o.EngineName.Set(&v) +} +// SetEngineNameNil sets the value for EngineName to be an explicit nil +func (o *DataClass) SetEngineNameNil() { + o.EngineName.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetEngineName ensures that no value is present for EngineName, not even an explicit nil +func (o *DataClass) UnsetEngineName() { + o.EngineName.Unset() +} + +// GetAccountId returns the AccountId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataClass) GetAccountId() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountId) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.AccountId +} + +// GetAccountIdOk returns a tuple with the AccountId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataClass) GetAccountIdOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AccountId, true +} + +// HasAccountId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataClass) HasAccountId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AccountId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAccountId gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the AccountId field. +func (o *DataClass) SetAccountId(v int64) { + o.AccountId = &v +} + +// GetAccountName returns the AccountName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataClass) GetAccountName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AccountName +} + +// GetAccountNameOk returns a tuple with the AccountName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataClass) GetAccountNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AccountName, true +} + +// HasAccountName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataClass) HasAccountName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AccountName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAccountName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AccountName field. +func (o *DataClass) SetAccountName(v string) { + o.AccountName = &v +} + +// GetDctManaged returns the DctManaged field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataClass) GetDctManaged() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.DctManaged +} + +// GetDctManagedOk returns a tuple with the DctManaged field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataClass) GetDctManagedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DctManaged, true +} + +// HasDctManaged returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataClass) HasDctManaged() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDctManaged gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DctManaged field. +func (o *DataClass) SetDctManaged(v bool) { + o.DctManaged = &v +} + +// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataClass) GetTags() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.Tags +} + +// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataClass) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tags, true +} + +// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataClass) HasTags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. +func (o *DataClass) SetTags(v []Tag) { + o.Tags = v +} + +func (o DataClass) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DataClass) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if o.Description.IsSet() { + toSerialize["description"] = o.Description.Get() + } + if o.DefaultAlgorithmId.IsSet() { + toSerialize["default_algorithm_id"] = o.DefaultAlgorithmId.Get() + } + if o.DefaultAlgorithmName.IsSet() { + toSerialize["default_algorithm_name"] = o.DefaultAlgorithmName.Get() + } + if o.DefaultTokenAlgorithmId.IsSet() { + toSerialize["default_token_algorithm_id"] = o.DefaultTokenAlgorithmId.Get() + } + if o.DefaultTokenAlgorithmName.IsSet() { + toSerialize["default_token_algorithm_name"] = o.DefaultTokenAlgorithmName.Get() + } + if !IsNil(o.AlgorithmIds) { + toSerialize["algorithm_ids"] = o.AlgorithmIds + } + if !IsNil(o.Algorithms) { + toSerialize["algorithms"] = o.Algorithms + } + if o.Example.IsSet() { + toSerialize["example"] = o.Example.Get() + } + if o.RevisionHash.IsSet() { + toSerialize["revision_hash"] = o.RevisionHash.Get() + } + if o.EngineId.IsSet() { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId.Get() + } + if o.EngineName.IsSet() { + toSerialize["engine_name"] = o.EngineName.Get() + } + if !IsNil(o.AccountId) { + toSerialize["account_id"] = o.AccountId + } + if !IsNil(o.AccountName) { + toSerialize["account_name"] = o.AccountName + } + if !IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + toSerialize["dct_managed"] = o.DctManaged + } + if !IsNil(o.Tags) { + toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDataClass struct { + value *DataClass + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDataClass) Get() *DataClass { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDataClass) Set(val *DataClass) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDataClass) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDataClass) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDataClass(val *DataClass) *NullableDataClass { + return &NullableDataClass{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDataClass) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDataClass) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_data_class_algorithm_info.go b/model_data_class_algorithm_info.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5caac0b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_data_class_algorithm_info.go @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DataClassAlgorithmInfo type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DataClassAlgorithmInfo{} + +// DataClassAlgorithmInfo Information about a data class algorithm. +type DataClassAlgorithmInfo struct { + // The algorithm ID. + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // The algorithm name. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDataClassAlgorithmInfo instantiates a new DataClassAlgorithmInfo object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDataClassAlgorithmInfo() *DataClassAlgorithmInfo { + this := DataClassAlgorithmInfo{} + return &this +} + +// NewDataClassAlgorithmInfoWithDefaults instantiates a new DataClassAlgorithmInfo object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDataClassAlgorithmInfoWithDefaults() *DataClassAlgorithmInfo { + this := DataClassAlgorithmInfo{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataClassAlgorithmInfo) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataClassAlgorithmInfo) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataClassAlgorithmInfo) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *DataClassAlgorithmInfo) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataClassAlgorithmInfo) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataClassAlgorithmInfo) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataClassAlgorithmInfo) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *DataClassAlgorithmInfo) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +func (o DataClassAlgorithmInfo) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DataClassAlgorithmInfo) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDataClassAlgorithmInfo struct { + value *DataClassAlgorithmInfo + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDataClassAlgorithmInfo) Get() *DataClassAlgorithmInfo { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDataClassAlgorithmInfo) Set(val *DataClassAlgorithmInfo) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDataClassAlgorithmInfo) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDataClassAlgorithmInfo) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDataClassAlgorithmInfo(val *DataClassAlgorithmInfo) *NullableDataClassAlgorithmInfo { + return &NullableDataClassAlgorithmInfo{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDataClassAlgorithmInfo) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDataClassAlgorithmInfo) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_data_class_update_request.go b/model_data_class_update_request.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7d32ae44 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_data_class_update_request.go @@ -0,0 +1,185 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DataClassUpdateRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DataClassUpdateRequest{} + +// DataClassUpdateRequest Parameters used to update a Data Class. +type DataClassUpdateRequest struct { + // A description of this data class. + Description NullableString `json:"description,omitempty"` + // An example data value for this data class. + Example NullableString `json:"example,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDataClassUpdateRequest instantiates a new DataClassUpdateRequest object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDataClassUpdateRequest() *DataClassUpdateRequest { + this := DataClassUpdateRequest{} + return &this +} + +// NewDataClassUpdateRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new DataClassUpdateRequest object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDataClassUpdateRequestWithDefaults() *DataClassUpdateRequest { + this := DataClassUpdateRequest{} + return &this +} + +// GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *DataClassUpdateRequest) GetDescription() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Description.Get() +} + +// GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *DataClassUpdateRequest) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Description.Get(), o.Description.IsSet() +} + +// HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataClassUpdateRequest) HasDescription() bool { + if o != nil && o.Description.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDescription gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the Description field. +func (o *DataClassUpdateRequest) SetDescription(v string) { + o.Description.Set(&v) +} +// SetDescriptionNil sets the value for Description to be an explicit nil +func (o *DataClassUpdateRequest) SetDescriptionNil() { + o.Description.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetDescription ensures that no value is present for Description, not even an explicit nil +func (o *DataClassUpdateRequest) UnsetDescription() { + o.Description.Unset() +} + +// GetExample returns the Example field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *DataClassUpdateRequest) GetExample() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Example.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Example.Get() +} + +// GetExampleOk returns a tuple with the Example field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *DataClassUpdateRequest) GetExampleOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Example.Get(), o.Example.IsSet() +} + +// HasExample returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataClassUpdateRequest) HasExample() bool { + if o != nil && o.Example.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExample gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the Example field. +func (o *DataClassUpdateRequest) SetExample(v string) { + o.Example.Set(&v) +} +// SetExampleNil sets the value for Example to be an explicit nil +func (o *DataClassUpdateRequest) SetExampleNil() { + o.Example.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetExample ensures that no value is present for Example, not even an explicit nil +func (o *DataClassUpdateRequest) UnsetExample() { + o.Example.Unset() +} + +func (o DataClassUpdateRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DataClassUpdateRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if o.Description.IsSet() { + toSerialize["description"] = o.Description.Get() + } + if o.Example.IsSet() { + toSerialize["example"] = o.Example.Get() + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDataClassUpdateRequest struct { + value *DataClassUpdateRequest + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDataClassUpdateRequest) Get() *DataClassUpdateRequest { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDataClassUpdateRequest) Set(val *DataClassUpdateRequest) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDataClassUpdateRequest) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDataClassUpdateRequest) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDataClassUpdateRequest(val *DataClassUpdateRequest) *NullableDataClassUpdateRequest { + return &NullableDataClassUpdateRequest{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDataClassUpdateRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDataClassUpdateRequest) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_update_connector_response.go b/model_data_class_update_response.go similarity index 53% rename from model_update_connector_response.go rename to model_data_class_update_response.go index 4bd61755..95689f24 100644 --- a/model_update_connector_response.go +++ b/model_data_class_update_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -15,33 +15,33 @@ import ( "encoding/json" ) -// checks if the UpdateConnectorResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateConnectorResponse{} +// checks if the DataClassUpdateResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DataClassUpdateResponse{} -// UpdateConnectorResponse struct for UpdateConnectorResponse -type UpdateConnectorResponse struct { +// DataClassUpdateResponse struct for DataClassUpdateResponse +type DataClassUpdateResponse struct { Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` } -// NewUpdateConnectorResponse instantiates a new UpdateConnectorResponse object +// NewDataClassUpdateResponse instantiates a new DataClassUpdateResponse object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments // will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewUpdateConnectorResponse() *UpdateConnectorResponse { - this := UpdateConnectorResponse{} +func NewDataClassUpdateResponse() *DataClassUpdateResponse { + this := DataClassUpdateResponse{} return &this } -// NewUpdateConnectorResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateConnectorResponse object +// NewDataClassUpdateResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DataClassUpdateResponse object // This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, // but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewUpdateConnectorResponseWithDefaults() *UpdateConnectorResponse { - this := UpdateConnectorResponse{} +func NewDataClassUpdateResponseWithDefaults() *DataClassUpdateResponse { + this := DataClassUpdateResponse{} return &this } // GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *UpdateConnectorResponse) GetJob() Job { +func (o *DataClassUpdateResponse) GetJob() Job { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { var ret Job return ret @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ func (o *UpdateConnectorResponse) GetJob() Job { // GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *UpdateConnectorResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { +func (o *DataClassUpdateResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { return nil, false } @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ func (o *UpdateConnectorResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { } // HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *UpdateConnectorResponse) HasJob() bool { +func (o *DataClassUpdateResponse) HasJob() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { return true } @@ -68,11 +68,11 @@ func (o *UpdateConnectorResponse) HasJob() bool { } // SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. -func (o *UpdateConnectorResponse) SetJob(v Job) { +func (o *DataClassUpdateResponse) SetJob(v Job) { o.Job = &v } -func (o UpdateConnectorResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { +func (o DataClassUpdateResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { return []byte{}, err @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ func (o UpdateConnectorResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return json.Marshal(toSerialize) } -func (o UpdateConnectorResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { +func (o DataClassUpdateResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} if !IsNil(o.Job) { toSerialize["job"] = o.Job @@ -88,38 +88,38 @@ func (o UpdateConnectorResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } -type NullableUpdateConnectorResponse struct { - value *UpdateConnectorResponse +type NullableDataClassUpdateResponse struct { + value *DataClassUpdateResponse isSet bool } -func (v NullableUpdateConnectorResponse) Get() *UpdateConnectorResponse { +func (v NullableDataClassUpdateResponse) Get() *DataClassUpdateResponse { return v.value } -func (v *NullableUpdateConnectorResponse) Set(val *UpdateConnectorResponse) { +func (v *NullableDataClassUpdateResponse) Set(val *DataClassUpdateResponse) { v.value = val v.isSet = true } -func (v NullableUpdateConnectorResponse) IsSet() bool { +func (v NullableDataClassUpdateResponse) IsSet() bool { return v.isSet } -func (v *NullableUpdateConnectorResponse) Unset() { +func (v *NullableDataClassUpdateResponse) Unset() { v.value = nil v.isSet = false } -func NewNullableUpdateConnectorResponse(val *UpdateConnectorResponse) *NullableUpdateConnectorResponse { - return &NullableUpdateConnectorResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +func NewNullableDataClassUpdateResponse(val *DataClassUpdateResponse) *NullableDataClassUpdateResponse { + return &NullableDataClassUpdateResponse{value: val, isSet: true} } -func (v NullableUpdateConnectorResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { +func (v NullableDataClassUpdateResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return json.Marshal(v.value) } -func (v *NullableUpdateConnectorResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { +func (v *NullableDataClassUpdateResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { v.isSet = true return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) } diff --git a/model_data_classes_list_response.go b/model_data_classes_list_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..87e362dd --- /dev/null +++ b/model_data_classes_list_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DataClassesListResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DataClassesListResponse{} + +// DataClassesListResponse struct for DataClassesListResponse +type DataClassesListResponse struct { + Items []DataClass `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDataClassesListResponse instantiates a new DataClassesListResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDataClassesListResponse() *DataClassesListResponse { + this := DataClassesListResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewDataClassesListResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DataClassesListResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDataClassesListResponseWithDefaults() *DataClassesListResponse { + this := DataClassesListResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataClassesListResponse) GetItems() []DataClass { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []DataClass + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataClassesListResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]DataClass, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataClassesListResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []DataClass and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *DataClassesListResponse) SetItems(v []DataClass) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataClassesListResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataClassesListResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataClassesListResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *DataClassesListResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o DataClassesListResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DataClassesListResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDataClassesListResponse struct { + value *DataClassesListResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDataClassesListResponse) Get() *DataClassesListResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDataClassesListResponse) Set(val *DataClassesListResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDataClassesListResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDataClassesListResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDataClassesListResponse(val *DataClassesListResponse) *NullableDataClassesListResponse { + return &NullableDataClassesListResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDataClassesListResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDataClassesListResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_data_classes_search_response.go b/model_data_classes_search_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1778417e --- /dev/null +++ b/model_data_classes_search_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DataClassesSearchResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DataClassesSearchResponse{} + +// DataClassesSearchResponse struct for DataClassesSearchResponse +type DataClassesSearchResponse struct { + Items []DataClass `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDataClassesSearchResponse instantiates a new DataClassesSearchResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDataClassesSearchResponse() *DataClassesSearchResponse { + this := DataClassesSearchResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewDataClassesSearchResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DataClassesSearchResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDataClassesSearchResponseWithDefaults() *DataClassesSearchResponse { + this := DataClassesSearchResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataClassesSearchResponse) GetItems() []DataClass { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []DataClass + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataClassesSearchResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]DataClass, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataClassesSearchResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []DataClass and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *DataClassesSearchResponse) SetItems(v []DataClass) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataClassesSearchResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataClassesSearchResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataClassesSearchResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *DataClassesSearchResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o DataClassesSearchResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DataClassesSearchResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDataClassesSearchResponse struct { + value *DataClassesSearchResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDataClassesSearchResponse) Get() *DataClassesSearchResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDataClassesSearchResponse) Set(val *DataClassesSearchResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDataClassesSearchResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDataClassesSearchResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDataClassesSearchResponse(val *DataClassesSearchResponse) *NullableDataClassesSearchResponse { + return &NullableDataClassesSearchResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDataClassesSearchResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDataClassesSearchResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_data_connection.go b/model_data_connection.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cd0565e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_data_connection.go @@ -0,0 +1,535 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DataConnection type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DataConnection{} + +// DataConnection A connection to an external dataset or VDB. +type DataConnection struct { + // ID of the data connection. + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // Name of the data connection. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // ACTIVE if used by a masking job or a linked dSource or VDB. + Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"` + // The type of the data connection. + Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"` + // The dataset platform of the data connection. + Platform *string `json:"platform,omitempty"` + // The number of dSources linked from this data connection. + DsourceCount *int32 `json:"dsource_count,omitempty"` + // Types of functionality supported by this data connection. + Capabilities []DataConnectionCapability `json:"capabilities,omitempty"` + // The tags associated with this data connection. + Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` + // The combined port and hostname or IP address of the data connection. + Hostname *string `json:"hostname,omitempty"` + // The database name. + DatabaseName *string `json:"database_name,omitempty"` + // The name of the custom JDBC driver. + CustomDriverName *string `json:"custom_driver_name,omitempty"` + // The path to the FILE data on the remote host. + Path *string `json:"path,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDataConnection instantiates a new DataConnection object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDataConnection() *DataConnection { + this := DataConnection{} + return &this +} + +// NewDataConnectionWithDefaults instantiates a new DataConnection object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDataConnectionWithDefaults() *DataConnection { + this := DataConnection{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataConnection) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataConnection) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataConnection) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *DataConnection) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataConnection) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataConnection) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataConnection) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *DataConnection) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataConnection) GetStatus() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Status +} + +// GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataConnection) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Status, true +} + +// HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataConnection) HasStatus() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Status) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field. +func (o *DataConnection) SetStatus(v string) { + o.Status = &v +} + +// GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataConnection) GetType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Type +} + +// GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataConnection) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Type, true +} + +// HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataConnection) HasType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Type) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field. +func (o *DataConnection) SetType(v string) { + o.Type = &v +} + +// GetPlatform returns the Platform field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataConnection) GetPlatform() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Platform) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Platform +} + +// GetPlatformOk returns a tuple with the Platform field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataConnection) GetPlatformOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Platform) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Platform, true +} + +// HasPlatform returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataConnection) HasPlatform() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Platform) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPlatform gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Platform field. +func (o *DataConnection) SetPlatform(v string) { + o.Platform = &v +} + +// GetDsourceCount returns the DsourceCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataConnection) GetDsourceCount() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceCount) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.DsourceCount +} + +// GetDsourceCountOk returns a tuple with the DsourceCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataConnection) GetDsourceCountOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceCount) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DsourceCount, true +} + +// HasDsourceCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataConnection) HasDsourceCount() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DsourceCount) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDsourceCount gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the DsourceCount field. +func (o *DataConnection) SetDsourceCount(v int32) { + o.DsourceCount = &v +} + +// GetCapabilities returns the Capabilities field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataConnection) GetCapabilities() []DataConnectionCapability { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Capabilities) { + var ret []DataConnectionCapability + return ret + } + return o.Capabilities +} + +// GetCapabilitiesOk returns a tuple with the Capabilities field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataConnection) GetCapabilitiesOk() ([]DataConnectionCapability, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Capabilities) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Capabilities, true +} + +// HasCapabilities returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataConnection) HasCapabilities() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Capabilities) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCapabilities gets a reference to the given []DataConnectionCapability and assigns it to the Capabilities field. +func (o *DataConnection) SetCapabilities(v []DataConnectionCapability) { + o.Capabilities = v +} + +// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataConnection) GetTags() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.Tags +} + +// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataConnection) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tags, true +} + +// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataConnection) HasTags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. +func (o *DataConnection) SetTags(v []Tag) { + o.Tags = v +} + +// GetHostname returns the Hostname field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataConnection) GetHostname() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Hostname) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Hostname +} + +// GetHostnameOk returns a tuple with the Hostname field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataConnection) GetHostnameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Hostname) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Hostname, true +} + +// HasHostname returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataConnection) HasHostname() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Hostname) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHostname gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Hostname field. +func (o *DataConnection) SetHostname(v string) { + o.Hostname = &v +} + +// GetDatabaseName returns the DatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataConnection) GetDatabaseName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatabaseName +} + +// GetDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataConnection) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatabaseName, true +} + +// HasDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataConnection) HasDatabaseName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseName field. +func (o *DataConnection) SetDatabaseName(v string) { + o.DatabaseName = &v +} + +// GetCustomDriverName returns the CustomDriverName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataConnection) GetCustomDriverName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomDriverName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CustomDriverName +} + +// GetCustomDriverNameOk returns a tuple with the CustomDriverName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataConnection) GetCustomDriverNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomDriverName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CustomDriverName, true +} + +// HasCustomDriverName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataConnection) HasCustomDriverName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CustomDriverName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCustomDriverName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CustomDriverName field. +func (o *DataConnection) SetCustomDriverName(v string) { + o.CustomDriverName = &v +} + +// GetPath returns the Path field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataConnection) GetPath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Path) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Path +} + +// GetPathOk returns a tuple with the Path field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataConnection) GetPathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Path) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Path, true +} + +// HasPath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataConnection) HasPath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Path) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Path field. +func (o *DataConnection) SetPath(v string) { + o.Path = &v +} + +func (o DataConnection) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DataConnection) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.Status) { + toSerialize["status"] = o.Status + } + if !IsNil(o.Type) { + toSerialize["type"] = o.Type + } + if !IsNil(o.Platform) { + toSerialize["platform"] = o.Platform + } + if !IsNil(o.DsourceCount) { + toSerialize["dsource_count"] = o.DsourceCount + } + if !IsNil(o.Capabilities) { + toSerialize["capabilities"] = o.Capabilities + } + if !IsNil(o.Tags) { + toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags + } + if !IsNil(o.Hostname) { + toSerialize["hostname"] = o.Hostname + } + if !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + toSerialize["database_name"] = o.DatabaseName + } + if !IsNil(o.CustomDriverName) { + toSerialize["custom_driver_name"] = o.CustomDriverName + } + if !IsNil(o.Path) { + toSerialize["path"] = o.Path + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDataConnection struct { + value *DataConnection + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDataConnection) Get() *DataConnection { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDataConnection) Set(val *DataConnection) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDataConnection) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDataConnection) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDataConnection(val *DataConnection) *NullableDataConnection { + return &NullableDataConnection{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDataConnection) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDataConnection) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_data_connection_capability.go b/model_data_connection_capability.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dfd6ddd7 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_data_connection_capability.go @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// DataConnectionCapability Type of functionality supported by a data connection. +type DataConnectionCapability string + +// List of DataConnectionCapability +const ( + DATACONNECTIONCAPABILITY_MASKING DataConnectionCapability = "MASKING" + DATACONNECTIONCAPABILITY_VIRTUALIZATION DataConnectionCapability = "VIRTUALIZATION" +) + +// All allowed values of DataConnectionCapability enum +var AllowedDataConnectionCapabilityEnumValues = []DataConnectionCapability{ + "MASKING", + "VIRTUALIZATION", +} + +func (v *DataConnectionCapability) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + var value string + err := json.Unmarshal(src, &value) + if err != nil { + return err + } + enumTypeValue := DataConnectionCapability(value) + for _, existing := range AllowedDataConnectionCapabilityEnumValues { + if existing == enumTypeValue { + *v = enumTypeValue + return nil + } + } + + return fmt.Errorf("%+v is not a valid DataConnectionCapability", value) +} + +// NewDataConnectionCapabilityFromValue returns a pointer to a valid DataConnectionCapability +// for the value passed as argument, or an error if the value passed is not allowed by the enum +func NewDataConnectionCapabilityFromValue(v string) (*DataConnectionCapability, error) { + ev := DataConnectionCapability(v) + if ev.IsValid() { + return &ev, nil + } else { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid value '%v' for DataConnectionCapability: valid values are %v", v, AllowedDataConnectionCapabilityEnumValues) + } +} + +// IsValid return true if the value is valid for the enum, false otherwise +func (v DataConnectionCapability) IsValid() bool { + for _, existing := range AllowedDataConnectionCapabilityEnumValues { + if existing == v { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// Ptr returns reference to DataConnectionCapability value +func (v DataConnectionCapability) Ptr() *DataConnectionCapability { + return &v +} + +type NullableDataConnectionCapability struct { + value *DataConnectionCapability + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDataConnectionCapability) Get() *DataConnectionCapability { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDataConnectionCapability) Set(val *DataConnectionCapability) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDataConnectionCapability) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDataConnectionCapability) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDataConnectionCapability(val *DataConnectionCapability) *NullableDataConnectionCapability { + return &NullableDataConnectionCapability{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDataConnectionCapability) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDataConnectionCapability) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + diff --git a/model_data_connection_update_parameters.go b/model_data_connection_update_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..32db4845 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_data_connection_update_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DataConnectionUpdateParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DataConnectionUpdateParameters{} + +// DataConnectionUpdateParameters struct for DataConnectionUpdateParameters +type DataConnectionUpdateParameters struct { + // The data connection name + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDataConnectionUpdateParameters instantiates a new DataConnectionUpdateParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDataConnectionUpdateParameters() *DataConnectionUpdateParameters { + this := DataConnectionUpdateParameters{} + return &this +} + +// NewDataConnectionUpdateParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new DataConnectionUpdateParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDataConnectionUpdateParametersWithDefaults() *DataConnectionUpdateParameters { + this := DataConnectionUpdateParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataConnectionUpdateParameters) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataConnectionUpdateParameters) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataConnectionUpdateParameters) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *DataConnectionUpdateParameters) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +func (o DataConnectionUpdateParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DataConnectionUpdateParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDataConnectionUpdateParameters struct { + value *DataConnectionUpdateParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDataConnectionUpdateParameters) Get() *DataConnectionUpdateParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDataConnectionUpdateParameters) Set(val *DataConnectionUpdateParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDataConnectionUpdateParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDataConnectionUpdateParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDataConnectionUpdateParameters(val *DataConnectionUpdateParameters) *NullableDataConnectionUpdateParameters { + return &NullableDataConnectionUpdateParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDataConnectionUpdateParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDataConnectionUpdateParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_data_layout.go b/model_data_layout.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a9f98259 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_data_layout.go @@ -0,0 +1,313 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DataLayout type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DataLayout{} + +// DataLayout A Data Control Tower object that references the self-service template/container. +type DataLayout struct { + // DCT Id of the template/container. + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // Name of the template/container + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // Type of the object, either CONTAINER or TEMPLATE. + Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"` + // Id of the engine this object belongs to. + EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` + // Name of the engine this object belongs to. + EngineName *string `json:"engine_name,omitempty"` + // The tags to be created for this data-layout. + Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDataLayout instantiates a new DataLayout object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDataLayout() *DataLayout { + this := DataLayout{} + return &this +} + +// NewDataLayoutWithDefaults instantiates a new DataLayout object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDataLayoutWithDefaults() *DataLayout { + this := DataLayout{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataLayout) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataLayout) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataLayout) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *DataLayout) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataLayout) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataLayout) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataLayout) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *DataLayout) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataLayout) GetType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Type +} + +// GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataLayout) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Type, true +} + +// HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataLayout) HasType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Type) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field. +func (o *DataLayout) SetType(v string) { + o.Type = &v +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataLayout) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataLayout) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineId, true +} + +// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataLayout) HasEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. +func (o *DataLayout) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = &v +} + +// GetEngineName returns the EngineName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataLayout) GetEngineName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineName +} + +// GetEngineNameOk returns a tuple with the EngineName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataLayout) GetEngineNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineName, true +} + +// HasEngineName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataLayout) HasEngineName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineName field. +func (o *DataLayout) SetEngineName(v string) { + o.EngineName = &v +} + +// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataLayout) GetTags() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.Tags +} + +// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataLayout) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tags, true +} + +// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataLayout) HasTags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. +func (o *DataLayout) SetTags(v []Tag) { + o.Tags = v +} + +func (o DataLayout) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DataLayout) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.Type) { + toSerialize["type"] = o.Type + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineName) { + toSerialize["engine_name"] = o.EngineName + } + if !IsNil(o.Tags) { + toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDataLayout struct { + value *DataLayout + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDataLayout) Get() *DataLayout { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDataLayout) Set(val *DataLayout) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDataLayout) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDataLayout) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDataLayout(val *DataLayout) *NullableDataLayout { + return &NullableDataLayout{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDataLayout) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDataLayout) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_data_point_by_location_parameters.go b/model_data_point_by_location_parameters.go index d5a29c32..2b5d243e 100644 --- a/model_data_point_by_location_parameters.go +++ b/model_data_point_by_location_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_data_point_by_snapshot_parameters.go b/model_data_point_by_snapshot_parameters.go index 42c3c4cc..7b721e04 100644 --- a/model_data_point_by_snapshot_parameters.go +++ b/model_data_point_by_snapshot_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_data_point_by_timestamp_parameters.go b/model_data_point_by_timestamp_parameters.go index 45a9b2a9..4caa6e7f 100644 --- a/model_data_point_by_timestamp_parameters.go +++ b/model_data_point_by_timestamp_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ type DataPointByTimestampParameters struct { // The point in time from which to execute the operation. Mutually exclusive with timestamp_in_database_timezone. If the timestamp is not set, selects the latest point. Timestamp *time.Time `json:"timestamp,omitempty"` // The point in time from which to execute the operation, expressed as a date-time in the timezone of the source database. Mutually exclusive with timestamp. - TimestampInDatabaseTimezone *string `json:"timestamp_in_database_timezone,omitempty"` + TimestampInDatabaseTimezone *string `json:"timestamp_in_database_timezone,omitempty" validate:"regexp=[0-9]{4}-[0-9]{2}-[0-9]{2}T[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}(.[0-9]{0,3})?"` // The Timeflow ID. TimeflowId *string `json:"timeflow_id,omitempty"` } diff --git a/model_data_point_from_bookmark_parameters.go b/model_data_point_from_bookmark_parameters.go index e2b58c1d..8fb5535a 100644 --- a/model_data_point_from_bookmark_parameters.go +++ b/model_data_point_from_bookmark_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the DataPointFromBookmarkParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -24,6 +26,8 @@ type DataPointFromBookmarkParameters struct { BookmarkId string `json:"bookmark_id"` } +type _DataPointFromBookmarkParameters DataPointFromBookmarkParameters + // NewDataPointFromBookmarkParameters instantiates a new DataPointFromBookmarkParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -80,6 +84,43 @@ func (o DataPointFromBookmarkParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *DataPointFromBookmarkParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "bookmark_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varDataPointFromBookmarkParameters := _DataPointFromBookmarkParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varDataPointFromBookmarkParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = DataPointFromBookmarkParameters(varDataPointFromBookmarkParameters) + + return err +} + type NullableDataPointFromBookmarkParameters struct { value *DataPointFromBookmarkParameters isSet bool diff --git a/model_data_risk_data.go b/model_data_risk_data.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b45f343a --- /dev/null +++ b/model_data_risk_data.go @@ -0,0 +1,869 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" +) + +// checks if the DataRiskData type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DataRiskData{} + +// DataRiskData struct for DataRiskData +type DataRiskData struct { + // The DCT id of the connector. This is an opaque string. + ConnectorId *string `json:"connector_id,omitempty"` + // The ID of the connector as found on the compliance engine. + EngineConnectorId *int32 `json:"engine_connector_id,omitempty"` + // Name of the connector. + ConnectorName *string `json:"connector_name,omitempty"` + // Type of the connector. + ConnectorType *string `json:"connector_type,omitempty"` + // Date this connector was last profiled. + LastProfiledDate *time.Time `json:"last_profiled_date,omitempty"` + // Date this connector last had a masking job run. + LastMaskedDate *time.Time `json:"last_masked_date,omitempty"` + // The entity ID of the masking engine. + EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the masking engine. + EngineName *string `json:"engine_name,omitempty"` + // If this connector has been profiled. + IsProfiled *bool `json:"is_profiled,omitempty"` + // If this connector has sensitive data. + IsSensitiveData *bool `json:"is_sensitive_data,omitempty"` + // If this connector has had a successful masking job run. + IsMasked *bool `json:"is_masked,omitempty"` + // If this connector has sensitive data that have not been masked. + IsAtRisk *bool `json:"is_at_risk,omitempty"` + // The total number of data elements of this connector. + DataElementsTotal *int64 `json:"data_elements_total,omitempty"` + // The number of data elements categorized as not sensitive. + DataElementsNotSensitive *int64 `json:"data_elements_not_sensitive,omitempty"` + // The number of sensitive data elements that have been masked. + DataElementsSensitiveMasked *int64 `json:"data_elements_sensitive_masked,omitempty"` + // The number of sensitive data elements that have not been masked. + DataElementsSensitiveUnmasked *int64 `json:"data_elements_sensitive_unmasked,omitempty"` + // The total number of records from this connector. + RecordsTotal *int64 `json:"records_total,omitempty"` + // The number of records found to be not sensitive. + RecordsNotSensitive *int64 `json:"records_not_sensitive,omitempty"` + // The number of records found to be sensitive and have been masked. + RecordsSensitiveMasked *int64 `json:"records_sensitive_masked,omitempty"` + // The number of records found to be sensitive and have not been masked. + RecordsSensitiveUnmasked *int64 `json:"records_sensitive_unmasked,omitempty"` + // The tags of the connector. + Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDataRiskData instantiates a new DataRiskData object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDataRiskData() *DataRiskData { + this := DataRiskData{} + return &this +} + +// NewDataRiskDataWithDefaults instantiates a new DataRiskData object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDataRiskDataWithDefaults() *DataRiskData { + this := DataRiskData{} + return &this +} + +// GetConnectorId returns the ConnectorId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetConnectorId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectorId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ConnectorId +} + +// GetConnectorIdOk returns a tuple with the ConnectorId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetConnectorIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectorId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ConnectorId, true +} + +// HasConnectorId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) HasConnectorId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConnectorId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConnectorId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ConnectorId field. +func (o *DataRiskData) SetConnectorId(v string) { + o.ConnectorId = &v +} + +// GetEngineConnectorId returns the EngineConnectorId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetEngineConnectorId() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineConnectorId) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.EngineConnectorId +} + +// GetEngineConnectorIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineConnectorId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetEngineConnectorIdOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineConnectorId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineConnectorId, true +} + +// HasEngineConnectorId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) HasEngineConnectorId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineConnectorId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineConnectorId gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the EngineConnectorId field. +func (o *DataRiskData) SetEngineConnectorId(v int32) { + o.EngineConnectorId = &v +} + +// GetConnectorName returns the ConnectorName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetConnectorName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectorName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ConnectorName +} + +// GetConnectorNameOk returns a tuple with the ConnectorName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetConnectorNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectorName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ConnectorName, true +} + +// HasConnectorName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) HasConnectorName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConnectorName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConnectorName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ConnectorName field. +func (o *DataRiskData) SetConnectorName(v string) { + o.ConnectorName = &v +} + +// GetConnectorType returns the ConnectorType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetConnectorType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectorType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ConnectorType +} + +// GetConnectorTypeOk returns a tuple with the ConnectorType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetConnectorTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectorType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ConnectorType, true +} + +// HasConnectorType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) HasConnectorType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConnectorType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConnectorType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ConnectorType field. +func (o *DataRiskData) SetConnectorType(v string) { + o.ConnectorType = &v +} + +// GetLastProfiledDate returns the LastProfiledDate field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetLastProfiledDate() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastProfiledDate) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.LastProfiledDate +} + +// GetLastProfiledDateOk returns a tuple with the LastProfiledDate field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetLastProfiledDateOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastProfiledDate) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LastProfiledDate, true +} + +// HasLastProfiledDate returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) HasLastProfiledDate() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LastProfiledDate) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLastProfiledDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the LastProfiledDate field. +func (o *DataRiskData) SetLastProfiledDate(v time.Time) { + o.LastProfiledDate = &v +} + +// GetLastMaskedDate returns the LastMaskedDate field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetLastMaskedDate() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastMaskedDate) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.LastMaskedDate +} + +// GetLastMaskedDateOk returns a tuple with the LastMaskedDate field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetLastMaskedDateOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastMaskedDate) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LastMaskedDate, true +} + +// HasLastMaskedDate returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) HasLastMaskedDate() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LastMaskedDate) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLastMaskedDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the LastMaskedDate field. +func (o *DataRiskData) SetLastMaskedDate(v time.Time) { + o.LastMaskedDate = &v +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineId, true +} + +// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) HasEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. +func (o *DataRiskData) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = &v +} + +// GetEngineName returns the EngineName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetEngineName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineName +} + +// GetEngineNameOk returns a tuple with the EngineName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetEngineNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineName, true +} + +// HasEngineName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) HasEngineName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineName field. +func (o *DataRiskData) SetEngineName(v string) { + o.EngineName = &v +} + +// GetIsProfiled returns the IsProfiled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetIsProfiled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsProfiled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsProfiled +} + +// GetIsProfiledOk returns a tuple with the IsProfiled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetIsProfiledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsProfiled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsProfiled, true +} + +// HasIsProfiled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) HasIsProfiled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsProfiled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsProfiled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsProfiled field. +func (o *DataRiskData) SetIsProfiled(v bool) { + o.IsProfiled = &v +} + +// GetIsSensitiveData returns the IsSensitiveData field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetIsSensitiveData() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsSensitiveData) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsSensitiveData +} + +// GetIsSensitiveDataOk returns a tuple with the IsSensitiveData field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetIsSensitiveDataOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsSensitiveData) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsSensitiveData, true +} + +// HasIsSensitiveData returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) HasIsSensitiveData() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsSensitiveData) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsSensitiveData gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsSensitiveData field. +func (o *DataRiskData) SetIsSensitiveData(v bool) { + o.IsSensitiveData = &v +} + +// GetIsMasked returns the IsMasked field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetIsMasked() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsMasked) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsMasked +} + +// GetIsMaskedOk returns a tuple with the IsMasked field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetIsMaskedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsMasked) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsMasked, true +} + +// HasIsMasked returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) HasIsMasked() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsMasked) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsMasked gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsMasked field. +func (o *DataRiskData) SetIsMasked(v bool) { + o.IsMasked = &v +} + +// GetIsAtRisk returns the IsAtRisk field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetIsAtRisk() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsAtRisk) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsAtRisk +} + +// GetIsAtRiskOk returns a tuple with the IsAtRisk field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetIsAtRiskOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsAtRisk) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsAtRisk, true +} + +// HasIsAtRisk returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) HasIsAtRisk() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsAtRisk) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsAtRisk gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsAtRisk field. +func (o *DataRiskData) SetIsAtRisk(v bool) { + o.IsAtRisk = &v +} + +// GetDataElementsTotal returns the DataElementsTotal field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetDataElementsTotal() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataElementsTotal) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.DataElementsTotal +} + +// GetDataElementsTotalOk returns a tuple with the DataElementsTotal field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetDataElementsTotalOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataElementsTotal) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataElementsTotal, true +} + +// HasDataElementsTotal returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) HasDataElementsTotal() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataElementsTotal) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataElementsTotal gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DataElementsTotal field. +func (o *DataRiskData) SetDataElementsTotal(v int64) { + o.DataElementsTotal = &v +} + +// GetDataElementsNotSensitive returns the DataElementsNotSensitive field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetDataElementsNotSensitive() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataElementsNotSensitive) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.DataElementsNotSensitive +} + +// GetDataElementsNotSensitiveOk returns a tuple with the DataElementsNotSensitive field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetDataElementsNotSensitiveOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataElementsNotSensitive) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataElementsNotSensitive, true +} + +// HasDataElementsNotSensitive returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) HasDataElementsNotSensitive() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataElementsNotSensitive) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataElementsNotSensitive gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DataElementsNotSensitive field. +func (o *DataRiskData) SetDataElementsNotSensitive(v int64) { + o.DataElementsNotSensitive = &v +} + +// GetDataElementsSensitiveMasked returns the DataElementsSensitiveMasked field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetDataElementsSensitiveMasked() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataElementsSensitiveMasked) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.DataElementsSensitiveMasked +} + +// GetDataElementsSensitiveMaskedOk returns a tuple with the DataElementsSensitiveMasked field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetDataElementsSensitiveMaskedOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataElementsSensitiveMasked) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataElementsSensitiveMasked, true +} + +// HasDataElementsSensitiveMasked returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) HasDataElementsSensitiveMasked() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataElementsSensitiveMasked) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataElementsSensitiveMasked gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DataElementsSensitiveMasked field. +func (o *DataRiskData) SetDataElementsSensitiveMasked(v int64) { + o.DataElementsSensitiveMasked = &v +} + +// GetDataElementsSensitiveUnmasked returns the DataElementsSensitiveUnmasked field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetDataElementsSensitiveUnmasked() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataElementsSensitiveUnmasked) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.DataElementsSensitiveUnmasked +} + +// GetDataElementsSensitiveUnmaskedOk returns a tuple with the DataElementsSensitiveUnmasked field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetDataElementsSensitiveUnmaskedOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataElementsSensitiveUnmasked) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataElementsSensitiveUnmasked, true +} + +// HasDataElementsSensitiveUnmasked returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) HasDataElementsSensitiveUnmasked() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataElementsSensitiveUnmasked) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataElementsSensitiveUnmasked gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DataElementsSensitiveUnmasked field. +func (o *DataRiskData) SetDataElementsSensitiveUnmasked(v int64) { + o.DataElementsSensitiveUnmasked = &v +} + +// GetRecordsTotal returns the RecordsTotal field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetRecordsTotal() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecordsTotal) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.RecordsTotal +} + +// GetRecordsTotalOk returns a tuple with the RecordsTotal field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetRecordsTotalOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecordsTotal) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecordsTotal, true +} + +// HasRecordsTotal returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) HasRecordsTotal() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecordsTotal) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecordsTotal gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the RecordsTotal field. +func (o *DataRiskData) SetRecordsTotal(v int64) { + o.RecordsTotal = &v +} + +// GetRecordsNotSensitive returns the RecordsNotSensitive field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetRecordsNotSensitive() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecordsNotSensitive) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.RecordsNotSensitive +} + +// GetRecordsNotSensitiveOk returns a tuple with the RecordsNotSensitive field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetRecordsNotSensitiveOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecordsNotSensitive) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecordsNotSensitive, true +} + +// HasRecordsNotSensitive returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) HasRecordsNotSensitive() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecordsNotSensitive) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecordsNotSensitive gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the RecordsNotSensitive field. +func (o *DataRiskData) SetRecordsNotSensitive(v int64) { + o.RecordsNotSensitive = &v +} + +// GetRecordsSensitiveMasked returns the RecordsSensitiveMasked field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetRecordsSensitiveMasked() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecordsSensitiveMasked) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.RecordsSensitiveMasked +} + +// GetRecordsSensitiveMaskedOk returns a tuple with the RecordsSensitiveMasked field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetRecordsSensitiveMaskedOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecordsSensitiveMasked) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecordsSensitiveMasked, true +} + +// HasRecordsSensitiveMasked returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) HasRecordsSensitiveMasked() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecordsSensitiveMasked) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecordsSensitiveMasked gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the RecordsSensitiveMasked field. +func (o *DataRiskData) SetRecordsSensitiveMasked(v int64) { + o.RecordsSensitiveMasked = &v +} + +// GetRecordsSensitiveUnmasked returns the RecordsSensitiveUnmasked field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetRecordsSensitiveUnmasked() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecordsSensitiveUnmasked) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.RecordsSensitiveUnmasked +} + +// GetRecordsSensitiveUnmaskedOk returns a tuple with the RecordsSensitiveUnmasked field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetRecordsSensitiveUnmaskedOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecordsSensitiveUnmasked) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecordsSensitiveUnmasked, true +} + +// HasRecordsSensitiveUnmasked returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) HasRecordsSensitiveUnmasked() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecordsSensitiveUnmasked) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecordsSensitiveUnmasked gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the RecordsSensitiveUnmasked field. +func (o *DataRiskData) SetRecordsSensitiveUnmasked(v int64) { + o.RecordsSensitiveUnmasked = &v +} + +// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetTags() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.Tags +} + +// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tags, true +} + +// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskData) HasTags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. +func (o *DataRiskData) SetTags(v []Tag) { + o.Tags = v +} + +func (o DataRiskData) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DataRiskData) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.ConnectorId) { + toSerialize["connector_id"] = o.ConnectorId + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineConnectorId) { + toSerialize["engine_connector_id"] = o.EngineConnectorId + } + if !IsNil(o.ConnectorName) { + toSerialize["connector_name"] = o.ConnectorName + } + if !IsNil(o.ConnectorType) { + toSerialize["connector_type"] = o.ConnectorType + } + if !IsNil(o.LastProfiledDate) { + toSerialize["last_profiled_date"] = o.LastProfiledDate + } + if !IsNil(o.LastMaskedDate) { + toSerialize["last_masked_date"] = o.LastMaskedDate + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineName) { + toSerialize["engine_name"] = o.EngineName + } + if !IsNil(o.IsProfiled) { + toSerialize["is_profiled"] = o.IsProfiled + } + if !IsNil(o.IsSensitiveData) { + toSerialize["is_sensitive_data"] = o.IsSensitiveData + } + if !IsNil(o.IsMasked) { + toSerialize["is_masked"] = o.IsMasked + } + if !IsNil(o.IsAtRisk) { + toSerialize["is_at_risk"] = o.IsAtRisk + } + if !IsNil(o.DataElementsTotal) { + toSerialize["data_elements_total"] = o.DataElementsTotal + } + if !IsNil(o.DataElementsNotSensitive) { + toSerialize["data_elements_not_sensitive"] = o.DataElementsNotSensitive + } + if !IsNil(o.DataElementsSensitiveMasked) { + toSerialize["data_elements_sensitive_masked"] = o.DataElementsSensitiveMasked + } + if !IsNil(o.DataElementsSensitiveUnmasked) { + toSerialize["data_elements_sensitive_unmasked"] = o.DataElementsSensitiveUnmasked + } + if !IsNil(o.RecordsTotal) { + toSerialize["records_total"] = o.RecordsTotal + } + if !IsNil(o.RecordsNotSensitive) { + toSerialize["records_not_sensitive"] = o.RecordsNotSensitive + } + if !IsNil(o.RecordsSensitiveMasked) { + toSerialize["records_sensitive_masked"] = o.RecordsSensitiveMasked + } + if !IsNil(o.RecordsSensitiveUnmasked) { + toSerialize["records_sensitive_unmasked"] = o.RecordsSensitiveUnmasked + } + if !IsNil(o.Tags) { + toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDataRiskData struct { + value *DataRiskData + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDataRiskData) Get() *DataRiskData { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDataRiskData) Set(val *DataRiskData) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDataRiskData) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDataRiskData) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDataRiskData(val *DataRiskData) *NullableDataRiskData { + return &NullableDataRiskData{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDataRiskData) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDataRiskData) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_data_risk_report_totals.go b/model_data_risk_report_totals.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..404a58dd --- /dev/null +++ b/model_data_risk_report_totals.go @@ -0,0 +1,609 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DataRiskReportTotals type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DataRiskReportTotals{} + +// DataRiskReportTotals The global totals of masking data risk metrics across all connectors. +type DataRiskReportTotals struct { + // The total number of connectors. + ConnectorTotal *int64 `json:"connector_total,omitempty"` + // The number of connectors that have been profiled. + ProfiledConnectorCount *int64 `json:"profiled_connector_count,omitempty"` + // The number of connectors found to have sensitive data. + SensitiveConnectorCount *int64 `json:"sensitive_connector_count,omitempty"` + // The number of connectors having had a successfully run masking job. + MaskedConnectorCount *int64 `json:"masked_connector_count,omitempty"` + // The number of connectors with sensitive data that have not been masked. + AtRiskConnectorCount *int64 `json:"at_risk_connector_count,omitempty"` + // The total number of data elements across connectors. + DataElementsTotal *int64 `json:"data_elements_total,omitempty"` + // The number of data elements categorized as not sensitive. + DataElementsNotSensitive *int64 `json:"data_elements_not_sensitive,omitempty"` + // The number of sensitive data elements that have been masked. + DataElementsSensitiveMasked *int64 `json:"data_elements_sensitive_masked,omitempty"` + // The number of sensitive data elements that have not been masked. + DataElementsSensitiveUnmasked *int64 `json:"data_elements_sensitive_unmasked,omitempty"` + // The total number of records across connectors. + RecordsTotal *int64 `json:"records_total,omitempty"` + // The number of records found to be not sensitive. + RecordsNotSensitive *int64 `json:"records_not_sensitive,omitempty"` + // The number of sensitive records that have been masked. + RecordsSensitiveMasked *int64 `json:"records_sensitive_masked,omitempty"` + // The number of sensitive records that have not been masked. + RecordsSensitiveUnmasked *int64 `json:"records_sensitive_unmasked,omitempty"` + // An explanation if the records coverage is not provided. + RecordsCoverageMissingReason *string `json:"records_coverage_missing_reason,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDataRiskReportTotals instantiates a new DataRiskReportTotals object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDataRiskReportTotals() *DataRiskReportTotals { + this := DataRiskReportTotals{} + return &this +} + +// NewDataRiskReportTotalsWithDefaults instantiates a new DataRiskReportTotals object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDataRiskReportTotalsWithDefaults() *DataRiskReportTotals { + this := DataRiskReportTotals{} + return &this +} + +// GetConnectorTotal returns the ConnectorTotal field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) GetConnectorTotal() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectorTotal) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.ConnectorTotal +} + +// GetConnectorTotalOk returns a tuple with the ConnectorTotal field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) GetConnectorTotalOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectorTotal) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ConnectorTotal, true +} + +// HasConnectorTotal returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) HasConnectorTotal() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConnectorTotal) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConnectorTotal gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the ConnectorTotal field. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) SetConnectorTotal(v int64) { + o.ConnectorTotal = &v +} + +// GetProfiledConnectorCount returns the ProfiledConnectorCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) GetProfiledConnectorCount() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ProfiledConnectorCount) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.ProfiledConnectorCount +} + +// GetProfiledConnectorCountOk returns a tuple with the ProfiledConnectorCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) GetProfiledConnectorCountOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ProfiledConnectorCount) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ProfiledConnectorCount, true +} + +// HasProfiledConnectorCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) HasProfiledConnectorCount() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ProfiledConnectorCount) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetProfiledConnectorCount gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the ProfiledConnectorCount field. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) SetProfiledConnectorCount(v int64) { + o.ProfiledConnectorCount = &v +} + +// GetSensitiveConnectorCount returns the SensitiveConnectorCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) GetSensitiveConnectorCount() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SensitiveConnectorCount) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.SensitiveConnectorCount +} + +// GetSensitiveConnectorCountOk returns a tuple with the SensitiveConnectorCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) GetSensitiveConnectorCountOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SensitiveConnectorCount) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SensitiveConnectorCount, true +} + +// HasSensitiveConnectorCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) HasSensitiveConnectorCount() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SensitiveConnectorCount) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSensitiveConnectorCount gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the SensitiveConnectorCount field. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) SetSensitiveConnectorCount(v int64) { + o.SensitiveConnectorCount = &v +} + +// GetMaskedConnectorCount returns the MaskedConnectorCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) GetMaskedConnectorCount() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MaskedConnectorCount) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.MaskedConnectorCount +} + +// GetMaskedConnectorCountOk returns a tuple with the MaskedConnectorCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) GetMaskedConnectorCountOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MaskedConnectorCount) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MaskedConnectorCount, true +} + +// HasMaskedConnectorCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) HasMaskedConnectorCount() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MaskedConnectorCount) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMaskedConnectorCount gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the MaskedConnectorCount field. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) SetMaskedConnectorCount(v int64) { + o.MaskedConnectorCount = &v +} + +// GetAtRiskConnectorCount returns the AtRiskConnectorCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) GetAtRiskConnectorCount() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AtRiskConnectorCount) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.AtRiskConnectorCount +} + +// GetAtRiskConnectorCountOk returns a tuple with the AtRiskConnectorCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) GetAtRiskConnectorCountOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AtRiskConnectorCount) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AtRiskConnectorCount, true +} + +// HasAtRiskConnectorCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) HasAtRiskConnectorCount() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AtRiskConnectorCount) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAtRiskConnectorCount gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the AtRiskConnectorCount field. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) SetAtRiskConnectorCount(v int64) { + o.AtRiskConnectorCount = &v +} + +// GetDataElementsTotal returns the DataElementsTotal field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) GetDataElementsTotal() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataElementsTotal) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.DataElementsTotal +} + +// GetDataElementsTotalOk returns a tuple with the DataElementsTotal field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) GetDataElementsTotalOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataElementsTotal) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataElementsTotal, true +} + +// HasDataElementsTotal returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) HasDataElementsTotal() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataElementsTotal) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataElementsTotal gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DataElementsTotal field. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) SetDataElementsTotal(v int64) { + o.DataElementsTotal = &v +} + +// GetDataElementsNotSensitive returns the DataElementsNotSensitive field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) GetDataElementsNotSensitive() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataElementsNotSensitive) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.DataElementsNotSensitive +} + +// GetDataElementsNotSensitiveOk returns a tuple with the DataElementsNotSensitive field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) GetDataElementsNotSensitiveOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataElementsNotSensitive) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataElementsNotSensitive, true +} + +// HasDataElementsNotSensitive returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) HasDataElementsNotSensitive() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataElementsNotSensitive) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataElementsNotSensitive gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DataElementsNotSensitive field. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) SetDataElementsNotSensitive(v int64) { + o.DataElementsNotSensitive = &v +} + +// GetDataElementsSensitiveMasked returns the DataElementsSensitiveMasked field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) GetDataElementsSensitiveMasked() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataElementsSensitiveMasked) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.DataElementsSensitiveMasked +} + +// GetDataElementsSensitiveMaskedOk returns a tuple with the DataElementsSensitiveMasked field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) GetDataElementsSensitiveMaskedOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataElementsSensitiveMasked) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataElementsSensitiveMasked, true +} + +// HasDataElementsSensitiveMasked returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) HasDataElementsSensitiveMasked() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataElementsSensitiveMasked) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataElementsSensitiveMasked gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DataElementsSensitiveMasked field. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) SetDataElementsSensitiveMasked(v int64) { + o.DataElementsSensitiveMasked = &v +} + +// GetDataElementsSensitiveUnmasked returns the DataElementsSensitiveUnmasked field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) GetDataElementsSensitiveUnmasked() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataElementsSensitiveUnmasked) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.DataElementsSensitiveUnmasked +} + +// GetDataElementsSensitiveUnmaskedOk returns a tuple with the DataElementsSensitiveUnmasked field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) GetDataElementsSensitiveUnmaskedOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataElementsSensitiveUnmasked) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataElementsSensitiveUnmasked, true +} + +// HasDataElementsSensitiveUnmasked returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) HasDataElementsSensitiveUnmasked() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataElementsSensitiveUnmasked) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataElementsSensitiveUnmasked gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DataElementsSensitiveUnmasked field. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) SetDataElementsSensitiveUnmasked(v int64) { + o.DataElementsSensitiveUnmasked = &v +} + +// GetRecordsTotal returns the RecordsTotal field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) GetRecordsTotal() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecordsTotal) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.RecordsTotal +} + +// GetRecordsTotalOk returns a tuple with the RecordsTotal field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) GetRecordsTotalOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecordsTotal) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecordsTotal, true +} + +// HasRecordsTotal returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) HasRecordsTotal() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecordsTotal) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecordsTotal gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the RecordsTotal field. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) SetRecordsTotal(v int64) { + o.RecordsTotal = &v +} + +// GetRecordsNotSensitive returns the RecordsNotSensitive field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) GetRecordsNotSensitive() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecordsNotSensitive) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.RecordsNotSensitive +} + +// GetRecordsNotSensitiveOk returns a tuple with the RecordsNotSensitive field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) GetRecordsNotSensitiveOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecordsNotSensitive) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecordsNotSensitive, true +} + +// HasRecordsNotSensitive returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) HasRecordsNotSensitive() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecordsNotSensitive) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecordsNotSensitive gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the RecordsNotSensitive field. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) SetRecordsNotSensitive(v int64) { + o.RecordsNotSensitive = &v +} + +// GetRecordsSensitiveMasked returns the RecordsSensitiveMasked field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) GetRecordsSensitiveMasked() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecordsSensitiveMasked) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.RecordsSensitiveMasked +} + +// GetRecordsSensitiveMaskedOk returns a tuple with the RecordsSensitiveMasked field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) GetRecordsSensitiveMaskedOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecordsSensitiveMasked) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecordsSensitiveMasked, true +} + +// HasRecordsSensitiveMasked returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) HasRecordsSensitiveMasked() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecordsSensitiveMasked) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecordsSensitiveMasked gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the RecordsSensitiveMasked field. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) SetRecordsSensitiveMasked(v int64) { + o.RecordsSensitiveMasked = &v +} + +// GetRecordsSensitiveUnmasked returns the RecordsSensitiveUnmasked field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) GetRecordsSensitiveUnmasked() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecordsSensitiveUnmasked) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.RecordsSensitiveUnmasked +} + +// GetRecordsSensitiveUnmaskedOk returns a tuple with the RecordsSensitiveUnmasked field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) GetRecordsSensitiveUnmaskedOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecordsSensitiveUnmasked) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecordsSensitiveUnmasked, true +} + +// HasRecordsSensitiveUnmasked returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) HasRecordsSensitiveUnmasked() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecordsSensitiveUnmasked) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecordsSensitiveUnmasked gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the RecordsSensitiveUnmasked field. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) SetRecordsSensitiveUnmasked(v int64) { + o.RecordsSensitiveUnmasked = &v +} + +// GetRecordsCoverageMissingReason returns the RecordsCoverageMissingReason field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) GetRecordsCoverageMissingReason() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecordsCoverageMissingReason) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RecordsCoverageMissingReason +} + +// GetRecordsCoverageMissingReasonOk returns a tuple with the RecordsCoverageMissingReason field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) GetRecordsCoverageMissingReasonOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecordsCoverageMissingReason) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecordsCoverageMissingReason, true +} + +// HasRecordsCoverageMissingReason returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) HasRecordsCoverageMissingReason() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecordsCoverageMissingReason) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecordsCoverageMissingReason gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RecordsCoverageMissingReason field. +func (o *DataRiskReportTotals) SetRecordsCoverageMissingReason(v string) { + o.RecordsCoverageMissingReason = &v +} + +func (o DataRiskReportTotals) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DataRiskReportTotals) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.ConnectorTotal) { + toSerialize["connector_total"] = o.ConnectorTotal + } + if !IsNil(o.ProfiledConnectorCount) { + toSerialize["profiled_connector_count"] = o.ProfiledConnectorCount + } + if !IsNil(o.SensitiveConnectorCount) { + toSerialize["sensitive_connector_count"] = o.SensitiveConnectorCount + } + if !IsNil(o.MaskedConnectorCount) { + toSerialize["masked_connector_count"] = o.MaskedConnectorCount + } + if !IsNil(o.AtRiskConnectorCount) { + toSerialize["at_risk_connector_count"] = o.AtRiskConnectorCount + } + if !IsNil(o.DataElementsTotal) { + toSerialize["data_elements_total"] = o.DataElementsTotal + } + if !IsNil(o.DataElementsNotSensitive) { + toSerialize["data_elements_not_sensitive"] = o.DataElementsNotSensitive + } + if !IsNil(o.DataElementsSensitiveMasked) { + toSerialize["data_elements_sensitive_masked"] = o.DataElementsSensitiveMasked + } + if !IsNil(o.DataElementsSensitiveUnmasked) { + toSerialize["data_elements_sensitive_unmasked"] = o.DataElementsSensitiveUnmasked + } + if !IsNil(o.RecordsTotal) { + toSerialize["records_total"] = o.RecordsTotal + } + if !IsNil(o.RecordsNotSensitive) { + toSerialize["records_not_sensitive"] = o.RecordsNotSensitive + } + if !IsNil(o.RecordsSensitiveMasked) { + toSerialize["records_sensitive_masked"] = o.RecordsSensitiveMasked + } + if !IsNil(o.RecordsSensitiveUnmasked) { + toSerialize["records_sensitive_unmasked"] = o.RecordsSensitiveUnmasked + } + if !IsNil(o.RecordsCoverageMissingReason) { + toSerialize["records_coverage_missing_reason"] = o.RecordsCoverageMissingReason + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDataRiskReportTotals struct { + value *DataRiskReportTotals + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDataRiskReportTotals) Get() *DataRiskReportTotals { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDataRiskReportTotals) Set(val *DataRiskReportTotals) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDataRiskReportTotals) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDataRiskReportTotals) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDataRiskReportTotals(val *DataRiskReportTotals) *NullableDataRiskReportTotals { + return &NullableDataRiskReportTotals{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDataRiskReportTotals) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDataRiskReportTotals) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_database_column_metadata.go b/model_database_column_metadata.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..faba5236 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_database_column_metadata.go @@ -0,0 +1,905 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DatabaseColumnMetadata type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DatabaseColumnMetadata{} + +// DatabaseColumnMetadata An object describing a database column metadata with some settings. +type DatabaseColumnMetadata struct { + // The id of this column metadata. + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // The name of the column. + ColumnName *string `json:"column_name,omitempty"` + // The id of the database table metadata that this column belongs to. + DatabaseTableMetadataId *string `json:"database_table_metadata_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the table that this column belongs to. + TableName *string `json:"table_name,omitempty"` + // The id of the rule set that this column metadata belongs to. + RuleSetId *string `json:"rule_set_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the rule set that this table metadata belongs to. + RuleSetName *string `json:"rule_set_name,omitempty"` + // The id of the engine associated with this column. + EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the engine associated with this column. + EngineName *string `json:"engine_name,omitempty"` + // The id of the algorithm associated with this column. + AlgorithmId *string `json:"algorithm_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the algorithm associated with this column. + AlgorithmName *string `json:"algorithm_name,omitempty"` + // The id of the data class associated with this column. + DataClassId *string `json:"data_class_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the data class associated with this column. + DataClassName *string `json:"data_class_name,omitempty"` + // The data type of the column. + DataType *string `json:"data_type,omitempty"` + // The format of the date stored in the column. + DateFormat *string `json:"date_format,omitempty"` + // The length of the column. + ColumnLength *int32 `json:"column_length,omitempty"` + // This field indicates whether or not a column has sensitive data. + IsSensitive *bool `json:"is_sensitive,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether this column is writable by the profiler. + IsProfilerWritable *bool `json:"is_profiler_writable,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether this column is a primary key. + IsPrimaryKey *bool `json:"is_primary_key,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether this column is an identity column. + IsIdentity *bool `json:"is_identity,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether this column is indexed. + IsIndex *bool `json:"is_index,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether this column is a foreign key. + IsForeignKey *bool `json:"is_foreign_key,omitempty"` + // Whether this data class is managed by DCT or not. + DctManaged *bool `json:"dct_managed,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDatabaseColumnMetadata instantiates a new DatabaseColumnMetadata object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDatabaseColumnMetadata() *DatabaseColumnMetadata { + this := DatabaseColumnMetadata{} + return &this +} + +// NewDatabaseColumnMetadataWithDefaults instantiates a new DatabaseColumnMetadata object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDatabaseColumnMetadataWithDefaults() *DatabaseColumnMetadata { + this := DatabaseColumnMetadata{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetColumnName returns the ColumnName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetColumnName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ColumnName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ColumnName +} + +// GetColumnNameOk returns a tuple with the ColumnName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetColumnNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ColumnName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ColumnName, true +} + +// HasColumnName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) HasColumnName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ColumnName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetColumnName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ColumnName field. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) SetColumnName(v string) { + o.ColumnName = &v +} + +// GetDatabaseTableMetadataId returns the DatabaseTableMetadataId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetDatabaseTableMetadataId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseTableMetadataId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatabaseTableMetadataId +} + +// GetDatabaseTableMetadataIdOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseTableMetadataId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetDatabaseTableMetadataIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseTableMetadataId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatabaseTableMetadataId, true +} + +// HasDatabaseTableMetadataId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) HasDatabaseTableMetadataId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseTableMetadataId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatabaseTableMetadataId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseTableMetadataId field. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) SetDatabaseTableMetadataId(v string) { + o.DatabaseTableMetadataId = &v +} + +// GetTableName returns the TableName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetTableName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TableName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TableName +} + +// GetTableNameOk returns a tuple with the TableName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetTableNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TableName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TableName, true +} + +// HasTableName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) HasTableName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TableName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTableName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TableName field. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) SetTableName(v string) { + o.TableName = &v +} + +// GetRuleSetId returns the RuleSetId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetRuleSetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RuleSetId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RuleSetId +} + +// GetRuleSetIdOk returns a tuple with the RuleSetId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetRuleSetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RuleSetId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RuleSetId, true +} + +// HasRuleSetId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) HasRuleSetId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RuleSetId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRuleSetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RuleSetId field. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) SetRuleSetId(v string) { + o.RuleSetId = &v +} + +// GetRuleSetName returns the RuleSetName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetRuleSetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RuleSetName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RuleSetName +} + +// GetRuleSetNameOk returns a tuple with the RuleSetName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetRuleSetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RuleSetName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RuleSetName, true +} + +// HasRuleSetName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) HasRuleSetName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RuleSetName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRuleSetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RuleSetName field. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) SetRuleSetName(v string) { + o.RuleSetName = &v +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineId, true +} + +// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) HasEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = &v +} + +// GetEngineName returns the EngineName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetEngineName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineName +} + +// GetEngineNameOk returns a tuple with the EngineName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetEngineNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineName, true +} + +// HasEngineName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) HasEngineName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineName field. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) SetEngineName(v string) { + o.EngineName = &v +} + +// GetAlgorithmId returns the AlgorithmId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetAlgorithmId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AlgorithmId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AlgorithmId +} + +// GetAlgorithmIdOk returns a tuple with the AlgorithmId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetAlgorithmIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AlgorithmId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AlgorithmId, true +} + +// HasAlgorithmId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) HasAlgorithmId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AlgorithmId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAlgorithmId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AlgorithmId field. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) SetAlgorithmId(v string) { + o.AlgorithmId = &v +} + +// GetAlgorithmName returns the AlgorithmName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetAlgorithmName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AlgorithmName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AlgorithmName +} + +// GetAlgorithmNameOk returns a tuple with the AlgorithmName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetAlgorithmNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AlgorithmName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AlgorithmName, true +} + +// HasAlgorithmName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) HasAlgorithmName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AlgorithmName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAlgorithmName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AlgorithmName field. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) SetAlgorithmName(v string) { + o.AlgorithmName = &v +} + +// GetDataClassId returns the DataClassId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetDataClassId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataClassId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DataClassId +} + +// GetDataClassIdOk returns a tuple with the DataClassId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetDataClassIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataClassId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataClassId, true +} + +// HasDataClassId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) HasDataClassId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataClassId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataClassId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DataClassId field. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) SetDataClassId(v string) { + o.DataClassId = &v +} + +// GetDataClassName returns the DataClassName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetDataClassName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataClassName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DataClassName +} + +// GetDataClassNameOk returns a tuple with the DataClassName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetDataClassNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataClassName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataClassName, true +} + +// HasDataClassName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) HasDataClassName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataClassName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataClassName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DataClassName field. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) SetDataClassName(v string) { + o.DataClassName = &v +} + +// GetDataType returns the DataType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetDataType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DataType +} + +// GetDataTypeOk returns a tuple with the DataType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetDataTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataType, true +} + +// HasDataType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) HasDataType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DataType field. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) SetDataType(v string) { + o.DataType = &v +} + +// GetDateFormat returns the DateFormat field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetDateFormat() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DateFormat) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DateFormat +} + +// GetDateFormatOk returns a tuple with the DateFormat field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetDateFormatOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DateFormat) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DateFormat, true +} + +// HasDateFormat returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) HasDateFormat() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DateFormat) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDateFormat gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DateFormat field. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) SetDateFormat(v string) { + o.DateFormat = &v +} + +// GetColumnLength returns the ColumnLength field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetColumnLength() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ColumnLength) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.ColumnLength +} + +// GetColumnLengthOk returns a tuple with the ColumnLength field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetColumnLengthOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ColumnLength) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ColumnLength, true +} + +// HasColumnLength returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) HasColumnLength() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ColumnLength) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetColumnLength gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the ColumnLength field. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) SetColumnLength(v int32) { + o.ColumnLength = &v +} + +// GetIsSensitive returns the IsSensitive field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetIsSensitive() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsSensitive) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsSensitive +} + +// GetIsSensitiveOk returns a tuple with the IsSensitive field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetIsSensitiveOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsSensitive) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsSensitive, true +} + +// HasIsSensitive returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) HasIsSensitive() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsSensitive) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsSensitive gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsSensitive field. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) SetIsSensitive(v bool) { + o.IsSensitive = &v +} + +// GetIsProfilerWritable returns the IsProfilerWritable field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetIsProfilerWritable() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsProfilerWritable) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsProfilerWritable +} + +// GetIsProfilerWritableOk returns a tuple with the IsProfilerWritable field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetIsProfilerWritableOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsProfilerWritable) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsProfilerWritable, true +} + +// HasIsProfilerWritable returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) HasIsProfilerWritable() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsProfilerWritable) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsProfilerWritable gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsProfilerWritable field. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) SetIsProfilerWritable(v bool) { + o.IsProfilerWritable = &v +} + +// GetIsPrimaryKey returns the IsPrimaryKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetIsPrimaryKey() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsPrimaryKey) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsPrimaryKey +} + +// GetIsPrimaryKeyOk returns a tuple with the IsPrimaryKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetIsPrimaryKeyOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsPrimaryKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsPrimaryKey, true +} + +// HasIsPrimaryKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) HasIsPrimaryKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsPrimaryKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsPrimaryKey gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsPrimaryKey field. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) SetIsPrimaryKey(v bool) { + o.IsPrimaryKey = &v +} + +// GetIsIdentity returns the IsIdentity field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetIsIdentity() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsIdentity) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsIdentity +} + +// GetIsIdentityOk returns a tuple with the IsIdentity field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetIsIdentityOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsIdentity) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsIdentity, true +} + +// HasIsIdentity returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) HasIsIdentity() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsIdentity) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsIdentity gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsIdentity field. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) SetIsIdentity(v bool) { + o.IsIdentity = &v +} + +// GetIsIndex returns the IsIndex field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetIsIndex() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsIndex) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsIndex +} + +// GetIsIndexOk returns a tuple with the IsIndex field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetIsIndexOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsIndex) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsIndex, true +} + +// HasIsIndex returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) HasIsIndex() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsIndex) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsIndex gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsIndex field. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) SetIsIndex(v bool) { + o.IsIndex = &v +} + +// GetIsForeignKey returns the IsForeignKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetIsForeignKey() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsForeignKey) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsForeignKey +} + +// GetIsForeignKeyOk returns a tuple with the IsForeignKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetIsForeignKeyOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsForeignKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsForeignKey, true +} + +// HasIsForeignKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) HasIsForeignKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsForeignKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsForeignKey gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsForeignKey field. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) SetIsForeignKey(v bool) { + o.IsForeignKey = &v +} + +// GetDctManaged returns the DctManaged field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetDctManaged() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.DctManaged +} + +// GetDctManagedOk returns a tuple with the DctManaged field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) GetDctManagedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DctManaged, true +} + +// HasDctManaged returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) HasDctManaged() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDctManaged gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DctManaged field. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadata) SetDctManaged(v bool) { + o.DctManaged = &v +} + +func (o DatabaseColumnMetadata) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DatabaseColumnMetadata) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.ColumnName) { + toSerialize["column_name"] = o.ColumnName + } + if !IsNil(o.DatabaseTableMetadataId) { + toSerialize["database_table_metadata_id"] = o.DatabaseTableMetadataId + } + if !IsNil(o.TableName) { + toSerialize["table_name"] = o.TableName + } + if !IsNil(o.RuleSetId) { + toSerialize["rule_set_id"] = o.RuleSetId + } + if !IsNil(o.RuleSetName) { + toSerialize["rule_set_name"] = o.RuleSetName + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineName) { + toSerialize["engine_name"] = o.EngineName + } + if !IsNil(o.AlgorithmId) { + toSerialize["algorithm_id"] = o.AlgorithmId + } + if !IsNil(o.AlgorithmName) { + toSerialize["algorithm_name"] = o.AlgorithmName + } + if !IsNil(o.DataClassId) { + toSerialize["data_class_id"] = o.DataClassId + } + if !IsNil(o.DataClassName) { + toSerialize["data_class_name"] = o.DataClassName + } + if !IsNil(o.DataType) { + toSerialize["data_type"] = o.DataType + } + if !IsNil(o.DateFormat) { + toSerialize["date_format"] = o.DateFormat + } + if !IsNil(o.ColumnLength) { + toSerialize["column_length"] = o.ColumnLength + } + if !IsNil(o.IsSensitive) { + toSerialize["is_sensitive"] = o.IsSensitive + } + if !IsNil(o.IsProfilerWritable) { + toSerialize["is_profiler_writable"] = o.IsProfilerWritable + } + if !IsNil(o.IsPrimaryKey) { + toSerialize["is_primary_key"] = o.IsPrimaryKey + } + if !IsNil(o.IsIdentity) { + toSerialize["is_identity"] = o.IsIdentity + } + if !IsNil(o.IsIndex) { + toSerialize["is_index"] = o.IsIndex + } + if !IsNil(o.IsForeignKey) { + toSerialize["is_foreign_key"] = o.IsForeignKey + } + if !IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + toSerialize["dct_managed"] = o.DctManaged + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDatabaseColumnMetadata struct { + value *DatabaseColumnMetadata + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDatabaseColumnMetadata) Get() *DatabaseColumnMetadata { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDatabaseColumnMetadata) Set(val *DatabaseColumnMetadata) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDatabaseColumnMetadata) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDatabaseColumnMetadata) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDatabaseColumnMetadata(val *DatabaseColumnMetadata) *NullableDatabaseColumnMetadata { + return &NullableDatabaseColumnMetadata{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDatabaseColumnMetadata) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDatabaseColumnMetadata) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_database_column_metadata_list_response.go b/model_database_column_metadata_list_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7b28d966 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_database_column_metadata_list_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse{} + +// DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse struct for DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse +type DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse struct { + Items []DatabaseColumnMetadata `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse instantiates a new DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse() *DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse { + this := DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewDatabaseColumnMetadataListResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDatabaseColumnMetadataListResponseWithDefaults() *DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse { + this := DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse) GetItems() []DatabaseColumnMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []DatabaseColumnMetadata + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]DatabaseColumnMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []DatabaseColumnMetadata and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse) SetItems(v []DatabaseColumnMetadata) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse struct { + value *DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse) Get() *DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse) Set(val *DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse(val *DatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse) *NullableDatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse { + return &NullableDatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDatabaseColumnMetadataListResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_database_column_metadata_search_response.go b/model_database_column_metadata_search_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ec75500 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_database_column_metadata_search_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse{} + +// DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse struct for DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse +type DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse struct { + Items []DatabaseColumnMetadata `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse instantiates a new DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse() *DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse { + this := DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewDatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponseWithDefaults() *DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse { + this := DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse) GetItems() []DatabaseColumnMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []DatabaseColumnMetadata + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]DatabaseColumnMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []DatabaseColumnMetadata and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse) SetItems(v []DatabaseColumnMetadata) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse struct { + value *DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse) Get() *DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse) Set(val *DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse(val *DatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse) *NullableDatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse { + return &NullableDatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDatabaseColumnMetadataSearchResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_database_connectivity_check_parameters.go b/model_database_connectivity_check_parameters.go index 7ec87d65..20d41a87 100644 --- a/model_database_connectivity_check_parameters.go +++ b/model_database_connectivity_check_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the DatabaseConnectivityCheckParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -52,6 +54,8 @@ type DatabaseConnectivityCheckParameters struct { EnvironmentUser *string `json:"environment_user,omitempty"` } +type _DatabaseConnectivityCheckParameters DatabaseConnectivityCheckParameters + // NewDatabaseConnectivityCheckParameters instantiates a new DatabaseConnectivityCheckParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -589,6 +593,44 @@ func (o DatabaseConnectivityCheckParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, er return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *DatabaseConnectivityCheckParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "credentials_type", + "source_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varDatabaseConnectivityCheckParameters := _DatabaseConnectivityCheckParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varDatabaseConnectivityCheckParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = DatabaseConnectivityCheckParameters(varDatabaseConnectivityCheckParameters) + + return err +} + type NullableDatabaseConnectivityCheckParameters struct { value *DatabaseConnectivityCheckParameters isSet bool diff --git a/model_database_table_metadata.go b/model_database_table_metadata.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0798c4d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_database_table_metadata.go @@ -0,0 +1,644 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" +) + +// checks if the DatabaseTableMetadata type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DatabaseTableMetadata{} + +// DatabaseTableMetadata An object describe a database table of a rule set with some settings. +type DatabaseTableMetadata struct { + // The id of this table metadata. + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // The name of the table. + TableName *string `json:"table_name,omitempty"` + // The id of the rule set that this table metadata belongs to. + RuleSetId *string `json:"rule_set_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the rule set that this table metadata belongs to. + RuleSetName *string `json:"rule_set_name,omitempty"` + // Custom SQL for the table. + CustomSql *string `json:"custom_sql,omitempty"` + // SQL where clause for the table. + WhereClause *string `json:"where_clause,omitempty"` + // SQL having clause for the table. + HavingClause *string `json:"having_clause,omitempty"` + // Key Column for the table. + KeyColumn *string `json:"key_column,omitempty"` + // This field indicates whether or not a table has sensitive data. This field is assigned by DCT to true or false based on whether the table is assigned an algorithm and domain. + IsSensitive *bool `json:"is_sensitive,omitempty"` + RowCount *int64 `json:"row_count,omitempty"` + LastRefreshTime *time.Time `json:"last_refresh_time,omitempty"` + LastRowCountTime *time.Time `json:"last_row_count_time,omitempty"` + // The id of the engine associated with this column. + EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the engine associated with this column. + EngineName *string `json:"engine_name,omitempty"` + // Whether this data class is managed by DCT or not. + DctManaged *bool `json:"dct_managed,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDatabaseTableMetadata instantiates a new DatabaseTableMetadata object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDatabaseTableMetadata() *DatabaseTableMetadata { + this := DatabaseTableMetadata{} + return &this +} + +// NewDatabaseTableMetadataWithDefaults instantiates a new DatabaseTableMetadata object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDatabaseTableMetadataWithDefaults() *DatabaseTableMetadata { + this := DatabaseTableMetadata{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetTableName returns the TableName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetTableName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TableName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TableName +} + +// GetTableNameOk returns a tuple with the TableName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetTableNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TableName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TableName, true +} + +// HasTableName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) HasTableName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TableName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTableName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TableName field. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) SetTableName(v string) { + o.TableName = &v +} + +// GetRuleSetId returns the RuleSetId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetRuleSetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RuleSetId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RuleSetId +} + +// GetRuleSetIdOk returns a tuple with the RuleSetId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetRuleSetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RuleSetId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RuleSetId, true +} + +// HasRuleSetId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) HasRuleSetId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RuleSetId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRuleSetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RuleSetId field. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) SetRuleSetId(v string) { + o.RuleSetId = &v +} + +// GetRuleSetName returns the RuleSetName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetRuleSetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RuleSetName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RuleSetName +} + +// GetRuleSetNameOk returns a tuple with the RuleSetName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetRuleSetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RuleSetName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RuleSetName, true +} + +// HasRuleSetName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) HasRuleSetName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RuleSetName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRuleSetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RuleSetName field. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) SetRuleSetName(v string) { + o.RuleSetName = &v +} + +// GetCustomSql returns the CustomSql field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetCustomSql() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomSql) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CustomSql +} + +// GetCustomSqlOk returns a tuple with the CustomSql field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetCustomSqlOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomSql) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CustomSql, true +} + +// HasCustomSql returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) HasCustomSql() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CustomSql) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCustomSql gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CustomSql field. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) SetCustomSql(v string) { + o.CustomSql = &v +} + +// GetWhereClause returns the WhereClause field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetWhereClause() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.WhereClause) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.WhereClause +} + +// GetWhereClauseOk returns a tuple with the WhereClause field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetWhereClauseOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.WhereClause) { + return nil, false + } + return o.WhereClause, true +} + +// HasWhereClause returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) HasWhereClause() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.WhereClause) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetWhereClause gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the WhereClause field. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) SetWhereClause(v string) { + o.WhereClause = &v +} + +// GetHavingClause returns the HavingClause field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetHavingClause() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HavingClause) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.HavingClause +} + +// GetHavingClauseOk returns a tuple with the HavingClause field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetHavingClauseOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HavingClause) { + return nil, false + } + return o.HavingClause, true +} + +// HasHavingClause returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) HasHavingClause() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HavingClause) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHavingClause gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the HavingClause field. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) SetHavingClause(v string) { + o.HavingClause = &v +} + +// GetKeyColumn returns the KeyColumn field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetKeyColumn() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.KeyColumn) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.KeyColumn +} + +// GetKeyColumnOk returns a tuple with the KeyColumn field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetKeyColumnOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.KeyColumn) { + return nil, false + } + return o.KeyColumn, true +} + +// HasKeyColumn returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) HasKeyColumn() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.KeyColumn) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetKeyColumn gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the KeyColumn field. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) SetKeyColumn(v string) { + o.KeyColumn = &v +} + +// GetIsSensitive returns the IsSensitive field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetIsSensitive() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsSensitive) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsSensitive +} + +// GetIsSensitiveOk returns a tuple with the IsSensitive field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetIsSensitiveOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsSensitive) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsSensitive, true +} + +// HasIsSensitive returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) HasIsSensitive() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsSensitive) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsSensitive gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsSensitive field. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) SetIsSensitive(v bool) { + o.IsSensitive = &v +} + +// GetRowCount returns the RowCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetRowCount() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RowCount) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.RowCount +} + +// GetRowCountOk returns a tuple with the RowCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetRowCountOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RowCount) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RowCount, true +} + +// HasRowCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) HasRowCount() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RowCount) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRowCount gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the RowCount field. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) SetRowCount(v int64) { + o.RowCount = &v +} + +// GetLastRefreshTime returns the LastRefreshTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetLastRefreshTime() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastRefreshTime) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.LastRefreshTime +} + +// GetLastRefreshTimeOk returns a tuple with the LastRefreshTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetLastRefreshTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastRefreshTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LastRefreshTime, true +} + +// HasLastRefreshTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) HasLastRefreshTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LastRefreshTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLastRefreshTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the LastRefreshTime field. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) SetLastRefreshTime(v time.Time) { + o.LastRefreshTime = &v +} + +// GetLastRowCountTime returns the LastRowCountTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetLastRowCountTime() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastRowCountTime) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.LastRowCountTime +} + +// GetLastRowCountTimeOk returns a tuple with the LastRowCountTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetLastRowCountTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastRowCountTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LastRowCountTime, true +} + +// HasLastRowCountTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) HasLastRowCountTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LastRowCountTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLastRowCountTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the LastRowCountTime field. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) SetLastRowCountTime(v time.Time) { + o.LastRowCountTime = &v +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineId, true +} + +// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) HasEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = &v +} + +// GetEngineName returns the EngineName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetEngineName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineName +} + +// GetEngineNameOk returns a tuple with the EngineName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetEngineNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineName, true +} + +// HasEngineName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) HasEngineName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineName field. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) SetEngineName(v string) { + o.EngineName = &v +} + +// GetDctManaged returns the DctManaged field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetDctManaged() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.DctManaged +} + +// GetDctManagedOk returns a tuple with the DctManaged field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) GetDctManagedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DctManaged, true +} + +// HasDctManaged returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) HasDctManaged() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDctManaged gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DctManaged field. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadata) SetDctManaged(v bool) { + o.DctManaged = &v +} + +func (o DatabaseTableMetadata) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DatabaseTableMetadata) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.TableName) { + toSerialize["table_name"] = o.TableName + } + if !IsNil(o.RuleSetId) { + toSerialize["rule_set_id"] = o.RuleSetId + } + if !IsNil(o.RuleSetName) { + toSerialize["rule_set_name"] = o.RuleSetName + } + if !IsNil(o.CustomSql) { + toSerialize["custom_sql"] = o.CustomSql + } + if !IsNil(o.WhereClause) { + toSerialize["where_clause"] = o.WhereClause + } + if !IsNil(o.HavingClause) { + toSerialize["having_clause"] = o.HavingClause + } + if !IsNil(o.KeyColumn) { + toSerialize["key_column"] = o.KeyColumn + } + if !IsNil(o.IsSensitive) { + toSerialize["is_sensitive"] = o.IsSensitive + } + if !IsNil(o.RowCount) { + toSerialize["row_count"] = o.RowCount + } + if !IsNil(o.LastRefreshTime) { + toSerialize["last_refresh_time"] = o.LastRefreshTime + } + if !IsNil(o.LastRowCountTime) { + toSerialize["last_row_count_time"] = o.LastRowCountTime + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineName) { + toSerialize["engine_name"] = o.EngineName + } + if !IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + toSerialize["dct_managed"] = o.DctManaged + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDatabaseTableMetadata struct { + value *DatabaseTableMetadata + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDatabaseTableMetadata) Get() *DatabaseTableMetadata { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDatabaseTableMetadata) Set(val *DatabaseTableMetadata) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDatabaseTableMetadata) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDatabaseTableMetadata) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDatabaseTableMetadata(val *DatabaseTableMetadata) *NullableDatabaseTableMetadata { + return &NullableDatabaseTableMetadata{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDatabaseTableMetadata) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDatabaseTableMetadata) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_database_table_metadata_list_response.go b/model_database_table_metadata_list_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2a9af03a --- /dev/null +++ b/model_database_table_metadata_list_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse{} + +// DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse struct for DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse +type DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse struct { + Items []DatabaseTableMetadata `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDatabaseTableMetadataListResponse instantiates a new DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDatabaseTableMetadataListResponse() *DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse { + this := DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewDatabaseTableMetadataListResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDatabaseTableMetadataListResponseWithDefaults() *DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse { + this := DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse) GetItems() []DatabaseTableMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []DatabaseTableMetadata + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]DatabaseTableMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []DatabaseTableMetadata and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse) SetItems(v []DatabaseTableMetadata) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDatabaseTableMetadataListResponse struct { + value *DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDatabaseTableMetadataListResponse) Get() *DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDatabaseTableMetadataListResponse) Set(val *DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDatabaseTableMetadataListResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDatabaseTableMetadataListResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDatabaseTableMetadataListResponse(val *DatabaseTableMetadataListResponse) *NullableDatabaseTableMetadataListResponse { + return &NullableDatabaseTableMetadataListResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDatabaseTableMetadataListResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDatabaseTableMetadataListResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_database_table_metadata_search_response.go b/model_database_table_metadata_search_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f4aee6c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_database_table_metadata_search_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse{} + +// DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse struct for DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse +type DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse struct { + Items []DatabaseTableMetadata `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse instantiates a new DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse() *DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse { + this := DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewDatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponseWithDefaults() *DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse { + this := DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse) GetItems() []DatabaseTableMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []DatabaseTableMetadata + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]DatabaseTableMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []DatabaseTableMetadata and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse) SetItems(v []DatabaseTableMetadata) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse struct { + value *DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse) Get() *DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse) Set(val *DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse(val *DatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse) *NullableDatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse { + return &NullableDatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDatabaseTableMetadataSearchResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_database_template.go b/model_database_template.go index 542c03ff..46739c3a 100644 --- a/model_database_template.go +++ b/model_database_template.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the DatabaseTemplate type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -33,6 +35,8 @@ type DatabaseTemplate struct { Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` } +type _DatabaseTemplate DatabaseTemplate + // NewDatabaseTemplate instantiates a new DatabaseTemplate object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -238,7 +242,9 @@ func (o DatabaseTemplate) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { func (o DatabaseTemplate) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - // skip: id is readOnly + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } toSerialize["name"] = o.Name if !IsNil(o.Description) { toSerialize["description"] = o.Description @@ -253,6 +259,44 @@ func (o DatabaseTemplate) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *DatabaseTemplate) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "name", + "source_type", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varDatabaseTemplate := _DatabaseTemplate{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varDatabaseTemplate) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = DatabaseTemplate(varDatabaseTemplate) + + return err +} + type NullableDatabaseTemplate struct { value *DatabaseTemplate isSet bool diff --git a/model_database_template_create_parameters.go b/model_database_template_create_parameters.go index d224c77d..0cb67fd1 100644 --- a/model_database_template_create_parameters.go +++ b/model_database_template_create_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the DatabaseTemplateCreateParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -33,6 +35,8 @@ type DatabaseTemplateCreateParameters struct { Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` } +type _DatabaseTemplateCreateParameters DatabaseTemplateCreateParameters + // NewDatabaseTemplateCreateParameters instantiates a new DatabaseTemplateCreateParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -259,6 +263,44 @@ func (o DatabaseTemplateCreateParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *DatabaseTemplateCreateParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "name", + "source_type", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varDatabaseTemplateCreateParameters := _DatabaseTemplateCreateParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varDatabaseTemplateCreateParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = DatabaseTemplateCreateParameters(varDatabaseTemplateCreateParameters) + + return err +} + type NullableDatabaseTemplateCreateParameters struct { value *DatabaseTemplateCreateParameters isSet bool diff --git a/model_dataset_group.go b/model_dataset_group.go index 307f84a4..1e471cd9 100644 --- a/model_dataset_group.go +++ b/model_dataset_group.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_dataset_performance_analytics.go b/model_dataset_performance_analytics.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5dfacfd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_dataset_performance_analytics.go @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DatasetPerformanceAnalytics type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DatasetPerformanceAnalytics{} + +// DatasetPerformanceAnalytics struct for DatasetPerformanceAnalytics +type DatasetPerformanceAnalytics struct { + // ID of the dataset. + DatasetId *string `json:"dataset_id,omitempty"` + // Name of the dataset. + DatasetName *string `json:"dataset_name,omitempty"` + // performance analytics of dataset + PerformanceAnalytics []PerformanceAnalytics `json:"performance_analytics,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDatasetPerformanceAnalytics instantiates a new DatasetPerformanceAnalytics object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDatasetPerformanceAnalytics() *DatasetPerformanceAnalytics { + this := DatasetPerformanceAnalytics{} + return &this +} + +// NewDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsWithDefaults instantiates a new DatasetPerformanceAnalytics object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsWithDefaults() *DatasetPerformanceAnalytics { + this := DatasetPerformanceAnalytics{} + return &this +} + +// GetDatasetId returns the DatasetId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalytics) GetDatasetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatasetId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatasetId +} + +// GetDatasetIdOk returns a tuple with the DatasetId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalytics) GetDatasetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatasetId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatasetId, true +} + +// HasDatasetId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalytics) HasDatasetId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatasetId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatasetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatasetId field. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalytics) SetDatasetId(v string) { + o.DatasetId = &v +} + +// GetDatasetName returns the DatasetName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalytics) GetDatasetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatasetName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatasetName +} + +// GetDatasetNameOk returns a tuple with the DatasetName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalytics) GetDatasetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatasetName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatasetName, true +} + +// HasDatasetName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalytics) HasDatasetName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatasetName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatasetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatasetName field. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalytics) SetDatasetName(v string) { + o.DatasetName = &v +} + +// GetPerformanceAnalytics returns the PerformanceAnalytics field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalytics) GetPerformanceAnalytics() []PerformanceAnalytics { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PerformanceAnalytics) { + var ret []PerformanceAnalytics + return ret + } + return o.PerformanceAnalytics +} + +// GetPerformanceAnalyticsOk returns a tuple with the PerformanceAnalytics field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalytics) GetPerformanceAnalyticsOk() ([]PerformanceAnalytics, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PerformanceAnalytics) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PerformanceAnalytics, true +} + +// HasPerformanceAnalytics returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalytics) HasPerformanceAnalytics() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PerformanceAnalytics) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPerformanceAnalytics gets a reference to the given []PerformanceAnalytics and assigns it to the PerformanceAnalytics field. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalytics) SetPerformanceAnalytics(v []PerformanceAnalytics) { + o.PerformanceAnalytics = v +} + +func (o DatasetPerformanceAnalytics) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DatasetPerformanceAnalytics) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.DatasetId) { + toSerialize["dataset_id"] = o.DatasetId + } + if !IsNil(o.DatasetName) { + toSerialize["dataset_name"] = o.DatasetName + } + if !IsNil(o.PerformanceAnalytics) { + toSerialize["performance_analytics"] = o.PerformanceAnalytics + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalytics struct { + value *DatasetPerformanceAnalytics + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalytics) Get() *DatasetPerformanceAnalytics { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalytics) Set(val *DatasetPerformanceAnalytics) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalytics) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalytics) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDatasetPerformanceAnalytics(val *DatasetPerformanceAnalytics) *NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalytics { + return &NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalytics{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalytics) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalytics) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_dataset_performance_analytics_request.go b/model_dataset_performance_analytics_request.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..336c8db4 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_dataset_performance_analytics_request.go @@ -0,0 +1,248 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest{} + +// DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest struct for DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest +type DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest struct { + // List of dataset ids for which dataset performance analytics should be fetched. + DatasetIds []string `json:"dataset_ids"` + // Start time in UTC from which to fetch analytics data. + Start time.Time `json:"start"` + // End time in UTC up to which analytics data will be fetched. + End time.Time `json:"end"` + // Desired time interval in timestamp format. + Interval int32 `json:"interval"` +} + +type _DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest + +// NewDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest instantiates a new DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest(datasetIds []string, start time.Time, end time.Time, interval int32) *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest { + this := DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest{} + this.DatasetIds = datasetIds + this.Start = start + this.End = end + this.Interval = interval + return &this +} + +// NewDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequestWithDefaults() *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest { + this := DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest{} + return &this +} + +// GetDatasetIds returns the DatasetIds field value +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) GetDatasetIds() []string { + if o == nil { + var ret []string + return ret + } + + return o.DatasetIds +} + +// GetDatasetIdsOk returns a tuple with the DatasetIds field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) GetDatasetIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatasetIds, true +} + +// SetDatasetIds sets field value +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) SetDatasetIds(v []string) { + o.DatasetIds = v +} + +// GetStart returns the Start field value +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) GetStart() time.Time { + if o == nil { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + + return o.Start +} + +// GetStartOk returns a tuple with the Start field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) GetStartOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.Start, true +} + +// SetStart sets field value +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) SetStart(v time.Time) { + o.Start = v +} + +// GetEnd returns the End field value +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) GetEnd() time.Time { + if o == nil { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + + return o.End +} + +// GetEndOk returns a tuple with the End field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) GetEndOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.End, true +} + +// SetEnd sets field value +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) SetEnd(v time.Time) { + o.End = v +} + +// GetInterval returns the Interval field value +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) GetInterval() int32 { + if o == nil { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + + return o.Interval +} + +// GetIntervalOk returns a tuple with the Interval field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) GetIntervalOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.Interval, true +} + +// SetInterval sets field value +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) SetInterval(v int32) { + o.Interval = v +} + +func (o DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["dataset_ids"] = o.DatasetIds + toSerialize["start"] = o.Start + toSerialize["end"] = o.End + toSerialize["interval"] = o.Interval + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "dataset_ids", + "start", + "end", + "interval", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest := _DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest(varDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) + + return err +} + +type NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest struct { + value *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) Get() *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) Set(val *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest(val *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) *NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest { + return &NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsRequest) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_dataset_performance_analytics_response.go b/model_dataset_performance_analytics_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fd8a5886 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_dataset_performance_analytics_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse{} + +// DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse struct for DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse +type DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse struct { + Items []DatasetPerformanceAnalytics `json:"items,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse instantiates a new DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse() *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse { + this := DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponseWithDefaults() *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse { + this := DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse) GetItems() []DatasetPerformanceAnalytics { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []DatasetPerformanceAnalytics + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]DatasetPerformanceAnalytics, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []DatasetPerformanceAnalytics and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse) SetItems(v []DatasetPerformanceAnalytics) { + o.Items = v +} + +func (o DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse struct { + value *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse) Get() *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse) Set(val *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse(val *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse) *NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse { + return &NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_dataset_performance_analytics_summary.go b/model_dataset_performance_analytics_summary.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c298ddf5 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_dataset_performance_analytics_summary.go @@ -0,0 +1,608 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary{} + +// DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary struct for DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary +type DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary struct { + // ID of the dataset. + DatasetId *string `json:"dataset_id,omitempty"` + // Name of the dataset. + DatasetName *string `json:"dataset_name,omitempty"` + DatasetType *EngineStorageDatasetType `json:"dataset_type,omitempty"` + // Flag to specify if this object is a replica. + IsReplica *bool `json:"is_replica,omitempty"` + // A reference to the Environment that hosts this source database. + EnvironmentId *string `json:"environment_id,omitempty"` + // Name of the Environment that hosts this source database. + EnvironmentName *string `json:"environment_name,omitempty"` + // Average throughput of last 1 hour. + AverageThroughputOf1H *float32 `json:"average_throughput_of_1_h,omitempty"` + // Average throughput of last 6 hours. + AverageThroughputOf6H *float32 `json:"average_throughput_of_6_h,omitempty"` + // Average throughput of last 24 hours. + AverageThroughputOf24H *float32 `json:"average_throughput_of_24_h,omitempty"` + // The most recent throughput record from the past hour. + CurrentThroughputOf1H *float32 `json:"current_throughput_of_1_h,omitempty"` + // The most recent throughput record from the 6 hours. + CurrentThroughputOf6H *float32 `json:"current_throughput_of_6_h,omitempty"` + // The most recent throughput record from the past 24 hours. + CurrentThroughputOf24H *float32 `json:"current_throughput_of_24_h,omitempty"` + // Percentile of average throughput among all datasets in the past 24 hours. + Percentile *float32 `json:"percentile,omitempty"` + // The tags that are applied to dataset. + Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary instantiates a new DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary() *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary { + this := DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary{} + return &this +} + +// NewDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryWithDefaults instantiates a new DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryWithDefaults() *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary { + this := DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary{} + return &this +} + +// GetDatasetId returns the DatasetId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) GetDatasetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatasetId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatasetId +} + +// GetDatasetIdOk returns a tuple with the DatasetId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) GetDatasetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatasetId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatasetId, true +} + +// HasDatasetId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) HasDatasetId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatasetId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatasetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatasetId field. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) SetDatasetId(v string) { + o.DatasetId = &v +} + +// GetDatasetName returns the DatasetName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) GetDatasetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatasetName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatasetName +} + +// GetDatasetNameOk returns a tuple with the DatasetName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) GetDatasetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatasetName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatasetName, true +} + +// HasDatasetName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) HasDatasetName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatasetName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatasetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatasetName field. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) SetDatasetName(v string) { + o.DatasetName = &v +} + +// GetDatasetType returns the DatasetType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) GetDatasetType() EngineStorageDatasetType { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatasetType) { + var ret EngineStorageDatasetType + return ret + } + return *o.DatasetType +} + +// GetDatasetTypeOk returns a tuple with the DatasetType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) GetDatasetTypeOk() (*EngineStorageDatasetType, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatasetType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatasetType, true +} + +// HasDatasetType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) HasDatasetType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatasetType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatasetType gets a reference to the given EngineStorageDatasetType and assigns it to the DatasetType field. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) SetDatasetType(v EngineStorageDatasetType) { + o.DatasetType = &v +} + +// GetIsReplica returns the IsReplica field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) GetIsReplica() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsReplica) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsReplica +} + +// GetIsReplicaOk returns a tuple with the IsReplica field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) GetIsReplicaOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsReplica) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsReplica, true +} + +// HasIsReplica returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) HasIsReplica() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsReplica) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsReplica gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsReplica field. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) SetIsReplica(v bool) { + o.IsReplica = &v +} + +// GetEnvironmentId returns the EnvironmentId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) GetEnvironmentId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EnvironmentId +} + +// GetEnvironmentIdOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) GetEnvironmentIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvironmentId, true +} + +// HasEnvironmentId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) HasEnvironmentId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironmentId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentId field. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) SetEnvironmentId(v string) { + o.EnvironmentId = &v +} + +// GetEnvironmentName returns the EnvironmentName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) GetEnvironmentName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EnvironmentName +} + +// GetEnvironmentNameOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) GetEnvironmentNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvironmentName, true +} + +// HasEnvironmentName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) HasEnvironmentName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironmentName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentName field. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) SetEnvironmentName(v string) { + o.EnvironmentName = &v +} + +// GetAverageThroughputOf1H returns the AverageThroughputOf1H field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) GetAverageThroughputOf1H() float32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AverageThroughputOf1H) { + var ret float32 + return ret + } + return *o.AverageThroughputOf1H +} + +// GetAverageThroughputOf1HOk returns a tuple with the AverageThroughputOf1H field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) GetAverageThroughputOf1HOk() (*float32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AverageThroughputOf1H) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AverageThroughputOf1H, true +} + +// HasAverageThroughputOf1H returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) HasAverageThroughputOf1H() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AverageThroughputOf1H) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAverageThroughputOf1H gets a reference to the given float32 and assigns it to the AverageThroughputOf1H field. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) SetAverageThroughputOf1H(v float32) { + o.AverageThroughputOf1H = &v +} + +// GetAverageThroughputOf6H returns the AverageThroughputOf6H field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) GetAverageThroughputOf6H() float32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AverageThroughputOf6H) { + var ret float32 + return ret + } + return *o.AverageThroughputOf6H +} + +// GetAverageThroughputOf6HOk returns a tuple with the AverageThroughputOf6H field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) GetAverageThroughputOf6HOk() (*float32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AverageThroughputOf6H) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AverageThroughputOf6H, true +} + +// HasAverageThroughputOf6H returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) HasAverageThroughputOf6H() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AverageThroughputOf6H) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAverageThroughputOf6H gets a reference to the given float32 and assigns it to the AverageThroughputOf6H field. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) SetAverageThroughputOf6H(v float32) { + o.AverageThroughputOf6H = &v +} + +// GetAverageThroughputOf24H returns the AverageThroughputOf24H field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) GetAverageThroughputOf24H() float32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AverageThroughputOf24H) { + var ret float32 + return ret + } + return *o.AverageThroughputOf24H +} + +// GetAverageThroughputOf24HOk returns a tuple with the AverageThroughputOf24H field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) GetAverageThroughputOf24HOk() (*float32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AverageThroughputOf24H) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AverageThroughputOf24H, true +} + +// HasAverageThroughputOf24H returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) HasAverageThroughputOf24H() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AverageThroughputOf24H) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAverageThroughputOf24H gets a reference to the given float32 and assigns it to the AverageThroughputOf24H field. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) SetAverageThroughputOf24H(v float32) { + o.AverageThroughputOf24H = &v +} + +// GetCurrentThroughputOf1H returns the CurrentThroughputOf1H field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) GetCurrentThroughputOf1H() float32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CurrentThroughputOf1H) { + var ret float32 + return ret + } + return *o.CurrentThroughputOf1H +} + +// GetCurrentThroughputOf1HOk returns a tuple with the CurrentThroughputOf1H field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) GetCurrentThroughputOf1HOk() (*float32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CurrentThroughputOf1H) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CurrentThroughputOf1H, true +} + +// HasCurrentThroughputOf1H returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) HasCurrentThroughputOf1H() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CurrentThroughputOf1H) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCurrentThroughputOf1H gets a reference to the given float32 and assigns it to the CurrentThroughputOf1H field. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) SetCurrentThroughputOf1H(v float32) { + o.CurrentThroughputOf1H = &v +} + +// GetCurrentThroughputOf6H returns the CurrentThroughputOf6H field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) GetCurrentThroughputOf6H() float32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CurrentThroughputOf6H) { + var ret float32 + return ret + } + return *o.CurrentThroughputOf6H +} + +// GetCurrentThroughputOf6HOk returns a tuple with the CurrentThroughputOf6H field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) GetCurrentThroughputOf6HOk() (*float32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CurrentThroughputOf6H) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CurrentThroughputOf6H, true +} + +// HasCurrentThroughputOf6H returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) HasCurrentThroughputOf6H() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CurrentThroughputOf6H) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCurrentThroughputOf6H gets a reference to the given float32 and assigns it to the CurrentThroughputOf6H field. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) SetCurrentThroughputOf6H(v float32) { + o.CurrentThroughputOf6H = &v +} + +// GetCurrentThroughputOf24H returns the CurrentThroughputOf24H field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) GetCurrentThroughputOf24H() float32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CurrentThroughputOf24H) { + var ret float32 + return ret + } + return *o.CurrentThroughputOf24H +} + +// GetCurrentThroughputOf24HOk returns a tuple with the CurrentThroughputOf24H field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) GetCurrentThroughputOf24HOk() (*float32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CurrentThroughputOf24H) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CurrentThroughputOf24H, true +} + +// HasCurrentThroughputOf24H returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) HasCurrentThroughputOf24H() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CurrentThroughputOf24H) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCurrentThroughputOf24H gets a reference to the given float32 and assigns it to the CurrentThroughputOf24H field. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) SetCurrentThroughputOf24H(v float32) { + o.CurrentThroughputOf24H = &v +} + +// GetPercentile returns the Percentile field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) GetPercentile() float32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Percentile) { + var ret float32 + return ret + } + return *o.Percentile +} + +// GetPercentileOk returns a tuple with the Percentile field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) GetPercentileOk() (*float32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Percentile) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Percentile, true +} + +// HasPercentile returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) HasPercentile() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Percentile) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPercentile gets a reference to the given float32 and assigns it to the Percentile field. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) SetPercentile(v float32) { + o.Percentile = &v +} + +// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) GetTags() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.Tags +} + +// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tags, true +} + +// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) HasTags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) SetTags(v []Tag) { + o.Tags = v +} + +func (o DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.DatasetId) { + toSerialize["dataset_id"] = o.DatasetId + } + if !IsNil(o.DatasetName) { + toSerialize["dataset_name"] = o.DatasetName + } + if !IsNil(o.DatasetType) { + toSerialize["dataset_type"] = o.DatasetType + } + if !IsNil(o.IsReplica) { + toSerialize["is_replica"] = o.IsReplica + } + if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { + toSerialize["environment_id"] = o.EnvironmentId + } + if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentName) { + toSerialize["environment_name"] = o.EnvironmentName + } + if !IsNil(o.AverageThroughputOf1H) { + toSerialize["average_throughput_of_1_h"] = o.AverageThroughputOf1H + } + if !IsNil(o.AverageThroughputOf6H) { + toSerialize["average_throughput_of_6_h"] = o.AverageThroughputOf6H + } + if !IsNil(o.AverageThroughputOf24H) { + toSerialize["average_throughput_of_24_h"] = o.AverageThroughputOf24H + } + if !IsNil(o.CurrentThroughputOf1H) { + toSerialize["current_throughput_of_1_h"] = o.CurrentThroughputOf1H + } + if !IsNil(o.CurrentThroughputOf6H) { + toSerialize["current_throughput_of_6_h"] = o.CurrentThroughputOf6H + } + if !IsNil(o.CurrentThroughputOf24H) { + toSerialize["current_throughput_of_24_h"] = o.CurrentThroughputOf24H + } + if !IsNil(o.Percentile) { + toSerialize["percentile"] = o.Percentile + } + if !IsNil(o.Tags) { + toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary struct { + value *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) Get() *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) Set(val *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary(val *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) *NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary { + return &NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_dataset_performance_analytics_summary_response.go b/model_dataset_performance_analytics_summary_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b3557712 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_dataset_performance_analytics_summary_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse{} + +// DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse struct for DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse +type DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse struct { + Items []DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse instantiates a new DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse() *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse { + this := DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponseWithDefaults() *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse { + this := DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse) GetItems() []DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse) SetItems(v []DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummary) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse struct { + value *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse) Get() *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse) Set(val *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse(val *DatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse) *NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse { + return &NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDatasetPerformanceAnalyticsSummaryResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_dct_analytics_bundle.go b/model_dct_analytics_bundle.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8f16b7a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_dct_analytics_bundle.go @@ -0,0 +1,276 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the DctAnalyticsBundle type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DctAnalyticsBundle{} + +// DctAnalyticsBundle A bundle containing product identification, configuration information and API telemetry records. +type DctAnalyticsBundle struct { + ProductInfo DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo `json:"product_info"` + // A list of Delphix Engines registered with this instance of Data Control Tower. + RegisteredEngines []DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine `json:"registered_engines"` + // A list of API telemetry records.\" + ApiTelemetry []DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry `json:"api_telemetry"` + // A list of dates for which telemetry data is included in this bundle. + Dates []string `json:"dates"` + // The UTC time at bundle generation (ISO 8601 format). + BundleGenerationTime time.Time `json:"bundle_generation_time"` +} + +type _DctAnalyticsBundle DctAnalyticsBundle + +// NewDctAnalyticsBundle instantiates a new DctAnalyticsBundle object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDctAnalyticsBundle(productInfo DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo, registeredEngines []DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine, apiTelemetry []DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry, dates []string, bundleGenerationTime time.Time) *DctAnalyticsBundle { + this := DctAnalyticsBundle{} + this.ProductInfo = productInfo + this.RegisteredEngines = registeredEngines + this.ApiTelemetry = apiTelemetry + this.Dates = dates + this.BundleGenerationTime = bundleGenerationTime + return &this +} + +// NewDctAnalyticsBundleWithDefaults instantiates a new DctAnalyticsBundle object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDctAnalyticsBundleWithDefaults() *DctAnalyticsBundle { + this := DctAnalyticsBundle{} + return &this +} + +// GetProductInfo returns the ProductInfo field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundle) GetProductInfo() DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo { + if o == nil { + var ret DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo + return ret + } + + return o.ProductInfo +} + +// GetProductInfoOk returns a tuple with the ProductInfo field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundle) GetProductInfoOk() (*DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.ProductInfo, true +} + +// SetProductInfo sets field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundle) SetProductInfo(v DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo) { + o.ProductInfo = v +} + +// GetRegisteredEngines returns the RegisteredEngines field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundle) GetRegisteredEngines() []DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine { + if o == nil { + var ret []DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine + return ret + } + + return o.RegisteredEngines +} + +// GetRegisteredEnginesOk returns a tuple with the RegisteredEngines field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundle) GetRegisteredEnginesOk() ([]DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.RegisteredEngines, true +} + +// SetRegisteredEngines sets field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundle) SetRegisteredEngines(v []DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine) { + o.RegisteredEngines = v +} + +// GetApiTelemetry returns the ApiTelemetry field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundle) GetApiTelemetry() []DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry { + if o == nil { + var ret []DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry + return ret + } + + return o.ApiTelemetry +} + +// GetApiTelemetryOk returns a tuple with the ApiTelemetry field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundle) GetApiTelemetryOk() ([]DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.ApiTelemetry, true +} + +// SetApiTelemetry sets field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundle) SetApiTelemetry(v []DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) { + o.ApiTelemetry = v +} + +// GetDates returns the Dates field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundle) GetDates() []string { + if o == nil { + var ret []string + return ret + } + + return o.Dates +} + +// GetDatesOk returns a tuple with the Dates field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundle) GetDatesOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Dates, true +} + +// SetDates sets field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundle) SetDates(v []string) { + o.Dates = v +} + +// GetBundleGenerationTime returns the BundleGenerationTime field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundle) GetBundleGenerationTime() time.Time { + if o == nil { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + + return o.BundleGenerationTime +} + +// GetBundleGenerationTimeOk returns a tuple with the BundleGenerationTime field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundle) GetBundleGenerationTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.BundleGenerationTime, true +} + +// SetBundleGenerationTime sets field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundle) SetBundleGenerationTime(v time.Time) { + o.BundleGenerationTime = v +} + +func (o DctAnalyticsBundle) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DctAnalyticsBundle) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["product_info"] = o.ProductInfo + toSerialize["registered_engines"] = o.RegisteredEngines + toSerialize["api_telemetry"] = o.ApiTelemetry + toSerialize["dates"] = o.Dates + toSerialize["bundle_generation_time"] = o.BundleGenerationTime + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundle) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "product_info", + "registered_engines", + "api_telemetry", + "dates", + "bundle_generation_time", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varDctAnalyticsBundle := _DctAnalyticsBundle{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varDctAnalyticsBundle) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = DctAnalyticsBundle(varDctAnalyticsBundle) + + return err +} + +type NullableDctAnalyticsBundle struct { + value *DctAnalyticsBundle + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDctAnalyticsBundle) Get() *DctAnalyticsBundle { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDctAnalyticsBundle) Set(val *DctAnalyticsBundle) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDctAnalyticsBundle) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDctAnalyticsBundle) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDctAnalyticsBundle(val *DctAnalyticsBundle) *NullableDctAnalyticsBundle { + return &NullableDctAnalyticsBundle{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDctAnalyticsBundle) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDctAnalyticsBundle) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_dct_analytics_bundle_api_telemetry.go b/model_dct_analytics_bundle_api_telemetry.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b29502c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_dct_analytics_bundle_api_telemetry.go @@ -0,0 +1,452 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry{} + +// DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry Telemetry data for an HTTP API call. +type DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry struct { + // A programmatically-generated and auto-incrementing ID number for the API call. + Id NullableInt64 `json:"id"` + // The API endpoint path that was called. Note that all identifiable parameters are removed. + ApiEndpoint string `json:"api_endpoint"` + // The HTTP method used to call the API endpoint. + ApiMethod string `json:"api_method"` + // The UTC time the API call was initiated (ISO 8601 format). + StartTime string `json:"start_time"` + // The UTC time the API call returned a response (ISO 8601 format). + EndTime string `json:"end_time"` + // The HTTP status code of the response. + ResponseStatus int32 `json:"response_status"` + // The value of the \"User-Agent\" header in the request, if present. + UserAgent string `json:"user_agent"` + // The Data Control Tower client name (X-Dct-Client-Name HTTP header). This is used by Delphix-built integrations, like the Terraform Provider. + ClientName string `json:"client_name"` + // True if the API is classified as an automation API which is the basis of how API calls are charged. + IsAutomation bool `json:"is_automation"` + // The version of this Data Control Tower instance at the time the API was called. + DctVersion string `json:"dct_version"` + // A number to identify the user account or API key that performed this API call. + AccountId int64 `json:"account_id"` +} + +type _DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry + +// NewDctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry instantiates a new DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry(id NullableInt64, apiEndpoint string, apiMethod string, startTime string, endTime string, responseStatus int32, userAgent string, clientName string, isAutomation bool, dctVersion string, accountId int64) *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry { + this := DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry{} + this.Id = id + this.ApiEndpoint = apiEndpoint + this.ApiMethod = apiMethod + this.StartTime = startTime + this.EndTime = endTime + this.ResponseStatus = responseStatus + this.UserAgent = userAgent + this.ClientName = clientName + this.IsAutomation = isAutomation + this.DctVersion = dctVersion + this.AccountId = accountId + return &this +} + +// NewDctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetryWithDefaults instantiates a new DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetryWithDefaults() *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry { + this := DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value +// If the value is explicit nil, the zero value for int64 will be returned +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) GetId() int64 { + if o == nil || o.Id.Get() == nil { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + + return *o.Id.Get() +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) GetIdOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id.Get(), o.Id.IsSet() +} + +// SetId sets field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) SetId(v int64) { + o.Id.Set(&v) +} + +// GetApiEndpoint returns the ApiEndpoint field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) GetApiEndpoint() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.ApiEndpoint +} + +// GetApiEndpointOk returns a tuple with the ApiEndpoint field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) GetApiEndpointOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.ApiEndpoint, true +} + +// SetApiEndpoint sets field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) SetApiEndpoint(v string) { + o.ApiEndpoint = v +} + +// GetApiMethod returns the ApiMethod field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) GetApiMethod() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.ApiMethod +} + +// GetApiMethodOk returns a tuple with the ApiMethod field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) GetApiMethodOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.ApiMethod, true +} + +// SetApiMethod sets field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) SetApiMethod(v string) { + o.ApiMethod = v +} + +// GetStartTime returns the StartTime field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) GetStartTime() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.StartTime +} + +// GetStartTimeOk returns a tuple with the StartTime field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) GetStartTimeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.StartTime, true +} + +// SetStartTime sets field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) SetStartTime(v string) { + o.StartTime = v +} + +// GetEndTime returns the EndTime field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) GetEndTime() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.EndTime +} + +// GetEndTimeOk returns a tuple with the EndTime field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) GetEndTimeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.EndTime, true +} + +// SetEndTime sets field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) SetEndTime(v string) { + o.EndTime = v +} + +// GetResponseStatus returns the ResponseStatus field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) GetResponseStatus() int32 { + if o == nil { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + + return o.ResponseStatus +} + +// GetResponseStatusOk returns a tuple with the ResponseStatus field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) GetResponseStatusOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.ResponseStatus, true +} + +// SetResponseStatus sets field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) SetResponseStatus(v int32) { + o.ResponseStatus = v +} + +// GetUserAgent returns the UserAgent field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) GetUserAgent() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.UserAgent +} + +// GetUserAgentOk returns a tuple with the UserAgent field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) GetUserAgentOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.UserAgent, true +} + +// SetUserAgent sets field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) SetUserAgent(v string) { + o.UserAgent = v +} + +// GetClientName returns the ClientName field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) GetClientName() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.ClientName +} + +// GetClientNameOk returns a tuple with the ClientName field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) GetClientNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.ClientName, true +} + +// SetClientName sets field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) SetClientName(v string) { + o.ClientName = v +} + +// GetIsAutomation returns the IsAutomation field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) GetIsAutomation() bool { + if o == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + + return o.IsAutomation +} + +// GetIsAutomationOk returns a tuple with the IsAutomation field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) GetIsAutomationOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.IsAutomation, true +} + +// SetIsAutomation sets field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) SetIsAutomation(v bool) { + o.IsAutomation = v +} + +// GetDctVersion returns the DctVersion field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) GetDctVersion() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.DctVersion +} + +// GetDctVersionOk returns a tuple with the DctVersion field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) GetDctVersionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.DctVersion, true +} + +// SetDctVersion sets field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) SetDctVersion(v string) { + o.DctVersion = v +} + +// GetAccountId returns the AccountId field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) GetAccountId() int64 { + if o == nil { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + + return o.AccountId +} + +// GetAccountIdOk returns a tuple with the AccountId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) GetAccountIdOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.AccountId, true +} + +// SetAccountId sets field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) SetAccountId(v int64) { + o.AccountId = v +} + +func (o DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id.Get() + toSerialize["api_endpoint"] = o.ApiEndpoint + toSerialize["api_method"] = o.ApiMethod + toSerialize["start_time"] = o.StartTime + toSerialize["end_time"] = o.EndTime + toSerialize["response_status"] = o.ResponseStatus + toSerialize["user_agent"] = o.UserAgent + toSerialize["client_name"] = o.ClientName + toSerialize["is_automation"] = o.IsAutomation + toSerialize["dct_version"] = o.DctVersion + toSerialize["account_id"] = o.AccountId + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "id", + "api_endpoint", + "api_method", + "start_time", + "end_time", + "response_status", + "user_agent", + "client_name", + "is_automation", + "dct_version", + "account_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varDctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry := _DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varDctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry(varDctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) + + return err +} + +type NullableDctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry struct { + value *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) Get() *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) Set(val *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry(val *DctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) *NullableDctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry { + return &NullableDctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDctAnalyticsBundleApiTelemetry) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_dct_analytics_bundle_product_history.go b/model_dct_analytics_bundle_product_history.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7cffe2bb --- /dev/null +++ b/model_dct_analytics_bundle_product_history.go @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory{} + +// DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory The product history data included in the DCT Analytics bundle's product information. +type DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory struct { + // The product version. + Version string `json:"version"` + // The UTC time when the version was installed (ISO 8601 format) + InstalledOn string `json:"installed_on"` +} + +type _DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory + +// NewDctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory instantiates a new DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory(version string, installedOn string) *DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory { + this := DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory{} + this.Version = version + this.InstalledOn = installedOn + return &this +} + +// NewDctAnalyticsBundleProductHistoryWithDefaults instantiates a new DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDctAnalyticsBundleProductHistoryWithDefaults() *DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory { + this := DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory{} + return &this +} + +// GetVersion returns the Version field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory) GetVersion() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.Version +} + +// GetVersionOk returns a tuple with the Version field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory) GetVersionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.Version, true +} + +// SetVersion sets field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory) SetVersion(v string) { + o.Version = v +} + +// GetInstalledOn returns the InstalledOn field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory) GetInstalledOn() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.InstalledOn +} + +// GetInstalledOnOk returns a tuple with the InstalledOn field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory) GetInstalledOnOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.InstalledOn, true +} + +// SetInstalledOn sets field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory) SetInstalledOn(v string) { + o.InstalledOn = v +} + +func (o DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["version"] = o.Version + toSerialize["installed_on"] = o.InstalledOn + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "version", + "installed_on", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varDctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory := _DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varDctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory(varDctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory) + + return err +} + +type NullableDctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory struct { + value *DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory) Get() *DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory) Set(val *DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory(val *DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory) *NullableDctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory { + return &NullableDctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_dct_analytics_bundle_product_info.go b/model_dct_analytics_bundle_product_info.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fd65f48a --- /dev/null +++ b/model_dct_analytics_bundle_product_info.go @@ -0,0 +1,247 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo{} + +// DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo Information to identify this Data Control Tower instance. +type DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo struct { + // A unique identifier for this Data Control Tower instance. + SystemUuid string `json:"system_uuid"` + // The currently running version of this instance of Data Control Tower. + ProductVersion string `json:"product_version"` + // The API version in use for this instance of Data Control Tower. + ApiVersion string `json:"api_version"` + // The upgrade history of this instance of Data Control Tower. + ProductUpgradeHistory []DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory `json:"product_upgrade_history"` +} + +type _DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo + +// NewDctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo instantiates a new DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo(systemUuid string, productVersion string, apiVersion string, productUpgradeHistory []DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory) *DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo { + this := DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo{} + this.SystemUuid = systemUuid + this.ProductVersion = productVersion + this.ApiVersion = apiVersion + this.ProductUpgradeHistory = productUpgradeHistory + return &this +} + +// NewDctAnalyticsBundleProductInfoWithDefaults instantiates a new DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDctAnalyticsBundleProductInfoWithDefaults() *DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo { + this := DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo{} + return &this +} + +// GetSystemUuid returns the SystemUuid field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo) GetSystemUuid() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.SystemUuid +} + +// GetSystemUuidOk returns a tuple with the SystemUuid field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo) GetSystemUuidOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.SystemUuid, true +} + +// SetSystemUuid sets field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo) SetSystemUuid(v string) { + o.SystemUuid = v +} + +// GetProductVersion returns the ProductVersion field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo) GetProductVersion() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.ProductVersion +} + +// GetProductVersionOk returns a tuple with the ProductVersion field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo) GetProductVersionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.ProductVersion, true +} + +// SetProductVersion sets field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo) SetProductVersion(v string) { + o.ProductVersion = v +} + +// GetApiVersion returns the ApiVersion field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo) GetApiVersion() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.ApiVersion +} + +// GetApiVersionOk returns a tuple with the ApiVersion field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo) GetApiVersionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.ApiVersion, true +} + +// SetApiVersion sets field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo) SetApiVersion(v string) { + o.ApiVersion = v +} + +// GetProductUpgradeHistory returns the ProductUpgradeHistory field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo) GetProductUpgradeHistory() []DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory { + if o == nil { + var ret []DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory + return ret + } + + return o.ProductUpgradeHistory +} + +// GetProductUpgradeHistoryOk returns a tuple with the ProductUpgradeHistory field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo) GetProductUpgradeHistoryOk() ([]DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.ProductUpgradeHistory, true +} + +// SetProductUpgradeHistory sets field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo) SetProductUpgradeHistory(v []DctAnalyticsBundleProductHistory) { + o.ProductUpgradeHistory = v +} + +func (o DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["system_uuid"] = o.SystemUuid + toSerialize["product_version"] = o.ProductVersion + toSerialize["api_version"] = o.ApiVersion + toSerialize["product_upgrade_history"] = o.ProductUpgradeHistory + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "system_uuid", + "product_version", + "api_version", + "product_upgrade_history", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varDctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo := _DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varDctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo(varDctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo) + + return err +} + +type NullableDctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo struct { + value *DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo) Get() *DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo) Set(val *DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo(val *DctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo) *NullableDctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo { + return &NullableDctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDctAnalyticsBundleProductInfo) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_dct_analytics_bundle_registered_engine.go b/model_dct_analytics_bundle_registered_engine.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0f7f6c6d --- /dev/null +++ b/model_dct_analytics_bundle_registered_engine.go @@ -0,0 +1,253 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine{} + +// DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine Identification data for a Delphix Engine registered with this instance of Data Control Tower. +type DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine struct { + // A programmatically-generated and auto-incrementing ID for the registered Delphix Engine. + Id int64 `json:"id"` + // The UUID of the registered Delphix Engine. + Uuid NullableString `json:"uuid"` + // The type of registered Delphix Engine. + Type NullableString `json:"type"` + // The running version registered Delphix Engine. + Version NullableString `json:"version"` +} + +type _DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine + +// NewDctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine instantiates a new DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine(id int64, uuid NullableString, type_ NullableString, version NullableString) *DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine { + this := DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine{} + this.Id = id + this.Uuid = uuid + this.Type = type_ + this.Version = version + return &this +} + +// NewDctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngineWithDefaults instantiates a new DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngineWithDefaults() *DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine { + this := DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine) GetId() int64 { + if o == nil { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + + return o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine) GetIdOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.Id, true +} + +// SetId sets field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine) SetId(v int64) { + o.Id = v +} + +// GetUuid returns the Uuid field value +// If the value is explicit nil, the zero value for string will be returned +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine) GetUuid() string { + if o == nil || o.Uuid.Get() == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return *o.Uuid.Get() +} + +// GetUuidOk returns a tuple with the Uuid field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine) GetUuidOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Uuid.Get(), o.Uuid.IsSet() +} + +// SetUuid sets field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine) SetUuid(v string) { + o.Uuid.Set(&v) +} + +// GetType returns the Type field value +// If the value is explicit nil, the zero value for string will be returned +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine) GetType() string { + if o == nil || o.Type.Get() == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return *o.Type.Get() +} + +// GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Type.Get(), o.Type.IsSet() +} + +// SetType sets field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine) SetType(v string) { + o.Type.Set(&v) +} + +// GetVersion returns the Version field value +// If the value is explicit nil, the zero value for string will be returned +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine) GetVersion() string { + if o == nil || o.Version.Get() == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return *o.Version.Get() +} + +// GetVersionOk returns a tuple with the Version field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine) GetVersionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Version.Get(), o.Version.IsSet() +} + +// SetVersion sets field value +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine) SetVersion(v string) { + o.Version.Set(&v) +} + +func (o DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + toSerialize["uuid"] = o.Uuid.Get() + toSerialize["type"] = o.Type.Get() + toSerialize["version"] = o.Version.Get() + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "id", + "uuid", + "type", + "version", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varDctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine := _DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varDctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine(varDctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine) + + return err +} + +type NullableDctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine struct { + value *DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine) Get() *DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine) Set(val *DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine(val *DctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine) *NullableDctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine { + return &NullableDctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDctAnalyticsBundleRegisteredEngine) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_delete_algorithm_revision_response.go b/model_delete_algorithm_revision_response.go deleted file mode 100644 index 9864cd67..00000000 --- a/model_delete_algorithm_revision_response.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,127 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" -) - -// checks if the DeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &DeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse{} - -// DeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse struct for DeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse -type DeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse struct { - Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` -} - -// NewDeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse instantiates a new DeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewDeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse() *DeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse { - this := DeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse{} - return &this -} - -// NewDeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewDeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponseWithDefaults() *DeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse { - this := DeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse{} - return &this -} - -// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *DeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse) GetJob() Job { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { - var ret Job - return ret - } - return *o.Job -} - -// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *DeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Job, true -} - -// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *DeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse) HasJob() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. -func (o *DeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse) SetJob(v Job) { - o.Job = &v -} - -func (o DeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o DeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.Job) { - toSerialize["job"] = o.Job - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableDeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse struct { - value *DeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableDeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse) Get() *DeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableDeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse) Set(val *DeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableDeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableDeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableDeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse(val *DeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse) *NullableDeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse { - return &NullableDeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableDeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableDeleteAlgorithmRevisionResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_delete_bookmark_response.go b/model_delete_bookmark_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3ea574f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_delete_bookmark_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DeleteBookmarkResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DeleteBookmarkResponse{} + +// DeleteBookmarkResponse struct for DeleteBookmarkResponse +type DeleteBookmarkResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDeleteBookmarkResponse instantiates a new DeleteBookmarkResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDeleteBookmarkResponse() *DeleteBookmarkResponse { + this := DeleteBookmarkResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewDeleteBookmarkResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DeleteBookmarkResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDeleteBookmarkResponseWithDefaults() *DeleteBookmarkResponse { + this := DeleteBookmarkResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteBookmarkResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteBookmarkResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteBookmarkResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *DeleteBookmarkResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o DeleteBookmarkResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DeleteBookmarkResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDeleteBookmarkResponse struct { + value *DeleteBookmarkResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDeleteBookmarkResponse) Get() *DeleteBookmarkResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteBookmarkResponse) Set(val *DeleteBookmarkResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDeleteBookmarkResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteBookmarkResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDeleteBookmarkResponse(val *DeleteBookmarkResponse) *NullableDeleteBookmarkResponse { + return &NullableDeleteBookmarkResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDeleteBookmarkResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteBookmarkResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_delete_cdb_parameters.go b/model_delete_cdb_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9fc6c3cd --- /dev/null +++ b/model_delete_cdb_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DeleteCDBParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DeleteCDBParameters{} + +// DeleteCDBParameters Parameters to delete a CDB. +type DeleteCDBParameters struct { + // Whether to continue the operation upon failures. + Force *bool `json:"force,omitempty"` + // Whether to delete all dependent datasets of the CDB. + DeleteAllDependentDatasets *bool `json:"delete_all_dependent_datasets,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDeleteCDBParameters instantiates a new DeleteCDBParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDeleteCDBParameters() *DeleteCDBParameters { + this := DeleteCDBParameters{} + var force bool = false + this.Force = &force + var deleteAllDependentDatasets bool = false + this.DeleteAllDependentDatasets = &deleteAllDependentDatasets + return &this +} + +// NewDeleteCDBParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new DeleteCDBParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDeleteCDBParametersWithDefaults() *DeleteCDBParameters { + this := DeleteCDBParameters{} + var force bool = false + this.Force = &force + var deleteAllDependentDatasets bool = false + this.DeleteAllDependentDatasets = &deleteAllDependentDatasets + return &this +} + +// GetForce returns the Force field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteCDBParameters) GetForce() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Force) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Force +} + +// GetForceOk returns a tuple with the Force field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteCDBParameters) GetForceOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Force) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Force, true +} + +// HasForce returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteCDBParameters) HasForce() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Force) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetForce gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Force field. +func (o *DeleteCDBParameters) SetForce(v bool) { + o.Force = &v +} + +// GetDeleteAllDependentDatasets returns the DeleteAllDependentDatasets field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteCDBParameters) GetDeleteAllDependentDatasets() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DeleteAllDependentDatasets) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.DeleteAllDependentDatasets +} + +// GetDeleteAllDependentDatasetsOk returns a tuple with the DeleteAllDependentDatasets field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteCDBParameters) GetDeleteAllDependentDatasetsOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DeleteAllDependentDatasets) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DeleteAllDependentDatasets, true +} + +// HasDeleteAllDependentDatasets returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteCDBParameters) HasDeleteAllDependentDatasets() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DeleteAllDependentDatasets) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDeleteAllDependentDatasets gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DeleteAllDependentDatasets field. +func (o *DeleteCDBParameters) SetDeleteAllDependentDatasets(v bool) { + o.DeleteAllDependentDatasets = &v +} + +func (o DeleteCDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DeleteCDBParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Force) { + toSerialize["force"] = o.Force + } + if !IsNil(o.DeleteAllDependentDatasets) { + toSerialize["delete_all_dependent_datasets"] = o.DeleteAllDependentDatasets + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDeleteCDBParameters struct { + value *DeleteCDBParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDeleteCDBParameters) Get() *DeleteCDBParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteCDBParameters) Set(val *DeleteCDBParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDeleteCDBParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteCDBParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDeleteCDBParameters(val *DeleteCDBParameters) *NullableDeleteCDBParameters { + return &NullableDeleteCDBParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDeleteCDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteCDBParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_delete_cdb_response.go b/model_delete_cdb_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d0820658 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_delete_cdb_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DeleteCDBResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DeleteCDBResponse{} + +// DeleteCDBResponse struct for DeleteCDBResponse +type DeleteCDBResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDeleteCDBResponse instantiates a new DeleteCDBResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDeleteCDBResponse() *DeleteCDBResponse { + this := DeleteCDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewDeleteCDBResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DeleteCDBResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDeleteCDBResponseWithDefaults() *DeleteCDBResponse { + this := DeleteCDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteCDBResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteCDBResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteCDBResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *DeleteCDBResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o DeleteCDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DeleteCDBResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDeleteCDBResponse struct { + value *DeleteCDBResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDeleteCDBResponse) Get() *DeleteCDBResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteCDBResponse) Set(val *DeleteCDBResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDeleteCDBResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteCDBResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDeleteCDBResponse(val *DeleteCDBResponse) *NullableDeleteCDBResponse { + return &NullableDeleteCDBResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDeleteCDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteCDBResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_delete_compliance_job_collection_response.go b/model_delete_compliance_job_collection_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e7cafdca --- /dev/null +++ b/model_delete_compliance_job_collection_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse{} + +// DeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse struct for DeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse +type DeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse instantiates a new DeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse() *DeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse { + this := DeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewDeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponseWithDefaults() *DeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse { + this := DeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *DeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o DeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse struct { + value *DeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse) Get() *DeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse) Set(val *DeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse(val *DeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse) *NullableDeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse { + return &NullableDeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteComplianceJobCollectionResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_delete_d_source_request.go b/model_delete_d_source_request.go index f6d12070..559722ff 100644 --- a/model_delete_d_source_request.go +++ b/model_delete_d_source_request.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the DeleteDSourceRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -28,8 +30,12 @@ type DeleteDSourceRequest struct { OracleUsername *string `json:"oracle_username,omitempty"` // Password for privileged user (Oracle only). OraclePassword *string `json:"oracle_password,omitempty"` + // Flag indicating whether to delete all dependent VDBs before deleting the dSource. + DeleteAllDependentVdbs *bool `json:"delete_all_dependent_vdbs,omitempty"` } +type _DeleteDSourceRequest DeleteDSourceRequest + // NewDeleteDSourceRequest instantiates a new DeleteDSourceRequest object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -39,6 +45,8 @@ func NewDeleteDSourceRequest(dsourceId string) *DeleteDSourceRequest { this.DsourceId = dsourceId var force bool = false this.Force = &force + var deleteAllDependentVdbs bool = false + this.DeleteAllDependentVdbs = &deleteAllDependentVdbs return &this } @@ -49,6 +57,8 @@ func NewDeleteDSourceRequestWithDefaults() *DeleteDSourceRequest { this := DeleteDSourceRequest{} var force bool = false this.Force = &force + var deleteAllDependentVdbs bool = false + this.DeleteAllDependentVdbs = &deleteAllDependentVdbs return &this } @@ -172,6 +182,38 @@ func (o *DeleteDSourceRequest) SetOraclePassword(v string) { o.OraclePassword = &v } +// GetDeleteAllDependentVdbs returns the DeleteAllDependentVdbs field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteDSourceRequest) GetDeleteAllDependentVdbs() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DeleteAllDependentVdbs) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.DeleteAllDependentVdbs +} + +// GetDeleteAllDependentVdbsOk returns a tuple with the DeleteAllDependentVdbs field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceRequest) GetDeleteAllDependentVdbsOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DeleteAllDependentVdbs) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DeleteAllDependentVdbs, true +} + +// HasDeleteAllDependentVdbs returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceRequest) HasDeleteAllDependentVdbs() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DeleteAllDependentVdbs) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDeleteAllDependentVdbs gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DeleteAllDependentVdbs field. +func (o *DeleteDSourceRequest) SetDeleteAllDependentVdbs(v bool) { + o.DeleteAllDependentVdbs = &v +} + func (o DeleteDSourceRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -192,9 +234,49 @@ func (o DeleteDSourceRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.OraclePassword) { toSerialize["oracle_password"] = o.OraclePassword } + if !IsNil(o.DeleteAllDependentVdbs) { + toSerialize["delete_all_dependent_vdbs"] = o.DeleteAllDependentVdbs + } return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *DeleteDSourceRequest) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "dsource_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varDeleteDSourceRequest := _DeleteDSourceRequest{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varDeleteDSourceRequest) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = DeleteDSourceRequest(varDeleteDSourceRequest) + + return err +} + type NullableDeleteDSourceRequest struct { value *DeleteDSourceRequest isSet bool diff --git a/model_delete_d_source_response.go b/model_delete_d_source_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a1ec9b32 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_delete_d_source_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,997 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" +) + +// checks if the DeleteDSourceResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DeleteDSourceResponse{} + +// DeleteDSourceResponse struct for DeleteDSourceResponse +type DeleteDSourceResponse struct { + // The Job entity ID. + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // The status of the job. + Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"` + // Indicates that the operations performed by this Job have completed successfully, but the object changes are not yet reflected. This is only set when when the JOB is in STARTED status, with the guarantee that the job will not transition to the FAILED status. Note that this flag will likely be replaced with a new status in future API versions and be deprecated. + IsWaitingForTelemetry *bool `json:"is_waiting_for_telemetry,omitempty"` + // The type of job being done. + // Deprecated + Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"` + // The i18n translated type of job being done. + LocalizedType *string `json:"localized_type,omitempty"` + // Details about the failure for FAILED jobs. + ErrorDetails *string `json:"error_details,omitempty"` + // Warnings for the job. + WarningMessage *string `json:"warning_message,omitempty"` + // A reference to the job's target. + TargetId *string `json:"target_id,omitempty"` + // A reference to the job's target name. + TargetName *string `json:"target_name,omitempty"` + // The time the job started executing. + StartTime *time.Time `json:"start_time,omitempty"` + // The time the job was last updated. + UpdateTime *time.Time `json:"update_time,omitempty"` + // traceId of the request which created this Job + TraceId *string `json:"trace_id,omitempty"` + // IDs of the engines this Job is executing on. + // Deprecated + EngineIds []string `json:"engine_ids,omitempty"` + Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` + Engines []Engine `json:"engines,omitempty"` + // The ID of the account who initiated this job. + AccountId *int32 `json:"account_id,omitempty"` + // The account name which initiated this job. It can be either firstname and lastname combination or firstname or lastname or username or email address or Account-. + AccountName *string `json:"account_name,omitempty"` + // Completion percentage of the Job. + PercentComplete *int32 `json:"percent_complete,omitempty"` + // Deprecated + VirtualizationTasks []VirtualizationTask `json:"virtualization_tasks,omitempty"` + Tasks []JobTask `json:"tasks,omitempty"` + // The ID of the associated masking execution, if any. + ExecutionId NullableString `json:"execution_id,omitempty"` + // The type of the job result. This is the type of the object present in the result. + ResultType *string `json:"result_type,omitempty"` + // The result of the job execution. This is JSON serialized string of the result object whose type is specified by result_type property. + Result map[string]interface{} `json:"result,omitempty"` + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDeleteDSourceResponse instantiates a new DeleteDSourceResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDeleteDSourceResponse() *DeleteDSourceResponse { + this := DeleteDSourceResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewDeleteDSourceResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DeleteDSourceResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDeleteDSourceResponseWithDefaults() *DeleteDSourceResponse { + this := DeleteDSourceResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetStatus() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Status +} + +// GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Status, true +} + +// HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) HasStatus() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Status) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) SetStatus(v string) { + o.Status = &v +} + +// GetIsWaitingForTelemetry returns the IsWaitingForTelemetry field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetIsWaitingForTelemetry() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsWaitingForTelemetry) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsWaitingForTelemetry +} + +// GetIsWaitingForTelemetryOk returns a tuple with the IsWaitingForTelemetry field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetIsWaitingForTelemetryOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsWaitingForTelemetry) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsWaitingForTelemetry, true +} + +// HasIsWaitingForTelemetry returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) HasIsWaitingForTelemetry() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsWaitingForTelemetry) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsWaitingForTelemetry gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsWaitingForTelemetry field. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) SetIsWaitingForTelemetry(v bool) { + o.IsWaitingForTelemetry = &v +} + +// GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise. +// Deprecated +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Type +} + +// GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// Deprecated +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Type, true +} + +// HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) HasType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Type) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field. +// Deprecated +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) SetType(v string) { + o.Type = &v +} + +// GetLocalizedType returns the LocalizedType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetLocalizedType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LocalizedType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.LocalizedType +} + +// GetLocalizedTypeOk returns a tuple with the LocalizedType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetLocalizedTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LocalizedType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LocalizedType, true +} + +// HasLocalizedType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) HasLocalizedType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LocalizedType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLocalizedType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the LocalizedType field. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) SetLocalizedType(v string) { + o.LocalizedType = &v +} + +// GetErrorDetails returns the ErrorDetails field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetErrorDetails() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ErrorDetails) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ErrorDetails +} + +// GetErrorDetailsOk returns a tuple with the ErrorDetails field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetErrorDetailsOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ErrorDetails) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ErrorDetails, true +} + +// HasErrorDetails returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) HasErrorDetails() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ErrorDetails) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetErrorDetails gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ErrorDetails field. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) SetErrorDetails(v string) { + o.ErrorDetails = &v +} + +// GetWarningMessage returns the WarningMessage field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetWarningMessage() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.WarningMessage) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.WarningMessage +} + +// GetWarningMessageOk returns a tuple with the WarningMessage field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetWarningMessageOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.WarningMessage) { + return nil, false + } + return o.WarningMessage, true +} + +// HasWarningMessage returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) HasWarningMessage() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.WarningMessage) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetWarningMessage gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the WarningMessage field. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) SetWarningMessage(v string) { + o.WarningMessage = &v +} + +// GetTargetId returns the TargetId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetTargetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetId +} + +// GetTargetIdOk returns a tuple with the TargetId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetTargetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetId, true +} + +// HasTargetId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) HasTargetId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetId field. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) SetTargetId(v string) { + o.TargetId = &v +} + +// GetTargetName returns the TargetName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetTargetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetName +} + +// GetTargetNameOk returns a tuple with the TargetName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetTargetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetName, true +} + +// HasTargetName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) HasTargetName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetName field. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) SetTargetName(v string) { + o.TargetName = &v +} + +// GetStartTime returns the StartTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetStartTime() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StartTime) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.StartTime +} + +// GetStartTimeOk returns a tuple with the StartTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetStartTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StartTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.StartTime, true +} + +// HasStartTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) HasStartTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StartTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStartTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the StartTime field. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) SetStartTime(v time.Time) { + o.StartTime = &v +} + +// GetUpdateTime returns the UpdateTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetUpdateTime() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UpdateTime) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.UpdateTime +} + +// GetUpdateTimeOk returns a tuple with the UpdateTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetUpdateTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UpdateTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UpdateTime, true +} + +// HasUpdateTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) HasUpdateTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UpdateTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUpdateTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the UpdateTime field. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) SetUpdateTime(v time.Time) { + o.UpdateTime = &v +} + +// GetTraceId returns the TraceId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetTraceId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TraceId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TraceId +} + +// GetTraceIdOk returns a tuple with the TraceId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetTraceIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TraceId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TraceId, true +} + +// HasTraceId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) HasTraceId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TraceId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTraceId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TraceId field. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) SetTraceId(v string) { + o.TraceId = &v +} + +// GetEngineIds returns the EngineIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. +// Deprecated +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetEngineIds() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineIds) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.EngineIds +} + +// GetEngineIdsOk returns a tuple with the EngineIds field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// Deprecated +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetEngineIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineIds) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineIds, true +} + +// HasEngineIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) HasEngineIds() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineIds) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the EngineIds field. +// Deprecated +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) SetEngineIds(v []string) { + o.EngineIds = v +} + +// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetTags() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.Tags +} + +// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tags, true +} + +// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) HasTags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) SetTags(v []Tag) { + o.Tags = v +} + +// GetEngines returns the Engines field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetEngines() []Engine { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Engines) { + var ret []Engine + return ret + } + return o.Engines +} + +// GetEnginesOk returns a tuple with the Engines field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetEnginesOk() ([]Engine, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Engines) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Engines, true +} + +// HasEngines returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) HasEngines() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Engines) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngines gets a reference to the given []Engine and assigns it to the Engines field. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) SetEngines(v []Engine) { + o.Engines = v +} + +// GetAccountId returns the AccountId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetAccountId() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountId) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.AccountId +} + +// GetAccountIdOk returns a tuple with the AccountId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetAccountIdOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AccountId, true +} + +// HasAccountId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) HasAccountId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AccountId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAccountId gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the AccountId field. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) SetAccountId(v int32) { + o.AccountId = &v +} + +// GetAccountName returns the AccountName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetAccountName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AccountName +} + +// GetAccountNameOk returns a tuple with the AccountName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetAccountNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AccountName, true +} + +// HasAccountName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) HasAccountName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AccountName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAccountName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AccountName field. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) SetAccountName(v string) { + o.AccountName = &v +} + +// GetPercentComplete returns the PercentComplete field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetPercentComplete() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PercentComplete) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.PercentComplete +} + +// GetPercentCompleteOk returns a tuple with the PercentComplete field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetPercentCompleteOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PercentComplete) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PercentComplete, true +} + +// HasPercentComplete returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) HasPercentComplete() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PercentComplete) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPercentComplete gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the PercentComplete field. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) SetPercentComplete(v int32) { + o.PercentComplete = &v +} + +// GetVirtualizationTasks returns the VirtualizationTasks field value if set, zero value otherwise. +// Deprecated +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetVirtualizationTasks() []VirtualizationTask { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VirtualizationTasks) { + var ret []VirtualizationTask + return ret + } + return o.VirtualizationTasks +} + +// GetVirtualizationTasksOk returns a tuple with the VirtualizationTasks field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// Deprecated +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetVirtualizationTasksOk() ([]VirtualizationTask, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VirtualizationTasks) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VirtualizationTasks, true +} + +// HasVirtualizationTasks returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) HasVirtualizationTasks() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VirtualizationTasks) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVirtualizationTasks gets a reference to the given []VirtualizationTask and assigns it to the VirtualizationTasks field. +// Deprecated +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) SetVirtualizationTasks(v []VirtualizationTask) { + o.VirtualizationTasks = v +} + +// GetTasks returns the Tasks field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetTasks() []JobTask { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tasks) { + var ret []JobTask + return ret + } + return o.Tasks +} + +// GetTasksOk returns a tuple with the Tasks field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetTasksOk() ([]JobTask, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tasks) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tasks, true +} + +// HasTasks returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) HasTasks() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tasks) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTasks gets a reference to the given []JobTask and assigns it to the Tasks field. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) SetTasks(v []JobTask) { + o.Tasks = v +} + +// GetExecutionId returns the ExecutionId field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetExecutionId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExecutionId.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExecutionId.Get() +} + +// GetExecutionIdOk returns a tuple with the ExecutionId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetExecutionIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExecutionId.Get(), o.ExecutionId.IsSet() +} + +// HasExecutionId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) HasExecutionId() bool { + if o != nil && o.ExecutionId.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExecutionId gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the ExecutionId field. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) SetExecutionId(v string) { + o.ExecutionId.Set(&v) +} +// SetExecutionIdNil sets the value for ExecutionId to be an explicit nil +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) SetExecutionIdNil() { + o.ExecutionId.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetExecutionId ensures that no value is present for ExecutionId, not even an explicit nil +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) UnsetExecutionId() { + o.ExecutionId.Unset() +} + +// GetResultType returns the ResultType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetResultType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResultType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ResultType +} + +// GetResultTypeOk returns a tuple with the ResultType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetResultTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResultType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResultType, true +} + +// HasResultType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) HasResultType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResultType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResultType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ResultType field. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) SetResultType(v string) { + o.ResultType = &v +} + +// GetResult returns the Result field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetResult() map[string]interface{} { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Result) { + var ret map[string]interface{} + return ret + } + return o.Result +} + +// GetResultOk returns a tuple with the Result field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetResultOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Result) { + return map[string]interface{}{}, false + } + return o.Result, true +} + +// HasResult returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) HasResult() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Result) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResult gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the Result field. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) SetResult(v map[string]interface{}) { + o.Result = v +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *DeleteDSourceResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o DeleteDSourceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DeleteDSourceResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.Status) { + toSerialize["status"] = o.Status + } + if !IsNil(o.IsWaitingForTelemetry) { + toSerialize["is_waiting_for_telemetry"] = o.IsWaitingForTelemetry + } + if !IsNil(o.Type) { + toSerialize["type"] = o.Type + } + if !IsNil(o.LocalizedType) { + toSerialize["localized_type"] = o.LocalizedType + } + if !IsNil(o.ErrorDetails) { + toSerialize["error_details"] = o.ErrorDetails + } + if !IsNil(o.WarningMessage) { + toSerialize["warning_message"] = o.WarningMessage + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetId) { + toSerialize["target_id"] = o.TargetId + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetName) { + toSerialize["target_name"] = o.TargetName + } + if !IsNil(o.StartTime) { + toSerialize["start_time"] = o.StartTime + } + if !IsNil(o.UpdateTime) { + toSerialize["update_time"] = o.UpdateTime + } + if !IsNil(o.TraceId) { + toSerialize["trace_id"] = o.TraceId + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineIds) { + toSerialize["engine_ids"] = o.EngineIds + } + if !IsNil(o.Tags) { + toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags + } + if !IsNil(o.Engines) { + toSerialize["engines"] = o.Engines + } + if !IsNil(o.AccountId) { + toSerialize["account_id"] = o.AccountId + } + if !IsNil(o.AccountName) { + toSerialize["account_name"] = o.AccountName + } + if !IsNil(o.PercentComplete) { + toSerialize["percent_complete"] = o.PercentComplete + } + if !IsNil(o.VirtualizationTasks) { + toSerialize["virtualization_tasks"] = o.VirtualizationTasks + } + if !IsNil(o.Tasks) { + toSerialize["tasks"] = o.Tasks + } + if o.ExecutionId.IsSet() { + toSerialize["execution_id"] = o.ExecutionId.Get() + } + if !IsNil(o.ResultType) { + toSerialize["result_type"] = o.ResultType + } + if !IsNil(o.Result) { + toSerialize["result"] = o.Result + } + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDeleteDSourceResponse struct { + value *DeleteDSourceResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDeleteDSourceResponse) Get() *DeleteDSourceResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteDSourceResponse) Set(val *DeleteDSourceResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDeleteDSourceResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteDSourceResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDeleteDSourceResponse(val *DeleteDSourceResponse) *NullableDeleteDSourceResponse { + return &NullableDeleteDSourceResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDeleteDSourceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteDSourceResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_delete_database_template_response.go b/model_delete_database_template_response.go index 4f2e8c43..98c5c6ab 100644 --- a/model_delete_database_template_response.go +++ b/model_delete_database_template_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_delete_engine_response.go b/model_delete_engine_response.go index 44e9e681..bc1887a4 100644 --- a/model_delete_engine_response.go +++ b/model_delete_engine_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_delete_environment_response.go b/model_delete_environment_response.go index 6c486ddc..9e73cd79 100644 --- a/model_delete_environment_response.go +++ b/model_delete_environment_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_delete_environment_user_response.go b/model_delete_environment_user_response.go index e37bc784..fcd060c7 100644 --- a/model_delete_environment_user_response.go +++ b/model_delete_environment_user_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_delete_algorithm_response.go b/model_delete_held_space_response.go similarity index 53% rename from model_delete_algorithm_response.go rename to model_delete_held_space_response.go index fb21f3f9..593003b3 100644 --- a/model_delete_algorithm_response.go +++ b/model_delete_held_space_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -15,33 +15,33 @@ import ( "encoding/json" ) -// checks if the DeleteAlgorithmResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &DeleteAlgorithmResponse{} +// checks if the DeleteHeldSpaceResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DeleteHeldSpaceResponse{} -// DeleteAlgorithmResponse struct for DeleteAlgorithmResponse -type DeleteAlgorithmResponse struct { +// DeleteHeldSpaceResponse struct for DeleteHeldSpaceResponse +type DeleteHeldSpaceResponse struct { Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` } -// NewDeleteAlgorithmResponse instantiates a new DeleteAlgorithmResponse object +// NewDeleteHeldSpaceResponse instantiates a new DeleteHeldSpaceResponse object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments // will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewDeleteAlgorithmResponse() *DeleteAlgorithmResponse { - this := DeleteAlgorithmResponse{} +func NewDeleteHeldSpaceResponse() *DeleteHeldSpaceResponse { + this := DeleteHeldSpaceResponse{} return &this } -// NewDeleteAlgorithmResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DeleteAlgorithmResponse object +// NewDeleteHeldSpaceResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DeleteHeldSpaceResponse object // This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, // but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewDeleteAlgorithmResponseWithDefaults() *DeleteAlgorithmResponse { - this := DeleteAlgorithmResponse{} +func NewDeleteHeldSpaceResponseWithDefaults() *DeleteHeldSpaceResponse { + this := DeleteHeldSpaceResponse{} return &this } // GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *DeleteAlgorithmResponse) GetJob() Job { +func (o *DeleteHeldSpaceResponse) GetJob() Job { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { var ret Job return ret @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ func (o *DeleteAlgorithmResponse) GetJob() Job { // GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *DeleteAlgorithmResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { +func (o *DeleteHeldSpaceResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { return nil, false } @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ func (o *DeleteAlgorithmResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { } // HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *DeleteAlgorithmResponse) HasJob() bool { +func (o *DeleteHeldSpaceResponse) HasJob() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { return true } @@ -68,11 +68,11 @@ func (o *DeleteAlgorithmResponse) HasJob() bool { } // SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. -func (o *DeleteAlgorithmResponse) SetJob(v Job) { +func (o *DeleteHeldSpaceResponse) SetJob(v Job) { o.Job = &v } -func (o DeleteAlgorithmResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { +func (o DeleteHeldSpaceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { return []byte{}, err @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ func (o DeleteAlgorithmResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return json.Marshal(toSerialize) } -func (o DeleteAlgorithmResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { +func (o DeleteHeldSpaceResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} if !IsNil(o.Job) { toSerialize["job"] = o.Job @@ -88,38 +88,38 @@ func (o DeleteAlgorithmResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } -type NullableDeleteAlgorithmResponse struct { - value *DeleteAlgorithmResponse +type NullableDeleteHeldSpaceResponse struct { + value *DeleteHeldSpaceResponse isSet bool } -func (v NullableDeleteAlgorithmResponse) Get() *DeleteAlgorithmResponse { +func (v NullableDeleteHeldSpaceResponse) Get() *DeleteHeldSpaceResponse { return v.value } -func (v *NullableDeleteAlgorithmResponse) Set(val *DeleteAlgorithmResponse) { +func (v *NullableDeleteHeldSpaceResponse) Set(val *DeleteHeldSpaceResponse) { v.value = val v.isSet = true } -func (v NullableDeleteAlgorithmResponse) IsSet() bool { +func (v NullableDeleteHeldSpaceResponse) IsSet() bool { return v.isSet } -func (v *NullableDeleteAlgorithmResponse) Unset() { +func (v *NullableDeleteHeldSpaceResponse) Unset() { v.value = nil v.isSet = false } -func NewNullableDeleteAlgorithmResponse(val *DeleteAlgorithmResponse) *NullableDeleteAlgorithmResponse { - return &NullableDeleteAlgorithmResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +func NewNullableDeleteHeldSpaceResponse(val *DeleteHeldSpaceResponse) *NullableDeleteHeldSpaceResponse { + return &NullableDeleteHeldSpaceResponse{value: val, isSet: true} } -func (v NullableDeleteAlgorithmResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { +func (v NullableDeleteHeldSpaceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return json.Marshal(v.value) } -func (v *NullableDeleteAlgorithmResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { +func (v *NullableDeleteHeldSpaceResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { v.isSet = true return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) } diff --git a/model_delete_host_response.go b/model_delete_host_response.go index ddae6148..b8059f5e 100644 --- a/model_delete_host_response.go +++ b/model_delete_host_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_delete_hyperscale_connector_response.go b/model_delete_hyperscale_connector_response.go index ad8a80e3..a61c6a5a 100644 --- a/model_delete_hyperscale_connector_response.go +++ b/model_delete_hyperscale_connector_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_delete_hyperscale_mount_point_response.go b/model_delete_hyperscale_mount_point_response.go index d3a67d9d..ceceb77e 100644 --- a/model_delete_hyperscale_mount_point_response.go +++ b/model_delete_hyperscale_mount_point_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_delete_masking_job_response.go b/model_delete_masking_job_response.go index eb191e5c..a3ab7e36 100644 --- a/model_delete_masking_job_response.go +++ b/model_delete_masking_job_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_delete_oracle_listener_response.go b/model_delete_oracle_listener_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cbb82e6c --- /dev/null +++ b/model_delete_oracle_listener_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DeleteOracleListenerResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DeleteOracleListenerResponse{} + +// DeleteOracleListenerResponse struct for DeleteOracleListenerResponse +type DeleteOracleListenerResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDeleteOracleListenerResponse instantiates a new DeleteOracleListenerResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDeleteOracleListenerResponse() *DeleteOracleListenerResponse { + this := DeleteOracleListenerResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewDeleteOracleListenerResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DeleteOracleListenerResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDeleteOracleListenerResponseWithDefaults() *DeleteOracleListenerResponse { + this := DeleteOracleListenerResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteOracleListenerResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteOracleListenerResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteOracleListenerResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *DeleteOracleListenerResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o DeleteOracleListenerResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DeleteOracleListenerResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDeleteOracleListenerResponse struct { + value *DeleteOracleListenerResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDeleteOracleListenerResponse) Get() *DeleteOracleListenerResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteOracleListenerResponse) Set(val *DeleteOracleListenerResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDeleteOracleListenerResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteOracleListenerResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDeleteOracleListenerResponse(val *DeleteOracleListenerResponse) *NullableDeleteOracleListenerResponse { + return &NullableDeleteOracleListenerResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDeleteOracleListenerResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteOracleListenerResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_delete_scope_object_tags.go b/model_delete_scope_object_tags.go index 4089d16d..8f58eec2 100644 --- a/model_delete_scope_object_tags.go +++ b/model_delete_scope_object_tags.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_delete_scoped_object_item.go b/model_delete_scoped_object_item.go index 16b38980..9ac619b7 100644 --- a/model_delete_scoped_object_item.go +++ b/model_delete_scoped_object_item.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the DeleteScopedObjectItem type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -24,6 +26,8 @@ type DeleteScopedObjectItem struct { Objects []ScopedObjectItem `json:"objects"` } +type _DeleteScopedObjectItem DeleteScopedObjectItem + // NewDeleteScopedObjectItem instantiates a new DeleteScopedObjectItem object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -80,6 +84,43 @@ func (o DeleteScopedObjectItem) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *DeleteScopedObjectItem) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "objects", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varDeleteScopedObjectItem := _DeleteScopedObjectItem{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varDeleteScopedObjectItem) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = DeleteScopedObjectItem(varDeleteScopedObjectItem) + + return err +} + type NullableDeleteScopedObjectItem struct { value *DeleteScopedObjectItem isSet bool diff --git a/model_delete_snapshot_parameters.go b/model_delete_snapshot_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..deb640d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_delete_snapshot_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DeleteSnapshotParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DeleteSnapshotParameters{} + +// DeleteSnapshotParameters Parameters to delete a snapshot. +type DeleteSnapshotParameters struct { + // Whether to delete the snapshot along with all of its dependencies. + DeleteAllDependencies *bool `json:"delete_all_dependencies,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDeleteSnapshotParameters instantiates a new DeleteSnapshotParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDeleteSnapshotParameters() *DeleteSnapshotParameters { + this := DeleteSnapshotParameters{} + var deleteAllDependencies bool = false + this.DeleteAllDependencies = &deleteAllDependencies + return &this +} + +// NewDeleteSnapshotParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new DeleteSnapshotParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDeleteSnapshotParametersWithDefaults() *DeleteSnapshotParameters { + this := DeleteSnapshotParameters{} + var deleteAllDependencies bool = false + this.DeleteAllDependencies = &deleteAllDependencies + return &this +} + +// GetDeleteAllDependencies returns the DeleteAllDependencies field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteSnapshotParameters) GetDeleteAllDependencies() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DeleteAllDependencies) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.DeleteAllDependencies +} + +// GetDeleteAllDependenciesOk returns a tuple with the DeleteAllDependencies field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteSnapshotParameters) GetDeleteAllDependenciesOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DeleteAllDependencies) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DeleteAllDependencies, true +} + +// HasDeleteAllDependencies returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteSnapshotParameters) HasDeleteAllDependencies() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DeleteAllDependencies) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDeleteAllDependencies gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DeleteAllDependencies field. +func (o *DeleteSnapshotParameters) SetDeleteAllDependencies(v bool) { + o.DeleteAllDependencies = &v +} + +func (o DeleteSnapshotParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DeleteSnapshotParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.DeleteAllDependencies) { + toSerialize["delete_all_dependencies"] = o.DeleteAllDependencies + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDeleteSnapshotParameters struct { + value *DeleteSnapshotParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDeleteSnapshotParameters) Get() *DeleteSnapshotParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteSnapshotParameters) Set(val *DeleteSnapshotParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDeleteSnapshotParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteSnapshotParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDeleteSnapshotParameters(val *DeleteSnapshotParameters) *NullableDeleteSnapshotParameters { + return &NullableDeleteSnapshotParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDeleteSnapshotParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteSnapshotParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_delete_snapshot_response.go b/model_delete_snapshot_response.go index e1166be7..680e8387 100644 --- a/model_delete_snapshot_response.go +++ b/model_delete_snapshot_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_delete_source_response.go b/model_delete_source_response.go index 8295d46b..15a9128b 100644 --- a/model_delete_source_response.go +++ b/model_delete_source_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_delete_tag.go b/model_delete_tag.go index 8551056f..2e427050 100644 --- a/model_delete_tag.go +++ b/model_delete_tag.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_delete_timeflow_parameters.go b/model_delete_timeflow_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..43092087 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_delete_timeflow_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DeleteTimeflowParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DeleteTimeflowParameters{} + +// DeleteTimeflowParameters Parameters to delete a timeflow. +type DeleteTimeflowParameters struct { + // Whether to delete all the dependent Bookmarks. + ForceDelete *bool `json:"force_delete,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDeleteTimeflowParameters instantiates a new DeleteTimeflowParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDeleteTimeflowParameters() *DeleteTimeflowParameters { + this := DeleteTimeflowParameters{} + return &this +} + +// NewDeleteTimeflowParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new DeleteTimeflowParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDeleteTimeflowParametersWithDefaults() *DeleteTimeflowParameters { + this := DeleteTimeflowParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetForceDelete returns the ForceDelete field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteTimeflowParameters) GetForceDelete() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ForceDelete) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.ForceDelete +} + +// GetForceDeleteOk returns a tuple with the ForceDelete field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteTimeflowParameters) GetForceDeleteOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ForceDelete) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ForceDelete, true +} + +// HasForceDelete returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteTimeflowParameters) HasForceDelete() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ForceDelete) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetForceDelete gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ForceDelete field. +func (o *DeleteTimeflowParameters) SetForceDelete(v bool) { + o.ForceDelete = &v +} + +func (o DeleteTimeflowParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DeleteTimeflowParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.ForceDelete) { + toSerialize["force_delete"] = o.ForceDelete + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDeleteTimeflowParameters struct { + value *DeleteTimeflowParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDeleteTimeflowParameters) Get() *DeleteTimeflowParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteTimeflowParameters) Set(val *DeleteTimeflowParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDeleteTimeflowParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteTimeflowParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDeleteTimeflowParameters(val *DeleteTimeflowParameters) *NullableDeleteTimeflowParameters { + return &NullableDeleteTimeflowParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDeleteTimeflowParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteTimeflowParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_delete_timeflow_response.go b/model_delete_timeflow_response.go index 84fef6d9..96bdd5ee 100644 --- a/model_delete_timeflow_response.go +++ b/model_delete_timeflow_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_delete_vcdb_parameters.go b/model_delete_vcdb_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8839e70a --- /dev/null +++ b/model_delete_vcdb_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DeleteVCDBParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DeleteVCDBParameters{} + +// DeleteVCDBParameters Parameters to delete a vCDB. +type DeleteVCDBParameters struct { + // Whether to continue the operation upon failures. + Force *bool `json:"force,omitempty"` + // Whether to delete all dependent datasets of the CDB. + DeleteAllDependentDatasets *bool `json:"delete_all_dependent_datasets,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDeleteVCDBParameters instantiates a new DeleteVCDBParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDeleteVCDBParameters() *DeleteVCDBParameters { + this := DeleteVCDBParameters{} + var force bool = false + this.Force = &force + var deleteAllDependentDatasets bool = false + this.DeleteAllDependentDatasets = &deleteAllDependentDatasets + return &this +} + +// NewDeleteVCDBParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new DeleteVCDBParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDeleteVCDBParametersWithDefaults() *DeleteVCDBParameters { + this := DeleteVCDBParameters{} + var force bool = false + this.Force = &force + var deleteAllDependentDatasets bool = false + this.DeleteAllDependentDatasets = &deleteAllDependentDatasets + return &this +} + +// GetForce returns the Force field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteVCDBParameters) GetForce() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Force) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Force +} + +// GetForceOk returns a tuple with the Force field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteVCDBParameters) GetForceOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Force) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Force, true +} + +// HasForce returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteVCDBParameters) HasForce() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Force) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetForce gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Force field. +func (o *DeleteVCDBParameters) SetForce(v bool) { + o.Force = &v +} + +// GetDeleteAllDependentDatasets returns the DeleteAllDependentDatasets field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteVCDBParameters) GetDeleteAllDependentDatasets() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DeleteAllDependentDatasets) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.DeleteAllDependentDatasets +} + +// GetDeleteAllDependentDatasetsOk returns a tuple with the DeleteAllDependentDatasets field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteVCDBParameters) GetDeleteAllDependentDatasetsOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DeleteAllDependentDatasets) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DeleteAllDependentDatasets, true +} + +// HasDeleteAllDependentDatasets returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteVCDBParameters) HasDeleteAllDependentDatasets() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DeleteAllDependentDatasets) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDeleteAllDependentDatasets gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DeleteAllDependentDatasets field. +func (o *DeleteVCDBParameters) SetDeleteAllDependentDatasets(v bool) { + o.DeleteAllDependentDatasets = &v +} + +func (o DeleteVCDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DeleteVCDBParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Force) { + toSerialize["force"] = o.Force + } + if !IsNil(o.DeleteAllDependentDatasets) { + toSerialize["delete_all_dependent_datasets"] = o.DeleteAllDependentDatasets + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDeleteVCDBParameters struct { + value *DeleteVCDBParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDeleteVCDBParameters) Get() *DeleteVCDBParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteVCDBParameters) Set(val *DeleteVCDBParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDeleteVCDBParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteVCDBParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDeleteVCDBParameters(val *DeleteVCDBParameters) *NullableDeleteVCDBParameters { + return &NullableDeleteVCDBParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDeleteVCDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteVCDBParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_delete_vcdb_response.go b/model_delete_vcdb_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fcbea69c --- /dev/null +++ b/model_delete_vcdb_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DeleteVCDBResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DeleteVCDBResponse{} + +// DeleteVCDBResponse struct for DeleteVCDBResponse +type DeleteVCDBResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDeleteVCDBResponse instantiates a new DeleteVCDBResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDeleteVCDBResponse() *DeleteVCDBResponse { + this := DeleteVCDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewDeleteVCDBResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DeleteVCDBResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDeleteVCDBResponseWithDefaults() *DeleteVCDBResponse { + this := DeleteVCDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteVCDBResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteVCDBResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteVCDBResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *DeleteVCDBResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o DeleteVCDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DeleteVCDBResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDeleteVCDBResponse struct { + value *DeleteVCDBResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDeleteVCDBResponse) Get() *DeleteVCDBResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteVCDBResponse) Set(val *DeleteVCDBResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDeleteVCDBResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteVCDBResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDeleteVCDBResponse(val *DeleteVCDBResponse) *NullableDeleteVCDBResponse { + return &NullableDeleteVCDBResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDeleteVCDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDeleteVCDBResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_delete_vdb_parameters.go b/model_delete_vdb_parameters.go index d295eae2..a582a155 100644 --- a/model_delete_vdb_parameters.go +++ b/model_delete_vdb_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -22,6 +22,8 @@ var _ MappedNullable = &DeleteVDBParameters{} type DeleteVDBParameters struct { // Whether to continue the operation upon failures. Force *bool `json:"force,omitempty"` + // Flag indicating whether to delete all dependent VDBs before deleting the VDB. + DeleteAllDependentVdbs *bool `json:"delete_all_dependent_vdbs,omitempty"` } // NewDeleteVDBParameters instantiates a new DeleteVDBParameters object @@ -32,6 +34,8 @@ func NewDeleteVDBParameters() *DeleteVDBParameters { this := DeleteVDBParameters{} var force bool = false this.Force = &force + var deleteAllDependentVdbs bool = false + this.DeleteAllDependentVdbs = &deleteAllDependentVdbs return &this } @@ -42,6 +46,8 @@ func NewDeleteVDBParametersWithDefaults() *DeleteVDBParameters { this := DeleteVDBParameters{} var force bool = false this.Force = &force + var deleteAllDependentVdbs bool = false + this.DeleteAllDependentVdbs = &deleteAllDependentVdbs return &this } @@ -77,6 +83,38 @@ func (o *DeleteVDBParameters) SetForce(v bool) { o.Force = &v } +// GetDeleteAllDependentVdbs returns the DeleteAllDependentVdbs field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeleteVDBParameters) GetDeleteAllDependentVdbs() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DeleteAllDependentVdbs) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.DeleteAllDependentVdbs +} + +// GetDeleteAllDependentVdbsOk returns a tuple with the DeleteAllDependentVdbs field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeleteVDBParameters) GetDeleteAllDependentVdbsOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DeleteAllDependentVdbs) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DeleteAllDependentVdbs, true +} + +// HasDeleteAllDependentVdbs returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeleteVDBParameters) HasDeleteAllDependentVdbs() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DeleteAllDependentVdbs) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDeleteAllDependentVdbs gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DeleteAllDependentVdbs field. +func (o *DeleteVDBParameters) SetDeleteAllDependentVdbs(v bool) { + o.DeleteAllDependentVdbs = &v +} + func (o DeleteVDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -90,6 +128,9 @@ func (o DeleteVDBParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.Force) { toSerialize["force"] = o.Force } + if !IsNil(o.DeleteAllDependentVdbs) { + toSerialize["delete_all_dependent_vdbs"] = o.DeleteAllDependentVdbs + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_delete_vdb_response.go b/model_delete_vdb_response.go index 9690f16a..196b83c8 100644 --- a/model_delete_vdb_response.go +++ b/model_delete_vdb_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_deletion_dependencies_response.go b/model_deletion_dependencies_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ab1183c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_deletion_dependencies_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DeletionDependenciesResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DeletionDependenciesResponse{} + +// DeletionDependenciesResponse The deletion dependencies of a dataset. +type DeletionDependenciesResponse struct { + // The deletion dependencies of a dataset. These are presented in reverse order of deletion meaning that the last item in the list is the first item that needs to be deleted. + Items []EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData `json:"items,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDeletionDependenciesResponse instantiates a new DeletionDependenciesResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDeletionDependenciesResponse() *DeletionDependenciesResponse { + this := DeletionDependenciesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewDeletionDependenciesResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DeletionDependenciesResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDeletionDependenciesResponseWithDefaults() *DeletionDependenciesResponse { + this := DeletionDependenciesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeletionDependenciesResponse) GetItems() []EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependenciesResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependenciesResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *DeletionDependenciesResponse) SetItems(v []EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) { + o.Items = v +} + +func (o DeletionDependenciesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DeletionDependenciesResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDeletionDependenciesResponse struct { + value *DeletionDependenciesResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDeletionDependenciesResponse) Get() *DeletionDependenciesResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDeletionDependenciesResponse) Set(val *DeletionDependenciesResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDeletionDependenciesResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDeletionDependenciesResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDeletionDependenciesResponse(val *DeletionDependenciesResponse) *NullableDeletionDependenciesResponse { + return &NullableDeletionDependenciesResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDeletionDependenciesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDeletionDependenciesResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_deletion_dependencies_tree_response.go b/model_deletion_dependencies_tree_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..732f39e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_deletion_dependencies_tree_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse{} + +// DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse The deletion dependencies of an object which occupies disk space. +type DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse struct { + // The pre-requisite actions to perform before deleting the object. + PrerequisiteActions []DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction `json:"prerequisite_actions,omitempty"` + // The object dependencies of the object. + ObjectDependencies []DeletionDependencyObject `json:"object_dependencies,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDeletionDependenciesTreeResponse instantiates a new DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDeletionDependenciesTreeResponse() *DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse { + this := DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewDeletionDependenciesTreeResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDeletionDependenciesTreeResponseWithDefaults() *DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse { + this := DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetPrerequisiteActions returns the PrerequisiteActions field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse) GetPrerequisiteActions() []DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PrerequisiteActions) { + var ret []DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction + return ret + } + return o.PrerequisiteActions +} + +// GetPrerequisiteActionsOk returns a tuple with the PrerequisiteActions field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse) GetPrerequisiteActionsOk() ([]DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PrerequisiteActions) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PrerequisiteActions, true +} + +// HasPrerequisiteActions returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse) HasPrerequisiteActions() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PrerequisiteActions) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPrerequisiteActions gets a reference to the given []DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction and assigns it to the PrerequisiteActions field. +func (o *DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse) SetPrerequisiteActions(v []DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) { + o.PrerequisiteActions = v +} + +// GetObjectDependencies returns the ObjectDependencies field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse) GetObjectDependencies() []DeletionDependencyObject { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectDependencies) { + var ret []DeletionDependencyObject + return ret + } + return o.ObjectDependencies +} + +// GetObjectDependenciesOk returns a tuple with the ObjectDependencies field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse) GetObjectDependenciesOk() ([]DeletionDependencyObject, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectDependencies) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ObjectDependencies, true +} + +// HasObjectDependencies returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse) HasObjectDependencies() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ObjectDependencies) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetObjectDependencies gets a reference to the given []DeletionDependencyObject and assigns it to the ObjectDependencies field. +func (o *DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse) SetObjectDependencies(v []DeletionDependencyObject) { + o.ObjectDependencies = v +} + +func (o DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.PrerequisiteActions) { + toSerialize["prerequisite_actions"] = o.PrerequisiteActions + } + if !IsNil(o.ObjectDependencies) { + toSerialize["object_dependencies"] = o.ObjectDependencies + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDeletionDependenciesTreeResponse struct { + value *DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDeletionDependenciesTreeResponse) Get() *DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDeletionDependenciesTreeResponse) Set(val *DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDeletionDependenciesTreeResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDeletionDependenciesTreeResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDeletionDependenciesTreeResponse(val *DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse) *NullableDeletionDependenciesTreeResponse { + return &NullableDeletionDependenciesTreeResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDeletionDependenciesTreeResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDeletionDependenciesTreeResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_deletion_dependency_object.go b/model_deletion_dependency_object.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f581180 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_deletion_dependency_object.go @@ -0,0 +1,615 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DeletionDependencyObject type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DeletionDependencyObject{} + +// DeletionDependencyObject Deletion dependency object. +type DeletionDependencyObject struct { + // ID of the object. + ObjectId *string `json:"object_id,omitempty"` + ObjectType *DeletionDependencyObjectType `json:"object_type,omitempty"` + // Name of the object. + ObjectName *string `json:"object_name,omitempty"` + // ID of the namespace that this object belongs to. + NamespaceId *string `json:"namespace_id,omitempty"` + // Storage size of the object. + StorageSize *int64 `json:"storage_size,omitempty"` + // If the object is a Timeflow, then this is the ID of the VDB that is associated with the Timeflow. + TimeflowVdbId *string `json:"timeflow_vdb_id,omitempty"` + // If the object is a Timeflow, then this is the name of the VDB that is associated with the Timeflow. + TimeflowVdbName *string `json:"timeflow_vdb_name,omitempty"` + // If the object is a Timeflow, then this is the ID of the dSource that is associated with the Timeflow. + TimeflowDsourceId *string `json:"timeflow_dsource_id,omitempty"` + // If the object is a Timeflow, then this is the name of the dSource that is associated with the Timeflow. + TimeflowDsourceName *string `json:"timeflow_dsource_name,omitempty"` + // Whether the object is locked. If this is true then this object will not be deleted. + Locked *bool `json:"locked,omitempty"` + // ID of the parent object. + ParentObjectId *string `json:"parent_object_id,omitempty"` + ParentObjectType *DeletionDependencyObjectType `json:"parent_object_type,omitempty"` + // Total number of snapshots in the Timeflow if the object is a Timeflow otherwise -1. + TimeflowSnapshotCount *int64 `json:"timeflow_snapshot_count,omitempty"` + // Total number of bookmarks associated with the Timeflow if the object is a Timeflow otherwise -1. + TimeflowBookmarksCount *int32 `json:"timeflow_bookmarks_count,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDeletionDependencyObject instantiates a new DeletionDependencyObject object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDeletionDependencyObject() *DeletionDependencyObject { + this := DeletionDependencyObject{} + var timeflowSnapshotCount int64 = -1 + this.TimeflowSnapshotCount = &timeflowSnapshotCount + var timeflowBookmarksCount int32 = -1 + this.TimeflowBookmarksCount = &timeflowBookmarksCount + return &this +} + +// NewDeletionDependencyObjectWithDefaults instantiates a new DeletionDependencyObject object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDeletionDependencyObjectWithDefaults() *DeletionDependencyObject { + this := DeletionDependencyObject{} + var timeflowSnapshotCount int64 = -1 + this.TimeflowSnapshotCount = &timeflowSnapshotCount + var timeflowBookmarksCount int32 = -1 + this.TimeflowBookmarksCount = &timeflowBookmarksCount + return &this +} + +// GetObjectId returns the ObjectId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) GetObjectId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ObjectId +} + +// GetObjectIdOk returns a tuple with the ObjectId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) GetObjectIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ObjectId, true +} + +// HasObjectId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) HasObjectId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ObjectId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetObjectId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ObjectId field. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) SetObjectId(v string) { + o.ObjectId = &v +} + +// GetObjectType returns the ObjectType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) GetObjectType() DeletionDependencyObjectType { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectType) { + var ret DeletionDependencyObjectType + return ret + } + return *o.ObjectType +} + +// GetObjectTypeOk returns a tuple with the ObjectType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) GetObjectTypeOk() (*DeletionDependencyObjectType, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ObjectType, true +} + +// HasObjectType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) HasObjectType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ObjectType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetObjectType gets a reference to the given DeletionDependencyObjectType and assigns it to the ObjectType field. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) SetObjectType(v DeletionDependencyObjectType) { + o.ObjectType = &v +} + +// GetObjectName returns the ObjectName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) GetObjectName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ObjectName +} + +// GetObjectNameOk returns a tuple with the ObjectName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) GetObjectNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ObjectName, true +} + +// HasObjectName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) HasObjectName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ObjectName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetObjectName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ObjectName field. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) SetObjectName(v string) { + o.ObjectName = &v +} + +// GetNamespaceId returns the NamespaceId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) GetNamespaceId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NamespaceId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.NamespaceId +} + +// GetNamespaceIdOk returns a tuple with the NamespaceId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) GetNamespaceIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NamespaceId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NamespaceId, true +} + +// HasNamespaceId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) HasNamespaceId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NamespaceId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNamespaceId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the NamespaceId field. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) SetNamespaceId(v string) { + o.NamespaceId = &v +} + +// GetStorageSize returns the StorageSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) GetStorageSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StorageSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.StorageSize +} + +// GetStorageSizeOk returns a tuple with the StorageSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) GetStorageSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StorageSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.StorageSize, true +} + +// HasStorageSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) HasStorageSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StorageSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStorageSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the StorageSize field. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) SetStorageSize(v int64) { + o.StorageSize = &v +} + +// GetTimeflowVdbId returns the TimeflowVdbId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) GetTimeflowVdbId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimeflowVdbId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TimeflowVdbId +} + +// GetTimeflowVdbIdOk returns a tuple with the TimeflowVdbId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) GetTimeflowVdbIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimeflowVdbId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TimeflowVdbId, true +} + +// HasTimeflowVdbId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) HasTimeflowVdbId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TimeflowVdbId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTimeflowVdbId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TimeflowVdbId field. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) SetTimeflowVdbId(v string) { + o.TimeflowVdbId = &v +} + +// GetTimeflowVdbName returns the TimeflowVdbName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) GetTimeflowVdbName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimeflowVdbName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TimeflowVdbName +} + +// GetTimeflowVdbNameOk returns a tuple with the TimeflowVdbName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) GetTimeflowVdbNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimeflowVdbName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TimeflowVdbName, true +} + +// HasTimeflowVdbName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) HasTimeflowVdbName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TimeflowVdbName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTimeflowVdbName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TimeflowVdbName field. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) SetTimeflowVdbName(v string) { + o.TimeflowVdbName = &v +} + +// GetTimeflowDsourceId returns the TimeflowDsourceId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) GetTimeflowDsourceId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimeflowDsourceId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TimeflowDsourceId +} + +// GetTimeflowDsourceIdOk returns a tuple with the TimeflowDsourceId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) GetTimeflowDsourceIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimeflowDsourceId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TimeflowDsourceId, true +} + +// HasTimeflowDsourceId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) HasTimeflowDsourceId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TimeflowDsourceId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTimeflowDsourceId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TimeflowDsourceId field. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) SetTimeflowDsourceId(v string) { + o.TimeflowDsourceId = &v +} + +// GetTimeflowDsourceName returns the TimeflowDsourceName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) GetTimeflowDsourceName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimeflowDsourceName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TimeflowDsourceName +} + +// GetTimeflowDsourceNameOk returns a tuple with the TimeflowDsourceName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) GetTimeflowDsourceNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimeflowDsourceName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TimeflowDsourceName, true +} + +// HasTimeflowDsourceName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) HasTimeflowDsourceName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TimeflowDsourceName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTimeflowDsourceName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TimeflowDsourceName field. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) SetTimeflowDsourceName(v string) { + o.TimeflowDsourceName = &v +} + +// GetLocked returns the Locked field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) GetLocked() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Locked) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Locked +} + +// GetLockedOk returns a tuple with the Locked field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) GetLockedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Locked) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Locked, true +} + +// HasLocked returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) HasLocked() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Locked) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLocked gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Locked field. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) SetLocked(v bool) { + o.Locked = &v +} + +// GetParentObjectId returns the ParentObjectId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) GetParentObjectId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentObjectId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentObjectId +} + +// GetParentObjectIdOk returns a tuple with the ParentObjectId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) GetParentObjectIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentObjectId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentObjectId, true +} + +// HasParentObjectId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) HasParentObjectId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentObjectId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentObjectId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentObjectId field. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) SetParentObjectId(v string) { + o.ParentObjectId = &v +} + +// GetParentObjectType returns the ParentObjectType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) GetParentObjectType() DeletionDependencyObjectType { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentObjectType) { + var ret DeletionDependencyObjectType + return ret + } + return *o.ParentObjectType +} + +// GetParentObjectTypeOk returns a tuple with the ParentObjectType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) GetParentObjectTypeOk() (*DeletionDependencyObjectType, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentObjectType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentObjectType, true +} + +// HasParentObjectType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) HasParentObjectType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentObjectType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentObjectType gets a reference to the given DeletionDependencyObjectType and assigns it to the ParentObjectType field. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) SetParentObjectType(v DeletionDependencyObjectType) { + o.ParentObjectType = &v +} + +// GetTimeflowSnapshotCount returns the TimeflowSnapshotCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) GetTimeflowSnapshotCount() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimeflowSnapshotCount) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.TimeflowSnapshotCount +} + +// GetTimeflowSnapshotCountOk returns a tuple with the TimeflowSnapshotCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) GetTimeflowSnapshotCountOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimeflowSnapshotCount) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TimeflowSnapshotCount, true +} + +// HasTimeflowSnapshotCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) HasTimeflowSnapshotCount() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TimeflowSnapshotCount) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTimeflowSnapshotCount gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the TimeflowSnapshotCount field. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) SetTimeflowSnapshotCount(v int64) { + o.TimeflowSnapshotCount = &v +} + +// GetTimeflowBookmarksCount returns the TimeflowBookmarksCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) GetTimeflowBookmarksCount() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimeflowBookmarksCount) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.TimeflowBookmarksCount +} + +// GetTimeflowBookmarksCountOk returns a tuple with the TimeflowBookmarksCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) GetTimeflowBookmarksCountOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimeflowBookmarksCount) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TimeflowBookmarksCount, true +} + +// HasTimeflowBookmarksCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) HasTimeflowBookmarksCount() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TimeflowBookmarksCount) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTimeflowBookmarksCount gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the TimeflowBookmarksCount field. +func (o *DeletionDependencyObject) SetTimeflowBookmarksCount(v int32) { + o.TimeflowBookmarksCount = &v +} + +func (o DeletionDependencyObject) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DeletionDependencyObject) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.ObjectId) { + toSerialize["object_id"] = o.ObjectId + } + if !IsNil(o.ObjectType) { + toSerialize["object_type"] = o.ObjectType + } + if !IsNil(o.ObjectName) { + toSerialize["object_name"] = o.ObjectName + } + if !IsNil(o.NamespaceId) { + toSerialize["namespace_id"] = o.NamespaceId + } + if !IsNil(o.StorageSize) { + toSerialize["storage_size"] = o.StorageSize + } + if !IsNil(o.TimeflowVdbId) { + toSerialize["timeflow_vdb_id"] = o.TimeflowVdbId + } + if !IsNil(o.TimeflowVdbName) { + toSerialize["timeflow_vdb_name"] = o.TimeflowVdbName + } + if !IsNil(o.TimeflowDsourceId) { + toSerialize["timeflow_dsource_id"] = o.TimeflowDsourceId + } + if !IsNil(o.TimeflowDsourceName) { + toSerialize["timeflow_dsource_name"] = o.TimeflowDsourceName + } + if !IsNil(o.Locked) { + toSerialize["locked"] = o.Locked + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentObjectId) { + toSerialize["parent_object_id"] = o.ParentObjectId + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentObjectType) { + toSerialize["parent_object_type"] = o.ParentObjectType + } + if !IsNil(o.TimeflowSnapshotCount) { + toSerialize["timeflow_snapshot_count"] = o.TimeflowSnapshotCount + } + if !IsNil(o.TimeflowBookmarksCount) { + toSerialize["timeflow_bookmarks_count"] = o.TimeflowBookmarksCount + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDeletionDependencyObject struct { + value *DeletionDependencyObject + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDeletionDependencyObject) Get() *DeletionDependencyObject { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDeletionDependencyObject) Set(val *DeletionDependencyObject) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDeletionDependencyObject) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDeletionDependencyObject) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDeletionDependencyObject(val *DeletionDependencyObject) *NullableDeletionDependencyObject { + return &NullableDeletionDependencyObject{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDeletionDependencyObject) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDeletionDependencyObject) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_deletion_dependency_object_type.go b/model_deletion_dependency_object_type.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ff819e62 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_deletion_dependency_object_type.go @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// DeletionDependencyObjectType Deletion dependency object type. +type DeletionDependencyObjectType string + +// List of DeletionDependencyObjectType +const ( + DELETIONDEPENDENCYOBJECTTYPE_TIMEFLOW DeletionDependencyObjectType = "TIMEFLOW" + DELETIONDEPENDENCYOBJECTTYPE_SNAPSHOT DeletionDependencyObjectType = "SNAPSHOT" + DELETIONDEPENDENCYOBJECTTYPE_JSBOOKMARK DeletionDependencyObjectType = "JSBOOKMARK" + DELETIONDEPENDENCYOBJECTTYPE_JSBRANCH DeletionDependencyObjectType = "JSBRANCH" + DELETIONDEPENDENCYOBJECTTYPE_TIMEFLOWBOOKMARK DeletionDependencyObjectType = "TIMEFLOWBOOKMARK" + DELETIONDEPENDENCYOBJECTTYPE_HELDSPACE DeletionDependencyObjectType = "HELDSPACE" + DELETIONDEPENDENCYOBJECTTYPE_VDB DeletionDependencyObjectType = "VDB" + DELETIONDEPENDENCYOBJECTTYPE_DSOURCE DeletionDependencyObjectType = "DSOURCE" + DELETIONDEPENDENCYOBJECTTYPE_UNKNOWN DeletionDependencyObjectType = "UNKNOWN" + DELETIONDEPENDENCYOBJECTTYPE_ALLSNAPSHOTS DeletionDependencyObjectType = "ALLSNAPSHOTS" + DELETIONDEPENDENCYOBJECTTYPE_BOOKMARK DeletionDependencyObjectType = "BOOKMARK" +) + +// All allowed values of DeletionDependencyObjectType enum +var AllowedDeletionDependencyObjectTypeEnumValues = []DeletionDependencyObjectType{ + "TIMEFLOW", + "SNAPSHOT", + "JSBOOKMARK", + "JSBRANCH", + "TIMEFLOWBOOKMARK", + "HELDSPACE", + "VDB", + "DSOURCE", + "UNKNOWN", + "ALLSNAPSHOTS", + "BOOKMARK", +} + +func (v *DeletionDependencyObjectType) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + var value string + err := json.Unmarshal(src, &value) + if err != nil { + return err + } + enumTypeValue := DeletionDependencyObjectType(value) + for _, existing := range AllowedDeletionDependencyObjectTypeEnumValues { + if existing == enumTypeValue { + *v = enumTypeValue + return nil + } + } + + return fmt.Errorf("%+v is not a valid DeletionDependencyObjectType", value) +} + +// NewDeletionDependencyObjectTypeFromValue returns a pointer to a valid DeletionDependencyObjectType +// for the value passed as argument, or an error if the value passed is not allowed by the enum +func NewDeletionDependencyObjectTypeFromValue(v string) (*DeletionDependencyObjectType, error) { + ev := DeletionDependencyObjectType(v) + if ev.IsValid() { + return &ev, nil + } else { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid value '%v' for DeletionDependencyObjectType: valid values are %v", v, AllowedDeletionDependencyObjectTypeEnumValues) + } +} + +// IsValid return true if the value is valid for the enum, false otherwise +func (v DeletionDependencyObjectType) IsValid() bool { + for _, existing := range AllowedDeletionDependencyObjectTypeEnumValues { + if existing == v { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// Ptr returns reference to DeletionDependencyObjectType value +func (v DeletionDependencyObjectType) Ptr() *DeletionDependencyObjectType { + return &v +} + +type NullableDeletionDependencyObjectType struct { + value *DeletionDependencyObjectType + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDeletionDependencyObjectType) Get() *DeletionDependencyObjectType { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDeletionDependencyObjectType) Set(val *DeletionDependencyObjectType) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDeletionDependencyObjectType) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDeletionDependencyObjectType) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDeletionDependencyObjectType(val *DeletionDependencyObjectType) *NullableDeletionDependencyObjectType { + return &NullableDeletionDependencyObjectType{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDeletionDependencyObjectType) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDeletionDependencyObjectType) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + diff --git a/model_deletion_dependency_prerequisite_action.go b/model_deletion_dependency_prerequisite_action.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cf92b66b --- /dev/null +++ b/model_deletion_dependency_prerequisite_action.go @@ -0,0 +1,386 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction{} + +// DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction Deletion dependency prerequisite action. +type DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction struct { + // ID of the object. + ObjectId *string `json:"object_id,omitempty"` + // Type of the object. + ObjectType *string `json:"object_type,omitempty"` + // Name of the object. + ObjectName *string `json:"object_name,omitempty"` + // ID of the namespace that this object belongs to. + NamespaceId *string `json:"namespace_id,omitempty"` + // The action to perform. + Action *string `json:"action,omitempty"` + // ID of the deletion dependency object which is linked to this prerequisite action. + LinkedObjectId *string `json:"linked_object_id,omitempty"` + LinkedObjectType *DeletionDependencyObjectType `json:"linked_object_type,omitempty"` + // Whether the prerequisite action is locked. If this is true then this action will be skipped. + Locked *bool `json:"locked,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction instantiates a new DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction() *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction { + this := DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction{} + return &this +} + +// NewDeletionDependencyPrerequisiteActionWithDefaults instantiates a new DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDeletionDependencyPrerequisiteActionWithDefaults() *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction { + this := DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction{} + return &this +} + +// GetObjectId returns the ObjectId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) GetObjectId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ObjectId +} + +// GetObjectIdOk returns a tuple with the ObjectId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) GetObjectIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ObjectId, true +} + +// HasObjectId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) HasObjectId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ObjectId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetObjectId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ObjectId field. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) SetObjectId(v string) { + o.ObjectId = &v +} + +// GetObjectType returns the ObjectType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) GetObjectType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ObjectType +} + +// GetObjectTypeOk returns a tuple with the ObjectType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) GetObjectTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ObjectType, true +} + +// HasObjectType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) HasObjectType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ObjectType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetObjectType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ObjectType field. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) SetObjectType(v string) { + o.ObjectType = &v +} + +// GetObjectName returns the ObjectName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) GetObjectName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ObjectName +} + +// GetObjectNameOk returns a tuple with the ObjectName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) GetObjectNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ObjectName, true +} + +// HasObjectName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) HasObjectName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ObjectName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetObjectName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ObjectName field. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) SetObjectName(v string) { + o.ObjectName = &v +} + +// GetNamespaceId returns the NamespaceId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) GetNamespaceId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NamespaceId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.NamespaceId +} + +// GetNamespaceIdOk returns a tuple with the NamespaceId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) GetNamespaceIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NamespaceId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NamespaceId, true +} + +// HasNamespaceId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) HasNamespaceId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NamespaceId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNamespaceId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the NamespaceId field. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) SetNamespaceId(v string) { + o.NamespaceId = &v +} + +// GetAction returns the Action field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) GetAction() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Action) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Action +} + +// GetActionOk returns a tuple with the Action field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) GetActionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Action) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Action, true +} + +// HasAction returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) HasAction() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Action) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAction gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Action field. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) SetAction(v string) { + o.Action = &v +} + +// GetLinkedObjectId returns the LinkedObjectId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) GetLinkedObjectId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LinkedObjectId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.LinkedObjectId +} + +// GetLinkedObjectIdOk returns a tuple with the LinkedObjectId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) GetLinkedObjectIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LinkedObjectId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LinkedObjectId, true +} + +// HasLinkedObjectId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) HasLinkedObjectId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LinkedObjectId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLinkedObjectId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the LinkedObjectId field. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) SetLinkedObjectId(v string) { + o.LinkedObjectId = &v +} + +// GetLinkedObjectType returns the LinkedObjectType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) GetLinkedObjectType() DeletionDependencyObjectType { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LinkedObjectType) { + var ret DeletionDependencyObjectType + return ret + } + return *o.LinkedObjectType +} + +// GetLinkedObjectTypeOk returns a tuple with the LinkedObjectType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) GetLinkedObjectTypeOk() (*DeletionDependencyObjectType, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LinkedObjectType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LinkedObjectType, true +} + +// HasLinkedObjectType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) HasLinkedObjectType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LinkedObjectType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLinkedObjectType gets a reference to the given DeletionDependencyObjectType and assigns it to the LinkedObjectType field. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) SetLinkedObjectType(v DeletionDependencyObjectType) { + o.LinkedObjectType = &v +} + +// GetLocked returns the Locked field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) GetLocked() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Locked) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Locked +} + +// GetLockedOk returns a tuple with the Locked field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) GetLockedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Locked) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Locked, true +} + +// HasLocked returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) HasLocked() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Locked) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLocked gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Locked field. +func (o *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) SetLocked(v bool) { + o.Locked = &v +} + +func (o DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.ObjectId) { + toSerialize["object_id"] = o.ObjectId + } + if !IsNil(o.ObjectType) { + toSerialize["object_type"] = o.ObjectType + } + if !IsNil(o.ObjectName) { + toSerialize["object_name"] = o.ObjectName + } + if !IsNil(o.NamespaceId) { + toSerialize["namespace_id"] = o.NamespaceId + } + if !IsNil(o.Action) { + toSerialize["action"] = o.Action + } + if !IsNil(o.LinkedObjectId) { + toSerialize["linked_object_id"] = o.LinkedObjectId + } + if !IsNil(o.LinkedObjectType) { + toSerialize["linked_object_type"] = o.LinkedObjectType + } + if !IsNil(o.Locked) { + toSerialize["locked"] = o.Locked + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction struct { + value *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) Get() *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) Set(val *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction(val *DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) *NullableDeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction { + return &NullableDeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_dependency.go b/model_dependency.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1effadc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_dependency.go @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the Dependency type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &Dependency{} + +// Dependency A dependency relationship. +type Dependency struct { + // The ID of the child entity. + ChildId *string `json:"child_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the child entity. + ChildName *string `json:"child_name,omitempty"` + // The type of the child entity. + ChildType *string `json:"child_type,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDependency instantiates a new Dependency object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDependency() *Dependency { + this := Dependency{} + return &this +} + +// NewDependencyWithDefaults instantiates a new Dependency object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDependencyWithDefaults() *Dependency { + this := Dependency{} + return &this +} + +// GetChildId returns the ChildId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Dependency) GetChildId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ChildId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ChildId +} + +// GetChildIdOk returns a tuple with the ChildId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Dependency) GetChildIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ChildId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ChildId, true +} + +// HasChildId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Dependency) HasChildId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ChildId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetChildId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ChildId field. +func (o *Dependency) SetChildId(v string) { + o.ChildId = &v +} + +// GetChildName returns the ChildName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Dependency) GetChildName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ChildName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ChildName +} + +// GetChildNameOk returns a tuple with the ChildName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Dependency) GetChildNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ChildName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ChildName, true +} + +// HasChildName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Dependency) HasChildName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ChildName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetChildName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ChildName field. +func (o *Dependency) SetChildName(v string) { + o.ChildName = &v +} + +// GetChildType returns the ChildType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Dependency) GetChildType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ChildType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ChildType +} + +// GetChildTypeOk returns a tuple with the ChildType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Dependency) GetChildTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ChildType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ChildType, true +} + +// HasChildType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Dependency) HasChildType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ChildType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetChildType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ChildType field. +func (o *Dependency) SetChildType(v string) { + o.ChildType = &v +} + +func (o Dependency) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o Dependency) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.ChildId) { + toSerialize["child_id"] = o.ChildId + } + if !IsNil(o.ChildName) { + toSerialize["child_name"] = o.ChildName + } + if !IsNil(o.ChildType) { + toSerialize["child_type"] = o.ChildType + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDependency struct { + value *Dependency + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDependency) Get() *Dependency { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDependency) Set(val *Dependency) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDependency) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDependency) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDependency(val *Dependency) *NullableDependency { + return &NullableDependency{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDependency) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDependency) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_detach_cdb_response.go b/model_detach_cdb_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..590a55db --- /dev/null +++ b/model_detach_cdb_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DetachCDBResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DetachCDBResponse{} + +// DetachCDBResponse struct for DetachCDBResponse +type DetachCDBResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` + // The dsource id of the detached dSource. + DsourceId *string `json:"dsource_id,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDetachCDBResponse instantiates a new DetachCDBResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDetachCDBResponse() *DetachCDBResponse { + this := DetachCDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewDetachCDBResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DetachCDBResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDetachCDBResponseWithDefaults() *DetachCDBResponse { + this := DetachCDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DetachCDBResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DetachCDBResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DetachCDBResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *DetachCDBResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +// GetDsourceId returns the DsourceId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DetachCDBResponse) GetDsourceId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DsourceId +} + +// GetDsourceIdOk returns a tuple with the DsourceId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DetachCDBResponse) GetDsourceIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DsourceId, true +} + +// HasDsourceId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DetachCDBResponse) HasDsourceId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DsourceId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDsourceId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DsourceId field. +func (o *DetachCDBResponse) SetDsourceId(v string) { + o.DsourceId = &v +} + +func (o DetachCDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DetachCDBResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + if !IsNil(o.DsourceId) { + toSerialize["dsource_id"] = o.DsourceId + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDetachCDBResponse struct { + value *DetachCDBResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDetachCDBResponse) Get() *DetachCDBResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDetachCDBResponse) Set(val *DetachCDBResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDetachCDBResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDetachCDBResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDetachCDBResponse(val *DetachCDBResponse) *NullableDetachCDBResponse { + return &NullableDetachCDBResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDetachCDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDetachCDBResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_detach_d_source_response.go b/model_detach_d_source_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3ce482f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_detach_d_source_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DetachDSourceResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DetachDSourceResponse{} + +// DetachDSourceResponse struct for DetachDSourceResponse +type DetachDSourceResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDetachDSourceResponse instantiates a new DetachDSourceResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDetachDSourceResponse() *DetachDSourceResponse { + this := DetachDSourceResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewDetachDSourceResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DetachDSourceResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDetachDSourceResponseWithDefaults() *DetachDSourceResponse { + this := DetachDSourceResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DetachDSourceResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DetachDSourceResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DetachDSourceResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *DetachDSourceResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o DetachDSourceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DetachDSourceResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDetachDSourceResponse struct { + value *DetachDSourceResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDetachDSourceResponse) Get() *DetachDSourceResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDetachDSourceResponse) Set(val *DetachDSourceResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDetachDSourceResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDetachDSourceResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDetachDSourceResponse(val *DetachDSourceResponse) *NullableDetachDSourceResponse { + return &NullableDetachDSourceResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDetachDSourceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDetachDSourceResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_disable_cdb_parameters.go b/model_disable_cdb_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6ebcbb68 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_disable_cdb_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DisableCDBParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DisableCDBParameters{} + +// DisableCDBParameters Parameters to disable a CDB. +type DisableCDBParameters struct { + // Whether to attempt a cleanup of the CDB before the disable. + AttemptCleanup *bool `json:"attempt_cleanup,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDisableCDBParameters instantiates a new DisableCDBParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDisableCDBParameters() *DisableCDBParameters { + this := DisableCDBParameters{} + var attemptCleanup bool = true + this.AttemptCleanup = &attemptCleanup + return &this +} + +// NewDisableCDBParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new DisableCDBParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDisableCDBParametersWithDefaults() *DisableCDBParameters { + this := DisableCDBParameters{} + var attemptCleanup bool = true + this.AttemptCleanup = &attemptCleanup + return &this +} + +// GetAttemptCleanup returns the AttemptCleanup field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DisableCDBParameters) GetAttemptCleanup() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AttemptCleanup) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AttemptCleanup +} + +// GetAttemptCleanupOk returns a tuple with the AttemptCleanup field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DisableCDBParameters) GetAttemptCleanupOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AttemptCleanup) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AttemptCleanup, true +} + +// HasAttemptCleanup returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DisableCDBParameters) HasAttemptCleanup() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AttemptCleanup) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAttemptCleanup gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AttemptCleanup field. +func (o *DisableCDBParameters) SetAttemptCleanup(v bool) { + o.AttemptCleanup = &v +} + +func (o DisableCDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DisableCDBParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.AttemptCleanup) { + toSerialize["attempt_cleanup"] = o.AttemptCleanup + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDisableCDBParameters struct { + value *DisableCDBParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDisableCDBParameters) Get() *DisableCDBParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDisableCDBParameters) Set(val *DisableCDBParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDisableCDBParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDisableCDBParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDisableCDBParameters(val *DisableCDBParameters) *NullableDisableCDBParameters { + return &NullableDisableCDBParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDisableCDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDisableCDBParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_disable_cdb_response.go b/model_disable_cdb_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..166b0160 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_disable_cdb_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DisableCDBResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DisableCDBResponse{} + +// DisableCDBResponse struct for DisableCDBResponse +type DisableCDBResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDisableCDBResponse instantiates a new DisableCDBResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDisableCDBResponse() *DisableCDBResponse { + this := DisableCDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewDisableCDBResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DisableCDBResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDisableCDBResponseWithDefaults() *DisableCDBResponse { + this := DisableCDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DisableCDBResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DisableCDBResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DisableCDBResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *DisableCDBResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o DisableCDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DisableCDBResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDisableCDBResponse struct { + value *DisableCDBResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDisableCDBResponse) Get() *DisableCDBResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDisableCDBResponse) Set(val *DisableCDBResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDisableCDBResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDisableCDBResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDisableCDBResponse(val *DisableCDBResponse) *NullableDisableCDBResponse { + return &NullableDisableCDBResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDisableCDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDisableCDBResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_disable_dsource_parameters.go b/model_disable_dsource_parameters.go index 36bdfd53..5b0e692d 100644 --- a/model_disable_dsource_parameters.go +++ b/model_disable_dsource_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_disable_dsource_response.go b/model_disable_dsource_response.go index e35a62e6..fefc7317 100644 --- a/model_disable_dsource_response.go +++ b/model_disable_dsource_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_disable_environment_response.go b/model_disable_environment_response.go index 2438330f..39d23100 100644 --- a/model_disable_environment_response.go +++ b/model_disable_environment_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_disable_vcdb_parameters.go b/model_disable_vcdb_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..da5ab76e --- /dev/null +++ b/model_disable_vcdb_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DisableVCDBParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DisableVCDBParameters{} + +// DisableVCDBParameters Parameters to disable a vCDB. +type DisableVCDBParameters struct { + // Whether to attempt a cleanup of the vCDB before the disable. + AttemptCleanup *bool `json:"attempt_cleanup,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDisableVCDBParameters instantiates a new DisableVCDBParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDisableVCDBParameters() *DisableVCDBParameters { + this := DisableVCDBParameters{} + var attemptCleanup bool = true + this.AttemptCleanup = &attemptCleanup + return &this +} + +// NewDisableVCDBParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new DisableVCDBParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDisableVCDBParametersWithDefaults() *DisableVCDBParameters { + this := DisableVCDBParameters{} + var attemptCleanup bool = true + this.AttemptCleanup = &attemptCleanup + return &this +} + +// GetAttemptCleanup returns the AttemptCleanup field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DisableVCDBParameters) GetAttemptCleanup() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AttemptCleanup) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AttemptCleanup +} + +// GetAttemptCleanupOk returns a tuple with the AttemptCleanup field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DisableVCDBParameters) GetAttemptCleanupOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AttemptCleanup) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AttemptCleanup, true +} + +// HasAttemptCleanup returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DisableVCDBParameters) HasAttemptCleanup() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AttemptCleanup) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAttemptCleanup gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AttemptCleanup field. +func (o *DisableVCDBParameters) SetAttemptCleanup(v bool) { + o.AttemptCleanup = &v +} + +func (o DisableVCDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DisableVCDBParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.AttemptCleanup) { + toSerialize["attempt_cleanup"] = o.AttemptCleanup + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDisableVCDBParameters struct { + value *DisableVCDBParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDisableVCDBParameters) Get() *DisableVCDBParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDisableVCDBParameters) Set(val *DisableVCDBParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDisableVCDBParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDisableVCDBParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDisableVCDBParameters(val *DisableVCDBParameters) *NullableDisableVCDBParameters { + return &NullableDisableVCDBParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDisableVCDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDisableVCDBParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_disable_vcdb_response.go b/model_disable_vcdb_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1e5519e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_disable_vcdb_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DisableVCDBResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DisableVCDBResponse{} + +// DisableVCDBResponse struct for DisableVCDBResponse +type DisableVCDBResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDisableVCDBResponse instantiates a new DisableVCDBResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDisableVCDBResponse() *DisableVCDBResponse { + this := DisableVCDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewDisableVCDBResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DisableVCDBResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDisableVCDBResponseWithDefaults() *DisableVCDBResponse { + this := DisableVCDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DisableVCDBResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DisableVCDBResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DisableVCDBResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *DisableVCDBResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o DisableVCDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DisableVCDBResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDisableVCDBResponse struct { + value *DisableVCDBResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDisableVCDBResponse) Get() *DisableVCDBResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDisableVCDBResponse) Set(val *DisableVCDBResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDisableVCDBResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDisableVCDBResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDisableVCDBResponse(val *DisableVCDBResponse) *NullableDisableVCDBResponse { + return &NullableDisableVCDBResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDisableVCDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDisableVCDBResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_disable_vdb_group_parameters.go b/model_disable_vdb_group_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0d55fadd --- /dev/null +++ b/model_disable_vdb_group_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DisableVDBGroupParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DisableVDBGroupParameters{} + +// DisableVDBGroupParameters Parameters to disable a VDB Group. +type DisableVDBGroupParameters struct { + VdbDisableParamMappings []VDBDisableParametersMapping `json:"vdb_disable_param_mappings,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDisableVDBGroupParameters instantiates a new DisableVDBGroupParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDisableVDBGroupParameters() *DisableVDBGroupParameters { + this := DisableVDBGroupParameters{} + return &this +} + +// NewDisableVDBGroupParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new DisableVDBGroupParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDisableVDBGroupParametersWithDefaults() *DisableVDBGroupParameters { + this := DisableVDBGroupParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetVdbDisableParamMappings returns the VdbDisableParamMappings field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DisableVDBGroupParameters) GetVdbDisableParamMappings() []VDBDisableParametersMapping { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbDisableParamMappings) { + var ret []VDBDisableParametersMapping + return ret + } + return o.VdbDisableParamMappings +} + +// GetVdbDisableParamMappingsOk returns a tuple with the VdbDisableParamMappings field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DisableVDBGroupParameters) GetVdbDisableParamMappingsOk() ([]VDBDisableParametersMapping, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbDisableParamMappings) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbDisableParamMappings, true +} + +// HasVdbDisableParamMappings returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DisableVDBGroupParameters) HasVdbDisableParamMappings() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbDisableParamMappings) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbDisableParamMappings gets a reference to the given []VDBDisableParametersMapping and assigns it to the VdbDisableParamMappings field. +func (o *DisableVDBGroupParameters) SetVdbDisableParamMappings(v []VDBDisableParametersMapping) { + o.VdbDisableParamMappings = v +} + +func (o DisableVDBGroupParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DisableVDBGroupParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.VdbDisableParamMappings) { + toSerialize["vdb_disable_param_mappings"] = o.VdbDisableParamMappings + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDisableVDBGroupParameters struct { + value *DisableVDBGroupParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDisableVDBGroupParameters) Get() *DisableVDBGroupParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDisableVDBGroupParameters) Set(val *DisableVDBGroupParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDisableVDBGroupParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDisableVDBGroupParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDisableVDBGroupParameters(val *DisableVDBGroupParameters) *NullableDisableVDBGroupParameters { + return &NullableDisableVDBGroupParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDisableVDBGroupParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDisableVDBGroupParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_disable_vdb_group_response.go b/model_disable_vdb_group_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5276e24d --- /dev/null +++ b/model_disable_vdb_group_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DisableVDBGroupResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DisableVDBGroupResponse{} + +// DisableVDBGroupResponse struct for DisableVDBGroupResponse +type DisableVDBGroupResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDisableVDBGroupResponse instantiates a new DisableVDBGroupResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDisableVDBGroupResponse() *DisableVDBGroupResponse { + this := DisableVDBGroupResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewDisableVDBGroupResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DisableVDBGroupResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDisableVDBGroupResponseWithDefaults() *DisableVDBGroupResponse { + this := DisableVDBGroupResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DisableVDBGroupResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DisableVDBGroupResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DisableVDBGroupResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *DisableVDBGroupResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o DisableVDBGroupResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DisableVDBGroupResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDisableVDBGroupResponse struct { + value *DisableVDBGroupResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDisableVDBGroupResponse) Get() *DisableVDBGroupResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDisableVDBGroupResponse) Set(val *DisableVDBGroupResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDisableVDBGroupResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDisableVDBGroupResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDisableVDBGroupResponse(val *DisableVDBGroupResponse) *NullableDisableVDBGroupResponse { + return &NullableDisableVDBGroupResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDisableVDBGroupResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDisableVDBGroupResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_disable_vdb_parameters.go b/model_disable_vdb_parameters.go index 0935fc26..fa90525a 100644 --- a/model_disable_vdb_parameters.go +++ b/model_disable_vdb_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -22,6 +22,8 @@ var _ MappedNullable = &DisableVDBParameters{} type DisableVDBParameters struct { // Whether to attempt a cleanup of the VDB before the disable. AttemptCleanup *bool `json:"attempt_cleanup,omitempty"` + // Whether the database is running inside a container. + ContainerMode *bool `json:"container_mode,omitempty"` } // NewDisableVDBParameters instantiates a new DisableVDBParameters object @@ -77,6 +79,38 @@ func (o *DisableVDBParameters) SetAttemptCleanup(v bool) { o.AttemptCleanup = &v } +// GetContainerMode returns the ContainerMode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DisableVDBParameters) GetContainerMode() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.ContainerMode +} + +// GetContainerModeOk returns a tuple with the ContainerMode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DisableVDBParameters) GetContainerModeOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ContainerMode, true +} + +// HasContainerMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DisableVDBParameters) HasContainerMode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetContainerMode gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ContainerMode field. +func (o *DisableVDBParameters) SetContainerMode(v bool) { + o.ContainerMode = &v +} + func (o DisableVDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -90,6 +124,9 @@ func (o DisableVDBParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.AttemptCleanup) { toSerialize["attempt_cleanup"] = o.AttemptCleanup } + if !IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + toSerialize["container_mode"] = o.ContainerMode + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_disable_vdb_response.go b/model_disable_vdb_response.go index 1da52ad7..e36a7b80 100644 --- a/model_disable_vdb_response.go +++ b/model_disable_vdb_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_discovery_expression.go b/model_discovery_expression.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..38cbfa12 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_discovery_expression.go @@ -0,0 +1,572 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DiscoveryExpression type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DiscoveryExpression{} + +// DiscoveryExpression struct for DiscoveryExpression +type DiscoveryExpression struct { + // The id of the discovery expression. + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // The name of the discovery expression. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The regular expression that will be used to match against column/field names or data values during the execution of a discovery job. Only applicable for SEARCH expressions. + RegularExpression *string `json:"regular_expression,omitempty"` + // This field determines whether the discovery expression will be targeted at the underlying data in a data source (e.g. row values in the database column / field values in the file), or whether the discovery expression will be targeted at the schema of the data source (e.g. column names in a database table or field names in a file). Data-Level profiling consumes more memory than Column-Name-Level/Field-Name-Level profiling due to the fact that the discovery expression must be checked against a larger number of data values (e.g. hundreds) than column/field names (i.e. one). Only applicable for SEARCH expressions. + DataLevelProfiling *bool `json:"data_level_profiling,omitempty"` + // Minimum length of the value for string types. Only applicable for TYPE expressions. + MinDataLength *int32 `json:"min_data_length,omitempty"` + // The id of the engine associated with this discovery expression. + EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the engine associated with this discovery expression. + EngineName *string `json:"engine_name,omitempty"` + // The id of the data class associated with this discovery expression. + DataClassId *string `json:"data_class_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the data class associated with this discovery expression. + DataClassName *string `json:"data_class_name,omitempty"` + // Data type to apply a constraint to. Only applicable for TYPE expressions. + DataType *string `json:"data_type,omitempty"` + // The type of the discovery expression. + ExpressionType *string `json:"expression_type,omitempty"` + // The level of data sources this discovery expression will be targeted. + Level *string `json:"level,omitempty"` + // The tags of this discovery expression. + Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDiscoveryExpression instantiates a new DiscoveryExpression object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDiscoveryExpression() *DiscoveryExpression { + this := DiscoveryExpression{} + return &this +} + +// NewDiscoveryExpressionWithDefaults instantiates a new DiscoveryExpression object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDiscoveryExpressionWithDefaults() *DiscoveryExpression { + this := DiscoveryExpression{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetRegularExpression returns the RegularExpression field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) GetRegularExpression() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RegularExpression) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RegularExpression +} + +// GetRegularExpressionOk returns a tuple with the RegularExpression field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) GetRegularExpressionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RegularExpression) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RegularExpression, true +} + +// HasRegularExpression returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) HasRegularExpression() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RegularExpression) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRegularExpression gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RegularExpression field. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) SetRegularExpression(v string) { + o.RegularExpression = &v +} + +// GetDataLevelProfiling returns the DataLevelProfiling field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) GetDataLevelProfiling() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataLevelProfiling) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.DataLevelProfiling +} + +// GetDataLevelProfilingOk returns a tuple with the DataLevelProfiling field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) GetDataLevelProfilingOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataLevelProfiling) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataLevelProfiling, true +} + +// HasDataLevelProfiling returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) HasDataLevelProfiling() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataLevelProfiling) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataLevelProfiling gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DataLevelProfiling field. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) SetDataLevelProfiling(v bool) { + o.DataLevelProfiling = &v +} + +// GetMinDataLength returns the MinDataLength field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) GetMinDataLength() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MinDataLength) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.MinDataLength +} + +// GetMinDataLengthOk returns a tuple with the MinDataLength field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) GetMinDataLengthOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MinDataLength) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MinDataLength, true +} + +// HasMinDataLength returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) HasMinDataLength() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MinDataLength) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMinDataLength gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the MinDataLength field. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) SetMinDataLength(v int32) { + o.MinDataLength = &v +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineId, true +} + +// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) HasEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = &v +} + +// GetEngineName returns the EngineName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) GetEngineName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineName +} + +// GetEngineNameOk returns a tuple with the EngineName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) GetEngineNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineName, true +} + +// HasEngineName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) HasEngineName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineName field. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) SetEngineName(v string) { + o.EngineName = &v +} + +// GetDataClassId returns the DataClassId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) GetDataClassId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataClassId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DataClassId +} + +// GetDataClassIdOk returns a tuple with the DataClassId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) GetDataClassIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataClassId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataClassId, true +} + +// HasDataClassId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) HasDataClassId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataClassId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataClassId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DataClassId field. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) SetDataClassId(v string) { + o.DataClassId = &v +} + +// GetDataClassName returns the DataClassName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) GetDataClassName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataClassName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DataClassName +} + +// GetDataClassNameOk returns a tuple with the DataClassName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) GetDataClassNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataClassName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataClassName, true +} + +// HasDataClassName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) HasDataClassName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataClassName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataClassName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DataClassName field. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) SetDataClassName(v string) { + o.DataClassName = &v +} + +// GetDataType returns the DataType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) GetDataType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DataType +} + +// GetDataTypeOk returns a tuple with the DataType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) GetDataTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataType, true +} + +// HasDataType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) HasDataType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DataType field. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) SetDataType(v string) { + o.DataType = &v +} + +// GetExpressionType returns the ExpressionType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) GetExpressionType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExpressionType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExpressionType +} + +// GetExpressionTypeOk returns a tuple with the ExpressionType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) GetExpressionTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExpressionType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExpressionType, true +} + +// HasExpressionType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) HasExpressionType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExpressionType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExpressionType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExpressionType field. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) SetExpressionType(v string) { + o.ExpressionType = &v +} + +// GetLevel returns the Level field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) GetLevel() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Level) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Level +} + +// GetLevelOk returns a tuple with the Level field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) GetLevelOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Level) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Level, true +} + +// HasLevel returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) HasLevel() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Level) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLevel gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Level field. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) SetLevel(v string) { + o.Level = &v +} + +// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) GetTags() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.Tags +} + +// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tags, true +} + +// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) HasTags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. +func (o *DiscoveryExpression) SetTags(v []Tag) { + o.Tags = v +} + +func (o DiscoveryExpression) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DiscoveryExpression) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.RegularExpression) { + toSerialize["regular_expression"] = o.RegularExpression + } + if !IsNil(o.DataLevelProfiling) { + toSerialize["data_level_profiling"] = o.DataLevelProfiling + } + if !IsNil(o.MinDataLength) { + toSerialize["min_data_length"] = o.MinDataLength + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineName) { + toSerialize["engine_name"] = o.EngineName + } + if !IsNil(o.DataClassId) { + toSerialize["data_class_id"] = o.DataClassId + } + if !IsNil(o.DataClassName) { + toSerialize["data_class_name"] = o.DataClassName + } + if !IsNil(o.DataType) { + toSerialize["data_type"] = o.DataType + } + if !IsNil(o.ExpressionType) { + toSerialize["expression_type"] = o.ExpressionType + } + if !IsNil(o.Level) { + toSerialize["level"] = o.Level + } + if !IsNil(o.Tags) { + toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDiscoveryExpression struct { + value *DiscoveryExpression + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDiscoveryExpression) Get() *DiscoveryExpression { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDiscoveryExpression) Set(val *DiscoveryExpression) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDiscoveryExpression) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDiscoveryExpression) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDiscoveryExpression(val *DiscoveryExpression) *NullableDiscoveryExpression { + return &NullableDiscoveryExpression{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDiscoveryExpression) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDiscoveryExpression) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_discovery_expressions_list_response.go b/model_discovery_expressions_list_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..781854ee --- /dev/null +++ b/model_discovery_expressions_list_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse{} + +// DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse struct for DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse +type DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse struct { + Items []DiscoveryExpression `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDiscoveryExpressionsListResponse instantiates a new DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDiscoveryExpressionsListResponse() *DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse { + this := DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewDiscoveryExpressionsListResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDiscoveryExpressionsListResponseWithDefaults() *DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse { + this := DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse) GetItems() []DiscoveryExpression { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []DiscoveryExpression + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]DiscoveryExpression, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []DiscoveryExpression and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse) SetItems(v []DiscoveryExpression) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDiscoveryExpressionsListResponse struct { + value *DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDiscoveryExpressionsListResponse) Get() *DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDiscoveryExpressionsListResponse) Set(val *DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDiscoveryExpressionsListResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDiscoveryExpressionsListResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDiscoveryExpressionsListResponse(val *DiscoveryExpressionsListResponse) *NullableDiscoveryExpressionsListResponse { + return &NullableDiscoveryExpressionsListResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDiscoveryExpressionsListResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDiscoveryExpressionsListResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_discovery_expressions_search_response.go b/model_discovery_expressions_search_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4d707ea0 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_discovery_expressions_search_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse{} + +// DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse struct for DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse +type DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse struct { + Items []DiscoveryExpression `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse instantiates a new DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse() *DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse { + this := DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewDiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponseWithDefaults() *DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse { + this := DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse) GetItems() []DiscoveryExpression { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []DiscoveryExpression + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]DiscoveryExpression, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []DiscoveryExpression and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse) SetItems(v []DiscoveryExpression) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse struct { + value *DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse) Get() *DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse) Set(val *DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse(val *DiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse) *NullableDiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse { + return &NullableDiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDiscoveryExpressionsSearchResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_discovery_policies_list_response.go b/model_discovery_policies_list_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5465348d --- /dev/null +++ b/model_discovery_policies_list_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse{} + +// DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse struct for DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse +type DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse struct { + Items []DiscoveryPolicy `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDiscoveryPoliciesListResponse instantiates a new DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDiscoveryPoliciesListResponse() *DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse { + this := DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewDiscoveryPoliciesListResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDiscoveryPoliciesListResponseWithDefaults() *DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse { + this := DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse) GetItems() []DiscoveryPolicy { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []DiscoveryPolicy + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]DiscoveryPolicy, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []DiscoveryPolicy and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse) SetItems(v []DiscoveryPolicy) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDiscoveryPoliciesListResponse struct { + value *DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDiscoveryPoliciesListResponse) Get() *DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDiscoveryPoliciesListResponse) Set(val *DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDiscoveryPoliciesListResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDiscoveryPoliciesListResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDiscoveryPoliciesListResponse(val *DiscoveryPoliciesListResponse) *NullableDiscoveryPoliciesListResponse { + return &NullableDiscoveryPoliciesListResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDiscoveryPoliciesListResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDiscoveryPoliciesListResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_discovery_policies_search_response.go b/model_discovery_policies_search_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2df1a8a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_discovery_policies_search_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse{} + +// DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse struct for DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse +type DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse struct { + Items []DiscoveryPolicy `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse instantiates a new DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse() *DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse { + this := DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewDiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponseWithDefaults() *DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse { + this := DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse) GetItems() []DiscoveryPolicy { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []DiscoveryPolicy + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]DiscoveryPolicy, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []DiscoveryPolicy and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse) SetItems(v []DiscoveryPolicy) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse struct { + value *DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse) Get() *DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse) Set(val *DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse(val *DiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse) *NullableDiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse { + return &NullableDiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDiscoveryPoliciesSearchResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_discovery_policy.go b/model_discovery_policy.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2e4db1fc --- /dev/null +++ b/model_discovery_policy.go @@ -0,0 +1,417 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DiscoveryPolicy type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DiscoveryPolicy{} + +// DiscoveryPolicy A discovery policy. +type DiscoveryPolicy struct { + // The discovery policy ID. + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // The name of this discovery policy. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // A description of this discovery policy. + Description NullableString `json:"description,omitempty"` + // The method used to discover sensitive data. + DiscoveryMethod *string `json:"discovery_method,omitempty"` + // The confidence threshold that must be met or exceeded to make an assignment. This is an integer from 1-100. + AssignmentThreshold *int32 `json:"assignment_threshold,omitempty"` + // The ID of the engine that this discovery policy originated from. + EngineId NullableString `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the engine that this discovery policy originated from. + EngineName NullableString `json:"engine_name,omitempty"` + // The tags of this discovery policy. + Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDiscoveryPolicy instantiates a new DiscoveryPolicy object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDiscoveryPolicy() *DiscoveryPolicy { + this := DiscoveryPolicy{} + return &this +} + +// NewDiscoveryPolicyWithDefaults instantiates a new DiscoveryPolicy object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDiscoveryPolicyWithDefaults() *DiscoveryPolicy { + this := DiscoveryPolicy{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) GetDescription() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Description.Get() +} + +// GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Description.Get(), o.Description.IsSet() +} + +// HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) HasDescription() bool { + if o != nil && o.Description.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDescription gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the Description field. +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) SetDescription(v string) { + o.Description.Set(&v) +} +// SetDescriptionNil sets the value for Description to be an explicit nil +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) SetDescriptionNil() { + o.Description.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetDescription ensures that no value is present for Description, not even an explicit nil +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) UnsetDescription() { + o.Description.Unset() +} + +// GetDiscoveryMethod returns the DiscoveryMethod field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) GetDiscoveryMethod() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DiscoveryMethod) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DiscoveryMethod +} + +// GetDiscoveryMethodOk returns a tuple with the DiscoveryMethod field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) GetDiscoveryMethodOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DiscoveryMethod) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DiscoveryMethod, true +} + +// HasDiscoveryMethod returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) HasDiscoveryMethod() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DiscoveryMethod) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDiscoveryMethod gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DiscoveryMethod field. +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) SetDiscoveryMethod(v string) { + o.DiscoveryMethod = &v +} + +// GetAssignmentThreshold returns the AssignmentThreshold field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) GetAssignmentThreshold() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AssignmentThreshold) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.AssignmentThreshold +} + +// GetAssignmentThresholdOk returns a tuple with the AssignmentThreshold field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) GetAssignmentThresholdOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AssignmentThreshold) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AssignmentThreshold, true +} + +// HasAssignmentThreshold returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) HasAssignmentThreshold() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AssignmentThreshold) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAssignmentThreshold gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the AssignmentThreshold field. +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) SetAssignmentThreshold(v int32) { + o.AssignmentThreshold = &v +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineId.Get() +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineId.Get(), o.EngineId.IsSet() +} + +// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) HasEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && o.EngineId.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the EngineId field. +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId.Set(&v) +} +// SetEngineIdNil sets the value for EngineId to be an explicit nil +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) SetEngineIdNil() { + o.EngineId.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetEngineId ensures that no value is present for EngineId, not even an explicit nil +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) UnsetEngineId() { + o.EngineId.Unset() +} + +// GetEngineName returns the EngineName field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) GetEngineName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineName.Get() +} + +// GetEngineNameOk returns a tuple with the EngineName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) GetEngineNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineName.Get(), o.EngineName.IsSet() +} + +// HasEngineName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) HasEngineName() bool { + if o != nil && o.EngineName.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineName gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the EngineName field. +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) SetEngineName(v string) { + o.EngineName.Set(&v) +} +// SetEngineNameNil sets the value for EngineName to be an explicit nil +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) SetEngineNameNil() { + o.EngineName.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetEngineName ensures that no value is present for EngineName, not even an explicit nil +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) UnsetEngineName() { + o.EngineName.Unset() +} + +// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) GetTags() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.Tags +} + +// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tags, true +} + +// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) HasTags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. +func (o *DiscoveryPolicy) SetTags(v []Tag) { + o.Tags = v +} + +func (o DiscoveryPolicy) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DiscoveryPolicy) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if o.Description.IsSet() { + toSerialize["description"] = o.Description.Get() + } + if !IsNil(o.DiscoveryMethod) { + toSerialize["discovery_method"] = o.DiscoveryMethod + } + if !IsNil(o.AssignmentThreshold) { + toSerialize["assignment_threshold"] = o.AssignmentThreshold + } + if o.EngineId.IsSet() { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId.Get() + } + if o.EngineName.IsSet() { + toSerialize["engine_name"] = o.EngineName.Get() + } + if !IsNil(o.Tags) { + toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDiscoveryPolicy struct { + value *DiscoveryPolicy + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDiscoveryPolicy) Get() *DiscoveryPolicy { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDiscoveryPolicy) Set(val *DiscoveryPolicy) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDiscoveryPolicy) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDiscoveryPolicy) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDiscoveryPolicy(val *DiscoveryPolicy) *NullableDiscoveryPolicy { + return &NullableDiscoveryPolicy{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDiscoveryPolicy) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDiscoveryPolicy) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_discovery_result.go b/model_discovery_result.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d5e33046 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_discovery_result.go @@ -0,0 +1,461 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the DiscoveryResult type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &DiscoveryResult{} + +// DiscoveryResult The result of sensitive data discovery on a single column or field +type DiscoveryResult struct { + // The DCT local id of this discovery result + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // The name of the table to which the column belongs + TableName *string `json:"table_name,omitempty"` + // The name of the file to which the discovery result applies + FileName *string `json:"file_name,omitempty"` + // The name the column to which the discovery result applies + ColumnName *string `json:"column_name,omitempty"` + // The name the field to which the discovery result applies + FieldName *string `json:"field_name,omitempty"` + // The data class selected for the column or field + DataClassName *string `json:"data_class_name,omitempty"` + // The name of the algorithm selected for the column or field + AlgorithmName *string `json:"algorithm_name,omitempty"` + // The data type determined for the column or field + DataType *string `json:"data_type,omitempty"` + // The confidence of the discovery result, ranging from -100 to 100 + Confidence *int32 `json:"confidence,omitempty"` + // Whether the corresponding ruleset column or field was configured to allow the discovery process to update the masking assignment + IsProfilerWritable *bool `json:"is_profiler_writable,omitempty"` +} + +// NewDiscoveryResult instantiates a new DiscoveryResult object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewDiscoveryResult() *DiscoveryResult { + this := DiscoveryResult{} + return &this +} + +// NewDiscoveryResultWithDefaults instantiates a new DiscoveryResult object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewDiscoveryResultWithDefaults() *DiscoveryResult { + this := DiscoveryResult{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetTableName returns the TableName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) GetTableName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TableName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TableName +} + +// GetTableNameOk returns a tuple with the TableName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) GetTableNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TableName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TableName, true +} + +// HasTableName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) HasTableName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TableName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTableName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TableName field. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) SetTableName(v string) { + o.TableName = &v +} + +// GetFileName returns the FileName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) GetFileName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.FileName +} + +// GetFileNameOk returns a tuple with the FileName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) GetFileNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FileName, true +} + +// HasFileName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) HasFileName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FileName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFileName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FileName field. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) SetFileName(v string) { + o.FileName = &v +} + +// GetColumnName returns the ColumnName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) GetColumnName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ColumnName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ColumnName +} + +// GetColumnNameOk returns a tuple with the ColumnName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) GetColumnNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ColumnName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ColumnName, true +} + +// HasColumnName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) HasColumnName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ColumnName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetColumnName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ColumnName field. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) SetColumnName(v string) { + o.ColumnName = &v +} + +// GetFieldName returns the FieldName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) GetFieldName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FieldName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.FieldName +} + +// GetFieldNameOk returns a tuple with the FieldName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) GetFieldNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FieldName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FieldName, true +} + +// HasFieldName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) HasFieldName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FieldName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFieldName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FieldName field. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) SetFieldName(v string) { + o.FieldName = &v +} + +// GetDataClassName returns the DataClassName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) GetDataClassName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataClassName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DataClassName +} + +// GetDataClassNameOk returns a tuple with the DataClassName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) GetDataClassNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataClassName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataClassName, true +} + +// HasDataClassName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) HasDataClassName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataClassName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataClassName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DataClassName field. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) SetDataClassName(v string) { + o.DataClassName = &v +} + +// GetAlgorithmName returns the AlgorithmName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) GetAlgorithmName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AlgorithmName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AlgorithmName +} + +// GetAlgorithmNameOk returns a tuple with the AlgorithmName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) GetAlgorithmNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AlgorithmName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AlgorithmName, true +} + +// HasAlgorithmName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) HasAlgorithmName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AlgorithmName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAlgorithmName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AlgorithmName field. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) SetAlgorithmName(v string) { + o.AlgorithmName = &v +} + +// GetDataType returns the DataType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) GetDataType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DataType +} + +// GetDataTypeOk returns a tuple with the DataType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) GetDataTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataType, true +} + +// HasDataType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) HasDataType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DataType field. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) SetDataType(v string) { + o.DataType = &v +} + +// GetConfidence returns the Confidence field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) GetConfidence() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Confidence) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.Confidence +} + +// GetConfidenceOk returns a tuple with the Confidence field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) GetConfidenceOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Confidence) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Confidence, true +} + +// HasConfidence returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) HasConfidence() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Confidence) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConfidence gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the Confidence field. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) SetConfidence(v int32) { + o.Confidence = &v +} + +// GetIsProfilerWritable returns the IsProfilerWritable field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) GetIsProfilerWritable() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsProfilerWritable) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsProfilerWritable +} + +// GetIsProfilerWritableOk returns a tuple with the IsProfilerWritable field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) GetIsProfilerWritableOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsProfilerWritable) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsProfilerWritable, true +} + +// HasIsProfilerWritable returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) HasIsProfilerWritable() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsProfilerWritable) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsProfilerWritable gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsProfilerWritable field. +func (o *DiscoveryResult) SetIsProfilerWritable(v bool) { + o.IsProfilerWritable = &v +} + +func (o DiscoveryResult) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o DiscoveryResult) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.TableName) { + toSerialize["table_name"] = o.TableName + } + if !IsNil(o.FileName) { + toSerialize["file_name"] = o.FileName + } + if !IsNil(o.ColumnName) { + toSerialize["column_name"] = o.ColumnName + } + if !IsNil(o.FieldName) { + toSerialize["field_name"] = o.FieldName + } + if !IsNil(o.DataClassName) { + toSerialize["data_class_name"] = o.DataClassName + } + if !IsNil(o.AlgorithmName) { + toSerialize["algorithm_name"] = o.AlgorithmName + } + if !IsNil(o.DataType) { + toSerialize["data_type"] = o.DataType + } + if !IsNil(o.Confidence) { + toSerialize["confidence"] = o.Confidence + } + if !IsNil(o.IsProfilerWritable) { + toSerialize["is_profiler_writable"] = o.IsProfilerWritable + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableDiscoveryResult struct { + value *DiscoveryResult + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableDiscoveryResult) Get() *DiscoveryResult { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableDiscoveryResult) Set(val *DiscoveryResult) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableDiscoveryResult) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableDiscoveryResult) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableDiscoveryResult(val *DiscoveryResult) *NullableDiscoveryResult { + return &NullableDiscoveryResult{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableDiscoveryResult) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableDiscoveryResult) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_domain.go b/model_domain.go index 08364e23..d5bff1f1 100644 --- a/model_domain.go +++ b/model_domain.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_effective_scope.go b/model_effective_scope.go index d759e7f7..96bda461 100644 --- a/model_effective_scope.go +++ b/model_effective_scope.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_enable_ai_status.go b/model_enable_ai_status.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..053d4233 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_enable_ai_status.go @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the EnableAiStatus type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &EnableAiStatus{} + +// EnableAiStatus Status object representing the AI enable flag +type EnableAiStatus struct { + // The enabled/disabled status of AI + Value bool `json:"value"` +} + +type _EnableAiStatus EnableAiStatus + +// NewEnableAiStatus instantiates a new EnableAiStatus object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewEnableAiStatus(value bool) *EnableAiStatus { + this := EnableAiStatus{} + this.Value = value + return &this +} + +// NewEnableAiStatusWithDefaults instantiates a new EnableAiStatus object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewEnableAiStatusWithDefaults() *EnableAiStatus { + this := EnableAiStatus{} + return &this +} + +// GetValue returns the Value field value +func (o *EnableAiStatus) GetValue() bool { + if o == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + + return o.Value +} + +// GetValueOk returns a tuple with the Value field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnableAiStatus) GetValueOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.Value, true +} + +// SetValue sets field value +func (o *EnableAiStatus) SetValue(v bool) { + o.Value = v +} + +func (o EnableAiStatus) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o EnableAiStatus) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["value"] = o.Value + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *EnableAiStatus) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "value", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varEnableAiStatus := _EnableAiStatus{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varEnableAiStatus) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = EnableAiStatus(varEnableAiStatus) + + return err +} + +type NullableEnableAiStatus struct { + value *EnableAiStatus + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableEnableAiStatus) Get() *EnableAiStatus { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableEnableAiStatus) Set(val *EnableAiStatus) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableEnableAiStatus) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableEnableAiStatus) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableEnableAiStatus(val *EnableAiStatus) *NullableEnableAiStatus { + return &NullableEnableAiStatus{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableEnableAiStatus) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableEnableAiStatus) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_enable_cdb_parameters.go b/model_enable_cdb_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a7def669 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_enable_cdb_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the EnableCDBParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &EnableCDBParameters{} + +// EnableCDBParameters Parameters to enable a CDB. +type EnableCDBParameters struct { + // Whether to attempt a startup of the CDB after the enable. + AttemptStart *bool `json:"attempt_start,omitempty"` +} + +// NewEnableCDBParameters instantiates a new EnableCDBParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewEnableCDBParameters() *EnableCDBParameters { + this := EnableCDBParameters{} + var attemptStart bool = true + this.AttemptStart = &attemptStart + return &this +} + +// NewEnableCDBParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new EnableCDBParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewEnableCDBParametersWithDefaults() *EnableCDBParameters { + this := EnableCDBParameters{} + var attemptStart bool = true + this.AttemptStart = &attemptStart + return &this +} + +// GetAttemptStart returns the AttemptStart field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnableCDBParameters) GetAttemptStart() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AttemptStart) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AttemptStart +} + +// GetAttemptStartOk returns a tuple with the AttemptStart field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnableCDBParameters) GetAttemptStartOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AttemptStart) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AttemptStart, true +} + +// HasAttemptStart returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnableCDBParameters) HasAttemptStart() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AttemptStart) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAttemptStart gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AttemptStart field. +func (o *EnableCDBParameters) SetAttemptStart(v bool) { + o.AttemptStart = &v +} + +func (o EnableCDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o EnableCDBParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.AttemptStart) { + toSerialize["attempt_start"] = o.AttemptStart + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableEnableCDBParameters struct { + value *EnableCDBParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableEnableCDBParameters) Get() *EnableCDBParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableEnableCDBParameters) Set(val *EnableCDBParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableEnableCDBParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableEnableCDBParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableEnableCDBParameters(val *EnableCDBParameters) *NullableEnableCDBParameters { + return &NullableEnableCDBParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableEnableCDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableEnableCDBParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_enable_cdb_response.go b/model_enable_cdb_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a090d0b --- /dev/null +++ b/model_enable_cdb_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the EnableCDBResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &EnableCDBResponse{} + +// EnableCDBResponse struct for EnableCDBResponse +type EnableCDBResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewEnableCDBResponse instantiates a new EnableCDBResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewEnableCDBResponse() *EnableCDBResponse { + this := EnableCDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewEnableCDBResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new EnableCDBResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewEnableCDBResponseWithDefaults() *EnableCDBResponse { + this := EnableCDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnableCDBResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnableCDBResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnableCDBResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *EnableCDBResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o EnableCDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o EnableCDBResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableEnableCDBResponse struct { + value *EnableCDBResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableEnableCDBResponse) Get() *EnableCDBResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableEnableCDBResponse) Set(val *EnableCDBResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableEnableCDBResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableEnableCDBResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableEnableCDBResponse(val *EnableCDBResponse) *NullableEnableCDBResponse { + return &NullableEnableCDBResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableEnableCDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableEnableCDBResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_enable_dsource_parameters.go b/model_enable_dsource_parameters.go index 19926567..bafc9a62 100644 --- a/model_enable_dsource_parameters.go +++ b/model_enable_dsource_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_enable_dsource_response.go b/model_enable_dsource_response.go index 9e5a53b4..79c5b08c 100644 --- a/model_enable_dsource_response.go +++ b/model_enable_dsource_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_enable_environment_response.go b/model_enable_environment_response.go index 365aa21e..5df4ff53 100644 --- a/model_enable_environment_response.go +++ b/model_enable_environment_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_enable_scale_testing_request.go b/model_enable_scale_testing_request.go deleted file mode 100644 index 9ecfc3bb..00000000 --- a/model_enable_scale_testing_request.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,304 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" -) - -// checks if the EnableScaleTestingRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &EnableScaleTestingRequest{} - -// EnableScaleTestingRequest struct for EnableScaleTestingRequest -type EnableScaleTestingRequest struct { - // no. of times same engine needs to be registered - EnginesCount int32 `json:"engines_count"` - // list of virt engine hostnames to be registered engines_count times - VirtEnginesList []string `json:"virt_engines_list,omitempty"` - // list of masking engine hostnames to be registered engines_count times - MaskingEnginesList []string `json:"masking_engines_list,omitempty"` - // no. of times to duplicate sources, containers, and timeflows - VirtObjectsCount *int32 `json:"virt_objects_count,omitempty"` - // no. of times to duplicate snapshots - SnapshotsCount *int32 `json:"snapshots_count,omitempty"` - // no. of times to duplicate jobs, rulesets, and connectors - MaskingObjectsCount *int32 `json:"masking_objects_count,omitempty"` -} - -// NewEnableScaleTestingRequest instantiates a new EnableScaleTestingRequest object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewEnableScaleTestingRequest(enginesCount int32) *EnableScaleTestingRequest { - this := EnableScaleTestingRequest{} - this.EnginesCount = enginesCount - return &this -} - -// NewEnableScaleTestingRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new EnableScaleTestingRequest object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewEnableScaleTestingRequestWithDefaults() *EnableScaleTestingRequest { - this := EnableScaleTestingRequest{} - return &this -} - -// GetEnginesCount returns the EnginesCount field value -func (o *EnableScaleTestingRequest) GetEnginesCount() int32 { - if o == nil { - var ret int32 - return ret - } - - return o.EnginesCount -} - -// GetEnginesCountOk returns a tuple with the EnginesCount field value -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *EnableScaleTestingRequest) GetEnginesCountOk() (*int32, bool) { - if o == nil { - return nil, false - } - return &o.EnginesCount, true -} - -// SetEnginesCount sets field value -func (o *EnableScaleTestingRequest) SetEnginesCount(v int32) { - o.EnginesCount = v -} - -// GetVirtEnginesList returns the VirtEnginesList field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *EnableScaleTestingRequest) GetVirtEnginesList() []string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.VirtEnginesList) { - var ret []string - return ret - } - return o.VirtEnginesList -} - -// GetVirtEnginesListOk returns a tuple with the VirtEnginesList field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *EnableScaleTestingRequest) GetVirtEnginesListOk() ([]string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.VirtEnginesList) { - return nil, false - } - return o.VirtEnginesList, true -} - -// HasVirtEnginesList returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *EnableScaleTestingRequest) HasVirtEnginesList() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VirtEnginesList) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetVirtEnginesList gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the VirtEnginesList field. -func (o *EnableScaleTestingRequest) SetVirtEnginesList(v []string) { - o.VirtEnginesList = v -} - -// GetMaskingEnginesList returns the MaskingEnginesList field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *EnableScaleTestingRequest) GetMaskingEnginesList() []string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.MaskingEnginesList) { - var ret []string - return ret - } - return o.MaskingEnginesList -} - -// GetMaskingEnginesListOk returns a tuple with the MaskingEnginesList field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *EnableScaleTestingRequest) GetMaskingEnginesListOk() ([]string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.MaskingEnginesList) { - return nil, false - } - return o.MaskingEnginesList, true -} - -// HasMaskingEnginesList returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *EnableScaleTestingRequest) HasMaskingEnginesList() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MaskingEnginesList) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetMaskingEnginesList gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the MaskingEnginesList field. -func (o *EnableScaleTestingRequest) SetMaskingEnginesList(v []string) { - o.MaskingEnginesList = v -} - -// GetVirtObjectsCount returns the VirtObjectsCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *EnableScaleTestingRequest) GetVirtObjectsCount() int32 { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.VirtObjectsCount) { - var ret int32 - return ret - } - return *o.VirtObjectsCount -} - -// GetVirtObjectsCountOk returns a tuple with the VirtObjectsCount field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *EnableScaleTestingRequest) GetVirtObjectsCountOk() (*int32, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.VirtObjectsCount) { - return nil, false - } - return o.VirtObjectsCount, true -} - -// HasVirtObjectsCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *EnableScaleTestingRequest) HasVirtObjectsCount() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VirtObjectsCount) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetVirtObjectsCount gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the VirtObjectsCount field. -func (o *EnableScaleTestingRequest) SetVirtObjectsCount(v int32) { - o.VirtObjectsCount = &v -} - -// GetSnapshotsCount returns the SnapshotsCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *EnableScaleTestingRequest) GetSnapshotsCount() int32 { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.SnapshotsCount) { - var ret int32 - return ret - } - return *o.SnapshotsCount -} - -// GetSnapshotsCountOk returns a tuple with the SnapshotsCount field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *EnableScaleTestingRequest) GetSnapshotsCountOk() (*int32, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.SnapshotsCount) { - return nil, false - } - return o.SnapshotsCount, true -} - -// HasSnapshotsCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *EnableScaleTestingRequest) HasSnapshotsCount() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SnapshotsCount) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetSnapshotsCount gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the SnapshotsCount field. -func (o *EnableScaleTestingRequest) SetSnapshotsCount(v int32) { - o.SnapshotsCount = &v -} - -// GetMaskingObjectsCount returns the MaskingObjectsCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *EnableScaleTestingRequest) GetMaskingObjectsCount() int32 { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.MaskingObjectsCount) { - var ret int32 - return ret - } - return *o.MaskingObjectsCount -} - -// GetMaskingObjectsCountOk returns a tuple with the MaskingObjectsCount field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *EnableScaleTestingRequest) GetMaskingObjectsCountOk() (*int32, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.MaskingObjectsCount) { - return nil, false - } - return o.MaskingObjectsCount, true -} - -// HasMaskingObjectsCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *EnableScaleTestingRequest) HasMaskingObjectsCount() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MaskingObjectsCount) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetMaskingObjectsCount gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the MaskingObjectsCount field. -func (o *EnableScaleTestingRequest) SetMaskingObjectsCount(v int32) { - o.MaskingObjectsCount = &v -} - -func (o EnableScaleTestingRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o EnableScaleTestingRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - toSerialize["engines_count"] = o.EnginesCount - if !IsNil(o.VirtEnginesList) { - toSerialize["virt_engines_list"] = o.VirtEnginesList - } - if !IsNil(o.MaskingEnginesList) { - toSerialize["masking_engines_list"] = o.MaskingEnginesList - } - if !IsNil(o.VirtObjectsCount) { - toSerialize["virt_objects_count"] = o.VirtObjectsCount - } - if !IsNil(o.SnapshotsCount) { - toSerialize["snapshots_count"] = o.SnapshotsCount - } - if !IsNil(o.MaskingObjectsCount) { - toSerialize["masking_objects_count"] = o.MaskingObjectsCount - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableEnableScaleTestingRequest struct { - value *EnableScaleTestingRequest - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableEnableScaleTestingRequest) Get() *EnableScaleTestingRequest { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableEnableScaleTestingRequest) Set(val *EnableScaleTestingRequest) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableEnableScaleTestingRequest) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableEnableScaleTestingRequest) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableEnableScaleTestingRequest(val *EnableScaleTestingRequest) *NullableEnableScaleTestingRequest { - return &NullableEnableScaleTestingRequest{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableEnableScaleTestingRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableEnableScaleTestingRequest) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_enable_vcdb_parameters.go b/model_enable_vcdb_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec7a551d --- /dev/null +++ b/model_enable_vcdb_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the EnableVCDBParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &EnableVCDBParameters{} + +// EnableVCDBParameters Parameters to enable a vCDB. +type EnableVCDBParameters struct { + // Whether to attempt a startup of the vCDB after the enable. + AttemptStart *bool `json:"attempt_start,omitempty"` +} + +// NewEnableVCDBParameters instantiates a new EnableVCDBParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewEnableVCDBParameters() *EnableVCDBParameters { + this := EnableVCDBParameters{} + var attemptStart bool = true + this.AttemptStart = &attemptStart + return &this +} + +// NewEnableVCDBParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new EnableVCDBParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewEnableVCDBParametersWithDefaults() *EnableVCDBParameters { + this := EnableVCDBParameters{} + var attemptStart bool = true + this.AttemptStart = &attemptStart + return &this +} + +// GetAttemptStart returns the AttemptStart field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnableVCDBParameters) GetAttemptStart() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AttemptStart) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AttemptStart +} + +// GetAttemptStartOk returns a tuple with the AttemptStart field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnableVCDBParameters) GetAttemptStartOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AttemptStart) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AttemptStart, true +} + +// HasAttemptStart returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnableVCDBParameters) HasAttemptStart() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AttemptStart) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAttemptStart gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AttemptStart field. +func (o *EnableVCDBParameters) SetAttemptStart(v bool) { + o.AttemptStart = &v +} + +func (o EnableVCDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o EnableVCDBParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.AttemptStart) { + toSerialize["attempt_start"] = o.AttemptStart + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableEnableVCDBParameters struct { + value *EnableVCDBParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableEnableVCDBParameters) Get() *EnableVCDBParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableEnableVCDBParameters) Set(val *EnableVCDBParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableEnableVCDBParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableEnableVCDBParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableEnableVCDBParameters(val *EnableVCDBParameters) *NullableEnableVCDBParameters { + return &NullableEnableVCDBParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableEnableVCDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableEnableVCDBParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_enable_vcdb_response.go b/model_enable_vcdb_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..19eaaf0c --- /dev/null +++ b/model_enable_vcdb_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the EnableVCDBResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &EnableVCDBResponse{} + +// EnableVCDBResponse struct for EnableVCDBResponse +type EnableVCDBResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewEnableVCDBResponse instantiates a new EnableVCDBResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewEnableVCDBResponse() *EnableVCDBResponse { + this := EnableVCDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewEnableVCDBResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new EnableVCDBResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewEnableVCDBResponseWithDefaults() *EnableVCDBResponse { + this := EnableVCDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnableVCDBResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnableVCDBResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnableVCDBResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *EnableVCDBResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o EnableVCDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o EnableVCDBResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableEnableVCDBResponse struct { + value *EnableVCDBResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableEnableVCDBResponse) Get() *EnableVCDBResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableEnableVCDBResponse) Set(val *EnableVCDBResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableEnableVCDBResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableEnableVCDBResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableEnableVCDBResponse(val *EnableVCDBResponse) *NullableEnableVCDBResponse { + return &NullableEnableVCDBResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableEnableVCDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableEnableVCDBResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_enable_vdb_group_parameters.go b/model_enable_vdb_group_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..519b2454 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_enable_vdb_group_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the EnableVDBGroupParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &EnableVDBGroupParameters{} + +// EnableVDBGroupParameters Parameters to enable a VDB Group. +type EnableVDBGroupParameters struct { + VdbEnableParamMappings []VDBEnableParametersMapping `json:"vdb_enable_param_mappings,omitempty"` +} + +// NewEnableVDBGroupParameters instantiates a new EnableVDBGroupParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewEnableVDBGroupParameters() *EnableVDBGroupParameters { + this := EnableVDBGroupParameters{} + return &this +} + +// NewEnableVDBGroupParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new EnableVDBGroupParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewEnableVDBGroupParametersWithDefaults() *EnableVDBGroupParameters { + this := EnableVDBGroupParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetVdbEnableParamMappings returns the VdbEnableParamMappings field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnableVDBGroupParameters) GetVdbEnableParamMappings() []VDBEnableParametersMapping { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbEnableParamMappings) { + var ret []VDBEnableParametersMapping + return ret + } + return o.VdbEnableParamMappings +} + +// GetVdbEnableParamMappingsOk returns a tuple with the VdbEnableParamMappings field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnableVDBGroupParameters) GetVdbEnableParamMappingsOk() ([]VDBEnableParametersMapping, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbEnableParamMappings) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbEnableParamMappings, true +} + +// HasVdbEnableParamMappings returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnableVDBGroupParameters) HasVdbEnableParamMappings() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbEnableParamMappings) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbEnableParamMappings gets a reference to the given []VDBEnableParametersMapping and assigns it to the VdbEnableParamMappings field. +func (o *EnableVDBGroupParameters) SetVdbEnableParamMappings(v []VDBEnableParametersMapping) { + o.VdbEnableParamMappings = v +} + +func (o EnableVDBGroupParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o EnableVDBGroupParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.VdbEnableParamMappings) { + toSerialize["vdb_enable_param_mappings"] = o.VdbEnableParamMappings + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableEnableVDBGroupParameters struct { + value *EnableVDBGroupParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableEnableVDBGroupParameters) Get() *EnableVDBGroupParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableEnableVDBGroupParameters) Set(val *EnableVDBGroupParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableEnableVDBGroupParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableEnableVDBGroupParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableEnableVDBGroupParameters(val *EnableVDBGroupParameters) *NullableEnableVDBGroupParameters { + return &NullableEnableVDBGroupParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableEnableVDBGroupParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableEnableVDBGroupParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_enable_vdb_group_response.go b/model_enable_vdb_group_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..01ccd257 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_enable_vdb_group_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the EnableVDBGroupResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &EnableVDBGroupResponse{} + +// EnableVDBGroupResponse struct for EnableVDBGroupResponse +type EnableVDBGroupResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewEnableVDBGroupResponse instantiates a new EnableVDBGroupResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewEnableVDBGroupResponse() *EnableVDBGroupResponse { + this := EnableVDBGroupResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewEnableVDBGroupResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new EnableVDBGroupResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewEnableVDBGroupResponseWithDefaults() *EnableVDBGroupResponse { + this := EnableVDBGroupResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnableVDBGroupResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnableVDBGroupResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnableVDBGroupResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *EnableVDBGroupResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o EnableVDBGroupResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o EnableVDBGroupResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableEnableVDBGroupResponse struct { + value *EnableVDBGroupResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableEnableVDBGroupResponse) Get() *EnableVDBGroupResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableEnableVDBGroupResponse) Set(val *EnableVDBGroupResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableEnableVDBGroupResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableEnableVDBGroupResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableEnableVDBGroupResponse(val *EnableVDBGroupResponse) *NullableEnableVDBGroupResponse { + return &NullableEnableVDBGroupResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableEnableVDBGroupResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableEnableVDBGroupResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_enable_vdb_parameters.go b/model_enable_vdb_parameters.go index f54c1490..0b51110f 100644 --- a/model_enable_vdb_parameters.go +++ b/model_enable_vdb_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -22,6 +22,10 @@ var _ MappedNullable = &EnableVDBParameters{} type EnableVDBParameters struct { // Whether to attempt a startup of the VDB after the enable. AttemptStart *bool `json:"attempt_start,omitempty"` + // Whether the database is running inside a container. + ContainerMode *bool `json:"container_mode,omitempty"` + // The uid:gid string that NFS mounts should belong to. + OwnershipSpec *string `json:"ownership_spec,omitempty"` } // NewEnableVDBParameters instantiates a new EnableVDBParameters object @@ -77,6 +81,70 @@ func (o *EnableVDBParameters) SetAttemptStart(v bool) { o.AttemptStart = &v } +// GetContainerMode returns the ContainerMode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnableVDBParameters) GetContainerMode() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.ContainerMode +} + +// GetContainerModeOk returns a tuple with the ContainerMode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnableVDBParameters) GetContainerModeOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ContainerMode, true +} + +// HasContainerMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnableVDBParameters) HasContainerMode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetContainerMode gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ContainerMode field. +func (o *EnableVDBParameters) SetContainerMode(v bool) { + o.ContainerMode = &v +} + +// GetOwnershipSpec returns the OwnershipSpec field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnableVDBParameters) GetOwnershipSpec() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OwnershipSpec) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.OwnershipSpec +} + +// GetOwnershipSpecOk returns a tuple with the OwnershipSpec field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnableVDBParameters) GetOwnershipSpecOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OwnershipSpec) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OwnershipSpec, true +} + +// HasOwnershipSpec returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnableVDBParameters) HasOwnershipSpec() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OwnershipSpec) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOwnershipSpec gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OwnershipSpec field. +func (o *EnableVDBParameters) SetOwnershipSpec(v string) { + o.OwnershipSpec = &v +} + func (o EnableVDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -90,6 +158,12 @@ func (o EnableVDBParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.AttemptStart) { toSerialize["attempt_start"] = o.AttemptStart } + if !IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + toSerialize["container_mode"] = o.ContainerMode + } + if !IsNil(o.OwnershipSpec) { + toSerialize["ownership_spec"] = o.OwnershipSpec + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_enable_vdb_response.go b/model_enable_vdb_response.go index 2934fb24..023a1aae 100644 --- a/model_enable_vdb_response.go +++ b/model_enable_vdb_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_engine.go b/model_engine.go index c5a8b29e..92db9616 100644 --- a/model_engine.go +++ b/model_engine.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_engine_auto_tagging_config_update_parameters.go b/model_engine_auto_tagging_config_update_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bc091185 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_engine_auto_tagging_config_update_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,313 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters{} + +// EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters Configuration settings for auto tagging. +type EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters struct { + // Include dataset group names as tags for dSources, VDBs, and vCDBs (key 'dlpx-dataset-group'). + EnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups *bool `json:"enable_virtualization_dataset_groups,omitempty"` + // Include masking environment names as tags for masking Jobs and Connectors (key 'dlpx-environment'). + EnableMaskingEnvironments *bool `json:"enable_masking_environments,omitempty"` + // Include masking app names as tags for masking Jobs and Connectors (key 'dlpx-application'). + EnableMaskingApplications *bool `json:"enable_masking_applications,omitempty"` + // Include the engine name as a tag on discovered objects (key 'dlpx-engine'). + EnableEngineName *bool `json:"enable_engine_name,omitempty"` + // List of new custom tags to be added to discovered objects. These are appended to the AutoTaggingConfig's custom_tags list. + CustomTagsToAdd []Tag `json:"custom_tags_to_add,omitempty"` + // List of tags to remove from the AutoTaggingConfig's custom_tags list (applied AFTER custom_tags_to_add). + CustomTagsToRemove []Tag `json:"custom_tags_to_remove,omitempty"` +} + +// NewEngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters instantiates a new EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewEngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters() *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters { + this := EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters{} + return &this +} + +// NewEngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewEngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParametersWithDefaults() *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters { + this := EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetEnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups returns the EnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) GetEnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups +} + +// GetEnableVirtualizationDatasetGroupsOk returns a tuple with the EnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) GetEnableVirtualizationDatasetGroupsOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups, true +} + +// HasEnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) HasEnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups field. +func (o *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) SetEnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups(v bool) { + o.EnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups = &v +} + +// GetEnableMaskingEnvironments returns the EnableMaskingEnvironments field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) GetEnableMaskingEnvironments() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableMaskingEnvironments) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EnableMaskingEnvironments +} + +// GetEnableMaskingEnvironmentsOk returns a tuple with the EnableMaskingEnvironments field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) GetEnableMaskingEnvironmentsOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableMaskingEnvironments) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnableMaskingEnvironments, true +} + +// HasEnableMaskingEnvironments returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) HasEnableMaskingEnvironments() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnableMaskingEnvironments) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnableMaskingEnvironments gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EnableMaskingEnvironments field. +func (o *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) SetEnableMaskingEnvironments(v bool) { + o.EnableMaskingEnvironments = &v +} + +// GetEnableMaskingApplications returns the EnableMaskingApplications field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) GetEnableMaskingApplications() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableMaskingApplications) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EnableMaskingApplications +} + +// GetEnableMaskingApplicationsOk returns a tuple with the EnableMaskingApplications field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) GetEnableMaskingApplicationsOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableMaskingApplications) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnableMaskingApplications, true +} + +// HasEnableMaskingApplications returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) HasEnableMaskingApplications() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnableMaskingApplications) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnableMaskingApplications gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EnableMaskingApplications field. +func (o *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) SetEnableMaskingApplications(v bool) { + o.EnableMaskingApplications = &v +} + +// GetEnableEngineName returns the EnableEngineName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) GetEnableEngineName() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableEngineName) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EnableEngineName +} + +// GetEnableEngineNameOk returns a tuple with the EnableEngineName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) GetEnableEngineNameOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableEngineName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnableEngineName, true +} + +// HasEnableEngineName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) HasEnableEngineName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnableEngineName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnableEngineName gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EnableEngineName field. +func (o *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) SetEnableEngineName(v bool) { + o.EnableEngineName = &v +} + +// GetCustomTagsToAdd returns the CustomTagsToAdd field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) GetCustomTagsToAdd() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomTagsToAdd) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.CustomTagsToAdd +} + +// GetCustomTagsToAddOk returns a tuple with the CustomTagsToAdd field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) GetCustomTagsToAddOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomTagsToAdd) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CustomTagsToAdd, true +} + +// HasCustomTagsToAdd returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) HasCustomTagsToAdd() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CustomTagsToAdd) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCustomTagsToAdd gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the CustomTagsToAdd field. +func (o *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) SetCustomTagsToAdd(v []Tag) { + o.CustomTagsToAdd = v +} + +// GetCustomTagsToRemove returns the CustomTagsToRemove field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) GetCustomTagsToRemove() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomTagsToRemove) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.CustomTagsToRemove +} + +// GetCustomTagsToRemoveOk returns a tuple with the CustomTagsToRemove field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) GetCustomTagsToRemoveOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomTagsToRemove) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CustomTagsToRemove, true +} + +// HasCustomTagsToRemove returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) HasCustomTagsToRemove() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CustomTagsToRemove) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCustomTagsToRemove gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the CustomTagsToRemove field. +func (o *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) SetCustomTagsToRemove(v []Tag) { + o.CustomTagsToRemove = v +} + +func (o EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.EnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups) { + toSerialize["enable_virtualization_dataset_groups"] = o.EnableVirtualizationDatasetGroups + } + if !IsNil(o.EnableMaskingEnvironments) { + toSerialize["enable_masking_environments"] = o.EnableMaskingEnvironments + } + if !IsNil(o.EnableMaskingApplications) { + toSerialize["enable_masking_applications"] = o.EnableMaskingApplications + } + if !IsNil(o.EnableEngineName) { + toSerialize["enable_engine_name"] = o.EnableEngineName + } + if !IsNil(o.CustomTagsToAdd) { + toSerialize["custom_tags_to_add"] = o.CustomTagsToAdd + } + if !IsNil(o.CustomTagsToRemove) { + toSerialize["custom_tags_to_remove"] = o.CustomTagsToRemove + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableEngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters struct { + value *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableEngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) Get() *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableEngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) Set(val *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableEngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableEngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableEngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters(val *EngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) *NullableEngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters { + return &NullableEngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableEngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableEngineAutoTaggingConfigUpdateParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_engine_global_object_state_data.go b/model_engine_global_object_state_data.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..99b26885 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_engine_global_object_state_data.go @@ -0,0 +1,313 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the EngineGlobalObjectStateData type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &EngineGlobalObjectStateData{} + +// EngineGlobalObjectStateData struct for EngineGlobalObjectStateData +type EngineGlobalObjectStateData struct { + // The entity ID of the engine. + EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the engine. + EngineName *string `json:"engine_name,omitempty"` + // The number of masking jobs present on the engine. + JobsCount *int32 `json:"jobs_count,omitempty"` + // The number of connectors present on the engine. + ConnectorsCount *int32 `json:"connectors_count,omitempty"` + // The number of rulesets present on the engine. + RulesetsCount *int32 `json:"rulesets_count,omitempty"` + // The revisionHash of the GLOBAL_OBJECT. + GlobalObjectRevisionHash *string `json:"global_object_revision_hash,omitempty"` +} + +// NewEngineGlobalObjectStateData instantiates a new EngineGlobalObjectStateData object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewEngineGlobalObjectStateData() *EngineGlobalObjectStateData { + this := EngineGlobalObjectStateData{} + return &this +} + +// NewEngineGlobalObjectStateDataWithDefaults instantiates a new EngineGlobalObjectStateData object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewEngineGlobalObjectStateDataWithDefaults() *EngineGlobalObjectStateData { + this := EngineGlobalObjectStateData{} + return &this +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineGlobalObjectStateData) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineGlobalObjectStateData) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineId, true +} + +// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineGlobalObjectStateData) HasEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. +func (o *EngineGlobalObjectStateData) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = &v +} + +// GetEngineName returns the EngineName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineGlobalObjectStateData) GetEngineName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineName +} + +// GetEngineNameOk returns a tuple with the EngineName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineGlobalObjectStateData) GetEngineNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineName, true +} + +// HasEngineName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineGlobalObjectStateData) HasEngineName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineName field. +func (o *EngineGlobalObjectStateData) SetEngineName(v string) { + o.EngineName = &v +} + +// GetJobsCount returns the JobsCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineGlobalObjectStateData) GetJobsCount() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.JobsCount) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.JobsCount +} + +// GetJobsCountOk returns a tuple with the JobsCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineGlobalObjectStateData) GetJobsCountOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.JobsCount) { + return nil, false + } + return o.JobsCount, true +} + +// HasJobsCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineGlobalObjectStateData) HasJobsCount() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.JobsCount) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJobsCount gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the JobsCount field. +func (o *EngineGlobalObjectStateData) SetJobsCount(v int32) { + o.JobsCount = &v +} + +// GetConnectorsCount returns the ConnectorsCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineGlobalObjectStateData) GetConnectorsCount() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectorsCount) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.ConnectorsCount +} + +// GetConnectorsCountOk returns a tuple with the ConnectorsCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineGlobalObjectStateData) GetConnectorsCountOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectorsCount) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ConnectorsCount, true +} + +// HasConnectorsCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineGlobalObjectStateData) HasConnectorsCount() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConnectorsCount) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConnectorsCount gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the ConnectorsCount field. +func (o *EngineGlobalObjectStateData) SetConnectorsCount(v int32) { + o.ConnectorsCount = &v +} + +// GetRulesetsCount returns the RulesetsCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineGlobalObjectStateData) GetRulesetsCount() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RulesetsCount) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RulesetsCount +} + +// GetRulesetsCountOk returns a tuple with the RulesetsCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineGlobalObjectStateData) GetRulesetsCountOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RulesetsCount) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RulesetsCount, true +} + +// HasRulesetsCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineGlobalObjectStateData) HasRulesetsCount() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RulesetsCount) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRulesetsCount gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RulesetsCount field. +func (o *EngineGlobalObjectStateData) SetRulesetsCount(v int32) { + o.RulesetsCount = &v +} + +// GetGlobalObjectRevisionHash returns the GlobalObjectRevisionHash field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineGlobalObjectStateData) GetGlobalObjectRevisionHash() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.GlobalObjectRevisionHash) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.GlobalObjectRevisionHash +} + +// GetGlobalObjectRevisionHashOk returns a tuple with the GlobalObjectRevisionHash field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineGlobalObjectStateData) GetGlobalObjectRevisionHashOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.GlobalObjectRevisionHash) { + return nil, false + } + return o.GlobalObjectRevisionHash, true +} + +// HasGlobalObjectRevisionHash returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineGlobalObjectStateData) HasGlobalObjectRevisionHash() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.GlobalObjectRevisionHash) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetGlobalObjectRevisionHash gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GlobalObjectRevisionHash field. +func (o *EngineGlobalObjectStateData) SetGlobalObjectRevisionHash(v string) { + o.GlobalObjectRevisionHash = &v +} + +func (o EngineGlobalObjectStateData) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o EngineGlobalObjectStateData) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineName) { + toSerialize["engine_name"] = o.EngineName + } + if !IsNil(o.JobsCount) { + toSerialize["jobs_count"] = o.JobsCount + } + if !IsNil(o.ConnectorsCount) { + toSerialize["connectors_count"] = o.ConnectorsCount + } + if !IsNil(o.RulesetsCount) { + toSerialize["rulesets_count"] = o.RulesetsCount + } + if !IsNil(o.GlobalObjectRevisionHash) { + toSerialize["global_object_revision_hash"] = o.GlobalObjectRevisionHash + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableEngineGlobalObjectStateData struct { + value *EngineGlobalObjectStateData + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableEngineGlobalObjectStateData) Get() *EngineGlobalObjectStateData { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableEngineGlobalObjectStateData) Set(val *EngineGlobalObjectStateData) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableEngineGlobalObjectStateData) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableEngineGlobalObjectStateData) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableEngineGlobalObjectStateData(val *EngineGlobalObjectStateData) *NullableEngineGlobalObjectStateData { + return &NullableEngineGlobalObjectStateData{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableEngineGlobalObjectStateData) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableEngineGlobalObjectStateData) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_engine_historical_storage_summary.go b/model_engine_historical_storage_summary.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f5d710a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_engine_historical_storage_summary.go @@ -0,0 +1,235 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the EngineHistoricalStorageSummary type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &EngineHistoricalStorageSummary{} + +// EngineHistoricalStorageSummary struct for EngineHistoricalStorageSummary +type EngineHistoricalStorageSummary struct { + EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` + EngineName *string `json:"engine_name,omitempty"` + HistoricalDataPoints []StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint `json:"historical_data_points,omitempty"` + ProjectedDataPoints []StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint `json:"projected_data_points,omitempty"` +} + +// NewEngineHistoricalStorageSummary instantiates a new EngineHistoricalStorageSummary object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewEngineHistoricalStorageSummary() *EngineHistoricalStorageSummary { + this := EngineHistoricalStorageSummary{} + return &this +} + +// NewEngineHistoricalStorageSummaryWithDefaults instantiates a new EngineHistoricalStorageSummary object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewEngineHistoricalStorageSummaryWithDefaults() *EngineHistoricalStorageSummary { + this := EngineHistoricalStorageSummary{} + return &this +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineHistoricalStorageSummary) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineHistoricalStorageSummary) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineId, true +} + +// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineHistoricalStorageSummary) HasEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. +func (o *EngineHistoricalStorageSummary) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = &v +} + +// GetEngineName returns the EngineName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineHistoricalStorageSummary) GetEngineName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineName +} + +// GetEngineNameOk returns a tuple with the EngineName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineHistoricalStorageSummary) GetEngineNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineName, true +} + +// HasEngineName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineHistoricalStorageSummary) HasEngineName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineName field. +func (o *EngineHistoricalStorageSummary) SetEngineName(v string) { + o.EngineName = &v +} + +// GetHistoricalDataPoints returns the HistoricalDataPoints field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineHistoricalStorageSummary) GetHistoricalDataPoints() []StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HistoricalDataPoints) { + var ret []StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint + return ret + } + return o.HistoricalDataPoints +} + +// GetHistoricalDataPointsOk returns a tuple with the HistoricalDataPoints field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineHistoricalStorageSummary) GetHistoricalDataPointsOk() ([]StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HistoricalDataPoints) { + return nil, false + } + return o.HistoricalDataPoints, true +} + +// HasHistoricalDataPoints returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineHistoricalStorageSummary) HasHistoricalDataPoints() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HistoricalDataPoints) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHistoricalDataPoints gets a reference to the given []StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint and assigns it to the HistoricalDataPoints field. +func (o *EngineHistoricalStorageSummary) SetHistoricalDataPoints(v []StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) { + o.HistoricalDataPoints = v +} + +// GetProjectedDataPoints returns the ProjectedDataPoints field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineHistoricalStorageSummary) GetProjectedDataPoints() []StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ProjectedDataPoints) { + var ret []StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint + return ret + } + return o.ProjectedDataPoints +} + +// GetProjectedDataPointsOk returns a tuple with the ProjectedDataPoints field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineHistoricalStorageSummary) GetProjectedDataPointsOk() ([]StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ProjectedDataPoints) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ProjectedDataPoints, true +} + +// HasProjectedDataPoints returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineHistoricalStorageSummary) HasProjectedDataPoints() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ProjectedDataPoints) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetProjectedDataPoints gets a reference to the given []StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint and assigns it to the ProjectedDataPoints field. +func (o *EngineHistoricalStorageSummary) SetProjectedDataPoints(v []StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) { + o.ProjectedDataPoints = v +} + +func (o EngineHistoricalStorageSummary) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o EngineHistoricalStorageSummary) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineName) { + toSerialize["engine_name"] = o.EngineName + } + if !IsNil(o.HistoricalDataPoints) { + toSerialize["historical_data_points"] = o.HistoricalDataPoints + } + if !IsNil(o.ProjectedDataPoints) { + toSerialize["projected_data_points"] = o.ProjectedDataPoints + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableEngineHistoricalStorageSummary struct { + value *EngineHistoricalStorageSummary + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableEngineHistoricalStorageSummary) Get() *EngineHistoricalStorageSummary { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableEngineHistoricalStorageSummary) Set(val *EngineHistoricalStorageSummary) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableEngineHistoricalStorageSummary) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableEngineHistoricalStorageSummary) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableEngineHistoricalStorageSummary(val *EngineHistoricalStorageSummary) *NullableEngineHistoricalStorageSummary { + return &NullableEngineHistoricalStorageSummary{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableEngineHistoricalStorageSummary) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableEngineHistoricalStorageSummary) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_engine_id_body.go b/model_engine_id_body.go index 3840808b..2c3634e9 100644 --- a/model_engine_id_body.go +++ b/model_engine_id_body.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_engine_performance_analytic.go b/model_engine_performance_analytic.go index 423b198b..11165958 100644 --- a/model_engine_performance_analytic.go +++ b/model_engine_performance_analytic.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_engine_performance_analytic_report_response.go b/model_engine_performance_analytic_report_response.go index d80bb0f7..7b36f7f3 100644 --- a/model_engine_performance_analytic_report_response.go +++ b/model_engine_performance_analytic_report_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_engine_performance_analytic_trend.go b/model_engine_performance_analytic_trend.go index e811721c..ce313033 100644 --- a/model_engine_performance_analytic_trend.go +++ b/model_engine_performance_analytic_trend.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ type EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrend struct { EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` // The time period by which engine performance analytics data is being aggregated, in hours. AggregationPeriod *int32 `json:"aggregation_period,omitempty"` - Datapoint []EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner `json:"datapoint,omitempty"` + Datapoint []EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint `json:"datapoint,omitempty"` } // NewEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrend instantiates a new EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrend object @@ -142,9 +142,9 @@ func (o *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrend) SetAggregationPeriod(v int32) { } // GetDatapoint returns the Datapoint field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrend) GetDatapoint() []EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner { +func (o *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrend) GetDatapoint() []EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Datapoint) { - var ret []EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner + var ret []EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint return ret } return o.Datapoint @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ func (o *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrend) GetDatapoint() []EnginePerformanceAnaly // GetDatapointOk returns a tuple with the Datapoint field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrend) GetDatapointOk() ([]EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner, bool) { +func (o *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrend) GetDatapointOk() ([]EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Datapoint) { return nil, false } @@ -168,8 +168,8 @@ func (o *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrend) HasDatapoint() bool { return false } -// SetDatapoint gets a reference to the given []EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner and assigns it to the Datapoint field. -func (o *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrend) SetDatapoint(v []EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner) { +// SetDatapoint gets a reference to the given []EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint and assigns it to the Datapoint field. +func (o *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrend) SetDatapoint(v []EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint) { o.Datapoint = v } diff --git a/model_engine_performance_analytic_trend_datapoint.go b/model_engine_performance_analytic_trend_datapoint.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4c26eb8f --- /dev/null +++ b/model_engine_performance_analytic_trend_datapoint.go @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" +) + +// checks if the EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint{} + +// EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint struct for EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint +type EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint struct { + Data *int64 `json:"data,omitempty"` + Time *time.Time `json:"time,omitempty"` +} + +// NewEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint instantiates a new EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint() *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint { + this := EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint{} + return &this +} + +// NewEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointWithDefaults instantiates a new EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointWithDefaults() *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint { + this := EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint{} + return &this +} + +// GetData returns the Data field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint) GetData() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Data) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.Data +} + +// GetDataOk returns a tuple with the Data field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint) GetDataOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Data) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Data, true +} + +// HasData returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint) HasData() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Data) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetData gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the Data field. +func (o *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint) SetData(v int64) { + o.Data = &v +} + +// GetTime returns the Time field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint) GetTime() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Time) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.Time +} + +// GetTimeOk returns a tuple with the Time field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint) GetTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Time) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Time, true +} + +// HasTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint) HasTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Time) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Time field. +func (o *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint) SetTime(v time.Time) { + o.Time = &v +} + +func (o EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Data) { + toSerialize["data"] = o.Data + } + if !IsNil(o.Time) { + toSerialize["time"] = o.Time + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint struct { + value *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint) Get() *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint) Set(val *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint(val *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint) *NullableEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint { + return &NullableEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapoint) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_engine_performance_analytic_trend_datapoint_inner.go b/model_engine_performance_analytic_trend_datapoint_inner.go deleted file mode 100644 index b5c308e0..00000000 --- a/model_engine_performance_analytic_trend_datapoint_inner.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,164 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" - "time" -) - -// checks if the EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner{} - -// EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner struct for EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner -type EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner struct { - Data *int64 `json:"data,omitempty"` - Time *time.Time `json:"time,omitempty"` -} - -// NewEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner instantiates a new EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner() *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner { - this := EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner{} - return &this -} - -// NewEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInnerWithDefaults instantiates a new EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInnerWithDefaults() *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner { - this := EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner{} - return &this -} - -// GetData returns the Data field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner) GetData() int64 { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Data) { - var ret int64 - return ret - } - return *o.Data -} - -// GetDataOk returns a tuple with the Data field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner) GetDataOk() (*int64, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Data) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Data, true -} - -// HasData returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner) HasData() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Data) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetData gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the Data field. -func (o *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner) SetData(v int64) { - o.Data = &v -} - -// GetTime returns the Time field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner) GetTime() time.Time { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Time) { - var ret time.Time - return ret - } - return *o.Time -} - -// GetTimeOk returns a tuple with the Time field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner) GetTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Time) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Time, true -} - -// HasTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner) HasTime() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Time) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Time field. -func (o *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner) SetTime(v time.Time) { - o.Time = &v -} - -func (o EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.Data) { - toSerialize["data"] = o.Data - } - if !IsNil(o.Time) { - toSerialize["time"] = o.Time - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner struct { - value *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner) Get() *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner) Set(val *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner(val *EnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner) *NullableEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner { - return &NullableEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableEnginePerformanceAnalyticTrendDatapointInner) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_engine_performance_analytic_trend_response.go b/model_engine_performance_analytic_trend_response.go index b11cebec..01a9d88c 100644 --- a/model_engine_performance_analytic_trend_response.go +++ b/model_engine_performance_analytic_trend_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_engine_registration_parameter.go b/model_engine_registration_parameter.go index b0b9e69b..75a855dd 100644 --- a/model_engine_registration_parameter.go +++ b/model_engine_registration_parameter.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the EngineRegistrationParameter type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -42,18 +44,17 @@ type EngineRegistrationParameter struct { HashicorpVaultId NullableInt64 `json:"hashicorp_vault_id,omitempty"` // Reference to the Hashicorp vault to use to retrieve masking engine credentials. MaskingHashicorpVaultId NullableInt64 `json:"masking_hashicorp_vault_id,omitempty"` - // Allow connections to the engine over HTTPs without validating the TLS certificate. Even though the connection to the engine might be performed over HTTPs, setting this property eliminates the protection against a man-in-the-middle attach for connections to this engine. Instead, consider creating a truststore with a Certificate Authority to validate the engine's certificate, and set the truststore_filename property. + // Allow connections to the engine over HTTPs without validating the TLS certificate. Even though the connection to the engine might be performed over HTTPs, setting this property eliminates the protection against a man-in-the-middle attach for connections to this engine. Instead, consider configuring DCT with Certificate Authority certificates.. InsecureSsl *bool `json:"insecure_ssl,omitempty"` // Ignore validation of the name associated to the TLS certificate when connecting to the engine over HTTPs. Setting this value must only be done if the TLS certificate of the engine does not match the hostname, and the TLS configuration of the engine cannot be fixed. Setting this property reduces the protection against a man-in-the-middle attack for connections to this engine. This is ignored if insecure_ssl is set. UnsafeSslHostnameCheck *bool `json:"unsafe_ssl_hostname_check,omitempty"` - // File name of a truststore which can be used to validate the TLS certificate of the engine. The truststore must be available at /etc/config/certs/ - TruststoreFilename NullableString `json:"truststore_filename,omitempty"` - // Password to read the truststore. - TruststorePassword NullableString `json:"truststore_password,omitempty"` + AutoTaggingConfig *AutoTaggingConfig `json:"auto_tagging_config,omitempty"` // The tags to be created for this engine. Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` } +type _EngineRegistrationParameter EngineRegistrationParameter + // NewEngineRegistrationParameter instantiates a new EngineRegistrationParameter object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -318,7 +319,7 @@ func (o *EngineRegistrationParameter) GetHashicorpVaultUsernameCommandArgsOk() ( // HasHashicorpVaultUsernameCommandArgs returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *EngineRegistrationParameter) HasHashicorpVaultUsernameCommandArgs() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultUsernameCommandArgs) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultUsernameCommandArgs) { return true } @@ -351,7 +352,7 @@ func (o *EngineRegistrationParameter) GetHashicorpVaultMaskingUsernameCommandArg // HasHashicorpVaultMaskingUsernameCommandArgs returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *EngineRegistrationParameter) HasHashicorpVaultMaskingUsernameCommandArgs() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultMaskingUsernameCommandArgs) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultMaskingUsernameCommandArgs) { return true } @@ -384,7 +385,7 @@ func (o *EngineRegistrationParameter) GetHashicorpVaultPasswordCommandArgsOk() ( // HasHashicorpVaultPasswordCommandArgs returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *EngineRegistrationParameter) HasHashicorpVaultPasswordCommandArgs() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultPasswordCommandArgs) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultPasswordCommandArgs) { return true } @@ -417,7 +418,7 @@ func (o *EngineRegistrationParameter) GetHashicorpVaultMaskingPasswordCommandArg // HasHashicorpVaultMaskingPasswordCommandArgs returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *EngineRegistrationParameter) HasHashicorpVaultMaskingPasswordCommandArgs() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultMaskingPasswordCommandArgs) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultMaskingPasswordCommandArgs) { return true } @@ -577,88 +578,36 @@ func (o *EngineRegistrationParameter) SetUnsafeSslHostnameCheck(v bool) { o.UnsafeSslHostnameCheck = &v } -// GetTruststoreFilename returns the TruststoreFilename field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). -func (o *EngineRegistrationParameter) GetTruststoreFilename() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.TruststoreFilename.Get()) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.TruststoreFilename.Get() -} - -// GetTruststoreFilenameOk returns a tuple with the TruststoreFilename field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned -func (o *EngineRegistrationParameter) GetTruststoreFilenameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { - return nil, false - } - return o.TruststoreFilename.Get(), o.TruststoreFilename.IsSet() -} - -// HasTruststoreFilename returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *EngineRegistrationParameter) HasTruststoreFilename() bool { - if o != nil && o.TruststoreFilename.IsSet() { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetTruststoreFilename gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the TruststoreFilename field. -func (o *EngineRegistrationParameter) SetTruststoreFilename(v string) { - o.TruststoreFilename.Set(&v) -} -// SetTruststoreFilenameNil sets the value for TruststoreFilename to be an explicit nil -func (o *EngineRegistrationParameter) SetTruststoreFilenameNil() { - o.TruststoreFilename.Set(nil) -} - -// UnsetTruststoreFilename ensures that no value is present for TruststoreFilename, not even an explicit nil -func (o *EngineRegistrationParameter) UnsetTruststoreFilename() { - o.TruststoreFilename.Unset() -} - -// GetTruststorePassword returns the TruststorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). -func (o *EngineRegistrationParameter) GetTruststorePassword() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.TruststorePassword.Get()) { - var ret string +// GetAutoTaggingConfig returns the AutoTaggingConfig field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineRegistrationParameter) GetAutoTaggingConfig() AutoTaggingConfig { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AutoTaggingConfig) { + var ret AutoTaggingConfig return ret } - return *o.TruststorePassword.Get() + return *o.AutoTaggingConfig } -// GetTruststorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the TruststorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// GetAutoTaggingConfigOk returns a tuple with the AutoTaggingConfig field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned -func (o *EngineRegistrationParameter) GetTruststorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { +func (o *EngineRegistrationParameter) GetAutoTaggingConfigOk() (*AutoTaggingConfig, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AutoTaggingConfig) { return nil, false } - return o.TruststorePassword.Get(), o.TruststorePassword.IsSet() + return o.AutoTaggingConfig, true } -// HasTruststorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *EngineRegistrationParameter) HasTruststorePassword() bool { - if o != nil && o.TruststorePassword.IsSet() { +// HasAutoTaggingConfig returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineRegistrationParameter) HasAutoTaggingConfig() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AutoTaggingConfig) { return true } return false } -// SetTruststorePassword gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the TruststorePassword field. -func (o *EngineRegistrationParameter) SetTruststorePassword(v string) { - o.TruststorePassword.Set(&v) -} -// SetTruststorePasswordNil sets the value for TruststorePassword to be an explicit nil -func (o *EngineRegistrationParameter) SetTruststorePasswordNil() { - o.TruststorePassword.Set(nil) -} - -// UnsetTruststorePassword ensures that no value is present for TruststorePassword, not even an explicit nil -func (o *EngineRegistrationParameter) UnsetTruststorePassword() { - o.TruststorePassword.Unset() +// SetAutoTaggingConfig gets a reference to the given AutoTaggingConfig and assigns it to the AutoTaggingConfig field. +func (o *EngineRegistrationParameter) SetAutoTaggingConfig(v AutoTaggingConfig) { + o.AutoTaggingConfig = &v } // GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. @@ -741,11 +690,8 @@ func (o EngineRegistrationParameter) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.UnsafeSslHostnameCheck) { toSerialize["unsafe_ssl_hostname_check"] = o.UnsafeSslHostnameCheck } - if o.TruststoreFilename.IsSet() { - toSerialize["truststore_filename"] = o.TruststoreFilename.Get() - } - if o.TruststorePassword.IsSet() { - toSerialize["truststore_password"] = o.TruststorePassword.Get() + if !IsNil(o.AutoTaggingConfig) { + toSerialize["auto_tagging_config"] = o.AutoTaggingConfig } if !IsNil(o.Tags) { toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags @@ -753,6 +699,44 @@ func (o EngineRegistrationParameter) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *EngineRegistrationParameter) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "name", + "hostname", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varEngineRegistrationParameter := _EngineRegistrationParameter{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varEngineRegistrationParameter) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = EngineRegistrationParameter(varEngineRegistrationParameter) + + return err +} + type NullableEngineRegistrationParameter struct { value *EngineRegistrationParameter isSet bool diff --git a/model_engine_storage_capacity_data.go b/model_engine_storage_capacity_data.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..44b03df4 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_engine_storage_capacity_data.go @@ -0,0 +1,794 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" +) + +// checks if the EngineStorageCapacityData type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &EngineStorageCapacityData{} + +// EngineStorageCapacityData struct for EngineStorageCapacityData +type EngineStorageCapacityData struct { + // ID of the engine. + EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` + // ID of the dataset. + DatasetId *string `json:"dataset_id,omitempty"` + // Time at which this information was sampled. + CapturedTimestamp *time.Time `json:"captured_timestamp,omitempty"` + DatasetType *EngineStorageDatasetType `json:"dataset_type,omitempty"` + // Name of the dataset. + DatasetName *string `json:"dataset_name,omitempty"` + // Flag to specify if this object is a replica. + IsReplica *bool `json:"is_replica,omitempty"` + // Actual space used by the dataset. + TotalSize *int64 `json:"total_size,omitempty"` + // Amount of space used for the active copy of the dataset. + BaseSize *int64 `json:"base_size,omitempty"` + // Amount of space used by snapshots. + SnapshotSize *int64 `json:"snapshot_size,omitempty"` + // Amount of space used by logs. + LogsSize *int64 `json:"logs_size,omitempty"` + // Unvirtualized space used by the dataset. + UnvirtualizedSize *int64 `json:"unvirtualized_size,omitempty"` + // Unvirtualized space used by the current (active) TimeFlow. This is approximately equal to the space a VDB would take upon a virtual-to-physical (V2P) operation. + CurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize *int64 `json:"current_timeflow_unvirtualized_size,omitempty"` + // Unvirtualized space used by the TimeFlow. + TimeflowUnvirtualizedSize *int64 `json:"timeflow_unvirtualized_size,omitempty"` + // Amount of space used for snapshots from which VDBs have been provisioned. + DescendantSize *int64 `json:"descendant_size,omitempty"` + // Amount of space used for snapshots held by policy settings. + PolicySize *int64 `json:"policy_size,omitempty"` + // Amount of space used for snapshots held by manual retention settings. + ManualSize *int64 `json:"manual_size,omitempty"` + // Amount of space used for snapshots part of held space. + UnownedSnapshotSize *int64 `json:"unowned_snapshot_size,omitempty"` + // Amount of space ingested by the source. + IngestedSize *int64 `json:"ingested_size,omitempty"` + // The tags that are applied to dataset. + Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` +} + +// NewEngineStorageCapacityData instantiates a new EngineStorageCapacityData object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewEngineStorageCapacityData() *EngineStorageCapacityData { + this := EngineStorageCapacityData{} + return &this +} + +// NewEngineStorageCapacityDataWithDefaults instantiates a new EngineStorageCapacityData object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewEngineStorageCapacityDataWithDefaults() *EngineStorageCapacityData { + this := EngineStorageCapacityData{} + return &this +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineId, true +} + +// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) HasEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = &v +} + +// GetDatasetId returns the DatasetId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetDatasetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatasetId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatasetId +} + +// GetDatasetIdOk returns a tuple with the DatasetId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetDatasetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatasetId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatasetId, true +} + +// HasDatasetId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) HasDatasetId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatasetId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatasetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatasetId field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) SetDatasetId(v string) { + o.DatasetId = &v +} + +// GetCapturedTimestamp returns the CapturedTimestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetCapturedTimestamp() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CapturedTimestamp) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.CapturedTimestamp +} + +// GetCapturedTimestampOk returns a tuple with the CapturedTimestamp field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetCapturedTimestampOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CapturedTimestamp) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CapturedTimestamp, true +} + +// HasCapturedTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) HasCapturedTimestamp() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CapturedTimestamp) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCapturedTimestamp gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CapturedTimestamp field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) SetCapturedTimestamp(v time.Time) { + o.CapturedTimestamp = &v +} + +// GetDatasetType returns the DatasetType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetDatasetType() EngineStorageDatasetType { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatasetType) { + var ret EngineStorageDatasetType + return ret + } + return *o.DatasetType +} + +// GetDatasetTypeOk returns a tuple with the DatasetType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetDatasetTypeOk() (*EngineStorageDatasetType, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatasetType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatasetType, true +} + +// HasDatasetType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) HasDatasetType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatasetType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatasetType gets a reference to the given EngineStorageDatasetType and assigns it to the DatasetType field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) SetDatasetType(v EngineStorageDatasetType) { + o.DatasetType = &v +} + +// GetDatasetName returns the DatasetName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetDatasetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatasetName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatasetName +} + +// GetDatasetNameOk returns a tuple with the DatasetName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetDatasetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatasetName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatasetName, true +} + +// HasDatasetName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) HasDatasetName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatasetName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatasetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatasetName field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) SetDatasetName(v string) { + o.DatasetName = &v +} + +// GetIsReplica returns the IsReplica field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetIsReplica() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsReplica) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsReplica +} + +// GetIsReplicaOk returns a tuple with the IsReplica field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetIsReplicaOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsReplica) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsReplica, true +} + +// HasIsReplica returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) HasIsReplica() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsReplica) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsReplica gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsReplica field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) SetIsReplica(v bool) { + o.IsReplica = &v +} + +// GetTotalSize returns the TotalSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetTotalSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TotalSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.TotalSize +} + +// GetTotalSizeOk returns a tuple with the TotalSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetTotalSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TotalSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TotalSize, true +} + +// HasTotalSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) HasTotalSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TotalSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTotalSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the TotalSize field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) SetTotalSize(v int64) { + o.TotalSize = &v +} + +// GetBaseSize returns the BaseSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetBaseSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BaseSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.BaseSize +} + +// GetBaseSizeOk returns a tuple with the BaseSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetBaseSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BaseSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BaseSize, true +} + +// HasBaseSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) HasBaseSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BaseSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBaseSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the BaseSize field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) SetBaseSize(v int64) { + o.BaseSize = &v +} + +// GetSnapshotSize returns the SnapshotSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetSnapshotSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SnapshotSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.SnapshotSize +} + +// GetSnapshotSizeOk returns a tuple with the SnapshotSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetSnapshotSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SnapshotSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SnapshotSize, true +} + +// HasSnapshotSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) HasSnapshotSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SnapshotSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSnapshotSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the SnapshotSize field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) SetSnapshotSize(v int64) { + o.SnapshotSize = &v +} + +// GetLogsSize returns the LogsSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetLogsSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.LogsSize +} + +// GetLogsSizeOk returns a tuple with the LogsSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetLogsSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LogsSize, true +} + +// HasLogsSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) HasLogsSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LogsSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLogsSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the LogsSize field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) SetLogsSize(v int64) { + o.LogsSize = &v +} + +// GetUnvirtualizedSize returns the UnvirtualizedSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetUnvirtualizedSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UnvirtualizedSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.UnvirtualizedSize +} + +// GetUnvirtualizedSizeOk returns a tuple with the UnvirtualizedSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetUnvirtualizedSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UnvirtualizedSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UnvirtualizedSize, true +} + +// HasUnvirtualizedSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) HasUnvirtualizedSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UnvirtualizedSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUnvirtualizedSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the UnvirtualizedSize field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) SetUnvirtualizedSize(v int64) { + o.UnvirtualizedSize = &v +} + +// GetCurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize returns the CurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetCurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.CurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize +} + +// GetCurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSizeOk returns a tuple with the CurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetCurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize, true +} + +// HasCurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) HasCurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the CurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) SetCurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize(v int64) { + o.CurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize = &v +} + +// GetTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize returns the TimeflowUnvirtualizedSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimeflowUnvirtualizedSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.TimeflowUnvirtualizedSize +} + +// GetTimeflowUnvirtualizedSizeOk returns a tuple with the TimeflowUnvirtualizedSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetTimeflowUnvirtualizedSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimeflowUnvirtualizedSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TimeflowUnvirtualizedSize, true +} + +// HasTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) HasTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TimeflowUnvirtualizedSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the TimeflowUnvirtualizedSize field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) SetTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize(v int64) { + o.TimeflowUnvirtualizedSize = &v +} + +// GetDescendantSize returns the DescendantSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetDescendantSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DescendantSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.DescendantSize +} + +// GetDescendantSizeOk returns a tuple with the DescendantSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetDescendantSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DescendantSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DescendantSize, true +} + +// HasDescendantSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) HasDescendantSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DescendantSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDescendantSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DescendantSize field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) SetDescendantSize(v int64) { + o.DescendantSize = &v +} + +// GetPolicySize returns the PolicySize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetPolicySize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PolicySize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.PolicySize +} + +// GetPolicySizeOk returns a tuple with the PolicySize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetPolicySizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PolicySize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PolicySize, true +} + +// HasPolicySize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) HasPolicySize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PolicySize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPolicySize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the PolicySize field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) SetPolicySize(v int64) { + o.PolicySize = &v +} + +// GetManualSize returns the ManualSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetManualSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ManualSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.ManualSize +} + +// GetManualSizeOk returns a tuple with the ManualSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetManualSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ManualSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ManualSize, true +} + +// HasManualSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) HasManualSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ManualSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetManualSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the ManualSize field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) SetManualSize(v int64) { + o.ManualSize = &v +} + +// GetUnownedSnapshotSize returns the UnownedSnapshotSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetUnownedSnapshotSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UnownedSnapshotSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.UnownedSnapshotSize +} + +// GetUnownedSnapshotSizeOk returns a tuple with the UnownedSnapshotSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetUnownedSnapshotSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UnownedSnapshotSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UnownedSnapshotSize, true +} + +// HasUnownedSnapshotSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) HasUnownedSnapshotSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UnownedSnapshotSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUnownedSnapshotSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the UnownedSnapshotSize field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) SetUnownedSnapshotSize(v int64) { + o.UnownedSnapshotSize = &v +} + +// GetIngestedSize returns the IngestedSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetIngestedSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IngestedSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.IngestedSize +} + +// GetIngestedSizeOk returns a tuple with the IngestedSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetIngestedSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IngestedSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IngestedSize, true +} + +// HasIngestedSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) HasIngestedSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IngestedSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIngestedSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the IngestedSize field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) SetIngestedSize(v int64) { + o.IngestedSize = &v +} + +// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetTags() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.Tags +} + +// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tags, true +} + +// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) HasTags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityData) SetTags(v []Tag) { + o.Tags = v +} + +func (o EngineStorageCapacityData) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o EngineStorageCapacityData) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + } + if !IsNil(o.DatasetId) { + toSerialize["dataset_id"] = o.DatasetId + } + if !IsNil(o.CapturedTimestamp) { + toSerialize["captured_timestamp"] = o.CapturedTimestamp + } + if !IsNil(o.DatasetType) { + toSerialize["dataset_type"] = o.DatasetType + } + if !IsNil(o.DatasetName) { + toSerialize["dataset_name"] = o.DatasetName + } + if !IsNil(o.IsReplica) { + toSerialize["is_replica"] = o.IsReplica + } + if !IsNil(o.TotalSize) { + toSerialize["total_size"] = o.TotalSize + } + if !IsNil(o.BaseSize) { + toSerialize["base_size"] = o.BaseSize + } + if !IsNil(o.SnapshotSize) { + toSerialize["snapshot_size"] = o.SnapshotSize + } + if !IsNil(o.LogsSize) { + toSerialize["logs_size"] = o.LogsSize + } + if !IsNil(o.UnvirtualizedSize) { + toSerialize["unvirtualized_size"] = o.UnvirtualizedSize + } + if !IsNil(o.CurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize) { + toSerialize["current_timeflow_unvirtualized_size"] = o.CurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize + } + if !IsNil(o.TimeflowUnvirtualizedSize) { + toSerialize["timeflow_unvirtualized_size"] = o.TimeflowUnvirtualizedSize + } + if !IsNil(o.DescendantSize) { + toSerialize["descendant_size"] = o.DescendantSize + } + if !IsNil(o.PolicySize) { + toSerialize["policy_size"] = o.PolicySize + } + if !IsNil(o.ManualSize) { + toSerialize["manual_size"] = o.ManualSize + } + if !IsNil(o.UnownedSnapshotSize) { + toSerialize["unowned_snapshot_size"] = o.UnownedSnapshotSize + } + if !IsNil(o.IngestedSize) { + toSerialize["ingested_size"] = o.IngestedSize + } + if !IsNil(o.Tags) { + toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableEngineStorageCapacityData struct { + value *EngineStorageCapacityData + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableEngineStorageCapacityData) Get() *EngineStorageCapacityData { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableEngineStorageCapacityData) Set(val *EngineStorageCapacityData) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableEngineStorageCapacityData) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableEngineStorageCapacityData) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableEngineStorageCapacityData(val *EngineStorageCapacityData) *NullableEngineStorageCapacityData { + return &NullableEngineStorageCapacityData{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableEngineStorageCapacityData) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableEngineStorageCapacityData) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_engine_storage_capacity_data_response.go b/model_engine_storage_capacity_data_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7b6c9448 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_engine_storage_capacity_data_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse{} + +// EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse struct for EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse +type EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse struct { + Items []EngineStorageCapacityData `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewEngineStorageCapacityDataResponse instantiates a new EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewEngineStorageCapacityDataResponse() *EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse { + this := EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewEngineStorageCapacityDataResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewEngineStorageCapacityDataResponseWithDefaults() *EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse { + this := EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse) GetItems() []EngineStorageCapacityData { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []EngineStorageCapacityData + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]EngineStorageCapacityData, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []EngineStorageCapacityData and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse) SetItems(v []EngineStorageCapacityData) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableEngineStorageCapacityDataResponse struct { + value *EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableEngineStorageCapacityDataResponse) Get() *EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableEngineStorageCapacityDataResponse) Set(val *EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableEngineStorageCapacityDataResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableEngineStorageCapacityDataResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableEngineStorageCapacityDataResponse(val *EngineStorageCapacityDataResponse) *NullableEngineStorageCapacityDataResponse { + return &NullableEngineStorageCapacityDataResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableEngineStorageCapacityDataResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableEngineStorageCapacityDataResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_engine_storage_capacity_dependency_data.go b/model_engine_storage_capacity_dependency_data.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e6abaf46 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_engine_storage_capacity_dependency_data.go @@ -0,0 +1,831 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" +) + +// checks if the EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData{} + +// EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData Engine storage capacity dependency data. +type EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData struct { + // ID of the engine. + EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` + // ID of the dataset. + DatasetId *string `json:"dataset_id,omitempty"` + // Time at which this information was sampled. + CapturedTimestamp *time.Time `json:"captured_timestamp,omitempty"` + DatasetType *EngineStorageDatasetType `json:"dataset_type,omitempty"` + // Name of the dataset. + DatasetName *string `json:"dataset_name,omitempty"` + // Flag to specify if this object is a replica. + IsReplica *bool `json:"is_replica,omitempty"` + // Actual space used by the dataset. + TotalSize *int64 `json:"total_size,omitempty"` + // Amount of space used for the active copy of the dataset. + BaseSize *int64 `json:"base_size,omitempty"` + // Amount of space used by snapshots. + SnapshotSize *int64 `json:"snapshot_size,omitempty"` + // Amount of space used by logs. + LogsSize *int64 `json:"logs_size,omitempty"` + // Unvirtualized space used by the dataset. + UnvirtualizedSize *int64 `json:"unvirtualized_size,omitempty"` + // Unvirtualized space used by the current (active) TimeFlow. This is approximately equal to the space a VDB would take upon a virtual-to-physical (V2P) operation. + CurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize *int64 `json:"current_timeflow_unvirtualized_size,omitempty"` + // Unvirtualized space used by the TimeFlow. + TimeflowUnvirtualizedSize *int64 `json:"timeflow_unvirtualized_size,omitempty"` + // Amount of space used for snapshots from which VDBs have been provisioned. + DescendantSize *int64 `json:"descendant_size,omitempty"` + // Amount of space used for snapshots held by policy settings. + PolicySize *int64 `json:"policy_size,omitempty"` + // Amount of space used for snapshots held by manual retention settings. + ManualSize *int64 `json:"manual_size,omitempty"` + // Amount of space used for snapshots part of held space. + UnownedSnapshotSize *int64 `json:"unowned_snapshot_size,omitempty"` + // Amount of space ingested by the source. + IngestedSize *int64 `json:"ingested_size,omitempty"` + // The tags that are applied to dataset. + Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` + // ID of the parent dataset. + ParentId *string `json:"parent_id,omitempty"` +} + +// NewEngineStorageCapacityDependencyData instantiates a new EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewEngineStorageCapacityDependencyData() *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData { + this := EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData{} + return &this +} + +// NewEngineStorageCapacityDependencyDataWithDefaults instantiates a new EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewEngineStorageCapacityDependencyDataWithDefaults() *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData { + this := EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData{} + return &this +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineId, true +} + +// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) HasEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = &v +} + +// GetDatasetId returns the DatasetId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetDatasetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatasetId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatasetId +} + +// GetDatasetIdOk returns a tuple with the DatasetId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetDatasetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatasetId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatasetId, true +} + +// HasDatasetId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) HasDatasetId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatasetId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatasetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatasetId field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) SetDatasetId(v string) { + o.DatasetId = &v +} + +// GetCapturedTimestamp returns the CapturedTimestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetCapturedTimestamp() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CapturedTimestamp) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.CapturedTimestamp +} + +// GetCapturedTimestampOk returns a tuple with the CapturedTimestamp field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetCapturedTimestampOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CapturedTimestamp) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CapturedTimestamp, true +} + +// HasCapturedTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) HasCapturedTimestamp() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CapturedTimestamp) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCapturedTimestamp gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CapturedTimestamp field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) SetCapturedTimestamp(v time.Time) { + o.CapturedTimestamp = &v +} + +// GetDatasetType returns the DatasetType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetDatasetType() EngineStorageDatasetType { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatasetType) { + var ret EngineStorageDatasetType + return ret + } + return *o.DatasetType +} + +// GetDatasetTypeOk returns a tuple with the DatasetType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetDatasetTypeOk() (*EngineStorageDatasetType, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatasetType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatasetType, true +} + +// HasDatasetType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) HasDatasetType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatasetType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatasetType gets a reference to the given EngineStorageDatasetType and assigns it to the DatasetType field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) SetDatasetType(v EngineStorageDatasetType) { + o.DatasetType = &v +} + +// GetDatasetName returns the DatasetName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetDatasetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatasetName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatasetName +} + +// GetDatasetNameOk returns a tuple with the DatasetName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetDatasetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatasetName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatasetName, true +} + +// HasDatasetName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) HasDatasetName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatasetName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatasetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatasetName field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) SetDatasetName(v string) { + o.DatasetName = &v +} + +// GetIsReplica returns the IsReplica field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetIsReplica() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsReplica) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsReplica +} + +// GetIsReplicaOk returns a tuple with the IsReplica field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetIsReplicaOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsReplica) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsReplica, true +} + +// HasIsReplica returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) HasIsReplica() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsReplica) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsReplica gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsReplica field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) SetIsReplica(v bool) { + o.IsReplica = &v +} + +// GetTotalSize returns the TotalSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetTotalSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TotalSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.TotalSize +} + +// GetTotalSizeOk returns a tuple with the TotalSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetTotalSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TotalSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TotalSize, true +} + +// HasTotalSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) HasTotalSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TotalSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTotalSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the TotalSize field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) SetTotalSize(v int64) { + o.TotalSize = &v +} + +// GetBaseSize returns the BaseSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetBaseSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BaseSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.BaseSize +} + +// GetBaseSizeOk returns a tuple with the BaseSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetBaseSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BaseSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BaseSize, true +} + +// HasBaseSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) HasBaseSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BaseSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBaseSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the BaseSize field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) SetBaseSize(v int64) { + o.BaseSize = &v +} + +// GetSnapshotSize returns the SnapshotSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetSnapshotSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SnapshotSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.SnapshotSize +} + +// GetSnapshotSizeOk returns a tuple with the SnapshotSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetSnapshotSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SnapshotSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SnapshotSize, true +} + +// HasSnapshotSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) HasSnapshotSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SnapshotSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSnapshotSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the SnapshotSize field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) SetSnapshotSize(v int64) { + o.SnapshotSize = &v +} + +// GetLogsSize returns the LogsSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetLogsSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.LogsSize +} + +// GetLogsSizeOk returns a tuple with the LogsSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetLogsSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LogsSize, true +} + +// HasLogsSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) HasLogsSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LogsSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLogsSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the LogsSize field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) SetLogsSize(v int64) { + o.LogsSize = &v +} + +// GetUnvirtualizedSize returns the UnvirtualizedSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetUnvirtualizedSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UnvirtualizedSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.UnvirtualizedSize +} + +// GetUnvirtualizedSizeOk returns a tuple with the UnvirtualizedSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetUnvirtualizedSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UnvirtualizedSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UnvirtualizedSize, true +} + +// HasUnvirtualizedSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) HasUnvirtualizedSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UnvirtualizedSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUnvirtualizedSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the UnvirtualizedSize field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) SetUnvirtualizedSize(v int64) { + o.UnvirtualizedSize = &v +} + +// GetCurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize returns the CurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetCurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.CurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize +} + +// GetCurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSizeOk returns a tuple with the CurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetCurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize, true +} + +// HasCurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) HasCurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the CurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) SetCurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize(v int64) { + o.CurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize = &v +} + +// GetTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize returns the TimeflowUnvirtualizedSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimeflowUnvirtualizedSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.TimeflowUnvirtualizedSize +} + +// GetTimeflowUnvirtualizedSizeOk returns a tuple with the TimeflowUnvirtualizedSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetTimeflowUnvirtualizedSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimeflowUnvirtualizedSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TimeflowUnvirtualizedSize, true +} + +// HasTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) HasTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TimeflowUnvirtualizedSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the TimeflowUnvirtualizedSize field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) SetTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize(v int64) { + o.TimeflowUnvirtualizedSize = &v +} + +// GetDescendantSize returns the DescendantSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetDescendantSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DescendantSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.DescendantSize +} + +// GetDescendantSizeOk returns a tuple with the DescendantSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetDescendantSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DescendantSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DescendantSize, true +} + +// HasDescendantSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) HasDescendantSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DescendantSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDescendantSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DescendantSize field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) SetDescendantSize(v int64) { + o.DescendantSize = &v +} + +// GetPolicySize returns the PolicySize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetPolicySize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PolicySize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.PolicySize +} + +// GetPolicySizeOk returns a tuple with the PolicySize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetPolicySizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PolicySize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PolicySize, true +} + +// HasPolicySize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) HasPolicySize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PolicySize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPolicySize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the PolicySize field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) SetPolicySize(v int64) { + o.PolicySize = &v +} + +// GetManualSize returns the ManualSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetManualSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ManualSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.ManualSize +} + +// GetManualSizeOk returns a tuple with the ManualSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetManualSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ManualSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ManualSize, true +} + +// HasManualSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) HasManualSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ManualSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetManualSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the ManualSize field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) SetManualSize(v int64) { + o.ManualSize = &v +} + +// GetUnownedSnapshotSize returns the UnownedSnapshotSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetUnownedSnapshotSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UnownedSnapshotSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.UnownedSnapshotSize +} + +// GetUnownedSnapshotSizeOk returns a tuple with the UnownedSnapshotSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetUnownedSnapshotSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UnownedSnapshotSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UnownedSnapshotSize, true +} + +// HasUnownedSnapshotSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) HasUnownedSnapshotSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UnownedSnapshotSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUnownedSnapshotSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the UnownedSnapshotSize field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) SetUnownedSnapshotSize(v int64) { + o.UnownedSnapshotSize = &v +} + +// GetIngestedSize returns the IngestedSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetIngestedSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IngestedSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.IngestedSize +} + +// GetIngestedSizeOk returns a tuple with the IngestedSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetIngestedSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IngestedSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IngestedSize, true +} + +// HasIngestedSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) HasIngestedSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IngestedSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIngestedSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the IngestedSize field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) SetIngestedSize(v int64) { + o.IngestedSize = &v +} + +// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetTags() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.Tags +} + +// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tags, true +} + +// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) HasTags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) SetTags(v []Tag) { + o.Tags = v +} + +// GetParentId returns the ParentId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetParentId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentId +} + +// GetParentIdOk returns a tuple with the ParentId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) GetParentIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentId, true +} + +// HasParentId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) HasParentId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentId field. +func (o *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) SetParentId(v string) { + o.ParentId = &v +} + +func (o EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + } + if !IsNil(o.DatasetId) { + toSerialize["dataset_id"] = o.DatasetId + } + if !IsNil(o.CapturedTimestamp) { + toSerialize["captured_timestamp"] = o.CapturedTimestamp + } + if !IsNil(o.DatasetType) { + toSerialize["dataset_type"] = o.DatasetType + } + if !IsNil(o.DatasetName) { + toSerialize["dataset_name"] = o.DatasetName + } + if !IsNil(o.IsReplica) { + toSerialize["is_replica"] = o.IsReplica + } + if !IsNil(o.TotalSize) { + toSerialize["total_size"] = o.TotalSize + } + if !IsNil(o.BaseSize) { + toSerialize["base_size"] = o.BaseSize + } + if !IsNil(o.SnapshotSize) { + toSerialize["snapshot_size"] = o.SnapshotSize + } + if !IsNil(o.LogsSize) { + toSerialize["logs_size"] = o.LogsSize + } + if !IsNil(o.UnvirtualizedSize) { + toSerialize["unvirtualized_size"] = o.UnvirtualizedSize + } + if !IsNil(o.CurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize) { + toSerialize["current_timeflow_unvirtualized_size"] = o.CurrentTimeflowUnvirtualizedSize + } + if !IsNil(o.TimeflowUnvirtualizedSize) { + toSerialize["timeflow_unvirtualized_size"] = o.TimeflowUnvirtualizedSize + } + if !IsNil(o.DescendantSize) { + toSerialize["descendant_size"] = o.DescendantSize + } + if !IsNil(o.PolicySize) { + toSerialize["policy_size"] = o.PolicySize + } + if !IsNil(o.ManualSize) { + toSerialize["manual_size"] = o.ManualSize + } + if !IsNil(o.UnownedSnapshotSize) { + toSerialize["unowned_snapshot_size"] = o.UnownedSnapshotSize + } + if !IsNil(o.IngestedSize) { + toSerialize["ingested_size"] = o.IngestedSize + } + if !IsNil(o.Tags) { + toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentId) { + toSerialize["parent_id"] = o.ParentId + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableEngineStorageCapacityDependencyData struct { + value *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableEngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) Get() *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableEngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) Set(val *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableEngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableEngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableEngineStorageCapacityDependencyData(val *EngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) *NullableEngineStorageCapacityDependencyData { + return &NullableEngineStorageCapacityDependencyData{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableEngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableEngineStorageCapacityDependencyData) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_engine_storage_dataset_type.go b/model_engine_storage_dataset_type.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..69ee89d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_engine_storage_dataset_type.go @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// EngineStorageDatasetType Type of the dataset. +type EngineStorageDatasetType string + +// List of EngineStorageDatasetType +const ( + ENGINESTORAGEDATASETTYPE_VDB EngineStorageDatasetType = "VDB" + ENGINESTORAGEDATASETTYPE_DSOURCE EngineStorageDatasetType = "DSOURCE" + ENGINESTORAGEDATASETTYPE_CDB EngineStorageDatasetType = "CDB" + ENGINESTORAGEDATASETTYPE_VCDB EngineStorageDatasetType = "VCDB" + ENGINESTORAGEDATASETTYPE_HELDSPACE EngineStorageDatasetType = "HELDSPACE" +) + +// All allowed values of EngineStorageDatasetType enum +var AllowedEngineStorageDatasetTypeEnumValues = []EngineStorageDatasetType{ + "VDB", + "DSOURCE", + "CDB", + "VCDB", + "HELDSPACE", +} + +func (v *EngineStorageDatasetType) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + var value string + err := json.Unmarshal(src, &value) + if err != nil { + return err + } + enumTypeValue := EngineStorageDatasetType(value) + for _, existing := range AllowedEngineStorageDatasetTypeEnumValues { + if existing == enumTypeValue { + *v = enumTypeValue + return nil + } + } + + return fmt.Errorf("%+v is not a valid EngineStorageDatasetType", value) +} + +// NewEngineStorageDatasetTypeFromValue returns a pointer to a valid EngineStorageDatasetType +// for the value passed as argument, or an error if the value passed is not allowed by the enum +func NewEngineStorageDatasetTypeFromValue(v string) (*EngineStorageDatasetType, error) { + ev := EngineStorageDatasetType(v) + if ev.IsValid() { + return &ev, nil + } else { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid value '%v' for EngineStorageDatasetType: valid values are %v", v, AllowedEngineStorageDatasetTypeEnumValues) + } +} + +// IsValid return true if the value is valid for the enum, false otherwise +func (v EngineStorageDatasetType) IsValid() bool { + for _, existing := range AllowedEngineStorageDatasetTypeEnumValues { + if existing == v { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// Ptr returns reference to EngineStorageDatasetType value +func (v EngineStorageDatasetType) Ptr() *EngineStorageDatasetType { + return &v +} + +type NullableEngineStorageDatasetType struct { + value *EngineStorageDatasetType + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableEngineStorageDatasetType) Get() *EngineStorageDatasetType { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableEngineStorageDatasetType) Set(val *EngineStorageDatasetType) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableEngineStorageDatasetType) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableEngineStorageDatasetType) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableEngineStorageDatasetType(val *EngineStorageDatasetType) *NullableEngineStorageDatasetType { + return &NullableEngineStorageDatasetType{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableEngineStorageDatasetType) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableEngineStorageDatasetType) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + diff --git a/model_environment.go b/model_environment.go index 33966e91..f2efc42a 100644 --- a/model_environment.go +++ b/model_environment.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -36,10 +36,20 @@ type Environment struct { EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` // True if this environment is enabled. Enabled *bool `json:"enabled,omitempty"` + // Flag indicating whether the data transfer is encrypted or not. + EncryptionEnabled *bool `json:"encryption_enabled,omitempty"` + // The environment description. + Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"` // True if this environment is a cluster of hosts. IsCluster *bool `json:"is_cluster,omitempty"` // Cluster home for RAC environment. ClusterHome *string `json:"cluster_home,omitempty"` + // Cluster name for Oracle RAC environment. + ClusterName *string `json:"cluster_name,omitempty"` + // The Single Client Access Name of the cluster (11.2 and greater clusters only). + Scan *string `json:"scan,omitempty"` + // The default remote_listener parameter to be used for databases on the cluster. + RemoteListener *string `json:"remote_listener,omitempty"` // True if this windows environment is a target environment. IsWindowsTarget *bool `json:"is_windows_target,omitempty"` // ID of the staging environment. @@ -52,6 +62,10 @@ type Environment struct { Repositories []Repository `json:"repositories,omitempty"` // Oracle listeners associated with this environment. Listeners []OracleListener `json:"listeners,omitempty"` + // The operating system type of this environment. + OsType *string `json:"os_type,omitempty"` + // Environment users associated with this environment. + EnvUsers []EnvironmentUser `json:"env_users,omitempty"` } // NewEnvironment instantiates a new Environment object @@ -337,6 +351,70 @@ func (o *Environment) SetEnabled(v bool) { o.Enabled = &v } +// GetEncryptionEnabled returns the EncryptionEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Environment) GetEncryptionEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EncryptionEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EncryptionEnabled +} + +// GetEncryptionEnabledOk returns a tuple with the EncryptionEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Environment) GetEncryptionEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EncryptionEnabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EncryptionEnabled, true +} + +// HasEncryptionEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Environment) HasEncryptionEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EncryptionEnabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEncryptionEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EncryptionEnabled field. +func (o *Environment) SetEncryptionEnabled(v bool) { + o.EncryptionEnabled = &v +} + +// GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Environment) GetDescription() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Description +} + +// GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Environment) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Description, true +} + +// HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Environment) HasDescription() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Description) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field. +func (o *Environment) SetDescription(v string) { + o.Description = &v +} + // GetIsCluster returns the IsCluster field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *Environment) GetIsCluster() bool { if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsCluster) { @@ -401,6 +479,102 @@ func (o *Environment) SetClusterHome(v string) { o.ClusterHome = &v } +// GetClusterName returns the ClusterName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Environment) GetClusterName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ClusterName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ClusterName +} + +// GetClusterNameOk returns a tuple with the ClusterName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Environment) GetClusterNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ClusterName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ClusterName, true +} + +// HasClusterName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Environment) HasClusterName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ClusterName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetClusterName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClusterName field. +func (o *Environment) SetClusterName(v string) { + o.ClusterName = &v +} + +// GetScan returns the Scan field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Environment) GetScan() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Scan) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Scan +} + +// GetScanOk returns a tuple with the Scan field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Environment) GetScanOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Scan) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Scan, true +} + +// HasScan returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Environment) HasScan() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Scan) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetScan gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Scan field. +func (o *Environment) SetScan(v string) { + o.Scan = &v +} + +// GetRemoteListener returns the RemoteListener field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Environment) GetRemoteListener() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RemoteListener) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RemoteListener +} + +// GetRemoteListenerOk returns a tuple with the RemoteListener field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Environment) GetRemoteListenerOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RemoteListener) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RemoteListener, true +} + +// HasRemoteListener returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Environment) HasRemoteListener() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RemoteListener) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRemoteListener gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RemoteListener field. +func (o *Environment) SetRemoteListener(v string) { + o.RemoteListener = &v +} + // GetIsWindowsTarget returns the IsWindowsTarget field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *Environment) GetIsWindowsTarget() bool { if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsWindowsTarget) { @@ -593,6 +767,70 @@ func (o *Environment) SetListeners(v []OracleListener) { o.Listeners = v } +// GetOsType returns the OsType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Environment) GetOsType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OsType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.OsType +} + +// GetOsTypeOk returns a tuple with the OsType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Environment) GetOsTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OsType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OsType, true +} + +// HasOsType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Environment) HasOsType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OsType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOsType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OsType field. +func (o *Environment) SetOsType(v string) { + o.OsType = &v +} + +// GetEnvUsers returns the EnvUsers field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Environment) GetEnvUsers() []EnvironmentUser { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvUsers) { + var ret []EnvironmentUser + return ret + } + return o.EnvUsers +} + +// GetEnvUsersOk returns a tuple with the EnvUsers field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Environment) GetEnvUsersOk() ([]EnvironmentUser, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvUsers) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvUsers, true +} + +// HasEnvUsers returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Environment) HasEnvUsers() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvUsers) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvUsers gets a reference to the given []EnvironmentUser and assigns it to the EnvUsers field. +func (o *Environment) SetEnvUsers(v []EnvironmentUser) { + o.EnvUsers = v +} + func (o Environment) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -627,12 +865,27 @@ func (o Environment) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.Enabled) { toSerialize["enabled"] = o.Enabled } + if !IsNil(o.EncryptionEnabled) { + toSerialize["encryption_enabled"] = o.EncryptionEnabled + } + if !IsNil(o.Description) { + toSerialize["description"] = o.Description + } if !IsNil(o.IsCluster) { toSerialize["is_cluster"] = o.IsCluster } if !IsNil(o.ClusterHome) { toSerialize["cluster_home"] = o.ClusterHome } + if !IsNil(o.ClusterName) { + toSerialize["cluster_name"] = o.ClusterName + } + if !IsNil(o.Scan) { + toSerialize["scan"] = o.Scan + } + if !IsNil(o.RemoteListener) { + toSerialize["remote_listener"] = o.RemoteListener + } if !IsNil(o.IsWindowsTarget) { toSerialize["is_windows_target"] = o.IsWindowsTarget } @@ -651,6 +904,12 @@ func (o Environment) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.Listeners) { toSerialize["listeners"] = o.Listeners } + if !IsNil(o.OsType) { + toSerialize["os_type"] = o.OsType + } + if !IsNil(o.EnvUsers) { + toSerialize["env_users"] = o.EnvUsers + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_environment_create_parameters.go b/model_environment_create_parameters.go index c0058dd9..0e30104b 100644 --- a/model_environment_create_parameters.go +++ b/model_environment_create_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the EnvironmentCreateParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -62,6 +64,12 @@ type EnvironmentCreateParameters struct { HashicorpVaultSecretKey *string `json:"hashicorp_vault_secret_key,omitempty"` // Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. CyberarkVaultQueryString *string `json:"cyberark_vault_query_string,omitempty"` + // Azure key vault name. + AzureVaultName *string `json:"azure_vault_name,omitempty"` + // Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store. + AzureVaultUsernameKey *string `json:"azure_vault_username_key,omitempty"` + // Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store. + AzureVaultSecretKey *string `json:"azure_vault_secret_key,omitempty"` // Whether to use kerberos authentication. UseKerberosAuthentication *bool `json:"use_kerberos_authentication,omitempty"` // Whether to use public key authentication. @@ -88,6 +96,12 @@ type EnvironmentCreateParameters struct { AseDbCyberarkVaultQueryString *string `json:"ase_db_cyberark_vault_query_string,omitempty"` // Whether to use kerberos authentication for ASE DB discovery. AseDbUseKerberosAuthentication *bool `json:"ase_db_use_kerberos_authentication,omitempty"` + // Azure key vault name. + AseDbAzureVaultName *string `json:"ase_db_azure_vault_name,omitempty"` + // Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store. + AseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey *string `json:"ase_db_azure_vault_username_key,omitempty"` + // Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store. + AseDbAzureVaultSecretKey *string `json:"ase_db_azure_vault_secret_key,omitempty"` // The path to the user managed Java Development Kit (JDK). If not specified, then the OpenJDK will be used. JavaHome *string `json:"java_home,omitempty"` // DSP keystore path. @@ -108,6 +122,8 @@ type EnvironmentCreateParameters struct { MakeCurrentAccountOwner *bool `json:"make_current_account_owner,omitempty"` } +type _EnvironmentCreateParameters EnvironmentCreateParameters + // NewEnvironmentCreateParameters instantiates a new EnvironmentCreateParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -788,6 +804,102 @@ func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) SetCyberarkVaultQueryString(v string) { o.CyberarkVaultQueryString = &v } +// GetAzureVaultName returns the AzureVaultName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) GetAzureVaultName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AzureVaultName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AzureVaultName +} + +// GetAzureVaultNameOk returns a tuple with the AzureVaultName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) GetAzureVaultNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AzureVaultName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AzureVaultName, true +} + +// HasAzureVaultName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) HasAzureVaultName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AzureVaultName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAzureVaultName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AzureVaultName field. +func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) SetAzureVaultName(v string) { + o.AzureVaultName = &v +} + +// GetAzureVaultUsernameKey returns the AzureVaultUsernameKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) GetAzureVaultUsernameKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AzureVaultUsernameKey) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AzureVaultUsernameKey +} + +// GetAzureVaultUsernameKeyOk returns a tuple with the AzureVaultUsernameKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) GetAzureVaultUsernameKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AzureVaultUsernameKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AzureVaultUsernameKey, true +} + +// HasAzureVaultUsernameKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) HasAzureVaultUsernameKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AzureVaultUsernameKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAzureVaultUsernameKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AzureVaultUsernameKey field. +func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) SetAzureVaultUsernameKey(v string) { + o.AzureVaultUsernameKey = &v +} + +// GetAzureVaultSecretKey returns the AzureVaultSecretKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) GetAzureVaultSecretKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AzureVaultSecretKey) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AzureVaultSecretKey +} + +// GetAzureVaultSecretKeyOk returns a tuple with the AzureVaultSecretKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) GetAzureVaultSecretKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AzureVaultSecretKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AzureVaultSecretKey, true +} + +// HasAzureVaultSecretKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) HasAzureVaultSecretKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AzureVaultSecretKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAzureVaultSecretKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AzureVaultSecretKey field. +func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) SetAzureVaultSecretKey(v string) { + o.AzureVaultSecretKey = &v +} + // GetUseKerberosAuthentication returns the UseKerberosAuthentication field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) GetUseKerberosAuthentication() bool { if o == nil || IsNil(o.UseKerberosAuthentication) { @@ -1204,6 +1316,102 @@ func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) SetAseDbUseKerberosAuthentication(v bool) o.AseDbUseKerberosAuthentication = &v } +// GetAseDbAzureVaultName returns the AseDbAzureVaultName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) GetAseDbAzureVaultName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AseDbAzureVaultName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AseDbAzureVaultName +} + +// GetAseDbAzureVaultNameOk returns a tuple with the AseDbAzureVaultName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) GetAseDbAzureVaultNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AseDbAzureVaultName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AseDbAzureVaultName, true +} + +// HasAseDbAzureVaultName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) HasAseDbAzureVaultName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AseDbAzureVaultName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAseDbAzureVaultName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AseDbAzureVaultName field. +func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) SetAseDbAzureVaultName(v string) { + o.AseDbAzureVaultName = &v +} + +// GetAseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey returns the AseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) GetAseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey +} + +// GetAseDbAzureVaultUsernameKeyOk returns a tuple with the AseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) GetAseDbAzureVaultUsernameKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey, true +} + +// HasAseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) HasAseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey field. +func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) SetAseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey(v string) { + o.AseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey = &v +} + +// GetAseDbAzureVaultSecretKey returns the AseDbAzureVaultSecretKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) GetAseDbAzureVaultSecretKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AseDbAzureVaultSecretKey) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AseDbAzureVaultSecretKey +} + +// GetAseDbAzureVaultSecretKeyOk returns a tuple with the AseDbAzureVaultSecretKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) GetAseDbAzureVaultSecretKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AseDbAzureVaultSecretKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AseDbAzureVaultSecretKey, true +} + +// HasAseDbAzureVaultSecretKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) HasAseDbAzureVaultSecretKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AseDbAzureVaultSecretKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAseDbAzureVaultSecretKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AseDbAzureVaultSecretKey field. +func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) SetAseDbAzureVaultSecretKey(v string) { + o.AseDbAzureVaultSecretKey = &v +} + // GetJavaHome returns the JavaHome field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) GetJavaHome() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.JavaHome) { @@ -1559,6 +1767,15 @@ func (o EnvironmentCreateParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.CyberarkVaultQueryString) { toSerialize["cyberark_vault_query_string"] = o.CyberarkVaultQueryString } + if !IsNil(o.AzureVaultName) { + toSerialize["azure_vault_name"] = o.AzureVaultName + } + if !IsNil(o.AzureVaultUsernameKey) { + toSerialize["azure_vault_username_key"] = o.AzureVaultUsernameKey + } + if !IsNil(o.AzureVaultSecretKey) { + toSerialize["azure_vault_secret_key"] = o.AzureVaultSecretKey + } if !IsNil(o.UseKerberosAuthentication) { toSerialize["use_kerberos_authentication"] = o.UseKerberosAuthentication } @@ -1598,6 +1815,15 @@ func (o EnvironmentCreateParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.AseDbUseKerberosAuthentication) { toSerialize["ase_db_use_kerberos_authentication"] = o.AseDbUseKerberosAuthentication } + if !IsNil(o.AseDbAzureVaultName) { + toSerialize["ase_db_azure_vault_name"] = o.AseDbAzureVaultName + } + if !IsNil(o.AseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey) { + toSerialize["ase_db_azure_vault_username_key"] = o.AseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey + } + if !IsNil(o.AseDbAzureVaultSecretKey) { + toSerialize["ase_db_azure_vault_secret_key"] = o.AseDbAzureVaultSecretKey + } if !IsNil(o.JavaHome) { toSerialize["java_home"] = o.JavaHome } @@ -1628,6 +1854,45 @@ func (o EnvironmentCreateParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *EnvironmentCreateParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "engine_id", + "os_name", + "hostname", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varEnvironmentCreateParameters := _EnvironmentCreateParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varEnvironmentCreateParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = EnvironmentCreateParameters(varEnvironmentCreateParameters) + + return err +} + type NullableEnvironmentCreateParameters struct { value *EnvironmentCreateParameters isSet bool diff --git a/model_environment_repository.go b/model_environment_repository.go index b6b767d9..a4dd5dc8 100644 --- a/model_environment_repository.go +++ b/model_environment_repository.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -44,6 +44,8 @@ type EnvironmentRepository struct { Rac *bool `json:"rac,omitempty"` // The network ports for connecting to the database instance. Ports []int64 `json:"ports,omitempty"` + // The network port for connecting to the SQL Server instance. + Port *int64 `json:"port,omitempty"` // Fully qualified name of the dump history file. DumpHistoryFile *string `json:"dump_history_file,omitempty"` // Database page size for the SAP ASE instance. @@ -60,10 +62,22 @@ type EnvironmentRepository struct { MssqlClusterInstancesName []string `json:"mssql_cluster_instances_name,omitempty"` // MSSQL cluster instances version. MssqlClusterInstancesVersion []string `json:"mssql_cluster_instances_version,omitempty"` + // MSSQL cluster instance owners. + MssqlClusterInstancesOwners []string `json:"mssql_cluster_instances_owners,omitempty"` + // MSSQL cluster instances ports. + MssqlClusterInstancesPorts []int64 `json:"mssql_cluster_instances_ports,omitempty"` + // MSSQL cluster instances server names. + MssqlClusterInstancesServerNames []string `json:"mssql_cluster_instances_server_names,omitempty"` + // MSSQL cluster instances nodes. + MssqlClusterInstancesNodes []string `json:"mssql_cluster_instances_nodes,omitempty"` // Directory where the installation home is located. InstallationHome *string `json:"installation_home,omitempty"` // MSSQL failover cluster drive letter. DriveLetter []string `json:"drive_letter,omitempty"` + // Flag indicating whether the repository was automatically discovered. + Discovered *bool `json:"discovered,omitempty"` + // The list of listeners belonging to this repository. + MssqlListeners []MSSQLClusterListener `json:"mssql_listeners,omitempty"` // The environment ID. EnvironmentId *string `json:"environment_id,omitempty"` } @@ -469,6 +483,38 @@ func (o *EnvironmentRepository) SetPorts(v []int64) { o.Ports = v } +// GetPort returns the Port field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnvironmentRepository) GetPort() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Port) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.Port +} + +// GetPortOk returns a tuple with the Port field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentRepository) GetPortOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Port) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Port, true +} + +// HasPort returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentRepository) HasPort() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Port) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPort gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the Port field. +func (o *EnvironmentRepository) SetPort(v int64) { + o.Port = &v +} + // GetDumpHistoryFile returns the DumpHistoryFile field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *EnvironmentRepository) GetDumpHistoryFile() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.DumpHistoryFile) { @@ -725,6 +771,134 @@ func (o *EnvironmentRepository) SetMssqlClusterInstancesVersion(v []string) { o.MssqlClusterInstancesVersion = v } +// GetMssqlClusterInstancesOwners returns the MssqlClusterInstancesOwners field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnvironmentRepository) GetMssqlClusterInstancesOwners() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesOwners) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.MssqlClusterInstancesOwners +} + +// GetMssqlClusterInstancesOwnersOk returns a tuple with the MssqlClusterInstancesOwners field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentRepository) GetMssqlClusterInstancesOwnersOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesOwners) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlClusterInstancesOwners, true +} + +// HasMssqlClusterInstancesOwners returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentRepository) HasMssqlClusterInstancesOwners() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesOwners) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlClusterInstancesOwners gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the MssqlClusterInstancesOwners field. +func (o *EnvironmentRepository) SetMssqlClusterInstancesOwners(v []string) { + o.MssqlClusterInstancesOwners = v +} + +// GetMssqlClusterInstancesPorts returns the MssqlClusterInstancesPorts field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnvironmentRepository) GetMssqlClusterInstancesPorts() []int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesPorts) { + var ret []int64 + return ret + } + return o.MssqlClusterInstancesPorts +} + +// GetMssqlClusterInstancesPortsOk returns a tuple with the MssqlClusterInstancesPorts field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentRepository) GetMssqlClusterInstancesPortsOk() ([]int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesPorts) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlClusterInstancesPorts, true +} + +// HasMssqlClusterInstancesPorts returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentRepository) HasMssqlClusterInstancesPorts() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesPorts) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlClusterInstancesPorts gets a reference to the given []int64 and assigns it to the MssqlClusterInstancesPorts field. +func (o *EnvironmentRepository) SetMssqlClusterInstancesPorts(v []int64) { + o.MssqlClusterInstancesPorts = v +} + +// GetMssqlClusterInstancesServerNames returns the MssqlClusterInstancesServerNames field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnvironmentRepository) GetMssqlClusterInstancesServerNames() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesServerNames) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.MssqlClusterInstancesServerNames +} + +// GetMssqlClusterInstancesServerNamesOk returns a tuple with the MssqlClusterInstancesServerNames field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentRepository) GetMssqlClusterInstancesServerNamesOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesServerNames) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlClusterInstancesServerNames, true +} + +// HasMssqlClusterInstancesServerNames returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentRepository) HasMssqlClusterInstancesServerNames() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesServerNames) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlClusterInstancesServerNames gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the MssqlClusterInstancesServerNames field. +func (o *EnvironmentRepository) SetMssqlClusterInstancesServerNames(v []string) { + o.MssqlClusterInstancesServerNames = v +} + +// GetMssqlClusterInstancesNodes returns the MssqlClusterInstancesNodes field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnvironmentRepository) GetMssqlClusterInstancesNodes() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesNodes) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.MssqlClusterInstancesNodes +} + +// GetMssqlClusterInstancesNodesOk returns a tuple with the MssqlClusterInstancesNodes field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentRepository) GetMssqlClusterInstancesNodesOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesNodes) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlClusterInstancesNodes, true +} + +// HasMssqlClusterInstancesNodes returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentRepository) HasMssqlClusterInstancesNodes() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesNodes) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlClusterInstancesNodes gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the MssqlClusterInstancesNodes field. +func (o *EnvironmentRepository) SetMssqlClusterInstancesNodes(v []string) { + o.MssqlClusterInstancesNodes = v +} + // GetInstallationHome returns the InstallationHome field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *EnvironmentRepository) GetInstallationHome() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstallationHome) { @@ -789,6 +963,70 @@ func (o *EnvironmentRepository) SetDriveLetter(v []string) { o.DriveLetter = v } +// GetDiscovered returns the Discovered field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnvironmentRepository) GetDiscovered() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Discovered) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Discovered +} + +// GetDiscoveredOk returns a tuple with the Discovered field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentRepository) GetDiscoveredOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Discovered) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Discovered, true +} + +// HasDiscovered returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentRepository) HasDiscovered() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Discovered) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDiscovered gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Discovered field. +func (o *EnvironmentRepository) SetDiscovered(v bool) { + o.Discovered = &v +} + +// GetMssqlListeners returns the MssqlListeners field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnvironmentRepository) GetMssqlListeners() []MSSQLClusterListener { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlListeners) { + var ret []MSSQLClusterListener + return ret + } + return o.MssqlListeners +} + +// GetMssqlListenersOk returns a tuple with the MssqlListeners field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentRepository) GetMssqlListenersOk() ([]MSSQLClusterListener, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlListeners) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlListeners, true +} + +// HasMssqlListeners returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentRepository) HasMssqlListeners() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlListeners) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlListeners gets a reference to the given []MSSQLClusterListener and assigns it to the MssqlListeners field. +func (o *EnvironmentRepository) SetMssqlListeners(v []MSSQLClusterListener) { + o.MssqlListeners = v +} + // GetEnvironmentId returns the EnvironmentId field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *EnvironmentRepository) GetEnvironmentId() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { @@ -867,6 +1105,9 @@ func (o EnvironmentRepository) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.Ports) { toSerialize["ports"] = o.Ports } + if !IsNil(o.Port) { + toSerialize["port"] = o.Port + } if !IsNil(o.DumpHistoryFile) { toSerialize["dump_history_file"] = o.DumpHistoryFile } @@ -891,12 +1132,30 @@ func (o EnvironmentRepository) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesVersion) { toSerialize["mssql_cluster_instances_version"] = o.MssqlClusterInstancesVersion } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesOwners) { + toSerialize["mssql_cluster_instances_owners"] = o.MssqlClusterInstancesOwners + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesPorts) { + toSerialize["mssql_cluster_instances_ports"] = o.MssqlClusterInstancesPorts + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesServerNames) { + toSerialize["mssql_cluster_instances_server_names"] = o.MssqlClusterInstancesServerNames + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesNodes) { + toSerialize["mssql_cluster_instances_nodes"] = o.MssqlClusterInstancesNodes + } if !IsNil(o.InstallationHome) { toSerialize["installation_home"] = o.InstallationHome } if !IsNil(o.DriveLetter) { toSerialize["drive_letter"] = o.DriveLetter } + if !IsNil(o.Discovered) { + toSerialize["discovered"] = o.Discovered + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlListeners) { + toSerialize["mssql_listeners"] = o.MssqlListeners + } if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { toSerialize["environment_id"] = o.EnvironmentId } diff --git a/model_environment_repository_all_of.go b/model_environment_repository_all_of.go deleted file mode 100644 index 0af45f5c..00000000 --- a/model_environment_repository_all_of.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,128 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" -) - -// checks if the EnvironmentRepositoryAllOf type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &EnvironmentRepositoryAllOf{} - -// EnvironmentRepositoryAllOf struct for EnvironmentRepositoryAllOf -type EnvironmentRepositoryAllOf struct { - // The environment ID. - EnvironmentId *string `json:"environment_id,omitempty"` -} - -// NewEnvironmentRepositoryAllOf instantiates a new EnvironmentRepositoryAllOf object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewEnvironmentRepositoryAllOf() *EnvironmentRepositoryAllOf { - this := EnvironmentRepositoryAllOf{} - return &this -} - -// NewEnvironmentRepositoryAllOfWithDefaults instantiates a new EnvironmentRepositoryAllOf object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewEnvironmentRepositoryAllOfWithDefaults() *EnvironmentRepositoryAllOf { - this := EnvironmentRepositoryAllOf{} - return &this -} - -// GetEnvironmentId returns the EnvironmentId field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *EnvironmentRepositoryAllOf) GetEnvironmentId() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.EnvironmentId -} - -// GetEnvironmentIdOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentId field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *EnvironmentRepositoryAllOf) GetEnvironmentIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { - return nil, false - } - return o.EnvironmentId, true -} - -// HasEnvironmentId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *EnvironmentRepositoryAllOf) HasEnvironmentId() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetEnvironmentId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentId field. -func (o *EnvironmentRepositoryAllOf) SetEnvironmentId(v string) { - o.EnvironmentId = &v -} - -func (o EnvironmentRepositoryAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o EnvironmentRepositoryAllOf) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { - toSerialize["environment_id"] = o.EnvironmentId - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableEnvironmentRepositoryAllOf struct { - value *EnvironmentRepositoryAllOf - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableEnvironmentRepositoryAllOf) Get() *EnvironmentRepositoryAllOf { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableEnvironmentRepositoryAllOf) Set(val *EnvironmentRepositoryAllOf) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableEnvironmentRepositoryAllOf) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableEnvironmentRepositoryAllOf) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableEnvironmentRepositoryAllOf(val *EnvironmentRepositoryAllOf) *NullableEnvironmentRepositoryAllOf { - return &NullableEnvironmentRepositoryAllOf{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableEnvironmentRepositoryAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableEnvironmentRepositoryAllOf) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_environment_update_parameters.go b/model_environment_update_parameters.go index 041eb15a..2ad77de1 100644 --- a/model_environment_update_parameters.go +++ b/model_environment_update_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -28,6 +28,8 @@ type EnvironmentUpdateParameters struct { ClusterAddress *string `json:"cluster_address,omitempty"` // Absolute path to cluster home directory. This parameter is for UNIX cluster environments. ClusterHome *string `json:"cluster_home,omitempty"` + Scan *string `json:"scan,omitempty"` + RemoteListener *string `json:"remote_listener,omitempty"` // username of the SAP ASE database. AseDbUsername *string `json:"ase_db_username,omitempty"` // password of the SAP ASE database. @@ -46,8 +48,16 @@ type EnvironmentUpdateParameters struct { AseDbHashicorpVaultSecretKey *string `json:"ase_db_hashicorp_vault_secret_key,omitempty"` // Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. AseDbCyberarkVaultQueryString *string `json:"ase_db_cyberark_vault_query_string,omitempty"` + // Azure key vault name. + AseDbAzureVaultName *string `json:"ase_db_azure_vault_name,omitempty"` + // Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store. + AseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey *string `json:"ase_db_azure_vault_username_key,omitempty"` + // Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store. + AseDbAzureVaultSecretKey *string `json:"ase_db_azure_vault_secret_key,omitempty"` // Whether to use kerberos authentication for ASE DB discovery. AseDbUseKerberosAuthentication *bool `json:"ase_db_use_kerberos_authentication,omitempty"` + // Flag indicating whether the data transfer is encrypted or not. + EncryptionEnabled *bool `json:"encryption_enabled,omitempty"` // The environment description. Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"` } @@ -197,6 +207,70 @@ func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) SetClusterHome(v string) { o.ClusterHome = &v } +// GetScan returns the Scan field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) GetScan() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Scan) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Scan +} + +// GetScanOk returns a tuple with the Scan field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) GetScanOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Scan) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Scan, true +} + +// HasScan returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) HasScan() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Scan) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetScan gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Scan field. +func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) SetScan(v string) { + o.Scan = &v +} + +// GetRemoteListener returns the RemoteListener field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) GetRemoteListener() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RemoteListener) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RemoteListener +} + +// GetRemoteListenerOk returns a tuple with the RemoteListener field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) GetRemoteListenerOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RemoteListener) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RemoteListener, true +} + +// HasRemoteListener returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) HasRemoteListener() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RemoteListener) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRemoteListener gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RemoteListener field. +func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) SetRemoteListener(v string) { + o.RemoteListener = &v +} + // GetAseDbUsername returns the AseDbUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) GetAseDbUsername() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.AseDbUsername) { @@ -485,6 +559,102 @@ func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) SetAseDbCyberarkVaultQueryString(v string) o.AseDbCyberarkVaultQueryString = &v } +// GetAseDbAzureVaultName returns the AseDbAzureVaultName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) GetAseDbAzureVaultName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AseDbAzureVaultName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AseDbAzureVaultName +} + +// GetAseDbAzureVaultNameOk returns a tuple with the AseDbAzureVaultName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) GetAseDbAzureVaultNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AseDbAzureVaultName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AseDbAzureVaultName, true +} + +// HasAseDbAzureVaultName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) HasAseDbAzureVaultName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AseDbAzureVaultName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAseDbAzureVaultName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AseDbAzureVaultName field. +func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) SetAseDbAzureVaultName(v string) { + o.AseDbAzureVaultName = &v +} + +// GetAseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey returns the AseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) GetAseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey +} + +// GetAseDbAzureVaultUsernameKeyOk returns a tuple with the AseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) GetAseDbAzureVaultUsernameKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey, true +} + +// HasAseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) HasAseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey field. +func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) SetAseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey(v string) { + o.AseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey = &v +} + +// GetAseDbAzureVaultSecretKey returns the AseDbAzureVaultSecretKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) GetAseDbAzureVaultSecretKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AseDbAzureVaultSecretKey) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AseDbAzureVaultSecretKey +} + +// GetAseDbAzureVaultSecretKeyOk returns a tuple with the AseDbAzureVaultSecretKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) GetAseDbAzureVaultSecretKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AseDbAzureVaultSecretKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AseDbAzureVaultSecretKey, true +} + +// HasAseDbAzureVaultSecretKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) HasAseDbAzureVaultSecretKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AseDbAzureVaultSecretKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAseDbAzureVaultSecretKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AseDbAzureVaultSecretKey field. +func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) SetAseDbAzureVaultSecretKey(v string) { + o.AseDbAzureVaultSecretKey = &v +} + // GetAseDbUseKerberosAuthentication returns the AseDbUseKerberosAuthentication field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) GetAseDbUseKerberosAuthentication() bool { if o == nil || IsNil(o.AseDbUseKerberosAuthentication) { @@ -517,6 +687,38 @@ func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) SetAseDbUseKerberosAuthentication(v bool) o.AseDbUseKerberosAuthentication = &v } +// GetEncryptionEnabled returns the EncryptionEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) GetEncryptionEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EncryptionEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EncryptionEnabled +} + +// GetEncryptionEnabledOk returns a tuple with the EncryptionEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) GetEncryptionEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EncryptionEnabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EncryptionEnabled, true +} + +// HasEncryptionEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) HasEncryptionEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EncryptionEnabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEncryptionEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EncryptionEnabled field. +func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) SetEncryptionEnabled(v bool) { + o.EncryptionEnabled = &v +} + // GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *EnvironmentUpdateParameters) GetDescription() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { @@ -571,6 +773,12 @@ func (o EnvironmentUpdateParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.ClusterHome) { toSerialize["cluster_home"] = o.ClusterHome } + if !IsNil(o.Scan) { + toSerialize["scan"] = o.Scan + } + if !IsNil(o.RemoteListener) { + toSerialize["remote_listener"] = o.RemoteListener + } if !IsNil(o.AseDbUsername) { toSerialize["ase_db_username"] = o.AseDbUsername } @@ -598,9 +806,21 @@ func (o EnvironmentUpdateParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.AseDbCyberarkVaultQueryString) { toSerialize["ase_db_cyberark_vault_query_string"] = o.AseDbCyberarkVaultQueryString } + if !IsNil(o.AseDbAzureVaultName) { + toSerialize["ase_db_azure_vault_name"] = o.AseDbAzureVaultName + } + if !IsNil(o.AseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey) { + toSerialize["ase_db_azure_vault_username_key"] = o.AseDbAzureVaultUsernameKey + } + if !IsNil(o.AseDbAzureVaultSecretKey) { + toSerialize["ase_db_azure_vault_secret_key"] = o.AseDbAzureVaultSecretKey + } if !IsNil(o.AseDbUseKerberosAuthentication) { toSerialize["ase_db_use_kerberos_authentication"] = o.AseDbUseKerberosAuthentication } + if !IsNil(o.EncryptionEnabled) { + toSerialize["encryption_enabled"] = o.EncryptionEnabled + } if !IsNil(o.Description) { toSerialize["description"] = o.Description } diff --git a/model_environment_user.go b/model_environment_user.go index 5da936fa..23251432 100644 --- a/model_environment_user.go +++ b/model_environment_user.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_environment_user_params.go b/model_environment_user_params.go index 3e0e1c07..8846cb44 100644 --- a/model_environment_user_params.go +++ b/model_environment_user_params.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -38,6 +38,12 @@ type EnvironmentUserParams struct { HashicorpVaultSecretKey *string `json:"hashicorp_vault_secret_key,omitempty"` // Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. CyberarkVaultQueryString *string `json:"cyberark_vault_query_string,omitempty"` + // Azure key vault name. + AzureVaultName *string `json:"azure_vault_name,omitempty"` + // Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store. + AzureVaultUsernameKey *string `json:"azure_vault_username_key,omitempty"` + // Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store. + AzureVaultSecretKey *string `json:"azure_vault_secret_key,omitempty"` // Whether to use kerberos authentication. UseKerberosAuthentication *bool `json:"use_kerberos_authentication,omitempty"` // Whether to use public key authentication. @@ -349,6 +355,102 @@ func (o *EnvironmentUserParams) SetCyberarkVaultQueryString(v string) { o.CyberarkVaultQueryString = &v } +// GetAzureVaultName returns the AzureVaultName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnvironmentUserParams) GetAzureVaultName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AzureVaultName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AzureVaultName +} + +// GetAzureVaultNameOk returns a tuple with the AzureVaultName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentUserParams) GetAzureVaultNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AzureVaultName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AzureVaultName, true +} + +// HasAzureVaultName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentUserParams) HasAzureVaultName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AzureVaultName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAzureVaultName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AzureVaultName field. +func (o *EnvironmentUserParams) SetAzureVaultName(v string) { + o.AzureVaultName = &v +} + +// GetAzureVaultUsernameKey returns the AzureVaultUsernameKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnvironmentUserParams) GetAzureVaultUsernameKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AzureVaultUsernameKey) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AzureVaultUsernameKey +} + +// GetAzureVaultUsernameKeyOk returns a tuple with the AzureVaultUsernameKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentUserParams) GetAzureVaultUsernameKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AzureVaultUsernameKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AzureVaultUsernameKey, true +} + +// HasAzureVaultUsernameKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentUserParams) HasAzureVaultUsernameKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AzureVaultUsernameKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAzureVaultUsernameKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AzureVaultUsernameKey field. +func (o *EnvironmentUserParams) SetAzureVaultUsernameKey(v string) { + o.AzureVaultUsernameKey = &v +} + +// GetAzureVaultSecretKey returns the AzureVaultSecretKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EnvironmentUserParams) GetAzureVaultSecretKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AzureVaultSecretKey) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AzureVaultSecretKey +} + +// GetAzureVaultSecretKeyOk returns a tuple with the AzureVaultSecretKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentUserParams) GetAzureVaultSecretKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AzureVaultSecretKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AzureVaultSecretKey, true +} + +// HasAzureVaultSecretKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EnvironmentUserParams) HasAzureVaultSecretKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AzureVaultSecretKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAzureVaultSecretKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AzureVaultSecretKey field. +func (o *EnvironmentUserParams) SetAzureVaultSecretKey(v string) { + o.AzureVaultSecretKey = &v +} + // GetUseKerberosAuthentication returns the UseKerberosAuthentication field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *EnvironmentUserParams) GetUseKerberosAuthentication() bool { if o == nil || IsNil(o.UseKerberosAuthentication) { @@ -450,6 +552,15 @@ func (o EnvironmentUserParams) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.CyberarkVaultQueryString) { toSerialize["cyberark_vault_query_string"] = o.CyberarkVaultQueryString } + if !IsNil(o.AzureVaultName) { + toSerialize["azure_vault_name"] = o.AzureVaultName + } + if !IsNil(o.AzureVaultUsernameKey) { + toSerialize["azure_vault_username_key"] = o.AzureVaultUsernameKey + } + if !IsNil(o.AzureVaultSecretKey) { + toSerialize["azure_vault_secret_key"] = o.AzureVaultSecretKey + } if !IsNil(o.UseKerberosAuthentication) { toSerialize["use_kerberos_authentication"] = o.UseKerberosAuthentication } diff --git a/model_error.go b/model_error.go index 26feb668..895b2973 100644 --- a/model_error.go +++ b/model_error.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -117,8 +117,12 @@ func (o Error) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { func (o Error) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - // skip: message is readOnly - // skip: object_name is readOnly + if !IsNil(o.Message) { + toSerialize["message"] = o.Message + } + if !IsNil(o.ObjectName) { + toSerialize["object_name"] = o.ObjectName + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_error_response.go b/model_error_response.go index badd0490..6a4aee8e 100644 --- a/model_error_response.go +++ b/model_error_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_execute_compliance_job_collection_response.go b/model_execute_compliance_job_collection_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a5152e5f --- /dev/null +++ b/model_execute_compliance_job_collection_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse{} + +// ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse struct for ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse +type ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse instantiates a new ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse() *ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse { + this := ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponseWithDefaults() *ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse { + this := ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse struct { + value *ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse) Get() *ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse) Set(val *ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse(val *ExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse) *NullableExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse { + return &NullableExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableExecuteComplianceJobCollectionResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_execute_compliance_job_response.go b/model_execute_compliance_job_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bc7423cf --- /dev/null +++ b/model_execute_compliance_job_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ExecuteComplianceJobResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ExecuteComplianceJobResponse{} + +// ExecuteComplianceJobResponse struct for ExecuteComplianceJobResponse +type ExecuteComplianceJobResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewExecuteComplianceJobResponse instantiates a new ExecuteComplianceJobResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewExecuteComplianceJobResponse() *ExecuteComplianceJobResponse { + this := ExecuteComplianceJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewExecuteComplianceJobResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ExecuteComplianceJobResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewExecuteComplianceJobResponseWithDefaults() *ExecuteComplianceJobResponse { + this := ExecuteComplianceJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExecuteComplianceJobResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExecuteComplianceJobResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExecuteComplianceJobResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *ExecuteComplianceJobResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o ExecuteComplianceJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ExecuteComplianceJobResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableExecuteComplianceJobResponse struct { + value *ExecuteComplianceJobResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableExecuteComplianceJobResponse) Get() *ExecuteComplianceJobResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableExecuteComplianceJobResponse) Set(val *ExecuteComplianceJobResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableExecuteComplianceJobResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableExecuteComplianceJobResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableExecuteComplianceJobResponse(val *ExecuteComplianceJobResponse) *NullableExecuteComplianceJobResponse { + return &NullableExecuteComplianceJobResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableExecuteComplianceJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableExecuteComplianceJobResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_execute_masking_job_parameters.go b/model_execute_masking_job_parameters.go index f3146151..fd03db23 100644 --- a/model_execute_masking_job_parameters.go +++ b/model_execute_masking_job_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_execute_masking_job_response.go b/model_execute_masking_job_response.go index 2fe1ae0c..89f62da1 100644 --- a/model_execute_masking_job_response.go +++ b/model_execute_masking_job_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_execute_replication_profile_response.go b/model_execute_replication_profile_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b2c0c6cf --- /dev/null +++ b/model_execute_replication_profile_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ExecuteReplicationProfileResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ExecuteReplicationProfileResponse{} + +// ExecuteReplicationProfileResponse struct for ExecuteReplicationProfileResponse +type ExecuteReplicationProfileResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewExecuteReplicationProfileResponse instantiates a new ExecuteReplicationProfileResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewExecuteReplicationProfileResponse() *ExecuteReplicationProfileResponse { + this := ExecuteReplicationProfileResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewExecuteReplicationProfileResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ExecuteReplicationProfileResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewExecuteReplicationProfileResponseWithDefaults() *ExecuteReplicationProfileResponse { + this := ExecuteReplicationProfileResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExecuteReplicationProfileResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExecuteReplicationProfileResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExecuteReplicationProfileResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *ExecuteReplicationProfileResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o ExecuteReplicationProfileResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ExecuteReplicationProfileResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableExecuteReplicationProfileResponse struct { + value *ExecuteReplicationProfileResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableExecuteReplicationProfileResponse) Get() *ExecuteReplicationProfileResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableExecuteReplicationProfileResponse) Set(val *ExecuteReplicationProfileResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableExecuteReplicationProfileResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableExecuteReplicationProfileResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableExecuteReplicationProfileResponse(val *ExecuteReplicationProfileResponse) *NullableExecuteReplicationProfileResponse { + return &NullableExecuteReplicationProfileResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableExecuteReplicationProfileResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableExecuteReplicationProfileResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_execution.go b/model_execution.go index ba1194ac..20fdb1c4 100644 --- a/model_execution.go +++ b/model_execution.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ import ( // checks if the Execution type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time var _ MappedNullable = &Execution{} -// Execution The execution of a masking or profile job. +// Execution The execution of a masking or discovery job. type Execution struct { // The Execution entity ID. Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` @@ -36,8 +36,7 @@ type Execution struct { SourceConnectorId *string `json:"source_connector_id,omitempty"` // The ID of the target connector. This field is only used for multi-tenant jobs. TargetConnectorId *string `json:"target_connector_id,omitempty"` - // The status of the execution regarding its completion. - Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"` + Status *ExecutionStatus `json:"status,omitempty"` // The number of rows masked or profiled so far by this execution. This is not applicable for JSON file type. RowsMasked *int64 `json:"rows_masked,omitempty"` // The total number of rows that this execution should mask. This value is set to -1 while the total row count is being calculated. This is not applicable for JSON file type. @@ -52,11 +51,29 @@ type Execution struct { SubmitTime *time.Time `json:"submit_time,omitempty"` // The date and time that this execution completed. EndTime *time.Time `json:"end_time,omitempty"` + // The time this execution spent running, in milliseconds. + RunDuration *int64 `json:"run_duration,omitempty"` + // The time this execution spent in the queue, in milliseconds. + QueueDuration *int64 `json:"queue_duration,omitempty"` + // The total time this execution took, in milliseconds. + TotalDuration *int64 `json:"total_duration,omitempty"` + // The account id of the DCT user who started this execution. + AccountId *int64 `json:"account_id,omitempty"` + // The account name of the DCT user who started this execution. + AccountName *string `json:"account_name,omitempty"` // The progression of steps or events performed by this execution. Only available for executions on masking engines that are version 6.0.14.0 and higher. TaskEvents []TaskEvent `json:"task_events,omitempty"` HyperscaleTaskEvents []HyperscaleTaskEvent `json:"hyperscale_task_events,omitempty"` // Progress of the task (value between 0 and 1, Hyperscale executions only) Progress *float32 `json:"progress,omitempty"` + // The total number of execution components in this execution. + ExecutionComponentsTotal *int32 `json:"execution_components_total,omitempty"` + // The number of execution components processed so far in this execution. + ExecutionComponentsProcessed *int32 `json:"execution_components_processed,omitempty"` + // The id of the compliance job collection execution this execution is part of, if any + CollectionExecutionId *string `json:"collection_execution_id,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether all peripheral information associated with the execution, including execution components, execution events, logs and discovery results, has been fully collected and finalized. + DataCollectionComplete *bool `json:"data_collection_complete,omitempty"` } // NewExecution instantiates a new Execution object @@ -333,9 +350,9 @@ func (o *Execution) SetTargetConnectorId(v string) { } // GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *Execution) GetStatus() string { +func (o *Execution) GetStatus() ExecutionStatus { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status) { - var ret string + var ret ExecutionStatus return ret } return *o.Status @@ -343,7 +360,7 @@ func (o *Execution) GetStatus() string { // GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *Execution) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *Execution) GetStatusOk() (*ExecutionStatus, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status) { return nil, false } @@ -359,8 +376,8 @@ func (o *Execution) HasStatus() bool { return false } -// SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field. -func (o *Execution) SetStatus(v string) { +// SetStatus gets a reference to the given ExecutionStatus and assigns it to the Status field. +func (o *Execution) SetStatus(v ExecutionStatus) { o.Status = &v } @@ -588,6 +605,166 @@ func (o *Execution) SetEndTime(v time.Time) { o.EndTime = &v } +// GetRunDuration returns the RunDuration field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Execution) GetRunDuration() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RunDuration) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.RunDuration +} + +// GetRunDurationOk returns a tuple with the RunDuration field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Execution) GetRunDurationOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RunDuration) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RunDuration, true +} + +// HasRunDuration returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Execution) HasRunDuration() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RunDuration) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRunDuration gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the RunDuration field. +func (o *Execution) SetRunDuration(v int64) { + o.RunDuration = &v +} + +// GetQueueDuration returns the QueueDuration field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Execution) GetQueueDuration() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.QueueDuration) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.QueueDuration +} + +// GetQueueDurationOk returns a tuple with the QueueDuration field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Execution) GetQueueDurationOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.QueueDuration) { + return nil, false + } + return o.QueueDuration, true +} + +// HasQueueDuration returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Execution) HasQueueDuration() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.QueueDuration) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetQueueDuration gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the QueueDuration field. +func (o *Execution) SetQueueDuration(v int64) { + o.QueueDuration = &v +} + +// GetTotalDuration returns the TotalDuration field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Execution) GetTotalDuration() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TotalDuration) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.TotalDuration +} + +// GetTotalDurationOk returns a tuple with the TotalDuration field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Execution) GetTotalDurationOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TotalDuration) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TotalDuration, true +} + +// HasTotalDuration returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Execution) HasTotalDuration() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TotalDuration) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTotalDuration gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the TotalDuration field. +func (o *Execution) SetTotalDuration(v int64) { + o.TotalDuration = &v +} + +// GetAccountId returns the AccountId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Execution) GetAccountId() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountId) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.AccountId +} + +// GetAccountIdOk returns a tuple with the AccountId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Execution) GetAccountIdOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AccountId, true +} + +// HasAccountId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Execution) HasAccountId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AccountId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAccountId gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the AccountId field. +func (o *Execution) SetAccountId(v int64) { + o.AccountId = &v +} + +// GetAccountName returns the AccountName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Execution) GetAccountName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AccountName +} + +// GetAccountNameOk returns a tuple with the AccountName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Execution) GetAccountNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AccountName, true +} + +// HasAccountName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Execution) HasAccountName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AccountName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAccountName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AccountName field. +func (o *Execution) SetAccountName(v string) { + o.AccountName = &v +} + // GetTaskEvents returns the TaskEvents field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *Execution) GetTaskEvents() []TaskEvent { if o == nil || IsNil(o.TaskEvents) { @@ -684,6 +861,134 @@ func (o *Execution) SetProgress(v float32) { o.Progress = &v } +// GetExecutionComponentsTotal returns the ExecutionComponentsTotal field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Execution) GetExecutionComponentsTotal() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExecutionComponentsTotal) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.ExecutionComponentsTotal +} + +// GetExecutionComponentsTotalOk returns a tuple with the ExecutionComponentsTotal field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Execution) GetExecutionComponentsTotalOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExecutionComponentsTotal) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExecutionComponentsTotal, true +} + +// HasExecutionComponentsTotal returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Execution) HasExecutionComponentsTotal() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExecutionComponentsTotal) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExecutionComponentsTotal gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the ExecutionComponentsTotal field. +func (o *Execution) SetExecutionComponentsTotal(v int32) { + o.ExecutionComponentsTotal = &v +} + +// GetExecutionComponentsProcessed returns the ExecutionComponentsProcessed field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Execution) GetExecutionComponentsProcessed() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExecutionComponentsProcessed) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.ExecutionComponentsProcessed +} + +// GetExecutionComponentsProcessedOk returns a tuple with the ExecutionComponentsProcessed field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Execution) GetExecutionComponentsProcessedOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExecutionComponentsProcessed) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExecutionComponentsProcessed, true +} + +// HasExecutionComponentsProcessed returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Execution) HasExecutionComponentsProcessed() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExecutionComponentsProcessed) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExecutionComponentsProcessed gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the ExecutionComponentsProcessed field. +func (o *Execution) SetExecutionComponentsProcessed(v int32) { + o.ExecutionComponentsProcessed = &v +} + +// GetCollectionExecutionId returns the CollectionExecutionId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Execution) GetCollectionExecutionId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CollectionExecutionId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CollectionExecutionId +} + +// GetCollectionExecutionIdOk returns a tuple with the CollectionExecutionId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Execution) GetCollectionExecutionIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CollectionExecutionId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CollectionExecutionId, true +} + +// HasCollectionExecutionId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Execution) HasCollectionExecutionId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CollectionExecutionId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCollectionExecutionId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CollectionExecutionId field. +func (o *Execution) SetCollectionExecutionId(v string) { + o.CollectionExecutionId = &v +} + +// GetDataCollectionComplete returns the DataCollectionComplete field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Execution) GetDataCollectionComplete() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataCollectionComplete) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.DataCollectionComplete +} + +// GetDataCollectionCompleteOk returns a tuple with the DataCollectionComplete field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Execution) GetDataCollectionCompleteOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataCollectionComplete) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataCollectionComplete, true +} + +// HasDataCollectionComplete returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Execution) HasDataCollectionComplete() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataCollectionComplete) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataCollectionComplete gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DataCollectionComplete field. +func (o *Execution) SetDataCollectionComplete(v bool) { + o.DataCollectionComplete = &v +} + func (o Execution) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -742,6 +1047,21 @@ func (o Execution) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.EndTime) { toSerialize["end_time"] = o.EndTime } + if !IsNil(o.RunDuration) { + toSerialize["run_duration"] = o.RunDuration + } + if !IsNil(o.QueueDuration) { + toSerialize["queue_duration"] = o.QueueDuration + } + if !IsNil(o.TotalDuration) { + toSerialize["total_duration"] = o.TotalDuration + } + if !IsNil(o.AccountId) { + toSerialize["account_id"] = o.AccountId + } + if !IsNil(o.AccountName) { + toSerialize["account_name"] = o.AccountName + } if !IsNil(o.TaskEvents) { toSerialize["task_events"] = o.TaskEvents } @@ -751,6 +1071,18 @@ func (o Execution) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.Progress) { toSerialize["progress"] = o.Progress } + if !IsNil(o.ExecutionComponentsTotal) { + toSerialize["execution_components_total"] = o.ExecutionComponentsTotal + } + if !IsNil(o.ExecutionComponentsProcessed) { + toSerialize["execution_components_processed"] = o.ExecutionComponentsProcessed + } + if !IsNil(o.CollectionExecutionId) { + toSerialize["collection_execution_id"] = o.CollectionExecutionId + } + if !IsNil(o.DataCollectionComplete) { + toSerialize["data_collection_complete"] = o.DataCollectionComplete + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_execution_cancel_parameters.go b/model_execution_cancel_parameters.go index 0cb7a20e..d1adf40b 100644 --- a/model_execution_cancel_parameters.go +++ b/model_execution_cancel_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_execution_component.go b/model_execution_component.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8ad14b44 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_execution_component.go @@ -0,0 +1,498 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" +) + +// checks if the ExecutionComponent type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ExecutionComponent{} + +// ExecutionComponent An execution component associated with a job execution +type ExecutionComponent struct { + // The ID of the execution component + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // The name of the execution component + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The ID of the execution + ExecutionId *string `json:"execution_id,omitempty"` + Status *ExecutionStatus `json:"status,omitempty"` + // The number of rows masked or profiled so far in the execution component. This is not applicable for JSON file type. + RowsMasked *int64 `json:"rows_masked,omitempty"` + // The total number of rows that should be masked or profiled in the execution component. This value is set to -1 while the total row count is being calculated. This is not applicable for JSON file type. + RowsTotal *int64 `json:"rows_total,omitempty"` + // The number of bytes masked or profiled so far in the component. This is only applicable to JSON files and ASDD profiling jobs on XML files. + BytesProcessed *int64 `json:"bytes_processed,omitempty"` + // The total number of bytes that should be masked or profiled in the component. This value is set to -1 while the total byte count is being calculated. This is only applicable to JSON files and ASDD profiling jobs on XML files. + BytesTotal *int64 `json:"bytes_total,omitempty"` + // The date and time that the masking engine starts operating on the execution component. + StartTime *time.Time `json:"start_time,omitempty"` + // The date and time that the execution component is placed in a final state. + EndTime *time.Time `json:"end_time,omitempty"` + // The non-conforming data count for this execution component. + NonConformingDataCount *int64 `json:"non_conforming_data_count,omitempty"` +} + +// NewExecutionComponent instantiates a new ExecutionComponent object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewExecutionComponent() *ExecutionComponent { + this := ExecutionComponent{} + return &this +} + +// NewExecutionComponentWithDefaults instantiates a new ExecutionComponent object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewExecutionComponentWithDefaults() *ExecutionComponent { + this := ExecutionComponent{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetExecutionId returns the ExecutionId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) GetExecutionId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExecutionId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExecutionId +} + +// GetExecutionIdOk returns a tuple with the ExecutionId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) GetExecutionIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExecutionId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExecutionId, true +} + +// HasExecutionId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) HasExecutionId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExecutionId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExecutionId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExecutionId field. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) SetExecutionId(v string) { + o.ExecutionId = &v +} + +// GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) GetStatus() ExecutionStatus { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status) { + var ret ExecutionStatus + return ret + } + return *o.Status +} + +// GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) GetStatusOk() (*ExecutionStatus, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Status, true +} + +// HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) HasStatus() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Status) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStatus gets a reference to the given ExecutionStatus and assigns it to the Status field. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) SetStatus(v ExecutionStatus) { + o.Status = &v +} + +// GetRowsMasked returns the RowsMasked field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) GetRowsMasked() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RowsMasked) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.RowsMasked +} + +// GetRowsMaskedOk returns a tuple with the RowsMasked field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) GetRowsMaskedOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RowsMasked) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RowsMasked, true +} + +// HasRowsMasked returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) HasRowsMasked() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RowsMasked) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRowsMasked gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the RowsMasked field. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) SetRowsMasked(v int64) { + o.RowsMasked = &v +} + +// GetRowsTotal returns the RowsTotal field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) GetRowsTotal() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RowsTotal) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.RowsTotal +} + +// GetRowsTotalOk returns a tuple with the RowsTotal field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) GetRowsTotalOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RowsTotal) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RowsTotal, true +} + +// HasRowsTotal returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) HasRowsTotal() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RowsTotal) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRowsTotal gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the RowsTotal field. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) SetRowsTotal(v int64) { + o.RowsTotal = &v +} + +// GetBytesProcessed returns the BytesProcessed field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) GetBytesProcessed() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BytesProcessed) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.BytesProcessed +} + +// GetBytesProcessedOk returns a tuple with the BytesProcessed field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) GetBytesProcessedOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BytesProcessed) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BytesProcessed, true +} + +// HasBytesProcessed returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) HasBytesProcessed() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BytesProcessed) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBytesProcessed gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the BytesProcessed field. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) SetBytesProcessed(v int64) { + o.BytesProcessed = &v +} + +// GetBytesTotal returns the BytesTotal field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) GetBytesTotal() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BytesTotal) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.BytesTotal +} + +// GetBytesTotalOk returns a tuple with the BytesTotal field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) GetBytesTotalOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BytesTotal) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BytesTotal, true +} + +// HasBytesTotal returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) HasBytesTotal() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BytesTotal) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBytesTotal gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the BytesTotal field. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) SetBytesTotal(v int64) { + o.BytesTotal = &v +} + +// GetStartTime returns the StartTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) GetStartTime() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StartTime) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.StartTime +} + +// GetStartTimeOk returns a tuple with the StartTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) GetStartTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StartTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.StartTime, true +} + +// HasStartTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) HasStartTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StartTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStartTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the StartTime field. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) SetStartTime(v time.Time) { + o.StartTime = &v +} + +// GetEndTime returns the EndTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) GetEndTime() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EndTime) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.EndTime +} + +// GetEndTimeOk returns a tuple with the EndTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) GetEndTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EndTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EndTime, true +} + +// HasEndTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) HasEndTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EndTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEndTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the EndTime field. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) SetEndTime(v time.Time) { + o.EndTime = &v +} + +// GetNonConformingDataCount returns the NonConformingDataCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) GetNonConformingDataCount() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonConformingDataCount) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.NonConformingDataCount +} + +// GetNonConformingDataCountOk returns a tuple with the NonConformingDataCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) GetNonConformingDataCountOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonConformingDataCount) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NonConformingDataCount, true +} + +// HasNonConformingDataCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) HasNonConformingDataCount() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NonConformingDataCount) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNonConformingDataCount gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the NonConformingDataCount field. +func (o *ExecutionComponent) SetNonConformingDataCount(v int64) { + o.NonConformingDataCount = &v +} + +func (o ExecutionComponent) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ExecutionComponent) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.ExecutionId) { + toSerialize["execution_id"] = o.ExecutionId + } + if !IsNil(o.Status) { + toSerialize["status"] = o.Status + } + if !IsNil(o.RowsMasked) { + toSerialize["rows_masked"] = o.RowsMasked + } + if !IsNil(o.RowsTotal) { + toSerialize["rows_total"] = o.RowsTotal + } + if !IsNil(o.BytesProcessed) { + toSerialize["bytes_processed"] = o.BytesProcessed + } + if !IsNil(o.BytesTotal) { + toSerialize["bytes_total"] = o.BytesTotal + } + if !IsNil(o.StartTime) { + toSerialize["start_time"] = o.StartTime + } + if !IsNil(o.EndTime) { + toSerialize["end_time"] = o.EndTime + } + if !IsNil(o.NonConformingDataCount) { + toSerialize["non_conforming_data_count"] = o.NonConformingDataCount + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableExecutionComponent struct { + value *ExecutionComponent + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableExecutionComponent) Get() *ExecutionComponent { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableExecutionComponent) Set(val *ExecutionComponent) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableExecutionComponent) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableExecutionComponent) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableExecutionComponent(val *ExecutionComponent) *NullableExecutionComponent { + return &NullableExecutionComponent{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableExecutionComponent) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableExecutionComponent) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_execution_component_log.go b/model_execution_component_log.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..20cef3bd --- /dev/null +++ b/model_execution_component_log.go @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ExecutionComponentLog type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ExecutionComponentLog{} + +// ExecutionComponentLog A log containing information about an execution component +type ExecutionComponentLog struct { + // The ID of the execution component + ExecutionComponentId *string `json:"execution_component_id,omitempty"` + // The execution component log contents + Log *string `json:"log,omitempty"` +} + +// NewExecutionComponentLog instantiates a new ExecutionComponentLog object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewExecutionComponentLog() *ExecutionComponentLog { + this := ExecutionComponentLog{} + return &this +} + +// NewExecutionComponentLogWithDefaults instantiates a new ExecutionComponentLog object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewExecutionComponentLogWithDefaults() *ExecutionComponentLog { + this := ExecutionComponentLog{} + return &this +} + +// GetExecutionComponentId returns the ExecutionComponentId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExecutionComponentLog) GetExecutionComponentId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExecutionComponentId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExecutionComponentId +} + +// GetExecutionComponentIdOk returns a tuple with the ExecutionComponentId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponentLog) GetExecutionComponentIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExecutionComponentId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExecutionComponentId, true +} + +// HasExecutionComponentId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponentLog) HasExecutionComponentId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExecutionComponentId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExecutionComponentId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExecutionComponentId field. +func (o *ExecutionComponentLog) SetExecutionComponentId(v string) { + o.ExecutionComponentId = &v +} + +// GetLog returns the Log field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExecutionComponentLog) GetLog() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Log) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Log +} + +// GetLogOk returns a tuple with the Log field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponentLog) GetLogOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Log) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Log, true +} + +// HasLog returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponentLog) HasLog() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Log) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLog gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Log field. +func (o *ExecutionComponentLog) SetLog(v string) { + o.Log = &v +} + +func (o ExecutionComponentLog) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ExecutionComponentLog) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.ExecutionComponentId) { + toSerialize["execution_component_id"] = o.ExecutionComponentId + } + if !IsNil(o.Log) { + toSerialize["log"] = o.Log + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableExecutionComponentLog struct { + value *ExecutionComponentLog + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableExecutionComponentLog) Get() *ExecutionComponentLog { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableExecutionComponentLog) Set(val *ExecutionComponentLog) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableExecutionComponentLog) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableExecutionComponentLog) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableExecutionComponentLog(val *ExecutionComponentLog) *NullableExecutionComponentLog { + return &NullableExecutionComponentLog{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableExecutionComponentLog) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableExecutionComponentLog) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_execution_components_list_response.go b/model_execution_components_list_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..08694f10 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_execution_components_list_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ExecutionComponentsListResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ExecutionComponentsListResponse{} + +// ExecutionComponentsListResponse struct for ExecutionComponentsListResponse +type ExecutionComponentsListResponse struct { + Items []ExecutionComponent `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewExecutionComponentsListResponse instantiates a new ExecutionComponentsListResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewExecutionComponentsListResponse() *ExecutionComponentsListResponse { + this := ExecutionComponentsListResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewExecutionComponentsListResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ExecutionComponentsListResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewExecutionComponentsListResponseWithDefaults() *ExecutionComponentsListResponse { + this := ExecutionComponentsListResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExecutionComponentsListResponse) GetItems() []ExecutionComponent { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []ExecutionComponent + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponentsListResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]ExecutionComponent, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponentsListResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []ExecutionComponent and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *ExecutionComponentsListResponse) SetItems(v []ExecutionComponent) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExecutionComponentsListResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponentsListResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponentsListResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *ExecutionComponentsListResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o ExecutionComponentsListResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ExecutionComponentsListResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableExecutionComponentsListResponse struct { + value *ExecutionComponentsListResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableExecutionComponentsListResponse) Get() *ExecutionComponentsListResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableExecutionComponentsListResponse) Set(val *ExecutionComponentsListResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableExecutionComponentsListResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableExecutionComponentsListResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableExecutionComponentsListResponse(val *ExecutionComponentsListResponse) *NullableExecutionComponentsListResponse { + return &NullableExecutionComponentsListResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableExecutionComponentsListResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableExecutionComponentsListResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_execution_components_search_response.go b/model_execution_components_search_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4270a3e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_execution_components_search_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse{} + +// ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse struct for ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse +type ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse struct { + Items []ExecutionComponent `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewExecutionComponentsSearchResponse instantiates a new ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewExecutionComponentsSearchResponse() *ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse { + this := ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewExecutionComponentsSearchResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewExecutionComponentsSearchResponseWithDefaults() *ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse { + this := ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse) GetItems() []ExecutionComponent { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []ExecutionComponent + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]ExecutionComponent, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []ExecutionComponent and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse) SetItems(v []ExecutionComponent) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableExecutionComponentsSearchResponse struct { + value *ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableExecutionComponentsSearchResponse) Get() *ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableExecutionComponentsSearchResponse) Set(val *ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableExecutionComponentsSearchResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableExecutionComponentsSearchResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableExecutionComponentsSearchResponse(val *ExecutionComponentsSearchResponse) *NullableExecutionComponentsSearchResponse { + return &NullableExecutionComponentsSearchResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableExecutionComponentsSearchResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableExecutionComponentsSearchResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_execution_event.go b/model_execution_event.go index a2a99b58..741e91a1 100644 --- a/model_execution_event.go +++ b/model_execution_event.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -25,6 +25,8 @@ type ExecutionEvent struct { Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` // The ID of the execution. ExecutionId *string `json:"execution_id,omitempty"` + // The ID of the execution component. + ExecutionComponentId *string `json:"execution_component_id,omitempty"` // The type of execution event. EventType *string `json:"event_type,omitempty"` // The severity of the execution event. @@ -126,6 +128,38 @@ func (o *ExecutionEvent) SetExecutionId(v string) { o.ExecutionId = &v } +// GetExecutionComponentId returns the ExecutionComponentId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExecutionEvent) GetExecutionComponentId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExecutionComponentId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExecutionComponentId +} + +// GetExecutionComponentIdOk returns a tuple with the ExecutionComponentId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExecutionEvent) GetExecutionComponentIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExecutionComponentId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExecutionComponentId, true +} + +// HasExecutionComponentId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExecutionEvent) HasExecutionComponentId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExecutionComponentId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExecutionComponentId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExecutionComponentId field. +func (o *ExecutionEvent) SetExecutionComponentId(v string) { + o.ExecutionComponentId = &v +} + // GetEventType returns the EventType field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *ExecutionEvent) GetEventType() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.EventType) { @@ -430,6 +464,9 @@ func (o ExecutionEvent) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.ExecutionId) { toSerialize["execution_id"] = o.ExecutionId } + if !IsNil(o.ExecutionComponentId) { + toSerialize["execution_component_id"] = o.ExecutionComponentId + } if !IsNil(o.EventType) { toSerialize["event_type"] = o.EventType } diff --git a/model_execution_log.go b/model_execution_log.go index e8c6b916..2ba6b35b 100644 --- a/model_execution_log.go +++ b/model_execution_log.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -26,8 +26,7 @@ type ExecutionLog struct { ExecutionId *string `json:"execution_id,omitempty"` // The ID of the masking job that is being executed. MaskingJobId *string `json:"masking_job_id,omitempty"` - // The status of the execution regarding its completion. - Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"` + Status *ExecutionStatus `json:"status,omitempty"` // The log file contents. Log *string `json:"log,omitempty"` } @@ -146,9 +145,9 @@ func (o *ExecutionLog) SetMaskingJobId(v string) { } // GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ExecutionLog) GetStatus() string { +func (o *ExecutionLog) GetStatus() ExecutionStatus { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status) { - var ret string + var ret ExecutionStatus return ret } return *o.Status @@ -156,7 +155,7 @@ func (o *ExecutionLog) GetStatus() string { // GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ExecutionLog) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ExecutionLog) GetStatusOk() (*ExecutionStatus, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status) { return nil, false } @@ -172,8 +171,8 @@ func (o *ExecutionLog) HasStatus() bool { return false } -// SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field. -func (o *ExecutionLog) SetStatus(v string) { +// SetStatus gets a reference to the given ExecutionStatus and assigns it to the Status field. +func (o *ExecutionLog) SetStatus(v ExecutionStatus) { o.Status = &v } diff --git a/model_execution_status.go b/model_execution_status.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f838bd23 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_execution_status.go @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// ExecutionStatus The status of a masking or discovery job. +type ExecutionStatus string + +// List of ExecutionStatus +const ( + EXECUTIONSTATUS_PENDING ExecutionStatus = "PENDING" + EXECUTIONSTATUS_QUEUED ExecutionStatus = "QUEUED" + EXECUTIONSTATUS_RUNNING ExecutionStatus = "RUNNING" + EXECUTIONSTATUS_CANCELLED ExecutionStatus = "CANCELLED" + EXECUTIONSTATUS_FAILED ExecutionStatus = "FAILED" + EXECUTIONSTATUS_SUCCEEDED ExecutionStatus = "SUCCEEDED" + EXECUTIONSTATUS_WARNING ExecutionStatus = "WARNING" + EXECUTIONSTATUS_WAITING ExecutionStatus = "WAITING" +) + +// All allowed values of ExecutionStatus enum +var AllowedExecutionStatusEnumValues = []ExecutionStatus{ + "PENDING", + "QUEUED", + "RUNNING", + "CANCELLED", + "FAILED", + "SUCCEEDED", + "WARNING", + "WAITING", +} + +func (v *ExecutionStatus) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + var value string + err := json.Unmarshal(src, &value) + if err != nil { + return err + } + enumTypeValue := ExecutionStatus(value) + for _, existing := range AllowedExecutionStatusEnumValues { + if existing == enumTypeValue { + *v = enumTypeValue + return nil + } + } + + return fmt.Errorf("%+v is not a valid ExecutionStatus", value) +} + +// NewExecutionStatusFromValue returns a pointer to a valid ExecutionStatus +// for the value passed as argument, or an error if the value passed is not allowed by the enum +func NewExecutionStatusFromValue(v string) (*ExecutionStatus, error) { + ev := ExecutionStatus(v) + if ev.IsValid() { + return &ev, nil + } else { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid value '%v' for ExecutionStatus: valid values are %v", v, AllowedExecutionStatusEnumValues) + } +} + +// IsValid return true if the value is valid for the enum, false otherwise +func (v ExecutionStatus) IsValid() bool { + for _, existing := range AllowedExecutionStatusEnumValues { + if existing == v { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// Ptr returns reference to ExecutionStatus value +func (v ExecutionStatus) Ptr() *ExecutionStatus { + return &v +} + +type NullableExecutionStatus struct { + value *ExecutionStatus + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableExecutionStatus) Get() *ExecutionStatus { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableExecutionStatus) Set(val *ExecutionStatus) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableExecutionStatus) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableExecutionStatus) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableExecutionStatus(val *ExecutionStatus) *NullableExecutionStatus { + return &NullableExecutionStatus{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableExecutionStatus) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableExecutionStatus) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + diff --git a/model_execution_status_reason.go b/model_execution_status_reason.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4e61b819 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_execution_status_reason.go @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// ExecutionStatusReason The reason for the status of a compliance job collection execution. +type ExecutionStatusReason string + +// List of ExecutionStatusReason +const ( + EXECUTIONSTATUSREASON_NONE ExecutionStatusReason = "NONE" + EXECUTIONSTATUSREASON_JOB_FAILURE ExecutionStatusReason = "JOB_FAILURE" + EXECUTIONSTATUSREASON_RESOURCE_UNREACHABLE ExecutionStatusReason = "RESOURCE_UNREACHABLE" + EXECUTIONSTATUSREASON_DCT_JOB_CANCEL ExecutionStatusReason = "DCT_JOB_CANCEL" + EXECUTIONSTATUSREASON_ENGINE_JOB_CANCEL ExecutionStatusReason = "ENGINE_JOB_CANCEL" + EXECUTIONSTATUSREASON_JOB_MISSING ExecutionStatusReason = "JOB_MISSING" +) + +// All allowed values of ExecutionStatusReason enum +var AllowedExecutionStatusReasonEnumValues = []ExecutionStatusReason{ + "NONE", + "JOB_FAILURE", + "RESOURCE_UNREACHABLE", + "DCT_JOB_CANCEL", + "ENGINE_JOB_CANCEL", + "JOB_MISSING", +} + +func (v *ExecutionStatusReason) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + var value string + err := json.Unmarshal(src, &value) + if err != nil { + return err + } + enumTypeValue := ExecutionStatusReason(value) + for _, existing := range AllowedExecutionStatusReasonEnumValues { + if existing == enumTypeValue { + *v = enumTypeValue + return nil + } + } + + return fmt.Errorf("%+v is not a valid ExecutionStatusReason", value) +} + +// NewExecutionStatusReasonFromValue returns a pointer to a valid ExecutionStatusReason +// for the value passed as argument, or an error if the value passed is not allowed by the enum +func NewExecutionStatusReasonFromValue(v string) (*ExecutionStatusReason, error) { + ev := ExecutionStatusReason(v) + if ev.IsValid() { + return &ev, nil + } else { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid value '%v' for ExecutionStatusReason: valid values are %v", v, AllowedExecutionStatusReasonEnumValues) + } +} + +// IsValid return true if the value is valid for the enum, false otherwise +func (v ExecutionStatusReason) IsValid() bool { + for _, existing := range AllowedExecutionStatusReasonEnumValues { + if existing == v { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// Ptr returns reference to ExecutionStatusReason value +func (v ExecutionStatusReason) Ptr() *ExecutionStatusReason { + return &v +} + +type NullableExecutionStatusReason struct { + value *ExecutionStatusReason + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableExecutionStatusReason) Get() *ExecutionStatusReason { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableExecutionStatusReason) Set(val *ExecutionStatusReason) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableExecutionStatusReason) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableExecutionStatusReason) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableExecutionStatusReason(val *ExecutionStatusReason) *NullableExecutionStatusReason { + return &NullableExecutionStatusReason{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableExecutionStatusReason) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableExecutionStatusReason) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + diff --git a/model_export_by_location_parameters.go b/model_export_by_location_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..de5ce417 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_export_by_location_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,1330 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the ExportByLocationParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ExportByLocationParameters{} + +// ExportByLocationParameters struct for ExportByLocationParameters +type ExportByLocationParameters struct { + // The unique name of the database. + UniqueName *string `json:"unique_name,omitempty"` + // The name of the database. + DatabaseName *string `json:"database_name,omitempty"` + // The repository_id to use for this operation. + RepositoryId *string `json:"repository_id,omitempty"` + // The environment user reference. + EnvironmentUserRef *string `json:"environment_user_ref,omitempty"` + // The password for the Transparent Data Encryption keystore associated with this database. + TdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + TdeKeystoreConfigType *OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum `json:"tde_keystore_config_type,omitempty"` + // SID of the exported database + OracleInstanceName *string `json:"oracle_instance_name,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$"` + // The number of the instance. + InstanceNumber *int32 `json:"instance_number,omitempty"` + Instances []OracleRACDatabaseInstance `json:"instances,omitempty"` + // The base mount point to use for the NFS mounts for the temporary VDB. + MountBase *string `json:"mount_base,omitempty"` + // Database configuration parameter overrides. + ConfigParams map[string]interface{} `json:"config_params,omitempty"` + // ID of an Oracle multitenant database this pluggable database belongs to. + CdbId *string `json:"cdb_id,omitempty"` + // Path to a copy of the parent's Oracle transparent data encryption keystore on the target host. + ParentTdeKeystorePath *string `json:"parent_tde_keystore_path,omitempty"` + // The password of the keystore specified in parentTdeKeystorePath. + ParentTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"parent_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + // Secret to be used while exporting and importing vPDB encryption keys. + TdeExportedKeyfileSecret *string `json:"tde_exported_keyfile_secret,omitempty"` + // Virtual database master encryption key id, as recorded in v$encryption_keys.key_id. + TdeKeyIdentifier *string `json:"tde_key_identifier,omitempty"` + // The Oracle Clusterware database name. + CrsDatabaseName *string `json:"crs_database_name,omitempty"` + // If specified, then take the exported database through recovery procedures, if necessary, to reach a consistent point. + RecoverDatabase *bool `json:"recover_database,omitempty"` + // Database file mapping rules. + FileMappingRules *string `json:"file_mapping_rules,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether to enable Change Data Capture (CDC) or not on exported database(MSSql Only). + EnableCdc *bool `json:"enable_cdc,omitempty"` + // Recovery model of the database (MSSql Only). + RecoveryModel *string `json:"recovery_model,omitempty"` + // Recovery model of the database (MSSql Only). + MirroringState *string `json:"mirroring_state,omitempty"` + // The base directory to use for the exported database. + TargetDirectory *string `json:"targetDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for data files. + DataDirectory *string `json:"dataDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for archive files. + ArchiveDirectory *string `json:"archiveDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for external files. + ExternalDirectory *string `json:"externalDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for temporary files. + TempDirectory *string `json:"tempDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for script files. + ScriptDirectory *string `json:"scriptDirectory,omitempty"` + // Whether to use absolute path for data files (Oracle only). + UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles *bool `json:"useAbsolutePathForDataFiles,omitempty"` + // Number of data streams to connect to the database. + RmanChannels *int32 `json:"rman_channels,omitempty"` + // Number of GigaBytes in which RMAN will break large files to back them in parallel. + RmanFileSectionSizeInGb *int32 `json:"rman_file_section_size_in_gb,omitempty"` + // The timeflow point location to execute the operation. + Location string `json:"location"` +} + +type _ExportByLocationParameters ExportByLocationParameters + +// NewExportByLocationParameters instantiates a new ExportByLocationParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewExportByLocationParameters(location string) *ExportByLocationParameters { + this := ExportByLocationParameters{} + var recoverDatabase bool = true + this.RecoverDatabase = &recoverDatabase + var enableCdc bool = false + this.EnableCdc = &enableCdc + var recoveryModel string = "FULL" + this.RecoveryModel = &recoveryModel + var mirroringState string = "NONE" + this.MirroringState = &mirroringState + var rmanChannels int32 = 8 + this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels + var rmanFileSectionSizeInGb int32 = 0 + this.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &rmanFileSectionSizeInGb + this.Location = location + return &this +} + +// NewExportByLocationParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new ExportByLocationParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewExportByLocationParametersWithDefaults() *ExportByLocationParameters { + this := ExportByLocationParameters{} + var recoverDatabase bool = true + this.RecoverDatabase = &recoverDatabase + var enableCdc bool = false + this.EnableCdc = &enableCdc + var recoveryModel string = "FULL" + this.RecoveryModel = &recoveryModel + var mirroringState string = "NONE" + this.MirroringState = &mirroringState + var rmanChannels int32 = 8 + this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels + var rmanFileSectionSizeInGb int32 = 0 + this.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &rmanFileSectionSizeInGb + return &this +} + +// GetUniqueName returns the UniqueName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetUniqueName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.UniqueName +} + +// GetUniqueNameOk returns a tuple with the UniqueName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetUniqueNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UniqueName, true +} + +// HasUniqueName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasUniqueName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUniqueName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the UniqueName field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetUniqueName(v string) { + o.UniqueName = &v +} + +// GetDatabaseName returns the DatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetDatabaseName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatabaseName +} + +// GetDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatabaseName, true +} + +// HasDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasDatabaseName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseName field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetDatabaseName(v string) { + o.DatabaseName = &v +} + +// GetRepositoryId returns the RepositoryId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetRepositoryId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RepositoryId +} + +// GetRepositoryIdOk returns a tuple with the RepositoryId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetRepositoryIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RepositoryId, true +} + +// HasRepositoryId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasRepositoryId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRepositoryId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RepositoryId field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetRepositoryId(v string) { + o.RepositoryId = &v +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserRef returns the EnvironmentUserRef field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetEnvironmentUserRef() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EnvironmentUserRef +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserRefOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUserRef field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetEnvironmentUserRefOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvironmentUserRef, true +} + +// HasEnvironmentUserRef returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasEnvironmentUserRef() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironmentUserRef gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentUserRef field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetEnvironmentUserRef(v string) { + o.EnvironmentUserRef = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeystorePassword returns the TdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.TdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigType returns the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigType() OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + var ret OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystoreConfigType +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk() (*OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystoreConfigType, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystoreConfigType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasTdeKeystoreConfigType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystoreConfigType gets a reference to the given OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum and assigns it to the TdeKeystoreConfigType field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetTdeKeystoreConfigType(v OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) { + o.TdeKeystoreConfigType = &v +} + +// GetOracleInstanceName returns the OracleInstanceName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetOracleInstanceName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.OracleInstanceName +} + +// GetOracleInstanceNameOk returns a tuple with the OracleInstanceName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetOracleInstanceNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleInstanceName, true +} + +// HasOracleInstanceName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasOracleInstanceName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleInstanceName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OracleInstanceName field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetOracleInstanceName(v string) { + o.OracleInstanceName = &v +} + +// GetInstanceNumber returns the InstanceNumber field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetInstanceNumber() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.InstanceNumber +} + +// GetInstanceNumberOk returns a tuple with the InstanceNumber field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetInstanceNumberOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InstanceNumber, true +} + +// HasInstanceNumber returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasInstanceNumber() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstanceNumber gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the InstanceNumber field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetInstanceNumber(v int32) { + o.InstanceNumber = &v +} + +// GetInstances returns the Instances field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetInstances() []OracleRACDatabaseInstance { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + var ret []OracleRACDatabaseInstance + return ret + } + return o.Instances +} + +// GetInstancesOk returns a tuple with the Instances field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetInstancesOk() ([]OracleRACDatabaseInstance, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Instances, true +} + +// HasInstances returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasInstances() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Instances) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstances gets a reference to the given []OracleRACDatabaseInstance and assigns it to the Instances field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetInstances(v []OracleRACDatabaseInstance) { + o.Instances = v +} + +// GetMountBase returns the MountBase field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetMountBase() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountBase) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MountBase +} + +// GetMountBaseOk returns a tuple with the MountBase field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetMountBaseOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountBase) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MountBase, true +} + +// HasMountBase returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasMountBase() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MountBase) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMountBase gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MountBase field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetMountBase(v string) { + o.MountBase = &v +} + +// GetConfigParams returns the ConfigParams field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { + if o == nil { + var ret map[string]interface{} + return ret + } + return o.ConfigParams +} + +// GetConfigParamsOk returns a tuple with the ConfigParams field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + return map[string]interface{}{}, false + } + return o.ConfigParams, true +} + +// HasConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasConfigParams() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConfigParams gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the ConfigParams field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetConfigParams(v map[string]interface{}) { + o.ConfigParams = v +} + +// GetCdbId returns the CdbId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetCdbId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CdbId +} + +// GetCdbIdOk returns a tuple with the CdbId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetCdbIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CdbId, true +} + +// HasCdbId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasCdbId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CdbId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCdbId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CdbId field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetCdbId(v string) { + o.CdbId = &v +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePath returns the ParentTdeKeystorePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentTdeKeystorePath +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePathOk returns a tuple with the ParentTdeKeystorePath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentTdeKeystorePath, true +} + +// HasParentTdeKeystorePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasParentTdeKeystorePath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentTdeKeystorePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentTdeKeystorePath field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetParentTdeKeystorePath(v string) { + o.ParentTdeKeystorePath = &v +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePassword returns the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasParentTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasParentTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetParentTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + +// GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret returns the TdeExportedKeyfileSecret field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret +} + +// GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecretOk returns a tuple with the TdeExportedKeyfileSecret field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecretOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret, true +} + +// HasTdeExportedKeyfileSecret returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasTdeExportedKeyfileSecret() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeExportedKeyfileSecret field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret(v string) { + o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeyIdentifier returns the TdeKeyIdentifier field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetTdeKeyIdentifier() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeyIdentifier +} + +// GetTdeKeyIdentifierOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeyIdentifier field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetTdeKeyIdentifierOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeyIdentifier, true +} + +// HasTdeKeyIdentifier returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasTdeKeyIdentifier() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeyIdentifier gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeKeyIdentifier field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetTdeKeyIdentifier(v string) { + o.TdeKeyIdentifier = &v +} + +// GetCrsDatabaseName returns the CrsDatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetCrsDatabaseName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CrsDatabaseName +} + +// GetCrsDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the CrsDatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetCrsDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CrsDatabaseName, true +} + +// HasCrsDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasCrsDatabaseName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCrsDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CrsDatabaseName field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetCrsDatabaseName(v string) { + o.CrsDatabaseName = &v +} + +// GetRecoverDatabase returns the RecoverDatabase field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetRecoverDatabase() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.RecoverDatabase +} + +// GetRecoverDatabaseOk returns a tuple with the RecoverDatabase field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetRecoverDatabaseOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecoverDatabase, true +} + +// HasRecoverDatabase returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasRecoverDatabase() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecoverDatabase gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the RecoverDatabase field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetRecoverDatabase(v bool) { + o.RecoverDatabase = &v +} + +// GetFileMappingRules returns the FileMappingRules field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetFileMappingRules() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.FileMappingRules +} + +// GetFileMappingRulesOk returns a tuple with the FileMappingRules field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetFileMappingRulesOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FileMappingRules, true +} + +// HasFileMappingRules returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasFileMappingRules() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFileMappingRules gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FileMappingRules field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetFileMappingRules(v string) { + o.FileMappingRules = &v +} + +// GetEnableCdc returns the EnableCdc field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetEnableCdc() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EnableCdc +} + +// GetEnableCdcOk returns a tuple with the EnableCdc field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetEnableCdcOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnableCdc, true +} + +// HasEnableCdc returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasEnableCdc() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnableCdc gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EnableCdc field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetEnableCdc(v bool) { + o.EnableCdc = &v +} + +// GetRecoveryModel returns the RecoveryModel field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetRecoveryModel() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RecoveryModel +} + +// GetRecoveryModelOk returns a tuple with the RecoveryModel field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetRecoveryModelOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecoveryModel, true +} + +// HasRecoveryModel returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasRecoveryModel() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecoveryModel gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RecoveryModel field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetRecoveryModel(v string) { + o.RecoveryModel = &v +} + +// GetMirroringState returns the MirroringState field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetMirroringState() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MirroringState +} + +// GetMirroringStateOk returns a tuple with the MirroringState field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetMirroringStateOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MirroringState, true +} + +// HasMirroringState returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasMirroringState() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMirroringState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MirroringState field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetMirroringState(v string) { + o.MirroringState = &v +} + +// GetTargetDirectory returns the TargetDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetTargetDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetDirectory +} + +// GetTargetDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the TargetDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetTargetDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetDirectory, true +} + +// HasTargetDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasTargetDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetDirectory field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetTargetDirectory(v string) { + o.TargetDirectory = &v +} + +// GetDataDirectory returns the DataDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetDataDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DataDirectory +} + +// GetDataDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the DataDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetDataDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataDirectory, true +} + +// HasDataDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasDataDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DataDirectory field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetDataDirectory(v string) { + o.DataDirectory = &v +} + +// GetArchiveDirectory returns the ArchiveDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetArchiveDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ArchiveDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ArchiveDirectory +} + +// GetArchiveDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the ArchiveDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetArchiveDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ArchiveDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ArchiveDirectory, true +} + +// HasArchiveDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasArchiveDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ArchiveDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetArchiveDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ArchiveDirectory field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetArchiveDirectory(v string) { + o.ArchiveDirectory = &v +} + +// GetExternalDirectory returns the ExternalDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetExternalDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExternalDirectory +} + +// GetExternalDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the ExternalDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetExternalDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExternalDirectory, true +} + +// HasExternalDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasExternalDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalDirectory field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetExternalDirectory(v string) { + o.ExternalDirectory = &v +} + +// GetTempDirectory returns the TempDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetTempDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TempDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TempDirectory +} + +// GetTempDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the TempDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetTempDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TempDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TempDirectory, true +} + +// HasTempDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasTempDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TempDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTempDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TempDirectory field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetTempDirectory(v string) { + o.TempDirectory = &v +} + +// GetScriptDirectory returns the ScriptDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetScriptDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ScriptDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ScriptDirectory +} + +// GetScriptDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the ScriptDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetScriptDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ScriptDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ScriptDirectory, true +} + +// HasScriptDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasScriptDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ScriptDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetScriptDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ScriptDirectory field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetScriptDirectory(v string) { + o.ScriptDirectory = &v +} + +// GetUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles returns the UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles +} + +// GetUseAbsolutePathForDataFilesOk returns a tuple with the UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetUseAbsolutePathForDataFilesOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles, true +} + +// HasUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles(v bool) { + o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles = &v +} + +// GetRmanChannels returns the RmanChannels field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetRmanChannels() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanChannels +} + +// GetRmanChannelsOk returns a tuple with the RmanChannels field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetRmanChannelsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanChannels, true +} + +// HasRmanChannels returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasRmanChannels() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanChannels gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanChannels field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetRmanChannels(v int32) { + o.RmanChannels = &v +} + +// GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb returns the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb +} + +// GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGbOk returns a tuple with the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGbOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb, true +} + +// HasRmanFileSectionSizeInGb returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) HasRmanFileSectionSizeInGb() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb(v int32) { + o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &v +} + +// GetLocation returns the Location field value +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetLocation() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.Location +} + +// GetLocationOk returns a tuple with the Location field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) GetLocationOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.Location, true +} + +// SetLocation sets field value +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) SetLocation(v string) { + o.Location = v +} + +func (o ExportByLocationParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ExportByLocationParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + toSerialize["unique_name"] = o.UniqueName + } + if !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + toSerialize["database_name"] = o.DatabaseName + } + if !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + toSerialize["repository_id"] = o.RepositoryId + } + if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + toSerialize["environment_user_ref"] = o.EnvironmentUserRef + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_password"] = o.TdeKeystorePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_config_type"] = o.TdeKeystoreConfigType + } + if !IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + toSerialize["oracle_instance_name"] = o.OracleInstanceName + } + if !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + toSerialize["instance_number"] = o.InstanceNumber + } + if !IsNil(o.Instances) { + toSerialize["instances"] = o.Instances + } + if !IsNil(o.MountBase) { + toSerialize["mount_base"] = o.MountBase + } + if o.ConfigParams != nil { + toSerialize["config_params"] = o.ConfigParams + } + if !IsNil(o.CdbId) { + toSerialize["cdb_id"] = o.CdbId + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + toSerialize["parent_tde_keystore_path"] = o.ParentTdeKeystorePath + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["parent_tde_keystore_password"] = o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + toSerialize["tde_exported_keyfile_secret"] = o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + toSerialize["tde_key_identifier"] = o.TdeKeyIdentifier + } + if !IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + toSerialize["crs_database_name"] = o.CrsDatabaseName + } + if !IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + toSerialize["recover_database"] = o.RecoverDatabase + } + if !IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + toSerialize["file_mapping_rules"] = o.FileMappingRules + } + if !IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + toSerialize["enable_cdc"] = o.EnableCdc + } + if !IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + toSerialize["recovery_model"] = o.RecoveryModel + } + if !IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + toSerialize["mirroring_state"] = o.MirroringState + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetDirectory) { + toSerialize["targetDirectory"] = o.TargetDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.DataDirectory) { + toSerialize["dataDirectory"] = o.DataDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.ArchiveDirectory) { + toSerialize["archiveDirectory"] = o.ArchiveDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalDirectory) { + toSerialize["externalDirectory"] = o.ExternalDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.TempDirectory) { + toSerialize["tempDirectory"] = o.TempDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.ScriptDirectory) { + toSerialize["scriptDirectory"] = o.ScriptDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles) { + toSerialize["useAbsolutePathForDataFiles"] = o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles + } + if !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + toSerialize["rman_channels"] = o.RmanChannels + } + if !IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + toSerialize["rman_file_section_size_in_gb"] = o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb + } + toSerialize["location"] = o.Location + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *ExportByLocationParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "location", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varExportByLocationParameters := _ExportByLocationParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varExportByLocationParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ExportByLocationParameters(varExportByLocationParameters) + + return err +} + +type NullableExportByLocationParameters struct { + value *ExportByLocationParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableExportByLocationParameters) Get() *ExportByLocationParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableExportByLocationParameters) Set(val *ExportByLocationParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableExportByLocationParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableExportByLocationParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableExportByLocationParameters(val *ExportByLocationParameters) *NullableExportByLocationParameters { + return &NullableExportByLocationParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableExportByLocationParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableExportByLocationParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_export_by_snapshot_parameters.go b/model_export_by_snapshot_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..95b30a24 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_export_by_snapshot_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,1298 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ExportBySnapshotParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ExportBySnapshotParameters{} + +// ExportBySnapshotParameters struct for ExportBySnapshotParameters +type ExportBySnapshotParameters struct { + // The unique name of the database. + UniqueName *string `json:"unique_name,omitempty"` + // The name of the database. + DatabaseName *string `json:"database_name,omitempty"` + // The repository_id to use for this operation. + RepositoryId *string `json:"repository_id,omitempty"` + // The environment user reference. + EnvironmentUserRef *string `json:"environment_user_ref,omitempty"` + // The password for the Transparent Data Encryption keystore associated with this database. + TdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + TdeKeystoreConfigType *OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum `json:"tde_keystore_config_type,omitempty"` + // SID of the exported database + OracleInstanceName *string `json:"oracle_instance_name,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$"` + // The number of the instance. + InstanceNumber *int32 `json:"instance_number,omitempty"` + Instances []OracleRACDatabaseInstance `json:"instances,omitempty"` + // The base mount point to use for the NFS mounts for the temporary VDB. + MountBase *string `json:"mount_base,omitempty"` + // Database configuration parameter overrides. + ConfigParams map[string]interface{} `json:"config_params,omitempty"` + // ID of an Oracle multitenant database this pluggable database belongs to. + CdbId *string `json:"cdb_id,omitempty"` + // Path to a copy of the parent's Oracle transparent data encryption keystore on the target host. + ParentTdeKeystorePath *string `json:"parent_tde_keystore_path,omitempty"` + // The password of the keystore specified in parentTdeKeystorePath. + ParentTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"parent_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + // Secret to be used while exporting and importing vPDB encryption keys. + TdeExportedKeyfileSecret *string `json:"tde_exported_keyfile_secret,omitempty"` + // Virtual database master encryption key id, as recorded in v$encryption_keys.key_id. + TdeKeyIdentifier *string `json:"tde_key_identifier,omitempty"` + // The Oracle Clusterware database name. + CrsDatabaseName *string `json:"crs_database_name,omitempty"` + // If specified, then take the exported database through recovery procedures, if necessary, to reach a consistent point. + RecoverDatabase *bool `json:"recover_database,omitempty"` + // Database file mapping rules. + FileMappingRules *string `json:"file_mapping_rules,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether to enable Change Data Capture (CDC) or not on exported database(MSSql Only). + EnableCdc *bool `json:"enable_cdc,omitempty"` + // Recovery model of the database (MSSql Only). + RecoveryModel *string `json:"recovery_model,omitempty"` + // Recovery model of the database (MSSql Only). + MirroringState *string `json:"mirroring_state,omitempty"` + // The base directory to use for the exported database. + TargetDirectory *string `json:"targetDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for data files. + DataDirectory *string `json:"dataDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for archive files. + ArchiveDirectory *string `json:"archiveDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for external files. + ExternalDirectory *string `json:"externalDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for temporary files. + TempDirectory *string `json:"tempDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for script files. + ScriptDirectory *string `json:"scriptDirectory,omitempty"` + // Whether to use absolute path for data files (Oracle only). + UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles *bool `json:"useAbsolutePathForDataFiles,omitempty"` + // Number of data streams to connect to the database. + RmanChannels *int32 `json:"rman_channels,omitempty"` + // Number of GigaBytes in which RMAN will break large files to back them in parallel. + RmanFileSectionSizeInGb *int32 `json:"rman_file_section_size_in_gb,omitempty"` + // The ID of the snapshot from which to execute the operation. If snapshot_id is not provided, the latest snapshot will be selected. + SnapshotId *string `json:"snapshot_id,omitempty"` +} + +// NewExportBySnapshotParameters instantiates a new ExportBySnapshotParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewExportBySnapshotParameters() *ExportBySnapshotParameters { + this := ExportBySnapshotParameters{} + var recoverDatabase bool = true + this.RecoverDatabase = &recoverDatabase + var enableCdc bool = false + this.EnableCdc = &enableCdc + var recoveryModel string = "FULL" + this.RecoveryModel = &recoveryModel + var mirroringState string = "NONE" + this.MirroringState = &mirroringState + var rmanChannels int32 = 8 + this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels + var rmanFileSectionSizeInGb int32 = 0 + this.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &rmanFileSectionSizeInGb + return &this +} + +// NewExportBySnapshotParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new ExportBySnapshotParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewExportBySnapshotParametersWithDefaults() *ExportBySnapshotParameters { + this := ExportBySnapshotParameters{} + var recoverDatabase bool = true + this.RecoverDatabase = &recoverDatabase + var enableCdc bool = false + this.EnableCdc = &enableCdc + var recoveryModel string = "FULL" + this.RecoveryModel = &recoveryModel + var mirroringState string = "NONE" + this.MirroringState = &mirroringState + var rmanChannels int32 = 8 + this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels + var rmanFileSectionSizeInGb int32 = 0 + this.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &rmanFileSectionSizeInGb + return &this +} + +// GetUniqueName returns the UniqueName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetUniqueName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.UniqueName +} + +// GetUniqueNameOk returns a tuple with the UniqueName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetUniqueNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UniqueName, true +} + +// HasUniqueName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasUniqueName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUniqueName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the UniqueName field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetUniqueName(v string) { + o.UniqueName = &v +} + +// GetDatabaseName returns the DatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetDatabaseName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatabaseName +} + +// GetDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatabaseName, true +} + +// HasDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasDatabaseName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseName field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetDatabaseName(v string) { + o.DatabaseName = &v +} + +// GetRepositoryId returns the RepositoryId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetRepositoryId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RepositoryId +} + +// GetRepositoryIdOk returns a tuple with the RepositoryId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetRepositoryIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RepositoryId, true +} + +// HasRepositoryId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasRepositoryId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRepositoryId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RepositoryId field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetRepositoryId(v string) { + o.RepositoryId = &v +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserRef returns the EnvironmentUserRef field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetEnvironmentUserRef() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EnvironmentUserRef +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserRefOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUserRef field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetEnvironmentUserRefOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvironmentUserRef, true +} + +// HasEnvironmentUserRef returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasEnvironmentUserRef() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironmentUserRef gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentUserRef field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetEnvironmentUserRef(v string) { + o.EnvironmentUserRef = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeystorePassword returns the TdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.TdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigType returns the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigType() OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + var ret OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystoreConfigType +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk() (*OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystoreConfigType, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystoreConfigType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasTdeKeystoreConfigType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystoreConfigType gets a reference to the given OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum and assigns it to the TdeKeystoreConfigType field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetTdeKeystoreConfigType(v OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) { + o.TdeKeystoreConfigType = &v +} + +// GetOracleInstanceName returns the OracleInstanceName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetOracleInstanceName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.OracleInstanceName +} + +// GetOracleInstanceNameOk returns a tuple with the OracleInstanceName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetOracleInstanceNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleInstanceName, true +} + +// HasOracleInstanceName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasOracleInstanceName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleInstanceName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OracleInstanceName field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetOracleInstanceName(v string) { + o.OracleInstanceName = &v +} + +// GetInstanceNumber returns the InstanceNumber field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetInstanceNumber() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.InstanceNumber +} + +// GetInstanceNumberOk returns a tuple with the InstanceNumber field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetInstanceNumberOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InstanceNumber, true +} + +// HasInstanceNumber returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasInstanceNumber() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstanceNumber gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the InstanceNumber field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetInstanceNumber(v int32) { + o.InstanceNumber = &v +} + +// GetInstances returns the Instances field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetInstances() []OracleRACDatabaseInstance { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + var ret []OracleRACDatabaseInstance + return ret + } + return o.Instances +} + +// GetInstancesOk returns a tuple with the Instances field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetInstancesOk() ([]OracleRACDatabaseInstance, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Instances, true +} + +// HasInstances returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasInstances() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Instances) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstances gets a reference to the given []OracleRACDatabaseInstance and assigns it to the Instances field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetInstances(v []OracleRACDatabaseInstance) { + o.Instances = v +} + +// GetMountBase returns the MountBase field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetMountBase() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountBase) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MountBase +} + +// GetMountBaseOk returns a tuple with the MountBase field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetMountBaseOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountBase) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MountBase, true +} + +// HasMountBase returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasMountBase() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MountBase) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMountBase gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MountBase field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetMountBase(v string) { + o.MountBase = &v +} + +// GetConfigParams returns the ConfigParams field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { + if o == nil { + var ret map[string]interface{} + return ret + } + return o.ConfigParams +} + +// GetConfigParamsOk returns a tuple with the ConfigParams field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + return map[string]interface{}{}, false + } + return o.ConfigParams, true +} + +// HasConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasConfigParams() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConfigParams gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the ConfigParams field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetConfigParams(v map[string]interface{}) { + o.ConfigParams = v +} + +// GetCdbId returns the CdbId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetCdbId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CdbId +} + +// GetCdbIdOk returns a tuple with the CdbId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetCdbIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CdbId, true +} + +// HasCdbId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasCdbId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CdbId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCdbId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CdbId field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetCdbId(v string) { + o.CdbId = &v +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePath returns the ParentTdeKeystorePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentTdeKeystorePath +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePathOk returns a tuple with the ParentTdeKeystorePath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentTdeKeystorePath, true +} + +// HasParentTdeKeystorePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasParentTdeKeystorePath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentTdeKeystorePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentTdeKeystorePath field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetParentTdeKeystorePath(v string) { + o.ParentTdeKeystorePath = &v +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePassword returns the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasParentTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasParentTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetParentTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + +// GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret returns the TdeExportedKeyfileSecret field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret +} + +// GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecretOk returns a tuple with the TdeExportedKeyfileSecret field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecretOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret, true +} + +// HasTdeExportedKeyfileSecret returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasTdeExportedKeyfileSecret() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeExportedKeyfileSecret field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret(v string) { + o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeyIdentifier returns the TdeKeyIdentifier field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetTdeKeyIdentifier() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeyIdentifier +} + +// GetTdeKeyIdentifierOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeyIdentifier field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetTdeKeyIdentifierOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeyIdentifier, true +} + +// HasTdeKeyIdentifier returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasTdeKeyIdentifier() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeyIdentifier gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeKeyIdentifier field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetTdeKeyIdentifier(v string) { + o.TdeKeyIdentifier = &v +} + +// GetCrsDatabaseName returns the CrsDatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetCrsDatabaseName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CrsDatabaseName +} + +// GetCrsDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the CrsDatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetCrsDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CrsDatabaseName, true +} + +// HasCrsDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasCrsDatabaseName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCrsDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CrsDatabaseName field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetCrsDatabaseName(v string) { + o.CrsDatabaseName = &v +} + +// GetRecoverDatabase returns the RecoverDatabase field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetRecoverDatabase() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.RecoverDatabase +} + +// GetRecoverDatabaseOk returns a tuple with the RecoverDatabase field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetRecoverDatabaseOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecoverDatabase, true +} + +// HasRecoverDatabase returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasRecoverDatabase() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecoverDatabase gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the RecoverDatabase field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetRecoverDatabase(v bool) { + o.RecoverDatabase = &v +} + +// GetFileMappingRules returns the FileMappingRules field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetFileMappingRules() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.FileMappingRules +} + +// GetFileMappingRulesOk returns a tuple with the FileMappingRules field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetFileMappingRulesOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FileMappingRules, true +} + +// HasFileMappingRules returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasFileMappingRules() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFileMappingRules gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FileMappingRules field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetFileMappingRules(v string) { + o.FileMappingRules = &v +} + +// GetEnableCdc returns the EnableCdc field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetEnableCdc() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EnableCdc +} + +// GetEnableCdcOk returns a tuple with the EnableCdc field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetEnableCdcOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnableCdc, true +} + +// HasEnableCdc returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasEnableCdc() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnableCdc gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EnableCdc field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetEnableCdc(v bool) { + o.EnableCdc = &v +} + +// GetRecoveryModel returns the RecoveryModel field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetRecoveryModel() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RecoveryModel +} + +// GetRecoveryModelOk returns a tuple with the RecoveryModel field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetRecoveryModelOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecoveryModel, true +} + +// HasRecoveryModel returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasRecoveryModel() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecoveryModel gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RecoveryModel field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetRecoveryModel(v string) { + o.RecoveryModel = &v +} + +// GetMirroringState returns the MirroringState field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetMirroringState() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MirroringState +} + +// GetMirroringStateOk returns a tuple with the MirroringState field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetMirroringStateOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MirroringState, true +} + +// HasMirroringState returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasMirroringState() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMirroringState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MirroringState field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetMirroringState(v string) { + o.MirroringState = &v +} + +// GetTargetDirectory returns the TargetDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetTargetDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetDirectory +} + +// GetTargetDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the TargetDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetTargetDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetDirectory, true +} + +// HasTargetDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasTargetDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetDirectory field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetTargetDirectory(v string) { + o.TargetDirectory = &v +} + +// GetDataDirectory returns the DataDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetDataDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DataDirectory +} + +// GetDataDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the DataDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetDataDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataDirectory, true +} + +// HasDataDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasDataDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DataDirectory field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetDataDirectory(v string) { + o.DataDirectory = &v +} + +// GetArchiveDirectory returns the ArchiveDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetArchiveDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ArchiveDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ArchiveDirectory +} + +// GetArchiveDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the ArchiveDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetArchiveDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ArchiveDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ArchiveDirectory, true +} + +// HasArchiveDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasArchiveDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ArchiveDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetArchiveDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ArchiveDirectory field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetArchiveDirectory(v string) { + o.ArchiveDirectory = &v +} + +// GetExternalDirectory returns the ExternalDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetExternalDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExternalDirectory +} + +// GetExternalDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the ExternalDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetExternalDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExternalDirectory, true +} + +// HasExternalDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasExternalDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalDirectory field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetExternalDirectory(v string) { + o.ExternalDirectory = &v +} + +// GetTempDirectory returns the TempDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetTempDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TempDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TempDirectory +} + +// GetTempDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the TempDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetTempDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TempDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TempDirectory, true +} + +// HasTempDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasTempDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TempDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTempDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TempDirectory field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetTempDirectory(v string) { + o.TempDirectory = &v +} + +// GetScriptDirectory returns the ScriptDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetScriptDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ScriptDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ScriptDirectory +} + +// GetScriptDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the ScriptDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetScriptDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ScriptDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ScriptDirectory, true +} + +// HasScriptDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasScriptDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ScriptDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetScriptDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ScriptDirectory field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetScriptDirectory(v string) { + o.ScriptDirectory = &v +} + +// GetUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles returns the UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles +} + +// GetUseAbsolutePathForDataFilesOk returns a tuple with the UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetUseAbsolutePathForDataFilesOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles, true +} + +// HasUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles(v bool) { + o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles = &v +} + +// GetRmanChannels returns the RmanChannels field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetRmanChannels() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanChannels +} + +// GetRmanChannelsOk returns a tuple with the RmanChannels field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetRmanChannelsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanChannels, true +} + +// HasRmanChannels returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasRmanChannels() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanChannels gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanChannels field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetRmanChannels(v int32) { + o.RmanChannels = &v +} + +// GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb returns the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb +} + +// GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGbOk returns a tuple with the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGbOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb, true +} + +// HasRmanFileSectionSizeInGb returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasRmanFileSectionSizeInGb() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb(v int32) { + o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &v +} + +// GetSnapshotId returns the SnapshotId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetSnapshotId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SnapshotId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SnapshotId +} + +// GetSnapshotIdOk returns a tuple with the SnapshotId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) GetSnapshotIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SnapshotId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SnapshotId, true +} + +// HasSnapshotId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) HasSnapshotId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SnapshotId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSnapshotId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SnapshotId field. +func (o *ExportBySnapshotParameters) SetSnapshotId(v string) { + o.SnapshotId = &v +} + +func (o ExportBySnapshotParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ExportBySnapshotParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + toSerialize["unique_name"] = o.UniqueName + } + if !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + toSerialize["database_name"] = o.DatabaseName + } + if !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + toSerialize["repository_id"] = o.RepositoryId + } + if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + toSerialize["environment_user_ref"] = o.EnvironmentUserRef + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_password"] = o.TdeKeystorePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_config_type"] = o.TdeKeystoreConfigType + } + if !IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + toSerialize["oracle_instance_name"] = o.OracleInstanceName + } + if !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + toSerialize["instance_number"] = o.InstanceNumber + } + if !IsNil(o.Instances) { + toSerialize["instances"] = o.Instances + } + if !IsNil(o.MountBase) { + toSerialize["mount_base"] = o.MountBase + } + if o.ConfigParams != nil { + toSerialize["config_params"] = o.ConfigParams + } + if !IsNil(o.CdbId) { + toSerialize["cdb_id"] = o.CdbId + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + toSerialize["parent_tde_keystore_path"] = o.ParentTdeKeystorePath + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["parent_tde_keystore_password"] = o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + toSerialize["tde_exported_keyfile_secret"] = o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + toSerialize["tde_key_identifier"] = o.TdeKeyIdentifier + } + if !IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + toSerialize["crs_database_name"] = o.CrsDatabaseName + } + if !IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + toSerialize["recover_database"] = o.RecoverDatabase + } + if !IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + toSerialize["file_mapping_rules"] = o.FileMappingRules + } + if !IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + toSerialize["enable_cdc"] = o.EnableCdc + } + if !IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + toSerialize["recovery_model"] = o.RecoveryModel + } + if !IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + toSerialize["mirroring_state"] = o.MirroringState + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetDirectory) { + toSerialize["targetDirectory"] = o.TargetDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.DataDirectory) { + toSerialize["dataDirectory"] = o.DataDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.ArchiveDirectory) { + toSerialize["archiveDirectory"] = o.ArchiveDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalDirectory) { + toSerialize["externalDirectory"] = o.ExternalDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.TempDirectory) { + toSerialize["tempDirectory"] = o.TempDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.ScriptDirectory) { + toSerialize["scriptDirectory"] = o.ScriptDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles) { + toSerialize["useAbsolutePathForDataFiles"] = o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles + } + if !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + toSerialize["rman_channels"] = o.RmanChannels + } + if !IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + toSerialize["rman_file_section_size_in_gb"] = o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb + } + if !IsNil(o.SnapshotId) { + toSerialize["snapshot_id"] = o.SnapshotId + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableExportBySnapshotParameters struct { + value *ExportBySnapshotParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableExportBySnapshotParameters) Get() *ExportBySnapshotParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableExportBySnapshotParameters) Set(val *ExportBySnapshotParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableExportBySnapshotParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableExportBySnapshotParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableExportBySnapshotParameters(val *ExportBySnapshotParameters) *NullableExportBySnapshotParameters { + return &NullableExportBySnapshotParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableExportBySnapshotParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableExportBySnapshotParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_export_by_timestamp_parameters.go b/model_export_by_timestamp_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..38845bf2 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_export_by_timestamp_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,1360 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the ExportByTimestampParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ExportByTimestampParameters{} + +// ExportByTimestampParameters struct for ExportByTimestampParameters +type ExportByTimestampParameters struct { + // The unique name of the database. + UniqueName *string `json:"unique_name,omitempty"` + // The name of the database. + DatabaseName *string `json:"database_name,omitempty"` + // The repository_id to use for this operation. + RepositoryId *string `json:"repository_id,omitempty"` + // The environment user reference. + EnvironmentUserRef *string `json:"environment_user_ref,omitempty"` + // The password for the Transparent Data Encryption keystore associated with this database. + TdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + TdeKeystoreConfigType *OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum `json:"tde_keystore_config_type,omitempty"` + // SID of the exported database + OracleInstanceName *string `json:"oracle_instance_name,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$"` + // The number of the instance. + InstanceNumber *int32 `json:"instance_number,omitempty"` + Instances []OracleRACDatabaseInstance `json:"instances,omitempty"` + // The base mount point to use for the NFS mounts for the temporary VDB. + MountBase *string `json:"mount_base,omitempty"` + // Database configuration parameter overrides. + ConfigParams map[string]interface{} `json:"config_params,omitempty"` + // ID of an Oracle multitenant database this pluggable database belongs to. + CdbId *string `json:"cdb_id,omitempty"` + // Path to a copy of the parent's Oracle transparent data encryption keystore on the target host. + ParentTdeKeystorePath *string `json:"parent_tde_keystore_path,omitempty"` + // The password of the keystore specified in parentTdeKeystorePath. + ParentTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"parent_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + // Secret to be used while exporting and importing vPDB encryption keys. + TdeExportedKeyfileSecret *string `json:"tde_exported_keyfile_secret,omitempty"` + // Virtual database master encryption key id, as recorded in v$encryption_keys.key_id. + TdeKeyIdentifier *string `json:"tde_key_identifier,omitempty"` + // The Oracle Clusterware database name. + CrsDatabaseName *string `json:"crs_database_name,omitempty"` + // If specified, then take the exported database through recovery procedures, if necessary, to reach a consistent point. + RecoverDatabase *bool `json:"recover_database,omitempty"` + // Database file mapping rules. + FileMappingRules *string `json:"file_mapping_rules,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether to enable Change Data Capture (CDC) or not on exported database(MSSql Only). + EnableCdc *bool `json:"enable_cdc,omitempty"` + // Recovery model of the database (MSSql Only). + RecoveryModel *string `json:"recovery_model,omitempty"` + // Recovery model of the database (MSSql Only). + MirroringState *string `json:"mirroring_state,omitempty"` + // The base directory to use for the exported database. + TargetDirectory *string `json:"targetDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for data files. + DataDirectory *string `json:"dataDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for archive files. + ArchiveDirectory *string `json:"archiveDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for external files. + ExternalDirectory *string `json:"externalDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for temporary files. + TempDirectory *string `json:"tempDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for script files. + ScriptDirectory *string `json:"scriptDirectory,omitempty"` + // Whether to use absolute path for data files (Oracle only). + UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles *bool `json:"useAbsolutePathForDataFiles,omitempty"` + // Number of data streams to connect to the database. + RmanChannels *int32 `json:"rman_channels,omitempty"` + // Number of GigaBytes in which RMAN will break large files to back them in parallel. + RmanFileSectionSizeInGb *int32 `json:"rman_file_section_size_in_gb,omitempty"` + // The Timeflow ID. + TimeflowId string `json:"timeflow_id"` + // The timestamp at which to execute the operation. + Timestamp time.Time `json:"timestamp"` +} + +type _ExportByTimestampParameters ExportByTimestampParameters + +// NewExportByTimestampParameters instantiates a new ExportByTimestampParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewExportByTimestampParameters(timeflowId string, timestamp time.Time) *ExportByTimestampParameters { + this := ExportByTimestampParameters{} + var recoverDatabase bool = true + this.RecoverDatabase = &recoverDatabase + var enableCdc bool = false + this.EnableCdc = &enableCdc + var recoveryModel string = "FULL" + this.RecoveryModel = &recoveryModel + var mirroringState string = "NONE" + this.MirroringState = &mirroringState + var rmanChannels int32 = 8 + this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels + var rmanFileSectionSizeInGb int32 = 0 + this.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &rmanFileSectionSizeInGb + this.TimeflowId = timeflowId + this.Timestamp = timestamp + return &this +} + +// NewExportByTimestampParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new ExportByTimestampParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewExportByTimestampParametersWithDefaults() *ExportByTimestampParameters { + this := ExportByTimestampParameters{} + var recoverDatabase bool = true + this.RecoverDatabase = &recoverDatabase + var enableCdc bool = false + this.EnableCdc = &enableCdc + var recoveryModel string = "FULL" + this.RecoveryModel = &recoveryModel + var mirroringState string = "NONE" + this.MirroringState = &mirroringState + var rmanChannels int32 = 8 + this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels + var rmanFileSectionSizeInGb int32 = 0 + this.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &rmanFileSectionSizeInGb + return &this +} + +// GetUniqueName returns the UniqueName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetUniqueName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.UniqueName +} + +// GetUniqueNameOk returns a tuple with the UniqueName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetUniqueNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UniqueName, true +} + +// HasUniqueName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasUniqueName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUniqueName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the UniqueName field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetUniqueName(v string) { + o.UniqueName = &v +} + +// GetDatabaseName returns the DatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetDatabaseName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatabaseName +} + +// GetDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatabaseName, true +} + +// HasDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasDatabaseName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseName field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetDatabaseName(v string) { + o.DatabaseName = &v +} + +// GetRepositoryId returns the RepositoryId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetRepositoryId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RepositoryId +} + +// GetRepositoryIdOk returns a tuple with the RepositoryId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetRepositoryIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RepositoryId, true +} + +// HasRepositoryId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasRepositoryId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRepositoryId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RepositoryId field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetRepositoryId(v string) { + o.RepositoryId = &v +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserRef returns the EnvironmentUserRef field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetEnvironmentUserRef() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EnvironmentUserRef +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserRefOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUserRef field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetEnvironmentUserRefOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvironmentUserRef, true +} + +// HasEnvironmentUserRef returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasEnvironmentUserRef() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironmentUserRef gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentUserRef field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetEnvironmentUserRef(v string) { + o.EnvironmentUserRef = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeystorePassword returns the TdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.TdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigType returns the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigType() OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + var ret OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystoreConfigType +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk() (*OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystoreConfigType, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystoreConfigType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasTdeKeystoreConfigType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystoreConfigType gets a reference to the given OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum and assigns it to the TdeKeystoreConfigType field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetTdeKeystoreConfigType(v OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) { + o.TdeKeystoreConfigType = &v +} + +// GetOracleInstanceName returns the OracleInstanceName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetOracleInstanceName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.OracleInstanceName +} + +// GetOracleInstanceNameOk returns a tuple with the OracleInstanceName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetOracleInstanceNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleInstanceName, true +} + +// HasOracleInstanceName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasOracleInstanceName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleInstanceName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OracleInstanceName field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetOracleInstanceName(v string) { + o.OracleInstanceName = &v +} + +// GetInstanceNumber returns the InstanceNumber field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetInstanceNumber() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.InstanceNumber +} + +// GetInstanceNumberOk returns a tuple with the InstanceNumber field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetInstanceNumberOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InstanceNumber, true +} + +// HasInstanceNumber returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasInstanceNumber() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstanceNumber gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the InstanceNumber field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetInstanceNumber(v int32) { + o.InstanceNumber = &v +} + +// GetInstances returns the Instances field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetInstances() []OracleRACDatabaseInstance { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + var ret []OracleRACDatabaseInstance + return ret + } + return o.Instances +} + +// GetInstancesOk returns a tuple with the Instances field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetInstancesOk() ([]OracleRACDatabaseInstance, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Instances, true +} + +// HasInstances returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasInstances() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Instances) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstances gets a reference to the given []OracleRACDatabaseInstance and assigns it to the Instances field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetInstances(v []OracleRACDatabaseInstance) { + o.Instances = v +} + +// GetMountBase returns the MountBase field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetMountBase() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountBase) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MountBase +} + +// GetMountBaseOk returns a tuple with the MountBase field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetMountBaseOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountBase) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MountBase, true +} + +// HasMountBase returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasMountBase() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MountBase) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMountBase gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MountBase field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetMountBase(v string) { + o.MountBase = &v +} + +// GetConfigParams returns the ConfigParams field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { + if o == nil { + var ret map[string]interface{} + return ret + } + return o.ConfigParams +} + +// GetConfigParamsOk returns a tuple with the ConfigParams field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + return map[string]interface{}{}, false + } + return o.ConfigParams, true +} + +// HasConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasConfigParams() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConfigParams gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the ConfigParams field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetConfigParams(v map[string]interface{}) { + o.ConfigParams = v +} + +// GetCdbId returns the CdbId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetCdbId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CdbId +} + +// GetCdbIdOk returns a tuple with the CdbId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetCdbIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CdbId, true +} + +// HasCdbId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasCdbId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CdbId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCdbId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CdbId field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetCdbId(v string) { + o.CdbId = &v +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePath returns the ParentTdeKeystorePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentTdeKeystorePath +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePathOk returns a tuple with the ParentTdeKeystorePath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentTdeKeystorePath, true +} + +// HasParentTdeKeystorePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasParentTdeKeystorePath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentTdeKeystorePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentTdeKeystorePath field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetParentTdeKeystorePath(v string) { + o.ParentTdeKeystorePath = &v +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePassword returns the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasParentTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasParentTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetParentTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + +// GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret returns the TdeExportedKeyfileSecret field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret +} + +// GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecretOk returns a tuple with the TdeExportedKeyfileSecret field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecretOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret, true +} + +// HasTdeExportedKeyfileSecret returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasTdeExportedKeyfileSecret() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeExportedKeyfileSecret field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret(v string) { + o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeyIdentifier returns the TdeKeyIdentifier field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetTdeKeyIdentifier() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeyIdentifier +} + +// GetTdeKeyIdentifierOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeyIdentifier field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetTdeKeyIdentifierOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeyIdentifier, true +} + +// HasTdeKeyIdentifier returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasTdeKeyIdentifier() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeyIdentifier gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeKeyIdentifier field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetTdeKeyIdentifier(v string) { + o.TdeKeyIdentifier = &v +} + +// GetCrsDatabaseName returns the CrsDatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetCrsDatabaseName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CrsDatabaseName +} + +// GetCrsDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the CrsDatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetCrsDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CrsDatabaseName, true +} + +// HasCrsDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasCrsDatabaseName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCrsDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CrsDatabaseName field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetCrsDatabaseName(v string) { + o.CrsDatabaseName = &v +} + +// GetRecoverDatabase returns the RecoverDatabase field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetRecoverDatabase() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.RecoverDatabase +} + +// GetRecoverDatabaseOk returns a tuple with the RecoverDatabase field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetRecoverDatabaseOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecoverDatabase, true +} + +// HasRecoverDatabase returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasRecoverDatabase() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecoverDatabase gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the RecoverDatabase field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetRecoverDatabase(v bool) { + o.RecoverDatabase = &v +} + +// GetFileMappingRules returns the FileMappingRules field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetFileMappingRules() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.FileMappingRules +} + +// GetFileMappingRulesOk returns a tuple with the FileMappingRules field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetFileMappingRulesOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FileMappingRules, true +} + +// HasFileMappingRules returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasFileMappingRules() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFileMappingRules gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FileMappingRules field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetFileMappingRules(v string) { + o.FileMappingRules = &v +} + +// GetEnableCdc returns the EnableCdc field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetEnableCdc() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EnableCdc +} + +// GetEnableCdcOk returns a tuple with the EnableCdc field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetEnableCdcOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnableCdc, true +} + +// HasEnableCdc returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasEnableCdc() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnableCdc gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EnableCdc field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetEnableCdc(v bool) { + o.EnableCdc = &v +} + +// GetRecoveryModel returns the RecoveryModel field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetRecoveryModel() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RecoveryModel +} + +// GetRecoveryModelOk returns a tuple with the RecoveryModel field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetRecoveryModelOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecoveryModel, true +} + +// HasRecoveryModel returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasRecoveryModel() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecoveryModel gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RecoveryModel field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetRecoveryModel(v string) { + o.RecoveryModel = &v +} + +// GetMirroringState returns the MirroringState field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetMirroringState() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MirroringState +} + +// GetMirroringStateOk returns a tuple with the MirroringState field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetMirroringStateOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MirroringState, true +} + +// HasMirroringState returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasMirroringState() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMirroringState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MirroringState field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetMirroringState(v string) { + o.MirroringState = &v +} + +// GetTargetDirectory returns the TargetDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetTargetDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetDirectory +} + +// GetTargetDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the TargetDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetTargetDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetDirectory, true +} + +// HasTargetDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasTargetDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetDirectory field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetTargetDirectory(v string) { + o.TargetDirectory = &v +} + +// GetDataDirectory returns the DataDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetDataDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DataDirectory +} + +// GetDataDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the DataDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetDataDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataDirectory, true +} + +// HasDataDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasDataDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DataDirectory field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetDataDirectory(v string) { + o.DataDirectory = &v +} + +// GetArchiveDirectory returns the ArchiveDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetArchiveDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ArchiveDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ArchiveDirectory +} + +// GetArchiveDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the ArchiveDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetArchiveDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ArchiveDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ArchiveDirectory, true +} + +// HasArchiveDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasArchiveDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ArchiveDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetArchiveDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ArchiveDirectory field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetArchiveDirectory(v string) { + o.ArchiveDirectory = &v +} + +// GetExternalDirectory returns the ExternalDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetExternalDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExternalDirectory +} + +// GetExternalDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the ExternalDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetExternalDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExternalDirectory, true +} + +// HasExternalDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasExternalDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalDirectory field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetExternalDirectory(v string) { + o.ExternalDirectory = &v +} + +// GetTempDirectory returns the TempDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetTempDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TempDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TempDirectory +} + +// GetTempDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the TempDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetTempDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TempDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TempDirectory, true +} + +// HasTempDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasTempDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TempDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTempDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TempDirectory field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetTempDirectory(v string) { + o.TempDirectory = &v +} + +// GetScriptDirectory returns the ScriptDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetScriptDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ScriptDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ScriptDirectory +} + +// GetScriptDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the ScriptDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetScriptDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ScriptDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ScriptDirectory, true +} + +// HasScriptDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasScriptDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ScriptDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetScriptDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ScriptDirectory field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetScriptDirectory(v string) { + o.ScriptDirectory = &v +} + +// GetUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles returns the UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles +} + +// GetUseAbsolutePathForDataFilesOk returns a tuple with the UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetUseAbsolutePathForDataFilesOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles, true +} + +// HasUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles(v bool) { + o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles = &v +} + +// GetRmanChannels returns the RmanChannels field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetRmanChannels() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanChannels +} + +// GetRmanChannelsOk returns a tuple with the RmanChannels field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetRmanChannelsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanChannels, true +} + +// HasRmanChannels returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasRmanChannels() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanChannels gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanChannels field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetRmanChannels(v int32) { + o.RmanChannels = &v +} + +// GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb returns the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb +} + +// GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGbOk returns a tuple with the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGbOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb, true +} + +// HasRmanFileSectionSizeInGb returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) HasRmanFileSectionSizeInGb() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb(v int32) { + o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &v +} + +// GetTimeflowId returns the TimeflowId field value +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetTimeflowId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.TimeflowId +} + +// GetTimeflowIdOk returns a tuple with the TimeflowId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetTimeflowIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.TimeflowId, true +} + +// SetTimeflowId sets field value +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetTimeflowId(v string) { + o.TimeflowId = v +} + +// GetTimestamp returns the Timestamp field value +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetTimestamp() time.Time { + if o == nil { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + + return o.Timestamp +} + +// GetTimestampOk returns a tuple with the Timestamp field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) GetTimestampOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.Timestamp, true +} + +// SetTimestamp sets field value +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) SetTimestamp(v time.Time) { + o.Timestamp = v +} + +func (o ExportByTimestampParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ExportByTimestampParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + toSerialize["unique_name"] = o.UniqueName + } + if !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + toSerialize["database_name"] = o.DatabaseName + } + if !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + toSerialize["repository_id"] = o.RepositoryId + } + if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + toSerialize["environment_user_ref"] = o.EnvironmentUserRef + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_password"] = o.TdeKeystorePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_config_type"] = o.TdeKeystoreConfigType + } + if !IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + toSerialize["oracle_instance_name"] = o.OracleInstanceName + } + if !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + toSerialize["instance_number"] = o.InstanceNumber + } + if !IsNil(o.Instances) { + toSerialize["instances"] = o.Instances + } + if !IsNil(o.MountBase) { + toSerialize["mount_base"] = o.MountBase + } + if o.ConfigParams != nil { + toSerialize["config_params"] = o.ConfigParams + } + if !IsNil(o.CdbId) { + toSerialize["cdb_id"] = o.CdbId + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + toSerialize["parent_tde_keystore_path"] = o.ParentTdeKeystorePath + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["parent_tde_keystore_password"] = o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + toSerialize["tde_exported_keyfile_secret"] = o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + toSerialize["tde_key_identifier"] = o.TdeKeyIdentifier + } + if !IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + toSerialize["crs_database_name"] = o.CrsDatabaseName + } + if !IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + toSerialize["recover_database"] = o.RecoverDatabase + } + if !IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + toSerialize["file_mapping_rules"] = o.FileMappingRules + } + if !IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + toSerialize["enable_cdc"] = o.EnableCdc + } + if !IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + toSerialize["recovery_model"] = o.RecoveryModel + } + if !IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + toSerialize["mirroring_state"] = o.MirroringState + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetDirectory) { + toSerialize["targetDirectory"] = o.TargetDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.DataDirectory) { + toSerialize["dataDirectory"] = o.DataDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.ArchiveDirectory) { + toSerialize["archiveDirectory"] = o.ArchiveDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalDirectory) { + toSerialize["externalDirectory"] = o.ExternalDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.TempDirectory) { + toSerialize["tempDirectory"] = o.TempDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.ScriptDirectory) { + toSerialize["scriptDirectory"] = o.ScriptDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles) { + toSerialize["useAbsolutePathForDataFiles"] = o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles + } + if !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + toSerialize["rman_channels"] = o.RmanChannels + } + if !IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + toSerialize["rman_file_section_size_in_gb"] = o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb + } + toSerialize["timeflow_id"] = o.TimeflowId + toSerialize["timestamp"] = o.Timestamp + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *ExportByTimestampParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "timeflow_id", + "timestamp", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varExportByTimestampParameters := _ExportByTimestampParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varExportByTimestampParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ExportByTimestampParameters(varExportByTimestampParameters) + + return err +} + +type NullableExportByTimestampParameters struct { + value *ExportByTimestampParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableExportByTimestampParameters) Get() *ExportByTimestampParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableExportByTimestampParameters) Set(val *ExportByTimestampParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableExportByTimestampParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableExportByTimestampParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableExportByTimestampParameters(val *ExportByTimestampParameters) *NullableExportByTimestampParameters { + return &NullableExportByTimestampParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableExportByTimestampParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableExportByTimestampParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_export_d_source_response.go b/model_export_d_source_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c6cbcb00 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_export_d_source_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ExportDSourceResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ExportDSourceResponse{} + +// ExportDSourceResponse struct for ExportDSourceResponse +type ExportDSourceResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewExportDSourceResponse instantiates a new ExportDSourceResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewExportDSourceResponse() *ExportDSourceResponse { + this := ExportDSourceResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewExportDSourceResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ExportDSourceResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewExportDSourceResponseWithDefaults() *ExportDSourceResponse { + this := ExportDSourceResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportDSourceResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportDSourceResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportDSourceResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *ExportDSourceResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o ExportDSourceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ExportDSourceResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableExportDSourceResponse struct { + value *ExportDSourceResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableExportDSourceResponse) Get() *ExportDSourceResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableExportDSourceResponse) Set(val *ExportDSourceResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableExportDSourceResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableExportDSourceResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableExportDSourceResponse(val *ExportDSourceResponse) *NullableExportDSourceResponse { + return &NullableExportDSourceResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableExportDSourceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableExportDSourceResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_export_db_timeflow_point_parameters.go b/model_export_db_timeflow_point_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..777a3ab4 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_export_db_timeflow_point_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,920 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters{} + +// ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters struct for ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters +type ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters struct { + // The unique name of the database. + UniqueName *string `json:"unique_name,omitempty"` + // The name of the database. + DatabaseName *string `json:"database_name,omitempty"` + // The repository_id to use for this operation. + RepositoryId *string `json:"repository_id,omitempty"` + // The environment user reference. + EnvironmentUserRef *string `json:"environment_user_ref,omitempty"` + // The password for the Transparent Data Encryption keystore associated with this database. + TdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + TdeKeystoreConfigType *OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum `json:"tde_keystore_config_type,omitempty"` + // SID of the exported database + OracleInstanceName *string `json:"oracle_instance_name,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$"` + // The number of the instance. + InstanceNumber *int32 `json:"instance_number,omitempty"` + Instances []OracleRACDatabaseInstance `json:"instances,omitempty"` + // The base mount point to use for the NFS mounts for the temporary VDB. + MountBase *string `json:"mount_base,omitempty"` + // Database configuration parameter overrides. + ConfigParams map[string]interface{} `json:"config_params,omitempty"` + // ID of an Oracle multitenant database this pluggable database belongs to. + CdbId *string `json:"cdb_id,omitempty"` + // Path to a copy of the parent's Oracle transparent data encryption keystore on the target host. + ParentTdeKeystorePath *string `json:"parent_tde_keystore_path,omitempty"` + // The password of the keystore specified in parentTdeKeystorePath. + ParentTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"parent_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + // Secret to be used while exporting and importing vPDB encryption keys. + TdeExportedKeyfileSecret *string `json:"tde_exported_keyfile_secret,omitempty"` + // Virtual database master encryption key id, as recorded in v$encryption_keys.key_id. + TdeKeyIdentifier *string `json:"tde_key_identifier,omitempty"` + // The Oracle Clusterware database name. + CrsDatabaseName *string `json:"crs_database_name,omitempty"` + // If specified, then take the exported database through recovery procedures, if necessary, to reach a consistent point. + RecoverDatabase *bool `json:"recover_database,omitempty"` + // Database file mapping rules. + FileMappingRules *string `json:"file_mapping_rules,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether to enable Change Data Capture (CDC) or not on exported database(MSSql Only). + EnableCdc *bool `json:"enable_cdc,omitempty"` + // Recovery model of the database (MSSql Only). + RecoveryModel *string `json:"recovery_model,omitempty"` + // Recovery model of the database (MSSql Only). + MirroringState *string `json:"mirroring_state,omitempty"` +} + +// NewExportDBTimeflowPointParameters instantiates a new ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewExportDBTimeflowPointParameters() *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters { + this := ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters{} + var recoverDatabase bool = true + this.RecoverDatabase = &recoverDatabase + var enableCdc bool = false + this.EnableCdc = &enableCdc + var recoveryModel string = "FULL" + this.RecoveryModel = &recoveryModel + var mirroringState string = "NONE" + this.MirroringState = &mirroringState + return &this +} + +// NewExportDBTimeflowPointParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewExportDBTimeflowPointParametersWithDefaults() *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters { + this := ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters{} + var recoverDatabase bool = true + this.RecoverDatabase = &recoverDatabase + var enableCdc bool = false + this.EnableCdc = &enableCdc + var recoveryModel string = "FULL" + this.RecoveryModel = &recoveryModel + var mirroringState string = "NONE" + this.MirroringState = &mirroringState + return &this +} + +// GetUniqueName returns the UniqueName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetUniqueName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.UniqueName +} + +// GetUniqueNameOk returns a tuple with the UniqueName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetUniqueNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UniqueName, true +} + +// HasUniqueName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) HasUniqueName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUniqueName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the UniqueName field. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) SetUniqueName(v string) { + o.UniqueName = &v +} + +// GetDatabaseName returns the DatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetDatabaseName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatabaseName +} + +// GetDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatabaseName, true +} + +// HasDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) HasDatabaseName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseName field. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) SetDatabaseName(v string) { + o.DatabaseName = &v +} + +// GetRepositoryId returns the RepositoryId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetRepositoryId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RepositoryId +} + +// GetRepositoryIdOk returns a tuple with the RepositoryId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetRepositoryIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RepositoryId, true +} + +// HasRepositoryId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) HasRepositoryId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRepositoryId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RepositoryId field. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) SetRepositoryId(v string) { + o.RepositoryId = &v +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserRef returns the EnvironmentUserRef field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetEnvironmentUserRef() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EnvironmentUserRef +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserRefOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUserRef field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetEnvironmentUserRefOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvironmentUserRef, true +} + +// HasEnvironmentUserRef returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) HasEnvironmentUserRef() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironmentUserRef gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentUserRef field. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) SetEnvironmentUserRef(v string) { + o.EnvironmentUserRef = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeystorePassword returns the TdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) HasTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) SetTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.TdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigType returns the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigType() OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + var ret OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystoreConfigType +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk() (*OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystoreConfigType, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystoreConfigType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) HasTdeKeystoreConfigType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystoreConfigType gets a reference to the given OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum and assigns it to the TdeKeystoreConfigType field. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) SetTdeKeystoreConfigType(v OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) { + o.TdeKeystoreConfigType = &v +} + +// GetOracleInstanceName returns the OracleInstanceName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetOracleInstanceName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.OracleInstanceName +} + +// GetOracleInstanceNameOk returns a tuple with the OracleInstanceName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetOracleInstanceNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleInstanceName, true +} + +// HasOracleInstanceName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) HasOracleInstanceName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleInstanceName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OracleInstanceName field. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) SetOracleInstanceName(v string) { + o.OracleInstanceName = &v +} + +// GetInstanceNumber returns the InstanceNumber field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetInstanceNumber() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.InstanceNumber +} + +// GetInstanceNumberOk returns a tuple with the InstanceNumber field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetInstanceNumberOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InstanceNumber, true +} + +// HasInstanceNumber returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) HasInstanceNumber() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstanceNumber gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the InstanceNumber field. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) SetInstanceNumber(v int32) { + o.InstanceNumber = &v +} + +// GetInstances returns the Instances field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetInstances() []OracleRACDatabaseInstance { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + var ret []OracleRACDatabaseInstance + return ret + } + return o.Instances +} + +// GetInstancesOk returns a tuple with the Instances field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetInstancesOk() ([]OracleRACDatabaseInstance, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Instances, true +} + +// HasInstances returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) HasInstances() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Instances) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstances gets a reference to the given []OracleRACDatabaseInstance and assigns it to the Instances field. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) SetInstances(v []OracleRACDatabaseInstance) { + o.Instances = v +} + +// GetMountBase returns the MountBase field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetMountBase() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountBase) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MountBase +} + +// GetMountBaseOk returns a tuple with the MountBase field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetMountBaseOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountBase) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MountBase, true +} + +// HasMountBase returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) HasMountBase() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MountBase) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMountBase gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MountBase field. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) SetMountBase(v string) { + o.MountBase = &v +} + +// GetConfigParams returns the ConfigParams field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { + if o == nil { + var ret map[string]interface{} + return ret + } + return o.ConfigParams +} + +// GetConfigParamsOk returns a tuple with the ConfigParams field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + return map[string]interface{}{}, false + } + return o.ConfigParams, true +} + +// HasConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) HasConfigParams() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConfigParams gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the ConfigParams field. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) SetConfigParams(v map[string]interface{}) { + o.ConfigParams = v +} + +// GetCdbId returns the CdbId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetCdbId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CdbId +} + +// GetCdbIdOk returns a tuple with the CdbId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetCdbIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CdbId, true +} + +// HasCdbId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) HasCdbId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CdbId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCdbId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CdbId field. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) SetCdbId(v string) { + o.CdbId = &v +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePath returns the ParentTdeKeystorePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentTdeKeystorePath +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePathOk returns a tuple with the ParentTdeKeystorePath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentTdeKeystorePath, true +} + +// HasParentTdeKeystorePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) HasParentTdeKeystorePath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentTdeKeystorePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentTdeKeystorePath field. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) SetParentTdeKeystorePath(v string) { + o.ParentTdeKeystorePath = &v +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePassword returns the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasParentTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) HasParentTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) SetParentTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + +// GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret returns the TdeExportedKeyfileSecret field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret +} + +// GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecretOk returns a tuple with the TdeExportedKeyfileSecret field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecretOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret, true +} + +// HasTdeExportedKeyfileSecret returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) HasTdeExportedKeyfileSecret() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeExportedKeyfileSecret field. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) SetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret(v string) { + o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeyIdentifier returns the TdeKeyIdentifier field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetTdeKeyIdentifier() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeyIdentifier +} + +// GetTdeKeyIdentifierOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeyIdentifier field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetTdeKeyIdentifierOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeyIdentifier, true +} + +// HasTdeKeyIdentifier returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) HasTdeKeyIdentifier() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeyIdentifier gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeKeyIdentifier field. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) SetTdeKeyIdentifier(v string) { + o.TdeKeyIdentifier = &v +} + +// GetCrsDatabaseName returns the CrsDatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetCrsDatabaseName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CrsDatabaseName +} + +// GetCrsDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the CrsDatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetCrsDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CrsDatabaseName, true +} + +// HasCrsDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) HasCrsDatabaseName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCrsDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CrsDatabaseName field. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) SetCrsDatabaseName(v string) { + o.CrsDatabaseName = &v +} + +// GetRecoverDatabase returns the RecoverDatabase field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetRecoverDatabase() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.RecoverDatabase +} + +// GetRecoverDatabaseOk returns a tuple with the RecoverDatabase field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetRecoverDatabaseOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecoverDatabase, true +} + +// HasRecoverDatabase returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) HasRecoverDatabase() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecoverDatabase gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the RecoverDatabase field. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) SetRecoverDatabase(v bool) { + o.RecoverDatabase = &v +} + +// GetFileMappingRules returns the FileMappingRules field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetFileMappingRules() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.FileMappingRules +} + +// GetFileMappingRulesOk returns a tuple with the FileMappingRules field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetFileMappingRulesOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FileMappingRules, true +} + +// HasFileMappingRules returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) HasFileMappingRules() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFileMappingRules gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FileMappingRules field. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) SetFileMappingRules(v string) { + o.FileMappingRules = &v +} + +// GetEnableCdc returns the EnableCdc field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetEnableCdc() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EnableCdc +} + +// GetEnableCdcOk returns a tuple with the EnableCdc field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetEnableCdcOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnableCdc, true +} + +// HasEnableCdc returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) HasEnableCdc() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnableCdc gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EnableCdc field. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) SetEnableCdc(v bool) { + o.EnableCdc = &v +} + +// GetRecoveryModel returns the RecoveryModel field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetRecoveryModel() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RecoveryModel +} + +// GetRecoveryModelOk returns a tuple with the RecoveryModel field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetRecoveryModelOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecoveryModel, true +} + +// HasRecoveryModel returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) HasRecoveryModel() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecoveryModel gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RecoveryModel field. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) SetRecoveryModel(v string) { + o.RecoveryModel = &v +} + +// GetMirroringState returns the MirroringState field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetMirroringState() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MirroringState +} + +// GetMirroringStateOk returns a tuple with the MirroringState field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) GetMirroringStateOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MirroringState, true +} + +// HasMirroringState returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) HasMirroringState() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMirroringState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MirroringState field. +func (o *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) SetMirroringState(v string) { + o.MirroringState = &v +} + +func (o ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + toSerialize["unique_name"] = o.UniqueName + } + if !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + toSerialize["database_name"] = o.DatabaseName + } + if !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + toSerialize["repository_id"] = o.RepositoryId + } + if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + toSerialize["environment_user_ref"] = o.EnvironmentUserRef + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_password"] = o.TdeKeystorePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_config_type"] = o.TdeKeystoreConfigType + } + if !IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + toSerialize["oracle_instance_name"] = o.OracleInstanceName + } + if !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + toSerialize["instance_number"] = o.InstanceNumber + } + if !IsNil(o.Instances) { + toSerialize["instances"] = o.Instances + } + if !IsNil(o.MountBase) { + toSerialize["mount_base"] = o.MountBase + } + if o.ConfigParams != nil { + toSerialize["config_params"] = o.ConfigParams + } + if !IsNil(o.CdbId) { + toSerialize["cdb_id"] = o.CdbId + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + toSerialize["parent_tde_keystore_path"] = o.ParentTdeKeystorePath + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["parent_tde_keystore_password"] = o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + toSerialize["tde_exported_keyfile_secret"] = o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + toSerialize["tde_key_identifier"] = o.TdeKeyIdentifier + } + if !IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + toSerialize["crs_database_name"] = o.CrsDatabaseName + } + if !IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + toSerialize["recover_database"] = o.RecoverDatabase + } + if !IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + toSerialize["file_mapping_rules"] = o.FileMappingRules + } + if !IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + toSerialize["enable_cdc"] = o.EnableCdc + } + if !IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + toSerialize["recovery_model"] = o.RecoveryModel + } + if !IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + toSerialize["mirroring_state"] = o.MirroringState + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableExportDBTimeflowPointParameters struct { + value *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) Get() *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) Set(val *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableExportDBTimeflowPointParameters(val *ExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) *NullableExportDBTimeflowPointParameters { + return &NullableExportDBTimeflowPointParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableExportDBTimeflowPointParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_export_from_bookmark_parameters.go b/model_export_from_bookmark_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a1e16084 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_export_from_bookmark_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,1330 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the ExportFromBookmarkParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ExportFromBookmarkParameters{} + +// ExportFromBookmarkParameters struct for ExportFromBookmarkParameters +type ExportFromBookmarkParameters struct { + // The unique name of the database. + UniqueName *string `json:"unique_name,omitempty"` + // The name of the database. + DatabaseName *string `json:"database_name,omitempty"` + // The repository_id to use for this operation. + RepositoryId *string `json:"repository_id,omitempty"` + // The environment user reference. + EnvironmentUserRef *string `json:"environment_user_ref,omitempty"` + // The password for the Transparent Data Encryption keystore associated with this database. + TdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + TdeKeystoreConfigType *OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum `json:"tde_keystore_config_type,omitempty"` + // SID of the exported database + OracleInstanceName *string `json:"oracle_instance_name,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$"` + // The number of the instance. + InstanceNumber *int32 `json:"instance_number,omitempty"` + Instances []OracleRACDatabaseInstance `json:"instances,omitempty"` + // The base mount point to use for the NFS mounts for the temporary VDB. + MountBase *string `json:"mount_base,omitempty"` + // Database configuration parameter overrides. + ConfigParams map[string]interface{} `json:"config_params,omitempty"` + // ID of an Oracle multitenant database this pluggable database belongs to. + CdbId *string `json:"cdb_id,omitempty"` + // Path to a copy of the parent's Oracle transparent data encryption keystore on the target host. + ParentTdeKeystorePath *string `json:"parent_tde_keystore_path,omitempty"` + // The password of the keystore specified in parentTdeKeystorePath. + ParentTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"parent_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + // Secret to be used while exporting and importing vPDB encryption keys. + TdeExportedKeyfileSecret *string `json:"tde_exported_keyfile_secret,omitempty"` + // Virtual database master encryption key id, as recorded in v$encryption_keys.key_id. + TdeKeyIdentifier *string `json:"tde_key_identifier,omitempty"` + // The Oracle Clusterware database name. + CrsDatabaseName *string `json:"crs_database_name,omitempty"` + // If specified, then take the exported database through recovery procedures, if necessary, to reach a consistent point. + RecoverDatabase *bool `json:"recover_database,omitempty"` + // Database file mapping rules. + FileMappingRules *string `json:"file_mapping_rules,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether to enable Change Data Capture (CDC) or not on exported database(MSSql Only). + EnableCdc *bool `json:"enable_cdc,omitempty"` + // Recovery model of the database (MSSql Only). + RecoveryModel *string `json:"recovery_model,omitempty"` + // Recovery model of the database (MSSql Only). + MirroringState *string `json:"mirroring_state,omitempty"` + // The base directory to use for the exported database. + TargetDirectory *string `json:"targetDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for data files. + DataDirectory *string `json:"dataDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for archive files. + ArchiveDirectory *string `json:"archiveDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for external files. + ExternalDirectory *string `json:"externalDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for temporary files. + TempDirectory *string `json:"tempDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for script files. + ScriptDirectory *string `json:"scriptDirectory,omitempty"` + // Whether to use absolute path for data files (Oracle only). + UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles *bool `json:"useAbsolutePathForDataFiles,omitempty"` + // Number of data streams to connect to the database. + RmanChannels *int32 `json:"rman_channels,omitempty"` + // Number of GigaBytes in which RMAN will break large files to back them in parallel. + RmanFileSectionSizeInGb *int32 `json:"rman_file_section_size_in_gb,omitempty"` + // The ID of the bookmark from which to execute the operation. + BookmarkId string `json:"bookmark_id"` +} + +type _ExportFromBookmarkParameters ExportFromBookmarkParameters + +// NewExportFromBookmarkParameters instantiates a new ExportFromBookmarkParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewExportFromBookmarkParameters(bookmarkId string) *ExportFromBookmarkParameters { + this := ExportFromBookmarkParameters{} + var recoverDatabase bool = true + this.RecoverDatabase = &recoverDatabase + var enableCdc bool = false + this.EnableCdc = &enableCdc + var recoveryModel string = "FULL" + this.RecoveryModel = &recoveryModel + var mirroringState string = "NONE" + this.MirroringState = &mirroringState + var rmanChannels int32 = 8 + this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels + var rmanFileSectionSizeInGb int32 = 0 + this.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &rmanFileSectionSizeInGb + this.BookmarkId = bookmarkId + return &this +} + +// NewExportFromBookmarkParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new ExportFromBookmarkParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewExportFromBookmarkParametersWithDefaults() *ExportFromBookmarkParameters { + this := ExportFromBookmarkParameters{} + var recoverDatabase bool = true + this.RecoverDatabase = &recoverDatabase + var enableCdc bool = false + this.EnableCdc = &enableCdc + var recoveryModel string = "FULL" + this.RecoveryModel = &recoveryModel + var mirroringState string = "NONE" + this.MirroringState = &mirroringState + var rmanChannels int32 = 8 + this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels + var rmanFileSectionSizeInGb int32 = 0 + this.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &rmanFileSectionSizeInGb + return &this +} + +// GetUniqueName returns the UniqueName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetUniqueName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.UniqueName +} + +// GetUniqueNameOk returns a tuple with the UniqueName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetUniqueNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UniqueName, true +} + +// HasUniqueName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasUniqueName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUniqueName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the UniqueName field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetUniqueName(v string) { + o.UniqueName = &v +} + +// GetDatabaseName returns the DatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetDatabaseName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatabaseName +} + +// GetDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatabaseName, true +} + +// HasDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasDatabaseName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseName field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetDatabaseName(v string) { + o.DatabaseName = &v +} + +// GetRepositoryId returns the RepositoryId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetRepositoryId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RepositoryId +} + +// GetRepositoryIdOk returns a tuple with the RepositoryId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetRepositoryIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RepositoryId, true +} + +// HasRepositoryId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasRepositoryId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRepositoryId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RepositoryId field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetRepositoryId(v string) { + o.RepositoryId = &v +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserRef returns the EnvironmentUserRef field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetEnvironmentUserRef() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EnvironmentUserRef +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserRefOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUserRef field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetEnvironmentUserRefOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvironmentUserRef, true +} + +// HasEnvironmentUserRef returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasEnvironmentUserRef() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironmentUserRef gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentUserRef field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetEnvironmentUserRef(v string) { + o.EnvironmentUserRef = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeystorePassword returns the TdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.TdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigType returns the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigType() OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + var ret OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystoreConfigType +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk() (*OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystoreConfigType, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystoreConfigType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasTdeKeystoreConfigType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystoreConfigType gets a reference to the given OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum and assigns it to the TdeKeystoreConfigType field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetTdeKeystoreConfigType(v OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) { + o.TdeKeystoreConfigType = &v +} + +// GetOracleInstanceName returns the OracleInstanceName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetOracleInstanceName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.OracleInstanceName +} + +// GetOracleInstanceNameOk returns a tuple with the OracleInstanceName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetOracleInstanceNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleInstanceName, true +} + +// HasOracleInstanceName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasOracleInstanceName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleInstanceName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OracleInstanceName field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetOracleInstanceName(v string) { + o.OracleInstanceName = &v +} + +// GetInstanceNumber returns the InstanceNumber field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetInstanceNumber() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.InstanceNumber +} + +// GetInstanceNumberOk returns a tuple with the InstanceNumber field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetInstanceNumberOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InstanceNumber, true +} + +// HasInstanceNumber returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasInstanceNumber() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstanceNumber gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the InstanceNumber field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetInstanceNumber(v int32) { + o.InstanceNumber = &v +} + +// GetInstances returns the Instances field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetInstances() []OracleRACDatabaseInstance { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + var ret []OracleRACDatabaseInstance + return ret + } + return o.Instances +} + +// GetInstancesOk returns a tuple with the Instances field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetInstancesOk() ([]OracleRACDatabaseInstance, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Instances, true +} + +// HasInstances returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasInstances() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Instances) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstances gets a reference to the given []OracleRACDatabaseInstance and assigns it to the Instances field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetInstances(v []OracleRACDatabaseInstance) { + o.Instances = v +} + +// GetMountBase returns the MountBase field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetMountBase() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountBase) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MountBase +} + +// GetMountBaseOk returns a tuple with the MountBase field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetMountBaseOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountBase) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MountBase, true +} + +// HasMountBase returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasMountBase() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MountBase) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMountBase gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MountBase field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetMountBase(v string) { + o.MountBase = &v +} + +// GetConfigParams returns the ConfigParams field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { + if o == nil { + var ret map[string]interface{} + return ret + } + return o.ConfigParams +} + +// GetConfigParamsOk returns a tuple with the ConfigParams field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + return map[string]interface{}{}, false + } + return o.ConfigParams, true +} + +// HasConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasConfigParams() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConfigParams gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the ConfigParams field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetConfigParams(v map[string]interface{}) { + o.ConfigParams = v +} + +// GetCdbId returns the CdbId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetCdbId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CdbId +} + +// GetCdbIdOk returns a tuple with the CdbId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetCdbIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CdbId, true +} + +// HasCdbId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasCdbId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CdbId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCdbId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CdbId field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetCdbId(v string) { + o.CdbId = &v +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePath returns the ParentTdeKeystorePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentTdeKeystorePath +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePathOk returns a tuple with the ParentTdeKeystorePath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentTdeKeystorePath, true +} + +// HasParentTdeKeystorePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasParentTdeKeystorePath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentTdeKeystorePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentTdeKeystorePath field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetParentTdeKeystorePath(v string) { + o.ParentTdeKeystorePath = &v +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePassword returns the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasParentTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasParentTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetParentTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + +// GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret returns the TdeExportedKeyfileSecret field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret +} + +// GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecretOk returns a tuple with the TdeExportedKeyfileSecret field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecretOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret, true +} + +// HasTdeExportedKeyfileSecret returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasTdeExportedKeyfileSecret() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeExportedKeyfileSecret field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret(v string) { + o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeyIdentifier returns the TdeKeyIdentifier field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetTdeKeyIdentifier() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeyIdentifier +} + +// GetTdeKeyIdentifierOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeyIdentifier field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetTdeKeyIdentifierOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeyIdentifier, true +} + +// HasTdeKeyIdentifier returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasTdeKeyIdentifier() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeyIdentifier gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeKeyIdentifier field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetTdeKeyIdentifier(v string) { + o.TdeKeyIdentifier = &v +} + +// GetCrsDatabaseName returns the CrsDatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetCrsDatabaseName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CrsDatabaseName +} + +// GetCrsDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the CrsDatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetCrsDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CrsDatabaseName, true +} + +// HasCrsDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasCrsDatabaseName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCrsDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CrsDatabaseName field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetCrsDatabaseName(v string) { + o.CrsDatabaseName = &v +} + +// GetRecoverDatabase returns the RecoverDatabase field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetRecoverDatabase() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.RecoverDatabase +} + +// GetRecoverDatabaseOk returns a tuple with the RecoverDatabase field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetRecoverDatabaseOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecoverDatabase, true +} + +// HasRecoverDatabase returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasRecoverDatabase() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecoverDatabase gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the RecoverDatabase field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetRecoverDatabase(v bool) { + o.RecoverDatabase = &v +} + +// GetFileMappingRules returns the FileMappingRules field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetFileMappingRules() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.FileMappingRules +} + +// GetFileMappingRulesOk returns a tuple with the FileMappingRules field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetFileMappingRulesOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FileMappingRules, true +} + +// HasFileMappingRules returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasFileMappingRules() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFileMappingRules gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FileMappingRules field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetFileMappingRules(v string) { + o.FileMappingRules = &v +} + +// GetEnableCdc returns the EnableCdc field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetEnableCdc() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EnableCdc +} + +// GetEnableCdcOk returns a tuple with the EnableCdc field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetEnableCdcOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnableCdc, true +} + +// HasEnableCdc returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasEnableCdc() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnableCdc gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EnableCdc field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetEnableCdc(v bool) { + o.EnableCdc = &v +} + +// GetRecoveryModel returns the RecoveryModel field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetRecoveryModel() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RecoveryModel +} + +// GetRecoveryModelOk returns a tuple with the RecoveryModel field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetRecoveryModelOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecoveryModel, true +} + +// HasRecoveryModel returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasRecoveryModel() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecoveryModel gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RecoveryModel field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetRecoveryModel(v string) { + o.RecoveryModel = &v +} + +// GetMirroringState returns the MirroringState field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetMirroringState() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MirroringState +} + +// GetMirroringStateOk returns a tuple with the MirroringState field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetMirroringStateOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MirroringState, true +} + +// HasMirroringState returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasMirroringState() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMirroringState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MirroringState field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetMirroringState(v string) { + o.MirroringState = &v +} + +// GetTargetDirectory returns the TargetDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetTargetDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetDirectory +} + +// GetTargetDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the TargetDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetTargetDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetDirectory, true +} + +// HasTargetDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasTargetDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetDirectory field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetTargetDirectory(v string) { + o.TargetDirectory = &v +} + +// GetDataDirectory returns the DataDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetDataDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DataDirectory +} + +// GetDataDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the DataDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetDataDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataDirectory, true +} + +// HasDataDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasDataDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DataDirectory field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetDataDirectory(v string) { + o.DataDirectory = &v +} + +// GetArchiveDirectory returns the ArchiveDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetArchiveDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ArchiveDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ArchiveDirectory +} + +// GetArchiveDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the ArchiveDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetArchiveDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ArchiveDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ArchiveDirectory, true +} + +// HasArchiveDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasArchiveDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ArchiveDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetArchiveDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ArchiveDirectory field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetArchiveDirectory(v string) { + o.ArchiveDirectory = &v +} + +// GetExternalDirectory returns the ExternalDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetExternalDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExternalDirectory +} + +// GetExternalDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the ExternalDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetExternalDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExternalDirectory, true +} + +// HasExternalDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasExternalDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalDirectory field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetExternalDirectory(v string) { + o.ExternalDirectory = &v +} + +// GetTempDirectory returns the TempDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetTempDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TempDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TempDirectory +} + +// GetTempDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the TempDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetTempDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TempDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TempDirectory, true +} + +// HasTempDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasTempDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TempDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTempDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TempDirectory field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetTempDirectory(v string) { + o.TempDirectory = &v +} + +// GetScriptDirectory returns the ScriptDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetScriptDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ScriptDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ScriptDirectory +} + +// GetScriptDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the ScriptDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetScriptDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ScriptDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ScriptDirectory, true +} + +// HasScriptDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasScriptDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ScriptDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetScriptDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ScriptDirectory field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetScriptDirectory(v string) { + o.ScriptDirectory = &v +} + +// GetUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles returns the UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles +} + +// GetUseAbsolutePathForDataFilesOk returns a tuple with the UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetUseAbsolutePathForDataFilesOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles, true +} + +// HasUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles(v bool) { + o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles = &v +} + +// GetRmanChannels returns the RmanChannels field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetRmanChannels() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanChannels +} + +// GetRmanChannelsOk returns a tuple with the RmanChannels field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetRmanChannelsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanChannels, true +} + +// HasRmanChannels returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasRmanChannels() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanChannels gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanChannels field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetRmanChannels(v int32) { + o.RmanChannels = &v +} + +// GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb returns the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb +} + +// GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGbOk returns a tuple with the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGbOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb, true +} + +// HasRmanFileSectionSizeInGb returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasRmanFileSectionSizeInGb() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb(v int32) { + o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &v +} + +// GetBookmarkId returns the BookmarkId field value +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetBookmarkId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.BookmarkId +} + +// GetBookmarkIdOk returns a tuple with the BookmarkId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetBookmarkIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.BookmarkId, true +} + +// SetBookmarkId sets field value +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetBookmarkId(v string) { + o.BookmarkId = v +} + +func (o ExportFromBookmarkParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ExportFromBookmarkParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + toSerialize["unique_name"] = o.UniqueName + } + if !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + toSerialize["database_name"] = o.DatabaseName + } + if !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + toSerialize["repository_id"] = o.RepositoryId + } + if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + toSerialize["environment_user_ref"] = o.EnvironmentUserRef + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_password"] = o.TdeKeystorePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_config_type"] = o.TdeKeystoreConfigType + } + if !IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + toSerialize["oracle_instance_name"] = o.OracleInstanceName + } + if !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + toSerialize["instance_number"] = o.InstanceNumber + } + if !IsNil(o.Instances) { + toSerialize["instances"] = o.Instances + } + if !IsNil(o.MountBase) { + toSerialize["mount_base"] = o.MountBase + } + if o.ConfigParams != nil { + toSerialize["config_params"] = o.ConfigParams + } + if !IsNil(o.CdbId) { + toSerialize["cdb_id"] = o.CdbId + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + toSerialize["parent_tde_keystore_path"] = o.ParentTdeKeystorePath + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["parent_tde_keystore_password"] = o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + toSerialize["tde_exported_keyfile_secret"] = o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + toSerialize["tde_key_identifier"] = o.TdeKeyIdentifier + } + if !IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + toSerialize["crs_database_name"] = o.CrsDatabaseName + } + if !IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + toSerialize["recover_database"] = o.RecoverDatabase + } + if !IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + toSerialize["file_mapping_rules"] = o.FileMappingRules + } + if !IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + toSerialize["enable_cdc"] = o.EnableCdc + } + if !IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + toSerialize["recovery_model"] = o.RecoveryModel + } + if !IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + toSerialize["mirroring_state"] = o.MirroringState + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetDirectory) { + toSerialize["targetDirectory"] = o.TargetDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.DataDirectory) { + toSerialize["dataDirectory"] = o.DataDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.ArchiveDirectory) { + toSerialize["archiveDirectory"] = o.ArchiveDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalDirectory) { + toSerialize["externalDirectory"] = o.ExternalDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.TempDirectory) { + toSerialize["tempDirectory"] = o.TempDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.ScriptDirectory) { + toSerialize["scriptDirectory"] = o.ScriptDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles) { + toSerialize["useAbsolutePathForDataFiles"] = o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles + } + if !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + toSerialize["rman_channels"] = o.RmanChannels + } + if !IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + toSerialize["rman_file_section_size_in_gb"] = o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb + } + toSerialize["bookmark_id"] = o.BookmarkId + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "bookmark_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varExportFromBookmarkParameters := _ExportFromBookmarkParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varExportFromBookmarkParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ExportFromBookmarkParameters(varExportFromBookmarkParameters) + + return err +} + +type NullableExportFromBookmarkParameters struct { + value *ExportFromBookmarkParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableExportFromBookmarkParameters) Get() *ExportFromBookmarkParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableExportFromBookmarkParameters) Set(val *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableExportFromBookmarkParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableExportFromBookmarkParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableExportFromBookmarkParameters(val *ExportFromBookmarkParameters) *NullableExportFromBookmarkParameters { + return &NullableExportFromBookmarkParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableExportFromBookmarkParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableExportFromBookmarkParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_export_response.go b/model_export_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..842e8def --- /dev/null +++ b/model_export_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ExportResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ExportResponse{} + +// ExportResponse struct for ExportResponse +type ExportResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewExportResponse instantiates a new ExportResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewExportResponse() *ExportResponse { + this := ExportResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewExportResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ExportResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewExportResponseWithDefaults() *ExportResponse { + this := ExportResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *ExportResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o ExportResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ExportResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableExportResponse struct { + value *ExportResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableExportResponse) Get() *ExportResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableExportResponse) Set(val *ExportResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableExportResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableExportResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableExportResponse(val *ExportResponse) *NullableExportResponse { + return &NullableExportResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableExportResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableExportResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_export_vdb_response.go b/model_export_vdb_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bdf30bd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_export_vdb_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ExportVdbResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ExportVdbResponse{} + +// ExportVdbResponse struct for ExportVdbResponse +type ExportVdbResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewExportVdbResponse instantiates a new ExportVdbResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewExportVdbResponse() *ExportVdbResponse { + this := ExportVdbResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewExportVdbResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ExportVdbResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewExportVdbResponseWithDefaults() *ExportVdbResponse { + this := ExportVdbResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ExportVdbResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ExportVdbResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ExportVdbResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *ExportVdbResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o ExportVdbResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ExportVdbResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableExportVdbResponse struct { + value *ExportVdbResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableExportVdbResponse) Get() *ExportVdbResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableExportVdbResponse) Set(val *ExportVdbResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableExportVdbResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableExportVdbResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableExportVdbResponse(val *ExportVdbResponse) *NullableExportVdbResponse { + return &NullableExportVdbResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableExportVdbResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableExportVdbResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_failover_namespace_parameters.go b/model_failover_namespace_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b736ecd8 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_failover_namespace_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the FailoverNamespaceParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &FailoverNamespaceParameters{} + +// FailoverNamespaceParameters The parameters to failover a Namespace. +type FailoverNamespaceParameters struct { + // Whether to enable failback for the datasets being failed over. + EnableFailback *bool `json:"enable_failback,omitempty"` +} + +// NewFailoverNamespaceParameters instantiates a new FailoverNamespaceParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewFailoverNamespaceParameters() *FailoverNamespaceParameters { + this := FailoverNamespaceParameters{} + var enableFailback bool = false + this.EnableFailback = &enableFailback + return &this +} + +// NewFailoverNamespaceParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new FailoverNamespaceParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewFailoverNamespaceParametersWithDefaults() *FailoverNamespaceParameters { + this := FailoverNamespaceParameters{} + var enableFailback bool = false + this.EnableFailback = &enableFailback + return &this +} + +// GetEnableFailback returns the EnableFailback field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *FailoverNamespaceParameters) GetEnableFailback() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableFailback) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EnableFailback +} + +// GetEnableFailbackOk returns a tuple with the EnableFailback field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *FailoverNamespaceParameters) GetEnableFailbackOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableFailback) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnableFailback, true +} + +// HasEnableFailback returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *FailoverNamespaceParameters) HasEnableFailback() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnableFailback) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnableFailback gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EnableFailback field. +func (o *FailoverNamespaceParameters) SetEnableFailback(v bool) { + o.EnableFailback = &v +} + +func (o FailoverNamespaceParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o FailoverNamespaceParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.EnableFailback) { + toSerialize["enable_failback"] = o.EnableFailback + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableFailoverNamespaceParameters struct { + value *FailoverNamespaceParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableFailoverNamespaceParameters) Get() *FailoverNamespaceParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableFailoverNamespaceParameters) Set(val *FailoverNamespaceParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableFailoverNamespaceParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableFailoverNamespaceParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableFailoverNamespaceParameters(val *FailoverNamespaceParameters) *NullableFailoverNamespaceParameters { + return &NullableFailoverNamespaceParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableFailoverNamespaceParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableFailoverNamespaceParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_filesystem_layout_parameters.go b/model_filesystem_layout_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..24b60f7a --- /dev/null +++ b/model_filesystem_layout_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,350 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the FilesystemLayoutParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &FilesystemLayoutParameters{} + +// FilesystemLayoutParameters struct for FilesystemLayoutParameters +type FilesystemLayoutParameters struct { + // The base directory to use for the exported database. + TargetDirectory *string `json:"targetDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for data files. + DataDirectory *string `json:"dataDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for archive files. + ArchiveDirectory *string `json:"archiveDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for external files. + ExternalDirectory *string `json:"externalDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for temporary files. + TempDirectory *string `json:"tempDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for script files. + ScriptDirectory *string `json:"scriptDirectory,omitempty"` + // Whether to use absolute path for data files (Oracle only). + UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles *bool `json:"useAbsolutePathForDataFiles,omitempty"` +} + +// NewFilesystemLayoutParameters instantiates a new FilesystemLayoutParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewFilesystemLayoutParameters() *FilesystemLayoutParameters { + this := FilesystemLayoutParameters{} + return &this +} + +// NewFilesystemLayoutParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new FilesystemLayoutParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewFilesystemLayoutParametersWithDefaults() *FilesystemLayoutParameters { + this := FilesystemLayoutParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetTargetDirectory returns the TargetDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *FilesystemLayoutParameters) GetTargetDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetDirectory +} + +// GetTargetDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the TargetDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *FilesystemLayoutParameters) GetTargetDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetDirectory, true +} + +// HasTargetDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *FilesystemLayoutParameters) HasTargetDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetDirectory field. +func (o *FilesystemLayoutParameters) SetTargetDirectory(v string) { + o.TargetDirectory = &v +} + +// GetDataDirectory returns the DataDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *FilesystemLayoutParameters) GetDataDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DataDirectory +} + +// GetDataDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the DataDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *FilesystemLayoutParameters) GetDataDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataDirectory, true +} + +// HasDataDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *FilesystemLayoutParameters) HasDataDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DataDirectory field. +func (o *FilesystemLayoutParameters) SetDataDirectory(v string) { + o.DataDirectory = &v +} + +// GetArchiveDirectory returns the ArchiveDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *FilesystemLayoutParameters) GetArchiveDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ArchiveDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ArchiveDirectory +} + +// GetArchiveDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the ArchiveDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *FilesystemLayoutParameters) GetArchiveDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ArchiveDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ArchiveDirectory, true +} + +// HasArchiveDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *FilesystemLayoutParameters) HasArchiveDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ArchiveDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetArchiveDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ArchiveDirectory field. +func (o *FilesystemLayoutParameters) SetArchiveDirectory(v string) { + o.ArchiveDirectory = &v +} + +// GetExternalDirectory returns the ExternalDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *FilesystemLayoutParameters) GetExternalDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExternalDirectory +} + +// GetExternalDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the ExternalDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *FilesystemLayoutParameters) GetExternalDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExternalDirectory, true +} + +// HasExternalDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *FilesystemLayoutParameters) HasExternalDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalDirectory field. +func (o *FilesystemLayoutParameters) SetExternalDirectory(v string) { + o.ExternalDirectory = &v +} + +// GetTempDirectory returns the TempDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *FilesystemLayoutParameters) GetTempDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TempDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TempDirectory +} + +// GetTempDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the TempDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *FilesystemLayoutParameters) GetTempDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TempDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TempDirectory, true +} + +// HasTempDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *FilesystemLayoutParameters) HasTempDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TempDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTempDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TempDirectory field. +func (o *FilesystemLayoutParameters) SetTempDirectory(v string) { + o.TempDirectory = &v +} + +// GetScriptDirectory returns the ScriptDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *FilesystemLayoutParameters) GetScriptDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ScriptDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ScriptDirectory +} + +// GetScriptDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the ScriptDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *FilesystemLayoutParameters) GetScriptDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ScriptDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ScriptDirectory, true +} + +// HasScriptDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *FilesystemLayoutParameters) HasScriptDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ScriptDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetScriptDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ScriptDirectory field. +func (o *FilesystemLayoutParameters) SetScriptDirectory(v string) { + o.ScriptDirectory = &v +} + +// GetUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles returns the UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *FilesystemLayoutParameters) GetUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles +} + +// GetUseAbsolutePathForDataFilesOk returns a tuple with the UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *FilesystemLayoutParameters) GetUseAbsolutePathForDataFilesOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles, true +} + +// HasUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *FilesystemLayoutParameters) HasUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles field. +func (o *FilesystemLayoutParameters) SetUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles(v bool) { + o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles = &v +} + +func (o FilesystemLayoutParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o FilesystemLayoutParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.TargetDirectory) { + toSerialize["targetDirectory"] = o.TargetDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.DataDirectory) { + toSerialize["dataDirectory"] = o.DataDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.ArchiveDirectory) { + toSerialize["archiveDirectory"] = o.ArchiveDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalDirectory) { + toSerialize["externalDirectory"] = o.ExternalDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.TempDirectory) { + toSerialize["tempDirectory"] = o.TempDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.ScriptDirectory) { + toSerialize["scriptDirectory"] = o.ScriptDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles) { + toSerialize["useAbsolutePathForDataFiles"] = o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableFilesystemLayoutParameters struct { + value *FilesystemLayoutParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableFilesystemLayoutParameters) Get() *FilesystemLayoutParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableFilesystemLayoutParameters) Set(val *FilesystemLayoutParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableFilesystemLayoutParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableFilesystemLayoutParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableFilesystemLayoutParameters(val *FilesystemLayoutParameters) *NullableFilesystemLayoutParameters { + return &NullableFilesystemLayoutParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableFilesystemLayoutParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableFilesystemLayoutParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_find_by_location_response.go b/model_find_by_location_response.go index 90a2c286..763ac06a 100644 --- a/model_find_by_location_response.go +++ b/model_find_by_location_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_find_by_timestamp_response.go b/model_find_by_timestamp_response.go index 8049ef26..5b83ff66 100644 --- a/model_find_by_timestamp_response.go +++ b/model_find_by_timestamp_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_framework.go b/model_framework.go deleted file mode 100644 index 1b0184f3..00000000 --- a/model_framework.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,249 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" -) - -// checks if the Framework type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &Framework{} - -// Framework A masking algorithm framework. -type Framework struct { - // The masking framework entity ID. - Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` - // The name of this framework. - Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` - // A description of this framework. - Description NullableString `json:"description,omitempty"` - // The masking type of this framework. - MaskingType *string `json:"masking_type,omitempty"` -} - -// NewFramework instantiates a new Framework object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewFramework() *Framework { - this := Framework{} - return &this -} - -// NewFrameworkWithDefaults instantiates a new Framework object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewFrameworkWithDefaults() *Framework { - this := Framework{} - return &this -} - -// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *Framework) GetId() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.Id -} - -// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *Framework) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Id, true -} - -// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *Framework) HasId() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. -func (o *Framework) SetId(v string) { - o.Id = &v -} - -// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *Framework) GetName() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.Name -} - -// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *Framework) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Name, true -} - -// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *Framework) HasName() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. -func (o *Framework) SetName(v string) { - o.Name = &v -} - -// GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). -func (o *Framework) GetDescription() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description.Get()) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.Description.Get() -} - -// GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned -func (o *Framework) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { - return nil, false - } - return o.Description.Get(), o.Description.IsSet() -} - -// HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *Framework) HasDescription() bool { - if o != nil && o.Description.IsSet() { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetDescription gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the Description field. -func (o *Framework) SetDescription(v string) { - o.Description.Set(&v) -} -// SetDescriptionNil sets the value for Description to be an explicit nil -func (o *Framework) SetDescriptionNil() { - o.Description.Set(nil) -} - -// UnsetDescription ensures that no value is present for Description, not even an explicit nil -func (o *Framework) UnsetDescription() { - o.Description.Unset() -} - -// GetMaskingType returns the MaskingType field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *Framework) GetMaskingType() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.MaskingType) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.MaskingType -} - -// GetMaskingTypeOk returns a tuple with the MaskingType field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *Framework) GetMaskingTypeOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.MaskingType) { - return nil, false - } - return o.MaskingType, true -} - -// HasMaskingType returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *Framework) HasMaskingType() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MaskingType) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetMaskingType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MaskingType field. -func (o *Framework) SetMaskingType(v string) { - o.MaskingType = &v -} - -func (o Framework) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o Framework) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.Id) { - toSerialize["id"] = o.Id - } - if !IsNil(o.Name) { - toSerialize["name"] = o.Name - } - if o.Description.IsSet() { - toSerialize["description"] = o.Description.Get() - } - if !IsNil(o.MaskingType) { - toSerialize["masking_type"] = o.MaskingType - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableFramework struct { - value *Framework - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableFramework) Get() *Framework { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableFramework) Set(val *Framework) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableFramework) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableFramework) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableFramework(val *Framework) *NullableFramework { - return &NullableFramework{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableFramework) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableFramework) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_generate_data_attribute.go b/model_generate_data_attribute.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5a8647d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_generate_data_attribute.go @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the GenerateDataAttribute type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &GenerateDataAttribute{} + +// GenerateDataAttribute A data attribute used in AI value generation +type GenerateDataAttribute struct { + // An optional label for the data attribute. Attributes that are adjectives typically do not require a label, while nouns typically will. For example, value=Italian vs. label=Country, value=Italy. + Label *string `json:"label,omitempty"` + // Values for the data attribute. Distinct prompts will be made to the generative AI for each value and a mix of results will be present in the generated list + Values []string `json:"values"` +} + +type _GenerateDataAttribute GenerateDataAttribute + +// NewGenerateDataAttribute instantiates a new GenerateDataAttribute object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewGenerateDataAttribute(values []string) *GenerateDataAttribute { + this := GenerateDataAttribute{} + this.Values = values + return &this +} + +// NewGenerateDataAttributeWithDefaults instantiates a new GenerateDataAttribute object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewGenerateDataAttributeWithDefaults() *GenerateDataAttribute { + this := GenerateDataAttribute{} + return &this +} + +// GetLabel returns the Label field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataAttribute) GetLabel() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Label) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Label +} + +// GetLabelOk returns a tuple with the Label field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataAttribute) GetLabelOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Label) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Label, true +} + +// HasLabel returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataAttribute) HasLabel() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Label) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLabel gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Label field. +func (o *GenerateDataAttribute) SetLabel(v string) { + o.Label = &v +} + +// GetValues returns the Values field value +func (o *GenerateDataAttribute) GetValues() []string { + if o == nil { + var ret []string + return ret + } + + return o.Values +} + +// GetValuesOk returns a tuple with the Values field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataAttribute) GetValuesOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Values, true +} + +// SetValues sets field value +func (o *GenerateDataAttribute) SetValues(v []string) { + o.Values = v +} + +func (o GenerateDataAttribute) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o GenerateDataAttribute) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Label) { + toSerialize["label"] = o.Label + } + toSerialize["values"] = o.Values + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *GenerateDataAttribute) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "values", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varGenerateDataAttribute := _GenerateDataAttribute{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varGenerateDataAttribute) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = GenerateDataAttribute(varGenerateDataAttribute) + + return err +} + +type NullableGenerateDataAttribute struct { + value *GenerateDataAttribute + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableGenerateDataAttribute) Get() *GenerateDataAttribute { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableGenerateDataAttribute) Set(val *GenerateDataAttribute) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableGenerateDataAttribute) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableGenerateDataAttribute) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableGenerateDataAttribute(val *GenerateDataAttribute) *NullableGenerateDataAttribute { + return &NullableGenerateDataAttribute{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableGenerateDataAttribute) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableGenerateDataAttribute) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_generate_data_operation.go b/model_generate_data_operation.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f5211e65 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_generate_data_operation.go @@ -0,0 +1,906 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" +) + +// checks if the GenerateDataOperation type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &GenerateDataOperation{} + +// GenerateDataOperation The stored representation of an AI data generation operation +type GenerateDataOperation struct { + // The id of this data generation request. + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // A name for this data generation request. This name will be used for the generated file, if requested. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // A description of this data generation request + Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"` + // The status of this data generation request + Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"` + // The type of data to generate + DataType *string `json:"data_type,omitempty"` + // Attributes to use when generating some values. Generation will iterate over each attribute, so each attribute will apply to a subset of the generated values + Attributes []GenerateDataAttribute `json:"attributes,omitempty"` + // The maximum length in characters for each generated value. Generated values which are too long are discarded. + MaxValueLength *int32 `json:"max_value_length,omitempty"` + // The number of values to generate. + RequestedCount *int32 `json:"requested_count,omitempty"` + // The number of values actually generated. + GeneratedCount *int32 `json:"generated_count,omitempty"` + // A Java regular expression that matches each character to filter from the generated values. + FilterCharacters *string `json:"filter_characters,omitempty"` + // Whether to allow duplicate values in the generated value list. + AllowDuplicates *bool `json:"allow_duplicates,omitempty"` + // Whether to trim leading and trailing whitespace from generated values. + TrimValues *bool `json:"trim_values,omitempty"` + // Whether to allow generation of multiline values. Values generated with this setting true cannot be exported to secure lookup files. When this value is false, multiline values are rejected. + MultilineValues *bool `json:"multiline_values,omitempty"` + // The ID of the account who created this data generate operation. + AccountId *string `json:"account_id,omitempty"` + // The date and time this data generate request was created. + SubmitTime *time.Time `json:"submit_time,omitempty"` + // The date and time this data generate request began processing. + StartTime *time.Time `json:"start_time,omitempty"` + // The date and time this data generate request was completed. + EndTime *time.Time `json:"end_time,omitempty"` + // The time after which the generated values and associated operation record will be automatically deleted. No value means the data will be retained indefinitely. + ExpirationTime *time.Time `json:"expiration_time,omitempty"` + // The error tolerance value specified during value generation + ErrorTolerance *int32 `json:"error_tolerance,omitempty"` + // The id of the AI orchestrator that processed this generate operation. + AiOrchestratorId *string `json:"ai_orchestrator_id,omitempty"` + // The full name of the LLM model used. + LlmModelName *string `json:"llm_model_name,omitempty"` + // The request priority, where higher values mean higher priority. + Priority *int32 `json:"priority,omitempty"` +} + +// NewGenerateDataOperation instantiates a new GenerateDataOperation object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewGenerateDataOperation() *GenerateDataOperation { + this := GenerateDataOperation{} + return &this +} + +// NewGenerateDataOperationWithDefaults instantiates a new GenerateDataOperation object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewGenerateDataOperationWithDefaults() *GenerateDataOperation { + this := GenerateDataOperation{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetDescription() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Description +} + +// GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Description, true +} + +// HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) HasDescription() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Description) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) SetDescription(v string) { + o.Description = &v +} + +// GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetStatus() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Status +} + +// GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Status, true +} + +// HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) HasStatus() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Status) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) SetStatus(v string) { + o.Status = &v +} + +// GetDataType returns the DataType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetDataType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DataType +} + +// GetDataTypeOk returns a tuple with the DataType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetDataTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataType, true +} + +// HasDataType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) HasDataType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DataType field. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) SetDataType(v string) { + o.DataType = &v +} + +// GetAttributes returns the Attributes field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetAttributes() []GenerateDataAttribute { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Attributes) { + var ret []GenerateDataAttribute + return ret + } + return o.Attributes +} + +// GetAttributesOk returns a tuple with the Attributes field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetAttributesOk() ([]GenerateDataAttribute, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Attributes) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Attributes, true +} + +// HasAttributes returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) HasAttributes() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Attributes) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAttributes gets a reference to the given []GenerateDataAttribute and assigns it to the Attributes field. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) SetAttributes(v []GenerateDataAttribute) { + o.Attributes = v +} + +// GetMaxValueLength returns the MaxValueLength field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetMaxValueLength() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MaxValueLength) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.MaxValueLength +} + +// GetMaxValueLengthOk returns a tuple with the MaxValueLength field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetMaxValueLengthOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MaxValueLength) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MaxValueLength, true +} + +// HasMaxValueLength returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) HasMaxValueLength() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MaxValueLength) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMaxValueLength gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the MaxValueLength field. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) SetMaxValueLength(v int32) { + o.MaxValueLength = &v +} + +// GetRequestedCount returns the RequestedCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetRequestedCount() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RequestedCount) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RequestedCount +} + +// GetRequestedCountOk returns a tuple with the RequestedCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetRequestedCountOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RequestedCount) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RequestedCount, true +} + +// HasRequestedCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) HasRequestedCount() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RequestedCount) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRequestedCount gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RequestedCount field. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) SetRequestedCount(v int32) { + o.RequestedCount = &v +} + +// GetGeneratedCount returns the GeneratedCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetGeneratedCount() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.GeneratedCount) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.GeneratedCount +} + +// GetGeneratedCountOk returns a tuple with the GeneratedCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetGeneratedCountOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.GeneratedCount) { + return nil, false + } + return o.GeneratedCount, true +} + +// HasGeneratedCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) HasGeneratedCount() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.GeneratedCount) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetGeneratedCount gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the GeneratedCount field. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) SetGeneratedCount(v int32) { + o.GeneratedCount = &v +} + +// GetFilterCharacters returns the FilterCharacters field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetFilterCharacters() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FilterCharacters) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.FilterCharacters +} + +// GetFilterCharactersOk returns a tuple with the FilterCharacters field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetFilterCharactersOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FilterCharacters) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FilterCharacters, true +} + +// HasFilterCharacters returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) HasFilterCharacters() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FilterCharacters) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFilterCharacters gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FilterCharacters field. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) SetFilterCharacters(v string) { + o.FilterCharacters = &v +} + +// GetAllowDuplicates returns the AllowDuplicates field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetAllowDuplicates() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AllowDuplicates) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowDuplicates +} + +// GetAllowDuplicatesOk returns a tuple with the AllowDuplicates field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetAllowDuplicatesOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AllowDuplicates) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowDuplicates, true +} + +// HasAllowDuplicates returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) HasAllowDuplicates() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AllowDuplicates) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowDuplicates gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowDuplicates field. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) SetAllowDuplicates(v bool) { + o.AllowDuplicates = &v +} + +// GetTrimValues returns the TrimValues field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetTrimValues() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TrimValues) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.TrimValues +} + +// GetTrimValuesOk returns a tuple with the TrimValues field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetTrimValuesOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TrimValues) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TrimValues, true +} + +// HasTrimValues returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) HasTrimValues() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TrimValues) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTrimValues gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the TrimValues field. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) SetTrimValues(v bool) { + o.TrimValues = &v +} + +// GetMultilineValues returns the MultilineValues field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetMultilineValues() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MultilineValues) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.MultilineValues +} + +// GetMultilineValuesOk returns a tuple with the MultilineValues field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetMultilineValuesOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MultilineValues) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MultilineValues, true +} + +// HasMultilineValues returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) HasMultilineValues() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MultilineValues) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMultilineValues gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the MultilineValues field. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) SetMultilineValues(v bool) { + o.MultilineValues = &v +} + +// GetAccountId returns the AccountId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetAccountId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AccountId +} + +// GetAccountIdOk returns a tuple with the AccountId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetAccountIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AccountId, true +} + +// HasAccountId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) HasAccountId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AccountId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAccountId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AccountId field. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) SetAccountId(v string) { + o.AccountId = &v +} + +// GetSubmitTime returns the SubmitTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetSubmitTime() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SubmitTime) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.SubmitTime +} + +// GetSubmitTimeOk returns a tuple with the SubmitTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetSubmitTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SubmitTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SubmitTime, true +} + +// HasSubmitTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) HasSubmitTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SubmitTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSubmitTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the SubmitTime field. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) SetSubmitTime(v time.Time) { + o.SubmitTime = &v +} + +// GetStartTime returns the StartTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetStartTime() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StartTime) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.StartTime +} + +// GetStartTimeOk returns a tuple with the StartTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetStartTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StartTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.StartTime, true +} + +// HasStartTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) HasStartTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StartTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStartTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the StartTime field. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) SetStartTime(v time.Time) { + o.StartTime = &v +} + +// GetEndTime returns the EndTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetEndTime() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EndTime) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.EndTime +} + +// GetEndTimeOk returns a tuple with the EndTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetEndTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EndTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EndTime, true +} + +// HasEndTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) HasEndTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EndTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEndTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the EndTime field. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) SetEndTime(v time.Time) { + o.EndTime = &v +} + +// GetExpirationTime returns the ExpirationTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetExpirationTime() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExpirationTime) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.ExpirationTime +} + +// GetExpirationTimeOk returns a tuple with the ExpirationTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetExpirationTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExpirationTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExpirationTime, true +} + +// HasExpirationTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) HasExpirationTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExpirationTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExpirationTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the ExpirationTime field. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) SetExpirationTime(v time.Time) { + o.ExpirationTime = &v +} + +// GetErrorTolerance returns the ErrorTolerance field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetErrorTolerance() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ErrorTolerance) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.ErrorTolerance +} + +// GetErrorToleranceOk returns a tuple with the ErrorTolerance field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetErrorToleranceOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ErrorTolerance) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ErrorTolerance, true +} + +// HasErrorTolerance returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) HasErrorTolerance() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ErrorTolerance) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetErrorTolerance gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the ErrorTolerance field. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) SetErrorTolerance(v int32) { + o.ErrorTolerance = &v +} + +// GetAiOrchestratorId returns the AiOrchestratorId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetAiOrchestratorId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AiOrchestratorId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AiOrchestratorId +} + +// GetAiOrchestratorIdOk returns a tuple with the AiOrchestratorId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetAiOrchestratorIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AiOrchestratorId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AiOrchestratorId, true +} + +// HasAiOrchestratorId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) HasAiOrchestratorId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AiOrchestratorId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAiOrchestratorId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AiOrchestratorId field. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) SetAiOrchestratorId(v string) { + o.AiOrchestratorId = &v +} + +// GetLlmModelName returns the LlmModelName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetLlmModelName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LlmModelName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.LlmModelName +} + +// GetLlmModelNameOk returns a tuple with the LlmModelName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetLlmModelNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LlmModelName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LlmModelName, true +} + +// HasLlmModelName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) HasLlmModelName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LlmModelName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLlmModelName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the LlmModelName field. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) SetLlmModelName(v string) { + o.LlmModelName = &v +} + +// GetPriority returns the Priority field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetPriority() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Priority) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.Priority +} + +// GetPriorityOk returns a tuple with the Priority field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) GetPriorityOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Priority) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Priority, true +} + +// HasPriority returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) HasPriority() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Priority) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPriority gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the Priority field. +func (o *GenerateDataOperation) SetPriority(v int32) { + o.Priority = &v +} + +func (o GenerateDataOperation) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o GenerateDataOperation) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.Description) { + toSerialize["description"] = o.Description + } + if !IsNil(o.Status) { + toSerialize["status"] = o.Status + } + if !IsNil(o.DataType) { + toSerialize["data_type"] = o.DataType + } + if !IsNil(o.Attributes) { + toSerialize["attributes"] = o.Attributes + } + if !IsNil(o.MaxValueLength) { + toSerialize["max_value_length"] = o.MaxValueLength + } + if !IsNil(o.RequestedCount) { + toSerialize["requested_count"] = o.RequestedCount + } + if !IsNil(o.GeneratedCount) { + toSerialize["generated_count"] = o.GeneratedCount + } + if !IsNil(o.FilterCharacters) { + toSerialize["filter_characters"] = o.FilterCharacters + } + if !IsNil(o.AllowDuplicates) { + toSerialize["allow_duplicates"] = o.AllowDuplicates + } + if !IsNil(o.TrimValues) { + toSerialize["trim_values"] = o.TrimValues + } + if !IsNil(o.MultilineValues) { + toSerialize["multiline_values"] = o.MultilineValues + } + if !IsNil(o.AccountId) { + toSerialize["account_id"] = o.AccountId + } + if !IsNil(o.SubmitTime) { + toSerialize["submit_time"] = o.SubmitTime + } + if !IsNil(o.StartTime) { + toSerialize["start_time"] = o.StartTime + } + if !IsNil(o.EndTime) { + toSerialize["end_time"] = o.EndTime + } + if !IsNil(o.ExpirationTime) { + toSerialize["expiration_time"] = o.ExpirationTime + } + if !IsNil(o.ErrorTolerance) { + toSerialize["error_tolerance"] = o.ErrorTolerance + } + if !IsNil(o.AiOrchestratorId) { + toSerialize["ai_orchestrator_id"] = o.AiOrchestratorId + } + if !IsNil(o.LlmModelName) { + toSerialize["llm_model_name"] = o.LlmModelName + } + if !IsNil(o.Priority) { + toSerialize["priority"] = o.Priority + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableGenerateDataOperation struct { + value *GenerateDataOperation + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableGenerateDataOperation) Get() *GenerateDataOperation { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableGenerateDataOperation) Set(val *GenerateDataOperation) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableGenerateDataOperation) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableGenerateDataOperation) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableGenerateDataOperation(val *GenerateDataOperation) *NullableGenerateDataOperation { + return &NullableGenerateDataOperation{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableGenerateDataOperation) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableGenerateDataOperation) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_generate_data_request.go b/model_generate_data_request.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..18cf50a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_generate_data_request.go @@ -0,0 +1,612 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the GenerateDataRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &GenerateDataRequest{} + +// GenerateDataRequest The parameters for an AI data generation operation +type GenerateDataRequest struct { + // A name for this data generation request. This name will be used for the generated file, if requested. + Name string `json:"name"` + // An optional description for this data generation request + Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"` + // The type of data to generate + DataType string `json:"data_type"` + // Attributes to use when generating some values. For each attribute, generation will iterate over each value, so each attribute value will apply to a subset of the generated values. An empty \"\" in the values list will cause generation skip this attribute for some generated values. + Attributes []GenerateDataAttribute `json:"attributes,omitempty"` + // The maximum length in characters for each generated value. Generated values which are too long are discarded. The default value depends on whether multiline_values is enabled. + MaxValueLength *int32 `json:"max_value_length,omitempty"` + // The number of values to generate + RequestedCount *int32 `json:"requested_count,omitempty"` + // A Java regular expression that matches each character to filter from the generated values. + FilterCharacters *string `json:"filter_characters,omitempty"` + // Whether to allow duplicate values in the generated value list + AllowDuplicates *bool `json:"allow_duplicates,omitempty"` + // Whether to trim leading and trailing whitespace from generated values. + TrimValues *bool `json:"trim_values,omitempty"` + // Whether to allow generation of multiline values. Values generated with this setting true cannot be exported to secure lookup files. When this value is false, multiline values are rejected. + MultilineValues bool `json:"multiline_values"` + // The length of time, in seconds, that generated values should be made available in the API. Values will always be available while the generated request is running. No value means data will be retained indefinitely. + RetentionTime *int64 `json:"retention_time,omitempty"` + // The quantity of unusable, duplicate or failed LLM prompts allowed before the generate operation will fail. This value is expressed as a percentage multiple of total expected number of prompts need to complete the generate operation. Given the high likelihood of duplicate values, this value should not be decreased unless it is critical to time/resource bound the generate operation. + ErrorTolerance *int32 `json:"error_tolerance,omitempty"` + // The request priority, where higher values mean higher priority. This will typically be 0 for bulk operations and 1 for sample generation. + Priority *int32 `json:"priority,omitempty"` +} + +type _GenerateDataRequest GenerateDataRequest + +// NewGenerateDataRequest instantiates a new GenerateDataRequest object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewGenerateDataRequest(name string, dataType string, multilineValues bool) *GenerateDataRequest { + this := GenerateDataRequest{} + this.Name = name + this.DataType = dataType + var requestedCount int32 = 10 + this.RequestedCount = &requestedCount + var filterCharacters string = "" + this.FilterCharacters = &filterCharacters + var allowDuplicates bool = false + this.AllowDuplicates = &allowDuplicates + var trimValues bool = true + this.TrimValues = &trimValues + this.MultilineValues = multilineValues + var errorTolerance int32 = 300 + this.ErrorTolerance = &errorTolerance + var priority int32 = 0 + this.Priority = &priority + return &this +} + +// NewGenerateDataRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new GenerateDataRequest object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewGenerateDataRequestWithDefaults() *GenerateDataRequest { + this := GenerateDataRequest{} + var requestedCount int32 = 10 + this.RequestedCount = &requestedCount + var filterCharacters string = "" + this.FilterCharacters = &filterCharacters + var allowDuplicates bool = false + this.AllowDuplicates = &allowDuplicates + var trimValues bool = true + this.TrimValues = &trimValues + var errorTolerance int32 = 300 + this.ErrorTolerance = &errorTolerance + var priority int32 = 0 + this.Priority = &priority + return &this +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) GetName() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.Name, true +} + +// SetName sets field value +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = v +} + +// GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) GetDescription() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Description +} + +// GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Description, true +} + +// HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) HasDescription() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Description) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) SetDescription(v string) { + o.Description = &v +} + +// GetDataType returns the DataType field value +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) GetDataType() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.DataType +} + +// GetDataTypeOk returns a tuple with the DataType field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) GetDataTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.DataType, true +} + +// SetDataType sets field value +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) SetDataType(v string) { + o.DataType = v +} + +// GetAttributes returns the Attributes field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) GetAttributes() []GenerateDataAttribute { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Attributes) { + var ret []GenerateDataAttribute + return ret + } + return o.Attributes +} + +// GetAttributesOk returns a tuple with the Attributes field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) GetAttributesOk() ([]GenerateDataAttribute, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Attributes) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Attributes, true +} + +// HasAttributes returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) HasAttributes() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Attributes) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAttributes gets a reference to the given []GenerateDataAttribute and assigns it to the Attributes field. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) SetAttributes(v []GenerateDataAttribute) { + o.Attributes = v +} + +// GetMaxValueLength returns the MaxValueLength field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) GetMaxValueLength() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MaxValueLength) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.MaxValueLength +} + +// GetMaxValueLengthOk returns a tuple with the MaxValueLength field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) GetMaxValueLengthOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MaxValueLength) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MaxValueLength, true +} + +// HasMaxValueLength returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) HasMaxValueLength() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MaxValueLength) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMaxValueLength gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the MaxValueLength field. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) SetMaxValueLength(v int32) { + o.MaxValueLength = &v +} + +// GetRequestedCount returns the RequestedCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) GetRequestedCount() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RequestedCount) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RequestedCount +} + +// GetRequestedCountOk returns a tuple with the RequestedCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) GetRequestedCountOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RequestedCount) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RequestedCount, true +} + +// HasRequestedCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) HasRequestedCount() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RequestedCount) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRequestedCount gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RequestedCount field. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) SetRequestedCount(v int32) { + o.RequestedCount = &v +} + +// GetFilterCharacters returns the FilterCharacters field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) GetFilterCharacters() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FilterCharacters) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.FilterCharacters +} + +// GetFilterCharactersOk returns a tuple with the FilterCharacters field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) GetFilterCharactersOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FilterCharacters) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FilterCharacters, true +} + +// HasFilterCharacters returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) HasFilterCharacters() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FilterCharacters) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFilterCharacters gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FilterCharacters field. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) SetFilterCharacters(v string) { + o.FilterCharacters = &v +} + +// GetAllowDuplicates returns the AllowDuplicates field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) GetAllowDuplicates() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AllowDuplicates) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowDuplicates +} + +// GetAllowDuplicatesOk returns a tuple with the AllowDuplicates field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) GetAllowDuplicatesOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AllowDuplicates) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowDuplicates, true +} + +// HasAllowDuplicates returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) HasAllowDuplicates() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AllowDuplicates) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowDuplicates gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowDuplicates field. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) SetAllowDuplicates(v bool) { + o.AllowDuplicates = &v +} + +// GetTrimValues returns the TrimValues field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) GetTrimValues() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TrimValues) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.TrimValues +} + +// GetTrimValuesOk returns a tuple with the TrimValues field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) GetTrimValuesOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TrimValues) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TrimValues, true +} + +// HasTrimValues returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) HasTrimValues() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TrimValues) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTrimValues gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the TrimValues field. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) SetTrimValues(v bool) { + o.TrimValues = &v +} + +// GetMultilineValues returns the MultilineValues field value +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) GetMultilineValues() bool { + if o == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + + return o.MultilineValues +} + +// GetMultilineValuesOk returns a tuple with the MultilineValues field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) GetMultilineValuesOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.MultilineValues, true +} + +// SetMultilineValues sets field value +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) SetMultilineValues(v bool) { + o.MultilineValues = v +} + +// GetRetentionTime returns the RetentionTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) GetRetentionTime() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RetentionTime) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.RetentionTime +} + +// GetRetentionTimeOk returns a tuple with the RetentionTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) GetRetentionTimeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RetentionTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RetentionTime, true +} + +// HasRetentionTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) HasRetentionTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RetentionTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRetentionTime gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the RetentionTime field. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) SetRetentionTime(v int64) { + o.RetentionTime = &v +} + +// GetErrorTolerance returns the ErrorTolerance field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) GetErrorTolerance() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ErrorTolerance) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.ErrorTolerance +} + +// GetErrorToleranceOk returns a tuple with the ErrorTolerance field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) GetErrorToleranceOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ErrorTolerance) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ErrorTolerance, true +} + +// HasErrorTolerance returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) HasErrorTolerance() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ErrorTolerance) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetErrorTolerance gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the ErrorTolerance field. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) SetErrorTolerance(v int32) { + o.ErrorTolerance = &v +} + +// GetPriority returns the Priority field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) GetPriority() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Priority) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.Priority +} + +// GetPriorityOk returns a tuple with the Priority field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) GetPriorityOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Priority) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Priority, true +} + +// HasPriority returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) HasPriority() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Priority) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPriority gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the Priority field. +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) SetPriority(v int32) { + o.Priority = &v +} + +func (o GenerateDataRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o GenerateDataRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + if !IsNil(o.Description) { + toSerialize["description"] = o.Description + } + toSerialize["data_type"] = o.DataType + if !IsNil(o.Attributes) { + toSerialize["attributes"] = o.Attributes + } + if !IsNil(o.MaxValueLength) { + toSerialize["max_value_length"] = o.MaxValueLength + } + if !IsNil(o.RequestedCount) { + toSerialize["requested_count"] = o.RequestedCount + } + if !IsNil(o.FilterCharacters) { + toSerialize["filter_characters"] = o.FilterCharacters + } + if !IsNil(o.AllowDuplicates) { + toSerialize["allow_duplicates"] = o.AllowDuplicates + } + if !IsNil(o.TrimValues) { + toSerialize["trim_values"] = o.TrimValues + } + toSerialize["multiline_values"] = o.MultilineValues + if !IsNil(o.RetentionTime) { + toSerialize["retention_time"] = o.RetentionTime + } + if !IsNil(o.ErrorTolerance) { + toSerialize["error_tolerance"] = o.ErrorTolerance + } + if !IsNil(o.Priority) { + toSerialize["priority"] = o.Priority + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *GenerateDataRequest) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "name", + "data_type", + "multiline_values", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varGenerateDataRequest := _GenerateDataRequest{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varGenerateDataRequest) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = GenerateDataRequest(varGenerateDataRequest) + + return err +} + +type NullableGenerateDataRequest struct { + value *GenerateDataRequest + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableGenerateDataRequest) Get() *GenerateDataRequest { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableGenerateDataRequest) Set(val *GenerateDataRequest) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableGenerateDataRequest) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableGenerateDataRequest) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableGenerateDataRequest(val *GenerateDataRequest) *NullableGenerateDataRequest { + return &NullableGenerateDataRequest{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableGenerateDataRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableGenerateDataRequest) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_generate_data_response.go b/model_generate_data_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a7616bd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_generate_data_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the GenerateDataResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &GenerateDataResponse{} + +// GenerateDataResponse struct for GenerateDataResponse +type GenerateDataResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewGenerateDataResponse instantiates a new GenerateDataResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewGenerateDataResponse() *GenerateDataResponse { + this := GenerateDataResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewGenerateDataResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new GenerateDataResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewGenerateDataResponseWithDefaults() *GenerateDataResponse { + this := GenerateDataResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GenerateDataResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GenerateDataResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *GenerateDataResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o GenerateDataResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o GenerateDataResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableGenerateDataResponse struct { + value *GenerateDataResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableGenerateDataResponse) Get() *GenerateDataResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableGenerateDataResponse) Set(val *GenerateDataResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableGenerateDataResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableGenerateDataResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableGenerateDataResponse(val *GenerateDataResponse) *NullableGenerateDataResponse { + return &NullableGenerateDataResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableGenerateDataResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableGenerateDataResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_get_all_generate_data_operations_response.go b/model_get_all_generate_data_operations_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8654d696 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_get_all_generate_data_operations_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse{} + +// GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse struct for GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse +type GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse struct { + Items []GenerateDataOperation `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewGetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse instantiates a new GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewGetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse() *GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse { + this := GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewGetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewGetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponseWithDefaults() *GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse { + this := GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse) GetItems() []GenerateDataOperation { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []GenerateDataOperation + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]GenerateDataOperation, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []GenerateDataOperation and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse) SetItems(v []GenerateDataOperation) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableGetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse struct { + value *GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableGetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse) Get() *GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableGetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse) Set(val *GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableGetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableGetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableGetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse(val *GetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse) *NullableGetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse { + return &NullableGetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableGetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableGetAllGenerateDataOperationsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_get_all_llm_gateways_response.go b/model_get_all_llm_gateways_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cd94a225 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_get_all_llm_gateways_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse{} + +// GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse struct for GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse +type GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse struct { + Items []LlmGateway `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewGetAllLlmGatewaysResponse instantiates a new GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewGetAllLlmGatewaysResponse() *GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse { + this := GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewGetAllLlmGatewaysResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewGetAllLlmGatewaysResponseWithDefaults() *GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse { + this := GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse) GetItems() []LlmGateway { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []LlmGateway + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]LlmGateway, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []LlmGateway and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse) SetItems(v []LlmGateway) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableGetAllLlmGatewaysResponse struct { + value *GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableGetAllLlmGatewaysResponse) Get() *GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableGetAllLlmGatewaysResponse) Set(val *GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableGetAllLlmGatewaysResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableGetAllLlmGatewaysResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableGetAllLlmGatewaysResponse(val *GetAllLlmGatewaysResponse) *NullableGetAllLlmGatewaysResponse { + return &NullableGetAllLlmGatewaysResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableGetAllLlmGatewaysResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableGetAllLlmGatewaysResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_get_all_llm_models_response.go b/model_get_all_llm_models_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..661eb1da --- /dev/null +++ b/model_get_all_llm_models_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the GetAllLlmModelsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &GetAllLlmModelsResponse{} + +// GetAllLlmModelsResponse struct for GetAllLlmModelsResponse +type GetAllLlmModelsResponse struct { + Items []LlmModel `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewGetAllLlmModelsResponse instantiates a new GetAllLlmModelsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewGetAllLlmModelsResponse() *GetAllLlmModelsResponse { + this := GetAllLlmModelsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewGetAllLlmModelsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new GetAllLlmModelsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewGetAllLlmModelsResponseWithDefaults() *GetAllLlmModelsResponse { + this := GetAllLlmModelsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GetAllLlmModelsResponse) GetItems() []LlmModel { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []LlmModel + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GetAllLlmModelsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]LlmModel, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GetAllLlmModelsResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []LlmModel and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *GetAllLlmModelsResponse) SetItems(v []LlmModel) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GetAllLlmModelsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GetAllLlmModelsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GetAllLlmModelsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *GetAllLlmModelsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o GetAllLlmModelsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o GetAllLlmModelsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableGetAllLlmModelsResponse struct { + value *GetAllLlmModelsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableGetAllLlmModelsResponse) Get() *GetAllLlmModelsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableGetAllLlmModelsResponse) Set(val *GetAllLlmModelsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableGetAllLlmModelsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableGetAllLlmModelsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableGetAllLlmModelsResponse(val *GetAllLlmModelsResponse) *NullableGetAllLlmModelsResponse { + return &NullableGetAllLlmModelsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableGetAllLlmModelsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableGetAllLlmModelsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_get_data_risk_report_response.go b/model_get_data_risk_report_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..024342ee --- /dev/null +++ b/model_get_data_risk_report_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the GetDataRiskReportResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &GetDataRiskReportResponse{} + +// GetDataRiskReportResponse struct for GetDataRiskReportResponse +type GetDataRiskReportResponse struct { + Items []DataRiskData `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` + Totals *DataRiskReportTotals `json:"totals,omitempty"` +} + +// NewGetDataRiskReportResponse instantiates a new GetDataRiskReportResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewGetDataRiskReportResponse() *GetDataRiskReportResponse { + this := GetDataRiskReportResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewGetDataRiskReportResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new GetDataRiskReportResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewGetDataRiskReportResponseWithDefaults() *GetDataRiskReportResponse { + this := GetDataRiskReportResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GetDataRiskReportResponse) GetItems() []DataRiskData { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []DataRiskData + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GetDataRiskReportResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]DataRiskData, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GetDataRiskReportResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []DataRiskData and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *GetDataRiskReportResponse) SetItems(v []DataRiskData) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GetDataRiskReportResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GetDataRiskReportResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GetDataRiskReportResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *GetDataRiskReportResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +// GetTotals returns the Totals field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GetDataRiskReportResponse) GetTotals() DataRiskReportTotals { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Totals) { + var ret DataRiskReportTotals + return ret + } + return *o.Totals +} + +// GetTotalsOk returns a tuple with the Totals field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GetDataRiskReportResponse) GetTotalsOk() (*DataRiskReportTotals, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Totals) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Totals, true +} + +// HasTotals returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GetDataRiskReportResponse) HasTotals() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Totals) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTotals gets a reference to the given DataRiskReportTotals and assigns it to the Totals field. +func (o *GetDataRiskReportResponse) SetTotals(v DataRiskReportTotals) { + o.Totals = &v +} + +func (o GetDataRiskReportResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o GetDataRiskReportResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + if !IsNil(o.Totals) { + toSerialize["totals"] = o.Totals + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableGetDataRiskReportResponse struct { + value *GetDataRiskReportResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableGetDataRiskReportResponse) Get() *GetDataRiskReportResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableGetDataRiskReportResponse) Set(val *GetDataRiskReportResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableGetDataRiskReportResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableGetDataRiskReportResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableGetDataRiskReportResponse(val *GetDataRiskReportResponse) *NullableGetDataRiskReportResponse { + return &NullableGetDataRiskReportResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableGetDataRiskReportResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableGetDataRiskReportResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_get_engine_global_object_state_report_response.go b/model_get_engine_global_object_state_report_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..df85135b --- /dev/null +++ b/model_get_engine_global_object_state_report_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse{} + +// GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse struct for GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse +type GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse struct { + Items []EngineGlobalObjectStateData `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewGetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse instantiates a new GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewGetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse() *GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse { + this := GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewGetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewGetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponseWithDefaults() *GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse { + this := GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) GetItems() []EngineGlobalObjectStateData { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []EngineGlobalObjectStateData + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]EngineGlobalObjectStateData, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []EngineGlobalObjectStateData and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) SetItems(v []EngineGlobalObjectStateData) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableGetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse struct { + value *GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableGetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) Get() *GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableGetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) Set(val *GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableGetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableGetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableGetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse(val *GetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) *NullableGetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse { + return &NullableGetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableGetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableGetEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_get_generate_data_values_response.go b/model_get_generate_data_values_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..556ab468 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_get_generate_data_values_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the GetGenerateDataValuesResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &GetGenerateDataValuesResponse{} + +// GetGenerateDataValuesResponse struct for GetGenerateDataValuesResponse +type GetGenerateDataValuesResponse struct { + Items []string `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewGetGenerateDataValuesResponse instantiates a new GetGenerateDataValuesResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewGetGenerateDataValuesResponse() *GetGenerateDataValuesResponse { + this := GetGenerateDataValuesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewGetGenerateDataValuesResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new GetGenerateDataValuesResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewGetGenerateDataValuesResponseWithDefaults() *GetGenerateDataValuesResponse { + this := GetGenerateDataValuesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GetGenerateDataValuesResponse) GetItems() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GetGenerateDataValuesResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GetGenerateDataValuesResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *GetGenerateDataValuesResponse) SetItems(v []string) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GetGenerateDataValuesResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GetGenerateDataValuesResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GetGenerateDataValuesResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *GetGenerateDataValuesResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o GetGenerateDataValuesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o GetGenerateDataValuesResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableGetGenerateDataValuesResponse struct { + value *GetGenerateDataValuesResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableGetGenerateDataValuesResponse) Get() *GetGenerateDataValuesResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableGetGenerateDataValuesResponse) Set(val *GetGenerateDataValuesResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableGetGenerateDataValuesResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableGetGenerateDataValuesResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableGetGenerateDataValuesResponse(val *GetGenerateDataValuesResponse) *NullableGetGenerateDataValuesResponse { + return &NullableGetGenerateDataValuesResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableGetGenerateDataValuesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableGetGenerateDataValuesResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_get_snapshot_deletion_dependencies_response.go b/model_get_snapshot_deletion_dependencies_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7ef66b85 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_get_snapshot_deletion_dependencies_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse{} + +// GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse The deletion dependencies of a snapshot. +type GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse struct { + // The pre-requisite actions to perform before deleting the snapshot. + PrerequisiteActions []DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction `json:"prerequisite_actions,omitempty"` + // The object dependencies of the snapshot. + ObjectDependencies []DeletionDependencyObject `json:"object_dependencies,omitempty"` + DependencyTree *DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse `json:"dependency_tree,omitempty"` +} + +// NewGetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse instantiates a new GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewGetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse() *GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse { + this := GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewGetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewGetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponseWithDefaults() *GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse { + this := GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetPrerequisiteActions returns the PrerequisiteActions field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse) GetPrerequisiteActions() []DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PrerequisiteActions) { + var ret []DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction + return ret + } + return o.PrerequisiteActions +} + +// GetPrerequisiteActionsOk returns a tuple with the PrerequisiteActions field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse) GetPrerequisiteActionsOk() ([]DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PrerequisiteActions) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PrerequisiteActions, true +} + +// HasPrerequisiteActions returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse) HasPrerequisiteActions() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PrerequisiteActions) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPrerequisiteActions gets a reference to the given []DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction and assigns it to the PrerequisiteActions field. +func (o *GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse) SetPrerequisiteActions(v []DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) { + o.PrerequisiteActions = v +} + +// GetObjectDependencies returns the ObjectDependencies field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse) GetObjectDependencies() []DeletionDependencyObject { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectDependencies) { + var ret []DeletionDependencyObject + return ret + } + return o.ObjectDependencies +} + +// GetObjectDependenciesOk returns a tuple with the ObjectDependencies field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse) GetObjectDependenciesOk() ([]DeletionDependencyObject, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectDependencies) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ObjectDependencies, true +} + +// HasObjectDependencies returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse) HasObjectDependencies() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ObjectDependencies) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetObjectDependencies gets a reference to the given []DeletionDependencyObject and assigns it to the ObjectDependencies field. +func (o *GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse) SetObjectDependencies(v []DeletionDependencyObject) { + o.ObjectDependencies = v +} + +// GetDependencyTree returns the DependencyTree field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse) GetDependencyTree() DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DependencyTree) { + var ret DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse + return ret + } + return *o.DependencyTree +} + +// GetDependencyTreeOk returns a tuple with the DependencyTree field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse) GetDependencyTreeOk() (*DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DependencyTree) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DependencyTree, true +} + +// HasDependencyTree returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse) HasDependencyTree() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DependencyTree) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDependencyTree gets a reference to the given DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse and assigns it to the DependencyTree field. +func (o *GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse) SetDependencyTree(v DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse) { + o.DependencyTree = &v +} + +func (o GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.PrerequisiteActions) { + toSerialize["prerequisite_actions"] = o.PrerequisiteActions + } + if !IsNil(o.ObjectDependencies) { + toSerialize["object_dependencies"] = o.ObjectDependencies + } + if !IsNil(o.DependencyTree) { + toSerialize["dependency_tree"] = o.DependencyTree + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableGetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse struct { + value *GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableGetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse) Get() *GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableGetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse) Set(val *GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableGetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableGetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableGetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse(val *GetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse) *NullableGetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse { + return &NullableGetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableGetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableGetSnapshotDeletionDependenciesResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_global_properties.go b/model_global_properties.go index 2c307e5f..9f41b05c 100644 --- a/model_global_properties.go +++ b/model_global_properties.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -22,6 +22,20 @@ var _ MappedNullable = &GlobalProperties{} type GlobalProperties struct { // Property to define either username & password based authentication disabled or not. DisableUsernamePassword *bool `json:"disable_username_password,omitempty"` + // Property to define the DCT Analytics bundle upload cadence, in days, if Delphix services are reachable. + DctAnalyticsUploadCadence *int32 `json:"dct_analytics_upload_cadence,omitempty"` + // Property to define the maximum uncompressed bundle transfer size, in bytes, for DCT Analytics. + DctAnalyticsMaximumTransferSize *int32 `json:"dct_analytics_maximum_transfer_size,omitempty"` + // Property to define the expiry time for login token, in seconds. Specify -1 to indicate never expiry of token. + TokenExpiryTime *int32 `json:"token_expiry_time,omitempty"` + // Property to define the maximum user inactivity time for login token, in seconds. Specify -1 to indicate never invalidate of token due to inactivity. + TokenMaximumInactivityTime *int32 `json:"token_maximum_inactivity_time,omitempty"` + // List of enabled features. + FeatureFlags []string `json:"feature_flags,omitempty"` + // Property to define the expiry time for API key, in seconds. Specify -1 to indicate never expiry of tapi key. + ApiKeyExpiryTime *int32 `json:"api_key_expiry_time,omitempty"` + // Restricts the IP ranges DCT will connect to when registering engines. + AllowedIpRanges []string `json:"allowed_ip_ranges,omitempty"` } // NewGlobalProperties instantiates a new GlobalProperties object @@ -73,6 +87,230 @@ func (o *GlobalProperties) SetDisableUsernamePassword(v bool) { o.DisableUsernamePassword = &v } +// GetDctAnalyticsUploadCadence returns the DctAnalyticsUploadCadence field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GlobalProperties) GetDctAnalyticsUploadCadence() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctAnalyticsUploadCadence) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.DctAnalyticsUploadCadence +} + +// GetDctAnalyticsUploadCadenceOk returns a tuple with the DctAnalyticsUploadCadence field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GlobalProperties) GetDctAnalyticsUploadCadenceOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctAnalyticsUploadCadence) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DctAnalyticsUploadCadence, true +} + +// HasDctAnalyticsUploadCadence returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GlobalProperties) HasDctAnalyticsUploadCadence() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DctAnalyticsUploadCadence) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDctAnalyticsUploadCadence gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the DctAnalyticsUploadCadence field. +func (o *GlobalProperties) SetDctAnalyticsUploadCadence(v int32) { + o.DctAnalyticsUploadCadence = &v +} + +// GetDctAnalyticsMaximumTransferSize returns the DctAnalyticsMaximumTransferSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GlobalProperties) GetDctAnalyticsMaximumTransferSize() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctAnalyticsMaximumTransferSize) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.DctAnalyticsMaximumTransferSize +} + +// GetDctAnalyticsMaximumTransferSizeOk returns a tuple with the DctAnalyticsMaximumTransferSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GlobalProperties) GetDctAnalyticsMaximumTransferSizeOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctAnalyticsMaximumTransferSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DctAnalyticsMaximumTransferSize, true +} + +// HasDctAnalyticsMaximumTransferSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GlobalProperties) HasDctAnalyticsMaximumTransferSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DctAnalyticsMaximumTransferSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDctAnalyticsMaximumTransferSize gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the DctAnalyticsMaximumTransferSize field. +func (o *GlobalProperties) SetDctAnalyticsMaximumTransferSize(v int32) { + o.DctAnalyticsMaximumTransferSize = &v +} + +// GetTokenExpiryTime returns the TokenExpiryTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GlobalProperties) GetTokenExpiryTime() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TokenExpiryTime) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.TokenExpiryTime +} + +// GetTokenExpiryTimeOk returns a tuple with the TokenExpiryTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GlobalProperties) GetTokenExpiryTimeOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TokenExpiryTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TokenExpiryTime, true +} + +// HasTokenExpiryTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GlobalProperties) HasTokenExpiryTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TokenExpiryTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTokenExpiryTime gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the TokenExpiryTime field. +func (o *GlobalProperties) SetTokenExpiryTime(v int32) { + o.TokenExpiryTime = &v +} + +// GetTokenMaximumInactivityTime returns the TokenMaximumInactivityTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GlobalProperties) GetTokenMaximumInactivityTime() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TokenMaximumInactivityTime) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.TokenMaximumInactivityTime +} + +// GetTokenMaximumInactivityTimeOk returns a tuple with the TokenMaximumInactivityTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GlobalProperties) GetTokenMaximumInactivityTimeOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TokenMaximumInactivityTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TokenMaximumInactivityTime, true +} + +// HasTokenMaximumInactivityTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GlobalProperties) HasTokenMaximumInactivityTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TokenMaximumInactivityTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTokenMaximumInactivityTime gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the TokenMaximumInactivityTime field. +func (o *GlobalProperties) SetTokenMaximumInactivityTime(v int32) { + o.TokenMaximumInactivityTime = &v +} + +// GetFeatureFlags returns the FeatureFlags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GlobalProperties) GetFeatureFlags() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FeatureFlags) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.FeatureFlags +} + +// GetFeatureFlagsOk returns a tuple with the FeatureFlags field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GlobalProperties) GetFeatureFlagsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FeatureFlags) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FeatureFlags, true +} + +// HasFeatureFlags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GlobalProperties) HasFeatureFlags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FeatureFlags) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFeatureFlags gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the FeatureFlags field. +func (o *GlobalProperties) SetFeatureFlags(v []string) { + o.FeatureFlags = v +} + +// GetApiKeyExpiryTime returns the ApiKeyExpiryTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GlobalProperties) GetApiKeyExpiryTime() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ApiKeyExpiryTime) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.ApiKeyExpiryTime +} + +// GetApiKeyExpiryTimeOk returns a tuple with the ApiKeyExpiryTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GlobalProperties) GetApiKeyExpiryTimeOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ApiKeyExpiryTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ApiKeyExpiryTime, true +} + +// HasApiKeyExpiryTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GlobalProperties) HasApiKeyExpiryTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ApiKeyExpiryTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetApiKeyExpiryTime gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the ApiKeyExpiryTime field. +func (o *GlobalProperties) SetApiKeyExpiryTime(v int32) { + o.ApiKeyExpiryTime = &v +} + +// GetAllowedIpRanges returns the AllowedIpRanges field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GlobalProperties) GetAllowedIpRanges() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AllowedIpRanges) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.AllowedIpRanges +} + +// GetAllowedIpRangesOk returns a tuple with the AllowedIpRanges field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GlobalProperties) GetAllowedIpRangesOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AllowedIpRanges) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowedIpRanges, true +} + +// HasAllowedIpRanges returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GlobalProperties) HasAllowedIpRanges() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AllowedIpRanges) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowedIpRanges gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the AllowedIpRanges field. +func (o *GlobalProperties) SetAllowedIpRanges(v []string) { + o.AllowedIpRanges = v +} + func (o GlobalProperties) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -86,6 +324,27 @@ func (o GlobalProperties) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.DisableUsernamePassword) { toSerialize["disable_username_password"] = o.DisableUsernamePassword } + if !IsNil(o.DctAnalyticsUploadCadence) { + toSerialize["dct_analytics_upload_cadence"] = o.DctAnalyticsUploadCadence + } + if !IsNil(o.DctAnalyticsMaximumTransferSize) { + toSerialize["dct_analytics_maximum_transfer_size"] = o.DctAnalyticsMaximumTransferSize + } + if !IsNil(o.TokenExpiryTime) { + toSerialize["token_expiry_time"] = o.TokenExpiryTime + } + if !IsNil(o.TokenMaximumInactivityTime) { + toSerialize["token_maximum_inactivity_time"] = o.TokenMaximumInactivityTime + } + if !IsNil(o.FeatureFlags) { + toSerialize["feature_flags"] = o.FeatureFlags + } + if !IsNil(o.ApiKeyExpiryTime) { + toSerialize["api_key_expiry_time"] = o.ApiKeyExpiryTime + } + if !IsNil(o.AllowedIpRanges) { + toSerialize["allowed_ip_ranges"] = o.AllowedIpRanges + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_global_tag.go b/model_global_tag.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b58aff11 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_global_tag.go @@ -0,0 +1,276 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the GlobalTag type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &GlobalTag{} + +// GlobalTag A label attached to objects for informational purposes or to provide access control. +type GlobalTag struct { + // ID of the tag. + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // Key of the tag + Key *string `json:"key,omitempty"` + // Value of the tag + Value *string `json:"value,omitempty"` + // True if this tag is used in any access group scopes. + UsedForAccess *bool `json:"used_for_access,omitempty"` + // The number of objects this tag applies to. + UsageCount *int32 `json:"usage_count,omitempty"` +} + +// NewGlobalTag instantiates a new GlobalTag object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewGlobalTag() *GlobalTag { + this := GlobalTag{} + return &this +} + +// NewGlobalTagWithDefaults instantiates a new GlobalTag object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewGlobalTagWithDefaults() *GlobalTag { + this := GlobalTag{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GlobalTag) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GlobalTag) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GlobalTag) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *GlobalTag) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetKey returns the Key field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GlobalTag) GetKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Key) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Key +} + +// GetKeyOk returns a tuple with the Key field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GlobalTag) GetKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Key) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Key, true +} + +// HasKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GlobalTag) HasKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Key) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Key field. +func (o *GlobalTag) SetKey(v string) { + o.Key = &v +} + +// GetValue returns the Value field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GlobalTag) GetValue() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Value) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Value +} + +// GetValueOk returns a tuple with the Value field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GlobalTag) GetValueOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Value) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Value, true +} + +// HasValue returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GlobalTag) HasValue() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Value) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetValue gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Value field. +func (o *GlobalTag) SetValue(v string) { + o.Value = &v +} + +// GetUsedForAccess returns the UsedForAccess field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GlobalTag) GetUsedForAccess() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UsedForAccess) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.UsedForAccess +} + +// GetUsedForAccessOk returns a tuple with the UsedForAccess field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GlobalTag) GetUsedForAccessOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UsedForAccess) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UsedForAccess, true +} + +// HasUsedForAccess returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GlobalTag) HasUsedForAccess() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UsedForAccess) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUsedForAccess gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the UsedForAccess field. +func (o *GlobalTag) SetUsedForAccess(v bool) { + o.UsedForAccess = &v +} + +// GetUsageCount returns the UsageCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GlobalTag) GetUsageCount() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UsageCount) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.UsageCount +} + +// GetUsageCountOk returns a tuple with the UsageCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GlobalTag) GetUsageCountOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UsageCount) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UsageCount, true +} + +// HasUsageCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GlobalTag) HasUsageCount() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UsageCount) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUsageCount gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the UsageCount field. +func (o *GlobalTag) SetUsageCount(v int32) { + o.UsageCount = &v +} + +func (o GlobalTag) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o GlobalTag) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.Key) { + toSerialize["key"] = o.Key + } + if !IsNil(o.Value) { + toSerialize["value"] = o.Value + } + if !IsNil(o.UsedForAccess) { + toSerialize["used_for_access"] = o.UsedForAccess + } + if !IsNil(o.UsageCount) { + toSerialize["usage_count"] = o.UsageCount + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableGlobalTag struct { + value *GlobalTag + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableGlobalTag) Get() *GlobalTag { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableGlobalTag) Set(val *GlobalTag) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableGlobalTag) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableGlobalTag) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableGlobalTag(val *GlobalTag) *NullableGlobalTag { + return &NullableGlobalTag{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableGlobalTag) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableGlobalTag) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_global_tag_permissions.go b/model_global_tag_permissions.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9d6fa344 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_global_tag_permissions.go @@ -0,0 +1,349 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the GlobalTagPermissions type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &GlobalTagPermissions{} + +// GlobalTagPermissions An instance of using a tag to scope an access group. +type GlobalTagPermissions struct { + // Name of the access group with a scope that includes this tag. + AccessGroupName *string `json:"access_group_name,omitempty"` + // ID of the access group with a scope that includes this tag. + AccessGroupId *string `json:"access_group_id,omitempty"` + // Name of the scope that includes this tag. + ScopeName *string `json:"scope_name,omitempty"` + // ID of the scope that includes this tag. + ScopeId *string `json:"scope_id,omitempty"` + // Name of the role being scoped by this tag. + RoleName *string `json:"role_name,omitempty"` + ObjectType *ObjectTypeEnum `json:"object_type,omitempty"` + // List of permissions scoped to this tag. + Permissions []PermissionEnum `json:"permissions,omitempty"` +} + +// NewGlobalTagPermissions instantiates a new GlobalTagPermissions object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewGlobalTagPermissions() *GlobalTagPermissions { + this := GlobalTagPermissions{} + return &this +} + +// NewGlobalTagPermissionsWithDefaults instantiates a new GlobalTagPermissions object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewGlobalTagPermissionsWithDefaults() *GlobalTagPermissions { + this := GlobalTagPermissions{} + return &this +} + +// GetAccessGroupName returns the AccessGroupName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GlobalTagPermissions) GetAccessGroupName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccessGroupName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AccessGroupName +} + +// GetAccessGroupNameOk returns a tuple with the AccessGroupName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GlobalTagPermissions) GetAccessGroupNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccessGroupName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AccessGroupName, true +} + +// HasAccessGroupName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GlobalTagPermissions) HasAccessGroupName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AccessGroupName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAccessGroupName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AccessGroupName field. +func (o *GlobalTagPermissions) SetAccessGroupName(v string) { + o.AccessGroupName = &v +} + +// GetAccessGroupId returns the AccessGroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GlobalTagPermissions) GetAccessGroupId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccessGroupId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AccessGroupId +} + +// GetAccessGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the AccessGroupId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GlobalTagPermissions) GetAccessGroupIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccessGroupId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AccessGroupId, true +} + +// HasAccessGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GlobalTagPermissions) HasAccessGroupId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AccessGroupId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAccessGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AccessGroupId field. +func (o *GlobalTagPermissions) SetAccessGroupId(v string) { + o.AccessGroupId = &v +} + +// GetScopeName returns the ScopeName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GlobalTagPermissions) GetScopeName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ScopeName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ScopeName +} + +// GetScopeNameOk returns a tuple with the ScopeName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GlobalTagPermissions) GetScopeNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ScopeName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ScopeName, true +} + +// HasScopeName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GlobalTagPermissions) HasScopeName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ScopeName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetScopeName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ScopeName field. +func (o *GlobalTagPermissions) SetScopeName(v string) { + o.ScopeName = &v +} + +// GetScopeId returns the ScopeId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GlobalTagPermissions) GetScopeId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ScopeId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ScopeId +} + +// GetScopeIdOk returns a tuple with the ScopeId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GlobalTagPermissions) GetScopeIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ScopeId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ScopeId, true +} + +// HasScopeId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GlobalTagPermissions) HasScopeId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ScopeId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetScopeId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ScopeId field. +func (o *GlobalTagPermissions) SetScopeId(v string) { + o.ScopeId = &v +} + +// GetRoleName returns the RoleName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GlobalTagPermissions) GetRoleName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RoleName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RoleName +} + +// GetRoleNameOk returns a tuple with the RoleName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GlobalTagPermissions) GetRoleNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RoleName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RoleName, true +} + +// HasRoleName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GlobalTagPermissions) HasRoleName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RoleName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRoleName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RoleName field. +func (o *GlobalTagPermissions) SetRoleName(v string) { + o.RoleName = &v +} + +// GetObjectType returns the ObjectType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GlobalTagPermissions) GetObjectType() ObjectTypeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectType) { + var ret ObjectTypeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.ObjectType +} + +// GetObjectTypeOk returns a tuple with the ObjectType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GlobalTagPermissions) GetObjectTypeOk() (*ObjectTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ObjectType, true +} + +// HasObjectType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GlobalTagPermissions) HasObjectType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ObjectType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetObjectType gets a reference to the given ObjectTypeEnum and assigns it to the ObjectType field. +func (o *GlobalTagPermissions) SetObjectType(v ObjectTypeEnum) { + o.ObjectType = &v +} + +// GetPermissions returns the Permissions field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GlobalTagPermissions) GetPermissions() []PermissionEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Permissions) { + var ret []PermissionEnum + return ret + } + return o.Permissions +} + +// GetPermissionsOk returns a tuple with the Permissions field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GlobalTagPermissions) GetPermissionsOk() ([]PermissionEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Permissions) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Permissions, true +} + +// HasPermissions returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GlobalTagPermissions) HasPermissions() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Permissions) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPermissions gets a reference to the given []PermissionEnum and assigns it to the Permissions field. +func (o *GlobalTagPermissions) SetPermissions(v []PermissionEnum) { + o.Permissions = v +} + +func (o GlobalTagPermissions) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o GlobalTagPermissions) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.AccessGroupName) { + toSerialize["access_group_name"] = o.AccessGroupName + } + if !IsNil(o.AccessGroupId) { + toSerialize["access_group_id"] = o.AccessGroupId + } + if !IsNil(o.ScopeName) { + toSerialize["scope_name"] = o.ScopeName + } + if !IsNil(o.ScopeId) { + toSerialize["scope_id"] = o.ScopeId + } + if !IsNil(o.RoleName) { + toSerialize["role_name"] = o.RoleName + } + if !IsNil(o.ObjectType) { + toSerialize["object_type"] = o.ObjectType + } + if !IsNil(o.Permissions) { + toSerialize["permissions"] = o.Permissions + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableGlobalTagPermissions struct { + value *GlobalTagPermissions + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableGlobalTagPermissions) Get() *GlobalTagPermissions { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableGlobalTagPermissions) Set(val *GlobalTagPermissions) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableGlobalTagPermissions) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableGlobalTagPermissions) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableGlobalTagPermissions(val *GlobalTagPermissions) *NullableGlobalTagPermissions { + return &NullableGlobalTagPermissions{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableGlobalTagPermissions) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableGlobalTagPermissions) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_global_tag_usage.go b/model_global_tag_usage.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5497de1f --- /dev/null +++ b/model_global_tag_usage.go @@ -0,0 +1,305 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the GlobalTagUsage type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &GlobalTagUsage{} + +// GlobalTagUsage An instance of applying a tag to a specific object. +type GlobalTagUsage struct { + ObjectType *ObjectTypeEnum `json:"object_type,omitempty"` + // ID of the object this tag applies to. + ObjectId *string `json:"object_id,omitempty"` + // Name of the object this tag applies to. + ObjectName NullableString `json:"object_name,omitempty"` + // ID of the account that applied this tag to the object. + CreatorAccountId NullableInt64 `json:"creator_account_id,omitempty"` + // Name of the account that applied this tag to the object. + CreatorAccountName NullableString `json:"creator_account_name,omitempty"` +} + +// NewGlobalTagUsage instantiates a new GlobalTagUsage object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewGlobalTagUsage() *GlobalTagUsage { + this := GlobalTagUsage{} + return &this +} + +// NewGlobalTagUsageWithDefaults instantiates a new GlobalTagUsage object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewGlobalTagUsageWithDefaults() *GlobalTagUsage { + this := GlobalTagUsage{} + return &this +} + +// GetObjectType returns the ObjectType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GlobalTagUsage) GetObjectType() ObjectTypeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectType) { + var ret ObjectTypeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.ObjectType +} + +// GetObjectTypeOk returns a tuple with the ObjectType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GlobalTagUsage) GetObjectTypeOk() (*ObjectTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ObjectType, true +} + +// HasObjectType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GlobalTagUsage) HasObjectType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ObjectType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetObjectType gets a reference to the given ObjectTypeEnum and assigns it to the ObjectType field. +func (o *GlobalTagUsage) SetObjectType(v ObjectTypeEnum) { + o.ObjectType = &v +} + +// GetObjectId returns the ObjectId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *GlobalTagUsage) GetObjectId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ObjectId +} + +// GetObjectIdOk returns a tuple with the ObjectId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *GlobalTagUsage) GetObjectIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ObjectId, true +} + +// HasObjectId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GlobalTagUsage) HasObjectId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ObjectId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetObjectId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ObjectId field. +func (o *GlobalTagUsage) SetObjectId(v string) { + o.ObjectId = &v +} + +// GetObjectName returns the ObjectName field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *GlobalTagUsage) GetObjectName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectName.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ObjectName.Get() +} + +// GetObjectNameOk returns a tuple with the ObjectName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *GlobalTagUsage) GetObjectNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.ObjectName.Get(), o.ObjectName.IsSet() +} + +// HasObjectName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GlobalTagUsage) HasObjectName() bool { + if o != nil && o.ObjectName.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetObjectName gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the ObjectName field. +func (o *GlobalTagUsage) SetObjectName(v string) { + o.ObjectName.Set(&v) +} +// SetObjectNameNil sets the value for ObjectName to be an explicit nil +func (o *GlobalTagUsage) SetObjectNameNil() { + o.ObjectName.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetObjectName ensures that no value is present for ObjectName, not even an explicit nil +func (o *GlobalTagUsage) UnsetObjectName() { + o.ObjectName.Unset() +} + +// GetCreatorAccountId returns the CreatorAccountId field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *GlobalTagUsage) GetCreatorAccountId() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CreatorAccountId.Get()) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.CreatorAccountId.Get() +} + +// GetCreatorAccountIdOk returns a tuple with the CreatorAccountId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *GlobalTagUsage) GetCreatorAccountIdOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.CreatorAccountId.Get(), o.CreatorAccountId.IsSet() +} + +// HasCreatorAccountId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GlobalTagUsage) HasCreatorAccountId() bool { + if o != nil && o.CreatorAccountId.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCreatorAccountId gets a reference to the given NullableInt64 and assigns it to the CreatorAccountId field. +func (o *GlobalTagUsage) SetCreatorAccountId(v int64) { + o.CreatorAccountId.Set(&v) +} +// SetCreatorAccountIdNil sets the value for CreatorAccountId to be an explicit nil +func (o *GlobalTagUsage) SetCreatorAccountIdNil() { + o.CreatorAccountId.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetCreatorAccountId ensures that no value is present for CreatorAccountId, not even an explicit nil +func (o *GlobalTagUsage) UnsetCreatorAccountId() { + o.CreatorAccountId.Unset() +} + +// GetCreatorAccountName returns the CreatorAccountName field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *GlobalTagUsage) GetCreatorAccountName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CreatorAccountName.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CreatorAccountName.Get() +} + +// GetCreatorAccountNameOk returns a tuple with the CreatorAccountName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *GlobalTagUsage) GetCreatorAccountNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.CreatorAccountName.Get(), o.CreatorAccountName.IsSet() +} + +// HasCreatorAccountName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *GlobalTagUsage) HasCreatorAccountName() bool { + if o != nil && o.CreatorAccountName.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCreatorAccountName gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the CreatorAccountName field. +func (o *GlobalTagUsage) SetCreatorAccountName(v string) { + o.CreatorAccountName.Set(&v) +} +// SetCreatorAccountNameNil sets the value for CreatorAccountName to be an explicit nil +func (o *GlobalTagUsage) SetCreatorAccountNameNil() { + o.CreatorAccountName.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetCreatorAccountName ensures that no value is present for CreatorAccountName, not even an explicit nil +func (o *GlobalTagUsage) UnsetCreatorAccountName() { + o.CreatorAccountName.Unset() +} + +func (o GlobalTagUsage) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o GlobalTagUsage) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.ObjectType) { + toSerialize["object_type"] = o.ObjectType + } + if !IsNil(o.ObjectId) { + toSerialize["object_id"] = o.ObjectId + } + if o.ObjectName.IsSet() { + toSerialize["object_name"] = o.ObjectName.Get() + } + if o.CreatorAccountId.IsSet() { + toSerialize["creator_account_id"] = o.CreatorAccountId.Get() + } + if o.CreatorAccountName.IsSet() { + toSerialize["creator_account_name"] = o.CreatorAccountName.Get() + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableGlobalTagUsage struct { + value *GlobalTagUsage + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableGlobalTagUsage) Get() *GlobalTagUsage { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableGlobalTagUsage) Set(val *GlobalTagUsage) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableGlobalTagUsage) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableGlobalTagUsage) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableGlobalTagUsage(val *GlobalTagUsage) *NullableGlobalTagUsage { + return &NullableGlobalTagUsage{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableGlobalTagUsage) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableGlobalTagUsage) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_hashicorp_vault.go b/model_hashicorp_vault.go index 7f2a2bca..1f67c3d8 100644 --- a/model_hashicorp_vault.go +++ b/model_hashicorp_vault.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -183,7 +183,9 @@ func (o HashicorpVault) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { func (o HashicorpVault) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - // skip: id is readOnly + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } if !IsNil(o.EnvVariables) { toSerialize["env_variables"] = o.EnvVariables } diff --git a/model_held_space_deletion_dependencies_response.go b/model_held_space_deletion_dependencies_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dfb6d29e --- /dev/null +++ b/model_held_space_deletion_dependencies_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse{} + +// HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse The deletion dependencies of a held space. +type HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse struct { + // The pre-requisite actions to perform before deleting the snapshot. + PrerequisiteActions []DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction `json:"prerequisite_actions,omitempty"` + // The object dependencies of the snapshot. + ObjectDependencies []DeletionDependencyObject `json:"object_dependencies,omitempty"` + DependencyTree *DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse `json:"dependency_tree,omitempty"` +} + +// NewHeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse instantiates a new HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewHeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse() *HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse { + this := HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewHeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewHeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponseWithDefaults() *HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse { + this := HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetPrerequisiteActions returns the PrerequisiteActions field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse) GetPrerequisiteActions() []DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PrerequisiteActions) { + var ret []DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction + return ret + } + return o.PrerequisiteActions +} + +// GetPrerequisiteActionsOk returns a tuple with the PrerequisiteActions field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse) GetPrerequisiteActionsOk() ([]DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PrerequisiteActions) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PrerequisiteActions, true +} + +// HasPrerequisiteActions returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse) HasPrerequisiteActions() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PrerequisiteActions) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPrerequisiteActions gets a reference to the given []DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction and assigns it to the PrerequisiteActions field. +func (o *HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse) SetPrerequisiteActions(v []DeletionDependencyPrerequisiteAction) { + o.PrerequisiteActions = v +} + +// GetObjectDependencies returns the ObjectDependencies field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse) GetObjectDependencies() []DeletionDependencyObject { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectDependencies) { + var ret []DeletionDependencyObject + return ret + } + return o.ObjectDependencies +} + +// GetObjectDependenciesOk returns a tuple with the ObjectDependencies field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse) GetObjectDependenciesOk() ([]DeletionDependencyObject, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectDependencies) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ObjectDependencies, true +} + +// HasObjectDependencies returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse) HasObjectDependencies() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ObjectDependencies) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetObjectDependencies gets a reference to the given []DeletionDependencyObject and assigns it to the ObjectDependencies field. +func (o *HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse) SetObjectDependencies(v []DeletionDependencyObject) { + o.ObjectDependencies = v +} + +// GetDependencyTree returns the DependencyTree field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse) GetDependencyTree() DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DependencyTree) { + var ret DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse + return ret + } + return *o.DependencyTree +} + +// GetDependencyTreeOk returns a tuple with the DependencyTree field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse) GetDependencyTreeOk() (*DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DependencyTree) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DependencyTree, true +} + +// HasDependencyTree returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse) HasDependencyTree() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DependencyTree) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDependencyTree gets a reference to the given DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse and assigns it to the DependencyTree field. +func (o *HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse) SetDependencyTree(v DeletionDependenciesTreeResponse) { + o.DependencyTree = &v +} + +func (o HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.PrerequisiteActions) { + toSerialize["prerequisite_actions"] = o.PrerequisiteActions + } + if !IsNil(o.ObjectDependencies) { + toSerialize["object_dependencies"] = o.ObjectDependencies + } + if !IsNil(o.DependencyTree) { + toSerialize["dependency_tree"] = o.DependencyTree + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableHeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse struct { + value *HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableHeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse) Get() *HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableHeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse) Set(val *HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableHeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableHeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableHeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse(val *HeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse) *NullableHeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse { + return &NullableHeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableHeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableHeldSpaceDeletionDependenciesResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_historical_storage_summary.go b/model_historical_storage_summary.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f5061301 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_historical_storage_summary.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the HistoricalStorageSummary type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &HistoricalStorageSummary{} + +// HistoricalStorageSummary struct for HistoricalStorageSummary +type HistoricalStorageSummary struct { + Engines []EngineHistoricalStorageSummary `json:"engines,omitempty"` +} + +// NewHistoricalStorageSummary instantiates a new HistoricalStorageSummary object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewHistoricalStorageSummary() *HistoricalStorageSummary { + this := HistoricalStorageSummary{} + return &this +} + +// NewHistoricalStorageSummaryWithDefaults instantiates a new HistoricalStorageSummary object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewHistoricalStorageSummaryWithDefaults() *HistoricalStorageSummary { + this := HistoricalStorageSummary{} + return &this +} + +// GetEngines returns the Engines field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HistoricalStorageSummary) GetEngines() []EngineHistoricalStorageSummary { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Engines) { + var ret []EngineHistoricalStorageSummary + return ret + } + return o.Engines +} + +// GetEnginesOk returns a tuple with the Engines field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HistoricalStorageSummary) GetEnginesOk() ([]EngineHistoricalStorageSummary, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Engines) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Engines, true +} + +// HasEngines returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HistoricalStorageSummary) HasEngines() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Engines) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngines gets a reference to the given []EngineHistoricalStorageSummary and assigns it to the Engines field. +func (o *HistoricalStorageSummary) SetEngines(v []EngineHistoricalStorageSummary) { + o.Engines = v +} + +func (o HistoricalStorageSummary) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o HistoricalStorageSummary) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Engines) { + toSerialize["engines"] = o.Engines + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableHistoricalStorageSummary struct { + value *HistoricalStorageSummary + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableHistoricalStorageSummary) Get() *HistoricalStorageSummary { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableHistoricalStorageSummary) Set(val *HistoricalStorageSummary) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableHistoricalStorageSummary) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableHistoricalStorageSummary) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableHistoricalStorageSummary(val *HistoricalStorageSummary) *NullableHistoricalStorageSummary { + return &NullableHistoricalStorageSummary{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableHistoricalStorageSummary) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableHistoricalStorageSummary) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_historical_storage_summary_aggregate.go b/model_historical_storage_summary_aggregate.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..941fc944 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_historical_storage_summary_aggregate.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate{} + +// HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate struct for HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate +type HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate struct { + HistoricalDataPoints []StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint `json:"historical_data_points,omitempty"` + ProjectedDataPoints []StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint `json:"projected_data_points,omitempty"` +} + +// NewHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate instantiates a new HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate() *HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate { + this := HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate{} + return &this +} + +// NewHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregateWithDefaults instantiates a new HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregateWithDefaults() *HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate { + this := HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate{} + return &this +} + +// GetHistoricalDataPoints returns the HistoricalDataPoints field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate) GetHistoricalDataPoints() []StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HistoricalDataPoints) { + var ret []StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint + return ret + } + return o.HistoricalDataPoints +} + +// GetHistoricalDataPointsOk returns a tuple with the HistoricalDataPoints field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate) GetHistoricalDataPointsOk() ([]StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HistoricalDataPoints) { + return nil, false + } + return o.HistoricalDataPoints, true +} + +// HasHistoricalDataPoints returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate) HasHistoricalDataPoints() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HistoricalDataPoints) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHistoricalDataPoints gets a reference to the given []StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint and assigns it to the HistoricalDataPoints field. +func (o *HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate) SetHistoricalDataPoints(v []StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) { + o.HistoricalDataPoints = v +} + +// GetProjectedDataPoints returns the ProjectedDataPoints field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate) GetProjectedDataPoints() []StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ProjectedDataPoints) { + var ret []StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint + return ret + } + return o.ProjectedDataPoints +} + +// GetProjectedDataPointsOk returns a tuple with the ProjectedDataPoints field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate) GetProjectedDataPointsOk() ([]StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ProjectedDataPoints) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ProjectedDataPoints, true +} + +// HasProjectedDataPoints returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate) HasProjectedDataPoints() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ProjectedDataPoints) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetProjectedDataPoints gets a reference to the given []StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint and assigns it to the ProjectedDataPoints field. +func (o *HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate) SetProjectedDataPoints(v []StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) { + o.ProjectedDataPoints = v +} + +func (o HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.HistoricalDataPoints) { + toSerialize["historical_data_points"] = o.HistoricalDataPoints + } + if !IsNil(o.ProjectedDataPoints) { + toSerialize["projected_data_points"] = o.ProjectedDataPoints + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate struct { + value *HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate) Get() *HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate) Set(val *HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate(val *HistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate) *NullableHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate { + return &NullableHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableHistoricalStorageSummaryAggregate) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_hook.go b/model_hook.go index 52d2f15e..10f9da3b 100644 --- a/model_hook.go +++ b/model_hook.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,19 +21,20 @@ var _ MappedNullable = &Hook{} // Hook struct for Hook type Hook struct { Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` - Command string `json:"command"` + Command *string `json:"command,omitempty"` Shell *string `json:"shell,omitempty"` ElementId *string `json:"element_id,omitempty"` HasCredentials *bool `json:"has_credentials,omitempty"` + CredentialsEnvVars []CredentialsEnvVariable `json:"credentials_env_vars,omitempty"` + HookTemplateId *string `json:"hook_template_id,omitempty"` } // NewHook instantiates a new Hook object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments // will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewHook(command string) *Hook { +func NewHook() *Hook { this := Hook{} - this.Command = command return &this } @@ -77,28 +78,36 @@ func (o *Hook) SetName(v string) { o.Name = &v } -// GetCommand returns the Command field value +// GetCommand returns the Command field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *Hook) GetCommand() string { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Command) { var ret string return ret } - - return o.Command + return *o.Command } -// GetCommandOk returns a tuple with the Command field value +// GetCommandOk returns a tuple with the Command field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. func (o *Hook) GetCommandOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Command) { return nil, false } - return &o.Command, true + return o.Command, true +} + +// HasCommand returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Hook) HasCommand() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Command) { + return true + } + + return false } -// SetCommand sets field value +// SetCommand gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Command field. func (o *Hook) SetCommand(v string) { - o.Command = v + o.Command = &v } // GetShell returns the Shell field value if set, zero value otherwise. @@ -197,6 +206,70 @@ func (o *Hook) SetHasCredentials(v bool) { o.HasCredentials = &v } +// GetCredentialsEnvVars returns the CredentialsEnvVars field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Hook) GetCredentialsEnvVars() []CredentialsEnvVariable { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CredentialsEnvVars) { + var ret []CredentialsEnvVariable + return ret + } + return o.CredentialsEnvVars +} + +// GetCredentialsEnvVarsOk returns a tuple with the CredentialsEnvVars field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Hook) GetCredentialsEnvVarsOk() ([]CredentialsEnvVariable, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CredentialsEnvVars) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CredentialsEnvVars, true +} + +// HasCredentialsEnvVars returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Hook) HasCredentialsEnvVars() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CredentialsEnvVars) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCredentialsEnvVars gets a reference to the given []CredentialsEnvVariable and assigns it to the CredentialsEnvVars field. +func (o *Hook) SetCredentialsEnvVars(v []CredentialsEnvVariable) { + o.CredentialsEnvVars = v +} + +// GetHookTemplateId returns the HookTemplateId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Hook) GetHookTemplateId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HookTemplateId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.HookTemplateId +} + +// GetHookTemplateIdOk returns a tuple with the HookTemplateId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Hook) GetHookTemplateIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HookTemplateId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.HookTemplateId, true +} + +// HasHookTemplateId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Hook) HasHookTemplateId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HookTemplateId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHookTemplateId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the HookTemplateId field. +func (o *Hook) SetHookTemplateId(v string) { + o.HookTemplateId = &v +} + func (o Hook) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -210,7 +283,9 @@ func (o Hook) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.Name) { toSerialize["name"] = o.Name } - toSerialize["command"] = o.Command + if !IsNil(o.Command) { + toSerialize["command"] = o.Command + } if !IsNil(o.Shell) { toSerialize["shell"] = o.Shell } @@ -220,6 +295,12 @@ func (o Hook) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.HasCredentials) { toSerialize["has_credentials"] = o.HasCredentials } + if !IsNil(o.CredentialsEnvVars) { + toSerialize["credentials_env_vars"] = o.CredentialsEnvVars + } + if !IsNil(o.HookTemplateId) { + toSerialize["hook_template_id"] = o.HookTemplateId + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_hook_template.go b/model_hook_template.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..49a35f5b --- /dev/null +++ b/model_hook_template.go @@ -0,0 +1,458 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the HookTemplate type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &HookTemplate{} + +// HookTemplate struct for HookTemplate +type HookTemplate struct { + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // Whether this hook template is managed by DCT or by an individual Delphix Engine. + DctManaged *bool `json:"dct_managed,omitempty"` + Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"` + Shell *string `json:"shell,omitempty"` + Command *string `json:"command,omitempty"` + // List of environment variables that will contain credentials for this operation. + CredentialsEnvVars []CredentialsEnvVariable `json:"credentials_env_vars,omitempty"` + EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` + CompatibleEngineId *string `json:"compatible_engine_id,omitempty"` + // The tags that are applied to this hook template. + Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` +} + +// NewHookTemplate instantiates a new HookTemplate object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewHookTemplate() *HookTemplate { + this := HookTemplate{} + var shell string = "bash" + this.Shell = &shell + return &this +} + +// NewHookTemplateWithDefaults instantiates a new HookTemplate object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewHookTemplateWithDefaults() *HookTemplate { + this := HookTemplate{} + var shell string = "bash" + this.Shell = &shell + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HookTemplate) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HookTemplate) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HookTemplate) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *HookTemplate) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HookTemplate) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HookTemplate) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HookTemplate) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *HookTemplate) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetDctManaged returns the DctManaged field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HookTemplate) GetDctManaged() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.DctManaged +} + +// GetDctManagedOk returns a tuple with the DctManaged field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HookTemplate) GetDctManagedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DctManaged, true +} + +// HasDctManaged returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HookTemplate) HasDctManaged() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDctManaged gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DctManaged field. +func (o *HookTemplate) SetDctManaged(v bool) { + o.DctManaged = &v +} + +// GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HookTemplate) GetDescription() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Description +} + +// GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HookTemplate) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Description, true +} + +// HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HookTemplate) HasDescription() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Description) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field. +func (o *HookTemplate) SetDescription(v string) { + o.Description = &v +} + +// GetShell returns the Shell field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HookTemplate) GetShell() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Shell) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Shell +} + +// GetShellOk returns a tuple with the Shell field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HookTemplate) GetShellOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Shell) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Shell, true +} + +// HasShell returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HookTemplate) HasShell() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Shell) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetShell gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Shell field. +func (o *HookTemplate) SetShell(v string) { + o.Shell = &v +} + +// GetCommand returns the Command field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HookTemplate) GetCommand() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Command) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Command +} + +// GetCommandOk returns a tuple with the Command field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HookTemplate) GetCommandOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Command) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Command, true +} + +// HasCommand returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HookTemplate) HasCommand() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Command) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCommand gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Command field. +func (o *HookTemplate) SetCommand(v string) { + o.Command = &v +} + +// GetCredentialsEnvVars returns the CredentialsEnvVars field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HookTemplate) GetCredentialsEnvVars() []CredentialsEnvVariable { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CredentialsEnvVars) { + var ret []CredentialsEnvVariable + return ret + } + return o.CredentialsEnvVars +} + +// GetCredentialsEnvVarsOk returns a tuple with the CredentialsEnvVars field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HookTemplate) GetCredentialsEnvVarsOk() ([]CredentialsEnvVariable, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CredentialsEnvVars) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CredentialsEnvVars, true +} + +// HasCredentialsEnvVars returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HookTemplate) HasCredentialsEnvVars() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CredentialsEnvVars) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCredentialsEnvVars gets a reference to the given []CredentialsEnvVariable and assigns it to the CredentialsEnvVars field. +func (o *HookTemplate) SetCredentialsEnvVars(v []CredentialsEnvVariable) { + o.CredentialsEnvVars = v +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HookTemplate) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HookTemplate) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineId, true +} + +// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HookTemplate) HasEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. +func (o *HookTemplate) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = &v +} + +// GetCompatibleEngineId returns the CompatibleEngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HookTemplate) GetCompatibleEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CompatibleEngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CompatibleEngineId +} + +// GetCompatibleEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the CompatibleEngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HookTemplate) GetCompatibleEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CompatibleEngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CompatibleEngineId, true +} + +// HasCompatibleEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HookTemplate) HasCompatibleEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CompatibleEngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCompatibleEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CompatibleEngineId field. +func (o *HookTemplate) SetCompatibleEngineId(v string) { + o.CompatibleEngineId = &v +} + +// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HookTemplate) GetTags() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.Tags +} + +// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HookTemplate) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tags, true +} + +// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HookTemplate) HasTags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. +func (o *HookTemplate) SetTags(v []Tag) { + o.Tags = v +} + +func (o HookTemplate) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o HookTemplate) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + toSerialize["dct_managed"] = o.DctManaged + } + if !IsNil(o.Description) { + toSerialize["description"] = o.Description + } + if !IsNil(o.Shell) { + toSerialize["shell"] = o.Shell + } + if !IsNil(o.Command) { + toSerialize["command"] = o.Command + } + if !IsNil(o.CredentialsEnvVars) { + toSerialize["credentials_env_vars"] = o.CredentialsEnvVars + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + } + if !IsNil(o.CompatibleEngineId) { + toSerialize["compatible_engine_id"] = o.CompatibleEngineId + } + if !IsNil(o.Tags) { + toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableHookTemplate struct { + value *HookTemplate + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableHookTemplate) Get() *HookTemplate { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableHookTemplate) Set(val *HookTemplate) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableHookTemplate) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableHookTemplate) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableHookTemplate(val *HookTemplate) *NullableHookTemplate { + return &NullableHookTemplate{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableHookTemplate) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableHookTemplate) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_hook_template_delete_job_response.go b/model_hook_template_delete_job_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..47430f9d --- /dev/null +++ b/model_hook_template_delete_job_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the HookTemplateDeleteJobResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &HookTemplateDeleteJobResponse{} + +// HookTemplateDeleteJobResponse struct for HookTemplateDeleteJobResponse +type HookTemplateDeleteJobResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewHookTemplateDeleteJobResponse instantiates a new HookTemplateDeleteJobResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewHookTemplateDeleteJobResponse() *HookTemplateDeleteJobResponse { + this := HookTemplateDeleteJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewHookTemplateDeleteJobResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new HookTemplateDeleteJobResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewHookTemplateDeleteJobResponseWithDefaults() *HookTemplateDeleteJobResponse { + this := HookTemplateDeleteJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HookTemplateDeleteJobResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HookTemplateDeleteJobResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HookTemplateDeleteJobResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *HookTemplateDeleteJobResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o HookTemplateDeleteJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o HookTemplateDeleteJobResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableHookTemplateDeleteJobResponse struct { + value *HookTemplateDeleteJobResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableHookTemplateDeleteJobResponse) Get() *HookTemplateDeleteJobResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableHookTemplateDeleteJobResponse) Set(val *HookTemplateDeleteJobResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableHookTemplateDeleteJobResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableHookTemplateDeleteJobResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableHookTemplateDeleteJobResponse(val *HookTemplateDeleteJobResponse) *NullableHookTemplateDeleteJobResponse { + return &NullableHookTemplateDeleteJobResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableHookTemplateDeleteJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableHookTemplateDeleteJobResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_hook_template_update_job_response.go b/model_hook_template_update_job_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fcba3ed4 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_hook_template_update_job_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse{} + +// HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse struct for HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse +type HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` + HookTemplate *HookTemplate `json:"hook_template,omitempty"` +} + +// NewHookTemplateUpdateJobResponse instantiates a new HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewHookTemplateUpdateJobResponse() *HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse { + this := HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewHookTemplateUpdateJobResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewHookTemplateUpdateJobResponseWithDefaults() *HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse { + this := HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +// GetHookTemplate returns the HookTemplate field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse) GetHookTemplate() HookTemplate { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HookTemplate) { + var ret HookTemplate + return ret + } + return *o.HookTemplate +} + +// GetHookTemplateOk returns a tuple with the HookTemplate field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse) GetHookTemplateOk() (*HookTemplate, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HookTemplate) { + return nil, false + } + return o.HookTemplate, true +} + +// HasHookTemplate returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse) HasHookTemplate() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HookTemplate) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHookTemplate gets a reference to the given HookTemplate and assigns it to the HookTemplate field. +func (o *HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse) SetHookTemplate(v HookTemplate) { + o.HookTemplate = &v +} + +func (o HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + if !IsNil(o.HookTemplate) { + toSerialize["hook_template"] = o.HookTemplate + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableHookTemplateUpdateJobResponse struct { + value *HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableHookTemplateUpdateJobResponse) Get() *HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableHookTemplateUpdateJobResponse) Set(val *HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableHookTemplateUpdateJobResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableHookTemplateUpdateJobResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableHookTemplateUpdateJobResponse(val *HookTemplateUpdateJobResponse) *NullableHookTemplateUpdateJobResponse { + return &NullableHookTemplateUpdateJobResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableHookTemplateUpdateJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableHookTemplateUpdateJobResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_host.go b/model_host.go index bfc8530c..c941ddd5 100644 --- a/model_host.go +++ b/model_host.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -23,12 +23,16 @@ var _ MappedNullable = &Host{} type Host struct { // The entity ID of this Host. Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // Delphix engine equivalent constant + Reference *string `json:"reference,omitempty"` // The hostname or IP address of this host. Hostname *string `json:"hostname,omitempty"` // The name of the OS on this host. OsName *string `json:"os_name,omitempty"` // The version of the OS on this host. OsVersion *string `json:"os_version,omitempty"` + // The name of the OS distribution on this host. + Distribution *string `json:"distribution,omitempty"` // The total amount of memory on this host in bytes. MemorySize *int64 `json:"memory_size,omitempty"` // True if the host is up and a connection can be established from the engine. @@ -69,12 +73,28 @@ type Host struct { SshPort *int32 `json:"ssh_port,omitempty"` // The path for the toolkit that resides on the host. ToolkitPath *string `json:"toolkit_path,omitempty"` + // The port that the Windows Connector connects on. + ConnectorPort *int32 `json:"connector_port,omitempty"` + // The Windows Connector version that is installed on the provided host. + ConnectorVersion *string `json:"connector_version,omitempty"` + // The .NET Framework version used for Windows Connector Service. + ConnectorDotNetFrameworkVersion *string `json:"connector_dot_net_framework_version,omitempty"` // The path to the root of the Oracle TDE keystores artifact directories. OracleTdeKeystoresRootPath *string `json:"oracle_tde_keystores_root_path,omitempty"` + // The path to the Oracle Key Vault library installation on the database node. + OracleTdeOkvHomePath *string `json:"oracle_tde_okv_home_path,omitempty"` // The platform for the host machine. ProcessorType *string `json:"processor_type,omitempty"` // The OS timezone. Timezone *string `json:"timezone,omitempty"` + // The PowerShell version installed on the windows target host. + PowershellVersion *string `json:"powershell_version,omitempty"` + // The OS release. + Release *string `json:"release,omitempty"` + // Traceroute network hops from host to Delphix Engine. + TraceRouteInfo *string `json:"trace_route_info,omitempty"` + // True if Oracle TDE External key Manager password is set. + IsTdeExternalKeyManagerPasswordSet *bool `json:"is_tde_external_key_manager_password_set,omitempty"` } // NewHost instantiates a new Host object @@ -126,6 +146,38 @@ func (o *Host) SetId(v string) { o.Id = &v } +// GetReference returns the Reference field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Host) GetReference() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Reference) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Reference +} + +// GetReferenceOk returns a tuple with the Reference field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Host) GetReferenceOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Reference) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Reference, true +} + +// HasReference returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Host) HasReference() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Reference) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetReference gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Reference field. +func (o *Host) SetReference(v string) { + o.Reference = &v +} + // GetHostname returns the Hostname field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *Host) GetHostname() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Hostname) { @@ -222,6 +274,38 @@ func (o *Host) SetOsVersion(v string) { o.OsVersion = &v } +// GetDistribution returns the Distribution field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Host) GetDistribution() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Distribution) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Distribution +} + +// GetDistributionOk returns a tuple with the Distribution field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Host) GetDistributionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Distribution) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Distribution, true +} + +// HasDistribution returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Host) HasDistribution() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Distribution) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDistribution gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Distribution field. +func (o *Host) SetDistribution(v string) { + o.Distribution = &v +} + // GetMemorySize returns the MemorySize field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *Host) GetMemorySize() int64 { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MemorySize) { @@ -862,6 +946,102 @@ func (o *Host) SetToolkitPath(v string) { o.ToolkitPath = &v } +// GetConnectorPort returns the ConnectorPort field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Host) GetConnectorPort() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectorPort) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.ConnectorPort +} + +// GetConnectorPortOk returns a tuple with the ConnectorPort field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Host) GetConnectorPortOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectorPort) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ConnectorPort, true +} + +// HasConnectorPort returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Host) HasConnectorPort() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConnectorPort) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConnectorPort gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the ConnectorPort field. +func (o *Host) SetConnectorPort(v int32) { + o.ConnectorPort = &v +} + +// GetConnectorVersion returns the ConnectorVersion field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Host) GetConnectorVersion() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectorVersion) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ConnectorVersion +} + +// GetConnectorVersionOk returns a tuple with the ConnectorVersion field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Host) GetConnectorVersionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectorVersion) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ConnectorVersion, true +} + +// HasConnectorVersion returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Host) HasConnectorVersion() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConnectorVersion) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConnectorVersion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ConnectorVersion field. +func (o *Host) SetConnectorVersion(v string) { + o.ConnectorVersion = &v +} + +// GetConnectorDotNetFrameworkVersion returns the ConnectorDotNetFrameworkVersion field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Host) GetConnectorDotNetFrameworkVersion() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectorDotNetFrameworkVersion) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ConnectorDotNetFrameworkVersion +} + +// GetConnectorDotNetFrameworkVersionOk returns a tuple with the ConnectorDotNetFrameworkVersion field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Host) GetConnectorDotNetFrameworkVersionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectorDotNetFrameworkVersion) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ConnectorDotNetFrameworkVersion, true +} + +// HasConnectorDotNetFrameworkVersion returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Host) HasConnectorDotNetFrameworkVersion() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConnectorDotNetFrameworkVersion) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConnectorDotNetFrameworkVersion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ConnectorDotNetFrameworkVersion field. +func (o *Host) SetConnectorDotNetFrameworkVersion(v string) { + o.ConnectorDotNetFrameworkVersion = &v +} + // GetOracleTdeKeystoresRootPath returns the OracleTdeKeystoresRootPath field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *Host) GetOracleTdeKeystoresRootPath() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleTdeKeystoresRootPath) { @@ -894,6 +1074,38 @@ func (o *Host) SetOracleTdeKeystoresRootPath(v string) { o.OracleTdeKeystoresRootPath = &v } +// GetOracleTdeOkvHomePath returns the OracleTdeOkvHomePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Host) GetOracleTdeOkvHomePath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleTdeOkvHomePath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.OracleTdeOkvHomePath +} + +// GetOracleTdeOkvHomePathOk returns a tuple with the OracleTdeOkvHomePath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Host) GetOracleTdeOkvHomePathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleTdeOkvHomePath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleTdeOkvHomePath, true +} + +// HasOracleTdeOkvHomePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Host) HasOracleTdeOkvHomePath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleTdeOkvHomePath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleTdeOkvHomePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OracleTdeOkvHomePath field. +func (o *Host) SetOracleTdeOkvHomePath(v string) { + o.OracleTdeOkvHomePath = &v +} + // GetProcessorType returns the ProcessorType field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *Host) GetProcessorType() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ProcessorType) { @@ -958,6 +1170,134 @@ func (o *Host) SetTimezone(v string) { o.Timezone = &v } +// GetPowershellVersion returns the PowershellVersion field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Host) GetPowershellVersion() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PowershellVersion) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.PowershellVersion +} + +// GetPowershellVersionOk returns a tuple with the PowershellVersion field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Host) GetPowershellVersionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PowershellVersion) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PowershellVersion, true +} + +// HasPowershellVersion returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Host) HasPowershellVersion() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PowershellVersion) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPowershellVersion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PowershellVersion field. +func (o *Host) SetPowershellVersion(v string) { + o.PowershellVersion = &v +} + +// GetRelease returns the Release field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Host) GetRelease() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Release) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Release +} + +// GetReleaseOk returns a tuple with the Release field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Host) GetReleaseOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Release) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Release, true +} + +// HasRelease returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Host) HasRelease() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Release) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRelease gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Release field. +func (o *Host) SetRelease(v string) { + o.Release = &v +} + +// GetTraceRouteInfo returns the TraceRouteInfo field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Host) GetTraceRouteInfo() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TraceRouteInfo) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TraceRouteInfo +} + +// GetTraceRouteInfoOk returns a tuple with the TraceRouteInfo field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Host) GetTraceRouteInfoOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TraceRouteInfo) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TraceRouteInfo, true +} + +// HasTraceRouteInfo returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Host) HasTraceRouteInfo() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TraceRouteInfo) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTraceRouteInfo gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TraceRouteInfo field. +func (o *Host) SetTraceRouteInfo(v string) { + o.TraceRouteInfo = &v +} + +// GetIsTdeExternalKeyManagerPasswordSet returns the IsTdeExternalKeyManagerPasswordSet field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Host) GetIsTdeExternalKeyManagerPasswordSet() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsTdeExternalKeyManagerPasswordSet) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsTdeExternalKeyManagerPasswordSet +} + +// GetIsTdeExternalKeyManagerPasswordSetOk returns a tuple with the IsTdeExternalKeyManagerPasswordSet field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Host) GetIsTdeExternalKeyManagerPasswordSetOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsTdeExternalKeyManagerPasswordSet) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsTdeExternalKeyManagerPasswordSet, true +} + +// HasIsTdeExternalKeyManagerPasswordSet returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Host) HasIsTdeExternalKeyManagerPasswordSet() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsTdeExternalKeyManagerPasswordSet) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsTdeExternalKeyManagerPasswordSet gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsTdeExternalKeyManagerPasswordSet field. +func (o *Host) SetIsTdeExternalKeyManagerPasswordSet(v bool) { + o.IsTdeExternalKeyManagerPasswordSet = &v +} + func (o Host) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -971,6 +1311,9 @@ func (o Host) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.Id) { toSerialize["id"] = o.Id } + if !IsNil(o.Reference) { + toSerialize["reference"] = o.Reference + } if !IsNil(o.Hostname) { toSerialize["hostname"] = o.Hostname } @@ -980,6 +1323,9 @@ func (o Host) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.OsVersion) { toSerialize["os_version"] = o.OsVersion } + if !IsNil(o.Distribution) { + toSerialize["distribution"] = o.Distribution + } if !IsNil(o.MemorySize) { toSerialize["memory_size"] = o.MemorySize } @@ -1040,15 +1386,39 @@ func (o Host) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.ToolkitPath) { toSerialize["toolkit_path"] = o.ToolkitPath } + if !IsNil(o.ConnectorPort) { + toSerialize["connector_port"] = o.ConnectorPort + } + if !IsNil(o.ConnectorVersion) { + toSerialize["connector_version"] = o.ConnectorVersion + } + if !IsNil(o.ConnectorDotNetFrameworkVersion) { + toSerialize["connector_dot_net_framework_version"] = o.ConnectorDotNetFrameworkVersion + } if !IsNil(o.OracleTdeKeystoresRootPath) { toSerialize["oracle_tde_keystores_root_path"] = o.OracleTdeKeystoresRootPath } + if !IsNil(o.OracleTdeOkvHomePath) { + toSerialize["oracle_tde_okv_home_path"] = o.OracleTdeOkvHomePath + } if !IsNil(o.ProcessorType) { toSerialize["processor_type"] = o.ProcessorType } if !IsNil(o.Timezone) { toSerialize["timezone"] = o.Timezone } + if !IsNil(o.PowershellVersion) { + toSerialize["powershell_version"] = o.PowershellVersion + } + if !IsNil(o.Release) { + toSerialize["release"] = o.Release + } + if !IsNil(o.TraceRouteInfo) { + toSerialize["trace_route_info"] = o.TraceRouteInfo + } + if !IsNil(o.IsTdeExternalKeyManagerPasswordSet) { + toSerialize["is_tde_external_key_manager_password_set"] = o.IsTdeExternalKeyManagerPasswordSet + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_host_create_parameters.go b/model_host_create_parameters.go index a5d5bfee..6cc7a0dd 100644 --- a/model_host_create_parameters.go +++ b/model_host_create_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_host_update_parameters.go b/model_host_update_parameters.go index 2dd4ce1e..747d0ef5 100644 --- a/model_host_update_parameters.go +++ b/model_host_update_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -55,6 +55,10 @@ type HostUpdateParameters struct { SshVerificationStrategy *SSHVerificationStrategy `json:"ssh_verification_strategy,omitempty"` // Unique per Delphix key used to authenticate with the remote Delphix Connector. ConnectorAuthenticationKey *string `json:"connector_authentication_key,omitempty"` + // The path to the Oracle Key Vault library installation on the database node. + OracleTdeOkvHomePath *string `json:"oracle_tde_okv_home_path,omitempty"` + // The credential of the tde keystore external keys management system like Oracle Key Vault or Hardware Security Module. + OracleTdeExternalKeyManagerCredential *string `json:"oracle_tde_external_key_manager_credential,omitempty"` } // NewHostUpdateParameters instantiates a new HostUpdateParameters object @@ -650,6 +654,70 @@ func (o *HostUpdateParameters) SetConnectorAuthenticationKey(v string) { o.ConnectorAuthenticationKey = &v } +// GetOracleTdeOkvHomePath returns the OracleTdeOkvHomePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HostUpdateParameters) GetOracleTdeOkvHomePath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleTdeOkvHomePath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.OracleTdeOkvHomePath +} + +// GetOracleTdeOkvHomePathOk returns a tuple with the OracleTdeOkvHomePath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HostUpdateParameters) GetOracleTdeOkvHomePathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleTdeOkvHomePath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleTdeOkvHomePath, true +} + +// HasOracleTdeOkvHomePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HostUpdateParameters) HasOracleTdeOkvHomePath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleTdeOkvHomePath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleTdeOkvHomePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OracleTdeOkvHomePath field. +func (o *HostUpdateParameters) SetOracleTdeOkvHomePath(v string) { + o.OracleTdeOkvHomePath = &v +} + +// GetOracleTdeExternalKeyManagerCredential returns the OracleTdeExternalKeyManagerCredential field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HostUpdateParameters) GetOracleTdeExternalKeyManagerCredential() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleTdeExternalKeyManagerCredential) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.OracleTdeExternalKeyManagerCredential +} + +// GetOracleTdeExternalKeyManagerCredentialOk returns a tuple with the OracleTdeExternalKeyManagerCredential field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HostUpdateParameters) GetOracleTdeExternalKeyManagerCredentialOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleTdeExternalKeyManagerCredential) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleTdeExternalKeyManagerCredential, true +} + +// HasOracleTdeExternalKeyManagerCredential returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HostUpdateParameters) HasOracleTdeExternalKeyManagerCredential() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleTdeExternalKeyManagerCredential) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleTdeExternalKeyManagerCredential gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OracleTdeExternalKeyManagerCredential field. +func (o *HostUpdateParameters) SetOracleTdeExternalKeyManagerCredential(v string) { + o.OracleTdeExternalKeyManagerCredential = &v +} + func (o HostUpdateParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -714,6 +782,12 @@ func (o HostUpdateParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.ConnectorAuthenticationKey) { toSerialize["connector_authentication_key"] = o.ConnectorAuthenticationKey } + if !IsNil(o.OracleTdeOkvHomePath) { + toSerialize["oracle_tde_okv_home_path"] = o.OracleTdeOkvHomePath + } + if !IsNil(o.OracleTdeExternalKeyManagerCredential) { + toSerialize["oracle_tde_external_key_manager_credential"] = o.OracleTdeExternalKeyManagerCredential + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_hyperscale_column_or_field.go b/model_hyperscale_column_or_field.go index 3532a8c3..3c448e7e 100644 --- a/model_hyperscale_column_or_field.go +++ b/model_hyperscale_column_or_field.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_hyperscale_connector.go b/model_hyperscale_connector.go index 50d7f2cf..5b5e136a 100644 --- a/model_hyperscale_connector.go +++ b/model_hyperscale_connector.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -20,10 +20,9 @@ var _ MappedNullable = &HyperscaleConnector{} // HyperscaleConnector A Hyperscale connector to read/write data from/to a datasource. type HyperscaleConnector struct { - DatabaseType *string `json:"database_type,omitempty"` // The ID of the Hyperscale Connector. Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` - // The ID of the Hyperscale instance of this Dataset. + // The ID of the Hyperscale instance of this Connector. HyperscaleInstanceId *string `json:"hyperscale_instance_id,omitempty"` DataType *HyperscaleDataTypeEnum `json:"data_type,omitempty"` Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` @@ -69,38 +68,6 @@ func NewHyperscaleConnectorWithDefaults() *HyperscaleConnector { return &this } -// GetDatabaseType returns the DatabaseType field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *HyperscaleConnector) GetDatabaseType() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseType) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.DatabaseType -} - -// GetDatabaseTypeOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseType field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *HyperscaleConnector) GetDatabaseTypeOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseType) { - return nil, false - } - return o.DatabaseType, true -} - -// HasDatabaseType returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *HyperscaleConnector) HasDatabaseType() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseType) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetDatabaseType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseType field. -func (o *HyperscaleConnector) SetDatabaseType(v string) { - o.DatabaseType = &v -} - // GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *HyperscaleConnector) GetId() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { @@ -655,10 +622,9 @@ func (o HyperscaleConnector) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { func (o HyperscaleConnector) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.DatabaseType) { - toSerialize["database_type"] = o.DatabaseType + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id } - // skip: id is readOnly if !IsNil(o.HyperscaleInstanceId) { toSerialize["hyperscale_instance_id"] = o.HyperscaleInstanceId } diff --git a/model_hyperscale_connector_create_parameters.go b/model_hyperscale_connector_create_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe7cc9dc --- /dev/null +++ b/model_hyperscale_connector_create_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,719 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters{} + +// HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters Parameters to create a Hyperscale Connector. +type HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters struct { + // The ID of the Hyperscale instance of this Connector. + HyperscaleInstanceId *string `json:"hyperscale_instance_id,omitempty"` + DataType *HyperscaleDataTypeEnum `json:"data_type,omitempty"` + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The username this Connector will use to connect to the source database. + SourceUsername *string `json:"source_username,omitempty"` + // The password this Connector will use to connect to the source database. + SourcePassword *string `json:"source_password,omitempty"` + // The JDBC URL used to connect to the source database. + SourceJdbcUrl *string `json:"source_jdbc_url,omitempty"` + // The MongoDB URL used to connect to the source database. + SourceMongoUrl *string `json:"source_mongo_url,omitempty"` + // The path on the filesystem where source files must be read (Delimited files Only). + SourceFilesystemPath *string `json:"source_filesystem_path,omitempty"` + SourceConnectionProperties *map[string]string `json:"source_connection_properties,omitempty"` + // The username this Connector will use to connect to the target database. + TargetUsername *string `json:"target_username,omitempty"` + // The username this Connector will use to connect to the target database. + TargetPassword *string `json:"target_password,omitempty"` + // The JDBC URL used to connect to the target database. + TargetJdbcUrl *string `json:"target_jdbc_url,omitempty"` + // The MongoDB URL used to connect to the target database. + TargetMongoUrl *string `json:"target_mongo_url,omitempty"` + // The path on the filesystem where target files must be written (Delimited files Only). + TargetFilesystemPath *string `json:"target_filesystem_path,omitempty"` + TargetConnectionProperties *map[string]string `json:"target_connection_properties,omitempty"` + Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` + // Whether the account creating this Hyperscale Connector must be configured as owner of it. + MakeCurrentAccountOwner *bool `json:"make_current_account_owner,omitempty"` +} + +// NewHyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters instantiates a new HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewHyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters() *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters { + this := HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters{} + var makeCurrentAccountOwner bool = true + this.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &makeCurrentAccountOwner + return &this +} + +// NewHyperscaleConnectorCreateParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewHyperscaleConnectorCreateParametersWithDefaults() *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters { + this := HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters{} + var makeCurrentAccountOwner bool = true + this.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &makeCurrentAccountOwner + return &this +} + +// GetHyperscaleInstanceId returns the HyperscaleInstanceId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetHyperscaleInstanceId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HyperscaleInstanceId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.HyperscaleInstanceId +} + +// GetHyperscaleInstanceIdOk returns a tuple with the HyperscaleInstanceId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetHyperscaleInstanceIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HyperscaleInstanceId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.HyperscaleInstanceId, true +} + +// HasHyperscaleInstanceId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) HasHyperscaleInstanceId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HyperscaleInstanceId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHyperscaleInstanceId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the HyperscaleInstanceId field. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) SetHyperscaleInstanceId(v string) { + o.HyperscaleInstanceId = &v +} + +// GetDataType returns the DataType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetDataType() HyperscaleDataTypeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataType) { + var ret HyperscaleDataTypeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.DataType +} + +// GetDataTypeOk returns a tuple with the DataType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetDataTypeOk() (*HyperscaleDataTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataType, true +} + +// HasDataType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) HasDataType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataType gets a reference to the given HyperscaleDataTypeEnum and assigns it to the DataType field. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) SetDataType(v HyperscaleDataTypeEnum) { + o.DataType = &v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetSourceUsername returns the SourceUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetSourceUsername() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceUsername) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SourceUsername +} + +// GetSourceUsernameOk returns a tuple with the SourceUsername field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetSourceUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceUsername) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SourceUsername, true +} + +// HasSourceUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) HasSourceUsername() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SourceUsername) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSourceUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SourceUsername field. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) SetSourceUsername(v string) { + o.SourceUsername = &v +} + +// GetSourcePassword returns the SourcePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetSourcePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourcePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SourcePassword +} + +// GetSourcePasswordOk returns a tuple with the SourcePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetSourcePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourcePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SourcePassword, true +} + +// HasSourcePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) HasSourcePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SourcePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSourcePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SourcePassword field. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) SetSourcePassword(v string) { + o.SourcePassword = &v +} + +// GetSourceJdbcUrl returns the SourceJdbcUrl field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetSourceJdbcUrl() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceJdbcUrl) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SourceJdbcUrl +} + +// GetSourceJdbcUrlOk returns a tuple with the SourceJdbcUrl field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetSourceJdbcUrlOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceJdbcUrl) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SourceJdbcUrl, true +} + +// HasSourceJdbcUrl returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) HasSourceJdbcUrl() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SourceJdbcUrl) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSourceJdbcUrl gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SourceJdbcUrl field. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) SetSourceJdbcUrl(v string) { + o.SourceJdbcUrl = &v +} + +// GetSourceMongoUrl returns the SourceMongoUrl field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetSourceMongoUrl() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceMongoUrl) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SourceMongoUrl +} + +// GetSourceMongoUrlOk returns a tuple with the SourceMongoUrl field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetSourceMongoUrlOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceMongoUrl) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SourceMongoUrl, true +} + +// HasSourceMongoUrl returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) HasSourceMongoUrl() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SourceMongoUrl) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSourceMongoUrl gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SourceMongoUrl field. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) SetSourceMongoUrl(v string) { + o.SourceMongoUrl = &v +} + +// GetSourceFilesystemPath returns the SourceFilesystemPath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetSourceFilesystemPath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceFilesystemPath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SourceFilesystemPath +} + +// GetSourceFilesystemPathOk returns a tuple with the SourceFilesystemPath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetSourceFilesystemPathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceFilesystemPath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SourceFilesystemPath, true +} + +// HasSourceFilesystemPath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) HasSourceFilesystemPath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SourceFilesystemPath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSourceFilesystemPath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SourceFilesystemPath field. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) SetSourceFilesystemPath(v string) { + o.SourceFilesystemPath = &v +} + +// GetSourceConnectionProperties returns the SourceConnectionProperties field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetSourceConnectionProperties() map[string]string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceConnectionProperties) { + var ret map[string]string + return ret + } + return *o.SourceConnectionProperties +} + +// GetSourceConnectionPropertiesOk returns a tuple with the SourceConnectionProperties field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetSourceConnectionPropertiesOk() (*map[string]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceConnectionProperties) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SourceConnectionProperties, true +} + +// HasSourceConnectionProperties returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) HasSourceConnectionProperties() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SourceConnectionProperties) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSourceConnectionProperties gets a reference to the given map[string]string and assigns it to the SourceConnectionProperties field. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) SetSourceConnectionProperties(v map[string]string) { + o.SourceConnectionProperties = &v +} + +// GetTargetUsername returns the TargetUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetTargetUsername() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetUsername) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetUsername +} + +// GetTargetUsernameOk returns a tuple with the TargetUsername field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetTargetUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetUsername) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetUsername, true +} + +// HasTargetUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) HasTargetUsername() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetUsername) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetUsername field. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) SetTargetUsername(v string) { + o.TargetUsername = &v +} + +// GetTargetPassword returns the TargetPassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetTargetPassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetPassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetPassword +} + +// GetTargetPasswordOk returns a tuple with the TargetPassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetTargetPasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetPassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetPassword, true +} + +// HasTargetPassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) HasTargetPassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetPassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetPassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetPassword field. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) SetTargetPassword(v string) { + o.TargetPassword = &v +} + +// GetTargetJdbcUrl returns the TargetJdbcUrl field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetTargetJdbcUrl() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetJdbcUrl) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetJdbcUrl +} + +// GetTargetJdbcUrlOk returns a tuple with the TargetJdbcUrl field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetTargetJdbcUrlOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetJdbcUrl) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetJdbcUrl, true +} + +// HasTargetJdbcUrl returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) HasTargetJdbcUrl() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetJdbcUrl) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetJdbcUrl gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetJdbcUrl field. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) SetTargetJdbcUrl(v string) { + o.TargetJdbcUrl = &v +} + +// GetTargetMongoUrl returns the TargetMongoUrl field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetTargetMongoUrl() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetMongoUrl) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetMongoUrl +} + +// GetTargetMongoUrlOk returns a tuple with the TargetMongoUrl field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetTargetMongoUrlOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetMongoUrl) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetMongoUrl, true +} + +// HasTargetMongoUrl returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) HasTargetMongoUrl() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetMongoUrl) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetMongoUrl gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetMongoUrl field. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) SetTargetMongoUrl(v string) { + o.TargetMongoUrl = &v +} + +// GetTargetFilesystemPath returns the TargetFilesystemPath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetTargetFilesystemPath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetFilesystemPath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetFilesystemPath +} + +// GetTargetFilesystemPathOk returns a tuple with the TargetFilesystemPath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetTargetFilesystemPathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetFilesystemPath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetFilesystemPath, true +} + +// HasTargetFilesystemPath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) HasTargetFilesystemPath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetFilesystemPath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetFilesystemPath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetFilesystemPath field. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) SetTargetFilesystemPath(v string) { + o.TargetFilesystemPath = &v +} + +// GetTargetConnectionProperties returns the TargetConnectionProperties field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetTargetConnectionProperties() map[string]string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetConnectionProperties) { + var ret map[string]string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetConnectionProperties +} + +// GetTargetConnectionPropertiesOk returns a tuple with the TargetConnectionProperties field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetTargetConnectionPropertiesOk() (*map[string]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetConnectionProperties) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetConnectionProperties, true +} + +// HasTargetConnectionProperties returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) HasTargetConnectionProperties() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetConnectionProperties) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetConnectionProperties gets a reference to the given map[string]string and assigns it to the TargetConnectionProperties field. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) SetTargetConnectionProperties(v map[string]string) { + o.TargetConnectionProperties = &v +} + +// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetTags() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.Tags +} + +// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tags, true +} + +// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) HasTags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) SetTags(v []Tag) { + o.Tags = v +} + +// GetMakeCurrentAccountOwner returns the MakeCurrentAccountOwner field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetMakeCurrentAccountOwner() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner +} + +// GetMakeCurrentAccountOwnerOk returns a tuple with the MakeCurrentAccountOwner field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) GetMakeCurrentAccountOwnerOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner, true +} + +// HasMakeCurrentAccountOwner returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) HasMakeCurrentAccountOwner() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMakeCurrentAccountOwner gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the MakeCurrentAccountOwner field. +func (o *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) SetMakeCurrentAccountOwner(v bool) { + o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &v +} + +func (o HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.HyperscaleInstanceId) { + toSerialize["hyperscale_instance_id"] = o.HyperscaleInstanceId + } + if !IsNil(o.DataType) { + toSerialize["data_type"] = o.DataType + } + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.SourceUsername) { + toSerialize["source_username"] = o.SourceUsername + } + if !IsNil(o.SourcePassword) { + toSerialize["source_password"] = o.SourcePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.SourceJdbcUrl) { + toSerialize["source_jdbc_url"] = o.SourceJdbcUrl + } + if !IsNil(o.SourceMongoUrl) { + toSerialize["source_mongo_url"] = o.SourceMongoUrl + } + if !IsNil(o.SourceFilesystemPath) { + toSerialize["source_filesystem_path"] = o.SourceFilesystemPath + } + if !IsNil(o.SourceConnectionProperties) { + toSerialize["source_connection_properties"] = o.SourceConnectionProperties + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetUsername) { + toSerialize["target_username"] = o.TargetUsername + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetPassword) { + toSerialize["target_password"] = o.TargetPassword + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetJdbcUrl) { + toSerialize["target_jdbc_url"] = o.TargetJdbcUrl + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetMongoUrl) { + toSerialize["target_mongo_url"] = o.TargetMongoUrl + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetFilesystemPath) { + toSerialize["target_filesystem_path"] = o.TargetFilesystemPath + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetConnectionProperties) { + toSerialize["target_connection_properties"] = o.TargetConnectionProperties + } + if !IsNil(o.Tags) { + toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags + } + if !IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { + toSerialize["make_current_account_owner"] = o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableHyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters struct { + value *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableHyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) Get() *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableHyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) Set(val *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableHyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableHyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableHyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters(val *HyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) *NullableHyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters { + return &NullableHyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableHyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableHyperscaleConnectorCreateParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_hyperscale_connector_update_parameters.go b/model_hyperscale_connector_update_parameters.go index 74b56a43..8842c1a2 100644 --- a/model_hyperscale_connector_update_parameters.go +++ b/model_hyperscale_connector_update_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_hyperscale_data_type_enum.go b/model_hyperscale_data_type_enum.go index 3ddec8da..cae9f921 100644 --- a/model_hyperscale_data_type_enum.go +++ b/model_hyperscale_data_type_enum.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -23,12 +23,16 @@ type HyperscaleDataTypeEnum string const ( HYPERSCALEDATATYPEENUM_ORACLE HyperscaleDataTypeEnum = "ORACLE" HYPERSCALEDATATYPEENUM_MSSQL HyperscaleDataTypeEnum = "MSSQL" + HYPERSCALEDATATYPEENUM_DELIMITED_FILES HyperscaleDataTypeEnum = "DELIMITED_FILES" + HYPERSCALEDATATYPEENUM_MONGO_DB HyperscaleDataTypeEnum = "MONGO_DB" ) // All allowed values of HyperscaleDataTypeEnum enum var AllowedHyperscaleDataTypeEnumEnumValues = []HyperscaleDataTypeEnum{ "ORACLE", "MSSQL", + "DELIMITED_FILES", + "MONGO_DB", } func (v *HyperscaleDataTypeEnum) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { diff --git a/model_hyperscale_dataset.go b/model_hyperscale_dataset.go index 41bfc6c6..f8e102dc 100644 --- a/model_hyperscale_dataset.go +++ b/model_hyperscale_dataset.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_hyperscale_dataset_table_or_file.go b/model_hyperscale_dataset_table_or_file.go index c72b04a1..4c010bb0 100644 --- a/model_hyperscale_dataset_table_or_file.go +++ b/model_hyperscale_dataset_table_or_file.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_hyperscale_dataset_table_or_file_update_parameters.go b/model_hyperscale_dataset_table_or_file_update_parameters.go index 08a2c165..73c8a181 100644 --- a/model_hyperscale_dataset_table_or_file_update_parameters.go +++ b/model_hyperscale_dataset_table_or_file_update_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_hyperscale_dataset_update_parameters.go b/model_hyperscale_dataset_update_parameters.go index 4d9c6d51..edbf0a74 100644 --- a/model_hyperscale_dataset_update_parameters.go +++ b/model_hyperscale_dataset_update_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_hyperscale_instance.go b/model_hyperscale_instance.go index dbe3b0a9..80096d23 100644 --- a/model_hyperscale_instance.go +++ b/model_hyperscale_instance.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -14,6 +14,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" "time" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the HyperscaleInstance type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -34,18 +36,20 @@ type HyperscaleInstance struct { Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` // API key to connect to the hyperscale instance. ApiKey string `json:"api_key"` - // Allow connections to the hyperscale instance over HTTPs without validating the TLS certificate. Even though the connection to the hyperscale instance might be performed over HTTPs, setting this property eliminates the protection against a man-in-the-middle attach for connections to this engine. Instead, consider creating a truststore with a Certificate Authority to validate the hyperscale instance's certificate, and set the truststore_filename property. + // Allow connections to the hyperscale instance over HTTPs without validating the TLS certificate. Even though the connection to the hyperscale instance might be performed over HTTPs, setting this property eliminates the protection against a man-in-the-middle attach for connections to this engine. Instead, consider configuring DCT with Certificate Authority certificates. InsecureSsl *bool `json:"insecure_ssl,omitempty"` // Ignore validation of the name associated to the TLS certificate when connecting to the hyperscale instance over HTTPs. Setting this value must only be done if the TLS certificate of the hyperscale instance does not match the hostname, and the TLS configuration of the hyperscale instance cannot be fixed. Setting this property reduces the protection against a man-in-the-middle attack for connections to this hyperscale instance. This is ignored if insecure_ssl is set. UnsafeSslHostnameCheck *bool `json:"unsafe_ssl_hostname_check,omitempty"` - // File name of a truststore which can be used to validate the TLS certificate of the hyperscale instance. The truststore must be available at /etc/config/certs/ - TruststoreFilename NullableString `json:"truststore_filename,omitempty"` - // Password to read the truststore. - TruststorePassword NullableString `json:"truststore_password,omitempty"` // The status of this hyperscale instance. Status NullableString `json:"status,omitempty"` + // The status of the connection to the hyperscale instance. + ConnectionStatus NullableString `json:"connection_status,omitempty"` + // If set, details about the status of the connection to the hyperscale instance. + ConnectionStatusDetails *string `json:"connection_status_details,omitempty"` } +type _HyperscaleInstance HyperscaleInstance + // NewHyperscaleInstance instantiates a new HyperscaleInstance object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -338,130 +342,120 @@ func (o *HyperscaleInstance) SetUnsafeSslHostnameCheck(v bool) { o.UnsafeSslHostnameCheck = &v } -// GetTruststoreFilename returns the TruststoreFilename field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). -func (o *HyperscaleInstance) GetTruststoreFilename() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.TruststoreFilename.Get()) { +// GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *HyperscaleInstance) GetStatus() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status.Get()) { var ret string return ret } - return *o.TruststoreFilename.Get() + return *o.Status.Get() } -// GetTruststoreFilenameOk returns a tuple with the TruststoreFilename field value if set, nil otherwise +// GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. // NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned -func (o *HyperscaleInstance) GetTruststoreFilenameOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *HyperscaleInstance) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil { return nil, false } - return o.TruststoreFilename.Get(), o.TruststoreFilename.IsSet() + return o.Status.Get(), o.Status.IsSet() } -// HasTruststoreFilename returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *HyperscaleInstance) HasTruststoreFilename() bool { - if o != nil && o.TruststoreFilename.IsSet() { +// HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleInstance) HasStatus() bool { + if o != nil && o.Status.IsSet() { return true } return false } -// SetTruststoreFilename gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the TruststoreFilename field. -func (o *HyperscaleInstance) SetTruststoreFilename(v string) { - o.TruststoreFilename.Set(&v) +// SetStatus gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the Status field. +func (o *HyperscaleInstance) SetStatus(v string) { + o.Status.Set(&v) } -// SetTruststoreFilenameNil sets the value for TruststoreFilename to be an explicit nil -func (o *HyperscaleInstance) SetTruststoreFilenameNil() { - o.TruststoreFilename.Set(nil) +// SetStatusNil sets the value for Status to be an explicit nil +func (o *HyperscaleInstance) SetStatusNil() { + o.Status.Set(nil) } -// UnsetTruststoreFilename ensures that no value is present for TruststoreFilename, not even an explicit nil -func (o *HyperscaleInstance) UnsetTruststoreFilename() { - o.TruststoreFilename.Unset() +// UnsetStatus ensures that no value is present for Status, not even an explicit nil +func (o *HyperscaleInstance) UnsetStatus() { + o.Status.Unset() } -// GetTruststorePassword returns the TruststorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). -func (o *HyperscaleInstance) GetTruststorePassword() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.TruststorePassword.Get()) { +// GetConnectionStatus returns the ConnectionStatus field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *HyperscaleInstance) GetConnectionStatus() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectionStatus.Get()) { var ret string return ret } - return *o.TruststorePassword.Get() + return *o.ConnectionStatus.Get() } -// GetTruststorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the TruststorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// GetConnectionStatusOk returns a tuple with the ConnectionStatus field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. // NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned -func (o *HyperscaleInstance) GetTruststorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *HyperscaleInstance) GetConnectionStatusOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil { return nil, false } - return o.TruststorePassword.Get(), o.TruststorePassword.IsSet() + return o.ConnectionStatus.Get(), o.ConnectionStatus.IsSet() } -// HasTruststorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *HyperscaleInstance) HasTruststorePassword() bool { - if o != nil && o.TruststorePassword.IsSet() { +// HasConnectionStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleInstance) HasConnectionStatus() bool { + if o != nil && o.ConnectionStatus.IsSet() { return true } return false } -// SetTruststorePassword gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the TruststorePassword field. -func (o *HyperscaleInstance) SetTruststorePassword(v string) { - o.TruststorePassword.Set(&v) +// SetConnectionStatus gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the ConnectionStatus field. +func (o *HyperscaleInstance) SetConnectionStatus(v string) { + o.ConnectionStatus.Set(&v) } -// SetTruststorePasswordNil sets the value for TruststorePassword to be an explicit nil -func (o *HyperscaleInstance) SetTruststorePasswordNil() { - o.TruststorePassword.Set(nil) +// SetConnectionStatusNil sets the value for ConnectionStatus to be an explicit nil +func (o *HyperscaleInstance) SetConnectionStatusNil() { + o.ConnectionStatus.Set(nil) } -// UnsetTruststorePassword ensures that no value is present for TruststorePassword, not even an explicit nil -func (o *HyperscaleInstance) UnsetTruststorePassword() { - o.TruststorePassword.Unset() +// UnsetConnectionStatus ensures that no value is present for ConnectionStatus, not even an explicit nil +func (o *HyperscaleInstance) UnsetConnectionStatus() { + o.ConnectionStatus.Unset() } -// GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). -func (o *HyperscaleInstance) GetStatus() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status.Get()) { +// GetConnectionStatusDetails returns the ConnectionStatusDetails field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleInstance) GetConnectionStatusDetails() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectionStatusDetails) { var ret string return ret } - return *o.Status.Get() + return *o.ConnectionStatusDetails } -// GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise +// GetConnectionStatusDetailsOk returns a tuple with the ConnectionStatusDetails field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned -func (o *HyperscaleInstance) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { +func (o *HyperscaleInstance) GetConnectionStatusDetailsOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectionStatusDetails) { return nil, false } - return o.Status.Get(), o.Status.IsSet() + return o.ConnectionStatusDetails, true } -// HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *HyperscaleInstance) HasStatus() bool { - if o != nil && o.Status.IsSet() { +// HasConnectionStatusDetails returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleInstance) HasConnectionStatusDetails() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConnectionStatusDetails) { return true } return false } -// SetStatus gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the Status field. -func (o *HyperscaleInstance) SetStatus(v string) { - o.Status.Set(&v) -} -// SetStatusNil sets the value for Status to be an explicit nil -func (o *HyperscaleInstance) SetStatusNil() { - o.Status.Set(nil) -} - -// UnsetStatus ensures that no value is present for Status, not even an explicit nil -func (o *HyperscaleInstance) UnsetStatus() { - o.Status.Unset() +// SetConnectionStatusDetails gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ConnectionStatusDetails field. +func (o *HyperscaleInstance) SetConnectionStatusDetails(v string) { + o.ConnectionStatusDetails = &v } func (o HyperscaleInstance) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { @@ -474,7 +468,9 @@ func (o HyperscaleInstance) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { func (o HyperscaleInstance) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - // skip: id is readOnly + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } toSerialize["name"] = o.Name toSerialize["hostname"] = o.Hostname if !IsNil(o.DataType) { @@ -493,18 +489,57 @@ func (o HyperscaleInstance) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.UnsafeSslHostnameCheck) { toSerialize["unsafe_ssl_hostname_check"] = o.UnsafeSslHostnameCheck } - if o.TruststoreFilename.IsSet() { - toSerialize["truststore_filename"] = o.TruststoreFilename.Get() - } - if o.TruststorePassword.IsSet() { - toSerialize["truststore_password"] = o.TruststorePassword.Get() - } if o.Status.IsSet() { toSerialize["status"] = o.Status.Get() } + if o.ConnectionStatus.IsSet() { + toSerialize["connection_status"] = o.ConnectionStatus.Get() + } + if !IsNil(o.ConnectionStatusDetails) { + toSerialize["connection_status_details"] = o.ConnectionStatusDetails + } return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *HyperscaleInstance) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "name", + "hostname", + "api_key", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varHyperscaleInstance := _HyperscaleInstance{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varHyperscaleInstance) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = HyperscaleInstance(varHyperscaleInstance) + + return err +} + type NullableHyperscaleInstance struct { value *HyperscaleInstance isSet bool diff --git a/model_hyperscale_instance_registration_parameter.go b/model_hyperscale_instance_registration_parameter.go index 3c86814f..a608f278 100644 --- a/model_hyperscale_instance_registration_parameter.go +++ b/model_hyperscale_instance_registration_parameter.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -22,23 +24,23 @@ var _ MappedNullable = &HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter{} type HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter struct { // Name in DCT of the Hyperscale instance. Name string `json:"name"` - // Hostname of the Hyperscale instance. + // Hostname of the Hyperscale instance. If the Hyperscale instance is running on a custom port (not 443), the port can be specified using the \"hostname:port\" format, for instance \"hyperscale-1.mycompany.co:1765\" Hostname string `json:"hostname"` // API key to connect to the Hyperscale instance. ApiKey NullableString `json:"api_key"` DataType HyperscaleDataTypeEnum `json:"data_type"` - // Allow connections to the hyperscale instance over HTTPs without validating the TLS certificate. Even though the connection to the hyperscale instance might be performed over HTTPs, setting this property eliminates the protection against a man-in-the-middle attach for connections to this engine. Instead, consider creating a truststore with a Certificate Authority to validate the hyperscale instance's certificate, and set the truststore_filename property. + // Allow connections to the hyperscale instance over HTTPs without validating the TLS certificate. Even though the connection to the hyperscale instance might be performed over HTTPs, setting this property eliminates the protection against a man-in-the-middle attach for connections to this engine. Instead, consider configuring DCT with Certificate Authority certificates. InsecureSsl *bool `json:"insecure_ssl,omitempty"` // Ignore validation of the name associated to the TLS certificate when connecting to the hyperscale instance over HTTPs. Setting this value must only be done if the TLS certificate of the hyperscale instance does not match the hostname, and the TLS configuration of the hyperscale instance cannot be fixed. Setting this property reduces the protection against a man-in-the-middle attack for connections to this engine. This is ignored if insecure_ssl is set. UnsafeSslHostnameCheck *bool `json:"unsafe_ssl_hostname_check,omitempty"` - // File name of a truststore which can be used to validate the TLS certificate of the hyperscale instance. The truststore must be available at /etc/config/certs/ - TruststoreFilename NullableString `json:"truststore_filename,omitempty"` - // Password to read the truststore. - TruststorePassword NullableString `json:"truststore_password,omitempty"` // The tags to be created for this engine. Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` + // Whether the account creating this Hyperscale instance must be configured as owner of it. + MakeCurrentAccountOwner *bool `json:"make_current_account_owner,omitempty"` } +type _HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter + // NewHyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter instantiates a new HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -53,6 +55,8 @@ func NewHyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter(name string, hostname string, ap this.InsecureSsl = &insecureSsl var unsafeSslHostnameCheck bool = false this.UnsafeSslHostnameCheck = &unsafeSslHostnameCheck + var makeCurrentAccountOwner bool = true + this.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &makeCurrentAccountOwner return &this } @@ -65,6 +69,8 @@ func NewHyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameterWithDefaults() *HyperscaleInstanc this.InsecureSsl = &insecureSsl var unsafeSslHostnameCheck bool = false this.UnsafeSslHostnameCheck = &unsafeSslHostnameCheck + var makeCurrentAccountOwner bool = true + this.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &makeCurrentAccountOwner return &this } @@ -230,120 +236,68 @@ func (o *HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) SetUnsafeSslHostnameCheck(v bo o.UnsafeSslHostnameCheck = &v } -// GetTruststoreFilename returns the TruststoreFilename field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). -func (o *HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) GetTruststoreFilename() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.TruststoreFilename.Get()) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.TruststoreFilename.Get() -} - -// GetTruststoreFilenameOk returns a tuple with the TruststoreFilename field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned -func (o *HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) GetTruststoreFilenameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { - return nil, false - } - return o.TruststoreFilename.Get(), o.TruststoreFilename.IsSet() -} - -// HasTruststoreFilename returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) HasTruststoreFilename() bool { - if o != nil && o.TruststoreFilename.IsSet() { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetTruststoreFilename gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the TruststoreFilename field. -func (o *HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) SetTruststoreFilename(v string) { - o.TruststoreFilename.Set(&v) -} -// SetTruststoreFilenameNil sets the value for TruststoreFilename to be an explicit nil -func (o *HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) SetTruststoreFilenameNil() { - o.TruststoreFilename.Set(nil) -} - -// UnsetTruststoreFilename ensures that no value is present for TruststoreFilename, not even an explicit nil -func (o *HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) UnsetTruststoreFilename() { - o.TruststoreFilename.Unset() -} - -// GetTruststorePassword returns the TruststorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). -func (o *HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) GetTruststorePassword() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.TruststorePassword.Get()) { - var ret string +// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) GetTags() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + var ret []Tag return ret } - return *o.TruststorePassword.Get() + return o.Tags } -// GetTruststorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the TruststorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned -func (o *HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) GetTruststorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { +func (o *HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { return nil, false } - return o.TruststorePassword.Get(), o.TruststorePassword.IsSet() + return o.Tags, true } -// HasTruststorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) HasTruststorePassword() bool { - if o != nil && o.TruststorePassword.IsSet() { +// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) HasTags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { return true } return false } -// SetTruststorePassword gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the TruststorePassword field. -func (o *HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) SetTruststorePassword(v string) { - o.TruststorePassword.Set(&v) -} -// SetTruststorePasswordNil sets the value for TruststorePassword to be an explicit nil -func (o *HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) SetTruststorePasswordNil() { - o.TruststorePassword.Set(nil) -} - -// UnsetTruststorePassword ensures that no value is present for TruststorePassword, not even an explicit nil -func (o *HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) UnsetTruststorePassword() { - o.TruststorePassword.Unset() +// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. +func (o *HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) SetTags(v []Tag) { + o.Tags = v } -// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) GetTags() []Tag { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { - var ret []Tag +// GetMakeCurrentAccountOwner returns the MakeCurrentAccountOwner field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) GetMakeCurrentAccountOwner() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { + var ret bool return ret } - return o.Tags + return *o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner } -// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise +// GetMakeCurrentAccountOwnerOk returns a tuple with the MakeCurrentAccountOwner field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { +func (o *HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) GetMakeCurrentAccountOwnerOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { return nil, false } - return o.Tags, true + return o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner, true } -// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) HasTags() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { +// HasMakeCurrentAccountOwner returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) HasMakeCurrentAccountOwner() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { return true } return false } -// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. -func (o *HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) SetTags(v []Tag) { - o.Tags = v +// SetMakeCurrentAccountOwner gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the MakeCurrentAccountOwner field. +func (o *HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) SetMakeCurrentAccountOwner(v bool) { + o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &v } func (o HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { @@ -366,18 +320,55 @@ func (o HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) ToMap() (map[string]interface{} if !IsNil(o.UnsafeSslHostnameCheck) { toSerialize["unsafe_ssl_hostname_check"] = o.UnsafeSslHostnameCheck } - if o.TruststoreFilename.IsSet() { - toSerialize["truststore_filename"] = o.TruststoreFilename.Get() - } - if o.TruststorePassword.IsSet() { - toSerialize["truststore_password"] = o.TruststorePassword.Get() - } if !IsNil(o.Tags) { toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags } + if !IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { + toSerialize["make_current_account_owner"] = o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner + } return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "name", + "hostname", + "api_key", + "data_type", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varHyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter := _HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varHyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter(varHyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter) + + return err +} + type NullableHyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter struct { value *HyperscaleInstanceRegistrationParameter isSet bool diff --git a/model_hyperscale_instance_update_params.go b/model_hyperscale_instance_update_params.go index a25f2d14..a7677a2d 100644 --- a/model_hyperscale_instance_update_params.go +++ b/model_hyperscale_instance_update_params.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -22,19 +22,15 @@ var _ MappedNullable = &HyperscaleInstanceUpdateParams{} type HyperscaleInstanceUpdateParams struct { // Name in DCT of the Hyperscale instance. Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` - // Hostname of the Hyperscale instance. + // Hostname of the Hyperscale instance. If the Hyperscale instance is running on a custom port (not 443), the port can be specified using the \"hostname:port\" format, for instance \"hyperscale-1.mycompany.co:1765\" Hostname *string `json:"hostname,omitempty"` // API key to connect to the Hyperscale instance. ApiKey NullableString `json:"api_key,omitempty"` DataType *HyperscaleDataTypeEnum `json:"data_type,omitempty"` - // Allow connections to the hyperscale instance over HTTPs without validating the TLS certificate. Even though the connection to the hyperscale instance might be performed over HTTPs, setting this property eliminates the protection against a man-in-the-middle attach for connections to this engine. Instead, consider creating a truststore with a Certificate Authority to validate the hyperscale instance's certificate, and set the truststore_filename property. + // Allow connections to the hyperscale instance over HTTPs without validating the TLS certificate. Even though the connection to the hyperscale instance might be performed over HTTPs, setting this property eliminates the protection against a man-in-the-middle attach for connections to this engine. Instead, consider configuring DCT with Certificate Authority certificates. InsecureSsl *bool `json:"insecure_ssl,omitempty"` // Ignore validation of the name associated to the TLS certificate when connecting to the hyperscale instance over HTTPs. Setting this value must only be done if the TLS certificate of the hyperscale instance does not match the hostname, and the TLS configuration of the hyperscale instance cannot be fixed. Setting this property reduces the protection against a man-in-the-middle attack for connections to this engine. This is ignored if insecure_ssl is set. UnsafeSslHostnameCheck *bool `json:"unsafe_ssl_hostname_check,omitempty"` - // File name of a truststore which can be used to validate the TLS certificate of the hyperscale instance. The truststore must be available at /etc/config/certs/. Set this property to an empty string to clear the value. - TruststoreFilename NullableString `json:"truststore_filename,omitempty"` - // Password to read the truststore. Set this property to an empty string to clear the value. - TruststorePassword NullableString `json:"truststore_password,omitempty"` } // NewHyperscaleInstanceUpdateParams instantiates a new HyperscaleInstanceUpdateParams object @@ -256,90 +252,6 @@ func (o *HyperscaleInstanceUpdateParams) SetUnsafeSslHostnameCheck(v bool) { o.UnsafeSslHostnameCheck = &v } -// GetTruststoreFilename returns the TruststoreFilename field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). -func (o *HyperscaleInstanceUpdateParams) GetTruststoreFilename() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.TruststoreFilename.Get()) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.TruststoreFilename.Get() -} - -// GetTruststoreFilenameOk returns a tuple with the TruststoreFilename field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned -func (o *HyperscaleInstanceUpdateParams) GetTruststoreFilenameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { - return nil, false - } - return o.TruststoreFilename.Get(), o.TruststoreFilename.IsSet() -} - -// HasTruststoreFilename returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *HyperscaleInstanceUpdateParams) HasTruststoreFilename() bool { - if o != nil && o.TruststoreFilename.IsSet() { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetTruststoreFilename gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the TruststoreFilename field. -func (o *HyperscaleInstanceUpdateParams) SetTruststoreFilename(v string) { - o.TruststoreFilename.Set(&v) -} -// SetTruststoreFilenameNil sets the value for TruststoreFilename to be an explicit nil -func (o *HyperscaleInstanceUpdateParams) SetTruststoreFilenameNil() { - o.TruststoreFilename.Set(nil) -} - -// UnsetTruststoreFilename ensures that no value is present for TruststoreFilename, not even an explicit nil -func (o *HyperscaleInstanceUpdateParams) UnsetTruststoreFilename() { - o.TruststoreFilename.Unset() -} - -// GetTruststorePassword returns the TruststorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). -func (o *HyperscaleInstanceUpdateParams) GetTruststorePassword() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.TruststorePassword.Get()) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.TruststorePassword.Get() -} - -// GetTruststorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the TruststorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned -func (o *HyperscaleInstanceUpdateParams) GetTruststorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { - return nil, false - } - return o.TruststorePassword.Get(), o.TruststorePassword.IsSet() -} - -// HasTruststorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *HyperscaleInstanceUpdateParams) HasTruststorePassword() bool { - if o != nil && o.TruststorePassword.IsSet() { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetTruststorePassword gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the TruststorePassword field. -func (o *HyperscaleInstanceUpdateParams) SetTruststorePassword(v string) { - o.TruststorePassword.Set(&v) -} -// SetTruststorePasswordNil sets the value for TruststorePassword to be an explicit nil -func (o *HyperscaleInstanceUpdateParams) SetTruststorePasswordNil() { - o.TruststorePassword.Set(nil) -} - -// UnsetTruststorePassword ensures that no value is present for TruststorePassword, not even an explicit nil -func (o *HyperscaleInstanceUpdateParams) UnsetTruststorePassword() { - o.TruststorePassword.Unset() -} - func (o HyperscaleInstanceUpdateParams) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -368,12 +280,6 @@ func (o HyperscaleInstanceUpdateParams) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) if !IsNil(o.UnsafeSslHostnameCheck) { toSerialize["unsafe_ssl_hostname_check"] = o.UnsafeSslHostnameCheck } - if o.TruststoreFilename.IsSet() { - toSerialize["truststore_filename"] = o.TruststoreFilename.Get() - } - if o.TruststorePassword.IsSet() { - toSerialize["truststore_password"] = o.TruststorePassword.Get() - } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_hyperscale_mount_point.go b/model_hyperscale_mount_point.go index 5c14a3e6..dfda45a4 100644 --- a/model_hyperscale_mount_point.go +++ b/model_hyperscale_mount_point.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the HyperscaleMountPoint type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -25,28 +27,48 @@ type HyperscaleMountPoint struct { // The ID of the Hyperscale instance of this Mount Point. HyperscaleInstanceId string `json:"hyperscale_instance_id"` // Name of the mount, unique for a hyperscale instance. This name will be used as a directory name by the Hyperscale instance. - Name string `json:"name"` + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` // The host name of the server. - Hostname string `json:"hostname"` + Hostname *string `json:"hostname,omitempty"` // The path to the directory on the filesystem to mount. - MountPath string `json:"mount_path"` - // The type of filesystem. Enum having values- CIFS, NFS3, NFS4. - MountType string `json:"mount_type"` + MountPath *string `json:"mount_path,omitempty"` + // The type of mount filesystem. Enum having values- CIFS, NFS3, NFS4. + MountType *string `json:"mount_type,omitempty"` // The options for mount. The endpoint will return all default options and user specified options. Options *string `json:"options,omitempty"` -} + // The type of staging storage. + StagingStorageType *string `json:"staging_storage_type,omitempty"` + // The authentication mechanism for AWS_S3 storage. + AuthMechanism *string `json:"auth_mechanism,omitempty"` + // The aws bucket name for AWS_S3 storage. + AwsBucketName *string `json:"aws_bucket_name,omitempty"` + // The aws bucket region for AWS_S3 storage. + AwsBucketRegion *string `json:"aws_bucket_region,omitempty"` + // The aws bucket prefix for AWS_S3 storage. + AwsBucketPrefix *string `json:"aws_bucket_prefix,omitempty"` + // The aws bucket delimiter for AWS_S3 storage. + AwsBucketDelimiter *string `json:"aws_bucket_delimiter,omitempty"` + // The authentication type for Azure blob storage. + BlobAuthType *string `json:"blob_auth_type,omitempty"` + // The storage account name for Azure blob storage. + BlobAccountName *string `json:"blob_account_name,omitempty"` + // The blob container name for Azure blob storage. + BlobContainerName *string `json:"blob_container_name,omitempty"` + // The blob container prefix for Azure blob storage. + BlobContainerPrefix *string `json:"blob_container_prefix,omitempty"` + // The blob container delimiter for Azure blob storage. + BlobContainerDelimiter *string `json:"blob_container_delimiter,omitempty"` +} + +type _HyperscaleMountPoint HyperscaleMountPoint // NewHyperscaleMountPoint instantiates a new HyperscaleMountPoint object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments // will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewHyperscaleMountPoint(hyperscaleInstanceId string, name string, hostname string, mountPath string, mountType string) *HyperscaleMountPoint { +func NewHyperscaleMountPoint(hyperscaleInstanceId string) *HyperscaleMountPoint { this := HyperscaleMountPoint{} this.HyperscaleInstanceId = hyperscaleInstanceId - this.Name = name - this.Hostname = hostname - this.MountPath = mountPath - this.MountType = mountType return &this } @@ -114,100 +136,132 @@ func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) SetHyperscaleInstanceId(v string) { o.HyperscaleInstanceId = v } -// GetName returns the Name field value +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetName() string { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { var ret string return ret } - - return o.Name + return *o.Name } -// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { return nil, false } - return &o.Name, true + return o.Name, true } -// SetName sets field value +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) SetName(v string) { - o.Name = v + o.Name = &v } -// GetHostname returns the Hostname field value +// GetHostname returns the Hostname field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetHostname() string { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Hostname) { var ret string return ret } - - return o.Hostname + return *o.Hostname } -// GetHostnameOk returns a tuple with the Hostname field value +// GetHostnameOk returns a tuple with the Hostname field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetHostnameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Hostname) { return nil, false } - return &o.Hostname, true + return o.Hostname, true +} + +// HasHostname returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) HasHostname() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Hostname) { + return true + } + + return false } -// SetHostname sets field value +// SetHostname gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Hostname field. func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) SetHostname(v string) { - o.Hostname = v + o.Hostname = &v } -// GetMountPath returns the MountPath field value +// GetMountPath returns the MountPath field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetMountPath() string { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountPath) { var ret string return ret } - - return o.MountPath + return *o.MountPath } -// GetMountPathOk returns a tuple with the MountPath field value +// GetMountPathOk returns a tuple with the MountPath field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetMountPathOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountPath) { return nil, false } - return &o.MountPath, true + return o.MountPath, true } -// SetMountPath sets field value +// HasMountPath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) HasMountPath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MountPath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMountPath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MountPath field. func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) SetMountPath(v string) { - o.MountPath = v + o.MountPath = &v } -// GetMountType returns the MountType field value +// GetMountType returns the MountType field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetMountType() string { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountType) { var ret string return ret } - - return o.MountType + return *o.MountType } -// GetMountTypeOk returns a tuple with the MountType field value +// GetMountTypeOk returns a tuple with the MountType field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetMountTypeOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountType) { return nil, false } - return &o.MountType, true + return o.MountType, true } -// SetMountType sets field value +// HasMountType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) HasMountType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MountType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMountType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MountType field. func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) SetMountType(v string) { - o.MountType = v + o.MountType = &v } // GetOptions returns the Options field value if set, zero value otherwise. @@ -242,6 +296,358 @@ func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) SetOptions(v string) { o.Options = &v } +// GetStagingStorageType returns the StagingStorageType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetStagingStorageType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingStorageType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.StagingStorageType +} + +// GetStagingStorageTypeOk returns a tuple with the StagingStorageType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetStagingStorageTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingStorageType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.StagingStorageType, true +} + +// HasStagingStorageType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) HasStagingStorageType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StagingStorageType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStagingStorageType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StagingStorageType field. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) SetStagingStorageType(v string) { + o.StagingStorageType = &v +} + +// GetAuthMechanism returns the AuthMechanism field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetAuthMechanism() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AuthMechanism) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AuthMechanism +} + +// GetAuthMechanismOk returns a tuple with the AuthMechanism field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetAuthMechanismOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AuthMechanism) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AuthMechanism, true +} + +// HasAuthMechanism returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) HasAuthMechanism() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AuthMechanism) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAuthMechanism gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AuthMechanism field. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) SetAuthMechanism(v string) { + o.AuthMechanism = &v +} + +// GetAwsBucketName returns the AwsBucketName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetAwsBucketName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AwsBucketName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AwsBucketName +} + +// GetAwsBucketNameOk returns a tuple with the AwsBucketName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetAwsBucketNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AwsBucketName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AwsBucketName, true +} + +// HasAwsBucketName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) HasAwsBucketName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AwsBucketName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAwsBucketName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AwsBucketName field. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) SetAwsBucketName(v string) { + o.AwsBucketName = &v +} + +// GetAwsBucketRegion returns the AwsBucketRegion field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetAwsBucketRegion() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AwsBucketRegion) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AwsBucketRegion +} + +// GetAwsBucketRegionOk returns a tuple with the AwsBucketRegion field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetAwsBucketRegionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AwsBucketRegion) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AwsBucketRegion, true +} + +// HasAwsBucketRegion returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) HasAwsBucketRegion() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AwsBucketRegion) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAwsBucketRegion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AwsBucketRegion field. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) SetAwsBucketRegion(v string) { + o.AwsBucketRegion = &v +} + +// GetAwsBucketPrefix returns the AwsBucketPrefix field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetAwsBucketPrefix() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AwsBucketPrefix) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AwsBucketPrefix +} + +// GetAwsBucketPrefixOk returns a tuple with the AwsBucketPrefix field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetAwsBucketPrefixOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AwsBucketPrefix) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AwsBucketPrefix, true +} + +// HasAwsBucketPrefix returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) HasAwsBucketPrefix() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AwsBucketPrefix) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAwsBucketPrefix gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AwsBucketPrefix field. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) SetAwsBucketPrefix(v string) { + o.AwsBucketPrefix = &v +} + +// GetAwsBucketDelimiter returns the AwsBucketDelimiter field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetAwsBucketDelimiter() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AwsBucketDelimiter) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AwsBucketDelimiter +} + +// GetAwsBucketDelimiterOk returns a tuple with the AwsBucketDelimiter field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetAwsBucketDelimiterOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AwsBucketDelimiter) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AwsBucketDelimiter, true +} + +// HasAwsBucketDelimiter returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) HasAwsBucketDelimiter() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AwsBucketDelimiter) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAwsBucketDelimiter gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AwsBucketDelimiter field. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) SetAwsBucketDelimiter(v string) { + o.AwsBucketDelimiter = &v +} + +// GetBlobAuthType returns the BlobAuthType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetBlobAuthType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BlobAuthType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.BlobAuthType +} + +// GetBlobAuthTypeOk returns a tuple with the BlobAuthType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetBlobAuthTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BlobAuthType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BlobAuthType, true +} + +// HasBlobAuthType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) HasBlobAuthType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BlobAuthType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBlobAuthType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BlobAuthType field. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) SetBlobAuthType(v string) { + o.BlobAuthType = &v +} + +// GetBlobAccountName returns the BlobAccountName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetBlobAccountName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BlobAccountName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.BlobAccountName +} + +// GetBlobAccountNameOk returns a tuple with the BlobAccountName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetBlobAccountNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BlobAccountName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BlobAccountName, true +} + +// HasBlobAccountName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) HasBlobAccountName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BlobAccountName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBlobAccountName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BlobAccountName field. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) SetBlobAccountName(v string) { + o.BlobAccountName = &v +} + +// GetBlobContainerName returns the BlobContainerName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetBlobContainerName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BlobContainerName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.BlobContainerName +} + +// GetBlobContainerNameOk returns a tuple with the BlobContainerName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetBlobContainerNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BlobContainerName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BlobContainerName, true +} + +// HasBlobContainerName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) HasBlobContainerName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BlobContainerName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBlobContainerName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BlobContainerName field. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) SetBlobContainerName(v string) { + o.BlobContainerName = &v +} + +// GetBlobContainerPrefix returns the BlobContainerPrefix field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetBlobContainerPrefix() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BlobContainerPrefix) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.BlobContainerPrefix +} + +// GetBlobContainerPrefixOk returns a tuple with the BlobContainerPrefix field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetBlobContainerPrefixOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BlobContainerPrefix) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BlobContainerPrefix, true +} + +// HasBlobContainerPrefix returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) HasBlobContainerPrefix() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BlobContainerPrefix) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBlobContainerPrefix gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BlobContainerPrefix field. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) SetBlobContainerPrefix(v string) { + o.BlobContainerPrefix = &v +} + +// GetBlobContainerDelimiter returns the BlobContainerDelimiter field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetBlobContainerDelimiter() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BlobContainerDelimiter) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.BlobContainerDelimiter +} + +// GetBlobContainerDelimiterOk returns a tuple with the BlobContainerDelimiter field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) GetBlobContainerDelimiterOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BlobContainerDelimiter) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BlobContainerDelimiter, true +} + +// HasBlobContainerDelimiter returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) HasBlobContainerDelimiter() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BlobContainerDelimiter) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBlobContainerDelimiter gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BlobContainerDelimiter field. +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) SetBlobContainerDelimiter(v string) { + o.BlobContainerDelimiter = &v +} + func (o HyperscaleMountPoint) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -252,18 +658,98 @@ func (o HyperscaleMountPoint) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { func (o HyperscaleMountPoint) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - // skip: id is readOnly + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } toSerialize["hyperscale_instance_id"] = o.HyperscaleInstanceId - toSerialize["name"] = o.Name - toSerialize["hostname"] = o.Hostname - toSerialize["mount_path"] = o.MountPath - toSerialize["mount_type"] = o.MountType + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.Hostname) { + toSerialize["hostname"] = o.Hostname + } + if !IsNil(o.MountPath) { + toSerialize["mount_path"] = o.MountPath + } + if !IsNil(o.MountType) { + toSerialize["mount_type"] = o.MountType + } if !IsNil(o.Options) { toSerialize["options"] = o.Options } + if !IsNil(o.StagingStorageType) { + toSerialize["staging_storage_type"] = o.StagingStorageType + } + if !IsNil(o.AuthMechanism) { + toSerialize["auth_mechanism"] = o.AuthMechanism + } + if !IsNil(o.AwsBucketName) { + toSerialize["aws_bucket_name"] = o.AwsBucketName + } + if !IsNil(o.AwsBucketRegion) { + toSerialize["aws_bucket_region"] = o.AwsBucketRegion + } + if !IsNil(o.AwsBucketPrefix) { + toSerialize["aws_bucket_prefix"] = o.AwsBucketPrefix + } + if !IsNil(o.AwsBucketDelimiter) { + toSerialize["aws_bucket_delimiter"] = o.AwsBucketDelimiter + } + if !IsNil(o.BlobAuthType) { + toSerialize["blob_auth_type"] = o.BlobAuthType + } + if !IsNil(o.BlobAccountName) { + toSerialize["blob_account_name"] = o.BlobAccountName + } + if !IsNil(o.BlobContainerName) { + toSerialize["blob_container_name"] = o.BlobContainerName + } + if !IsNil(o.BlobContainerPrefix) { + toSerialize["blob_container_prefix"] = o.BlobContainerPrefix + } + if !IsNil(o.BlobContainerDelimiter) { + toSerialize["blob_container_delimiter"] = o.BlobContainerDelimiter + } return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *HyperscaleMountPoint) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "hyperscale_instance_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varHyperscaleMountPoint := _HyperscaleMountPoint{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varHyperscaleMountPoint) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = HyperscaleMountPoint(varHyperscaleMountPoint) + + return err +} + type NullableHyperscaleMountPoint struct { value *HyperscaleMountPoint isSet bool diff --git a/model_hyperscale_mount_point_update_parameters.go b/model_hyperscale_mount_point_update_parameters.go index 68c75b4c..58d58f25 100644 --- a/model_hyperscale_mount_point_update_parameters.go +++ b/model_hyperscale_mount_point_update_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_hyperscale_task_error.go b/model_hyperscale_task_error.go index c6d730fe..e237d8c3 100644 --- a/model_hyperscale_task_error.go +++ b/model_hyperscale_task_error.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_hyperscale_task_event.go b/model_hyperscale_task_event.go index 6be094ff..6d45b94c 100644 --- a/model_hyperscale_task_event.go +++ b/model_hyperscale_task_event.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_import_engine_account_request.go b/model_import_engine_account_request.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..011efe89 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_import_engine_account_request.go @@ -0,0 +1,206 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ImportEngineAccountRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ImportEngineAccountRequest{} + +// ImportEngineAccountRequest struct for ImportEngineAccountRequest +type ImportEngineAccountRequest struct { + // List of data-layout ids for which accounts should be imported to DCT. This is mutually exclusive with `engine_ids` and `import_all`. + DataLayoutIds []string `json:"data_layout_ids,omitempty"` + // List of engine ids for which accounts should be imported to DCT. This is mutually exclusive with `data_layout_ids` and `import_all`. + EngineIds []string `json:"engine_ids,omitempty"` + // All self-service accounts across engines should imported to DCT. This is mutually exclusive with `data_layout_ids` and `engine_ids`. + ImportAll *bool `json:"import_all,omitempty"` +} + +// NewImportEngineAccountRequest instantiates a new ImportEngineAccountRequest object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewImportEngineAccountRequest() *ImportEngineAccountRequest { + this := ImportEngineAccountRequest{} + var importAll bool = false + this.ImportAll = &importAll + return &this +} + +// NewImportEngineAccountRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new ImportEngineAccountRequest object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewImportEngineAccountRequestWithDefaults() *ImportEngineAccountRequest { + this := ImportEngineAccountRequest{} + var importAll bool = false + this.ImportAll = &importAll + return &this +} + +// GetDataLayoutIds returns the DataLayoutIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ImportEngineAccountRequest) GetDataLayoutIds() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataLayoutIds) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.DataLayoutIds +} + +// GetDataLayoutIdsOk returns a tuple with the DataLayoutIds field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ImportEngineAccountRequest) GetDataLayoutIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataLayoutIds) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataLayoutIds, true +} + +// HasDataLayoutIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ImportEngineAccountRequest) HasDataLayoutIds() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataLayoutIds) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataLayoutIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the DataLayoutIds field. +func (o *ImportEngineAccountRequest) SetDataLayoutIds(v []string) { + o.DataLayoutIds = v +} + +// GetEngineIds returns the EngineIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ImportEngineAccountRequest) GetEngineIds() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineIds) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.EngineIds +} + +// GetEngineIdsOk returns a tuple with the EngineIds field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ImportEngineAccountRequest) GetEngineIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineIds) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineIds, true +} + +// HasEngineIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ImportEngineAccountRequest) HasEngineIds() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineIds) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the EngineIds field. +func (o *ImportEngineAccountRequest) SetEngineIds(v []string) { + o.EngineIds = v +} + +// GetImportAll returns the ImportAll field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ImportEngineAccountRequest) GetImportAll() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ImportAll) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.ImportAll +} + +// GetImportAllOk returns a tuple with the ImportAll field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ImportEngineAccountRequest) GetImportAllOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ImportAll) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ImportAll, true +} + +// HasImportAll returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ImportEngineAccountRequest) HasImportAll() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ImportAll) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetImportAll gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ImportAll field. +func (o *ImportEngineAccountRequest) SetImportAll(v bool) { + o.ImportAll = &v +} + +func (o ImportEngineAccountRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ImportEngineAccountRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.DataLayoutIds) { + toSerialize["data_layout_ids"] = o.DataLayoutIds + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineIds) { + toSerialize["engine_ids"] = o.EngineIds + } + if !IsNil(o.ImportAll) { + toSerialize["import_all"] = o.ImportAll + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableImportEngineAccountRequest struct { + value *ImportEngineAccountRequest + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableImportEngineAccountRequest) Get() *ImportEngineAccountRequest { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableImportEngineAccountRequest) Set(val *ImportEngineAccountRequest) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableImportEngineAccountRequest) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableImportEngineAccountRequest) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableImportEngineAccountRequest(val *ImportEngineAccountRequest) *NullableImportEngineAccountRequest { + return &NullableImportEngineAccountRequest{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableImportEngineAccountRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableImportEngineAccountRequest) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_import_engine_accounts_response.go b/model_import_engine_accounts_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..520ce06c --- /dev/null +++ b/model_import_engine_accounts_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ImportEngineAccountsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ImportEngineAccountsResponse{} + +// ImportEngineAccountsResponse struct for ImportEngineAccountsResponse +type ImportEngineAccountsResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewImportEngineAccountsResponse instantiates a new ImportEngineAccountsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewImportEngineAccountsResponse() *ImportEngineAccountsResponse { + this := ImportEngineAccountsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewImportEngineAccountsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ImportEngineAccountsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewImportEngineAccountsResponseWithDefaults() *ImportEngineAccountsResponse { + this := ImportEngineAccountsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ImportEngineAccountsResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ImportEngineAccountsResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ImportEngineAccountsResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *ImportEngineAccountsResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o ImportEngineAccountsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ImportEngineAccountsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableImportEngineAccountsResponse struct { + value *ImportEngineAccountsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableImportEngineAccountsResponse) Get() *ImportEngineAccountsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableImportEngineAccountsResponse) Set(val *ImportEngineAccountsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableImportEngineAccountsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableImportEngineAccountsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableImportEngineAccountsResponse(val *ImportEngineAccountsResponse) *NullableImportEngineAccountsResponse { + return &NullableImportEngineAccountsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableImportEngineAccountsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableImportEngineAccountsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_import_engine_bookmark_response.go b/model_import_engine_bookmark_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..47dba5fd --- /dev/null +++ b/model_import_engine_bookmark_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ImportEngineBookmarkResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ImportEngineBookmarkResponse{} + +// ImportEngineBookmarkResponse struct for ImportEngineBookmarkResponse +type ImportEngineBookmarkResponse struct { + // DCT job-id of the job that import the engine bookmarks to DCT. + // Deprecated + JobId *string `json:"job_id,omitempty"` + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewImportEngineBookmarkResponse instantiates a new ImportEngineBookmarkResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewImportEngineBookmarkResponse() *ImportEngineBookmarkResponse { + this := ImportEngineBookmarkResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewImportEngineBookmarkResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ImportEngineBookmarkResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewImportEngineBookmarkResponseWithDefaults() *ImportEngineBookmarkResponse { + this := ImportEngineBookmarkResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJobId returns the JobId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +// Deprecated +func (o *ImportEngineBookmarkResponse) GetJobId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.JobId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.JobId +} + +// GetJobIdOk returns a tuple with the JobId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// Deprecated +func (o *ImportEngineBookmarkResponse) GetJobIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.JobId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.JobId, true +} + +// HasJobId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ImportEngineBookmarkResponse) HasJobId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.JobId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJobId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the JobId field. +// Deprecated +func (o *ImportEngineBookmarkResponse) SetJobId(v string) { + o.JobId = &v +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ImportEngineBookmarkResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ImportEngineBookmarkResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ImportEngineBookmarkResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *ImportEngineBookmarkResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o ImportEngineBookmarkResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ImportEngineBookmarkResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.JobId) { + toSerialize["job_id"] = o.JobId + } + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableImportEngineBookmarkResponse struct { + value *ImportEngineBookmarkResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableImportEngineBookmarkResponse) Get() *ImportEngineBookmarkResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableImportEngineBookmarkResponse) Set(val *ImportEngineBookmarkResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableImportEngineBookmarkResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableImportEngineBookmarkResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableImportEngineBookmarkResponse(val *ImportEngineBookmarkResponse) *NullableImportEngineBookmarkResponse { + return &NullableImportEngineBookmarkResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableImportEngineBookmarkResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableImportEngineBookmarkResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_in_place_export_parameters.go b/model_in_place_export_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f191b2d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_in_place_export_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,547 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the InPlaceExportParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &InPlaceExportParameters{} + +// InPlaceExportParameters struct for InPlaceExportParameters +type InPlaceExportParameters struct { + // The base directory to use for the exported database. + TargetDirectory *string `json:"targetDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for data files. + DataDirectory *string `json:"dataDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for archive files. + ArchiveDirectory *string `json:"archiveDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for external files. + ExternalDirectory *string `json:"externalDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for temporary files. + TempDirectory *string `json:"tempDirectory,omitempty"` + // The directory for script files. + ScriptDirectory *string `json:"scriptDirectory,omitempty"` + // Whether to use absolute path for data files (Oracle only). + UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles *bool `json:"useAbsolutePathForDataFiles,omitempty"` + // Number of data streams to connect to the database. + RmanChannels *int32 `json:"rman_channels,omitempty"` + // Number of GigaBytes in which RMAN will break large files to back them in parallel. + RmanFileSectionSizeInGb *int32 `json:"rman_file_section_size_in_gb,omitempty"` + // Unique name to be given to the database after it is converted to physical. + DbUniqueName *string `json:"db_unique_name,omitempty"` + // The name to be given to the PDB after it is exported in-place. + PdbName *string `json:"pdb_name,omitempty"` + // Indicates operations allowed on virtual source post V2P. + OperationsPostV2P *bool `json:"operations_postV2P,omitempty"` +} + +// NewInPlaceExportParameters instantiates a new InPlaceExportParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewInPlaceExportParameters() *InPlaceExportParameters { + this := InPlaceExportParameters{} + var rmanChannels int32 = 8 + this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels + var rmanFileSectionSizeInGb int32 = 0 + this.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &rmanFileSectionSizeInGb + var operationsPostV2P bool = false + this.OperationsPostV2P = &operationsPostV2P + return &this +} + +// NewInPlaceExportParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new InPlaceExportParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewInPlaceExportParametersWithDefaults() *InPlaceExportParameters { + this := InPlaceExportParameters{} + var rmanChannels int32 = 8 + this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels + var rmanFileSectionSizeInGb int32 = 0 + this.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &rmanFileSectionSizeInGb + var operationsPostV2P bool = false + this.OperationsPostV2P = &operationsPostV2P + return &this +} + +// GetTargetDirectory returns the TargetDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) GetTargetDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetDirectory +} + +// GetTargetDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the TargetDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) GetTargetDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetDirectory, true +} + +// HasTargetDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) HasTargetDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetDirectory field. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) SetTargetDirectory(v string) { + o.TargetDirectory = &v +} + +// GetDataDirectory returns the DataDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) GetDataDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DataDirectory +} + +// GetDataDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the DataDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) GetDataDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataDirectory, true +} + +// HasDataDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) HasDataDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DataDirectory field. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) SetDataDirectory(v string) { + o.DataDirectory = &v +} + +// GetArchiveDirectory returns the ArchiveDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) GetArchiveDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ArchiveDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ArchiveDirectory +} + +// GetArchiveDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the ArchiveDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) GetArchiveDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ArchiveDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ArchiveDirectory, true +} + +// HasArchiveDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) HasArchiveDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ArchiveDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetArchiveDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ArchiveDirectory field. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) SetArchiveDirectory(v string) { + o.ArchiveDirectory = &v +} + +// GetExternalDirectory returns the ExternalDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) GetExternalDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExternalDirectory +} + +// GetExternalDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the ExternalDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) GetExternalDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExternalDirectory, true +} + +// HasExternalDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) HasExternalDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalDirectory field. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) SetExternalDirectory(v string) { + o.ExternalDirectory = &v +} + +// GetTempDirectory returns the TempDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) GetTempDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TempDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TempDirectory +} + +// GetTempDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the TempDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) GetTempDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TempDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TempDirectory, true +} + +// HasTempDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) HasTempDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TempDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTempDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TempDirectory field. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) SetTempDirectory(v string) { + o.TempDirectory = &v +} + +// GetScriptDirectory returns the ScriptDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) GetScriptDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ScriptDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ScriptDirectory +} + +// GetScriptDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the ScriptDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) GetScriptDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ScriptDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ScriptDirectory, true +} + +// HasScriptDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) HasScriptDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ScriptDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetScriptDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ScriptDirectory field. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) SetScriptDirectory(v string) { + o.ScriptDirectory = &v +} + +// GetUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles returns the UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) GetUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles +} + +// GetUseAbsolutePathForDataFilesOk returns a tuple with the UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) GetUseAbsolutePathForDataFilesOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles, true +} + +// HasUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) HasUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles field. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) SetUseAbsolutePathForDataFiles(v bool) { + o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles = &v +} + +// GetRmanChannels returns the RmanChannels field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) GetRmanChannels() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanChannels +} + +// GetRmanChannelsOk returns a tuple with the RmanChannels field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) GetRmanChannelsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanChannels, true +} + +// HasRmanChannels returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) HasRmanChannels() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanChannels gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanChannels field. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) SetRmanChannels(v int32) { + o.RmanChannels = &v +} + +// GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb returns the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb +} + +// GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGbOk returns a tuple with the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGbOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb, true +} + +// HasRmanFileSectionSizeInGb returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) HasRmanFileSectionSizeInGb() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) SetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb(v int32) { + o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &v +} + +// GetDbUniqueName returns the DbUniqueName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) GetDbUniqueName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbUniqueName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DbUniqueName +} + +// GetDbUniqueNameOk returns a tuple with the DbUniqueName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) GetDbUniqueNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbUniqueName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DbUniqueName, true +} + +// HasDbUniqueName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) HasDbUniqueName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DbUniqueName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDbUniqueName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DbUniqueName field. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) SetDbUniqueName(v string) { + o.DbUniqueName = &v +} + +// GetPdbName returns the PdbName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) GetPdbName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PdbName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.PdbName +} + +// GetPdbNameOk returns a tuple with the PdbName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) GetPdbNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PdbName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PdbName, true +} + +// HasPdbName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) HasPdbName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PdbName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPdbName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PdbName field. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) SetPdbName(v string) { + o.PdbName = &v +} + +// GetOperationsPostV2P returns the OperationsPostV2P field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) GetOperationsPostV2P() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OperationsPostV2P) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.OperationsPostV2P +} + +// GetOperationsPostV2POk returns a tuple with the OperationsPostV2P field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) GetOperationsPostV2POk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OperationsPostV2P) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OperationsPostV2P, true +} + +// HasOperationsPostV2P returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) HasOperationsPostV2P() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OperationsPostV2P) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOperationsPostV2P gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the OperationsPostV2P field. +func (o *InPlaceExportParameters) SetOperationsPostV2P(v bool) { + o.OperationsPostV2P = &v +} + +func (o InPlaceExportParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o InPlaceExportParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.TargetDirectory) { + toSerialize["targetDirectory"] = o.TargetDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.DataDirectory) { + toSerialize["dataDirectory"] = o.DataDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.ArchiveDirectory) { + toSerialize["archiveDirectory"] = o.ArchiveDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalDirectory) { + toSerialize["externalDirectory"] = o.ExternalDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.TempDirectory) { + toSerialize["tempDirectory"] = o.TempDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.ScriptDirectory) { + toSerialize["scriptDirectory"] = o.ScriptDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles) { + toSerialize["useAbsolutePathForDataFiles"] = o.UseAbsolutePathForDataFiles + } + if !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + toSerialize["rman_channels"] = o.RmanChannels + } + if !IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + toSerialize["rman_file_section_size_in_gb"] = o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb + } + if !IsNil(o.DbUniqueName) { + toSerialize["db_unique_name"] = o.DbUniqueName + } + if !IsNil(o.PdbName) { + toSerialize["pdb_name"] = o.PdbName + } + if !IsNil(o.OperationsPostV2P) { + toSerialize["operations_postV2P"] = o.OperationsPostV2P + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableInPlaceExportParameters struct { + value *InPlaceExportParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableInPlaceExportParameters) Get() *InPlaceExportParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableInPlaceExportParameters) Set(val *InPlaceExportParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableInPlaceExportParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableInPlaceExportParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableInPlaceExportParameters(val *InPlaceExportParameters) *NullableInPlaceExportParameters { + return &NullableInPlaceExportParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableInPlaceExportParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableInPlaceExportParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_install_masking_plugin_parameters.go b/model_install_masking_plugin_parameters.go deleted file mode 100644 index d974786e..00000000 --- a/model_install_masking_plugin_parameters.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,156 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" -) - -// checks if the InstallMaskingPluginParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &InstallMaskingPluginParameters{} - -// InstallMaskingPluginParameters Parameters to install a custom masking plugin. -type InstallMaskingPluginParameters struct { - // File reference for the plugin JAR. - PluginFileReference string `json:"plugin_file_reference"` - // The tags of this plugin. - Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` -} - -// NewInstallMaskingPluginParameters instantiates a new InstallMaskingPluginParameters object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewInstallMaskingPluginParameters(pluginFileReference string) *InstallMaskingPluginParameters { - this := InstallMaskingPluginParameters{} - this.PluginFileReference = pluginFileReference - return &this -} - -// NewInstallMaskingPluginParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new InstallMaskingPluginParameters object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewInstallMaskingPluginParametersWithDefaults() *InstallMaskingPluginParameters { - this := InstallMaskingPluginParameters{} - return &this -} - -// GetPluginFileReference returns the PluginFileReference field value -func (o *InstallMaskingPluginParameters) GetPluginFileReference() string { - if o == nil { - var ret string - return ret - } - - return o.PluginFileReference -} - -// GetPluginFileReferenceOk returns a tuple with the PluginFileReference field value -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *InstallMaskingPluginParameters) GetPluginFileReferenceOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { - return nil, false - } - return &o.PluginFileReference, true -} - -// SetPluginFileReference sets field value -func (o *InstallMaskingPluginParameters) SetPluginFileReference(v string) { - o.PluginFileReference = v -} - -// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *InstallMaskingPluginParameters) GetTags() []Tag { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { - var ret []Tag - return ret - } - return o.Tags -} - -// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *InstallMaskingPluginParameters) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Tags, true -} - -// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *InstallMaskingPluginParameters) HasTags() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. -func (o *InstallMaskingPluginParameters) SetTags(v []Tag) { - o.Tags = v -} - -func (o InstallMaskingPluginParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o InstallMaskingPluginParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - toSerialize["plugin_file_reference"] = o.PluginFileReference - if !IsNil(o.Tags) { - toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableInstallMaskingPluginParameters struct { - value *InstallMaskingPluginParameters - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableInstallMaskingPluginParameters) Get() *InstallMaskingPluginParameters { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableInstallMaskingPluginParameters) Set(val *InstallMaskingPluginParameters) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableInstallMaskingPluginParameters) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableInstallMaskingPluginParameters) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableInstallMaskingPluginParameters(val *InstallMaskingPluginParameters) *NullableInstallMaskingPluginParameters { - return &NullableInstallMaskingPluginParameters{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableInstallMaskingPluginParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableInstallMaskingPluginParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_install_masking_plugin_response.go b/model_install_masking_plugin_response.go deleted file mode 100644 index 0a8e5508..00000000 --- a/model_install_masking_plugin_response.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,164 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" -) - -// checks if the InstallMaskingPluginResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &InstallMaskingPluginResponse{} - -// InstallMaskingPluginResponse struct for InstallMaskingPluginResponse -type InstallMaskingPluginResponse struct { - // The installed plugin's ID. - Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` - Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` -} - -// NewInstallMaskingPluginResponse instantiates a new InstallMaskingPluginResponse object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewInstallMaskingPluginResponse() *InstallMaskingPluginResponse { - this := InstallMaskingPluginResponse{} - return &this -} - -// NewInstallMaskingPluginResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new InstallMaskingPluginResponse object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewInstallMaskingPluginResponseWithDefaults() *InstallMaskingPluginResponse { - this := InstallMaskingPluginResponse{} - return &this -} - -// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *InstallMaskingPluginResponse) GetId() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.Id -} - -// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *InstallMaskingPluginResponse) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Id, true -} - -// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *InstallMaskingPluginResponse) HasId() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. -func (o *InstallMaskingPluginResponse) SetId(v string) { - o.Id = &v -} - -// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *InstallMaskingPluginResponse) GetJob() Job { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { - var ret Job - return ret - } - return *o.Job -} - -// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *InstallMaskingPluginResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Job, true -} - -// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *InstallMaskingPluginResponse) HasJob() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. -func (o *InstallMaskingPluginResponse) SetJob(v Job) { - o.Job = &v -} - -func (o InstallMaskingPluginResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o InstallMaskingPluginResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.Id) { - toSerialize["id"] = o.Id - } - if !IsNil(o.Job) { - toSerialize["job"] = o.Job - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableInstallMaskingPluginResponse struct { - value *InstallMaskingPluginResponse - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableInstallMaskingPluginResponse) Get() *InstallMaskingPluginResponse { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableInstallMaskingPluginResponse) Set(val *InstallMaskingPluginResponse) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableInstallMaskingPluginResponse) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableInstallMaskingPluginResponse) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableInstallMaskingPluginResponse(val *InstallMaskingPluginResponse) *NullableInstallMaskingPluginResponse { - return &NullableInstallMaskingPluginResponse{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableInstallMaskingPluginResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableInstallMaskingPluginResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_job.go b/model_job.go index a5ecec93..f9e67513 100644 --- a/model_job.go +++ b/model_job.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -57,7 +57,15 @@ type Job struct { AccountName *string `json:"account_name,omitempty"` // Completion percentage of the Job. PercentComplete *int32 `json:"percent_complete,omitempty"` + // Deprecated VirtualizationTasks []VirtualizationTask `json:"virtualization_tasks,omitempty"` + Tasks []JobTask `json:"tasks,omitempty"` + // The ID of the associated masking execution, if any. + ExecutionId NullableString `json:"execution_id,omitempty"` + // The type of the job result. This is the type of the object present in the result. + ResultType *string `json:"result_type,omitempty"` + // The result of the job execution. This is JSON serialized string of the result object whose type is specified by result_type property. + Result map[string]interface{} `json:"result,omitempty"` } // NewJob instantiates a new Job object @@ -660,6 +668,7 @@ func (o *Job) SetPercentComplete(v int32) { } // GetVirtualizationTasks returns the VirtualizationTasks field value if set, zero value otherwise. +// Deprecated func (o *Job) GetVirtualizationTasks() []VirtualizationTask { if o == nil || IsNil(o.VirtualizationTasks) { var ret []VirtualizationTask @@ -670,6 +679,7 @@ func (o *Job) GetVirtualizationTasks() []VirtualizationTask { // GetVirtualizationTasksOk returns a tuple with the VirtualizationTasks field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// Deprecated func (o *Job) GetVirtualizationTasksOk() ([]VirtualizationTask, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.VirtualizationTasks) { return nil, false @@ -687,10 +697,149 @@ func (o *Job) HasVirtualizationTasks() bool { } // SetVirtualizationTasks gets a reference to the given []VirtualizationTask and assigns it to the VirtualizationTasks field. +// Deprecated func (o *Job) SetVirtualizationTasks(v []VirtualizationTask) { o.VirtualizationTasks = v } +// GetTasks returns the Tasks field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Job) GetTasks() []JobTask { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tasks) { + var ret []JobTask + return ret + } + return o.Tasks +} + +// GetTasksOk returns a tuple with the Tasks field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Job) GetTasksOk() ([]JobTask, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tasks) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tasks, true +} + +// HasTasks returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Job) HasTasks() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tasks) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTasks gets a reference to the given []JobTask and assigns it to the Tasks field. +func (o *Job) SetTasks(v []JobTask) { + o.Tasks = v +} + +// GetExecutionId returns the ExecutionId field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *Job) GetExecutionId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExecutionId.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExecutionId.Get() +} + +// GetExecutionIdOk returns a tuple with the ExecutionId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *Job) GetExecutionIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExecutionId.Get(), o.ExecutionId.IsSet() +} + +// HasExecutionId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Job) HasExecutionId() bool { + if o != nil && o.ExecutionId.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExecutionId gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the ExecutionId field. +func (o *Job) SetExecutionId(v string) { + o.ExecutionId.Set(&v) +} +// SetExecutionIdNil sets the value for ExecutionId to be an explicit nil +func (o *Job) SetExecutionIdNil() { + o.ExecutionId.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetExecutionId ensures that no value is present for ExecutionId, not even an explicit nil +func (o *Job) UnsetExecutionId() { + o.ExecutionId.Unset() +} + +// GetResultType returns the ResultType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Job) GetResultType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResultType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ResultType +} + +// GetResultTypeOk returns a tuple with the ResultType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Job) GetResultTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResultType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResultType, true +} + +// HasResultType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Job) HasResultType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResultType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResultType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ResultType field. +func (o *Job) SetResultType(v string) { + o.ResultType = &v +} + +// GetResult returns the Result field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Job) GetResult() map[string]interface{} { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Result) { + var ret map[string]interface{} + return ret + } + return o.Result +} + +// GetResultOk returns a tuple with the Result field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Job) GetResultOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Result) { + return map[string]interface{}{}, false + } + return o.Result, true +} + +// HasResult returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Job) HasResult() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Result) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResult gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the Result field. +func (o *Job) SetResult(v map[string]interface{}) { + o.Result = v +} + func (o Job) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -758,6 +907,18 @@ func (o Job) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.VirtualizationTasks) { toSerialize["virtualization_tasks"] = o.VirtualizationTasks } + if !IsNil(o.Tasks) { + toSerialize["tasks"] = o.Tasks + } + if o.ExecutionId.IsSet() { + toSerialize["execution_id"] = o.ExecutionId.Get() + } + if !IsNil(o.ResultType) { + toSerialize["result_type"] = o.ResultType + } + if !IsNil(o.Result) { + toSerialize["result"] = o.Result + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_job_collection_execution.go b/model_job_collection_execution.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3623a0a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_job_collection_execution.go @@ -0,0 +1,941 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" +) + +// checks if the JobCollectionExecution type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &JobCollectionExecution{} + +// JobCollectionExecution The execution of a compliance job collection. +type JobCollectionExecution struct { + // The job collection execution ID. + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // The ID of the compliance job collection executed. + ComplianceJobCollectionId *string `json:"compliance_job_collection_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the compliance job collection executed. + ComplianceJobCollectionName *string `json:"compliance_job_collection_name,omitempty"` + Status *ExecutionStatus `json:"status,omitempty"` + StatusReason *ExecutionStatusReason `json:"status_reason,omitempty"` + // The date and time that this job collection execution started. + StartTime *time.Time `json:"start_time,omitempty"` + // The date and time that this job collection execution completed. + EndTime *time.Time `json:"end_time,omitempty"` + // The time this job collection execution spent running, in milliseconds. + RunDuration *int64 `json:"run_duration,omitempty"` + // The number of compliance jobs that were actually executed. + ActualExecutionCount *int32 `json:"actual_execution_count,omitempty"` + // The number of compliance jobs that were planned to be executed. + PlannedExecutionCount *int32 `json:"planned_execution_count,omitempty"` + // The number of rows processed so far by this job collection execution. This is not applicable for JSON file type. + RowsProcessed *int64 `json:"rows_processed,omitempty"` + // The total number of rows for this job collection execution. This value is set after the job collection execution has completed successfully. This is not applicable for JSON file type. + RowsTotal *int64 `json:"rows_total,omitempty"` + // The number of bytes processed so far by this job collection execution. This is only applicable for JSON file type. + BytesProcessed *int64 `json:"bytes_processed,omitempty"` + // The total number of bytes for this job collection execution. This value is set after the job collectione execution has completed successfully. This is only applicable for JSON file type. + BytesTotal *int64 `json:"bytes_total,omitempty"` + // The number of tables or files processed so far by this job collection execution. + ProcessedTablesFilesCount *int64 `json:"processed_tables_files_count,omitempty"` + // The total number of tables or files for this job collection execution. + TablesFilesCount *int64 `json:"tables_files_count,omitempty"` + // The number of columns or fields processed so far by this job collection execution. + ProcessedColumnsFieldsCount *int64 `json:"processed_columns_fields_count,omitempty"` + // The total number of columns or fields for this job collection execution. + ColumnsFieldsCount *int64 `json:"columns_fields_count,omitempty"` + // The percentage of completion of this job collection execution. + PercentComplete *int32 `json:"percent_complete,omitempty"` + // The account id of the DCT user who started this job collection execution. + ExecuteAccountId *int64 `json:"execute_account_id,omitempty"` + // The account name of the DCT user who started this job collection execution. + ExecuteAccountName *string `json:"execute_account_name,omitempty"` + // The account id of the DCT user who cancelled this job collection execution. + CancelAccountId *int64 `json:"cancel_account_id,omitempty"` + // The account name of the DCT user who cancelled this job collection execution. + CancelAccountName *string `json:"cancel_account_name,omitempty"` +} + +// NewJobCollectionExecution instantiates a new JobCollectionExecution object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewJobCollectionExecution() *JobCollectionExecution { + this := JobCollectionExecution{} + return &this +} + +// NewJobCollectionExecutionWithDefaults instantiates a new JobCollectionExecution object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewJobCollectionExecutionWithDefaults() *JobCollectionExecution { + this := JobCollectionExecution{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetComplianceJobCollectionId returns the ComplianceJobCollectionId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetComplianceJobCollectionId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ComplianceJobCollectionId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ComplianceJobCollectionId +} + +// GetComplianceJobCollectionIdOk returns a tuple with the ComplianceJobCollectionId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetComplianceJobCollectionIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ComplianceJobCollectionId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ComplianceJobCollectionId, true +} + +// HasComplianceJobCollectionId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) HasComplianceJobCollectionId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ComplianceJobCollectionId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetComplianceJobCollectionId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ComplianceJobCollectionId field. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) SetComplianceJobCollectionId(v string) { + o.ComplianceJobCollectionId = &v +} + +// GetComplianceJobCollectionName returns the ComplianceJobCollectionName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetComplianceJobCollectionName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ComplianceJobCollectionName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ComplianceJobCollectionName +} + +// GetComplianceJobCollectionNameOk returns a tuple with the ComplianceJobCollectionName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetComplianceJobCollectionNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ComplianceJobCollectionName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ComplianceJobCollectionName, true +} + +// HasComplianceJobCollectionName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) HasComplianceJobCollectionName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ComplianceJobCollectionName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetComplianceJobCollectionName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ComplianceJobCollectionName field. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) SetComplianceJobCollectionName(v string) { + o.ComplianceJobCollectionName = &v +} + +// GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetStatus() ExecutionStatus { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status) { + var ret ExecutionStatus + return ret + } + return *o.Status +} + +// GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetStatusOk() (*ExecutionStatus, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Status, true +} + +// HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) HasStatus() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Status) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStatus gets a reference to the given ExecutionStatus and assigns it to the Status field. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) SetStatus(v ExecutionStatus) { + o.Status = &v +} + +// GetStatusReason returns the StatusReason field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetStatusReason() ExecutionStatusReason { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StatusReason) { + var ret ExecutionStatusReason + return ret + } + return *o.StatusReason +} + +// GetStatusReasonOk returns a tuple with the StatusReason field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetStatusReasonOk() (*ExecutionStatusReason, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StatusReason) { + return nil, false + } + return o.StatusReason, true +} + +// HasStatusReason returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) HasStatusReason() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StatusReason) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStatusReason gets a reference to the given ExecutionStatusReason and assigns it to the StatusReason field. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) SetStatusReason(v ExecutionStatusReason) { + o.StatusReason = &v +} + +// GetStartTime returns the StartTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetStartTime() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StartTime) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.StartTime +} + +// GetStartTimeOk returns a tuple with the StartTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetStartTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StartTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.StartTime, true +} + +// HasStartTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) HasStartTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StartTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStartTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the StartTime field. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) SetStartTime(v time.Time) { + o.StartTime = &v +} + +// GetEndTime returns the EndTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetEndTime() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EndTime) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.EndTime +} + +// GetEndTimeOk returns a tuple with the EndTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetEndTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EndTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EndTime, true +} + +// HasEndTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) HasEndTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EndTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEndTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the EndTime field. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) SetEndTime(v time.Time) { + o.EndTime = &v +} + +// GetRunDuration returns the RunDuration field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetRunDuration() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RunDuration) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.RunDuration +} + +// GetRunDurationOk returns a tuple with the RunDuration field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetRunDurationOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RunDuration) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RunDuration, true +} + +// HasRunDuration returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) HasRunDuration() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RunDuration) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRunDuration gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the RunDuration field. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) SetRunDuration(v int64) { + o.RunDuration = &v +} + +// GetActualExecutionCount returns the ActualExecutionCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetActualExecutionCount() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ActualExecutionCount) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.ActualExecutionCount +} + +// GetActualExecutionCountOk returns a tuple with the ActualExecutionCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetActualExecutionCountOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ActualExecutionCount) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ActualExecutionCount, true +} + +// HasActualExecutionCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) HasActualExecutionCount() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ActualExecutionCount) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetActualExecutionCount gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the ActualExecutionCount field. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) SetActualExecutionCount(v int32) { + o.ActualExecutionCount = &v +} + +// GetPlannedExecutionCount returns the PlannedExecutionCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetPlannedExecutionCount() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PlannedExecutionCount) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.PlannedExecutionCount +} + +// GetPlannedExecutionCountOk returns a tuple with the PlannedExecutionCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetPlannedExecutionCountOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PlannedExecutionCount) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PlannedExecutionCount, true +} + +// HasPlannedExecutionCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) HasPlannedExecutionCount() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PlannedExecutionCount) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPlannedExecutionCount gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the PlannedExecutionCount field. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) SetPlannedExecutionCount(v int32) { + o.PlannedExecutionCount = &v +} + +// GetRowsProcessed returns the RowsProcessed field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetRowsProcessed() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RowsProcessed) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.RowsProcessed +} + +// GetRowsProcessedOk returns a tuple with the RowsProcessed field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetRowsProcessedOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RowsProcessed) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RowsProcessed, true +} + +// HasRowsProcessed returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) HasRowsProcessed() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RowsProcessed) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRowsProcessed gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the RowsProcessed field. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) SetRowsProcessed(v int64) { + o.RowsProcessed = &v +} + +// GetRowsTotal returns the RowsTotal field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetRowsTotal() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RowsTotal) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.RowsTotal +} + +// GetRowsTotalOk returns a tuple with the RowsTotal field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetRowsTotalOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RowsTotal) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RowsTotal, true +} + +// HasRowsTotal returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) HasRowsTotal() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RowsTotal) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRowsTotal gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the RowsTotal field. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) SetRowsTotal(v int64) { + o.RowsTotal = &v +} + +// GetBytesProcessed returns the BytesProcessed field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetBytesProcessed() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BytesProcessed) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.BytesProcessed +} + +// GetBytesProcessedOk returns a tuple with the BytesProcessed field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetBytesProcessedOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BytesProcessed) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BytesProcessed, true +} + +// HasBytesProcessed returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) HasBytesProcessed() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BytesProcessed) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBytesProcessed gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the BytesProcessed field. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) SetBytesProcessed(v int64) { + o.BytesProcessed = &v +} + +// GetBytesTotal returns the BytesTotal field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetBytesTotal() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BytesTotal) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.BytesTotal +} + +// GetBytesTotalOk returns a tuple with the BytesTotal field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetBytesTotalOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BytesTotal) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BytesTotal, true +} + +// HasBytesTotal returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) HasBytesTotal() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BytesTotal) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBytesTotal gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the BytesTotal field. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) SetBytesTotal(v int64) { + o.BytesTotal = &v +} + +// GetProcessedTablesFilesCount returns the ProcessedTablesFilesCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetProcessedTablesFilesCount() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ProcessedTablesFilesCount) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.ProcessedTablesFilesCount +} + +// GetProcessedTablesFilesCountOk returns a tuple with the ProcessedTablesFilesCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetProcessedTablesFilesCountOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ProcessedTablesFilesCount) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ProcessedTablesFilesCount, true +} + +// HasProcessedTablesFilesCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) HasProcessedTablesFilesCount() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ProcessedTablesFilesCount) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetProcessedTablesFilesCount gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the ProcessedTablesFilesCount field. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) SetProcessedTablesFilesCount(v int64) { + o.ProcessedTablesFilesCount = &v +} + +// GetTablesFilesCount returns the TablesFilesCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetTablesFilesCount() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TablesFilesCount) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.TablesFilesCount +} + +// GetTablesFilesCountOk returns a tuple with the TablesFilesCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetTablesFilesCountOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TablesFilesCount) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TablesFilesCount, true +} + +// HasTablesFilesCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) HasTablesFilesCount() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TablesFilesCount) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTablesFilesCount gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the TablesFilesCount field. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) SetTablesFilesCount(v int64) { + o.TablesFilesCount = &v +} + +// GetProcessedColumnsFieldsCount returns the ProcessedColumnsFieldsCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetProcessedColumnsFieldsCount() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ProcessedColumnsFieldsCount) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.ProcessedColumnsFieldsCount +} + +// GetProcessedColumnsFieldsCountOk returns a tuple with the ProcessedColumnsFieldsCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetProcessedColumnsFieldsCountOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ProcessedColumnsFieldsCount) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ProcessedColumnsFieldsCount, true +} + +// HasProcessedColumnsFieldsCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) HasProcessedColumnsFieldsCount() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ProcessedColumnsFieldsCount) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetProcessedColumnsFieldsCount gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the ProcessedColumnsFieldsCount field. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) SetProcessedColumnsFieldsCount(v int64) { + o.ProcessedColumnsFieldsCount = &v +} + +// GetColumnsFieldsCount returns the ColumnsFieldsCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetColumnsFieldsCount() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ColumnsFieldsCount) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.ColumnsFieldsCount +} + +// GetColumnsFieldsCountOk returns a tuple with the ColumnsFieldsCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetColumnsFieldsCountOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ColumnsFieldsCount) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ColumnsFieldsCount, true +} + +// HasColumnsFieldsCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) HasColumnsFieldsCount() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ColumnsFieldsCount) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetColumnsFieldsCount gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the ColumnsFieldsCount field. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) SetColumnsFieldsCount(v int64) { + o.ColumnsFieldsCount = &v +} + +// GetPercentComplete returns the PercentComplete field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetPercentComplete() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PercentComplete) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.PercentComplete +} + +// GetPercentCompleteOk returns a tuple with the PercentComplete field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetPercentCompleteOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PercentComplete) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PercentComplete, true +} + +// HasPercentComplete returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) HasPercentComplete() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PercentComplete) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPercentComplete gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the PercentComplete field. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) SetPercentComplete(v int32) { + o.PercentComplete = &v +} + +// GetExecuteAccountId returns the ExecuteAccountId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetExecuteAccountId() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExecuteAccountId) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.ExecuteAccountId +} + +// GetExecuteAccountIdOk returns a tuple with the ExecuteAccountId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetExecuteAccountIdOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExecuteAccountId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExecuteAccountId, true +} + +// HasExecuteAccountId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) HasExecuteAccountId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExecuteAccountId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExecuteAccountId gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the ExecuteAccountId field. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) SetExecuteAccountId(v int64) { + o.ExecuteAccountId = &v +} + +// GetExecuteAccountName returns the ExecuteAccountName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetExecuteAccountName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExecuteAccountName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExecuteAccountName +} + +// GetExecuteAccountNameOk returns a tuple with the ExecuteAccountName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetExecuteAccountNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExecuteAccountName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExecuteAccountName, true +} + +// HasExecuteAccountName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) HasExecuteAccountName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExecuteAccountName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExecuteAccountName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExecuteAccountName field. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) SetExecuteAccountName(v string) { + o.ExecuteAccountName = &v +} + +// GetCancelAccountId returns the CancelAccountId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetCancelAccountId() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CancelAccountId) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.CancelAccountId +} + +// GetCancelAccountIdOk returns a tuple with the CancelAccountId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetCancelAccountIdOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CancelAccountId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CancelAccountId, true +} + +// HasCancelAccountId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) HasCancelAccountId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CancelAccountId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCancelAccountId gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the CancelAccountId field. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) SetCancelAccountId(v int64) { + o.CancelAccountId = &v +} + +// GetCancelAccountName returns the CancelAccountName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetCancelAccountName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CancelAccountName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CancelAccountName +} + +// GetCancelAccountNameOk returns a tuple with the CancelAccountName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) GetCancelAccountNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CancelAccountName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CancelAccountName, true +} + +// HasCancelAccountName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) HasCancelAccountName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CancelAccountName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCancelAccountName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CancelAccountName field. +func (o *JobCollectionExecution) SetCancelAccountName(v string) { + o.CancelAccountName = &v +} + +func (o JobCollectionExecution) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o JobCollectionExecution) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.ComplianceJobCollectionId) { + toSerialize["compliance_job_collection_id"] = o.ComplianceJobCollectionId + } + if !IsNil(o.ComplianceJobCollectionName) { + toSerialize["compliance_job_collection_name"] = o.ComplianceJobCollectionName + } + if !IsNil(o.Status) { + toSerialize["status"] = o.Status + } + if !IsNil(o.StatusReason) { + toSerialize["status_reason"] = o.StatusReason + } + if !IsNil(o.StartTime) { + toSerialize["start_time"] = o.StartTime + } + if !IsNil(o.EndTime) { + toSerialize["end_time"] = o.EndTime + } + if !IsNil(o.RunDuration) { + toSerialize["run_duration"] = o.RunDuration + } + if !IsNil(o.ActualExecutionCount) { + toSerialize["actual_execution_count"] = o.ActualExecutionCount + } + if !IsNil(o.PlannedExecutionCount) { + toSerialize["planned_execution_count"] = o.PlannedExecutionCount + } + if !IsNil(o.RowsProcessed) { + toSerialize["rows_processed"] = o.RowsProcessed + } + if !IsNil(o.RowsTotal) { + toSerialize["rows_total"] = o.RowsTotal + } + if !IsNil(o.BytesProcessed) { + toSerialize["bytes_processed"] = o.BytesProcessed + } + if !IsNil(o.BytesTotal) { + toSerialize["bytes_total"] = o.BytesTotal + } + if !IsNil(o.ProcessedTablesFilesCount) { + toSerialize["processed_tables_files_count"] = o.ProcessedTablesFilesCount + } + if !IsNil(o.TablesFilesCount) { + toSerialize["tables_files_count"] = o.TablesFilesCount + } + if !IsNil(o.ProcessedColumnsFieldsCount) { + toSerialize["processed_columns_fields_count"] = o.ProcessedColumnsFieldsCount + } + if !IsNil(o.ColumnsFieldsCount) { + toSerialize["columns_fields_count"] = o.ColumnsFieldsCount + } + if !IsNil(o.PercentComplete) { + toSerialize["percent_complete"] = o.PercentComplete + } + if !IsNil(o.ExecuteAccountId) { + toSerialize["execute_account_id"] = o.ExecuteAccountId + } + if !IsNil(o.ExecuteAccountName) { + toSerialize["execute_account_name"] = o.ExecuteAccountName + } + if !IsNil(o.CancelAccountId) { + toSerialize["cancel_account_id"] = o.CancelAccountId + } + if !IsNil(o.CancelAccountName) { + toSerialize["cancel_account_name"] = o.CancelAccountName + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableJobCollectionExecution struct { + value *JobCollectionExecution + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableJobCollectionExecution) Get() *JobCollectionExecution { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableJobCollectionExecution) Set(val *JobCollectionExecution) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableJobCollectionExecution) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableJobCollectionExecution) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableJobCollectionExecution(val *JobCollectionExecution) *NullableJobCollectionExecution { + return &NullableJobCollectionExecution{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableJobCollectionExecution) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableJobCollectionExecution) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_job_collection_failure_handling_enum.go b/model_job_collection_failure_handling_enum.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4e593209 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_job_collection_failure_handling_enum.go @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum the model 'JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum' +type JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum string + +// List of JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum +const ( + JOBCOLLECTIONFAILUREHANDLINGENUM_IGNORE JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum = "IGNORE" + JOBCOLLECTIONFAILUREHANDLINGENUM_CANCEL_ALL JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum = "CANCEL_ALL" + JOBCOLLECTIONFAILUREHANDLINGENUM_CANCEL_SUBSEQUENT JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum = "CANCEL_SUBSEQUENT" +) + +// All allowed values of JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum enum +var AllowedJobCollectionFailureHandlingEnumEnumValues = []JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum{ + "IGNORE", + "CANCEL_ALL", + "CANCEL_SUBSEQUENT", +} + +func (v *JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + var value string + err := json.Unmarshal(src, &value) + if err != nil { + return err + } + enumTypeValue := JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum(value) + for _, existing := range AllowedJobCollectionFailureHandlingEnumEnumValues { + if existing == enumTypeValue { + *v = enumTypeValue + return nil + } + } + + return fmt.Errorf("%+v is not a valid JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum", value) +} + +// NewJobCollectionFailureHandlingEnumFromValue returns a pointer to a valid JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum +// for the value passed as argument, or an error if the value passed is not allowed by the enum +func NewJobCollectionFailureHandlingEnumFromValue(v string) (*JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum, error) { + ev := JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum(v) + if ev.IsValid() { + return &ev, nil + } else { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid value '%v' for JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum: valid values are %v", v, AllowedJobCollectionFailureHandlingEnumEnumValues) + } +} + +// IsValid return true if the value is valid for the enum, false otherwise +func (v JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum) IsValid() bool { + for _, existing := range AllowedJobCollectionFailureHandlingEnumEnumValues { + if existing == v { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// Ptr returns reference to JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum value +func (v JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum) Ptr() *JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum { + return &v +} + +type NullableJobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum struct { + value *JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableJobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum) Get() *JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableJobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum) Set(val *JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableJobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableJobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableJobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum(val *JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum) *NullableJobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum { + return &NullableJobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableJobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableJobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + diff --git a/model_job_result_response.go b/model_job_result_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf1c3b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_job_result_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the JobResultResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &JobResultResponse{} + +// JobResultResponse The result of a job. +type JobResultResponse struct { + // The ID of the job. + JobId *string `json:"job_id,omitempty"` + // The type of the job result. This is the type of the object present in the result. + ResultType *string `json:"result_type,omitempty"` + // The result of the job execution. This is JSON serialized string of the result object whose type is specified by result_type property. + Result map[string]interface{} `json:"result,omitempty"` +} + +// NewJobResultResponse instantiates a new JobResultResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewJobResultResponse() *JobResultResponse { + this := JobResultResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewJobResultResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new JobResultResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewJobResultResponseWithDefaults() *JobResultResponse { + this := JobResultResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJobId returns the JobId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobResultResponse) GetJobId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.JobId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.JobId +} + +// GetJobIdOk returns a tuple with the JobId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobResultResponse) GetJobIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.JobId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.JobId, true +} + +// HasJobId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobResultResponse) HasJobId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.JobId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJobId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the JobId field. +func (o *JobResultResponse) SetJobId(v string) { + o.JobId = &v +} + +// GetResultType returns the ResultType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobResultResponse) GetResultType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResultType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ResultType +} + +// GetResultTypeOk returns a tuple with the ResultType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobResultResponse) GetResultTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResultType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResultType, true +} + +// HasResultType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobResultResponse) HasResultType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResultType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResultType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ResultType field. +func (o *JobResultResponse) SetResultType(v string) { + o.ResultType = &v +} + +// GetResult returns the Result field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobResultResponse) GetResult() map[string]interface{} { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Result) { + var ret map[string]interface{} + return ret + } + return o.Result +} + +// GetResultOk returns a tuple with the Result field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobResultResponse) GetResultOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Result) { + return map[string]interface{}{}, false + } + return o.Result, true +} + +// HasResult returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobResultResponse) HasResult() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Result) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResult gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the Result field. +func (o *JobResultResponse) SetResult(v map[string]interface{}) { + o.Result = v +} + +func (o JobResultResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o JobResultResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.JobId) { + toSerialize["job_id"] = o.JobId + } + if !IsNil(o.ResultType) { + toSerialize["result_type"] = o.ResultType + } + if !IsNil(o.Result) { + toSerialize["result"] = o.Result + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableJobResultResponse struct { + value *JobResultResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableJobResultResponse) Get() *JobResultResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableJobResultResponse) Set(val *JobResultResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableJobResultResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableJobResultResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableJobResultResponse(val *JobResultResponse) *NullableJobResultResponse { + return &NullableJobResultResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableJobResultResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableJobResultResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_job_task.go b/model_job_task.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d6d5fb5a --- /dev/null +++ b/model_job_task.go @@ -0,0 +1,380 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" +) + +// checks if the JobTask type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &JobTask{} + +// JobTask struct for JobTask +type JobTask struct { + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + ParentJobId *string `json:"parent_job_id,omitempty"` + StartTime *time.Time `json:"start_time,omitempty"` + EndTime *time.Time `json:"end_time,omitempty"` + Title *string `json:"title,omitempty"` + PercentComplete *int32 `json:"percent_complete,omitempty"` + Events []JobTaskEvent `json:"events,omitempty"` + Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"` +} + +// NewJobTask instantiates a new JobTask object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewJobTask() *JobTask { + this := JobTask{} + return &this +} + +// NewJobTaskWithDefaults instantiates a new JobTask object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewJobTaskWithDefaults() *JobTask { + this := JobTask{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobTask) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobTask) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobTask) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *JobTask) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetParentJobId returns the ParentJobId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobTask) GetParentJobId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentJobId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentJobId +} + +// GetParentJobIdOk returns a tuple with the ParentJobId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobTask) GetParentJobIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentJobId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentJobId, true +} + +// HasParentJobId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobTask) HasParentJobId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentJobId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentJobId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentJobId field. +func (o *JobTask) SetParentJobId(v string) { + o.ParentJobId = &v +} + +// GetStartTime returns the StartTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobTask) GetStartTime() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StartTime) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.StartTime +} + +// GetStartTimeOk returns a tuple with the StartTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobTask) GetStartTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StartTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.StartTime, true +} + +// HasStartTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobTask) HasStartTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StartTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStartTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the StartTime field. +func (o *JobTask) SetStartTime(v time.Time) { + o.StartTime = &v +} + +// GetEndTime returns the EndTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobTask) GetEndTime() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EndTime) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.EndTime +} + +// GetEndTimeOk returns a tuple with the EndTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobTask) GetEndTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EndTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EndTime, true +} + +// HasEndTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobTask) HasEndTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EndTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEndTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the EndTime field. +func (o *JobTask) SetEndTime(v time.Time) { + o.EndTime = &v +} + +// GetTitle returns the Title field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobTask) GetTitle() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Title) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Title +} + +// GetTitleOk returns a tuple with the Title field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobTask) GetTitleOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Title) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Title, true +} + +// HasTitle returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobTask) HasTitle() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Title) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTitle gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Title field. +func (o *JobTask) SetTitle(v string) { + o.Title = &v +} + +// GetPercentComplete returns the PercentComplete field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobTask) GetPercentComplete() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PercentComplete) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.PercentComplete +} + +// GetPercentCompleteOk returns a tuple with the PercentComplete field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobTask) GetPercentCompleteOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PercentComplete) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PercentComplete, true +} + +// HasPercentComplete returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobTask) HasPercentComplete() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PercentComplete) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPercentComplete gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the PercentComplete field. +func (o *JobTask) SetPercentComplete(v int32) { + o.PercentComplete = &v +} + +// GetEvents returns the Events field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobTask) GetEvents() []JobTaskEvent { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Events) { + var ret []JobTaskEvent + return ret + } + return o.Events +} + +// GetEventsOk returns a tuple with the Events field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobTask) GetEventsOk() ([]JobTaskEvent, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Events) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Events, true +} + +// HasEvents returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobTask) HasEvents() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Events) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEvents gets a reference to the given []JobTaskEvent and assigns it to the Events field. +func (o *JobTask) SetEvents(v []JobTaskEvent) { + o.Events = v +} + +// GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobTask) GetStatus() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Status +} + +// GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobTask) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Status, true +} + +// HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobTask) HasStatus() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Status) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field. +func (o *JobTask) SetStatus(v string) { + o.Status = &v +} + +func (o JobTask) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o JobTask) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentJobId) { + toSerialize["parent_job_id"] = o.ParentJobId + } + if !IsNil(o.StartTime) { + toSerialize["start_time"] = o.StartTime + } + if !IsNil(o.EndTime) { + toSerialize["end_time"] = o.EndTime + } + if !IsNil(o.Title) { + toSerialize["title"] = o.Title + } + if !IsNil(o.PercentComplete) { + toSerialize["percent_complete"] = o.PercentComplete + } + if !IsNil(o.Events) { + toSerialize["events"] = o.Events + } + if !IsNil(o.Status) { + toSerialize["status"] = o.Status + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableJobTask struct { + value *JobTask + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableJobTask) Get() *JobTask { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableJobTask) Set(val *JobTask) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableJobTask) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableJobTask) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableJobTask(val *JobTask) *NullableJobTask { + return &NullableJobTask{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableJobTask) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableJobTask) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_job_task_event.go b/model_job_task_event.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..23bd9421 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_job_task_event.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the JobTaskEvent type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &JobTaskEvent{} + +// JobTaskEvent struct for JobTaskEvent +type JobTaskEvent struct { + MessageDetails *string `json:"message_details,omitempty"` +} + +// NewJobTaskEvent instantiates a new JobTaskEvent object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewJobTaskEvent() *JobTaskEvent { + this := JobTaskEvent{} + return &this +} + +// NewJobTaskEventWithDefaults instantiates a new JobTaskEvent object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewJobTaskEventWithDefaults() *JobTaskEvent { + this := JobTaskEvent{} + return &this +} + +// GetMessageDetails returns the MessageDetails field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *JobTaskEvent) GetMessageDetails() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MessageDetails) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MessageDetails +} + +// GetMessageDetailsOk returns a tuple with the MessageDetails field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *JobTaskEvent) GetMessageDetailsOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MessageDetails) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MessageDetails, true +} + +// HasMessageDetails returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *JobTaskEvent) HasMessageDetails() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MessageDetails) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMessageDetails gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MessageDetails field. +func (o *JobTaskEvent) SetMessageDetails(v string) { + o.MessageDetails = &v +} + +func (o JobTaskEvent) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o JobTaskEvent) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.MessageDetails) { + toSerialize["message_details"] = o.MessageDetails + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableJobTaskEvent struct { + value *JobTaskEvent + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableJobTaskEvent) Get() *JobTaskEvent { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableJobTaskEvent) Set(val *JobTaskEvent) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableJobTaskEvent) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableJobTaskEvent) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableJobTaskEvent(val *JobTaskEvent) *NullableJobTaskEvent { + return &NullableJobTaskEvent{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableJobTaskEvent) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableJobTaskEvent) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_kdc_servers.go b/model_kdc_servers.go index 33024acf..a516409e 100644 --- a/model_kdc_servers.go +++ b/model_kdc_servers.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_kerberos_config.go b/model_kerberos_config.go index 75c02534..176cb927 100644 --- a/model_kerberos_config.go +++ b/model_kerberos_config.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_latency_test_request.go b/model_latency_test_request.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0c695907 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_latency_test_request.go @@ -0,0 +1,271 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the LatencyTestRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &LatencyTestRequest{} + +// LatencyTestRequest struct for LatencyTestRequest +type LatencyTestRequest struct { + // The ID of the engine where the test is to be executed. + EngineId string `json:"engine_id"` + // Identifier of host that must exist within an associated with engine. + HostId string `json:"host_id" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]+$"` + // Number of requests to send. + RequestCount *int32 `json:"request_count,omitempty"` + // The size of requests to send (bytes). + RequestSize *int32 `json:"request_size,omitempty"` +} + +type _LatencyTestRequest LatencyTestRequest + +// NewLatencyTestRequest instantiates a new LatencyTestRequest object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewLatencyTestRequest(engineId string, hostId string) *LatencyTestRequest { + this := LatencyTestRequest{} + this.EngineId = engineId + this.HostId = hostId + var requestCount int32 = 20 + this.RequestCount = &requestCount + var requestSize int32 = 16 + this.RequestSize = &requestSize + return &this +} + +// NewLatencyTestRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new LatencyTestRequest object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewLatencyTestRequestWithDefaults() *LatencyTestRequest { + this := LatencyTestRequest{} + var requestCount int32 = 20 + this.RequestCount = &requestCount + var requestSize int32 = 16 + this.RequestSize = &requestSize + return &this +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value +func (o *LatencyTestRequest) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LatencyTestRequest) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.EngineId, true +} + +// SetEngineId sets field value +func (o *LatencyTestRequest) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = v +} + +// GetHostId returns the HostId field value +func (o *LatencyTestRequest) GetHostId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.HostId +} + +// GetHostIdOk returns a tuple with the HostId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LatencyTestRequest) GetHostIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.HostId, true +} + +// SetHostId sets field value +func (o *LatencyTestRequest) SetHostId(v string) { + o.HostId = v +} + +// GetRequestCount returns the RequestCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LatencyTestRequest) GetRequestCount() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RequestCount) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RequestCount +} + +// GetRequestCountOk returns a tuple with the RequestCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LatencyTestRequest) GetRequestCountOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RequestCount) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RequestCount, true +} + +// HasRequestCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LatencyTestRequest) HasRequestCount() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RequestCount) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRequestCount gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RequestCount field. +func (o *LatencyTestRequest) SetRequestCount(v int32) { + o.RequestCount = &v +} + +// GetRequestSize returns the RequestSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LatencyTestRequest) GetRequestSize() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RequestSize) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RequestSize +} + +// GetRequestSizeOk returns a tuple with the RequestSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LatencyTestRequest) GetRequestSizeOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RequestSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RequestSize, true +} + +// HasRequestSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LatencyTestRequest) HasRequestSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RequestSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRequestSize gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RequestSize field. +func (o *LatencyTestRequest) SetRequestSize(v int32) { + o.RequestSize = &v +} + +func (o LatencyTestRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o LatencyTestRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + toSerialize["host_id"] = o.HostId + if !IsNil(o.RequestCount) { + toSerialize["request_count"] = o.RequestCount + } + if !IsNil(o.RequestSize) { + toSerialize["request_size"] = o.RequestSize + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *LatencyTestRequest) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "engine_id", + "host_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varLatencyTestRequest := _LatencyTestRequest{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varLatencyTestRequest) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = LatencyTestRequest(varLatencyTestRequest) + + return err +} + +type NullableLatencyTestRequest struct { + value *LatencyTestRequest + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableLatencyTestRequest) Get() *LatencyTestRequest { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableLatencyTestRequest) Set(val *LatencyTestRequest) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableLatencyTestRequest) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableLatencyTestRequest) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableLatencyTestRequest(val *LatencyTestRequest) *NullableLatencyTestRequest { + return &NullableLatencyTestRequest{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableLatencyTestRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableLatencyTestRequest) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_latest_snapshots_response.go b/model_latest_snapshots_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..09e844d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_latest_snapshots_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the LatestSnapshotsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &LatestSnapshotsResponse{} + +// LatestSnapshotsResponse struct for LatestSnapshotsResponse +type LatestSnapshotsResponse struct { + Items []Snapshot `json:"items,omitempty"` +} + +// NewLatestSnapshotsResponse instantiates a new LatestSnapshotsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewLatestSnapshotsResponse() *LatestSnapshotsResponse { + this := LatestSnapshotsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewLatestSnapshotsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new LatestSnapshotsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewLatestSnapshotsResponseWithDefaults() *LatestSnapshotsResponse { + this := LatestSnapshotsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LatestSnapshotsResponse) GetItems() []Snapshot { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []Snapshot + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LatestSnapshotsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]Snapshot, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LatestSnapshotsResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []Snapshot and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *LatestSnapshotsResponse) SetItems(v []Snapshot) { + o.Items = v +} + +func (o LatestSnapshotsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o LatestSnapshotsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableLatestSnapshotsResponse struct { + value *LatestSnapshotsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableLatestSnapshotsResponse) Get() *LatestSnapshotsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableLatestSnapshotsResponse) Set(val *LatestSnapshotsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableLatestSnapshotsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableLatestSnapshotsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableLatestSnapshotsResponse(val *LatestSnapshotsResponse) *NullableLatestSnapshotsResponse { + return &NullableLatestSnapshotsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableLatestSnapshotsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableLatestSnapshotsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_ldap_config_params.go b/model_ldap_config_params.go index 8363c920..d5e82c52 100644 --- a/model_ldap_config_params.go +++ b/model_ldap_config_params.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -32,11 +32,7 @@ type LDAPConfigParams struct { Domains []Domain `json:"domains,omitempty"` // True if LDAP should be used over SSL. EnableSsl *bool `json:"enable_ssl,omitempty"` - // File name of a truststore which can be used to validate the TLS certificate of the LDAP server. The truststore must be available at /etc/config/certs/ - TruststoreFilename *string `json:"truststore_filename,omitempty"` - // Password for reading trustStore file provided in 'truststore_filename' property - TruststorePassword *string `json:"truststore_password,omitempty"` - // Allow connections to the LDAP server over LDAPS without validating the TLS certificate. Even though the connection to the server might be performed over LDAPS, setting this property eliminates the protection against a man-in-the-middle attach for connections to this server. Instead, consider creating a truststore with a Certificate Authority to validate the server's certificate, and set the truststore_filename property. + // Allow connections to the LDAP server over LDAPS without validating the TLS certificate. Even though the connection to the server might be performed over LDAPS, setting this property eliminates the protection against a man-in-the-middle attach for connections to this server. Instead, consider configuring DCT with Certificate Authority certificates. InsecureSsl *bool `json:"insecure_ssl,omitempty"` // Ignore validation of the name associated to the TLS certificate when connecting to the LDAP server over LDAPS. Setting this value must only be done if the TLS certificate of the server does not match the hostname, and the TLS configuration of the server cannot be fixed. Setting this property reduces the protection against a man-in-the-middle attack for connections to this server. This is ignored if insecure_ssl is set. UnsafeSslHostnameCheck *bool `json:"unsafe_ssl_hostname_check,omitempty"` @@ -271,70 +267,6 @@ func (o *LDAPConfigParams) SetEnableSsl(v bool) { o.EnableSsl = &v } -// GetTruststoreFilename returns the TruststoreFilename field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *LDAPConfigParams) GetTruststoreFilename() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.TruststoreFilename) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.TruststoreFilename -} - -// GetTruststoreFilenameOk returns a tuple with the TruststoreFilename field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *LDAPConfigParams) GetTruststoreFilenameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.TruststoreFilename) { - return nil, false - } - return o.TruststoreFilename, true -} - -// HasTruststoreFilename returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *LDAPConfigParams) HasTruststoreFilename() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TruststoreFilename) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetTruststoreFilename gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TruststoreFilename field. -func (o *LDAPConfigParams) SetTruststoreFilename(v string) { - o.TruststoreFilename = &v -} - -// GetTruststorePassword returns the TruststorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *LDAPConfigParams) GetTruststorePassword() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.TruststorePassword) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.TruststorePassword -} - -// GetTruststorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the TruststorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *LDAPConfigParams) GetTruststorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.TruststorePassword) { - return nil, false - } - return o.TruststorePassword, true -} - -// HasTruststorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *LDAPConfigParams) HasTruststorePassword() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TruststorePassword) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetTruststorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TruststorePassword field. -func (o *LDAPConfigParams) SetTruststorePassword(v string) { - o.TruststorePassword = &v -} - // GetInsecureSsl returns the InsecureSsl field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *LDAPConfigParams) GetInsecureSsl() bool { if o == nil || IsNil(o.InsecureSsl) { @@ -427,12 +359,6 @@ func (o LDAPConfigParams) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.EnableSsl) { toSerialize["enable_ssl"] = o.EnableSsl } - if !IsNil(o.TruststoreFilename) { - toSerialize["truststore_filename"] = o.TruststoreFilename - } - if !IsNil(o.TruststorePassword) { - toSerialize["truststore_password"] = o.TruststorePassword - } if !IsNil(o.InsecureSsl) { toSerialize["insecure_ssl"] = o.InsecureSsl } diff --git a/model_ldap_config_validate_parameter.go b/model_ldap_config_validate_parameter.go index 00b9416a..c8e2d394 100644 --- a/model_ldap_config_validate_parameter.go +++ b/model_ldap_config_validate_parameter.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_ldap_validate_response.go b/model_ldap_validate_response.go index 8c6b9311..c61e1215 100644 --- a/model_ldap_validate_response.go +++ b/model_ldap_validate_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_license_info.go b/model_license_info.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..445d5321 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_license_info.go @@ -0,0 +1,315 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the LicenseInfo type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &LicenseInfo{} + +// LicenseInfo Information about the current DCT license. +type LicenseInfo struct { + Tier *LicenseTier `json:"tier,omitempty"` + // The number of virtualization engines counting against the limit. + VirtualizationEngineCount NullableInt32 `json:"virtualization_engine_count,omitempty"` + // The number of masking engines counting against the limit. Masking engines added to a Hyperscale Instance's pool do not count against the limit. + MaskingEngineCount NullableInt32 `json:"masking_engine_count,omitempty"` + // The maximum number of registered virtualization engines allowed for the current license tier. + VirtualizationEngineCountLimit NullableInt32 `json:"virtualization_engine_count_limit,omitempty"` + // The maximum number of registered masking engines allowed for the current license tier. Masking engines added to a Hyperscale Instance's pool do not count against the limit. + MaskingEngineCountLimit NullableInt32 `json:"masking_engine_count_limit,omitempty"` +} + +// NewLicenseInfo instantiates a new LicenseInfo object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewLicenseInfo() *LicenseInfo { + this := LicenseInfo{} + return &this +} + +// NewLicenseInfoWithDefaults instantiates a new LicenseInfo object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewLicenseInfoWithDefaults() *LicenseInfo { + this := LicenseInfo{} + return &this +} + +// GetTier returns the Tier field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseInfo) GetTier() LicenseTier { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tier) { + var ret LicenseTier + return ret + } + return *o.Tier +} + +// GetTierOk returns a tuple with the Tier field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseInfo) GetTierOk() (*LicenseTier, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tier) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tier, true +} + +// HasTier returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseInfo) HasTier() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tier) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTier gets a reference to the given LicenseTier and assigns it to the Tier field. +func (o *LicenseInfo) SetTier(v LicenseTier) { + o.Tier = &v +} + +// GetVirtualizationEngineCount returns the VirtualizationEngineCount field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *LicenseInfo) GetVirtualizationEngineCount() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VirtualizationEngineCount.Get()) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.VirtualizationEngineCount.Get() +} + +// GetVirtualizationEngineCountOk returns a tuple with the VirtualizationEngineCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *LicenseInfo) GetVirtualizationEngineCountOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.VirtualizationEngineCount.Get(), o.VirtualizationEngineCount.IsSet() +} + +// HasVirtualizationEngineCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseInfo) HasVirtualizationEngineCount() bool { + if o != nil && o.VirtualizationEngineCount.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVirtualizationEngineCount gets a reference to the given NullableInt32 and assigns it to the VirtualizationEngineCount field. +func (o *LicenseInfo) SetVirtualizationEngineCount(v int32) { + o.VirtualizationEngineCount.Set(&v) +} +// SetVirtualizationEngineCountNil sets the value for VirtualizationEngineCount to be an explicit nil +func (o *LicenseInfo) SetVirtualizationEngineCountNil() { + o.VirtualizationEngineCount.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetVirtualizationEngineCount ensures that no value is present for VirtualizationEngineCount, not even an explicit nil +func (o *LicenseInfo) UnsetVirtualizationEngineCount() { + o.VirtualizationEngineCount.Unset() +} + +// GetMaskingEngineCount returns the MaskingEngineCount field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *LicenseInfo) GetMaskingEngineCount() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MaskingEngineCount.Get()) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.MaskingEngineCount.Get() +} + +// GetMaskingEngineCountOk returns a tuple with the MaskingEngineCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *LicenseInfo) GetMaskingEngineCountOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.MaskingEngineCount.Get(), o.MaskingEngineCount.IsSet() +} + +// HasMaskingEngineCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseInfo) HasMaskingEngineCount() bool { + if o != nil && o.MaskingEngineCount.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMaskingEngineCount gets a reference to the given NullableInt32 and assigns it to the MaskingEngineCount field. +func (o *LicenseInfo) SetMaskingEngineCount(v int32) { + o.MaskingEngineCount.Set(&v) +} +// SetMaskingEngineCountNil sets the value for MaskingEngineCount to be an explicit nil +func (o *LicenseInfo) SetMaskingEngineCountNil() { + o.MaskingEngineCount.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetMaskingEngineCount ensures that no value is present for MaskingEngineCount, not even an explicit nil +func (o *LicenseInfo) UnsetMaskingEngineCount() { + o.MaskingEngineCount.Unset() +} + +// GetVirtualizationEngineCountLimit returns the VirtualizationEngineCountLimit field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *LicenseInfo) GetVirtualizationEngineCountLimit() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VirtualizationEngineCountLimit.Get()) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.VirtualizationEngineCountLimit.Get() +} + +// GetVirtualizationEngineCountLimitOk returns a tuple with the VirtualizationEngineCountLimit field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *LicenseInfo) GetVirtualizationEngineCountLimitOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.VirtualizationEngineCountLimit.Get(), o.VirtualizationEngineCountLimit.IsSet() +} + +// HasVirtualizationEngineCountLimit returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseInfo) HasVirtualizationEngineCountLimit() bool { + if o != nil && o.VirtualizationEngineCountLimit.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVirtualizationEngineCountLimit gets a reference to the given NullableInt32 and assigns it to the VirtualizationEngineCountLimit field. +func (o *LicenseInfo) SetVirtualizationEngineCountLimit(v int32) { + o.VirtualizationEngineCountLimit.Set(&v) +} +// SetVirtualizationEngineCountLimitNil sets the value for VirtualizationEngineCountLimit to be an explicit nil +func (o *LicenseInfo) SetVirtualizationEngineCountLimitNil() { + o.VirtualizationEngineCountLimit.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetVirtualizationEngineCountLimit ensures that no value is present for VirtualizationEngineCountLimit, not even an explicit nil +func (o *LicenseInfo) UnsetVirtualizationEngineCountLimit() { + o.VirtualizationEngineCountLimit.Unset() +} + +// GetMaskingEngineCountLimit returns the MaskingEngineCountLimit field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *LicenseInfo) GetMaskingEngineCountLimit() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MaskingEngineCountLimit.Get()) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.MaskingEngineCountLimit.Get() +} + +// GetMaskingEngineCountLimitOk returns a tuple with the MaskingEngineCountLimit field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *LicenseInfo) GetMaskingEngineCountLimitOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.MaskingEngineCountLimit.Get(), o.MaskingEngineCountLimit.IsSet() +} + +// HasMaskingEngineCountLimit returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseInfo) HasMaskingEngineCountLimit() bool { + if o != nil && o.MaskingEngineCountLimit.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMaskingEngineCountLimit gets a reference to the given NullableInt32 and assigns it to the MaskingEngineCountLimit field. +func (o *LicenseInfo) SetMaskingEngineCountLimit(v int32) { + o.MaskingEngineCountLimit.Set(&v) +} +// SetMaskingEngineCountLimitNil sets the value for MaskingEngineCountLimit to be an explicit nil +func (o *LicenseInfo) SetMaskingEngineCountLimitNil() { + o.MaskingEngineCountLimit.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetMaskingEngineCountLimit ensures that no value is present for MaskingEngineCountLimit, not even an explicit nil +func (o *LicenseInfo) UnsetMaskingEngineCountLimit() { + o.MaskingEngineCountLimit.Unset() +} + +func (o LicenseInfo) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o LicenseInfo) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Tier) { + toSerialize["tier"] = o.Tier + } + if o.VirtualizationEngineCount.IsSet() { + toSerialize["virtualization_engine_count"] = o.VirtualizationEngineCount.Get() + } + if o.MaskingEngineCount.IsSet() { + toSerialize["masking_engine_count"] = o.MaskingEngineCount.Get() + } + if o.VirtualizationEngineCountLimit.IsSet() { + toSerialize["virtualization_engine_count_limit"] = o.VirtualizationEngineCountLimit.Get() + } + if o.MaskingEngineCountLimit.IsSet() { + toSerialize["masking_engine_count_limit"] = o.MaskingEngineCountLimit.Get() + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableLicenseInfo struct { + value *LicenseInfo + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableLicenseInfo) Get() *LicenseInfo { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseInfo) Set(val *LicenseInfo) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableLicenseInfo) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseInfo) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableLicenseInfo(val *LicenseInfo) *NullableLicenseInfo { + return &NullableLicenseInfo{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableLicenseInfo) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseInfo) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_license_tier.go b/model_license_tier.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8ec70164 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_license_tier.go @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// LicenseTier The DCT license tiers. +type LicenseTier string + +// List of LicenseTier +const ( + LICENSETIER_CORE LicenseTier = "CORE" + LICENSETIER_SELF_SERVICE LicenseTier = "SELF_SERVICE" + LICENSETIER_ENTERPRISE LicenseTier = "ENTERPRISE" +) + +// All allowed values of LicenseTier enum +var AllowedLicenseTierEnumValues = []LicenseTier{ + "CORE", + "SELF_SERVICE", + "ENTERPRISE", +} + +func (v *LicenseTier) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + var value string + err := json.Unmarshal(src, &value) + if err != nil { + return err + } + enumTypeValue := LicenseTier(value) + for _, existing := range AllowedLicenseTierEnumValues { + if existing == enumTypeValue { + *v = enumTypeValue + return nil + } + } + + return fmt.Errorf("%+v is not a valid LicenseTier", value) +} + +// NewLicenseTierFromValue returns a pointer to a valid LicenseTier +// for the value passed as argument, or an error if the value passed is not allowed by the enum +func NewLicenseTierFromValue(v string) (*LicenseTier, error) { + ev := LicenseTier(v) + if ev.IsValid() { + return &ev, nil + } else { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid value '%v' for LicenseTier: valid values are %v", v, AllowedLicenseTierEnumValues) + } +} + +// IsValid return true if the value is valid for the enum, false otherwise +func (v LicenseTier) IsValid() bool { + for _, existing := range AllowedLicenseTierEnumValues { + if existing == v { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// Ptr returns reference to LicenseTier value +func (v LicenseTier) Ptr() *LicenseTier { + return &v +} + +type NullableLicenseTier struct { + value *LicenseTier + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableLicenseTier) Get() *LicenseTier { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseTier) Set(val *LicenseTier) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableLicenseTier) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseTier) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableLicenseTier(val *LicenseTier) *NullableLicenseTier { + return &NullableLicenseTier{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableLicenseTier) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseTier) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + diff --git a/model_link_d_source_default_request.go b/model_link_d_source_default_request.go index 1dab2397..738957e8 100644 --- a/model_link_d_source_default_request.go +++ b/model_link_d_source_default_request.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the LinkDSourceDefaultRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -24,6 +26,8 @@ type LinkDSourceDefaultRequest struct { SourceId string `json:"source_id"` } +type _LinkDSourceDefaultRequest LinkDSourceDefaultRequest + // NewLinkDSourceDefaultRequest instantiates a new LinkDSourceDefaultRequest object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -80,6 +84,43 @@ func (o LinkDSourceDefaultRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *LinkDSourceDefaultRequest) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "source_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varLinkDSourceDefaultRequest := _LinkDSourceDefaultRequest{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varLinkDSourceDefaultRequest) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = LinkDSourceDefaultRequest(varLinkDSourceDefaultRequest) + + return err +} + type NullableLinkDSourceDefaultRequest struct { value *LinkDSourceDefaultRequest isSet bool diff --git a/model_link_d_source_response.go b/model_link_d_source_response.go index 9ff1cca6..deaab396 100644 --- a/model_link_d_source_response.go +++ b/model_link_d_source_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_link_staging_push_d_source_default_request.go b/model_link_staging_push_d_source_default_request.go index ccee872d..b44f9db2 100644 --- a/model_link_staging_push_d_source_default_request.go +++ b/model_link_staging_push_d_source_default_request.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the LinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -24,6 +26,8 @@ type LinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest struct { EnvironmentId string `json:"environment_id"` } +type _LinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest LinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest + // NewLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest instantiates a new LinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -80,6 +84,43 @@ func (o LinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, e return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *LinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "environment_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest := _LinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = LinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest(varLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest) + + return err +} + type NullableLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest struct { value *LinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest isSet bool diff --git a/model_list_access_groups_response.go b/model_list_access_groups_response.go index fb8978d5..f92e8c46 100644 --- a/model_list_access_groups_response.go +++ b/model_list_access_groups_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_accounts_response.go b/model_list_accounts_response.go index b8583dde..8966d4ff 100644 --- a/model_list_accounts_response.go +++ b/model_list_accounts_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_algorithm_dependencies_response.go b/model_list_algorithm_dependencies_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9cc28ca0 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_list_algorithm_dependencies_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse{} + +// ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse struct for ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse +type ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse struct { + Items []Dependency `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse instantiates a new ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse() *ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse { + this := ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewListAlgorithmDependenciesResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewListAlgorithmDependenciesResponseWithDefaults() *ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse { + this := ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) GetItems() []Dependency { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []Dependency + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]Dependency, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []Dependency and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) SetItems(v []Dependency) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse struct { + value *ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) Get() *ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) Set(val *ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse(val *ListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) *NullableListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse { + return &NullableListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableListAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_list_algorithms_response.go b/model_list_algorithms_response.go index b805f98a..9f67fc42 100644 --- a/model_list_algorithms_response.go +++ b/model_list_algorithms_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_bookmarks_by_vdb_groups_response.go b/model_list_bookmarks_by_vdb_groups_response.go index d570234f..8325314f 100644 --- a/model_list_bookmarks_by_vdb_groups_response.go +++ b/model_list_bookmarks_by_vdb_groups_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_bookmarks_by_vdb_response.go b/model_list_bookmarks_by_vdb_response.go index 8b72a4da..2b6aaac5 100644 --- a/model_list_bookmarks_by_vdb_response.go +++ b/model_list_bookmarks_by_vdb_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_bookmarks_response.go b/model_list_bookmarks_response.go index 3d6ceda4..ae6312ef 100644 --- a/model_list_bookmarks_response.go +++ b/model_list_bookmarks_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_cdbs_response.go b/model_list_cdbs_response.go index 275a2400..71f53912 100644 --- a/model_list_cdbs_response.go +++ b/model_list_cdbs_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_compliance_job_collections_response.go b/model_list_compliance_job_collections_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cd83989b --- /dev/null +++ b/model_list_compliance_job_collections_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse{} + +// ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse struct for ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse +type ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse struct { + Items []ComplianceJobCollection `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse instantiates a new ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse() *ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse { + this := ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewListComplianceJobCollectionsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewListComplianceJobCollectionsResponseWithDefaults() *ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse { + this := ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) GetItems() []ComplianceJobCollection { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []ComplianceJobCollection + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]ComplianceJobCollection, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []ComplianceJobCollection and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) SetItems(v []ComplianceJobCollection) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse struct { + value *ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) Get() *ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) Set(val *ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse(val *ListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) *NullableListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse { + return &NullableListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableListComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_list_masking_plugins_response.go b/model_list_compliance_jobs_response.go similarity index 56% rename from model_list_masking_plugins_response.go rename to model_list_compliance_jobs_response.go index addda6f1..96f20b07 100644 --- a/model_list_masking_plugins_response.go +++ b/model_list_compliance_jobs_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -15,36 +15,36 @@ import ( "encoding/json" ) -// checks if the ListMaskingPluginsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &ListMaskingPluginsResponse{} +// checks if the ListComplianceJobsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ListComplianceJobsResponse{} -// ListMaskingPluginsResponse struct for ListMaskingPluginsResponse -type ListMaskingPluginsResponse struct { - Items []MaskingPlugin `json:"items,omitempty"` +// ListComplianceJobsResponse struct for ListComplianceJobsResponse +type ListComplianceJobsResponse struct { + Items []ComplianceJob `json:"items,omitempty"` ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` } -// NewListMaskingPluginsResponse instantiates a new ListMaskingPluginsResponse object +// NewListComplianceJobsResponse instantiates a new ListComplianceJobsResponse object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments // will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewListMaskingPluginsResponse() *ListMaskingPluginsResponse { - this := ListMaskingPluginsResponse{} +func NewListComplianceJobsResponse() *ListComplianceJobsResponse { + this := ListComplianceJobsResponse{} return &this } -// NewListMaskingPluginsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ListMaskingPluginsResponse object +// NewListComplianceJobsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ListComplianceJobsResponse object // This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, // but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewListMaskingPluginsResponseWithDefaults() *ListMaskingPluginsResponse { - this := ListMaskingPluginsResponse{} +func NewListComplianceJobsResponseWithDefaults() *ListComplianceJobsResponse { + this := ListComplianceJobsResponse{} return &this } // GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ListMaskingPluginsResponse) GetItems() []MaskingPlugin { +func (o *ListComplianceJobsResponse) GetItems() []ComplianceJob { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { - var ret []MaskingPlugin + var ret []ComplianceJob return ret } return o.Items @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ func (o *ListMaskingPluginsResponse) GetItems() []MaskingPlugin { // GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ListMaskingPluginsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]MaskingPlugin, bool) { +func (o *ListComplianceJobsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]ComplianceJob, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { return nil, false } @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ func (o *ListMaskingPluginsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]MaskingPlugin, bool) { } // HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ListMaskingPluginsResponse) HasItems() bool { +func (o *ListComplianceJobsResponse) HasItems() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { return true } @@ -68,13 +68,13 @@ func (o *ListMaskingPluginsResponse) HasItems() bool { return false } -// SetItems gets a reference to the given []MaskingPlugin and assigns it to the Items field. -func (o *ListMaskingPluginsResponse) SetItems(v []MaskingPlugin) { +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []ComplianceJob and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *ListComplianceJobsResponse) SetItems(v []ComplianceJob) { o.Items = v } // GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ListMaskingPluginsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { +func (o *ListComplianceJobsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata return ret @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ func (o *ListMaskingPluginsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMeta // GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ListMaskingPluginsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { +func (o *ListComplianceJobsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { return nil, false } @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ func (o *ListMaskingPluginsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponse } // HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ListMaskingPluginsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { +func (o *ListComplianceJobsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { return true } @@ -101,11 +101,11 @@ func (o *ListMaskingPluginsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { } // SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. -func (o *ListMaskingPluginsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { +func (o *ListComplianceJobsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { o.ResponseMetadata = &v } -func (o ListMaskingPluginsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { +func (o ListComplianceJobsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { return []byte{}, err @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ func (o ListMaskingPluginsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return json.Marshal(toSerialize) } -func (o ListMaskingPluginsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { +func (o ListComplianceJobsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} if !IsNil(o.Items) { toSerialize["items"] = o.Items @@ -124,38 +124,38 @@ func (o ListMaskingPluginsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } -type NullableListMaskingPluginsResponse struct { - value *ListMaskingPluginsResponse +type NullableListComplianceJobsResponse struct { + value *ListComplianceJobsResponse isSet bool } -func (v NullableListMaskingPluginsResponse) Get() *ListMaskingPluginsResponse { +func (v NullableListComplianceJobsResponse) Get() *ListComplianceJobsResponse { return v.value } -func (v *NullableListMaskingPluginsResponse) Set(val *ListMaskingPluginsResponse) { +func (v *NullableListComplianceJobsResponse) Set(val *ListComplianceJobsResponse) { v.value = val v.isSet = true } -func (v NullableListMaskingPluginsResponse) IsSet() bool { +func (v NullableListComplianceJobsResponse) IsSet() bool { return v.isSet } -func (v *NullableListMaskingPluginsResponse) Unset() { +func (v *NullableListComplianceJobsResponse) Unset() { v.value = nil v.isSet = false } -func NewNullableListMaskingPluginsResponse(val *ListMaskingPluginsResponse) *NullableListMaskingPluginsResponse { - return &NullableListMaskingPluginsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +func NewNullableListComplianceJobsResponse(val *ListComplianceJobsResponse) *NullableListComplianceJobsResponse { + return &NullableListComplianceJobsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} } -func (v NullableListMaskingPluginsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { +func (v NullableListComplianceJobsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return json.Marshal(v.value) } -func (v *NullableListMaskingPluginsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { +func (v *NullableListComplianceJobsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { v.isSet = true return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) } diff --git a/model_list_connectors_masking_jobs_response.go b/model_list_connectors_masking_jobs_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6d2daa44 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_list_connectors_masking_jobs_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse{} + +// ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse struct for ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse +type ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse struct { + Items []MaskingJobWithConnectorRole `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse instantiates a new ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse() *ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse { + this := ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponseWithDefaults() *ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse { + this := ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse) GetItems() []MaskingJobWithConnectorRole { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []MaskingJobWithConnectorRole + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]MaskingJobWithConnectorRole, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []MaskingJobWithConnectorRole and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse) SetItems(v []MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse struct { + value *ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse) Get() *ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse) Set(val *ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse(val *ListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse) *NullableListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse { + return &NullableListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableListConnectorsMaskingJobsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_list_connectors_response.go b/model_list_connectors_response.go index 09617a6c..a23082a5 100644 --- a/model_list_connectors_response.go +++ b/model_list_connectors_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_d_sources_response.go b/model_list_d_sources_response.go index a3ba7f3f..a041946e 100644 --- a/model_list_d_sources_response.go +++ b/model_list_d_sources_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_data_connections_response.go b/model_list_data_connections_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..740556b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_list_data_connections_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ListDataConnectionsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ListDataConnectionsResponse{} + +// ListDataConnectionsResponse struct for ListDataConnectionsResponse +type ListDataConnectionsResponse struct { + Items []DataConnection `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewListDataConnectionsResponse instantiates a new ListDataConnectionsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewListDataConnectionsResponse() *ListDataConnectionsResponse { + this := ListDataConnectionsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewListDataConnectionsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ListDataConnectionsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewListDataConnectionsResponseWithDefaults() *ListDataConnectionsResponse { + this := ListDataConnectionsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListDataConnectionsResponse) GetItems() []DataConnection { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []DataConnection + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListDataConnectionsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]DataConnection, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListDataConnectionsResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []DataConnection and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *ListDataConnectionsResponse) SetItems(v []DataConnection) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListDataConnectionsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListDataConnectionsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListDataConnectionsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *ListDataConnectionsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o ListDataConnectionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ListDataConnectionsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableListDataConnectionsResponse struct { + value *ListDataConnectionsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableListDataConnectionsResponse) Get() *ListDataConnectionsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableListDataConnectionsResponse) Set(val *ListDataConnectionsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableListDataConnectionsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableListDataConnectionsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableListDataConnectionsResponse(val *ListDataConnectionsResponse) *NullableListDataConnectionsResponse { + return &NullableListDataConnectionsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableListDataConnectionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableListDataConnectionsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_list_data_layout_response.go b/model_list_data_layout_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..425a347b --- /dev/null +++ b/model_list_data_layout_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ListDataLayoutResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ListDataLayoutResponse{} + +// ListDataLayoutResponse struct for ListDataLayoutResponse +type ListDataLayoutResponse struct { + Items []DataLayout `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewListDataLayoutResponse instantiates a new ListDataLayoutResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewListDataLayoutResponse() *ListDataLayoutResponse { + this := ListDataLayoutResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewListDataLayoutResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ListDataLayoutResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewListDataLayoutResponseWithDefaults() *ListDataLayoutResponse { + this := ListDataLayoutResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListDataLayoutResponse) GetItems() []DataLayout { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []DataLayout + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListDataLayoutResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]DataLayout, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListDataLayoutResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []DataLayout and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *ListDataLayoutResponse) SetItems(v []DataLayout) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListDataLayoutResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListDataLayoutResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListDataLayoutResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *ListDataLayoutResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o ListDataLayoutResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ListDataLayoutResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableListDataLayoutResponse struct { + value *ListDataLayoutResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableListDataLayoutResponse) Get() *ListDataLayoutResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableListDataLayoutResponse) Set(val *ListDataLayoutResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableListDataLayoutResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableListDataLayoutResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableListDataLayoutResponse(val *ListDataLayoutResponse) *NullableListDataLayoutResponse { + return &NullableListDataLayoutResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableListDataLayoutResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableListDataLayoutResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_list_database_templates_response.go b/model_list_database_templates_response.go index 13f6118f..7d51fdb2 100644 --- a/model_list_database_templates_response.go +++ b/model_list_database_templates_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_discovery_results_response.go b/model_list_discovery_results_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..215a5f42 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_list_discovery_results_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ListDiscoveryResultsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ListDiscoveryResultsResponse{} + +// ListDiscoveryResultsResponse struct for ListDiscoveryResultsResponse +type ListDiscoveryResultsResponse struct { + Items []DiscoveryResult `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewListDiscoveryResultsResponse instantiates a new ListDiscoveryResultsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewListDiscoveryResultsResponse() *ListDiscoveryResultsResponse { + this := ListDiscoveryResultsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewListDiscoveryResultsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ListDiscoveryResultsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewListDiscoveryResultsResponseWithDefaults() *ListDiscoveryResultsResponse { + this := ListDiscoveryResultsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListDiscoveryResultsResponse) GetItems() []DiscoveryResult { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []DiscoveryResult + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListDiscoveryResultsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]DiscoveryResult, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListDiscoveryResultsResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []DiscoveryResult and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *ListDiscoveryResultsResponse) SetItems(v []DiscoveryResult) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListDiscoveryResultsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListDiscoveryResultsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListDiscoveryResultsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *ListDiscoveryResultsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o ListDiscoveryResultsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ListDiscoveryResultsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableListDiscoveryResultsResponse struct { + value *ListDiscoveryResultsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableListDiscoveryResultsResponse) Get() *ListDiscoveryResultsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableListDiscoveryResultsResponse) Set(val *ListDiscoveryResultsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableListDiscoveryResultsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableListDiscoveryResultsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableListDiscoveryResultsResponse(val *ListDiscoveryResultsResponse) *NullableListDiscoveryResultsResponse { + return &NullableListDiscoveryResultsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableListDiscoveryResultsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableListDiscoveryResultsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_list_environment_users.go b/model_list_environment_users.go index 18f1e8e6..c63c345b 100644 --- a/model_list_environment_users.go +++ b/model_list_environment_users.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_environments_response.go b/model_list_environments_response.go index 65153e24..7e59e760 100644 --- a/model_list_environments_response.go +++ b/model_list_environments_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_execution_events_response.go b/model_list_execution_events_response.go index 1552586f..7c379b1a 100644 --- a/model_list_execution_events_response.go +++ b/model_list_execution_events_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_executions_response.go b/model_list_executions_response.go index 4529de37..79bf53a2 100644 --- a/model_list_executions_response.go +++ b/model_list_executions_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_groups_response.go b/model_list_groups_response.go index 7b71660a..bf260bc9 100644 --- a/model_list_groups_response.go +++ b/model_list_groups_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_hashicorp_vaults_response.go b/model_list_hashicorp_vaults_response.go index ce2c4573..40a9186f 100644 --- a/model_list_hashicorp_vaults_response.go +++ b/model_list_hashicorp_vaults_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_hook_templates_response.go b/model_list_hook_templates_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..34502fc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_list_hook_templates_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ListHookTemplatesResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ListHookTemplatesResponse{} + +// ListHookTemplatesResponse struct for ListHookTemplatesResponse +type ListHookTemplatesResponse struct { + Items []HookTemplate `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewListHookTemplatesResponse instantiates a new ListHookTemplatesResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewListHookTemplatesResponse() *ListHookTemplatesResponse { + this := ListHookTemplatesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewListHookTemplatesResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ListHookTemplatesResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewListHookTemplatesResponseWithDefaults() *ListHookTemplatesResponse { + this := ListHookTemplatesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListHookTemplatesResponse) GetItems() []HookTemplate { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []HookTemplate + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListHookTemplatesResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]HookTemplate, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListHookTemplatesResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []HookTemplate and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *ListHookTemplatesResponse) SetItems(v []HookTemplate) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListHookTemplatesResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListHookTemplatesResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListHookTemplatesResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *ListHookTemplatesResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o ListHookTemplatesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ListHookTemplatesResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableListHookTemplatesResponse struct { + value *ListHookTemplatesResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableListHookTemplatesResponse) Get() *ListHookTemplatesResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableListHookTemplatesResponse) Set(val *ListHookTemplatesResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableListHookTemplatesResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableListHookTemplatesResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableListHookTemplatesResponse(val *ListHookTemplatesResponse) *NullableListHookTemplatesResponse { + return &NullableListHookTemplatesResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableListHookTemplatesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableListHookTemplatesResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_list_hyperscale_connectors_response.go b/model_list_hyperscale_connectors_response.go index db3130f3..4e69d870 100644 --- a/model_list_hyperscale_connectors_response.go +++ b/model_list_hyperscale_connectors_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_hyperscale_dataset_tables_or_files_response.go b/model_list_hyperscale_dataset_tables_or_files_response.go index 37c95c98..50694672 100644 --- a/model_list_hyperscale_dataset_tables_or_files_response.go +++ b/model_list_hyperscale_dataset_tables_or_files_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_hyperscale_datasets_response.go b/model_list_hyperscale_datasets_response.go index 394f4724..93a0015f 100644 --- a/model_list_hyperscale_datasets_response.go +++ b/model_list_hyperscale_datasets_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_hyperscale_instances_response.go b/model_list_hyperscale_instances_response.go index 564a0251..13358de6 100644 --- a/model_list_hyperscale_instances_response.go +++ b/model_list_hyperscale_instances_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_hyperscale_mount_points_response.go b/model_list_hyperscale_mount_points_response.go index 31474688..8a37a4ff 100644 --- a/model_list_hyperscale_mount_points_response.go +++ b/model_list_hyperscale_mount_points_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_job_collection_executions_response.go b/model_list_job_collection_executions_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3d0a67fe --- /dev/null +++ b/model_list_job_collection_executions_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse{} + +// ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse struct for ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse +type ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse struct { + Items []JobCollectionExecution `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse instantiates a new ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse() *ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse { + this := ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewListJobCollectionExecutionsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewListJobCollectionExecutionsResponseWithDefaults() *ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse { + this := ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) GetItems() []JobCollectionExecution { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []JobCollectionExecution + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]JobCollectionExecution, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []JobCollectionExecution and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) SetItems(v []JobCollectionExecution) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse struct { + value *ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) Get() *ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) Set(val *ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse(val *ListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) *NullableListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse { + return &NullableListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableListJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_list_jobs_response.go b/model_list_jobs_response.go index 9475551d..7992d335 100644 --- a/model_list_jobs_response.go +++ b/model_list_jobs_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_kerberos_configs_response_.go b/model_list_kerberos_configs_response_.go index 7230a8c9..9e5b72b0 100644 --- a/model_list_kerberos_configs_response_.go +++ b/model_list_kerberos_configs_response_.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_masking_environments_response.go b/model_list_masking_environments_response.go index 4d990a7f..8c446d1a 100644 --- a/model_list_masking_environments_response.go +++ b/model_list_masking_environments_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_masking_file_consumers_response.go b/model_list_masking_file_consumers_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..61827598 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_list_masking_file_consumers_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse{} + +// ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse struct for ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse +type ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse struct { + Items []Consumer `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewListMaskingFileConsumersResponse instantiates a new ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewListMaskingFileConsumersResponse() *ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse { + this := ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewListMaskingFileConsumersResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewListMaskingFileConsumersResponseWithDefaults() *ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse { + this := ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse) GetItems() []Consumer { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []Consumer + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]Consumer, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []Consumer and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse) SetItems(v []Consumer) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableListMaskingFileConsumersResponse struct { + value *ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableListMaskingFileConsumersResponse) Get() *ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableListMaskingFileConsumersResponse) Set(val *ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableListMaskingFileConsumersResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableListMaskingFileConsumersResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableListMaskingFileConsumersResponse(val *ListMaskingFileConsumersResponse) *NullableListMaskingFileConsumersResponse { + return &NullableListMaskingFileConsumersResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableListMaskingFileConsumersResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableListMaskingFileConsumersResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_list_masking_files_response.go b/model_list_masking_files_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..162272b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_list_masking_files_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ListMaskingFilesResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ListMaskingFilesResponse{} + +// ListMaskingFilesResponse struct for ListMaskingFilesResponse +type ListMaskingFilesResponse struct { + Items []MaskingFileUpload `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewListMaskingFilesResponse instantiates a new ListMaskingFilesResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewListMaskingFilesResponse() *ListMaskingFilesResponse { + this := ListMaskingFilesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewListMaskingFilesResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ListMaskingFilesResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewListMaskingFilesResponseWithDefaults() *ListMaskingFilesResponse { + this := ListMaskingFilesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListMaskingFilesResponse) GetItems() []MaskingFileUpload { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []MaskingFileUpload + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListMaskingFilesResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]MaskingFileUpload, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListMaskingFilesResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []MaskingFileUpload and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *ListMaskingFilesResponse) SetItems(v []MaskingFileUpload) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListMaskingFilesResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListMaskingFilesResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListMaskingFilesResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *ListMaskingFilesResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o ListMaskingFilesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ListMaskingFilesResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableListMaskingFilesResponse struct { + value *ListMaskingFilesResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableListMaskingFilesResponse) Get() *ListMaskingFilesResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableListMaskingFilesResponse) Set(val *ListMaskingFilesResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableListMaskingFilesResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableListMaskingFilesResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableListMaskingFilesResponse(val *ListMaskingFilesResponse) *NullableListMaskingFilesResponse { + return &NullableListMaskingFilesResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableListMaskingFilesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableListMaskingFilesResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_list_masking_job_source_engines_response.go b/model_list_masking_job_source_engines_response.go index 509612fe..53250c3d 100644 --- a/model_list_masking_job_source_engines_response.go +++ b/model_list_masking_job_source_engines_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_masking_jobs_response.go b/model_list_masking_jobs_response.go index f16dc18d..bb0ecdbc 100644 --- a/model_list_masking_jobs_response.go +++ b/model_list_masking_jobs_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_namespaces_response.go b/model_list_namespaces_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..794c11cd --- /dev/null +++ b/model_list_namespaces_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ListNamespacesResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ListNamespacesResponse{} + +// ListNamespacesResponse struct for ListNamespacesResponse +type ListNamespacesResponse struct { + Items []Namespace `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewListNamespacesResponse instantiates a new ListNamespacesResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewListNamespacesResponse() *ListNamespacesResponse { + this := ListNamespacesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewListNamespacesResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ListNamespacesResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewListNamespacesResponseWithDefaults() *ListNamespacesResponse { + this := ListNamespacesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListNamespacesResponse) GetItems() []Namespace { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []Namespace + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListNamespacesResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]Namespace, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListNamespacesResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []Namespace and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *ListNamespacesResponse) SetItems(v []Namespace) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListNamespacesResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListNamespacesResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListNamespacesResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *ListNamespacesResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o ListNamespacesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ListNamespacesResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableListNamespacesResponse struct { + value *ListNamespacesResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableListNamespacesResponse) Get() *ListNamespacesResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableListNamespacesResponse) Set(val *ListNamespacesResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableListNamespacesResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableListNamespacesResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableListNamespacesResponse(val *ListNamespacesResponse) *NullableListNamespacesResponse { + return &NullableListNamespacesResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableListNamespacesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableListNamespacesResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_list_password_vaults_response_.go b/model_list_password_vaults_response_.go index 32e1d4aa..bc58eb16 100644 --- a/model_list_password_vaults_response_.go +++ b/model_list_password_vaults_response_.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_registered_engines_response.go b/model_list_registered_engines_response.go index 3d1152e1..3097a962 100644 --- a/model_list_registered_engines_response.go +++ b/model_list_registered_engines_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_replication_profiles_response.go b/model_list_replication_profiles_response.go index 2b2d0f39..9f4cf422 100644 --- a/model_list_replication_profiles_response.go +++ b/model_list_replication_profiles_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_reporting_schedule_response.go b/model_list_reporting_schedule_response.go index c45fd092..906378e5 100644 --- a/model_list_reporting_schedule_response.go +++ b/model_list_reporting_schedule_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_roles_response.go b/model_list_roles_response.go index dc5aec57..29d74710 100644 --- a/model_list_roles_response.go +++ b/model_list_roles_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ var _ MappedNullable = &ListRolesResponse{} // ListRolesResponse struct for ListRolesResponse type ListRolesResponse struct { Items []Role `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` } // NewListRolesResponse instantiates a new ListRolesResponse object @@ -72,6 +73,38 @@ func (o *ListRolesResponse) SetItems(v []Role) { o.Items = v } +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListRolesResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListRolesResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListRolesResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *ListRolesResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + func (o ListRolesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -85,6 +118,9 @@ func (o ListRolesResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.Items) { toSerialize["items"] = o.Items } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_list_snapshots_response.go b/model_list_snapshots_response.go index b04f36a5..d03a1e84 100644 --- a/model_list_snapshots_response.go +++ b/model_list_snapshots_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_sources_response.go b/model_list_sources_response.go index 14db8b20..a17dd04a 100644 --- a/model_list_sources_response.go +++ b/model_list_sources_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_staging_sources_response.go b/model_list_staging_sources_response.go index e8700068..3ea4e45e 100644 --- a/model_list_staging_sources_response.go +++ b/model_list_staging_sources_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_sub_connections_response.go b/model_list_sub_connections_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..39f6502b --- /dev/null +++ b/model_list_sub_connections_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ListSubConnectionsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ListSubConnectionsResponse{} + +// ListSubConnectionsResponse struct for ListSubConnectionsResponse +type ListSubConnectionsResponse struct { + Items []SubConnection `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewListSubConnectionsResponse instantiates a new ListSubConnectionsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewListSubConnectionsResponse() *ListSubConnectionsResponse { + this := ListSubConnectionsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewListSubConnectionsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ListSubConnectionsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewListSubConnectionsResponseWithDefaults() *ListSubConnectionsResponse { + this := ListSubConnectionsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListSubConnectionsResponse) GetItems() []SubConnection { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []SubConnection + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListSubConnectionsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]SubConnection, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListSubConnectionsResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []SubConnection and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *ListSubConnectionsResponse) SetItems(v []SubConnection) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListSubConnectionsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListSubConnectionsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListSubConnectionsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *ListSubConnectionsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o ListSubConnectionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ListSubConnectionsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableListSubConnectionsResponse struct { + value *ListSubConnectionsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableListSubConnectionsResponse) Get() *ListSubConnectionsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableListSubConnectionsResponse) Set(val *ListSubConnectionsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableListSubConnectionsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableListSubConnectionsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableListSubConnectionsResponse(val *ListSubConnectionsResponse) *NullableListSubConnectionsResponse { + return &NullableListSubConnectionsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableListSubConnectionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableListSubConnectionsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_list_tag_permissions_response.go b/model_list_tag_permissions_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..47253d1c --- /dev/null +++ b/model_list_tag_permissions_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ListTagPermissionsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ListTagPermissionsResponse{} + +// ListTagPermissionsResponse struct for ListTagPermissionsResponse +type ListTagPermissionsResponse struct { + Items []GlobalTagPermissions `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewListTagPermissionsResponse instantiates a new ListTagPermissionsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewListTagPermissionsResponse() *ListTagPermissionsResponse { + this := ListTagPermissionsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewListTagPermissionsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ListTagPermissionsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewListTagPermissionsResponseWithDefaults() *ListTagPermissionsResponse { + this := ListTagPermissionsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListTagPermissionsResponse) GetItems() []GlobalTagPermissions { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []GlobalTagPermissions + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListTagPermissionsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]GlobalTagPermissions, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListTagPermissionsResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []GlobalTagPermissions and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *ListTagPermissionsResponse) SetItems(v []GlobalTagPermissions) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListTagPermissionsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListTagPermissionsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListTagPermissionsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *ListTagPermissionsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o ListTagPermissionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ListTagPermissionsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableListTagPermissionsResponse struct { + value *ListTagPermissionsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableListTagPermissionsResponse) Get() *ListTagPermissionsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableListTagPermissionsResponse) Set(val *ListTagPermissionsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableListTagPermissionsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableListTagPermissionsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableListTagPermissionsResponse(val *ListTagPermissionsResponse) *NullableListTagPermissionsResponse { + return &NullableListTagPermissionsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableListTagPermissionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableListTagPermissionsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_list_tag_usages_response.go b/model_list_tag_usages_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ef2e12ae --- /dev/null +++ b/model_list_tag_usages_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ListTagUsagesResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ListTagUsagesResponse{} + +// ListTagUsagesResponse struct for ListTagUsagesResponse +type ListTagUsagesResponse struct { + Items []GlobalTagUsage `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewListTagUsagesResponse instantiates a new ListTagUsagesResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewListTagUsagesResponse() *ListTagUsagesResponse { + this := ListTagUsagesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewListTagUsagesResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ListTagUsagesResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewListTagUsagesResponseWithDefaults() *ListTagUsagesResponse { + this := ListTagUsagesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListTagUsagesResponse) GetItems() []GlobalTagUsage { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []GlobalTagUsage + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListTagUsagesResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]GlobalTagUsage, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListTagUsagesResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []GlobalTagUsage and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *ListTagUsagesResponse) SetItems(v []GlobalTagUsage) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListTagUsagesResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListTagUsagesResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListTagUsagesResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *ListTagUsagesResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o ListTagUsagesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ListTagUsagesResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableListTagUsagesResponse struct { + value *ListTagUsagesResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableListTagUsagesResponse) Get() *ListTagUsagesResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableListTagUsagesResponse) Set(val *ListTagUsagesResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableListTagUsagesResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableListTagUsagesResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableListTagUsagesResponse(val *ListTagUsagesResponse) *NullableListTagUsagesResponse { + return &NullableListTagUsagesResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableListTagUsagesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableListTagUsagesResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_list_tags_response.go b/model_list_tags_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..82047a77 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_list_tags_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ListTagsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ListTagsResponse{} + +// ListTagsResponse struct for ListTagsResponse +type ListTagsResponse struct { + Items []GlobalTag `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewListTagsResponse instantiates a new ListTagsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewListTagsResponse() *ListTagsResponse { + this := ListTagsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewListTagsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ListTagsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewListTagsResponseWithDefaults() *ListTagsResponse { + this := ListTagsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListTagsResponse) GetItems() []GlobalTag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []GlobalTag + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListTagsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]GlobalTag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListTagsResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []GlobalTag and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *ListTagsResponse) SetItems(v []GlobalTag) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListTagsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListTagsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListTagsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *ListTagsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o ListTagsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ListTagsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableListTagsResponse struct { + value *ListTagsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableListTagsResponse) Get() *ListTagsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableListTagsResponse) Set(val *ListTagsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableListTagsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableListTagsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableListTagsResponse(val *ListTagsResponse) *NullableListTagsResponse { + return &NullableListTagsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableListTagsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableListTagsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_list_timeflows_response.go b/model_list_timeflows_response.go index 5d23971d..5124d227 100644 --- a/model_list_timeflows_response.go +++ b/model_list_timeflows_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_toolkit_response.go b/model_list_toolkit_response.go index 9486d5e7..adf71bc7 100644 --- a/model_list_toolkit_response.go +++ b/model_list_toolkit_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_vcdbs_response.go b/model_list_vcdbs_response.go index b2ce1ef3..e48cb3a1 100644 --- a/model_list_vcdbs_response.go +++ b/model_list_vcdbs_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_vdb_groups_by_bookmark_response.go b/model_list_vdb_groups_by_bookmark_response.go index 00fa8b4b..bb411d20 100644 --- a/model_list_vdb_groups_by_bookmark_response.go +++ b/model_list_vdb_groups_by_bookmark_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_vdb_groups_response.go b/model_list_vdb_groups_response.go index 0c033841..f813dbc2 100644 --- a/model_list_vdb_groups_response.go +++ b/model_list_vdb_groups_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_vdbs_response.go b/model_list_vdbs_response.go index c1a8d839..b02b709e 100644 --- a/model_list_vdbs_response.go +++ b/model_list_vdbs_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_list_virtualization_actions_response.go b/model_list_virtualization_actions_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d6df3c3f --- /dev/null +++ b/model_list_virtualization_actions_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ListVirtualizationActionsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ListVirtualizationActionsResponse{} + +// ListVirtualizationActionsResponse struct for ListVirtualizationActionsResponse +type ListVirtualizationActionsResponse struct { + Items []VirtualizationAction `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewListVirtualizationActionsResponse instantiates a new ListVirtualizationActionsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewListVirtualizationActionsResponse() *ListVirtualizationActionsResponse { + this := ListVirtualizationActionsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewListVirtualizationActionsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ListVirtualizationActionsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewListVirtualizationActionsResponseWithDefaults() *ListVirtualizationActionsResponse { + this := ListVirtualizationActionsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListVirtualizationActionsResponse) GetItems() []VirtualizationAction { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []VirtualizationAction + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListVirtualizationActionsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]VirtualizationAction, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListVirtualizationActionsResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []VirtualizationAction and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *ListVirtualizationActionsResponse) SetItems(v []VirtualizationAction) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListVirtualizationActionsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListVirtualizationActionsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListVirtualizationActionsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *ListVirtualizationActionsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o ListVirtualizationActionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ListVirtualizationActionsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableListVirtualizationActionsResponse struct { + value *ListVirtualizationActionsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableListVirtualizationActionsResponse) Get() *ListVirtualizationActionsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableListVirtualizationActionsResponse) Set(val *ListVirtualizationActionsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableListVirtualizationActionsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableListVirtualizationActionsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableListVirtualizationActionsResponse(val *ListVirtualizationActionsResponse) *NullableListVirtualizationActionsResponse { + return &NullableListVirtualizationActionsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableListVirtualizationActionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableListVirtualizationActionsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_list_virtualization_alerts_response.go b/model_list_virtualization_alerts_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d5c13666 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_list_virtualization_alerts_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse{} + +// ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse struct for ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse +type ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse struct { + Items []VirtualizationAlert `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewListVirtualizationAlertsResponse instantiates a new ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewListVirtualizationAlertsResponse() *ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse { + this := ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewListVirtualizationAlertsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewListVirtualizationAlertsResponseWithDefaults() *ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse { + this := ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse) GetItems() []VirtualizationAlert { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []VirtualizationAlert + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]VirtualizationAlert, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []VirtualizationAlert and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse) SetItems(v []VirtualizationAlert) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableListVirtualizationAlertsResponse struct { + value *ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableListVirtualizationAlertsResponse) Get() *ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableListVirtualizationAlertsResponse) Set(val *ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableListVirtualizationAlertsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableListVirtualizationAlertsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableListVirtualizationAlertsResponse(val *ListVirtualizationAlertsResponse) *NullableListVirtualizationAlertsResponse { + return &NullableListVirtualizationAlertsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableListVirtualizationAlertsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableListVirtualizationAlertsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_list_virtualization_faults_response.go b/model_list_virtualization_faults_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a09ba684 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_list_virtualization_faults_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse{} + +// ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse struct for ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse +type ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse struct { + Items []VirtualizationFault `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewListVirtualizationFaultsResponse instantiates a new ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewListVirtualizationFaultsResponse() *ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse { + this := ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewListVirtualizationFaultsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewListVirtualizationFaultsResponseWithDefaults() *ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse { + this := ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse) GetItems() []VirtualizationFault { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []VirtualizationFault + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]VirtualizationFault, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []VirtualizationFault and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse) SetItems(v []VirtualizationFault) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableListVirtualizationFaultsResponse struct { + value *ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableListVirtualizationFaultsResponse) Get() *ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableListVirtualizationFaultsResponse) Set(val *ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableListVirtualizationFaultsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableListVirtualizationFaultsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableListVirtualizationFaultsResponse(val *ListVirtualizationFaultsResponse) *NullableListVirtualizationFaultsResponse { + return &NullableListVirtualizationFaultsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableListVirtualizationFaultsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableListVirtualizationFaultsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_list_algorithm_revisions_response.go b/model_list_virtualization_jobs_response.go similarity index 55% rename from model_list_algorithm_revisions_response.go rename to model_list_virtualization_jobs_response.go index 3ae8f6e8..87405f28 100644 --- a/model_list_algorithm_revisions_response.go +++ b/model_list_virtualization_jobs_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -15,36 +15,36 @@ import ( "encoding/json" ) -// checks if the ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse{} +// checks if the ListVirtualizationJobsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ListVirtualizationJobsResponse{} -// ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse struct for ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse -type ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse struct { - Items []AlgorithmRevision `json:"items,omitempty"` +// ListVirtualizationJobsResponse struct for ListVirtualizationJobsResponse +type ListVirtualizationJobsResponse struct { + Items []VirtualizationJob `json:"items,omitempty"` ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` } -// NewListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse instantiates a new ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse object +// NewListVirtualizationJobsResponse instantiates a new ListVirtualizationJobsResponse object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments // will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse() *ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse { - this := ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse{} +func NewListVirtualizationJobsResponse() *ListVirtualizationJobsResponse { + this := ListVirtualizationJobsResponse{} return &this } -// NewListAlgorithmRevisionsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse object +// NewListVirtualizationJobsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ListVirtualizationJobsResponse object // This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, // but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewListAlgorithmRevisionsResponseWithDefaults() *ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse { - this := ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse{} +func NewListVirtualizationJobsResponseWithDefaults() *ListVirtualizationJobsResponse { + this := ListVirtualizationJobsResponse{} return &this } // GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) GetItems() []AlgorithmRevision { +func (o *ListVirtualizationJobsResponse) GetItems() []VirtualizationJob { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { - var ret []AlgorithmRevision + var ret []VirtualizationJob return ret } return o.Items @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ func (o *ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) GetItems() []AlgorithmRevision { // GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]AlgorithmRevision, bool) { +func (o *ListVirtualizationJobsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]VirtualizationJob, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { return nil, false } @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ func (o *ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]AlgorithmRevision, bool } // HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) HasItems() bool { +func (o *ListVirtualizationJobsResponse) HasItems() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { return true } @@ -68,13 +68,13 @@ func (o *ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) HasItems() bool { return false } -// SetItems gets a reference to the given []AlgorithmRevision and assigns it to the Items field. -func (o *ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) SetItems(v []AlgorithmRevision) { +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []VirtualizationJob and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *ListVirtualizationJobsResponse) SetItems(v []VirtualizationJob) { o.Items = v } // GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { +func (o *ListVirtualizationJobsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata return ret @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ func (o *ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponse // GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { +func (o *ListVirtualizationJobsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { return nil, false } @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ func (o *ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResp } // HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { +func (o *ListVirtualizationJobsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { return true } @@ -101,11 +101,11 @@ func (o *ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { } // SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. -func (o *ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { +func (o *ListVirtualizationJobsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { o.ResponseMetadata = &v } -func (o ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { +func (o ListVirtualizationJobsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { return []byte{}, err @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ func (o ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return json.Marshal(toSerialize) } -func (o ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { +func (o ListVirtualizationJobsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} if !IsNil(o.Items) { toSerialize["items"] = o.Items @@ -124,38 +124,38 @@ func (o ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) return toSerialize, nil } -type NullableListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse struct { - value *ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse +type NullableListVirtualizationJobsResponse struct { + value *ListVirtualizationJobsResponse isSet bool } -func (v NullableListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) Get() *ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse { +func (v NullableListVirtualizationJobsResponse) Get() *ListVirtualizationJobsResponse { return v.value } -func (v *NullableListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) Set(val *ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) { +func (v *NullableListVirtualizationJobsResponse) Set(val *ListVirtualizationJobsResponse) { v.value = val v.isSet = true } -func (v NullableListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) IsSet() bool { +func (v NullableListVirtualizationJobsResponse) IsSet() bool { return v.isSet } -func (v *NullableListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) Unset() { +func (v *NullableListVirtualizationJobsResponse) Unset() { v.value = nil v.isSet = false } -func NewNullableListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse(val *ListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) *NullableListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse { - return &NullableListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +func NewNullableListVirtualizationJobsResponse(val *ListVirtualizationJobsResponse) *NullableListVirtualizationJobsResponse { + return &NullableListVirtualizationJobsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} } -func (v NullableListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { +func (v NullableListVirtualizationJobsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return json.Marshal(v.value) } -func (v *NullableListAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { +func (v *NullableListVirtualizationJobsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { v.isSet = true return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) } diff --git a/model_list_virtualization_policies_response.go b/model_list_virtualization_policies_response.go index a7c3ed90..75179d13 100644 --- a/model_list_virtualization_policies_response.go +++ b/model_list_virtualization_policies_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_llm_gateway.go b/model_llm_gateway.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1f2cd93e --- /dev/null +++ b/model_llm_gateway.go @@ -0,0 +1,503 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" +) + +// checks if the LlmGateway type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &LlmGateway{} + +// LlmGateway struct for LlmGateway +type LlmGateway struct { + // The id of the LLM Gateway object + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // The id of orchestrator that this gateway is associated with + AiOrchestratorId *string `json:"ai_orchestrator_id,omitempty"` + // The status of this gateway. + Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"` + // The reason for the status. + StatusReason *string `json:"status_reason,omitempty"` + // Id of the container running this gateway. + ContainerId *string `json:"container_id,omitempty"` + // Type of the LLM Gateway. + Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"` + // Hostname for the gateway. + Hostname *string `json:"hostname,omitempty"` + // Post where the gateway is running. + Port *int32 `json:"port,omitempty"` + // Boolean indicating if the gateway is managed by DCT. + IsDctManaged *bool `json:"is_dct_managed,omitempty"` + // Maximum number of concurrent requests that can be processed by this gateway. + MaxConcurrentTasks *int32 `json:"max_concurrent_tasks,omitempty"` + // The date and time this gateway's status was last changed. + LastStatusChangeTime *time.Time `json:"last_status_change_time,omitempty"` +} + +// NewLlmGateway instantiates a new LlmGateway object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewLlmGateway() *LlmGateway { + this := LlmGateway{} + var type_ string = "OLLAMA_API" + this.Type = &type_ + return &this +} + +// NewLlmGatewayWithDefaults instantiates a new LlmGateway object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewLlmGatewayWithDefaults() *LlmGateway { + this := LlmGateway{} + var type_ string = "OLLAMA_API" + this.Type = &type_ + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LlmGateway) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LlmGateway) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LlmGateway) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *LlmGateway) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetAiOrchestratorId returns the AiOrchestratorId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LlmGateway) GetAiOrchestratorId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AiOrchestratorId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AiOrchestratorId +} + +// GetAiOrchestratorIdOk returns a tuple with the AiOrchestratorId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LlmGateway) GetAiOrchestratorIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AiOrchestratorId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AiOrchestratorId, true +} + +// HasAiOrchestratorId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LlmGateway) HasAiOrchestratorId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AiOrchestratorId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAiOrchestratorId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AiOrchestratorId field. +func (o *LlmGateway) SetAiOrchestratorId(v string) { + o.AiOrchestratorId = &v +} + +// GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LlmGateway) GetStatus() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Status +} + +// GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LlmGateway) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Status, true +} + +// HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LlmGateway) HasStatus() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Status) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field. +func (o *LlmGateway) SetStatus(v string) { + o.Status = &v +} + +// GetStatusReason returns the StatusReason field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LlmGateway) GetStatusReason() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StatusReason) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.StatusReason +} + +// GetStatusReasonOk returns a tuple with the StatusReason field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LlmGateway) GetStatusReasonOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StatusReason) { + return nil, false + } + return o.StatusReason, true +} + +// HasStatusReason returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LlmGateway) HasStatusReason() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StatusReason) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStatusReason gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StatusReason field. +func (o *LlmGateway) SetStatusReason(v string) { + o.StatusReason = &v +} + +// GetContainerId returns the ContainerId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LlmGateway) GetContainerId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContainerId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ContainerId +} + +// GetContainerIdOk returns a tuple with the ContainerId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LlmGateway) GetContainerIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContainerId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ContainerId, true +} + +// HasContainerId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LlmGateway) HasContainerId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ContainerId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetContainerId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ContainerId field. +func (o *LlmGateway) SetContainerId(v string) { + o.ContainerId = &v +} + +// GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LlmGateway) GetType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Type +} + +// GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LlmGateway) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Type, true +} + +// HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LlmGateway) HasType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Type) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field. +func (o *LlmGateway) SetType(v string) { + o.Type = &v +} + +// GetHostname returns the Hostname field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LlmGateway) GetHostname() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Hostname) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Hostname +} + +// GetHostnameOk returns a tuple with the Hostname field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LlmGateway) GetHostnameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Hostname) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Hostname, true +} + +// HasHostname returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LlmGateway) HasHostname() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Hostname) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHostname gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Hostname field. +func (o *LlmGateway) SetHostname(v string) { + o.Hostname = &v +} + +// GetPort returns the Port field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LlmGateway) GetPort() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Port) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.Port +} + +// GetPortOk returns a tuple with the Port field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LlmGateway) GetPortOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Port) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Port, true +} + +// HasPort returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LlmGateway) HasPort() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Port) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPort gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the Port field. +func (o *LlmGateway) SetPort(v int32) { + o.Port = &v +} + +// GetIsDctManaged returns the IsDctManaged field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LlmGateway) GetIsDctManaged() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsDctManaged) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsDctManaged +} + +// GetIsDctManagedOk returns a tuple with the IsDctManaged field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LlmGateway) GetIsDctManagedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsDctManaged) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsDctManaged, true +} + +// HasIsDctManaged returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LlmGateway) HasIsDctManaged() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsDctManaged) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsDctManaged gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsDctManaged field. +func (o *LlmGateway) SetIsDctManaged(v bool) { + o.IsDctManaged = &v +} + +// GetMaxConcurrentTasks returns the MaxConcurrentTasks field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LlmGateway) GetMaxConcurrentTasks() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MaxConcurrentTasks) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.MaxConcurrentTasks +} + +// GetMaxConcurrentTasksOk returns a tuple with the MaxConcurrentTasks field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LlmGateway) GetMaxConcurrentTasksOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MaxConcurrentTasks) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MaxConcurrentTasks, true +} + +// HasMaxConcurrentTasks returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LlmGateway) HasMaxConcurrentTasks() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MaxConcurrentTasks) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMaxConcurrentTasks gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the MaxConcurrentTasks field. +func (o *LlmGateway) SetMaxConcurrentTasks(v int32) { + o.MaxConcurrentTasks = &v +} + +// GetLastStatusChangeTime returns the LastStatusChangeTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LlmGateway) GetLastStatusChangeTime() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastStatusChangeTime) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.LastStatusChangeTime +} + +// GetLastStatusChangeTimeOk returns a tuple with the LastStatusChangeTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LlmGateway) GetLastStatusChangeTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastStatusChangeTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LastStatusChangeTime, true +} + +// HasLastStatusChangeTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LlmGateway) HasLastStatusChangeTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LastStatusChangeTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLastStatusChangeTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the LastStatusChangeTime field. +func (o *LlmGateway) SetLastStatusChangeTime(v time.Time) { + o.LastStatusChangeTime = &v +} + +func (o LlmGateway) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o LlmGateway) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.AiOrchestratorId) { + toSerialize["ai_orchestrator_id"] = o.AiOrchestratorId + } + if !IsNil(o.Status) { + toSerialize["status"] = o.Status + } + if !IsNil(o.StatusReason) { + toSerialize["status_reason"] = o.StatusReason + } + if !IsNil(o.ContainerId) { + toSerialize["container_id"] = o.ContainerId + } + if !IsNil(o.Type) { + toSerialize["type"] = o.Type + } + if !IsNil(o.Hostname) { + toSerialize["hostname"] = o.Hostname + } + if !IsNil(o.Port) { + toSerialize["port"] = o.Port + } + if !IsNil(o.IsDctManaged) { + toSerialize["is_dct_managed"] = o.IsDctManaged + } + if !IsNil(o.MaxConcurrentTasks) { + toSerialize["max_concurrent_tasks"] = o.MaxConcurrentTasks + } + if !IsNil(o.LastStatusChangeTime) { + toSerialize["last_status_change_time"] = o.LastStatusChangeTime + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableLlmGateway struct { + value *LlmGateway + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableLlmGateway) Get() *LlmGateway { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableLlmGateway) Set(val *LlmGateway) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableLlmGateway) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableLlmGateway) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableLlmGateway(val *LlmGateway) *NullableLlmGateway { + return &NullableLlmGateway{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableLlmGateway) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableLlmGateway) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_llm_model.go b/model_llm_model.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1b32647d --- /dev/null +++ b/model_llm_model.go @@ -0,0 +1,461 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the LlmModel type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &LlmModel{} + +// LlmModel struct for LlmModel +type LlmModel struct { + // The id of the LLM model object + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // The name of the LLM model + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The sha256 checksum of the LLM model file + FileChecksum *string `json:"file_checksum,omitempty"` + // The architecture of LLM model + Architecture *string `json:"architecture,omitempty"` + // The base name of LLM model. This value is not not available for all models. + BaseName *string `json:"base_name,omitempty"` + // The number of parameters in the AI model + AiParameters *string `json:"ai_parameters,omitempty"` + // The context length of the AI model + ContextLength *int32 `json:"context_length,omitempty"` + // The embedding length of the AI model + EmbeddingLength *int32 `json:"embedding_length,omitempty"` + // The quantization settings of the AI model + Quantization *string `json:"quantization,omitempty"` + // Whether this is the default model for data generate operations + IsDataGenerateDefault *bool `json:"is_data_generate_default,omitempty"` +} + +// NewLlmModel instantiates a new LlmModel object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewLlmModel() *LlmModel { + this := LlmModel{} + return &this +} + +// NewLlmModelWithDefaults instantiates a new LlmModel object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewLlmModelWithDefaults() *LlmModel { + this := LlmModel{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LlmModel) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LlmModel) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LlmModel) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *LlmModel) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LlmModel) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LlmModel) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LlmModel) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *LlmModel) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetFileChecksum returns the FileChecksum field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LlmModel) GetFileChecksum() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileChecksum) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.FileChecksum +} + +// GetFileChecksumOk returns a tuple with the FileChecksum field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LlmModel) GetFileChecksumOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileChecksum) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FileChecksum, true +} + +// HasFileChecksum returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LlmModel) HasFileChecksum() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FileChecksum) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFileChecksum gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FileChecksum field. +func (o *LlmModel) SetFileChecksum(v string) { + o.FileChecksum = &v +} + +// GetArchitecture returns the Architecture field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LlmModel) GetArchitecture() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Architecture) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Architecture +} + +// GetArchitectureOk returns a tuple with the Architecture field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LlmModel) GetArchitectureOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Architecture) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Architecture, true +} + +// HasArchitecture returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LlmModel) HasArchitecture() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Architecture) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetArchitecture gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Architecture field. +func (o *LlmModel) SetArchitecture(v string) { + o.Architecture = &v +} + +// GetBaseName returns the BaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LlmModel) GetBaseName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BaseName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.BaseName +} + +// GetBaseNameOk returns a tuple with the BaseName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LlmModel) GetBaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BaseName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BaseName, true +} + +// HasBaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LlmModel) HasBaseName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BaseName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BaseName field. +func (o *LlmModel) SetBaseName(v string) { + o.BaseName = &v +} + +// GetAiParameters returns the AiParameters field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LlmModel) GetAiParameters() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AiParameters) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AiParameters +} + +// GetAiParametersOk returns a tuple with the AiParameters field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LlmModel) GetAiParametersOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AiParameters) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AiParameters, true +} + +// HasAiParameters returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LlmModel) HasAiParameters() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AiParameters) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAiParameters gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AiParameters field. +func (o *LlmModel) SetAiParameters(v string) { + o.AiParameters = &v +} + +// GetContextLength returns the ContextLength field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LlmModel) GetContextLength() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContextLength) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.ContextLength +} + +// GetContextLengthOk returns a tuple with the ContextLength field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LlmModel) GetContextLengthOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContextLength) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ContextLength, true +} + +// HasContextLength returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LlmModel) HasContextLength() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ContextLength) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetContextLength gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the ContextLength field. +func (o *LlmModel) SetContextLength(v int32) { + o.ContextLength = &v +} + +// GetEmbeddingLength returns the EmbeddingLength field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LlmModel) GetEmbeddingLength() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EmbeddingLength) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.EmbeddingLength +} + +// GetEmbeddingLengthOk returns a tuple with the EmbeddingLength field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LlmModel) GetEmbeddingLengthOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EmbeddingLength) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EmbeddingLength, true +} + +// HasEmbeddingLength returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LlmModel) HasEmbeddingLength() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EmbeddingLength) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEmbeddingLength gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the EmbeddingLength field. +func (o *LlmModel) SetEmbeddingLength(v int32) { + o.EmbeddingLength = &v +} + +// GetQuantization returns the Quantization field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LlmModel) GetQuantization() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Quantization) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Quantization +} + +// GetQuantizationOk returns a tuple with the Quantization field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LlmModel) GetQuantizationOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Quantization) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Quantization, true +} + +// HasQuantization returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LlmModel) HasQuantization() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Quantization) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetQuantization gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Quantization field. +func (o *LlmModel) SetQuantization(v string) { + o.Quantization = &v +} + +// GetIsDataGenerateDefault returns the IsDataGenerateDefault field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LlmModel) GetIsDataGenerateDefault() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsDataGenerateDefault) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsDataGenerateDefault +} + +// GetIsDataGenerateDefaultOk returns a tuple with the IsDataGenerateDefault field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LlmModel) GetIsDataGenerateDefaultOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsDataGenerateDefault) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsDataGenerateDefault, true +} + +// HasIsDataGenerateDefault returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LlmModel) HasIsDataGenerateDefault() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsDataGenerateDefault) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsDataGenerateDefault gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsDataGenerateDefault field. +func (o *LlmModel) SetIsDataGenerateDefault(v bool) { + o.IsDataGenerateDefault = &v +} + +func (o LlmModel) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o LlmModel) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.FileChecksum) { + toSerialize["file_checksum"] = o.FileChecksum + } + if !IsNil(o.Architecture) { + toSerialize["architecture"] = o.Architecture + } + if !IsNil(o.BaseName) { + toSerialize["base_name"] = o.BaseName + } + if !IsNil(o.AiParameters) { + toSerialize["ai_parameters"] = o.AiParameters + } + if !IsNil(o.ContextLength) { + toSerialize["context_length"] = o.ContextLength + } + if !IsNil(o.EmbeddingLength) { + toSerialize["embedding_length"] = o.EmbeddingLength + } + if !IsNil(o.Quantization) { + toSerialize["quantization"] = o.Quantization + } + if !IsNil(o.IsDataGenerateDefault) { + toSerialize["is_data_generate_default"] = o.IsDataGenerateDefault + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableLlmModel struct { + value *LlmModel + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableLlmModel) Get() *LlmModel { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableLlmModel) Set(val *LlmModel) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableLlmModel) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableLlmModel) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableLlmModel(val *LlmModel) *NullableLlmModel { + return &NullableLlmModel{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableLlmModel) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableLlmModel) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_llm_upload_response.go b/model_llm_upload_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ee91b56b --- /dev/null +++ b/model_llm_upload_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the LLMUploadResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &LLMUploadResponse{} + +// LLMUploadResponse struct for LLMUploadResponse +type LLMUploadResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewLLMUploadResponse instantiates a new LLMUploadResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewLLMUploadResponse() *LLMUploadResponse { + this := LLMUploadResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewLLMUploadResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new LLMUploadResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewLLMUploadResponseWithDefaults() *LLMUploadResponse { + this := LLMUploadResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LLMUploadResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LLMUploadResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LLMUploadResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *LLMUploadResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o LLMUploadResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o LLMUploadResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableLLMUploadResponse struct { + value *LLMUploadResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableLLMUploadResponse) Get() *LLMUploadResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableLLMUploadResponse) Set(val *LLMUploadResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableLLMUploadResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableLLMUploadResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableLLMUploadResponse(val *LLMUploadResponse) *NullableLLMUploadResponse { + return &NullableLLMUploadResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableLLMUploadResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableLLMUploadResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_location_compatible_environments_response.go b/model_location_compatible_environments_response.go index 0d6ceeae..312bf6e1 100644 --- a/model_location_compatible_environments_response.go +++ b/model_location_compatible_environments_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_location_compatible_repository_request.go b/model_location_compatible_repository_request.go index eb228dee..a55aaa33 100644 --- a/model_location_compatible_repository_request.go +++ b/model_location_compatible_repository_request.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_lock_vdb_group_parameters.go b/model_lock_vdb_group_parameters.go index dadffbd7..f0a38c48 100644 --- a/model_lock_vdb_group_parameters.go +++ b/model_lock_vdb_group_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_lock_vdb_parameters.go b/model_lock_vdb_parameters.go index e14a2e4b..45498d44 100644 --- a/model_lock_vdb_parameters.go +++ b/model_lock_vdb_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_login_token.go b/model_login_token.go index 681e035b..02f2d147 100644 --- a/model_login_token.go +++ b/model_login_token.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the LoginToken type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -28,6 +30,8 @@ type LoginToken struct { ExpiresIn int64 `json:"expires_in"` } +type _LoginToken LoginToken + // NewLoginToken instantiates a new LoginToken object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -136,6 +140,45 @@ func (o LoginToken) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *LoginToken) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "access_token", + "token_type", + "expires_in", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varLoginToken := _LoginToken{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varLoginToken) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = LoginToken(varLoginToken) + + return err +} + type NullableLoginToken struct { value *LoginToken isSet bool diff --git a/model_masking_environment.go b/model_masking_environment.go index 710042e5..5b907cae 100644 --- a/model_masking_environment.go +++ b/model_masking_environment.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_masking_execution_metrics.go b/model_masking_execution_metrics.go index e17de699..66c50099 100644 --- a/model_masking_execution_metrics.go +++ b/model_masking_execution_metrics.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ type MaskingExecutionMetrics struct { BytesMasked *int64 `json:"bytes_masked,omitempty"` // The total number of bytes. This is only applicable for JSON file type. BytesTotal *int64 `json:"bytes_total,omitempty"` - // The time taken by the execution in ms. Only available for successful executions. + // The time taken by the execution in ms. Duration *int64 `json:"duration,omitempty"` // The number of tables or files in the ruleset associated to the Masking job. TablesFilesCount *int64 `json:"tables_files_count,omitempty"` diff --git a/model_masking_execution_metrics_report_response.go b/model_masking_execution_metrics_report_response.go index 61f259cf..3a1f7949 100644 --- a/model_masking_execution_metrics_report_response.go +++ b/model_masking_execution_metrics_report_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_masking_file_upload.go b/model_masking_file_upload.go index 5b14767e..3ce5cbe0 100644 --- a/model_masking_file_upload.go +++ b/model_masking_file_upload.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "time" ) // checks if the MaskingFileUpload type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -20,12 +21,28 @@ var _ MappedNullable = &MaskingFileUpload{} // MaskingFileUpload An uploaded file. type MaskingFileUpload struct { + // ID of file. + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // A description of this file. + Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"` // Name of this file. Filename *string `json:"filename,omitempty"` - // An reference to this file. - FileReferenceId *string `json:"file_reference_id,omitempty"` + // Checksum of this file. + FileChecksum *string `json:"file_checksum,omitempty"` // Size of this file in bytes. FileSize *int64 `json:"file_size,omitempty"` + // Date that this file was created. + CreatedDate *time.Time `json:"created_date,omitempty"` + // A reference to this file. + FileReferenceId *string `json:"file_reference_id,omitempty"` + // file uuid of the corresponding file on the source masking engine. + EngineFileUuid *string `json:"engine_file_uuid,omitempty"` + // The name of the origin engine that this file belongs to. + EngineName *string `json:"engine_name,omitempty"` + // The id of the origin engine that this file belongs to. + EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` + // Tags of this file. + Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` } // NewMaskingFileUpload instantiates a new MaskingFileUpload object @@ -45,6 +62,70 @@ func NewMaskingFileUploadWithDefaults() *MaskingFileUpload { return &this } +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) GetDescription() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Description +} + +// GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Description, true +} + +// HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) HasDescription() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Description) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) SetDescription(v string) { + o.Description = &v +} + // GetFilename returns the Filename field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *MaskingFileUpload) GetFilename() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Filename) { @@ -77,36 +158,36 @@ func (o *MaskingFileUpload) SetFilename(v string) { o.Filename = &v } -// GetFileReferenceId returns the FileReferenceId field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MaskingFileUpload) GetFileReferenceId() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileReferenceId) { +// GetFileChecksum returns the FileChecksum field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) GetFileChecksum() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileChecksum) { var ret string return ret } - return *o.FileReferenceId + return *o.FileChecksum } -// GetFileReferenceIdOk returns a tuple with the FileReferenceId field value if set, nil otherwise +// GetFileChecksumOk returns a tuple with the FileChecksum field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MaskingFileUpload) GetFileReferenceIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileReferenceId) { +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) GetFileChecksumOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileChecksum) { return nil, false } - return o.FileReferenceId, true + return o.FileChecksum, true } -// HasFileReferenceId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MaskingFileUpload) HasFileReferenceId() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FileReferenceId) { +// HasFileChecksum returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) HasFileChecksum() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FileChecksum) { return true } return false } -// SetFileReferenceId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FileReferenceId field. -func (o *MaskingFileUpload) SetFileReferenceId(v string) { - o.FileReferenceId = &v +// SetFileChecksum gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FileChecksum field. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) SetFileChecksum(v string) { + o.FileChecksum = &v } // GetFileSize returns the FileSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. @@ -141,6 +222,198 @@ func (o *MaskingFileUpload) SetFileSize(v int64) { o.FileSize = &v } +// GetCreatedDate returns the CreatedDate field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) GetCreatedDate() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CreatedDate) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.CreatedDate +} + +// GetCreatedDateOk returns a tuple with the CreatedDate field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) GetCreatedDateOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CreatedDate) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CreatedDate, true +} + +// HasCreatedDate returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) HasCreatedDate() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CreatedDate) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCreatedDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreatedDate field. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) SetCreatedDate(v time.Time) { + o.CreatedDate = &v +} + +// GetFileReferenceId returns the FileReferenceId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) GetFileReferenceId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileReferenceId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.FileReferenceId +} + +// GetFileReferenceIdOk returns a tuple with the FileReferenceId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) GetFileReferenceIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileReferenceId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FileReferenceId, true +} + +// HasFileReferenceId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) HasFileReferenceId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FileReferenceId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFileReferenceId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FileReferenceId field. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) SetFileReferenceId(v string) { + o.FileReferenceId = &v +} + +// GetEngineFileUuid returns the EngineFileUuid field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) GetEngineFileUuid() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineFileUuid) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineFileUuid +} + +// GetEngineFileUuidOk returns a tuple with the EngineFileUuid field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) GetEngineFileUuidOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineFileUuid) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineFileUuid, true +} + +// HasEngineFileUuid returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) HasEngineFileUuid() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineFileUuid) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineFileUuid gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineFileUuid field. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) SetEngineFileUuid(v string) { + o.EngineFileUuid = &v +} + +// GetEngineName returns the EngineName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) GetEngineName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineName +} + +// GetEngineNameOk returns a tuple with the EngineName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) GetEngineNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineName, true +} + +// HasEngineName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) HasEngineName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineName field. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) SetEngineName(v string) { + o.EngineName = &v +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineId, true +} + +// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) HasEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = &v +} + +// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) GetTags() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.Tags +} + +// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tags, true +} + +// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) HasTags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. +func (o *MaskingFileUpload) SetTags(v []Tag) { + o.Tags = v +} + func (o MaskingFileUpload) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -151,15 +424,39 @@ func (o MaskingFileUpload) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { func (o MaskingFileUpload) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.Description) { + toSerialize["description"] = o.Description + } if !IsNil(o.Filename) { toSerialize["filename"] = o.Filename } - if !IsNil(o.FileReferenceId) { - toSerialize["file_reference_id"] = o.FileReferenceId + if !IsNil(o.FileChecksum) { + toSerialize["file_checksum"] = o.FileChecksum } if !IsNil(o.FileSize) { toSerialize["file_size"] = o.FileSize } + if !IsNil(o.CreatedDate) { + toSerialize["created_date"] = o.CreatedDate + } + if !IsNil(o.FileReferenceId) { + toSerialize["file_reference_id"] = o.FileReferenceId + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineFileUuid) { + toSerialize["engine_file_uuid"] = o.EngineFileUuid + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineName) { + toSerialize["engine_name"] = o.EngineName + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + } + if !IsNil(o.Tags) { + toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_masking_file_upload_parameters.go b/model_masking_file_upload_parameters.go deleted file mode 100644 index eadaf5c8..00000000 --- a/model_masking_file_upload_parameters.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,120 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" - "os" -) - -// checks if the MaskingFileUploadParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &MaskingFileUploadParameters{} - -// MaskingFileUploadParameters Parameters to upload a file for masking. -type MaskingFileUploadParameters struct { - // The file to upload. - File *os.File `json:"file"` -} - -// NewMaskingFileUploadParameters instantiates a new MaskingFileUploadParameters object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewMaskingFileUploadParameters(file *os.File) *MaskingFileUploadParameters { - this := MaskingFileUploadParameters{} - this.File = file - return &this -} - -// NewMaskingFileUploadParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new MaskingFileUploadParameters object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewMaskingFileUploadParametersWithDefaults() *MaskingFileUploadParameters { - this := MaskingFileUploadParameters{} - return &this -} - -// GetFile returns the File field value -func (o *MaskingFileUploadParameters) GetFile() *os.File { - if o == nil { - var ret *os.File - return ret - } - - return o.File -} - -// GetFileOk returns a tuple with the File field value -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MaskingFileUploadParameters) GetFileOk() (**os.File, bool) { - if o == nil { - return nil, false - } - return &o.File, true -} - -// SetFile sets field value -func (o *MaskingFileUploadParameters) SetFile(v *os.File) { - o.File = v -} - -func (o MaskingFileUploadParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o MaskingFileUploadParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - toSerialize["file"] = o.File - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableMaskingFileUploadParameters struct { - value *MaskingFileUploadParameters - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableMaskingFileUploadParameters) Get() *MaskingFileUploadParameters { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableMaskingFileUploadParameters) Set(val *MaskingFileUploadParameters) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableMaskingFileUploadParameters) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableMaskingFileUploadParameters) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableMaskingFileUploadParameters(val *MaskingFileUploadParameters) *NullableMaskingFileUploadParameters { - return &NullableMaskingFileUploadParameters{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableMaskingFileUploadParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableMaskingFileUploadParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_masking_file_upload_response.go b/model_masking_file_upload_response.go deleted file mode 100644 index 1e630a6b..00000000 --- a/model_masking_file_upload_response.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,127 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" -) - -// checks if the MaskingFileUploadResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &MaskingFileUploadResponse{} - -// MaskingFileUploadResponse struct for MaskingFileUploadResponse -type MaskingFileUploadResponse struct { - File *MaskingFileUpload `json:"file,omitempty"` -} - -// NewMaskingFileUploadResponse instantiates a new MaskingFileUploadResponse object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewMaskingFileUploadResponse() *MaskingFileUploadResponse { - this := MaskingFileUploadResponse{} - return &this -} - -// NewMaskingFileUploadResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new MaskingFileUploadResponse object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewMaskingFileUploadResponseWithDefaults() *MaskingFileUploadResponse { - this := MaskingFileUploadResponse{} - return &this -} - -// GetFile returns the File field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MaskingFileUploadResponse) GetFile() MaskingFileUpload { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.File) { - var ret MaskingFileUpload - return ret - } - return *o.File -} - -// GetFileOk returns a tuple with the File field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MaskingFileUploadResponse) GetFileOk() (*MaskingFileUpload, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.File) { - return nil, false - } - return o.File, true -} - -// HasFile returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MaskingFileUploadResponse) HasFile() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.File) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetFile gets a reference to the given MaskingFileUpload and assigns it to the File field. -func (o *MaskingFileUploadResponse) SetFile(v MaskingFileUpload) { - o.File = &v -} - -func (o MaskingFileUploadResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o MaskingFileUploadResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.File) { - toSerialize["file"] = o.File - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableMaskingFileUploadResponse struct { - value *MaskingFileUploadResponse - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableMaskingFileUploadResponse) Get() *MaskingFileUploadResponse { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableMaskingFileUploadResponse) Set(val *MaskingFileUploadResponse) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableMaskingFileUploadResponse) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableMaskingFileUploadResponse) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableMaskingFileUploadResponse(val *MaskingFileUploadResponse) *NullableMaskingFileUploadResponse { - return &NullableMaskingFileUploadResponse{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableMaskingFileUploadResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableMaskingFileUploadResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_masking_file_upload_update_parameters.go b/model_masking_file_upload_update_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..60a4de29 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_masking_file_upload_update_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters{} + +// MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters Parameters to update a masking engine +type MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters struct { + // A description for this masking file. + Description string `json:"description"` +} + +type _MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters + +// NewMaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters instantiates a new MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewMaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters(description string) *MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters { + this := MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters{} + this.Description = description + return &this +} + +// NewMaskingFileUploadUpdateParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewMaskingFileUploadUpdateParametersWithDefaults() *MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters { + this := MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetDescription returns the Description field value +func (o *MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters) GetDescription() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.Description +} + +// GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.Description, true +} + +// SetDescription sets field value +func (o *MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters) SetDescription(v string) { + o.Description = v +} + +func (o MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["description"] = o.Description + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "description", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varMaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters := _MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varMaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters(varMaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters) + + return err +} + +type NullableMaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters struct { + value *MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableMaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters) Get() *MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableMaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters) Set(val *MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableMaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableMaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableMaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters(val *MaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters) *NullableMaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters { + return &NullableMaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableMaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableMaskingFileUploadUpdateParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_masking_job.go b/model_masking_job.go index 45f36b98..95c25117 100644 --- a/model_masking_job.go +++ b/model_masking_job.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -25,6 +25,10 @@ type MaskingJob struct { Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` // The name of this Masking Job. Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The ID of the Rule Set used by this Masking Job (Standard Job only). For hyperscale jobs, see dataset_id. + RuleSetId *string `json:"rule_set_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the Rule Set used by this Masking Job (Standard Job only). For hyperscale jobs, see dataset_id. + RuleSetName *string `json:"rule_set_name,omitempty"` Ruleset *MaskingRuleset `json:"ruleset,omitempty"` // The type of data being masked by this Job. If the Masking Job is masking a database this is the type of the database (Standard Job only). ConnectorType *string `json:"connector_type,omitempty"` @@ -34,8 +38,7 @@ type MaskingJob struct { CreationDate *time.Time `json:"creation_date,omitempty"` // The date this MaskingJob was last executed to completion. LastCompletedExecutionDate *time.Time `json:"last_completed_execution_date,omitempty"` - // The status of this MaskingJob's last execution. - LastExecutionStatus *string `json:"last_execution_status,omitempty"` + LastExecutionStatus *ExecutionStatus `json:"last_execution_status,omitempty"` // The ID of this MaskingJob's last execution. LastExecutionId *string `json:"last_execution_id,omitempty"` // The username of the Connector used by the MaskingJob (Standard Job only). For hyperscale jobs, see the connector of the dataset. @@ -46,7 +49,8 @@ type MaskingJob struct { OnTheFlySourceConnectorUsername NullableString `json:"on_the_fly_source_connector_username,omitempty"` // The password of the source Connector used by the on-the-fly MaskingJob (Standard Job only). OnTheFlySourceConnectorPassword NullableString `json:"on_the_fly_source_connector_password,omitempty"` - // The type of this Job. + // The engine type of this Job. This field is present for API backward compatibility. + // Deprecated JobType *string `json:"job_type,omitempty"` // The ID of the Hyperscale instance of this Job (Hyperscale Job only). HyperscaleInstanceId *string `json:"hyperscale_instance_id,omitempty"` @@ -160,6 +164,70 @@ func (o *MaskingJob) SetName(v string) { o.Name = &v } +// GetRuleSetId returns the RuleSetId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MaskingJob) GetRuleSetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RuleSetId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RuleSetId +} + +// GetRuleSetIdOk returns a tuple with the RuleSetId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MaskingJob) GetRuleSetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RuleSetId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RuleSetId, true +} + +// HasRuleSetId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MaskingJob) HasRuleSetId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RuleSetId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRuleSetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RuleSetId field. +func (o *MaskingJob) SetRuleSetId(v string) { + o.RuleSetId = &v +} + +// GetRuleSetName returns the RuleSetName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MaskingJob) GetRuleSetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RuleSetName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RuleSetName +} + +// GetRuleSetNameOk returns a tuple with the RuleSetName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MaskingJob) GetRuleSetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RuleSetName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RuleSetName, true +} + +// HasRuleSetName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MaskingJob) HasRuleSetName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RuleSetName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRuleSetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RuleSetName field. +func (o *MaskingJob) SetRuleSetName(v string) { + o.RuleSetName = &v +} + // GetRuleset returns the Ruleset field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *MaskingJob) GetRuleset() MaskingRuleset { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Ruleset) { @@ -321,9 +389,9 @@ func (o *MaskingJob) SetLastCompletedExecutionDate(v time.Time) { } // GetLastExecutionStatus returns the LastExecutionStatus field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MaskingJob) GetLastExecutionStatus() string { +func (o *MaskingJob) GetLastExecutionStatus() ExecutionStatus { if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastExecutionStatus) { - var ret string + var ret ExecutionStatus return ret } return *o.LastExecutionStatus @@ -331,7 +399,7 @@ func (o *MaskingJob) GetLastExecutionStatus() string { // GetLastExecutionStatusOk returns a tuple with the LastExecutionStatus field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MaskingJob) GetLastExecutionStatusOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *MaskingJob) GetLastExecutionStatusOk() (*ExecutionStatus, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastExecutionStatus) { return nil, false } @@ -347,8 +415,8 @@ func (o *MaskingJob) HasLastExecutionStatus() bool { return false } -// SetLastExecutionStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the LastExecutionStatus field. -func (o *MaskingJob) SetLastExecutionStatus(v string) { +// SetLastExecutionStatus gets a reference to the given ExecutionStatus and assigns it to the LastExecutionStatus field. +func (o *MaskingJob) SetLastExecutionStatus(v ExecutionStatus) { o.LastExecutionStatus = &v } @@ -553,6 +621,7 @@ func (o *MaskingJob) UnsetOnTheFlySourceConnectorPassword() { } // GetJobType returns the JobType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +// Deprecated func (o *MaskingJob) GetJobType() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.JobType) { var ret string @@ -563,6 +632,7 @@ func (o *MaskingJob) GetJobType() string { // GetJobTypeOk returns a tuple with the JobType field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// Deprecated func (o *MaskingJob) GetJobTypeOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.JobType) { return nil, false @@ -580,6 +650,7 @@ func (o *MaskingJob) HasJobType() bool { } // SetJobType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the JobType field. +// Deprecated func (o *MaskingJob) SetJobType(v string) { o.JobType = &v } @@ -1074,10 +1145,18 @@ func (o MaskingJob) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { func (o MaskingJob) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - // skip: id is readOnly + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } if !IsNil(o.Name) { toSerialize["name"] = o.Name } + if !IsNil(o.RuleSetId) { + toSerialize["rule_set_id"] = o.RuleSetId + } + if !IsNil(o.RuleSetName) { + toSerialize["rule_set_name"] = o.RuleSetName + } if !IsNil(o.Ruleset) { toSerialize["ruleset"] = o.Ruleset } diff --git a/model_masking_job_connectors_response.go b/model_masking_job_connectors_response.go index ca5d49c4..adefaf7a 100644 --- a/model_masking_job_connectors_response.go +++ b/model_masking_job_connectors_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_masking_job_source_engine.go b/model_masking_job_source_engine.go index 34fdac51..6fade327 100644 --- a/model_masking_job_source_engine.go +++ b/model_masking_job_source_engine.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_masking_job_with_connector_role.go b/model_masking_job_with_connector_role.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c7c72a8e --- /dev/null +++ b/model_masking_job_with_connector_role.go @@ -0,0 +1,433 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" +) + +// checks if the MaskingJobWithConnectorRole type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &MaskingJobWithConnectorRole{} + +// MaskingJobWithConnectorRole A simplified job object combined with a connector ID and the connector's role in that job +type MaskingJobWithConnectorRole struct { + // The Job entity ID. + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // The name of this Masking Job. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The date this MaskingJob was created. + CreationDate *time.Time `json:"creation_date,omitempty"` + // Whether the job is an on-the-fly masking job + IsOnTheFlyMasking *bool `json:"is_on_the_fly_masking,omitempty"` + // The start time of the most recent execution of this job, if available + LastExecutionTime *time.Time `json:"last_execution_time,omitempty"` + LastExecutionStatus *ExecutionStatus `json:"last_execution_status,omitempty"` + Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` + // The ID of the connector this job is related to + ConnectorId NullableString `json:"connector_id,omitempty"` + // The role of the connector in the job + ConnectorRole *string `json:"connector_role,omitempty"` +} + +// NewMaskingJobWithConnectorRole instantiates a new MaskingJobWithConnectorRole object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewMaskingJobWithConnectorRole() *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole { + this := MaskingJobWithConnectorRole{} + return &this +} + +// NewMaskingJobWithConnectorRoleWithDefaults instantiates a new MaskingJobWithConnectorRole object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewMaskingJobWithConnectorRoleWithDefaults() *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole { + this := MaskingJobWithConnectorRole{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetCreationDate returns the CreationDate field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) GetCreationDate() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CreationDate) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.CreationDate +} + +// GetCreationDateOk returns a tuple with the CreationDate field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) GetCreationDateOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CreationDate) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CreationDate, true +} + +// HasCreationDate returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) HasCreationDate() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CreationDate) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCreationDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreationDate field. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) { + o.CreationDate = &v +} + +// GetIsOnTheFlyMasking returns the IsOnTheFlyMasking field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) GetIsOnTheFlyMasking() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsOnTheFlyMasking) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsOnTheFlyMasking +} + +// GetIsOnTheFlyMaskingOk returns a tuple with the IsOnTheFlyMasking field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) GetIsOnTheFlyMaskingOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsOnTheFlyMasking) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsOnTheFlyMasking, true +} + +// HasIsOnTheFlyMasking returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) HasIsOnTheFlyMasking() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsOnTheFlyMasking) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsOnTheFlyMasking gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsOnTheFlyMasking field. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) SetIsOnTheFlyMasking(v bool) { + o.IsOnTheFlyMasking = &v +} + +// GetLastExecutionTime returns the LastExecutionTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) GetLastExecutionTime() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastExecutionTime) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.LastExecutionTime +} + +// GetLastExecutionTimeOk returns a tuple with the LastExecutionTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) GetLastExecutionTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastExecutionTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LastExecutionTime, true +} + +// HasLastExecutionTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) HasLastExecutionTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LastExecutionTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLastExecutionTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the LastExecutionTime field. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) SetLastExecutionTime(v time.Time) { + o.LastExecutionTime = &v +} + +// GetLastExecutionStatus returns the LastExecutionStatus field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) GetLastExecutionStatus() ExecutionStatus { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastExecutionStatus) { + var ret ExecutionStatus + return ret + } + return *o.LastExecutionStatus +} + +// GetLastExecutionStatusOk returns a tuple with the LastExecutionStatus field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) GetLastExecutionStatusOk() (*ExecutionStatus, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastExecutionStatus) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LastExecutionStatus, true +} + +// HasLastExecutionStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) HasLastExecutionStatus() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LastExecutionStatus) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLastExecutionStatus gets a reference to the given ExecutionStatus and assigns it to the LastExecutionStatus field. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) SetLastExecutionStatus(v ExecutionStatus) { + o.LastExecutionStatus = &v +} + +// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) GetTags() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.Tags +} + +// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tags, true +} + +// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) HasTags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) SetTags(v []Tag) { + o.Tags = v +} + +// GetConnectorId returns the ConnectorId field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) GetConnectorId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectorId.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ConnectorId.Get() +} + +// GetConnectorIdOk returns a tuple with the ConnectorId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) GetConnectorIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.ConnectorId.Get(), o.ConnectorId.IsSet() +} + +// HasConnectorId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) HasConnectorId() bool { + if o != nil && o.ConnectorId.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConnectorId gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the ConnectorId field. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) SetConnectorId(v string) { + o.ConnectorId.Set(&v) +} +// SetConnectorIdNil sets the value for ConnectorId to be an explicit nil +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) SetConnectorIdNil() { + o.ConnectorId.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetConnectorId ensures that no value is present for ConnectorId, not even an explicit nil +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) UnsetConnectorId() { + o.ConnectorId.Unset() +} + +// GetConnectorRole returns the ConnectorRole field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) GetConnectorRole() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectorRole) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ConnectorRole +} + +// GetConnectorRoleOk returns a tuple with the ConnectorRole field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) GetConnectorRoleOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectorRole) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ConnectorRole, true +} + +// HasConnectorRole returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) HasConnectorRole() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConnectorRole) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConnectorRole gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ConnectorRole field. +func (o *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) SetConnectorRole(v string) { + o.ConnectorRole = &v +} + +func (o MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.CreationDate) { + toSerialize["creation_date"] = o.CreationDate + } + if !IsNil(o.IsOnTheFlyMasking) { + toSerialize["is_on_the_fly_masking"] = o.IsOnTheFlyMasking + } + if !IsNil(o.LastExecutionTime) { + toSerialize["last_execution_time"] = o.LastExecutionTime + } + if !IsNil(o.LastExecutionStatus) { + toSerialize["last_execution_status"] = o.LastExecutionStatus + } + if !IsNil(o.Tags) { + toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags + } + if o.ConnectorId.IsSet() { + toSerialize["connector_id"] = o.ConnectorId.Get() + } + if !IsNil(o.ConnectorRole) { + toSerialize["connector_role"] = o.ConnectorRole + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableMaskingJobWithConnectorRole struct { + value *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableMaskingJobWithConnectorRole) Get() *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableMaskingJobWithConnectorRole) Set(val *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableMaskingJobWithConnectorRole) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableMaskingJobWithConnectorRole) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableMaskingJobWithConnectorRole(val *MaskingJobWithConnectorRole) *NullableMaskingJobWithConnectorRole { + return &NullableMaskingJobWithConnectorRole{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableMaskingJobWithConnectorRole) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableMaskingJobWithConnectorRole) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_masking_plugin.go b/model_masking_plugin.go deleted file mode 100644 index 0bbe2d04..00000000 --- a/model_masking_plugin.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,510 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" - "time" -) - -// checks if the MaskingPlugin type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &MaskingPlugin{} - -// MaskingPlugin A masking plugin. -type MaskingPlugin struct { - // The masking plugin entity ID. - Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` - // The name of this plugin. - Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` - // The plugin type. - PluginType *string `json:"plugin_type,omitempty"` - // A description of this plugin. - Description NullableString `json:"description,omitempty"` - // The date and time when this plugin is installed. - InstallDate *time.Time `json:"install_date,omitempty"` - // Whether this plugin is a built-in plugin. - BuiltIn *bool `json:"built_in,omitempty"` - // The masking SDK version that this plugin is built from. - SdkVersion *string `json:"sdk_version,omitempty"` - // The version of this plugin. - Version *string `json:"version,omitempty"` - // The author of this plugin. - Author *string `json:"author,omitempty"` - // The list of frameworks for this plugin. - Frameworks []Framework `json:"frameworks,omitempty"` - // The tags of this plugin. - Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` -} - -// NewMaskingPlugin instantiates a new MaskingPlugin object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewMaskingPlugin() *MaskingPlugin { - this := MaskingPlugin{} - return &this -} - -// NewMaskingPluginWithDefaults instantiates a new MaskingPlugin object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewMaskingPluginWithDefaults() *MaskingPlugin { - this := MaskingPlugin{} - return &this -} - -// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) GetId() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.Id -} - -// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Id, true -} - -// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) HasId() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) SetId(v string) { - o.Id = &v -} - -// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) GetName() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.Name -} - -// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Name, true -} - -// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) HasName() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) SetName(v string) { - o.Name = &v -} - -// GetPluginType returns the PluginType field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) GetPluginType() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.PluginType) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.PluginType -} - -// GetPluginTypeOk returns a tuple with the PluginType field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) GetPluginTypeOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.PluginType) { - return nil, false - } - return o.PluginType, true -} - -// HasPluginType returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) HasPluginType() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PluginType) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetPluginType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PluginType field. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) SetPluginType(v string) { - o.PluginType = &v -} - -// GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). -func (o *MaskingPlugin) GetDescription() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description.Get()) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.Description.Get() -} - -// GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned -func (o *MaskingPlugin) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { - return nil, false - } - return o.Description.Get(), o.Description.IsSet() -} - -// HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) HasDescription() bool { - if o != nil && o.Description.IsSet() { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetDescription gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the Description field. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) SetDescription(v string) { - o.Description.Set(&v) -} -// SetDescriptionNil sets the value for Description to be an explicit nil -func (o *MaskingPlugin) SetDescriptionNil() { - o.Description.Set(nil) -} - -// UnsetDescription ensures that no value is present for Description, not even an explicit nil -func (o *MaskingPlugin) UnsetDescription() { - o.Description.Unset() -} - -// GetInstallDate returns the InstallDate field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) GetInstallDate() time.Time { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstallDate) { - var ret time.Time - return ret - } - return *o.InstallDate -} - -// GetInstallDateOk returns a tuple with the InstallDate field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) GetInstallDateOk() (*time.Time, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstallDate) { - return nil, false - } - return o.InstallDate, true -} - -// HasInstallDate returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) HasInstallDate() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstallDate) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetInstallDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the InstallDate field. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) SetInstallDate(v time.Time) { - o.InstallDate = &v -} - -// GetBuiltIn returns the BuiltIn field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) GetBuiltIn() bool { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.BuiltIn) { - var ret bool - return ret - } - return *o.BuiltIn -} - -// GetBuiltInOk returns a tuple with the BuiltIn field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) GetBuiltInOk() (*bool, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.BuiltIn) { - return nil, false - } - return o.BuiltIn, true -} - -// HasBuiltIn returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) HasBuiltIn() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BuiltIn) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetBuiltIn gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the BuiltIn field. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) SetBuiltIn(v bool) { - o.BuiltIn = &v -} - -// GetSdkVersion returns the SdkVersion field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) GetSdkVersion() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.SdkVersion) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.SdkVersion -} - -// GetSdkVersionOk returns a tuple with the SdkVersion field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) GetSdkVersionOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.SdkVersion) { - return nil, false - } - return o.SdkVersion, true -} - -// HasSdkVersion returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) HasSdkVersion() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SdkVersion) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetSdkVersion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SdkVersion field. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) SetSdkVersion(v string) { - o.SdkVersion = &v -} - -// GetVersion returns the Version field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) GetVersion() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Version) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.Version -} - -// GetVersionOk returns a tuple with the Version field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) GetVersionOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Version) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Version, true -} - -// HasVersion returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) HasVersion() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Version) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetVersion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Version field. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) SetVersion(v string) { - o.Version = &v -} - -// GetAuthor returns the Author field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) GetAuthor() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Author) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.Author -} - -// GetAuthorOk returns a tuple with the Author field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) GetAuthorOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Author) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Author, true -} - -// HasAuthor returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) HasAuthor() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Author) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetAuthor gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Author field. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) SetAuthor(v string) { - o.Author = &v -} - -// GetFrameworks returns the Frameworks field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). -func (o *MaskingPlugin) GetFrameworks() []Framework { - if o == nil { - var ret []Framework - return ret - } - return o.Frameworks -} - -// GetFrameworksOk returns a tuple with the Frameworks field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned -func (o *MaskingPlugin) GetFrameworksOk() ([]Framework, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Frameworks) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Frameworks, true -} - -// HasFrameworks returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) HasFrameworks() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.Frameworks) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetFrameworks gets a reference to the given []Framework and assigns it to the Frameworks field. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) SetFrameworks(v []Framework) { - o.Frameworks = v -} - -// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) GetTags() []Tag { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { - var ret []Tag - return ret - } - return o.Tags -} - -// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Tags, true -} - -// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) HasTags() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. -func (o *MaskingPlugin) SetTags(v []Tag) { - o.Tags = v -} - -func (o MaskingPlugin) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o MaskingPlugin) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.Id) { - toSerialize["id"] = o.Id - } - if !IsNil(o.Name) { - toSerialize["name"] = o.Name - } - if !IsNil(o.PluginType) { - toSerialize["plugin_type"] = o.PluginType - } - if o.Description.IsSet() { - toSerialize["description"] = o.Description.Get() - } - if !IsNil(o.InstallDate) { - toSerialize["install_date"] = o.InstallDate - } - if !IsNil(o.BuiltIn) { - toSerialize["built_in"] = o.BuiltIn - } - if !IsNil(o.SdkVersion) { - toSerialize["sdk_version"] = o.SdkVersion - } - if !IsNil(o.Version) { - toSerialize["version"] = o.Version - } - if !IsNil(o.Author) { - toSerialize["author"] = o.Author - } - if o.Frameworks != nil { - toSerialize["frameworks"] = o.Frameworks - } - if !IsNil(o.Tags) { - toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableMaskingPlugin struct { - value *MaskingPlugin - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableMaskingPlugin) Get() *MaskingPlugin { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableMaskingPlugin) Set(val *MaskingPlugin) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableMaskingPlugin) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableMaskingPlugin) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableMaskingPlugin(val *MaskingPlugin) *NullableMaskingPlugin { - return &NullableMaskingPlugin{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableMaskingPlugin) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableMaskingPlugin) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_masking_ruleset.go b/model_masking_ruleset.go index 0abc3296..7d733032 100644 --- a/model_masking_ruleset.go +++ b/model_masking_ruleset.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_metadata_db_info.go b/model_metadata_db_info.go index 34de14fe..b1d4dd41 100644 --- a/model_metadata_db_info.go +++ b/model_metadata_db_info.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_migrate_compatible_environments_response.go b/model_migrate_compatible_environments_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3db59c1f --- /dev/null +++ b/model_migrate_compatible_environments_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the MigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &MigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse{} + +// MigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse struct for MigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse +type MigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse struct { + Items []Environment `json:"items,omitempty"` +} + +// NewMigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse instantiates a new MigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewMigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse() *MigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse { + this := MigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewMigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new MigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewMigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponseWithDefaults() *MigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse { + this := MigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse) GetItems() []Environment { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []Environment + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]Environment, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []Environment and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *MigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse) SetItems(v []Environment) { + o.Items = v +} + +func (o MigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o MigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableMigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse struct { + value *MigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableMigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse) Get() *MigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableMigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse) Set(val *MigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableMigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableMigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableMigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse(val *MigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse) *NullableMigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse { + return &NullableMigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableMigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableMigrateCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_migrate_job_rerun_request.go b/model_migrate_job_rerun_request.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..679d11a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_migrate_job_rerun_request.go @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the MigrateJobRerunRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &MigrateJobRerunRequest{} + +// MigrateJobRerunRequest Parameter to re-run the migration job +type MigrateJobRerunRequest struct { + // Job name to rerun. + JobType string `json:"job_type"` +} + +type _MigrateJobRerunRequest MigrateJobRerunRequest + +// NewMigrateJobRerunRequest instantiates a new MigrateJobRerunRequest object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewMigrateJobRerunRequest(jobType string) *MigrateJobRerunRequest { + this := MigrateJobRerunRequest{} + this.JobType = jobType + return &this +} + +// NewMigrateJobRerunRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new MigrateJobRerunRequest object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewMigrateJobRerunRequestWithDefaults() *MigrateJobRerunRequest { + this := MigrateJobRerunRequest{} + return &this +} + +// GetJobType returns the JobType field value +func (o *MigrateJobRerunRequest) GetJobType() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.JobType +} + +// GetJobTypeOk returns a tuple with the JobType field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MigrateJobRerunRequest) GetJobTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.JobType, true +} + +// SetJobType sets field value +func (o *MigrateJobRerunRequest) SetJobType(v string) { + o.JobType = v +} + +func (o MigrateJobRerunRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o MigrateJobRerunRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["job_type"] = o.JobType + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *MigrateJobRerunRequest) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "job_type", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varMigrateJobRerunRequest := _MigrateJobRerunRequest{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varMigrateJobRerunRequest) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = MigrateJobRerunRequest(varMigrateJobRerunRequest) + + return err +} + +type NullableMigrateJobRerunRequest struct { + value *MigrateJobRerunRequest + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableMigrateJobRerunRequest) Get() *MigrateJobRerunRequest { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableMigrateJobRerunRequest) Set(val *MigrateJobRerunRequest) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableMigrateJobRerunRequest) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableMigrateJobRerunRequest) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableMigrateJobRerunRequest(val *MigrateJobRerunRequest) *NullableMigrateJobRerunRequest { + return &NullableMigrateJobRerunRequest{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableMigrateJobRerunRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableMigrateJobRerunRequest) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_migrate_masking_job_parameters.go b/model_migrate_masking_job_parameters.go index d861b006..2b9547fc 100644 --- a/model_migrate_masking_job_parameters.go +++ b/model_migrate_masking_job_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the MigrateMaskingJobParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -20,16 +22,18 @@ var _ MappedNullable = &MigrateMaskingJobParameters{} // MigrateMaskingJobParameters Parameters to migrate a masking job. type MigrateMaskingJobParameters struct { - // The ID of the engine to copy the job to. + // The ID of the engine to migrate the job to. TargetEngineId string `json:"target_engine_id"` // The ID or name of the source environment on the target engine. This only applies to On-The-Fly jobs. SourceEnvironmentId *string `json:"source_environment_id,omitempty"` - // The ID or name of the target environment to copy the job into. + // The ID or name of the target environment on the target engine to migrate the job into. TargetEnvironmentId *string `json:"target_environment_id,omitempty"` // Whether to overwrite objects that already exist on the target engine. ForceOverwrite *bool `json:"force_overwrite,omitempty"` } +type _MigrateMaskingJobParameters MigrateMaskingJobParameters + // NewMigrateMaskingJobParameters instantiates a new MigrateMaskingJobParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -195,6 +199,43 @@ func (o MigrateMaskingJobParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *MigrateMaskingJobParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "target_engine_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varMigrateMaskingJobParameters := _MigrateMaskingJobParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varMigrateMaskingJobParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = MigrateMaskingJobParameters(varMigrateMaskingJobParameters) + + return err +} + type NullableMigrateMaskingJobParameters struct { value *MigrateMaskingJobParameters isSet bool diff --git a/model_migrate_masking_job_response.go b/model_migrate_masking_job_response.go index 7b213c8d..de29d250 100644 --- a/model_migrate_masking_job_response.go +++ b/model_migrate_masking_job_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_migrate_vdb_parameters.go b/model_migrate_vdb_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..51c2813d --- /dev/null +++ b/model_migrate_vdb_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,239 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the MigrateVDBParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &MigrateVDBParameters{} + +// MigrateVDBParameters Parameters to migrate a VDB. +type MigrateVDBParameters struct { + // Id of the environment. + EnvironmentId *string `json:"environment_id,omitempty"` + // Reference of the environment user. + EnvironmentUserRef *string `json:"environment_user_ref,omitempty"` + // Id of the environment repository. + RepositoryId *string `json:"repository_id,omitempty"` + // Id of the container database. + CdbId *string `json:"cdb_id,omitempty"` +} + +// NewMigrateVDBParameters instantiates a new MigrateVDBParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewMigrateVDBParameters() *MigrateVDBParameters { + this := MigrateVDBParameters{} + return &this +} + +// NewMigrateVDBParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new MigrateVDBParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewMigrateVDBParametersWithDefaults() *MigrateVDBParameters { + this := MigrateVDBParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetEnvironmentId returns the EnvironmentId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MigrateVDBParameters) GetEnvironmentId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EnvironmentId +} + +// GetEnvironmentIdOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MigrateVDBParameters) GetEnvironmentIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvironmentId, true +} + +// HasEnvironmentId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MigrateVDBParameters) HasEnvironmentId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironmentId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentId field. +func (o *MigrateVDBParameters) SetEnvironmentId(v string) { + o.EnvironmentId = &v +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserRef returns the EnvironmentUserRef field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MigrateVDBParameters) GetEnvironmentUserRef() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EnvironmentUserRef +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserRefOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUserRef field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MigrateVDBParameters) GetEnvironmentUserRefOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvironmentUserRef, true +} + +// HasEnvironmentUserRef returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MigrateVDBParameters) HasEnvironmentUserRef() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironmentUserRef gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentUserRef field. +func (o *MigrateVDBParameters) SetEnvironmentUserRef(v string) { + o.EnvironmentUserRef = &v +} + +// GetRepositoryId returns the RepositoryId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MigrateVDBParameters) GetRepositoryId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RepositoryId +} + +// GetRepositoryIdOk returns a tuple with the RepositoryId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MigrateVDBParameters) GetRepositoryIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RepositoryId, true +} + +// HasRepositoryId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MigrateVDBParameters) HasRepositoryId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRepositoryId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RepositoryId field. +func (o *MigrateVDBParameters) SetRepositoryId(v string) { + o.RepositoryId = &v +} + +// GetCdbId returns the CdbId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MigrateVDBParameters) GetCdbId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CdbId +} + +// GetCdbIdOk returns a tuple with the CdbId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MigrateVDBParameters) GetCdbIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CdbId, true +} + +// HasCdbId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MigrateVDBParameters) HasCdbId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CdbId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCdbId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CdbId field. +func (o *MigrateVDBParameters) SetCdbId(v string) { + o.CdbId = &v +} + +func (o MigrateVDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o MigrateVDBParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { + toSerialize["environment_id"] = o.EnvironmentId + } + if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + toSerialize["environment_user_ref"] = o.EnvironmentUserRef + } + if !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + toSerialize["repository_id"] = o.RepositoryId + } + if !IsNil(o.CdbId) { + toSerialize["cdb_id"] = o.CdbId + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableMigrateVDBParameters struct { + value *MigrateVDBParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableMigrateVDBParameters) Get() *MigrateVDBParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableMigrateVDBParameters) Set(val *MigrateVDBParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableMigrateVDBParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableMigrateVDBParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableMigrateVDBParameters(val *MigrateVDBParameters) *NullableMigrateVDBParameters { + return &NullableMigrateVDBParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableMigrateVDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableMigrateVDBParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_migrate_vdb_response.go b/model_migrate_vdb_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0dfd71fd --- /dev/null +++ b/model_migrate_vdb_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the MigrateVDBResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &MigrateVDBResponse{} + +// MigrateVDBResponse struct for MigrateVDBResponse +type MigrateVDBResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewMigrateVDBResponse instantiates a new MigrateVDBResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewMigrateVDBResponse() *MigrateVDBResponse { + this := MigrateVDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewMigrateVDBResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new MigrateVDBResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewMigrateVDBResponseWithDefaults() *MigrateVDBResponse { + this := MigrateVDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MigrateVDBResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MigrateVDBResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MigrateVDBResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *MigrateVDBResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o MigrateVDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o MigrateVDBResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableMigrateVDBResponse struct { + value *MigrateVDBResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableMigrateVDBResponse) Get() *MigrateVDBResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableMigrateVDBResponse) Set(val *MigrateVDBResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableMigrateVDBResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableMigrateVDBResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableMigrateVDBResponse(val *MigrateVDBResponse) *NullableMigrateVDBResponse { + return &NullableMigrateVDBResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableMigrateVDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableMigrateVDBResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_mssql_ag_replica.go b/model_mssql_ag_replica.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57cbae85 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_mssql_ag_replica.go @@ -0,0 +1,498 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the MssqlAgReplica type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &MssqlAgReplica{} + +// MssqlAgReplica A replica MSSQL source that constitutes an MSSQL AG virtual source. +type MssqlAgReplica struct { + // The logical name of the replica source. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The AG Replica object entity ID. + AgReplicaId *string `json:"ag_replica_id,omitempty"` + // Reference to the AG virtual source. + VdbId *string `json:"vdb_id,omitempty"` + // A reference to the currently active timeflow for this AG Replica. + CurrentTimeflowId *string `json:"current_timeflow_id,omitempty"` + // The base mount point for the replica source iSCSI LUN mounts. + MountPoint *string `json:"mount_point,omitempty"` + // ZFS exported data directory path. + ExportedDataDirectory *string `json:"exported_data_directory,omitempty"` + // The repository id of this AG Replica. + RepositoryId *string `json:"repository_id,omitempty"` + // A reference to the Environment that hosts this AG Replica. + EnvironmentId *string `json:"environment_id,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether the database file can be used to provision without taking backups for current (active) timeflow of ths AG Replica. + CurrTimeflowSupportProvisionWithoutBackup *bool `json:"curr_timeflow_support_provision_without_backup,omitempty"` + // Indicates the data-movement state for current (active) timeflow of ths AG Replica. + CurrTimeflowAgReplicaSyncStatus *string `json:"curr_timeflow_ag_replica_sync_status,omitempty"` + // For current (active) timeflow of ths AG Replica, indicates the start of the next block past the blocks that are already on disk. So any LSN less than the value of last_hardened_lsn is on disk. + CurrTimeflowLastHardenedLsn *string `json:"curr_timeflow_last_hardened_lsn,omitempty"` +} + +// NewMssqlAgReplica instantiates a new MssqlAgReplica object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewMssqlAgReplica() *MssqlAgReplica { + this := MssqlAgReplica{} + return &this +} + +// NewMssqlAgReplicaWithDefaults instantiates a new MssqlAgReplica object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewMssqlAgReplicaWithDefaults() *MssqlAgReplica { + this := MssqlAgReplica{} + return &this +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetAgReplicaId returns the AgReplicaId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) GetAgReplicaId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AgReplicaId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AgReplicaId +} + +// GetAgReplicaIdOk returns a tuple with the AgReplicaId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) GetAgReplicaIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AgReplicaId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AgReplicaId, true +} + +// HasAgReplicaId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) HasAgReplicaId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AgReplicaId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAgReplicaId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AgReplicaId field. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) SetAgReplicaId(v string) { + o.AgReplicaId = &v +} + +// GetVdbId returns the VdbId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) GetVdbId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.VdbId +} + +// GetVdbIdOk returns a tuple with the VdbId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) GetVdbIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbId, true +} + +// HasVdbId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) HasVdbId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VdbId field. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) SetVdbId(v string) { + o.VdbId = &v +} + +// GetCurrentTimeflowId returns the CurrentTimeflowId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) GetCurrentTimeflowId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CurrentTimeflowId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CurrentTimeflowId +} + +// GetCurrentTimeflowIdOk returns a tuple with the CurrentTimeflowId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) GetCurrentTimeflowIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CurrentTimeflowId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CurrentTimeflowId, true +} + +// HasCurrentTimeflowId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) HasCurrentTimeflowId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CurrentTimeflowId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCurrentTimeflowId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CurrentTimeflowId field. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) SetCurrentTimeflowId(v string) { + o.CurrentTimeflowId = &v +} + +// GetMountPoint returns the MountPoint field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) GetMountPoint() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountPoint) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MountPoint +} + +// GetMountPointOk returns a tuple with the MountPoint field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) GetMountPointOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountPoint) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MountPoint, true +} + +// HasMountPoint returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) HasMountPoint() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MountPoint) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMountPoint gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MountPoint field. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) SetMountPoint(v string) { + o.MountPoint = &v +} + +// GetExportedDataDirectory returns the ExportedDataDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) GetExportedDataDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExportedDataDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExportedDataDirectory +} + +// GetExportedDataDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the ExportedDataDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) GetExportedDataDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExportedDataDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExportedDataDirectory, true +} + +// HasExportedDataDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) HasExportedDataDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExportedDataDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExportedDataDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExportedDataDirectory field. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) SetExportedDataDirectory(v string) { + o.ExportedDataDirectory = &v +} + +// GetRepositoryId returns the RepositoryId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) GetRepositoryId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RepositoryId +} + +// GetRepositoryIdOk returns a tuple with the RepositoryId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) GetRepositoryIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RepositoryId, true +} + +// HasRepositoryId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) HasRepositoryId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRepositoryId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RepositoryId field. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) SetRepositoryId(v string) { + o.RepositoryId = &v +} + +// GetEnvironmentId returns the EnvironmentId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) GetEnvironmentId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EnvironmentId +} + +// GetEnvironmentIdOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) GetEnvironmentIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvironmentId, true +} + +// HasEnvironmentId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) HasEnvironmentId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironmentId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentId field. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) SetEnvironmentId(v string) { + o.EnvironmentId = &v +} + +// GetCurrTimeflowSupportProvisionWithoutBackup returns the CurrTimeflowSupportProvisionWithoutBackup field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) GetCurrTimeflowSupportProvisionWithoutBackup() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CurrTimeflowSupportProvisionWithoutBackup) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.CurrTimeflowSupportProvisionWithoutBackup +} + +// GetCurrTimeflowSupportProvisionWithoutBackupOk returns a tuple with the CurrTimeflowSupportProvisionWithoutBackup field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) GetCurrTimeflowSupportProvisionWithoutBackupOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CurrTimeflowSupportProvisionWithoutBackup) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CurrTimeflowSupportProvisionWithoutBackup, true +} + +// HasCurrTimeflowSupportProvisionWithoutBackup returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) HasCurrTimeflowSupportProvisionWithoutBackup() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CurrTimeflowSupportProvisionWithoutBackup) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCurrTimeflowSupportProvisionWithoutBackup gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the CurrTimeflowSupportProvisionWithoutBackup field. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) SetCurrTimeflowSupportProvisionWithoutBackup(v bool) { + o.CurrTimeflowSupportProvisionWithoutBackup = &v +} + +// GetCurrTimeflowAgReplicaSyncStatus returns the CurrTimeflowAgReplicaSyncStatus field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) GetCurrTimeflowAgReplicaSyncStatus() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CurrTimeflowAgReplicaSyncStatus) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CurrTimeflowAgReplicaSyncStatus +} + +// GetCurrTimeflowAgReplicaSyncStatusOk returns a tuple with the CurrTimeflowAgReplicaSyncStatus field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) GetCurrTimeflowAgReplicaSyncStatusOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CurrTimeflowAgReplicaSyncStatus) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CurrTimeflowAgReplicaSyncStatus, true +} + +// HasCurrTimeflowAgReplicaSyncStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) HasCurrTimeflowAgReplicaSyncStatus() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CurrTimeflowAgReplicaSyncStatus) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCurrTimeflowAgReplicaSyncStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CurrTimeflowAgReplicaSyncStatus field. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) SetCurrTimeflowAgReplicaSyncStatus(v string) { + o.CurrTimeflowAgReplicaSyncStatus = &v +} + +// GetCurrTimeflowLastHardenedLsn returns the CurrTimeflowLastHardenedLsn field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) GetCurrTimeflowLastHardenedLsn() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CurrTimeflowLastHardenedLsn) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CurrTimeflowLastHardenedLsn +} + +// GetCurrTimeflowLastHardenedLsnOk returns a tuple with the CurrTimeflowLastHardenedLsn field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) GetCurrTimeflowLastHardenedLsnOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CurrTimeflowLastHardenedLsn) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CurrTimeflowLastHardenedLsn, true +} + +// HasCurrTimeflowLastHardenedLsn returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) HasCurrTimeflowLastHardenedLsn() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CurrTimeflowLastHardenedLsn) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCurrTimeflowLastHardenedLsn gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CurrTimeflowLastHardenedLsn field. +func (o *MssqlAgReplica) SetCurrTimeflowLastHardenedLsn(v string) { + o.CurrTimeflowLastHardenedLsn = &v +} + +func (o MssqlAgReplica) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o MssqlAgReplica) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.AgReplicaId) { + toSerialize["ag_replica_id"] = o.AgReplicaId + } + if !IsNil(o.VdbId) { + toSerialize["vdb_id"] = o.VdbId + } + if !IsNil(o.CurrentTimeflowId) { + toSerialize["current_timeflow_id"] = o.CurrentTimeflowId + } + if !IsNil(o.MountPoint) { + toSerialize["mount_point"] = o.MountPoint + } + if !IsNil(o.ExportedDataDirectory) { + toSerialize["exported_data_directory"] = o.ExportedDataDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + toSerialize["repository_id"] = o.RepositoryId + } + if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { + toSerialize["environment_id"] = o.EnvironmentId + } + if !IsNil(o.CurrTimeflowSupportProvisionWithoutBackup) { + toSerialize["curr_timeflow_support_provision_without_backup"] = o.CurrTimeflowSupportProvisionWithoutBackup + } + if !IsNil(o.CurrTimeflowAgReplicaSyncStatus) { + toSerialize["curr_timeflow_ag_replica_sync_status"] = o.CurrTimeflowAgReplicaSyncStatus + } + if !IsNil(o.CurrTimeflowLastHardenedLsn) { + toSerialize["curr_timeflow_last_hardened_lsn"] = o.CurrTimeflowLastHardenedLsn + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableMssqlAgReplica struct { + value *MssqlAgReplica + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableMssqlAgReplica) Get() *MssqlAgReplica { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableMssqlAgReplica) Set(val *MssqlAgReplica) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableMssqlAgReplica) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableMssqlAgReplica) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableMssqlAgReplica(val *MssqlAgReplica) *NullableMssqlAgReplica { + return &NullableMssqlAgReplica{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableMssqlAgReplica) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableMssqlAgReplica) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_mssql_cluster_listener.go b/model_mssql_cluster_listener.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7cbfce6e --- /dev/null +++ b/model_mssql_cluster_listener.go @@ -0,0 +1,238 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the MSSQLClusterListener type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &MSSQLClusterListener{} + +// MSSQLClusterListener struct for MSSQLClusterListener +type MSSQLClusterListener struct { + Type *MSSQLListenerTypeEnum `json:"type,omitempty"` + // The address of the listener. + Address *string `json:"address,omitempty"` + // The name of the listener. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The port for the listener. + Port *int32 `json:"port,omitempty"` +} + +// NewMSSQLClusterListener instantiates a new MSSQLClusterListener object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewMSSQLClusterListener() *MSSQLClusterListener { + this := MSSQLClusterListener{} + return &this +} + +// NewMSSQLClusterListenerWithDefaults instantiates a new MSSQLClusterListener object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewMSSQLClusterListenerWithDefaults() *MSSQLClusterListener { + this := MSSQLClusterListener{} + return &this +} + +// GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MSSQLClusterListener) GetType() MSSQLListenerTypeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { + var ret MSSQLListenerTypeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.Type +} + +// GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MSSQLClusterListener) GetTypeOk() (*MSSQLListenerTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Type, true +} + +// HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MSSQLClusterListener) HasType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Type) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetType gets a reference to the given MSSQLListenerTypeEnum and assigns it to the Type field. +func (o *MSSQLClusterListener) SetType(v MSSQLListenerTypeEnum) { + o.Type = &v +} + +// GetAddress returns the Address field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MSSQLClusterListener) GetAddress() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Address) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Address +} + +// GetAddressOk returns a tuple with the Address field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MSSQLClusterListener) GetAddressOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Address) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Address, true +} + +// HasAddress returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MSSQLClusterListener) HasAddress() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Address) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAddress gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Address field. +func (o *MSSQLClusterListener) SetAddress(v string) { + o.Address = &v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MSSQLClusterListener) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MSSQLClusterListener) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MSSQLClusterListener) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *MSSQLClusterListener) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetPort returns the Port field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MSSQLClusterListener) GetPort() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Port) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.Port +} + +// GetPortOk returns a tuple with the Port field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MSSQLClusterListener) GetPortOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Port) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Port, true +} + +// HasPort returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MSSQLClusterListener) HasPort() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Port) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPort gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the Port field. +func (o *MSSQLClusterListener) SetPort(v int32) { + o.Port = &v +} + +func (o MSSQLClusterListener) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o MSSQLClusterListener) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Type) { + toSerialize["type"] = o.Type + } + if !IsNil(o.Address) { + toSerialize["address"] = o.Address + } + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.Port) { + toSerialize["port"] = o.Port + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableMSSQLClusterListener struct { + value *MSSQLClusterListener + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableMSSQLClusterListener) Get() *MSSQLClusterListener { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableMSSQLClusterListener) Set(val *MSSQLClusterListener) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableMSSQLClusterListener) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableMSSQLClusterListener) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableMSSQLClusterListener(val *MSSQLClusterListener) *NullableMSSQLClusterListener { + return &NullableMSSQLClusterListener{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableMSSQLClusterListener) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableMSSQLClusterListener) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_mssql_listener_type_enum.go b/model_mssql_listener_type_enum.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..82d8ee2b --- /dev/null +++ b/model_mssql_listener_type_enum.go @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// MSSQLListenerTypeEnum the model 'MSSQLListenerTypeEnum' +type MSSQLListenerTypeEnum string + +// List of MSSQLListenerTypeEnum +const ( + MSSQLLISTENERTYPEENUM_MS_SQL_AVAILABILITY_GROUP_LISTENER MSSQLListenerTypeEnum = "MSSqlAvailabilityGroupListener" + MSSQLLISTENERTYPEENUM_MS_SQL_FAILOVER_CLUSTER_LISTENER MSSQLListenerTypeEnum = "MSSqlFailoverClusterListener" +) + +// All allowed values of MSSQLListenerTypeEnum enum +var AllowedMSSQLListenerTypeEnumEnumValues = []MSSQLListenerTypeEnum{ + "MSSqlAvailabilityGroupListener", + "MSSqlFailoverClusterListener", +} + +func (v *MSSQLListenerTypeEnum) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + var value string + err := json.Unmarshal(src, &value) + if err != nil { + return err + } + enumTypeValue := MSSQLListenerTypeEnum(value) + for _, existing := range AllowedMSSQLListenerTypeEnumEnumValues { + if existing == enumTypeValue { + *v = enumTypeValue + return nil + } + } + + return fmt.Errorf("%+v is not a valid MSSQLListenerTypeEnum", value) +} + +// NewMSSQLListenerTypeEnumFromValue returns a pointer to a valid MSSQLListenerTypeEnum +// for the value passed as argument, or an error if the value passed is not allowed by the enum +func NewMSSQLListenerTypeEnumFromValue(v string) (*MSSQLListenerTypeEnum, error) { + ev := MSSQLListenerTypeEnum(v) + if ev.IsValid() { + return &ev, nil + } else { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid value '%v' for MSSQLListenerTypeEnum: valid values are %v", v, AllowedMSSQLListenerTypeEnumEnumValues) + } +} + +// IsValid return true if the value is valid for the enum, false otherwise +func (v MSSQLListenerTypeEnum) IsValid() bool { + for _, existing := range AllowedMSSQLListenerTypeEnumEnumValues { + if existing == v { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// Ptr returns reference to MSSQLListenerTypeEnum value +func (v MSSQLListenerTypeEnum) Ptr() *MSSQLListenerTypeEnum { + return &v +} + +type NullableMSSQLListenerTypeEnum struct { + value *MSSQLListenerTypeEnum + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableMSSQLListenerTypeEnum) Get() *MSSQLListenerTypeEnum { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableMSSQLListenerTypeEnum) Set(val *MSSQLListenerTypeEnum) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableMSSQLListenerTypeEnum) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableMSSQLListenerTypeEnum) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableMSSQLListenerTypeEnum(val *MSSQLListenerTypeEnum) *NullableMSSQLListenerTypeEnum { + return &NullableMSSQLListenerTypeEnum{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableMSSQLListenerTypeEnum) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableMSSQLListenerTypeEnum) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + diff --git a/model_mssqld_source_link_source_parameters_all_of.go b/model_mssqld_source_attach_source_parameters.go similarity index 66% rename from model_mssqld_source_link_source_parameters_all_of.go rename to model_mssqld_source_attach_source_parameters.go index b4b535a1..305bfa71 100644 --- a/model_mssqld_source_link_source_parameters_all_of.go +++ b/model_mssqld_source_attach_source_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,34 +13,20 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) -// checks if the MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf{} +// checks if the MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters{} -// MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf struct for MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf -type MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf struct { - // The encryption key to use when restoring encrypted backups. - EncryptionKey *string `json:"encryption_key,omitempty"` - // Determines how the Delphix Engine will take a backup: * `latest_backup` - Use the most recent backup. * `new_backup` - Delphix will take a new backup of your source database. * `specific_backup` - Use a specific backup. Using this option requires setting `ase_backup_files`. * `no_backup` - Use as input to sync MSSQL databases without a backup. Default is `new_backup`. - SyncStrategy *string `json:"sync_strategy,omitempty"` - // When using the `specific_backup` sync_strategy, determines the Backup Set UUID. - MssqlBackupUuid *string `json:"mssql_backup_uuid,omitempty"` - // When using the `new_backup` sync_strategy, determines if compression must be enabled. Defaults to the configuration of the ingestion strategy configured on the Delphix Engine for this dSource. - CompressionEnabled *bool `json:"compression_enabled,omitempty"` - // When using the `new_backup` sync_strategy for an MSSql Availability Group, determines the backup policy: * `primary` - Backups only go to the primary node. * `secondary_only` - Backups only go to secondary nodes. If secondary nodes are down, backups will fail. * `prefer_secondary` - Backups go to secondary nodes, but if secondary nodes are down, backups will go to the primary node. - AvailabilityGroupBackupPolicy *string `json:"availability_group_backup_policy,omitempty"` - // ID or user reference of the host OS user to use for linking. - SourceHostUser *string `json:"source_host_user,omitempty"` - // Reference of the SQL instance on the PPT environment that we want to use for pre-provisioning. - PptRepository *string `json:"ppt_repository,omitempty"` - // Reference of the host OS user on the PPT host to use for linking. - PptHostUser *string `json:"ppt_host_user,omitempty"` - // A user-provided PowerShell script or executable to run prior to restoring from a backup during pre-provisioning. - StagingPreScript *string `json:"staging_pre_script,omitempty"` - // A user-provided PowerShell script or executable to run after restoring from a backup during pre-provisioning. - StagingPostScript *string `json:"staging_post_script,omitempty"` - // MSSQL specific parameters for source based sync strategy.: * `external` - MSSQL specific parameters for externally managed source based sync strategy. * `delphix` - MSSQL specific parameters for delphix managed source based sync strategy. * `staging_push` - MSSQL specific parameters for staging push based sync strategy. +// MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters struct for MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters +type MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters struct { + // Id of the source to link. + SourceId string `json:"source_id"` + // Id of the SQL instance on the PPT environment that we want to use for pre-provisioning. + PptRepository string `json:"ppt_repository"` + // MSSQL specific parameters for source based sync strategy.: * `external` - MSSQL specific parameters for externally managed source based sync strategy. * `delphix` - MSSQL specific parameters for delphix managed source based sync strategy. SyncStrategyManagedType *string `json:"sync_strategy_managed_type,omitempty"` // Reference to the source environment user to use for linking. MssqlUserEnvironmentReference *string `json:"mssql_user_environment_reference,omitempty"` @@ -48,6 +34,8 @@ type MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf struct { MssqlUserDomainUsername *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_username,omitempty"` // Password for the database user. MssqlUserDomainPassword *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_password,omitempty"` + // Delphix display name for the vault user. + MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_vault_username,omitempty"` // The name or reference of the vault from which to read the database credentials. MssqlUserDomainVault *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_vault,omitempty"` // Vault engine name where the credential is stored. @@ -96,20 +84,32 @@ type MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf struct { ExternalCommvaultConfigParams map[string]interface{} `json:"external_commvault_config_params,omitempty"` // Optional config template selection for Commvault configurations. If set, configParams will be ignored. ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates *string `json:"external_commvault_config_templates,omitempty"` + // The encryption key to use when restoring encrypted backups. + EncryptionKey *string `json:"encryption_key,omitempty"` + // ID or user reference of the host OS user to use for linking. + SourceHostUser *string `json:"source_host_user,omitempty"` + // Reference of the host OS user on the PPT host to use for linking. + PptHostUser *string `json:"ppt_host_user,omitempty"` + // A user-provided PowerShell script or executable to run prior to restoring from a backup during pre-provisioning. + StagingPreScript *string `json:"staging_pre_script,omitempty"` + // A user-provided PowerShell script or executable to run after restoring from a backup during pre-provisioning. + StagingPostScript *string `json:"staging_post_script,omitempty"` + // Operations to perform before syncing the created dSource. These operations can quiesce any data prior to syncing. + OpsPreSync []SourceOperation `json:"ops_pre_sync,omitempty"` + // Operations to perform after syncing a created dSource. + OpsPostSync []SourceOperation `json:"ops_post_sync,omitempty"` } -// NewMSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf instantiates a new MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf object +type _MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters + +// NewMSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters instantiates a new MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments // will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewMSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf() *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf { - this := MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf{} - var syncStrategy string = "new_backup" - this.SyncStrategy = &syncStrategy - var compressionEnabled bool = false - this.CompressionEnabled = &compressionEnabled - var availabilityGroupBackupPolicy string = "primary" - this.AvailabilityGroupBackupPolicy = &availabilityGroupBackupPolicy +func NewMSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters(sourceId string, pptRepository string) *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters { + this := MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters{} + this.SourceId = sourceId + this.PptRepository = pptRepository var syncStrategyManagedType string = "external" this.SyncStrategyManagedType = &syncStrategyManagedType var delphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled bool = false @@ -121,17 +121,11 @@ func NewMSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf() *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameter return &this } -// NewMSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOfWithDefaults instantiates a new MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf object +// NewMSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters object // This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, // but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewMSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOfWithDefaults() *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf { - this := MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf{} - var syncStrategy string = "new_backup" - this.SyncStrategy = &syncStrategy - var compressionEnabled bool = false - this.CompressionEnabled = &compressionEnabled - var availabilityGroupBackupPolicy string = "primary" - this.AvailabilityGroupBackupPolicy = &availabilityGroupBackupPolicy +func NewMSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParametersWithDefaults() *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters { + this := MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters{} var syncStrategyManagedType string = "external" this.SyncStrategyManagedType = &syncStrategyManagedType var delphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled bool = false @@ -143,328 +137,56 @@ func NewMSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOfWithDefaults() *MSSQLDSourceLinkSou return &this } -// GetEncryptionKey returns the EncryptionKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetEncryptionKey() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.EncryptionKey) { +// GetSourceId returns the SourceId field value +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetSourceId() string { + if o == nil { var ret string return ret } - return *o.EncryptionKey -} - -// GetEncryptionKeyOk returns a tuple with the EncryptionKey field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetEncryptionKeyOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.EncryptionKey) { - return nil, false - } - return o.EncryptionKey, true -} -// HasEncryptionKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasEncryptionKey() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EncryptionKey) { - return true - } - - return false + return o.SourceId } -// SetEncryptionKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EncryptionKey field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetEncryptionKey(v string) { - o.EncryptionKey = &v -} - -// GetSyncStrategy returns the SyncStrategy field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetSyncStrategy() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.SyncStrategy) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.SyncStrategy -} - -// GetSyncStrategyOk returns a tuple with the SyncStrategy field value if set, nil otherwise +// GetSourceIdOk returns a tuple with the SourceId field value // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetSyncStrategyOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.SyncStrategy) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetSourceIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { return nil, false } - return o.SyncStrategy, true -} - -// HasSyncStrategy returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasSyncStrategy() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SyncStrategy) { - return true - } - - return false + return &o.SourceId, true } -// SetSyncStrategy gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SyncStrategy field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetSyncStrategy(v string) { - o.SyncStrategy = &v +// SetSourceId sets field value +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetSourceId(v string) { + o.SourceId = v } -// GetMssqlBackupUuid returns the MssqlBackupUuid field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlBackupUuid() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlBackupUuid) { +// GetPptRepository returns the PptRepository field value +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetPptRepository() string { + if o == nil { var ret string return ret } - return *o.MssqlBackupUuid -} - -// GetMssqlBackupUuidOk returns a tuple with the MssqlBackupUuid field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlBackupUuidOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlBackupUuid) { - return nil, false - } - return o.MssqlBackupUuid, true -} - -// HasMssqlBackupUuid returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlBackupUuid() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlBackupUuid) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetMssqlBackupUuid gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlBackupUuid field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetMssqlBackupUuid(v string) { - o.MssqlBackupUuid = &v -} - -// GetCompressionEnabled returns the CompressionEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetCompressionEnabled() bool { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.CompressionEnabled) { - var ret bool - return ret - } - return *o.CompressionEnabled -} -// GetCompressionEnabledOk returns a tuple with the CompressionEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetCompressionEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.CompressionEnabled) { - return nil, false - } - return o.CompressionEnabled, true -} - -// HasCompressionEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasCompressionEnabled() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CompressionEnabled) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetCompressionEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the CompressionEnabled field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetCompressionEnabled(v bool) { - o.CompressionEnabled = &v -} - -// GetAvailabilityGroupBackupPolicy returns the AvailabilityGroupBackupPolicy field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetAvailabilityGroupBackupPolicy() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.AvailabilityGroupBackupPolicy) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.AvailabilityGroupBackupPolicy + return o.PptRepository } -// GetAvailabilityGroupBackupPolicyOk returns a tuple with the AvailabilityGroupBackupPolicy field value if set, nil otherwise +// GetPptRepositoryOk returns a tuple with the PptRepository field value // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetAvailabilityGroupBackupPolicyOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.AvailabilityGroupBackupPolicy) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetPptRepositoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { return nil, false } - return o.AvailabilityGroupBackupPolicy, true -} - -// HasAvailabilityGroupBackupPolicy returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasAvailabilityGroupBackupPolicy() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AvailabilityGroupBackupPolicy) { - return true - } - - return false + return &o.PptRepository, true } -// SetAvailabilityGroupBackupPolicy gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AvailabilityGroupBackupPolicy field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetAvailabilityGroupBackupPolicy(v string) { - o.AvailabilityGroupBackupPolicy = &v -} - -// GetSourceHostUser returns the SourceHostUser field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetSourceHostUser() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceHostUser) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.SourceHostUser -} - -// GetSourceHostUserOk returns a tuple with the SourceHostUser field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetSourceHostUserOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceHostUser) { - return nil, false - } - return o.SourceHostUser, true -} - -// HasSourceHostUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasSourceHostUser() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SourceHostUser) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetSourceHostUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SourceHostUser field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetSourceHostUser(v string) { - o.SourceHostUser = &v -} - -// GetPptRepository returns the PptRepository field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetPptRepository() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.PptRepository) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.PptRepository -} - -// GetPptRepositoryOk returns a tuple with the PptRepository field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetPptRepositoryOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.PptRepository) { - return nil, false - } - return o.PptRepository, true -} - -// HasPptRepository returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasPptRepository() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PptRepository) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetPptRepository gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PptRepository field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetPptRepository(v string) { - o.PptRepository = &v -} - -// GetPptHostUser returns the PptHostUser field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetPptHostUser() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.PptHostUser) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.PptHostUser -} - -// GetPptHostUserOk returns a tuple with the PptHostUser field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetPptHostUserOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.PptHostUser) { - return nil, false - } - return o.PptHostUser, true -} - -// HasPptHostUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasPptHostUser() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PptHostUser) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetPptHostUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PptHostUser field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetPptHostUser(v string) { - o.PptHostUser = &v -} - -// GetStagingPreScript returns the StagingPreScript field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetStagingPreScript() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingPreScript) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.StagingPreScript -} - -// GetStagingPreScriptOk returns a tuple with the StagingPreScript field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetStagingPreScriptOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingPreScript) { - return nil, false - } - return o.StagingPreScript, true -} - -// HasStagingPreScript returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasStagingPreScript() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StagingPreScript) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetStagingPreScript gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StagingPreScript field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetStagingPreScript(v string) { - o.StagingPreScript = &v -} - -// GetStagingPostScript returns the StagingPostScript field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetStagingPostScript() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingPostScript) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.StagingPostScript -} - -// GetStagingPostScriptOk returns a tuple with the StagingPostScript field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetStagingPostScriptOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingPostScript) { - return nil, false - } - return o.StagingPostScript, true -} - -// HasStagingPostScript returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasStagingPostScript() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StagingPostScript) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetStagingPostScript gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StagingPostScript field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetStagingPostScript(v string) { - o.StagingPostScript = &v +// SetPptRepository sets field value +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetPptRepository(v string) { + o.PptRepository = v } // GetSyncStrategyManagedType returns the SyncStrategyManagedType field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetSyncStrategyManagedType() string { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetSyncStrategyManagedType() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.SyncStrategyManagedType) { var ret string return ret @@ -474,7 +196,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetSyncStrategyManagedType() str // GetSyncStrategyManagedTypeOk returns a tuple with the SyncStrategyManagedType field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetSyncStrategyManagedTypeOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetSyncStrategyManagedTypeOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.SyncStrategyManagedType) { return nil, false } @@ -482,7 +204,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetSyncStrategyManagedTypeOk() ( } // HasSyncStrategyManagedType returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasSyncStrategyManagedType() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasSyncStrategyManagedType() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SyncStrategyManagedType) { return true } @@ -491,12 +213,12 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasSyncStrategyManagedType() boo } // SetSyncStrategyManagedType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SyncStrategyManagedType field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetSyncStrategyManagedType(v string) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetSyncStrategyManagedType(v string) { o.SyncStrategyManagedType = &v } // GetMssqlUserEnvironmentReference returns the MssqlUserEnvironmentReference field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserEnvironmentReference() string { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserEnvironmentReference() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserEnvironmentReference) { var ret string return ret @@ -506,7 +228,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserEnvironmentReference // GetMssqlUserEnvironmentReferenceOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserEnvironmentReference field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserEnvironmentReferenceOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserEnvironmentReferenceOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserEnvironmentReference) { return nil, false } @@ -514,7 +236,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserEnvironmentReference } // HasMssqlUserEnvironmentReference returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlUserEnvironmentReference() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasMssqlUserEnvironmentReference() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserEnvironmentReference) { return true } @@ -523,12 +245,12 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlUserEnvironmentReference } // SetMssqlUserEnvironmentReference gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserEnvironmentReference field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetMssqlUserEnvironmentReference(v string) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetMssqlUserEnvironmentReference(v string) { o.MssqlUserEnvironmentReference = &v } // GetMssqlUserDomainUsername returns the MssqlUserDomainUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainUsername() string { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainUsername() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainUsername) { var ret string return ret @@ -538,7 +260,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainUsername() str // GetMssqlUserDomainUsernameOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainUsername field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainUsername) { return nil, false } @@ -546,7 +268,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainUsernameOk() ( } // HasMssqlUserDomainUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlUserDomainUsername() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasMssqlUserDomainUsername() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainUsername) { return true } @@ -555,12 +277,12 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlUserDomainUsername() boo } // SetMssqlUserDomainUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainUsername field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetMssqlUserDomainUsername(v string) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetMssqlUserDomainUsername(v string) { o.MssqlUserDomainUsername = &v } // GetMssqlUserDomainPassword returns the MssqlUserDomainPassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainPassword() string { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainPassword() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainPassword) { var ret string return ret @@ -570,7 +292,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainPassword() str // GetMssqlUserDomainPasswordOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainPassword field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainPasswordOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainPasswordOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainPassword) { return nil, false } @@ -578,7 +300,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainPasswordOk() ( } // HasMssqlUserDomainPassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlUserDomainPassword() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasMssqlUserDomainPassword() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainPassword) { return true } @@ -587,12 +309,44 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlUserDomainPassword() boo } // SetMssqlUserDomainPassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainPassword field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetMssqlUserDomainPassword(v string) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetMssqlUserDomainPassword(v string) { o.MssqlUserDomainPassword = &v } +// GetMssqlUserDomainVaultUsername returns the MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainVaultUsername() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainVaultUsernameOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainVaultUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername, true +} + +// HasMssqlUserDomainVaultUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasMssqlUserDomainVaultUsername() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlUserDomainVaultUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername field. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetMssqlUserDomainVaultUsername(v string) { + o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername = &v +} + // GetMssqlUserDomainVault returns the MssqlUserDomainVault field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainVault() string { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainVault() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVault) { var ret string return ret @@ -602,7 +356,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainVault() string // GetMssqlUserDomainVaultOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainVault field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainVaultOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainVaultOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVault) { return nil, false } @@ -610,7 +364,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainVaultOk() (*st } // HasMssqlUserDomainVault returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlUserDomainVault() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasMssqlUserDomainVault() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVault) { return true } @@ -619,12 +373,12 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlUserDomainVault() bool { } // SetMssqlUserDomainVault gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainVault field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetMssqlUserDomainVault(v string) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetMssqlUserDomainVault(v string) { o.MssqlUserDomainVault = &v } // GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine returns the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine() string { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine) { var ret string return ret @@ -634,7 +388,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVault // GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngineOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngineOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngineOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine) { return nil, false } @@ -642,7 +396,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVault } // HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine) { return true } @@ -651,12 +405,12 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVault } // SetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine(v string) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine(v string) { o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine = &v } // GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath returns the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath() string { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath) { var ret string return ret @@ -666,7 +420,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVault // GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPathOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPathOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPathOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath) { return nil, false } @@ -674,7 +428,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVault } // HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath) { return true } @@ -683,12 +437,12 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVault } // SetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath(v string) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath(v string) { o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath = &v } // GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey returns the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey() string { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey) { var ret string return ret @@ -698,7 +452,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVault // GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKeyOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKeyOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKeyOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey) { return nil, false } @@ -706,7 +460,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVault } // HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey) { return true } @@ -715,12 +469,12 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVault } // SetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey(v string) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey(v string) { o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey = &v } // GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey returns the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey() string { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey) { var ret string return ret @@ -730,7 +484,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVault // GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKeyOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKeyOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKeyOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey) { return nil, false } @@ -738,7 +492,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVault } // HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey) { return true } @@ -747,12 +501,12 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVault } // SetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey(v string) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey(v string) { o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey = &v } // GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName returns the MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName() string { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName) { var ret string return ret @@ -762,7 +516,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName // GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultNameOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultNameOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultNameOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName) { return nil, false } @@ -770,7 +524,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName } // HasMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName) { return true } @@ -779,12 +533,12 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName } // SetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName(v string) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName(v string) { o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName = &v } // GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey returns the MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey() string { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey) { var ret string return ret @@ -794,7 +548,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUser // GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKeyOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKeyOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKeyOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey) { return nil, false } @@ -802,7 +556,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUser } // HasMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey) { return true } @@ -811,12 +565,12 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUser } // SetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey(v string) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey(v string) { o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey = &v } // GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey returns the MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey() string { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey) { var ret string return ret @@ -826,7 +580,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecr // GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKeyOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKeyOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKeyOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey) { return nil, false } @@ -834,7 +588,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecr } // HasMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey) { return true } @@ -843,12 +597,12 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecr } // SetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey(v string) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey(v string) { o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey = &v } // GetMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString returns the MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString() string { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString) { var ret string return ret @@ -858,7 +612,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQ // GetMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryStringOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryStringOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryStringOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString) { return nil, false } @@ -866,7 +620,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQ } // HasMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString) { return true } @@ -875,12 +629,12 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQ } // SetMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString(v string) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString(v string) { o.MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString = &v } // GetMssqlDatabaseUsername returns the MssqlDatabaseUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlDatabaseUsername() string { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlDatabaseUsername() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlDatabaseUsername) { var ret string return ret @@ -890,7 +644,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlDatabaseUsername() strin // GetMssqlDatabaseUsernameOk returns a tuple with the MssqlDatabaseUsername field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlDatabaseUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlDatabaseUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlDatabaseUsername) { return nil, false } @@ -898,7 +652,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlDatabaseUsernameOk() (*s } // HasMssqlDatabaseUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlDatabaseUsername() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasMssqlDatabaseUsername() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlDatabaseUsername) { return true } @@ -907,12 +661,12 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlDatabaseUsername() bool } // SetMssqlDatabaseUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlDatabaseUsername field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetMssqlDatabaseUsername(v string) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetMssqlDatabaseUsername(v string) { o.MssqlDatabaseUsername = &v } // GetMssqlDatabasePassword returns the MssqlDatabasePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlDatabasePassword() string { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlDatabasePassword() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlDatabasePassword) { var ret string return ret @@ -922,7 +676,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlDatabasePassword() strin // GetMssqlDatabasePasswordOk returns a tuple with the MssqlDatabasePassword field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlDatabasePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetMssqlDatabasePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlDatabasePassword) { return nil, false } @@ -930,7 +684,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMssqlDatabasePasswordOk() (*s } // HasMssqlDatabasePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlDatabasePassword() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasMssqlDatabasePassword() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlDatabasePassword) { return true } @@ -939,12 +693,12 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMssqlDatabasePassword() bool } // SetMssqlDatabasePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlDatabasePassword field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetMssqlDatabasePassword(v string) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetMssqlDatabasePassword(v string) { o.MssqlDatabasePassword = &v } // GetDelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled returns the DelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetDelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled() bool { if o == nil || IsNil(o.DelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled) { var ret bool return ret @@ -954,7 +708,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDelphixManagedBackupCompressi // GetDelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabledOk returns a tuple with the DelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetDelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.DelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled) { return nil, false } @@ -962,7 +716,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDelphixManagedBackupCompressi } // HasDelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasDelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasDelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled) { return true } @@ -971,12 +725,12 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasDelphixManagedBackupCompressi } // SetDelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetDelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled(v bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetDelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled(v bool) { o.DelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled = &v } // GetDelphixManagedBackupPolicy returns the DelphixManagedBackupPolicy field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDelphixManagedBackupPolicy() string { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetDelphixManagedBackupPolicy() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.DelphixManagedBackupPolicy) { var ret string return ret @@ -986,7 +740,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDelphixManagedBackupPolicy() // GetDelphixManagedBackupPolicyOk returns a tuple with the DelphixManagedBackupPolicy field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDelphixManagedBackupPolicyOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetDelphixManagedBackupPolicyOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.DelphixManagedBackupPolicy) { return nil, false } @@ -994,7 +748,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDelphixManagedBackupPolicyOk( } // HasDelphixManagedBackupPolicy returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasDelphixManagedBackupPolicy() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasDelphixManagedBackupPolicy() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DelphixManagedBackupPolicy) { return true } @@ -1003,12 +757,12 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasDelphixManagedBackupPolicy() } // SetDelphixManagedBackupPolicy gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DelphixManagedBackupPolicy field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetDelphixManagedBackupPolicy(v string) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetDelphixManagedBackupPolicy(v string) { o.DelphixManagedBackupPolicy = &v } // GetExternalManagedValidateSyncMode returns the ExternalManagedValidateSyncMode field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalManagedValidateSyncMode() string { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetExternalManagedValidateSyncMode() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalManagedValidateSyncMode) { var ret string return ret @@ -1018,7 +772,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalManagedValidateSyncMo // GetExternalManagedValidateSyncModeOk returns a tuple with the ExternalManagedValidateSyncMode field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalManagedValidateSyncModeOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetExternalManagedValidateSyncModeOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalManagedValidateSyncMode) { return nil, false } @@ -1026,7 +780,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalManagedValidateSyncMo } // HasExternalManagedValidateSyncMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasExternalManagedValidateSyncMode() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasExternalManagedValidateSyncMode() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalManagedValidateSyncMode) { return true } @@ -1035,12 +789,12 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasExternalManagedValidateSyncMo } // SetExternalManagedValidateSyncMode gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalManagedValidateSyncMode field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetExternalManagedValidateSyncMode(v string) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetExternalManagedValidateSyncMode(v string) { o.ExternalManagedValidateSyncMode = &v } // GetExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations returns the ExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations() []string { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations() []string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations) { var ret []string return ret @@ -1050,7 +804,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalManagedSharedBackupLo // GetExternalManagedSharedBackupLocationsOk returns a tuple with the ExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalManagedSharedBackupLocationsOk() ([]string, bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetExternalManagedSharedBackupLocationsOk() ([]string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations) { return nil, false } @@ -1058,7 +812,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalManagedSharedBackupLo } // HasExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations) { return true } @@ -1067,12 +821,12 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasExternalManagedSharedBackupLo } // SetExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the ExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations(v []string) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations(v []string) { o.ExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations = v } // GetExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName returns the ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName() string { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName) { var ret string return ret @@ -1082,7 +836,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalNetbackupConfigMaster // GetExternalNetbackupConfigMasterNameOk returns a tuple with the ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalNetbackupConfigMasterNameOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetExternalNetbackupConfigMasterNameOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName) { return nil, false } @@ -1090,7 +844,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalNetbackupConfigMaster } // HasExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName) { return true } @@ -1099,12 +853,12 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasExternalNetbackupConfigMaster } // SetExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName(v string) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName(v string) { o.ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName = &v } // GetExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName returns the ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName() string { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName) { var ret string return ret @@ -1114,7 +868,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalNetbackupConfigSource // GetExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientNameOk returns a tuple with the ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientNameOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientNameOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName) { return nil, false } @@ -1122,7 +876,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalNetbackupConfigSource } // HasExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName) { return true } @@ -1131,12 +885,12 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasExternalNetbackupConfigSource } // SetExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName(v string) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName(v string) { o.ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName = &v } // GetExternalNetbackupConfigParams returns the ExternalNetbackupConfigParams field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalNetbackupConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetExternalNetbackupConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigParams) { var ret map[string]interface{} return ret @@ -1146,7 +900,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalNetbackupConfigParams // GetExternalNetbackupConfigParamsOk returns a tuple with the ExternalNetbackupConfigParams field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalNetbackupConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetExternalNetbackupConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigParams) { return map[string]interface{}{}, false } @@ -1154,7 +908,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalNetbackupConfigParams } // HasExternalNetbackupConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasExternalNetbackupConfigParams() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasExternalNetbackupConfigParams() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigParams) { return true } @@ -1163,12 +917,12 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasExternalNetbackupConfigParams } // SetExternalNetbackupConfigParams gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the ExternalNetbackupConfigParams field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetExternalNetbackupConfigParams(v map[string]interface{}) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetExternalNetbackupConfigParams(v map[string]interface{}) { o.ExternalNetbackupConfigParams = v } // GetExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates returns the ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates() string { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates) { var ret string return ret @@ -1178,7 +932,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalNetbackupConfigTempla // GetExternalNetbackupConfigTemplatesOk returns a tuple with the ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalNetbackupConfigTemplatesOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetExternalNetbackupConfigTemplatesOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates) { return nil, false } @@ -1186,7 +940,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalNetbackupConfigTempla } // HasExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates) { return true } @@ -1195,12 +949,12 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasExternalNetbackupConfigTempla } // SetExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates(v string) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates(v string) { o.ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates = &v } // GetExternalCommserveHostName returns the ExternalCommserveHostName field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalCommserveHostName() string { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetExternalCommserveHostName() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommserveHostName) { var ret string return ret @@ -1210,7 +964,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalCommserveHostName() s // GetExternalCommserveHostNameOk returns a tuple with the ExternalCommserveHostName field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalCommserveHostNameOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetExternalCommserveHostNameOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommserveHostName) { return nil, false } @@ -1218,7 +972,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalCommserveHostNameOk() } // HasExternalCommserveHostName returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasExternalCommserveHostName() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasExternalCommserveHostName() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalCommserveHostName) { return true } @@ -1227,12 +981,12 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasExternalCommserveHostName() b } // SetExternalCommserveHostName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalCommserveHostName field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetExternalCommserveHostName(v string) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetExternalCommserveHostName(v string) { o.ExternalCommserveHostName = &v } // GetExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName returns the ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName() string { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName) { var ret string return ret @@ -1242,7 +996,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalCommvaultConfigSource // GetExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientNameOk returns a tuple with the ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientNameOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientNameOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName) { return nil, false } @@ -1250,7 +1004,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalCommvaultConfigSource } // HasExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName) { return true } @@ -1259,12 +1013,12 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasExternalCommvaultConfigSource } // SetExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName(v string) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName(v string) { o.ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName = &v } // GetExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName returns the ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName() string { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName) { var ret string return ret @@ -1274,7 +1028,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalCommvaultConfigStagin // GetExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientNameOk returns a tuple with the ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientNameOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientNameOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName) { return nil, false } @@ -1282,7 +1036,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalCommvaultConfigStagin } // HasExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName) { return true } @@ -1291,12 +1045,12 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasExternalCommvaultConfigStagin } // SetExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName(v string) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName(v string) { o.ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName = &v } // GetExternalCommvaultConfigParams returns the ExternalCommvaultConfigParams field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalCommvaultConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetExternalCommvaultConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigParams) { var ret map[string]interface{} return ret @@ -1306,7 +1060,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalCommvaultConfigParams // GetExternalCommvaultConfigParamsOk returns a tuple with the ExternalCommvaultConfigParams field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalCommvaultConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetExternalCommvaultConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigParams) { return map[string]interface{}{}, false } @@ -1314,7 +1068,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalCommvaultConfigParams } // HasExternalCommvaultConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasExternalCommvaultConfigParams() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasExternalCommvaultConfigParams() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigParams) { return true } @@ -1323,12 +1077,12 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasExternalCommvaultConfigParams } // SetExternalCommvaultConfigParams gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the ExternalCommvaultConfigParams field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetExternalCommvaultConfigParams(v map[string]interface{}) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetExternalCommvaultConfigParams(v map[string]interface{}) { o.ExternalCommvaultConfigParams = v } // GetExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates returns the ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates() string { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates) { var ret string return ret @@ -1338,7 +1092,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalCommvaultConfigTempla // GetExternalCommvaultConfigTemplatesOk returns a tuple with the ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalCommvaultConfigTemplatesOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetExternalCommvaultConfigTemplatesOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates) { return nil, false } @@ -1346,7 +1100,7 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalCommvaultConfigTempla } // HasExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates() bool { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates) { return true } @@ -1355,50 +1109,246 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasExternalCommvaultConfigTempla } // SetExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates(v string) { +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates(v string) { o.ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates = &v } -func (o MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err +// GetEncryptionKey returns the EncryptionKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetEncryptionKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EncryptionKey) { + var ret string + return ret } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) + return *o.EncryptionKey } -func (o MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.EncryptionKey) { - toSerialize["encryption_key"] = o.EncryptionKey +// GetEncryptionKeyOk returns a tuple with the EncryptionKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetEncryptionKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EncryptionKey) { + return nil, false } - if !IsNil(o.SyncStrategy) { - toSerialize["sync_strategy"] = o.SyncStrategy + return o.EncryptionKey, true +} + +// HasEncryptionKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasEncryptionKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EncryptionKey) { + return true } - if !IsNil(o.MssqlBackupUuid) { - toSerialize["mssql_backup_uuid"] = o.MssqlBackupUuid + + return false +} + +// SetEncryptionKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EncryptionKey field. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetEncryptionKey(v string) { + o.EncryptionKey = &v +} + +// GetSourceHostUser returns the SourceHostUser field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetSourceHostUser() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceHostUser) { + var ret string + return ret } - if !IsNil(o.CompressionEnabled) { - toSerialize["compression_enabled"] = o.CompressionEnabled + return *o.SourceHostUser +} + +// GetSourceHostUserOk returns a tuple with the SourceHostUser field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetSourceHostUserOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceHostUser) { + return nil, false } - if !IsNil(o.AvailabilityGroupBackupPolicy) { - toSerialize["availability_group_backup_policy"] = o.AvailabilityGroupBackupPolicy + return o.SourceHostUser, true +} + +// HasSourceHostUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasSourceHostUser() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SourceHostUser) { + return true } - if !IsNil(o.SourceHostUser) { - toSerialize["source_host_user"] = o.SourceHostUser + + return false +} + +// SetSourceHostUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SourceHostUser field. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetSourceHostUser(v string) { + o.SourceHostUser = &v +} + +// GetPptHostUser returns the PptHostUser field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetPptHostUser() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PptHostUser) { + var ret string + return ret } - if !IsNil(o.PptRepository) { - toSerialize["ppt_repository"] = o.PptRepository + return *o.PptHostUser +} + +// GetPptHostUserOk returns a tuple with the PptHostUser field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetPptHostUserOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PptHostUser) { + return nil, false } - if !IsNil(o.PptHostUser) { - toSerialize["ppt_host_user"] = o.PptHostUser + return o.PptHostUser, true +} + +// HasPptHostUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasPptHostUser() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PptHostUser) { + return true } - if !IsNil(o.StagingPreScript) { - toSerialize["staging_pre_script"] = o.StagingPreScript + + return false +} + +// SetPptHostUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PptHostUser field. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetPptHostUser(v string) { + o.PptHostUser = &v +} + +// GetStagingPreScript returns the StagingPreScript field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetStagingPreScript() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingPreScript) { + var ret string + return ret } - if !IsNil(o.StagingPostScript) { - toSerialize["staging_post_script"] = o.StagingPostScript + return *o.StagingPreScript +} + +// GetStagingPreScriptOk returns a tuple with the StagingPreScript field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetStagingPreScriptOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingPreScript) { + return nil, false } + return o.StagingPreScript, true +} + +// HasStagingPreScript returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasStagingPreScript() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StagingPreScript) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStagingPreScript gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StagingPreScript field. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetStagingPreScript(v string) { + o.StagingPreScript = &v +} + +// GetStagingPostScript returns the StagingPostScript field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetStagingPostScript() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingPostScript) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.StagingPostScript +} + +// GetStagingPostScriptOk returns a tuple with the StagingPostScript field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetStagingPostScriptOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingPostScript) { + return nil, false + } + return o.StagingPostScript, true +} + +// HasStagingPostScript returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasStagingPostScript() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StagingPostScript) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStagingPostScript gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StagingPostScript field. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetStagingPostScript(v string) { + o.StagingPostScript = &v +} + +// GetOpsPreSync returns the OpsPreSync field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetOpsPreSync() []SourceOperation { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OpsPreSync) { + var ret []SourceOperation + return ret + } + return o.OpsPreSync +} + +// GetOpsPreSyncOk returns a tuple with the OpsPreSync field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetOpsPreSyncOk() ([]SourceOperation, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OpsPreSync) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OpsPreSync, true +} + +// HasOpsPreSync returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasOpsPreSync() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OpsPreSync) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOpsPreSync gets a reference to the given []SourceOperation and assigns it to the OpsPreSync field. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetOpsPreSync(v []SourceOperation) { + o.OpsPreSync = v +} + +// GetOpsPostSync returns the OpsPostSync field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetOpsPostSync() []SourceOperation { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OpsPostSync) { + var ret []SourceOperation + return ret + } + return o.OpsPostSync +} + +// GetOpsPostSyncOk returns a tuple with the OpsPostSync field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) GetOpsPostSyncOk() ([]SourceOperation, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OpsPostSync) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OpsPostSync, true +} + +// HasOpsPostSync returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) HasOpsPostSync() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OpsPostSync) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOpsPostSync gets a reference to the given []SourceOperation and assigns it to the OpsPostSync field. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) SetOpsPostSync(v []SourceOperation) { + o.OpsPostSync = v +} + +func (o MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["source_id"] = o.SourceId + toSerialize["ppt_repository"] = o.PptRepository if !IsNil(o.SyncStrategyManagedType) { toSerialize["sync_strategy_managed_type"] = o.SyncStrategyManagedType } @@ -1411,6 +1361,9 @@ func (o MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainPassword) { toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_password"] = o.MssqlUserDomainPassword } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername) { + toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_vault_username"] = o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername + } if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVault) { toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_vault"] = o.MssqlUserDomainVault } @@ -1483,41 +1436,100 @@ func (o MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, if !IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates) { toSerialize["external_commvault_config_templates"] = o.ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates } + if !IsNil(o.EncryptionKey) { + toSerialize["encryption_key"] = o.EncryptionKey + } + if !IsNil(o.SourceHostUser) { + toSerialize["source_host_user"] = o.SourceHostUser + } + if !IsNil(o.PptHostUser) { + toSerialize["ppt_host_user"] = o.PptHostUser + } + if !IsNil(o.StagingPreScript) { + toSerialize["staging_pre_script"] = o.StagingPreScript + } + if !IsNil(o.StagingPostScript) { + toSerialize["staging_post_script"] = o.StagingPostScript + } + if !IsNil(o.OpsPreSync) { + toSerialize["ops_pre_sync"] = o.OpsPreSync + } + if !IsNil(o.OpsPostSync) { + toSerialize["ops_post_sync"] = o.OpsPostSync + } return toSerialize, nil } -type NullableMSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf struct { - value *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf +func (o *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "source_id", + "ppt_repository", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varMSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters := _MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varMSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters(varMSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) + + return err +} + +type NullableMSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters struct { + value *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters isSet bool } -func (v NullableMSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) Get() *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf { +func (v NullableMSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) Get() *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters { return v.value } -func (v *NullableMSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) Set(val *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) { +func (v *NullableMSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) Set(val *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) { v.value = val v.isSet = true } -func (v NullableMSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) IsSet() bool { +func (v NullableMSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) IsSet() bool { return v.isSet } -func (v *NullableMSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) Unset() { +func (v *NullableMSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) Unset() { v.value = nil v.isSet = false } -func NewNullableMSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf(val *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) *NullableMSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf { - return &NullableMSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf{value: val, isSet: true} +func NewNullableMSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters(val *MSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) *NullableMSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters { + return &NullableMSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters{value: val, isSet: true} } -func (v NullableMSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { +func (v NullableMSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return json.Marshal(v.value) } -func (v *NullableMSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { +func (v *NullableMSSQLDSourceAttachSourceParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { v.isSet = true return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) } diff --git a/model_mssqld_source_link_source_parameters.go b/model_mssqld_source_link_source_parameters.go index 9ca55daa..aef7bb03 100644 --- a/model_mssqld_source_link_source_parameters.go +++ b/model_mssqld_source_link_source_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -70,6 +72,8 @@ type MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters struct { MssqlUserDomainUsername *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_username,omitempty"` // Password for the database user. MssqlUserDomainPassword *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_password,omitempty"` + // Delphix display name for the vault user. + MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_vault_username,omitempty"` // The name or reference of the vault from which to read the database credentials. MssqlUserDomainVault *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_vault,omitempty"` // Vault engine name where the credential is stored. @@ -120,6 +124,8 @@ type MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters struct { ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates *string `json:"external_commvault_config_templates,omitempty"` } +type _MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters + // NewMSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters instantiates a new MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -966,6 +972,38 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters) SetMssqlUserDomainPassword(v string) o.MssqlUserDomainPassword = &v } +// GetMssqlUserDomainVaultUsername returns the MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainVaultUsername() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainVaultUsernameOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainVaultUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername, true +} + +// HasMssqlUserDomainVaultUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters) HasMssqlUserDomainVaultUsername() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlUserDomainVaultUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername field. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters) SetMssqlUserDomainVaultUsername(v string) { + o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername = &v +} + // GetMssqlUserDomainVault returns the MssqlUserDomainVault field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainVault() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVault) { @@ -1817,6 +1855,9 @@ func (o MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainPassword) { toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_password"] = o.MssqlUserDomainPassword } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername) { + toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_vault_username"] = o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername + } if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVault) { toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_vault"] = o.MssqlUserDomainVault } @@ -1892,6 +1933,43 @@ func (o MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "source_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varMSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters := _MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varMSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters(varMSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters) + + return err +} + type NullableMSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters struct { value *MSSQLDSourceLinkSourceParameters isSet bool diff --git a/model_mssqld_source_staging_push_attach_source_parameters.go b/model_mssqld_source_staging_push_attach_source_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..da0e5533 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_mssqld_source_staging_push_attach_source_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,452 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters{} + +// MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters struct for MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters +type MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters struct { + // The encryption key to use when restoring encrypted backups. + EncryptionKey *string `json:"encryption_key,omitempty"` + // Reference of the SQL instance on the PPT environment that we want to use for pre-provisioning. + PptRepository string `json:"ppt_repository"` + // Reference of the host OS user on the PPT host to use for linking. + PptHostUser *string `json:"ppt_host_user,omitempty"` + // A user-provided PowerShell script or executable to run prior to restoring from a backup during pre-provisioning. + StagingPreScript *string `json:"staging_pre_script,omitempty"` + // A user-provided PowerShell script or executable to run after restoring from a backup during pre-provisioning. + StagingPostScript *string `json:"staging_post_script,omitempty"` + // The name of the database to create on the staging environment. This property is mutually exclusive to sync_strategy_managed_type + StagingDatabaseName string `json:"staging_database_name"` + // User provided db state that will be used to create staging push db. Default is RESTORING + DbState *string `json:"db_state,omitempty"` + // Operations to perform before syncing the created dSource. These operations can quiesce any data prior to syncing. + OpsPreSync []SourceOperation `json:"ops_pre_sync,omitempty"` + // Operations to perform after syncing a created dSource. + OpsPostSync []SourceOperation `json:"ops_post_sync,omitempty"` +} + +type _MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters + +// NewMSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters instantiates a new MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewMSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters(pptRepository string, stagingDatabaseName string) *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters { + this := MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters{} + this.PptRepository = pptRepository + this.StagingDatabaseName = stagingDatabaseName + var dbState string = "RESTORING" + this.DbState = &dbState + return &this +} + +// NewMSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewMSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParametersWithDefaults() *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters { + this := MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters{} + var dbState string = "RESTORING" + this.DbState = &dbState + return &this +} + +// GetEncryptionKey returns the EncryptionKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) GetEncryptionKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EncryptionKey) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EncryptionKey +} + +// GetEncryptionKeyOk returns a tuple with the EncryptionKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) GetEncryptionKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EncryptionKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EncryptionKey, true +} + +// HasEncryptionKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) HasEncryptionKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EncryptionKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEncryptionKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EncryptionKey field. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) SetEncryptionKey(v string) { + o.EncryptionKey = &v +} + +// GetPptRepository returns the PptRepository field value +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) GetPptRepository() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.PptRepository +} + +// GetPptRepositoryOk returns a tuple with the PptRepository field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) GetPptRepositoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.PptRepository, true +} + +// SetPptRepository sets field value +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) SetPptRepository(v string) { + o.PptRepository = v +} + +// GetPptHostUser returns the PptHostUser field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) GetPptHostUser() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PptHostUser) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.PptHostUser +} + +// GetPptHostUserOk returns a tuple with the PptHostUser field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) GetPptHostUserOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PptHostUser) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PptHostUser, true +} + +// HasPptHostUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) HasPptHostUser() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PptHostUser) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPptHostUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PptHostUser field. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) SetPptHostUser(v string) { + o.PptHostUser = &v +} + +// GetStagingPreScript returns the StagingPreScript field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) GetStagingPreScript() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingPreScript) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.StagingPreScript +} + +// GetStagingPreScriptOk returns a tuple with the StagingPreScript field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) GetStagingPreScriptOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingPreScript) { + return nil, false + } + return o.StagingPreScript, true +} + +// HasStagingPreScript returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) HasStagingPreScript() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StagingPreScript) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStagingPreScript gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StagingPreScript field. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) SetStagingPreScript(v string) { + o.StagingPreScript = &v +} + +// GetStagingPostScript returns the StagingPostScript field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) GetStagingPostScript() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingPostScript) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.StagingPostScript +} + +// GetStagingPostScriptOk returns a tuple with the StagingPostScript field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) GetStagingPostScriptOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingPostScript) { + return nil, false + } + return o.StagingPostScript, true +} + +// HasStagingPostScript returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) HasStagingPostScript() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StagingPostScript) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStagingPostScript gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StagingPostScript field. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) SetStagingPostScript(v string) { + o.StagingPostScript = &v +} + +// GetStagingDatabaseName returns the StagingDatabaseName field value +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) GetStagingDatabaseName() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.StagingDatabaseName +} + +// GetStagingDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the StagingDatabaseName field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) GetStagingDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.StagingDatabaseName, true +} + +// SetStagingDatabaseName sets field value +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) SetStagingDatabaseName(v string) { + o.StagingDatabaseName = v +} + +// GetDbState returns the DbState field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) GetDbState() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbState) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DbState +} + +// GetDbStateOk returns a tuple with the DbState field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) GetDbStateOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbState) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DbState, true +} + +// HasDbState returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) HasDbState() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DbState) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDbState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DbState field. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) SetDbState(v string) { + o.DbState = &v +} + +// GetOpsPreSync returns the OpsPreSync field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) GetOpsPreSync() []SourceOperation { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OpsPreSync) { + var ret []SourceOperation + return ret + } + return o.OpsPreSync +} + +// GetOpsPreSyncOk returns a tuple with the OpsPreSync field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) GetOpsPreSyncOk() ([]SourceOperation, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OpsPreSync) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OpsPreSync, true +} + +// HasOpsPreSync returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) HasOpsPreSync() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OpsPreSync) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOpsPreSync gets a reference to the given []SourceOperation and assigns it to the OpsPreSync field. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) SetOpsPreSync(v []SourceOperation) { + o.OpsPreSync = v +} + +// GetOpsPostSync returns the OpsPostSync field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) GetOpsPostSync() []SourceOperation { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OpsPostSync) { + var ret []SourceOperation + return ret + } + return o.OpsPostSync +} + +// GetOpsPostSyncOk returns a tuple with the OpsPostSync field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) GetOpsPostSyncOk() ([]SourceOperation, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OpsPostSync) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OpsPostSync, true +} + +// HasOpsPostSync returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) HasOpsPostSync() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OpsPostSync) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOpsPostSync gets a reference to the given []SourceOperation and assigns it to the OpsPostSync field. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) SetOpsPostSync(v []SourceOperation) { + o.OpsPostSync = v +} + +func (o MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.EncryptionKey) { + toSerialize["encryption_key"] = o.EncryptionKey + } + toSerialize["ppt_repository"] = o.PptRepository + if !IsNil(o.PptHostUser) { + toSerialize["ppt_host_user"] = o.PptHostUser + } + if !IsNil(o.StagingPreScript) { + toSerialize["staging_pre_script"] = o.StagingPreScript + } + if !IsNil(o.StagingPostScript) { + toSerialize["staging_post_script"] = o.StagingPostScript + } + toSerialize["staging_database_name"] = o.StagingDatabaseName + if !IsNil(o.DbState) { + toSerialize["db_state"] = o.DbState + } + if !IsNil(o.OpsPreSync) { + toSerialize["ops_pre_sync"] = o.OpsPreSync + } + if !IsNil(o.OpsPostSync) { + toSerialize["ops_post_sync"] = o.OpsPostSync + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "ppt_repository", + "staging_database_name", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varMSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters := _MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varMSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters(varMSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) + + return err +} + +type NullableMSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters struct { + value *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableMSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) Get() *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableMSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) Set(val *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableMSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableMSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableMSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters(val *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) *NullableMSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters { + return &NullableMSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableMSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableMSSQLDSourceStagingPushAttachSourceParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_mssqld_source_staging_push_link_source_parameters.go b/model_mssqld_source_staging_push_link_source_parameters.go index c6715b26..d3ad055a 100644 --- a/model_mssqld_source_staging_push_link_source_parameters.go +++ b/model_mssqld_source_staging_push_link_source_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -56,8 +58,12 @@ type MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters struct { StagingPostScript *string `json:"staging_post_script,omitempty"` // The name of the database to create on the staging environment. This property is mutually exclusive to sync_strategy_managed_type StagingDatabaseName string `json:"staging_database_name"` + // User provided db state that will be used to create staging push db. Default is RESTORING + DbState *string `json:"db_state,omitempty"` } +type _MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters + // NewMSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters instantiates a new MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -73,6 +79,8 @@ func NewMSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters(name string, engineId string this.PptRepository = pptRepository this.PptHostUser = pptHostUser this.StagingDatabaseName = stagingDatabaseName + var dbState string = "RESTORING" + this.DbState = &dbState return &this } @@ -85,6 +93,8 @@ func NewMSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersWithDefaults() *MSSQLDSourceS this.LogSyncEnabled = &logSyncEnabled var makeCurrentAccountOwner bool = true this.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &makeCurrentAccountOwner + var dbState string = "RESTORING" + this.DbState = &dbState return &this } @@ -624,6 +634,38 @@ func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters) SetStagingDatabaseName(v s o.StagingDatabaseName = v } +// GetDbState returns the DbState field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters) GetDbState() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbState) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DbState +} + +// GetDbStateOk returns a tuple with the DbState field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters) GetDbStateOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbState) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DbState, true +} + +// HasDbState returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters) HasDbState() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DbState) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDbState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DbState field. +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters) SetDbState(v string) { + o.DbState = &v +} + func (o MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -678,9 +720,53 @@ func (o MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interfa toSerialize["staging_post_script"] = o.StagingPostScript } toSerialize["staging_database_name"] = o.StagingDatabaseName + if !IsNil(o.DbState) { + toSerialize["db_state"] = o.DbState + } return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "name", + "engine_id", + "ppt_repository", + "ppt_host_user", + "staging_database_name", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varMSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters := _MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varMSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters(varMSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters) + + return err +} + type NullableMSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters struct { value *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParameters isSet bool diff --git a/model_mssqld_source_staging_push_link_source_parameters_all_of.go b/model_mssqld_source_staging_push_link_source_parameters_all_of.go deleted file mode 100644 index 74c34ee7..00000000 --- a/model_mssqld_source_staging_push_link_source_parameters_all_of.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,350 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" -) - -// checks if the MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf{} - -// MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf struct for MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf -type MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf struct { - // The ID of the engine to link staging push database on. - EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` - // The encryption key to use when restoring encrypted backups. - EncryptionKey *string `json:"encryption_key,omitempty"` - // Reference of the SQL instance on the PPT environment that we want to use for pre-provisioning. - PptRepository *string `json:"ppt_repository,omitempty"` - // Reference of the host OS user on the PPT host to use for linking. - PptHostUser *string `json:"ppt_host_user,omitempty"` - // A user-provided PowerShell script or executable to run prior to restoring from a backup during pre-provisioning. - StagingPreScript *string `json:"staging_pre_script,omitempty"` - // A user-provided PowerShell script or executable to run after restoring from a backup during pre-provisioning. - StagingPostScript *string `json:"staging_post_script,omitempty"` - // The name of the database to create on the staging environment. This property is mutually exclusive to sync_strategy_managed_type - StagingDatabaseName *string `json:"staging_database_name,omitempty"` -} - -// NewMSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf instantiates a new MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewMSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf() *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf { - this := MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf{} - return &this -} - -// NewMSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOfWithDefaults instantiates a new MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewMSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOfWithDefaults() *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf { - this := MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf{} - return &this -} - -// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetEngineId() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.EngineId -} - -// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { - return nil, false - } - return o.EngineId, true -} - -// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasEngineId() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetEngineId(v string) { - o.EngineId = &v -} - -// GetEncryptionKey returns the EncryptionKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetEncryptionKey() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.EncryptionKey) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.EncryptionKey -} - -// GetEncryptionKeyOk returns a tuple with the EncryptionKey field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetEncryptionKeyOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.EncryptionKey) { - return nil, false - } - return o.EncryptionKey, true -} - -// HasEncryptionKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasEncryptionKey() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EncryptionKey) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetEncryptionKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EncryptionKey field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetEncryptionKey(v string) { - o.EncryptionKey = &v -} - -// GetPptRepository returns the PptRepository field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetPptRepository() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.PptRepository) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.PptRepository -} - -// GetPptRepositoryOk returns a tuple with the PptRepository field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetPptRepositoryOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.PptRepository) { - return nil, false - } - return o.PptRepository, true -} - -// HasPptRepository returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasPptRepository() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PptRepository) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetPptRepository gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PptRepository field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetPptRepository(v string) { - o.PptRepository = &v -} - -// GetPptHostUser returns the PptHostUser field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetPptHostUser() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.PptHostUser) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.PptHostUser -} - -// GetPptHostUserOk returns a tuple with the PptHostUser field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetPptHostUserOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.PptHostUser) { - return nil, false - } - return o.PptHostUser, true -} - -// HasPptHostUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasPptHostUser() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PptHostUser) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetPptHostUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PptHostUser field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetPptHostUser(v string) { - o.PptHostUser = &v -} - -// GetStagingPreScript returns the StagingPreScript field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetStagingPreScript() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingPreScript) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.StagingPreScript -} - -// GetStagingPreScriptOk returns a tuple with the StagingPreScript field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetStagingPreScriptOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingPreScript) { - return nil, false - } - return o.StagingPreScript, true -} - -// HasStagingPreScript returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasStagingPreScript() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StagingPreScript) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetStagingPreScript gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StagingPreScript field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetStagingPreScript(v string) { - o.StagingPreScript = &v -} - -// GetStagingPostScript returns the StagingPostScript field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetStagingPostScript() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingPostScript) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.StagingPostScript -} - -// GetStagingPostScriptOk returns a tuple with the StagingPostScript field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetStagingPostScriptOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingPostScript) { - return nil, false - } - return o.StagingPostScript, true -} - -// HasStagingPostScript returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasStagingPostScript() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StagingPostScript) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetStagingPostScript gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StagingPostScript field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetStagingPostScript(v string) { - o.StagingPostScript = &v -} - -// GetStagingDatabaseName returns the StagingDatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetStagingDatabaseName() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingDatabaseName) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.StagingDatabaseName -} - -// GetStagingDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the StagingDatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetStagingDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingDatabaseName) { - return nil, false - } - return o.StagingDatabaseName, true -} - -// HasStagingDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasStagingDatabaseName() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StagingDatabaseName) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetStagingDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StagingDatabaseName field. -func (o *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetStagingDatabaseName(v string) { - o.StagingDatabaseName = &v -} - -func (o MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { - toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId - } - if !IsNil(o.EncryptionKey) { - toSerialize["encryption_key"] = o.EncryptionKey - } - if !IsNil(o.PptRepository) { - toSerialize["ppt_repository"] = o.PptRepository - } - if !IsNil(o.PptHostUser) { - toSerialize["ppt_host_user"] = o.PptHostUser - } - if !IsNil(o.StagingPreScript) { - toSerialize["staging_pre_script"] = o.StagingPreScript - } - if !IsNil(o.StagingPostScript) { - toSerialize["staging_post_script"] = o.StagingPostScript - } - if !IsNil(o.StagingDatabaseName) { - toSerialize["staging_database_name"] = o.StagingDatabaseName - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableMSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf struct { - value *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableMSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) Get() *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableMSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) Set(val *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableMSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableMSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableMSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf(val *MSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) *NullableMSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf { - return &NullableMSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableMSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableMSSQLDSourceStagingPushLinkSourceParametersAllOf) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_name_value_pair.go b/model_name_value_pair.go index 89e5f1f0..2f1032e2 100644 --- a/model_name_value_pair.go +++ b/model_name_value_pair.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the NameValuePair type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -26,6 +28,8 @@ type NameValuePair struct { VarValue string `json:"var_value"` } +type _NameValuePair NameValuePair + // NewNameValuePair instantiates a new NameValuePair object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -108,6 +112,44 @@ func (o NameValuePair) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *NameValuePair) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "var_name", + "var_value", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varNameValuePair := _NameValuePair{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varNameValuePair) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = NameValuePair(varNameValuePair) + + return err +} + type NullableNameValuePair struct { value *NameValuePair isSet bool diff --git a/model_namespace.go b/model_namespace.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cf3a6faa --- /dev/null +++ b/model_namespace.go @@ -0,0 +1,721 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" +) + +// checks if the Namespace type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &Namespace{} + +// Namespace A namespace represents an alternative namespace for objects and data within a Delphix engine. +type Namespace struct { + // The Namespace ID. + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // The Namespace name. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // This is the tag of the Replication profile that created this namespace. + Tag *string `json:"tag,omitempty"` + // The ID of the engine that the Namespace belongs to. + EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` + // A description of the namespace. + Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"` + // True if the source data stream was generated from a ReplicationProfile with mode CONTINUOUS_VAULT. + SecureNamespace *bool `json:"secure_namespace,omitempty"` + // True if the namespace has been failed over into the live environment. + FailedOver *bool `json:"failed_over,omitempty"` + // If the namespace has been failed over, this contains a report about objects affected by the failover. + FailoverReport *string `json:"failover_report,omitempty"` + // True if the namespace is locked. + Locked *bool `json:"locked,omitempty"` + // True if the namespace can be failed back. + FailbackPossible *bool `json:"failback_possible,omitempty"` + // Whether the namespace is capable of failback + FailbackCapability *string `json:"failback_capability,omitempty"` + // When incapable, the reason why the namespace is incompatible with failback. + FailbackIncapabilityReason *string `json:"failback_incapability_reason,omitempty"` + // The replication mode of the associated ReplicationProfile that created the Namespace. + ReplicationMode *string `json:"replication_mode,omitempty"` + // The status of the last execution of the ReplicationProfile associated with the Namespace. + LastExecutionStatus *string `json:"last_execution_status,omitempty"` + // The timestamp of the last execution status of the ReplicationProfile associated with the Namespace. + LastExecutionStatusTimestamp *time.Time `json:"last_execution_status_timestamp,omitempty"` + // The ID of the source engine that the ReplicationProfile that created the Namespace belongs to. + SourceEngineId *string `json:"source_engine_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the source engine that the ReplicationProfile that created the Namespace belongs to. + SourceEngineName *string `json:"source_engine_name,omitempty"` +} + +// NewNamespace instantiates a new Namespace object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewNamespace() *Namespace { + this := Namespace{} + return &this +} + +// NewNamespaceWithDefaults instantiates a new Namespace object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewNamespaceWithDefaults() *Namespace { + this := Namespace{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Namespace) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Namespace) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Namespace) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *Namespace) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Namespace) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Namespace) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Namespace) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *Namespace) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetTag returns the Tag field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Namespace) GetTag() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tag) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Tag +} + +// GetTagOk returns a tuple with the Tag field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Namespace) GetTagOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tag) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tag, true +} + +// HasTag returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Namespace) HasTag() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tag) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTag gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Tag field. +func (o *Namespace) SetTag(v string) { + o.Tag = &v +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Namespace) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Namespace) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineId, true +} + +// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Namespace) HasEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. +func (o *Namespace) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = &v +} + +// GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Namespace) GetDescription() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Description +} + +// GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Namespace) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Description, true +} + +// HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Namespace) HasDescription() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Description) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field. +func (o *Namespace) SetDescription(v string) { + o.Description = &v +} + +// GetSecureNamespace returns the SecureNamespace field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Namespace) GetSecureNamespace() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SecureNamespace) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.SecureNamespace +} + +// GetSecureNamespaceOk returns a tuple with the SecureNamespace field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Namespace) GetSecureNamespaceOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SecureNamespace) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SecureNamespace, true +} + +// HasSecureNamespace returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Namespace) HasSecureNamespace() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SecureNamespace) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSecureNamespace gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the SecureNamespace field. +func (o *Namespace) SetSecureNamespace(v bool) { + o.SecureNamespace = &v +} + +// GetFailedOver returns the FailedOver field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Namespace) GetFailedOver() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FailedOver) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.FailedOver +} + +// GetFailedOverOk returns a tuple with the FailedOver field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Namespace) GetFailedOverOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FailedOver) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FailedOver, true +} + +// HasFailedOver returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Namespace) HasFailedOver() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FailedOver) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFailedOver gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the FailedOver field. +func (o *Namespace) SetFailedOver(v bool) { + o.FailedOver = &v +} + +// GetFailoverReport returns the FailoverReport field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Namespace) GetFailoverReport() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FailoverReport) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.FailoverReport +} + +// GetFailoverReportOk returns a tuple with the FailoverReport field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Namespace) GetFailoverReportOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FailoverReport) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FailoverReport, true +} + +// HasFailoverReport returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Namespace) HasFailoverReport() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FailoverReport) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFailoverReport gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FailoverReport field. +func (o *Namespace) SetFailoverReport(v string) { + o.FailoverReport = &v +} + +// GetLocked returns the Locked field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Namespace) GetLocked() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Locked) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Locked +} + +// GetLockedOk returns a tuple with the Locked field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Namespace) GetLockedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Locked) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Locked, true +} + +// HasLocked returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Namespace) HasLocked() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Locked) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLocked gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Locked field. +func (o *Namespace) SetLocked(v bool) { + o.Locked = &v +} + +// GetFailbackPossible returns the FailbackPossible field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Namespace) GetFailbackPossible() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FailbackPossible) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.FailbackPossible +} + +// GetFailbackPossibleOk returns a tuple with the FailbackPossible field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Namespace) GetFailbackPossibleOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FailbackPossible) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FailbackPossible, true +} + +// HasFailbackPossible returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Namespace) HasFailbackPossible() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FailbackPossible) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFailbackPossible gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the FailbackPossible field. +func (o *Namespace) SetFailbackPossible(v bool) { + o.FailbackPossible = &v +} + +// GetFailbackCapability returns the FailbackCapability field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Namespace) GetFailbackCapability() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FailbackCapability) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.FailbackCapability +} + +// GetFailbackCapabilityOk returns a tuple with the FailbackCapability field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Namespace) GetFailbackCapabilityOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FailbackCapability) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FailbackCapability, true +} + +// HasFailbackCapability returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Namespace) HasFailbackCapability() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FailbackCapability) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFailbackCapability gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FailbackCapability field. +func (o *Namespace) SetFailbackCapability(v string) { + o.FailbackCapability = &v +} + +// GetFailbackIncapabilityReason returns the FailbackIncapabilityReason field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Namespace) GetFailbackIncapabilityReason() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FailbackIncapabilityReason) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.FailbackIncapabilityReason +} + +// GetFailbackIncapabilityReasonOk returns a tuple with the FailbackIncapabilityReason field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Namespace) GetFailbackIncapabilityReasonOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FailbackIncapabilityReason) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FailbackIncapabilityReason, true +} + +// HasFailbackIncapabilityReason returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Namespace) HasFailbackIncapabilityReason() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FailbackIncapabilityReason) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFailbackIncapabilityReason gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FailbackIncapabilityReason field. +func (o *Namespace) SetFailbackIncapabilityReason(v string) { + o.FailbackIncapabilityReason = &v +} + +// GetReplicationMode returns the ReplicationMode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Namespace) GetReplicationMode() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReplicationMode) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ReplicationMode +} + +// GetReplicationModeOk returns a tuple with the ReplicationMode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Namespace) GetReplicationModeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReplicationMode) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ReplicationMode, true +} + +// HasReplicationMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Namespace) HasReplicationMode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ReplicationMode) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetReplicationMode gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ReplicationMode field. +func (o *Namespace) SetReplicationMode(v string) { + o.ReplicationMode = &v +} + +// GetLastExecutionStatus returns the LastExecutionStatus field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Namespace) GetLastExecutionStatus() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastExecutionStatus) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.LastExecutionStatus +} + +// GetLastExecutionStatusOk returns a tuple with the LastExecutionStatus field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Namespace) GetLastExecutionStatusOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastExecutionStatus) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LastExecutionStatus, true +} + +// HasLastExecutionStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Namespace) HasLastExecutionStatus() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LastExecutionStatus) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLastExecutionStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the LastExecutionStatus field. +func (o *Namespace) SetLastExecutionStatus(v string) { + o.LastExecutionStatus = &v +} + +// GetLastExecutionStatusTimestamp returns the LastExecutionStatusTimestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Namespace) GetLastExecutionStatusTimestamp() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastExecutionStatusTimestamp) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.LastExecutionStatusTimestamp +} + +// GetLastExecutionStatusTimestampOk returns a tuple with the LastExecutionStatusTimestamp field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Namespace) GetLastExecutionStatusTimestampOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastExecutionStatusTimestamp) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LastExecutionStatusTimestamp, true +} + +// HasLastExecutionStatusTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Namespace) HasLastExecutionStatusTimestamp() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LastExecutionStatusTimestamp) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLastExecutionStatusTimestamp gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the LastExecutionStatusTimestamp field. +func (o *Namespace) SetLastExecutionStatusTimestamp(v time.Time) { + o.LastExecutionStatusTimestamp = &v +} + +// GetSourceEngineId returns the SourceEngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Namespace) GetSourceEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceEngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SourceEngineId +} + +// GetSourceEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the SourceEngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Namespace) GetSourceEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceEngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SourceEngineId, true +} + +// HasSourceEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Namespace) HasSourceEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SourceEngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSourceEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SourceEngineId field. +func (o *Namespace) SetSourceEngineId(v string) { + o.SourceEngineId = &v +} + +// GetSourceEngineName returns the SourceEngineName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Namespace) GetSourceEngineName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceEngineName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SourceEngineName +} + +// GetSourceEngineNameOk returns a tuple with the SourceEngineName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Namespace) GetSourceEngineNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceEngineName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SourceEngineName, true +} + +// HasSourceEngineName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Namespace) HasSourceEngineName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SourceEngineName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSourceEngineName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SourceEngineName field. +func (o *Namespace) SetSourceEngineName(v string) { + o.SourceEngineName = &v +} + +func (o Namespace) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o Namespace) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.Tag) { + toSerialize["tag"] = o.Tag + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + } + if !IsNil(o.Description) { + toSerialize["description"] = o.Description + } + if !IsNil(o.SecureNamespace) { + toSerialize["secure_namespace"] = o.SecureNamespace + } + if !IsNil(o.FailedOver) { + toSerialize["failed_over"] = o.FailedOver + } + if !IsNil(o.FailoverReport) { + toSerialize["failover_report"] = o.FailoverReport + } + if !IsNil(o.Locked) { + toSerialize["locked"] = o.Locked + } + if !IsNil(o.FailbackPossible) { + toSerialize["failback_possible"] = o.FailbackPossible + } + if !IsNil(o.FailbackCapability) { + toSerialize["failback_capability"] = o.FailbackCapability + } + if !IsNil(o.FailbackIncapabilityReason) { + toSerialize["failback_incapability_reason"] = o.FailbackIncapabilityReason + } + if !IsNil(o.ReplicationMode) { + toSerialize["replication_mode"] = o.ReplicationMode + } + if !IsNil(o.LastExecutionStatus) { + toSerialize["last_execution_status"] = o.LastExecutionStatus + } + if !IsNil(o.LastExecutionStatusTimestamp) { + toSerialize["last_execution_status_timestamp"] = o.LastExecutionStatusTimestamp + } + if !IsNil(o.SourceEngineId) { + toSerialize["source_engine_id"] = o.SourceEngineId + } + if !IsNil(o.SourceEngineName) { + toSerialize["source_engine_name"] = o.SourceEngineName + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableNamespace struct { + value *Namespace + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableNamespace) Get() *Namespace { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableNamespace) Set(val *Namespace) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableNamespace) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableNamespace) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableNamespace(val *Namespace) *NullableNamespace { + return &NullableNamespace{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableNamespace) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableNamespace) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_namespace_commit_failover_job_response.go b/model_namespace_commit_failover_job_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e7d84b14 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_namespace_commit_failover_job_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the NamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &NamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse{} + +// NamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse struct for NamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse +type NamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewNamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse instantiates a new NamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewNamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse() *NamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse { + this := NamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewNamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new NamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewNamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponseWithDefaults() *NamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse { + this := NamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *NamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o NamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o NamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableNamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse struct { + value *NamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableNamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse) Get() *NamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableNamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse) Set(val *NamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableNamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableNamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableNamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse(val *NamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse) *NullableNamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse { + return &NullableNamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableNamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableNamespaceCommitFailoverJobResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_namespace_delete_job_response.go b/model_namespace_delete_job_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ca249c7d --- /dev/null +++ b/model_namespace_delete_job_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the NamespaceDeleteJobResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &NamespaceDeleteJobResponse{} + +// NamespaceDeleteJobResponse struct for NamespaceDeleteJobResponse +type NamespaceDeleteJobResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewNamespaceDeleteJobResponse instantiates a new NamespaceDeleteJobResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewNamespaceDeleteJobResponse() *NamespaceDeleteJobResponse { + this := NamespaceDeleteJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewNamespaceDeleteJobResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new NamespaceDeleteJobResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewNamespaceDeleteJobResponseWithDefaults() *NamespaceDeleteJobResponse { + this := NamespaceDeleteJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NamespaceDeleteJobResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NamespaceDeleteJobResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NamespaceDeleteJobResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *NamespaceDeleteJobResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o NamespaceDeleteJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o NamespaceDeleteJobResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableNamespaceDeleteJobResponse struct { + value *NamespaceDeleteJobResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableNamespaceDeleteJobResponse) Get() *NamespaceDeleteJobResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableNamespaceDeleteJobResponse) Set(val *NamespaceDeleteJobResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableNamespaceDeleteJobResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableNamespaceDeleteJobResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableNamespaceDeleteJobResponse(val *NamespaceDeleteJobResponse) *NullableNamespaceDeleteJobResponse { + return &NullableNamespaceDeleteJobResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableNamespaceDeleteJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableNamespaceDeleteJobResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_delete_masking_plugin_response.go b/model_namespace_discard_job_response.go similarity index 51% rename from model_delete_masking_plugin_response.go rename to model_namespace_discard_job_response.go index 79f5c6d4..d7ee5cb0 100644 --- a/model_delete_masking_plugin_response.go +++ b/model_namespace_discard_job_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -15,33 +15,33 @@ import ( "encoding/json" ) -// checks if the DeleteMaskingPluginResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &DeleteMaskingPluginResponse{} +// checks if the NamespaceDiscardJobResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &NamespaceDiscardJobResponse{} -// DeleteMaskingPluginResponse struct for DeleteMaskingPluginResponse -type DeleteMaskingPluginResponse struct { +// NamespaceDiscardJobResponse struct for NamespaceDiscardJobResponse +type NamespaceDiscardJobResponse struct { Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` } -// NewDeleteMaskingPluginResponse instantiates a new DeleteMaskingPluginResponse object +// NewNamespaceDiscardJobResponse instantiates a new NamespaceDiscardJobResponse object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments // will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewDeleteMaskingPluginResponse() *DeleteMaskingPluginResponse { - this := DeleteMaskingPluginResponse{} +func NewNamespaceDiscardJobResponse() *NamespaceDiscardJobResponse { + this := NamespaceDiscardJobResponse{} return &this } -// NewDeleteMaskingPluginResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new DeleteMaskingPluginResponse object +// NewNamespaceDiscardJobResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new NamespaceDiscardJobResponse object // This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, // but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewDeleteMaskingPluginResponseWithDefaults() *DeleteMaskingPluginResponse { - this := DeleteMaskingPluginResponse{} +func NewNamespaceDiscardJobResponseWithDefaults() *NamespaceDiscardJobResponse { + this := NamespaceDiscardJobResponse{} return &this } // GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *DeleteMaskingPluginResponse) GetJob() Job { +func (o *NamespaceDiscardJobResponse) GetJob() Job { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { var ret Job return ret @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ func (o *DeleteMaskingPluginResponse) GetJob() Job { // GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *DeleteMaskingPluginResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { +func (o *NamespaceDiscardJobResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { return nil, false } @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ func (o *DeleteMaskingPluginResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { } // HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *DeleteMaskingPluginResponse) HasJob() bool { +func (o *NamespaceDiscardJobResponse) HasJob() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { return true } @@ -68,11 +68,11 @@ func (o *DeleteMaskingPluginResponse) HasJob() bool { } // SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. -func (o *DeleteMaskingPluginResponse) SetJob(v Job) { +func (o *NamespaceDiscardJobResponse) SetJob(v Job) { o.Job = &v } -func (o DeleteMaskingPluginResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { +func (o NamespaceDiscardJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { return []byte{}, err @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ func (o DeleteMaskingPluginResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return json.Marshal(toSerialize) } -func (o DeleteMaskingPluginResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { +func (o NamespaceDiscardJobResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} if !IsNil(o.Job) { toSerialize["job"] = o.Job @@ -88,38 +88,38 @@ func (o DeleteMaskingPluginResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } -type NullableDeleteMaskingPluginResponse struct { - value *DeleteMaskingPluginResponse +type NullableNamespaceDiscardJobResponse struct { + value *NamespaceDiscardJobResponse isSet bool } -func (v NullableDeleteMaskingPluginResponse) Get() *DeleteMaskingPluginResponse { +func (v NullableNamespaceDiscardJobResponse) Get() *NamespaceDiscardJobResponse { return v.value } -func (v *NullableDeleteMaskingPluginResponse) Set(val *DeleteMaskingPluginResponse) { +func (v *NullableNamespaceDiscardJobResponse) Set(val *NamespaceDiscardJobResponse) { v.value = val v.isSet = true } -func (v NullableDeleteMaskingPluginResponse) IsSet() bool { +func (v NullableNamespaceDiscardJobResponse) IsSet() bool { return v.isSet } -func (v *NullableDeleteMaskingPluginResponse) Unset() { +func (v *NullableNamespaceDiscardJobResponse) Unset() { v.value = nil v.isSet = false } -func NewNullableDeleteMaskingPluginResponse(val *DeleteMaskingPluginResponse) *NullableDeleteMaskingPluginResponse { - return &NullableDeleteMaskingPluginResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +func NewNullableNamespaceDiscardJobResponse(val *NamespaceDiscardJobResponse) *NullableNamespaceDiscardJobResponse { + return &NullableNamespaceDiscardJobResponse{value: val, isSet: true} } -func (v NullableDeleteMaskingPluginResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { +func (v NullableNamespaceDiscardJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return json.Marshal(v.value) } -func (v *NullableDeleteMaskingPluginResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { +func (v *NullableNamespaceDiscardJobResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { v.isSet = true return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) } diff --git a/model_namespace_failback_job_response.go b/model_namespace_failback_job_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..54c7da59 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_namespace_failback_job_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the NamespaceFailbackJobResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &NamespaceFailbackJobResponse{} + +// NamespaceFailbackJobResponse struct for NamespaceFailbackJobResponse +type NamespaceFailbackJobResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewNamespaceFailbackJobResponse instantiates a new NamespaceFailbackJobResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewNamespaceFailbackJobResponse() *NamespaceFailbackJobResponse { + this := NamespaceFailbackJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewNamespaceFailbackJobResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new NamespaceFailbackJobResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewNamespaceFailbackJobResponseWithDefaults() *NamespaceFailbackJobResponse { + this := NamespaceFailbackJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NamespaceFailbackJobResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NamespaceFailbackJobResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NamespaceFailbackJobResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *NamespaceFailbackJobResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o NamespaceFailbackJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o NamespaceFailbackJobResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableNamespaceFailbackJobResponse struct { + value *NamespaceFailbackJobResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableNamespaceFailbackJobResponse) Get() *NamespaceFailbackJobResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableNamespaceFailbackJobResponse) Set(val *NamespaceFailbackJobResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableNamespaceFailbackJobResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableNamespaceFailbackJobResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableNamespaceFailbackJobResponse(val *NamespaceFailbackJobResponse) *NullableNamespaceFailbackJobResponse { + return &NullableNamespaceFailbackJobResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableNamespaceFailbackJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableNamespaceFailbackJobResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_namespace_failover_job_response.go b/model_namespace_failover_job_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6232ac97 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_namespace_failover_job_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the NamespaceFailoverJobResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &NamespaceFailoverJobResponse{} + +// NamespaceFailoverJobResponse struct for NamespaceFailoverJobResponse +type NamespaceFailoverJobResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewNamespaceFailoverJobResponse instantiates a new NamespaceFailoverJobResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewNamespaceFailoverJobResponse() *NamespaceFailoverJobResponse { + this := NamespaceFailoverJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewNamespaceFailoverJobResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new NamespaceFailoverJobResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewNamespaceFailoverJobResponseWithDefaults() *NamespaceFailoverJobResponse { + this := NamespaceFailoverJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NamespaceFailoverJobResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NamespaceFailoverJobResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NamespaceFailoverJobResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *NamespaceFailoverJobResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o NamespaceFailoverJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o NamespaceFailoverJobResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableNamespaceFailoverJobResponse struct { + value *NamespaceFailoverJobResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableNamespaceFailoverJobResponse) Get() *NamespaceFailoverJobResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableNamespaceFailoverJobResponse) Set(val *NamespaceFailoverJobResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableNamespaceFailoverJobResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableNamespaceFailoverJobResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableNamespaceFailoverJobResponse(val *NamespaceFailoverJobResponse) *NullableNamespaceFailoverJobResponse { + return &NullableNamespaceFailoverJobResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableNamespaceFailoverJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableNamespaceFailoverJobResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_namespace_update_job_response.go b/model_namespace_update_job_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..35c19aeb --- /dev/null +++ b/model_namespace_update_job_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the NamespaceUpdateJobResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &NamespaceUpdateJobResponse{} + +// NamespaceUpdateJobResponse struct for NamespaceUpdateJobResponse +type NamespaceUpdateJobResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewNamespaceUpdateJobResponse instantiates a new NamespaceUpdateJobResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewNamespaceUpdateJobResponse() *NamespaceUpdateJobResponse { + this := NamespaceUpdateJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewNamespaceUpdateJobResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new NamespaceUpdateJobResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewNamespaceUpdateJobResponseWithDefaults() *NamespaceUpdateJobResponse { + this := NamespaceUpdateJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NamespaceUpdateJobResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NamespaceUpdateJobResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NamespaceUpdateJobResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *NamespaceUpdateJobResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o NamespaceUpdateJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o NamespaceUpdateJobResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableNamespaceUpdateJobResponse struct { + value *NamespaceUpdateJobResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableNamespaceUpdateJobResponse) Get() *NamespaceUpdateJobResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableNamespaceUpdateJobResponse) Set(val *NamespaceUpdateJobResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableNamespaceUpdateJobResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableNamespaceUpdateJobResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableNamespaceUpdateJobResponse(val *NamespaceUpdateJobResponse) *NullableNamespaceUpdateJobResponse { + return &NullableNamespaceUpdateJobResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableNamespaceUpdateJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableNamespaceUpdateJobResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_netbackup_connectivity_check_parameters.go b/model_netbackup_connectivity_check_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9352eb73 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_netbackup_connectivity_check_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,247 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters{} + +// NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters Parameters to test NetBackup master server and client connectivity on an environment. +type NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters struct { + // Id of the target environment to test NetBackup connectivity from. + EnvironmentId string `json:"environment_id"` + // Id of the environment user. + EnvironmentUserId string `json:"environment_user_id"` + // The name of the NetBackup master server to attempt to connect to. + MasterServerName string `json:"master_server_name"` + // The name of the NetBackup client to attempt to connect with. + SourceClientName string `json:"source_client_name"` +} + +type _NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters + +// NewNetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters instantiates a new NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewNetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters(environmentId string, environmentUserId string, masterServerName string, sourceClientName string) *NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters { + this := NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters{} + this.EnvironmentId = environmentId + this.EnvironmentUserId = environmentUserId + this.MasterServerName = masterServerName + this.SourceClientName = sourceClientName + return &this +} + +// NewNetbackupConnectivityCheckParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewNetbackupConnectivityCheckParametersWithDefaults() *NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters { + this := NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetEnvironmentId returns the EnvironmentId field value +func (o *NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters) GetEnvironmentId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.EnvironmentId +} + +// GetEnvironmentIdOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters) GetEnvironmentIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.EnvironmentId, true +} + +// SetEnvironmentId sets field value +func (o *NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters) SetEnvironmentId(v string) { + o.EnvironmentId = v +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserId returns the EnvironmentUserId field value +func (o *NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters) GetEnvironmentUserId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.EnvironmentUserId +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserIdOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUserId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters) GetEnvironmentUserIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.EnvironmentUserId, true +} + +// SetEnvironmentUserId sets field value +func (o *NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters) SetEnvironmentUserId(v string) { + o.EnvironmentUserId = v +} + +// GetMasterServerName returns the MasterServerName field value +func (o *NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters) GetMasterServerName() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.MasterServerName +} + +// GetMasterServerNameOk returns a tuple with the MasterServerName field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters) GetMasterServerNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.MasterServerName, true +} + +// SetMasterServerName sets field value +func (o *NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters) SetMasterServerName(v string) { + o.MasterServerName = v +} + +// GetSourceClientName returns the SourceClientName field value +func (o *NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters) GetSourceClientName() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.SourceClientName +} + +// GetSourceClientNameOk returns a tuple with the SourceClientName field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters) GetSourceClientNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.SourceClientName, true +} + +// SetSourceClientName sets field value +func (o *NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters) SetSourceClientName(v string) { + o.SourceClientName = v +} + +func (o NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["environment_id"] = o.EnvironmentId + toSerialize["environment_user_id"] = o.EnvironmentUserId + toSerialize["master_server_name"] = o.MasterServerName + toSerialize["source_client_name"] = o.SourceClientName + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "environment_id", + "environment_user_id", + "master_server_name", + "source_client_name", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varNetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters := _NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varNetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters(varNetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters) + + return err +} + +type NullableNetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters struct { + value *NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableNetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters) Get() *NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableNetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters) Set(val *NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableNetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableNetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableNetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters(val *NetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters) *NullableNetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters { + return &NullableNetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableNetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableNetbackupConnectivityCheckParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_network_dsp_test_request.go b/model_network_dsp_test_request.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe01fb71 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_network_dsp_test_request.go @@ -0,0 +1,792 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the NetworkDSPTestRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &NetworkDSPTestRequest{} + +// NetworkDSPTestRequest struct for NetworkDSPTestRequest +type NetworkDSPTestRequest struct { + // The ID of the engine where the test is to be executed. + EngineId string `json:"engine_id"` + // Identifier of host that must exist within an associated with engine. + HostId *string `json:"host_id,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]+$"` + // Whether the test is a transmit or receive test. + Direction *string `json:"direction,omitempty"` + // The number of connections to use for the test. The special value 0 (the default) causes the test to automatically discover + NumConnections *int32 `json:"num_connections,omitempty"` + // The duration of the test in seconds. Note that when numConnections is 0, an initial period of time will be spent calculating the optimal number of connections, and that time does not count toward the duration of the test. + Duration *int32 `json:"duration,omitempty"` + // Whether the test is testing connectivity to a Delphix Engine or remote host. + DestinationType *string `json:"destination_type,omitempty"` + // Whether or not compression is used for the test. + Compression *bool `json:"compression,omitempty"` + // Whether or not encryption is used for the test. + Encryption *bool `json:"encryption,omitempty"` + // The queue depth used for the DSP throughput test. + QueueDepth *int32 `json:"queue_depth,omitempty"` + // The size of each transmit request in bytes. + BlockSize *int32 `json:"block_size,omitempty"` + // The size of the send socket buffer in bytes. + SendSocketBuffer *int32 `json:"send_socket_buffer,omitempty"` + // The size of the receive socket buffer in bytes. + ReceiveSocketBuffer *int32 `json:"receive_socket_buffer,omitempty"` + // The transport scheduler to use. + XportScheduler *string `json:"xport_scheduler,omitempty"` + // engine id which test exc + TargetEngineId *string `json:"target_engine_id,omitempty"` + // Address of other target Delphix Engine. + TargetEngineAddress *string `json:"target_engine_address,omitempty"` + // Username for the other target Delphix Engine. + TargetEngineUser *string `json:"target_engine_user,omitempty"` + // Password for the other target Delphix Engine. + TargetEnginePassword *string `json:"target_engine_password,omitempty"` +} + +type _NetworkDSPTestRequest NetworkDSPTestRequest + +// NewNetworkDSPTestRequest instantiates a new NetworkDSPTestRequest object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewNetworkDSPTestRequest(engineId string) *NetworkDSPTestRequest { + this := NetworkDSPTestRequest{} + this.EngineId = engineId + var direction string = "TRANSMIT" + this.Direction = &direction + var duration int32 = 30 + this.Duration = &duration + var destinationType string = "REMOTE_HOST" + this.DestinationType = &destinationType + var compression bool = false + this.Compression = &compression + var encryption bool = false + this.Encryption = &encryption + var queueDepth int32 = 64 + this.QueueDepth = &queueDepth + var blockSize int32 = 1048576 + this.BlockSize = &blockSize + var sendSocketBuffer int32 = 1048576 + this.SendSocketBuffer = &sendSocketBuffer + var receiveSocketBuffer int32 = 1048576 + this.ReceiveSocketBuffer = &receiveSocketBuffer + var xportScheduler string = "ROUND_ROBIN" + this.XportScheduler = &xportScheduler + return &this +} + +// NewNetworkDSPTestRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new NetworkDSPTestRequest object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewNetworkDSPTestRequestWithDefaults() *NetworkDSPTestRequest { + this := NetworkDSPTestRequest{} + var direction string = "TRANSMIT" + this.Direction = &direction + var duration int32 = 30 + this.Duration = &duration + var destinationType string = "REMOTE_HOST" + this.DestinationType = &destinationType + var compression bool = false + this.Compression = &compression + var encryption bool = false + this.Encryption = &encryption + var queueDepth int32 = 64 + this.QueueDepth = &queueDepth + var blockSize int32 = 1048576 + this.BlockSize = &blockSize + var sendSocketBuffer int32 = 1048576 + this.SendSocketBuffer = &sendSocketBuffer + var receiveSocketBuffer int32 = 1048576 + this.ReceiveSocketBuffer = &receiveSocketBuffer + var xportScheduler string = "ROUND_ROBIN" + this.XportScheduler = &xportScheduler + return &this +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.EngineId, true +} + +// SetEngineId sets field value +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = v +} + +// GetHostId returns the HostId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetHostId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HostId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.HostId +} + +// GetHostIdOk returns a tuple with the HostId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetHostIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HostId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.HostId, true +} + +// HasHostId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) HasHostId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HostId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHostId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the HostId field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) SetHostId(v string) { + o.HostId = &v +} + +// GetDirection returns the Direction field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetDirection() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Direction) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Direction +} + +// GetDirectionOk returns a tuple with the Direction field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetDirectionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Direction) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Direction, true +} + +// HasDirection returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) HasDirection() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Direction) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDirection gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Direction field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) SetDirection(v string) { + o.Direction = &v +} + +// GetNumConnections returns the NumConnections field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetNumConnections() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumConnections) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.NumConnections +} + +// GetNumConnectionsOk returns a tuple with the NumConnections field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetNumConnectionsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumConnections) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NumConnections, true +} + +// HasNumConnections returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) HasNumConnections() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NumConnections) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNumConnections gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the NumConnections field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) SetNumConnections(v int32) { + o.NumConnections = &v +} + +// GetDuration returns the Duration field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetDuration() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Duration) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.Duration +} + +// GetDurationOk returns a tuple with the Duration field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetDurationOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Duration) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Duration, true +} + +// HasDuration returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) HasDuration() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Duration) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDuration gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the Duration field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) SetDuration(v int32) { + o.Duration = &v +} + +// GetDestinationType returns the DestinationType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetDestinationType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DestinationType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DestinationType +} + +// GetDestinationTypeOk returns a tuple with the DestinationType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetDestinationTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DestinationType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DestinationType, true +} + +// HasDestinationType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) HasDestinationType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DestinationType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDestinationType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DestinationType field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) SetDestinationType(v string) { + o.DestinationType = &v +} + +// GetCompression returns the Compression field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetCompression() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Compression) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Compression +} + +// GetCompressionOk returns a tuple with the Compression field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetCompressionOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Compression) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Compression, true +} + +// HasCompression returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) HasCompression() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Compression) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCompression gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Compression field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) SetCompression(v bool) { + o.Compression = &v +} + +// GetEncryption returns the Encryption field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetEncryption() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Encryption) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Encryption +} + +// GetEncryptionOk returns a tuple with the Encryption field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetEncryptionOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Encryption) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Encryption, true +} + +// HasEncryption returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) HasEncryption() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Encryption) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEncryption gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Encryption field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) SetEncryption(v bool) { + o.Encryption = &v +} + +// GetQueueDepth returns the QueueDepth field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetQueueDepth() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.QueueDepth) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.QueueDepth +} + +// GetQueueDepthOk returns a tuple with the QueueDepth field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetQueueDepthOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.QueueDepth) { + return nil, false + } + return o.QueueDepth, true +} + +// HasQueueDepth returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) HasQueueDepth() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.QueueDepth) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetQueueDepth gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the QueueDepth field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) SetQueueDepth(v int32) { + o.QueueDepth = &v +} + +// GetBlockSize returns the BlockSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetBlockSize() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BlockSize) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.BlockSize +} + +// GetBlockSizeOk returns a tuple with the BlockSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetBlockSizeOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BlockSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BlockSize, true +} + +// HasBlockSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) HasBlockSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BlockSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBlockSize gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the BlockSize field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) SetBlockSize(v int32) { + o.BlockSize = &v +} + +// GetSendSocketBuffer returns the SendSocketBuffer field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetSendSocketBuffer() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SendSocketBuffer) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.SendSocketBuffer +} + +// GetSendSocketBufferOk returns a tuple with the SendSocketBuffer field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetSendSocketBufferOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SendSocketBuffer) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SendSocketBuffer, true +} + +// HasSendSocketBuffer returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) HasSendSocketBuffer() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SendSocketBuffer) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSendSocketBuffer gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the SendSocketBuffer field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) SetSendSocketBuffer(v int32) { + o.SendSocketBuffer = &v +} + +// GetReceiveSocketBuffer returns the ReceiveSocketBuffer field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetReceiveSocketBuffer() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReceiveSocketBuffer) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.ReceiveSocketBuffer +} + +// GetReceiveSocketBufferOk returns a tuple with the ReceiveSocketBuffer field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetReceiveSocketBufferOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReceiveSocketBuffer) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ReceiveSocketBuffer, true +} + +// HasReceiveSocketBuffer returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) HasReceiveSocketBuffer() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ReceiveSocketBuffer) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetReceiveSocketBuffer gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the ReceiveSocketBuffer field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) SetReceiveSocketBuffer(v int32) { + o.ReceiveSocketBuffer = &v +} + +// GetXportScheduler returns the XportScheduler field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetXportScheduler() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.XportScheduler) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.XportScheduler +} + +// GetXportSchedulerOk returns a tuple with the XportScheduler field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetXportSchedulerOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.XportScheduler) { + return nil, false + } + return o.XportScheduler, true +} + +// HasXportScheduler returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) HasXportScheduler() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.XportScheduler) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetXportScheduler gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the XportScheduler field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) SetXportScheduler(v string) { + o.XportScheduler = &v +} + +// GetTargetEngineId returns the TargetEngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetTargetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetEngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetEngineId +} + +// GetTargetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the TargetEngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetTargetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetEngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetEngineId, true +} + +// HasTargetEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) HasTargetEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetEngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetEngineId field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) SetTargetEngineId(v string) { + o.TargetEngineId = &v +} + +// GetTargetEngineAddress returns the TargetEngineAddress field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetTargetEngineAddress() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetEngineAddress) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetEngineAddress +} + +// GetTargetEngineAddressOk returns a tuple with the TargetEngineAddress field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetTargetEngineAddressOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetEngineAddress) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetEngineAddress, true +} + +// HasTargetEngineAddress returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) HasTargetEngineAddress() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetEngineAddress) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetEngineAddress gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetEngineAddress field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) SetTargetEngineAddress(v string) { + o.TargetEngineAddress = &v +} + +// GetTargetEngineUser returns the TargetEngineUser field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetTargetEngineUser() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetEngineUser) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetEngineUser +} + +// GetTargetEngineUserOk returns a tuple with the TargetEngineUser field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetTargetEngineUserOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetEngineUser) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetEngineUser, true +} + +// HasTargetEngineUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) HasTargetEngineUser() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetEngineUser) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetEngineUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetEngineUser field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) SetTargetEngineUser(v string) { + o.TargetEngineUser = &v +} + +// GetTargetEnginePassword returns the TargetEnginePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetTargetEnginePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetEnginePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetEnginePassword +} + +// GetTargetEnginePasswordOk returns a tuple with the TargetEnginePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) GetTargetEnginePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetEnginePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetEnginePassword, true +} + +// HasTargetEnginePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) HasTargetEnginePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetEnginePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetEnginePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetEnginePassword field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) SetTargetEnginePassword(v string) { + o.TargetEnginePassword = &v +} + +func (o NetworkDSPTestRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o NetworkDSPTestRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + if !IsNil(o.HostId) { + toSerialize["host_id"] = o.HostId + } + if !IsNil(o.Direction) { + toSerialize["direction"] = o.Direction + } + if !IsNil(o.NumConnections) { + toSerialize["num_connections"] = o.NumConnections + } + if !IsNil(o.Duration) { + toSerialize["duration"] = o.Duration + } + if !IsNil(o.DestinationType) { + toSerialize["destination_type"] = o.DestinationType + } + if !IsNil(o.Compression) { + toSerialize["compression"] = o.Compression + } + if !IsNil(o.Encryption) { + toSerialize["encryption"] = o.Encryption + } + if !IsNil(o.QueueDepth) { + toSerialize["queue_depth"] = o.QueueDepth + } + if !IsNil(o.BlockSize) { + toSerialize["block_size"] = o.BlockSize + } + if !IsNil(o.SendSocketBuffer) { + toSerialize["send_socket_buffer"] = o.SendSocketBuffer + } + if !IsNil(o.ReceiveSocketBuffer) { + toSerialize["receive_socket_buffer"] = o.ReceiveSocketBuffer + } + if !IsNil(o.XportScheduler) { + toSerialize["xport_scheduler"] = o.XportScheduler + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetEngineId) { + toSerialize["target_engine_id"] = o.TargetEngineId + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetEngineAddress) { + toSerialize["target_engine_address"] = o.TargetEngineAddress + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetEngineUser) { + toSerialize["target_engine_user"] = o.TargetEngineUser + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetEnginePassword) { + toSerialize["target_engine_password"] = o.TargetEnginePassword + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *NetworkDSPTestRequest) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "engine_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varNetworkDSPTestRequest := _NetworkDSPTestRequest{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varNetworkDSPTestRequest) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = NetworkDSPTestRequest(varNetworkDSPTestRequest) + + return err +} + +type NullableNetworkDSPTestRequest struct { + value *NetworkDSPTestRequest + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableNetworkDSPTestRequest) Get() *NetworkDSPTestRequest { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableNetworkDSPTestRequest) Set(val *NetworkDSPTestRequest) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableNetworkDSPTestRequest) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableNetworkDSPTestRequest) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableNetworkDSPTestRequest(val *NetworkDSPTestRequest) *NullableNetworkDSPTestRequest { + return &NullableNetworkDSPTestRequest{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableNetworkDSPTestRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableNetworkDSPTestRequest) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_network_dsp_test_result.go b/model_network_dsp_test_result.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..71e84dfb --- /dev/null +++ b/model_network_dsp_test_result.go @@ -0,0 +1,1087 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the NetworkDSPTestResult type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &NetworkDSPTestResult{} + +// NetworkDSPTestResult struct for NetworkDSPTestResult +type NetworkDSPTestResult struct { + // Unique identifier for the network performance test job. + DctJobId *string `json:"dct_job_id,omitempty"` + // Object name. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The remote IP address used for the test. + RemoteAddress *string `json:"remote_address,omitempty"` + RemoteHost *string `json:"remote_host,omitempty"` + // The state of the test. [RUNNING, COMPLETED, FAILED, CANCELED] + State *string `json:"state,omitempty"` + // Time when the test was started. + StartTime *string `json:"start_time,omitempty"` + // Time when the test ended. + EndTime *string `json:"end_time,omitempty"` + // The ID of the engine where the test is to be executed. + EngineId string `json:"engine_id"` + // Identifier of host that must exist within an associated with engine. + HostId *string `json:"host_id,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]+$"` + // Whether the test is a transmit or receive test. + Direction *string `json:"direction,omitempty"` + // Number of connections used to achieve maximum sustained throughput. + NumConnections *int32 `json:"num_connections,omitempty"` + // The duration of the test in seconds. Note that when numConnections is 0, an initial period of time will be spent calculating the optimal number of connections, and that time does not count toward the duration of the test. + Duration *int32 `json:"duration,omitempty"` + // Whether the test is testing connectivity to a Delphix Engine or remote host. + DestinationType *string `json:"destination_type,omitempty"` + // Whether or not compression is used for the test. + Compression *bool `json:"compression,omitempty"` + // Whether or not encryption is used for the test. + Encryption *bool `json:"encryption,omitempty"` + // The queue depth used for the DSP throughput test. + QueueDepth *int32 `json:"queue_depth,omitempty"` + // The size of each transmit request in bytes. + BlockSize *int32 `json:"block_size,omitempty"` + // The size of the send socket buffer in bytes. + SendSocketBuffer *int32 `json:"send_socket_buffer,omitempty"` + // The size of the receive socket buffer in bytes. + ReceiveSocketBuffer *int32 `json:"receive_socket_buffer,omitempty"` + // The transport scheduler to use. + XportScheduler *string `json:"xport_scheduler,omitempty"` + // engine id which test exc + TargetEngineId *string `json:"target_engine_id,omitempty"` + // Address of other target Delphix Engine. + TargetEngineAddress *string `json:"target_engine_address,omitempty"` + // Username for the other target Delphix Engine. + TargetEngineUser *string `json:"target_engine_user,omitempty"` + // Password for the other target Delphix Engine. + TargetEnginePassword *string `json:"target_engine_password,omitempty"` + // Average network throughput measured in bits per second (bps). Uses base 1024 for unit scaling (e.g., Kbps, Mbps). + Throughput *int64 `json:"throughput,omitempty"` +} + +type _NetworkDSPTestResult NetworkDSPTestResult + +// NewNetworkDSPTestResult instantiates a new NetworkDSPTestResult object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewNetworkDSPTestResult(engineId string) *NetworkDSPTestResult { + this := NetworkDSPTestResult{} + this.EngineId = engineId + var direction string = "TRANSMIT" + this.Direction = &direction + var duration int32 = 30 + this.Duration = &duration + var destinationType string = "REMOTE_HOST" + this.DestinationType = &destinationType + var compression bool = false + this.Compression = &compression + var encryption bool = false + this.Encryption = &encryption + var queueDepth int32 = 64 + this.QueueDepth = &queueDepth + var blockSize int32 = 1048576 + this.BlockSize = &blockSize + var sendSocketBuffer int32 = 1048576 + this.SendSocketBuffer = &sendSocketBuffer + var receiveSocketBuffer int32 = 1048576 + this.ReceiveSocketBuffer = &receiveSocketBuffer + var xportScheduler string = "ROUND_ROBIN" + this.XportScheduler = &xportScheduler + return &this +} + +// NewNetworkDSPTestResultWithDefaults instantiates a new NetworkDSPTestResult object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewNetworkDSPTestResultWithDefaults() *NetworkDSPTestResult { + this := NetworkDSPTestResult{} + var direction string = "TRANSMIT" + this.Direction = &direction + var duration int32 = 30 + this.Duration = &duration + var destinationType string = "REMOTE_HOST" + this.DestinationType = &destinationType + var compression bool = false + this.Compression = &compression + var encryption bool = false + this.Encryption = &encryption + var queueDepth int32 = 64 + this.QueueDepth = &queueDepth + var blockSize int32 = 1048576 + this.BlockSize = &blockSize + var sendSocketBuffer int32 = 1048576 + this.SendSocketBuffer = &sendSocketBuffer + var receiveSocketBuffer int32 = 1048576 + this.ReceiveSocketBuffer = &receiveSocketBuffer + var xportScheduler string = "ROUND_ROBIN" + this.XportScheduler = &xportScheduler + return &this +} + +// GetDctJobId returns the DctJobId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetDctJobId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctJobId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DctJobId +} + +// GetDctJobIdOk returns a tuple with the DctJobId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetDctJobIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctJobId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DctJobId, true +} + +// HasDctJobId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) HasDctJobId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DctJobId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDctJobId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DctJobId field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) SetDctJobId(v string) { + o.DctJobId = &v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetRemoteAddress returns the RemoteAddress field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetRemoteAddress() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RemoteAddress) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RemoteAddress +} + +// GetRemoteAddressOk returns a tuple with the RemoteAddress field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetRemoteAddressOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RemoteAddress) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RemoteAddress, true +} + +// HasRemoteAddress returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) HasRemoteAddress() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RemoteAddress) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRemoteAddress gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RemoteAddress field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) SetRemoteAddress(v string) { + o.RemoteAddress = &v +} + +// GetRemoteHost returns the RemoteHost field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetRemoteHost() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RemoteHost) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RemoteHost +} + +// GetRemoteHostOk returns a tuple with the RemoteHost field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetRemoteHostOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RemoteHost) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RemoteHost, true +} + +// HasRemoteHost returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) HasRemoteHost() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RemoteHost) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRemoteHost gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RemoteHost field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) SetRemoteHost(v string) { + o.RemoteHost = &v +} + +// GetState returns the State field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetState() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.State) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.State +} + +// GetStateOk returns a tuple with the State field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetStateOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.State) { + return nil, false + } + return o.State, true +} + +// HasState returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) HasState() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.State) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the State field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) SetState(v string) { + o.State = &v +} + +// GetStartTime returns the StartTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetStartTime() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StartTime) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.StartTime +} + +// GetStartTimeOk returns a tuple with the StartTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetStartTimeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StartTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.StartTime, true +} + +// HasStartTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) HasStartTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StartTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStartTime gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StartTime field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) SetStartTime(v string) { + o.StartTime = &v +} + +// GetEndTime returns the EndTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetEndTime() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EndTime) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EndTime +} + +// GetEndTimeOk returns a tuple with the EndTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetEndTimeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EndTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EndTime, true +} + +// HasEndTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) HasEndTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EndTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEndTime gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EndTime field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) SetEndTime(v string) { + o.EndTime = &v +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.EngineId, true +} + +// SetEngineId sets field value +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = v +} + +// GetHostId returns the HostId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetHostId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HostId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.HostId +} + +// GetHostIdOk returns a tuple with the HostId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetHostIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HostId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.HostId, true +} + +// HasHostId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) HasHostId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HostId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHostId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the HostId field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) SetHostId(v string) { + o.HostId = &v +} + +// GetDirection returns the Direction field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetDirection() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Direction) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Direction +} + +// GetDirectionOk returns a tuple with the Direction field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetDirectionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Direction) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Direction, true +} + +// HasDirection returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) HasDirection() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Direction) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDirection gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Direction field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) SetDirection(v string) { + o.Direction = &v +} + +// GetNumConnections returns the NumConnections field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetNumConnections() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumConnections) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.NumConnections +} + +// GetNumConnectionsOk returns a tuple with the NumConnections field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetNumConnectionsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumConnections) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NumConnections, true +} + +// HasNumConnections returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) HasNumConnections() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NumConnections) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNumConnections gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the NumConnections field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) SetNumConnections(v int32) { + o.NumConnections = &v +} + +// GetDuration returns the Duration field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetDuration() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Duration) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.Duration +} + +// GetDurationOk returns a tuple with the Duration field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetDurationOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Duration) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Duration, true +} + +// HasDuration returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) HasDuration() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Duration) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDuration gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the Duration field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) SetDuration(v int32) { + o.Duration = &v +} + +// GetDestinationType returns the DestinationType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetDestinationType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DestinationType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DestinationType +} + +// GetDestinationTypeOk returns a tuple with the DestinationType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetDestinationTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DestinationType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DestinationType, true +} + +// HasDestinationType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) HasDestinationType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DestinationType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDestinationType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DestinationType field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) SetDestinationType(v string) { + o.DestinationType = &v +} + +// GetCompression returns the Compression field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetCompression() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Compression) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Compression +} + +// GetCompressionOk returns a tuple with the Compression field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetCompressionOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Compression) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Compression, true +} + +// HasCompression returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) HasCompression() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Compression) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCompression gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Compression field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) SetCompression(v bool) { + o.Compression = &v +} + +// GetEncryption returns the Encryption field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetEncryption() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Encryption) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Encryption +} + +// GetEncryptionOk returns a tuple with the Encryption field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetEncryptionOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Encryption) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Encryption, true +} + +// HasEncryption returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) HasEncryption() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Encryption) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEncryption gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Encryption field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) SetEncryption(v bool) { + o.Encryption = &v +} + +// GetQueueDepth returns the QueueDepth field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetQueueDepth() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.QueueDepth) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.QueueDepth +} + +// GetQueueDepthOk returns a tuple with the QueueDepth field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetQueueDepthOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.QueueDepth) { + return nil, false + } + return o.QueueDepth, true +} + +// HasQueueDepth returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) HasQueueDepth() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.QueueDepth) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetQueueDepth gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the QueueDepth field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) SetQueueDepth(v int32) { + o.QueueDepth = &v +} + +// GetBlockSize returns the BlockSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetBlockSize() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BlockSize) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.BlockSize +} + +// GetBlockSizeOk returns a tuple with the BlockSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetBlockSizeOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BlockSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BlockSize, true +} + +// HasBlockSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) HasBlockSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BlockSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBlockSize gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the BlockSize field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) SetBlockSize(v int32) { + o.BlockSize = &v +} + +// GetSendSocketBuffer returns the SendSocketBuffer field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetSendSocketBuffer() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SendSocketBuffer) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.SendSocketBuffer +} + +// GetSendSocketBufferOk returns a tuple with the SendSocketBuffer field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetSendSocketBufferOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SendSocketBuffer) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SendSocketBuffer, true +} + +// HasSendSocketBuffer returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) HasSendSocketBuffer() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SendSocketBuffer) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSendSocketBuffer gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the SendSocketBuffer field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) SetSendSocketBuffer(v int32) { + o.SendSocketBuffer = &v +} + +// GetReceiveSocketBuffer returns the ReceiveSocketBuffer field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetReceiveSocketBuffer() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReceiveSocketBuffer) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.ReceiveSocketBuffer +} + +// GetReceiveSocketBufferOk returns a tuple with the ReceiveSocketBuffer field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetReceiveSocketBufferOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReceiveSocketBuffer) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ReceiveSocketBuffer, true +} + +// HasReceiveSocketBuffer returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) HasReceiveSocketBuffer() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ReceiveSocketBuffer) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetReceiveSocketBuffer gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the ReceiveSocketBuffer field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) SetReceiveSocketBuffer(v int32) { + o.ReceiveSocketBuffer = &v +} + +// GetXportScheduler returns the XportScheduler field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetXportScheduler() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.XportScheduler) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.XportScheduler +} + +// GetXportSchedulerOk returns a tuple with the XportScheduler field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetXportSchedulerOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.XportScheduler) { + return nil, false + } + return o.XportScheduler, true +} + +// HasXportScheduler returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) HasXportScheduler() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.XportScheduler) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetXportScheduler gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the XportScheduler field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) SetXportScheduler(v string) { + o.XportScheduler = &v +} + +// GetTargetEngineId returns the TargetEngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetTargetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetEngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetEngineId +} + +// GetTargetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the TargetEngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetTargetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetEngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetEngineId, true +} + +// HasTargetEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) HasTargetEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetEngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetEngineId field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) SetTargetEngineId(v string) { + o.TargetEngineId = &v +} + +// GetTargetEngineAddress returns the TargetEngineAddress field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetTargetEngineAddress() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetEngineAddress) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetEngineAddress +} + +// GetTargetEngineAddressOk returns a tuple with the TargetEngineAddress field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetTargetEngineAddressOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetEngineAddress) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetEngineAddress, true +} + +// HasTargetEngineAddress returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) HasTargetEngineAddress() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetEngineAddress) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetEngineAddress gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetEngineAddress field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) SetTargetEngineAddress(v string) { + o.TargetEngineAddress = &v +} + +// GetTargetEngineUser returns the TargetEngineUser field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetTargetEngineUser() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetEngineUser) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetEngineUser +} + +// GetTargetEngineUserOk returns a tuple with the TargetEngineUser field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetTargetEngineUserOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetEngineUser) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetEngineUser, true +} + +// HasTargetEngineUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) HasTargetEngineUser() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetEngineUser) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetEngineUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetEngineUser field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) SetTargetEngineUser(v string) { + o.TargetEngineUser = &v +} + +// GetTargetEnginePassword returns the TargetEnginePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetTargetEnginePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetEnginePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetEnginePassword +} + +// GetTargetEnginePasswordOk returns a tuple with the TargetEnginePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetTargetEnginePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetEnginePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetEnginePassword, true +} + +// HasTargetEnginePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) HasTargetEnginePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetEnginePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetEnginePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetEnginePassword field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) SetTargetEnginePassword(v string) { + o.TargetEnginePassword = &v +} + +// GetThroughput returns the Throughput field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetThroughput() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Throughput) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.Throughput +} + +// GetThroughputOk returns a tuple with the Throughput field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) GetThroughputOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Throughput) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Throughput, true +} + +// HasThroughput returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) HasThroughput() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Throughput) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetThroughput gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the Throughput field. +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) SetThroughput(v int64) { + o.Throughput = &v +} + +func (o NetworkDSPTestResult) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o NetworkDSPTestResult) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.DctJobId) { + toSerialize["dct_job_id"] = o.DctJobId + } + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.RemoteAddress) { + toSerialize["remote_address"] = o.RemoteAddress + } + if !IsNil(o.RemoteHost) { + toSerialize["remote_host"] = o.RemoteHost + } + if !IsNil(o.State) { + toSerialize["state"] = o.State + } + if !IsNil(o.StartTime) { + toSerialize["start_time"] = o.StartTime + } + if !IsNil(o.EndTime) { + toSerialize["end_time"] = o.EndTime + } + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + if !IsNil(o.HostId) { + toSerialize["host_id"] = o.HostId + } + if !IsNil(o.Direction) { + toSerialize["direction"] = o.Direction + } + if !IsNil(o.NumConnections) { + toSerialize["num_connections"] = o.NumConnections + } + if !IsNil(o.Duration) { + toSerialize["duration"] = o.Duration + } + if !IsNil(o.DestinationType) { + toSerialize["destination_type"] = o.DestinationType + } + if !IsNil(o.Compression) { + toSerialize["compression"] = o.Compression + } + if !IsNil(o.Encryption) { + toSerialize["encryption"] = o.Encryption + } + if !IsNil(o.QueueDepth) { + toSerialize["queue_depth"] = o.QueueDepth + } + if !IsNil(o.BlockSize) { + toSerialize["block_size"] = o.BlockSize + } + if !IsNil(o.SendSocketBuffer) { + toSerialize["send_socket_buffer"] = o.SendSocketBuffer + } + if !IsNil(o.ReceiveSocketBuffer) { + toSerialize["receive_socket_buffer"] = o.ReceiveSocketBuffer + } + if !IsNil(o.XportScheduler) { + toSerialize["xport_scheduler"] = o.XportScheduler + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetEngineId) { + toSerialize["target_engine_id"] = o.TargetEngineId + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetEngineAddress) { + toSerialize["target_engine_address"] = o.TargetEngineAddress + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetEngineUser) { + toSerialize["target_engine_user"] = o.TargetEngineUser + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetEnginePassword) { + toSerialize["target_engine_password"] = o.TargetEnginePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.Throughput) { + toSerialize["throughput"] = o.Throughput + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *NetworkDSPTestResult) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "engine_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varNetworkDSPTestResult := _NetworkDSPTestResult{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varNetworkDSPTestResult) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = NetworkDSPTestResult(varNetworkDSPTestResult) + + return err +} + +type NullableNetworkDSPTestResult struct { + value *NetworkDSPTestResult + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableNetworkDSPTestResult) Get() *NetworkDSPTestResult { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableNetworkDSPTestResult) Set(val *NetworkDSPTestResult) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableNetworkDSPTestResult) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableNetworkDSPTestResult) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableNetworkDSPTestResult(val *NetworkDSPTestResult) *NullableNetworkDSPTestResult { + return &NullableNetworkDSPTestResult{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableNetworkDSPTestResult) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableNetworkDSPTestResult) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_network_latency_test_result.go b/model_network_latency_test_result.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9468941c --- /dev/null +++ b/model_network_latency_test_result.go @@ -0,0 +1,714 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the NetworkLatencyTestResult type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &NetworkLatencyTestResult{} + +// NetworkLatencyTestResult struct for NetworkLatencyTestResult +type NetworkLatencyTestResult struct { + // Unique identifier for the network performance test job. + DctJobId *string `json:"dct_job_id,omitempty"` + // Object name. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The remote IP address used for the test. + RemoteAddress *string `json:"remote_address,omitempty"` + RemoteHost *string `json:"remote_host,omitempty"` + // The state of the test. [RUNNING, COMPLETED, FAILED, CANCELED] + State *string `json:"state,omitempty"` + // Time when the test was started. + StartTime *string `json:"start_time,omitempty"` + // Time when the test ended. + EndTime *string `json:"end_time,omitempty"` + // The ID of the engine where the test is to be executed. + EngineId string `json:"engine_id"` + // Identifier of host that must exist within an associated with engine. + HostId string `json:"host_id" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]+$"` + // Number of requests to send. + RequestCount *int32 `json:"request_count,omitempty"` + // The size of requests to send (bytes). + RequestSize *int32 `json:"request_size,omitempty"` + // Minimum measured round-trip time (usec). + Minimum *int32 `json:"minimum,omitempty"` + // Maximum measured round-trip time (usec). + Maximum *int32 `json:"maximum,omitempty"` + // Average measured round-trip time (usec). + Average *int32 `json:"average,omitempty"` + // Standard deviation (usec). + Stddev *int32 `json:"stddev,omitempty"` + // Percentage of requests or replies lost. + Loss *int32 `json:"loss,omitempty"` +} + +type _NetworkLatencyTestResult NetworkLatencyTestResult + +// NewNetworkLatencyTestResult instantiates a new NetworkLatencyTestResult object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewNetworkLatencyTestResult(engineId string, hostId string) *NetworkLatencyTestResult { + this := NetworkLatencyTestResult{} + this.EngineId = engineId + this.HostId = hostId + var requestCount int32 = 20 + this.RequestCount = &requestCount + var requestSize int32 = 16 + this.RequestSize = &requestSize + return &this +} + +// NewNetworkLatencyTestResultWithDefaults instantiates a new NetworkLatencyTestResult object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewNetworkLatencyTestResultWithDefaults() *NetworkLatencyTestResult { + this := NetworkLatencyTestResult{} + var requestCount int32 = 20 + this.RequestCount = &requestCount + var requestSize int32 = 16 + this.RequestSize = &requestSize + return &this +} + +// GetDctJobId returns the DctJobId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetDctJobId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctJobId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DctJobId +} + +// GetDctJobIdOk returns a tuple with the DctJobId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetDctJobIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctJobId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DctJobId, true +} + +// HasDctJobId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) HasDctJobId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DctJobId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDctJobId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DctJobId field. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) SetDctJobId(v string) { + o.DctJobId = &v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetRemoteAddress returns the RemoteAddress field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetRemoteAddress() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RemoteAddress) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RemoteAddress +} + +// GetRemoteAddressOk returns a tuple with the RemoteAddress field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetRemoteAddressOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RemoteAddress) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RemoteAddress, true +} + +// HasRemoteAddress returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) HasRemoteAddress() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RemoteAddress) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRemoteAddress gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RemoteAddress field. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) SetRemoteAddress(v string) { + o.RemoteAddress = &v +} + +// GetRemoteHost returns the RemoteHost field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetRemoteHost() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RemoteHost) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RemoteHost +} + +// GetRemoteHostOk returns a tuple with the RemoteHost field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetRemoteHostOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RemoteHost) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RemoteHost, true +} + +// HasRemoteHost returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) HasRemoteHost() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RemoteHost) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRemoteHost gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RemoteHost field. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) SetRemoteHost(v string) { + o.RemoteHost = &v +} + +// GetState returns the State field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetState() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.State) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.State +} + +// GetStateOk returns a tuple with the State field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetStateOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.State) { + return nil, false + } + return o.State, true +} + +// HasState returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) HasState() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.State) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the State field. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) SetState(v string) { + o.State = &v +} + +// GetStartTime returns the StartTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetStartTime() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StartTime) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.StartTime +} + +// GetStartTimeOk returns a tuple with the StartTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetStartTimeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StartTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.StartTime, true +} + +// HasStartTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) HasStartTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StartTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStartTime gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StartTime field. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) SetStartTime(v string) { + o.StartTime = &v +} + +// GetEndTime returns the EndTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetEndTime() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EndTime) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EndTime +} + +// GetEndTimeOk returns a tuple with the EndTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetEndTimeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EndTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EndTime, true +} + +// HasEndTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) HasEndTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EndTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEndTime gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EndTime field. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) SetEndTime(v string) { + o.EndTime = &v +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.EngineId, true +} + +// SetEngineId sets field value +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = v +} + +// GetHostId returns the HostId field value +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetHostId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.HostId +} + +// GetHostIdOk returns a tuple with the HostId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetHostIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.HostId, true +} + +// SetHostId sets field value +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) SetHostId(v string) { + o.HostId = v +} + +// GetRequestCount returns the RequestCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetRequestCount() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RequestCount) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RequestCount +} + +// GetRequestCountOk returns a tuple with the RequestCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetRequestCountOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RequestCount) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RequestCount, true +} + +// HasRequestCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) HasRequestCount() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RequestCount) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRequestCount gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RequestCount field. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) SetRequestCount(v int32) { + o.RequestCount = &v +} + +// GetRequestSize returns the RequestSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetRequestSize() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RequestSize) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RequestSize +} + +// GetRequestSizeOk returns a tuple with the RequestSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetRequestSizeOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RequestSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RequestSize, true +} + +// HasRequestSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) HasRequestSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RequestSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRequestSize gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RequestSize field. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) SetRequestSize(v int32) { + o.RequestSize = &v +} + +// GetMinimum returns the Minimum field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetMinimum() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Minimum) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.Minimum +} + +// GetMinimumOk returns a tuple with the Minimum field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetMinimumOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Minimum) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Minimum, true +} + +// HasMinimum returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) HasMinimum() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Minimum) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMinimum gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the Minimum field. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) SetMinimum(v int32) { + o.Minimum = &v +} + +// GetMaximum returns the Maximum field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetMaximum() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Maximum) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.Maximum +} + +// GetMaximumOk returns a tuple with the Maximum field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetMaximumOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Maximum) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Maximum, true +} + +// HasMaximum returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) HasMaximum() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Maximum) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMaximum gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the Maximum field. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) SetMaximum(v int32) { + o.Maximum = &v +} + +// GetAverage returns the Average field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetAverage() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Average) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.Average +} + +// GetAverageOk returns a tuple with the Average field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetAverageOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Average) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Average, true +} + +// HasAverage returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) HasAverage() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Average) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAverage gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the Average field. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) SetAverage(v int32) { + o.Average = &v +} + +// GetStddev returns the Stddev field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetStddev() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Stddev) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.Stddev +} + +// GetStddevOk returns a tuple with the Stddev field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetStddevOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Stddev) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Stddev, true +} + +// HasStddev returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) HasStddev() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Stddev) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStddev gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the Stddev field. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) SetStddev(v int32) { + o.Stddev = &v +} + +// GetLoss returns the Loss field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetLoss() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Loss) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.Loss +} + +// GetLossOk returns a tuple with the Loss field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) GetLossOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Loss) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Loss, true +} + +// HasLoss returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) HasLoss() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Loss) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLoss gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the Loss field. +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) SetLoss(v int32) { + o.Loss = &v +} + +func (o NetworkLatencyTestResult) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o NetworkLatencyTestResult) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.DctJobId) { + toSerialize["dct_job_id"] = o.DctJobId + } + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.RemoteAddress) { + toSerialize["remote_address"] = o.RemoteAddress + } + if !IsNil(o.RemoteHost) { + toSerialize["remote_host"] = o.RemoteHost + } + if !IsNil(o.State) { + toSerialize["state"] = o.State + } + if !IsNil(o.StartTime) { + toSerialize["start_time"] = o.StartTime + } + if !IsNil(o.EndTime) { + toSerialize["end_time"] = o.EndTime + } + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + toSerialize["host_id"] = o.HostId + if !IsNil(o.RequestCount) { + toSerialize["request_count"] = o.RequestCount + } + if !IsNil(o.RequestSize) { + toSerialize["request_size"] = o.RequestSize + } + if !IsNil(o.Minimum) { + toSerialize["minimum"] = o.Minimum + } + if !IsNil(o.Maximum) { + toSerialize["maximum"] = o.Maximum + } + if !IsNil(o.Average) { + toSerialize["average"] = o.Average + } + if !IsNil(o.Stddev) { + toSerialize["stddev"] = o.Stddev + } + if !IsNil(o.Loss) { + toSerialize["loss"] = o.Loss + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *NetworkLatencyTestResult) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "engine_id", + "host_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varNetworkLatencyTestResult := _NetworkLatencyTestResult{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varNetworkLatencyTestResult) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = NetworkLatencyTestResult(varNetworkLatencyTestResult) + + return err +} + +type NullableNetworkLatencyTestResult struct { + value *NetworkLatencyTestResult + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableNetworkLatencyTestResult) Get() *NetworkLatencyTestResult { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableNetworkLatencyTestResult) Set(val *NetworkLatencyTestResult) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableNetworkLatencyTestResult) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableNetworkLatencyTestResult) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableNetworkLatencyTestResult(val *NetworkLatencyTestResult) *NullableNetworkLatencyTestResult { + return &NullableNetworkLatencyTestResult{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableNetworkLatencyTestResult) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableNetworkLatencyTestResult) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_network_test_base_result.go b/model_network_test_base_result.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2d7f7d53 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_network_test_base_result.go @@ -0,0 +1,349 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the NetworkTestBaseResult type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &NetworkTestBaseResult{} + +// NetworkTestBaseResult struct for NetworkTestBaseResult +type NetworkTestBaseResult struct { + // Unique identifier for the network performance test job. + DctJobId *string `json:"dct_job_id,omitempty"` + // Object name. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The remote IP address used for the test. + RemoteAddress *string `json:"remote_address,omitempty"` + RemoteHost *string `json:"remote_host,omitempty"` + // The state of the test. [RUNNING, COMPLETED, FAILED, CANCELED] + State *string `json:"state,omitempty"` + // Time when the test was started. + StartTime *string `json:"start_time,omitempty"` + // Time when the test ended. + EndTime *string `json:"end_time,omitempty"` +} + +// NewNetworkTestBaseResult instantiates a new NetworkTestBaseResult object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewNetworkTestBaseResult() *NetworkTestBaseResult { + this := NetworkTestBaseResult{} + return &this +} + +// NewNetworkTestBaseResultWithDefaults instantiates a new NetworkTestBaseResult object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewNetworkTestBaseResultWithDefaults() *NetworkTestBaseResult { + this := NetworkTestBaseResult{} + return &this +} + +// GetDctJobId returns the DctJobId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkTestBaseResult) GetDctJobId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctJobId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DctJobId +} + +// GetDctJobIdOk returns a tuple with the DctJobId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkTestBaseResult) GetDctJobIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctJobId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DctJobId, true +} + +// HasDctJobId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkTestBaseResult) HasDctJobId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DctJobId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDctJobId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DctJobId field. +func (o *NetworkTestBaseResult) SetDctJobId(v string) { + o.DctJobId = &v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkTestBaseResult) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkTestBaseResult) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkTestBaseResult) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *NetworkTestBaseResult) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetRemoteAddress returns the RemoteAddress field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkTestBaseResult) GetRemoteAddress() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RemoteAddress) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RemoteAddress +} + +// GetRemoteAddressOk returns a tuple with the RemoteAddress field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkTestBaseResult) GetRemoteAddressOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RemoteAddress) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RemoteAddress, true +} + +// HasRemoteAddress returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkTestBaseResult) HasRemoteAddress() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RemoteAddress) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRemoteAddress gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RemoteAddress field. +func (o *NetworkTestBaseResult) SetRemoteAddress(v string) { + o.RemoteAddress = &v +} + +// GetRemoteHost returns the RemoteHost field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkTestBaseResult) GetRemoteHost() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RemoteHost) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RemoteHost +} + +// GetRemoteHostOk returns a tuple with the RemoteHost field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkTestBaseResult) GetRemoteHostOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RemoteHost) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RemoteHost, true +} + +// HasRemoteHost returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkTestBaseResult) HasRemoteHost() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RemoteHost) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRemoteHost gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RemoteHost field. +func (o *NetworkTestBaseResult) SetRemoteHost(v string) { + o.RemoteHost = &v +} + +// GetState returns the State field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkTestBaseResult) GetState() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.State) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.State +} + +// GetStateOk returns a tuple with the State field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkTestBaseResult) GetStateOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.State) { + return nil, false + } + return o.State, true +} + +// HasState returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkTestBaseResult) HasState() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.State) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the State field. +func (o *NetworkTestBaseResult) SetState(v string) { + o.State = &v +} + +// GetStartTime returns the StartTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkTestBaseResult) GetStartTime() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StartTime) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.StartTime +} + +// GetStartTimeOk returns a tuple with the StartTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkTestBaseResult) GetStartTimeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StartTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.StartTime, true +} + +// HasStartTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkTestBaseResult) HasStartTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StartTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStartTime gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StartTime field. +func (o *NetworkTestBaseResult) SetStartTime(v string) { + o.StartTime = &v +} + +// GetEndTime returns the EndTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkTestBaseResult) GetEndTime() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EndTime) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EndTime +} + +// GetEndTimeOk returns a tuple with the EndTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkTestBaseResult) GetEndTimeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EndTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EndTime, true +} + +// HasEndTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkTestBaseResult) HasEndTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EndTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEndTime gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EndTime field. +func (o *NetworkTestBaseResult) SetEndTime(v string) { + o.EndTime = &v +} + +func (o NetworkTestBaseResult) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o NetworkTestBaseResult) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.DctJobId) { + toSerialize["dct_job_id"] = o.DctJobId + } + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.RemoteAddress) { + toSerialize["remote_address"] = o.RemoteAddress + } + if !IsNil(o.RemoteHost) { + toSerialize["remote_host"] = o.RemoteHost + } + if !IsNil(o.State) { + toSerialize["state"] = o.State + } + if !IsNil(o.StartTime) { + toSerialize["start_time"] = o.StartTime + } + if !IsNil(o.EndTime) { + toSerialize["end_time"] = o.EndTime + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableNetworkTestBaseResult struct { + value *NetworkTestBaseResult + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableNetworkTestBaseResult) Get() *NetworkTestBaseResult { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableNetworkTestBaseResult) Set(val *NetworkTestBaseResult) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableNetworkTestBaseResult) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableNetworkTestBaseResult) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableNetworkTestBaseResult(val *NetworkTestBaseResult) *NullableNetworkTestBaseResult { + return &NullableNetworkTestBaseResult{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableNetworkTestBaseResult) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableNetworkTestBaseResult) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_network_test_parameters_request.go b/model_network_test_parameters_request.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..55124e00 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_network_test_parameters_request.go @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the NetworkTestParametersRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &NetworkTestParametersRequest{} + +// NetworkTestParametersRequest Parameters used when creating a network test. +type NetworkTestParametersRequest struct { + // The ID of the engine where the test is to be executed. + EngineId string `json:"engine_id"` + // Identifier of host that must exist within an associated with engine. + HostId *string `json:"host_id,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]+$"` +} + +type _NetworkTestParametersRequest NetworkTestParametersRequest + +// NewNetworkTestParametersRequest instantiates a new NetworkTestParametersRequest object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewNetworkTestParametersRequest(engineId string) *NetworkTestParametersRequest { + this := NetworkTestParametersRequest{} + this.EngineId = engineId + return &this +} + +// NewNetworkTestParametersRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new NetworkTestParametersRequest object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewNetworkTestParametersRequestWithDefaults() *NetworkTestParametersRequest { + this := NetworkTestParametersRequest{} + return &this +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value +func (o *NetworkTestParametersRequest) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkTestParametersRequest) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.EngineId, true +} + +// SetEngineId sets field value +func (o *NetworkTestParametersRequest) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = v +} + +// GetHostId returns the HostId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkTestParametersRequest) GetHostId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HostId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.HostId +} + +// GetHostIdOk returns a tuple with the HostId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkTestParametersRequest) GetHostIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HostId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.HostId, true +} + +// HasHostId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkTestParametersRequest) HasHostId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HostId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHostId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the HostId field. +func (o *NetworkTestParametersRequest) SetHostId(v string) { + o.HostId = &v +} + +func (o NetworkTestParametersRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o NetworkTestParametersRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + if !IsNil(o.HostId) { + toSerialize["host_id"] = o.HostId + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *NetworkTestParametersRequest) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "engine_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varNetworkTestParametersRequest := _NetworkTestParametersRequest{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varNetworkTestParametersRequest) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = NetworkTestParametersRequest(varNetworkTestParametersRequest) + + return err +} + +type NullableNetworkTestParametersRequest struct { + value *NetworkTestParametersRequest + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableNetworkTestParametersRequest) Get() *NetworkTestParametersRequest { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableNetworkTestParametersRequest) Set(val *NetworkTestParametersRequest) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableNetworkTestParametersRequest) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableNetworkTestParametersRequest) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableNetworkTestParametersRequest(val *NetworkTestParametersRequest) *NullableNetworkTestParametersRequest { + return &NullableNetworkTestParametersRequest{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableNetworkTestParametersRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableNetworkTestParametersRequest) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_network_test_response.go b/model_network_test_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..619e3622 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_network_test_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the NetworkTestResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &NetworkTestResponse{} + +// NetworkTestResponse struct for NetworkTestResponse +type NetworkTestResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewNetworkTestResponse instantiates a new NetworkTestResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewNetworkTestResponse() *NetworkTestResponse { + this := NetworkTestResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewNetworkTestResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new NetworkTestResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewNetworkTestResponseWithDefaults() *NetworkTestResponse { + this := NetworkTestResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkTestResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkTestResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkTestResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *NetworkTestResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o NetworkTestResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o NetworkTestResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableNetworkTestResponse struct { + value *NetworkTestResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableNetworkTestResponse) Get() *NetworkTestResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableNetworkTestResponse) Set(val *NetworkTestResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableNetworkTestResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableNetworkTestResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableNetworkTestResponse(val *NetworkTestResponse) *NullableNetworkTestResponse { + return &NullableNetworkTestResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableNetworkTestResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableNetworkTestResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_network_throughput_test_request.go b/model_network_throughput_test_request.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..649ae449 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_network_throughput_test_request.go @@ -0,0 +1,427 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the NetworkThroughputTestRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &NetworkThroughputTestRequest{} + +// NetworkThroughputTestRequest struct for NetworkThroughputTestRequest +type NetworkThroughputTestRequest struct { + // The ID of the engine where the test is to be executed. + EngineId string `json:"engine_id"` + // Identifier of host that must exist within an associated with engine. + HostId string `json:"host_id" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]+$"` + // Whether the test is a transmit or receive test. + Direction *string `json:"direction,omitempty"` + // The number of connections to use for the test. The special value 0 (the default) causes the test to automatically discover + NumConnections *int32 `json:"num_connections,omitempty"` + // The duration of the test in seconds. Note that when numConnections is 0, an initial period of time will be spent calculating the optimal number of connections, and that time does not count toward the duration of the test. + Duration *int32 `json:"duration,omitempty"` + // The TCP port number that the server (the receiver) will be listening on. + Port *int32 `json:"port,omitempty"` + // The size of each transmit request in bytes. + BlockSize *int32 `json:"block_size,omitempty"` + // The size of the send socket buffer in bytes. + SendSocketBuffer *int32 `json:"send_socket_buffer,omitempty"` +} + +type _NetworkThroughputTestRequest NetworkThroughputTestRequest + +// NewNetworkThroughputTestRequest instantiates a new NetworkThroughputTestRequest object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewNetworkThroughputTestRequest(engineId string, hostId string) *NetworkThroughputTestRequest { + this := NetworkThroughputTestRequest{} + this.EngineId = engineId + this.HostId = hostId + var direction string = "TRANSMIT" + this.Direction = &direction + var duration int32 = 30 + this.Duration = &duration + var blockSize int32 = 16384 + this.BlockSize = &blockSize + var sendSocketBuffer int32 = 4194304 + this.SendSocketBuffer = &sendSocketBuffer + return &this +} + +// NewNetworkThroughputTestRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new NetworkThroughputTestRequest object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewNetworkThroughputTestRequestWithDefaults() *NetworkThroughputTestRequest { + this := NetworkThroughputTestRequest{} + var direction string = "TRANSMIT" + this.Direction = &direction + var duration int32 = 30 + this.Duration = &duration + var blockSize int32 = 16384 + this.BlockSize = &blockSize + var sendSocketBuffer int32 = 4194304 + this.SendSocketBuffer = &sendSocketBuffer + return &this +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.EngineId, true +} + +// SetEngineId sets field value +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = v +} + +// GetHostId returns the HostId field value +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) GetHostId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.HostId +} + +// GetHostIdOk returns a tuple with the HostId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) GetHostIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.HostId, true +} + +// SetHostId sets field value +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) SetHostId(v string) { + o.HostId = v +} + +// GetDirection returns the Direction field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) GetDirection() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Direction) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Direction +} + +// GetDirectionOk returns a tuple with the Direction field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) GetDirectionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Direction) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Direction, true +} + +// HasDirection returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) HasDirection() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Direction) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDirection gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Direction field. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) SetDirection(v string) { + o.Direction = &v +} + +// GetNumConnections returns the NumConnections field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) GetNumConnections() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumConnections) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.NumConnections +} + +// GetNumConnectionsOk returns a tuple with the NumConnections field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) GetNumConnectionsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumConnections) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NumConnections, true +} + +// HasNumConnections returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) HasNumConnections() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NumConnections) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNumConnections gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the NumConnections field. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) SetNumConnections(v int32) { + o.NumConnections = &v +} + +// GetDuration returns the Duration field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) GetDuration() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Duration) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.Duration +} + +// GetDurationOk returns a tuple with the Duration field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) GetDurationOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Duration) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Duration, true +} + +// HasDuration returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) HasDuration() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Duration) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDuration gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the Duration field. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) SetDuration(v int32) { + o.Duration = &v +} + +// GetPort returns the Port field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) GetPort() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Port) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.Port +} + +// GetPortOk returns a tuple with the Port field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) GetPortOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Port) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Port, true +} + +// HasPort returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) HasPort() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Port) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPort gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the Port field. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) SetPort(v int32) { + o.Port = &v +} + +// GetBlockSize returns the BlockSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) GetBlockSize() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BlockSize) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.BlockSize +} + +// GetBlockSizeOk returns a tuple with the BlockSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) GetBlockSizeOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BlockSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BlockSize, true +} + +// HasBlockSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) HasBlockSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BlockSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBlockSize gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the BlockSize field. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) SetBlockSize(v int32) { + o.BlockSize = &v +} + +// GetSendSocketBuffer returns the SendSocketBuffer field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) GetSendSocketBuffer() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SendSocketBuffer) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.SendSocketBuffer +} + +// GetSendSocketBufferOk returns a tuple with the SendSocketBuffer field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) GetSendSocketBufferOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SendSocketBuffer) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SendSocketBuffer, true +} + +// HasSendSocketBuffer returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) HasSendSocketBuffer() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SendSocketBuffer) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSendSocketBuffer gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the SendSocketBuffer field. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) SetSendSocketBuffer(v int32) { + o.SendSocketBuffer = &v +} + +func (o NetworkThroughputTestRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o NetworkThroughputTestRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + toSerialize["host_id"] = o.HostId + if !IsNil(o.Direction) { + toSerialize["direction"] = o.Direction + } + if !IsNil(o.NumConnections) { + toSerialize["num_connections"] = o.NumConnections + } + if !IsNil(o.Duration) { + toSerialize["duration"] = o.Duration + } + if !IsNil(o.Port) { + toSerialize["port"] = o.Port + } + if !IsNil(o.BlockSize) { + toSerialize["block_size"] = o.BlockSize + } + if !IsNil(o.SendSocketBuffer) { + toSerialize["send_socket_buffer"] = o.SendSocketBuffer + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "engine_id", + "host_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varNetworkThroughputTestRequest := _NetworkThroughputTestRequest{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varNetworkThroughputTestRequest) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = NetworkThroughputTestRequest(varNetworkThroughputTestRequest) + + return err +} + +type NullableNetworkThroughputTestRequest struct { + value *NetworkThroughputTestRequest + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableNetworkThroughputTestRequest) Get() *NetworkThroughputTestRequest { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableNetworkThroughputTestRequest) Set(val *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableNetworkThroughputTestRequest) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableNetworkThroughputTestRequest) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableNetworkThroughputTestRequest(val *NetworkThroughputTestRequest) *NullableNetworkThroughputTestRequest { + return &NullableNetworkThroughputTestRequest{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableNetworkThroughputTestRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableNetworkThroughputTestRequest) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_network_throughput_test_result.go b/model_network_throughput_test_result.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2fdbc336 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_network_throughput_test_result.go @@ -0,0 +1,722 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the NetworkThroughputTestResult type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &NetworkThroughputTestResult{} + +// NetworkThroughputTestResult struct for NetworkThroughputTestResult +type NetworkThroughputTestResult struct { + // Unique identifier for the network performance test job. + DctJobId *string `json:"dct_job_id,omitempty"` + // Object name. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The remote IP address used for the test. + RemoteAddress *string `json:"remote_address,omitempty"` + RemoteHost *string `json:"remote_host,omitempty"` + // The state of the test. [RUNNING, COMPLETED, FAILED, CANCELED] + State *string `json:"state,omitempty"` + // Time when the test was started. + StartTime *string `json:"start_time,omitempty"` + // Time when the test ended. + EndTime *string `json:"end_time,omitempty"` + // The ID of the engine where the test is to be executed. + EngineId string `json:"engine_id"` + // Identifier of host that must exist within an associated with engine. + HostId string `json:"host_id" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]+$"` + // Whether the test is a transmit or receive test. + Direction *string `json:"direction,omitempty"` + // Number of connections used to achieve maximum sustained throughput. + NumConnections *int32 `json:"num_connections,omitempty"` + // The duration of the test in seconds. Note that when numConnections is 0, an initial period of time will be spent calculating the optimal number of connections, and that time does not count toward the duration of the test. + Duration *int32 `json:"duration,omitempty"` + // The TCP port number that the server (the receiver) will be listening on. + Port *int32 `json:"port,omitempty"` + // The size of each transmit request in bytes. + BlockSize *int32 `json:"block_size,omitempty"` + // The size of the send socket buffer in bytes. + SendSocketBuffer *int32 `json:"send_socket_buffer,omitempty"` + // Average network throughput measured in bits per second (bps). Uses base 1024 for unit scaling (e.g., Kbps, Mbps). + Throughput *int64 `json:"throughput,omitempty"` +} + +type _NetworkThroughputTestResult NetworkThroughputTestResult + +// NewNetworkThroughputTestResult instantiates a new NetworkThroughputTestResult object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewNetworkThroughputTestResult(engineId string, hostId string) *NetworkThroughputTestResult { + this := NetworkThroughputTestResult{} + this.EngineId = engineId + this.HostId = hostId + var direction string = "TRANSMIT" + this.Direction = &direction + var duration int32 = 30 + this.Duration = &duration + var blockSize int32 = 16384 + this.BlockSize = &blockSize + var sendSocketBuffer int32 = 4194304 + this.SendSocketBuffer = &sendSocketBuffer + return &this +} + +// NewNetworkThroughputTestResultWithDefaults instantiates a new NetworkThroughputTestResult object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewNetworkThroughputTestResultWithDefaults() *NetworkThroughputTestResult { + this := NetworkThroughputTestResult{} + var direction string = "TRANSMIT" + this.Direction = &direction + var duration int32 = 30 + this.Duration = &duration + var blockSize int32 = 16384 + this.BlockSize = &blockSize + var sendSocketBuffer int32 = 4194304 + this.SendSocketBuffer = &sendSocketBuffer + return &this +} + +// GetDctJobId returns the DctJobId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetDctJobId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctJobId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DctJobId +} + +// GetDctJobIdOk returns a tuple with the DctJobId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetDctJobIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctJobId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DctJobId, true +} + +// HasDctJobId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) HasDctJobId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DctJobId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDctJobId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DctJobId field. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) SetDctJobId(v string) { + o.DctJobId = &v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetRemoteAddress returns the RemoteAddress field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetRemoteAddress() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RemoteAddress) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RemoteAddress +} + +// GetRemoteAddressOk returns a tuple with the RemoteAddress field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetRemoteAddressOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RemoteAddress) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RemoteAddress, true +} + +// HasRemoteAddress returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) HasRemoteAddress() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RemoteAddress) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRemoteAddress gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RemoteAddress field. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) SetRemoteAddress(v string) { + o.RemoteAddress = &v +} + +// GetRemoteHost returns the RemoteHost field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetRemoteHost() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RemoteHost) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RemoteHost +} + +// GetRemoteHostOk returns a tuple with the RemoteHost field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetRemoteHostOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RemoteHost) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RemoteHost, true +} + +// HasRemoteHost returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) HasRemoteHost() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RemoteHost) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRemoteHost gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RemoteHost field. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) SetRemoteHost(v string) { + o.RemoteHost = &v +} + +// GetState returns the State field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetState() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.State) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.State +} + +// GetStateOk returns a tuple with the State field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetStateOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.State) { + return nil, false + } + return o.State, true +} + +// HasState returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) HasState() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.State) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the State field. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) SetState(v string) { + o.State = &v +} + +// GetStartTime returns the StartTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetStartTime() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StartTime) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.StartTime +} + +// GetStartTimeOk returns a tuple with the StartTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetStartTimeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StartTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.StartTime, true +} + +// HasStartTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) HasStartTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StartTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStartTime gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StartTime field. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) SetStartTime(v string) { + o.StartTime = &v +} + +// GetEndTime returns the EndTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetEndTime() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EndTime) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EndTime +} + +// GetEndTimeOk returns a tuple with the EndTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetEndTimeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EndTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EndTime, true +} + +// HasEndTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) HasEndTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EndTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEndTime gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EndTime field. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) SetEndTime(v string) { + o.EndTime = &v +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.EngineId, true +} + +// SetEngineId sets field value +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = v +} + +// GetHostId returns the HostId field value +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetHostId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.HostId +} + +// GetHostIdOk returns a tuple with the HostId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetHostIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.HostId, true +} + +// SetHostId sets field value +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) SetHostId(v string) { + o.HostId = v +} + +// GetDirection returns the Direction field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetDirection() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Direction) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Direction +} + +// GetDirectionOk returns a tuple with the Direction field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetDirectionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Direction) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Direction, true +} + +// HasDirection returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) HasDirection() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Direction) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDirection gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Direction field. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) SetDirection(v string) { + o.Direction = &v +} + +// GetNumConnections returns the NumConnections field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetNumConnections() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumConnections) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.NumConnections +} + +// GetNumConnectionsOk returns a tuple with the NumConnections field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetNumConnectionsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumConnections) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NumConnections, true +} + +// HasNumConnections returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) HasNumConnections() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NumConnections) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNumConnections gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the NumConnections field. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) SetNumConnections(v int32) { + o.NumConnections = &v +} + +// GetDuration returns the Duration field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetDuration() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Duration) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.Duration +} + +// GetDurationOk returns a tuple with the Duration field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetDurationOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Duration) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Duration, true +} + +// HasDuration returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) HasDuration() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Duration) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDuration gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the Duration field. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) SetDuration(v int32) { + o.Duration = &v +} + +// GetPort returns the Port field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetPort() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Port) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.Port +} + +// GetPortOk returns a tuple with the Port field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetPortOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Port) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Port, true +} + +// HasPort returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) HasPort() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Port) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPort gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the Port field. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) SetPort(v int32) { + o.Port = &v +} + +// GetBlockSize returns the BlockSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetBlockSize() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BlockSize) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.BlockSize +} + +// GetBlockSizeOk returns a tuple with the BlockSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetBlockSizeOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BlockSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BlockSize, true +} + +// HasBlockSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) HasBlockSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BlockSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBlockSize gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the BlockSize field. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) SetBlockSize(v int32) { + o.BlockSize = &v +} + +// GetSendSocketBuffer returns the SendSocketBuffer field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetSendSocketBuffer() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SendSocketBuffer) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.SendSocketBuffer +} + +// GetSendSocketBufferOk returns a tuple with the SendSocketBuffer field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetSendSocketBufferOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SendSocketBuffer) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SendSocketBuffer, true +} + +// HasSendSocketBuffer returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) HasSendSocketBuffer() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SendSocketBuffer) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSendSocketBuffer gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the SendSocketBuffer field. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) SetSendSocketBuffer(v int32) { + o.SendSocketBuffer = &v +} + +// GetThroughput returns the Throughput field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetThroughput() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Throughput) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.Throughput +} + +// GetThroughputOk returns a tuple with the Throughput field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) GetThroughputOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Throughput) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Throughput, true +} + +// HasThroughput returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) HasThroughput() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Throughput) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetThroughput gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the Throughput field. +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) SetThroughput(v int64) { + o.Throughput = &v +} + +func (o NetworkThroughputTestResult) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o NetworkThroughputTestResult) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.DctJobId) { + toSerialize["dct_job_id"] = o.DctJobId + } + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.RemoteAddress) { + toSerialize["remote_address"] = o.RemoteAddress + } + if !IsNil(o.RemoteHost) { + toSerialize["remote_host"] = o.RemoteHost + } + if !IsNil(o.State) { + toSerialize["state"] = o.State + } + if !IsNil(o.StartTime) { + toSerialize["start_time"] = o.StartTime + } + if !IsNil(o.EndTime) { + toSerialize["end_time"] = o.EndTime + } + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + toSerialize["host_id"] = o.HostId + if !IsNil(o.Direction) { + toSerialize["direction"] = o.Direction + } + if !IsNil(o.NumConnections) { + toSerialize["num_connections"] = o.NumConnections + } + if !IsNil(o.Duration) { + toSerialize["duration"] = o.Duration + } + if !IsNil(o.Port) { + toSerialize["port"] = o.Port + } + if !IsNil(o.BlockSize) { + toSerialize["block_size"] = o.BlockSize + } + if !IsNil(o.SendSocketBuffer) { + toSerialize["send_socket_buffer"] = o.SendSocketBuffer + } + if !IsNil(o.Throughput) { + toSerialize["throughput"] = o.Throughput + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *NetworkThroughputTestResult) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "engine_id", + "host_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varNetworkThroughputTestResult := _NetworkThroughputTestResult{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varNetworkThroughputTestResult) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = NetworkThroughputTestResult(varNetworkThroughputTestResult) + + return err +} + +type NullableNetworkThroughputTestResult struct { + value *NetworkThroughputTestResult + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableNetworkThroughputTestResult) Get() *NetworkThroughputTestResult { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableNetworkThroughputTestResult) Set(val *NetworkThroughputTestResult) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableNetworkThroughputTestResult) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableNetworkThroughputTestResult) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableNetworkThroughputTestResult(val *NetworkThroughputTestResult) *NullableNetworkThroughputTestResult { + return &NullableNetworkThroughputTestResult{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableNetworkThroughputTestResult) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableNetworkThroughputTestResult) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_object_permission_access_groups.go b/model_object_permission_access_groups.go index b765a4aa..e0e22910 100644 --- a/model_object_permission_access_groups.go +++ b/model_object_permission_access_groups.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_object_permission_account.go b/model_object_permission_account.go index 52c1b1d7..9b93909f 100644 --- a/model_object_permission_account.go +++ b/model_object_permission_account.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_object_permissions_response.go b/model_object_permissions_response.go index 91c15711..9268e08f 100644 --- a/model_object_permissions_response.go +++ b/model_object_permissions_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_object_type_enum.go b/model_object_type_enum.go index 5ac5e05c..43640b74 100644 --- a/model_object_type_enum.go +++ b/model_object_type_enum.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -21,20 +21,28 @@ type ObjectTypeEnum string // List of ObjectTypeEnum const ( + OBJECTTYPEENUM_ALGORITHM ObjectTypeEnum = "ALGORITHM" OBJECTTYPEENUM_ACCESS_GROUP ObjectTypeEnum = "ACCESS_GROUP" OBJECTTYPEENUM_ACCOUNT ObjectTypeEnum = "ACCOUNT" + OBJECTTYPEENUM_AI_SERVICE ObjectTypeEnum = "AI_SERVICE" OBJECTTYPEENUM_ROLE ObjectTypeEnum = "ROLE" OBJECTTYPEENUM_BOOKMARK ObjectTypeEnum = "BOOKMARK" OBJECTTYPEENUM_CDB ObjectTypeEnum = "CDB" + OBJECTTYPEENUM_CLASSIFIER ObjectTypeEnum = "CLASSIFIER" + OBJECTTYPEENUM_DATA_CLASS ObjectTypeEnum = "DATA_CLASS" OBJECTTYPEENUM_DATABASE_TEMPLATE ObjectTypeEnum = "DATABASE_TEMPLATE" + OBJECTTYPEENUM_DISCOVERY_EXPRESSION ObjectTypeEnum = "DISCOVERY_EXPRESSION" + OBJECTTYPEENUM_DISCOVERY_POLICY ObjectTypeEnum = "DISCOVERY_POLICY" OBJECTTYPEENUM_DSOURCE ObjectTypeEnum = "DSOURCE" OBJECTTYPEENUM_ENGINE ObjectTypeEnum = "ENGINE" OBJECTTYPEENUM_ENVIRONMENT ObjectTypeEnum = "ENVIRONMENT" + OBJECTTYPEENUM_COMPLIANCE_JOB_COLLECTION ObjectTypeEnum = "COMPLIANCE_JOB_COLLECTION" OBJECTTYPEENUM_MASKING_ENVIRONMENT ObjectTypeEnum = "MASKING_ENVIRONMENT" - OBJECTTYPEENUM_MASKING_ALGORITHM_REVISION ObjectTypeEnum = "MASKING_ALGORITHM_REVISION" + OBJECTTYPEENUM_MASKING_FILE_UPLOAD ObjectTypeEnum = "MASKING_FILE_UPLOAD" OBJECTTYPEENUM_MASKING_JOB ObjectTypeEnum = "MASKING_JOB" OBJECTTYPEENUM_MASKING_JOB_SET ObjectTypeEnum = "MASKING_JOB_SET" OBJECTTYPEENUM_REPORT_SCHEDULE ObjectTypeEnum = "REPORT_SCHEDULE" + OBJECTTYPEENUM_RULE_SET ObjectTypeEnum = "RULE_SET" OBJECTTYPEENUM_SOURCE ObjectTypeEnum = "SOURCE" OBJECTTYPEENUM_VAULT ObjectTypeEnum = "VAULT" OBJECTTYPEENUM_VCDB ObjectTypeEnum = "VCDB" @@ -47,31 +55,46 @@ const ( OBJECTTYPEENUM_KERBEROS_CONFIG ObjectTypeEnum = "KERBEROS_CONFIG" OBJECTTYPEENUM_TIMEFLOW ObjectTypeEnum = "TIMEFLOW" OBJECTTYPEENUM_MASKING_PLUGIN ObjectTypeEnum = "MASKING_PLUGIN" - OBJECTTYPEENUM_MASKING_ALGORITHM ObjectTypeEnum = "MASKING_ALGORITHM" OBJECTTYPEENUM_HYPERSCALE_INSTANCE ObjectTypeEnum = "HYPERSCALE_INSTANCE" OBJECTTYPEENUM_HYPERSCALE_CONNECTOR ObjectTypeEnum = "HYPERSCALE_CONNECTOR" OBJECTTYPEENUM_HYPERSCALE_DATASET ObjectTypeEnum = "HYPERSCALE_DATASET" OBJECTTYPEENUM_TOOLKIT ObjectTypeEnum = "TOOLKIT" OBJECTTYPEENUM_REPLICATION_PROFILE ObjectTypeEnum = "REPLICATION_PROFILE" + OBJECTTYPEENUM_NAMESPACE ObjectTypeEnum = "NAMESPACE" OBJECTTYPEENUM_STAGING_SOURCE ObjectTypeEnum = "STAGING_SOURCE" + OBJECTTYPEENUM_DATA_LAYOUT ObjectTypeEnum = "DATA_LAYOUT" + OBJECTTYPEENUM_SNAPSHOT ObjectTypeEnum = "SNAPSHOT" + OBJECTTYPEENUM_JOB ObjectTypeEnum = "JOB" + OBJECTTYPEENUM_VIRTUALIZATION_POLICY_TARGET ObjectTypeEnum = "VIRTUALIZATION_POLICY_TARGET" + OBJECTTYPEENUM_DATA_CONNECTION ObjectTypeEnum = "DATA_CONNECTION" + OBJECTTYPEENUM_HOOK_TEMPLATE ObjectTypeEnum = "HOOK_TEMPLATE" + OBJECTTYPEENUM_JOB_ORCHESTRATOR ObjectTypeEnum = "JOB_ORCHESTRATOR" ) // All allowed values of ObjectTypeEnum enum var AllowedObjectTypeEnumEnumValues = []ObjectTypeEnum{ + "ALGORITHM", "ACCESS_GROUP", "ACCOUNT", + "AI_SERVICE", "ROLE", "BOOKMARK", "CDB", + "CLASSIFIER", + "DATA_CLASS", "DATABASE_TEMPLATE", + "DISCOVERY_EXPRESSION", + "DISCOVERY_POLICY", "DSOURCE", "ENGINE", "ENVIRONMENT", + "COMPLIANCE_JOB_COLLECTION", "MASKING_ENVIRONMENT", - "MASKING_ALGORITHM_REVISION", + "MASKING_FILE_UPLOAD", "MASKING_JOB", "MASKING_JOB_SET", "REPORT_SCHEDULE", + "RULE_SET", "SOURCE", "VAULT", "VCDB", @@ -84,13 +107,20 @@ var AllowedObjectTypeEnumEnumValues = []ObjectTypeEnum{ "KERBEROS_CONFIG", "TIMEFLOW", "MASKING_PLUGIN", - "MASKING_ALGORITHM", "HYPERSCALE_INSTANCE", "HYPERSCALE_CONNECTOR", "HYPERSCALE_DATASET", "TOOLKIT", "REPLICATION_PROFILE", + "NAMESPACE", "STAGING_SOURCE", + "DATA_LAYOUT", + "SNAPSHOT", + "JOB", + "VIRTUALIZATION_POLICY_TARGET", + "DATA_CONNECTION", + "HOOK_TEMPLATE", + "JOB_ORCHESTRATOR", } func (v *ObjectTypeEnum) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { diff --git a/model_object_type_property.go b/model_object_type_property.go index a534480c..fab59c76 100644 --- a/model_object_type_property.go +++ b/model_object_type_property.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the ObjectTypeProperty type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -24,6 +26,8 @@ type ObjectTypeProperty struct { ObjectType string `json:"object_type"` } +type _ObjectTypeProperty ObjectTypeProperty + // NewObjectTypeProperty instantiates a new ObjectTypeProperty object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -80,6 +84,43 @@ func (o ObjectTypeProperty) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *ObjectTypeProperty) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "object_type", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varObjectTypeProperty := _ObjectTypeProperty{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varObjectTypeProperty) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ObjectTypeProperty(varObjectTypeProperty) + + return err +} + type NullableObjectTypeProperty struct { value *ObjectTypeProperty isSet bool diff --git a/model_oracle_active_instance.go b/model_oracle_active_instance.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..514da826 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_oracle_active_instance.go @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the OracleActiveInstance type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &OracleActiveInstance{} + +// OracleActiveInstance struct for OracleActiveInstance +type OracleActiveInstance struct { + // The number of this instance. + InstanceNumber *int32 `json:"instance_number,omitempty"` + // The name of this instance. + InstanceName *string `json:"instance_name,omitempty"` + // The reference to the cluster node which the instance is running on. + HostName *string `json:"host_name,omitempty"` +} + +// NewOracleActiveInstance instantiates a new OracleActiveInstance object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewOracleActiveInstance() *OracleActiveInstance { + this := OracleActiveInstance{} + return &this +} + +// NewOracleActiveInstanceWithDefaults instantiates a new OracleActiveInstance object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewOracleActiveInstanceWithDefaults() *OracleActiveInstance { + this := OracleActiveInstance{} + return &this +} + +// GetInstanceNumber returns the InstanceNumber field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleActiveInstance) GetInstanceNumber() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.InstanceNumber +} + +// GetInstanceNumberOk returns a tuple with the InstanceNumber field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleActiveInstance) GetInstanceNumberOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InstanceNumber, true +} + +// HasInstanceNumber returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleActiveInstance) HasInstanceNumber() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstanceNumber gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the InstanceNumber field. +func (o *OracleActiveInstance) SetInstanceNumber(v int32) { + o.InstanceNumber = &v +} + +// GetInstanceName returns the InstanceName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleActiveInstance) GetInstanceName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.InstanceName +} + +// GetInstanceNameOk returns a tuple with the InstanceName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleActiveInstance) GetInstanceNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InstanceName, true +} + +// HasInstanceName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleActiveInstance) HasInstanceName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstanceName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the InstanceName field. +func (o *OracleActiveInstance) SetInstanceName(v string) { + o.InstanceName = &v +} + +// GetHostName returns the HostName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleActiveInstance) GetHostName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HostName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.HostName +} + +// GetHostNameOk returns a tuple with the HostName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleActiveInstance) GetHostNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HostName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.HostName, true +} + +// HasHostName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleActiveInstance) HasHostName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HostName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHostName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the HostName field. +func (o *OracleActiveInstance) SetHostName(v string) { + o.HostName = &v +} + +func (o OracleActiveInstance) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o OracleActiveInstance) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + toSerialize["instance_number"] = o.InstanceNumber + } + if !IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + toSerialize["instance_name"] = o.InstanceName + } + if !IsNil(o.HostName) { + toSerialize["host_name"] = o.HostName + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableOracleActiveInstance struct { + value *OracleActiveInstance + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableOracleActiveInstance) Get() *OracleActiveInstance { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableOracleActiveInstance) Set(val *OracleActiveInstance) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableOracleActiveInstance) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableOracleActiveInstance) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableOracleActiveInstance(val *OracleActiveInstance) *NullableOracleActiveInstance { + return &NullableOracleActiveInstance{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableOracleActiveInstance) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableOracleActiveInstance) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_oracle_asm_export_by_location_parameters.go b/model_oracle_asm_export_by_location_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..165f2291 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_oracle_asm_export_by_location_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,1137 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters{} + +// OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters struct for OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters +type OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters struct { + // The unique name of the database. + UniqueName *string `json:"unique_name,omitempty"` + // The name of the database. + DatabaseName *string `json:"database_name,omitempty"` + // The repository_id to use for this operation. + RepositoryId *string `json:"repository_id,omitempty"` + // The environment user reference. + EnvironmentUserRef *string `json:"environment_user_ref,omitempty"` + // The password for the Transparent Data Encryption keystore associated with this database. + TdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + TdeKeystoreConfigType *OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum `json:"tde_keystore_config_type,omitempty"` + // SID of the exported database + OracleInstanceName *string `json:"oracle_instance_name,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$"` + // The number of the instance. + InstanceNumber *int32 `json:"instance_number,omitempty"` + Instances []OracleRACDatabaseInstance `json:"instances,omitempty"` + // The base mount point to use for the NFS mounts for the temporary VDB. + MountBase *string `json:"mount_base,omitempty"` + // Database configuration parameter overrides. + ConfigParams map[string]interface{} `json:"config_params,omitempty"` + // ID of an Oracle multitenant database this pluggable database belongs to. + CdbId *string `json:"cdb_id,omitempty"` + // Path to a copy of the parent's Oracle transparent data encryption keystore on the target host. + ParentTdeKeystorePath *string `json:"parent_tde_keystore_path,omitempty"` + // The password of the keystore specified in parentTdeKeystorePath. + ParentTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"parent_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + // Secret to be used while exporting and importing vPDB encryption keys. + TdeExportedKeyfileSecret *string `json:"tde_exported_keyfile_secret,omitempty"` + // Virtual database master encryption key id, as recorded in v$encryption_keys.key_id. + TdeKeyIdentifier *string `json:"tde_key_identifier,omitempty"` + // The Oracle Clusterware database name. + CrsDatabaseName *string `json:"crs_database_name,omitempty"` + // If specified, then take the exported database through recovery procedures, if necessary, to reach a consistent point. + RecoverDatabase *bool `json:"recover_database,omitempty"` + // Database file mapping rules. + FileMappingRules *string `json:"file_mapping_rules,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether to enable Change Data Capture (CDC) or not on exported database(MSSql Only). + EnableCdc *bool `json:"enable_cdc,omitempty"` + // Recovery model of the database (MSSql Only). + RecoveryModel *string `json:"recovery_model,omitempty"` + // Recovery model of the database (MSSql Only). + MirroringState *string `json:"mirroring_state,omitempty"` + // Default diskgroup for datafiles. + DefaultDataDiskgroup string `json:"default_data_diskgroup"` + // Diskgroup for archive logs. Optional as it is not required for PDB databases. + RedoDiskgroup *string `json:"redo_diskgroup,omitempty"` + // Number of data streams to connect to the database. + RmanChannels *int32 `json:"rman_channels,omitempty"` + // Number of GigaBytes in which RMAN will break large files to back them in parallel. + RmanFileSectionSizeInGb *int32 `json:"rman_file_section_size_in_gb,omitempty"` + // The SCN value in the snapshot to perform the export from this SCN location. + Location string `json:"location"` +} + +type _OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters + +// NewOracleAsmExportByLocationParameters instantiates a new OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewOracleAsmExportByLocationParameters(defaultDataDiskgroup string, location string) *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters { + this := OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters{} + var recoverDatabase bool = true + this.RecoverDatabase = &recoverDatabase + var enableCdc bool = false + this.EnableCdc = &enableCdc + var recoveryModel string = "FULL" + this.RecoveryModel = &recoveryModel + var mirroringState string = "NONE" + this.MirroringState = &mirroringState + this.DefaultDataDiskgroup = defaultDataDiskgroup + var rmanChannels int32 = 8 + this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels + var rmanFileSectionSizeInGb int32 = 0 + this.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &rmanFileSectionSizeInGb + this.Location = location + return &this +} + +// NewOracleAsmExportByLocationParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewOracleAsmExportByLocationParametersWithDefaults() *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters { + this := OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters{} + var recoverDatabase bool = true + this.RecoverDatabase = &recoverDatabase + var enableCdc bool = false + this.EnableCdc = &enableCdc + var recoveryModel string = "FULL" + this.RecoveryModel = &recoveryModel + var mirroringState string = "NONE" + this.MirroringState = &mirroringState + var rmanChannels int32 = 8 + this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels + var rmanFileSectionSizeInGb int32 = 0 + this.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &rmanFileSectionSizeInGb + return &this +} + +// GetUniqueName returns the UniqueName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetUniqueName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.UniqueName +} + +// GetUniqueNameOk returns a tuple with the UniqueName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetUniqueNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UniqueName, true +} + +// HasUniqueName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) HasUniqueName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUniqueName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the UniqueName field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) SetUniqueName(v string) { + o.UniqueName = &v +} + +// GetDatabaseName returns the DatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetDatabaseName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatabaseName +} + +// GetDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatabaseName, true +} + +// HasDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) HasDatabaseName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseName field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) SetDatabaseName(v string) { + o.DatabaseName = &v +} + +// GetRepositoryId returns the RepositoryId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetRepositoryId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RepositoryId +} + +// GetRepositoryIdOk returns a tuple with the RepositoryId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetRepositoryIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RepositoryId, true +} + +// HasRepositoryId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) HasRepositoryId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRepositoryId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RepositoryId field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) SetRepositoryId(v string) { + o.RepositoryId = &v +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserRef returns the EnvironmentUserRef field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetEnvironmentUserRef() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EnvironmentUserRef +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserRefOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUserRef field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetEnvironmentUserRefOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvironmentUserRef, true +} + +// HasEnvironmentUserRef returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) HasEnvironmentUserRef() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironmentUserRef gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentUserRef field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) SetEnvironmentUserRef(v string) { + o.EnvironmentUserRef = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeystorePassword returns the TdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) HasTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) SetTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.TdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigType returns the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigType() OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + var ret OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystoreConfigType +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk() (*OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystoreConfigType, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystoreConfigType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) HasTdeKeystoreConfigType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystoreConfigType gets a reference to the given OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum and assigns it to the TdeKeystoreConfigType field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) SetTdeKeystoreConfigType(v OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) { + o.TdeKeystoreConfigType = &v +} + +// GetOracleInstanceName returns the OracleInstanceName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetOracleInstanceName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.OracleInstanceName +} + +// GetOracleInstanceNameOk returns a tuple with the OracleInstanceName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetOracleInstanceNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleInstanceName, true +} + +// HasOracleInstanceName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) HasOracleInstanceName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleInstanceName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OracleInstanceName field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) SetOracleInstanceName(v string) { + o.OracleInstanceName = &v +} + +// GetInstanceNumber returns the InstanceNumber field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetInstanceNumber() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.InstanceNumber +} + +// GetInstanceNumberOk returns a tuple with the InstanceNumber field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetInstanceNumberOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InstanceNumber, true +} + +// HasInstanceNumber returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) HasInstanceNumber() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstanceNumber gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the InstanceNumber field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) SetInstanceNumber(v int32) { + o.InstanceNumber = &v +} + +// GetInstances returns the Instances field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetInstances() []OracleRACDatabaseInstance { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + var ret []OracleRACDatabaseInstance + return ret + } + return o.Instances +} + +// GetInstancesOk returns a tuple with the Instances field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetInstancesOk() ([]OracleRACDatabaseInstance, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Instances, true +} + +// HasInstances returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) HasInstances() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Instances) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstances gets a reference to the given []OracleRACDatabaseInstance and assigns it to the Instances field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) SetInstances(v []OracleRACDatabaseInstance) { + o.Instances = v +} + +// GetMountBase returns the MountBase field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetMountBase() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountBase) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MountBase +} + +// GetMountBaseOk returns a tuple with the MountBase field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetMountBaseOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountBase) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MountBase, true +} + +// HasMountBase returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) HasMountBase() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MountBase) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMountBase gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MountBase field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) SetMountBase(v string) { + o.MountBase = &v +} + +// GetConfigParams returns the ConfigParams field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { + if o == nil { + var ret map[string]interface{} + return ret + } + return o.ConfigParams +} + +// GetConfigParamsOk returns a tuple with the ConfigParams field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + return map[string]interface{}{}, false + } + return o.ConfigParams, true +} + +// HasConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) HasConfigParams() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConfigParams gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the ConfigParams field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) SetConfigParams(v map[string]interface{}) { + o.ConfigParams = v +} + +// GetCdbId returns the CdbId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetCdbId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CdbId +} + +// GetCdbIdOk returns a tuple with the CdbId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetCdbIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CdbId, true +} + +// HasCdbId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) HasCdbId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CdbId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCdbId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CdbId field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) SetCdbId(v string) { + o.CdbId = &v +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePath returns the ParentTdeKeystorePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentTdeKeystorePath +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePathOk returns a tuple with the ParentTdeKeystorePath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentTdeKeystorePath, true +} + +// HasParentTdeKeystorePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) HasParentTdeKeystorePath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentTdeKeystorePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentTdeKeystorePath field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) SetParentTdeKeystorePath(v string) { + o.ParentTdeKeystorePath = &v +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePassword returns the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasParentTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) HasParentTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) SetParentTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + +// GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret returns the TdeExportedKeyfileSecret field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret +} + +// GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecretOk returns a tuple with the TdeExportedKeyfileSecret field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecretOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret, true +} + +// HasTdeExportedKeyfileSecret returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) HasTdeExportedKeyfileSecret() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeExportedKeyfileSecret field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) SetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret(v string) { + o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeyIdentifier returns the TdeKeyIdentifier field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetTdeKeyIdentifier() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeyIdentifier +} + +// GetTdeKeyIdentifierOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeyIdentifier field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetTdeKeyIdentifierOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeyIdentifier, true +} + +// HasTdeKeyIdentifier returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) HasTdeKeyIdentifier() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeyIdentifier gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeKeyIdentifier field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) SetTdeKeyIdentifier(v string) { + o.TdeKeyIdentifier = &v +} + +// GetCrsDatabaseName returns the CrsDatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetCrsDatabaseName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CrsDatabaseName +} + +// GetCrsDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the CrsDatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetCrsDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CrsDatabaseName, true +} + +// HasCrsDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) HasCrsDatabaseName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCrsDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CrsDatabaseName field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) SetCrsDatabaseName(v string) { + o.CrsDatabaseName = &v +} + +// GetRecoverDatabase returns the RecoverDatabase field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetRecoverDatabase() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.RecoverDatabase +} + +// GetRecoverDatabaseOk returns a tuple with the RecoverDatabase field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetRecoverDatabaseOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecoverDatabase, true +} + +// HasRecoverDatabase returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) HasRecoverDatabase() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecoverDatabase gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the RecoverDatabase field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) SetRecoverDatabase(v bool) { + o.RecoverDatabase = &v +} + +// GetFileMappingRules returns the FileMappingRules field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetFileMappingRules() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.FileMappingRules +} + +// GetFileMappingRulesOk returns a tuple with the FileMappingRules field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetFileMappingRulesOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FileMappingRules, true +} + +// HasFileMappingRules returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) HasFileMappingRules() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFileMappingRules gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FileMappingRules field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) SetFileMappingRules(v string) { + o.FileMappingRules = &v +} + +// GetEnableCdc returns the EnableCdc field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetEnableCdc() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EnableCdc +} + +// GetEnableCdcOk returns a tuple with the EnableCdc field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetEnableCdcOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnableCdc, true +} + +// HasEnableCdc returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) HasEnableCdc() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnableCdc gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EnableCdc field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) SetEnableCdc(v bool) { + o.EnableCdc = &v +} + +// GetRecoveryModel returns the RecoveryModel field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetRecoveryModel() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RecoveryModel +} + +// GetRecoveryModelOk returns a tuple with the RecoveryModel field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetRecoveryModelOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecoveryModel, true +} + +// HasRecoveryModel returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) HasRecoveryModel() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecoveryModel gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RecoveryModel field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) SetRecoveryModel(v string) { + o.RecoveryModel = &v +} + +// GetMirroringState returns the MirroringState field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetMirroringState() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MirroringState +} + +// GetMirroringStateOk returns a tuple with the MirroringState field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetMirroringStateOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MirroringState, true +} + +// HasMirroringState returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) HasMirroringState() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMirroringState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MirroringState field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) SetMirroringState(v string) { + o.MirroringState = &v +} + +// GetDefaultDataDiskgroup returns the DefaultDataDiskgroup field value +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetDefaultDataDiskgroup() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.DefaultDataDiskgroup +} + +// GetDefaultDataDiskgroupOk returns a tuple with the DefaultDataDiskgroup field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetDefaultDataDiskgroupOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.DefaultDataDiskgroup, true +} + +// SetDefaultDataDiskgroup sets field value +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) SetDefaultDataDiskgroup(v string) { + o.DefaultDataDiskgroup = v +} + +// GetRedoDiskgroup returns the RedoDiskgroup field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetRedoDiskgroup() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RedoDiskgroup) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RedoDiskgroup +} + +// GetRedoDiskgroupOk returns a tuple with the RedoDiskgroup field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetRedoDiskgroupOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RedoDiskgroup) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RedoDiskgroup, true +} + +// HasRedoDiskgroup returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) HasRedoDiskgroup() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RedoDiskgroup) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRedoDiskgroup gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RedoDiskgroup field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) SetRedoDiskgroup(v string) { + o.RedoDiskgroup = &v +} + +// GetRmanChannels returns the RmanChannels field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetRmanChannels() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanChannels +} + +// GetRmanChannelsOk returns a tuple with the RmanChannels field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetRmanChannelsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanChannels, true +} + +// HasRmanChannels returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) HasRmanChannels() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanChannels gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanChannels field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) SetRmanChannels(v int32) { + o.RmanChannels = &v +} + +// GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb returns the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb +} + +// GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGbOk returns a tuple with the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGbOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb, true +} + +// HasRmanFileSectionSizeInGb returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) HasRmanFileSectionSizeInGb() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) SetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb(v int32) { + o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &v +} + +// GetLocation returns the Location field value +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetLocation() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.Location +} + +// GetLocationOk returns a tuple with the Location field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) GetLocationOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.Location, true +} + +// SetLocation sets field value +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) SetLocation(v string) { + o.Location = v +} + +func (o OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + toSerialize["unique_name"] = o.UniqueName + } + if !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + toSerialize["database_name"] = o.DatabaseName + } + if !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + toSerialize["repository_id"] = o.RepositoryId + } + if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + toSerialize["environment_user_ref"] = o.EnvironmentUserRef + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_password"] = o.TdeKeystorePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_config_type"] = o.TdeKeystoreConfigType + } + if !IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + toSerialize["oracle_instance_name"] = o.OracleInstanceName + } + if !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + toSerialize["instance_number"] = o.InstanceNumber + } + if !IsNil(o.Instances) { + toSerialize["instances"] = o.Instances + } + if !IsNil(o.MountBase) { + toSerialize["mount_base"] = o.MountBase + } + if o.ConfigParams != nil { + toSerialize["config_params"] = o.ConfigParams + } + if !IsNil(o.CdbId) { + toSerialize["cdb_id"] = o.CdbId + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + toSerialize["parent_tde_keystore_path"] = o.ParentTdeKeystorePath + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["parent_tde_keystore_password"] = o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + toSerialize["tde_exported_keyfile_secret"] = o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + toSerialize["tde_key_identifier"] = o.TdeKeyIdentifier + } + if !IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + toSerialize["crs_database_name"] = o.CrsDatabaseName + } + if !IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + toSerialize["recover_database"] = o.RecoverDatabase + } + if !IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + toSerialize["file_mapping_rules"] = o.FileMappingRules + } + if !IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + toSerialize["enable_cdc"] = o.EnableCdc + } + if !IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + toSerialize["recovery_model"] = o.RecoveryModel + } + if !IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + toSerialize["mirroring_state"] = o.MirroringState + } + toSerialize["default_data_diskgroup"] = o.DefaultDataDiskgroup + if !IsNil(o.RedoDiskgroup) { + toSerialize["redo_diskgroup"] = o.RedoDiskgroup + } + if !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + toSerialize["rman_channels"] = o.RmanChannels + } + if !IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + toSerialize["rman_file_section_size_in_gb"] = o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb + } + toSerialize["location"] = o.Location + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "default_data_diskgroup", + "location", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varOracleAsmExportByLocationParameters := _OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varOracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters(varOracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) + + return err +} + +type NullableOracleAsmExportByLocationParameters struct { + value *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableOracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) Get() *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) Set(val *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableOracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableOracleAsmExportByLocationParameters(val *OracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) *NullableOracleAsmExportByLocationParameters { + return &NullableOracleAsmExportByLocationParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableOracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAsmExportByLocationParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_oracle_asm_export_by_snapshot_parameters.go b/model_oracle_asm_export_by_snapshot_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..61dfb769 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_oracle_asm_export_by_snapshot_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,1145 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters{} + +// OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters struct for OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters +type OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters struct { + // The unique name of the database. + UniqueName *string `json:"unique_name,omitempty"` + // The name of the database. + DatabaseName *string `json:"database_name,omitempty"` + // The repository_id to use for this operation. + RepositoryId *string `json:"repository_id,omitempty"` + // The environment user reference. + EnvironmentUserRef *string `json:"environment_user_ref,omitempty"` + // The password for the Transparent Data Encryption keystore associated with this database. + TdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + TdeKeystoreConfigType *OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum `json:"tde_keystore_config_type,omitempty"` + // SID of the exported database + OracleInstanceName *string `json:"oracle_instance_name,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$"` + // The number of the instance. + InstanceNumber *int32 `json:"instance_number,omitempty"` + Instances []OracleRACDatabaseInstance `json:"instances,omitempty"` + // The base mount point to use for the NFS mounts for the temporary VDB. + MountBase *string `json:"mount_base,omitempty"` + // Database configuration parameter overrides. + ConfigParams map[string]interface{} `json:"config_params,omitempty"` + // ID of an Oracle multitenant database this pluggable database belongs to. + CdbId *string `json:"cdb_id,omitempty"` + // Path to a copy of the parent's Oracle transparent data encryption keystore on the target host. + ParentTdeKeystorePath *string `json:"parent_tde_keystore_path,omitempty"` + // The password of the keystore specified in parentTdeKeystorePath. + ParentTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"parent_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + // Secret to be used while exporting and importing vPDB encryption keys. + TdeExportedKeyfileSecret *string `json:"tde_exported_keyfile_secret,omitempty"` + // Virtual database master encryption key id, as recorded in v$encryption_keys.key_id. + TdeKeyIdentifier *string `json:"tde_key_identifier,omitempty"` + // The Oracle Clusterware database name. + CrsDatabaseName *string `json:"crs_database_name,omitempty"` + // If specified, then take the exported database through recovery procedures, if necessary, to reach a consistent point. + RecoverDatabase *bool `json:"recover_database,omitempty"` + // Database file mapping rules. + FileMappingRules *string `json:"file_mapping_rules,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether to enable Change Data Capture (CDC) or not on exported database(MSSql Only). + EnableCdc *bool `json:"enable_cdc,omitempty"` + // Recovery model of the database (MSSql Only). + RecoveryModel *string `json:"recovery_model,omitempty"` + // Recovery model of the database (MSSql Only). + MirroringState *string `json:"mirroring_state,omitempty"` + // Default diskgroup for datafiles. + DefaultDataDiskgroup string `json:"default_data_diskgroup"` + // Diskgroup for archive logs. Optional as it is not required for PDB databases. + RedoDiskgroup *string `json:"redo_diskgroup,omitempty"` + // Number of data streams to connect to the database. + RmanChannels *int32 `json:"rman_channels,omitempty"` + // Number of GigaBytes in which RMAN will break large files to back them in parallel. + RmanFileSectionSizeInGb *int32 `json:"rman_file_section_size_in_gb,omitempty"` + // The ID of the snapshot from which to execute the operation. If snapshot_id is not provided, the latest snapshot will be selected. + SnapshotId *string `json:"snapshot_id,omitempty"` +} + +type _OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters + +// NewOracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters instantiates a new OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewOracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters(defaultDataDiskgroup string) *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters { + this := OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters{} + var recoverDatabase bool = true + this.RecoverDatabase = &recoverDatabase + var enableCdc bool = false + this.EnableCdc = &enableCdc + var recoveryModel string = "FULL" + this.RecoveryModel = &recoveryModel + var mirroringState string = "NONE" + this.MirroringState = &mirroringState + this.DefaultDataDiskgroup = defaultDataDiskgroup + var rmanChannels int32 = 8 + this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels + var rmanFileSectionSizeInGb int32 = 0 + this.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &rmanFileSectionSizeInGb + return &this +} + +// NewOracleAsmExportBySnapshotParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewOracleAsmExportBySnapshotParametersWithDefaults() *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters { + this := OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters{} + var recoverDatabase bool = true + this.RecoverDatabase = &recoverDatabase + var enableCdc bool = false + this.EnableCdc = &enableCdc + var recoveryModel string = "FULL" + this.RecoveryModel = &recoveryModel + var mirroringState string = "NONE" + this.MirroringState = &mirroringState + var rmanChannels int32 = 8 + this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels + var rmanFileSectionSizeInGb int32 = 0 + this.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &rmanFileSectionSizeInGb + return &this +} + +// GetUniqueName returns the UniqueName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetUniqueName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.UniqueName +} + +// GetUniqueNameOk returns a tuple with the UniqueName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetUniqueNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UniqueName, true +} + +// HasUniqueName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) HasUniqueName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUniqueName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the UniqueName field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) SetUniqueName(v string) { + o.UniqueName = &v +} + +// GetDatabaseName returns the DatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetDatabaseName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatabaseName +} + +// GetDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatabaseName, true +} + +// HasDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) HasDatabaseName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseName field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) SetDatabaseName(v string) { + o.DatabaseName = &v +} + +// GetRepositoryId returns the RepositoryId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetRepositoryId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RepositoryId +} + +// GetRepositoryIdOk returns a tuple with the RepositoryId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetRepositoryIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RepositoryId, true +} + +// HasRepositoryId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) HasRepositoryId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRepositoryId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RepositoryId field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) SetRepositoryId(v string) { + o.RepositoryId = &v +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserRef returns the EnvironmentUserRef field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetEnvironmentUserRef() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EnvironmentUserRef +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserRefOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUserRef field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetEnvironmentUserRefOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvironmentUserRef, true +} + +// HasEnvironmentUserRef returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) HasEnvironmentUserRef() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironmentUserRef gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentUserRef field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) SetEnvironmentUserRef(v string) { + o.EnvironmentUserRef = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeystorePassword returns the TdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) HasTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) SetTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.TdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigType returns the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigType() OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + var ret OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystoreConfigType +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk() (*OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystoreConfigType, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystoreConfigType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) HasTdeKeystoreConfigType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystoreConfigType gets a reference to the given OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum and assigns it to the TdeKeystoreConfigType field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) SetTdeKeystoreConfigType(v OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) { + o.TdeKeystoreConfigType = &v +} + +// GetOracleInstanceName returns the OracleInstanceName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetOracleInstanceName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.OracleInstanceName +} + +// GetOracleInstanceNameOk returns a tuple with the OracleInstanceName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetOracleInstanceNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleInstanceName, true +} + +// HasOracleInstanceName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) HasOracleInstanceName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleInstanceName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OracleInstanceName field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) SetOracleInstanceName(v string) { + o.OracleInstanceName = &v +} + +// GetInstanceNumber returns the InstanceNumber field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetInstanceNumber() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.InstanceNumber +} + +// GetInstanceNumberOk returns a tuple with the InstanceNumber field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetInstanceNumberOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InstanceNumber, true +} + +// HasInstanceNumber returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) HasInstanceNumber() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstanceNumber gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the InstanceNumber field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) SetInstanceNumber(v int32) { + o.InstanceNumber = &v +} + +// GetInstances returns the Instances field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetInstances() []OracleRACDatabaseInstance { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + var ret []OracleRACDatabaseInstance + return ret + } + return o.Instances +} + +// GetInstancesOk returns a tuple with the Instances field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetInstancesOk() ([]OracleRACDatabaseInstance, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Instances, true +} + +// HasInstances returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) HasInstances() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Instances) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstances gets a reference to the given []OracleRACDatabaseInstance and assigns it to the Instances field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) SetInstances(v []OracleRACDatabaseInstance) { + o.Instances = v +} + +// GetMountBase returns the MountBase field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetMountBase() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountBase) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MountBase +} + +// GetMountBaseOk returns a tuple with the MountBase field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetMountBaseOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountBase) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MountBase, true +} + +// HasMountBase returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) HasMountBase() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MountBase) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMountBase gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MountBase field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) SetMountBase(v string) { + o.MountBase = &v +} + +// GetConfigParams returns the ConfigParams field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { + if o == nil { + var ret map[string]interface{} + return ret + } + return o.ConfigParams +} + +// GetConfigParamsOk returns a tuple with the ConfigParams field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + return map[string]interface{}{}, false + } + return o.ConfigParams, true +} + +// HasConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) HasConfigParams() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConfigParams gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the ConfigParams field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) SetConfigParams(v map[string]interface{}) { + o.ConfigParams = v +} + +// GetCdbId returns the CdbId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetCdbId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CdbId +} + +// GetCdbIdOk returns a tuple with the CdbId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetCdbIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CdbId, true +} + +// HasCdbId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) HasCdbId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CdbId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCdbId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CdbId field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) SetCdbId(v string) { + o.CdbId = &v +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePath returns the ParentTdeKeystorePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentTdeKeystorePath +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePathOk returns a tuple with the ParentTdeKeystorePath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentTdeKeystorePath, true +} + +// HasParentTdeKeystorePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) HasParentTdeKeystorePath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentTdeKeystorePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentTdeKeystorePath field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) SetParentTdeKeystorePath(v string) { + o.ParentTdeKeystorePath = &v +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePassword returns the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasParentTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) HasParentTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) SetParentTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + +// GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret returns the TdeExportedKeyfileSecret field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret +} + +// GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecretOk returns a tuple with the TdeExportedKeyfileSecret field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecretOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret, true +} + +// HasTdeExportedKeyfileSecret returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) HasTdeExportedKeyfileSecret() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeExportedKeyfileSecret field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) SetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret(v string) { + o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeyIdentifier returns the TdeKeyIdentifier field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetTdeKeyIdentifier() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeyIdentifier +} + +// GetTdeKeyIdentifierOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeyIdentifier field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetTdeKeyIdentifierOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeyIdentifier, true +} + +// HasTdeKeyIdentifier returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) HasTdeKeyIdentifier() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeyIdentifier gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeKeyIdentifier field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) SetTdeKeyIdentifier(v string) { + o.TdeKeyIdentifier = &v +} + +// GetCrsDatabaseName returns the CrsDatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetCrsDatabaseName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CrsDatabaseName +} + +// GetCrsDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the CrsDatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetCrsDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CrsDatabaseName, true +} + +// HasCrsDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) HasCrsDatabaseName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCrsDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CrsDatabaseName field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) SetCrsDatabaseName(v string) { + o.CrsDatabaseName = &v +} + +// GetRecoverDatabase returns the RecoverDatabase field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetRecoverDatabase() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.RecoverDatabase +} + +// GetRecoverDatabaseOk returns a tuple with the RecoverDatabase field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetRecoverDatabaseOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecoverDatabase, true +} + +// HasRecoverDatabase returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) HasRecoverDatabase() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecoverDatabase gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the RecoverDatabase field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) SetRecoverDatabase(v bool) { + o.RecoverDatabase = &v +} + +// GetFileMappingRules returns the FileMappingRules field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetFileMappingRules() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.FileMappingRules +} + +// GetFileMappingRulesOk returns a tuple with the FileMappingRules field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetFileMappingRulesOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FileMappingRules, true +} + +// HasFileMappingRules returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) HasFileMappingRules() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFileMappingRules gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FileMappingRules field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) SetFileMappingRules(v string) { + o.FileMappingRules = &v +} + +// GetEnableCdc returns the EnableCdc field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetEnableCdc() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EnableCdc +} + +// GetEnableCdcOk returns a tuple with the EnableCdc field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetEnableCdcOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnableCdc, true +} + +// HasEnableCdc returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) HasEnableCdc() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnableCdc gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EnableCdc field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) SetEnableCdc(v bool) { + o.EnableCdc = &v +} + +// GetRecoveryModel returns the RecoveryModel field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetRecoveryModel() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RecoveryModel +} + +// GetRecoveryModelOk returns a tuple with the RecoveryModel field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetRecoveryModelOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecoveryModel, true +} + +// HasRecoveryModel returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) HasRecoveryModel() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecoveryModel gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RecoveryModel field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) SetRecoveryModel(v string) { + o.RecoveryModel = &v +} + +// GetMirroringState returns the MirroringState field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetMirroringState() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MirroringState +} + +// GetMirroringStateOk returns a tuple with the MirroringState field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetMirroringStateOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MirroringState, true +} + +// HasMirroringState returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) HasMirroringState() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMirroringState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MirroringState field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) SetMirroringState(v string) { + o.MirroringState = &v +} + +// GetDefaultDataDiskgroup returns the DefaultDataDiskgroup field value +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetDefaultDataDiskgroup() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.DefaultDataDiskgroup +} + +// GetDefaultDataDiskgroupOk returns a tuple with the DefaultDataDiskgroup field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetDefaultDataDiskgroupOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.DefaultDataDiskgroup, true +} + +// SetDefaultDataDiskgroup sets field value +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) SetDefaultDataDiskgroup(v string) { + o.DefaultDataDiskgroup = v +} + +// GetRedoDiskgroup returns the RedoDiskgroup field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetRedoDiskgroup() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RedoDiskgroup) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RedoDiskgroup +} + +// GetRedoDiskgroupOk returns a tuple with the RedoDiskgroup field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetRedoDiskgroupOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RedoDiskgroup) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RedoDiskgroup, true +} + +// HasRedoDiskgroup returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) HasRedoDiskgroup() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RedoDiskgroup) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRedoDiskgroup gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RedoDiskgroup field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) SetRedoDiskgroup(v string) { + o.RedoDiskgroup = &v +} + +// GetRmanChannels returns the RmanChannels field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetRmanChannels() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanChannels +} + +// GetRmanChannelsOk returns a tuple with the RmanChannels field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetRmanChannelsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanChannels, true +} + +// HasRmanChannels returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) HasRmanChannels() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanChannels gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanChannels field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) SetRmanChannels(v int32) { + o.RmanChannels = &v +} + +// GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb returns the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb +} + +// GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGbOk returns a tuple with the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGbOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb, true +} + +// HasRmanFileSectionSizeInGb returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) HasRmanFileSectionSizeInGb() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) SetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb(v int32) { + o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &v +} + +// GetSnapshotId returns the SnapshotId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetSnapshotId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SnapshotId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SnapshotId +} + +// GetSnapshotIdOk returns a tuple with the SnapshotId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) GetSnapshotIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SnapshotId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SnapshotId, true +} + +// HasSnapshotId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) HasSnapshotId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SnapshotId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSnapshotId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SnapshotId field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) SetSnapshotId(v string) { + o.SnapshotId = &v +} + +func (o OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + toSerialize["unique_name"] = o.UniqueName + } + if !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + toSerialize["database_name"] = o.DatabaseName + } + if !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + toSerialize["repository_id"] = o.RepositoryId + } + if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + toSerialize["environment_user_ref"] = o.EnvironmentUserRef + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_password"] = o.TdeKeystorePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_config_type"] = o.TdeKeystoreConfigType + } + if !IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + toSerialize["oracle_instance_name"] = o.OracleInstanceName + } + if !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + toSerialize["instance_number"] = o.InstanceNumber + } + if !IsNil(o.Instances) { + toSerialize["instances"] = o.Instances + } + if !IsNil(o.MountBase) { + toSerialize["mount_base"] = o.MountBase + } + if o.ConfigParams != nil { + toSerialize["config_params"] = o.ConfigParams + } + if !IsNil(o.CdbId) { + toSerialize["cdb_id"] = o.CdbId + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + toSerialize["parent_tde_keystore_path"] = o.ParentTdeKeystorePath + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["parent_tde_keystore_password"] = o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + toSerialize["tde_exported_keyfile_secret"] = o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + toSerialize["tde_key_identifier"] = o.TdeKeyIdentifier + } + if !IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + toSerialize["crs_database_name"] = o.CrsDatabaseName + } + if !IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + toSerialize["recover_database"] = o.RecoverDatabase + } + if !IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + toSerialize["file_mapping_rules"] = o.FileMappingRules + } + if !IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + toSerialize["enable_cdc"] = o.EnableCdc + } + if !IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + toSerialize["recovery_model"] = o.RecoveryModel + } + if !IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + toSerialize["mirroring_state"] = o.MirroringState + } + toSerialize["default_data_diskgroup"] = o.DefaultDataDiskgroup + if !IsNil(o.RedoDiskgroup) { + toSerialize["redo_diskgroup"] = o.RedoDiskgroup + } + if !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + toSerialize["rman_channels"] = o.RmanChannels + } + if !IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + toSerialize["rman_file_section_size_in_gb"] = o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb + } + if !IsNil(o.SnapshotId) { + toSerialize["snapshot_id"] = o.SnapshotId + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "default_data_diskgroup", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varOracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters := _OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varOracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters(varOracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) + + return err +} + +type NullableOracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters struct { + value *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableOracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) Get() *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) Set(val *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableOracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableOracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters(val *OracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) *NullableOracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters { + return &NullableOracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableOracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAsmExportBySnapshotParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_oracle_asm_export_by_timestamp_parameters.go b/model_oracle_asm_export_by_timestamp_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8346bed3 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_oracle_asm_export_by_timestamp_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,1167 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters{} + +// OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters struct for OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters +type OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters struct { + // The unique name of the database. + UniqueName *string `json:"unique_name,omitempty"` + // The name of the database. + DatabaseName *string `json:"database_name,omitempty"` + // The repository_id to use for this operation. + RepositoryId *string `json:"repository_id,omitempty"` + // The environment user reference. + EnvironmentUserRef *string `json:"environment_user_ref,omitempty"` + // The password for the Transparent Data Encryption keystore associated with this database. + TdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + TdeKeystoreConfigType *OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum `json:"tde_keystore_config_type,omitempty"` + // SID of the exported database + OracleInstanceName *string `json:"oracle_instance_name,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$"` + // The number of the instance. + InstanceNumber *int32 `json:"instance_number,omitempty"` + Instances []OracleRACDatabaseInstance `json:"instances,omitempty"` + // The base mount point to use for the NFS mounts for the temporary VDB. + MountBase *string `json:"mount_base,omitempty"` + // Database configuration parameter overrides. + ConfigParams map[string]interface{} `json:"config_params,omitempty"` + // ID of an Oracle multitenant database this pluggable database belongs to. + CdbId *string `json:"cdb_id,omitempty"` + // Path to a copy of the parent's Oracle transparent data encryption keystore on the target host. + ParentTdeKeystorePath *string `json:"parent_tde_keystore_path,omitempty"` + // The password of the keystore specified in parentTdeKeystorePath. + ParentTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"parent_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + // Secret to be used while exporting and importing vPDB encryption keys. + TdeExportedKeyfileSecret *string `json:"tde_exported_keyfile_secret,omitempty"` + // Virtual database master encryption key id, as recorded in v$encryption_keys.key_id. + TdeKeyIdentifier *string `json:"tde_key_identifier,omitempty"` + // The Oracle Clusterware database name. + CrsDatabaseName *string `json:"crs_database_name,omitempty"` + // If specified, then take the exported database through recovery procedures, if necessary, to reach a consistent point. + RecoverDatabase *bool `json:"recover_database,omitempty"` + // Database file mapping rules. + FileMappingRules *string `json:"file_mapping_rules,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether to enable Change Data Capture (CDC) or not on exported database(MSSql Only). + EnableCdc *bool `json:"enable_cdc,omitempty"` + // Recovery model of the database (MSSql Only). + RecoveryModel *string `json:"recovery_model,omitempty"` + // Recovery model of the database (MSSql Only). + MirroringState *string `json:"mirroring_state,omitempty"` + // Default diskgroup for datafiles. + DefaultDataDiskgroup string `json:"default_data_diskgroup"` + // Diskgroup for archive logs. Optional as it is not required for PDB databases. + RedoDiskgroup *string `json:"redo_diskgroup,omitempty"` + // Number of data streams to connect to the database. + RmanChannels *int32 `json:"rman_channels,omitempty"` + // Number of GigaBytes in which RMAN will break large files to back them in parallel. + RmanFileSectionSizeInGb *int32 `json:"rman_file_section_size_in_gb,omitempty"` + // The Timeflow ID. + TimeflowId string `json:"timeflow_id"` + // The timestamp at which to execute the operation. + Timestamp time.Time `json:"timestamp"` +} + +type _OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters + +// NewOracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters instantiates a new OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewOracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters(defaultDataDiskgroup string, timeflowId string, timestamp time.Time) *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters { + this := OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters{} + var recoverDatabase bool = true + this.RecoverDatabase = &recoverDatabase + var enableCdc bool = false + this.EnableCdc = &enableCdc + var recoveryModel string = "FULL" + this.RecoveryModel = &recoveryModel + var mirroringState string = "NONE" + this.MirroringState = &mirroringState + this.DefaultDataDiskgroup = defaultDataDiskgroup + var rmanChannels int32 = 8 + this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels + var rmanFileSectionSizeInGb int32 = 0 + this.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &rmanFileSectionSizeInGb + this.TimeflowId = timeflowId + this.Timestamp = timestamp + return &this +} + +// NewOracleAsmExportByTimestampParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewOracleAsmExportByTimestampParametersWithDefaults() *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters { + this := OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters{} + var recoverDatabase bool = true + this.RecoverDatabase = &recoverDatabase + var enableCdc bool = false + this.EnableCdc = &enableCdc + var recoveryModel string = "FULL" + this.RecoveryModel = &recoveryModel + var mirroringState string = "NONE" + this.MirroringState = &mirroringState + var rmanChannels int32 = 8 + this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels + var rmanFileSectionSizeInGb int32 = 0 + this.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &rmanFileSectionSizeInGb + return &this +} + +// GetUniqueName returns the UniqueName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetUniqueName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.UniqueName +} + +// GetUniqueNameOk returns a tuple with the UniqueName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetUniqueNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UniqueName, true +} + +// HasUniqueName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) HasUniqueName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUniqueName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the UniqueName field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) SetUniqueName(v string) { + o.UniqueName = &v +} + +// GetDatabaseName returns the DatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetDatabaseName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatabaseName +} + +// GetDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatabaseName, true +} + +// HasDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) HasDatabaseName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseName field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) SetDatabaseName(v string) { + o.DatabaseName = &v +} + +// GetRepositoryId returns the RepositoryId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetRepositoryId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RepositoryId +} + +// GetRepositoryIdOk returns a tuple with the RepositoryId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetRepositoryIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RepositoryId, true +} + +// HasRepositoryId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) HasRepositoryId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRepositoryId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RepositoryId field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) SetRepositoryId(v string) { + o.RepositoryId = &v +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserRef returns the EnvironmentUserRef field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetEnvironmentUserRef() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EnvironmentUserRef +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserRefOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUserRef field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetEnvironmentUserRefOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvironmentUserRef, true +} + +// HasEnvironmentUserRef returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) HasEnvironmentUserRef() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironmentUserRef gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentUserRef field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) SetEnvironmentUserRef(v string) { + o.EnvironmentUserRef = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeystorePassword returns the TdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) HasTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) SetTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.TdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigType returns the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigType() OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + var ret OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystoreConfigType +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk() (*OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystoreConfigType, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystoreConfigType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) HasTdeKeystoreConfigType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystoreConfigType gets a reference to the given OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum and assigns it to the TdeKeystoreConfigType field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) SetTdeKeystoreConfigType(v OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) { + o.TdeKeystoreConfigType = &v +} + +// GetOracleInstanceName returns the OracleInstanceName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetOracleInstanceName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.OracleInstanceName +} + +// GetOracleInstanceNameOk returns a tuple with the OracleInstanceName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetOracleInstanceNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleInstanceName, true +} + +// HasOracleInstanceName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) HasOracleInstanceName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleInstanceName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OracleInstanceName field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) SetOracleInstanceName(v string) { + o.OracleInstanceName = &v +} + +// GetInstanceNumber returns the InstanceNumber field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetInstanceNumber() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.InstanceNumber +} + +// GetInstanceNumberOk returns a tuple with the InstanceNumber field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetInstanceNumberOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InstanceNumber, true +} + +// HasInstanceNumber returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) HasInstanceNumber() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstanceNumber gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the InstanceNumber field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) SetInstanceNumber(v int32) { + o.InstanceNumber = &v +} + +// GetInstances returns the Instances field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetInstances() []OracleRACDatabaseInstance { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + var ret []OracleRACDatabaseInstance + return ret + } + return o.Instances +} + +// GetInstancesOk returns a tuple with the Instances field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetInstancesOk() ([]OracleRACDatabaseInstance, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Instances, true +} + +// HasInstances returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) HasInstances() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Instances) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstances gets a reference to the given []OracleRACDatabaseInstance and assigns it to the Instances field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) SetInstances(v []OracleRACDatabaseInstance) { + o.Instances = v +} + +// GetMountBase returns the MountBase field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetMountBase() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountBase) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MountBase +} + +// GetMountBaseOk returns a tuple with the MountBase field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetMountBaseOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountBase) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MountBase, true +} + +// HasMountBase returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) HasMountBase() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MountBase) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMountBase gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MountBase field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) SetMountBase(v string) { + o.MountBase = &v +} + +// GetConfigParams returns the ConfigParams field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { + if o == nil { + var ret map[string]interface{} + return ret + } + return o.ConfigParams +} + +// GetConfigParamsOk returns a tuple with the ConfigParams field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + return map[string]interface{}{}, false + } + return o.ConfigParams, true +} + +// HasConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) HasConfigParams() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConfigParams gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the ConfigParams field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) SetConfigParams(v map[string]interface{}) { + o.ConfigParams = v +} + +// GetCdbId returns the CdbId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetCdbId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CdbId +} + +// GetCdbIdOk returns a tuple with the CdbId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetCdbIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CdbId, true +} + +// HasCdbId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) HasCdbId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CdbId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCdbId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CdbId field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) SetCdbId(v string) { + o.CdbId = &v +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePath returns the ParentTdeKeystorePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentTdeKeystorePath +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePathOk returns a tuple with the ParentTdeKeystorePath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentTdeKeystorePath, true +} + +// HasParentTdeKeystorePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) HasParentTdeKeystorePath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentTdeKeystorePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentTdeKeystorePath field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) SetParentTdeKeystorePath(v string) { + o.ParentTdeKeystorePath = &v +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePassword returns the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasParentTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) HasParentTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) SetParentTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + +// GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret returns the TdeExportedKeyfileSecret field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret +} + +// GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecretOk returns a tuple with the TdeExportedKeyfileSecret field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecretOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret, true +} + +// HasTdeExportedKeyfileSecret returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) HasTdeExportedKeyfileSecret() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeExportedKeyfileSecret field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) SetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret(v string) { + o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeyIdentifier returns the TdeKeyIdentifier field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetTdeKeyIdentifier() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeyIdentifier +} + +// GetTdeKeyIdentifierOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeyIdentifier field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetTdeKeyIdentifierOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeyIdentifier, true +} + +// HasTdeKeyIdentifier returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) HasTdeKeyIdentifier() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeyIdentifier gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeKeyIdentifier field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) SetTdeKeyIdentifier(v string) { + o.TdeKeyIdentifier = &v +} + +// GetCrsDatabaseName returns the CrsDatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetCrsDatabaseName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CrsDatabaseName +} + +// GetCrsDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the CrsDatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetCrsDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CrsDatabaseName, true +} + +// HasCrsDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) HasCrsDatabaseName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCrsDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CrsDatabaseName field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) SetCrsDatabaseName(v string) { + o.CrsDatabaseName = &v +} + +// GetRecoverDatabase returns the RecoverDatabase field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetRecoverDatabase() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.RecoverDatabase +} + +// GetRecoverDatabaseOk returns a tuple with the RecoverDatabase field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetRecoverDatabaseOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecoverDatabase, true +} + +// HasRecoverDatabase returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) HasRecoverDatabase() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecoverDatabase gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the RecoverDatabase field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) SetRecoverDatabase(v bool) { + o.RecoverDatabase = &v +} + +// GetFileMappingRules returns the FileMappingRules field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetFileMappingRules() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.FileMappingRules +} + +// GetFileMappingRulesOk returns a tuple with the FileMappingRules field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetFileMappingRulesOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FileMappingRules, true +} + +// HasFileMappingRules returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) HasFileMappingRules() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFileMappingRules gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FileMappingRules field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) SetFileMappingRules(v string) { + o.FileMappingRules = &v +} + +// GetEnableCdc returns the EnableCdc field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetEnableCdc() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EnableCdc +} + +// GetEnableCdcOk returns a tuple with the EnableCdc field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetEnableCdcOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnableCdc, true +} + +// HasEnableCdc returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) HasEnableCdc() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnableCdc gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EnableCdc field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) SetEnableCdc(v bool) { + o.EnableCdc = &v +} + +// GetRecoveryModel returns the RecoveryModel field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetRecoveryModel() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RecoveryModel +} + +// GetRecoveryModelOk returns a tuple with the RecoveryModel field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetRecoveryModelOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecoveryModel, true +} + +// HasRecoveryModel returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) HasRecoveryModel() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecoveryModel gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RecoveryModel field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) SetRecoveryModel(v string) { + o.RecoveryModel = &v +} + +// GetMirroringState returns the MirroringState field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetMirroringState() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MirroringState +} + +// GetMirroringStateOk returns a tuple with the MirroringState field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetMirroringStateOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MirroringState, true +} + +// HasMirroringState returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) HasMirroringState() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMirroringState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MirroringState field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) SetMirroringState(v string) { + o.MirroringState = &v +} + +// GetDefaultDataDiskgroup returns the DefaultDataDiskgroup field value +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetDefaultDataDiskgroup() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.DefaultDataDiskgroup +} + +// GetDefaultDataDiskgroupOk returns a tuple with the DefaultDataDiskgroup field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetDefaultDataDiskgroupOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.DefaultDataDiskgroup, true +} + +// SetDefaultDataDiskgroup sets field value +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) SetDefaultDataDiskgroup(v string) { + o.DefaultDataDiskgroup = v +} + +// GetRedoDiskgroup returns the RedoDiskgroup field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetRedoDiskgroup() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RedoDiskgroup) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RedoDiskgroup +} + +// GetRedoDiskgroupOk returns a tuple with the RedoDiskgroup field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetRedoDiskgroupOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RedoDiskgroup) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RedoDiskgroup, true +} + +// HasRedoDiskgroup returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) HasRedoDiskgroup() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RedoDiskgroup) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRedoDiskgroup gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RedoDiskgroup field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) SetRedoDiskgroup(v string) { + o.RedoDiskgroup = &v +} + +// GetRmanChannels returns the RmanChannels field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetRmanChannels() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanChannels +} + +// GetRmanChannelsOk returns a tuple with the RmanChannels field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetRmanChannelsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanChannels, true +} + +// HasRmanChannels returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) HasRmanChannels() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanChannels gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanChannels field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) SetRmanChannels(v int32) { + o.RmanChannels = &v +} + +// GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb returns the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb +} + +// GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGbOk returns a tuple with the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGbOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb, true +} + +// HasRmanFileSectionSizeInGb returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) HasRmanFileSectionSizeInGb() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) SetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb(v int32) { + o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &v +} + +// GetTimeflowId returns the TimeflowId field value +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetTimeflowId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.TimeflowId +} + +// GetTimeflowIdOk returns a tuple with the TimeflowId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetTimeflowIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.TimeflowId, true +} + +// SetTimeflowId sets field value +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) SetTimeflowId(v string) { + o.TimeflowId = v +} + +// GetTimestamp returns the Timestamp field value +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetTimestamp() time.Time { + if o == nil { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + + return o.Timestamp +} + +// GetTimestampOk returns a tuple with the Timestamp field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) GetTimestampOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.Timestamp, true +} + +// SetTimestamp sets field value +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) SetTimestamp(v time.Time) { + o.Timestamp = v +} + +func (o OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + toSerialize["unique_name"] = o.UniqueName + } + if !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + toSerialize["database_name"] = o.DatabaseName + } + if !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + toSerialize["repository_id"] = o.RepositoryId + } + if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + toSerialize["environment_user_ref"] = o.EnvironmentUserRef + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_password"] = o.TdeKeystorePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_config_type"] = o.TdeKeystoreConfigType + } + if !IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + toSerialize["oracle_instance_name"] = o.OracleInstanceName + } + if !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + toSerialize["instance_number"] = o.InstanceNumber + } + if !IsNil(o.Instances) { + toSerialize["instances"] = o.Instances + } + if !IsNil(o.MountBase) { + toSerialize["mount_base"] = o.MountBase + } + if o.ConfigParams != nil { + toSerialize["config_params"] = o.ConfigParams + } + if !IsNil(o.CdbId) { + toSerialize["cdb_id"] = o.CdbId + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + toSerialize["parent_tde_keystore_path"] = o.ParentTdeKeystorePath + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["parent_tde_keystore_password"] = o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + toSerialize["tde_exported_keyfile_secret"] = o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + toSerialize["tde_key_identifier"] = o.TdeKeyIdentifier + } + if !IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + toSerialize["crs_database_name"] = o.CrsDatabaseName + } + if !IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + toSerialize["recover_database"] = o.RecoverDatabase + } + if !IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + toSerialize["file_mapping_rules"] = o.FileMappingRules + } + if !IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + toSerialize["enable_cdc"] = o.EnableCdc + } + if !IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + toSerialize["recovery_model"] = o.RecoveryModel + } + if !IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + toSerialize["mirroring_state"] = o.MirroringState + } + toSerialize["default_data_diskgroup"] = o.DefaultDataDiskgroup + if !IsNil(o.RedoDiskgroup) { + toSerialize["redo_diskgroup"] = o.RedoDiskgroup + } + if !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + toSerialize["rman_channels"] = o.RmanChannels + } + if !IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + toSerialize["rman_file_section_size_in_gb"] = o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb + } + toSerialize["timeflow_id"] = o.TimeflowId + toSerialize["timestamp"] = o.Timestamp + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "default_data_diskgroup", + "timeflow_id", + "timestamp", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varOracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters := _OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varOracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters(varOracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) + + return err +} + +type NullableOracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters struct { + value *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableOracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) Get() *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) Set(val *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableOracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableOracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters(val *OracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) *NullableOracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters { + return &NullableOracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableOracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAsmExportByTimestampParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_oracle_asm_export_from_bookmark_parameters.go b/model_oracle_asm_export_from_bookmark_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7a6480eb --- /dev/null +++ b/model_oracle_asm_export_from_bookmark_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,1137 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters{} + +// OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters struct for OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters +type OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters struct { + // The unique name of the database. + UniqueName *string `json:"unique_name,omitempty"` + // The name of the database. + DatabaseName *string `json:"database_name,omitempty"` + // The repository_id to use for this operation. + RepositoryId *string `json:"repository_id,omitempty"` + // The environment user reference. + EnvironmentUserRef *string `json:"environment_user_ref,omitempty"` + // The password for the Transparent Data Encryption keystore associated with this database. + TdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + TdeKeystoreConfigType *OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum `json:"tde_keystore_config_type,omitempty"` + // SID of the exported database + OracleInstanceName *string `json:"oracle_instance_name,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$"` + // The number of the instance. + InstanceNumber *int32 `json:"instance_number,omitempty"` + Instances []OracleRACDatabaseInstance `json:"instances,omitempty"` + // The base mount point to use for the NFS mounts for the temporary VDB. + MountBase *string `json:"mount_base,omitempty"` + // Database configuration parameter overrides. + ConfigParams map[string]interface{} `json:"config_params,omitempty"` + // ID of an Oracle multitenant database this pluggable database belongs to. + CdbId *string `json:"cdb_id,omitempty"` + // Path to a copy of the parent's Oracle transparent data encryption keystore on the target host. + ParentTdeKeystorePath *string `json:"parent_tde_keystore_path,omitempty"` + // The password of the keystore specified in parentTdeKeystorePath. + ParentTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"parent_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + // Secret to be used while exporting and importing vPDB encryption keys. + TdeExportedKeyfileSecret *string `json:"tde_exported_keyfile_secret,omitempty"` + // Virtual database master encryption key id, as recorded in v$encryption_keys.key_id. + TdeKeyIdentifier *string `json:"tde_key_identifier,omitempty"` + // The Oracle Clusterware database name. + CrsDatabaseName *string `json:"crs_database_name,omitempty"` + // If specified, then take the exported database through recovery procedures, if necessary, to reach a consistent point. + RecoverDatabase *bool `json:"recover_database,omitempty"` + // Database file mapping rules. + FileMappingRules *string `json:"file_mapping_rules,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether to enable Change Data Capture (CDC) or not on exported database(MSSql Only). + EnableCdc *bool `json:"enable_cdc,omitempty"` + // Recovery model of the database (MSSql Only). + RecoveryModel *string `json:"recovery_model,omitempty"` + // Recovery model of the database (MSSql Only). + MirroringState *string `json:"mirroring_state,omitempty"` + // Default diskgroup for datafiles. + DefaultDataDiskgroup string `json:"default_data_diskgroup"` + // Diskgroup for archive logs. Optional as it is not required for PDB databases. + RedoDiskgroup *string `json:"redo_diskgroup,omitempty"` + // Number of data streams to connect to the database. + RmanChannels *int32 `json:"rman_channels,omitempty"` + // Number of GigaBytes in which RMAN will break large files to back them in parallel. + RmanFileSectionSizeInGb *int32 `json:"rman_file_section_size_in_gb,omitempty"` + // The ID of the bookmark from which to execute the operation. + BookmarkId string `json:"bookmark_id"` +} + +type _OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters + +// NewOracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters instantiates a new OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewOracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters(defaultDataDiskgroup string, bookmarkId string) *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters { + this := OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters{} + var recoverDatabase bool = true + this.RecoverDatabase = &recoverDatabase + var enableCdc bool = false + this.EnableCdc = &enableCdc + var recoveryModel string = "FULL" + this.RecoveryModel = &recoveryModel + var mirroringState string = "NONE" + this.MirroringState = &mirroringState + this.DefaultDataDiskgroup = defaultDataDiskgroup + var rmanChannels int32 = 8 + this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels + var rmanFileSectionSizeInGb int32 = 0 + this.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &rmanFileSectionSizeInGb + this.BookmarkId = bookmarkId + return &this +} + +// NewOracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewOracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParametersWithDefaults() *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters { + this := OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters{} + var recoverDatabase bool = true + this.RecoverDatabase = &recoverDatabase + var enableCdc bool = false + this.EnableCdc = &enableCdc + var recoveryModel string = "FULL" + this.RecoveryModel = &recoveryModel + var mirroringState string = "NONE" + this.MirroringState = &mirroringState + var rmanChannels int32 = 8 + this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels + var rmanFileSectionSizeInGb int32 = 0 + this.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &rmanFileSectionSizeInGb + return &this +} + +// GetUniqueName returns the UniqueName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetUniqueName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.UniqueName +} + +// GetUniqueNameOk returns a tuple with the UniqueName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetUniqueNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UniqueName, true +} + +// HasUniqueName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasUniqueName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUniqueName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the UniqueName field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetUniqueName(v string) { + o.UniqueName = &v +} + +// GetDatabaseName returns the DatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetDatabaseName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatabaseName +} + +// GetDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatabaseName, true +} + +// HasDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasDatabaseName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseName field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetDatabaseName(v string) { + o.DatabaseName = &v +} + +// GetRepositoryId returns the RepositoryId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetRepositoryId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RepositoryId +} + +// GetRepositoryIdOk returns a tuple with the RepositoryId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetRepositoryIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RepositoryId, true +} + +// HasRepositoryId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasRepositoryId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRepositoryId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RepositoryId field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetRepositoryId(v string) { + o.RepositoryId = &v +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserRef returns the EnvironmentUserRef field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetEnvironmentUserRef() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EnvironmentUserRef +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserRefOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUserRef field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetEnvironmentUserRefOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvironmentUserRef, true +} + +// HasEnvironmentUserRef returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasEnvironmentUserRef() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironmentUserRef gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentUserRef field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetEnvironmentUserRef(v string) { + o.EnvironmentUserRef = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeystorePassword returns the TdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.TdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigType returns the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigType() OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + var ret OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystoreConfigType +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk() (*OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystoreConfigType, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystoreConfigType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasTdeKeystoreConfigType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystoreConfigType gets a reference to the given OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum and assigns it to the TdeKeystoreConfigType field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetTdeKeystoreConfigType(v OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) { + o.TdeKeystoreConfigType = &v +} + +// GetOracleInstanceName returns the OracleInstanceName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetOracleInstanceName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.OracleInstanceName +} + +// GetOracleInstanceNameOk returns a tuple with the OracleInstanceName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetOracleInstanceNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleInstanceName, true +} + +// HasOracleInstanceName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasOracleInstanceName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleInstanceName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OracleInstanceName field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetOracleInstanceName(v string) { + o.OracleInstanceName = &v +} + +// GetInstanceNumber returns the InstanceNumber field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetInstanceNumber() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.InstanceNumber +} + +// GetInstanceNumberOk returns a tuple with the InstanceNumber field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetInstanceNumberOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InstanceNumber, true +} + +// HasInstanceNumber returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasInstanceNumber() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstanceNumber gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the InstanceNumber field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetInstanceNumber(v int32) { + o.InstanceNumber = &v +} + +// GetInstances returns the Instances field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetInstances() []OracleRACDatabaseInstance { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + var ret []OracleRACDatabaseInstance + return ret + } + return o.Instances +} + +// GetInstancesOk returns a tuple with the Instances field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetInstancesOk() ([]OracleRACDatabaseInstance, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Instances, true +} + +// HasInstances returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasInstances() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Instances) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstances gets a reference to the given []OracleRACDatabaseInstance and assigns it to the Instances field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetInstances(v []OracleRACDatabaseInstance) { + o.Instances = v +} + +// GetMountBase returns the MountBase field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetMountBase() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountBase) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MountBase +} + +// GetMountBaseOk returns a tuple with the MountBase field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetMountBaseOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountBase) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MountBase, true +} + +// HasMountBase returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasMountBase() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MountBase) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMountBase gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MountBase field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetMountBase(v string) { + o.MountBase = &v +} + +// GetConfigParams returns the ConfigParams field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { + if o == nil { + var ret map[string]interface{} + return ret + } + return o.ConfigParams +} + +// GetConfigParamsOk returns a tuple with the ConfigParams field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + return map[string]interface{}{}, false + } + return o.ConfigParams, true +} + +// HasConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasConfigParams() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConfigParams gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the ConfigParams field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetConfigParams(v map[string]interface{}) { + o.ConfigParams = v +} + +// GetCdbId returns the CdbId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetCdbId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CdbId +} + +// GetCdbIdOk returns a tuple with the CdbId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetCdbIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CdbId, true +} + +// HasCdbId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasCdbId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CdbId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCdbId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CdbId field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetCdbId(v string) { + o.CdbId = &v +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePath returns the ParentTdeKeystorePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentTdeKeystorePath +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePathOk returns a tuple with the ParentTdeKeystorePath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentTdeKeystorePath, true +} + +// HasParentTdeKeystorePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasParentTdeKeystorePath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentTdeKeystorePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentTdeKeystorePath field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetParentTdeKeystorePath(v string) { + o.ParentTdeKeystorePath = &v +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePassword returns the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasParentTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasParentTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetParentTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + +// GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret returns the TdeExportedKeyfileSecret field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret +} + +// GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecretOk returns a tuple with the TdeExportedKeyfileSecret field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetTdeExportedKeyfileSecretOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret, true +} + +// HasTdeExportedKeyfileSecret returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasTdeExportedKeyfileSecret() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeExportedKeyfileSecret field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetTdeExportedKeyfileSecret(v string) { + o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeyIdentifier returns the TdeKeyIdentifier field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetTdeKeyIdentifier() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeyIdentifier +} + +// GetTdeKeyIdentifierOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeyIdentifier field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetTdeKeyIdentifierOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeyIdentifier, true +} + +// HasTdeKeyIdentifier returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasTdeKeyIdentifier() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeyIdentifier gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeKeyIdentifier field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetTdeKeyIdentifier(v string) { + o.TdeKeyIdentifier = &v +} + +// GetCrsDatabaseName returns the CrsDatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetCrsDatabaseName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CrsDatabaseName +} + +// GetCrsDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the CrsDatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetCrsDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CrsDatabaseName, true +} + +// HasCrsDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasCrsDatabaseName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCrsDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CrsDatabaseName field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetCrsDatabaseName(v string) { + o.CrsDatabaseName = &v +} + +// GetRecoverDatabase returns the RecoverDatabase field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetRecoverDatabase() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.RecoverDatabase +} + +// GetRecoverDatabaseOk returns a tuple with the RecoverDatabase field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetRecoverDatabaseOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecoverDatabase, true +} + +// HasRecoverDatabase returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasRecoverDatabase() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecoverDatabase gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the RecoverDatabase field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetRecoverDatabase(v bool) { + o.RecoverDatabase = &v +} + +// GetFileMappingRules returns the FileMappingRules field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetFileMappingRules() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.FileMappingRules +} + +// GetFileMappingRulesOk returns a tuple with the FileMappingRules field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetFileMappingRulesOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FileMappingRules, true +} + +// HasFileMappingRules returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasFileMappingRules() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFileMappingRules gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FileMappingRules field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetFileMappingRules(v string) { + o.FileMappingRules = &v +} + +// GetEnableCdc returns the EnableCdc field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetEnableCdc() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EnableCdc +} + +// GetEnableCdcOk returns a tuple with the EnableCdc field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetEnableCdcOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnableCdc, true +} + +// HasEnableCdc returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasEnableCdc() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnableCdc gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EnableCdc field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetEnableCdc(v bool) { + o.EnableCdc = &v +} + +// GetRecoveryModel returns the RecoveryModel field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetRecoveryModel() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RecoveryModel +} + +// GetRecoveryModelOk returns a tuple with the RecoveryModel field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetRecoveryModelOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecoveryModel, true +} + +// HasRecoveryModel returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasRecoveryModel() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecoveryModel gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RecoveryModel field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetRecoveryModel(v string) { + o.RecoveryModel = &v +} + +// GetMirroringState returns the MirroringState field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetMirroringState() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MirroringState +} + +// GetMirroringStateOk returns a tuple with the MirroringState field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetMirroringStateOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MirroringState, true +} + +// HasMirroringState returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasMirroringState() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMirroringState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MirroringState field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetMirroringState(v string) { + o.MirroringState = &v +} + +// GetDefaultDataDiskgroup returns the DefaultDataDiskgroup field value +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetDefaultDataDiskgroup() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.DefaultDataDiskgroup +} + +// GetDefaultDataDiskgroupOk returns a tuple with the DefaultDataDiskgroup field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetDefaultDataDiskgroupOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.DefaultDataDiskgroup, true +} + +// SetDefaultDataDiskgroup sets field value +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetDefaultDataDiskgroup(v string) { + o.DefaultDataDiskgroup = v +} + +// GetRedoDiskgroup returns the RedoDiskgroup field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetRedoDiskgroup() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RedoDiskgroup) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RedoDiskgroup +} + +// GetRedoDiskgroupOk returns a tuple with the RedoDiskgroup field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetRedoDiskgroupOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RedoDiskgroup) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RedoDiskgroup, true +} + +// HasRedoDiskgroup returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasRedoDiskgroup() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RedoDiskgroup) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRedoDiskgroup gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RedoDiskgroup field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetRedoDiskgroup(v string) { + o.RedoDiskgroup = &v +} + +// GetRmanChannels returns the RmanChannels field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetRmanChannels() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanChannels +} + +// GetRmanChannelsOk returns a tuple with the RmanChannels field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetRmanChannelsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanChannels, true +} + +// HasRmanChannels returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasRmanChannels() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanChannels gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanChannels field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetRmanChannels(v int32) { + o.RmanChannels = &v +} + +// GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb returns the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb +} + +// GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGbOk returns a tuple with the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGbOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb, true +} + +// HasRmanFileSectionSizeInGb returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) HasRmanFileSectionSizeInGb() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb(v int32) { + o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &v +} + +// GetBookmarkId returns the BookmarkId field value +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetBookmarkId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.BookmarkId +} + +// GetBookmarkIdOk returns a tuple with the BookmarkId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) GetBookmarkIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.BookmarkId, true +} + +// SetBookmarkId sets field value +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) SetBookmarkId(v string) { + o.BookmarkId = v +} + +func (o OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + toSerialize["unique_name"] = o.UniqueName + } + if !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + toSerialize["database_name"] = o.DatabaseName + } + if !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + toSerialize["repository_id"] = o.RepositoryId + } + if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + toSerialize["environment_user_ref"] = o.EnvironmentUserRef + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_password"] = o.TdeKeystorePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_config_type"] = o.TdeKeystoreConfigType + } + if !IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { + toSerialize["oracle_instance_name"] = o.OracleInstanceName + } + if !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + toSerialize["instance_number"] = o.InstanceNumber + } + if !IsNil(o.Instances) { + toSerialize["instances"] = o.Instances + } + if !IsNil(o.MountBase) { + toSerialize["mount_base"] = o.MountBase + } + if o.ConfigParams != nil { + toSerialize["config_params"] = o.ConfigParams + } + if !IsNil(o.CdbId) { + toSerialize["cdb_id"] = o.CdbId + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + toSerialize["parent_tde_keystore_path"] = o.ParentTdeKeystorePath + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["parent_tde_keystore_password"] = o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret) { + toSerialize["tde_exported_keyfile_secret"] = o.TdeExportedKeyfileSecret + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + toSerialize["tde_key_identifier"] = o.TdeKeyIdentifier + } + if !IsNil(o.CrsDatabaseName) { + toSerialize["crs_database_name"] = o.CrsDatabaseName + } + if !IsNil(o.RecoverDatabase) { + toSerialize["recover_database"] = o.RecoverDatabase + } + if !IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { + toSerialize["file_mapping_rules"] = o.FileMappingRules + } + if !IsNil(o.EnableCdc) { + toSerialize["enable_cdc"] = o.EnableCdc + } + if !IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + toSerialize["recovery_model"] = o.RecoveryModel + } + if !IsNil(o.MirroringState) { + toSerialize["mirroring_state"] = o.MirroringState + } + toSerialize["default_data_diskgroup"] = o.DefaultDataDiskgroup + if !IsNil(o.RedoDiskgroup) { + toSerialize["redo_diskgroup"] = o.RedoDiskgroup + } + if !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + toSerialize["rman_channels"] = o.RmanChannels + } + if !IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + toSerialize["rman_file_section_size_in_gb"] = o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb + } + toSerialize["bookmark_id"] = o.BookmarkId + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "default_data_diskgroup", + "bookmark_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varOracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters := _OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varOracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters(varOracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) + + return err +} + +type NullableOracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters struct { + value *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableOracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) Get() *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) Set(val *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableOracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableOracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters(val *OracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) *NullableOracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters { + return &NullableOracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableOracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAsmExportFromBookmarkParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_oracle_asm_export_response.go b/model_oracle_asm_export_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3d378a49 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_oracle_asm_export_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the OracleAsmExportResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &OracleAsmExportResponse{} + +// OracleAsmExportResponse struct for OracleAsmExportResponse +type OracleAsmExportResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewOracleAsmExportResponse instantiates a new OracleAsmExportResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewOracleAsmExportResponse() *OracleAsmExportResponse { + this := OracleAsmExportResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewOracleAsmExportResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new OracleAsmExportResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewOracleAsmExportResponseWithDefaults() *OracleAsmExportResponse { + this := OracleAsmExportResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmExportResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmExportResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *OracleAsmExportResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o OracleAsmExportResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o OracleAsmExportResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableOracleAsmExportResponse struct { + value *OracleAsmExportResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableOracleAsmExportResponse) Get() *OracleAsmExportResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAsmExportResponse) Set(val *OracleAsmExportResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableOracleAsmExportResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAsmExportResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableOracleAsmExportResponse(val *OracleAsmExportResponse) *NullableOracleAsmExportResponse { + return &NullableOracleAsmExportResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableOracleAsmExportResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAsmExportResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_oracle_asm_in_place_export_parameters.go b/model_oracle_asm_in_place_export_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fedb8778 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_oracle_asm_in_place_export_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,394 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters{} + +// OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters struct for OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters +type OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters struct { + // Default diskgroup for datafiles. + DefaultDataDiskgroup string `json:"default_data_diskgroup"` + // Diskgroup for archive logs. Optional as it is not required for PDB databases. + RedoDiskgroup *string `json:"redo_diskgroup,omitempty"` + // Number of data streams to connect to the database. + RmanChannels *int32 `json:"rman_channels,omitempty"` + // Number of GigaBytes in which RMAN will break large files to back them in parallel. + RmanFileSectionSizeInGb *int32 `json:"rman_file_section_size_in_gb,omitempty"` + // Unique name to be given to the database after it is converted to physical. + DbUniqueName *string `json:"db_unique_name,omitempty"` + // The name to be given to the PDB after it is exported in-place. + PdbName *string `json:"pdb_name,omitempty"` + // Indicates operations allowed on virtual source post V2P. + OperationsPostV2P *bool `json:"operations_postV2P,omitempty"` +} + +type _OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters + +// NewOracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters instantiates a new OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewOracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters(defaultDataDiskgroup string) *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters { + this := OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters{} + this.DefaultDataDiskgroup = defaultDataDiskgroup + var rmanChannels int32 = 8 + this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels + var rmanFileSectionSizeInGb int32 = 0 + this.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &rmanFileSectionSizeInGb + var operationsPostV2P bool = false + this.OperationsPostV2P = &operationsPostV2P + return &this +} + +// NewOracleAsmInPlaceExportParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewOracleAsmInPlaceExportParametersWithDefaults() *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters { + this := OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters{} + var rmanChannels int32 = 8 + this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels + var rmanFileSectionSizeInGb int32 = 0 + this.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &rmanFileSectionSizeInGb + var operationsPostV2P bool = false + this.OperationsPostV2P = &operationsPostV2P + return &this +} + +// GetDefaultDataDiskgroup returns the DefaultDataDiskgroup field value +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) GetDefaultDataDiskgroup() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.DefaultDataDiskgroup +} + +// GetDefaultDataDiskgroupOk returns a tuple with the DefaultDataDiskgroup field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) GetDefaultDataDiskgroupOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.DefaultDataDiskgroup, true +} + +// SetDefaultDataDiskgroup sets field value +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) SetDefaultDataDiskgroup(v string) { + o.DefaultDataDiskgroup = v +} + +// GetRedoDiskgroup returns the RedoDiskgroup field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) GetRedoDiskgroup() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RedoDiskgroup) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RedoDiskgroup +} + +// GetRedoDiskgroupOk returns a tuple with the RedoDiskgroup field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) GetRedoDiskgroupOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RedoDiskgroup) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RedoDiskgroup, true +} + +// HasRedoDiskgroup returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) HasRedoDiskgroup() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RedoDiskgroup) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRedoDiskgroup gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RedoDiskgroup field. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) SetRedoDiskgroup(v string) { + o.RedoDiskgroup = &v +} + +// GetRmanChannels returns the RmanChannels field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) GetRmanChannels() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanChannels +} + +// GetRmanChannelsOk returns a tuple with the RmanChannels field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) GetRmanChannelsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanChannels, true +} + +// HasRmanChannels returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) HasRmanChannels() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanChannels gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanChannels field. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) SetRmanChannels(v int32) { + o.RmanChannels = &v +} + +// GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb returns the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb +} + +// GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGbOk returns a tuple with the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) GetRmanFileSectionSizeInGbOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb, true +} + +// HasRmanFileSectionSizeInGb returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) HasRmanFileSectionSizeInGb() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanFileSectionSizeInGb field. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) SetRmanFileSectionSizeInGb(v int32) { + o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb = &v +} + +// GetDbUniqueName returns the DbUniqueName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) GetDbUniqueName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbUniqueName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DbUniqueName +} + +// GetDbUniqueNameOk returns a tuple with the DbUniqueName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) GetDbUniqueNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbUniqueName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DbUniqueName, true +} + +// HasDbUniqueName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) HasDbUniqueName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DbUniqueName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDbUniqueName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DbUniqueName field. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) SetDbUniqueName(v string) { + o.DbUniqueName = &v +} + +// GetPdbName returns the PdbName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) GetPdbName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PdbName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.PdbName +} + +// GetPdbNameOk returns a tuple with the PdbName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) GetPdbNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PdbName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PdbName, true +} + +// HasPdbName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) HasPdbName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PdbName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPdbName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PdbName field. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) SetPdbName(v string) { + o.PdbName = &v +} + +// GetOperationsPostV2P returns the OperationsPostV2P field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) GetOperationsPostV2P() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OperationsPostV2P) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.OperationsPostV2P +} + +// GetOperationsPostV2POk returns a tuple with the OperationsPostV2P field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) GetOperationsPostV2POk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OperationsPostV2P) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OperationsPostV2P, true +} + +// HasOperationsPostV2P returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) HasOperationsPostV2P() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OperationsPostV2P) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOperationsPostV2P gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the OperationsPostV2P field. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) SetOperationsPostV2P(v bool) { + o.OperationsPostV2P = &v +} + +func (o OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["default_data_diskgroup"] = o.DefaultDataDiskgroup + if !IsNil(o.RedoDiskgroup) { + toSerialize["redo_diskgroup"] = o.RedoDiskgroup + } + if !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + toSerialize["rman_channels"] = o.RmanChannels + } + if !IsNil(o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb) { + toSerialize["rman_file_section_size_in_gb"] = o.RmanFileSectionSizeInGb + } + if !IsNil(o.DbUniqueName) { + toSerialize["db_unique_name"] = o.DbUniqueName + } + if !IsNil(o.PdbName) { + toSerialize["pdb_name"] = o.PdbName + } + if !IsNil(o.OperationsPostV2P) { + toSerialize["operations_postV2P"] = o.OperationsPostV2P + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "default_data_diskgroup", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varOracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters := _OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varOracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters(varOracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) + + return err +} + +type NullableOracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters struct { + value *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableOracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) Get() *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) Set(val *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableOracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableOracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters(val *OracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) *NullableOracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters { + return &NullableOracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableOracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAsmInPlaceExportParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_oracle_asm_in_place_vdb_export_response.go b/model_oracle_asm_in_place_vdb_export_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..620e18a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_oracle_asm_in_place_vdb_export_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the OracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &OracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse{} + +// OracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse struct for OracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse +type OracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewOracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse instantiates a new OracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewOracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse() *OracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse { + this := OracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewOracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new OracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewOracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponseWithDefaults() *OracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse { + this := OracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *OracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o OracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o OracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableOracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse struct { + value *OracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableOracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse) Get() *OracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse) Set(val *OracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableOracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableOracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse(val *OracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse) *NullableOracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse { + return &NullableOracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableOracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAsmInPlaceVDBExportResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_oracle_asm_layout_parameters.go b/model_oracle_asm_layout_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a9497d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_oracle_asm_layout_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the OracleAsmLayoutParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &OracleAsmLayoutParameters{} + +// OracleAsmLayoutParameters struct for OracleAsmLayoutParameters +type OracleAsmLayoutParameters struct { + // Default diskgroup for datafiles. + DefaultDataDiskgroup string `json:"default_data_diskgroup"` + // Diskgroup for archive logs. Optional as it is not required for PDB databases. + RedoDiskgroup *string `json:"redo_diskgroup,omitempty"` +} + +type _OracleAsmLayoutParameters OracleAsmLayoutParameters + +// NewOracleAsmLayoutParameters instantiates a new OracleAsmLayoutParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewOracleAsmLayoutParameters(defaultDataDiskgroup string) *OracleAsmLayoutParameters { + this := OracleAsmLayoutParameters{} + this.DefaultDataDiskgroup = defaultDataDiskgroup + return &this +} + +// NewOracleAsmLayoutParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new OracleAsmLayoutParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewOracleAsmLayoutParametersWithDefaults() *OracleAsmLayoutParameters { + this := OracleAsmLayoutParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetDefaultDataDiskgroup returns the DefaultDataDiskgroup field value +func (o *OracleAsmLayoutParameters) GetDefaultDataDiskgroup() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.DefaultDataDiskgroup +} + +// GetDefaultDataDiskgroupOk returns a tuple with the DefaultDataDiskgroup field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmLayoutParameters) GetDefaultDataDiskgroupOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.DefaultDataDiskgroup, true +} + +// SetDefaultDataDiskgroup sets field value +func (o *OracleAsmLayoutParameters) SetDefaultDataDiskgroup(v string) { + o.DefaultDataDiskgroup = v +} + +// GetRedoDiskgroup returns the RedoDiskgroup field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAsmLayoutParameters) GetRedoDiskgroup() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RedoDiskgroup) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RedoDiskgroup +} + +// GetRedoDiskgroupOk returns a tuple with the RedoDiskgroup field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmLayoutParameters) GetRedoDiskgroupOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RedoDiskgroup) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RedoDiskgroup, true +} + +// HasRedoDiskgroup returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAsmLayoutParameters) HasRedoDiskgroup() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RedoDiskgroup) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRedoDiskgroup gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RedoDiskgroup field. +func (o *OracleAsmLayoutParameters) SetRedoDiskgroup(v string) { + o.RedoDiskgroup = &v +} + +func (o OracleAsmLayoutParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o OracleAsmLayoutParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["default_data_diskgroup"] = o.DefaultDataDiskgroup + if !IsNil(o.RedoDiskgroup) { + toSerialize["redo_diskgroup"] = o.RedoDiskgroup + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *OracleAsmLayoutParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "default_data_diskgroup", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varOracleAsmLayoutParameters := _OracleAsmLayoutParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varOracleAsmLayoutParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = OracleAsmLayoutParameters(varOracleAsmLayoutParameters) + + return err +} + +type NullableOracleAsmLayoutParameters struct { + value *OracleAsmLayoutParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableOracleAsmLayoutParameters) Get() *OracleAsmLayoutParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAsmLayoutParameters) Set(val *OracleAsmLayoutParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableOracleAsmLayoutParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAsmLayoutParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableOracleAsmLayoutParameters(val *OracleAsmLayoutParameters) *NullableOracleAsmLayoutParameters { + return &NullableOracleAsmLayoutParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableOracleAsmLayoutParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAsmLayoutParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_oracle_attach_cdb_parameters.go b/model_oracle_attach_cdb_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..71b30e0b --- /dev/null +++ b/model_oracle_attach_cdb_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,791 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the OracleAttachCdbParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &OracleAttachCdbParameters{} + +// OracleAttachCdbParameters struct for OracleAttachCdbParameters +type OracleAttachCdbParameters struct { + // Id of the dsource to attach. + DsourceId string `json:"dsource_id"` + // Boolean value indicates whether LEVEL-based incremental backups can be used on the source database. + BackupLevelEnabled *bool `json:"backup_level_enabled,omitempty"` + // Bandwidth limit (MB/s) for SnapSync and LogSync network traffic. A value of 0 means no limit. + BandwidthLimit *int32 `json:"bandwidth_limit,omitempty"` + // True if extended block checking should be used for this linked database. + CheckLogical *bool `json:"check_logical,omitempty"` + // True if SnapSync data from the source should be compressed over the network. Enabling this feature will reduce network bandwidth consumption and may significantly improve throughput, especially over slow network. + CompressedLinkingEnabled *bool `json:"compressed_linking_enabled,omitempty"` + // True if two SnapSyncs should be performed in immediate succession to reduce the number of logs required to provision the snapshot. This may significantly reduce the time necessary to provision from a snapshot. + DoubleSync *bool `json:"double_sync,omitempty"` + // True if SnapSync data from the source should be retrieved through an encrypted connection. Enabling this feature can decrease the performance of SnapSync from the source but has no impact on the performance of VDBs created from the retrieved data. + EncryptedLinkingEnabled *bool `json:"encrypted_linking_enabled,omitempty"` + // Reference to the user that should be used in the host. + EnvironmentUser *string `json:"environment_user,omitempty"` + // External file path. + ExternalFilePath *string `json:"external_file_path,omitempty"` + // Number of data files to include in each RMAN backup set. + FilesPerSet *int32 `json:"files_per_set,omitempty"` + // If true, attach will succeed even if the resetlogs of the new database does not match the resetlogs information of the original database. + Force *bool `json:"force,omitempty"` + // True if initial load should be done immediately. + LinkNow *bool `json:"link_now,omitempty"` + // Total number of transport connections to use during SnapSync. + NumberOfConnections *int32 `json:"number_of_connections,omitempty"` + // Operations to perform after syncing a created dSource and before running the LogSync. + Operations []SourceOperation `json:"operations,omitempty"` + // The database fallback username. Optional if bequeath connections are enabled (to be used in case of bequeath connection failures). Only required for username-password auth. + OracleFallbackUser *string `json:"oracle_fallback_user,omitempty"` + // Password for fallback username. + OracleFallbackCredentials *string `json:"oracle_fallback_credentials,omitempty"` + // Number of parallel channels to use. + RmanChannels *int32 `json:"rman_channels,omitempty"` +} + +type _OracleAttachCdbParameters OracleAttachCdbParameters + +// NewOracleAttachCdbParameters instantiates a new OracleAttachCdbParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewOracleAttachCdbParameters(dsourceId string) *OracleAttachCdbParameters { + this := OracleAttachCdbParameters{} + var bandwidthLimit int32 = 0 + this.BandwidthLimit = &bandwidthLimit + var checkLogical bool = false + this.CheckLogical = &checkLogical + var compressedLinkingEnabled bool = true + this.CompressedLinkingEnabled = &compressedLinkingEnabled + var doubleSync bool = false + this.DoubleSync = &doubleSync + var encryptedLinkingEnabled bool = false + this.EncryptedLinkingEnabled = &encryptedLinkingEnabled + var filesPerSet int32 = 5 + this.FilesPerSet = &filesPerSet + var force bool = false + this.Force = &force + var linkNow bool = false + this.LinkNow = &linkNow + var numberOfConnections int32 = 1 + this.NumberOfConnections = &numberOfConnections + var rmanChannels int32 = 2 + this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels + return &this +} + +// NewOracleAttachCdbParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new OracleAttachCdbParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewOracleAttachCdbParametersWithDefaults() *OracleAttachCdbParameters { + this := OracleAttachCdbParameters{} + var bandwidthLimit int32 = 0 + this.BandwidthLimit = &bandwidthLimit + var checkLogical bool = false + this.CheckLogical = &checkLogical + var compressedLinkingEnabled bool = true + this.CompressedLinkingEnabled = &compressedLinkingEnabled + var doubleSync bool = false + this.DoubleSync = &doubleSync + var encryptedLinkingEnabled bool = false + this.EncryptedLinkingEnabled = &encryptedLinkingEnabled + var filesPerSet int32 = 5 + this.FilesPerSet = &filesPerSet + var force bool = false + this.Force = &force + var linkNow bool = false + this.LinkNow = &linkNow + var numberOfConnections int32 = 1 + this.NumberOfConnections = &numberOfConnections + var rmanChannels int32 = 2 + this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels + return &this +} + +// GetDsourceId returns the DsourceId field value +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetDsourceId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.DsourceId +} + +// GetDsourceIdOk returns a tuple with the DsourceId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetDsourceIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.DsourceId, true +} + +// SetDsourceId sets field value +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) SetDsourceId(v string) { + o.DsourceId = v +} + +// GetBackupLevelEnabled returns the BackupLevelEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetBackupLevelEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BackupLevelEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.BackupLevelEnabled +} + +// GetBackupLevelEnabledOk returns a tuple with the BackupLevelEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetBackupLevelEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BackupLevelEnabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BackupLevelEnabled, true +} + +// HasBackupLevelEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) HasBackupLevelEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BackupLevelEnabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBackupLevelEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the BackupLevelEnabled field. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) SetBackupLevelEnabled(v bool) { + o.BackupLevelEnabled = &v +} + +// GetBandwidthLimit returns the BandwidthLimit field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetBandwidthLimit() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.BandwidthLimit +} + +// GetBandwidthLimitOk returns a tuple with the BandwidthLimit field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetBandwidthLimitOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BandwidthLimit, true +} + +// HasBandwidthLimit returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) HasBandwidthLimit() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBandwidthLimit gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the BandwidthLimit field. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) SetBandwidthLimit(v int32) { + o.BandwidthLimit = &v +} + +// GetCheckLogical returns the CheckLogical field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetCheckLogical() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CheckLogical) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.CheckLogical +} + +// GetCheckLogicalOk returns a tuple with the CheckLogical field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetCheckLogicalOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CheckLogical) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CheckLogical, true +} + +// HasCheckLogical returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) HasCheckLogical() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CheckLogical) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCheckLogical gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the CheckLogical field. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) SetCheckLogical(v bool) { + o.CheckLogical = &v +} + +// GetCompressedLinkingEnabled returns the CompressedLinkingEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetCompressedLinkingEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CompressedLinkingEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.CompressedLinkingEnabled +} + +// GetCompressedLinkingEnabledOk returns a tuple with the CompressedLinkingEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetCompressedLinkingEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CompressedLinkingEnabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CompressedLinkingEnabled, true +} + +// HasCompressedLinkingEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) HasCompressedLinkingEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CompressedLinkingEnabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCompressedLinkingEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the CompressedLinkingEnabled field. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) SetCompressedLinkingEnabled(v bool) { + o.CompressedLinkingEnabled = &v +} + +// GetDoubleSync returns the DoubleSync field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetDoubleSync() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DoubleSync) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.DoubleSync +} + +// GetDoubleSyncOk returns a tuple with the DoubleSync field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetDoubleSyncOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DoubleSync) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DoubleSync, true +} + +// HasDoubleSync returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) HasDoubleSync() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DoubleSync) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDoubleSync gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DoubleSync field. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) SetDoubleSync(v bool) { + o.DoubleSync = &v +} + +// GetEncryptedLinkingEnabled returns the EncryptedLinkingEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetEncryptedLinkingEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled +} + +// GetEncryptedLinkingEnabledOk returns a tuple with the EncryptedLinkingEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetEncryptedLinkingEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled, true +} + +// HasEncryptedLinkingEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) HasEncryptedLinkingEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEncryptedLinkingEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EncryptedLinkingEnabled field. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) SetEncryptedLinkingEnabled(v bool) { + o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled = &v +} + +// GetEnvironmentUser returns the EnvironmentUser field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetEnvironmentUser() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUser) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EnvironmentUser +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUser field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetEnvironmentUserOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUser) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvironmentUser, true +} + +// HasEnvironmentUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) HasEnvironmentUser() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUser) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironmentUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentUser field. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) SetEnvironmentUser(v string) { + o.EnvironmentUser = &v +} + +// GetExternalFilePath returns the ExternalFilePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetExternalFilePath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalFilePath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExternalFilePath +} + +// GetExternalFilePathOk returns a tuple with the ExternalFilePath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetExternalFilePathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalFilePath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExternalFilePath, true +} + +// HasExternalFilePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) HasExternalFilePath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalFilePath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalFilePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalFilePath field. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) SetExternalFilePath(v string) { + o.ExternalFilePath = &v +} + +// GetFilesPerSet returns the FilesPerSet field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetFilesPerSet() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FilesPerSet) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.FilesPerSet +} + +// GetFilesPerSetOk returns a tuple with the FilesPerSet field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetFilesPerSetOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FilesPerSet) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FilesPerSet, true +} + +// HasFilesPerSet returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) HasFilesPerSet() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FilesPerSet) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFilesPerSet gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the FilesPerSet field. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) SetFilesPerSet(v int32) { + o.FilesPerSet = &v +} + +// GetForce returns the Force field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetForce() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Force) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Force +} + +// GetForceOk returns a tuple with the Force field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetForceOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Force) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Force, true +} + +// HasForce returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) HasForce() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Force) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetForce gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Force field. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) SetForce(v bool) { + o.Force = &v +} + +// GetLinkNow returns the LinkNow field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetLinkNow() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LinkNow) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.LinkNow +} + +// GetLinkNowOk returns a tuple with the LinkNow field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetLinkNowOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LinkNow) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LinkNow, true +} + +// HasLinkNow returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) HasLinkNow() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LinkNow) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLinkNow gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the LinkNow field. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) SetLinkNow(v bool) { + o.LinkNow = &v +} + +// GetNumberOfConnections returns the NumberOfConnections field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetNumberOfConnections() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.NumberOfConnections +} + +// GetNumberOfConnectionsOk returns a tuple with the NumberOfConnections field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetNumberOfConnectionsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NumberOfConnections, true +} + +// HasNumberOfConnections returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) HasNumberOfConnections() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNumberOfConnections gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the NumberOfConnections field. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) SetNumberOfConnections(v int32) { + o.NumberOfConnections = &v +} + +// GetOperations returns the Operations field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetOperations() []SourceOperation { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Operations) { + var ret []SourceOperation + return ret + } + return o.Operations +} + +// GetOperationsOk returns a tuple with the Operations field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetOperationsOk() ([]SourceOperation, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Operations) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Operations, true +} + +// HasOperations returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) HasOperations() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Operations) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOperations gets a reference to the given []SourceOperation and assigns it to the Operations field. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) SetOperations(v []SourceOperation) { + o.Operations = v +} + +// GetOracleFallbackUser returns the OracleFallbackUser field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetOracleFallbackUser() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleFallbackUser) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.OracleFallbackUser +} + +// GetOracleFallbackUserOk returns a tuple with the OracleFallbackUser field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetOracleFallbackUserOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleFallbackUser) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleFallbackUser, true +} + +// HasOracleFallbackUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) HasOracleFallbackUser() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleFallbackUser) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleFallbackUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OracleFallbackUser field. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) SetOracleFallbackUser(v string) { + o.OracleFallbackUser = &v +} + +// GetOracleFallbackCredentials returns the OracleFallbackCredentials field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetOracleFallbackCredentials() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleFallbackCredentials) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.OracleFallbackCredentials +} + +// GetOracleFallbackCredentialsOk returns a tuple with the OracleFallbackCredentials field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetOracleFallbackCredentialsOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleFallbackCredentials) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleFallbackCredentials, true +} + +// HasOracleFallbackCredentials returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) HasOracleFallbackCredentials() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleFallbackCredentials) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleFallbackCredentials gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OracleFallbackCredentials field. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) SetOracleFallbackCredentials(v string) { + o.OracleFallbackCredentials = &v +} + +// GetRmanChannels returns the RmanChannels field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetRmanChannels() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanChannels +} + +// GetRmanChannelsOk returns a tuple with the RmanChannels field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) GetRmanChannelsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanChannels, true +} + +// HasRmanChannels returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) HasRmanChannels() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanChannels gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanChannels field. +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) SetRmanChannels(v int32) { + o.RmanChannels = &v +} + +func (o OracleAttachCdbParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o OracleAttachCdbParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["dsource_id"] = o.DsourceId + if !IsNil(o.BackupLevelEnabled) { + toSerialize["backup_level_enabled"] = o.BackupLevelEnabled + } + if !IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + toSerialize["bandwidth_limit"] = o.BandwidthLimit + } + if !IsNil(o.CheckLogical) { + toSerialize["check_logical"] = o.CheckLogical + } + if !IsNil(o.CompressedLinkingEnabled) { + toSerialize["compressed_linking_enabled"] = o.CompressedLinkingEnabled + } + if !IsNil(o.DoubleSync) { + toSerialize["double_sync"] = o.DoubleSync + } + if !IsNil(o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled) { + toSerialize["encrypted_linking_enabled"] = o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled + } + if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUser) { + toSerialize["environment_user"] = o.EnvironmentUser + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalFilePath) { + toSerialize["external_file_path"] = o.ExternalFilePath + } + if !IsNil(o.FilesPerSet) { + toSerialize["files_per_set"] = o.FilesPerSet + } + if !IsNil(o.Force) { + toSerialize["force"] = o.Force + } + if !IsNil(o.LinkNow) { + toSerialize["link_now"] = o.LinkNow + } + if !IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + toSerialize["number_of_connections"] = o.NumberOfConnections + } + if !IsNil(o.Operations) { + toSerialize["operations"] = o.Operations + } + if !IsNil(o.OracleFallbackUser) { + toSerialize["oracle_fallback_user"] = o.OracleFallbackUser + } + if !IsNil(o.OracleFallbackCredentials) { + toSerialize["oracle_fallback_credentials"] = o.OracleFallbackCredentials + } + if !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + toSerialize["rman_channels"] = o.RmanChannels + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *OracleAttachCdbParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "dsource_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varOracleAttachCdbParameters := _OracleAttachCdbParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varOracleAttachCdbParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = OracleAttachCdbParameters(varOracleAttachCdbParameters) + + return err +} + +type NullableOracleAttachCdbParameters struct { + value *OracleAttachCdbParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableOracleAttachCdbParameters) Get() *OracleAttachCdbParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAttachCdbParameters) Set(val *OracleAttachCdbParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableOracleAttachCdbParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAttachCdbParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableOracleAttachCdbParameters(val *OracleAttachCdbParameters) *NullableOracleAttachCdbParameters { + return &NullableOracleAttachCdbParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableOracleAttachCdbParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAttachCdbParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_oracle_attach_d_source_parameters.go b/model_oracle_attach_d_source_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bcac7c50 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_oracle_attach_d_source_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,791 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the OracleAttachDSourceParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &OracleAttachDSourceParameters{} + +// OracleAttachDSourceParameters struct for OracleAttachDSourceParameters +type OracleAttachDSourceParameters struct { + // Id of the source to attach. + SourceId string `json:"source_id"` + // Boolean value indicates whether LEVEL-based incremental backups can be used on the source database. + BackupLevelEnabled *bool `json:"backup_level_enabled,omitempty"` + // Bandwidth limit (MB/s) for SnapSync and LogSync network traffic. A value of 0 means no limit. + BandwidthLimit *int32 `json:"bandwidth_limit,omitempty"` + // True if extended block checking should be used for this linked database. + CheckLogical *bool `json:"check_logical,omitempty"` + // True if SnapSync data from the source should be compressed over the network. Enabling this feature will reduce network bandwidth consumption and may significantly improve throughput, especially over slow network. + CompressedLinkingEnabled *bool `json:"compressed_linking_enabled,omitempty"` + // True if two SnapSyncs should be performed in immediate succession to reduce the number of logs required to provision the snapshot. This may significantly reduce the time necessary to provision from a snapshot. + DoubleSync *bool `json:"double_sync,omitempty"` + // True if SnapSync data from the source should be retrieved through an encrypted connection. Enabling this feature can decrease the performance of SnapSync from the source but has no impact on the performance of VDBs created from the retrieved data. + EncryptedLinkingEnabled *bool `json:"encrypted_linking_enabled,omitempty"` + // Reference to the user that should be used in the host. + EnvironmentUser *string `json:"environment_user,omitempty"` + // External file path. + ExternalFilePath *string `json:"external_file_path,omitempty"` + // Number of data files to include in each RMAN backup set. + FilesPerSet *int32 `json:"files_per_set,omitempty"` + // If true, attach will succeed even if the resetlogs of the new database does not match the resetlogs information of the original database. + Force *bool `json:"force,omitempty"` + // True if initial load should be done immediately. + LinkNow *bool `json:"link_now,omitempty"` + // Total number of transport connections to use during SnapSync. + NumberOfConnections *int32 `json:"number_of_connections,omitempty"` + // Operations to perform after syncing a created dSource and before running the LogSync. + Operations []SourceOperation `json:"operations,omitempty"` + // The database fallback username. Optional if bequeath connections are enabled (to be used in case of bequeath connection failures). Only required for username-password auth. + OracleFallbackUser *string `json:"oracle_fallback_user,omitempty"` + // Password for fallback username. + OracleFallbackCredentials *string `json:"oracle_fallback_credentials,omitempty"` + // Number of parallel channels to use. + RmanChannels *int32 `json:"rman_channels,omitempty"` +} + +type _OracleAttachDSourceParameters OracleAttachDSourceParameters + +// NewOracleAttachDSourceParameters instantiates a new OracleAttachDSourceParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewOracleAttachDSourceParameters(sourceId string) *OracleAttachDSourceParameters { + this := OracleAttachDSourceParameters{} + var bandwidthLimit int32 = 0 + this.BandwidthLimit = &bandwidthLimit + var checkLogical bool = false + this.CheckLogical = &checkLogical + var compressedLinkingEnabled bool = true + this.CompressedLinkingEnabled = &compressedLinkingEnabled + var doubleSync bool = false + this.DoubleSync = &doubleSync + var encryptedLinkingEnabled bool = false + this.EncryptedLinkingEnabled = &encryptedLinkingEnabled + var filesPerSet int32 = 5 + this.FilesPerSet = &filesPerSet + var force bool = false + this.Force = &force + var linkNow bool = false + this.LinkNow = &linkNow + var numberOfConnections int32 = 1 + this.NumberOfConnections = &numberOfConnections + var rmanChannels int32 = 2 + this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels + return &this +} + +// NewOracleAttachDSourceParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new OracleAttachDSourceParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewOracleAttachDSourceParametersWithDefaults() *OracleAttachDSourceParameters { + this := OracleAttachDSourceParameters{} + var bandwidthLimit int32 = 0 + this.BandwidthLimit = &bandwidthLimit + var checkLogical bool = false + this.CheckLogical = &checkLogical + var compressedLinkingEnabled bool = true + this.CompressedLinkingEnabled = &compressedLinkingEnabled + var doubleSync bool = false + this.DoubleSync = &doubleSync + var encryptedLinkingEnabled bool = false + this.EncryptedLinkingEnabled = &encryptedLinkingEnabled + var filesPerSet int32 = 5 + this.FilesPerSet = &filesPerSet + var force bool = false + this.Force = &force + var linkNow bool = false + this.LinkNow = &linkNow + var numberOfConnections int32 = 1 + this.NumberOfConnections = &numberOfConnections + var rmanChannels int32 = 2 + this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels + return &this +} + +// GetSourceId returns the SourceId field value +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetSourceId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.SourceId +} + +// GetSourceIdOk returns a tuple with the SourceId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetSourceIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.SourceId, true +} + +// SetSourceId sets field value +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) SetSourceId(v string) { + o.SourceId = v +} + +// GetBackupLevelEnabled returns the BackupLevelEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetBackupLevelEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BackupLevelEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.BackupLevelEnabled +} + +// GetBackupLevelEnabledOk returns a tuple with the BackupLevelEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetBackupLevelEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BackupLevelEnabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BackupLevelEnabled, true +} + +// HasBackupLevelEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) HasBackupLevelEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BackupLevelEnabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBackupLevelEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the BackupLevelEnabled field. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) SetBackupLevelEnabled(v bool) { + o.BackupLevelEnabled = &v +} + +// GetBandwidthLimit returns the BandwidthLimit field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetBandwidthLimit() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.BandwidthLimit +} + +// GetBandwidthLimitOk returns a tuple with the BandwidthLimit field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetBandwidthLimitOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BandwidthLimit, true +} + +// HasBandwidthLimit returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) HasBandwidthLimit() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBandwidthLimit gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the BandwidthLimit field. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) SetBandwidthLimit(v int32) { + o.BandwidthLimit = &v +} + +// GetCheckLogical returns the CheckLogical field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetCheckLogical() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CheckLogical) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.CheckLogical +} + +// GetCheckLogicalOk returns a tuple with the CheckLogical field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetCheckLogicalOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CheckLogical) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CheckLogical, true +} + +// HasCheckLogical returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) HasCheckLogical() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CheckLogical) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCheckLogical gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the CheckLogical field. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) SetCheckLogical(v bool) { + o.CheckLogical = &v +} + +// GetCompressedLinkingEnabled returns the CompressedLinkingEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetCompressedLinkingEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CompressedLinkingEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.CompressedLinkingEnabled +} + +// GetCompressedLinkingEnabledOk returns a tuple with the CompressedLinkingEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetCompressedLinkingEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CompressedLinkingEnabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CompressedLinkingEnabled, true +} + +// HasCompressedLinkingEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) HasCompressedLinkingEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CompressedLinkingEnabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCompressedLinkingEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the CompressedLinkingEnabled field. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) SetCompressedLinkingEnabled(v bool) { + o.CompressedLinkingEnabled = &v +} + +// GetDoubleSync returns the DoubleSync field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetDoubleSync() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DoubleSync) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.DoubleSync +} + +// GetDoubleSyncOk returns a tuple with the DoubleSync field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetDoubleSyncOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DoubleSync) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DoubleSync, true +} + +// HasDoubleSync returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) HasDoubleSync() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DoubleSync) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDoubleSync gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DoubleSync field. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) SetDoubleSync(v bool) { + o.DoubleSync = &v +} + +// GetEncryptedLinkingEnabled returns the EncryptedLinkingEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetEncryptedLinkingEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled +} + +// GetEncryptedLinkingEnabledOk returns a tuple with the EncryptedLinkingEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetEncryptedLinkingEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled, true +} + +// HasEncryptedLinkingEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) HasEncryptedLinkingEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEncryptedLinkingEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EncryptedLinkingEnabled field. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) SetEncryptedLinkingEnabled(v bool) { + o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled = &v +} + +// GetEnvironmentUser returns the EnvironmentUser field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetEnvironmentUser() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUser) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EnvironmentUser +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUser field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetEnvironmentUserOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUser) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvironmentUser, true +} + +// HasEnvironmentUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) HasEnvironmentUser() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUser) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironmentUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentUser field. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) SetEnvironmentUser(v string) { + o.EnvironmentUser = &v +} + +// GetExternalFilePath returns the ExternalFilePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetExternalFilePath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalFilePath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExternalFilePath +} + +// GetExternalFilePathOk returns a tuple with the ExternalFilePath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetExternalFilePathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalFilePath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExternalFilePath, true +} + +// HasExternalFilePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) HasExternalFilePath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalFilePath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalFilePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalFilePath field. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) SetExternalFilePath(v string) { + o.ExternalFilePath = &v +} + +// GetFilesPerSet returns the FilesPerSet field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetFilesPerSet() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FilesPerSet) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.FilesPerSet +} + +// GetFilesPerSetOk returns a tuple with the FilesPerSet field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetFilesPerSetOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FilesPerSet) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FilesPerSet, true +} + +// HasFilesPerSet returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) HasFilesPerSet() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FilesPerSet) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFilesPerSet gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the FilesPerSet field. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) SetFilesPerSet(v int32) { + o.FilesPerSet = &v +} + +// GetForce returns the Force field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetForce() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Force) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Force +} + +// GetForceOk returns a tuple with the Force field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetForceOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Force) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Force, true +} + +// HasForce returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) HasForce() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Force) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetForce gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Force field. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) SetForce(v bool) { + o.Force = &v +} + +// GetLinkNow returns the LinkNow field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetLinkNow() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LinkNow) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.LinkNow +} + +// GetLinkNowOk returns a tuple with the LinkNow field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetLinkNowOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LinkNow) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LinkNow, true +} + +// HasLinkNow returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) HasLinkNow() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LinkNow) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLinkNow gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the LinkNow field. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) SetLinkNow(v bool) { + o.LinkNow = &v +} + +// GetNumberOfConnections returns the NumberOfConnections field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetNumberOfConnections() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.NumberOfConnections +} + +// GetNumberOfConnectionsOk returns a tuple with the NumberOfConnections field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetNumberOfConnectionsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NumberOfConnections, true +} + +// HasNumberOfConnections returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) HasNumberOfConnections() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNumberOfConnections gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the NumberOfConnections field. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) SetNumberOfConnections(v int32) { + o.NumberOfConnections = &v +} + +// GetOperations returns the Operations field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetOperations() []SourceOperation { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Operations) { + var ret []SourceOperation + return ret + } + return o.Operations +} + +// GetOperationsOk returns a tuple with the Operations field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetOperationsOk() ([]SourceOperation, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Operations) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Operations, true +} + +// HasOperations returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) HasOperations() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Operations) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOperations gets a reference to the given []SourceOperation and assigns it to the Operations field. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) SetOperations(v []SourceOperation) { + o.Operations = v +} + +// GetOracleFallbackUser returns the OracleFallbackUser field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetOracleFallbackUser() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleFallbackUser) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.OracleFallbackUser +} + +// GetOracleFallbackUserOk returns a tuple with the OracleFallbackUser field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetOracleFallbackUserOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleFallbackUser) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleFallbackUser, true +} + +// HasOracleFallbackUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) HasOracleFallbackUser() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleFallbackUser) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleFallbackUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OracleFallbackUser field. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) SetOracleFallbackUser(v string) { + o.OracleFallbackUser = &v +} + +// GetOracleFallbackCredentials returns the OracleFallbackCredentials field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetOracleFallbackCredentials() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleFallbackCredentials) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.OracleFallbackCredentials +} + +// GetOracleFallbackCredentialsOk returns a tuple with the OracleFallbackCredentials field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetOracleFallbackCredentialsOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleFallbackCredentials) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleFallbackCredentials, true +} + +// HasOracleFallbackCredentials returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) HasOracleFallbackCredentials() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleFallbackCredentials) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleFallbackCredentials gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OracleFallbackCredentials field. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) SetOracleFallbackCredentials(v string) { + o.OracleFallbackCredentials = &v +} + +// GetRmanChannels returns the RmanChannels field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetRmanChannels() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanChannels +} + +// GetRmanChannelsOk returns a tuple with the RmanChannels field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) GetRmanChannelsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanChannels, true +} + +// HasRmanChannels returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) HasRmanChannels() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanChannels gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanChannels field. +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) SetRmanChannels(v int32) { + o.RmanChannels = &v +} + +func (o OracleAttachDSourceParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o OracleAttachDSourceParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["source_id"] = o.SourceId + if !IsNil(o.BackupLevelEnabled) { + toSerialize["backup_level_enabled"] = o.BackupLevelEnabled + } + if !IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + toSerialize["bandwidth_limit"] = o.BandwidthLimit + } + if !IsNil(o.CheckLogical) { + toSerialize["check_logical"] = o.CheckLogical + } + if !IsNil(o.CompressedLinkingEnabled) { + toSerialize["compressed_linking_enabled"] = o.CompressedLinkingEnabled + } + if !IsNil(o.DoubleSync) { + toSerialize["double_sync"] = o.DoubleSync + } + if !IsNil(o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled) { + toSerialize["encrypted_linking_enabled"] = o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled + } + if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUser) { + toSerialize["environment_user"] = o.EnvironmentUser + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalFilePath) { + toSerialize["external_file_path"] = o.ExternalFilePath + } + if !IsNil(o.FilesPerSet) { + toSerialize["files_per_set"] = o.FilesPerSet + } + if !IsNil(o.Force) { + toSerialize["force"] = o.Force + } + if !IsNil(o.LinkNow) { + toSerialize["link_now"] = o.LinkNow + } + if !IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + toSerialize["number_of_connections"] = o.NumberOfConnections + } + if !IsNil(o.Operations) { + toSerialize["operations"] = o.Operations + } + if !IsNil(o.OracleFallbackUser) { + toSerialize["oracle_fallback_user"] = o.OracleFallbackUser + } + if !IsNil(o.OracleFallbackCredentials) { + toSerialize["oracle_fallback_credentials"] = o.OracleFallbackCredentials + } + if !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + toSerialize["rman_channels"] = o.RmanChannels + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "source_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varOracleAttachDSourceParameters := _OracleAttachDSourceParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varOracleAttachDSourceParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = OracleAttachDSourceParameters(varOracleAttachDSourceParameters) + + return err +} + +type NullableOracleAttachDSourceParameters struct { + value *OracleAttachDSourceParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableOracleAttachDSourceParameters) Get() *OracleAttachDSourceParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAttachDSourceParameters) Set(val *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableOracleAttachDSourceParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAttachDSourceParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableOracleAttachDSourceParameters(val *OracleAttachDSourceParameters) *NullableOracleAttachDSourceParameters { + return &NullableOracleAttachDSourceParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableOracleAttachDSourceParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAttachDSourceParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_oracle_attach_parameters.go b/model_oracle_attach_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8c860561 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_oracle_attach_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,723 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the OracleAttachParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &OracleAttachParameters{} + +// OracleAttachParameters struct for OracleAttachParameters +type OracleAttachParameters struct { + // Boolean value indicates whether LEVEL-based incremental backups can be used on the source database. + BackupLevelEnabled *bool `json:"backup_level_enabled,omitempty"` + // Bandwidth limit (MB/s) for SnapSync and LogSync network traffic. A value of 0 means no limit. + BandwidthLimit *int32 `json:"bandwidth_limit,omitempty"` + // True if extended block checking should be used for this linked database. + CheckLogical *bool `json:"check_logical,omitempty"` + // True if SnapSync data from the source should be compressed over the network. Enabling this feature will reduce network bandwidth consumption and may significantly improve throughput, especially over slow network. + CompressedLinkingEnabled *bool `json:"compressed_linking_enabled,omitempty"` + // True if two SnapSyncs should be performed in immediate succession to reduce the number of logs required to provision the snapshot. This may significantly reduce the time necessary to provision from a snapshot. + DoubleSync *bool `json:"double_sync,omitempty"` + // True if SnapSync data from the source should be retrieved through an encrypted connection. Enabling this feature can decrease the performance of SnapSync from the source but has no impact on the performance of VDBs created from the retrieved data. + EncryptedLinkingEnabled *bool `json:"encrypted_linking_enabled,omitempty"` + // Reference to the user that should be used in the host. + EnvironmentUser *string `json:"environment_user,omitempty"` + // External file path. + ExternalFilePath *string `json:"external_file_path,omitempty"` + // Number of data files to include in each RMAN backup set. + FilesPerSet *int32 `json:"files_per_set,omitempty"` + // If true, attach will succeed even if the resetlogs of the new database does not match the resetlogs information of the original database. + Force *bool `json:"force,omitempty"` + // True if initial load should be done immediately. + LinkNow *bool `json:"link_now,omitempty"` + // Total number of transport connections to use during SnapSync. + NumberOfConnections *int32 `json:"number_of_connections,omitempty"` + // Operations to perform after syncing a created dSource and before running the LogSync. + Operations []SourceOperation `json:"operations,omitempty"` + // The database fallback username. Optional if bequeath connections are enabled (to be used in case of bequeath connection failures). Only required for username-password auth. + OracleFallbackUser *string `json:"oracle_fallback_user,omitempty"` + // Password for fallback username. + OracleFallbackCredentials *string `json:"oracle_fallback_credentials,omitempty"` + // Number of parallel channels to use. + RmanChannels *int32 `json:"rman_channels,omitempty"` +} + +// NewOracleAttachParameters instantiates a new OracleAttachParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewOracleAttachParameters() *OracleAttachParameters { + this := OracleAttachParameters{} + var bandwidthLimit int32 = 0 + this.BandwidthLimit = &bandwidthLimit + var checkLogical bool = false + this.CheckLogical = &checkLogical + var compressedLinkingEnabled bool = true + this.CompressedLinkingEnabled = &compressedLinkingEnabled + var doubleSync bool = false + this.DoubleSync = &doubleSync + var encryptedLinkingEnabled bool = false + this.EncryptedLinkingEnabled = &encryptedLinkingEnabled + var filesPerSet int32 = 5 + this.FilesPerSet = &filesPerSet + var force bool = false + this.Force = &force + var linkNow bool = false + this.LinkNow = &linkNow + var numberOfConnections int32 = 1 + this.NumberOfConnections = &numberOfConnections + var rmanChannels int32 = 2 + this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels + return &this +} + +// NewOracleAttachParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new OracleAttachParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewOracleAttachParametersWithDefaults() *OracleAttachParameters { + this := OracleAttachParameters{} + var bandwidthLimit int32 = 0 + this.BandwidthLimit = &bandwidthLimit + var checkLogical bool = false + this.CheckLogical = &checkLogical + var compressedLinkingEnabled bool = true + this.CompressedLinkingEnabled = &compressedLinkingEnabled + var doubleSync bool = false + this.DoubleSync = &doubleSync + var encryptedLinkingEnabled bool = false + this.EncryptedLinkingEnabled = &encryptedLinkingEnabled + var filesPerSet int32 = 5 + this.FilesPerSet = &filesPerSet + var force bool = false + this.Force = &force + var linkNow bool = false + this.LinkNow = &linkNow + var numberOfConnections int32 = 1 + this.NumberOfConnections = &numberOfConnections + var rmanChannels int32 = 2 + this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels + return &this +} + +// GetBackupLevelEnabled returns the BackupLevelEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetBackupLevelEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BackupLevelEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.BackupLevelEnabled +} + +// GetBackupLevelEnabledOk returns a tuple with the BackupLevelEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetBackupLevelEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BackupLevelEnabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BackupLevelEnabled, true +} + +// HasBackupLevelEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) HasBackupLevelEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BackupLevelEnabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBackupLevelEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the BackupLevelEnabled field. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) SetBackupLevelEnabled(v bool) { + o.BackupLevelEnabled = &v +} + +// GetBandwidthLimit returns the BandwidthLimit field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetBandwidthLimit() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.BandwidthLimit +} + +// GetBandwidthLimitOk returns a tuple with the BandwidthLimit field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetBandwidthLimitOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BandwidthLimit, true +} + +// HasBandwidthLimit returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) HasBandwidthLimit() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBandwidthLimit gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the BandwidthLimit field. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) SetBandwidthLimit(v int32) { + o.BandwidthLimit = &v +} + +// GetCheckLogical returns the CheckLogical field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetCheckLogical() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CheckLogical) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.CheckLogical +} + +// GetCheckLogicalOk returns a tuple with the CheckLogical field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetCheckLogicalOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CheckLogical) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CheckLogical, true +} + +// HasCheckLogical returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) HasCheckLogical() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CheckLogical) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCheckLogical gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the CheckLogical field. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) SetCheckLogical(v bool) { + o.CheckLogical = &v +} + +// GetCompressedLinkingEnabled returns the CompressedLinkingEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetCompressedLinkingEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CompressedLinkingEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.CompressedLinkingEnabled +} + +// GetCompressedLinkingEnabledOk returns a tuple with the CompressedLinkingEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetCompressedLinkingEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CompressedLinkingEnabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CompressedLinkingEnabled, true +} + +// HasCompressedLinkingEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) HasCompressedLinkingEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CompressedLinkingEnabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCompressedLinkingEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the CompressedLinkingEnabled field. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) SetCompressedLinkingEnabled(v bool) { + o.CompressedLinkingEnabled = &v +} + +// GetDoubleSync returns the DoubleSync field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetDoubleSync() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DoubleSync) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.DoubleSync +} + +// GetDoubleSyncOk returns a tuple with the DoubleSync field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetDoubleSyncOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DoubleSync) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DoubleSync, true +} + +// HasDoubleSync returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) HasDoubleSync() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DoubleSync) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDoubleSync gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DoubleSync field. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) SetDoubleSync(v bool) { + o.DoubleSync = &v +} + +// GetEncryptedLinkingEnabled returns the EncryptedLinkingEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetEncryptedLinkingEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled +} + +// GetEncryptedLinkingEnabledOk returns a tuple with the EncryptedLinkingEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetEncryptedLinkingEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled, true +} + +// HasEncryptedLinkingEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) HasEncryptedLinkingEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEncryptedLinkingEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EncryptedLinkingEnabled field. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) SetEncryptedLinkingEnabled(v bool) { + o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled = &v +} + +// GetEnvironmentUser returns the EnvironmentUser field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetEnvironmentUser() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUser) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EnvironmentUser +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUser field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetEnvironmentUserOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUser) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvironmentUser, true +} + +// HasEnvironmentUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) HasEnvironmentUser() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUser) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironmentUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentUser field. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) SetEnvironmentUser(v string) { + o.EnvironmentUser = &v +} + +// GetExternalFilePath returns the ExternalFilePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetExternalFilePath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalFilePath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExternalFilePath +} + +// GetExternalFilePathOk returns a tuple with the ExternalFilePath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetExternalFilePathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalFilePath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExternalFilePath, true +} + +// HasExternalFilePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) HasExternalFilePath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalFilePath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalFilePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalFilePath field. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) SetExternalFilePath(v string) { + o.ExternalFilePath = &v +} + +// GetFilesPerSet returns the FilesPerSet field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetFilesPerSet() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FilesPerSet) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.FilesPerSet +} + +// GetFilesPerSetOk returns a tuple with the FilesPerSet field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetFilesPerSetOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FilesPerSet) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FilesPerSet, true +} + +// HasFilesPerSet returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) HasFilesPerSet() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FilesPerSet) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFilesPerSet gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the FilesPerSet field. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) SetFilesPerSet(v int32) { + o.FilesPerSet = &v +} + +// GetForce returns the Force field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetForce() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Force) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Force +} + +// GetForceOk returns a tuple with the Force field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetForceOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Force) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Force, true +} + +// HasForce returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) HasForce() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Force) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetForce gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Force field. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) SetForce(v bool) { + o.Force = &v +} + +// GetLinkNow returns the LinkNow field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetLinkNow() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LinkNow) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.LinkNow +} + +// GetLinkNowOk returns a tuple with the LinkNow field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetLinkNowOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LinkNow) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LinkNow, true +} + +// HasLinkNow returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) HasLinkNow() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LinkNow) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLinkNow gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the LinkNow field. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) SetLinkNow(v bool) { + o.LinkNow = &v +} + +// GetNumberOfConnections returns the NumberOfConnections field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetNumberOfConnections() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.NumberOfConnections +} + +// GetNumberOfConnectionsOk returns a tuple with the NumberOfConnections field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetNumberOfConnectionsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NumberOfConnections, true +} + +// HasNumberOfConnections returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) HasNumberOfConnections() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNumberOfConnections gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the NumberOfConnections field. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) SetNumberOfConnections(v int32) { + o.NumberOfConnections = &v +} + +// GetOperations returns the Operations field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetOperations() []SourceOperation { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Operations) { + var ret []SourceOperation + return ret + } + return o.Operations +} + +// GetOperationsOk returns a tuple with the Operations field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetOperationsOk() ([]SourceOperation, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Operations) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Operations, true +} + +// HasOperations returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) HasOperations() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Operations) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOperations gets a reference to the given []SourceOperation and assigns it to the Operations field. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) SetOperations(v []SourceOperation) { + o.Operations = v +} + +// GetOracleFallbackUser returns the OracleFallbackUser field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetOracleFallbackUser() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleFallbackUser) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.OracleFallbackUser +} + +// GetOracleFallbackUserOk returns a tuple with the OracleFallbackUser field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetOracleFallbackUserOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleFallbackUser) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleFallbackUser, true +} + +// HasOracleFallbackUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) HasOracleFallbackUser() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleFallbackUser) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleFallbackUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OracleFallbackUser field. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) SetOracleFallbackUser(v string) { + o.OracleFallbackUser = &v +} + +// GetOracleFallbackCredentials returns the OracleFallbackCredentials field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetOracleFallbackCredentials() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleFallbackCredentials) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.OracleFallbackCredentials +} + +// GetOracleFallbackCredentialsOk returns a tuple with the OracleFallbackCredentials field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetOracleFallbackCredentialsOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleFallbackCredentials) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleFallbackCredentials, true +} + +// HasOracleFallbackCredentials returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) HasOracleFallbackCredentials() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleFallbackCredentials) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleFallbackCredentials gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OracleFallbackCredentials field. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) SetOracleFallbackCredentials(v string) { + o.OracleFallbackCredentials = &v +} + +// GetRmanChannels returns the RmanChannels field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetRmanChannels() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanChannels +} + +// GetRmanChannelsOk returns a tuple with the RmanChannels field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) GetRmanChannelsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanChannels, true +} + +// HasRmanChannels returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) HasRmanChannels() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanChannels gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanChannels field. +func (o *OracleAttachParameters) SetRmanChannels(v int32) { + o.RmanChannels = &v +} + +func (o OracleAttachParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o OracleAttachParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.BackupLevelEnabled) { + toSerialize["backup_level_enabled"] = o.BackupLevelEnabled + } + if !IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + toSerialize["bandwidth_limit"] = o.BandwidthLimit + } + if !IsNil(o.CheckLogical) { + toSerialize["check_logical"] = o.CheckLogical + } + if !IsNil(o.CompressedLinkingEnabled) { + toSerialize["compressed_linking_enabled"] = o.CompressedLinkingEnabled + } + if !IsNil(o.DoubleSync) { + toSerialize["double_sync"] = o.DoubleSync + } + if !IsNil(o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled) { + toSerialize["encrypted_linking_enabled"] = o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled + } + if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUser) { + toSerialize["environment_user"] = o.EnvironmentUser + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalFilePath) { + toSerialize["external_file_path"] = o.ExternalFilePath + } + if !IsNil(o.FilesPerSet) { + toSerialize["files_per_set"] = o.FilesPerSet + } + if !IsNil(o.Force) { + toSerialize["force"] = o.Force + } + if !IsNil(o.LinkNow) { + toSerialize["link_now"] = o.LinkNow + } + if !IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + toSerialize["number_of_connections"] = o.NumberOfConnections + } + if !IsNil(o.Operations) { + toSerialize["operations"] = o.Operations + } + if !IsNil(o.OracleFallbackUser) { + toSerialize["oracle_fallback_user"] = o.OracleFallbackUser + } + if !IsNil(o.OracleFallbackCredentials) { + toSerialize["oracle_fallback_credentials"] = o.OracleFallbackCredentials + } + if !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + toSerialize["rman_channels"] = o.RmanChannels + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableOracleAttachParameters struct { + value *OracleAttachParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableOracleAttachParameters) Get() *OracleAttachParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAttachParameters) Set(val *OracleAttachParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableOracleAttachParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAttachParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableOracleAttachParameters(val *OracleAttachParameters) *NullableOracleAttachParameters { + return &NullableOracleAttachParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableOracleAttachParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableOracleAttachParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_oracle_cluster_node_instance.go b/model_oracle_cluster_node_instance.go index f8f97047..4303b89c 100644 --- a/model_oracle_cluster_node_instance.go +++ b/model_oracle_cluster_node_instance.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -24,6 +24,8 @@ type OracleClusterNodeInstance struct { InstanceName *string `json:"instance_name,omitempty"` // The number of this instance. InstanceNumber *int32 `json:"instance_number,omitempty"` + // The id of Source this instance belongs to. + SourceId *string `json:"source_id,omitempty"` } // NewOracleClusterNodeInstance instantiates a new OracleClusterNodeInstance object @@ -107,6 +109,38 @@ func (o *OracleClusterNodeInstance) SetInstanceNumber(v int32) { o.InstanceNumber = &v } +// GetSourceId returns the SourceId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleClusterNodeInstance) GetSourceId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SourceId +} + +// GetSourceIdOk returns a tuple with the SourceId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleClusterNodeInstance) GetSourceIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SourceId, true +} + +// HasSourceId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleClusterNodeInstance) HasSourceId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SourceId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSourceId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SourceId field. +func (o *OracleClusterNodeInstance) SetSourceId(v string) { + o.SourceId = &v +} + func (o OracleClusterNodeInstance) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -123,6 +157,9 @@ func (o OracleClusterNodeInstance) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { toSerialize["instance_number"] = o.InstanceNumber } + if !IsNil(o.SourceId) { + toSerialize["source_id"] = o.SourceId + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_oracle_config_type_enum.go b/model_oracle_config_type_enum.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fdb400de --- /dev/null +++ b/model_oracle_config_type_enum.go @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// OracleConfigTypeEnum the model 'OracleConfigTypeEnum' +type OracleConfigTypeEnum string + +// List of OracleConfigTypeEnum +const ( + ORACLECONFIGTYPEENUM_ORACLE_RAC_CONFIG OracleConfigTypeEnum = "OracleRACConfig" + ORACLECONFIGTYPEENUM_ORACLE_SI_CONFIG OracleConfigTypeEnum = "OracleSIConfig" + ORACLECONFIGTYPEENUM_ORACLE_PDB_CONFIG OracleConfigTypeEnum = "OraclePDBConfig" +) + +// All allowed values of OracleConfigTypeEnum enum +var AllowedOracleConfigTypeEnumEnumValues = []OracleConfigTypeEnum{ + "OracleRACConfig", + "OracleSIConfig", + "OraclePDBConfig", +} + +func (v *OracleConfigTypeEnum) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + var value string + err := json.Unmarshal(src, &value) + if err != nil { + return err + } + enumTypeValue := OracleConfigTypeEnum(value) + for _, existing := range AllowedOracleConfigTypeEnumEnumValues { + if existing == enumTypeValue { + *v = enumTypeValue + return nil + } + } + + return fmt.Errorf("%+v is not a valid OracleConfigTypeEnum", value) +} + +// NewOracleConfigTypeEnumFromValue returns a pointer to a valid OracleConfigTypeEnum +// for the value passed as argument, or an error if the value passed is not allowed by the enum +func NewOracleConfigTypeEnumFromValue(v string) (*OracleConfigTypeEnum, error) { + ev := OracleConfigTypeEnum(v) + if ev.IsValid() { + return &ev, nil + } else { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid value '%v' for OracleConfigTypeEnum: valid values are %v", v, AllowedOracleConfigTypeEnumEnumValues) + } +} + +// IsValid return true if the value is valid for the enum, false otherwise +func (v OracleConfigTypeEnum) IsValid() bool { + for _, existing := range AllowedOracleConfigTypeEnumEnumValues { + if existing == v { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// Ptr returns reference to OracleConfigTypeEnum value +func (v OracleConfigTypeEnum) Ptr() *OracleConfigTypeEnum { + return &v +} + +type NullableOracleConfigTypeEnum struct { + value *OracleConfigTypeEnum + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableOracleConfigTypeEnum) Get() *OracleConfigTypeEnum { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableOracleConfigTypeEnum) Set(val *OracleConfigTypeEnum) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableOracleConfigTypeEnum) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableOracleConfigTypeEnum) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableOracleConfigTypeEnum(val *OracleConfigTypeEnum) *NullableOracleConfigTypeEnum { + return &NullableOracleConfigTypeEnum{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableOracleConfigTypeEnum) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableOracleConfigTypeEnum) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + diff --git a/model_oracle_custom_env_var.go b/model_oracle_custom_env_var.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..58bae13e --- /dev/null +++ b/model_oracle_custom_env_var.go @@ -0,0 +1,239 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the OracleCustomEnvVar type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &OracleCustomEnvVar{} + +// OracleCustomEnvVar struct for OracleCustomEnvVar +type OracleCustomEnvVar struct { + // The cluster node on which the environment variable is relevant. + ClusterNode *string `json:"cluster_node,omitempty"` + // A string of whitespace-separated parameters to be passed to the source command. The first parameter must be an absolute path to a file that exists on the target environment. Every subsequent parameter will be treated as an argument interpreted by the environment file. + PathParameters *string `json:"path_parameters,omitempty"` + // The name of the environment variable. + VarName *string `json:"var_name,omitempty"` + // The value of the environment variable. + VarValue *string `json:"var_value,omitempty"` +} + +// NewOracleCustomEnvVar instantiates a new OracleCustomEnvVar object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewOracleCustomEnvVar() *OracleCustomEnvVar { + this := OracleCustomEnvVar{} + return &this +} + +// NewOracleCustomEnvVarWithDefaults instantiates a new OracleCustomEnvVar object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewOracleCustomEnvVarWithDefaults() *OracleCustomEnvVar { + this := OracleCustomEnvVar{} + return &this +} + +// GetClusterNode returns the ClusterNode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleCustomEnvVar) GetClusterNode() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ClusterNode) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ClusterNode +} + +// GetClusterNodeOk returns a tuple with the ClusterNode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleCustomEnvVar) GetClusterNodeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ClusterNode) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ClusterNode, true +} + +// HasClusterNode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleCustomEnvVar) HasClusterNode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ClusterNode) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetClusterNode gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClusterNode field. +func (o *OracleCustomEnvVar) SetClusterNode(v string) { + o.ClusterNode = &v +} + +// GetPathParameters returns the PathParameters field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleCustomEnvVar) GetPathParameters() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PathParameters) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.PathParameters +} + +// GetPathParametersOk returns a tuple with the PathParameters field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleCustomEnvVar) GetPathParametersOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PathParameters) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PathParameters, true +} + +// HasPathParameters returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleCustomEnvVar) HasPathParameters() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PathParameters) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPathParameters gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PathParameters field. +func (o *OracleCustomEnvVar) SetPathParameters(v string) { + o.PathParameters = &v +} + +// GetVarName returns the VarName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleCustomEnvVar) GetVarName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VarName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.VarName +} + +// GetVarNameOk returns a tuple with the VarName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleCustomEnvVar) GetVarNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VarName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VarName, true +} + +// HasVarName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleCustomEnvVar) HasVarName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VarName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVarName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VarName field. +func (o *OracleCustomEnvVar) SetVarName(v string) { + o.VarName = &v +} + +// GetVarValue returns the VarValue field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleCustomEnvVar) GetVarValue() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VarValue) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.VarValue +} + +// GetVarValueOk returns a tuple with the VarValue field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleCustomEnvVar) GetVarValueOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VarValue) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VarValue, true +} + +// HasVarValue returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleCustomEnvVar) HasVarValue() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VarValue) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVarValue gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VarValue field. +func (o *OracleCustomEnvVar) SetVarValue(v string) { + o.VarValue = &v +} + +func (o OracleCustomEnvVar) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o OracleCustomEnvVar) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.ClusterNode) { + toSerialize["cluster_node"] = o.ClusterNode + } + if !IsNil(o.PathParameters) { + toSerialize["path_parameters"] = o.PathParameters + } + if !IsNil(o.VarName) { + toSerialize["var_name"] = o.VarName + } + if !IsNil(o.VarValue) { + toSerialize["var_value"] = o.VarValue + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableOracleCustomEnvVar struct { + value *OracleCustomEnvVar + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableOracleCustomEnvVar) Get() *OracleCustomEnvVar { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableOracleCustomEnvVar) Set(val *OracleCustomEnvVar) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableOracleCustomEnvVar) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableOracleCustomEnvVar) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableOracleCustomEnvVar(val *OracleCustomEnvVar) *NullableOracleCustomEnvVar { + return &NullableOracleCustomEnvVar{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableOracleCustomEnvVar) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableOracleCustomEnvVar) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_oracle_d_source_link_source_parameters.go b/model_oracle_d_source_link_source_parameters.go index 9dc26c55..431460d9 100644 --- a/model_oracle_d_source_link_source_parameters.go +++ b/model_oracle_d_source_link_source_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -72,6 +74,8 @@ type OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters struct { ForceFullBackup *bool `json:"force_full_backup,omitempty"` // True if two SnapSyncs should be performed in immediate succession to reduce the number of logs required to provision the snapshot. This may significantly reduce the time necessary to provision from a snapshot. DoubleSync *bool `json:"double_sync,omitempty"` + // RMAN rate in megabytes to be used. This is the upper limit for bytes read so that RMAN does not consume excessive disk bandwidth and degrade online performance. (Oracle only) + RmanRateInMB *int32 `json:"rman_rate_in_MB,omitempty"` // Skip check that tests if there is enough space available to store the database in the Delphix Engine. The Delphix Engine estimates how much space a database will occupy after compression and prevents SnapSync if insufficient space is available. This safeguard can be overridden using this option. This may be useful when linking highly compressible databases. SkipSpaceCheck *bool `json:"skip_space_check,omitempty"` // Indicates whether a fresh SnapSync must be started regardless if it was possible to resume the current SnapSync. If true, we will not resume but instead ignore previous progress and backup all datafiles even if already completed from previous failed SnapSync. This does not force a full backup, if an incremental was in progress this will start a new incremental snapshot. @@ -86,6 +90,8 @@ type OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters struct { NonSysUsername *string `json:"non_sys_username,omitempty"` // Password for non sys user authentication (Single tenant only). NonSysPassword *string `json:"non_sys_password,omitempty"` + // Delphix display name for the non sys vault user(Single tenant only). + NonSysVaultUsername *string `json:"non_sys_vault_username,omitempty"` // The name or reference of the vault from which to read the database credentials (Single tenant only). NonSysVault *string `json:"non_sys_vault,omitempty"` // Vault engine name where the credential is stored (Single tenant only). @@ -108,6 +114,8 @@ type OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters struct { FallbackUsername *string `json:"fallback_username,omitempty"` // Password for fallback username. FallbackPassword *string `json:"fallback_password,omitempty"` + // Delphix display name for the fallback vault user. + FallbackVaultUsername *string `json:"fallback_vault_username,omitempty"` // The name or reference of the vault from which to read the database credentials. FallbackVault *string `json:"fallback_vault,omitempty"` // Vault engine name where the credential is stored. @@ -130,6 +138,8 @@ type OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters struct { OpsPreLogSync []SourceOperation `json:"ops_pre_log_sync,omitempty"` } +type _OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters + // NewOracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters instantiates a new OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -165,6 +175,8 @@ func NewOracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters(sourceId string) *OracleDSourceLinkSou this.ForceFullBackup = &forceFullBackup var doubleSync bool = false this.DoubleSync = &doubleSync + var rmanRateInMB int32 = 0 + this.RmanRateInMB = &rmanRateInMB var skipSpaceCheck bool = false this.SkipSpaceCheck = &skipSpaceCheck var doNotResume bool = false @@ -209,6 +221,8 @@ func NewOracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersWithDefaults() *OracleDSourceLinkSource this.ForceFullBackup = &forceFullBackup var doubleSync bool = false this.DoubleSync = &doubleSync + var rmanRateInMB int32 = 0 + this.RmanRateInMB = &rmanRateInMB var skipSpaceCheck bool = false this.SkipSpaceCheck = &skipSpaceCheck var doNotResume bool = false @@ -1044,6 +1058,38 @@ func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters) SetDoubleSync(v bool) { o.DoubleSync = &v } +// GetRmanRateInMB returns the RmanRateInMB field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetRmanRateInMB() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanRateInMB) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanRateInMB +} + +// GetRmanRateInMBOk returns a tuple with the RmanRateInMB field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetRmanRateInMBOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanRateInMB) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanRateInMB, true +} + +// HasRmanRateInMB returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters) HasRmanRateInMB() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanRateInMB) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanRateInMB gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanRateInMB field. +func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters) SetRmanRateInMB(v int32) { + o.RmanRateInMB = &v +} + // GetSkipSpaceCheck returns the SkipSpaceCheck field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetSkipSpaceCheck() bool { if o == nil || IsNil(o.SkipSpaceCheck) { @@ -1268,6 +1314,38 @@ func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters) SetNonSysPassword(v string) { o.NonSysPassword = &v } +// GetNonSysVaultUsername returns the NonSysVaultUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetNonSysVaultUsername() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonSysVaultUsername) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.NonSysVaultUsername +} + +// GetNonSysVaultUsernameOk returns a tuple with the NonSysVaultUsername field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetNonSysVaultUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonSysVaultUsername) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NonSysVaultUsername, true +} + +// HasNonSysVaultUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters) HasNonSysVaultUsername() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NonSysVaultUsername) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNonSysVaultUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the NonSysVaultUsername field. +func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters) SetNonSysVaultUsername(v string) { + o.NonSysVaultUsername = &v +} + // GetNonSysVault returns the NonSysVault field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetNonSysVault() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonSysVault) { @@ -1620,6 +1698,38 @@ func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters) SetFallbackPassword(v string) { o.FallbackPassword = &v } +// GetFallbackVaultUsername returns the FallbackVaultUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetFallbackVaultUsername() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FallbackVaultUsername) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.FallbackVaultUsername +} + +// GetFallbackVaultUsernameOk returns a tuple with the FallbackVaultUsername field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetFallbackVaultUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FallbackVaultUsername) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FallbackVaultUsername, true +} + +// HasFallbackVaultUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters) HasFallbackVaultUsername() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FallbackVaultUsername) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFallbackVaultUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FallbackVaultUsername field. +func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters) SetFallbackVaultUsername(v string) { + o.FallbackVaultUsername = &v +} + // GetFallbackVault returns the FallbackVault field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetFallbackVault() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.FallbackVault) { @@ -2026,6 +2136,9 @@ func (o OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, erro if !IsNil(o.DoubleSync) { toSerialize["double_sync"] = o.DoubleSync } + if !IsNil(o.RmanRateInMB) { + toSerialize["rman_rate_in_MB"] = o.RmanRateInMB + } if !IsNil(o.SkipSpaceCheck) { toSerialize["skip_space_check"] = o.SkipSpaceCheck } @@ -2047,6 +2160,9 @@ func (o OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, erro if !IsNil(o.NonSysPassword) { toSerialize["non_sys_password"] = o.NonSysPassword } + if !IsNil(o.NonSysVaultUsername) { + toSerialize["non_sys_vault_username"] = o.NonSysVaultUsername + } if !IsNil(o.NonSysVault) { toSerialize["non_sys_vault"] = o.NonSysVault } @@ -2080,6 +2196,9 @@ func (o OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, erro if !IsNil(o.FallbackPassword) { toSerialize["fallback_password"] = o.FallbackPassword } + if !IsNil(o.FallbackVaultUsername) { + toSerialize["fallback_vault_username"] = o.FallbackVaultUsername + } if !IsNil(o.FallbackVault) { toSerialize["fallback_vault"] = o.FallbackVault } @@ -2113,6 +2232,43 @@ func (o OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, erro return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "source_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varOracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters := _OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varOracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters(varOracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters) + + return err +} + type NullableOracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters struct { value *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParameters isSet bool diff --git a/model_oracle_d_source_link_source_parameters_all_of.go b/model_oracle_d_source_link_source_parameters_all_of.go deleted file mode 100644 index b9ed036d..00000000 --- a/model_oracle_d_source_link_source_parameters_all_of.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1746 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" -) - -// checks if the OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf{} - -// OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf struct for OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf -type OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf struct { - // External file path. - ExternalFilePath *string `json:"external_file_path,omitempty"` - // Id of the environment user to use for linking. - EnvironmentUserId *string `json:"environment_user_id,omitempty"` - // Boolean value indicates whether LEVEL-based incremental backups can be used on the source database. - BackupLevelEnabled *bool `json:"backup_level_enabled,omitempty"` - // Number of parallel channels to use. - RmanChannels *int32 `json:"rman_channels,omitempty"` - // Number of data files to include in each RMAN backup set. - FilesPerSet *int32 `json:"files_per_set,omitempty"` - // True if extended block checking should be used for this linked database. - CheckLogical *bool `json:"check_logical,omitempty"` - // True if SnapSync data from the source should be retrieved through an encrypted connection. Enabling this feature can decrease the performance of SnapSync from the source but has no impact on the performance of VDBs created from the retrieved data. - EncryptedLinkingEnabled *bool `json:"encrypted_linking_enabled,omitempty"` - // True if SnapSync data from the source should be compressed over the network. Enabling this feature will reduce network bandwidth consumption and may significantly improve throughput, especially over slow network. - CompressedLinkingEnabled *bool `json:"compressed_linking_enabled,omitempty"` - // Bandwidth limit (MB/s) for SnapSync and LogSync network traffic. A value of 0 means no limit. - BandwidthLimit *int32 `json:"bandwidth_limit,omitempty"` - // Total number of transport connections to use during SnapSync. - NumberOfConnections *int32 `json:"number_of_connections,omitempty"` - // If true, NOLOGGING operations on this container are treated as faults and cannot be resolved manually. - DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults *bool `json:"diagnose_no_logging_faults,omitempty"` - // If true, pre-provisioning will be performed after every sync. - PreProvisioningEnabled *bool `json:"pre_provisioning_enabled,omitempty"` - // True if initial load should be done immediately. - LinkNow *bool `json:"link_now,omitempty"` - // Whether or not to take another full backup of the source database. - ForceFullBackup *bool `json:"force_full_backup,omitempty"` - // True if two SnapSyncs should be performed in immediate succession to reduce the number of logs required to provision the snapshot. This may significantly reduce the time necessary to provision from a snapshot. - DoubleSync *bool `json:"double_sync,omitempty"` - // Skip check that tests if there is enough space available to store the database in the Delphix Engine. The Delphix Engine estimates how much space a database will occupy after compression and prevents SnapSync if insufficient space is available. This safeguard can be overridden using this option. This may be useful when linking highly compressible databases. - SkipSpaceCheck *bool `json:"skip_space_check,omitempty"` - // Indicates whether a fresh SnapSync must be started regardless if it was possible to resume the current SnapSync. If true, we will not resume but instead ignore previous progress and backup all datafiles even if already completed from previous failed SnapSync. This does not force a full backup, if an incremental was in progress this will start a new incremental snapshot. - DoNotResume *bool `json:"do_not_resume,omitempty"` - // List of datafiles to take a full backup of. This would be useful in situations where certain datafiles could not be backed up during previous SnapSync due to corruption or because they went offline. - FilesForFullBackup []int32 `json:"files_for_full_backup,omitempty"` - // LogSync operation mode for this database. - LogSyncMode *string `json:"log_sync_mode,omitempty"` - // Interval between LogSync requests, in seconds. - LogSyncInterval *int32 `json:"log_sync_interval,omitempty"` - // Non-SYS database user to access this database. Only required for username-password auth (Single tenant only). - NonSysUsername *string `json:"non_sys_username,omitempty"` - // Password for non sys user authentication (Single tenant only). - NonSysPassword *string `json:"non_sys_password,omitempty"` - // The name or reference of the vault from which to read the database credentials (Single tenant only). - NonSysVault *string `json:"non_sys_vault,omitempty"` - // Vault engine name where the credential is stored (Single tenant only). - NonSysHashicorpVaultEngine *string `json:"non_sys_hashicorp_vault_engine,omitempty"` - // Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored (Single tenant only). - NonSysHashicorpVaultSecretPath *string `json:"non_sys_hashicorp_vault_secret_path,omitempty"` - // Hashicorp vault key for the username in the key-value store (Single tenant only). - NonSysHashicorpVaultUsernameKey *string `json:"non_sys_hashicorp_vault_username_key,omitempty"` - // Hashicorp vault key for the password in the key-value store (Single tenant only). - NonSysHashicorpVaultSecretKey *string `json:"non_sys_hashicorp_vault_secret_key,omitempty"` - // Azure key vault name (Single tenant only). - NonSysAzureVaultName *string `json:"non_sys_azure_vault_name,omitempty"` - // Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store (Single tenant only). - NonSysAzureVaultUsernameKey *string `json:"non_sys_azure_vault_username_key,omitempty"` - // Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store (Single tenant only). - NonSysAzureVaultSecretKey *string `json:"non_sys_azure_vault_secret_key,omitempty"` - // Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault (Single tenant only). - NonSysCyberarkVaultQueryString *string `json:"non_sys_cyberark_vault_query_string,omitempty"` - // The database fallback username. Optional if bequeath connections are enabled (to be used in case of bequeath connection failures). Only required for username-password auth. - FallbackUsername *string `json:"fallback_username,omitempty"` - // Password for fallback username. - FallbackPassword *string `json:"fallback_password,omitempty"` - // The name or reference of the vault from which to read the database credentials. - FallbackVault *string `json:"fallback_vault,omitempty"` - // Vault engine name where the credential is stored. - FallbackHashicorpVaultEngine *string `json:"fallback_hashicorp_vault_engine,omitempty"` - // Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored. - FallbackHashicorpVaultSecretPath *string `json:"fallback_hashicorp_vault_secret_path,omitempty"` - // Hashicorp vault key for the username in the key-value store. - FallbackHashicorpVaultUsernameKey *string `json:"fallback_hashicorp_vault_username_key,omitempty"` - // Hashicorp vault key for the password in the key-value store. - FallbackHashicorpVaultSecretKey *string `json:"fallback_hashicorp_vault_secret_key,omitempty"` - // Azure key vault name. - FallbackAzureVaultName *string `json:"fallback_azure_vault_name,omitempty"` - // Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store. - FallbackAzureVaultUsernameKey *string `json:"fallback_azure_vault_username_key,omitempty"` - // Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store. - FallbackAzureVaultSecretKey *string `json:"fallback_azure_vault_secret_key,omitempty"` - // Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. - FallbackCyberarkVaultQueryString *string `json:"fallback_cyberark_vault_query_string,omitempty"` - // Operations to perform after syncing a created dSource and before running the LogSync. - OpsPreLogSync []SourceOperation `json:"ops_pre_log_sync,omitempty"` -} - -// NewOracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf instantiates a new OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewOracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf() *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf { - this := OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf{} - var rmanChannels int32 = 2 - this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels - var filesPerSet int32 = 5 - this.FilesPerSet = &filesPerSet - var checkLogical bool = false - this.CheckLogical = &checkLogical - var encryptedLinkingEnabled bool = false - this.EncryptedLinkingEnabled = &encryptedLinkingEnabled - var compressedLinkingEnabled bool = true - this.CompressedLinkingEnabled = &compressedLinkingEnabled - var bandwidthLimit int32 = 0 - this.BandwidthLimit = &bandwidthLimit - var numberOfConnections int32 = 1 - this.NumberOfConnections = &numberOfConnections - var diagnoseNoLoggingFaults bool = true - this.DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults = &diagnoseNoLoggingFaults - var preProvisioningEnabled bool = false - this.PreProvisioningEnabled = &preProvisioningEnabled - var linkNow bool = false - this.LinkNow = &linkNow - var forceFullBackup bool = false - this.ForceFullBackup = &forceFullBackup - var doubleSync bool = false - this.DoubleSync = &doubleSync - var skipSpaceCheck bool = false - this.SkipSpaceCheck = &skipSpaceCheck - var doNotResume bool = false - this.DoNotResume = &doNotResume - var logSyncMode string = "UNDEFINED" - this.LogSyncMode = &logSyncMode - var logSyncInterval int32 = 5 - this.LogSyncInterval = &logSyncInterval - return &this -} - -// NewOracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOfWithDefaults instantiates a new OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewOracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOfWithDefaults() *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf { - this := OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf{} - var rmanChannels int32 = 2 - this.RmanChannels = &rmanChannels - var filesPerSet int32 = 5 - this.FilesPerSet = &filesPerSet - var checkLogical bool = false - this.CheckLogical = &checkLogical - var encryptedLinkingEnabled bool = false - this.EncryptedLinkingEnabled = &encryptedLinkingEnabled - var compressedLinkingEnabled bool = true - this.CompressedLinkingEnabled = &compressedLinkingEnabled - var bandwidthLimit int32 = 0 - this.BandwidthLimit = &bandwidthLimit - var numberOfConnections int32 = 1 - this.NumberOfConnections = &numberOfConnections - var diagnoseNoLoggingFaults bool = true - this.DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults = &diagnoseNoLoggingFaults - var preProvisioningEnabled bool = false - this.PreProvisioningEnabled = &preProvisioningEnabled - var linkNow bool = false - this.LinkNow = &linkNow - var forceFullBackup bool = false - this.ForceFullBackup = &forceFullBackup - var doubleSync bool = false - this.DoubleSync = &doubleSync - var skipSpaceCheck bool = false - this.SkipSpaceCheck = &skipSpaceCheck - var doNotResume bool = false - this.DoNotResume = &doNotResume - var logSyncMode string = "UNDEFINED" - this.LogSyncMode = &logSyncMode - var logSyncInterval int32 = 5 - this.LogSyncInterval = &logSyncInterval - return &this -} - -// GetExternalFilePath returns the ExternalFilePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalFilePath() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalFilePath) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.ExternalFilePath -} - -// GetExternalFilePathOk returns a tuple with the ExternalFilePath field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetExternalFilePathOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalFilePath) { - return nil, false - } - return o.ExternalFilePath, true -} - -// HasExternalFilePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasExternalFilePath() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalFilePath) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetExternalFilePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalFilePath field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetExternalFilePath(v string) { - o.ExternalFilePath = &v -} - -// GetEnvironmentUserId returns the EnvironmentUserId field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetEnvironmentUserId() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserId) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.EnvironmentUserId -} - -// GetEnvironmentUserIdOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUserId field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetEnvironmentUserIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserId) { - return nil, false - } - return o.EnvironmentUserId, true -} - -// HasEnvironmentUserId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasEnvironmentUserId() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserId) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetEnvironmentUserId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentUserId field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetEnvironmentUserId(v string) { - o.EnvironmentUserId = &v -} - -// GetBackupLevelEnabled returns the BackupLevelEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetBackupLevelEnabled() bool { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.BackupLevelEnabled) { - var ret bool - return ret - } - return *o.BackupLevelEnabled -} - -// GetBackupLevelEnabledOk returns a tuple with the BackupLevelEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetBackupLevelEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.BackupLevelEnabled) { - return nil, false - } - return o.BackupLevelEnabled, true -} - -// HasBackupLevelEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasBackupLevelEnabled() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BackupLevelEnabled) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetBackupLevelEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the BackupLevelEnabled field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetBackupLevelEnabled(v bool) { - o.BackupLevelEnabled = &v -} - -// GetRmanChannels returns the RmanChannels field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetRmanChannels() int32 { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { - var ret int32 - return ret - } - return *o.RmanChannels -} - -// GetRmanChannelsOk returns a tuple with the RmanChannels field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetRmanChannelsOk() (*int32, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { - return nil, false - } - return o.RmanChannels, true -} - -// HasRmanChannels returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasRmanChannels() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetRmanChannels gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanChannels field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetRmanChannels(v int32) { - o.RmanChannels = &v -} - -// GetFilesPerSet returns the FilesPerSet field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetFilesPerSet() int32 { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FilesPerSet) { - var ret int32 - return ret - } - return *o.FilesPerSet -} - -// GetFilesPerSetOk returns a tuple with the FilesPerSet field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetFilesPerSetOk() (*int32, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FilesPerSet) { - return nil, false - } - return o.FilesPerSet, true -} - -// HasFilesPerSet returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasFilesPerSet() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FilesPerSet) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetFilesPerSet gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the FilesPerSet field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetFilesPerSet(v int32) { - o.FilesPerSet = &v -} - -// GetCheckLogical returns the CheckLogical field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetCheckLogical() bool { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.CheckLogical) { - var ret bool - return ret - } - return *o.CheckLogical -} - -// GetCheckLogicalOk returns a tuple with the CheckLogical field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetCheckLogicalOk() (*bool, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.CheckLogical) { - return nil, false - } - return o.CheckLogical, true -} - -// HasCheckLogical returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasCheckLogical() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CheckLogical) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetCheckLogical gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the CheckLogical field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetCheckLogical(v bool) { - o.CheckLogical = &v -} - -// GetEncryptedLinkingEnabled returns the EncryptedLinkingEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetEncryptedLinkingEnabled() bool { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled) { - var ret bool - return ret - } - return *o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled -} - -// GetEncryptedLinkingEnabledOk returns a tuple with the EncryptedLinkingEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetEncryptedLinkingEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled) { - return nil, false - } - return o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled, true -} - -// HasEncryptedLinkingEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasEncryptedLinkingEnabled() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetEncryptedLinkingEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EncryptedLinkingEnabled field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetEncryptedLinkingEnabled(v bool) { - o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled = &v -} - -// GetCompressedLinkingEnabled returns the CompressedLinkingEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetCompressedLinkingEnabled() bool { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.CompressedLinkingEnabled) { - var ret bool - return ret - } - return *o.CompressedLinkingEnabled -} - -// GetCompressedLinkingEnabledOk returns a tuple with the CompressedLinkingEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetCompressedLinkingEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.CompressedLinkingEnabled) { - return nil, false - } - return o.CompressedLinkingEnabled, true -} - -// HasCompressedLinkingEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasCompressedLinkingEnabled() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CompressedLinkingEnabled) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetCompressedLinkingEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the CompressedLinkingEnabled field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetCompressedLinkingEnabled(v bool) { - o.CompressedLinkingEnabled = &v -} - -// GetBandwidthLimit returns the BandwidthLimit field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetBandwidthLimit() int32 { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { - var ret int32 - return ret - } - return *o.BandwidthLimit -} - -// GetBandwidthLimitOk returns a tuple with the BandwidthLimit field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetBandwidthLimitOk() (*int32, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { - return nil, false - } - return o.BandwidthLimit, true -} - -// HasBandwidthLimit returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasBandwidthLimit() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetBandwidthLimit gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the BandwidthLimit field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetBandwidthLimit(v int32) { - o.BandwidthLimit = &v -} - -// GetNumberOfConnections returns the NumberOfConnections field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetNumberOfConnections() int32 { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { - var ret int32 - return ret - } - return *o.NumberOfConnections -} - -// GetNumberOfConnectionsOk returns a tuple with the NumberOfConnections field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetNumberOfConnectionsOk() (*int32, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { - return nil, false - } - return o.NumberOfConnections, true -} - -// HasNumberOfConnections returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasNumberOfConnections() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetNumberOfConnections gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the NumberOfConnections field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetNumberOfConnections(v int32) { - o.NumberOfConnections = &v -} - -// GetDiagnoseNoLoggingFaults returns the DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDiagnoseNoLoggingFaults() bool { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults) { - var ret bool - return ret - } - return *o.DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults -} - -// GetDiagnoseNoLoggingFaultsOk returns a tuple with the DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDiagnoseNoLoggingFaultsOk() (*bool, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults) { - return nil, false - } - return o.DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults, true -} - -// HasDiagnoseNoLoggingFaults returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasDiagnoseNoLoggingFaults() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetDiagnoseNoLoggingFaults gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetDiagnoseNoLoggingFaults(v bool) { - o.DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults = &v -} - -// GetPreProvisioningEnabled returns the PreProvisioningEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetPreProvisioningEnabled() bool { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.PreProvisioningEnabled) { - var ret bool - return ret - } - return *o.PreProvisioningEnabled -} - -// GetPreProvisioningEnabledOk returns a tuple with the PreProvisioningEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetPreProvisioningEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.PreProvisioningEnabled) { - return nil, false - } - return o.PreProvisioningEnabled, true -} - -// HasPreProvisioningEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasPreProvisioningEnabled() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PreProvisioningEnabled) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetPreProvisioningEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the PreProvisioningEnabled field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetPreProvisioningEnabled(v bool) { - o.PreProvisioningEnabled = &v -} - -// GetLinkNow returns the LinkNow field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetLinkNow() bool { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.LinkNow) { - var ret bool - return ret - } - return *o.LinkNow -} - -// GetLinkNowOk returns a tuple with the LinkNow field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetLinkNowOk() (*bool, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.LinkNow) { - return nil, false - } - return o.LinkNow, true -} - -// HasLinkNow returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasLinkNow() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LinkNow) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetLinkNow gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the LinkNow field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetLinkNow(v bool) { - o.LinkNow = &v -} - -// GetForceFullBackup returns the ForceFullBackup field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetForceFullBackup() bool { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.ForceFullBackup) { - var ret bool - return ret - } - return *o.ForceFullBackup -} - -// GetForceFullBackupOk returns a tuple with the ForceFullBackup field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetForceFullBackupOk() (*bool, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.ForceFullBackup) { - return nil, false - } - return o.ForceFullBackup, true -} - -// HasForceFullBackup returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasForceFullBackup() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ForceFullBackup) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetForceFullBackup gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ForceFullBackup field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetForceFullBackup(v bool) { - o.ForceFullBackup = &v -} - -// GetDoubleSync returns the DoubleSync field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDoubleSync() bool { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DoubleSync) { - var ret bool - return ret - } - return *o.DoubleSync -} - -// GetDoubleSyncOk returns a tuple with the DoubleSync field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDoubleSyncOk() (*bool, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DoubleSync) { - return nil, false - } - return o.DoubleSync, true -} - -// HasDoubleSync returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasDoubleSync() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DoubleSync) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetDoubleSync gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DoubleSync field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetDoubleSync(v bool) { - o.DoubleSync = &v -} - -// GetSkipSpaceCheck returns the SkipSpaceCheck field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetSkipSpaceCheck() bool { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.SkipSpaceCheck) { - var ret bool - return ret - } - return *o.SkipSpaceCheck -} - -// GetSkipSpaceCheckOk returns a tuple with the SkipSpaceCheck field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetSkipSpaceCheckOk() (*bool, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.SkipSpaceCheck) { - return nil, false - } - return o.SkipSpaceCheck, true -} - -// HasSkipSpaceCheck returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasSkipSpaceCheck() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SkipSpaceCheck) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetSkipSpaceCheck gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the SkipSpaceCheck field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetSkipSpaceCheck(v bool) { - o.SkipSpaceCheck = &v -} - -// GetDoNotResume returns the DoNotResume field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDoNotResume() bool { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DoNotResume) { - var ret bool - return ret - } - return *o.DoNotResume -} - -// GetDoNotResumeOk returns a tuple with the DoNotResume field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDoNotResumeOk() (*bool, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DoNotResume) { - return nil, false - } - return o.DoNotResume, true -} - -// HasDoNotResume returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasDoNotResume() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DoNotResume) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetDoNotResume gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DoNotResume field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetDoNotResume(v bool) { - o.DoNotResume = &v -} - -// GetFilesForFullBackup returns the FilesForFullBackup field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetFilesForFullBackup() []int32 { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FilesForFullBackup) { - var ret []int32 - return ret - } - return o.FilesForFullBackup -} - -// GetFilesForFullBackupOk returns a tuple with the FilesForFullBackup field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetFilesForFullBackupOk() ([]int32, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FilesForFullBackup) { - return nil, false - } - return o.FilesForFullBackup, true -} - -// HasFilesForFullBackup returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasFilesForFullBackup() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FilesForFullBackup) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetFilesForFullBackup gets a reference to the given []int32 and assigns it to the FilesForFullBackup field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetFilesForFullBackup(v []int32) { - o.FilesForFullBackup = v -} - -// GetLogSyncMode returns the LogSyncMode field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetLogSyncMode() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogSyncMode) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.LogSyncMode -} - -// GetLogSyncModeOk returns a tuple with the LogSyncMode field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetLogSyncModeOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogSyncMode) { - return nil, false - } - return o.LogSyncMode, true -} - -// HasLogSyncMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasLogSyncMode() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LogSyncMode) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetLogSyncMode gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the LogSyncMode field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetLogSyncMode(v string) { - o.LogSyncMode = &v -} - -// GetLogSyncInterval returns the LogSyncInterval field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetLogSyncInterval() int32 { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogSyncInterval) { - var ret int32 - return ret - } - return *o.LogSyncInterval -} - -// GetLogSyncIntervalOk returns a tuple with the LogSyncInterval field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetLogSyncIntervalOk() (*int32, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogSyncInterval) { - return nil, false - } - return o.LogSyncInterval, true -} - -// HasLogSyncInterval returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasLogSyncInterval() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LogSyncInterval) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetLogSyncInterval gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the LogSyncInterval field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetLogSyncInterval(v int32) { - o.LogSyncInterval = &v -} - -// GetNonSysUsername returns the NonSysUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetNonSysUsername() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonSysUsername) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.NonSysUsername -} - -// GetNonSysUsernameOk returns a tuple with the NonSysUsername field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetNonSysUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonSysUsername) { - return nil, false - } - return o.NonSysUsername, true -} - -// HasNonSysUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasNonSysUsername() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NonSysUsername) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetNonSysUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the NonSysUsername field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetNonSysUsername(v string) { - o.NonSysUsername = &v -} - -// GetNonSysPassword returns the NonSysPassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetNonSysPassword() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonSysPassword) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.NonSysPassword -} - -// GetNonSysPasswordOk returns a tuple with the NonSysPassword field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetNonSysPasswordOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonSysPassword) { - return nil, false - } - return o.NonSysPassword, true -} - -// HasNonSysPassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasNonSysPassword() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NonSysPassword) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetNonSysPassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the NonSysPassword field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetNonSysPassword(v string) { - o.NonSysPassword = &v -} - -// GetNonSysVault returns the NonSysVault field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetNonSysVault() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonSysVault) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.NonSysVault -} - -// GetNonSysVaultOk returns a tuple with the NonSysVault field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetNonSysVaultOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonSysVault) { - return nil, false - } - return o.NonSysVault, true -} - -// HasNonSysVault returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasNonSysVault() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NonSysVault) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetNonSysVault gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the NonSysVault field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetNonSysVault(v string) { - o.NonSysVault = &v -} - -// GetNonSysHashicorpVaultEngine returns the NonSysHashicorpVaultEngine field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetNonSysHashicorpVaultEngine() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonSysHashicorpVaultEngine) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.NonSysHashicorpVaultEngine -} - -// GetNonSysHashicorpVaultEngineOk returns a tuple with the NonSysHashicorpVaultEngine field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetNonSysHashicorpVaultEngineOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonSysHashicorpVaultEngine) { - return nil, false - } - return o.NonSysHashicorpVaultEngine, true -} - -// HasNonSysHashicorpVaultEngine returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasNonSysHashicorpVaultEngine() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NonSysHashicorpVaultEngine) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetNonSysHashicorpVaultEngine gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the NonSysHashicorpVaultEngine field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetNonSysHashicorpVaultEngine(v string) { - o.NonSysHashicorpVaultEngine = &v -} - -// GetNonSysHashicorpVaultSecretPath returns the NonSysHashicorpVaultSecretPath field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetNonSysHashicorpVaultSecretPath() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonSysHashicorpVaultSecretPath) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.NonSysHashicorpVaultSecretPath -} - -// GetNonSysHashicorpVaultSecretPathOk returns a tuple with the NonSysHashicorpVaultSecretPath field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetNonSysHashicorpVaultSecretPathOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonSysHashicorpVaultSecretPath) { - return nil, false - } - return o.NonSysHashicorpVaultSecretPath, true -} - -// HasNonSysHashicorpVaultSecretPath returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasNonSysHashicorpVaultSecretPath() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NonSysHashicorpVaultSecretPath) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetNonSysHashicorpVaultSecretPath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the NonSysHashicorpVaultSecretPath field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetNonSysHashicorpVaultSecretPath(v string) { - o.NonSysHashicorpVaultSecretPath = &v -} - -// GetNonSysHashicorpVaultUsernameKey returns the NonSysHashicorpVaultUsernameKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetNonSysHashicorpVaultUsernameKey() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonSysHashicorpVaultUsernameKey) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.NonSysHashicorpVaultUsernameKey -} - -// GetNonSysHashicorpVaultUsernameKeyOk returns a tuple with the NonSysHashicorpVaultUsernameKey field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetNonSysHashicorpVaultUsernameKeyOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonSysHashicorpVaultUsernameKey) { - return nil, false - } - return o.NonSysHashicorpVaultUsernameKey, true -} - -// HasNonSysHashicorpVaultUsernameKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasNonSysHashicorpVaultUsernameKey() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NonSysHashicorpVaultUsernameKey) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetNonSysHashicorpVaultUsernameKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the NonSysHashicorpVaultUsernameKey field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetNonSysHashicorpVaultUsernameKey(v string) { - o.NonSysHashicorpVaultUsernameKey = &v -} - -// GetNonSysHashicorpVaultSecretKey returns the NonSysHashicorpVaultSecretKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetNonSysHashicorpVaultSecretKey() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonSysHashicorpVaultSecretKey) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.NonSysHashicorpVaultSecretKey -} - -// GetNonSysHashicorpVaultSecretKeyOk returns a tuple with the NonSysHashicorpVaultSecretKey field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetNonSysHashicorpVaultSecretKeyOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonSysHashicorpVaultSecretKey) { - return nil, false - } - return o.NonSysHashicorpVaultSecretKey, true -} - -// HasNonSysHashicorpVaultSecretKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasNonSysHashicorpVaultSecretKey() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NonSysHashicorpVaultSecretKey) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetNonSysHashicorpVaultSecretKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the NonSysHashicorpVaultSecretKey field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetNonSysHashicorpVaultSecretKey(v string) { - o.NonSysHashicorpVaultSecretKey = &v -} - -// GetNonSysAzureVaultName returns the NonSysAzureVaultName field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetNonSysAzureVaultName() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonSysAzureVaultName) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.NonSysAzureVaultName -} - -// GetNonSysAzureVaultNameOk returns a tuple with the NonSysAzureVaultName field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetNonSysAzureVaultNameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonSysAzureVaultName) { - return nil, false - } - return o.NonSysAzureVaultName, true -} - -// HasNonSysAzureVaultName returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasNonSysAzureVaultName() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NonSysAzureVaultName) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetNonSysAzureVaultName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the NonSysAzureVaultName field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetNonSysAzureVaultName(v string) { - o.NonSysAzureVaultName = &v -} - -// GetNonSysAzureVaultUsernameKey returns the NonSysAzureVaultUsernameKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetNonSysAzureVaultUsernameKey() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonSysAzureVaultUsernameKey) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.NonSysAzureVaultUsernameKey -} - -// GetNonSysAzureVaultUsernameKeyOk returns a tuple with the NonSysAzureVaultUsernameKey field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetNonSysAzureVaultUsernameKeyOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonSysAzureVaultUsernameKey) { - return nil, false - } - return o.NonSysAzureVaultUsernameKey, true -} - -// HasNonSysAzureVaultUsernameKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasNonSysAzureVaultUsernameKey() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NonSysAzureVaultUsernameKey) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetNonSysAzureVaultUsernameKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the NonSysAzureVaultUsernameKey field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetNonSysAzureVaultUsernameKey(v string) { - o.NonSysAzureVaultUsernameKey = &v -} - -// GetNonSysAzureVaultSecretKey returns the NonSysAzureVaultSecretKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetNonSysAzureVaultSecretKey() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonSysAzureVaultSecretKey) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.NonSysAzureVaultSecretKey -} - -// GetNonSysAzureVaultSecretKeyOk returns a tuple with the NonSysAzureVaultSecretKey field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetNonSysAzureVaultSecretKeyOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonSysAzureVaultSecretKey) { - return nil, false - } - return o.NonSysAzureVaultSecretKey, true -} - -// HasNonSysAzureVaultSecretKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasNonSysAzureVaultSecretKey() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NonSysAzureVaultSecretKey) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetNonSysAzureVaultSecretKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the NonSysAzureVaultSecretKey field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetNonSysAzureVaultSecretKey(v string) { - o.NonSysAzureVaultSecretKey = &v -} - -// GetNonSysCyberarkVaultQueryString returns the NonSysCyberarkVaultQueryString field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetNonSysCyberarkVaultQueryString() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonSysCyberarkVaultQueryString) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.NonSysCyberarkVaultQueryString -} - -// GetNonSysCyberarkVaultQueryStringOk returns a tuple with the NonSysCyberarkVaultQueryString field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetNonSysCyberarkVaultQueryStringOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonSysCyberarkVaultQueryString) { - return nil, false - } - return o.NonSysCyberarkVaultQueryString, true -} - -// HasNonSysCyberarkVaultQueryString returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasNonSysCyberarkVaultQueryString() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NonSysCyberarkVaultQueryString) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetNonSysCyberarkVaultQueryString gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the NonSysCyberarkVaultQueryString field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetNonSysCyberarkVaultQueryString(v string) { - o.NonSysCyberarkVaultQueryString = &v -} - -// GetFallbackUsername returns the FallbackUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetFallbackUsername() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FallbackUsername) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.FallbackUsername -} - -// GetFallbackUsernameOk returns a tuple with the FallbackUsername field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetFallbackUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FallbackUsername) { - return nil, false - } - return o.FallbackUsername, true -} - -// HasFallbackUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasFallbackUsername() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FallbackUsername) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetFallbackUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FallbackUsername field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetFallbackUsername(v string) { - o.FallbackUsername = &v -} - -// GetFallbackPassword returns the FallbackPassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetFallbackPassword() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FallbackPassword) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.FallbackPassword -} - -// GetFallbackPasswordOk returns a tuple with the FallbackPassword field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetFallbackPasswordOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FallbackPassword) { - return nil, false - } - return o.FallbackPassword, true -} - -// HasFallbackPassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasFallbackPassword() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FallbackPassword) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetFallbackPassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FallbackPassword field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetFallbackPassword(v string) { - o.FallbackPassword = &v -} - -// GetFallbackVault returns the FallbackVault field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetFallbackVault() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FallbackVault) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.FallbackVault -} - -// GetFallbackVaultOk returns a tuple with the FallbackVault field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetFallbackVaultOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FallbackVault) { - return nil, false - } - return o.FallbackVault, true -} - -// HasFallbackVault returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasFallbackVault() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FallbackVault) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetFallbackVault gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FallbackVault field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetFallbackVault(v string) { - o.FallbackVault = &v -} - -// GetFallbackHashicorpVaultEngine returns the FallbackHashicorpVaultEngine field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetFallbackHashicorpVaultEngine() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FallbackHashicorpVaultEngine) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.FallbackHashicorpVaultEngine -} - -// GetFallbackHashicorpVaultEngineOk returns a tuple with the FallbackHashicorpVaultEngine field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetFallbackHashicorpVaultEngineOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FallbackHashicorpVaultEngine) { - return nil, false - } - return o.FallbackHashicorpVaultEngine, true -} - -// HasFallbackHashicorpVaultEngine returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasFallbackHashicorpVaultEngine() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FallbackHashicorpVaultEngine) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetFallbackHashicorpVaultEngine gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FallbackHashicorpVaultEngine field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetFallbackHashicorpVaultEngine(v string) { - o.FallbackHashicorpVaultEngine = &v -} - -// GetFallbackHashicorpVaultSecretPath returns the FallbackHashicorpVaultSecretPath field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetFallbackHashicorpVaultSecretPath() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FallbackHashicorpVaultSecretPath) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.FallbackHashicorpVaultSecretPath -} - -// GetFallbackHashicorpVaultSecretPathOk returns a tuple with the FallbackHashicorpVaultSecretPath field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetFallbackHashicorpVaultSecretPathOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FallbackHashicorpVaultSecretPath) { - return nil, false - } - return o.FallbackHashicorpVaultSecretPath, true -} - -// HasFallbackHashicorpVaultSecretPath returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasFallbackHashicorpVaultSecretPath() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FallbackHashicorpVaultSecretPath) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetFallbackHashicorpVaultSecretPath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FallbackHashicorpVaultSecretPath field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetFallbackHashicorpVaultSecretPath(v string) { - o.FallbackHashicorpVaultSecretPath = &v -} - -// GetFallbackHashicorpVaultUsernameKey returns the FallbackHashicorpVaultUsernameKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetFallbackHashicorpVaultUsernameKey() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FallbackHashicorpVaultUsernameKey) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.FallbackHashicorpVaultUsernameKey -} - -// GetFallbackHashicorpVaultUsernameKeyOk returns a tuple with the FallbackHashicorpVaultUsernameKey field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetFallbackHashicorpVaultUsernameKeyOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FallbackHashicorpVaultUsernameKey) { - return nil, false - } - return o.FallbackHashicorpVaultUsernameKey, true -} - -// HasFallbackHashicorpVaultUsernameKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasFallbackHashicorpVaultUsernameKey() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FallbackHashicorpVaultUsernameKey) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetFallbackHashicorpVaultUsernameKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FallbackHashicorpVaultUsernameKey field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetFallbackHashicorpVaultUsernameKey(v string) { - o.FallbackHashicorpVaultUsernameKey = &v -} - -// GetFallbackHashicorpVaultSecretKey returns the FallbackHashicorpVaultSecretKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetFallbackHashicorpVaultSecretKey() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FallbackHashicorpVaultSecretKey) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.FallbackHashicorpVaultSecretKey -} - -// GetFallbackHashicorpVaultSecretKeyOk returns a tuple with the FallbackHashicorpVaultSecretKey field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetFallbackHashicorpVaultSecretKeyOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FallbackHashicorpVaultSecretKey) { - return nil, false - } - return o.FallbackHashicorpVaultSecretKey, true -} - -// HasFallbackHashicorpVaultSecretKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasFallbackHashicorpVaultSecretKey() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FallbackHashicorpVaultSecretKey) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetFallbackHashicorpVaultSecretKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FallbackHashicorpVaultSecretKey field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetFallbackHashicorpVaultSecretKey(v string) { - o.FallbackHashicorpVaultSecretKey = &v -} - -// GetFallbackAzureVaultName returns the FallbackAzureVaultName field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetFallbackAzureVaultName() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FallbackAzureVaultName) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.FallbackAzureVaultName -} - -// GetFallbackAzureVaultNameOk returns a tuple with the FallbackAzureVaultName field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetFallbackAzureVaultNameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FallbackAzureVaultName) { - return nil, false - } - return o.FallbackAzureVaultName, true -} - -// HasFallbackAzureVaultName returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasFallbackAzureVaultName() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FallbackAzureVaultName) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetFallbackAzureVaultName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FallbackAzureVaultName field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetFallbackAzureVaultName(v string) { - o.FallbackAzureVaultName = &v -} - -// GetFallbackAzureVaultUsernameKey returns the FallbackAzureVaultUsernameKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetFallbackAzureVaultUsernameKey() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FallbackAzureVaultUsernameKey) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.FallbackAzureVaultUsernameKey -} - -// GetFallbackAzureVaultUsernameKeyOk returns a tuple with the FallbackAzureVaultUsernameKey field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetFallbackAzureVaultUsernameKeyOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FallbackAzureVaultUsernameKey) { - return nil, false - } - return o.FallbackAzureVaultUsernameKey, true -} - -// HasFallbackAzureVaultUsernameKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasFallbackAzureVaultUsernameKey() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FallbackAzureVaultUsernameKey) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetFallbackAzureVaultUsernameKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FallbackAzureVaultUsernameKey field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetFallbackAzureVaultUsernameKey(v string) { - o.FallbackAzureVaultUsernameKey = &v -} - -// GetFallbackAzureVaultSecretKey returns the FallbackAzureVaultSecretKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetFallbackAzureVaultSecretKey() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FallbackAzureVaultSecretKey) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.FallbackAzureVaultSecretKey -} - -// GetFallbackAzureVaultSecretKeyOk returns a tuple with the FallbackAzureVaultSecretKey field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetFallbackAzureVaultSecretKeyOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FallbackAzureVaultSecretKey) { - return nil, false - } - return o.FallbackAzureVaultSecretKey, true -} - -// HasFallbackAzureVaultSecretKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasFallbackAzureVaultSecretKey() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FallbackAzureVaultSecretKey) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetFallbackAzureVaultSecretKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FallbackAzureVaultSecretKey field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetFallbackAzureVaultSecretKey(v string) { - o.FallbackAzureVaultSecretKey = &v -} - -// GetFallbackCyberarkVaultQueryString returns the FallbackCyberarkVaultQueryString field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetFallbackCyberarkVaultQueryString() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FallbackCyberarkVaultQueryString) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.FallbackCyberarkVaultQueryString -} - -// GetFallbackCyberarkVaultQueryStringOk returns a tuple with the FallbackCyberarkVaultQueryString field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetFallbackCyberarkVaultQueryStringOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.FallbackCyberarkVaultQueryString) { - return nil, false - } - return o.FallbackCyberarkVaultQueryString, true -} - -// HasFallbackCyberarkVaultQueryString returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasFallbackCyberarkVaultQueryString() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FallbackCyberarkVaultQueryString) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetFallbackCyberarkVaultQueryString gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FallbackCyberarkVaultQueryString field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetFallbackCyberarkVaultQueryString(v string) { - o.FallbackCyberarkVaultQueryString = &v -} - -// GetOpsPreLogSync returns the OpsPreLogSync field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetOpsPreLogSync() []SourceOperation { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.OpsPreLogSync) { - var ret []SourceOperation - return ret - } - return o.OpsPreLogSync -} - -// GetOpsPreLogSyncOk returns a tuple with the OpsPreLogSync field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetOpsPreLogSyncOk() ([]SourceOperation, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.OpsPreLogSync) { - return nil, false - } - return o.OpsPreLogSync, true -} - -// HasOpsPreLogSync returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasOpsPreLogSync() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OpsPreLogSync) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetOpsPreLogSync gets a reference to the given []SourceOperation and assigns it to the OpsPreLogSync field. -func (o *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetOpsPreLogSync(v []SourceOperation) { - o.OpsPreLogSync = v -} - -func (o OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.ExternalFilePath) { - toSerialize["external_file_path"] = o.ExternalFilePath - } - if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserId) { - toSerialize["environment_user_id"] = o.EnvironmentUserId - } - if !IsNil(o.BackupLevelEnabled) { - toSerialize["backup_level_enabled"] = o.BackupLevelEnabled - } - if !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { - toSerialize["rman_channels"] = o.RmanChannels - } - if !IsNil(o.FilesPerSet) { - toSerialize["files_per_set"] = o.FilesPerSet - } - if !IsNil(o.CheckLogical) { - toSerialize["check_logical"] = o.CheckLogical - } - if !IsNil(o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled) { - toSerialize["encrypted_linking_enabled"] = o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled - } - if !IsNil(o.CompressedLinkingEnabled) { - toSerialize["compressed_linking_enabled"] = o.CompressedLinkingEnabled - } - if !IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { - toSerialize["bandwidth_limit"] = o.BandwidthLimit - } - if !IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { - toSerialize["number_of_connections"] = o.NumberOfConnections - } - if !IsNil(o.DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults) { - toSerialize["diagnose_no_logging_faults"] = o.DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults - } - if !IsNil(o.PreProvisioningEnabled) { - toSerialize["pre_provisioning_enabled"] = o.PreProvisioningEnabled - } - if !IsNil(o.LinkNow) { - toSerialize["link_now"] = o.LinkNow - } - if !IsNil(o.ForceFullBackup) { - toSerialize["force_full_backup"] = o.ForceFullBackup - } - if !IsNil(o.DoubleSync) { - toSerialize["double_sync"] = o.DoubleSync - } - if !IsNil(o.SkipSpaceCheck) { - toSerialize["skip_space_check"] = o.SkipSpaceCheck - } - if !IsNil(o.DoNotResume) { - toSerialize["do_not_resume"] = o.DoNotResume - } - if !IsNil(o.FilesForFullBackup) { - toSerialize["files_for_full_backup"] = o.FilesForFullBackup - } - if !IsNil(o.LogSyncMode) { - toSerialize["log_sync_mode"] = o.LogSyncMode - } - if !IsNil(o.LogSyncInterval) { - toSerialize["log_sync_interval"] = o.LogSyncInterval - } - if !IsNil(o.NonSysUsername) { - toSerialize["non_sys_username"] = o.NonSysUsername - } - if !IsNil(o.NonSysPassword) { - toSerialize["non_sys_password"] = o.NonSysPassword - } - if !IsNil(o.NonSysVault) { - toSerialize["non_sys_vault"] = o.NonSysVault - } - if !IsNil(o.NonSysHashicorpVaultEngine) { - toSerialize["non_sys_hashicorp_vault_engine"] = o.NonSysHashicorpVaultEngine - } - if !IsNil(o.NonSysHashicorpVaultSecretPath) { - toSerialize["non_sys_hashicorp_vault_secret_path"] = o.NonSysHashicorpVaultSecretPath - } - if !IsNil(o.NonSysHashicorpVaultUsernameKey) { - toSerialize["non_sys_hashicorp_vault_username_key"] = o.NonSysHashicorpVaultUsernameKey - } - if !IsNil(o.NonSysHashicorpVaultSecretKey) { - toSerialize["non_sys_hashicorp_vault_secret_key"] = o.NonSysHashicorpVaultSecretKey - } - if !IsNil(o.NonSysAzureVaultName) { - toSerialize["non_sys_azure_vault_name"] = o.NonSysAzureVaultName - } - if !IsNil(o.NonSysAzureVaultUsernameKey) { - toSerialize["non_sys_azure_vault_username_key"] = o.NonSysAzureVaultUsernameKey - } - if !IsNil(o.NonSysAzureVaultSecretKey) { - toSerialize["non_sys_azure_vault_secret_key"] = o.NonSysAzureVaultSecretKey - } - if !IsNil(o.NonSysCyberarkVaultQueryString) { - toSerialize["non_sys_cyberark_vault_query_string"] = o.NonSysCyberarkVaultQueryString - } - if !IsNil(o.FallbackUsername) { - toSerialize["fallback_username"] = o.FallbackUsername - } - if !IsNil(o.FallbackPassword) { - toSerialize["fallback_password"] = o.FallbackPassword - } - if !IsNil(o.FallbackVault) { - toSerialize["fallback_vault"] = o.FallbackVault - } - if !IsNil(o.FallbackHashicorpVaultEngine) { - toSerialize["fallback_hashicorp_vault_engine"] = o.FallbackHashicorpVaultEngine - } - if !IsNil(o.FallbackHashicorpVaultSecretPath) { - toSerialize["fallback_hashicorp_vault_secret_path"] = o.FallbackHashicorpVaultSecretPath - } - if !IsNil(o.FallbackHashicorpVaultUsernameKey) { - toSerialize["fallback_hashicorp_vault_username_key"] = o.FallbackHashicorpVaultUsernameKey - } - if !IsNil(o.FallbackHashicorpVaultSecretKey) { - toSerialize["fallback_hashicorp_vault_secret_key"] = o.FallbackHashicorpVaultSecretKey - } - if !IsNil(o.FallbackAzureVaultName) { - toSerialize["fallback_azure_vault_name"] = o.FallbackAzureVaultName - } - if !IsNil(o.FallbackAzureVaultUsernameKey) { - toSerialize["fallback_azure_vault_username_key"] = o.FallbackAzureVaultUsernameKey - } - if !IsNil(o.FallbackAzureVaultSecretKey) { - toSerialize["fallback_azure_vault_secret_key"] = o.FallbackAzureVaultSecretKey - } - if !IsNil(o.FallbackCyberarkVaultQueryString) { - toSerialize["fallback_cyberark_vault_query_string"] = o.FallbackCyberarkVaultQueryString - } - if !IsNil(o.OpsPreLogSync) { - toSerialize["ops_pre_log_sync"] = o.OpsPreLogSync - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableOracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf struct { - value *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableOracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) Get() *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableOracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) Set(val *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableOracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableOracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableOracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf(val *OracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) *NullableOracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf { - return &NullableOracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableOracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableOracleDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_oracle_link_staging_push_d_source_default_request.go b/model_oracle_link_staging_push_d_source_default_request.go index 6b7a9a3c..65b3a8dc 100644 --- a/model_oracle_link_staging_push_d_source_default_request.go +++ b/model_oracle_link_staging_push_d_source_default_request.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the OracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -26,6 +28,8 @@ type OracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest struct { ContainerType *string `json:"container_type,omitempty"` } +type _OracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest OracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest + // NewOracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest instantiates a new OracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -117,6 +121,43 @@ func (o OracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interfac return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *OracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "environment_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varOracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest := _OracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varOracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = OracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest(varOracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest) + + return err +} + type NullableOracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest struct { value *OracleLinkStagingPushDSourceDefaultRequest isSet bool diff --git a/model_oracle_listener.go b/model_oracle_listener.go index b932cff5..5dde0b3f 100644 --- a/model_oracle_listener.go +++ b/model_oracle_listener.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -24,8 +24,7 @@ type OracleListener struct { Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` // Name of this listener. Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` - // Type of this listener. - Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"` + Type *OracleListenerTypeEnum `json:"type,omitempty"` // The list of protocol addresses for this listener. ProtocolAddresses []string `json:"protocol_addresses,omitempty"` // The list of client endpoints for this listener. @@ -118,9 +117,9 @@ func (o *OracleListener) SetName(v string) { } // GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleListener) GetType() string { +func (o *OracleListener) GetType() OracleListenerTypeEnum { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { - var ret string + var ret OracleListenerTypeEnum return ret } return *o.Type @@ -128,7 +127,7 @@ func (o *OracleListener) GetType() string { // GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleListener) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *OracleListener) GetTypeOk() (*OracleListenerTypeEnum, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { return nil, false } @@ -144,8 +143,8 @@ func (o *OracleListener) HasType() bool { return false } -// SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field. -func (o *OracleListener) SetType(v string) { +// SetType gets a reference to the given OracleListenerTypeEnum and assigns it to the Type field. +func (o *OracleListener) SetType(v OracleListenerTypeEnum) { o.Type = &v } diff --git a/model_oracle_listener_type_enum.go b/model_oracle_listener_type_enum.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..08d27a61 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_oracle_listener_type_enum.go @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// OracleListenerTypeEnum the model 'OracleListenerTypeEnum' +type OracleListenerTypeEnum string + +// List of OracleListenerTypeEnum +const ( + ORACLELISTENERTYPEENUM_NODE OracleListenerTypeEnum = "NODE" + ORACLELISTENERTYPEENUM_SCAN OracleListenerTypeEnum = "SCAN" +) + +// All allowed values of OracleListenerTypeEnum enum +var AllowedOracleListenerTypeEnumEnumValues = []OracleListenerTypeEnum{ + "NODE", + "SCAN", +} + +func (v *OracleListenerTypeEnum) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + var value string + err := json.Unmarshal(src, &value) + if err != nil { + return err + } + enumTypeValue := OracleListenerTypeEnum(value) + for _, existing := range AllowedOracleListenerTypeEnumEnumValues { + if existing == enumTypeValue { + *v = enumTypeValue + return nil + } + } + + return fmt.Errorf("%+v is not a valid OracleListenerTypeEnum", value) +} + +// NewOracleListenerTypeEnumFromValue returns a pointer to a valid OracleListenerTypeEnum +// for the value passed as argument, or an error if the value passed is not allowed by the enum +func NewOracleListenerTypeEnumFromValue(v string) (*OracleListenerTypeEnum, error) { + ev := OracleListenerTypeEnum(v) + if ev.IsValid() { + return &ev, nil + } else { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid value '%v' for OracleListenerTypeEnum: valid values are %v", v, AllowedOracleListenerTypeEnumEnumValues) + } +} + +// IsValid return true if the value is valid for the enum, false otherwise +func (v OracleListenerTypeEnum) IsValid() bool { + for _, existing := range AllowedOracleListenerTypeEnumEnumValues { + if existing == v { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// Ptr returns reference to OracleListenerTypeEnum value +func (v OracleListenerTypeEnum) Ptr() *OracleListenerTypeEnum { + return &v +} + +type NullableOracleListenerTypeEnum struct { + value *OracleListenerTypeEnum + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableOracleListenerTypeEnum) Get() *OracleListenerTypeEnum { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableOracleListenerTypeEnum) Set(val *OracleListenerTypeEnum) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableOracleListenerTypeEnum) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableOracleListenerTypeEnum) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableOracleListenerTypeEnum(val *OracleListenerTypeEnum) *NullableOracleListenerTypeEnum { + return &NullableOracleListenerTypeEnum{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableOracleListenerTypeEnum) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableOracleListenerTypeEnum) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + diff --git a/model_oracle_logsync_mode_type_enum.go b/model_oracle_logsync_mode_type_enum.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c71894ba --- /dev/null +++ b/model_oracle_logsync_mode_type_enum.go @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum LogSync operation mode for this dSource. +type OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum string + +// List of OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum +const ( + ORACLELOGSYNCMODETYPEENUM_ARCHIVE_ONLY_MODE OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum = "ARCHIVE_ONLY_MODE" + ORACLELOGSYNCMODETYPEENUM_ARCHIVE_REDO_MODE OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum = "ARCHIVE_REDO_MODE" + ORACLELOGSYNCMODETYPEENUM_UNDEFINED OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum = "UNDEFINED" +) + +// All allowed values of OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum enum +var AllowedOracleLogsyncModeTypeEnumEnumValues = []OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum{ + "ARCHIVE_ONLY_MODE", + "ARCHIVE_REDO_MODE", + "UNDEFINED", +} + +func (v *OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + var value string + err := json.Unmarshal(src, &value) + if err != nil { + return err + } + enumTypeValue := OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum(value) + for _, existing := range AllowedOracleLogsyncModeTypeEnumEnumValues { + if existing == enumTypeValue { + *v = enumTypeValue + return nil + } + } + + return fmt.Errorf("%+v is not a valid OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum", value) +} + +// NewOracleLogsyncModeTypeEnumFromValue returns a pointer to a valid OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum +// for the value passed as argument, or an error if the value passed is not allowed by the enum +func NewOracleLogsyncModeTypeEnumFromValue(v string) (*OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum, error) { + ev := OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum(v) + if ev.IsValid() { + return &ev, nil + } else { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid value '%v' for OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum: valid values are %v", v, AllowedOracleLogsyncModeTypeEnumEnumValues) + } +} + +// IsValid return true if the value is valid for the enum, false otherwise +func (v OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum) IsValid() bool { + for _, existing := range AllowedOracleLogsyncModeTypeEnumEnumValues { + if existing == v { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// Ptr returns reference to OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum value +func (v OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum) Ptr() *OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum { + return &v +} + +type NullableOracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum struct { + value *OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableOracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum) Get() *OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableOracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum) Set(val *OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableOracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableOracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableOracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum(val *OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum) *NullableOracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum { + return &NullableOracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableOracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableOracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + diff --git a/model_oracle_rac_custom_env_file.go b/model_oracle_rac_custom_env_file.go index 99810d96..154f5ad2 100644 --- a/model_oracle_rac_custom_env_file.go +++ b/model_oracle_rac_custom_env_file.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_oracle_rac_custom_env_var.go b/model_oracle_rac_custom_env_var.go index a5d0be5b..e2c39ed2 100644 --- a/model_oracle_rac_custom_env_var.go +++ b/model_oracle_rac_custom_env_var.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_oracle_rac_database_instance.go b/model_oracle_rac_database_instance.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c6c9f686 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_oracle_rac_database_instance.go @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the OracleRACDatabaseInstance type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &OracleRACDatabaseInstance{} + +// OracleRACDatabaseInstance struct for OracleRACDatabaseInstance +type OracleRACDatabaseInstance struct { + // The name of this instance. + InstanceName *string `json:"instance_name,omitempty"` + // The number of this instance. + InstanceNumber *int32 `json:"instance_number,omitempty"` + // The reference to the cluster node which the instance is running on. + NodeReference *string `json:"node_reference,omitempty"` +} + +// NewOracleRACDatabaseInstance instantiates a new OracleRACDatabaseInstance object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewOracleRACDatabaseInstance() *OracleRACDatabaseInstance { + this := OracleRACDatabaseInstance{} + return &this +} + +// NewOracleRACDatabaseInstanceWithDefaults instantiates a new OracleRACDatabaseInstance object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewOracleRACDatabaseInstanceWithDefaults() *OracleRACDatabaseInstance { + this := OracleRACDatabaseInstance{} + return &this +} + +// GetInstanceName returns the InstanceName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleRACDatabaseInstance) GetInstanceName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.InstanceName +} + +// GetInstanceNameOk returns a tuple with the InstanceName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleRACDatabaseInstance) GetInstanceNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InstanceName, true +} + +// HasInstanceName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleRACDatabaseInstance) HasInstanceName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstanceName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the InstanceName field. +func (o *OracleRACDatabaseInstance) SetInstanceName(v string) { + o.InstanceName = &v +} + +// GetInstanceNumber returns the InstanceNumber field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleRACDatabaseInstance) GetInstanceNumber() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.InstanceNumber +} + +// GetInstanceNumberOk returns a tuple with the InstanceNumber field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleRACDatabaseInstance) GetInstanceNumberOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InstanceNumber, true +} + +// HasInstanceNumber returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleRACDatabaseInstance) HasInstanceNumber() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstanceNumber gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the InstanceNumber field. +func (o *OracleRACDatabaseInstance) SetInstanceNumber(v int32) { + o.InstanceNumber = &v +} + +// GetNodeReference returns the NodeReference field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleRACDatabaseInstance) GetNodeReference() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NodeReference) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.NodeReference +} + +// GetNodeReferenceOk returns a tuple with the NodeReference field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleRACDatabaseInstance) GetNodeReferenceOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NodeReference) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NodeReference, true +} + +// HasNodeReference returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleRACDatabaseInstance) HasNodeReference() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NodeReference) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNodeReference gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the NodeReference field. +func (o *OracleRACDatabaseInstance) SetNodeReference(v string) { + o.NodeReference = &v +} + +func (o OracleRACDatabaseInstance) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o OracleRACDatabaseInstance) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + toSerialize["instance_name"] = o.InstanceName + } + if !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + toSerialize["instance_number"] = o.InstanceNumber + } + if !IsNil(o.NodeReference) { + toSerialize["node_reference"] = o.NodeReference + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableOracleRACDatabaseInstance struct { + value *OracleRACDatabaseInstance + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableOracleRACDatabaseInstance) Get() *OracleRACDatabaseInstance { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableOracleRACDatabaseInstance) Set(val *OracleRACDatabaseInstance) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableOracleRACDatabaseInstance) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableOracleRACDatabaseInstance) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableOracleRACDatabaseInstance(val *OracleRACDatabaseInstance) *NullableOracleRACDatabaseInstance { + return &NullableOracleRACDatabaseInstance{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableOracleRACDatabaseInstance) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableOracleRACDatabaseInstance) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_oracle_service.go b/model_oracle_service.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..817d5114 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_oracle_service.go @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the OracleService type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &OracleService{} + +// OracleService struct for OracleService +type OracleService struct { + // Represents whether this jdbc connection string is auto discovered or not. + Discovered *bool `json:"discovered,omitempty"` + // The jdbc connection string used to connect with the database. + JdbcConnectionString *string `json:"jdbc_connection_string,omitempty"` +} + +// NewOracleService instantiates a new OracleService object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewOracleService() *OracleService { + this := OracleService{} + return &this +} + +// NewOracleServiceWithDefaults instantiates a new OracleService object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewOracleServiceWithDefaults() *OracleService { + this := OracleService{} + return &this +} + +// GetDiscovered returns the Discovered field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleService) GetDiscovered() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Discovered) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Discovered +} + +// GetDiscoveredOk returns a tuple with the Discovered field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleService) GetDiscoveredOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Discovered) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Discovered, true +} + +// HasDiscovered returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleService) HasDiscovered() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Discovered) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDiscovered gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Discovered field. +func (o *OracleService) SetDiscovered(v bool) { + o.Discovered = &v +} + +// GetJdbcConnectionString returns the JdbcConnectionString field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleService) GetJdbcConnectionString() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.JdbcConnectionString) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.JdbcConnectionString +} + +// GetJdbcConnectionStringOk returns a tuple with the JdbcConnectionString field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleService) GetJdbcConnectionStringOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.JdbcConnectionString) { + return nil, false + } + return o.JdbcConnectionString, true +} + +// HasJdbcConnectionString returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleService) HasJdbcConnectionString() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.JdbcConnectionString) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJdbcConnectionString gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the JdbcConnectionString field. +func (o *OracleService) SetJdbcConnectionString(v string) { + o.JdbcConnectionString = &v +} + +func (o OracleService) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o OracleService) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Discovered) { + toSerialize["discovered"] = o.Discovered + } + if !IsNil(o.JdbcConnectionString) { + toSerialize["jdbc_connection_string"] = o.JdbcConnectionString + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableOracleService struct { + value *OracleService + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableOracleService) Get() *OracleService { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableOracleService) Set(val *OracleService) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableOracleService) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableOracleService) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableOracleService(val *OracleService) *NullableOracleService { + return &NullableOracleService{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableOracleService) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableOracleService) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_oracle_source_create_parameters.go b/model_oracle_source_create_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..06985311 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_oracle_source_create_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,410 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the OracleSourceCreateParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &OracleSourceCreateParameters{} + +// OracleSourceCreateParameters struct for OracleSourceCreateParameters +type OracleSourceCreateParameters struct { + OracleConfigType OracleConfigTypeEnum `json:"oracle_config_type"` + // The ID of the engine to create the source on. + EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` + // The ID of the environment to create the source on. + EnvironmentId *string `json:"environment_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the database. + DatabaseName *string `json:"database_name,omitempty"` + // The id of the containing repository where this database is created. + RepositoryId string `json:"repository_id"` + // The instances of this RAC database. + Instances []OracleRACDatabaseInstance `json:"instances,omitempty"` + // The unique name of this database. + UniqueName *string `json:"unique_name,omitempty"` + // The instance name of this single instance database. + InstanceName *string `json:"instance_name,omitempty"` +} + +type _OracleSourceCreateParameters OracleSourceCreateParameters + +// NewOracleSourceCreateParameters instantiates a new OracleSourceCreateParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewOracleSourceCreateParameters(oracleConfigType OracleConfigTypeEnum, repositoryId string) *OracleSourceCreateParameters { + this := OracleSourceCreateParameters{} + this.OracleConfigType = oracleConfigType + this.RepositoryId = repositoryId + return &this +} + +// NewOracleSourceCreateParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new OracleSourceCreateParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewOracleSourceCreateParametersWithDefaults() *OracleSourceCreateParameters { + this := OracleSourceCreateParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetOracleConfigType returns the OracleConfigType field value +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) GetOracleConfigType() OracleConfigTypeEnum { + if o == nil { + var ret OracleConfigTypeEnum + return ret + } + + return o.OracleConfigType +} + +// GetOracleConfigTypeOk returns a tuple with the OracleConfigType field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) GetOracleConfigTypeOk() (*OracleConfigTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.OracleConfigType, true +} + +// SetOracleConfigType sets field value +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) SetOracleConfigType(v OracleConfigTypeEnum) { + o.OracleConfigType = v +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineId, true +} + +// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) HasEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = &v +} + +// GetEnvironmentId returns the EnvironmentId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) GetEnvironmentId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EnvironmentId +} + +// GetEnvironmentIdOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) GetEnvironmentIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvironmentId, true +} + +// HasEnvironmentId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) HasEnvironmentId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironmentId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentId field. +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) SetEnvironmentId(v string) { + o.EnvironmentId = &v +} + +// GetDatabaseName returns the DatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) GetDatabaseName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatabaseName +} + +// GetDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatabaseName, true +} + +// HasDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) HasDatabaseName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseName field. +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) SetDatabaseName(v string) { + o.DatabaseName = &v +} + +// GetRepositoryId returns the RepositoryId field value +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) GetRepositoryId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.RepositoryId +} + +// GetRepositoryIdOk returns a tuple with the RepositoryId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) GetRepositoryIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.RepositoryId, true +} + +// SetRepositoryId sets field value +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) SetRepositoryId(v string) { + o.RepositoryId = v +} + +// GetInstances returns the Instances field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) GetInstances() []OracleRACDatabaseInstance { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + var ret []OracleRACDatabaseInstance + return ret + } + return o.Instances +} + +// GetInstancesOk returns a tuple with the Instances field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) GetInstancesOk() ([]OracleRACDatabaseInstance, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Instances, true +} + +// HasInstances returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) HasInstances() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Instances) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstances gets a reference to the given []OracleRACDatabaseInstance and assigns it to the Instances field. +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) SetInstances(v []OracleRACDatabaseInstance) { + o.Instances = v +} + +// GetUniqueName returns the UniqueName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) GetUniqueName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.UniqueName +} + +// GetUniqueNameOk returns a tuple with the UniqueName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) GetUniqueNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UniqueName, true +} + +// HasUniqueName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) HasUniqueName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUniqueName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the UniqueName field. +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) SetUniqueName(v string) { + o.UniqueName = &v +} + +// GetInstanceName returns the InstanceName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) GetInstanceName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.InstanceName +} + +// GetInstanceNameOk returns a tuple with the InstanceName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) GetInstanceNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InstanceName, true +} + +// HasInstanceName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) HasInstanceName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstanceName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the InstanceName field. +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) SetInstanceName(v string) { + o.InstanceName = &v +} + +func (o OracleSourceCreateParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o OracleSourceCreateParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["oracle_config_type"] = o.OracleConfigType + if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + } + if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { + toSerialize["environment_id"] = o.EnvironmentId + } + if !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + toSerialize["database_name"] = o.DatabaseName + } + toSerialize["repository_id"] = o.RepositoryId + if !IsNil(o.Instances) { + toSerialize["instances"] = o.Instances + } + if !IsNil(o.UniqueName) { + toSerialize["unique_name"] = o.UniqueName + } + if !IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + toSerialize["instance_name"] = o.InstanceName + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *OracleSourceCreateParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "oracle_config_type", + "repository_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varOracleSourceCreateParameters := _OracleSourceCreateParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varOracleSourceCreateParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = OracleSourceCreateParameters(varOracleSourceCreateParameters) + + return err +} + +type NullableOracleSourceCreateParameters struct { + value *OracleSourceCreateParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableOracleSourceCreateParameters) Get() *OracleSourceCreateParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableOracleSourceCreateParameters) Set(val *OracleSourceCreateParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableOracleSourceCreateParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableOracleSourceCreateParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableOracleSourceCreateParameters(val *OracleSourceCreateParameters) *NullableOracleSourceCreateParameters { + return &NullableOracleSourceCreateParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableOracleSourceCreateParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableOracleSourceCreateParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_oracle_source_update_parameters.go b/model_oracle_source_update_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..653d6ff8 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_oracle_source_update_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,239 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the OracleSourceUpdateParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &OracleSourceUpdateParameters{} + +// OracleSourceUpdateParameters Parameters to update an Oracle source. +type OracleSourceUpdateParameters struct { + // List of jdbc connection strings which are used to connect with the database. + OracleServices []string `json:"oracle_services,omitempty"` + // Database user for accessing this source. + User *string `json:"user,omitempty"` + // Password for the database user. + Password *string `json:"password,omitempty"` + // Whether this source should be used for linking. + LinkingEnabled *bool `json:"linking_enabled,omitempty"` +} + +// NewOracleSourceUpdateParameters instantiates a new OracleSourceUpdateParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewOracleSourceUpdateParameters() *OracleSourceUpdateParameters { + this := OracleSourceUpdateParameters{} + return &this +} + +// NewOracleSourceUpdateParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new OracleSourceUpdateParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewOracleSourceUpdateParametersWithDefaults() *OracleSourceUpdateParameters { + this := OracleSourceUpdateParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetOracleServices returns the OracleServices field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleSourceUpdateParameters) GetOracleServices() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.OracleServices +} + +// GetOracleServicesOk returns a tuple with the OracleServices field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleSourceUpdateParameters) GetOracleServicesOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleServices, true +} + +// HasOracleServices returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleSourceUpdateParameters) HasOracleServices() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleServices gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the OracleServices field. +func (o *OracleSourceUpdateParameters) SetOracleServices(v []string) { + o.OracleServices = v +} + +// GetUser returns the User field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleSourceUpdateParameters) GetUser() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.User) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.User +} + +// GetUserOk returns a tuple with the User field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleSourceUpdateParameters) GetUserOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.User) { + return nil, false + } + return o.User, true +} + +// HasUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleSourceUpdateParameters) HasUser() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.User) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the User field. +func (o *OracleSourceUpdateParameters) SetUser(v string) { + o.User = &v +} + +// GetPassword returns the Password field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleSourceUpdateParameters) GetPassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Password) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Password +} + +// GetPasswordOk returns a tuple with the Password field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleSourceUpdateParameters) GetPasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Password) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Password, true +} + +// HasPassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleSourceUpdateParameters) HasPassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Password) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Password field. +func (o *OracleSourceUpdateParameters) SetPassword(v string) { + o.Password = &v +} + +// GetLinkingEnabled returns the LinkingEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleSourceUpdateParameters) GetLinkingEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LinkingEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.LinkingEnabled +} + +// GetLinkingEnabledOk returns a tuple with the LinkingEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleSourceUpdateParameters) GetLinkingEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LinkingEnabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LinkingEnabled, true +} + +// HasLinkingEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleSourceUpdateParameters) HasLinkingEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LinkingEnabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLinkingEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the LinkingEnabled field. +func (o *OracleSourceUpdateParameters) SetLinkingEnabled(v bool) { + o.LinkingEnabled = &v +} + +func (o OracleSourceUpdateParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o OracleSourceUpdateParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + toSerialize["oracle_services"] = o.OracleServices + } + if !IsNil(o.User) { + toSerialize["user"] = o.User + } + if !IsNil(o.Password) { + toSerialize["password"] = o.Password + } + if !IsNil(o.LinkingEnabled) { + toSerialize["linking_enabled"] = o.LinkingEnabled + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableOracleSourceUpdateParameters struct { + value *OracleSourceUpdateParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableOracleSourceUpdateParameters) Get() *OracleSourceUpdateParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableOracleSourceUpdateParameters) Set(val *OracleSourceUpdateParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableOracleSourceUpdateParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableOracleSourceUpdateParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableOracleSourceUpdateParameters(val *OracleSourceUpdateParameters) *NullableOracleSourceUpdateParameters { + return &NullableOracleSourceUpdateParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableOracleSourceUpdateParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableOracleSourceUpdateParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_oracle_staging_push_d_source_link_source_parameters.go b/model_oracle_staging_push_d_source_link_source_parameters.go index 52d5a1c3..019d587a 100644 --- a/model_oracle_staging_push_d_source_link_source_parameters.go +++ b/model_oracle_staging_push_d_source_link_source_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -63,11 +65,17 @@ type OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters struct { // An array of strings of whitespace-separated parameters to be passed to the source command. The first parameter must be an absolute path to a file that exists on the target environment. Every subsequent parameter will be treated as an argument interpreted by the environment file. CustomEnvVariablesPaths []string `json:"custom_env_variables_paths,omitempty"` // Boolean value indicates whether this staging database should automatically be restarted when staging host reboot is detected. + // Deprecated AutoStagingRestart *bool `json:"auto_staging_restart,omitempty"` + // Boolean value indicates whether this staging database should automatically be restarted when staging host reboot is detected. + AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot *bool `json:"allow_auto_staging_restart_on_host_reboot,omitempty"` // Boolean value indicates whether this staging database will be configured as a physical standby. PhysicalStandby *bool `json:"physical_standby,omitempty"` // Boolean value indicates whether this staging database snapshot will be validated by opening it in read-only. + // Deprecated ValidateSnapshotInReadonly *bool `json:"validate_snapshot_in_readonly,omitempty"` + // Boolean value indicates whether this staging database snapshot will be validated by opening it in read-only. + ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode *bool `json:"validate_by_opening_db_in_read_only_mode,omitempty"` // An array of name value pair of Oracle database configuration parameter overrides. This property is deprecated. Use staging_database_config_params instead. // Deprecated StagingDatabaseTemplates []NameValuePair `json:"staging_database_templates,omitempty"` @@ -77,8 +85,14 @@ type OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters struct { StagingContainerDatabaseReference *string `json:"staging_container_database_reference,omitempty"` // Operations to perform after syncing a created dSource and before running the LogSync. OpsPreLogSync []SourceOperation `json:"ops_pre_log_sync,omitempty"` + // The type of TDE keystore configuration to use for the staging database. + TdeKeystoreConfigType *string `json:"tde_keystore_config_type,omitempty"` + // The template ID of the target Oracle Staging Push dSource. + TemplateId *string `json:"template_id,omitempty"` } +type _OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters + // NewOracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters instantiates a new OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -775,6 +789,7 @@ func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) SetCustomEnvVariablesPath } // GetAutoStagingRestart returns the AutoStagingRestart field value if set, zero value otherwise. +// Deprecated func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetAutoStagingRestart() bool { if o == nil || IsNil(o.AutoStagingRestart) { var ret bool @@ -785,6 +800,7 @@ func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetAutoStagingRestart() b // GetAutoStagingRestartOk returns a tuple with the AutoStagingRestart field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// Deprecated func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetAutoStagingRestartOk() (*bool, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.AutoStagingRestart) { return nil, false @@ -802,10 +818,43 @@ func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) HasAutoStagingRestart() b } // SetAutoStagingRestart gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AutoStagingRestart field. +// Deprecated func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) SetAutoStagingRestart(v bool) { o.AutoStagingRestart = &v } +// GetAllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot returns the AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetAllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot +} + +// GetAllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostRebootOk returns a tuple with the AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetAllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostRebootOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot, true +} + +// HasAllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) HasAllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot field. +func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) SetAllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot(v bool) { + o.AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot = &v +} + // GetPhysicalStandby returns the PhysicalStandby field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetPhysicalStandby() bool { if o == nil || IsNil(o.PhysicalStandby) { @@ -839,6 +888,7 @@ func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) SetPhysicalStandby(v bool } // GetValidateSnapshotInReadonly returns the ValidateSnapshotInReadonly field value if set, zero value otherwise. +// Deprecated func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetValidateSnapshotInReadonly() bool { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ValidateSnapshotInReadonly) { var ret bool @@ -849,6 +899,7 @@ func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetValidateSnapshotInRead // GetValidateSnapshotInReadonlyOk returns a tuple with the ValidateSnapshotInReadonly field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// Deprecated func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetValidateSnapshotInReadonlyOk() (*bool, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ValidateSnapshotInReadonly) { return nil, false @@ -866,10 +917,43 @@ func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) HasValidateSnapshotInRead } // SetValidateSnapshotInReadonly gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ValidateSnapshotInReadonly field. +// Deprecated func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) SetValidateSnapshotInReadonly(v bool) { o.ValidateSnapshotInReadonly = &v } +// GetValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode returns the ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode +} + +// GetValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyModeOk returns a tuple with the ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyModeOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode, true +} + +// HasValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) HasValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode field. +func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) SetValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode(v bool) { + o.ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode = &v +} + // GetStagingDatabaseTemplates returns the StagingDatabaseTemplates field value if set, zero value otherwise. // Deprecated func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetStagingDatabaseTemplates() []NameValuePair { @@ -926,7 +1010,7 @@ func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetStagingDatabaseConfigP // HasStagingDatabaseConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) HasStagingDatabaseConfigParams() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.StagingDatabaseConfigParams) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StagingDatabaseConfigParams) { return true } @@ -1002,6 +1086,70 @@ func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) SetOpsPreLogSync(v []Sour o.OpsPreLogSync = v } +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigType returns the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystoreConfigType +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystoreConfigType, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystoreConfigType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) HasTdeKeystoreConfigType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystoreConfigType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeKeystoreConfigType field. +func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) SetTdeKeystoreConfigType(v string) { + o.TdeKeystoreConfigType = &v +} + +// GetTemplateId returns the TemplateId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetTemplateId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TemplateId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TemplateId +} + +// GetTemplateIdOk returns a tuple with the TemplateId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) GetTemplateIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TemplateId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TemplateId, true +} + +// HasTemplateId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) HasTemplateId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TemplateId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTemplateId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TemplateId field. +func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) SetTemplateId(v string) { + o.TemplateId = &v +} + func (o OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -1074,12 +1222,18 @@ func (o OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interf if !IsNil(o.AutoStagingRestart) { toSerialize["auto_staging_restart"] = o.AutoStagingRestart } + if !IsNil(o.AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot) { + toSerialize["allow_auto_staging_restart_on_host_reboot"] = o.AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot + } if !IsNil(o.PhysicalStandby) { toSerialize["physical_standby"] = o.PhysicalStandby } if !IsNil(o.ValidateSnapshotInReadonly) { toSerialize["validate_snapshot_in_readonly"] = o.ValidateSnapshotInReadonly } + if !IsNil(o.ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode) { + toSerialize["validate_by_opening_db_in_read_only_mode"] = o.ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode + } if !IsNil(o.StagingDatabaseTemplates) { toSerialize["staging_database_templates"] = o.StagingDatabaseTemplates } @@ -1092,9 +1246,53 @@ func (o OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interf if !IsNil(o.OpsPreLogSync) { toSerialize["ops_pre_log_sync"] = o.OpsPreLogSync } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_config_type"] = o.TdeKeystoreConfigType + } + if !IsNil(o.TemplateId) { + toSerialize["template_id"] = o.TemplateId + } return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "engine_id", + "database_name", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varOracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters := _OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varOracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters(varOracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters) + + return err +} + type NullableOracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters struct { value *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParameters isSet bool diff --git a/model_oracle_staging_push_d_source_link_source_parameters_all_of.go b/model_oracle_staging_push_d_source_link_source_parameters_all_of.go deleted file mode 100644 index 7e0a7408..00000000 --- a/model_oracle_staging_push_d_source_link_source_parameters_all_of.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,737 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" -) - -// checks if the OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf{} - -// OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf struct for OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf -type OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf struct { - // The ID of the engine to link staging push database on. - EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` - // The container type of this database.If not provided the request would be considered as a PDB database. - ContainerType *string `json:"container_type,omitempty"` - // Id of the environment user to use for linking. - EnvironmentUserId *string `json:"environment_user_id,omitempty"` - // The repository reference to link. - Repository *string `json:"repository,omitempty"` - // The name of the database. - DatabaseName *string `json:"database_name,omitempty"` - // The unique name of the database. - DatabaseUniqueName *string `json:"database_unique_name,omitempty"` - // The name (sid) of the instance. - Sid *string `json:"sid,omitempty"` - // The base mount point to use for the NFS mounts. - MountBase *string `json:"mount_base,omitempty"` - // An array of name value pair of environment variables. - CustomEnvVariablesPairs []NameValuePair `json:"custom_env_variables_pairs,omitempty"` - // An array of strings of whitespace-separated parameters to be passed to the source command. The first parameter must be an absolute path to a file that exists on the target environment. Every subsequent parameter will be treated as an argument interpreted by the environment file. - CustomEnvVariablesPaths []string `json:"custom_env_variables_paths,omitempty"` - // Boolean value indicates whether this staging database should automatically be restarted when staging host reboot is detected. - AutoStagingRestart *bool `json:"auto_staging_restart,omitempty"` - // Boolean value indicates whether this staging database will be configured as a physical standby. - PhysicalStandby *bool `json:"physical_standby,omitempty"` - // Boolean value indicates whether this staging database snapshot will be validated by opening it in read-only. - ValidateSnapshotInReadonly *bool `json:"validate_snapshot_in_readonly,omitempty"` - // An array of name value pair of Oracle database configuration parameter overrides. This property is deprecated. Use staging_database_config_params instead. - // Deprecated - StagingDatabaseTemplates []NameValuePair `json:"staging_database_templates,omitempty"` - // Oracle database configuration parameter overrides. If both staging_database_templates and staging_database_config_params are specified, staging_database_config_params will be used. - StagingDatabaseConfigParams map[string]string `json:"staging_database_config_params,omitempty"` - // Reference of the CDB source config. - StagingContainerDatabaseReference *string `json:"staging_container_database_reference,omitempty"` - // Operations to perform after syncing a created dSource and before running the LogSync. - OpsPreLogSync []SourceOperation `json:"ops_pre_log_sync,omitempty"` -} - -// NewOracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf instantiates a new OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewOracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf() *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf { - this := OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf{} - var autoStagingRestart bool = false - this.AutoStagingRestart = &autoStagingRestart - var physicalStandby bool = false - this.PhysicalStandby = &physicalStandby - var validateSnapshotInReadonly bool = false - this.ValidateSnapshotInReadonly = &validateSnapshotInReadonly - return &this -} - -// NewOracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOfWithDefaults instantiates a new OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewOracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOfWithDefaults() *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf { - this := OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf{} - var autoStagingRestart bool = false - this.AutoStagingRestart = &autoStagingRestart - var physicalStandby bool = false - this.PhysicalStandby = &physicalStandby - var validateSnapshotInReadonly bool = false - this.ValidateSnapshotInReadonly = &validateSnapshotInReadonly - return &this -} - -// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetEngineId() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.EngineId -} - -// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { - return nil, false - } - return o.EngineId, true -} - -// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasEngineId() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetEngineId(v string) { - o.EngineId = &v -} - -// GetContainerType returns the ContainerType field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetContainerType() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContainerType) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.ContainerType -} - -// GetContainerTypeOk returns a tuple with the ContainerType field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetContainerTypeOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContainerType) { - return nil, false - } - return o.ContainerType, true -} - -// HasContainerType returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasContainerType() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ContainerType) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetContainerType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ContainerType field. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetContainerType(v string) { - o.ContainerType = &v -} - -// GetEnvironmentUserId returns the EnvironmentUserId field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetEnvironmentUserId() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserId) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.EnvironmentUserId -} - -// GetEnvironmentUserIdOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUserId field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetEnvironmentUserIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserId) { - return nil, false - } - return o.EnvironmentUserId, true -} - -// HasEnvironmentUserId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasEnvironmentUserId() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserId) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetEnvironmentUserId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentUserId field. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetEnvironmentUserId(v string) { - o.EnvironmentUserId = &v -} - -// GetRepository returns the Repository field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetRepository() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Repository) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.Repository -} - -// GetRepositoryOk returns a tuple with the Repository field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetRepositoryOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Repository) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Repository, true -} - -// HasRepository returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasRepository() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Repository) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetRepository gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Repository field. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetRepository(v string) { - o.Repository = &v -} - -// GetDatabaseName returns the DatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDatabaseName() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.DatabaseName -} - -// GetDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { - return nil, false - } - return o.DatabaseName, true -} - -// HasDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasDatabaseName() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseName field. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetDatabaseName(v string) { - o.DatabaseName = &v -} - -// GetDatabaseUniqueName returns the DatabaseUniqueName field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDatabaseUniqueName() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseUniqueName) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.DatabaseUniqueName -} - -// GetDatabaseUniqueNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseUniqueName field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetDatabaseUniqueNameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseUniqueName) { - return nil, false - } - return o.DatabaseUniqueName, true -} - -// HasDatabaseUniqueName returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasDatabaseUniqueName() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseUniqueName) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetDatabaseUniqueName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseUniqueName field. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetDatabaseUniqueName(v string) { - o.DatabaseUniqueName = &v -} - -// GetSid returns the Sid field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetSid() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Sid) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.Sid -} - -// GetSidOk returns a tuple with the Sid field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetSidOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Sid) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Sid, true -} - -// HasSid returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasSid() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Sid) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetSid gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Sid field. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetSid(v string) { - o.Sid = &v -} - -// GetMountBase returns the MountBase field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMountBase() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountBase) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.MountBase -} - -// GetMountBaseOk returns a tuple with the MountBase field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetMountBaseOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountBase) { - return nil, false - } - return o.MountBase, true -} - -// HasMountBase returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasMountBase() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MountBase) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetMountBase gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MountBase field. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetMountBase(v string) { - o.MountBase = &v -} - -// GetCustomEnvVariablesPairs returns the CustomEnvVariablesPairs field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetCustomEnvVariablesPairs() []NameValuePair { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomEnvVariablesPairs) { - var ret []NameValuePair - return ret - } - return o.CustomEnvVariablesPairs -} - -// GetCustomEnvVariablesPairsOk returns a tuple with the CustomEnvVariablesPairs field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetCustomEnvVariablesPairsOk() ([]NameValuePair, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomEnvVariablesPairs) { - return nil, false - } - return o.CustomEnvVariablesPairs, true -} - -// HasCustomEnvVariablesPairs returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasCustomEnvVariablesPairs() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CustomEnvVariablesPairs) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetCustomEnvVariablesPairs gets a reference to the given []NameValuePair and assigns it to the CustomEnvVariablesPairs field. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetCustomEnvVariablesPairs(v []NameValuePair) { - o.CustomEnvVariablesPairs = v -} - -// GetCustomEnvVariablesPaths returns the CustomEnvVariablesPaths field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetCustomEnvVariablesPaths() []string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomEnvVariablesPaths) { - var ret []string - return ret - } - return o.CustomEnvVariablesPaths -} - -// GetCustomEnvVariablesPathsOk returns a tuple with the CustomEnvVariablesPaths field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetCustomEnvVariablesPathsOk() ([]string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomEnvVariablesPaths) { - return nil, false - } - return o.CustomEnvVariablesPaths, true -} - -// HasCustomEnvVariablesPaths returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasCustomEnvVariablesPaths() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CustomEnvVariablesPaths) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetCustomEnvVariablesPaths gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the CustomEnvVariablesPaths field. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetCustomEnvVariablesPaths(v []string) { - o.CustomEnvVariablesPaths = v -} - -// GetAutoStagingRestart returns the AutoStagingRestart field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetAutoStagingRestart() bool { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.AutoStagingRestart) { - var ret bool - return ret - } - return *o.AutoStagingRestart -} - -// GetAutoStagingRestartOk returns a tuple with the AutoStagingRestart field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetAutoStagingRestartOk() (*bool, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.AutoStagingRestart) { - return nil, false - } - return o.AutoStagingRestart, true -} - -// HasAutoStagingRestart returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasAutoStagingRestart() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AutoStagingRestart) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetAutoStagingRestart gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AutoStagingRestart field. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetAutoStagingRestart(v bool) { - o.AutoStagingRestart = &v -} - -// GetPhysicalStandby returns the PhysicalStandby field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetPhysicalStandby() bool { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.PhysicalStandby) { - var ret bool - return ret - } - return *o.PhysicalStandby -} - -// GetPhysicalStandbyOk returns a tuple with the PhysicalStandby field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetPhysicalStandbyOk() (*bool, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.PhysicalStandby) { - return nil, false - } - return o.PhysicalStandby, true -} - -// HasPhysicalStandby returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasPhysicalStandby() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PhysicalStandby) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetPhysicalStandby gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the PhysicalStandby field. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetPhysicalStandby(v bool) { - o.PhysicalStandby = &v -} - -// GetValidateSnapshotInReadonly returns the ValidateSnapshotInReadonly field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetValidateSnapshotInReadonly() bool { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.ValidateSnapshotInReadonly) { - var ret bool - return ret - } - return *o.ValidateSnapshotInReadonly -} - -// GetValidateSnapshotInReadonlyOk returns a tuple with the ValidateSnapshotInReadonly field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetValidateSnapshotInReadonlyOk() (*bool, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.ValidateSnapshotInReadonly) { - return nil, false - } - return o.ValidateSnapshotInReadonly, true -} - -// HasValidateSnapshotInReadonly returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasValidateSnapshotInReadonly() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ValidateSnapshotInReadonly) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetValidateSnapshotInReadonly gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ValidateSnapshotInReadonly field. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetValidateSnapshotInReadonly(v bool) { - o.ValidateSnapshotInReadonly = &v -} - -// GetStagingDatabaseTemplates returns the StagingDatabaseTemplates field value if set, zero value otherwise. -// Deprecated -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetStagingDatabaseTemplates() []NameValuePair { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingDatabaseTemplates) { - var ret []NameValuePair - return ret - } - return o.StagingDatabaseTemplates -} - -// GetStagingDatabaseTemplatesOk returns a tuple with the StagingDatabaseTemplates field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -// Deprecated -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetStagingDatabaseTemplatesOk() ([]NameValuePair, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingDatabaseTemplates) { - return nil, false - } - return o.StagingDatabaseTemplates, true -} - -// HasStagingDatabaseTemplates returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasStagingDatabaseTemplates() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StagingDatabaseTemplates) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetStagingDatabaseTemplates gets a reference to the given []NameValuePair and assigns it to the StagingDatabaseTemplates field. -// Deprecated -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetStagingDatabaseTemplates(v []NameValuePair) { - o.StagingDatabaseTemplates = v -} - -// GetStagingDatabaseConfigParams returns the StagingDatabaseConfigParams field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetStagingDatabaseConfigParams() map[string]string { - if o == nil { - var ret map[string]string - return ret - } - return o.StagingDatabaseConfigParams -} - -// GetStagingDatabaseConfigParamsOk returns a tuple with the StagingDatabaseConfigParams field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetStagingDatabaseConfigParamsOk() (*map[string]string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingDatabaseConfigParams) { - return nil, false - } - return &o.StagingDatabaseConfigParams, true -} - -// HasStagingDatabaseConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasStagingDatabaseConfigParams() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.StagingDatabaseConfigParams) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetStagingDatabaseConfigParams gets a reference to the given map[string]string and assigns it to the StagingDatabaseConfigParams field. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetStagingDatabaseConfigParams(v map[string]string) { - o.StagingDatabaseConfigParams = v -} - -// GetStagingContainerDatabaseReference returns the StagingContainerDatabaseReference field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetStagingContainerDatabaseReference() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingContainerDatabaseReference) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.StagingContainerDatabaseReference -} - -// GetStagingContainerDatabaseReferenceOk returns a tuple with the StagingContainerDatabaseReference field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetStagingContainerDatabaseReferenceOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingContainerDatabaseReference) { - return nil, false - } - return o.StagingContainerDatabaseReference, true -} - -// HasStagingContainerDatabaseReference returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasStagingContainerDatabaseReference() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StagingContainerDatabaseReference) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetStagingContainerDatabaseReference gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StagingContainerDatabaseReference field. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetStagingContainerDatabaseReference(v string) { - o.StagingContainerDatabaseReference = &v -} - -// GetOpsPreLogSync returns the OpsPreLogSync field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetOpsPreLogSync() []SourceOperation { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.OpsPreLogSync) { - var ret []SourceOperation - return ret - } - return o.OpsPreLogSync -} - -// GetOpsPreLogSyncOk returns a tuple with the OpsPreLogSync field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) GetOpsPreLogSyncOk() ([]SourceOperation, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.OpsPreLogSync) { - return nil, false - } - return o.OpsPreLogSync, true -} - -// HasOpsPreLogSync returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) HasOpsPreLogSync() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OpsPreLogSync) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetOpsPreLogSync gets a reference to the given []SourceOperation and assigns it to the OpsPreLogSync field. -func (o *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) SetOpsPreLogSync(v []SourceOperation) { - o.OpsPreLogSync = v -} - -func (o OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { - toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId - } - if !IsNil(o.ContainerType) { - toSerialize["container_type"] = o.ContainerType - } - if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserId) { - toSerialize["environment_user_id"] = o.EnvironmentUserId - } - if !IsNil(o.Repository) { - toSerialize["repository"] = o.Repository - } - if !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { - toSerialize["database_name"] = o.DatabaseName - } - if !IsNil(o.DatabaseUniqueName) { - toSerialize["database_unique_name"] = o.DatabaseUniqueName - } - if !IsNil(o.Sid) { - toSerialize["sid"] = o.Sid - } - if !IsNil(o.MountBase) { - toSerialize["mount_base"] = o.MountBase - } - if !IsNil(o.CustomEnvVariablesPairs) { - toSerialize["custom_env_variables_pairs"] = o.CustomEnvVariablesPairs - } - if !IsNil(o.CustomEnvVariablesPaths) { - toSerialize["custom_env_variables_paths"] = o.CustomEnvVariablesPaths - } - if !IsNil(o.AutoStagingRestart) { - toSerialize["auto_staging_restart"] = o.AutoStagingRestart - } - if !IsNil(o.PhysicalStandby) { - toSerialize["physical_standby"] = o.PhysicalStandby - } - if !IsNil(o.ValidateSnapshotInReadonly) { - toSerialize["validate_snapshot_in_readonly"] = o.ValidateSnapshotInReadonly - } - if !IsNil(o.StagingDatabaseTemplates) { - toSerialize["staging_database_templates"] = o.StagingDatabaseTemplates - } - if o.StagingDatabaseConfigParams != nil { - toSerialize["staging_database_config_params"] = o.StagingDatabaseConfigParams - } - if !IsNil(o.StagingContainerDatabaseReference) { - toSerialize["staging_container_database_reference"] = o.StagingContainerDatabaseReference - } - if !IsNil(o.OpsPreLogSync) { - toSerialize["ops_pre_log_sync"] = o.OpsPreLogSync - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableOracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf struct { - value *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableOracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) Get() *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableOracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) Set(val *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableOracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableOracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableOracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf(val *OracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) *NullableOracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf { - return &NullableOracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableOracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableOracleStagingPushDSourceLinkSourceParametersAllOf) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_oracle_tde_keystore_config_type_enum.go b/model_oracle_tde_keystore_config_type_enum.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..968c76af --- /dev/null +++ b/model_oracle_tde_keystore_config_type_enum.go @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum Oracle TDE keystore configuration type. +type OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum string + +// List of OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum +const ( + ORACLETDEKEYSTORECONFIGTYPEENUM_FILE OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum = "FILE" + ORACLETDEKEYSTORECONFIGTYPEENUM_OKV OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum = "OKV" + ORACLETDEKEYSTORECONFIGTYPEENUM_HSM OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum = "HSM" + ORACLETDEKEYSTORECONFIGTYPEENUM_OKV_FILE OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum = "OKV|FILE" + ORACLETDEKEYSTORECONFIGTYPEENUM_FILE_OKV OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum = "FILE|OKV" + ORACLETDEKEYSTORECONFIGTYPEENUM_HSM_FILE OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum = "HSM|FILE" + ORACLETDEKEYSTORECONFIGTYPEENUM_FILE_HSM OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum = "FILE|HSM" + ORACLETDEKEYSTORECONFIGTYPEENUM_OCI_VAULT OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum = "OCI_VAULT" +) + +// All allowed values of OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum enum +var AllowedOracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnumEnumValues = []OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum{ + "FILE", + "OKV", + "HSM", + "OKV|FILE", + "FILE|OKV", + "HSM|FILE", + "FILE|HSM", + "OCI_VAULT", +} + +func (v *OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + var value string + err := json.Unmarshal(src, &value) + if err != nil { + return err + } + enumTypeValue := OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum(value) + for _, existing := range AllowedOracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnumEnumValues { + if existing == enumTypeValue { + *v = enumTypeValue + return nil + } + } + + return fmt.Errorf("%+v is not a valid OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum", value) +} + +// NewOracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnumFromValue returns a pointer to a valid OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum +// for the value passed as argument, or an error if the value passed is not allowed by the enum +func NewOracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnumFromValue(v string) (*OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum, error) { + ev := OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum(v) + if ev.IsValid() { + return &ev, nil + } else { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid value '%v' for OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum: valid values are %v", v, AllowedOracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnumEnumValues) + } +} + +// IsValid return true if the value is valid for the enum, false otherwise +func (v OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) IsValid() bool { + for _, existing := range AllowedOracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnumEnumValues { + if existing == v { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// Ptr returns reference to OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum value +func (v OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) Ptr() *OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum { + return &v +} + +type NullableOracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum struct { + value *OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableOracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) Get() *OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableOracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) Set(val *OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableOracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableOracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableOracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum(val *OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) *NullableOracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum { + return &NullableOracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableOracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableOracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + diff --git a/model_oracle_verify_jdbc_connection_string_params.go b/model_oracle_verify_jdbc_connection_string_params.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8d0331d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_oracle_verify_jdbc_connection_string_params.go @@ -0,0 +1,218 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams{} + +// OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams struct for OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams +type OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams struct { + // oracle database username. + DatabaseUsername string `json:"database_username"` + // oracle database password. + DatabasePassword string `json:"database_password"` + // Oracle jdbc connection string to validate. + JdbcConnectionString string `json:"jdbc_connection_string"` +} + +type _OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams + +// NewOracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams instantiates a new OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewOracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams(databaseUsername string, databasePassword string, jdbcConnectionString string) *OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams { + this := OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams{} + this.DatabaseUsername = databaseUsername + this.DatabasePassword = databasePassword + this.JdbcConnectionString = jdbcConnectionString + return &this +} + +// NewOracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParamsWithDefaults instantiates a new OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewOracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParamsWithDefaults() *OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams { + this := OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams{} + return &this +} + +// GetDatabaseUsername returns the DatabaseUsername field value +func (o *OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams) GetDatabaseUsername() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.DatabaseUsername +} + +// GetDatabaseUsernameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseUsername field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams) GetDatabaseUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.DatabaseUsername, true +} + +// SetDatabaseUsername sets field value +func (o *OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams) SetDatabaseUsername(v string) { + o.DatabaseUsername = v +} + +// GetDatabasePassword returns the DatabasePassword field value +func (o *OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams) GetDatabasePassword() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.DatabasePassword +} + +// GetDatabasePasswordOk returns a tuple with the DatabasePassword field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams) GetDatabasePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.DatabasePassword, true +} + +// SetDatabasePassword sets field value +func (o *OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams) SetDatabasePassword(v string) { + o.DatabasePassword = v +} + +// GetJdbcConnectionString returns the JdbcConnectionString field value +func (o *OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams) GetJdbcConnectionString() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.JdbcConnectionString +} + +// GetJdbcConnectionStringOk returns a tuple with the JdbcConnectionString field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams) GetJdbcConnectionStringOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.JdbcConnectionString, true +} + +// SetJdbcConnectionString sets field value +func (o *OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams) SetJdbcConnectionString(v string) { + o.JdbcConnectionString = v +} + +func (o OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["database_username"] = o.DatabaseUsername + toSerialize["database_password"] = o.DatabasePassword + toSerialize["jdbc_connection_string"] = o.JdbcConnectionString + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "database_username", + "database_password", + "jdbc_connection_string", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varOracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams := _OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varOracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams(varOracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams) + + return err +} + +type NullableOracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams struct { + value *OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableOracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams) Get() *OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableOracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams) Set(val *OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableOracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableOracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableOracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams(val *OracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams) *NullableOracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams { + return &NullableOracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableOracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableOracleVerifyJdbcConnectionStringParams) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_oracle_virtual_ip.go b/model_oracle_virtual_ip.go index 31234672..be2bc22d 100644 --- a/model_oracle_virtual_ip.go +++ b/model_oracle_virtual_ip.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_paginated_response_metadata.go b/model_paginated_response_metadata.go index 6a536555..da99fc85 100644 --- a/model_paginated_response_metadata.go +++ b/model_paginated_response_metadata.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_password_policies_params.go b/model_password_policies_params.go index 3e4315d8..79b72732 100644 --- a/model_password_policies_params.go +++ b/model_password_policies_params.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_password_vault.go b/model_password_vault.go index 3d0debcc..a3a9ba40 100644 --- a/model_password_vault.go +++ b/model_password_vault.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_performance_analytics.go b/model_performance_analytics.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c4238eb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_performance_analytics.go @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" +) + +// checks if the PerformanceAnalytics type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &PerformanceAnalytics{} + +// PerformanceAnalytics struct for PerformanceAnalytics +type PerformanceAnalytics struct { + // Starting time of the interval. + Timestamp *time.Time `json:"timestamp,omitempty"` + // Average throughput for the interval. + AverageThroughput *float32 `json:"average_throughput,omitempty"` +} + +// NewPerformanceAnalytics instantiates a new PerformanceAnalytics object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewPerformanceAnalytics() *PerformanceAnalytics { + this := PerformanceAnalytics{} + return &this +} + +// NewPerformanceAnalyticsWithDefaults instantiates a new PerformanceAnalytics object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewPerformanceAnalyticsWithDefaults() *PerformanceAnalytics { + this := PerformanceAnalytics{} + return &this +} + +// GetTimestamp returns the Timestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *PerformanceAnalytics) GetTimestamp() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Timestamp) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.Timestamp +} + +// GetTimestampOk returns a tuple with the Timestamp field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *PerformanceAnalytics) GetTimestampOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Timestamp) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Timestamp, true +} + +// HasTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *PerformanceAnalytics) HasTimestamp() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Timestamp) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTimestamp gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Timestamp field. +func (o *PerformanceAnalytics) SetTimestamp(v time.Time) { + o.Timestamp = &v +} + +// GetAverageThroughput returns the AverageThroughput field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *PerformanceAnalytics) GetAverageThroughput() float32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AverageThroughput) { + var ret float32 + return ret + } + return *o.AverageThroughput +} + +// GetAverageThroughputOk returns a tuple with the AverageThroughput field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *PerformanceAnalytics) GetAverageThroughputOk() (*float32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AverageThroughput) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AverageThroughput, true +} + +// HasAverageThroughput returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *PerformanceAnalytics) HasAverageThroughput() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AverageThroughput) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAverageThroughput gets a reference to the given float32 and assigns it to the AverageThroughput field. +func (o *PerformanceAnalytics) SetAverageThroughput(v float32) { + o.AverageThroughput = &v +} + +func (o PerformanceAnalytics) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o PerformanceAnalytics) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Timestamp) { + toSerialize["timestamp"] = o.Timestamp + } + if !IsNil(o.AverageThroughput) { + toSerialize["average_throughput"] = o.AverageThroughput + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullablePerformanceAnalytics struct { + value *PerformanceAnalytics + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullablePerformanceAnalytics) Get() *PerformanceAnalytics { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullablePerformanceAnalytics) Set(val *PerformanceAnalytics) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullablePerformanceAnalytics) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullablePerformanceAnalytics) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullablePerformanceAnalytics(val *PerformanceAnalytics) *NullablePerformanceAnalytics { + return &NullablePerformanceAnalytics{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullablePerformanceAnalytics) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullablePerformanceAnalytics) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_permission_enum.go b/model_permission_enum.go index cf835c1d..80914b3c 100644 --- a/model_permission_enum.go +++ b/model_permission_enum.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -45,11 +45,55 @@ const ( PERMISSIONENUM_REFRESH_FROM_BOOKMARK PermissionEnum = "REFRESH_FROM_BOOKMARK" PERMISSIONENUM_REFRESH_FROM_SNAPSHOT PermissionEnum = "REFRESH_FROM_SNAPSHOT" PERMISSIONENUM_REFRESH_FROM_TIMESTAMP PermissionEnum = "REFRESH_FROM_TIMESTAMP" + PERMISSIONENUM_REFRESH_FROM_LOCATION PermissionEnum = "REFRESH_FROM_LOCATION" PERMISSIONENUM_CREATE_ENVIRONMENT PermissionEnum = "CREATE_ENVIRONMENT" PERMISSIONENUM_CREATE_BOOKMARK PermissionEnum = "CREATE_BOOKMARK" PERMISSIONENUM_CREATE_VDBGROUP PermissionEnum = "CREATE_VDBGROUP" PERMISSIONENUM_MANAGE_TAGS PermissionEnum = "MANAGE_TAGS" PERMISSIONENUM_LINK PermissionEnum = "LINK" + PERMISSIONENUM_REPLICATE PermissionEnum = "REPLICATE" + PERMISSIONENUM_REPLICATE_TO PermissionEnum = "REPLICATE_TO" + PERMISSIONENUM_CONVERT_AND_DROP PermissionEnum = "CONVERT_AND_DROP" + PERMISSIONENUM_IMPORT_BOOKMARKS PermissionEnum = "IMPORT_BOOKMARKS" + PERMISSIONENUM_FAILOVER PermissionEnum = "FAILOVER" + PERMISSIONENUM_COMMIT_FAILOVER PermissionEnum = "COMMIT_FAILOVER" + PERMISSIONENUM_FAILBACK PermissionEnum = "FAILBACK" + PERMISSIONENUM_DISCARD PermissionEnum = "DISCARD" + PERMISSIONENUM_LOCK PermissionEnum = "LOCK" + PERMISSIONENUM_UNLOCK PermissionEnum = "UNLOCK" + PERMISSIONENUM_FORCE_UNLOCK PermissionEnum = "FORCE_UNLOCK" + PERMISSIONENUM_LOCK_FOR_OTHER_ACCOUNT PermissionEnum = "LOCK_FOR_OTHER_ACCOUNT" + PERMISSIONENUM_UPDATE_TIMEFLOW PermissionEnum = "UPDATE_TIMEFLOW" + PERMISSIONENUM_SNAPSHOT_DELETE PermissionEnum = "SNAPSHOT_DELETE" + PERMISSIONENUM_SWITCH_TIMEFLOW PermissionEnum = "SWITCH_TIMEFLOW" + PERMISSIONENUM_DELETE_TIMEFLOW PermissionEnum = "DELETE_TIMEFLOW" + PERMISSIONENUM_SNAPSHOT_UPDATE PermissionEnum = "SNAPSHOT_UPDATE" + PERMISSIONENUM_IMPORT_ACCOUNTS PermissionEnum = "IMPORT_ACCOUNTS" + PERMISSIONENUM_DETACH_SOURCE PermissionEnum = "DETACH_SOURCE" + PERMISSIONENUM_ATTACH_SOURCE PermissionEnum = "ATTACH_SOURCE" + PERMISSIONENUM_RESOLVE PermissionEnum = "RESOLVE" + PERMISSIONENUM_RESOLVE_ALL PermissionEnum = "RESOLVE_ALL" + PERMISSIONENUM_RESOLVE_OR_IGNORE PermissionEnum = "RESOLVE_OR_IGNORE" + PERMISSIONENUM_API_KEY_RESET PermissionEnum = "API_KEY_RESET" + PERMISSIONENUM_API_KEY_DELETE PermissionEnum = "API_KEY_DELETE" + PERMISSIONENUM_READ_STORAGE_CAPACITY_DATA PermissionEnum = "READ_STORAGE_CAPACITY_DATA" + PERMISSIONENUM_READ_DATASET_PERF_ANALYTICS PermissionEnum = "READ_DATASET_PERF_ANALYTICS" + PERMISSIONENUM_DELETE_BOOKMARK PermissionEnum = "DELETE_BOOKMARK" + PERMISSIONENUM_UPDATE_BOOKMARK PermissionEnum = "UPDATE_BOOKMARK" + PERMISSIONENUM_READ_BOOKMARK PermissionEnum = "READ_BOOKMARK" + PERMISSIONENUM_GLOBAL_SYNC_ENGINES PermissionEnum = "GLOBAL_SYNC_ENGINES" + PERMISSIONENUM_ADD_ENGINE_TO_HYPERSCALE PermissionEnum = "ADD_ENGINE_TO_HYPERSCALE" + PERMISSIONENUM_CONFIGURE_CUSTOM_AUTO_TAGGING PermissionEnum = "CONFIGURE_CUSTOM_AUTO_TAGGING" + PERMISSIONENUM_CONFIGURE_PREDEFINED_AUTO_TAGGING PermissionEnum = "CONFIGURE_PREDEFINED_AUTO_TAGGING" + PERMISSIONENUM_APPLY PermissionEnum = "APPLY" + PERMISSIONENUM_UNAPPLY PermissionEnum = "UNAPPLY" + PERMISSIONENUM_UNDO_REFRESH PermissionEnum = "UNDO_REFRESH" + PERMISSIONENUM_CONVERT PermissionEnum = "CONVERT" + PERMISSIONENUM_DELETE_HELDSPACE PermissionEnum = "DELETE_HELDSPACE" + PERMISSIONENUM_REPAIR_TIMEFLOW PermissionEnum = "REPAIR_TIMEFLOW" + PERMISSIONENUM_EXPORT PermissionEnum = "EXPORT" + PERMISSIONENUM_EXECUTE_NETWORK_TEST PermissionEnum = "EXECUTE_NETWORK_TEST" + PERMISSIONENUM_READ_NETWORK_TEST PermissionEnum = "READ_NETWORK_TEST" ) // All allowed values of PermissionEnum enum @@ -78,11 +122,55 @@ var AllowedPermissionEnumEnumValues = []PermissionEnum{ "REFRESH_FROM_BOOKMARK", "REFRESH_FROM_SNAPSHOT", "REFRESH_FROM_TIMESTAMP", + "REFRESH_FROM_LOCATION", "CREATE_ENVIRONMENT", "CREATE_BOOKMARK", "CREATE_VDBGROUP", "MANAGE_TAGS", "LINK", + "REPLICATE", + "REPLICATE_TO", + "CONVERT_AND_DROP", + "IMPORT_BOOKMARKS", + "FAILOVER", + "COMMIT_FAILOVER", + "FAILBACK", + "DISCARD", + "LOCK", + "UNLOCK", + "FORCE_UNLOCK", + "LOCK_FOR_OTHER_ACCOUNT", + "UPDATE_TIMEFLOW", + "SNAPSHOT_DELETE", + "SWITCH_TIMEFLOW", + "DELETE_TIMEFLOW", + "SNAPSHOT_UPDATE", + "IMPORT_ACCOUNTS", + "DETACH_SOURCE", + "ATTACH_SOURCE", + "RESOLVE", + "RESOLVE_ALL", + "RESOLVE_OR_IGNORE", + "API_KEY_RESET", + "API_KEY_DELETE", + "READ_STORAGE_CAPACITY_DATA", + "READ_DATASET_PERF_ANALYTICS", + "DELETE_BOOKMARK", + "UPDATE_BOOKMARK", + "READ_BOOKMARK", + "GLOBAL_SYNC_ENGINES", + "ADD_ENGINE_TO_HYPERSCALE", + "CONFIGURE_CUSTOM_AUTO_TAGGING", + "CONFIGURE_PREDEFINED_AUTO_TAGGING", + "APPLY", + "UNAPPLY", + "UNDO_REFRESH", + "CONVERT", + "DELETE_HELDSPACE", + "REPAIR_TIMEFLOW", + "EXPORT", + "EXECUTE_NETWORK_TEST", + "READ_NETWORK_TEST", } func (v *PermissionEnum) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { diff --git a/model_permission_object.go b/model_permission_object.go index 5f5cb445..5fa3cbb0 100644 --- a/model_permission_object.go +++ b/model_permission_object.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the PermissionObject type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -26,6 +28,8 @@ type PermissionObject struct { Permissions []string `json:"permissions"` } +type _PermissionObject PermissionObject + // NewPermissionObject instantiates a new PermissionObject object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -108,6 +112,44 @@ func (o PermissionObject) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *PermissionObject) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "object_type", + "permissions", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varPermissionObject := _PermissionObject{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varPermissionObject) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = PermissionObject(varPermissionObject) + + return err +} + type NullablePermissionObject struct { value *PermissionObject isSet bool diff --git a/model_permission_property.go b/model_permission_property.go index 09504a18..aa16bf64 100644 --- a/model_permission_property.go +++ b/model_permission_property.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the PermissionProperty type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -24,6 +26,8 @@ type PermissionProperty struct { Permissions []string `json:"permissions"` } +type _PermissionProperty PermissionProperty + // NewPermissionProperty instantiates a new PermissionProperty object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -80,6 +84,43 @@ func (o PermissionProperty) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *PermissionProperty) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "permissions", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varPermissionProperty := _PermissionProperty{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varPermissionProperty) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = PermissionProperty(varPermissionProperty) + + return err +} + type NullablePermissionProperty struct { value *PermissionProperty isSet bool diff --git a/model_permissions_request.go b/model_permissions_request.go index abe4732b..7c7d2cc7 100644 --- a/model_permissions_request.go +++ b/model_permissions_request.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the PermissionsRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -24,6 +26,8 @@ type PermissionsRequest struct { PermissionObjects []PermissionObject `json:"permission_objects"` } +type _PermissionsRequest PermissionsRequest + // NewPermissionsRequest instantiates a new PermissionsRequest object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -80,6 +84,43 @@ func (o PermissionsRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *PermissionsRequest) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "permission_objects", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varPermissionsRequest := _PermissionsRequest{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varPermissionsRequest) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = PermissionsRequest(varPermissionsRequest) + + return err +} + type NullablePermissionsRequest struct { value *PermissionsRequest isSet bool diff --git a/model_policy_target_object.go b/model_policy_target_object.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bcd04448 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_policy_target_object.go @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the PolicyTargetObject type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &PolicyTargetObject{} + +// PolicyTargetObject A policy target object to apply policy to.This contains values for which translation logic is in place and for which users can query virtualization-jobs history. +type PolicyTargetObject struct { + ObjectType *TargetPolicyObjectType `json:"object_type,omitempty"` + // The ID of the object, the policy to be applied to. + ObjectId *string `json:"object_id,omitempty"` +} + +// NewPolicyTargetObject instantiates a new PolicyTargetObject object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewPolicyTargetObject() *PolicyTargetObject { + this := PolicyTargetObject{} + return &this +} + +// NewPolicyTargetObjectWithDefaults instantiates a new PolicyTargetObject object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewPolicyTargetObjectWithDefaults() *PolicyTargetObject { + this := PolicyTargetObject{} + return &this +} + +// GetObjectType returns the ObjectType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *PolicyTargetObject) GetObjectType() TargetPolicyObjectType { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectType) { + var ret TargetPolicyObjectType + return ret + } + return *o.ObjectType +} + +// GetObjectTypeOk returns a tuple with the ObjectType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *PolicyTargetObject) GetObjectTypeOk() (*TargetPolicyObjectType, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ObjectType, true +} + +// HasObjectType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *PolicyTargetObject) HasObjectType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ObjectType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetObjectType gets a reference to the given TargetPolicyObjectType and assigns it to the ObjectType field. +func (o *PolicyTargetObject) SetObjectType(v TargetPolicyObjectType) { + o.ObjectType = &v +} + +// GetObjectId returns the ObjectId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *PolicyTargetObject) GetObjectId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ObjectId +} + +// GetObjectIdOk returns a tuple with the ObjectId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *PolicyTargetObject) GetObjectIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ObjectId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ObjectId, true +} + +// HasObjectId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *PolicyTargetObject) HasObjectId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ObjectId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetObjectId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ObjectId field. +func (o *PolicyTargetObject) SetObjectId(v string) { + o.ObjectId = &v +} + +func (o PolicyTargetObject) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o PolicyTargetObject) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.ObjectType) { + toSerialize["object_type"] = o.ObjectType + } + if !IsNil(o.ObjectId) { + toSerialize["object_id"] = o.ObjectId + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullablePolicyTargetObject struct { + value *PolicyTargetObject + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullablePolicyTargetObject) Get() *PolicyTargetObject { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullablePolicyTargetObject) Set(val *PolicyTargetObject) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullablePolicyTargetObject) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullablePolicyTargetObject) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullablePolicyTargetObject(val *PolicyTargetObject) *NullablePolicyTargetObject { + return &NullablePolicyTargetObject{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullablePolicyTargetObject) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullablePolicyTargetObject) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_policy_type.go b/model_policy_type.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d62a5d39 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_policy_type.go @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// PolicyType The type of a virtualization policy. +type PolicyType string + +// List of PolicyType +const ( + POLICYTYPE_REFRESH_POLICY PolicyType = "REFRESH_POLICY" + POLICYTYPE_SNAPSHOT_POLICY PolicyType = "SNAPSHOT_POLICY" + POLICYTYPE_SYNC_POLICY PolicyType = "SYNC_POLICY" + POLICYTYPE_RETENTION_POLICY PolicyType = "RETENTION_POLICY" + POLICYTYPE_REPLICA_RETENTION_POLICY PolicyType = "REPLICA_RETENTION_POLICY" + POLICYTYPE_QUOTA_POLICY PolicyType = "QUOTA_POLICY" +) + +// All allowed values of PolicyType enum +var AllowedPolicyTypeEnumValues = []PolicyType{ + "REFRESH_POLICY", + "SNAPSHOT_POLICY", + "SYNC_POLICY", + "RETENTION_POLICY", + "REPLICA_RETENTION_POLICY", + "QUOTA_POLICY", +} + +func (v *PolicyType) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + var value string + err := json.Unmarshal(src, &value) + if err != nil { + return err + } + enumTypeValue := PolicyType(value) + for _, existing := range AllowedPolicyTypeEnumValues { + if existing == enumTypeValue { + *v = enumTypeValue + return nil + } + } + + return fmt.Errorf("%+v is not a valid PolicyType", value) +} + +// NewPolicyTypeFromValue returns a pointer to a valid PolicyType +// for the value passed as argument, or an error if the value passed is not allowed by the enum +func NewPolicyTypeFromValue(v string) (*PolicyType, error) { + ev := PolicyType(v) + if ev.IsValid() { + return &ev, nil + } else { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid value '%v' for PolicyType: valid values are %v", v, AllowedPolicyTypeEnumValues) + } +} + +// IsValid return true if the value is valid for the enum, false otherwise +func (v PolicyType) IsValid() bool { + for _, existing := range AllowedPolicyTypeEnumValues { + if existing == v { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// Ptr returns reference to PolicyType value +func (v PolicyType) Ptr() *PolicyType { + return &v +} + +type NullablePolicyType struct { + value *PolicyType + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullablePolicyType) Get() *PolicyType { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullablePolicyType) Set(val *PolicyType) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullablePolicyType) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullablePolicyType) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullablePolicyType(val *PolicyType) *NullablePolicyType { + return &NullablePolicyType{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullablePolicyType) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullablePolicyType) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + diff --git a/model_postgres_source_create_parameters.go b/model_postgres_source_create_parameters.go index 5848eb9a..5c22ba1f 100644 --- a/model_postgres_source_create_parameters.go +++ b/model_postgres_source_create_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the PostgresSourceCreateParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -30,6 +32,8 @@ type PostgresSourceCreateParameters struct { EnvironmentId *string `json:"environment_id,omitempty"` } +type _PostgresSourceCreateParameters PostgresSourceCreateParameters + // NewPostgresSourceCreateParameters instantiates a new PostgresSourceCreateParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -191,6 +195,43 @@ func (o PostgresSourceCreateParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *PostgresSourceCreateParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "name", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varPostgresSourceCreateParameters := _PostgresSourceCreateParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varPostgresSourceCreateParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = PostgresSourceCreateParameters(varPostgresSourceCreateParameters) + + return err +} + type NullablePostgresSourceCreateParameters struct { value *PostgresSourceCreateParameters isSet bool diff --git a/model_postgres_source_update_parameters.go b/model_postgres_source_update_parameters.go index bc935fda..22ecfe5d 100644 --- a/model_postgres_source_update_parameters.go +++ b/model_postgres_source_update_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_primary_environment_user_response.go b/model_primary_environment_user_response.go index c0a96923..3dd2f4a7 100644 --- a/model_primary_environment_user_response.go +++ b/model_primary_environment_user_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_product_history.go b/model_product_history.go index 38565660..ed96aa8b 100644 --- a/model_product_history.go +++ b/model_product_history.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_product_info.go b/model_product_info.go index dab5335c..e364f344 100644 --- a/model_product_info.go +++ b/model_product_info.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -30,6 +30,8 @@ type ProductInfo struct { ProductUpgradeHistory []ProductHistory `json:"product_upgrade_history,omitempty"` // All the supported API versions. SupportedApiVersions []string `json:"supported_api_versions,omitempty"` + // The deployment mode of this DCT instance. + DeploymentMode *string `json:"deployment_mode,omitempty"` } // NewProductInfo instantiates a new ProductInfo object @@ -209,6 +211,38 @@ func (o *ProductInfo) SetSupportedApiVersions(v []string) { o.SupportedApiVersions = v } +// GetDeploymentMode returns the DeploymentMode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProductInfo) GetDeploymentMode() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DeploymentMode) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DeploymentMode +} + +// GetDeploymentModeOk returns a tuple with the DeploymentMode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProductInfo) GetDeploymentModeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DeploymentMode) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DeploymentMode, true +} + +// HasDeploymentMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProductInfo) HasDeploymentMode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DeploymentMode) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDeploymentMode gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DeploymentMode field. +func (o *ProductInfo) SetDeploymentMode(v string) { + o.DeploymentMode = &v +} + func (o ProductInfo) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -234,6 +268,9 @@ func (o ProductInfo) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.SupportedApiVersions) { toSerialize["supported_api_versions"] = o.SupportedApiVersions } + if !IsNil(o.DeploymentMode) { + toSerialize["deployment_mode"] = o.DeploymentMode + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_product_registration_offline_payload.go b/model_product_registration_offline_payload.go index 5ee6cf8e..c2f54c97 100644 --- a/model_product_registration_offline_payload.go +++ b/model_product_registration_offline_payload.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the ProductRegistrationOfflinePayload type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -24,6 +26,8 @@ type ProductRegistrationOfflinePayload struct { AuthenticationToken string `json:"authentication_token"` } +type _ProductRegistrationOfflinePayload ProductRegistrationOfflinePayload + // NewProductRegistrationOfflinePayload instantiates a new ProductRegistrationOfflinePayload object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -106,6 +110,44 @@ func (o ProductRegistrationOfflinePayload) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, erro return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *ProductRegistrationOfflinePayload) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "data_key", + "authentication_token", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varProductRegistrationOfflinePayload := _ProductRegistrationOfflinePayload{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varProductRegistrationOfflinePayload) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ProductRegistrationOfflinePayload(varProductRegistrationOfflinePayload) + + return err +} + type NullableProductRegistrationOfflinePayload struct { value *ProductRegistrationOfflinePayload isSet bool diff --git a/model_product_registration_online_payload.go b/model_product_registration_online_payload.go index 2b4c2ceb..5b936c7a 100644 --- a/model_product_registration_online_payload.go +++ b/model_product_registration_online_payload.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -20,18 +22,18 @@ var _ MappedNullable = &ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload{} // ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload Product registration object for a manually generated payload. type ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload struct { - Username string `json:"username"` - Password string `json:"password"` + Token string `json:"token"` } +type _ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload + // NewProductRegistrationOnlinePayload instantiates a new ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments // will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewProductRegistrationOnlinePayload(username string, password string) *ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload { +func NewProductRegistrationOnlinePayload(token string) *ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload { this := ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload{} - this.Username = username - this.Password = password + this.Token = token return &this } @@ -43,52 +45,28 @@ func NewProductRegistrationOnlinePayloadWithDefaults() *ProductRegistrationOnlin return &this } -// GetUsername returns the Username field value -func (o *ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload) GetUsername() string { +// GetToken returns the Token field value +func (o *ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload) GetToken() string { if o == nil { var ret string return ret } - return o.Username + return o.Token } -// GetUsernameOk returns a tuple with the Username field value +// GetTokenOk returns a tuple with the Token field value // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload) GetUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload) GetTokenOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil { return nil, false } - return &o.Username, true + return &o.Token, true } -// SetUsername sets field value -func (o *ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload) SetUsername(v string) { - o.Username = v -} - -// GetPassword returns the Password field value -func (o *ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload) GetPassword() string { - if o == nil { - var ret string - return ret - } - - return o.Password -} - -// GetPasswordOk returns a tuple with the Password field value -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload) GetPasswordOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { - return nil, false - } - return &o.Password, true -} - -// SetPassword sets field value -func (o *ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload) SetPassword(v string) { - o.Password = v +// SetToken sets field value +func (o *ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload) SetToken(v string) { + o.Token = v } func (o ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { @@ -101,11 +79,47 @@ func (o ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { func (o ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - toSerialize["username"] = o.Username - toSerialize["password"] = o.Password + toSerialize["token"] = o.Token return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "token", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varProductRegistrationOnlinePayload := _ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varProductRegistrationOnlinePayload) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload(varProductRegistrationOnlinePayload) + + return err +} + type NullableProductRegistrationOnlinePayload struct { value *ProductRegistrationOnlinePayload isSet bool diff --git a/model_base_provision_vdb_parameters_all_of.go b/model_provision_empty_vdb_parameters.go similarity index 54% rename from model_base_provision_vdb_parameters_all_of.go rename to model_provision_empty_vdb_parameters.go index fc101914..76acc383 100644 --- a/model_base_provision_vdb_parameters_all_of.go +++ b/model_provision_empty_vdb_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,16 +13,46 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) -// checks if the BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf{} - -// BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf struct for BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf -type BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf struct { - // The ID of the group into which the VDB will be provisioned. If unset, a group is selected randomly on the Engine. +// checks if the ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters{} + +// ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters struct for ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters +type ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters struct { + // The commands to execute on the target environment before refreshing the VDB. + PreRefresh []Hook `json:"pre_refresh,omitempty"` + // The commands to execute on the target environment after refreshing the VDB. + PostRefresh []Hook `json:"post_refresh,omitempty"` + // The commands to execute on the target environment before refreshing the VDB with data from itself. + PreSelfRefresh []Hook `json:"pre_self_refresh,omitempty"` + // The commands to execute on the target environment after refreshing the VDB with data from itself. + PostSelfRefresh []Hook `json:"post_self_refresh,omitempty"` + // The commands to execute on the target environment before rewinding the VDB. + // Deprecated + PreRollback []Hook `json:"pre_rollback,omitempty"` + // The commands to execute on the target environment after rewinding the VDB. + // Deprecated + PostRollback []Hook `json:"post_rollback,omitempty"` + // The commands to execute on the target environment when the VDB is created or refreshed. + ConfigureClone []Hook `json:"configure_clone,omitempty"` + // The commands to execute on the target environment before snapshotting a virtual source. These commands can quiesce any data prior to snapshotting. + PreSnapshot []Hook `json:"pre_snapshot,omitempty"` + // The commands to execute on the target environment after snapshotting a virtual source. + PostSnapshot []Hook `json:"post_snapshot,omitempty"` + // The commands to execute on the target environment before starting a virtual source. + PreStart []Hook `json:"pre_start,omitempty"` + // The commands to execute on the target environment after starting a virtual source. + PostStart []Hook `json:"post_start,omitempty"` + // The commands to execute on the target environment before stopping a virtual source. + PreStop []Hook `json:"pre_stop,omitempty"` + // The commands to execute on the target environment after stopping a virtual source. + PostStop []Hook `json:"post_stop,omitempty"` + // The ID of the group into which the VDB will be provisioned. This field must be explicitly set when marked as mandatory; otherwise, a group is selected randomly on the Engine. TargetGroupId *string `json:"target_group_id,omitempty"` - // The unique name of the provisioned VDB within a group. If unset, a name is randomly generated. + // The unique name of the provisioned VDB within a group. This field must be explicitly set when marked as mandatory; otherwise, a name will be randomly generated. Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` // The name of the database on the target environment. Defaults to the value of the name property. DatabaseName *string `json:"database_name,omitempty"` @@ -42,24 +72,24 @@ type BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf struct { EnvironmentId *string `json:"environment_id,omitempty"` // The environment user ID to use to connect to the target environment. EnvironmentUserId *string `json:"environment_user_id,omitempty"` - // The ID of the target repository where to provision the VDB. A repository typically corresponds to a database installation (Oracle home, database instance, ...). Setting this attribute implicitly determines the environment where to provision the VDB. - RepositoryId *string `json:"repository_id,omitempty"` + // The ID of the target repository where to provision the VDB. A repository typically corresponds to a database installation. Setting this attribute implicitly determines the environment where to provision the VDB. + RepositoryId string `json:"repository_id"` // Option to automatically select a compatible environment and repository. Mutually exclusive with repository_id. AutoSelectRepository *bool `json:"auto_select_repository,omitempty"` // Indicates whether the Engine should automatically restart this virtual source when target host reboot is detected. VdbRestart *bool `json:"vdb_restart,omitempty"` - // The ID of the target VDB Template (Oracle Only). + // The ID of the target VDB Template (Oracle and MSSql Only). TemplateId *string `json:"template_id,omitempty"` // The ID of the configuration template to apply to the auxiliary container database. This is only relevant when provisioning a Multitenant pluggable database into an existing CDB, i.e when the cdb_id property is set.(Oracle Only) AuxiliaryTemplateId *string `json:"auxiliary_template_id,omitempty"` // Target VDB file mapping rules (Oracle Only). Rules must be line separated (\\n or \\r) and each line must have the format \"pattern:replacement\". Lines are applied in order. FileMappingRules *string `json:"file_mapping_rules,omitempty"` // Target VDB SID name (Oracle Only). - OracleInstanceName *string `json:"oracle_instance_name,omitempty"` + OracleInstanceName *string `json:"oracle_instance_name,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$"` // Target VDB db_unique_name (Oracle Only). - UniqueName *string `json:"unique_name,omitempty"` + UniqueName *string `json:"unique_name,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_\\\\$#]+$"` // When provisioning an Oracle Multitenant vCDB (when the cdb_id property is not set), the name of the provisioned vCDB (Oracle Multitenant Only). - VcdbName *string `json:"vcdb_name,omitempty"` + VcdbName *string `json:"vcdb_name,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$"` // When provisioning an Oracle Multitenant vCDB (when the cdb_id property is not set), the database name of the provisioned vCDB. Defaults to the value of the vcdb_name property. (Oracle Multitenant Only). VcdbDatabaseName *string `json:"vcdb_database_name,omitempty"` // Mount point for the VDB (Oracle, ASE, AppData). @@ -102,6 +132,12 @@ type BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf struct { ParentTdeKeystorePath *string `json:"parentTdeKeystorePath,omitempty"` // The password of the keystore specified in parentTdeKeystorePath. (Oracle Multitenant Only) ParentTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"parent_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + // Path to a copy of the parent PDB's Oracle transparent data encryption keystore on the target host. Required to provision from snapshots of PDB containing encrypted database files with isolated mode keystore. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath *string `json:"parent_pdb_tde_keystore_path,omitempty"` + // The password of the parent PDB keystore. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"parent_pdb_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + // The password for the isolated mode TDE keystore of the target virtual PDB. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"target_pdb_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` // Secret to be used while exporting and importing vPDB encryption keys if Transparent Data Encryption is enabled on the vPDB. (Oracle Multitenant Only) TdeExportedKeyFileSecret *string `json:"tde_exported_key_file_secret,omitempty"` // ID of the key created by Delphix. (Oracle Multitenant Only) @@ -112,6 +148,7 @@ type BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf struct { CdbTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"cdb_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` // ID of the key created by Delphix. (Oracle Multitenant Only) VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier *string `json:"vcdb_tde_key_identifier,omitempty"` + TdeKeystoreConfigType *OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum `json:"tde_keystore_config_type,omitempty"` // The JSON payload conforming to the DraftV4 schema based on the type of application data being manipulated. AppdataSourceParams map[string]interface{} `json:"appdata_source_params,omitempty"` // Specifies additional locations on which to mount a subdirectory of an AppData container. @@ -121,7 +158,7 @@ type BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf struct { // Database configuration parameter overrides. ConfigParams map[string]interface{} `json:"config_params,omitempty"` // This privileged unix username will be used to create the VDB. Leave this field blank if you do not want to use privilege elevation. The unix privileged username should begin with a letter or an underscore, followed by letters, digits, underscores, or dashes. They can end with a dollar sign (postgres only). - PrivilegedOsUser *string `json:"privileged_os_user,omitempty"` + PrivilegedOsUser *string `json:"privileged_os_user,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^$|^[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_\\\\-]+[$]?$"` // Port number for Postgres target database (postgres only). PostgresPort *int32 `json:"postgres_port,omitempty"` // Custom Database-Level config settings (postgres only). @@ -132,27 +169,463 @@ type BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf struct { MssqlFailoverDriveLetter *string `json:"mssql_failover_drive_letter,omitempty"` // The tags to be created for VDB. Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` + // Whether to invoke datapatch during provisioning (Oracle Only). + InvokeDatapatch *bool `json:"invoke_datapatch,omitempty"` + // Whether the virtual database will be provisioned for a containerized environment, such as Linux containers. + ContainerMode *bool `json:"container_mode,omitempty"` + // Shared backup location to be used for VDB provision on AG Cluster. + MssqlAgBackupLocation *string `json:"mssql_ag_backup_location,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether to do fast operations for VDB on AG which will use a healthy secondary replica to recreate the AG or backup based operations which will use the primary replica to recreate the AG using backup and restore process. + MssqlAgBackupBased *bool `json:"mssql_ag_backup_based,omitempty"` + // The ID of the Engine onto which to provision. + EngineId string `json:"engine_id"` } -// NewBaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf instantiates a new BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf object +type _ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters + +// NewProvisionEmptyVDBParameters instantiates a new ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments // will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewBaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf() *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf { - this := BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf{} +func NewProvisionEmptyVDBParameters(repositoryId string, engineId string) *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters { + this := ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters{} + this.RepositoryId = repositoryId + this.EngineId = engineId return &this } -// NewBaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOfWithDefaults instantiates a new BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf object +// NewProvisionEmptyVDBParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters object // This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, // but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewBaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOfWithDefaults() *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf { - this := BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf{} +func NewProvisionEmptyVDBParametersWithDefaults() *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters { + this := ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters{} return &this } +// GetPreRefresh returns the PreRefresh field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPreRefresh() []Hook { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PreRefresh) { + var ret []Hook + return ret + } + return o.PreRefresh +} + +// GetPreRefreshOk returns a tuple with the PreRefresh field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPreRefreshOk() ([]Hook, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PreRefresh) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PreRefresh, true +} + +// HasPreRefresh returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasPreRefresh() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PreRefresh) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPreRefresh gets a reference to the given []Hook and assigns it to the PreRefresh field. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetPreRefresh(v []Hook) { + o.PreRefresh = v +} + +// GetPostRefresh returns the PostRefresh field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPostRefresh() []Hook { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PostRefresh) { + var ret []Hook + return ret + } + return o.PostRefresh +} + +// GetPostRefreshOk returns a tuple with the PostRefresh field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPostRefreshOk() ([]Hook, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PostRefresh) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PostRefresh, true +} + +// HasPostRefresh returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasPostRefresh() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PostRefresh) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPostRefresh gets a reference to the given []Hook and assigns it to the PostRefresh field. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetPostRefresh(v []Hook) { + o.PostRefresh = v +} + +// GetPreSelfRefresh returns the PreSelfRefresh field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPreSelfRefresh() []Hook { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PreSelfRefresh) { + var ret []Hook + return ret + } + return o.PreSelfRefresh +} + +// GetPreSelfRefreshOk returns a tuple with the PreSelfRefresh field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPreSelfRefreshOk() ([]Hook, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PreSelfRefresh) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PreSelfRefresh, true +} + +// HasPreSelfRefresh returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasPreSelfRefresh() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PreSelfRefresh) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPreSelfRefresh gets a reference to the given []Hook and assigns it to the PreSelfRefresh field. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetPreSelfRefresh(v []Hook) { + o.PreSelfRefresh = v +} + +// GetPostSelfRefresh returns the PostSelfRefresh field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPostSelfRefresh() []Hook { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PostSelfRefresh) { + var ret []Hook + return ret + } + return o.PostSelfRefresh +} + +// GetPostSelfRefreshOk returns a tuple with the PostSelfRefresh field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPostSelfRefreshOk() ([]Hook, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PostSelfRefresh) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PostSelfRefresh, true +} + +// HasPostSelfRefresh returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasPostSelfRefresh() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PostSelfRefresh) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPostSelfRefresh gets a reference to the given []Hook and assigns it to the PostSelfRefresh field. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetPostSelfRefresh(v []Hook) { + o.PostSelfRefresh = v +} + +// GetPreRollback returns the PreRollback field value if set, zero value otherwise. +// Deprecated +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPreRollback() []Hook { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PreRollback) { + var ret []Hook + return ret + } + return o.PreRollback +} + +// GetPreRollbackOk returns a tuple with the PreRollback field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// Deprecated +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPreRollbackOk() ([]Hook, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PreRollback) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PreRollback, true +} + +// HasPreRollback returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasPreRollback() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PreRollback) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPreRollback gets a reference to the given []Hook and assigns it to the PreRollback field. +// Deprecated +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetPreRollback(v []Hook) { + o.PreRollback = v +} + +// GetPostRollback returns the PostRollback field value if set, zero value otherwise. +// Deprecated +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPostRollback() []Hook { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PostRollback) { + var ret []Hook + return ret + } + return o.PostRollback +} + +// GetPostRollbackOk returns a tuple with the PostRollback field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// Deprecated +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPostRollbackOk() ([]Hook, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PostRollback) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PostRollback, true +} + +// HasPostRollback returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasPostRollback() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PostRollback) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPostRollback gets a reference to the given []Hook and assigns it to the PostRollback field. +// Deprecated +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetPostRollback(v []Hook) { + o.PostRollback = v +} + +// GetConfigureClone returns the ConfigureClone field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetConfigureClone() []Hook { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConfigureClone) { + var ret []Hook + return ret + } + return o.ConfigureClone +} + +// GetConfigureCloneOk returns a tuple with the ConfigureClone field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetConfigureCloneOk() ([]Hook, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConfigureClone) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ConfigureClone, true +} + +// HasConfigureClone returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasConfigureClone() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConfigureClone) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConfigureClone gets a reference to the given []Hook and assigns it to the ConfigureClone field. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetConfigureClone(v []Hook) { + o.ConfigureClone = v +} + +// GetPreSnapshot returns the PreSnapshot field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPreSnapshot() []Hook { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PreSnapshot) { + var ret []Hook + return ret + } + return o.PreSnapshot +} + +// GetPreSnapshotOk returns a tuple with the PreSnapshot field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPreSnapshotOk() ([]Hook, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PreSnapshot) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PreSnapshot, true +} + +// HasPreSnapshot returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasPreSnapshot() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PreSnapshot) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPreSnapshot gets a reference to the given []Hook and assigns it to the PreSnapshot field. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetPreSnapshot(v []Hook) { + o.PreSnapshot = v +} + +// GetPostSnapshot returns the PostSnapshot field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPostSnapshot() []Hook { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PostSnapshot) { + var ret []Hook + return ret + } + return o.PostSnapshot +} + +// GetPostSnapshotOk returns a tuple with the PostSnapshot field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPostSnapshotOk() ([]Hook, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PostSnapshot) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PostSnapshot, true +} + +// HasPostSnapshot returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasPostSnapshot() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PostSnapshot) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPostSnapshot gets a reference to the given []Hook and assigns it to the PostSnapshot field. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetPostSnapshot(v []Hook) { + o.PostSnapshot = v +} + +// GetPreStart returns the PreStart field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPreStart() []Hook { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PreStart) { + var ret []Hook + return ret + } + return o.PreStart +} + +// GetPreStartOk returns a tuple with the PreStart field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPreStartOk() ([]Hook, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PreStart) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PreStart, true +} + +// HasPreStart returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasPreStart() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PreStart) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPreStart gets a reference to the given []Hook and assigns it to the PreStart field. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetPreStart(v []Hook) { + o.PreStart = v +} + +// GetPostStart returns the PostStart field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPostStart() []Hook { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PostStart) { + var ret []Hook + return ret + } + return o.PostStart +} + +// GetPostStartOk returns a tuple with the PostStart field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPostStartOk() ([]Hook, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PostStart) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PostStart, true +} + +// HasPostStart returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasPostStart() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PostStart) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPostStart gets a reference to the given []Hook and assigns it to the PostStart field. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetPostStart(v []Hook) { + o.PostStart = v +} + +// GetPreStop returns the PreStop field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPreStop() []Hook { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PreStop) { + var ret []Hook + return ret + } + return o.PreStop +} + +// GetPreStopOk returns a tuple with the PreStop field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPreStopOk() ([]Hook, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PreStop) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PreStop, true +} + +// HasPreStop returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasPreStop() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PreStop) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPreStop gets a reference to the given []Hook and assigns it to the PreStop field. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetPreStop(v []Hook) { + o.PreStop = v +} + +// GetPostStop returns the PostStop field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPostStop() []Hook { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PostStop) { + var ret []Hook + return ret + } + return o.PostStop +} + +// GetPostStopOk returns a tuple with the PostStop field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPostStopOk() ([]Hook, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PostStop) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PostStop, true +} + +// HasPostStop returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasPostStop() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PostStop) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPostStop gets a reference to the given []Hook and assigns it to the PostStop field. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetPostStop(v []Hook) { + o.PostStop = v +} + // GetTargetGroupId returns the TargetGroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetTargetGroupId() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetTargetGroupId() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetGroupId) { var ret string return ret @@ -162,7 +635,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetTargetGroupId() string { // GetTargetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the TargetGroupId field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetTargetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetTargetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetGroupId) { return nil, false } @@ -170,7 +643,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetTargetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool) { } // HasTargetGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasTargetGroupId() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasTargetGroupId() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetGroupId) { return true } @@ -179,12 +652,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasTargetGroupId() bool { } // SetTargetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetGroupId field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetTargetGroupId(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetTargetGroupId(v string) { o.TargetGroupId = &v } // GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetName() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetName() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { var ret string return ret @@ -194,7 +667,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetName() string { // GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { return nil, false } @@ -202,7 +675,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { } // HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasName() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasName() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { return true } @@ -211,12 +684,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasName() bool { } // SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetName(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetName(v string) { o.Name = &v } // GetDatabaseName returns the DatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetDatabaseName() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetDatabaseName() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { var ret string return ret @@ -226,7 +699,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetDatabaseName() string { // GetDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { return nil, false } @@ -234,7 +707,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { } // HasDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasDatabaseName() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasDatabaseName() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { return true } @@ -243,12 +716,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasDatabaseName() bool { } // SetDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseName field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetDatabaseName(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetDatabaseName(v string) { o.DatabaseName = &v } // GetCdbId returns the CdbId field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetCdbId() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetCdbId() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbId) { var ret string return ret @@ -258,7 +731,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetCdbId() string { // GetCdbIdOk returns a tuple with the CdbId field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetCdbIdOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetCdbIdOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbId) { return nil, false } @@ -266,7 +739,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetCdbIdOk() (*string, bool) { } // HasCdbId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasCdbId() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasCdbId() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CdbId) { return true } @@ -275,12 +748,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasCdbId() bool { } // SetCdbId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CdbId field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetCdbId(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetCdbId(v string) { o.CdbId = &v } // GetClusterNodeIds returns the ClusterNodeIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetClusterNodeIds() []string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetClusterNodeIds() []string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ClusterNodeIds) { var ret []string return ret @@ -290,7 +763,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetClusterNodeIds() []string { // GetClusterNodeIdsOk returns a tuple with the ClusterNodeIds field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetClusterNodeIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetClusterNodeIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ClusterNodeIds) { return nil, false } @@ -298,7 +771,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetClusterNodeIdsOk() ([]string, bool) } // HasClusterNodeIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasClusterNodeIds() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasClusterNodeIds() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ClusterNodeIds) { return true } @@ -307,12 +780,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasClusterNodeIds() bool { } // SetClusterNodeIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the ClusterNodeIds field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetClusterNodeIds(v []string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetClusterNodeIds(v []string) { o.ClusterNodeIds = v } // GetClusterNodeInstances returns the ClusterNodeInstances field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetClusterNodeInstances() []ClusterNodeInstance { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetClusterNodeInstances() []ClusterNodeInstance { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ClusterNodeInstances) { var ret []ClusterNodeInstance return ret @@ -322,7 +795,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetClusterNodeInstances() []ClusterNod // GetClusterNodeInstancesOk returns a tuple with the ClusterNodeInstances field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetClusterNodeInstancesOk() ([]ClusterNodeInstance, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetClusterNodeInstancesOk() ([]ClusterNodeInstance, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ClusterNodeInstances) { return nil, false } @@ -330,7 +803,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetClusterNodeInstancesOk() ([]Cluster } // HasClusterNodeInstances returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasClusterNodeInstances() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasClusterNodeInstances() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ClusterNodeInstances) { return true } @@ -339,12 +812,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasClusterNodeInstances() bool { } // SetClusterNodeInstances gets a reference to the given []ClusterNodeInstance and assigns it to the ClusterNodeInstances field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetClusterNodeInstances(v []ClusterNodeInstance) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetClusterNodeInstances(v []ClusterNodeInstance) { o.ClusterNodeInstances = v } // GetTruncateLogOnCheckpoint returns the TruncateLogOnCheckpoint field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetTruncateLogOnCheckpoint() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetTruncateLogOnCheckpoint() bool { if o == nil || IsNil(o.TruncateLogOnCheckpoint) { var ret bool return ret @@ -354,7 +827,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetTruncateLogOnCheckpoint() bool { // GetTruncateLogOnCheckpointOk returns a tuple with the TruncateLogOnCheckpoint field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetTruncateLogOnCheckpointOk() (*bool, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetTruncateLogOnCheckpointOk() (*bool, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.TruncateLogOnCheckpoint) { return nil, false } @@ -362,7 +835,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetTruncateLogOnCheckpointOk() (*bool, } // HasTruncateLogOnCheckpoint returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasTruncateLogOnCheckpoint() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasTruncateLogOnCheckpoint() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TruncateLogOnCheckpoint) { return true } @@ -371,12 +844,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasTruncateLogOnCheckpoint() bool { } // SetTruncateLogOnCheckpoint gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the TruncateLogOnCheckpoint field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetTruncateLogOnCheckpoint(v bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetTruncateLogOnCheckpoint(v bool) { o.TruncateLogOnCheckpoint = &v } // GetOsUsername returns the OsUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOsUsername() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetOsUsername() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.OsUsername) { var ret string return ret @@ -386,7 +859,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOsUsername() string { // GetOsUsernameOk returns a tuple with the OsUsername field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOsUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetOsUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.OsUsername) { return nil, false } @@ -394,7 +867,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOsUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { } // HasOsUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasOsUsername() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasOsUsername() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OsUsername) { return true } @@ -403,12 +876,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasOsUsername() bool { } // SetOsUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OsUsername field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetOsUsername(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetOsUsername(v string) { o.OsUsername = &v } // GetOsPassword returns the OsPassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOsPassword() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetOsPassword() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.OsPassword) { var ret string return ret @@ -418,7 +891,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOsPassword() string { // GetOsPasswordOk returns a tuple with the OsPassword field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOsPasswordOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetOsPasswordOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.OsPassword) { return nil, false } @@ -426,7 +899,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOsPasswordOk() (*string, bool) { } // HasOsPassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasOsPassword() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasOsPassword() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OsPassword) { return true } @@ -435,12 +908,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasOsPassword() bool { } // SetOsPassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OsPassword field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetOsPassword(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetOsPassword(v string) { o.OsPassword = &v } // GetEnvironmentId returns the EnvironmentId field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetEnvironmentId() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetEnvironmentId() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { var ret string return ret @@ -450,7 +923,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetEnvironmentId() string { // GetEnvironmentIdOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentId field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetEnvironmentIdOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetEnvironmentIdOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { return nil, false } @@ -458,7 +931,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetEnvironmentIdOk() (*string, bool) { } // HasEnvironmentId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasEnvironmentId() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasEnvironmentId() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentId) { return true } @@ -467,12 +940,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasEnvironmentId() bool { } // SetEnvironmentId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentId field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetEnvironmentId(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetEnvironmentId(v string) { o.EnvironmentId = &v } // GetEnvironmentUserId returns the EnvironmentUserId field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetEnvironmentUserId() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetEnvironmentUserId() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserId) { var ret string return ret @@ -482,7 +955,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetEnvironmentUserId() string { // GetEnvironmentUserIdOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUserId field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetEnvironmentUserIdOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetEnvironmentUserIdOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserId) { return nil, false } @@ -490,7 +963,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetEnvironmentUserIdOk() (*string, boo } // HasEnvironmentUserId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasEnvironmentUserId() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasEnvironmentUserId() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserId) { return true } @@ -499,44 +972,36 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasEnvironmentUserId() bool { } // SetEnvironmentUserId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentUserId field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetEnvironmentUserId(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetEnvironmentUserId(v string) { o.EnvironmentUserId = &v } -// GetRepositoryId returns the RepositoryId field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetRepositoryId() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { +// GetRepositoryId returns the RepositoryId field value +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetRepositoryId() string { + if o == nil { var ret string return ret } - return *o.RepositoryId + + return o.RepositoryId } -// GetRepositoryIdOk returns a tuple with the RepositoryId field value if set, nil otherwise +// GetRepositoryIdOk returns a tuple with the RepositoryId field value // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetRepositoryIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetRepositoryIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { return nil, false } - return o.RepositoryId, true + return &o.RepositoryId, true } -// HasRepositoryId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasRepositoryId() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetRepositoryId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RepositoryId field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetRepositoryId(v string) { - o.RepositoryId = &v +// SetRepositoryId sets field value +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetRepositoryId(v string) { + o.RepositoryId = v } // GetAutoSelectRepository returns the AutoSelectRepository field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetAutoSelectRepository() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetAutoSelectRepository() bool { if o == nil || IsNil(o.AutoSelectRepository) { var ret bool return ret @@ -546,7 +1011,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetAutoSelectRepository() bool { // GetAutoSelectRepositoryOk returns a tuple with the AutoSelectRepository field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetAutoSelectRepositoryOk() (*bool, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetAutoSelectRepositoryOk() (*bool, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.AutoSelectRepository) { return nil, false } @@ -554,7 +1019,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetAutoSelectRepositoryOk() (*bool, bo } // HasAutoSelectRepository returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasAutoSelectRepository() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasAutoSelectRepository() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AutoSelectRepository) { return true } @@ -563,12 +1028,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasAutoSelectRepository() bool { } // SetAutoSelectRepository gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AutoSelectRepository field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetAutoSelectRepository(v bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetAutoSelectRepository(v bool) { o.AutoSelectRepository = &v } // GetVdbRestart returns the VdbRestart field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetVdbRestart() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetVdbRestart() bool { if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbRestart) { var ret bool return ret @@ -578,7 +1043,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetVdbRestart() bool { // GetVdbRestartOk returns a tuple with the VdbRestart field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetVdbRestartOk() (*bool, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetVdbRestartOk() (*bool, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbRestart) { return nil, false } @@ -586,7 +1051,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetVdbRestartOk() (*bool, bool) { } // HasVdbRestart returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasVdbRestart() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasVdbRestart() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbRestart) { return true } @@ -595,12 +1060,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasVdbRestart() bool { } // SetVdbRestart gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the VdbRestart field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetVdbRestart(v bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetVdbRestart(v bool) { o.VdbRestart = &v } // GetTemplateId returns the TemplateId field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetTemplateId() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetTemplateId() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.TemplateId) { var ret string return ret @@ -610,7 +1075,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetTemplateId() string { // GetTemplateIdOk returns a tuple with the TemplateId field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetTemplateIdOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetTemplateIdOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.TemplateId) { return nil, false } @@ -618,7 +1083,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetTemplateIdOk() (*string, bool) { } // HasTemplateId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasTemplateId() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasTemplateId() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TemplateId) { return true } @@ -627,12 +1092,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasTemplateId() bool { } // SetTemplateId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TemplateId field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetTemplateId(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetTemplateId(v string) { o.TemplateId = &v } // GetAuxiliaryTemplateId returns the AuxiliaryTemplateId field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetAuxiliaryTemplateId() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetAuxiliaryTemplateId() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.AuxiliaryTemplateId) { var ret string return ret @@ -642,7 +1107,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetAuxiliaryTemplateId() string { // GetAuxiliaryTemplateIdOk returns a tuple with the AuxiliaryTemplateId field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetAuxiliaryTemplateIdOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetAuxiliaryTemplateIdOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.AuxiliaryTemplateId) { return nil, false } @@ -650,7 +1115,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetAuxiliaryTemplateIdOk() (*string, b } // HasAuxiliaryTemplateId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasAuxiliaryTemplateId() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasAuxiliaryTemplateId() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AuxiliaryTemplateId) { return true } @@ -659,12 +1124,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasAuxiliaryTemplateId() bool { } // SetAuxiliaryTemplateId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AuxiliaryTemplateId field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetAuxiliaryTemplateId(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetAuxiliaryTemplateId(v string) { o.AuxiliaryTemplateId = &v } // GetFileMappingRules returns the FileMappingRules field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetFileMappingRules() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetFileMappingRules() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { var ret string return ret @@ -674,7 +1139,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetFileMappingRules() string { // GetFileMappingRulesOk returns a tuple with the FileMappingRules field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetFileMappingRulesOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetFileMappingRulesOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { return nil, false } @@ -682,7 +1147,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetFileMappingRulesOk() (*string, bool } // HasFileMappingRules returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasFileMappingRules() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasFileMappingRules() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FileMappingRules) { return true } @@ -691,12 +1156,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasFileMappingRules() bool { } // SetFileMappingRules gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FileMappingRules field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetFileMappingRules(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetFileMappingRules(v string) { o.FileMappingRules = &v } // GetOracleInstanceName returns the OracleInstanceName field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOracleInstanceName() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetOracleInstanceName() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { var ret string return ret @@ -706,7 +1171,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOracleInstanceName() string { // GetOracleInstanceNameOk returns a tuple with the OracleInstanceName field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOracleInstanceNameOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetOracleInstanceNameOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { return nil, false } @@ -714,7 +1179,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOracleInstanceNameOk() (*string, bo } // HasOracleInstanceName returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasOracleInstanceName() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasOracleInstanceName() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleInstanceName) { return true } @@ -723,12 +1188,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasOracleInstanceName() bool { } // SetOracleInstanceName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OracleInstanceName field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetOracleInstanceName(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetOracleInstanceName(v string) { o.OracleInstanceName = &v } // GetUniqueName returns the UniqueName field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetUniqueName() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetUniqueName() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.UniqueName) { var ret string return ret @@ -738,7 +1203,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetUniqueName() string { // GetUniqueNameOk returns a tuple with the UniqueName field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetUniqueNameOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetUniqueNameOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.UniqueName) { return nil, false } @@ -746,7 +1211,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetUniqueNameOk() (*string, bool) { } // HasUniqueName returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasUniqueName() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasUniqueName() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UniqueName) { return true } @@ -755,12 +1220,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasUniqueName() bool { } // SetUniqueName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the UniqueName field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetUniqueName(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetUniqueName(v string) { o.UniqueName = &v } // GetVcdbName returns the VcdbName field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetVcdbName() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetVcdbName() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbName) { var ret string return ret @@ -770,7 +1235,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetVcdbName() string { // GetVcdbNameOk returns a tuple with the VcdbName field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetVcdbNameOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetVcdbNameOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbName) { return nil, false } @@ -778,7 +1243,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetVcdbNameOk() (*string, bool) { } // HasVcdbName returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasVcdbName() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasVcdbName() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VcdbName) { return true } @@ -787,12 +1252,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasVcdbName() bool { } // SetVcdbName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VcdbName field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetVcdbName(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetVcdbName(v string) { o.VcdbName = &v } // GetVcdbDatabaseName returns the VcdbDatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetVcdbDatabaseName() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetVcdbDatabaseName() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbDatabaseName) { var ret string return ret @@ -802,7 +1267,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetVcdbDatabaseName() string { // GetVcdbDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the VcdbDatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetVcdbDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetVcdbDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbDatabaseName) { return nil, false } @@ -810,7 +1275,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetVcdbDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool } // HasVcdbDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasVcdbDatabaseName() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasVcdbDatabaseName() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VcdbDatabaseName) { return true } @@ -819,12 +1284,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasVcdbDatabaseName() bool { } // SetVcdbDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VcdbDatabaseName field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetVcdbDatabaseName(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetVcdbDatabaseName(v string) { o.VcdbDatabaseName = &v } // GetMountPoint returns the MountPoint field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetMountPoint() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetMountPoint() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountPoint) { var ret string return ret @@ -834,7 +1299,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetMountPoint() string { // GetMountPointOk returns a tuple with the MountPoint field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetMountPointOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetMountPointOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountPoint) { return nil, false } @@ -842,7 +1307,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetMountPointOk() (*string, bool) { } // HasMountPoint returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasMountPoint() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasMountPoint() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MountPoint) { return true } @@ -851,12 +1316,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasMountPoint() bool { } // SetMountPoint gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MountPoint field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetMountPoint(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetMountPoint(v string) { o.MountPoint = &v } // GetOpenResetLogs returns the OpenResetLogs field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOpenResetLogs() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetOpenResetLogs() bool { if o == nil || IsNil(o.OpenResetLogs) { var ret bool return ret @@ -866,7 +1331,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOpenResetLogs() bool { // GetOpenResetLogsOk returns a tuple with the OpenResetLogs field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOpenResetLogsOk() (*bool, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetOpenResetLogsOk() (*bool, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.OpenResetLogs) { return nil, false } @@ -874,7 +1339,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOpenResetLogsOk() (*bool, bool) { } // HasOpenResetLogs returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasOpenResetLogs() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasOpenResetLogs() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OpenResetLogs) { return true } @@ -883,12 +1348,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasOpenResetLogs() bool { } // SetOpenResetLogs gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the OpenResetLogs field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetOpenResetLogs(v bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetOpenResetLogs(v bool) { o.OpenResetLogs = &v } // GetSnapshotPolicyId returns the SnapshotPolicyId field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetSnapshotPolicyId() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetSnapshotPolicyId() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.SnapshotPolicyId) { var ret string return ret @@ -898,7 +1363,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetSnapshotPolicyId() string { // GetSnapshotPolicyIdOk returns a tuple with the SnapshotPolicyId field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetSnapshotPolicyIdOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetSnapshotPolicyIdOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.SnapshotPolicyId) { return nil, false } @@ -906,7 +1371,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetSnapshotPolicyIdOk() (*string, bool } // HasSnapshotPolicyId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasSnapshotPolicyId() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasSnapshotPolicyId() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SnapshotPolicyId) { return true } @@ -915,12 +1380,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasSnapshotPolicyId() bool { } // SetSnapshotPolicyId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SnapshotPolicyId field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetSnapshotPolicyId(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetSnapshotPolicyId(v string) { o.SnapshotPolicyId = &v } // GetRetentionPolicyId returns the RetentionPolicyId field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetRetentionPolicyId() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetRetentionPolicyId() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.RetentionPolicyId) { var ret string return ret @@ -930,7 +1395,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetRetentionPolicyId() string { // GetRetentionPolicyIdOk returns a tuple with the RetentionPolicyId field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetRetentionPolicyIdOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetRetentionPolicyIdOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.RetentionPolicyId) { return nil, false } @@ -938,7 +1403,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetRetentionPolicyIdOk() (*string, boo } // HasRetentionPolicyId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasRetentionPolicyId() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasRetentionPolicyId() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RetentionPolicyId) { return true } @@ -947,12 +1412,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasRetentionPolicyId() bool { } // SetRetentionPolicyId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RetentionPolicyId field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetRetentionPolicyId(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetRetentionPolicyId(v string) { o.RetentionPolicyId = &v } // GetRecoveryModel returns the RecoveryModel field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetRecoveryModel() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetRecoveryModel() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { var ret string return ret @@ -962,7 +1427,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetRecoveryModel() string { // GetRecoveryModelOk returns a tuple with the RecoveryModel field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetRecoveryModelOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetRecoveryModelOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { return nil, false } @@ -970,7 +1435,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetRecoveryModelOk() (*string, bool) { } // HasRecoveryModel returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasRecoveryModel() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasRecoveryModel() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { return true } @@ -979,12 +1444,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasRecoveryModel() bool { } // SetRecoveryModel gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RecoveryModel field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetRecoveryModel(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetRecoveryModel(v string) { o.RecoveryModel = &v } // GetPreScript returns the PreScript field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetPreScript() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPreScript() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.PreScript) { var ret string return ret @@ -994,7 +1459,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetPreScript() string { // GetPreScriptOk returns a tuple with the PreScript field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetPreScriptOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPreScriptOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.PreScript) { return nil, false } @@ -1002,7 +1467,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetPreScriptOk() (*string, bool) { } // HasPreScript returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasPreScript() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasPreScript() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PreScript) { return true } @@ -1011,12 +1476,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasPreScript() bool { } // SetPreScript gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PreScript field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetPreScript(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetPreScript(v string) { o.PreScript = &v } // GetPostScript returns the PostScript field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetPostScript() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPostScript() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.PostScript) { var ret string return ret @@ -1026,7 +1491,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetPostScript() string { // GetPostScriptOk returns a tuple with the PostScript field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetPostScriptOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPostScriptOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.PostScript) { return nil, false } @@ -1034,7 +1499,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetPostScriptOk() (*string, bool) { } // HasPostScript returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasPostScript() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasPostScript() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PostScript) { return true } @@ -1043,12 +1508,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasPostScript() bool { } // SetPostScript gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PostScript field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetPostScript(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetPostScript(v string) { o.PostScript = &v } // GetCdcOnProvision returns the CdcOnProvision field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetCdcOnProvision() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetCdcOnProvision() bool { if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdcOnProvision) { var ret bool return ret @@ -1058,7 +1523,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetCdcOnProvision() bool { // GetCdcOnProvisionOk returns a tuple with the CdcOnProvision field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetCdcOnProvisionOk() (*bool, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetCdcOnProvisionOk() (*bool, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdcOnProvision) { return nil, false } @@ -1066,7 +1531,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetCdcOnProvisionOk() (*bool, bool) { } // HasCdcOnProvision returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasCdcOnProvision() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasCdcOnProvision() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CdcOnProvision) { return true } @@ -1075,12 +1540,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasCdcOnProvision() bool { } // SetCdcOnProvision gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the CdcOnProvision field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetCdcOnProvision(v bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetCdcOnProvision(v bool) { o.CdcOnProvision = &v } // GetOnlineLogSize returns the OnlineLogSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOnlineLogSize() int32 { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetOnlineLogSize() int32 { if o == nil || IsNil(o.OnlineLogSize) { var ret int32 return ret @@ -1090,7 +1555,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOnlineLogSize() int32 { // GetOnlineLogSizeOk returns a tuple with the OnlineLogSize field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOnlineLogSizeOk() (*int32, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetOnlineLogSizeOk() (*int32, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.OnlineLogSize) { return nil, false } @@ -1098,7 +1563,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOnlineLogSizeOk() (*int32, bool) { } // HasOnlineLogSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasOnlineLogSize() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasOnlineLogSize() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OnlineLogSize) { return true } @@ -1107,12 +1572,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasOnlineLogSize() bool { } // SetOnlineLogSize gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the OnlineLogSize field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetOnlineLogSize(v int32) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetOnlineLogSize(v int32) { o.OnlineLogSize = &v } // GetOnlineLogGroups returns the OnlineLogGroups field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOnlineLogGroups() int32 { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetOnlineLogGroups() int32 { if o == nil || IsNil(o.OnlineLogGroups) { var ret int32 return ret @@ -1122,7 +1587,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOnlineLogGroups() int32 { // GetOnlineLogGroupsOk returns a tuple with the OnlineLogGroups field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOnlineLogGroupsOk() (*int32, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetOnlineLogGroupsOk() (*int32, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.OnlineLogGroups) { return nil, false } @@ -1130,7 +1595,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOnlineLogGroupsOk() (*int32, bool) } // HasOnlineLogGroups returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasOnlineLogGroups() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasOnlineLogGroups() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OnlineLogGroups) { return true } @@ -1139,12 +1604,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasOnlineLogGroups() bool { } // SetOnlineLogGroups gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the OnlineLogGroups field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetOnlineLogGroups(v int32) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetOnlineLogGroups(v int32) { o.OnlineLogGroups = &v } // GetArchiveLog returns the ArchiveLog field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetArchiveLog() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetArchiveLog() bool { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ArchiveLog) { var ret bool return ret @@ -1154,7 +1619,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetArchiveLog() bool { // GetArchiveLogOk returns a tuple with the ArchiveLog field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetArchiveLogOk() (*bool, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetArchiveLogOk() (*bool, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ArchiveLog) { return nil, false } @@ -1162,7 +1627,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetArchiveLogOk() (*bool, bool) { } // HasArchiveLog returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasArchiveLog() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasArchiveLog() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ArchiveLog) { return true } @@ -1171,12 +1636,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasArchiveLog() bool { } // SetArchiveLog gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ArchiveLog field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetArchiveLog(v bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetArchiveLog(v bool) { o.ArchiveLog = &v } // GetNewDbid returns the NewDbid field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetNewDbid() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetNewDbid() bool { if o == nil || IsNil(o.NewDbid) { var ret bool return ret @@ -1186,7 +1651,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetNewDbid() bool { // GetNewDbidOk returns a tuple with the NewDbid field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetNewDbidOk() (*bool, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetNewDbidOk() (*bool, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.NewDbid) { return nil, false } @@ -1194,7 +1659,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetNewDbidOk() (*bool, bool) { } // HasNewDbid returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasNewDbid() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasNewDbid() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NewDbid) { return true } @@ -1203,12 +1668,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasNewDbid() bool { } // SetNewDbid gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the NewDbid field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetNewDbid(v bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetNewDbid(v bool) { o.NewDbid = &v } // GetMasked returns the Masked field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetMasked() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetMasked() bool { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Masked) { var ret bool return ret @@ -1218,7 +1683,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetMasked() bool { // GetMaskedOk returns a tuple with the Masked field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetMaskedOk() (*bool, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetMaskedOk() (*bool, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Masked) { return nil, false } @@ -1226,7 +1691,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetMaskedOk() (*bool, bool) { } // HasMasked returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasMasked() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasMasked() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Masked) { return true } @@ -1235,12 +1700,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasMasked() bool { } // SetMasked gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Masked field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetMasked(v bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetMasked(v bool) { o.Masked = &v } // GetListenerIds returns the ListenerIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetListenerIds() []string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetListenerIds() []string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ListenerIds) { var ret []string return ret @@ -1250,7 +1715,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetListenerIds() []string { // GetListenerIdsOk returns a tuple with the ListenerIds field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetListenerIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetListenerIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ListenerIds) { return nil, false } @@ -1258,7 +1723,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetListenerIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { } // HasListenerIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasListenerIds() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasListenerIds() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ListenerIds) { return true } @@ -1267,12 +1732,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasListenerIds() bool { } // SetListenerIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the ListenerIds field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetListenerIds(v []string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetListenerIds(v []string) { o.ListenerIds = v } // GetCustomEnvVars returns the CustomEnvVars field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetCustomEnvVars() map[string]string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetCustomEnvVars() map[string]string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomEnvVars) { var ret map[string]string return ret @@ -1282,7 +1747,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetCustomEnvVars() map[string]string { // GetCustomEnvVarsOk returns a tuple with the CustomEnvVars field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetCustomEnvVarsOk() (*map[string]string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetCustomEnvVarsOk() (*map[string]string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomEnvVars) { return nil, false } @@ -1290,7 +1755,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetCustomEnvVarsOk() (*map[string]stri } // HasCustomEnvVars returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasCustomEnvVars() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasCustomEnvVars() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CustomEnvVars) { return true } @@ -1299,12 +1764,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasCustomEnvVars() bool { } // SetCustomEnvVars gets a reference to the given map[string]string and assigns it to the CustomEnvVars field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetCustomEnvVars(v map[string]string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetCustomEnvVars(v map[string]string) { o.CustomEnvVars = &v } // GetCustomEnvFiles returns the CustomEnvFiles field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetCustomEnvFiles() []string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetCustomEnvFiles() []string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomEnvFiles) { var ret []string return ret @@ -1314,7 +1779,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetCustomEnvFiles() []string { // GetCustomEnvFilesOk returns a tuple with the CustomEnvFiles field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetCustomEnvFilesOk() ([]string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetCustomEnvFilesOk() ([]string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomEnvFiles) { return nil, false } @@ -1322,7 +1787,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetCustomEnvFilesOk() ([]string, bool) } // HasCustomEnvFiles returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasCustomEnvFiles() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasCustomEnvFiles() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CustomEnvFiles) { return true } @@ -1331,12 +1796,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasCustomEnvFiles() bool { } // SetCustomEnvFiles gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the CustomEnvFiles field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetCustomEnvFiles(v []string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetCustomEnvFiles(v []string) { o.CustomEnvFiles = v } // GetOracleRacCustomEnvFiles returns the OracleRacCustomEnvFiles field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOracleRacCustomEnvFiles() []OracleRacCustomEnvFile { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetOracleRacCustomEnvFiles() []OracleRacCustomEnvFile { if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleRacCustomEnvFiles) { var ret []OracleRacCustomEnvFile return ret @@ -1346,7 +1811,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOracleRacCustomEnvFiles() []OracleR // GetOracleRacCustomEnvFilesOk returns a tuple with the OracleRacCustomEnvFiles field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOracleRacCustomEnvFilesOk() ([]OracleRacCustomEnvFile, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetOracleRacCustomEnvFilesOk() ([]OracleRacCustomEnvFile, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleRacCustomEnvFiles) { return nil, false } @@ -1354,7 +1819,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOracleRacCustomEnvFilesOk() ([]Orac } // HasOracleRacCustomEnvFiles returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasOracleRacCustomEnvFiles() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasOracleRacCustomEnvFiles() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleRacCustomEnvFiles) { return true } @@ -1363,12 +1828,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasOracleRacCustomEnvFiles() bool { } // SetOracleRacCustomEnvFiles gets a reference to the given []OracleRacCustomEnvFile and assigns it to the OracleRacCustomEnvFiles field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetOracleRacCustomEnvFiles(v []OracleRacCustomEnvFile) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetOracleRacCustomEnvFiles(v []OracleRacCustomEnvFile) { o.OracleRacCustomEnvFiles = v } // GetOracleRacCustomEnvVars returns the OracleRacCustomEnvVars field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOracleRacCustomEnvVars() []OracleRacCustomEnvVar { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetOracleRacCustomEnvVars() []OracleRacCustomEnvVar { if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleRacCustomEnvVars) { var ret []OracleRacCustomEnvVar return ret @@ -1378,7 +1843,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOracleRacCustomEnvVars() []OracleRa // GetOracleRacCustomEnvVarsOk returns a tuple with the OracleRacCustomEnvVars field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOracleRacCustomEnvVarsOk() ([]OracleRacCustomEnvVar, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetOracleRacCustomEnvVarsOk() ([]OracleRacCustomEnvVar, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleRacCustomEnvVars) { return nil, false } @@ -1386,7 +1851,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetOracleRacCustomEnvVarsOk() ([]Oracl } // HasOracleRacCustomEnvVars returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasOracleRacCustomEnvVars() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasOracleRacCustomEnvVars() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleRacCustomEnvVars) { return true } @@ -1395,12 +1860,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasOracleRacCustomEnvVars() bool { } // SetOracleRacCustomEnvVars gets a reference to the given []OracleRacCustomEnvVar and assigns it to the OracleRacCustomEnvVars field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetOracleRacCustomEnvVars(v []OracleRacCustomEnvVar) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetOracleRacCustomEnvVars(v []OracleRacCustomEnvVar) { o.OracleRacCustomEnvVars = v } // GetParentTdeKeystorePath returns the ParentTdeKeystorePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetParentTdeKeystorePath() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePath() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { var ret string return ret @@ -1410,7 +1875,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetParentTdeKeystorePath() string { // GetParentTdeKeystorePathOk returns a tuple with the ParentTdeKeystorePath field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetParentTdeKeystorePathOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePathOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { return nil, false } @@ -1418,7 +1883,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetParentTdeKeystorePathOk() (*string, } // HasParentTdeKeystorePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasParentTdeKeystorePath() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasParentTdeKeystorePath() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { return true } @@ -1427,12 +1892,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasParentTdeKeystorePath() bool { } // SetParentTdeKeystorePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentTdeKeystorePath field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetParentTdeKeystorePath(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetParentTdeKeystorePath(v string) { o.ParentTdeKeystorePath = &v } // GetParentTdeKeystorePassword returns the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetParentTdeKeystorePassword() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePassword() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { var ret string return ret @@ -1442,7 +1907,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetParentTdeKeystorePassword() string // GetParentTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetParentTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetParentTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { return nil, false } @@ -1450,7 +1915,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetParentTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*str } // HasParentTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasParentTdeKeystorePassword() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasParentTdeKeystorePassword() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { return true } @@ -1459,12 +1924,108 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasParentTdeKeystorePassword() bool { } // SetParentTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentTdeKeystorePassword field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetParentTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetParentTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword = &v } +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath returns the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath +} + +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePathOk returns a tuple with the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath, true +} + +// HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath field. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath(v string) { + o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath = &v +} + +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword returns the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + +// GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword returns the TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + // GetTdeExportedKeyFileSecret returns the TdeExportedKeyFileSecret field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetTdeExportedKeyFileSecret() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetTdeExportedKeyFileSecret() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyFileSecret) { var ret string return ret @@ -1474,7 +2035,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetTdeExportedKeyFileSecret() string { // GetTdeExportedKeyFileSecretOk returns a tuple with the TdeExportedKeyFileSecret field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetTdeExportedKeyFileSecretOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetTdeExportedKeyFileSecretOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyFileSecret) { return nil, false } @@ -1482,7 +2043,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetTdeExportedKeyFileSecretOk() (*stri } // HasTdeExportedKeyFileSecret returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasTdeExportedKeyFileSecret() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasTdeExportedKeyFileSecret() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyFileSecret) { return true } @@ -1491,12 +2052,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasTdeExportedKeyFileSecret() bool { } // SetTdeExportedKeyFileSecret gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeExportedKeyFileSecret field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetTdeExportedKeyFileSecret(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetTdeExportedKeyFileSecret(v string) { o.TdeExportedKeyFileSecret = &v } // GetTdeKeyIdentifier returns the TdeKeyIdentifier field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetTdeKeyIdentifier() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetTdeKeyIdentifier() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { var ret string return ret @@ -1506,7 +2067,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetTdeKeyIdentifier() string { // GetTdeKeyIdentifierOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeyIdentifier field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetTdeKeyIdentifierOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetTdeKeyIdentifierOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { return nil, false } @@ -1514,7 +2075,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetTdeKeyIdentifierOk() (*string, bool } // HasTdeKeyIdentifier returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasTdeKeyIdentifier() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasTdeKeyIdentifier() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { return true } @@ -1523,12 +2084,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasTdeKeyIdentifier() bool { } // SetTdeKeyIdentifier gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeKeyIdentifier field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetTdeKeyIdentifier(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetTdeKeyIdentifier(v string) { o.TdeKeyIdentifier = &v } // GetTargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath returns the TargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetTargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetTargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath) { var ret string return ret @@ -1538,7 +2099,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetTargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath() string // GetTargetVcdbTdeKeystorePathOk returns a tuple with the TargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetTargetVcdbTdeKeystorePathOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetTargetVcdbTdeKeystorePathOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath) { return nil, false } @@ -1546,7 +2107,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetTargetVcdbTdeKeystorePathOk() (*str } // HasTargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasTargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasTargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath) { return true } @@ -1555,12 +2116,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasTargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath() bool { } // SetTargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetTargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetTargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath(v string) { o.TargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath = &v } // GetCdbTdeKeystorePassword returns the CdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetCdbTdeKeystorePassword() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetCdbTdeKeystorePassword() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbTdeKeystorePassword) { var ret string return ret @@ -1570,7 +2131,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetCdbTdeKeystorePassword() string { // GetCdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the CdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetCdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetCdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbTdeKeystorePassword) { return nil, false } @@ -1578,7 +2139,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetCdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string } // HasCdbTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasCdbTdeKeystorePassword() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasCdbTdeKeystorePassword() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CdbTdeKeystorePassword) { return true } @@ -1587,12 +2148,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasCdbTdeKeystorePassword() bool { } // SetCdbTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CdbTdeKeystorePassword field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetCdbTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetCdbTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { o.CdbTdeKeystorePassword = &v } // GetVcdbTdeKeyIdentifier returns the VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetVcdbTdeKeyIdentifier() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetVcdbTdeKeyIdentifier() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier) { var ret string return ret @@ -1602,7 +2163,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetVcdbTdeKeyIdentifier() string { // GetVcdbTdeKeyIdentifierOk returns a tuple with the VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetVcdbTdeKeyIdentifierOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetVcdbTdeKeyIdentifierOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier) { return nil, false } @@ -1610,7 +2171,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetVcdbTdeKeyIdentifierOk() (*string, } // HasVcdbTdeKeyIdentifier returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasVcdbTdeKeyIdentifier() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasVcdbTdeKeyIdentifier() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier) { return true } @@ -1619,12 +2180,44 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasVcdbTdeKeyIdentifier() bool { } // SetVcdbTdeKeyIdentifier gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetVcdbTdeKeyIdentifier(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetVcdbTdeKeyIdentifier(v string) { o.VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier = &v } +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigType returns the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigType() OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + var ret OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystoreConfigType +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk() (*OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystoreConfigType, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystoreConfigType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasTdeKeystoreConfigType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystoreConfigType gets a reference to the given OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum and assigns it to the TdeKeystoreConfigType field. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetTdeKeystoreConfigType(v OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) { + o.TdeKeystoreConfigType = &v +} + // GetAppdataSourceParams returns the AppdataSourceParams field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetAppdataSourceParams() map[string]interface{} { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetAppdataSourceParams() map[string]interface{} { if o == nil || IsNil(o.AppdataSourceParams) { var ret map[string]interface{} return ret @@ -1634,7 +2227,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetAppdataSourceParams() map[string]in // GetAppdataSourceParamsOk returns a tuple with the AppdataSourceParams field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetAppdataSourceParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetAppdataSourceParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.AppdataSourceParams) { return map[string]interface{}{}, false } @@ -1642,7 +2235,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetAppdataSourceParamsOk() (map[string } // HasAppdataSourceParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasAppdataSourceParams() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasAppdataSourceParams() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AppdataSourceParams) { return true } @@ -1651,12 +2244,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasAppdataSourceParams() bool { } // SetAppdataSourceParams gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the AppdataSourceParams field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetAppdataSourceParams(v map[string]interface{}) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetAppdataSourceParams(v map[string]interface{}) { o.AppdataSourceParams = v } // GetAdditionalMountPoints returns the AdditionalMountPoints field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetAdditionalMountPoints() []AdditionalMountPoint { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetAdditionalMountPoints() []AdditionalMountPoint { if o == nil { var ret []AdditionalMountPoint return ret @@ -1667,7 +2260,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetAdditionalMountPoints() []Additiona // GetAdditionalMountPointsOk returns a tuple with the AdditionalMountPoints field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. // NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetAdditionalMountPointsOk() ([]AdditionalMountPoint, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetAdditionalMountPointsOk() ([]AdditionalMountPoint, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.AdditionalMountPoints) { return nil, false } @@ -1675,8 +2268,8 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetAdditionalMountPointsOk() ([]Additi } // HasAdditionalMountPoints returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasAdditionalMountPoints() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.AdditionalMountPoints) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasAdditionalMountPoints() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AdditionalMountPoints) { return true } @@ -1684,12 +2277,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasAdditionalMountPoints() bool { } // SetAdditionalMountPoints gets a reference to the given []AdditionalMountPoint and assigns it to the AdditionalMountPoints field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetAdditionalMountPoints(v []AdditionalMountPoint) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetAdditionalMountPoints(v []AdditionalMountPoint) { o.AdditionalMountPoints = v } // GetAppdataConfigParams returns the AppdataConfigParams field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetAppdataConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetAppdataConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { if o == nil { var ret map[string]interface{} return ret @@ -1700,7 +2293,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetAppdataConfigParams() map[string]in // GetAppdataConfigParamsOk returns a tuple with the AppdataConfigParams field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. // NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetAppdataConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetAppdataConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.AppdataConfigParams) { return map[string]interface{}{}, false } @@ -1708,8 +2301,8 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetAppdataConfigParamsOk() (map[string } // HasAppdataConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasAppdataConfigParams() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.AppdataConfigParams) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasAppdataConfigParams() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AppdataConfigParams) { return true } @@ -1717,12 +2310,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasAppdataConfigParams() bool { } // SetAppdataConfigParams gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the AppdataConfigParams field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetAppdataConfigParams(v map[string]interface{}) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetAppdataConfigParams(v map[string]interface{}) { o.AppdataConfigParams = v } // GetConfigParams returns the ConfigParams field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { if o == nil { var ret map[string]interface{} return ret @@ -1733,7 +2326,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetConfigParams() map[string]interface // GetConfigParamsOk returns a tuple with the ConfigParams field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. // NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { return map[string]interface{}{}, false } @@ -1741,8 +2334,8 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interf } // HasConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasConfigParams() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasConfigParams() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { return true } @@ -1750,12 +2343,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasConfigParams() bool { } // SetConfigParams gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the ConfigParams field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetConfigParams(v map[string]interface{}) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetConfigParams(v map[string]interface{}) { o.ConfigParams = v } // GetPrivilegedOsUser returns the PrivilegedOsUser field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetPrivilegedOsUser() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPrivilegedOsUser() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.PrivilegedOsUser) { var ret string return ret @@ -1765,7 +2358,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetPrivilegedOsUser() string { // GetPrivilegedOsUserOk returns a tuple with the PrivilegedOsUser field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetPrivilegedOsUserOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPrivilegedOsUserOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.PrivilegedOsUser) { return nil, false } @@ -1773,7 +2366,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetPrivilegedOsUserOk() (*string, bool } // HasPrivilegedOsUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasPrivilegedOsUser() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasPrivilegedOsUser() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PrivilegedOsUser) { return true } @@ -1782,12 +2375,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasPrivilegedOsUser() bool { } // SetPrivilegedOsUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PrivilegedOsUser field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetPrivilegedOsUser(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetPrivilegedOsUser(v string) { o.PrivilegedOsUser = &v } // GetPostgresPort returns the PostgresPort field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetPostgresPort() int32 { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPostgresPort() int32 { if o == nil || IsNil(o.PostgresPort) { var ret int32 return ret @@ -1797,7 +2390,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetPostgresPort() int32 { // GetPostgresPortOk returns a tuple with the PostgresPort field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetPostgresPortOk() (*int32, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetPostgresPortOk() (*int32, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.PostgresPort) { return nil, false } @@ -1805,7 +2398,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetPostgresPortOk() (*int32, bool) { } // HasPostgresPort returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasPostgresPort() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasPostgresPort() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PostgresPort) { return true } @@ -1814,12 +2407,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasPostgresPort() bool { } // SetPostgresPort gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the PostgresPort field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetPostgresPort(v int32) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetPostgresPort(v int32) { o.PostgresPort = &v } // GetConfigSettingsStg returns the ConfigSettingsStg field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetConfigSettingsStg() []ConfigSettingsStg { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetConfigSettingsStg() []ConfigSettingsStg { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConfigSettingsStg) { var ret []ConfigSettingsStg return ret @@ -1829,7 +2422,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetConfigSettingsStg() []ConfigSetting // GetConfigSettingsStgOk returns a tuple with the ConfigSettingsStg field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetConfigSettingsStgOk() ([]ConfigSettingsStg, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetConfigSettingsStgOk() ([]ConfigSettingsStg, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConfigSettingsStg) { return nil, false } @@ -1837,7 +2430,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetConfigSettingsStgOk() ([]ConfigSett } // HasConfigSettingsStg returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasConfigSettingsStg() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasConfigSettingsStg() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConfigSettingsStg) { return true } @@ -1846,12 +2439,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasConfigSettingsStg() bool { } // SetConfigSettingsStg gets a reference to the given []ConfigSettingsStg and assigns it to the ConfigSettingsStg field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetConfigSettingsStg(v []ConfigSettingsStg) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetConfigSettingsStg(v []ConfigSettingsStg) { o.ConfigSettingsStg = v } // GetVcdbRestart returns the VcdbRestart field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetVcdbRestart() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetVcdbRestart() bool { if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbRestart) { var ret bool return ret @@ -1861,7 +2454,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetVcdbRestart() bool { // GetVcdbRestartOk returns a tuple with the VcdbRestart field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetVcdbRestartOk() (*bool, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetVcdbRestartOk() (*bool, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbRestart) { return nil, false } @@ -1869,7 +2462,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetVcdbRestartOk() (*bool, bool) { } // HasVcdbRestart returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasVcdbRestart() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasVcdbRestart() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VcdbRestart) { return true } @@ -1878,12 +2471,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasVcdbRestart() bool { } // SetVcdbRestart gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the VcdbRestart field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetVcdbRestart(v bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetVcdbRestart(v bool) { o.VcdbRestart = &v } // GetMssqlFailoverDriveLetter returns the MssqlFailoverDriveLetter field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetMssqlFailoverDriveLetter() string { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetMssqlFailoverDriveLetter() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlFailoverDriveLetter) { var ret string return ret @@ -1893,7 +2486,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetMssqlFailoverDriveLetter() string { // GetMssqlFailoverDriveLetterOk returns a tuple with the MssqlFailoverDriveLetter field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetMssqlFailoverDriveLetterOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetMssqlFailoverDriveLetterOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlFailoverDriveLetter) { return nil, false } @@ -1901,7 +2494,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetMssqlFailoverDriveLetterOk() (*stri } // HasMssqlFailoverDriveLetter returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasMssqlFailoverDriveLetter() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasMssqlFailoverDriveLetter() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlFailoverDriveLetter) { return true } @@ -1910,12 +2503,12 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasMssqlFailoverDriveLetter() bool { } // SetMssqlFailoverDriveLetter gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlFailoverDriveLetter field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetMssqlFailoverDriveLetter(v string) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetMssqlFailoverDriveLetter(v string) { o.MssqlFailoverDriveLetter = &v } // GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetTags() []Tag { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetTags() []Tag { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { var ret []Tag return ret @@ -1925,7 +2518,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetTags() []Tag { // GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { return nil, false } @@ -1933,7 +2526,7 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { } // HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasTags() bool { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasTags() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { return true } @@ -1942,11 +2535,163 @@ func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) HasTags() bool { } // SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. -func (o *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) SetTags(v []Tag) { +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetTags(v []Tag) { o.Tags = v } -func (o BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { +// GetInvokeDatapatch returns the InvokeDatapatch field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetInvokeDatapatch() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.InvokeDatapatch +} + +// GetInvokeDatapatchOk returns a tuple with the InvokeDatapatch field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetInvokeDatapatchOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InvokeDatapatch, true +} + +// HasInvokeDatapatch returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasInvokeDatapatch() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInvokeDatapatch gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the InvokeDatapatch field. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetInvokeDatapatch(v bool) { + o.InvokeDatapatch = &v +} + +// GetContainerMode returns the ContainerMode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetContainerMode() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.ContainerMode +} + +// GetContainerModeOk returns a tuple with the ContainerMode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetContainerModeOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ContainerMode, true +} + +// HasContainerMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasContainerMode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetContainerMode gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ContainerMode field. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetContainerMode(v bool) { + o.ContainerMode = &v +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupLocation returns the MssqlAgBackupLocation field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetMssqlAgBackupLocation() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlAgBackupLocation +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupLocationOk returns a tuple with the MssqlAgBackupLocation field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetMssqlAgBackupLocationOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlAgBackupLocation, true +} + +// HasMssqlAgBackupLocation returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasMssqlAgBackupLocation() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlAgBackupLocation gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlAgBackupLocation field. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetMssqlAgBackupLocation(v string) { + o.MssqlAgBackupLocation = &v +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupBased returns the MssqlAgBackupBased field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetMssqlAgBackupBased() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlAgBackupBased +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupBasedOk returns a tuple with the MssqlAgBackupBased field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetMssqlAgBackupBasedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlAgBackupBased, true +} + +// HasMssqlAgBackupBased returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) HasMssqlAgBackupBased() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlAgBackupBased gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the MssqlAgBackupBased field. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetMssqlAgBackupBased(v bool) { + o.MssqlAgBackupBased = &v +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.EngineId, true +} + +// SetEngineId sets field value +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = v +} + +func (o ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { return []byte{}, err @@ -1954,8 +2699,47 @@ func (o BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return json.Marshal(toSerialize) } -func (o BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { +func (o ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.PreRefresh) { + toSerialize["pre_refresh"] = o.PreRefresh + } + if !IsNil(o.PostRefresh) { + toSerialize["post_refresh"] = o.PostRefresh + } + if !IsNil(o.PreSelfRefresh) { + toSerialize["pre_self_refresh"] = o.PreSelfRefresh + } + if !IsNil(o.PostSelfRefresh) { + toSerialize["post_self_refresh"] = o.PostSelfRefresh + } + if !IsNil(o.PreRollback) { + toSerialize["pre_rollback"] = o.PreRollback + } + if !IsNil(o.PostRollback) { + toSerialize["post_rollback"] = o.PostRollback + } + if !IsNil(o.ConfigureClone) { + toSerialize["configure_clone"] = o.ConfigureClone + } + if !IsNil(o.PreSnapshot) { + toSerialize["pre_snapshot"] = o.PreSnapshot + } + if !IsNil(o.PostSnapshot) { + toSerialize["post_snapshot"] = o.PostSnapshot + } + if !IsNil(o.PreStart) { + toSerialize["pre_start"] = o.PreStart + } + if !IsNil(o.PostStart) { + toSerialize["post_start"] = o.PostStart + } + if !IsNil(o.PreStop) { + toSerialize["pre_stop"] = o.PreStop + } + if !IsNil(o.PostStop) { + toSerialize["post_stop"] = o.PostStop + } if !IsNil(o.TargetGroupId) { toSerialize["target_group_id"] = o.TargetGroupId } @@ -1989,9 +2773,7 @@ func (o BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserId) { toSerialize["environment_user_id"] = o.EnvironmentUserId } - if !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { - toSerialize["repository_id"] = o.RepositoryId - } + toSerialize["repository_id"] = o.RepositoryId if !IsNil(o.AutoSelectRepository) { toSerialize["auto_select_repository"] = o.AutoSelectRepository } @@ -2079,6 +2861,15 @@ func (o BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) if !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { toSerialize["parent_tde_keystore_password"] = o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword } + if !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + toSerialize["parent_pdb_tde_keystore_path"] = o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["parent_pdb_tde_keystore_password"] = o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["target_pdb_tde_keystore_password"] = o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword + } if !IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyFileSecret) { toSerialize["tde_exported_key_file_secret"] = o.TdeExportedKeyFileSecret } @@ -2094,6 +2885,9 @@ func (o BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) if !IsNil(o.VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier) { toSerialize["vcdb_tde_key_identifier"] = o.VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_config_type"] = o.TdeKeystoreConfigType + } if !IsNil(o.AppdataSourceParams) { toSerialize["appdata_source_params"] = o.AppdataSourceParams } @@ -2124,41 +2918,92 @@ func (o BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) if !IsNil(o.Tags) { toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags } + if !IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + toSerialize["invoke_datapatch"] = o.InvokeDatapatch + } + if !IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + toSerialize["container_mode"] = o.ContainerMode + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + toSerialize["mssql_ag_backup_location"] = o.MssqlAgBackupLocation + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + toSerialize["mssql_ag_backup_based"] = o.MssqlAgBackupBased + } + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId return toSerialize, nil } -type NullableBaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf struct { - value *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf +func (o *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "repository_id", + "engine_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varProvisionEmptyVDBParameters := _ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters(varProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) + + return err +} + +type NullableProvisionEmptyVDBParameters struct { + value *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters isSet bool } -func (v NullableBaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) Get() *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf { +func (v NullableProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) Get() *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters { return v.value } -func (v *NullableBaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) Set(val *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) { +func (v *NullableProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) Set(val *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) { v.value = val v.isSet = true } -func (v NullableBaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) IsSet() bool { +func (v NullableProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) IsSet() bool { return v.isSet } -func (v *NullableBaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) Unset() { +func (v *NullableProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) Unset() { v.value = nil v.isSet = false } -func NewNullableBaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf(val *BaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) *NullableBaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf { - return &NullableBaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf{value: val, isSet: true} +func NewNullableProvisionEmptyVDBParameters(val *ProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) *NullableProvisionEmptyVDBParameters { + return &NullableProvisionEmptyVDBParameters{value: val, isSet: true} } -func (v NullableBaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { +func (v NullableProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return json.Marshal(v.value) } -func (v *NullableBaseProvisionVDBParametersAllOf) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { +func (v *NullableProvisionEmptyVDBParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { v.isSet = true return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) } diff --git a/model_provision_source.go b/model_provision_source.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f01eef56 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_provision_source.go @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// ProvisionSource The source of the data to provision from [Refresh Policy]. +type ProvisionSource string + +// List of ProvisionSource +const ( + PROVISIONSOURCE_SNAPSHOT ProvisionSource = "LATEST_SNAPSHOT" + PROVISIONSOURCE_TIME_FLOW_LOG ProvisionSource = "LATEST_TIME_FLOW_LOG" +) + +// All allowed values of ProvisionSource enum +var AllowedProvisionSourceEnumValues = []ProvisionSource{ + "LATEST_SNAPSHOT", + "LATEST_TIME_FLOW_LOG", +} + +func (v *ProvisionSource) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + var value string + err := json.Unmarshal(src, &value) + if err != nil { + return err + } + enumTypeValue := ProvisionSource(value) + for _, existing := range AllowedProvisionSourceEnumValues { + if existing == enumTypeValue { + *v = enumTypeValue + return nil + } + } + + return fmt.Errorf("%+v is not a valid ProvisionSource", value) +} + +// NewProvisionSourceFromValue returns a pointer to a valid ProvisionSource +// for the value passed as argument, or an error if the value passed is not allowed by the enum +func NewProvisionSourceFromValue(v string) (*ProvisionSource, error) { + ev := ProvisionSource(v) + if ev.IsValid() { + return &ev, nil + } else { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid value '%v' for ProvisionSource: valid values are %v", v, AllowedProvisionSourceEnumValues) + } +} + +// IsValid return true if the value is valid for the enum, false otherwise +func (v ProvisionSource) IsValid() bool { + for _, existing := range AllowedProvisionSourceEnumValues { + if existing == v { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// Ptr returns reference to ProvisionSource value +func (v ProvisionSource) Ptr() *ProvisionSource { + return &v +} + +type NullableProvisionSource struct { + value *ProvisionSource + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableProvisionSource) Get() *ProvisionSource { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableProvisionSource) Set(val *ProvisionSource) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableProvisionSource) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableProvisionSource) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableProvisionSource(val *ProvisionSource) *NullableProvisionSource { + return &NullableProvisionSource{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableProvisionSource) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableProvisionSource) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + diff --git a/model_provision_vdb_from_bookmark_defaults_request.go b/model_provision_vdb_from_bookmark_defaults_request.go index fa6147ca..a4c1687a 100644 --- a/model_provision_vdb_from_bookmark_defaults_request.go +++ b/model_provision_vdb_from_bookmark_defaults_request.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -24,6 +26,8 @@ type ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest struct { BookmarkId string `json:"bookmark_id"` } +type _ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest + // NewProvisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest instantiates a new ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -80,6 +84,43 @@ func (o ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{} return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "bookmark_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varProvisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest := _ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varProvisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest(varProvisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest) + + return err +} + type NullableProvisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest struct { value *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkDefaultsRequest isSet bool diff --git a/model_provision_vdb_from_bookmark_parameters.go b/model_provision_vdb_from_bookmark_parameters.go index a0ed9986..a47b09bf 100644 --- a/model_provision_vdb_from_bookmark_parameters.go +++ b/model_provision_vdb_from_bookmark_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -48,9 +50,9 @@ type ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters struct { PreStop []Hook `json:"pre_stop,omitempty"` // The commands to execute on the target environment after stopping a virtual source. PostStop []Hook `json:"post_stop,omitempty"` - // The ID of the group into which the VDB will be provisioned. If unset, a group is selected randomly on the Engine. + // The ID of the group into which the VDB will be provisioned. This field must be explicitly set when marked as mandatory; otherwise, a group is selected randomly on the Engine. TargetGroupId *string `json:"target_group_id,omitempty"` - // The unique name of the provisioned VDB within a group. If unset, a name is randomly generated. + // The unique name of the provisioned VDB within a group. This field must be explicitly set when marked as mandatory; otherwise, a name will be randomly generated. Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` // The name of the database on the target environment. Defaults to the value of the name property. DatabaseName *string `json:"database_name,omitempty"` @@ -76,18 +78,18 @@ type ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters struct { AutoSelectRepository *bool `json:"auto_select_repository,omitempty"` // Indicates whether the Engine should automatically restart this virtual source when target host reboot is detected. VdbRestart *bool `json:"vdb_restart,omitempty"` - // The ID of the target VDB Template (Oracle Only). + // The ID of the target VDB Template (Oracle and MSSql Only). TemplateId *string `json:"template_id,omitempty"` // The ID of the configuration template to apply to the auxiliary container database. This is only relevant when provisioning a Multitenant pluggable database into an existing CDB, i.e when the cdb_id property is set.(Oracle Only) AuxiliaryTemplateId *string `json:"auxiliary_template_id,omitempty"` // Target VDB file mapping rules (Oracle Only). Rules must be line separated (\\n or \\r) and each line must have the format \"pattern:replacement\". Lines are applied in order. FileMappingRules *string `json:"file_mapping_rules,omitempty"` // Target VDB SID name (Oracle Only). - OracleInstanceName *string `json:"oracle_instance_name,omitempty"` + OracleInstanceName *string `json:"oracle_instance_name,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$"` // Target VDB db_unique_name (Oracle Only). - UniqueName *string `json:"unique_name,omitempty"` + UniqueName *string `json:"unique_name,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_\\\\$#]+$"` // When provisioning an Oracle Multitenant vCDB (when the cdb_id property is not set), the name of the provisioned vCDB (Oracle Multitenant Only). - VcdbName *string `json:"vcdb_name,omitempty"` + VcdbName *string `json:"vcdb_name,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$"` // When provisioning an Oracle Multitenant vCDB (when the cdb_id property is not set), the database name of the provisioned vCDB. Defaults to the value of the vcdb_name property. (Oracle Multitenant Only). VcdbDatabaseName *string `json:"vcdb_database_name,omitempty"` // Mount point for the VDB (Oracle, ASE, AppData). @@ -130,6 +132,12 @@ type ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters struct { ParentTdeKeystorePath *string `json:"parentTdeKeystorePath,omitempty"` // The password of the keystore specified in parentTdeKeystorePath. (Oracle Multitenant Only) ParentTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"parent_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + // Path to a copy of the parent PDB's Oracle transparent data encryption keystore on the target host. Required to provision from snapshots of PDB containing encrypted database files with isolated mode keystore. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath *string `json:"parent_pdb_tde_keystore_path,omitempty"` + // The password of the parent PDB keystore. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"parent_pdb_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + // The password for the isolated mode TDE keystore of the target virtual PDB. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"target_pdb_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` // Secret to be used while exporting and importing vPDB encryption keys if Transparent Data Encryption is enabled on the vPDB. (Oracle Multitenant Only) TdeExportedKeyFileSecret *string `json:"tde_exported_key_file_secret,omitempty"` // ID of the key created by Delphix. (Oracle Multitenant Only) @@ -140,6 +148,7 @@ type ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters struct { CdbTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"cdb_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` // ID of the key created by Delphix. (Oracle Multitenant Only) VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier *string `json:"vcdb_tde_key_identifier,omitempty"` + TdeKeystoreConfigType *OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum `json:"tde_keystore_config_type,omitempty"` // The JSON payload conforming to the DraftV4 schema based on the type of application data being manipulated. AppdataSourceParams map[string]interface{} `json:"appdata_source_params,omitempty"` // Specifies additional locations on which to mount a subdirectory of an AppData container. @@ -149,7 +158,7 @@ type ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters struct { // Database configuration parameter overrides. ConfigParams map[string]interface{} `json:"config_params,omitempty"` // This privileged unix username will be used to create the VDB. Leave this field blank if you do not want to use privilege elevation. The unix privileged username should begin with a letter or an underscore, followed by letters, digits, underscores, or dashes. They can end with a dollar sign (postgres only). - PrivilegedOsUser *string `json:"privileged_os_user,omitempty"` + PrivilegedOsUser *string `json:"privileged_os_user,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^$|^[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_\\\\-]+[$]?$"` // Port number for Postgres target database (postgres only). PostgresPort *int32 `json:"postgres_port,omitempty"` // Custom Database-Level config settings (postgres only). @@ -160,12 +169,22 @@ type ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters struct { MssqlFailoverDriveLetter *string `json:"mssql_failover_drive_letter,omitempty"` // The tags to be created for VDB. Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` + // Whether to invoke datapatch during provisioning (Oracle Only). + InvokeDatapatch *bool `json:"invoke_datapatch,omitempty"` + // Whether the virtual database will be provisioned for a containerized environment, such as Linux containers. + ContainerMode *bool `json:"container_mode,omitempty"` + // Shared backup location to be used for VDB provision on AG Cluster. + MssqlAgBackupLocation *string `json:"mssql_ag_backup_location,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether to do fast operations for VDB on AG which will use a healthy secondary replica to recreate the AG or backup based operations which will use the primary replica to recreate the AG using backup and restore process. + MssqlAgBackupBased *bool `json:"mssql_ag_backup_based,omitempty"` // The ID of the bookmark from which to execute the operation. The bookmark must contain only one VDB. BookmarkId string `json:"bookmark_id"` // Whether the account provisioning this VDB must be configured as owner of the VDB. MakeCurrentAccountOwner *bool `json:"make_current_account_owner,omitempty"` } +type _ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters + // NewProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters instantiates a new ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -1922,6 +1941,102 @@ func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) SetParentTdeKeystorePassword(v stri o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword = &v } +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath returns the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath +} + +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePathOk returns a tuple with the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath, true +} + +// HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath(v string) { + o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath = &v +} + +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword returns the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + +// GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword returns the TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) HasTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) SetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + // GetTdeExportedKeyFileSecret returns the TdeExportedKeyFileSecret field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) GetTdeExportedKeyFileSecret() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyFileSecret) { @@ -2082,6 +2197,38 @@ func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) SetVcdbTdeKeyIdentifier(v string) { o.VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier = &v } +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigType returns the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigType() OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + var ret OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystoreConfigType +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk() (*OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystoreConfigType, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystoreConfigType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) HasTdeKeystoreConfigType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystoreConfigType gets a reference to the given OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum and assigns it to the TdeKeystoreConfigType field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) SetTdeKeystoreConfigType(v OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) { + o.TdeKeystoreConfigType = &v +} + // GetAppdataSourceParams returns the AppdataSourceParams field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) GetAppdataSourceParams() map[string]interface{} { if o == nil || IsNil(o.AppdataSourceParams) { @@ -2135,7 +2282,7 @@ func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) GetAdditionalMountPointsOk() ([]Add // HasAdditionalMountPoints returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) HasAdditionalMountPoints() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.AdditionalMountPoints) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AdditionalMountPoints) { return true } @@ -2168,7 +2315,7 @@ func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) GetAppdataConfigParamsOk() (map[str // HasAppdataConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) HasAppdataConfigParams() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.AppdataConfigParams) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AppdataConfigParams) { return true } @@ -2201,7 +2348,7 @@ func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) GetConfigParamsOk() (map[string]int // HasConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) HasConfigParams() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { return true } @@ -2405,6 +2552,134 @@ func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) SetTags(v []Tag) { o.Tags = v } +// GetInvokeDatapatch returns the InvokeDatapatch field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) GetInvokeDatapatch() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.InvokeDatapatch +} + +// GetInvokeDatapatchOk returns a tuple with the InvokeDatapatch field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) GetInvokeDatapatchOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InvokeDatapatch, true +} + +// HasInvokeDatapatch returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) HasInvokeDatapatch() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInvokeDatapatch gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the InvokeDatapatch field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) SetInvokeDatapatch(v bool) { + o.InvokeDatapatch = &v +} + +// GetContainerMode returns the ContainerMode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) GetContainerMode() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.ContainerMode +} + +// GetContainerModeOk returns a tuple with the ContainerMode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) GetContainerModeOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ContainerMode, true +} + +// HasContainerMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) HasContainerMode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetContainerMode gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ContainerMode field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) SetContainerMode(v bool) { + o.ContainerMode = &v +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupLocation returns the MssqlAgBackupLocation field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) GetMssqlAgBackupLocation() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlAgBackupLocation +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupLocationOk returns a tuple with the MssqlAgBackupLocation field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) GetMssqlAgBackupLocationOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlAgBackupLocation, true +} + +// HasMssqlAgBackupLocation returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) HasMssqlAgBackupLocation() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlAgBackupLocation gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlAgBackupLocation field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) SetMssqlAgBackupLocation(v string) { + o.MssqlAgBackupLocation = &v +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupBased returns the MssqlAgBackupBased field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) GetMssqlAgBackupBased() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlAgBackupBased +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupBasedOk returns a tuple with the MssqlAgBackupBased field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) GetMssqlAgBackupBasedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlAgBackupBased, true +} + +// HasMssqlAgBackupBased returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) HasMssqlAgBackupBased() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlAgBackupBased gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the MssqlAgBackupBased field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) SetMssqlAgBackupBased(v bool) { + o.MssqlAgBackupBased = &v +} + // GetBookmarkId returns the BookmarkId field value func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) GetBookmarkId() string { if o == nil { @@ -2633,6 +2908,15 @@ func (o ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, err if !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { toSerialize["parent_tde_keystore_password"] = o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword } + if !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + toSerialize["parent_pdb_tde_keystore_path"] = o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["parent_pdb_tde_keystore_password"] = o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["target_pdb_tde_keystore_password"] = o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword + } if !IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyFileSecret) { toSerialize["tde_exported_key_file_secret"] = o.TdeExportedKeyFileSecret } @@ -2648,6 +2932,9 @@ func (o ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, err if !IsNil(o.VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier) { toSerialize["vcdb_tde_key_identifier"] = o.VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_config_type"] = o.TdeKeystoreConfigType + } if !IsNil(o.AppdataSourceParams) { toSerialize["appdata_source_params"] = o.AppdataSourceParams } @@ -2678,6 +2965,18 @@ func (o ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, err if !IsNil(o.Tags) { toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags } + if !IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + toSerialize["invoke_datapatch"] = o.InvokeDatapatch + } + if !IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + toSerialize["container_mode"] = o.ContainerMode + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + toSerialize["mssql_ag_backup_location"] = o.MssqlAgBackupLocation + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + toSerialize["mssql_ag_backup_based"] = o.MssqlAgBackupBased + } toSerialize["bookmark_id"] = o.BookmarkId if !IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { toSerialize["make_current_account_owner"] = o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner @@ -2685,6 +2984,43 @@ func (o ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, err return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "bookmark_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters := _ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters(varProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters) + + return err +} + type NullableProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters struct { value *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParameters isSet bool diff --git a/model_provision_vdb_from_bookmark_parameters_all_of.go b/model_provision_vdb_from_bookmark_parameters_all_of.go deleted file mode 100644 index 9da08922..00000000 --- a/model_provision_vdb_from_bookmark_parameters_all_of.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,132 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" -) - -// checks if the ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf{} - -// ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf struct for ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf -type ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf struct { - // Whether the account provisioning this VDB must be configured as owner of the VDB. - MakeCurrentAccountOwner *bool `json:"make_current_account_owner,omitempty"` -} - -// NewProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf instantiates a new ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf() *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf { - this := ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf{} - var makeCurrentAccountOwner bool = true - this.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &makeCurrentAccountOwner - return &this -} - -// NewProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOfWithDefaults instantiates a new ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOfWithDefaults() *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf { - this := ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf{} - var makeCurrentAccountOwner bool = true - this.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &makeCurrentAccountOwner - return &this -} - -// GetMakeCurrentAccountOwner returns the MakeCurrentAccountOwner field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf) GetMakeCurrentAccountOwner() bool { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { - var ret bool - return ret - } - return *o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner -} - -// GetMakeCurrentAccountOwnerOk returns a tuple with the MakeCurrentAccountOwner field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf) GetMakeCurrentAccountOwnerOk() (*bool, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { - return nil, false - } - return o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner, true -} - -// HasMakeCurrentAccountOwner returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf) HasMakeCurrentAccountOwner() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetMakeCurrentAccountOwner gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the MakeCurrentAccountOwner field. -func (o *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf) SetMakeCurrentAccountOwner(v bool) { - o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &v -} - -func (o ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { - toSerialize["make_current_account_owner"] = o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf struct { - value *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf) Get() *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf) Set(val *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf(val *ProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf) *NullableProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf { - return &NullableProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableProvisionVDBFromBookmarkParametersAllOf) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_provision_vdb_group_from_bookmark_parameters.go b/model_provision_vdb_group_from_bookmark_parameters.go index 74bb1ced..48d363cd 100644 --- a/model_provision_vdb_group_from_bookmark_parameters.go +++ b/model_provision_vdb_group_from_bookmark_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -32,6 +34,8 @@ type ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters struct { MakeCurrentAccountOwner *bool `json:"make_current_account_owner,omitempty"` } +type _ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters + // NewProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters instantiates a new ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -116,11 +120,11 @@ func (o *ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters) GetProvisionParameters() map[s // GetProvisionParametersOk returns a tuple with the ProvisionParameters field value // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters) GetProvisionParametersOk() (*map[string]BaseProvisionVDBParameters, bool) { +func (o *ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters) GetProvisionParametersOk() (map[string]BaseProvisionVDBParameters, bool) { if o == nil { - return nil, false + return map[string]BaseProvisionVDBParameters{}, false } - return &o.ProvisionParameters, true + return o.ProvisionParameters, true } // SetProvisionParameters sets field value @@ -214,6 +218,45 @@ func (o ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{} return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "name", + "bookmark_id", + "provision_parameters", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters := _ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters(varProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters) + + return err +} + type NullableProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters struct { value *ProvisionVDBGroupFromBookmarkParameters isSet bool diff --git a/model_provision_vdb_group_from_bookmark_response.go b/model_provision_vdb_group_from_bookmark_response.go index 7d40cc88..ad0a2b7b 100644 --- a/model_provision_vdb_group_from_bookmark_response.go +++ b/model_provision_vdb_group_from_bookmark_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_provision_vdb_response.go b/model_provision_vdb_response.go index b5c0d0ea..f433ecba 100644 --- a/model_provision_vdb_response.go +++ b/model_provision_vdb_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_provision_vdbby_location_defaults_request.go b/model_provision_vdbby_location_defaults_request.go index 0cbdbb15..a00d2a15 100644 --- a/model_provision_vdbby_location_defaults_request.go +++ b/model_provision_vdbby_location_defaults_request.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_provision_vdbby_location_parameters.go b/model_provision_vdbby_location_parameters.go index ff8e148c..672ee093 100644 --- a/model_provision_vdbby_location_parameters.go +++ b/model_provision_vdbby_location_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -48,9 +48,9 @@ type ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters struct { PreStop []Hook `json:"pre_stop,omitempty"` // The commands to execute on the target environment after stopping a virtual source. PostStop []Hook `json:"post_stop,omitempty"` - // The ID of the group into which the VDB will be provisioned. If unset, a group is selected randomly on the Engine. + // The ID of the group into which the VDB will be provisioned. This field must be explicitly set when marked as mandatory; otherwise, a group is selected randomly on the Engine. TargetGroupId *string `json:"target_group_id,omitempty"` - // The unique name of the provisioned VDB within a group. If unset, a name is randomly generated. + // The unique name of the provisioned VDB within a group. This field must be explicitly set when marked as mandatory; otherwise, a name will be randomly generated. Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` // The name of the database on the target environment. Defaults to the value of the name property. DatabaseName *string `json:"database_name,omitempty"` @@ -76,18 +76,18 @@ type ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters struct { AutoSelectRepository *bool `json:"auto_select_repository,omitempty"` // Indicates whether the Engine should automatically restart this virtual source when target host reboot is detected. VdbRestart *bool `json:"vdb_restart,omitempty"` - // The ID of the target VDB Template (Oracle Only). + // The ID of the target VDB Template (Oracle and MSSql Only). TemplateId *string `json:"template_id,omitempty"` // The ID of the configuration template to apply to the auxiliary container database. This is only relevant when provisioning a Multitenant pluggable database into an existing CDB, i.e when the cdb_id property is set.(Oracle Only) AuxiliaryTemplateId *string `json:"auxiliary_template_id,omitempty"` // Target VDB file mapping rules (Oracle Only). Rules must be line separated (\\n or \\r) and each line must have the format \"pattern:replacement\". Lines are applied in order. FileMappingRules *string `json:"file_mapping_rules,omitempty"` // Target VDB SID name (Oracle Only). - OracleInstanceName *string `json:"oracle_instance_name,omitempty"` + OracleInstanceName *string `json:"oracle_instance_name,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$"` // Target VDB db_unique_name (Oracle Only). - UniqueName *string `json:"unique_name,omitempty"` + UniqueName *string `json:"unique_name,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_\\\\$#]+$"` // When provisioning an Oracle Multitenant vCDB (when the cdb_id property is not set), the name of the provisioned vCDB (Oracle Multitenant Only). - VcdbName *string `json:"vcdb_name,omitempty"` + VcdbName *string `json:"vcdb_name,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$"` // When provisioning an Oracle Multitenant vCDB (when the cdb_id property is not set), the database name of the provisioned vCDB. Defaults to the value of the vcdb_name property. (Oracle Multitenant Only). VcdbDatabaseName *string `json:"vcdb_database_name,omitempty"` // Mount point for the VDB (Oracle, ASE, AppData). @@ -130,6 +130,12 @@ type ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters struct { ParentTdeKeystorePath *string `json:"parentTdeKeystorePath,omitempty"` // The password of the keystore specified in parentTdeKeystorePath. (Oracle Multitenant Only) ParentTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"parent_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + // Path to a copy of the parent PDB's Oracle transparent data encryption keystore on the target host. Required to provision from snapshots of PDB containing encrypted database files with isolated mode keystore. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath *string `json:"parent_pdb_tde_keystore_path,omitempty"` + // The password of the parent PDB keystore. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"parent_pdb_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + // The password for the isolated mode TDE keystore of the target virtual PDB. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"target_pdb_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` // Secret to be used while exporting and importing vPDB encryption keys if Transparent Data Encryption is enabled on the vPDB. (Oracle Multitenant Only) TdeExportedKeyFileSecret *string `json:"tde_exported_key_file_secret,omitempty"` // ID of the key created by Delphix. (Oracle Multitenant Only) @@ -140,6 +146,7 @@ type ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters struct { CdbTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"cdb_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` // ID of the key created by Delphix. (Oracle Multitenant Only) VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier *string `json:"vcdb_tde_key_identifier,omitempty"` + TdeKeystoreConfigType *OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum `json:"tde_keystore_config_type,omitempty"` // The JSON payload conforming to the DraftV4 schema based on the type of application data being manipulated. AppdataSourceParams map[string]interface{} `json:"appdata_source_params,omitempty"` // Specifies additional locations on which to mount a subdirectory of an AppData container. @@ -149,7 +156,7 @@ type ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters struct { // Database configuration parameter overrides. ConfigParams map[string]interface{} `json:"config_params,omitempty"` // This privileged unix username will be used to create the VDB. Leave this field blank if you do not want to use privilege elevation. The unix privileged username should begin with a letter or an underscore, followed by letters, digits, underscores, or dashes. They can end with a dollar sign (postgres only). - PrivilegedOsUser *string `json:"privileged_os_user,omitempty"` + PrivilegedOsUser *string `json:"privileged_os_user,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^$|^[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_\\\\-]+[$]?$"` // Port number for Postgres target database (postgres only). PostgresPort *int32 `json:"postgres_port,omitempty"` // Custom Database-Level config settings (postgres only). @@ -160,6 +167,14 @@ type ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters struct { MssqlFailoverDriveLetter *string `json:"mssql_failover_drive_letter,omitempty"` // The tags to be created for VDB. Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` + // Whether to invoke datapatch during provisioning (Oracle Only). + InvokeDatapatch *bool `json:"invoke_datapatch,omitempty"` + // Whether the virtual database will be provisioned for a containerized environment, such as Linux containers. + ContainerMode *bool `json:"container_mode,omitempty"` + // Shared backup location to be used for VDB provision on AG Cluster. + MssqlAgBackupLocation *string `json:"mssql_ag_backup_location,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether to do fast operations for VDB on AG which will use a healthy secondary replica to recreate the AG or backup based operations which will use the primary replica to recreate the AG using backup and restore process. + MssqlAgBackupBased *bool `json:"mssql_ag_backup_based,omitempty"` // The location to provision from. Location *string `json:"location,omitempty"` // ID of the timeflow to provision from. @@ -1927,6 +1942,102 @@ func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) SetParentTdeKeystorePassword(v string o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword = &v } +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath returns the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath +} + +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePathOk returns a tuple with the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath, true +} + +// HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath(v string) { + o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath = &v +} + +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword returns the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + +// GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword returns the TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) HasTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) SetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + // GetTdeExportedKeyFileSecret returns the TdeExportedKeyFileSecret field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) GetTdeExportedKeyFileSecret() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyFileSecret) { @@ -2087,6 +2198,38 @@ func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) SetVcdbTdeKeyIdentifier(v string) { o.VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier = &v } +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigType returns the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigType() OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + var ret OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystoreConfigType +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk() (*OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystoreConfigType, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystoreConfigType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) HasTdeKeystoreConfigType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystoreConfigType gets a reference to the given OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum and assigns it to the TdeKeystoreConfigType field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) SetTdeKeystoreConfigType(v OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) { + o.TdeKeystoreConfigType = &v +} + // GetAppdataSourceParams returns the AppdataSourceParams field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) GetAppdataSourceParams() map[string]interface{} { if o == nil || IsNil(o.AppdataSourceParams) { @@ -2140,7 +2283,7 @@ func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) GetAdditionalMountPointsOk() ([]Addit // HasAdditionalMountPoints returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) HasAdditionalMountPoints() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.AdditionalMountPoints) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AdditionalMountPoints) { return true } @@ -2173,7 +2316,7 @@ func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) GetAppdataConfigParamsOk() (map[strin // HasAppdataConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) HasAppdataConfigParams() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.AppdataConfigParams) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AppdataConfigParams) { return true } @@ -2206,7 +2349,7 @@ func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) GetConfigParamsOk() (map[string]inter // HasConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) HasConfigParams() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { return true } @@ -2410,6 +2553,134 @@ func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) SetTags(v []Tag) { o.Tags = v } +// GetInvokeDatapatch returns the InvokeDatapatch field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) GetInvokeDatapatch() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.InvokeDatapatch +} + +// GetInvokeDatapatchOk returns a tuple with the InvokeDatapatch field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) GetInvokeDatapatchOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InvokeDatapatch, true +} + +// HasInvokeDatapatch returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) HasInvokeDatapatch() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInvokeDatapatch gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the InvokeDatapatch field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) SetInvokeDatapatch(v bool) { + o.InvokeDatapatch = &v +} + +// GetContainerMode returns the ContainerMode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) GetContainerMode() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.ContainerMode +} + +// GetContainerModeOk returns a tuple with the ContainerMode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) GetContainerModeOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ContainerMode, true +} + +// HasContainerMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) HasContainerMode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetContainerMode gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ContainerMode field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) SetContainerMode(v bool) { + o.ContainerMode = &v +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupLocation returns the MssqlAgBackupLocation field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) GetMssqlAgBackupLocation() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlAgBackupLocation +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupLocationOk returns a tuple with the MssqlAgBackupLocation field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) GetMssqlAgBackupLocationOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlAgBackupLocation, true +} + +// HasMssqlAgBackupLocation returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) HasMssqlAgBackupLocation() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlAgBackupLocation gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlAgBackupLocation field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) SetMssqlAgBackupLocation(v string) { + o.MssqlAgBackupLocation = &v +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupBased returns the MssqlAgBackupBased field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) GetMssqlAgBackupBased() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlAgBackupBased +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupBasedOk returns a tuple with the MssqlAgBackupBased field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) GetMssqlAgBackupBasedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlAgBackupBased, true +} + +// HasMssqlAgBackupBased returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) HasMssqlAgBackupBased() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlAgBackupBased gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the MssqlAgBackupBased field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) SetMssqlAgBackupBased(v bool) { + o.MssqlAgBackupBased = &v +} + // GetLocation returns the Location field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) GetLocation() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Location) { @@ -2742,6 +3013,15 @@ func (o ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error if !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { toSerialize["parent_tde_keystore_password"] = o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword } + if !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + toSerialize["parent_pdb_tde_keystore_path"] = o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["parent_pdb_tde_keystore_password"] = o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["target_pdb_tde_keystore_password"] = o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword + } if !IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyFileSecret) { toSerialize["tde_exported_key_file_secret"] = o.TdeExportedKeyFileSecret } @@ -2757,6 +3037,9 @@ func (o ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error if !IsNil(o.VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier) { toSerialize["vcdb_tde_key_identifier"] = o.VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_config_type"] = o.TdeKeystoreConfigType + } if !IsNil(o.AppdataSourceParams) { toSerialize["appdata_source_params"] = o.AppdataSourceParams } @@ -2787,6 +3070,18 @@ func (o ProvisionVDBByLocationParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error if !IsNil(o.Tags) { toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags } + if !IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + toSerialize["invoke_datapatch"] = o.InvokeDatapatch + } + if !IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + toSerialize["container_mode"] = o.ContainerMode + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + toSerialize["mssql_ag_backup_location"] = o.MssqlAgBackupLocation + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + toSerialize["mssql_ag_backup_based"] = o.MssqlAgBackupBased + } if !IsNil(o.Location) { toSerialize["location"] = o.Location } diff --git a/model_provision_vdbby_location_parameters_all_of.go b/model_provision_vdbby_location_parameters_all_of.go deleted file mode 100644 index 6dc82984..00000000 --- a/model_provision_vdbby_location_parameters_all_of.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,206 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" -) - -// checks if the ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf{} - -// ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf struct for ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf -type ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf struct { - // The ID of the Engine onto which to provision. If the source ID unambiguously identifies a source object, this parameter is unnecessary and ignored. - EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` - // The ID of the source object (dSource or VDB) to provision from. All other objects referenced by the parameters must live on the same engine as the source. - SourceDataId *string `json:"source_data_id,omitempty"` - // Whether the account provisioning this VDB must be configured as owner of the VDB. - MakeCurrentAccountOwner *bool `json:"make_current_account_owner,omitempty"` -} - -// NewProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf instantiates a new ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf() *ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf { - this := ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf{} - var makeCurrentAccountOwner bool = true - this.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &makeCurrentAccountOwner - return &this -} - -// NewProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOfWithDefaults instantiates a new ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOfWithDefaults() *ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf { - this := ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf{} - var makeCurrentAccountOwner bool = true - this.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &makeCurrentAccountOwner - return &this -} - -// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf) GetEngineId() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.EngineId -} - -// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { - return nil, false - } - return o.EngineId, true -} - -// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf) HasEngineId() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. -func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf) SetEngineId(v string) { - o.EngineId = &v -} - -// GetSourceDataId returns the SourceDataId field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf) GetSourceDataId() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceDataId) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.SourceDataId -} - -// GetSourceDataIdOk returns a tuple with the SourceDataId field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf) GetSourceDataIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceDataId) { - return nil, false - } - return o.SourceDataId, true -} - -// HasSourceDataId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf) HasSourceDataId() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SourceDataId) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetSourceDataId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SourceDataId field. -func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf) SetSourceDataId(v string) { - o.SourceDataId = &v -} - -// GetMakeCurrentAccountOwner returns the MakeCurrentAccountOwner field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf) GetMakeCurrentAccountOwner() bool { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { - var ret bool - return ret - } - return *o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner -} - -// GetMakeCurrentAccountOwnerOk returns a tuple with the MakeCurrentAccountOwner field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf) GetMakeCurrentAccountOwnerOk() (*bool, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { - return nil, false - } - return o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner, true -} - -// HasMakeCurrentAccountOwner returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf) HasMakeCurrentAccountOwner() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetMakeCurrentAccountOwner gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the MakeCurrentAccountOwner field. -func (o *ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf) SetMakeCurrentAccountOwner(v bool) { - o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &v -} - -func (o ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { - toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId - } - if !IsNil(o.SourceDataId) { - toSerialize["source_data_id"] = o.SourceDataId - } - if !IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { - toSerialize["make_current_account_owner"] = o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf struct { - value *ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf) Get() *ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf) Set(val *ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf(val *ProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf) *NullableProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf { - return &NullableProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableProvisionVDBByLocationParametersAllOf) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_provision_vdbby_snapshot_defaults_request.go b/model_provision_vdbby_snapshot_defaults_request.go index abbe6977..114e97eb 100644 --- a/model_provision_vdbby_snapshot_defaults_request.go +++ b/model_provision_vdbby_snapshot_defaults_request.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_provision_vdbby_snapshot_parameters.go b/model_provision_vdbby_snapshot_parameters.go index 8938ddf3..0a0b1202 100644 --- a/model_provision_vdbby_snapshot_parameters.go +++ b/model_provision_vdbby_snapshot_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -48,9 +48,9 @@ type ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters struct { PreStop []Hook `json:"pre_stop,omitempty"` // The commands to execute on the target environment after stopping a virtual source. PostStop []Hook `json:"post_stop,omitempty"` - // The ID of the group into which the VDB will be provisioned. If unset, a group is selected randomly on the Engine. + // The ID of the group into which the VDB will be provisioned. This field must be explicitly set when marked as mandatory; otherwise, a group is selected randomly on the Engine. TargetGroupId *string `json:"target_group_id,omitempty"` - // The unique name of the provisioned VDB within a group. If unset, a name is randomly generated. + // The unique name of the provisioned VDB within a group. This field must be explicitly set when marked as mandatory; otherwise, a name will be randomly generated. Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` // The name of the database on the target environment. Defaults to the value of the name property. DatabaseName *string `json:"database_name,omitempty"` @@ -76,18 +76,18 @@ type ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters struct { AutoSelectRepository *bool `json:"auto_select_repository,omitempty"` // Indicates whether the Engine should automatically restart this virtual source when target host reboot is detected. VdbRestart *bool `json:"vdb_restart,omitempty"` - // The ID of the target VDB Template (Oracle Only). + // The ID of the target VDB Template (Oracle and MSSql Only). TemplateId *string `json:"template_id,omitempty"` // The ID of the configuration template to apply to the auxiliary container database. This is only relevant when provisioning a Multitenant pluggable database into an existing CDB, i.e when the cdb_id property is set.(Oracle Only) AuxiliaryTemplateId *string `json:"auxiliary_template_id,omitempty"` // Target VDB file mapping rules (Oracle Only). Rules must be line separated (\\n or \\r) and each line must have the format \"pattern:replacement\". Lines are applied in order. FileMappingRules *string `json:"file_mapping_rules,omitempty"` // Target VDB SID name (Oracle Only). - OracleInstanceName *string `json:"oracle_instance_name,omitempty"` + OracleInstanceName *string `json:"oracle_instance_name,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$"` // Target VDB db_unique_name (Oracle Only). - UniqueName *string `json:"unique_name,omitempty"` + UniqueName *string `json:"unique_name,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_\\\\$#]+$"` // When provisioning an Oracle Multitenant vCDB (when the cdb_id property is not set), the name of the provisioned vCDB (Oracle Multitenant Only). - VcdbName *string `json:"vcdb_name,omitempty"` + VcdbName *string `json:"vcdb_name,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$"` // When provisioning an Oracle Multitenant vCDB (when the cdb_id property is not set), the database name of the provisioned vCDB. Defaults to the value of the vcdb_name property. (Oracle Multitenant Only). VcdbDatabaseName *string `json:"vcdb_database_name,omitempty"` // Mount point for the VDB (Oracle, ASE, AppData). @@ -130,6 +130,12 @@ type ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters struct { ParentTdeKeystorePath *string `json:"parentTdeKeystorePath,omitempty"` // The password of the keystore specified in parentTdeKeystorePath. (Oracle Multitenant Only) ParentTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"parent_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + // Path to a copy of the parent PDB's Oracle transparent data encryption keystore on the target host. Required to provision from snapshots of PDB containing encrypted database files with isolated mode keystore. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath *string `json:"parent_pdb_tde_keystore_path,omitempty"` + // The password of the parent PDB keystore. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"parent_pdb_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + // The password for the isolated mode TDE keystore of the target virtual PDB. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"target_pdb_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` // Secret to be used while exporting and importing vPDB encryption keys if Transparent Data Encryption is enabled on the vPDB. (Oracle Multitenant Only) TdeExportedKeyFileSecret *string `json:"tde_exported_key_file_secret,omitempty"` // ID of the key created by Delphix. (Oracle Multitenant Only) @@ -140,6 +146,7 @@ type ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters struct { CdbTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"cdb_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` // ID of the key created by Delphix. (Oracle Multitenant Only) VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier *string `json:"vcdb_tde_key_identifier,omitempty"` + TdeKeystoreConfigType *OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum `json:"tde_keystore_config_type,omitempty"` // The JSON payload conforming to the DraftV4 schema based on the type of application data being manipulated. AppdataSourceParams map[string]interface{} `json:"appdata_source_params,omitempty"` // Specifies additional locations on which to mount a subdirectory of an AppData container. @@ -149,7 +156,7 @@ type ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters struct { // Database configuration parameter overrides. ConfigParams map[string]interface{} `json:"config_params,omitempty"` // This privileged unix username will be used to create the VDB. Leave this field blank if you do not want to use privilege elevation. The unix privileged username should begin with a letter or an underscore, followed by letters, digits, underscores, or dashes. They can end with a dollar sign (postgres only). - PrivilegedOsUser *string `json:"privileged_os_user,omitempty"` + PrivilegedOsUser *string `json:"privileged_os_user,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^$|^[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_\\\\-]+[$]?$"` // Port number for Postgres target database (postgres only). PostgresPort *int32 `json:"postgres_port,omitempty"` // Custom Database-Level config settings (postgres only). @@ -160,6 +167,14 @@ type ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters struct { MssqlFailoverDriveLetter *string `json:"mssql_failover_drive_letter,omitempty"` // The tags to be created for VDB. Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` + // Whether to invoke datapatch during provisioning (Oracle Only). + InvokeDatapatch *bool `json:"invoke_datapatch,omitempty"` + // Whether the virtual database will be provisioned for a containerized environment, such as Linux containers. + ContainerMode *bool `json:"container_mode,omitempty"` + // Shared backup location to be used for VDB provision on AG Cluster. + MssqlAgBackupLocation *string `json:"mssql_ag_backup_location,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether to do fast operations for VDB on AG which will use a healthy secondary replica to recreate the AG or backup based operations which will use the primary replica to recreate the AG using backup and restore process. + MssqlAgBackupBased *bool `json:"mssql_ag_backup_based,omitempty"` // The ID of the snapshot from which to execute the operation. If the snapshot_id is not, selects the latest snapshot. SnapshotId *string `json:"snapshot_id,omitempty"` // The ID of the Engine onto which to provision. If the source ID unambiguously identifies a source object, this parameter is unnecessary and ignored. @@ -1925,6 +1940,102 @@ func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) SetParentTdeKeystorePassword(v string o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword = &v } +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath returns the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath +} + +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePathOk returns a tuple with the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath, true +} + +// HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath(v string) { + o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath = &v +} + +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword returns the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + +// GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword returns the TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) HasTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) SetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + // GetTdeExportedKeyFileSecret returns the TdeExportedKeyFileSecret field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) GetTdeExportedKeyFileSecret() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyFileSecret) { @@ -2085,6 +2196,38 @@ func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) SetVcdbTdeKeyIdentifier(v string) { o.VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier = &v } +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigType returns the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigType() OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + var ret OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystoreConfigType +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk() (*OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystoreConfigType, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystoreConfigType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) HasTdeKeystoreConfigType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystoreConfigType gets a reference to the given OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum and assigns it to the TdeKeystoreConfigType field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) SetTdeKeystoreConfigType(v OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) { + o.TdeKeystoreConfigType = &v +} + // GetAppdataSourceParams returns the AppdataSourceParams field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) GetAppdataSourceParams() map[string]interface{} { if o == nil || IsNil(o.AppdataSourceParams) { @@ -2138,7 +2281,7 @@ func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) GetAdditionalMountPointsOk() ([]Addit // HasAdditionalMountPoints returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) HasAdditionalMountPoints() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.AdditionalMountPoints) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AdditionalMountPoints) { return true } @@ -2171,7 +2314,7 @@ func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) GetAppdataConfigParamsOk() (map[strin // HasAppdataConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) HasAppdataConfigParams() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.AppdataConfigParams) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AppdataConfigParams) { return true } @@ -2204,7 +2347,7 @@ func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) GetConfigParamsOk() (map[string]inter // HasConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) HasConfigParams() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { return true } @@ -2408,6 +2551,134 @@ func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) SetTags(v []Tag) { o.Tags = v } +// GetInvokeDatapatch returns the InvokeDatapatch field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) GetInvokeDatapatch() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.InvokeDatapatch +} + +// GetInvokeDatapatchOk returns a tuple with the InvokeDatapatch field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) GetInvokeDatapatchOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InvokeDatapatch, true +} + +// HasInvokeDatapatch returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) HasInvokeDatapatch() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInvokeDatapatch gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the InvokeDatapatch field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) SetInvokeDatapatch(v bool) { + o.InvokeDatapatch = &v +} + +// GetContainerMode returns the ContainerMode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) GetContainerMode() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.ContainerMode +} + +// GetContainerModeOk returns a tuple with the ContainerMode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) GetContainerModeOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ContainerMode, true +} + +// HasContainerMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) HasContainerMode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetContainerMode gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ContainerMode field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) SetContainerMode(v bool) { + o.ContainerMode = &v +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupLocation returns the MssqlAgBackupLocation field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) GetMssqlAgBackupLocation() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlAgBackupLocation +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupLocationOk returns a tuple with the MssqlAgBackupLocation field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) GetMssqlAgBackupLocationOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlAgBackupLocation, true +} + +// HasMssqlAgBackupLocation returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) HasMssqlAgBackupLocation() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlAgBackupLocation gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlAgBackupLocation field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) SetMssqlAgBackupLocation(v string) { + o.MssqlAgBackupLocation = &v +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupBased returns the MssqlAgBackupBased field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) GetMssqlAgBackupBased() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlAgBackupBased +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupBasedOk returns a tuple with the MssqlAgBackupBased field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) GetMssqlAgBackupBasedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlAgBackupBased, true +} + +// HasMssqlAgBackupBased returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) HasMssqlAgBackupBased() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlAgBackupBased gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the MssqlAgBackupBased field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) SetMssqlAgBackupBased(v bool) { + o.MssqlAgBackupBased = &v +} + // GetSnapshotId returns the SnapshotId field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) GetSnapshotId() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.SnapshotId) { @@ -2708,6 +2979,15 @@ func (o ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error if !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { toSerialize["parent_tde_keystore_password"] = o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword } + if !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + toSerialize["parent_pdb_tde_keystore_path"] = o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["parent_pdb_tde_keystore_password"] = o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["target_pdb_tde_keystore_password"] = o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword + } if !IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyFileSecret) { toSerialize["tde_exported_key_file_secret"] = o.TdeExportedKeyFileSecret } @@ -2723,6 +3003,9 @@ func (o ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error if !IsNil(o.VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier) { toSerialize["vcdb_tde_key_identifier"] = o.VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_config_type"] = o.TdeKeystoreConfigType + } if !IsNil(o.AppdataSourceParams) { toSerialize["appdata_source_params"] = o.AppdataSourceParams } @@ -2753,6 +3036,18 @@ func (o ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error if !IsNil(o.Tags) { toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags } + if !IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + toSerialize["invoke_datapatch"] = o.InvokeDatapatch + } + if !IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + toSerialize["container_mode"] = o.ContainerMode + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + toSerialize["mssql_ag_backup_location"] = o.MssqlAgBackupLocation + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + toSerialize["mssql_ag_backup_based"] = o.MssqlAgBackupBased + } if !IsNil(o.SnapshotId) { toSerialize["snapshot_id"] = o.SnapshotId } diff --git a/model_provision_vdbby_snapshot_parameters_all_of.go b/model_provision_vdbby_snapshot_parameters_all_of.go deleted file mode 100644 index 4388b5a4..00000000 --- a/model_provision_vdbby_snapshot_parameters_all_of.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,206 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" -) - -// checks if the ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf{} - -// ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf struct for ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf -type ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf struct { - // The ID of the Engine onto which to provision. If the source ID unambiguously identifies a source object, this parameter is unnecessary and ignored. - EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` - // The ID of the source object (dSource or VDB) to provision from. All other objects referenced by the parameters must live on the same engine as the source. If this property is not set, the data_source of the snapshot_id will be used. - SourceDataId *string `json:"source_data_id,omitempty"` - // Whether the account provisioning this VDB must be configured as owner of the VDB. - MakeCurrentAccountOwner *bool `json:"make_current_account_owner,omitempty"` -} - -// NewProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf instantiates a new ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf() *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf { - this := ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf{} - var makeCurrentAccountOwner bool = true - this.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &makeCurrentAccountOwner - return &this -} - -// NewProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOfWithDefaults instantiates a new ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOfWithDefaults() *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf { - this := ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf{} - var makeCurrentAccountOwner bool = true - this.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &makeCurrentAccountOwner - return &this -} - -// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf) GetEngineId() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.EngineId -} - -// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { - return nil, false - } - return o.EngineId, true -} - -// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf) HasEngineId() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. -func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf) SetEngineId(v string) { - o.EngineId = &v -} - -// GetSourceDataId returns the SourceDataId field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf) GetSourceDataId() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceDataId) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.SourceDataId -} - -// GetSourceDataIdOk returns a tuple with the SourceDataId field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf) GetSourceDataIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceDataId) { - return nil, false - } - return o.SourceDataId, true -} - -// HasSourceDataId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf) HasSourceDataId() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SourceDataId) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetSourceDataId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SourceDataId field. -func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf) SetSourceDataId(v string) { - o.SourceDataId = &v -} - -// GetMakeCurrentAccountOwner returns the MakeCurrentAccountOwner field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf) GetMakeCurrentAccountOwner() bool { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { - var ret bool - return ret - } - return *o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner -} - -// GetMakeCurrentAccountOwnerOk returns a tuple with the MakeCurrentAccountOwner field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf) GetMakeCurrentAccountOwnerOk() (*bool, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { - return nil, false - } - return o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner, true -} - -// HasMakeCurrentAccountOwner returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf) HasMakeCurrentAccountOwner() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetMakeCurrentAccountOwner gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the MakeCurrentAccountOwner field. -func (o *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf) SetMakeCurrentAccountOwner(v bool) { - o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &v -} - -func (o ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { - toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId - } - if !IsNil(o.SourceDataId) { - toSerialize["source_data_id"] = o.SourceDataId - } - if !IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { - toSerialize["make_current_account_owner"] = o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf struct { - value *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf) Get() *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf) Set(val *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf(val *ProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf) *NullableProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf { - return &NullableProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableProvisionVDBBySnapshotParametersAllOf) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_provision_vdbby_timestamp_defaults_request.go b/model_provision_vdbby_timestamp_defaults_request.go index e6d05afe..5fe3a89d 100644 --- a/model_provision_vdbby_timestamp_defaults_request.go +++ b/model_provision_vdbby_timestamp_defaults_request.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -14,6 +14,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" "time" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the ProvisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -24,7 +26,7 @@ type ProvisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest struct { // The point in time from which to execute the operation. Mutually exclusive with timestamp_in_database_timezone. If the timestamp is not set, selects the latest point. Timestamp *time.Time `json:"timestamp,omitempty"` // The point in time from which to execute the operation, expressed as a date-time in the timezone of the source database. Mutually exclusive with timestamp. - TimestampInDatabaseTimezone *string `json:"timestamp_in_database_timezone,omitempty"` + TimestampInDatabaseTimezone *string `json:"timestamp_in_database_timezone,omitempty" validate:"regexp=[0-9]{4}-[0-9]{2}-[0-9]{2}T[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}(.[0-9]{0,3})?"` // The ID of the Engine onto which to provision. If the source ID unambiguously identifies a source object, this parameter is unnecessary and ignored. EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` // The ID of the source object (dSource or VDB) to provision from. All other objects referenced by the parameters must live on the same engine as the source. @@ -33,6 +35,8 @@ type ProvisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest struct { TimeflowId *string `json:"timeflow_id,omitempty"` } +type _ProvisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest ProvisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest + // NewProvisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest instantiates a new ProvisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -229,6 +233,43 @@ func (o ProvisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "source_data_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varProvisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest := _ProvisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varProvisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ProvisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest(varProvisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest) + + return err +} + type NullableProvisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest struct { value *ProvisionVDBByTimestampDefaultsRequest isSet bool diff --git a/model_provision_vdbby_timestamp_parameters.go b/model_provision_vdbby_timestamp_parameters.go index 001bbdf6..9f047c1e 100644 --- a/model_provision_vdbby_timestamp_parameters.go +++ b/model_provision_vdbby_timestamp_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -14,6 +14,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" "time" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -49,9 +51,9 @@ type ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters struct { PreStop []Hook `json:"pre_stop,omitempty"` // The commands to execute on the target environment after stopping a virtual source. PostStop []Hook `json:"post_stop,omitempty"` - // The ID of the group into which the VDB will be provisioned. If unset, a group is selected randomly on the Engine. + // The ID of the group into which the VDB will be provisioned. This field must be explicitly set when marked as mandatory; otherwise, a group is selected randomly on the Engine. TargetGroupId *string `json:"target_group_id,omitempty"` - // The unique name of the provisioned VDB within a group. If unset, a name is randomly generated. + // The unique name of the provisioned VDB within a group. This field must be explicitly set when marked as mandatory; otherwise, a name will be randomly generated. Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` // The name of the database on the target environment. Defaults to the value of the name property. DatabaseName *string `json:"database_name,omitempty"` @@ -77,18 +79,18 @@ type ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters struct { AutoSelectRepository *bool `json:"auto_select_repository,omitempty"` // Indicates whether the Engine should automatically restart this virtual source when target host reboot is detected. VdbRestart *bool `json:"vdb_restart,omitempty"` - // The ID of the target VDB Template (Oracle Only). + // The ID of the target VDB Template (Oracle and MSSql Only). TemplateId *string `json:"template_id,omitempty"` // The ID of the configuration template to apply to the auxiliary container database. This is only relevant when provisioning a Multitenant pluggable database into an existing CDB, i.e when the cdb_id property is set.(Oracle Only) AuxiliaryTemplateId *string `json:"auxiliary_template_id,omitempty"` // Target VDB file mapping rules (Oracle Only). Rules must be line separated (\\n or \\r) and each line must have the format \"pattern:replacement\". Lines are applied in order. FileMappingRules *string `json:"file_mapping_rules,omitempty"` // Target VDB SID name (Oracle Only). - OracleInstanceName *string `json:"oracle_instance_name,omitempty"` + OracleInstanceName *string `json:"oracle_instance_name,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$"` // Target VDB db_unique_name (Oracle Only). - UniqueName *string `json:"unique_name,omitempty"` + UniqueName *string `json:"unique_name,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_\\\\$#]+$"` // When provisioning an Oracle Multitenant vCDB (when the cdb_id property is not set), the name of the provisioned vCDB (Oracle Multitenant Only). - VcdbName *string `json:"vcdb_name,omitempty"` + VcdbName *string `json:"vcdb_name,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$"` // When provisioning an Oracle Multitenant vCDB (when the cdb_id property is not set), the database name of the provisioned vCDB. Defaults to the value of the vcdb_name property. (Oracle Multitenant Only). VcdbDatabaseName *string `json:"vcdb_database_name,omitempty"` // Mount point for the VDB (Oracle, ASE, AppData). @@ -131,6 +133,12 @@ type ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters struct { ParentTdeKeystorePath *string `json:"parentTdeKeystorePath,omitempty"` // The password of the keystore specified in parentTdeKeystorePath. (Oracle Multitenant Only) ParentTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"parent_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + // Path to a copy of the parent PDB's Oracle transparent data encryption keystore on the target host. Required to provision from snapshots of PDB containing encrypted database files with isolated mode keystore. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath *string `json:"parent_pdb_tde_keystore_path,omitempty"` + // The password of the parent PDB keystore. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"parent_pdb_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + // The password for the isolated mode TDE keystore of the target virtual PDB. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"target_pdb_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` // Secret to be used while exporting and importing vPDB encryption keys if Transparent Data Encryption is enabled on the vPDB. (Oracle Multitenant Only) TdeExportedKeyFileSecret *string `json:"tde_exported_key_file_secret,omitempty"` // ID of the key created by Delphix. (Oracle Multitenant Only) @@ -141,6 +149,7 @@ type ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters struct { CdbTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"cdb_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` // ID of the key created by Delphix. (Oracle Multitenant Only) VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier *string `json:"vcdb_tde_key_identifier,omitempty"` + TdeKeystoreConfigType *OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum `json:"tde_keystore_config_type,omitempty"` // The JSON payload conforming to the DraftV4 schema based on the type of application data being manipulated. AppdataSourceParams map[string]interface{} `json:"appdata_source_params,omitempty"` // Specifies additional locations on which to mount a subdirectory of an AppData container. @@ -150,7 +159,7 @@ type ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters struct { // Database configuration parameter overrides. ConfigParams map[string]interface{} `json:"config_params,omitempty"` // This privileged unix username will be used to create the VDB. Leave this field blank if you do not want to use privilege elevation. The unix privileged username should begin with a letter or an underscore, followed by letters, digits, underscores, or dashes. They can end with a dollar sign (postgres only). - PrivilegedOsUser *string `json:"privileged_os_user,omitempty"` + PrivilegedOsUser *string `json:"privileged_os_user,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^$|^[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_\\\\-]+[$]?$"` // Port number for Postgres target database (postgres only). PostgresPort *int32 `json:"postgres_port,omitempty"` // Custom Database-Level config settings (postgres only). @@ -161,10 +170,18 @@ type ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters struct { MssqlFailoverDriveLetter *string `json:"mssql_failover_drive_letter,omitempty"` // The tags to be created for VDB. Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` + // Whether to invoke datapatch during provisioning (Oracle Only). + InvokeDatapatch *bool `json:"invoke_datapatch,omitempty"` + // Whether the virtual database will be provisioned for a containerized environment, such as Linux containers. + ContainerMode *bool `json:"container_mode,omitempty"` + // Shared backup location to be used for VDB provision on AG Cluster. + MssqlAgBackupLocation *string `json:"mssql_ag_backup_location,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether to do fast operations for VDB on AG which will use a healthy secondary replica to recreate the AG or backup based operations which will use the primary replica to recreate the AG using backup and restore process. + MssqlAgBackupBased *bool `json:"mssql_ag_backup_based,omitempty"` // The point in time from which to execute the operation. Mutually exclusive with timestamp_in_database_timezone. If the timestamp is not set, selects the latest point. Timestamp *time.Time `json:"timestamp,omitempty"` // The point in time from which to execute the operation, expressed as a date-time in the timezone of the source database. Mutually exclusive with timestamp. - TimestampInDatabaseTimezone *string `json:"timestamp_in_database_timezone,omitempty"` + TimestampInDatabaseTimezone *string `json:"timestamp_in_database_timezone,omitempty" validate:"regexp=[0-9]{4}-[0-9]{2}-[0-9]{2}T[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}(.[0-9]{0,3})?"` // The Timeflow ID. TimeflowId *string `json:"timeflow_id,omitempty"` // The ID of the Engine onto which to provision. If the source ID unambiguously identifies a source object, this parameter is unnecessary and ignored. @@ -175,6 +192,8 @@ type ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters struct { MakeCurrentAccountOwner *bool `json:"make_current_account_owner,omitempty"` } +type _ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters + // NewProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters instantiates a new ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -1931,6 +1950,102 @@ func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) SetParentTdeKeystorePassword(v strin o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword = &v } +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath returns the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath +} + +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePathOk returns a tuple with the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath, true +} + +// HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath(v string) { + o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath = &v +} + +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword returns the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + +// GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword returns the TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) HasTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) SetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + // GetTdeExportedKeyFileSecret returns the TdeExportedKeyFileSecret field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) GetTdeExportedKeyFileSecret() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyFileSecret) { @@ -2091,6 +2206,38 @@ func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) SetVcdbTdeKeyIdentifier(v string) { o.VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier = &v } +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigType returns the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigType() OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + var ret OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystoreConfigType +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk() (*OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystoreConfigType, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystoreConfigType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) HasTdeKeystoreConfigType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystoreConfigType gets a reference to the given OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum and assigns it to the TdeKeystoreConfigType field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) SetTdeKeystoreConfigType(v OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) { + o.TdeKeystoreConfigType = &v +} + // GetAppdataSourceParams returns the AppdataSourceParams field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) GetAppdataSourceParams() map[string]interface{} { if o == nil || IsNil(o.AppdataSourceParams) { @@ -2144,7 +2291,7 @@ func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) GetAdditionalMountPointsOk() ([]Addi // HasAdditionalMountPoints returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) HasAdditionalMountPoints() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.AdditionalMountPoints) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AdditionalMountPoints) { return true } @@ -2177,7 +2324,7 @@ func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) GetAppdataConfigParamsOk() (map[stri // HasAppdataConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) HasAppdataConfigParams() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.AppdataConfigParams) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AppdataConfigParams) { return true } @@ -2210,7 +2357,7 @@ func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) GetConfigParamsOk() (map[string]inte // HasConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) HasConfigParams() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { return true } @@ -2414,6 +2561,134 @@ func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) SetTags(v []Tag) { o.Tags = v } +// GetInvokeDatapatch returns the InvokeDatapatch field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) GetInvokeDatapatch() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.InvokeDatapatch +} + +// GetInvokeDatapatchOk returns a tuple with the InvokeDatapatch field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) GetInvokeDatapatchOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InvokeDatapatch, true +} + +// HasInvokeDatapatch returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) HasInvokeDatapatch() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInvokeDatapatch gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the InvokeDatapatch field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) SetInvokeDatapatch(v bool) { + o.InvokeDatapatch = &v +} + +// GetContainerMode returns the ContainerMode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) GetContainerMode() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.ContainerMode +} + +// GetContainerModeOk returns a tuple with the ContainerMode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) GetContainerModeOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ContainerMode, true +} + +// HasContainerMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) HasContainerMode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetContainerMode gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ContainerMode field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) SetContainerMode(v bool) { + o.ContainerMode = &v +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupLocation returns the MssqlAgBackupLocation field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) GetMssqlAgBackupLocation() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlAgBackupLocation +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupLocationOk returns a tuple with the MssqlAgBackupLocation field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) GetMssqlAgBackupLocationOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlAgBackupLocation, true +} + +// HasMssqlAgBackupLocation returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) HasMssqlAgBackupLocation() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlAgBackupLocation gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlAgBackupLocation field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) SetMssqlAgBackupLocation(v string) { + o.MssqlAgBackupLocation = &v +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupBased returns the MssqlAgBackupBased field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) GetMssqlAgBackupBased() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlAgBackupBased +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupBasedOk returns a tuple with the MssqlAgBackupBased field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) GetMssqlAgBackupBasedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlAgBackupBased, true +} + +// HasMssqlAgBackupBased returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) HasMssqlAgBackupBased() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlAgBackupBased gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the MssqlAgBackupBased field. +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) SetMssqlAgBackupBased(v bool) { + o.MssqlAgBackupBased = &v +} + // GetTimestamp returns the Timestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) GetTimestamp() time.Time { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Timestamp) { @@ -2770,6 +3045,15 @@ func (o ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, erro if !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword) { toSerialize["parent_tde_keystore_password"] = o.ParentTdeKeystorePassword } + if !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + toSerialize["parent_pdb_tde_keystore_path"] = o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["parent_pdb_tde_keystore_password"] = o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["target_pdb_tde_keystore_password"] = o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword + } if !IsNil(o.TdeExportedKeyFileSecret) { toSerialize["tde_exported_key_file_secret"] = o.TdeExportedKeyFileSecret } @@ -2785,6 +3069,9 @@ func (o ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, erro if !IsNil(o.VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier) { toSerialize["vcdb_tde_key_identifier"] = o.VcdbTdeKeyIdentifier } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_config_type"] = o.TdeKeystoreConfigType + } if !IsNil(o.AppdataSourceParams) { toSerialize["appdata_source_params"] = o.AppdataSourceParams } @@ -2815,6 +3102,18 @@ func (o ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, erro if !IsNil(o.Tags) { toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags } + if !IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + toSerialize["invoke_datapatch"] = o.InvokeDatapatch + } + if !IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + toSerialize["container_mode"] = o.ContainerMode + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + toSerialize["mssql_ag_backup_location"] = o.MssqlAgBackupLocation + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + toSerialize["mssql_ag_backup_based"] = o.MssqlAgBackupBased + } if !IsNil(o.Timestamp) { toSerialize["timestamp"] = o.Timestamp } @@ -2834,6 +3133,43 @@ func (o ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, erro return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "source_data_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters := _ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters(varProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters) + + return err +} + type NullableProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters struct { value *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParameters isSet bool diff --git a/model_provision_vdbby_timestamp_parameters_all_of.go b/model_provision_vdbby_timestamp_parameters_all_of.go deleted file mode 100644 index 4bb5f1d0..00000000 --- a/model_provision_vdbby_timestamp_parameters_all_of.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,197 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" -) - -// checks if the ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf{} - -// ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf struct for ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf -type ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf struct { - // The ID of the Engine onto which to provision. If the source ID unambiguously identifies a source object, this parameter is unnecessary and ignored. - EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` - // The ID of the source object (dSource or VDB) to provision from. All other objects referenced by the parameters must live on the same engine as the source. - SourceDataId string `json:"source_data_id"` - // Whether the account provisioning this VDB must be configured as owner of the VDB. - MakeCurrentAccountOwner *bool `json:"make_current_account_owner,omitempty"` -} - -// NewProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf instantiates a new ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf(sourceDataId string) *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf { - this := ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf{} - this.SourceDataId = sourceDataId - var makeCurrentAccountOwner bool = true - this.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &makeCurrentAccountOwner - return &this -} - -// NewProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOfWithDefaults instantiates a new ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOfWithDefaults() *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf { - this := ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf{} - var makeCurrentAccountOwner bool = true - this.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &makeCurrentAccountOwner - return &this -} - -// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) GetEngineId() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.EngineId -} - -// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { - return nil, false - } - return o.EngineId, true -} - -// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) HasEngineId() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. -func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) SetEngineId(v string) { - o.EngineId = &v -} - -// GetSourceDataId returns the SourceDataId field value -func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) GetSourceDataId() string { - if o == nil { - var ret string - return ret - } - - return o.SourceDataId -} - -// GetSourceDataIdOk returns a tuple with the SourceDataId field value -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) GetSourceDataIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { - return nil, false - } - return &o.SourceDataId, true -} - -// SetSourceDataId sets field value -func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) SetSourceDataId(v string) { - o.SourceDataId = v -} - -// GetMakeCurrentAccountOwner returns the MakeCurrentAccountOwner field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) GetMakeCurrentAccountOwner() bool { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { - var ret bool - return ret - } - return *o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner -} - -// GetMakeCurrentAccountOwnerOk returns a tuple with the MakeCurrentAccountOwner field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) GetMakeCurrentAccountOwnerOk() (*bool, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { - return nil, false - } - return o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner, true -} - -// HasMakeCurrentAccountOwner returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) HasMakeCurrentAccountOwner() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetMakeCurrentAccountOwner gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the MakeCurrentAccountOwner field. -func (o *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) SetMakeCurrentAccountOwner(v bool) { - o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &v -} - -func (o ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { - toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId - } - toSerialize["source_data_id"] = o.SourceDataId - if !IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { - toSerialize["make_current_account_owner"] = o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf struct { - value *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) Get() *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) Set(val *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf(val *ProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) *NullableProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf { - return &NullableProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableProvisionVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_proxy_configuration.go b/model_proxy_configuration.go index 60999ee4..b68d6a15 100644 --- a/model_proxy_configuration.go +++ b/model_proxy_configuration.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the ProxyConfiguration type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -30,12 +32,10 @@ type ProxyConfiguration struct { Password *string `json:"password,omitempty"` // When set, these settings are enabled. True by default. Enabled bool `json:"enabled"` - // File name of a truststore which can be used to validate the TLS certificate of the proxy server. The truststore must be available at /etc/config/certs/ - TruststoreFilename *string `json:"truststore_filename,omitempty"` - // Password for reading trustStore file provided in 'truststore_filename' property - TruststorePassword *string `json:"truststore_password,omitempty"` } +type _ProxyConfiguration ProxyConfiguration + // NewProxyConfiguration instantiates a new ProxyConfiguration object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -192,70 +192,6 @@ func (o *ProxyConfiguration) SetEnabled(v bool) { o.Enabled = v } -// GetTruststoreFilename returns the TruststoreFilename field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ProxyConfiguration) GetTruststoreFilename() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.TruststoreFilename) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.TruststoreFilename -} - -// GetTruststoreFilenameOk returns a tuple with the TruststoreFilename field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ProxyConfiguration) GetTruststoreFilenameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.TruststoreFilename) { - return nil, false - } - return o.TruststoreFilename, true -} - -// HasTruststoreFilename returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ProxyConfiguration) HasTruststoreFilename() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TruststoreFilename) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetTruststoreFilename gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TruststoreFilename field. -func (o *ProxyConfiguration) SetTruststoreFilename(v string) { - o.TruststoreFilename = &v -} - -// GetTruststorePassword returns the TruststorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ProxyConfiguration) GetTruststorePassword() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.TruststorePassword) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.TruststorePassword -} - -// GetTruststorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the TruststorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ProxyConfiguration) GetTruststorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.TruststorePassword) { - return nil, false - } - return o.TruststorePassword, true -} - -// HasTruststorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ProxyConfiguration) HasTruststorePassword() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TruststorePassword) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetTruststorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TruststorePassword field. -func (o *ProxyConfiguration) SetTruststorePassword(v string) { - o.TruststorePassword = &v -} - func (o ProxyConfiguration) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -275,13 +211,46 @@ func (o ProxyConfiguration) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize["password"] = o.Password } toSerialize["enabled"] = o.Enabled - if !IsNil(o.TruststoreFilename) { - toSerialize["truststore_filename"] = o.TruststoreFilename + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *ProxyConfiguration) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "host", + "port", + "enabled", } - if !IsNil(o.TruststorePassword) { - toSerialize["truststore_password"] = o.TruststorePassword + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; } - return toSerialize, nil + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varProxyConfiguration := _ProxyConfiguration{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varProxyConfiguration) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ProxyConfiguration(varProxyConfiguration) + + return err } type NullableProxyConfiguration struct { diff --git a/model_re_import_masking_job_response.go b/model_re_import_masking_job_response.go index 111f1f8e..b89c00eb 100644 --- a/model_re_import_masking_job_response.go +++ b/model_re_import_masking_job_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_reassign_sub_connection_request.go b/model_reassign_sub_connection_request.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b1d5e197 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_reassign_sub_connection_request.go @@ -0,0 +1,243 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ReassignSubConnectionRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ReassignSubConnectionRequest{} + +// ReassignSubConnectionRequest struct for ReassignSubConnectionRequest +type ReassignSubConnectionRequest struct { + // The ID of the existing DataConnection to move the SubConnection to. If null, then a new DataConnection will be created. + NewDataConnectionId *string `json:"new_data_connection_id,omitempty"` + // The new DataConnection name. Only applicable if new_data_connection_id is null. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The tags to add to the newly created DataConnection. Only applicable if new_data_connection_id is null. + Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` + // Whether the current Account must be configured as owner of the newly created DataConnection. Only applicable if new_data_connection_id is null. + MakeCurrentAccountOwner *bool `json:"make_current_account_owner,omitempty"` +} + +// NewReassignSubConnectionRequest instantiates a new ReassignSubConnectionRequest object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewReassignSubConnectionRequest() *ReassignSubConnectionRequest { + this := ReassignSubConnectionRequest{} + var makeCurrentAccountOwner bool = true + this.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &makeCurrentAccountOwner + return &this +} + +// NewReassignSubConnectionRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new ReassignSubConnectionRequest object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewReassignSubConnectionRequestWithDefaults() *ReassignSubConnectionRequest { + this := ReassignSubConnectionRequest{} + var makeCurrentAccountOwner bool = true + this.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &makeCurrentAccountOwner + return &this +} + +// GetNewDataConnectionId returns the NewDataConnectionId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ReassignSubConnectionRequest) GetNewDataConnectionId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NewDataConnectionId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.NewDataConnectionId +} + +// GetNewDataConnectionIdOk returns a tuple with the NewDataConnectionId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ReassignSubConnectionRequest) GetNewDataConnectionIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NewDataConnectionId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NewDataConnectionId, true +} + +// HasNewDataConnectionId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReassignSubConnectionRequest) HasNewDataConnectionId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NewDataConnectionId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNewDataConnectionId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the NewDataConnectionId field. +func (o *ReassignSubConnectionRequest) SetNewDataConnectionId(v string) { + o.NewDataConnectionId = &v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ReassignSubConnectionRequest) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ReassignSubConnectionRequest) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReassignSubConnectionRequest) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *ReassignSubConnectionRequest) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ReassignSubConnectionRequest) GetTags() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.Tags +} + +// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ReassignSubConnectionRequest) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tags, true +} + +// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReassignSubConnectionRequest) HasTags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. +func (o *ReassignSubConnectionRequest) SetTags(v []Tag) { + o.Tags = v +} + +// GetMakeCurrentAccountOwner returns the MakeCurrentAccountOwner field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ReassignSubConnectionRequest) GetMakeCurrentAccountOwner() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner +} + +// GetMakeCurrentAccountOwnerOk returns a tuple with the MakeCurrentAccountOwner field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ReassignSubConnectionRequest) GetMakeCurrentAccountOwnerOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner, true +} + +// HasMakeCurrentAccountOwner returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReassignSubConnectionRequest) HasMakeCurrentAccountOwner() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMakeCurrentAccountOwner gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the MakeCurrentAccountOwner field. +func (o *ReassignSubConnectionRequest) SetMakeCurrentAccountOwner(v bool) { + o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner = &v +} + +func (o ReassignSubConnectionRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ReassignSubConnectionRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.NewDataConnectionId) { + toSerialize["new_data_connection_id"] = o.NewDataConnectionId + } + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.Tags) { + toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags + } + if !IsNil(o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner) { + toSerialize["make_current_account_owner"] = o.MakeCurrentAccountOwner + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableReassignSubConnectionRequest struct { + value *ReassignSubConnectionRequest + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableReassignSubConnectionRequest) Get() *ReassignSubConnectionRequest { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableReassignSubConnectionRequest) Set(val *ReassignSubConnectionRequest) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableReassignSubConnectionRequest) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableReassignSubConnectionRequest) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableReassignSubConnectionRequest(val *ReassignSubConnectionRequest) *NullableReassignSubConnectionRequest { + return &NullableReassignSubConnectionRequest{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableReassignSubConnectionRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableReassignSubConnectionRequest) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_reassign_sub_connection_response.go b/model_reassign_sub_connection_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a972a144 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_reassign_sub_connection_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ReassignSubConnectionResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ReassignSubConnectionResponse{} + +// ReassignSubConnectionResponse struct for ReassignSubConnectionResponse +type ReassignSubConnectionResponse struct { + // The ID of the new DataConnection + NewDataConnectionId *string `json:"new_data_connection_id,omitempty"` + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewReassignSubConnectionResponse instantiates a new ReassignSubConnectionResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewReassignSubConnectionResponse() *ReassignSubConnectionResponse { + this := ReassignSubConnectionResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewReassignSubConnectionResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ReassignSubConnectionResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewReassignSubConnectionResponseWithDefaults() *ReassignSubConnectionResponse { + this := ReassignSubConnectionResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetNewDataConnectionId returns the NewDataConnectionId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ReassignSubConnectionResponse) GetNewDataConnectionId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NewDataConnectionId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.NewDataConnectionId +} + +// GetNewDataConnectionIdOk returns a tuple with the NewDataConnectionId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ReassignSubConnectionResponse) GetNewDataConnectionIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NewDataConnectionId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NewDataConnectionId, true +} + +// HasNewDataConnectionId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReassignSubConnectionResponse) HasNewDataConnectionId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NewDataConnectionId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNewDataConnectionId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the NewDataConnectionId field. +func (o *ReassignSubConnectionResponse) SetNewDataConnectionId(v string) { + o.NewDataConnectionId = &v +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ReassignSubConnectionResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ReassignSubConnectionResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReassignSubConnectionResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *ReassignSubConnectionResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o ReassignSubConnectionResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ReassignSubConnectionResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.NewDataConnectionId) { + toSerialize["new_data_connection_id"] = o.NewDataConnectionId + } + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableReassignSubConnectionResponse struct { + value *ReassignSubConnectionResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableReassignSubConnectionResponse) Get() *ReassignSubConnectionResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableReassignSubConnectionResponse) Set(val *ReassignSubConnectionResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableReassignSubConnectionResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableReassignSubConnectionResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableReassignSubConnectionResponse(val *ReassignSubConnectionResponse) *NullableReassignSubConnectionResponse { + return &NullableReassignSubConnectionResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableReassignSubConnectionResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableReassignSubConnectionResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_refresh_environment_response.go b/model_refresh_environment_response.go index 6072c267..75a78506 100644 --- a/model_refresh_environment_response.go +++ b/model_refresh_environment_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_refresh_mode_enum.go b/model_refresh_mode_enum.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8cfa9d8e --- /dev/null +++ b/model_refresh_mode_enum.go @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// RefreshModeEnum Refresh Mode either self or parent, if PARENT then VDB Group is refreshed from parent of each VDB, else refreshed from self. +type RefreshModeEnum string + +// List of RefreshModeEnum +const ( + REFRESHMODEENUM_PARENT RefreshModeEnum = "PARENT" + REFRESHMODEENUM_SELF RefreshModeEnum = "SELF" +) + +// All allowed values of RefreshModeEnum enum +var AllowedRefreshModeEnumEnumValues = []RefreshModeEnum{ + "PARENT", + "SELF", +} + +func (v *RefreshModeEnum) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + var value string + err := json.Unmarshal(src, &value) + if err != nil { + return err + } + enumTypeValue := RefreshModeEnum(value) + for _, existing := range AllowedRefreshModeEnumEnumValues { + if existing == enumTypeValue { + *v = enumTypeValue + return nil + } + } + + return fmt.Errorf("%+v is not a valid RefreshModeEnum", value) +} + +// NewRefreshModeEnumFromValue returns a pointer to a valid RefreshModeEnum +// for the value passed as argument, or an error if the value passed is not allowed by the enum +func NewRefreshModeEnumFromValue(v string) (*RefreshModeEnum, error) { + ev := RefreshModeEnum(v) + if ev.IsValid() { + return &ev, nil + } else { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid value '%v' for RefreshModeEnum: valid values are %v", v, AllowedRefreshModeEnumEnumValues) + } +} + +// IsValid return true if the value is valid for the enum, false otherwise +func (v RefreshModeEnum) IsValid() bool { + for _, existing := range AllowedRefreshModeEnumEnumValues { + if existing == v { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// Ptr returns reference to RefreshModeEnum value +func (v RefreshModeEnum) Ptr() *RefreshModeEnum { + return &v +} + +type NullableRefreshModeEnum struct { + value *RefreshModeEnum + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableRefreshModeEnum) Get() *RefreshModeEnum { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableRefreshModeEnum) Set(val *RefreshModeEnum) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableRefreshModeEnum) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableRefreshModeEnum) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableRefreshModeEnum(val *RefreshModeEnum) *NullableRefreshModeEnum { + return &NullableRefreshModeEnum{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableRefreshModeEnum) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableRefreshModeEnum) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + diff --git a/model_refresh_vdb_from_bookmark_parameters.go b/model_refresh_vdb_from_bookmark_parameters.go index d601d8c5..7413f73c 100644 --- a/model_refresh_vdb_from_bookmark_parameters.go +++ b/model_refresh_vdb_from_bookmark_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the RefreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -24,6 +26,8 @@ type RefreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters struct { BookmarkId string `json:"bookmark_id"` } +type _RefreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters RefreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters + // NewRefreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters instantiates a new RefreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -80,6 +84,43 @@ func (o RefreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *RefreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "bookmark_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varRefreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters := _RefreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varRefreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = RefreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters(varRefreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters) + + return err +} + type NullableRefreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters struct { value *RefreshVDBFromBookmarkParameters isSet bool diff --git a/model_refresh_vdb_from_bookmark_response.go b/model_refresh_vdb_from_bookmark_response.go index 9d1d3e8c..c47b59a8 100644 --- a/model_refresh_vdb_from_bookmark_response.go +++ b/model_refresh_vdb_from_bookmark_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_refresh_vdb_group_by_snapshot_parameters.go b/model_refresh_vdb_group_by_snapshot_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7e22a90e --- /dev/null +++ b/model_refresh_vdb_group_by_snapshot_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the RefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &RefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters{} + +// RefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters Parameters to refresh a VDB Group by snapshot. +type RefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters struct { + // List of the pair of VDB and snapshot to refresh from. If this is not set, all VDBs will be refreshed from latest snapshot of their parent. + VdbSnapshotMappings []VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot `json:"vdb_snapshot_mappings,omitempty"` +} + +// NewRefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters instantiates a new RefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewRefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters() *RefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters { + this := RefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters{} + return &this +} + +// NewRefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new RefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewRefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParametersWithDefaults() *RefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters { + this := RefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetVdbSnapshotMappings returns the VdbSnapshotMappings field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *RefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters) GetVdbSnapshotMappings() []VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbSnapshotMappings) { + var ret []VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot + return ret + } + return o.VdbSnapshotMappings +} + +// GetVdbSnapshotMappingsOk returns a tuple with the VdbSnapshotMappings field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *RefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters) GetVdbSnapshotMappingsOk() ([]VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbSnapshotMappings) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbSnapshotMappings, true +} + +// HasVdbSnapshotMappings returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *RefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters) HasVdbSnapshotMappings() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbSnapshotMappings) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbSnapshotMappings gets a reference to the given []VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot and assigns it to the VdbSnapshotMappings field. +func (o *RefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters) SetVdbSnapshotMappings(v []VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot) { + o.VdbSnapshotMappings = v +} + +func (o RefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o RefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.VdbSnapshotMappings) { + toSerialize["vdb_snapshot_mappings"] = o.VdbSnapshotMappings + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableRefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters struct { + value *RefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableRefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters) Get() *RefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableRefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters) Set(val *RefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableRefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableRefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableRefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters(val *RefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters) *NullableRefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters { + return &NullableRefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableRefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableRefreshVDBGroupBySnapshotParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_refresh_vdb_group_by_timestamp_parameters.go b/model_refresh_vdb_group_by_timestamp_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e183e89b --- /dev/null +++ b/model_refresh_vdb_group_by_timestamp_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters{} + +// RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters Parameters to refresh a VDB Group by timestamp. +type RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters struct { + // List of the pair of VDB and timestamp to refresh from. If this is not set, all VDBs will be refreshed from latest timestamp of their parent. + VdbTimestampMappings []VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp `json:"vdb_timestamp_mappings,omitempty"` + // If true, and the provided timestamp is not found for the VDB mapping, the system will attempt to find the nearest previous refresh point. + IsRefreshToNearest *bool `json:"is_refresh_to_nearest,omitempty"` +} + +// NewRefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters instantiates a new RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewRefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters() *RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters { + this := RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters{} + var isRefreshToNearest bool = false + this.IsRefreshToNearest = &isRefreshToNearest + return &this +} + +// NewRefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewRefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParametersWithDefaults() *RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters { + this := RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters{} + var isRefreshToNearest bool = false + this.IsRefreshToNearest = &isRefreshToNearest + return &this +} + +// GetVdbTimestampMappings returns the VdbTimestampMappings field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters) GetVdbTimestampMappings() []VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbTimestampMappings) { + var ret []VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp + return ret + } + return o.VdbTimestampMappings +} + +// GetVdbTimestampMappingsOk returns a tuple with the VdbTimestampMappings field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters) GetVdbTimestampMappingsOk() ([]VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbTimestampMappings) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbTimestampMappings, true +} + +// HasVdbTimestampMappings returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters) HasVdbTimestampMappings() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbTimestampMappings) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbTimestampMappings gets a reference to the given []VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp and assigns it to the VdbTimestampMappings field. +func (o *RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters) SetVdbTimestampMappings(v []VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) { + o.VdbTimestampMappings = v +} + +// GetIsRefreshToNearest returns the IsRefreshToNearest field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters) GetIsRefreshToNearest() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsRefreshToNearest) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsRefreshToNearest +} + +// GetIsRefreshToNearestOk returns a tuple with the IsRefreshToNearest field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters) GetIsRefreshToNearestOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsRefreshToNearest) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsRefreshToNearest, true +} + +// HasIsRefreshToNearest returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters) HasIsRefreshToNearest() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsRefreshToNearest) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsRefreshToNearest gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsRefreshToNearest field. +func (o *RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters) SetIsRefreshToNearest(v bool) { + o.IsRefreshToNearest = &v +} + +func (o RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.VdbTimestampMappings) { + toSerialize["vdb_timestamp_mappings"] = o.VdbTimestampMappings + } + if !IsNil(o.IsRefreshToNearest) { + toSerialize["is_refresh_to_nearest"] = o.IsRefreshToNearest + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableRefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters struct { + value *RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableRefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters) Get() *RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableRefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters) Set(val *RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableRefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableRefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableRefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters(val *RefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters) *NullableRefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters { + return &NullableRefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableRefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableRefreshVDBGroupByTimestampParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_refresh_vdb_group_parameters.go b/model_refresh_vdb_group_parameters.go index 6e9ecd83..5e31606d 100644 --- a/model_refresh_vdb_group_parameters.go +++ b/model_refresh_vdb_group_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the RefreshVDBGroupParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -24,6 +26,8 @@ type RefreshVDBGroupParameters struct { BookmarkId string `json:"bookmark_id"` } +type _RefreshVDBGroupParameters RefreshVDBGroupParameters + // NewRefreshVDBGroupParameters instantiates a new RefreshVDBGroupParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -80,6 +84,43 @@ func (o RefreshVDBGroupParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *RefreshVDBGroupParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "bookmark_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varRefreshVDBGroupParameters := _RefreshVDBGroupParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varRefreshVDBGroupParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = RefreshVDBGroupParameters(varRefreshVDBGroupParameters) + + return err +} + type NullableRefreshVDBGroupParameters struct { value *RefreshVDBGroupParameters isSet bool diff --git a/model_refresh_vdb_group_response.go b/model_refresh_vdb_group_response.go index 2229705a..e05c66aa 100644 --- a/model_refresh_vdb_group_response.go +++ b/model_refresh_vdb_group_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_refresh_vdbby_location_parameters.go b/model_refresh_vdbby_location_parameters.go index 5ded5ead..4f0dc7a7 100644 --- a/model_refresh_vdbby_location_parameters.go +++ b/model_refresh_vdbby_location_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_refresh_vdbby_location_response.go b/model_refresh_vdbby_location_response.go index f8b428e2..70f208e4 100644 --- a/model_refresh_vdbby_location_response.go +++ b/model_refresh_vdbby_location_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_refresh_vdbby_snapshot_parameters.go b/model_refresh_vdbby_snapshot_parameters.go index f55e6af9..14b4def7 100644 --- a/model_refresh_vdbby_snapshot_parameters.go +++ b/model_refresh_vdbby_snapshot_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_refresh_vdbby_snapshot_response.go b/model_refresh_vdbby_snapshot_response.go index 8b2b555f..37d6a99b 100644 --- a/model_refresh_vdbby_snapshot_response.go +++ b/model_refresh_vdbby_snapshot_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_refresh_vdbby_timestamp_parameters.go b/model_refresh_vdbby_timestamp_parameters.go index 3ed8f6a1..c3f9c43b 100644 --- a/model_refresh_vdbby_timestamp_parameters.go +++ b/model_refresh_vdbby_timestamp_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ type RefreshVDBByTimestampParameters struct { // The point in time from which to execute the operation. Mutually exclusive with timestamp_in_database_timezone. If the timestamp is not set, selects the latest point. Timestamp *time.Time `json:"timestamp,omitempty"` // The point in time from which to execute the operation, expressed as a date-time in the timezone of the source database. Mutually exclusive with timestamp. - TimestampInDatabaseTimezone *string `json:"timestamp_in_database_timezone,omitempty"` + TimestampInDatabaseTimezone *string `json:"timestamp_in_database_timezone,omitempty" validate:"regexp=[0-9]{4}-[0-9]{2}-[0-9]{2}T[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}(.[0-9]{0,3})?"` // ID of the timeflow to refresh to, mutually exclusive with dataset_id. TimeflowId *string `json:"timeflow_id,omitempty"` // ID of the dataset to refresh to, mutually exclusive with timeflow_id. diff --git a/model_refresh_vdbby_timestamp_parameters_all_of.go b/model_refresh_vdbby_timestamp_parameters_all_of.go deleted file mode 100644 index 48ed2203..00000000 --- a/model_refresh_vdbby_timestamp_parameters_all_of.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,165 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" -) - -// checks if the RefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &RefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf{} - -// RefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf struct for RefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf -type RefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf struct { - // ID of the dataset to refresh to, mutually exclusive with timeflow_id. - DatasetId *string `json:"dataset_id,omitempty"` - // ID of the timeflow to refresh to, mutually exclusive with dataset_id. - TimeflowId *string `json:"timeflow_id,omitempty"` -} - -// NewRefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf instantiates a new RefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewRefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf() *RefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf { - this := RefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf{} - return &this -} - -// NewRefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOfWithDefaults instantiates a new RefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewRefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOfWithDefaults() *RefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf { - this := RefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf{} - return &this -} - -// GetDatasetId returns the DatasetId field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *RefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) GetDatasetId() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatasetId) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.DatasetId -} - -// GetDatasetIdOk returns a tuple with the DatasetId field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *RefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) GetDatasetIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatasetId) { - return nil, false - } - return o.DatasetId, true -} - -// HasDatasetId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *RefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) HasDatasetId() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatasetId) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetDatasetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatasetId field. -func (o *RefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) SetDatasetId(v string) { - o.DatasetId = &v -} - -// GetTimeflowId returns the TimeflowId field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *RefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) GetTimeflowId() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimeflowId) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.TimeflowId -} - -// GetTimeflowIdOk returns a tuple with the TimeflowId field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *RefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) GetTimeflowIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimeflowId) { - return nil, false - } - return o.TimeflowId, true -} - -// HasTimeflowId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *RefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) HasTimeflowId() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TimeflowId) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetTimeflowId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TimeflowId field. -func (o *RefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) SetTimeflowId(v string) { - o.TimeflowId = &v -} - -func (o RefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o RefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.DatasetId) { - toSerialize["dataset_id"] = o.DatasetId - } - if !IsNil(o.TimeflowId) { - toSerialize["timeflow_id"] = o.TimeflowId - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableRefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf struct { - value *RefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableRefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) Get() *RefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableRefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) Set(val *RefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableRefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableRefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableRefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf(val *RefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) *NullableRefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf { - return &NullableRefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableRefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableRefreshVDBByTimestampParametersAllOf) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_refresh_vdbby_timestamp_response.go b/model_refresh_vdbby_timestamp_response.go index 01ab9afc..9bac210b 100644 --- a/model_refresh_vdbby_timestamp_response.go +++ b/model_refresh_vdbby_timestamp_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_registered_engine.go b/model_registered_engine.go index d974d1a4..928d0752 100644 --- a/model_registered_engine.go +++ b/model_registered_engine.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -42,14 +42,10 @@ type RegisteredEngine struct { DataStorageCapacity NullableInt64 `json:"data_storage_capacity,omitempty"` // The amount of storage used by engine objects and system metadata, in bytes. DataStorageUsed NullableInt64 `json:"data_storage_used,omitempty"` - // Allow connections to the engine over HTTPs without validating the TLS certificate. Even though the connection to the engine might be performed over HTTPs, setting this property eliminates the protection against a man-in-the-middle attach for connections to this engine. Instead, consider creating a truststore with a Certificate Authority to validate the engine's certificate, and set the truststore_filename property. + // Allow connections to the engine over HTTPs without validating the TLS certificate. Even though the connection to the engine might be performed over HTTPs, setting this property eliminates the protection against a man-in-the-middle attach for connections to this engine. Instead, consider configuring DCT with Certificate Authority certificates. InsecureSsl *bool `json:"insecure_ssl,omitempty"` // Ignore validation of the name associated to the TLS certificate when connecting to the engine over HTTPs. Setting this value must only be done if the TLS certificate of the engine does not match the hostname, and the TLS configuration of the engine cannot be fixed. Setting this property reduces the protection against a man-in-the-middle attack for connections to this engine. This is ignored if insecure_ssl is set. UnsafeSslHostnameCheck *bool `json:"unsafe_ssl_hostname_check,omitempty"` - // File name of a truststore which can be used to validate the TLS certificate of the engine. The truststore must be available at /etc/config/certs/ - TruststoreFilename NullableString `json:"truststore_filename,omitempty"` - // Password to read the truststore. - TruststorePassword NullableString `json:"truststore_password,omitempty"` // the status of the engine Status NullableString `json:"status,omitempty"` // The status of the connection to the engine. Deprecated; use \"engine_connection_status\" instead. @@ -97,7 +93,7 @@ type RegisteredEngine struct { // List of Hyperscale Instances that this engine is connected to. HyperscaleInstanceIds []string `json:"hyperscale_instance_ids,omitempty"` // File name of a truststore which can be used to validate the TLS certificate of the engine as expected by associated hyperscale instances. - HyperscaleTruststoreFilename NullableString `json:"hyperscale_truststore_filename,omitempty"` + HyperscaleTruststoreFilename NullableString `json:"hyperscale_truststore_filename,omitempty" validate:"regexp=^[a-zA-Z0-9_\\\\.]+$"` // Password to read the truststore as expected by associated hyperscale instances. HyperscaleTruststorePassword NullableString `json:"hyperscale_truststore_password,omitempty"` } @@ -605,90 +601,6 @@ func (o *RegisteredEngine) SetUnsafeSslHostnameCheck(v bool) { o.UnsafeSslHostnameCheck = &v } -// GetTruststoreFilename returns the TruststoreFilename field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). -func (o *RegisteredEngine) GetTruststoreFilename() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.TruststoreFilename.Get()) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.TruststoreFilename.Get() -} - -// GetTruststoreFilenameOk returns a tuple with the TruststoreFilename field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned -func (o *RegisteredEngine) GetTruststoreFilenameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { - return nil, false - } - return o.TruststoreFilename.Get(), o.TruststoreFilename.IsSet() -} - -// HasTruststoreFilename returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *RegisteredEngine) HasTruststoreFilename() bool { - if o != nil && o.TruststoreFilename.IsSet() { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetTruststoreFilename gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the TruststoreFilename field. -func (o *RegisteredEngine) SetTruststoreFilename(v string) { - o.TruststoreFilename.Set(&v) -} -// SetTruststoreFilenameNil sets the value for TruststoreFilename to be an explicit nil -func (o *RegisteredEngine) SetTruststoreFilenameNil() { - o.TruststoreFilename.Set(nil) -} - -// UnsetTruststoreFilename ensures that no value is present for TruststoreFilename, not even an explicit nil -func (o *RegisteredEngine) UnsetTruststoreFilename() { - o.TruststoreFilename.Unset() -} - -// GetTruststorePassword returns the TruststorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). -func (o *RegisteredEngine) GetTruststorePassword() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.TruststorePassword.Get()) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.TruststorePassword.Get() -} - -// GetTruststorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the TruststorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned -func (o *RegisteredEngine) GetTruststorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { - return nil, false - } - return o.TruststorePassword.Get(), o.TruststorePassword.IsSet() -} - -// HasTruststorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *RegisteredEngine) HasTruststorePassword() bool { - if o != nil && o.TruststorePassword.IsSet() { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetTruststorePassword gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the TruststorePassword field. -func (o *RegisteredEngine) SetTruststorePassword(v string) { - o.TruststorePassword.Set(&v) -} -// SetTruststorePasswordNil sets the value for TruststorePassword to be an explicit nil -func (o *RegisteredEngine) SetTruststorePasswordNil() { - o.TruststorePassword.Set(nil) -} - -// UnsetTruststorePassword ensures that no value is present for TruststorePassword, not even an explicit nil -func (o *RegisteredEngine) UnsetTruststorePassword() { - o.TruststorePassword.Unset() -} - // GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). func (o *RegisteredEngine) GetStatus() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status.Get()) { @@ -1074,7 +986,7 @@ func (o *RegisteredEngine) GetHashicorpVaultUsernameCommandArgsOk() ([]string, b // HasHashicorpVaultUsernameCommandArgs returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *RegisteredEngine) HasHashicorpVaultUsernameCommandArgs() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultUsernameCommandArgs) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultUsernameCommandArgs) { return true } @@ -1107,7 +1019,7 @@ func (o *RegisteredEngine) GetHashicorpVaultMaskingUsernameCommandArgsOk() ([]st // HasHashicorpVaultMaskingUsernameCommandArgs returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *RegisteredEngine) HasHashicorpVaultMaskingUsernameCommandArgs() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultMaskingUsernameCommandArgs) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultMaskingUsernameCommandArgs) { return true } @@ -1140,7 +1052,7 @@ func (o *RegisteredEngine) GetHashicorpVaultPasswordCommandArgsOk() ([]string, b // HasHashicorpVaultPasswordCommandArgs returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *RegisteredEngine) HasHashicorpVaultPasswordCommandArgs() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultPasswordCommandArgs) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultPasswordCommandArgs) { return true } @@ -1173,7 +1085,7 @@ func (o *RegisteredEngine) GetHashicorpVaultMaskingPasswordCommandArgsOk() ([]st // HasHashicorpVaultMaskingPasswordCommandArgs returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *RegisteredEngine) HasHashicorpVaultMaskingPasswordCommandArgs() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultMaskingPasswordCommandArgs) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultMaskingPasswordCommandArgs) { return true } @@ -1532,7 +1444,7 @@ func (o *RegisteredEngine) GetHyperscaleInstanceIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { // HasHyperscaleInstanceIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *RegisteredEngine) HasHyperscaleInstanceIds() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.HyperscaleInstanceIds) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HyperscaleInstanceIds) { return true } @@ -1638,7 +1550,9 @@ func (o RegisteredEngine) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { func (o RegisteredEngine) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - // skip: id is readOnly + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } if o.Uuid.IsSet() { toSerialize["uuid"] = o.Uuid.Get() } @@ -1675,23 +1589,21 @@ func (o RegisteredEngine) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.UnsafeSslHostnameCheck) { toSerialize["unsafe_ssl_hostname_check"] = o.UnsafeSslHostnameCheck } - if o.TruststoreFilename.IsSet() { - toSerialize["truststore_filename"] = o.TruststoreFilename.Get() - } - if o.TruststorePassword.IsSet() { - toSerialize["truststore_password"] = o.TruststorePassword.Get() - } if o.Status.IsSet() { toSerialize["status"] = o.Status.Get() } if o.ConnectionStatus.IsSet() { toSerialize["connection_status"] = o.ConnectionStatus.Get() } - // skip: engine_connection_status is readOnly + if !IsNil(o.EngineConnectionStatus) { + toSerialize["engine_connection_status"] = o.EngineConnectionStatus + } if o.ConnectionStatusDetails.IsSet() { toSerialize["connection_status_details"] = o.ConnectionStatusDetails.Get() } - // skip: engine_connection_status_details is readOnly + if !IsNil(o.EngineConnectionStatusDetails) { + toSerialize["engine_connection_status_details"] = o.EngineConnectionStatusDetails + } if o.Username.IsSet() { toSerialize["username"] = o.Username.Get() } diff --git a/model_remove_engine_from_hyperscale_response.go b/model_remove_engine_from_hyperscale_response.go index 059ea89d..9f7b3f27 100644 --- a/model_remove_engine_from_hyperscale_response.go +++ b/model_remove_engine_from_hyperscale_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_remove_engine_from_job_response.go b/model_remove_engine_from_job_response.go index 8fe768d4..99acc095 100644 --- a/model_remove_engine_from_job_response.go +++ b/model_remove_engine_from_job_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_remove_masking_job_parameters.go b/model_remove_masking_job_parameters.go index 60b92d1a..e101e266 100644 --- a/model_remove_masking_job_parameters.go +++ b/model_remove_masking_job_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the RemoveMaskingJobParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -24,6 +26,8 @@ type RemoveMaskingJobParameters struct { EngineId string `json:"engine_id"` } +type _RemoveMaskingJobParameters RemoveMaskingJobParameters + // NewRemoveMaskingJobParameters instantiates a new RemoveMaskingJobParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -80,6 +84,43 @@ func (o RemoveMaskingJobParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *RemoveMaskingJobParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "engine_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varRemoveMaskingJobParameters := _RemoveMaskingJobParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varRemoveMaskingJobParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = RemoveMaskingJobParameters(varRemoveMaskingJobParameters) + + return err +} + type NullableRemoveMaskingJobParameters struct { value *RemoveMaskingJobParameters isSet bool diff --git a/model_replica.go b/model_replica.go index 94c01846..7ffdb9e0 100644 --- a/model_replica.go +++ b/model_replica.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_replication_profile.go b/model_replication_profile.go index 91e02914..322d5889 100644 --- a/model_replication_profile.go +++ b/model_replication_profile.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "time" ) // checks if the ReplicationProfile type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -24,18 +25,60 @@ type ReplicationProfile struct { Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` // The ReplicationProfile name. Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` - // The ReplicationProfile type. - Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"` + // The ReplicationProfile mode. + ReplicationMode *string `json:"replication_mode,omitempty"` // The ID of the engine that the ReplicationProfile belongs to. EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` + // The ID of the replication target engine. + TargetEngineId *string `json:"target_engine_id,omitempty"` + // Hostname of the replication target engine. + TargetHost *string `json:"target_host,omitempty"` + // Target TCP port number for the Delphix Session Protocol. + TargetPort *int32 `json:"target_port,omitempty"` + // The ReplicationProfile type. + // Deprecated + Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"` + // The ReplicationProfile description. + Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"` + // The status of the last execution of the ReplicationProfile. + LastExecutionStatus *string `json:"last_execution_status,omitempty"` + // The timestamp of the last execution status. + LastExecutionStatusTimestamp *time.Time `json:"last_execution_status_timestamp,omitempty"` + // Replication schedule in the form of a quartz-formatted string. + Schedule *string `json:"schedule,omitempty"` // Globally unique identifier for this ReplicationProfile. ReplicationTag *string `json:"replication_tag,omitempty"` // The objects that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. + // Deprecated ReplicationObjects []string `json:"replication_objects,omitempty"` // The tags that are applied to this ReplicationProfile. Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` - // Indicates whether tag replication from primary object to replica object is enable or disabled for this ReplicationProfile. + // Indicates whether tag replication from primary object to replica object is enabled or disabled for this ReplicationProfile. EnableTagReplication *bool `json:"enable_tag_replication,omitempty"` + // Bandwidth limit (MB/s) for replication network traffic. A value of 0 means no limit. + BandwidthLimit *int32 `json:"bandwidth_limit,omitempty"` + // Total number of transport connections to use. + NumberOfConnections *int32 `json:"number_of_connections,omitempty"` + // Encrypt replication network traffic. + Encrypted *bool `json:"encrypted,omitempty"` + // Indication whether the replication spec schedule is enabled or not. + AutomaticReplication *bool `json:"automatic_replication,omitempty"` + // Connect to the replication target host via the system-wide SOCKS proxy. + UseSystemSocksSetting *bool `json:"use_system_socks_setting,omitempty"` + // The VDBs that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. + VdbIds []string `json:"vdb_ids,omitempty"` + // The dSources that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. + DsourceIds []string `json:"dsource_ids,omitempty"` + // The CDBs that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. + CdbIds []string `json:"cdb_ids,omitempty"` + // The vCDBs that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. + VcdbIds []string `json:"vcdb_ids,omitempty"` + // The groups that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. + GroupIds []string `json:"group_ids,omitempty"` + // Whether to replicate the entire engine. This is mutually exclusive with the vdb_ids, dsource_ids, cdb_ids, vcdb_ids, and group_ids properties. + ReplicateEntireEngine *bool `json:"replicate_entire_engine,omitempty"` + // The data-layouts that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. + DataLayoutIds []string `json:"data_layout_ids,omitempty"` } // NewReplicationProfile instantiates a new ReplicationProfile object @@ -44,6 +87,18 @@ type ReplicationProfile struct { // will change when the set of required properties is changed func NewReplicationProfile() *ReplicationProfile { this := ReplicationProfile{} + var targetPort int32 = 8415 + this.TargetPort = &targetPort + var bandwidthLimit int32 = 0 + this.BandwidthLimit = &bandwidthLimit + var numberOfConnections int32 = 1 + this.NumberOfConnections = &numberOfConnections + var encrypted bool = false + this.Encrypted = &encrypted + var automaticReplication bool = false + this.AutomaticReplication = &automaticReplication + var useSystemSocksSetting bool = false + this.UseSystemSocksSetting = &useSystemSocksSetting return &this } @@ -52,6 +107,18 @@ func NewReplicationProfile() *ReplicationProfile { // but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set func NewReplicationProfileWithDefaults() *ReplicationProfile { this := ReplicationProfile{} + var targetPort int32 = 8415 + this.TargetPort = &targetPort + var bandwidthLimit int32 = 0 + this.BandwidthLimit = &bandwidthLimit + var numberOfConnections int32 = 1 + this.NumberOfConnections = &numberOfConnections + var encrypted bool = false + this.Encrypted = &encrypted + var automaticReplication bool = false + this.AutomaticReplication = &automaticReplication + var useSystemSocksSetting bool = false + this.UseSystemSocksSetting = &useSystemSocksSetting return &this } @@ -119,36 +186,36 @@ func (o *ReplicationProfile) SetName(v string) { o.Name = &v } -// GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetType() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { +// GetReplicationMode returns the ReplicationMode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetReplicationMode() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReplicationMode) { var ret string return ret } - return *o.Type + return *o.ReplicationMode } -// GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise +// GetReplicationModeOk returns a tuple with the ReplicationMode field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetReplicationModeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReplicationMode) { return nil, false } - return o.Type, true + return o.ReplicationMode, true } -// HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ReplicationProfile) HasType() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Type) { +// HasReplicationMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) HasReplicationMode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ReplicationMode) { return true } return false } -// SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field. -func (o *ReplicationProfile) SetType(v string) { - o.Type = &v +// SetReplicationMode gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ReplicationMode field. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) SetReplicationMode(v string) { + o.ReplicationMode = &v } // GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. @@ -183,6 +250,265 @@ func (o *ReplicationProfile) SetEngineId(v string) { o.EngineId = &v } +// GetTargetEngineId returns the TargetEngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetTargetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetEngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetEngineId +} + +// GetTargetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the TargetEngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetTargetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetEngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetEngineId, true +} + +// HasTargetEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) HasTargetEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetEngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetEngineId field. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) SetTargetEngineId(v string) { + o.TargetEngineId = &v +} + +// GetTargetHost returns the TargetHost field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetTargetHost() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetHost) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetHost +} + +// GetTargetHostOk returns a tuple with the TargetHost field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetTargetHostOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetHost) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetHost, true +} + +// HasTargetHost returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) HasTargetHost() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetHost) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetHost gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetHost field. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) SetTargetHost(v string) { + o.TargetHost = &v +} + +// GetTargetPort returns the TargetPort field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetTargetPort() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetPort) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.TargetPort +} + +// GetTargetPortOk returns a tuple with the TargetPort field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetTargetPortOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetPort) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetPort, true +} + +// HasTargetPort returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) HasTargetPort() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetPort) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetPort gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the TargetPort field. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) SetTargetPort(v int32) { + o.TargetPort = &v +} + +// GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise. +// Deprecated +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Type +} + +// GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// Deprecated +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Type, true +} + +// HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) HasType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Type) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field. +// Deprecated +func (o *ReplicationProfile) SetType(v string) { + o.Type = &v +} + +// GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetDescription() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Description +} + +// GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Description, true +} + +// HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) HasDescription() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Description) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) SetDescription(v string) { + o.Description = &v +} + +// GetLastExecutionStatus returns the LastExecutionStatus field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetLastExecutionStatus() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastExecutionStatus) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.LastExecutionStatus +} + +// GetLastExecutionStatusOk returns a tuple with the LastExecutionStatus field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetLastExecutionStatusOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastExecutionStatus) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LastExecutionStatus, true +} + +// HasLastExecutionStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) HasLastExecutionStatus() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LastExecutionStatus) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLastExecutionStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the LastExecutionStatus field. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) SetLastExecutionStatus(v string) { + o.LastExecutionStatus = &v +} + +// GetLastExecutionStatusTimestamp returns the LastExecutionStatusTimestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetLastExecutionStatusTimestamp() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastExecutionStatusTimestamp) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.LastExecutionStatusTimestamp +} + +// GetLastExecutionStatusTimestampOk returns a tuple with the LastExecutionStatusTimestamp field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetLastExecutionStatusTimestampOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastExecutionStatusTimestamp) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LastExecutionStatusTimestamp, true +} + +// HasLastExecutionStatusTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) HasLastExecutionStatusTimestamp() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LastExecutionStatusTimestamp) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLastExecutionStatusTimestamp gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the LastExecutionStatusTimestamp field. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) SetLastExecutionStatusTimestamp(v time.Time) { + o.LastExecutionStatusTimestamp = &v +} + +// GetSchedule returns the Schedule field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetSchedule() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Schedule) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Schedule +} + +// GetScheduleOk returns a tuple with the Schedule field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetScheduleOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Schedule) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Schedule, true +} + +// HasSchedule returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) HasSchedule() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Schedule) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSchedule gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Schedule field. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) SetSchedule(v string) { + o.Schedule = &v +} + // GetReplicationTag returns the ReplicationTag field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetReplicationTag() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReplicationTag) { @@ -216,6 +542,7 @@ func (o *ReplicationProfile) SetReplicationTag(v string) { } // GetReplicationObjects returns the ReplicationObjects field value if set, zero value otherwise. +// Deprecated func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetReplicationObjects() []string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReplicationObjects) { var ret []string @@ -226,6 +553,7 @@ func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetReplicationObjects() []string { // GetReplicationObjectsOk returns a tuple with the ReplicationObjects field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// Deprecated func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetReplicationObjectsOk() ([]string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReplicationObjects) { return nil, false @@ -243,6 +571,7 @@ func (o *ReplicationProfile) HasReplicationObjects() bool { } // SetReplicationObjects gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the ReplicationObjects field. +// Deprecated func (o *ReplicationProfile) SetReplicationObjects(v []string) { o.ReplicationObjects = v } @@ -311,6 +640,390 @@ func (o *ReplicationProfile) SetEnableTagReplication(v bool) { o.EnableTagReplication = &v } +// GetBandwidthLimit returns the BandwidthLimit field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetBandwidthLimit() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.BandwidthLimit +} + +// GetBandwidthLimitOk returns a tuple with the BandwidthLimit field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetBandwidthLimitOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BandwidthLimit, true +} + +// HasBandwidthLimit returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) HasBandwidthLimit() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBandwidthLimit gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the BandwidthLimit field. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) SetBandwidthLimit(v int32) { + o.BandwidthLimit = &v +} + +// GetNumberOfConnections returns the NumberOfConnections field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetNumberOfConnections() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.NumberOfConnections +} + +// GetNumberOfConnectionsOk returns a tuple with the NumberOfConnections field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetNumberOfConnectionsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NumberOfConnections, true +} + +// HasNumberOfConnections returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) HasNumberOfConnections() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNumberOfConnections gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the NumberOfConnections field. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) SetNumberOfConnections(v int32) { + o.NumberOfConnections = &v +} + +// GetEncrypted returns the Encrypted field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetEncrypted() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Encrypted) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Encrypted +} + +// GetEncryptedOk returns a tuple with the Encrypted field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetEncryptedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Encrypted) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Encrypted, true +} + +// HasEncrypted returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) HasEncrypted() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Encrypted) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEncrypted gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Encrypted field. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) SetEncrypted(v bool) { + o.Encrypted = &v +} + +// GetAutomaticReplication returns the AutomaticReplication field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetAutomaticReplication() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AutomaticReplication) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AutomaticReplication +} + +// GetAutomaticReplicationOk returns a tuple with the AutomaticReplication field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetAutomaticReplicationOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AutomaticReplication) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AutomaticReplication, true +} + +// HasAutomaticReplication returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) HasAutomaticReplication() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AutomaticReplication) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAutomaticReplication gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AutomaticReplication field. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) SetAutomaticReplication(v bool) { + o.AutomaticReplication = &v +} + +// GetUseSystemSocksSetting returns the UseSystemSocksSetting field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetUseSystemSocksSetting() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UseSystemSocksSetting) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.UseSystemSocksSetting +} + +// GetUseSystemSocksSettingOk returns a tuple with the UseSystemSocksSetting field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetUseSystemSocksSettingOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UseSystemSocksSetting) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UseSystemSocksSetting, true +} + +// HasUseSystemSocksSetting returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) HasUseSystemSocksSetting() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UseSystemSocksSetting) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUseSystemSocksSetting gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the UseSystemSocksSetting field. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) SetUseSystemSocksSetting(v bool) { + o.UseSystemSocksSetting = &v +} + +// GetVdbIds returns the VdbIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetVdbIds() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbIds) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.VdbIds +} + +// GetVdbIdsOk returns a tuple with the VdbIds field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetVdbIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbIds) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbIds, true +} + +// HasVdbIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) HasVdbIds() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbIds) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the VdbIds field. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) SetVdbIds(v []string) { + o.VdbIds = v +} + +// GetDsourceIds returns the DsourceIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetDsourceIds() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceIds) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.DsourceIds +} + +// GetDsourceIdsOk returns a tuple with the DsourceIds field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetDsourceIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceIds) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DsourceIds, true +} + +// HasDsourceIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) HasDsourceIds() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DsourceIds) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDsourceIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the DsourceIds field. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) SetDsourceIds(v []string) { + o.DsourceIds = v +} + +// GetCdbIds returns the CdbIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetCdbIds() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbIds) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.CdbIds +} + +// GetCdbIdsOk returns a tuple with the CdbIds field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetCdbIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbIds) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CdbIds, true +} + +// HasCdbIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) HasCdbIds() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CdbIds) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCdbIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the CdbIds field. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) SetCdbIds(v []string) { + o.CdbIds = v +} + +// GetVcdbIds returns the VcdbIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetVcdbIds() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbIds) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.VcdbIds +} + +// GetVcdbIdsOk returns a tuple with the VcdbIds field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetVcdbIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbIds) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VcdbIds, true +} + +// HasVcdbIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) HasVcdbIds() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VcdbIds) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVcdbIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the VcdbIds field. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) SetVcdbIds(v []string) { + o.VcdbIds = v +} + +// GetGroupIds returns the GroupIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetGroupIds() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.GroupIds) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.GroupIds +} + +// GetGroupIdsOk returns a tuple with the GroupIds field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetGroupIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.GroupIds) { + return nil, false + } + return o.GroupIds, true +} + +// HasGroupIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) HasGroupIds() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.GroupIds) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetGroupIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the GroupIds field. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) SetGroupIds(v []string) { + o.GroupIds = v +} + +// GetReplicateEntireEngine returns the ReplicateEntireEngine field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetReplicateEntireEngine() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReplicateEntireEngine) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.ReplicateEntireEngine +} + +// GetReplicateEntireEngineOk returns a tuple with the ReplicateEntireEngine field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetReplicateEntireEngineOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReplicateEntireEngine) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ReplicateEntireEngine, true +} + +// HasReplicateEntireEngine returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) HasReplicateEntireEngine() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ReplicateEntireEngine) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetReplicateEntireEngine gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ReplicateEntireEngine field. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) SetReplicateEntireEngine(v bool) { + o.ReplicateEntireEngine = &v +} + +// GetDataLayoutIds returns the DataLayoutIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetDataLayoutIds() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataLayoutIds) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.DataLayoutIds +} + +// GetDataLayoutIdsOk returns a tuple with the DataLayoutIds field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) GetDataLayoutIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataLayoutIds) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataLayoutIds, true +} + +// HasDataLayoutIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) HasDataLayoutIds() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataLayoutIds) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataLayoutIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the DataLayoutIds field. +func (o *ReplicationProfile) SetDataLayoutIds(v []string) { + o.DataLayoutIds = v +} + func (o ReplicationProfile) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -327,12 +1040,36 @@ func (o ReplicationProfile) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.Name) { toSerialize["name"] = o.Name } - if !IsNil(o.Type) { - toSerialize["type"] = o.Type + if !IsNil(o.ReplicationMode) { + toSerialize["replication_mode"] = o.ReplicationMode } if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId } + if !IsNil(o.TargetEngineId) { + toSerialize["target_engine_id"] = o.TargetEngineId + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetHost) { + toSerialize["target_host"] = o.TargetHost + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetPort) { + toSerialize["target_port"] = o.TargetPort + } + if !IsNil(o.Type) { + toSerialize["type"] = o.Type + } + if !IsNil(o.Description) { + toSerialize["description"] = o.Description + } + if !IsNil(o.LastExecutionStatus) { + toSerialize["last_execution_status"] = o.LastExecutionStatus + } + if !IsNil(o.LastExecutionStatusTimestamp) { + toSerialize["last_execution_status_timestamp"] = o.LastExecutionStatusTimestamp + } + if !IsNil(o.Schedule) { + toSerialize["schedule"] = o.Schedule + } if !IsNil(o.ReplicationTag) { toSerialize["replication_tag"] = o.ReplicationTag } @@ -345,6 +1082,42 @@ func (o ReplicationProfile) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.EnableTagReplication) { toSerialize["enable_tag_replication"] = o.EnableTagReplication } + if !IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + toSerialize["bandwidth_limit"] = o.BandwidthLimit + } + if !IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + toSerialize["number_of_connections"] = o.NumberOfConnections + } + if !IsNil(o.Encrypted) { + toSerialize["encrypted"] = o.Encrypted + } + if !IsNil(o.AutomaticReplication) { + toSerialize["automatic_replication"] = o.AutomaticReplication + } + if !IsNil(o.UseSystemSocksSetting) { + toSerialize["use_system_socks_setting"] = o.UseSystemSocksSetting + } + if !IsNil(o.VdbIds) { + toSerialize["vdb_ids"] = o.VdbIds + } + if !IsNil(o.DsourceIds) { + toSerialize["dsource_ids"] = o.DsourceIds + } + if !IsNil(o.CdbIds) { + toSerialize["cdb_ids"] = o.CdbIds + } + if !IsNil(o.VcdbIds) { + toSerialize["vcdb_ids"] = o.VcdbIds + } + if !IsNil(o.GroupIds) { + toSerialize["group_ids"] = o.GroupIds + } + if !IsNil(o.ReplicateEntireEngine) { + toSerialize["replicate_entire_engine"] = o.ReplicateEntireEngine + } + if !IsNil(o.DataLayoutIds) { + toSerialize["data_layout_ids"] = o.DataLayoutIds + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_replication_profile_delete_job_response.go b/model_replication_profile_delete_job_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0cca9049 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_replication_profile_delete_job_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse{} + +// ReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse struct for ReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse +type ReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse instantiates a new ReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse() *ReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse { + this := ReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponseWithDefaults() *ReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse { + this := ReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *ReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o ReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse struct { + value *ReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse) Get() *ReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse) Set(val *ReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse(val *ReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse) *NullableReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse { + return &NullableReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableReplicationProfileDeleteJobResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_replication_profile_update_job_response.go b/model_replication_profile_update_job_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b5d764ef --- /dev/null +++ b/model_replication_profile_update_job_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the ReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &ReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse{} + +// ReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse struct for ReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse +type ReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse instantiates a new ReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse() *ReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse { + this := ReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponseWithDefaults() *ReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse { + this := ReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *ReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *ReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *ReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o ReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o ReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse struct { + value *ReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse) Get() *ReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse) Set(val *ReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse(val *ReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse) *NullableReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse { + return &NullableReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableReplicationProfileUpdateJobResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_reporting_schedule.go b/model_reporting_schedule.go index 2197d751..1fc6c8c4 100644 --- a/model_reporting_schedule.go +++ b/model_reporting_schedule.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the ReportingSchedule type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -26,7 +28,7 @@ type ReportingSchedule struct { CronExpression string `json:"cron_expression"` // Timezones are specified according to the Olson tzinfo database - \"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones\". TimeZone *string `json:"time_zone,omitempty"` - Message *string `json:"message,omitempty"` + Message string `json:"message"` FileFormat string `json:"file_format"` Enabled bool `json:"enabled"` Recipients []string `json:"recipients"` @@ -35,14 +37,17 @@ type ReportingSchedule struct { RowCount *int32 `json:"row_count,omitempty"` } +type _ReportingSchedule ReportingSchedule + // NewReportingSchedule instantiates a new ReportingSchedule object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments // will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewReportingSchedule(reportType string, cronExpression string, fileFormat string, enabled bool, recipients []string) *ReportingSchedule { +func NewReportingSchedule(reportType string, cronExpression string, message string, fileFormat string, enabled bool, recipients []string) *ReportingSchedule { this := ReportingSchedule{} this.ReportType = reportType this.CronExpression = cronExpression + this.Message = message this.FileFormat = fileFormat this.Enabled = enabled this.Recipients = recipients @@ -171,36 +176,28 @@ func (o *ReportingSchedule) SetTimeZone(v string) { o.TimeZone = &v } -// GetMessage returns the Message field value if set, zero value otherwise. +// GetMessage returns the Message field value func (o *ReportingSchedule) GetMessage() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Message) { + if o == nil { var ret string return ret } - return *o.Message + + return o.Message } -// GetMessageOk returns a tuple with the Message field value if set, nil otherwise +// GetMessageOk returns a tuple with the Message field value // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. func (o *ReportingSchedule) GetMessageOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Message) { + if o == nil { return nil, false } - return o.Message, true + return &o.Message, true } -// HasMessage returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ReportingSchedule) HasMessage() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Message) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetMessage gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Message field. +// SetMessage sets field value func (o *ReportingSchedule) SetMessage(v string) { - o.Message = &v + o.Message = v } // GetFileFormat returns the FileFormat field value @@ -381,15 +378,15 @@ func (o ReportingSchedule) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { func (o ReportingSchedule) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - // skip: report_id is readOnly + if !IsNil(o.ReportId) { + toSerialize["report_id"] = o.ReportId + } toSerialize["report_type"] = o.ReportType toSerialize["cron_expression"] = o.CronExpression if !IsNil(o.TimeZone) { toSerialize["time_zone"] = o.TimeZone } - if !IsNil(o.Message) { - toSerialize["message"] = o.Message - } + toSerialize["message"] = o.Message toSerialize["file_format"] = o.FileFormat toSerialize["enabled"] = o.Enabled toSerialize["recipients"] = o.Recipients @@ -405,6 +402,48 @@ func (o ReportingSchedule) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *ReportingSchedule) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "report_type", + "cron_expression", + "message", + "file_format", + "enabled", + "recipients", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varReportingSchedule := _ReportingSchedule{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varReportingSchedule) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ReportingSchedule(varReportingSchedule) + + return err +} + type NullableReportingSchedule struct { value *ReportingSchedule isSet bool diff --git a/model_reporting_schedule_create_parameters.go b/model_reporting_schedule_create_parameters.go index 90bb80ef..8b1ff64e 100644 --- a/model_reporting_schedule_create_parameters.go +++ b/model_reporting_schedule_create_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the ReportingScheduleCreateParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -25,7 +27,7 @@ type ReportingScheduleCreateParameters struct { CronExpression string `json:"cron_expression"` // Timezones are specified according to the Olson tzinfo database - \"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones\". TimeZone *string `json:"time_zone,omitempty"` - Message *string `json:"message,omitempty"` + Message string `json:"message"` FileFormat string `json:"file_format"` Enabled bool `json:"enabled"` Recipients []string `json:"recipients"` @@ -35,14 +37,17 @@ type ReportingScheduleCreateParameters struct { MakeCurrentAccountOwner *bool `json:"make_current_account_owner,omitempty"` } +type _ReportingScheduleCreateParameters ReportingScheduleCreateParameters + // NewReportingScheduleCreateParameters instantiates a new ReportingScheduleCreateParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments // will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewReportingScheduleCreateParameters(reportType string, cronExpression string, fileFormat string, enabled bool, recipients []string) *ReportingScheduleCreateParameters { +func NewReportingScheduleCreateParameters(reportType string, cronExpression string, message string, fileFormat string, enabled bool, recipients []string) *ReportingScheduleCreateParameters { this := ReportingScheduleCreateParameters{} this.ReportType = reportType this.CronExpression = cronExpression + this.Message = message this.FileFormat = fileFormat this.Enabled = enabled this.Recipients = recipients @@ -143,36 +148,28 @@ func (o *ReportingScheduleCreateParameters) SetTimeZone(v string) { o.TimeZone = &v } -// GetMessage returns the Message field value if set, zero value otherwise. +// GetMessage returns the Message field value func (o *ReportingScheduleCreateParameters) GetMessage() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Message) { + if o == nil { var ret string return ret } - return *o.Message + + return o.Message } -// GetMessageOk returns a tuple with the Message field value if set, nil otherwise +// GetMessageOk returns a tuple with the Message field value // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. func (o *ReportingScheduleCreateParameters) GetMessageOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Message) { + if o == nil { return nil, false } - return o.Message, true -} - -// HasMessage returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *ReportingScheduleCreateParameters) HasMessage() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Message) { - return true - } - - return false + return &o.Message, true } -// SetMessage gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Message field. +// SetMessage sets field value func (o *ReportingScheduleCreateParameters) SetMessage(v string) { - o.Message = &v + o.Message = v } // GetFileFormat returns the FileFormat field value @@ -358,9 +355,7 @@ func (o ReportingScheduleCreateParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, erro if !IsNil(o.TimeZone) { toSerialize["time_zone"] = o.TimeZone } - if !IsNil(o.Message) { - toSerialize["message"] = o.Message - } + toSerialize["message"] = o.Message toSerialize["file_format"] = o.FileFormat toSerialize["enabled"] = o.Enabled toSerialize["recipients"] = o.Recipients @@ -376,6 +371,48 @@ func (o ReportingScheduleCreateParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, erro return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *ReportingScheduleCreateParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "report_type", + "cron_expression", + "message", + "file_format", + "enabled", + "recipients", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varReportingScheduleCreateParameters := _ReportingScheduleCreateParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varReportingScheduleCreateParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ReportingScheduleCreateParameters(varReportingScheduleCreateParameters) + + return err +} + type NullableReportingScheduleCreateParameters struct { value *ReportingScheduleCreateParameters isSet bool diff --git a/model_repository.go b/model_repository.go index 3c19fe03..44d9fba8 100644 --- a/model_repository.go +++ b/model_repository.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -44,6 +44,8 @@ type Repository struct { Rac *bool `json:"rac,omitempty"` // The network ports for connecting to the database instance. Ports []int64 `json:"ports,omitempty"` + // The network port for connecting to the SQL Server instance. + Port *int64 `json:"port,omitempty"` // Fully qualified name of the dump history file. DumpHistoryFile *string `json:"dump_history_file,omitempty"` // Database page size for the SAP ASE instance. @@ -60,10 +62,22 @@ type Repository struct { MssqlClusterInstancesName []string `json:"mssql_cluster_instances_name,omitempty"` // MSSQL cluster instances version. MssqlClusterInstancesVersion []string `json:"mssql_cluster_instances_version,omitempty"` + // MSSQL cluster instance owners. + MssqlClusterInstancesOwners []string `json:"mssql_cluster_instances_owners,omitempty"` + // MSSQL cluster instances ports. + MssqlClusterInstancesPorts []int64 `json:"mssql_cluster_instances_ports,omitempty"` + // MSSQL cluster instances server names. + MssqlClusterInstancesServerNames []string `json:"mssql_cluster_instances_server_names,omitempty"` + // MSSQL cluster instances nodes. + MssqlClusterInstancesNodes []string `json:"mssql_cluster_instances_nodes,omitempty"` // Directory where the installation home is located. InstallationHome *string `json:"installation_home,omitempty"` // MSSQL failover cluster drive letter. DriveLetter []string `json:"drive_letter,omitempty"` + // Flag indicating whether the repository was automatically discovered. + Discovered *bool `json:"discovered,omitempty"` + // The list of listeners belonging to this repository. + MssqlListeners []MSSQLClusterListener `json:"mssql_listeners,omitempty"` } // NewRepository instantiates a new Repository object @@ -467,6 +481,38 @@ func (o *Repository) SetPorts(v []int64) { o.Ports = v } +// GetPort returns the Port field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Repository) GetPort() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Port) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.Port +} + +// GetPortOk returns a tuple with the Port field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Repository) GetPortOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Port) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Port, true +} + +// HasPort returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Repository) HasPort() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Port) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPort gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the Port field. +func (o *Repository) SetPort(v int64) { + o.Port = &v +} + // GetDumpHistoryFile returns the DumpHistoryFile field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *Repository) GetDumpHistoryFile() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.DumpHistoryFile) { @@ -723,6 +769,134 @@ func (o *Repository) SetMssqlClusterInstancesVersion(v []string) { o.MssqlClusterInstancesVersion = v } +// GetMssqlClusterInstancesOwners returns the MssqlClusterInstancesOwners field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Repository) GetMssqlClusterInstancesOwners() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesOwners) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.MssqlClusterInstancesOwners +} + +// GetMssqlClusterInstancesOwnersOk returns a tuple with the MssqlClusterInstancesOwners field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Repository) GetMssqlClusterInstancesOwnersOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesOwners) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlClusterInstancesOwners, true +} + +// HasMssqlClusterInstancesOwners returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Repository) HasMssqlClusterInstancesOwners() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesOwners) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlClusterInstancesOwners gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the MssqlClusterInstancesOwners field. +func (o *Repository) SetMssqlClusterInstancesOwners(v []string) { + o.MssqlClusterInstancesOwners = v +} + +// GetMssqlClusterInstancesPorts returns the MssqlClusterInstancesPorts field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Repository) GetMssqlClusterInstancesPorts() []int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesPorts) { + var ret []int64 + return ret + } + return o.MssqlClusterInstancesPorts +} + +// GetMssqlClusterInstancesPortsOk returns a tuple with the MssqlClusterInstancesPorts field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Repository) GetMssqlClusterInstancesPortsOk() ([]int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesPorts) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlClusterInstancesPorts, true +} + +// HasMssqlClusterInstancesPorts returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Repository) HasMssqlClusterInstancesPorts() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesPorts) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlClusterInstancesPorts gets a reference to the given []int64 and assigns it to the MssqlClusterInstancesPorts field. +func (o *Repository) SetMssqlClusterInstancesPorts(v []int64) { + o.MssqlClusterInstancesPorts = v +} + +// GetMssqlClusterInstancesServerNames returns the MssqlClusterInstancesServerNames field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Repository) GetMssqlClusterInstancesServerNames() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesServerNames) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.MssqlClusterInstancesServerNames +} + +// GetMssqlClusterInstancesServerNamesOk returns a tuple with the MssqlClusterInstancesServerNames field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Repository) GetMssqlClusterInstancesServerNamesOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesServerNames) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlClusterInstancesServerNames, true +} + +// HasMssqlClusterInstancesServerNames returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Repository) HasMssqlClusterInstancesServerNames() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesServerNames) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlClusterInstancesServerNames gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the MssqlClusterInstancesServerNames field. +func (o *Repository) SetMssqlClusterInstancesServerNames(v []string) { + o.MssqlClusterInstancesServerNames = v +} + +// GetMssqlClusterInstancesNodes returns the MssqlClusterInstancesNodes field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Repository) GetMssqlClusterInstancesNodes() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesNodes) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.MssqlClusterInstancesNodes +} + +// GetMssqlClusterInstancesNodesOk returns a tuple with the MssqlClusterInstancesNodes field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Repository) GetMssqlClusterInstancesNodesOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesNodes) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlClusterInstancesNodes, true +} + +// HasMssqlClusterInstancesNodes returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Repository) HasMssqlClusterInstancesNodes() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesNodes) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlClusterInstancesNodes gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the MssqlClusterInstancesNodes field. +func (o *Repository) SetMssqlClusterInstancesNodes(v []string) { + o.MssqlClusterInstancesNodes = v +} + // GetInstallationHome returns the InstallationHome field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *Repository) GetInstallationHome() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstallationHome) { @@ -787,6 +961,70 @@ func (o *Repository) SetDriveLetter(v []string) { o.DriveLetter = v } +// GetDiscovered returns the Discovered field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Repository) GetDiscovered() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Discovered) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Discovered +} + +// GetDiscoveredOk returns a tuple with the Discovered field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Repository) GetDiscoveredOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Discovered) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Discovered, true +} + +// HasDiscovered returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Repository) HasDiscovered() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Discovered) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDiscovered gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Discovered field. +func (o *Repository) SetDiscovered(v bool) { + o.Discovered = &v +} + +// GetMssqlListeners returns the MssqlListeners field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Repository) GetMssqlListeners() []MSSQLClusterListener { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlListeners) { + var ret []MSSQLClusterListener + return ret + } + return o.MssqlListeners +} + +// GetMssqlListenersOk returns a tuple with the MssqlListeners field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Repository) GetMssqlListenersOk() ([]MSSQLClusterListener, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlListeners) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlListeners, true +} + +// HasMssqlListeners returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Repository) HasMssqlListeners() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlListeners) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlListeners gets a reference to the given []MSSQLClusterListener and assigns it to the MssqlListeners field. +func (o *Repository) SetMssqlListeners(v []MSSQLClusterListener) { + o.MssqlListeners = v +} + func (o Repository) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -833,6 +1071,9 @@ func (o Repository) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.Ports) { toSerialize["ports"] = o.Ports } + if !IsNil(o.Port) { + toSerialize["port"] = o.Port + } if !IsNil(o.DumpHistoryFile) { toSerialize["dump_history_file"] = o.DumpHistoryFile } @@ -857,12 +1098,30 @@ func (o Repository) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesVersion) { toSerialize["mssql_cluster_instances_version"] = o.MssqlClusterInstancesVersion } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesOwners) { + toSerialize["mssql_cluster_instances_owners"] = o.MssqlClusterInstancesOwners + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesPorts) { + toSerialize["mssql_cluster_instances_ports"] = o.MssqlClusterInstancesPorts + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesServerNames) { + toSerialize["mssql_cluster_instances_server_names"] = o.MssqlClusterInstancesServerNames + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlClusterInstancesNodes) { + toSerialize["mssql_cluster_instances_nodes"] = o.MssqlClusterInstancesNodes + } if !IsNil(o.InstallationHome) { toSerialize["installation_home"] = o.InstallationHome } if !IsNil(o.DriveLetter) { toSerialize["drive_letter"] = o.DriveLetter } + if !IsNil(o.Discovered) { + toSerialize["discovered"] = o.Discovered + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlListeners) { + toSerialize["mssql_listeners"] = o.MssqlListeners + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_repository_delete_job_response.go b/model_repository_delete_job_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..836a190e --- /dev/null +++ b/model_repository_delete_job_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the RepositoryDeleteJobResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &RepositoryDeleteJobResponse{} + +// RepositoryDeleteJobResponse struct for RepositoryDeleteJobResponse +type RepositoryDeleteJobResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewRepositoryDeleteJobResponse instantiates a new RepositoryDeleteJobResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewRepositoryDeleteJobResponse() *RepositoryDeleteJobResponse { + this := RepositoryDeleteJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewRepositoryDeleteJobResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new RepositoryDeleteJobResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewRepositoryDeleteJobResponseWithDefaults() *RepositoryDeleteJobResponse { + this := RepositoryDeleteJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *RepositoryDeleteJobResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *RepositoryDeleteJobResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *RepositoryDeleteJobResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *RepositoryDeleteJobResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o RepositoryDeleteJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o RepositoryDeleteJobResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableRepositoryDeleteJobResponse struct { + value *RepositoryDeleteJobResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableRepositoryDeleteJobResponse) Get() *RepositoryDeleteJobResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableRepositoryDeleteJobResponse) Set(val *RepositoryDeleteJobResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableRepositoryDeleteJobResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableRepositoryDeleteJobResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableRepositoryDeleteJobResponse(val *RepositoryDeleteJobResponse) *NullableRepositoryDeleteJobResponse { + return &NullableRepositoryDeleteJobResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableRepositoryDeleteJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableRepositoryDeleteJobResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_reset_password_parameter.go b/model_reset_password_parameter.go index b428408d..638de094 100644 --- a/model_reset_password_parameter.go +++ b/model_reset_password_parameter.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_restart_execution_response.go b/model_restart_execution_response.go index fd5663b6..e5c3e9b6 100644 --- a/model_restart_execution_response.go +++ b/model_restart_execution_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_role.go b/model_role.go index 3274c2a8..c0a280ab 100644 --- a/model_role.go +++ b/model_role.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the Role type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -26,13 +28,19 @@ type Role struct { Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"` // The list of permissions granted by this role. PermissionObjects []PermissionObject `json:"permission_objects"` + // If set to true, adding or removing permission is not allowed. + Immutable *bool `json:"immutable,omitempty"` Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` + // The list of profiles that influence the navigation menus shown in the UI. + UiProfiles []string `json:"ui_profiles,omitempty"` // The Role ID. Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` // System role are pre defined roles. System roles cannot be modified. SystemRole *bool `json:"system_role,omitempty"` } +type _Role Role + // NewRole instantiates a new Role object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -41,6 +49,8 @@ func NewRole(name string, permissionObjects []PermissionObject) *Role { this := Role{} this.Name = name this.PermissionObjects = permissionObjects + var immutable bool = false + this.Immutable = &immutable return &this } @@ -49,6 +59,8 @@ func NewRole(name string, permissionObjects []PermissionObject) *Role { // but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set func NewRoleWithDefaults() *Role { this := Role{} + var immutable bool = false + this.Immutable = &immutable return &this } @@ -132,6 +144,38 @@ func (o *Role) SetPermissionObjects(v []PermissionObject) { o.PermissionObjects = v } +// GetImmutable returns the Immutable field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Role) GetImmutable() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Immutable) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Immutable +} + +// GetImmutableOk returns a tuple with the Immutable field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Role) GetImmutableOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Immutable) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Immutable, true +} + +// HasImmutable returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Role) HasImmutable() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Immutable) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetImmutable gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Immutable field. +func (o *Role) SetImmutable(v bool) { + o.Immutable = &v +} + // GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *Role) GetTags() []Tag { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { @@ -164,6 +208,38 @@ func (o *Role) SetTags(v []Tag) { o.Tags = v } +// GetUiProfiles returns the UiProfiles field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Role) GetUiProfiles() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UiProfiles) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.UiProfiles +} + +// GetUiProfilesOk returns a tuple with the UiProfiles field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Role) GetUiProfilesOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UiProfiles) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UiProfiles, true +} + +// HasUiProfiles returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Role) HasUiProfiles() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UiProfiles) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUiProfiles gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the UiProfiles field. +func (o *Role) SetUiProfiles(v []string) { + o.UiProfiles = v +} + // GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *Role) GetId() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { @@ -243,9 +319,15 @@ func (o Role) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize["description"] = o.Description } toSerialize["permission_objects"] = o.PermissionObjects + if !IsNil(o.Immutable) { + toSerialize["immutable"] = o.Immutable + } if !IsNil(o.Tags) { toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags } + if !IsNil(o.UiProfiles) { + toSerialize["ui_profiles"] = o.UiProfiles + } if !IsNil(o.Id) { toSerialize["id"] = o.Id } @@ -255,6 +337,44 @@ func (o Role) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *Role) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "name", + "permission_objects", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varRole := _Role{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varRole) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = Role(varRole) + + return err +} + type NullableRole struct { value *Role isSet bool diff --git a/model_role_all_of.go b/model_role_all_of.go deleted file mode 100644 index c15631b4..00000000 --- a/model_role_all_of.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,165 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" -) - -// checks if the RoleAllOf type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &RoleAllOf{} - -// RoleAllOf struct for RoleAllOf -type RoleAllOf struct { - // The Role ID. - Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` - // System role are pre defined roles. System roles cannot be modified. - SystemRole *bool `json:"system_role,omitempty"` -} - -// NewRoleAllOf instantiates a new RoleAllOf object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewRoleAllOf() *RoleAllOf { - this := RoleAllOf{} - return &this -} - -// NewRoleAllOfWithDefaults instantiates a new RoleAllOf object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewRoleAllOfWithDefaults() *RoleAllOf { - this := RoleAllOf{} - return &this -} - -// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *RoleAllOf) GetId() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.Id -} - -// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *RoleAllOf) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Id, true -} - -// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *RoleAllOf) HasId() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. -func (o *RoleAllOf) SetId(v string) { - o.Id = &v -} - -// GetSystemRole returns the SystemRole field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *RoleAllOf) GetSystemRole() bool { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.SystemRole) { - var ret bool - return ret - } - return *o.SystemRole -} - -// GetSystemRoleOk returns a tuple with the SystemRole field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *RoleAllOf) GetSystemRoleOk() (*bool, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.SystemRole) { - return nil, false - } - return o.SystemRole, true -} - -// HasSystemRole returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *RoleAllOf) HasSystemRole() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SystemRole) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetSystemRole gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the SystemRole field. -func (o *RoleAllOf) SetSystemRole(v bool) { - o.SystemRole = &v -} - -func (o RoleAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o RoleAllOf) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.Id) { - toSerialize["id"] = o.Id - } - if !IsNil(o.SystemRole) { - toSerialize["system_role"] = o.SystemRole - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableRoleAllOf struct { - value *RoleAllOf - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableRoleAllOf) Get() *RoleAllOf { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableRoleAllOf) Set(val *RoleAllOf) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableRoleAllOf) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableRoleAllOf) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableRoleAllOf(val *RoleAllOf) *NullableRoleAllOf { - return &NullableRoleAllOf{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableRoleAllOf) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableRoleAllOf) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_role_update_parameters.go b/model_role_update_parameters.go index f62e66ac..31bc7c74 100644 --- a/model_role_update_parameters.go +++ b/model_role_update_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_rollback_vdb_from_bookmark_parameters.go b/model_rollback_vdb_from_bookmark_parameters.go index 5594aa86..a0f284fc 100644 --- a/model_rollback_vdb_from_bookmark_parameters.go +++ b/model_rollback_vdb_from_bookmark_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the RollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -24,6 +26,8 @@ type RollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters struct { BookmarkId string `json:"bookmark_id"` } +type _RollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters RollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters + // NewRollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters instantiates a new RollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -80,6 +84,43 @@ func (o RollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, erro return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *RollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "bookmark_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varRollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters := _RollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varRollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = RollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters(varRollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters) + + return err +} + type NullableRollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters struct { value *RollbackVDBFromBookmarkParameters isSet bool diff --git a/model_rollback_vdb_from_bookmark_response.go b/model_rollback_vdb_from_bookmark_response.go index 97d2551a..f473d044 100644 --- a/model_rollback_vdb_from_bookmark_response.go +++ b/model_rollback_vdb_from_bookmark_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_rollback_vdb_group_parameters.go b/model_rollback_vdb_group_parameters.go index 2eac1fe6..617c28c5 100644 --- a/model_rollback_vdb_group_parameters.go +++ b/model_rollback_vdb_group_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the RollbackVDBGroupParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -24,6 +26,8 @@ type RollbackVDBGroupParameters struct { BookmarkId string `json:"bookmark_id"` } +type _RollbackVDBGroupParameters RollbackVDBGroupParameters + // NewRollbackVDBGroupParameters instantiates a new RollbackVDBGroupParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -80,6 +84,43 @@ func (o RollbackVDBGroupParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *RollbackVDBGroupParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "bookmark_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varRollbackVDBGroupParameters := _RollbackVDBGroupParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varRollbackVDBGroupParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = RollbackVDBGroupParameters(varRollbackVDBGroupParameters) + + return err +} + type NullableRollbackVDBGroupParameters struct { value *RollbackVDBGroupParameters isSet bool diff --git a/model_rollback_vdb_group_response.go b/model_rollback_vdb_group_response.go index a2b064d7..70191915 100644 --- a/model_rollback_vdb_group_response.go +++ b/model_rollback_vdb_group_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_rollback_vdbby_snapshot_parameters.go b/model_rollback_vdbby_snapshot_parameters.go index 520aaf95..25b73b7e 100644 --- a/model_rollback_vdbby_snapshot_parameters.go +++ b/model_rollback_vdbby_snapshot_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_rollback_vdbby_snapshot_response.go b/model_rollback_vdbby_snapshot_response.go index 0bb827ce..bde96015 100644 --- a/model_rollback_vdbby_snapshot_response.go +++ b/model_rollback_vdbby_snapshot_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_rollback_vdbby_timestamp_parameters.go b/model_rollback_vdbby_timestamp_parameters.go index 3f9631a1..bbdacd1d 100644 --- a/model_rollback_vdbby_timestamp_parameters.go +++ b/model_rollback_vdbby_timestamp_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ type RollbackVDBByTimestampParameters struct { // The point in time from which to execute the operation. Mutually exclusive with timestamp_in_database_timezone. If the timestamp is not set, selects the latest point. Timestamp *time.Time `json:"timestamp,omitempty"` // The point in time from which to execute the operation, expressed as a date-time in the timezone of the source database. Mutually exclusive with timestamp. - TimestampInDatabaseTimezone *string `json:"timestamp_in_database_timezone,omitempty"` + TimestampInDatabaseTimezone *string `json:"timestamp_in_database_timezone,omitempty" validate:"regexp=[0-9]{4}-[0-9]{2}-[0-9]{2}T[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}(.[0-9]{0,3})?"` // The Timeflow ID. TimeflowId *string `json:"timeflow_id,omitempty"` } diff --git a/model_rollback_vdbby_timestamp_response.go b/model_rollback_vdbby_timestamp_response.go index cf04edac..6ff5e8d3 100644 --- a/model_rollback_vdbby_timestamp_response.go +++ b/model_rollback_vdbby_timestamp_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_rule_set.go b/model_rule_set.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2342e489 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_rule_set.go @@ -0,0 +1,919 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" +) + +// checks if the RuleSet type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &RuleSet{} + +// RuleSet A masking rule set. +type RuleSet struct { + // The rule set ID. + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // The name of this rule set. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + Type *ConnectorTypeEnum `json:"type,omitempty"` + // The rule set connector platform. + Platform NullableString `json:"platform,omitempty"` + // The ID of the connector this rule set uses. + ConnectorId NullableString `json:"connector_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the connector this rule set uses. + ConnectorName NullableString `json:"connector_name,omitempty"` + // The ID of the engine this rule set originated from. + EngineId NullableString `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the engine this rule set originated from. + EngineName NullableString `json:"engine_name,omitempty"` + // The total number of data elements in this rule set. + DataElementsTotal NullableInt64 `json:"data_elements_total,omitempty"` + // The number of sensitive data elements in this rule set. + DataElementsSensitive NullableInt64 `json:"data_elements_sensitive,omitempty"` + // The total number of records in this rule set. + RecordsTotal NullableInt64 `json:"records_total,omitempty"` + // The number of sensitive records in this rule set. + RecordsSensitive NullableInt64 `json:"records_sensitive,omitempty"` + // The date this rule set was created. + CreationDate *time.Time `json:"creation_date,omitempty"` + // The ID of the account who created this rule set. + AccountId *int64 `json:"account_id,omitempty"` + // The username of the account who created this rule set. + AccountName *string `json:"account_name,omitempty"` + // Whether or not this rule set is managed by DCT. + DctManaged *bool `json:"dct_managed,omitempty"` + // This applies when table metadata exists in DCT, but the corresponding table no longer exists in the external database. In that event, true will cause the refresh operation to delete the invalid table metadata, whereas false will fail the refresh instead. + RefreshDropsTables *bool `json:"refresh_drops_tables,omitempty"` + // The tags of this rule set. + Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` + JobOrchestratorId *string `json:"job_orchestrator_id,omitempty"` + JobOrchestratorName *string `json:"job_orchestrator_name,omitempty"` +} + +// NewRuleSet instantiates a new RuleSet object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewRuleSet() *RuleSet { + this := RuleSet{} + return &this +} + +// NewRuleSetWithDefaults instantiates a new RuleSet object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewRuleSetWithDefaults() *RuleSet { + this := RuleSet{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *RuleSet) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *RuleSet) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *RuleSet) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *RuleSet) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *RuleSet) GetType() ConnectorTypeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { + var ret ConnectorTypeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.Type +} + +// GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) GetTypeOk() (*ConnectorTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Type, true +} + +// HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) HasType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Type) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetType gets a reference to the given ConnectorTypeEnum and assigns it to the Type field. +func (o *RuleSet) SetType(v ConnectorTypeEnum) { + o.Type = &v +} + +// GetPlatform returns the Platform field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *RuleSet) GetPlatform() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Platform.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Platform.Get() +} + +// GetPlatformOk returns a tuple with the Platform field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *RuleSet) GetPlatformOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Platform.Get(), o.Platform.IsSet() +} + +// HasPlatform returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) HasPlatform() bool { + if o != nil && o.Platform.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPlatform gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the Platform field. +func (o *RuleSet) SetPlatform(v string) { + o.Platform.Set(&v) +} +// SetPlatformNil sets the value for Platform to be an explicit nil +func (o *RuleSet) SetPlatformNil() { + o.Platform.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetPlatform ensures that no value is present for Platform, not even an explicit nil +func (o *RuleSet) UnsetPlatform() { + o.Platform.Unset() +} + +// GetConnectorId returns the ConnectorId field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *RuleSet) GetConnectorId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectorId.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ConnectorId.Get() +} + +// GetConnectorIdOk returns a tuple with the ConnectorId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *RuleSet) GetConnectorIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.ConnectorId.Get(), o.ConnectorId.IsSet() +} + +// HasConnectorId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) HasConnectorId() bool { + if o != nil && o.ConnectorId.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConnectorId gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the ConnectorId field. +func (o *RuleSet) SetConnectorId(v string) { + o.ConnectorId.Set(&v) +} +// SetConnectorIdNil sets the value for ConnectorId to be an explicit nil +func (o *RuleSet) SetConnectorIdNil() { + o.ConnectorId.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetConnectorId ensures that no value is present for ConnectorId, not even an explicit nil +func (o *RuleSet) UnsetConnectorId() { + o.ConnectorId.Unset() +} + +// GetConnectorName returns the ConnectorName field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *RuleSet) GetConnectorName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectorName.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ConnectorName.Get() +} + +// GetConnectorNameOk returns a tuple with the ConnectorName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *RuleSet) GetConnectorNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.ConnectorName.Get(), o.ConnectorName.IsSet() +} + +// HasConnectorName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) HasConnectorName() bool { + if o != nil && o.ConnectorName.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConnectorName gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the ConnectorName field. +func (o *RuleSet) SetConnectorName(v string) { + o.ConnectorName.Set(&v) +} +// SetConnectorNameNil sets the value for ConnectorName to be an explicit nil +func (o *RuleSet) SetConnectorNameNil() { + o.ConnectorName.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetConnectorName ensures that no value is present for ConnectorName, not even an explicit nil +func (o *RuleSet) UnsetConnectorName() { + o.ConnectorName.Unset() +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *RuleSet) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineId.Get() +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *RuleSet) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineId.Get(), o.EngineId.IsSet() +} + +// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) HasEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && o.EngineId.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the EngineId field. +func (o *RuleSet) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId.Set(&v) +} +// SetEngineIdNil sets the value for EngineId to be an explicit nil +func (o *RuleSet) SetEngineIdNil() { + o.EngineId.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetEngineId ensures that no value is present for EngineId, not even an explicit nil +func (o *RuleSet) UnsetEngineId() { + o.EngineId.Unset() +} + +// GetEngineName returns the EngineName field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *RuleSet) GetEngineName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineName.Get() +} + +// GetEngineNameOk returns a tuple with the EngineName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *RuleSet) GetEngineNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineName.Get(), o.EngineName.IsSet() +} + +// HasEngineName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) HasEngineName() bool { + if o != nil && o.EngineName.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineName gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the EngineName field. +func (o *RuleSet) SetEngineName(v string) { + o.EngineName.Set(&v) +} +// SetEngineNameNil sets the value for EngineName to be an explicit nil +func (o *RuleSet) SetEngineNameNil() { + o.EngineName.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetEngineName ensures that no value is present for EngineName, not even an explicit nil +func (o *RuleSet) UnsetEngineName() { + o.EngineName.Unset() +} + +// GetDataElementsTotal returns the DataElementsTotal field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *RuleSet) GetDataElementsTotal() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataElementsTotal.Get()) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.DataElementsTotal.Get() +} + +// GetDataElementsTotalOk returns a tuple with the DataElementsTotal field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *RuleSet) GetDataElementsTotalOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataElementsTotal.Get(), o.DataElementsTotal.IsSet() +} + +// HasDataElementsTotal returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) HasDataElementsTotal() bool { + if o != nil && o.DataElementsTotal.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataElementsTotal gets a reference to the given NullableInt64 and assigns it to the DataElementsTotal field. +func (o *RuleSet) SetDataElementsTotal(v int64) { + o.DataElementsTotal.Set(&v) +} +// SetDataElementsTotalNil sets the value for DataElementsTotal to be an explicit nil +func (o *RuleSet) SetDataElementsTotalNil() { + o.DataElementsTotal.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetDataElementsTotal ensures that no value is present for DataElementsTotal, not even an explicit nil +func (o *RuleSet) UnsetDataElementsTotal() { + o.DataElementsTotal.Unset() +} + +// GetDataElementsSensitive returns the DataElementsSensitive field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *RuleSet) GetDataElementsSensitive() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataElementsSensitive.Get()) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.DataElementsSensitive.Get() +} + +// GetDataElementsSensitiveOk returns a tuple with the DataElementsSensitive field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *RuleSet) GetDataElementsSensitiveOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataElementsSensitive.Get(), o.DataElementsSensitive.IsSet() +} + +// HasDataElementsSensitive returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) HasDataElementsSensitive() bool { + if o != nil && o.DataElementsSensitive.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataElementsSensitive gets a reference to the given NullableInt64 and assigns it to the DataElementsSensitive field. +func (o *RuleSet) SetDataElementsSensitive(v int64) { + o.DataElementsSensitive.Set(&v) +} +// SetDataElementsSensitiveNil sets the value for DataElementsSensitive to be an explicit nil +func (o *RuleSet) SetDataElementsSensitiveNil() { + o.DataElementsSensitive.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetDataElementsSensitive ensures that no value is present for DataElementsSensitive, not even an explicit nil +func (o *RuleSet) UnsetDataElementsSensitive() { + o.DataElementsSensitive.Unset() +} + +// GetRecordsTotal returns the RecordsTotal field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *RuleSet) GetRecordsTotal() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecordsTotal.Get()) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.RecordsTotal.Get() +} + +// GetRecordsTotalOk returns a tuple with the RecordsTotal field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *RuleSet) GetRecordsTotalOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecordsTotal.Get(), o.RecordsTotal.IsSet() +} + +// HasRecordsTotal returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) HasRecordsTotal() bool { + if o != nil && o.RecordsTotal.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecordsTotal gets a reference to the given NullableInt64 and assigns it to the RecordsTotal field. +func (o *RuleSet) SetRecordsTotal(v int64) { + o.RecordsTotal.Set(&v) +} +// SetRecordsTotalNil sets the value for RecordsTotal to be an explicit nil +func (o *RuleSet) SetRecordsTotalNil() { + o.RecordsTotal.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetRecordsTotal ensures that no value is present for RecordsTotal, not even an explicit nil +func (o *RuleSet) UnsetRecordsTotal() { + o.RecordsTotal.Unset() +} + +// GetRecordsSensitive returns the RecordsSensitive field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *RuleSet) GetRecordsSensitive() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecordsSensitive.Get()) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.RecordsSensitive.Get() +} + +// GetRecordsSensitiveOk returns a tuple with the RecordsSensitive field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *RuleSet) GetRecordsSensitiveOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecordsSensitive.Get(), o.RecordsSensitive.IsSet() +} + +// HasRecordsSensitive returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) HasRecordsSensitive() bool { + if o != nil && o.RecordsSensitive.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecordsSensitive gets a reference to the given NullableInt64 and assigns it to the RecordsSensitive field. +func (o *RuleSet) SetRecordsSensitive(v int64) { + o.RecordsSensitive.Set(&v) +} +// SetRecordsSensitiveNil sets the value for RecordsSensitive to be an explicit nil +func (o *RuleSet) SetRecordsSensitiveNil() { + o.RecordsSensitive.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetRecordsSensitive ensures that no value is present for RecordsSensitive, not even an explicit nil +func (o *RuleSet) UnsetRecordsSensitive() { + o.RecordsSensitive.Unset() +} + +// GetCreationDate returns the CreationDate field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *RuleSet) GetCreationDate() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CreationDate) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.CreationDate +} + +// GetCreationDateOk returns a tuple with the CreationDate field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) GetCreationDateOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CreationDate) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CreationDate, true +} + +// HasCreationDate returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) HasCreationDate() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CreationDate) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCreationDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreationDate field. +func (o *RuleSet) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) { + o.CreationDate = &v +} + +// GetAccountId returns the AccountId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *RuleSet) GetAccountId() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountId) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.AccountId +} + +// GetAccountIdOk returns a tuple with the AccountId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) GetAccountIdOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AccountId, true +} + +// HasAccountId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) HasAccountId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AccountId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAccountId gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the AccountId field. +func (o *RuleSet) SetAccountId(v int64) { + o.AccountId = &v +} + +// GetAccountName returns the AccountName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *RuleSet) GetAccountName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AccountName +} + +// GetAccountNameOk returns a tuple with the AccountName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) GetAccountNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AccountName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AccountName, true +} + +// HasAccountName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) HasAccountName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AccountName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAccountName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AccountName field. +func (o *RuleSet) SetAccountName(v string) { + o.AccountName = &v +} + +// GetDctManaged returns the DctManaged field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *RuleSet) GetDctManaged() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.DctManaged +} + +// GetDctManagedOk returns a tuple with the DctManaged field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) GetDctManagedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DctManaged, true +} + +// HasDctManaged returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) HasDctManaged() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDctManaged gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DctManaged field. +func (o *RuleSet) SetDctManaged(v bool) { + o.DctManaged = &v +} + +// GetRefreshDropsTables returns the RefreshDropsTables field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *RuleSet) GetRefreshDropsTables() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RefreshDropsTables) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.RefreshDropsTables +} + +// GetRefreshDropsTablesOk returns a tuple with the RefreshDropsTables field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) GetRefreshDropsTablesOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RefreshDropsTables) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RefreshDropsTables, true +} + +// HasRefreshDropsTables returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) HasRefreshDropsTables() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RefreshDropsTables) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRefreshDropsTables gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the RefreshDropsTables field. +func (o *RuleSet) SetRefreshDropsTables(v bool) { + o.RefreshDropsTables = &v +} + +// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *RuleSet) GetTags() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.Tags +} + +// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tags, true +} + +// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) HasTags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. +func (o *RuleSet) SetTags(v []Tag) { + o.Tags = v +} + +// GetJobOrchestratorId returns the JobOrchestratorId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *RuleSet) GetJobOrchestratorId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.JobOrchestratorId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.JobOrchestratorId +} + +// GetJobOrchestratorIdOk returns a tuple with the JobOrchestratorId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) GetJobOrchestratorIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.JobOrchestratorId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.JobOrchestratorId, true +} + +// HasJobOrchestratorId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) HasJobOrchestratorId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.JobOrchestratorId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJobOrchestratorId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the JobOrchestratorId field. +func (o *RuleSet) SetJobOrchestratorId(v string) { + o.JobOrchestratorId = &v +} + +// GetJobOrchestratorName returns the JobOrchestratorName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *RuleSet) GetJobOrchestratorName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.JobOrchestratorName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.JobOrchestratorName +} + +// GetJobOrchestratorNameOk returns a tuple with the JobOrchestratorName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) GetJobOrchestratorNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.JobOrchestratorName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.JobOrchestratorName, true +} + +// HasJobOrchestratorName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *RuleSet) HasJobOrchestratorName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.JobOrchestratorName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJobOrchestratorName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the JobOrchestratorName field. +func (o *RuleSet) SetJobOrchestratorName(v string) { + o.JobOrchestratorName = &v +} + +func (o RuleSet) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o RuleSet) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.Type) { + toSerialize["type"] = o.Type + } + if o.Platform.IsSet() { + toSerialize["platform"] = o.Platform.Get() + } + if o.ConnectorId.IsSet() { + toSerialize["connector_id"] = o.ConnectorId.Get() + } + if o.ConnectorName.IsSet() { + toSerialize["connector_name"] = o.ConnectorName.Get() + } + if o.EngineId.IsSet() { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId.Get() + } + if o.EngineName.IsSet() { + toSerialize["engine_name"] = o.EngineName.Get() + } + if o.DataElementsTotal.IsSet() { + toSerialize["data_elements_total"] = o.DataElementsTotal.Get() + } + if o.DataElementsSensitive.IsSet() { + toSerialize["data_elements_sensitive"] = o.DataElementsSensitive.Get() + } + if o.RecordsTotal.IsSet() { + toSerialize["records_total"] = o.RecordsTotal.Get() + } + if o.RecordsSensitive.IsSet() { + toSerialize["records_sensitive"] = o.RecordsSensitive.Get() + } + if !IsNil(o.CreationDate) { + toSerialize["creation_date"] = o.CreationDate + } + if !IsNil(o.AccountId) { + toSerialize["account_id"] = o.AccountId + } + if !IsNil(o.AccountName) { + toSerialize["account_name"] = o.AccountName + } + if !IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + toSerialize["dct_managed"] = o.DctManaged + } + if !IsNil(o.RefreshDropsTables) { + toSerialize["refresh_drops_tables"] = o.RefreshDropsTables + } + if !IsNil(o.Tags) { + toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags + } + if !IsNil(o.JobOrchestratorId) { + toSerialize["job_orchestrator_id"] = o.JobOrchestratorId + } + if !IsNil(o.JobOrchestratorName) { + toSerialize["job_orchestrator_name"] = o.JobOrchestratorName + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableRuleSet struct { + value *RuleSet + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableRuleSet) Get() *RuleSet { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableRuleSet) Set(val *RuleSet) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableRuleSet) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableRuleSet) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableRuleSet(val *RuleSet) *NullableRuleSet { + return &NullableRuleSet{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableRuleSet) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableRuleSet) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_rule_sets_list_response.go b/model_rule_sets_list_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ce0bcb91 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_rule_sets_list_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the RuleSetsListResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &RuleSetsListResponse{} + +// RuleSetsListResponse struct for RuleSetsListResponse +type RuleSetsListResponse struct { + Items []RuleSet `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewRuleSetsListResponse instantiates a new RuleSetsListResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewRuleSetsListResponse() *RuleSetsListResponse { + this := RuleSetsListResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewRuleSetsListResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new RuleSetsListResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewRuleSetsListResponseWithDefaults() *RuleSetsListResponse { + this := RuleSetsListResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *RuleSetsListResponse) GetItems() []RuleSet { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []RuleSet + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *RuleSetsListResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]RuleSet, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *RuleSetsListResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []RuleSet and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *RuleSetsListResponse) SetItems(v []RuleSet) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *RuleSetsListResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *RuleSetsListResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *RuleSetsListResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *RuleSetsListResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o RuleSetsListResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o RuleSetsListResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableRuleSetsListResponse struct { + value *RuleSetsListResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableRuleSetsListResponse) Get() *RuleSetsListResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableRuleSetsListResponse) Set(val *RuleSetsListResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableRuleSetsListResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableRuleSetsListResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableRuleSetsListResponse(val *RuleSetsListResponse) *NullableRuleSetsListResponse { + return &NullableRuleSetsListResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableRuleSetsListResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableRuleSetsListResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_rule_sets_search_response.go b/model_rule_sets_search_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..755a3a3f --- /dev/null +++ b/model_rule_sets_search_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the RuleSetsSearchResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &RuleSetsSearchResponse{} + +// RuleSetsSearchResponse struct for RuleSetsSearchResponse +type RuleSetsSearchResponse struct { + Items []RuleSet `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewRuleSetsSearchResponse instantiates a new RuleSetsSearchResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewRuleSetsSearchResponse() *RuleSetsSearchResponse { + this := RuleSetsSearchResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewRuleSetsSearchResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new RuleSetsSearchResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewRuleSetsSearchResponseWithDefaults() *RuleSetsSearchResponse { + this := RuleSetsSearchResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *RuleSetsSearchResponse) GetItems() []RuleSet { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []RuleSet + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *RuleSetsSearchResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]RuleSet, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *RuleSetsSearchResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []RuleSet and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *RuleSetsSearchResponse) SetItems(v []RuleSet) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *RuleSetsSearchResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *RuleSetsSearchResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *RuleSetsSearchResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *RuleSetsSearchResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o RuleSetsSearchResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o RuleSetsSearchResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableRuleSetsSearchResponse struct { + value *RuleSetsSearchResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableRuleSetsSearchResponse) Get() *RuleSetsSearchResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableRuleSetsSearchResponse) Set(val *RuleSetsSearchResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableRuleSetsSearchResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableRuleSetsSearchResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableRuleSetsSearchResponse(val *RuleSetsSearchResponse) *NullableRuleSetsSearchResponse { + return &NullableRuleSetsSearchResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableRuleSetsSearchResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableRuleSetsSearchResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_saml_config_params.go b/model_saml_config_params.go index 3889bb70..00147d70 100644 --- a/model_saml_config_params.go +++ b/model_saml_config_params.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_saml_validation_response.go b/model_saml_validation_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d57ee0ac --- /dev/null +++ b/model_saml_validation_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the SAMLValidationResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SAMLValidationResponse{} + +// SAMLValidationResponse The response of SAML validation. +type SAMLValidationResponse struct { + // true if SAML is enabled, false otherwise. + Enabled *bool `json:"enabled,omitempty"` +} + +// NewSAMLValidationResponse instantiates a new SAMLValidationResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewSAMLValidationResponse() *SAMLValidationResponse { + this := SAMLValidationResponse{} + var enabled bool = false + this.Enabled = &enabled + return &this +} + +// NewSAMLValidationResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new SAMLValidationResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewSAMLValidationResponseWithDefaults() *SAMLValidationResponse { + this := SAMLValidationResponse{} + var enabled bool = false + this.Enabled = &enabled + return &this +} + +// GetEnabled returns the Enabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SAMLValidationResponse) GetEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Enabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Enabled +} + +// GetEnabledOk returns a tuple with the Enabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SAMLValidationResponse) GetEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Enabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Enabled, true +} + +// HasEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SAMLValidationResponse) HasEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Enabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Enabled field. +func (o *SAMLValidationResponse) SetEnabled(v bool) { + o.Enabled = &v +} + +func (o SAMLValidationResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o SAMLValidationResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Enabled) { + toSerialize["enabled"] = o.Enabled + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableSAMLValidationResponse struct { + value *SAMLValidationResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableSAMLValidationResponse) Get() *SAMLValidationResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableSAMLValidationResponse) Set(val *SAMLValidationResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableSAMLValidationResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableSAMLValidationResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableSAMLValidationResponse(val *SAMLValidationResponse) *NullableSAMLValidationResponse { + return &NullableSAMLValidationResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableSAMLValidationResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableSAMLValidationResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_scope_tag.go b/model_scope_tag.go index 047b13e7..965d189a 100644 --- a/model_scope_tag.go +++ b/model_scope_tag.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the ScopeTag type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -28,6 +30,8 @@ type ScopeTag struct { Permission *PermissionEnum `json:"permission,omitempty"` } +type _ScopeTag ScopeTag + // NewScopeTag instantiates a new ScopeTag object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -180,6 +184,44 @@ func (o ScopeTag) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *ScopeTag) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "key", + "value", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varScopeTag := _ScopeTag{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varScopeTag) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ScopeTag(varScopeTag) + + return err +} + type NullableScopeTag struct { value *ScopeTag isSet bool diff --git a/model_scope_tags_request.go b/model_scope_tags_request.go index 3fed53ae..e729f294 100644 --- a/model_scope_tags_request.go +++ b/model_scope_tags_request.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the ScopeTagsRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -24,6 +26,8 @@ type ScopeTagsRequest struct { Tags []ScopeTag `json:"tags"` } +type _ScopeTagsRequest ScopeTagsRequest + // NewScopeTagsRequest instantiates a new ScopeTagsRequest object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -80,6 +84,43 @@ func (o ScopeTagsRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *ScopeTagsRequest) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "tags", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varScopeTagsRequest := _ScopeTagsRequest{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varScopeTagsRequest) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ScopeTagsRequest(varScopeTagsRequest) + + return err +} + type NullableScopeTagsRequest struct { value *ScopeTagsRequest isSet bool diff --git a/model_scope_tags_response.go b/model_scope_tags_response.go index e161fe4f..0af73ced 100644 --- a/model_scope_tags_response.go +++ b/model_scope_tags_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_scoped_object_item.go b/model_scoped_object_item.go index f5a48174..cd0490fe 100644 --- a/model_scoped_object_item.go +++ b/model_scoped_object_item.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the ScopedObjectItem type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -26,6 +28,8 @@ type ScopedObjectItem struct { Permission *PermissionEnum `json:"permission,omitempty"` } +type _ScopedObjectItem ScopedObjectItem + // NewScopedObjectItem instantiates a new ScopedObjectItem object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -143,6 +147,44 @@ func (o ScopedObjectItem) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *ScopedObjectItem) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "object_id", + "object_type", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varScopedObjectItem := _ScopedObjectItem{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varScopedObjectItem) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ScopedObjectItem(varScopedObjectItem) + + return err +} + type NullableScopedObjectItem struct { value *ScopedObjectItem isSet bool diff --git a/model_scoped_object_items_response.go b/model_scoped_object_items_response.go index b5a4ce64..2affd24e 100644 --- a/model_scoped_object_items_response.go +++ b/model_scoped_object_items_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_scoped_objects_request.go b/model_scoped_objects_request.go index 15d2d4a7..d6afbb38 100644 --- a/model_scoped_objects_request.go +++ b/model_scoped_objects_request.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the ScopedObjectsRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -24,6 +26,8 @@ type ScopedObjectsRequest struct { Objects []ScopedObjectItem `json:"objects"` } +type _ScopedObjectsRequest ScopedObjectsRequest + // NewScopedObjectsRequest instantiates a new ScopedObjectsRequest object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -80,6 +84,43 @@ func (o ScopedObjectsRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *ScopedObjectsRequest) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "objects", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varScopedObjectsRequest := _ScopedObjectsRequest{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varScopedObjectsRequest) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ScopedObjectsRequest(varScopedObjectsRequest) + + return err +} + type NullableScopedObjectsRequest struct { value *ScopedObjectsRequest isSet bool diff --git a/model_search_access_groups_response.go b/model_search_access_groups_response.go index 51d8593e..a084ac66 100644 --- a/model_search_access_groups_response.go +++ b/model_search_access_groups_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_accounts_response.go b/model_search_accounts_response.go index ab85e30a..94d0f251 100644 --- a/model_search_accounts_response.go +++ b/model_search_accounts_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_algorithm_dependencies_response.go b/model_search_algorithm_dependencies_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2704cb14 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_search_algorithm_dependencies_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse{} + +// SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse struct for SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse +type SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse struct { + Items []Dependency `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewSearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse instantiates a new SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewSearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse() *SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse { + this := SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewSearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewSearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponseWithDefaults() *SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse { + this := SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) GetItems() []Dependency { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []Dependency + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]Dependency, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []Dependency and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) SetItems(v []Dependency) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableSearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse struct { + value *SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableSearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) Get() *SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableSearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) Set(val *SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableSearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableSearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableSearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse(val *SearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) *NullableSearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse { + return &NullableSearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableSearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableSearchAlgorithmDependenciesResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_search_algorithms_response.go b/model_search_algorithms_response.go index dad1d065..4ccdc9ec 100644 --- a/model_search_algorithms_response.go +++ b/model_search_algorithms_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_body.go b/model_search_body.go index dd5d3bc6..814a3f40 100644 --- a/model_search_body.go +++ b/model_search_body.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_bookmarks_by_vdb_groups_response.go b/model_search_bookmarks_by_vdb_groups_response.go index bf3196d3..01123dc1 100644 --- a/model_search_bookmarks_by_vdb_groups_response.go +++ b/model_search_bookmarks_by_vdb_groups_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_bookmarks_by_vdb_response.go b/model_search_bookmarks_by_vdb_response.go index b07ad0f7..3615a291 100644 --- a/model_search_bookmarks_by_vdb_response.go +++ b/model_search_bookmarks_by_vdb_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_bookmarks_response.go b/model_search_bookmarks_response.go index 08d25af3..e0d2b468 100644 --- a/model_search_bookmarks_response.go +++ b/model_search_bookmarks_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_cdbs_response.go b/model_search_cdbs_response.go index 1a97e0df..cc9ec18d 100644 --- a/model_search_cdbs_response.go +++ b/model_search_cdbs_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_compliance_job_collections_response.go b/model_search_compliance_job_collections_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c21dae01 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_search_compliance_job_collections_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse{} + +// SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse struct for SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse +type SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse struct { + Items []ComplianceJobCollection `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewSearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse instantiates a new SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewSearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse() *SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse { + this := SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewSearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewSearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponseWithDefaults() *SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse { + this := SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) GetItems() []ComplianceJobCollection { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []ComplianceJobCollection + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]ComplianceJobCollection, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []ComplianceJobCollection and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) SetItems(v []ComplianceJobCollection) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableSearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse struct { + value *SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableSearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) Get() *SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableSearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) Set(val *SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableSearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableSearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableSearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse(val *SearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) *NullableSearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse { + return &NullableSearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableSearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableSearchComplianceJobCollectionsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_search_compliance_jobs_response.go b/model_search_compliance_jobs_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..467eeb4f --- /dev/null +++ b/model_search_compliance_jobs_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the SearchComplianceJobsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SearchComplianceJobsResponse{} + +// SearchComplianceJobsResponse struct for SearchComplianceJobsResponse +type SearchComplianceJobsResponse struct { + Items []ComplianceJob `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewSearchComplianceJobsResponse instantiates a new SearchComplianceJobsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewSearchComplianceJobsResponse() *SearchComplianceJobsResponse { + this := SearchComplianceJobsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewSearchComplianceJobsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new SearchComplianceJobsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewSearchComplianceJobsResponseWithDefaults() *SearchComplianceJobsResponse { + this := SearchComplianceJobsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchComplianceJobsResponse) GetItems() []ComplianceJob { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []ComplianceJob + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchComplianceJobsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]ComplianceJob, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchComplianceJobsResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []ComplianceJob and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *SearchComplianceJobsResponse) SetItems(v []ComplianceJob) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchComplianceJobsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchComplianceJobsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchComplianceJobsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *SearchComplianceJobsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o SearchComplianceJobsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o SearchComplianceJobsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableSearchComplianceJobsResponse struct { + value *SearchComplianceJobsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableSearchComplianceJobsResponse) Get() *SearchComplianceJobsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableSearchComplianceJobsResponse) Set(val *SearchComplianceJobsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableSearchComplianceJobsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableSearchComplianceJobsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableSearchComplianceJobsResponse(val *SearchComplianceJobsResponse) *NullableSearchComplianceJobsResponse { + return &NullableSearchComplianceJobsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableSearchComplianceJobsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableSearchComplianceJobsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_search_connectors_response.go b/model_search_connectors_response.go index d24057e3..7cc59eea 100644 --- a/model_search_connectors_response.go +++ b/model_search_connectors_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_d_sources_response.go b/model_search_d_sources_response.go index 9dc14216..767d0f32 100644 --- a/model_search_d_sources_response.go +++ b/model_search_d_sources_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_data_connections_response.go b/model_search_data_connections_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eb3aeb23 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_search_data_connections_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the SearchDataConnectionsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SearchDataConnectionsResponse{} + +// SearchDataConnectionsResponse struct for SearchDataConnectionsResponse +type SearchDataConnectionsResponse struct { + Items []DataConnection `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewSearchDataConnectionsResponse instantiates a new SearchDataConnectionsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewSearchDataConnectionsResponse() *SearchDataConnectionsResponse { + this := SearchDataConnectionsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewSearchDataConnectionsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new SearchDataConnectionsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewSearchDataConnectionsResponseWithDefaults() *SearchDataConnectionsResponse { + this := SearchDataConnectionsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchDataConnectionsResponse) GetItems() []DataConnection { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []DataConnection + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchDataConnectionsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]DataConnection, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchDataConnectionsResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []DataConnection and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *SearchDataConnectionsResponse) SetItems(v []DataConnection) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchDataConnectionsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchDataConnectionsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchDataConnectionsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *SearchDataConnectionsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o SearchDataConnectionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o SearchDataConnectionsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableSearchDataConnectionsResponse struct { + value *SearchDataConnectionsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableSearchDataConnectionsResponse) Get() *SearchDataConnectionsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableSearchDataConnectionsResponse) Set(val *SearchDataConnectionsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableSearchDataConnectionsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableSearchDataConnectionsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableSearchDataConnectionsResponse(val *SearchDataConnectionsResponse) *NullableSearchDataConnectionsResponse { + return &NullableSearchDataConnectionsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableSearchDataConnectionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableSearchDataConnectionsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_search_data_layout_response.go b/model_search_data_layout_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..58a4dcf2 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_search_data_layout_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the SearchDataLayoutResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SearchDataLayoutResponse{} + +// SearchDataLayoutResponse struct for SearchDataLayoutResponse +type SearchDataLayoutResponse struct { + Items []DataLayout `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewSearchDataLayoutResponse instantiates a new SearchDataLayoutResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewSearchDataLayoutResponse() *SearchDataLayoutResponse { + this := SearchDataLayoutResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewSearchDataLayoutResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new SearchDataLayoutResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewSearchDataLayoutResponseWithDefaults() *SearchDataLayoutResponse { + this := SearchDataLayoutResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchDataLayoutResponse) GetItems() []DataLayout { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []DataLayout + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchDataLayoutResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]DataLayout, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchDataLayoutResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []DataLayout and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *SearchDataLayoutResponse) SetItems(v []DataLayout) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchDataLayoutResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchDataLayoutResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchDataLayoutResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *SearchDataLayoutResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o SearchDataLayoutResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o SearchDataLayoutResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableSearchDataLayoutResponse struct { + value *SearchDataLayoutResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableSearchDataLayoutResponse) Get() *SearchDataLayoutResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableSearchDataLayoutResponse) Set(val *SearchDataLayoutResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableSearchDataLayoutResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableSearchDataLayoutResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableSearchDataLayoutResponse(val *SearchDataLayoutResponse) *NullableSearchDataLayoutResponse { + return &NullableSearchDataLayoutResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableSearchDataLayoutResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableSearchDataLayoutResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_search_data_risk_report_response.go b/model_search_data_risk_report_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c3fe266f --- /dev/null +++ b/model_search_data_risk_report_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the SearchDataRiskReportResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SearchDataRiskReportResponse{} + +// SearchDataRiskReportResponse struct for SearchDataRiskReportResponse +type SearchDataRiskReportResponse struct { + Items []DataRiskData `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` + Totals *DataRiskReportTotals `json:"totals,omitempty"` +} + +// NewSearchDataRiskReportResponse instantiates a new SearchDataRiskReportResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewSearchDataRiskReportResponse() *SearchDataRiskReportResponse { + this := SearchDataRiskReportResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewSearchDataRiskReportResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new SearchDataRiskReportResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewSearchDataRiskReportResponseWithDefaults() *SearchDataRiskReportResponse { + this := SearchDataRiskReportResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchDataRiskReportResponse) GetItems() []DataRiskData { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []DataRiskData + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchDataRiskReportResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]DataRiskData, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchDataRiskReportResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []DataRiskData and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *SearchDataRiskReportResponse) SetItems(v []DataRiskData) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchDataRiskReportResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchDataRiskReportResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchDataRiskReportResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *SearchDataRiskReportResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +// GetTotals returns the Totals field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchDataRiskReportResponse) GetTotals() DataRiskReportTotals { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Totals) { + var ret DataRiskReportTotals + return ret + } + return *o.Totals +} + +// GetTotalsOk returns a tuple with the Totals field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchDataRiskReportResponse) GetTotalsOk() (*DataRiskReportTotals, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Totals) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Totals, true +} + +// HasTotals returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchDataRiskReportResponse) HasTotals() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Totals) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTotals gets a reference to the given DataRiskReportTotals and assigns it to the Totals field. +func (o *SearchDataRiskReportResponse) SetTotals(v DataRiskReportTotals) { + o.Totals = &v +} + +func (o SearchDataRiskReportResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o SearchDataRiskReportResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + if !IsNil(o.Totals) { + toSerialize["totals"] = o.Totals + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableSearchDataRiskReportResponse struct { + value *SearchDataRiskReportResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableSearchDataRiskReportResponse) Get() *SearchDataRiskReportResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableSearchDataRiskReportResponse) Set(val *SearchDataRiskReportResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableSearchDataRiskReportResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableSearchDataRiskReportResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableSearchDataRiskReportResponse(val *SearchDataRiskReportResponse) *NullableSearchDataRiskReportResponse { + return &NullableSearchDataRiskReportResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableSearchDataRiskReportResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableSearchDataRiskReportResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_search_database_templates_response.go b/model_search_database_templates_response.go index e11a8964..5e2e90df 100644 --- a/model_search_database_templates_response.go +++ b/model_search_database_templates_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_dataset_group_response.go b/model_search_dataset_group_response.go index 066e6704..300f04dc 100644 --- a/model_search_dataset_group_response.go +++ b/model_search_dataset_group_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_discovery_results_response.go b/model_search_discovery_results_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c9f857ac --- /dev/null +++ b/model_search_discovery_results_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse{} + +// SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse struct for SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse +type SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse struct { + Items []DiscoveryResult `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewSearchDiscoveryResultsResponse instantiates a new SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewSearchDiscoveryResultsResponse() *SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse { + this := SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewSearchDiscoveryResultsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewSearchDiscoveryResultsResponseWithDefaults() *SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse { + this := SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse) GetItems() []DiscoveryResult { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []DiscoveryResult + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]DiscoveryResult, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []DiscoveryResult and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse) SetItems(v []DiscoveryResult) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableSearchDiscoveryResultsResponse struct { + value *SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableSearchDiscoveryResultsResponse) Get() *SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableSearchDiscoveryResultsResponse) Set(val *SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableSearchDiscoveryResultsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableSearchDiscoveryResultsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableSearchDiscoveryResultsResponse(val *SearchDiscoveryResultsResponse) *NullableSearchDiscoveryResultsResponse { + return &NullableSearchDiscoveryResultsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableSearchDiscoveryResultsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableSearchDiscoveryResultsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_search_engine_global_object_state_report_response.go b/model_search_engine_global_object_state_report_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ebd15da6 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_search_engine_global_object_state_report_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse{} + +// SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse struct for SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse +type SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse struct { + Items []EngineGlobalObjectStateData `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewSearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse instantiates a new SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewSearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse() *SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse { + this := SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewSearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewSearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponseWithDefaults() *SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse { + this := SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) GetItems() []EngineGlobalObjectStateData { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []EngineGlobalObjectStateData + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]EngineGlobalObjectStateData, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []EngineGlobalObjectStateData and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) SetItems(v []EngineGlobalObjectStateData) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableSearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse struct { + value *SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableSearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) Get() *SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableSearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) Set(val *SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableSearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableSearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableSearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse(val *SearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) *NullableSearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse { + return &NullableSearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableSearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableSearchEngineGlobalObjectStateReportResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_search_engines_response.go b/model_search_engines_response.go index 0b3509a9..88a2221c 100644 --- a/model_search_engines_response.go +++ b/model_search_engines_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_environments_response.go b/model_search_environments_response.go index 125f5230..614fce1e 100644 --- a/model_search_environments_response.go +++ b/model_search_environments_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_execution_events_response.go b/model_search_execution_events_response.go index e01bb8a0..1cfc72c1 100644 --- a/model_search_execution_events_response.go +++ b/model_search_execution_events_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_executions_response.go b/model_search_executions_response.go index b294e838..b7133fd0 100644 --- a/model_search_executions_response.go +++ b/model_search_executions_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_hashicorp_vaults_response.go b/model_search_hashicorp_vaults_response.go index dba6df4b..0273e1e3 100644 --- a/model_search_hashicorp_vaults_response.go +++ b/model_search_hashicorp_vaults_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_hook_templates_response.go b/model_search_hook_templates_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..39a56fbb --- /dev/null +++ b/model_search_hook_templates_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the SearchHookTemplatesResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SearchHookTemplatesResponse{} + +// SearchHookTemplatesResponse struct for SearchHookTemplatesResponse +type SearchHookTemplatesResponse struct { + Items []HookTemplate `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewSearchHookTemplatesResponse instantiates a new SearchHookTemplatesResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewSearchHookTemplatesResponse() *SearchHookTemplatesResponse { + this := SearchHookTemplatesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewSearchHookTemplatesResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new SearchHookTemplatesResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewSearchHookTemplatesResponseWithDefaults() *SearchHookTemplatesResponse { + this := SearchHookTemplatesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchHookTemplatesResponse) GetItems() []HookTemplate { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []HookTemplate + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchHookTemplatesResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]HookTemplate, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchHookTemplatesResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []HookTemplate and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *SearchHookTemplatesResponse) SetItems(v []HookTemplate) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchHookTemplatesResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchHookTemplatesResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchHookTemplatesResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *SearchHookTemplatesResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o SearchHookTemplatesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o SearchHookTemplatesResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableSearchHookTemplatesResponse struct { + value *SearchHookTemplatesResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableSearchHookTemplatesResponse) Get() *SearchHookTemplatesResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableSearchHookTemplatesResponse) Set(val *SearchHookTemplatesResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableSearchHookTemplatesResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableSearchHookTemplatesResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableSearchHookTemplatesResponse(val *SearchHookTemplatesResponse) *NullableSearchHookTemplatesResponse { + return &NullableSearchHookTemplatesResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableSearchHookTemplatesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableSearchHookTemplatesResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_search_hyperscale_connectors_response.go b/model_search_hyperscale_connectors_response.go index 25e51985..4fede4b1 100644 --- a/model_search_hyperscale_connectors_response.go +++ b/model_search_hyperscale_connectors_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_hyperscale_dataset_tables_or_files_response.go b/model_search_hyperscale_dataset_tables_or_files_response.go index d7b059e0..1452890d 100644 --- a/model_search_hyperscale_dataset_tables_or_files_response.go +++ b/model_search_hyperscale_dataset_tables_or_files_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_hyperscale_datasets_response.go b/model_search_hyperscale_datasets_response.go index eb1e0f60..e1477a76 100644 --- a/model_search_hyperscale_datasets_response.go +++ b/model_search_hyperscale_datasets_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_hyperscale_instances_response.go b/model_search_hyperscale_instances_response.go index d6638eb4..2a102539 100644 --- a/model_search_hyperscale_instances_response.go +++ b/model_search_hyperscale_instances_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_hyperscale_mount_points_response.go b/model_search_hyperscale_mount_points_response.go index a6da6251..748a9844 100644 --- a/model_search_hyperscale_mount_points_response.go +++ b/model_search_hyperscale_mount_points_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_job_collection_executions_response.go b/model_search_job_collection_executions_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4e190097 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_search_job_collection_executions_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse{} + +// SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse struct for SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse +type SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse struct { + Items []JobCollectionExecution `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewSearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse instantiates a new SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewSearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse() *SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse { + this := SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewSearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewSearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponseWithDefaults() *SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse { + this := SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) GetItems() []JobCollectionExecution { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []JobCollectionExecution + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]JobCollectionExecution, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []JobCollectionExecution and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) SetItems(v []JobCollectionExecution) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableSearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse struct { + value *SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableSearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) Get() *SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableSearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) Set(val *SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableSearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableSearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableSearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse(val *SearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) *NullableSearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse { + return &NullableSearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableSearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableSearchJobCollectionExecutionsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_search_jobs_response.go b/model_search_jobs_response.go index 0978de37..ecee5ba1 100644 --- a/model_search_jobs_response.go +++ b/model_search_jobs_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_kerberos_configs_response.go b/model_search_kerberos_configs_response.go index 4f591a40..6b8ac786 100644 --- a/model_search_kerberos_configs_response.go +++ b/model_search_kerberos_configs_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_masking_environments_response.go b/model_search_masking_environments_response.go index 2557b424..a8ac4fef 100644 --- a/model_search_masking_environments_response.go +++ b/model_search_masking_environments_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_masking_file_consumers_response.go b/model_search_masking_file_consumers_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b573dc34 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_search_masking_file_consumers_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse{} + +// SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse struct for SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse +type SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse struct { + Items []Consumer `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewSearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse instantiates a new SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewSearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse() *SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse { + this := SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewSearchMaskingFileConsumersResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewSearchMaskingFileConsumersResponseWithDefaults() *SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse { + this := SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse) GetItems() []Consumer { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []Consumer + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]Consumer, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []Consumer and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse) SetItems(v []Consumer) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableSearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse struct { + value *SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableSearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse) Get() *SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableSearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse) Set(val *SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableSearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableSearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableSearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse(val *SearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse) *NullableSearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse { + return &NullableSearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableSearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableSearchMaskingFileConsumersResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_search_masking_files_response.go b/model_search_masking_files_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ebdebd00 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_search_masking_files_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the SearchMaskingFilesResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SearchMaskingFilesResponse{} + +// SearchMaskingFilesResponse struct for SearchMaskingFilesResponse +type SearchMaskingFilesResponse struct { + Items []MaskingFileUpload `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewSearchMaskingFilesResponse instantiates a new SearchMaskingFilesResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewSearchMaskingFilesResponse() *SearchMaskingFilesResponse { + this := SearchMaskingFilesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewSearchMaskingFilesResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new SearchMaskingFilesResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewSearchMaskingFilesResponseWithDefaults() *SearchMaskingFilesResponse { + this := SearchMaskingFilesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchMaskingFilesResponse) GetItems() []MaskingFileUpload { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []MaskingFileUpload + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchMaskingFilesResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]MaskingFileUpload, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchMaskingFilesResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []MaskingFileUpload and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *SearchMaskingFilesResponse) SetItems(v []MaskingFileUpload) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchMaskingFilesResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchMaskingFilesResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchMaskingFilesResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *SearchMaskingFilesResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o SearchMaskingFilesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o SearchMaskingFilesResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableSearchMaskingFilesResponse struct { + value *SearchMaskingFilesResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableSearchMaskingFilesResponse) Get() *SearchMaskingFilesResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableSearchMaskingFilesResponse) Set(val *SearchMaskingFilesResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableSearchMaskingFilesResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableSearchMaskingFilesResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableSearchMaskingFilesResponse(val *SearchMaskingFilesResponse) *NullableSearchMaskingFilesResponse { + return &NullableSearchMaskingFilesResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableSearchMaskingFilesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableSearchMaskingFilesResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_search_masking_job_source_engines_response.go b/model_search_masking_job_source_engines_response.go index 11ea97f7..7b0cd7ab 100644 --- a/model_search_masking_job_source_engines_response.go +++ b/model_search_masking_job_source_engines_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_masking_jobs_response.go b/model_search_masking_jobs_response.go index 39fb52b7..fa2edd28 100644 --- a/model_search_masking_jobs_response.go +++ b/model_search_masking_jobs_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_namespaces_response.go b/model_search_namespaces_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..898693ff --- /dev/null +++ b/model_search_namespaces_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the SearchNamespacesResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SearchNamespacesResponse{} + +// SearchNamespacesResponse struct for SearchNamespacesResponse +type SearchNamespacesResponse struct { + Items []Namespace `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewSearchNamespacesResponse instantiates a new SearchNamespacesResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewSearchNamespacesResponse() *SearchNamespacesResponse { + this := SearchNamespacesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewSearchNamespacesResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new SearchNamespacesResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewSearchNamespacesResponseWithDefaults() *SearchNamespacesResponse { + this := SearchNamespacesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchNamespacesResponse) GetItems() []Namespace { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []Namespace + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchNamespacesResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]Namespace, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchNamespacesResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []Namespace and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *SearchNamespacesResponse) SetItems(v []Namespace) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchNamespacesResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchNamespacesResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchNamespacesResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *SearchNamespacesResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o SearchNamespacesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o SearchNamespacesResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableSearchNamespacesResponse struct { + value *SearchNamespacesResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableSearchNamespacesResponse) Get() *SearchNamespacesResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableSearchNamespacesResponse) Set(val *SearchNamespacesResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableSearchNamespacesResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableSearchNamespacesResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableSearchNamespacesResponse(val *SearchNamespacesResponse) *NullableSearchNamespacesResponse { + return &NullableSearchNamespacesResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableSearchNamespacesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableSearchNamespacesResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_search_password_vault_response.go b/model_search_password_vault_response.go index e54e18ca..73a54b14 100644 --- a/model_search_password_vault_response.go +++ b/model_search_password_vault_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_replication_profiles_response.go b/model_search_replication_profiles_response.go index 48222e74..544bb35a 100644 --- a/model_search_replication_profiles_response.go +++ b/model_search_replication_profiles_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_reporting_schedule_response.go b/model_search_reporting_schedule_response.go index ea540219..993d8e6d 100644 --- a/model_search_reporting_schedule_response.go +++ b/model_search_reporting_schedule_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_roles_response.go b/model_search_roles_response.go index 0412a755..a755e03f 100644 --- a/model_search_roles_response.go +++ b/model_search_roles_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_snapshots_response.go b/model_search_snapshots_response.go index b0c110ec..7310e7c3 100644 --- a/model_search_snapshots_response.go +++ b/model_search_snapshots_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_sources_response.go b/model_search_sources_response.go index 552076d0..30244a27 100644 --- a/model_search_sources_response.go +++ b/model_search_sources_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_staging_sources_response.go b/model_search_staging_sources_response.go index 59d9dd87..027458c3 100644 --- a/model_search_staging_sources_response.go +++ b/model_search_staging_sources_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_masking_plugins_response.go b/model_search_sub_connections_response.go similarity index 56% rename from model_search_masking_plugins_response.go rename to model_search_sub_connections_response.go index ba61d39a..a529eda3 100644 --- a/model_search_masking_plugins_response.go +++ b/model_search_sub_connections_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -15,36 +15,36 @@ import ( "encoding/json" ) -// checks if the SearchMaskingPluginsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &SearchMaskingPluginsResponse{} +// checks if the SearchSubConnectionsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SearchSubConnectionsResponse{} -// SearchMaskingPluginsResponse struct for SearchMaskingPluginsResponse -type SearchMaskingPluginsResponse struct { - Items []MaskingPlugin `json:"items,omitempty"` +// SearchSubConnectionsResponse struct for SearchSubConnectionsResponse +type SearchSubConnectionsResponse struct { + Items []SubConnection `json:"items,omitempty"` ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` } -// NewSearchMaskingPluginsResponse instantiates a new SearchMaskingPluginsResponse object +// NewSearchSubConnectionsResponse instantiates a new SearchSubConnectionsResponse object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments // will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewSearchMaskingPluginsResponse() *SearchMaskingPluginsResponse { - this := SearchMaskingPluginsResponse{} +func NewSearchSubConnectionsResponse() *SearchSubConnectionsResponse { + this := SearchSubConnectionsResponse{} return &this } -// NewSearchMaskingPluginsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new SearchMaskingPluginsResponse object +// NewSearchSubConnectionsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new SearchSubConnectionsResponse object // This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, // but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewSearchMaskingPluginsResponseWithDefaults() *SearchMaskingPluginsResponse { - this := SearchMaskingPluginsResponse{} +func NewSearchSubConnectionsResponseWithDefaults() *SearchSubConnectionsResponse { + this := SearchSubConnectionsResponse{} return &this } // GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *SearchMaskingPluginsResponse) GetItems() []MaskingPlugin { +func (o *SearchSubConnectionsResponse) GetItems() []SubConnection { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { - var ret []MaskingPlugin + var ret []SubConnection return ret } return o.Items @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ func (o *SearchMaskingPluginsResponse) GetItems() []MaskingPlugin { // GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *SearchMaskingPluginsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]MaskingPlugin, bool) { +func (o *SearchSubConnectionsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]SubConnection, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { return nil, false } @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ func (o *SearchMaskingPluginsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]MaskingPlugin, bool) { } // HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *SearchMaskingPluginsResponse) HasItems() bool { +func (o *SearchSubConnectionsResponse) HasItems() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { return true } @@ -68,13 +68,13 @@ func (o *SearchMaskingPluginsResponse) HasItems() bool { return false } -// SetItems gets a reference to the given []MaskingPlugin and assigns it to the Items field. -func (o *SearchMaskingPluginsResponse) SetItems(v []MaskingPlugin) { +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []SubConnection and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *SearchSubConnectionsResponse) SetItems(v []SubConnection) { o.Items = v } // GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *SearchMaskingPluginsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { +func (o *SearchSubConnectionsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata return ret @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ func (o *SearchMaskingPluginsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMe // GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *SearchMaskingPluginsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { +func (o *SearchSubConnectionsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { return nil, false } @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ func (o *SearchMaskingPluginsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedRespon } // HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *SearchMaskingPluginsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { +func (o *SearchSubConnectionsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { return true } @@ -101,11 +101,11 @@ func (o *SearchMaskingPluginsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { } // SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. -func (o *SearchMaskingPluginsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { +func (o *SearchSubConnectionsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { o.ResponseMetadata = &v } -func (o SearchMaskingPluginsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { +func (o SearchSubConnectionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { return []byte{}, err @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ func (o SearchMaskingPluginsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return json.Marshal(toSerialize) } -func (o SearchMaskingPluginsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { +func (o SearchSubConnectionsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} if !IsNil(o.Items) { toSerialize["items"] = o.Items @@ -124,38 +124,38 @@ func (o SearchMaskingPluginsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } -type NullableSearchMaskingPluginsResponse struct { - value *SearchMaskingPluginsResponse +type NullableSearchSubConnectionsResponse struct { + value *SearchSubConnectionsResponse isSet bool } -func (v NullableSearchMaskingPluginsResponse) Get() *SearchMaskingPluginsResponse { +func (v NullableSearchSubConnectionsResponse) Get() *SearchSubConnectionsResponse { return v.value } -func (v *NullableSearchMaskingPluginsResponse) Set(val *SearchMaskingPluginsResponse) { +func (v *NullableSearchSubConnectionsResponse) Set(val *SearchSubConnectionsResponse) { v.value = val v.isSet = true } -func (v NullableSearchMaskingPluginsResponse) IsSet() bool { +func (v NullableSearchSubConnectionsResponse) IsSet() bool { return v.isSet } -func (v *NullableSearchMaskingPluginsResponse) Unset() { +func (v *NullableSearchSubConnectionsResponse) Unset() { v.value = nil v.isSet = false } -func NewNullableSearchMaskingPluginsResponse(val *SearchMaskingPluginsResponse) *NullableSearchMaskingPluginsResponse { - return &NullableSearchMaskingPluginsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +func NewNullableSearchSubConnectionsResponse(val *SearchSubConnectionsResponse) *NullableSearchSubConnectionsResponse { + return &NullableSearchSubConnectionsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} } -func (v NullableSearchMaskingPluginsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { +func (v NullableSearchSubConnectionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return json.Marshal(v.value) } -func (v *NullableSearchMaskingPluginsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { +func (v *NullableSearchSubConnectionsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { v.isSet = true return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) } diff --git a/model_search_tag_permissions_response.go b/model_search_tag_permissions_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9eee04f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_search_tag_permissions_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the SearchTagPermissionsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SearchTagPermissionsResponse{} + +// SearchTagPermissionsResponse struct for SearchTagPermissionsResponse +type SearchTagPermissionsResponse struct { + Items []GlobalTagPermissions `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewSearchTagPermissionsResponse instantiates a new SearchTagPermissionsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewSearchTagPermissionsResponse() *SearchTagPermissionsResponse { + this := SearchTagPermissionsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewSearchTagPermissionsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new SearchTagPermissionsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewSearchTagPermissionsResponseWithDefaults() *SearchTagPermissionsResponse { + this := SearchTagPermissionsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchTagPermissionsResponse) GetItems() []GlobalTagPermissions { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []GlobalTagPermissions + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchTagPermissionsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]GlobalTagPermissions, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchTagPermissionsResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []GlobalTagPermissions and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *SearchTagPermissionsResponse) SetItems(v []GlobalTagPermissions) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchTagPermissionsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchTagPermissionsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchTagPermissionsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *SearchTagPermissionsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o SearchTagPermissionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o SearchTagPermissionsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableSearchTagPermissionsResponse struct { + value *SearchTagPermissionsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableSearchTagPermissionsResponse) Get() *SearchTagPermissionsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableSearchTagPermissionsResponse) Set(val *SearchTagPermissionsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableSearchTagPermissionsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableSearchTagPermissionsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableSearchTagPermissionsResponse(val *SearchTagPermissionsResponse) *NullableSearchTagPermissionsResponse { + return &NullableSearchTagPermissionsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableSearchTagPermissionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableSearchTagPermissionsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_search_tag_usages_response.go b/model_search_tag_usages_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7517fbba --- /dev/null +++ b/model_search_tag_usages_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the SearchTagUsagesResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SearchTagUsagesResponse{} + +// SearchTagUsagesResponse struct for SearchTagUsagesResponse +type SearchTagUsagesResponse struct { + Items []GlobalTagUsage `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewSearchTagUsagesResponse instantiates a new SearchTagUsagesResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewSearchTagUsagesResponse() *SearchTagUsagesResponse { + this := SearchTagUsagesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewSearchTagUsagesResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new SearchTagUsagesResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewSearchTagUsagesResponseWithDefaults() *SearchTagUsagesResponse { + this := SearchTagUsagesResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchTagUsagesResponse) GetItems() []GlobalTagUsage { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []GlobalTagUsage + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchTagUsagesResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]GlobalTagUsage, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchTagUsagesResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []GlobalTagUsage and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *SearchTagUsagesResponse) SetItems(v []GlobalTagUsage) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchTagUsagesResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchTagUsagesResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchTagUsagesResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *SearchTagUsagesResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o SearchTagUsagesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o SearchTagUsagesResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableSearchTagUsagesResponse struct { + value *SearchTagUsagesResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableSearchTagUsagesResponse) Get() *SearchTagUsagesResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableSearchTagUsagesResponse) Set(val *SearchTagUsagesResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableSearchTagUsagesResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableSearchTagUsagesResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableSearchTagUsagesResponse(val *SearchTagUsagesResponse) *NullableSearchTagUsagesResponse { + return &NullableSearchTagUsagesResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableSearchTagUsagesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableSearchTagUsagesResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_search_tags_response.go b/model_search_tags_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..92858797 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_search_tags_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the SearchTagsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SearchTagsResponse{} + +// SearchTagsResponse struct for SearchTagsResponse +type SearchTagsResponse struct { + Items []GlobalTag `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewSearchTagsResponse instantiates a new SearchTagsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewSearchTagsResponse() *SearchTagsResponse { + this := SearchTagsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewSearchTagsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new SearchTagsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewSearchTagsResponseWithDefaults() *SearchTagsResponse { + this := SearchTagsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchTagsResponse) GetItems() []GlobalTag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []GlobalTag + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchTagsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]GlobalTag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchTagsResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []GlobalTag and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *SearchTagsResponse) SetItems(v []GlobalTag) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchTagsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchTagsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchTagsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *SearchTagsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o SearchTagsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o SearchTagsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableSearchTagsResponse struct { + value *SearchTagsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableSearchTagsResponse) Get() *SearchTagsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableSearchTagsResponse) Set(val *SearchTagsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableSearchTagsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableSearchTagsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableSearchTagsResponse(val *SearchTagsResponse) *NullableSearchTagsResponse { + return &NullableSearchTagsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableSearchTagsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableSearchTagsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_search_timeflows_response.go b/model_search_timeflows_response.go index 8fc7cb0b..ccebf104 100644 --- a/model_search_timeflows_response.go +++ b/model_search_timeflows_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_toolkit_response.go b/model_search_toolkit_response.go index 92c6ec31..0db5e613 100644 --- a/model_search_toolkit_response.go +++ b/model_search_toolkit_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_vcdbs_response.go b/model_search_vcdbs_response.go index b21316fe..345cc412 100644 --- a/model_search_vcdbs_response.go +++ b/model_search_vcdbs_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_vdb_group_response.go b/model_search_vdb_group_response.go index d2b2e9ee..46310b51 100644 --- a/model_search_vdb_group_response.go +++ b/model_search_vdb_group_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_vdb_groups_by_bookmark_response.go b/model_search_vdb_groups_by_bookmark_response.go index 56788e78..7e2bec17 100644 --- a/model_search_vdb_groups_by_bookmark_response.go +++ b/model_search_vdb_groups_by_bookmark_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_vdbs_response.go b/model_search_vdbs_response.go index e03626bd..9715c60c 100644 --- a/model_search_vdbs_response.go +++ b/model_search_vdbs_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_virtualization_actions_response.go b/model_search_virtualization_actions_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..05539f77 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_search_virtualization_actions_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse{} + +// SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse struct for SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse +type SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse struct { + Items []VirtualizationAction `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewSearchVirtualizationActionsResponse instantiates a new SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewSearchVirtualizationActionsResponse() *SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse { + this := SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewSearchVirtualizationActionsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewSearchVirtualizationActionsResponseWithDefaults() *SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse { + this := SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse) GetItems() []VirtualizationAction { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []VirtualizationAction + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]VirtualizationAction, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []VirtualizationAction and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse) SetItems(v []VirtualizationAction) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableSearchVirtualizationActionsResponse struct { + value *SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableSearchVirtualizationActionsResponse) Get() *SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableSearchVirtualizationActionsResponse) Set(val *SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableSearchVirtualizationActionsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableSearchVirtualizationActionsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableSearchVirtualizationActionsResponse(val *SearchVirtualizationActionsResponse) *NullableSearchVirtualizationActionsResponse { + return &NullableSearchVirtualizationActionsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableSearchVirtualizationActionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableSearchVirtualizationActionsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_search_virtualization_alerts_response.go b/model_search_virtualization_alerts_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3958d641 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_search_virtualization_alerts_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse{} + +// SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse struct for SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse +type SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse struct { + Items []VirtualizationAlert `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewSearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse instantiates a new SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewSearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse() *SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse { + this := SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewSearchVirtualizationAlertsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewSearchVirtualizationAlertsResponseWithDefaults() *SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse { + this := SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse) GetItems() []VirtualizationAlert { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []VirtualizationAlert + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]VirtualizationAlert, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []VirtualizationAlert and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse) SetItems(v []VirtualizationAlert) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableSearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse struct { + value *SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableSearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse) Get() *SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableSearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse) Set(val *SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableSearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableSearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableSearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse(val *SearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse) *NullableSearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse { + return &NullableSearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableSearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableSearchVirtualizationAlertsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_search_virtualization_faults_response.go b/model_search_virtualization_faults_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ce94dafc --- /dev/null +++ b/model_search_virtualization_faults_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse{} + +// SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse struct for SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse +type SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse struct { + Items []VirtualizationFault `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewSearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse instantiates a new SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewSearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse() *SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse { + this := SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewSearchVirtualizationFaultsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewSearchVirtualizationFaultsResponseWithDefaults() *SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse { + this := SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse) GetItems() []VirtualizationFault { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []VirtualizationFault + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]VirtualizationFault, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []VirtualizationFault and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse) SetItems(v []VirtualizationFault) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableSearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse struct { + value *SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableSearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse) Get() *SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableSearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse) Set(val *SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableSearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableSearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableSearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse(val *SearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse) *NullableSearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse { + return &NullableSearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableSearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableSearchVirtualizationFaultsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_search_algorithm_revisions_response.go b/model_search_virtualization_jobs_response.go similarity index 54% rename from model_search_algorithm_revisions_response.go rename to model_search_virtualization_jobs_response.go index 63fd1c04..940bb06c 100644 --- a/model_search_algorithm_revisions_response.go +++ b/model_search_virtualization_jobs_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -15,36 +15,36 @@ import ( "encoding/json" ) -// checks if the SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse{} +// checks if the SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse{} -// SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse struct for SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse -type SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse struct { - Items []AlgorithmRevision `json:"items,omitempty"` +// SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse struct for SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse +type SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse struct { + Items []VirtualizationJob `json:"items,omitempty"` ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` } -// NewSearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse instantiates a new SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse object +// NewSearchVirtualizationJobsResponse instantiates a new SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments // will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewSearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse() *SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse { - this := SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse{} +func NewSearchVirtualizationJobsResponse() *SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse { + this := SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse{} return &this } -// NewSearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse object +// NewSearchVirtualizationJobsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse object // This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, // but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewSearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponseWithDefaults() *SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse { - this := SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse{} +func NewSearchVirtualizationJobsResponseWithDefaults() *SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse { + this := SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse{} return &this } // GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) GetItems() []AlgorithmRevision { +func (o *SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse) GetItems() []VirtualizationJob { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { - var ret []AlgorithmRevision + var ret []VirtualizationJob return ret } return o.Items @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ func (o *SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) GetItems() []AlgorithmRevision { // GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]AlgorithmRevision, bool) { +func (o *SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]VirtualizationJob, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { return nil, false } @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ func (o *SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]AlgorithmRevision, bo } // HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) HasItems() bool { +func (o *SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse) HasItems() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { return true } @@ -68,13 +68,13 @@ func (o *SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) HasItems() bool { return false } -// SetItems gets a reference to the given []AlgorithmRevision and assigns it to the Items field. -func (o *SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) SetItems(v []AlgorithmRevision) { +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []VirtualizationJob and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse) SetItems(v []VirtualizationJob) { o.Items = v } // GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { +func (o *SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata return ret @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ func (o *SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedRespon // GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { +func (o *SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { return nil, false } @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ func (o *SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedRe } // HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { +func (o *SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { return true } @@ -101,11 +101,11 @@ func (o *SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { } // SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. -func (o *SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { +func (o *SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { o.ResponseMetadata = &v } -func (o SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { +func (o SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { return []byte{}, err @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ func (o SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return json.Marshal(toSerialize) } -func (o SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { +func (o SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} if !IsNil(o.Items) { toSerialize["items"] = o.Items @@ -124,38 +124,38 @@ func (o SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error return toSerialize, nil } -type NullableSearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse struct { - value *SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse +type NullableSearchVirtualizationJobsResponse struct { + value *SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse isSet bool } -func (v NullableSearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) Get() *SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse { +func (v NullableSearchVirtualizationJobsResponse) Get() *SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse { return v.value } -func (v *NullableSearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) Set(val *SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) { +func (v *NullableSearchVirtualizationJobsResponse) Set(val *SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse) { v.value = val v.isSet = true } -func (v NullableSearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) IsSet() bool { +func (v NullableSearchVirtualizationJobsResponse) IsSet() bool { return v.isSet } -func (v *NullableSearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) Unset() { +func (v *NullableSearchVirtualizationJobsResponse) Unset() { v.value = nil v.isSet = false } -func NewNullableSearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse(val *SearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) *NullableSearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse { - return &NullableSearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +func NewNullableSearchVirtualizationJobsResponse(val *SearchVirtualizationJobsResponse) *NullableSearchVirtualizationJobsResponse { + return &NullableSearchVirtualizationJobsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} } -func (v NullableSearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { +func (v NullableSearchVirtualizationJobsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return json.Marshal(v.value) } -func (v *NullableSearchAlgorithmRevisionsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { +func (v *NullableSearchVirtualizationJobsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { v.isSet = true return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) } diff --git a/model_search_virtualization_policies_response.go b/model_search_virtualization_policies_response.go index 536c411e..1bacae5d 100644 --- a/model_search_virtualization_policies_response.go +++ b/model_search_virtualization_policies_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_search_virtualization_policy_targets_response.go b/model_search_virtualization_policy_targets_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2dc30e59 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_search_virtualization_policy_targets_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse{} + +// SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse struct for SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse +type SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse struct { + Items []VirtualizationPolicyTarget `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewSearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse instantiates a new SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewSearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse() *SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse { + this := SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewSearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewSearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponseWithDefaults() *SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse { + this := SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse) GetItems() []VirtualizationPolicyTarget { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []VirtualizationPolicyTarget + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]VirtualizationPolicyTarget, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []VirtualizationPolicyTarget and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse) SetItems(v []VirtualizationPolicyTarget) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableSearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse struct { + value *SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableSearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse) Get() *SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableSearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse) Set(val *SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableSearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableSearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableSearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse(val *SearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse) *NullableSearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse { + return &NullableSearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableSearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableSearchVirtualizationPolicyTargetsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_set_algorithm_primary_revision_response.go b/model_set_algorithm_primary_revision_response.go deleted file mode 100644 index 29d71aa2..00000000 --- a/model_set_algorithm_primary_revision_response.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,127 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" -) - -// checks if the SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse{} - -// SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse struct for SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse -type SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse struct { - Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` -} - -// NewSetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse instantiates a new SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewSetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse() *SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse { - this := SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse{} - return &this -} - -// NewSetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewSetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponseWithDefaults() *SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse { - this := SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse{} - return &this -} - -// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse) GetJob() Job { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { - var ret Job - return ret - } - return *o.Job -} - -// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Job, true -} - -// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse) HasJob() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. -func (o *SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse) SetJob(v Job) { - o.Job = &v -} - -func (o SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.Job) { - toSerialize["job"] = o.Job - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableSetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse struct { - value *SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableSetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse) Get() *SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableSetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse) Set(val *SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableSetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableSetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableSetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse(val *SetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse) *NullableSetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse { - return &NullableSetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableSetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableSetAlgorithmPrimaryRevisionResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_shared_snapshot_space.go b/model_shared_snapshot_space.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8b1dae21 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_shared_snapshot_space.go @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the SharedSnapshotSpace type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SharedSnapshotSpace{} + +// SharedSnapshotSpace struct for SharedSnapshotSpace +type SharedSnapshotSpace struct { + // The shared space used by the snapshots of given dataset. This would be calculated only if number of snapshots involved are upto 100 else it will be -1. + SharedSnapshotSpace *int64 `json:"shared_snapshot_space,omitempty"` +} + +// NewSharedSnapshotSpace instantiates a new SharedSnapshotSpace object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewSharedSnapshotSpace() *SharedSnapshotSpace { + this := SharedSnapshotSpace{} + return &this +} + +// NewSharedSnapshotSpaceWithDefaults instantiates a new SharedSnapshotSpace object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewSharedSnapshotSpaceWithDefaults() *SharedSnapshotSpace { + this := SharedSnapshotSpace{} + return &this +} + +// GetSharedSnapshotSpace returns the SharedSnapshotSpace field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SharedSnapshotSpace) GetSharedSnapshotSpace() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SharedSnapshotSpace) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.SharedSnapshotSpace +} + +// GetSharedSnapshotSpaceOk returns a tuple with the SharedSnapshotSpace field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SharedSnapshotSpace) GetSharedSnapshotSpaceOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SharedSnapshotSpace) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SharedSnapshotSpace, true +} + +// HasSharedSnapshotSpace returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SharedSnapshotSpace) HasSharedSnapshotSpace() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SharedSnapshotSpace) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSharedSnapshotSpace gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the SharedSnapshotSpace field. +func (o *SharedSnapshotSpace) SetSharedSnapshotSpace(v int64) { + o.SharedSnapshotSpace = &v +} + +func (o SharedSnapshotSpace) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o SharedSnapshotSpace) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.SharedSnapshotSpace) { + toSerialize["shared_snapshot_space"] = o.SharedSnapshotSpace + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableSharedSnapshotSpace struct { + value *SharedSnapshotSpace + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableSharedSnapshotSpace) Get() *SharedSnapshotSpace { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableSharedSnapshotSpace) Set(val *SharedSnapshotSpace) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableSharedSnapshotSpace) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableSharedSnapshotSpace) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableSharedSnapshotSpace(val *SharedSnapshotSpace) *NullableSharedSnapshotSpace { + return &NullableSharedSnapshotSpace{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableSharedSnapshotSpace) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableSharedSnapshotSpace) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_shared_snapshot_space_response.go b/model_shared_snapshot_space_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..98f4c280 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_shared_snapshot_space_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the SharedSnapshotSpaceResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SharedSnapshotSpaceResponse{} + +// SharedSnapshotSpaceResponse struct for SharedSnapshotSpaceResponse +type SharedSnapshotSpaceResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewSharedSnapshotSpaceResponse instantiates a new SharedSnapshotSpaceResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewSharedSnapshotSpaceResponse() *SharedSnapshotSpaceResponse { + this := SharedSnapshotSpaceResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewSharedSnapshotSpaceResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new SharedSnapshotSpaceResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewSharedSnapshotSpaceResponseWithDefaults() *SharedSnapshotSpaceResponse { + this := SharedSnapshotSpaceResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SharedSnapshotSpaceResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SharedSnapshotSpaceResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SharedSnapshotSpaceResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *SharedSnapshotSpaceResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o SharedSnapshotSpaceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o SharedSnapshotSpaceResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableSharedSnapshotSpaceResponse struct { + value *SharedSnapshotSpaceResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableSharedSnapshotSpaceResponse) Get() *SharedSnapshotSpaceResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableSharedSnapshotSpaceResponse) Set(val *SharedSnapshotSpaceResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableSharedSnapshotSpaceResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableSharedSnapshotSpaceResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableSharedSnapshotSpaceResponse(val *SharedSnapshotSpaceResponse) *NullableSharedSnapshotSpaceResponse { + return &NullableSharedSnapshotSpaceResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableSharedSnapshotSpaceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableSharedSnapshotSpaceResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_smtp_config_params.go b/model_smtp_config_params.go index 2e5b1d2d..1cba1d30 100644 --- a/model_smtp_config_params.go +++ b/model_smtp_config_params.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_smtp_config_validate.go b/model_smtp_config_validate.go index f57e02cf..1085131a 100644 --- a/model_smtp_config_validate.go +++ b/model_smtp_config_validate.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the SMTPConfigValidate type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -23,6 +25,8 @@ type SMTPConfigValidate struct { ToAddress string `json:"to_address"` } +type _SMTPConfigValidate SMTPConfigValidate + // NewSMTPConfigValidate instantiates a new SMTPConfigValidate object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -79,6 +83,43 @@ func (o SMTPConfigValidate) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *SMTPConfigValidate) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "to_address", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varSMTPConfigValidate := _SMTPConfigValidate{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varSMTPConfigValidate) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = SMTPConfigValidate(varSMTPConfigValidate) + + return err +} + type NullableSMTPConfigValidate struct { value *SMTPConfigValidate isSet bool diff --git a/model_snapshot.go b/model_snapshot.go index 71899209..74ab565a 100644 --- a/model_snapshot.go +++ b/model_snapshot.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_snapshot_capacity.go b/model_snapshot_capacity.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b45baafc --- /dev/null +++ b/model_snapshot_capacity.go @@ -0,0 +1,388 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" +) + +// checks if the SnapshotCapacity type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SnapshotCapacity{} + +// SnapshotCapacity Snapshot Capacity information +type SnapshotCapacity struct { + // Id of the snapshot + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // Id of the engine this snapshot is associated with. + EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` + // DSource or VDB id this snapshot is associated with. + DatasetId *string `json:"dataset_id,omitempty"` + // Timestamp of the snapshot + Timestamp *time.Time `json:"timestamp,omitempty"` + // Expiration date of the snapshot + Expiration *string `json:"expiration,omitempty"` + // Space used by the snapshot. + Size *int64 `json:"size,omitempty"` + // descendant vbd count. + DescendantVbdCount *int32 `json:"descendant_vbd_count,omitempty"` + // Timezone of the snapshot. + Timezone *string `json:"timezone,omitempty"` +} + +// NewSnapshotCapacity instantiates a new SnapshotCapacity object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewSnapshotCapacity() *SnapshotCapacity { + this := SnapshotCapacity{} + return &this +} + +// NewSnapshotCapacityWithDefaults instantiates a new SnapshotCapacity object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewSnapshotCapacityWithDefaults() *SnapshotCapacity { + this := SnapshotCapacity{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineId, true +} + +// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) HasEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = &v +} + +// GetDatasetId returns the DatasetId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) GetDatasetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatasetId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatasetId +} + +// GetDatasetIdOk returns a tuple with the DatasetId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) GetDatasetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatasetId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatasetId, true +} + +// HasDatasetId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) HasDatasetId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatasetId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatasetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatasetId field. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) SetDatasetId(v string) { + o.DatasetId = &v +} + +// GetTimestamp returns the Timestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) GetTimestamp() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Timestamp) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.Timestamp +} + +// GetTimestampOk returns a tuple with the Timestamp field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) GetTimestampOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Timestamp) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Timestamp, true +} + +// HasTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) HasTimestamp() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Timestamp) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTimestamp gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Timestamp field. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) SetTimestamp(v time.Time) { + o.Timestamp = &v +} + +// GetExpiration returns the Expiration field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) GetExpiration() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Expiration) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Expiration +} + +// GetExpirationOk returns a tuple with the Expiration field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) GetExpirationOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Expiration) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Expiration, true +} + +// HasExpiration returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) HasExpiration() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Expiration) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExpiration gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Expiration field. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) SetExpiration(v string) { + o.Expiration = &v +} + +// GetSize returns the Size field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) GetSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Size) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.Size +} + +// GetSizeOk returns a tuple with the Size field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) GetSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Size) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Size, true +} + +// HasSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) HasSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Size) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the Size field. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) SetSize(v int64) { + o.Size = &v +} + +// GetDescendantVbdCount returns the DescendantVbdCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) GetDescendantVbdCount() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DescendantVbdCount) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.DescendantVbdCount +} + +// GetDescendantVbdCountOk returns a tuple with the DescendantVbdCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) GetDescendantVbdCountOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DescendantVbdCount) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DescendantVbdCount, true +} + +// HasDescendantVbdCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) HasDescendantVbdCount() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DescendantVbdCount) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDescendantVbdCount gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the DescendantVbdCount field. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) SetDescendantVbdCount(v int32) { + o.DescendantVbdCount = &v +} + +// GetTimezone returns the Timezone field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) GetTimezone() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Timezone) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Timezone +} + +// GetTimezoneOk returns a tuple with the Timezone field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) GetTimezoneOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Timezone) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Timezone, true +} + +// HasTimezone returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) HasTimezone() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Timezone) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTimezone gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Timezone field. +func (o *SnapshotCapacity) SetTimezone(v string) { + o.Timezone = &v +} + +func (o SnapshotCapacity) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o SnapshotCapacity) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + } + if !IsNil(o.DatasetId) { + toSerialize["dataset_id"] = o.DatasetId + } + if !IsNil(o.Timestamp) { + toSerialize["timestamp"] = o.Timestamp + } + if !IsNil(o.Expiration) { + toSerialize["expiration"] = o.Expiration + } + if !IsNil(o.Size) { + toSerialize["size"] = o.Size + } + if !IsNil(o.DescendantVbdCount) { + toSerialize["descendant_vbd_count"] = o.DescendantVbdCount + } + if !IsNil(o.Timezone) { + toSerialize["timezone"] = o.Timezone + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableSnapshotCapacity struct { + value *SnapshotCapacity + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableSnapshotCapacity) Get() *SnapshotCapacity { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableSnapshotCapacity) Set(val *SnapshotCapacity) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableSnapshotCapacity) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableSnapshotCapacity) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableSnapshotCapacity(val *SnapshotCapacity) *NullableSnapshotCapacity { + return &NullableSnapshotCapacity{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableSnapshotCapacity) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableSnapshotCapacity) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_snapshot_capacity_response.go b/model_snapshot_capacity_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3a3d4a76 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_snapshot_capacity_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the SnapshotCapacityResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SnapshotCapacityResponse{} + +// SnapshotCapacityResponse Snapshot Capacity information +type SnapshotCapacityResponse struct { + // Snapshot Capacity response. + Items []SnapshotCapacity `json:"items,omitempty"` + ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` +} + +// NewSnapshotCapacityResponse instantiates a new SnapshotCapacityResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewSnapshotCapacityResponse() *SnapshotCapacityResponse { + this := SnapshotCapacityResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewSnapshotCapacityResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new SnapshotCapacityResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewSnapshotCapacityResponseWithDefaults() *SnapshotCapacityResponse { + this := SnapshotCapacityResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SnapshotCapacityResponse) GetItems() []SnapshotCapacity { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []SnapshotCapacity + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SnapshotCapacityResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]SnapshotCapacity, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SnapshotCapacityResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []SnapshotCapacity and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *SnapshotCapacityResponse) SetItems(v []SnapshotCapacity) { + o.Items = v +} + +// GetResponseMetadata returns the ResponseMetadata field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SnapshotCapacityResponse) GetResponseMetadata() PaginatedResponseMetadata { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + var ret PaginatedResponseMetadata + return ret + } + return *o.ResponseMetadata +} + +// GetResponseMetadataOk returns a tuple with the ResponseMetadata field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SnapshotCapacityResponse) GetResponseMetadataOk() (*PaginatedResponseMetadata, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResponseMetadata, true +} + +// HasResponseMetadata returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SnapshotCapacityResponse) HasResponseMetadata() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponseMetadata gets a reference to the given PaginatedResponseMetadata and assigns it to the ResponseMetadata field. +func (o *SnapshotCapacityResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedResponseMetadata) { + o.ResponseMetadata = &v +} + +func (o SnapshotCapacityResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o SnapshotCapacityResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { + toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableSnapshotCapacityResponse struct { + value *SnapshotCapacityResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableSnapshotCapacityResponse) Get() *SnapshotCapacityResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableSnapshotCapacityResponse) Set(val *SnapshotCapacityResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableSnapshotCapacityResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableSnapshotCapacityResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableSnapshotCapacityResponse(val *SnapshotCapacityResponse) *NullableSnapshotCapacityResponse { + return &NullableSnapshotCapacityResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableSnapshotCapacityResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableSnapshotCapacityResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_snapshot_compatible_environments_response.go b/model_snapshot_compatible_environments_response.go index ab2a9d9e..3815b3fc 100644 --- a/model_snapshot_compatible_environments_response.go +++ b/model_snapshot_compatible_environments_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_snapshot_compatible_repository_request.go b/model_snapshot_compatible_repository_request.go index 9381169b..dec10291 100644 --- a/model_snapshot_compatible_repository_request.go +++ b/model_snapshot_compatible_repository_request.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_snapshot_d_source_response.go b/model_snapshot_d_source_response.go index 29f224dc..f48c03c5 100644 --- a/model_snapshot_d_source_response.go +++ b/model_snapshot_d_source_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_snapshot_day_range.go b/model_snapshot_day_range.go index d6eb2f1b..d35e0339 100644 --- a/model_snapshot_day_range.go +++ b/model_snapshot_day_range.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_snapshot_missing_log.go b/model_snapshot_missing_log.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5467c887 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_snapshot_missing_log.go @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the SnapshotMissingLog type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SnapshotMissingLog{} + +// SnapshotMissingLog Missing Log information +type SnapshotMissingLog struct { + // Type of the log + Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"` + // Instance Number + InstanceNum *int32 `json:"instanceNum,omitempty"` + // Sequence number of the log file. + Sequence *int64 `json:"sequence,omitempty"` +} + +// NewSnapshotMissingLog instantiates a new SnapshotMissingLog object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewSnapshotMissingLog() *SnapshotMissingLog { + this := SnapshotMissingLog{} + return &this +} + +// NewSnapshotMissingLogWithDefaults instantiates a new SnapshotMissingLog object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewSnapshotMissingLogWithDefaults() *SnapshotMissingLog { + this := SnapshotMissingLog{} + return &this +} + +// GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SnapshotMissingLog) GetType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Type +} + +// GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SnapshotMissingLog) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Type, true +} + +// HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SnapshotMissingLog) HasType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Type) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field. +func (o *SnapshotMissingLog) SetType(v string) { + o.Type = &v +} + +// GetInstanceNum returns the InstanceNum field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SnapshotMissingLog) GetInstanceNum() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNum) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.InstanceNum +} + +// GetInstanceNumOk returns a tuple with the InstanceNum field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SnapshotMissingLog) GetInstanceNumOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNum) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InstanceNum, true +} + +// HasInstanceNum returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SnapshotMissingLog) HasInstanceNum() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstanceNum) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstanceNum gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the InstanceNum field. +func (o *SnapshotMissingLog) SetInstanceNum(v int32) { + o.InstanceNum = &v +} + +// GetSequence returns the Sequence field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SnapshotMissingLog) GetSequence() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Sequence) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.Sequence +} + +// GetSequenceOk returns a tuple with the Sequence field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SnapshotMissingLog) GetSequenceOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Sequence) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Sequence, true +} + +// HasSequence returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SnapshotMissingLog) HasSequence() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Sequence) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSequence gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the Sequence field. +func (o *SnapshotMissingLog) SetSequence(v int64) { + o.Sequence = &v +} + +func (o SnapshotMissingLog) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o SnapshotMissingLog) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Type) { + toSerialize["type"] = o.Type + } + if !IsNil(o.InstanceNum) { + toSerialize["instanceNum"] = o.InstanceNum + } + if !IsNil(o.Sequence) { + toSerialize["sequence"] = o.Sequence + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableSnapshotMissingLog struct { + value *SnapshotMissingLog + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableSnapshotMissingLog) Get() *SnapshotMissingLog { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableSnapshotMissingLog) Set(val *SnapshotMissingLog) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableSnapshotMissingLog) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableSnapshotMissingLog) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableSnapshotMissingLog(val *SnapshotMissingLog) *NullableSnapshotMissingLog { + return &NullableSnapshotMissingLog{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableSnapshotMissingLog) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableSnapshotMissingLog) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_snapshot_runtime.go b/model_snapshot_runtime.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a7531073 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_snapshot_runtime.go @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the SnapshotRuntime type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SnapshotRuntime{} + +// SnapshotRuntime Snapshot Runtime information +type SnapshotRuntime struct { + // Is the snapshot provisionable + Provisionable *bool `json:"provisionable,omitempty"` + // Type of the runtime object + Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"` + // List of missing logs + MissingLogs []SnapshotMissingLog `json:"missing_logs,omitempty"` +} + +// NewSnapshotRuntime instantiates a new SnapshotRuntime object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewSnapshotRuntime() *SnapshotRuntime { + this := SnapshotRuntime{} + return &this +} + +// NewSnapshotRuntimeWithDefaults instantiates a new SnapshotRuntime object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewSnapshotRuntimeWithDefaults() *SnapshotRuntime { + this := SnapshotRuntime{} + return &this +} + +// GetProvisionable returns the Provisionable field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SnapshotRuntime) GetProvisionable() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Provisionable) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Provisionable +} + +// GetProvisionableOk returns a tuple with the Provisionable field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SnapshotRuntime) GetProvisionableOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Provisionable) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Provisionable, true +} + +// HasProvisionable returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SnapshotRuntime) HasProvisionable() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Provisionable) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetProvisionable gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Provisionable field. +func (o *SnapshotRuntime) SetProvisionable(v bool) { + o.Provisionable = &v +} + +// GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SnapshotRuntime) GetType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Type +} + +// GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SnapshotRuntime) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Type, true +} + +// HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SnapshotRuntime) HasType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Type) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field. +func (o *SnapshotRuntime) SetType(v string) { + o.Type = &v +} + +// GetMissingLogs returns the MissingLogs field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SnapshotRuntime) GetMissingLogs() []SnapshotMissingLog { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MissingLogs) { + var ret []SnapshotMissingLog + return ret + } + return o.MissingLogs +} + +// GetMissingLogsOk returns a tuple with the MissingLogs field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SnapshotRuntime) GetMissingLogsOk() ([]SnapshotMissingLog, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MissingLogs) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MissingLogs, true +} + +// HasMissingLogs returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SnapshotRuntime) HasMissingLogs() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MissingLogs) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMissingLogs gets a reference to the given []SnapshotMissingLog and assigns it to the MissingLogs field. +func (o *SnapshotRuntime) SetMissingLogs(v []SnapshotMissingLog) { + o.MissingLogs = v +} + +func (o SnapshotRuntime) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o SnapshotRuntime) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Provisionable) { + toSerialize["provisionable"] = o.Provisionable + } + if !IsNil(o.Type) { + toSerialize["type"] = o.Type + } + if !IsNil(o.MissingLogs) { + toSerialize["missing_logs"] = o.MissingLogs + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableSnapshotRuntime struct { + value *SnapshotRuntime + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableSnapshotRuntime) Get() *SnapshotRuntime { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableSnapshotRuntime) Set(val *SnapshotRuntime) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableSnapshotRuntime) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableSnapshotRuntime) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableSnapshotRuntime(val *SnapshotRuntime) *NullableSnapshotRuntime { + return &NullableSnapshotRuntime{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableSnapshotRuntime) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableSnapshotRuntime) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_snapshot_vdb_response.go b/model_snapshot_vdb_response.go index 6075c009..6ebd2316 100644 --- a/model_snapshot_vdb_response.go +++ b/model_snapshot_vdb_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_snapshots_day_ranges_response.go b/model_snapshots_day_ranges_response.go index 34639471..c77c69b7 100644 --- a/model_snapshots_day_ranges_response.go +++ b/model_snapshots_day_ranges_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_source.go b/model_source.go index d01e12ca..5ed38853 100644 --- a/model_source.go +++ b/model_source.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ type Source struct { // The total size of this source database, in bytes. Size NullableInt64 `json:"size,omitempty"` // The JDBC connection URL for this source database. + // Deprecated JdbcConnectionString NullableString `json:"jdbc_connection_string,omitempty"` // The version of the plugin associated with this source database. PluginVersion NullableString `json:"plugin_version,omitempty"` @@ -59,7 +60,33 @@ type Source struct { MssqlSourceType NullableString `json:"mssql_source_type,omitempty"` // The type of this appdata source database (Appdata Only). AppdataSourceType NullableString `json:"appdata_source_type,omitempty"` + // If this source is of PDB type (Oracle Only). + IsPdb NullableBool `json:"is_pdb,omitempty"` Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` + // The instance name of this single instance database source. + InstanceName *string `json:"instance_name,omitempty"` + // The instance number of this single instance database source. + InstanceNumber *int32 `json:"instance_number,omitempty"` + Instances []OracleRACDatabaseInstance `json:"instances,omitempty"` + OracleServices []OracleService `json:"oracle_services,omitempty"` + // The username of the database user. + User *string `json:"user,omitempty"` + // The environment user reference. + EnvironmentUserRef *string `json:"environment_user_ref,omitempty"` + // The username of a database user that does not have administrative privileges. + NonSysUser *string `json:"non_sys_user,omitempty"` + // Whether this source was discovered. + Discovered *bool `json:"discovered,omitempty"` + // Whether this source should be used for linking. + LinkingEnabled *bool `json:"linking_enabled,omitempty"` + // The cdb type for this source. (Oracle only) + CdbType *string `json:"cdb_type,omitempty"` + // The ID of the associated DataConnection. + DataConnectionId *string `json:"data_connection_id,omitempty"` + // The name of this source database. + DatabaseName *string `json:"database_name,omitempty"` + // The unique name of the database. + DatabaseUniqueName *string `json:"database_unique_name,omitempty"` } // NewSource instantiates a new Source object @@ -574,6 +601,7 @@ func (o *Source) UnsetSize() { } // GetJdbcConnectionString returns the JdbcConnectionString field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +// Deprecated func (o *Source) GetJdbcConnectionString() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.JdbcConnectionString.Get()) { var ret string @@ -585,6 +613,7 @@ func (o *Source) GetJdbcConnectionString() string { // GetJdbcConnectionStringOk returns a tuple with the JdbcConnectionString field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. // NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +// Deprecated func (o *Source) GetJdbcConnectionStringOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil { return nil, false @@ -602,6 +631,7 @@ func (o *Source) HasJdbcConnectionString() bool { } // SetJdbcConnectionString gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the JdbcConnectionString field. +// Deprecated func (o *Source) SetJdbcConnectionString(v string) { o.JdbcConnectionString.Set(&v) } @@ -879,6 +909,48 @@ func (o *Source) UnsetAppdataSourceType() { o.AppdataSourceType.Unset() } +// GetIsPdb returns the IsPdb field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *Source) GetIsPdb() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsPdb.Get()) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsPdb.Get() +} + +// GetIsPdbOk returns a tuple with the IsPdb field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *Source) GetIsPdbOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsPdb.Get(), o.IsPdb.IsSet() +} + +// HasIsPdb returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Source) HasIsPdb() bool { + if o != nil && o.IsPdb.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsPdb gets a reference to the given NullableBool and assigns it to the IsPdb field. +func (o *Source) SetIsPdb(v bool) { + o.IsPdb.Set(&v) +} +// SetIsPdbNil sets the value for IsPdb to be an explicit nil +func (o *Source) SetIsPdbNil() { + o.IsPdb.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetIsPdb ensures that no value is present for IsPdb, not even an explicit nil +func (o *Source) UnsetIsPdb() { + o.IsPdb.Unset() +} + // GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *Source) GetTags() []Tag { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { @@ -911,6 +983,422 @@ func (o *Source) SetTags(v []Tag) { o.Tags = v } +// GetInstanceName returns the InstanceName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Source) GetInstanceName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.InstanceName +} + +// GetInstanceNameOk returns a tuple with the InstanceName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Source) GetInstanceNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InstanceName, true +} + +// HasInstanceName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Source) HasInstanceName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstanceName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the InstanceName field. +func (o *Source) SetInstanceName(v string) { + o.InstanceName = &v +} + +// GetInstanceNumber returns the InstanceNumber field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Source) GetInstanceNumber() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.InstanceNumber +} + +// GetInstanceNumberOk returns a tuple with the InstanceNumber field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Source) GetInstanceNumberOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InstanceNumber, true +} + +// HasInstanceNumber returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Source) HasInstanceNumber() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstanceNumber gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the InstanceNumber field. +func (o *Source) SetInstanceNumber(v int32) { + o.InstanceNumber = &v +} + +// GetInstances returns the Instances field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Source) GetInstances() []OracleRACDatabaseInstance { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + var ret []OracleRACDatabaseInstance + return ret + } + return o.Instances +} + +// GetInstancesOk returns a tuple with the Instances field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Source) GetInstancesOk() ([]OracleRACDatabaseInstance, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Instances, true +} + +// HasInstances returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Source) HasInstances() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Instances) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstances gets a reference to the given []OracleRACDatabaseInstance and assigns it to the Instances field. +func (o *Source) SetInstances(v []OracleRACDatabaseInstance) { + o.Instances = v +} + +// GetOracleServices returns the OracleServices field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Source) GetOracleServices() []OracleService { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + var ret []OracleService + return ret + } + return o.OracleServices +} + +// GetOracleServicesOk returns a tuple with the OracleServices field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Source) GetOracleServicesOk() ([]OracleService, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleServices, true +} + +// HasOracleServices returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Source) HasOracleServices() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleServices gets a reference to the given []OracleService and assigns it to the OracleServices field. +func (o *Source) SetOracleServices(v []OracleService) { + o.OracleServices = v +} + +// GetUser returns the User field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Source) GetUser() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.User) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.User +} + +// GetUserOk returns a tuple with the User field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Source) GetUserOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.User) { + return nil, false + } + return o.User, true +} + +// HasUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Source) HasUser() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.User) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the User field. +func (o *Source) SetUser(v string) { + o.User = &v +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserRef returns the EnvironmentUserRef field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Source) GetEnvironmentUserRef() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EnvironmentUserRef +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserRefOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUserRef field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Source) GetEnvironmentUserRefOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvironmentUserRef, true +} + +// HasEnvironmentUserRef returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Source) HasEnvironmentUserRef() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironmentUserRef gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentUserRef field. +func (o *Source) SetEnvironmentUserRef(v string) { + o.EnvironmentUserRef = &v +} + +// GetNonSysUser returns the NonSysUser field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Source) GetNonSysUser() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonSysUser) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.NonSysUser +} + +// GetNonSysUserOk returns a tuple with the NonSysUser field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Source) GetNonSysUserOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NonSysUser) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NonSysUser, true +} + +// HasNonSysUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Source) HasNonSysUser() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NonSysUser) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNonSysUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the NonSysUser field. +func (o *Source) SetNonSysUser(v string) { + o.NonSysUser = &v +} + +// GetDiscovered returns the Discovered field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Source) GetDiscovered() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Discovered) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Discovered +} + +// GetDiscoveredOk returns a tuple with the Discovered field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Source) GetDiscoveredOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Discovered) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Discovered, true +} + +// HasDiscovered returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Source) HasDiscovered() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Discovered) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDiscovered gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Discovered field. +func (o *Source) SetDiscovered(v bool) { + o.Discovered = &v +} + +// GetLinkingEnabled returns the LinkingEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Source) GetLinkingEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LinkingEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.LinkingEnabled +} + +// GetLinkingEnabledOk returns a tuple with the LinkingEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Source) GetLinkingEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LinkingEnabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LinkingEnabled, true +} + +// HasLinkingEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Source) HasLinkingEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LinkingEnabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLinkingEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the LinkingEnabled field. +func (o *Source) SetLinkingEnabled(v bool) { + o.LinkingEnabled = &v +} + +// GetCdbType returns the CdbType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Source) GetCdbType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CdbType +} + +// GetCdbTypeOk returns a tuple with the CdbType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Source) GetCdbTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CdbType, true +} + +// HasCdbType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Source) HasCdbType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CdbType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCdbType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CdbType field. +func (o *Source) SetCdbType(v string) { + o.CdbType = &v +} + +// GetDataConnectionId returns the DataConnectionId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Source) GetDataConnectionId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataConnectionId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DataConnectionId +} + +// GetDataConnectionIdOk returns a tuple with the DataConnectionId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Source) GetDataConnectionIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataConnectionId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataConnectionId, true +} + +// HasDataConnectionId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Source) HasDataConnectionId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataConnectionId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataConnectionId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DataConnectionId field. +func (o *Source) SetDataConnectionId(v string) { + o.DataConnectionId = &v +} + +// GetDatabaseName returns the DatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Source) GetDatabaseName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatabaseName +} + +// GetDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Source) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatabaseName, true +} + +// HasDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Source) HasDatabaseName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseName field. +func (o *Source) SetDatabaseName(v string) { + o.DatabaseName = &v +} + +// GetDatabaseUniqueName returns the DatabaseUniqueName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Source) GetDatabaseUniqueName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseUniqueName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatabaseUniqueName +} + +// GetDatabaseUniqueNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseUniqueName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Source) GetDatabaseUniqueNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseUniqueName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatabaseUniqueName, true +} + +// HasDatabaseUniqueName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Source) HasDatabaseUniqueName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseUniqueName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatabaseUniqueName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseUniqueName field. +func (o *Source) SetDatabaseUniqueName(v string) { + o.DatabaseUniqueName = &v +} + func (o Source) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -981,9 +1469,51 @@ func (o Source) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if o.AppdataSourceType.IsSet() { toSerialize["appdata_source_type"] = o.AppdataSourceType.Get() } + if o.IsPdb.IsSet() { + toSerialize["is_pdb"] = o.IsPdb.Get() + } if !IsNil(o.Tags) { toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags } + if !IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + toSerialize["instance_name"] = o.InstanceName + } + if !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + toSerialize["instance_number"] = o.InstanceNumber + } + if !IsNil(o.Instances) { + toSerialize["instances"] = o.Instances + } + if !IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + toSerialize["oracle_services"] = o.OracleServices + } + if !IsNil(o.User) { + toSerialize["user"] = o.User + } + if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + toSerialize["environment_user_ref"] = o.EnvironmentUserRef + } + if !IsNil(o.NonSysUser) { + toSerialize["non_sys_user"] = o.NonSysUser + } + if !IsNil(o.Discovered) { + toSerialize["discovered"] = o.Discovered + } + if !IsNil(o.LinkingEnabled) { + toSerialize["linking_enabled"] = o.LinkingEnabled + } + if !IsNil(o.CdbType) { + toSerialize["cdb_type"] = o.CdbType + } + if !IsNil(o.DataConnectionId) { + toSerialize["data_connection_id"] = o.DataConnectionId + } + if !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + toSerialize["database_name"] = o.DatabaseName + } + if !IsNil(o.DatabaseUniqueName) { + toSerialize["database_unique_name"] = o.DatabaseUniqueName + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_source_operation.go b/model_source_operation.go index aa50c352..6e460248 100644 --- a/model_source_operation.go +++ b/model_source_operation.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -20,21 +20,21 @@ var _ MappedNullable = &SourceOperation{} // SourceOperation struct for SourceOperation type SourceOperation struct { - Name string `json:"name"` - Command string `json:"command"` + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + Command *string `json:"command,omitempty"` Shell *string `json:"shell,omitempty"` // List of environment variables that will contain credentials for this operation. CredentialsEnvVars []CredentialsEnvVariable `json:"credentials_env_vars,omitempty"` + // ID of the hook template + HookTemplateId *string `json:"hook_template_id,omitempty"` } // NewSourceOperation instantiates a new SourceOperation object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments // will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewSourceOperation(name string, command string) *SourceOperation { +func NewSourceOperation() *SourceOperation { this := SourceOperation{} - this.Name = name - this.Command = command var shell string = "bash" this.Shell = &shell return &this @@ -50,52 +50,68 @@ func NewSourceOperationWithDefaults() *SourceOperation { return &this } -// GetName returns the Name field value +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *SourceOperation) GetName() string { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { var ret string return ret } - - return o.Name + return *o.Name } -// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. func (o *SourceOperation) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { return nil, false } - return &o.Name, true + return o.Name, true } -// SetName sets field value +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SourceOperation) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. func (o *SourceOperation) SetName(v string) { - o.Name = v + o.Name = &v } -// GetCommand returns the Command field value +// GetCommand returns the Command field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *SourceOperation) GetCommand() string { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Command) { var ret string return ret } - - return o.Command + return *o.Command } -// GetCommandOk returns a tuple with the Command field value +// GetCommandOk returns a tuple with the Command field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. func (o *SourceOperation) GetCommandOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Command) { return nil, false } - return &o.Command, true + return o.Command, true +} + +// HasCommand returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SourceOperation) HasCommand() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Command) { + return true + } + + return false } -// SetCommand sets field value +// SetCommand gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Command field. func (o *SourceOperation) SetCommand(v string) { - o.Command = v + o.Command = &v } // GetShell returns the Shell field value if set, zero value otherwise. @@ -162,6 +178,38 @@ func (o *SourceOperation) SetCredentialsEnvVars(v []CredentialsEnvVariable) { o.CredentialsEnvVars = v } +// GetHookTemplateId returns the HookTemplateId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SourceOperation) GetHookTemplateId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HookTemplateId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.HookTemplateId +} + +// GetHookTemplateIdOk returns a tuple with the HookTemplateId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SourceOperation) GetHookTemplateIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HookTemplateId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.HookTemplateId, true +} + +// HasHookTemplateId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SourceOperation) HasHookTemplateId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HookTemplateId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHookTemplateId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the HookTemplateId field. +func (o *SourceOperation) SetHookTemplateId(v string) { + o.HookTemplateId = &v +} + func (o SourceOperation) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -172,14 +220,21 @@ func (o SourceOperation) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { func (o SourceOperation) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - toSerialize["name"] = o.Name - toSerialize["command"] = o.Command + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.Command) { + toSerialize["command"] = o.Command + } if !IsNil(o.Shell) { toSerialize["shell"] = o.Shell } if !IsNil(o.CredentialsEnvVars) { toSerialize["credentials_env_vars"] = o.CredentialsEnvVars } + if !IsNil(o.HookTemplateId) { + toSerialize["hook_template_id"] = o.HookTemplateId + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_ssh_verification_strategy.go b/model_ssh_verification_strategy.go index fb8d0637..39943358 100644 --- a/model_ssh_verification_strategy.go +++ b/model_ssh_verification_strategy.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the SSHVerificationStrategy type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -32,6 +34,8 @@ type SSHVerificationStrategy struct { Fingerprint *string `json:"fingerprint,omitempty"` } +type _SSHVerificationStrategy SSHVerificationStrategy + // NewSSHVerificationStrategy instantiates a new SSHVerificationStrategy object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -228,6 +232,43 @@ func (o SSHVerificationStrategy) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *SSHVerificationStrategy) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "name", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varSSHVerificationStrategy := _SSHVerificationStrategy{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varSSHVerificationStrategy) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = SSHVerificationStrategy(varSSHVerificationStrategy) + + return err +} + type NullableSSHVerificationStrategy struct { value *SSHVerificationStrategy isSet bool diff --git a/model_staging_compatible_environments_response.go b/model_staging_compatible_environments_response.go index 8a9c0f39..ba5e397f 100644 --- a/model_staging_compatible_environments_response.go +++ b/model_staging_compatible_environments_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_staging_source.go b/model_staging_source.go index b86e18e2..91ada74d 100644 --- a/model_staging_source.go +++ b/model_staging_source.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -40,13 +40,29 @@ type StagingSource struct { Fqdn NullableString `json:"fqdn,omitempty"` // The repository id for this staging source. Repository *string `json:"repository,omitempty"` - // The type of oracle source configuration for this staging source. (Oracle only) - OracleConfigType *string `json:"oracle_config_type,omitempty"` + // The type of source configuration for this staging source. + Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"` + OracleConfigType *OracleConfigTypeEnum `json:"oracle_config_type,omitempty"` // The cdb type for this staging source. (Oracle only) CdbType *string `json:"cdb_type,omitempty"` // The dsource_id associated with this staging source. DsourceId *string `json:"dsource_id,omitempty"` Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` + OracleServices []OracleService `json:"oracle_services,omitempty"` + // The environment user reference. + EnvironmentUserRef *string `json:"environment_user_ref,omitempty"` + // Recovery model of the source database. + RecoveryModel *string `json:"recovery_model,omitempty"` + // The base mount point for the NFS or iSCSI LUN mounts. + MountBase *string `json:"mount_base,omitempty"` + // The ID of the associated DataConnection. + DataConnectionId *string `json:"data_connection_id,omitempty"` + // The datafile mount point to use for the NFS mounts. + DatafileMountPath *string `json:"datafile_mount_path,omitempty"` + // The archive mount point to use for the NFS mounts. + ArchiveMountPath *string `json:"archive_mount_path,omitempty"` + // The unique name of the database. + DatabaseUniqueName *string `json:"database_unique_name,omitempty"` } // NewStagingSource instantiates a new StagingSource object @@ -466,10 +482,42 @@ func (o *StagingSource) SetRepository(v string) { o.Repository = &v } +// GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StagingSource) GetType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Type +} + +// GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StagingSource) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Type) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Type, true +} + +// HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StagingSource) HasType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Type) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field. +func (o *StagingSource) SetType(v string) { + o.Type = &v +} + // GetOracleConfigType returns the OracleConfigType field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *StagingSource) GetOracleConfigType() string { +func (o *StagingSource) GetOracleConfigType() OracleConfigTypeEnum { if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleConfigType) { - var ret string + var ret OracleConfigTypeEnum return ret } return *o.OracleConfigType @@ -477,7 +525,7 @@ func (o *StagingSource) GetOracleConfigType() string { // GetOracleConfigTypeOk returns a tuple with the OracleConfigType field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *StagingSource) GetOracleConfigTypeOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *StagingSource) GetOracleConfigTypeOk() (*OracleConfigTypeEnum, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleConfigType) { return nil, false } @@ -493,8 +541,8 @@ func (o *StagingSource) HasOracleConfigType() bool { return false } -// SetOracleConfigType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OracleConfigType field. -func (o *StagingSource) SetOracleConfigType(v string) { +// SetOracleConfigType gets a reference to the given OracleConfigTypeEnum and assigns it to the OracleConfigType field. +func (o *StagingSource) SetOracleConfigType(v OracleConfigTypeEnum) { o.OracleConfigType = &v } @@ -594,6 +642,262 @@ func (o *StagingSource) SetTags(v []Tag) { o.Tags = v } +// GetOracleServices returns the OracleServices field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StagingSource) GetOracleServices() []OracleService { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + var ret []OracleService + return ret + } + return o.OracleServices +} + +// GetOracleServicesOk returns a tuple with the OracleServices field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StagingSource) GetOracleServicesOk() ([]OracleService, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleServices, true +} + +// HasOracleServices returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StagingSource) HasOracleServices() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleServices gets a reference to the given []OracleService and assigns it to the OracleServices field. +func (o *StagingSource) SetOracleServices(v []OracleService) { + o.OracleServices = v +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserRef returns the EnvironmentUserRef field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StagingSource) GetEnvironmentUserRef() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EnvironmentUserRef +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserRefOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUserRef field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StagingSource) GetEnvironmentUserRefOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvironmentUserRef, true +} + +// HasEnvironmentUserRef returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StagingSource) HasEnvironmentUserRef() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironmentUserRef gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentUserRef field. +func (o *StagingSource) SetEnvironmentUserRef(v string) { + o.EnvironmentUserRef = &v +} + +// GetRecoveryModel returns the RecoveryModel field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StagingSource) GetRecoveryModel() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RecoveryModel +} + +// GetRecoveryModelOk returns a tuple with the RecoveryModel field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StagingSource) GetRecoveryModelOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecoveryModel, true +} + +// HasRecoveryModel returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StagingSource) HasRecoveryModel() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecoveryModel gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RecoveryModel field. +func (o *StagingSource) SetRecoveryModel(v string) { + o.RecoveryModel = &v +} + +// GetMountBase returns the MountBase field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StagingSource) GetMountBase() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountBase) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MountBase +} + +// GetMountBaseOk returns a tuple with the MountBase field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StagingSource) GetMountBaseOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MountBase) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MountBase, true +} + +// HasMountBase returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StagingSource) HasMountBase() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MountBase) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMountBase gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MountBase field. +func (o *StagingSource) SetMountBase(v string) { + o.MountBase = &v +} + +// GetDataConnectionId returns the DataConnectionId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StagingSource) GetDataConnectionId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataConnectionId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DataConnectionId +} + +// GetDataConnectionIdOk returns a tuple with the DataConnectionId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StagingSource) GetDataConnectionIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataConnectionId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataConnectionId, true +} + +// HasDataConnectionId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StagingSource) HasDataConnectionId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataConnectionId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataConnectionId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DataConnectionId field. +func (o *StagingSource) SetDataConnectionId(v string) { + o.DataConnectionId = &v +} + +// GetDatafileMountPath returns the DatafileMountPath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StagingSource) GetDatafileMountPath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatafileMountPath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatafileMountPath +} + +// GetDatafileMountPathOk returns a tuple with the DatafileMountPath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StagingSource) GetDatafileMountPathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatafileMountPath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatafileMountPath, true +} + +// HasDatafileMountPath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StagingSource) HasDatafileMountPath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatafileMountPath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatafileMountPath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatafileMountPath field. +func (o *StagingSource) SetDatafileMountPath(v string) { + o.DatafileMountPath = &v +} + +// GetArchiveMountPath returns the ArchiveMountPath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StagingSource) GetArchiveMountPath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ArchiveMountPath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ArchiveMountPath +} + +// GetArchiveMountPathOk returns a tuple with the ArchiveMountPath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StagingSource) GetArchiveMountPathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ArchiveMountPath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ArchiveMountPath, true +} + +// HasArchiveMountPath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StagingSource) HasArchiveMountPath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ArchiveMountPath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetArchiveMountPath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ArchiveMountPath field. +func (o *StagingSource) SetArchiveMountPath(v string) { + o.ArchiveMountPath = &v +} + +// GetDatabaseUniqueName returns the DatabaseUniqueName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StagingSource) GetDatabaseUniqueName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseUniqueName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatabaseUniqueName +} + +// GetDatabaseUniqueNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseUniqueName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StagingSource) GetDatabaseUniqueNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseUniqueName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatabaseUniqueName, true +} + +// HasDatabaseUniqueName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StagingSource) HasDatabaseUniqueName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseUniqueName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatabaseUniqueName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseUniqueName field. +func (o *StagingSource) SetDatabaseUniqueName(v string) { + o.DatabaseUniqueName = &v +} + func (o StagingSource) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -634,6 +938,9 @@ func (o StagingSource) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.Repository) { toSerialize["repository"] = o.Repository } + if !IsNil(o.Type) { + toSerialize["type"] = o.Type + } if !IsNil(o.OracleConfigType) { toSerialize["oracle_config_type"] = o.OracleConfigType } @@ -646,6 +953,30 @@ func (o StagingSource) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.Tags) { toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags } + if !IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + toSerialize["oracle_services"] = o.OracleServices + } + if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + toSerialize["environment_user_ref"] = o.EnvironmentUserRef + } + if !IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + toSerialize["recovery_model"] = o.RecoveryModel + } + if !IsNil(o.MountBase) { + toSerialize["mount_base"] = o.MountBase + } + if !IsNil(o.DataConnectionId) { + toSerialize["data_connection_id"] = o.DataConnectionId + } + if !IsNil(o.DatafileMountPath) { + toSerialize["datafile_mount_path"] = o.DatafileMountPath + } + if !IsNil(o.ArchiveMountPath) { + toSerialize["archive_mount_path"] = o.ArchiveMountPath + } + if !IsNil(o.DatabaseUniqueName) { + toSerialize["database_unique_name"] = o.DatabaseUniqueName + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_start_vcdb_parameters.go b/model_start_vcdb_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4eb89a4e --- /dev/null +++ b/model_start_vcdb_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the StartVCDBParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &StartVCDBParameters{} + +// StartVCDBParameters Parameters to start a vCDB. +type StartVCDBParameters struct { + // List of specific Virtual Container Database Instances to start. + Instances []int32 `json:"instances,omitempty"` +} + +// NewStartVCDBParameters instantiates a new StartVCDBParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewStartVCDBParameters() *StartVCDBParameters { + this := StartVCDBParameters{} + return &this +} + +// NewStartVCDBParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new StartVCDBParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewStartVCDBParametersWithDefaults() *StartVCDBParameters { + this := StartVCDBParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetInstances returns the Instances field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StartVCDBParameters) GetInstances() []int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + var ret []int32 + return ret + } + return o.Instances +} + +// GetInstancesOk returns a tuple with the Instances field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StartVCDBParameters) GetInstancesOk() ([]int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Instances, true +} + +// HasInstances returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StartVCDBParameters) HasInstances() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Instances) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstances gets a reference to the given []int32 and assigns it to the Instances field. +func (o *StartVCDBParameters) SetInstances(v []int32) { + o.Instances = v +} + +func (o StartVCDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o StartVCDBParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Instances) { + toSerialize["instances"] = o.Instances + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableStartVCDBParameters struct { + value *StartVCDBParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableStartVCDBParameters) Get() *StartVCDBParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableStartVCDBParameters) Set(val *StartVCDBParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableStartVCDBParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableStartVCDBParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableStartVCDBParameters(val *StartVCDBParameters) *NullableStartVCDBParameters { + return &NullableStartVCDBParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableStartVCDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableStartVCDBParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_start_vcdb_response.go b/model_start_vcdb_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..31077874 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_start_vcdb_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the StartVCDBResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &StartVCDBResponse{} + +// StartVCDBResponse struct for StartVCDBResponse +type StartVCDBResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewStartVCDBResponse instantiates a new StartVCDBResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewStartVCDBResponse() *StartVCDBResponse { + this := StartVCDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewStartVCDBResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new StartVCDBResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewStartVCDBResponseWithDefaults() *StartVCDBResponse { + this := StartVCDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StartVCDBResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StartVCDBResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StartVCDBResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *StartVCDBResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o StartVCDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o StartVCDBResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableStartVCDBResponse struct { + value *StartVCDBResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableStartVCDBResponse) Get() *StartVCDBResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableStartVCDBResponse) Set(val *StartVCDBResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableStartVCDBResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableStartVCDBResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableStartVCDBResponse(val *StartVCDBResponse) *NullableStartVCDBResponse { + return &NullableStartVCDBResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableStartVCDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableStartVCDBResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_start_vdb_group_parameters.go b/model_start_vdb_group_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b0240d6f --- /dev/null +++ b/model_start_vdb_group_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the StartVDBGroupParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &StartVDBGroupParameters{} + +// StartVDBGroupParameters Parameters to start a VDB Group. +type StartVDBGroupParameters struct { + VdbStartParamMappings []VDBStartParametersMapping `json:"vdb_start_param_mappings,omitempty"` +} + +// NewStartVDBGroupParameters instantiates a new StartVDBGroupParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewStartVDBGroupParameters() *StartVDBGroupParameters { + this := StartVDBGroupParameters{} + return &this +} + +// NewStartVDBGroupParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new StartVDBGroupParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewStartVDBGroupParametersWithDefaults() *StartVDBGroupParameters { + this := StartVDBGroupParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetVdbStartParamMappings returns the VdbStartParamMappings field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StartVDBGroupParameters) GetVdbStartParamMappings() []VDBStartParametersMapping { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbStartParamMappings) { + var ret []VDBStartParametersMapping + return ret + } + return o.VdbStartParamMappings +} + +// GetVdbStartParamMappingsOk returns a tuple with the VdbStartParamMappings field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StartVDBGroupParameters) GetVdbStartParamMappingsOk() ([]VDBStartParametersMapping, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbStartParamMappings) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbStartParamMappings, true +} + +// HasVdbStartParamMappings returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StartVDBGroupParameters) HasVdbStartParamMappings() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbStartParamMappings) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbStartParamMappings gets a reference to the given []VDBStartParametersMapping and assigns it to the VdbStartParamMappings field. +func (o *StartVDBGroupParameters) SetVdbStartParamMappings(v []VDBStartParametersMapping) { + o.VdbStartParamMappings = v +} + +func (o StartVDBGroupParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o StartVDBGroupParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.VdbStartParamMappings) { + toSerialize["vdb_start_param_mappings"] = o.VdbStartParamMappings + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableStartVDBGroupParameters struct { + value *StartVDBGroupParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableStartVDBGroupParameters) Get() *StartVDBGroupParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableStartVDBGroupParameters) Set(val *StartVDBGroupParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableStartVDBGroupParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableStartVDBGroupParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableStartVDBGroupParameters(val *StartVDBGroupParameters) *NullableStartVDBGroupParameters { + return &NullableStartVDBGroupParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableStartVDBGroupParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableStartVDBGroupParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_start_vdb_group_response.go b/model_start_vdb_group_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a40420d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_start_vdb_group_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the StartVDBGroupResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &StartVDBGroupResponse{} + +// StartVDBGroupResponse struct for StartVDBGroupResponse +type StartVDBGroupResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewStartVDBGroupResponse instantiates a new StartVDBGroupResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewStartVDBGroupResponse() *StartVDBGroupResponse { + this := StartVDBGroupResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewStartVDBGroupResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new StartVDBGroupResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewStartVDBGroupResponseWithDefaults() *StartVDBGroupResponse { + this := StartVDBGroupResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StartVDBGroupResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StartVDBGroupResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StartVDBGroupResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *StartVDBGroupResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o StartVDBGroupResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o StartVDBGroupResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableStartVDBGroupResponse struct { + value *StartVDBGroupResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableStartVDBGroupResponse) Get() *StartVDBGroupResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableStartVDBGroupResponse) Set(val *StartVDBGroupResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableStartVDBGroupResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableStartVDBGroupResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableStartVDBGroupResponse(val *StartVDBGroupResponse) *NullableStartVDBGroupResponse { + return &NullableStartVDBGroupResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableStartVDBGroupResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableStartVDBGroupResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_start_vdb_parameters.go b/model_start_vdb_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..098509a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_start_vdb_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the StartVDBParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &StartVDBParameters{} + +// StartVDBParameters Parameters to start a VDB. +type StartVDBParameters struct { + // List of specific Oracle Virtual Database Instances to start. + Instances []int32 `json:"instances,omitempty"` +} + +// NewStartVDBParameters instantiates a new StartVDBParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewStartVDBParameters() *StartVDBParameters { + this := StartVDBParameters{} + return &this +} + +// NewStartVDBParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new StartVDBParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewStartVDBParametersWithDefaults() *StartVDBParameters { + this := StartVDBParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetInstances returns the Instances field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StartVDBParameters) GetInstances() []int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + var ret []int32 + return ret + } + return o.Instances +} + +// GetInstancesOk returns a tuple with the Instances field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StartVDBParameters) GetInstancesOk() ([]int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Instances, true +} + +// HasInstances returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StartVDBParameters) HasInstances() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Instances) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstances gets a reference to the given []int32 and assigns it to the Instances field. +func (o *StartVDBParameters) SetInstances(v []int32) { + o.Instances = v +} + +func (o StartVDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o StartVDBParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Instances) { + toSerialize["instances"] = o.Instances + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableStartVDBParameters struct { + value *StartVDBParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableStartVDBParameters) Get() *StartVDBParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableStartVDBParameters) Set(val *StartVDBParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableStartVDBParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableStartVDBParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableStartVDBParameters(val *StartVDBParameters) *NullableStartVDBParameters { + return &NullableStartVDBParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableStartVDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableStartVDBParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_start_vdb_response.go b/model_start_vdb_response.go index 4b6603e4..3d2fa7ba 100644 --- a/model_start_vdb_response.go +++ b/model_start_vdb_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_stop_vcdb_parameters.go b/model_stop_vcdb_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..002a4c37 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_stop_vcdb_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the StopVCDBParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &StopVCDBParameters{} + +// StopVCDBParameters Parameters to stop a vCDB. +type StopVCDBParameters struct { + // List of specific Virtual Container Database Instances to stop. + Instances []int32 `json:"instances,omitempty"` + // Whether to issue 'shutdown abort' to shutdown Virtual Container DB instances. + Abort *bool `json:"abort,omitempty"` +} + +// NewStopVCDBParameters instantiates a new StopVCDBParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewStopVCDBParameters() *StopVCDBParameters { + this := StopVCDBParameters{} + var abort bool = false + this.Abort = &abort + return &this +} + +// NewStopVCDBParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new StopVCDBParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewStopVCDBParametersWithDefaults() *StopVCDBParameters { + this := StopVCDBParameters{} + var abort bool = false + this.Abort = &abort + return &this +} + +// GetInstances returns the Instances field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StopVCDBParameters) GetInstances() []int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + var ret []int32 + return ret + } + return o.Instances +} + +// GetInstancesOk returns a tuple with the Instances field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StopVCDBParameters) GetInstancesOk() ([]int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Instances, true +} + +// HasInstances returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StopVCDBParameters) HasInstances() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Instances) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstances gets a reference to the given []int32 and assigns it to the Instances field. +func (o *StopVCDBParameters) SetInstances(v []int32) { + o.Instances = v +} + +// GetAbort returns the Abort field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StopVCDBParameters) GetAbort() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Abort) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Abort +} + +// GetAbortOk returns a tuple with the Abort field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StopVCDBParameters) GetAbortOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Abort) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Abort, true +} + +// HasAbort returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StopVCDBParameters) HasAbort() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Abort) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAbort gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Abort field. +func (o *StopVCDBParameters) SetAbort(v bool) { + o.Abort = &v +} + +func (o StopVCDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o StopVCDBParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Instances) { + toSerialize["instances"] = o.Instances + } + if !IsNil(o.Abort) { + toSerialize["abort"] = o.Abort + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableStopVCDBParameters struct { + value *StopVCDBParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableStopVCDBParameters) Get() *StopVCDBParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableStopVCDBParameters) Set(val *StopVCDBParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableStopVCDBParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableStopVCDBParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableStopVCDBParameters(val *StopVCDBParameters) *NullableStopVCDBParameters { + return &NullableStopVCDBParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableStopVCDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableStopVCDBParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_stop_vcdb_response.go b/model_stop_vcdb_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d3911321 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_stop_vcdb_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the StopVCDBResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &StopVCDBResponse{} + +// StopVCDBResponse struct for StopVCDBResponse +type StopVCDBResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewStopVCDBResponse instantiates a new StopVCDBResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewStopVCDBResponse() *StopVCDBResponse { + this := StopVCDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewStopVCDBResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new StopVCDBResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewStopVCDBResponseWithDefaults() *StopVCDBResponse { + this := StopVCDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StopVCDBResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StopVCDBResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StopVCDBResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *StopVCDBResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o StopVCDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o StopVCDBResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableStopVCDBResponse struct { + value *StopVCDBResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableStopVCDBResponse) Get() *StopVCDBResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableStopVCDBResponse) Set(val *StopVCDBResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableStopVCDBResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableStopVCDBResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableStopVCDBResponse(val *StopVCDBResponse) *NullableStopVCDBResponse { + return &NullableStopVCDBResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableStopVCDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableStopVCDBResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_stop_vdb_group_parameters.go b/model_stop_vdb_group_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dbcdece3 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_stop_vdb_group_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the StopVDBGroupParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &StopVDBGroupParameters{} + +// StopVDBGroupParameters Parameters to stop a VDB Group. +type StopVDBGroupParameters struct { + VdbStopParamMappings []VDBStopParametersMapping `json:"vdb_stop_param_mappings,omitempty"` +} + +// NewStopVDBGroupParameters instantiates a new StopVDBGroupParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewStopVDBGroupParameters() *StopVDBGroupParameters { + this := StopVDBGroupParameters{} + return &this +} + +// NewStopVDBGroupParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new StopVDBGroupParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewStopVDBGroupParametersWithDefaults() *StopVDBGroupParameters { + this := StopVDBGroupParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetVdbStopParamMappings returns the VdbStopParamMappings field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StopVDBGroupParameters) GetVdbStopParamMappings() []VDBStopParametersMapping { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbStopParamMappings) { + var ret []VDBStopParametersMapping + return ret + } + return o.VdbStopParamMappings +} + +// GetVdbStopParamMappingsOk returns a tuple with the VdbStopParamMappings field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StopVDBGroupParameters) GetVdbStopParamMappingsOk() ([]VDBStopParametersMapping, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbStopParamMappings) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbStopParamMappings, true +} + +// HasVdbStopParamMappings returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StopVDBGroupParameters) HasVdbStopParamMappings() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbStopParamMappings) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbStopParamMappings gets a reference to the given []VDBStopParametersMapping and assigns it to the VdbStopParamMappings field. +func (o *StopVDBGroupParameters) SetVdbStopParamMappings(v []VDBStopParametersMapping) { + o.VdbStopParamMappings = v +} + +func (o StopVDBGroupParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o StopVDBGroupParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.VdbStopParamMappings) { + toSerialize["vdb_stop_param_mappings"] = o.VdbStopParamMappings + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableStopVDBGroupParameters struct { + value *StopVDBGroupParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableStopVDBGroupParameters) Get() *StopVDBGroupParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableStopVDBGroupParameters) Set(val *StopVDBGroupParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableStopVDBGroupParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableStopVDBGroupParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableStopVDBGroupParameters(val *StopVDBGroupParameters) *NullableStopVDBGroupParameters { + return &NullableStopVDBGroupParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableStopVDBGroupParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableStopVDBGroupParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_stop_vdb_group_response.go b/model_stop_vdb_group_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f51068fe --- /dev/null +++ b/model_stop_vdb_group_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the StopVDBGroupResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &StopVDBGroupResponse{} + +// StopVDBGroupResponse struct for StopVDBGroupResponse +type StopVDBGroupResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewStopVDBGroupResponse instantiates a new StopVDBGroupResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewStopVDBGroupResponse() *StopVDBGroupResponse { + this := StopVDBGroupResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewStopVDBGroupResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new StopVDBGroupResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewStopVDBGroupResponseWithDefaults() *StopVDBGroupResponse { + this := StopVDBGroupResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StopVDBGroupResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StopVDBGroupResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StopVDBGroupResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *StopVDBGroupResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o StopVDBGroupResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o StopVDBGroupResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableStopVDBGroupResponse struct { + value *StopVDBGroupResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableStopVDBGroupResponse) Get() *StopVDBGroupResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableStopVDBGroupResponse) Set(val *StopVDBGroupResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableStopVDBGroupResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableStopVDBGroupResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableStopVDBGroupResponse(val *StopVDBGroupResponse) *NullableStopVDBGroupResponse { + return &NullableStopVDBGroupResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableStopVDBGroupResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableStopVDBGroupResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_stop_vdb_parameters.go b/model_stop_vdb_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..234ddcaa --- /dev/null +++ b/model_stop_vdb_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the StopVDBParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &StopVDBParameters{} + +// StopVDBParameters Parameters to stop a VDB. +type StopVDBParameters struct { + // List of specific Oracle Virtual Database Instances to stop. + Instances []int32 `json:"instances,omitempty"` + // Whether to issue 'shutdown abort' to shutdown Oracle Virtual DB instances. + Abort *bool `json:"abort,omitempty"` +} + +// NewStopVDBParameters instantiates a new StopVDBParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewStopVDBParameters() *StopVDBParameters { + this := StopVDBParameters{} + var abort bool = false + this.Abort = &abort + return &this +} + +// NewStopVDBParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new StopVDBParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewStopVDBParametersWithDefaults() *StopVDBParameters { + this := StopVDBParameters{} + var abort bool = false + this.Abort = &abort + return &this +} + +// GetInstances returns the Instances field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StopVDBParameters) GetInstances() []int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + var ret []int32 + return ret + } + return o.Instances +} + +// GetInstancesOk returns a tuple with the Instances field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StopVDBParameters) GetInstancesOk() ([]int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Instances, true +} + +// HasInstances returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StopVDBParameters) HasInstances() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Instances) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstances gets a reference to the given []int32 and assigns it to the Instances field. +func (o *StopVDBParameters) SetInstances(v []int32) { + o.Instances = v +} + +// GetAbort returns the Abort field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StopVDBParameters) GetAbort() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Abort) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Abort +} + +// GetAbortOk returns a tuple with the Abort field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StopVDBParameters) GetAbortOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Abort) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Abort, true +} + +// HasAbort returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StopVDBParameters) HasAbort() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Abort) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAbort gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Abort field. +func (o *StopVDBParameters) SetAbort(v bool) { + o.Abort = &v +} + +func (o StopVDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o StopVDBParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Instances) { + toSerialize["instances"] = o.Instances + } + if !IsNil(o.Abort) { + toSerialize["abort"] = o.Abort + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableStopVDBParameters struct { + value *StopVDBParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableStopVDBParameters) Get() *StopVDBParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableStopVDBParameters) Set(val *StopVDBParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableStopVDBParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableStopVDBParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableStopVDBParameters(val *StopVDBParameters) *NullableStopVDBParameters { + return &NullableStopVDBParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableStopVDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableStopVDBParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_stop_vdb_response.go b/model_stop_vdb_response.go index f2ca9641..b9317c32 100644 --- a/model_stop_vdb_response.go +++ b/model_stop_vdb_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_storage_savings_report_summarized_data.go b/model_storage_savings_report_summarized_data.go index 2852411d..1c0edcd5 100644 --- a/model_storage_savings_report_summarized_data.go +++ b/model_storage_savings_report_summarized_data.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -26,12 +26,18 @@ type StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData struct { DsourceCount *int32 `json:"dsource_count,omitempty"` // Total Virtualized Space. This is the sum of storage size from dSources and their dependant VDBs. VirtualizedSpace *int64 `json:"virtualized_space,omitempty"` - // Total Unvirtualized Space. This is the sum of unvirtualized space from the dependants VDBs of the dSource. + // Total disk space, in bytes, that it would take to store the filtered list of dSources and their descandant VDBs without Delphix, counting each of their timeflows as separate copy of the source data. UnvirtualizedSpace *int64 `json:"unvirtualized_space,omitempty"` - // The disk space that has been saved by using Delphix virtualizion, in bytes. + // Total disk space, in bytes, that it would take to store the filtered list of dSources and their descandant VDBs without Delphix, counting only their current (active) timeflows. + CurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace *int64 `json:"current_timeflows_unvirtualized_space,omitempty"` + // Total disk space that has been saved by using Delphix virtualization for all timeflows, in bytes. EstimatedSavings *int64 `json:"estimated_savings,omitempty"` - // The disk space that has been saved by using Delphix virtualizion, in percentage. + // Total disk space that has been saved by using Delphix virtualization for all timeflows, in percentage. EstimatedSavingsPerc *float32 `json:"estimated_savings_perc,omitempty"` + // Total disk space that has been saved by using Delphix virtualization for only the current (active) timeflows, in bytes. + EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings *int64 `json:"estimated_current_timeflows_savings,omitempty"` + // Total disk space that has been saved by using Delphix virtualization for only the current (active) timeflows, in percentage. + EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc *float32 `json:"estimated_current_timeflows_savings_perc,omitempty"` } // NewStorageSavingsReportSummarizedData instantiates a new StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData object @@ -179,6 +185,38 @@ func (o *StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData) SetUnvirtualizedSpace(v int64) { o.UnvirtualizedSpace = &v } +// GetCurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace returns the CurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData) GetCurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.CurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace +} + +// GetCurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpaceOk returns a tuple with the CurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData) GetCurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpaceOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace, true +} + +// HasCurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData) HasCurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the CurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace field. +func (o *StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData) SetCurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace(v int64) { + o.CurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace = &v +} + // GetEstimatedSavings returns the EstimatedSavings field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData) GetEstimatedSavings() int64 { if o == nil || IsNil(o.EstimatedSavings) { @@ -243,6 +281,70 @@ func (o *StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData) SetEstimatedSavingsPerc(v float32) o.EstimatedSavingsPerc = &v } +// GetEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings returns the EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData) GetEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings +} + +// GetEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsOk returns a tuple with the EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData) GetEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings, true +} + +// HasEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData) HasEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings field. +func (o *StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData) SetEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings(v int64) { + o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings = &v +} + +// GetEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc returns the EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData) GetEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc() float32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc) { + var ret float32 + return ret + } + return *o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc +} + +// GetEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPercOk returns a tuple with the EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData) GetEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPercOk() (*float32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc, true +} + +// HasEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData) HasEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc gets a reference to the given float32 and assigns it to the EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc field. +func (o *StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData) SetEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc(v float32) { + o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc = &v +} + func (o StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -265,12 +367,21 @@ func (o StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, err if !IsNil(o.UnvirtualizedSpace) { toSerialize["unvirtualized_space"] = o.UnvirtualizedSpace } + if !IsNil(o.CurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace) { + toSerialize["current_timeflows_unvirtualized_space"] = o.CurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace + } if !IsNil(o.EstimatedSavings) { toSerialize["estimated_savings"] = o.EstimatedSavings } if !IsNil(o.EstimatedSavingsPerc) { toSerialize["estimated_savings_perc"] = o.EstimatedSavingsPerc } + if !IsNil(o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings) { + toSerialize["estimated_current_timeflows_savings"] = o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings + } + if !IsNil(o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc) { + toSerialize["estimated_current_timeflows_savings_perc"] = o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_storage_savings_summary_data.go b/model_storage_savings_summary_data.go index f404c8a9..fe5a30a1 100644 --- a/model_storage_savings_summary_data.go +++ b/model_storage_savings_summary_data.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -26,16 +26,24 @@ type StorageSavingsSummaryData struct { DependantVdbs *int32 `json:"dependant_vdbs,omitempty"` // The engine name. EngineName *string `json:"engine_name,omitempty"` - // The disk space that would be required if not using Delphix virtualizion, in bytes. + // The disk space, in bytes, that it would take to store the dSource and its descendant VDBs without Delphix, counting each of their timeflows as separate copy of the parent source data. UnvirtualizedSpace *int64 `json:"unvirtualized_space,omitempty"` - // The actual space used by the VDB, in bytes. + // The disk space, in bytes, that it would take to store the dSource and its descendant VDBs without Delphix, counting only their current (active) timeflows. + CurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace *int64 `json:"current_timeflows_unvirtualized_space,omitempty"` + // The actual space used by the dSource and its dependant VDBs, in bytes. VirtualizedSpace *int64 `json:"virtualized_space,omitempty"` // The name of the database on the target environment. Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` - // The disk space that has been saved by using Delphix virtualizion, in bytes. + // The disk space that has been saved by using Delphix virtualizion for all descendant timeflows, in bytes. EstimatedSavings *int64 `json:"estimated_savings,omitempty"` - // The disk space that has been saved by using Delphix virtualizion, in percentage. + // The disk space that has been saved by using Delphix virtualizion for all descendant timeflows, in percentage. EstimatedSavingsPerc *float32 `json:"estimated_savings_perc,omitempty"` + // The disk space that has been saved by using Delphix virtualizion for only the current (active) timeflows, in bytes. + EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings *int64 `json:"estimated_current_timeflows_savings,omitempty"` + // The disk space that has been saved by using Delphix virtualizion for only the current (active) timeflows, in percentage. + EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc *float32 `json:"estimated_current_timeflows_savings_perc,omitempty"` + // Indicates if the dSource is a replica + IsReplica *bool `json:"is_replica,omitempty"` } // NewStorageSavingsSummaryData instantiates a new StorageSavingsSummaryData object @@ -183,6 +191,38 @@ func (o *StorageSavingsSummaryData) SetUnvirtualizedSpace(v int64) { o.UnvirtualizedSpace = &v } +// GetCurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace returns the CurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSavingsSummaryData) GetCurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.CurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace +} + +// GetCurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpaceOk returns a tuple with the CurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSavingsSummaryData) GetCurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpaceOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace, true +} + +// HasCurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSavingsSummaryData) HasCurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the CurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace field. +func (o *StorageSavingsSummaryData) SetCurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace(v int64) { + o.CurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace = &v +} + // GetVirtualizedSpace returns the VirtualizedSpace field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *StorageSavingsSummaryData) GetVirtualizedSpace() int64 { if o == nil || IsNil(o.VirtualizedSpace) { @@ -311,6 +351,102 @@ func (o *StorageSavingsSummaryData) SetEstimatedSavingsPerc(v float32) { o.EstimatedSavingsPerc = &v } +// GetEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings returns the EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSavingsSummaryData) GetEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings +} + +// GetEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsOk returns a tuple with the EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSavingsSummaryData) GetEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings, true +} + +// HasEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSavingsSummaryData) HasEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings field. +func (o *StorageSavingsSummaryData) SetEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings(v int64) { + o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings = &v +} + +// GetEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc returns the EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSavingsSummaryData) GetEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc() float32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc) { + var ret float32 + return ret + } + return *o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc +} + +// GetEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPercOk returns a tuple with the EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSavingsSummaryData) GetEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPercOk() (*float32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc, true +} + +// HasEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSavingsSummaryData) HasEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc gets a reference to the given float32 and assigns it to the EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc field. +func (o *StorageSavingsSummaryData) SetEstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc(v float32) { + o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc = &v +} + +// GetIsReplica returns the IsReplica field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSavingsSummaryData) GetIsReplica() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsReplica) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsReplica +} + +// GetIsReplicaOk returns a tuple with the IsReplica field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSavingsSummaryData) GetIsReplicaOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsReplica) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsReplica, true +} + +// HasIsReplica returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSavingsSummaryData) HasIsReplica() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsReplica) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsReplica gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsReplica field. +func (o *StorageSavingsSummaryData) SetIsReplica(v bool) { + o.IsReplica = &v +} + func (o StorageSavingsSummaryData) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -333,6 +469,9 @@ func (o StorageSavingsSummaryData) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.UnvirtualizedSpace) { toSerialize["unvirtualized_space"] = o.UnvirtualizedSpace } + if !IsNil(o.CurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace) { + toSerialize["current_timeflows_unvirtualized_space"] = o.CurrentTimeflowsUnvirtualizedSpace + } if !IsNil(o.VirtualizedSpace) { toSerialize["virtualized_space"] = o.VirtualizedSpace } @@ -345,6 +484,15 @@ func (o StorageSavingsSummaryData) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.EstimatedSavingsPerc) { toSerialize["estimated_savings_perc"] = o.EstimatedSavingsPerc } + if !IsNil(o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings) { + toSerialize["estimated_current_timeflows_savings"] = o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavings + } + if !IsNil(o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc) { + toSerialize["estimated_current_timeflows_savings_perc"] = o.EstimatedCurrentTimeflowsSavingsPerc + } + if !IsNil(o.IsReplica) { + toSerialize["is_replica"] = o.IsReplica + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_storage_savings_summary_report_response.go b/model_storage_savings_summary_report_response.go index acc3b561..1006de6b 100644 --- a/model_storage_savings_summary_report_response.go +++ b/model_storage_savings_summary_report_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ var _ MappedNullable = &StorageSavingsSummaryReportResponse{} type StorageSavingsSummaryReportResponse struct { Items []StorageSavingsSummaryData `json:"items,omitempty"` ResponseMetadata *PaginatedResponseMetadata `json:"response_metadata,omitempty"` - SummarizedData *StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData `json:"summarized_data,omitempty"` + Totals *StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData `json:"totals,omitempty"` } // NewStorageSavingsSummaryReportResponse instantiates a new StorageSavingsSummaryReportResponse object @@ -106,36 +106,36 @@ func (o *StorageSavingsSummaryReportResponse) SetResponseMetadata(v PaginatedRes o.ResponseMetadata = &v } -// GetSummarizedData returns the SummarizedData field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *StorageSavingsSummaryReportResponse) GetSummarizedData() StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.SummarizedData) { +// GetTotals returns the Totals field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSavingsSummaryReportResponse) GetTotals() StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Totals) { var ret StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData return ret } - return *o.SummarizedData + return *o.Totals } -// GetSummarizedDataOk returns a tuple with the SummarizedData field value if set, nil otherwise +// GetTotalsOk returns a tuple with the Totals field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *StorageSavingsSummaryReportResponse) GetSummarizedDataOk() (*StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.SummarizedData) { +func (o *StorageSavingsSummaryReportResponse) GetTotalsOk() (*StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Totals) { return nil, false } - return o.SummarizedData, true + return o.Totals, true } -// HasSummarizedData returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *StorageSavingsSummaryReportResponse) HasSummarizedData() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SummarizedData) { +// HasTotals returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSavingsSummaryReportResponse) HasTotals() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Totals) { return true } return false } -// SetSummarizedData gets a reference to the given StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData and assigns it to the SummarizedData field. -func (o *StorageSavingsSummaryReportResponse) SetSummarizedData(v StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData) { - o.SummarizedData = &v +// SetTotals gets a reference to the given StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData and assigns it to the Totals field. +func (o *StorageSavingsSummaryReportResponse) SetTotals(v StorageSavingsReportSummarizedData) { + o.Totals = &v } func (o StorageSavingsSummaryReportResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { @@ -154,8 +154,8 @@ func (o StorageSavingsSummaryReportResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, er if !IsNil(o.ResponseMetadata) { toSerialize["response_metadata"] = o.ResponseMetadata } - if !IsNil(o.SummarizedData) { - toSerialize["summarized_data"] = o.SummarizedData + if !IsNil(o.Totals) { + toSerialize["totals"] = o.Totals } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_storage_summary_historical_data_point.go b/model_storage_summary_historical_data_point.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..47864738 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_storage_summary_historical_data_point.go @@ -0,0 +1,1126 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint{} + +// StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint struct for StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint +type StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint struct { + Timestamp *string `json:"timestamp,omitempty"` + // The amount of available storage, in bytes. + FreeStorage *int64 `json:"free_storage,omitempty"` + // The amount of storage used by engine objects, in bytes. + UsedStorage *int64 `json:"used_storage,omitempty"` + // The amount of reserved space, in bytes. + ReservedStorage *int64 `json:"reserved_storage,omitempty"` + // Total actual space used by the dSources. + DsourceTotalSize *int64 `json:"dsource_total_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used for the active copy of the dSources. + DsourceBaseSize *int64 `json:"dsource_base_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used by dSource logs. + DsourceLogsSize *int64 `json:"dsource_logs_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used by dSource snapshots. + DsourceSnapshotSize *int64 `json:"dsource_snapshot_size,omitempty"` + // Total actual space used by the VDBs. + VdbTotalSize *int64 `json:"vdb_total_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used for the active copy of the VDBs. + VdbBaseSize *int64 `json:"vdb_base_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used by VDB logs. + VdbLogsSize *int64 `json:"vdb_logs_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used by VDB snapshots. + VdbSnapshotSize *int64 `json:"vdb_snapshot_size,omitempty"` + // Total actual space used by the CDBs. + CdbTotalSize *int64 `json:"cdb_total_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used for the active copy of the CDBs. + CdbBaseSize *int64 `json:"cdb_base_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used by CDB logs. + CdbLogsSize *int64 `json:"cdb_logs_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used by CDB snapshots. + CdbSnapshotSize *int64 `json:"cdb_snapshot_size,omitempty"` + // Total actual space used by the VCDBs. + VcdbTotalSize *int64 `json:"vcdb_total_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used for the active copy of the VCDBs. + VcdbBaseSize *int64 `json:"vcdb_base_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used by VCDB logs. + VcdbLogsSize *int64 `json:"vcdb_logs_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used by VCDB snapshots. + VcdbSnapshotSize *int64 `json:"vcdb_snapshot_size,omitempty"` + // Total actual space used by the Heldspace. + HeldspaceTotalSize *int64 `json:"heldspace_total_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used for the copy of the Heldspace. + HeldspaceBaseSize *int64 `json:"heldspace_base_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used by Heldspace logs. + HeldspaceLogsSize *int64 `json:"heldspace_logs_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used by Heldspace snapshots. + HeldspaceSnapshotSize *int64 `json:"heldspace_snapshot_size,omitempty"` + // Total actual space used by the deleted datasets. + DeletedTotalSize *int64 `json:"deleted_total_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used for the copy of the deleted datasets. + DeletedBaseSize *int64 `json:"deleted_base_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used by deleted dataset logs. + DeletedLogsSize *int64 `json:"deleted_logs_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used by deleted dataset snapshots. + DeletedSnapshotSize *int64 `json:"deleted_snapshot_size,omitempty"` +} + +// NewStorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint instantiates a new StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewStorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint() *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint { + this := StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint{} + return &this +} + +// NewStorageSummaryHistoricalDataPointWithDefaults instantiates a new StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewStorageSummaryHistoricalDataPointWithDefaults() *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint { + this := StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint{} + return &this +} + +// GetTimestamp returns the Timestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetTimestamp() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Timestamp) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Timestamp +} + +// GetTimestampOk returns a tuple with the Timestamp field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetTimestampOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Timestamp) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Timestamp, true +} + +// HasTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) HasTimestamp() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Timestamp) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTimestamp gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Timestamp field. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) SetTimestamp(v string) { + o.Timestamp = &v +} + +// GetFreeStorage returns the FreeStorage field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetFreeStorage() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FreeStorage) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.FreeStorage +} + +// GetFreeStorageOk returns a tuple with the FreeStorage field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetFreeStorageOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FreeStorage) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FreeStorage, true +} + +// HasFreeStorage returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) HasFreeStorage() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FreeStorage) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFreeStorage gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the FreeStorage field. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) SetFreeStorage(v int64) { + o.FreeStorage = &v +} + +// GetUsedStorage returns the UsedStorage field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetUsedStorage() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UsedStorage) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.UsedStorage +} + +// GetUsedStorageOk returns a tuple with the UsedStorage field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetUsedStorageOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UsedStorage) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UsedStorage, true +} + +// HasUsedStorage returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) HasUsedStorage() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UsedStorage) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUsedStorage gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the UsedStorage field. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) SetUsedStorage(v int64) { + o.UsedStorage = &v +} + +// GetReservedStorage returns the ReservedStorage field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetReservedStorage() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReservedStorage) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.ReservedStorage +} + +// GetReservedStorageOk returns a tuple with the ReservedStorage field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetReservedStorageOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReservedStorage) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ReservedStorage, true +} + +// HasReservedStorage returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) HasReservedStorage() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ReservedStorage) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetReservedStorage gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the ReservedStorage field. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) SetReservedStorage(v int64) { + o.ReservedStorage = &v +} + +// GetDsourceTotalSize returns the DsourceTotalSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetDsourceTotalSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceTotalSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.DsourceTotalSize +} + +// GetDsourceTotalSizeOk returns a tuple with the DsourceTotalSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetDsourceTotalSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceTotalSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DsourceTotalSize, true +} + +// HasDsourceTotalSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) HasDsourceTotalSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DsourceTotalSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDsourceTotalSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DsourceTotalSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) SetDsourceTotalSize(v int64) { + o.DsourceTotalSize = &v +} + +// GetDsourceBaseSize returns the DsourceBaseSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetDsourceBaseSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceBaseSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.DsourceBaseSize +} + +// GetDsourceBaseSizeOk returns a tuple with the DsourceBaseSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetDsourceBaseSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceBaseSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DsourceBaseSize, true +} + +// HasDsourceBaseSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) HasDsourceBaseSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DsourceBaseSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDsourceBaseSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DsourceBaseSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) SetDsourceBaseSize(v int64) { + o.DsourceBaseSize = &v +} + +// GetDsourceLogsSize returns the DsourceLogsSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetDsourceLogsSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceLogsSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.DsourceLogsSize +} + +// GetDsourceLogsSizeOk returns a tuple with the DsourceLogsSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetDsourceLogsSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceLogsSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DsourceLogsSize, true +} + +// HasDsourceLogsSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) HasDsourceLogsSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DsourceLogsSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDsourceLogsSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DsourceLogsSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) SetDsourceLogsSize(v int64) { + o.DsourceLogsSize = &v +} + +// GetDsourceSnapshotSize returns the DsourceSnapshotSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetDsourceSnapshotSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceSnapshotSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.DsourceSnapshotSize +} + +// GetDsourceSnapshotSizeOk returns a tuple with the DsourceSnapshotSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetDsourceSnapshotSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceSnapshotSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DsourceSnapshotSize, true +} + +// HasDsourceSnapshotSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) HasDsourceSnapshotSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DsourceSnapshotSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDsourceSnapshotSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DsourceSnapshotSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) SetDsourceSnapshotSize(v int64) { + o.DsourceSnapshotSize = &v +} + +// GetVdbTotalSize returns the VdbTotalSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetVdbTotalSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbTotalSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.VdbTotalSize +} + +// GetVdbTotalSizeOk returns a tuple with the VdbTotalSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetVdbTotalSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbTotalSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbTotalSize, true +} + +// HasVdbTotalSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) HasVdbTotalSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbTotalSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbTotalSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the VdbTotalSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) SetVdbTotalSize(v int64) { + o.VdbTotalSize = &v +} + +// GetVdbBaseSize returns the VdbBaseSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetVdbBaseSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbBaseSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.VdbBaseSize +} + +// GetVdbBaseSizeOk returns a tuple with the VdbBaseSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetVdbBaseSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbBaseSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbBaseSize, true +} + +// HasVdbBaseSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) HasVdbBaseSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbBaseSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbBaseSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the VdbBaseSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) SetVdbBaseSize(v int64) { + o.VdbBaseSize = &v +} + +// GetVdbLogsSize returns the VdbLogsSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetVdbLogsSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbLogsSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.VdbLogsSize +} + +// GetVdbLogsSizeOk returns a tuple with the VdbLogsSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetVdbLogsSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbLogsSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbLogsSize, true +} + +// HasVdbLogsSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) HasVdbLogsSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbLogsSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbLogsSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the VdbLogsSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) SetVdbLogsSize(v int64) { + o.VdbLogsSize = &v +} + +// GetVdbSnapshotSize returns the VdbSnapshotSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetVdbSnapshotSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbSnapshotSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.VdbSnapshotSize +} + +// GetVdbSnapshotSizeOk returns a tuple with the VdbSnapshotSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetVdbSnapshotSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbSnapshotSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbSnapshotSize, true +} + +// HasVdbSnapshotSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) HasVdbSnapshotSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbSnapshotSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbSnapshotSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the VdbSnapshotSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) SetVdbSnapshotSize(v int64) { + o.VdbSnapshotSize = &v +} + +// GetCdbTotalSize returns the CdbTotalSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetCdbTotalSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbTotalSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.CdbTotalSize +} + +// GetCdbTotalSizeOk returns a tuple with the CdbTotalSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetCdbTotalSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbTotalSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CdbTotalSize, true +} + +// HasCdbTotalSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) HasCdbTotalSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CdbTotalSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCdbTotalSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the CdbTotalSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) SetCdbTotalSize(v int64) { + o.CdbTotalSize = &v +} + +// GetCdbBaseSize returns the CdbBaseSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetCdbBaseSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbBaseSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.CdbBaseSize +} + +// GetCdbBaseSizeOk returns a tuple with the CdbBaseSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetCdbBaseSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbBaseSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CdbBaseSize, true +} + +// HasCdbBaseSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) HasCdbBaseSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CdbBaseSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCdbBaseSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the CdbBaseSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) SetCdbBaseSize(v int64) { + o.CdbBaseSize = &v +} + +// GetCdbLogsSize returns the CdbLogsSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetCdbLogsSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbLogsSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.CdbLogsSize +} + +// GetCdbLogsSizeOk returns a tuple with the CdbLogsSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetCdbLogsSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbLogsSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CdbLogsSize, true +} + +// HasCdbLogsSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) HasCdbLogsSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CdbLogsSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCdbLogsSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the CdbLogsSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) SetCdbLogsSize(v int64) { + o.CdbLogsSize = &v +} + +// GetCdbSnapshotSize returns the CdbSnapshotSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetCdbSnapshotSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbSnapshotSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.CdbSnapshotSize +} + +// GetCdbSnapshotSizeOk returns a tuple with the CdbSnapshotSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetCdbSnapshotSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbSnapshotSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CdbSnapshotSize, true +} + +// HasCdbSnapshotSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) HasCdbSnapshotSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CdbSnapshotSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCdbSnapshotSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the CdbSnapshotSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) SetCdbSnapshotSize(v int64) { + o.CdbSnapshotSize = &v +} + +// GetVcdbTotalSize returns the VcdbTotalSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetVcdbTotalSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbTotalSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.VcdbTotalSize +} + +// GetVcdbTotalSizeOk returns a tuple with the VcdbTotalSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetVcdbTotalSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbTotalSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VcdbTotalSize, true +} + +// HasVcdbTotalSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) HasVcdbTotalSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VcdbTotalSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVcdbTotalSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the VcdbTotalSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) SetVcdbTotalSize(v int64) { + o.VcdbTotalSize = &v +} + +// GetVcdbBaseSize returns the VcdbBaseSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetVcdbBaseSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbBaseSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.VcdbBaseSize +} + +// GetVcdbBaseSizeOk returns a tuple with the VcdbBaseSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetVcdbBaseSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbBaseSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VcdbBaseSize, true +} + +// HasVcdbBaseSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) HasVcdbBaseSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VcdbBaseSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVcdbBaseSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the VcdbBaseSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) SetVcdbBaseSize(v int64) { + o.VcdbBaseSize = &v +} + +// GetVcdbLogsSize returns the VcdbLogsSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetVcdbLogsSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbLogsSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.VcdbLogsSize +} + +// GetVcdbLogsSizeOk returns a tuple with the VcdbLogsSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetVcdbLogsSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbLogsSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VcdbLogsSize, true +} + +// HasVcdbLogsSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) HasVcdbLogsSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VcdbLogsSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVcdbLogsSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the VcdbLogsSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) SetVcdbLogsSize(v int64) { + o.VcdbLogsSize = &v +} + +// GetVcdbSnapshotSize returns the VcdbSnapshotSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetVcdbSnapshotSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbSnapshotSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.VcdbSnapshotSize +} + +// GetVcdbSnapshotSizeOk returns a tuple with the VcdbSnapshotSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetVcdbSnapshotSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbSnapshotSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VcdbSnapshotSize, true +} + +// HasVcdbSnapshotSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) HasVcdbSnapshotSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VcdbSnapshotSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVcdbSnapshotSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the VcdbSnapshotSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) SetVcdbSnapshotSize(v int64) { + o.VcdbSnapshotSize = &v +} + +// GetHeldspaceTotalSize returns the HeldspaceTotalSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetHeldspaceTotalSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HeldspaceTotalSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.HeldspaceTotalSize +} + +// GetHeldspaceTotalSizeOk returns a tuple with the HeldspaceTotalSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetHeldspaceTotalSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HeldspaceTotalSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.HeldspaceTotalSize, true +} + +// HasHeldspaceTotalSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) HasHeldspaceTotalSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HeldspaceTotalSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHeldspaceTotalSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the HeldspaceTotalSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) SetHeldspaceTotalSize(v int64) { + o.HeldspaceTotalSize = &v +} + +// GetHeldspaceBaseSize returns the HeldspaceBaseSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetHeldspaceBaseSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HeldspaceBaseSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.HeldspaceBaseSize +} + +// GetHeldspaceBaseSizeOk returns a tuple with the HeldspaceBaseSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetHeldspaceBaseSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HeldspaceBaseSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.HeldspaceBaseSize, true +} + +// HasHeldspaceBaseSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) HasHeldspaceBaseSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HeldspaceBaseSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHeldspaceBaseSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the HeldspaceBaseSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) SetHeldspaceBaseSize(v int64) { + o.HeldspaceBaseSize = &v +} + +// GetHeldspaceLogsSize returns the HeldspaceLogsSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetHeldspaceLogsSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HeldspaceLogsSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.HeldspaceLogsSize +} + +// GetHeldspaceLogsSizeOk returns a tuple with the HeldspaceLogsSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetHeldspaceLogsSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HeldspaceLogsSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.HeldspaceLogsSize, true +} + +// HasHeldspaceLogsSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) HasHeldspaceLogsSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HeldspaceLogsSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHeldspaceLogsSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the HeldspaceLogsSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) SetHeldspaceLogsSize(v int64) { + o.HeldspaceLogsSize = &v +} + +// GetHeldspaceSnapshotSize returns the HeldspaceSnapshotSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetHeldspaceSnapshotSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HeldspaceSnapshotSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.HeldspaceSnapshotSize +} + +// GetHeldspaceSnapshotSizeOk returns a tuple with the HeldspaceSnapshotSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetHeldspaceSnapshotSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HeldspaceSnapshotSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.HeldspaceSnapshotSize, true +} + +// HasHeldspaceSnapshotSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) HasHeldspaceSnapshotSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HeldspaceSnapshotSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHeldspaceSnapshotSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the HeldspaceSnapshotSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) SetHeldspaceSnapshotSize(v int64) { + o.HeldspaceSnapshotSize = &v +} + +// GetDeletedTotalSize returns the DeletedTotalSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetDeletedTotalSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DeletedTotalSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.DeletedTotalSize +} + +// GetDeletedTotalSizeOk returns a tuple with the DeletedTotalSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetDeletedTotalSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DeletedTotalSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DeletedTotalSize, true +} + +// HasDeletedTotalSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) HasDeletedTotalSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DeletedTotalSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDeletedTotalSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DeletedTotalSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) SetDeletedTotalSize(v int64) { + o.DeletedTotalSize = &v +} + +// GetDeletedBaseSize returns the DeletedBaseSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetDeletedBaseSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DeletedBaseSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.DeletedBaseSize +} + +// GetDeletedBaseSizeOk returns a tuple with the DeletedBaseSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetDeletedBaseSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DeletedBaseSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DeletedBaseSize, true +} + +// HasDeletedBaseSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) HasDeletedBaseSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DeletedBaseSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDeletedBaseSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DeletedBaseSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) SetDeletedBaseSize(v int64) { + o.DeletedBaseSize = &v +} + +// GetDeletedLogsSize returns the DeletedLogsSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetDeletedLogsSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DeletedLogsSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.DeletedLogsSize +} + +// GetDeletedLogsSizeOk returns a tuple with the DeletedLogsSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetDeletedLogsSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DeletedLogsSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DeletedLogsSize, true +} + +// HasDeletedLogsSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) HasDeletedLogsSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DeletedLogsSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDeletedLogsSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DeletedLogsSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) SetDeletedLogsSize(v int64) { + o.DeletedLogsSize = &v +} + +// GetDeletedSnapshotSize returns the DeletedSnapshotSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetDeletedSnapshotSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DeletedSnapshotSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.DeletedSnapshotSize +} + +// GetDeletedSnapshotSizeOk returns a tuple with the DeletedSnapshotSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) GetDeletedSnapshotSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DeletedSnapshotSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DeletedSnapshotSize, true +} + +// HasDeletedSnapshotSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) HasDeletedSnapshotSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DeletedSnapshotSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDeletedSnapshotSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DeletedSnapshotSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) SetDeletedSnapshotSize(v int64) { + o.DeletedSnapshotSize = &v +} + +func (o StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Timestamp) { + toSerialize["timestamp"] = o.Timestamp + } + if !IsNil(o.FreeStorage) { + toSerialize["free_storage"] = o.FreeStorage + } + if !IsNil(o.UsedStorage) { + toSerialize["used_storage"] = o.UsedStorage + } + if !IsNil(o.ReservedStorage) { + toSerialize["reserved_storage"] = o.ReservedStorage + } + if !IsNil(o.DsourceTotalSize) { + toSerialize["dsource_total_size"] = o.DsourceTotalSize + } + if !IsNil(o.DsourceBaseSize) { + toSerialize["dsource_base_size"] = o.DsourceBaseSize + } + if !IsNil(o.DsourceLogsSize) { + toSerialize["dsource_logs_size"] = o.DsourceLogsSize + } + if !IsNil(o.DsourceSnapshotSize) { + toSerialize["dsource_snapshot_size"] = o.DsourceSnapshotSize + } + if !IsNil(o.VdbTotalSize) { + toSerialize["vdb_total_size"] = o.VdbTotalSize + } + if !IsNil(o.VdbBaseSize) { + toSerialize["vdb_base_size"] = o.VdbBaseSize + } + if !IsNil(o.VdbLogsSize) { + toSerialize["vdb_logs_size"] = o.VdbLogsSize + } + if !IsNil(o.VdbSnapshotSize) { + toSerialize["vdb_snapshot_size"] = o.VdbSnapshotSize + } + if !IsNil(o.CdbTotalSize) { + toSerialize["cdb_total_size"] = o.CdbTotalSize + } + if !IsNil(o.CdbBaseSize) { + toSerialize["cdb_base_size"] = o.CdbBaseSize + } + if !IsNil(o.CdbLogsSize) { + toSerialize["cdb_logs_size"] = o.CdbLogsSize + } + if !IsNil(o.CdbSnapshotSize) { + toSerialize["cdb_snapshot_size"] = o.CdbSnapshotSize + } + if !IsNil(o.VcdbTotalSize) { + toSerialize["vcdb_total_size"] = o.VcdbTotalSize + } + if !IsNil(o.VcdbBaseSize) { + toSerialize["vcdb_base_size"] = o.VcdbBaseSize + } + if !IsNil(o.VcdbLogsSize) { + toSerialize["vcdb_logs_size"] = o.VcdbLogsSize + } + if !IsNil(o.VcdbSnapshotSize) { + toSerialize["vcdb_snapshot_size"] = o.VcdbSnapshotSize + } + if !IsNil(o.HeldspaceTotalSize) { + toSerialize["heldspace_total_size"] = o.HeldspaceTotalSize + } + if !IsNil(o.HeldspaceBaseSize) { + toSerialize["heldspace_base_size"] = o.HeldspaceBaseSize + } + if !IsNil(o.HeldspaceLogsSize) { + toSerialize["heldspace_logs_size"] = o.HeldspaceLogsSize + } + if !IsNil(o.HeldspaceSnapshotSize) { + toSerialize["heldspace_snapshot_size"] = o.HeldspaceSnapshotSize + } + if !IsNil(o.DeletedTotalSize) { + toSerialize["deleted_total_size"] = o.DeletedTotalSize + } + if !IsNil(o.DeletedBaseSize) { + toSerialize["deleted_base_size"] = o.DeletedBaseSize + } + if !IsNil(o.DeletedLogsSize) { + toSerialize["deleted_logs_size"] = o.DeletedLogsSize + } + if !IsNil(o.DeletedSnapshotSize) { + toSerialize["deleted_snapshot_size"] = o.DeletedSnapshotSize + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableStorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint struct { + value *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableStorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) Get() *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableStorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) Set(val *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableStorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableStorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableStorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint(val *StorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) *NullableStorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint { + return &NullableStorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableStorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableStorageSummaryHistoricalDataPoint) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_storage_summary_projected_data_point.go b/model_storage_summary_projected_data_point.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..949fcfc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_storage_summary_projected_data_point.go @@ -0,0 +1,978 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint{} + +// StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint struct for StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint +type StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint struct { + Timestamp *string `json:"timestamp,omitempty"` + // The projected amount of available storage, in bytes. + FreeStorage *int64 `json:"free_storage,omitempty"` + // The projected amount of storage used by engine objects and reserved space, in bytes. + UsedStorage *int64 `json:"used_storage,omitempty"` + // The projected amount of reserved space, in bytes. + ReservedStorage *int64 `json:"reserved_storage,omitempty"` + // Total actual space used by the dSources. + DsourceTotalSize *int64 `json:"dsource_total_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used for the active copy of the dSources. + DsourceBaseSize *int64 `json:"dsource_base_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used by dSource logs. + DsourceLogsSize *int64 `json:"dsource_logs_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used by dSource snapshots. + DsourceSnapshotSize *int64 `json:"dsource_snapshot_size,omitempty"` + // Total actual space used by the VDBs. + VdbTotalSize *int64 `json:"vdb_total_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used for the active copy of the VDBs. + VdbBaseSize *int64 `json:"vdb_base_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used by VDB logs. + VdbLogsSize *int64 `json:"vdb_logs_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used by VDB snapshots. + VdbSnapshotSize *int64 `json:"vdb_snapshot_size,omitempty"` + // Total actual space used by the CDBs. + CdbTotalSize *int64 `json:"cdb_total_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used for the active copy of the CDBs. + CdbBaseSize *int64 `json:"cdb_base_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used by CDB logs. + CdbLogsSize *int64 `json:"cdb_logs_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used by CDB snapshots. + CdbSnapshotSize *int64 `json:"cdb_snapshot_size,omitempty"` + // Total actual space used by the VCDBs. + VcdbTotalSize *int64 `json:"vcdb_total_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used for the active copy of the VCDBs. + VcdbBaseSize *int64 `json:"vcdb_base_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used by VCDB logs. + VcdbLogsSize *int64 `json:"vcdb_logs_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used by VCDB snapshots. + VcdbSnapshotSize *int64 `json:"vcdb_snapshot_size,omitempty"` + // Total actual space used by the Heldspace. + HeldspaceTotalSize *int64 `json:"heldspace_total_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used for the copy of the Heldspace. + HeldspaceBaseSize *int64 `json:"heldspace_base_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used by Heldspace logs. + HeldspaceLogsSize *int64 `json:"heldspace_logs_size,omitempty"` + // Total amount of space used by Heldspace snapshots. + HeldspaceSnapshotSize *int64 `json:"heldspace_snapshot_size,omitempty"` +} + +// NewStorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint instantiates a new StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewStorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint() *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint { + this := StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint{} + return &this +} + +// NewStorageSummaryProjectedDataPointWithDefaults instantiates a new StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewStorageSummaryProjectedDataPointWithDefaults() *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint { + this := StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint{} + return &this +} + +// GetTimestamp returns the Timestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetTimestamp() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Timestamp) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Timestamp +} + +// GetTimestampOk returns a tuple with the Timestamp field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetTimestampOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Timestamp) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Timestamp, true +} + +// HasTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) HasTimestamp() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Timestamp) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTimestamp gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Timestamp field. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) SetTimestamp(v string) { + o.Timestamp = &v +} + +// GetFreeStorage returns the FreeStorage field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetFreeStorage() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FreeStorage) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.FreeStorage +} + +// GetFreeStorageOk returns a tuple with the FreeStorage field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetFreeStorageOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FreeStorage) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FreeStorage, true +} + +// HasFreeStorage returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) HasFreeStorage() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FreeStorage) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFreeStorage gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the FreeStorage field. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) SetFreeStorage(v int64) { + o.FreeStorage = &v +} + +// GetUsedStorage returns the UsedStorage field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetUsedStorage() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UsedStorage) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.UsedStorage +} + +// GetUsedStorageOk returns a tuple with the UsedStorage field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetUsedStorageOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UsedStorage) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UsedStorage, true +} + +// HasUsedStorage returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) HasUsedStorage() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UsedStorage) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUsedStorage gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the UsedStorage field. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) SetUsedStorage(v int64) { + o.UsedStorage = &v +} + +// GetReservedStorage returns the ReservedStorage field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetReservedStorage() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReservedStorage) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.ReservedStorage +} + +// GetReservedStorageOk returns a tuple with the ReservedStorage field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetReservedStorageOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReservedStorage) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ReservedStorage, true +} + +// HasReservedStorage returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) HasReservedStorage() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ReservedStorage) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetReservedStorage gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the ReservedStorage field. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) SetReservedStorage(v int64) { + o.ReservedStorage = &v +} + +// GetDsourceTotalSize returns the DsourceTotalSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetDsourceTotalSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceTotalSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.DsourceTotalSize +} + +// GetDsourceTotalSizeOk returns a tuple with the DsourceTotalSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetDsourceTotalSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceTotalSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DsourceTotalSize, true +} + +// HasDsourceTotalSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) HasDsourceTotalSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DsourceTotalSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDsourceTotalSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DsourceTotalSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) SetDsourceTotalSize(v int64) { + o.DsourceTotalSize = &v +} + +// GetDsourceBaseSize returns the DsourceBaseSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetDsourceBaseSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceBaseSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.DsourceBaseSize +} + +// GetDsourceBaseSizeOk returns a tuple with the DsourceBaseSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetDsourceBaseSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceBaseSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DsourceBaseSize, true +} + +// HasDsourceBaseSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) HasDsourceBaseSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DsourceBaseSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDsourceBaseSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DsourceBaseSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) SetDsourceBaseSize(v int64) { + o.DsourceBaseSize = &v +} + +// GetDsourceLogsSize returns the DsourceLogsSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetDsourceLogsSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceLogsSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.DsourceLogsSize +} + +// GetDsourceLogsSizeOk returns a tuple with the DsourceLogsSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetDsourceLogsSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceLogsSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DsourceLogsSize, true +} + +// HasDsourceLogsSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) HasDsourceLogsSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DsourceLogsSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDsourceLogsSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DsourceLogsSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) SetDsourceLogsSize(v int64) { + o.DsourceLogsSize = &v +} + +// GetDsourceSnapshotSize returns the DsourceSnapshotSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetDsourceSnapshotSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceSnapshotSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.DsourceSnapshotSize +} + +// GetDsourceSnapshotSizeOk returns a tuple with the DsourceSnapshotSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetDsourceSnapshotSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceSnapshotSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DsourceSnapshotSize, true +} + +// HasDsourceSnapshotSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) HasDsourceSnapshotSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DsourceSnapshotSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDsourceSnapshotSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DsourceSnapshotSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) SetDsourceSnapshotSize(v int64) { + o.DsourceSnapshotSize = &v +} + +// GetVdbTotalSize returns the VdbTotalSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetVdbTotalSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbTotalSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.VdbTotalSize +} + +// GetVdbTotalSizeOk returns a tuple with the VdbTotalSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetVdbTotalSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbTotalSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbTotalSize, true +} + +// HasVdbTotalSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) HasVdbTotalSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbTotalSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbTotalSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the VdbTotalSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) SetVdbTotalSize(v int64) { + o.VdbTotalSize = &v +} + +// GetVdbBaseSize returns the VdbBaseSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetVdbBaseSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbBaseSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.VdbBaseSize +} + +// GetVdbBaseSizeOk returns a tuple with the VdbBaseSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetVdbBaseSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbBaseSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbBaseSize, true +} + +// HasVdbBaseSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) HasVdbBaseSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbBaseSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbBaseSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the VdbBaseSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) SetVdbBaseSize(v int64) { + o.VdbBaseSize = &v +} + +// GetVdbLogsSize returns the VdbLogsSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetVdbLogsSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbLogsSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.VdbLogsSize +} + +// GetVdbLogsSizeOk returns a tuple with the VdbLogsSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetVdbLogsSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbLogsSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbLogsSize, true +} + +// HasVdbLogsSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) HasVdbLogsSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbLogsSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbLogsSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the VdbLogsSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) SetVdbLogsSize(v int64) { + o.VdbLogsSize = &v +} + +// GetVdbSnapshotSize returns the VdbSnapshotSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetVdbSnapshotSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbSnapshotSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.VdbSnapshotSize +} + +// GetVdbSnapshotSizeOk returns a tuple with the VdbSnapshotSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetVdbSnapshotSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbSnapshotSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbSnapshotSize, true +} + +// HasVdbSnapshotSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) HasVdbSnapshotSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbSnapshotSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbSnapshotSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the VdbSnapshotSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) SetVdbSnapshotSize(v int64) { + o.VdbSnapshotSize = &v +} + +// GetCdbTotalSize returns the CdbTotalSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetCdbTotalSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbTotalSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.CdbTotalSize +} + +// GetCdbTotalSizeOk returns a tuple with the CdbTotalSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetCdbTotalSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbTotalSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CdbTotalSize, true +} + +// HasCdbTotalSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) HasCdbTotalSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CdbTotalSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCdbTotalSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the CdbTotalSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) SetCdbTotalSize(v int64) { + o.CdbTotalSize = &v +} + +// GetCdbBaseSize returns the CdbBaseSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetCdbBaseSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbBaseSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.CdbBaseSize +} + +// GetCdbBaseSizeOk returns a tuple with the CdbBaseSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetCdbBaseSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbBaseSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CdbBaseSize, true +} + +// HasCdbBaseSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) HasCdbBaseSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CdbBaseSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCdbBaseSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the CdbBaseSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) SetCdbBaseSize(v int64) { + o.CdbBaseSize = &v +} + +// GetCdbLogsSize returns the CdbLogsSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetCdbLogsSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbLogsSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.CdbLogsSize +} + +// GetCdbLogsSizeOk returns a tuple with the CdbLogsSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetCdbLogsSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbLogsSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CdbLogsSize, true +} + +// HasCdbLogsSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) HasCdbLogsSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CdbLogsSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCdbLogsSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the CdbLogsSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) SetCdbLogsSize(v int64) { + o.CdbLogsSize = &v +} + +// GetCdbSnapshotSize returns the CdbSnapshotSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetCdbSnapshotSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbSnapshotSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.CdbSnapshotSize +} + +// GetCdbSnapshotSizeOk returns a tuple with the CdbSnapshotSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetCdbSnapshotSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbSnapshotSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CdbSnapshotSize, true +} + +// HasCdbSnapshotSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) HasCdbSnapshotSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CdbSnapshotSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCdbSnapshotSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the CdbSnapshotSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) SetCdbSnapshotSize(v int64) { + o.CdbSnapshotSize = &v +} + +// GetVcdbTotalSize returns the VcdbTotalSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetVcdbTotalSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbTotalSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.VcdbTotalSize +} + +// GetVcdbTotalSizeOk returns a tuple with the VcdbTotalSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetVcdbTotalSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbTotalSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VcdbTotalSize, true +} + +// HasVcdbTotalSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) HasVcdbTotalSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VcdbTotalSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVcdbTotalSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the VcdbTotalSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) SetVcdbTotalSize(v int64) { + o.VcdbTotalSize = &v +} + +// GetVcdbBaseSize returns the VcdbBaseSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetVcdbBaseSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbBaseSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.VcdbBaseSize +} + +// GetVcdbBaseSizeOk returns a tuple with the VcdbBaseSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetVcdbBaseSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbBaseSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VcdbBaseSize, true +} + +// HasVcdbBaseSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) HasVcdbBaseSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VcdbBaseSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVcdbBaseSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the VcdbBaseSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) SetVcdbBaseSize(v int64) { + o.VcdbBaseSize = &v +} + +// GetVcdbLogsSize returns the VcdbLogsSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetVcdbLogsSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbLogsSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.VcdbLogsSize +} + +// GetVcdbLogsSizeOk returns a tuple with the VcdbLogsSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetVcdbLogsSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbLogsSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VcdbLogsSize, true +} + +// HasVcdbLogsSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) HasVcdbLogsSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VcdbLogsSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVcdbLogsSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the VcdbLogsSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) SetVcdbLogsSize(v int64) { + o.VcdbLogsSize = &v +} + +// GetVcdbSnapshotSize returns the VcdbSnapshotSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetVcdbSnapshotSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbSnapshotSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.VcdbSnapshotSize +} + +// GetVcdbSnapshotSizeOk returns a tuple with the VcdbSnapshotSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetVcdbSnapshotSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbSnapshotSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VcdbSnapshotSize, true +} + +// HasVcdbSnapshotSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) HasVcdbSnapshotSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VcdbSnapshotSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVcdbSnapshotSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the VcdbSnapshotSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) SetVcdbSnapshotSize(v int64) { + o.VcdbSnapshotSize = &v +} + +// GetHeldspaceTotalSize returns the HeldspaceTotalSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetHeldspaceTotalSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HeldspaceTotalSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.HeldspaceTotalSize +} + +// GetHeldspaceTotalSizeOk returns a tuple with the HeldspaceTotalSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetHeldspaceTotalSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HeldspaceTotalSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.HeldspaceTotalSize, true +} + +// HasHeldspaceTotalSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) HasHeldspaceTotalSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HeldspaceTotalSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHeldspaceTotalSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the HeldspaceTotalSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) SetHeldspaceTotalSize(v int64) { + o.HeldspaceTotalSize = &v +} + +// GetHeldspaceBaseSize returns the HeldspaceBaseSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetHeldspaceBaseSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HeldspaceBaseSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.HeldspaceBaseSize +} + +// GetHeldspaceBaseSizeOk returns a tuple with the HeldspaceBaseSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetHeldspaceBaseSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HeldspaceBaseSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.HeldspaceBaseSize, true +} + +// HasHeldspaceBaseSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) HasHeldspaceBaseSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HeldspaceBaseSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHeldspaceBaseSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the HeldspaceBaseSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) SetHeldspaceBaseSize(v int64) { + o.HeldspaceBaseSize = &v +} + +// GetHeldspaceLogsSize returns the HeldspaceLogsSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetHeldspaceLogsSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HeldspaceLogsSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.HeldspaceLogsSize +} + +// GetHeldspaceLogsSizeOk returns a tuple with the HeldspaceLogsSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetHeldspaceLogsSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HeldspaceLogsSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.HeldspaceLogsSize, true +} + +// HasHeldspaceLogsSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) HasHeldspaceLogsSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HeldspaceLogsSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHeldspaceLogsSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the HeldspaceLogsSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) SetHeldspaceLogsSize(v int64) { + o.HeldspaceLogsSize = &v +} + +// GetHeldspaceSnapshotSize returns the HeldspaceSnapshotSize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetHeldspaceSnapshotSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HeldspaceSnapshotSize) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.HeldspaceSnapshotSize +} + +// GetHeldspaceSnapshotSizeOk returns a tuple with the HeldspaceSnapshotSize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) GetHeldspaceSnapshotSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HeldspaceSnapshotSize) { + return nil, false + } + return o.HeldspaceSnapshotSize, true +} + +// HasHeldspaceSnapshotSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) HasHeldspaceSnapshotSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HeldspaceSnapshotSize) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHeldspaceSnapshotSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the HeldspaceSnapshotSize field. +func (o *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) SetHeldspaceSnapshotSize(v int64) { + o.HeldspaceSnapshotSize = &v +} + +func (o StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Timestamp) { + toSerialize["timestamp"] = o.Timestamp + } + if !IsNil(o.FreeStorage) { + toSerialize["free_storage"] = o.FreeStorage + } + if !IsNil(o.UsedStorage) { + toSerialize["used_storage"] = o.UsedStorage + } + if !IsNil(o.ReservedStorage) { + toSerialize["reserved_storage"] = o.ReservedStorage + } + if !IsNil(o.DsourceTotalSize) { + toSerialize["dsource_total_size"] = o.DsourceTotalSize + } + if !IsNil(o.DsourceBaseSize) { + toSerialize["dsource_base_size"] = o.DsourceBaseSize + } + if !IsNil(o.DsourceLogsSize) { + toSerialize["dsource_logs_size"] = o.DsourceLogsSize + } + if !IsNil(o.DsourceSnapshotSize) { + toSerialize["dsource_snapshot_size"] = o.DsourceSnapshotSize + } + if !IsNil(o.VdbTotalSize) { + toSerialize["vdb_total_size"] = o.VdbTotalSize + } + if !IsNil(o.VdbBaseSize) { + toSerialize["vdb_base_size"] = o.VdbBaseSize + } + if !IsNil(o.VdbLogsSize) { + toSerialize["vdb_logs_size"] = o.VdbLogsSize + } + if !IsNil(o.VdbSnapshotSize) { + toSerialize["vdb_snapshot_size"] = o.VdbSnapshotSize + } + if !IsNil(o.CdbTotalSize) { + toSerialize["cdb_total_size"] = o.CdbTotalSize + } + if !IsNil(o.CdbBaseSize) { + toSerialize["cdb_base_size"] = o.CdbBaseSize + } + if !IsNil(o.CdbLogsSize) { + toSerialize["cdb_logs_size"] = o.CdbLogsSize + } + if !IsNil(o.CdbSnapshotSize) { + toSerialize["cdb_snapshot_size"] = o.CdbSnapshotSize + } + if !IsNil(o.VcdbTotalSize) { + toSerialize["vcdb_total_size"] = o.VcdbTotalSize + } + if !IsNil(o.VcdbBaseSize) { + toSerialize["vcdb_base_size"] = o.VcdbBaseSize + } + if !IsNil(o.VcdbLogsSize) { + toSerialize["vcdb_logs_size"] = o.VcdbLogsSize + } + if !IsNil(o.VcdbSnapshotSize) { + toSerialize["vcdb_snapshot_size"] = o.VcdbSnapshotSize + } + if !IsNil(o.HeldspaceTotalSize) { + toSerialize["heldspace_total_size"] = o.HeldspaceTotalSize + } + if !IsNil(o.HeldspaceBaseSize) { + toSerialize["heldspace_base_size"] = o.HeldspaceBaseSize + } + if !IsNil(o.HeldspaceLogsSize) { + toSerialize["heldspace_logs_size"] = o.HeldspaceLogsSize + } + if !IsNil(o.HeldspaceSnapshotSize) { + toSerialize["heldspace_snapshot_size"] = o.HeldspaceSnapshotSize + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableStorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint struct { + value *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableStorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) Get() *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableStorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) Set(val *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableStorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableStorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableStorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint(val *StorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) *NullableStorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint { + return &NullableStorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableStorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableStorageSummaryProjectedDataPoint) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_sub_connection.go b/model_sub_connection.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6e27d4a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_sub_connection.go @@ -0,0 +1,941 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the SubConnection type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &SubConnection{} + +// SubConnection A specific instance of a data connection. +type SubConnection struct { + // ID of the sub connection. + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // Name of the sub connection. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // ID of the parent data connection. + DataConnectionId *string `json:"data_connection_id,omitempty"` + Capability *DataConnectionCapability `json:"capability,omitempty"` + // The database schema name. + SchemaName *string `json:"schema_name,omitempty"` + // The dataset platform of the data connection. + Platform *string `json:"platform,omitempty"` + // The combined port and hostname or IP address values for the sub-connection. + Hostnames []string `json:"hostnames,omitempty"` + // The object type of the source entity representing the sub-connection. + SourceObjectType *string `json:"source_object_type,omitempty"` + // The id of the source entity. + SourceObjectId *string `json:"source_object_id,omitempty"` + // The object type of the entity storing the sub-connection. + MetadataHomeType *string `json:"metadata_home_type,omitempty"` + // The id of the entity storing the sub-connection + MetadataHomeId *string `json:"metadata_home_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the entity storing the sub-connection + MetadataHomeName *string `json:"metadata_home_name,omitempty"` + // The username used to connect to the sub-connection. + Username *string `json:"username,omitempty"` + // The name of the database on the target environment or in the database management system. + DatabaseName *string `json:"database_name,omitempty"` + // The instance name of this dataset/connector. + InstanceName *string `json:"instance_name,omitempty"` + // The type of database. + DatabaseType *string `json:"database_type,omitempty"` + // The jdbc URL for this dataset/connector. + JdbcUrl *string `json:"jdbc_url,omitempty"` + // Is this a replicated object. + IsReplica *bool `json:"is_replica,omitempty"` + // The name of the custom JDBC driver. + CustomDriverName *string `json:"custom_driver_name,omitempty"` + // The ID of the virtualization environment. + VirtualizationEnvironmentId *string `json:"virtualization_environment_id,omitempty"` + // The path to the FILE data on the remote host. + Path *string `json:"path,omitempty"` + // The connection mode for file connectors. + ConnectionMode *string `json:"connection_mode,omitempty"` + // The tags associated with this sub-connection. + Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` +} + +// NewSubConnection instantiates a new SubConnection object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewSubConnection() *SubConnection { + this := SubConnection{} + return &this +} + +// NewSubConnectionWithDefaults instantiates a new SubConnection object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewSubConnectionWithDefaults() *SubConnection { + this := SubConnection{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SubConnection) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *SubConnection) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SubConnection) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *SubConnection) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetDataConnectionId returns the DataConnectionId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SubConnection) GetDataConnectionId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataConnectionId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DataConnectionId +} + +// GetDataConnectionIdOk returns a tuple with the DataConnectionId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) GetDataConnectionIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataConnectionId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataConnectionId, true +} + +// HasDataConnectionId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) HasDataConnectionId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataConnectionId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataConnectionId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DataConnectionId field. +func (o *SubConnection) SetDataConnectionId(v string) { + o.DataConnectionId = &v +} + +// GetCapability returns the Capability field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SubConnection) GetCapability() DataConnectionCapability { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Capability) { + var ret DataConnectionCapability + return ret + } + return *o.Capability +} + +// GetCapabilityOk returns a tuple with the Capability field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) GetCapabilityOk() (*DataConnectionCapability, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Capability) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Capability, true +} + +// HasCapability returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) HasCapability() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Capability) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCapability gets a reference to the given DataConnectionCapability and assigns it to the Capability field. +func (o *SubConnection) SetCapability(v DataConnectionCapability) { + o.Capability = &v +} + +// GetSchemaName returns the SchemaName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SubConnection) GetSchemaName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SchemaName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SchemaName +} + +// GetSchemaNameOk returns a tuple with the SchemaName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) GetSchemaNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SchemaName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SchemaName, true +} + +// HasSchemaName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) HasSchemaName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SchemaName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSchemaName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SchemaName field. +func (o *SubConnection) SetSchemaName(v string) { + o.SchemaName = &v +} + +// GetPlatform returns the Platform field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SubConnection) GetPlatform() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Platform) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Platform +} + +// GetPlatformOk returns a tuple with the Platform field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) GetPlatformOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Platform) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Platform, true +} + +// HasPlatform returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) HasPlatform() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Platform) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPlatform gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Platform field. +func (o *SubConnection) SetPlatform(v string) { + o.Platform = &v +} + +// GetHostnames returns the Hostnames field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SubConnection) GetHostnames() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Hostnames) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.Hostnames +} + +// GetHostnamesOk returns a tuple with the Hostnames field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) GetHostnamesOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Hostnames) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Hostnames, true +} + +// HasHostnames returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) HasHostnames() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Hostnames) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHostnames gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Hostnames field. +func (o *SubConnection) SetHostnames(v []string) { + o.Hostnames = v +} + +// GetSourceObjectType returns the SourceObjectType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SubConnection) GetSourceObjectType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceObjectType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SourceObjectType +} + +// GetSourceObjectTypeOk returns a tuple with the SourceObjectType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) GetSourceObjectTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceObjectType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SourceObjectType, true +} + +// HasSourceObjectType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) HasSourceObjectType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SourceObjectType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSourceObjectType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SourceObjectType field. +func (o *SubConnection) SetSourceObjectType(v string) { + o.SourceObjectType = &v +} + +// GetSourceObjectId returns the SourceObjectId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SubConnection) GetSourceObjectId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceObjectId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SourceObjectId +} + +// GetSourceObjectIdOk returns a tuple with the SourceObjectId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) GetSourceObjectIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceObjectId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SourceObjectId, true +} + +// HasSourceObjectId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) HasSourceObjectId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SourceObjectId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSourceObjectId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SourceObjectId field. +func (o *SubConnection) SetSourceObjectId(v string) { + o.SourceObjectId = &v +} + +// GetMetadataHomeType returns the MetadataHomeType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SubConnection) GetMetadataHomeType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MetadataHomeType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MetadataHomeType +} + +// GetMetadataHomeTypeOk returns a tuple with the MetadataHomeType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) GetMetadataHomeTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MetadataHomeType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MetadataHomeType, true +} + +// HasMetadataHomeType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) HasMetadataHomeType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MetadataHomeType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMetadataHomeType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MetadataHomeType field. +func (o *SubConnection) SetMetadataHomeType(v string) { + o.MetadataHomeType = &v +} + +// GetMetadataHomeId returns the MetadataHomeId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SubConnection) GetMetadataHomeId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MetadataHomeId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MetadataHomeId +} + +// GetMetadataHomeIdOk returns a tuple with the MetadataHomeId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) GetMetadataHomeIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MetadataHomeId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MetadataHomeId, true +} + +// HasMetadataHomeId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) HasMetadataHomeId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MetadataHomeId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMetadataHomeId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MetadataHomeId field. +func (o *SubConnection) SetMetadataHomeId(v string) { + o.MetadataHomeId = &v +} + +// GetMetadataHomeName returns the MetadataHomeName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SubConnection) GetMetadataHomeName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MetadataHomeName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MetadataHomeName +} + +// GetMetadataHomeNameOk returns a tuple with the MetadataHomeName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) GetMetadataHomeNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MetadataHomeName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MetadataHomeName, true +} + +// HasMetadataHomeName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) HasMetadataHomeName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MetadataHomeName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMetadataHomeName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MetadataHomeName field. +func (o *SubConnection) SetMetadataHomeName(v string) { + o.MetadataHomeName = &v +} + +// GetUsername returns the Username field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SubConnection) GetUsername() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Username) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Username +} + +// GetUsernameOk returns a tuple with the Username field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) GetUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Username) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Username, true +} + +// HasUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) HasUsername() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Username) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Username field. +func (o *SubConnection) SetUsername(v string) { + o.Username = &v +} + +// GetDatabaseName returns the DatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SubConnection) GetDatabaseName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatabaseName +} + +// GetDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatabaseName, true +} + +// HasDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) HasDatabaseName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseName field. +func (o *SubConnection) SetDatabaseName(v string) { + o.DatabaseName = &v +} + +// GetInstanceName returns the InstanceName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SubConnection) GetInstanceName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.InstanceName +} + +// GetInstanceNameOk returns a tuple with the InstanceName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) GetInstanceNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InstanceName, true +} + +// HasInstanceName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) HasInstanceName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstanceName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the InstanceName field. +func (o *SubConnection) SetInstanceName(v string) { + o.InstanceName = &v +} + +// GetDatabaseType returns the DatabaseType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SubConnection) GetDatabaseType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatabaseType +} + +// GetDatabaseTypeOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) GetDatabaseTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatabaseType, true +} + +// HasDatabaseType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) HasDatabaseType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatabaseType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseType field. +func (o *SubConnection) SetDatabaseType(v string) { + o.DatabaseType = &v +} + +// GetJdbcUrl returns the JdbcUrl field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SubConnection) GetJdbcUrl() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.JdbcUrl) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.JdbcUrl +} + +// GetJdbcUrlOk returns a tuple with the JdbcUrl field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) GetJdbcUrlOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.JdbcUrl) { + return nil, false + } + return o.JdbcUrl, true +} + +// HasJdbcUrl returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) HasJdbcUrl() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.JdbcUrl) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJdbcUrl gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the JdbcUrl field. +func (o *SubConnection) SetJdbcUrl(v string) { + o.JdbcUrl = &v +} + +// GetIsReplica returns the IsReplica field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SubConnection) GetIsReplica() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsReplica) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsReplica +} + +// GetIsReplicaOk returns a tuple with the IsReplica field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) GetIsReplicaOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsReplica) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsReplica, true +} + +// HasIsReplica returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) HasIsReplica() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsReplica) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsReplica gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsReplica field. +func (o *SubConnection) SetIsReplica(v bool) { + o.IsReplica = &v +} + +// GetCustomDriverName returns the CustomDriverName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SubConnection) GetCustomDriverName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomDriverName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CustomDriverName +} + +// GetCustomDriverNameOk returns a tuple with the CustomDriverName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) GetCustomDriverNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomDriverName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CustomDriverName, true +} + +// HasCustomDriverName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) HasCustomDriverName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CustomDriverName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCustomDriverName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CustomDriverName field. +func (o *SubConnection) SetCustomDriverName(v string) { + o.CustomDriverName = &v +} + +// GetVirtualizationEnvironmentId returns the VirtualizationEnvironmentId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SubConnection) GetVirtualizationEnvironmentId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VirtualizationEnvironmentId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.VirtualizationEnvironmentId +} + +// GetVirtualizationEnvironmentIdOk returns a tuple with the VirtualizationEnvironmentId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) GetVirtualizationEnvironmentIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VirtualizationEnvironmentId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VirtualizationEnvironmentId, true +} + +// HasVirtualizationEnvironmentId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) HasVirtualizationEnvironmentId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VirtualizationEnvironmentId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVirtualizationEnvironmentId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VirtualizationEnvironmentId field. +func (o *SubConnection) SetVirtualizationEnvironmentId(v string) { + o.VirtualizationEnvironmentId = &v +} + +// GetPath returns the Path field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SubConnection) GetPath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Path) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Path +} + +// GetPathOk returns a tuple with the Path field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) GetPathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Path) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Path, true +} + +// HasPath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) HasPath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Path) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Path field. +func (o *SubConnection) SetPath(v string) { + o.Path = &v +} + +// GetConnectionMode returns the ConnectionMode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SubConnection) GetConnectionMode() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectionMode) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ConnectionMode +} + +// GetConnectionModeOk returns a tuple with the ConnectionMode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) GetConnectionModeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConnectionMode) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ConnectionMode, true +} + +// HasConnectionMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) HasConnectionMode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConnectionMode) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConnectionMode gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ConnectionMode field. +func (o *SubConnection) SetConnectionMode(v string) { + o.ConnectionMode = &v +} + +// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *SubConnection) GetTags() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.Tags +} + +// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tags, true +} + +// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *SubConnection) HasTags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. +func (o *SubConnection) SetTags(v []Tag) { + o.Tags = v +} + +func (o SubConnection) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o SubConnection) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.DataConnectionId) { + toSerialize["data_connection_id"] = o.DataConnectionId + } + if !IsNil(o.Capability) { + toSerialize["capability"] = o.Capability + } + if !IsNil(o.SchemaName) { + toSerialize["schema_name"] = o.SchemaName + } + if !IsNil(o.Platform) { + toSerialize["platform"] = o.Platform + } + if !IsNil(o.Hostnames) { + toSerialize["hostnames"] = o.Hostnames + } + if !IsNil(o.SourceObjectType) { + toSerialize["source_object_type"] = o.SourceObjectType + } + if !IsNil(o.SourceObjectId) { + toSerialize["source_object_id"] = o.SourceObjectId + } + if !IsNil(o.MetadataHomeType) { + toSerialize["metadata_home_type"] = o.MetadataHomeType + } + if !IsNil(o.MetadataHomeId) { + toSerialize["metadata_home_id"] = o.MetadataHomeId + } + if !IsNil(o.MetadataHomeName) { + toSerialize["metadata_home_name"] = o.MetadataHomeName + } + if !IsNil(o.Username) { + toSerialize["username"] = o.Username + } + if !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + toSerialize["database_name"] = o.DatabaseName + } + if !IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + toSerialize["instance_name"] = o.InstanceName + } + if !IsNil(o.DatabaseType) { + toSerialize["database_type"] = o.DatabaseType + } + if !IsNil(o.JdbcUrl) { + toSerialize["jdbc_url"] = o.JdbcUrl + } + if !IsNil(o.IsReplica) { + toSerialize["is_replica"] = o.IsReplica + } + if !IsNil(o.CustomDriverName) { + toSerialize["custom_driver_name"] = o.CustomDriverName + } + if !IsNil(o.VirtualizationEnvironmentId) { + toSerialize["virtualization_environment_id"] = o.VirtualizationEnvironmentId + } + if !IsNil(o.Path) { + toSerialize["path"] = o.Path + } + if !IsNil(o.ConnectionMode) { + toSerialize["connection_mode"] = o.ConnectionMode + } + if !IsNil(o.Tags) { + toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableSubConnection struct { + value *SubConnection + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableSubConnection) Get() *SubConnection { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableSubConnection) Set(val *SubConnection) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableSubConnection) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableSubConnection) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableSubConnection(val *SubConnection) *NullableSubConnection { + return &NullableSubConnection{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableSubConnection) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableSubConnection) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_switch_timeflow_parameters.go b/model_switch_timeflow_parameters.go index 61f1c28a..5dc41faf 100644 --- a/model_switch_timeflow_parameters.go +++ b/model_switch_timeflow_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_switch_timeflow_response.go b/model_switch_timeflow_response.go index 9ca0cf9b..9e6112b7 100644 --- a/model_switch_timeflow_response.go +++ b/model_switch_timeflow_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_sync_engines_hyperscale_parameters.go b/model_sync_engines_hyperscale_parameters.go index 9b518780..c8188fd6 100644 --- a/model_sync_engines_hyperscale_parameters.go +++ b/model_sync_engines_hyperscale_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the SyncEnginesHyperscaleParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -26,6 +28,8 @@ type SyncEnginesHyperscaleParameters struct { TargetEngineIds []string `json:"target_engine_ids"` } +type _SyncEnginesHyperscaleParameters SyncEnginesHyperscaleParameters + // NewSyncEnginesHyperscaleParameters instantiates a new SyncEnginesHyperscaleParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -108,6 +112,44 @@ func (o SyncEnginesHyperscaleParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *SyncEnginesHyperscaleParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "source_engine_id", + "target_engine_ids", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varSyncEnginesHyperscaleParameters := _SyncEnginesHyperscaleParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varSyncEnginesHyperscaleParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = SyncEnginesHyperscaleParameters(varSyncEnginesHyperscaleParameters) + + return err +} + type NullableSyncEnginesHyperscaleParameters struct { value *SyncEnginesHyperscaleParameters isSet bool diff --git a/model_sync_engines_hyperscale_response.go b/model_sync_engines_hyperscale_response.go index 31b495ba..26513041 100644 --- a/model_sync_engines_hyperscale_response.go +++ b/model_sync_engines_hyperscale_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_tag.go b/model_tag.go index 6613b96e..0f466b5a 100644 --- a/model_tag.go +++ b/model_tag.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the Tag type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -26,6 +28,8 @@ type Tag struct { Value string `json:"value"` } +type _Tag Tag + // NewTag instantiates a new Tag object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -108,6 +112,44 @@ func (o Tag) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *Tag) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "key", + "value", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varTag := _Tag{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varTag) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = Tag(varTag) + + return err +} + type NullableTag struct { value *Tag isSet bool diff --git a/model_tags_request.go b/model_tags_request.go index 200456d8..b74d1239 100644 --- a/model_tags_request.go +++ b/model_tags_request.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the TagsRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -24,6 +26,8 @@ type TagsRequest struct { Tags []Tag `json:"tags"` } +type _TagsRequest TagsRequest + // NewTagsRequest instantiates a new TagsRequest object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -80,6 +84,43 @@ func (o TagsRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *TagsRequest) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "tags", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varTagsRequest := _TagsRequest{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varTagsRequest) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = TagsRequest(varTagsRequest) + + return err +} + type NullableTagsRequest struct { value *TagsRequest isSet bool diff --git a/model_tags_response.go b/model_tags_response.go index 45157cc2..315315a8 100644 --- a/model_tags_response.go +++ b/model_tags_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_target_job_type.go b/model_target_job_type.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9c63bac6 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_target_job_type.go @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// TargetJobType A DCT specific job type +type TargetJobType string + +// List of TargetJobType +const ( + TARGETJOBTYPE_REPLICATION_PROFILE_EXECUTE TargetJobType = "REPLICATION_PROFILE_EXECUTE" +) + +// All allowed values of TargetJobType enum +var AllowedTargetJobTypeEnumValues = []TargetJobType{ + "REPLICATION_PROFILE_EXECUTE", +} + +func (v *TargetJobType) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + var value string + err := json.Unmarshal(src, &value) + if err != nil { + return err + } + enumTypeValue := TargetJobType(value) + for _, existing := range AllowedTargetJobTypeEnumValues { + if existing == enumTypeValue { + *v = enumTypeValue + return nil + } + } + + return fmt.Errorf("%+v is not a valid TargetJobType", value) +} + +// NewTargetJobTypeFromValue returns a pointer to a valid TargetJobType +// for the value passed as argument, or an error if the value passed is not allowed by the enum +func NewTargetJobTypeFromValue(v string) (*TargetJobType, error) { + ev := TargetJobType(v) + if ev.IsValid() { + return &ev, nil + } else { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid value '%v' for TargetJobType: valid values are %v", v, AllowedTargetJobTypeEnumValues) + } +} + +// IsValid return true if the value is valid for the enum, false otherwise +func (v TargetJobType) IsValid() bool { + for _, existing := range AllowedTargetJobTypeEnumValues { + if existing == v { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// Ptr returns reference to TargetJobType value +func (v TargetJobType) Ptr() *TargetJobType { + return &v +} + +type NullableTargetJobType struct { + value *TargetJobType + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableTargetJobType) Get() *TargetJobType { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableTargetJobType) Set(val *TargetJobType) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableTargetJobType) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableTargetJobType) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableTargetJobType(val *TargetJobType) *NullableTargetJobType { + return &NullableTargetJobType{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableTargetJobType) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableTargetJobType) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + diff --git a/model_target_object_type.go b/model_target_object_type.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8c1b1db9 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_target_object_type.go @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// TargetObjectType A DCT specific object type. +type TargetObjectType string + +// List of TargetObjectType +const ( + TARGETOBJECTTYPE_REPLICATION_PROFILE TargetObjectType = "REPLICATION_PROFILE" +) + +// All allowed values of TargetObjectType enum +var AllowedTargetObjectTypeEnumValues = []TargetObjectType{ + "REPLICATION_PROFILE", +} + +func (v *TargetObjectType) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + var value string + err := json.Unmarshal(src, &value) + if err != nil { + return err + } + enumTypeValue := TargetObjectType(value) + for _, existing := range AllowedTargetObjectTypeEnumValues { + if existing == enumTypeValue { + *v = enumTypeValue + return nil + } + } + + return fmt.Errorf("%+v is not a valid TargetObjectType", value) +} + +// NewTargetObjectTypeFromValue returns a pointer to a valid TargetObjectType +// for the value passed as argument, or an error if the value passed is not allowed by the enum +func NewTargetObjectTypeFromValue(v string) (*TargetObjectType, error) { + ev := TargetObjectType(v) + if ev.IsValid() { + return &ev, nil + } else { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid value '%v' for TargetObjectType: valid values are %v", v, AllowedTargetObjectTypeEnumValues) + } +} + +// IsValid return true if the value is valid for the enum, false otherwise +func (v TargetObjectType) IsValid() bool { + for _, existing := range AllowedTargetObjectTypeEnumValues { + if existing == v { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// Ptr returns reference to TargetObjectType value +func (v TargetObjectType) Ptr() *TargetObjectType { + return &v +} + +type NullableTargetObjectType struct { + value *TargetObjectType + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableTargetObjectType) Get() *TargetObjectType { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableTargetObjectType) Set(val *TargetObjectType) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableTargetObjectType) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableTargetObjectType) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableTargetObjectType(val *TargetObjectType) *NullableTargetObjectType { + return &NullableTargetObjectType{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableTargetObjectType) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableTargetObjectType) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + diff --git a/model_target_policy_object_type.go b/model_target_policy_object_type.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8f7f6b48 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_target_policy_object_type.go @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// TargetPolicyObjectType A DCT specific target policy object type. +type TargetPolicyObjectType string + +// List of TargetPolicyObjectType +const ( + TARGETPOLICYOBJECTTYPE_CDB TargetPolicyObjectType = "CDB" + TARGETPOLICYOBJECTTYPE_DSOURCE TargetPolicyObjectType = "DSOURCE" + TARGETPOLICYOBJECTTYPE_VCDB TargetPolicyObjectType = "VCDB" + TARGETPOLICYOBJECTTYPE_VDB TargetPolicyObjectType = "VDB" + TARGETPOLICYOBJECTTYPE_DATASET_GROUP TargetPolicyObjectType = "DATASET_GROUP" + TARGETPOLICYOBJECTTYPE_REPLICATION_PROFILE TargetPolicyObjectType = "REPLICATION_PROFILE" + TARGETPOLICYOBJECTTYPE_NAMESPACE TargetPolicyObjectType = "NAMESPACE" +) + +// All allowed values of TargetPolicyObjectType enum +var AllowedTargetPolicyObjectTypeEnumValues = []TargetPolicyObjectType{ + "CDB", + "DSOURCE", + "VCDB", + "VDB", + "DATASET_GROUP", + "REPLICATION_PROFILE", + "NAMESPACE", +} + +func (v *TargetPolicyObjectType) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + var value string + err := json.Unmarshal(src, &value) + if err != nil { + return err + } + enumTypeValue := TargetPolicyObjectType(value) + for _, existing := range AllowedTargetPolicyObjectTypeEnumValues { + if existing == enumTypeValue { + *v = enumTypeValue + return nil + } + } + + return fmt.Errorf("%+v is not a valid TargetPolicyObjectType", value) +} + +// NewTargetPolicyObjectTypeFromValue returns a pointer to a valid TargetPolicyObjectType +// for the value passed as argument, or an error if the value passed is not allowed by the enum +func NewTargetPolicyObjectTypeFromValue(v string) (*TargetPolicyObjectType, error) { + ev := TargetPolicyObjectType(v) + if ev.IsValid() { + return &ev, nil + } else { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid value '%v' for TargetPolicyObjectType: valid values are %v", v, AllowedTargetPolicyObjectTypeEnumValues) + } +} + +// IsValid return true if the value is valid for the enum, false otherwise +func (v TargetPolicyObjectType) IsValid() bool { + for _, existing := range AllowedTargetPolicyObjectTypeEnumValues { + if existing == v { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// Ptr returns reference to TargetPolicyObjectType value +func (v TargetPolicyObjectType) Ptr() *TargetPolicyObjectType { + return &v +} + +type NullableTargetPolicyObjectType struct { + value *TargetPolicyObjectType + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableTargetPolicyObjectType) Get() *TargetPolicyObjectType { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableTargetPolicyObjectType) Set(val *TargetPolicyObjectType) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableTargetPolicyObjectType) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableTargetPolicyObjectType) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableTargetPolicyObjectType(val *TargetPolicyObjectType) *NullableTargetPolicyObjectType { + return &NullableTargetPolicyObjectType{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableTargetPolicyObjectType) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableTargetPolicyObjectType) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + diff --git a/model_task_event.go b/model_task_event.go index 59be082a..f9c23ad8 100644 --- a/model_task_event.go +++ b/model_task_event.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_timeflow.go b/model_timeflow.go index 3d9f168a..3aab227f 100644 --- a/model_timeflow.go +++ b/model_timeflow.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -47,6 +47,14 @@ type Timeflow struct { ParentPointTimestamp *time.Time `json:"parent_point_timestamp,omitempty"` // A reference to the parent timeflow from which this timeflow was provisioned. This will not be present for timeflows derived from linked sources. ParentPointTimeflowId *string `json:"parent_point_timeflow_id,omitempty"` + // The ID of the parent VDB. This is mutually exclusive with parent_dsource_id. + ParentVdbId *string `json:"parent_vdb_id,omitempty"` + // The ID of the parent dSource. This is mutually exclusive with parent_vdb_id. + ParentDsourceId *string `json:"parent_dsource_id,omitempty"` + // The ID of the source VDB. This is mutually exclusive with source_dsource_id. + SourceVdbId *string `json:"source_vdb_id,omitempty"` + // The ID of the source dSource. This is mutually exclusive with source_vdb_id. + SourceDsourceId *string `json:"source_dsource_id,omitempty"` // The timestamp on the root ancestor timeflow from which this timeflow originated. This logical time acts as reference to the origin source data. SourceDataTimestamp *time.Time `json:"source_data_timestamp,omitempty"` // Oracle-specific incarnation identifier for this timeflow. @@ -57,6 +65,12 @@ type Timeflow struct { OracleTdeUuid *string `json:"oracle_tde_uuid,omitempty"` // MSSQL-specific recovery branch identifier for this timeflow. MssqlDatabaseGuid *string `json:"mssql_database_guid,omitempty"` + // Whether this timeflow is currently active or not. + IsActive *bool `json:"is_active,omitempty"` + // The time when the timeflow was created. + CreationTimestamp *time.Time `json:"creation_timestamp,omitempty"` + // The time when this timeflow became active. + ActivationTimestamp *time.Time `json:"activation_timestamp,omitempty"` Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` } @@ -523,6 +537,134 @@ func (o *Timeflow) SetParentPointTimeflowId(v string) { o.ParentPointTimeflowId = &v } +// GetParentVdbId returns the ParentVdbId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Timeflow) GetParentVdbId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentVdbId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentVdbId +} + +// GetParentVdbIdOk returns a tuple with the ParentVdbId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Timeflow) GetParentVdbIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentVdbId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentVdbId, true +} + +// HasParentVdbId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Timeflow) HasParentVdbId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentVdbId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentVdbId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentVdbId field. +func (o *Timeflow) SetParentVdbId(v string) { + o.ParentVdbId = &v +} + +// GetParentDsourceId returns the ParentDsourceId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Timeflow) GetParentDsourceId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentDsourceId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentDsourceId +} + +// GetParentDsourceIdOk returns a tuple with the ParentDsourceId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Timeflow) GetParentDsourceIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentDsourceId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentDsourceId, true +} + +// HasParentDsourceId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Timeflow) HasParentDsourceId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentDsourceId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentDsourceId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentDsourceId field. +func (o *Timeflow) SetParentDsourceId(v string) { + o.ParentDsourceId = &v +} + +// GetSourceVdbId returns the SourceVdbId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Timeflow) GetSourceVdbId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceVdbId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SourceVdbId +} + +// GetSourceVdbIdOk returns a tuple with the SourceVdbId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Timeflow) GetSourceVdbIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceVdbId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SourceVdbId, true +} + +// HasSourceVdbId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Timeflow) HasSourceVdbId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SourceVdbId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSourceVdbId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SourceVdbId field. +func (o *Timeflow) SetSourceVdbId(v string) { + o.SourceVdbId = &v +} + +// GetSourceDsourceId returns the SourceDsourceId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Timeflow) GetSourceDsourceId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceDsourceId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SourceDsourceId +} + +// GetSourceDsourceIdOk returns a tuple with the SourceDsourceId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Timeflow) GetSourceDsourceIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceDsourceId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SourceDsourceId, true +} + +// HasSourceDsourceId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Timeflow) HasSourceDsourceId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SourceDsourceId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSourceDsourceId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SourceDsourceId field. +func (o *Timeflow) SetSourceDsourceId(v string) { + o.SourceDsourceId = &v +} + // GetSourceDataTimestamp returns the SourceDataTimestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *Timeflow) GetSourceDataTimestamp() time.Time { if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceDataTimestamp) { @@ -683,6 +825,102 @@ func (o *Timeflow) SetMssqlDatabaseGuid(v string) { o.MssqlDatabaseGuid = &v } +// GetIsActive returns the IsActive field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Timeflow) GetIsActive() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsActive) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsActive +} + +// GetIsActiveOk returns a tuple with the IsActive field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Timeflow) GetIsActiveOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsActive) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsActive, true +} + +// HasIsActive returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Timeflow) HasIsActive() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsActive) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsActive gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsActive field. +func (o *Timeflow) SetIsActive(v bool) { + o.IsActive = &v +} + +// GetCreationTimestamp returns the CreationTimestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Timeflow) GetCreationTimestamp() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CreationTimestamp) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.CreationTimestamp +} + +// GetCreationTimestampOk returns a tuple with the CreationTimestamp field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Timeflow) GetCreationTimestampOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CreationTimestamp) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CreationTimestamp, true +} + +// HasCreationTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Timeflow) HasCreationTimestamp() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CreationTimestamp) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCreationTimestamp gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreationTimestamp field. +func (o *Timeflow) SetCreationTimestamp(v time.Time) { + o.CreationTimestamp = &v +} + +// GetActivationTimestamp returns the ActivationTimestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Timeflow) GetActivationTimestamp() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ActivationTimestamp) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.ActivationTimestamp +} + +// GetActivationTimestampOk returns a tuple with the ActivationTimestamp field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Timeflow) GetActivationTimestampOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ActivationTimestamp) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ActivationTimestamp, true +} + +// HasActivationTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Timeflow) HasActivationTimestamp() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ActivationTimestamp) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetActivationTimestamp gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the ActivationTimestamp field. +func (o *Timeflow) SetActivationTimestamp(v time.Time) { + o.ActivationTimestamp = &v +} + // GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *Timeflow) GetTags() []Tag { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { @@ -764,6 +1002,18 @@ func (o Timeflow) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.ParentPointTimeflowId) { toSerialize["parent_point_timeflow_id"] = o.ParentPointTimeflowId } + if !IsNil(o.ParentVdbId) { + toSerialize["parent_vdb_id"] = o.ParentVdbId + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentDsourceId) { + toSerialize["parent_dsource_id"] = o.ParentDsourceId + } + if !IsNil(o.SourceVdbId) { + toSerialize["source_vdb_id"] = o.SourceVdbId + } + if !IsNil(o.SourceDsourceId) { + toSerialize["source_dsource_id"] = o.SourceDsourceId + } if !IsNil(o.SourceDataTimestamp) { toSerialize["source_data_timestamp"] = o.SourceDataTimestamp } @@ -779,6 +1029,15 @@ func (o Timeflow) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.MssqlDatabaseGuid) { toSerialize["mssql_database_guid"] = o.MssqlDatabaseGuid } + if !IsNil(o.IsActive) { + toSerialize["is_active"] = o.IsActive + } + if !IsNil(o.CreationTimestamp) { + toSerialize["creation_timestamp"] = o.CreationTimestamp + } + if !IsNil(o.ActivationTimestamp) { + toSerialize["activation_timestamp"] = o.ActivationTimestamp + } if !IsNil(o.Tags) { toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags } diff --git a/model_timeflow_range.go b/model_timeflow_range.go index 09ef2ec3..d4f8b566 100644 --- a/model_timeflow_range.go +++ b/model_timeflow_range.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -33,6 +33,10 @@ type TimeflowRange struct { TimeflowId *string `json:"timeflow_id,omitempty"` // Whether or not this range is provisionable. Provisionable *bool `json:"provisionable,omitempty"` + // Time in milliseconds b/w timestamp and snapshot timestamp. + LogDelta *int64 `json:"log_delta,omitempty"` + // true if timeflow range is found from nearest snapshot corresponding to provided timestamp, else false + IsNearest *bool `json:"is_nearest,omitempty"` } // NewTimeflowRange instantiates a new TimeflowRange object @@ -244,6 +248,70 @@ func (o *TimeflowRange) SetProvisionable(v bool) { o.Provisionable = &v } +// GetLogDelta returns the LogDelta field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *TimeflowRange) GetLogDelta() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogDelta) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.LogDelta +} + +// GetLogDeltaOk returns a tuple with the LogDelta field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRange) GetLogDeltaOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogDelta) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LogDelta, true +} + +// HasLogDelta returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRange) HasLogDelta() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LogDelta) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLogDelta gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the LogDelta field. +func (o *TimeflowRange) SetLogDelta(v int64) { + o.LogDelta = &v +} + +// GetIsNearest returns the IsNearest field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *TimeflowRange) GetIsNearest() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsNearest) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsNearest +} + +// GetIsNearestOk returns a tuple with the IsNearest field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRange) GetIsNearestOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsNearest) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsNearest, true +} + +// HasIsNearest returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRange) HasIsNearest() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsNearest) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsNearest gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsNearest field. +func (o *TimeflowRange) SetIsNearest(v bool) { + o.IsNearest = &v +} + func (o TimeflowRange) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -272,6 +340,12 @@ func (o TimeflowRange) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.Provisionable) { toSerialize["provisionable"] = o.Provisionable } + if !IsNil(o.LogDelta) { + toSerialize["log_delta"] = o.LogDelta + } + if !IsNil(o.IsNearest) { + toSerialize["is_nearest"] = o.IsNearest + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_timeflow_repair_request.go b/model_timeflow_repair_request.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..21bb35ab --- /dev/null +++ b/model_timeflow_repair_request.go @@ -0,0 +1,871 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the TimeflowRepairRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &TimeflowRepairRequest{} + +// TimeflowRepairRequest struct for TimeflowRepairRequest +type TimeflowRepairRequest struct { + // Hostname of the remote host. + Host string `json:"host"` + // Port to connect to remote host. + Port *int32 `json:"port,omitempty"` + // Username to connect to remote host. + Username string `json:"username"` + // Location of the missing logs on the host. + Directory string `json:"directory"` + // The database specific identifier specifying the start location of the missing log. + StartLocation string `json:"start_location"` + // The database specific identifier specifying the end location of the missing log. + EndLocation string `json:"end_location"` + // Whether to use public key authentication. + UseEnginePublicKey *bool `json:"use_engine_public_key,omitempty"` + // The password of the user to connect to remote host machine. + Password *string `json:"password,omitempty"` + // The private key of the key pair credentials. + KeyPairPrivateKey *string `json:"key_pair_private_key,omitempty"` + // The public key of the key pair credentials. + KeyPairPublicKey *string `json:"key_pair_public_key,omitempty"` + // The DCT id or name of the vault from which to read the host credentials. + VaultId *string `json:"vault_id,omitempty"` + // Vault engine name where the credential is stored. + HashicorpVaultEngine *string `json:"hashicorp_vault_engine,omitempty"` + // Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored. + HashicorpVaultSecretPath *string `json:"hashicorp_vault_secret_path,omitempty"` + // Key for the username in the key-value store. + HashicorpVaultUsernameKey *string `json:"hashicorp_vault_username_key,omitempty"` + // Key for the password in the key-value store. + HashicorpVaultSecretKey *string `json:"hashicorp_vault_secret_key,omitempty"` + // Azure key vault name (ORACLE, ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). + AzureVaultName *string `json:"azure_vault_name,omitempty"` + // Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store (ORACLE, ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). + AzureVaultUsernameKey *string `json:"azure_vault_username_key,omitempty"` + // Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store (ORACLE, ASE and MSSQL_DOMAIN_USER only). + AzureVaultSecretKey *string `json:"azure_vault_secret_key,omitempty"` + // Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. + CyberarkVaultQueryString *string `json:"cyberark_vault_query_string,omitempty"` + // Whether to use kerberos authentication. + UseKerberosAuthentication *bool `json:"use_kerberos_authentication,omitempty"` + SshVerificationStrategy *SSHVerificationStrategy `json:"sshVerificationStrategy,omitempty"` +} + +type _TimeflowRepairRequest TimeflowRepairRequest + +// NewTimeflowRepairRequest instantiates a new TimeflowRepairRequest object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewTimeflowRepairRequest(host string, username string, directory string, startLocation string, endLocation string) *TimeflowRepairRequest { + this := TimeflowRepairRequest{} + this.Host = host + var port int32 = 22 + this.Port = &port + this.Username = username + this.Directory = directory + this.StartLocation = startLocation + this.EndLocation = endLocation + return &this +} + +// NewTimeflowRepairRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new TimeflowRepairRequest object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewTimeflowRepairRequestWithDefaults() *TimeflowRepairRequest { + this := TimeflowRepairRequest{} + var port int32 = 22 + this.Port = &port + return &this +} + +// GetHost returns the Host field value +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetHost() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.Host +} + +// GetHostOk returns a tuple with the Host field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetHostOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.Host, true +} + +// SetHost sets field value +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) SetHost(v string) { + o.Host = v +} + +// GetPort returns the Port field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetPort() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Port) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.Port +} + +// GetPortOk returns a tuple with the Port field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetPortOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Port) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Port, true +} + +// HasPort returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) HasPort() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Port) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPort gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the Port field. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) SetPort(v int32) { + o.Port = &v +} + +// GetUsername returns the Username field value +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetUsername() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.Username +} + +// GetUsernameOk returns a tuple with the Username field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.Username, true +} + +// SetUsername sets field value +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) SetUsername(v string) { + o.Username = v +} + +// GetDirectory returns the Directory field value +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetDirectory() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.Directory +} + +// GetDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the Directory field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.Directory, true +} + +// SetDirectory sets field value +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) SetDirectory(v string) { + o.Directory = v +} + +// GetStartLocation returns the StartLocation field value +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetStartLocation() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.StartLocation +} + +// GetStartLocationOk returns a tuple with the StartLocation field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetStartLocationOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.StartLocation, true +} + +// SetStartLocation sets field value +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) SetStartLocation(v string) { + o.StartLocation = v +} + +// GetEndLocation returns the EndLocation field value +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetEndLocation() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.EndLocation +} + +// GetEndLocationOk returns a tuple with the EndLocation field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetEndLocationOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.EndLocation, true +} + +// SetEndLocation sets field value +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) SetEndLocation(v string) { + o.EndLocation = v +} + +// GetUseEnginePublicKey returns the UseEnginePublicKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetUseEnginePublicKey() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UseEnginePublicKey) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.UseEnginePublicKey +} + +// GetUseEnginePublicKeyOk returns a tuple with the UseEnginePublicKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetUseEnginePublicKeyOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UseEnginePublicKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UseEnginePublicKey, true +} + +// HasUseEnginePublicKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) HasUseEnginePublicKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UseEnginePublicKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUseEnginePublicKey gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the UseEnginePublicKey field. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) SetUseEnginePublicKey(v bool) { + o.UseEnginePublicKey = &v +} + +// GetPassword returns the Password field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetPassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Password) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Password +} + +// GetPasswordOk returns a tuple with the Password field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetPasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Password) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Password, true +} + +// HasPassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) HasPassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Password) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Password field. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) SetPassword(v string) { + o.Password = &v +} + +// GetKeyPairPrivateKey returns the KeyPairPrivateKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetKeyPairPrivateKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.KeyPairPrivateKey) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.KeyPairPrivateKey +} + +// GetKeyPairPrivateKeyOk returns a tuple with the KeyPairPrivateKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetKeyPairPrivateKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.KeyPairPrivateKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.KeyPairPrivateKey, true +} + +// HasKeyPairPrivateKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) HasKeyPairPrivateKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.KeyPairPrivateKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetKeyPairPrivateKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the KeyPairPrivateKey field. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) SetKeyPairPrivateKey(v string) { + o.KeyPairPrivateKey = &v +} + +// GetKeyPairPublicKey returns the KeyPairPublicKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetKeyPairPublicKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.KeyPairPublicKey) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.KeyPairPublicKey +} + +// GetKeyPairPublicKeyOk returns a tuple with the KeyPairPublicKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetKeyPairPublicKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.KeyPairPublicKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.KeyPairPublicKey, true +} + +// HasKeyPairPublicKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) HasKeyPairPublicKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.KeyPairPublicKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetKeyPairPublicKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the KeyPairPublicKey field. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) SetKeyPairPublicKey(v string) { + o.KeyPairPublicKey = &v +} + +// GetVaultId returns the VaultId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetVaultId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VaultId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.VaultId +} + +// GetVaultIdOk returns a tuple with the VaultId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetVaultIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VaultId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VaultId, true +} + +// HasVaultId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) HasVaultId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VaultId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVaultId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VaultId field. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) SetVaultId(v string) { + o.VaultId = &v +} + +// GetHashicorpVaultEngine returns the HashicorpVaultEngine field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetHashicorpVaultEngine() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultEngine) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.HashicorpVaultEngine +} + +// GetHashicorpVaultEngineOk returns a tuple with the HashicorpVaultEngine field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetHashicorpVaultEngineOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultEngine) { + return nil, false + } + return o.HashicorpVaultEngine, true +} + +// HasHashicorpVaultEngine returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) HasHashicorpVaultEngine() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultEngine) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHashicorpVaultEngine gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the HashicorpVaultEngine field. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) SetHashicorpVaultEngine(v string) { + o.HashicorpVaultEngine = &v +} + +// GetHashicorpVaultSecretPath returns the HashicorpVaultSecretPath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetHashicorpVaultSecretPath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultSecretPath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.HashicorpVaultSecretPath +} + +// GetHashicorpVaultSecretPathOk returns a tuple with the HashicorpVaultSecretPath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetHashicorpVaultSecretPathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultSecretPath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.HashicorpVaultSecretPath, true +} + +// HasHashicorpVaultSecretPath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) HasHashicorpVaultSecretPath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultSecretPath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHashicorpVaultSecretPath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the HashicorpVaultSecretPath field. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) SetHashicorpVaultSecretPath(v string) { + o.HashicorpVaultSecretPath = &v +} + +// GetHashicorpVaultUsernameKey returns the HashicorpVaultUsernameKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetHashicorpVaultUsernameKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultUsernameKey) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.HashicorpVaultUsernameKey +} + +// GetHashicorpVaultUsernameKeyOk returns a tuple with the HashicorpVaultUsernameKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetHashicorpVaultUsernameKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultUsernameKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.HashicorpVaultUsernameKey, true +} + +// HasHashicorpVaultUsernameKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) HasHashicorpVaultUsernameKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultUsernameKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHashicorpVaultUsernameKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the HashicorpVaultUsernameKey field. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) SetHashicorpVaultUsernameKey(v string) { + o.HashicorpVaultUsernameKey = &v +} + +// GetHashicorpVaultSecretKey returns the HashicorpVaultSecretKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetHashicorpVaultSecretKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultSecretKey) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.HashicorpVaultSecretKey +} + +// GetHashicorpVaultSecretKeyOk returns a tuple with the HashicorpVaultSecretKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetHashicorpVaultSecretKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultSecretKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.HashicorpVaultSecretKey, true +} + +// HasHashicorpVaultSecretKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) HasHashicorpVaultSecretKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultSecretKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHashicorpVaultSecretKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the HashicorpVaultSecretKey field. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) SetHashicorpVaultSecretKey(v string) { + o.HashicorpVaultSecretKey = &v +} + +// GetAzureVaultName returns the AzureVaultName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetAzureVaultName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AzureVaultName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AzureVaultName +} + +// GetAzureVaultNameOk returns a tuple with the AzureVaultName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetAzureVaultNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AzureVaultName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AzureVaultName, true +} + +// HasAzureVaultName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) HasAzureVaultName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AzureVaultName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAzureVaultName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AzureVaultName field. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) SetAzureVaultName(v string) { + o.AzureVaultName = &v +} + +// GetAzureVaultUsernameKey returns the AzureVaultUsernameKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetAzureVaultUsernameKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AzureVaultUsernameKey) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AzureVaultUsernameKey +} + +// GetAzureVaultUsernameKeyOk returns a tuple with the AzureVaultUsernameKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetAzureVaultUsernameKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AzureVaultUsernameKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AzureVaultUsernameKey, true +} + +// HasAzureVaultUsernameKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) HasAzureVaultUsernameKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AzureVaultUsernameKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAzureVaultUsernameKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AzureVaultUsernameKey field. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) SetAzureVaultUsernameKey(v string) { + o.AzureVaultUsernameKey = &v +} + +// GetAzureVaultSecretKey returns the AzureVaultSecretKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetAzureVaultSecretKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AzureVaultSecretKey) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.AzureVaultSecretKey +} + +// GetAzureVaultSecretKeyOk returns a tuple with the AzureVaultSecretKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetAzureVaultSecretKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AzureVaultSecretKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AzureVaultSecretKey, true +} + +// HasAzureVaultSecretKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) HasAzureVaultSecretKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AzureVaultSecretKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAzureVaultSecretKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AzureVaultSecretKey field. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) SetAzureVaultSecretKey(v string) { + o.AzureVaultSecretKey = &v +} + +// GetCyberarkVaultQueryString returns the CyberarkVaultQueryString field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetCyberarkVaultQueryString() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CyberarkVaultQueryString) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CyberarkVaultQueryString +} + +// GetCyberarkVaultQueryStringOk returns a tuple with the CyberarkVaultQueryString field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetCyberarkVaultQueryStringOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CyberarkVaultQueryString) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CyberarkVaultQueryString, true +} + +// HasCyberarkVaultQueryString returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) HasCyberarkVaultQueryString() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CyberarkVaultQueryString) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCyberarkVaultQueryString gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CyberarkVaultQueryString field. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) SetCyberarkVaultQueryString(v string) { + o.CyberarkVaultQueryString = &v +} + +// GetUseKerberosAuthentication returns the UseKerberosAuthentication field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetUseKerberosAuthentication() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UseKerberosAuthentication) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.UseKerberosAuthentication +} + +// GetUseKerberosAuthenticationOk returns a tuple with the UseKerberosAuthentication field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetUseKerberosAuthenticationOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UseKerberosAuthentication) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UseKerberosAuthentication, true +} + +// HasUseKerberosAuthentication returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) HasUseKerberosAuthentication() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UseKerberosAuthentication) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUseKerberosAuthentication gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the UseKerberosAuthentication field. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) SetUseKerberosAuthentication(v bool) { + o.UseKerberosAuthentication = &v +} + +// GetSshVerificationStrategy returns the SshVerificationStrategy field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetSshVerificationStrategy() SSHVerificationStrategy { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SshVerificationStrategy) { + var ret SSHVerificationStrategy + return ret + } + return *o.SshVerificationStrategy +} + +// GetSshVerificationStrategyOk returns a tuple with the SshVerificationStrategy field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) GetSshVerificationStrategyOk() (*SSHVerificationStrategy, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SshVerificationStrategy) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SshVerificationStrategy, true +} + +// HasSshVerificationStrategy returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) HasSshVerificationStrategy() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SshVerificationStrategy) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSshVerificationStrategy gets a reference to the given SSHVerificationStrategy and assigns it to the SshVerificationStrategy field. +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) SetSshVerificationStrategy(v SSHVerificationStrategy) { + o.SshVerificationStrategy = &v +} + +func (o TimeflowRepairRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o TimeflowRepairRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["host"] = o.Host + if !IsNil(o.Port) { + toSerialize["port"] = o.Port + } + toSerialize["username"] = o.Username + toSerialize["directory"] = o.Directory + toSerialize["start_location"] = o.StartLocation + toSerialize["end_location"] = o.EndLocation + if !IsNil(o.UseEnginePublicKey) { + toSerialize["use_engine_public_key"] = o.UseEnginePublicKey + } + if !IsNil(o.Password) { + toSerialize["password"] = o.Password + } + if !IsNil(o.KeyPairPrivateKey) { + toSerialize["key_pair_private_key"] = o.KeyPairPrivateKey + } + if !IsNil(o.KeyPairPublicKey) { + toSerialize["key_pair_public_key"] = o.KeyPairPublicKey + } + if !IsNil(o.VaultId) { + toSerialize["vault_id"] = o.VaultId + } + if !IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultEngine) { + toSerialize["hashicorp_vault_engine"] = o.HashicorpVaultEngine + } + if !IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultSecretPath) { + toSerialize["hashicorp_vault_secret_path"] = o.HashicorpVaultSecretPath + } + if !IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultUsernameKey) { + toSerialize["hashicorp_vault_username_key"] = o.HashicorpVaultUsernameKey + } + if !IsNil(o.HashicorpVaultSecretKey) { + toSerialize["hashicorp_vault_secret_key"] = o.HashicorpVaultSecretKey + } + if !IsNil(o.AzureVaultName) { + toSerialize["azure_vault_name"] = o.AzureVaultName + } + if !IsNil(o.AzureVaultUsernameKey) { + toSerialize["azure_vault_username_key"] = o.AzureVaultUsernameKey + } + if !IsNil(o.AzureVaultSecretKey) { + toSerialize["azure_vault_secret_key"] = o.AzureVaultSecretKey + } + if !IsNil(o.CyberarkVaultQueryString) { + toSerialize["cyberark_vault_query_string"] = o.CyberarkVaultQueryString + } + if !IsNil(o.UseKerberosAuthentication) { + toSerialize["use_kerberos_authentication"] = o.UseKerberosAuthentication + } + if !IsNil(o.SshVerificationStrategy) { + toSerialize["sshVerificationStrategy"] = o.SshVerificationStrategy + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *TimeflowRepairRequest) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "host", + "username", + "directory", + "start_location", + "end_location", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varTimeflowRepairRequest := _TimeflowRepairRequest{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varTimeflowRepairRequest) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = TimeflowRepairRequest(varTimeflowRepairRequest) + + return err +} + +type NullableTimeflowRepairRequest struct { + value *TimeflowRepairRequest + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableTimeflowRepairRequest) Get() *TimeflowRepairRequest { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableTimeflowRepairRequest) Set(val *TimeflowRepairRequest) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableTimeflowRepairRequest) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableTimeflowRepairRequest) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableTimeflowRepairRequest(val *TimeflowRepairRequest) *NullableTimeflowRepairRequest { + return &NullableTimeflowRepairRequest{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableTimeflowRepairRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableTimeflowRepairRequest) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_timeflow_repair_response.go b/model_timeflow_repair_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4cf79b08 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_timeflow_repair_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the TimeflowRepairResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &TimeflowRepairResponse{} + +// TimeflowRepairResponse struct for TimeflowRepairResponse +type TimeflowRepairResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewTimeflowRepairResponse instantiates a new TimeflowRepairResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewTimeflowRepairResponse() *TimeflowRepairResponse { + this := TimeflowRepairResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewTimeflowRepairResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new TimeflowRepairResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewTimeflowRepairResponseWithDefaults() *TimeflowRepairResponse { + this := TimeflowRepairResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *TimeflowRepairResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *TimeflowRepairResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *TimeflowRepairResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o TimeflowRepairResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o TimeflowRepairResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableTimeflowRepairResponse struct { + value *TimeflowRepairResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableTimeflowRepairResponse) Get() *TimeflowRepairResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableTimeflowRepairResponse) Set(val *TimeflowRepairResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableTimeflowRepairResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableTimeflowRepairResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableTimeflowRepairResponse(val *TimeflowRepairResponse) *NullableTimeflowRepairResponse { + return &NullableTimeflowRepairResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableTimeflowRepairResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableTimeflowRepairResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_timestamp_compatible_environments_response.go b/model_timestamp_compatible_environments_response.go index ea93c4d7..5ff42676 100644 --- a/model_timestamp_compatible_environments_response.go +++ b/model_timestamp_compatible_environments_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_timestamp_compatible_repository_request.go b/model_timestamp_compatible_repository_request.go index 19042297..a7161eee 100644 --- a/model_timestamp_compatible_repository_request.go +++ b/model_timestamp_compatible_repository_request.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_token_info_request.go b/model_token_info_request.go index f17968e8..fb5adfae 100644 --- a/model_token_info_request.go +++ b/model_token_info_request.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the TokenInfoRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -24,6 +26,8 @@ type TokenInfoRequest struct { Token string `json:"token"` } +type _TokenInfoRequest TokenInfoRequest + // NewTokenInfoRequest instantiates a new TokenInfoRequest object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -80,6 +84,43 @@ func (o TokenInfoRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *TokenInfoRequest) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "token", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varTokenInfoRequest := _TokenInfoRequest{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varTokenInfoRequest) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = TokenInfoRequest(varTokenInfoRequest) + + return err +} + type NullableTokenInfoRequest struct { value *TokenInfoRequest isSet bool diff --git a/model_token_info_response.go b/model_token_info_response.go index b62b606d..1ec40c8e 100644 --- a/model_token_info_response.go +++ b/model_token_info_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "time" ) // checks if the TokenInfoResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -38,6 +39,8 @@ type TokenInfoResponse struct { LdapPrincipal *string `json:"ldap_principal,omitempty"` // Seconds duration after which the token will expire. Exp *int64 `json:"exp,omitempty"` + // Last activity time of this token in UTC timezone. + LastActivityTime *time.Time `json:"last_activity_time,omitempty"` } // NewTokenInfoResponse instantiates a new TokenInfoResponse object @@ -345,6 +348,38 @@ func (o *TokenInfoResponse) SetExp(v int64) { o.Exp = &v } +// GetLastActivityTime returns the LastActivityTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *TokenInfoResponse) GetLastActivityTime() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastActivityTime) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.LastActivityTime +} + +// GetLastActivityTimeOk returns a tuple with the LastActivityTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *TokenInfoResponse) GetLastActivityTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastActivityTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LastActivityTime, true +} + +// HasLastActivityTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *TokenInfoResponse) HasLastActivityTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LastActivityTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLastActivityTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the LastActivityTime field. +func (o *TokenInfoResponse) SetLastActivityTime(v time.Time) { + o.LastActivityTime = &v +} + func (o TokenInfoResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -382,6 +417,9 @@ func (o TokenInfoResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.Exp) { toSerialize["exp"] = o.Exp } + if !IsNil(o.LastActivityTime) { + toSerialize["last_activity_time"] = o.LastActivityTime + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_toolkit.go b/model_toolkit.go index 8df73c56..c526edb0 100644 --- a/model_toolkit.go +++ b/model_toolkit.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -40,6 +40,8 @@ type Toolkit struct { UpgradeDefinition map[string]interface{} `json:"upgrade_definition,omitempty"` // The schema that defines the structure of the fields in AppDataSyncParameters. SnapshotParametersDefinition map[string]interface{} `json:"snapshot_parameters_definition,omitempty"` + // The Delphix API version that the toolkit was built against. + BuildApi *string `json:"build_api,omitempty"` // Tags associated to this toolkit. Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` } @@ -381,6 +383,38 @@ func (o *Toolkit) SetSnapshotParametersDefinition(v map[string]interface{}) { o.SnapshotParametersDefinition = v } +// GetBuildApi returns the BuildApi field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *Toolkit) GetBuildApi() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BuildApi) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.BuildApi +} + +// GetBuildApiOk returns a tuple with the BuildApi field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *Toolkit) GetBuildApiOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BuildApi) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BuildApi, true +} + +// HasBuildApi returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *Toolkit) HasBuildApi() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BuildApi) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBuildApi gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BuildApi field. +func (o *Toolkit) SetBuildApi(v string) { + o.BuildApi = &v +} + // GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *Toolkit) GetTags() []Tag { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { @@ -453,6 +487,9 @@ func (o Toolkit) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.SnapshotParametersDefinition) { toSerialize["snapshot_parameters_definition"] = o.SnapshotParametersDefinition } + if !IsNil(o.BuildApi) { + toSerialize["build_api"] = o.BuildApi + } if !IsNil(o.Tags) { toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags } diff --git a/model_ui_profiles_request.go b/model_ui_profiles_request.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fb8ef248 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_ui_profiles_request.go @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the UiProfilesRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UiProfilesRequest{} + +// UiProfilesRequest struct for UiProfilesRequest +type UiProfilesRequest struct { + // List of UI profiles + UiProfiles []string `json:"ui_profiles"` +} + +type _UiProfilesRequest UiProfilesRequest + +// NewUiProfilesRequest instantiates a new UiProfilesRequest object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUiProfilesRequest(uiProfiles []string) *UiProfilesRequest { + this := UiProfilesRequest{} + this.UiProfiles = uiProfiles + return &this +} + +// NewUiProfilesRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new UiProfilesRequest object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUiProfilesRequestWithDefaults() *UiProfilesRequest { + this := UiProfilesRequest{} + return &this +} + +// GetUiProfiles returns the UiProfiles field value +func (o *UiProfilesRequest) GetUiProfiles() []string { + if o == nil { + var ret []string + return ret + } + + return o.UiProfiles +} + +// GetUiProfilesOk returns a tuple with the UiProfiles field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UiProfilesRequest) GetUiProfilesOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.UiProfiles, true +} + +// SetUiProfiles sets field value +func (o *UiProfilesRequest) SetUiProfiles(v []string) { + o.UiProfiles = v +} + +func (o UiProfilesRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UiProfilesRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["ui_profiles"] = o.UiProfiles + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *UiProfilesRequest) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "ui_profiles", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varUiProfilesRequest := _UiProfilesRequest{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varUiProfilesRequest) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = UiProfilesRequest(varUiProfilesRequest) + + return err +} + +type NullableUiProfilesRequest struct { + value *UiProfilesRequest + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUiProfilesRequest) Get() *UiProfilesRequest { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUiProfilesRequest) Set(val *UiProfilesRequest) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUiProfilesRequest) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUiProfilesRequest) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUiProfilesRequest(val *UiProfilesRequest) *NullableUiProfilesRequest { + return &NullableUiProfilesRequest{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUiProfilesRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUiProfilesRequest) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_undo_refresh_vdb_response.go b/model_undo_refresh_vdb_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3996cf4f --- /dev/null +++ b/model_undo_refresh_vdb_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UndoRefreshVDBResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UndoRefreshVDBResponse{} + +// UndoRefreshVDBResponse struct for UndoRefreshVDBResponse +type UndoRefreshVDBResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUndoRefreshVDBResponse instantiates a new UndoRefreshVDBResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUndoRefreshVDBResponse() *UndoRefreshVDBResponse { + this := UndoRefreshVDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewUndoRefreshVDBResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new UndoRefreshVDBResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUndoRefreshVDBResponseWithDefaults() *UndoRefreshVDBResponse { + this := UndoRefreshVDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UndoRefreshVDBResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UndoRefreshVDBResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UndoRefreshVDBResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *UndoRefreshVDBResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o UndoRefreshVDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UndoRefreshVDBResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUndoRefreshVDBResponse struct { + value *UndoRefreshVDBResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUndoRefreshVDBResponse) Get() *UndoRefreshVDBResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUndoRefreshVDBResponse) Set(val *UndoRefreshVDBResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUndoRefreshVDBResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUndoRefreshVDBResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUndoRefreshVDBResponse(val *UndoRefreshVDBResponse) *NullableUndoRefreshVDBResponse { + return &NullableUndoRefreshVDBResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUndoRefreshVDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUndoRefreshVDBResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_unregister_hyperscale_instance_response.go b/model_unregister_hyperscale_instance_response.go index fdd2111e..a5dd2d60 100644 --- a/model_unregister_hyperscale_instance_response.go +++ b/model_unregister_hyperscale_instance_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_unset_snapshot_retention_response.go b/model_unset_snapshot_retention_response.go index 2a72eba8..dbcd4151 100644 --- a/model_unset_snapshot_retention_response.go +++ b/model_unset_snapshot_retention_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_update_access_group_scope.go b/model_update_access_group_scope.go index ec6d8553..eaf25a66 100644 --- a/model_update_access_group_scope.go +++ b/model_update_access_group_scope.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_update_algorithm_revision_parameters.go b/model_update_algorithm_revision_parameters.go deleted file mode 100644 index 8de44403..00000000 --- a/model_update_algorithm_revision_parameters.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,165 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" -) - -// checks if the UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters{} - -// UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters Parameters to update a masking algorithm revision. -type UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters struct { - // The name of this algorithm revision. - Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` - // A note of this algorithm revision. - Note *string `json:"note,omitempty"` -} - -// NewUpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters instantiates a new UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewUpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters() *UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters { - this := UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters{} - return &this -} - -// NewUpdateAlgorithmRevisionParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewUpdateAlgorithmRevisionParametersWithDefaults() *UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters { - this := UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters{} - return &this -} - -// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters) GetName() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.Name -} - -// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Name, true -} - -// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters) HasName() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. -func (o *UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters) SetName(v string) { - o.Name = &v -} - -// GetNote returns the Note field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters) GetNote() string { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Note) { - var ret string - return ret - } - return *o.Note -} - -// GetNoteOk returns a tuple with the Note field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters) GetNoteOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Note) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Note, true -} - -// HasNote returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters) HasNote() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Note) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetNote gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Note field. -func (o *UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters) SetNote(v string) { - o.Note = &v -} - -func (o UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.Name) { - toSerialize["name"] = o.Name - } - if !IsNil(o.Note) { - toSerialize["note"] = o.Note - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableUpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters struct { - value *UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableUpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters) Get() *UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableUpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters) Set(val *UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableUpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableUpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableUpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters(val *UpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters) *NullableUpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters { - return &NullableUpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableUpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableUpdateAlgorithmRevisionParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_update_algorithm_revision_response.go b/model_update_algorithm_revision_response.go deleted file mode 100644 index f0a17c98..00000000 --- a/model_update_algorithm_revision_response.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,127 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Delphix DCT API - -API version: 3.9.0 -Contact: support@delphix.com -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "encoding/json" -) - -// checks if the UpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time -var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse{} - -// UpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse struct for UpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse -type UpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse struct { - Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` -} - -// NewUpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse instantiates a new UpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse object -// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments -// will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewUpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse() *UpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse { - this := UpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse{} - return &this -} - -// NewUpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse object -// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, -// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set -func NewUpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponseWithDefaults() *UpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse { - this := UpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse{} - return &this -} - -// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *UpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) GetJob() Job { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { - var ret Job - return ret - } - return *o.Job -} - -// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *UpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { - if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { - return nil, false - } - return o.Job, true -} - -// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. -func (o *UpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) HasJob() bool { - if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { - return true - } - - return false -} - -// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. -func (o *UpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) SetJob(v Job) { - o.Job = &v -} - -func (o UpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err - } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) -} - -func (o UpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.Job) { - toSerialize["job"] = o.Job - } - return toSerialize, nil -} - -type NullableUpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse struct { - value *UpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableUpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) Get() *UpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableUpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) Set(val *UpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableUpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableUpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableUpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse(val *UpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) *NullableUpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse { - return &NullableUpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableUpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableUpdateAlgorithmRevisionResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} - - diff --git a/model_update_app_data_d_source_parameters.go b/model_update_app_data_d_source_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f9d0c99e --- /dev/null +++ b/model_update_app_data_d_source_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,461 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters{} + +// UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters Parameters to update a dSource. +type UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters struct { + // Name of the dSource and container to be updated. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The notes/description for the dSource. + Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"` + // The environment used as an intermediate stage to pull data into Delphix [AppDataStaged only]. + StagingEnvironment *string `json:"staging_environment,omitempty"` + // The environment user used to access the staging environment [AppDataStaged only]. + StagingEnvironmentUser *string `json:"staging_environment_user,omitempty"` + // The OS user to use for linking. + EnvironmentUser *string `json:"environment_user,omitempty"` + // The JSON payload conforming to the DraftV4 schema based on the type of application data being manipulated. + Parameters map[string]interface{} `json:"parameters,omitempty"` + // The ID of the SnapSync policy for the dSource. + SyncPolicyId *string `json:"sync_policy_id,omitempty"` + // The ID of the Retention policy for the dSource. + RetentionPolicyId *string `json:"retention_policy_id,omitempty"` + // Operations to perform before syncing the created dSource. These operations can quiesce any data prior to syncing. + OpsPreSync []SourceOperation `json:"ops_pre_sync,omitempty"` + // Operations to perform after syncing a created dSource. + OpsPostSync []SourceOperation `json:"ops_post_sync,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpdateAppDataDSourceParameters instantiates a new UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpdateAppDataDSourceParameters() *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters { + this := UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters{} + return &this +} + +// NewUpdateAppDataDSourceParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpdateAppDataDSourceParametersWithDefaults() *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters { + this := UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) GetDescription() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Description +} + +// GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Description, true +} + +// HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) HasDescription() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Description) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) SetDescription(v string) { + o.Description = &v +} + +// GetStagingEnvironment returns the StagingEnvironment field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) GetStagingEnvironment() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingEnvironment) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.StagingEnvironment +} + +// GetStagingEnvironmentOk returns a tuple with the StagingEnvironment field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) GetStagingEnvironmentOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingEnvironment) { + return nil, false + } + return o.StagingEnvironment, true +} + +// HasStagingEnvironment returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) HasStagingEnvironment() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StagingEnvironment) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStagingEnvironment gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StagingEnvironment field. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) SetStagingEnvironment(v string) { + o.StagingEnvironment = &v +} + +// GetStagingEnvironmentUser returns the StagingEnvironmentUser field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) GetStagingEnvironmentUser() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingEnvironmentUser) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.StagingEnvironmentUser +} + +// GetStagingEnvironmentUserOk returns a tuple with the StagingEnvironmentUser field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) GetStagingEnvironmentUserOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingEnvironmentUser) { + return nil, false + } + return o.StagingEnvironmentUser, true +} + +// HasStagingEnvironmentUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) HasStagingEnvironmentUser() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StagingEnvironmentUser) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStagingEnvironmentUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StagingEnvironmentUser field. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) SetStagingEnvironmentUser(v string) { + o.StagingEnvironmentUser = &v +} + +// GetEnvironmentUser returns the EnvironmentUser field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) GetEnvironmentUser() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUser) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EnvironmentUser +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUser field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) GetEnvironmentUserOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUser) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvironmentUser, true +} + +// HasEnvironmentUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) HasEnvironmentUser() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUser) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironmentUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentUser field. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) SetEnvironmentUser(v string) { + o.EnvironmentUser = &v +} + +// GetParameters returns the Parameters field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) GetParameters() map[string]interface{} { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Parameters) { + var ret map[string]interface{} + return ret + } + return o.Parameters +} + +// GetParametersOk returns a tuple with the Parameters field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) GetParametersOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Parameters) { + return map[string]interface{}{}, false + } + return o.Parameters, true +} + +// HasParameters returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) HasParameters() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Parameters) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParameters gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the Parameters field. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) SetParameters(v map[string]interface{}) { + o.Parameters = v +} + +// GetSyncPolicyId returns the SyncPolicyId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) GetSyncPolicyId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SyncPolicyId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SyncPolicyId +} + +// GetSyncPolicyIdOk returns a tuple with the SyncPolicyId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) GetSyncPolicyIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SyncPolicyId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SyncPolicyId, true +} + +// HasSyncPolicyId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) HasSyncPolicyId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SyncPolicyId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSyncPolicyId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SyncPolicyId field. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) SetSyncPolicyId(v string) { + o.SyncPolicyId = &v +} + +// GetRetentionPolicyId returns the RetentionPolicyId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) GetRetentionPolicyId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RetentionPolicyId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RetentionPolicyId +} + +// GetRetentionPolicyIdOk returns a tuple with the RetentionPolicyId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) GetRetentionPolicyIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RetentionPolicyId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RetentionPolicyId, true +} + +// HasRetentionPolicyId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) HasRetentionPolicyId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RetentionPolicyId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRetentionPolicyId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RetentionPolicyId field. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) SetRetentionPolicyId(v string) { + o.RetentionPolicyId = &v +} + +// GetOpsPreSync returns the OpsPreSync field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) GetOpsPreSync() []SourceOperation { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OpsPreSync) { + var ret []SourceOperation + return ret + } + return o.OpsPreSync +} + +// GetOpsPreSyncOk returns a tuple with the OpsPreSync field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) GetOpsPreSyncOk() ([]SourceOperation, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OpsPreSync) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OpsPreSync, true +} + +// HasOpsPreSync returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) HasOpsPreSync() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OpsPreSync) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOpsPreSync gets a reference to the given []SourceOperation and assigns it to the OpsPreSync field. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) SetOpsPreSync(v []SourceOperation) { + o.OpsPreSync = v +} + +// GetOpsPostSync returns the OpsPostSync field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) GetOpsPostSync() []SourceOperation { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OpsPostSync) { + var ret []SourceOperation + return ret + } + return o.OpsPostSync +} + +// GetOpsPostSyncOk returns a tuple with the OpsPostSync field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) GetOpsPostSyncOk() ([]SourceOperation, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OpsPostSync) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OpsPostSync, true +} + +// HasOpsPostSync returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) HasOpsPostSync() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OpsPostSync) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOpsPostSync gets a reference to the given []SourceOperation and assigns it to the OpsPostSync field. +func (o *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) SetOpsPostSync(v []SourceOperation) { + o.OpsPostSync = v +} + +func (o UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.Description) { + toSerialize["description"] = o.Description + } + if !IsNil(o.StagingEnvironment) { + toSerialize["staging_environment"] = o.StagingEnvironment + } + if !IsNil(o.StagingEnvironmentUser) { + toSerialize["staging_environment_user"] = o.StagingEnvironmentUser + } + if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUser) { + toSerialize["environment_user"] = o.EnvironmentUser + } + if !IsNil(o.Parameters) { + toSerialize["parameters"] = o.Parameters + } + if !IsNil(o.SyncPolicyId) { + toSerialize["sync_policy_id"] = o.SyncPolicyId + } + if !IsNil(o.RetentionPolicyId) { + toSerialize["retention_policy_id"] = o.RetentionPolicyId + } + if !IsNil(o.OpsPreSync) { + toSerialize["ops_pre_sync"] = o.OpsPreSync + } + if !IsNil(o.OpsPostSync) { + toSerialize["ops_post_sync"] = o.OpsPostSync + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpdateAppDataDSourceParameters struct { + value *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) Get() *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) Set(val *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpdateAppDataDSourceParameters(val *UpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) *NullableUpdateAppDataDSourceParameters { + return &NullableUpdateAppDataDSourceParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateAppDataDSourceParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_update_ase_d_source_parameters.go b/model_update_ase_d_source_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e459f830 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_update_ase_d_source_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,239 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpdateAseDSourceParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateAseDSourceParameters{} + +// UpdateAseDSourceParameters Parameters to update a dSource. +type UpdateAseDSourceParameters struct { + // Name of the dSource and container to be updated. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The notes/description for the dSource. + Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"` + // The ID of the SnapSync policy for the dSource. + SyncPolicyId *string `json:"sync_policy_id,omitempty"` + // The ID of the Retention policy for the dSource. + RetentionPolicyId *string `json:"retention_policy_id,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpdateAseDSourceParameters instantiates a new UpdateAseDSourceParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpdateAseDSourceParameters() *UpdateAseDSourceParameters { + this := UpdateAseDSourceParameters{} + return &this +} + +// NewUpdateAseDSourceParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateAseDSourceParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpdateAseDSourceParametersWithDefaults() *UpdateAseDSourceParameters { + this := UpdateAseDSourceParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateAseDSourceParameters) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateAseDSourceParameters) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateAseDSourceParameters) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *UpdateAseDSourceParameters) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateAseDSourceParameters) GetDescription() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Description +} + +// GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateAseDSourceParameters) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Description, true +} + +// HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateAseDSourceParameters) HasDescription() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Description) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field. +func (o *UpdateAseDSourceParameters) SetDescription(v string) { + o.Description = &v +} + +// GetSyncPolicyId returns the SyncPolicyId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateAseDSourceParameters) GetSyncPolicyId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SyncPolicyId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SyncPolicyId +} + +// GetSyncPolicyIdOk returns a tuple with the SyncPolicyId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateAseDSourceParameters) GetSyncPolicyIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SyncPolicyId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SyncPolicyId, true +} + +// HasSyncPolicyId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateAseDSourceParameters) HasSyncPolicyId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SyncPolicyId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSyncPolicyId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SyncPolicyId field. +func (o *UpdateAseDSourceParameters) SetSyncPolicyId(v string) { + o.SyncPolicyId = &v +} + +// GetRetentionPolicyId returns the RetentionPolicyId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateAseDSourceParameters) GetRetentionPolicyId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RetentionPolicyId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RetentionPolicyId +} + +// GetRetentionPolicyIdOk returns a tuple with the RetentionPolicyId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateAseDSourceParameters) GetRetentionPolicyIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RetentionPolicyId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RetentionPolicyId, true +} + +// HasRetentionPolicyId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateAseDSourceParameters) HasRetentionPolicyId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RetentionPolicyId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRetentionPolicyId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RetentionPolicyId field. +func (o *UpdateAseDSourceParameters) SetRetentionPolicyId(v string) { + o.RetentionPolicyId = &v +} + +func (o UpdateAseDSourceParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpdateAseDSourceParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.Description) { + toSerialize["description"] = o.Description + } + if !IsNil(o.SyncPolicyId) { + toSerialize["sync_policy_id"] = o.SyncPolicyId + } + if !IsNil(o.RetentionPolicyId) { + toSerialize["retention_policy_id"] = o.RetentionPolicyId + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpdateAseDSourceParameters struct { + value *UpdateAseDSourceParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpdateAseDSourceParameters) Get() *UpdateAseDSourceParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateAseDSourceParameters) Set(val *UpdateAseDSourceParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpdateAseDSourceParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateAseDSourceParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpdateAseDSourceParameters(val *UpdateAseDSourceParameters) *NullableUpdateAseDSourceParameters { + return &NullableUpdateAseDSourceParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpdateAseDSourceParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateAseDSourceParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_update_bookmark_parameters.go b/model_update_bookmark_parameters.go index 586e0846..ccabb033 100644 --- a/model_update_bookmark_parameters.go +++ b/model_update_bookmark_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -26,6 +26,8 @@ type UpdateBookmarkParameters struct { Expiration *string `json:"expiration,omitempty"` // Indicates that the Bookmark should be retained forever. RetainForever *bool `json:"retain_forever,omitempty"` + // Type of the bookmark, either PUBLIC or PRIVATE. + BookmarkType *string `json:"bookmark_type,omitempty"` } // NewUpdateBookmarkParameters instantiates a new UpdateBookmarkParameters object @@ -141,6 +143,38 @@ func (o *UpdateBookmarkParameters) SetRetainForever(v bool) { o.RetainForever = &v } +// GetBookmarkType returns the BookmarkType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateBookmarkParameters) GetBookmarkType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BookmarkType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.BookmarkType +} + +// GetBookmarkTypeOk returns a tuple with the BookmarkType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateBookmarkParameters) GetBookmarkTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BookmarkType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BookmarkType, true +} + +// HasBookmarkType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateBookmarkParameters) HasBookmarkType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BookmarkType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBookmarkType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BookmarkType field. +func (o *UpdateBookmarkParameters) SetBookmarkType(v string) { + o.BookmarkType = &v +} + func (o UpdateBookmarkParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -160,6 +194,9 @@ func (o UpdateBookmarkParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.RetainForever) { toSerialize["retain_forever"] = o.RetainForever } + if !IsNil(o.BookmarkType) { + toSerialize["bookmark_type"] = o.BookmarkType + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_update_bookmark_response.go b/model_update_bookmark_response.go index a3eba016..eb858fad 100644 --- a/model_update_bookmark_response.go +++ b/model_update_bookmark_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_update_cdb_parameters.go b/model_update_cdb_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..78748755 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_update_cdb_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,348 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpdateCDBParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateCDBParameters{} + +// UpdateCDBParameters Parameters to update a CDB. +type UpdateCDBParameters struct { + // List of jdbc connection strings which are used to connect with the database. + OracleServices []string `json:"oracle_services,omitempty"` + // True if LogSync is enabled for this CDB. + LogsyncEnabled *bool `json:"logsync_enabled,omitempty"` + LogsyncMode *OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum `json:"logsync_mode,omitempty"` + // Interval between LogSync requests, in seconds. + LogsyncInterval *int64 `json:"logsync_interval,omitempty"` + // For a CDB using software keystore, this is the password of the software keystore used by this database. For a CDB using OKV, this is the password for the endpoint provided during the installation of the Oracle Key Vault client library (i.e., okvclient.jar) on the host where this database runs. For a CDB using HSM, this is the credential of the external key manager which is managing master encryption keys of this database. + TdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + TdeKeystoreConfigType *OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum `json:"tde_keystore_config_type,omitempty"` + // Path to the PKCS#11 configuration file for TDE KMS. + TdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath *string `json:"tde_kms_pkcs11_config_path,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpdateCDBParameters instantiates a new UpdateCDBParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpdateCDBParameters() *UpdateCDBParameters { + this := UpdateCDBParameters{} + return &this +} + +// NewUpdateCDBParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateCDBParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpdateCDBParametersWithDefaults() *UpdateCDBParameters { + this := UpdateCDBParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetOracleServices returns the OracleServices field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateCDBParameters) GetOracleServices() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.OracleServices +} + +// GetOracleServicesOk returns a tuple with the OracleServices field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateCDBParameters) GetOracleServicesOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleServices, true +} + +// HasOracleServices returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateCDBParameters) HasOracleServices() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleServices gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the OracleServices field. +func (o *UpdateCDBParameters) SetOracleServices(v []string) { + o.OracleServices = v +} + +// GetLogsyncEnabled returns the LogsyncEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateCDBParameters) GetLogsyncEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsyncEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.LogsyncEnabled +} + +// GetLogsyncEnabledOk returns a tuple with the LogsyncEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateCDBParameters) GetLogsyncEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsyncEnabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LogsyncEnabled, true +} + +// HasLogsyncEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateCDBParameters) HasLogsyncEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LogsyncEnabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLogsyncEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the LogsyncEnabled field. +func (o *UpdateCDBParameters) SetLogsyncEnabled(v bool) { + o.LogsyncEnabled = &v +} + +// GetLogsyncMode returns the LogsyncMode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateCDBParameters) GetLogsyncMode() OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsyncMode) { + var ret OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.LogsyncMode +} + +// GetLogsyncModeOk returns a tuple with the LogsyncMode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateCDBParameters) GetLogsyncModeOk() (*OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsyncMode) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LogsyncMode, true +} + +// HasLogsyncMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateCDBParameters) HasLogsyncMode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LogsyncMode) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLogsyncMode gets a reference to the given OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum and assigns it to the LogsyncMode field. +func (o *UpdateCDBParameters) SetLogsyncMode(v OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum) { + o.LogsyncMode = &v +} + +// GetLogsyncInterval returns the LogsyncInterval field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateCDBParameters) GetLogsyncInterval() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsyncInterval) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.LogsyncInterval +} + +// GetLogsyncIntervalOk returns a tuple with the LogsyncInterval field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateCDBParameters) GetLogsyncIntervalOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsyncInterval) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LogsyncInterval, true +} + +// HasLogsyncInterval returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateCDBParameters) HasLogsyncInterval() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LogsyncInterval) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLogsyncInterval gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the LogsyncInterval field. +func (o *UpdateCDBParameters) SetLogsyncInterval(v int64) { + o.LogsyncInterval = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeystorePassword returns the TdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateCDBParameters) GetTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateCDBParameters) GetTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateCDBParameters) HasTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *UpdateCDBParameters) SetTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.TdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigType returns the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateCDBParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigType() OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + var ret OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystoreConfigType +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateCDBParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk() (*OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystoreConfigType, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystoreConfigType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateCDBParameters) HasTdeKeystoreConfigType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystoreConfigType gets a reference to the given OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum and assigns it to the TdeKeystoreConfigType field. +func (o *UpdateCDBParameters) SetTdeKeystoreConfigType(v OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) { + o.TdeKeystoreConfigType = &v +} + +// GetTdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath returns the TdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateCDBParameters) GetTdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath +} + +// GetTdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPathOk returns a tuple with the TdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateCDBParameters) GetTdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath, true +} + +// HasTdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateCDBParameters) HasTdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath field. +func (o *UpdateCDBParameters) SetTdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath(v string) { + o.TdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath = &v +} + +func (o UpdateCDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpdateCDBParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + toSerialize["oracle_services"] = o.OracleServices + } + if !IsNil(o.LogsyncEnabled) { + toSerialize["logsync_enabled"] = o.LogsyncEnabled + } + if !IsNil(o.LogsyncMode) { + toSerialize["logsync_mode"] = o.LogsyncMode + } + if !IsNil(o.LogsyncInterval) { + toSerialize["logsync_interval"] = o.LogsyncInterval + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_password"] = o.TdeKeystorePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_config_type"] = o.TdeKeystoreConfigType + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath) { + toSerialize["tde_kms_pkcs11_config_path"] = o.TdeKmsPkcs11ConfigPath + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpdateCDBParameters struct { + value *UpdateCDBParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpdateCDBParameters) Get() *UpdateCDBParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateCDBParameters) Set(val *UpdateCDBParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpdateCDBParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateCDBParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpdateCDBParameters(val *UpdateCDBParameters) *NullableUpdateCDBParameters { + return &NullableUpdateCDBParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpdateCDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateCDBParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_update_cdb_response.go b/model_update_cdb_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a9900ad2 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_update_cdb_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpdateCDBResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateCDBResponse{} + +// UpdateCDBResponse struct for UpdateCDBResponse +type UpdateCDBResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpdateCDBResponse instantiates a new UpdateCDBResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpdateCDBResponse() *UpdateCDBResponse { + this := UpdateCDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewUpdateCDBResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateCDBResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpdateCDBResponseWithDefaults() *UpdateCDBResponse { + this := UpdateCDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateCDBResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateCDBResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateCDBResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *UpdateCDBResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o UpdateCDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpdateCDBResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpdateCDBResponse struct { + value *UpdateCDBResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpdateCDBResponse) Get() *UpdateCDBResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateCDBResponse) Set(val *UpdateCDBResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpdateCDBResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateCDBResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpdateCDBResponse(val *UpdateCDBResponse) *NullableUpdateCDBResponse { + return &NullableUpdateCDBResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpdateCDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateCDBResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_update_compliance_job_collection_request.go b/model_update_compliance_job_collection_request.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0a0af1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/model_update_compliance_job_collection_request.go @@ -0,0 +1,238 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest{} + +// UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest Parameters to update a compliance job collection. +type UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest struct { + // The name of the compliance job collection. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The description of the compliance job collection. + Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"` + FailureHandling *JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum `json:"failure_handling,omitempty"` + // The list of compliance job IDs and their collection sequence to be included in the collection. + Members []ComplianceJobCollectionMembers `json:"members,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest instantiates a new UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest() *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest { + this := UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest{} + return &this +} + +// NewUpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequestWithDefaults() *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest { + this := UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest{} + return &this +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) GetDescription() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Description +} + +// GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Description, true +} + +// HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) HasDescription() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Description) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field. +func (o *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) SetDescription(v string) { + o.Description = &v +} + +// GetFailureHandling returns the FailureHandling field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) GetFailureHandling() JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FailureHandling) { + var ret JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum + return ret + } + return *o.FailureHandling +} + +// GetFailureHandlingOk returns a tuple with the FailureHandling field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) GetFailureHandlingOk() (*JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FailureHandling) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FailureHandling, true +} + +// HasFailureHandling returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) HasFailureHandling() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FailureHandling) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFailureHandling gets a reference to the given JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum and assigns it to the FailureHandling field. +func (o *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) SetFailureHandling(v JobCollectionFailureHandlingEnum) { + o.FailureHandling = &v +} + +// GetMembers returns the Members field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) GetMembers() []ComplianceJobCollectionMembers { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Members) { + var ret []ComplianceJobCollectionMembers + return ret + } + return o.Members +} + +// GetMembersOk returns a tuple with the Members field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) GetMembersOk() ([]ComplianceJobCollectionMembers, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Members) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Members, true +} + +// HasMembers returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) HasMembers() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Members) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMembers gets a reference to the given []ComplianceJobCollectionMembers and assigns it to the Members field. +func (o *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) SetMembers(v []ComplianceJobCollectionMembers) { + o.Members = v +} + +func (o UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.Description) { + toSerialize["description"] = o.Description + } + if !IsNil(o.FailureHandling) { + toSerialize["failure_handling"] = o.FailureHandling + } + if !IsNil(o.Members) { + toSerialize["members"] = o.Members + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest struct { + value *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) Get() *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) Set(val *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest(val *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) *NullableUpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest { + return &NullableUpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateComplianceJobCollectionRequest) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_update_compliance_job_collection_response.go b/model_update_compliance_job_collection_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3357227a --- /dev/null +++ b/model_update_compliance_job_collection_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse{} + +// UpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse struct for UpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse +type UpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse instantiates a new UpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse() *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse { + this := UpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewUpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponseWithDefaults() *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse { + this := UpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o UpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse struct { + value *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse) Get() *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse) Set(val *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse(val *UpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse) *NullableUpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse { + return &NullableUpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateComplianceJobCollectionResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_update_data_connection_response.go b/model_update_data_connection_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..85642e6a --- /dev/null +++ b/model_update_data_connection_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpdateDataConnectionResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateDataConnectionResponse{} + +// UpdateDataConnectionResponse struct for UpdateDataConnectionResponse +type UpdateDataConnectionResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpdateDataConnectionResponse instantiates a new UpdateDataConnectionResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpdateDataConnectionResponse() *UpdateDataConnectionResponse { + this := UpdateDataConnectionResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewUpdateDataConnectionResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateDataConnectionResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpdateDataConnectionResponseWithDefaults() *UpdateDataConnectionResponse { + this := UpdateDataConnectionResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateDataConnectionResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateDataConnectionResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateDataConnectionResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *UpdateDataConnectionResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o UpdateDataConnectionResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpdateDataConnectionResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpdateDataConnectionResponse struct { + value *UpdateDataConnectionResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpdateDataConnectionResponse) Get() *UpdateDataConnectionResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateDataConnectionResponse) Set(val *UpdateDataConnectionResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpdateDataConnectionResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateDataConnectionResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpdateDataConnectionResponse(val *UpdateDataConnectionResponse) *NullableUpdateDataConnectionResponse { + return &NullableUpdateDataConnectionResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpdateDataConnectionResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateDataConnectionResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_update_database_template_parameters.go b/model_update_database_template_parameters.go index 04eb80ac..9dbe6610 100644 --- a/model_update_database_template_parameters.go +++ b/model_update_database_template_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_update_database_template_response.go b/model_update_database_template_response.go index 2bf6431a..e2cbef3f 100644 --- a/model_update_database_template_response.go +++ b/model_update_database_template_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_update_dsource_response.go b/model_update_dsource_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d9a30f5f --- /dev/null +++ b/model_update_dsource_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpdateDsourceResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateDsourceResponse{} + +// UpdateDsourceResponse struct for UpdateDsourceResponse +type UpdateDsourceResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpdateDsourceResponse instantiates a new UpdateDsourceResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpdateDsourceResponse() *UpdateDsourceResponse { + this := UpdateDsourceResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewUpdateDsourceResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateDsourceResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpdateDsourceResponseWithDefaults() *UpdateDsourceResponse { + this := UpdateDsourceResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateDsourceResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateDsourceResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateDsourceResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *UpdateDsourceResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o UpdateDsourceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpdateDsourceResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpdateDsourceResponse struct { + value *UpdateDsourceResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpdateDsourceResponse) Get() *UpdateDsourceResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateDsourceResponse) Set(val *UpdateDsourceResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpdateDsourceResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateDsourceResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpdateDsourceResponse(val *UpdateDsourceResponse) *NullableUpdateDsourceResponse { + return &NullableUpdateDsourceResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpdateDsourceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateDsourceResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_update_engine_auto_tagging_config_response.go b/model_update_engine_auto_tagging_config_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6fe8e06a --- /dev/null +++ b/model_update_engine_auto_tagging_config_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse{} + +// UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse struct for UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse +type UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse instantiates a new UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse() *UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse { + this := UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewUpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponseWithDefaults() *UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse { + this := UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse struct { + value *UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse) Get() *UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse) Set(val *UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse(val *UpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse) *NullableUpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse { + return &NullableUpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateEngineAutoTaggingConfigResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_update_environment_response.go b/model_update_environment_response.go index d049c817..dbd7b3b3 100644 --- a/model_update_environment_response.go +++ b/model_update_environment_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_update_environment_user_response.go b/model_update_environment_user_response.go index 8ad4c4b1..5826bd2e 100644 --- a/model_update_environment_user_response.go +++ b/model_update_environment_user_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_update_hook_template_parameters.go b/model_update_hook_template_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2b848e67 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_update_hook_template_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,278 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpdateHookTemplateParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateHookTemplateParameters{} + +// UpdateHookTemplateParameters struct for UpdateHookTemplateParameters +type UpdateHookTemplateParameters struct { + // Name of the hook template. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // Description of the hook template. + Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"` + Shell *string `json:"shell,omitempty"` + Command *string `json:"command,omitempty"` + // List of environment variables that will contain credentials for this operation. + CredentialsEnvVars []CredentialsEnvVariable `json:"credentials_env_vars,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpdateHookTemplateParameters instantiates a new UpdateHookTemplateParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpdateHookTemplateParameters() *UpdateHookTemplateParameters { + this := UpdateHookTemplateParameters{} + var shell string = "bash" + this.Shell = &shell + return &this +} + +// NewUpdateHookTemplateParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateHookTemplateParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpdateHookTemplateParametersWithDefaults() *UpdateHookTemplateParameters { + this := UpdateHookTemplateParameters{} + var shell string = "bash" + this.Shell = &shell + return &this +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateHookTemplateParameters) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateHookTemplateParameters) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateHookTemplateParameters) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *UpdateHookTemplateParameters) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateHookTemplateParameters) GetDescription() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Description +} + +// GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateHookTemplateParameters) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Description, true +} + +// HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateHookTemplateParameters) HasDescription() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Description) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field. +func (o *UpdateHookTemplateParameters) SetDescription(v string) { + o.Description = &v +} + +// GetShell returns the Shell field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateHookTemplateParameters) GetShell() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Shell) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Shell +} + +// GetShellOk returns a tuple with the Shell field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateHookTemplateParameters) GetShellOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Shell) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Shell, true +} + +// HasShell returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateHookTemplateParameters) HasShell() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Shell) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetShell gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Shell field. +func (o *UpdateHookTemplateParameters) SetShell(v string) { + o.Shell = &v +} + +// GetCommand returns the Command field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateHookTemplateParameters) GetCommand() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Command) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Command +} + +// GetCommandOk returns a tuple with the Command field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateHookTemplateParameters) GetCommandOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Command) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Command, true +} + +// HasCommand returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateHookTemplateParameters) HasCommand() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Command) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCommand gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Command field. +func (o *UpdateHookTemplateParameters) SetCommand(v string) { + o.Command = &v +} + +// GetCredentialsEnvVars returns the CredentialsEnvVars field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateHookTemplateParameters) GetCredentialsEnvVars() []CredentialsEnvVariable { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CredentialsEnvVars) { + var ret []CredentialsEnvVariable + return ret + } + return o.CredentialsEnvVars +} + +// GetCredentialsEnvVarsOk returns a tuple with the CredentialsEnvVars field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateHookTemplateParameters) GetCredentialsEnvVarsOk() ([]CredentialsEnvVariable, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CredentialsEnvVars) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CredentialsEnvVars, true +} + +// HasCredentialsEnvVars returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateHookTemplateParameters) HasCredentialsEnvVars() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CredentialsEnvVars) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCredentialsEnvVars gets a reference to the given []CredentialsEnvVariable and assigns it to the CredentialsEnvVars field. +func (o *UpdateHookTemplateParameters) SetCredentialsEnvVars(v []CredentialsEnvVariable) { + o.CredentialsEnvVars = v +} + +func (o UpdateHookTemplateParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpdateHookTemplateParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.Description) { + toSerialize["description"] = o.Description + } + if !IsNil(o.Shell) { + toSerialize["shell"] = o.Shell + } + if !IsNil(o.Command) { + toSerialize["command"] = o.Command + } + if !IsNil(o.CredentialsEnvVars) { + toSerialize["credentials_env_vars"] = o.CredentialsEnvVars + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpdateHookTemplateParameters struct { + value *UpdateHookTemplateParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpdateHookTemplateParameters) Get() *UpdateHookTemplateParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateHookTemplateParameters) Set(val *UpdateHookTemplateParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpdateHookTemplateParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateHookTemplateParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpdateHookTemplateParameters(val *UpdateHookTemplateParameters) *NullableUpdateHookTemplateParameters { + return &NullableUpdateHookTemplateParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpdateHookTemplateParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateHookTemplateParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_update_host_response.go b/model_update_host_response.go index 9f8bd5e4..23acfb72 100644 --- a/model_update_host_response.go +++ b/model_update_host_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_update_hyperscale_connector_response.go b/model_update_hyperscale_connector_response.go index 052630cb..277863c6 100644 --- a/model_update_hyperscale_connector_response.go +++ b/model_update_hyperscale_connector_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_update_hyperscale_dataset_response.go b/model_update_hyperscale_dataset_response.go index 5fb7e90a..aa94a169 100644 --- a/model_update_hyperscale_dataset_response.go +++ b/model_update_hyperscale_dataset_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_update_hyperscale_dataset_table_or_file_response.go b/model_update_hyperscale_dataset_table_or_file_response.go index 93451177..43cac7e0 100644 --- a/model_update_hyperscale_dataset_table_or_file_response.go +++ b/model_update_hyperscale_dataset_table_or_file_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_update_hyperscale_mount_point_response.go b/model_update_hyperscale_mount_point_response.go index b426387f..8ce2960d 100644 --- a/model_update_hyperscale_mount_point_response.go +++ b/model_update_hyperscale_mount_point_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_update_masking_job_parameters.go b/model_update_masking_job_parameters.go index 08daaad1..74c0450f 100644 --- a/model_update_masking_job_parameters.go +++ b/model_update_masking_job_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_update_mssql_dsource_parameters.go b/model_update_mssql_dsource_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0e9fa7f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_update_mssql_dsource_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,1570 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters{} + +// UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters Parameters to update a MSSql dSource. +type UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters struct { + // The unique name of the dSource within a group. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // Enabled LogSync for this dSource. + LogsyncEnabled *bool `json:"logsync_enabled,omitempty"` + // The encryption key to use when restoring encrypted backups. + EncryptionKey *string `json:"encryption_key,omitempty"` + // Reference of the SQL instance on the PPT environment that we want to use for pre-provisioning. + PptRepository *string `json:"ppt_repository,omitempty"` + // Reference of the host OS user on the PPT host to use for linking. + PptHostUser *string `json:"ppt_host_user,omitempty"` + // MSSQL specific parameters for source based sync strategy.: * `external` - MSSQL specific parameters for externally managed source based sync strategy. * `delphix` - MSSQL specific parameters for delphix managed source based sync strategy. * `staging_push` - MSSQL specific parameters for staging push based sync strategy. + SyncStrategyManagedType *string `json:"sync_strategy_managed_type,omitempty"` + // ID or user reference of the host OS user to use for linking. + SourceHostUser *string `json:"source_host_user,omitempty"` + // Reference to the source environment user to use for linking. + MssqlUserEnvironmentReference *string `json:"mssql_user_environment_reference,omitempty"` + // The username for the source DB user. + MssqlUserDomainUsername *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_username,omitempty"` + // Password for the database user. + MssqlUserDomainPassword *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_password,omitempty"` + // Delphix display name for the vault user. + MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_vault_username,omitempty"` + // The name or reference of the vault from which to read the database credentials. + MssqlUserDomainVault *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_vault,omitempty"` + // Vault engine name where the credential is stored. + MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_engine,omitempty"` + // Path in the vault engine where the credential is stored. + MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_secret_path,omitempty"` + // Hashicorp vault key for the username in the key-value store. + MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_username_key,omitempty"` + // Hashicorp vault key for the password in the key-value store. + MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_secret_key,omitempty"` + // Azure key vault name. + MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_name,omitempty"` + // Azure vault key for the username in the key-value store. + MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_username_key,omitempty"` + // Azure vault key for the password in the key-value store. + MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_secret_key,omitempty"` + // Query to find a credential in the CyberArk vault. + MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString *string `json:"mssql_user_domain_cyberark_vault_query_string,omitempty"` + // The username for the source DB user. + MssqlDatabaseUsername *string `json:"mssql_database_username,omitempty"` + // Password for the database user. + MssqlDatabasePassword *string `json:"mssql_database_password,omitempty"` + // Specify whether the backups taken should be compressed or uncompressed when Delphix managed option is selected. + DelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled *bool `json:"delphix_managed_backup_compression_enabled,omitempty"` + // Specify which node of an availability group to run the copy-only full backup on: * `primary` - Backups only go to the primary node. * `secondary_only` - Backups only go to secondary nodes. If secondary nodes are down, backups will fail. * `prefer_secondary` - Backups go to secondary nodes, but if secondary nodes are down, backups will go to the primary node. + DelphixManagedBackupPolicy *string `json:"delphix_managed_backup_policy,omitempty"` + // Specifies the backup types ValidatedSync will use to synchronize the dSource with the source database + ExternalManagedValidateSyncMode *string `json:"external_managed_validate_sync_mode,omitempty"` + // Shared source database backup locations. + ExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations []string `json:"external_managed_shared_backup_locations,omitempty"` + // Disable NetBackup configuration. + DisableNetbackupConfig *bool `json:"disable_netbackup_config,omitempty"` + // The master server name of this NetBackup configuration. + ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName *string `json:"external_netbackup_config_master_name,omitempty"` + // The source's client server name of this NetBackup configuration. + ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName *string `json:"external_netbackup_config_source_client_name,omitempty"` + // NetBackup configuration parameter overrides. + ExternalNetbackupConfigParams map[string]interface{} `json:"external_netbackup_config_params,omitempty"` + // Optional config template selection for NetBackup configurations. If set, external_netbackup_config_params will be ignored. + ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates *string `json:"external_netbackup_config_templates,omitempty"` + // Disable Commvault configuration. + DisableCommvaultConfig *bool `json:"disable_commvault_config,omitempty"` + // The commserve host name of this Commvault configuration. + ExternalCommserveHostName *string `json:"external_commserve_host_name,omitempty"` + // The source client name of this Commvault configuration. + ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName *string `json:"external_commvault_config_source_client_name,omitempty"` + // The staging client name of this Commvault configuration. + ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName *string `json:"external_commvault_config_staging_client_name,omitempty"` + // Commvault configuration parameter overrides. + ExternalCommvaultConfigParams map[string]interface{} `json:"external_commvault_config_params,omitempty"` + // Optional config template selection for Commvault configurations. If set, configParams will be ignored. + ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates *string `json:"external_commvault_config_templates,omitempty"` + Hooks *DSourceHooks `json:"hooks,omitempty"` + // The ID of the SnapSync policy for the dSource. + SyncPolicyId *string `json:"sync_policy_id,omitempty"` + // The ID of the Retention policy for the dSource. + RetentionPolicyId *string `json:"retention_policy_id,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters instantiates a new UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters() *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters { + this := UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters{} + return &this +} + +// NewUpdateMSSQLDsourceParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpdateMSSQLDsourceParametersWithDefaults() *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters { + this := UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetLogsyncEnabled returns the LogsyncEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetLogsyncEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsyncEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.LogsyncEnabled +} + +// GetLogsyncEnabledOk returns a tuple with the LogsyncEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetLogsyncEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsyncEnabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LogsyncEnabled, true +} + +// HasLogsyncEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasLogsyncEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LogsyncEnabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLogsyncEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the LogsyncEnabled field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetLogsyncEnabled(v bool) { + o.LogsyncEnabled = &v +} + +// GetEncryptionKey returns the EncryptionKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetEncryptionKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EncryptionKey) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EncryptionKey +} + +// GetEncryptionKeyOk returns a tuple with the EncryptionKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetEncryptionKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EncryptionKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EncryptionKey, true +} + +// HasEncryptionKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasEncryptionKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EncryptionKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEncryptionKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EncryptionKey field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetEncryptionKey(v string) { + o.EncryptionKey = &v +} + +// GetPptRepository returns the PptRepository field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetPptRepository() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PptRepository) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.PptRepository +} + +// GetPptRepositoryOk returns a tuple with the PptRepository field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetPptRepositoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PptRepository) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PptRepository, true +} + +// HasPptRepository returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasPptRepository() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PptRepository) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPptRepository gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PptRepository field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetPptRepository(v string) { + o.PptRepository = &v +} + +// GetPptHostUser returns the PptHostUser field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetPptHostUser() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PptHostUser) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.PptHostUser +} + +// GetPptHostUserOk returns a tuple with the PptHostUser field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetPptHostUserOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PptHostUser) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PptHostUser, true +} + +// HasPptHostUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasPptHostUser() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PptHostUser) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPptHostUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PptHostUser field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetPptHostUser(v string) { + o.PptHostUser = &v +} + +// GetSyncStrategyManagedType returns the SyncStrategyManagedType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetSyncStrategyManagedType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SyncStrategyManagedType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SyncStrategyManagedType +} + +// GetSyncStrategyManagedTypeOk returns a tuple with the SyncStrategyManagedType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetSyncStrategyManagedTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SyncStrategyManagedType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SyncStrategyManagedType, true +} + +// HasSyncStrategyManagedType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasSyncStrategyManagedType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SyncStrategyManagedType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSyncStrategyManagedType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SyncStrategyManagedType field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetSyncStrategyManagedType(v string) { + o.SyncStrategyManagedType = &v +} + +// GetSourceHostUser returns the SourceHostUser field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetSourceHostUser() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceHostUser) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SourceHostUser +} + +// GetSourceHostUserOk returns a tuple with the SourceHostUser field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetSourceHostUserOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SourceHostUser) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SourceHostUser, true +} + +// HasSourceHostUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasSourceHostUser() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SourceHostUser) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSourceHostUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SourceHostUser field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetSourceHostUser(v string) { + o.SourceHostUser = &v +} + +// GetMssqlUserEnvironmentReference returns the MssqlUserEnvironmentReference field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlUserEnvironmentReference() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserEnvironmentReference) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlUserEnvironmentReference +} + +// GetMssqlUserEnvironmentReferenceOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserEnvironmentReference field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlUserEnvironmentReferenceOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserEnvironmentReference) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlUserEnvironmentReference, true +} + +// HasMssqlUserEnvironmentReference returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasMssqlUserEnvironmentReference() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserEnvironmentReference) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlUserEnvironmentReference gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserEnvironmentReference field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetMssqlUserEnvironmentReference(v string) { + o.MssqlUserEnvironmentReference = &v +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainUsername returns the MssqlUserDomainUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainUsername() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainUsername) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlUserDomainUsername +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainUsernameOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainUsername field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainUsername) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlUserDomainUsername, true +} + +// HasMssqlUserDomainUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasMssqlUserDomainUsername() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainUsername) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlUserDomainUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainUsername field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetMssqlUserDomainUsername(v string) { + o.MssqlUserDomainUsername = &v +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainPassword returns the MssqlUserDomainPassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainPassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainPassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlUserDomainPassword +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainPasswordOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainPassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainPasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainPassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlUserDomainPassword, true +} + +// HasMssqlUserDomainPassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasMssqlUserDomainPassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainPassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlUserDomainPassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainPassword field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetMssqlUserDomainPassword(v string) { + o.MssqlUserDomainPassword = &v +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainVaultUsername returns the MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainVaultUsername() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainVaultUsernameOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainVaultUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername, true +} + +// HasMssqlUserDomainVaultUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasMssqlUserDomainVaultUsername() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlUserDomainVaultUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetMssqlUserDomainVaultUsername(v string) { + o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername = &v +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainVault returns the MssqlUserDomainVault field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainVault() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVault) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlUserDomainVault +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainVaultOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainVault field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainVaultOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVault) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlUserDomainVault, true +} + +// HasMssqlUserDomainVault returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasMssqlUserDomainVault() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVault) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlUserDomainVault gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainVault field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetMssqlUserDomainVault(v string) { + o.MssqlUserDomainVault = &v +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine returns the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngineOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngineOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine, true +} + +// HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine(v string) { + o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine = &v +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath returns the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPathOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath, true +} + +// HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath(v string) { + o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath = &v +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey returns the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKeyOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey, true +} + +// HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey(v string) { + o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey = &v +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey returns the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKeyOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey, true +} + +// HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetMssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey(v string) { + o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey = &v +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName returns the MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultNameOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName, true +} + +// HasMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName(v string) { + o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName = &v +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey returns the MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKeyOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey, true +} + +// HasMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey(v string) { + o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey = &v +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey returns the MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKeyOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKeyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey, true +} + +// HasMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetMssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey(v string) { + o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey = &v +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString returns the MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString +} + +// GetMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryStringOk returns a tuple with the MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryStringOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString, true +} + +// HasMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetMssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString(v string) { + o.MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString = &v +} + +// GetMssqlDatabaseUsername returns the MssqlDatabaseUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlDatabaseUsername() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlDatabaseUsername) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlDatabaseUsername +} + +// GetMssqlDatabaseUsernameOk returns a tuple with the MssqlDatabaseUsername field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlDatabaseUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlDatabaseUsername) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlDatabaseUsername, true +} + +// HasMssqlDatabaseUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasMssqlDatabaseUsername() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlDatabaseUsername) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlDatabaseUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlDatabaseUsername field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetMssqlDatabaseUsername(v string) { + o.MssqlDatabaseUsername = &v +} + +// GetMssqlDatabasePassword returns the MssqlDatabasePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlDatabasePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlDatabasePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlDatabasePassword +} + +// GetMssqlDatabasePasswordOk returns a tuple with the MssqlDatabasePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetMssqlDatabasePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlDatabasePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlDatabasePassword, true +} + +// HasMssqlDatabasePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasMssqlDatabasePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlDatabasePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlDatabasePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlDatabasePassword field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetMssqlDatabasePassword(v string) { + o.MssqlDatabasePassword = &v +} + +// GetDelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled returns the DelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetDelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.DelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled +} + +// GetDelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabledOk returns a tuple with the DelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetDelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled, true +} + +// HasDelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasDelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetDelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled(v bool) { + o.DelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled = &v +} + +// GetDelphixManagedBackupPolicy returns the DelphixManagedBackupPolicy field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetDelphixManagedBackupPolicy() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DelphixManagedBackupPolicy) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DelphixManagedBackupPolicy +} + +// GetDelphixManagedBackupPolicyOk returns a tuple with the DelphixManagedBackupPolicy field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetDelphixManagedBackupPolicyOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DelphixManagedBackupPolicy) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DelphixManagedBackupPolicy, true +} + +// HasDelphixManagedBackupPolicy returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasDelphixManagedBackupPolicy() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DelphixManagedBackupPolicy) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDelphixManagedBackupPolicy gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DelphixManagedBackupPolicy field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetDelphixManagedBackupPolicy(v string) { + o.DelphixManagedBackupPolicy = &v +} + +// GetExternalManagedValidateSyncMode returns the ExternalManagedValidateSyncMode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetExternalManagedValidateSyncMode() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalManagedValidateSyncMode) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExternalManagedValidateSyncMode +} + +// GetExternalManagedValidateSyncModeOk returns a tuple with the ExternalManagedValidateSyncMode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetExternalManagedValidateSyncModeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalManagedValidateSyncMode) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExternalManagedValidateSyncMode, true +} + +// HasExternalManagedValidateSyncMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasExternalManagedValidateSyncMode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalManagedValidateSyncMode) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalManagedValidateSyncMode gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalManagedValidateSyncMode field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetExternalManagedValidateSyncMode(v string) { + o.ExternalManagedValidateSyncMode = &v +} + +// GetExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations returns the ExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.ExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations +} + +// GetExternalManagedSharedBackupLocationsOk returns a tuple with the ExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetExternalManagedSharedBackupLocationsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations, true +} + +// HasExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the ExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations(v []string) { + o.ExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations = v +} + +// GetDisableNetbackupConfig returns the DisableNetbackupConfig field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetDisableNetbackupConfig() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DisableNetbackupConfig) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.DisableNetbackupConfig +} + +// GetDisableNetbackupConfigOk returns a tuple with the DisableNetbackupConfig field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetDisableNetbackupConfigOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DisableNetbackupConfig) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DisableNetbackupConfig, true +} + +// HasDisableNetbackupConfig returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasDisableNetbackupConfig() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DisableNetbackupConfig) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDisableNetbackupConfig gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DisableNetbackupConfig field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetDisableNetbackupConfig(v bool) { + o.DisableNetbackupConfig = &v +} + +// GetExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName returns the ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName +} + +// GetExternalNetbackupConfigMasterNameOk returns a tuple with the ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetExternalNetbackupConfigMasterNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName, true +} + +// HasExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName(v string) { + o.ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName = &v +} + +// GetExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName returns the ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName +} + +// GetExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientNameOk returns a tuple with the ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName, true +} + +// HasExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName(v string) { + o.ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName = &v +} + +// GetExternalNetbackupConfigParams returns the ExternalNetbackupConfigParams field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetExternalNetbackupConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigParams) { + var ret map[string]interface{} + return ret + } + return o.ExternalNetbackupConfigParams +} + +// GetExternalNetbackupConfigParamsOk returns a tuple with the ExternalNetbackupConfigParams field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetExternalNetbackupConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigParams) { + return map[string]interface{}{}, false + } + return o.ExternalNetbackupConfigParams, true +} + +// HasExternalNetbackupConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasExternalNetbackupConfigParams() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigParams) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalNetbackupConfigParams gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the ExternalNetbackupConfigParams field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetExternalNetbackupConfigParams(v map[string]interface{}) { + o.ExternalNetbackupConfigParams = v +} + +// GetExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates returns the ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates +} + +// GetExternalNetbackupConfigTemplatesOk returns a tuple with the ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetExternalNetbackupConfigTemplatesOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates, true +} + +// HasExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates(v string) { + o.ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates = &v +} + +// GetDisableCommvaultConfig returns the DisableCommvaultConfig field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetDisableCommvaultConfig() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DisableCommvaultConfig) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.DisableCommvaultConfig +} + +// GetDisableCommvaultConfigOk returns a tuple with the DisableCommvaultConfig field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetDisableCommvaultConfigOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DisableCommvaultConfig) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DisableCommvaultConfig, true +} + +// HasDisableCommvaultConfig returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasDisableCommvaultConfig() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DisableCommvaultConfig) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDisableCommvaultConfig gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DisableCommvaultConfig field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetDisableCommvaultConfig(v bool) { + o.DisableCommvaultConfig = &v +} + +// GetExternalCommserveHostName returns the ExternalCommserveHostName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetExternalCommserveHostName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommserveHostName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExternalCommserveHostName +} + +// GetExternalCommserveHostNameOk returns a tuple with the ExternalCommserveHostName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetExternalCommserveHostNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommserveHostName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExternalCommserveHostName, true +} + +// HasExternalCommserveHostName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasExternalCommserveHostName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalCommserveHostName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalCommserveHostName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalCommserveHostName field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetExternalCommserveHostName(v string) { + o.ExternalCommserveHostName = &v +} + +// GetExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName returns the ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName +} + +// GetExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientNameOk returns a tuple with the ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName, true +} + +// HasExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName(v string) { + o.ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName = &v +} + +// GetExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName returns the ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName +} + +// GetExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientNameOk returns a tuple with the ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName, true +} + +// HasExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName(v string) { + o.ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName = &v +} + +// GetExternalCommvaultConfigParams returns the ExternalCommvaultConfigParams field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetExternalCommvaultConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigParams) { + var ret map[string]interface{} + return ret + } + return o.ExternalCommvaultConfigParams +} + +// GetExternalCommvaultConfigParamsOk returns a tuple with the ExternalCommvaultConfigParams field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetExternalCommvaultConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigParams) { + return map[string]interface{}{}, false + } + return o.ExternalCommvaultConfigParams, true +} + +// HasExternalCommvaultConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasExternalCommvaultConfigParams() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigParams) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalCommvaultConfigParams gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the ExternalCommvaultConfigParams field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetExternalCommvaultConfigParams(v map[string]interface{}) { + o.ExternalCommvaultConfigParams = v +} + +// GetExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates returns the ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates +} + +// GetExternalCommvaultConfigTemplatesOk returns a tuple with the ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetExternalCommvaultConfigTemplatesOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates, true +} + +// HasExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates(v string) { + o.ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates = &v +} + +// GetHooks returns the Hooks field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetHooks() DSourceHooks { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Hooks) { + var ret DSourceHooks + return ret + } + return *o.Hooks +} + +// GetHooksOk returns a tuple with the Hooks field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetHooksOk() (*DSourceHooks, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Hooks) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Hooks, true +} + +// HasHooks returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasHooks() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Hooks) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHooks gets a reference to the given DSourceHooks and assigns it to the Hooks field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetHooks(v DSourceHooks) { + o.Hooks = &v +} + +// GetSyncPolicyId returns the SyncPolicyId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetSyncPolicyId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SyncPolicyId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SyncPolicyId +} + +// GetSyncPolicyIdOk returns a tuple with the SyncPolicyId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetSyncPolicyIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SyncPolicyId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SyncPolicyId, true +} + +// HasSyncPolicyId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasSyncPolicyId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SyncPolicyId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSyncPolicyId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SyncPolicyId field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetSyncPolicyId(v string) { + o.SyncPolicyId = &v +} + +// GetRetentionPolicyId returns the RetentionPolicyId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetRetentionPolicyId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RetentionPolicyId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RetentionPolicyId +} + +// GetRetentionPolicyIdOk returns a tuple with the RetentionPolicyId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) GetRetentionPolicyIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RetentionPolicyId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RetentionPolicyId, true +} + +// HasRetentionPolicyId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) HasRetentionPolicyId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RetentionPolicyId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRetentionPolicyId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RetentionPolicyId field. +func (o *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) SetRetentionPolicyId(v string) { + o.RetentionPolicyId = &v +} + +func (o UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.LogsyncEnabled) { + toSerialize["logsync_enabled"] = o.LogsyncEnabled + } + if !IsNil(o.EncryptionKey) { + toSerialize["encryption_key"] = o.EncryptionKey + } + if !IsNil(o.PptRepository) { + toSerialize["ppt_repository"] = o.PptRepository + } + if !IsNil(o.PptHostUser) { + toSerialize["ppt_host_user"] = o.PptHostUser + } + if !IsNil(o.SyncStrategyManagedType) { + toSerialize["sync_strategy_managed_type"] = o.SyncStrategyManagedType + } + if !IsNil(o.SourceHostUser) { + toSerialize["source_host_user"] = o.SourceHostUser + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserEnvironmentReference) { + toSerialize["mssql_user_environment_reference"] = o.MssqlUserEnvironmentReference + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainUsername) { + toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_username"] = o.MssqlUserDomainUsername + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainPassword) { + toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_password"] = o.MssqlUserDomainPassword + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername) { + toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_vault_username"] = o.MssqlUserDomainVaultUsername + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainVault) { + toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_vault"] = o.MssqlUserDomainVault + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine) { + toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_engine"] = o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultEngine + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath) { + toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_secret_path"] = o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretPath + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey) { + toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_username_key"] = o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultUsernameKey + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey) { + toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_hashicorp_vault_secret_key"] = o.MssqlUserDomainHashicorpVaultSecretKey + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName) { + toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_name"] = o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultName + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey) { + toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_username_key"] = o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultUsernameKey + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey) { + toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_azure_vault_secret_key"] = o.MssqlUserDomainAzureVaultSecretKey + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString) { + toSerialize["mssql_user_domain_cyberark_vault_query_string"] = o.MssqlUserDomainCyberarkVaultQueryString + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlDatabaseUsername) { + toSerialize["mssql_database_username"] = o.MssqlDatabaseUsername + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlDatabasePassword) { + toSerialize["mssql_database_password"] = o.MssqlDatabasePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.DelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled) { + toSerialize["delphix_managed_backup_compression_enabled"] = o.DelphixManagedBackupCompressionEnabled + } + if !IsNil(o.DelphixManagedBackupPolicy) { + toSerialize["delphix_managed_backup_policy"] = o.DelphixManagedBackupPolicy + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalManagedValidateSyncMode) { + toSerialize["external_managed_validate_sync_mode"] = o.ExternalManagedValidateSyncMode + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations) { + toSerialize["external_managed_shared_backup_locations"] = o.ExternalManagedSharedBackupLocations + } + if !IsNil(o.DisableNetbackupConfig) { + toSerialize["disable_netbackup_config"] = o.DisableNetbackupConfig + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName) { + toSerialize["external_netbackup_config_master_name"] = o.ExternalNetbackupConfigMasterName + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName) { + toSerialize["external_netbackup_config_source_client_name"] = o.ExternalNetbackupConfigSourceClientName + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigParams) { + toSerialize["external_netbackup_config_params"] = o.ExternalNetbackupConfigParams + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates) { + toSerialize["external_netbackup_config_templates"] = o.ExternalNetbackupConfigTemplates + } + if !IsNil(o.DisableCommvaultConfig) { + toSerialize["disable_commvault_config"] = o.DisableCommvaultConfig + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalCommserveHostName) { + toSerialize["external_commserve_host_name"] = o.ExternalCommserveHostName + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName) { + toSerialize["external_commvault_config_source_client_name"] = o.ExternalCommvaultConfigSourceClientName + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName) { + toSerialize["external_commvault_config_staging_client_name"] = o.ExternalCommvaultConfigStagingClientName + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigParams) { + toSerialize["external_commvault_config_params"] = o.ExternalCommvaultConfigParams + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates) { + toSerialize["external_commvault_config_templates"] = o.ExternalCommvaultConfigTemplates + } + if !IsNil(o.Hooks) { + toSerialize["hooks"] = o.Hooks + } + if !IsNil(o.SyncPolicyId) { + toSerialize["sync_policy_id"] = o.SyncPolicyId + } + if !IsNil(o.RetentionPolicyId) { + toSerialize["retention_policy_id"] = o.RetentionPolicyId + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters struct { + value *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) Get() *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) Set(val *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters(val *UpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) *NullableUpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters { + return &NullableUpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateMSSQLDsourceParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_update_namespace_parameters.go b/model_update_namespace_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..87fcd33e --- /dev/null +++ b/model_update_namespace_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpdateNamespaceParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateNamespaceParameters{} + +// UpdateNamespaceParameters The parameters to update a Namespace. +type UpdateNamespaceParameters struct { + // The Namespace name. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The description of the namespace. + Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpdateNamespaceParameters instantiates a new UpdateNamespaceParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpdateNamespaceParameters() *UpdateNamespaceParameters { + this := UpdateNamespaceParameters{} + return &this +} + +// NewUpdateNamespaceParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateNamespaceParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpdateNamespaceParametersWithDefaults() *UpdateNamespaceParameters { + this := UpdateNamespaceParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateNamespaceParameters) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateNamespaceParameters) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateNamespaceParameters) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *UpdateNamespaceParameters) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateNamespaceParameters) GetDescription() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Description +} + +// GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateNamespaceParameters) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Description, true +} + +// HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateNamespaceParameters) HasDescription() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Description) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field. +func (o *UpdateNamespaceParameters) SetDescription(v string) { + o.Description = &v +} + +func (o UpdateNamespaceParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpdateNamespaceParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.Description) { + toSerialize["description"] = o.Description + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpdateNamespaceParameters struct { + value *UpdateNamespaceParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpdateNamespaceParameters) Get() *UpdateNamespaceParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateNamespaceParameters) Set(val *UpdateNamespaceParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpdateNamespaceParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateNamespaceParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpdateNamespaceParameters(val *UpdateNamespaceParameters) *NullableUpdateNamespaceParameters { + return &NullableUpdateNamespaceParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpdateNamespaceParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateNamespaceParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_update_oracle_dsource_parameters.go b/model_update_oracle_dsource_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8e8f411 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_update_oracle_dsource_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,1130 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpdateOracleDsourceParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateOracleDsourceParameters{} + +// UpdateOracleDsourceParameters Parameters to update a dSource. +type UpdateOracleDsourceParameters struct { + // The unique name of the dSource within a group. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The username of the database user. + DbUsername *string `json:"db_username,omitempty"` + // The password of the database user. + DbPassword *string `json:"db_password,omitempty"` + // Whether db_username and db_password must be validated, if present, against the dSource. This must be set to false when credentials validation is not possible, for instance if the dSource is known to be disabled. + ValidateDbCredentials *bool `json:"validate_db_credentials,omitempty"` + // The environment user ID to use to connect to the target environment. + EnvironmentUserId *string `json:"environment_user_id,omitempty"` + // Boolean value indicates whether LEVEL-based incremental backups can be used on the source database. + BackupLevelEnabled *bool `json:"backup_level_enabled,omitempty"` + // Number of parallel channels to use. + RmanChannels *int32 `json:"rman_channels,omitempty"` + // Number of data files to include in each RMAN backup set. + FilesPerSet *int32 `json:"files_per_set,omitempty"` + // True if extended block checking should be used for this dSource. + CheckLogical *bool `json:"check_logical,omitempty"` + // True if SnapSync data from the source should be retrieved through an encrypted connection. Enabling this feature can decrease the performance of SnapSync from the source but has no impact on the performance of VDBs created from the retrieved data. + EncryptedLinkingEnabled *bool `json:"encrypted_linking_enabled,omitempty"` + // True if SnapSync data from the source should be compressed over the network. Enabling this feature will reduce network bandwidth consumption and may significantly improve throughput, especially over slow network. + CompressedLinkingEnabled *bool `json:"compressed_linking_enabled,omitempty"` + // Bandwidth limit (MB/s) for SnapSync and LogSync network traffic. A value of 0 means no limit. + BandwidthLimit *int32 `json:"bandwidth_limit,omitempty"` + // Total number of transport connections to use during SnapSync. + NumberOfConnections *int32 `json:"number_of_connections,omitempty"` + // Whether the snaphots of this dSource's staging database will be validated by opening it in read-only mode. + ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode *bool `json:"validate_by_opening_db_in_read_only_mode,omitempty"` + // Boolean flag indicating whether or not pre-provisioning is turned on for this dSource. + PreProvisioningEnabled *bool `json:"pre_provisioning_enabled,omitempty"` + // If true, NOLOGGING operations on this dSource are treated as faults and cannot be resolved manually. + DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults *bool `json:"diagnose_no_logging_faults,omitempty"` + // Maximum number of log sequences to allow a RAC instance to lag before considering the instance offline. + RacMaxInstanceLag *int32 `json:"rac_max_instance_lag,omitempty"` + // Allow auto restart of staging source on host reboot. + AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot *bool `json:"allow_auto_staging_restart_on_host_reboot,omitempty"` + // If true, convert this dSource's staging database to a physical standby. + PhysicalStandby *bool `json:"physical_standby,omitempty"` + // External file path. + ExternalFilePath *string `json:"external_file_path,omitempty"` + Hooks *DSourceHooks `json:"hooks,omitempty"` + // An array of name value pair of environment variables. + CustomEnvVariablesPairs []NameValuePair `json:"custom_env_variables_pairs,omitempty"` + // An array of strings of whitespace-separated parameters to be passed to the source command. The first parameter must be an absolute path to a file that exists on the target environment. Every subsequent parameter will be treated as an argument interpreted by the environment file. + CustomEnvVariablesPaths []string `json:"custom_env_variables_paths,omitempty"` + // Database configuration parameter overrides. + StagingDatabaseConfigParams map[string]interface{} `json:"staging_database_config_params,omitempty"` + // The template ID of the target Oracle Staging Push dSource. + TemplateId *string `json:"template_id,omitempty"` + // True if LogSync is enabled for this dSource. + LogsyncEnabled *bool `json:"logsync_enabled,omitempty"` + LogsyncMode *OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum `json:"logsync_mode,omitempty"` + // Interval between LogSync requests, in seconds. + LogsyncInterval *int32 `json:"logsync_interval,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpdateOracleDsourceParameters instantiates a new UpdateOracleDsourceParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpdateOracleDsourceParameters() *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters { + this := UpdateOracleDsourceParameters{} + var validateDbCredentials bool = true + this.ValidateDbCredentials = &validateDbCredentials + return &this +} + +// NewUpdateOracleDsourceParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateOracleDsourceParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpdateOracleDsourceParametersWithDefaults() *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters { + this := UpdateOracleDsourceParameters{} + var validateDbCredentials bool = true + this.ValidateDbCredentials = &validateDbCredentials + return &this +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetDbUsername returns the DbUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetDbUsername() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbUsername) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DbUsername +} + +// GetDbUsernameOk returns a tuple with the DbUsername field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetDbUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbUsername) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DbUsername, true +} + +// HasDbUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) HasDbUsername() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DbUsername) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDbUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DbUsername field. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) SetDbUsername(v string) { + o.DbUsername = &v +} + +// GetDbPassword returns the DbPassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetDbPassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbPassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DbPassword +} + +// GetDbPasswordOk returns a tuple with the DbPassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetDbPasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbPassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DbPassword, true +} + +// HasDbPassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) HasDbPassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DbPassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDbPassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DbPassword field. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) SetDbPassword(v string) { + o.DbPassword = &v +} + +// GetValidateDbCredentials returns the ValidateDbCredentials field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetValidateDbCredentials() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ValidateDbCredentials) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.ValidateDbCredentials +} + +// GetValidateDbCredentialsOk returns a tuple with the ValidateDbCredentials field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetValidateDbCredentialsOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ValidateDbCredentials) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ValidateDbCredentials, true +} + +// HasValidateDbCredentials returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) HasValidateDbCredentials() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ValidateDbCredentials) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetValidateDbCredentials gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ValidateDbCredentials field. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) SetValidateDbCredentials(v bool) { + o.ValidateDbCredentials = &v +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserId returns the EnvironmentUserId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetEnvironmentUserId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EnvironmentUserId +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserIdOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUserId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetEnvironmentUserIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvironmentUserId, true +} + +// HasEnvironmentUserId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) HasEnvironmentUserId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironmentUserId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentUserId field. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) SetEnvironmentUserId(v string) { + o.EnvironmentUserId = &v +} + +// GetBackupLevelEnabled returns the BackupLevelEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetBackupLevelEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BackupLevelEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.BackupLevelEnabled +} + +// GetBackupLevelEnabledOk returns a tuple with the BackupLevelEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetBackupLevelEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BackupLevelEnabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BackupLevelEnabled, true +} + +// HasBackupLevelEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) HasBackupLevelEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BackupLevelEnabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBackupLevelEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the BackupLevelEnabled field. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) SetBackupLevelEnabled(v bool) { + o.BackupLevelEnabled = &v +} + +// GetRmanChannels returns the RmanChannels field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetRmanChannels() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RmanChannels +} + +// GetRmanChannelsOk returns a tuple with the RmanChannels field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetRmanChannelsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RmanChannels, true +} + +// HasRmanChannels returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) HasRmanChannels() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRmanChannels gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RmanChannels field. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) SetRmanChannels(v int32) { + o.RmanChannels = &v +} + +// GetFilesPerSet returns the FilesPerSet field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetFilesPerSet() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FilesPerSet) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.FilesPerSet +} + +// GetFilesPerSetOk returns a tuple with the FilesPerSet field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetFilesPerSetOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FilesPerSet) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FilesPerSet, true +} + +// HasFilesPerSet returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) HasFilesPerSet() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FilesPerSet) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFilesPerSet gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the FilesPerSet field. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) SetFilesPerSet(v int32) { + o.FilesPerSet = &v +} + +// GetCheckLogical returns the CheckLogical field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetCheckLogical() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CheckLogical) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.CheckLogical +} + +// GetCheckLogicalOk returns a tuple with the CheckLogical field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetCheckLogicalOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CheckLogical) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CheckLogical, true +} + +// HasCheckLogical returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) HasCheckLogical() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CheckLogical) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCheckLogical gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the CheckLogical field. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) SetCheckLogical(v bool) { + o.CheckLogical = &v +} + +// GetEncryptedLinkingEnabled returns the EncryptedLinkingEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetEncryptedLinkingEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled +} + +// GetEncryptedLinkingEnabledOk returns a tuple with the EncryptedLinkingEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetEncryptedLinkingEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled, true +} + +// HasEncryptedLinkingEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) HasEncryptedLinkingEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEncryptedLinkingEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EncryptedLinkingEnabled field. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) SetEncryptedLinkingEnabled(v bool) { + o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled = &v +} + +// GetCompressedLinkingEnabled returns the CompressedLinkingEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetCompressedLinkingEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CompressedLinkingEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.CompressedLinkingEnabled +} + +// GetCompressedLinkingEnabledOk returns a tuple with the CompressedLinkingEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetCompressedLinkingEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CompressedLinkingEnabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CompressedLinkingEnabled, true +} + +// HasCompressedLinkingEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) HasCompressedLinkingEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CompressedLinkingEnabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCompressedLinkingEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the CompressedLinkingEnabled field. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) SetCompressedLinkingEnabled(v bool) { + o.CompressedLinkingEnabled = &v +} + +// GetBandwidthLimit returns the BandwidthLimit field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetBandwidthLimit() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.BandwidthLimit +} + +// GetBandwidthLimitOk returns a tuple with the BandwidthLimit field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetBandwidthLimitOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BandwidthLimit, true +} + +// HasBandwidthLimit returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) HasBandwidthLimit() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBandwidthLimit gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the BandwidthLimit field. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) SetBandwidthLimit(v int32) { + o.BandwidthLimit = &v +} + +// GetNumberOfConnections returns the NumberOfConnections field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetNumberOfConnections() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.NumberOfConnections +} + +// GetNumberOfConnectionsOk returns a tuple with the NumberOfConnections field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetNumberOfConnectionsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NumberOfConnections, true +} + +// HasNumberOfConnections returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) HasNumberOfConnections() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNumberOfConnections gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the NumberOfConnections field. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) SetNumberOfConnections(v int32) { + o.NumberOfConnections = &v +} + +// GetValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode returns the ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode +} + +// GetValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyModeOk returns a tuple with the ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyModeOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode, true +} + +// HasValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) HasValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode field. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) SetValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode(v bool) { + o.ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode = &v +} + +// GetPreProvisioningEnabled returns the PreProvisioningEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetPreProvisioningEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PreProvisioningEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.PreProvisioningEnabled +} + +// GetPreProvisioningEnabledOk returns a tuple with the PreProvisioningEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetPreProvisioningEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PreProvisioningEnabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PreProvisioningEnabled, true +} + +// HasPreProvisioningEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) HasPreProvisioningEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PreProvisioningEnabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPreProvisioningEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the PreProvisioningEnabled field. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) SetPreProvisioningEnabled(v bool) { + o.PreProvisioningEnabled = &v +} + +// GetDiagnoseNoLoggingFaults returns the DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetDiagnoseNoLoggingFaults() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults +} + +// GetDiagnoseNoLoggingFaultsOk returns a tuple with the DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetDiagnoseNoLoggingFaultsOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults, true +} + +// HasDiagnoseNoLoggingFaults returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) HasDiagnoseNoLoggingFaults() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDiagnoseNoLoggingFaults gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults field. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) SetDiagnoseNoLoggingFaults(v bool) { + o.DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults = &v +} + +// GetRacMaxInstanceLag returns the RacMaxInstanceLag field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetRacMaxInstanceLag() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RacMaxInstanceLag) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RacMaxInstanceLag +} + +// GetRacMaxInstanceLagOk returns a tuple with the RacMaxInstanceLag field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetRacMaxInstanceLagOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RacMaxInstanceLag) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RacMaxInstanceLag, true +} + +// HasRacMaxInstanceLag returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) HasRacMaxInstanceLag() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RacMaxInstanceLag) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRacMaxInstanceLag gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RacMaxInstanceLag field. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) SetRacMaxInstanceLag(v int32) { + o.RacMaxInstanceLag = &v +} + +// GetAllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot returns the AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetAllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot +} + +// GetAllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostRebootOk returns a tuple with the AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetAllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostRebootOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot, true +} + +// HasAllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) HasAllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot field. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) SetAllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot(v bool) { + o.AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot = &v +} + +// GetPhysicalStandby returns the PhysicalStandby field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetPhysicalStandby() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PhysicalStandby) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.PhysicalStandby +} + +// GetPhysicalStandbyOk returns a tuple with the PhysicalStandby field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetPhysicalStandbyOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PhysicalStandby) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PhysicalStandby, true +} + +// HasPhysicalStandby returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) HasPhysicalStandby() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PhysicalStandby) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPhysicalStandby gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the PhysicalStandby field. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) SetPhysicalStandby(v bool) { + o.PhysicalStandby = &v +} + +// GetExternalFilePath returns the ExternalFilePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetExternalFilePath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalFilePath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExternalFilePath +} + +// GetExternalFilePathOk returns a tuple with the ExternalFilePath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetExternalFilePathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExternalFilePath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExternalFilePath, true +} + +// HasExternalFilePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) HasExternalFilePath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExternalFilePath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExternalFilePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalFilePath field. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) SetExternalFilePath(v string) { + o.ExternalFilePath = &v +} + +// GetHooks returns the Hooks field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetHooks() DSourceHooks { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Hooks) { + var ret DSourceHooks + return ret + } + return *o.Hooks +} + +// GetHooksOk returns a tuple with the Hooks field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetHooksOk() (*DSourceHooks, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Hooks) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Hooks, true +} + +// HasHooks returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) HasHooks() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Hooks) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetHooks gets a reference to the given DSourceHooks and assigns it to the Hooks field. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) SetHooks(v DSourceHooks) { + o.Hooks = &v +} + +// GetCustomEnvVariablesPairs returns the CustomEnvVariablesPairs field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetCustomEnvVariablesPairs() []NameValuePair { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomEnvVariablesPairs) { + var ret []NameValuePair + return ret + } + return o.CustomEnvVariablesPairs +} + +// GetCustomEnvVariablesPairsOk returns a tuple with the CustomEnvVariablesPairs field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetCustomEnvVariablesPairsOk() ([]NameValuePair, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomEnvVariablesPairs) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CustomEnvVariablesPairs, true +} + +// HasCustomEnvVariablesPairs returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) HasCustomEnvVariablesPairs() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CustomEnvVariablesPairs) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCustomEnvVariablesPairs gets a reference to the given []NameValuePair and assigns it to the CustomEnvVariablesPairs field. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) SetCustomEnvVariablesPairs(v []NameValuePair) { + o.CustomEnvVariablesPairs = v +} + +// GetCustomEnvVariablesPaths returns the CustomEnvVariablesPaths field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetCustomEnvVariablesPaths() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomEnvVariablesPaths) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.CustomEnvVariablesPaths +} + +// GetCustomEnvVariablesPathsOk returns a tuple with the CustomEnvVariablesPaths field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetCustomEnvVariablesPathsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomEnvVariablesPaths) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CustomEnvVariablesPaths, true +} + +// HasCustomEnvVariablesPaths returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) HasCustomEnvVariablesPaths() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CustomEnvVariablesPaths) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCustomEnvVariablesPaths gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the CustomEnvVariablesPaths field. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) SetCustomEnvVariablesPaths(v []string) { + o.CustomEnvVariablesPaths = v +} + +// GetStagingDatabaseConfigParams returns the StagingDatabaseConfigParams field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetStagingDatabaseConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { + if o == nil { + var ret map[string]interface{} + return ret + } + return o.StagingDatabaseConfigParams +} + +// GetStagingDatabaseConfigParamsOk returns a tuple with the StagingDatabaseConfigParams field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetStagingDatabaseConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StagingDatabaseConfigParams) { + return map[string]interface{}{}, false + } + return o.StagingDatabaseConfigParams, true +} + +// HasStagingDatabaseConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) HasStagingDatabaseConfigParams() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StagingDatabaseConfigParams) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStagingDatabaseConfigParams gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the StagingDatabaseConfigParams field. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) SetStagingDatabaseConfigParams(v map[string]interface{}) { + o.StagingDatabaseConfigParams = v +} + +// GetTemplateId returns the TemplateId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetTemplateId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TemplateId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TemplateId +} + +// GetTemplateIdOk returns a tuple with the TemplateId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetTemplateIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TemplateId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TemplateId, true +} + +// HasTemplateId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) HasTemplateId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TemplateId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTemplateId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TemplateId field. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) SetTemplateId(v string) { + o.TemplateId = &v +} + +// GetLogsyncEnabled returns the LogsyncEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetLogsyncEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsyncEnabled) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.LogsyncEnabled +} + +// GetLogsyncEnabledOk returns a tuple with the LogsyncEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetLogsyncEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsyncEnabled) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LogsyncEnabled, true +} + +// HasLogsyncEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) HasLogsyncEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LogsyncEnabled) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLogsyncEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the LogsyncEnabled field. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) SetLogsyncEnabled(v bool) { + o.LogsyncEnabled = &v +} + +// GetLogsyncMode returns the LogsyncMode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetLogsyncMode() OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsyncMode) { + var ret OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.LogsyncMode +} + +// GetLogsyncModeOk returns a tuple with the LogsyncMode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetLogsyncModeOk() (*OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsyncMode) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LogsyncMode, true +} + +// HasLogsyncMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) HasLogsyncMode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LogsyncMode) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLogsyncMode gets a reference to the given OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum and assigns it to the LogsyncMode field. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) SetLogsyncMode(v OracleLogsyncModeTypeEnum) { + o.LogsyncMode = &v +} + +// GetLogsyncInterval returns the LogsyncInterval field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetLogsyncInterval() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsyncInterval) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.LogsyncInterval +} + +// GetLogsyncIntervalOk returns a tuple with the LogsyncInterval field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) GetLogsyncIntervalOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogsyncInterval) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LogsyncInterval, true +} + +// HasLogsyncInterval returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) HasLogsyncInterval() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LogsyncInterval) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLogsyncInterval gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the LogsyncInterval field. +func (o *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) SetLogsyncInterval(v int32) { + o.LogsyncInterval = &v +} + +func (o UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.DbUsername) { + toSerialize["db_username"] = o.DbUsername + } + if !IsNil(o.DbPassword) { + toSerialize["db_password"] = o.DbPassword + } + if !IsNil(o.ValidateDbCredentials) { + toSerialize["validate_db_credentials"] = o.ValidateDbCredentials + } + if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserId) { + toSerialize["environment_user_id"] = o.EnvironmentUserId + } + if !IsNil(o.BackupLevelEnabled) { + toSerialize["backup_level_enabled"] = o.BackupLevelEnabled + } + if !IsNil(o.RmanChannels) { + toSerialize["rman_channels"] = o.RmanChannels + } + if !IsNil(o.FilesPerSet) { + toSerialize["files_per_set"] = o.FilesPerSet + } + if !IsNil(o.CheckLogical) { + toSerialize["check_logical"] = o.CheckLogical + } + if !IsNil(o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled) { + toSerialize["encrypted_linking_enabled"] = o.EncryptedLinkingEnabled + } + if !IsNil(o.CompressedLinkingEnabled) { + toSerialize["compressed_linking_enabled"] = o.CompressedLinkingEnabled + } + if !IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + toSerialize["bandwidth_limit"] = o.BandwidthLimit + } + if !IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + toSerialize["number_of_connections"] = o.NumberOfConnections + } + if !IsNil(o.ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode) { + toSerialize["validate_by_opening_db_in_read_only_mode"] = o.ValidateByOpeningDbInReadOnlyMode + } + if !IsNil(o.PreProvisioningEnabled) { + toSerialize["pre_provisioning_enabled"] = o.PreProvisioningEnabled + } + if !IsNil(o.DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults) { + toSerialize["diagnose_no_logging_faults"] = o.DiagnoseNoLoggingFaults + } + if !IsNil(o.RacMaxInstanceLag) { + toSerialize["rac_max_instance_lag"] = o.RacMaxInstanceLag + } + if !IsNil(o.AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot) { + toSerialize["allow_auto_staging_restart_on_host_reboot"] = o.AllowAutoStagingRestartOnHostReboot + } + if !IsNil(o.PhysicalStandby) { + toSerialize["physical_standby"] = o.PhysicalStandby + } + if !IsNil(o.ExternalFilePath) { + toSerialize["external_file_path"] = o.ExternalFilePath + } + if !IsNil(o.Hooks) { + toSerialize["hooks"] = o.Hooks + } + if !IsNil(o.CustomEnvVariablesPairs) { + toSerialize["custom_env_variables_pairs"] = o.CustomEnvVariablesPairs + } + if !IsNil(o.CustomEnvVariablesPaths) { + toSerialize["custom_env_variables_paths"] = o.CustomEnvVariablesPaths + } + if o.StagingDatabaseConfigParams != nil { + toSerialize["staging_database_config_params"] = o.StagingDatabaseConfigParams + } + if !IsNil(o.TemplateId) { + toSerialize["template_id"] = o.TemplateId + } + if !IsNil(o.LogsyncEnabled) { + toSerialize["logsync_enabled"] = o.LogsyncEnabled + } + if !IsNil(o.LogsyncMode) { + toSerialize["logsync_mode"] = o.LogsyncMode + } + if !IsNil(o.LogsyncInterval) { + toSerialize["logsync_interval"] = o.LogsyncInterval + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpdateOracleDsourceParameters struct { + value *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpdateOracleDsourceParameters) Get() *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateOracleDsourceParameters) Set(val *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpdateOracleDsourceParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateOracleDsourceParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpdateOracleDsourceParameters(val *UpdateOracleDsourceParameters) *NullableUpdateOracleDsourceParameters { + return &NullableUpdateOracleDsourceParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpdateOracleDsourceParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateOracleDsourceParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_update_oracle_listener_params.go b/model_update_oracle_listener_params.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9e305c91 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_update_oracle_listener_params.go @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpdateOracleListenerParams type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateOracleListenerParams{} + +// UpdateOracleListenerParams struct for UpdateOracleListenerParams +type UpdateOracleListenerParams struct { + // The name of the Oracle listener. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The protocol addresses of the Oracle listener. + ProtocolAddresses []string `json:"protocol_addresses,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpdateOracleListenerParams instantiates a new UpdateOracleListenerParams object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpdateOracleListenerParams() *UpdateOracleListenerParams { + this := UpdateOracleListenerParams{} + return &this +} + +// NewUpdateOracleListenerParamsWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateOracleListenerParams object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpdateOracleListenerParamsWithDefaults() *UpdateOracleListenerParams { + this := UpdateOracleListenerParams{} + return &this +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleListenerParams) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleListenerParams) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleListenerParams) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *UpdateOracleListenerParams) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetProtocolAddresses returns the ProtocolAddresses field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleListenerParams) GetProtocolAddresses() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ProtocolAddresses) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.ProtocolAddresses +} + +// GetProtocolAddressesOk returns a tuple with the ProtocolAddresses field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleListenerParams) GetProtocolAddressesOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ProtocolAddresses) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ProtocolAddresses, true +} + +// HasProtocolAddresses returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleListenerParams) HasProtocolAddresses() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ProtocolAddresses) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetProtocolAddresses gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the ProtocolAddresses field. +func (o *UpdateOracleListenerParams) SetProtocolAddresses(v []string) { + o.ProtocolAddresses = v +} + +func (o UpdateOracleListenerParams) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpdateOracleListenerParams) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.ProtocolAddresses) { + toSerialize["protocol_addresses"] = o.ProtocolAddresses + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpdateOracleListenerParams struct { + value *UpdateOracleListenerParams + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpdateOracleListenerParams) Get() *UpdateOracleListenerParams { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateOracleListenerParams) Set(val *UpdateOracleListenerParams) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpdateOracleListenerParams) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateOracleListenerParams) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpdateOracleListenerParams(val *UpdateOracleListenerParams) *NullableUpdateOracleListenerParams { + return &NullableUpdateOracleListenerParams{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpdateOracleListenerParams) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateOracleListenerParams) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_update_oracle_listener_response.go b/model_update_oracle_listener_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..553d5c2b --- /dev/null +++ b/model_update_oracle_listener_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpdateOracleListenerResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateOracleListenerResponse{} + +// UpdateOracleListenerResponse struct for UpdateOracleListenerResponse +type UpdateOracleListenerResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpdateOracleListenerResponse instantiates a new UpdateOracleListenerResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpdateOracleListenerResponse() *UpdateOracleListenerResponse { + this := UpdateOracleListenerResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewUpdateOracleListenerResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateOracleListenerResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpdateOracleListenerResponseWithDefaults() *UpdateOracleListenerResponse { + this := UpdateOracleListenerResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleListenerResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleListenerResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleListenerResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *UpdateOracleListenerResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o UpdateOracleListenerResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpdateOracleListenerResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpdateOracleListenerResponse struct { + value *UpdateOracleListenerResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpdateOracleListenerResponse) Get() *UpdateOracleListenerResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateOracleListenerResponse) Set(val *UpdateOracleListenerResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpdateOracleListenerResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateOracleListenerResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpdateOracleListenerResponse(val *UpdateOracleListenerResponse) *NullableUpdateOracleListenerResponse { + return &NullableUpdateOracleListenerResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpdateOracleListenerResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateOracleListenerResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_update_oracle_source_response.go b/model_update_oracle_source_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..228d88e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_update_oracle_source_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpdateOracleSourceResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateOracleSourceResponse{} + +// UpdateOracleSourceResponse struct for UpdateOracleSourceResponse +type UpdateOracleSourceResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpdateOracleSourceResponse instantiates a new UpdateOracleSourceResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpdateOracleSourceResponse() *UpdateOracleSourceResponse { + this := UpdateOracleSourceResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewUpdateOracleSourceResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateOracleSourceResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpdateOracleSourceResponseWithDefaults() *UpdateOracleSourceResponse { + this := UpdateOracleSourceResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateOracleSourceResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleSourceResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateOracleSourceResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *UpdateOracleSourceResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o UpdateOracleSourceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpdateOracleSourceResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpdateOracleSourceResponse struct { + value *UpdateOracleSourceResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpdateOracleSourceResponse) Get() *UpdateOracleSourceResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateOracleSourceResponse) Set(val *UpdateOracleSourceResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpdateOracleSourceResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateOracleSourceResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpdateOracleSourceResponse(val *UpdateOracleSourceResponse) *NullableUpdateOracleSourceResponse { + return &NullableUpdateOracleSourceResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpdateOracleSourceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateOracleSourceResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_update_postgres_source_response.go b/model_update_postgres_source_response.go index 39c6e04b..40f64156 100644 --- a/model_update_postgres_source_response.go +++ b/model_update_postgres_source_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_update_replication_profile_parameters.go b/model_update_replication_profile_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4d6c5f0f --- /dev/null +++ b/model_update_replication_profile_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,794 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpdateReplicationProfileParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateReplicationProfileParameters{} + +// UpdateReplicationProfileParameters The parameters to update a ReplicationProfile. +type UpdateReplicationProfileParameters struct { + // The ReplicationProfile name. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The ReplicationProfile description. + Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"` + // The ID of the replication target engine. + TargetEngineId *string `json:"target_engine_id,omitempty"` + // Hostname of the replication target engine. If none is provided and the target_engine_id is set, the hostname for the engine referenced by target_engine_id will be used. + TargetHost *string `json:"target_host,omitempty"` + // Target TCP port number for the Delphix Session Protocol. + TargetPort *int32 `json:"target_port,omitempty"` + // The ReplicationProfile mode. + ReplicationMode *string `json:"replication_mode,omitempty"` + // Replication schedule in the form of a quartz-formatted string. + Schedule *string `json:"schedule,omitempty"` + // The VDBs that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. + VdbIds []string `json:"vdb_ids,omitempty"` + // The dSources that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. + DsourceIds []string `json:"dsource_ids,omitempty"` + // The CDBs that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. + CdbIds []string `json:"cdb_ids,omitempty"` + // The vCDBs that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. + VcdbIds []string `json:"vcdb_ids,omitempty"` + // The groups that are replicated by this ReplicationProfile. + GroupIds []string `json:"group_ids,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether tag replication from primary object to replica object is enabled or disabled for this ReplicationProfile. + EnableTagReplication *bool `json:"enable_tag_replication,omitempty"` + // Whether to replicate the entire engine. This is mutually exclusive with the vdb_ids, dsource_ids, cdb_ids, vcdb_ids, and group_ids properties. + ReplicateEntireEngine *bool `json:"replicate_entire_engine,omitempty"` + // Bandwidth limit (MB/s) for replication network traffic. A value of 0 means no limit. + BandwidthLimit *int32 `json:"bandwidth_limit,omitempty"` + // Total number of transport connections to use. + NumberOfConnections *int32 `json:"number_of_connections,omitempty"` + // Encrypt replication network traffic. + Encrypted *bool `json:"encrypted,omitempty"` + // Indication whether the replication spec schedule is enabled or not. + AutomaticReplication *bool `json:"automatic_replication,omitempty"` + // Connect to the replication target host via the system-wide SOCKS proxy. + UseSystemSocksSetting *bool `json:"use_system_socks_setting,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpdateReplicationProfileParameters instantiates a new UpdateReplicationProfileParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpdateReplicationProfileParameters() *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters { + this := UpdateReplicationProfileParameters{} + return &this +} + +// NewUpdateReplicationProfileParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateReplicationProfileParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpdateReplicationProfileParametersWithDefaults() *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters { + this := UpdateReplicationProfileParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetDescription() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Description +} + +// GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Description, true +} + +// HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) HasDescription() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Description) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) SetDescription(v string) { + o.Description = &v +} + +// GetTargetEngineId returns the TargetEngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetTargetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetEngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetEngineId +} + +// GetTargetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the TargetEngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetTargetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetEngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetEngineId, true +} + +// HasTargetEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) HasTargetEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetEngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetEngineId field. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) SetTargetEngineId(v string) { + o.TargetEngineId = &v +} + +// GetTargetHost returns the TargetHost field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetTargetHost() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetHost) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetHost +} + +// GetTargetHostOk returns a tuple with the TargetHost field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetTargetHostOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetHost) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetHost, true +} + +// HasTargetHost returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) HasTargetHost() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetHost) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetHost gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetHost field. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) SetTargetHost(v string) { + o.TargetHost = &v +} + +// GetTargetPort returns the TargetPort field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetTargetPort() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetPort) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.TargetPort +} + +// GetTargetPortOk returns a tuple with the TargetPort field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetTargetPortOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetPort) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetPort, true +} + +// HasTargetPort returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) HasTargetPort() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetPort) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetPort gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the TargetPort field. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) SetTargetPort(v int32) { + o.TargetPort = &v +} + +// GetReplicationMode returns the ReplicationMode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetReplicationMode() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReplicationMode) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ReplicationMode +} + +// GetReplicationModeOk returns a tuple with the ReplicationMode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetReplicationModeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReplicationMode) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ReplicationMode, true +} + +// HasReplicationMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) HasReplicationMode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ReplicationMode) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetReplicationMode gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ReplicationMode field. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) SetReplicationMode(v string) { + o.ReplicationMode = &v +} + +// GetSchedule returns the Schedule field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetSchedule() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Schedule) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Schedule +} + +// GetScheduleOk returns a tuple with the Schedule field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetScheduleOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Schedule) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Schedule, true +} + +// HasSchedule returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) HasSchedule() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Schedule) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSchedule gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Schedule field. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) SetSchedule(v string) { + o.Schedule = &v +} + +// GetVdbIds returns the VdbIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetVdbIds() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbIds) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.VdbIds +} + +// GetVdbIdsOk returns a tuple with the VdbIds field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetVdbIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbIds) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbIds, true +} + +// HasVdbIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) HasVdbIds() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbIds) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the VdbIds field. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) SetVdbIds(v []string) { + o.VdbIds = v +} + +// GetDsourceIds returns the DsourceIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetDsourceIds() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceIds) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.DsourceIds +} + +// GetDsourceIdsOk returns a tuple with the DsourceIds field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetDsourceIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceIds) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DsourceIds, true +} + +// HasDsourceIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) HasDsourceIds() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DsourceIds) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDsourceIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the DsourceIds field. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) SetDsourceIds(v []string) { + o.DsourceIds = v +} + +// GetCdbIds returns the CdbIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetCdbIds() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbIds) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.CdbIds +} + +// GetCdbIdsOk returns a tuple with the CdbIds field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetCdbIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdbIds) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CdbIds, true +} + +// HasCdbIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) HasCdbIds() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CdbIds) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCdbIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the CdbIds field. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) SetCdbIds(v []string) { + o.CdbIds = v +} + +// GetVcdbIds returns the VcdbIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetVcdbIds() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbIds) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.VcdbIds +} + +// GetVcdbIdsOk returns a tuple with the VcdbIds field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetVcdbIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbIds) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VcdbIds, true +} + +// HasVcdbIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) HasVcdbIds() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VcdbIds) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVcdbIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the VcdbIds field. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) SetVcdbIds(v []string) { + o.VcdbIds = v +} + +// GetGroupIds returns the GroupIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetGroupIds() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.GroupIds) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.GroupIds +} + +// GetGroupIdsOk returns a tuple with the GroupIds field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetGroupIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.GroupIds) { + return nil, false + } + return o.GroupIds, true +} + +// HasGroupIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) HasGroupIds() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.GroupIds) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetGroupIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the GroupIds field. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) SetGroupIds(v []string) { + o.GroupIds = v +} + +// GetEnableTagReplication returns the EnableTagReplication field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetEnableTagReplication() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableTagReplication) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EnableTagReplication +} + +// GetEnableTagReplicationOk returns a tuple with the EnableTagReplication field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetEnableTagReplicationOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnableTagReplication) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnableTagReplication, true +} + +// HasEnableTagReplication returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) HasEnableTagReplication() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnableTagReplication) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnableTagReplication gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EnableTagReplication field. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) SetEnableTagReplication(v bool) { + o.EnableTagReplication = &v +} + +// GetReplicateEntireEngine returns the ReplicateEntireEngine field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetReplicateEntireEngine() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReplicateEntireEngine) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.ReplicateEntireEngine +} + +// GetReplicateEntireEngineOk returns a tuple with the ReplicateEntireEngine field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetReplicateEntireEngineOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReplicateEntireEngine) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ReplicateEntireEngine, true +} + +// HasReplicateEntireEngine returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) HasReplicateEntireEngine() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ReplicateEntireEngine) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetReplicateEntireEngine gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ReplicateEntireEngine field. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) SetReplicateEntireEngine(v bool) { + o.ReplicateEntireEngine = &v +} + +// GetBandwidthLimit returns the BandwidthLimit field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetBandwidthLimit() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.BandwidthLimit +} + +// GetBandwidthLimitOk returns a tuple with the BandwidthLimit field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetBandwidthLimitOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BandwidthLimit, true +} + +// HasBandwidthLimit returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) HasBandwidthLimit() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBandwidthLimit gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the BandwidthLimit field. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) SetBandwidthLimit(v int32) { + o.BandwidthLimit = &v +} + +// GetNumberOfConnections returns the NumberOfConnections field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetNumberOfConnections() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.NumberOfConnections +} + +// GetNumberOfConnectionsOk returns a tuple with the NumberOfConnections field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetNumberOfConnectionsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NumberOfConnections, true +} + +// HasNumberOfConnections returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) HasNumberOfConnections() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNumberOfConnections gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the NumberOfConnections field. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) SetNumberOfConnections(v int32) { + o.NumberOfConnections = &v +} + +// GetEncrypted returns the Encrypted field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetEncrypted() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Encrypted) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Encrypted +} + +// GetEncryptedOk returns a tuple with the Encrypted field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetEncryptedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Encrypted) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Encrypted, true +} + +// HasEncrypted returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) HasEncrypted() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Encrypted) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEncrypted gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Encrypted field. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) SetEncrypted(v bool) { + o.Encrypted = &v +} + +// GetAutomaticReplication returns the AutomaticReplication field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetAutomaticReplication() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AutomaticReplication) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AutomaticReplication +} + +// GetAutomaticReplicationOk returns a tuple with the AutomaticReplication field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetAutomaticReplicationOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AutomaticReplication) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AutomaticReplication, true +} + +// HasAutomaticReplication returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) HasAutomaticReplication() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AutomaticReplication) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAutomaticReplication gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AutomaticReplication field. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) SetAutomaticReplication(v bool) { + o.AutomaticReplication = &v +} + +// GetUseSystemSocksSetting returns the UseSystemSocksSetting field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetUseSystemSocksSetting() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UseSystemSocksSetting) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.UseSystemSocksSetting +} + +// GetUseSystemSocksSettingOk returns a tuple with the UseSystemSocksSetting field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) GetUseSystemSocksSettingOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UseSystemSocksSetting) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UseSystemSocksSetting, true +} + +// HasUseSystemSocksSetting returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) HasUseSystemSocksSetting() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UseSystemSocksSetting) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUseSystemSocksSetting gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the UseSystemSocksSetting field. +func (o *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) SetUseSystemSocksSetting(v bool) { + o.UseSystemSocksSetting = &v +} + +func (o UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.Description) { + toSerialize["description"] = o.Description + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetEngineId) { + toSerialize["target_engine_id"] = o.TargetEngineId + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetHost) { + toSerialize["target_host"] = o.TargetHost + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetPort) { + toSerialize["target_port"] = o.TargetPort + } + if !IsNil(o.ReplicationMode) { + toSerialize["replication_mode"] = o.ReplicationMode + } + if !IsNil(o.Schedule) { + toSerialize["schedule"] = o.Schedule + } + if !IsNil(o.VdbIds) { + toSerialize["vdb_ids"] = o.VdbIds + } + if !IsNil(o.DsourceIds) { + toSerialize["dsource_ids"] = o.DsourceIds + } + if !IsNil(o.CdbIds) { + toSerialize["cdb_ids"] = o.CdbIds + } + if !IsNil(o.VcdbIds) { + toSerialize["vcdb_ids"] = o.VcdbIds + } + if !IsNil(o.GroupIds) { + toSerialize["group_ids"] = o.GroupIds + } + if !IsNil(o.EnableTagReplication) { + toSerialize["enable_tag_replication"] = o.EnableTagReplication + } + if !IsNil(o.ReplicateEntireEngine) { + toSerialize["replicate_entire_engine"] = o.ReplicateEntireEngine + } + if !IsNil(o.BandwidthLimit) { + toSerialize["bandwidth_limit"] = o.BandwidthLimit + } + if !IsNil(o.NumberOfConnections) { + toSerialize["number_of_connections"] = o.NumberOfConnections + } + if !IsNil(o.Encrypted) { + toSerialize["encrypted"] = o.Encrypted + } + if !IsNil(o.AutomaticReplication) { + toSerialize["automatic_replication"] = o.AutomaticReplication + } + if !IsNil(o.UseSystemSocksSetting) { + toSerialize["use_system_socks_setting"] = o.UseSystemSocksSetting + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpdateReplicationProfileParameters struct { + value *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpdateReplicationProfileParameters) Get() *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateReplicationProfileParameters) Set(val *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpdateReplicationProfileParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateReplicationProfileParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpdateReplicationProfileParameters(val *UpdateReplicationProfileParameters) *NullableUpdateReplicationProfileParameters { + return &NullableUpdateReplicationProfileParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpdateReplicationProfileParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateReplicationProfileParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_update_repository_parameters.go b/model_update_repository_parameters.go index 57d140d7..4b840a48 100644 --- a/model_update_repository_parameters.go +++ b/model_update_repository_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -20,23 +20,24 @@ var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateRepositoryParameters{} // UpdateRepositoryParameters struct for UpdateRepositoryParameters type UpdateRepositoryParameters struct { - // The database type of this repository. - DatabaseType string `json:"database_type"` // Flag indicating whether the repository should be used for provisioning. AllowProvisioning *bool `json:"allow_provisioning,omitempty"` // Flag indicating whether this repository can be used by the Delphix Engine for internal processing. IsStaging *bool `json:"is_staging,omitempty"` // Version of the repository. Version *string `json:"version,omitempty"` + // The Oracle base where database binaries are located. + OracleBase *string `json:"oracle_base,omitempty"` + // 32 or 64 bits. + Bits *int32 `json:"bits,omitempty"` } // NewUpdateRepositoryParameters instantiates a new UpdateRepositoryParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments // will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewUpdateRepositoryParameters(databaseType string) *UpdateRepositoryParameters { +func NewUpdateRepositoryParameters() *UpdateRepositoryParameters { this := UpdateRepositoryParameters{} - this.DatabaseType = databaseType return &this } @@ -48,30 +49,6 @@ func NewUpdateRepositoryParametersWithDefaults() *UpdateRepositoryParameters { return &this } -// GetDatabaseType returns the DatabaseType field value -func (o *UpdateRepositoryParameters) GetDatabaseType() string { - if o == nil { - var ret string - return ret - } - - return o.DatabaseType -} - -// GetDatabaseTypeOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseType field value -// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *UpdateRepositoryParameters) GetDatabaseTypeOk() (*string, bool) { - if o == nil { - return nil, false - } - return &o.DatabaseType, true -} - -// SetDatabaseType sets field value -func (o *UpdateRepositoryParameters) SetDatabaseType(v string) { - o.DatabaseType = v -} - // GetAllowProvisioning returns the AllowProvisioning field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *UpdateRepositoryParameters) GetAllowProvisioning() bool { if o == nil || IsNil(o.AllowProvisioning) { @@ -168,6 +145,70 @@ func (o *UpdateRepositoryParameters) SetVersion(v string) { o.Version = &v } +// GetOracleBase returns the OracleBase field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateRepositoryParameters) GetOracleBase() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleBase) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.OracleBase +} + +// GetOracleBaseOk returns a tuple with the OracleBase field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateRepositoryParameters) GetOracleBaseOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleBase) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleBase, true +} + +// HasOracleBase returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateRepositoryParameters) HasOracleBase() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleBase) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleBase gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OracleBase field. +func (o *UpdateRepositoryParameters) SetOracleBase(v string) { + o.OracleBase = &v +} + +// GetBits returns the Bits field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateRepositoryParameters) GetBits() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Bits) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.Bits +} + +// GetBitsOk returns a tuple with the Bits field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateRepositoryParameters) GetBitsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Bits) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Bits, true +} + +// HasBits returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateRepositoryParameters) HasBits() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Bits) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBits gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the Bits field. +func (o *UpdateRepositoryParameters) SetBits(v int32) { + o.Bits = &v +} + func (o UpdateRepositoryParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -178,7 +219,6 @@ func (o UpdateRepositoryParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { func (o UpdateRepositoryParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - toSerialize["database_type"] = o.DatabaseType if !IsNil(o.AllowProvisioning) { toSerialize["allow_provisioning"] = o.AllowProvisioning } @@ -188,6 +228,12 @@ func (o UpdateRepositoryParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.Version) { toSerialize["version"] = o.Version } + if !IsNil(o.OracleBase) { + toSerialize["oracle_base"] = o.OracleBase + } + if !IsNil(o.Bits) { + toSerialize["bits"] = o.Bits + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_update_repository_response.go b/model_update_repository_response.go index ec3250e3..45905ebc 100644 --- a/model_update_repository_response.go +++ b/model_update_repository_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_update_snapshot_parameters.go b/model_update_snapshot_parameters.go index abf70f5d..aafeaa69 100644 --- a/model_update_snapshot_parameters.go +++ b/model_update_snapshot_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_update_snapshot_response.go b/model_update_snapshot_response.go index cdf9ebd9..ee83c6aa 100644 --- a/model_update_snapshot_response.go +++ b/model_update_snapshot_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_update_source_parameters.go b/model_update_source_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bb464959 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_update_source_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpdateSourceParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateSourceParameters{} + +// UpdateSourceParameters Parameters to update a Source. +type UpdateSourceParameters struct { + // List of jdbc connection strings which are used to connect with the database. + OracleServices []string `json:"oracle_services,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpdateSourceParameters instantiates a new UpdateSourceParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpdateSourceParameters() *UpdateSourceParameters { + this := UpdateSourceParameters{} + return &this +} + +// NewUpdateSourceParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateSourceParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpdateSourceParametersWithDefaults() *UpdateSourceParameters { + this := UpdateSourceParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetOracleServices returns the OracleServices field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateSourceParameters) GetOracleServices() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.OracleServices +} + +// GetOracleServicesOk returns a tuple with the OracleServices field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateSourceParameters) GetOracleServicesOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleServices, true +} + +// HasOracleServices returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateSourceParameters) HasOracleServices() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleServices gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the OracleServices field. +func (o *UpdateSourceParameters) SetOracleServices(v []string) { + o.OracleServices = v +} + +func (o UpdateSourceParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpdateSourceParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + toSerialize["oracle_services"] = o.OracleServices + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpdateSourceParameters struct { + value *UpdateSourceParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpdateSourceParameters) Get() *UpdateSourceParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateSourceParameters) Set(val *UpdateSourceParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpdateSourceParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateSourceParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpdateSourceParameters(val *UpdateSourceParameters) *NullableUpdateSourceParameters { + return &NullableUpdateSourceParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpdateSourceParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateSourceParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_update_source_response.go b/model_update_source_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77dcf577 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_update_source_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpdateSourceResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateSourceResponse{} + +// UpdateSourceResponse struct for UpdateSourceResponse +type UpdateSourceResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpdateSourceResponse instantiates a new UpdateSourceResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpdateSourceResponse() *UpdateSourceResponse { + this := UpdateSourceResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewUpdateSourceResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateSourceResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpdateSourceResponseWithDefaults() *UpdateSourceResponse { + this := UpdateSourceResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateSourceResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateSourceResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateSourceResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *UpdateSourceResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o UpdateSourceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpdateSourceResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpdateSourceResponse struct { + value *UpdateSourceResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpdateSourceResponse) Get() *UpdateSourceResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateSourceResponse) Set(val *UpdateSourceResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpdateSourceResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateSourceResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpdateSourceResponse(val *UpdateSourceResponse) *NullableUpdateSourceResponse { + return &NullableUpdateSourceResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpdateSourceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateSourceResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_update_staging_source_parameters.go b/model_update_staging_source_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6a918c31 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_update_staging_source_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpdateStagingSourceParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateStagingSourceParameters{} + +// UpdateStagingSourceParameters Parameters to update a Staging Source. +type UpdateStagingSourceParameters struct { + // List of jdbc connection strings which are used to connect with the database. + OracleServices []string `json:"oracle_services,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpdateStagingSourceParameters instantiates a new UpdateStagingSourceParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpdateStagingSourceParameters() *UpdateStagingSourceParameters { + this := UpdateStagingSourceParameters{} + return &this +} + +// NewUpdateStagingSourceParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateStagingSourceParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpdateStagingSourceParametersWithDefaults() *UpdateStagingSourceParameters { + this := UpdateStagingSourceParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetOracleServices returns the OracleServices field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateStagingSourceParameters) GetOracleServices() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.OracleServices +} + +// GetOracleServicesOk returns a tuple with the OracleServices field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateStagingSourceParameters) GetOracleServicesOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleServices, true +} + +// HasOracleServices returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateStagingSourceParameters) HasOracleServices() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleServices gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the OracleServices field. +func (o *UpdateStagingSourceParameters) SetOracleServices(v []string) { + o.OracleServices = v +} + +func (o UpdateStagingSourceParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpdateStagingSourceParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + toSerialize["oracle_services"] = o.OracleServices + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpdateStagingSourceParameters struct { + value *UpdateStagingSourceParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpdateStagingSourceParameters) Get() *UpdateStagingSourceParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateStagingSourceParameters) Set(val *UpdateStagingSourceParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpdateStagingSourceParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateStagingSourceParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpdateStagingSourceParameters(val *UpdateStagingSourceParameters) *NullableUpdateStagingSourceParameters { + return &NullableUpdateStagingSourceParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpdateStagingSourceParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateStagingSourceParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_update_staging_source_response.go b/model_update_staging_source_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c65d8d3a --- /dev/null +++ b/model_update_staging_source_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpdateStagingSourceResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateStagingSourceResponse{} + +// UpdateStagingSourceResponse struct for UpdateStagingSourceResponse +type UpdateStagingSourceResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpdateStagingSourceResponse instantiates a new UpdateStagingSourceResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpdateStagingSourceResponse() *UpdateStagingSourceResponse { + this := UpdateStagingSourceResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewUpdateStagingSourceResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateStagingSourceResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpdateStagingSourceResponseWithDefaults() *UpdateStagingSourceResponse { + this := UpdateStagingSourceResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateStagingSourceResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateStagingSourceResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateStagingSourceResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *UpdateStagingSourceResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o UpdateStagingSourceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpdateStagingSourceResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpdateStagingSourceResponse struct { + value *UpdateStagingSourceResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpdateStagingSourceResponse) Get() *UpdateStagingSourceResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateStagingSourceResponse) Set(val *UpdateStagingSourceResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpdateStagingSourceResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateStagingSourceResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpdateStagingSourceResponse(val *UpdateStagingSourceResponse) *NullableUpdateStagingSourceResponse { + return &NullableUpdateStagingSourceResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpdateStagingSourceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateStagingSourceResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_update_timeflow_parameters.go b/model_update_timeflow_parameters.go index 4657be97..62527a9f 100644 --- a/model_update_timeflow_parameters.go +++ b/model_update_timeflow_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_update_timeflow_response.go b/model_update_timeflow_response.go index 33667cca..5f9d3952 100644 --- a/model_update_timeflow_response.go +++ b/model_update_timeflow_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_update_vcdb_parameters.go b/model_update_vcdb_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f97d761e --- /dev/null +++ b/model_update_vcdb_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,682 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpdateVCDBParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateVCDBParameters{} + +// UpdateVCDBParameters Parameters to update a VCDB. +type UpdateVCDBParameters struct { + // List of jdbc connection strings which are used to connect with the database. + OracleServices []string `json:"oracle_services,omitempty"` + // The instances of this RAC database. + Instances []OracleRACDatabaseInstance `json:"instances,omitempty"` + // The list of node listener ids for this VCDB. + NodeListeners []string `json:"node_listeners,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether datapatch should be invoked. + InvokeDatapatch *bool `json:"invoke_datapatch,omitempty"` + // For a vCDB using software keystore, this is the password of the software keystore used by this database. For a vCDB using OKV, this is the password for the endpoint provided during the installation of the Oracle Key Vault client library (i.e., okvclient.jar) on the host where this database runs. For a vCDB using HSM, this is the credential of the external key manager which is managing master encryption keys of this database. + TdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + TdeKeystoreConfigType *OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum `json:"tde_keystore_config_type,omitempty"` + // The master encryption key id of this database. + TdeKeyIdentifier *string `json:"tde_key_identifier,omitempty"` + // The username of the database user. + DbUsername *string `json:"db_username,omitempty"` + // The password of the database user. + DbPassword *string `json:"db_password,omitempty"` + // Whether to enable VDB restart. + AutoRestart *bool `json:"auto_restart,omitempty"` + // The environment user ID to use to connect to the target environment. + EnvironmentUserId *string `json:"environment_user_id,omitempty"` + // Database configuration parameter overrides. + ConfigParams map[string]interface{} `json:"config_params,omitempty"` + // Environment variable to be set when the engine administers a VCDB. See the Engine documentation for the list of allowed/denied environment variables and rules about substitution. Custom environment variables can only be updated while the VCDB is disabled. + CustomEnvVars *map[string]string `json:"custom_env_vars,omitempty"` + // Environment files to be sourced when the Engine administers a VCDB. This path can be followed by parameters. Paths and parameters are separated by spaces. Custom environment variables can only be updated while the VCDB is disabled. + CustomEnvFiles []string `json:"custom_env_files,omitempty"` + // Environment files to be sourced when the Engine administers an Oracle RAC VCDB. This path can be followed by parameters. Paths and parameters are separated by spaces. Custom environment variables can only be updated while the VCDB is disabled. + OracleRacCustomEnvFiles []OracleRacCustomEnvFile `json:"oracle_rac_custom_env_files,omitempty"` + // Environment variable to be set when the engine administers an Oracle RAC VCDB. See the Engine documentation for the list of allowed/denied environment variables and rules about substitution. Custom environment variables can only be updated while the VCDB is disabled. + OracleRacCustomEnvVars []OracleRacCustomEnvVar `json:"oracle_rac_custom_env_vars,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpdateVCDBParameters instantiates a new UpdateVCDBParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpdateVCDBParameters() *UpdateVCDBParameters { + this := UpdateVCDBParameters{} + return &this +} + +// NewUpdateVCDBParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateVCDBParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpdateVCDBParametersWithDefaults() *UpdateVCDBParameters { + this := UpdateVCDBParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetOracleServices returns the OracleServices field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetOracleServices() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.OracleServices +} + +// GetOracleServicesOk returns a tuple with the OracleServices field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetOracleServicesOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleServices, true +} + +// HasOracleServices returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) HasOracleServices() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleServices gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the OracleServices field. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) SetOracleServices(v []string) { + o.OracleServices = v +} + +// GetInstances returns the Instances field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetInstances() []OracleRACDatabaseInstance { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + var ret []OracleRACDatabaseInstance + return ret + } + return o.Instances +} + +// GetInstancesOk returns a tuple with the Instances field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetInstancesOk() ([]OracleRACDatabaseInstance, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Instances, true +} + +// HasInstances returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) HasInstances() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Instances) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstances gets a reference to the given []OracleRACDatabaseInstance and assigns it to the Instances field. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) SetInstances(v []OracleRACDatabaseInstance) { + o.Instances = v +} + +// GetNodeListeners returns the NodeListeners field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetNodeListeners() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NodeListeners) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.NodeListeners +} + +// GetNodeListenersOk returns a tuple with the NodeListeners field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetNodeListenersOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NodeListeners) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NodeListeners, true +} + +// HasNodeListeners returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) HasNodeListeners() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NodeListeners) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNodeListeners gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the NodeListeners field. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) SetNodeListeners(v []string) { + o.NodeListeners = v +} + +// GetInvokeDatapatch returns the InvokeDatapatch field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetInvokeDatapatch() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.InvokeDatapatch +} + +// GetInvokeDatapatchOk returns a tuple with the InvokeDatapatch field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetInvokeDatapatchOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InvokeDatapatch, true +} + +// HasInvokeDatapatch returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) HasInvokeDatapatch() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInvokeDatapatch gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the InvokeDatapatch field. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) SetInvokeDatapatch(v bool) { + o.InvokeDatapatch = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeystorePassword returns the TdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) HasTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) SetTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.TdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigType returns the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigType() OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + var ret OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystoreConfigType +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk() (*OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystoreConfigType, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystoreConfigType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) HasTdeKeystoreConfigType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystoreConfigType gets a reference to the given OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum and assigns it to the TdeKeystoreConfigType field. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) SetTdeKeystoreConfigType(v OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) { + o.TdeKeystoreConfigType = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeyIdentifier returns the TdeKeyIdentifier field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetTdeKeyIdentifier() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeyIdentifier +} + +// GetTdeKeyIdentifierOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeyIdentifier field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetTdeKeyIdentifierOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeyIdentifier, true +} + +// HasTdeKeyIdentifier returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) HasTdeKeyIdentifier() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeyIdentifier gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeKeyIdentifier field. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) SetTdeKeyIdentifier(v string) { + o.TdeKeyIdentifier = &v +} + +// GetDbUsername returns the DbUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetDbUsername() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbUsername) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DbUsername +} + +// GetDbUsernameOk returns a tuple with the DbUsername field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetDbUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbUsername) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DbUsername, true +} + +// HasDbUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) HasDbUsername() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DbUsername) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDbUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DbUsername field. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) SetDbUsername(v string) { + o.DbUsername = &v +} + +// GetDbPassword returns the DbPassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetDbPassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbPassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DbPassword +} + +// GetDbPasswordOk returns a tuple with the DbPassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetDbPasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbPassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DbPassword, true +} + +// HasDbPassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) HasDbPassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DbPassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDbPassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DbPassword field. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) SetDbPassword(v string) { + o.DbPassword = &v +} + +// GetAutoRestart returns the AutoRestart field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetAutoRestart() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AutoRestart) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AutoRestart +} + +// GetAutoRestartOk returns a tuple with the AutoRestart field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetAutoRestartOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AutoRestart) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AutoRestart, true +} + +// HasAutoRestart returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) HasAutoRestart() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AutoRestart) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAutoRestart gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AutoRestart field. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) SetAutoRestart(v bool) { + o.AutoRestart = &v +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserId returns the EnvironmentUserId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetEnvironmentUserId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EnvironmentUserId +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserIdOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUserId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetEnvironmentUserIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvironmentUserId, true +} + +// HasEnvironmentUserId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) HasEnvironmentUserId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironmentUserId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentUserId field. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) SetEnvironmentUserId(v string) { + o.EnvironmentUserId = &v +} + +// GetConfigParams returns the ConfigParams field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + var ret map[string]interface{} + return ret + } + return o.ConfigParams +} + +// GetConfigParamsOk returns a tuple with the ConfigParams field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + return map[string]interface{}{}, false + } + return o.ConfigParams, true +} + +// HasConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) HasConfigParams() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConfigParams gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the ConfigParams field. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) SetConfigParams(v map[string]interface{}) { + o.ConfigParams = v +} + +// GetCustomEnvVars returns the CustomEnvVars field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetCustomEnvVars() map[string]string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomEnvVars) { + var ret map[string]string + return ret + } + return *o.CustomEnvVars +} + +// GetCustomEnvVarsOk returns a tuple with the CustomEnvVars field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetCustomEnvVarsOk() (*map[string]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomEnvVars) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CustomEnvVars, true +} + +// HasCustomEnvVars returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) HasCustomEnvVars() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CustomEnvVars) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCustomEnvVars gets a reference to the given map[string]string and assigns it to the CustomEnvVars field. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) SetCustomEnvVars(v map[string]string) { + o.CustomEnvVars = &v +} + +// GetCustomEnvFiles returns the CustomEnvFiles field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetCustomEnvFiles() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomEnvFiles) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.CustomEnvFiles +} + +// GetCustomEnvFilesOk returns a tuple with the CustomEnvFiles field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetCustomEnvFilesOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomEnvFiles) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CustomEnvFiles, true +} + +// HasCustomEnvFiles returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) HasCustomEnvFiles() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CustomEnvFiles) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCustomEnvFiles gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the CustomEnvFiles field. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) SetCustomEnvFiles(v []string) { + o.CustomEnvFiles = v +} + +// GetOracleRacCustomEnvFiles returns the OracleRacCustomEnvFiles field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetOracleRacCustomEnvFiles() []OracleRacCustomEnvFile { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleRacCustomEnvFiles) { + var ret []OracleRacCustomEnvFile + return ret + } + return o.OracleRacCustomEnvFiles +} + +// GetOracleRacCustomEnvFilesOk returns a tuple with the OracleRacCustomEnvFiles field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetOracleRacCustomEnvFilesOk() ([]OracleRacCustomEnvFile, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleRacCustomEnvFiles) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleRacCustomEnvFiles, true +} + +// HasOracleRacCustomEnvFiles returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) HasOracleRacCustomEnvFiles() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleRacCustomEnvFiles) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleRacCustomEnvFiles gets a reference to the given []OracleRacCustomEnvFile and assigns it to the OracleRacCustomEnvFiles field. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) SetOracleRacCustomEnvFiles(v []OracleRacCustomEnvFile) { + o.OracleRacCustomEnvFiles = v +} + +// GetOracleRacCustomEnvVars returns the OracleRacCustomEnvVars field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetOracleRacCustomEnvVars() []OracleRacCustomEnvVar { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleRacCustomEnvVars) { + var ret []OracleRacCustomEnvVar + return ret + } + return o.OracleRacCustomEnvVars +} + +// GetOracleRacCustomEnvVarsOk returns a tuple with the OracleRacCustomEnvVars field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) GetOracleRacCustomEnvVarsOk() ([]OracleRacCustomEnvVar, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleRacCustomEnvVars) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleRacCustomEnvVars, true +} + +// HasOracleRacCustomEnvVars returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) HasOracleRacCustomEnvVars() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleRacCustomEnvVars) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleRacCustomEnvVars gets a reference to the given []OracleRacCustomEnvVar and assigns it to the OracleRacCustomEnvVars field. +func (o *UpdateVCDBParameters) SetOracleRacCustomEnvVars(v []OracleRacCustomEnvVar) { + o.OracleRacCustomEnvVars = v +} + +func (o UpdateVCDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpdateVCDBParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + toSerialize["oracle_services"] = o.OracleServices + } + if !IsNil(o.Instances) { + toSerialize["instances"] = o.Instances + } + if !IsNil(o.NodeListeners) { + toSerialize["node_listeners"] = o.NodeListeners + } + if !IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + toSerialize["invoke_datapatch"] = o.InvokeDatapatch + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_password"] = o.TdeKeystorePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_config_type"] = o.TdeKeystoreConfigType + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + toSerialize["tde_key_identifier"] = o.TdeKeyIdentifier + } + if !IsNil(o.DbUsername) { + toSerialize["db_username"] = o.DbUsername + } + if !IsNil(o.DbPassword) { + toSerialize["db_password"] = o.DbPassword + } + if !IsNil(o.AutoRestart) { + toSerialize["auto_restart"] = o.AutoRestart + } + if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserId) { + toSerialize["environment_user_id"] = o.EnvironmentUserId + } + if !IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + toSerialize["config_params"] = o.ConfigParams + } + if !IsNil(o.CustomEnvVars) { + toSerialize["custom_env_vars"] = o.CustomEnvVars + } + if !IsNil(o.CustomEnvFiles) { + toSerialize["custom_env_files"] = o.CustomEnvFiles + } + if !IsNil(o.OracleRacCustomEnvFiles) { + toSerialize["oracle_rac_custom_env_files"] = o.OracleRacCustomEnvFiles + } + if !IsNil(o.OracleRacCustomEnvVars) { + toSerialize["oracle_rac_custom_env_vars"] = o.OracleRacCustomEnvVars + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpdateVCDBParameters struct { + value *UpdateVCDBParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpdateVCDBParameters) Get() *UpdateVCDBParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateVCDBParameters) Set(val *UpdateVCDBParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpdateVCDBParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateVCDBParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpdateVCDBParameters(val *UpdateVCDBParameters) *NullableUpdateVCDBParameters { + return &NullableUpdateVCDBParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpdateVCDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateVCDBParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_update_vcdb_response.go b/model_update_vcdb_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..380a790e --- /dev/null +++ b/model_update_vcdb_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpdateVCDBResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateVCDBResponse{} + +// UpdateVCDBResponse struct for UpdateVCDBResponse +type UpdateVCDBResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpdateVCDBResponse instantiates a new UpdateVCDBResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpdateVCDBResponse() *UpdateVCDBResponse { + this := UpdateVCDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewUpdateVCDBResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateVCDBResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpdateVCDBResponseWithDefaults() *UpdateVCDBResponse { + this := UpdateVCDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVCDBResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVCDBResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *UpdateVCDBResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o UpdateVCDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpdateVCDBResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpdateVCDBResponse struct { + value *UpdateVCDBResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpdateVCDBResponse) Get() *UpdateVCDBResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateVCDBResponse) Set(val *UpdateVCDBResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpdateVCDBResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateVCDBResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpdateVCDBResponse(val *UpdateVCDBResponse) *NullableUpdateVCDBResponse { + return &NullableUpdateVCDBResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpdateVCDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateVCDBResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_update_vdb_group_parameters.go b/model_update_vdb_group_parameters.go index bc947783..05f246f5 100644 --- a/model_update_vdb_group_parameters.go +++ b/model_update_vdb_group_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -23,6 +23,10 @@ type UpdateVDBGroupParameters struct { // The name of the VDB group. Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` VdbIds []string `json:"vdb_ids,omitempty"` + // Dictates order of operations on VDBs. Operations can be performed in parallel
for all VDBs or sequentially. Below are possible valid and invalid orderings given an example
VDB group with 3 vdbs (A, B, and C).
Valid:
{\"vdb_id\":\"vdb-1\", \"order\":\"1\"} {\"vdb_id\":\"vdb-2\", order:\"1\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-3\", order:\"1\"} (parallel)
{vdb_id:\"vdb-1\", order:\"1\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-2\", order:\"2\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-3\", order:\"3\"} (sequential)
Invalid:
{vdb_id:\"vdb-1\", order:\"A\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-2\", order:\"B\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-3\", order:\"C\"} (sequential)

In the sequential case the vdbs with priority 1 is the first to be started and the last to
be stopped. This value is set on creation of VDB groups. + Vdbs []CreateVDBGroupOrder `json:"vdbs,omitempty"` + // If true, the VDB Group will be refreshed immediately after the update. + RefreshImmediately *bool `json:"refresh_immediately,omitempty"` } // NewUpdateVDBGroupParameters instantiates a new UpdateVDBGroupParameters object @@ -31,6 +35,8 @@ type UpdateVDBGroupParameters struct { // will change when the set of required properties is changed func NewUpdateVDBGroupParameters() *UpdateVDBGroupParameters { this := UpdateVDBGroupParameters{} + var refreshImmediately bool = false + this.RefreshImmediately = &refreshImmediately return &this } @@ -39,6 +45,8 @@ func NewUpdateVDBGroupParameters() *UpdateVDBGroupParameters { // but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set func NewUpdateVDBGroupParametersWithDefaults() *UpdateVDBGroupParameters { this := UpdateVDBGroupParameters{} + var refreshImmediately bool = false + this.RefreshImmediately = &refreshImmediately return &this } @@ -106,6 +114,70 @@ func (o *UpdateVDBGroupParameters) SetVdbIds(v []string) { o.VdbIds = v } +// GetVdbs returns the Vdbs field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupParameters) GetVdbs() []CreateVDBGroupOrder { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Vdbs) { + var ret []CreateVDBGroupOrder + return ret + } + return o.Vdbs +} + +// GetVdbsOk returns a tuple with the Vdbs field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupParameters) GetVdbsOk() ([]CreateVDBGroupOrder, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Vdbs) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Vdbs, true +} + +// HasVdbs returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupParameters) HasVdbs() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Vdbs) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbs gets a reference to the given []CreateVDBGroupOrder and assigns it to the Vdbs field. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupParameters) SetVdbs(v []CreateVDBGroupOrder) { + o.Vdbs = v +} + +// GetRefreshImmediately returns the RefreshImmediately field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupParameters) GetRefreshImmediately() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RefreshImmediately) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.RefreshImmediately +} + +// GetRefreshImmediatelyOk returns a tuple with the RefreshImmediately field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupParameters) GetRefreshImmediatelyOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RefreshImmediately) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RefreshImmediately, true +} + +// HasRefreshImmediately returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupParameters) HasRefreshImmediately() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RefreshImmediately) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRefreshImmediately gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the RefreshImmediately field. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupParameters) SetRefreshImmediately(v bool) { + o.RefreshImmediately = &v +} + func (o UpdateVDBGroupParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -122,6 +194,12 @@ func (o UpdateVDBGroupParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.VdbIds) { toSerialize["vdb_ids"] = o.VdbIds } + if !IsNil(o.Vdbs) { + toSerialize["vdbs"] = o.Vdbs + } + if !IsNil(o.RefreshImmediately) { + toSerialize["refresh_immediately"] = o.RefreshImmediately + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_update_vdb_group_response.go b/model_update_vdb_group_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..93723c2a --- /dev/null +++ b/model_update_vdb_group_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,669 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the UpdateVDBGroupResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateVDBGroupResponse{} + +// UpdateVDBGroupResponse struct for UpdateVDBGroupResponse +type UpdateVDBGroupResponse struct { + // A unique identifier for the entity. + Id string `json:"id"` + // A unique name for the entity. + Name string `json:"name"` + // The list of VDB IDs in this VDB Group. + VdbIds []string `json:"vdb_ids,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether the VDB Group is locked. + IsLocked *bool `json:"is_locked,omitempty"` + // The Id of the account that locked the VDB Group. + LockedBy *int64 `json:"locked_by,omitempty"` + // The name of the account that locked the VDB Group. + LockedByName *string `json:"locked_by_name,omitempty"` + // Source of the vdb group, default is DCT. In case of self-service container, this value would be ENGINE. + VdbGroupSource *string `json:"vdb_group_source,omitempty"` + // Data-layout Id for engine-managed vdb groups. + SsDataLayoutId *string `json:"ss_data_layout_id,omitempty"` + // Dictates order of operations on VDBs. Operations can be performed in parallel
for all VDBs or sequentially. Below are possible valid and invalid orderings given an example
VDB group with 3 vdbs (A, B, and C).
Valid:
{\"vdb_id\":\"vdb-1\", \"order\":\"1\"} {\"vdb_id\":\"vdb-2\", order:\"1\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-3\", order:\"1\"} (parallel)
{vdb_id:\"vdb-1\", order:\"1\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-2\", order:\"2\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-3\", order:\"3\"} (sequential)
Invalid:
{vdb_id:\"vdb-1\", order:\"A\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-2\", order:\"B\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-3\", order:\"C\"} (sequential)

In the sequential case the vdbs with priority 1 is the first to be started and the last to
be stopped. This value is set on creation of VDB groups. + Vdbs []VDBOrder `json:"vdbs,omitempty"` + // The database type of the VDB Group. If all VDBs in the group are of the same database_type, this field will be set to that type. If the VDBs are of different database_type, this field will be set to 'Mixed'. + DatabaseType *string `json:"database_type,omitempty"` + // The status of the VDB Group. If all VDBs in the VDB Group have the same status, this field will be set to that status. If the VDBs have different statuses, this field will be set to 'Mixed'. + Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"` + // The bookmark ID to which the VDB Group was last successfully refreshed. + LastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId *string `json:"last_successful_refresh_to_bookmark_id,omitempty"` + // The time at which the VDB Group was last successfully refreshed. + LastSuccessfulRefreshTime *time.Time `json:"last_successful_refresh_time,omitempty"` + Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +type _UpdateVDBGroupResponse UpdateVDBGroupResponse + +// NewUpdateVDBGroupResponse instantiates a new UpdateVDBGroupResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpdateVDBGroupResponse(id string, name string) *UpdateVDBGroupResponse { + this := UpdateVDBGroupResponse{} + this.Id = id + this.Name = name + return &this +} + +// NewUpdateVDBGroupResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateVDBGroupResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpdateVDBGroupResponseWithDefaults() *UpdateVDBGroupResponse { + this := UpdateVDBGroupResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.Id, true +} + +// SetId sets field value +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetName() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.Name, true +} + +// SetName sets field value +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = v +} + +// GetVdbIds returns the VdbIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetVdbIds() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbIds) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.VdbIds +} + +// GetVdbIdsOk returns a tuple with the VdbIds field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetVdbIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbIds) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbIds, true +} + +// HasVdbIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) HasVdbIds() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbIds) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the VdbIds field. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) SetVdbIds(v []string) { + o.VdbIds = v +} + +// GetIsLocked returns the IsLocked field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetIsLocked() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsLocked) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsLocked +} + +// GetIsLockedOk returns a tuple with the IsLocked field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetIsLockedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsLocked) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsLocked, true +} + +// HasIsLocked returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) HasIsLocked() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsLocked) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsLocked gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsLocked field. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) SetIsLocked(v bool) { + o.IsLocked = &v +} + +// GetLockedBy returns the LockedBy field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetLockedBy() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LockedBy) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.LockedBy +} + +// GetLockedByOk returns a tuple with the LockedBy field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetLockedByOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LockedBy) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LockedBy, true +} + +// HasLockedBy returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) HasLockedBy() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LockedBy) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLockedBy gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the LockedBy field. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) SetLockedBy(v int64) { + o.LockedBy = &v +} + +// GetLockedByName returns the LockedByName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetLockedByName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LockedByName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.LockedByName +} + +// GetLockedByNameOk returns a tuple with the LockedByName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetLockedByNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LockedByName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LockedByName, true +} + +// HasLockedByName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) HasLockedByName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LockedByName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLockedByName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the LockedByName field. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) SetLockedByName(v string) { + o.LockedByName = &v +} + +// GetVdbGroupSource returns the VdbGroupSource field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetVdbGroupSource() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbGroupSource) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.VdbGroupSource +} + +// GetVdbGroupSourceOk returns a tuple with the VdbGroupSource field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetVdbGroupSourceOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbGroupSource) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbGroupSource, true +} + +// HasVdbGroupSource returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) HasVdbGroupSource() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbGroupSource) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbGroupSource gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VdbGroupSource field. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) SetVdbGroupSource(v string) { + o.VdbGroupSource = &v +} + +// GetSsDataLayoutId returns the SsDataLayoutId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetSsDataLayoutId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SsDataLayoutId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SsDataLayoutId +} + +// GetSsDataLayoutIdOk returns a tuple with the SsDataLayoutId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetSsDataLayoutIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SsDataLayoutId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SsDataLayoutId, true +} + +// HasSsDataLayoutId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) HasSsDataLayoutId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SsDataLayoutId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSsDataLayoutId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SsDataLayoutId field. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) SetSsDataLayoutId(v string) { + o.SsDataLayoutId = &v +} + +// GetVdbs returns the Vdbs field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetVdbs() []VDBOrder { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Vdbs) { + var ret []VDBOrder + return ret + } + return o.Vdbs +} + +// GetVdbsOk returns a tuple with the Vdbs field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetVdbsOk() ([]VDBOrder, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Vdbs) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Vdbs, true +} + +// HasVdbs returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) HasVdbs() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Vdbs) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbs gets a reference to the given []VDBOrder and assigns it to the Vdbs field. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) SetVdbs(v []VDBOrder) { + o.Vdbs = v +} + +// GetDatabaseType returns the DatabaseType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetDatabaseType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatabaseType +} + +// GetDatabaseTypeOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetDatabaseTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatabaseType, true +} + +// HasDatabaseType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) HasDatabaseType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatabaseType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseType field. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) SetDatabaseType(v string) { + o.DatabaseType = &v +} + +// GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetStatus() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Status +} + +// GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Status, true +} + +// HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) HasStatus() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Status) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) SetStatus(v string) { + o.Status = &v +} + +// GetLastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId returns the LastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetLastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.LastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId +} + +// GetLastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkIdOk returns a tuple with the LastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetLastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId, true +} + +// HasLastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) HasLastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the LastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId field. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) SetLastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId(v string) { + o.LastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId = &v +} + +// GetLastSuccessfulRefreshTime returns the LastSuccessfulRefreshTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetLastSuccessfulRefreshTime() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastSuccessfulRefreshTime) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.LastSuccessfulRefreshTime +} + +// GetLastSuccessfulRefreshTimeOk returns a tuple with the LastSuccessfulRefreshTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetLastSuccessfulRefreshTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastSuccessfulRefreshTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LastSuccessfulRefreshTime, true +} + +// HasLastSuccessfulRefreshTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) HasLastSuccessfulRefreshTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LastSuccessfulRefreshTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLastSuccessfulRefreshTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the LastSuccessfulRefreshTime field. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) SetLastSuccessfulRefreshTime(v time.Time) { + o.LastSuccessfulRefreshTime = &v +} + +// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetTags() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.Tags +} + +// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tags, true +} + +// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) HasTags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) SetTags(v []Tag) { + o.Tags = v +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o UpdateVDBGroupResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpdateVDBGroupResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + if !IsNil(o.VdbIds) { + toSerialize["vdb_ids"] = o.VdbIds + } + if !IsNil(o.IsLocked) { + toSerialize["is_locked"] = o.IsLocked + } + if !IsNil(o.LockedBy) { + toSerialize["locked_by"] = o.LockedBy + } + if !IsNil(o.LockedByName) { + toSerialize["locked_by_name"] = o.LockedByName + } + if !IsNil(o.VdbGroupSource) { + toSerialize["vdb_group_source"] = o.VdbGroupSource + } + if !IsNil(o.SsDataLayoutId) { + toSerialize["ss_data_layout_id"] = o.SsDataLayoutId + } + if !IsNil(o.Vdbs) { + toSerialize["vdbs"] = o.Vdbs + } + if !IsNil(o.DatabaseType) { + toSerialize["database_type"] = o.DatabaseType + } + if !IsNil(o.Status) { + toSerialize["status"] = o.Status + } + if !IsNil(o.LastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId) { + toSerialize["last_successful_refresh_to_bookmark_id"] = o.LastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId + } + if !IsNil(o.LastSuccessfulRefreshTime) { + toSerialize["last_successful_refresh_time"] = o.LastSuccessfulRefreshTime + } + if !IsNil(o.Tags) { + toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags + } + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "id", + "name", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varUpdateVDBGroupResponse := _UpdateVDBGroupResponse{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varUpdateVDBGroupResponse) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = UpdateVDBGroupResponse(varUpdateVDBGroupResponse) + + return err +} + +type NullableUpdateVDBGroupResponse struct { + value *UpdateVDBGroupResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpdateVDBGroupResponse) Get() *UpdateVDBGroupResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateVDBGroupResponse) Set(val *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpdateVDBGroupResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateVDBGroupResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpdateVDBGroupResponse(val *UpdateVDBGroupResponse) *NullableUpdateVDBGroupResponse { + return &NullableUpdateVDBGroupResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpdateVDBGroupResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateVDBGroupResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_update_vdb_parameters.go b/model_update_vdb_parameters.go index b3430a78..6666ec7b 100644 --- a/model_update_vdb_parameters.go +++ b/model_update_vdb_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ type UpdateVDBParameters struct { AutoRestart *bool `json:"auto_restart,omitempty"` // The environment user ID to use to connect to the target environment. EnvironmentUserId *string `json:"environment_user_id,omitempty"` - // The ID of the target VDB Template (Oracle Only). + // The ID of the target VDB Template (Oracle and MSSql Only). TemplateId *string `json:"template_id,omitempty"` // The listener IDs for this provision operation (Oracle Only). ListenerIds []string `json:"listener_ids,omitempty"` @@ -63,6 +63,12 @@ type UpdateVDBParameters struct { TargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath *string `json:"target_vcdb_tde_keystore_path,omitempty"` // The password for the Transparent Data Encryption keystore associated with the CDB. (Oracle Multitenant Only) CdbTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"cdb_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + // Path to a copy of the parent PDB's Oracle transparent data encryption keystore on the target host. Required to provision from snapshots of PDB containing encrypted database files with isolated mode keystore. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath *string `json:"parent_pdb_tde_keystore_path,omitempty"` + // The password of the parent PDB keystore. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"parent_pdb_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` + // The password for the isolated mode TDE keystore of the target virtual PDB. (Oracle Multitenant Only) + TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword *string `json:"target_pdb_tde_keystore_password,omitempty"` // The JSON payload conforming to the DraftV4 schema based on the type of application data being manipulated. AppdataSourceParams map[string]interface{} `json:"appdata_source_params,omitempty"` // Specifies additional locations on which to mount a subdirectory of an AppData container. Can only be updated while the VDB is disabled. @@ -73,6 +79,16 @@ type UpdateVDBParameters struct { ConfigParams map[string]interface{} `json:"config_params,omitempty"` // Mount point for the VDB (AppData only), can only be updated while the VDB is disabled. MountPoint *string `json:"mount_point,omitempty"` + // List of jdbc connection strings which are used to connect with the database. + OracleServices []string `json:"oracle_services,omitempty"` + // The instances of this RAC database. + Instances []OracleRACDatabaseInstance `json:"instances,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether datapatch should be invoked. + InvokeDatapatch *bool `json:"invoke_datapatch,omitempty"` + // Shared backup location to be used for VDB provision on AG Cluster. + MssqlAgBackupLocation *string `json:"mssql_ag_backup_location,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether to do fast operations for VDB on AG which will use a healthy secondary replica to recreate the AG or backup based operations which will use the primary replica to recreate the AG using backup and restore process. + MssqlAgBackupBased *bool `json:"mssql_ag_backup_based,omitempty"` } // NewUpdateVDBParameters instantiates a new UpdateVDBParameters object @@ -800,6 +816,102 @@ func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) SetCdbTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { o.CdbTdeKeystorePassword = &v } +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath returns the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath +} + +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePathOk returns a tuple with the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath, true +} + +// HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath field. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath(v string) { + o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath = &v +} + +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword returns the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + +// GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword returns the TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword +} + +// GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk returns a tuple with the TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePasswordOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword, true +} + +// HasTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) HasTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword field. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) SetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword(v string) { + o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword = &v +} + // GetAppdataSourceParams returns the AppdataSourceParams field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetAppdataSourceParams() map[string]interface{} { if o == nil || IsNil(o.AppdataSourceParams) { @@ -832,9 +944,9 @@ func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) SetAppdataSourceParams(v map[string]interface{}) { o.AppdataSourceParams = v } -// GetAdditionalMountPoints returns the AdditionalMountPoints field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +// GetAdditionalMountPoints returns the AdditionalMountPoints field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetAdditionalMountPoints() []AdditionalMountPoint { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AdditionalMountPoints) { var ret []AdditionalMountPoint return ret } @@ -843,7 +955,6 @@ func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetAdditionalMountPoints() []AdditionalMountPoint // GetAdditionalMountPointsOk returns a tuple with the AdditionalMountPoints field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetAdditionalMountPointsOk() ([]AdditionalMountPoint, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.AdditionalMountPoints) { return nil, false @@ -853,7 +964,7 @@ func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetAdditionalMountPointsOk() ([]AdditionalMountPoi // HasAdditionalMountPoints returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) HasAdditionalMountPoints() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.AdditionalMountPoints) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AdditionalMountPoints) { return true } @@ -865,9 +976,9 @@ func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) SetAdditionalMountPoints(v []AdditionalMountPoint) o.AdditionalMountPoints = v } -// GetAppdataConfigParams returns the AppdataConfigParams field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +// GetAppdataConfigParams returns the AppdataConfigParams field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetAppdataConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AppdataConfigParams) { var ret map[string]interface{} return ret } @@ -876,7 +987,6 @@ func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetAppdataConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { // GetAppdataConfigParamsOk returns a tuple with the AppdataConfigParams field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetAppdataConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.AppdataConfigParams) { return map[string]interface{}{}, false @@ -886,7 +996,7 @@ func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetAppdataConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{} // HasAppdataConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) HasAppdataConfigParams() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.AppdataConfigParams) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AppdataConfigParams) { return true } @@ -898,9 +1008,9 @@ func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) SetAppdataConfigParams(v map[string]interface{}) { o.AppdataConfigParams = v } -// GetConfigParams returns the ConfigParams field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +// GetConfigParams returns the ConfigParams field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { var ret map[string]interface{} return ret } @@ -909,7 +1019,6 @@ func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { // GetConfigParamsOk returns a tuple with the ConfigParams field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { return map[string]interface{}{}, false @@ -919,7 +1028,7 @@ func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) // HasConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) HasConfigParams() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { return true } @@ -963,6 +1072,166 @@ func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) SetMountPoint(v string) { o.MountPoint = &v } +// GetOracleServices returns the OracleServices field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetOracleServices() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.OracleServices +} + +// GetOracleServicesOk returns a tuple with the OracleServices field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetOracleServicesOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleServices, true +} + +// HasOracleServices returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) HasOracleServices() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleServices gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the OracleServices field. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) SetOracleServices(v []string) { + o.OracleServices = v +} + +// GetInstances returns the Instances field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetInstances() []OracleRACDatabaseInstance { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + var ret []OracleRACDatabaseInstance + return ret + } + return o.Instances +} + +// GetInstancesOk returns a tuple with the Instances field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetInstancesOk() ([]OracleRACDatabaseInstance, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Instances, true +} + +// HasInstances returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) HasInstances() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Instances) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstances gets a reference to the given []OracleRACDatabaseInstance and assigns it to the Instances field. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) SetInstances(v []OracleRACDatabaseInstance) { + o.Instances = v +} + +// GetInvokeDatapatch returns the InvokeDatapatch field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetInvokeDatapatch() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.InvokeDatapatch +} + +// GetInvokeDatapatchOk returns a tuple with the InvokeDatapatch field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetInvokeDatapatchOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InvokeDatapatch, true +} + +// HasInvokeDatapatch returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) HasInvokeDatapatch() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInvokeDatapatch gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the InvokeDatapatch field. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) SetInvokeDatapatch(v bool) { + o.InvokeDatapatch = &v +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupLocation returns the MssqlAgBackupLocation field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetMssqlAgBackupLocation() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlAgBackupLocation +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupLocationOk returns a tuple with the MssqlAgBackupLocation field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetMssqlAgBackupLocationOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlAgBackupLocation, true +} + +// HasMssqlAgBackupLocation returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) HasMssqlAgBackupLocation() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlAgBackupLocation gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlAgBackupLocation field. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) SetMssqlAgBackupLocation(v string) { + o.MssqlAgBackupLocation = &v +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupBased returns the MssqlAgBackupBased field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetMssqlAgBackupBased() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlAgBackupBased +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupBasedOk returns a tuple with the MssqlAgBackupBased field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) GetMssqlAgBackupBasedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlAgBackupBased, true +} + +// HasMssqlAgBackupBased returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) HasMssqlAgBackupBased() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlAgBackupBased gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the MssqlAgBackupBased field. +func (o *UpdateVDBParameters) SetMssqlAgBackupBased(v bool) { + o.MssqlAgBackupBased = &v +} + func (o UpdateVDBParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -1039,21 +1308,45 @@ func (o UpdateVDBParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.CdbTdeKeystorePassword) { toSerialize["cdb_tde_keystore_password"] = o.CdbTdeKeystorePassword } + if !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + toSerialize["parent_pdb_tde_keystore_path"] = o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["parent_pdb_tde_keystore_password"] = o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePassword + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword) { + toSerialize["target_pdb_tde_keystore_password"] = o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePassword + } if !IsNil(o.AppdataSourceParams) { toSerialize["appdata_source_params"] = o.AppdataSourceParams } - if o.AdditionalMountPoints != nil { + if !IsNil(o.AdditionalMountPoints) { toSerialize["additional_mount_points"] = o.AdditionalMountPoints } - if o.AppdataConfigParams != nil { + if !IsNil(o.AppdataConfigParams) { toSerialize["appdata_config_params"] = o.AppdataConfigParams } - if o.ConfigParams != nil { + if !IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { toSerialize["config_params"] = o.ConfigParams } if !IsNil(o.MountPoint) { toSerialize["mount_point"] = o.MountPoint } + if !IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + toSerialize["oracle_services"] = o.OracleServices + } + if !IsNil(o.Instances) { + toSerialize["instances"] = o.Instances + } + if !IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + toSerialize["invoke_datapatch"] = o.InvokeDatapatch + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + toSerialize["mssql_ag_backup_location"] = o.MssqlAgBackupLocation + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + toSerialize["mssql_ag_backup_based"] = o.MssqlAgBackupBased + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_update_vdb_response.go b/model_update_vdb_response.go index a2958026..e037c2d3 100644 --- a/model_update_vdb_response.go +++ b/model_update_vdb_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_update_virtualization_policy_parameters.go b/model_update_virtualization_policy_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b594590f --- /dev/null +++ b/model_update_virtualization_policy_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,646 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters{} + +// UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters struct for UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters +type UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters struct { + // The name of the virtualization policy. + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The timezone to use for scheduling. + TimezoneId *string `json:"timezone_id,omitempty"` + // Amount of time to keep source data [Retention Policy]. + DataDuration *int32 `json:"data_duration,omitempty"` + // Time unit for data_duration [Retention Policy]. + DataUnit *string `json:"data_unit,omitempty"` + // Amount of time to keep log data [Retention Policy]. + LogDuration *int32 `json:"log_duration,omitempty"` + // Time unit for log_duration [Retention Policy]. + LogUnit *string `json:"log_unit,omitempty"` + // Number of daily snapshots to keep [Retention Policy]. + NumOfDaily *int32 `json:"num_of_daily,omitempty"` + // Number of weekly snapshots to keep [Retention Policy]. + NumOfWeekly *int32 `json:"num_of_weekly,omitempty"` + // Day of week upon which to enforce weekly snapshot retention [Retention Policy]. + DayOfWeek *string `json:"day_of_week,omitempty"` + // Number of monthly snapshots to keep [Retention Policy]. + NumOfMonthly *int32 `json:"num_of_monthly,omitempty"` + // Day of month upon which to enforce monthly snapshot retention [Retention Policy]. + DayOfMonth *int32 `json:"day_of_month,omitempty"` + // Number of yearly snapshots to keep [Retention Policy]. + NumOfYearly *int32 `json:"num_of_yearly,omitempty"` + // Day of year upon which to enforce yearly snapshot retention, expressed a month / day string (e.g., \"Jan 1\") [Retention Policy]. + DayOfYear *string `json:"day_of_year,omitempty"` + // The schedules for this policy. + Schedules []VirtualizationSchedule `json:"schedules,omitempty"` + // Size of the quota, in bytes. (QUOTA_POLICY only). + Size *int64 `json:"size,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters instantiates a new UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters() *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters { + this := UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters{} + return &this +} + +// NewUpdateVirtualizationPolicyParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpdateVirtualizationPolicyParametersWithDefaults() *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters { + this := UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Name) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Name, true +} + +// HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Name) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = &v +} + +// GetTimezoneId returns the TimezoneId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetTimezoneId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimezoneId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TimezoneId +} + +// GetTimezoneIdOk returns a tuple with the TimezoneId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetTimezoneIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimezoneId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TimezoneId, true +} + +// HasTimezoneId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasTimezoneId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TimezoneId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTimezoneId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TimezoneId field. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetTimezoneId(v string) { + o.TimezoneId = &v +} + +// GetDataDuration returns the DataDuration field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetDataDuration() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataDuration) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.DataDuration +} + +// GetDataDurationOk returns a tuple with the DataDuration field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetDataDurationOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataDuration) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataDuration, true +} + +// HasDataDuration returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasDataDuration() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataDuration) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataDuration gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the DataDuration field. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetDataDuration(v int32) { + o.DataDuration = &v +} + +// GetDataUnit returns the DataUnit field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetDataUnit() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataUnit) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DataUnit +} + +// GetDataUnitOk returns a tuple with the DataUnit field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetDataUnitOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataUnit) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataUnit, true +} + +// HasDataUnit returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasDataUnit() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataUnit) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataUnit gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DataUnit field. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetDataUnit(v string) { + o.DataUnit = &v +} + +// GetLogDuration returns the LogDuration field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetLogDuration() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogDuration) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.LogDuration +} + +// GetLogDurationOk returns a tuple with the LogDuration field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetLogDurationOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogDuration) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LogDuration, true +} + +// HasLogDuration returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasLogDuration() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LogDuration) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLogDuration gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the LogDuration field. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetLogDuration(v int32) { + o.LogDuration = &v +} + +// GetLogUnit returns the LogUnit field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetLogUnit() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogUnit) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.LogUnit +} + +// GetLogUnitOk returns a tuple with the LogUnit field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetLogUnitOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LogUnit) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LogUnit, true +} + +// HasLogUnit returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasLogUnit() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LogUnit) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLogUnit gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the LogUnit field. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetLogUnit(v string) { + o.LogUnit = &v +} + +// GetNumOfDaily returns the NumOfDaily field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetNumOfDaily() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumOfDaily) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.NumOfDaily +} + +// GetNumOfDailyOk returns a tuple with the NumOfDaily field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetNumOfDailyOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumOfDaily) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NumOfDaily, true +} + +// HasNumOfDaily returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasNumOfDaily() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NumOfDaily) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNumOfDaily gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the NumOfDaily field. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetNumOfDaily(v int32) { + o.NumOfDaily = &v +} + +// GetNumOfWeekly returns the NumOfWeekly field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetNumOfWeekly() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumOfWeekly) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.NumOfWeekly +} + +// GetNumOfWeeklyOk returns a tuple with the NumOfWeekly field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetNumOfWeeklyOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumOfWeekly) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NumOfWeekly, true +} + +// HasNumOfWeekly returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasNumOfWeekly() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NumOfWeekly) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNumOfWeekly gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the NumOfWeekly field. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetNumOfWeekly(v int32) { + o.NumOfWeekly = &v +} + +// GetDayOfWeek returns the DayOfWeek field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetDayOfWeek() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DayOfWeek) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DayOfWeek +} + +// GetDayOfWeekOk returns a tuple with the DayOfWeek field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetDayOfWeekOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DayOfWeek) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DayOfWeek, true +} + +// HasDayOfWeek returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasDayOfWeek() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DayOfWeek) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDayOfWeek gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DayOfWeek field. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetDayOfWeek(v string) { + o.DayOfWeek = &v +} + +// GetNumOfMonthly returns the NumOfMonthly field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetNumOfMonthly() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumOfMonthly) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.NumOfMonthly +} + +// GetNumOfMonthlyOk returns a tuple with the NumOfMonthly field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetNumOfMonthlyOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumOfMonthly) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NumOfMonthly, true +} + +// HasNumOfMonthly returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasNumOfMonthly() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NumOfMonthly) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNumOfMonthly gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the NumOfMonthly field. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetNumOfMonthly(v int32) { + o.NumOfMonthly = &v +} + +// GetDayOfMonth returns the DayOfMonth field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetDayOfMonth() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DayOfMonth) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.DayOfMonth +} + +// GetDayOfMonthOk returns a tuple with the DayOfMonth field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetDayOfMonthOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DayOfMonth) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DayOfMonth, true +} + +// HasDayOfMonth returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasDayOfMonth() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DayOfMonth) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDayOfMonth gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the DayOfMonth field. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetDayOfMonth(v int32) { + o.DayOfMonth = &v +} + +// GetNumOfYearly returns the NumOfYearly field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetNumOfYearly() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumOfYearly) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.NumOfYearly +} + +// GetNumOfYearlyOk returns a tuple with the NumOfYearly field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetNumOfYearlyOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumOfYearly) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NumOfYearly, true +} + +// HasNumOfYearly returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasNumOfYearly() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NumOfYearly) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNumOfYearly gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the NumOfYearly field. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetNumOfYearly(v int32) { + o.NumOfYearly = &v +} + +// GetDayOfYear returns the DayOfYear field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetDayOfYear() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DayOfYear) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DayOfYear +} + +// GetDayOfYearOk returns a tuple with the DayOfYear field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetDayOfYearOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DayOfYear) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DayOfYear, true +} + +// HasDayOfYear returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasDayOfYear() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DayOfYear) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDayOfYear gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DayOfYear field. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetDayOfYear(v string) { + o.DayOfYear = &v +} + +// GetSchedules returns the Schedules field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetSchedules() []VirtualizationSchedule { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Schedules) { + var ret []VirtualizationSchedule + return ret + } + return o.Schedules +} + +// GetSchedulesOk returns a tuple with the Schedules field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetSchedulesOk() ([]VirtualizationSchedule, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Schedules) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Schedules, true +} + +// HasSchedules returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasSchedules() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Schedules) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSchedules gets a reference to the given []VirtualizationSchedule and assigns it to the Schedules field. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetSchedules(v []VirtualizationSchedule) { + o.Schedules = v +} + +// GetSize returns the Size field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetSize() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Size) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.Size +} + +// GetSizeOk returns a tuple with the Size field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) GetSizeOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Size) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Size, true +} + +// HasSize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) HasSize() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Size) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSize gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the Size field. +func (o *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) SetSize(v int64) { + o.Size = &v +} + +func (o UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Name) { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if !IsNil(o.TimezoneId) { + toSerialize["timezone_id"] = o.TimezoneId + } + if !IsNil(o.DataDuration) { + toSerialize["data_duration"] = o.DataDuration + } + if !IsNil(o.DataUnit) { + toSerialize["data_unit"] = o.DataUnit + } + if !IsNil(o.LogDuration) { + toSerialize["log_duration"] = o.LogDuration + } + if !IsNil(o.LogUnit) { + toSerialize["log_unit"] = o.LogUnit + } + if !IsNil(o.NumOfDaily) { + toSerialize["num_of_daily"] = o.NumOfDaily + } + if !IsNil(o.NumOfWeekly) { + toSerialize["num_of_weekly"] = o.NumOfWeekly + } + if !IsNil(o.DayOfWeek) { + toSerialize["day_of_week"] = o.DayOfWeek + } + if !IsNil(o.NumOfMonthly) { + toSerialize["num_of_monthly"] = o.NumOfMonthly + } + if !IsNil(o.DayOfMonth) { + toSerialize["day_of_month"] = o.DayOfMonth + } + if !IsNil(o.NumOfYearly) { + toSerialize["num_of_yearly"] = o.NumOfYearly + } + if !IsNil(o.DayOfYear) { + toSerialize["day_of_year"] = o.DayOfYear + } + if !IsNil(o.Schedules) { + toSerialize["schedules"] = o.Schedules + } + if !IsNil(o.Size) { + toSerialize["size"] = o.Size + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters struct { + value *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) Get() *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) Set(val *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters(val *UpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) *NullableUpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters { + return &NullableUpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpdateVirtualizationPolicyParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_upgrade_cdb_response.go b/model_upgrade_cdb_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..081989d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_upgrade_cdb_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpgradeCDBResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpgradeCDBResponse{} + +// UpgradeCDBResponse struct for UpgradeCDBResponse +type UpgradeCDBResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpgradeCDBResponse instantiates a new UpgradeCDBResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpgradeCDBResponse() *UpgradeCDBResponse { + this := UpgradeCDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewUpgradeCDBResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new UpgradeCDBResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpgradeCDBResponseWithDefaults() *UpgradeCDBResponse { + this := UpgradeCDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpgradeCDBResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpgradeCDBResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpgradeCDBResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *UpgradeCDBResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o UpgradeCDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpgradeCDBResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpgradeCDBResponse struct { + value *UpgradeCDBResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpgradeCDBResponse) Get() *UpgradeCDBResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpgradeCDBResponse) Set(val *UpgradeCDBResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpgradeCDBResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpgradeCDBResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpgradeCDBResponse(val *UpgradeCDBResponse) *NullableUpgradeCDBResponse { + return &NullableUpgradeCDBResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpgradeCDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpgradeCDBResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_upgrade_compatible_environments_response.go b/model_upgrade_compatible_environments_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6209f837 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_upgrade_compatible_environments_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse{} + +// UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse struct for UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse +type UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse struct { + Items []Environment `json:"items,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse instantiates a new UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse() *UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse { + this := UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewUpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponseWithDefaults() *UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse { + this := UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse) GetItems() []Environment { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []Environment + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse) GetItemsOk() ([]Environment, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []Environment and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse) SetItems(v []Environment) { + o.Items = v +} + +func (o UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse struct { + value *UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse) Get() *UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse) Set(val *UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse(val *UpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse) *NullableUpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse { + return &NullableUpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpgradeCompatibleEnvironmentsResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_upgrade_database_parameters.go b/model_upgrade_database_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c243ea8 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_upgrade_database_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,234 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the UpgradeDatabaseParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpgradeDatabaseParameters{} + +// UpgradeDatabaseParameters Parameters to upgrade a dSource/VDB. +type UpgradeDatabaseParameters struct { + // The id of the dSource/VDB repository to upgrade to. + RepositoryId string `json:"repository_id"` + // Reference of the environment user to use for dSource/VDB upgrade. + EnvironmentUserId *string `json:"environment_user_id,omitempty"` + // The id of the SQL instance on the PPT environment that we want to use for pre-provisioning (MSSQL only). + PptRepository *string `json:"ppt_repository,omitempty"` +} + +type _UpgradeDatabaseParameters UpgradeDatabaseParameters + +// NewUpgradeDatabaseParameters instantiates a new UpgradeDatabaseParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpgradeDatabaseParameters(repositoryId string) *UpgradeDatabaseParameters { + this := UpgradeDatabaseParameters{} + this.RepositoryId = repositoryId + return &this +} + +// NewUpgradeDatabaseParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new UpgradeDatabaseParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpgradeDatabaseParametersWithDefaults() *UpgradeDatabaseParameters { + this := UpgradeDatabaseParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetRepositoryId returns the RepositoryId field value +func (o *UpgradeDatabaseParameters) GetRepositoryId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.RepositoryId +} + +// GetRepositoryIdOk returns a tuple with the RepositoryId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpgradeDatabaseParameters) GetRepositoryIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.RepositoryId, true +} + +// SetRepositoryId sets field value +func (o *UpgradeDatabaseParameters) SetRepositoryId(v string) { + o.RepositoryId = v +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserId returns the EnvironmentUserId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpgradeDatabaseParameters) GetEnvironmentUserId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EnvironmentUserId +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserIdOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUserId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpgradeDatabaseParameters) GetEnvironmentUserIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvironmentUserId, true +} + +// HasEnvironmentUserId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpgradeDatabaseParameters) HasEnvironmentUserId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironmentUserId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentUserId field. +func (o *UpgradeDatabaseParameters) SetEnvironmentUserId(v string) { + o.EnvironmentUserId = &v +} + +// GetPptRepository returns the PptRepository field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpgradeDatabaseParameters) GetPptRepository() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PptRepository) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.PptRepository +} + +// GetPptRepositoryOk returns a tuple with the PptRepository field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpgradeDatabaseParameters) GetPptRepositoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PptRepository) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PptRepository, true +} + +// HasPptRepository returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpgradeDatabaseParameters) HasPptRepository() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PptRepository) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPptRepository gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PptRepository field. +func (o *UpgradeDatabaseParameters) SetPptRepository(v string) { + o.PptRepository = &v +} + +func (o UpgradeDatabaseParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpgradeDatabaseParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["repository_id"] = o.RepositoryId + if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserId) { + toSerialize["environment_user_id"] = o.EnvironmentUserId + } + if !IsNil(o.PptRepository) { + toSerialize["ppt_repository"] = o.PptRepository + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *UpgradeDatabaseParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "repository_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varUpgradeDatabaseParameters := _UpgradeDatabaseParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varUpgradeDatabaseParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = UpgradeDatabaseParameters(varUpgradeDatabaseParameters) + + return err +} + +type NullableUpgradeDatabaseParameters struct { + value *UpgradeDatabaseParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpgradeDatabaseParameters) Get() *UpgradeDatabaseParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpgradeDatabaseParameters) Set(val *UpgradeDatabaseParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpgradeDatabaseParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpgradeDatabaseParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpgradeDatabaseParameters(val *UpgradeDatabaseParameters) *NullableUpgradeDatabaseParameters { + return &NullableUpgradeDatabaseParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpgradeDatabaseParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpgradeDatabaseParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_upgrade_dsource_response.go b/model_upgrade_dsource_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..de72a8cf --- /dev/null +++ b/model_upgrade_dsource_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpgradeDsourceResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpgradeDsourceResponse{} + +// UpgradeDsourceResponse struct for UpgradeDsourceResponse +type UpgradeDsourceResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpgradeDsourceResponse instantiates a new UpgradeDsourceResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpgradeDsourceResponse() *UpgradeDsourceResponse { + this := UpgradeDsourceResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewUpgradeDsourceResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new UpgradeDsourceResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpgradeDsourceResponseWithDefaults() *UpgradeDsourceResponse { + this := UpgradeDsourceResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpgradeDsourceResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpgradeDsourceResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpgradeDsourceResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *UpgradeDsourceResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o UpgradeDsourceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpgradeDsourceResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpgradeDsourceResponse struct { + value *UpgradeDsourceResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpgradeDsourceResponse) Get() *UpgradeDsourceResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpgradeDsourceResponse) Set(val *UpgradeDsourceResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpgradeDsourceResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpgradeDsourceResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpgradeDsourceResponse(val *UpgradeDsourceResponse) *NullableUpgradeDsourceResponse { + return &NullableUpgradeDsourceResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpgradeDsourceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpgradeDsourceResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_upgrade_oracle_container_database_parameters.go b/model_upgrade_oracle_container_database_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b77f77b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_upgrade_oracle_container_database_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters{} + +// UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters Parameters to upgrade CDB/vCDB. +type UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters struct { + // The id of the CDB/vCDB repository to upgrade to. + RepositoryId string `json:"repository_id"` + // Reference of the environment user to use for CDB/vCDB upgrade. + EnvironmentUserId string `json:"environment_user_id"` +} + +type _UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters + +// NewUpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters instantiates a new UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters(repositoryId string, environmentUserId string) *UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters { + this := UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters{} + this.RepositoryId = repositoryId + this.EnvironmentUserId = environmentUserId + return &this +} + +// NewUpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParametersWithDefaults() *UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters { + this := UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetRepositoryId returns the RepositoryId field value +func (o *UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters) GetRepositoryId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.RepositoryId +} + +// GetRepositoryIdOk returns a tuple with the RepositoryId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters) GetRepositoryIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.RepositoryId, true +} + +// SetRepositoryId sets field value +func (o *UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters) SetRepositoryId(v string) { + o.RepositoryId = v +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserId returns the EnvironmentUserId field value +func (o *UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters) GetEnvironmentUserId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.EnvironmentUserId +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserIdOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUserId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters) GetEnvironmentUserIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.EnvironmentUserId, true +} + +// SetEnvironmentUserId sets field value +func (o *UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters) SetEnvironmentUserId(v string) { + o.EnvironmentUserId = v +} + +func (o UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["repository_id"] = o.RepositoryId + toSerialize["environment_user_id"] = o.EnvironmentUserId + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "repository_id", + "environment_user_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varUpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters := _UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varUpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters(varUpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters) + + return err +} + +type NullableUpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters struct { + value *UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters) Get() *UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters) Set(val *UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters(val *UpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters) *NullableUpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters { + return &NullableUpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpgradeOracleContainerDatabaseParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_upgrade_oracle_database_parameters.go b/model_upgrade_oracle_database_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..695d7b76 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_upgrade_oracle_database_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters{} + +// UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters Parameters to upgrade an Oracle dataset. +type UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters struct { + // The id of the dSource/VDB repository to upgrade to. + RepositoryId string `json:"repository_id"` + // Reference of the environment user to use for dSource/VDB upgrade. + EnvironmentUserId string `json:"environment_user_id"` +} + +type _UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters + +// NewUpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters instantiates a new UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters(repositoryId string, environmentUserId string) *UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters { + this := UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters{} + this.RepositoryId = repositoryId + this.EnvironmentUserId = environmentUserId + return &this +} + +// NewUpgradeOracleDatabaseParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpgradeOracleDatabaseParametersWithDefaults() *UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters { + this := UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters{} + return &this +} + +// GetRepositoryId returns the RepositoryId field value +func (o *UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters) GetRepositoryId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.RepositoryId +} + +// GetRepositoryIdOk returns a tuple with the RepositoryId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters) GetRepositoryIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.RepositoryId, true +} + +// SetRepositoryId sets field value +func (o *UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters) SetRepositoryId(v string) { + o.RepositoryId = v +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserId returns the EnvironmentUserId field value +func (o *UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters) GetEnvironmentUserId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.EnvironmentUserId +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserIdOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUserId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters) GetEnvironmentUserIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.EnvironmentUserId, true +} + +// SetEnvironmentUserId sets field value +func (o *UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters) SetEnvironmentUserId(v string) { + o.EnvironmentUserId = v +} + +func (o UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["repository_id"] = o.RepositoryId + toSerialize["environment_user_id"] = o.EnvironmentUserId + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "repository_id", + "environment_user_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varUpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters := _UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varUpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters(varUpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters) + + return err +} + +type NullableUpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters struct { + value *UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters) Get() *UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters) Set(val *UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters(val *UpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters) *NullableUpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters { + return &NullableUpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpgradeOracleDatabaseParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_upgrade_vcdb_response.go b/model_upgrade_vcdb_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..18189315 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_upgrade_vcdb_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpgradeVCDBResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpgradeVCDBResponse{} + +// UpgradeVCDBResponse struct for UpgradeVCDBResponse +type UpgradeVCDBResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpgradeVCDBResponse instantiates a new UpgradeVCDBResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpgradeVCDBResponse() *UpgradeVCDBResponse { + this := UpgradeVCDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewUpgradeVCDBResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new UpgradeVCDBResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpgradeVCDBResponseWithDefaults() *UpgradeVCDBResponse { + this := UpgradeVCDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpgradeVCDBResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpgradeVCDBResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpgradeVCDBResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *UpgradeVCDBResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o UpgradeVCDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpgradeVCDBResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpgradeVCDBResponse struct { + value *UpgradeVCDBResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpgradeVCDBResponse) Get() *UpgradeVCDBResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpgradeVCDBResponse) Set(val *UpgradeVCDBResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpgradeVCDBResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpgradeVCDBResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpgradeVCDBResponse(val *UpgradeVCDBResponse) *NullableUpgradeVCDBResponse { + return &NullableUpgradeVCDBResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpgradeVCDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpgradeVCDBResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_upgrade_vdb_response.go b/model_upgrade_vdb_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..425689f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_upgrade_vdb_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the UpgradeVDBResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UpgradeVDBResponse{} + +// UpgradeVDBResponse struct for UpgradeVDBResponse +type UpgradeVDBResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUpgradeVDBResponse instantiates a new UpgradeVDBResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUpgradeVDBResponse() *UpgradeVDBResponse { + this := UpgradeVDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewUpgradeVDBResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new UpgradeVDBResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUpgradeVDBResponseWithDefaults() *UpgradeVDBResponse { + this := UpgradeVDBResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UpgradeVDBResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UpgradeVDBResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UpgradeVDBResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *UpgradeVDBResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o UpgradeVDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UpgradeVDBResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUpgradeVDBResponse struct { + value *UpgradeVDBResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUpgradeVDBResponse) Get() *UpgradeVDBResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUpgradeVDBResponse) Set(val *UpgradeVDBResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUpgradeVDBResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUpgradeVDBResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUpgradeVDBResponse(val *UpgradeVDBResponse) *NullableUpgradeVDBResponse { + return &NullableUpgradeVDBResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUpgradeVDBResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUpgradeVDBResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_upload_model_request.go b/model_upload_model_request.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..faf2a31d --- /dev/null +++ b/model_upload_model_request.go @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "os" +) + +// checks if the UploadModelRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &UploadModelRequest{} + +// UploadModelRequest struct for UploadModelRequest +type UploadModelRequest struct { + File **os.File `json:"file,omitempty"` +} + +// NewUploadModelRequest instantiates a new UploadModelRequest object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewUploadModelRequest() *UploadModelRequest { + this := UploadModelRequest{} + return &this +} + +// NewUploadModelRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new UploadModelRequest object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewUploadModelRequestWithDefaults() *UploadModelRequest { + this := UploadModelRequest{} + return &this +} + +// GetFile returns the File field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *UploadModelRequest) GetFile() *os.File { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.File) { + var ret *os.File + return ret + } + return *o.File +} + +// GetFileOk returns a tuple with the File field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *UploadModelRequest) GetFileOk() (**os.File, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.File) { + return nil, false + } + return o.File, true +} + +// HasFile returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *UploadModelRequest) HasFile() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.File) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFile gets a reference to the given *os.File and assigns it to the File field. +func (o *UploadModelRequest) SetFile(v *os.File) { + o.File = &v +} + +func (o UploadModelRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o UploadModelRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.File) { + toSerialize["file"] = o.File + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableUploadModelRequest struct { + value *UploadModelRequest + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableUploadModelRequest) Get() *UploadModelRequest { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableUploadModelRequest) Set(val *UploadModelRequest) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableUploadModelRequest) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableUploadModelRequest) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableUploadModelRequest(val *UploadModelRequest) *NullableUploadModelRequest { + return &NullableUploadModelRequest{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableUploadModelRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableUploadModelRequest) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_validate_java_parameters.go b/model_validate_java_parameters.go index b842502f..7094f3aa 100644 --- a/model_validate_java_parameters.go +++ b/model_validate_java_parameters.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the ValidateJavaParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -54,6 +56,8 @@ type ValidateJavaParameters struct { UseKerberosAuthentication *bool `json:"use_kerberos_authentication,omitempty"` } +type _ValidateJavaParameters ValidateJavaParameters + // NewValidateJavaParameters instantiates a new ValidateJavaParameters object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -619,6 +623,45 @@ func (o ValidateJavaParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *ValidateJavaParameters) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "java_home", + "port", + "host_name", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varValidateJavaParameters := _ValidateJavaParameters{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varValidateJavaParameters) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ValidateJavaParameters(varValidateJavaParameters) + + return err +} + type NullableValidateJavaParameters struct { value *ValidateJavaParameters isSet bool diff --git a/model_validate_java_response.go b/model_validate_java_response.go index b38eff99..47d017b3 100644 --- a/model_validate_java_response.go +++ b/model_validate_java_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the ValidateJavaResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -26,6 +28,8 @@ type ValidateJavaResponse struct { Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"` } +type _ValidateJavaResponse ValidateJavaResponse + // NewValidateJavaResponse instantiates a new ValidateJavaResponse object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -117,6 +121,43 @@ func (o ValidateJavaResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *ValidateJavaResponse) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "message", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varValidateJavaResponse := _ValidateJavaResponse{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varValidateJavaResponse) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = ValidateJavaResponse(varValidateJavaResponse) + + return err +} + type NullableValidateJavaResponse struct { value *ValidateJavaResponse isSet bool diff --git a/model_vcdb.go b/model_vcdb.go index 0ea7eb84..5680629b 100644 --- a/model_vcdb.go +++ b/model_vcdb.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -25,6 +25,8 @@ type VCDB struct { Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` // The name of this vCDB. Name NullableString `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The name of the container database in the Oracle DBMS. + DatabaseName *string `json:"database_name,omitempty"` // The namespace id of this vCDB. NamespaceId NullableString `json:"namespace_id,omitempty"` // The namespace name of this vCDB. @@ -54,6 +56,36 @@ type VCDB struct { // Indicates whether the Engine should automatically restart this vcdb when target host reboot is detected. VcdbRestart *bool `json:"vcdb_restart,omitempty"` Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether datapatch should be invoked. + InvokeDatapatch *bool `json:"invoke_datapatch,omitempty"` + // The list of node listeners for this VCDB. + NodeListeners []string `json:"node_listeners,omitempty"` + // The instance name of this single instance VCDB. + InstanceName *string `json:"instance_name,omitempty"` + // The instance number of this single instance VCDB. + InstanceNumber *int32 `json:"instance_number,omitempty"` + Instances []OracleRACDatabaseInstance `json:"instances,omitempty"` + OracleServices []OracleService `json:"oracle_services,omitempty"` + // The repository id of this Virtual CDB. + RepositoryId *string `json:"repository_id,omitempty"` + ContainerizationState *ContainerizationStateEnum `json:"containerization_state,omitempty"` + // ID of the key created by Delphix, as recorded in v$encryption_keys.key_id. + TdeKeyIdentifier *string `json:"tde_key_identifier,omitempty"` + TdeKeystoreConfigType *OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum `json:"tde_keystore_config_type,omitempty"` + // True if TDE keystore password is set for this container database. + IsTdeKeystorePasswordSet *bool `json:"is_tde_keystore_password_set,omitempty"` + // The unique name of the database. + DatabaseUniqueName *string `json:"database_unique_name,omitempty"` + // The user name of the database. + DbUsername *string `json:"db_username,omitempty"` + // Number of Online Redo Log Groups. + RedoLogGroups *int32 `json:"redo_log_groups,omitempty"` + // Online Redo Log size in MB. + RedoLogSizeInMb *int32 `json:"redo_log_size_in_mb,omitempty"` + // Database configuration parameter overrides. + ConfigParams map[string]interface{} `json:"config_params,omitempty"` + CustomEnvVars []OracleCustomEnvVar `json:"custom_env_vars,omitempty"` + ActiveInstances []OracleActiveInstance `json:"active_instances,omitempty"` } // NewVCDB instantiates a new VCDB object @@ -147,6 +179,38 @@ func (o *VCDB) UnsetName() { o.Name.Unset() } +// GetDatabaseName returns the DatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VCDB) GetDatabaseName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatabaseName +} + +// GetDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VCDB) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatabaseName, true +} + +// HasDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VCDB) HasDatabaseName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseName field. +func (o *VCDB) SetDatabaseName(v string) { + o.DatabaseName = &v +} + // GetNamespaceId returns the NamespaceId field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). func (o *VCDB) GetNamespaceId() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.NamespaceId.Get()) { @@ -727,6 +791,583 @@ func (o *VCDB) SetTags(v []Tag) { o.Tags = v } +// GetInvokeDatapatch returns the InvokeDatapatch field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VCDB) GetInvokeDatapatch() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.InvokeDatapatch +} + +// GetInvokeDatapatchOk returns a tuple with the InvokeDatapatch field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VCDB) GetInvokeDatapatchOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InvokeDatapatch, true +} + +// HasInvokeDatapatch returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VCDB) HasInvokeDatapatch() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInvokeDatapatch gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the InvokeDatapatch field. +func (o *VCDB) SetInvokeDatapatch(v bool) { + o.InvokeDatapatch = &v +} + +// GetNodeListeners returns the NodeListeners field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VCDB) GetNodeListeners() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NodeListeners) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.NodeListeners +} + +// GetNodeListenersOk returns a tuple with the NodeListeners field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VCDB) GetNodeListenersOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NodeListeners) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NodeListeners, true +} + +// HasNodeListeners returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VCDB) HasNodeListeners() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NodeListeners) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNodeListeners gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the NodeListeners field. +func (o *VCDB) SetNodeListeners(v []string) { + o.NodeListeners = v +} + +// GetInstanceName returns the InstanceName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VCDB) GetInstanceName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.InstanceName +} + +// GetInstanceNameOk returns a tuple with the InstanceName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VCDB) GetInstanceNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InstanceName, true +} + +// HasInstanceName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VCDB) HasInstanceName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstanceName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the InstanceName field. +func (o *VCDB) SetInstanceName(v string) { + o.InstanceName = &v +} + +// GetInstanceNumber returns the InstanceNumber field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VCDB) GetInstanceNumber() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.InstanceNumber +} + +// GetInstanceNumberOk returns a tuple with the InstanceNumber field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VCDB) GetInstanceNumberOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InstanceNumber, true +} + +// HasInstanceNumber returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VCDB) HasInstanceNumber() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstanceNumber gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the InstanceNumber field. +func (o *VCDB) SetInstanceNumber(v int32) { + o.InstanceNumber = &v +} + +// GetInstances returns the Instances field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VCDB) GetInstances() []OracleRACDatabaseInstance { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + var ret []OracleRACDatabaseInstance + return ret + } + return o.Instances +} + +// GetInstancesOk returns a tuple with the Instances field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VCDB) GetInstancesOk() ([]OracleRACDatabaseInstance, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Instances, true +} + +// HasInstances returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VCDB) HasInstances() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Instances) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstances gets a reference to the given []OracleRACDatabaseInstance and assigns it to the Instances field. +func (o *VCDB) SetInstances(v []OracleRACDatabaseInstance) { + o.Instances = v +} + +// GetOracleServices returns the OracleServices field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VCDB) GetOracleServices() []OracleService { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + var ret []OracleService + return ret + } + return o.OracleServices +} + +// GetOracleServicesOk returns a tuple with the OracleServices field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VCDB) GetOracleServicesOk() ([]OracleService, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OracleServices, true +} + +// HasOracleServices returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VCDB) HasOracleServices() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOracleServices gets a reference to the given []OracleService and assigns it to the OracleServices field. +func (o *VCDB) SetOracleServices(v []OracleService) { + o.OracleServices = v +} + +// GetRepositoryId returns the RepositoryId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VCDB) GetRepositoryId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RepositoryId +} + +// GetRepositoryIdOk returns a tuple with the RepositoryId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VCDB) GetRepositoryIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RepositoryId, true +} + +// HasRepositoryId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VCDB) HasRepositoryId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRepositoryId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RepositoryId field. +func (o *VCDB) SetRepositoryId(v string) { + o.RepositoryId = &v +} + +// GetContainerizationState returns the ContainerizationState field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VCDB) GetContainerizationState() ContainerizationStateEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContainerizationState) { + var ret ContainerizationStateEnum + return ret + } + return *o.ContainerizationState +} + +// GetContainerizationStateOk returns a tuple with the ContainerizationState field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VCDB) GetContainerizationStateOk() (*ContainerizationStateEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContainerizationState) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ContainerizationState, true +} + +// HasContainerizationState returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VCDB) HasContainerizationState() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ContainerizationState) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetContainerizationState gets a reference to the given ContainerizationStateEnum and assigns it to the ContainerizationState field. +func (o *VCDB) SetContainerizationState(v ContainerizationStateEnum) { + o.ContainerizationState = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeyIdentifier returns the TdeKeyIdentifier field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VCDB) GetTdeKeyIdentifier() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeyIdentifier +} + +// GetTdeKeyIdentifierOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeyIdentifier field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VCDB) GetTdeKeyIdentifierOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeyIdentifier, true +} + +// HasTdeKeyIdentifier returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VCDB) HasTdeKeyIdentifier() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeyIdentifier gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeKeyIdentifier field. +func (o *VCDB) SetTdeKeyIdentifier(v string) { + o.TdeKeyIdentifier = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigType returns the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VCDB) GetTdeKeystoreConfigType() OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + var ret OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeystoreConfigType +} + +// GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeystoreConfigType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VCDB) GetTdeKeystoreConfigTypeOk() (*OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeystoreConfigType, true +} + +// HasTdeKeystoreConfigType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VCDB) HasTdeKeystoreConfigType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeystoreConfigType gets a reference to the given OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum and assigns it to the TdeKeystoreConfigType field. +func (o *VCDB) SetTdeKeystoreConfigType(v OracleTdeKeystoreConfigTypeEnum) { + o.TdeKeystoreConfigType = &v +} + +// GetIsTdeKeystorePasswordSet returns the IsTdeKeystorePasswordSet field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VCDB) GetIsTdeKeystorePasswordSet() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsTdeKeystorePasswordSet) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.IsTdeKeystorePasswordSet +} + +// GetIsTdeKeystorePasswordSetOk returns a tuple with the IsTdeKeystorePasswordSet field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VCDB) GetIsTdeKeystorePasswordSetOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.IsTdeKeystorePasswordSet) { + return nil, false + } + return o.IsTdeKeystorePasswordSet, true +} + +// HasIsTdeKeystorePasswordSet returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VCDB) HasIsTdeKeystorePasswordSet() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.IsTdeKeystorePasswordSet) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIsTdeKeystorePasswordSet gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsTdeKeystorePasswordSet field. +func (o *VCDB) SetIsTdeKeystorePasswordSet(v bool) { + o.IsTdeKeystorePasswordSet = &v +} + +// GetDatabaseUniqueName returns the DatabaseUniqueName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VCDB) GetDatabaseUniqueName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseUniqueName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatabaseUniqueName +} + +// GetDatabaseUniqueNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseUniqueName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VCDB) GetDatabaseUniqueNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseUniqueName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatabaseUniqueName, true +} + +// HasDatabaseUniqueName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VCDB) HasDatabaseUniqueName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseUniqueName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatabaseUniqueName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseUniqueName field. +func (o *VCDB) SetDatabaseUniqueName(v string) { + o.DatabaseUniqueName = &v +} + +// GetDbUsername returns the DbUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VCDB) GetDbUsername() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbUsername) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DbUsername +} + +// GetDbUsernameOk returns a tuple with the DbUsername field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VCDB) GetDbUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbUsername) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DbUsername, true +} + +// HasDbUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VCDB) HasDbUsername() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DbUsername) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDbUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DbUsername field. +func (o *VCDB) SetDbUsername(v string) { + o.DbUsername = &v +} + +// GetRedoLogGroups returns the RedoLogGroups field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VCDB) GetRedoLogGroups() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RedoLogGroups) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RedoLogGroups +} + +// GetRedoLogGroupsOk returns a tuple with the RedoLogGroups field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VCDB) GetRedoLogGroupsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RedoLogGroups) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RedoLogGroups, true +} + +// HasRedoLogGroups returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VCDB) HasRedoLogGroups() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RedoLogGroups) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRedoLogGroups gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RedoLogGroups field. +func (o *VCDB) SetRedoLogGroups(v int32) { + o.RedoLogGroups = &v +} + +// GetRedoLogSizeInMb returns the RedoLogSizeInMb field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VCDB) GetRedoLogSizeInMb() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RedoLogSizeInMb) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RedoLogSizeInMb +} + +// GetRedoLogSizeInMbOk returns a tuple with the RedoLogSizeInMb field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VCDB) GetRedoLogSizeInMbOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RedoLogSizeInMb) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RedoLogSizeInMb, true +} + +// HasRedoLogSizeInMb returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VCDB) HasRedoLogSizeInMb() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RedoLogSizeInMb) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRedoLogSizeInMb gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RedoLogSizeInMb field. +func (o *VCDB) SetRedoLogSizeInMb(v int32) { + o.RedoLogSizeInMb = &v +} + +// GetConfigParams returns the ConfigParams field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *VCDB) GetConfigParams() map[string]interface{} { + if o == nil { + var ret map[string]interface{} + return ret + } + return o.ConfigParams +} + +// GetConfigParamsOk returns a tuple with the ConfigParams field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *VCDB) GetConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + return map[string]interface{}{}, false + } + return o.ConfigParams, true +} + +// HasConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VCDB) HasConfigParams() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetConfigParams gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the ConfigParams field. +func (o *VCDB) SetConfigParams(v map[string]interface{}) { + o.ConfigParams = v +} + +// GetCustomEnvVars returns the CustomEnvVars field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VCDB) GetCustomEnvVars() []OracleCustomEnvVar { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomEnvVars) { + var ret []OracleCustomEnvVar + return ret + } + return o.CustomEnvVars +} + +// GetCustomEnvVarsOk returns a tuple with the CustomEnvVars field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VCDB) GetCustomEnvVarsOk() ([]OracleCustomEnvVar, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomEnvVars) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CustomEnvVars, true +} + +// HasCustomEnvVars returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VCDB) HasCustomEnvVars() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CustomEnvVars) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCustomEnvVars gets a reference to the given []OracleCustomEnvVar and assigns it to the CustomEnvVars field. +func (o *VCDB) SetCustomEnvVars(v []OracleCustomEnvVar) { + o.CustomEnvVars = v +} + +// GetActiveInstances returns the ActiveInstances field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VCDB) GetActiveInstances() []OracleActiveInstance { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ActiveInstances) { + var ret []OracleActiveInstance + return ret + } + return o.ActiveInstances +} + +// GetActiveInstancesOk returns a tuple with the ActiveInstances field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VCDB) GetActiveInstancesOk() ([]OracleActiveInstance, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ActiveInstances) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ActiveInstances, true +} + +// HasActiveInstances returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VCDB) HasActiveInstances() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ActiveInstances) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetActiveInstances gets a reference to the given []OracleActiveInstance and assigns it to the ActiveInstances field. +func (o *VCDB) SetActiveInstances(v []OracleActiveInstance) { + o.ActiveInstances = v +} + func (o VCDB) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -743,6 +1384,9 @@ func (o VCDB) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if o.Name.IsSet() { toSerialize["name"] = o.Name.Get() } + if !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + toSerialize["database_name"] = o.DatabaseName + } if o.NamespaceId.IsSet() { toSerialize["namespace_id"] = o.NamespaceId.Get() } @@ -788,6 +1432,60 @@ func (o VCDB) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.Tags) { toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags } + if !IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + toSerialize["invoke_datapatch"] = o.InvokeDatapatch + } + if !IsNil(o.NodeListeners) { + toSerialize["node_listeners"] = o.NodeListeners + } + if !IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + toSerialize["instance_name"] = o.InstanceName + } + if !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + toSerialize["instance_number"] = o.InstanceNumber + } + if !IsNil(o.Instances) { + toSerialize["instances"] = o.Instances + } + if !IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + toSerialize["oracle_services"] = o.OracleServices + } + if !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + toSerialize["repository_id"] = o.RepositoryId + } + if !IsNil(o.ContainerizationState) { + toSerialize["containerization_state"] = o.ContainerizationState + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + toSerialize["tde_key_identifier"] = o.TdeKeyIdentifier + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeystoreConfigType) { + toSerialize["tde_keystore_config_type"] = o.TdeKeystoreConfigType + } + if !IsNil(o.IsTdeKeystorePasswordSet) { + toSerialize["is_tde_keystore_password_set"] = o.IsTdeKeystorePasswordSet + } + if !IsNil(o.DatabaseUniqueName) { + toSerialize["database_unique_name"] = o.DatabaseUniqueName + } + if !IsNil(o.DbUsername) { + toSerialize["db_username"] = o.DbUsername + } + if !IsNil(o.RedoLogGroups) { + toSerialize["redo_log_groups"] = o.RedoLogGroups + } + if !IsNil(o.RedoLogSizeInMb) { + toSerialize["redo_log_size_in_mb"] = o.RedoLogSizeInMb + } + if o.ConfigParams != nil { + toSerialize["config_params"] = o.ConfigParams + } + if !IsNil(o.CustomEnvVars) { + toSerialize["custom_env_vars"] = o.CustomEnvVars + } + if !IsNil(o.ActiveInstances) { + toSerialize["active_instances"] = o.ActiveInstances + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_vdb.go b/model_vdb.go index 17430ac5..e8e0047e 100644 --- a/model_vdb.go +++ b/model_vdb.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -25,8 +25,10 @@ type VDB struct { Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` // The database type of this VDB. DatabaseType NullableString `json:"database_type,omitempty"` - // The container name of this VDB. + // The logical name of this VDB. Name NullableString `json:"name,omitempty"` + // The name of the database on the target environment or in the database management system. + DatabaseName *string `json:"database_name,omitempty"` // The namespace id of this VDB. NamespaceId *string `json:"namespace_id,omitempty"` // The namespace name of this VDB. @@ -42,6 +44,7 @@ type VDB struct { // The database version of this VDB. DatabaseVersion NullableString `json:"database_version,omitempty"` // The JDBC connection URL for this VDB. + // Deprecated JdbcConnectionString *string `json:"jdbc_connection_string,omitempty"` // The total size of this VDB, in bytes. Size NullableInt64 `json:"size,omitempty"` @@ -69,6 +72,8 @@ type VDB struct { ParentId NullableString `json:"parent_id,omitempty"` // A reference to the parent dSource of this VDB. ParentDsourceId NullableString `json:"parent_dsource_id,omitempty"` + // A reference to the root parent dataset of this VDB which could be a VDB or a dSource. + RootParentId NullableString `json:"root_parent_id,omitempty"` // The name of the group containing this VDB. GroupName NullableString `json:"group_name,omitempty"` // Name of the Engine where this VDB is hosted @@ -85,6 +90,8 @@ type VDB struct { TemplateId NullableString `json:"template_id,omitempty"` // Database configuration parameter overrides. ConfigParams map[string]interface{} `json:"config_params,omitempty"` + // The environment user reference. + EnvironmentUserRef *string `json:"environment_user_ref,omitempty"` // Specifies additional locations on which to mount a subdirectory of an AppData container. Can only be updated while the VDB is disabled. AdditionalMountPoints []AdditionalMountPoint `json:"additional_mount_points,omitempty"` // The parameters specified by the source config schema in the toolkit @@ -101,6 +108,10 @@ type VDB struct { VdbRestart *bool `json:"vdb_restart,omitempty"` // Indicates whether this VDB has an AppData database. IsAppdata *bool `json:"is_appdata,omitempty"` + // ZFS exported data directory path. + ExportedDataDirectory *string `json:"exported_data_directory,omitempty"` + // ZFS exported data directory path of the virtual CDB container (vCDB). + VcdbExportedDataDirectory *string `json:"vcdb_exported_data_directory,omitempty"` // The ID of the toolkit associated with this VDB. ToolkitId *string `json:"toolkit_id,omitempty"` // The version of the plugin associated with this VDB. @@ -113,6 +124,55 @@ type VDB struct { PrimaryEngineName *string `json:"primary_engine_name,omitempty"` // The list of replicas replicated from this object. Replicas []Replica `json:"replicas,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether datapatch should be invoked. + InvokeDatapatch *bool `json:"invoke_datapatch,omitempty"` + // True if VDB is enabled false if VDB is disabled. + Enabled *bool `json:"enabled,omitempty"` + // The list of node listeners for this VDB. + NodeListeners []string `json:"node_listeners,omitempty"` + // The instance name name of this single instance VDB. + InstanceName *string `json:"instance_name,omitempty"` + // The instance number of this single instance VDB. + InstanceNumber *int32 `json:"instance_number,omitempty"` + Instances []OracleRACDatabaseInstance `json:"instances,omitempty"` + OracleServices []OracleService `json:"oracle_services,omitempty"` + // The repository id of this VDB. + RepositoryId *string `json:"repository_id,omitempty"` + ContainerizationState *ContainerizationStateEnum `json:"containerization_state,omitempty"` + // Path to a copy of the parent's Oracle transparent data encryption keystore on the target host. Required to provision from snapshots containing encrypted database files. + ParentTdeKeystorePath *string `json:"parent_tde_keystore_path,omitempty"` + // Path to the keystore of the target vCDB. + TargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath *string `json:"target_vcdb_tde_keystore_path,omitempty"` + // ID of the key created by Delphix, as recorded in v$encryption_keys.key_id. + TdeKeyIdentifier *string `json:"tde_key_identifier,omitempty"` + // Path to a copy of the parent PDB's Oracle transparent data encryption keystore on the target host. Required to provision from snapshots of PDB containing encrypted database files with isolated mode keystore. + ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath *string `json:"parent_pdb_tde_keystore_path,omitempty"` + // Path of the virtual PDB's Oracle transparent data encryption keystore on the target host. + TargetPdbTdeKeystorePath *string `json:"target_pdb_tde_keystore_path,omitempty"` + // Recovery model of the vdb database. + RecoveryModel *string `json:"recovery_model,omitempty"` + // Whether to enable CDC on provision for MSSql. + CdcOnProvision *bool `json:"cdc_on_provision,omitempty"` + // The ID of the associated DataConnection. + DataConnectionId *string `json:"data_connection_id,omitempty"` + // Shared backup location to be used for VDB provision on AG Cluster. + MssqlAgBackupLocation *string `json:"mssql_ag_backup_location,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether to do fast operations for VDB on AG which will use a healthy secondary replica to recreate the AG or backup based operations which will use the primary replica to recreate the AG using backup and restore process. + MssqlAgBackupBased *bool `json:"mssql_ag_backup_based,omitempty"` + // Indicates the mssql replica sources constitutes in MSSQL AG virtual source. + MssqlAgReplicas []MssqlAgReplica `json:"mssql_ag_replicas,omitempty"` + // The unique name of the database. + DatabaseUniqueName *string `json:"database_unique_name,omitempty"` + // The user name of the database. + DbUsername *string `json:"db_username,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether Delphix will generate a new DBID during VDB provision or refresh. + NewDbId *bool `json:"new_db_id,omitempty"` + // Number of Online Redo Log Groups. + RedoLogGroups *int32 `json:"redo_log_groups,omitempty"` + // Online Redo Log size in MB. + RedoLogSizeInMb *int32 `json:"redo_log_size_in_mb,omitempty"` + CustomEnvVars []OracleCustomEnvVar `json:"custom_env_vars,omitempty"` + ActiveInstances []OracleActiveInstance `json:"active_instances,omitempty"` } // NewVDB instantiates a new VDB object @@ -248,6 +308,38 @@ func (o *VDB) UnsetName() { o.Name.Unset() } +// GetDatabaseName returns the DatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetDatabaseName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatabaseName +} + +// GetDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatabaseName, true +} + +// HasDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasDatabaseName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseName field. +func (o *VDB) SetDatabaseName(v string) { + o.DatabaseName = &v +} + // GetNamespaceId returns the NamespaceId field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *VDB) GetNamespaceId() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.NamespaceId) { @@ -483,6 +575,7 @@ func (o *VDB) UnsetDatabaseVersion() { } // GetJdbcConnectionString returns the JdbcConnectionString field value if set, zero value otherwise. +// Deprecated func (o *VDB) GetJdbcConnectionString() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.JdbcConnectionString) { var ret string @@ -493,6 +586,7 @@ func (o *VDB) GetJdbcConnectionString() string { // GetJdbcConnectionStringOk returns a tuple with the JdbcConnectionString field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// Deprecated func (o *VDB) GetJdbcConnectionStringOk() (*string, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.JdbcConnectionString) { return nil, false @@ -510,6 +604,7 @@ func (o *VDB) HasJdbcConnectionString() bool { } // SetJdbcConnectionString gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the JdbcConnectionString field. +// Deprecated func (o *VDB) SetJdbcConnectionString(v string) { o.JdbcConnectionString = &v } @@ -1050,6 +1145,48 @@ func (o *VDB) UnsetParentDsourceId() { o.ParentDsourceId.Unset() } +// GetRootParentId returns the RootParentId field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). +func (o *VDB) GetRootParentId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RootParentId.Get()) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RootParentId.Get() +} + +// GetRootParentIdOk returns a tuple with the RootParentId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +// NOTE: If the value is an explicit nil, `nil, true` will be returned +func (o *VDB) GetRootParentIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.RootParentId.Get(), o.RootParentId.IsSet() +} + +// HasRootParentId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasRootParentId() bool { + if o != nil && o.RootParentId.IsSet() { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRootParentId gets a reference to the given NullableString and assigns it to the RootParentId field. +func (o *VDB) SetRootParentId(v string) { + o.RootParentId.Set(&v) +} +// SetRootParentIdNil sets the value for RootParentId to be an explicit nil +func (o *VDB) SetRootParentIdNil() { + o.RootParentId.Set(nil) +} + +// UnsetRootParentId ensures that no value is present for RootParentId, not even an explicit nil +func (o *VDB) UnsetRootParentId() { + o.RootParentId.Unset() +} + // GetGroupName returns the GroupName field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). func (o *VDB) GetGroupName() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.GroupName.Get()) { @@ -1303,7 +1440,7 @@ func (o *VDB) GetAppdataSourceParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { // HasAppdataSourceParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *VDB) HasAppdataSourceParams() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.AppdataSourceParams) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AppdataSourceParams) { return true } @@ -1378,7 +1515,7 @@ func (o *VDB) GetConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { // HasConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *VDB) HasConfigParams() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ConfigParams) { return true } @@ -1390,6 +1527,38 @@ func (o *VDB) SetConfigParams(v map[string]interface{}) { o.ConfigParams = v } +// GetEnvironmentUserRef returns the EnvironmentUserRef field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetEnvironmentUserRef() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EnvironmentUserRef +} + +// GetEnvironmentUserRefOk returns a tuple with the EnvironmentUserRef field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetEnvironmentUserRefOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EnvironmentUserRef, true +} + +// HasEnvironmentUserRef returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasEnvironmentUserRef() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironmentUserRef gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EnvironmentUserRef field. +func (o *VDB) SetEnvironmentUserRef(v string) { + o.EnvironmentUserRef = &v +} + // GetAdditionalMountPoints returns the AdditionalMountPoints field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). func (o *VDB) GetAdditionalMountPoints() []AdditionalMountPoint { if o == nil { @@ -1411,7 +1580,7 @@ func (o *VDB) GetAdditionalMountPointsOk() ([]AdditionalMountPoint, bool) { // HasAdditionalMountPoints returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *VDB) HasAdditionalMountPoints() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.AdditionalMountPoints) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AdditionalMountPoints) { return true } @@ -1444,7 +1613,7 @@ func (o *VDB) GetAppdataConfigParamsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool) { // HasAppdataConfigParams returns a boolean if a field has been set. func (o *VDB) HasAppdataConfigParams() bool { - if o != nil && IsNil(o.AppdataConfigParams) { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AppdataConfigParams) { return true } @@ -1658,6 +1827,70 @@ func (o *VDB) SetIsAppdata(v bool) { o.IsAppdata = &v } +// GetExportedDataDirectory returns the ExportedDataDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetExportedDataDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExportedDataDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExportedDataDirectory +} + +// GetExportedDataDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the ExportedDataDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetExportedDataDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ExportedDataDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExportedDataDirectory, true +} + +// HasExportedDataDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasExportedDataDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ExportedDataDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExportedDataDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExportedDataDirectory field. +func (o *VDB) SetExportedDataDirectory(v string) { + o.ExportedDataDirectory = &v +} + +// GetVcdbExportedDataDirectory returns the VcdbExportedDataDirectory field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetVcdbExportedDataDirectory() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbExportedDataDirectory) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.VcdbExportedDataDirectory +} + +// GetVcdbExportedDataDirectoryOk returns a tuple with the VcdbExportedDataDirectory field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetVcdbExportedDataDirectoryOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VcdbExportedDataDirectory) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VcdbExportedDataDirectory, true +} + +// HasVcdbExportedDataDirectory returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasVcdbExportedDataDirectory() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VcdbExportedDataDirectory) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVcdbExportedDataDirectory gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VcdbExportedDataDirectory field. +func (o *VDB) SetVcdbExportedDataDirectory(v string) { + o.VcdbExportedDataDirectory = &v +} + // GetToolkitId returns the ToolkitId field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *VDB) GetToolkitId() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.ToolkitId) { @@ -1860,88 +2093,958 @@ func (o *VDB) SetReplicas(v []Replica) { o.Replicas = v } -func (o VDB) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() - if err != nil { - return []byte{}, err +// GetInvokeDatapatch returns the InvokeDatapatch field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetInvokeDatapatch() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + var ret bool + return ret } - return json.Marshal(toSerialize) + return *o.InvokeDatapatch } -func (o VDB) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { - toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - if !IsNil(o.Id) { - toSerialize["id"] = o.Id +// GetInvokeDatapatchOk returns a tuple with the InvokeDatapatch field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetInvokeDatapatchOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + return nil, false } - if o.DatabaseType.IsSet() { - toSerialize["database_type"] = o.DatabaseType.Get() + return o.InvokeDatapatch, true +} + +// HasInvokeDatapatch returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasInvokeDatapatch() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + return true } - if o.Name.IsSet() { - toSerialize["name"] = o.Name.Get() + + return false +} + +// SetInvokeDatapatch gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the InvokeDatapatch field. +func (o *VDB) SetInvokeDatapatch(v bool) { + o.InvokeDatapatch = &v +} + +// GetEnabled returns the Enabled field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetEnabled() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Enabled) { + var ret bool + return ret } - if !IsNil(o.NamespaceId) { - toSerialize["namespace_id"] = o.NamespaceId + return *o.Enabled +} + +// GetEnabledOk returns a tuple with the Enabled field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetEnabledOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Enabled) { + return nil, false } - if !IsNil(o.NamespaceName) { - toSerialize["namespace_name"] = o.NamespaceName + return o.Enabled, true +} + +// HasEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasEnabled() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Enabled) { + return true } - if !IsNil(o.IsReplica) { - toSerialize["is_replica"] = o.IsReplica + + return false +} + +// SetEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Enabled field. +func (o *VDB) SetEnabled(v bool) { + o.Enabled = &v +} + +// GetNodeListeners returns the NodeListeners field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetNodeListeners() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NodeListeners) { + var ret []string + return ret } - if !IsNil(o.IsLocked) { - toSerialize["is_locked"] = o.IsLocked + return o.NodeListeners +} + +// GetNodeListenersOk returns a tuple with the NodeListeners field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetNodeListenersOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NodeListeners) { + return nil, false } - if !IsNil(o.LockedBy) { - toSerialize["locked_by"] = o.LockedBy + return o.NodeListeners, true +} + +// HasNodeListeners returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasNodeListeners() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NodeListeners) { + return true } - if !IsNil(o.LockedByName) { - toSerialize["locked_by_name"] = o.LockedByName + + return false +} + +// SetNodeListeners gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the NodeListeners field. +func (o *VDB) SetNodeListeners(v []string) { + o.NodeListeners = v +} + +// GetInstanceName returns the InstanceName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetInstanceName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + var ret string + return ret } - if o.DatabaseVersion.IsSet() { - toSerialize["database_version"] = o.DatabaseVersion.Get() + return *o.InstanceName +} + +// GetInstanceNameOk returns a tuple with the InstanceName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetInstanceNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + return nil, false } - if !IsNil(o.JdbcConnectionString) { - toSerialize["jdbc_connection_string"] = o.JdbcConnectionString + return o.InstanceName, true +} + +// HasInstanceName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasInstanceName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + return true } - if o.Size.IsSet() { - toSerialize["size"] = o.Size.Get() + + return false +} + +// SetInstanceName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the InstanceName field. +func (o *VDB) SetInstanceName(v string) { + o.InstanceName = &v +} + +// GetInstanceNumber returns the InstanceNumber field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetInstanceNumber() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + var ret int32 + return ret } - if o.StorageSize.IsSet() { - toSerialize["storage_size"] = o.StorageSize.Get() + return *o.InstanceNumber +} + +// GetInstanceNumberOk returns a tuple with the InstanceNumber field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetInstanceNumberOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return nil, false } - if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { - toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + return o.InstanceNumber, true +} + +// HasInstanceNumber returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasInstanceNumber() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + return true } - if o.Status.IsSet() { - toSerialize["status"] = o.Status.Get() + + return false +} + +// SetInstanceNumber gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the InstanceNumber field. +func (o *VDB) SetInstanceNumber(v int32) { + o.InstanceNumber = &v +} + +// GetInstances returns the Instances field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetInstances() []OracleRACDatabaseInstance { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + var ret []OracleRACDatabaseInstance + return ret } - if o.Masked.IsSet() { - toSerialize["masked"] = o.Masked.Get() + return o.Instances +} + +// GetInstancesOk returns a tuple with the Instances field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetInstancesOk() ([]OracleRACDatabaseInstance, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + return nil, false } - if o.ContentType.IsSet() { - toSerialize["content_type"] = o.ContentType.Get() + return o.Instances, true +} + +// HasInstances returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasInstances() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Instances) { + return true } - if o.ParentTimeflowTimestamp.IsSet() { - toSerialize["parent_timeflow_timestamp"] = o.ParentTimeflowTimestamp.Get() + + return false +} + +// SetInstances gets a reference to the given []OracleRACDatabaseInstance and assigns it to the Instances field. +func (o *VDB) SetInstances(v []OracleRACDatabaseInstance) { + o.Instances = v +} + +// GetOracleServices returns the OracleServices field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetOracleServices() []OracleService { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + var ret []OracleService + return ret } - if o.ParentTimeflowTimezone.IsSet() { - toSerialize["parent_timeflow_timezone"] = o.ParentTimeflowTimezone.Get() + return o.OracleServices +} + +// GetOracleServicesOk returns a tuple with the OracleServices field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetOracleServicesOk() ([]OracleService, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + return nil, false } - if o.EnvironmentId.IsSet() { - toSerialize["environment_id"] = o.EnvironmentId.Get() + return o.OracleServices, true +} + +// HasOracleServices returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasOracleServices() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + return true } - if o.IpAddress.IsSet() { - toSerialize["ip_address"] = o.IpAddress.Get() + + return false +} + +// SetOracleServices gets a reference to the given []OracleService and assigns it to the OracleServices field. +func (o *VDB) SetOracleServices(v []OracleService) { + o.OracleServices = v +} + +// GetRepositoryId returns the RepositoryId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetRepositoryId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + var ret string + return ret } - if o.Fqdn.IsSet() { - toSerialize["fqdn"] = o.Fqdn.Get() + return *o.RepositoryId +} + +// GetRepositoryIdOk returns a tuple with the RepositoryId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetRepositoryIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return nil, false } - if o.ParentId.IsSet() { - toSerialize["parent_id"] = o.ParentId.Get() + return o.RepositoryId, true +} + +// HasRepositoryId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasRepositoryId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRepositoryId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RepositoryId field. +func (o *VDB) SetRepositoryId(v string) { + o.RepositoryId = &v +} + +// GetContainerizationState returns the ContainerizationState field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetContainerizationState() ContainerizationStateEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContainerizationState) { + var ret ContainerizationStateEnum + return ret + } + return *o.ContainerizationState +} + +// GetContainerizationStateOk returns a tuple with the ContainerizationState field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetContainerizationStateOk() (*ContainerizationStateEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContainerizationState) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ContainerizationState, true +} + +// HasContainerizationState returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasContainerizationState() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ContainerizationState) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetContainerizationState gets a reference to the given ContainerizationStateEnum and assigns it to the ContainerizationState field. +func (o *VDB) SetContainerizationState(v ContainerizationStateEnum) { + o.ContainerizationState = &v +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePath returns the ParentTdeKeystorePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetParentTdeKeystorePath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentTdeKeystorePath +} + +// GetParentTdeKeystorePathOk returns a tuple with the ParentTdeKeystorePath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetParentTdeKeystorePathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentTdeKeystorePath, true +} + +// HasParentTdeKeystorePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasParentTdeKeystorePath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentTdeKeystorePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentTdeKeystorePath field. +func (o *VDB) SetParentTdeKeystorePath(v string) { + o.ParentTdeKeystorePath = &v +} + +// GetTargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath returns the TargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetTargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath +} + +// GetTargetVcdbTdeKeystorePathOk returns a tuple with the TargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetTargetVcdbTdeKeystorePathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath, true +} + +// HasTargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasTargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath field. +func (o *VDB) SetTargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath(v string) { + o.TargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath = &v +} + +// GetTdeKeyIdentifier returns the TdeKeyIdentifier field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetTdeKeyIdentifier() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TdeKeyIdentifier +} + +// GetTdeKeyIdentifierOk returns a tuple with the TdeKeyIdentifier field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetTdeKeyIdentifierOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TdeKeyIdentifier, true +} + +// HasTdeKeyIdentifier returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasTdeKeyIdentifier() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTdeKeyIdentifier gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TdeKeyIdentifier field. +func (o *VDB) SetTdeKeyIdentifier(v string) { + o.TdeKeyIdentifier = &v +} + +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath returns the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath +} + +// GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePathOk returns a tuple with the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetParentPdbTdeKeystorePathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath, true +} + +// HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasParentPdbTdeKeystorePath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath field. +func (o *VDB) SetParentPdbTdeKeystorePath(v string) { + o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath = &v +} + +// GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePath returns the TargetPdbTdeKeystorePath field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePath() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePath +} + +// GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePathOk returns a tuple with the TargetPdbTdeKeystorePath field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePathOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePath, true +} + +// HasTargetPdbTdeKeystorePath returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasTargetPdbTdeKeystorePath() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetPdbTdeKeystorePath field. +func (o *VDB) SetTargetPdbTdeKeystorePath(v string) { + o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePath = &v +} + +// GetRecoveryModel returns the RecoveryModel field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetRecoveryModel() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.RecoveryModel +} + +// GetRecoveryModelOk returns a tuple with the RecoveryModel field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetRecoveryModelOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RecoveryModel, true +} + +// HasRecoveryModel returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasRecoveryModel() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRecoveryModel gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RecoveryModel field. +func (o *VDB) SetRecoveryModel(v string) { + o.RecoveryModel = &v +} + +// GetCdcOnProvision returns the CdcOnProvision field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetCdcOnProvision() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdcOnProvision) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.CdcOnProvision +} + +// GetCdcOnProvisionOk returns a tuple with the CdcOnProvision field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetCdcOnProvisionOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CdcOnProvision) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CdcOnProvision, true +} + +// HasCdcOnProvision returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasCdcOnProvision() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CdcOnProvision) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCdcOnProvision gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the CdcOnProvision field. +func (o *VDB) SetCdcOnProvision(v bool) { + o.CdcOnProvision = &v +} + +// GetDataConnectionId returns the DataConnectionId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetDataConnectionId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataConnectionId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DataConnectionId +} + +// GetDataConnectionIdOk returns a tuple with the DataConnectionId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetDataConnectionIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DataConnectionId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DataConnectionId, true +} + +// HasDataConnectionId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasDataConnectionId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DataConnectionId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDataConnectionId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DataConnectionId field. +func (o *VDB) SetDataConnectionId(v string) { + o.DataConnectionId = &v +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupLocation returns the MssqlAgBackupLocation field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetMssqlAgBackupLocation() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlAgBackupLocation +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupLocationOk returns a tuple with the MssqlAgBackupLocation field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetMssqlAgBackupLocationOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlAgBackupLocation, true +} + +// HasMssqlAgBackupLocation returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasMssqlAgBackupLocation() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlAgBackupLocation gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MssqlAgBackupLocation field. +func (o *VDB) SetMssqlAgBackupLocation(v string) { + o.MssqlAgBackupLocation = &v +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupBased returns the MssqlAgBackupBased field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetMssqlAgBackupBased() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.MssqlAgBackupBased +} + +// GetMssqlAgBackupBasedOk returns a tuple with the MssqlAgBackupBased field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetMssqlAgBackupBasedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlAgBackupBased, true +} + +// HasMssqlAgBackupBased returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasMssqlAgBackupBased() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlAgBackupBased gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the MssqlAgBackupBased field. +func (o *VDB) SetMssqlAgBackupBased(v bool) { + o.MssqlAgBackupBased = &v +} + +// GetMssqlAgReplicas returns the MssqlAgReplicas field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetMssqlAgReplicas() []MssqlAgReplica { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgReplicas) { + var ret []MssqlAgReplica + return ret + } + return o.MssqlAgReplicas +} + +// GetMssqlAgReplicasOk returns a tuple with the MssqlAgReplicas field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetMssqlAgReplicasOk() ([]MssqlAgReplica, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MssqlAgReplicas) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MssqlAgReplicas, true +} + +// HasMssqlAgReplicas returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasMssqlAgReplicas() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MssqlAgReplicas) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMssqlAgReplicas gets a reference to the given []MssqlAgReplica and assigns it to the MssqlAgReplicas field. +func (o *VDB) SetMssqlAgReplicas(v []MssqlAgReplica) { + o.MssqlAgReplicas = v +} + +// GetDatabaseUniqueName returns the DatabaseUniqueName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetDatabaseUniqueName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseUniqueName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatabaseUniqueName +} + +// GetDatabaseUniqueNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseUniqueName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetDatabaseUniqueNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseUniqueName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatabaseUniqueName, true +} + +// HasDatabaseUniqueName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasDatabaseUniqueName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseUniqueName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatabaseUniqueName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseUniqueName field. +func (o *VDB) SetDatabaseUniqueName(v string) { + o.DatabaseUniqueName = &v +} + +// GetDbUsername returns the DbUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetDbUsername() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbUsername) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DbUsername +} + +// GetDbUsernameOk returns a tuple with the DbUsername field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetDbUsernameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DbUsername) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DbUsername, true +} + +// HasDbUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasDbUsername() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DbUsername) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDbUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DbUsername field. +func (o *VDB) SetDbUsername(v string) { + o.DbUsername = &v +} + +// GetNewDbId returns the NewDbId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetNewDbId() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NewDbId) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.NewDbId +} + +// GetNewDbIdOk returns a tuple with the NewDbId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetNewDbIdOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NewDbId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NewDbId, true +} + +// HasNewDbId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasNewDbId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NewDbId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNewDbId gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the NewDbId field. +func (o *VDB) SetNewDbId(v bool) { + o.NewDbId = &v +} + +// GetRedoLogGroups returns the RedoLogGroups field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetRedoLogGroups() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RedoLogGroups) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RedoLogGroups +} + +// GetRedoLogGroupsOk returns a tuple with the RedoLogGroups field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetRedoLogGroupsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RedoLogGroups) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RedoLogGroups, true +} + +// HasRedoLogGroups returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasRedoLogGroups() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RedoLogGroups) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRedoLogGroups gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RedoLogGroups field. +func (o *VDB) SetRedoLogGroups(v int32) { + o.RedoLogGroups = &v +} + +// GetRedoLogSizeInMb returns the RedoLogSizeInMb field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetRedoLogSizeInMb() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RedoLogSizeInMb) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.RedoLogSizeInMb +} + +// GetRedoLogSizeInMbOk returns a tuple with the RedoLogSizeInMb field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetRedoLogSizeInMbOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RedoLogSizeInMb) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RedoLogSizeInMb, true +} + +// HasRedoLogSizeInMb returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasRedoLogSizeInMb() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RedoLogSizeInMb) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRedoLogSizeInMb gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the RedoLogSizeInMb field. +func (o *VDB) SetRedoLogSizeInMb(v int32) { + o.RedoLogSizeInMb = &v +} + +// GetCustomEnvVars returns the CustomEnvVars field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetCustomEnvVars() []OracleCustomEnvVar { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomEnvVars) { + var ret []OracleCustomEnvVar + return ret + } + return o.CustomEnvVars +} + +// GetCustomEnvVarsOk returns a tuple with the CustomEnvVars field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetCustomEnvVarsOk() ([]OracleCustomEnvVar, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CustomEnvVars) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CustomEnvVars, true +} + +// HasCustomEnvVars returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasCustomEnvVars() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CustomEnvVars) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCustomEnvVars gets a reference to the given []OracleCustomEnvVar and assigns it to the CustomEnvVars field. +func (o *VDB) SetCustomEnvVars(v []OracleCustomEnvVar) { + o.CustomEnvVars = v +} + +// GetActiveInstances returns the ActiveInstances field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDB) GetActiveInstances() []OracleActiveInstance { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ActiveInstances) { + var ret []OracleActiveInstance + return ret + } + return o.ActiveInstances +} + +// GetActiveInstancesOk returns a tuple with the ActiveInstances field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDB) GetActiveInstancesOk() ([]OracleActiveInstance, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ActiveInstances) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ActiveInstances, true +} + +// HasActiveInstances returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDB) HasActiveInstances() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ActiveInstances) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetActiveInstances gets a reference to the given []OracleActiveInstance and assigns it to the ActiveInstances field. +func (o *VDB) SetActiveInstances(v []OracleActiveInstance) { + o.ActiveInstances = v +} + +func (o VDB) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o VDB) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if o.DatabaseType.IsSet() { + toSerialize["database_type"] = o.DatabaseType.Get() + } + if o.Name.IsSet() { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name.Get() + } + if !IsNil(o.DatabaseName) { + toSerialize["database_name"] = o.DatabaseName + } + if !IsNil(o.NamespaceId) { + toSerialize["namespace_id"] = o.NamespaceId + } + if !IsNil(o.NamespaceName) { + toSerialize["namespace_name"] = o.NamespaceName + } + if !IsNil(o.IsReplica) { + toSerialize["is_replica"] = o.IsReplica + } + if !IsNil(o.IsLocked) { + toSerialize["is_locked"] = o.IsLocked + } + if !IsNil(o.LockedBy) { + toSerialize["locked_by"] = o.LockedBy + } + if !IsNil(o.LockedByName) { + toSerialize["locked_by_name"] = o.LockedByName + } + if o.DatabaseVersion.IsSet() { + toSerialize["database_version"] = o.DatabaseVersion.Get() + } + if !IsNil(o.JdbcConnectionString) { + toSerialize["jdbc_connection_string"] = o.JdbcConnectionString + } + if o.Size.IsSet() { + toSerialize["size"] = o.Size.Get() + } + if o.StorageSize.IsSet() { + toSerialize["storage_size"] = o.StorageSize.Get() + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + } + if o.Status.IsSet() { + toSerialize["status"] = o.Status.Get() + } + if o.Masked.IsSet() { + toSerialize["masked"] = o.Masked.Get() + } + if o.ContentType.IsSet() { + toSerialize["content_type"] = o.ContentType.Get() + } + if o.ParentTimeflowTimestamp.IsSet() { + toSerialize["parent_timeflow_timestamp"] = o.ParentTimeflowTimestamp.Get() + } + if o.ParentTimeflowTimezone.IsSet() { + toSerialize["parent_timeflow_timezone"] = o.ParentTimeflowTimezone.Get() + } + if o.EnvironmentId.IsSet() { + toSerialize["environment_id"] = o.EnvironmentId.Get() + } + if o.IpAddress.IsSet() { + toSerialize["ip_address"] = o.IpAddress.Get() + } + if o.Fqdn.IsSet() { + toSerialize["fqdn"] = o.Fqdn.Get() + } + if o.ParentId.IsSet() { + toSerialize["parent_id"] = o.ParentId.Get() } if o.ParentDsourceId.IsSet() { toSerialize["parent_dsource_id"] = o.ParentDsourceId.Get() } + if o.RootParentId.IsSet() { + toSerialize["root_parent_id"] = o.RootParentId.Get() + } if o.GroupName.IsSet() { toSerialize["group_name"] = o.GroupName.Get() } @@ -1969,6 +3072,9 @@ func (o VDB) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if o.ConfigParams != nil { toSerialize["config_params"] = o.ConfigParams } + if !IsNil(o.EnvironmentUserRef) { + toSerialize["environment_user_ref"] = o.EnvironmentUserRef + } if o.AdditionalMountPoints != nil { toSerialize["additional_mount_points"] = o.AdditionalMountPoints } @@ -1993,6 +3099,12 @@ func (o VDB) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.IsAppdata) { toSerialize["is_appdata"] = o.IsAppdata } + if !IsNil(o.ExportedDataDirectory) { + toSerialize["exported_data_directory"] = o.ExportedDataDirectory + } + if !IsNil(o.VcdbExportedDataDirectory) { + toSerialize["vcdb_exported_data_directory"] = o.VcdbExportedDataDirectory + } if !IsNil(o.ToolkitId) { toSerialize["toolkit_id"] = o.ToolkitId } @@ -2011,6 +3123,87 @@ func (o VDB) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.Replicas) { toSerialize["replicas"] = o.Replicas } + if !IsNil(o.InvokeDatapatch) { + toSerialize["invoke_datapatch"] = o.InvokeDatapatch + } + if !IsNil(o.Enabled) { + toSerialize["enabled"] = o.Enabled + } + if !IsNil(o.NodeListeners) { + toSerialize["node_listeners"] = o.NodeListeners + } + if !IsNil(o.InstanceName) { + toSerialize["instance_name"] = o.InstanceName + } + if !IsNil(o.InstanceNumber) { + toSerialize["instance_number"] = o.InstanceNumber + } + if !IsNil(o.Instances) { + toSerialize["instances"] = o.Instances + } + if !IsNil(o.OracleServices) { + toSerialize["oracle_services"] = o.OracleServices + } + if !IsNil(o.RepositoryId) { + toSerialize["repository_id"] = o.RepositoryId + } + if !IsNil(o.ContainerizationState) { + toSerialize["containerization_state"] = o.ContainerizationState + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentTdeKeystorePath) { + toSerialize["parent_tde_keystore_path"] = o.ParentTdeKeystorePath + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath) { + toSerialize["target_vcdb_tde_keystore_path"] = o.TargetVcdbTdeKeystorePath + } + if !IsNil(o.TdeKeyIdentifier) { + toSerialize["tde_key_identifier"] = o.TdeKeyIdentifier + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + toSerialize["parent_pdb_tde_keystore_path"] = o.ParentPdbTdeKeystorePath + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePath) { + toSerialize["target_pdb_tde_keystore_path"] = o.TargetPdbTdeKeystorePath + } + if !IsNil(o.RecoveryModel) { + toSerialize["recovery_model"] = o.RecoveryModel + } + if !IsNil(o.CdcOnProvision) { + toSerialize["cdc_on_provision"] = o.CdcOnProvision + } + if !IsNil(o.DataConnectionId) { + toSerialize["data_connection_id"] = o.DataConnectionId + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupLocation) { + toSerialize["mssql_ag_backup_location"] = o.MssqlAgBackupLocation + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlAgBackupBased) { + toSerialize["mssql_ag_backup_based"] = o.MssqlAgBackupBased + } + if !IsNil(o.MssqlAgReplicas) { + toSerialize["mssql_ag_replicas"] = o.MssqlAgReplicas + } + if !IsNil(o.DatabaseUniqueName) { + toSerialize["database_unique_name"] = o.DatabaseUniqueName + } + if !IsNil(o.DbUsername) { + toSerialize["db_username"] = o.DbUsername + } + if !IsNil(o.NewDbId) { + toSerialize["new_db_id"] = o.NewDbId + } + if !IsNil(o.RedoLogGroups) { + toSerialize["redo_log_groups"] = o.RedoLogGroups + } + if !IsNil(o.RedoLogSizeInMb) { + toSerialize["redo_log_size_in_mb"] = o.RedoLogSizeInMb + } + if !IsNil(o.CustomEnvVars) { + toSerialize["custom_env_vars"] = o.CustomEnvVars + } + if !IsNil(o.ActiveInstances) { + toSerialize["active_instances"] = o.ActiveInstances + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_vdb_disable_parameters_mapping.go b/model_vdb_disable_parameters_mapping.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5e36d8f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_vdb_disable_parameters_mapping.go @@ -0,0 +1,238 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the VDBDisableParametersMapping type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &VDBDisableParametersMapping{} + +// VDBDisableParametersMapping Parameters to disable a VDB. +type VDBDisableParametersMapping struct { + // Whether to attempt a cleanup of the VDB before the disable. + AttemptCleanup *bool `json:"attempt_cleanup,omitempty"` + // Whether the database is running inside a container. + ContainerMode *bool `json:"container_mode,omitempty"` + // ID of the VDB to disable. + VdbId string `json:"vdb_id"` +} + +type _VDBDisableParametersMapping VDBDisableParametersMapping + +// NewVDBDisableParametersMapping instantiates a new VDBDisableParametersMapping object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewVDBDisableParametersMapping(vdbId string) *VDBDisableParametersMapping { + this := VDBDisableParametersMapping{} + var attemptCleanup bool = true + this.AttemptCleanup = &attemptCleanup + this.VdbId = vdbId + return &this +} + +// NewVDBDisableParametersMappingWithDefaults instantiates a new VDBDisableParametersMapping object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewVDBDisableParametersMappingWithDefaults() *VDBDisableParametersMapping { + this := VDBDisableParametersMapping{} + var attemptCleanup bool = true + this.AttemptCleanup = &attemptCleanup + return &this +} + +// GetAttemptCleanup returns the AttemptCleanup field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDBDisableParametersMapping) GetAttemptCleanup() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AttemptCleanup) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AttemptCleanup +} + +// GetAttemptCleanupOk returns a tuple with the AttemptCleanup field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBDisableParametersMapping) GetAttemptCleanupOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AttemptCleanup) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AttemptCleanup, true +} + +// HasAttemptCleanup returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDBDisableParametersMapping) HasAttemptCleanup() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AttemptCleanup) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAttemptCleanup gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AttemptCleanup field. +func (o *VDBDisableParametersMapping) SetAttemptCleanup(v bool) { + o.AttemptCleanup = &v +} + +// GetContainerMode returns the ContainerMode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDBDisableParametersMapping) GetContainerMode() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.ContainerMode +} + +// GetContainerModeOk returns a tuple with the ContainerMode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBDisableParametersMapping) GetContainerModeOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ContainerMode, true +} + +// HasContainerMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDBDisableParametersMapping) HasContainerMode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetContainerMode gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ContainerMode field. +func (o *VDBDisableParametersMapping) SetContainerMode(v bool) { + o.ContainerMode = &v +} + +// GetVdbId returns the VdbId field value +func (o *VDBDisableParametersMapping) GetVdbId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.VdbId +} + +// GetVdbIdOk returns a tuple with the VdbId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBDisableParametersMapping) GetVdbIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.VdbId, true +} + +// SetVdbId sets field value +func (o *VDBDisableParametersMapping) SetVdbId(v string) { + o.VdbId = v +} + +func (o VDBDisableParametersMapping) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o VDBDisableParametersMapping) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.AttemptCleanup) { + toSerialize["attempt_cleanup"] = o.AttemptCleanup + } + if !IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + toSerialize["container_mode"] = o.ContainerMode + } + toSerialize["vdb_id"] = o.VdbId + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *VDBDisableParametersMapping) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "vdb_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varVDBDisableParametersMapping := _VDBDisableParametersMapping{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varVDBDisableParametersMapping) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = VDBDisableParametersMapping(varVDBDisableParametersMapping) + + return err +} + +type NullableVDBDisableParametersMapping struct { + value *VDBDisableParametersMapping + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableVDBDisableParametersMapping) Get() *VDBDisableParametersMapping { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableVDBDisableParametersMapping) Set(val *VDBDisableParametersMapping) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableVDBDisableParametersMapping) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableVDBDisableParametersMapping) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableVDBDisableParametersMapping(val *VDBDisableParametersMapping) *NullableVDBDisableParametersMapping { + return &NullableVDBDisableParametersMapping{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableVDBDisableParametersMapping) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableVDBDisableParametersMapping) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_vdb_enable_parameters_mapping.go b/model_vdb_enable_parameters_mapping.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..70b6395f --- /dev/null +++ b/model_vdb_enable_parameters_mapping.go @@ -0,0 +1,275 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the VDBEnableParametersMapping type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &VDBEnableParametersMapping{} + +// VDBEnableParametersMapping Parameters to enable a VDB. +type VDBEnableParametersMapping struct { + // Whether to attempt a startup of the VDB after the enable. + AttemptStart *bool `json:"attempt_start,omitempty"` + // Whether the database is running inside a container. + ContainerMode *bool `json:"container_mode,omitempty"` + // The uid:gid string that NFS mounts should belong to. + OwnershipSpec *string `json:"ownership_spec,omitempty"` + // ID of the VDB to enable. + VdbId string `json:"vdb_id"` +} + +type _VDBEnableParametersMapping VDBEnableParametersMapping + +// NewVDBEnableParametersMapping instantiates a new VDBEnableParametersMapping object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewVDBEnableParametersMapping(vdbId string) *VDBEnableParametersMapping { + this := VDBEnableParametersMapping{} + var attemptStart bool = true + this.AttemptStart = &attemptStart + this.VdbId = vdbId + return &this +} + +// NewVDBEnableParametersMappingWithDefaults instantiates a new VDBEnableParametersMapping object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewVDBEnableParametersMappingWithDefaults() *VDBEnableParametersMapping { + this := VDBEnableParametersMapping{} + var attemptStart bool = true + this.AttemptStart = &attemptStart + return &this +} + +// GetAttemptStart returns the AttemptStart field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDBEnableParametersMapping) GetAttemptStart() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AttemptStart) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AttemptStart +} + +// GetAttemptStartOk returns a tuple with the AttemptStart field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBEnableParametersMapping) GetAttemptStartOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AttemptStart) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AttemptStart, true +} + +// HasAttemptStart returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDBEnableParametersMapping) HasAttemptStart() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AttemptStart) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAttemptStart gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AttemptStart field. +func (o *VDBEnableParametersMapping) SetAttemptStart(v bool) { + o.AttemptStart = &v +} + +// GetContainerMode returns the ContainerMode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDBEnableParametersMapping) GetContainerMode() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.ContainerMode +} + +// GetContainerModeOk returns a tuple with the ContainerMode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBEnableParametersMapping) GetContainerModeOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ContainerMode, true +} + +// HasContainerMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDBEnableParametersMapping) HasContainerMode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetContainerMode gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ContainerMode field. +func (o *VDBEnableParametersMapping) SetContainerMode(v bool) { + o.ContainerMode = &v +} + +// GetOwnershipSpec returns the OwnershipSpec field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDBEnableParametersMapping) GetOwnershipSpec() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OwnershipSpec) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.OwnershipSpec +} + +// GetOwnershipSpecOk returns a tuple with the OwnershipSpec field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBEnableParametersMapping) GetOwnershipSpecOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OwnershipSpec) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OwnershipSpec, true +} + +// HasOwnershipSpec returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDBEnableParametersMapping) HasOwnershipSpec() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OwnershipSpec) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOwnershipSpec gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OwnershipSpec field. +func (o *VDBEnableParametersMapping) SetOwnershipSpec(v string) { + o.OwnershipSpec = &v +} + +// GetVdbId returns the VdbId field value +func (o *VDBEnableParametersMapping) GetVdbId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.VdbId +} + +// GetVdbIdOk returns a tuple with the VdbId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBEnableParametersMapping) GetVdbIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.VdbId, true +} + +// SetVdbId sets field value +func (o *VDBEnableParametersMapping) SetVdbId(v string) { + o.VdbId = v +} + +func (o VDBEnableParametersMapping) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o VDBEnableParametersMapping) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.AttemptStart) { + toSerialize["attempt_start"] = o.AttemptStart + } + if !IsNil(o.ContainerMode) { + toSerialize["container_mode"] = o.ContainerMode + } + if !IsNil(o.OwnershipSpec) { + toSerialize["ownership_spec"] = o.OwnershipSpec + } + toSerialize["vdb_id"] = o.VdbId + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *VDBEnableParametersMapping) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "vdb_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varVDBEnableParametersMapping := _VDBEnableParametersMapping{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varVDBEnableParametersMapping) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = VDBEnableParametersMapping(varVDBEnableParametersMapping) + + return err +} + +type NullableVDBEnableParametersMapping struct { + value *VDBEnableParametersMapping + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableVDBEnableParametersMapping) Get() *VDBEnableParametersMapping { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableVDBEnableParametersMapping) Set(val *VDBEnableParametersMapping) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableVDBEnableParametersMapping) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableVDBEnableParametersMapping) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableVDBEnableParametersMapping(val *VDBEnableParametersMapping) *NullableVDBEnableParametersMapping { + return &NullableVDBEnableParametersMapping{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableVDBEnableParametersMapping) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableVDBEnableParametersMapping) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_vdb_group.go b/model_vdb_group.go index 4cc1981d..766a4642 100644 --- a/model_vdb_group.go +++ b/model_vdb_group.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,9 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "time" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the VDBGroup type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -24,26 +27,41 @@ type VDBGroup struct { Id string `json:"id"` // A unique name for the entity. Name string `json:"name"` - // The list of VDB IDs in this VDBGroup. - VdbIds []string `json:"vdb_ids"` - // Indicates whether the VDBGroup is locked. + // The list of VDB IDs in this VDB Group. + VdbIds []string `json:"vdb_ids,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether the VDB Group is locked. IsLocked *bool `json:"is_locked,omitempty"` - // The Id of the account that locked the VDBGroup. + // The Id of the account that locked the VDB Group. LockedBy *int64 `json:"locked_by,omitempty"` - // The name of the account that locked the VDBGroup. + // The name of the account that locked the VDB Group. LockedByName *string `json:"locked_by_name,omitempty"` + // Source of the vdb group, default is DCT. In case of self-service container, this value would be ENGINE. + VdbGroupSource *string `json:"vdb_group_source,omitempty"` + // Data-layout Id for engine-managed vdb groups. + SsDataLayoutId *string `json:"ss_data_layout_id,omitempty"` + // Dictates order of operations on VDBs. Operations can be performed in parallel
for all VDBs or sequentially. Below are possible valid and invalid orderings given an example
VDB group with 3 vdbs (A, B, and C).
Valid:
{\"vdb_id\":\"vdb-1\", \"order\":\"1\"} {\"vdb_id\":\"vdb-2\", order:\"1\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-3\", order:\"1\"} (parallel)
{vdb_id:\"vdb-1\", order:\"1\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-2\", order:\"2\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-3\", order:\"3\"} (sequential)
Invalid:
{vdb_id:\"vdb-1\", order:\"A\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-2\", order:\"B\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-3\", order:\"C\"} (sequential)

In the sequential case the vdbs with priority 1 is the first to be started and the last to
be stopped. This value is set on creation of VDB groups. + Vdbs []VDBOrder `json:"vdbs,omitempty"` + // The database type of the VDB Group. If all VDBs in the group are of the same database_type, this field will be set to that type. If the VDBs are of different database_type, this field will be set to 'Mixed'. + DatabaseType *string `json:"database_type,omitempty"` + // The status of the VDB Group. If all VDBs in the VDB Group have the same status, this field will be set to that status. If the VDBs have different statuses, this field will be set to 'Mixed'. + Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"` + // The bookmark ID to which the VDB Group was last successfully refreshed. + LastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId *string `json:"last_successful_refresh_to_bookmark_id,omitempty"` + // The time at which the VDB Group was last successfully refreshed. + LastSuccessfulRefreshTime *time.Time `json:"last_successful_refresh_time,omitempty"` Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` } +type _VDBGroup VDBGroup + // NewVDBGroup instantiates a new VDBGroup object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments // will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewVDBGroup(id string, name string, vdbIds []string) *VDBGroup { +func NewVDBGroup(id string, name string) *VDBGroup { this := VDBGroup{} this.Id = id this.Name = name - this.VdbIds = vdbIds return &this } @@ -103,26 +121,34 @@ func (o *VDBGroup) SetName(v string) { o.Name = v } -// GetVdbIds returns the VdbIds field value +// GetVdbIds returns the VdbIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *VDBGroup) GetVdbIds() []string { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbIds) { var ret []string return ret } - return o.VdbIds } -// GetVdbIdsOk returns a tuple with the VdbIds field value +// GetVdbIdsOk returns a tuple with the VdbIds field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. func (o *VDBGroup) GetVdbIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbIds) { return nil, false } return o.VdbIds, true } -// SetVdbIds sets field value +// HasVdbIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDBGroup) HasVdbIds() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbIds) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the VdbIds field. func (o *VDBGroup) SetVdbIds(v []string) { o.VdbIds = v } @@ -223,6 +249,230 @@ func (o *VDBGroup) SetLockedByName(v string) { o.LockedByName = &v } +// GetVdbGroupSource returns the VdbGroupSource field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDBGroup) GetVdbGroupSource() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbGroupSource) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.VdbGroupSource +} + +// GetVdbGroupSourceOk returns a tuple with the VdbGroupSource field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBGroup) GetVdbGroupSourceOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbGroupSource) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbGroupSource, true +} + +// HasVdbGroupSource returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDBGroup) HasVdbGroupSource() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbGroupSource) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbGroupSource gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VdbGroupSource field. +func (o *VDBGroup) SetVdbGroupSource(v string) { + o.VdbGroupSource = &v +} + +// GetSsDataLayoutId returns the SsDataLayoutId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDBGroup) GetSsDataLayoutId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SsDataLayoutId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.SsDataLayoutId +} + +// GetSsDataLayoutIdOk returns a tuple with the SsDataLayoutId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBGroup) GetSsDataLayoutIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.SsDataLayoutId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.SsDataLayoutId, true +} + +// HasSsDataLayoutId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDBGroup) HasSsDataLayoutId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.SsDataLayoutId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSsDataLayoutId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SsDataLayoutId field. +func (o *VDBGroup) SetSsDataLayoutId(v string) { + o.SsDataLayoutId = &v +} + +// GetVdbs returns the Vdbs field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDBGroup) GetVdbs() []VDBOrder { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Vdbs) { + var ret []VDBOrder + return ret + } + return o.Vdbs +} + +// GetVdbsOk returns a tuple with the Vdbs field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBGroup) GetVdbsOk() ([]VDBOrder, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Vdbs) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Vdbs, true +} + +// HasVdbs returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDBGroup) HasVdbs() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Vdbs) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbs gets a reference to the given []VDBOrder and assigns it to the Vdbs field. +func (o *VDBGroup) SetVdbs(v []VDBOrder) { + o.Vdbs = v +} + +// GetDatabaseType returns the DatabaseType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDBGroup) GetDatabaseType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.DatabaseType +} + +// GetDatabaseTypeOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBGroup) GetDatabaseTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DatabaseType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DatabaseType, true +} + +// HasDatabaseType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDBGroup) HasDatabaseType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DatabaseType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDatabaseType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseType field. +func (o *VDBGroup) SetDatabaseType(v string) { + o.DatabaseType = &v +} + +// GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDBGroup) GetStatus() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Status +} + +// GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBGroup) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Status, true +} + +// HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDBGroup) HasStatus() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Status) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field. +func (o *VDBGroup) SetStatus(v string) { + o.Status = &v +} + +// GetLastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId returns the LastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDBGroup) GetLastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.LastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId +} + +// GetLastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkIdOk returns a tuple with the LastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBGroup) GetLastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId, true +} + +// HasLastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDBGroup) HasLastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the LastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId field. +func (o *VDBGroup) SetLastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId(v string) { + o.LastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId = &v +} + +// GetLastSuccessfulRefreshTime returns the LastSuccessfulRefreshTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDBGroup) GetLastSuccessfulRefreshTime() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastSuccessfulRefreshTime) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.LastSuccessfulRefreshTime +} + +// GetLastSuccessfulRefreshTimeOk returns a tuple with the LastSuccessfulRefreshTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBGroup) GetLastSuccessfulRefreshTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastSuccessfulRefreshTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LastSuccessfulRefreshTime, true +} + +// HasLastSuccessfulRefreshTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDBGroup) HasLastSuccessfulRefreshTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LastSuccessfulRefreshTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLastSuccessfulRefreshTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the LastSuccessfulRefreshTime field. +func (o *VDBGroup) SetLastSuccessfulRefreshTime(v time.Time) { + o.LastSuccessfulRefreshTime = &v +} + // GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *VDBGroup) GetTags() []Tag { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { @@ -265,9 +515,11 @@ func (o VDBGroup) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { func (o VDBGroup) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} - // skip: id is readOnly + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id toSerialize["name"] = o.Name - toSerialize["vdb_ids"] = o.VdbIds + if !IsNil(o.VdbIds) { + toSerialize["vdb_ids"] = o.VdbIds + } if !IsNil(o.IsLocked) { toSerialize["is_locked"] = o.IsLocked } @@ -277,12 +529,71 @@ func (o VDBGroup) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.LockedByName) { toSerialize["locked_by_name"] = o.LockedByName } + if !IsNil(o.VdbGroupSource) { + toSerialize["vdb_group_source"] = o.VdbGroupSource + } + if !IsNil(o.SsDataLayoutId) { + toSerialize["ss_data_layout_id"] = o.SsDataLayoutId + } + if !IsNil(o.Vdbs) { + toSerialize["vdbs"] = o.Vdbs + } + if !IsNil(o.DatabaseType) { + toSerialize["database_type"] = o.DatabaseType + } + if !IsNil(o.Status) { + toSerialize["status"] = o.Status + } + if !IsNil(o.LastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId) { + toSerialize["last_successful_refresh_to_bookmark_id"] = o.LastSuccessfulRefreshToBookmarkId + } + if !IsNil(o.LastSuccessfulRefreshTime) { + toSerialize["last_successful_refresh_time"] = o.LastSuccessfulRefreshTime + } if !IsNil(o.Tags) { toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags } return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *VDBGroup) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "id", + "name", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varVDBGroup := _VDBGroup{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varVDBGroup) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = VDBGroup(varVDBGroup) + + return err +} + type NullableVDBGroup struct { value *VDBGroup isSet bool diff --git a/model_vdb_group_refresh_by_snapshot.go b/model_vdb_group_refresh_by_snapshot.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2fd088a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_vdb_group_refresh_by_snapshot.go @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot{} + +// VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot Parameters to refresh a VDB Group by snapshot. +type VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot struct { + // ID of the VDB present in the VDB Group. + VdbId string `json:"vdb_id"` + // ID of the snapshot to refresh from. + SnapshotId string `json:"snapshot_id"` +} + +type _VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot + +// NewVDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot instantiates a new VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewVDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot(vdbId string, snapshotId string) *VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot { + this := VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot{} + this.VdbId = vdbId + this.SnapshotId = snapshotId + return &this +} + +// NewVDBGroupRefreshBySnapshotWithDefaults instantiates a new VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewVDBGroupRefreshBySnapshotWithDefaults() *VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot { + this := VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot{} + return &this +} + +// GetVdbId returns the VdbId field value +func (o *VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot) GetVdbId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.VdbId +} + +// GetVdbIdOk returns a tuple with the VdbId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot) GetVdbIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.VdbId, true +} + +// SetVdbId sets field value +func (o *VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot) SetVdbId(v string) { + o.VdbId = v +} + +// GetSnapshotId returns the SnapshotId field value +func (o *VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot) GetSnapshotId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.SnapshotId +} + +// GetSnapshotIdOk returns a tuple with the SnapshotId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot) GetSnapshotIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.SnapshotId, true +} + +// SetSnapshotId sets field value +func (o *VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot) SetSnapshotId(v string) { + o.SnapshotId = v +} + +func (o VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["vdb_id"] = o.VdbId + toSerialize["snapshot_id"] = o.SnapshotId + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "vdb_id", + "snapshot_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varVDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot := _VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varVDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot(varVDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot) + + return err +} + +type NullableVDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot struct { + value *VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableVDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot) Get() *VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableVDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot) Set(val *VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableVDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableVDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableVDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot(val *VDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot) *NullableVDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot { + return &NullableVDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableVDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableVDBGroupRefreshBySnapshot) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_vdb_group_refresh_by_timestamp.go b/model_vdb_group_refresh_by_timestamp.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4d393549 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_vdb_group_refresh_by_timestamp.go @@ -0,0 +1,308 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp{} + +// VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp Parameters to refresh a VDB Group by timestamp. +type VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp struct { + // ID of the VDB present in the VDB Group. + VdbId string `json:"vdb_id"` + // The point in time from which to execute the operation. Mutually exclusive with timestamp_in_database_timezone. If the timestamp is not set, selects the latest point. + Timestamp *time.Time `json:"timestamp,omitempty"` + // The point in time from which to execute the operation, expressed as a date-time in the timezone of the source database. Mutually exclusive with timestamp. + TimestampInDatabaseTimezone *string `json:"timestamp_in_database_timezone,omitempty" validate:"regexp=[0-9]{4}-[0-9]{2}-[0-9]{2}T[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}(.[0-9]{0,3})?"` + // The Timeflow ID. + TimeflowId *string `json:"timeflow_id,omitempty"` + Mode *RefreshModeEnum `json:"mode,omitempty"` +} + +type _VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp + +// NewVDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp instantiates a new VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewVDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp(vdbId string) *VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp { + this := VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp{} + this.VdbId = vdbId + return &this +} + +// NewVDBGroupRefreshByTimestampWithDefaults instantiates a new VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewVDBGroupRefreshByTimestampWithDefaults() *VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp { + this := VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp{} + return &this +} + +// GetVdbId returns the VdbId field value +func (o *VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) GetVdbId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.VdbId +} + +// GetVdbIdOk returns a tuple with the VdbId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) GetVdbIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.VdbId, true +} + +// SetVdbId sets field value +func (o *VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) SetVdbId(v string) { + o.VdbId = v +} + +// GetTimestamp returns the Timestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) GetTimestamp() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Timestamp) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.Timestamp +} + +// GetTimestampOk returns a tuple with the Timestamp field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) GetTimestampOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Timestamp) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Timestamp, true +} + +// HasTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) HasTimestamp() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Timestamp) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTimestamp gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Timestamp field. +func (o *VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) SetTimestamp(v time.Time) { + o.Timestamp = &v +} + +// GetTimestampInDatabaseTimezone returns the TimestampInDatabaseTimezone field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) GetTimestampInDatabaseTimezone() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimestampInDatabaseTimezone) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TimestampInDatabaseTimezone +} + +// GetTimestampInDatabaseTimezoneOk returns a tuple with the TimestampInDatabaseTimezone field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) GetTimestampInDatabaseTimezoneOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimestampInDatabaseTimezone) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TimestampInDatabaseTimezone, true +} + +// HasTimestampInDatabaseTimezone returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) HasTimestampInDatabaseTimezone() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TimestampInDatabaseTimezone) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTimestampInDatabaseTimezone gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TimestampInDatabaseTimezone field. +func (o *VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) SetTimestampInDatabaseTimezone(v string) { + o.TimestampInDatabaseTimezone = &v +} + +// GetTimeflowId returns the TimeflowId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) GetTimeflowId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimeflowId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TimeflowId +} + +// GetTimeflowIdOk returns a tuple with the TimeflowId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) GetTimeflowIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimeflowId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TimeflowId, true +} + +// HasTimeflowId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) HasTimeflowId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TimeflowId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTimeflowId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TimeflowId field. +func (o *VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) SetTimeflowId(v string) { + o.TimeflowId = &v +} + +// GetMode returns the Mode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) GetMode() RefreshModeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Mode) { + var ret RefreshModeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.Mode +} + +// GetModeOk returns a tuple with the Mode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) GetModeOk() (*RefreshModeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Mode) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Mode, true +} + +// HasMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) HasMode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Mode) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMode gets a reference to the given RefreshModeEnum and assigns it to the Mode field. +func (o *VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) SetMode(v RefreshModeEnum) { + o.Mode = &v +} + +func (o VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + toSerialize["vdb_id"] = o.VdbId + if !IsNil(o.Timestamp) { + toSerialize["timestamp"] = o.Timestamp + } + if !IsNil(o.TimestampInDatabaseTimezone) { + toSerialize["timestamp_in_database_timezone"] = o.TimestampInDatabaseTimezone + } + if !IsNil(o.TimeflowId) { + toSerialize["timeflow_id"] = o.TimeflowId + } + if !IsNil(o.Mode) { + toSerialize["mode"] = o.Mode + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "vdb_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varVDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp := _VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varVDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp(varVDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) + + return err +} + +type NullableVDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp struct { + value *VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableVDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) Get() *VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableVDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) Set(val *VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableVDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableVDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableVDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp(val *VDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) *NullableVDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp { + return &NullableVDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableVDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableVDBGroupRefreshByTimestamp) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_vdb_group_timestamp_summary.go b/model_vdb_group_timestamp_summary.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4a6552aa --- /dev/null +++ b/model_vdb_group_timestamp_summary.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the VdbGroupTimestampSummary type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &VdbGroupTimestampSummary{} + +// VdbGroupTimestampSummary struct for VdbGroupTimestampSummary +type VdbGroupTimestampSummary struct { + Items []VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem `json:"items,omitempty"` +} + +// NewVdbGroupTimestampSummary instantiates a new VdbGroupTimestampSummary object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewVdbGroupTimestampSummary() *VdbGroupTimestampSummary { + this := VdbGroupTimestampSummary{} + return &this +} + +// NewVdbGroupTimestampSummaryWithDefaults instantiates a new VdbGroupTimestampSummary object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewVdbGroupTimestampSummaryWithDefaults() *VdbGroupTimestampSummary { + this := VdbGroupTimestampSummary{} + return &this +} + +// GetItems returns the Items field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VdbGroupTimestampSummary) GetItems() []VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + var ret []VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem + return ret + } + return o.Items +} + +// GetItemsOk returns a tuple with the Items field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VdbGroupTimestampSummary) GetItemsOk() ([]VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Items) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Items, true +} + +// HasItems returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VdbGroupTimestampSummary) HasItems() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Items) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetItems gets a reference to the given []VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem and assigns it to the Items field. +func (o *VdbGroupTimestampSummary) SetItems(v []VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem) { + o.Items = v +} + +func (o VdbGroupTimestampSummary) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o VdbGroupTimestampSummary) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Items) { + toSerialize["items"] = o.Items + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableVdbGroupTimestampSummary struct { + value *VdbGroupTimestampSummary + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableVdbGroupTimestampSummary) Get() *VdbGroupTimestampSummary { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableVdbGroupTimestampSummary) Set(val *VdbGroupTimestampSummary) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableVdbGroupTimestampSummary) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableVdbGroupTimestampSummary) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableVdbGroupTimestampSummary(val *VdbGroupTimestampSummary) *NullableVdbGroupTimestampSummary { + return &NullableVdbGroupTimestampSummary{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableVdbGroupTimestampSummary) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableVdbGroupTimestampSummary) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_vdb_group_timestamp_summary_item.go b/model_vdb_group_timestamp_summary_item.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..70ae45c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_vdb_group_timestamp_summary_item.go @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem{} + +// VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem struct for VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem +type VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem struct { + // Id of the VDB in the VDB Group. + VdbId *string `json:"vdb_id,omitempty"` + // Error description if there is any error finding the timestamp summary for this VDB. + Error *string `json:"error,omitempty"` + TimeflowRange *TimeflowRange `json:"timeflow_range,omitempty"` +} + +// NewVdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem instantiates a new VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewVdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem() *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem { + this := VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem{} + return &this +} + +// NewVdbGroupTimestampSummaryItemWithDefaults instantiates a new VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewVdbGroupTimestampSummaryItemWithDefaults() *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem { + this := VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem{} + return &this +} + +// GetVdbId returns the VdbId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem) GetVdbId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.VdbId +} + +// GetVdbIdOk returns a tuple with the VdbId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem) GetVdbIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbId, true +} + +// HasVdbId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem) HasVdbId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VdbId field. +func (o *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem) SetVdbId(v string) { + o.VdbId = &v +} + +// GetError returns the Error field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem) GetError() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Error) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Error +} + +// GetErrorOk returns a tuple with the Error field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem) GetErrorOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Error) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Error, true +} + +// HasError returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem) HasError() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Error) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetError gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Error field. +func (o *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem) SetError(v string) { + o.Error = &v +} + +// GetTimeflowRange returns the TimeflowRange field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem) GetTimeflowRange() TimeflowRange { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimeflowRange) { + var ret TimeflowRange + return ret + } + return *o.TimeflowRange +} + +// GetTimeflowRangeOk returns a tuple with the TimeflowRange field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem) GetTimeflowRangeOk() (*TimeflowRange, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TimeflowRange) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TimeflowRange, true +} + +// HasTimeflowRange returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem) HasTimeflowRange() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TimeflowRange) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTimeflowRange gets a reference to the given TimeflowRange and assigns it to the TimeflowRange field. +func (o *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem) SetTimeflowRange(v TimeflowRange) { + o.TimeflowRange = &v +} + +func (o VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.VdbId) { + toSerialize["vdb_id"] = o.VdbId + } + if !IsNil(o.Error) { + toSerialize["error"] = o.Error + } + if !IsNil(o.TimeflowRange) { + toSerialize["timeflow_range"] = o.TimeflowRange + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableVdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem struct { + value *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableVdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem) Get() *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableVdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem) Set(val *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableVdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableVdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableVdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem(val *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem) *NullableVdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem { + return &NullableVdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableVdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableVdbGroupTimestampSummaryItem) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_vdb_group_timestamp_summary_request.go b/model_vdb_group_timestamp_summary_request.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..80259ada --- /dev/null +++ b/model_vdb_group_timestamp_summary_request.go @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" +) + +// checks if the VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest{} + +// VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest struct for VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest +type VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest struct { + // The timestamp to get the summary for. + Timestamp *time.Time `json:"timestamp,omitempty"` + // vdb ids for which summary is needed. + VdbIds []string `json:"vdb_ids,omitempty"` + Mode *RefreshModeEnum `json:"mode,omitempty"` +} + +// NewVDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest instantiates a new VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewVDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest() *VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest { + this := VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest{} + return &this +} + +// NewVDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewVDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequestWithDefaults() *VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest { + this := VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest{} + return &this +} + +// GetTimestamp returns the Timestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest) GetTimestamp() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Timestamp) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.Timestamp +} + +// GetTimestampOk returns a tuple with the Timestamp field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest) GetTimestampOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Timestamp) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Timestamp, true +} + +// HasTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest) HasTimestamp() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Timestamp) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTimestamp gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Timestamp field. +func (o *VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest) SetTimestamp(v time.Time) { + o.Timestamp = &v +} + +// GetVdbIds returns the VdbIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest) GetVdbIds() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbIds) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.VdbIds +} + +// GetVdbIdsOk returns a tuple with the VdbIds field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest) GetVdbIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbIds) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbIds, true +} + +// HasVdbIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest) HasVdbIds() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbIds) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the VdbIds field. +func (o *VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest) SetVdbIds(v []string) { + o.VdbIds = v +} + +// GetMode returns the Mode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest) GetMode() RefreshModeEnum { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Mode) { + var ret RefreshModeEnum + return ret + } + return *o.Mode +} + +// GetModeOk returns a tuple with the Mode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest) GetModeOk() (*RefreshModeEnum, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Mode) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Mode, true +} + +// HasMode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest) HasMode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Mode) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMode gets a reference to the given RefreshModeEnum and assigns it to the Mode field. +func (o *VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest) SetMode(v RefreshModeEnum) { + o.Mode = &v +} + +func (o VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Timestamp) { + toSerialize["timestamp"] = o.Timestamp + } + if !IsNil(o.VdbIds) { + toSerialize["vdb_ids"] = o.VdbIds + } + if !IsNil(o.Mode) { + toSerialize["mode"] = o.Mode + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableVDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest struct { + value *VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableVDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest) Get() *VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableVDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest) Set(val *VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableVDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableVDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableVDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest(val *VDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest) *NullableVDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest { + return &NullableVDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableVDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableVDBGroupTimestampSummaryRequest) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_vdb_group_timestamp_summary_response.go b/model_vdb_group_timestamp_summary_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a0c0ae42 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_vdb_group_timestamp_summary_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the VdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &VdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse{} + +// VdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse struct for VdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse +type VdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewVdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse instantiates a new VdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewVdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse() *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse { + this := VdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewVdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new VdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewVdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponseWithDefaults() *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse { + this := VdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o VdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o VdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableVdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse struct { + value *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableVdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse) Get() *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableVdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse) Set(val *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableVdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableVdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableVdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse(val *VdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse) *NullableVdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse { + return &NullableVdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableVdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableVdbGroupTimestampSummaryResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_vdb_inventory_data.go b/model_vdb_inventory_data.go index abc02275..e4d268f9 100644 --- a/model_vdb_inventory_data.go +++ b/model_vdb_inventory_data.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_vdb_inventory_report_response.go b/model_vdb_inventory_report_response.go index 56f265cd..f749c16b 100644 --- a/model_vdb_inventory_report_response.go +++ b/model_vdb_inventory_report_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_vdb_order.go b/model_vdb_order.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..497da06c --- /dev/null +++ b/model_vdb_order.go @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" +) + +// checks if the VDBOrder type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &VDBOrder{} + +// VDBOrder struct for VDBOrder +type VDBOrder struct { + // Vdb id + VdbId *string `json:"vdb_id,omitempty"` + // Dictates order of operations on VDBs. Operations can be performed in parallel
for all VDBs or sequentially. Below are possible valid and invalid orderings given an example
VDB group with 3 vdbs (A, B, and C).
Valid:
{\"vdb_id\":\"vdb-1\", \"order\":\"1\"} {\"vdb_id\":\"vdb-2\", order:\"1\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-3\", order:\"1\"} (parallel)
{vdb_id:\"vdb-1\", order:\"1\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-2\", order:\"2\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-3\", order:\"3\"} (sequential)
Invalid:
{vdb_id:\"vdb-1\", order:\"A\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-2\", order:\"B\"} {vdb_id:\"vdb-3\", order:\"C\"} (sequential)

In the sequential case the vdbs with priority 1 is the first to be started and the last to
be stopped. This value is set on creation of VDB groups. + Order *int32 `json:"order,omitempty"` + VdbName *string `json:"vdb_name,omitempty"` + // The last time the VDB was successfully refreshed as a part of VDB Group refresh operation in UTC timezone. + LastRefreshTimeWithGroupRefresh *time.Time `json:"last_refresh_time_with_group_refresh,omitempty"` + // Indicates if the VDB is in sync with the VDB Group or not. If this VDB is was last refreshed as part of the VDB Group then this value will be true. + InSync *bool `json:"in_sync,omitempty"` +} + +// NewVDBOrder instantiates a new VDBOrder object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewVDBOrder() *VDBOrder { + this := VDBOrder{} + var order int32 = 0 + this.Order = &order + return &this +} + +// NewVDBOrderWithDefaults instantiates a new VDBOrder object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewVDBOrderWithDefaults() *VDBOrder { + this := VDBOrder{} + var order int32 = 0 + this.Order = &order + return &this +} + +// GetVdbId returns the VdbId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDBOrder) GetVdbId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.VdbId +} + +// GetVdbIdOk returns a tuple with the VdbId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBOrder) GetVdbIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbId, true +} + +// HasVdbId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDBOrder) HasVdbId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VdbId field. +func (o *VDBOrder) SetVdbId(v string) { + o.VdbId = &v +} + +// GetOrder returns the Order field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDBOrder) GetOrder() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Order) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.Order +} + +// GetOrderOk returns a tuple with the Order field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBOrder) GetOrderOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Order) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Order, true +} + +// HasOrder returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDBOrder) HasOrder() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Order) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOrder gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the Order field. +func (o *VDBOrder) SetOrder(v int32) { + o.Order = &v +} + +// GetVdbName returns the VdbName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDBOrder) GetVdbName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.VdbName +} + +// GetVdbNameOk returns a tuple with the VdbName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBOrder) GetVdbNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbName, true +} + +// HasVdbName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDBOrder) HasVdbName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VdbName field. +func (o *VDBOrder) SetVdbName(v string) { + o.VdbName = &v +} + +// GetLastRefreshTimeWithGroupRefresh returns the LastRefreshTimeWithGroupRefresh field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDBOrder) GetLastRefreshTimeWithGroupRefresh() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastRefreshTimeWithGroupRefresh) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.LastRefreshTimeWithGroupRefresh +} + +// GetLastRefreshTimeWithGroupRefreshOk returns a tuple with the LastRefreshTimeWithGroupRefresh field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBOrder) GetLastRefreshTimeWithGroupRefreshOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LastRefreshTimeWithGroupRefresh) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LastRefreshTimeWithGroupRefresh, true +} + +// HasLastRefreshTimeWithGroupRefresh returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDBOrder) HasLastRefreshTimeWithGroupRefresh() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LastRefreshTimeWithGroupRefresh) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLastRefreshTimeWithGroupRefresh gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the LastRefreshTimeWithGroupRefresh field. +func (o *VDBOrder) SetLastRefreshTimeWithGroupRefresh(v time.Time) { + o.LastRefreshTimeWithGroupRefresh = &v +} + +// GetInSync returns the InSync field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDBOrder) GetInSync() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InSync) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.InSync +} + +// GetInSyncOk returns a tuple with the InSync field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBOrder) GetInSyncOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.InSync) { + return nil, false + } + return o.InSync, true +} + +// HasInSync returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDBOrder) HasInSync() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.InSync) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInSync gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the InSync field. +func (o *VDBOrder) SetInSync(v bool) { + o.InSync = &v +} + +func (o VDBOrder) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o VDBOrder) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.VdbId) { + toSerialize["vdb_id"] = o.VdbId + } + if !IsNil(o.Order) { + toSerialize["order"] = o.Order + } + if !IsNil(o.VdbName) { + toSerialize["vdb_name"] = o.VdbName + } + if !IsNil(o.LastRefreshTimeWithGroupRefresh) { + toSerialize["last_refresh_time_with_group_refresh"] = o.LastRefreshTimeWithGroupRefresh + } + if !IsNil(o.InSync) { + toSerialize["in_sync"] = o.InSync + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableVDBOrder struct { + value *VDBOrder + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableVDBOrder) Get() *VDBOrder { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableVDBOrder) Set(val *VDBOrder) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableVDBOrder) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableVDBOrder) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableVDBOrder(val *VDBOrder) *NullableVDBOrder { + return &NullableVDBOrder{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableVDBOrder) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableVDBOrder) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_vdb_start_parameters_mapping.go b/model_vdb_start_parameters_mapping.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..71f99021 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_vdb_start_parameters_mapping.go @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the VDBStartParametersMapping type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &VDBStartParametersMapping{} + +// VDBStartParametersMapping Parameters to start a VDB. +type VDBStartParametersMapping struct { + // List of specific Oracle Virtual Database Instances to start. + Instances []int32 `json:"instances,omitempty"` + // ID of the VDB to start. + VdbId string `json:"vdb_id"` +} + +type _VDBStartParametersMapping VDBStartParametersMapping + +// NewVDBStartParametersMapping instantiates a new VDBStartParametersMapping object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewVDBStartParametersMapping(vdbId string) *VDBStartParametersMapping { + this := VDBStartParametersMapping{} + this.VdbId = vdbId + return &this +} + +// NewVDBStartParametersMappingWithDefaults instantiates a new VDBStartParametersMapping object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewVDBStartParametersMappingWithDefaults() *VDBStartParametersMapping { + this := VDBStartParametersMapping{} + return &this +} + +// GetInstances returns the Instances field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDBStartParametersMapping) GetInstances() []int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + var ret []int32 + return ret + } + return o.Instances +} + +// GetInstancesOk returns a tuple with the Instances field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBStartParametersMapping) GetInstancesOk() ([]int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Instances, true +} + +// HasInstances returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDBStartParametersMapping) HasInstances() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Instances) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstances gets a reference to the given []int32 and assigns it to the Instances field. +func (o *VDBStartParametersMapping) SetInstances(v []int32) { + o.Instances = v +} + +// GetVdbId returns the VdbId field value +func (o *VDBStartParametersMapping) GetVdbId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.VdbId +} + +// GetVdbIdOk returns a tuple with the VdbId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBStartParametersMapping) GetVdbIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.VdbId, true +} + +// SetVdbId sets field value +func (o *VDBStartParametersMapping) SetVdbId(v string) { + o.VdbId = v +} + +func (o VDBStartParametersMapping) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o VDBStartParametersMapping) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Instances) { + toSerialize["instances"] = o.Instances + } + toSerialize["vdb_id"] = o.VdbId + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *VDBStartParametersMapping) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "vdb_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varVDBStartParametersMapping := _VDBStartParametersMapping{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varVDBStartParametersMapping) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = VDBStartParametersMapping(varVDBStartParametersMapping) + + return err +} + +type NullableVDBStartParametersMapping struct { + value *VDBStartParametersMapping + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableVDBStartParametersMapping) Get() *VDBStartParametersMapping { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableVDBStartParametersMapping) Set(val *VDBStartParametersMapping) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableVDBStartParametersMapping) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableVDBStartParametersMapping) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableVDBStartParametersMapping(val *VDBStartParametersMapping) *NullableVDBStartParametersMapping { + return &NullableVDBStartParametersMapping{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableVDBStartParametersMapping) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableVDBStartParametersMapping) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_vdb_stop_parameters_mapping.go b/model_vdb_stop_parameters_mapping.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e4f2cc7b --- /dev/null +++ b/model_vdb_stop_parameters_mapping.go @@ -0,0 +1,238 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" +) + +// checks if the VDBStopParametersMapping type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &VDBStopParametersMapping{} + +// VDBStopParametersMapping Parameters to stop a VDB. +type VDBStopParametersMapping struct { + // List of specific Oracle Virtual Database Instances to stop. + Instances []int32 `json:"instances,omitempty"` + // Whether to issue 'shutdown abort' to shutdown Oracle Virtual DB instances. + Abort *bool `json:"abort,omitempty"` + // ID of the VDB to stop. + VdbId string `json:"vdb_id"` +} + +type _VDBStopParametersMapping VDBStopParametersMapping + +// NewVDBStopParametersMapping instantiates a new VDBStopParametersMapping object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewVDBStopParametersMapping(vdbId string) *VDBStopParametersMapping { + this := VDBStopParametersMapping{} + var abort bool = false + this.Abort = &abort + this.VdbId = vdbId + return &this +} + +// NewVDBStopParametersMappingWithDefaults instantiates a new VDBStopParametersMapping object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewVDBStopParametersMappingWithDefaults() *VDBStopParametersMapping { + this := VDBStopParametersMapping{} + var abort bool = false + this.Abort = &abort + return &this +} + +// GetInstances returns the Instances field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDBStopParametersMapping) GetInstances() []int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + var ret []int32 + return ret + } + return o.Instances +} + +// GetInstancesOk returns a tuple with the Instances field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBStopParametersMapping) GetInstancesOk() ([]int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Instances) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Instances, true +} + +// HasInstances returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDBStopParametersMapping) HasInstances() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Instances) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetInstances gets a reference to the given []int32 and assigns it to the Instances field. +func (o *VDBStopParametersMapping) SetInstances(v []int32) { + o.Instances = v +} + +// GetAbort returns the Abort field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VDBStopParametersMapping) GetAbort() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Abort) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Abort +} + +// GetAbortOk returns a tuple with the Abort field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBStopParametersMapping) GetAbortOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Abort) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Abort, true +} + +// HasAbort returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VDBStopParametersMapping) HasAbort() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Abort) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAbort gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Abort field. +func (o *VDBStopParametersMapping) SetAbort(v bool) { + o.Abort = &v +} + +// GetVdbId returns the VdbId field value +func (o *VDBStopParametersMapping) GetVdbId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.VdbId +} + +// GetVdbIdOk returns a tuple with the VdbId field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VDBStopParametersMapping) GetVdbIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.VdbId, true +} + +// SetVdbId sets field value +func (o *VDBStopParametersMapping) SetVdbId(v string) { + o.VdbId = v +} + +func (o VDBStopParametersMapping) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o VDBStopParametersMapping) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Instances) { + toSerialize["instances"] = o.Instances + } + if !IsNil(o.Abort) { + toSerialize["abort"] = o.Abort + } + toSerialize["vdb_id"] = o.VdbId + return toSerialize, nil +} + +func (o *VDBStopParametersMapping) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "vdb_id", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varVDBStopParametersMapping := _VDBStopParametersMapping{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varVDBStopParametersMapping) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = VDBStopParametersMapping(varVDBStopParametersMapping) + + return err +} + +type NullableVDBStopParametersMapping struct { + value *VDBStopParametersMapping + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableVDBStopParametersMapping) Get() *VDBStopParametersMapping { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableVDBStopParametersMapping) Set(val *VDBStopParametersMapping) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableVDBStopParametersMapping) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableVDBStopParametersMapping) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableVDBStopParametersMapping(val *VDBStopParametersMapping) *NullableVDBStopParametersMapping { + return &NullableVDBStopParametersMapping{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableVDBStopParametersMapping) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableVDBStopParametersMapping) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_virtual_dataset_hooks.go b/model_virtual_dataset_hooks.go index be396257..4dda5b48 100644 --- a/model_virtual_dataset_hooks.go +++ b/model_virtual_dataset_hooks.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_virtualization_action.go b/model_virtualization_action.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4c4e9c1f --- /dev/null +++ b/model_virtualization_action.go @@ -0,0 +1,758 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" +) + +// checks if the VirtualizationAction type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &VirtualizationAction{} + +// VirtualizationAction A virtualization engine action. +type VirtualizationAction struct { + // ID of the virtualization engine action. + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // ID of the RegisteredEngine. + EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` + // Type of the action. + ActionType *string `json:"action_type,omitempty"` + // The title of the action. + Title *string `json:"title,omitempty"` + // Plain text description of the action. + Details *string `json:"details,omitempty"` + // The time the action occurred. For long running processes, this represents the starting time. + StartTime *time.Time `json:"start_time,omitempty"` + // The time the action completed. + EndTime *time.Time `json:"end_time,omitempty"` + // The user who initiated the action. + User *string `json:"user,omitempty"` + // Name of client software used to initiate the action. + UserAgent *string `json:"user_agent,omitempty"` + // Network address used to initiate the action. + OriginIp *string `json:"origin_ip,omitempty"` + // The parent action of this action. + ParentAction *string `json:"parent_action,omitempty"` + // The state of the action. + State *string `json:"state,omitempty"` + // Origin of the work that caused the action. + WorkSource *string `json:"work_source,omitempty"` + // Name of user or policy that initiated the action. + WorkSourceName *string `json:"work_source_name,omitempty"` + // Principal of user that initiated the action. + WorkSourcePrincipal *string `json:"work_source_principal,omitempty"` + // Details of the action failure. + FailureDescription *string `json:"failure_description,omitempty"` + // Action to be taken to resolve the failure. + FailureAction *string `json:"failure_action,omitempty"` + // Message ID associated with the event. + FailureMessageCode *string `json:"failure_message_code,omitempty"` +} + +// NewVirtualizationAction instantiates a new VirtualizationAction object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewVirtualizationAction() *VirtualizationAction { + this := VirtualizationAction{} + return &this +} + +// NewVirtualizationActionWithDefaults instantiates a new VirtualizationAction object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewVirtualizationActionWithDefaults() *VirtualizationAction { + this := VirtualizationAction{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineId, true +} + +// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) HasEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = &v +} + +// GetActionType returns the ActionType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetActionType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ActionType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ActionType +} + +// GetActionTypeOk returns a tuple with the ActionType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetActionTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ActionType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ActionType, true +} + +// HasActionType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) HasActionType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ActionType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetActionType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ActionType field. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) SetActionType(v string) { + o.ActionType = &v +} + +// GetTitle returns the Title field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetTitle() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Title) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Title +} + +// GetTitleOk returns a tuple with the Title field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetTitleOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Title) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Title, true +} + +// HasTitle returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) HasTitle() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Title) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTitle gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Title field. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) SetTitle(v string) { + o.Title = &v +} + +// GetDetails returns the Details field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetDetails() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Details) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Details +} + +// GetDetailsOk returns a tuple with the Details field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetDetailsOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Details) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Details, true +} + +// HasDetails returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) HasDetails() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Details) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDetails gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Details field. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) SetDetails(v string) { + o.Details = &v +} + +// GetStartTime returns the StartTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetStartTime() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StartTime) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.StartTime +} + +// GetStartTimeOk returns a tuple with the StartTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetStartTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StartTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.StartTime, true +} + +// HasStartTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) HasStartTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StartTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStartTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the StartTime field. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) SetStartTime(v time.Time) { + o.StartTime = &v +} + +// GetEndTime returns the EndTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetEndTime() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EndTime) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.EndTime +} + +// GetEndTimeOk returns a tuple with the EndTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetEndTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EndTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EndTime, true +} + +// HasEndTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) HasEndTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EndTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEndTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the EndTime field. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) SetEndTime(v time.Time) { + o.EndTime = &v +} + +// GetUser returns the User field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetUser() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.User) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.User +} + +// GetUserOk returns a tuple with the User field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetUserOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.User) { + return nil, false + } + return o.User, true +} + +// HasUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) HasUser() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.User) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the User field. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) SetUser(v string) { + o.User = &v +} + +// GetUserAgent returns the UserAgent field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetUserAgent() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UserAgent) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.UserAgent +} + +// GetUserAgentOk returns a tuple with the UserAgent field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetUserAgentOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UserAgent) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UserAgent, true +} + +// HasUserAgent returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) HasUserAgent() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UserAgent) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUserAgent gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the UserAgent field. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) SetUserAgent(v string) { + o.UserAgent = &v +} + +// GetOriginIp returns the OriginIp field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetOriginIp() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OriginIp) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.OriginIp +} + +// GetOriginIpOk returns a tuple with the OriginIp field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetOriginIpOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.OriginIp) { + return nil, false + } + return o.OriginIp, true +} + +// HasOriginIp returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) HasOriginIp() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.OriginIp) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOriginIp gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OriginIp field. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) SetOriginIp(v string) { + o.OriginIp = &v +} + +// GetParentAction returns the ParentAction field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetParentAction() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentAction) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ParentAction +} + +// GetParentActionOk returns a tuple with the ParentAction field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetParentActionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ParentAction) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ParentAction, true +} + +// HasParentAction returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) HasParentAction() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ParentAction) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetParentAction gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentAction field. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) SetParentAction(v string) { + o.ParentAction = &v +} + +// GetState returns the State field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetState() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.State) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.State +} + +// GetStateOk returns a tuple with the State field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetStateOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.State) { + return nil, false + } + return o.State, true +} + +// HasState returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) HasState() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.State) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the State field. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) SetState(v string) { + o.State = &v +} + +// GetWorkSource returns the WorkSource field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetWorkSource() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.WorkSource) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.WorkSource +} + +// GetWorkSourceOk returns a tuple with the WorkSource field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetWorkSourceOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.WorkSource) { + return nil, false + } + return o.WorkSource, true +} + +// HasWorkSource returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) HasWorkSource() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.WorkSource) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetWorkSource gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the WorkSource field. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) SetWorkSource(v string) { + o.WorkSource = &v +} + +// GetWorkSourceName returns the WorkSourceName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetWorkSourceName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.WorkSourceName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.WorkSourceName +} + +// GetWorkSourceNameOk returns a tuple with the WorkSourceName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetWorkSourceNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.WorkSourceName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.WorkSourceName, true +} + +// HasWorkSourceName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) HasWorkSourceName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.WorkSourceName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetWorkSourceName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the WorkSourceName field. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) SetWorkSourceName(v string) { + o.WorkSourceName = &v +} + +// GetWorkSourcePrincipal returns the WorkSourcePrincipal field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetWorkSourcePrincipal() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.WorkSourcePrincipal) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.WorkSourcePrincipal +} + +// GetWorkSourcePrincipalOk returns a tuple with the WorkSourcePrincipal field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetWorkSourcePrincipalOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.WorkSourcePrincipal) { + return nil, false + } + return o.WorkSourcePrincipal, true +} + +// HasWorkSourcePrincipal returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) HasWorkSourcePrincipal() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.WorkSourcePrincipal) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetWorkSourcePrincipal gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the WorkSourcePrincipal field. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) SetWorkSourcePrincipal(v string) { + o.WorkSourcePrincipal = &v +} + +// GetFailureDescription returns the FailureDescription field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetFailureDescription() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FailureDescription) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.FailureDescription +} + +// GetFailureDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the FailureDescription field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetFailureDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FailureDescription) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FailureDescription, true +} + +// HasFailureDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) HasFailureDescription() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FailureDescription) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFailureDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FailureDescription field. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) SetFailureDescription(v string) { + o.FailureDescription = &v +} + +// GetFailureAction returns the FailureAction field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetFailureAction() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FailureAction) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.FailureAction +} + +// GetFailureActionOk returns a tuple with the FailureAction field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetFailureActionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FailureAction) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FailureAction, true +} + +// HasFailureAction returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) HasFailureAction() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FailureAction) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFailureAction gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FailureAction field. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) SetFailureAction(v string) { + o.FailureAction = &v +} + +// GetFailureMessageCode returns the FailureMessageCode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetFailureMessageCode() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FailureMessageCode) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.FailureMessageCode +} + +// GetFailureMessageCodeOk returns a tuple with the FailureMessageCode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) GetFailureMessageCodeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FailureMessageCode) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FailureMessageCode, true +} + +// HasFailureMessageCode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) HasFailureMessageCode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FailureMessageCode) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFailureMessageCode gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FailureMessageCode field. +func (o *VirtualizationAction) SetFailureMessageCode(v string) { + o.FailureMessageCode = &v +} + +func (o VirtualizationAction) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o VirtualizationAction) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + } + if !IsNil(o.ActionType) { + toSerialize["action_type"] = o.ActionType + } + if !IsNil(o.Title) { + toSerialize["title"] = o.Title + } + if !IsNil(o.Details) { + toSerialize["details"] = o.Details + } + if !IsNil(o.StartTime) { + toSerialize["start_time"] = o.StartTime + } + if !IsNil(o.EndTime) { + toSerialize["end_time"] = o.EndTime + } + if !IsNil(o.User) { + toSerialize["user"] = o.User + } + if !IsNil(o.UserAgent) { + toSerialize["user_agent"] = o.UserAgent + } + if !IsNil(o.OriginIp) { + toSerialize["origin_ip"] = o.OriginIp + } + if !IsNil(o.ParentAction) { + toSerialize["parent_action"] = o.ParentAction + } + if !IsNil(o.State) { + toSerialize["state"] = o.State + } + if !IsNil(o.WorkSource) { + toSerialize["work_source"] = o.WorkSource + } + if !IsNil(o.WorkSourceName) { + toSerialize["work_source_name"] = o.WorkSourceName + } + if !IsNil(o.WorkSourcePrincipal) { + toSerialize["work_source_principal"] = o.WorkSourcePrincipal + } + if !IsNil(o.FailureDescription) { + toSerialize["failure_description"] = o.FailureDescription + } + if !IsNil(o.FailureAction) { + toSerialize["failure_action"] = o.FailureAction + } + if !IsNil(o.FailureMessageCode) { + toSerialize["failure_message_code"] = o.FailureMessageCode + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableVirtualizationAction struct { + value *VirtualizationAction + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationAction) Get() *VirtualizationAction { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationAction) Set(val *VirtualizationAction) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationAction) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationAction) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableVirtualizationAction(val *VirtualizationAction) *NullableVirtualizationAction { + return &NullableVirtualizationAction{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationAction) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationAction) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_virtualization_alert.go b/model_virtualization_alert.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1a6f5656 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_virtualization_alert.go @@ -0,0 +1,573 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" +) + +// checks if the VirtualizationAlert type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &VirtualizationAlert{} + +// VirtualizationAlert An alert on a virtualization engine. +type VirtualizationAlert struct { + // ID of the virtualization engine alert. + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // ID of the RegisteredEngine. + EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` + // The time the alert occurred. + AlertTimestamp *time.Time `json:"alert_timestamp,omitempty"` + // The event that caused the alert. + Event *string `json:"event,omitempty"` + // The severity of the alert. + EventSeverity *string `json:"event_severity,omitempty"` + // The title of the event. + EventTitle *string `json:"event_title,omitempty"` + // The response needed to address the event. + EventResponse *string `json:"event_response,omitempty"` + // Action(s) to be taken to address the event. + EventAction *string `json:"event_action,omitempty"` + // Command output associated with the event. + EventCommandOutput *string `json:"event_command_output,omitempty"` + // Description of the event. + EventDescription *string `json:"event_description,omitempty"` + // The type of the target object for the event. + TargetObjectType *string `json:"target_object_type,omitempty"` + // The ID of the target object. + TargetObjectId *string `json:"target_object_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the target object. + TargetName *string `json:"target_name,omitempty"` +} + +// NewVirtualizationAlert instantiates a new VirtualizationAlert object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewVirtualizationAlert() *VirtualizationAlert { + this := VirtualizationAlert{} + return &this +} + +// NewVirtualizationAlertWithDefaults instantiates a new VirtualizationAlert object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewVirtualizationAlertWithDefaults() *VirtualizationAlert { + this := VirtualizationAlert{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineId, true +} + +// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) HasEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = &v +} + +// GetAlertTimestamp returns the AlertTimestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) GetAlertTimestamp() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AlertTimestamp) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.AlertTimestamp +} + +// GetAlertTimestampOk returns a tuple with the AlertTimestamp field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) GetAlertTimestampOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.AlertTimestamp) { + return nil, false + } + return o.AlertTimestamp, true +} + +// HasAlertTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) HasAlertTimestamp() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.AlertTimestamp) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAlertTimestamp gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the AlertTimestamp field. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) SetAlertTimestamp(v time.Time) { + o.AlertTimestamp = &v +} + +// GetEvent returns the Event field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) GetEvent() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Event) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Event +} + +// GetEventOk returns a tuple with the Event field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) GetEventOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Event) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Event, true +} + +// HasEvent returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) HasEvent() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Event) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEvent gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Event field. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) SetEvent(v string) { + o.Event = &v +} + +// GetEventSeverity returns the EventSeverity field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) GetEventSeverity() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EventSeverity) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EventSeverity +} + +// GetEventSeverityOk returns a tuple with the EventSeverity field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) GetEventSeverityOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EventSeverity) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EventSeverity, true +} + +// HasEventSeverity returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) HasEventSeverity() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EventSeverity) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEventSeverity gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EventSeverity field. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) SetEventSeverity(v string) { + o.EventSeverity = &v +} + +// GetEventTitle returns the EventTitle field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) GetEventTitle() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EventTitle) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EventTitle +} + +// GetEventTitleOk returns a tuple with the EventTitle field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) GetEventTitleOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EventTitle) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EventTitle, true +} + +// HasEventTitle returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) HasEventTitle() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EventTitle) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEventTitle gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EventTitle field. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) SetEventTitle(v string) { + o.EventTitle = &v +} + +// GetEventResponse returns the EventResponse field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) GetEventResponse() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EventResponse) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EventResponse +} + +// GetEventResponseOk returns a tuple with the EventResponse field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) GetEventResponseOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EventResponse) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EventResponse, true +} + +// HasEventResponse returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) HasEventResponse() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EventResponse) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEventResponse gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EventResponse field. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) SetEventResponse(v string) { + o.EventResponse = &v +} + +// GetEventAction returns the EventAction field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) GetEventAction() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EventAction) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EventAction +} + +// GetEventActionOk returns a tuple with the EventAction field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) GetEventActionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EventAction) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EventAction, true +} + +// HasEventAction returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) HasEventAction() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EventAction) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEventAction gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EventAction field. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) SetEventAction(v string) { + o.EventAction = &v +} + +// GetEventCommandOutput returns the EventCommandOutput field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) GetEventCommandOutput() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EventCommandOutput) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EventCommandOutput +} + +// GetEventCommandOutputOk returns a tuple with the EventCommandOutput field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) GetEventCommandOutputOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EventCommandOutput) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EventCommandOutput, true +} + +// HasEventCommandOutput returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) HasEventCommandOutput() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EventCommandOutput) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEventCommandOutput gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EventCommandOutput field. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) SetEventCommandOutput(v string) { + o.EventCommandOutput = &v +} + +// GetEventDescription returns the EventDescription field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) GetEventDescription() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EventDescription) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EventDescription +} + +// GetEventDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the EventDescription field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) GetEventDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EventDescription) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EventDescription, true +} + +// HasEventDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) HasEventDescription() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EventDescription) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEventDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EventDescription field. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) SetEventDescription(v string) { + o.EventDescription = &v +} + +// GetTargetObjectType returns the TargetObjectType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) GetTargetObjectType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetObjectType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetObjectType +} + +// GetTargetObjectTypeOk returns a tuple with the TargetObjectType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) GetTargetObjectTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetObjectType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetObjectType, true +} + +// HasTargetObjectType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) HasTargetObjectType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetObjectType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetObjectType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetObjectType field. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) SetTargetObjectType(v string) { + o.TargetObjectType = &v +} + +// GetTargetObjectId returns the TargetObjectId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) GetTargetObjectId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetObjectId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetObjectId +} + +// GetTargetObjectIdOk returns a tuple with the TargetObjectId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) GetTargetObjectIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetObjectId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetObjectId, true +} + +// HasTargetObjectId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) HasTargetObjectId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetObjectId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetObjectId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetObjectId field. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) SetTargetObjectId(v string) { + o.TargetObjectId = &v +} + +// GetTargetName returns the TargetName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) GetTargetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetName +} + +// GetTargetNameOk returns a tuple with the TargetName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) GetTargetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetName, true +} + +// HasTargetName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) HasTargetName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetName field. +func (o *VirtualizationAlert) SetTargetName(v string) { + o.TargetName = &v +} + +func (o VirtualizationAlert) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o VirtualizationAlert) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + } + if !IsNil(o.AlertTimestamp) { + toSerialize["alert_timestamp"] = o.AlertTimestamp + } + if !IsNil(o.Event) { + toSerialize["event"] = o.Event + } + if !IsNil(o.EventSeverity) { + toSerialize["event_severity"] = o.EventSeverity + } + if !IsNil(o.EventTitle) { + toSerialize["event_title"] = o.EventTitle + } + if !IsNil(o.EventResponse) { + toSerialize["event_response"] = o.EventResponse + } + if !IsNil(o.EventAction) { + toSerialize["event_action"] = o.EventAction + } + if !IsNil(o.EventCommandOutput) { + toSerialize["event_command_output"] = o.EventCommandOutput + } + if !IsNil(o.EventDescription) { + toSerialize["event_description"] = o.EventDescription + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetObjectType) { + toSerialize["target_object_type"] = o.TargetObjectType + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetObjectId) { + toSerialize["target_object_id"] = o.TargetObjectId + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetName) { + toSerialize["target_name"] = o.TargetName + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableVirtualizationAlert struct { + value *VirtualizationAlert + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationAlert) Get() *VirtualizationAlert { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationAlert) Set(val *VirtualizationAlert) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationAlert) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationAlert) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableVirtualizationAlert(val *VirtualizationAlert) *NullableVirtualizationAlert { + return &NullableVirtualizationAlert{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationAlert) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationAlert) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_virtualization_fault.go b/model_virtualization_fault.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0ba9f230 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_virtualization_fault.go @@ -0,0 +1,647 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" +) + +// checks if the VirtualizationFault type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &VirtualizationFault{} + +// VirtualizationFault A fault on a virtualization engine. +type VirtualizationFault struct { + // ID of the virtualization engine fault. + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + // ID of the RegisteredEngine. + EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` + // A unique dot delimited identifier associated with the fault. + BundleId *string `json:"bundle_id,omitempty"` + // The name of the faulted object at the time the fault was diagnosed. + TargetName *string `json:"target_name,omitempty"` + // The type of the object that is faulted. + TargetObjectType *string `json:"target_object_type,omitempty"` + // The ID of the object that is faulted. + TargetObjectId *string `json:"target_object_id,omitempty"` + // The summary of the fault. + Title *string `json:"title,omitempty"` + // The full description of the fault. + Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"` + // The suggested action to be taken. + FaultAction *string `json:"fault_action,omitempty"` + // The automated response taken by the Delphix engine. + Response *string `json:"response,omitempty"` + // The severity of the fault event. + Severity *string `json:"severity,omitempty"` + // The status of the fault. + Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"` + // The date when the fault was diagnosed. + DateDiagnosed *time.Time `json:"date_diagnosed,omitempty"` + // The date when the fault was resolved. + DateResolved *time.Time `json:"date_resolved,omitempty"` + // A comment that describes the fault resolution. + ResolutionComments *string `json:"resolution_comments,omitempty"` +} + +// NewVirtualizationFault instantiates a new VirtualizationFault object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewVirtualizationFault() *VirtualizationFault { + this := VirtualizationFault{} + return &this +} + +// NewVirtualizationFaultWithDefaults instantiates a new VirtualizationFault object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewVirtualizationFaultWithDefaults() *VirtualizationFault { + this := VirtualizationFault{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Id) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Id) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineId, true +} + +// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) HasEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = &v +} + +// GetBundleId returns the BundleId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetBundleId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BundleId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.BundleId +} + +// GetBundleIdOk returns a tuple with the BundleId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetBundleIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.BundleId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.BundleId, true +} + +// HasBundleId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) HasBundleId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.BundleId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBundleId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BundleId field. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) SetBundleId(v string) { + o.BundleId = &v +} + +// GetTargetName returns the TargetName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetTargetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetName +} + +// GetTargetNameOk returns a tuple with the TargetName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetTargetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetName, true +} + +// HasTargetName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) HasTargetName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetName field. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) SetTargetName(v string) { + o.TargetName = &v +} + +// GetTargetObjectType returns the TargetObjectType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetTargetObjectType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetObjectType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetObjectType +} + +// GetTargetObjectTypeOk returns a tuple with the TargetObjectType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetTargetObjectTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetObjectType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetObjectType, true +} + +// HasTargetObjectType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) HasTargetObjectType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetObjectType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetObjectType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetObjectType field. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) SetTargetObjectType(v string) { + o.TargetObjectType = &v +} + +// GetTargetObjectId returns the TargetObjectId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetTargetObjectId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetObjectId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetObjectId +} + +// GetTargetObjectIdOk returns a tuple with the TargetObjectId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetTargetObjectIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetObjectId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetObjectId, true +} + +// HasTargetObjectId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) HasTargetObjectId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetObjectId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetObjectId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetObjectId field. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) SetTargetObjectId(v string) { + o.TargetObjectId = &v +} + +// GetTitle returns the Title field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetTitle() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Title) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Title +} + +// GetTitleOk returns a tuple with the Title field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetTitleOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Title) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Title, true +} + +// HasTitle returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) HasTitle() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Title) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTitle gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Title field. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) SetTitle(v string) { + o.Title = &v +} + +// GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetDescription() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Description +} + +// GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Description) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Description, true +} + +// HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) HasDescription() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Description) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) SetDescription(v string) { + o.Description = &v +} + +// GetFaultAction returns the FaultAction field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetFaultAction() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FaultAction) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.FaultAction +} + +// GetFaultActionOk returns a tuple with the FaultAction field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetFaultActionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FaultAction) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FaultAction, true +} + +// HasFaultAction returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) HasFaultAction() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FaultAction) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFaultAction gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FaultAction field. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) SetFaultAction(v string) { + o.FaultAction = &v +} + +// GetResponse returns the Response field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetResponse() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Response) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Response +} + +// GetResponseOk returns a tuple with the Response field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetResponseOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Response) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Response, true +} + +// HasResponse returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) HasResponse() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Response) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResponse gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Response field. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) SetResponse(v string) { + o.Response = &v +} + +// GetSeverity returns the Severity field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetSeverity() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Severity) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Severity +} + +// GetSeverityOk returns a tuple with the Severity field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetSeverityOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Severity) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Severity, true +} + +// HasSeverity returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) HasSeverity() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Severity) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSeverity gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Severity field. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) SetSeverity(v string) { + o.Severity = &v +} + +// GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetStatus() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Status +} + +// GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Status) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Status, true +} + +// HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) HasStatus() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Status) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) SetStatus(v string) { + o.Status = &v +} + +// GetDateDiagnosed returns the DateDiagnosed field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetDateDiagnosed() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DateDiagnosed) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.DateDiagnosed +} + +// GetDateDiagnosedOk returns a tuple with the DateDiagnosed field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetDateDiagnosedOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DateDiagnosed) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DateDiagnosed, true +} + +// HasDateDiagnosed returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) HasDateDiagnosed() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DateDiagnosed) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDateDiagnosed gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the DateDiagnosed field. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) SetDateDiagnosed(v time.Time) { + o.DateDiagnosed = &v +} + +// GetDateResolved returns the DateResolved field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetDateResolved() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DateResolved) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.DateResolved +} + +// GetDateResolvedOk returns a tuple with the DateResolved field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetDateResolvedOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DateResolved) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DateResolved, true +} + +// HasDateResolved returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) HasDateResolved() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DateResolved) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDateResolved gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the DateResolved field. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) SetDateResolved(v time.Time) { + o.DateResolved = &v +} + +// GetResolutionComments returns the ResolutionComments field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetResolutionComments() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResolutionComments) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ResolutionComments +} + +// GetResolutionCommentsOk returns a tuple with the ResolutionComments field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) GetResolutionCommentsOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResolutionComments) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResolutionComments, true +} + +// HasResolutionComments returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) HasResolutionComments() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResolutionComments) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResolutionComments gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ResolutionComments field. +func (o *VirtualizationFault) SetResolutionComments(v string) { + o.ResolutionComments = &v +} + +func (o VirtualizationFault) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o VirtualizationFault) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Id) { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + } + if !IsNil(o.BundleId) { + toSerialize["bundle_id"] = o.BundleId + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetName) { + toSerialize["target_name"] = o.TargetName + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetObjectType) { + toSerialize["target_object_type"] = o.TargetObjectType + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetObjectId) { + toSerialize["target_object_id"] = o.TargetObjectId + } + if !IsNil(o.Title) { + toSerialize["title"] = o.Title + } + if !IsNil(o.Description) { + toSerialize["description"] = o.Description + } + if !IsNil(o.FaultAction) { + toSerialize["fault_action"] = o.FaultAction + } + if !IsNil(o.Response) { + toSerialize["response"] = o.Response + } + if !IsNil(o.Severity) { + toSerialize["severity"] = o.Severity + } + if !IsNil(o.Status) { + toSerialize["status"] = o.Status + } + if !IsNil(o.DateDiagnosed) { + toSerialize["date_diagnosed"] = o.DateDiagnosed + } + if !IsNil(o.DateResolved) { + toSerialize["date_resolved"] = o.DateResolved + } + if !IsNil(o.ResolutionComments) { + toSerialize["resolution_comments"] = o.ResolutionComments + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableVirtualizationFault struct { + value *VirtualizationFault + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationFault) Get() *VirtualizationFault { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationFault) Set(val *VirtualizationFault) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationFault) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationFault) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableVirtualizationFault(val *VirtualizationFault) *NullableVirtualizationFault { + return &NullableVirtualizationFault{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationFault) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationFault) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_virtualization_fault_resolve_all_job_response.go b/model_virtualization_fault_resolve_all_job_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0dec38a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_virtualization_fault_resolve_all_job_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the VirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &VirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse{} + +// VirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse struct for VirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse +type VirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewVirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse instantiates a new VirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewVirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse() *VirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse { + this := VirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewVirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new VirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewVirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponseWithDefaults() *VirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse { + this := VirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o VirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o VirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse struct { + value *VirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse) Get() *VirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse) Set(val *VirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableVirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse(val *VirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse) *NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse { + return &NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveAllJobResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_virtualization_fault_resolve_job_response.go b/model_virtualization_fault_resolve_job_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a32ddd31 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_virtualization_fault_resolve_job_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the VirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &VirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse{} + +// VirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse struct for VirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse +type VirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewVirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse instantiates a new VirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewVirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse() *VirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse { + this := VirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewVirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new VirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewVirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponseWithDefaults() *VirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse { + this := VirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o VirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o VirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse struct { + value *VirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse) Get() *VirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse) Set(val *VirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableVirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse(val *VirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse) *NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse { + return &NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveJobResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_virtualization_fault_resolve_or_ignore_job_response.go b/model_virtualization_fault_resolve_or_ignore_job_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3eac78ba --- /dev/null +++ b/model_virtualization_fault_resolve_or_ignore_job_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse{} + +// VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse struct for VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse +type VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewVirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse instantiates a new VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewVirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse() *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse { + this := VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewVirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewVirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponseWithDefaults() *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse { + this := VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse struct { + value *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse) Get() *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse) Set(val *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableVirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse(val *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse) *NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse { + return &NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreJobResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_virtualization_fault_resolve_or_ignore_parameters.go b/model_virtualization_fault_resolve_or_ignore_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7f231ff6 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_virtualization_fault_resolve_or_ignore_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,206 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters{} + +// VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters Marks selected faults as resolved or ignored. +type VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters struct { + // The ID of the engine that the faults belong to. + EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` + // Flag indicating whether to ignore the selected faults if they are detected on the same objects in the future. + Ignore *bool `json:"ignore,omitempty"` + // The IDs of the faults to resolve or ignore. + FaultIds []string `json:"fault_ids,omitempty"` +} + +// NewVirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters instantiates a new VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewVirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters() *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters { + this := VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters{} + var ignore bool = false + this.Ignore = &ignore + return &this +} + +// NewVirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewVirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParametersWithDefaults() *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters { + this := VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters{} + var ignore bool = false + this.Ignore = &ignore + return &this +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineId, true +} + +// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters) HasEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = &v +} + +// GetIgnore returns the Ignore field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters) GetIgnore() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Ignore) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Ignore +} + +// GetIgnoreOk returns a tuple with the Ignore field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters) GetIgnoreOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Ignore) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Ignore, true +} + +// HasIgnore returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters) HasIgnore() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Ignore) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIgnore gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Ignore field. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters) SetIgnore(v bool) { + o.Ignore = &v +} + +// GetFaultIds returns the FaultIds field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters) GetFaultIds() []string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FaultIds) { + var ret []string + return ret + } + return o.FaultIds +} + +// GetFaultIdsOk returns a tuple with the FaultIds field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters) GetFaultIdsOk() ([]string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.FaultIds) { + return nil, false + } + return o.FaultIds, true +} + +// HasFaultIds returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters) HasFaultIds() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.FaultIds) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetFaultIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the FaultIds field. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters) SetFaultIds(v []string) { + o.FaultIds = v +} + +func (o VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + } + if !IsNil(o.Ignore) { + toSerialize["ignore"] = o.Ignore + } + if !IsNil(o.FaultIds) { + toSerialize["fault_ids"] = o.FaultIds + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters struct { + value *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters) Get() *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters) Set(val *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableVirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters(val *VirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters) *NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters { + return &NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveOrIgnoreParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_virtualization_fault_resolve_parameters.go b/model_virtualization_fault_resolve_parameters.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..85ff85fc --- /dev/null +++ b/model_virtualization_fault_resolve_parameters.go @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters{} + +// VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters The parameters to use as input when marking a fault as resolved. +type VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters struct { + // Flag indicating whether to ignore this fault if it is detected on the same object in the future. + Ignore *bool `json:"ignore,omitempty"` + // The comments describing the steps taken to resolve a fault. + ResolutionComments *string `json:"resolution_comments,omitempty"` +} + +// NewVirtualizationFaultResolveParameters instantiates a new VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewVirtualizationFaultResolveParameters() *VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters { + this := VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters{} + var ignore bool = false + this.Ignore = &ignore + return &this +} + +// NewVirtualizationFaultResolveParametersWithDefaults instantiates a new VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewVirtualizationFaultResolveParametersWithDefaults() *VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters { + this := VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters{} + var ignore bool = false + this.Ignore = &ignore + return &this +} + +// GetIgnore returns the Ignore field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters) GetIgnore() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Ignore) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Ignore +} + +// GetIgnoreOk returns a tuple with the Ignore field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters) GetIgnoreOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Ignore) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Ignore, true +} + +// HasIgnore returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters) HasIgnore() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Ignore) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIgnore gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Ignore field. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters) SetIgnore(v bool) { + o.Ignore = &v +} + +// GetResolutionComments returns the ResolutionComments field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters) GetResolutionComments() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResolutionComments) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ResolutionComments +} + +// GetResolutionCommentsOk returns a tuple with the ResolutionComments field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters) GetResolutionCommentsOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ResolutionComments) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ResolutionComments, true +} + +// HasResolutionComments returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters) HasResolutionComments() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ResolutionComments) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetResolutionComments gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ResolutionComments field. +func (o *VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters) SetResolutionComments(v string) { + o.ResolutionComments = &v +} + +func (o VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Ignore) { + toSerialize["ignore"] = o.Ignore + } + if !IsNil(o.ResolutionComments) { + toSerialize["resolution_comments"] = o.ResolutionComments + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveParameters struct { + value *VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveParameters) Get() *VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveParameters) Set(val *VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveParameters) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveParameters) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableVirtualizationFaultResolveParameters(val *VirtualizationFaultResolveParameters) *NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveParameters { + return &NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveParameters{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveParameters) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationFaultResolveParameters) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_virtualization_job.go b/model_virtualization_job.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cccb9102 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_virtualization_job.go @@ -0,0 +1,755 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" +) + +// checks if the VirtualizationJob type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &VirtualizationJob{} + +// VirtualizationJob A virtualization engine job. +type VirtualizationJob struct { + // ID of the virtualization engine job. + EngineJobId *string `json:"engine_job_id,omitempty"` + // ID of the RegisteredEngine. + EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` + // Legacy type of the job. + LegacyJobType *string `json:"legacy_job_type,omitempty"` + JobType *TargetJobType `json:"job_type,omitempty"` + // ID of the target object. + TargetObjectId *string `json:"target_object_id,omitempty"` + // Legacy type of the target object. + LegacyTargetObjectType *string `json:"legacy_target_object_type,omitempty"` + TargetObjectType *TargetObjectType `json:"target_object_type,omitempty"` + JobState *string `json:"job_state,omitempty"` + // The time the job started. + StartTime *time.Time `json:"start_time,omitempty"` + // The time the job was last updated. + UpdateTime *time.Time `json:"update_time,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether the job can be suspended. + Suspendable *bool `json:"suspendable,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether the job can be canceled. + Cancelable *bool `json:"cancelable,omitempty"` + // Indicates whether the job is queued. + Queued *bool `json:"queued,omitempty"` + // The title of the job. + Title *string `json:"title,omitempty"` + // The reason the job was canceled. + CancelReason *string `json:"cancel_reason,omitempty"` + // The percentage of the job that is complete. + PercentComplete *int32 `json:"percent_complete,omitempty"` + // The time this job took to complete in milliseconds. + RunDuration *int64 `json:"run_duration,omitempty"` + // The events associated with this job. + Events []VirtualizationJobEvent `json:"events,omitempty"` +} + +// NewVirtualizationJob instantiates a new VirtualizationJob object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewVirtualizationJob() *VirtualizationJob { + this := VirtualizationJob{} + return &this +} + +// NewVirtualizationJobWithDefaults instantiates a new VirtualizationJob object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewVirtualizationJobWithDefaults() *VirtualizationJob { + this := VirtualizationJob{} + return &this +} + +// GetEngineJobId returns the EngineJobId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetEngineJobId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineJobId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineJobId +} + +// GetEngineJobIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineJobId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetEngineJobIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineJobId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineJobId, true +} + +// HasEngineJobId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) HasEngineJobId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineJobId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineJobId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineJobId field. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) SetEngineJobId(v string) { + o.EngineJobId = &v +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineId, true +} + +// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) HasEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = &v +} + +// GetLegacyJobType returns the LegacyJobType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetLegacyJobType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LegacyJobType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.LegacyJobType +} + +// GetLegacyJobTypeOk returns a tuple with the LegacyJobType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetLegacyJobTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LegacyJobType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LegacyJobType, true +} + +// HasLegacyJobType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) HasLegacyJobType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LegacyJobType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLegacyJobType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the LegacyJobType field. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) SetLegacyJobType(v string) { + o.LegacyJobType = &v +} + +// GetJobType returns the JobType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetJobType() TargetJobType { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.JobType) { + var ret TargetJobType + return ret + } + return *o.JobType +} + +// GetJobTypeOk returns a tuple with the JobType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetJobTypeOk() (*TargetJobType, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.JobType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.JobType, true +} + +// HasJobType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) HasJobType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.JobType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJobType gets a reference to the given TargetJobType and assigns it to the JobType field. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) SetJobType(v TargetJobType) { + o.JobType = &v +} + +// GetTargetObjectId returns the TargetObjectId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetTargetObjectId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetObjectId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetObjectId +} + +// GetTargetObjectIdOk returns a tuple with the TargetObjectId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetTargetObjectIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetObjectId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetObjectId, true +} + +// HasTargetObjectId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) HasTargetObjectId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetObjectId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetObjectId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetObjectId field. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) SetTargetObjectId(v string) { + o.TargetObjectId = &v +} + +// GetLegacyTargetObjectType returns the LegacyTargetObjectType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetLegacyTargetObjectType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LegacyTargetObjectType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.LegacyTargetObjectType +} + +// GetLegacyTargetObjectTypeOk returns a tuple with the LegacyTargetObjectType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetLegacyTargetObjectTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.LegacyTargetObjectType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.LegacyTargetObjectType, true +} + +// HasLegacyTargetObjectType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) HasLegacyTargetObjectType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.LegacyTargetObjectType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLegacyTargetObjectType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the LegacyTargetObjectType field. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) SetLegacyTargetObjectType(v string) { + o.LegacyTargetObjectType = &v +} + +// GetTargetObjectType returns the TargetObjectType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetTargetObjectType() TargetObjectType { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetObjectType) { + var ret TargetObjectType + return ret + } + return *o.TargetObjectType +} + +// GetTargetObjectTypeOk returns a tuple with the TargetObjectType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetTargetObjectTypeOk() (*TargetObjectType, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetObjectType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetObjectType, true +} + +// HasTargetObjectType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) HasTargetObjectType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetObjectType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetObjectType gets a reference to the given TargetObjectType and assigns it to the TargetObjectType field. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) SetTargetObjectType(v TargetObjectType) { + o.TargetObjectType = &v +} + +// GetJobState returns the JobState field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetJobState() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.JobState) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.JobState +} + +// GetJobStateOk returns a tuple with the JobState field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetJobStateOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.JobState) { + return nil, false + } + return o.JobState, true +} + +// HasJobState returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) HasJobState() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.JobState) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJobState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the JobState field. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) SetJobState(v string) { + o.JobState = &v +} + +// GetStartTime returns the StartTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetStartTime() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StartTime) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.StartTime +} + +// GetStartTimeOk returns a tuple with the StartTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetStartTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.StartTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.StartTime, true +} + +// HasStartTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) HasStartTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.StartTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStartTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the StartTime field. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) SetStartTime(v time.Time) { + o.StartTime = &v +} + +// GetUpdateTime returns the UpdateTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetUpdateTime() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UpdateTime) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.UpdateTime +} + +// GetUpdateTimeOk returns a tuple with the UpdateTime field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetUpdateTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.UpdateTime) { + return nil, false + } + return o.UpdateTime, true +} + +// HasUpdateTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) HasUpdateTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.UpdateTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUpdateTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the UpdateTime field. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) SetUpdateTime(v time.Time) { + o.UpdateTime = &v +} + +// GetSuspendable returns the Suspendable field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetSuspendable() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Suspendable) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Suspendable +} + +// GetSuspendableOk returns a tuple with the Suspendable field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetSuspendableOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Suspendable) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Suspendable, true +} + +// HasSuspendable returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) HasSuspendable() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Suspendable) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetSuspendable gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Suspendable field. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) SetSuspendable(v bool) { + o.Suspendable = &v +} + +// GetCancelable returns the Cancelable field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetCancelable() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Cancelable) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Cancelable +} + +// GetCancelableOk returns a tuple with the Cancelable field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetCancelableOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Cancelable) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Cancelable, true +} + +// HasCancelable returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) HasCancelable() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Cancelable) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCancelable gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Cancelable field. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) SetCancelable(v bool) { + o.Cancelable = &v +} + +// GetQueued returns the Queued field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetQueued() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Queued) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Queued +} + +// GetQueuedOk returns a tuple with the Queued field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetQueuedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Queued) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Queued, true +} + +// HasQueued returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) HasQueued() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Queued) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetQueued gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Queued field. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) SetQueued(v bool) { + o.Queued = &v +} + +// GetTitle returns the Title field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetTitle() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Title) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Title +} + +// GetTitleOk returns a tuple with the Title field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetTitleOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Title) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Title, true +} + +// HasTitle returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) HasTitle() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Title) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTitle gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Title field. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) SetTitle(v string) { + o.Title = &v +} + +// GetCancelReason returns the CancelReason field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetCancelReason() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CancelReason) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CancelReason +} + +// GetCancelReasonOk returns a tuple with the CancelReason field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetCancelReasonOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CancelReason) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CancelReason, true +} + +// HasCancelReason returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) HasCancelReason() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CancelReason) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCancelReason gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CancelReason field. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) SetCancelReason(v string) { + o.CancelReason = &v +} + +// GetPercentComplete returns the PercentComplete field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetPercentComplete() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PercentComplete) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.PercentComplete +} + +// GetPercentCompleteOk returns a tuple with the PercentComplete field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetPercentCompleteOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PercentComplete) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PercentComplete, true +} + +// HasPercentComplete returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) HasPercentComplete() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PercentComplete) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPercentComplete gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the PercentComplete field. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) SetPercentComplete(v int32) { + o.PercentComplete = &v +} + +// GetRunDuration returns the RunDuration field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetRunDuration() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RunDuration) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.RunDuration +} + +// GetRunDurationOk returns a tuple with the RunDuration field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetRunDurationOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.RunDuration) { + return nil, false + } + return o.RunDuration, true +} + +// HasRunDuration returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) HasRunDuration() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.RunDuration) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRunDuration gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the RunDuration field. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) SetRunDuration(v int64) { + o.RunDuration = &v +} + +// GetEvents returns the Events field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetEvents() []VirtualizationJobEvent { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Events) { + var ret []VirtualizationJobEvent + return ret + } + return o.Events +} + +// GetEventsOk returns a tuple with the Events field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) GetEventsOk() ([]VirtualizationJobEvent, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Events) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Events, true +} + +// HasEvents returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) HasEvents() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Events) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEvents gets a reference to the given []VirtualizationJobEvent and assigns it to the Events field. +func (o *VirtualizationJob) SetEvents(v []VirtualizationJobEvent) { + o.Events = v +} + +func (o VirtualizationJob) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o VirtualizationJob) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.EngineJobId) { + toSerialize["engine_job_id"] = o.EngineJobId + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + } + if !IsNil(o.LegacyJobType) { + toSerialize["legacy_job_type"] = o.LegacyJobType + } + if !IsNil(o.JobType) { + toSerialize["job_type"] = o.JobType + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetObjectId) { + toSerialize["target_object_id"] = o.TargetObjectId + } + if !IsNil(o.LegacyTargetObjectType) { + toSerialize["legacy_target_object_type"] = o.LegacyTargetObjectType + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetObjectType) { + toSerialize["target_object_type"] = o.TargetObjectType + } + if !IsNil(o.JobState) { + toSerialize["job_state"] = o.JobState + } + if !IsNil(o.StartTime) { + toSerialize["start_time"] = o.StartTime + } + if !IsNil(o.UpdateTime) { + toSerialize["update_time"] = o.UpdateTime + } + if !IsNil(o.Suspendable) { + toSerialize["suspendable"] = o.Suspendable + } + if !IsNil(o.Cancelable) { + toSerialize["cancelable"] = o.Cancelable + } + if !IsNil(o.Queued) { + toSerialize["queued"] = o.Queued + } + if !IsNil(o.Title) { + toSerialize["title"] = o.Title + } + if !IsNil(o.CancelReason) { + toSerialize["cancel_reason"] = o.CancelReason + } + if !IsNil(o.PercentComplete) { + toSerialize["percent_complete"] = o.PercentComplete + } + if !IsNil(o.RunDuration) { + toSerialize["run_duration"] = o.RunDuration + } + if !IsNil(o.Events) { + toSerialize["events"] = o.Events + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableVirtualizationJob struct { + value *VirtualizationJob + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationJob) Get() *VirtualizationJob { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationJob) Set(val *VirtualizationJob) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationJob) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationJob) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableVirtualizationJob(val *VirtualizationJob) *NullableVirtualizationJob { + return &NullableVirtualizationJob{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationJob) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationJob) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_virtualization_job_event.go b/model_virtualization_job_event.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..14d11527 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_virtualization_job_event.go @@ -0,0 +1,388 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" +) + +// checks if the VirtualizationJobEvent type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &VirtualizationJobEvent{} + +// VirtualizationJobEvent An event associated with a virtualization engine job. +type VirtualizationJobEvent struct { + // The type of the event. + EventType *string `json:"event_type,omitempty"` + // The time the event occurred. + EventTimestamp *time.Time `json:"event_timestamp,omitempty"` + // The state of the event. + EventState *string `json:"event_state,omitempty"` + // The percentage of the event that is complete. + PercentComplete *int32 `json:"percent_complete,omitempty"` + // Message ID associated with the event. + MessageCode *string `json:"message_code,omitempty"` + // Localized message details. + MessageDetails *string `json:"message_details,omitempty"` + // Localized message action. + MessageAction *string `json:"message_action,omitempty"` + // Command output associated with the event, if applicable. + MessageCommandOutput *string `json:"message_command_output,omitempty"` +} + +// NewVirtualizationJobEvent instantiates a new VirtualizationJobEvent object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewVirtualizationJobEvent() *VirtualizationJobEvent { + this := VirtualizationJobEvent{} + return &this +} + +// NewVirtualizationJobEventWithDefaults instantiates a new VirtualizationJobEvent object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewVirtualizationJobEventWithDefaults() *VirtualizationJobEvent { + this := VirtualizationJobEvent{} + return &this +} + +// GetEventType returns the EventType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) GetEventType() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EventType) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EventType +} + +// GetEventTypeOk returns a tuple with the EventType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) GetEventTypeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EventType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EventType, true +} + +// HasEventType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) HasEventType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EventType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEventType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EventType field. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) SetEventType(v string) { + o.EventType = &v +} + +// GetEventTimestamp returns the EventTimestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) GetEventTimestamp() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EventTimestamp) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.EventTimestamp +} + +// GetEventTimestampOk returns a tuple with the EventTimestamp field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) GetEventTimestampOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EventTimestamp) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EventTimestamp, true +} + +// HasEventTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) HasEventTimestamp() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EventTimestamp) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEventTimestamp gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the EventTimestamp field. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) SetEventTimestamp(v time.Time) { + o.EventTimestamp = &v +} + +// GetEventState returns the EventState field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) GetEventState() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EventState) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EventState +} + +// GetEventStateOk returns a tuple with the EventState field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) GetEventStateOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EventState) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EventState, true +} + +// HasEventState returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) HasEventState() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EventState) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEventState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EventState field. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) SetEventState(v string) { + o.EventState = &v +} + +// GetPercentComplete returns the PercentComplete field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) GetPercentComplete() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PercentComplete) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.PercentComplete +} + +// GetPercentCompleteOk returns a tuple with the PercentComplete field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) GetPercentCompleteOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PercentComplete) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PercentComplete, true +} + +// HasPercentComplete returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) HasPercentComplete() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PercentComplete) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPercentComplete gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the PercentComplete field. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) SetPercentComplete(v int32) { + o.PercentComplete = &v +} + +// GetMessageCode returns the MessageCode field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) GetMessageCode() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MessageCode) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MessageCode +} + +// GetMessageCodeOk returns a tuple with the MessageCode field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) GetMessageCodeOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MessageCode) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MessageCode, true +} + +// HasMessageCode returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) HasMessageCode() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MessageCode) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMessageCode gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MessageCode field. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) SetMessageCode(v string) { + o.MessageCode = &v +} + +// GetMessageDetails returns the MessageDetails field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) GetMessageDetails() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MessageDetails) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MessageDetails +} + +// GetMessageDetailsOk returns a tuple with the MessageDetails field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) GetMessageDetailsOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MessageDetails) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MessageDetails, true +} + +// HasMessageDetails returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) HasMessageDetails() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MessageDetails) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMessageDetails gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MessageDetails field. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) SetMessageDetails(v string) { + o.MessageDetails = &v +} + +// GetMessageAction returns the MessageAction field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) GetMessageAction() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MessageAction) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MessageAction +} + +// GetMessageActionOk returns a tuple with the MessageAction field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) GetMessageActionOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MessageAction) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MessageAction, true +} + +// HasMessageAction returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) HasMessageAction() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MessageAction) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMessageAction gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MessageAction field. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) SetMessageAction(v string) { + o.MessageAction = &v +} + +// GetMessageCommandOutput returns the MessageCommandOutput field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) GetMessageCommandOutput() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MessageCommandOutput) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.MessageCommandOutput +} + +// GetMessageCommandOutputOk returns a tuple with the MessageCommandOutput field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) GetMessageCommandOutputOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.MessageCommandOutput) { + return nil, false + } + return o.MessageCommandOutput, true +} + +// HasMessageCommandOutput returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) HasMessageCommandOutput() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.MessageCommandOutput) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMessageCommandOutput gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MessageCommandOutput field. +func (o *VirtualizationJobEvent) SetMessageCommandOutput(v string) { + o.MessageCommandOutput = &v +} + +func (o VirtualizationJobEvent) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o VirtualizationJobEvent) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.EventType) { + toSerialize["event_type"] = o.EventType + } + if !IsNil(o.EventTimestamp) { + toSerialize["event_timestamp"] = o.EventTimestamp + } + if !IsNil(o.EventState) { + toSerialize["event_state"] = o.EventState + } + if !IsNil(o.PercentComplete) { + toSerialize["percent_complete"] = o.PercentComplete + } + if !IsNil(o.MessageCode) { + toSerialize["message_code"] = o.MessageCode + } + if !IsNil(o.MessageDetails) { + toSerialize["message_details"] = o.MessageDetails + } + if !IsNil(o.MessageAction) { + toSerialize["message_action"] = o.MessageAction + } + if !IsNil(o.MessageCommandOutput) { + toSerialize["message_command_output"] = o.MessageCommandOutput + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableVirtualizationJobEvent struct { + value *VirtualizationJobEvent + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationJobEvent) Get() *VirtualizationJobEvent { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationJobEvent) Set(val *VirtualizationJobEvent) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationJobEvent) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationJobEvent) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableVirtualizationJobEvent(val *VirtualizationJobEvent) *NullableVirtualizationJobEvent { + return &NullableVirtualizationJobEvent{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationJobEvent) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationJobEvent) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_virtualization_policy.go b/model_virtualization_policy.go index 43d64c22..52887726 100644 --- a/model_virtualization_policy.go +++ b/model_virtualization_policy.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "time" ) // checks if the VirtualizationPolicy type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -22,15 +23,23 @@ var _ MappedNullable = &VirtualizationPolicy{} type VirtualizationPolicy struct { Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // Whether this virtualization policy is managed by DCT or by an individual Delphix Engine. + DctManaged *bool `json:"dct_managed,omitempty"` + // The user who created this virtualization policy. + CreateUser *string `json:"create_user,omitempty"` + // The time this virtualization policy was created. + CreateTimestamp *time.Time `json:"create_timestamp,omitempty"` Namespace *string `json:"namespace,omitempty"` // The namespace id of this virtualization policy. NamespaceId *string `json:"namespace_id,omitempty"` - // The namespace name of this virtualization policy.. + // The namespace name of this virtualization policy. NamespaceName *string `json:"namespace_name,omitempty"` // Is this a replicated object. IsReplica *bool `json:"is_replica,omitempty"` EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` - PolicyType *string `json:"policy_type,omitempty"` + // The name of the engine the policy belongs to. + EngineName *string `json:"engine_name,omitempty"` + PolicyType *PolicyType `json:"policy_type,omitempty"` TimezoneId *string `json:"timezone_id,omitempty"` // True if this is the default policy created when the system is setup. DefaultPolicy *bool `json:"default_policy,omitempty"` @@ -59,8 +68,15 @@ type VirtualizationPolicy struct { // Day of year upon which to enforce yearly snapshot retention, expressed a month / day string (e.g., \"Jan 1\") [Retention Policy]. DayOfYear *string `json:"day_of_year,omitempty"` Schedules []VirtualizationSchedule `json:"schedules,omitempty"` + ProvisionSource *ProvisionSource `json:"provision_source,omitempty"` // Size of the quota, in bytes. (QUOTA_POLICY only). Size NullableInt64 `json:"size,omitempty"` + // The tags that are applied to this VirtualizationPolicy. + Tags []Tag `json:"tags,omitempty"` + // The number of target dSources or VDBs to which this policy has been applied. + NumTargets *int32 `json:"num_targets,omitempty"` + // True if this policy is customized specifically for one object. Customized policies cannot be shared between objects. + Customized *bool `json:"customized,omitempty"` } // NewVirtualizationPolicy instantiates a new VirtualizationPolicy object @@ -69,6 +85,10 @@ type VirtualizationPolicy struct { // will change when the set of required properties is changed func NewVirtualizationPolicy() *VirtualizationPolicy { this := VirtualizationPolicy{} + var defaultPolicy bool = false + this.DefaultPolicy = &defaultPolicy + var customized bool = false + this.Customized = &customized return &this } @@ -77,6 +97,10 @@ func NewVirtualizationPolicy() *VirtualizationPolicy { // but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set func NewVirtualizationPolicyWithDefaults() *VirtualizationPolicy { this := VirtualizationPolicy{} + var defaultPolicy bool = false + this.DefaultPolicy = &defaultPolicy + var customized bool = false + this.Customized = &customized return &this } @@ -144,6 +168,102 @@ func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) SetName(v string) { o.Name = &v } +// GetDctManaged returns the DctManaged field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) GetDctManaged() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.DctManaged +} + +// GetDctManagedOk returns a tuple with the DctManaged field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) GetDctManagedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DctManaged, true +} + +// HasDctManaged returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) HasDctManaged() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDctManaged gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DctManaged field. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) SetDctManaged(v bool) { + o.DctManaged = &v +} + +// GetCreateUser returns the CreateUser field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) GetCreateUser() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CreateUser) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.CreateUser +} + +// GetCreateUserOk returns a tuple with the CreateUser field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) GetCreateUserOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CreateUser) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CreateUser, true +} + +// HasCreateUser returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) HasCreateUser() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CreateUser) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCreateUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CreateUser field. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) SetCreateUser(v string) { + o.CreateUser = &v +} + +// GetCreateTimestamp returns the CreateTimestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) GetCreateTimestamp() time.Time { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CreateTimestamp) { + var ret time.Time + return ret + } + return *o.CreateTimestamp +} + +// GetCreateTimestampOk returns a tuple with the CreateTimestamp field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) GetCreateTimestampOk() (*time.Time, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CreateTimestamp) { + return nil, false + } + return o.CreateTimestamp, true +} + +// HasCreateTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) HasCreateTimestamp() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CreateTimestamp) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCreateTimestamp gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreateTimestamp field. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) SetCreateTimestamp(v time.Time) { + o.CreateTimestamp = &v +} + // GetNamespace returns the Namespace field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) GetNamespace() string { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Namespace) { @@ -304,10 +424,42 @@ func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) SetEngineId(v string) { o.EngineId = &v } +// GetEngineName returns the EngineName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) GetEngineName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineName +} + +// GetEngineNameOk returns a tuple with the EngineName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) GetEngineNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineName, true +} + +// HasEngineName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) HasEngineName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineName field. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) SetEngineName(v string) { + o.EngineName = &v +} + // GetPolicyType returns the PolicyType field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) GetPolicyType() string { +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) GetPolicyType() PolicyType { if o == nil || IsNil(o.PolicyType) { - var ret string + var ret PolicyType return ret } return *o.PolicyType @@ -315,7 +467,7 @@ func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) GetPolicyType() string { // GetPolicyTypeOk returns a tuple with the PolicyType field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) GetPolicyTypeOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) GetPolicyTypeOk() (*PolicyType, bool) { if o == nil || IsNil(o.PolicyType) { return nil, false } @@ -331,8 +483,8 @@ func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) HasPolicyType() bool { return false } -// SetPolicyType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PolicyType field. -func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) SetPolicyType(v string) { +// SetPolicyType gets a reference to the given PolicyType and assigns it to the PolicyType field. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) SetPolicyType(v PolicyType) { o.PolicyType = &v } @@ -816,6 +968,38 @@ func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) SetSchedules(v []VirtualizationSchedule) { o.Schedules = v } +// GetProvisionSource returns the ProvisionSource field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) GetProvisionSource() ProvisionSource { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ProvisionSource) { + var ret ProvisionSource + return ret + } + return *o.ProvisionSource +} + +// GetProvisionSourceOk returns a tuple with the ProvisionSource field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) GetProvisionSourceOk() (*ProvisionSource, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ProvisionSource) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ProvisionSource, true +} + +// HasProvisionSource returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) HasProvisionSource() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ProvisionSource) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetProvisionSource gets a reference to the given ProvisionSource and assigns it to the ProvisionSource field. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) SetProvisionSource(v ProvisionSource) { + o.ProvisionSource = &v +} + // GetSize returns the Size field value if set, zero value otherwise (both if not set or set to explicit null). func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) GetSize() int64 { if o == nil || IsNil(o.Size.Get()) { @@ -858,6 +1042,102 @@ func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) UnsetSize() { o.Size.Unset() } +// GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) GetTags() []Tag { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + var ret []Tag + return ret + } + return o.Tags +} + +// GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) GetTagsOk() ([]Tag, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Tags) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Tags, true +} + +// HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) HasTags() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Tags) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTags gets a reference to the given []Tag and assigns it to the Tags field. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) SetTags(v []Tag) { + o.Tags = v +} + +// GetNumTargets returns the NumTargets field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) GetNumTargets() int32 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumTargets) { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.NumTargets +} + +// GetNumTargetsOk returns a tuple with the NumTargets field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) GetNumTargetsOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.NumTargets) { + return nil, false + } + return o.NumTargets, true +} + +// HasNumTargets returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) HasNumTargets() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.NumTargets) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetNumTargets gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the NumTargets field. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) SetNumTargets(v int32) { + o.NumTargets = &v +} + +// GetCustomized returns the Customized field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) GetCustomized() bool { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Customized) { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.Customized +} + +// GetCustomizedOk returns a tuple with the Customized field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) GetCustomizedOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Customized) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Customized, true +} + +// HasCustomized returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) HasCustomized() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Customized) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCustomized gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Customized field. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicy) SetCustomized(v bool) { + o.Customized = &v +} + func (o VirtualizationPolicy) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -874,6 +1154,15 @@ func (o VirtualizationPolicy) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.Name) { toSerialize["name"] = o.Name } + if !IsNil(o.DctManaged) { + toSerialize["dct_managed"] = o.DctManaged + } + if !IsNil(o.CreateUser) { + toSerialize["create_user"] = o.CreateUser + } + if !IsNil(o.CreateTimestamp) { + toSerialize["create_timestamp"] = o.CreateTimestamp + } if !IsNil(o.Namespace) { toSerialize["namespace"] = o.Namespace } @@ -889,6 +1178,9 @@ func (o VirtualizationPolicy) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId } + if !IsNil(o.EngineName) { + toSerialize["engine_name"] = o.EngineName + } if !IsNil(o.PolicyType) { toSerialize["policy_type"] = o.PolicyType } @@ -937,9 +1229,21 @@ func (o VirtualizationPolicy) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { if !IsNil(o.Schedules) { toSerialize["schedules"] = o.Schedules } + if !IsNil(o.ProvisionSource) { + toSerialize["provision_source"] = o.ProvisionSource + } if o.Size.IsSet() { toSerialize["size"] = o.Size.Get() } + if !IsNil(o.Tags) { + toSerialize["tags"] = o.Tags + } + if !IsNil(o.NumTargets) { + toSerialize["num_targets"] = o.NumTargets + } + if !IsNil(o.Customized) { + toSerialize["customized"] = o.Customized + } return toSerialize, nil } diff --git a/model_virtualization_policy_apply_response.go b/model_virtualization_policy_apply_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bd5f1e50 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_virtualization_policy_apply_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the VirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &VirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse{} + +// VirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse struct for VirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse +type VirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewVirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse instantiates a new VirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewVirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse() *VirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse { + this := VirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewVirtualizationPolicyApplyResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new VirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewVirtualizationPolicyApplyResponseWithDefaults() *VirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse { + this := VirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o VirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o VirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableVirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse struct { + value *VirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse) Get() *VirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse) Set(val *VirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableVirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse(val *VirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse) *NullableVirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse { + return &NullableVirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationPolicyApplyResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_virtualization_policy_convert_job_response.go b/model_virtualization_policy_convert_job_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fccf19e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_virtualization_policy_convert_job_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse{} + +// VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse struct for VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse +type VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` + VirtualizationPolicy *VirtualizationPolicy `json:"virtualization_policy,omitempty"` +} + +// NewVirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse instantiates a new VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewVirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse() *VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse { + this := VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewVirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewVirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponseWithDefaults() *VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse { + this := VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +// GetVirtualizationPolicy returns the VirtualizationPolicy field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse) GetVirtualizationPolicy() VirtualizationPolicy { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VirtualizationPolicy) { + var ret VirtualizationPolicy + return ret + } + return *o.VirtualizationPolicy +} + +// GetVirtualizationPolicyOk returns a tuple with the VirtualizationPolicy field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse) GetVirtualizationPolicyOk() (*VirtualizationPolicy, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VirtualizationPolicy) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VirtualizationPolicy, true +} + +// HasVirtualizationPolicy returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse) HasVirtualizationPolicy() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VirtualizationPolicy) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVirtualizationPolicy gets a reference to the given VirtualizationPolicy and assigns it to the VirtualizationPolicy field. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse) SetVirtualizationPolicy(v VirtualizationPolicy) { + o.VirtualizationPolicy = &v +} + +func (o VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + if !IsNil(o.VirtualizationPolicy) { + toSerialize["virtualization_policy"] = o.VirtualizationPolicy + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableVirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse struct { + value *VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse) Get() *VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse) Set(val *VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableVirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse(val *VirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse) *NullableVirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse { + return &NullableVirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationPolicyConvertJobResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_virtualization_policy_delete_job_response.go b/model_virtualization_policy_delete_job_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d8dfa71d --- /dev/null +++ b/model_virtualization_policy_delete_job_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the VirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &VirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse{} + +// VirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse struct for VirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse +type VirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewVirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse instantiates a new VirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewVirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse() *VirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse { + this := VirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewVirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new VirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewVirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponseWithDefaults() *VirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse { + this := VirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o VirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o VirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableVirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse struct { + value *VirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse) Get() *VirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse) Set(val *VirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableVirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse(val *VirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse) *NullableVirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse { + return &NullableVirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationPolicyDeleteJobResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_virtualization_policy_target.go b/model_virtualization_policy_target.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..472eb633 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_virtualization_policy_target.go @@ -0,0 +1,311 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the VirtualizationPolicyTarget type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &VirtualizationPolicyTarget{} + +// VirtualizationPolicyTarget struct for VirtualizationPolicyTarget +type VirtualizationPolicyTarget struct { + // The DCT ID of the policy. + PolicyId *string `json:"policy_id,omitempty"` + // The DCT ID of the target the policy is applied to. + TargetId *string `json:"target_id,omitempty"` + // The ID of the engine hosting the policy and target. + EngineId *string `json:"engine_id,omitempty"` + PolicyType *PolicyType `json:"policy_type,omitempty"` + TargetType *TargetPolicyObjectType `json:"target_type,omitempty"` + // The name of the target object. + TargetName *string `json:"target_name,omitempty"` +} + +// NewVirtualizationPolicyTarget instantiates a new VirtualizationPolicyTarget object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewVirtualizationPolicyTarget() *VirtualizationPolicyTarget { + this := VirtualizationPolicyTarget{} + return &this +} + +// NewVirtualizationPolicyTargetWithDefaults instantiates a new VirtualizationPolicyTarget object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewVirtualizationPolicyTargetWithDefaults() *VirtualizationPolicyTarget { + this := VirtualizationPolicyTarget{} + return &this +} + +// GetPolicyId returns the PolicyId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyTarget) GetPolicyId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PolicyId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.PolicyId +} + +// GetPolicyIdOk returns a tuple with the PolicyId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyTarget) GetPolicyIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PolicyId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PolicyId, true +} + +// HasPolicyId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyTarget) HasPolicyId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PolicyId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPolicyId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PolicyId field. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyTarget) SetPolicyId(v string) { + o.PolicyId = &v +} + +// GetTargetId returns the TargetId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyTarget) GetTargetId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetId +} + +// GetTargetIdOk returns a tuple with the TargetId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyTarget) GetTargetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetId, true +} + +// HasTargetId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyTarget) HasTargetId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetId field. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyTarget) SetTargetId(v string) { + o.TargetId = &v +} + +// GetEngineId returns the EngineId field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyTarget) GetEngineId() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.EngineId +} + +// GetEngineIdOk returns a tuple with the EngineId field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyTarget) GetEngineIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return nil, false + } + return o.EngineId, true +} + +// HasEngineId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyTarget) HasEngineId() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEngineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EngineId field. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyTarget) SetEngineId(v string) { + o.EngineId = &v +} + +// GetPolicyType returns the PolicyType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyTarget) GetPolicyType() PolicyType { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PolicyType) { + var ret PolicyType + return ret + } + return *o.PolicyType +} + +// GetPolicyTypeOk returns a tuple with the PolicyType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyTarget) GetPolicyTypeOk() (*PolicyType, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.PolicyType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.PolicyType, true +} + +// HasPolicyType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyTarget) HasPolicyType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.PolicyType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPolicyType gets a reference to the given PolicyType and assigns it to the PolicyType field. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyTarget) SetPolicyType(v PolicyType) { + o.PolicyType = &v +} + +// GetTargetType returns the TargetType field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyTarget) GetTargetType() TargetPolicyObjectType { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetType) { + var ret TargetPolicyObjectType + return ret + } + return *o.TargetType +} + +// GetTargetTypeOk returns a tuple with the TargetType field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyTarget) GetTargetTypeOk() (*TargetPolicyObjectType, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetType) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetType, true +} + +// HasTargetType returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyTarget) HasTargetType() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetType) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetType gets a reference to the given TargetPolicyObjectType and assigns it to the TargetType field. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyTarget) SetTargetType(v TargetPolicyObjectType) { + o.TargetType = &v +} + +// GetTargetName returns the TargetName field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyTarget) GetTargetName() string { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetName) { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TargetName +} + +// GetTargetNameOk returns a tuple with the TargetName field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyTarget) GetTargetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.TargetName) { + return nil, false + } + return o.TargetName, true +} + +// HasTargetName returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyTarget) HasTargetName() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.TargetName) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTargetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetName field. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyTarget) SetTargetName(v string) { + o.TargetName = &v +} + +func (o VirtualizationPolicyTarget) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o VirtualizationPolicyTarget) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.PolicyId) { + toSerialize["policy_id"] = o.PolicyId + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetId) { + toSerialize["target_id"] = o.TargetId + } + if !IsNil(o.EngineId) { + toSerialize["engine_id"] = o.EngineId + } + if !IsNil(o.PolicyType) { + toSerialize["policy_type"] = o.PolicyType + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetType) { + toSerialize["target_type"] = o.TargetType + } + if !IsNil(o.TargetName) { + toSerialize["target_name"] = o.TargetName + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableVirtualizationPolicyTarget struct { + value *VirtualizationPolicyTarget + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationPolicyTarget) Get() *VirtualizationPolicyTarget { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationPolicyTarget) Set(val *VirtualizationPolicyTarget) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationPolicyTarget) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationPolicyTarget) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableVirtualizationPolicyTarget(val *VirtualizationPolicyTarget) *NullableVirtualizationPolicyTarget { + return &NullableVirtualizationPolicyTarget{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationPolicyTarget) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationPolicyTarget) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_virtualization_policy_unapply_response.go b/model_virtualization_policy_unapply_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..da1d7d15 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_virtualization_policy_unapply_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the VirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &VirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse{} + +// VirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse struct for VirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse +type VirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` +} + +// NewVirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse instantiates a new VirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewVirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse() *VirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse { + this := VirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewVirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new VirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewVirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponseWithDefaults() *VirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse { + this := VirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +func (o VirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o VirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableVirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse struct { + value *VirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse) Get() *VirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse) Set(val *VirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableVirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse(val *VirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse) *NullableVirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse { + return &NullableVirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationPolicyUnapplyResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_virtualization_policy_update_job_response.go b/model_virtualization_policy_update_job_response.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..08b42d29 --- /dev/null +++ b/model_virtualization_policy_update_job_response.go @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* +Delphix DCT API + +Delphix DCT API + +API version: 3.23.0 +Contact: support@delphix.com +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package delphix_dct_api + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// checks if the VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time +var _ MappedNullable = &VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse{} + +// VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse struct for VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse +type VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse struct { + Job *Job `json:"job,omitempty"` + VirtualizationPolicy *VirtualizationPolicy `json:"virtualization_policy,omitempty"` +} + +// NewVirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse instantiates a new VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewVirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse() *VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse { + this := VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// NewVirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewVirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponseWithDefaults() *VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse { + this := VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse{} + return &this +} + +// GetJob returns the Job field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse) GetJob() Job { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + var ret Job + return ret + } + return *o.Job +} + +// GetJobOk returns a tuple with the Job field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse) GetJobOk() (*Job, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.Job) { + return nil, false + } + return o.Job, true +} + +// HasJob returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse) HasJob() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.Job) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetJob gets a reference to the given Job and assigns it to the Job field. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse) SetJob(v Job) { + o.Job = &v +} + +// GetVirtualizationPolicy returns the VirtualizationPolicy field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse) GetVirtualizationPolicy() VirtualizationPolicy { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VirtualizationPolicy) { + var ret VirtualizationPolicy + return ret + } + return *o.VirtualizationPolicy +} + +// GetVirtualizationPolicyOk returns a tuple with the VirtualizationPolicy field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse) GetVirtualizationPolicyOk() (*VirtualizationPolicy, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VirtualizationPolicy) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VirtualizationPolicy, true +} + +// HasVirtualizationPolicy returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse) HasVirtualizationPolicy() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VirtualizationPolicy) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVirtualizationPolicy gets a reference to the given VirtualizationPolicy and assigns it to the VirtualizationPolicy field. +func (o *VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse) SetVirtualizationPolicy(v VirtualizationPolicy) { + o.VirtualizationPolicy = &v +} + +func (o VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() + if err != nil { + return []byte{}, err + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +func (o VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if !IsNil(o.Job) { + toSerialize["job"] = o.Job + } + if !IsNil(o.VirtualizationPolicy) { + toSerialize["virtualization_policy"] = o.VirtualizationPolicy + } + return toSerialize, nil +} + +type NullableVirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse struct { + value *VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse) Get() *VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse) Set(val *VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableVirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse(val *VirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse) *NullableVirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse { + return &NullableVirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableVirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableVirtualizationPolicyUpdateJobResponse) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/model_virtualization_schedule.go b/model_virtualization_schedule.go index a33550fe..b722296b 100644 --- a/model_virtualization_schedule.go +++ b/model_virtualization_schedule.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the VirtualizationSchedule type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -21,17 +23,18 @@ var _ MappedNullable = &VirtualizationSchedule{} // VirtualizationSchedule struct for VirtualizationSchedule type VirtualizationSchedule struct { CronString string `json:"cron_string"` - CutoffTime int64 `json:"cutoff_time"` + CutoffTime *int64 `json:"cutoff_time,omitempty"` } +type _VirtualizationSchedule VirtualizationSchedule + // NewVirtualizationSchedule instantiates a new VirtualizationSchedule object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments // will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewVirtualizationSchedule(cronString string, cutoffTime int64) *VirtualizationSchedule { +func NewVirtualizationSchedule(cronString string) *VirtualizationSchedule { this := VirtualizationSchedule{} this.CronString = cronString - this.CutoffTime = cutoffTime return &this } @@ -67,28 +70,36 @@ func (o *VirtualizationSchedule) SetCronString(v string) { o.CronString = v } -// GetCutoffTime returns the CutoffTime field value +// GetCutoffTime returns the CutoffTime field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *VirtualizationSchedule) GetCutoffTime() int64 { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CutoffTime) { var ret int64 return ret } - - return o.CutoffTime + return *o.CutoffTime } -// GetCutoffTimeOk returns a tuple with the CutoffTime field value +// GetCutoffTimeOk returns a tuple with the CutoffTime field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. func (o *VirtualizationSchedule) GetCutoffTimeOk() (*int64, bool) { - if o == nil { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.CutoffTime) { return nil, false } - return &o.CutoffTime, true + return o.CutoffTime, true } -// SetCutoffTime sets field value +// HasCutoffTime returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationSchedule) HasCutoffTime() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.CutoffTime) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetCutoffTime gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the CutoffTime field. func (o *VirtualizationSchedule) SetCutoffTime(v int64) { - o.CutoffTime = v + o.CutoffTime = &v } func (o VirtualizationSchedule) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { @@ -102,10 +113,49 @@ func (o VirtualizationSchedule) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { func (o VirtualizationSchedule) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) { toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} toSerialize["cron_string"] = o.CronString - toSerialize["cutoff_time"] = o.CutoffTime + if !IsNil(o.CutoffTime) { + toSerialize["cutoff_time"] = o.CutoffTime + } return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *VirtualizationSchedule) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "cron_string", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varVirtualizationSchedule := _VirtualizationSchedule{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varVirtualizationSchedule) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = VirtualizationSchedule(varVirtualizationSchedule) + + return err +} + type NullableVirtualizationSchedule struct { value *VirtualizationSchedule isSet bool diff --git a/model_virtualization_storage_summary_data.go b/model_virtualization_storage_summary_data.go index eb6b9f07..75909974 100644 --- a/model_virtualization_storage_summary_data.go +++ b/model_virtualization_storage_summary_data.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ package delphix_dct_api import ( "encoding/json" + "bytes" + "fmt" ) // checks if the VirtualizationStorageSummaryData type satisfies the MappedNullable interface at compile time @@ -40,8 +42,16 @@ type VirtualizationStorageSummaryData struct { VdbCount *int64 `json:"vdb_count,omitempty"` // The total number of dSources and VDBs on the engine. TotalObjectCount *int64 `json:"total_object_count,omitempty"` + // The amount of storage reversed by the engine as a safety buffer, in bytes. + ReservedStorage *int64 `json:"reserved_storage,omitempty"` + // The amount of storage used by all dSources on the engine, in bytes. + DsourceUsedStorage *int64 `json:"dsource_used_storage,omitempty"` + // The amount of storage used by all VDBs on the engine, in bytes. + VdbUsedStorage *int64 `json:"vdb_used_storage,omitempty"` } +type _VirtualizationStorageSummaryData VirtualizationStorageSummaryData + // NewVirtualizationStorageSummaryData instantiates a new VirtualizationStorageSummaryData object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments @@ -358,6 +368,102 @@ func (o *VirtualizationStorageSummaryData) SetTotalObjectCount(v int64) { o.TotalObjectCount = &v } +// GetReservedStorage returns the ReservedStorage field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationStorageSummaryData) GetReservedStorage() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReservedStorage) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.ReservedStorage +} + +// GetReservedStorageOk returns a tuple with the ReservedStorage field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationStorageSummaryData) GetReservedStorageOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.ReservedStorage) { + return nil, false + } + return o.ReservedStorage, true +} + +// HasReservedStorage returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationStorageSummaryData) HasReservedStorage() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.ReservedStorage) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetReservedStorage gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the ReservedStorage field. +func (o *VirtualizationStorageSummaryData) SetReservedStorage(v int64) { + o.ReservedStorage = &v +} + +// GetDsourceUsedStorage returns the DsourceUsedStorage field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationStorageSummaryData) GetDsourceUsedStorage() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceUsedStorage) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.DsourceUsedStorage +} + +// GetDsourceUsedStorageOk returns a tuple with the DsourceUsedStorage field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationStorageSummaryData) GetDsourceUsedStorageOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.DsourceUsedStorage) { + return nil, false + } + return o.DsourceUsedStorage, true +} + +// HasDsourceUsedStorage returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationStorageSummaryData) HasDsourceUsedStorage() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.DsourceUsedStorage) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetDsourceUsedStorage gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DsourceUsedStorage field. +func (o *VirtualizationStorageSummaryData) SetDsourceUsedStorage(v int64) { + o.DsourceUsedStorage = &v +} + +// GetVdbUsedStorage returns the VdbUsedStorage field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *VirtualizationStorageSummaryData) GetVdbUsedStorage() int64 { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbUsedStorage) { + var ret int64 + return ret + } + return *o.VdbUsedStorage +} + +// GetVdbUsedStorageOk returns a tuple with the VdbUsedStorage field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationStorageSummaryData) GetVdbUsedStorageOk() (*int64, bool) { + if o == nil || IsNil(o.VdbUsedStorage) { + return nil, false + } + return o.VdbUsedStorage, true +} + +// HasVdbUsedStorage returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *VirtualizationStorageSummaryData) HasVdbUsedStorage() bool { + if o != nil && !IsNil(o.VdbUsedStorage) { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVdbUsedStorage gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the VdbUsedStorage field. +func (o *VirtualizationStorageSummaryData) SetVdbUsedStorage(v int64) { + o.VdbUsedStorage = &v +} + func (o VirtualizationStorageSummaryData) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { toSerialize,err := o.ToMap() if err != nil { @@ -392,9 +498,57 @@ func (o VirtualizationStorageSummaryData) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error if !IsNil(o.TotalObjectCount) { toSerialize["total_object_count"] = o.TotalObjectCount } + if !IsNil(o.ReservedStorage) { + toSerialize["reserved_storage"] = o.ReservedStorage + } + if !IsNil(o.DsourceUsedStorage) { + toSerialize["dsource_used_storage"] = o.DsourceUsedStorage + } + if !IsNil(o.VdbUsedStorage) { + toSerialize["vdb_used_storage"] = o.VdbUsedStorage + } return toSerialize, nil } +func (o *VirtualizationStorageSummaryData) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error) { + // This validates that all required properties are included in the JSON object + // by unmarshalling the object into a generic map with string keys and checking + // that every required field exists as a key in the generic map. + requiredProperties := []string{ + "engine_id", + "engine_name", + "engine_hostname", + } + + allProperties := make(map[string]interface{}) + + err = json.Unmarshal(data, &allProperties) + + if err != nil { + return err; + } + + for _, requiredProperty := range(requiredProperties) { + if _, exists := allProperties[requiredProperty]; !exists { + return fmt.Errorf("no value given for required property %v", requiredProperty) + } + } + + varVirtualizationStorageSummaryData := _VirtualizationStorageSummaryData{} + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(data)) + decoder.DisallowUnknownFields() + err = decoder.Decode(&varVirtualizationStorageSummaryData) + + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *o = VirtualizationStorageSummaryData(varVirtualizationStorageSummaryData) + + return err +} + type NullableVirtualizationStorageSummaryData struct { value *VirtualizationStorageSummaryData isSet bool diff --git a/model_virtualization_storage_summary_report_response.go b/model_virtualization_storage_summary_report_response.go index f780e631..c736d943 100644 --- a/model_virtualization_storage_summary_report_response.go +++ b/model_virtualization_storage_summary_report_response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_virtualization_task.go b/model_virtualization_task.go index c22bfea0..27ed8d8a 100644 --- a/model_virtualization_task.go +++ b/model_virtualization_task.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/model_virtualization_task_event.go b/model_virtualization_task_event.go index 3665c170..08683eb4 100644 --- a/model_virtualization_task_event.go +++ b/model_virtualization_task_event.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/response.go b/response.go index 833fb2b0..26f644cb 100644 --- a/response.go +++ b/response.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ diff --git a/test/api_accounts_test.go b/test/api_accounts_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index a0da4702..00000000 --- a/test/api_accounts_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,220 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing AccountsApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_AccountsApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test AccountsApiService ChangeAccountPassword", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var id int64 - - httpRes, err := apiClient.AccountsApi.ChangeAccountPassword(context.Background(), id).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AccountsApiService CreateAccount", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AccountsApi.CreateAccount(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AccountsApiService CreateAccountTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var id int64 - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AccountsApi.CreateAccountTags(context.Background(), id).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AccountsApiService DeleteAccount", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var id int64 - - httpRes, err := apiClient.AccountsApi.DeleteAccount(context.Background(), id).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AccountsApiService DeleteAccountTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var id int64 - - httpRes, err := apiClient.AccountsApi.DeleteAccountTags(context.Background(), id).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AccountsApiService Disable", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var id int64 - - httpRes, err := apiClient.AccountsApi.Disable(context.Background(), id).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AccountsApiService EnableAccount", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var id int64 - - httpRes, err := apiClient.AccountsApi.EnableAccount(context.Background(), id).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AccountsApiService GetAccount", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var id int64 - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AccountsApi.GetAccount(context.Background(), id).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AccountsApiService GetAccountTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var id int64 - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AccountsApi.GetAccountTags(context.Background(), id).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AccountsApiService GetAccounts", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AccountsApi.GetAccounts(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AccountsApiService GetPasswordPolicies", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AccountsApi.GetPasswordPolicies(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AccountsApiService ResetAccountPassword", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var id int64 - - httpRes, err := apiClient.AccountsApi.ResetAccountPassword(context.Background(), id).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AccountsApiService SearchAccounts", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AccountsApi.SearchAccounts(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AccountsApiService UpdateAccount", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var id int64 - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AccountsApi.UpdateAccount(context.Background(), id).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AccountsApiService UpdatePasswordPolicies", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AccountsApi.UpdatePasswordPolicies(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_algorithms_test.go b/test/api_algorithms_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index 5c1487f3..00000000 --- a/test/api_algorithms_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,90 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing AlgorithmsApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_AlgorithmsApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test AlgorithmsApiService CreateAlgorithm", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AlgorithmsApi.CreateAlgorithm(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AlgorithmsApiService DeleteAlgorithm", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var algorithmId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AlgorithmsApi.DeleteAlgorithm(context.Background(), algorithmId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AlgorithmsApiService GetAlgorithmById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var algorithmId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AlgorithmsApi.GetAlgorithmById(context.Background(), algorithmId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AlgorithmsApiService GetAlgorithms", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AlgorithmsApi.GetAlgorithms(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AlgorithmsApiService SearchAlgorithms", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AlgorithmsApi.SearchAlgorithms(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_authorization_test.go b/test/api_authorization_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index fab74ffd..00000000 --- a/test/api_authorization_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,482 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing AuthorizationApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_AuthorizationApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService AddAccessGroupAccountIds", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var accessGroupId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.AddAccessGroupAccountIds(context.Background(), accessGroupId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService AddAccessGroupAccountTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var accessGroupId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.AddAccessGroupAccountTags(context.Background(), accessGroupId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService AddAccessGroupScopes", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var accessGroupId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.AddAccessGroupScopes(context.Background(), accessGroupId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService AddAlwaysAllowedPermissions", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var accessGroupId string - var scopeId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.AddAlwaysAllowedPermissions(context.Background(), accessGroupId, scopeId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService AddObjectsToAccessGroupScope", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var accessGroupId string - var scopeId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.AddObjectsToAccessGroupScope(context.Background(), accessGroupId, scopeId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService AddRolePermissions", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var roleId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.AddRolePermissions(context.Background(), roleId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService AddTagsToScope", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var accessGroupId string - var scopeId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.AddTagsToScope(context.Background(), accessGroupId, scopeId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService CreateAccessGroup", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.CreateAccessGroup(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService CreateRole", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.CreateRole(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService CreateRoleTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var roleId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.CreateRoleTags(context.Background(), roleId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService DeleteAccessGroup", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var accessGroupId string - - httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.DeleteAccessGroup(context.Background(), accessGroupId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService DeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var accessGroupId string - var scopeId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.DeleteAccessGroupScopeObjectTags(context.Background(), accessGroupId, scopeId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService DeleteAccessGroupScopeObjects", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var accessGroupId string - var scopeId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.DeleteAccessGroupScopeObjects(context.Background(), accessGroupId, scopeId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService DeleteRole", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var roleId string - - httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.DeleteRole(context.Background(), roleId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService DeleteRoleTag", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var roleId string - - httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.DeleteRoleTag(context.Background(), roleId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService GetAccessGroupById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var accessGroupId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.GetAccessGroupById(context.Background(), accessGroupId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService GetAccessGroupScope", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var accessGroupId string - var scopeId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.GetAccessGroupScope(context.Background(), accessGroupId, scopeId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService GetAccessGroups", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.GetAccessGroups(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService GetAllObjectPermissions", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.GetAllObjectPermissions(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService GetObjectPermissions", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var objectType string - var objectId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.GetObjectPermissions(context.Background(), objectType, objectId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService GetRoleById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var roleId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.GetRoleById(context.Background(), roleId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService GetRoleTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var roleId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.GetRoleTags(context.Background(), roleId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService GetRoles", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.GetRoles(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService RemoveAccessGroupAccountId", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var accessGroupId string - var accountId int64 - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.RemoveAccessGroupAccountId(context.Background(), accessGroupId, accountId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService RemoveAccessGroupAccountTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var accessGroupId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.RemoveAccessGroupAccountTags(context.Background(), accessGroupId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService RemoveAccessGroupScope", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var accessGroupId string - var scopeId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.RemoveAccessGroupScope(context.Background(), accessGroupId, scopeId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService RemoveAlwaysAllowedPermissions", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var accessGroupId string - var scopeId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.RemoveAlwaysAllowedPermissions(context.Background(), accessGroupId, scopeId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService RemoveRolePermissions", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var roleId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.RemoveRolePermissions(context.Background(), roleId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService SearchAccessGroups", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.SearchAccessGroups(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService SearchRoles", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.SearchRoles(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService UpdateAccessGroup", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var accessGroupId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.UpdateAccessGroup(context.Background(), accessGroupId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService UpdateAccessGroupScope", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var accessGroupId string - var scopeId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.UpdateAccessGroupScope(context.Background(), accessGroupId, scopeId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test AuthorizationApiService UpdateRole", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var roleId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.AuthorizationApi.UpdateRole(context.Background(), roleId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_bookmarks_test.go b/test/api_bookmarks_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index 7b10e887..00000000 --- a/test/api_bookmarks_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,172 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing BookmarksApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_BookmarksApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test BookmarksApiService CreateBookmark", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.BookmarksApi.CreateBookmark(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test BookmarksApiService CreateBookmarkTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var bookmarkId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.BookmarksApi.CreateBookmarkTags(context.Background(), bookmarkId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test BookmarksApiService DeleteBookmark", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var bookmarkId string - - httpRes, err := apiClient.BookmarksApi.DeleteBookmark(context.Background(), bookmarkId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test BookmarksApiService DeleteBookmarkTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var bookmarkId string - - httpRes, err := apiClient.BookmarksApi.DeleteBookmarkTags(context.Background(), bookmarkId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test BookmarksApiService GetBookmarkById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var bookmarkId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.BookmarksApi.GetBookmarkById(context.Background(), bookmarkId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test BookmarksApiService GetBookmarkTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var bookmarkId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.BookmarksApi.GetBookmarkTags(context.Background(), bookmarkId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test BookmarksApiService GetBookmarks", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.BookmarksApi.GetBookmarks(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test BookmarksApiService GetVdbGroupsByBookmark", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var bookmarkId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.BookmarksApi.GetVdbGroupsByBookmark(context.Background(), bookmarkId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test BookmarksApiService SearchBookmarks", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.BookmarksApi.SearchBookmarks(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test BookmarksApiService SearchVdbGroupsByBookmark", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var bookmarkId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.BookmarksApi.SearchVdbGroupsByBookmark(context.Background(), bookmarkId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test BookmarksApiService UpdateBookmark", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var bookmarkId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.BookmarksApi.UpdateBookmark(context.Background(), bookmarkId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_cdbs_test.go b/test/api_cdbs_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index ce70df6a..00000000 --- a/test/api_cdbs_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing CDBsApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_CDBsApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test CDBsApiService CreateCdbTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var cdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.CDBsApi.CreateCdbTags(context.Background(), cdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test CDBsApiService DeleteCdbTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var cdbId string - - httpRes, err := apiClient.CDBsApi.DeleteCdbTags(context.Background(), cdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test CDBsApiService GetCdbById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var cdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.CDBsApi.GetCdbById(context.Background(), cdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test CDBsApiService GetCdbs", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.CDBsApi.GetCdbs(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test CDBsApiService GetTagsCdb", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var cdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.CDBsApi.GetTagsCdb(context.Background(), cdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test CDBsApiService SearchCdbs", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.CDBsApi.SearchCdbs(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_connectivity_test.go b/test/api_connectivity_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index 5cfc6309..00000000 --- a/test/api_connectivity_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing ConnectivityApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_ConnectivityApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test ConnectivityApiService ConnectivityCheck", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ConnectivityApi.ConnectivityCheck(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ConnectivityApiService DatabaseConnectivityCheck", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ConnectivityApi.DatabaseConnectivityCheck(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_connectors_test.go b/test/api_connectors_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index 59075c21..00000000 --- a/test/api_connectors_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,133 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing ConnectorsApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_ConnectorsApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test ConnectorsApiService ConnectorsTest", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var connectorId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ConnectorsApi.ConnectorsTest(context.Background(), connectorId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ConnectorsApiService CreateConnectorTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var connectorId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ConnectorsApi.CreateConnectorTags(context.Background(), connectorId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ConnectorsApiService DeleteConnectorTag", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var connectorId string - - httpRes, err := apiClient.ConnectorsApi.DeleteConnectorTag(context.Background(), connectorId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ConnectorsApiService GetConnectorById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var connectorId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ConnectorsApi.GetConnectorById(context.Background(), connectorId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ConnectorsApiService GetConnectorTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var connectorId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ConnectorsApi.GetConnectorTags(context.Background(), connectorId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ConnectorsApiService GetConnectors", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ConnectorsApi.GetConnectors(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ConnectorsApiService SearchConnectors", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ConnectorsApi.SearchConnectors(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ConnectorsApiService UpdateConnectorById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var connectorId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ConnectorsApi.UpdateConnectorById(context.Background(), connectorId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_d_sources_test.go b/test/api_d_sources_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index 678d24ec..00000000 --- a/test/api_d_sources_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,217 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing DSourcesApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_DSourcesApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test DSourcesApiService CreateTagsDsource", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var dsourceId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.DSourcesApi.CreateTagsDsource(context.Background(), dsourceId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test DSourcesApiService DeleteDsource", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.DSourcesApi.DeleteDsource(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test DSourcesApiService DeleteTagsDsource", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var dsourceId string - - httpRes, err := apiClient.DSourcesApi.DeleteTagsDsource(context.Background(), dsourceId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test DSourcesApiService GetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaults", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.DSourcesApi.GetAppdataDsourceLinkingDefaults(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test DSourcesApiService GetAseDsourceLinkingDefaults", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.DSourcesApi.GetAseDsourceLinkingDefaults(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test DSourcesApiService GetDsourceById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var dsourceId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.DSourcesApi.GetDsourceById(context.Background(), dsourceId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test DSourcesApiService GetDsourceSnapshots", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var dsourceId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.DSourcesApi.GetDsourceSnapshots(context.Background(), dsourceId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test DSourcesApiService GetDsources", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.DSourcesApi.GetDsources(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test DSourcesApiService GetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaults", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.DSourcesApi.GetOracleDsourceLinkingDefaults(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test DSourcesApiService GetTagsDsource", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var dsourceId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.DSourcesApi.GetTagsDsource(context.Background(), dsourceId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test DSourcesApiService LinkAppdataDatabase", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.DSourcesApi.LinkAppdataDatabase(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test DSourcesApiService LinkAseDatabase", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.DSourcesApi.LinkAseDatabase(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test DSourcesApiService LinkOracleDatabase", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.DSourcesApi.LinkOracleDatabase(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test DSourcesApiService SearchDsources", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.DSourcesApi.SearchDsources(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test DSourcesApiService SnapshotDsource", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var dsourceId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.DSourcesApi.SnapshotDsource(context.Background(), dsourceId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_database_templates_test.go b/test/api_database_templates_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index 138a2379..00000000 --- a/test/api_database_templates_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,167 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing DatabaseTemplatesApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_DatabaseTemplatesApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test DatabaseTemplatesApiService CreateDatabaseTemplate", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.DatabaseTemplatesApi.CreateDatabaseTemplate(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test DatabaseTemplatesApiService CreateDatabaseTemplateTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var databaseTemplateId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.DatabaseTemplatesApi.CreateDatabaseTemplateTags(context.Background(), databaseTemplateId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test DatabaseTemplatesApiService DeleteDatabaseTemplate", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var databaseTemplateId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.DatabaseTemplatesApi.DeleteDatabaseTemplate(context.Background(), databaseTemplateId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test DatabaseTemplatesApiService DeleteDatabaseTemplateTag", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var databaseTemplateId string - - httpRes, err := apiClient.DatabaseTemplatesApi.DeleteDatabaseTemplateTag(context.Background(), databaseTemplateId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test DatabaseTemplatesApiService GetDatabaseTemplateById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var databaseTemplateId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.DatabaseTemplatesApi.GetDatabaseTemplateById(context.Background(), databaseTemplateId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test DatabaseTemplatesApiService GetDatabaseTemplateTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var databaseTemplateId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.DatabaseTemplatesApi.GetDatabaseTemplateTags(context.Background(), databaseTemplateId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test DatabaseTemplatesApiService GetDatabaseTemplates", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.DatabaseTemplatesApi.GetDatabaseTemplates(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test DatabaseTemplatesApiService ImportDatabaseTemplates", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - httpRes, err := apiClient.DatabaseTemplatesApi.ImportDatabaseTemplates(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test DatabaseTemplatesApiService SearchDatabaseTemplates", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.DatabaseTemplatesApi.SearchDatabaseTemplates(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test DatabaseTemplatesApiService UndoImportDatabaseTemplates", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - httpRes, err := apiClient.DatabaseTemplatesApi.UndoImportDatabaseTemplates(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test DatabaseTemplatesApiService UpdateDatabaseTemplate", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var databaseTemplateId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.DatabaseTemplatesApi.UpdateDatabaseTemplate(context.Background(), databaseTemplateId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_environments_test.go b/test/api_environments_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index 2e05ab9e..00000000 --- a/test/api_environments_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,367 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing EnvironmentsApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_EnvironmentsApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test EnvironmentsApiService CompatibleRepositoriesByLocation", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.EnvironmentsApi.CompatibleRepositoriesByLocation(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test EnvironmentsApiService CompatibleRepositoriesBySnapshot", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.EnvironmentsApi.CompatibleRepositoriesBySnapshot(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test EnvironmentsApiService CompatibleRepositoriesByTimestamp", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.EnvironmentsApi.CompatibleRepositoriesByTimestamp(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test EnvironmentsApiService CompatibleRepositoriesFromBookmark", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.EnvironmentsApi.CompatibleRepositoriesFromBookmark(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test EnvironmentsApiService CreateEnvironment", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.EnvironmentsApi.CreateEnvironment(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test EnvironmentsApiService CreateEnvironmentTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var environmentId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.EnvironmentsApi.CreateEnvironmentTags(context.Background(), environmentId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test EnvironmentsApiService CreateEnvironmentUser", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var environmentId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.EnvironmentsApi.CreateEnvironmentUser(context.Background(), environmentId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test EnvironmentsApiService CreateHost", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var environmentId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.EnvironmentsApi.CreateHost(context.Background(), environmentId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test EnvironmentsApiService DeleteEnvironment", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var environmentId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.EnvironmentsApi.DeleteEnvironment(context.Background(), environmentId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test EnvironmentsApiService DeleteEnvironmentTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var environmentId string - - httpRes, err := apiClient.EnvironmentsApi.DeleteEnvironmentTags(context.Background(), environmentId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test EnvironmentsApiService DeleteEnvironmentUser", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var environmentId string - var userRef string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.EnvironmentsApi.DeleteEnvironmentUser(context.Background(), environmentId, userRef).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test EnvironmentsApiService DeleteHost", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var environmentId string - var hostId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.EnvironmentsApi.DeleteHost(context.Background(), environmentId, hostId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test EnvironmentsApiService DisableEnvironment", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var environmentId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.EnvironmentsApi.DisableEnvironment(context.Background(), environmentId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test EnvironmentsApiService EnableEnvironment", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var environmentId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.EnvironmentsApi.EnableEnvironment(context.Background(), environmentId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test EnvironmentsApiService GetEnvironmentById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var environmentId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.EnvironmentsApi.GetEnvironmentById(context.Background(), environmentId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test EnvironmentsApiService GetEnvironments", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.EnvironmentsApi.GetEnvironments(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test EnvironmentsApiService GetTagsEnvironment", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var environmentId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.EnvironmentsApi.GetTagsEnvironment(context.Background(), environmentId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test EnvironmentsApiService ListEnvironmentUsers", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var environmentId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.EnvironmentsApi.ListEnvironmentUsers(context.Background(), environmentId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test EnvironmentsApiService PrimaryEnvironmentUser", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var environmentId string - var userRef string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.EnvironmentsApi.PrimaryEnvironmentUser(context.Background(), environmentId, userRef).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test EnvironmentsApiService RefreshEnvironment", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var environmentId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.EnvironmentsApi.RefreshEnvironment(context.Background(), environmentId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test EnvironmentsApiService SearchEnvironments", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.EnvironmentsApi.SearchEnvironments(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test EnvironmentsApiService UpdateEnvironment", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var environmentId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.EnvironmentsApi.UpdateEnvironment(context.Background(), environmentId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test EnvironmentsApiService UpdateEnvironmentUser", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var environmentId string - var userRef string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.EnvironmentsApi.UpdateEnvironmentUser(context.Background(), environmentId, userRef).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test EnvironmentsApiService UpdateHost", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var environmentId string - var hostId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.EnvironmentsApi.UpdateHost(context.Background(), environmentId, hostId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test EnvironmentsApiService UpdateRepository", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var environmentId string - var repositoryId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.EnvironmentsApi.UpdateRepository(context.Background(), environmentId, repositoryId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_executions_test.go b/test/api_executions_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index 5645bb02..00000000 --- a/test/api_executions_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,119 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing ExecutionsApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_ExecutionsApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test ExecutionsApiService CancelExecution", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var executionId string - - httpRes, err := apiClient.ExecutionsApi.CancelExecution(context.Background(), executionId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ExecutionsApiService GetExecutionById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var executionId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ExecutionsApi.GetExecutionById(context.Background(), executionId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ExecutionsApiService GetExecutionEvents", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var executionId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ExecutionsApi.GetExecutionEvents(context.Background(), executionId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ExecutionsApiService GetExecutionLog", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var executionId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ExecutionsApi.GetExecutionLog(context.Background(), executionId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ExecutionsApiService GetExecutions", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ExecutionsApi.GetExecutions(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ExecutionsApiService SearchExecutionEvents", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var executionId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ExecutionsApi.SearchExecutionEvents(context.Background(), executionId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ExecutionsApiService SearchExecutions", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ExecutionsApi.SearchExecutions(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_feature_flag_test.go b/test/api_feature_flag_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index 9f6643f8..00000000 --- a/test/api_feature_flag_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing FeatureFlagApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_FeatureFlagApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test FeatureFlagApiService GetEnabledFeaturesFlag", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.FeatureFlagApi.GetEnabledFeaturesFlag(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_groups_test.go b/test/api_groups_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index e5a81705..00000000 --- a/test/api_groups_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing GroupsApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_GroupsApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test GroupsApiService GetDatasetGroupById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var groupId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.GroupsApi.GetDatasetGroupById(context.Background(), groupId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test GroupsApiService GetDatasetGroups", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.GroupsApi.GetDatasetGroups(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test GroupsApiService SearchDatasetGroups", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.GroupsApi.SearchDatasetGroups(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_hyperscale_instance_test.go b/test/api_hyperscale_instance_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index 79b2c14e..00000000 --- a/test/api_hyperscale_instance_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,145 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing HyperscaleInstanceApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_HyperscaleInstanceApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test HyperscaleInstanceApiService CreateHyperscaleInstanceTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var hyperscaleInstanceId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.HyperscaleInstanceApi.CreateHyperscaleInstanceTags(context.Background(), hyperscaleInstanceId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test HyperscaleInstanceApiService DeleteHyperscaleInstanceTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var hyperscaleInstanceId string - - httpRes, err := apiClient.HyperscaleInstanceApi.DeleteHyperscaleInstanceTags(context.Background(), hyperscaleInstanceId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test HyperscaleInstanceApiService GetHyperscaleInstanceById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var hyperscaleInstanceId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.HyperscaleInstanceApi.GetHyperscaleInstanceById(context.Background(), hyperscaleInstanceId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test HyperscaleInstanceApiService GetHyperscaleInstanceTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var hyperscaleInstanceId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.HyperscaleInstanceApi.GetHyperscaleInstanceTags(context.Background(), hyperscaleInstanceId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test HyperscaleInstanceApiService GetHyperscaleInstances", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.HyperscaleInstanceApi.GetHyperscaleInstances(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test HyperscaleInstanceApiService RegisterHyperscaleInstance", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.HyperscaleInstanceApi.RegisterHyperscaleInstance(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test HyperscaleInstanceApiService SearchHyperscaleInstances", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.HyperscaleInstanceApi.SearchHyperscaleInstances(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test HyperscaleInstanceApiService UnregisterHyperscaleInstance", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var hyperscaleInstanceId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.HyperscaleInstanceApi.UnregisterHyperscaleInstance(context.Background(), hyperscaleInstanceId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test HyperscaleInstanceApiService UpdateHyperscaleInstance", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var hyperscaleInstanceId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.HyperscaleInstanceApi.UpdateHyperscaleInstance(context.Background(), hyperscaleInstanceId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_hyperscale_objects_test.go b/test/api_hyperscale_objects_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index 4daf6685..00000000 --- a/test/api_hyperscale_objects_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,168 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing HyperscaleObjectsApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_HyperscaleObjectsApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test HyperscaleObjectsApiService GetHyperscaleConnectorById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var hyperscaleConnectorId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.HyperscaleObjectsApi.GetHyperscaleConnectorById(context.Background(), hyperscaleConnectorId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test HyperscaleObjectsApiService GetHyperscaleConnectors", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.HyperscaleObjectsApi.GetHyperscaleConnectors(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test HyperscaleObjectsApiService GetHyperscaleDatasetById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var hyperscaleDatasetId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.HyperscaleObjectsApi.GetHyperscaleDatasetById(context.Background(), hyperscaleDatasetId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test HyperscaleObjectsApiService GetHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFiles", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var hyperscaleDatasetId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.HyperscaleObjectsApi.GetHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFiles(context.Background(), hyperscaleDatasetId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test HyperscaleObjectsApiService GetHyperscaleDatasets", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.HyperscaleObjectsApi.GetHyperscaleDatasets(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test HyperscaleObjectsApiService GetHyperscaleMountPointById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var hyperscaleMountPointId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.HyperscaleObjectsApi.GetHyperscaleMountPointById(context.Background(), hyperscaleMountPointId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test HyperscaleObjectsApiService GetHyperscaleMountPoints", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.HyperscaleObjectsApi.GetHyperscaleMountPoints(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test HyperscaleObjectsApiService SearchHyperscaleConnectors", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.HyperscaleObjectsApi.SearchHyperscaleConnectors(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test HyperscaleObjectsApiService SearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFiles", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var hyperscaleDatasetId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.HyperscaleObjectsApi.SearchHyperscaleDatasetTablesOrFiles(context.Background(), hyperscaleDatasetId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test HyperscaleObjectsApiService SearchHyperscaleDatasets", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.HyperscaleObjectsApi.SearchHyperscaleDatasets(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test HyperscaleObjectsApiService SearchHyperscaleMountPoints", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.HyperscaleObjectsApi.SearchHyperscaleMountPoints(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_jobs_test.go b/test/api_jobs_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index 4421a189..00000000 --- a/test/api_jobs_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,118 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing JobsApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_JobsApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test JobsApiService AbandonJob", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var jobId string - - httpRes, err := apiClient.JobsApi.AbandonJob(context.Background(), jobId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test JobsApiService CreateJobTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var jobId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.JobsApi.CreateJobTags(context.Background(), jobId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test JobsApiService DeleteJobTag", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var jobId string - - httpRes, err := apiClient.JobsApi.DeleteJobTag(context.Background(), jobId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test JobsApiService GetJobById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var jobId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.JobsApi.GetJobById(context.Background(), jobId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test JobsApiService GetJobTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var jobId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.JobsApi.GetJobTags(context.Background(), jobId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test JobsApiService GetJobs", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.JobsApi.GetJobs(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test JobsApiService SearchJobs", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.JobsApi.SearchJobs(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_kerberos_config_test.go b/test/api_kerberos_config_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index 5ea9b135..00000000 --- a/test/api_kerberos_config_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing KerberosConfigApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_KerberosConfigApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test KerberosConfigApiService GetKerberosConfigById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var kerberosConfigId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.KerberosConfigApi.GetKerberosConfigById(context.Background(), kerberosConfigId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test KerberosConfigApiService ListKerberosConfigs", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.KerberosConfigApi.ListKerberosConfigs(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test KerberosConfigApiService SearchKerberosConfigs", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.KerberosConfigApi.SearchKerberosConfigs(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_login_test.go b/test/api_login_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index 8a871517..00000000 --- a/test/api_login_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing LoginApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_LoginApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test LoginApiService AccountLogin", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.LoginApi.AccountLogin(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test LoginApiService AccountLogout", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - httpRes, err := apiClient.LoginApi.AccountLogout(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test LoginApiService TokenInfo", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.LoginApi.TokenInfo(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_management_test.go b/test/api_management_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index 94c22de8..00000000 --- a/test/api_management_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,441 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing ManagementApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_ManagementApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService CreateEngineTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var engineId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.CreateEngineTags(context.Background(), engineId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService CreateHashicorpVault", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.CreateHashicorpVault(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService CreateHashicorpVaultTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vaultId int64 - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.CreateHashicorpVaultTags(context.Background(), vaultId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService DeleteEngineTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var engineId string - - httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.DeleteEngineTags(context.Background(), engineId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService DeleteHashicorpVault", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vaultId int64 - - httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.DeleteHashicorpVault(context.Background(), vaultId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService DeleteHashicorpVaultTag", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vaultId int64 - - httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.DeleteHashicorpVaultTag(context.Background(), vaultId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService GetApiClassification", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.GetApiClassification(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService GetEngineTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var engineId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.GetEngineTags(context.Background(), engineId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService GetHashicorpVault", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vaultId int64 - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.GetHashicorpVault(context.Background(), vaultId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService GetHashicorpVaultTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vaultId int64 - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.GetHashicorpVaultTags(context.Background(), vaultId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService GetHashicorpVaults", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.GetHashicorpVaults(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService GetLdapConfig", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.GetLdapConfig(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService GetMetadataDatabase", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.GetMetadataDatabase(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService GetProxyConfiguration", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.GetProxyConfiguration(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService GetRegisteredEngine", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var engineId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.GetRegisteredEngine(context.Background(), engineId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService GetRegisteredEngines", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.GetRegisteredEngines(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService GetSamlConfig", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.GetSamlConfig(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService GetSmtpConfig", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.GetSmtpConfig(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService ListProperties", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.ListProperties(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService RegisterEngine", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.RegisterEngine(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService SearchEngines", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.SearchEngines(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService SearchHashicorpVaults", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.SearchHashicorpVaults(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService UnregisterEngine", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var engineId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.UnregisterEngine(context.Background(), engineId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService UpdateApiClassification", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.UpdateApiClassification(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService UpdateLdapConfig", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.UpdateLdapConfig(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService UpdateProperties", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.UpdateProperties(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService UpdateProxyConfiguration", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.UpdateProxyConfiguration(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService UpdateRegisteredEngine", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var engineId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.UpdateRegisteredEngine(context.Background(), engineId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService UpdateSamlConfig", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.UpdateSamlConfig(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService UpdateSmtpConfig", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.UpdateSmtpConfig(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService ValidateJavaPath", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var engineId string - - httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.ValidateJavaPath(context.Background(), engineId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService ValidateLdapConfig", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.ValidateLdapConfig(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ManagementApiService ValidateSmtpConfig", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - httpRes, err := apiClient.ManagementApi.ValidateSmtpConfig(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_masking_environments_test.go b/test/api_masking_environments_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index b5a46164..00000000 --- a/test/api_masking_environments_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing MaskingEnvironmentsApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_MaskingEnvironmentsApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test MaskingEnvironmentsApiService GetMaskingEnvironmentById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var maskingEnvironmentId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.MaskingEnvironmentsApi.GetMaskingEnvironmentById(context.Background(), maskingEnvironmentId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test MaskingEnvironmentsApiService GetMaskingEnvironments", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.MaskingEnvironmentsApi.GetMaskingEnvironments(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test MaskingEnvironmentsApiService SearchMaskingEnvironments", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.MaskingEnvironmentsApi.SearchMaskingEnvironments(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_masking_files_test.go b/test/api_masking_files_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index 484d4e07..00000000 --- a/test/api_masking_files_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing MaskingFilesApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_MaskingFilesApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test MaskingFilesApiService UploadMaskingFile", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.MaskingFilesApi.UploadMaskingFile(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_masking_jobs_test.go b/test/api_masking_jobs_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index bb571235..00000000 --- a/test/api_masking_jobs_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,213 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing MaskingJobsApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_MaskingJobsApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test MaskingJobsApiService CopyMaskingJob", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var maskingJobId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.MaskingJobsApi.CopyMaskingJob(context.Background(), maskingJobId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test MaskingJobsApiService CreateMaskingJobTag", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var maskingJobId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.MaskingJobsApi.CreateMaskingJobTag(context.Background(), maskingJobId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test MaskingJobsApiService DeleteMaskingJob", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var maskingJobId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.MaskingJobsApi.DeleteMaskingJob(context.Background(), maskingJobId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test MaskingJobsApiService DeleteMaskingJobTag", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var maskingJobId string - - httpRes, err := apiClient.MaskingJobsApi.DeleteMaskingJobTag(context.Background(), maskingJobId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test MaskingJobsApiService ExecuteMaskingJob", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var maskingJobId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.MaskingJobsApi.ExecuteMaskingJob(context.Background(), maskingJobId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test MaskingJobsApiService GetMaskingJobById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var maskingJobId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.MaskingJobsApi.GetMaskingJobById(context.Background(), maskingJobId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test MaskingJobsApiService GetMaskingJobConnectors", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var maskingJobId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.MaskingJobsApi.GetMaskingJobConnectors(context.Background(), maskingJobId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test MaskingJobsApiService GetMaskingJobSourceEngines", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.MaskingJobsApi.GetMaskingJobSourceEngines(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test MaskingJobsApiService GetMaskingJobTag", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var maskingJobId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.MaskingJobsApi.GetMaskingJobTag(context.Background(), maskingJobId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test MaskingJobsApiService GetMaskingJobs", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.MaskingJobsApi.GetMaskingJobs(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test MaskingJobsApiService MigrateMaskingJob", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var maskingJobId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.MaskingJobsApi.MigrateMaskingJob(context.Background(), maskingJobId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test MaskingJobsApiService SearchMaskingJobSourceEngines", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.MaskingJobsApi.SearchMaskingJobSourceEngines(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test MaskingJobsApiService SearchMaskingJobs", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.MaskingJobsApi.SearchMaskingJobs(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test MaskingJobsApiService UpdateMaskingJobById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var maskingJobId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.MaskingJobsApi.UpdateMaskingJobById(context.Background(), maskingJobId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_password_vaults_test.go b/test/api_password_vaults_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index 424672f4..00000000 --- a/test/api_password_vaults_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing PasswordVaultsApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_PasswordVaultsApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test PasswordVaultsApiService GetPasswordVaultById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var passwordVaultId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.PasswordVaultsApi.GetPasswordVaultById(context.Background(), passwordVaultId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test PasswordVaultsApiService GetPasswordVaults", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.PasswordVaultsApi.GetPasswordVaults(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test PasswordVaultsApiService SearchPasswordVaults", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.PasswordVaultsApi.SearchPasswordVaults(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_reporting_test.go b/test/api_reporting_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index 7c1f7b7d..00000000 --- a/test/api_reporting_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,300 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing ReportingApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_ReportingApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test ReportingApiService CreateReportingSchedule", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ReportingApi.CreateReportingSchedule(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ReportingApiService CreateReportingScheduleTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var reportId int32 - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ReportingApi.CreateReportingScheduleTags(context.Background(), reportId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ReportingApiService DeleteReportingSchedule", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var reportId int32 - - httpRes, err := apiClient.ReportingApi.DeleteReportingSchedule(context.Background(), reportId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ReportingApiService DeleteReportingScheduleTag", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var reportId int32 - - httpRes, err := apiClient.ReportingApi.DeleteReportingScheduleTag(context.Background(), reportId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ReportingApiService GetApiUsageReport", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ReportingApi.GetApiUsageReport(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ReportingApiService GetAuditLogsSummaryReport", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ReportingApi.GetAuditLogsSummaryReport(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ReportingApiService GetDsourceConsumptionReport", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ReportingApi.GetDsourceConsumptionReport(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ReportingApiService GetDsourceUsageReport", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ReportingApi.GetDsourceUsageReport(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ReportingApiService GetMaskingExecutionMetricsReport", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ReportingApi.GetMaskingExecutionMetricsReport(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ReportingApiService GetProductInfo", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ReportingApi.GetProductInfo(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ReportingApiService GetReportingScheduleById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var reportId int32 - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ReportingApi.GetReportingScheduleById(context.Background(), reportId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ReportingApiService GetReportingScheduleTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var reportId int32 - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ReportingApi.GetReportingScheduleTags(context.Background(), reportId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ReportingApiService GetReportingSchedules", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ReportingApi.GetReportingSchedules(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ReportingApiService GetVdbInventoryReport", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ReportingApi.GetVdbInventoryReport(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ReportingApiService GetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReport", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ReportingApi.GetVirtualizationStorageSummaryReport(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ReportingApiService SearchDsourceConsumptionReport", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ReportingApi.SearchDsourceConsumptionReport(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ReportingApiService SearchDsourceUsageReport", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ReportingApi.SearchDsourceUsageReport(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ReportingApiService SearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReport", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ReportingApi.SearchMaskingExecutionMetricsReport(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ReportingApiService SearchReportingSchedules", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ReportingApi.SearchReportingSchedules(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ReportingApiService SearchVdbInventoryReport", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ReportingApi.SearchVdbInventoryReport(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ReportingApiService SearchVirtualizationStorageSummaryReport", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ReportingApi.SearchVirtualizationStorageSummaryReport(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test ReportingApiService UpdateReportingSchedule", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var reportId int32 - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.ReportingApi.UpdateReportingSchedule(context.Background(), reportId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_saml_login_test.go b/test/api_saml_login_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index 43b594fd..00000000 --- a/test/api_saml_login_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing SamlLoginApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_SamlLoginApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test SamlLoginApiService CheckSaml", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - httpRes, err := apiClient.SamlLoginApi.CheckSaml(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_snapshots_test.go b/test/api_snapshots_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index 61560512..00000000 --- a/test/api_snapshots_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,185 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing SnapshotsApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_SnapshotsApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test SnapshotsApiService CreateSnapshotTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var snapshotId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.SnapshotsApi.CreateSnapshotTags(context.Background(), snapshotId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test SnapshotsApiService DeleteSnapshot", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var snapshotId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.SnapshotsApi.DeleteSnapshot(context.Background(), snapshotId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test SnapshotsApiService DeleteSnapshotTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var snapshotId string - - httpRes, err := apiClient.SnapshotsApi.DeleteSnapshotTags(context.Background(), snapshotId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test SnapshotsApiService FindByLocation", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.SnapshotsApi.FindByLocation(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test SnapshotsApiService FindByTimestamp", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.SnapshotsApi.FindByTimestamp(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test SnapshotsApiService GetSnapshotById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var snapshotId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.SnapshotsApi.GetSnapshotById(context.Background(), snapshotId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test SnapshotsApiService GetSnapshotTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var snapshotId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.SnapshotsApi.GetSnapshotTags(context.Background(), snapshotId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test SnapshotsApiService GetSnapshotTimeflowRange", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var snapshotId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.SnapshotsApi.GetSnapshotTimeflowRange(context.Background(), snapshotId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test SnapshotsApiService GetSnapshots", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.SnapshotsApi.GetSnapshots(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test SnapshotsApiService SearchSnapshots", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.SnapshotsApi.SearchSnapshots(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test SnapshotsApiService UnsetSnapshotRetention", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var snapshotId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.SnapshotsApi.UnsetSnapshotRetention(context.Background(), snapshotId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test SnapshotsApiService UpdateSnapshot", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var snapshotId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.SnapshotsApi.UpdateSnapshot(context.Background(), snapshotId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_sources_test.go b/test/api_sources_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index e67a1a45..00000000 --- a/test/api_sources_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,119 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing SourcesApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_SourcesApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test SourcesApiService CreateSourceTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var sourceId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.SourcesApi.CreateSourceTags(context.Background(), sourceId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test SourcesApiService DeleteSourceTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var sourceId string - - httpRes, err := apiClient.SourcesApi.DeleteSourceTags(context.Background(), sourceId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test SourcesApiService GetSourceById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var sourceId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.SourcesApi.GetSourceById(context.Background(), sourceId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test SourcesApiService GetSourceCompatibleRepo", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var sourceId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.SourcesApi.GetSourceCompatibleRepo(context.Background(), sourceId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test SourcesApiService GetSourceTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var sourceId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.SourcesApi.GetSourceTags(context.Background(), sourceId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test SourcesApiService GetSources", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.SourcesApi.GetSources(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test SourcesApiService SearchSources", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.SourcesApi.SearchSources(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_test__test.go b/test/api_test__test.go deleted file mode 100644 index 081682bb..00000000 --- a/test/api_test__test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing TestApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_TestApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test TestApiService EnableScaleTesting", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - httpRes, err := apiClient.TestApi.EnableScaleTesting(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_timeflows_test.go b/test/api_timeflows_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index 22de0656..00000000 --- a/test/api_timeflows_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,147 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing TimeflowsApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_TimeflowsApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test TimeflowsApiService CreateTimeflowTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var timeflowId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.TimeflowsApi.CreateTimeflowTags(context.Background(), timeflowId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test TimeflowsApiService DeleteTimeflow", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var timeflowId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.TimeflowsApi.DeleteTimeflow(context.Background(), timeflowId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test TimeflowsApiService DeleteTimeflowTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var timeflowId string - - httpRes, err := apiClient.TimeflowsApi.DeleteTimeflowTags(context.Background(), timeflowId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test TimeflowsApiService GetTimeflowById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var timeflowId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.TimeflowsApi.GetTimeflowById(context.Background(), timeflowId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test TimeflowsApiService GetTimeflowSnapshotDayRange", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var timeflowId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.TimeflowsApi.GetTimeflowSnapshotDayRange(context.Background(), timeflowId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test TimeflowsApiService GetTimeflowTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var timeflowId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.TimeflowsApi.GetTimeflowTags(context.Background(), timeflowId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test TimeflowsApiService GetTimeflows", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.TimeflowsApi.GetTimeflows(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test TimeflowsApiService SearchTimeflows", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.TimeflowsApi.SearchTimeflows(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test TimeflowsApiService UpdateTimeflow", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var timeflowId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.TimeflowsApi.UpdateTimeflow(context.Background(), timeflowId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_vcdbs_test.go b/test/api_vcdbs_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index 46479ce2..00000000 --- a/test/api_vcdbs_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing VCDBsApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_VCDBsApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test VCDBsApiService CreateVcdbTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vcdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VCDBsApi.CreateVcdbTags(context.Background(), vcdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VCDBsApiService DeleteVcdbTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vcdbId string - - httpRes, err := apiClient.VCDBsApi.DeleteVcdbTags(context.Background(), vcdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VCDBsApiService GetTagsVcdb", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vcdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VCDBsApi.GetTagsVcdb(context.Background(), vcdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VCDBsApiService GetVcdbById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vcdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VCDBsApi.GetVcdbById(context.Background(), vcdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VCDBsApiService GetVcdbs", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VCDBsApi.GetVcdbs(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VCDBsApiService SearchVcdbs", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VCDBsApi.SearchVcdbs(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_vdb_groups_test.go b/test/api_vdb_groups_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index 9face4c6..00000000 --- a/test/api_vdb_groups_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,240 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing VDBGroupsApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_VDBGroupsApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test VDBGroupsApiService CreateVdbGroup", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBGroupsApi.CreateVdbGroup(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBGroupsApiService CreateVdbGroupsTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbGroupId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBGroupsApi.CreateVdbGroupsTags(context.Background(), vdbGroupId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBGroupsApiService DeleteVdbGroup", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbGroupId string - - httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBGroupsApi.DeleteVdbGroup(context.Background(), vdbGroupId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBGroupsApiService DeleteVdbGroupTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbGroupId string - - httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBGroupsApi.DeleteVdbGroupTags(context.Background(), vdbGroupId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBGroupsApiService GetBookmarksByVdbGroup", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbGroupId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBGroupsApi.GetBookmarksByVdbGroup(context.Background(), vdbGroupId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBGroupsApiService GetVdbGroup", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbGroupId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBGroupsApi.GetVdbGroup(context.Background(), vdbGroupId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBGroupsApiService GetVdbGroupTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbGroupId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBGroupsApi.GetVdbGroupTags(context.Background(), vdbGroupId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBGroupsApiService GetVdbGroups", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBGroupsApi.GetVdbGroups(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBGroupsApiService LockVdbGroup", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbGroupId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBGroupsApi.LockVdbGroup(context.Background(), vdbGroupId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBGroupsApiService ProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmark", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBGroupsApi.ProvisionVdbGroupFromBookmark(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBGroupsApiService RefreshVdbGroup", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbGroupId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBGroupsApi.RefreshVdbGroup(context.Background(), vdbGroupId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBGroupsApiService RollbackVdbGroup", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbGroupId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBGroupsApi.RollbackVdbGroup(context.Background(), vdbGroupId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBGroupsApiService SearchBookmarksByVdbGroup", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbGroupId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBGroupsApi.SearchBookmarksByVdbGroup(context.Background(), vdbGroupId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBGroupsApiService SearchVdbGroups", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBGroupsApi.SearchVdbGroups(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBGroupsApiService UnlockVdbGroup", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbGroupId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBGroupsApi.UnlockVdbGroup(context.Background(), vdbGroupId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBGroupsApiService UpdateVdbGroupById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbGroupId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBGroupsApi.UpdateVdbGroupById(context.Background(), vdbGroupId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_vdbs_test.go b/test/api_vdbs_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index 8e44028a..00000000 --- a/test/api_vdbs_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,481 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing VDBsApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_VDBsApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService CreateVdbTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.CreateVdbTags(context.Background(), vdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService DeleteVdb", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.DeleteVdb(context.Background(), vdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService DeleteVdbTags", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbId string - - httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.DeleteVdbTags(context.Background(), vdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService DisableVdb", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.DisableVdb(context.Background(), vdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService EnableVdb", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.EnableVdb(context.Background(), vdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService GetBookmarksByVdb", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.GetBookmarksByVdb(context.Background(), vdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService GetTagsVdb", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.GetTagsVdb(context.Background(), vdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService GetVdbById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.GetVdbById(context.Background(), vdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService GetVdbSnapshots", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.GetVdbSnapshots(context.Background(), vdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService GetVdbs", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.GetVdbs(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService LockVdb", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.LockVdb(context.Background(), vdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService ProvisionVdbByLocation", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.ProvisionVdbByLocation(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService ProvisionVdbByLocationDefaults", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.ProvisionVdbByLocationDefaults(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService ProvisionVdbBySnapshot", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.ProvisionVdbBySnapshot(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService ProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaults", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.ProvisionVdbBySnapshotDefaults(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService ProvisionVdbByTimestamp", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.ProvisionVdbByTimestamp(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService ProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaults", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.ProvisionVdbByTimestampDefaults(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService ProvisionVdbFromBookmark", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.ProvisionVdbFromBookmark(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService ProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaults", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.ProvisionVdbFromBookmarkDefaults(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService RefreshVdbByLocation", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.RefreshVdbByLocation(context.Background(), vdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService RefreshVdbBySnapshot", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.RefreshVdbBySnapshot(context.Background(), vdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService RefreshVdbByTimestamp", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.RefreshVdbByTimestamp(context.Background(), vdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService RefreshVdbFromBookmark", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.RefreshVdbFromBookmark(context.Background(), vdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService RollbackVdbBySnapshot", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.RollbackVdbBySnapshot(context.Background(), vdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService RollbackVdbByTimestamp", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.RollbackVdbByTimestamp(context.Background(), vdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService RollbackVdbFromBookmark", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.RollbackVdbFromBookmark(context.Background(), vdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService SearchBookmarksByVdb", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.SearchBookmarksByVdb(context.Background(), vdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService SearchVdbs", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.SearchVdbs(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService SnapshotVdb", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.SnapshotVdb(context.Background(), vdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService StartVdb", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.StartVdb(context.Background(), vdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService StopVdb", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.StopVdb(context.Background(), vdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService SwitchTimeflow", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.SwitchTimeflow(context.Background(), vdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService UnlockVdb", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.UnlockVdb(context.Background(), vdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VDBsApiService UpdateVdbById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var vdbId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VDBsApi.UpdateVdbById(context.Background(), vdbId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/test/api_virtualization_policies_test.go b/test/api_virtualization_policies_test.go deleted file mode 100644 index da265fed..00000000 --- a/test/api_virtualization_policies_test.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -/* -Delphix DCT API - -Testing VirtualizationPoliciesApiService - -*/ - -// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); - -package delphix_dct_api - -import ( - "context" - "testing" - - openapiclient "github.com/delphix/dct-sdk-go/v14" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/assert" - "github.com/stretchr/testify/require" -) - -func Test_delphix_dct_api_VirtualizationPoliciesApiService(t *testing.T) { - - configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() - apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - - t.Run("Test VirtualizationPoliciesApiService GetVirtualizationPolicyById", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - var policyId string - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VirtualizationPoliciesApi.GetVirtualizationPolicyById(context.Background(), policyId).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VirtualizationPoliciesApiService ListVirtualizationPolicies", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VirtualizationPoliciesApi.ListVirtualizationPolicies(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - - t.Run("Test VirtualizationPoliciesApiService SearchVirtualizationPolicies", func(t *testing.T) { - - t.Skip("skip test") // remove to run test - - resp, httpRes, err := apiClient.VirtualizationPoliciesApi.SearchVirtualizationPolicies(context.Background()).Execute() - - require.Nil(t, err) - require.NotNil(t, resp) - assert.Equal(t, 200, httpRes.StatusCode) - - }) - -} diff --git a/utils.go b/utils.go index 582eb082..dfdc5a5a 100644 --- a/utils.go +++ b/utils.go @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Delphix DCT API Delphix DCT API -API version: 3.9.0 +API version: 3.23.0 Contact: support@delphix.com */ @@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ Contact: support@delphix.com package delphix_dct_api import ( + "bytes" "encoding/json" + "fmt" "reflect" "time" ) @@ -321,7 +323,7 @@ func NewNullableTime(val *time.Time) *NullableTime { } func (v NullableTime) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return v.value.MarshalJSON() + return json.Marshal(v.value) } func (v *NullableTime) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { @@ -346,3 +348,15 @@ func IsNil(i interface{}) bool { type MappedNullable interface { ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error) } + +// A wrapper for strict JSON decoding +func newStrictDecoder(data []byte) *json.Decoder { + dec := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewBuffer(data)) + dec.DisallowUnknownFields() + return dec +} + +// Prevent trying to import "fmt" +func reportError(format string, a ...interface{}) error { + return fmt.Errorf(format, a...) +} \ No newline at end of file